A01 001 **[001 TEXT A01**] A01 002 *<*'*4Slap in Face**' On Pay for Police*> A01 003 *<*5Police Reporter*> A01 004 |^*4Police industrial action looms closer with the A01 005 Government giving notice yesterday that it will stick to its 5 A01 006 per cent basic salary rise offer. A01 007 |^*0Although cabinet ministers say the whole package deal A01 008 will bump up some police salaries by 30.8 per cent, the Police A01 009 Association faces mounting anger in police ranks. A01 010 |^The association's industrial advocate, \0Mr Graham A01 011 Harding, said he was trying to *"hold the line**" as frustrated A01 012 branches maintained calls for industrial action aimed at A01 013 fouling up police administration. A01 014 |^The cabinet yesterday deferred police pay claims for A01 015 consideration by the powerful cabinet policy committee today. A01 016 *<*4Increase Refused*> A01 017 |^*0The pay issue will go back to the cabinet on Monday but A01 018 the Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, made it clear yesterday that A01 019 the Government offer will not be increased. A01 020 |^The bone sticking in association members' throats is the 5 A01 021 per cent basic salary offer, which they say would be for their A01 022 first basic pay rise for a decade. A01 023 |^Police negotiators had set a minimum goal of an 11 per A01 024 cent rise for constables and sergeants and 8 per cent for A01 025 senior sergeants and inspectors. A01 026 |^The remainder of the Government package offer is made up A01 027 of the 15.5 per cent increase granted to all state servants, a A01 028 4 per cent *"catch-up**" for wage drift, special payments for A01 029 overtime in excess of five hours and merit payments of between A01 030 1 and 6 per cent. A01 031 |^Promised room for negotiation in this last part is what A01 032 \0Mr Harding said the association was now pinning its A01 033 optimistic, if slim, hopes on. A01 034 *<*4Nod and Wink*> A01 035 |^*"*0We are hoping we are getting a nod and wink in a A01 036 different direction that will achieve the same end,**" he said. A01 037 |^But even if \0Mr Lange suggested scope for negotiation on A01 038 incentive payments, other remarks he made after the cabinet A01 039 meeting went down like a lead balloon. A01 040 |^\0Mr Lange said the Government's offer could be revised *- A01 041 but only downwards. A01 042 |^*"It certainly would not be revised upwards. A01 043 |^*"If anyone thinks that in the world we are now living in, A01 044 we are going to offer people one year after they had a A01 045 substantial increase another 30 per cent plus, they are A01 046 wrong.**" A01 047 |^Frustration and annoyance was the general reaction A01 048 reported among police ranks to \0Mr Lange's words. A01 049 |^An association vice-president, Sergeant Jeff Taylor, said A01 050 in Mosgiel that members were extremely disappointed at what was A01 051 a Government slap in the face. A01 052 *<*4Action Plan*> A01 053 |^*0He shares \0Mr Harding's worry about some police A01 054 starting selective industrial action *- *"somehow we have got A01 055 to try and keep control of our members for another week.**" A01 056 |^A plan for limited industrial action has already been A01 057 drawn up. ^It includes police refusing to perform after hours A01 058 those jobs done during the day by telephonists and other A01 059 civilians, failing to handle traffic matters outside their A01 060 normal role, not filing routine reports and a *"hands-off A01 061 computer**" policy. A01 062 |^But association spokesmen in Whangarei, Auckland and A01 063 Hamilton said members were adopting a *"waiting and see**" A01 064 attitude while their national council decides on a course of A01 065 action. A01 066 |^The association's branch chairman for South Auckland, A01 067 Detective Sergeant Stuart Mangnall, said 5 per cent as a fair A01 068 offer was laughable. ^\0Mr Lange got a 37 per cent basic A01 069 salary increase last year. A01 070 |^*"I personally feel that he could have underestimated the A01 071 depth of feeling among police as far as the pay rise is A01 072 concerned,**" he said. A01 073 |^\0Mr Lange's reference to a *"substantial increase**" for A01 074 policemen last year also has Police Association officials A01 075 puzzled. A01 076 |^They said the only rise in pay police received was the A01 077 7.02 per cent annual general adjustment that state servants got A01 078 on January 10, 1985. A01 079 *<*4Confused*> A01 080 |^*0\0Mr Harding said the police had not had a substantial A01 081 increase since 1976. ^*"So the Prime Minister is getting us A01 082 confused with someone else.**" A01 083 |^All state servants had received a 15.5 per cent pay rise A01 084 and all, except trades workers, had got the 4 per cent A01 085 correction for wage drift. A01 086 |^*"We are not getting anything special... only 5 per cent on A01 087 top of that. ^So \0Mr Lange's mathematics are found A01 088 wanting,**" \0Mr Harding said. A01 089 |^The Minister of Police, \0Mrs Hercus, gave out details A01 090 showing the package would mean a first year constable's salary A01 091 going from *+$22,638 to *+$29,611, a rise of *+$6973. A01 092 |^She said other rises, compared with rates last November, A01 093 would be: A01 094 |^A constable after six years' service on *+$24,703 A01 095 receiving *+$32,316, an increase of *+$7613. A01 096 |^A first-year sergeant on *+$28,500 going up to *+$37,288, A01 097 an increase of *+$8788. A01 098 |^A first-year senior sergeant on *+$31,577 receiving A01 099 *+$41,318, an increase of *+$9741. A01 100 |^An inspector on *+$35,286 going up to *+$46,174, a rise of A01 101 *+$10,888. A01 102 |^Those figures did not include the extra payments for merit A01 103 and overtime, she said. A01 104 *<*4Hint by {0PM} On Default Is Refuted*> A01 105 * A01 106 |^An attempt by the Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, to link the A01 107 morals campaigner, Sir Peter Tait, with the *+$100 million A01 108 default on Government stock last week, backfired last night. A01 109 |^*0Sir Peter said there was *"no truth whatsoever**" in A01 110 the implication that he was in any way associated with the A01 111 company which defaulted, Rakiura Holdings. A01 112 |^But he confirmed that he is chairman of Alexander A01 113 Associates, a Wellington merchant bank formerly associated with A01 114 the governing director of Rakiura, \0Mr Brian Alexander. A01 115 |^\0Mr Alexander resigned as a director of Alexander A01 116 Associates in September 1984 because of ill health. A01 117 *<*4Rakiura Link*> A01 118 |^*0Sir Peter, a former Mayor of Napier and joint leader of A01 119 the campaign against the Homosexual Law Reform Bill, was linked A01 120 with Rakiura by \0Mr Lange at a press conference after the A01 121 first cabinet meeting of the year yesterday. A01 122 |^\0Mr Lange was asked: ^*"Is there any evidence to suggest A01 123 that Rakiura Holdings may have been bidding [for Government A01 124 stock] on behalf of a principal?**" A01 125 |^He replied: ^*"I think there is plenty of evidence of A01 126 that. ^I don't know who they were. A01 127 |^*"I was reading in one of the weekly publications, a A01 128 religious one that is posted to all members of Parliament, an A01 129 advertisement for Tait Associates in association with Alexander A01 130 Associates offering mortgage finance.**" A01 131 |^Sir Peter confirmed last night that both Alexander A01 132 Associates in Wellington and Tait Associates of Napier had A01 133 advertised in the Auckland-based *1Challenge Weekly *0seeking A01 134 mortgage finance. A01 135 |^But he said that neither company was a money-lender A01 136 itself. ^*"We only deal through solicitors,**" he said. A01 137 |^*"Any money we raise we pay directly to solicitors, who A01 138 pass it on to their clients. ^We get our fee for doing A01 139 that.**" A01 140 *<*4Surprised*> A01 141 |^*0He said \0Mr Brian Alexander had resigned from Alexander A01 142 Associates in 1984 because of ill health. A01 143 |^Sir Peter added: ^*"We have nothing whatsoever to do with A01 144 Rakiura Holdings *- and never have had. A01 145 |^*"I am surprised to say the least that \0Mr Lange would A01 146 make any comment that we were.**" A01 147 |^However, he said he was glad to hear that \0Mr Lange read A01 148 *1Challenge Weekly *0and he did not plan to take any legal A01 149 action over the matter. A01 150 |^Apart from Sir Peter, the other directors of Alexander A01 151 Associates are \0Mr Alan Frost, \0Mr Michael Jensen and \0Mr A01 152 Maurice Sands. A01 153 |^All three work full-time for the company in the ornate A01 154 former head office of the Public Trust in Wellington, now A01 155 called Alexander House. A01 156 |^\0Mr Frost said that in spite of the bad publicity, the A01 157 company had no intention of changing its name. A01 158 |^*"There are lots of companies called Alexander. ^In A01 159 London there is a famous merchant bank called Alexander,**" he A01 160 said. A01 161 |^It is understood that \0Mr Brian Alexander told the A01 162 Reserve Bank last week that he did bid *+$100 million for A01 163 Government stock for a principal, but that it was not for A01 164 Alexander Associates. A01 165 *<*4Letter*> A01 166 |^*0He named the institution in a hand-written letter to the A01 167 bank and explained that he had made the deal with an officer of A01 168 the institution who had since left it. A01 169 |^Market sources said last night that it was feasible that A01 170 an institution could have chosen to use Rakiura Holdings to bid A01 171 for stock in order to hide its real identity. A01 172 |^But several expressed disbelief and pointed out that there A01 173 was no way the Reserve Bank could prove or disprove any such A01 174 claim. A01 175 |^\0Mr Lange was attending a concert by the rock group The A01 176 Drongos at a Wellington nightclub last night and could not be A01 177 reached for further comment on the matter. A01 178 *<*4France *'Balking**' Over Talks*> A01 179 * A01 180 |^The Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, yesterday accused the A01 181 French Government of balking at a resumption of Rainbow Warrior A01 182 compensation talks, hinting that prospects were receding for a A01 183 satisfactory settlement of New Zealand claims. A01 184 |^*0\0Mr Lange also hinted that the suggestion of a A01 185 full-scale marine inquiry into the sinking of the vessel was being A01 186 used to persuade the French to return to the negotiating table A01 187 in New York. A01 188 |^The talks were adjourned after two substantive sessions in A01 189 November and December with no fixed date for their resumption. A01 190 |^But \0Mr Lange indicated that the Government would be A01 191 reluctant to follow through with the threat of an inquiry, A01 192 given New Zealand's present high profile in international A01 193 affairs. A01 194 |^*"From the French point of view, we are in enough strife A01 195 around the world without actively going around waving red flags A01 196 at bulls *- and there is our problem,**" he said. A01 197 *<*4Legal Right*> A01 198 |^*0While agreeing that France had not actively declined to A01 199 negotiate further over compensation claims, \0Mr Lange claimed A01 200 the French Government was balking at a resumption of talks. A01 201 |^It was legally entitled to do so, he said, since France A01 202 had renounced jurisdiction by the World Court and international A01 203 law was powerless to assist New Zealand. A01 204 |^New Zealand had the forces of logic and right on its side, A01 205 said \0Mr Lange. ^*"But what does that matter when you have no A01 206 forum to which you can compulsorily draw both parties to a A01 207 dispute? A01 208 |^*"They are not obliged to talk to us at all about the A01 209 matter.**" A01 210 |^\0Mr Lange said he hoped the talks would resume and that A01 211 New Zealand would receive compensation. ^(An initial claim for A01 212 *+$20 million was dismissed as ridiculous by the French A01 213 external relations minister, \0Mr Dumas.) A01 214 |^*"But we do not have the right to demand even that they A01 215 talk, much less the right to demand *- in the sense of having a A01 216 judgment which could be executed *- compensation for what they A01 217 did.**" A01 218 |^When asked whether the prospect of a full marine inquiry A01 219 was being used to exert pressure on France, \0Mr Lange did not A01 220 deny the suggestion. A01 221 |^*"There is a possibility that some of our friends would A01 222 see us doing that, as the Chinese would say.**" A01 223 |^\0Mr Lange said he had not seen a report by the Solicitor- A01 224 General, \0Mr Paul Neazor, on the legality of a marine inquiry. A01 225 *<*4Delay Decision*> A01 226 |^*0In the report to the Minister of Transport, \0Mr A01 227 Prebble, late last year, however, \0Mr Neazor was likely to A01 228 have suggested that an inquiry was not necessary because the A01 229 cause of the sinking was not a mystery, said \0Mr Lange. A01 230 |^*"That is how a lawyer would look at it,**" he said. ^*"A A01 231 political lawyer would look at it differently.**" A01 232 |^\0Mr Lange said a decision on whether to hold an inquiry A01 233 would be made *"after some more reflection.**" A01 234 |^\0Mr Prebble has withheld permission for plans to sink the A01 235 Rainbow Warrior off Matauri Bay in Northland until a decision A01 236 is made. A01 237 *<*4\0N-Ship Idea Ruled Out*> A01 238 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A01 239 |^The Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, has ruled out a A01 240 Japanese-style solution to New Zealand's problem with port visits by A01 241 United States warships. A01 242 |^At his post-cabinet press conference yesterday, \0Mr Lange A01 243 was asked to comment on statements made last Friday by United A01 244 States Congressman Stephen Solarz. A01 245 |^At an American Embassy press conference \0Mr Solarz made A01 246 repeated references to the Japanese situation as a possible A01 247 means of resolving the United States-New Zealand ship visit A01 248 problem. A01 249 |^Japan's anti-nuclear constitution has three non-nuclear A01 250 principles *- not to possess, produce or introduce nuclear A01 251 weapons into Japan. A01 252 |^\0Mr Lange said he was surprised when \0Mr Solarz A01 253 rehearsed a Japanese solution. A01 254 |^The Prime Minister said he specifically rejected a A01 255 Japanese-style solution in the two-hour meeting with \0Mr A01 256 Solarz in his office last Thursday. A01 257 |^*"I had specifically rejected it... I dismissed it A01 258 completely. ^We are not into that solution,**" \0Mr Lange A01 259 said. A01 260 |^Despite the Japanese constitution there had been A01 261 disclosures that United States ships visiting Japanese ports A01 262 during the past 14 years have been nuclear armed. A01 263 |^\0Mr Lange said it was good \0Mr Solarz came to New A01 264 Zealand. A01 265 |^*"I think that he was positive,**" \0Mr Lange said. A01 266 |^*"I was pleased that he was here because he was a A01 267 Democrat... who was au fait with the Republican Administration's A01 268 position,**" \0Mr Lange said. A01 269 |^*"While he did not engage in some sort of partisan A01 270 denunciation of the Administration's policy he was nonetheless A01 271 able to be receptive to the idea that this is a matter which A01 272 could be examined rather than dismissed inflexibly.**" A01 273 *# A02 001 **[002 TEXT A02**] A02 002 *<*5Uniforms Spark Mutiny*> A02 003 |^*0Compulsory uniforms for some Waiheke High School pupils A02 004 are being opposed by a group of parents and children, despite A02 005 threats of action against them. A02 006 |^About 200 students, in forms one to four at the school, A02 007 will be required to wear the new uniforms from Monday. A02 008 |^But about 25 of the pupils *- backed by their parents *- A02 009 have said they will not wear the uniforms. A02 010 |^The school headmaster, \0Mr Frank Solomon, said action A02 011 against the defaulting students and their parents would be A02 012 decided next week. A02 013 |^He did not know about his rights to have trespass notices A02 014 served on children, but thought continued refusals to wear the A02 015 uniforms would result in parents being asked to remove their A02 016 children. A02 017 |^A parent, \0Mr Alan O'Neill, said he would support his A02 018 12-year-old son, Rufus, if he decided not to wear the uniform. A02 019 |^He said it would be his son's decision, but he would stand A02 020 by it even if it meant his son was suspended. A02 021 |^Another parent, Barbara Disley, said her son had not yet A02 022 made his decision, but she would support him despite the A02 023 consequences if necessary. A02 024 |^*"I am personally against the imposition of the will of A02 025 some people on others who philosophically disagree. A02 026 |^*"It is not just a matter of uniforms.**" A02 027 |^The assistant secretary for schools and development, for A02 028 the Education Department, \0Mr Peter Brice, said the department A02 029 saw uniforms as a matter for the local controlling authority of A02 030 the school concerned. A02 031 |^But the chairman of the board of governors, \0Mr Jim A02 032 Cairns, said that Waiheke parents had demonstrated their A02 033 support for school uniforms both in a referendum and during the A02 034 board elections. A02 035 |^Compulsory school uniforms was one of the issues parents A02 036 voted on when they elected board members last July, and all but A02 037 one of the successful candidates favoured uniforms, \0Mr Cairns A02 038 said. A02 039 |^Two vacancies created on the board since had also been A02 040 filled by people who supported them. A02 041 |^A referendum conducted by \0Mr Solomon at the beginning of A02 042 this year showed that more than 60 per cent of parents favoured A02 043 compulsory uniforms. A02 044 |^Waiheke High School was formed at the beginning of this A02 045 year after the primary and secondary sections of Waiheke Area A02 046 School were separated. A02 047 |^\0Mr Cairns said the board wanted to make a clean break A02 048 from the previous school, and introducing uniforms was one of A02 049 the steps towards becoming a *"normal New Zealand school.**" A02 050 |^Uniforms at the area school were optional and had A02 051 disappeared from use. A02 052 |^\0Mr Cairns said the proposed uniform still allowed for A02 053 flexibility. A02 054 |^It consists of white or grey shirt worn with dark grey A02 055 trousers of any kind and a maroon jersey, brown sandals or A02 056 socks and black shoes. ^Grey shorts for boys and a grey or A02 057 maroon skirt for girls are optional. A02 058 |^The school has made no rules about makeup, hairstyles or A02 059 jewellery. A02 060 *<*4\0Govt to Reap Millions From Sell-off*> A02 061 *<*5Wellington Staff*> A02 062 |^*4The Government is set to earn millions of dollars A02 063 through the sale of surplus land and buildings in the wake of A02 064 this week's expenditure review. A02 065 |^*0The Justice Department alone expects to collect around A02 066 *+$3 million this financial year through the sale of land and A02 067 buildings already identified as surplus to its requirements. A02 068 |^This includes some farm land at Papakura, which had been A02 069 held for a possible prison, and the Courtville Flats in the A02 070 centre of Auckland. A02 071 |^The Minister of Justice, \0Mr Palmer, said last night that A02 072 there was a lot of scope for major savings through the sale of A02 073 land and buildings throughout the public service. A02 074 |^*"We have only just scratched the surface; there is a lot A02 075 more scope for savings,**" he said. A02 076 *<*4Large Holdings*> A02 077 |^*0*"Departments have been put on notice that they must A02 078 make effective use of their assets, which are wealth, after A02 079 all.**" A02 080 |^The Government's expenditure review team, which included A02 081 \0Mr Palmer, found there were large land holdings, particularly A02 082 in the older-established departments such as Justice. A02 083 |^Land had been bought for courthouses which now would not A02 084 be built, or for future prisons which would not be required. A02 085 *<*4Full Inventory*> A02 086 |^*0Among the other departments which had also been found to A02 087 have large land holdings were the Police and the Ministry of A02 088 Defence. A02 089 |^*"It is necessary for the Government to have a full A02 090 inventory of its assets, so that when they are no longer A02 091 warranted they can be disposed of,**" said \0Mr Palmer. A02 092 |^Although there had been programmes aimed at selling A02 093 surplus Government property before, there would in future be A02 094 *"a more rigorous effort to monitor the situation A02 095 constantly.**" A02 096 |^Apart from the sale of farmland held for prison purposes A02 097 at Papakura, the department would also be selling land at A02 098 Ranfurly, Central Otago, and Otatara, near Invercargill. A02 099 |^\0Mr Palmer said the department would be selling 23 houses A02 100 in Wellington, Wi Tako, Rolleston, Waikeria and Christchurch A02 101 this financial year. A02 102 |^The disposal of land by the Ministry of Defence would be A02 103 dealt with in the context of the present defence review, but A02 104 \0Mr Palmer said the department held large areas of land which A02 105 could be disposed of. A02 106 |^At present the Government had land and property worth A02 107 between *+$1 million and *+$2 million on the market in Auckland A02 108 alone. A02 109 |^An assistant divisional officer in the Lands and Survey A02 110 Department in Auckland, \0Mr Bernie Ward, said yesterday that A02 111 this was likely to increase in the wake of the expenditure A02 112 review. A02 113 *<*4Not Required*> A02 114 |^*0About *+$9 million worth of surplus property had been A02 115 sold in the Auckland area since the last Government directive A02 116 to dispose of surplus land, in December 1983. A02 117 |^Much of the land had been identified by the larger A02 118 departments, such as Social Welfare, Education, Police and the A02 119 Ministry of Works and Development, as no longer being needed. A02 120 |^\0Mr Ward said land had sometimes been bought in the 1960s A02 121 or 1970s for schools, for example, which, because of population A02 122 movements would no longer be required. A02 123 *<*4*'Shape Up Or Ship Out**'*> A02 124 |^*0The New Zealand Contractors' Federation has told A02 125 Government corporations to *"shape up or ship out**" once they A02 126 start to compete with the private sector. A02 127 |^The president of the federation, \0Mr Roger Douglas, said A02 128 that if it turned out that state-owned corporations could not A02 129 compete effectively with private companies, they should go into A02 130 liquidation and not be rescued by the taxpayer. A02 131 |^The private sector was capable of doing all the work A02 132 already performed by the Government at a cost less burdensome A02 133 to the taxpayer. A02 134 |^*"We as a federation are not opposed to competition from A02 135 any state corporation, provided it is structured and run on the A02 136 lines private enterprise is *- paying the full price for fuel A02 137 and machinery, and paying sales tax and duties just as we A02 138 do,**" he said. A02 139 |^Corporations which received any Government concessions to A02 140 give them an advantage on the private market would be A02 141 steadfastly opposed by the federation. A02 142 |^*"We welcome the opportunity of competition with A02 143 Government departments for those projects which at the moment A02 144 they have as of right.**" A02 145 *<*4National Keeps Quiet on Policy*> A02 146 * A02 147 |^National Party {0MP}s have ended a three-day caucus A02 148 meeting at Rotorua apparently determined not to tell anyone A02 149 what their policies are until closer to the next election. A02 150 |^*0The Leader of the Opposition, \0Mr Bolger, told a press A02 151 conference on his return to Wellington last night that the A02 152 meeting discussed policy on the economy, agriculture, A02 153 education, social welfare, law and order, industrial relations, A02 154 foreign affairs and defence. A02 155 |^*"Shadow ministers**" presented papers on each subject and A02 156 then led debate on that issue. A02 157 |^But the party was not ready to release its policy on any A02 158 issue. A02 159 |^*"There was *- what I guess sounds jargon *- but there was A02 160 constructive and healthy debate and a remarkable degree of A02 161 consensus in the caucus on the direction we are going in,**" A02 162 \0Mr Bolger said. A02 163 |^*"[But] you are all just going to have to wait as usual A02 164 until the Opposition determines it is the appropriate time to A02 165 be specific in various areas.**" A02 166 |^When pressed, \0Mr Bolger declined even to confirm in as A02 167 many words policy which has already been declared by shadow A02 168 ministers in the past. A02 169 |^National speakers promised in Parliament last December A02 170 that the party would repeal a legislative ban on visits to New A02 171 Zealand ports by nuclear-powered and nuclear-armed warships. A02 172 *<*4Policy*> A02 173 |^*0But when asked last night whether National would allow A02 174 such visits, \0Mr Bolger declined to give a direct answer. A02 175 |^*"You are trying to write the National Party policy and I A02 176 thank you for your help. A02 177 |^*"But I am just telling you what we will do and you will A02 178 have to wait for the details. ^But you will find that when we A02 179 are debating the [anti-nuclear] bill when it finally gets back A02 180 to the House, your concerns on that area I am sure will become A02 181 very clear.**" A02 182 |^He said the outcome of the caucus debate on this issue was A02 183 *"primarily a re-statement of the National Party's absolute A02 184 commitment to remaining a member of the Western alliance.**" A02 185 |^*"We would take what steps are necessary to ensure that A02 186 New Zealand remains a member of Anzus.**" A02 187 |^\0Mr Bolger confirmed that this would involve repealing A02 188 *"two or three parts**" of the anti-nuclear bill, and A02 189 accepting the American policy of neither confirming nor denying A02 190 whether its ships carried nuclear weapons. A02 191 |^The Opposition spokesman on state corporations, \0Mr Ian A02 192 McLean, has said the party would consider selling off the A02 193 state-owned Bank of New Zealand, Air New Zealand and Petrocorp. A02 194 *<*4Election*> A02 195 |^*0But, \0Mr Bolger said: ^*"There was no formal decision A02 196 to privatise any state corporation by the National Party.**" A02 197 |^On economic policy, he said: ^*"Call an election tomorrow A02 198 and we will give you our economic policy. A02 199 |^*"We have an obligation to put before the public before an A02 200 election what our alternatives are. A02 201 |^*"But given that the election looks like being at the A02 202 latest possible time, September 1987, there is plenty of A02 203 time.**" A02 204 |^However, he did say that the major economic decisions of A02 205 the Labour Government had been wrong because they had caused A02 206 high interest rates and consequently a high value of the kiwi A02 207 dollar, which was hurting exporters. A02 208 *<*4Matter of Size*> A02 209 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A02 210 |^Power plants in nuclear-powered ships are a fraction of A02 211 the size of the plant which exploded at Chernobyl, the Leader A02 212 of the Opposition, \0Mr Bolger, said yesterday. A02 213 |^He was asked at a press conference whether he would find A02 214 difficulty convincing New Zealanders of the safety of visiting A02 215 nuclear-powered ships following the Chernobyl disaster. A02 216 |^Emphasising the fact that he was speaking as a layman, A02 217 \0Mr Bolger said power plants in nuclear-powered ships were a A02 218 fraction of the size of the plant which exploded at Chernobyl. A02 219 |^*"They are constructed differently and they do have A02 220 different configurations,**" he said. A02 221 |^Earlier this year \0Mr Bolger had said a National A02 222 Government would allow nuclear-powered and nuclear-armed A02 223 vessels, in line with National Party policy, to visit New A02 224 Zealand ports. A02 225 |^\0Mr Bolger yesterday avoided a direct restatement of this A02 226 position. A02 227 *<*4Opposition Wants Week for Debate*> A02 228 *<{0NZPA} Wellington*> A02 229 |^The Opposition wants Parliament to spend a week debating A02 230 the Government's review of state spending announced on Monday. A02 231 |^*0However the senior Government whip, \0Dr Michael Cullen, A02 232 has offered only to extend the general debate on Wednesday by A02 233 four hours. A02 234 |^His Opposition counterpart, \0Mr Don McKinnon, said A02 235 yesterday that for the Minister of Finance, \0Mr Douglas, to A02 236 release such a major financial statement during a parliamentary A02 237 recess and not allow a *"normal**" period of debate would be A02 238 treating the House with contempt. A02 239 |^He sent a telegram to \0Dr Cullen making the request. A02 240 |^Parliament resumes next Tuesday after a three-week break. A02 241 |^*"Any mini-budget under a National Administration was A02 242 debated in Parliament. ^It is the natural forum and is the A02 243 debating chamber of the nation,**" \0Mr McKinnon said. A02 244 *<*5Avoidance May Be Name Of Tax Game*> A02 245 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A02 246 |^Managers of state-owned corporations will become tax A02 247 avoiders in order to compete with the private sector, according A02 248 to the Wellington-based watchdog group Public Eyes. A02 249 |^With the Government creating more state corporations, it A02 250 said public interest would be abandoned for commercial A02 251 expediency. A02 252 |^Public Eyes said its studies showed that the country's A02 253 biggest companies paid little or no tax. A02 254 |^*"They pour thousands of dollars into employing top A02 255 lawyers and accountants to find ways of avoiding tax,**" a A02 256 spokeswoman, Vivienne Nelson, said yesterday. A02 257 |^*"As some state-owned enterprises are now to pay tax and A02 258 be commercially viable, we can only presume that they will act A02 259 similarly.**" A02 260 *<*4Hart Argues For Ban On Penal Goods*> A02 261 |^Hart has asked for a Customs Department investigation into A02 262 the legality of permitting imports from South African prison A02 263 farms. A02 264 |^The anti-apartheid group has detailed its allegations in a A02 265 46-page report which it is releasing today. A02 266 |^Its report, called Fruits of Apartheid, says that the A02 267 importation of products such as dried fruits, nuts, A02 268 confectionery, processed foods and wine breaches New Zealand A02 269 laws and international agreements to which New Zealand is a A02 270 party. A02 271 *# A03 001 **[003 TEXT A03**] A03 002 *<*4Rift in council over joining district body*> * A03 004 |*6OAMARU.*-^*4The serious split in the Waitaki County A03 005 Council over the Waitaki District Council proposal widened at a A03 006 special county meeting yesterday. A03 007 |^*0The meeting ended with the new deputy chairman, \0Cr A03 008 {0M.J.} McCulloch, lodging a notice of motion, to be discussed A03 009 at the next council meeting, that the county withdraw from the A03 010 agreement to join forces with the Oamaru Borough and Waitaki A03 011 Catchment Commission. A03 012 |^However, councillors learned yesterday that even if they A03 013 voted to pull out of the agreement, the Local Government A03 014 Commission could ignore this and go ahead with promoting the A03 015 three-body scheme. ^The county manager, \0Mr {0A.E.} Budd, A03 016 said he had been told this by a member of the {0LGC}, Miss A03 017 Vicki Buck, when she visited Oamaru this week. A03 018 |^\0Mr Budd added that if the Waitaki District Council A03 019 scheme did not proceed, then the {0LGC} would then consider the A03 020 other scheme before it, the Aoraki Catchment Authority, which A03 021 would combine the South Canterbury and Waitaki catchment A03 022 bodies. A03 023 *<*6CONCERNED*> A03 024 |^*0The county chairman, \0Cr {0S.J.B.} Munro, said he was A03 025 increasingly concerned that Waitaki Catchment Commission A03 026 ratepayers in the Waimate and Mackenzie county areas had no way A03 027 of expressing their opposition to the district council scheme. A03 028 |^\0Cr McCulloch said that representatives of other affected A03 029 local authorities were worried that they would not be A03 030 represented on water and soil matters on the new district A03 031 council. A03 032 |^However, the deposed county chairman, \0Cr {0J.D.} Kane, A03 033 said he would like to see the issue proceed to the stage where A03 034 a survey of opposition among Waitaki County and Oamaru Borough A03 035 ratepayers was held. A03 036 |^*"This council is so divided there is no way we can make A03 037 such a decision,**" he said. ^\0Cr Kane moved that further A03 038 discussion on the matter be postponed until after the {0LGC}'s A03 039 decision on the district council plan, seconded by \0Cr {0W.P.} A03 040 McKerrow, but this was lost, 4-5. A03 041 *<*6CHANGING TACK*> A03 042 |^*0Earlier in the debate, \0Cr McKerrow said he was A03 043 concerned that in the lead-up to the recent local-body A03 044 elections the anti-district council councillors had not stated A03 045 their opposition to the {0WDC}. ^Now, after the elections, A03 046 they were changing their tack. A03 047 |^*"It's a terribly sneaky way of going about things,**" he A03 048 said. A03 049 |^\0Crs {0A.T.} Parsons and {0H.J.} Bennett said they would A03 050 prefer the matter to be left to the survey of opposition, so A03 051 the ratepayers could indicate how they felt. A03 052 |^\0Cr {0E.E.} Cochrane pointed out that she was the only A03 053 councillor who had had to face an election in October and she A03 054 said that her ratepayers only wanted a four-body district A03 055 council. A03 056 |^*"I hope we've got the right to go back to square one *- I A03 057 hope we're not too far down the tack, **" **[SIC**] she said. A03 058 |^\0Cr Kane told \0Cr Cochrane that Kurow, which is in her A03 059 riding, could be *"decimated**" if the district council did A03 060 not go ahead and the Aoraki proposal came about. A03 061 |^\0Cr {0J.H.} Dennison said he felt the council should look A03 062 again at the district council proposal, as although the A03 063 membership was the same, there was a new chairman and deputy. A03 064 ^He said he would be happiest if the catchment commission could A03 065 be retained as a separate entity. A03 066 *<*6FEELINGS*> A03 067 |^*0Asked by councillors whether the individual feelings of A03 068 county ratepayers would be taken into account in the Local A03 069 Government Commission survey of opposition, \0Mr Budd said that A03 070 he would know how many in the county opposed the district A03 071 council after such a survey, and the {0LGC} chairman, \0Mr \0B. A03 072 Elwood, had stated more than once that if voters in one A03 073 territorial region were markedly against an amalgamation A03 074 proposal, then he would take heed of that opinion. A03 075 |^\0Mr Budd reminded councillors that after the opposition A03 076 survey, ratepayers from *"across the river**" would get the A03 077 opportunity to object to the scheme when objections were A03 078 called. A03 079 |^*4The district council issue also surfaced when the A03 080 council was considering a schedule of committees and county A03 081 representatives on various authorities. ^\0Cr Kane said he A03 082 should be one of the representatives on the district council A03 083 working party, which comprises members of the three A03 084 authorities. A03 085 |^*"*0I was one of the instigators, and if I'm not appointed A03 086 I'll attend the meetings anyway,**" he said, adding that this A03 087 was permitted under standing orders. A03 088 |^\0Cr Kane criticised the chairman for excluding him from a A03 089 meeting with Mackenzie and Waimate county representatives on A03 090 November 5, saying that he had a right to attend. A03 091 |^*"It was totally and absolutely wrong and illegal, and you A03 092 should apologise,**" he said. A03 093 |^\0Cr Munro said he had arranged the meeting so he could A03 094 discuss other options relating to the future of the catchment A03 095 commission with representatives of the other councils. A03 096 |^\0Cr Bennett reminded \0Cr Munro that when he became A03 097 chairman he had promised to rule by consensus, so he could not A03 098 have discussed catchment commission options with the other A03 099 councils because the Waitaki council did not have a policy on A03 100 these. A03 101 |^\0Cr Munro apologised to \0Cr Kane for excluding him from A03 102 the November 5 meeting, but later \0Cr Kane again criticised A03 103 the new committee and representatives schedule, saying that it A03 104 appeared that four councillors had been left off any A03 105 *"political**" positions. ^He described his appointment as A03 106 chairman of the workshop and staff committee as A03 107 *"chickenfeed.**" A03 108 *<*4*'Shopping day**' strike continues*> A03 109 |^Talks aimed at finding a settlement to a dispute which has A03 110 caused a strike at the Upper Waitaki power stations, failed in A03 111 Wellington yesterday and the dispute continues. A03 112 |^*0About 60 power station workers stopped generating A03 113 electricity at four stations yesterday morning over a claim for A03 114 one shopping day a month. A03 115 |^This removed about 760 megawatts from the national grid A03 116 and led to dropping water levels in Lake Benmore. A03 117 |^However, the Ministry of Energy's office in Dunedin does A03 118 not think the stoppage will cause any power failures or A03 119 blackouts unless the weather suddenly turns very cold, or there A03 120 is a major breakdown in the grid. A03 121 |^The department was doing a *"fairly delicate juggling A03 122 act**" but everything should hold together unless something A03 123 goes wrong, the assistant regional manager of the Electricity A03 124 Division, \0Mr {0P.J.} Dowling, said. A03 125 |^Workers at Tekapo B, Ohau A, B, and C, will remain on A03 126 strike until they get a positive response from the State A03 127 Services Commission on the shopping day claim. A03 128 |^A meeting between the {0PSA} and the commission yesterday A03 129 resulted in no offers being made, and therefore the power A03 130 stations would remain shut down, the spokesman for the Twizel A03 131 sub-group of the {0PSA}, \0Mr {0B.W.} Davies, said yesterday A03 132 afternoon. A03 133 |^The group is awaiting further developments on Monday, he A03 134 said. A03 135 |^Power workers say they are willing to work an extra 15 A03 136 minutes a day for a day's shopping. ^For the moment they have A03 137 dropped their long-standing claims for a Twizel stress A03 138 allowance of *+$3 a day, and an Omarama-Twizel travelling A03 139 allowance. A03 140 |^*4The strike is likely to cost more than *+$100,000 a day A03 141 in extra fuel for the North Island thermal stations, the New A03 142 Zealand Press Association reported. A03 143 |^*0But the Electricity Division is confident no electricity A03 144 consumers will suffer power cuts. A03 145 |^Most of the power deficit will be met from running the two A03 146 gas-powered thermal stations at New Plymouth and Stratford A03 147 while the expensive oil-fired Marsden A station will be running A03 148 to cope with peak loads. A03 149 |^This will cost about *+$100,000 to *+$200,000 a day in A03 150 fuel costs, although this does not count the loss in stored A03 151 hydro energy which bypasses the Upper Waitaki dams. A03 152 |^\0Mr \0D. Swallow, assistant manager for industrial A03 153 relations with the State Services Commission, said it was A03 154 sympathetic to the principle of taking shopping leave. A03 155 |^He said that was something that could have been A03 156 accommodated at a local level. ^But the commission baulked at A03 157 the proposal for an additional three paid days leave. A03 158 *<*4Broadcasting debate entered by Moore*> A03 159 |*2WELLINGTON (Special). *- ^*0The Minister of Overseas A03 160 Trade, the \0Hon {0M.K.} Moore has entered the broadcasting A03 161 debate *- accusing the {0BCNZ} of using its power over the A03 162 public mind to protect its position. A03 163 |^In a weekly column syndicated to some northern newspapers, A03 164 \0Mr Moore says the {0BCNZ}'s massive campaign, suggesting it A03 165 is on the public's side, infers that anyone not on the A03 166 corporation's side is against the public interest. A03 167 |^*"They suggest it is a *+$150,000 campaign. ^Well, that's A03 168 rubbish,**" says \0Mr Moore. ^*"That's just the cost of making A03 169 the advertisements. ^If they had to pay for the time to screen A03 170 them it would be a multi-million dollar campaign.**" A03 171 |^Advertisements saying the {0BCNZ} provides so many hours A03 172 of sport or drama cover, inferred another operator would have A03 173 less cover or none. A03 174 |^*"The opposite could be true,**" \0Mr Moore says. A03 175 *<*4*'SERVANTS**'*> A03 176 |^*0Broadcasting and television were important public A03 177 servants, a vital link in modern society and the system served A03 178 us well. A03 179 |^*"But there is a strong body of thought that institutions, A03 180 after a period, turn from being a force for what they were A03 181 created for, to ones to protect their own interests,**" \0Mr A03 182 Moore says. A03 183 |^*"Broadcasting does not exist for the staff it employs, A03 184 just as education doesn't exist for teachers, or health for the A03 185 medical profession. ^All these institutions have been A03 186 organised by society and funded by taxpayers for the children, A03 187 the sick and to create a secure society. A03 188 |^*"Therefore, we have to take a jaundiced view of those in A03 189 broadcasting who seek to promote themselves, masquerading as A03 190 representing a wider public interest. A03 191 |^*"Taking care of the public interest is the final A03 192 responsibility of governments and elected politicians,**" \0Mr A03 193 Moore says. A03 194 |^*"I think New Zealanders will carefully think this A03 195 through. ^The {0BCNZ} is frequently saying the Government A03 196 won't give it enough in licence fees to do its job. ^I don't A03 197 think anyone suggests we tax private radio. A03 198 |^*"It is annoying to see privileged broadcasting executives A03 199 attacking the Government for not taxing the people enough to A03 200 subsidise their Alfa Romeos.**" A03 201 |^Meanwhile, {0TVNZ} will dump its Auckland documentary unit A03 202 by next February, the *1Auckland Star *0reports. A03 203 |^Documentaries have been removed from the production-plan A03 204 of the new network centre in Auckland and several television A03 205 sources confirm there are no plans for the department for next A03 206 year. A03 207 |^Auckland staff said yesterday they were too shocked to be A03 208 angry. ^There has never been any suggestion that the Auckland A03 209 department should be scrapped, they said. A03 210 |^*"It seems incredible when Auckland has the largest A03 211 Polynesian population and is the biggest population centre A03 212 overall that {0TVNZ} should consider not having a documentary A03 213 department here,**" one producer said. A03 214 |^Head of Programmes and Production, \0Mr \0D. Monaghan said A03 215 {0TVNZ} was looking at rationalising its documentary production A03 216 in Wellington and Dunedin. A03 217 |^If that plan was adopted the Auckland staff would have the A03 218 opportunity to go to Wellington or Dunedin or on to other A03 219 things, he said. A03 220 *<*6AUXILIARY*> A03 221 |^But two-thirds of the Auckland staff said they did not A03 222 want to move. ^Four producers and a large number of auxiliary A03 223 staff would be affected by the decision. A03 224 |^Film crews were told they would be concentrated on drama A03 225 production but it was understood only one drama programme was A03 226 being made on film next year. A03 227 *<*4Burke may drop register*> A03 228 |*6WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*4The Minister of Employment, the A03 229 Hon {0T.K.} Burke, says he is thinking of dropping the register A03 230 of unemployment in favour of the household labour force survey. A03 231 |^*0The household survey has produced lower results than the A03 232 register of unemployment and showed a decrease in the September A03 233 quarter while the register was going up. A03 234 |^\0Mr Burke said the household survey, currently conducted A03 235 quarterly, showed a *"more valid**" result and gave an A03 236 internationally comparable set of figures for job seekers. A03 237 |^*"The labour force survey figures clearly indicate that A03 238 substantial numbers of people on the register are either not A03 239 seeking work or are unable for a variety of reasons to accept A03 240 it if it were offered,**" \0Mr Burke said in a statement. A03 241 |^*"I intend to raise with my colleagues the question of A03 242 having the survey done on a monthly rather than a quarterly A03 243 basis and disbanding the less-accurate monthly register.**" A03 244 |^The household labour force survey counts as unemployed A03 245 people *"available for work.**" ^To be on it, a person must A03 246 have taken *"active steps**" to find employment during the A03 247 reference week or the previous three weeks. A03 248 |^*4Meanwhile, the Opposition last night called *"audacious A03 249 in its hypocrisy**" a Government suggestion to drop the A03 250 unemployment register in favour of a household survey. A03 251 |^*0The Leader of the Opposition, \0Mr {0J.B.} Bolger, said A03 252 that the Government argued while in Opposition that the A03 253 household labour force survey would show a higher figure of A03 254 people unemployed than the traditional unemployment register. A03 255 *# A04 001 **[004 TEXT A04**] A04 002 *<*4Douglas breaks Labour rule*> *<*1By *3WARREN BERRYMAN*> A04 003 *<{0NZN} *1News Bureau*> A04 004 |^*0Finance Minister Roger Douglas broke a cardinal Labour A04 005 policy rule in last night's Budget. ^He introduced A04 006 retrospective legislation against oil and mining companies. A04 007 |^While scrupulously careful to avoid retrospective A04 008 legislation in his other tax reforms, \0Mr Douglas hit A04 009 investors in oil and mining companies with a retrospective tax A04 010 bill. A04 011 |^Under the old rules, investors in mining or oil company A04 012 floats could deduct one-third of this investment against their A04 013 tax bill. A04 014 |^This deduction also applied to calls in partly paid shares A04 015 and options. A04 016 |^\0Mr Douglas's Budget wiped out the third tax deduction A04 017 for any money invested in an oil or mining company after July A04 018 31, 1986. A04 019 |^This is not retrospective so far as new company floats are A04 020 concerned. ^Investors will know the new rules of the game *- A04 021 that there will be no tax deduction *- before making their A04 022 investment. A04 023 |^But it is retrospective when applied to calls and options A04 024 in mining and oil companies now in existence. A04 025 |^Investors who bought partly paid up shares in mining and A04 026 oil companies in the past did so on the understanding that, A04 027 when they were called to pay the unpaid portion of the shares, A04 028 one-third of this money was to be tax deductable. A04 029 |^Under the new rules, it will not be tax deductable and A04 030 this reduces the value of partly paid shares now on the market. A04 031 |^An investor buying an option in an oil or mining company A04 032 in the past did so understanding that when this option was A04 033 exercised *- the money paid for the share *- then a third of A04 034 the sum would be tax deductable. A04 035 |^As of last night the tax deduction is no longer available. A04 036 |^Investors paid a premium for oil and mining company A04 037 options and partly paid shares due to the tax advantage A04 038 attached to them. ^In effect, they were buying a deferred tax A04 039 deduction *- which ceased to exist last night. A04 040 *<*4Homestart plan likely to boost city sales*> *<*1By *3LAURA A04 041 BELL*> A04 042 |^*4The Government's new Homestart scheme will boost house A04 043 sales in south and west Auckland, say land agents. A04 044 |^*0The Housing Corporation scheme enables low and middle A04 045 income earners to buy their first home on a 5% cash deposit. A04 046 |^The price limit for houses in Auckland is *+$100,000. A04 047 ^The Real Estate Institute's Auckland vice-president Garth A04 048 Barfoot says there are plenty of houses available in the price A04 049 range. A04 050 |^He expects the scheme, starting on October 1, will A04 051 stimulate house sales and prices, particularly in south and A04 052 west Auckland. A04 053 |^Houses in the eastern suburbs and North Shore would mostly A04 054 be outside the price range for first-home buyers using the A04 055 scheme. A04 056 |^Buyers will be able to get 3% loans of *+$6000 to A04 057 *+$10,000, non-repayable for five years, to build a new house A04 058 or buy an existing one. A04 059 |^For couples, maximum loans will be available on joint A04 060 gross incomes up to *+$28,000 a year, phasing down until they A04 061 are unavailable to couples earning *+$36,000 and more. A04 062 |^For single people 26 and over, maximum loans will be A04 063 available up to *+$20,000 gross income a year and will phase A04 064 out at *+$28,000. A04 065 |^Landlords' Protection Association president Peter Chilwell A04 066 greeted the scheme as a means to help landlords sell property A04 067 before the introduction of the Residential Tenancies Bill. A04 068 |^*"Landlords are moving fast out of the rent market,**" he A04 069 said. A04 070 |^\0Mr Chilwell expected a 40% reduction in Auckland's A04 071 50,000 rentable homes in five years. A04 072 *<*4Super tax surcharge cut *+$33\0m*> *<*1By *3DAVID A04 073 CLARKSON*> *<{0NZN} *1News Bureau*> A04 074 |*2WELLINGTON. *- ^*0National superannuitants get a cutback A04 075 in their tax surcharge and some family benefit payments get the A04 076 chop next year. A04 077 |^The Government will forego *+$33 million a year by A04 078 lowering the tax surcharge for national superannuitants from A04 079 25\0c to 18\0c in the dollar. A04 080 |^It will gain *+$7.3 million a year by halting what social A04 081 welfare Minister Ann Hercus describes as *"a family benefit A04 082 anomaly.**" A04 083 |^Roger Douglas' Budget devotes little time to social A04 084 policy. ^The Government's major review of health, social A04 085 welfare and education spending is still under way. A04 086 |^He sees the Government's economic reforms as a way of A04 087 generating social equity. A04 088 |^*"Reform which encourages greater productivity and higher A04 089 real incomes throughout the community also has the power, given A04 090 good government, to enhance opportunity and fairness,**" said A04 091 \0Mr Douglas. A04 092 |^*"There is more scope for alleviating social strains in a A04 093 vigorous economy.**" A04 094 |^National superannuation remains by far the biggest payout A04 095 for the Social Welfare department. ^It has been voted *+$3536 A04 096 million of the department's projected *+$5758 million A04 097 expenditure for 1986-87. A04 098 |^Social Welfare has received an 8.3% increase in its vote, A04 099 compared with its 1985-86 spending. A04 100 |^National superannuitants have faced the surcharge since A04 101 Labour's first Budget in November, 1984. A04 102 |^It brought an outcry which led Prime Minister David Lange A04 103 to acknowledge later they had a right to feel misled by the A04 104 party's campaign pledge not to alter it. A04 105 |^Last night's announcement will bring the tax rates on most A04 106 superannuitants into line with the maximum rate that applies to A04 107 others *- 48\0c in the dollar. A04 108 |^The new rate applies from October 1, when the tax changes A04 109 that come with {0GST} will set the top tax rate for wage and A04 110 salary earners and for company tax at 48\0c. A04 111 |^\0Mr Douglas and \0Mrs Hercus say that figure will apply A04 112 to superannuitants who are paying the surcharge but have A04 113 incomes of less than *+$30,000 a year. ^About 20% of national A04 114 superannuitants pay the surcharge. A04 115 |^The Government's subsidy on teachers' salaries for private A04 116 schools will be reduced, saving *+$3.8 million a year. A04 117 |^However some of that will be paid out again as increased A04 118 boarding bursaries for country pupils at both state and private A04 119 schools. A04 120 |^At present the Government pays half the average state A04 121 salary cost per pupil. ^This amounts to *+$560 a student each A04 122 year for primary school pupils and *+$865 for high school A04 123 students. ^The total subsidy cost *+$15.3 million this year. A04 124 |^Education minister Russell Marshall said the private A04 125 school sector must accept its share of the curbs on education A04 126 expenditure. ^The subsidy is being cut back from 50% to 37.5%. A04 127 |^Integrated schools are not affected. A04 128 |^Concessions for motor vehicles purchased by voluntary A04 129 organisations and disabled people will be simplified. A04 130 |^People seeking the concession have had to deal with the A04 131 Customs and Social Welfare departments but from October 1 only A04 132 Social Welfare will be involved. A04 133 |^The Sales Tax Act which allowed the concessions is being A04 134 abolished, and the Government has decided to pay out the same A04 135 value directly through the social welfare system. A04 136 |^\0Mr Douglas also spoke of a fundamental re-examination of A04 137 social policies. A04 138 |^*"For too long it has been believed that problems in A04 139 meeting our social objectives can be solved merely by spending A04 140 more money on them,**" he said. A04 141 |^*"Expenditure on benefits and social services including A04 142 health, education and public order, rose from an average 13% of A04 143 gross domestic product in the 1950s to 25% at the end of the A04 144 1970s. A04 145 |^*"However, there is substantial and growing evidence that A04 146 this increase in expenditure has not enabled the social A04 147 programmes to serve the purposes for which they were intended, A04 148 let alone the expectations which the community now has of A04 149 them.**" A04 150 *<*4Taxman biggest Budget winner*> *<*1By *3DAVID A04 151 M*1c*3LOUGHLIN*> A04 152 |^*4Last night's Budget reveals you will pay more income tax A04 153 than ever despite the much-vaunted tax cuts which apply when A04 154 {0GST} begins on October 1. A04 155 |^*0And before you cheer the petrol price drop, finance A04 156 minister Roger Douglas has quietly found a way to siphon three A04 157 times more in tax on petrol into the Government's coffers than A04 158 he does now. A04 159 |^The income tax grab this financial year will rise by A04 160 *+$733 million to *+$9.8 billion *- 60% of all tax revenue and A04 161 much the same proportion as previous years. A04 162 |^Company tax continues to fall in proportion to total tax A04 163 revenue *- this year business will pay *+$1.4 billion in tax, A04 164 just 8.5% of tax revenue, compared with nearly 10% two years A04 165 ago. A04 166 |^And indirect taxes *- which {0GST} was meant to mark a A04 167 shift to, away from personal tax *- will contribute *+$4.7 A04 168 billion or 29% of tax revenue, again much the same proportion A04 169 as in previous years. A04 170 |^The goods and services tax will apply for the second half A04 171 of this financial year. ^Its share of the total tax take *- A04 172 direct and indirect, *- of a record *+$16.2 billion is a A04 173 comparatively tiny *+$1.2 billion, or 7.4%. A04 174 |^But it won't happen this year, despite the launch of A04 175 {0GST}, according to the tables in the Budget. A04 176 |^New Zealanders pay one of the highest proportions of A04 177 income tax in the world, and one of the most basic reasons for A04 178 introducing {0GST} was to move towards lowering the proportion A04 179 paid in income tax. A04 180 |^As shown in the graphic, two years ago income tax was A04 181 60.5% of all tax revenue, the same proportion the Budget A04 182 predicts for this financial year. A04 183 |^The proportion rose to 64% in the year ended March 31, A04 184 1986 *- and that big jump to *+$9.1 billion was probably due to A04 185 the increase in marginal tax rates last October. A04 186 |^Although income tax this year drops to 60.5% of total tax A04 187 revenue, that's only to where it was two years ago. ^And in A04 188 actual dollars, this financial year you will pay 8% or *+$733 A04 189 million more income tax than last year. A04 190 |^At first glance, it looks as if the tax cuts which start A04 191 on October 1 will not even give back the extra taken in last A04 192 year's rise in marginal tax rates. ^And the 10% {0GST} *- A04 193 which the tax cuts are meant to compensate for *- still has to A04 194 be paid. A04 195 |^The major cause of the Government's windfall is probably A04 196 good old fiscal drag *- the 17%-plus pay rises in the last wage A04 197 round would have taken many workers into a higher tax bracket, A04 198 ensuring the Government's total income tax revenue keeps rising A04 199 despite the tax cuts. A04 200 |^But the biggest tax grab of all in the Budget was \0Mr A04 201 Douglas' sleight-of-hand in siphoning the Marsden \0Pt refinery A04 202 loan levy (16\0c on each litre of petrol) into the consolidated A04 203 fund. A04 204 |^The levy was to pay the interest and loan debt of the A04 205 refinery expansion, which the Government will now take over. A04 206 |^Until recently, the levy was around 10\0c a litre. A04 207 ^Although it has reached 16\0c, it would have started to A04 208 reduce, reaching zero in about 1993. A04 209 |^By turning it into petrol tax and directing it into the A04 210 consolidated account, the Government has tapped a gusher which A04 211 is likely to be gushing long after the loans are repaid. A04 212 |^The Budget tables show that change will raise petrol taxes A04 213 (excluding those going to the National Roads Board) from *+$208 A04 214 million to *+$470 million this financial year, without counting A04 215 the 10% {0GST} which will go on petrol like everything else A04 216 from October 1. A04 217 |^The consolidated account got 9.8\0c a litre. ^After last A04 218 night's announcement, it will get 25.8\0c a litre plus 7.6\0c a A04 219 litre {0GST} from October 1, a total of 33.4\0c. A04 220 *<*4Company tax payments spread evenly*> A04 221 |*6WELLINGTON ({0PA}) *- ^*4Provisional and terminal tax A04 222 payments are to be spread more evenly throughout the year. A04 223 |^*0The changes will apply from the next financial year, A04 224 says finance minister Roger Douglas. A04 225 |^The present timing rules meant provisional and terminal A04 226 tax payments were too heavily concentrated at certain times of A04 227 the year. A04 228 |^Most taxpayers pay provisional tax in two instalments *- A04 229 in September and March. A04 230 |^The September payment was one-third and the March payment A04 231 was two-thirds of a taxpayer's total provisional tax liability. A04 232 |^*"This system causes considerable uncertainty in financial A04 233 markets at these times,**" \0Mr Douglas said. A04 234 |^*"As a result small errors in revenue forecasts can have A04 235 major effects on short-term interest rates.**" A04 236 |^Under the new rules provisional tax will be due in three A04 237 equal instalments spread evenly through the year. A04 238 |^The practice of allowing tax to be paid one month late A04 239 without penalty will also stop. A04 240 |^Provisional tax will be payable in the fourth, eighth and A04 241 12th month of a taxpayer's income year. A04 242 |^Terminal tax payments will be due on the 11th month for A04 243 those with balance dates between October and March. A04 244 |^To avoid an excessive fiscal cost in the initial year, the A04 245 due date for paying terminal tax will be February 6 for other A04 246 taxpayers. A04 247 |^*"These measures will bring substantial benefits by A04 248 evening out tax flows,**" he said. A04 249 |^*"To a limited extent, they will also assist tax A04 250 forecasting.**" A04 251 |^Under the present scheme, 6% of provisional and terminal A04 252 tax can fall in March. A04 253 |^To ease transition, taxpayers with balance dates falling A04 254 in October, February, March and April will be allowed to pay A04 255 their first provisional tax instalment in the 1987-88 income A04 256 year. A04 257 *<*4Post-budget bills prompt late sessions*> A04 258 |^*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0The National Party conference A04 259 in Auckland was without a number of the party's {0MP}s today as A04 260 Parliament continued to sit under urgency. A04 261 |^The House resumed today after sitting until midnight last A04 262 night. ^The Government had pushed through a number of A04 263 post-Budget bills. A04 264 *# A05 001 **[005 TEXT A05**] A05 002 *4*<\0Govt attributes rise in jobless to farm slump*> A05 003 * A05 004 |^Registered unemployment rose a sharp 8.4 per cent last A05 005 month *- an increase the Minister of Employment, \0Mr Burke, A05 006 attributed in part to the drop in farmers' spending. A05 007 |^*0He said that while much of the rise reflected seasonal A05 008 lay-offs in the freezing and horticultural sectors, it was A05 009 clear also that the agricultural recession had *"caused A05 010 farmers to put their cheque books away until things pick up in A05 011 the new season.**" A05 012 |^This, he said, had hit many rural service industries and A05 013 was most evident in those provinces dependent on sheep farming. A05 014 |^He was confident, however, that the Government's policies A05 015 would deliver, saying already the indicators were suggesting A05 016 *"better things ahead.**" A05 017 |^\0Mr Burke was commenting on the Labour Department's A05 018 latest survey which shows the total unemployed at the end of A05 019 August was 70,831 *- higher than in any month since February, A05 020 1984, when the figure was 76,403 or 5.7 per cent of the A05 021 estimated work-force against 5.3 per cent now. A05 022 |^The acting Leader of the Opposition, \0Mr George Gair, A05 023 said last month's figure would have been even higher but for A05 024 the recent *"substantial outflow of migrants**" and predicted A05 025 unemployment would reach 80,000 soon and 100,000 by the end of A05 026 the year. A05 027 |^*"Unemployment is now a disaster area,**" he said. A05 028 |^The figures show an increase in the August to August year A05 029 of 42.3 per cent, but this reduces to just under 20 per cent if A05 030 those on work and skills schemes are counted among the A05 031 unemployed. A05 032 |^This is because the number on fully and partly subsidised A05 033 projects has been almost halved over the period and, even the A05 034 7189 on the new Training Assistance Programmes added, is still A05 035 down about 5000 over all. A05 036 |^The {0T.A.P.} enrolment was, however, artificially low as A05 037 it dropped about 1000 over the month *- a drop almost entirely A05 038 due to a fall-off in the number of trainees in technical A05 039 institute based courses. A05 040 |^\0Mr Burke attributes this to the August holidays, A05 041 repeating the May holiday experience. ^He would prefer the A05 042 programmes to run without interruption. A05 043 |^Of those on the August unemployed register, 28 per cent A05 044 had been out of work for less than four weeks; 37 per cent for A05 045 between four and 13 weeks; 20 per cent for 13 to 26 weeks and A05 046 15 per cent for more than six months. A05 047 |^Included in the total were 3328 school-leavers, down 129 A05 048 on July. A05 049 |^The survey confirms that the pain of the economic A05 050 contraction is being felt most keenly in the provincial areas. A05 051 ^Leading those districts to record significant increases in A05 052 unemployment was Invercargill, up 870, and Dunedin, up 672. A05 053 |^They were followed by Hastings, up 478; Hamilton, up 425; A05 054 Napier, up 412 and Wanganui, up 366. A05 055 |^Christchurch's total at the end of August was 7747 *- up A05 056 104 from July. ^Blenheim was at 854, up 26; Nelson, at 1453, A05 057 was up 43, Greymouth was up 53 at 948 and Timaru was up 202 at A05 058 1665. A05 059 *<*4Parties to press on in wage formula bid*> A05 060 * A05 061 |^*0Union and employer representatives are expected to meet A05 062 in Wellington again today as they attempt to thrash out a wage A05 063 agreement. A05 064 |^The Government, after reconvening the tripartite wage A05 065 conference on Wednesday evening, told the parties to go away A05 066 and sort out an agreed package. A05 067 |^In the meantime, they are shunning publicity, mindful that A05 068 if they do strike a deal they will have to sell it first to A05 069 their own members. A05 070 |^Progress, if it is to occur, is likely to be swift not A05 071 least because of the time pressures. A05 072 |^Conciliation on three important awards, including the A05 073 trend-setting drivers' document, is set down for next week and A05 074 the people involved will want to know the outcome of the A05 075 central negotiations before they get down to hard bargaining. A05 076 |^Certainly this is the attitude the employers' assessors to A05 077 the drivers' award are expected to take when they begin their A05 078 talks in Christchurch on Monday. A05 079 |^Their advocate, \0Mr Paul Diver, said they would have to A05 080 take account of developments in the effort to get a managed A05 081 round. ^He did not specify how this would influence their A05 082 strategy but they probably will be reluctant to make a wage A05 083 offer until they know whether there are to be controls or not. A05 084 |^This may have the effect of frustrating the approach of A05 085 the union advocate, \0Mr Rob Campbell. A05 086 |^\0Mr Campbell said in a statement yesterday that he had A05 087 lodged his claims, that the employers had lodged theirs, and A05 088 that he saw no reason *"to suspend any aspect of the A05 089 negotiations**" especially as they had not been asked to do so. A05 090 |^He said that he would be against any deal which provided A05 091 only for a wage increase and banned all bargaining. A05 092 |^The Federation of Labour resolution tied affiliates to a A05 093 common level of wage claim but did not in any way suspend A05 094 discussion on conditions or allowances. A05 095 |^*"Our position on Monday will be consistent with that A05 096 decision,**" he said. A05 097 |^He indicated that he would prefer *"to negotiate a A05 098 conclusion across the table**" and divorced the drivers from A05 099 this latest attempt to get a central agreement saying it had A05 100 been initiated not from any request of theirs but to resolve an A05 101 impasse in the metal trades' award talks. A05 102 |^He is following {0F.O.L.} policy in claiming *+$24 a week A05 103 but has hinted that he might raise his claims should the A05 104 employers persist with counter-claims A05 105 on shift work, working hours, and other issues. A05 106 |^The same lukewarm commitment to the tack being taken by A05 107 the {0F.O.L.} surfaced again yesterday when he said that if an A05 108 acceptable wage increase was fixed centrally, they would regard A05 109 it as an *"assistance**" but that it *"still would not do A05 110 away with the need for (their) negotiations to proceed on other A05 111 matters.**" A05 112 |^There would be no conflict if a deal was struck which A05 113 controlled only the wage movement, leaving other claims to be A05 114 negotiated freely. ^The Employers' Federation may, however, A05 115 demand a ban on all conciliation as a condition for agreement. A05 116 |^The Minister of Labour, \0Mr Rodger, said there was still A05 117 only a 50-50 chance of a managed wage round this year. A05 118 He said the Government would be reluctant to regulate a wage A05 119 rise for all workers. A05 120 |^*"But if we are confronted with the extraordinary A05 121 situation of both organisations agreeing on a package and that A05 122 it ought to be delivered by regulation, we clearly have to take A05 123 it to the Cabinet for further consideration,**" he said. A05 124 |^He believed the {0F.O.L.} and employers were still some A05 125 distance apart over various ingredients that might be included A05 126 in a managed round. A05 127 *4* A05 128 * A05 129 |^*0Labour has opened a nine-point gap over National in the A05 130 latest public opinion poll, and the divided Democrats have sunk A05 131 to a historic low point. A05 132 |^The latest *"Eye Witness**"-Heylen poll results show A05 133 Labour support benefiting from increasing confidence in its A05 134 handling of the economy. A05 135 |^Compared with the poll a month earlier, taken after the A05 136 freeing of the French Rainbow Warrior agents, Labour support A05 137 has risen from 49 per cent to 53 per cent. A05 138 |^National's support fell from 46 per cent to 44 percent, A05 139 and from 4 per cent to 1 per cent for the Democrats. ^The New A05 140 Zealand Party held firm at 1 per cent. ^Those undecided were A05 141 steady at 16 per cent. A05 142 |^The Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, was approved by 31 per A05 143 cent of voters as preferred Prime Minister. ^Sir Robert A05 144 Muldoon was steady on 14 per cent; the Deputy Prime Minister, A05 145 \0Mr Palmer, rose two points to 6 per cent; the Leader of the A05 146 Opposition, \0Mr Bolger, slipped from 18 per cent to 15 per A05 147 cent. A05 148 |^Labour did well in the economic indicators. A05 149 |^It was up six points to 49 per cent on its economic A05 150 performance, up five to 47 per cent over-all, up four to 40 per A05 151 cent on interest rates, up four to 38 per cent on {0GST}, and A05 152 economic optimism rose four points to 37 per cent. A05 153 |^More startling was the public's view on unemployment. A05 154 ^Government approval was still only a very low 26 per cent but A05 155 that was up four points on a month ago. A05 156 |^The really amazing indicator was that on public A05 157 dissatisfaction with the Government's handling of the economy. A05 158 ^That fell 13 points to 30 per cent. A05 159 |^These poll results will give greater confidence to the A05 160 Labour Party in weathering criticism about doubts about A05 161 economic reforms. ^They will also dampen the increasing A05 162 confidence that the National Party has shown. A05 163 *4*<2 \0Govt departments will become six new bodies*> A05 164 * A05 165 |^*0The uncertainties and fears of Forest Service and Lands A05 166 and Survey personnel over their future should crystallise late A05 167 next month. A05 168 |^The chief executive of the Forestry Corporation A05 169 establishment unit, \0Mr Andy Kirkland, said yesterday that the A05 170 physical programmes, financial programmes associated with them A05 171 and the numbers of people involved, were being examined and it A05 172 was hoped to bring all these things together in early October. A05 173 |^\0Mr Kirkland confirmed that a board meeting would be held A05 174 in the second week of October, at which time these matters A05 175 would be discussed. ^However, it was unlikely that any A05 176 announcement would be made on structuring and staffing until A05 177 after deliberations by the board, the Government, and the State A05 178 Services Commission. A05 179 |^The Forest Service is only part of the restructuring that A05 180 is taking place. ^Out of it all, from two Government A05 181 departments, six new bodies will emerge *- the Forestry A05 182 Corporation and the Land Development and Management Corporation A05 183 (Landcorp), which are the production arms of the Forest Service A05 184 and Lands and Survey Departments respectively; a Ministry of A05 185 Forests; a Department of Conservation; a Department of Land and A05 186 Survey Information; and a Ministry for the Environment. A05 187 |^The complexity of all this is causing great uncertainties A05 188 and fear among the permanent staff of both Government A05 189 departments and in the case of the Forest Service, particularly A05 190 the wage workers employed in planting and silvicultural work. A05 191 |^The rumours circulating in Nelson, the centre of the South A05 192 Island's largest exotic forests are extensive. ^Most of these A05 193 were put to rest yesterday either by \0Mr Kirkland; the Nelson A05 194 conservator of Forests, \0Mr Ian Black; or the secretary of the A05 195 Nelson Timber Workers' Union, \0Ms Rebecca Hamid. A05 196 |^A total of 213 permanent staff and 320 wage workers (not A05 197 including contractors) are employed within the Nelson A05 198 conservancy. ^None is absolutely certain of retaining A05 199 employment after the restructuring. A05 200 |^\0Mr Black said it could not yet be determined what A05 201 permanent staff would go into which jobs. ^The Department of A05 202 Conservation and the Ministry of Forests would retain A05 203 Government department status. A05 204 |^*"However there are great uncertainties for those who will A05 205 change from the Forest Service to the corporation because it A05 206 has not yet been determined what new conditions of employment A05 207 there will be in the corporation, how the organisations will be A05 208 structured, whether they are going to be offered jobs, how many A05 209 jobs, and if there will be a location change,**" said \0Mr A05 210 Black. A05 211 *4*<\0Govt maintaining line on teachers' salaries*> A05 212 *<*0PA Wellington*> A05 213 |^The Government is sticking to its decision to cut the A05 214 teachers' salaries grant to private schools, said the Minister A05 215 of Education, \0Mr Marshall, yesterday. A05 216 |^The move to cut the grant in two stages has met with A05 217 opposition from private schools and produced a flood of A05 218 petitions to Parliament urging the Government to restore the A05 219 grant to pre-Budget levels. A05 220 |^\0Mr Marshall met independent school principals several A05 221 weeks ago and took their paper to a Cabinet committee. A05 222 |^However, the committee decided to affirm the earlier A05 223 decision and that was confirmed at the Cabinet on Monday. A05 224 |^Explaining the decision, \0Mr Marshall said he had been A05 225 required to find savings in the last expenditure review. A05 226 |^He said that next month's tax changes would particularly A05 227 benefit middle-income earners who represented a significant A05 228 number of the users of independent schools. A05 229 |^The exception was Rudolph Steiner schools, which had a A05 230 broader cross-section of children. A05 231 |^\0Mr Marshall said there was an *"escape clause**" for A05 232 independent schools facing the grant cut *- the opportunity to A05 233 integrate with the State system. A05 234 *4* A05 235 * A05 236 |^*0Electricity pricing will determine whether the North A05 237 Island Main Trunk line electrification, costing about *+$200 A05 238 million, will be switched on or mothballed at the time of its A05 239 completion in 1988. A05 240 |^The Government recently decided to press ahead with the A05 241 project's construction, but the Minister of Railways, \0Mr A05 242 Prebble, said yesterday that what happened after that would A05 243 depend on the price of power fixed between the Railways A05 244 Corporation and the new Electricity Corporation. A05 245 |^The Minister of Energy, \0Mr Tizard, raised the pricing A05 246 issue yesterday to make it clear that the Railways would get no A05 247 concession on the electricity it required. A05 248 |^\0Mr Prebble replied that no concession was expected and A05 249 the price would be that set in standard commercial negotiations A05 250 between the two corporations. A05 251 |^*"If the Electricity Corporation says... ^*'We have got A05 252 other customers who want the power and are prepared to pay the A05 253 proper price,**' then that is how it will be. A05 254 |^*"It will be a strictly commercial decision,**" \0Mr A05 255 Prebble said. A05 256 *# A06 001 **[006 TEXT A06**] A06 002 *<*4Economic measures to stay *- \0Mr Bolger*> A06 003 * A06 004 |^*0The Leader of the Opposition, \0Mr Bolger, has told the A06 005 international financial magazine, *"Euromoney,**" that National A06 006 would not repeal any of the Government's major economic A06 007 measures. A06 008 |^In an interview published last month, \0Mr Bolger was A06 009 asked if National would repeal any major measures if it won the A06 010 next election. ^He replied, ^*"No, I don't know of any.**" A06 011 |^*"Euromoney**" quotes \0Mr Bolger as saying National would A06 012 *"refine**" the policy of a floating New Zealand dollar by A06 013 lowering interest rates, thereby reducing pressure on exchange A06 014 rates because of high capital flows into New Zealand for A06 015 investment. A06 016 |^\0Mr Bolger is also quoted as saying that the view of A06 017 National and of himself is *"much more open than that of the A06 018 Government.**" A06 019 |^Discussing party philosophies in the interview, \0Mr A06 020 Bolger said his main difference from the Minister of Finance, A06 021 \0Mr Douglas, was that he wanted an economy driven by the A06 022 private sector, without the growth in the public sector that A06 023 had occurred under Labour. A06 024 |^\0Mr Douglas drew attention to \0Mr Bolger's comments A06 025 yesterday, claiming they showed he had told the international A06 026 financial community the opposite of his *"blustering**" about A06 027 Government economic policies within New Zealand. A06 028 |^The Minister asked whether the *"Euromoney**" interview A06 029 meant \0Mr Bolger did not, after all, favour repealing {0GST}, A06 030 as he had previously pledged. A06 031 |^A copy of the interview in the latest *"Euromoney**" A06 032 supplement on New Zealand was distributed to the news media by A06 033 \0Mr Douglas, who described \0Mr Bolger as a hypocrite. A06 034 |^However, a spokesman for \0Mr Bolger said the answers in A06 035 the article had been *"edited rather severely.**" A06 036 |^The spokesman said that the interview had been conducted A06 037 six months ago, and that \0Mr Bolger was sure he would not have A06 038 given the answers in the way credited to him. A06 039 *<*4Pay cuts rejected; Longburn's future hangs in balance*> A06 040 *<*0{0PA} Palmerston North*> A06 041 |^The future of the Longburn meat works was teetering in the A06 042 balance yesterday after freezing workers rejected a management A06 043 call for new-season pay cuts and longer hours. A06 044 |^As the shock waves from the Whakatu shut**[ARB**]-down A06 045 rippled through the industry, Waitaki's manager of Longburn, A06 046 \0Mr Brian Cuff, said the issue at the Manawatu works was still A06 047 negotiable. A06 048 |^\0Mr Cuff said the new season at Longburn was not due to A06 049 start until mid-November. A06 050 |^This meant that there was still time for union and A06 051 management to get together to thrash out an agreement. A06 052 |^Freezing workers on Monday overwhelmingly threw out A06 053 company proposals calling for new manning levels, pay cuts, and A06 054 higher daily tallies at the works. A06 055 |^The Meat Workers' Union's west coast (North Island) branch A06 056 secretary, \0Mr Ken Findlay said that Waitaki's demands for A06 057 wage cuts varied from 30 per cent to 60 per cent but averaged A06 058 40 per cent across the works. A06 059 |^The average worker earned *+$11,000 in a six-month season A06 060 plus *+$8000 from the dole and so a 40 per cent wage cut would A06 061 reduce his income to *+$14,500, he said. A06 062 |^The workers will prepare their own counter**[ARB**]-claims A06 063 for discussion with the company in the next two to three weeks. A06 064 |^The union's president, \0Mr Roger Middlemass, said those A06 065 would involve *"significant**" cost cuts. A06 066 |^\0Mr Cuff said the company was prepared to look at A06 067 anything put forward by the union but warned there was A06 068 *"little room to move.**" A06 069 |^*"People have got to realise that we are in a crisis A06 070 situation at Longburn,**" he said. A06 071 |^\0Mr Cuff said that under the ownership of A06 072 Borthwick-{0CWS} since 1977, Longburn had lost *+$13 million, A06 073 posting a loss each year but one, when the works made a profit A06 074 of *+$40,000. A06 075 |^The Watties-owned Waitaki International group took over A06 076 Longburn on March 1 this year. A06 077 |^In the season just finished, the works lost *+$3.7 million A06 078 and a projected loss of between *+$4 million and *+$5 million A06 079 is forecast for the new season, according to \0Mr Cuff. A06 080 |^He said this was what was behind the company's move to A06 081 cancel all contracts and agreements at Longburn from Monday, A06 082 October 19. A06 083 |^\0Mr Cuff said Longburn, which employs about 800 meat A06 084 workers at the peak of the season, had a bright future A06 085 *"provided we can get our unit costs down.**" A06 086 |^*"Obviously I am very disappointed at the outcome of the A06 087 shed meeting and I find it very difficult to be optimistic A06 088 right now. A06 089 |^*"But we are open for discussion on any proposal for us to A06 090 become viable,**" he said. A06 091 *<*0Not everybody wants to work, says report*> A06 092 *<{0PA} Tauranga*> A06 093 |^Labour Department policy wrongly assumes that everybody A06 094 who registers as jobless wants to work, according to a report A06 095 for the department. A06 096 |^The report says the Government should recognise that there A06 097 will always be a number of unemployed people who do not want to A06 098 work. A06 099 |^These people should be the Social Welfare Department's A06 100 responsibility, not that of the Labour Department, it says. A06 101 |^Labour Department funds and staff time are being wasted on A06 102 people who do not want to work or train. A06 103 |^The report is the work of a sub-committee of the Tauranga A06 104 district employment training and advisory committee. A06 105 |^This week the sub-committee will examine the finished A06 106 report before it goes to the committee next week for A06 107 discussion. A06 108 |^A sub-committee member, \0Mrs Melanie Southworth, said the A06 109 present system of handling unemployment was based on a fallacy. A06 110 |^*"The whole present system is based on the premise that A06 111 everybody who registers with the Labour Department wants to A06 112 work,**" she said. A06 113 |^*"The truth is that some or most of the people registered A06 114 with the Labour Department want to work, but everybody has to A06 115 pretend that they want to work if they want an income. A06 116 |^*"So the present system does not identify *- because it A06 117 does not ask who wants to work *- who wishes to train and who A06 118 would be willing to be unemployed for a time,**" she said. A06 119 |^*"If you filled every job in New Zealand there would still A06 120 be some people left over, that is what we are saying. ^There A06 121 is going to be unemployment for a time.**" A06 122 |^\0Mrs Southworth said people who could maintain a A06 123 satisfying lifestyle not working should be allowed to do so, A06 124 because there were not enough jobs to go round. A06 125 |^*"The bottom line is we are not acknowledging at the A06 126 moment that we do not have enough work for everybody,**" she A06 127 said. A06 128 |^People should be able to *"take time out**" for A06 129 activities such as retraining, raising a family, doing A06 130 voluntary community work, or taking a sabbatical after A06 131 finishing a job to think about what to do in the future, she A06 132 said. A06 133 |^That system was appropriate in a climate where there was A06 134 not full employment. A06 135 |^One requirement for collecting a benefit could be to do a A06 136 spell of community work each week. A06 137 *<*4Greymouth council set for complete new look*> A06 138 * A06 139 |^*0With the election of the new Greymouth Borough Council, A06 140 interest now focuses on the portfolios which individual members A06 141 will bear. A06 142 |^The Deputy Mayor in the last term, \0Cr Russell King, had A06 143 the responsibility for works, and \0Cr Cecil Walklin was in A06 144 charge of reserves. ^Neither sought re-election. A06 145 |^\0Cr Neville Higgs, in charge of town planning, and \0Cr A06 146 Paul Purton (sports and ground allocations) both lost their A06 147 seats. A06 148 |^The Greymouth Borough Council does not operate in A06 149 committees, but rather in a Cabinet fashion with each A06 150 councillor having a specific responsibility. ^He or she is A06 151 expected to liaise with the head of each department and produce A06 152 reports and recommendations. A06 153 |^In addition to the election, some councillors are expected A06 154 to get further responsibilities. A06 155 |^\0Cr Fred Holmes, who has been in charge of drainage and A06 156 is the borough representative on the Westland Catchment Board A06 157 is likely to find works among his portfolios this year, but A06 158 could be helped in this sphere by \0Cr Ray Burrell, a factory A06 159 engineer, who joined the council as an appointment during the A06 160 last term. A06 161 |^\0Cr Burrell has been especially interested in downtown A06 162 development, particularly the proposed Albert Street Mall. A06 163 |^\0Cr Burrell has been in charge of the library, but his A06 164 new seniority suggests that this will move to a new councillor, A06 165 possibly the principal of the Greymouth High School, \0Mr Des A06 166 Hinch. A06 167 |^Although \0Mr Hinch is interested in traffic planning, A06 168 stemming from the high school board of governors' continuous A06 169 campaign for the reinstatement of a pedestrian crossing outside A06 170 the school, \0Cr Norman Tvrdeic has a long association with A06 171 road safety, and is expected to retain that post. A06 172 |^\0Cr Tvrdeic was second in the polling behind \0Cr Anna A06 173 van der Geest who has been in charge of finance. ^She is A06 174 expected to keep that post and, as the new deputy Mayor, A06 175 succeeding \0Cr King, is expected to replace him on the West A06 176 Coast United Council. A06 177 |^The vexed question of who will replace \0Cr Higgs in A06 178 town-planning is an absorbing one. ^It is an important post and, on A06 179 seniority would normally have been one for \0Cr Tvrdeic, but A06 180 many hearings are held in the late afternoons when he would be A06 181 unavailable. A06 182 |^The Mayor, \0Dr Barry Dallas, who makes the appointments A06 183 could give this post to \0Cr Darcy Lucas, who already has the A06 184 responsibility for health and welfare, and who was re-elected A06 185 last Saturday. A06 186 |^\0Cr Lucas, if he is moved from his present welfare post A06 187 could be succeeded by a new member, \0Mr Eric Belcher, while A06 188 two other new members, \0Messrs Rex Hay and Mick O'Donnell, who A06 189 both expressed keen interest in sport, could be the contenders A06 190 for the reserves department and sports allocation posts. A06 191 *<*4Cafeteria pay increase 19\0pc*> A06 192 *<*6CHRISTCHURCH*> A06 193 |^*2THE *0award for restaurant and cafeteria workers was A06 194 settled last night, with a wage increase of 19 per cent. A06 195 |^The new award rate for a full time kitchenhand working A06 196 Monday till Friday is *+$5.75 an hour, compared with *+$4.83 A06 197 under the old award which expired on March 1. A06 198 |^The award covers the wages and conditions of about 17,000 A06 199 workers in tearooms, industrial cafeterias, restaurants and A06 200 takeaway bars. A06 201 |^Christchurch workers had taken industrial action and A06 202 threatened more unless the employers agreed to pay *+$6 an A06 203 hour, but the settlement means that there will be no more A06 204 action. A06 205 |^The union assessors, led by advocate Rick Barker, were A06 206 faced with the choice of taking the 19 per cent or allowing the A06 207 talks to be adjourned, which would have delayed settlement for A06 208 about six weeks, when there could be no guarantee that the A06 209 employers would offer any more and the prospect of not having A06 210 any backdating. *- {0NZPA} A06 211 *<*4Dunlop strikers outline views*> A06 212 * A06 213 |^*2STRIKING *0Upper Hutt Dunlop tyre workers have taken their A06 214 case to city residents in a pamphlet distributed to Upper Hutt A06 215 households. A06 216 |^Entitled Dunlop Tyre Factory Dispute: The Facts, the A06 217 pamphlet attributes the dispute to a recent change in the A06 218 plant's overseas owners. A06 219 |^The dispute is over whether a long-established bonus A06 220 should be retained. ^Management has argued that as a new A06 221 agreement for wages and conditions of maintenance workers is A06 222 being negotiated, Dunlop has no obligation to retain the A06 223 traditional bonus. A06 224 |^The pamphlet says Dunlop's obligation is clear. ^*"The A06 225 new owners of the company believe they have some divine right A06 226 to tear up the agreement freely entered into whenever it suits A06 227 their selfish ends.**" A06 228 |^Throughout negotiations Dunlop's management has shown a A06 229 total lack of response to proposals to end the dispute, it A06 230 says. A06 231 |^It says working people have a right to expect their A06 232 agreements to be honoured. A06 233 |^Dunlop chief executive David Hills yesterday said he A06 234 rejected the pamphlet, which he said had the facts wrong. A06 235 |^A completely new agreement was being negotiated so there A06 236 was no obligation to include features from earlier agreements. A06 237 |^Dunlop was trying to make the Upper Hutt plant A06 238 internationally competitive, and to do that a wage bill A06 239 including a 15.5 per cent increase in bonuses would be too A06 240 high, he said. A06 241 *<*4\0Govt will appoint chief to help in Maori language*> A06 242 |^*0A Maori language commissioner will be appointed to A06 243 oversee implementation of the language's official recognition, A06 244 Deputy Prime Minister Geoffrey Palmer said yesterday. A06 245 |^A Bill granting recognition to the language is before A06 246 Parliament, but \0Mr Palmer said the issue needed to be A06 247 addressed immediately. A06 248 |^*"The Maori language is probably the most important taonga A06 249 [treasure] the Maori people have,**" \0Mr Palmer said. A06 250 |^*"It provides the focal point for their future A06 251 development, giving a sense of oneness and a spirit of A06 252 inspiration.**" A06 253 |^The Maori language commissioner would report to the A06 254 Minister of Maori Affairs, and would consider the A06 255 infrastructure required once the Bill passed into law, \0Mr A06 256 Palmer said. A06 257 *# A07 001 **[007 TEXT A07**] A07 002 *<*4Former {0US} envoy to bat for Kiwis*> A07 003 |*2CHRISTCHURCH, *0Today ({0PA}). *- ^A number of former A07 004 United States officials could soon be promoting New Zealand's A07 005 interests in their country, says a retired United States A07 006 ambassador. A07 007 |^Anne Martindell, ambassador to New Zealand from 1979 to A07 008 1981 during the Carter presidency, said yesterday that she was A07 009 organising a committee to promote greater understanding between A07 010 the {0US} and New Zealand. A07 011 |^Details of membership of the new group, tentatively titled A07 012 the United States-New Zealand Council, would be revealed after A07 013 a meeting in Washington on April 18. A07 014 |^But she said members would include former officials in the A07 015 State Department and a former secretary of state. A07 016 |^Because contributions to the council would be A07 017 tax-deductible, it could not act as a political lobbying group. A07 018 |^Individual members of the group would, however, point out A07 019 New Zealand's position in the {0ANZUS} row, she said. A07 020 |^*"There will be a mix of views among the members regarding A07 021 New Zealand's defence policies, but they will all share a love A07 022 of New Zealand. ^They do not like to see such a long and happy A07 023 relationship in its present state.**" A07 024 |^\0Mrs Martindell said she was in two minds about New A07 025 Zealand's proposed anti-nuclear legislation. A07 026 |^*"I came into politics on the peace issue so my initial A07 027 reaction was that it was a very brave thing to do. ^Now I am A07 028 worried that if there is no resolution to the problem there A07 029 would be consequences for New Zealand that would distress A07 030 me.**" A07 031 |^\0Mrs Martindell said she would do her best to ensure A07 032 economic sanctions were not applied to New Zealand, but it was A07 033 possible that the State Department would yield to the strong A07 034 protectionist sentiment in the {0US}. A07 035 |^\0Mrs Martindell said the {0ANZUS} treaty should be A07 036 retained even if no solution to the nuclear ship dispute could A07 037 be found. ^Unlike many Americans she saw the treaty as A07 038 primarily a political alliance rather than a military one, she A07 039 said. A07 040 |^She said, however, that it would be difficult to apply a A07 041 compromise solution, such as existed in Japan, in New Zealand. A07 042 |^Much of the work of the council would involve cultural A07 043 exchanges. ^These are presently organised by the United States A07 044 Information Service which \0Mrs Martindell said has been A07 045 affected by government cut-backs. A07 046 *<*4Rural action groups plan protest march*> A07 047 |*2HAMILTON *0Today ({0PA}). *- ^The emerging rural action A07 048 network is gearing up for a national day of protest which will A07 049 include a march to Parliament. A07 050 |^Te Anga, near Waitomo, where the women set up the first A07 051 rural action group, is co-ordinating activity, liaising with A07 052 other groups and gauging community feelings on future action. A07 053 |^Te Anga group organiser Andra Neeley said they had just A07 054 collated answers from a questionnaire which sought community A07 055 feelings on the group's next moves. A07 056 |^Since the Te Anga group formation a few weeks ago, more A07 057 than half a dozen other groups have sprung up. A07 058 |^A march in Te Kuiti rallied more than 500 people last A07 059 week, and a large turn out is expected for tomorrow's march in A07 060 Te Awamutu. A07 061 |^Te Anga group secretary Rosemary Shaw said the A07 062 questionnaire showed a predominant feeling for protest at A07 063 national level. A07 064 |^*"Those who couldn't take part in a march on Parliament A07 065 would march in their own areas in a co-ordinated action.**" A07 066 |^Other action proposed includes making contact with A07 067 borough, county and district councils to suggest that rural A07 068 communities would be prepared to take a decrease in services if A07 069 rates were held and not increased to pay for local authority A07 070 staff pay increases. A07 071 |^A letter-writing campaign, spelling out the plight of the A07 072 agricultural sector, will be aimed at the Women's Affairs A07 073 Minister Ann Hercus, Finance Minister Roger Douglas and Prime A07 074 Minister David Lange. A07 075 |^Posting will be co-ordinated for April 2. A07 076 |^The Te Anga group is also collecting data from as many A07 077 areas as possible for circulation and publication. A07 078 |^*"We want to hear about farmers who have walked off, farm A07 079 sales, personal problems including suicides,**" \0Mrs Shaw A07 080 said. A07 081 |^South Island rural action groups are also being contacted, A07 082 \0Mrs Shaw said. A07 083 *<*4Nats blame report for rail loss tip*> A07 084 |*2WELLINGTON, *4Today ({0PA}). *- ^A final Booz-Allen A07 085 report has resulted in the Transport Minister Richard Prebble A07 086 predicting a *+$65 million loss for the Railways Corporation, A07 087 says Opposition transport spokesman Winston Peters. A07 088 |^*0\0Mr Peters said the United States management A07 089 consultancy firm of Booz-Allen and Hamilton had presented a A07 090 final report to the Railways Corporation on February 26. A07 091 |^He believed the report proposed staff reductions of up to A07 092 4000 and the closure of railway workshops. A07 093 |^\0Mr Peters said the latest report was the catalyst for an A07 094 emergency meeting of the Railways Corporation board last week. A07 095 |^He claimed the existence of the report during A07 096 parliamentary question time yesterday and asked \0Mr Prebble if A07 097 he intended to disregard it. A07 098 |^\0Mr Prebble said \0Mr Peters was talking absolute rubbish A07 099 and denied receiving a report from Booz-Allen on February 26. A07 100 |^\0Mr Peters said the final report prompted \0Mr Prebble's A07 101 Monday night statement that the corporation was facing a *+$65 A07 102 million loss this financial year. A07 103 |^*"That (the Booz-Allen involvement) should have been A07 104 publicly disclosed,**" \0Mr Peters said. A07 105 |^Former Railways chairman, Lyn Papps released the contents A07 106 of the Booz-Allen report in April 1984. A07 107 |^It recommended changes to management structures and major A07 108 staff reductions. A07 109 |^Meanwhile, Railways Corporation chairman Murray Smith has A07 110 confirmed the board had received a report from Booz-Allen on A07 111 February 26. A07 112 |^He said the report completed the Booz-Allen assignment A07 113 with the corporation. A07 114 |^Commenting on \0Mr Peters' claim that the report contained A07 115 a suggestion for up to 4000 jobs to be lost, \0Mr Smith said A07 116 there were clearly some ramifications of the report which the A07 117 board was taking into account. A07 118 |^*"But the suggestion he's making that the recent A07 119 developments are in some way related to work by Booz-Allen is A07 120 totally incorrect.**" A07 121 |^\0Mr Smith said the report was presented to the board (not A07 122 \0Mr Prebble) by Booz-Allen. A07 123 |^*"I did not send the minister a copy. ^There was no need A07 124 for it,**" \0Mr Smith said. A07 125 *<*4Banks' comment causes ripples*> A07 126 |*2WELLINGTON, *0Today ({0PA}). *- ^A remark by Whangarei A07 127 National {0MP} John Banks during last week's stormy debate on A07 128 the Homosexual Law Reform Bill is to go before Parliament's A07 129 privileges committee. A07 130 |^The Speaker, Gerry Wall, told Parliament he had received a A07 131 letter from the Labour {0MP} for \0Mt Albert Helen Clark, A07 132 saying the National {0MP}'s remark raised a matter of A07 133 privilege. A07 134 |^\0Mr Banks, a strong opponent of the bill, had allegedly A07 135 said during last Wednesday's debate on the bill's committee A07 136 stages *"you are in collusion with the sponsor of the bill.**" A07 137 |^The bill's sponsor is Fran Wilde, (\0Govt-Wellington A07 138 Central) and the remark was directed at the chairman of A07 139 committees, John Terris (\0Govt Western Hutt), who was chairing A07 140 the debate at the time. A07 141 |^After he made the remark, \0Mr Banks was suspended from A07 142 Parliamentary proceedings for 24 hours. A07 143 |^\0Dr Wall said the remark could reflect on the A07 144 *"character and the conduct**" of the presiding officer. A07 145 *<*4{0NZ} Niueans boycott govt study*> A07 146 |*2WELLINGTON, *4Today ({0PA}). *- ^New Zealand's Niuean A07 147 community is boycotting a government committee investigating A07 148 future relations between New Zealand and Niue. A07 149 |^*0Niueans in five centres say they believe the Government A07 150 has neglected their wish to be involved in the committee. A07 151 |^The seven-member Niuean Review Group is headed by a former A07 152 vice-chancellor of Lincoln College, Sir James Stewart. A07 153 |^The joint New Zealand-Niue group is made up of {0L.D.} A07 154 Nathan group managing director Bruce Cole; the secretary to the A07 155 Government of Niue, Terry Chapman; the director of external aid A07 156 for the foreign affairs ministry, Harle Freeman-Greene; the A07 157 director of Niue's economic development department, Toke A07 158 Talagi, and a consultant in international and constitutional A07 159 law, Alison Quentin-Baxter. A07 160 |^The chairman of the Niue Council of Niueans in New Zealand A07 161 and the Niue Presbyterian Ministers and Elders Association, A07 162 Lagi Sipeli, is upset that Niueans living in New Zealand have A07 163 been excluded from the committee. A07 164 |^The committee's terms of reference are focused on how the A07 165 Governments of New Zealand and Niue can work together to A07 166 sustain a confident and viable community in Niue. A07 167 |^The committee will investigate how the increasing A07 168 migration of Niueans to New Zealand can be curbed. A07 169 |^Today there are about 10,000 Niueans living in New Zealand A07 170 and fewer than 2000 on the 258 \0sq \0km raised coral outcrop A07 171 that is Niue. A07 172 |^There has been growing concern about the decline of the A07 173 island's population and its economy. A07 174 |^For some time the Niuean Government has attempted to A07 175 attract Niueans back to help revive the country economically. A07 176 ^If the present migration trend continues it is feared there A07 177 will be no one on Niue by the 1990s. A07 178 |^The review group is seen by most as the final effort to A07 179 repopulate Niue and uplift its economic state. ^It is A07 180 understood that prospects for Niue's economic development could A07 181 see a close association between New Zealand and Niue. A07 182 |^*"It is not enough to say that if Niueans here wish to A07 183 help Niue they should return to Niue,**" said \0Rev Sipeli. A07 184 |^*"Any politician in Niue who adopted that view is not A07 185 worthy of his or her beans. A07 186 |^*"Niueans in New Zealand want to be involved because we do A07 187 care and because Niue has only one political party. ^Only New A07 188 Zealand Niueans know why they were and are reluctant to return A07 189 to Niue.**" A07 190 |^\0Mr Sipeli said the situation was contrary to the Labour A07 191 Government's policy of involving the community. ^The tendering A07 192 of submissions was also not a Polynesian method of decision A07 193 making. A07 194 *<*4Korean leader seeking unity*> A07 195 |*2WELLINGTON, *0Today ({0PA}). *- ^The South Korean Prime A07 196 Minister Shinyong Lho says his country is determined to end its A07 197 territorial division with North Korea. A07 198 |^He told guests at a state luncheon at the Beehive A07 199 yesterday that South Korea had diligently worked to solve the A07 200 problem through negotiations with North Korea. A07 201 |^*"The long-cherished dream of the 60 million Korean people A07 202 is to end their territorial division and to bring about peace A07 203 and peaceful unification as soon as possible,**" he said. A07 204 |^*"President Chun Doo Hwan's proposal for a meeting between A07 205 the highest authorities of the south and the north is a A07 206 manifestation of our determination to create a favourable A07 207 condition for peaceful unification of the Korean peninsula. A07 208 |^*"Although we have not yet seen any promising signs of A07 209 success, we will continue our efforts with sincerity and A07 210 patience, despite whatever obstacles and temporary setbacks we A07 211 may encounter.**" A07 212 |^\0Mr Lho said the Korean people had special feelings of A07 213 friendship towards New Zealand. A07 214 |^He said South Korea would always remain grateful to New A07 215 Zealand for the part it played during the Korean conflict. A07 216 |^Since the establishment of diplomatic ties in 1962, the A07 217 two countries had developed co-operation in various fields. A07 218 ^Over the past five years, trade had increased at an annual A07 219 rate of about 14%, said \0Mr Lho. A07 220 |^Like New Zealand, South Korea remained fully committed to A07 221 free trade and an open-market economy, he said. A07 222 |^*"In spite of the rising tide of protectionism *- a major A07 223 concern for Korea *- she continues to open her markets.**" A07 224 |^\0Mr Lho said Korea's import liberalisation ration, which A07 225 was 68.6% in 1980 and rose to 87.7% in 1985, was expected to go A07 226 above 95% by 1988. A07 227 |^*"The Korean market, of course, will continue to be wide A07 228 open to New Zealand,**" he said. A07 229 |^\0Mr Lho said he and \0Mr Lange had spent two hours in A07 230 discussions he described as *"a very productive exchange of A07 231 views.**" A07 232 *<*4{0MP} changes sides to back policy*> A07 233 |*2CHRISTCHURCH, *0Today ({0PA}). *- ^Sydenham {0MP} Jim A07 234 Anderton, usually a critic of the government's economic policy, A07 235 this week came to its defence. A07 236 |^He was responding to criticism at a Christchurch seminar A07 237 of the government's internal deficit *- the gap between A07 238 taxation income and what is spent. ^Director of the Canterbury A07 239 Manufacturers' Association, Ian Howell, and the managing A07 240 director of {0PDL} Industries \0Ltd, Don Sellitt, singled out A07 241 the deficit as a priority for any moves to improve economic A07 242 conditions. A07 243 |^\0Mr Howell said it was boosting interest rates, as its A07 244 financing attracted overseas money. A07 245 |*"^This, in turn, lifts our exchange rates, creating A07 246 inflation, and prices our products off our export markets,**" A07 247 he said. A07 248 |^The deficit and the floating exchange rate were the real A07 249 problems. A07 250 |^In the second half of last year, manufactured exports had A07 251 dropped by *+$80 million after 10 years of growth. A07 252 |^*"If our exporters fully reduced staff levels to counter A07 253 that production decline, it would represent around 12,000 A07 254 jobs,**" \0Mr Howell said. A07 255 |^\0Mr Sellitt said a reduction in the internal deficit was A07 256 the most crucial change needed in the economy. A07 257 |^If it was cut, the flow-on effect would reduce interest A07 258 rates, cut inflation, and lower the exchange value of the A07 259 dollar. A07 260 |^But \0Mr Anderton said the size of the internal deficit A07 261 was not the key issue. ^It was now about *+$1 billion less A07 262 than when Labour took over in 1984, yet interest rates were A07 263 higher now. A07 264 *# A08 001 **[008 TEXT A08**] A08 002 *<*4*'Flipping foolish...**'*> A08 003 |^*"They're flipping foolish**" was the reaction today of A08 004 Maori activist Eva Rickard to news that the Government is A08 005 returning the Waitangi Day commemoration to Waitangi. A08 006 |^*0And, asked if the decision would mean a return of the A08 007 kind of protests that have characterised the Waitangi Day A08 008 commemoration in recent years, \0Mrs Rickard replied, ^*"Of A08 009 course it will.**" ^She would not be there next time, however, A08 010 \0Mrs Rickard told the Post from Hamilton. A08 011 |^*"I'll address my protest to the Government,**" she said, A08 012 adding, ^*"It's time we declared a republic and asked for Maori A08 013 sovereignty and Maori independence.**" A08 014 |^\0Mrs Rickard led a 2000-strong hikoi (peace walk) of A08 015 Tainui and others to Waitangi in 1984 to ask that the A08 016 celebration of the Treaty of Waitangi be set aside and that the A08 017 treaty be honoured in law. A08 018 |^Today she said it was appropriate for commemoration of the A08 019 treaty to be at the place of its birth *- Waitangi *- but not A08 020 until the treaty was honoured. A08 021 |^*"It was born up north and it is probably the only place A08 022 they could commemorate the treaty. A08 023 |^*"My question to the Government is does that mean they are A08 024 going to honour the treaty? ^What is the use of celebrating a A08 025 treaty that is not honoured by the Government? A08 026 |^*"Unless the Government is going to honour that treaty A08 027 then the celebrations will be another farce, a performance with A08 028 no dignity at all to Maori people.**" A08 029 |^\0Mrs Rickard criticised the statement by Northern Maori A08 030 {0MP} \0Dr Bruce Gregory that there had been positive changes, A08 031 specifically regarding the Waitangi Tribunal and Maori A08 032 language. A08 033 |^The tribunal still had no decision-making power, \0Mrs A08 034 Rickard said. A08 035 |^*"I will say to \0Dr Gregory (that) that's just a A08 036 patchwork, a bandaid on the treaty just to pacify the Maoris A08 037 for a while.**" A08 038 *<*4Anzus word-war rumbling on*> A08 039 |^*0Opposition Leader Jim Bolger was ignoring reality in A08 040 saying a National government would accept the A08 041 *"responsibilities of Anzus**" Prime Minister David Lange said A08 042 yesterday. A08 043 |^*"If that policy were to be pursued by the party in A08 044 government then, on the absolute assurance of the Secretary of A08 045 State of the United states, nuclear weapons would come into New A08 046 Zealand,**" \0Mr Lange told Parliament. A08 047 |^\0Mr Bolger was reported from Ottawa as saying he would A08 048 tell the {0US} Administration that New Zealand under National A08 049 would be committed to remaining in the western alliance and A08 050 would accept the responsibilities that being in Anzus entailed. A08 051 |^Asked in Parliament yesterday by Helen Clark (\0Lab, \0Mt A08 052 Albert) what the implications of \0Mr Bolger's comment were, A08 053 \0Mr Lange said they were *"consistent with National Party A08 054 policy. A08 055 |^*"The statement of the Leader of the Opposition is A08 056 designed to put forward a positive aspect of the working A08 057 relationship while completely ignoring the reality,**" he said. A08 058 |^The reality was *"that the Secretary of State, \0Mr A08 059 Shultz, told me that if you have visits from the {0US} pursuant A08 060 to the Anzus alliance, there will from time to time be nuclear A08 061 weapons on board such vessels.**" A08 062 |^\0Mr Lange said New Zealand was still in Anzus. ^There A08 063 had been *"no steps taken at all by the {0US} to see to our A08 064 removal from Anzus, no steps taken by Australia and none taken A08 065 by New Zealand and this Government will not sell the soul of A08 066 this country, no matter how convenient it is for wandering A08 067 emissaries of the Opposition...**" A08 068 |^But Opposition defence spokesman Doug Kidd (Marlborough) A08 069 said \0Mr Lange had put *"the architect of the exit from A08 070 Anzus**" in charge of the defence review, to keep defence A08 071 advisers in line. A08 072 |^He said the director of the Prime Minister's advisory A08 073 group, \0Dr John Henderson, who is chairing the inter-departmental A08 074 committee that has begun work on the wide ranging A08 075 review of defence needs, was *"schooled in the A08 076 non**[ARB**]-aligned.**" A08 077 |^\0Dr Henderson is a former political science lecturer and A08 078 director of the Labour Party's parliamentary research unit. A08 079 |^*"He was Bill Rowling's man who put together the package A08 080 to pull New Zealand out of Anzus and leave the Americans with A08 081 the blame,**" \0Mr Kidd said. A08 082 |^Speaking during the Budget debate in Parliament, \0Mr Kidd A08 083 said the Government did not want a report coming out with A08 084 *"nasty unpalatable bits**" in it like the Corner Report of A08 085 the Defence Committee Of Inquiry. A08 086 |^*"The best professional advice, the best competence, A08 087 analysis and assessment can't be trusted any more. A08 088 |^*"It (the Government) does not want any more unpalatable A08 089 truths coming through to upset its myths.**" A08 090 *- {0NZPA} A08 091 *<*4*'Rail future at risk**' from mounting loss*> A08 092 |^*0The Railways Corporation lost nearly *+$45 million in A08 093 the past financial year and says its future is *"seriously at A08 094 risk.**" A08 095 |^The *+$44.77 million loss for the year to March 31 A08 096 compares with an overall loss of *+$19.97 million the year A08 097 before. A08 098 |^Chairman Ross Sayers said in the annual report tabled in A08 099 Parliament yesterday the corporation could double its losses in A08 100 the year to March, 1977. A08 101 |^He said this prediction took into account the combined A08 102 effects of a loss of business through the 1983 deregulation of A08 103 the trucking industry and the funding of the voluntary A08 104 severance package. A08 105 |^*"Railways' survival as a viable business is seriously at A08 106 risk,**" \0Mr Sayers said. A08 107 |^*"New Zealand cannot afford the luxury of a railway system A08 108 providing services at a cost greater than their value to the A08 109 economy, nor is it necessary.**" A08 110 |^He added, however, that given goodwill and a willingness A08 111 to change, Railways could be a vital and essential part of the A08 112 transport industry. A08 113 |^He said the board had to reshape the business to provide A08 114 viable long-term employment and competitive services for A08 115 customers. A08 116 |^But \0Mr Sayers said that Railways was *"badly out of A08 117 balance**" with its diminished market, and its future had been A08 118 put at risk unless some substantial cost reductions could be A08 119 achieved. A08 120 |^*"This means a further reduction in manpower and a A08 121 reduction in other costs.**" A08 122 |^General manager Gordon Purdy attributed the *"very A08 123 difficult**" year to a tight economic situation, competition A08 124 for freight and passengers, and revenue losses from industrial A08 125 stoppages in a range of industries. A08 126 |^Although staff numbers reduced by 400 to 17,800, personnel A08 127 costs rose *+$44.5 million to *+$409.4 million. ^This, said A08 128 \0Mr Purdy, was a major element of expense. A08 129 |^The annual report came one week after the corporation and A08 130 Mainzeal announced the Gateway development scheme, proposing A08 131 seven office blocks, hotel, rooftop garden and shops above A08 132 Wellington Railway Station. A08 133 |^Railways Minister Richard Prebble, who indicated other A08 134 plans could follow for Railway land in many other cities and A08 135 towns, estimated property development schemes could raise the A08 136 corporation *+$400 million. A08 137 |^\0Mr Prebble said yesterday that major changes to increase A08 138 productivity should be emphasised, including changes to freight A08 139 train manning, consolidation of freight terminals and A08 140 workshops, and streamlined administration. A08 141 |^Opposition rail spokesman Winston Peters said the *"quite A08 142 massive**" unexpected increase in salaries and wages meant that A08 143 Railways was *"just one further group misled last year by A08 144 Treasury forecasts.**" A08 145 |^*"Furthermore, the Government's failure for over 22 months A08 146 to address the real problem of Railways restructuring shows up A08 147 in the report as significant reductions in volumes and a lack A08 148 of competitive edge.**" A08 149 |^He said there was no use the corporation blaming A08 150 deregulation for the loss. A08 151 |^*"Deregulation has been around for four years, and there A08 152 were no new competitive elements unknown to Railways at the A08 153 start of the financial year in question.**" A08 154 *- {0NZPA} A08 155 *<*4Maori fishing decision not being appealed*> A08 156 |^The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries will not appeal A08 157 the Christchurch High Court ruling waiving prohibitions on A08 158 Maori taking seafood in traditional fishing areas. A08 159 |^*0Maori people will continue to have open access to A08 160 fisheries if it can be proved that they have traditional A08 161 fishing rights. A08 162 |^However, fisheries inspectors will still arrest anyone A08 163 breaking existing regulations and, if the ministry's legal A08 164 advisers identify circumstances different from the A08 165 precedent-setting case, the offender will be taken to court. A08 166 *<*4Judgment*> A08 167 |^*0\0Mr Justice Williamson's decision in August quashed a A08 168 conviction for having undersize paua against Tom Te Weehi, on A08 169 the grounds that he had a *"traditional Maori fishing A08 170 right.**" A08 171 |^The ministry's assistant director of Fisheries Management, A08 172 Ray Dobson, said an appeal on the legality of the ruling would A08 173 not have got at the heart of the issue, which was defining A08 174 which Maoris were entitled to fish and where. A08 175 |^Maoris had fishing rights guaranteed under a law passed in A08 176 1877 and written into Fisheries Management Plans since 1983. A08 177 ^However, the ruling was the first to define it in one A08 178 particular case, he said. A08 179 |^The ministry's legal advisers would consider cases *"very A08 180 carefully*" before deciding to take them to court. ^*"We don't A08 181 want to clog up the courts for the sake of it,**" \0Mr Dobson A08 182 said. A08 183 *<*4Long term*> A08 184 |^*0Although the courts would rule in particular cases, the A08 185 ministry was looking at a long-term solution for difficulties A08 186 in applying the law he said. A08 187 |^Discussions were being held with Maori groups to determine A08 188 how best to incorporate who had traditional rights into A08 189 management plans. A08 190 |^These plans with a code of Maori fishing practices might A08 191 be acceptable to most people, although special legislation A08 192 setting out who was entitled to fisheries might have to be A08 193 passed. A08 194 |^The law review commission was studying fishing rights and A08 195 might produce legislation that could be applied successfully, A08 196 \0Mr Dobson said. A08 197 |^*"It's a very complex question and will take some time to A08 198 come up with the best answer.**" A08 199 |^Having to enforce existing regulations, in spite of the A08 200 ruling, would mean fisheries officers faced more problems at A08 201 beaches but most would accept it as part of the job. A08 202 |^Life for a fisheries officer was, he said, *"fairly A08 203 complicated,**" and one more complication would not make much A08 204 difference. A08 205 *- {0NZPA} A08 206 *<*4Pay-way idea for education *'still floating**'*> A08 207 |^*0The *"user pays**" theory about university education was A08 208 still ideas in heads rather than policies on paper, Education A08 209 Minister Russell Marshall said in Christchurch last night. A08 210 |^He reassured about 40 people at a meeting on university A08 211 education that nothing had been formally decided about making A08 212 students pay for their courses. A08 213 |^Cost recovery from education was a problem, however. A08 214 *<*4Question*> A08 215 |^*0*"I still have to think about the money and where it A08 216 goes,**" he said. ^*"Is it fair that 18 percent of my total A08 217 (budget) goes towards the 5 percent in universities, and only 1 A08 218 percent to those in non-academic training?**" A08 219 |^There had to be alternatives to the American system, A08 220 however, which typically saw a young veterinarian graduate A08 221 after seven or eight years of study with a debt of up to A08 222 *+${0US}100,000. ^His or her starting salary was usually A08 223 *+$18,000, \0Mr Marshall said. A08 224 |^The meeting was an open forum attended by people from A08 225 universities, polytechnics, schools and community groups. ^It A08 226 was to let \0Mr Marshall respond to questions about A08 227 universities which came out at a similar forum chaired by Dame A08 228 Jean Herbison earlier this month. A08 229 |^The chief difficulty with trying to change universities A08 230 was that no one seemed to have a clear idea of how to answer A08 231 the questions being asked, \0Mr Marshall said. A08 232 |^*"The university system in New Zealand is male dominated, A08 233 hierarchical and British-based. ^It hasn't changed in 30 A08 234 years.**" A08 235 |^Universities had to have more community input, had to A08 236 become more conscious of what society wanted. ^More A08 237 participation at top levels by women and Maori and Pacific A08 238 Islanders was also needed. A08 239 |^Attention needed to be focused on university hours. A08 240 ^*"University is dominated by young, fulltime students,**" \0Mr A08 241 Marshall said. ^Part-time hours and more flexibility in A08 242 courses would open universities to more people. A08 243 *- {0NZPA} A08 244 *<*4Debt jail changes in wind*> A08 245 |^*0Imprisonment for a non-payment of debts was a blunt A08 246 instrument for dealing with the problem, Justice Minister A08 247 Geoffrey Palmer said yesterday. A08 248 |^He said a recent *"unfortunate**" case involving a woman A08 249 imprisoned in Christchurch showed the problems which could A08 250 arise when a person got into financial difficulty and creditors A08 251 used the law to obtain payment of the money owed to them. A08 252 |^A 21-year old Southland woman was reported to have spent A08 253 14 days in prison for the non-payment of a *+$555 bill to her A08 254 lawyers. ^She was also charged about *+$700 for the cost of A08 255 escorting her to Christchurch by a bailiff. A08 256 |^*"While the imprisonment of recalcitrant debtors is A08 257 undoubtedly a blunt instrument for dealing with the problem, it A08 258 highlights the conflict between one citizen's right to be paid A08 259 what is due to them and the State's role to provide the A08 260 machinery by which those rights may be enforced,**" \0Mr Palmer A08 261 said in a statement. A08 262 |^*"I would stress that the ultimate sanction of A08 263 imprisonment is not imposed simply for the non-payment of a A08 264 debt. A08 265 |^*"Safeguards are built into the system which are designed A08 266 to ensure that a debtor cannot be committed to prison until a A08 267 judge has, in every case, considered his or her situation and A08 268 is satisfied the debtor has had sufficient money to pay the A08 269 debt, after providing for the reasonable maintenance of him or A08 270 herself and any family, but has refused to do so. A08 271 *# A09 001 **[009 TEXT A09**] A09 002 *<*4Farmers dump milk in North*> A09 003 * A09 004 |^*0An estimated *+$1 million worth of milk was today being A09 005 flushed away by Northland farmers as workers in the region's A09 006 dairy factories went on a 24-hour strike following a breakdown A09 007 in award talks. A09 008 |^The industrial action at the Northern Wairoa Dairy Company A09 009 came with claims from the company over the Dairy Workers' A09 010 Union. ^Company chairman Fay Deane said today that staff A09 011 yesterday voted not to go out, but the union at a national A09 012 level threatened a possible ban on the supply of industrial A09 013 materials such as diesel. A09 014 *<*4Difficulties*> A09 015 |^*0She said the staff at the Dargaville plant voted again A09 016 today to take part in the stoppage rather than face A09 017 difficulties in the future. ^Staff at the Northland A09 018 Co-operative Dairy Company's Kaitaia, Hikurangi, Maungaturoto and A09 019 Moerewa plants were all out today, but Maungatapere was still A09 020 working, apparently because of a breakdown in communication A09 021 with the union. A09 022 |^{0NCDC} assistant general manager, operations, \0Mr Jan A09 023 Mortensen *"guestimated**" Northland would lose about *+$1 A09 024 million worth of milk during the 24-hour action from 7{0a.m.} A09 025 today. ^He said this would represent about two million litres A09 026 of the raw material. A09 027 |^Northland Catchment Commission chief executive \0Mr Bob A09 028 Cathcart advised farmers to discharge their milk on to land and A09 029 not into waterways. A09 030 |^He said the commission would watch the situation, but only A09 031 had three or four officers to police about 1900 dairy farmers. A09 032 |^Farm land was dry enough to take the milk, \0Mr Cathcart A09 033 said. ^He warned farmers against putting more than one milking A09 034 into oxidation ponds. A09 035 |^Town milk supplies will not be affected by the strike. A09 036 |^Talks between dairy workers and the employers broke down A09 037 in Wellington on Friday after the union rejected the employers' A09 038 offer of a 4.1% wage rise. ^The employers also offered an A09 039 increase in the night shift allowance, which equalled in the A09 040 total package to an increase of between 4.8 and five per cent, A09 041 plus a week's extra annual leave for shift workers. A09 042 |^The union has put in a claim for a 7.5% wage rise and an A09 043 overall package for a 12% rise. A09 044 *<*4Dismissal*> A09 045 |^*0The employers dismissed the claim, saying dairy farmers A09 046 were facing a 40% cut in their income. ^The employers have A09 047 called on the Minister of Labour, \0Mr Rodger, to act because A09 048 the dairy industry is listed as an *"essential**" industry and A09 049 14 days' notice of strike action was not given. A09 050 |^Dairy Workers' Union representatives could not be A09 051 contacted for comment. A09 052 |^Meanwhile, household milk deliveries stopped in six A09 053 regions today as most of the country's 6000 dairy workers A09 054 staged their 24-hour stoppage. A09 055 |^About 18 factories and six milk treatment stations were A09 056 involved, employers' advocate \0Mr Graham Perfect said. ^He A09 057 said the factories involved were among the country's biggest A09 058 and produced cheese and butter for export and domestic A09 059 consumption. A09 060 |^\0Mr Perfect said the strike by dairy workers was illegal A09 061 because claims were still on the table and there had been no 14 A09 062 days notice as required for an essential industry. ^Dairy A09 063 Board chairman \0Mr Jim Graham said earlier that farmers would A09 064 pour 30 million litres of milk away today at a cost in export A09 065 earnings at more than *+$8 million. A09 066 |^The strike was *"unfair and totally irresponsible**", he A09 067 said. A09 068 |^In other industrial action today, volunteers cooked, A09 069 cleaned, distributed clean linen, pushed trolleys and emptied A09 070 rubbish at Auckland hospitals as a two-day domestic workers' A09 071 strike began. A09 072 |^About 200 volunteers managed to maintain essential A09 073 services at the hospitals, but the strike caused considerable A09 074 disruption to some services. ^Admissions for operations booked A09 075 for today and tomorrow have been cancelled and some surgery has A09 076 been cancelled for the rest of the week. A09 077 *<*4Four arrested outside plant*> A09 078 |*0Wellington, {0NZPA}. *- ^Four people were arrested, A09 079 including a union delegate, outside the General Motors, A09 080 Trentham plant today, when workers and management clashed on A09 081 whether people should enter the plant. A09 082 |^Coach workers were suspended on Friday after they reused A09 083 to do work normally done by cleaners involved in industrial A09 084 action. ^Coachworkers' Union secretary \0Mr Graeme Clarke said A09 085 on Saturday his members would try to stop people from entering A09 086 the plant today. A09 087 |^The picket began peacefully, but soon some workers and A09 088 industrial manager \0Mr Tom Cunningham clashed verbally. ^\0Mr A09 089 Cunningham told drivers to drive through the line of protesting A09 090 workers. A09 091 *<*4Running*> A09 092 |^*0\0Mr Cunningham was seen running alongside vehicles A09 093 urging drivers to *"keep going forward, keep going forward, A09 094 don't stop**". A09 095 |^Pickets became angry when they heard one driver being A09 096 urged to *"pick up 20 on the bumper, Jack**". ^At one stage A09 097 pickets were lying on the road in front of a bus. ^The driver A09 098 kept going with \0Mr Cunningham waving him on. ^One picket A09 099 jumped in and grabbed the ignition key. A09 100 |^With the bus blocking the middle of the road and a line of A09 101 traffic building up behind, \0Mr Cunningham turned his A09 102 attention to a newspaper reporter's car. ^He told the reporter A09 103 to move his car or he would have him arrested. ^He said the A09 104 car was preventing other cars from going around the bus. A09 105 |^Police were called again when some pickets attempted to A09 106 push and lift individual cars trying to go around the bus. A09 107 ^Sergeant Tony McCabe quickly approached the pickets and told A09 108 them to get off the road. A09 109 |^When they stood their ground and argued with him, he said: A09 110 ^*"You'll be locked up, the lot of you, no more warning. A09 111 ^Right, you are under arrest. ^Take them away one by one.**" A09 112 |^Four people were arrested and charged with obstruction. A09 113 ^The four were bailed and will appear in the Upper Hutt A09 114 District Court tomorrow. A09 115 |^\0Mr Clark said police had also threatened to arrest him A09 116 while he was trying to tell a tow truck driver not to cross the A09 117 picket line. ^The tow truck driver managed to get one of his A09 118 keys to fit the bus ignition and it was later moved. A09 119 *<*4Warned*> A09 120 |^*0About 20 coach workers who formed a picket outside the A09 121 main entrance to Ford Motors' Seaview plant today were warned A09 122 by police that they could face arrest if they blocked the A09 123 entrance. A09 124 |^Senior Sergeant Richard Kerry, of the Lower Hutt police, A09 125 said other workers at the plant were able to cross the picket A09 126 line and get in. ^Pickets were maintained by coach workers at A09 127 several entrances to the Seaview \0Rd and Hutt Park \0Rd Ford A09 128 premises. A09 129 |^\0Mr Kerry said there were no incidents, although the A09 130 situation had been a *"bit tense**". A09 131 *<*4Pilots angry over Tory Channel delay*> A09 132 *<*0Christchurch, {0NZPA}.*> A09 133 |^Airline pilots have reacted angrily to costs delaying safety A09 134 changes on power cable strung across Tory Channel. A09 135 |^Several measures urged by the Chief Inspector of Air A09 136 Accidents, \0Mr Ron Chippindale, after last year's fatal crash A09 137 have yet to be introduced because of their high cost. A09 138 |^The Ministry of Transport civil aviation division A09 139 director, Air Commodore Stuart McIntyre, cited costs amounting A09 140 to hundreds of thousands of dollars and practical difficulties A09 141 as reasons. A09 142 |^Air Commodore McIntyre told the Aviation Industry A09 143 Association annual meeting last week the majority of \0Mr A09 144 Chippindale's recommendations after the October 1985 Air A09 145 Albatross crash which killed eight had been implemented. A09 146 |^Those which had not been acted on hung around his neck A09 147 *"like an albatross**" and if nothing was done would *"always A09 148 be there to haunt us,**" he said. A09 149 |^The president of the Airline Pilots' Association, \0Mr A09 150 Tony Dodwell, said it was significant that costs had been A09 151 declared as a major factor in delaying safety changes. A09 152 *<*4Picnic*> A09 153 |^*"*0It would be a journalist's Christmas picnic if someone A09 154 hit those wires today. ^All hell would break loose,**" \0Mr A09 155 Dodwell said. A09 156 |^*"If those recommendations are not acted on just because A09 157 of cost and there is an accident, the public will be calling A09 158 for someone's head.**" A09 159 |^\0Mr Dodwell said his association realised aviation was A09 160 expensive, but safety could not be compromised. A09 161 |^*"Too often things that should be done to ensure safety do A09 162 not get done because of the old, old cry *- *'we haven't got A09 163 the money**',**" he said. A09 164 |^\0Mr Dodwell said with deregulation upon the industry, A09 165 some airline operators had talked about cutting back to keep A09 166 cost-competitive. A09 167 |^*"Cut back too far and safety standards are the first to A09 168 suffer. A09 169 |^*"It is only when it's splashed across a newspaper in a A09 170 headline *'300 killed**' that people seem to think money should A09 171 be no object,**" he said. A09 172 *<*4Daily route*> A09 173 |^*0The Association's technical director, \0Mr Peter Rhodes, A09 174 said airlines were flying the Tory Channel route daily. A09 175 |^\0Mr Rhodes said he agreed with \0Mr Chippindale's A09 176 recommendation for placing daylight warning lights on the A09 177 towers holding the power wires. A09 178 |^This would be a white flashing strobe, such as used on the A09 179 Huntly power station chimneys. ^These, he said, were A09 180 *"difficult to miss**". A09 181 |^As the New Zealand tourism industry developed, scenic A09 182 areas attracting droves of visitors seeking a bird's eye view A09 183 should be provided with additional hazard warnings. A09 184 |^\0Mr Rhodes said the association was aware the Tory A09 185 Channel wires carried power to just a handful of Marlborough A09 186 Sounds residents and if costs were too high, they may lose A09 187 supply. A09 188 |^However, the civil aviation division should *'recognise A09 189 the need to provide adequate warning of their presence**'. A09 190 |^The deputy general manager of the Marlborough Power Board, A09 191 \0Mr David Waters, said no alteration to the wires or the A09 192 towers supporting them had been made since the inquiry into the A09 193 fatal crash. A09 194 |^The board was awaiting advice from civil aviation. A09 195 |^\0Mr Chippindale's recommendations were made to the A09 196 Ministry of Transport, not the power board. A09 197 |^*"It is up to them to decide what is and what is not to be A09 198 done,**" \0Mr Waters said. A09 199 |^Options for completing the outstanding recommendations are A09 200 up for discussion at the National Aviation Advisory Committee A09 201 meeting on December 4. A09 202 *<*6FORESTRY COMPANY PROMISING LONG-TERM JOBS*> A09 203 |^*0The newly formed company Taitokerau Forests \0Ltd is A09 204 promising Northland long-term jobs and economic development for A09 205 Christmas. A09 206 |^*"Single-minded determination and energy**" will see eight A09 207 forestry deals signed with Maori land trusts by Christmas, one A09 208 of the company's five directors, \0Mr Tom Parore, hopes. ^The A09 209 Board of Maori Affairs has approved eight projects on idle A09 210 Maori land in Northland and promised funding of *+$1 million a A09 211 year for 10 years. A09 212 |^With the company only two months old, planting has already A09 213 begun on the Waima North A 22 Block. ^\0Mr Parore, who is also A09 214 director of Maori Affairs for Tai Tokerau, is encouraged at the A09 215 fast progress. A09 216 |^Trustees from throughout the North had shown interest in A09 217 the company, he said. ^But he put their keenness down to the A09 218 favourable offer combined with the mana of his fellow A09 219 directors, \0Messrs Graham Wilcox, of Waima, Kevin Prime, of A09 220 Motatau, Des Ogle, of Onerahi, and Ross Wright, of Tapora. A09 221 |^Trusts provide land for forestry development in return for A09 222 an annual rental and a shareholding in the company. ^Local A09 223 employment will be created at the rate of about one permanent A09 224 job for every 40 hectares of forest. A09 225 |^The Department of Maori Affairs will recoup its investment A09 226 with interest when crops mature. ^*"The next step is to go A09 227 back and consider a whole queue of other projects waiting to be A09 228 picked up,**" \0Mr Parore said. A09 229 |^He believed funding for the company needed to be at least A09 230 doubled or even trebled. ^As a Maori organisation in the A09 231 development business, the company may be able to collect a A09 232 share of the Government's employment and social funding, \0Mr A09 233 Parore said. A09 234 |^The company could link in with the new Access training A09 235 scheme. A09 236 |^Trainees could expect a working future in forestry, \0Mr A09 237 Parore said. ^*"We're talking about development of a permanent A09 238 nature. A09 239 |^*"Past employment schemes have been very costly and run A09 240 for a limited period then closed off. ^People have been left A09 241 lamenting. ^We can provide on-going jobs for people.**" A09 242 *<*4Parliament's early start will be a record*> A09 243 * A09 244 |^*0When Parliament begins sitting again next year on A09 245 February 3 it will be the House's earliest start since 1958. A09 246 ^In that year Sir Walter Nash's Labour Government called {0MP}s A09 247 back to the capital to begin sitting on January 21. A09 248 |^Historically Labour has given Parliament longer runs than A09 249 National. ^Last year the House possibly sat longer than in any A09 250 previous 12 month period after proceedings began on February A09 251 21. A09 252 |^Under Sir Robert Muldoon's National Government May starts A09 253 were the rule, although in 1982 and 1983 the House began A09 254 sitting in early April. A09 255 |^The latest start in recent history occurred in 1976 when A09 256 {0MP}s did not take up their seats until June 22 *- an almost A09 257 eight-month-long break since the House last sat. A09 258 |^The delay became a constitutional issue when select A09 259 committees continued to sit through the recess. ^Labour A09 260 Opposition members questioned the rights of members who had not A09 261 been sworn in to sit on the committees. A09 262 |^It was resolved the committees could only sit on an A09 263 informal basis. A09 264 *# A10 001 **[010 TEXT A10**] A10 002 *<*4Protesters jeer, jostle Dalton*> A10 003 |^*6REBEL *4rugby captain Andy Dalton was jostled by jeering A10 004 tour protesters on his return from South Africa last night. A10 005 |^*0Dalton arrived at Auckland International Airport from A10 006 Sydney with his wife and two children but without fellow A10 007 members of the rebel rugby team which he led on its recent A10 008 tour. A10 009 |^\0Mrs Philippa Dalton cleared customs with her children a A10 010 few minutes ahead of her husband and walked unhindered from the A10 011 terminal. A10 012 |^Dalton, however, was besieged by placard-carrying A10 013 protesters as soon as he emerged from the customs hall about A10 014 7.20{0pm}. A10 015 |^Police rushed to Dalton's aid as he struggled to push a A10 016 baggage trolley through a small group of protesters who blocked A10 017 his path from the terminal. A10 018 |^About 20 demonstrators encircled Dalton, pushing and A10 019 shouldering him and shouting *"racist**" and *"scum**". A10 020 |^Police cleared a path, but the protesters continued to A10 021 shove and shoulder Dalton through the carpark to a waiting car. A10 022 |^Shouting and abuse continued as Dalton loaded his luggage A10 023 into his car. A10 024 |^He struggled into the front passenger seat of the car A10 025 which headed for the carpark exit with protesters in pursuit. A10 026 |^As the driver paid the carpark fee at the exit toll booth, A10 027 protesters continued to shout abuse. A10 028 |^The protest was organised by Hart. A10 029 |^Speaking later from his Bombay home later last night A10 030 Dalton said the rugby tour of South Africa was a victory for A10 031 the individual. A10 032 |^*"As individuals, we had the right to go and play where we A10 033 wanted. A10 034 |^*"On a personal level, I think we achieved what we A10 035 believed in. ^I believe we have the right to travel and play A10 036 sport wherever we chose. A10 037 |^*"Given the same circumstances, I would do the same thing A10 038 again.*" A10 039 |^He said the players would have preferred to have competed A10 040 in South Africa as official New Zealand rugby representatives. A10 041 ^They had been denied that chance, however, when last year's A10 042 tour was cancelled. A10 043 |^The players had then taken up a suggestion by Prime A10 044 Minister David Lange, *"that we could go as individuals. ^And A10 045 that is how we went.**" A10 046 |^Dalton refused to speculate on the penalties the players A10 047 may face from the rugby union. A10 048 |^He also refused to comment on why the rebels refused to A10 049 sign declarations which said they had not been paid for touring A10 050 South Africa. A10 051 |^*"These are matters between the union and the players,**" A10 052 he said. A10 053 |^Asked his reaction to the airport protest, he said: ^*"It A10 054 was not worthy of comment.**" A10 055 |^Canterbury flanker Jock Hobbs, captain of the All Blacks A10 056 in place of Dalton on tours to Fiji and Argentina, arrived in A10 057 Wellington last night to a far more subdued welcome. A10 058 |^Hobbs, who was greeted by his parents and family, stuck to A10 059 a team policy to refuse comment on most issues and to allow A10 060 Dalton to act as its spokesman. A10 061 |^He said reports that the players had refused to sign a A10 062 declaration, avowing to the union that they had not received A10 063 extra payments for the tour, had not been true. A10 064 |^But he would not say what the players did with the papers A10 065 suggesting that was a question for Dalton. A10 066 |^He said that before departing on the tour, the Cavaliers A10 067 had considered the penalty of touring without union approval. A10 068 |^*"Obviously we took into account the penalties of going A10 069 without board sanction,**" he said. ^He would not indicate A10 070 what he thought the penalties would be. A10 071 |^Taranaki wing Bryce Robins said on his arrival in New A10 072 Plymouth yesterday he was *"still broke**". A10 073 |^*"It's now back to the farm and plenty of bills,**" said A10 074 the Eltham dairy farmer. A10 075 |^*"There has been no financial gain from the tour,**" A10 076 Robins said when asked if he or any of the other players had A10 077 received any lump sum payment. A10 078 |^*"All we got was our daily allowance.**" A10 079 |^Kaponga's Kieran Crowley, who also arrived back in the A10 080 province yesterday morning, said he was not getting paid. A10 081 |^*"All I received was the daily allowance.**" A10 082 *<*4Relief delays condemned*> * A10 083 *<*4Agriculture Reporter*> A10 084 |^*2THOUSANDS *0of farming families were near desperation A10 085 because of the Government's apparent indifference to their A10 086 plight, Federated Farmers president Peter Elworthy said last A10 087 night. A10 088 |^In his harshest public criticism of the Government since A10 089 the April 30 farmers' march to Parliament, \0Mr Elworthy A10 090 condemned the Government for delaying announcements on the A10 091 long-promised farm relief package and new livestock taxes A10 092 proposed six months ago. A10 093 |^He has mounted his attack at a time when many farmers are A10 094 trying to decide whether they can carry on into the new farm A10 095 accounting year from July 1. A10 096 |^He said the Government had postponed a decision on A10 097 short-term help for farmers several times and it was not now due to A10 098 make an announcement for at least two weeks. A10 099 |^*"This is intolerable and reinforces in farmers' minds A10 100 that the Government neither understands the production A10 101 requirements of the industry nor the personal stress being A10 102 experienced by farm families facing huge trading losses and the A10 103 disappearance of a lifetime's work and savings.**" A10 104 |^Farmers needed to plan months ahead but the decision of A10 105 two major sources of seasonal finance, stock firms Dalgety A10 106 Crown and Wrightson {0NMA}, to reduce their lending next season A10 107 made this impossible, he said. A10 108 |^The federation wants the Government to agree to a plan for A10 109 the Rural Bank to guarantee farmers' seasonal borrowing from A10 110 July 1. A10 111 |^The federation is believed to have been arguing *- with A10 112 the bank's support *- that the scheme need not cost the A10 113 Government any money if the dollar and interest rates continue A10 114 to ease. A10 115 |^\0Mr Elworthy said Finance Minister Roger Douglas's A10 116 failure to issue the final details of the new livestock A10 117 standard values to apply from July 1 was worsening the plight A10 118 of farmers. A10 119 |^*"Already the Government's proposals have dramatically cut A10 120 livestock prices and caused uncertainty and further financial A10 121 stress.**" A10 122 |^A committee headed by \0Dr Don Brash reported on the A10 123 controversial taxes on May 9, after receiving 1080 submissions A10 124 from the public. A10 125 |^\0Dr Brash said last night the committee would meet \0Mr A10 126 Douglas today to discuss information it had given the A10 127 Government on May 23, after being asked to reconsider two A10 128 matters. A10 129 |^\0Mr Elworthy said farmers felt duped by the Government. A10 130 ^They had stopped short of totally opposing the proposals on A10 131 the understanding that the Brash committee report would be A10 132 handled *- as with the goods and services tax *- positively A10 133 and without delay. A10 134 |^The federation issued a statement on January 28 approved A10 135 by \0Mr Douglas, saying \0Mr Douglas had refused to scrap the A10 136 new regime but had said the Brash committee would take a A10 137 flexible approach in its report to the Government. A10 138 |^At the time, federation officials saw \0Mr Douglas's A10 139 assurances as a sign that the Government might allow major A10 140 changes to the proposals announced in its December 12 economic A10 141 statement. A10 142 |^Federation meat and wool chairman Bruce Anderson has said A10 143 the tax change was the issue most responsible for rallying so A10 144 many farmers to march through Wellington. A10 145 *<*4Douglas risks vote loss, say state unions*> A10 146 |^*2FINANCE MINISTER *0Roger Douglas risks losing state A10 147 servants' support in next year's general election if he A10 148 continues pressing for a massive state service reorganisation A10 149 without consultation, Combined State Unions chairman Colin A10 150 Hicks says. A10 151 |^\0Mr Douglas was acting out of line with Labour caucus A10 152 statements on the reorganisation and jumping the gun on a A10 153 committee formed to present its views on the plans on June 30, A10 154 \0Mr Hicks said last night. A10 155 |^Whereas the caucus said at its last meeting that the A10 156 planned state corporations would come under the 1977 State A10 157 Services Conditions of Employment Act, \0Mr Douglas was saying A10 158 they should follow 1973 legislation. A10 159 |^*"His views are in stark contradiction to the caucus A10 160 resolution,**" \0Mr Hicks said. A10 161 |^*"\0Mr Douglas was away when that decision was made and it A10 162 seems he's trying to come back to do a balancing act on things. A10 163 ^He's saying that he wants to have his own way.**" A10 164 |^Asked if state union members would be asked to vote A10 165 against the Government next year, \0Mr Hicks said: ^*"We'll A10 166 wait and see what happens but the electoral implications for A10 167 {0MP}s in metropolitan areas... are plain.**" A10 168 |^The 1973 act threatened pay-fixing mechanisms and gave A10 169 managers far more say in negotiating pay and conditions, \0Mr A10 170 Hicks said. A10 171 |^\0Mr Hicks said he hoped \0Mr Douglas realised state A10 172 unions were determined to retain some control over wage fixing. A10 173 |^*"If he persists with it (his 1973 legislation push) it A10 174 will bring him into extreme conflict with the Combined State A10 175 Unions...**" A10 176 *<*4Channel bidders reply to Rennie*> A10 177 |^*2THE BACKERS *0of the Maori bid for the third television A10 178 channel said last night they found it hard to understand why A10 179 Broadcasting Corporation chairman Hugh Rennie had complained so A10 180 bitterly over a few blunt Maori criticisms**". A10 181 |^Last Thursday night \0Mr Rennie publicly dissociated A10 182 himself from discussions on broadcasting with Maori A10 183 broadcasting group Aotearoa Broadcasting Systems, saying he had A10 184 washed his hands of the matter. A10 185 |^He followed the announcement by issuing recent letters A10 186 sent to Aotearoa chairman Whatarangi Winiata complaining of A10 187 *"abuse, ritualistic posturing, misrepresentation of the A10 188 facts, and a public charade in which {0ABS} tries to obscure A10 189 its own failure to meet its objectives and put its own house in A10 190 order**". A10 191 |^The events were the latest in a public wrangle between A10 192 Aotearoa and the corporation after the corporation's withdrawal A10 193 of a promised *+$74 million in support. A10 194 |^Last night Professor Winiata issued a letter he had A10 195 written to \0Mr Rennie. ^He said he regretted \0Mr Rennie had A10 196 made an *"angry**" letter public before he (Professor Winiata) A10 197 had received it. A10 198 |^He had no choice but to reply to \0Mr Rennie in the same A10 199 way. A10 200 |^Professor Winiata's letter said he found it hard to A10 201 understand why so few words from a people with little power A10 202 were so hard to accept when Prime Minister David Lange had A10 203 publicly castigated the corporation for its withdrawal of A10 204 financial support for Aotearoa. A10 205 |^*"You [\0Mr Rennie] may not be aware that, perhaps A10 206 unwittingly, sometimes you have subjected us to slights and A10 207 even insults according to our own cultural understanding and A10 208 courtesy,**" he said. A10 209 |^The corporation would understand *"ritualistic A10 210 posturing**" better if it had bothered to attend hearings of A10 211 the Broadcasting Tribunal during the past two weeks where A10 212 Aotearoa presented its case. A10 213 |^Letters from \0Mr Rennie and from Television New Zealand A10 214 director-general Julian Mounter had given Aotearoa no reason to A10 215 alter its appraisal of corporation initiatives. A10 216 |^The gap between the corporation's pledge in September and A10 217 its proposals now was difficult to come to terms with. A10 218 |^*"We hope to continue to work with your executives to A10 219 bridge this gap,**" he said. ^Healing the breach was in the A10 220 national interest. A10 221 |^Recent initiatives by the corporation on Maori A10 222 broadcasting include an offer from \0Mr Rennie to increase A10 223 Maori programmes to 5 per cent of local production *- an A10 224 increase of 23 minutes a day. A10 225 |^Corporation chief executive Nigel Dick announced on Friday A10 226 the setting up of a committee concerned with Maori programming A10 227 initiatives. ^\0Mr Mounter has announced a policy review on Maori A10 228 presenters and a list of recent {0TVNZ} initiatives on Maori A10 229 broadcasting. A10 230 *<*4Dalliessi looks for fresh start*> * A10 231 |^MARLBOROUGH *4Harbour Board chairman Bruno Dalliessi says the A10 232 differences between himself, the board and former general A10 233 manager Mike Goulden can be resolved. A10 234 |^*0\0Mr Dalliessi returned late last night from Auckland A10 235 where he has been holidaying and said he had yet to read the A10 236 Harbours Appeal Board judgment that criticised himself, A10 237 harbourmaster and acting general manager Don Jamison, and the A10 238 board for its wrongful sacking of \0Mr Goulden. A10 239 |^However, he had read of the report's findings and A10 240 discussed it with some members. A10 241 |^*"The first thing is the board accepts the 2-1 decision A10 242 and must work to mend the broken bridges,**" he said. A10 243 |^\0Mr Goulden was entitled to his job, and had already A10 244 indicated through his lawyers that he could work again with A10 245 \0Mr Dalliessi, Captain Jamison and the board, he said. A10 246 |^*"I don't see any problems,**" \0Mr Dalliessi said. A10 247 |^The board is holding a special meeting on Wednesday A10 248 morning to consider \0Mr Goulden's return to work, he said. A10 249 |^*"The board would want to have him back as soon as A10 250 possible.**" ^Next Monday? ^*"It's something the board would A10 251 have to work out with him.**" A10 252 |^\0Mr Dalliessi said he would welcome inquiries into the A10 253 board by the Minister of Transport and the Attorney-General, A10 254 which they had indicated could be possible. A10 255 |^All the board's actions had been taken after receiving A10 256 professional advice he said. ^*"The board could only be A10 257 expected to follow that advice.**" A10 258 |^But, he said, *"the board must accept the criticism of A10 259 the appeal board and I must accept the criticism the A10 260 chairmanship attracts.**" A10 261 *# A11 001 **[011 TEXT A11**] A11 002 *<*4Ben on comeback*> A11 003 * A11 004 |^*2CONTROVERSIAL *0former Maori Affairs Minister Ben Couch A11 005 wants his old job back. A11 006 |^The ex-Wairarapa National {0MP} turned to God's work after A11 007 being dumped at the 1984 July snap elections *- and he A11 008 currently heads the Morman Mission to the Cook Islands. A11 009 |^This week \0Mr Couch revealed from Rarotonga he's prepared A11 010 to swap his Bible for a copy of Parliament's Hansard Papers if A11 011 the party faithful want him back. A11 012 |^After three years in the cloth, \0Mr Couch showed he A11 013 hasn't lost any of his famed outspokenness. A11 014 |^He's all for the rebel All Black tour of South Africa. A11 015 |^\0Mr Couch said his tour of duty in the Cook Islands A11 016 officially ends on August 31. A11 017 |^But \0Mr Couch has already pencilled August 30 into his A11 018 diary as the date Wairarapa Bush makes its Ranfurly Shield A11 019 challenge against Auckland *- and he's keen to be in the crowd. A11 020 |^\0Mr Couch said it was preordained he should lose his A11 021 parliamentary seat to take up a church missionary job. A11 022 |^*"I had an inkling I wasn't meant to be in Parliament over A11 023 the present term of government,**" he said. A11 024 |^*"I felt I had a mission to perform in life other than A11 025 sitting on a parliamentary bench. A11 026 |^*"Maybe with the change of government I wasn't meant to be A11 027 in opposition. ^I think I would have withered away on the A11 028 other side of the house. A11 029 |^*"I know my calling and I've never regretted turning to A11 030 the church. A11 031 |^*"When I come home I'm prepared to do anything the A11 032 National Party has in store for me. A11 033 |^*"I'm a party man first and foremost. ^If they want me in A11 034 administration, in the organisation or back in Parliament I'm A11 035 prepared to meet the party's wishes. A11 036 |^*"I suppose to be beaten by 394 votes last time round was A11 037 somewhat prophetic.**" A11 038 |^\0Mr Couch said he asked the then Prime Minister, Sir A11 039 Robert Muldoon, to let him step down at the 1984 poll. A11 040 |^*"I wanted to go on my mission but the Prime Minister A11 041 asked me to carry the flag for another three years,**" he said. A11 042 |^*"On the night we lost the seat I said to mum, now we know A11 043 what we must do. A11 044 |^*"We put in our application for a Mormon mission A11 045 straightaway.**" A11 046 |^The Couches took off for Salt Late City, the Mormon A11 047 church's headquarters and training ground, in late 1984. A11 048 |^From there they did a brief stint in Hawaii before being A11 049 recalled to Utah *- to be again shipped off to the Cook A11 050 Islands. A11 051 |^*"I don't know what's in store for me when I get home and A11 052 I ain't too much worried about it either,**" said \0Mr Couch. A11 053 |^*"We'll be returning to the old family home in Masterton. A11 054 ^It's been rented out while we've been away and, in fact, that A11 055 money has gone to providing me with an income because this is a A11 056 voluntary job. A11 057 |^*"I'll be back at the end of August. ^(The National Party A11 058 Wairarapa selection is expected in September.) A11 059 |^*"With luck I'll catch the Wairarapa Bush Ranfurly Shield A11 060 challenge against Auckland. A11 061 |^*"If I can be home on that day I'd love to see my old home A11 062 town team play *- just for the sake of being there.**" A11 063 |^\0Mr Couch said the rebel All Black tour of South Africa A11 064 was a bolt out of the blue. A11 065 |^*"This came really as a surprise. ^I never really thought A11 066 it was on,**" he said. A11 067 |^*"But as a person who believes in the freedom of the A11 068 individual I think those players were free to make whatever A11 069 choice they felt fit to make. A11 070 |^*"They can go to Hell if they want to and I'd fight for A11 071 their right to do just that *- if they could find a way.**" A11 072 |^\0Mr Couch said politics and religion polarised people. A11 073 |^*"Sport does more good for the individual and for A11 074 countries,**" he said. A11 075 *<*4Kiwis linked to guerilla talks*> A11 076 * A11 077 |^*2TEN *0New Zealanders attended a global guerrilla congress A11 078 in Libya. A11 079 |^This was confirmed yesterday by a representative of the A11 080 Kanak Socialist National Liberation Front in New Caledonia who A11 081 also went to the conference in March. A11 082 |^Kanak representative Peu told Sunday News the New Zealand A11 083 delegation was half Maori and half pakeha. A11 084 |^But \0Mr Peu declined to name members of the group. A11 085 |^A row has bubbled in Parliament on the contentious issue A11 086 since Sir Robert Muldoon was told by Deputy Foreign Affairs A11 087 Minister Frank O'Flynn that the Government had *"no A11 088 information whatever**" about a Maori delegation making a trip A11 089 to Libya. A11 090 |^This week Sir Robert received confirmation of the New A11 091 Zealander's visit to Libya in a letter from Prime Minister A11 092 David Lange. A11 093 |^In his note to Sir Robert, the Prime Minister said every A11 094 New Zealander was free to travel to attend a conference or to A11 095 play sport. A11 096 |^In reply to our questions \0Mr Lange said he had no idea A11 097 who the members of the New Zealand delegation in Libya were. A11 098 |^*"No. ^I also don't know who is going to the conference A11 099 in Zurich,**" to overthrow the international banking system. A11 100 ^I have more to worry about than terrorists in Libya and gnomes A11 101 in Zurich,**" said \0Mr Lange. A11 102 |^\0Mr Jean Peu declined to name the New Zealand radicals. A11 103 |^*"Firstly, I can't tell you the names of the people from A11 104 New Zealand who attended the conference because it might put A11 105 their personal security in danger. A11 106 |^*"If we start naming people there's a real problem,**" he A11 107 said. A11 108 |^*"The Government or the police can make life hell for A11 109 these people. ^They can be persecuted for their ideals and we A11 110 don't put people in such a position. A11 111 |^*"Secondly, I can confirm there was a Maori delegation to A11 112 the conference *- but there was also a number of white people A11 113 from New Zealand there too. A11 114 |^*"There was some Maori and some non-Maori *- there was a A11 115 group of about 10 people. A11 116 |^\0Mr Peu rejected suspicions that New Zealanders had also A11 117 attended Gaddafi's terrorist training camps. A11 118 |^*"As far as I am aware the New Zealand delegation did not A11 119 go to any of the camps,**" he said. A11 120 |^\0Mr Peu also denied fears of terrorist activity now A11 121 taking place in this country. A11 122 |^*"I don't think that's likely,**" he said. A11 123 |^*"The New Zealand delegation went to Tripoli to talk about A11 124 the situation of the Maori people and Waitangi because outside A11 125 your country nobody knows the situation of the Maori people. A11 126 |^*"It was the only time the Maori can express their A11 127 feelings and their voice. ^It was very interesting. A11 128 |^*"I know the names of these people but I'm not prepared to A11 129 tell you or anyone else. ^There's too much at stake.**" A11 130 |^But Sir Robert still believes the aspect of terrorism A11 131 taking place on our own doorstep cannot be ruled out. A11 132 |^*"Some of the attitudes of mind of some Maori radicals and A11 133 those associated with them conceivably would not stop short of A11 134 this,**" he said. A11 135 |^*"There is an extreme element in some of the Maori protest A11 136 movement which it doesn't take any imagination at all to see A11 137 going over the edge into the kind of things we've seen in other A11 138 countries.**" A11 139 *<*4Dirty tricks row*> A11 140 * A11 141 |^*2A MAJOR dirty tricks row is brewing in Wairarapa National A11 142 Party ranks following the controversial selection of a former A11 143 Labour man to stand as the Opposition candidate at the next A11 144 elections. A11 145 |^Splits in the electorate's executive over the selection of A11 146 accountant Wyatt Creech as National's man at the next polls A11 147 have seen long-time party stalwart Jocelyn McKay toss in her A11 148 hand as Wairarapa vice-chairman *- a job she's had for four A11 149 years. A11 150 |^\0Mrs McKay has kept mum on her reasons for opting out *- A11 151 but the pot has been stirred this week with the publication of A11 152 a trouble-mongering entry in the personal columns of the local A11 153 newspaper. A11 154 |^The contentious item reads: ^*2HOTHOUSE GRAPES *- *0A few A11 155 bunches of McKay hothouse grapes, noted for their distinctive A11 156 sour flavour are at present available in Masterton. ^Some A11 157 people will go a long way for these and they are a good win for A11 158 those who enjoy the taste. A11 159 |^Win is \0Mrs McKay's maiden name. A11 160 |^And she's hopping mad about the personal slight. A11 161 |^*"It's particularly nasty. ^It's unfair and it's not A11 162 true,**" said \0Mrs McKay. A11 163 |^*"I have my reasons for stepping down as electorate A11 164 vice-chairman but I'm in a hell of a position because I've been A11 165 asked to put the party's name first before my own. A11 166 |^*"It's not sour grapes. A11 167 |^*"But when things like this start appearing in the A11 168 newspaper it makes you wonder where your loyalty to the party A11 169 should stop and where you should start speaking out for A11 170 yourself. A11 171 |^*"This thing in the paper is very nasty about the family. A11 172 ^It's a personal affront and a slight on our name *- I'm very A11 173 unhappy over this suggestion. A11 174 |^*"I'll stick to my guns to say nothing about what's gone A11 175 on. ^I've been squeaky clean and I want to stay that way. A11 176 |^*"But someone had better start putting a few things right A11 177 because I can't stand around silent while things like this are A11 178 happening.**" A11 179 |^The newspaper insert has also upset \0Mr Creech, who said A11 180 this week the publication in the personal columns was A11 181 *"unhelpful under the present circumstances**". A11 182 |^*"This kind of thing is very unfortunate and doesn't help A11 183 matters in any way,**" said \0Mr Creech. A11 184 |^Divisions started appearing in National Party ranks when A11 185 \0Mr Creech gained the National nod in Wairarapa last month to A11 186 contest the next general elections. A11 187 |^At one point during the selection meeting he was asked if A11 188 he'd been a member of any other political party and \0Mr Creech A11 189 responded with the George Bernard Shaw quote that if you're not A11 190 a socialist by 18 you've got no heart and if you're not a A11 191 conservative when you're 40 you've got no brains. A11 192 |^Many people took this to mean \0Mr Creech may have had A11 193 some sympathy with Labour Party philosophies when he was a A11 194 teenager. A11 195 |^It has since been revealed he was a member of the Labour A11 196 Party for four years from 1978 and had been asked by a friend A11 197 at the time to support \0Dr Allan Levett who was seeking the A11 198 Labour nomination in the electorate. A11 199 |^\0Mr Creech was also Martinborough branch delegate to the A11 200 Labour electoral committee *"for about two years at the A11 201 most**". A11 202 |^Informed sources in the area said this week \0Mrs McKay *- A11 203 who's been a National Party member for 28 years *- had decided A11 204 she couldn't give \0Mr Creech total support because of his A11 205 Labour involvement at the time of the 1978 elections. A11 206 |^We've been told \0Mrs McKay's loyalty to former National A11 207 {0MP} Ben Couch was the main reason behind the rift. A11 208 |^\0Mr Creech has responded by saying he and \0Mrs McKay A11 209 worked *"side by side**" campaigning for \0Mr Couch's A11 210 re-election in 1984 and he didn't see any reason why they couldn't A11 211 *"get on**" in the future. A11 212 |^*"What's happened is disappointing,**" he said. A11 213 |^*"I see no reason why \0Mrs McKay and myself can't work A11 214 together *- it's over to her. ^I have absolutely nothing A11 215 personal against Jocelyn McKay. A11 216 |^*"Some people claim comments I've made have been A11 217 misinterpreted, I don't think I've misled anyone.**" A11 218 |^National's Wairarapa electorate chairman, Alistair Orsborn A11 219 declined to comment on the selection rift. A11 220 |^He described the personal column insert as ^*"Crazy. A11 221 ^There's no other word for it. A11 222 |^*"We completely dissociate ourselves from this newspaper A11 223 piece. ^It's nonsense. ^It has absolutely nothing to do with A11 224 the party. ^I wouldn't have the foggiest idea who was A11 225 responsible for it.**" A11 226 |^Former {0MP}, \0Mr Couch said he could see \0Mrs McKay's A11 227 point if her selection stance was a matter of loyalty. A11 228 |^*"Jocelyn McKay has been a loyal supporter to the party A11 229 and to me over the years,**" said \0Mr Couch. A11 230 |^*"I can understand how she feels when she's worked hard in A11 231 the past *- she was campaign chairman in 1984 and did well. A11 232 |^*"But the fact remains that the electorate executive has A11 233 accepted Wyatt Creech and, if that's the case, okay, they're A11 234 the governing body and responsible for the National Party in A11 235 the Wairarapa electorate.**" A11 236 *<*4Mill *'waste**' blasted*> A11 237 * A11 238 |^*2A FORMER *0Think Big project worker claims the New Zealand A11 239 Steel mill expansion is riddled with inefficiencies. A11 240 |^But the allegations have been denied by steel mill A11 241 management. A11 242 |^Rob Brown of Waiuku said he worked on the Glenbrook site A11 243 just south of Auckland for two years. ^He was made redundant A11 244 earlier this year. A11 245 |^*"There's a lot of money-wasting going on out there,**" he A11 246 said. A11 247 |^*"The company put up carpenters' workshops, then they A11 248 found later on that a drain was supposed to have gone through A11 249 the site so the building had to be pulled down,**" said \0Mr A11 250 Brown. A11 251 |^These sheds were big enough to comfortably hold about 200 A11 252 men during meetings, he said. ^Two or three were supposedly A11 253 dismantled because they were wrongly sited. A11 254 *# A12 001 **[012 TEXT A12**] A12 002 *<*4Big fishing deal urged*> A12 003 * A12 004 |^*2THE AWARDING *0of a deep-water fishing quota worth millions A12 005 of dollars to the financially-troubled Chatham Islands is A12 006 proposed by Internal Affairs Minister Peter Tapsell. A12 007 |^The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries is considering a A12 008 proposal for an 8000-tonne quota exclusive to the remote island A12 009 community and Tapsell will urge Fisheries Minister Colin Moyle A12 010 to approve this. A12 011 |^Tapsell sees a separate Chathams quota as a means of A12 012 reducing the impact of tough subsidy cuts proposed for island A12 013 services. A12 014 |^He says the Chathams deficit is growing too rapidly and A12 015 too big and must be reduced. A12 016 |^Total subsidies on the air and sea links and maintaining a A12 017 meatworks were *+$3.49 million last financial year. A12 018 |^Tapsell's support for access to valuable orange roughy A12 019 fishing grounds is conditional on the fish being processed on A12 020 Chatham Island. A12 021 |^He concedes this will be more expensive than mainland A12 022 processing but could use spare freezing capacity in the A12 023 meatworks, as well as spreading financial benefits through the A12 024 Chathams community. A12 025 |^No deep-sea trawler is based at the Chathams but Tapsell A12 026 suggests a vessel could be chartered or bought. A12 027 |^A Chathams development company with 350 members, nearly A12 028 half the total population, has already been established and is A12 029 pushing for deepwater fisheries access. A12 030 |^Islanders argue they contribute to export earnings through A12 031 the rich rock lobster and paua fisheries and wool production A12 032 and are entitled to some subsidised services in return. A12 033 |^The Chathams also lack many facilities taken for granted A12 034 on the mainland such as fully sealed roads, mains electricity A12 035 outside the major settlement at Waitangi and nearby Te One, and A12 036 television. ^Expensive, private generators are used elsewhere A12 037 on Chatham and the smaller Pitt island and mains electricity A12 038 costs six times the mainland rate. A12 039 |^Communication is restricted to telephone, frequent public A12 040 meetings, whistling radio reception and eagerly read newspapers A12 041 brought in on the thrice-fortnightly Argosy flights. A12 042 |^Tapsell rejects the claim of National {0MP}s Winston A12 043 Peters and Roger Maxwell, who visited the Chathams last week, A12 044 that the Government intends setting the islands adrift. A12 045 |^He says the Government accepts Chathams residents are A12 046 entitled to a similar standard of living to a small rural A12 047 community on the mainland. A12 048 |^His support for a deep**[ARB**]-water quota flies in the A12 049 face of the recent review team report which could see *"no A12 050 economic justification for an arbitrary allocation of special A12 051 quota from the deep-sea fishing resources in the 200-mile zone A12 052 around the Chatham Islands for Chatham Islands interests**". A12 053 |^Tapsell has also rejected zero rating for the goods and A12 054 services tax on the Chathams. A12 055 |^An advisory committee, including a local representative, A12 056 plus Internal Affairs local government division are considering A12 057 implementation of the proposals vital to the Chatham Islands A12 058 future. A12 059 *<*4National officials perform on video*> A12 060 |^*2NATIONAL {0MP}*0s and officials are learning to perform in A12 061 front of video cameras in an effort to improve the party's A12 062 image following poor performances in public opinion polls. A12 063 |^National plans to give all its candidates lessons in how A12 064 to sell themselves and their party before next year's general A12 065 election. A12 066 |^The National people are being taught media technique by A12 067 Ken Casey, described in party literature as a *"professional A12 068 trainer in the art of interviewing and confidence building**". A12 069 |^Media training is not the only avenue National is A12 070 exploring in an effort to improve its performance. A12 071 |^At this weekend's policy seminar, local management guru A12 072 John Wren of Management Systems and Training, gave the 25 A12 073 Wellington divisional representatives a course in using *"group A12 074 focus**" in what Wren's press release described as a *"new A12 075 approach to policy formulation for a political party.**" A12 076 |^*"It's a very positive process. ^It releases minds to A12 077 think creatively. ^As far as I'm aware, 90 per cent of those A12 078 present have no experience of the process, and will be very A12 079 receptive to it.**" A12 080 *<*4Staff swaps on again*> A12 081 * A12 082 |^*2POLITICS *0professor Henry Albinski is again planning to A12 083 establish staff exchanges between Victoria and Pennsylvania A12 084 State universities, 16 months after he levelled accusations of A12 085 political intrigue against the hierarchy of Wellington's A12 086 Victoria University. A12 087 |^In late 1984, American Professor Albinski was all but A12 088 guaranteed a *+$50,000 grant from the United States Information A12 089 Agency ({0USIA}) *- which acting Prime Minister Geoffrey Palmer A12 090 noted last month appeared to be spending *"considerable A12 091 sums**" of money to combat New Zealand's anti**[ARB**]-nuclear A12 092 policies *- to finance the exchange of 17 staff between the two A12 093 universities over two years. A12 094 |^But the deadline for {0USIA} funding approval expired A12 095 early last year, before the Victoria University council could A12 096 meet to consider the proposal. A12 097 |^Victoria's vice-chancellor at the time, \0Dr Ian Axford, A12 098 said the Albinski proposal languished because it arrived too A12 099 late for the council to sort out the implications for staff A12 100 leave, though by itself it looked *"very reasonable**". A12 101 |^But Albinski saw other reasons. ^*"Intimations appeared A12 102 that higher administrative circles at Victoria University had A12 103 become disquieted about how such a linkage could be construed A12 104 as a political action that would exacerbate the United A12 105 States-New Zealand government-to-government differences over {0US} A12 106 naval ship visits,**" he wrote to colleagues in February last A12 107 year. A12 108 |^*"Fears were also voiced that the press in New Zealand A12 109 would be severe in its criticism of such ties, and that A12 110 Victoria University would suffer accordingly.**" A12 111 |^Albinski was apparently nervous about his association in A12 112 the New Zealand and Australian news media with (retired) A12 113 Admiral Lloyd Vasey, president of the well-funded, A12 114 conservative, Honolulu-based research agency, Pacific Forum. A12 115 ^Vasey has been officially linked in Australia with the A12 116 collapsed Nugan Hand Bank which had connections with the A12 117 {0CIA}. A12 118 |^Albinski and Vasey visited New Zealand in November 1984 to A12 119 prepare a report for the Pacific Forum on the nuclear ships A12 120 issue, which advised the United States Administration to tread A12 121 carefully so as not to upset the *"delicate political balance A12 122 in the New Zealand Labour Party**". A12 123 |^They also concluded that the United States should improve A12 124 its *"information and persuasion efforts in Australia and New A12 125 Zealand**". A12 126 |^Albinski heads the Australian Studies Centre at Penn State A12 127 University. ^Established in 1982, the centre has links with A12 128 several Australian universities and Albinski has long wanted to A12 129 expand its studies to include New Zealand. A12 130 |^When his wooings of Victoria University were rebuffed, A12 131 Albinski was bitter but buoyant about his chances of retrieval. A12 132 |^*"It is... a sad commentary on how academic enterprise can A12 133 be victimised by political considerations that in this instance A12 134 were neither well-founded nor shared by those who knew and A12 135 understood the project,**" he lamented in his letter to A12 136 colleagues on February 20 last year. A12 137 |^Axford who retired, was succeeded by Professor Leslie A12 138 Holborow who came to Wellington from the University of A12 139 Queensland, with which Albinski's Penn State centre has had a A12 140 formal link since February 1983. A12 141 |^Albinski has apparently assessed that the climate has A12 142 changed enough to favour another attempt. ^He will visit A12 143 United States embassy staff in Wellington, government officials A12 144 and Victoria University staff early next month. A12 145 |^He plans to meet staff in the politics department, the A12 146 Institute of Policy Studies and the Stout Research Centre, A12 147 which focuses on New Zealand society, history and culture. A12 148 |^Holborow who knows Albinski from his time at Queensland, A12 149 and remembers him as an academic with a good reputation, said A12 150 this week he was puzzled about the events of early last year A12 151 which led to the failure of the Albinski proposal. A12 152 |^*"If the proposal came up again, I would have to find out A12 153 if there was apprehension at the university, and why,**" he A12 154 said. A12 155 |^Albinski is also planning to meet retired politics A12 156 professor Walter Murphy, who heads the Professors World Peace A12 157 Academy of New Zealand, which has links with the Unification A12 158 Church (Moonies). A12 159 |^Murphy was a candidate for Albinski's original exchange A12 160 proposal, and recently abandoned plans for a Professors World A12 161 Peace Academy conference in Wellington last month, after it was A12 162 exposed as a Moonie-sponsored exercise. A12 163 |^Under his original scheme, Albinski proposed to post A12 164 himself to Victoria University to research New Zealand foreign A12 165 and defence policy, United States-New Zealand relations and A12 166 politics of Pacific Island countries. A12 167 |^And one of his Pennsylvania colleagues was to have A12 168 researched the role of the New Zealand press in influencing A12 169 public opinion on defence, and, especially, New Zealand-United A12 170 States relations. ^That project was to expand into a A12 171 cross-national study of the press and foreign policy formulation. A12 172 *<*5Nuclear free treaty no nearer solution*> A12 173 *<*4By *6DAVID ROBIE*> A12 174 |^*2WHEN *0the South Pacific Forum adopted the historic A12 175 Rarotonga Treaty creating a nuclear-free Pacific zone last A12 176 August, it appeared the pact had consensus support. ^But the A12 177 day after Forum spokesman, Prime Minister David Lange, assured A12 178 journalists that all the Forum leaders would be signing the A12 179 document \0Fr Walter Lini, declared Vanuatu would not endorse A12 180 a *"partial**" treaty. A12 181 |^Since then Lini has stuck by his stand and the Solomon A12 182 Islands has followed Vanuatu's lead. ^Papua New Guinea is also A12 183 understood to be reviewing its stance. A12 184 |^It could be another source of irritation between A12 185 Melanesian and Polynesian countries at this year's Forum in A12 186 Suva where the treaty and New Caledonia, are again expected to A12 187 dominate. ^Last year, Lini had some harsh words to say about A12 188 what he saw as corrosion of the traditional *"Pacific way**" of A12 189 reaching agreement by consensus. A12 190 |^So far, nine countries have signed the treaty *- A12 191 Australia, Cook Islands, Fiji, Kiribati, New Zealand, Niue, A12 192 Papua New Guinea, Tuvalu and Western Samoa. ^But only three A12 193 have ratified it *- Fiji, Cook Island and Niue. ^Vanuatu and A12 194 the Solomon Islands have said they will not endorse the treaty, A12 195 ^This leaves Nauru and Tonga still in doubt, out of the 13 A12 196 South Pacific Forum countries. A12 197 |^Nauru has strong anti-nuclear views while Tonga, the only A12 198 kingdom in the South Pacific, has a conservative stance and is A12 199 anxious not to upset the United States. A12 200 |^Eight nations are required to ratify the treaty for it to A12 201 become registered with the United Nations. A12 202 |^The South Pacific Nuclear-Free Zone commits signatories to A12 203 renouncing nuclear warfare and doing anything which would A12 204 assist the conduct of such warfare. ^But it leaves Forum A12 205 members free to make their own decisions about letting nuclear A12 206 ships and planes use their harbours and airports. A12 207 |^It also overlooks the fact that Australia, which has been A12 208 the treaty's main advocate, hosts United States communications A12 209 and tracking bases that are part of a network for nuclear A12 210 missilefiring submarines. A12 211 |^On the eve of the Forum heads of government meeting at A12 212 Suva on August 11-12, an eight-day *"alternative forum**" will A12 213 be staged in the Fijian capital at the University of the South A12 214 Pacific. ^Organised by the Fijian Anti-Nuclear Group (Fang), A12 215 which has support from the Fiji Labour Party, trade unionists A12 216 and peace groups, the conference is expected to seek support A12 217 from Lini and the Prime Minister of the Solomon Islands, Sir A12 218 Peter Kenilorea, for closing the treaty's loopholes. A12 219 |^Lini will be one of the speakers at the conference, along A12 220 with Oscar Temaru, the leader of Tahiti's Polynesian A12 221 Independence Front and representatives of the Kanak Socialist A12 222 National Liberation Front are also expected to take part. A12 223 |^Delegates at the *"alternative forum**" are expected to A12 224 present a draft alternative nuclear-free Pacific treaty to the A12 225 heads of government. A12 226 |^While Vanuatu has taken a strong position over the A12 227 nuclear-free zone, several Polynesian nations, particularly the A12 228 Cook Islands, have adopted a contradictory and confusing A12 229 stance. A12 230 |^Last month, ironically, while Lange was on a brief holiday A12 231 in the Cook Islands, Deputy Prime Minister Geoffrey Palmer A12 232 lashed out at the Cook Islands prime minister, Sir Thomas A12 233 Davis, over his statements apparently opposing the Rarotonga A12 234 Treaty. ^Davis had claimed ratification of the treaty would A12 235 mean the end of the Anzus defence alliance. A12 236 |^Davis, who has strong pro-United States views dating from A12 237 his years with Nasa as a research scientist, says the Cook A12 238 Islands has relied on Anzus in the past. ^But the Rarotonga A12 239 Treaty would make it difficult for nuclear nations such as the A12 240 United States to operate in the Pacific. A12 241 |^Earlier this year, the Cook Islands hosted a foreign A12 242 military presence of a different kind. ^On February 17 two A12 243 Cook Islanders saw the periscope of a submarine moving swiftly A12 244 near Rarotonga. ^Three days later a submarine periscope came A12 245 up about 30 metres away from two fishermen in a canoe 5\0km A12 246 offshore. A12 247 |^A New Zealand Air Force Orion later detected the submarine A12 248 and identified its nationality. ^The New Zealand Government A12 249 has refused to disclose the identity and the Cook Island A12 250 government imposed a media blackout on the affair. A12 251 *# A13 001 **[013 TEXT A13**] A13 002 *<*0Synthetic harmony*> A13 003 *<*4by Geoffrey Darling*> A13 004 *<*0Why were relations between management and unions at the A13 005 Motunui Synfuel plant so good?*> A13 006 |^*6W*2HEN THE DUKE *0of Edinburgh officially opens the world's A13 007 first natural-gas-to-gasoline complex on February 27, praise A13 008 will undoubtedly flow for its industrial relations record. A13 009 |^Compared with other major projects *- the Marsden Point A13 010 refinery expansion, stage *=II of the {0NZ} Steel plant at A13 011 Glenbrook and the Cromwell Dam *- the Motunui methanol plant, A13 012 four kilometres east of Waitara on the Taranaki coast, has been A13 013 marked by a relatively smooth construction time. ^Industrial A13 014 harmony between the major contractor, the {0US} firm Bechtel A13 015 (Pacific) Corporation \0Ltd, and the unions involved with the A13 016 project meant that work was completed for the client, New A13 017 Zealand Synthetic Fuels Corporation (Synfuel), on time and A13 018 about 20 percent under the budgeted cost of *+${0US}1475 A13 019 million. A13 020 |^The plant has been working towards a peak petrol capacity A13 021 of 570,000 tonnes a year in production, fed by natural gas from A13 022 the Maui and Kapuni fields, since October 1985. ^The growing A13 023 world oil glut has led to doubts about the wisdom of A13 024 constructing the plant at all. ^But the manner in which it was A13 025 constructed seems to have left just about everybody happy. A13 026 |^*2BOTH MANAGEMENT *0and unions claim credit for the A13 027 comparatively serene industrial relations at Motunui. ^And A13 028 both sides would be right. ^They are quick to counter myths A13 029 surrounding the plant; that the Taranaki workforce was soft, A13 030 docile and provincial and that the site lacked stirrers active A13 031 on other sites. ^In fact the workforce was cosmopolitan, A13 032 experienced and aware of its industrial muscle, potentially A13 033 very militant. ^Major contractors Bechtel could easily have A13 034 screwed up, says its industrial relations manager John A13 035 Haslemore. A13 036 |^The record of the infrastructure works associated with the A13 037 plant bears him out. ^Work stopped on the Waitara River water A13 038 intake site for 16 weeks. ^Wildcat strikes were frequent at A13 039 Omata near Port Taranaki and the electricity substation near A13 040 Motunui came under threat. A13 041 |^Infrastructure workers wanted parity with Motunui A13 042 construction workers. ^To stall them the employers invoked A13 043 wage-price freeze regulations. ^Unions then sought an A13 044 exemption. ^Employer intransigence centred on determination A13 045 not to let high wages at Motunui spread to the general A13 046 workforce. ^The big buck stops here, they said. A13 047 |^The infrastructure disputes were only one degree removed A13 048 from those at Motunui, yet they were protracted, A13 049 stand**[ARB**]-offish, and eventually only resolved at a A13 050 compulsory conference, called by Labour minister Jim Bolger, A13 051 before mediator Tom Groves in Wellington. A13 052 |^The real key to the plant's successful construction was A13 053 careful planning by Bechtel and acceptance by the unions of A13 054 that plan. ^Bechtel signed the contract for the plant with A13 055 some trepidation. ^New Zealand industrial relations and safety A13 056 had a poor track record in the eyes of major overseas A13 057 companies. ^But Bechtel's senior management had already A13 058 identified industrial relations as a key issue and had begun A13 059 planning in mid-1980, more than a year before the final A13 060 go-ahead. ^Unions were contacted two years before the job began. A13 061 ^(By comparison, work was in progress at Marsden Point for 18 A13 062 months before industrial relations planning was finalised.) A13 063 |^Bechtel had experienced industrial relations staff, not A13 064 always found on large project sites. ^The team was headed by A13 065 the Melbourne-based manager of Bechtel corporate services, A13 066 Sheldon Young, a man with 20 years' experience in industrial A13 067 relations. ^On-site was John Haslemore, former Fletcher A13 068 Construction industrial relations head. ^His experience A13 069 stretched back to the first Marsden Point refinery, the A13 070 original Bluff smelter and Manapouri, Marsden B and Kawerau's A13 071 \0No 3 paper mill. ^His assistants, Andy Greig and David A13 072 Bedford, had spent all their working lives in industrial A13 073 relations. A13 074 |^The unions were also experienced, and committed to maximum A13 075 productivity. ^Several site delegates were on their third A13 076 consecutive job in the position for their respective A13 077 subcontractors; the Kapuni ammonia-urea plant, the Petralgas A13 078 methanol plant at Waitara Valley and Motunui. ^They were A13 079 heavily involved in education, especially of the rank and file A13 080 union membership. A13 081 |^Each subcontractor had a site delegate *- full-time, if A13 082 the size of the contract so dictated. ^Alan Gardiner, site A13 083 delegate for leading subcontractor Robert Stone \0Ltd, was so A13 084 busy with his (at peak) 300 charges he was provided with a A13 085 deputy. ^Site delegates fought only the causes they felt they A13 086 could win, did their homework properly and settled disputes A13 087 quickly. ^According to combined union advocate Brian Evans, A13 088 ^*"That was one of the keys to success.**" A13 089 |^The combined experience enabled problems to be A13 090 anticipated. ^All demarcation disputes on the site were A13 091 foreseen and few actually arose. ^(One exception, a rigging A13 092 dispute between labourers and engineers early in 1983, went to A13 093 the Arbitration Court.) A13 094 |^From its early contact with the unions, Bechtel developed A13 095 an understanding that led to good site agreements. ^All A13 096 applications for work were dealt with at Bechtel's New Plymouth A13 097 office, giving locals the best opportunity to find work. A13 098 ^Bechtel considered the wind-down phase when planning the job. A13 099 ^It encouraged subcontractors to help workers find further A13 100 employment. ^This resulted in few arguments over redundancy A13 101 and continuing productivity at the tail end of the job. A13 102 |^A total of 170 welders were trained to a high standard in A13 103 block courses at Taranaki Polytech *- more than half from A13 104 scratch. ^More than 1000 workers went through one or more A13 105 training programmes. ^Some highly qualified electricians were A13 106 given a week of instrumentation orientation in a specific area. A13 107 ^Training gave workers increased job satisfaction and a greater A13 108 ability to find work and enjoy themselves. A13 109 |^Discontent over food, a common problem on construction A13 110 sites, never arose thanks to an efficient canteen run on A13 111 Bechtel lines. ^Bechtel's comprehensive bus service meant that A13 112 all workers, anywhere in Taranaki, could get a ride home. A13 113 |^A two-monthly round table was used by Bechtel to up-date A13 114 unions on all issues. ^Bechtel did not play the adversary role A13 115 often seen in such major projects. ^Its releases to the press A13 116 leaned, if anything, towards the union viewpoint. A13 117 |^And according to delegates who worked at both Motunui and A13 118 Marsden Point, management attitudes at the Taranaki site were A13 119 far superior. ^Delegates were welcomed, made to feel equals. A13 120 ^Unlike Marsden Point, and typical boss-worker, across-the-table A13 121 confrontations, the Motunui site delegates sat informally A13 122 in a circle, interspersed with employer representatives, and A13 123 were given coffee. ^*"We were made to feel human,**" said a A13 124 rigger delegate who had come from Marsden Point. A13 125 |^Site delegates often went over the heads of their A13 126 subcontractor bosses and sought the approachable Bechtel A13 127 industrial relations team, knowing they would get a fair A13 128 hearing, though this was not encouraged by the company. ^And A13 129 the unions responded to Bechtel's efficient project engineering A13 130 management and strict quality control that resulted in the firm A13 131 dismissing some subcontractors for poor performance. A13 132 |^But some members of the rank and file scorned the high A13 133 praise constantly being poured on Bechtel's operation. A13 134 ^*"Let's not forget the great effort by the men to meet A13 135 management halfway.**" A13 136 |^And no worker on the site would paint a totally placid A13 137 picture of their time at Motunui. ^All agree there were A13 138 problems and, with hindsight, all agree they were minor *- kept A13 139 that way by prompt action by negotiating teams. A13 140 |^*6W*2HEN BRIAN EVANS *0took over as combined union advocate A13 141 in October 1983 he found a workforce with the potential for A13 142 major trouble, despite Bechtel's careful planning. ^He found A13 143 workers were not doing their homework in disputes with A13 144 management, and rising frustrations were breeding frequent A13 145 wild**[ARB**]-cat strikes. ^They were not serious, just a day A13 146 here and a day there, but they added up. A13 147 |^Evans, operating from his Wellington base, ran courses for A13 148 site delegates at which they learnt about disputes procedure, A13 149 public speaking and chairing meetings. ^He encouraged A13 150 delegates to use the Bechtel-provided Union Fridays *- a A13 151 two-hour meeting every third Friday of the month *- more A13 152 constructively, and aim for better communications with the A13 153 workforce. ^(When Evans arrived, he found that only a third of A13 154 the workforce attended the Friday meetings, and those for just A13 155 10 minutes before rushing out the gate to an early weekend.) A13 156 |^Site delegate Alan Gardiner met many workers unfamiliar A13 157 with union affairs when he arrived in mid-1983. ^*"They just A13 158 saw the *+$370 a week in the hand each week and thought how A13 159 wonderful the boss was,**" he said. ^*"They didn't realise how A13 160 hard-won that money was.**" A13 161 |^Union representation on the two-monthly round table was A13 162 about 25, and about a third of that number were A13 163 full**[ARB**]-time delegates or officials. ^There was good A13 164 response from the labourers, drivers, clerical workers and A13 165 engineers unions but poor representation from the electricians A13 166 and carpenters. ^The last two produced a number of minor A13 167 disputes which Evans suspects arose from their casual A13 168 attendance at round table meetings. A13 169 |^The round table system eventually solved the tricky A13 170 problem of rain-off procedure *- when to send which workers A13 171 home in the event of rain. ^The problem was one of the biggest A13 172 industrial headaches at the plant and worst in the winter of A13 173 1983. ^Some days workers would sit around their smoko huts for A13 174 seven hours, other days they would be sent home just as the sun A13 175 finally emerged. ^Finally it was agreed that if rain was A13 176 falling at 11.00{0am} workers could go home. A13 177 |^But because rain-offs applied only to those working A13 178 outside when the order was given, the labourers went on strike. A13 179 ^Bechtel finally agreed, at a round table meeting, to allow all A13 180 workers to go home *- if the majority were outside when the A13 181 rain-off was ordered. A13 182 |^Several arguments developed over work in a confined space A13 183 but small strikes were usually over in a day. ^And Bechtel A13 184 tried to avoid strikes on issues like smoko, accommodation and A13 185 safety. A13 186 |^The site's biggest dispute was out of Bechtel's hands. A13 187 ^It was over the continuation of the wage freeze and the A13 188 {0FOL}'s *+$20-a-week claim, during March and April 1984. ^It A13 189 involved the whole workforce in rolling strikes but was not A13 190 supported by Brian Evans. ^He put the stoppages down to a lack A13 191 of leadership from union officials: ^*"A futile gesture to a A13 192 doomed campaign.**" A13 193 |^Elsewhere, discipline was good. ^There was only one A13 194 strike over discipline *- a major achievement for a plant that A13 195 size *- because the Bechtel team gave constant advice to A13 196 subcontractors on problems likely to arise. A13 197 |^Voluntary unionism, introduced in February 1984, could A13 198 have created problems. ^Bechtel saw the move as a real risk to A13 199 the site and undertook a solid education programme. ^Evans was A13 200 also busy. ^He held a secret ballot that showed 87 percent of A13 201 the then 1600 workers wanted continued compulsory unionism, a A13 202 situation Bechtel readily accepted. A13 203 |^The highest profile strike was the expected dispute when A13 204 natural gas was introduced to the site in May last year, A13 205 following similar disputes at other sites. ^Although the A13 206 arrival of the gas was made widely known and safety drills A13 207 rehearsed, there were a few disquieting incidents at the first A13 208 drill. ^The workforce and foremen did not seem wholly prepared A13 209 to deal with a gas break, according to site rumours, and some A13 210 groups, instead of being *"led to safety**" in the drill, were A13 211 led into the teeth of the *"danger zone**". ^A relatively A13 212 small incident, but enough to provoke the engineers to strike A13 213 and mount pickets at both the plant's gates, though work was A13 214 not seriously disrupted. A13 215 |^Safety had been a concern for Bechtel since the contract A13 216 was signed on December 23, 1981. ^When construction was A13 217 completed almost four years later, there had been 1167 A13 218 lost-time accidents. ^This was marvellous for a New Zealand plant, A13 219 but Americans among the Bechtel staff were privately appalled. A13 220 ^They were used to a handful of lost-time accidents at a site A13 221 the size of Motunui. A13 222 |^But, in the main, Bechtel's safety programme paid off. A13 223 ^It included prizes for good safety records and a regular A13 224 Monday morning tool-box meeting for all staff on safety A13 225 procedures *- a first for New Zealand. ^And though delegates A13 226 claim that strikes over poor safety gear and lack of gloves for A13 227 handling steel were prevalent in the early days, for the first A13 228 time in this country's construction history no fatalities were A13 229 recorded at a major site. ^The most serious accident was a A13 230 fall from a roof, resulting in a broken pelvis. A13 231 |^*2AS COMBINED *0union advocate for the most crucial 17 months A13 232 of the plant's construction, Brian Evans was instrumental in A13 233 helping solve most of the industrial and safety disputes. ^He A13 234 saw some long hours, with up to 17 six-day weeks during the A13 235 five months he was Taranaki's relieving organiser for the A13 236 Engineers' Union as well as site advocate. ^He also had to A13 237 withstand challenges for his job, including one of A13 238 no-confidence. A13 239 |^But he survived the challenges, and saw his base in A13 240 Wellington as an advantage. ^It gave him a detached view of A13 241 the plant, and he felt more on an equal footing with Bechtel's A13 242 head, Sheldon Young, also based off-site, in Melbourne. ^Now A13 243 on the other side of the industrial fence, working for A13 244 management, Evans sees the success at Motunui as resulting from A13 245 communication skills which he says are generally lacking in the A13 246 union movement: ^*"Often the education of union officials is A13 247 deplorable.**" A13 248 *# A14 001 **[014 TEXT A14**] A14 002 *<*4An American abroad*> * A14 003 |^{0US} *0congressman Stephen Solarz makes his living trying to A14 004 ease international tensions. ^But his quick visit to New A14 005 Zealand produced no quick breakthroughs in the nuclear-ship A14 006 visits deadlock. A14 007 |^*6D*2OZENS OF EYES *0followed the little man in the navy A14 008 reefer jacket as he moved through Wellington's domestic air A14 009 terminal. ^United States congressman Stephen Solarz was A14 010 leaving town. A14 011 |^But it was not any aura of power that attracted public A14 012 attention *- or even, for most, recognition. ^It was his hat, A14 013 a shoulder-shading, khaki broadbrimmer that just about engulfed A14 014 the wearer. ^The latest in New York fashion, perhaps? A14 015 ^*"Certainly not,**" replies a dapper courtier. ^*"A Sydney A14 016 airport souvenir.**" A14 017 |^On television from Washington, Solarz is the stern A14 018 messenger from Anzus head office. ^Here, it is different. A14 019 ^The airport plays a part, its legendary decrepitude a great A14 020 leveller, rubbing off on all who pass through. ^And on this A14 021 humid January day, even number three on the {0US} House of A14 022 Representatives Foreign Affairs Committee is not exempt. A14 023 |^Solarz has had a month of non-stop travel, of airport A14 024 check-in counters, counting luggage and waiting around, and it A14 025 shows. ^He has that slightly glazed-eye, disembodied look of A14 026 the time-warped, long-distance traveller. ^*"I really wanted A14 027 to sleep,**" he says by way of greeting as we wait for the A14 028 plane north. A14 029 |^He had jetted into Wellington two days before, seeking A14 030 solutions to the Anzus row. ^As chairman of the House Asian A14 031 and Pacific Affairs subcommittee he had met with the Prime A14 032 Minister, Leader of the Opposition, other politicians, A14 033 journalists, academics and pollsters. ^Now he was off home to A14 034 Washington, via Auckland to see the chair of Parliament's A14 035 Foreign Affairs and Defence Committee, Helen Clark, and former A14 036 prime minister Sir Robert Muldoon. A14 037 |^From the New Zealand end of the telescope, the A14 038 Government's tweaking of the imperial eagle's tail was still A14 039 big news. A14 040 |^Elsewhere, the world had moved on. ^In Geneva the Soviets A14 041 were trying to embarrass the {0US} with new disarmament A14 042 proposals, while off Aden the royal yacht was poised to A14 043 rekindle the glow of imperial pasts. A14 044 |^Even Solarz, though attentive to a fault about the A14 045 ship-visit row while here, had other things on his plate. ^New A14 046 Zealand had been the last stop on a month-long swing through A14 047 global trouble spots. ^We merited just over 48 hours. A14 048 |^*"I make a point not to declare myself an expert if I've A14 049 not been in a country more than 24 hours.**" ^He smiles. ^It A14 050 is a gentle putdown of himself. ^Since his election to the A14 051 House in 1975 Solarz has been circling the globe chatting up A14 052 foreign leaders. ^In 1981 the *1New York Post *0talked of A14 053 *"Solarz's Road Show**", calling him *"the junket king**". A14 054 |^His reply to this is blunt. ^The Foreign Affairs A14 055 committee helps spend millions of dollars in aid and military A14 056 assistance each year. ^The best way to understand problems is A14 057 to face them first hand. ^It is the members of the committee A14 058 who do not travel, those frightened of facts getting in the way A14 059 of prejudices, who should be criticised. A14 060 |^*"This is no vacation. ^Do you know what it is like seven A14 061 days a week for a month, from seven in the morning to midnight, A14 062 every meal a working meal, travelling from one meeting to the A14 063 next?**" A14 064 |^First stop this trip had been the Middle East, Solarz's A14 065 favourite stamping ground. ^A Jew himself, he represents New A14 066 York's 13th District, containing the biggest concentration of A14 067 Jews in the {0US}. ^He first entered the Foreign Affairs A14 068 committee so he could speak up on Israel. ^This time he had A14 069 swung through Israel, Jordan and Egypt seeking peace. ^Then to A14 070 Thailand to check the strength of the non-communist resistance A14 071 in Kampuchea; Hong Kong for a spot of China watching; Japan to A14 072 look at ways to reduce trade imbalances with the {0US} and then A14 073 three days in Australia to probe the New Zealand problem. A14 074 |^Part international first-aider, then, and part local A14 075 elected politician, looking for the breakthrough that could A14 076 gain him kudos back home. ^Like his small success last year A14 077 after trips to Indochina in getting a resolution through the A14 078 House backing aid for the non-communist resistance in the area. A14 079 |^But for the past 48 hours he had played the role of A14 080 dedicated marriage guidance counsellor, recalling the good A14 081 times, minimising the rifts, trying to get New Zealand out of A14 082 the spare bedroom. ^At the press conference earlier he spoke A14 083 of his talks being with *"close friends**" speaking with A14 084 *"genuine candour**". ^He recalled past sacrifices made A14 085 together for common values and the evident desire on both sides A14 086 to resolve differences. A14 087 |^*"This problem cannot be resolved on a theological level. A14 088 ^If it comes to a question of preaching conflicting theologies A14 089 there will be no agreement. ^I don't think we are going to A14 090 convince the Government of New Zealand to welcome the presence A14 091 of nuclear-armed ships and the Government of New Zealand is not A14 092 going to convince the United States to make an exception for A14 093 New Zealand that it is not prepared to make for other allied A14 094 countries around the world. A14 095 |^*"Therefore if there is going to be a solution it is going A14 096 to be at a practical level rather than at the theological A14 097 level. ^Both sides will have to be in a position to maintain A14 098 their principles while at the same time reaching an agreement A14 099 in practice that each believes is compatible with its concern. A14 100 ^I do not believe that is impossible.**" A14 101 |^*6O*2NE OF THE *0pitfalls of jetset diplomacy is to assume A14 102 that because people speak much the same language, eat the same A14 103 foods, look much the same and fought past wars together, they A14 104 therefore think the same way. ^But just as an Aussie umpire A14 105 finds it so hard to give one of his countrymen out {0lbw}, so A14 106 Solarz, however well intentioned, was trapped behind the A14 107 American end of the telescope. A14 108 |^Toss out the theology, he argued, while insisting that to A14 109 save Anzus the nuclear-capable ship visits had to continue and A14 110 the policy of *"neither confirm nor deny**" had to stay firm. A14 111 ^The latter was crucial. ^The administration *"cannot accept A14 112 an arrangement with New Zealand that could create serious A14 113 problems for us in terms of our ability to maintain port access A14 114 to other friendly and allied countries**". A14 115 |^Solarz talked of {0US} global responsibilities to keep A14 116 sea-lanes open and maintain an effective naval deterrent. A14 117 ^*"It would simply not be possible to do that if its ships were A14 118 denied access to the ports of allied countries. ^At a time A14 119 when 40 percent of our navy is nuclear powered and a growing A14 120 percentage is nuclear capable, if friendly countries around the A14 121 world were to adopt policies which made it impossible to send A14 122 nuclear-powered and nuclear-capable ships into their ports, it A14 123 would have grave consequences for the ability of the {0US} to A14 124 maintain its deterrent and preserve the peace.**" A14 125 |^The odd ship here was not the problem. ^If New Zealand A14 126 was the only country involved *"we could have possibly lived A14 127 with it [the non-nuclear policy]. ^We wouldn't have been happy A14 128 perhaps, but we could have lived with it.**" ^The {0US} fear A14 129 was that other allies might seize on the precedent, see New A14 130 Zealand had not been punished and demand similar non-nuclear A14 131 privileges. A14 132 |^So what evidence is there that this *"ripple effect**" A14 133 theory is any more valid than the *"domino theory**" of the A14 134 Vietnam War period? ^Malaysia and Thailand had not fallen A14 135 then. ^Nor had Australia, Indonesia or New Zealand, despite A14 136 the communist victory in Vietnam. A14 137 |^*"It may ultimately turn out that if we accepted New A14 138 Zealand policy and continued to conduct business as usual it A14 139 wouldn't have an effect elsewhere, but nobody can be sure it A14 140 wouldn't have and the stakes are simply too high.**" A14 141 |^The Americans fear, for instance, that opponents in A14 142 Australia of the joint facilities, *"which are very important A14 143 to us from a strategic point of view, would be significantly A14 144 strengthened if they could credibly claim that it would be A14 145 possible for Australia to terminate joint facilities and still A14 146 continue to enjoy the benefits of Anzus. ^It's simply not in A14 147 our interests to encourage the impression we countenance A14 148 that.**" A14 149 |^The British Labour Party is another example. ^Solarz says A14 150 their policy is similar to New Zealand's. ^If the {0US} had A14 151 accepted New Zealand's policy it might have encouraged the A14 152 British Labour Party to think they could ^*"adopt a similar A14 153 policy without risk to the fabric of Nato, which I don't think A14 154 would have been possible.**" A14 155 |^*6S*2OLARZ ADMITS *0to being not over-optimistic that a A14 156 solution can be reached with New Zealand, but points to Japan A14 157 as a case where a *"non-theological**" answer has been A14 158 reached. A14 159 |^His reasoning becomes noteworthy for what is left unsaid. A14 160 ^*"The Japanese constitution prohibits the presence of A14 161 nuclear-armed ships in their waters. ^We recognise their constitution A14 162 and at the same time we maintain a schedule of ship access to A14 163 their ports which we deem to be compatible with their interests A14 164 while maintaining our principle of neither confirming nor A14 165 denying.**" A14 166 |^But surely such a practical solution, if adopted with New A14 167 Zealand, would have to include acceptance of the New Zealand A14 168 Government's ship-access policy? ^*"It means we certainly have A14 169 to take note of that... ^We take note of the Japanese policy and A14 170 I think therefore the Japanese are satisfied by it and we're A14 171 satisfied by it. ^In the case of New Zealand I think any A14 172 American administration would obviously be aware of your law A14 173 and I think we can be expected to respect the laws of other A14 174 countries.**" A14 175 |^This exchange had been at the press conference. ^I A14 176 suggested that on reflection it was rather cynical, that it was A14 177 widely believed that the {0US} paid lip service to the Japanese A14 178 law while bringing nuclear weapons into their ports. ^The A14 179 Japanese Government chose to turn a blind eye, thus it worked. A14 180 |^Regarding {0US} ships in Japan, Solarz says he does not A14 181 know the situation. ^*"I haven't inspected them.**" ^As for A14 182 being cynical *- he doesn't mean to be. ^*"I'm a politician A14 183 and I'm in the business of reconciling problems, of searching A14 184 for compromises and resolving conflicting points of view.**" A14 185 |^He says it would be naive to expect the {0US} to abandon A14 186 its no-disclosure policy or to expect New Zealand to welcome A14 187 *"nukes**" into its harbours. ^The way to deal with it, he A14 188 says, is to look at which ships will be permitted in and which A14 189 ones will not. ^Obviously the {0US} will insist on sending A14 190 more than just rowboats and tankers. ^Nuclear-capable ships A14 191 will have to be included in any schedule of ship visits, even A14 192 if they are not nuclear armed. A14 193 |^Given such a compromise *"there's a real possibility that A14 194 we will send ships that don't have nuclear weapons. ^But we A14 195 can't do it in a way that convinces people we've done it.**" A14 196 |^*"I can understand New Zealand,**" says Solarz, *"so far A14 197 removed from the centre of action, so unlikely a nuclear A14 198 target, just as soon having nothing to do with [nuclear arms] A14 199 at all.**" ^But he feels it is a false security. ^Whether New A14 200 Zealand has nuclear-ship visits or not, he argues, the chances A14 201 of our being targeted during a nuclear war are remote. ^The A14 202 danger to us is not the direct hit, it is the threat of nuclear A14 203 winter, the post-war big freeze which scientists predict will A14 204 wipe out all life on the planet *- whether they played host to A14 205 warships or not. ^To Solarz the only realistic way to get A14 206 disarmament is by mutual and verifiable agreements between the A14 207 superpower blocs. ^And the {0US} is stronger in these talks if A14 208 its allies stay firm. A14 209 |^*6W*2HEN HE *0left Washington, the conventional wisdom was A14 210 that no solution to the New Zealand problem was possible. A14 211 ^After two working days in Wellington Solarz had gained the A14 212 feeling that possibly there was a chance. A14 213 |^That was before his meeting in Auckland with anti-nuclear A14 214 standard-bearer Helen Clark and a half-hour phone conversation A14 215 with fellow Labour back-bencher Jim Anderton. ^Both told him A14 216 bluntly that a Japanese-type solution allowing nuclear-capable A14 217 warships into our ports on some sort of *"trust me**" policy A14 218 was unlikely to be acceptable to party activists or to many A14 219 voters. A14 220 |^While Solarz was coping with this message, his secretary A14 221 planned a little problem-solving of her own. ^Wellington A14 222 airport's souvenir shop had been unable to come up with a A14 223 *"Nuke-buster**" T-shirt. ^She hoped to find one in Auckland. A14 224 ^*"For my young brother,**" she insisted with a grin. A14 225 |^If no solution to the Anzus impasse was possible Solarz A14 226 emphasised that we would still be good friends. ^*"Whatever A14 227 happens, New Zealand should never be made a pariah nation. A14 228 ^Anything less would be a disservice to the New Zealand and A14 229 American soldiers who died together in Europe and the Pacific A14 230 for shared values.**" A14 231 |^He also says the Deep Freeze base in Christchurch will not A14 232 move. ^*"It's not an issue, it's not in either of our A14 233 interests to let it go.**" ^Mention Chile as an alternative A14 234 site and he quips back, ^*"I'd prefer Lange to Pinochet any A14 235 day.**" ^Adding, with a chuckle, ^*"I bet \0Mr Lange has had A14 236 much better compliments than that.**" A14 237 *# A15 001 **[015 TEXT A15**] A15 002 *<*4Four Rugby Issues For Determination*> A15 003 |^It's not too often that the lounge of Wellington's \0St A15 004 George Hotel turns breathlessly quiet, but it may well do so at A15 005 some time today as delegates to a special general meeting of A15 006 the New Zealand Rugby Union await the outcome of voting on a A15 007 specially significant issue. A15 008 |^*0There are, in fact, four issues for determination, each A15 009 by a two-thirds majority, by the delegates of the 27 provincial A15 010 unions. A15 011 |^The first is a series of recommendations from a special A15 012 committee appointed some time ago to inquire into the structure A15 013 of the 18-man council of the union. A15 014 |^The second concerns the proposal of the promotion and A15 015 public relations sub**[ARB**]-committee of the council, that A15 016 the union adopt a trade-marked logo which, applied to a variety A15 017 of products, could yield an income of thousands, perhaps A15 018 millions, independently of gate-takings, interest on loans and A15 019 other matters. A15 020 |^The third proposes changes in the Ranfurly Shield rules A15 021 consequent upon the creation of the third division of the A15 022 national provincial championship; and the fourth, which is A15 023 likely to cause no excitement whatever, urges that North Otago, A15 024 Otago and Southland be created as a fourth district within the A15 025 jurisdiction of the Maori Advisory Board, thus splitting Te A15 026 Waipounamu (the South Island) into two. A15 027 |^Before dealing with the breathless hush matter, let it be A15 028 said, as background information, that the council already has A15 029 approved the special committee report with, so it seems, A15 030 amazing speed. A15 031 |^Since the recommendations *- that the country be divided A15 032 into three zones each entitled to four councillors, that there A15 033 be an administration committee of not more than three members A15 034 and that the chairman and vice-chairman may be elected from A15 035 anywhere (the council, in all, will total 19, against 18 of A15 036 old) *- alter the constitution, they can be supported or A15 037 rejected by delegates, but such has been the clamour for change A15 038 in the council that rejection seems most unlikely. A15 039 |^It also ought to be remarked that the council has already A15 040 approved the substance of the recommendations as to the new A15 041 logo. A15 042 |^These centre upon the use of a stylised silver fern A15 043 devised and recommended by the council's promotional agent, A15 044 {0A.M.} Haden's Sporting Contacts \0Ltd, and which is to be A15 045 used in support of such entities as the New Zealand Rugby A15 046 Union, New Zealand Maoris, New Zealand Juniors and, presumably, A15 047 other teams of national or quasi-national standing. A15 048 |^The nub of the arguments today will be the recommendation A15 049 that the logo be used upon the jersey of the New Zealand A15 050 representative team to produce a monogram, bold in shape and A15 051 outline, made up of the words, *"New Zealand All Blacks,**" and A15 052 the new silver fern. A15 053 |^A Justice Department official acknowledged yesterday that A15 054 the logo had been submitted in the proper form by the union's A15 055 patent attorneys, had been advertised in the official journal A15 056 for three months and had drawn no objections. A15 057 |^So far, so good; and Andy Haden from time to time has A15 058 seemed absolutely sure his creation will be approved, to the A15 059 great financial benefit of the union and game. A15 060 |^This is where the breathless hush begins. ^The Auckland A15 061 Rugby Union has published its opposition. ^The great fullback A15 062 Bob Scott is horrified at the heresy of the change. ^So are A15 063 many other players who have worn the jersey. A15 064 |^It boils down to the issue of cash versus tradition, both A15 065 of which are compelling factors. ^Such are the curious strains A15 066 in the politics of New Zealand rugby that Auckland's opposition A15 067 to the change might become, for many unions, the most A15 068 compelling reason why it should be made. A15 069 *<*4Hooker Hika Set And Eager To Front as Flanker*> A15 070 |^After scooping the cream from the Argentine teams now A15 071 touring New Zealand, the Wasps could not find a place for Hika A15 072 Reid as hooker in their team to play Auckland in the A15 073 traditional Easter Sunday rugby match at Rotorua on March 30. A15 074 |^*0One of the six Argentines, most of them Pumas, was A15 075 Javier Perez-Cobo, the reserve hooker. ^The Easter match A15 076 without Reid seemed unthinkable. A15 077 |^Would, asked Barry Spry, the Wasps' club captain, Hika A15 078 mind playing on the side of the scrum? A15 079 |^The Reid smile went from ear to ear. ^Would he ever! ^So A15 080 the Wasps will have a dynamic all-Maori back-row of Reid on one A15 081 flank, Frank Shelford, the captain, on the other, and Wayne A15 082 Shelford at \0No 8. A15 083 |^Originally, the Wasps, sponsored by Air New Zealand, had A15 084 six Pumas in the side *- Diego Cash at prop, Perez-Cobo as A15 085 hooker, Sergio Carossio at lock, Guillermo Holmgren at halfback A15 086 and Marcello Loffreda and Diego Cuesta-Silva in the midfield. A15 087 |^Unfortunately Carossio's playing career in New Zealand A15 088 lasted only a few minutes last weekend before he broke an A15 089 ankle, and \0Mr Spry is now hunting for another lock to partner A15 090 Gary Braid, Bay of Plenty's All Black now with North Harbour. A15 091 |^In keeping with their policy of promoting young players A15 092 the Wasps will field Darryl Halligan, the New Zealand secondary A15 093 schools fullback, and a promising wing, Warwick Paul, recently A15 094 out of Western Heights High School. A15 095 |^The Wasps team for the match, which will start at A15 096 2.45{0pm}, is *- A15 097 **[LIST**] A15 098 |^In the curtainraiser the second *=XVs of Bay of Plenty and A15 099 Waikato will play in the Wasps and Harlequins colours. A15 100 *<*4*'Bear With Us**' Plea On Board*> A15 101 |^*0The spectators at the third New Zealand-Australia A15 102 cricket test at Eden Park over the next five days may think A15 103 otherwise, but they will be guinea pigs. A15 104 |^Unexpected problems with the new *+$600,000 scoreboard A15 105 have meant that some of the details are obscured by reflections A15 106 from the shiny surface. A15 107 |^This has not occurred with similar scoreboards in the A15 108 United States and Australia and is evidently caused by unusual A15 109 lighting conditions at Eden Park. A15 110 |^Before the start of the test today two portions on the A15 111 left and right sides of the scoreboard will be sprayed with a A15 112 special opaque material, and the experts will check to see A15 113 whether this removes the reflections. A15 114 |^A park authorities spokesman said yesterday he asked the A15 115 spectators *"to bear with us**" and regretted any A15 116 inconvenience the spectators might experience. A15 117 *<*5Baying For Botham's Very Blood*> A15 118 *<*4{0NZPA} London*> A15 119 |^*0The love-hate relationship between England cricketer Ian A15 120 Botham and the British press has entered another hate phase. A15 121 |^Botham's truly modest performances in the first two tests A15 122 in the West Indies this year prompted one headline of ^*"Pull A15 123 your finger out**" and widespread opining that he should not A15 124 play for England again. A15 125 |^In the *1Times *0there was an insult meant to indicate A15 126 precisely how poorly Botham is playing. ^In one of the less A15 127 vehement criticisms, *1Times *0correspondent John Woodcock A15 128 wrote: ^*"Botham simply wastes it [the new ball] by bowling so A15 129 short, usually with two long legs, as though everyone bats like A15 130 Andrew Hilditch.**" A15 131 |^One of the more stinging criticisms came in the *1Daily A15 132 Express, *0which posed the question: ^*"Has Botham burned A15 133 himself out at the age of 36? ^Or is the brutal truth that he A15 134 was never really good enough to take on the beat the best **[SIC**] A15 135 in the world?**" A15 136 |^And the paper produced statistics to back up its *"yes**" A15 137 answer. ^Against all countries but the West Indies, Botham has A15 138 scored 3820 runs, including 13 centuries, at an average of more A15 139 than 40. A15 140 |^Against the West Indies he has passed 50 only three times A15 141 in 209 innings and has an average of 21.8. ^And Botham's most A15 142 recent bowling figures strengthen the call for his head. A15 143 |^His last 13 overs on the Port of Spain, Trinidad, ground A15 144 where the second test is being played have been hit for 115 A15 145 runs. A15 146 |^Botham's performances off the field were also brought into A15 147 discussion by one of the world's most respected sports writers, A15 148 Ian Woolridge. ^In the *1Daily Mail *0Woolridge said some of A15 149 the England team would be *"looking back with nostalgia**" to A15 150 the tour of India when Botham was at home. A15 151 |^*"They confide that the dressing room was a much happier A15 152 place then. ^They do not say this within Botham's hearing. A15 153 ^He is a tempestuous man.**" A15 154 |^He added that if Botham did not play a long and A15 155 responsible innings in the second innings of the second test A15 156 *"the unthinkable could happen. ^England could drop Botham A15 157 before Botham can carry out his threat to drop England.**" A15 158 ^(Woolridge wrote before Botham's dismissal for one.) A15 159 |^Botham, however, wrote in the *1Sun *0that he was not A15 160 planning to retire from International cricket saying he was A15 161 hoping to be chosen for next season's tour of Australia. A15 162 |^At Port of Spain yesterday, Botham lasted just six minutes A15 163 before he was caught behind. A15 164 |^As he walked from the field Botham defiantly raised and A15 165 waved his arm to the press benches and, before disappearing A15 166 into the dressing room, hurled his helmet to the ground. A15 167 *<*4Easy for West Indies*> A15 168 *<{0NZPA} Port-of-Spain*> A15 169 |^The West Indies were within easy reach of victory at A15 170 stumps on the fourth day of the second cricket test, needing A15 171 just 17 runs to make the 93-run target set by England. A15 172 |^*0Already one up in the five-match series, the West Indies A15 173 have all day today to make the runs with nine wickets in hand, A15 174 having reached one for 76 in the final session yesterday. A15 175 |^The West Indies launched a blistering attack on England's A15 176 bowlers and would have wrapped up the match yesterday if it had A15 177 not been for England skipper David Gower calling conferences A15 178 with his bowlers in the latter stages. A15 179 |^Gordon Greenidge made a brisk 45 before being caught by A15 180 Allan Lamb off Phil Edmonds, while Desmond Haynes was still A15 181 there on 29. A15 182 |^Resuming at 168 for three yesterday, England quickly lost A15 183 Allan Lamb for 40, {0lbw} to Walsh after adding 14 to his A15 184 overnight score. ^Ian Botham came in and was soon caught by A15 185 wicketkeeper Payne for one, after his two in the first innings. A15 186 ^Overnight batsman Peter Willey added seven runs before being A15 187 bowled by Marshall for 26. A15 188 |^With the fall of Willey, Downton (5) and Emburey (14) A15 189 followed in quick succession. A15 190 |^Marshall picked up his 200th test wicket and ended the day A15 191 with figures of four for 94. ^Walsh took four for 74. A15 192 |^The day was highlighted by a spirited last wicket stand by A15 193 Richard Ellison (36) and Greg Thomas (31 not out) who batted A15 194 out the entire session up until tea and added 72 runs. A15 195 |^Extras topscored with 59, including 27 no-balls. A15 196 **[TABLE**] A15 197 **[PLATE**] A15 198 |^*0Four outstanding performances at last weekend's New A15 199 Zealand athletic championships in Christchurch point to Simon A15 200 Poelman, of Auckland, breaking through the 8000-point barrier A15 201 in the New Zealand decathlon championships starting this Friday A15 202 at \0Mt Smart Stadium. A15 203 |^As well as improving on his New Zealand record of 7854 A15 204 points set late last year, Poelman will become the first A15 205 athlete in Australasia to better 8000 points, if he is A15 206 successful. A15 207 |^*"The weather will be a big factor over the two days of A15 208 competition, but I will still be disappointed with anything A15 209 less than 8000 points,**" said Poelman. A15 210 |^Last week Poelman won the pole vault and 110\0m hurdles, A15 211 was second in the 100\0m and third in the long jump. A15 212 |^A top-class performance will place the 22-year-old New A15 213 Zealand hurdles 110\0m and pole vault champion well in line for A15 214 the silver medal at the Edinburgh Commonwealth Games, given A15 215 that Daly Thompson, of England, will be competing. A15 216 |^Over recent weeks, Poelman has set personal bests in the A15 217 long jump (7.36\0m), pole vault (4.67\0m), 100\0m (10.77\0s), A15 218 discus (44.44\0m) and 400\0m (49.6\0s). A15 219 |^Auckland's Stefan Hand will have a third attempt at the A15 220 Commonwealth Games selection standard of 7400 points. A15 221 |^He was 28 points short in December and two weeks ago he A15 222 fell short by 118 points. A15 223 |^The women's heptathlon at the Countrywide championships A15 224 will also be held over Friday and Saturday. A15 225 |^Lyn Osmers, of Canterbury, who has already qualified for A15 226 the games with 5455 points, should collect this title. A15 227 *<*4Dinner Helps Hadlee*> A15 228 |^*0Richard Hadlee already has his stand at Eden Park, the A15 229 open terraces at the Dominion \0Rd end of the ground. A15 230 |^Now Auckland, or at least the University-\0St Heliers A15 231 Cricket Club, are weighing in behind Hadlee in his benefit A15 232 year. A15 233 |^Profits from the {0USH} club's annual cricketer-of-the-year A15 234 dinner will be split between Hadlee's benefit and the New A15 235 Zealand Cricket Foundation which will contribute to the sending A15 236 of a young Aucklander for playing experience in England. A15 237 |^*"We thought it a good chance to pay tribute to Hadlee,**" A15 238 said Ross Dykes, a {0USH} official yesterday. ^*"The idea has A15 239 brought a very good response, especially among the older folk, A15 240 for the dinner.**" A15 241 *# A16 001 **[016 TEXT A16**] A16 002 *<*4Coney urges council to *'get act together**'*> A16 003 |*2TIMARU ({0PA}). *- ^*0Jeremy Coney, the New Zealand A16 004 captain, yesterday called on the New Zealand Cricket Council to A16 005 *"get its act together**" before the West Indies arrive here A16 006 for the three-test series in February-March. A16 007 |^Controversy has raged since the West Indies refused to A16 008 agree to a rate of 90 overs a day being written into the test A16 009 match conditions. A16 010 |^Graham Dowling, executive director of the New Zealand A16 011 council, yesterday sympathised with an appeal from fast bowler A16 012 Richard Hadlee for a new approach to the West Indies but said A16 013 he doubted further negotiations would be fruitful. A16 014 |^But in Timaru yesterday, Coney said the upcoming tour A16 015 presented a challenge not only to the New Zealand players but A16 016 also *"a test for the administrators and whether they can get A16 017 their act together prior to the West Indies arriving.**" A16 018 |^*"If they do, they will be helping the players, the A16 019 umpires and the public. ^No one likes seeing bowlers dawdling A16 020 back 36 paces to start their run-ups.**" A16 021 |^The {0NZCC} will discuss the overs issue on November 29 A16 022 and will re-open negotiations with its West Indies counterpart A16 023 if council members feel further talks are necessary. A16 024 |^But \0Mr Dowling doubted the council would consider a A16 025 fresh approach and said the {0NZCC} had no power to enforce an A16 026 overs rate provision in the face of West Indies opposition. A16 027 |^*"Board members are aware of the West Indian response to A16 028 our first approach on the over rates issue,**" \0Mr Dowling A16 029 said. A16 030 |^*"To be frank, the response was exactly what we expected. A16 031 |^*"Playing conditions are always negotiable and, if A16 032 agreement can't be reached, we revert to the laws of cricket. A16 033 ^I suspect that's the way it will end up.**" A16 034 *<*6CHANGES*> A16 035 |^*0\0Mr Dowling said the over rates problem could be solved A16 036 by changes to the structure of the International Cricket A16 037 Conference which would make majority decisions of test playing A16 038 nations binding on all members. A16 039 |^The West Indies were isolated by their opposition to over A16 040 rates regulations and would probably be forced to accept those A16 041 provisions if the {0ICC} made majority decisions law. A16 042 |^*"It's just the mechanics of the {0ICC} that it is not A16 043 possible to produce majority decisions which are binding on all A16 044 members,**" \0Mr Dowling said. A16 045 |^*"The next {0ICC} meeting should see changes which will A16 046 give it more teeth and the power to enforce majority decisions. A16 047 ^Those changes are likely within 12 months but, unfortunately, A16 048 probably after the West Indies tour.**" A16 049 |^In the meantime, Dowling appealed for tolerance and an A16 050 understanding that the New Zealand council could not enforce an A16 051 over rate quota. A16 052 |^*"Richard Hadlee and the New Zealand Cricket Council are A16 053 entirely in agreement on this issue,**" he said. A16 054 |^*"But there is no point in all the speculation and A16 055 informed comment on what the New Zealand Cricket Council should A16 056 do. A16 057 |^*"We know what should be done and what can be done. ^The A16 058 sooner everyone understands that our hands are tied, the A16 059 better. A16 060 |^*"Nothing can be done until structural changes are made to A16 061 the {0ICC} and it's important that people *- the media and A16 062 Richard Hadlee included *- realise that.**" A16 063 *<*6PROGRESS*> A16 064 |^*0Coney said, however, that until the West Indians stepped A16 065 on to New Zealand soil, there was an opportunity for the A16 066 {0NZCC} to make some progress on the issue. A16 067 |^*"But it depends on how much importance the council places A16 068 on the matter,**" he said. A16 069 |^*"I'd imagine it would feel threatened if the West Indies A16 070 weren't to accede to the request which they probably won't A16 071 anyway. A16 072 |^*"They (the councillors) may fear the West Indies won't A16 073 bother coming and obviously they *- and the players *- don't A16 074 want that to happen.**" A16 075 |^Coney's statement represents the second time in recent A16 076 months he has taken the {0NZCC} to task. A16 077 |^He also strongly criticised the council's agreement to a A16 078 congested schedule for the recent England tour without A16 079 reference to the players. A16 080 |^The New Zealand captain, who led New Zealand to series A16 081 wins over Australia (home and away) and England last season, A16 082 predicted a close Ashes series in Australia. A16 083 |^*"It'll be very close but the Englishmen should do very A16 084 well if they can tidy up their discipline and their attitudes A16 085 to training,**" he said. A16 086 |^*"It has to be remembered that Australia is still very A16 087 much going through a rebuilding stage. ^They are expected to A16 088 perform to the same level as they did in the A16 089 Chappell-Lillee-Marsh era but that's not realistic.**" A16 090 *<*4Thomas to join pro ranks*> A16 091 *<*0By the Golf Writer*> A16 092 |^The performance of Dunedin professional, Greg Turner, on A16 093 the international circuit has inspired Simon Thomas, of A16 094 Balmacewen, to embark on a career in professional golf. A16 095 |^Thomas (21) notched four wins in his Government Life debut A16 096 two weeks ago but is keen to leave amateur competition and make A16 097 golf his life. A16 098 |^He has been working in the Otago Golf Shop at Balmacewen A16 099 for the past 18 months and sees his decision to join the A16 100 professional ranks as a logical step. A16 101 |^Thomas hopes to become a touring professional but will be A16 102 taking a different path to that which led to Turner's success. A16 103 |^*"I considered going for a golf scholarship but was only A16 104 likely to get a part scholarship which meant that I would need A16 105 about *+$10,000 each year,**" he said. A16 106 |^Thomas was priced out of the American college scene and A16 107 will start as the assistant professional at the Otago Golf A16 108 Shop. A16 109 |^He will be required to undertake a three-year A16 110 apprenticeship under the club professional, Michael Henderson, A16 111 before gaining his ticket. A16 112 |^Thomas has already spent 18 months working in the Otago A16 113 Golf Shop under Henderson and his predecessor Terry Adcock. A16 114 |^However, only six months of that time can be credited to A16 115 Thomas' professional career and he will have to put in another A16 116 two and a half years before becoming a fully-fledged A16 117 professional. A16 118 |^Thomas' intention is to become a touring and not a club A16 119 professional but he is under no illusions about the difficult A16 120 task ahead of him. A16 121 |^*"I spoke to Greg (Turner) about playing and he told me A16 122 about many of the professionals and how good they are,**" A16 123 Thomas said. ^*"Their methods are not that much better than A16 124 many amateurs but the players who make it have the ability to A16 125 score. A16 126 |^*"Greg cited scoring ability and consistency as the main A16 127 ingredients for success and he told me what I must work at. A16 128 |^*"I must practice and practice to improve my play and in A16 129 particular practice my short game which will save strokes,**" A16 130 he said. A16 131 |^*"Gaining consistency and improving my temperament are the A16 132 main objectives I have in the immediate future.**" A16 133 |^Thomas believes that he has a difficult task to succeed as A16 134 a touring professional and quipped that it might take a miracle A16 135 for him to make money. A16 136 |^His short amateur career has netted him one Otago under 18 A16 137 title (1982) and two Otago Golf Club senior championships. A16 138 |^He attended Otago Boys High School and along with Turner A16 139 and Henderson becomes the third golfer from that school to opt A16 140 for a career in professional golf in recent years. A16 141 |^But Thomas' decision comes as a striking blow to Otago A16 142 amateur golf which has lost many top players in recent years. A16 143 |^His departure from the team brings the total to 16 golfers A16 144 who have left Otago in the past seven years. A16 145 |^Thomas intends to make a telephone call to the New Zealand A16 146 Professional Golfers Association today to inform them of his A16 147 intention to take up the apprenticeship at Balmacewen. A16 148 *<*4Wyllie nominated for N.Z. panel*> A16 149 |*2CHRISTCHURCH ({0PA}). *- ^*0Alex Wyllie, the selector-coach A16 150 of the Canterbury rugby team for the past five years, is A16 151 to seek a place on the New Zealand selection panel. A16 152 |^Wyllie's nomination was approved last night by the A16 153 Canterbury Rugby Football Union which also heard that New A16 154 Zealand selector Stan Hill will not seek re-election on the A16 155 three-man panel. A16 156 |^Nominations close on Friday and the next year's panel is A16 157 expected to be elected at a meeting of the New Zealand Rugby A16 158 Football Union council on December 5. A16 159 |^It is the second time Wyllie has bid for a New Zealand A16 160 appointment. ^He allowed his name to go forward in 1984 (for A16 161 the 1985 season), but a rider that he was interested only if he A16 162 could immediately become the All Black coach rendered it a A16 163 fairly futile attempt. A16 164 |^The Canterbury union's decision to nominate Wyllie was A16 165 made simpler by the announcement of Hill's non-availability. A16 166 |^With {0CRFU} support, Hill has been an All Black selector A16 167 since 1981, the year after he retired from a five-year stint as A16 168 a Canterbury selector-coach. A16 169 |^Hill said last night his decision to step aside was based A16 170 mainly on Wyllie's availability. A16 171 |^*"I only stood last year because Alex didn't want the job. A16 172 ^Now he does and I don't want to stand in his way,**" he said. A16 173 |^*"I have been there long enough and I think he is the A16 174 right man. ^I just hope he gets the top job before long.**" A16 175 *<*6DISAPPOINTED*> A16 176 |^*0Hill is one of the few men, certainly the only one of A16 177 recent times, to spend so long on the selection panel, but A16 178 never be appointed the convener, or All Black coach. A16 179 |^He coached at various stages the New Zealand Colts, the A16 180 New Zealand Juniors and the New Zealand Emerging Players team. A16 181 |^Hill said that naturally he was disappointed that he never A16 182 got to coach the All Blacks, whose colours he wore from 1955 to A16 183 1959, but he knew *"the writing was on the wall**" as soon as A16 184 Brian Lochore was appointed to the panel in 1984. A16 185 |^*"Lochore was the man the powers that be wanted and that A16 186 was it. ^It was a knockback, but sport is full of knockbacks A16 187 and you have just got to accept them,**" he said. A16 188 |^Hill said that apart from this year he had enjoyed his A16 189 time as a New Zealand selector. A16 190 |^*"In all honesty I can't say I enjoyed this year. ^It was A16 191 a mess from the time that certain people decided to go their A16 192 own way, and we never recovered from it.**" A16 193 |^But Hill said he did not wish to reopen the Cavaliers tour A16 194 issue. A16 195 |^*"It's in the past now and that's where I hope it stays. A16 196 ^The tour upset all our rugby this year and I look forward to a A16 197 fresh start next year, without any such complications.**" A16 198 |^Hill said he believes New Zealand still has plenty of good A16 199 rugby players, but he questioned some of the tactics that the A16 200 All Blacks had employed in the past two seasons. A16 201 |^*"I am not knocking Brian (Lochore). ^He has had a lot of A16 202 problems this year, but when you look at the All Blacks' record A16 203 under him, it is not all that wonderful. A16 204 |^*"The reason, I think, lies in the tactical approach.**" A16 205 |^Hill said he has great confidence in Wyllie as a coach, A16 206 and that was why he would not compete against him for a place A16 207 on the national panel. A16 208 |^*"I am sure Alex will do the same thing with the All A16 209 Blacks as he did with Canterbury *- play good rugby and win A16 210 games.**" A16 211 *<*4Hart seeking election*> A16 212 |*2AUCKLAND ({0PA}). *- ^*0John Hart, the man at the helm of A16 213 Auckland's rugby successes over the past five seasons, said he A16 214 will join Alex Wyllie, the Canterbury coach, in seeking A16 215 election as an All Black selector. A16 216 |^Hart's decision, made yesterday, came after weeks of A16 217 deliberation. A16 218 |^As well as nominating Hart for the panel, the Auckland A16 219 Rugby Union will recommend the New Zealand Rugby Football Union A16 220 change its traditional *"one coach**" outlook and install a A16 221 back coach. A16 222 |^According to Malcolm Dick, the {0ARU} chairman and A16 223 {0NZRFU} councillor, there were two main reasons for nominating A16 224 Hart's *"outstanding talents.**" A16 225 |He said: ^*"The first is our firm belief that the All A16 226 Blacks should be coached by a coach and an assistant coach. A16 227 |^*"The last time I can remember the All Blacks being taken A16 228 by a back was almost 10 years ago, and we certainly believe it A16 229 is essential the team have a back coach as well. A16 230 |^*"The other reason is that we also believe successful A16 231 provincial coaches should be elevated to an All Black selecting A16 232 role much quicker than in the past. ^This is the ideal A16 233 opportunity to do that.**" A16 234 |^Hart stressed last night he is not standing on a platform A16 235 of becoming assistant coach. A16 236 |^*"I am standing for the panel and if, after Auckland has A16 237 put its case, the {0NZRFU} decided they needed a back coach, A16 238 then I would be interested.**" A16 239 *# A17 001 **[017 TEXT A17**] A17 002 *<*4Injuries upset selection plans*> A17 003 *<{0NZPA} Staff Correspondent*> A17 004 |*6CHRISTCHURCH. *- ^*4Alan Jones, the Wallaby coach, A17 005 through faith and confidence in developing players, has placed A17 006 a heavy burden of responsibility on those individuals named in A17 007 the team to play Canterbury at Lancaster Park tomorrow. A17 008 |^*0Jones has put his selection policy where his mouth is by A17 009 asserting tomorrow's match is not the fourth *"test**" it has A17 010 been called but, rather, a provincial match which will be A17 011 treated in that vein. A17 012 |^The Wallaby team to meet Canterbury includes seven of the A17 013 forwards but only two of the backs who played in the first test A17 014 at Athletic Park last weekend. A17 015 |^Jones, with injuries partially forcing his hand, has again A17 016 resisted the temptation to field a shadow test side against A17 017 strong opposition a week before an international. A17 018 |^The significant illnesses or injuries affecting backs are A17 019 those troubling fullback David Campese, first five-eighth A17 020 Michael Lynagh and three-quarter Matthew Burke. A17 021 |^Burke is the most seriously affected, made *"silly and A17 022 weak,**" according to Jones, by a severe cold. ^Lynagh is also A17 023 bothered by a cold, Campese by an injury which the Australian A17 024 coach would not identify. A17 025 |^In the forwards, workhorse Ross Reynolds will play his A17 026 sixth tour match because injuries to locks Damien Frawley and A17 027 Rod McCall have removed his backup. ^Reynolds would have been A17 028 rested for this match but McCall has an injured leg and Frawley A17 029 has a suspected minor fracture in one hand. A17 030 |^*"The injuries have required some reconstruction of the A17 031 team, significant reconstruction,**" Jones said. ^*"But we've A17 032 reached the point in the side and there's a bit of excitement A17 033 about the fact that now one or two people are being called on A17 034 to do a job that they hadn't thought they would be asked to do. A17 035 |^*"That's good for the team and it will be interesting to A17 036 see how they respond.**" A17 037 |^Those most tested tomorrow will be fullback Andrew Leeds, A17 038 wing Ian Williams, centres Michael Cook and Glen Ella, halfback A17 039 Brian Smith and test second five-eighth Brett Papworth, shifted A17 040 to first five-eighth for the match. A17 041 |^Jones has reshaped his Saturday backline, conscripting A17 042 Williams, Cook and Leeds from the side which played Buller on A17 043 Wednesday. A17 044 |^Only Peter Grigg, on the right wing, and Papworth remain A17 045 from the side which beat New Zealand 13-12 in the first A17 046 international at Wellington. A17 047 |^*4Jones said the selection is tentative and the condition A17 048 of Lancaster Park, heavy after persistent rain, and the A17 049 possible recovery of injured players may inspire late changes. A17 050 |^*0*"It might be that someone comes good before Saturday A17 051 and I might shove them in,**" he said. ^*"Obviously I'd prefer A17 052 people to have a game before the test. A17 053 |^*"That doesn't worry me in relation to Lynagh because A17 054 every time Lynagh goes on the paddock, he's under great A17 055 pressure. ^The aim of the exercise is to reduce a bit of that A17 056 before what is a very significant test match for us.**" A17 057 |^Tour captain Andrew Slack has been omitted on a similar A17 058 premise and Simon Poidevin will lead tomorrow's side from the A17 059 side of the scrum. A17 060 |^His forward pack includes the Wallaby test front row, test A17 061 lock Bill Campbell and the Australian backrow from Athletic A17 062 Park. A17 063 |^Reynolds is switched from \0No. 8 to lock to give A17 064 promising Queenslander Julian Gardner a run on one flank. A17 065 |^Jones' selection alters but does not necessarily weaken A17 066 the Wallabies' Saturday combination. A17 067 |^Players such as Cook, Leeds and Williams showed A17 068 outstanding form against Buller midweek and will inject pace, A17 069 and, not least, keenness into the Australian backline. A17 070 |^Leeds will take the goalkicks tomorrow, following his A17 071 26-point haul at Westport, hoping to extend his total of 59 A17 072 points scored on tour so far. A17 073 |^Cook failed to share in the seven tries scored by the A17 074 tourists against Buller but is a gifted player, capable of A17 075 restraining Canterbury's Cavalier centre, Victor Simpson. A17 076 *<*6PRESSURE*> A17 077 |^*0Jones said Papworth had been addressed, before A17 078 Australia's departure on this tour, about the possibility of A17 079 playing one day at first five-eighth. ^Lynagh's illness has A17 080 hastened the day but Papworth seems equal to the challenge. A17 081 |^*"Now he's got to absorb a lot of the pressure himself in A17 082 the decision-making on Saturday, even though he's got Glen Ella A17 083 beside him who is very level-headed and experienced. ^This is A17 084 the chance for Papworth now to rise a notch or two because he's A17 085 really got to shoulder a big burden on Saturday.**" A17 086 |^Jones acknowledged the strength of the Canterbury side but A17 087 said his players are not intimidated by its vaunted power and A17 088 record. A17 089 |^*"It's a de facto All Black side,**" he said. A17 090 |^*"They don't come much better than that, it doesn't worry A17 091 us but we know how good they are.**" A17 092 |^*"We're not a bad outfit either.**" A17 093 |^The Australian team to play Canterbury is: _Andrew Leeds; A17 094 Peter Grigg; Michael Cook; Ian Williams; Glen Ella; Brett A17 095 Papworth; Brian Smith; Steve Tuynman; Simon Poidevin (captain) A17 096 Ross Reynolds; Bill Campbell; Julian Gardner; Mark Hartill; Tom A17 097 Lawton; Enrique Rodriguez. A17 098 *<*4Jones defends matches against smaller unions*> A17 099 *<{0NZPA} Staff Correspondent*> A17 100 |*6CHRISTCHURCH. *- ^*4Alan Jones, the Wallaby coach, has A17 101 defended the inclusion of matches against smaller unions on the A17 102 itinerary for his team's tour of New Zealand. A17 103 |^*0Jones refused initially to respond to claims by John A17 104 Hart, the Auckland coach, that matches like Wednesday's against A17 105 second division Buller should be scrapped in favour of games A17 106 with New Zealand's premier provinces. A17 107 |^He later praised the inclusion of a Westport stopover in A17 108 the Australians' schedule and called for administrators in all A17 109 countries to pay more attention to traditional or remedial A17 110 matches when drafting team itineraries. A17 111 |^*"I don't have anything to do with the itinerary but those A17 112 comments are almost an insult to the opposition,**" Jones said. A17 113 |^*"Any person who knows anything about the game knows you A17 114 don't play provincial matches in centres where test matches are A17 115 played. ^That's the standard rule over here and that's why we A17 116 didn't play Wellington and didn't play Auckland. A17 117 |^*"That's not a matter for me to judge. ^I only take the A17 118 itinerary that's given. ^That's a comment that should be A17 119 directed at New Zealand officials. ^If it's a comment designed A17 120 to detract from the merit of the performances of the Australian A17 121 team, I don't take that seriously, either.**" A17 122 *<*6ATTITUDE*> A17 123 |^*0Jones said the comments typified the attitude of some A17 124 New Zealanders to touring teams. A17 125 |^*"If you win, New Zealanders always want to suggest to you A17 126 that the opposition is not good,**" he said. A17 127 |^*"It's rather nice in this game to give a bit of credit on A17 128 occasion to the winner and to the opposition and I'd hope A17 129 that's the approach that's taken. A17 130 |^*"Certainly, when the All Blacks have played in Australia A17 131 and played outstandingly it would have been churlish to deny A17 132 them what have been some fairly significant scoring feats.**" A17 133 |^Matches against minor sides have a valuable place in the A17 134 schedule of touring teams, Jones said, and no team, no matter A17 135 how small, gives less than its utmost against international A17 136 opposition. A17 137 |^*"The proof of that was in yesterday's game,**" he said. A17 138 |^*"We happened to play quite well. ^I haven't read any A17 139 suggestion that we might have yet, but we're getting used to A17 140 that. A17 141 |^*"Yesterday was a great promotion for rugby had it been A17 142 treated that way and had it been presented that way. A17 143 |^*"I only recently said to (New Zealand Rugby Football A17 144 Union chairman) Russ Thomas that these are the games that, if A17 145 people have their way, will be cut out of the fixture list. A17 146 |^Wednesday's match at Westport had been therapeutic for the A17 147 touring team after the intensity of the previous week and the A17 148 build-up to the first test, Jones said. A17 149 |^*"This has been fantastic for my players in terms of A17 150 hospitality, the venue and the weather,**" he said. A17 151 |^*"The people are actually sitting in the environs of a A17 152 beautiful ground. ^Buller are beaten by 80 something points A17 153 but every Buller player who comes along and puts his head in A17 154 our dressing room says thanks for the match. ^You think *'holy A17 155 mackerel,**' where have I been for the past three years? A17 156 ^That's rugby, and that's what we should be encouraging. A17 157 |^*"This fixture recognises the well-being of the tourists A17 158 and it's just been fantastic, not because we won but because we A17 159 had a fabulous time. A17 160 |^*"These fixtures have to be retained. ^If you're looking A17 161 to turning players into mobile banks then it was a failure A17 162 because we didn't get the dough but there's more to an amateur A17 163 game than that.**" A17 164 *<*4Otago chasing first leg of double*> A17 165 * A17 166 |^The Otago women's basketball side will be doing its best A17 167 to complete its half of a South Island double when the finals A17 168 of the national leagues begin in Wellington tonight. A17 169 |^*0It has been a long time since South Island sides have A17 170 taken a clean sweep of national honours and that will be the A17 171 task facing the Mainland Otago women and Canterbury men in the A17 172 capital this weekend. A17 173 |^Otago must repel the challenge of a talented Auckland A17 174 line-up in the women's final scheduled for 6 {0p.m.} tomorrow A17 175 night. A17 176 |^The finals weekend kicks off tonight with the Countrywide A17 177 league semi-finals and first national veterans tournament, A17 178 continues tomorrow with the respective league finals and A17 179 concludes on Sunday with action in an all-star game and dunking A17 180 contest. A17 181 |^However, all interest in Otago will be focused on the A17 182 early game tomorrow night when the women's team attempts to A17 183 become the first Otago side in more than a decade to bring home A17 184 the national championship. A17 185 |^For Otago the opportunity to play in the national final is A17 186 like a resurrection, for it surely thought its chances were A17 187 dead and buried going into the last weekend of the regular A17 188 season. A17 189 |^But then both the leading teams lost and Otago ended up on A17 190 top of a three-way scramble for the final on superior points A17 191 difference. A17 192 |^It was a chance no one had reckoned on. ^American Joyce A17 193 Walker had booked her tickets home and coach Aileen Solomon had A17 194 resigned herself to attending the finals weekend only in her A17 195 capacity as a member of the New Zealand Basketball Federation. A17 196 *<*6EXCITING*> A17 197 |^*0The clash against Auckland is potentially the most A17 198 exciting matchup in the women's game. A17 199 |^Auckland is a powerful all-round unit, the showcase of New A17 200 Zealand's natural talent, while Otago relies heavily on the A17 201 brilliance of Walker, but at best is capable of steamrolling A17 202 anything in front of it. A17 203 |^Both sides have the potential to score highly, like to run A17 204 the ball and are sure to make the final a more memorable one A17 205 than the previous two *- won easily in methodical fashion by A17 206 Hamilton. A17 207 |^If Otago hopes to win it must get a good game out of A17 208 Walker, the superstar from Seattle who has set new standards A17 209 for women's basketball on the court in New Zealand. A17 210 |^Walker will probably get her 40 or so points, such is her A17 211 class, but it is the other 40 points Otago may need to win that A17 212 is important. A17 213 |^Vicki Garland, the youngster of the starting line-up, came A17 214 right against Southland a fortnight ago with 16 points and some A17 215 good outside shooting. ^It is that type of supporting role A17 216 Otago needs. A17 217 |^Jane McMeeken, a former New Zealand captain and one of the A17 218 country's most experienced players, is another who is no A17 219 stranger to the finals atmosphere and she might just well pull A17 220 one out of the bag after an unspectacular season. A17 221 |^She has been forced to fill the role of centre for Otago, A17 222 a difficult one for her she says, but is too good a player to A17 223 stay in a groove for too long. A17 224 |^Completing the Otago team will be Donna Solomon, somewhat A17 225 of a defensive specialist, and Heather Fleming, likewise not a A17 226 big scorer but such a hard worker on the boards that her A17 227 contribution is invaluable. A17 228 |^A key player for Otago's chances will be Angela Kerr, now A17 229 coming off the bench, who is capable of hitting three or four A17 230 in a row if she can find her confidence. A17 231 *<*6KINGPIN*> A17 232 |^*0Auckland is by no means a one-woman team, but the A17 233 diminutive Corrina Poto is certainly the kingpin of its attack. A17 234 |^She can hit all night from a three-point line. ^Mary Po A17 235 Ching who has a deadly-accurate jump shot, American Kendee A17 236 Eulert, Marie Poto and Marg Johns are all fine players and will A17 237 need watching. A17 238 |^Solomon, the Otago coach, is under no illusions as to the A17 239 importance of the game for her side, with the media attention A17 240 and national television coverage making it probably the most A17 241 important in Otago's history. A17 242 |^Sponsorship deals, player recruitment and support for the A17 243 game can hinge on winning or losing a national final and \0Mrs A17 244 Solomon is determined to make the most of the chance. A17 245 *# A18 001 **[018 TEXT A18**] A18 002 *<*4Another poor effort by Bond boat*> A18 003 |*6FREMANTLE. *- *4^Kookaburra 3 yesterday crushed Alan A18 004 Bond's Australia 3 by a huge margin, shaking for the third day A18 005 in a row the morale of the team which brought the America's Cup A18 006 to Australia. A18 007 |^*0Seven-times world 18\0ft class champion Iain Murray A18 008 piloted the huge gold yacht to victory by 4\0min 30\0sec on the A18 009 third day of the America's Cup defender selection races. A18 010 |^Australia 3, the current world 12\0m fleet racing A18 011 champion, has already been beaten by Kookaburra 2, and could A18 012 not match the newest yacht from Perth millionaire Kevin Parry's A18 013 Taskforce '87 syndicate in the 15 to 25 knot winds. A18 014 |^Bond's newest yacht, Australia 4, which lost to Kookaburra A18 015 3 on Sunday, had great trouble keeping ahead of Kookaburra 2 A18 016 yesterday and won by just 20\0sec after Kookaburra 2 threw the A18 017 race away with a poor spinnaker change. A18 018 |^Kookaburra 3 leads the standings for the six defender A18 019 yachts with three points, ahead of Kookaburra 2 and Australia A18 020 4, with two each. A18 021 |^With three races run out of 10 in the first series, the A18 022 defender fleet has raced in both light winds and the heavier A18 023 conditions experienced yesterday for which all six yachts were A18 024 designed. A18 025 |^The Bond syndicate, which evolved from the 1983 cup A18 026 victory of Australia 2, must now be wondering what it can A18 027 change to match the Kookaburras. A18 028 |^On the first windward leg against Australia 3, Kookaburra A18 029 3 pointed higher into the wind, rode the seas more smoothly and A18 030 outmanoeuvred the Bond yacht to reach the mark more than a A18 031 minute ahead. A18 032 |^Australia 4 struggled throughout the race to fend off the A18 033 supposed second-choice Taskforce boat, never leading by more A18 034 than a few boat lengths and engaging in a tough final-leg A18 035 tacking duel. ^Kookaburra 2 carried a protest flag across the A18 036 finish line but the jury will not hear the protest until today. A18 037 |^In the third match, the Australia 3 clone, South A18 038 Australia, fended off spirited competition from the lowly-rated A18 039 Sydney entrant Steak'n'Kidney to win by 1\0min 12\0sec. A18 040 |^The defenders race in three points-scoring selection A18 041 series before semi-finals in late December. ^The best two A18 042 yachts go on to a best-of-nine final in mid-January to select a A18 043 defender for the cup challenge itself from January 31. A18 044 *<*4Promising {0UK} rider for cycle classic*> A18 045 |^Leading New Zealand riders will renew acquaintance with A18 046 the rising young English star, Deno Davie, in next month's A18 047 Raleigh classic cycling tour through the North Island. A18 048 |^*0Davie, 21, will head a strong English presence at the A18 049 major fixture of the New Zealand road season. ^At the A18 050 Commonwealth Games in Edinburgh earlier this year, Davie was a A18 051 member of the gold medal-winning England team in the teams time A18 052 trial. ^He was fourth in the individual road race, two places A18 053 behind Kiwi Brian Fowler and ahead of Graeme Miller. A18 054 |^At home, Davie is reigning British road champion. A18 055 |^He will team with the runner-up in the British road A18 056 championships, Jon Clay, 21st in the world road race A18 057 championship in the United States, 19-year-old Stuart Coles, A18 058 12th in Edinburgh (the first Welsh rider to finish), John A18 059 Tonks, who has won stages in this year's Tour of Lancashire and A18 060 Milk Race, and 20-year-old Dave Williams, who comes here after A18 061 spending some time in France where he had two major wins this A18 062 year. A18 063 *<*4Swiss team*> A18 064 |^*0The five-man Swiss team is headed by 26-year-old Thomas A18 065 Wegmuller. ^The Swiss road champion will turn professional A18 066 early and join Irishman Sean Kelly's {0KAS} team. A18 067 |^Also in the strong Swiss team are Fabion Fuchs, who was A18 068 sixth in the Swiss championships, Michael Ansermet, a 23-year-old A18 069 who was seventh in the same championships, Jocelyn Jolidan, A18 070 a 23-year-old who was 9th in the same race, and 23-year-old A18 071 Jochen. A18 072 |^None of the Japanese team which raced here last year has A18 073 returned for the inaugural Raleigh classic. A18 074 |^The team is headed by 21-year-old Yoshisa Akiyama, who has A18 075 contested all major road races in Japan this year and finished A18 076 sixth in the Tokyo international road race. A18 077 |^The other team members are all students, Jyunichi Kikuta, A18 078 Katsunori Takakuwa and Sakare Umezawa and all finished in the A18 079 top five in the All Japan inter-college individual road race A18 080 championship to earn their trip to New Zealand. A18 081 |^The Australians will send a new-look team with only Ron A18 082 Versteegh of their 1985 team returning. ^Little is known of A18 083 the team headed by Versteegh, who finished 21st *- 5\0min A18 084 40\0sec down on the winner *- in the individual road race at A18 085 Edinburgh. ^Other team members are Kevin Berwick, Andrew A18 086 Logan, Clayton Stevenson and Scott Sunderland. A18 087 |^There will be another Australian in the race with former A18 088 professional Greg Clifton in the strong international All Stars A18 089 team. A18 090 |^Clifton, a 26-year-old from New South Wales returned to A18 091 amateur ranks this year and is the {0NSW} criterium champion. A18 092 *<*4Silver medals*> A18 093 |^*0He will be joined by Czech-born Australian Kvetoslav A18 094 (Omar) Palov, a 23-year-old who was a Czech national team A18 095 member for five years. ^He finished fifth in the 1984 Milk A18 096 Race. A18 097 |^Two Dutch riders will join the All Stars. ^Bob Rassenberg A18 098 is a 21-year-old who won three silver medals at the 1986 A18 099 Student Games in Moscow and has already this year won major A18 100 road races in Holland and France. ^He was in the Dutch team at A18 101 the world championships. A18 102 |^His 20-year-old Dutch team-mate Arjan Jagt could be the A18 103 dark horse of the Raleigh classic. A18 104 |^He finished third in the 1986 world road championship. ^A A18 105 well-performed road rider with a devastating sprint, Jagt also A18 106 is a strong criterium rider. A18 107 |^The team is completed by 22-year-old Swedish road rider A18 108 Mats Anderson. A18 109 |^The tour opens with a prologue time trial at Lyall Bay, A18 110 Wellington, on November 1. A18 111 |^On succeeding days the field travels to Palmerston and A18 112 Wanganui, then through the centre of the North Island, to A18 113 Hamilton and eventually Auckland, where the tour ends with a A18 114 criterium on the afternoon of Saturday, November 8. A18 115 *<*4One drive... and Tony makes sure it pays*> A18 116 * A18 117 |*6GREYMOUTH. *- *4^The next time Ashburton horseman Tony A18 118 Robb has only one drive at a race-meeting, take a tip *- be on. A18 119 |^*0That was the situation at last night's meeting at A18 120 Victoria Park when Robb travelled all the way to Greymouth just A18 121 to handle Mini Coon in the Olsens Pharmacy Pace. A18 122 |^The Rakaia-trained mare responded to Robb's great faith by A18 123 leading for the last 1600\0m, gamely turning back the A18 124 challenges from several others over the last circuit to win by A18 125 a length and a half. A18 126 |^Back at the Nelson meeting in June, Robb drove north just A18 127 to drive Regal Visit, which won a maiden on the first day. A18 128 |^*"As long as I've got company and I think the horse is A18 129 worth it, then I don't mind going so far just for one drive,**" A18 130 said the amiable Robb. A18 131 |^*"Now I'll have to come back again on Wednesday night,**" A18 132 he added. A18 133 |^But Robb will have even further to travel tomorrow as he A18 134 is going to the Timaru trials beforehand to drive the C8 pacer A18 135 Regal Maina, which is making a comeback bid this season. A18 136 |^Mini Coon provided Robb with his first winner at Victoria A18 137 Park and the 15th of his career in trotting. ^He had also A18 138 ridden more than 100 winners over jumps. A18 139 |^*"I came here years ago to drive a horse called Mala Nada, A18 140 but I don't remember exactly how long ago,**" said Robb. A18 141 |^Mini Coon is trained at Rakaia by Steve Jones, whose A18 142 initials of {0V.L.} give no clue to his christian name. A18 143 |^Formerly of Lake Coleridge, where he worked for the A18 144 electricity department, Jones retired eight years ago. A18 145 |^A hobby owner-trainer, Jones enjoyed success while at Lake A18 146 Coleridge with Willie Coon, which won four races before being A18 147 sold to America. A18 148 |^Flying Coon, another of the Jones breed, was sold after A18 149 only a couple of starts here and is now racing and winning in A18 150 Australia. A18 151 |^Jones and Robb's luck held up later in the night when A18 152 Greymouth Trotting Club officials carried out the peculiar A18 153 (probably unique) system of catering for first night maiden A18 154 winners on the second night. A18 155 |^Because the club guarantees all horses two starts at its A18 156 meeting in the class for which it was originally nominated, all A18 157 maiden winners do not gain a start in the C1s on the second A18 158 night. A18 159 |^The issue was decided by pulling the names out of a A18 160 cardboard box and Mini Coon's came out early. A18 161 |^Eventually Brown Loch, which won in the fastest time last A18 162 night, missed out. ^He was made first emergency for both C1 A18 163 events though trainer Leo May was given the rather unappealing A18 164 alternative of starting 30\0m behind in a maiden. A18 165 |^The club could have avoided this by just dropping the A18 166 out-of-form C1 performers from the first night and putting them in A18 167 behind the maidens but chose not to follow that logical path of A18 168 selection. A18 169 |^The horse-for-courses theory held up well in the {0TAB} A18 170 double last night. A18 171 |^Crackerash, a maiden winner at the meeting last year, came A18 172 off 20\0m to beat 13 others with a courageous effort in the A18 173 Operatic Society Pace. A18 174 |^And Micro Mary, which also quit maidens on the track in A18 175 1985, grabbed a neck decision over I'm No Angel in the second A18 176 leg, the Half a Sixpence Pace. A18 177 |^Crackerash is owned and trained by Grant Archer, of West A18 178 Melton, who had won with the gelding at Timaru last month at A18 179 lengthy odds. A18 180 |^He earned a 10\0m rehandicap for tomorrow night by winning A18 181 and originally it mattered little to Archer. A18 182 |^*"No, he'll start again. ^He likes it here and so do A18 183 I,**" he said. ^But, later in the night, Archer changed his A18 184 mind and withdrew from the second night. A18 185 |^Crackerash, last early, began to work his way around the A18 186 field three and four out from the 1000\0m. ^It was hard going A18 187 on the tight, 800\0m circuit, but Crackerash had control 300\0m A18 188 out and came away to beat the outsider Gold Row by two lengths, A18 189 taking 61.1 for the last 800\0m, the first 400\0m of that in A18 190 29.9. A18 191 |^There were no excuses for the others either. ^Favourite A18 192 Oh Douglas wound up parked outside Lady Singer from the 800\0m A18 193 but dropped away in the straight to finish eighth. A18 194 |^Micro Mary led for the last 1400\0m of the second leg. A18 195 |^Trainer-driver John Hay dictated the terms and judged it A18 196 well, taking 62.2 and 30.4 for the final sectionals. A18 197 |^It was Micro Mary's first start since February but she was A18 198 a solidly-backed second favourite, probably on the strength of A18 199 her excellent record at Victoria Park. A18 200 |^*"She's never been further back than third on this track A18 201 and this is her third or fourth trip here,**" said Hay, who A18 202 prepares the Micron mare for her Invercargill owner, Russell A18 203 Hill. A18 204 |^Two drivers, Wally Forsyth, of Westport, and Murray A18 205 Edmonds, of Greenpark, were suspended by the stewards, headed A18 206 by chief stipe Peter MacKenzie. A18 207 |^Forsyth, found guilty of careless driving on High Fancy in A18 208 the first race, was sidelined until November 3. ^Forsyth A18 209 allowed High Fancy to hit the cart of pacemaker Our Tony after A18 210 600\0m, breaking up and causing checks to Havaway and Kate's A18 211 Baby. A18 212 |^Edmonds was suspended until after October 24 after an A18 213 inquiry which showed Gee Dee (Edmonds) had checked Reb's Star A18 214 (Eddie Cowie) with 400\0m to run. A18 215 |^Chickadee was stood down from racing until November 19 A18 216 after taking no part in the eighth race, while the connections A18 217 of Charlotte Trixie and Kotare Pewter received warnings. A18 218 *<*4All marching titles go to city teams*> A18 219 |^Christchurch marching teams won every grade at the Central A18 220 South Island Association's championships in Temuka at the A18 221 weekend. A18 222 |^*0It was the first competition of the season. A18 223 |^The first in Christchurch will be an event at Rugby Park A18 224 on Sunday, November 2, the first of three qualifying events for A18 225 the South Island championships. A18 226 **[LIST**] A18 227 *<*4Elmwood croquet win*> A18 228 |^*0Elmwood beat United 5-1 in the only A-grade match A18 229 decided in the latest round of Countrywide interclub croquet. A18 230 **[LIST**] A18 231 *<*4Two aces at Kaiapoi*> A18 232 |^*0Former Russley professional John Brooker scored his A18 233 second ace when he holed a 3-iron on the 175\0m eighth hole at A18 234 Kaiapoi at the weekend. A18 235 |^The 6-handicapper was joined in the customary shout by A18 236 Stephen Schultz, a 10-handicapper, who holed out with a 5-iron A18 237 on the 152\0m fifth hole. A18 238 *<*4Golfers packed for course*> A18 239 |^*0Twenty promising young Canterbury golfers have been A18 240 selected for a coaching course and a series of strokeplay A18 241 competitions this summer. A18 242 |^The players have been selected in four-man teams. A18 243 **[LIST**] A18 244 *<*4Cup win*> A18 245 |^*0The Simon Cup inter-club competition finished on Sunday, A18 246 with Harewood a narrow winner over Waimairi Beach and A18 247 Templeton. A18 248 |^All ended with nine competition points, Harewood taking A18 249 the title with a superior countback score. A18 250 *# A19 001 **[019 TEXT A19**] A19 002 *<*4Auckland too good*> A19 003 *<*0{0PA} Auckland*> A19 004 |^An error by Canterbury fullback, Robbie Deans when his A19 005 side had been pressing the Auckland tryline may have cost the A19 006 challengers the chance of lifting the Ranfurly Shield from A19 007 Auckland at Eden Park on Saturday. A19 008 |^Auckland were leading 19-15 when second five-eighths Kurt A19 009 Sherlock kicked deeply upfield. A19 010 |^Deans, who muffed the catch was swamped by the Auckland A19 011 pack. A19 012 |^From a scrum first five-eighth Grant Fox dropped a goal A19 013 which clinched the game for the shield holders. A19 014 |^Canterbury's resistance seemed to buckle at that point. A19 015 |^From another scrum, Fox lobbed a pass to give Terry Wright A19 016 his second try of the game and Auckland their 28-15 win. A19 017 |^The lead changed five times in a magnificent game before a A19 018 crowd of 46,000. A19 019 |^Key to Auckland's victory, the margin a shade flattering, A19 020 was an awesome pack in which prop Steve McDowell was A19 021 outstanding. A19 022 |^His opposite, Chris Earl, had to leave the field just A19 023 after halftime with damaged rib cartileges. A19 024 |^Canterbury \0No.8 Dale Atkins was a power-horse in the A19 025 pack. A19 026 |^One Atkins drive led to Warwick Taylor's try. A19 027 |^Canterbury winger Craig Green was always dangerous, A19 028 scoring his team's other try. A19 029 |^Robbie Deans made a cut, Green joined the ruck to help A19 030 force the ball free. ^Bruce Deans scuttled around the ruck A19 031 and, when he popped the ball up, there was Green to dive over A19 032 to give Canterbury a 15-12 lead. A19 033 |^Michael Jones, at 0No 8, was Auckland's leading lineout A19 034 forward and he produced some shattering tackles. ^In the A19 035 backs, Wright and Greg Cooper ran with pace and incisiveness. A19 036 |^Their partnership grabbed the lead back for Auckland when A19 037 Fox stole around the blindside and set the pair on a passing A19 038 rush that cut Canterbury to bits and ended with Cooper scoring A19 039 in the corner. A19 040 |^Canterbury's backs were not convincing. A19 041 |^At centre, Steve Hansen looked out of his depth, twice A19 042 kicking when passes would have set alight men who appeared to A19 043 have overlaps. A19 044 |^Victor Simpson's death-or-glory style was thus rarely A19 045 seen. A19 046 *<*4Wellington champions*> A19 047 *<*0{0PA} Wellington*> A19 048 |^Jubilant Wellington captain Kevin Boroevich expressed some A19 049 annoyance yesterday that the Auckland-Canterbury Ranfurly A19 050 Shield challenge had overshadowed his team's winning of the A19 051 National Mutual first division rugby championship at Palmerston A19 052 North on Saturday with their ninth straight victory. A19 053 |^*"Everyone seems to have forgotten that we've beaten A19 054 Auckland and Canterbury this season. ^All day I've been A19 055 hearing how great they are,**" said Boroevich. A19 056 |^*"As far as we were concerned all they were doing was A19 057 playing for second and third place. A19 058 |^*"I don't think some people have been giving us our dues. A19 059 ^Television and the papers have been full of the shield match. A19 060 |^*"Now we've won the championship our aim next season will A19 061 be the shield. A19 062 |^*"We won't be relaxing in our final game next Saturday. A19 063 ^We badly want to beat Wairarapa Bush to come through with a A19 064 clean slate.**" A19 065 |^Boroevich, who turns 26 next Saturday, has matured A19 066 considerably this season, his first in the capital since moving A19 067 south from the King Country. A19 068 |^Initially his biggest problem was trying to make the A19 069 Wellington representative side with Brian McGrattan and Scott A19 070 Crichton very much established as the top propping pair in the A19 071 province. A19 072 |^New selector-coach Earle Kirton appointed Crichton as his A19 073 skipper and Boroevich did not really receive his chance till A19 074 Crichton went off to South Africa with the Cavaliers. A19 075 |^Boroevich, formerly captain of the Waitete senior club A19 076 team and King Country, subsequently enhanced his status by A19 077 being made captain of the New Zealand Maoris and North Island A19 078 pack leader. A19 079 |^Halfback Neil Sorenson led Wellington in Crichton's A19 080 absence and with Sorenson on the Emerging Players' internal A19 081 tour Boroevich was thrust the reins. A19 082 *<*4Waikato snatch re-entry to rugby at highest level*> A19 083 *<*0{0PA} Hamilton*> A19 084 |^Waikato snatched re-entry into the national first division A19 085 rugby competition with a dramatic last-minute try at Hamilton's A19 086 Rugby Park on Saturday. A19 087 |^Winger-turned-fullback Darryl Halligan scored the try A19 088 after a sweeping move with time up to give Waikato a 13-12 win A19 089 over North Harbour in the second division decider. A19 090 |^The home team finished with two tries to none, but trailed A19 091 much of the way and almost lost a closely fought match on poor A19 092 goal kicking. A19 093 |^Halligan, who took over the fullback spot from injured A19 094 Andrew Strawbridge eight minutes into the game, missed a total A19 095 of five kicks at goal, succeeding only with the conversion to A19 096 Waikato's first try, which was scored near the posts. A19 097 |^North Harbour fullback Paul Feeney, on the other hand, A19 098 took four shots and kicked them all, almost booting his union A19 099 into the first division from third division in the space of two A19 100 years. A19 101 |^Two of those kicks took North Harbour to a 6-0 half-time A19 102 lead, despite the home team's slight edge in the battle for A19 103 possession. A19 104 |^With the breeze at its back, Waikato started the second A19 105 half strongly, just missing a try in the corner and a John Boe A19 106 dropped kick rebounding off an upright, before Boe finally A19 107 found his target to put the home team's first points up in the A19 108 fourth minute. A19 109 |^Three minutes later, Feeney opened the gap to six points A19 110 again, with his third penalty goal, but in the 10th minute came A19 111 the first try of the game. A19 112 |^It was brilliantly executed by the Waikato backs, with A19 113 North Harbour's defence buying a blindside decoy move to enable A19 114 second five Chris Ellis to slash through on the open side and A19 115 score. A19 116 |^Halligan's conversion tied the scores, but midway through A19 117 the half, Waikato infringed within Feeney's range again and A19 118 North Harbour was back in front. A19 119 |^North Harbour's forwards, who had been buffeted about by A19 120 the strong Waikato pack in the scrums, but had earned parity in A19 121 the lineouts with a number of variations, looked to be A19 122 finishing strongly. ^But their backs did not vary the attack A19 123 and Waikato stormed back in the final moments with a move that A19 124 brought the nearly 20,000 people to their feet. A19 125 |^After a number of individual dabs, Fijian lock Ilaitia A19 126 Savai set up a ruck and then there was another from which A19 127 Waikato's backline got the overlap and centre Paddy D'Abo put A19 128 Halligan in for the try. A19 129 |^The crowd had to be cleared from the field before the A19 130 conversion attempt was taken. ^It missed and referee Tom A19 131 Doocey blew for fulltime. A19 132 *<*410 rebels in All Blacks*> A19 133 *<{0PA} Wellington*> A19 134 |^An early morning phone call three years ago helped project A19 135 Wellington fullback John Gallagher into the All Blacks rugby A19 136 team for France. A19 137 |^Clive Currie, the injured All Black fullback in the A19 138 historic 1978 *"lineout**" test against Wales, rang Gallagher A19 139 and told him he should play rugby in New Zealand. A19 140 |^*"*0Boy am I glad I listened to Clive and came here,**" A19 141 the joyful London-born Gallagher said today. A19 142 |^*"Gee, it's terrific. ^But it hasn't sunk in yet, I just A19 143 can't believe it. A19 144 |^*"I don't care where I play, it's just a great honour to A19 145 make the side. A19 146 |^*"I had my tickets booked to fly home for Christmas. ^I'm A19 147 going to ring my parents up in London now and tell them I'll be A19 148 over a bit earlier,**" the Wellington police constable said. A19 149 |^The red-haired Gallagher with Irish born parents was only A19 150 five months out of school and playing for London Irish when A19 151 Currie lured him to Wellington. A19 152 |^Gallagher and Otago half-back Dean Kenny are the only new A19 153 caps in a fairly predictable All Blacks team named yesterday to A19 154 tour France next month. A19 155 |^Kenny gets his first call up to the All Black tour party A19 156 though has **[SIC**] been a reserve all season. A19 157 |^Gallagher, 22, comes into the side ahead of Auckland A19 158 fullback Greg Cooper who helped New Zealand beat France in June A19 159 and figured in the first two tests against Australia. A19 160 |^All Black selectors Brian Lochore, Colin Meads and Tiny A19 161 Hill pencilled Gallagher in their tour party after his A19 162 courageous game against Canterbury. A19 163 |^Cooper has fallen from grace probably because of his shaky A19 164 defence which was exposed, not for the first time, in A19 165 Saturday's Ranfurly Shield match. A19 166 |^There has been a change of captaincy, but it was half A19 167 expected. A19 168 |^Jock Hobbs, the Canterbury flanker who led the Cavaliers A19 169 in three tests during their controversial South African trek in A19 170 May, has deposed Auckland halfback David Kirk as All Black A19 171 captain. A19 172 |^Kirk, an Auckland doctor and Rhodes scholar who turned A19 173 down the offer to make the Rebel tour, keeps his All Black A19 174 place to concentrate on his own game. A19 175 |^Of the Cavaliers who shocked the rugby world with their A19 176 surprise unofficial South African tour, only 10 are named in A19 177 the 26-man tour party. A19 178 |^The tour party, to assemble in Auckland on October 13, is: A19 179 **[LIST**] A19 180 |^Tour itinerary: A19 181 **[LIST**] A19 182 p6 *<*4Hawke's Bay finish with good win*> A19 183 |^Hawke's Bay concluded its rugby season in reasonably good A19 184 style with a 42-14 victory over Marlborough at McLean Park, A19 185 Napier yesterday, but hopes of a revival to its former strength A19 186 were given little boost by the win over what looked an only A19 187 partially fit side. A19 188 |^*0In fact having viewed the televised Auckland \0v A19 189 Canterbury Shield match the previous day those who attended A19 190 yesterday would have little alternative but to reach the A19 191 conclusion that attaining first division status would be one A19 192 thing, matching the Auckland, Canterbury and Wellington sides A19 193 something again. A19 194 |^Highlight yesterday was supposed to have been winger Paul A19 195 Cooke equalling Bert Grenside's try scoring record and there is A19 196 no question but that Cooke has very high scoring ability. A19 197 |^Four tries earlier in the season against Manawatu clearly A19 198 demonstrated that. A19 199 |^But to compare what he has managed in mainly second A19 200 division games against the likes of Poverty Bay, King Country, A19 201 Buller, West Coast and the like with Grenside's efforts as a A19 202 Ranfurly Shield defender has to be viewed just a trifle A19 203 sceptically. A19 204 |^Cooke has plenty of speed and the ability to beat a man; A19 205 he is not yet a Bert Grenside. A19 206 |^And his record equalling try was a gimme, handed to him by A19 207 Daryl Tamati under the bar, though to be fair he played a major A19 208 role in setting it up. A19 209 |^The game itself went in two spells and two phases with A19 210 Marlborough more than holding its own in the first half and A19 211 leading 8-6 at the break after 40 minutes of doldrums rugby. A19 212 |^In the second spell the Marlborough forwards ran out of A19 213 puff and Hawke's Bay, without ever really taking over the game A19 214 ran in some entertaining tries with first five eight Peter A19 215 O'Shaughnessy forsaking his usual kick and be careful tactics A19 216 to spearhead some excellent passing movements. A19 217 |^First try in the second spell went his way after the sort A19 218 of run that would have had All Black selectors scratching their A19 219 heads had any been present, and again O'Shaughnessy showed that A19 220 it is not lack of ability but choice of tactics that has made A19 221 him such a controversial selection. A19 222 |^Two other players starred, excluding Cooke, who of course A19 223 received the accolades. ^But Matthew Cooper at fullback looked A19 224 capable of emulating or even outshining his brother and while A19 225 he made a mistake or two this young fullback and utility looks A19 226 a tremendous prospect. A19 227 |^The other star was Dannevirke prop Graham McNair who did A19 228 his usual tidy job in the tight and yesterday complemented it A19 229 with a number of slashing runs in support play after linking up A19 230 with one or other of the backs. A19 231 |^One of McNair's driving runs brought a try; an earlier one A19 232 should have but someone took a wrong option with an unmarked A19 233 wing and reversed inside where Marlborough managed to stifle A19 234 things. A19 235 |^McNair has retained his place in the side throughout the A19 236 season without ever looking likely to forfeit it, and A19 237 yesterday's game must surely have sealed a spot for him early A19 238 next year. A19 239 |^Adding mobility around the field to solidity was just what A19 240 was required to not only sew things up in the selector's eyes A19 241 but also to add to his own enjoyment and zest for the game. A19 242 |^Overall the result had to be very satisfactory despite the A19 243 first half ineptitudes of both sides, but to be realistic there A19 244 is still an awfully long way to go. A19 245 |^Putting Hawke's Bay in against Auckland would be similar A19 246 to matching Jimmy Peau with Marvin Hagler. A19 247 |^Again it has to be stressed that revision of the A19 248 competition or competitions in the Bay area is a must for A19 249 improvement at provincial level. A19 250 |^There are going to be some who will claim that A19 251 streamlining the system will detrimentally affect the stalwart A19 252 of rugby, the club footballer, but this need not be so. A19 253 |^More grades are needed not more clubs. ^And some will A19 254 just have to accept that they may not have the ability or A19 255 perhaps physique to make senior. ^They would not have done it A19 256 in Auckland, Wellington or Christchurch anyway. A19 257 |^It is most important that they be kept in rugby where A19 258 possible, and there will be a bad period during which those who A19 259 are going to drop down the grades will quit in pique. A19 260 |^That will correct itself in five years or less, and clubs A19 261 that could live with Ponsonby, Petone, Auckland and Wellington A19 262 Marist, Linwood and Christchurch may emerge and get our A19 263 province's fortunes back on the road. A19 264 |^The attempt by Excelsior and Dannevirke Old Boys to A19 265 amalgamate and establish more grades could be a first step A19 266 along the way. A19 267 |^For the record,_ Cooke (3), O'Shaughnessy, Shaun Rutene, A19 268 Gary Gregory, Paul Renton tries; Cooper two penalties, four A19 269 conversions. ^For Marlborough tries to *- Joe Stafford, Bo Palmer A19 270 and Peter Marfell; conversion Ross Wilcock. A19 271 *# A20 001 **[020 TEXT A20**] A20 002 *<*6DICKSON MASTERS INNER GAME*> A20 003 *<*4Psyched up to handle tough series*> A20 004 * A20 005 |^*4Yachting's flavour of the year Chris Dickson has spent A20 006 the last few weeks studying the psychology of match racing. A20 007 |^*0He goes into this week's Citizen Watch series psyched up A20 008 by a raft of tests that told him truths about his reaction to A20 009 stress and other emotional hurdles that ride the shoulders of A20 010 skippers duelling in one-to-one races. A20 011 |^The hero of the 12\0m world championship admitted that A20 012 there were two or three races which he should have won racing A20 013 off Perth in {0KZ5}. A20 014 |^*"I've looked at my mental processing capabilities and A20 015 things like methods of relaxing,**" Dickson revealed. A20 016 *<*4Errors*> A20 017 |^*0*"It's a matter of trying to get the body and mind A20 018 operating effectively and eliminating errors.**" A20 019 |^Dickson's attempt to streamline his mental approach to A20 020 match racing underlines just how badly he wants to keep the A20 021 Citizen Watch title. A20 022 |^He won nine straight races in last year's event and is A20 023 confident he has the crew to take him to his third victory. A20 024 |^He has called up Joe Allen and Earle Williams who crewed A20 025 under him in Perth. A20 026 |^Dickson admits that anything can happen in match racing. A20 027 |^*"There isn't an easy race. ^Every skipper has A20 028 international experience and is very good at his craft.**" A20 029 |^But some will do better than others. ^Of the nine A20 030 skippers and crew that pose the greatest threat to Dickson, A20 031 none is tougher than fellow Kiwi Brad Butterworth. A20 032 *<*4Favourite*> A20 033 |^*0This is his fourth Citizen and he brings to the event A20 034 kilometres of international racing in Australia, Hong Kong and A20 035 England. ^Butterworth is helmsman for the top-rated Mad Max A20 036 that took the Southern Cross series. A20 037 |^Gordon Lucas (Australia) is another favourite. ^He has A20 038 found it tough adapting to 12\0m racing after steering 34s but A20 039 Dickson makes no bones about his respect for the likely skipper A20 040 of one of Australia's defenders of the America's Cup. A20 041 |^Canada's Terry McLachlan won the Citizen in 1984 and faced A20 042 Dickson in Perth. ^He is steeped in match racing and having A20 043 sailed in New Zealand will be a threat. ^If a bookie laid odds A20 044 on the series McLachlan would rate in the top five. A20 045 |^Peter Isler and Chris Law are expected to finish around A20 046 fifth and sixth. A20 047 *<*4Expert*> A20 048 |^*0Isler is another America's Cup exponent and an expert A20 049 tactician. ^The American called the shots for Dave Perry as he A20 050 took three Congressional Cups. A20 051 |^He will be a danger, specially if he brings his own crew. A20 052 |^Law, an Englishman, is like Isler a shrewd tactician and A20 053 servant to the United Kingdom's America's Cup challenger A20 054 Harold Cudmore. ^A hot and cold competitor, Law could push at A20 055 the title or be an also ran. A20 056 |^The Italian challenge comes from Stephano Roberti and A20 057 Tommasso Chieffi. A20 058 |^Roberti is helmsman for America's Cup racer Azzura, a A20 059 tough competitor and one of the nice guys of the match racing A20 060 circuit. ^Has never really come to terms with the two horse A20 061 event and is expected to struggle. A20 062 |^Chieffi is a late replacement for Flavio Scala and like A20 063 Dickson is in his early 20s. ^One of the up-and-comers of the A20 064 yachting world with 12\0m experience. A20 065 |^Ken Davern won the right to race the Citizen after A20 066 finishing in the top three during the New Zealand trials. A20 067 |^This is his first international series. A20 068 |^Another to qualify at the trials is Chris Packer who is A20 069 rated as the dark horse of the contest. ^He is very new to A20 070 match racing. A20 071 |^With success in the Admiral's Cup and a real desire to A20 072 take match racing by storm, Parker could surprise. A20 073 *<*5Penn *- doing it country style...*> A20 074 *<*4By Doug Baker*> A20 075 |^The unsung coaching hero of the 1985 rugby season is back A20 076 again. A20 077 |^*0Wairarapa-Bush's Lane Penn is now starting his fourth A20 078 year, after taking his unrated country charges to an A20 079 unbelievable fourth place in last season's national A20 080 championship, just behind big shots Auckland, Canterbury and A20 081 Wellington. A20 082 |^What's more, they knocked over both Canterbury and A20 083 Wellington and only narrowly lost to Auckland on a bitter A20 084 Masterton day. A20 085 *<*4Thrilled*> A20 086 |^*0By rights, country boys Wairarapa-Bush should be buried A20 087 in the lower ranks of the second division instead of the heady A20 088 heights of the first. A20 089 |^*"I was thrilled with what happened last year,**" Penn A20 090 said. ^*"The whole area here had a terrific lift because of A20 091 it.**" A20 092 |^But Penn, shut away in the Wairarapa, still didn't get his A20 093 share of the limelight with the Harts, Wyllies or Upstons that A20 094 he ought to have. A20 095 |^Yet the former Taranaki winger of the 1960s Ranfurly A20 096 Shield era is used to doing things in a big way. ^When he's A20 097 not on the rugby sidelines he farms the huge 6000 hectare A20 098 Glenburn Station away over on Wairarapa's east coast. A20 099 |^It was there that he coached the local Gladstone club team A20 100 from an average country side up to be championship winners *- A20 101 *"after a lot of hard work.**" A20 102 |^Penn's Wairarapa-bush team starts the union's centennial A20 103 year with a warm-up match this week**[ARB**]-end against an A20 104 Invitation *=XV. A20 105 |^Penn doesn't believe that he has any magic formula for A20 106 success. A20 107 |^*"We've got gifted ball players, try-scoring wingers and A20 108 ball-playing forwards who capitalise on mistakes. A20 109 |^*"We've also got more depth in crucial positions now, but A20 110 the work rate per player has to be 100 per cent plus. ^Fitness A20 111 and support play are our strengths so we play the game to suit A20 112 those players, which is also crowd pleasing.**" A20 113 |^Penn played his own football under a mixture of coaching A20 114 styles, from the hard-nosed types through to {0J.J.} Stewart at A20 115 New Plymouth Boys' High School. A20 116 |^He certainly doesn't see himself as one of the abrasive A20 117 old-school style coaches, though. ^*"Players don't pay subs A20 118 for us to insult their intelligence by screaming at them.**" A20 119 |^But neither is Penn any soft touch. ^*"I don't pander to A20 120 players and I demand dedication to teammates and the cause. A20 121 ^Wairarapa-Bush won't survive without that attitude. A20 122 *<*4Essential*> A20 123 |^*"*0It's a team sport and no one's indispensable in any walk A20 124 of life.**" A20 125 |^He sticks to his other essential philosophies too, such as A20 126 never selecting more than 22 or 23 players in his squad and A20 127 utilising his training runs to the full, appreciating that some A20 128 players travel a long way, from Wellington, Woodville and over A20 129 the hills from Puketoi. A20 130 |^*"We spend the whole one and a half hours on skills. ^I A20 131 don't regard getting players fit as my job.**" A20 132 |^As modest as ever, Penn acknowledges that Brian Lochore A20 133 did the spade work in dragging Wairarapa-Bush up out of the A20 134 second division, even though a lot of water has flowed through A20 135 the Wairarapa since then *- only four Lochore players remained A20 136 in 1985. A20 137 |^Penn isn't naive enough to realise that the Wairarapa-Bush A20 138 renaissance will last forever. A20 139 |^*"We're humble in numbers, also humble in attitude. A20 140 ^We've had our 56-point hidings,**" he said. A20 141 |^Despite all the glamour, Penn admits to an affinity with A20 142 country rugby. ^*"I couldn't coach a city side,**" he said. A20 143 |^*"City players require sophistication which has become the A20 144 aim at the expense of dedication.**" A20 145 |^But being a rural union Penn concedes that there is always A20 146 more pressure on his players right from the start of the season A20 147 just to hold first division status. A20 148 |^*"The bigger teams can coast in a few games whereas every A20 149 game is a test match for us.**" A20 150 *<*4Michelle's no to the Mediterranean...*> A20 151 |^Willowy Michelle Parun is winning her battle on the tennis A20 152 courts of the world *- but she isn't about to become involved in A20 153 the hostilities in the Mediterranean. A20 154 |^*0The young left-hander will forego tournaments in Spain A20 155 because of the American-Libyan clash in that region. A20 156 |^But the recent winner of the South Australian singles A20 157 title in Adelaide will still make a scheduled trip to London A20 158 following her appearance in Canberra where she continued her A20 159 good form. A20 160 |^*"I will take in tournaments in France as well,**" she A20 161 told me, *"but even visiting that country at this time is a A20 162 bit scarey.**" A20 163 |^While Parun is frightened by the threatening actions of A20 164 governments, she isn't flying the white flag on the tennis A20 165 court. A20 166 |^She has prepared hard for battle and as a result won a A20 167 major in Adelaide beating Michelle Bowry to take the South A20 168 Australian title. A20 169 |^*"I've trained extra hard with national coach Kevin A20 170 Woolcott on my visits home. ^And at the same time my game has A20 171 come together. A20 172 |^*"I don't think I've ever played so well.**" A20 173 |^Trips home to New Zealand as often as possible is another A20 174 reason Parun's game is on a high. A20 175 |^Last year she hit the road for eight months which she says A20 176 was six months too long. A20 177 |^*"Whenever possible I like to get back every six weeks A20 178 but, of course, that isn't always possible.**" A20 179 |^Parun also has a travelling mate, her doubles partner A20 180 Jacquelin Masters. ^Company on tour takes the lonely edge off A20 181 circuit travel, she says. A20 182 |^The upshot is a more aggressive Parun who in Adelaide A20 183 fought back after she was mortified at losing two match points A20 184 in the second set. A20 185 |^But instead of wilting she bounced back strongly and raced A20 186 to a 5-0 advantage in the third before winning the set and A20 187 match 6-3, 6-7, 6-2. A20 188 |^Her strong back-to-back performances in Adelaide and A20 189 Canberra by her reckoning shoots her ranking from 240 to the A20 190 high 100s. A20 191 |^*"It's the highest ranking I've ever enjoyed. ^My A20 192 previous best was 210.**" A20 193 |^Parun's good form in Australia was the result of another A20 194 successful battle, this time against illness. A20 195 |^Last October she suffered a rare form of typhoid which A20 196 laid her low, but with guts and hard work *- especially with A20 197 Woolcott *- she has fought back. A20 198 *<*4Comedy of errors*> A20 199 * A20 200 |^The three players summarily pruned from the women's A20 201 bowls squad for the Commonwealth Games were the victims of A20 202 bungling by their own officials. A20 203 |^*0Compared with the professionalism evident in the Kerry A20 204 Clark era of men's bowls, the women did not appear in a good A20 205 light at all. A20 206 |^The games selectors showed further scant regard for the A20 207 nominations before them by plucking Joyce Osborne out of the A20 208 pair and placing her in the four. A20 209 |^The decision to announce the squad of seven even before A20 210 the local season had opened was a disastrous one which rightly A20 211 drew heavy flak from all quarters. A20 212 |^When the apparently unwieldy panel of five selectors were A20 213 approached for comment they again showed a dismal lack of {0PR} A20 214 skills. A20 215 *<*4Heavy*> A20 216 |^*0They felt that because of the heavy Scottish greens the A20 217 local season's results wouldn't mean much, and that extensive A20 218 practice in Scotland *"wouldn't make much difference.**" A20 219 |^The omission of Kapiti bowler Daphne Le Breton from the A20 220 original squad was apparently inexplicable and national A20 221 president Thora Farrell, when pressed on national radio to name A20 222 the selection panel so that they could be approached for A20 223 comment after the team announcement, was not prepared to do so. A20 224 |^The whole affair was a sad comedy of errors from start to A20 225 finish and some lessons must be learned from the men's A20 226 administrators if other women players are not to be A20 227 disappointed in the future. A20 228 *<*4Lessons*> A20 229 |^*0Meanwhile the men's squad was named in its entirety as A20 230 expected and lessons learned from the 1984 world bowls in A20 231 Aberdeen will be applied to the preparation of this year's A20 232 side. A20 233 |^Manager-coach and chairman of selectors Kerry Clark told A20 234 me: ^*"We'll be having a period of just under a fortnight's A20 235 solid practice on the slow Scottish greens, just as we did two A20 236 years ago. A20 237 |^*"We've already made contact with the Bonnyrigg club just A20 238 outside Edinburgh which was our head**[ARB**]-quarters last time, A20 239 but I understand that the team will also be allowed practice on A20 240 the surfaces at Balgreen where the Games series will be played. A20 241 |^*"I'm sure the long period of preparation had a lot to do A20 242 with our success at Aberdeen and it won't be any different this A20 243 time.**" A20 244 *<*4All eyes on mean John Green*> A20 245 * A20 246 |^Mean John Green will attract most of the attention when A20 247 Canterbury defend the Rugby League Cup against Waikato on A20 248 Thursday night. A20 249 |^*0Second-rower Green is one of several newcomers to a A20 250 Canterbury combination beset by transfers and retirements since A20 251 last season. A20 252 |^And Green promises to make a big impact on his debut. A20 253 |^Since he returned from an off-season with the British A20 254 second division club Keighley Green has been outstanding. A20 255 |^An intimidating figure with his close-cropped hair, black A20 256 head-bands, and scowling expression, Green has made his mark A20 257 both with his powerful running and forceful defence. A20 258 |^Canterbury coach Ray Haffenden praises Green's form and A20 259 fitness, his improved skills and, most important of all, his A20 260 attitude as he prepares for first**[ARB**]-class football. A20 261 *# A21 001 **[021 TEXT A21**] A21 002 *<*2SPORT*> A21 003 *<*0Kiwi commitment pays off*> A21 004 *<*0by Terry Mclean*> A21 005 |^*2WHEN THE SENIOR *0officer of a leading New Zealand sport A21 006 says that his game has had *"a magical year**", the mind A21 007 flicks back 56 years to a remark made about the same game by a A21 008 nabob of England's sporting Establishment. ^Told, during the A21 009 tour of New Zealand by the British Isles rugby team of 1930, A21 010 that rugby league was well established in Auckland, the Lions' A21 011 manager, James or *"Bim**" Baxter, icily remarked: ^*"Every A21 012 city must have its sewer.**" ^The remark was not published at A21 013 the time, else Baxter, who was already detested in rugby here A21 014 because he was leading an assault, successful as it turned out, A21 015 on that venerable institution of rugby, the rover, or A21 016 wing-forward, might have been run out of town on a rail. A21 017 |^In 1985 the president of the Zealand Rugby League, Ron A21 018 McGregor, an Auckland accountant whose playing days as a great A21 019 wing threequarter are still warmly cherished, says with total A21 020 sincerity: ^*"We have had a magical year.**" ^A little later A21 021 the national coach Graham Lowe, announcing that New Zealand A21 022 Breweries is this year putting up *+$20,000 in sponsorship of A21 023 the Auckland club competition, says forthrightly: ^*"The A21 024 Auckland competition is the best organised, the most A21 025 competitive and attracts the finest publicity of any sport in A21 026 the country.**" ^Whether or not Lowe's statement will stand A21 027 microscopic examination, *"Bim**" Baxter's insult now sounds A21 028 prehistoric. A21 029 |^In the 1980s we have witnessed two powerful assaults upon A21 030 rugby as the only true and proper institution for God-fearing A21 031 young Kiwis. ^(Rugby, as they would say in baseball, must be A21 032 credited with two assists: both the 1981 Springbok tour of New A21 033 Zealand and the attempted All Black tour of South Africa in A21 034 1985 were serious examples of that grave army crime known as A21 035 {0SIW} *- self-inflicted wounding.) ^Soccer staged a brilliant A21 036 campaign to get its All Whites to the World Cup in Spain (and A21 037 subsequently suffered a little {0SIW} itself). ^Then came the A21 038 Rugby League Kiwis to hit the world-champion Australians for A21 039 six, to demolish Great Britain in New Zealand and to enter 1986 A21 040 as next best to the Aussies and only a mite removed from the A21 041 top, at that. A21 042 |^If soccer suffered, at the top, a touch of {0SIW} *- soon A21 043 to be overcome, because the game has many fine youngsters A21 044 reaching their potential *- league by contrast appears to be A21 045 heading onward and upward. ^On the inspirational side, A21 046 especially playing, the professional expertise of a great A21 047 coach, Ces Mountford, enlarged the minds and abilities of a A21 048 number of players, on tour in Britain and at home. ^Lowe as A21 049 Mountford's successor *- without any of the ill-feeling on A21 050 either side which was so much a topic at the time *- by a A21 051 master-stroke captivated his players, who ever since have A21 052 maintained their sturdy march, onward and upward. A21 053 |^Having served, very ably, as a coach in Brisbane club A21 054 league, Lowe had become the Kiwi Queenslanders love to hate as A21 055 he prepared his team for the test at Brisbane two years ago. A21 056 ^He baited back. ^He sent his Kiwis onto the field one by one. A21 057 ^Each was jeered. ^He marched on himself as Tail-End Charlie A21 058 and the booing reached higher decibels than Bob Dylan and Dire A21 059 Straits could combine. ^In Ron McGregor's phraseology, the A21 060 effect was *"magical**". ^At kick-off, the Kiwis were not a A21 061 team, they were a single body of absolute commitment. ^This A21 062 was expressed in the first tackle, by Kevin Tamati. ^Then and A21 063 there was the game won. A21 064 |^And then and there did New Zealanders become aware that A21 065 from their midst was building another champion of sport, a A21 066 Walker, a Devoy, a rowing crew. ^The accounts for 1985, which A21 067 show that the New Zealand League made a profit of *+$156,000, A21 068 signpost but do not wholly explain what McGregor meant with his A21 069 *"magical**". ^Of a sudden, so to speak, the country's A21 070 sporting television taste has extended to league. ^The ball A21 071 can be seen. ^The play can be followed. ^If, sometimes, the A21 072 tackles seem to surpass the bounds of sportsmanship and descend A21 073 into cruelty, it has still been heartwarming to see little guys A21 074 like Shane Varley or Dean Bell rebound like a rubber ball and A21 075 themselves smash down huge, fearsome opponents. A21 076 |^During last season, rugby men of my acquaintance, fine A21 077 first-class players in their day, often furtively slipped from A21 078 Eden Park to Carlaw Park to study the techniques and to applaud A21 079 the skills. ^It was not in disloyalty that they spread the A21 080 word that league had become a fine game to watch. ^It was in A21 081 fair tribute to a game which has indeed become good to watch A21 082 and in which the ordinary spectator cannot resist the urge to A21 083 become deeply involved. A21 084 |^By normal standards, League's profits from last year were A21 085 phenomenal. ^Most heartening for the Lowes and McGregors *- A21 086 and the players *- those profits weren't confined to the A21 087 balance-sheet. A21 088 * A21 089 * A21 090 |^*2HOPES *0for a Kiwi victory in New Zealand's premier road A21 091 cycling event have effectively vanished with Brian Fowler's A21 092 late scratching through illness. A21 093 |^And now it seems the inaugural seven-day Raleigh Classic A21 094 will become an overseas benefit when it begins in earnest from A21 095 Wellington today after yesterday's prologue time trial. A21 096 |^Raleigh Classic promoters Global Sports have engaged the A21 097 best line-up yet of overseas riders for this premier event on A21 098 the New Zealand cycling calendar (now running a Wellington to A21 099 Auckland route instead of the reverse in days past). A21 100 |^The visitors could be in for a clean sweep of the major A21 101 prizes. A21 102 |^Swiss national road champion Thomas Wegmueller was awesome A21 103 in winning Waikato's three-day Chartwell Classic last weekend A21 104 and he will be the man to beat over the next seven days. A21 105 |^Wegmueller, who was second in last year's Australian A21 106 Commonwealth Bank Classic, handed out a lesson in strength and A21 107 race tactics during the Waikato tour. A21 108 |^Incredibly, he rode the race on a borrowed bike after his A21 109 own was lost somewhere in the airways' luggage system. ^Even A21 110 on the morning of the race start he had to borrow a pair of A21 111 pedals to suit his particular type of racing shoe. A21 112 |^The genial Swiss rider, who begins a professional career A21 113 in January, enjoys racing in New Zealand. A21 114 |^*"New Zealand is hilly, just like Switzerland, and I like A21 115 the hills,**" he said. A21 116 |^Wegmueller has strong back-up in fellow countryman Fabian A21 117 Fuchs, who was also one of the more aggressive riders in the A21 118 Chartwell tour. A21 119 |^Another interesting visitor is Australian-based A21 120 Czechoslovakian Omar Pavlov who until last year was rated one of A21 121 the world's best amateurs. ^Pavlov has obtained political A21 122 asylum across the Tasman. A21 123 |^There are many other outstanding overseas riders in the A21 124 race, among them an interesting contingent of Australians. A21 125 |^South Australian Ron Versteeg was the most impressive A21 126 Aussie in last year's Wellington to Auckland race (then A21 127 sponsored by Healing) and he's evidently again in good form. A21 128 |^John Logan must also be respected from the Australian camp A21 129 with his extensive European experience. A21 130 |^Team racing will play a major part in the Raleigh Classic, A21 131 and possibly the strongest team will be the Countrywide A21 132 international all-stars which includes Pavlov plus top Dutch A21 133 riders Arjan Jagt and Bob Rassenburg and English professionals A21 134 Mark Bell and Dave Mann. A21 135 |^If the overseas' takeover is to be foiled by Kiwis then the A21 136 two likely to do the job could be Jack Swart and Graeme Miller. A21 137 |^Miller didn't compete in the Chartwell tour, apparently A21 138 preferring to rest after a hard ride in the recent Australian A21 139 Commonwealth Bank Classic. ^But he's highly competitive. A21 140 |^Swart, even at 32 years old, won a stage in the A21 141 Commonwealth Bank race and took the King of the Mountains A21 142 title. A21 143 |^He was superb on the first day of the Waikato tour last A21 144 weekend but not so hot on the second and third days. ^He can A21 145 never be written off, though, and will be a major force this A21 146 week along with younger brother Steven, who also won a A21 147 Commonwealth Bank stage. A21 148 |^The race proper sets off from Wellington today. ^The race A21 149 schedule day-by-day, stage-by-stage is: *- _^Today: Wellington A21 150 to Palmerston North (stage 1 *- 167{0km}). ^Tomorrow: A21 151 Palmerston North to Wanganui (stage 2 *- 122{0km}); Wanganui A21 152 Criterium (stage 3 *- 36{0km}). ^Tuesday (riders transported A21 153 to New Plymouth): New Plymouth to Hawera (stage 4 *- 89{0km}); A21 154 Hawera to Wanganui (stage 5 *- 90{0km}) Wednesday: Wanganui to A21 155 Chateau Tongariro (stage 6 *- 150{0km}). ^Thursday: Chateau A21 156 Tongariro to Taupo (stage 7 *- 99{0km}); Taupo teams trial A21 157 (stage 8 *- 24{0km}). ^Friday: Taupo to Te Awamutu (stage 9 *- A21 158 142{0km}); Te Awamutu to Hamilton (stage 10 *- 47{0km}). A21 159 ^Saturday: Hamilton to Auckland (stage 11 *- 140{0km}); A21 160 Epilogue Criterium (30{0km}). A21 161 * A21 162 |^*2OTAGO *0captain Mike Brewer, whose international rugby has A21 163 all been in the {0No.} 8 jersey this year, seems likely to play A21 164 the coming two-test series against France as a flanker. A21 165 |^This will allow the dynamic Wayne Shelford to come into the A21 166 test *=XV as the {0No.}8 for next Saturday's first test against A21 167 the French in Toulouse. A21 168 |^Shelford would re-introduce the *"crunch ability**" to the A21 169 position which has been missing since Murray Mexted's A21 170 departure. A21 171 |^Brewer's expertise has been in the line-outs and as a A21 172 tackler but, in the four tests he has played at the back of the A21 173 scrum this year, New Zealand managed only one try from an A21 174 attacking scrum. A21 175 |^That was against Australia at Carisbrook when David Kirk A21 176 and John Kirwan combined in their ingenious Merde move, the one A21 177 where Kirwan commits two or three defenders and Kirk doubles A21 178 around to take the outside pass. A21 179 |^The All Blacks regularly scored tries from attacking A21 180 scrums when maestro Mexted packed down in the back. A21 181 |^However, Brewer, talented footballer though he is, does A21 182 not possess the drive power of Mexted or even Canterbury's A21 183 bulldozing Dale Atkins. A21 184 |^Shelford does, and he has been in outstanding form so far A21 185 in France. A21 186 |^Coach Brian Lochore gave an indication of his test match A21 187 intentions by placing Shelford at {0No.} 8 and switching Brewer A21 188 to the blindside flank position for the clash with the A21 189 Roussillon-Languedoc selection in Perpignan (played earlier A21 190 today {0NZ} Time). A21 191 |^Shelford was in irresistible form in Toulon in the Tuesday A21 192 night match there, repeatedly spreadeagling the French defence A21 193 with a series of those great thundering runs of his. A21 194 |^The North Harbour captain is yet to play a test. ^He was A21 195 understudy to Mexted in Argentina 12 months ago and missed the A21 196 opening two home tests this winter (against France and A21 197 Australia) as punishment for his involvement with the A21 198 Cavaliers' South African tour. A21 199 |^Then, when selected for the Carisbrook test against the A21 200 Wallabies, he had to withdraw with a broken thumb. A21 201 |^Selection in the test line-up to play France in Toulouse A21 202 would bring a deserved change of fortune for Shelford who has A21 203 not had much to cheer him since the Cavaliers' venture. A21 204 |^After breaking his thumb, he saw Brewer secure the test A21 205 position, which should have been his, and the North Harbour A21 206 side he captained endured that agonising last-minute setback in A21 207 their division one promotion bid against Waikato. A21 208 |^Should Brewer measure up to Lochore's blindside flanker A21 209 plans with his Perpignan display, it will probably signal the A21 210 end of Mark Shaw's test career. A21 211 |^Shaw, now 30, remains a great driving forward but lacks A21 212 that essential metre of pace. ^He is unlikely to be recalled A21 213 for World Cup duties in 1987. A21 214 * A21 215 |^*2ALL BLACK *0rugby coach Brian Lochore reacted angrily when A21 216 one of the Littoral Province selection side's trainers went on A21 217 to the field at halftime in Tuesday night's French tour match A21 218 in Toulon. A21 219 |^Under International Rugby Board laws, officials are not A21 220 allowed to talk to their teams during the halftime break. A21 221 |^Imagine therefore, Lochore's reaction when he sighted one A21 222 of the French team's trainers on the field gesticulating A21 223 wildly. A21 224 |^*"Gee I was wild,**" said Lochore. A21 225 |^*"I would have gone down myself but our manager Richie Guy A21 226 restrained me. A21 227 |^*"It wasn't that I felt our guys needed any guidance, A21 228 (they were leading 16-3 and had played superb rugby), it was A21 229 the principle of the thing.**" A21 230 |^Back in August, Australian coach Alan Jones reacted A21 231 strongly at Wanganui when he felt information was being relayed A21 232 to the local team at halftime. A21 233 |^This incident in France was far more blatant and it should A21 234 have been dealt with by Irish referee Dick Beamish. A21 235 |^The French are playing things cagily in the lead-up to A21 236 next Saturday's first test against the All Blacks in Toulouse. A21 237 |^National Coach Jacques Fouroux hasn't allowed any members A21 238 of his test *=XV to appear against the All Blacks in the A21 239 provincial games. A21 240 |^Several of the players were originally named in the French A21 241 selections but all have been withdrawn along the way. A21 242 |^The only sighting the All Blacks will have had of Daniel A21 243 Dubroca and his 14 team-mates will be their (boring) A21 244 performance against Rumania in Bucharest. A21 245 |^The game was telecast live in France and watched by the A21 246 All Blacks during their stay in Clermont-Ferrand. A21 247 |^The test, played in rain on a waterlogged field, yielded A21 248 little. A21 249 |^*"All it showed was that the French are dangerous, given A21 250 the sniff of a try,**" said Lochore. A21 251 ||^Lochore said the French would suffer more through A21 252 Fouroux's decision not to play any of his test stars against A21 253 the touring team. A21 254 *# A22 001 **[022 TEXT A22**] A22 002 *<*0{0P.O.} split predicted*> A22 003 *4{0PA} Wellington A22 004 |^*0Radical proposals to carve up the Post Office, New A22 005 Zealand's biggest employer, into three separate functions are A22 006 expected to be aired soon by the Postmaster-General, \0Mr Hunt, A22 007 Wellington's *"Evening Post**" newspaper reported yesterday. A22 008 |^If carried through, the Post Office's 38,000 workers would A22 009 work for one of the new organisations grouped under the broad A22 010 headings of telecommunications, postal, and banking, the A22 011 *"Post**" said. A22 012 |^Once the breakdown occurred, some of the traditional A22 013 monopolies held by the Post Office could be opened for A22 014 competition with the private sector, the *"Post**" said. A22 015 |^The newspaper reported that \0Mr Hunt declined to answer A22 016 questions about the subject, but quoted him as saying that some A22 017 statement would be made *"very soon.**" A22 018 |^The Post Office has assets of more than *+$5 billion. A22 019 *<*4Flood grant*> A22 020 {0PA} Wellington A22 021 |^*0An interim grant of *+$600,000 is being made for urgent A22 022 repairs along river courses in South Canterbury, the Minister A22 023 of Works and Development, \0Mr Colman, said yesterday. A22 024 |^It was essential the South Canterbury Catchment Board had A22 025 the least delay in restoring safety on the Orari, Waihi, A22 026 Temuka, Opihi, Pareora, and Waihao rivers, he said. A22 027 |^The total amount needed for repairs to catchment works A22 028 would be considerably higher but preliminary estimates were A22 029 being used. A22 030 *<*4{0R.N.Z.} decision *'dismaying**'*> A22 031 {0PA} Wellington A22 032 |^*0A decision by Radio New Zealand to cut the amount of A22 033 local choral music on the \0YC stations has *"dismayed**" the A22 034 Choral Federation. A22 035 |^The federation's president, Professor Peter Godfrey, said A22 036 the move could seriously affect the standard of singing in New A22 037 Zealand. A22 038 |^It had been common practice for Radio New Zealand to A22 039 record concerts given by choirs and broadcast them on local A22 040 \0YC stations. A22 041 |^*"In future it appears that all choral concerts will be A22 042 broadcast on the Concert Programme network only, thus reducing A22 043 the number of choirs who will be offered broadcasts,**" A22 044 Professor Godfrey said. A22 045 |^*"The federation believed this role to be vital in fostering A22 046 choral music nationally, and it must be maintained,**" he said. A22 047 *<*4Pensioner on charges*> A22 048 *0{0PA} Auckland A22 049 |^A pensioner, aged 61, will stand trial in the District A22 050 Court at Auckland on four charges of indecency involving a boy, A22 051 aged 12. A22 052 |^The man's name was suppressed, and he was allowed bail. A22 053 |^At the end of depositions, \0Messrs {0J.A.} Ward and A22 054 {0W.R.} Familton, Justices of the Peace, found there was A22 055 insufficient evidence to justify a charge of abduction and one A22 056 of stupefying the boy. ^The man had denied all the charges. A22 057 *<*4Advice available for foresters*> A22 058 Rangiora reporter A22 059 |^*0People contemplating moving into private forest growing A22 060 can obtain assistance from an advisory service offered by the A22 061 Forest Service. A22 062 |^Forest management extension officers at Forestry House in A22 063 Victoria Street, Christchurch, are available to advise growers A22 064 in Canterbury on agroforestry, timber production, shelter A22 065 belts, woodlots, a variety of high-value timber trees, and on A22 066 finance. A22 067 |^The service exists to encourage a high standard of forest A22 068 management for all private growers, said \0Mr {0D.A.} Black, A22 069 Conservator of Forests. A22 070 |^The forest extension also acts as a referral agency when A22 071 more specialised information is required. ^This includes A22 072 inquiries about forest valuations which are handled by forestry A22 073 consultants. ^Some queries are passed on to the Forest A22 074 Service's forest product extension officers, who specialise in A22 075 the processing and use of forest produce. A22 076 |^The Christchurch-based forest extension officers are A22 077 available to private growers on Friday afternoons between 1 A22 078 {0p.m.} and 4 {0p.m.} A22 079 |^Growers living south of the Rakaia River can get in touch A22 080 with \0Mr Richard McAslan of the Forest Service in Timaru. A22 081 *<*4Student gets post*> A22 082 |^*0\0Mr John Ring, aged 27, a philosophy student, has been A22 083 named president of the Canterbury regional council of the New A22 084 Zealand Democratic Party. A22 085 |^He succeeds \0Mr Kevin Earle, who resigned because of A22 086 business commitments. ^The change was unrelated to the A22 087 leadership row involving \0Mr Gary Knapp, said \0Mr Ring. A22 088 *<*4Treasury official gets new post*> A22 089 *0{0PA} Wellington A22 090 |^A senior Treasury official, \0Mr Rob Laking, has been A22 091 appointed to a top new post in the Social Welfare Department. A22 092 |^\0Mr Laking would take up one of the posts of deputy A22 093 director-general, a departmental spokesman has said. A22 094 |^It is the second senior Government department post to go A22 095 to a Treasury executive. A22 096 |^Last week the Treasury's economic adviser, \0Mr Jas A22 097 McKenzie, was named as the Secretary of Labour. A22 098 |^The other new deputy director-general of Social Welfare A22 099 will be \0Mr John Yuill, at present Assistant Director-General A22 100 of Education. A22 101 |^Appointed also to the Social Welfare Department's senior A22 102 ranks is \0Mr Alan Nixon, formerly divisional director, A22 103 benefits, who moves up to the post of Assistant A22 104 Director-General, policy development. A22 105 |^\0Mr Laking, a son of the former Chief Ombudsman, Sir A22 106 George Laking, holds the post of assistant secretary in charge A22 107 of the Industrial Division of the Treasury. A22 108 * A22 109 |^The Fire Service was called to two fires in Christchurch A22 110 last evening. A22 111 |^Two engines were called to a house fire in Hoon Hay Road A22 112 at 10.30 {0p.m.} ^It was thought two elderly persons were in A22 113 the house, but the premises were found to be empty. A22 114 |^The house was severely damaged. ^The cause of the fire is A22 115 unknown. A22 116 |^Three engines went to a fire in timber stacks behind A22 117 Heating World, in Riccarton Road, at 10.38 {0p.m.} ^The stacks A22 118 were badly damaged. ^The cause of the fire is unknown. A22 119 *<*4Youth hostels commended*> A22 120 |^*0More New Zealanders should follow the lead of overseas A22 121 visitors and make use of youth hostels, says the Minister of A22 122 Consumer Affairs, \0Mrs Margaret Shields. A22 123 |^Speaking at yesterday's laying of a foundation stone at A22 124 the Mount Cook hostel, \0Mrs Shields said that overseas A22 125 visitors knew far more about hostels in New Zealand than A22 126 locals. A22 127 |^Hostels gave New Zealanders an ideal opportunity to see A22 128 national parks cheaply, she said. A22 129 |^A *+$50,000 grant from the Government was made to the A22 130 Youth Hostel Association towards the cost of the 59-bed hostel. A22 131 |^The chairman of the association, \0Mr Gary Sturgess, said A22 132 the hostel would be the *"flagship**" of New Zealand hostels A22 133 and a key link in the international network. A22 134 |^Membership of the association had reached 28,000 last A22 135 September, which was a record in its 54-year history. A22 136 |^To meet the constant foreign and domestic demand for A22 137 low-cost accommodation, *+$1 million had been spent on buildings A22 138 during the last five years and several hundred thousand dollars A22 139 would be spent this year, he said. A22 140 *<*4Flood fund growing*> A22 141 |^*0The South Canterbury flood relief fund launched at A22 142 Christchurch Cathedral has so far raised *+$23,000 for South A22 143 Canterbury flood victims. A22 144 |^The Dean, the very \0Rev. \0Dr David Coles, said yesterday A22 145 that each day for the last week cheques and cash had come to A22 146 the Cathedral from a wide variety of people. A22 147 |^*"The funds are being redirected to Timaru as quickly as A22 148 possible so that they are available for local use,**" he said. A22 149 ^*"At this stage there appears no sign of donations diminishing A22 150 and we will keep the fund open for at least another week.**" A22 151 |^Donations for the fund can be left in the collection box A22 152 at the entrance of Christchurch Cathedral or mailed to *"South A22 153 Canterbury Flood Relief**" {0P.O.} Box 855, Christchurch. A22 154 |^A collection box for flood relief funds is also at the A22 155 Christchurch City Council's treasury department on the ground A22 156 floor of the Civic Offices in Tuam Street. ^The box has been A22 157 there three days and has collected *+$157. A22 158 *<*4United Service licence renewed*> A22 159 |^*0The United Service Hotel has had its liquor licence A22 160 renewed after being improved to meet health and fire-safety A22 161 requirements. A22 162 |^The Canterbury Licensing Committee granted the hotel an A22 163 interim licence for three months last December, which required A22 164 work to bring the hotel up to standard. A22 165 |^The committee's chairman, Judge Frampton, said the hotel A22 166 had come a long way since December and now met the standards A22 167 required. A22 168 |^The committee ruled that the public bar must open before A22 169 June 19 to meet licensing requirements. A22 170 |^A director of the Auckland-based company which owns the A22 171 hotel, \0Mr Russell Green, said he was delighted that A22 172 permission to continue as a hotel-keeper was granted. A22 173 |^The house bar, kitchen, and bedrooms had been A22 174 substantially improved, and work on renovating the public bar A22 175 would be finished within the next two months, he said. A22 176 *<*4Changes *'Should be made**'*> A22 177 |^*0Any Government efforts to reduce the urban transport A22 178 subsidy should not be at the expense of providing a good public A22 179 transport service, the chairman of the Canterbury united A22 180 Council's urban transport committee, \0Mr Mel Foster, has said. A22 181 |^Changes should be made to get away from full Government A22 182 funding of urban rail in Auckland and Wellington. ^Local A22 183 government, through ratepayers, should make some contribution, A22 184 he said. A22 185 |^This did not imply that the Government funding of buses in A22 186 Christchurch should be further reduced, as Christchurch A22 187 ratepayers already paid over half the subsidy for buses in A22 188 rates. A22 189 |^Improvements to the bus service suggested by \0Mr Prebble A22 190 were worthwhile, but he was confident bus operators were A22 191 already working on this. A22 192 |^*"Improved service will not greatly reduce the need for A22 193 continuing support both from Government and the local ratepayer A22 194 for public transport,**" \0Mr Foster said. A22 195 *<*4Public help to hold man*> A22 196 |^*0Members of the public helped to hold a man arrested for A22 197 disorderly behaviour in central Christchurch last evening. A22 198 |^A police spokesman said a constable arrested a man who had A22 199 been jumping on car bonnets about 9 {0p.m.} at the corner of A22 200 Colombo Street and Gloucester Streets. A22 201 |^The man struggled but was held by three men until a police A22 202 car arrived to take him away. A22 203 |^The spokesman said he was pleased people were prepared to A22 204 help the policeman. A22 205 *<*4*+$330,000 townhouse*> A22 206 |^*0A two-bedroom townhouse in Redcliffs was sold for A22 207 *+$330,000 at auction yesterday, a figure 78 per cent above A22 208 Government valuation. A22 209 |^The townhouse in west Beachville Road has an A22 210 electronically controlled security system, a motorised vehicle A22 211 turn-around platform in the driveway, and a private jetty. A22 212 |^The director of Neumann Real Estate, \0Mr Daniel Sherry, A22 213 said the auction bidding was brisk. A22 214 |^Demand for luxury houses in Christchurch was high and A22 215 Government valuations were often conservative because they did A22 216 not take account of special fittings or furnishings, he said. A22 217 |^The townhouse was sold to an anonymous buyer. A22 218 |^Last year, a *"twin**" to the property sold yesterday A22 219 fetched *+$280,000. A22 220 *<*4Hansen Park meeting*> A22 221 |^*0Residents of Opawa and \0St Martins are forming an A22 222 association in response to plans to use Hansen Park as a A22 223 headquarters for softball in Canterbury. A22 224 |^A meeting of residents will be held on April 1 to elect a A22 225 committee and appoint spokespeople. A22 226 *<*4Big ride for big rug*> A22 227 |^*0Abracadabra... it is a magic carpet ride all the way for A22 228 a rug maker, \0Mr Hugh Bannerman, of Christchurch. A22 229 |^But while \0Mr Bannerman will not leave the ground, the A22 230 9\0m by 5\0m wool carpet, made by Dilana Rugs, will. A22 231 |^The rug was commissioned by a private buyer in Seattle, A22 232 Canada, for his *"little room just off the lounge.**" ^The A22 233 rug is the largest the Arts Centre-based firm has freighted A22 234 overseas. ^Because of its size it had to be made in four A22 235 separate pieces and sent in two pieces to fit into the A22 236 aeroplane. A22 237 |^\0Mr Bannerman, the founder of Dilana Rugs, has worked on A22 238 the rug with three other people for about six months. ^Work on A22 239 hand tufting the two-pile, two-tone carpet started about six A22 240 weeks ago. ^The rest of the time was spent on design and A22 241 dyeing the wool. A22 242 |^The yellow and yellow-green rug is insured for *+$10,000. A22 243 *<*4Rare tyres stolen*> A22 244 |^*0Rare, imported tyres, valued at *+$16,000, were stolen A22 245 from the Goodyear truck store in Main South Road, Hornby, on A22 246 Thursday night. A22 247 |^The tyres were especially imported for Toyota campervans, A22 248 said a police spokesman. ^They were not available anywhere A22 249 else in New Zealand. A22 250 |^The tyre type was *2GY G10 195 R14LT 18 *0ply radial. A22 251 |^Anyone being offered such tyres should call the police. A22 252 *<*4Charge of murder*> A22 253 *0{0PA} Auckland A22 254 |^The police charged a man with murder last evening after a A22 255 baby boy, aged six months, died from head injuries. A22 256 |^Detectives went to a Henderson house after ambulance A22 257 officers were called to the injured child about 1 {0p.m.} A22 258 |^The baby died in Auckland Hospital. A22 259 A man, aged 28, will appear in the District Court at A22 260 Henderson today charged with murder. A22 261 *<*4Canty contender boxes on*> A22 262 *0{0PA} Wellington A22 263 |^A wayward contact lens may have cost the Canterbury boxer, A22 264 Peter Warren, the chance of representing New Zealand at the A22 265 Edinburgh Commonwealth Games in July. A22 266 |^At the Games trials in Lower Hutt last evening, Warren A22 267 lost his featherweight bout to the Southlander, Johnny Wallace, A22 268 on a unanimous points decision, but the fight was closer than A22 269 the result suggested. A22 270 |^Early in the opening round Warren lost a contact lens from A22 271 his left eye and was severely inconvenienced from that point. A22 272 |^The lens was not found till the bout had finished. ^It A22 273 was recovered undamaged from the canvas. A22 274 |^In between, Warren had battled bravely and given as good A22 275 as he got though Wallace deserved to take the verdict. A22 276 *# A23 001 **[023 TEXT A23**] A23 002 *<*0Douglas silent on dollar gamble*> A23 003 *<*1By *3SIMON KILROY *1in Wellington*> A23 004 |^*0A money market miscalculation which cost Bank of New A23 005 Zealand clients millions of dollars will not be looked at by A23 006 the Government. A23 007 |^The *1Sunday Star *0revealed the Government-owned bank A23 008 gambled between *+$100 million and *+$130 million on a fall in A23 009 the value of the Kiwi dollar and lost between *+$12 million and A23 010 *+$15 million of clients' money when it rose in value. A23 011 |^Some of the {0*2BNZ} *0clients who lost money in the A23 012 transaction are seeking legal advice to see if those losses can A23 013 be recovered. A23 014 |^A spokesman for the Minister of Finance's office said A23 015 today \0Mr Douglas did not want to comment. A23 016 |^The transactions were between the bank and its clients, A23 017 the spokesman said. A23 018 * A23 019 |^An Auckland ticket won the *+$100,000 first prize in A23 020 Golden Kiwi lottery 263 drawn today. A23 021 * A23 022 |*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0The Arbitration Court today A23 023 approved a pay rise for commercial cleaners of 30.1%. A23 024 |^The Caretakers' and Cleaners' Union sees the decision as a A23 025 major breakthrough for the lower paid worker as it takes the A23 026 commercial cleaners hourly rate to *+$6.83, a *+$63 weekly A23 027 increase. A23 028 |^The union has campaigned since 1979 to achieve the same A23 029 rate for commercial cleaners as that of school cleaners. ^The A23 030 matter was taken to the Arbitration Court last year. A23 031 |^The court found in favour of the union's claim but there A23 032 was a dissenting opinion in the decision from the employers A23 033 representative. A23 034 * A23 035 By *2LINDA DONALDSON A23 036 |^*0Auckland Red Cross is upset at bogus collectors who A23 037 pocketed its annual appeal money. A23 038 |^The charity organisation warns householders to look out A23 039 for fakes following a report of two schoolboys pretending to be A23 040 collectors for Red Cross in Ranui on Sunday. A23 041 |^The house-to-house appeal begins there on Thursday night. A23 042 |^Red Cross public relations officer Eileen Makley said she A23 043 had no idea how much was taken before a donor became suspicious A23 044 and queried them. A23 045 |^The police were notified but the names and addresses given A23 046 by the boys turned out to be false. A23 047 |^The pair had got hold of official donation bags but real A23 048 collectors could be identified by 1986 Red Cross stickers worn A23 049 on their clothes. A23 050 |^She said the fakes had spoiled the credibility of genuine A23 051 collectors who will be out in their thousands this week. A23 052 |^Red Cross hopes to raise *+$1 million from its nationwide A23 053 house-to-house appeal. A23 054 * A23 055 |*2TAURANGA ({0PA}). *- ^*0A friendly gesture which had A23 056 officials in a tizz nearly resulted in an unscheduled cup of A23 057 coffee for Singapore Prime Minister Lee Kuan Yew. A23 058 |^\0Mr Lee spent yesterday afternoon visiting the Te Puke A23 059 property of Kiwifruit Authority deputy chairman Bruce A23 060 Honeybone. A23 061 |^Neighbour Ewen Lowden, an admirer of \0Mr Lee, decided to A23 062 fly a Singapore flag on the roadside where \0Mr Lee and his A23 063 entourage would pass. A23 064 |^He rang the Department of Internal Affairs in Rotorua to A23 065 see if they could lend him one. A23 066 |^They were not able to, but \0Mr Lowden's inquiry triggered A23 067 off a security check on him by the police. A23 068 |^Not to be put off, he finally obtained the appropriate A23 069 flag through the Bay of Plenty Harbour Board. A23 070 |^He erected a temporary flagstaff outside his home and A23 071 waited for the entourage to pass. ^The leading driver, seeing A23 072 the flag, started to pull into \0Mr Lowden's driveway, so \0Mr A23 073 Lowden frantically waved them on up the road. A23 074 |^Officialdom was not amused and a uniformed constable was A23 075 sent along to check on \0Mr Lowden. A23 076 |^*"I was just going to invite him for a cup of coffee when A23 077 he was recalled,**" \0Mr Lowden said. A23 078 |^But he got some recognition *- as the entourage left for A23 079 Rotorua, \0Mr and \0Mrs Lowden received a wave from the A23 080 official party. A23 081 * A23 082 * A23 083 |^The cost of replacing farm dogs purchased by farm workers, A23 084 is a deductible item and not limited to *+$250, says the Inland A23 085 Revenue Department. ^The department said there seemed to be A23 086 some confusion in relation to claims for the purchase of A23 087 replacement farm dogs. ^The amount which could be claimed was A23 088 the total cost of the new dog, minus the weekly allowance and A23 089 employers' reimbursement. A23 090 * A23 091 |^Farmers in the Otago may have to pay increased processing A23 092 charges at Waitaki International's Burnside works as a result A23 093 of today's settlement of the freezing workers dispute. A23 094 ^Waitaki says it calculates the settlement will cost the A23 095 company between *+$1.4 and *+$1.5 million in extra wages. A23 096 * A23 097 |^The organisers of a rally to protest about government cuts A23 098 to job schemes expect 1000 Aucklanders to join a city march. A23 099 The Umbrella Group on Unemployment is organising the protest on A23 100 April 21 with a march from the Chief Post Office to Aotea A23 101 Square. ^It will present a petition to the Labour Department A23 102 calling on it not to drop fully subsidised work schemes. A23 103 * A23 104 |^Employers met in private today to discuss how to oppose A23 105 the Union Representatives' Education Bill going through A23 106 Parliament. ^The Employers' Association and Manufacturers' A23 107 Federation organised today's meeting at the Auckland A23 108 Showgrounds but closed the session to the media. ^The bill A23 109 provides paid leave for workers to attend trade union education A23 110 courses. A23 111 * A23 112 |^Daihatsu New Zealand \0Ltd has dropped plans to build a A23 113 *+$10 million assembly plant in Te Awamutu. ^The company has A23 114 confirmed it would pull out of the project, despite already A23 115 spending *+$750,000 on site development. A23 116 * A23 117 |^The first Soviet cosmonaut to visit New Zealand is to A23 118 arrive at the end of the month *- six years after another A23 119 Soviet cosmonaut was refused entry for political reasons. A23 120 ^Cosmonaut Vladimir Dzhanibekov, a veteran of three space A23 121 missions and holder of the title Hero of the Soviet Union, will A23 122 arrive in New Zealand on April 26. A23 123 * A23 124 |^Nissan's national parts warehouse is closed because of a A23 125 dispute between the company and its stores and clerical A23 126 workers. ^The workers have been on strike for a week after the A23 127 company rejected their claims on job classification and A23 128 technology issues. A23 129 * A23 130 |^A 58-year-old man charged with murder was remanded for A23 131 psychiatric examination when he appeared in the Whangarei A23 132 District Court today. ^Mane Kire Tahere, farmer, of Te Iringa, A23 133 near Kaikohe, was charged with murdering Sidney Mane Kire A23 134 Tahere at Te Iringa on March 29. A23 135 * A23 136 |^Safe Air's two veteran Bristol Freighter A23 137 work**[ARB**]-horses, earmarked for withdrawal from the A23 138 Woodbourne-based airline tomorrow, have had a stay of A23 139 execution. ^General manager Ron Tannock, said one freighter A23 140 would continue its Cook Strait service for a while. A23 141 * A23 142 |^A salmon fisherman trapped on a sandbar when the A23 143 Waimakariri River rose rapidly was plucked to safety by A23 144 helicopter *- still grasping his rod. ^Fears were held for the A23 145 man's safety as a flash flood, brought on by heavy rain in the A23 146 high country, left him stranded far from the bank. A23 147 * A23 148 |^Justice Minister Geoff Palmer was to lay the foundation A23 149 stone for Auckland's new District Court in Albert \0St today. A23 150 * A23 151 |*2TAURANGA ({0PA}). *- ^*0Major Eric Rowland Firth who A23 152 served in the New Zealand Army for 28 years, has died at his A23 153 home in Te Puna, aged 73. ^Auckland-born Major Firth was A23 154 active in community affairs in and around Tauranga. A23 155 * A23 156 |*2ROTORUA ({0PA}). *- ^*0Construction of a floating A23 157 restaurant in the form of a 22-metre paddle boat will begin in A23 158 Rotorua this week. A23 159 |^Behind the venture is *+$500,000 and *"a bit of ambition**" A23 160 according to a principal of Lakeland Steel Products, Ian A23 161 Stewart whose company will build the boat. A23 162 |^The boat, which will offer two-hour cruises on Lake A23 163 Rotorua for up to 150 passengers, is expected to be completed A23 164 and ready for transporting to the lake in late September or A23 165 early October. A23 166 * A23 167 |*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0A new urban renewal scheme to A23 168 replace the community home improvement programme ({0*2CHIP}) A23 169 *0will be announced this month by the Housing Minister Phil A23 170 Goff, says a city planner. A23 171 |^The old programme expired at the end of last month. A23 172 |^The new programme would contain a package for the elderly, A23 173 neighbourhood renovation advice services and an up-grading in A23 174 the home improvement loans. A23 175 |^Discussions on the new programme would soon be held with A23 176 interested bodies such as the Housing Corporation and local A23 177 bodies. A23 178 |^Wellington City planner Ken Clarke said the corporation's A23 179 officials had advised him the minister was conscious of his A23 180 commitment to a new programme. A23 181 * A23 182 |*2WELLINGTON, ({0PA}). *- ^*0Dinner-suited diners in a A23 183 popular Wellington restaurant went berserk smashing glass and A23 184 throwing bleach, food and alcohol around the upstairs dining A23 185 room, says the restaurant manager. A23 186 |^The thousands of dollars worth of damage was apparently A23 187 part of an annual outing by members of a social cricket team, A23 188 manager and part-owner Mark Avery said. A23 189 |^\0Mr Avery and a waitress spent much of their weekend A23 190 trying to clean up the *"disgusting**" mess. A23 191 |^The group of 17 professional people, in their early and A23 192 mid-twenties, had booked into the Roxburgh restaurant on Friday A23 193 night to celebrate their annual prizegiving. A23 194 |^\0Mr Avery said he later found a typed piece of paper A23 195 awarding a prize to the person who paid the bill for cleaning A23 196 up another Wellington restaurant after last year's prizegiving. A23 197 * A23 198 * A23 199 |^Auckland search and rescue police feared today for the A23 200 safety of a West Auckland man, missing in the Waitakeres since A23 201 yesterday. ^Ian Wilson (38), of Mountain \0Rd, had been with a A23 202 party of about six people. ^Inspector Gerry Hugglestone said A23 203 the man had no safety equipment or extra clothing but had done A23 204 the walk previously. A23 205 * A23 206 |^Maori elders gathered at the Otawhiwhi Marae at Bowentown A23 207 for a special ceremony to dismantle by hand the old meeting A23 208 house, which has fallen into despair and has not been used for A23 209 many years. ^Marae members have nearly completed a new meeting A23 210 house nearby. A23 211 * A23 212 |^Milk vendors are seeking a rise of only 1.2 cents in the A23 213 cost of a bottle of milk, says National Union of Milk Vendors A23 214 president Ian Murray. ^The general manager of the Milk Board, A23 215 Hamish Turnball, recently said a bottle of milk could increase A23 216 by five cents. A23 217 * A23 218 |^Ministry of Transport figures show there are almost twice A23 219 as many drinking drivers on Tauranga roads than there were A23 220 three years ago. ^Figures compiled by Tauranga's chief traffic A23 221 officer, Senior Traffic Sergeant Fred Oakley, show that the A23 222 number of evidential breath tests given also rose markedly from A23 223 333 in 1983 to 628 last year. A23 224 * A23 225 |^Workers at the Glendermid Tannery at Sawyers Bay have A23 226 agreed to work a four-day week for four days' pay in an effort A23 227 to avoid redundancies. ^The 80 employees are working four A23 228 short weeks until April 21, when the situation will be A23 229 reviewed. A23 230 * A23 231 |^A diver working on the recovery of oil from the Mikhail A23 232 Lermontov is in Wellington Hospital after a dive near the A23 233 wreck. ^Ray Hatch of Wellington was listed in a satisfactory A23 234 condition, after a doctor found an air bubble trapped in a lung A23 235 cavity. A23 236 * A23 237 |^A weekend auction of flood-damaged antique furniture drew A23 238 an audience of 300 in Timaru and netted *+$83,000 for the 105 A23 239 items sold. ^About 150 bargain hunters from as far afield as A23 240 the Bay of Plenty and Invercargill payed **[SIC**] between *+$20 and A23 241 *+$4000 for items from a local antique shop damaged in the March A23 242 13 flood. A23 243 * A23 244 |^A New Zealand man has drowned in the Thomson River in A23 245 Queensland's central west. ^Longreach police said *4Stephan A23 246 Gordon Forester, *0of Christchurch, had been swimming with A23 247 friends when he disappeared. ^His body was recovered four A23 248 hours later. A23 249 * A23 250 |^Three young trampers lost in rugged West Coast bush over A23 251 the weekend walked out fit and well. ^The three, Michael A23 252 Richard Glayus (22) and Warwick John Taylor (22), both of A23 253 Wellington, and Gerald Pritchett (25), of Auckland, became A23 254 overdue on Friday and police mounted a search. A23 255 * A23 256 |^Disabled people have been asked to memorise the letters B A23 257 and J when travelling by air. A23 258 |^This advice comes from the {0NZ} Paraplegic and Physically A23 259 Disabled Federation on how to use toilet facilities on the new A23 260 Boeing 767 Aotearoa. A23 261 |^B and J are aisle seats on the new plane, strategically A23 262 placed near the toilets. ^The disabled person can get there in A23 263 a *"narrow wheelchair**" designed to move quickly down the A23 264 aisle. A23 265 |^The new toilet has a wide door with pull-across curtains A23 266 and grab rails for turbulent flights, and the aisle seats have A23 267 armrests that drop down so it's easy to get in and out. A23 268 |^*"Don't be surprised when a large covered truck arrives at A23 269 the end of the flight,**" the disabled newsletter says. A23 270 ^Wheelchair passengers are lifted to the door on the truck's A23 271 hydraulic tray. A23 272 *# A24 001 **[024 TEXT A24**] A24 002 *<*4Tourist found*> A24 003 *2HAMILTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0A Finnish tourist has been found A24 004 safe and well in Hamilton. A24 005 |^Police yesterday expressed concern for the safety of A24 006 Karsten Steen, 20, after some of his property was found near A24 007 the Waikato River. A24 008 |^\0Mr Steen turned up at the Hamilton police station A24 009 yesterday afternoon after the owner of the motel he was staying A24 010 at recognised his picture, which was published with a report A24 011 about his disappearance in the *"Waikato Times.**" A24 012 |^Despite the fact that a substantial amount of money and A24 013 his passport were among the recovered property, \0Mr Steen had A24 014 not thought to contact the police. A24 015 |^He still had enough money to survive on without the A24 016 missing money, Constable Tony Easter said. A24 017 *<*4Stop work by bus drivers*> A24 018 |^*0Christchurch Transport Board buses will be off the road A24 019 for about two hours tomorrow during a stop work meeting by A24 020 drivers. A24 021 |^The meeting scheduled for 10.30{0am} means bus services A24 022 will begin winding down about 9.15{0am}. ^They should be back A24 023 to normal by about 1.30{0pm}. A24 024 *<*4Shot fired at woman*> A24 025 |^*0Police scoured the Spreydon area today for a carload of A24 026 men who allegedly fired at a woman pedestrian. A24 027 |^A police spokesman said the woman, who had a child with A24 028 her, said she was shot at from a passing white Hillman Hunter A24 029 car near the corner of Barrington and Rose \0Sts about A24 030 12.40{0pm}. A24 031 |^Three European men were in the car which drove on and had A24 032 not been located by 1.15{0pm}. A24 033 |^The woman was shaken but unhurt. A24 034 |^*"At this stage we are assuming it was a shot which was A24 035 fired, as opposed to blanks,**" the spokesman said. A24 036 |^The Christchurch armed offenders squad was alerted after A24 037 the incident was reported but was later stood down. A24 038 *<*4Employers in pay talks*> A24 039 |*2AUCKLAND ({0PA}). *- ^*0Employers' Federation members A24 040 were meeting here today to plan tactics to keep wage rises to A24 041 about 6 per cent. A24 042 |^The meeting coincided with the lodging of a claim in A24 043 Wellington by rest-home workers for a 25 per cent pay rise and A24 044 further industrial action by Engineers' Union members to back A24 045 their claims. A24 046 |^Today's action, a strike at Wilson Portland Cement, now A24 047 involves a total of 6000 union members in the northern region. A24 048 |^Stage hands, who stopped the *"Pirates of Penzance**" show A24 049 for 30 minutes on Saturday over the breakdown of their award A24 050 talks, expect to hear by tomorrow night when talks with A24 051 employers were to resume. A24 052 *<*4{0PM} on trail for votes*> A24 053 * A24 054 |^*0The Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange hit the campaign trail A24 055 running today, beginning what promises to be a long run-up to A24 056 the next general election. A24 057 |^He started a tour of vital marginal electorates in A24 058 Hamilton. A24 059 |^Greeted at the airport by local Labour {0MP}s Trevor A24 060 Mallard and Bill Dillon *- both sitting on precariously thin A24 061 majorities *- \0Mr Lange embarked on a whirlwind tour. A24 062 |^First on the agenda was a tour of Fletcher Aluminium A24 063 \0Ltd, a new venture which will eventually employ 120 people in A24 064 a city hard-hit by the effects of the rural downturn. A24 065 |^Later in the day he was due to meet local business and A24 066 community leaders for lunch and a cruise on the Waipa Delta. A24 067 |^The visit to Hamilton is the first of a two-month A24 068 part-time 15-electorate tour testing the waters for the next A24 069 election. A24 070 |^The tour covers nine Labour marginal seats which the A24 071 Government will have to hold to stay in power, but also A24 072 includes six National marginal seats \0Mr Lange claims Labour A24 073 can win, including Rotorua, which he will visit tomorrow. A24 074 |^\0Mr Lange said the tour was *"designed to allow me to A24 075 make a decision which cannot be done from Wellington about how A24 076 we are viewed as a Government in the provincial marginal A24 077 electorates.**" A24 078 *<*4Gelignite sticks used*> A24 079 |*2NELSON ({0PA}). *- ^*0Nelson police have established that A24 080 two sticks of gelignite were used to blow up the Richmond A24 081 police patrol base early yesterday, but are still in the dark A24 082 about who was responsible for the attack. A24 083 |^Police have received no information from the public about A24 084 the explosion and have not established any motive for the A24 085 attack. A24 086 *<*4Petitioner wants action*> A24 087 * A24 088 |^*0Drink-drive petitioner, \0Mr Alan Boal, has slated the A24 089 Ministers of Justice and Transport for their lack of action on A24 090 his supplication. A24 091 |^Signed by 14,500 people in Canterbury and South A24 092 Canterbury, his petition was presented to the Minister of A24 093 Justice, \0Mr Palmer, in Christchurch early last month. A24 094 |^It called for harsher penalties for drunken drivers in an A24 095 attempt to reduce the road toll. A24 096 |^\0Mr Boal has had no word from either \0Mr Palmer or the A24 097 Minister of Transport, \0Mr Prebble, on whether changes are A24 098 proposed for the drink-dive laws. A24 099 |^*"It's been another appalling, horrifying weekend with 15 A24 100 people killed in road accidents.**" A24 101 |^A spokesman for \0Mr Prebble's office said both \0Mr A24 102 Prebble and \0Mr Palmer and their staff had discussed the A24 103 petition. A24 104 |^A reply had been posted to \0Mr Boal in the past few days. A24 105 |^However, \0Mr Boal has not yet received the letter. A24 106 *<*4Tracy doing well*> A24 107 |*2LONDON. *- ^*0Ten days after her second liver-transplant A24 108 operation, 11-year-old Southlander Tracy Holmes is making a A24 109 good recovery at her Cambridge hospital. A24 110 |^An Addenbrookes Hospital spokeswoman, \0Ms Celia White, said A24 111 Tracy's progress seemed to be satisfactory. A24 112 |^\0Ms White said it would probably be another two or three A24 113 months before Tracy would be able to return to New Zealand. A24 114 *<*4Car driver found dead*> A24 115 |*2AUCKLAND ({0PA}). *- ^*0Police say a 56-year-old man A24 116 found dead after a collision between his car and a bus last A24 117 night probably had a heart attack moments before the accident. A24 118 |^He was: *4Gordon William Watson McCulloch, *0a chemist, of A24 119 Birkenhead. A24 120 *<*4Shriek women given bail*> A24 121 |*2TAURANGA ({0PA}). *- ^*0Two women charged with the A24 122 knifepoint robbery of a \0Mt Maunganui taxi driver on Friday A24 123 night were remanded on bail today for the taking of depositions A24 124 on November 19. A24 125 |^Pania Louise Ohia, 21, solo mother, of Welcome Bay, and A24 126 Kelly Te Kirikau, 20, beneficiary, of no fixed address, were A24 127 granted bail by Judge Wilson in Tauranga Court yesterday. A24 128 |^But the judge reversed his decision and ordered them to be A24 129 remanded in custody after one of them gave a shriek of delight. A24 130 |^He freed them on bail of *+$10,000 today with a surety of A24 131 *+$9000 for each woman. A24 132 |^Judge Wilson said he had remanded the women in custody not A24 133 simply because one had given a shriek of delight but because A24 134 the incident indicated a certain irresponsibility. A24 135 |^Neither woman pleaded to the joint charge of robbing A24 136 Martin Ian Brady of *+$2.15 while armed with a knife. A24 137 |^\0Mr Brady is in Tauranga Hospital recovering from stab A24 138 wounds. A24 139 *<*4Jacket robbery charge denied*> A24 140 |^*0A youth robbed of a *+$200 leather jacket was later made A24 141 to push-start the offender's car, it was alleged in the A24 142 Christchurch District Court today. A24 143 |^Poiva James Fa'aaliga, 18, a sickness beneficiary, has A24 144 denied robbing the youth of his leather jacket and *+$25 on A24 145 September 19. A24 146 |^At a preliminary hearing, Fa'aaliga was remanded on *+$750 A24 147 bail to appear for a trial date on October 31 by \0Mrs {0C.M.} A24 148 Holmes and \0Mrs {0F.M.} Cox, Justices of the Peace. A24 149 |^Peter Andrew Owen, 18, said he and two 15-year-olds had A24 150 been waiting at a bus stop on Cashel \0St near England \0St. A24 151 |^A car with two occupants pulled up and the driver A24 152 Fa'aaliga said he wanted to fight him for his black leather A24 153 jacket. ^Not wanting to be hit, \0Mr Owen threw the jacket A24 154 into the car. A24 155 |^The car would not start and the three were made to push A24 156 it, he said. A24 157 |^Sergeant Tony Smith appeared for the police and \0Mrs A24 158 Deidre Orchard for Fa'aaliga. A24 159 *<*4Asylum sought by {0U.S.} man*> A24 160 |*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0An American has applied for A24 161 political asylum in New Zealand. A24 162 |^The man is understood to be a criminologist claiming to A24 163 have uncovered links between the {0CIA} and the Mafia, however A24 164 no details have been released by the Ministry of Foreign A24 165 Affairs. A24 166 |^Attempts have been made on his life, he said. A24 167 |^A Foreign Affairs official said today applicants for A24 168 political asylum must have a genuine fear of persecution on A24 169 political, religious or other grounds. A24 170 |^*"This must be objectively sustainable.**" A24 171 |^These criteria were set out in the 1951 {0UN} convention A24 172 on refugees' status to which New Zealand was a signatory. A24 173 |^The official was not prepared to comment on any particular A24 174 case while it was being considered. A24 175 |^Over the years New Zealand has had quite a number of A24 176 cases. ^He did not give details on those. A24 177 |^Last month a Soviet seaman sought permanent residence in A24 178 New Zealand after deciding not to return to his fishing vessel A24 179 berthed in Dunedin. A24 180 |^He said he was not seeking political asylum. ^Having a A24 181 valid temporary permit *- due to expire on November 6 *- he was A24 182 able to stay legally while his application was being processed. A24 183 *<*4Bottles thrown*> A24 184 |*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0Beer bottles were thrown at a A24 185 Ministry of Transport patrol car when guests at a party tried A24 186 to help an arrested man escape on Saturday night, police said. A24 187 |^The incident began when two officers in the patrol car A24 188 chased a suspected drunken driver along the Hutt motorway A24 189 towards Wellington. A24 190 |^After stopping his car, the man got out and tried to run A24 191 away, pursued by the two officers. A24 192 |^They soon caught him and brought him back to the patrol A24 193 car. ^However a guest leaving a nearby party tried to trip up A24 194 one of the officers. ^As he drove away, other guests started A24 195 throwing beer bottles. A24 196 |^Police later arrested two people who were charged with A24 197 depositing dangerous litter. A24 198 |^The arrested driver will appear in the Wellington District A24 199 Court on Thursday. A24 200 *<*4Obstruction alleged*> A24 201 |*2AUCKLAND ({0PA}). *- ^{0HART} *0supporters protesting A24 202 against the live telecast of the All Black-France rugby test to A24 203 South Africa prevented employees entering Television New A24 204 Zealand's Shortland \0St studios, a court was told. A24 205 |^Four {0HART} supporters appeared before Judge Deobhakta in A24 206 the Auckland District Court. A24 207 |^Andrew James Campbell Aitkenhead, 53, a \0Mt Wellington A24 208 unemployment officer, and Marx Jones, 37, a Herne Bay builder, A24 209 were charged with obstructing police. A24 210 |^Jones' mother, Margaret Burnett Jones, 66, retired, of A24 211 Henderson, and Graeme Alastair Keall, 50, a Forest Hill A24 212 teacher, were charged with trespassing. A24 213 |^The court was told that on June 28, the day of the French A24 214 test, about 30 protesters were assembled on the footpath and on A24 215 the steps in front of the \0TV studio doors, chanting A24 216 *"shame,**" *"pull the plug**" and *"don't transmit.**" A24 217 |^A {0TVNZ} employee, Russell Henry Fox, said he arrived at A24 218 the studio and asked, unsuccessfully, to be let through the A24 219 group of protesters so he could get inside. ^He also tried to A24 220 push his way through. A24 221 |^A security guard, Neville Cyril Collins, said some of the A24 222 protesters tried to force their way through the front doors A24 223 while another persisted in ringing the doorbell. A24 224 |^Judge Deobhakta reserved judgement for two weeks. A24 225 *<*4Sheep deal*> A24 226 |*2HAMILTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0Cambridge-based New Zealand A24 227 Agricultural Exports has won approval for its planned sheep A24 228 export deal to the Middle East. A24 229 |^The deal has been approved by the government-appointed A24 230 Committee on Live Sheep Exports and means the company will A24 231 supply Saudi Arabia with 500,000 long-tailed ram lambs. A24 232 |^All the lambs will go to the Saudi Livestock Transport and A24 233 Trading Company, which last year bought 270,000 ram lambs from A24 234 Agricultural Exports, its general manager, \0Mr Graeme James, A24 235 said. A24 236 *<*4Andersen seeks seat on {0FOL}*> A24 237 |*2AUCKLAND ({0PA}). *- ^*0\0Mr Bill Andersen will try to A24 238 regain his seat on the Federation of Labour's national A24 239 executive. A24 240 |^\0Mr Andersen, the president of the Auckland Trades A24 241 Council, said he had been nominated for the vacancy created on A24 242 the executive by the resignation of \0Mr Rob Campbell. A24 243 |^At the {0FOL} conference in May, \0Mr Andersen did not A24 244 seek re-election because he wanted to devote more time to trade A24 245 union affairs in Auckland. A24 246 |^He said yesterday that \0Mr Campbell's resignation had A24 247 caused him to reappraise his position. A24 248 *<*4Stolen Mini beached*> A24 249 |^*0A stolen blue Mini was beached at South Brighton at the A24 250 weekend, its wheels and number plates removed. A24 251 |^The car was driven on to the beach near the South Brighton A24 252 Surf Club on Saturday night. A24 253 *<*4Union, health clinic*> A24 254 |*2AUCKLAND ({0PA}). *- ^*0The Government has offered a A24 255 trade union a three-year funding contract to set up a health A24 256 clinic providing cheap medical care for workers in South A24 257 Auckland. A24 258 |^The offer, to the Northern Hotel and Hospital Workers A24 259 Union, is estimated to be worth *+$40,000 a year for each A24 260 doctor hired. ^Other subsidies and grants are expected to A24 261 boost that figure to *+$80,000 a doctor. A24 262 |^The union says it intends to hire four doctors and expects A24 263 more than 10,000 patients to register with the clinic. A24 264 |^It says the level of funding offered means it will be able A24 265 to keep patient charges to about *+$5, while paying a senior A24 266 doctor between *+$60,000 and *+$70,000 a year. A24 267 |^Funding for the experimental clinic will be based on the A24 268 *"broad principles**" of a Board of Health report on dual A24 269 funding, which suggests the state pay roughly half of the gross A24 270 income of general practitioners. A24 271 |^Both the union and the Minister of Health, \0Dr Bassett, A24 272 see the clinic as a possible blueprint for future cheap health A24 273 care for lower paid workers. A24 274 *# A25 001 **[025 TEXT A25**] A25 002 *<*2NEWSFRONT*> A25 003 *<*4Stopwork will halt trains*> A25 004 |^*0All suburban train services in the Wellington area will A25 005 stop tomorrow morning because of a stopwork meeting by train A25 006 guards. ^The guards' meeting will start at 10{0am}. ^All A25 007 suburban trains will operate as normal up to and including the A25 008 following services: _Wellington to Paraparaumu 7.55{0am}, A25 009 Paraparaumu to Wellington 9{0am}, Wellington to Porirua A25 010 8.23{0am}, Porirua to Wellington 8.50{0am}, Wellington to Upper A25 011 Hutt 8.05{0am}, Upper Hutt to Wellington 9{0am}, Wellington to A25 012 Johnsonville 9.06{0am}, Johnsonville to Wellington 9.30{0am}. A25 013 ^Secretary of Wellington branch of the National Union of A25 014 Railwaymen Joe Haenga said the guards will be discussing the A25 015 new two-man train crew system which has yet to be implemented A25 016 in the Wellington region. ^If the new rosters for the two-man A25 017 system are adopted the number of guards employed by the A25 018 corporation in Wellington will drop from 75 to 52. ^*"We are A25 019 not happy about it,**" \0Mr Haenga said. A25 020 *<*4Jail for *'vicious**' attack*> A25 021 |^*0The president of a Lower Hutt chapter of the Mongrel Mob A25 022 was yesterday sent to prison for six months for a *"vicious**" A25 023 attack on another man. ^Appearing in the Lower Hutt District A25 024 Court was Tai Anthony Pairama, 27, works trust supervisor of A25 025 Pomare. ^He had earlier pleaded guilty to injuring with A25 026 intent. ^Judge {0J D} Rabone said that during the assault, A25 027 which took place on November 13 in Lower Hutt, Pairama smashed A25 028 a bottle over a man*'s head, punched him in the face and then A25 029 smashed a half-pint glass over his head. ^Counsel Annabel A25 030 Clayton said there was a domestic background to the assault A25 031 which her client did not want to elaborate on. ^Pairama A25 032 presented a dilemma *- on the **[SIC**] hand A25 033 he had a long list of criminal convictions, on the other he A25 034 had an excellent work record and a great deal of commitment to A25 035 his family, said \0Ms Clayton. ^He was not willing to give up A25 036 his Mongrel Mob membership. A25 037 *<*4Persian carpets stolen*> A25 038 |^*0Wellington Police are warning people against *"buying A25 039 cheap Christmas presents for mum,**" after three reported A25 040 thefts of Persian carpets around the Capital. ^Hand-knotted A25 041 Iranian carpets worth *+$70,000 were reported stolen from a car A25 042 parked outside Quality Inn early Thursday morning. ^The A25 043 complainant firm is Persian Carpet Trading Company \0Ltd. A25 044 ^Detective Inspector Martin Sears said it was the third A25 045 reported theft of Persian carpets in six weeks. A25 046 *<*4Caught three times*> A25 047 |^*0A *"very sorry 20-year-old**" breakfasted at Wellington A25 048 Central Police Station today after being caught three times A25 049 last night, driving while disqualified. A25 050 |^Ministry of Transport Senior Sergeant Derek Chapman said A25 051 the young Porirua man was first stopped in his car at A25 052 Featherston Street about 12.45{0am}. ^A police patrol spoke to A25 053 him before letting him carry on. ^However, traffic officers A25 054 stopped him 10 minutes later and when a test indicated he was A25 055 over the legal breath-alcohol limit, escorted him back to A25 056 Pearse House. ^Under investigation it was found the man had A25 057 supplied false information. ^The original police patrol was A25 058 called. ^It was later found the man was a disqualified driver. A25 059 ^He was arrested and taken to central police station. ^After A25 060 the police had done their paperwork he was put on bail and A25 061 released about 3{0am}. A25 062 |^The man then wandered back to his car parked outside A25 063 Pearse House. ^But as he drove around the corner a traffic A25 064 patrol appeared from the building and caught him. ^This time a A25 065 breath test proved negative. ^He was taken back into police A25 066 custody. ^He faces three charges of driving while disqualified A25 067 and one of drunken driving. A25 068 |^Last night 1053 motorists were stopped at 14 checkpoints A25 069 around the Capital, but although 14 were breath-tested none are A25 070 to face further action. A25 071 *<*4Vandal's mess cleared*> A25 072 |^*0Masterton's East School was open again today after A25 073 staff, parents and commercial cleaners spent yesterday clearing A25 074 up a mess left by weekend vandals. ^Principal Eric Fraser said A25 075 children at the primary school would be able to have their A25 076 final festivities before holidays started at the end of the A25 077 week. ^Workers cleaned up broken glass, splashed milk, ink, A25 078 water and smashed equipment. ^Masterton Police said two A25 079 13-year-olds had been caught for the vandalism spree and were A25 080 referred to police youth aid. A25 081 *<*4Crowd watched as police were attacked*> A25 082 |^*0Two police officers were attacked, one having his shirt A25 083 ripped from his back, while a crowd stood by in Taradale. A25 084 |^Sergeant Mark Devon said it appeared the crowd, many A25 085 thought to be residents, were quite content to watch while the A25 086 incident took place on Saturday night. A25 087 |^He said two plainclothes officers stopped a car with three A25 088 people in it at 5{0pm} and were immediately set upon. A25 089 |^While the officers struggled to subdue their attackers a A25 090 crowd formed and stood by watching. A25 091 |^Three people were arrested and charged with assault on A25 092 police, resisting arrest, intentional damage and obstruction. A25 093 *- {0NZPA} A25 094 *<*4Public invited by foundation to give views*> A25 095 |^*0A recent report on services for the handicapped showed A25 096 that 50 percent of disabled people have more than one A25 097 disability, even though services tend to cater for only a A25 098 single area of handicap or professional interest. A25 099 |^Coinciding with the report, the Royal New Zealand A25 100 Foundation for the Blind has released its review on the place A25 101 and function of Homai College, the national centre for visually A25 102 impaired children in Auckland. A25 103 |^Foundation director Geoff Gibbs said that in studying the A25 104 reviews it was important to focus on total issues rather than A25 105 on specific interests segments. A25 106 |^*"We will welcome additional observations and comments A25 107 from the general public.**" A25 108 |^Written submissions can be made to the foundation, Private A25 109 Bag, Auckland until February 3. A25 110 *<*4Appeal boosted*> A25 111 |^*0The Royal New Zealand Foundation for the Blind's Talking A25 112 Book Library fundraising campaign was given a boost recently A25 113 with a *+$20,000 donation. A25 114 |^It came from the {0J R} McKenzie Trust, and pushed the A25 115 total amount raised to more than *+$500,000. ^The foundation A25 116 has a final target of *+$2 million. A25 117 *<*4Wal, dog star hits*> A25 118 |^*0Footrot Flats *- The Dog's Tail/ Tale has created new box A25 119 office records by grossing *+$300,000 in its first weekend of A25 120 release. A25 121 |^Co-producer John Barnett said yesterday: ^*"This is the A25 122 biggest opening of a New Zealand film and one of the biggest of A25 123 any film in New Zealand history.**" A25 124 |^He said the film had been a sell-out success across the A25 125 country. ^*"The response has been enthusiastic from all age A25 126 groups and from cities and towns alike.**" A25 127 *- {0NZPA} A25 128 *<*4Break-out would tap Capital's potential*> A25 129 |^*0Wellington needs to break out of its adolescent A25 130 inferiority complex and realise it has great marketing A25 131 opportunities, says Director of the Porirua Business A25 132 Development Council Richard Mayson. A25 133 |^\0Mr Mayson has just returned from Perth where he was A25 134 responsible for the Wellington regional stand at the Perth A25 135 America's Cup International Exposition. A25 136 |^It was a 10-day extravaganza at which New Zealand was well A25 137 represented with Te Maori stand and displays of woollen A25 138 apparel, ceramics, a paua craft and other tourist-related A25 139 stands, he said. A25 140 |^Wellington was the only regional stand at the New Zealand A25 141 pavilion. A25 142 |^Of the thousands of people who poured through the A25 143 pavilion, many commented on the presence of the Wellington A25 144 stand and the absence of any Auckland representation, said \0Mr A25 145 Mayson. A25 146 |^*"That in itself was a coup.**" ^Wellington has a lot to A25 147 sell and market, but it had to believe in itself, he said. A25 148 ^*"Wellington could eat Perth in terms of economic development, A25 149 investment climate, services and social sophistication. A25 150 |^*"In fact, it could compete with any Australian city *- A25 151 the Australian economy can be likened to a 1967 Morris Oxford A25 152 at the moment.**" A25 153 |^The backdrop to the Wellington stand was a huge photograph A25 154 of the harbour and city, taken from Roseneath. A25 155 |^It generated a great deal of interest from people from A25 156 many different countries, said \0Mr Mayson. A25 157 |^People were interested in all aspects of the city *- the A25 158 views, activities and the retail sector. A25 159 |^*"We are right at the forefront of marketing our own A25 160 region and for that reason we will pick up on the appropriate A25 161 opportunities.**" A25 162 *<*4Babe shut in hot car*> A25 163 |^*0Sydenham police yesterday warned people against leaving A25 164 children and animals shut in cars on hot days, after they had A25 165 to rescue a dehydrated baby girl from her mother's car. A25 166 |^A woman passer-by reported the baby, aged about two, to be A25 167 alone in the car in a distressed condition about 11.50{0am}. A25 168 |^The car was parked in the Sydenham Mall carpark and the A25 169 temperature outside was at least 20 degrees. A25 170 |^Constable Norm Sloan, said that the baby was taken to the A25 171 Sydenham police station where she was given water. A25 172 |^Police had left a note on the car and the mother arrived A25 173 soon afterwards. A25 174 |^The baby had been left in the car about 35 minutes before A25 175 she was rescued. A25 176 *- {0NZPA} A25 177 *<*6IN SHORT*> A25 178 *<*4Power failure unexplained*> A25 179 |^*0The cause of a massive electricity short-circuit which A25 180 plunged most of Christchurch into darkness early today is A25 181 still a mystery to the Electricity Department. A25 182 |^*"Often in cases of power cuts we find traces of a bird *- A25 183 feathers *- telling us it must have flown across a critical A25 184 part of the system. ^But so far we have found nothing like A25 185 that here,**" said Ian Craigou, Christchurch substation A25 186 superintendent. A25 187 |^The major inconvenience seemed to be to the thousands of A25 188 households without electricity until 7.07{0am}. A25 189 *<*4Parliament sitting*> A25 190 |^*0Parliament resumes today for its last three sitting days A25 191 of the year, but the vagaries of parliamentary rules could A25 192 stretch the time. ^Standing orders say if urgency is taken on A25 193 a certain day, that day continues until urgency is broken. ^It A25 194 is hoped the House will rise for Christmas on Thursday night, A25 195 but Chief Government Whip \0Dr Michael Cullen said today there A25 196 was a *"faint possibility**" {0MP}s would still be here on A25 197 Saturday if urgency were taken. ^He said there were *"about a A25 198 dozen**" pieces of business on the order paper the Government A25 199 would like to get through and eight or nine bills for A25 200 introduction. A25 201 *<*4Milk venture proposal*> A25 202 |^*0A joint venture between the Wellington City Council Milk A25 203 Department and the Manawatu Co-op Dairy Company, forming the A25 204 biggest milk processing unit in the lower North Island, may be A25 205 announced before Christmas. ^Talks have been continuing for A25 206 several months, and follow government deregulation of the A25 207 industry. ^The discussions with Manawatu include the supply, A25 208 processing, packaging and distribution of town milk, associated A25 209 milk products and compatible secondary products. A25 210 *<*4Cannabis flourishes*> A25 211 |^*0Cannabis plants are flourishing in muggy weather around A25 212 Wanganui, local police say, with three garden plots discovered A25 213 in the Santoft Forest. ^Police removed 90 plants from the A25 214 forest, 30\0km out of Wanganui. ^Meanwhile *"normal visits**" A25 215 around town are yielding many plants, but not in great numbers, A25 216 Detective Wayne Mills said. ^One woman was caught with 100 A25 217 cannabis bullets, selling from her home. ^A 23-year-old was to A25 218 appear in the Wanganui District Court today charged with A25 219 possession for supply. A25 220 *<*4Council starts centre*> A25 221 |^*0Work on the Wellington City Council's first childcare A25 222 centre starts today with mayor Jim Belich due to turn the sod A25 223 on the Hugh Street, Newtown, site. ^It is the first time the A25 224 council has had a childcare centre of its employees and it is A25 225 expected to be ready in mid-April. ^The council has set aside A25 226 *+$195,000 for the centre which will cater for 24 children. A25 227 *<*4{0ACC} levy announcement*> A25 228 |^*0New Accident Compensation Corporation ({0ACC}) levies A25 229 will probably be announced before Christmas, a spokesman for A25 230 the Minister responsible for {0ACC}, Stan Rodger, said today. A25 231 ^The new levies were not discussed by Cabinet yesterday, but A25 232 will probably be considered by the last Cabinet meeting of the A25 233 year on Friday and the new rates announced shortly before A25 234 Christmas, he said. A25 235 *<*4Views on coinage wanted*> A25 236 |^*0A nationwide survey on coinage will be carried out in A25 237 February. A25 238 |^The survey of 1600 people throughout New Zealand is to be A25 239 carried out by the National Research Bureau for Treasury. ^It A25 240 is part of a currency review being conducted by former Internal A25 241 Affairs secretary Jack Searle. A25 242 |^\0Mr Searle said today that the survey was expected to be A25 243 pilot tested before Christmas to ensure it was well designed. A25 244 |^One of the things he wanted to know was people's views on A25 245 one and two cent coins. A25 246 *<*4Little value*> A25 247 |^*0\0Mr Searle said the one and two cent coins had very A25 248 little value and many people treated them with contempt. ^They A25 249 were worth less than it cost to make them. ^Although it is A25 250 politically sensitive it is possible that the review might A25 251 recommend the phasing out of these coins. A25 252 *<*4Airport decision sought*> A25 253 |^*0Wellington City Council officials hope to meet Transport A25 254 Minister Richard Prebble tonight to get a decision on the A25 255 Capital's airport terminal buildings. A25 256 |^Forty minutes of discussions between \0Mr Prebble, Mayor A25 257 Jim Belich, airport authority head \0Cr Helene Ritchie and A25 258 Ministry of Transport officials yesterday failed to reach a A25 259 decision. A25 260 |^The council resolved last week to allow Ansett New Zealand A25 261 to build a terminal at the airport as the first stage of a A25 262 grander council proposal. A25 263 |^\0Mr Prebble said yesterday that it was a decision between A25 264 the council's proposal and Ansett's original stand-alone A25 265 terminal. ^He said it was a matter of *"technicalities**" and A25 266 not a political issue. A25 267 *# A26 001 **[026 TEXT A26**] A26 002 *<*4Charged with murder*> A26 003 *<*0{0NZPA} Christchurch*> A26 004 |^Police said a 32-year-old unemployed man was arrested at A26 005 Rangiora yesterday and charged with the murder of Louisa A26 006 Domadran, the Christchurch girl who has been missing for six A26 007 days. A26 008 |^The man, who is unemployed and comes from the A26 009 Kaiapoi-Rangiora area, would appear in the District Court in A26 010 Christchurch today. ^He was being held in custody overnight at A26 011 the Christchurch Central Police Station. A26 012 |^Christchurch police would give no more details about the A26 013 man last night, saying the matter was now before the courts. A26 014 |^The man has been charged with murder while the body of his A26 015 alleged victim is still missing. A26 016 |^Detective Inspector Mal Griebel, who heads the A26 017 investigation, said last night that the search for the body of A26 018 Louisa, 6, would continue. ^The police were *"very A26 019 confident**" that it would be found. A26 020 |^More than 100 searchers, including soldiers from Burnham A26 021 Military Camp and police, continued to comb the banks of the A26 022 Waimakariri River yesterday. A26 023 |^The searchers are looking in an area where six days ago A26 024 two whitebaiters told the police they saw the body of a girl in A26 025 the river. A26 026 |^It was the same day that Louisa was last seen alive, A26 027 walking home from Bromley Primary School. A26 028 |^\0Mr Griebel praised the public for their help in the A26 029 investigation. A26 030 |^*"It was a real team effort *- the public and my own A26 031 staff. A26 032 |^*"The public response to the requests for information has A26 033 played a big part.**" A26 034 |^However, \0Mr Griebel said that those on the inquiry had A26 035 been saddened when it was realised that Louisa was dead. A26 036 |^*"We would have dearly loved to have found that little A26 037 girl alive.**" A26 038 |^The police were certain that she was dead because of the A26 039 time she was missing, the sighting of a body in the river, the A26 040 discovery of her clothing, and *"other circumstances**". A26 041 |^Her back-pack and clothing were found *"in the vicinity A26 042 of Kaiapoi**" at the weekend. A26 043 |^\0Mr Griebel said that the man arrested had been spoken to A26 044 by the police at *"various stages over the last few days**". A26 045 *<*4Floods cost *+$30m*> A26 046 |^*0The final cost of damage caused by the historic March A26 047 floods in South Canterbury and North Otago has been set at A26 048 *+$30 million. A26 049 |^In a report to the Insurance Industry Council, \0Mr John A26 050 Doggett, the chairman of the insurance emergency committee set A26 051 up at the time of the flood, said commercial damage amounted to A26 052 *+$20 million while domestic damage was *+$10 million. A26 053 |^More than 360 houses were damaged, with 40 to 50 (some A26 054 being holiday bachs and below-standard accommodation) being A26 055 uninsured. A26 056 |^\0Mr Doggett said the insurance emergency committee A26 057 received about 20 complaints as to the methods of settlement of A26 058 claims and payouts. ^But, he said, in every instance when the A26 059 complaints were followed-up with the company concerned, A26 060 invariably the matter was rectified. A26 061 |^The co-operation between all insurance offices was of the A26 062 highest level and at no time was there any friction, \0Mr A26 063 Doggett said. A26 064 |^*"We all had the one aim, to present a united front and to A26 065 settle the claims fairly with all parties involved.**" A26 066 *<*4Wave fears recede*> A26 067 *<*0{0NZPA} Auckland*> A26 068 |^Fears of a seismic wave proved groundless following a A26 069 strong earthquake which shook the South Pacific last night A26 070 about 1000\0km north-east of New Zealand near the sparsely A26 071 populated Kermadec Islands. A26 072 |^The quake, which registered eight on the Richter scale, A26 073 occurred at 6.52{0pm} in the Kermadec Island-Tonga trench area. A26 074 |^Civil Defence authorities began a tsunami watch about A26 075 8{0pm} after notification by the Pacific warning centre in A26 076 Honolulu. ^But Civil Defence official \0Mr Doug Bent told the A26 077 Press Association the watch was cancelled three hours later. A26 078 |^A wave measuring less than 10\0cms had been recorded in A26 079 Western Samoa which meant *"there sure won't be a tidal wave A26 080 here**", \0Mr Bent said. A26 081 *<*4*'No**' to Soviet sub*> A26 082 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A26 083 |^Defence officials now believe it *"most unlikely**" there A26 084 was a submarine operating in the Cook Islands in February, the A26 085 Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, said yesterday. A26 086 |^\0Mr Lange said he had been told initially there was a A26 087 submarine there, and his feeling was that it was Russian, but A26 088 defence advice about it was later *"amended and then A26 089 negated**". A26 090 |^The submarine was supposedly tracked by the Air Force A26 091 using Orion aircraft and sonar buoys but \0Mr Lange said A26 092 analysis of the results meant the Ministry of Defence could not A26 093 be sure what they heard was a submarine. A26 094 *<*4Man admits attempt to kill after sex shop abduction*> A26 095 *<*0{0NZPA} Christchurch*> A26 096 |^A man accused of the kidnap, sexual assault and attempted A26 097 murder of a Christchurch sex shop assistant, pleaded guilty to A26 098 all charges yesterday. A26 099 |^John Douglas Bennett, flanked by three prison officers, A26 100 appeared briefly in the dock of the High Court yesterday to A26 101 admit the four counts arising from of the incident. A26 102 |^In a hoarse, muted voice, Bennett, 31, pleaded guilty to A26 103 the knife point abduction of the 25-year-old woman from the A26 104 Cupid Adult Boutique with intent to have sexual intercourse; A26 105 the theft of *+$54.25 from the Cupid Shop and assaulting the A26 106 woman with intent to sexually violate her. ^Bennett hesitated A26 107 fleetingly before pleading guilty to the fourth and final count A26 108 *- attempting to murder the woman. A26 109 |^\0Mr Justice Holland remanded him in custody for sentence A26 110 on 29 October after Bennett's counsel, \0Mr Nigel Hampton, A26 111 tendered what he called *"quite a volume**" of psychological A26 112 and neurological reports on Bennett dating back to 1972. A26 113 |^In addition to these, said \0Mr Justice Holland, he was A26 114 calling for a probation report before Bennett came up for A26 115 sentence. A26 116 |^Bennett's plea came after a preliminary hearing in which A26 117 the Crown called evidence to establish that the woman was A26 118 subjected to sexual indecencies after the abduction and then A26 119 hung by a cord around her neck from a water tank until she lost A26 120 consciousness. A26 121 |^The Crown called evidence that the woman was working alone A26 122 in the sex shop when Bennett entered shortly before lunchtime A26 123 and abducted her at knifepoint. A26 124 |^She was forced to drive Bennett in her husband's car to an A26 125 isolated area near Birdlings Flat. ^There she was made to A26 126 strip naked and various sexual indecencies took place before A26 127 she was hung from a water tank until she lost consciousness. A26 128 |^About 2.15 that day, the car rolled on Birches \0Rd, A26 129 Lincoln, and the naked woman was found near the boot. ^Her A26 130 hands were tied, she had been gagged with her bra and was A26 131 extensively injured. A26 132 *<*4Health promotion*> A26 133 |^*0The promotion of health for adolescents is the subject A26 134 of a three-day course for South Island public health nurses A26 135 starting in Timaru today. A26 136 |^The 20 nurses attending the course will hear from a A26 137 variety of speakers and will also visit Mountainview High A26 138 School. A26 139 |^Subjects to be covered include dental and occupational A26 140 health, sexuality, anorexia, understanding money matters, the A26 141 needs of Maori youth, teenage parenthood and drug and alcohol A26 142 abuse. A26 143 |^There will also be case studies on solving problems for A26 144 the adolescent. A26 145 *<*4Gangs report confidential*> A26 146 |^*0A report detailing Government funding of work schemes A26 147 carried out by Timaru gangs is being kept under wraps by the A26 148 police. A26 149 |^A request by The Timaru Herald for the release of the A26 150 report under the Official Information Act was denied yesterday. A26 151 |^The head of crime and operations at police headquarters, A26 152 Assistant Commissioner Stuart McEwen, said that good reason A26 153 existed for keeping the report confidential in the meantime. A26 154 |^He said the information sought was protected by section 6 A26 155 (c) of the Official Information Act. A26 156 |^It states: ^*"Good reason for withholding information exist A26 157 **[SIC**] if making available that information would be likely to A26 158 prejudice the maintenance of the law, including the prevention, A26 159 investigation and detection of offences and the right to a fair A26 160 trial**". A26 161 |^Both the police and the Labour Department are A26 162 investigating claims that South Island gangs were paid more A26 163 than they should have been paid for work schemes. A26 164 |^The departments of Maori Affairs and Social Welfare are A26 165 also assisting in the investigations. A26 166 |^\0Mr McEwen said that because of the public interest in A26 167 the matter he would reconsider the release of information once A26 168 the inquiries had been completed. A26 169 *<*4Overseas trip for farming leader*> A26 170 |^*1\0Mr Bruce Anderson, Fairlie dominion chairman of the A26 171 meat and wool section of Federated Farmers, leaves today on a A26 172 five-week overseas trip that will take him to the United A26 173 States, the United Kingdom and Japan. A26 174 |^On the tour he will address the International Federation A26 175 of Agricultural Producers' annual conference in Denver, A26 176 Colorado, on the subject of animal welfare and international A26 177 trade. A26 178 |^He will also chair a conference session on sheepmeats. A26 179 ^And he will visit New York and Toronto, Canada, to study the A26 180 operations of Devco and Atlanta, Georgia, to assess the work of A26 181 the International Wool Secretariat in its promotion of carpet A26 182 wools. A26 183 *<*4Cannabis season under way*> A26 184 |^*0Cannabis growers in South Canterbury are in business for A26 185 another season, and Timaru police have appealed to the public A26 186 for assistance in catching offenders. A26 187 |^Superintendent Gordon Knight asked that people report A26 188 suspicious activities, especially around riverbeds. ^Frequent A26 189 visits by strangers to remote spots were a tell-tale sign, he A26 190 said. A26 191 |^\0Mr Knight said that police would be conducting their A26 192 usual inquiries, but any help from the public was appreciated. A26 193 |^The first cannabis find of the season was made on A26 194 Saturday, when Temuka police recovered 58 plants from a Waitohi A26 195 farm. A26 196 *<*4339 drivers checked*> A26 197 |^*0Random stopping in South Canterbury is still producing a A26 198 high proportion of drinking drivers, Traffic Sergeant {0A.D.} A26 199 Mackay of the Timaru Ministry of Transport said yesterday. A26 200 |^The {0MOT} began its pre-Christmas blitz on Thursday, and A26 201 from then until Sunday 339 motorists were stopped, of whom 19 A26 202 were given roadside tests, and 13 of that number also given A26 203 evidential breath tests. A26 204 |^He said 11 officers were deployed on random stopping A26 205 during the four days. A26 206 *<*4Retailer reviews {0GST} labelling*> A26 207 |^*0A national retailer is reviewing its {0GST} labelling A26 208 following a run of complaints, including several from Timaru. A26 209 |^The firm is Placemakers, which operates hardware and A26 210 builder supply outlets throughout the country. A26 211 |^Deputy director of the {0GST} Co-ordinating Office in A26 212 Wellington, \0Ms \0M. Goddard, said the company maintains the A26 213 price system it has been operating is best from the consumers' A26 214 point of view. A26 215 |^It is the label prices plus the 10 per cent {0GST}. ^The A26 216 company also claims that two thirds of its customers are A26 217 builders who can claim back credits. ^The company believes A26 218 that total pricing leaves the way clear for extra costs to be A26 219 slipped in along with the {0GST}. A26 220 |^\0Ms Goddard doesn't believe there has been any attempt by A26 221 the company to mislead customers. A26 222 |^Rather, she said, it genuinely believes it is acting in A26 223 their best interests... and there is no law against what it is A26 224 doing. A26 225 |^However, \0Ms Goddard said the company has found itself out A26 226 of step with a lot of its customers and, after consultation A26 227 with the {0GST} co-ordinating office, is reviewing its A26 228 situation. A26 229 |^She said the public at large seems to want pricing to A26 230 include {0GST}. A26 231 *<*4New consumer post in ministry*> A26 232 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A26 233 |^The newly-established Ministry of Consumer Affairs is to A26 234 have an assistant secretary to co-ordinate its activities. A26 235 |^Consumer Affairs director, \0Ms Elizabeth Sewell, said the A26 236 position is a new one, and the *+$55,000 to *+$64,000 salary A26 237 range is the lowest of the assistant secretary positions. A26 238 |^*"It's a small ministry with a total staff of 12,**" she A26 239 said. A26 240 |^*"A lot of work will have to be contracted out, but it is A26 241 better to start small and be successful and build from that.**" A26 242 |^*"There's not a lot of money and not a lot of people and A26 243 we'll be working closely with the community and the A26 244 Government.**" A26 245 |^\0Ms Sewell said the assistant secretary's job would be to A26 246 promote the ministry's work and to *"listen to what the A26 247 community and consumer want and to implement that wherever A26 248 feasible.**" A26 249 |^The assistant secretary will be working with a wide range A26 250 of community groups such as Citizens Advice Bureau, legal aid A26 251 groups and Maori and Pacific Island groups. A26 252 *<*6BUSINESS IN BRIEF...*> A26 253 *<*4{0FTC} to be de-listed*> A26 254 |^*0Farmers Trading \0Co \0Ltd will be removed from the A26 255 Stock Exchange list after close of trading on 31 October, A26 256 following completion of its takeover by Chase \0Corp \0Ltd. A26 257 ^The exchange said yesterday that acceptances for the Chase A26 258 offer now exceeded 90 per cent and Chase had confirmed its A26 259 intention to acquire the remaining shares, under Companies Act A26 260 provisions, as soon as it could. *- {0NZPA}, Wellington. A26 261 *<*4{0FCL} buys 9.9\0pc of Goodman*> A26 262 |^*0Fletcher Challenge \0Ltd has bought a 9.9 per cent A26 263 shareholding in Goodman Fielder \0Ltd for *+$\0A133.6 million A26 264 (*+${0NZ}170.9 million), {0FCL}'s chairman, Sir Ronald Trotter, A26 265 said last night. ^The purchase of 36,905,335 shares was made A26 266 from Arnotts \0Ltd at the market price of \0A362 cents per A26 267 share. ^Fletcher Challenge will buy the holding by issuing to A26 268 Arnotts 25 million {0FCL} shares at yesterday's market price of A26 269 {0NZ}514 cents per share, ex final dividend, with the balance A26 270 being in cash. *- {0NZPA}, Wellington. A26 271 *<*4{0Wiljef} removed from {0SE} list*> A26 272 |^*0Williamson Jeffery \0Ltd has been removed from the Stock A26 273 Exchange list following virtual completion of the takeover by A26 274 Whitcoulls Group \0Ltd, a Brierley subsidiary. ^The name of A26 275 the former Coal and Energy New Zealand \0Ltd has been changed A26 276 to Advantage \0Corp \0Ltd. *- {0NZPA}, Wellington A26 277 *<*4{0NI} meat firms to merge*> A26 278 |^*0Two Gisborne meat companies are to merge as part of the A26 279 continued restructuring of the North Island meat industry. A26 280 ^\0Mr Athol Hutton, the managing-director of Waitaki A26 281 International, which owns Advanced Meat \0Ltd, and \0Mr Peter A26 282 Johnston, the chairman of the Gisborne Refrigerating \0Co A26 283 \0Ltd, said the move was essential to ensure the viability of A26 284 the industry in the region. ^The merger is subject to the A26 285 necessary regulatory approvals. *- {0NZPA}, Wellington A26 286 *<*4Tipoka-{0IS} well tested*> A26 287 |^*0Testing of a reservoir section obtained negligible flow A26 288 of hydrocarbons in the Tipoka-{0IS} well in South Taranaki at A26 289 the weekend, Petrocorp (Exploration) \0Ltd said yesterday. ^An A26 290 11-metre section from 2250 to 2261\0m in the Matamateonga A26 291 formation was tested. ^The well was at 4359\0m at 6{0am} A26 292 yesterday, with test equipment being rigged down. *- {0NZPA}, A26 293 Wellington. A26 294 *<*4Interest rates steady*> A26 295 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A26 296 |^Long-term money market interest rates were steady A26 297 yesterday on the levels set by the *+$500 million stock tender A26 298 last Friday. A26 299 |^Trading was quiet and dealers said no firm post-tender A26 300 trend had yet emerged, but it was possible rates would resume a A26 301 gently falling trend. A26 302 |^Government stock quotes yesterday were 16-months, 16.02 A26 303 per cent; three years, 15.95 per cent; and five years, 16.65 A26 304 per cent *- all very close to tender rates. A26 305 |^Prime 90-day commercial bills were a touch firmer at 16.2 A26 306 per cent (Friday, 16.15 per cent) while on-call money firmed to A26 307 15.4 per cent (Friday, 14 per cent). A26 308 |^The Reserve Bank sold *+$55 million of 5 February Treasury A26 309 bills in an open market operation yesterday morning. ^Yields A26 310 were 15.98 to 16.05 per cent. A26 311 *<*4Fitness centre popular*> A26 312 |^*0The popularity of the Temuka Lioness Club's new fitness A26 313 centre has surpassed the club members' more optimistic A26 314 predictions. A26 315 |^After just one week of operation the centre has around 25 A26 316 regular members and a considerable number of people intend to A26 317 use the facilities on a casual basis, rather than pay A26 318 membership for a term. A26 319 |^Lioness \0Mrs Bev Stonehouse said she had spoken to people A26 320 who believed the centre's facilities compared favourably with A26 321 professionally run gymnasiums. A26 322 |^She emphasised that the centre was operating under the A26 323 guidance of trained instructors between 4.30{0pm} and 9.30{0pm} A26 324 on weekdays, and 2{0pm} and 5{0pm} on Sundays. A26 325 |^Although the majority of members using the facilities are A26 326 younger persons, \0Mrs Stonehouse said the centre provided A26 327 equipment for general fitness as well as muscle developing A26 328 apparatus. A26 329 *# A27 001 **[027 TEXT A27**] A27 002 *<*4Top National job to city lawyer*> A27 003 |*6AUCKLAND ({0PA}). *- ^*4Christchurch legal consultant A27 004 Neville Young has been elected the new president of the A27 005 National Party. A27 006 |^\0Mr Young, 45, the divisional chairman of the party's A27 007 Canterbury-Westland division, was elected on a second ballot A27 008 defeating Christchurch marketing consultant, \0Mr Brian A27 009 Shackel. A27 010 |^The first ballot had been inconclusive and after that the A27 011 third candidate, \0Mr Hamish Kynoch, dropped out. A27 012 |^Delegates at the conference gave \0Mr Young long applause A27 013 when his election was announced and sang For He's a Jolly Good A27 014 Fellow. A27 015 |^He replaces retiring president, \0Mrs Sue Wood. A27 016 *<*6NEWSFRONT*> A27 017 *<*5Ambulance officer killed...*> A27 018 |*2PALMERSTON NORTH ({0PA}). *- ^*0A Palmerston North A27 019 ambulance officer on his way to help a stabbing victim has been A27 020 killed in a head-on collision. A27 021 |^The man, 35, whose name was not made public at the request A27 022 of his family, was driving a Palmerston North Hospital Board A27 023 car from Palmerston North to Pohangina early yesterday to help A27 024 another officer with the stabbing victim. A27 025 |^The hospital board car and a flat-deck truck collided A27 026 about 2.45 {0am} near Whakaronga, between Palmerston North and A27 027 Ashhurst. A27 028 |^First on the scene of the accident was the other ambulance A27 029 returning from Pohangina with a Palmerston North man, 25, who A27 030 had stab wounds to his chest. A27 031 *<*5Remanded...*> A27 032 |^*0A Tapanui man was remanded for depositions on September A27 033 25 when he appeared in court this morning charged with A27 034 attempting to sexually violate a female. A27 035 |^Judge {0A.J.}Twaddle ordered that interim suppression of A27 036 both the defendant's and complainant's names be continued. A27 037 |^Police opposed bail but after hearing submissions in A27 038 chamber, Judge Twaddle released the defendant on *+$1500 bail A27 039 in his own bond and a *+$1500 surety. ^The defendant was A27 040 ordered to report to police regularly and not to associate with A27 041 the complainant or any other person connected with the case. A27 042 *<*5Beauty scare...*> A27 043 |*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0Reports of hi-jackings and A27 044 violence in the Philippines have scared Wellington beauty queen A27 045 Tracey Watson into withdrawing from the Miss Asia contest in A27 046 September this year. A27 047 |^Although the contest is in Hong Kong the contestants will A27 048 spend two weeks in Manila and Miss Watson said this was one A27 049 reason why she was pulling out. A27 050 |^She won the title of Miss Asia New Zealand in March this A27 051 year representing the Bay of Islands where she lived before A27 052 moving to Wellington. A27 053 |^The runner-up in the New Zealand contest, Helen Crawford A27 054 of Auckland, will take Miss Watson's place in Hong Kong. A27 055 *<*5Opposed stand...*> A27 056 |*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0New Zealand and Australian A27 057 representatives at last week's meeting of Commonwealth law A27 058 ministers in Zimbabwe had opposed Britain's stand on South A27 059 Africa, the Deputy Prime Minister, \0Mr Palmer, said today. A27 060 |^The conference's final communique said the British A27 061 delegation had not accepted *"some moderate language about A27 062 apartheid**" because it felt it was outside the competence of A27 063 the meeting, \0Mr Palmer said in a statement. A27 064 |^*"New Zealand and every other country present could not go A27 065 along with this approach,**" \0Mr Palmer said. A27 066 *<*5Special appeal...*> A27 067 |*2WELLINGTON ({0PA}). *- ^*0New Zealand conservation groups A27 068 are launching a special appeal for rain forests in the South A27 069 Pacific. A27 070 |^The Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society and the A27 071 Native Forest Action Council have set up a Pacific Forests A27 072 Conservation Fund to support conservation efforts in the A27 073 Pacific. A27 074 |^The groups say sawmillers and log export companies are A27 075 threatening to kill off many of the rain forests throughout the A27 076 Pacific and the unique communities of plants and animals A27 077 inhabiting the forests. A27 078 *<*5Kiwi Swim...*> A27 079 |*2ROTORUA ({0PA}). *- ^*0Kiwi Swim *- a learn to swim A27 080 programme through swimming clubs is to be introduced next year. A27 081 |^Devised by the education and water safety committee of the A27 082 New Zealand Amateur Swimming Association, the new learn to swim A27 083 programme will splash off at the beginning of the 1987-88 summer. A27 084 *<*4Found Dead In Pool*> A27 085 *<*2({0PA}) ROTORUA*> A27 086 |^*0A young Rotorua woman was found dead in a private A27 087 thermal pool shortly after 7{0am} on Saturday. A27 088 |^She was Jackie Warena, aged 23. A27 089 |^Senior Sergeant Max Jones, of Rotorua, said there had been A27 090 a party at the Sala street address on Friday night, where the A27 091 woman was a visitor. A27 092 *<*4Man Arrested*> A27 093 |^*0A 43-year-old American man was arrested yesterday A27 094 afternoon at the Invercargill Showgronds for possession of an A27 095 offensive weapon. A27 096 |^When the man was arrested at 4.40{0pm}, he had in his A27 097 possession a tomahawk. A27 098 |^He will be appearing in the Invercargill District Court A27 099 tomorrow. A27 100 *<*4Man Dies in Crash*> A27 101 *<*2({0PA}) AUCKLAND*> A27 102 |^*0A 35-year-old man was killed in a collision between his A27 103 van and a car on the Whitford-Beachlands road near Auckland. A27 104 |^He was Barry Williams, a Beachlands electrician. A27 105 *<*4Club Burgled*> A27 106 |^*0The Old Boys rugby clubrooms in Lithgow street, A27 107 Invercargill, were broken into on Saturday night. A27 108 |^Cash totalling *+$90 was taken. A27 109 |^Entry was gained by smashing a window in one of the A27 110 clubrooms doors. A27 111 |^Police are continuing with their inquiries. A27 112 *<*4Doctor Censured*> A27 113 *<*2({0PA}) WELLINGTON*> A27 114 |^*4A Riverton doctor convicted of cannabis offences has been A27 115 found guilty of disgraceful professional conduct by the Medical A27 116 Council. A27 117 |^*0The latest Medical Journal says \0Dr Stephen McGregor A27 118 was convicted in the Invercargill District Court in 1984 for A27 119 possession of cannabis resin, cannabis plant, and a pipe for A27 120 the purpose of an offence against the Misuse of Drugs Act. A27 121 |^He had also been convicted of cultivation and use of A27 122 cannabis in 1982 and 1984. A27 123 |^The council considered \0Dr McGregor's convictions earlier A27 124 this year and has censured him. A27 125 |^\0Dr McGregor's prescriptions of controlled drugs will be A27 126 monitored by the Department of Health and his place of practice A27 127 monitored by the council for the next three years. A27 128 *<*4Model Delays Big Offer*> A27 129 *<*2({0PA}) AUCKLAND*> A27 130 |^*4Teenage mannequin Rachel Hunter has put off a *+$100,000 A27 131 chance-in-a-lifetime offer to model in Paris this winter. A27 132 |^*0The Auckland 16-year-old, who worked on the Simon Le Bon A27 133 Sasson commercial last summer, had the chance to sign with A27 134 prestige Parisian agency Karin Models and work for high fashion A27 135 glossies French Vogue and Elle magazine. A27 136 |^But the statuesque Miss Hunter has put off the continental A27 137 trip until January because she wants more modelling experience A27 138 close to home before joining the cut-throat French fashion A27 139 race. A27 140 |^And the Glenfield model fears she is too young to live A27 141 away from home in a non-English speaking country for 12 months A27 142 as a contract with Karin requires. A27 143 |^The delay has attracted criticism from some in the New A27 144 Zealand fashion industry who say most young models would jump A27 145 at the chance for international success. A27 146 |^Karin owner Jean Luc Brunel said from Paris: ^*"Rachel is A27 147 fabulous. ^She has beautiful hair, face, hands and figure. A27 148 ^She has a lot of potential. ^But when she arrives in Paris A27 149 she will have to want to work hard to make it.**" A27 150 |^He says a young model in Paris can earn around *+$181,000 A27 151 a year. A27 152 |^Meantime, Rachel has just returned from Sydney where she A27 153 modelled for Australian Vogue. A27 154 *<*4Prieur Orders NZ Paper*> A27 155 *<*2({0PA}) CHRISTCHURCH*> A27 156 |^*0The Star Christchurch has snared a loyal reader now A27 157 overseas *- Captain Dominique Prieur, the paper's first A27 158 subscriber on Hao atoll in the Pacific. A27 159 |^The French spy, deported to Hao last week, took the paper A27 160 while she was in Paparua prison, Christchurch. ^She has asked A27 161 for it to be sent to her on the atoll. A27 162 |^Copies will be sent to the French Embassy in Wellington to A27 163 be forwarded to her. A27 164 |^Prieur and fellow agent Major Alain Mafart will spend A27 165 three years in exile on Hao. A27 166 *<*4Furniture Makers Concerned*> A27 167 *<*2({0PA}) WELLINGTON*> A27 168 |^*0Makers of handcrafted furniture say they are concerned A27 169 about their future survival because of new government controls A27 170 on native timber. A27 171 |^The national secretary of the newly formed national body A27 172 of furniture designers and makers, \0Mrs Noeline Brokenshire, A27 173 said yesterday the policy of the new Department of Conservation A27 174 to restrict the felling of native timbers was likely to put A27 175 some furniture makers out of business. A27 176 |^Craftworkers who used only native timber such as rimu and A27 177 matai would be the worst affected, she said. A27 178 |^\0Mrs Brokenshire said some native timber should be set A27 179 aside to be made into individually designed quality furniture. A27 180 |^It was important for New Zealand furniture craftspeople to A27 181 have a supply of indigenous wood to work with in order to A27 182 produce works with a national identity, she said. A27 183 |^Native timber was in short supply because native forests A27 184 were not replanted after they were felled. ^\0Mrs Brokenshire A27 185 said that instead, the Forest Service had planted trees such as A27 186 larch and birch for use as wood chip and pulp. A27 187 *<*4Car Phones Next Year*> A27 188 *<*2({0PA}) AUCKLAND*> A27 189 |^*4Car and brief-case phones will move out of the realm of A27 190 American movies and into reality at the end of next year. A27 191 |^*0The Post Office is setting up a network of radio cells A27 192 for a mobile telephone service. A27 193 |^They will initially be available only in Auckland but the A27 194 Post Office hopes to provide coverage for 90 per cent of the A27 195 country during the next decade. A27 196 |^The network is being set up and operated by the Post A27 197 Office, but the phones will be supplied by private firms. A27 198 |^The cost of an installed car phone is likely to be between A27 199 *+$3000 and *+$5000. ^On top of that the Post Office will A27 200 charge a connection fee of about *+$100, a monthly rental of A27 201 about the same amount and a charge for each call. A27 202 *<*4Any Distance*> A27 203 |^*0Mobile phones use cellular radio. ^Unlike a cordless A27 204 phone, which works only within 50 metres of a jackpoint, a car A27 205 phone can be used over any distance to contact ordinary A27 206 telephones or other drivers. A27 207 |^As well as being installed in cars, the phones can be A27 208 carried in briefcases and hand-held. A27 209 |^Auckland and Wellington will have a switching centre A27 210 surrounded by a network of area cells. ^Auckland will have A27 211 nine cells sited from Torbay to Papakura to service 11,000 A27 212 mobile subscribers. A27 213 |^The Auckland network can be expanded to serve up to 50,000 A27 214 users as demand increases. A27 215 *<*5Appointed Sybiz Dealer*> A27 216 |^*0Invercargill Computer Services \0Ltd has been appointed A27 217 the official Southland dealer for Sybiz microcomputer business A27 218 software. A27 219 |^The Invercargill company was formed in 1974 as a data A27 220 processing bureau, and has since expanded into the field of A27 221 selling and installing hardware and software to small and A27 222 medium-sized businesses in the province. A27 223 |^The general manager of Sybiz Distributors \0Ltd, \0Mr A27 224 Lindsay Kirschberg, said Invercargill Computer Services was A27 225 experienced in implementing and supporting computer systems. A27 226 ^He said the company was also well equipped to thoroughly train A27 227 people who wanted to get the best use out of their A27 228 microcomputer. A27 229 |^*"This aspect is particularly important,**" he said. A27 230 ^*"Especially in the small business market where some users may A27 231 be unfamiliar with computer systems.**" A27 232 *<*1Airport Open Again*> A27 233 *<*2({0PA}) AUCKLAND)*> A27 234 |^*0Auckland Airport began operating again at noon yesterday A27 235 after an airport workers' 24-hour strike ended. A27 236 |^Air New Zealand expects delays to international services A27 237 for several days. ^The airline cancelled 58 domestic and seven A27 238 international flights during the stoppage. A27 239 *<*4Pigs Stolen*> A27 240 |^*0Four pigs were stolen from a farm at Longbush during the A27 241 weekend. A27 242 |^The pigs are worth about *+$100 each. A27 243 |^Police inquiries are continuing. A27 244 *<*5Size of Team Attacked*> A27 245 *<*2({0PA}) WELLINGTON*> A27 246 |^*0The Opposition spokesman on sport, \0Mr John Banks, has A27 247 criticized the size of the {0TVNZ} team covering the Edinburgh A27 248 Commonwealth Games as a *"junket of extraordinary A27 249 proportions.**" A27 250 |^But Television New Zealand's director of programmes and A27 251 production, \0Mr Des Monaghan, said the coverage was being done A27 252 in the most cost-effective way possible. A27 253 |^\0Mr Banks said the New Zealand public deserved and A27 254 applauded good Games coverage. A27 255 |^*"But it shouldn't be an open ticket and an excuse for a A27 256 holiday in the sun for {0BCNZ} executives at taxpayers' A27 257 expense,**" he said. A27 258 |^But \0Mr Monaghan said the coverage was a commercial A27 259 venture, funded by advertising revenue. A27 260 |^Any reduction in the 54-strong broadcast team would have A27 261 significantly increased the number of people having to be hired A27 262 locally. A27 263 |^*"\0Mr Banks has called the project an overseas junket but A27 264 videotape operators in Edinburgh who are working 14-hour days A27 265 won't enjoy the funny side of the {0MP}'s remarks,**" he said. A27 266 *<*4Kea Found In Hokonui*> A27 267 *<*2WINTON*> A27 268 |^*4The appearance of a young male kea on a Hokonui farm A27 269 aroused interest at the weekend. A27 270 |^*0The kea, promptly named Kevin by \0Mrs Beverly Clark, A27 271 arrived on the Clark farm on Saturday. A27 272 |^\0Mrs Clark thought that arrival was unusual and confined A27 273 the bird to a garage attached to the farm house. A27 274 |^Knowing from a previous survey taken in the area that keas A27 275 did not exist there, \0Mrs Clark contacted the wildlife A27 276 division of the Department of Internal Affairs. A27 277 |^A wildlife officer, \0Mr Martin Bell, of Mossburn, agreed A27 278 the find was extraordinary. A27 279 |^He took the bird yesterday for examination and release. A27 280 |^\0Mr Bell said the bird looked to be a young male and A27 281 *"very well fed.**" ^He was puzzled why any kea would be found A27 282 so far down-country. A27 283 *# A28 001 **[028 TEXT A28**] A28 002 *<*4Taxi moves for disabled*> A28 003 |^*0Moves aimed at better safety for handicapped children A28 004 travelling to and from school have been announced by Education A28 005 Minister Russell Marshall and Transport Under-Secretary Bill A28 006 Jeffries. A28 007 |^Some pupils, because of handicaps, have to travel to A28 008 school by taxis contracted by Education Boards. ^These have A28 009 been criticised in the past by parents and organisations for A28 010 the disabled as overcrowded and under**[ARB**]-equipped with A28 011 seat belts. A28 012 |^\0Mr Marshall said the Education Department had modified A28 013 the criteria for taxi use. A28 014 |^There is a rear seat loading of three children and only A28 015 taxis equipped with rear seat belts will be used. A28 016 *<*6IN SHORT*> A28 017 *<*4Mag changes*> A28 018 |^*0Major changes will be made to the Consumers' Institute A28 019 magazine Consumer *- including a 37.5 percent increase in the A28 020 price. ^The subscription price rise to *+$24.75 a year will A28 021 take effect from October 1 and includes *+$2.25 to cover the A28 022 goods and services tax. ^Announcing the changes today the A28 023 director of the institute, Dick Smithies, said the magazine A28 024 will incorporate ideas to make Consumer more topical. A28 025 *<*4Own show*> A28 026 |^*0Broadcaster Sharon Crosbie will host her own \0tv A28 027 programme next month. ^The Crosbie Report, beginning on August A28 028 17 at 9.30{0pm} on One, replaces Sunday, which will end on July A28 029 27. A28 030 *<*4Earthquake*> A28 031 |^*0A mild earthquake shook Invercargill at 8.29 last night, A28 032 registering 5.5 on the Richter scale. A28 033 *<*4Murder youth gets life*> A28 034 |^*0Darrin Francis Lloyd was yesterday found guilty of A28 035 murdering Barbara Leigh Hutchinson on March 14 and sentenced to A28 036 life imprisonment. A28 037 |^Lloyd, 17, unemployed, of Anatoki, had pleaded not guilty A28 038 when he appeared in the Nelson High Court. A28 039 |^The jury of six men and six women took just over an hour A28 040 to reach its guilty verdict following a five-day trial. A28 041 |^Lloyd nodded his head in assent when the verdict was A28 042 given. ^When asked if he wished to speak before being A28 043 sentenced he replied: ^*"No.**" A28 044 |^He appeared pale but calm when sentenced to life A28 045 imprisonment and was led away quickly by two prison guards. A28 046 |^Chief Justice Sir Ronald Davison said it was sad to have A28 047 to sentence Lloyd but the only sentence provided by the law for A28 048 murder was life imprisonment. A28 049 |^Earlier in the day Crown prosecutor Warwick Flaus and A28 050 defence counsel Chris Tuohy made their final submissions to the A28 051 jury and Sir Ronald gave a summary of the case. *- {0NZPA} A28 052 *<*4Hilda 100, but admits only 98*> A28 053 |^*0\0Mrs Hilda Molesworth is 100 years old tomorrow *- but A28 054 insists she's only 98. A28 055 |^Staff and residents at Churtonleigh Private Medical A28 056 Hospital, where she has lived since 1984, are throwing a A28 057 birthday party for \0Mrs Molesworth tomorrow. A28 058 |^She was born on The Terrace in 1886, but she said this A28 059 week she wasn't 100, only 98. A28 060 |^She was a foundation member of the Wellington Repertory A28 061 Society. A28 062 |^In 1935 she married Alex Molesworth in Peshawar on the A28 063 North West Frontier of India. A28 064 |^The Molesworths were bombed out twice during the Blitz A28 065 when they lived in London, and \0Mrs Molesworth was with her A28 066 husband when he led the Gurkha delegation to King George's A28 067 Coronation. A28 068 |^\0Mr Molesworth died in 1942. ^The couple had no children A28 069 but \0Mrs Molesworth had many nieces and nephews, including a A28 070 great great grand nephew. A28 071 |^{0NZPA} reports from Napier one of New Zealand's oldest A28 072 residents, \0Mrs Hannah Milligan, celebrated her 100th birthday A28 073 with family and friends in Wairoa yesterday. A28 074 *<*4Marineland to catch two dolphins*> A28 075 |*2NAPIER, *0July 11. *- ^A three-year ban on Napier's A28 076 Marineland catching live dolphins ended today when Agriculture A28 077 and Fisheries Minister Colin Moyle gave the go-ahead to catch A28 078 two more dolphins. A28 079 |^The ban was lifted by \0Mr Moyle at a critical time for A28 080 the marine park *- one of its four remaining dolphins died of A28 081 cancer last week and the other three are aged. A28 082 |^Marineland and Aquarium Trust Board chairman \0Mr George A28 083 Townshend said staff would prepare for catching expeditions A28 084 immediately. A28 085 |^*"We would hope to go to sea just as soon as the weather A28 086 conditions, availability of dolphins in the Hawke's Bay area A28 087 and other relevant factors are satisfied,**" he said today. A28 088 *<*4Fatalities*> A28 089 |^*0The catching ban was imposed in 1983 at a time when A28 090 Marineland was a centre of controversy because of a high A28 091 fatality rate of dolphins caught in Hawke Bay. A28 092 |^\0Mr Moyle subsequently appointed a working party to A28 093 consider submissions on Marineland capturing and holding A28 094 dolphins. A28 095 |^That report recommended a permit for two common dolphins A28 096 be granted only if extra facilities were provided to care for A28 097 the dolphins at the complex. A28 098 |^Marineland spent *+$50,000 on the upgrading programme to A28 099 extend the holding pool and provide a hospital pool with A28 100 quarantine area. A28 101 |^The conservation group Greenpeace strongly opposes the A28 102 further capture of dolphin stock. A28 103 |^In May this year wildlife campaigner \0Ms Janet Agar said A28 104 Greenpeace supporters were prepared to take to the sea to halt A28 105 catching operations. A28 106 |^Greenpeace has been lobbying for some time against the A28 107 issuing of a permit to catch dolphins and has threatened to A28 108 undertake widespread public campaigns in protest action at A28 109 Marineland. *- {0NZPA} A28 110 *<*460 quit Addington*> A28 111 |^*0Sixty Railways Corporation staff walked away from the A28 112 Addington workshops in Christchurch yesterday for the last A28 113 time. A28 114 |^They were the first to accept voluntary severance there A28 115 under the corporation's restructuring plan announced last A28 116 month. A28 117 |^Addington, the country's biggest workshop in terms of A28 118 manpower must cut staff, but final numbers are still unknown. A28 119 |^The Addington works manager, \0Mr Brian Worrall, said A28 120 yesterday's departures included all trades, semi-skilled A28 121 workers and administrators in all age groups. A28 122 |^Two tradesmen left for every semi-skilled worker and four A28 123 administration staff accepted the package. A28 124 |^The workshop still employed 521, *"doing the work**" and A28 125 73 salaried staff, \0Mr Worrall said. A28 126 |^He would not divulge the terms of the severance package A28 127 but said it was an in-house payment to provide an incentive for A28 128 staff to leave. A28 129 |^Releasing staff was married to the workload at the A28 130 workshops, he said. A28 131 *<*4Jail extension planned*> A28 132 |^*0The Justice Department intends designating part of A28 133 Auckland's Oakley Hospital for use as a special facility for A28 134 disturbed male prison inmates, says Justice Minister Geoffrey A28 135 Palmer. A28 136 |^Documents seeking the necessary planning approval have A28 137 been forwarded to the \0Mt Albert City Council. A28 138 |^The new proposal, subject to receiving the necessary A28 139 planning approval, would meet an immediate need in the A28 140 country's penal system, \0Mr Palmer said. A28 141 *<*4Seven years*> A28 142 |^*0*"It will allow time for the planning and construction A28 143 of a purpose-built facility on land at the Paremoremo prison A28 144 complex and I expect that to be completed within the next seven A28 145 years.**" A28 146 |^The proposal would have a significant impact in an area of A28 147 the prison system that had attracted increasing concern among A28 148 the public, Justice Department authorities and the prison A28 149 population. A28 150 |^\0Mr Palmer said the Oakley project might be seen as a A28 151 stopgap measure. A28 152 |^But it would allow the more immediate removal of inmates A28 153 in need of special care from the pressures of normal prison A28 154 surroundings and minimise possible disruption there. A28 155 |^*"In the longer term the facility to be built at A28 156 Paremoremo will be tailored for the very specialised needs of A28 157 this segment of the prison population. *- {0NZPA} A28 158 *<*4Caravan arson plea changed*> A28 159 |^*0Alan Howard Thompson, 54, unemployed orchard worker, A28 160 changed his plea to guilty when he appeared in the Tauranga A28 161 District Court yesterday charged with wilfully setting fire to A28 162 a caravan at the Mayfair camping ground on June 11 when danger A28 163 to life was likely to result. A28 164 |^Constable Ross Nicol said Thompson told him he had set the A28 165 caravan on fire to cause concern to the camping ground A28 166 proprietor, whom he felt had wrongfully evicted him. A28 167 |^*"He said he couldn't tow the caravan away and knew there A28 168 were people about who could put the fire out if it spread,**" A28 169 \0Mr Nicol said. A28 170 |^Counsel \0Mr John Douglas said no evidence had been given A28 171 that Thompson knew danger to life was likely. A28 172 |^Justices of the peace \0J Harwood and \0A Sindlen remanded A28 173 him in custody to the Rotorua High Court, on July 25, for A28 174 sentencing. *- {0NZPA} A28 175 *<*4Burgled to pay fines*> A28 176 |^*0An Island Bay man burgled a house to get money to pay A28 177 court fines, the Wellington District Court heard yesterday. A28 178 |^Dean Arthur Butterworth, 18, process worker, pleaded A28 179 guilty before Judge {0B J McK} Kerr to a charge of burglary. A28 180 |^Sergeant Max Grey told the Court that on July 1 A28 181 Butterworth entered an Island Bay house through the back door. A28 182 ^No one was home, and Butterworth took a video recorder, camera A28 183 and other goods to the value of *+$1800. A28 184 |^Police caught Butterworth at a city store where he was A28 185 trying to sell the stolen goods. ^He told police he was trying A28 186 to pay off some court fines with the money, \0Mr Grey said. A28 187 |^Judge Kerr convicted Butterworth and remanded him to A28 188 August 1 for pre-sentence report and sentence. A28 189 *<*4Squirted wine at policeman*> A28 190 |^A man who squirted wine in a constable's face said he was A28 191 *"just seeing if the man wanted a drink.**" ^In the Lower Hutt A28 192 District Court yesterday, Harry Dennis Haenga, 27, of Taita, A28 193 pleaded guilty to disorderly behaviour in a Taita bar on June A28 194 26. ^He was fined *+$200 by Judge {0E B} Robertson. A28 195 *<*4Man admits theft from honesty box*> A28 196 |^*0The theft of *+$9.01 in cash from a newspaper honesty A28 197 box was a *"mean offence**" a District Court judge said A28 198 yesterday. A28 199 |^Chester Hobden Pratt, 29, sickness beneficiary, of A28 200 Wellington, pleaded guilty in the Wellington District Court to A28 201 a charge of theft. A28 202 |^Judge {0B J McK} Kerr fined him *+$100 and costs. A28 203 |^Prosecuting Sergeant Max Grey said that on July 7 Pratt A28 204 had opened a Wellington Newspapers \0Ltd honesty box at the A28 205 railway station. A28 206 |^When spoken to later by police, Pratt said he had been A28 207 trying various keys on his key ring on the box padlock when it A28 208 opened. A28 209 |^*"This is a mean offence; there is an element of trust in A28 210 these situations,**" Judge Kerr said. A28 211 *<*4No-hands driver mashes vehicles*> A28 212 |^*0A disqualified driver who took his hands from the A28 213 steering wheel to check his new car's wheel alignment hit two A28 214 other cars as a result. A28 215 |^In the Lower Hutt District Court yesterday Kara Moeke, 23, A28 216 labourer, pleaded guilty to driving carelessly and to driving A28 217 while disqualified. ^He had been disqualified from driving a A28 218 month earlier. A28 219 |^Sergeant Bill Gordon said Moeke was driving along Cuba A28 220 Street, Petone, at 3.45{0pm} on July 4. ^He took his hands A28 221 from the steering wheel. ^The car veered left and hit a parked A28 222 car. A28 223 |^Moeke grabbed the wheel and swung the car to the right. A28 224 ^It crossed the centre line and collided with an oncoming car. A28 225 |^Moeke's car went out of control, crossing a verge and a A28 226 footpath before coming to rest in front of a fence. A28 227 |^Moeke told the police he had just bought the car. A28 228 |^Judge {0E B} Robertson convicted Moeke and remanded him to A28 229 August 4 for a pre-sentence report and sentencing. A28 230 *<*4Fined for changing \0Dr's scrip*> A28 231 |^*0A Wellington man who altered a doctor's prescriptions A28 232 was fined *+$500 in the Wellington District Court yesterday. A28 233 |^Clinton Anthony Rauretti Love, unemployed, had earlier A28 234 pleaded guilty to two charges of altering a doctor's A28 235 prescription with intent to defraud. A28 236 |^Counsel Fuimaono Tuiasau, said Love had been under intense A28 237 emotional pressure when the offences were committed. ^Love now A28 238 considered his actions foolish, \0Mr Tuiasau said. A28 239 |^*"Any interference with a medical prescription is a A28 240 serious matter,**" Judge {0B J McK} Kerr said. ^Judge Kerr A28 241 fined Love *+$250 on each charge and ordered him to pay costs. A28 242 *<*4Plea to save airport*> A28 243 |^*0The Wellington City Council will lose its airport if the A28 244 Government insists that it be run by a company, the chairman of A28 245 the airport committee, \0Cr Helene Ritchie, said last night. A28 246 |^She told the Institute of Personnel Management that under A28 247 the company proposal the Government would *"take the money and A28 248 run.**" A28 249 |^*"The assets would be sold and the company would have to A28 250 borrow to buy them back and pay for a new domestic terminal. A28 251 |^*"The domestic terminal project, which is on the brink of A28 252 achieving an important approval to go to Government, would A28 253 certainly be jeopardised under a company operation.**" A28 254 |^She said the council's analysis shows that if the airport A28 255 was run by a company, landing dues and fares would A28 256 *"skyrocket**" and, if a domestic terminal was to be achieved A28 257 the company would be in the red for several years. A28 258 |^The airport had to be seen as an important public amenity A28 259 not to be sold off for profit. A28 260 *<*4Namu cools nationhood celebrations*> A28 261 |^*0Solomon Islanders living in New Zealand will celebrate A28 262 eight years of independence tonight. ^But it will be a subdued A28 263 celebration in the wake of cyclone Namu, which struck in May A28 264 leaving 100 people dead. A28 265 |^The independence celebration in Wellington will take the A28 266 form of a pot-luck dinner, at Crossways, \0Mt Victoria, at A28 267 7.30{0pm}, followed by a fundraising evening for disaster A28 268 relief. ^The main event in Auckland will be a memorial A28 269 service, the Solomon Islands Wantoks Association says in a A28 270 statement. ^Wantoks, in Solomons pidgin, are people who speak A28 271 the same language, or friends. A28 272 |^The Solomon Islands are scattered near the equator, A28 273 north-west of New Zealand. ^The inhabitants are Melanesian, A28 274 Polynesian, and a small number of Micronesians and Asians. A28 275 ^They speak some 80 local languages, as well as English and A28 276 Pidgin. A28 277 *# A29 001 **[029 TEXT A29**] A29 002 *<*4\0TV sports cutback tipped*> A29 003 * A29 004 |^*2TELEVISION *0sports and racing coverage is likely to be A29 005 substantially reduced next year. A29 006 |^Poor ratings for the Sport On One programme point to it A29 007 being shortened on Saturdays. ^Production planning for next A29 008 year has started and cutting back on sports coverage is being A29 009 considered, director of programmes and production Des Monaghan A29 010 has confirmed. A29 011 |^*"We're looking at a whole range of options and certainly A29 012 taking a very hard look at sports commitments and whether we A29 013 are doing things in the most sensible way.**" ^The option being A29 014 considered would see Sport On One later on Saturdays. ^A A29 015 suggested time has been a 3.30{0pm} start compared with the A29 016 present midday start. A29 017 |^That could solve a commercial and a public relations A29 018 problem for Television New Zealand. ^Advertisements could A29 019 still be incorporated in the coverage which, if delayed, could A29 020 be seen by people who have completed their Saturday sports A29 021 fixtures. A29 022 *<*4In brief*> A29 023 * A29 024 |^*2A PASSENGER *0in a support vehicle for the Subaru team in A29 025 the {0AWA} Clarion Motor rally died yesterday after a collision A29 026 with a farm truck at Paparoa, about 30\0kms from Dargaville. A29 027 ^A 12-year-old boy who was riding in the farm truck was taken A29 028 to hospital and later discharged. A29 029 *<*4Road fatalities*> A29 030 |^*2MICHAEL JAMES WOOD, *022, of Epsom, Auckland was killed A29 031 yesterday when a car overturned in Beach Road Papakura, at A29 032 2{0pm} yesterday. ^One other occupant of the car was seriously A29 033 injured. ^Another person also died in an accident at the A29 034 corner of Bond Street and Great North Road, Auckland, A29 035 yesterday. A29 036 *<*4Smoker campaign winning*> A29 037 |^*2ONE *0in every eight smokers gave up during the Great New A29 038 Zealand Smoke Free Week and intends to stay off the habit, A29 039 according to a survey by Spectrum Research. ^Organisers of the A29 040 week said the survey indicated 102,000 of New Zealand's 786,000 A29 041 smokers intended staying off smoking. A29 042 *<*4Antinuclear message*> A29 043 |^*2THE *0man who leaked the Pentagon papers to the New York A29 044 Times and the actor who plays \0TV's Lou Grant have joined 170 A29 045 other Americans in a message praising New Zealand's antinuclear A29 046 policies. ^Daniel Ellsberg and Ed Asner were among signatories A29 047 to the open letter sent to newspapers. A29 048 *<*4Woman murder arrest*> A29 049 |^*2PALMERSTON *0North carpenter, 31, was arrested yesterday A29 050 and charged with the murder of Joanne Aroha Warren, 21, who was A29 051 found bashed in her Palmerston North flat on June 21 and died A29 052 later the same day. A29 053 *<*4Refugee resettlement appeal*> A29 054 |^*2TODAY *0is Refugee Sunday throughout New Zealand's A29 055 churches. ^The day marks the launch of the Inter-Church A29 056 Commission on Immigration and Refugee Resettlement *+$100,000 A29 057 appeal. A29 058 *<*4This week*> A29 059 |^*2A POLICEMAN *0drowned and another is missing believed A29 060 drowned after the capsize of the police launch Lady Elizabeth A29 061 in heavy seas at the entrance to Wellington Harbour. ^Two A29 062 survivors were winched from the water by helicopter. ^The A29 063 launch was on a training exercise and none of the policemen A29 064 wore lifejackets. A29 065 |^*2THE *0Government caucus voted to allow privatisation of up A29 066 to one third of the Bank of New Zealand's capital by issuing A29 067 new shares to private investors thereby raising *+$150 million. A29 068 ^New shares carry no voting rights or board representation. A29 069 |^*2THE *0long-awaited farm package was unhinging on Rural Bank A29 070 and private sector restructuring and on Social Welfare and A29 071 Labour Department grants. ^New measures include reducing A29 072 principals of Rural Bank loans as interest rates increase, a A29 073 seasonal finance scheme, farm finance meetings, special needs A29 074 grants, earlier payment of family support, and travel and A29 075 accommodation assistance. A29 076 |^{0MP}s opposing the Homosexual Law Reform Bill, confident A29 077 they had the numbers to defeat it, failed by 43 votes to 42 in A29 078 their bid to have the bill put to the vote. ^The bill will be A29 079 considered again on Wednesday. A29 080 *<*4Rugby shoot up replay averted*> A29 081 |^*2POLICE *0believe they narrowly averted another shoot-out A29 082 between rival gangs after a rugby match at Te Teko in the Bay A29 083 of Plenty yesterday. A29 084 |^A gang battle blew up there after a recent game of rugby A29 085 and police said had they not stepped in after yesterday's game A29 086 the rivals could have been shooting it out again. A29 087 |^Te Teko and Kawerau police were at a match between Te Teko A29 088 and Ruatoki teams when a Mongrel Mob member started provoking A29 089 opposing Black Power gang members with gang salutes and taunts. A29 090 |^Police warned the Mongrel Mob member to stop and when he A29 091 and a fellow gang member drove off at 4.30{0pm} they were A29 092 followed and stopped. ^Inside the car police found a shotgun A29 093 which had been sawn down to a pistol and a quantity of A29 094 ammunition. A29 095 |^Two 24-year-old Kawerau men, one a labourer and the other A29 096 a timber hand, will appear in the Tauranga District Court A29 097 tomorrow on weapons related charges. A29 098 *<*4Island comes of age*> A29 099 |^*2GOODBYE *0sleepy hollow *- here comes the 20th century. A29 100 ^And it's arriving at Great Barrier Island complete with bylaws A29 101 and ordinances, the like of which the island has never known. A29 102 |^Great Barrier slumbers north of Auckland, its population A29 103 of 830 kept in check by just two sets of bylaws *- one for A29 104 buildings, the other for animals. A29 105 |^But that had to change, the island's administrators A29 106 decided. A29 107 |^They enlisted the aid of nearby Rodney County Council and A29 108 its manager Brian Sharplin. ^In a jiff, they had bylaws for A29 109 everything from jawed traps and cemeteries, to hawkers, dogs A29 110 and other nuisances. A29 111 |^*"I found that there were a lot of things basic to the A29 112 operation of a local body which were just not in place,**" A29 113 Sharplin says. ^He has a degree of sympathy for the fading A29 114 lifestyle of the island but says it is coming out of its hippy A29 115 phase. ^*"The island needs the controls,**" he says. A29 116 |^Not that things will change overnight on the Barrier. A29 117 ^For a start Sharplin has only one fulltimer on the island A29 118 council staff. ^*"And anyway,**" he says, *"everything gets A29 119 done a different way on the island.**" A29 120 *<*4Futures*> A29 121 *<*5Aussie woes rub off on kiwidollar*> A29 122 *<*4By *6IAIN MORRISON*> A29 123 |^*2AUSSIEDOLLAR *0bashing from the big corporates around the A29 124 world gave the kiwidollar some pain this week, basically A29 125 because the rest of the world doesn't know its geography and A29 126 New Zealand tends to get lumped in with Australia. A29 127 |^The aussiedollar fell a dramatic five cents in three days A29 128 and some of it rubbed off on New Zealand to erode the value of A29 129 the kiwidollar from 55{0US}\0c to below 53{0US}\0c. ^The A29 130 falling kiwidollar coincided with an interest rate increase of A29 131 about one per cent above last month's stock tender levels. A29 132 ^The rise had been stimulated by announcements that the deficit A29 133 would be *"more than *+$3 billion**" and that the Government A29 134 stock tender programme would be seeking *+$500 million a month A29 135 from the private sector for debt financing. A29 136 |^However, Finance Minister Roger Douglas appeared to cast A29 137 some magic late in the week when he announced a further *+$1 A29 138 billion would be pruned from Government spending. ^These cuts A29 139 would put the deficit at around *+$2.5 billion *- at exactly A29 140 the level financial markets had anticipated. ^The minister's A29 141 announcements had an immediate calming influence on the A29 142 wholesale interest rates which eased back on Friday afternoon A29 143 by a few points. A29 144 |^One dealer described the money markets as well balanced at A29 145 the end of the trading week with the market players waiting for A29 146 more news to break. ^He said if interest rates held at these A29 147 levels, a couple of offshore eurokiwi or {0US}-kiwi bond issues A29 148 might start to appear. A29 149 |^The big indicator is likely to be next week's government A29 150 stock tender. ^If this tender isn't well supported, the A29 151 Government will be forced to pay higher yields for the stock A29 152 and this will flow-on through shorter term money markets. A29 153 ^However if the tender is well supported, the lower yields A29 154 accepted will continue to stimulate confidence in the country's A29 155 economic management. A29 156 *<*4Currency*> A29 157 |^*2ECONOMIC *0data from the {0US} shows a slowdown in A29 158 spending, falling employment and generally sluggish growth. A29 159 ^Along with a poor trade balance, these factors had increased A29 160 negative feeling towards the {0US} dollar, Auckland Coin and A29 161 Bullion reports. ^Only fear of Central Bank intervention has A29 162 stalled what may have otherwise been another large fall. ^It A29 163 is almost inevitable the {0US} discount rate will be cut, A29 164 leading to lower {0US} interest rates. A29 165 |^Auckland Coin says the Australian dollar holds the key to A29 166 the kiwidollar at the moment and though the kiwi followed the A29 167 aussie down, this was not a lack of confidence in New Zealand, A29 168 but people taking advantage of the attractive exchange rates A29 169 against the aussiedollar. ^It expects further weakening next A29 170 week with further lows testing 52.5{0US}\0c. A29 171 *<*4Interest rates*> A29 172 |^*2McDONNELL *0said 90-day futures ({0PCP}}) prices fell A29 173 mid-week then recovered. ^No clear trend has emerged with buyers A29 174 and sellers remaining cautious ahead of further developments in A29 175 the physicals market. ^McDonnell said the government stock A29 176 futures index ({0GSK}) plummeted as a result of the A29 177 Government's borrowing programme. A29 178 *<*4Agricultural contracts*> A29 179 |^*2PETER MARSHALL *0from John Marshall Futures said the easing A29 180 kiwidollar on Thursday led to wool futures firming by four to A29 181 six cents. ^Overseas inquiry seems better as the cross-rates A29 182 for European buyers are moving in their favour. ^Marshall said A29 183 a ray of sunshine has been the strong buying from Eastern A29 184 Europe for delivery in August and September, but he says an A29 185 additional wool sale at the end of this month may cloud A29 186 prospects for a buoyant opening to the new season. ^He says a A29 187 question mark must hang over the late sale because most A29 188 Europeans are on holiday and their mills are closed. A29 189 |^Guy Spooner, also of Marshall Futures, said wheat prices A29 190 had fallen a dramatic *+$10 a tonne during the week. ^He says A29 191 the sharp movements are mainly due to falling wheat futures in A29 192 the {0US}. A29 193 |^*"We are led to believe that both Canadian and {0US} wheat A29 194 reserves are being dumped on the {0US} market and signs of A29 195 further weakening prices are imminent,**" Spooner said. ^*"Our A29 196 advice to farmers is to still hedge wheat production for the A29 197 coming season.**" A29 198 *<*4International*> A29 199 |^*2MIKE EATON *0from Kinetic Investments said the major A29 200 currencies continued to climb against the {0US} dollar this A29 201 week. ^Sugar made new lows as did timber. ^Grains were all A29 202 weaker due to a lack of export orders and good weather A29 203 conditions. ^He said meat futures were mixed and he recommends A29 204 traders should stand aside till the buying has been satisfied. A29 205 *<*4Huntley destroys North Shore*> A29 206 * A29 207 |^*2PACESETTERS *0Converse Canterbury are just one match *- A29 208 today's against Ponsonby *- from making the Countrywide A29 209 basketball league top four playoffs. A29 210 |^They scored an impressive 97-92 win over Truth North Shore A29 211 last night. A29 212 |^Typically, it was Canterbury's Clyde Huntley who, in the A29 213 final piece of action, jammed home a 2-pointer in an A29 214 entertaining match. A29 215 |^As he had when the teams met in the first round, Huntley A29 216 destroyed Shore with his outside shooting. ^This time he hit A29 217 six 3-pointers. A29 218 |^North Shore, who may now be struggling to make the top A29 219 four, had only themselves to blame. A29 220 |^They enjoyed an 11-point lead after 13 minutes and then A29 221 went to pieces. ^Canterbury thrived on the mistakes and it was A29 222 Andy Bennett, rather than Huntley, who did the damage. A29 223 |^In a 21-point turnaround in seven minutes, Bennett who was A29 224 not in the starting five, hit 10. A29 225 |^Canterbury led 56-47 at halftime and though Shore got back A29 226 to 71-71 and then 83-82, Huntley put in another 3-pointer to A29 227 virtually finish off the home team. A29 228 |^Shore's consistent Tony Webster scored a game high of 39 A29 229 but his fellow American Lamar Jackson, who was rested on four A29 230 fouls with 12 minutes to go, ended with six miserable points. A29 231 |^Shore will be hoping for a better effort today when they A29 232 meet U-Bix Palmerston North at 2{0pm}. A29 233 *<*4Saints 88 Hamilton 86*> A29 234 |^*2OLLIE *0Johnson clinched a last minute 88-86 victory for A29 235 Exchequer Saints over 898{0FM} Hamilton in Church College A29 236 gymnasium last night. A29 237 |^Saints came back from being 14 points down with five A29 238 minutes play for Johnson to win the game with a 3-point play on A29 239 the inside with just 12 seconds left. A29 240 |^Star of those final minutes for Saints was American guard A29 241 Willie Preston who blitzed the Hamilton defence with a stream A29 242 of baskets, while a full court press threw Hamilton's offence A29 243 into chaos. A29 244 |^Preston finished with 36 points, while Johnson got 21 and A29 245 11 rebounds. A29 246 |^Hamilton led 50-36 at halftime and was still 14 points A29 247 ahead five minutes from the end, its star performers being Sam A29 248 Potter with 28 points, Chris Carlson with 18, Steve Agnew with A29 249 14 and Eric Howard with 13. A29 250 *<*4\0Palm \0Nth 108 Ponsonby 107*> A29 251 |^*2TYRONE BROWN'S *0one-man show squeezed a 1-point win in A29 252 extra time for Palmerston North over Ponsonby in Auckland A29 253 yesterday afternoon. A29 254 |^U-Bix Palmerston North's 108-107 win put it fifth equal in A29 255 the championship with a chance of making the playoffs. A29 256 |^And Brown's 40-point game may well have ruined Ponsonby's A29 257 chance of a playoff place. A29 258 |^{0DB} Ponsonby are second on points difference *- three A29 259 teams are tied on 16 points *- but face competition leaders A29 260 Canterbury in the next round. A29 261 |^Brown pulled U-Bix out of the fire right on the stroke of A29 262 ordinary time, then clinched the match with 21 seconds of extra A29 263 time left. A29 264 |^Both teams started with man-to-man defence but after five A29 265 minutes Ponsonby chose to go into a zone. ^The matchups were A29 266 registering with Palmerston North's Willie Burton marking A29 267 Ponsonby's top scorer Ronnie Joyner. ^Ponsonby's Benny Anthony A29 268 was rotationally marked by Grant Cutler, Guy Sayers and Duncan A29 269 Taylor. A29 270 |^Brown was guarded by three former New Zealand team members A29 271 *- Neville Corlett, Tony Compain and Kim Harvey. ^But they A29 272 were no match for Brown. A29 273 |^With Brown and Burton dominating, U-Bix led early on till A29 274 Ponsonby put their fast break together. A29 275 |^Then came a spate of 3-point shots from both teams but A29 276 with Brown dominating the rebounds and scoring two 3-pointers A29 277 in a row, then another, Palmerston led 54-49 at halftime. A29 278 *# A30 001 **[030 TEXT A30**] A30 002 *<*4Head ripped off in ritual death*> A30 003 |^*0A man had his head ripped off when he committed suicide A30 004 in a bizarre ritual based on a Bible passage. A30 005 |^A coroner's inquiry was told the man tied a metal chain A30 006 around a tree and then around his neck. A30 007 |^He then climbed into his car and slammed down the A30 008 accelerator. ^The chain snapped tight with such ferocity it A30 009 decapitated him. A30 010 |^A Coroner's Court in Taree, 200\0km north of Sydney, heard A30 011 that a Bible was later found on a table in the man's bedroom. A30 012 |^It was open at a page in the book of Revelations. A30 013 ^Underlined in ink were the words: ^*"Behold, he tied a thin A30 014 chain around his neck and mounted his chariot and drove A30 015 away.**" A30 016 |^Neil Woollard, 26, apparently left his parents' home in A30 017 Taree in April last year and drove to a dirt road in Pembrooke A30 018 where the incident took place. A30 019 |^A police spokesman said a farmer found the dead man's car A30 020 in a ditch. A30 021 |^Woollard, dressed only in a pair of jeans, was sitting A30 022 behind the steering wheel, his head lying between the A30 023 transmission hump on the floor and his left foot. A30 024 |^The farmer was taken to hospital suffering from severe A30 025 shock. A30 026 |^A recent inquest found Woollard's death was caused by A30 027 sudden trauma due to decapitation. A30 028 * A30 029 |^*4Outraged feminists have failed in a bid to stop a A30 030 Hamilton pub's pretty girl, body-painting contest. A30 031 |^*0The women picketed the Hillcrest Tavern's bars but were A30 032 quickly given the message to move on by angry patrons. A30 033 |^One hundred women had threatened to disrupt the contest A30 034 unless publican Steve Daly called it off. A30 035 |^*"But it was a roaring success,**" the elated Daly told A30 036 Truth. A30 037 |^The contest *- in which artists paint the models behind A30 038 the stage and then parade them before the audience *- has A30 039 attracted scores of entrants so far. A30 040 |^And with the first prize of *+$500 the hotel expects many A30 041 more before the finals. A30 042 |^The contests, which attract big crowds in Australia, have A30 043 not been held here before. A30 044 |^*"It's a first for New Zealand,**" said manager Daly. A30 045 ^*"We decided to give it a go. A30 046 |^*"Actually it's quite artistic. A30 047 |^*"Ages ranged from 20 up to about 80. A30 048 |^*"We had the odd protest. A30 049 |^*"But most people loved it.**" A30 050 *<*4Year will be tough!*> A30 051 |^This year will be a time of change and development in the A30 052 road transport industry, according to the Road Transport A30 053 Industry Training Board. A30 054 |^*0Competition will be tough, and will increase between the A30 055 road transport industry and competing modes *- specially rail A30 056 and sea, says the board: ^*"Any company concerned about its A30 057 ability to maintain a competitive service needs to look at the A30 058 vital factors which will influence this ability. A30 059 |^*"The first concern must be for management skill.**" A30 060 *<*4Thumbs up for Windy City race*> A30 061 |^Spectacular Wellington Nissan-Mobil 500 race in January gets A30 062 the thumbs-up in Wellington Harbour Board's annual report, A30 063 which describes it as a *"memorable spectacle**": A30 064 |^*"*0Although the staging of such an event around the A30 065 waterfront presented some serious operational problems for the A30 066 board, these were overcome and on the day the race proved to be A30 067 an outstanding success. A30 068 |^*"The high standard of the course, the professional A30 069 management by the organisers and the spectacular locale could A30 070 bring international status to this event in the future.**" A30 071 *<*2ESCORT SALES NEAR FIVE MILLION*> A30 072 |^*4Ford's Escort, the front-wheel-drive successor to the A30 073 car which was replaced in New Zealand by the Ford Laser, was A30 074 the world's best selling car last year *- for the fifth year in A30 075 a row. A30 076 |^*0World sales totalled 823,000. ^The model is made in A30 077 Britain, West Germany, Spain, Portugal, Canada, the United A30 078 States and South Africa. A30 079 *<*4Second*> A30 080 |^*0Total world production of Ford cars and trucks in 1985 A30 081 was 5.5 million units, placing Ford second to General Motors as A30 082 the world's largest maker of motor vehicles. A30 083 |^Third was Toyota. A30 084 |^Respective figures were: A30 085 **[LIST**] A30 086 *<*2TOP STARS ON SHOW*> A30 087 *<*0Bob Moore calls *6COUNTRY & WESTERN*> A30 088 |^*4Clubs from in and around Auckland presented their star A30 089 performers in the Queen City recently at the annual Auckland A30 090 Country Music Awards. A30 091 |^*0With nearly 40 clubs throughout Auckland province, from A30 092 Kaitaia to Taihape and points east and west the depth of talent A30 093 was quite diverse. A30 094 |^Overall winners this year, representing senior, A30 095 intermediate and junior sections, were the Legends Trio A30 096 (Western Districts), Keryn Rowe and Caren Flintoff (Waipa) and A30 097 Carla Werner (Kaitaia). A30 098 |^Runners-up were Wendy McMillan (Western Districts), A30 099 Vanessa Alexander and Gail Tipene (Kaitaia). A30 100 |^Successful clubs to reach the finals included Manurewa, A30 101 Eastern Districts and Fountain City. A30 102 |^A highlight of the weekend was the special guest A30 103 appearance by top Nashville recording artist Connie Smith. A30 104 |^Smokey Marshall's Talent Contest and Stage Show was a A30 105 drawcard for Canterbury folk early in June. A30 106 |^Successful section winners in the quest were Des Davies A30 107 (beginners), Susan Redmond (under 18), Bob Clarkson (male), A30 108 Barbara Lloyd (female) and Joffre Marshall (variety). A30 109 |^Finalists appeared in a mini-quest at a local workingmen's A30 110 club to wind up the weekend. ^This was won by Ted Yaxley. A30 111 |^Out-of-town guest, Auckland entertainer Rusty Greaves, was A30 112 a favourite with audiences at both venues. A30 113 |^*<*6BIRTHDAY STARS:*> *0Roy Drusky, Kris Kristofferson A30 114 (June 22); June Carter (23); Johnny Greenwood (29). A30 115 * A30 116 * A30 117 |^When rider Tim Wheeler saw that only three horses had A30 118 finished Saturday's Coachman Tavern Steeplechase at Tauranga he A30 119 showed quick presence of mind by taking Master Troy back into A30 120 the race after he had pulled him up. A30 121 |^He had to go back and jump the third-last fence, which he A30 122 had missed, and then clear the two remaining fences. A30 123 |^At the finish he was given a big hand by the crowd *- and A30 124 won the *+$225 fourth stake for Master Troy's connections. A30 125 |^Another who showed an appreciation of the rules was the A30 126 judge, Jim Lambert. A30 127 |^He brought his stop**[ARB**]watch into operation and timed A30 128 Master Troy to finish two minutes behind third-placed Coober's A30 129 Knight. A30 130 |^Stipendiary steward George Lawson said under the rules the A30 131 judge is allowed 20 minutes to finalise his placings. A30 132 * A30 133 * A30 134 |^Well-performed three-year-old filly Imperial Angel has A30 135 arrived in the United States under the care of her Matamata A30 136 trainer Mike Moroney. A30 137 |^Imperial Angel travelled very well and is in excellent A30 138 order. ^She will spend the next month on an agistment farm A30 139 near Los Angeles and will then enter the stables of trainer A30 140 Charlie Whittingham. A30 141 |^Moroney will be staying in America for about three weeks A30 142 and will inspect some broodmares, among them Change Partners, A30 143 who is in foal to top sire Majestic Light. A30 144 |^Change Partners is owned by the Hamilton-based A30 145 thoroughbred company Vision Bloodstock, of which Moroney is a A30 146 director. A30 147 *<*4Unfair delay*> A30 148 |^*0Second favourite Santerno's late scratching from the A30 149 {0DB} Drive In Handicap at Tauranga on Saturday was because of A30 150 the unfair delay being suffered at the start by the rest of the A30 151 runners. A30 152 |^Some people had suspected it was because of a need to keep A30 153 a tight schedule for live television commitments. A30 154 |^Santerno surprised his rider Chris Otto by dropping his A30 155 head and diving through the front gate shortly after he had A30 156 been assembled in his stall. A30 157 |^Just as the field was being reassembled Santerno arrived A30 158 back at the start and it was noted his saddle was broken. A30 159 |^The field was despatched without him. A30 160 *<*4Coming up a treat!*> A30 161 |^*0Robin Butt looks to have the Noodlum trotter Cracker A30 162 coming up a treat for a new campaign. A30 163 |^As a youngster he showed enough for Butt to rate him one A30 164 of the most promising trotters he had ever been associated A30 165 with. A30 166 |^He looked it too as a three-year-old but a kidney ailment A30 167 nearly ended his career and he is now rising five. A30 168 |^When he does line up it could pay to remember his fifth in A30 169 the {0NZ} Trotting Stakes over a year ago. A30 170 |^He chased home Highwood, Wedgewood, Borrowed Time and Firm A30 171 Offer. A30 172 |^All of whom have gone on to much greater things. A30 173 * A30 174 |^*4The smart Blenheim pacer Radiant King was to go out for a A30 175 spell after the end of the local meeting yesterday and it could A30 176 be well into the spring before he is seen in racing trim again. A30 177 |^*0*"I think I'll give him a decent break, perhaps as much A30 178 as six weeks. ^He seems back to his best now but it's taken a A30 179 long time,**" said trainer Max Miller after Radiant King's A30 180 Nelson triumph. A30 181 |^It has been a most disappointing season for a horse from A30 182 which Miller expected big things. A30 183 |^Disappointing efforts in the {0DB} Superstar series was A30 184 the first blow and the horse was below peak all through the A30 185 spring and early summer. A30 186 |^*"A blood test showed anaemia. ^I can only think he had A30 187 some virus and took a good while to get over it,**" Miller A30 188 said. A30 189 |^Radiant King certainly looked the horse of old at Nelson A30 190 when posting his first win since June last year. A30 191 |^That sort of form points to his potential. A30 192 *<*4Pete gets a granny challenge...*> *<*0By Dennis Duffy*> A30 193 |^*4A 56-year-old grandmother has challenged New Zealand's A30 194 world singles bowls champion Peter Belliss to a winner-take-all A30 195 encounter. A30 196 |^*0A miss-match? ^Not necessarily so. ^The game lady is A30 197 Australian Merle Richardson who has become the world's first A30 198 professional woman bowler. A30 199 |^In her new career playing draw shots for dollars, A30 200 Richardson is already in great demand and now wants to take on A30 201 the top men's professional Belliss. A30 202 |^Richardson is undisputedly the world's finest women's A30 203 player. A30 204 |^She's won world championship gold medals in 1977 (fours) A30 205 and in 1985 (pairs and singles) and gave up a certain medal at A30 206 the forthcoming Edinburgh Commonwealth Games by turning A30 207 professional. A30 208 *<*4New post for Ces*> A30 209 |^*0Ces Blazey (above) has not retired from rugby. A30 210 |^The recently-resigned {0NZRFU} chairman has been given a A30 211 new post. A30 212 |^He is to head the {0NZRFU}'s {0VIP} and protocol A30 213 sub-committee for next year's World Cup. A30 214 |^As a proven diplomat, Blazey should do the job well. A30 215 *<*4Elliot looks north*> A30 216 *<*0By Brian Lawlor*> A30 217 |^*4Young rider Grant Elliot had a drastic change of scene A30 218 only a day after winning the biggest race of his career aboard A30 219 Timandra Bay in the *+$60,000 Fay Richwhite Cornwall Handicap A30 220 recently. A30 221 |^*0Elliot, not long out of his apprenticeship, booted A30 222 Timandra Bay to a convincing win in Ellerslie's rich winter A30 223 flat race but the next day he was out in the sticks at a A30 224 Taranaki point-to-point fixture. A30 225 |^Elliot has been spending a bit of time with Hawera trainer A30 226 Kevin Myers and he handled one of the Myers' jumpers in the A30 227 steeplechase at the point-to-point. A30 228 |^To cap a memorable weekend, Elliot combined with Spring A30 229 Fortune to win. A30 230 |^*"It was a great day,**" Elliot said of the A30 231 point-to-point. A30 232 |^*"I was nervous right up until the first fence. ^Once we A30 233 jumped that, there was no time to be nervous**". A30 234 |^The stay at Myers' stable is a bushman's holiday for A30 235 Elliot but it has had at least one beneficial spinoff. A30 236 |^The young rider's weight has dropped markedly since being A30 237 at Hawera and he now rides around 51\0kg quite comfortably. A30 238 |^Elliot would be keen to take up a riding position in the A30 239 northern area if a suitable job came up. A30 240 |^*"The north provides a lot more race days and the stakes A30 241 up there are so much better,**" he said. A30 242 |^After his Cornwall win on Timandra Bay there would be a A30 243 few northerners ready to give him the chance. A30 244 *<*4Marushka out*> A30 245 |^*4Capable winter galloper Marushka (Norfolk Air-Battling A30 246 Lass) pulled up sore after a training gallop last week and he A30 247 is now spelling until next season. A30 248 |^*0Marushka, who recently won on the flat at Paeroa, had A30 249 been schooling well and was the pre-post favourite for the A30 250 hurdles at Avondale last Friday, when he was to have made his A30 251 debut over fences. A30 252 |^It was unfortunate for his trainers, Bruce and Robert A30 253 Priscott, that he should have gone amiss on the eve of the A30 254 meeting but the partners gained some compensation through A30 255 winning runs by Double Fault (Avondale), and Landsdowne Road, A30 256 Hopscotch and My Ballerina (Te Awamutu) at the end of the week. A30 257 *- Alf Kneebone A30 258 *<*4Heading north*> A30 259 |^New Plymouth filly Phantasy World could trek north next A30 260 month for the *+$10,000 Northland Breeders 10,000 at Ruakaka. A30 261 |^*0Taranaki horses rarely travel north of Auckland to race A30 262 but New Plymouth training partners John Wheeler and Ian Adams A30 263 are seriously considering the Whangarei Racing Club fixture. A30 264 |^Phantasy World scored her second win from six starts last A30 265 week at Hawera and is a filly of some worth. A30 266 |^John Wheeler said the fact the race was for fillies and A30 267 the likelihood of good footing at Ruakaka were the main A30 268 attractions. A30 269 |^If Phantasy World does not trek north, she is likely to A30 270 contest the *+$20,000 Ryder Stakes at Levin on July 16. A30 271 *# A31 001 **[031 TEXT A31**] A31 002 *<*4Australians now control {0TNC}*> A31 003 |^*0The Australians who bought into Transport North A31 004 Canterbury Holdings, \0Ltd, last year, have now taken control. A31 005 |^Newmans Group, \0Ltd, announced yesterday that it has sold A31 006 its 20 per cent holding in the Rangiora-based Transport North A31 007 Canterbury for *+$1.3\0M to the Australians. A31 008 |^This makes {0TNC} a subsidiary of the Australian A31 009 investment company, Van Berg Holdings, \0Ltd, through the A31 010 firm's New Zealand arm, Southern Cross Enterprises. ^The A31 011 Australians have 58 per cent of {0TNC}. A31 012 |^Under its new chairman, \0Mr Ian Langford, of Rangiora, A31 013 {0TNC} has been restructuring. ^It has 40 staff fewer than two A31 014 years ago, and has been selling trucks. A31 015 |^This month it should be back in profit, \0Mr Langford said A31 016 last evening. ^This has been achieved in what some are saying A31 017 is the worst year for country carriers for a quarter of a A31 018 century. A31 019 |^Van Berg is the investment arm of \0Mr Paul Petersen, of A31 020 Sydney, who owns a construction company. ^His associates in A31 021 {0TNC} are \0Mr Warren Duncan, of Sydney, a chartered A31 022 accountant, and \0Mr Charles O'Neil, a Sydney businessman. A31 023 |^The Australians have interests at Queenstown, and have A31 024 said they are looking for other investment opportunities in the A31 025 South Island. ^There have been suggestions that they might use A31 026 {0TNC} as a holding company for interests in Australia, which A31 027 may offer them tax advantages. A31 028 |^Earlier last year, {0TNC} bought about *+$1.7\0M worth of A31 029 trucks. ^Some of the 40 vehicles sold or awaiting sale have A31 030 been replaced; others are redundant because of more efficient A31 031 use of plant. A31 032 |^\0Mr Langford said the firm had sold about *+$1.1\0M worth A31 033 of assets which were not required. A31 034 |^The sale to Southern Cross Enterprises has been announced A31 035 shortly after the Commerce Commission and the Overseas A31 036 Investment Commission gave approval for Southern to take over A31 037 {0TNC}. A31 038 |^The Newmans representatives, \0Mr Robbie Dyce and \0Mr A31 039 Peter Ammundsden, resigned from the {0TNC} board a few weeks A31 040 ago. A31 041 |^Newmans said it has sold its total {0TNC} holding of A31 042 478,965 shares for 270\0c each. ^It had obtained the A31 043 shareholding at 250\0c each last July in consideration of the A31 044 purchase by {0TNC} of Service Transport, \0Ltd. A31 045 |^The negotiated price compares with the 350\0c the shares A31 046 attracted when they were last traded on January 7. A31 047 |^The sale came after statements by Southern Cross that it A31 048 intended to expand {0TNC}'s operations into areas of possible A31 049 future conflict with Newmans, Newmans said. A31 050 |^In December, Southern Cross predicted {0TNC}'s profit in A31 051 the year to September would reach *+$1.2\0M after tax, despite A31 052 being only *+$133,000 last year. A31 053 *<*4Countrywide ahead*> A31 054 *<*0{0PA} Auckland*> A31 055 |^The Countrywide Building Society has reported an unaudited A31 056 profit after tax of *+$2.25\0M for the half year ended December A31 057 31. ^It is well ahead of the profit for the corresponding A31 058 period last year. A31 059 |^No comparative figures are provided for the revenue A31 060 statement, as it is the first half-year report produced. A31 061 ^Revenue for the latest half was *+$39.9\0M. ^Cost of funds A31 062 and expenses was *+$37.6\0M. A31 063 |^The chief executive, \0Mr Peter Martin, said Countrywide A31 064 had achieved a satisfactory strengthening both on its financial A31 065 position and in profitability. A31 066 |^*"The deregulatory measures of Government economic policy A31 067 led to a period over the last six months of increasing interest A31 068 rates, resulting in intense competition for the saving and A31 069 investing dollar,**" said \0Mr Martin. A31 070 |^Countrywide's assets increased to *+$506\0M, an increase A31 071 of *+$53\0M from June 30. A31 072 |^During the half-year Countrywide lent *+$54.7\0M on A31 073 mortgage, compared with *+$74.5\0M for the whole of the last A31 074 financial year. A31 075 |^\0Mr Martin said his organisation was looking forward to A31 076 the pending changes in the legislation governing building A31 077 societies. A31 078 |^*"Changes to the Building Societies Act and the A31 079 introduction of new legislation relating to banking activities A31 080 in New Zealand are expected to provide Countrywide with A31 081 opportunities to strengthen its position and to move into new A31 082 areas of operations.**" A31 083 |^As well as launching a life insurance company in the A31 084 period under review, Countrywide has announced it will be A31 085 shortly issuing a Visa card. A31 086 |^*"We are increasingly adopting a greater consumer banking A31 087 role in order to provide a total service to our customers,**" A31 088 said \0Mr Martin. A31 089 |^Although interest rates eased in December, the present A31 090 levels would be maintained in the immediate future, he said. A31 091 *<*4{0ANZ} *'truly international**'*> A31 092 |^*0Australian and New Zealand Banking Group, \0Ltd, has A31 093 become a truly international bank through its acquisition of A31 094 Grindlays Bank, the Chairman, Sir William Vines, says in the A31 095 group's annual report for the year ended September 30. A31 096 |^The group profit, before extraordinary items, of A31 097 *+$\0Aust320.2 million reflected increased contributions from A31 098 offshore operations, partly because of favourable exchange rate A31 099 movements. A31 100 |^The profit represented a return of 16.2 per cent on A31 101 average shareholders' funds, increased by the one-for-four A31 102 rights issue which raised *+$\0Aust225 million in September, A31 103 1984. ^The earnings rate in 1984 was 18.6 per cent. A31 104 |^The group received its first contribution from the A31 105 Grindlays group, amounting to *+$\0Aust11.7 million. ^This A31 106 result was depressed by additional doubtful debt provisions A31 107 made in segments of the lending portfolio adversely affected by A31 108 economic and business conditions. A31 109 |^However, Sir William said that considerable progress had A31 110 been made with the integration and nationalisation of {0ANZ} A31 111 and Grindlays operations around the world. ^Although A31 112 Grindlays' profit return for the year was below that of the A31 113 {0ANZ} group as a whole, benefits have begun to flow to the A31 114 group and are expected to increase in future years, he said. A31 115 |^As announced, the recommended final dividend of 16\0c a A31 116 share will make a total payment of 31\0c for the year, compared A31 117 with 30\0c for the previous year; the 31 per cent dividend is A31 118 covered more than three times. A31 119 |^Other highlights for the year were : A31 120 **[LIST**] A31 121 |^Regional administrations were established in London, New A31 122 York, and Hong Kong. A31 123 |^Establishment of a combined merchant banking operation A31 124 under the name of {0ANZ} Capital Markets Corporation, \0Ltd, A31 125 after the acquisitions of minority shareholdings in {0AIFC} and A31 126 Delfui-{0BNY}, and merging them with Grindlays Australia, A31 127 \0Ltd. A31 128 |^Establishment of integrated investment banking and A31 129 stockbroking operations in London, to trade as {0ANZ} Merchant A31 130 Bank Limited from January 1986. ^This combines the activities A31 131 of Grindlays' Investment Bank and Capel-Cure Myers, A31 132 stockbrokers. A31 133 |^Transaction Banking, {0ANZ}'s electronic teller terminal A31 134 value capture system, operational in approximately 900 A31 135 branches. A31 136 |^Esanda group expanded asset base by 21.0 per cent. A31 137 |^Investment and Trust Services division established to A31 138 co-ordinate the marketing of the Group's investment and trust A31 139 subsidiaries and services. ^Total funds under management A31 140 exceed *+$4000 million. A31 141 |^{0ANZ} lead managed the *+$380 million Amadeus Basin to A31 142 Darwin gas pipeline. A31 143 |^Incorporation of Daiwa-{0ANZ} International Limited in A31 144 which {0ANZ} has a 50 per cent interest and which will provide A31 145 Japanese sourced capital market and securities facilities to A31 146 Australian corporations. A31 147 |^Acquisition in New Zealand of a building society ({0UDC} A31 148 Endeavour Building Society) and a 50 per cent interest in A31 149 Metropolitan Life Assurance Company by the Group's New Zealand A31 150 subsidiary. A31 151 |^Acquisition of operations of Barclays Bank {0plc} in Fiji A31 152 and Vanuatu. A31 153 |^Australian Trading Bank deposits increased by 21.2 per A31 154 cent, and Saving Bank deposits increased by 6.3 per cent. A31 155 |^Referring to New Zealand operations, the directors say A31 156 that the performance of the 75 per cent owned New Zealand A31 157 subsidiary continues to be very satisfactory. A31 158 |^Its result was achieved against a background of a rapidly A31 159 changing banking and financial environment. ^In December, A31 160 1984, new Government liquidity management arrangements were A31 161 established, and foreign exchange controls, which had been in A31 162 place since 1938, were abolished. ^Further deregulatory moves A31 163 included the removal of the statutory reserve assets ratio and, A31 164 significantly, the floating of the New Zealand dollar in March, A31 165 1985. ^These moves followed measures in 1984 to remove A31 166 institutional credit growth guidelines and interest rate A31 167 controls. A31 168 |^The Bank agrees with the increasing reliance being placed A31 169 on market mechanisms to achieve monetary control, and A31 170 particularly welcomes the liberalisation of the finance sector. A31 171 ^Effectively this has meant that trading banks have been free A31 172 for the first time in many years to compete across all deposit A31 173 maturities, and to offer a full range of domestic and A31 174 international financial services. A31 175 |^Government monetary policy has focused on controlling the A31 176 growth of a primary liquidity base and thus influence **[SIC**] the A31 177 wider monetary aggregates. ^However, both money supply (\0M3) and A31 178 private sector credit have risen strongly in 1985, partly A31 179 reflecting the increasing share of banks in the financial A31 180 system. ^Interest rates have reached very high levels, A31 181 resulting mainly from the heavy government stock tender A31 182 programme. ^It also reflects increased competition for A31 183 deposits and a strong demand for funds for both business and A31 184 personal use as the economy continued to exhibit steady growth A31 185 through the first half of 1985. A31 186 |^Bank lending rates increased throughout the year, A31 187 reflecting the rising deposit costs and strong pressure on A31 188 margins. ^By the September, 1985, quarter it was evident that A31 189 the high cost of finance was impacting on both personal and A31 190 business spending decisions, thus reducing the level of A31 191 economic activity. A31 192 |^{0ANZ} deposits rose 23 per cent during the year, while A31 193 lending increased by 22 per cent. A31 194 |^The wholly-owned finance company {0UDC} Group Holdings, A31 195 \0Ltd, experienced strong growth in business demand amid a A31 196 strong competitive environment and made a profit contribution A31 197 slightly reduced from the previous year. A31 198 |^In November, 1984, the Permanent Investment Building A31 199 Society of Canterbury was purchased by {0UDC}. ^Subsequently A31 200 renamed {0UDC} Endeavour Building Society, the acquisition A31 201 forms part of an initiative by {0UDC} to develop personal A31 202 sector business. A31 203 |^In July, 1985, the Bank acquired 50 per cent of the A31 204 shareholding of Metropolitan Life Assurance Company of {0N.Z.} A31 205 \0Ltd. A31 206 *<*4More to Export Pain Than Exchange Rate*> A31 207 * A31 209 |^The New Zealand dollar exchange rate continues to be the A31 210 major focus for the price depression in exports with particular A31 211 complaint from the farm sector. A31 212 |^*0The attribution of blame though, is surely too A31 213 simplistic. ^The exchange rate is rather more symptom than A31 214 cause. A31 215 |^It is not just a question of high New Zealand interest A31 216 rates *- high relative to those of other countries *- making A31 217 attractive the buying of New Zealand securities as investment A31 218 here so causing buying demand for the kiwi dollar. A31 219 |^The relative value of other currencies matters, too. A31 220 ^Thus, if investors decide the United States dollar is A31 221 overvalued and its exchange rate falls (as it has), then even A31 222 if the kiwi were to *"stand still**" it would rise in terms of A31 223 exchange rate with the American unit. A31 224 |^The kiwi-United States dollar rate receives the most A31 225 attention. ^It is certainly important, but it is not the whole A31 226 story. A31 227 *<*4Better Off*> A31 228 |^*0New Zealand exporters are also worse off in exchange A31 229 rate terms (price aside) compared with pre-dollar float rates A31 230 in Canada, Hong Kong, Singapore and Australia. A31 231 |^But they are better off in Britain, France, Japan, the A31 232 Netherlands and West Germany. A31 233 |^Of course, the reverse applies with imports. A31 234 |^And imports go to make up the costs exporters price A31 235 inputs. A31 236 |^Here surely is the rural issue: inflation or cost rises. A31 237 |^In spite of assertions that New Zealand used to have a A31 238 fixed exchange rate, it did not. ^It had rates that were A31 239 stable for often considerable periods but they were adjusted A31 240 when cost pressures mounted. A31 241 |^The adjustments were invariably down *- down all the way A31 242 on the Reserve Bank's trade weighted exchange rate index from A31 243 133.1 in June 1974 to 62.7 just before the dollar floated in A31 244 March last year. A31 245 |^The index ended last week at 67.4, a 7.5 per cent lift A31 246 since the float, but halved since 1974. A31 247 |^Incidentally in terms of the American dollar in that A31 248 12-year-term the kiwi dollar has fallen more than half, from A31 249 being worth *+${0US}1.47 to 56{0US}\0c. A31 250 |^Coincidentally there was a long period of a rising United A31 251 States exchange rate which was a de facto depreciation of the A31 252 kiwi. A31 253 *<*4Put Finger*> A31 254 |^*0The periods of stability in the New Zealand exchange A31 255 rate may have helped planning but when the adjustment times A31 256 were increasingly anticipated. A31 257 |^The devaluations could be described as the easy way out, A31 258 the soft option of postponement of resisting internal cost and A31 259 price rises and economic adjustment and restructuring. A31 260 |^That, too, is probably only partly right. ^The chairman A31 261 of Fletcher Challenge, Sir Ronald Trotter, in a Wellington A31 262 address last week put his finger on the other big factor *- A31 263 trade protection or subsidised farm price support in New A31 264 Zealand's overseas markets. A31 265 |^In one form or another Europe, the United States and Japan A31 266 all practise it. A31 267 |^It costs the United States *+${0US}5.5 billion a year in A31 268 dairying alone; the European Community's common agricultural A31 269 policy price support is running at the rate of *+${0NZ}37.5 A31 270 billion a year. ^That is now more than 60 per cent of the A31 271 Community's budget. ^Trade is on the agenda for the coming A31 272 Gatt talks. ^But even if there were a breakthrough in them *- A31 273 and the costs are becoming a break-point for taxpayers and A31 274 budgets *- the solution to a problem that has been worsening A31 275 for all of 30 years will not be achieved overnight. A31 276 *# A32 001 **[032 TEXT A32**] A32 002 *<*4Omnicorp Nets *+$3.9\0m, Plans Options Issue*> A32 003 |^Omnicorp Investments \0Ltd is to make a one-for-four A32 004 renounceable options issue and pay a maiden dividend after A32 005 reporting an audited tax-paid trading profit of *+$3,933,000 in A32 006 the 11 months to March 31. A32 007 |^*0The options are to be offered at 50\0c each with the A32 008 right of conversion to one new share on payment of a further A32 009 50\0c on March 31 1991. A32 010 |^The options will rank equally with existing capital in A32 011 respect of all bonus, cash or other issues made. ^They will be A32 012 transferable but will not carry voting rights. A32 013 |^The new shares arising from the options will qualify for A32 014 dividends for the March 31, 1992, financial year. A32 015 |^The options issue will raise *+$12.5 million now and a A32 016 further *+$12.5 million in 1991. A32 017 |^The *+$3,933,000 profit is after writing off preliminary A32 018 expenses of *+$78,000 and represents an annual rate of profit A32 019 of *+$4.9 million. ^In the prospectus for the float of A32 020 Omnicorp last year a profit of *+$2,027,000 was forecast for A32 021 the first year. A32 022 *<*4Fluctuation*> A32 023 |^*0A maiden dividend of 0.5\0c a share (1 per cent) is A32 024 recommended. ^Payment and ex entitlement dates for the A32 025 dividend and the options issue will be announced later. A32 026 |^As at March 31 shareholders' funds totalled *+$53,433,000, A32 027 and in addition the investment fluctuation reserve stood at A32 028 *+$8,142,000. A32 029 |^Total assets were *+$80,176,000. A32 030 |^The investment fluctuation reserve includes *+$2,243,000 A32 031 of realised gains from the partial sale of investments which A32 032 have been used to write down the cost of the remaining shares. A32 033 |^*"This is a most satisfactory result for our set-up A32 034 period,**" said \0Mr Lloyd Morrison, chairman of Omnicorp. A32 035 |^*"We have developed an excellent base for the coming year, A32 036 and are confident of a substantial profit increase for the next A32 037 financial year. A32 038 |^*"These profits consist of conservatively stated cash A32 039 earnings. ^No unrealised profits are included and all interest A32 040 costs and other expenses have been fully written off,**" he A32 041 said. A32 042 *<*4Advantage*> A32 043 |^*0During this period, Omnicorp has developed a network of A32 044 contacts, established a funding base with a number of undrawn A32 045 lines, and accumulated a number of strategic positions. A32 046 |^The company has also taken advantage of profitable trading A32 047 opportunities involving sharemarkets, government stock/ fixed A32 048 interest securities and foreign exchange in New Zealand as well A32 049 as Australia, Britain, the United States and Hong Kong. A32 050 |^*"In the coming year we will actively pursue both trading A32 051 opportunities and the long-term accumulation of strategic A32 052 positions, mainly in New Zealand and Britain,**" said \0Mr A32 053 Morrison. A32 054 |^He said Omnicorp would make a number of significant moves A32 055 in the local market as well as committing management and A32 056 resources to establishing an office in London. A32 057 *<*4Rewards for Right Decisions*> A32 058 |^*0The sharemarket was rewarding correct business decisions A32 059 and penalising poor management decisions, the Minister of A32 060 Finance, \0Mr Douglas, said last night. A32 061 |^But he said the continual strong performance of the A32 062 sharemarket continued to surprise him. A32 063 |^Speaking at the opening of the new Auckland Regional Stock A32 064 Exchange offices and trading floor, \0Mr Douglas said this A32 065 strong performance had promoted greater interest in holding and A32 066 trading shares by all types of people. A32 067 |^*"It is sometimes important to remember that what A32 068 ultimately backs share prices is the profitable production of A32 069 goods and services,**" he said. A32 070 |^The rationalisation that had gone on in the sharemarket A32 071 and the attention paid to share prices sometimes seemed to A32 072 obscure the real things that were happening. A32 073 |^\0Mr Douglas said he was constantly amazed at the speed at A32 074 which many businesses were adjusting to meet the challenge of A32 075 change. A32 076 |^*"We are seeing a rapid shift of resources out of some A32 077 activities into growth activities of the economy,**" he said. A32 078 |^The consistency of Government policy was providing people A32 079 with a platform from which they could plan effective response A32 080 to change. A32 081 |^*"Although many companies are facing short-term pressure A32 082 on their earnings because of the major restructuring that is A32 083 taking place in a number of areas, they have moved ahead A32 084 because they see longer run possibilities of higher A32 085 profitability through cost efficiencies,**" said \0Mr Douglas. A32 086 |^Internationally there was a rapid trend towards the global A32 087 trading of securities. A32 088 |^*"New Zealand has now got a significant number of A32 089 companies which are large enough to compete internationally, A32 090 and provide future earnings and wealth for the New Zealand A32 091 shareholders of these companies,**" said \0Mr Douglas. A32 092 |^If New Zealand had not moved to become part of this A32 093 internationalisation process it would surely have been left A32 094 behind. A32 095 |^*"Now we have some large companies headed by entrepreneurs A32 096 who are as good or better than any of their overseas A32 097 competitors using other countries' money to purchase and own A32 098 overseas assets for the benefit of New Zealanders,**" he said. A32 099 |^\0Mr Douglas said that while he was aware that high A32 100 interest rates were causing concern, evidence was now starting A32 101 to come in that the Government's policy to get inflation down A32 102 was working. A32 103 *<*4Call Option Offer by Jarden*> A32 104 * A32 105 |^A new tool for investors is available with Wellington A32 106 broker Jarden and \0Co prepared to deal in three-month call A32 107 options in Brierley Investments and Fletcher Challenge shares. A32 108 |^*0Although options are traded widely overseas they have A32 109 not been available in this form in New Zealand. A32 110 |^However, Wellington-based Tag Corporation \0Ltd announced A32 111 on Monday it would offer a similar scheme for Brierley-linked A32 112 units. ^These, however, are longer term and redeemable on A32 113 March 31, 1989. A32 114 |^The senior partner at Jarden, \0Mr Bryan Johnson, A32 115 explained that with call options an investor buys an option at A32 116 a premium on the present market price and in three months the A32 117 options are exercised. A32 118 *<*4Traded*> A32 119 |^*0On a Brierley market price of 560\0c a share, Jarden is A32 120 offering a 70\0c premium. ^On the Fletcher Challenge options a A32 121 40\0c premium is likely. A32 122 |^\0Mr Johnson says the options will not be listed but can A32 123 be traded on the *"grey**" market any time until the exercise A32 124 date. A32 125 |^He said Jarden had been looking at the possibility of an A32 126 options market for some time and that the move was not prompted A32 127 by Tag's announcement. A32 128 |^At present the broker will be offering only options in A32 129 Brierley and Fletcher Challenge shares but others may be A32 130 offered later, depending on how things go initially. A32 131 |^The market has shown interest in the options already and A32 132 \0Mr Johnson said he was *"quite staggered**" by the response A32 133 to date and a few trades were made yesterday. A32 134 |^In Australia an extensive options market exists, and this A32 135 is a possibility in New Zealand eventually, according to A32 136 Jarden. A32 137 |^The premium price for the options in Brierley and Fletcher A32 138 Challenge will vary according to demand, market price of the A32 139 shares and interest rate levels. A32 140 *<*4Offered*> A32 141 |^*0\0Mr Johnson explained that institutions who held the A32 142 shares in Brierley and Fletcher Challenge offered a contract to A32 143 investors for an option. ^The contract gave the investor the A32 144 right to buy a share after the three-month period and these A32 145 contracts could be bought or sold. A32 146 |^The options are sold in 1000 share lots. A32 147 *<*4Charter Gets *+$10.2\0m For {0SSB} Holding*> A32 148 *<*0Wellington Staff*> A32 149 |^Charter Corporation \0Ltd, which announced on Tuesday it A32 150 had lifted its 11 per cent stake in Salmond Smith Biolab to A32 151 16.5 per cent, has now sold the entire holding to an un-named A32 152 buyer, believed to be an institution, for some *+$10.2 million. A32 153 |^Charter told the stock exchange yesterday it had completed A32 154 the sale of its 16.5 per cent shareholding in Salmond Smith A32 155 Biolab *"following a number of approaches in recent weeks.**" A32 156 |^The 3,945,329 shares were sold to the un-named buyer in an A32 157 offmarket transaction for 260\0c each. ^On Tuesday Charter A32 158 said it paid 251\0c for the 1,189,628 shares it bought to A32 159 increase the holding. A32 160 *<*4*'Relaxed**'*> A32 161 |^*0The joint managing director of the newly merged Salmond A32 162 Smith Biolab group, \0Mr Trevor Smith, said his company A32 163 suspected the buyer was an institution *"who felt the company A32 164 was a good investment.**" A32 165 |^He said Smith Biolab was *"quite relaxed**" about the A32 166 sale and the probable buyer. A32 167 |^Although recent trading may have changed the holdings, the A32 168 larger shareholders in the company are understood to be A32 169 Barclays {0NZ} Nominees with 8.7 percent, National Mutual Life A32 170 6.3 per cent, {0AA} Mutual Insurance and Government Life A32 171 Insurance 4.8 per cent each and Foresight Nominees \0Ltd 3.7 A32 172 per cent. A32 173 |^The chairman of Charter, \0Mr John Lawrey, told the A32 174 *1Herald *0yesterday that he understood a number of parties had A32 175 been interested in the holding. A32 176 *<*4Released*> A32 177 |^*0Charter said the sale of the shares realised a A32 178 significant surplus and released funds for other investments in A32 179 equity markets both in New Zealand and overseas. A32 180 |^\0Mr Lawrey said there were no specific plans and the A32 181 funds would be used in the general investment activities of the A32 182 group. A32 183 |^The bulk of Charter's holding in Salmond Smith Biolab A32 184 arose from an option granted by {0AA} Mutual to acquire shares A32 185 in the old Smith-Biolab company in February for 275\0c a share. A32 186 |^That left Charter with 19.8 per cent of the old Smith A32 187 Biolab which, with a small holding in Salmond, gave Charter 11 A32 188 per cent of the new company. A32 189 *<*4{0FAI} May Have Quit {0NZI}*> A32 190 |^*0A big {0NZI} Corporation shareholder in Australia, A32 191 {0FAI} Insurance, is believed to have quit its holding A32 192 yesterday in trading which saw 10.4 million shares change hands A32 193 there. A32 194 |^The stock closed steady in Australia on-market at A32 195 150\0A\0c after peaking at 155\0c. ^The special trade of 9.9 A32 196 million shares, which was at 160\0c, is thought to have gone to A32 197 more than one Australian holder. A32 198 |^An {0NZI} Corporation spokesman confirmed his company A32 199 understood {0FAI} was the seller and said his company was not A32 200 particularly concerned. A32 201 |^The trade represents around 2 per cent of {0NZI} capital. A32 202 |^In New Zealand, the stock closed 9{0NZ}\0c lower at A32 203 182\0c, with 590,200 shares reported trading. A32 204 *<*4Batley Again Warns Shareholders*> A32 205 |^*0Directors of Batley Printing Group \0Ltd yesterday A32 206 repeated their warning to shareholders, first made two weeks A32 207 ago, not to sell their shares. A32 208 |^Directors said negotiations which would *"result in a A32 209 change in the control of the company**" were well advanced and A32 210 were expected to be concluded before Friday, May 2. A32 211 |^Shareholders were advised not to sell their shares until A32 212 the changes were announced. A32 213 |^Batley is at present controlled by the Batley family whose A32 214 interests hold 58 per cent of the capital. A32 215 *<*4Rate Rises Slacken*> A32 216 |^Financial markets consolidated yesterday with rates edging A32 217 higher rather than soaring as in the past few days. A32 218 |^*0The New Zealand dollar climbed to 57.23{0US}\0c from an A32 219 opening of 56.9\0c. ^On Tuesday the close was 56.95\0c. A32 220 |^Dealers reported good two-way business in an upward trend. A32 221 ^The announcement of the final March year Government budget A32 222 deficit figure had little or no effect immediately but that A32 223 could come later. A32 224 |^The Reserve Bank exchange rate index closed at 67.5 A32 225 compared with 67.6 on Tuesday. A32 226 *<*4Cautious*> A32 227 |^*0The cross rate with the Australian dollar was 78.41\0c A32 228 compared with 78.54 on Tuesday. A32 229 |^In Tokyo the United States dollar fell to a A32 230 post**[ARB**]-war record low of 166.8 yen but moved up later in A32 231 quiet and cautious trade. ^In New Zealand the close was A32 232 168.00/10 yen compared with 168.90/05 at the opening. A32 233 |^Against the West German mark the United States dollar A32 234 firmed slightly to 2.1855/70 from 2.1850/65 in the morning. A32 235 |^Rates remained firm on the New Zealand money market with A32 236 the call rate at 22.5 to 23 per cent and 90-day commercial A32 237 bills at 21.5 per cent. ^Dealers said the call rate was A32 238 holding up the term rates and there was a flat yield curve A32 239 through the whole market. A32 240 |^The Reserve Bank sold *+$45 million in treasury bills A32 241 after offering to sell *+$75 million. ^The bank sold *+$22 A32 242 million at five-day bills at 19.43 to 20.13 per cent and *+$23 A32 243 million of eight-day bills at 19.48 to 19.9. A32 244 *<*4Reversal*> A32 245 |^*0The recent downward trend in Government stock yields on A32 246 the secondary market suffered a reversal as profit-takers moved A32 247 in. ^June 1991 stock was at 17.65 per cent compared with 17.33 A32 248 per cent on Tuesday. A32 249 |^Dealers said the reversal has come suddenly and had grown A32 250 as a mild panic hit the market. ^Such reversals were not A32 251 uncommon in a bull market and this one would probably prove A32 252 short-lived. A32 253 *<*4{0IEL} Subsidiary Purchased*> A32 254 |^*0May and Baker Australia \0Pty \0Ltd, part of the Rhone A32 255 Poulenc Group and represented in New Zealand by May and Baker A32 256 New Zealand \0Ltd, has acquired Amalgamated Chemicals \0Ltd, a A32 257 Sydney-based, wholly owned subsidiary of Industrial Equity A32 258 \0Ltd. A32 259 |^Amalgamated Chemicals manufactures and distributes a range A32 260 of agricultural chemicals and a small range of animal health A32 261 products. A32 262 *<*4{0BIL} Gets To Post*> A32 263 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A32 264 |^A massive increase in the number of shares traded, and new A32 265 Brierley Investments \0Ltd shareholders, have delayed the A32 266 mailing of {0BIL} cash issue documents by a week. A32 267 |^But the documents were posted last night along with the A32 268 {0BIL} interim report. A32 269 |^The secretary, \0Mr Ray Robinson, said sheer volumes of A32 270 transactions put the company's mail behind. ^{0BIL} had to A32 271 process 12,000 transfers received from brokers in a fortnight, A32 272 normally a two month job. A32 273 |^In the process the company added another 5000 A32 274 shareholders, making the grand total of 62,000. A32 275 *# A33 001 **[033 TEXT A33**] A33 002 *<*4{0ANZ} parent bids for full control*> A33 003 * A33 004 |^*2THE {0ANZ} GROUP *- *0parent and 74.2 per cent owner A33 005 of{0ANZ} Banking Group {0NZ} \0Ltd *- is to make a takeover for A33 006 the shares it does not already own, it announced last night. A33 007 |^The statement came two hours after a don't sell notice was A33 008 put on the shares. A33 009 |^If successful, the offer will return the local subsidiary A33 010 to full group control, 6 1/2 years after it was floated. A33 011 |^The offer is conditional on the acceptance of the Overseas A33 012 Investment Commission and locally based directors of the A33 013 subsidiary, who are expected to make a decision based on an A33 014 independent valuation later this week. A33 015 |^Under the terms of the offer, the local board members will A33 016 retain their seats and act as an advisory board. ^\0Mr Will A33 017 Bailey, group managing director and chief executive officer of A33 018 the Melbourne-based bank, implied at a press conference last A33 019 night that an additional director or directors from New Zealand A33 020 would get seats on the parent board, joining local chairman Lyn A33 021 Papps there. A33 022 |^\0Mr Bailey said the decision to buy out the local A33 023 shareholding was because of the need to live with the A33 024 globalisation of the banking world. ^It was better for the A33 025 parent to have 100 per cent ownership of all its subsidiaries A33 026 in these circumstances. A33 027 |^He said it had been a great idea in 1979 to float off the A33 028 subsidiary in New Zealand, and the bank as a whole had gained A33 029 great benefit from local incorporation, which would be A33 030 continued. A33 031 |^The involvement of the local board was one of the reasons A33 032 that the bank had fared so well. A33 033 |^The takeover would mean the parent would be able to draw A33 034 on the full capital resources of the bank. ^The position of A33 035 New Zealand as a subsidiary was not helpful. ^The pressure to A33 036 change came from the emergence of strong local and new large A33 037 integrated banks, and the deregulation of financial markets. A33 038 |^To help expansion *- and the bank was looking at further A33 039 diversification in New Zealand *- a wholly-owned subsidiary was A33 040 more appropriate operating on an integrated rather than a A33 041 geographic basis, \0Mr Bailey said. A33 042 |^Shareholders in {0ANZ} ({0NZ}) are being offered an A33 043 outright cash payment of *+${0NZ}3.75 a share, or, seven {0ANZ} A33 044 Group shares for every 10 {0ANZ} ({0NZ}) shares. ^Accepting A33 045 shareholders would receive {0ANZ} Group shares with a value (as A33 046 at August 1 1986)of *+$3.80 per {0ANZ} ({0NZ}) share. A33 047 |^The shares will rank equally in all respects with the A33 048 existing ordinary *+$\0A1.00 shares of {0ANZ} Group, including A33 049 the right to participate in the final dividend for the year A33 050 ending September 30, 1986. ^This is expected to be paid in A33 051 January 1987. A33 052 |^*"In the absence of unforeseen circumstances, directors A33 053 expect to maintain the existing dividend rate on the increased A33 054 capital,**" a statement said. A33 055 |^This said that shareholders who accept the share exchange A33 056 alternative will receive substantial benefits on current A33 057 exchange rates in that their dividend income will increase by A33 058 97 per cent, and the underlying earnings on their investment A33 059 will increase by 78 per cent (based upon earnings in the six A33 060 months to March 3, 1986). A33 061 |^The offer will remain open to September 26. A33 062 |^Asked if the sale would strengthen the {0ANZ} Bank's A33 063 balance sheet and was necessary because of adverse problems A33 064 following the recent takeover of Grindlays Bank, \0Mr Bailey A33 065 denied this and said Grindlays was performing very well apart A33 066 from two divisions where more management skills were needed. A33 067 |^Asked how he felt that the sale would appear to New A33 068 Zealanders who for six years had been told of the advantages of A33 069 having shares in the local subsidiary, \0Mr Bailey said: A33 070 ^*"That is a minus factor.**" A33 071 |^He said it would be valuable if *"somehow**" dividends A33 072 could be created that were paid on a weighted basis, A33 073 representing the percentage of shareholdings of the holders in A33 074 different countries. ^It might also be possible that one day A33 075 there would be a dual currency under the closer economic A33 076 relations scheme. A33 077 |^The bank hopes that most shareholders will take shares A33 078 instead of the cash offer. ^If this happened about 10 per cent A33 079 of the group's shareholders would be New Zealanders. A33 080 |^\0Mr Bailey said he believed the Australian dollar was A33 081 undervalued. ^This made it, in his view, a better deal for A33 082 local shareholders to benefit from any rise in that currency. A33 083 |^At present prices the Australian shares are yielding A33 084 around 7 per cent, at a price of around *+$4.60, and the New A33 085 Zealand shares 4.5 per cent at current prices, a spokesman A33 086 said. A33 087 *<*4Mayfair plans *+$3.3\0m capital expansion*> A33 088 |^*2MAYFAIR *0Corporation plans to expand its issued capital by A33 089 almost *+$3.3 million before listing on the Stock Exchange A33 090 later this year. A33 091 |^The Auckland property investment company will seek A33 092 approval for the expansion at its annual meeting this week. A33 093 ^The meeting will also be told the proposed listing date. A33 094 |^Mayfair, which is an unlisted public company formerly A33 095 known as Macro Holdings, is to make a one-for-20 bonus issue in A33 096 lieu of a cash dividend in respect of the March 31, 1986, year A33 097 and will then make a renounceable cash issue at 130\0c a share. A33 098 |^It will also place 800,000 shares with institutional and A33 099 private investors, subject to shareholder approval. A33 100 |^The total capital expansion will lift the company's issued A33 101 capital from 4.25 million *+$1 shares to 7.5 million *+$1 shares. A33 102 |^It is intended the number of shareholders will grow as a A33 103 result of the issue and placement from its present 346 A33 104 shareholders. A33 105 |^Twelve months ago there were only 135 shareholders, but A33 106 Auckland brokers Whiteman and \0Co have conducted an unofficial A33 107 market in the shares which sees them presently trading at A33 108 230\0c. ^This has helped the shareholding base grow. A33 109 *<*4Profit*> A33 110 |^*0Mayfair's annual report shows the company made a A33 111 *+$1,077,791 profit from operations from turnover of *+$7.95 A33 112 million. ^In addition, annual revaluations added A33 113 *+$976,966. A33 114 |^Total assets at the March 31 balance date were *+$26.03 A33 115 million, *+$13.4 million of which was land and buildings at market A33 116 valuation. A33 117 |^Shareholders' funds were *+$8.2 million (31 per cent) and A33 118 term liabilities *+$6.7 million. A33 119 |^Mayfair has embarked on new property projects in Auckland, A33 120 Hamilton and Rotorua as well as making a first step into A33 121 Wellington with a major 16-storey office building in Boulcott A33 122 Street *"on the drawing board**", chairman Robert Narev says. A33 123 |^Developments in progress are taken into the accounts at A33 124 *+$8.05 million. A33 125 |^The report does not contain a breakdown of the major A33 126 shareholders but directors do control 27 per cent of the A33 127 shares. A33 128 |^Executive directors Gerald Williams and Len Johnson own 16 A33 129 and 6 per cent respectively. A33 130 *<*4Flower market opens*> A33 131 |^*2SIR *0Robert Muldoon yesterday opened FloraPacific's new A33 132 whole-sale flower market in Auckland. A33 133 |^Until now, FloraPacific had only exported cut flowers. A33 134 ^Chairman Tom Dresner said export sales were almost *+$5 A33 135 million last year, but the group's turnover was projected at A33 136 around *+$15 million in the next 12 months. A33 137 |^FloraPacific, a public co-operative company, issued a A33 138 prospectus for *+$387,450 capital in June to expand existing A33 139 operations. A33 140 |^The new flower market, employing 16 staff, will A33 141 incorporate FloraPacific's three divisions. ^Flowers and A33 142 foliage will be sold both at auction and fixed prices. A33 143 *<*4Nelson independent plans in-pub brews*> A33 144 |^*2NELSON *0independent brewery Roc Mac \0Ltd has formed a A33 145 subsidiary to build and market small in-pub breweries. A33 146 |^The new company, Micro-Brew Consultants \0Ltd, has nearly A33 147 completed construction of the first complete unit. A33 148 |^Depending on the amount of beer required each week, the A33 149 small breweries are to cost between *+$140,000 and *+$200,000. A33 150 |^Each batch is 1200 litres and up to 10 brews a week can be A33 151 made. A33 152 |^The units, made in Nelson of stainless steel and to be A33 153 finished in fibreglass and wood, are designed so they can be A33 154 installed in a bar in full view of customers. A33 155 |^Owners will be able to produce their own distinctive brew. A33 156 |^*"They are designed to produce naturally fermented and A33 157 conditioned ale with no chemicals or sugar added,**" general A33 158 manager Brian Moriarty said. A33 159 |^There were already more than 80 in-house breweries in the A33 160 United Kingdom and enormous interest was being shown in the A33 161 United States, Europe and Australia, he said. A33 162 |^Micro Brew was set up to try to lead the introduction of A33 163 the breweries into New Zealand. ^Overseas firms had begun A33 164 trying to sell their product here. A33 165 |^The Nelson company has yet to sell an in-house brewery, A33 166 but has had inquiries from around New Zealand, the Pacific and A33 167 Australia. A33 168 |^\0Mr Moriarty said that with the increasing number of A33 169 independent hotels, prospects for the business were *"quite A33 170 exciting**". A33 171 |^He envisaged that 15 to 20 New Zealand hotels might A33 172 install their own brewery within five years and there was A33 173 nothing to stop someone setting up a brewery in a warehouse and A33 174 marketing from there. ^Organisations such as large clubs could A33 175 brew their own brand. A33 176 *- {0NZPA} A33 177 *<*4Mineral Resources still confident of Martha Hill licence*> A33 178 |^*2MINERAL *0Resources \0Ltd directors are still expecting a A33 179 mining licence for the Martha Hill prospect to be granted early A33 180 next year. A33 181 |^They say in the quarterly report to June that a water A33 182 rights hearing will be held this month and a date will then be A33 183 set by the Planning Tribunal for hearing a mining licence A33 184 application. A33 185 |^Work on the final feasibility study will be completed A33 186 early in the fourth quarter of this year. ^Particular emphasis A33 187 is being placed on minimising projected capital costs, they A33 188 said. A33 189 |^Trenching and shallow drilling is being done to provide A33 190 assay data so ore grades can be maximised during the first A33 191 years of drilling. A33 192 |^At Union Hall another six holes had been drilled, bringing A33 193 the total to 23. A33 194 |^Another six holes were drilled by {0BP} Oil {0NZ} at the A33 195 Te Puke gold prospect, as well as further channel sampling, A33 196 geological mapping and a magnetic survey. ^While no economic A33 197 mineralisation was located, the results were encouraging, the A33 198 directors said. A33 199 |^A mining licence application has been submitted for the A33 200 Awatuna alluvial gold prospect in the South Island where bulk A33 201 sampling of trenches defined reserve of 455,000 cubic metres A33 202 with an average grade of 197 milligrams of gold a cubic metre. A33 203 |^Mining licence applications have also been made for Houhou A33 204 Creek (reserves of 3.04 million cubic metres with an average A33 205 grade of 220\0mg of gold) and Nelson Creek (reserves of 1.6 A33 206 million cubic metres grading 215\0mg of gold, plus further A33 207 inferred reserves). A33 208 |^Prospecting licence applications have been lodged over A33 209 large areas of alluvial ground in Bell Hill and Mossy Creek. A33 210 ^Churn drilling has started at Matai Terrace to test dredgeable A33 211 material which reported high grades in the 1930s. A33 212 |^The Planning Tribunal had recommended an exploration A33 213 licence be granted for Warawara, north of Hokianga, while work A33 214 continued testing epithermal gold prospects at Kauaeranga A33 215 Valley and Waihi Beach. A33 216 |^Agreement had been reached with {0CRA} Exploration \0Pty A33 217 regarding two large prospecting licences and a prospecting A33 218 licence application near Lake Stanley in northwest Stanley. A33 219 |^{0CRA} may earn a 75 per cent interest by spending A33 220 *+$750,000, after which Mineral Resources can elect to either A33 221 contribute its share of further exploration funds or reduce to A33 222 10 per cent with {0CRA} providing deferred funding to meet A33 223 Mineral Resources obligations up to the stage of a decision to A33 224 mine. A33 225 |^Prospecting and evaluating continues at the Fiji joint A33 226 venture with encouraging results from Tau and Rakiraki. A33 227 ^Mineral Resources has a 53 per cent interest in the project. A33 228 |^The quarterly funds statement shows *+$624,637 was spent A33 229 *- 309,516 on exploration, *+$115,121 on administration and A33 230 *+$200,000 on an investment. A33 231 |^The options issue raised *+$819,554, with investment A33 232 income contributing *+$37,912 and the sale of fixed assets A33 233 raising another *+$46,317. A33 234 |^The company started with liquid funds of *+$559,243 and A33 235 ended the quarter with *+$878.389. A33 236 |^It has 26,132,965 20\0c shares on issue, 2.5 million A33 237 unquoted options exercisable at *+$1 in June 1987 and A33 238 16,391,038 quoted options exercisable at 60\0c in March 1988. A33 239 *<*4Long-term rates steady*> A33 240 |^*2LONG-TERM *0interest rates on the money market were A33 241 virtually unchanged yesterday. A33 242 |^Secondary market rates are currently averaging 0.3 per A33 243 cent above the last tender four weeks ago, reflecting doubts A33 244 that there will be much overseas bidding at this week's tender. A33 245 |^Dealers said the Budget had been largely neutral for the A33 246 long-term bond market but overseas investors were confused by A33 247 last week's hectic money trading in Australia and were out of A33 248 the market. A33 249 |^The tender will offer a total of *+$500 million spread A33 250 over three maturities *- three years, five years and 10 years. A33 251 |^Yesterday's market quotes were three years 17 per cent A33 252 (unchanged from Friday), five years 16.95 percent (Friday 16.9 A33 253 per cent) and 10 years 16.2 per cent (unchanged). A33 254 |^Prime 90-day commercial bills were unchanged at 16.15 per A33 255 cent. ^Dealers said there was solid post-Budget bidding on A33 256 Friday when the rate dropped from Thursday's 16.6 per cent, but A33 257 the market was quieter yesterday. A33 258 |^On-call money eased to 13.9 per cent (Friday 14.3 per A33 259 cent). ^The Reserve Bank injected *+$20 million into the A33 260 market by way of sellback deals secured by nine-day securities A33 261 at 15.31 per cent. A33 262 |^This week's treasury bill tender will be a small one *- A33 263 just *+$30 million and all 14-day bills. A33 264 |^This is well down on last week's *+$100 million tender but A33 265 in line with a recent Reserve Bank statement that most tenders A33 266 this month would be small. A33 267 |^The tender will be held today. ^Bill tenders are held A33 268 most weeks and are the fine tuning on the monthly stock A33 269 tenders. A33 270 *- {0NZPA} A33 271 *# A34 001 **[034 TEXT A34**] A34 002 *<*6ECONOMY*> * A34 003 *<*4Some more equal than others*> A34 004 |^*6T*2HE INCOMING *0Labour Government inherited an A34 005 extraordinary array of government *"assistance**" to industry. A34 006 ^Very often, however, assistance to one industry is to the A34 007 detriment of another. A34 008 |^A good example of this was observed by Des O'Dea when he A34 009 recently investigated the withdrawal of import licensing on A34 010 strong beers in 1980 (see {0NZIER} Research Paper \0No 31). A34 011 ^Australian canned beer flooded into the market, and for a A34 012 while New Zealand producers felt themselves under severe A34 013 threat. A34 014 |^One of the reasons for the Australian success was that A34 015 their beer was cheaper. ^O'Dea found that a major cause of A34 016 this was that New Zealand brewers had to pay more for their A34 017 cans than the Australians, and because of protection ({0ie}, A34 018 assistance) to the canning industry the local beer producers A34 019 could not get the cheaper Australian can. ^The Australians A34 020 were in effect smuggling in their cheap cans, wrapped around A34 021 beer. ^The assistance given to one industry *- canning *- A34 022 undermined another *- brewing. A34 023 |^The Labour Government understood this interdependence in A34 024 an economy and concluded, I think rightly, that the existing A34 025 assistance measures were not as effective as they appeared. A34 026 ^Accordingly, it has been dramatically withdrawing assistance. A34 027 ^This withdrawal can be rather painful, so the principle of A34 028 *"equal pain**" was adopted. ^In particular it was intended A34 029 that assistance would be withdrawn from agriculture and A34 030 manufacturing at roughly the same rate. A34 031 |^Because of interdependence, the assistance to A34 032 manufacturing through tariffs and import licensing was to the A34 033 detriment of agriculture. ^Just as the brewers faced a cost A34 034 excess from the protection to the cans they had to use, farmers A34 035 faced a cost excess from having to purchase local manufactures. A34 036 ^As assistance was withdrawn from manufacturers, the farmers A34 037 would benefit from lower cost excess. A34 038 |^Thus the level of the cost excesses the farmers faced A34 039 became an important component in devising the *"equal pain**" A34 040 strategy. ^The casual reader of the Syntec report on A34 041 protection (see this column, February 1, 1986) might conclude A34 042 that those excesses are as high as 30 percent, representing an A34 043 additional cost of around *+$40,000 per farm. ^The implication A34 044 is that the dramatic (but phased) reductions in protection of A34 045 manufacturing which started with {0CER} and were speeded up by A34 046 the Labour Government would be of immense value to farmers. A34 047 ^Accordingly, the farm sector conceded major reductions in its A34 048 assistance, with the expectation of benefit from the reductions A34 049 in manufacturing assistance. A34 050 |^These benefits have not appeared, nor are they likely to, A34 051 for the simple reason that the Syntec report numbers are not A34 052 correct. ^Despite the *+$100,000 cost of the report the Syntec A34 053 team did not *1measure *0the cost excesses. ^It merely A34 054 *1assumed *0them. ^Somehow or other these assumptions got A34 055 treated as though they were serious statistical estimates, and A34 056 were incorporated in the policy-makers' thinking. A34 057 |^We now have a serious statistical estimate of the farm A34 058 excess-cost estimate. ^It comes from the Research Project on A34 059 Planning, which has a *"general equilibrium model**" of the New A34 060 Zealand economy that includes the interdependencies between A34 061 agriculture and manufacturing and the rest of the economy. A34 062 |^It is therefore able to answer the question: what would A34 063 happen if border protection was removed, and sectors, wage A34 064 rates, the exchange rate and so on were to adjust? ^From this A34 065 the model estimates that the cost excess on farm inputs is only A34 066 3.6 percent, much lower than the Syntec assumptions. A34 067 |^The conclusion is that while protection on manufacturing A34 068 raises farm costs, the increase is small. ^Conversely, A34 069 reductions in manufacturing protection will give only small A34 070 benefits to farmers. ^With hindsight the result is not A34 071 surprising. ^Over the years farmers have successfully lobbied A34 072 against the worst protection in terms of their cost excesses. A34 073 ^What remains does not affect them unduly. A34 074 |^Thus the *"equal pain**" policies were founded on faulty A34 075 advice deriving from research. ^It is not the failure of A34 076 research economists; they were barely consulted. ^Rather it A34 077 was the failure to carry out the research and then for the A34 078 non-research economists to treat vague assumptions as gospel. A34 079 ^This is not the only recent occasion of such policy failure. A34 080 *<*4Matinee mania*> A34 081 |^*6THE *4New Zealand sharemarket is carrying on like a A34 082 long-running West End blockbuster, with no signs of any fall in A34 083 patronage yet in sight. A34 084 |^*0Nor are the star players showing any signs of A34 085 over-exposure or becoming bored with their roles, while good quality A34 086 tickets close to the action continue to be scalped at A34 087 ever-increasing levels. A34 088 |^It seems the market trend is now firmly cemented in place, A34 089 and for investors the only possible mentality is to embrace it A34 090 thoroughly. A34 091 |^The reality is that good quality scrip is in tight supply, A34 092 and those who want some of the action are simply having to pay A34 093 the price. A34 094 |^As the balance sheets and results have become available, A34 095 share values figures have generally been underpinned, despite A34 096 noises from the Accountants Society. A34 097 |^Stocks such as Rainbow are finding more support from A34 098 within institutional camps and, like smaller investors, the big A34 099 boys are having to pay the going rates to be part of the show. A34 100 |^In many respects, smaller investors have played a A34 101 path-finding role in the continuing bull market by buying on A34 102 reputations rather than balance sheet figures, now the results A34 103 are coming through. ^What were high-flyers are becoming A34 104 professionally re-rated and the target for some big buys. A34 105 |^The end result is that stocks with any pedigree are not A34 106 only sitting at high price levels, but are sitting on solid A34 107 bases of support. ^Such support means that the risk of any A34 108 significant price falls is limited. A34 109 |^But even with this support, there is no doubt that on A34 110 occasions the hype can get out of control. A34 111 |^The enthusiastic bidding that pushed \0Robt. Jones shares A34 112 up to *+$9.50 on the company's bonus and profit package A34 113 probably surprised even the company's champion, Bob Jones. A34 114 |^That jump was probably enough to make Bob believe in bonus A34 115 issues, despite his tirade against them earlier this year. A34 116 |^We predicted at that time that Bob wouldn't last long A34 117 without bonus issues in his goodies bag, and we were right *- A34 118 even sooner than we expected. A34 119 |^Bob surprised the market not only with his change of heart A34 120 but with the additional scope of his shareholder rewards. A34 121 |^Unlike many of their counterparts of earlier times, the A34 122 present high-flying corporate idols, like their matinee A34 123 counterparts, take the issue of rewarding their fans seriously. A34 124 |^Soft cash issues, bonus issues, share splits and A34 125 preferential entitlements to new floats are now a regular part A34 126 of the game, not the oddities they once were. A34 127 |^The irony is that the moves often take more cash out of A34 128 shareholders' pockets than they put back, but that doesn't A34 129 matter when it is all translated back into an even higher A34 130 shareprice. A34 131 |^No longer are shareholders a bunch of people who needed to A34 132 be given morning tea and a bit of history once a year at an A34 133 annual meeting. ^Now a loyal shareholder base is looked upon A34 134 as an asset to be treasured more greatly than a friendly bank A34 135 manager, and that's got to be a real improvement. A34 136 |^There is the argument that it's getting out of hand as A34 137 spin-off companies permit an even greater gearing up of the A34 138 investment funds that are the essence of the high flyers. A34 139 |^As these funds become greater, so too do the sorts of A34 140 targets that they can be spent on, and the renewed talk about a A34 141 New Zealand Forest Products bid now has an added credence A34 142 because that company's size no longer makes it safe. A34 143 |^A cash bid on that scale would certainly see the market A34 144 break into another gallop, as would a resolution of the A34 145 Equiticorp camp's position in {0BHP} and {0ACI}, which the A34 146 rumour mill increasingly says has now been achieved. A34 147 *<*4We're switching*> A34 148 |^*6WITH *4the market locked into its one-way mega trend, it's A34 149 time to do a bit more switching. A34 150 |^This week we will take a quick turn on {0IFC} and back out A34 151 of our Brierley Tag-Link units, on the basis that the market A34 152 has yet to appreciate the virtues of each. A34 153 |^Instead, we will run with the bulls and spend the cash on A34 154 Equiticorp shares, but as a trade, not a long-term core A34 155 position. A34 156 |^Equiticorp shares have been consolidating well after an A34 157 earlier session down in the doldrums. ^We will look to divest A34 158 part of our total Equiticorp holding around the *+$5.80 level. A34 159 |^The other investment group currently in the process of A34 160 being re-rated by the market is Kupe, and it may have further A34 161 ground to make despite a fairly solid performance over the past A34 162 few weeks. A34 163 *<*4Lucky for some*> A34 164 |^*6DO *4as we say, not as we do seems to be the message from A34 165 the Rainbow Corporation's boardroom, and some of the company's A34 166 shareholders are not amused. A34 167 |^*0While friends and associates of the company more than A34 168 doubled their money this week with the listing of Questar A34 169 shares at a sensational *+$3.80, Rainbow shareholders are A34 170 wondering why they were left out of the float to buy on the A34 171 market. A34 172 |^Questar has taken over Rainbow's leisure activities and A34 173 merged them with the {0DFC} and Rosemary Tarlton Leisure A34 174 Activities, the end result being a company 51 per cent owned by A34 175 Rainbow Corporation. A34 176 |^Of the company's issued capital of 25 million shares, some A34 177 three million were earmarked for general distribution among A34 178 friends and associates. A34 179 |^The lucky selected few put up *+$1.50 a share and have A34 180 been able to watch the market place a value on them of *+$3 A34 181 plus, just two weeks later. A34 182 |^The facts of the matter were that there just weren't A34 183 enough shares for a significant entitlement to be given to all A34 184 Rainbow's shareholders. A34 185 |^But what must gall with those shareholders feeling A34 186 neglected is the sight of Rainbow's lawyers carrying the flag A34 187 for the ordinary shareholders of another company, Rothmans, who A34 188 it maintains are being short-changed with the planned sale of A34 189 the company's cigarette interests to Rothmans Australia at a A34 190 price lower than that offered by Rainbow itself. A34 191 |^Rainbow's depth of concern for its fellow ordinary A34 192 shareholders in Rothmans is welcome, but many are thinking a A34 193 little charity closer to home would have been even more A34 194 welcome. A34 195 |^Questar shares issue price was pitched using a price A34 196 earnings ratio of 10.6, which, as it turns out, is around half A34 197 the ranking the market has put on them. ^The market {0PE} of A34 198 about 22 for Questar compares with market's average of about A34 199 15, so the issue price was a bargain. A34 200 |^Scarcity is one factor that has seen the price rocket. A34 201 Another would have to be the charismatic rub-off from the A34 202 Rainbow connection. A34 203 |^Rainbow's shareholders have done extremely well over the A34 204 last year, and they have the consolation prize of a 51 per cent A34 205 take in Questar, which they hold collectively. ^However, the A34 206 question remains, does that match the laurels won by friends A34 207 and associates? A34 208 |^In the meantime, Questar shares look like capable **[SIC**] A34 209 of holding their present price levels once the profit-taking A34 210 settles down, given that they are having a good run in the tip A34 211 sheets. A34 212 |^Elsewhere the market remains firm with the lack of A34 213 pre-Budget jitters quite surprising. A34 214 |^The Budget is now less than two weeks away, and some tough A34 215 deficit crunching decisions are expected to be unveiled. A34 216 |^Roger Douglas appears to have clearly done away with the A34 217 traditional pre-election rev job that New Zealanders had grown A34 218 to love and know so well. A34 219 |^The economy may be heading for a softer landing than many A34 220 expected and homeowners are starting to experience the other A34 221 side of market economics, now that interest rates have come A34 222 back. A34 223 |^All of a sudden 17 per cent and 18 per cent looks too A34 224 cheap to refuse and the banks are falling all over themselves A34 225 to buy market share with mortgage rates at that level. A34 226 |^The only dark cloud is the possibility of a capital gains A34 227 tax, but with {0GST} on their plates it's doubtful that the A34 228 {0IRD} could cope. ^Such a tax wouldn't knock the market, A34 229 given that it would tend to lock shareholders in, and a lack of A34 230 sellers is as good a way as any of keeping prices high. A34 231 |^Now is the season for annual meetings with the tone so far A34 232 pretty predictable. ^Manufacturers are lamenting, but taking A34 233 stronger action, property and investment chiefs are making A34 234 glowing promises and providing no detail. A34 235 |^Still, the champagne has been ordered for the Chase and A34 236 Equiticorp meetings, so look out for some fired-up private A34 237 investors in the next three weeks. A34 238 *# A35 001 **[035 TEXT A35**] A35 002 |^Five minute cigarette breaks, shouts of excruciating pain, A35 003 perspiration dripping from their foreheads, Walkman radios A35 004 blaring, occasional yawns. A35 005 |^*0It was not the glamorous world of ballet audiences A35 006 usually see from their national ballet company. ^But it was A35 007 not supposed to be. A35 008 |^For many of the 1000 people who popped in during the day, A35 009 it was their first glimpse of the real ballet world; the pain, A35 010 the sweat, the sheer hard work and long hours that is the A35 011 gruelling life of every professional dancer. A35 012 |^There are no morning and afternoon tea breaks here, no A35 013 leisurely chats with fellow dancers and no rushing home early. A35 014 ^Most would be lucky to see the outside world and fresh air for A35 015 half-an-hour a day. ^Most don't. A35 016 |^*"Ya de dum, ya de dum,**" muttered a short, thick-set man A35 017 in white tracksuit pants and a blue T-shirt. ^His rich A35 018 upper-class English accent echoed through the centre. A35 019 |^Silently the dancers marked his steps, observing closely. A35 020 ^Nobody wants to make fools of themselves and get it wrong. A35 021 ^Not when there is an audience, anyway. A35 022 |^*"Heels forward, releve passe, pirouette, then finish in A35 023 attitude,**" says the man, the company's artistic director, A35 024 Harry Haythorne, who took the dancers for their first class of A35 025 the day. A35 026 |^*"Now ladies, it's not just a turn out, so lift those A35 027 legs,**" says Harry, demonstrating the height of the lift. A35 028 |^Someone yawns. ^Another sits on the floor shaking her A35 029 legs, which are still tight. ^She must work harder and push A35 030 herself if she is to tackle the strenuous working sessions that A35 031 lie ahead. A35 032 |^The centre doors had only been open half an hour but the A35 033 auditorium was already full. ^There were grandmothers, A35 034 bald-headed men, a party of school children, students, shoppers and A35 035 budding ballet dancers who never made it to the top. A35 036 |^One was 23-year-old Rosita Wong, a secretarial student who A35 037 always wanted to be a ballerina but her father never allowed A35 038 her to dance. A35 039 |^*"But it's just as well,**" explained Rosita, who was A35 040 wearing a Swan Lake T-shirt and working on a ballet tapestry. A35 041 |^*"I've had so many operations on my feet, I could never A35 042 have coped.**" ^After a while, she hurriedly packed up her A35 043 belongings and left, perhaps pondering what could have been. A35 044 |^The dancers worked tirelessly on. ^There are no made-up A35 045 faces, elegant head-dresses or tutus today; it's just plain A35 046 working clothes. A35 047 |^Some are in old black shorts, torn at the ends, others A35 048 wear long white T-shirts with Chinese inscriptions on the back, A35 049 mementoes of their China tour. A35 050 |^One dancer pirouettes around the stage in a black leotard A35 051 and chiffon skirt. A35 052 |^One male dancer in a tight-fitting glittering purple A35 053 unitard receives curious glares from the audience. A35 054 |^After 16 changements Harry dismisses the class. ^For some A35 055 it's time for a quick smoke backstage. ^Others rush off to A35 056 retrieve a glass of water. A35 057 |^Five minutes later it's back on stage for the first A35 058 rehearsal of the day, *1Portraits of Desire. A35 059 |^*0*"Right you guys, we'll get straight on with it,**" A35 060 instructed choreographer Chris Jannides, whose long ginger hair A35 061 was tied in a pony tail. A35 062 |^It's a modern work which has the dancers leaping, A35 063 stretching and bending in a variety of sequences. ^A spritely A35 064 **[SIC**] figure soft-foots her body across the stage with A35 065 enviable ease. ^But few would envy the ribs protruding from A35 066 her chest. A35 067 |^There are high-pitched screams from another who is hoisted A35 068 into the air. ^For a frightful moment, she was sure her A35 069 partner had lost his grip and that she would come tumbling to A35 070 the floor. ^Thankfully, the strong, masculine body lowered her A35 071 safely to her feet. A35 072 |^The clicking of high heels and loud music blaring from a A35 073 Walkman radio broke the silence as a ballerina in a bright A35 074 green jump-suit made her way down the stairs out of the A35 075 auditorium door. ^Another in a white suit and lace pantyhose A35 076 followed. A35 077 |^The audience watched as they made their way to friends and A35 078 spoke to them *- ballerinas are ordinary people. A35 079 |^At 11.45{0am} when most of the audience were popping out A35 080 for lunch, the dancers were preparing for their next rehearsal A35 081 of *1An Evening to Remember, *0a light-hearted fun work which A35 082 the dancers obviously enjoyed. A35 083 |^There were plenty of giggles and much laughter as dancers A35 084 seemingly lost their partners or got the wrong ones. ^It was A35 085 more like a ballroom than stage as the men whisked their A35 086 partners into natural spins. ^It looked a lot of fun. A35 087 |^*"Sonya, where are you?**" asked choreographer Paul A35 088 Jenden, as he glanced across the stage, searching for her. A35 089 |^*"I'm over here, trying to teach Lee.**" A35 090 |^As there are always two casts for every ballet, it is A35 091 essential everyone knows all the steps. ^Lee, it appeared, was A35 092 having some difficulty mastering this one and even popped A35 093 backstage to retrieve a pencil and notebook. ^Perhaps jotting A35 094 the steps down will help. A35 095 |^Dancing requires a quick, alert mind. A35 096 |^I felt nothing but admiration for the dancers who always A35 097 seem to remember each step and never get one dance mixed up A35 098 with another. A35 099 |^*"It's different, certainly not what I expected,**" one A35 100 elderly woman among the audience, a former ballet teacher, told A35 101 me. A35 102 |^*"Ah, that's more like it,**" she exclaimed, watching the A35 103 company's rehearsal of *1Bliss, *0a portrayal of the Katherine A35 104 Mansfield story of the same name. A35 105 |^It was the company's first *1Bliss *0rehearsal with the A35 106 orchestra and there was constant conferring with choreographer A35 107 Patricia Rianne, a former ballerina, and the conductor. A35 108 |^*"Too, fast, too fast,**" yelled Patricia. ^The conductor A35 109 obliged and slowed his orchestra down to a more workable pace A35 110 for the dancers. A35 111 |^Although it was a modern work, it did contain some A35 112 classical ballet, certainly more than most of us had seen since A35 113 the morning's first class. A35 114 |^Indeed the ballet company is moving with the times and A35 115 venturing into more modern and contemporary works. ^Like any A35 116 professional body, it feels obliged to keep up with modern A35 117 tastes, but for older audiences, brought up on a diet of plies A35 118 and fouette rond de jambe en tournants it was a sad reality A35 119 that classical works are taking a backward step. A35 120 |^*"That man in grey, he's so supple! ^He's the best of the A35 121 lot, I'd say,**" commented one man in the audience. A35 122 |^*"Well he should be, he is the ballet master, Peter A35 123 Boyes,**" replied his wife, as she observed Peter take A35 124 principal dancer Helen Booth and senior soloist Stephen A35 125 Nicholls through their paces in another modern work, A35 126 *1TraNZsformations. A35 127 |^*0*"Help, help, that's not right!**" yelled Helen when A35 128 Stephen lifted her effortlessly into the air. ^It might have A35 129 looked effortless but for Helen it was obviously painful as she A35 130 soothingly rubbed her side. A35 131 |^Peter is not happy either. ^It's got to feel right. ^He A35 132 changes the position of the lift and everyone seems happier. A35 133 ^Now it just needs to be polished and perfected. A35 134 |^For Helen, it has been a long day. ^Slim, fit and A35 135 extremely supple, she has been on stage nearly seven hours and A35 136 there have been few breaks. ^In the few minutes off, she A35 137 smokes socially, she enjoys drinking beer. A35 138 |^At 4.30{0pm} Harry announced it was time for the audience A35 139 to leave even though rehearsals were to continue. A35 140 |^But many seemed reluctant to do so and Harry was forced to A35 141 usher them out. A35 142 |^Behind them the dancers worked on. ^Perspiration dripped A35 143 from their foreheads, most were tired, some yawned. A35 144 |^But the work of a ballerina is never done. A35 145 *<*6WE ARE SO DULL*> A35 146 |^*4Most foreign opinion about New Zealand falls into three A35 147 categories: the uninformed (^Do they speak English there?); the A35 148 misinformed (^What do the kangaroos eat?); and the A35 149 underinformed (^*"We saw it all *- hot mud, the glacier, big A35 150 trees and 67.8 million sheep.**"). ^But what do foreigners A35 151 with broader experience of New Zealand life think of us and our A35 152 country? ^In an attempt to find out, the *5New Zealand Herald A35 153 *4sent questionnaires to the diplomatic missions of 34 A35 154 countries, seeking the unofficial views of resident foreign A35 155 staff. ^Seventeen missions obliged and *6STEVEN CRANDELL A35 156 *4reports on the result. A35 157 |^*6C*2ONJURE *0up a country. ^In areas as diverse as the A35 158 arts, fashion, night life and driving skills, this place is A35 159 definitely sub-par. ^The conservative inhabitants eat plain A35 160 food, drink too much and are rather ordinary in appearance. A35 161 ^Their favourite films, television shows and music come from A35 162 other lands *- a fact which shows just how easily the populace A35 163 can be swayed by foreign trends. ^All in all, life here is A35 164 uneventful *- to some, painfully dull. A35 165 |^Now imagine a physical paradise, a sanctuary from war and A35 166 pollution, a place where a high standard of living and A35 167 excellent job opportunities exist near idyllic natural A35 168 settings. ^This land's individualistic inhabitants exude A35 169 friendliness. ^Life is invigorating *- outdoor activities A35 170 abound. ^In short: people have a healthy, easy-going lifestyle A35 171 *- as good for raising children as it is for raising livestock. A35 172 |^Now look around you. ^Both these worlds are New Zealand A35 173 *- as foreign diplomats see it. A35 174 |^Diplomats, not surprisingly, tend to act and speak A35 175 diplomatically. ^They like to think of themselves as statesmen A35 176 rather than politicians and so only very warily give their A35 177 personal opinions to the press. A35 178 |^Only a small portion of the world's nations have posted A35 179 diplomatic staff in New Zealand. ^So, in order to obtain a A35 180 full and forthright response, the survey assured these New A35 181 Zealand-based diplomats that their opinions would not be linked A35 182 with their countries. ^As a result the following unfettered A35 183 and unofficial views are classed only by continent or region. A35 184 |^(Despite two entreaties, neither the Canadian nor the A35 185 United States missions deigned to fill out the survey. ^Hence, A35 186 North American opinion is unrepresented here.) A35 187 |^The survey contains two sections. ^One required the A35 188 diplomats to rate New Zealand and New Zealanders on a number A35 189 scale (see box). ^The second consisted of short answer A35 190 questions. ^The replies to these questions, grouped by region, A35 191 are as follows: A35 192 |*11) ^New Zealand has often been described as a paradise A35 193 because of its natural attributes. ^Taking in the whole of the A35 194 New Zealand experience (city life as well as country, mores and A35 195 manners as well as glaciers), would you rate New Zealand as A35 196 paradise, purgatory or hell, and why? A35 197 |^*0Paradise is the choice of the majority of the diplomats. A35 198 ^Despite one comment that New Zealand is a *"hopelessly A35 199 underpopulated country**" which needs to double its inhabitants A35 200 to be economically efficient, New Zealand is generally seen as A35 201 a beautiful, healthy, peaceful place. A35 202 |*4Europe: ^*0New Zealand has paradise-like natural A35 203 surroundings. ^Other than that, there is little agreement A35 204 among the diplomats. ^One ambassador writes: ^*"I do not find A35 205 life in this beautiful country very exciting. ^Manners are A35 206 extremely friendly but mores can have an ugly, violent A35 207 feature.**" A35 208 |^Another ambassador lists things which make New Zealand a A35 209 *"purgatory in some cases verging on hell*": A35 210 |^The *"difficulty to engage people in conversation of any A35 211 depth and significance, due possibly to the British temperament A35 212 of reserve and self-restraint.*" A35 213 |^The lack of *"good service to the public.**" A35 214 |^The lack of imagination and flair in consumer products. A35 215 |*4Middle East: *0^A paradise *"blessed with a fine climate A35 216 and a magnificent landscape encompassing the best qualities of A35 217 many other countries,**" says one diplomat. ^Another, from an A35 218 African country, lists New Zealand's attributes: moderate A35 219 climate, evergreen countryside and *"no wildlife to inhibit A35 220 outdoor activity.**" A35 221 |*4Pacific region: ^*0Though *"paradise**" is a term many of A35 222 the countries find inappropriate, they freely praise New A35 223 Zealand. A35 224 |^Of New Zealanders, one diplomat says: They are A35 225 *"basically fair in their dealings with people, and they do A35 226 not have some of the deep-seated hatreds and historical A35 227 divisions and prejudices that plague other countries.**" A35 228 |^Echoing the sentiments of most of the Pacific diplomats, A35 229 one representative states: ^*"The people are on the whole A35 230 conservative in outlook, but this is probably more the result A35 231 of the country's relative isolation rather than an inborn A35 232 resistance to change and new ideas.**" A35 233 |^But one diplomat adds the proviso: ^*"New Zealand is a A35 234 temperate-zone paradise. ^Paradises with tropical climates are A35 235 a different category altogether.**" A35 236 |*4Asia: ^*"*0For those who look for a quiet and peaceful A35 237 life, New Zealand is a paradise.**" ^All the Asian diplomats A35 238 agree on that, but some qualify it with: almost paradise. A35 239 ^Weather is a bit severe. ^Excellent for a short stay. A35 240 *# A36 001 **[036 TEXT A36**] A36 002 *<*4*'Ban the booze**' was the battle cry of the early A36 003 protesters*> A36 004 |^This weekend the New Zealand Temperance Alliance is A36 005 celebrating a century of struggle for prohibition, or the A36 006 *"alcohol-free way of life.**" ^People from all walks of life, A36 007 even prime ministers, have been prohibitionist. ^The father of A36 008 China's most famous New Zealander, Rewi Alley, was one, as also A36 009 was the mother of Sir George Laking, the chairman of the A36 010 working party set up last year by the Government to review the A36 011 liquor laws. ^*6RIC ORAM *4outlines the history of the A36 012 prohibition movement, how it has influenced New Zealand's A36 013 attitude to liquor, and reveals its new allies. A36 014 |^*6THEIR *4opponents have called them *"wowsers.**" ^They A36 015 prefer *"temperance workers,**" although at times in their A36 016 fight against the demon drink, intemperate measures were used. A36 017 ^The fervent even took to burning down hotels. A36 018 |^*0Over the years their efforts closed bars, had unwary A36 019 publicans before the courts, banned liquor licences from parts A36 020 of the country, got rid of barmaids from behind bars and even A36 021 paved the way for the notorious *"six o'clock swill.**" A36 022 |^Throughout, the movement has been largely church-based, A36 023 and even now 99 per cent of the New Zealand Temperance A36 024 Alliance's members are church-goers. A36 025 |^Today, *"prohibition**" is regarded as a dirty word by A36 026 many in society, and the alliance promotes, instead, an A36 027 alcohol-free way of life. ^In that, they have modern-day moral A36 028 support from alcohol treatment agencies. A36 029 |^With the earliest settlers, came liquor. ^Pubs arrived A36 030 before churches and schools. ^Drunkenness was rife. ^The A36 031 behaviour worried God-fearing folk. ^Many of their early A36 032 temperance meetings were in hotels *- there was nowhere else. A36 033 |^As the century wore on, the womenfolk who, with their A36 034 children, suffered most from the alcoholic excesses, dug their A36 035 collective toes in. ^They became the *"woman warriors**" for A36 036 prohibition. A36 037 |^The early campaigns to combat the evil of liquor were A36 038 sporadic and were fought under various banners. A36 039 |^Church of England missionaries in 1834 established the A36 040 first Temperance Society at Paihia, in the Bay of Islands. A36 041 ^The first thing off the first printing press in New Zealand is A36 042 said to have been a call to that first temperance meeting. A36 043 |^*6T*2EETOTAL *0societies were formed in the Hokianga and A36 044 Nelson in 1842 and 1843. ^Preachers in Auckland and Wellington A36 045 were conducting open-air temperance meetings. A36 046 |^The Independent Order of Rechabites reached Nelson from A36 047 England in 1843. A36 048 |^The first Band of Hope was established in Auckland in A36 049 1859. ^It later reached Christchurch and by 1884 had 5000 A36 050 members there. A36 051 |^The Sons and Daughters of Temperance appeared in Dunedin A36 052 in 1871. A36 053 |^The International Order of Good Templars arrived in A36 054 Invercargill in 1872 from the United States. A36 055 |^Prohibitionists reached the settlement of Akaroa, near A36 056 Christchurch, and one night in 1882 a fanatic ran around A36 057 setting light to its three hotels. ^One was razed and another A36 058 badly damaged. A36 059 |^The Women's Christian Temperance Union *- the women A36 060 warriors *- born in the United States, reached New Zealand in A36 061 1885. A36 062 |^These women had fire in their bellies. ^By 1893 they had A36 063 the vote for women. ^The first woman {0MP}, \0Mrs {0E.R.} A36 064 McCombs, was dominion treasurer of the {0WCTU} at the time. A36 065 ^Six of the first seven women appointed Justices of the Peace A36 066 in 1927 were {0WCTU} members. A36 067 |^*6I*2N *01886 the New Zealand Alliance was formed. ^It was A36 068 an alliance of church-based prohibition forces and was charged A36 069 with their direction. A36 070 |^Within 12 months it had drawn 2000 subscribers, and was A36 071 based in Auckland until the headquarters moved to Wellington A36 072 six years later. A36 073 |^(In 1972, its name was changed to the New Zealand A36 074 Temperance Alliance.) A36 075 |^The first president of the alliance was Sir William Fox, A36 076 who was four times premier of New Zealand. A36 077 |^The third president was Sir Robert Stout, who also became A36 078 Prime Minister. A36 079 |^Later, it was to have as vice-president Sir George Fowlds, A36 080 who introduced the Rotary movement to this country and also A36 081 became a cabinet minister. A36 082 |^The prohibitionists did not unite with any political A36 083 party, but they became a political force. A36 084 |^The Christchurch Prohibition League put up Tommy Taylor as A36 085 a candidate for Parliament in 1896. ^{0T.E.}Taylor (known as A36 086 *"Tea**") beat rival {0R.M.}Taylor (*"Rum**") handsomely. A36 087 |^Taylor was in and out of Parliament three times and was A36 088 also Mayor of Christchurch when he died. A36 089 |^He was so well known that when someone asked ^*"Are you a A36 090 Tommy Taylor?**" they meant ^*"Are you a teetotaller?**" A36 091 |^Taylor was succeeded in Parliament by the \0Rev Leonard A36 092 Isitt, another fiery prohibitionist. A36 093 |^*6I*2SITT *0was the alliance president between Fox and Stout, A36 094 and editor of the temperance publication *1Vanguard. A36 095 |*0About him it was said: ^*"Lawbreaking liquor sellers were A36 096 fearlessly exposed, and they writhed under his lashings. ^Each A36 097 issue was a clarion call to the battle. A36 098 |^*"...with his pen he attacked the drink dragon.**" A36 099 |^In 1890, *"a great flame of enthusiasm swept the A36 100 country,**" according to the prohibition movement. ^*"A breath A36 101 of God moved the people. ^The blood of reformers was hot.**" A36 102 |^Things were not to cool down for 30 years. A36 103 |^In Christchurch up to 3000 people would be drawn to A36 104 meetings on the pros and cons of prohibition. A36 105 |^The prohibitionist farmer would not defile his good earth A36 106 by growing barley destined for beer production. A36 107 |^On two consecutive Sunday nights in Christchurch in 1895 A36 108 four young Methodists visited hotels to see whether drink could A36 109 be obtained during the forbidden hours. ^Their evidence led to A36 110 the prosecution of 17 publicans. A36 111 |^*6W*2ITHIN *0months of adding the power of women's votes to A36 112 their cause the prohibitionists forced Parliament to give A36 113 electorates the choice, at each general election, of whether A36 114 they wanted liquor licences retained, reduced or abolished. A36 115 |^The first such vote was in 1894. ^By 1908, 12 electorates A36 116 were *"dry.**" ^Hundreds of publicans were put out of business. A36 117 |^To this day, several dry pockets remain, including the A36 118 Eden, Roskill and Grey Lynn no-licence districts in Auckland. A36 119 ^The areas form old electoral boundaries. A36 120 |^The electorate of Bruce went dry in 1908. ^It nearly did A36 121 in 1905, but the prohibitionists in that year were five votes A36 122 short of victory. ^So confident were their forces that five A36 123 prohibitionists went on a picnic on polling day, and did not A36 124 vote. A36 125 |^*"Had they realised their responsibility more clearly, A36 126 Bruce would not have been doomed to suffer for another three A36 127 years from the miseries of the open bar,**" comments an early A36 128 alliance history. A36 129 |^The Manukau electorate never went dry. ^It should have in A36 130 1908, according to the prohibitionists. ^The vote that year A36 131 was 59.45 per cent (60 per cent was required) for no licence *- A36 132 31 votes short. A36 133 |^The prohibitionists were aghast that the drunks housed in A36 134 the drying out institution on Rotorua Island in the Hauraki A36 135 Gulf were given the vote. ^They, of course, had voted for A36 136 continuance. A36 137 |^By 1908, support for *"reduction**" in electorates had A36 138 taken 343 licences away. ^Before the first vote in 1894 there A36 139 were 1579 publican's and accommodation licences in the country, A36 140 by 1927 there were 458 licences fewer, and by then the A36 141 population had doubled. A36 142 |^*6T*2HIS *0had been the era of the prohibitionist rally A36 143 songs. ^Songs like *1Twas Drink that Spoilt My Boy, *0or A36 144 *1Onward Temperance Soldiers. A36 145 |^*0The most famous of campaign cries was written by George A36 146 Dash, later mayor of Waimate: A36 147 |^*1Strike out the top line, A36 148 ^Strike out the top line, A36 149 ^Vote for no-licence that day. ^Strike out the top line, A36 150 ^Only the top line, A36 151 ^Sweep the drink traffic away, A36 152 ^Sweep the drink traffic away. A36 153 |^*0The *"top line**" was obviously *"continuance**". A36 154 |^Their efforts continued. A36 155 |^In 1909 the prohibitionists had legislative plans for wet A36 156 canteens in compulsory military camps thrown out...*"and so A36 157 saved the young men from the constant temptation of the A36 158 *'liquor bar.**" A36 159 |^In 1910 the legal drinking age for bars was forced up from A36 160 18 to 21. ^(It took until 1969 to come back to 20.) A36 161 ^Authority for bars to remain open after 10 {0pm} was repealed. A36 162 |^The same year, barmaids were banned, except for the family A36 163 members of publicans and those barmaids already employed. A36 164 ^They were not permitted back until 1961. A36 165 |^So, *"sin supported by stunning ankles**" faded. A36 166 |^Prohibitionists argued that pretty young barmaids were A36 167 employed by publicans to lure men into bars. A36 168 |^As the verse said: A36 169 **[POEM**] A36 170 |^*1Wanted, a beautiful barmaid A36 171 ^To shine in a drinking den, A36 172 ^To entrap the youth of the nation A36 173 ^And ruin the city men... A36 174 |^*6T*2O *0the {0WCTU} strong drink during the First World War A36 175 was as big an enemy and as much to be dreaded as the Germans. A36 176 |^It hoped to keep the enemy from the country's politicians, A36 177 and presented a petition to Parliament in 1915 to have liquor A36 178 banned from the parliamentary bar, Bellamy's. ^The vote in The A36 179 House was lost by a small majority. A36 180 |^Anti-treating regulations were introduced in 1916 aimed at A36 181 suppressing *"the pernicious habit of *'shouting**'**" in A36 182 bars. A36 183 |^Throughout the First World War prohibitionists campaigned A36 184 for earlier closing as an efficiency measure, presenting two A36 185 petitions to Parliament. ^Finally, in 1917, six o'clock A36 186 closing was introduced initially until six months after the war A36 187 ended. A36 188 |^But in 1919, early closing was made permanent. ^Ten A36 189 o'clock closing did not return until 1967. A36 190 |^(Before long, the rate of convictions for drunkenness was A36 191 halved.) A36 192 |^What almost became the prohibitionists' greatest weapon, A36 193 the poll for national prohibition, was granted by legislation A36 194 in 1910. ^A two-thirds majority could send the country dry. A36 195 ^In the first poll, in 1911, 55 per cent voted *"national A36 196 prohibition.**" A36 197 |^They forced the Government to reduce the required majority A36 198 to 50 per cent. A36 199 |^*6I*2N *01914 the vote was 48.9 per cent for national A36 200 prohibition. ^In April 1919, on election night, the A36 201 prohibitionists had won. ^They had 51 per cent of the vote; a A36 202 13,396 majority. A36 203 |^They had to wait for soldiers' votes from overseas, A36 204 however. ^Their vote was four to one in favour of A36 205 *"continuance.**" ^A majority, therefore, of 10,362 for A36 206 continuance. A36 207 |^In another vote in December 1919 there was 49 per cent A36 208 support for national prohibition *- 3362 votes short. A36 209 |^The crisis for drinkers was over: the vote in subsequent A36 210 polls gradually dropped, falling to 13 per cent in 1969 but A36 211 climbing back to 18 per cent at the 1984 triennial poll. A36 212 |^Prohibitionists teetotallers, temperance workers *- call A36 213 them what you may *- may be down, but not out. A36 214 |^Concern by society about the effects of alcohol abuse is A36 215 growing *- as it did over a century ago *- and members of the A36 216 alliance believe that today's abuse is causing a backlash. A36 217 |^*6A*2UCKLAND *0temperance apologist Graham Creahan says: A36 218 ^*"The alliance is no longer a lone voice. ^It's exciting to A36 219 hear the alcohol treatment groups also speaking out. A36 220 |^We are trying to work with these groups. ^We think it's A36 221 great. ^We're on the move.**" A36 222 |^Creahan says the emphasis is not on prohibition *- A36 223 *"that's because it is something of a dirty word.**" A36 224 |^It is rather on promoting the alcohol-free way of life. A36 225 |^*"We are realistic. ^We haven't softened our stance; A36 226 we've just widened our horizons. ^We support anything that A36 227 will reduce consumption.**" A36 228 |^He believes that the way to go now, unlike the early A36 229 efforts, is to encourage people to support prohibition by A36 230 personal choice rather than enforce it with the compulsion of A36 231 legislation. A36 232 *<*4Modern movie Mary not hailed by {0NZ} Catholics*> A36 233 |^French director Jean-Luc Godard's film *5Hail Mary *4has been A36 234 dubbed *"pornoblasphemous,**" and before it has even arrived in A36 235 this country, conservative Catholics are planning protests. A36 236 ^*6KIRSTEN WARNER *4discusses the movie. A36 237 |^*6FOR *4a start, the name of the movie *5Hail Mary *4gets A36 238 some Catholics' backs up: it strikes at the heart of their A36 239 faith. A36 240 |^*0To make matters worse, it is also regarded as A36 241 blasphemous in content and in its portrayal of the Virgin Mary. A36 242 |^Never a film-maker to pull his punches, French director A36 243 Jean-Luc Godard has taken on the full force of the Catholic A36 244 Church in his contemporary version of the virgin birth. A36 245 |^He has portrayed his modern-day Mary as a basketball-playing A36 246 petrol pump attendant, Joseph as a Swiss taxi-driver, A36 247 and the Archangel as Uncle Gabriel who arrives by plane to A36 248 announce that Mary has been chosen among women. A36 249 |^The film has been widely denounced for protracted nudity, A36 250 explicit eroticism, repeated gutter language, and for the A36 251 portrayal of Gabriel as a foul-mouthed bully. A36 252 |^The movie, starring Myriam Roussel and Thierry Rode, has A36 253 been roundly accused of being boring as well as blasphemous. A36 254 |^Nevertheless, *1Hail Mary *0has been chosen as being of A36 255 sufficient artistic merit for inclusion in the Auckland and A36 256 Wellington film festivals next month. A36 257 |^At the Sydney film festival this week, violence erupted A36 258 when protesters attacked cinema patrons and police were called A36 259 in to protect them. A36 260 |^But most of the 1000 or so demonstrators stood peacefully, A36 261 holding candles and saying their rosaries, their prayers A36 262 starting with the contentious words ^*"Hail Mary, full of A36 263 grace...**" A36 264 *# A37 001 **[037 TEXT A37**] A37 002 *<*0Home and leisure section*> A37 003 *<*4Selecting vinyl floor*> A37 004 *<*5Harry's Handy Hints*> A37 005 |^*0Of the wide variety of flooring vinyls available today, A37 006 the two most popular in domestic situations are cushionfloor A37 007 and inlaid. A37 008 |^As the name implies, cushionfloor features a soft A37 009 cushioned walking surface. ^It comprises a composition A37 010 backing, a foam inner layer and an outer vinyl film. A37 011 |^The thickness of the surface, or wear layer, generally A37 012 denotes the quality. ^The heavier the layer the better the A37 013 quality. ^The principal advantages of cushionfloor are that it A37 014 is softer, quieter and warmer to walk on, particularly when A37 015 laid over concrete or particle board. ^The range of designs A37 016 and colours is almost unlimited. A37 017 |^The only maintenance required is a wash with warm soapy A37 018 water or an application of resin emulsion polish can be used to A37 019 obtain a higher shine. ^Minor damage can usually be repaired A37 020 with a liquid welding solution. A37 021 |^Inlaid vinyls are similar to the old inlaid lino. A37 022 ^Instead of resins and cork they are made up of a vinyl base. A37 023 ^The surface is not usually as shiny as cushionfloor but it can A37 024 be buffed or brought up with self-shine or resin emulsion A37 025 polishes. ^The advantages claimed for inlaid vinyls are their A37 026 long life and ease of maintenance. A37 027 |^Careful preparation before laying is essential as any A37 028 problems in the subfloor will tend to mirror through the top A37 029 surface. ^With particle board floors, you should need only to A37 030 lightly sand the surface making sure the joints are tight and A37 031 flush. ^Tongue and groove floors should be machine sanded, A37 032 cutting diagonally and overlaid with bison board or hardboard, A37 033 all joints being sanded flush. *4(\0c) Syncom. A37 034 *<*4Winter mildew can be countered*> A37 035 |^*0During the winter months mildew will occur in many New A37 036 Zealand homes. ^According to a survey undertaken by the A37 037 Building Research Association of New Zealand 46 percent of A37 038 homes could be affected. A37 039 |^In one home in five the attack is likely to be recurring A37 040 or prolonged. A37 041 |^Already this winter the home science information service A37 042 at the University of Otago has noted an increased demand for A37 043 information on how to cope with mildew on a variety of A37 044 household surfaces. A37 045 |^All air holds moisture in the form of water vapour. ^The A37 046 higher the temperature of the air in a heated room the more A37 047 water vapour is held before saturation point is reached. ^Once A37 048 this point is reached the water vapour condenses on to the cold A37 049 surfaces of the room. ^Because glass is often the surface to A37 050 receive the condensation curtain linings are very vulnerable to A37 051 a mildew attack. A37 052 |^The spores from which mildew grows are widely distributed. A37 053 ^When the conditions are suitable for their growth, such as A37 054 high humidity, they grow and become visible on household A37 055 surfaces such as wallpaper, curtains (particularly shower A37 056 curtains), shoes, clothes and books. A37 057 |^To lessen the likelihood of mildew occurring in a home it A37 058 is necessary to reduce the humidity. ^This can be done by A37 059 having a balance between heating and ventilation. ^Raising the A37 060 temperature allows the air to hold more water vapour, A37 061 ventilation removes the moisture from the room. ^Several A37 062 windows open a little to provide constant ventilation is A37 063 recommended. A37 064 |^However, when a house or flat is left unattended all day A37 065 it is unwise for security reasons to leave windows open to vent A37 066 the moisture-laden air. A37 067 |^When mildew appears it should be treated *- the method A37 068 depending on the surface involved. ^The publication *1Mildew A37 069 *0(80\0c posted) from the Home Science Information Service, A37 070 University of Otago,{0P.O.} Box 56, Dunedin, gives suitable A37 071 methods of removing mildew from a variety of household A37 072 surfaces. A37 073 |^The publication *1Warmth Without Waste *0(*+$1.30 posted) A37 074 provides information on efficient home heating. ^These two A37 075 publications will be supplied from the above address for *+$2 A37 076 posted. A37 077 *- Home Science Information Service. A37 078 *<*4End of era at Otago Museum*> A37 079 |^In November, Te Maori will be installed at the Otago Museum A37 080 for two months. ^In preparation, the Maori gallery has been A37 081 closed and is in the process of being dismantled before being A37 082 repainted and recarpeted, and at the end of Te Maori, it is A37 083 hoped to completely re-exhibit the collections. ^Its closure A37 084 marks the end of an era, as the museum anthropologist, Wendy A37 085 Harsant, explains. A37 086 |^*0The layout of the gallery had changed little over the A37 087 past 50 years. ^It was set up \0Dr {0H.D.}Skinner, one of New A37 088 Zealand's foremost anthropologists and museum directors. ^\0Dr A37 089 Skinner was the first anthropology teacher appointed to a New A37 090 Zealand university, and he trained many of our present day A37 091 archaeologists. ^He was also a foundation member of the New A37 092 Zealand Archaeological Association. A37 093 |^The Otago Museum was founded in the 1860s following the A37 094 successful 1865 Dunedin Exhibition. ^On display at this A37 095 exhibition were more than 2,000 geological specimens mostly A37 096 from Otago, which had been collected by Sir James Hector during A37 097 a survey of the mineral resources of the Otago province. A37 098 ^Cultural material was limited to a few Australian and Indian A37 099 pieces which had been brought to New Zealand especially for the A37 100 exhibition. A37 101 |^After the exhibition's closure, there was considerable A37 102 pressure from a number of interested people for the assembled A37 103 material to remain in Otago. ^Most of the people involved were A37 104 businessmen, local politicians and wealthy settlers who were A37 105 keen to establish cultural and educational facilities in the A37 106 young settlement. A37 107 *<*4Opened in 1865*> A37 108 |^*0After much discussion and lobbying, particularly over A37 109 the question of where the building would be sited and whether A37 110 or not the Provincial Government would pick up the tab for the A37 111 cost of maintaining the collection, the Otago Museum opened its A37 112 doors to the public for the first time in September 1868. A37 113 |^There were three rooms of display *- one devoted to A37 114 botany, one to geology and the other to zoology. ^This A37 115 emphasis on the biological and natural sciences dominated the A37 116 museum's administrative and collection policies for the next 50 A37 117 or so years. A37 118 |^In 1877 the University of Otago assumed responsibility for A37 119 the administration of the museum which it did not relinquish A37 120 until 1955. ^Dual appointments in the chair of natural history A37 121 and curator of the Otago Museum were initiated in 1877 and A37 122 continued until 1937. A37 123 |^It was not until 1919 when \0Dr Skinner was appointed to a A37 124 joint position of lecturer in anthropology at the University of A37 125 Otago and assistant curator at the Otago Museum that he set A37 126 about to systematically develop and expand the museum's A37 127 anthropology collections and to encourage members of the public A37 128 to participate directly in the functioning of the museum. A37 129 |^It was, however, in the development of the collections A37 130 that \0Dr Skinner made his greatest contribution to the museum A37 131 and to Pacific anthropology. ^His achievements in these areas A37 132 cannot be over-emphasised. A37 133 *<*4\0Dr Hocken's collection*> A37 134 |^*0Before his appointment, the anthropology collections A37 135 were small and reflected the rather piecemeal approach to their A37 136 acquisition. ^Indeed, the only substantial collection received A37 137 until 1919 was \0Dr {0T.M.} Hocken's magnificent collection. A37 138 ^The excellence of this material is well known and even today A37 139 it remains the most important gift of New Zealand material A37 140 received by the museum. ^Just as Sir James Hector's 1860s A37 141 mineral collection formed the basis of the museum's geological A37 142 collection, Hocken's material formed the basis of the museum's A37 143 Maori collection. ^Most of it, however, was acquired by \0Dr A37 144 Hocken in the North Island and the material culture of southern A37 145 New Zealand was grossly under-represented when \0Dr Skinner A37 146 arrived in the museum. A37 147 |^The fossicking of Otago archaeological sites had started A37 148 as early as the 1860s and, although the Otago Museum did not A37 149 collect Otago material in the early period, many Dunedin people A37 150 did. ^A number of large and important private collections were A37 151 built up during the late 1800s and early 1900s. ^Several of A37 152 these were given to the museum in the first decade or so after A37 153 \0Dr Skinner's arrival. ^Among them was Charles Haines' A37 154 collection, and that of James Murdoch, Murray Thomson, Sir A37 155 Frederick Chapman and Willi Fels. A37 156 |^\0Dr Skinner had studied anthropology at Cambridge A37 157 University, England, between 1915 and 1918, at a time when A37 158 anthropology was still establishing itself as a scientific A37 159 discipline. ^The world was small and as a consequence, \0Dr A37 160 Skinner was taught by, and trained with, many of the world's A37 161 leading anthropologists. ^The contacts he made at this time A37 162 subsequently played an important role in the development of the A37 163 Otago Museum's collections of overseas ethnology and A37 164 archaeology. ^This was by way of exchange with other museums. A37 165 ^Today we may decry and mourn the loss of important Maori A37 166 carvings and stone and bone tools to overseas institutions but A37 167 their exchange was the only means by which the underfunded A37 168 museum could acquire such excellent collections of, for A37 169 example, Australian and American Indian artefacts. A37 170 *<*4Distinct cultural areas*> A37 171 |^*0\0Dr Skinner's major academic interest was in the origin A37 172 and development of Maori culture. ^Much of his research was A37 173 directed towards tracing the connections between the Maori A37 174 people on the one hand and Polynesian and Melanesian and A37 175 ultimately Asian and other Pacific area peoples, on the other. A37 176 ^The answers he believed lay in the material culture of the A37 177 peoples concerned *- their adzes, amulets and pendants, fish A37 178 hooks, weapons and domestic utensils. A37 179 |^\0Dr Skinner proposed that there were eight distinct A37 180 cultural areas in New Zealand, and set up the Maori Gallery A37 181 accordingly. A37 182 |^Visitors to the museum are thus able to compare artefact A37 183 types and styles between areas. ^The displays are particularly A37 184 suitable for students of New Zealand archaeology and A37 185 anthropology and one must not forget that \0Dr Skinner was also A37 186 a university teacher *- and a good one at that. A37 187 |^Although the gallery does have some thematic displays *- A37 188 Maori weaving, food preservation, wood carvings and the like, A37 189 which do make an attempt to show how each piece was made and A37 190 used, \0Dr Skinner emphasised the shape and style of artefacts A37 191 rather than the story each has to tell. ^The museum has a A37 192 display of eel and fish traps, nets and shellfish rakes but no A37 193 information as to how and when each was used, how the eels or A37 194 fish caught were cooked and stored for future use, or their A37 195 social and economic importance to the people who obtained them. A37 196 ^Likewise, although there are several hundred adzes on display, A37 197 there is little information provided on who made them and how, A37 198 and what they were used for. ^To some extent, this may be due A37 199 to a lack of data, as the methods of excavating the artefacts A37 200 were not sophisticated enough to provide the answers to such A37 201 questions, but not totally. ^Like most of his contemporaries A37 202 \0Dr Skinner was interested in finished articles, not those A37 203 which were half completed and certainly not waste flakes, fish A37 204 bones and midden shell, the things that delight present day A37 205 archaeologists. A37 206 |^Museums are repositories of tribal taonga and the Maori A37 207 gallery must reflect Maori values and ideologies. ^It is A37 208 unlikely that there was much if any consultation between Maori A37 209 groups and the museum during the setting up of the 1930s A37 210 display. A37 211 |^In the intervening years the attitudes of both the Maori A37 212 people and museum professionals towards each other, as well as A37 213 towards Maori artefacts or taonga, have altered considerably. A37 214 ^However, it remains the museum's role to interpret and show A37 215 New Zealand's cultural heritage but it must now do it in such a A37 216 way that all New Zealanders *- Maori and pakeha can understand, A37 217 appreciate and be proud of. A37 218 *<*4Scene set for long battle over bill*> A37 219 * A37 220 |^Public hearings on the proposed Bill of Rights start in A37 221 Auckland this week. *6JOHN GOULTER *4reports... A37 222 |^*0The forces that gathered against the Homosexual Law A37 223 Reform Bill last year are rounding on a new target *- the Bill A37 224 of Rights. A37 225 |^This hopelessly general and worthy-looking piece of A37 226 planned legislation has already provoked vigorous and often A37 227 vicious protest. A37 228 |^Most of it comes from that right wing cluster of A37 229 fundamentalism in religion and conservatism in policies which A37 230 has come to be known as the Moral Majority. A37 231 |^A campaign against the bill has been mounting in some A37 232 conservative religious papers for months. ^It has surfaced in A37 233 the daily press most often in letters to the editor suggesting A37 234 dark communist, anti-Christian inspiration in the Bill of A37 235 Rights. A37 236 |^The war will heat up this year. ^Public hearings on the A37 237 bill will open in Auckland this week, and will visit other A37 238 centres in coming months. A37 239 |^More than 500 submissions were made on the legislation A37 240 which was part of Labour's pre-election manifesto. A37 241 |^After the bill is finally drawn up it could go to the A37 242 public for a referendum. ^All of which means it could be 1988 A37 243 before a Bill of Rights enters New Zealand's statute books *- A37 244 if it ever does. A37 245 |^The architect of the bill, Justice Minister Geoffrey A37 246 Palmer, described the bill as a momentous piece of legislation A37 247 for New Zealand and says it demands a full debate. A37 248 |^Indeed, it has been a long time coming. ^When National A37 249 came to power in 1960 it was promising a Bill of Rights. ^It A37 250 duly delivered one in 1963, without much enthusiasm. A37 251 *# A38 001 **[038 TEXT A38**] A38 002 *<*4{0Y.W.C.A.} offers new courses*> A38 003 * A38 004 |^*0A look at the {0Y.W.C.A.}'s summer programme reveals the A38 005 association's main aim is still geared to helping women realise A38 006 their full potential. A38 007 |^The {0Y.W.C.A.} is continuing with many of its courses A38 008 which were popular last year during the end of the decade for A38 009 women. A38 010 |^The summer programme, which begins on February 9, will A38 011 include two new courses *- *"Women and Money**" and *"Women and A38 012 the Law.**" A38 013 |^A tutor from the Budget Advisory Service will lead the A38 014 *"Women and Money**" course, and an adviser from the Community A38 015 Law Centre will take the *"Women and the Law**" classes. A38 016 |^The new courses are being offered to give women an A38 017 opportunity to increase their knowledge of the wider community. A38 018 |^Women who would like to become more confident in doing A38 019 minor repairs and maintenance jobs round the house can learn A38 020 the basics in the *"Handywomen**" course. ^A car maintenance A38 021 course will also be offered. A38 022 |^The assertiveness training and naturopathy courses, which A38 023 were popular last year, would also be offered again this year, A38 024 said the president of the association, \0Mrs Veronica Pyle. A38 025 |^Other course topics include stress management, massage for A38 026 health and relaxation, yoga, herbalism, weight reduction and A38 027 nutrition. A38 028 |^Women's physical health is also covered, including a A38 029 women's running group, the *"\0Y**" walkers trips in and round A38 030 the city, as well as recreational gymnastics classes. A38 031 ^Self-defence classes teaching the Sue Lytollis method will be held. A38 032 |^An over-60s group meets each month and bus trips are A38 033 planned. A38 034 |^The courses have been popular because they were what women A38 035 wanted to do, said \0Mrs Pyle. ^The association made a A38 036 survey to find out what topics interested women, she A38 037 said. A38 038 |^The *"\0Y**" offered a comprehensive range of topics but A38 039 there was still a lot of work that needed to be done for women, A38 040 said \0Mrs Pyle. A38 041 |^She said she would like to see a job retraining scheme for A38 042 older women, as well as a teen mother support club for teen-age A38 043 mothers. ^The association had applied to Telethon for a grant. A38 044 |^*"Unfortunately, you can have all the good ideas in the A38 045 world, but if you are limited in your resources there is only A38 046 so much that can be done,**" \0Mrs Pyle said. A38 047 |^An important part of the association's work in the last A38 048 four years was the pre-school gymnastics classes organised by A38 049 \0Mrs Lynn Koster, an experienced gymnastics instructor. A38 050 ^Classes for two to five year olds are held at Redwood A38 051 {0Y.W.C.A.}, Riccarton, Bishopdale, Parklands and the Windsor A38 052 School Hall. A38 053 |^Physically disabled children were welcome at the classes, A38 054 said \0Mrs Koster. ^Last year a special class for disabled A38 055 children was organised, but \0Mrs Koster said she hoped to A38 056 integrate the children into other classes this year. ^Parents A38 057 had supported the idea, she said. A38 058 |^Last year the classes attracted up to 130 pre-school A38 059 children a week. A38 060 |^*"Seeing children grow and develop is one of the most A38 061 rewarding aspects of teaching the classes,**" \0Mrs Koster A38 062 said. A38 063 |^The {0Y.W.C.A.} hoped to start other pre-school gymnastics A38 064 classes in other suburbs this year, if the right tutors could A38 065 be found. ^It was important to find teachers who could build a A38 066 rapport with the children, said \0Mrs Koster. A38 067 |^Another traditional and important aspect of the *"\0Y**" A38 068 work is finding accommodation for young people coming to A38 069 Christchurch to attend courses at the Polytechnic. ^The A38 070 accommodation bureau is run by \0Mrs Claire Richards for the A38 071 Labour Department. ^\0Mrs Richards is responsible for placing A38 072 young apprentices on special block courses at the Polytechnic A38 073 in hostels or private homes. A38 074 |^The association does not have a hostel. ^It sold its A38 075 building in Latimer Square. A38 076 |^A scheme for young school-leavers which has been A38 077 successful in the last three years is the training assistance A38 078 programme run by the association and partly funded by the A38 079 Labour Department. ^Three eight-week courses in clerical work, A38 080 knit design and child care are offered. ^At the moment 18 A38 081 trainees, six in each course, are learning practical skills for A38 082 the work-force. A38 083 |^The clerical course had placed most of its trainees into A38 084 the work-force, said the course supervisor, \0Mrs Elane A38 085 Robinson. A38 086 *<*5Auckland's threat*> A38 087 |^*0When plans for Auckland's Aotea Centre were announced, A38 088 Michael Maxwell, director of the International Festival of the A38 089 Arts, rang Dame Cath Tizard to congratulate her. A38 090 |^*"I imagine I'm the first from Wellington to congratulate A38 091 you,**" he said. A38 092 |^*"You are,**" Dame Cath replied. ^*"And in 1990 we are A38 093 going to take your festival away from you.**" A38 094 |^That, says \0Mr Maxwell, is impossible. ^The A38 095 International Festival of the Arts is firmly rooted in A38 096 Wellington. A38 097 |^It was the brainchild of the Wellington City Council and A38 098 is run by an incorporated trust. ^The people of the city of A38 099 Wellington are right behind it. A38 100 |^*"I think it would be great if Auckland or Christchurch A38 101 had a festival, but why not in the odd years. ^Wellington will A38 102 definitely keep its festival.**" A38 103 |^\0Mr Maxwell's own contract as director does not expire A38 104 until after the 1988 festival and planning has already begun A38 105 for two years hence. ^Some of the performers and events not A38 106 possible for 1986 may appear in 1988. A38 107 |^But \0Mr Maxwell says the direction of the 1988 festival A38 108 will be different from its predecessor. ^This year the A38 109 emphasis is on music. A38 110 |^While Wellington is quite selfish in wanting to retain the A38 111 festival, which will have many spinoffs for the community, it A38 112 is not a festival just for Wellingtonians. A38 113 |^Nor is it a festival for the rich. ^With the exception of A38 114 the Sutherland performances and the Design Awards, prices have A38 115 been kept to *+$25 or less. ^Twenty thousand tickets to 55 A38 116 events had been sold by mid-January. A38 117 |^*"It is a festival in Wellington for New Zealanders,**" A38 118 \0Mr Maxwell says. ^*"We have not marketed it overseas because A38 119 the accommodation here could not have coped.**" A38 120 |^As it is 75 people are coming from New York, some from New A38 121 Guinea, and more from Sydney, where the festival has an agent. A38 122 |^Those who have joined the Friends of the Festival A38 123 organisation will have no trouble with accommodations. A38 124 ^Six hundred rooms are available in Wellington for billets for A38 125 Friends. A38 126 *<*4Fringe handicapped*> A38 127 |^*0The Flying Kiwi Fringe Festival is well down on its A38 128 target of *+$100,000 to fund its programme. A38 129 |^The programme co-ordinator, Brett Harston, says that major A38 130 sponsorship for the fringe festival is not forthcoming. ^The A38 131 organisers are hoping instead for small contributions from A38 132 several sponsors. ^They are still awaiting results from A38 133 applications to the Wellington City Council and the Arts A38 134 Council. A38 135 |^*"We want to run the programme as a fully professional A38 136 one, with the festival meeting the performers' expenses,**" A38 137 Brett Harston says. A38 138 |^The fringe activities are being organised and run by the A38 139 Wellington Arts Centre as a separate programme from the main A38 140 festival. ^The centre's staff has been boosted by Labour A38 141 Department-sponsored workers to organise the eight-day A38 142 festival. A38 143 |^\0Mr Harston says the Flying Kiwi programme is 98 per cent A38 144 New Zealand in content. ^*"We are very happy with the people A38 145 we have. ^They come from all over the country. ^The fringe is A38 146 essentially all New Zealand. ^One of two have come back for A38 147 the festival.**" A38 148 |^The Flying Kiwi will run from March 15 to 23, based at the A38 149 Wellington Arts Centre. A38 150 |^Another festival within the festival is the Writers' Week, A38 151 which brings together overseas authors with New Zealand A38 152 writers. ^During five days from March 12 the writers will give A38 153 public readings of their works. A38 154 |^The international contingent includes David Lodge, claimed A38 155 to be the funniest novelist currently writing in English, the A38 156 controversial British poet, Craig Raine, and African poet, A38 157 Felix Mnthali, a Samoan, Albert Wendt, an avant-garde French A38 158 novelist, Alain Robbe-Grillet, Australians David Malouf and Tom A38 159 Shappett, and a Canadian, Tim Findlay. A38 160 |^Fleur Adcock, of New Zealand, is returning, and other New A38 161 Zealanders taking part are A38 162 **[LIST**]. A38 163 *<*4Arts festival's international flavour deliberate policy: A38 164 but places for {0N.Z.} artists*> A38 165 * A38 166 |^*0The first New Zealand International Festival of Arts at A38 167 Wellington in March has its critics of the glittering array of A38 168 international stars, led by one of the world's most durable A38 169 personalities, Dame Joan Sutherland, that is surely the A38 170 festival's strength. A38 171 |^But for the critics the international flavour of the A38 172 three-week festival is also a weakness. ^They claim the A38 173 festival organisers have sought overseas stars at great cost A38 174 and at the expense of New Zealand talent. A38 175 |^The list is indeed impressive: A38 176 **[LIST**]. A38 177 |^The festival director, Michael Maxwell, make **[SIC**] no A38 178 apologies for the international emphasis. ^His aim when he A38 179 took up his full-time position as director 10 months ago was to A38 180 snare as many international artists as possible. A38 181 |^But not, he insists, at the expense of New Zealand A38 182 content. A38 183 |^*"What I wanted to do was bring international artists to A38 184 New Zealand and, to complement them, bring back New Zealanders A38 185 who had gone abroad and achieved their own international A38 186 standing,**" he explains. A38 187 |^*"Take the pottery exhibition by Robert Shay, the American A38 188 ceramic sculptor. ^He is in New Zealand already, travelling A38 189 with a New Zealander, James Greig, who has a big reputation in A38 190 Japan. ^The two are working with potters at a grassroots level A38 191 throughout the country for three months, giving lectures, A38 192 workshops, demonstrations. ^The exhibition in Wellington A38 193 during the festival is the culmination of that project. A38 194 |^*"The idea is for the potters to benefit from an overseas A38 195 visitor and also to give James Greig, as a New Zealander, a A38 196 chance to exhibit here with an overseas artist.**" A38 197 |^And there is the New Zealand Puppet Festival, which will A38 198 run for two weeks at the beginning of the arts festival. A38 199 |^*"As soon as the local puppet people found that the Awaji A38 200 Theatre from Japan would be here, they wanted to organise a A38 201 festival of their own. A38 202 |^*"Now we have several days of puppet festival with A38 203 puppeteers from New Zealand, Australia, and Greece. ^They will A38 204 present all forms of puppetry. ^That's another example of New A38 205 Zealanders working with international people. A38 206 |^*"The rationale behind the festival is the international A38 207 link. I wanted a programme that would reflect the links A38 208 between New Zealand and international artists.**" A38 209 |^Maxwell believes he has achieved that in the festival's A38 210 programme. ^The feedback from people booking tickets has been A38 211 good. A38 212 |^*"Some have asked why haven't you got so and so. A38 213 ^Sometimes it has been a case of saying we wanted them but they A38 214 turned down our invitation. A38 215 |^*"One woman from Wellington wrote booking tickets for the A38 216 Small Change Theatre, which is a Canadian mime group. ^She had A38 217 looked through the programme and that was all she could find A38 218 that her family could go to. A38 219 |^*"The family will really enjoy Small Change. ^They are A38 220 wonderful entertainment. ^But I wrote back saying what about A38 221 this, what about that, what about the lunch-time concerts. A38 222 ^There really is a lot available.**" A38 223 |^He has fielded complaints about the lack of New Zealand A38 224 content by pointing out that 1000 New Zealanders are in the A38 225 main festival programme, and many more in the Fringe Festival A38 226 running alongside the main programme. A38 227 |^*"The 1000 takes in all the players in the New Zealand A38 228 Symphony Orchestra and the regional orchestras A38 229 from Auckland and Wellington, the dancers in A38 230 the Royal New Zealand Ballet. ^In spite of some A38 231 large overseas groups there are nowhere near that A38 232 many overseas artists.**" A38 233 |^The largest international group is the Berlin A38 234 \Staatskapelle, the first overseas symphony orchestra A38 235 to visit this country in 13 years. ^The festival A38 236 organisers were able to bring the German musicians A38 237 to New Zealand at the end of an Australian tour because the A38 238 orchestra's travel contract with Qantas included Wellington on A38 239 the same leg as Australia. A38 240 |^*"We had no travel costs to bring the 120 musicians on to A38 241 New Zealand. ^If we had had travel expenses on top of the A38 242 performance costs, I would have had to say, sadly, no.**" A38 243 |^As it is the package of two performances by the A38 244 Berlin orchestra will cost *+$125,000. ^That is a A38 245 large chunk from the festival budget, but well worth A38 246 it, \0Mr Maxwell adds. A38 247 |^He has been able to secure many of the international A38 248 artists because they were already booked for the Perth and A38 249 Adelaide festivals in Australia. A38 250 |^His first step when he was asked by the festival trust in A38 251 late 1984 to direct the 1986 festival was to approach the A38 252 organisers of the Australian festivals. ^They could not have A38 253 been more helpful, he says. A38 254 |^*"It was a commercial thing. ^If they could offer the A38 255 artists extra performances it was an incentive for them. A38 256 ^Suddenly, New Zealand became a big factor in the Australian A38 257 circuit.**" A38 258 *# A39 001 **[039 TEXT A39**] A39 002 *<*4Legislation covering artificial insemination introduced*> A39 003 * A39 004 |^*0Children born as a result of artificial insemination and A39 005 the transfer of an egg from an ovary to a fallopian tube A39 006 together with semen are covered by a new legislation introduced A39 007 in Parliament. A39 008 |^The Status of Children Amendment Bill has been referred to A39 009 Parliament's Justice and Law Reform Select Committee for A39 010 consideration and public comment. A39 011 |^The intention is to clear up the status of children A39 012 conceived through modern birth techniques such as in vitro A39 013 fertilisation. A39 014 |^The legislation follows up work done by the Justice A39 015 Department in recent years, which culminated in an issues A39 016 paper, *"New Birth Technologies,**" last year. A39 017 |^Public submissions have been made on this paper, and the A39 018 Government will release a summary. A39 019 |^An inter-departmental committee is being set up to gather A39 020 information on new birth techniques, to monitor the issues, and A39 021 advise the Government. A39 022 |^Further legislation is likely to be required. A39 023 |^The bill makes no reference to access to information about A39 024 any donor, and neither facilitates nor prevents such access. A39 025 |^The Government is seeking broadly based community support A39 026 for the detail of the legislation. A39 027 |^*"There may be people in the community who oppose this A39 028 bill simply because they are opposed to the birth A39 029 technologies,**" said the Minister of Justice, \0Mr Palmer. A39 030 ^*"I would ask them to think again.**" A39 031 |^The essential fact was that the technologies existed and A39 032 were practised. ^This meant that there must already be some A39 033 New Zealanders in the anomalous *"legal limbo**" the bill A39 034 sought to address. A39 035 |^It clarified the legal situation of certain people who had A39 036 had no say in the manner in which they had been conceived, he A39 037 said. A39 038 |^In one sense it was a technical measure, but it was a A39 039 technical measure of great significance for the people A39 040 concerned. A39 041 |^The legislation clarified the legal status of children A39 042 conceived through the use of donated sperm, donated ova or A39 043 donated embryos, in the techniques of artificial insemination, A39 044 in vitro fertilisation, and gamete intra-fallopian transfer. A39 045 |^Artificial insemination refers to the placing of semen A39 046 inside the vagina or uterus by means other than sexual A39 047 intercourse. A39 048 |^In vitro fertilisation refers to the fertilisation of an A39 049 ovum by a sperm outside the mother's body. A39 050 |^Gamete intra-fallopian transfer refers to the transfer of A39 051 an ovum from the ovary to the fallopian tubes, together with A39 052 semen. A39 053 |^The legislation provides that six rules apply when donated A39 054 gametes are used in any of these techniques. A39 055 |^Where donated sperm is used, either as sperm or in an A39 056 embryo, the mother's husband is the legal father of the A39 057 resulting child, provided he consented to the procedure. A39 058 |^Where a donated ovum is used, either as ovum or as an A39 059 embryo, the woman who bears the child is the legal mother of A39 060 the child. A39 061 |^The donors of sperm or ova are excluded from legal A39 062 parenthood. A39 063 |^The consent of the mother's husband is presumed in the A39 064 absence of evidence to the contrary. A39 065 |^Couples living in a relationship in the nature of a A39 066 marriage are treated in the same way as legally married A39 067 couples, and so a child is not at a disadvantage simply because A39 068 of the marital status of its parents *- for which it is not A39 069 responsible. A39 070 |^If a single woman or a married woman without the consent A39 071 of her husband is involved, the donor of the sperm remains the A39 072 legal father of the child, but has no rights or liabilities A39 073 over the child unless he subsequently marries the child's A39 074 mother. A39 075 |^The Minister of Justice, \0Mr Palmer, said the need for A39 076 the legislation had arisen because of the legal relationship of A39 077 the child with the sperm donor and with the mother's husband. A39 078 |^At present the donor of the sperm is the legal father *- a A39 079 man the child will never know *- whereas the man the child does A39 080 know cannot fulfil the rights and responsibilities of the legal A39 081 father. A39 082 |^\0Mr Palmer said the husband of the child's mother at A39 083 present would commit an offence if he registered the birth of A39 084 the child as his own, knowing that the child had been conceived A39 085 using donated sperm. A39 086 |^Such a man had no legal standing to exercise rights over a A39 087 child, such as consenting to a change of name, consenting to A39 088 adoption, or consenting to the child's marriage. A39 089 |^He would be in no better position than a stranger to the A39 090 child in any dispute over guardianship, custody, or access with A39 091 the mother. A39 092 |^In questions of inheritance, the child could not claim A39 093 against the estate of the mother's husband, \0Mr Palmer said. A39 094 |^Where a donated ovum was used, the child's mother might be A39 095 either the woman who contributed the ovum or the woman who bore A39 096 the child *- there was no clear legal rule. A39 097 |^This meant that the law was uncertain as to which woman A39 098 might register the birth of the child as hers, or who might A39 099 exercise legal rights over the child. A39 100 |^It was equally uncertain against whom, as its mother, the A39 101 child might claim for the purposes of a will, intestacy, or A39 102 family protection. A39 103 |^*"These anomalous situations are clearly not in the best A39 104 interests of the child,**" \0Mr Palmer said. A39 105 |^Legislation was necessary to protect the children involved A39 106 by giving them security with the parents in the same way A39 107 children conceived in the usual way had. ^Legislation was also A39 108 necessary to protect donors who wanted to give the gift of A39 109 parenthood to others. A39 110 |^The need for legislation to cover this area had been A39 111 recognised widely overseas, \0Mr Palmer said. A39 112 *<*4Making it happen*> A39 113 * A39 114 * A39 115 |^*0Carers of the elderly or disabled tend to be a much A39 116 neglected group. A39 117 |^Because they are often with their charges 24 hours a day, A39 118 they don't have the time *- or energy *- to organise meetings, A39 119 set up support groups or shout their cause to the public. A39 120 |^Yet the demands *- both physical and emotional *- can be A39 121 enormous. ^Stroke victims and those crippled with arthritis A39 122 need a lot of careful handling in toileting, dressing and A39 123 feeding. ^Sometimes it means getting up to them every night *- A39 124 and every mother of a wakeful child knows how exhausting that A39 125 becomes. A39 126 |^Then there is the emotional strain, especially with an A39 127 elderly person with Alzheimer's Disease who needs supervision A39 128 every moment of the day and night. A39 129 |^Social life is often non-existent, with friendships A39 130 limited to occasional chats on the phone. A39 131 |^In many ways, the stresses are like those of bringing up A39 132 small children *- but with a fundamental difference. A39 133 |^*"With children you know they are going to grow up and A39 134 become more independent. ^You've that to look forward to. A39 135 ^With a sick person, there's only gradual decline. ^For A39 136 full-time carers, especially, the future often doesn't look very A39 137 bright,**" says Anne-Marie Dixon, former social worker for the A39 138 elderly and executive member of {0A.D.A.R.D.S.} (Alzheimer's A39 139 Disease and Related Disorders Society). A39 140 |^Anne-Marie is the co-ordinator of a new Polytech course A39 141 for *"Women as Carers**" which begins on September 12. A39 142 |^The six-week course, held every Friday from 9.30{0a.m.} A39 143 until noon, is for all women caring for mentally or physically A39 144 dependent spouses, parents, in-laws, other relatives or friends A39 145 on a full-time or part-time basis. A39 146 |^*"These women need to learn to take care of themselves. A39 147 ^They so often get to the point of exhaustion, yet even then A39 148 it's difficult for them to let go and have someone come in to A39 149 give them a break, or put the person in hospital for a A39 150 while,**" she says. A39 151 |^*"The Government gives a subsidy for one month's break a A39 152 year *- but many women don't take it, even though they need A39 153 three times that. ^They feel guilty not being there 24 hours a A39 154 day, 365 days a year. A39 155 |^*"What they must realise is that by taking a break, the A39 156 quality of their caring will be better.**" A39 157 |^Anne-Marie doesn't know how many women in Christchurch are A39 158 carers, but she guesses *"an awful lot. ^Within one's own A39 159 network, most women know three or four who are caring for A39 160 someone on a full-time basis,**" she says. A39 161 |^*"Women as Carers**" will teach women how to recognise A39 162 their limitations, use resources and cope better with stress. A39 163 ^The emphasis will be on informal talks, rather than lectures A39 164 and lots of discussion and sharing. A39 165 |^Cost for the course is *+$13, plus {0GST}. ^For more A39 166 details telephone Christchurch Polytech at 798-150, \0ext. A39 167 8091. A39 168 *<*4Health today*> * *<*1By *3ROBERT A39 169 STOCKDILL*> A39 170 |^*6R*2ESEARCHERS *0in the United States believe they can treat A39 171 even the most severely addicted cocaine users with medicines A39 172 which either block the craving for cocaine or stop the euphoria A39 173 caused by it. A39 174 |^And unlike methadone, which blocks the effect of heroin, A39 175 the newer prescription drugs are not addictive and can be given A39 176 on an outpatient basis. A39 177 |^Ironically, all the medicines thought to cause such an A39 178 effect are already sold for other purposes, such as to combat A39 179 depression, correct menstrual abnormalities and prevent A39 180 influenza. A39 181 |^Neuro-scientists are in the middle of a series of animal A39 182 tests to test the drugs' efficiency with the hope of A39 183 determining how effective they would be in humans. A39 184 |^Ironically, extensive animal testing is usually carried A39 185 out before new drugs receive approval from the {0US}' strict A39 186 Food and Drug Administration ({0FDA}). ^Once approval is A39 187 given, nothing prevents a doctor from prescribing them to his A39 188 patients for any reason he sees fit. A39 189 |^Several tests have seen cocaine addicts given the drug, A39 190 and shown the medicines could be effective with up to 75% of A39 191 cocaine addicts. A39 192 |^Cocaine addiction is a major problem in the {0US}, A39 193 particularly in the middle and upper classes, although in New A39 194 Zealand its use is only now beginning to grow. A39 195 |^Hospital detoxification also provides a success rate of A39 196 about 75%. A39 197 |^So far hospitals in the {0US} have been slow to accept the A39 198 new forms of treatment, mainly through fears treatment of A39 199 addiction to one drug with another could cause addiction to the A39 200 second. A39 201 |^But with the impending rise of the cheaper and more A39 202 addictive forms of cocaine *- *"crack**" in the east and A39 203 Australia and *"rock**" in the west *- cheaper outpatient A39 204 medicinal treatment may be used more widely. A39 205 |^Rock is normally smoked and the drug reaches the brain A39 206 much more quickly than when cocaine is snorted. ^Highs A39 207 produced by rock are generally more intense and addiction is A39 208 harder to treat. A39 209 |^The use of medicines to treat cocaine addiction is based A39 210 on the increasing knowledge of cocaine's effects on the body, A39 211 which include chronic coughing, chest congestion, impotence, A39 212 infertility, lactation in women, enlarged breasts in men, brain A39 213 seizures and even cardiac arrest. A39 214 |^For the cocaine users however, the most important effect A39 215 is the euphoria created by disruption of communication between A39 216 brain cells. A39 217 |^Here's how cocaine has that euphoric effect: ^Cells A39 218 intereact **[SIC**] via chemical messengers called A39 219 neuro-transmitters. ^After a brain cell receives a chemical message, A39 220 it sends the neuro-transmitters back so they can be used again. A39 221 |^Researchers believe cocaine stimulates the A39 222 neuro-transmitters and blocks their return. ^Thus they gather in A39 223 abnormally high quantities at the receiving cells flooding and A39 224 overstimulating them. ^The flooding is believed to cause the A39 225 euphoria. A39 226 |^Meanwhile, because of the overproduction of A39 227 neuro-transmitters, the brain eventually runs out of the chemicals A39 228 from which they are made. A39 229 |^The addicts then become depressed and develop a strong A39 230 craving for cocaine. ^If they get high the stock of A39 231 neuro-transmitters is further depleted and the depression and craving A39 232 becomes worse next time around. A39 233 |^Researchers believe the new medicines either block the A39 234 cells where neuro-transmitters gather abnormally or stimulate A39 235 the growth of more neuro-transmitters. A39 236 |^New York psychiatrist Jeffrey Rosecan, director of the A39 237 Cocaine Abuse Treatment Programme at Columbia-Presbyterian A39 238 Medical Centre has been treating cocaine addicts with the A39 239 anti-depressant imipramine (tradename Tofranil). A39 240 |^He discovered its effects accidentally when three patients A39 241 taking the medicine told him they no longer got high on A39 242 cocaine. A39 243 |^But he warns while the medicines treat the addiction, they A39 244 can have no effect on the underlying psychological problems A39 245 which may have led to the addiction in the first place. A39 246 |^Other drugs found successful in addict treatment include: A39 247 Bromocryptine *- used to treat menstrual problems or A39 248 infertility. ^Desipramine *- an antidepressant (tradenames A39 249 Norpramin and Pertofrane.) Amantadine hydrochloride, A39 250 (Symmetrel) *- used to cure influenza, and for the treatment of A39 251 Parkinsons' Disease. A39 252 *<*4New technique shatters stones*> A39 253 |^*6D*2OUGLAS *0Maxwell, (pictured) a retired roadworks A39 254 contractor from Alexandra, Central Otago, is the first New A39 255 Zealander to have his kidney stones disintegrated without A39 256 surgery, using the new lithotripsy technique. A39 257 |^\0Mr Maxwell, 61, was photographed the day after his A39 258 surgery, fully dressed and able to walk around the hospital. A39 259 *# A40 001 **[040 TEXT A40**] A40 002 *<*4Greater promotion of the arts as key goal*> A40 003 * A40 004 |^*6*"WE *4are an ingenious lot,**" insists Ian Cochrane, newly A40 005 appointed chairman of the Queen Elizabeth *=II Arts Council, A40 006 *"but what annoys me is that we are too self-effacing, too A40 007 unassuming. ^We don't stand up and think we are as good as A40 008 anybody else.**" A40 009 |^*0Cochrane never ceases to be impressed by the variety of A40 010 artistic talent produced in this country. ^We are a naturally A40 011 gifted nation, he says. ^The trouble is that we have A40 012 difficulty trumpeting our excellence to others. A40 013 |^The talent is here. ^All that remains is for New A40 014 Zealanders and people overseas to be awakened to the rich arts A40 015 resource within. A40 016 |^Greater promotion of the arts is a key goal of Cochrane's A40 017 three-year term as arts council chairman. ^*"I want to A40 018 highlight the art and culture available in this country; to A40 019 make people aware of what is going on. ^There is a lot A40 020 happening out there to enrich their lives. A40 021 |^*"It strikes me all the time how a country of this size A40 022 can turn out so many talented people in all fields, with very A40 023 little resources.**" A40 024 |^*6A*2LONG *0with increasing the awareness here of New Zealand A40 025 artists' work, Cochrane wants also to awaken overseas interest A40 026 in what is offering. ^The diversity and excellence of New A40 027 Zealand indigenous art and culture demands that it be given A40 028 greater promotion overseas. A40 029 |^It is the task of the government and the tourist operators A40 030 within New Zealand, working in conjunction with the arts A40 031 council, to raise international awareness of local artists' A40 032 work, he believes. ^Artistic exchanges between New Zealand and A40 033 other countries need to be further encouraged and this A40 034 country's arts marketed through trade and diplomatic posts A40 035 overseas. A40 036 |^Tourist operators have a large role to play in exposing A40 037 visitors to New Zealand to the pool of talent here. ^Tourists A40 038 were being whisked around the attractions of the established A40 039 resort sports, but were not being encouraged to explore the A40 040 theatres, ballet or galleries. ^And yet when New Zealanders A40 041 travel overseas, they flock to the European opera houses and A40 042 theatres. A40 043 |^*6T*2HE *0American tour of the Te Maori exhibition provided A40 044 an excellent example of how successfully New Zealand art could A40 045 be marketed on the world stage, Cochrane says. ^The exhibition A40 046 gave Maori art an international profile. ^His fervent hope is A40 047 that in time all artwork from this country will be identified A40 048 throughout the world as distinctively New Zealand in origin. A40 049 |^*"I want people, when they hear or see something from this A40 050 country, to instantly recognise it as coming from New A40 051 Zealand.**" A40 052 |^Funding of the arts is another key area in which Cochrane A40 053 sees scope for development. ^He would like to investigate, A40 054 while he is arts council chairman, the possibility of A40 055 committing funds to organisations and individuals for a two or A40 056 three-year period, rather than annually as at present. ^Groups A40 057 at the moment are able to plan no further than a year in A40 058 advance, and even then they must wait for about three months A40 059 into the financial year to receive their allocation from the A40 060 arts council. A40 061 |^*"I would like to think we could allow for a little more A40 062 forward planning, so groups could be assured of funding rather A40 063 than stumbling on from year to year.**" A40 064 |^Effective management of resources is always uppermost in A40 065 Cochrane's mind *- during five years as chairman of the A40 066 Wellington City Opera Trust his flair for marketing and A40 067 management has been proven. ^The trust, formed as a charitable A40 068 trust in 1981 from the old De Latour group, has progressively A40 069 increased its budget, culminating this month with a *+$100,000 A40 070 production of *1Rigoletto. A40 071 |^*6S*2ECURING *0a substantial sponsorship deal with Caltex Oil A40 072 for the production of six operas was a major coup for Cochrane. A40 073 ^Commercial enthusiasm for arts sponsorship had clearly grown A40 074 and corporate funding should continue to be encouraged, he A40 075 says. A40 076 |^But there was opportunity also for an increased A40 077 contribution to the arts from smaller businesses and A40 078 individuals with money to spare. ^As much revenue could be A40 079 gathered from the smaller investor with, for example, *+$500 to A40 080 donate, as the giant corporations. ^*'When you add up all the A40 081 little people's contributions you can find yourself with a A40 082 significant amount,**" Cochrane says. A40 083 |^At present in New Zealand probably only 1 per cent of A40 084 finance available from the smaller sources was being tapped. A40 085 ^Yet a large number of people with artistic and cultural A40 086 interests would no doubt be prepared to contribute modest A40 087 amounts to an investment pool for the arts which they knew was A40 088 being well managed. A40 089 |^Cochrane, to support his theory quotes a recent American A40 090 survey which found that 7 per cent of total theatre sponsorship A40 091 was raised from small contributors, compared to 6 per cent from A40 092 large corporations. A40 093 |^Clearly there was not enough money available for the arts A40 094 in New Zealand at the moment, he says. ^But probably no amount A40 095 would ever be seen as adequate. ^*"Even if *+$20 million were A40 096 made available each year, more would be called for.**" A40 097 |^*6C*2OCHRANE *0knows the hardships many artists suffer in A40 098 pursuing their craft. ^He admits he *"chickened out**" of A40 099 pursuing an acting career in Britain when he was faced with A40 100 having to forsake a weekly income of *+$15 from a comfortable A40 101 desk job, for *+$5 working in repertory. A40 102 |^*"I didn't have the courage or the confidence, really. ^I A40 103 was not filled with that burning ambition. ^I was a little bit A40 104 older than most of the excitable young actors flushed with A40 105 enthusiasm. ^I was not prepared to make the sacrifice.**" A40 106 |^Before leaving New Zealand Cochrane worked in A40 107 broadcasting, compering radio dance programmes and taking bit A40 108 parts in radio drama. ^He also had experience as a television A40 109 presenter and interviewer. ^He left Christchurch with letters A40 110 of introduction from Ngaio Marsh to support his attempt to A40 111 break into English theatre. A40 112 |^Acting colleagues reached the stage. ^He instead plumped A40 113 for a regular income in a legal office. A40 114 |^When Cochrane returned home he decided to make law his A40 115 career, and the arts a hobby. ^He played his last stage part, A40 116 that of Henry *=IV, at the Unity Theatre in Wellington about A40 117 1968. A40 118 |^*6A*2RTS *0administration though time-consuming was a natural A40 119 progression for the busy lawyer and father of two to make. A40 120 ^But he is left still with a hankering to act. A40 121 |^His latest appointment is unlikely to leave much time, A40 122 however, for a return to the stage. ^The past month has been A40 123 taken up with detailed briefing sessions on the workings of the A40 124 arts council squeezed around commitments to his active A40 125 Wellington legal practice. A40 126 |^*"It is going to be an enormously complex and delicate A40 127 job. ^I am only now getting to grips with how very complex it A40 128 all is.**" A40 129 *<*4Tongan scholar reticent over plot of new novel*> A40 130 * A40 131 |^*6EPELI HAU'OFA *4doesn't want to say too much about the plot A40 132 of his forthcoming novel. ^Except that: ^*"It's about a A40 133 sensitive part of the body.**" ^The hero goes on a desperate, A40 134 world-wide cure... A40 135 |^*0The Tongan scholar's second work of fiction, already A40 136 accepted for publication by Penguin in New Zealand and due for A40 137 release around March, is his first full-length novel. A40 138 |^His first piece of fiction, *1Tales of the Tikongs, *0was A40 139 published in 1983. ^It sold slowly at first, but its A40 140 acceptance as a set book in New Zealand for university entrance A40 141 students taking a Pacific option should help to change that. A40 142 |^*1Tikongs *0is a collection of short stories set in a A40 143 fictional South Pacific Island nation. ^It's irreverent, A40 144 blasphemous and highly amusing. ^It pokes fun at overseas A40 145 experts, local government departments, civil servants and the A40 146 Pacific way of life in general. A40 147 |^How does Hau'ofa, a doctor of social anthropology A40 148 lecturing at the University of the South Pacific in Fiji, A40 149 measure his first novel? ^It will make *1Tikongs *0read like A40 150 Sunday school material, he promises. A40 151 |^Hau'ofa is an unusual Pacific Islander and an unusual A40 152 Tongan. ^He was born of Tongan missionary parents in Papua New A40 153 Guinea, spent his early childhood there *- part of it gazing up A40 154 at Second World War aerial dogfights and wondering vaguely what A40 155 was going on *- and spoke three {0PNG} languages before moving A40 156 on to master English. A40 157 |^Tongan was his fifth language. ^He and his parents did A40 158 not arrive home after the war until young Epeli was nine. ^By A40 159 the time he had finished school in Tonga and Fiji, been to A40 160 university in Australia and Canada and returned to Tonga, where A40 161 he worked for a time as assistant secretary to the king, A40 162 Hau'ofa knew what he wanted to do in life. A40 163 |^The problem was, where to start? ^Getting recognition in A40 164 the Pacific Islands as a writer of fiction isn't easy. ^There A40 165 is no real tradition of literature on the curricula of most A40 166 schools, and education tends to be geared more to the practical A40 167 needs of developing nations. A40 168 |^So Hau'ofa and a friend decided to do it themselves and A40 169 publish their own literary magazine. ^*"It was to encourage A40 170 other writers and to publish our own stuff,**" said Hau'ofa. A40 171 ^*"And if it was any good, it would be picked up by A40 172 publishers.**" A40 173 |^His first short stories in the magazine *1Faikava A40 174 *0(meaning a kava-drinking party) were to form the backbone of A40 175 *1Tales of the Tikongs. ^*0Albert Wendt, the Samoan novelist A40 176 and the major literary figure in the South Pacific, republished A40 177 some of them in a collection and Longman Paul of New Zealand A40 178 became interested. ^They liked what they read and asked A40 179 Hau'ofa for more. ^When Hau'ofa obliged they published the A40 180 *1Tales. A40 181 |^*0Hau'ofa insists that Tiko *- the nation where the A40 182 Tikongs dwell *- is not Tonga, nor is it any other place in A40 183 particular. ^It's a pot-pourri of his experience throughout A40 184 the Pacific. A40 185 |^*"Pacific Islanders in general, in this part of the South A40 186 Pacific anyway, have an enormous sense of humour,**" said A40 187 Hau'ofa. ^*"This doesn't come out in other forms of writing. A40 188 ^In fact one of my criticisms of anthropology just before I A40 189 left Australia was that they portrayed us as so serious, A40 190 controlled by our social structure.**" A40 191 |^There's a character in Tikongs who brings down the wrath A40 192 of Moses and the Israeli Defence Force after he accidentally A40 193 uses a page of the *1Bible *0to roll a cigarette. ^*"That was A40 194 straight fun. ^I was lying down smoking one day and I think A40 195 the Seventh Day Adventists had had an antismoking campaign that A40 196 particular week. ^Suddenly the idea occurred to me and I A40 197 laughed and laughed. ^Yes, it's blasphemous, deliberately so, A40 198 too.**" A40 199 |^And how did religious people react to that? ^*"In Tonga A40 200 people can be religious but they can also be very blasphemous. A40 201 ^Polynesians wear their religion and their righteousness and A40 202 their conscience on their sleeves...**" A40 203 |^Did *1Tales of the Tikongs *0upset Islanders who thought A40 204 they were being poked fun at? ^*"The people who have written A40 205 to me, they can't help but laugh. ^They may get angry later A40 206 when they think about it, but again, this is the vein of Tonga, A40 207 and Fiji too. ^Socialising with people, you don't criticise A40 208 directly. ^You put your criticisms through humour. ^It's more A40 209 acceptable. A40 210 |^*"If you go too direct, you are uncouth. ^But if you A40 211 snake your way around, that's better. ^At big gatherings you A40 212 might get people who stand up and rib each other. ^People may A40 213 get angry later, but by then it's too late.**" A40 214 |^For Hau'ofa, writing fiction doesn't come easy. ^*"I'm a A40 215 slow writer. ^I don't write consistently, I have to wait for A40 216 inspiration, but once the inspiration is there it totally grabs A40 217 you and it can stay for months and months.**" A40 218 |^When he has the inspiration, nothing interrupts him. A40 219 ^Lying on his stomach, surrounded by cushions and scribbling in A40 220 longhand, he writes his best work. A40 221 |^Hau'ofa regards himself as lucky. ^He has the time to A40 222 write fiction. ^*"Writing is a privilege in the South Pacific A40 223 today, because you've got to put yourself in a position to be A40 224 free to write.**" ^Most bright young writers were university A40 225 students who went on to important jobs where their talent was A40 226 badly needed in newly independent countries. A40 227 |^That's why Hau'ofa is among the frontiersmen of modern A40 228 Pacific Islands literature. ^*"It's exciting to know you are A40 229 in a field in a region in which you are one of the pioneers. A40 230 ^Not because you want to be pioneer, but because it's a virgin A40 231 field.**" A40 232 *# A41 001 **[041 TEXT A41**] A41 002 *<*4Under-age sex, ignorance shown*> A41 003 *<*0{0NZPA} Wellington*> A41 004 |^About one third of 15-year-old female students from the A41 005 Hutt district are sexually active, but knowledge of A41 006 contraception among the group is *"extremely poor,**" a new A41 007 survey shows. A41 008 |^The survey of 389 girls in Hutt secondary schools was A41 009 carried out in June by the Health Department's community A41 010 medicine registrar, \0Dr Hasel Lewis. A41 011 |^Girls who consented and had their parents' permission A41 012 answered questionnaires on reproductive health anonymously. A41 013 |^Forty-three per cent of the sexually active girls had only A41 014 one partner. A41 015 |^\0Dr Lewis said she was concerned that 16 per cent of the A41 016 sample of sexually active girls were not using contraception. A41 017 |^Knowledge of reproductive health facts was extremely poor A41 018 among both the sexually inexperienced and experienced A41 019 respondents. A41 020 |^Twenty-six of the sample relied on peers for information A41 021 on reproduction; mothers, teachers and books were other A41 022 important sources. A41 023 |^\0Dr Lewis said the condom was the most frequently used A41 024 method of contraception followed by the Pill. A41 025 |^The majority of those surveyed indicated they would like A41 026 more information on sexually transmitted diseases, A41 027 contraception and sexual relationships. A41 028 |^Preferred sources of information in order of preference A41 029 were, parents, books, films and videos, a family planning A41 030 clinic and friends. A41 031 |^\0Dr Lewis said the survey showed the importance of school A41 032 programmes on sex education which should begin at an early age. A41 033 |^Education programmes should be appropriate to the A41 034 developmental age of children and emphasise the risks of A41 035 pregnancy as well as of acquiring transmitted diseases. A41 036 |^She said sex education programmes for under 16 year olds A41 037 in secondary schools were only just getting under way, and A41 038 while they were excellent, more information was needed. A41 039 *<*4Chris is now a leading light in glass*> A41 040 |^*"*0Gosh, you are a woman!**" some clients exclaim when A41 041 they arrive at Hawke's Bay lead-light maker Chris Smith's back A41 042 door. A41 043 |^*"We never thought a woman could do lead-light, cutting A41 044 all that heavy glass,**" they confess obviously impressed with A41 045 the work displayed in her studio. A41 046 |^Proving herself as capable as any man on the job has been A41 047 Hawke's Bay's only woman lead-light maker's most difficult task A41 048 in her first year of business. A41 049 *<*4Traditionally a male job*> A41 050 |^*0*"Some people just find it impossible to accept a woman A41 051 working in what is traditionally a male-dominated job,**" says A41 052 Chris. A41 053 |^*"When clients phone they ask to speak to the lead-light A41 054 maker. ^There's often a long silence when I explain that's me. A41 055 ^It's just as well *'Chris**' could be a man or a woman,**" she A41 056 quips. A41 057 |^*"I was manning a display at a craft show, when a male A41 058 friend came over and spoke to me. ^Meanwhile, a client came A41 059 asking my male friend if he could look at his lead-lights. A41 060 |^*"My friend told him it was I who did the work, but the A41 061 client just kept talking to my friend. ^It happened three A41 062 times before the client just walked out. ^He couldn't bring A41 063 himself to even talk to me,**" she says. A41 064 |^However, the 32-year-old certainly has not let other A41 065 people's prejudices interfere with her work, which decorates A41 066 the foyers, hall ways and windows of many Hawke's Bay business A41 067 houses, churches and home lounges. A41 068 |^Big, bold, colourful feature windows are her forte. A41 069 |^She has created everything from flowers to a peacock on A41 070 full parade and a farming scene featuring cows, sheep and pigs A41 071 on a butcher's window. A41 072 *<*4Unusual window for butcher*> A41 073 |^*0Among her proudest accomplishments was the peacock A41 074 lead-light, on the Onekawa Hotel Peacock Room, which, due to its A41 075 complex design, required a great deal of effort and time. A41 076 |^She cites the butcher's window as among her most unusual A41 077 projects. ^The window features a great many animals in a A41 078 meadow. A41 079 |^*"You could almost call it a child's painting, it's got A41 080 everything in it even big fluffy clouds. A41 081 |^*"Some clients request certain designs like a still life A41 082 or fuchsia but others just leave it up to me.**" A41 083 |^Once a pattern has been agreed upon, Chris retires to her A41 084 work room in her Korokipo country cottage and sets about the A41 085 delicate task of making the lead-light. A41 086 |^Basically the procedure involves choosing the type of A41 087 glass, cutting specific shapes from it, soldering it all A41 088 together and glazing. A41 089 |^The glass used as colour is not made in New Zealand, it is A41 090 exported from overseas, mainly from the United States, France, A41 091 Belgium, Germany and Australia. A41 092 |^*"It's a job which demands much precision and abundant A41 093 patience. ^You've got to get each step perfect before you can A41 094 progress to the next otherwise you're just wasting your A41 095 time.**" A41 096 *<*4Steady demand for her work*> A41 097 |^*0A steady demand for her work has enabled Chris to earn a A41 098 living from light-lighting which she says is becoming popular A41 099 among all sectors of the community. A41 100 |^Evidence of its growing popularity is demonstrated by the A41 101 increasing number of people from teenagers to pensioners, A41 102 flocking to Chris's night classes at both Napier and Colenso A41 103 High Schools. A41 104 |^*"Once the classes comprised nearly all women but now men A41 105 too are becoming interested in learning the art,**" she says. A41 106 |^Her work sells anywhere from about *+$40 to thousands of A41 107 dollars depending on its complexity and time taken to create A41 108 it. A41 109 |^*"Its much more profitable making larger feature windows A41 110 than say smaller lamp-shades,**" she said. ^*"To make any A41 111 profit on the lamp-shades which take much time and effort, I A41 112 need to sell them for about *+$40 and there are few people A41 113 prepared to pay that much for what looks so little. ^But they A41 114 are much happier to pay hundreds of dollars for a big work.**" A41 115 *<*'*4Don't stand on the glass**'*> A41 116 |^*0Chris receives much positive feedback from her clients, A41 117 who are proud to have her work gracing their homes. A41 118 |^*"I felt so sorry for one client,**" recalls Chris, who A41 119 gave him instructions on how to care for his lead-light when he A41 120 collected it. A41 121 |^*"He was giving his children strict instructions on A41 122 admiring it from a distance when he stepped back and stood A41 123 right in the middle of it. ^He felt so embarrassed phoning me A41 124 up, asking that I repair it.**" A41 125 |^Chris is disappointed some Hawke's Bay business people A41 126 search for lead-light makers outside the district. A41 127 |^*"Many business firms don't even realise Hawke's Bay has A41 128 its own lead-light makers and there is no need for them to buy A41 129 from outside the area. A41 130 |^*"Originality is the greatest advantage lead-lighting A41 131 offers, for you'll never find rows of the same work in a chain A41 132 store. A41 133 |^*"Each work has its own strengths and qualities,**" she A41 134 said. A41 135 |^Chris's interest in lead-lighting grew from a hobby seven A41 136 years ago. A41 137 |^*"I used to observe lead-lighters at work while home in A41 138 Christchurch and eventually they got so sick of me they gave me A41 139 a sheet of glass and said *'here go away and have a go.**'**" A41 140 *<*4Self-employment *'a greater teacher**'*> A41 141 |^*0It was not long before Chris turned the family caravan A41 142 into a lead-light work shop and eventually she obtained A41 143 employment with a Christchurch glass company. A41 144 |^Six years ago she moved to Hawke's Bay to further her A41 145 lead-light experience with other firms before setting up her A41 146 own business in December last year. A41 147 |^*"You certainly learn a lot having your own business for A41 148 there isn't anyone telling you what to do next. ^You learn how A41 149 to communicate with people and it's been a good experience A41 150 handling the book work side of it as well,**" Chris said. A41 151 |^Although she is kept busy fulfilling the many orders on A41 152 her books, Chris eventually hopes to venture into glass making, A41 153 which she says would complement the lead-light process. A41 154 *<*4Education in action*> A41 155 |^*6*"T*4HE staff and students were full of enthusiasm. A41 156 ^They are keen to try the idea again.**" A41 157 |^*0This is how economics teacher Anne Dobbie described the A41 158 outcome of a three-day consumer awareness intensive at A41 159 Broadgreen Intermediate School this year. A41 160 |^She thinks the programme got off to a good start because A41 161 teachers were impressed and inspired by the newly available A41 162 consumer education resource material. A41 163 |^*"The kits are full of appealing, easy-to-use ideas,**" A41 164 she said. ^*"Teachers saw immediately how the materials could A41 165 be used to meet the needs of their students. ^*"They felt at A41 166 ease with the content because they could relate it to their own A41 167 consumer experience.**" A41 168 |^The staff co-operated to develop lessons on a series of A41 169 themes such as the appeal of advertising, consumer rights, A41 170 television advertising, supermarket shopping and the way people A41 171 choose and use goods. A41 172 |^Students were exposed to three options over the three A41 173 days. A41 174 |^*"The programme had an immediate appeal,**" said Anne A41 175 Dobbie. *"the students could all see themselves in a consumer A41 176 situation, so interest level was high.**" A41 177 |^Here is what students Kandy Boffa, Joanna Hargreaves, A41 178 Vanessa Bunt, Brigette Furlong, Amelia Jacobson and Gaye Berry A41 179 had to say: A41 180 |^*"\0Mrs Bunting taught us we had the right to return any A41 181 product if it was faulty. ^Most people our age don't want to A41 182 take things back because they are afraid shopkeepers will not A41 183 listen to children...**" A41 184 |^*"\0Mr Smith and \0Mr Rait taught us how companies use A41 185 children, pretty women and handsome men to sell their A41 186 products...**" A41 187 |^*"Writing and acting out our own version of *1Fair Go A41 188 *0was a good way to get our points across. ^We learned how to A41 189 stick up for ourselves if we ever get into that sort of A41 190 situation...**" A41 191 |^*"We watched some television advertisements and discussed A41 192 what we thought was right or wrong with them. ^We considered A41 193 whether they were realistic or if they were trying to con A41 194 us...**" A41 195 |^*"We learned about things we need and things we don't A41 196 need, how to be better consumers and how to get the best A41 197 bargains we could...**" A41 198 |^*"It was great going into the community. ^In the A41 199 supermarket we looked at different products and compared A41 200 prices...**" A41 201 |^*"We're glad we did consumer education, because we feel A41 202 more confident buying products now, and we're not afraid to A41 203 take them back if they're faulty...**" A41 204 *<*4Helping others to Grow*> * A41 205 |^*0Nancy has spent over 40 years looking at the power of A41 206 the mind over the body. A41 207 |^*"Somebody I cared for very much had an emotional tie-up A41 208 in his life. ^I found psychiatry no help at all, and I'm A41 209 anti-drugs unless they're absolutely necessary.**" A41 210 |^Nancy is one of the leaders of Grow (Group Recovery A41 211 Organisations of the World) in Hastings. ^It is a group set up A41 212 to help people who have had nervous breakdowns or who simply A41 213 feel they cannot cope with their lives. A41 214 |^She said Grow has helped her realise her problems stemmed A41 215 from self-pity, resentment, and anxiety about the situation she A41 216 was in. A41 217 |^*"I thought I was a pretty good wife, but it was being a A41 218 better person that was more important.**" A41 219 |^Grow was set up in Sydney in 1957 by a group of former A41 220 mental patients attending {0AA} (Alcoholics Anonymous) A41 221 meetings. ^They were not alcoholics, but they found {0AA} the A41 222 best way to have their needs met. A41 223 |^The former patients felt the self-help emphasis of the A41 224 {0AA} programme was what made it so successful, so they decided A41 225 to set up something similar. A41 226 |^The group was brought together by a common need to get A41 227 back into society after a mental breakdown. ^By pooling A41 228 resources, they found they were being helped and were helping A41 229 others as well. A41 230 |^The group first called itself Recovery but had to change A41 231 its name because there was a group in Hawaii with the same A41 232 name. ^So it was renamed Grow. A41 233 |^Grow caught on in New South Wales, and by the 1960s was A41 234 established in every Australian State. A41 235 |^There are now also groups in Ireland, the United States, A41 236 England and Singapore. A41 237 |^In New Zealand there are groups in Gore, Invercargill, A41 238 Winton, Morrinsville, Tauranga, Wanganui, Wellington, A41 239 Christchurch, Auckland and Hastings. A41 240 |^The Hastings Grow group which has been going for nearly A41 241 three years, meets in the Wesley Lounge every Tuesday. ^There A41 242 are two groups, one morning and one evening. A41 243 |^The group isn't only for people who have had breakdowns. A41 244 ^Preventive therapy is an important aspect of it *- problems A41 245 are best tackled before they seem unsolvable. A41 246 |^At this meeting there are five women and a little boy A41 247 playing in the corner. A41 248 |^There is no smoking *- physical health is important too. A41 249 |^Joan, in her 50s, tall, strong and capable-looking, says: A41 250 ^*"When I came to Grow I was obviously looking for something. A41 251 ^I was suffering from depression, and withdrawal. ^I just didn't A41 252 want to mix with people.**" A41 253 |^Ironically, she was trained in psychology. ^It was her A41 254 major subject for her bachelor of arts degree. A41 255 |^She is also a trained nurse. A41 256 |^*"I knew I was going downhill. ^I could diagnose myself, A41 257 but couldn't do anything about it. A41 258 *# A42 001 **[042 TEXT A42**] A42 002 *<*4Food boffins forge links*> A42 003 * A42 004 |^T*2HE *0New Zealand Department of Scientific and Industrial A42 005 Research ({0DSIR}) has over the past decade increased its links A42 006 with the private sector, particularly in food research. A42 007 |^Because New Zealand produces and exports such a wide range A42 008 of quality food products, the department places a high priority A42 009 on food research. A42 010 |^Consumers often overlook the fact that the {0DSIR} has A42 011 helped improve the range, quality and price of products on A42 012 local and overseas supermarket shelves. A42 013 |^From its many scientific disciplines, the department draws A42 014 the expertise needed to develop new products. A42 015 |^For the past 10 years, scientists have accompanied A42 016 marketing experts overseas, to help with aspects of the new A42 017 food products. ^Approaching the marketplace with a united team A42 018 allows New Zealand trade missions to meet fully all potential A42 019 customer requirements. A42 020 |^An added bonus, is that scientists can gauge the condition A42 021 of the marketplace for projects they are researching back home. A42 022 *<*4Eye on Asean*> A42 023 |^*0Over the years, the benefit of having a complementary A42 024 scientific and technical presence within the marketing A42 025 environment has become evident. A42 026 |^Early this year, the department decided to set up an A42 027 operational base in Singapore, with an eye on the markets of A42 028 Asean nations and their 260 million population. A42 029 |^\0Mr Norman Lodge, the scientist in charge, was back in A42 030 Wellington for one day last week. ^I asked him how the New A42 031 Zealand {0DSIR} food research and development centre A42 032 (Singapore) was progressing. A42 033 |^During his first six months in the region, \0Mr Lodge A42 034 visited 44 local companies and organisations. ^He is also A42 035 involved with companies in West Malaysia, Thailand, Hong Kong A42 036 and Indonesia. A42 037 |^He hosted a {0DSIR} display at the first Asean Scientific A42 038 and Technology conference in Kuala Lumpur, and delivered papers A42 039 at the inaugural meeting of the Asean-New Zealand Business A42 040 Council in Jakarta. A42 041 |^He can act as trouble-shooter by virtue of being the A42 042 person on the spot, for local companies who export to New A42 043 Zealand and is looking for opportunities within Asean to tie A42 044 together, by the use of science and technology, joint-venture A42 045 companies. A42 046 |^Much publicity has been generated in Asian newspapers and A42 047 business reviews, and the New Zealand scientific presence in A42 048 Singapore has become well-known. A42 049 *<*4Nuts and bolts*> A42 050 |^*"*0There are benefits all round,**" says \0Mr Lodge. A42 051 ^*"It is not an easy market. ^It is an extremely A42 052 cost-conscious one, and it's not like trying to promote a product A42 053 per se. A42 054 |^*"What we are trying to promote is a concept, in terms of A42 055 scientific research and development, and science and A42 056 technology. ^And that is infinitely more difficult to promote A42 057 than nuts and bolts. A42 058 |^*"The New Zealand trade commissioner is responsible for A42 059 the marketing side of things, helping New Zealand companies who A42 060 export into the region. ^{0DSIR} is the technical arm. A42 061 |^*"We have been most useful to each other and have a very A42 062 good understanding of each other's roles, and to my way of A42 063 thinking it is very useful to observe the way in which the A42 064 marketing and technical sides can help each other,**" he says. A42 065 |^*"The whole thing has come together in a very professional A42 066 manner. ^We have done something new. ^I am not aware of any A42 067 other country in the world trying this before, precisely in A42 068 this way. A42 069 |^*"With the support of the private sector, Government A42 070 departments and trade organisations, we have been able to make A42 071 it become a reality in a short period of time, which really A42 072 only goes to emphasise the need for such a position. A42 073 |^*"If I raise initiatives in Singapore, then I'm very A42 074 reliant on my {0DSIR} base back in New Zealand to follow up A42 075 those inquiries, and I have had tremendous support from A42 076 them,**" he says. A42 077 p31 *<*4Family doctor*> A42 078 * A42 079 |^*6W*2E DON'T *0seem to be having much effect with the A42 080 campaigns to reduce accidents involving children. ^So, it is A42 081 some satisfaction to find that burns in children appear to be A42 082 declining in frequency. ^Those of us who haven't much faith in A42 083 public education might like to consider that the only way the A42 084 decline can have happened, if it's indeed real, is due to an A42 085 increased perception by many people of the dangers to children A42 086 of burning, and these people have carried out effective A42 087 measures to minimise the dangers. A42 088 *<*4Scalds*> A42 089 |^*0Lowering temperatures in the hot-water tap systems of A42 090 the nation would reduce scalds, but the idea doesn't seem to A42 091 have caught on with any frequency as yet. A42 092 |^But considerable effort has been made to alter the A42 093 composition of children's nightwear *- burns from flammable A42 094 nightwear materials have been all too common. ^Many people A42 095 have been unaware of the difference in the flammable properties A42 096 of the many products available from which nighties and pyjamas A42 097 are made, and shops have been slow to label the materials A42 098 correctly, let alone have the shop assistants well-versed about A42 099 the flammable qualities of the goods. A42 100 |^All children's night clothes sold in the shops have had to A42 101 comply with the Safety of Children's Night Clothes Act. ^But A42 102 there has been no such general control over home-made clothes, A42 103 and hence the big effort to make the public aware of what is a A42 104 suitable material and what isn't. A42 105 |^Cotton and rayon, for instance, burn readily and very A42 106 quickly. ^Polyester and nylon are pretty slow off the mark. A42 107 ^Some acrylics burn rapidly; some slowly. ^As you might A42 108 expect, mixtures of cottons and rayons are very rapid burning, A42 109 and although New Zealand sheep farms are having a hard time at A42 110 the moment and wool may not be the best overseas earner, wool A42 111 is difficult to get to burn. A42 112 |^So it pays to bear these general thoughts in mind when A42 113 choosing materials for nightwear. ^And it pays to remember A42 114 that close-fitting clothes burn less readily than the floppy A42 115 loose kind. ^If the shop assistant is unsure about the nature A42 116 of the material, and you suspect that it may not be up to A42 117 scratch, better not to buy it, despite its perhaps compelling A42 118 attractiveness. ^Much better to have a material whose safety A42 119 is assured than arms, legs or a body that are permanently A42 120 scarred because your child leaned too close to the fire or the A42 121 gas ring in their night clothes. A42 122 *<*4It's official *- men can't cope with Christmas*> A42 123 |^*0Men are psychologically and emotionally ill-equipped to A42 124 cope with the stresses and strains of Christmas. A42 125 |^In fact, a surprising number are filled with dread when A42 126 anticipating this festive time. ^If it's any consolation at A42 127 all, this is quite normal. ^But there's no reason, says Peter A42 128 Pascoe, a counsellor at the Glenburn Centre in Auckland, why A42 129 men can't take hold of their own destiny and make a determined A42 130 effort to change. A42 131 |^Don Reekie, a Presbyterian counsellor at Friendship House A42 132 in Auckland, says Christmas is not always the time of peace and A42 133 goodwill that it's meant to be for everyone. A42 134 |^*"But businessmen, in particular, find Christmas A42 135 difficult. ^From the business or the retail world or whatever A42 136 they are doing, they go into an intense home and family A42 137 situation. ^It's not easy for men.**" A42 138 |^*"Christmas is a time when success or rather competence is A42 139 all about relating successfully to people. ^Men get their A42 140 sense of competence from being successful in the world outside A42 141 the family *- from their work. ^Their whole concept of A42 142 themselves is bound up with work and promotion,**" says \0Mr A42 143 Pascoe. A42 144 |^*"Its harder for men than for women to stop working. A42 145 ^That's why we men retire then promptly die. ^We have no other A42 146 way of achieving a sense of competence.**" A42 147 |^To test Peter Pascoe's theory I conducted a small survey A42 148 with men who had successful careers in the business world. A42 149 |^One found the whole Christmas ritual a complete bore, a A42 150 waste of time. ^He simply avoided family gatherings and A42 151 festivities all his life, and continued with his work. A42 152 |^Another confirmed it was for him the worst time of the A42 153 year because of the expectations built into Christmas which A42 154 mean having to entertain. A42 155 |^*"I just don't know what to do,**" he said. ^*"I feel at A42 156 a loss. ^Sure, women have lots to do, and they're under A42 157 stress. ^But they seem to be able to cope. ^It can also be A42 158 the loneliest time of your life for men like myself, who are A42 159 single or separated from their wives.**" A42 160 |^\0Mr Pascoe says men have to stop and take a look at the A42 161 benefits of making an effort to relate to people in a real way. A42 162 |^*"They have got to realise they are cutting themselves off A42 163 from a large and important slice of life. ^There's no simple A42 164 solution which will make this Christmas \0OK. ^I cannot just A42 165 say... do this... and you'll enjoy Christmas this year. ^It will A42 166 be a real struggle, as it has been for women changing their A42 167 sense of competence when they are entering the business world. A42 168 |^*"We men are somewhat behind women in making changes. ^We A42 169 need to feel it's \0OK to be sensitive and to enjoy our family A42 170 relationships as well as being masculine. A42 171 |^*"Because men are often not involved in the ritual of A42 172 buying presents for the family, the organisation of Christmas A42 173 visiting and dinner, cooking and so on, and they don't have the A42 174 skill to relate to those around them, they'll hit the booze. A42 175 ^There are all sorts of things which compound the problem.**" A42 176 ^Alcohol is about the only ritual men have which enables them A42 177 to relax and enjoy themselves. A42 178 |^*"But it acts as a trigger for violence,**" says Alec A42 179 Abraham, the director of the Alcohol and Drug Dependency A42 180 Service in Auckland. ^Inhibitions are released and urges to A42 181 violence become more likely. A42 182 |^John Elvidge, the director of the Campbell Centre in A42 183 Christchurch, says the Christmas ritual is a stressor similar A42 184 to divorce or death. A42 185 |^*"The build up which happens at this time of the year is A42 186 like adding bricks on bricks. ^Having the kids around A42 187 constantly, having to find jobs for them, having to handle A42 188 office parties, drinking too much *- they all add strain. A42 189 |^*"It depends on when men place themselves on the social A42 190 structure. ^Some men build up to a frenzy before Christmas A42 191 trying to clear the desk. ^They deal with more people at this A42 192 time, so a real cacophony builds up which becomes A42 193 over-whelming. ^And as compensation they drink too much and are a A42 194 real pain to be with at home. A42 195 |^*"Men don't feel as free to express their emotion as A42 196 women. ^They find it harder to diffuse stress. ^They don't A42 197 allow themselves to say *- I can't cope *- or burst into tears. A42 198 ^They cope in counterproductive ways *- drinking, working A42 199 harder or getting angry. ^This lack of emotional outlet is A42 200 another contributing factor to stress which is probably A42 201 exacerbated around Christmas time,**" says \0Mr Elvidge. A42 202 |^John Dugdale, another counsellor at the Campbell Centre, A42 203 believes Christmas is equally stressful for men and women, but A42 204 especially for those who are working in business. A42 205 |^*"We set ourselves targets for getting things done and A42 206 wind ourselves up thinking about the work to be done. ^But A42 207 life goes on after Christmas. A42 208 |^*"I like the idea of comparing the situation to a bank. A42 209 ^You're in emotional overdraft. ^If you draw on more than A42 210 you've got, before you pay the bank back, you're going to get A42 211 yourself into trouble. ^During this period there's too much A42 212 social contribution. A42 213 |^*"It's important to accept that if you are under pressure, A42 214 it takes time to wind down. ^Openly acknowledge this fact to A42 215 the family. ^Say you've been busy lately and if you are A42 216 irritable then you're trying to unwind.**" A42 217 |^Talking and sharing your feelings will help others around A42 218 you to be more understanding and this will help to diffuse A42 219 stressful situations. A42 220 |^So, c'mon men, take the risk. ^This Christmas, how about A42 221 sitting down and talking to your family. ^Plan ahead so A42 222 everybody shares the responsibility of creating a fun time. A42 223 ^There are lots of benefits to be gained, not just at Christmas A42 224 time. A42 225 *<*4After-care essential*> A42 226 |^*0The director of the Hastings Psychiatric Unit, \0Dr A42 227 Edwards, says after-care accommodation is a problem for A42 228 psychiatric patients. A42 229 |^*"The hospital board is working on an improved programme A42 230 of development which includes half-way houses and hostels,**" A42 231 he says, *"but these things always take longer to happen than A42 232 you think. A42 233 |^*"Frankly, the biggest obstacle to opening anything like A42 234 this is public resistance *- based on fear, I think, and lack A42 235 of knowledge.**" A42 236 |^After-care is an important priority for the unit, \0Dr A42 237 Edwards says. A42 238 |^*"While most psychiatric illnesses are potentially A42 239 recurrent, the aim of after-care is to prevent that A42 240 happening.**" A42 241 *# A43 001 **[043 TEXT A43**] A43 002 *<*4Beauty and the feast*> * A43 003 |^Three beauty pageants screen this week. ^We can watch A43 004 Barbara Riley, \0Mrs New Zealand, crowned \0Mrs World in A43 005 Hawaii. ^But visiting health and beauty expert Leslie Kenton A43 006 claims that beauty can be a curse. A43 007 |^**6T*2HE WITCH *0in room 408 of the West Plaza Hotel is A43 008 adamant. ^*"Being born beautiful,**" she says, *"is a A43 009 *1curse.*0**" A43 010 |^She should know. ^American-born Leslie Kenton might have A43 011 a reputation, in the little Welsh village in which she now A43 012 lives, for being a witch because of all her naturopathic A43 013 knowledge. ^But Kenton, who for the past 12 years has been A43 014 health and beauty editor of *1Harpers & Queen, *0also has a A43 015 reputation for her natural beauty. A43 016 |^*"It's not that nice, you know,**" she says, *"to feel A43 017 that the only thing some people want to be with you for is A43 018 because your good looks enhance their social status. ^But the A43 019 real curse,**" says Kenton, *"is that life for most A43 020 conventionally beautiful women is so *1easy, *0huh? ^Most of A43 021 them don't do anything at all with their lives. ^They simply A43 022 measure their self-worth by the wealth of the husband they A43 023 manage to attract. A43 024 |^*"Okay, okay,**" concedes Kenton, *"some of these women A43 025 run, yeah, a little boutique or a modelling agency. ^But it's A43 026 still to do with being an object. ^It's why you get them A43 027 entering beauty contests. ^To have their worth as an object A43 028 validated. ^To be priced. A43 029 |^*"Beauty contests are so *1tedious,**" *0groans Kenton, A43 030 author of the best selling do-it-yourself vitality manual *1The A43 031 Joy of Beauty. A43 032 |^*"*0It's like having artificial Christmas trees. ^Same A43 033 mentality. ^They're all standardised objects that you hang A43 034 tinsel on. ^The girls all look the same. ^They have the same A43 035 long hair which is *1never *0cut with style. ^Wear the same A43 036 lipgloss. ^They all say the same monotonous, wholesome, A43 037 American things: you know, ^*'\2Ah enjoy jazzercise, travel and A43 038 am fond of world peace**'. ^It's so \2*1bor-ring.**" A43 039 |^*2HER OPINIONS *0may not be exactly new. ^But they might be A43 040 worth memorising. ^Leslie Kenton, according to a recent A43 041 *1Cosmopolitan *0magazine, *"is the woman *1everyone *0reads A43 042 and quotes**". A43 043 |^How come? ^Because Kenton has published in the last three A43 044 years no less than six bestsellers on diet and beauty. A43 045 ^Several of these books, which include *1Raw Energy, Ageless A43 046 Ageing, *0and *1The Biogenic Diet, *0have already been made A43 047 into television series. ^Living *"the Kenton way**" revolves A43 048 around a high-potency, natural diet. ^It includes eating 75 A43 049 percent of your food raw in the form of fresh fruit, A43 050 vegetables, sprouted seeds and grains, eating fruit alone for A43 051 breakfast, *1never *0mixing concentrated proteins with A43 052 concentrated starches, doing non-strenuous exercise, fasting A43 053 regularly and perhaps taking just *1slightly *0unnatural A43 054 nutritional supplements. ^Do this, she says, and you'll cure A43 055 everything from cellulite, wrinkles and jet lag to chronic A43 056 rheumatoid arthritis and cancer. A43 057 |^Although by no means accepted by orthodox medical A43 058 practitioners and dieticians, her work is authoritative: Kenton A43 059 was last year invited to deliver the McCarrison lecture at the A43 060 Royal Society of Medicine. A43 061 |^Kenton has now become, to quote her own publicity, *"the A43 062 guru of health and fitness**". A43 063 |^*"Uh, uh,**" she says, *"No *1way. ^*0I hate that stuff. A43 064 ^The problem is that you write a book about health and energy A43 065 and youthfulness and people immediately think you're Jesus A43 066 Christ. ^Then when you insist you're not, they're *1certain A43 067 *0you are, because you're humble as well.**" A43 068 |^The fact that Kenton always wears white does not, she A43 069 insists, have anything to do with, well, guru-ness. ^*"No, A43 070 I've been wearing white, all white, for 13 years. ^I just wear A43 071 it because... well, I suppose it washes easily.**" ^*1Washes A43 072 easily? ^*"*0Oh, well, maybe also because its a very calming A43 073 colour. ^I feel simple in white.**" A43 074 |^Right now Kenton is wearing a large, soft, ultra-white A43 075 jersey that looks as though it's been handknitted out of A43 076 carefully squeezed toothpaste. ^It is the perfect setting for A43 077 her wonderful teeth. ^But Kenton has decided that she doesn't A43 078 have to impress. ^Stuff it. ^She stretches out her long A43 079 167\0cm frame in her chair: the *"outsize-gorilla feet**" A43 080 about which she was once so self-conscious on full display in A43 081 the centre of the room. A43 082 |^Kenton has just come in from a morning out in the cold. A43 083 ^Her exquisite retrousse*?2 nose is bright red. ^And it drips. A43 084 ^Kenton shows not the slightest embarrassment about sniffing *- A43 085 the insufflation elegantly aided by the back of her hand. ^The A43 086 lady doesn't normally have to carry a *1hanky. ^*0She is a A43 087 picture of rude health. A43 088 |^She sits there, the perfect exponent of the make-your-own- A43 089 deodorant-out-of-spinach school of beauty, and talks about the A43 090 body insecurity of so many women. ^About the anorexia and A43 091 compulsive bingeing and bulimia and *"all those crazy A43 092 low-calorie diets**". A43 093 |^*"The girls in beauty contests normally go on strict diets A43 094 beforehand, right? ^They lose weight all right. ^But they A43 095 lose it in both protein tissue *- muscle *- and fat. ^When A43 096 they put the weight back on again as your body *1always *0does A43 097 with calorie-controlled diets, they gain back not the protein A43 098 but more fat. ^So over the years women get flabbier and A43 099 flabbier. ^Oh, they might weigh well within the insurance A43 100 company statistics of what women their height should weigh, but A43 101 you feel their flesh. ^Ugh. ^Not nice.**" A43 102 |^The sub-clinical nutritional deficiencies most diets A43 103 create are very dangerous, adds Kenton. ^*"You don't only get A43 104 poor nails and poor hair. ^You get depression and anxiety and A43 105 fatigue.**" ^It causes many women, she says, to age very badly. A43 106 |^Not to worry. ^The Biogenic Diet not only prevents A43 107 premature ageing and wrinkles. ^It can also, says Kenton, A43 108 rejuvenate. ^But to have the vitality of true health and A43 109 beauty you need to feel *1okay *0about yourself and most women, A43 110 she says, simply don't. ^Kenton talks about self-creation, A43 111 self-responsibility, self-*1actualisation. ^*"*0I don't mean A43 112 that American stuff where you look in the mirror and say,^*'By A43 113 God, Leslie, I love you.**' ^I'm talking about being gentle A43 114 with yourself; not being critical of yourself; not being so A43 115 critical of yourself and of everyone else around you. ^Using A43 116 that energy to do what you really want to do.**" A43 117 |^Kenton has, in fact, self-actualised herself into being A43 118 everything from an actress and acupuncturist to an A43 119 encounter-group leader and Dutzi practitioner. ^Here is a woman who A43 120 *"adores**" Tibetans. ^Has *"visions**". ^Who has had her A43 121 life *"transformed**" by Michelangelo's David and Beethoven's A43 122 7th. ^Who has lived celibate in a Catholic convent (but is A43 123 actually *"into Buddhism**"). ^Whose favourite book, she A43 124 volunteers, is *1Wuthering Heights. ^*"*0Or, maybe Dostoevsky. A43 125 ^Anyway, that kind of thing.**" ^This is a woman who as a A43 126 seven-year-old in 1948 saw *1Hamlet *0no fewer than seven A43 127 times: ^*"I was so in harmony with his character, now isn't A43 128 that just weird for a seven-year-old?**" ^A child who spent A43 129 hours on her stomach listening to Stravinsky and who ^*"fell in A43 130 love with *- get this *- the *1beast in Cocteau's {0*1La Belle A43 131 et La Bete}**". ^*0Kenton is fascinated by herself. ^Heck, A43 132 she *1likes *0herself. ^This self-love is the core of her A43 133 vitality and beauty. ^It took her a long, long time to find A43 134 it. A43 135 |^*2LESLIE KENTON'S MOTHER *0was ashamed of her pregnancy. A43 136 ^*"You couldn't even tell she was pregnant just a week before A43 137 she had me because she was so ashamed of it all. ^She didn't A43 138 like the whole process of giving birth. ^I wasn't breastfed. A43 139 ^She left me with my grandmother when I was two, two weeks A43 140 old.**" A43 141 |^When she was four, Kenton, the only child of jazz musician A43 142 Stan Kenton, was handed back by her grandmother to her mother. A43 143 ^*"It nearly killed me,**" says Kenton. A43 144 |^She became a fierce rebellious child, with strong A43 145 self-destructive urges. ^The *"deep rents**" in her personality, A43 146 which, she says, caused her to fluctuate wildly between A43 147 feelings of inadequacy and arrogance for much of her life were A43 148 only healed through the intense, joyous love she has for her A43 149 children. ^She has tears in her eyes now as she speaks of it. A43 150 ^All four of Leslie Kenton's children have different fathers. A43 151 ^She is not the least coy about it. ^*"It's just part of my A43 152 growth and transformation,**" she says. ^Kenton's interest in A43 153 health began as a 12-year-old when her mother gave birth to a A43 154 little half-sister born with her intestines outside her body in A43 155 a sac. ^*"From then on I read everything I could about how the A43 156 body works.**" ^As she grew older she became increasingly A43 157 narcissistic about it. ^*"Oh yeah. ^I was determined not to A43 158 look middle-aged like so many women in their late 30s.**" A43 159 |^Her first major discovery was the raw food diet. A43 160 ^*"*1Re*0discovery, actually. ^Doctors have used it for A43 161 centuries to treat illness. ^The new Bristol Cancer Health A43 162 Centre uses this diet. ^Even the very orthodox American Cancer A43 163 Society recently stressed the value of fresh raw vegetable A43 164 juices in detoxifying the body so it is free to heal itself. A43 165 ^Experiments at the Royal Free Hospital in London have shown A43 166 arthritic patients to become *'significantly better**' on raw A43 167 fruit and vegetables. ^American doctors have found that a raw A43 168 diet *- which indeed is what the human digestive system was A43 169 originally designed for *- can eliminate the need for insulin A43 170 in some diabetics and significantly reduce it in others.**" A43 171 |^How does it work? ^It works because raw food contains, A43 172 among other *"goody**" things, potent enzymes which not only A43 173 detoxify the digestive system but are a vital factor in A43 174 providing immunity against degenerative diseases such as A43 175 cancer. ^Raw foods also contain natural anti-oxidants *- A43 176 nutrients such as vitamins A, C and E plus minerals and amino A43 177 acids *- which help protect against the cellular damage that A43 178 occurs when the body has a high burden of toxicity which A43 179 otherwise leads to illness. A43 180 |^What Kenton discovered was that these enzymes and A43 181 anti-oxidants could also prevent and treat brittle nails, crow's A43 182 feet, excess weight, acne and most other beauty problems. A43 183 ^*"If it helped diabetes and lowered cholesterol as well, then A43 184 who was I to complain?**" ^Kenton lost 12\0kg in three months A43 185 without ever once feeling hungry or counting calories. A43 186 |^Kenton then researched the age-old, food-combining A43 187 tradition. ^*"I'd always pooh-poohed it. ^But it's true. A43 188 ^The enzymes which act upon carbohydrates or starches cannot A43 189 affect proteins or fats. ^High-protein foods such as eggs and A43 190 meat need an acid medium. ^Enzymes needed to break down the A43 191 starches of bread require just the opposite *- a mildly A43 192 alkaline medium.**" ^What it means is that the old meat and two A43 193 veg is *1out. A43 194 |^*"*0Because if the digestive process isn't properly A43 195 completed,**" says Kenton, *"your body has to cope with the A43 196 waste products. ^Many of the food sensitivities from which A43 197 people suffer *- and which lead to things like over-eating and A43 198 bingeing *- can be simply the result of insufficient protein A43 199 breakdown; with long-chain protein molecules being drawn A43 200 through the gut into the bloodstream to wreak havoc with your A43 201 body, brain and behaviour and cause symptoms as diverse as A43 202 depression, excessive fatigue, obesity and rheumatoid A43 203 conditions.**" A43 204 |^Kenton is certain that high-protein diets are in fact A43 205 among the prime causes of premature ageing. ^Over-eating is A43 206 even worse. ^Experiments with laboratory animals and research A43 207 into the dietary habits of long-lived peoples such as the A43 208 Hunzas, Georgians and Vilcabamba Indians have recently led A43 209 researchers to believe that one of the vital keys to longevity A43 210 is *"undernutrition without malnutrition**". ^Eating less but A43 211 eating better. A43 212 |^As for eating the highly processed foods which make up the A43 213 bulk of Western diets, well, says Kenton, it's nothing short of A43 214 suicidal. ^In addition to being almost devoid of nutrients, A43 215 the food additives they contain are, she says, not only toxic A43 216 and carcinogenic but, according to some geneticists, mutagenic. A43 217 ^They're poisoning our genes. A43 218 |^Now fat, says Kenton brightly, often serves as the body's A43 219 way of neutralising poisons and toxic wastes. ^Cellulite, even A43 220 on lean women, is *"nothing less than a kind of internal A43 221 pollution where fats, toxins and water have become blocked in a A43 222 relatively static environment. ^The ugly orange-peel effect on A43 223 thighs and hips is virtually impossible to get rid of without A43 224 slow and steady detoxification of the whole body *- which is A43 225 the whole principle of the Biogenic Diet. A43 226 |^*"On other diets,**" she says, *"the release of toxins A43 227 from cells storing fat alerts your brain to what's happening *- A43 228 that too many acid wastes are being poured in the bloodstream. A43 229 ^It *1begs *0for things to be rectified for the health and A43 230 safety of the body. ^The brain signals for change and you A43 231 usually become very hungry in order that the body can regain A43 232 its *'setpoint**', the lost fat. ^That's where binge eating A43 233 comes in.**" ^Kenton laughs, tossing her head back so suddenly A43 234 that her gigantic silver fleur-de-lis and pearl droplet A43 235 earrings swing violently and threaten to dent the eight A43 236 essential amino acids in her teeth. ^*"Oh the way human bodies A43 237 work,**" she says, *"is just... yeah, beautiful.**" A43 238 *# A44 001 **[044 TEXT A44**] A44 002 *<*4Two-faced city*> A44 003 |^T*2HE QUEEN *0visibly relaxed when she toured Christchurch. ^British A44 004 journalists discovered it was her favourite New Zealand city. ^She A44 005 took comfort in the garden party on the archery lawn at the botanics, A44 006 was relieved to be in a city so prettily arranged with its A44 007 unobtrusive, meandering river, carefully bright gardens and trees that A44 008 belong to another hemisphere *- oak, silver birch and chestnut. ^The A44 009 people were mannerly and decorous and whispered that she looked just A44 010 like out of a story book and doesn't the Duke stand straight? A44 011 |^Christchurch, it is often said, is so terribly English and if A44 012 the Queen's stress level decreases here, it must be so. ^Of course if A44 013 you don't share the Queen's colouring or status your stress level A44 014 might reach alarming proportions. A44 015 |^Author Sue McCauley remembers when Fendalton residents A44 016 approached her politely and asked if she and the Maori kids she was A44 017 looking after, might move on. ^Their presence was detrimental to their A44 018 property values. A44 019 |^I come from Christchurch, upper Riccarton if you want to gild A44 020 the lily, or Sockburn if you don't, and the things I notice have much A44 021 to do with living in the North Island and something to do with being a A44 022 former inhabitant. A44 023 |^Traffic seems to move reliably 10 kilometres an hour below the A44 024 speed limit, roads are wide and empty and instead of playing spot the A44 025 car you can play a chancier game called spot the human being. A44 026 ^Especially on a Sunday. A44 027 |^A good place to find human beings on Sunday is the airport. A44 028 ^Christchurch people love watching planes. ^You can find them in cars A44 029 round the back of the airport or inside the international terminal for A44 030 a real taste of the exotic. A44 031 |^In the city there's the pleasurable absence of mirrored, A44 032 migraine-making monstrosities. ^People in short sleeves wait for buses A44 033 blissfully unaware of the arctic temperatures circling them. ^\0Mrs A44 034 Pope's Bargain Bin is still a popular label unless you are in Merivale A44 035 Mall where mother and daughter outfits shop in loud rude voices. A44 036 |^Jessica Mitford once said of the upper classes to which she A44 037 belonged *- and the same would apply to these people *- that they were A44 038 characterised by a care-free intransigence, a strong streak of A44 039 delinquency and a supreme self-confidence. ^*"A feeling of being able A44 040 to walk unscathed through any flame,**" she wrote *"is not hard to A44 041 trace to an English upper-class ancestry and upbringing.**" A44 042 |^There is a strain of Christchurch people who are keen to trace A44 043 their ancestry back to the upper class or at least try to emulate A44 044 their upbringing. ^Christchurch, is after all, a stratified society. A44 045 ^The school you went to is the city's social register and the top end A44 046 of the scale is likely to be found shopping in Merivale Mall. A44 047 |^But chances are wherever you are shopping the conversation will A44 048 move from the weather to the latest crime. ^That rape in Hornby. ^It's A44 049 shocking. ^That man found knifed in the Square reminds them of the A44 050 bloke blown up in his truck or the chap stabbed while cycling over the A44 051 Antigua Street bridge near the River Avon boatsheds. A44 052 |^There is a sense of disbelief and outrage not found in A44 053 Aucklanders who accept crime as much as they accept the wholesale A44 054 destruction of their inner city, with a blase equanimity. ^Crime is A44 055 practically a status symbol in a city which strives so fervently to A44 056 copy big-city Sydney. A44 057 |^Like all conservative cities, Christchurch is sealed by an A44 058 implacable insularity meant to preserve the past and repel change. A44 059 ^Entrepreneurial drive is regarded as dangerous, handle with care. A44 060 ^The North Island arriviste must tread lightly. ^*"Christchurch people A44 061 do business with a handshake,**" marvels Auckland businessman Olly A44 062 Newland. ^*"The gentleman's agreement still holds. ^It's charming. ^I A44 063 like it.**" A44 064 |^There is a debate boiling about a gondola on the Port Hills. ^If A44 065 this was Auckland, the gondola would be there by now, complained one A44 066 protagonist in the newspaper. A44 067 |^Insular resistance also means Christchurch people like to be A44 068 able to take their good name for granted. ^That good name is getting A44 069 harder to maintain. A44 070 |^Locals see the inexplicable, unprovoked stabbing of the cyclist A44 071 near the gardens as the city reaching a crisis point. ^The gardens are A44 072 a sanctuary of spring blossom, canoeists and picnicking families where A44 073 ducks, children and cyclists may fearlessly roam. ^Crime belongs in A44 074 the streets, not in sweet, safe and public botanic gardens. A44 075 |^A week before the stabbing The Star had begun a series called A44 076 Our Violent City which highlighted the spreading rot in Christchurch. A44 077 ^On April 8 an anonymous couple placed a full-page advertisement A44 078 condemning the city's *"horrific**" violence, asking people to tell A44 079 the Minister of Justice longer prison sentences were needed and asking A44 080 for help to pay for the *+$2352 ad. A44 081 |^People sent in *+$25,000 but when the remainder was pledged to a A44 082 police kiosk for the Square some donors asked for their money back. A44 083 |^Too late. ^The Advertiser had handed the money over and Olly A44 084 Ohlsen was singing for more in the Square: ^*"I want to be safe in A44 085 Christchurch, I want to be safe in the Square.**" ^The Square, it A44 086 seems, has been the setting for some nasty sights. A44 087 |^Once there were Maori burial grounds in the site now called A44 088 Cathedral Square. ^Now it is the home of the city's cranks, tourists A44 089 and glue sniffers. A44 090 |*4T*0he Square as the centre of Christchurch has always drawn the A44 091 city together. ^All buses converge on the Square as people come to A44 092 *"town**". ^So when violence strikes the Square, the empire strikes A44 093 back. ^The Square, you see, must be specially protected from the A44 094 insidious metastasis of crime. ^Hence the talk of outlawing A44 095 glue-sniffing there and censoring the Wizard. A44 096 |^The Square is the irrefutable hub of Christchurch, the public A44 097 stage for a normally diffident, socially isolated audience. ^Police A44 098 say the flat landscape lends itself to the high burglary rate. ^People A44 099 can't look into their neighbours' properties. ^It also isolates A44 100 neighbour from neighbour but in the Square everything is on show and A44 101 what a strange show it can be. A44 102 |^The Wizard as ever commands the largest audience. ^I suppose he A44 103 looks striking to newcomers but to locals he is as institutional an A44 104 oddball as Canon Bob Lowe these days. ^Shocking for the love of it. A44 105 ^It is not true to say he has no effect, however. ^The Christchurch A44 106 branch of the National Council of Women recently wanted to curb the A44 107 old buzzard's words but most people listening, smile indulgently and A44 108 treat him like a faintly amusing, precocious child. A44 109 |^Covered by a black, plastic raincoat and sou'wester hat dotted A44 110 with bird droppings is seagull, scarecrow, or guano man. ^This is John A44 111 Orr, a blind man with intense dislikes, aluminium is one of them, and A44 112 peculiar likes. ^He is noted for his dedication to the birds in the A44 113 Square, feeding them as they perch and poop on his shoulders and head. A44 114 |^Then there's the Bible Lady spouting religion and waving her A44 115 violin and occasionally haranguing the Wizard. ^He is said to have A44 116 smashed her violin once. A44 117 |^The grinning Chinese man who strode through the Square wearing a A44 118 kilt and long tartan socks, was an old-time socialist although he is A44 119 never seen now. A44 120 |^Friday night specialities include the God Squad women released A44 121 from their fortress in Rangiora. ^They are noticeably clad from top to A44 122 bottom in the most demure of fashions. A44 123 |^The Square as the open, sunning platform of everything that A44 124 crawls in Christchurch will naturally attract and spotlight the A44 125 **[PLATE**] A44 126 unusual. ^In other cities they would merely be passed over as people A44 127 hurried from one place to another. ^So it's not really fair to say A44 128 Christchurch breeds mutants but it's a view outsiders and erstwhile A44 129 residents, with the fervour of all reformed sinners, share. ^Old boy, A44 130 author and {0PSA} senior industrial officer Tony Simpson belongs to A44 131 the latter category. ^To him, Christchurch is dipstick city. ^*"If A44 132 there's an odd religion or philosophy, it's more likely to be found in A44 133 Christchurch. ^After all, it's the home of the Aid Rhodesia Society, A44 134 the centre of Zenith Applied Philosophy and it seems to attract more A44 135 right-wingers than anywhere else. A44 136 |^*"Where I grew up, the neighbourhood was thick with vegetarians, A44 137 before it was even trendy. ^Being cranky and eccentric is the only way A44 138 you're allowed to step out of line in Christchurch. ^It's very easy to A44 139 shock people there. ^They're so suffocatingly conformist. A44 140 |^*"Years ago my wife wore a trouser suit. ^Men would come up to A44 141 her in Christchurch and say *'^Take that bloody thing off. ^What are A44 142 you wearing that for?**' A44 143 |^*"The mid-city is pretty but the Suburbs ghastly. ^I think it's A44 144 a horrible place. ^A lot of people are unhappy there, people who would A44 145 be happy if they lived somewhere else. ^The atmosphere is suppressive. A44 146 ^A Christchurch person will form a queue of one. A44 147 |^*"It's also an extremely boring city. ^Nothing ever happens. A44 148 ^The most exciting thing that happened there was when some of Samuel A44 149 Butler's sheep were let loose on High Street in 1862.**" A44 150 |^*4T*0his brings us to the weird crime theory which is a lot like the A44 151 weird religion and philosophy theory. ^It goes like this *- crime in A44 152 Christchurch is violent and often more perverse than crime in other A44 153 cities. ^It's a theory that got a great boost in the fifties and has A44 154 never been short of subject matter. A44 155 |^Within living memory and now of almost mythic proportions is the A44 156 repulsive Hulme-Parker murder. ^That was the one where two teenage A44 157 girls murdered the mother of one on the Port Hills. ^The girls lived A44 158 in a strange fantasy world and believed they were superior beings. A44 159 |^When one girl's mother attempted to thwart their plan to travel A44 160 overseas together they killed her with a brick in a sock. A44 161 |^There's never a shortage of stories to suit the weird crime A44 162 slant. ^It's an anecdotal premise that is obviously impossible to pin A44 163 down. A44 164 |^Statistics show Christchurch crime rate in 1985 to be not A44 165 insignificant but not out of proportion either. ^In Auckland there A44 166 were 8.4 per cent violent crimes per 1000 population. ^In Wellington A44 167 the figure is 7.7 per cent and in Christchurch 7.1 per cent. A44 168 |^This year has had a bad start, says Detective Senior Sergeant A44 169 Arthur Rogers. ^Crime usually goes in waves of intensity but this wave A44 170 has yet to break. ^Such flare-ups usually only last three months. A44 171 ^This one's been going for nearly five now. A44 172 |^Police know Christchurch for its plentiful car conversions, A44 173 sometimes 80 a weekend, numerous burglaries and substantial number of A44 174 street crimes *- mugging and rape. A44 175 |^Arthur Rogers goes over possible reasons with Detective A44 176 Inspector Roger Carson, who reckons Christchurch is where Auckland was A44 177 at eight years ago. ^He was in Auckland then. ^The last two years have A44 178 been shockers but they're sure more police is not the answer. ^Neither A44 179 is the glue-sniffing by-law in the Square since the police have no A44 180 teeth to enforce it. ^The reason for the upsurge? ^Better leave that A44 181 to the sociologists and the Commission on Violence. ^The next day the A44 182 man heading the commission, retired Christchurch judge Sir Clinton A44 183 Roper's house is firebombed. A44 184 |^*"I don't know what it is about this year,**" sighs Rogers. A44 185 |^They are pleased with plans for a police kiosk in the Square A44 186 although they don't see the Square as the happy hunting ground of A44 187 no-good glue-sniffing youth that some others do. ^Besides, the A44 188 Christchurch Youth Centre right behind the Square is helping mop up A44 189 the sniffers in this area. A44 190 |^The six-month-old centre began to the hiss and roar of A44 191 disapproving locals who were angry they couldn't eradicate the problem A44 192 immediately. ^The centre also suffered from a lack of rules. ^Now it's A44 193 no glue-sniffing, drugs or alcohol in or around the centre or else A44 194 face a banning order. ^That means banned from using the centre's A44 195 sporting facilities, music studio, going to lectures on health and A44 196 well-being and listening to gigs in the area they call The Venue. A44 197 |^The kids are actually loyal and let you know who's out of it, A44 198 says acting manager Kevin Butson. ^He reckons there are only about 20 A44 199 glue sniffers in town anyway. A44 200 *# B01 001 **[045 TEXT B01**] B01 002 *<*4What hope is there for South Africa?*> B01 003 |^*6T*2HE *0New Zealand rugby rebels have been lucky to B01 004 complete their tour of South Africa without incidents casting B01 005 doubts on their claim it had nothing to do with politics. B01 006 ^Another fortnight and they would have been caught up in South B01 007 Africa's unprecedented nation-wide state of emergency which was B01 008 declared yesterday. B01 009 |^This was imposed four days before the 10th anniversary of B01 010 the Soweto riots which the Government said would spark B01 011 widespread unrest. B01 012 |^Unfortunately, it is well past the stage where a state of B01 013 emergency will contribute much to solving South Africa's B01 014 problems. ^The majority of whites now realise they cannot hold B01 015 the black threequarters of the population in subjection B01 016 forever. ^However, the reforms of the Botha government are B01 017 anathema to a minority of whites, and they are not radical or B01 018 rapid enough for the blacks. B01 019 |^What this means is that it could be impossible to solve B01 020 the problems by constitutional means. ^A bloodbath seems B01 021 inevitable. B01 022 |^President Botha is insisting that the gradual transition B01 023 of power can only be made under law and order imposed by a B01 024 white-dominated army and police force, otherwise anarchy would B01 025 quickly result. B01 026 |^This is unacceptable to the blacks and any change at all B01 027 is resented and will be resisted by the reactionary Right-wing B01 028 whites. ^The power of this group should not be B01 029 under**[ARB**]-estimated; nor should the possibility of a white B01 030 military coup be discounted. B01 031 |^The Commonwealth is on the point of applying economic B01 032 sanctions on South Africa. ^These would make its internal B01 033 situation worse and, as always, it is the blacks who will B01 034 suffer most. B01 035 |^The outside world, with the possible exception of rugby B01 036 players, their officials and supporters, can only look at South B01 037 Africa in despair. B01 038 *<*4Restrictions on judges*> B01 039 |^*0Should a judge have to watch his Ps and Qs in his own B01 040 court? B01 041 |^South Auckland probation officers think so and are B01 042 considering asking the Governor-General to investigate B01 043 complaints about an Otahuhu District Court judge. B01 044 |^This judge held a probation officer in contempt of court B01 045 for remarks he made after the judge had sentenced a Maori woman B01 046 to a term of imprisonment. B01 047 |^The probation officers now apparently think they have a B01 048 right to express an opinion about a judge's attitude and to B01 049 have him reprimanded if he expresses an opinion with which they B01 050 do not agree. B01 051 |^Considering the relative positions of judges and probation B01 052 officers, this seems very much a case of the tail trying to wag B01 053 the dog. B01 054 |^The privilege that judges have in court means that not B01 055 only can they act without fear of favour but also they are not B01 056 inhibited in saying what they think should be said. B01 057 |^Take this privilege from them, or put curbs on it, and B01 058 judges will become puppets, with probation officers, among B01 059 others, pulling the strings. B01 060 *<*4National era ends*> B01 061 |^*6T*2HE *0departure of \0Mr Barrie Leay marks the end of B01 062 an important phase in the history of the National Party. ^The B01 063 Muldoonist faction welcomes his resignation, needless to say. B01 064 ^Sir Robert, who has been fiercely critical of the B01 065 secretary-general ever since the election defeat of 1984, says he will B01 066 not be attending the wake. ^The Sunday Club no doubt views it B01 067 as the final downfall of the triumvirate which it had fought B01 068 against so hard. ^\0Mrs Wood is stepping down from the B01 069 presidency, \0Mr McLay is no longer leader, and \0Mr Leay is to B01 070 hand over the reins of party administration. ^Despite the B01 071 obvious glee of \0Mr Bert Walker and others, however, it would B01 072 be wrong to see \0Mr Leay's departure as simply a victory for B01 073 Muldoonism. B01 074 |^Sir Robert, stung by the overwhelming election defeat, was B01 075 quick to criticise the party hierarchy, and \0Mr Leay in B01 076 particular. ^It is true that the campaign was lame and B01 077 unconvincing. ^Labour appeared to have, quite simply, a more B01 078 efficient party machine than National *- a most unusual state B01 079 of affairs. ^But no one person or even group of people was B01 080 responsible for this situation, so it is unfair to seize on a B01 081 scapegoat. ^The party hierarchy was clearly unhappy with the B01 082 decision to call the snap election, and in the event their B01 083 judgment was far sounder than the leader's. ^The electorate B01 084 was not convinced by the stated reasons for dissolving B01 085 Parliament, and neither was it ready to re-elect the National B01 086 Party. B01 087 |^One of the abiding images of the 1984 campaign was the B01 088 disastrous National advertisement of Sir Robert with the B01 089 caption: ^Who Needs Him? ^But it remains unclear, in fact, B01 090 just who was responsible for this particular gaffe. ^In any B01 091 case, the individual most responsible for the most disastrous B01 092 defeat in the party's history was, of course, Sir Robert B01 093 himself. ^He made the decision to call the election and he B01 094 chose to make his leadership the main issue of the campaign. B01 095 ^The result was a resounding personal defeat. ^\0Mr Leay and B01 096 his colleagues were merely aides-de-camp, staff officers of a B01 097 general who led his troops to destruction. B01 098 |^One of the iron laws of New Zealand politics, it seems is B01 099 that governments waste away over time. ^With a one-seat B01 100 majority, the long-serving National Government was in any event B01 101 staring defeat in the face. ^When the loss occurred, the other B01 102 iron law of politics *- that defeated parties divide into B01 103 warring camps *- then took effect. ^Finally, however, the B01 104 bloodletting ceases, and this process is far more important B01 105 than the individual fortunes of \0Mr Leay or Sir Robert. B01 106 ^There have been changes to the party organisation, and the B01 107 lame duck leadership of \0Mr McLay has been replaced. B01 108 |^Sir Robert remains on the front bench, while \0Mrs Wood, B01 109 \0Mr McLay and \0Mr Leay fade from centre stage. ^But this is B01 110 not a victory for Muldoonism, or at the most it is a pyrrhic B01 111 one. ^\0Mr Bolger may not be the marketeer \0Mr McLay was, but B01 112 he is most unlikely to return to the drastic economic B01 113 interventions of Sir Robert. ^Nor, it seems, will he practise B01 114 personality politics. ^Sir Robert no longer leads or controls B01 115 the party, even though some of his main adversaries within it B01 116 are departing. ^The victory lies with the party itself. ^It, B01 117 and \0Mr Bolger, still have problems, as the latest polls show, B01 118 but there is now a solid base on which to build afresh. B01 119 *<*2ALSO A CHANGE WITHIN*> B01 120 |^*0On Tuesday \0Mr Merwyn Norrish, the Secretary of Foreign B01 121 Affairs, told a Takapuna audience that New Zealand's B01 122 self-confidence and sense of identity keep growing stronger as more B01 123 of the postwar generation move into places of power. B01 124 |^The next day, Wellington saw on display another shift in B01 125 attitudes. ^A flock of farmers marched on Parliament to B01 126 protest at the way things are going against them. ^Some expect B01 127 their incomes to be halved; some fear they will lose their B01 128 land; some say that the dole is their only future. B01 129 |^In the circumstances their minds were probably focused B01 130 firmly on their angers and their fears and on the adventure of B01 131 putting themselves in the front line. ^Yet they must have B01 132 noticed something of their surroundings: the polish and finish B01 133 of Wellington's expensive new office blocks, the marks of style B01 134 and ease among people on the footpath, the signs of comfort B01 135 everywhere and of money. B01 136 |^Most of all they must have noticed the confident bearing B01 137 of townspeople and their strange indifference as if thousands B01 138 of marching country feet were of little more interest than some B01 139 fire engine wailing its way through town. B01 140 |^As with \0Mr Norrish's shift in the way of looking B01 141 outwards, so there has been a move within. ^Simply because the B01 142 whole country now earns its living in more various ways than it B01 143 used to, its centres of power have spread. B01 144 |^One result *- and this was noticeable even before B01 145 farming's present troubles *- is that no longer does an B01 146 ineffable aura of rightness cling to money made by selling wool B01 147 or cattle. ^And how could it, farmers would ask, when the B01 148 money they make is so slight that even scents cannot settle on B01 149 it? B01 150 |^Instead the cities now seem to be living in a separate B01 151 economy. ^The crash may yet move into town but even if it does B01 152 it will still remain true that the cities have become less B01 153 dependent on the countryside. ^The Wairarapa, Hawkes Bay and B01 154 Rangitikei graziers nowadays walk a little more diffidently in B01 155 the capital. B01 156 |^Such a shift in economic power is not necessarily a good B01 157 thing nor bad. ^It is simply something that is happening. B01 158 |^And the farmers themselves underlined it when, talking on B01 159 the radio on Wednesday morning, they declared that they would B01 160 not be spending one avoidable cent in Wellington. ^Instead on B01 161 this pilgrimage of anger, grief and defiance they would all, B01 162 they said, be taking their own cut lunches. B01 163 *<*4Compromise Reaches New Peak*> B01 164 |^*0In a decision bearing the hallmarks of Solomon, the B01 165 Government has resolved the controversy over the renaming of B01 166 Taranaki's famous landmark by giving it two official names. B01 167 ^Henceforth the province will be dominated by *"\0Mt Taranaki B01 168 or \0Mt Egmont**" in official maps and publications. B01 169 ^Elsewhere, individuals and organisations can take their pick. B01 170 |^While the solution may be amusingly regarded as one of the B01 171 less subtle examples of compromise, it mirrors almost exactly B01 172 popular feeling on the issue, as well as having a certain B01 173 historical logic. ^Having been gifted to the nation by the B01 174 Maori people, the mountain has historical and spiritual B01 175 significance inviting recognition with a restoration of its B01 176 original name. B01 177 |^That debt is duly honoured with the official precedence B01 178 given to Taranaki. ^The strength of feeling for preserving the B01 179 current name may not be readily understood outside the former B01 180 province, given that the second Earl of Egmont was of B01 181 tangential historical importance to the country. ^However, the B01 182 familiar European name recognises the impact of non-Maori B01 183 settlement and the multi-racial nature of communities girding B01 184 the mountain. B01 185 |^There are precedents for official dual place names, and B01 186 some instincts for *"unofficial**" Maori alternatives. B01 187 ^However, it would be confusing, and disturbing, if use of such B01 188 compromises became widespread. B01 189 *<*4Disquieting Sheep Shipments*> B01 190 |^*0Disquiet about shipments of live sheep is heightened B01 191 with the news that 2565 sheep died in a shipment to Saudi B01 192 Arabia last month, or about 3.6 per cent of the total. ^That B01 193 proportion is significantly higher than occurred with shipments B01 194 to Mexico in January and March, when deaths amounted to about B01 195 2.5 and 2.9 per cent respectively. B01 196 |^After the January shipment to Mexico the Government B01 197 insisted on improvements to the feed and to the ventilation B01 198 system in the Merino Express. ^On the March voyage the B01 199 dispatching company blamed feed lacking in roughage for many of B01 200 the deaths and said it would take further action. ^The cause B01 201 of the deaths in the Saudi Arabia shipment, in a different B01 202 ship, has apparently not yet been reported. B01 203 |^So far, shipments amount to only about 14 per cent of the B01 204 Government's 750,000 quota for this year. ^The country should B01 205 be given assurances that future travelling conditions will B01 206 contain deaths to lesser proportions. ^And there should be B01 207 more official concern about the fate of the animals on arrival. B01 208 ^New Zealand raised the animals for its purposes and has a B01 209 moral obligation not to ship them to an overseas reception that B01 210 could be reckoned cruel by New Zealand standards. B01 211 *<*4Prelude to war?*> B01 212 |^*6T*2HE WAR *0of nerves between Washington and Tripoli is B01 213 building into a dangerous escalation. ^The tension, sparked by B01 214 last month's terrorist attacks in Europe, has heightened with B01 215 reinforcements to the United States Mediterranean fleet and a B01 216 predictable Soviet response with two combat ships leaving the B01 217 Black Sea for the area. B01 218 |^Already the {0US} has launched two F18 jets to intercept B01 219 two sight-seeing Libyan Mig 25 jets. ^It is all a familiar B01 220 replay of the 1981 incident over the Gulf of Sidra when the B01 221 United States shot down two Libyan jets. ^Even the rhetoric is B01 222 the same, with Libyan leader Muammar Gaddafi threatening to B01 223 take the fight to the American streets. B01 224 |^Now Colonel Gaddafi has said thousands of Tripoli youths B01 225 will be trained for terrorist and suicide missions. ^Colonel B01 226 Gaddafi is dangerous enough to do something so stupid. B01 227 |^In the short term the practical response to terrorism is B01 228 greater international co-operation to enhance security and B01 229 improve policing. ^In the long term, we reiterate that the B01 230 solution to Middle East terrorism is Middle East peace. B01 231 |^The present military-style response to Colonel Gaddafi is B01 232 feeding an ego that is out of proportion to his role and B01 233 influence. ^He has delusions of grandeur, with Libya as *"the B01 234 base for the Liberation of Palestine**". B01 235 |^In that wider political battle, Libya is insignificant and B01 236 Colonel Gaddafi an irritant to the more powerful and B01 237 influential Arab leaders. ^But they must welcome the B01 238 distraction he provides from the more alarming development that B01 239 is going on in the Middle East. B01 240 |^Over the last two months there has been a major B01 241 realignment within the Arab world, with moderate Jordan and B01 242 radical Syria resuming friendly relations. B01 243 |^Jordan has shown a genuine interest in a peaceful B01 244 political resolution of the conflict. ^But Syria is Israel's B01 245 most resolute enemy, dedicated to armed struggle. ^Syria is B01 246 spending 30 per cent of its gross national product preparing B01 247 for war, with President Hafez Assad pledged to achieve military B01 248 parity with Israel. ^It also has a strong alliance with Egypt B01 249 and Saudi Arabia, which includes intensive military B01 250 co-operation. B01 251 |^With Jordan, these Arab countries are reportedly spending B01 252 close on *+${0US}25 billion a year on their armed forces B01 253 compared with, Israel's *+${0US}2.6 billion. ^There is growing B01 254 concern that this is a prelude to war. B01 255 |^For now, Jordan and particularly Egypt, the leading Arab B01 256 country and the only one with a peace treaty negotiated with B01 257 Israel, have the initiative. ^But if the political process B01 258 fails then the more radical countries and Islamic B01 259 fundamentalists, who reject political compromise, could B01 260 prevail. ^While proclaiming peace, Jordan's new friendship B01 261 with its old foe, Syria, is an alarming indication that King B01 262 Hussein feels he must placate his neighbour. B01 263 |^For its part, the friendship aids Syria's attempts to B01 264 undermine political initiatives and exert greater pressure on B01 265 the Arab world for a military solution. ^This makes it all the B01 266 more important for the Western world to remain even-handed in B01 267 its response to terrorism, and apply urgent pressure for a B01 268 peaceful, political solution in the Middle East. B01 269 *# B02 001 **[046 TEXT B02**] B02 002 *<*4Ease up on taxpayers, \0Mr Douglas*> B02 003 |^*6I*2T *0is going to cost 40\0c instead of 30\0c to post a B02 004 letter. ^The Opposition spokesman on the Post Office, \0Mr B02 005 Robert Maxwell, has hit the nail on the head with his comment B02 006 that taxing the consumer has been developed by the Government B02 007 into a state of the art. B02 008 |^The news about the postal service keeps getting worse. B02 009 ^The Post Office reported in October that last year it lost B02 010 *+$23.7\0m before tax. ^It warned of the forthcoming increase B02 011 by saying the mail had to be priced to reflect the cost. B02 012 |^For several years there have been frequent and hefty B02 013 increases in postal charges in spite of enormous profits made B02 014 by other divisions of the Post Office. ^The postal service has B02 015 become a cost-plus operation with the Government seemingly B02 016 unable to do anything to put it on a profitable basis except B02 017 increase charges. B02 018 |^A point to remember is that the Government has a monopoly B02 019 of the mail. ^The Minister of Finance, \0Mr Douglas, is always B02 020 saying that competition will bring down or at least hold B02 021 prices. ^However, competition has no place in his scheme of B02 022 things when it comes to protecting government monopolies. ^It B02 023 is far easier to put up charges and say it still costs less to B02 024 post a letter in New Zealand than in other countries. B02 025 |^The point is irrelevant without making a comparison of B02 026 taxes and the enormous sums the Government is now taking from B02 027 taxpayers. ^\0Mr Douglas should not need reminding that {0GST} B02 028 means tax is paid on hundreds of new items, such as rates. ^He B02 029 is certainly not doing taxpayers a favour by raising postal B02 030 rates by 33 1/3 per cent. B02 031 |^\0Mr Douglas is desperate for money and things are going B02 032 seriously wrong with his financial policies. ^The 1986-87 B02 033 Budget deficit is now forecast at *+$2.9 billion, up *+$460\0m B02 034 on its original estimates. ^Somehow the Government is going to B02 035 find *+$400\0m to pin the deficit back. B02 036 |^What means will be used to find the money? ^The one thing B02 037 that seems certain is that taxpayers will be slugged again in B02 038 one form or another. B02 039 |^Everyone knows the Government inherited big problems but B02 040 it cannot go on forever blaming all the flaws in its financial B02 041 management on them. B02 042 |^What \0Mr Douglas should remember is that there is an B02 043 election next year and it is time to start making decisions on B02 044 a political as well as a financial basis. B02 045 |^If all people remember at the ballot box is that Roger B02 046 Douglas was the man who made it too expensive to post letters, B02 047 then his cause is lost, and the election with it. B02 048 *<*4User-pays education*> B02 049 |^*6T*2HE *0Government's decision to increase dramatically B02 050 the fees for School Certificate and bursary examinations has B02 051 been widely condemned, and with reason. ^The Top Tier group of B02 052 private enterprise interests does not always or even often B02 053 agree with the education lobby over matters of schooling. ^The B02 054 Government has managed in this case to unite both groups in B02 055 opposition. ^Top Tier spokesman Duncan Hamilton can hardly be B02 056 written off as just another state-funded liberal lobbyist eager B02 057 to protect his own patch. ^He says his group supports the B02 058 Government's attempt to inject economic realism into the public B02 059 sector, *"but this is taking the user-pays principle too B02 060 far**". ^We agree. B02 061 |^Education Minister Russell Marshall has said a reduction B02 062 in the controversial fee is now likely. ^That is not good B02 063 enough. ^The Government should rescind its decision. B02 064 |^The rise in fees, taken by itself, might not appear B02 065 excessive to some. ^It is steep in percentage terms *- a 57 B02 066 per cent rise for the School Certificate fee and a rise of more B02 067 than 80 per cent for the bursary examination. ^But in dollar B02 068 terms, some might not think the fees too outlandish: a student B02 069 taking five School Certificate subjects will have to pay *+$66 B02 070 instead of *+$42, and the bursary student *+$105 instead of B02 071 *+$57. ^For some families, however, these will be increases B02 072 which break an already-stretched household budget. ^One of the B02 073 problems is that parents are already required to pay B02 074 substantial sums to the schools for quite basic educational B02 075 requirements. ^Nobody believes that education is provided free B02 076 in this country, despite the official myth. ^These fee B02 077 increases just make it even more expensive than it already was. B02 078 |^There are areas of state activity where the user can be B02 079 fairly required to pay. ^This is not one of them. ^The ideal B02 080 of state education in New Zealand has always been equal B02 081 opportunity for all to reach their fullest potential. ^The B02 082 ideal has never been attained, of course. ^But the fee B02 083 increases will make this economic skewing of education even B02 084 more marked. ^Already some principals are talking about B02 085 advising certain pupils not to waste their money. ^Others are B02 086 suggesting degrading *"lay-by**" schemes to enable families to B02 087 save up for School \0C. B02 088 |^It is not good enough for the Department of Social Welfare B02 089 to offer special help for families struggling to pay the exam B02 090 fees. ^This is a demeaning and in any case ineffective means B02 091 of providing aid. ^These selective and only-given-on-application B02 092 types of subsidy invariably fail to reach all those B02 093 who need them. ^In any case there is an important principle at B02 094 stake. ^As long as national examinations are treated as B02 095 integral and important parts of the education system, then B02 096 access to them should be as of right, and no economic barriers B02 097 should be put in the way. B02 098 |^If this principle is accepted, it follows that there is a B02 099 strong argument for abolishing the examination fees altogether. B02 100 ^This would cost the Government *- and therefore the taxpayer B02 101 *- about another *+$5 million a year, hardly an astronomical B02 102 sum. ^Unfortunately, the community has become so inured to the B02 103 economic squeeze on education that a proposal to abolish B02 104 examination fees will be seen by some as irresponsible and B02 105 spineless: ^So far down the road have we gone to B02 106 *"user-pays**" education. ^It's time to stop. B02 107 *<*4Chasing unenrolled voters*> B02 108 |^*0A time surely must come when lazy or forgetful people no B02 109 longer can expect to be spoon-fed. ^A Labour Party critic of B02 110 the electoral system, \0Mr Jack Palmer, was reported this week B02 111 as saying that the names of as many as a quarter of a million B02 112 voters might be removed from the rolls before the next General B02 113 Election. ^These are people who have failed to return B02 114 electoral roll revision cards, or who have shifted from their B02 115 last voting address and have not taken the trouble to give B02 116 notice of the change. ^The electoral roll control centre in B02 117 Wellington cannot confirm \0Mr Palmer's figures; but it does B02 118 not dispute them; the final figures will be known later. B02 119 |^Whatever the actual number of people who have failed to B02 120 register, \0Mr Palmer is concerned that *"thousands of voters B02 121 are potentially disenfranchised.**" ^They are nothing of the B02 122 sort, of course. ^Thousands of voters *- indeed, perhaps as B02 123 many as \0Mr Palmer's quarter of a million *- might be in B02 124 danger of disqualifying themselves from voting by their B02 125 laziness or forgetfulness, but they will have only themselves B02 126 to blame. ^The people for whom \0Mr Palmer campaigns, and they B02 127 alone, will be depriving themselves of a vote by their B02 128 negligence; no-one else is defrauding them of the right. B02 129 |^On the contrary, a great deal has been done to make it as B02 130 simple as possible for voters to comply with their obligation B02 131 to register. ^Millions of revision cards have been sent to the B02 132 last known addresses of voters. ^The details on the cards B02 133 require only a few seconds to confirm, and no expense B02 134 whatsoever to return. ^In conjunction with this exercise, an B02 135 extensive, and expensive, advertising campaign has alerted B02 136 voters from every quarter that the time to check their B02 137 enrolment is now. ^Few voters, adult and supposedly B02 138 intelligent, could be unaware of the obligation to register, or B02 139 of their duty to notify changes of address, even within the B02 140 same electorate. B02 141 |^In spite of these efforts, it seems clear that about 10 B02 142 per cent of the voters whose names appeared on the general roll B02 143 at the last election, and about 25 per cent of those who should B02 144 be on the Maori roll, have not registered. ^Barring a foul-up B02 145 of monumental proportions when returns were tallied in the B02 146 electoral roll control centre, apathy and negligence are the B02 147 only plausible reasons for such a large number of outstanding B02 148 registrations. B02 149 |^Voting may be a right in a democratic New Zealand, but New B02 150 Zealand law imposes the associated obligation to register. ^It B02 151 is not too much to require of the voters who have not yet B02 152 registered that they do so in the time remaining to them. B02 153 *<*4Australia's economy*> B02 154 |^*0If the annual conference of the Australian Labour Party B02 155 next month is anything like the annual conference of the B02 156 Victorian Labour Party last week, the Hawke Government is in B02 157 for a trying time. ^The Victorian Labour Party overwhelmingly B02 158 rejected the thrust of the policies set out in the speech by B02 159 the Prime Minister, \0Mr Hawke, when he attempted to rally B02 160 Australians to the process of tightening their belts and B02 161 turning their attention to manufacturing. ^\0Mr Hawke wanted B02 162 some wage discounting, that is, not increasing wages by the B02 163 full amount dictated by the index system established by the B02 164 accord between the Government and the unions. ^The Australian B02 165 Budget to be delivered soon will be an austerity Budget. B02 166 |^Like New Zealanders, Australians are suffering high B02 167 interest rates and high inflation. ^Gloom has been spread B02 168 throughout Australia by a series of reports on the economy, B02 169 some of them Government reports, from a bank and manufacturers, B02 170 and one from an economics research organisation. ^All predict B02 171 a slowing of the economy, a worsening internal Government B02 172 deficit, and a worsening balance of payments problem. ^The B02 173 call for wage discounting is part of the attempt to do B02 174 something about the balance of payments. ^The belief is that B02 175 if Australian wage rates continue as they are running, B02 176 Australia's competitiveness will be further reduced. B02 177 ^Australian growth is likely to be low. ^The economy may even B02 178 shrink. ^The Australian dollar has been falling markedly. B02 179 |^All of this has some severe implications for New Zealand. B02 180 ^The New Zealand economy has become far more closely linked to B02 181 the Australian economy than it used to be. ^While Australia's B02 182 economy was growing this had considerable advantage. ^Now that B02 183 Australia's economy has slowed, adverse effects will be felt in B02 184 New Zealand. ^New Zealand cannot escape the consequences of a B02 185 decline in the value of the Australian dollar, which is going B02 186 down against the New Zealand dollar; and New Zealand will not B02 187 escape the consequences of slower growth in the Australian B02 188 economy. B02 189 |^\0Mr Hawke established himself as a man who has a B02 190 tremendous capacity to communicate with the Australian people. B02 191 ^He is going to need all his great powers to persuade B02 192 Australians to accept the austerity measures that the B02 193 Australian Government sees are needed. ^Persuading the B02 194 {0A.L.P.} of the necessity of the austerity measures will test B02 195 his capacity even more. B02 196 *<*4What Others Say*> B02 197 |^*0The Minister of Internal Affairs insults the integrity B02 198 of the Broadcasting Tribunal when he suggests that Aotearoa B02 199 Broadcasting Systems has no hope of being able to advance its B02 200 case for a third television channel fairly without government B02 201 help. B02 202 |^Furthermore, \0Mr Tapsell seems to misunderstand the B02 203 purpose of the hearing before the tribunal, which is to select, B02 204 from a number of applicants including the Maori Council-backed B02 205 Aotearoa, a private contender to supplement and compete with B02 206 the present state-owned two-channel monopoly. B02 207 |^The tribunal itself can be relied upon to guarantee that B02 208 Aotearoa will get, in \0Mr Tapsell's term, *"a fair go.**" B02 209 ^But how fair would it be to other applicants *- and how B02 210 *"private**" would Aotearoa's proposal be *- if the Government B02 211 helped to pay for its application? ^Who, except for the B02 212 minister, says that {0ABS} will have to have state aid? B02 213 |^Many people may agree with \0Mr Tapsell's often-voiced B02 214 contention that television, and specifically the Broadcasting B02 215 Corporation, has performed poorly in presenting Maori culture. B02 216 |^A certain cynicism, therefore, attaches to the B02 217 corporation's backing of the Aotearoa application, perhaps to B02 218 the tune of many millions of dollars. ^Yet these are matters B02 219 for the tribunal, and nobody else, to sort out; it will reach B02 220 its decision on the evidence before it. B02 221 |^In the meantime, the Government should keep its nose out B02 222 of the proceedings. *- *4*"{0NZ} Herald**". B02 223 |^*0In a short time Watties has emerged as the major force B02 224 in the New Zealand meat industry. ^With the deal it has worked B02 225 out with its subsidiary, Waitaki {0NZR}, it now directly owns B02 226 13 freezing works. B02 227 |^There will be fears over the monopolistic nature of the B02 228 venture and understandable nervousness in communities from B02 229 Wairoa to Balclutha where the lives of thousands of people B02 230 could be affected by boardroom deals. B02 231 |^Watties has a duty and a responsibility to those people to B02 232 spell out quickly and clearly what the future holds for them. B02 233 *- *4*"Hawkes Bay Herald Tribune.**" B02 234 *# B03 001 **[047 TEXT B03**] B03 002 *<*4Today's jobless tomorrow's voters*> B03 003 |^*2RISING UNEMPLOYMENT HITTING *0hard in the provincial B03 004 marginal electorates is bad news for the people and regions B03 005 involved, and it is worse news for the Government. B03 006 |^Forecasts show unemployment will be at least 20 percent B03 007 worse next year approaching the election than when Labour came B03 008 to power. B03 009 |^Latest official figures on the registered unemployed show B03 010 the provinces to be worst hit. ^Gisborne has 2340 registered B03 011 unemployed. ^They represent 12.6 percent of the district's B03 012 labour force. ^Hastings, before closure of the Whakatu meat B03 013 works has 2868 registered unemployed, representing 10.4 percent B03 014 of the district's workforce. ^Whangarei has 11.3 percent of B03 015 its workers unemployed; Rotorua 9 percent; Napier 9.5 percent. B03 016 |^South Island provincial centres also reflect a worse B03 017 unemployment problem than in the larger cities. ^Compare the B03 018 above figures with, say, Auckland's Takapuna where 766 are B03 019 registered unemployed. ^They represent 1.1 percent of the B03 020 district's labour force. ^Lower Hutt has 1200 unemployed, B03 021 representing 2 percent of the labour force there. B03 022 ^Wellington's 2845 or 2.9 percent registered unemployed is B03 023 lower than the total for a much smaller centre like Hastings. B03 024 |^Rising unemployment and uncertainty about some existing B03 025 jobs must have some electoral impact, specially when combined B03 026 with the dramatic economic downturn for much of agriculture and B03 027 its servicing industries. ^It is a situation made to order for B03 028 National to exploit. B03 029 |^If sufficient rural and semi-rural electorates and B03 030 associated provincial cities vote out Labour {0MP}s, replace B03 031 them with National candidates, and continue to support sitting B03 032 National {0MP}s then Labour is in grave risk of losing power. B03 033 ^Labour's July, 1984, election strength in urban electorates is B03 034 not necessarily iron clad for the next election. B03 035 |^High and rising unemployment generates other problems for B03 036 the Government. ^Increased payments for the dole and increased B03 037 support for worker training schemes, combines with reduced B03 038 taxation revenue from the unemployed and the enterprises that B03 039 used to give them work. ^This combination increases the B03 040 Government's internal deficit before borrowing. ^That larger B03 041 gap between what the Government earns and what it spends B03 042 restricts policy options and helps to fuel inflation. ^These B03 043 things further irritate voters. B03 044 |^The Government and Rogernomics will get the blame for what B03 045 is happening but some of that blame will be unfair. ^What is B03 046 happening in agriculture and its servicing industries has an B03 047 inevitability about it regardless of which party holds power. B03 048 ^Change can be deferred but cannot be stopped. ^External B03 049 events beyond the control of industry and government here have B03 050 compounded with deregulation, subsidy removal and release of B03 051 pent-up distortions. ^This has happened in such a short time B03 052 there has been shock and ill-preparedness. B03 053 |^Whakatu is a dramatic victim of a long-standing B03 054 over-capacity within the livestock killing and processing industry. B03 055 Over-capacity, deferral of new technology, slowness in B03 056 adapting to changing market preferences, and allowing B03 057 uneconomic work practices have been contributing to an B03 058 accumulation of problems within the industry. B03 059 |^Any corrective changes or closures are going to have huge B03 060 economic and human costs in communities so dependent upon a B03 061 meat works. ^The historic and practical justification for what B03 062 is happening is unlikely to be given much weight by people who B03 063 have lost security and livelihood. ^It is the same with B03 064 removal of the huge taxpayer subsidies from farming and B03 065 bringing that sector back to market realities. ^The need to B03 066 remove those distortions will be overwhelmed by the anger and B03 067 the pain of adjustment. B03 068 |^The Government is bravely refusing to promise a poultice B03 069 of borrowed and taxpayer money. ^Election year possibilities B03 070 of winning votes by being seen to act generously are being put B03 071 aside. ^Somebody at or near the top has determined that it is B03 072 better to be consistent and to hold to medium and long term B03 073 goals than to be seen to give away all that has been argued B03 074 against trying to defy reality. B03 075 |^That is such a change in New Zealand politics it just has B03 076 to be acknowledged, even if through gritted teeth. B03 077 *<*6NO NEED TO PASS BUCK BACK TO VOTERS*> B03 078 |^*0By appointment or in a by-election? ^This is the B03 079 question facing the City Council as it considers the vacancy B03 080 caused by \0Mr Peter Corrin's resignation. B03 081 |^The fairest way is always to hold a by-election and if the B03 082 council decides accordingly, there's not much argument about B03 083 it. B03 084 |^But we have given the councillors the responsibility of B03 085 running the city as they see fit for the next three years and B03 086 this is going to entail much harder decisions than this one. B03 087 |^The simplest and least costly solution is for the council B03 088 to fill the vacancy by appointment. B03 089 |^In view of the weighty decisions the council faces in so B03 090 many aspects of civic affairs in the year ahead, the filling of B03 091 one seat does not loom as something which threatens to bring B03 092 the democratic system crashing down around us. B03 093 |^By dealing with the issue themselves, the council saves us B03 094 the one thing we need most...money. B03 095 |^There is no need to pass the buck back to the voters. B03 096 |^The matter has already been discussed at some length by B03 097 the council and we commend councillor Margaret Thorpe for her B03 098 willingness to push for an appointment and that \0Mr Corrin be B03 099 appointed. B03 100 |^Maybe \0Mr Corrin is firm in his decision, but at least B03 101 \0Mrs Thorpe showed she was willing to back him if he should B03 102 have a change of heart. B03 103 |^That's the kind of action which can only be beneficial to B03 104 the council. B03 105 |^Tuesday night's meeting gave us all an indication of the B03 106 problems facing the city. B03 107 |^Councillors were divided on the wisdom of spending B03 108 *+$40,000 on another water supply study at a time when the city B03 109 is already facing an unexpected *+$266,000 deficit this year. B03 110 |^This concern is understandable but it is better to find B03 111 out now whether a lower-cost water supply option is a feasible B03 112 proposition. B03 113 |^And finance committee chairman Brian Crawshaw reminds us B03 114 that it's not all doom and gloom. B03 115 |^He praised the effort of staff in getting the financial B03 116 report prepared. ^It took seven months work to reach the point B03 117 where everything was clearer. B03 118 |^From now on he was hoping to be able to keep an eye on the B03 119 financial situation on a month to month basis. B03 120 |^We also commend the council staff for the catch-up and B03 121 clarification. ^We are not particularly happy with what they B03 122 have found. ^We don't think it should ever have been allowed B03 123 to reach the stage where nobody really knew the true financial B03 124 situation. ^But we can at least be thankful for the much B03 125 clearer picture now available. B03 126 *<*6CHANGE FOR THE WORSE?*> B03 127 |^*0When a tape was run through a Databank computer twice B03 128 this week, *+$32.5 million was paid into pensioners' bank B03 129 accounts by mistake. ^That means that 157,000 superannuitants B03 130 received an average of about *+$200 more than they were B03 131 entitled to *- enough for a modest meal in town, several skeins B03 132 of wool for a cardigan, and a few beers at the bowling club on B03 133 Saturday afternoon. ^Thank goodness the error was detected B03 134 before it had a chance to change someone's lifestyle. B03 135 |^The steps taken to ensure that such a thing does not B03 136 happen again should save everyone a lot of worry and trouble. B03 137 ^Agonising over what to do with money *- especially money that B03 138 arrives unexpectedly *- seems to be one of life's great B03 139 tribulations for those who have the stuff. ^Those who do not B03 140 have it, of course, worry about getting enough of it to worry B03 141 about. B03 142 |^A few years ago an Englishman won the pools *- thousands B03 143 and thousands of pounds sterling. ^Lovely. ^When he was asked B03 144 what he intended to do with it, he said he would change it all B03 145 into five-pound notes, shovel them into the bathtub and wallow B03 146 in them. B03 147 |^But he was exceptional. ^By and large, ordinary people B03 148 who through inheritance, lottery or any other arm of luck have B03 149 suddenly come into great wealth in the past three or four years B03 150 have reacted extraordinarily ordinarily. B03 151 |^Take, for instance, the New York carpenter who won B03 152 *+${0US}20 million. ^He said he would visit Australia, and B03 153 then return home and continue to grow tomatoes in his backyard. B03 154 ^A Chicago printer who won double that amount said he would pay B03 155 some bills and return to his job. B03 156 |^A Brooklyn labourer who won *+${0US}3 million also said he B03 157 would stick to his job, and that he hoped his windfall would B03 158 not change his lifestyle. ^A Canadian couple who won nearly B03 159 *+$\0C14 million said they would buy a new house, travel and B03 160 invest the rest of their winnings. ^*"Our lifestyles won't B03 161 change that much.**" B03 162 |^Then there was the Rotorua couple who won *+$100,000 in B03 163 the Golden Kiwi. ^The husband said he doubted whether the B03 164 money would change their lifestyle. ^*"I will probably put it B03 165 in the bank.**" B03 166 |^If none of these windfalls changed the recipient's B03 167 lifestyle, there is probably not much risk that a *+$200 B03 168 pension overpayment would suddenly inflate the demand for B03 169 luxury yachts or villas on the French Riviera. ^Which is a B03 170 shame. ^A change of lifestyle seems an irrational fear among B03 171 those with lots of new money. ^Among those without lots of new B03 172 money it is a wholly reasonable aspiration. B03 173 *<*4Lake Law Needs Rapid Repair*> B03 174 |^*0That the law, under scrutiny or challenge, may prove B03 175 inadequate for the job intended, or cause deleterious B03 176 repercussions elsewhere, is reasonably commonplace. ^If B03 177 ass-like qualities may be fairly ascribed to such legislation it is B03 178 when, having been tested legally and found deficient, it is not B03 179 re-designed and put to rights immediately. B03 180 |^The latest case in need of speedy repair is surely the B03 181 discovery that the margins of Lake Taupo do not have the B03 182 protection from development that they were thought to have. B03 183 ^Some 12,000\0ha have lost their proposed lakeshore reserve B03 184 designation through an amendment to the Town and Country B03 185 Planning Act. B03 186 |^Relevant Government departments are unhappy at the B03 187 discovery. ^The Taupo County Council, which has fought for two B03 188 decades to protect its lakeshore, is horrified. ^Landowners B03 189 may not be too happy, either, now that a previous rate immunity B03 190 seems invalid. ^And New Zealanders at large, who consider the B03 191 lake a national asset, will be disturbed. B03 192 |^With such unanimity it should not be beyond the wit of the B03 193 legislators promptly to give the land the temporary protection B03 194 it was mistakenly thought to have. ^At the same time the B03 195 Government should demonstrate a greater commitment to making B03 196 the proposed reserve designation a reality than successive B03 197 governments have shown in the past. ^The foreshore of Lake B03 198 Taupo deserves nothing less. B03 199 *<*4Rising Heat in the Kitchen*> B03 200 |^*0A thick skin may be an admirable human quality, or it B03 201 may not. ^It is, however, generally considered to be an B03 202 essential attribute for any politician who wishes to spend his B03 203 nights in more or less peaceful repose. B03 204 |^The Prime Minister does not appear to have a thick skin. B03 205 ^While waiting this week to open an agricultural centre at B03 206 Invermay, near Dunedin, he had to endure a stinging attack on B03 207 the Government by the president of the Otago Federated Farmers. B03 208 |^When \0Mr Lange's turn to speak came, he simply opened the B03 209 centre and sat down. B03 210 |^Later, as he left the scene, angry farmers mobbed his car B03 211 and tore a flag off the bonnet. ^Yesterday, believing that a B03 212 further protest rally could only heighten tension, he called B03 213 off a meeting with farmers at Kaikohe and sent an agricultural B03 214 adviser instead. B03 215 |^\0Mr Lange's sensitivity to delicate situations could be B03 216 considered an engaging personal characteristic, the sign of B03 217 someone perhaps a cut above the run-of-the-mill politician. B03 218 |^But in February, in Auckland, a demonstrator threw an egg B03 219 at the Queen, spattering her dress, and she carried on with her B03 220 job as though nothing had happened. ^No one could say her skin B03 221 was thick. B03 222 *<*6TAXES ON THE WINGDING*> B03 223 |^*0It is an odd fact that some people are always taking the B03 224 joy out of life. ^It is an even more curious circumstance that B03 225 most of them seem to work in the Inland Revenue Department. B03 226 |^So if any New Zealanders smiled when they read this week B03 227 of the tax-collectors' whooping it up at a seminar on {0GST} B03 228 held in an Invercargill hotel, they probably did so B03 229 sardonically, and certainly less than indulgently. ^After all, B03 230 for many taxpayers yesterday was a nominal deadline for B03 231 settlement with the Inland Revenue Department. B03 232 |^Yet taxpayers may be a little unfair. ^Everyone knows B03 233 that tax-collectors are not much different from the rest of us. B03 234 ^They, too, have wives, children, mortgages and ageing cars to B03 235 maintain, bugs drilling into their tomatoes, and paspalum B03 236 waist-high in the lawn. B03 237 |^Surely no one would deny them a little fling occasionally B03 238 at someone else's expense. ^Anyway, who but Inland Revenue B03 239 staff could get much of a kick out of learning about the B03 240 complexities of {0GST}, unless the seminar identified easy ways B03 241 to avoid paying it? B03 242 |^No, not for ordinary folk an inspirational address with B03 243 the fish course on the fate of the rock oyster, mussel, B03 244 freshwater fish, sea-cage salmon and scallop farmers' B03 245 income-equalisation scheme after October; or, with the main dish, B03 246 exchanges of witty repartee on the future treatment of B03 247 consumable aids in the meat-freezing industry; or, with the B03 248 dessert, an original paper on the outlook for non-residential B03 249 theatrical artists subject to withholding tax; all followed by, B03 250 with coffee, informed speculation on pre-incorporation B03 251 contracts under the {0GST} act. ^Not for us. ^No, sir. B03 252 *# B04 001 **[048 TEXT B04**] B04 002 pA8 *<*4Starview*> B04 003 *<*5Fall guy role for Palmer*> B04 004 |^*6O*2N *0television last night was the spectacle of Justice B04 005 Minister Geoffrey Palmer being subjected to arrogant bullying B04 006 from an opinionated Australian named Mike Willesee. ^It was B04 007 hardly an interview because the self-righteous \0Mr Willesee B04 008 had little interest in anything \0Mr Palmer had to say. ^It B04 009 was a one-sided exercise in point scoring. B04 010 |^What it showed, however, is why it is \0Mr Palmer *- not B04 011 Prime Minister David Lange *- who has accepted (under orders?) B04 012 the impossible mission of defending the indefensible, the B04 013 selling of the two French agents. B04 014 |^In Parliament, on television and in newspapers, \0Mr B04 015 Palmer is trying to convince the nation the justice system has B04 016 not been undermined. ^It is hard not to feel sympathy for him, B04 017 the more so after he managed to stay calm in the face of the B04 018 worst of what passes for Australian current affairs television. B04 019 |^The Government obviously cannot put up \0Mr Lange to B04 020 justify its stand. ^He has lost all credibility on this issue. B04 021 ^\0Mr Palmer is a good choice, because not only has he built B04 022 his reputation on belief in constitutional purity and the rule B04 023 of law, he usually sounds as if he believes what he says. B04 024 |^Yet given \0Mr Palmer's background, it is difficult to B04 025 believe he is happy with the selling of Dominique Prieur and B04 026 Alain Mafart. ^The fact he is defending it so unequivocally is B04 027 a measure of the strength he gives to the Cabinet. B04 028 |^\0Mr Palmer says the agents are being freed because New B04 029 Zealand submitted to international arbitration and the B04 030 arbitrator ordered them sent to Hao atoll. ^That is true, but B04 031 it overlooks the fact the two agents pleaded guilty to B04 032 manslaughter and chose not to appeal against their prison B04 033 sentence. B04 034 |^The general public might not know much about international B04 035 law and \0Mr Palmer may be able to bamboozle most people with B04 036 his line about having to obey international law. ^But he can B04 037 hardly bamboozle himself. ^He of all people knows B04 038 international law has no effect over domestic law unless B04 039 incorporated into domestic statute law. B04 040 |^It was France which broke all standards of international B04 041 law. ^\0Mr Palmer himself said last night the Rainbow Warrior B04 042 bombing was an act of war. ^New Zealand committed no crime. B04 043 |^The bald fact is, and \0Mr Palmer knows it, that New B04 044 Zealand law has been overridden and two confessed criminals are B04 045 being freed to enable politicians to get out of a political B04 046 hole. B04 047 |^In hindsight, the hole might not have been so deep if the B04 048 Government had not thrashed the Rainbow Warrior affair for all B04 049 the capital it could get from it. ^But the hole was self-dug. B04 050 ^\0Mr Lange took the moral high road by pledging New Zealand B04 051 justice was not for sale. ^That stand was both morally and B04 052 legally right. B04 053 |^Now the Government must live with its actions. ^If \0Mr B04 054 Palmer can somehow convince the public the right decision was B04 055 made, he will show himself to be a consummate politician, but B04 056 that is all. ^It will not undo the harm which has been done to B04 057 the rule of law in this country. B04 058 *<*5The artful dodgers*> B04 059 |^*6T*2AX *0dodges will always be with us, and they tend to B04 060 grow in sophistication as the taxmen become more rigorous. B04 061 |^The lurk increasingly in vogue is the so-called special B04 062 partnership, outlined by Warren Berryman in the latest *1Sunday B04 063 Star. B04 064 |^*0The system of special partnerships has its uses. ^As a B04 065 means of raising capital for worthwhile risk ventures, it can B04 066 be a value **[SIC**] in a healthy commercial world. B04 067 |^But when it is blatantly used to write off taxable income B04 068 by people who can afford to juggle with thousands of dollars of B04 069 surplus cash, it becomes an inequity we can all do without. B04 070 |^Like most good tax dodges, the use of special partnerships B04 071 combines simplicity with ingenuity. ^The partnership is formed B04 072 by as many who choose to get together *- unlikely **[SIC**] B04 073 ordinary partnerships, there is no limit on numbers. B04 074 |^As the end of the financial year approaches, the members B04 075 draw out personal cash invested in other undertakings, and put B04 076 the money into the partnership. B04 077 |^On the strength of this cash pool, they are able to borrow B04 078 more from other sources in order to promote a stated venture. B04 079 ^When used for tax avoidance, care has to be taken that this B04 080 venture is loss-making. B04 081 |^The result is that the partners are able to write off not B04 082 only their personal investment against income tax, but also the B04 083 borrowed cash. B04 084 |^As Berryman pointed out, for *+$10,000, an investor B04 085 playing the system can wind up with an extra *+$23,000 in his B04 086 back pocket when the tax rebate comes in. B04 087 |^The opportunity for disguising the source and the true B04 088 amount (if any) of the borrowing opens the way for fraud. B04 089 |^The ruse is almost attractive in its cleverness. ^The B04 090 evader who chooses to play the system to its limits can tap new B04 091 dimensions of criminal dishonesty. B04 092 |^In the long run, it is the honest taxpayer who feels the B04 093 rip-off. ^So all power to Finance Under-Secretary Trevor de B04 094 Cleene in his attempts to stamp it out. B04 095 *<*4Waterfront plan: it can be ours*> B04 096 |^*2THERE IS AN *0exciting look about what we know of the draft B04 097 plans for redeveloping Wellington's priceless waterfront. B04 098 |^At last, here is something which seems destined not to B04 099 gather dust. ^With the will, it can succeed. ^It must. B04 100 |^What started largely as a competition by the Wellington B04 101 Civic Trust to secure for the Capital a grand frontage *- the B04 102 harmonious blending of city and harbour *- has obviously B04 103 acquired the impetus to move confidently from dream to reality. B04 104 |^The details as revealed in our published sketch are both B04 105 practical and innovative. ^For example, there is parking for B04 106 some 3000 cars *- and a novel tramway. ^And much, much more. B04 107 |^Above all, the design group's concept envisages maximum B04 108 public utilisation of the waterfront. ^Being able to walk B04 109 along the wharves is something we take for granted. ^Few other B04 110 cities around the world, with comparable harbours, offer the B04 111 public safe wharf access, the likes of which we enjoy. B04 112 |^This is all the more reason why what is finally approved B04 113 is the best that can be devised. ^Once implemented, it will be B04 114 with us for a long time. B04 115 |^The design group's approach has been bold. ^It stirs the B04 116 imagination, but it is not so grandiose as to make it B04 117 pie-in-the-sky. ^Wellington has had enough of schemes, which, after B04 118 the fanfare, are pigeon-holed in dust. B04 119 |^What is particularly heartening at this stage of the B04 120 project is an obvious measure of co-operation between the B04 121 Wellington City Council and the Wellington Harbour Board. ^The B04 122 full extent of this should be evident when the two key bodies B04 123 meet next month to consider the final plans. B04 124 |^The progress achieved so far reflects credit on the B04 125 Wellington Civic Trust for its initiative and perseverance. B04 126 ^As well, the harbour board has shown itself willing to listen B04 127 to representations made on the city's behalf. B04 128 |^The aesthetic appeal of the waterfront is enormous. ^At B04 129 the same time, it has to be borne in mind that the Port of B04 130 Wellington is a business and the wharves are part of that B04 131 business. ^Therefore, developing the waterfront for the B04 132 benefit of all is a matter demanding the utmost co-operation B04 133 between those representing the leisure/ pleasure interests of B04 134 the public and the practical requirements of commerce. B04 135 |^Mayor Ian Lawrence has noted his pleasure that the plan B04 136 provides scope for commercial involvement. ^Similarly, \0Mr B04 137 Robert Batty, the head of the design group, makes much of the B04 138 fact that an important part of the consultants' brief had been B04 139 to ensure the economic viability of any proposals. B04 140 |^However, now that the public has some grasp of the B04 141 thinking behind the waterfront plan, and just what will be B04 142 involved, there is a good foundation on which to base B04 143 constructive talk. ^This the parties directly involved must B04 144 ensure happens. B04 145 |^The waterfront's transformation will not come about B04 146 overnight. ^Mayor Lawrence says it will take a decade to B04 147 implement. ^We would mention the national museum complex as B04 148 just one challenge to be met. B04 149 |^But what we see evolving is the promise of something great B04 150 to come *- not a pipe-dream but a definite plan of action. B04 151 |^Let's keep the momentum going. B04 152 *<*4The deficit mystery*> B04 153 |^*2IT IS *0the politics of gesture that requires members of B04 154 the Government, two years after National's defeat, to try and B04 155 blame the previous administration's Think Big gamble for the B04 156 newly announced risk of a deficit blowout. B04 157 |^The broad costs of Think Big have been known since the B04 158 Government held the opening of the books exercise in its first B04 159 months of office. ^The mystery about the missing *+$1 billion B04 160 is rather why \0Mr Douglas should have apparently been taken by B04 161 surprise at its discovery. ^This mystery is deepened by the B04 162 Prime Minister saying that his Government knew at the time it B04 163 announced its first cuts that they would not be enough to B04 164 contain the deficit. B04 165 |^Such gaps between ministerial statements pose a risk to B04 166 the credibility of the Government's financial management which B04 167 hitherto *- with the exception of the tax on superannuitants *- B04 168 has been unchallenged. B04 169 |^While it may be difficult in the short term to find out B04 170 what accounts for most of the extra *+$1 billion, it is B04 171 reasonable to suppose that the Higher Salaries Commission's B04 172 determinations, the hiring of thousands of extra civil B04 173 servants, the setting up of two new ministries, the B04 174 establishment of a post in Africa and the replacement of B04 175 part-time law reform committees with that Rolls Royce of quangos, B04 176 the Law Commission, all played their part in adding millions to B04 177 the sum. B04 178 |^There was widespread political support for the new B04 179 ministries and the post in Africa and limitations on salary B04 180 were widely understood to be responsible for recruitment and B04 181 retention problems in some sections of the public service. B04 182 ^But given the known state of our economy should more public B04 183 debate have been encouraged before all these costs came to B04 184 charge? B04 185 |^The revelation that it was politicians who resisted advice B04 186 from Post Office managers and thus caused last year's loan B04 187 fiasco is just one reminder of how difficult it is for B04 188 Government to resist the expectations of its supporters in a B04 189 society which is moulded by pressure group politics. B04 190 *<*6NATIONAL ALBATROSS*> B04 191 |^*0Part of the now widely-accepted prescription for curing B04 192 the New Zealand economy is the imperative for the Government to B04 193 back out of investment decisions which are more soundly made by B04 194 those who stand to lose financially if they are foolish. ^The B04 195 Government, in its own favoured phrase, should not try to B04 196 *"pick winners**" because without the discipline of financial B04 197 risk its choices will probably be losers. B04 198 |^That is so elementary it should no longer need restatement B04 199 *- except that it is not apparently accepted by the finance B04 200 spokesman for the National Party, the \0Hon Bill Birch. B04 201 |^One of the more troubling aspects of the recent political B04 202 argument accompanying the Government rescue of New Zealand B04 203 Steel was \0Mr Birch's reaction to a Treasury estimate. ^That B04 204 department had figured that the *+$2.6 billion expansion B04 205 project approved by National now offers *+$590 million a year B04 206 less than a desirable return on investment. B04 207 |^\0Mr Birch countered that the Treasury does not specify B04 208 what alternative spheres of investment could have achieved its B04 209 definition of an adequate return. ^But the department is not B04 210 in the business of identifying industrial investment B04 211 opportunities and it rightly holds that no other arm of the B04 212 state should be either. B04 213 |^That principle is not just economic theology, though \0Mr B04 214 Birch is not alone in his party in appearing to regard it as B04 215 such. ^It is, rather, a realistic means of improving the B04 216 country's poor return on investment over the past 15 years. B04 217 |^The erstwhile minister most associated with the Muldoon B04 218 Government's predilection for state-led investment now occupies B04 219 an invidious role as the foremost voice for the party's new B04 220 market-led economic strategies. ^It will be difficult for him B04 221 to avoid a blush when he advocates less Government command of B04 222 the finite financial resources available to business. B04 223 |^To defend the project, \0Mr Birch has unavoidably reminded B04 224 the public that its viability depended on an artificial B04 225 exchange rate, underpriced coal and electricity and massive B04 226 protection against imports which would otherwise have provided B04 227 a cheaper supply of steel to New Zealand industry. B04 228 |^The future of the project could be even more inglorious in B04 229 the coming months as the Government attempts to sell it off. B04 230 ^It will remain a political albatross around the neck of \0Mr B04 231 Birch; that may be high in the mind of the Opposition leader if B04 232 he contemplates a reshuffle of shadow portfolios this year. B04 233 *# B05 001 **[049 TEXT B05**] B05 002 *<*5Brave words, but there it is*> B05 003 |^*0Finance Minister \0Mr Douglas puts a brave B05 004 interpretation on the latest {0CPI} rise, but the facts are B05 005 inescapable. ^An inflation level of 11% before any impact B05 006 from {0GST} is a setback for the Government's planning. ^All B05 007 sorts of rationalisation can be indulged in. ^Non-smokers, for B05 008 example, would actually have experienced a decline in the rate B05 009 of increase in living costs. ^It might as well be argued that B05 010 anyone living off the land in a bush hut and doing without any B05 011 of the luxuries now taken for granted, would also have been B05 012 free of inflation worries. B05 013 |^For those who benefit from being non-smokers or B05 014 non-drinkers there are thousands who still feel the pinch. B05 015 ^Families know that food is dearer, clothes cost more, B05 016 electricity, gas and telephone bills are higher. ^If an B05 017 increase from 10.4% to 11% seems minor to \0Mr Douglas, it B05 018 still cannot be described as a downward trend. ^The whole B05 019 purpose of the index is to give an across-the-board picture of B05 020 living costs. ^That picture is distorted by attempts to pluck B05 021 out items that are seasonal or do not affect everyone. B05 022 |^Rather than trying to obscure the realities of inflation, B05 023 \0Mr Douglas would be better to argue that even with {0GST} to B05 024 come, most New Zealanders should be better off in the immediate B05 025 future as a result of changes in tax rates and the increase in B05 026 family support payments. ^These changes have meant substantial B05 027 gains for middle and upper income earners. ^With very few B05 028 exceptions *- single folk and childless couples on low incomes B05 029 for example *- even the lower paid should, at the very least, B05 030 be compensated for {0GST}-fired inflation. B05 031 |^That is a point to be considered by wage round B05 032 negotiators. ^Already claims are made that yesterday's {0CPI} B05 033 figures justify higher wage settlements than previously B05 034 considered reasonable. ^Reason, however, does not seem to be B05 035 part of the philosophy of some leading trade unionists. ^The B05 036 yard**[ARB**]-stick was set by the drivers' assessors in B05 037 recognising the realities within their industry. ^A six per B05 038 cent increase was seen as inadequate, yet recognised also as B05 039 the most employers could afford to pay. ^That sort of B05 040 commonsense applied to all awards could yet ensure continued B05 041 economic progress. B05 042 |^The Government is committed to non-intervention. ^It must B05 043 then, sit back and let employers fight the battle to control B05 044 wage increases. ^It also faces the prospect of added B05 045 inflationary pressure from a falling exchange rate and/or B05 046 increasing interest rates. ^The next few months will provide B05 047 an interesting test of the Government's nerve. ^\0Mr Douglas B05 048 is tough enough, but how many of his colleagues are prepared to B05 049 gamble on a 16% to 20% inflation rate less than a year before B05 050 an election? B05 051 *<*4Fighting drug trafficking*> B05 052 |^*6T*2HE *0Malaysian Government faces a moral and a political B05 053 problem in deciding the fate of two Australians sentenced to B05 054 death for drug trafficking. ^The political problem is complex. B05 055 ^Thirty-six people have been hanged under Malaysia's tough drug B05 056 laws, including not only Malaysians but Thais and Singaporeans B05 057 as well. ^There are also 25 foreigners on death row: the two B05 058 Australian men and citizens of Hong Kong, the Philippines, B05 059 Indonesia, Thailand and Singapore. ^Kevin Barlow and Brian B05 060 Chambers, however, would be the first Westerners to be hanged. B05 061 ^If their lives were spared, some would no doubt claim that B05 062 Malaysia was operating a double standard: one law for B05 063 Westerners and a very much crueller one for all other B05 064 foreigners. B05 065 |^The problem is not new. ^The first Westerner to receive B05 066 the death sentence for drug trafficking, it has been reported, B05 067 was a French woman. ^Her sentence was commuted. ^But the B05 068 Malaysians' reluctance to hang either women or Europeans B05 069 appears to be changing. ^Three years ago a 49-year-old B05 070 grandmother was executed for trafficking. ^And the severity B05 071 with which the Australians' case has so far been treated B05 072 suggest that attitudes have hardened over Western offenders as B05 073 well. B05 074 |^The Malaysian Government is now besieged with appeals from B05 075 foreign governments seeking clemency for Barlow and Chambers. B05 076 ^Clearly the Government would prefer not to offend these B05 077 powerful neighbours and partners unless it was absolutely B05 078 necessary. ^But the Government also courts disfavour among its B05 079 own people if it pardons the Westerners: why should Malaysian B05 080 citizens have gone to the gallows if foreigners are to be B05 081 allowed to escape with their lives? ^There is also a difficult B05 082 problem of Malaysian race relations. ^Most of the Malaysians B05 083 who have been executed were Chinese. ^This has brought to the B05 084 surface some of the tensions which were always present between B05 085 the Chinese and the Malays. ^Some suggest that hanging the B05 086 Australians would be one way the Government could seek to quell B05 087 resentments about a judicial double standard. B05 088 |^The answer is not for the Malaysian Government to allow B05 089 the two Australians to hang. ^That would enable it to escape B05 090 the charge of inconsistency and, perhaps, to avoid political B05 091 embarrassment at home. ^But the price would be a breach of B05 092 fundamental human values. ^No state has the right to kill its B05 093 citizens for crimes they have committed. ^This is so even when B05 094 the crime is such a severe one as trafficking in heroin. ^That B05 095 obscene trade in death and suffering has brought misery to B05 096 Malaysia as to other countries, and the Malaysian Government is B05 097 justified in its extreme concern about it. ^However it is not B05 098 justified in killing the traffickers. B05 099 |^Some will say that convicted drug traffickers in Malaysia B05 100 cannot expect to avoid the rope when they had been so B05 101 graphically forewarned of the punishment for committing such a B05 102 crime. ^But this is virtually to admit that the death sentence B05 103 is not an effective deterrent. ^Every foreigner who goes to B05 104 Malaysia is made aware that drug trafficking, if detected, is B05 105 likely to lead to the gallows. ^But the trade goes on. B05 106 ^Abandoning the death sentence does not mean giving up the B05 107 fight against drugs. ^It does mean turning to more effective B05 108 if less spectacular means of control, and ones which do not B05 109 offend against humanitarian principles. B05 110 *<*6DECLINE IN FERTILISER APPLICATION WILL HIT EXPORT INCOME*> B05 111 |^*0The bite of recession is something we hear a great deal B05 112 about these days. ^And we are getting first hand evidence of B05 113 what it is all about in sectors such as the agricultural B05 114 servicing industries. B05 115 |^Even the fertiliser industry which, not so long ago, B05 116 entertained bold plans for this area has been hard-hit. B05 117 |^The trouble is that when farmers are forced, because of B05 118 the economic situation, to cut down on fertiliser application, B05 119 our agricultural production is affected, and the next domino to B05 120 fall is inevitably our export income. B05 121 |^Because farmers are applying less fertiliser to pastures B05 122 around the country our export income will continue to be B05 123 drastically reduced. B05 124 |^It has been estimated that fertiliser and lime B05 125 applications on hill country farms are down 78 percent in the B05 126 year ended April 1986. B05 127 |^Under present economic conditions it appears this trend B05 128 could continue. ^It would confirm that we are on our way to a B05 129 disastrous drop in farm production. B05 130 |^And that could cost the nation millions of export dollars. B05 131 |^If farmers don't apply fertiliser to their hill country B05 132 farms for three years, it is generally believed that stocking B05 133 rates will decline by one stock unit a hectare each year. B05 134 ^That, in fact, amounts to an estimated decline in production B05 135 of about 30 percent at the end of those three years, as a B05 136 decline of one stock unit a year equals a 10 percent drop in B05 137 production a year. B05 138 |^Around 60 percent of sheep and beef livestock units are B05 139 run on the hill country farms of New Zealand. ^They produce B05 140 meat and wool exports to the value of *+$2.5 billion and if B05 141 there is no fertiliser applied to the hill country farms for B05 142 three years, the situation could be disastrous. B05 143 |^The cost to the nation in terms of lost export income will B05 144 be about *+$850 million. B05 145 |^We can't afford to lose this valuable income at a time B05 146 when the outlook for wool is buoyant and the meat industry is B05 147 coming to grips with rationalisation. B05 148 |^With fertiliser application at the lowest level since B05 149 1954, it will take years to build the fertility levels up B05 150 again. B05 151 |^In the meantime, there are increasing job losses in the B05 152 farm servicing sector and it could take years to get the B05 153 industry back on an even keel again. B05 154 *<*4Unpaid fines*> B05 155 |^*6C*2RIME *0does not pay the Justice Department enough. ^The B05 156 amount outstanding in unpaid fines is almost *+$17 million. B05 157 ^The police have neither the time nor the men to pursue the B05 158 thousands of warrants that have been issued for the arrest of B05 159 people who owe money for fines. ^In the face of increasing B05 160 levels of serious crime, the police assessment of an unpaid B05 161 fine as pretty small beer is fair enough, but at stake is the B05 162 integrity of the criminal justice system. B05 163 |^When court-imposed penalties are treated as a joke, and B05 164 ignored with impunity, the rule of law is flouted. ^The B05 165 acknowledgement that the police are unable to act will B05 166 encourage more offenders to treat with contempt the fines B05 167 imposed on them by the courts. ^This will serve only to B05 168 increase the work of Justice Department staff in tracing unpaid B05 169 fines and issuing warrants. ^These warrants serve little B05 170 purpose until the offenders named in them are apprehended on B05 171 some other matter. B05 172 |^In many instances of unpaid fines the police know, or B05 173 could readily discover, the whereabouts of the offender, if B05 174 only the manpower was available. ^What could be a better B05 175 encouragement to the police to mount a blitz on unpaid fines B05 176 and follow up those thousands of warrants than the promise of B05 177 more staff? ^The Government's enthusiasm for making the user B05 178 pay for services, and the suggestion of the Minister of Police, B05 179 Ann Hercus, that the police should charge for some of the B05 180 service they provide, suggest a way of paying for the extra B05 181 numbers the police want. B05 182 |^\0Mrs Hercus should sit down with her colleague the B05 183 Minister of Justice, Geoffrey Palmer, and set a bounty on B05 184 fine-dodgers. ^The outstanding *+$16.7 million in unpaid fines is B05 185 lost to the Justice Department under the present arrangement B05 186 anyway. ^This sum could provide salaries for a few hundred B05 187 extra policemen, depending on how much went to the police from B05 188 every dollar in unpaid fines that they collected. ^\0Mr Palmer B05 189 could afford to be generous with money he does not have. ^Even B05 190 if most of it went to the police the greater certainty that B05 191 fine-dodgers would be caught should be bonus enough for the B05 192 proper administration of justice. B05 193 |^While the great hunt for unpaid fines was on the police B05 194 might well ignore the pursuit of any new offenders. ^There is B05 195 little point in bringing more people before the courts if the B05 196 result is going to be more unpaid fines, and more money lost to B05 197 the community for law enforcement. ^By definition people who B05 198 do not pay fines have a contempt for the law. ^They have all B05 199 committed at least two offences *- one for which they were B05 200 fined, and another by the refusal to pay the fine. ^Collar B05 201 them all for a time and the remainder of the community might B05 202 turn out to be surprisingly safe and law-abiding. B05 203 |^The police would surely feel a good deal happier about B05 204 their lot if they were out collecting funds to swell their own B05 205 numbers rather than parading through the courts offenders who B05 206 have no intention of meeting the punishments imposed on them. B05 207 *<*4Anzus trade*> B05 208 |^*6T*2HE *0claimed importance of the Anzus agreement to New B05 209 Zealand's trade has, in the past week, been seriously B05 210 diminished by the fate of defence-loyal Australia *- which has B05 211 had to watch the Americans announce cut-price selling campaigns B05 212 of wheat and sugar to two of Australia's biggest markets, B05 213 Russia and China. ^Just who was primarily to blame for the B05 214 latest round of cut-throat selling is unclear. B05 215 |^It is probably truer to say that the real cause of the B05 216 trouble is not so much political as scientific. ^Cereal B05 217 production has been boosted so much by recent technological B05 218 improvements that the supply of grain enormously exceeds the B05 219 demand and reserve stocks are at totally unrealistic levels. B05 220 ^The Russian harvest *- always a major factor in world grain B05 221 trading *- has been reasonably good in recent years, many other B05 222 former importers are self-supporting, and the poor nations B05 223 which need additional grains, cannot afford it. ^Middle B05 224 Eastern countries have been benefiting from lower prices while B05 225 the Russians, as usual have been waiting patiently to buy in B05 226 wheat at as cheap a price as possible. B05 227 |^Politics apart, the American actions are a reminder that B05 228 primary food producers are still caught in a nightmare of B05 229 over-production and the world markets will take a long time to B05 230 settle down. B05 231 *# B06 001 **[050 TEXT B06**] B06 002 *<*4{0N.Z.}-Australian trade*> B06 003 |^*0The meeting of the Australia-New Zealand Business Council, B06 004 held in Auckland at the end of last week, was notable for the B06 005 absence of the kind of friction which used to characterise B06 006 trade relations between New Zealand and Australia in the days B06 007 of the old New Zealand-Australia Free Trade Agreement. ^The B06 008 meeting was concerned largely with Closer Economic Relations, B06 009 the trade agreement that came into force in 1983, replacing B06 010 {0N.A.F.T.A.} ^Judging from the meeting, {0C.E.R.} is B06 011 developing well and both countries see it to their advantage to B06 012 keep the development going. ^The new trade treaty will have B06 013 its first major review during 1988. ^The Auckland meeting B06 014 suggests that few significant differences will emerge at that B06 015 time. B06 016 |^The trade balance between New Zealand and Australia always B06 017 used to be in Australia's favour. ^In the year ended June, B06 018 1986, New Zealand exports to Australia were worth *+$10 million B06 019 more than Australian exports to New Zealand. ^The shift over B06 020 20 years, and especially in the last few years, has been B06 021 remarkable. ^In 1966, the value of New Zealand's exports to B06 022 Australia was *+$33 million, compared with New Zealand imports B06 023 from Australia of *+$135 million. ^In 1976, New Zealand's B06 024 exports were valued at *+$238 million and its imports from B06 025 Australia were worth *+$519 million. ^In 1986 the provisional B06 026 figure for exports was *+$1735 million and the provisional B06 027 figure for imports from Australia was *+$1725 million. ^The B06 028 nature of the trade has been of great importance. ^Both B06 029 countries present the other with the largest market for B06 030 manufactured goods. ^Both countries are thus strategically B06 031 significant to the other in efforts to move from being B06 032 producers of raw materials. B06 033 |^About three times as many New Zealanders as Australians B06 034 attended the Auckland meeting. ^Because the meeting was being B06 035 held in New Zealand it could be expected that more New B06 036 Zealanders would attend than Australians but the difference in B06 037 numbers probably reveals more than the influence of the venue. B06 038 ^Australian businesses have been berated, both by the B06 039 Australian Senate and also by the Australian Minister for B06 040 Trade, \0Mr Dawkins, for being slower than New Zealand B06 041 businesses to take advantage of {0C.E.R.} ^In their defence, B06 042 Australian business people argue that because of the greater B06 043 size of the Australian market, New Zealand businesses saw B06 044 greater opportunities for expansion than did Australian B06 045 businesses. B06 046 |^The retention in New Zealand of import licensing also gave B06 047 Australian businesses the impression of a closed market in B06 048 which there were few opportunities. ^But it is an interesting B06 049 development that Australian businesses are now being blamed for B06 050 not trying harder in the New Zealand market instead of New B06 051 Zealand's being blamed for taking measures to protect its B06 052 market. B06 053 |^The two main trade issues on which there are strong B06 054 differences between New Zealand and Australia are the B06 055 Australian system of subsidies, known as bounties, and the B06 056 question of intermediate goods; that is, exported goods with B06 057 substantial imported content. ^Both the Minister of Trade and B06 058 Industry, \0Mr Caygill, and the Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, B06 059 addressed the subject of bounties. ^\0Mr Lange dwelt at some B06 060 length on the subject, which was something of a surprise B06 061 considering that \0Mr Caygill had already talked about them. B06 062 |^A recent meeting in Canberra between New Zealand and B06 063 Australian officials had decided on the establishment of a B06 064 working party to examine the subject. ^Australia favours the B06 065 bounty system, which is also used to a more limited extent B06 066 within New Zealand, partly because the bounties can be clearly B06 067 seen as a subsidy and the cost to the taxpayer is well known. B06 068 ^The present Australian attitude is that it is up to the New B06 069 Zealand manufacturers and officials to demonstrate that the B06 070 bounties actually put New Zealand manufacturers at a B06 071 disadvantage. ^Once this is quantified, some further steps B06 072 will be taken. ^It is very clear that Australia is not simply B06 073 going to drop the bounties because New Zealand manufactures, B06 074 and Cabinet Ministers, do not like them. B06 075 |^The question of intermediate goods is mainly a matter of B06 076 definition: at what point should an item be said to be of New B06 077 Zealand or Australian manufacture and not simply a re-export? B06 078 ^New Zealand and Australia favour one another in trade. ^They B06 079 have protected themselves against exports from many other B06 080 countries and do not want to find themselves importing, for B06 081 instance, what is in effect a Taiwanese electric motor, under B06 082 {0C.E.R.} B06 083 |^The Auckland meeting considered the possibilities of B06 084 extending {0C.E.R.} to other countries. ^Canada was the B06 085 favourite. ^Nothing serious has been proposed. ^New Zealand B06 086 and Australia are likely to continue to deal with {0C.E.R.} as B06 087 a trade agreement between them. ^A host of developments are B06 088 still possible, including resolving questions of investment, B06 089 trade in services, and tax laws. ^These have become known as B06 090 second-generation issues. ^Late in 1986 {0C.E.R.} looks as if B06 091 it will comfortably survive to examine these questions and that B06 092 both countries will benefit from finding the answers. B06 093 *<*4Death of a tyrant*> B06 094 |^*6V*2YACHESLAV *0Molotov was a mass murderer who died at the B06 095 ripe old age of 96. ^He endured as one of history's great B06 096 survivors. ^Stalin's right-hand man helped administer a reign B06 097 of terror in the 1930s. ^At the height of the purges, a B06 098 macabre joke was doing the rounds among the executioners: ^Your B06 099 turn today, mine tomorrow. ^But Molotov's turn never came. B06 100 ^The closest he got to the scaffold was probably in 1947, when B06 101 Stalin's anti-Semitic obsessions led to the arrest of Molotov's B06 102 Jewish wife. ^Stalin suspected his lieutenant of being a B06 103 closet Zionist, a charge which in other cases led to B06 104 imprisonment or death. ^Yet Molotov outlived the tyrant he had B06 105 served so well. B06 106 |^The two men had long enjoyed a special relationship. B06 107 Stalin, whose real name was Djugashvili, adopted the pseudonym B06 108 based on the Russian word for steel; Molotov, born Vyacheslav B06 109 Scriabin, took a pseudonym deriving from the word for hammer. B06 110 ^These changes were appropriate. ^Stalin was the strategist; B06 111 Molotov was the meticulous bureaucrat who carried out his B06 112 orders. ^As the equivalent of Prime Minister in the 1930s, he B06 113 was chief administrator of a regime which decided as a matter B06 114 of policy to starve the Ukrainian peasantry into submission. B06 115 |^Molotov applied a similar ruthlessness to Russia's B06 116 external policy after switching to foreign minister in 1939. B06 117 ^In that role he negotiated the notorious non-aggression pact B06 118 with Hitler, who was said to have been impressed by the B06 119 Russian's icy skill as a negotiator. ^At the allied summit B06 120 conferences at Tehran and Yalta, Churchill was also impressed: B06 121 he likened Molotov's smile to the Siberian winter. ^Even the B06 122 master of Realpolitik, however, could not manoeuvre his way B06 123 through the internal cold war conducted by Khrushchev after the B06 124 death of Stalin. ^Molotov was frozen out, then made a B06 125 non-person, absent from official memory. B06 126 |^Still the survivor returned. ^In March 1984, on his 94th B06 127 birthday, he was readmitted to the Communist Party, a B06 128 spectacular rehabilitation apparently masterminded by his B06 129 former deputy, Andrei Gromyko. ^The gesture had a certain B06 130 logic. ^In many ways the Soviet state remains recognisably the B06 131 same entity which Stalin built. ^Famine is no longer a B06 132 government policy; wholesale slaughter of political opponents, B06 133 or those suspected of being so, is no longer practised. ^But B06 134 these are, after all, no longer required: the police state is B06 135 secure. ^The gulag is large, efficiently run, and quite strong B06 136 enough to contain the dissidents. B06 137 |^Molotov and his contemporary Rudolf Hess lived on as B06 138 dinosaurs from the age of European dictators. ^A kind of B06 139 symmetry exists. ^The Russians were angered recently when B06 140 Chancellor Kohl compared \0Mr Gorbachev with the Nazi B06 141 propagandist Joseph Goebbels. ^This was bound to cause offence B06 142 in a country which lost 20 million in the war against Hitler. B06 143 ^But the comparison has some point. ^\0Mr Gorbachev seeks, as B06 144 Goebbels did, to put an acceptable face on an inhuman system. B06 145 |^Molotov's death should remind us of the fate which western B06 146 Europe escaped, if eastern Europe did not: the death of freedom B06 147 and democracy. ^Tyrants like Molotov *- the man who died B06 148 peacefully in old age after giving his name to a petrol bomb *- B06 149 should not be forgotten. B06 150 *<*4Quango appears a curious caprice*> B06 151 |^*2SETTING UP A *0new quango and making it hunt down quangos B06 152 and red tape as a first assignment is not the only element of B06 153 caprice in announcing an Economic Development Commission. B06 154 |^The move is in accord with the Labour Party's 1984 B06 155 manifesto promise to set up an industrial development board, B06 156 says Associate Finance Minister David Caygill. B06 157 |^That seems to be an Alice in Wonderland interpretation. B06 158 ^Details about the powers and functions of the proposed B06 159 commission are vague at this stage but what has been announced B06 160 is different from the industrial development board promised in B06 161 Labour's 1984 economic policy. ^That board was to advise on B06 162 selection of industries to receive financial and other B06 163 assistance from an industry investment and assistance fund B06 164 financed from a number of sources including tax, loan revenue, B06 165 superannuation investments, government-guaranteed loans, and B06 166 industry levies. B06 167 |^Recommending dollops of taxpayer funds and taxpayer-supported B06 168 loan capital to industry which cannot attract market B06 169 place investor support is anathema to the realism of B06 170 Rogernomics. B06 171 |^Exit that role for the proposed commission, and goodbye to B06 172 the title of industrial development board. B06 173 |^The man chosen to head the new commission is New Zealand's B06 174 senior departmental head, Treasury secretary Bernie Galvin. B06 175 |^In a Capital City which takes such an interest in B06 176 positions of power and influence a lot of people must find it B06 177 odd that 53-year-old \0Mr Galvin would change from the top of B06 178 the tree to head just another toothless advisory body which so B06 179 far has indistinct terms of reference still-to-be decided B06 180 resources, and an uncertain life if Labour should lose the B06 181 election. B06 182 |^The Leader of the Opposition, Jim Bolger, says he cannot B06 183 see any place for it; it just seems to be another quango. B06 184 ^Quite so. ^It brings back musty memories of National's own B06 185 Commission for the Future *- yawn. B06 186 |^\0Mr Galvin complains about a Treasury brain drain to the B06 187 private sector at such a rate in the first quarter of this year B06 188 that if it continued the department would disappear within B06 189 12-18 months. ^Pay classification negotiations to try to stem B06 191 joining the exodus. B06 192 |^Asked if the Government had indicated to him it was B06 193 unhappy with the time taken to assemble the farm relief B06 194 package, \0Mr Galvin replied, *"No.**" ^He then added that B06 195 governments always want things done far more quickly than is B06 196 possible. B06 197 |^The Treasury secretary denies any current problem over B06 198 health but says one's effectiveness starts to drop a little B06 199 after being 11 years at the top of Government institutions. B06 200 ^Among the triumphs there has to be a lot of rejection and B06 201 dejection at that level. B06 202 |^The proposed commission with broad overview of the economy B06 203 and headed by such a high flyer is not going to have the field B06 204 to itself. ^The Planning Council and its economic monitoring B06 205 group already play a part. B06 206 |^The Government has available to it economic advice from B06 207 Treasury, the Reserve Bank, other specialised departments, and B06 208 the Prime Minister's advisory group. ^It can also call upon B06 209 sector groups, consultants, academics and bodies like the B06 210 Planning Council and the {0NZ} Institute of Economic Research. B06 211 |^When the new commission starts hunting quangos it should B06 212 begin by questioning its own existence. B06 213 *<*4Curbing the din*> B06 214 |^*2NOISE, IT *0has been said, rates among our most potent B06 215 pollutants. ^A related problem, the loss of hearing, is the B06 216 major health risk in the New Zealand work environment, the B06 217 Health Department said last year. B06 218 |^The Wellington City Council's recent decision to extend B06 219 the curfew over aircraft engine testing at Wellington Airport B06 220 from 11{0pm} to 8{0am} is, therefore, a welcome move. B06 221 |^It is, as Strathmore Residents' Action Committee B06 222 chairwoman Maxine Harris says, final acknowledgment that there B06 223 has been a noise problem at the airport. ^What part the B06 224 forthcoming local body elections in October had to play in the B06 225 relatively speedy action on the matter *- the committee was B06 226 formed just two months ago *- is immaterial now. B06 227 |^Aircraft engines may still be tested in emergencies B06 228 between the curfew hours of 8{0pm} and 6{0am}. B06 229 |^The residents' determination not to be *"bluffed**" by B06 230 promises of action, and their stated intention to keep a close B06 231 eye on the situation is wise. ^After all, claims they made in B06 232 May that the curfew had been broken 12 times during a 13-day B06 233 period they monitored were disputed. B06 234 |^For its part, Air New Zealand said then that it was well B06 235 aware of the problem but sometimes needed to test aircraft B06 236 engines outside curfew hours in order to solve problems arising B06 237 from disruptions and emergencies. B06 238 *# B07 001 **[051 TEXT B07**] B07 002 *<*2THE ARBORETUM, BEACHES, THE OLYMPIC POOL...AND THEN WHAT?*> B07 003 |^*0Gisborne the Golden...the Sunshine City really has been B07 004 living up to its reputation recently. ^While some parts of the B07 005 country had far too much rain, we just had enough to keep B07 006 things damp and plenty of sunshine hours to make the beaches B07 007 and swimming pools a big attraction. B07 008 |^But is it enough? ^For those born and brought up in the B07 009 comparative quiet of the Gisborne-East Coast there is no place B07 010 like home. ^For many visitors looking for some peace and B07 011 quiet, it provides the ideal holiday. B07 012 |^And some major attractions have been developed in recent B07 013 years. ^The Olympic Pool and the new water slide have been a B07 014 tremendous asset. B07 015 |^The Eastwoodhill Arboretum is a must for tourists who can B07 016 see about 350 family groups of trees, shrubs and climbers in a B07 017 splendid array of nature in its most bountiful mood. B07 018 |^Eastwoodhill is about 35 kilometres from Gisborne on the B07 019 road to Rere and is a credit to all those who have worked so B07 020 hard to make it the attraction it is today. B07 021 |^We have also been fortunate in our recent sporting B07 022 fixtures with harrier races, the marathon clinic, the world B07 023 jubilee speedway series and top class cricket all attracting B07 024 visitors. B07 025 |^Other attractions? ^The Wainui Lions' annual beach dig B07 026 was great fun. ^There are still surf lifesaving carnivals and B07 027 the North Island Saloon Car Championships to come. B07 028 |^The national Maori tennis tournament, with local star B07 029 Kelly Evernden, gave us a sporting highlight to remember. B07 030 |^All of these events and quite a few others have done much B07 031 to keep Gisborne moving in recent weeks. ^And that is B07 032 important because tourism is generating jobs nobody in New B07 033 Zealand dreamed about a decade ago. B07 034 |^But we still have a fair way to go to get a greater share B07 035 of the New Zealand dollar. ^And we are learning more about our B07 036 international visitors. B07 037 |^For instance: *- B07 038 |^Australians clamour for pubs and clubs, with emphasis on B07 039 entertainment. B07 040 |^Japanese love sheepskin products and New Zealand B07 041 souvenirs. B07 042 |^Americans are inclined to make use of self-drive options B07 043 and coach tours. B07 044 |^Big winners in this mix are the wholesale and retail B07 045 trades. B07 046 |^These details emerge from a survey of 1984 international B07 047 visitor expenditure, conducted by the Tourist and Publicity B07 048 Department. B07 049 |^But it is only the start of the tourism boom. ^By the B07 050 year 1990, tourism is expected to create 4800 new jobs in the B07 051 wholesale and retail sectors, to cope with the work generated B07 052 by international visitors. B07 053 |^Similarly, building and construction work will employ an B07 054 extra 2100 people to create facilities required to service B07 055 tourism. B07 056 |^There are obviously jobs in hotels and motels, in the ski B07 057 fields and in our shops which depend to a large degree on B07 058 holiday trade. ^But it is also becoming apparent that B07 059 identifiable jobs include the clothing industry. ^Among B07 060 Japanese visitors, 23 percent of their optional spending goes B07 061 on clothing...about *+$3.3 million in 1984. B07 062 |^Over the total visitor field, 20 percent spent on clothing B07 063 represents a *+$24 million injection into our economy last B07 064 year. ^Of this, Australians gave us *+$9.5 million...the most B07 065 they spent on any category. B07 066 |^It is certainly worth thinking about. B07 067 |^We still suffer in comparison to many holiday B07 068 resorts...but we can still claim to be one of the friendliest B07 069 cities in the country. ^Probably our greatest asset is that B07 070 this is one of the few areas where a smile is not met with B07 071 suspicion and a friendly greeting is still regarded as normal B07 072 behaviour. B07 073 * *<*5No certain cure in shakeup*> B07 074 |^*2THE *0biggest upheaval yet in New Zealand's public services B07 075 is not intended as a mirror exercise, says Finance Minister B07 076 Roger Douglas. B07 077 |^The Government's intention, announced yesterday, can be B07 078 boiled down simply to this: a whole raft of expensive B07 079 government agencies are suddenly to find themselves operating B07 080 in a completely commercial environment *- dependent on their B07 081 own efforts for paying their way and making profits for their B07 082 own development. B07 083 |^They will forego the perk of having the taxpayer make up B07 084 for shortfalls. B07 085 |^They range through such agencies as the Housing B07 086 Corporation and the Rural Bank to Trade and Industry, Energy, B07 087 the Post Office and the civil aviation sector of Transport. B07 088 |^More than 60,000 people are employed in these areas. B07 089 ^They will feel the reverberations, and the changes will call B07 090 for considerable adjustment in attitudes and will. B07 091 |^The move is bold and breathtaking in its suddenness, and B07 092 tremendously exciting. ^Two years ago, before the arrival of B07 093 the present Government and the word *"Rogernomics**" loomed B07 094 large, it would have seemed inconceivable that a Labour B07 095 Government would have considered the step. B07 096 |^However \0Mr Douglas' concern that the exercise should not B07 097 be seen as some sort of mirror trick is warranted. B07 098 |^The move is to make the public service leaner, sharper and B07 099 more efficient. ^In putting the agencies on to a commercial B07 100 footing the Government estimates a saving in the first year of B07 101 *+$900 million of taxpayers' money, rising to *+$1.4 billion in B07 102 the third year. B07 103 |^These savings will become apparent in the tax take. ^But, B07 104 inevitably, taxpayers will find themselves forking out more B07 105 heavily for other services. B07 106 |^The cost of electricity and gas will rise, together with B07 107 telephone and postal rates. ^Farmers, already squeezed, will B07 108 pay more for Rural Bank loans, and increases will flow through B07 109 to airline tickets, state house rentals and Customs charges. B07 110 |^Only time will tell if restructured household budgets work B07 111 in favour of families. B07 112 |^One of the Government's major worries must be whether B07 113 there is sufficient will and expertise within the public B07 114 service to operate efficiently in the commercial chill. B07 115 |^Corporation and agency boards will be stiffened with B07 116 business minds from outside. ^But the need for management B07 117 training and re**[ARB**]-orientation must be a priority. B07 118 |^Another care is the possibility of widespread job loss as B07 119 some departments home down. ^The Government has refused to B07 120 spell out the job implications *- some departments may well B07 121 need extra staff, while normal attrition may work away surplus B07 122 fat in others. B07 123 |^Finally, what of those agencies who have always been B07 124 trading bodies and monopolies? ^Typical of these is the Post B07 125 Office. B07 126 |^The old cost-plus mentality which allows monopolies *- B07 127 Government and private *- to grow fat and slothful needs to be B07 128 watched with special care. ^Restructuring is no guarantee of a B07 129 cure in itself. B07 130 *<*5Electoral risks*> B07 131 |^*2THE *0proposed restructuring of Government departments B07 132 suggests the Lange Administration remains firmly committed to B07 133 leaving its permanent stamp on the New Zealand economy, even at B07 134 the cost of losing office through alienating most of its B07 135 traditional supporters. B07 136 |^Entrenched bureaucracies, whether of the public service, B07 137 trade union or private sector kind, are rarely enthused with B07 138 the idea of being forced rapidly to change their ways. B07 139 |^In going for broke, by attempting to change the course of B07 140 the public service as well as the farming, manufacturing and B07 141 service industries, the Government must know it risks electoral B07 142 peril. B07 143 |^The Government may be counting on the electorate being B07 144 well informed enough about the pressing need for its actions to B07 145 re**[ARB**]-elect it in September next year despite the pain B07 146 voters have suffered. ^If so, it may be politically naive, B07 147 because voters as a whole vote by the feel of their wallets. B07 148 ^When their wallets feel empty they vote out the government. B07 149 ^It has been like that for 100 years. B07 150 |^Perhaps the Government thinks it can upset unions, public B07 151 servants and low-income earners because such groups will vote B07 152 Labour no matter what. ^But that would be equally naive; the B07 153 1975 election proved the Labour vote will stay at home on B07 154 polling day if unhappy with a Labour Government. B07 155 |^Or maybe, like \0Mr Micawber, the Government is simply B07 156 hoping something will turn up by election time. ^If that were B07 157 the case, it would not be much of a way to run the country. B07 158 |^But, on the face of it, and on the record of this very B07 159 non-traditional Labour Government, it seems most likely the B07 160 Government really believes it is acting in the country's best B07 161 interests by exposing one sector of the economy after another B07 162 to the chill winds of change, efficiency and market forces. B07 163 |^Time will tell whether the experts who are applauding B07 164 Rogernomics, or the experts who decry it, are correct. ^It B07 165 would be hard to argue this Government lacked political B07 166 courage. B07 167 * B07 168 *<*5Ensuring justice is done*> B07 169 |^*2AN *0Official Information Amendment Bill before Parliament B07 170 since July has a clause which has serious ramifications for B07 171 people convicted of crimes but who nonetheless maintain their B07 172 innocence. ^The clause seeks to bar prisoners access under the B07 173 Official Information Act to the police and Crown documents used B07 174 to convict them. ^Parliament should not pass this lightly. B07 175 |^This measure has been dubbed the *"Wickliffe Clause**" and B07 176 with good reason. B07 177 |^Dean Wickliffe shot a Wellington jeweller in a robbery in B07 178 1972. ^He claimed the shot was unintentional and happened when B07 179 the unfortunate victim jumped at him. ^He was convicted of B07 180 murder but continued to protest his crime was manslaughter. B07 181 |^Last year Wickliffe used the Official Information Act to B07 182 get the police files on his 1972 case. ^Among them he found a B07 183 job sheet which recorded a witness as backing his claim the B07 184 jeweller had jumped at him. ^The witness had not said this in B07 185 evidence at the trial and nor was Wickcliffe's lawyer told of B07 186 the job sheet at the time, despite the obligation of the Crown B07 187 to bring such conflicting evidence to the defence's attention. B07 188 |^Eventually Attorney-General Geoffrey Palmer was prompted B07 189 to *"advise**" the Governor-General to approve a fresh appeal B07 190 for Wickliffe. B07 191 |^Subsequently, the full bench of the Court of Appeal B07 192 quashed Wickliffe's murder conviction and replaced it with one B07 193 of manslaughter, though leaving the life sentence intact. ^The B07 194 court had asked the original trial judge (Sir Clinton Roper) if B07 195 the job sheet could have altered the trial's outcome. ^Sir B07 196 Clinton had replied to the effect it could have prompted him to B07 197 change his direction to the jury. B07 198 |^Wickliffe's present lawyers claim the Official Information B07 199 Amendment is in retaliation for Wickliffe's successful B07 200 discovery of the job sheet. ^\0Mr Palmer rejects this and says B07 201 the clause has nothing to do with Wickliffe. B07 202 |^\0Mr Palmer may be correct. ^On the other hand he may B07 203 merely believe he is correct. ^He may not know of the police B07 204 concern *- expressed in the *1Star *0last March 12 *- about B07 205 Wickliffe's use of the information act. ^A senior police legal B07 206 adviser was quoted as saying the police would seek Justice B07 207 Department support to have the act changed by exempting prison B07 208 inmates from its provisions. ^Four months later in comes a B07 209 bill with just such an exemption. B07 210 |^Whatever the reason for the clause, \0Mr Palmer says B07 211 criminal defendants will soon be protected by a new bill which B07 212 will require the Crown and police to disclose all documents to B07 213 the defence lawyers. B07 214 |^This does not sound like much of a safeguard. ^This B07 215 *"discovery**" is already supposed to happen by convention; it B07 216 did not in Wickliffe's case. ^Nor would it help people already B07 217 in prison *- their trials are over but their right to use the B07 218 information act is about to be taken away. B07 219 |^The interest of justice is best served by accused having B07 220 access to all the evidence against them. ^Better 10 guilty B07 221 people go free than one innocent person go to jail. ^The B07 222 *"Wickliffe Clause**" has the potential for future miscarriages B07 223 of justice. B07 224 *<*5Great educator*> B07 225 |^*2DAME *0Marie Clay thoroughly deserves the New Year Honour B07 226 announced today. B07 227 |^The Auckland University professor of education is a world B07 228 leader in research on early learning, particularly reading B07 229 acquisition and the prevention of learning disorders. B07 230 |^One of her most notable achievements was the reading B07 231 recovery programme widely used in New Zealand primary schools, B07 232 and some in Australia and the United States. B07 233 |^Dame Marie is highly respected internationally and her B07 234 books are used in universities around the world. B07 235 |^The title of dame is just recognition for a distinguished B07 236 career that has helped thousands of young people along the path B07 237 of education. B07 238 *<*4Selecting teachers on the marae*> B07 239 |^*0To make studies in Maori language and culture compulsory B07 240 in schools would be neither generally acceptable nor wise. B07 241 ^But there has in recent times been the realisation that the B07 242 Maori language ought at least to be available to students. B07 243 ^Pressure for change, from the Maori community in particular, B07 244 has grown. ^In response the Department of Education and the B07 245 Post Primary Teachers' Association is working on a scheme under B07 246 which Maori teachers will be nominated from maraes. ^Those B07 247 selected, on the basis of their knowledge of the Maori language B07 248 and culture, will be regarded as having the equivalent of a B07 249 university degree in the Maori language. B07 250 *# B08 001 **[052 TEXT B08**] B08 002 *<*4Banners of hope*> B08 003 |^*6O*2NE OF THE *0more touching sights marking the opening of the B08 004 {0UN} International Year of Peace was the 3.5\0km ribbon which linked B08 005 the embassies in New Zealand of the {0US} and the {0USSR} on Sunday, B08 006 October 19. ^The *"ribbon**", made of some 4000 small banners B08 007 contributed from all parts of New Zealand, together with 50 from Japan B08 008 and smaller numbers from the {0US} and Australia, extended from the B08 009 Wellington suburb of Karori to that of Thorndon and was modelled on a B08 010 15\0km peace ribbon which {0US} citizens tied around the Pentagon last B08 011 year. B08 012 |^According to the organisers a good half of the thousands who B08 013 put careful and often exquisite artistry into making the banners had B08 014 not taken part in any peace demonstration before. ^Certainly the B08 015 messages of their banners were low-key and non-threatening, suffused B08 016 with what Albert Schweitzer called reverence for life. ^They B08 017 symbolically tied together with love the two powers which pose the B08 018 most immediate threat to life on this planet. B08 019 |^Those powers, of course, refused to be tied. ^Nobody who has B08 020 observed the comportment of the {0US} and the Soviet Union over the B08 021 past three decades would have been surprised that *1they *0marked the B08 022 onset of the International Year of Peace by stomping away from their B08 023 meeting in Reykjavik blaming each other for a continuation of the arms B08 024 race. ^The stumbling block this time was the Strategic Defence B08 025 Initiative, more commonly designated Star Wars, a project of such B08 026 unexampled silliness that nobody would take it seriously if it were B08 027 not proposed with apparent conviction by somebody as powerful as the B08 028 President of the United States. B08 029 |^Nevertheless the so-called mini-summit may not have been a B08 030 total loss to the cause of peace. ^Immediately after Reagan and B08 031 Gorbachev left Iceland various subordinates began reassuring us that B08 032 arms controls might go ahead anyway. ^Gorbachev himself was quoted as B08 033 saying that Reagan had proved he knew how to bargain *- a politician B08 034 could work with such a man. ^Also, by agreeing *- however momentarily B08 035 *- that all medium-range missiles in Europe and half of all B08 036 intercontinental missiles in the {0US} and {0USSR} could be quickly B08 037 dismantled, the two super**[ARB**]-powers discredited forever their B08 038 reasons for having them in the first place. B08 039 |^One could have wished that Reagan and Gorbachev were listening B08 040 when New Zealand's distinguished *- and mightily impressive *- visitor B08 041 Rajiv Gandhi spoke about nuclear arms. ^He quietly disposed of the B08 042 idea that because a nation could make them it should. ^Yes, he said B08 043 on *1The Crosbie Report, *0India was able to make nuclear weapons, had B08 044 indeed come to that point 12 years ago. ^But India had decided not to B08 045 arm itself with them *- even though its neighbour China has them and B08 046 its other neighbour Pakistan seems to want them. ^His message seemed B08 047 **[PLATE**] B08 048 to be that freedom can be maintained (India is both the largest and B08 049 one of the more enduring democracies) outside of military alliances B08 050 and nuclear threats *- provided one is self-confident. B08 051 |^Of course it helps to be large. ^As the British discovered, B08 052 India's millions (780 at last count) are not easy to push around. B08 053 ^New Zealand lacks that advantage. ^But we have others. ^The B08 054 Secretary of Foreign Affairs asserted as recently as April, ^*"There B08 055 is no present military threat to the region nor to any of its member B08 056 countries.**" ^And, as the people-power needed to link the embassies B08 057 indicates, we appear to have a growing confidence in our right to live B08 058 free from nuclear terrorism. B08 059 |^Some indicators of that confidence appear as sponsors of a B08 060 peace-issues pamphlet recently received in this office: _{0AANA} B08 061 (Architects Against Nuclear Arms), {0ESR} (Engineers for Social B08 062 Responsibility), {0IPPNW} (International Physicians for the Prevention B08 063 of Nuclear War), {0NZLND} ({0NZ} Lawyers for Nuclear Disarmament), B08 064 {0PANA} (Pharmacists Against Nuclear Arms), {0PPNW} (Psychologists for B08 065 the Prevention of Nuclear War), {0SANA} (Scientists Against Nuclear B08 066 Arms), {0VAANA} (Visual Artists Against Nuclear Arms). ^Such a B08 067 line-up would have been unthinkable even 10 years ago. B08 068 |^At first glimpse the peace ribbon was touching and forlorn, B08 069 like a child's band-aid on an irreparably broken doll. ^But it was B08 070 made by a great many people, with the backing of many more. ^We have B08 071 to hope that its message proves stronger than fear. B08 072 *<*4Alexander Fry *6ASSISTANT EDITOR*> B08 073 *<*4Not for sale*> B08 074 |^*6E*2VERYTHING *0repeats itself if only you wait long enough, and B08 075 the turn of laisser-faire economics seems to have come. ^The B08 076 Government has opened the country up to the brute forces of the free B08 077 market, 19th-century style, the Opposition has added an occasional B08 078 *"we too**", and the rest of us wait worriedly to see whether B08 079 laisser-faire works any better this time round. B08 080 |^We can forget about the subsidy for West Coast coal. ^One B08 081 swallow does not make a summer, and one subsidy does not make an B08 082 interventionist policy. ^Even Adam Smith, the virtual inventor of B08 083 laisser-faire economics, allowed room for exceptions to his general B08 084 view that it was *"the highest impertinence and presumption for kings B08 085 and ministers to watch over the economy of private people**". ^He B08 086 conceded that civil governments might undertake such public works as B08 087 roads, bridges, canals and harbours; he would surely have included B08 088 railways but for the fact that they were still waiting to be invented. B08 089 |^No, the *+$1.9 billion (at the time of going to press) question B08 090 has been how much public property the Government might sell to private B08 091 business in order to balance the books and satisfy its philosophical B08 092 yearning for a return to laissez-faire. ^Privatisation is more than B08 093 just an ugly word; it is being practised in the raw *- most notably B08 094 perhaps in the Thatcher Government's disposal of such state properties B08 095 as British Telecoms**[SIC**] (*"the sale of the century**") and North B08 096 Sea Oil. B08 097 |^The New Zealand taxpayer owns some comparably valuable B08 098 properties. ^Indeed, the previous Government had just announced a B08 099 partial sale of the successful Petrocorp when it was defeated at the B08 100 polls in 1984. ^A Labour {0MP} at the time described the intended B08 101 action in sentimental terms as like selling off part of the family B08 102 farm *- not quite such a moving metaphor today. ^Even so, the *"free B08 103 market**" victory in the 1984 election made it possible that the new B08 104 Government would go ahead with the sale. ^It has not done so, and in B08 105 his November *1Economic Statement *0the Finance Minister, Roger B08 106 Douglas, confirmed the decision by describing privatisation as a red B08 107 herring. ^His chosen compromise is to retain public ownership of B08 108 state enterprises, while running their trading departments in a B08 109 private-enterprise way. B08 110 |^Given that the Government deficit must be reduced *1somehow, B08 111 *0the policy seems sensible. ^Obviously the sale of such competitive B08 112 and profitable businesses as Air New Zealand and Petrocorp would B08 113 increase rather than lessen the deficit, except in the very short B08 114 term. ^Only the purest of laisser-faire ideologues would want it to B08 115 happen now. ^And at the other extreme, money could undoubtedly be B08 116 saved, as one businessman has wryly suggested, by selling off some B08 117 publicly-owned coal mines or bus services, or the Stewart Island B08 118 ferry. ^Funny thing is, nobody seems to want them. ^As politicians B08 119 have always known, governments are like parents *- they get all the B08 120 thankless and unrewarding jobs. B08 121 |^As the state would score only a one-off advantage from selling B08 122 profitable enterprises, and as nobody will buy the big losers, \0Mr B08 123 Douglas has wisely decided to aim for small improvements in the B08 124 efficiency of some of the larger state trading enterprises, such as B08 125 Energy and Forestry, which because of their scale could significantly B08 126 reduce the Government's deficit. ^He will need to remember, however, B08 127 that in this country there is no necessary connection between B08 128 efficiency and free enterprise. ^Indeed, New Zealand business has a B08 129 talent for protecting itself from competition, including a tendency B08 130 towards monopoly, and at the same time a record of entrepreneurial B08 131 cowardice which dates from well back in our history and explains why B08 132 so much large-scale enterprise had to be undertaken by governments. B08 133 ^We should not expect too much from an injection of commercial B08 134 managers, or even methods, into the public sector. B08 135 |^The reassuring thing about \0Mr Douglas's compromise is that it B08 136 preserves public ownership *- and therefore control *- of enterprises B08 137 which have in the past been found, and may in the future be found, B08 138 necessary to the public good. ^The present deficit is apparently B08 139 being dealt with by conventional means, and may well be a short-term B08 140 problem. ^We shall see. ^Likewise, correcting distortions in the B08 141 economy with a dose of free market could well be successful *- short B08 142 term. ^But we know beyond doubt that unbridled free-market economies B08 143 have a long and lamentable record of boom and slump, of looting scarce B08 144 resources and despoiling the landscape, of causing human indignity and B08 145 want. ^We know also that *"mixed economies**" such as New Zealand's B08 146 have proved to be good ways of exploiting free-market productivity B08 147 while leavening free-market inhumanity. ^\0Mr Douglas is right to B08 148 leave the structure of that economy intact. B08 149 *<*4Alexander Fry *6ASSISTANT EDITOR*> B08 150 *<*4Gear bags of grief*> B08 151 |^*2MOST *0people were surprised when the 1985 All Black tour to South B08 152 Africa was stopped in its tracks in the Wellington high court. ^The B08 153 players were stunned. ^They grieved. B08 154 |^The result of that grieving process can now be seen in the B08 155 hush-hush plans for an unofficial tour this April. B08 156 |^To grieve for the loss of the 1985 tour, particularly when B08 157 civil war was developing in South Africa, may seem a perversion of B08 158 human values but the process and depth of feeling should not be B08 159 underestimated. B08 160 |^An indication of this depth of feeling can be seen in the views B08 161 of Rugby News editor Bob Howitt, writing after the high court B08 162 decision. B08 163 |^*"Asked whether he felt any sadness for the All Blacks B08 164 involved, (Prime Minister) Lange said he had a lot of feelings for the B08 165 320 blacks killed in South Africa recently. *'^My feelings for B08 166 disappointed rugby players do come second to those,**' he said. B08 167 |^*"It's a sad day when a prime minister professes greater B08 168 concern for people in other countries than his own citizens,**" opined B08 169 Howitt. B08 170 |^There have been further *"sad days**" for the rugby-fascinated B08 171 public with the cancellation of the official Lions and France rugby B08 172 tours. ^These decisions have added momentum to the organisation of B08 173 unofficial tours. ^Other things have also changed. ^For every sad day B08 174 down at the clubrooms there have been countless apartheid-engendered B08 175 tragedies as violence has spread to communities throughout South B08 176 Africa. B08 177 |^The 1985 tour was wrong because of the support it lent to a B08 178 violent and immoral regime. ^Events in South Africa since the tour was B08 179 cancelled have made this double clear. ^The players can choose to B08 180 ignore recent events in the republic. ^They can clutch on to their B08 181 gear bags of personal hurt and focus only on this second-best sporting B08 182 trip of a lifetime. B08 183 |^We hope they stop and take a wider view. ^The invited players B08 184 could start by considering why a rugby trip to South Africa is such a B08 185 big event for them. B08 186 |^Many players have spoken of matches between the countries as B08 187 the pinnacle of rugby achievement. ^All Black coach Brian Lochore told B08 188 the New Zealand Times, shortly after his appointment, ^*"It will take B08 189 determination and a feeling of national pride beyond anything players B08 190 have known and expressed before to win a series in South Africa.**" B08 191 |^Lochore spoke of the *"extreme nationalism of South African B08 192 crowds**" and Springbok players *"incredibly hyped up by that same B08 193 nationalistic fervour**". ^Rugby is a basic element of the national B08 194 identity of the white South African regime. ^This is the link between B08 195 the sport and the politics of apartheid. B08 196 |^The very reasons a tour of South Africa is such a big event in B08 197 a rugby player's career are also reasons he shouldn't tour. B08 198 |^It is now de rigeur for players and administrators, among many B08 199 others, to voice opposition to apartheid. ^The players invited on this B08 200 latest tour find themselves in the special position of being able to B08 201 do something about this opposition; to decline their invitations and B08 202 to say why. B08 203 |^Unrealistic? ^Perhaps. ^But the future image of the game is B08 204 again at stake. ^The reasons for not touring South Africa come B08 205 increasingly into starker contrast. ^Organising or assisting with B08 206 official or unofficial tours to the veldt will again bring the B08 207 selfishness of rugby into stark relief. B08 208 *# B09 001 **[053 TEXT B09**] B09 002 *<*4White fright, black flight*> B09 003 |^*2WHITE FLIGHT *0has worked its way into our vocabulary with B09 004 surprising speed since Race Relations Conciliator Walter Hirsh used B09 005 the term to describe the practice of some Pakeha parents who avoid B09 006 sending their children to schools with a high concentration of Maori B09 007 and Polynesian pupils. ^Hirsh calls white flight a blatant expression B09 008 of racism and prejudice. B09 009 |^Hirsh has it all wrong, according to Wellington Education Board B09 010 general manager John Lelliott. ^Lelliott says parents are moving their B09 011 children from schools because the recent emphasis on taha Maori *- the B09 012 Maori dimension *- is eating into time that should be spent on basic B09 013 education. B09 014 |^Both critics seem to be part right, part wrong. ^If Lelliott had B09 015 been an education board manager in Auckland, he would know that white B09 016 flight has been in existence far longer than the taha Maori programme. B09 017 ^The problem comes to prominence now because the schools which have B09 018 been accommodating the white flight can no longer cope with the B09 019 influx. ^On the other hand, if Hirsh examines the real motives of the B09 020 parents, he might find that reasons other than racism and prejudice B09 021 have shaped their decision to send their children out of the local B09 022 school zone. B09 023 |^To get the question of white flight into some perspective, we B09 024 must also consider the reality of black flight. ^Maori and Polynesian B09 025 parents are also sending their children to schools which they believe B09 026 are more sensitive to their cultures. ^Calls for separate Maori B09 027 schools surfaced at a recent national hui on education at Ngaruawahia. B09 028 ^An executive of the New Zealand Educational Institute, Peter Singh, B09 029 believes parents should have the option of having their children B09 030 taught completely in Maori. B09 031 |^At Matawai, in Northland, a group of parents has been defying B09 032 the Auckland Education Board by refusing to send their children on to B09 033 intermediate from their small bi-lingual local primary school. B09 034 ^Supporting the parents' stand, the chairperson of the Auckland B09 035 District Maori Council, Dr Ranginui Walker, states the case starkly: B09 036 ^*"Existing schools fail 70 percent of Maori children... ^Forcing B09 037 Maori children to attend schools which fail them is disvaluing their B09 038 culture unnecessarily when Maori people are willing to support an B09 039 alternative.**" B09 040 |^The statistics sustain the concern of Maori parents. ^Maori B09 041 pupils are twice as likely as others to leave school with no B09 042 qualifications at all. ^Their pass rate in school certificate exams in B09 043 1984 was nearly 43 percent lower than the average. ^Only 25 in every B09 044 1000 Maori third-formers are likely to reach form seven, compared to B09 045 125 in every 1000 non-Maori students. ^Maori parents complain that an B09 046 unsatisfactory school system is branding their children as failures. B09 047 ^Professionals in education stress the theme that the present B09 048 education system is not meeting Maori needs. B09 049 |^Not only are the Maori children being branded as failures, but B09 050 so *- rightly or wrongly *- are the schools where they predominate. B09 051 ^Both white and black flights have their roots in a common concern. B09 052 ^Both Maori and Pakeha parents want their children to attend schools B09 053 where they will experience the kind of education that will give them B09 054 the best possible start in life. B09 055 |^The separatist tendencies we are seeing will not be countered by B09 056 daubing them with Hirsh's simple slogan of *"racism**" or by B09 057 Lelliott's call for taha Maori to be confined to social study lessons. B09 058 ^What needs to be recognised is that the problem is *"school flight**" B09 059 *- not black or white flight. ^The reality is that some schools *- not B09 060 necessarily through any fault of their own *- are failing to serve B09 061 members of their local communities, Pakeha and Maori alike. ^They must B09 062 be given the resources to provide all their pupils *- regardless of B09 063 racial, cultural or lingual differences *- with a level of educational B09 064 achievement which is generally perceived to be satisfactory. B09 065 |^In itself, the taha Maori programme is an essential step. ^It is B09 066 a simple process. ^Normal reading, writing, spelling and maths lessons B09 067 are supplemented with Maori language and Maori concepts. ^Pupils will B09 068 gain an understanding of Maori values *- aroha, wairua, B09 069 whanaungatanga, manaaki tangata *- of sharing, caring and concern for B09 070 each other, of hospitality, and of working together to develop good B09 071 family and group multi-cultural relationships. ^All these objectives, B09 072 if explained and understood, can meet with few objections. B09 073 |^It is but a small step on the way to recognising that we live in B09 074 a multi-racial, multi-lingual world. ^If we cannot begin to practise B09 075 that in our schools and in our own society, there is little hope for B09 076 our future as citizens of planet Earth. B09 077 *<*4David Beatson *6EDITOR*> B09 078 *<*4Sick and tired and waiting*> B09 079 |^*2MARGERY DAW *0rides her see-saw, Simple Simon meets his pieman B09 080 and the cow jumps over the moon on the walls of the King Edward *=VII B09 081 Memorial Hospital, Wellington's crumbling public facility for sick B09 082 children. ^They are part of a series of 18 Royal Doulton tile panels, B09 083 fixed to the hospital walls early in the century. ^They cost *+800 B09 084 then, and are now museum pieces, virtually priceless. B09 085 |^In March 1985 Royal Doulton's chief executive, visiting B09 086 Wellington, learned of the tiles' threatened future *- a new hospital B09 087 was planned, the old one to be demolished. ^In May 1985 the company's B09 088 Far East manager flew from Singapore to discuss the tiles at a B09 089 Wellington Hospital Board committee meeting, promising financial B09 090 support for an expert opinion on their transferral to a new home. ^In B09 091 April 1986 a contractor began trial removal of one panel. B09 092 |^Such speed is rare in matters concerning the children's B09 093 hospital. ^It is more than 70 years old and from the outside has a B09 094 picturesque charm. ^Inside, the charm is replaced by cockroaches, B09 095 peeling walls, overcrowding and the wailing of children. ^The B09 096 priceless Royal Doulton panels are a bitter joke when they look down B09 097 on, say, a small cubicle containing two hydrocephalic babies, one B09 098 fretful, the other quiet; a fortnight-old baby recovering from B09 099 emergency surgery, his tiny arm bandaged to an intravenous drip; and B09 100 an alert infant suffering from little more than parental incompetence. B09 101 ^In the next cubicle, hard up against the asthmatic toddlers in oxygen B09 102 tents, there might be a four-year-old with a brain tumour. ^On a bad B09 103 day one ward might hold more than 25 children. B09 104 |^All over the place there are parents, usually mothers, washing B09 105 their children, changing them, feeding them, struggling to keep them B09 106 amused or to soothe them to sleep. ^At night, the parents lie on B09 107 mattresses on the cubicle floors with the cockroaches, or on fold-up B09 108 beds jammed against lockers or under washbasins, anywhere there is B09 109 space. ^They doze, awakened by every child's cry, every late-night B09 110 admission. ^Before seven they are up, putting their beds away, B09 111 snatching a wash or beginning the trek through the main hospital B09 112 corridors in search of breakfast. B09 113 |^In November 1981 Wellington's *1Evening Post *0reported on a B09 114 letter to the board from parents whose two sons had died of a rare B09 115 liver disease in the hospital. ^The elder, given 10 days to live, was B09 116 moved to *"the most private area available within the ward *- a B09 117 cubicle containing only three other children and their parents**". B09 118 ^The only redeeming factor, they said, was the staff: ^*"In conditions B09 119 entirely unsuited to effective performance the doctors and nurses are B09 120 truly remarkable.**" ^This was echoed in May 1986 by another couple, B09 121 who said that critically ill children faced conditions *"similar to B09 122 those reported in the Third World**", but that the nursing care for B09 123 their child had been *"superb**". B09 124 |^Plans to replace the disgraceful facilities have been in train B09 125 all that time *- and longer. ^In 1981 the Health Department rejected a B09 126 board proposal for a new children's hospital, suggesting that it seek B09 127 alternative accommodation. ^In 1982 the Minister of Health put the B09 128 planning process on a *"fast track**", but it was not until 1985 that B09 129 the new Government approved preparation of final working drawings for B09 130 a new building. ^Along the way were diversions, feasibility studies B09 131 and a stage-by-stage approval process which, in the words of one B09 132 department official, involved *"two Christmas breaks when little B09 133 progress could be expected**". B09 134 |^Staff, who are expected to get the children better *- Christmas B09 135 breaks notwithstanding *- and parents, who visibly move from shock B09 136 through indignation to resignation during their children's stay, have B09 137 learned to expect *"little progress**" on the new hospital. B09 138 |^But hope is now possible. ^The board has approved a final quote B09 139 from the contractors. ^The Hospital Works Committee, comprising B09 140 representatives from Treasury, the Health Department and the Ministry B09 141 of Works and Development, was reviewing the board's submission at the B09 142 time of writing. ^The building proposal would then go to the Minister B09 143 of Health for approval, then to a Cabinet committee, then to Cabinet. B09 144 ^Then the turning of the first sod would be in sight. B09 145 |^The delays so far have been appalling; one wonders if they would B09 146 have been tolerated by health service consumers more powerful than B09 147 little children and their distraught mothers. ^If any more delays B09 148 occur it would be hard to condemn anyone *- nurse, doctor, parent *- B09 149 who suggested collaring those responsible and forcing them to spend a B09 150 day and a night caring for a sick child in the old hospital. ^After B09 151 that, all the king's horses and all the king's men could scarcely B09 152 prevent them from seizing a concrete mixer and personally pouring the B09 153 foundations for the new one. B09 154 *<*4Helen Paske *6ASSISTANT EDITOR*> B09 155 *<*6THE NEWS SAYS:*> B09 156 |^*2*"I'M *0stunned,**" said husband Michael Chamberlain on the news B09 157 of the release of wife Lindy, in Australia's baby and the dingo case. B09 158 |^Stunning may be an understatement. ^This sensational case B09 159 reveals once again the frailty of the Westminster style of justice. B09 160 |^Lindy Chamberlain is probably a more potent symbol of the B09 161 fragility of that justice system than Arthur Allan Thomas. B09 162 |^For the court battle which preceded her conviction for murder of B09 163 tiny baby Azaria at Ayers Rock was, like the Thomas case marked by a B09 164 courtroom battle of experts. ^A bitter drag out between forensic B09 165 scientists. B09 166 |^And yet after they had put away their test tubes, after the B09 167 Australian High Court reviewed the tests and opted for the status quo, B09 168 after Northern Territory solicitor general Brian Martin turned down B09 169 claims of the Chamberlain Innocence Committee, the whole case B09 170 foundered on the discovery of a simple child's cardigan. B09 171 |^Whatever the outcome of the Chamberlain case, Lindy, her husband B09 172 Michael, and their children, will never be allowed to live normal B09 173 lives, to do as Arthur Allen Thomas did and go back to the farm and B09 174 relative obscurity. B09 175 |^The baby and the dingo case, with its sensational elements of B09 176 religion, wilderness sacrifice, the scissors theory, whether a dingo B09 177 did it, have ensured the media regards the case as the crime of the B09 178 decade. ^And the media is merely feeding an insatiable public appetite B09 179 for the weird and salacious. B09 180 |^The ultimate tragedy for the Chamberlains is that they have B09 181 become part of Australia's mythology. B09 182 *<*4Execution no answer*> B09 183 |^*6T*0HE lives of two Australian men, convicted in Malaysia of B09 184 drug trafficking, rest on the success or otherwise of last-minute B09 185 legal actions to prevent their executions. ^A New Zealand mother and B09 186 her son, imprisoned in Malaysia, also face mandatory death sentences B09 187 if they are convicted of drug trafficking charges. ^They were arrested B09 188 in February last year at Penang airport after police said they had B09 189 been found in possession of more than 400 grams of heroin. B09 190 |^Australian sympathy for their jailed countrymen appears limited. B09 191 ^A Sydney opinion poll is reported to show that 60 per cent of those B09 192 asked favoured the hanging. ^Will New Zealanders favour the hanging of B09 193 their compatriots if they too are convicted? ^Quite probably. B09 194 |^A Wellington bus driver, Joe Cherian, who mounted a solo protest B09 195 against Malaysia's death penalty outside its Wellington high B09 196 commission on Wednesday, was the subject of abuse and ridicule. B09 197 ^*"This has been a real eye-opener,**" he said. ^*"I have been amazed B09 198 by people's bloodlust.**" B09 199 |^Not all of the public's enthusiasm for hanging can be dismissed B09 200 as bloodlust. ^There is understandable public horror at the operations B09 201 of the heroin trade and the ravages it causes. ^Those who direct and B09 202 finance the business show no respect for human lives, neither the B09 203 lives of their addict consumers nor those of their underlings. ^The B09 204 people in this latter group, with its over-representation of the naive B09 205 and greedy, are usually the ones who get caught. ^In Malaysia they B09 206 face death if convicted but they cannot claim they were not B09 207 forewarned. ^The death penalty is extensively publicised within B09 208 Malaysia and travellers arriving in the country are also told about B09 209 it. B09 210 *# B10 001 **[054 TEXT B10**] B10 002 *<*4Talking the dollar down*> B10 003 |^*6T*2HERE *0is no evidence that the Labour Government wants to cause B10 004 the collapse of New Zealand farming. ^It is just trying to make B10 005 agriculture more efficient. B10 006 |^This week's news of a substantial cut in the payout to dairy B10 007 farmers spreads the pall of rural gloom from woolshed to cowshed. ^It B10 008 is tempting to suggest that, while not intending to do long-term harm B10 009 to farming, Roger Douglas has slipped with the knife. B10 010 |^Many of the causes of the rural depression stem from events well B10 011 beyond the Minister of Finance's control; it is more a case of the B10 012 patient's body shifting on the operating table than a surgical fumble. B10 013 ^\0Mr Douglas had no say in the dramatic drops in international B10 014 commodity prices. ^The shifts in prices for dairy products and sheep B10 015 meats have amplified the impact of government decisions and increased B10 016 the pressures on farmers and their families. B10 017 |^The Government can legitimately avoid much of the blame for the B10 018 situation, but it cannot avoid the responsibility. ^There is real B10 019 danger of permanent damage to competent and experienced farmers. B10 020 ^There are steps the Government can take to limit this damage. B10 021 |^New Zealand's real exchange rate is now higher than its level B10 022 before the 1984 devaluation. ^The real exchange rate is governed by B10 023 two factors: New Zealand's rate of inflation relative to the inflation B10 024 rates of its trading partners, and the value of the New Zealand B10 025 dollar. B10 026 |^The Government has been concentrating on reducing the inflation B10 027 rate. ^It has had some success. ^Inflation has fallen but overseas B10 028 inflation rates are still much lower. B10 029 |^Because of this continuing disparity in inflation rates there is B10 030 a need to take action to lower the value of the New Zealand dollar. B10 031 |^A withholding tax on overseas investors has been suggested. B10 032 ^This would dissuade many overseas investors from buying New Zealand B10 033 dollars to take advantage of our higher interest rates. ^With less B10 034 demand for our dollar its value could be expected to fall. B10 035 |^Talking the dollar down has also been suggested. ^The foreign B10 036 exchange market is apparently a sensitive flower that responds to B10 037 rough talk about what the Government wants or is planning to do, or B10 038 why investing in New Zealand is not the wonderful idea it once was. B10 039 ^Mere talk of the Government seriously considering a measure such as a B10 040 withholding tax is likely to start to move the value of the dollar B10 041 downward. B10 042 |^Measures such as these run counter to the Government's B10 043 determination to have the foreign exchange market set the value of the B10 044 kiwi. ^But the market has its limitations. ^Only about 10 per cent of B10 045 its transactions involve payments for goods and services. ^Most of the B10 046 remainder are the kind of speculative transactions that have supported B10 047 a high value for the dollar. B10 048 |^Paradoxically if the Government chooses to maintain its B10 049 hands-off stance, the producer groups and exporters may be able to B10 050 talk the dollar down on their own. ^A concerted campaign to bad-mouth B10 051 New Zealand's investment prospects may dent the confidence of overseas B10 052 investors sufficiently to have the desired result. ^Then the farmers B10 053 would be happier and the Government could claim the market works, with B10 054 a little help from some friends. B10 055 *<*6POSH LETTER PAPER A SCANDAL*> B10 056 |^*0Scandalous! B10 057 |^At a time when the Government is telling us times are tough B10 058 Women's Affairs Minister Ann Hercus is using pretty official writing B10 059 paper. ^And it's pretty expensive, too *- 24 cents a sheet. B10 060 |^That's scandalous, \0Mrs Hercus! B10 061 |^What's wrong with ordinary Government issue paper for your B10 062 correspondence? B10 063 |^There are many many New Zealanders out there who are suffering B10 064 under the current economic conditions. B10 065 |^They're prepared to take the tough going for a while in the B10 066 interests of a better New Zealand in years to come. B10 067 |^They'll be finding it very hard to understand how you can be B10 068 spending their tax money in such a frivolous fashion. B10 069 |^Twenty-four cents a sheet writing paper indeed! B10 070 *<*6PUBLIC MONEY *- VIGILANCE KEY*> B10 071 |^*0Crazy! B10 072 |^That's the only way to describe a law which allowed the Accident B10 073 Compensation Corporation to make a payout of nearly *+$20,000 to a B10 074 convicted murderer who was hurt while trying to escape from jail. B10 075 |^Parliamentary Under Secretary in charge of the Corporation, B10 076 Eddie Isbey, says the law will be changed. B10 077 |^So it should be! ^And quickly! B10 078 |^The sad aspect of this payout is that it would have been made B10 079 without comment had it not been for Truth's expose of the situation. B10 080 |^Our story shows the need to be ever vigilant where the spending B10 081 of public money is concerned. B10 082 |^Truth will spearhead the charge. B10 083 *<*7DON'T FIGHT, CO-OPERATE ON SUPER*> B10 084 |*0National superannuation shouldn't become a political football. B10 085 |^Life's tough enough for the hundreds of thousands of New B10 086 Zealanders in retirement. B10 087 |^They certainly don't need the added insecurity caused by the B10 088 current speculation and uncertainty. B10 089 |^Yet superannuation will surely be a major issue at the next B10 090 election. B10 091 |^The Government has already lost credibility on the matter by B10 092 slapping a hefty surtax on many superannuitants' earnings, thereby B10 093 breaking a 1984 election promise. B10 094 |^Now it says there won't be more changes before the next B10 095 election. B10 096 |^Peter Tapsell's injudicious comments last week, however make it B10 097 clear the superannuation rules will be changed before long. B10 098 |^Any Opposition glee at the Government's discomfort, though, will B10 099 be tempered by the knowledge that National, too, will have to promise B10 100 a tamper-proof scheme. B10 101 |^There's a good case for the main parties co-operating in the B10 102 creation of a national superannuation plan that won't be subject to B10 103 change. B10 104 |^It would have to ensure that people weren't penalised for B10 105 providing for their retirement and that it didn't favour those who B10 106 made no effort to help themselves. B10 107 |^Above all, though, it would have to provide stability and B10 108 security for people in their old age. B10 109 *<*6THINK BEFORE FAG BAN*> B10 110 |^*0Medical evidence has established beyond any reasonable doubt that B10 111 smoking kills people. B10 112 |^It's also offensive and a health hazard to non-smokers. B10 113 |^But the Toxic Substances Board's recommendations that all B10 114 tobacco advertising should be banned and tobacco company sponsorship B10 115 of sport abolished don't provide convincing answers to the problem. B10 116 |^In fact, the loss of sponsorship could be costly for the B10 117 Government. B10 118 |^The board talks glibly about sports bodies finding new sponsors. B10 119 ^Sports administrators know only too well that there will be very few B10 120 businesses prepared to put up the sort of money tobacco interests B10 121 provide. B10 122 |^So there would be a lot of open hands stretching towards the B10 123 state coffers. B10 124 |^Smoking is best tackled by a continuous education campaign aimed B10 125 mainly at the young people who are supposedly susceptible to cigarette B10 126 advertising. B10 127 |^If youngsters aren't deterred by the sight of tar-laden lungs B10 128 and accounts of horrific death by cancer, then nothing's going to stop B10 129 them smoking. B10 130 *<*4When the term ends*> B10 131 |^*2ON BASTILLE DAY, 1984, *0a jubilant David Lange swept his Labour B10 132 team into power. ^July 14, 1986, saw Prime Minister Lange ushering two B10 133 French spies prematurely out of prison and his colleagues into their B10 134 third year in office. ^It seems a fair bet that the three years Mafart B10 135 and Prieur are to spend on a remote island will be more pleasant than B10 136 the three-year term of the current Government of New Zealand. ^At B10 137 least at the end of their three-year term Mafart and Prieur are home B10 138 free, but the Labour Government's prospects for similar success in the B10 139 election due sometime in the next 12 months look dubious now. B10 140 |^For the last two years the Labour Government has largely been a B10 141 model of discipline, determined to hold the line that it is necessary B10 142 to put the country in a state to make some money before anyone starts B10 143 arguing about how to spend it. ^Any flaws in the facade have largely B10 144 escaped the attention of the opposing political parties who have been B10 145 too busy neutering themselves to inflict any damage on anyone else. B10 146 |^The monetarist lobby of Roger Douglas, Richard Prebble and David B10 147 Caygill has held Cabinet in thrall, while collective responsibility B10 148 and sheer weight of numbers has meant that a team of Cabinet ministers B10 149 and their under**[ARB**]-secretaries, aided by two party whips, could B10 150 head off any tendency to rebellion among the other 27 members of B10 151 Labour's parliamentary caucus. B10 152 |^The discipline shows signs of fraying. ^The anguish of Minister B10 153 of Education Russell Marshall over plans to close the railways B10 154 workshops in his Wanganui electorate is a demonstration of discontent B10 155 with the remorseless commitment to tight monetarist policies. ^This B10 156 discontent must grow as other ministers face the consequences of B10 157 cutting another billion dollars out of budgets they had already B10 158 trimmed by some *+$840 million earlier this year. B10 159 |^Douglas is issuing a tall order when he demands these extra cuts B10 160 to cover what he calls *"unexpected costs**" arising from the Think B10 161 Big projects initiated by the former National Government. ^After all B10 162 the book-opening, one can but wonder why it took him so long to B10 163 discover this particular time bomb. ^If his colleagues succeed in B10 164 delivering what Douglas wants, it will be at the cost of more pain in B10 165 the electorate. ^If they fail, Labour will lose face with the one B10 166 sector that is happiest with it *- the financial community. ^At the B10 167 moment, the Government's firm adherence to more-market and user-pays B10 168 economics seems designed to achieve victory in Remuera rather than B10 169 hold Wanganui. B10 170 |^Since taking office, the Lange Government has certainly been B10 171 prepared to risk the affections of many of its supporters from 1984. B10 172 ^Superannuitants with private incomes were first to be angered when B10 173 they learnt their benefits would be taxed despite a Labour promise not B10 174 to tamper with the basic scheme. B10 175 |^Farmers are not regarded as Labour's natural allies, but many of B10 176 the workers who live in provincial towns and cities are, and they are B10 177 feeling the pinch since the Government scaled down its support for B10 178 agriculture. B10 179 |^The Labour left *- held at bay by the non-nuclear defence and B10 180 foreign policies *- will now be restive after the cave-in to French B10 181 pressure over the *1Rainbow Warrior *0affair and at David Lange's B10 182 latest expressions of concern about the Soviet presence in the B10 183 Pacific. B10 184 |^Trade unionists did win back unqualified preference rights for B10 185 their members, but seem to have gained precious little else except a B10 186 few seats on government boards and a clear warning that the Government B10 187 could come off its non-interventionist perch if wage settlements move B10 188 too high. ^They may wonder why the same policy has not been applied to B10 189 high exchange and interest rates, or to stem projected increases in B10 190 unemployment. ^But rather than bucking their party head-on, they are B10 191 starting the long march through it, as demonstrated by their B10 192 involvement in candidate selections in Island Bay, Papatoetoe and B10 193 Avon. B10 194 |^Support for the Lange Government, as measured in public opinion B10 195 polls, has continued at surprisingly high levels. ^However, it is far B10 196 easier to vote in a poll that comes to you than it is to make the B10 197 effort to get out and vote on election day. ^Non-voters can defeat a B10 198 government as effectively as those who switch allegiance, and a B10 199 nationwide poll is not necessarily an effective indicator of the mood B10 200 in the marginal electorates where the Treasury benches will be won or B10 201 lost. B10 202 |^The Labour Government knows it is running a high-risk economic B10 203 policy. ^It is too soon to say it will lose, but it probably needs a B10 204 miracle to achieve more than a narrow victory. ^A slim majority and a B10 205 number of new {0MP}s with fresh trade union roots would produce a B10 206 second-term Labour Government of quite a different hue to the one B10 207 currently entering its last year in office. B10 208 *<*4David Beatson*> B10 209 *<*2THE NEWS SAYS:*> B10 210 |^*2HAVE *0a heart! B10 211 |^The sudden withdrawal of financial support for heart patient Des B10 212 Tucker's life-saving operation across the Tasman by the Belinda B10 213 Trainor trust smacks of man playing God. B10 214 |^Interim injunctions banning news media coverage have been B10 215 obtained by \0Mr Tucker's Wellington lawyer from \0Mr Justice B10 216 Jeffries. ^The information in the hands of all the media is much the B10 217 same as that given to the Belinda Trainor Trust. B10 218 |^Some of the media are fighting the injunction and one newspaper B10 219 has pontificated on the public's right to know. B10 220 |^Sunday News believes the public's right to know must be balanced B10 221 against other rights most importantly, the inviolable right to life. B10 222 |^Des Tucker is a human being. ^He has as much right to a new B10 223 heart as anyone else, if you believe in the sanctity of man. B10 224 |^Our message to those who believe he deserves less is simply this B10 225 *- you are heartless. B10 226 *# B11 001 **[055 TEXT B11**] B11 002 *<*6JACK McCLENAGHAN*> B11 003 *<*4Let's take an adult approach*> B11 004 |^One of the things that puzzles me is why some people think B11 005 18 is too tender an age for a person to have a drink in a pub. B11 006 |^*0It is about the only thing you are not legally entitled B11 007 to do then. ^You can get married, vote, serve in the armed B11 008 forces *- you name it you can do it. B11 009 |^In fact I think the 21st birthday party, celebrating the B11 010 attainment of adulthood, is an anachronism. B11 011 |^To all intents and purposes you are an adult when you are B11 012 18. B11 013 |^It is also a fact that if no one under 20 went to a pub, B11 014 half of them would be out of business. ^Young people these B11 015 days, more mature and independent than ever they were, scorn B11 016 laws they think are stupid. B11 017 |^And even if things get heavy they will still drink if they B11 018 want to, if not in pubs then anywhere they won't be harassed. B11 019 |^Everyone knows this, but some prefer to turn a blind eye B11 020 to it. ^Isn't that so typical of New Zealand, especially when B11 021 it comes to booze? B11 022 |^Before the days of later closing there was hardly a place B11 023 in New Zealand where you couldn't get a drink after hours. B11 024 ^The front doors of pubs might have been shut, but three knocks B11 025 on the back doors soon saw them opened. B11 026 |^Every politician knew this and had the Government insisted B11 027 on the law being observed, the police would have seen to it B11 028 there was no after-hours trading. ^However, the way of doing B11 029 things in this country is to do nothing, and that continued B11 030 until the late Ralph Hanan, {0MP} for Invercargill and Minister B11 031 of Justice, took a hand. B11 032 |^Hanan, who was a neighbour of mine, was one of the most B11 033 determined men I have ever met. ^He had a mind to reform the B11 034 liquor laws for years but he didn't have a real chance to do so B11 035 until he got the Justice portfolio. B11 036 |^He told me one day how he was going to go about it. ^He B11 037 was going to allow licensed restaurants. B11 038 |^It didn't seem a very big deal to me but he said the key B11 039 to success was to move slowly. ^His licensed restaurants were B11 040 going to be the thin edge of the wedge, and so they proved to B11 041 be. B11 042 |^I wonder what Ralph Hanan would think if he surveyed the B11 043 scene today, with a government committee proposing to scrap B11 044 most of the multifarious liquor laws that have grown like Topsy B11 045 this century, in an effort to give us a fresh start. B11 046 |^Probably he would regard the proposals as the culmination B11 047 of the modest reforms he began over 30 years ago. ^He would B11 048 also find as far as some people are concerned, little has B11 049 changed in that time. ^The arguments against reform being B11 050 advanced now are very similar to those he had to listen to. B11 051 ^It seems to me that there are more self-appointed experts on B11 052 the subject of liquor than anything else, most of them wanting B11 053 to add to, or at least retain, the restrictions that Ralph B11 054 Hanan was trying to get rid of. B11 055 |^I think I am right in saying that his fundamental B11 056 philosophy was that people could be trusted to respond B11 057 accordingly to an improved environment, especially as far as B11 058 the consumption of liquor was concerned. B11 059 |^What he was trying to do was change the drinking B11 060 environment for the better in the hope that our attitudes to B11 061 alcohol would change likewise. B11 062 |^I am sure that it has. ^The conditions we have today are B11 063 infinitely preferable to those prevailing at the time of the B11 064 six o'clock swill. B11 065 *<*4Helen Brown*> B11 066 * B11 067 |^*6E*2ITHER *0we were getting bigger or the bed was getting B11 068 smaller. B11 069 |^Those midnight collisions that used to seem so intimate in B11 070 the early years of marriage are just a damn nuisance when B11 071 you're both exhausted and trying to get some sleep. B11 072 |^As time went by and our innerspring got more B11 073 uncomfortable, our friends became like religious salesmen. B11 074 ^They invented endless excuses to make us lie on their B11 075 waterbeds. B11 076 |^I had to agree the things had improved since they'd B11 077 brought out waveless models. ^You could actually sit on one B11 078 side without catapulting your partner across the room. B11 079 |^I dragged my husband and the baby to one of those B11 080 emporiums that sells waterbeds. ^Beds en masse are seedy B11 081 enough. ^But when you visit a showroom full of purple draylon B11 082 and significantly-shaped bed-ends, you begin to feel B11 083 self-conscious and more than a little inadequate. B11 084 |^An unusual woman slithered out from behind the counter. B11 085 |^*"Would you like to try one?**" B11 086 |^My husband blushed. ^Any moment, he'd turn and run out B11 087 the door. B11 088 |^*"Yes please,**" I said. B11 089 |^She nudged us toward something that looked as if it had B11 090 belonged to Henry the Eighth. ^There was room for him and B11 091 several of his wives. ^I peered around the edge of the B11 092 headboard, half-expecting to find a pair of handcuffs. B11 093 |^*"Haven't you got something a little plainer?**" B11 094 |^She pointed to a colonial masterpiece with cotton reels B11 095 reaching for the sky. B11 096 |^*"We call it Gone With The Wind.**" B11 097 |^She readjusted her sequin-spangled belt as I tried to B11 098 explain we wanted something *2MUCH *0plainer. B11 099 |^Setting her mouth in a sullen pout, she led us to the B11 100 Scandinavian section. ^All pine and rolling in the snow. B11 101 |^I began to feel tired. ^None of them looked as if they B11 102 were for sleeping. B11 103 |^She placed a small rubber mat on a model called Erik the B11 104 Red and urged me to lie on it. ^The mat, I discovered, was to B11 105 put my feet on. B11 106 |^The bed gurgled with indigestion. ^I stared up at the B11 107 shop ceiling and prayed no customers would arrive. B11 108 |^*"He has to lie on it too,**" she said, glaring at my B11 109 husband who was holding the baby in self defence. B11 110 |^He put the baby in her pushchair and obliged. B11 111 |^*"What do you think?**" I muttered. B11 112 |^*"It's a bit... ostentatious?**" B11 113 |^The woman rattled her bangles and leaned over us. B11 114 |^*"You can have a 14-day free home trial,**" she said, B11 115 slitting her eyes. B11 116 |^*"I don't think so,**" he said, sitting bolt upright and B11 117 making the bed belch. B11 118 |^*"We've got a hydraulic version out the back.**" B11 119 |^My mind boggled. B11 120 |^A small group of people had gathered outside the shop B11 121 window. ^They gazed at us with the same blank expression B11 122 people have when they're watching television. B11 123 |^*"Let's go,**" he said. B11 124 |^*"We'll think about it,**" I said to the waterbed woman. B11 125 |^And we did. ^We decided to go to a family department B11 126 store that would understand the more respectable aspects of B11 127 bedding. B11 128 |^An elderly man in a grey cardigan and spectacles sailed B11 129 toward us like a bird of prey. B11 130 |^We found a waterbed that looked like a conventional one. B11 131 ^We said we'd take it because we didn't want to drag ourselves B11 132 around any more shops. ^His beady eye roamed over us both. B11 133 |^*"Do you want it tonight?**" B11 134 |^*"That would be nice.**" B11 135 |^He tried to repress an evil cackle. ^I wanted to say we'd B11 136 been married for 100 years and simply wanted some sleep. ^But B11 137 that, I suspected, would destroy his fantasy. ^Going by the B11 138 delightful flush on his face he'd always dreamed of a couple B11 139 marching in and demanding a bed immediately. ^At last, it had B11 140 come true. B11 141 |^With an operatic gesture he called the delivery boys out B11 142 the back. B11 143 |^*"These people need a bed tonight!**" he announced so the B11 144 whole shop could hear. B11 145 |^The delivery men looked at my husband with respect verging B11 146 on awe. ^Their imagination had already transformed the B11 147 pushchair into a double deluxe. B11 148 |^Dream on. B11 149 *<*6MOREOVER... *4by Miles Kington*> B11 150 * B11 151 |^*6D*2ONALD WOODS *0has called for a return of the great B11 152 writers to the world of cricket, and the Moreover computer B11 153 obliges with gripping test match coverage by the late, great B11 154 Lewis Carroll. B11 155 |^Humpty Dumpty was sitting with his legs crossed on a very B11 156 high wall, so narrow that she wondered how he could keep his B11 157 balance at all. ^His eyes were so fixed on what was happening B11 158 on the far side of the wall that for a moment she thought he B11 159 was fast asleep. B11 160 |^*"Perhaps I should wake him up before he falls off,**" B11 161 thought Alice to herself, when suddenly she was startled by a B11 162 remark he made into thin air. B11 163 |^*"And I think there's going to be a change of field!**" B11 164 |^*"It must be very difficult to change a field,**" said B11 165 Alice, out loud. ^*"All that digging and ploughing, and B11 166 remembering where everything went.**" B11 167 |^Humpty Dumpty turned to look at her very slowly and stared B11 168 at her as if her contribution was quite beneath contempt. ^*"I B11 169 am trying,**" he said at last, *"I am trying *- as hard as I B11 170 can *- to provide a commentary on this match for the television B11 171 viewers.**" B11 172 |^This statement made so little sense to Alice that she B11 173 could not even think of an answer. ^*"At the moment, child,**" B11 174 he said , *"the English side have their backs to the wall.**" B11 175 |^Alice looked at the wall and tried to imagine all the B11 176 English players cowering just beyond. ^*"Can they hear what B11 177 you are saying?**" B11 178 |^*"Of course not. ^They are in the middle of the field.**" B11 179 ^*"But I thought you were going to change the field.**" B11 180 |^This provoked such a long stare from Humpty Dumpty that she B11 181 feared she had offended him. ^*"The question is,**" said B11 182 Humpty Dumpty, *"the only question is, the only possible B11 183 question is, who is going to do the lunchtime summary with B11 184 Peter West, and miss his sandwiches.**" B11 185 |^*"I like sandwiches,**" Alice said bravely. ^*"I like egg B11 186 and cress, egg mayonnaise, egg and tomato...**" B11 187 |^Here Humpty Dumpty started swaying so violently that Alice B11 188 began to wonder if she could catch him, should he fall. ^*"It B11 189 is very provoking *- very *- to be called the contents of a B11 190 sandwich. ^Don't forget, by the way, that there is B11 191 ball-by-ball commentary on Radio Three.**" B11 192 |^*"What is a commentary, sir?**" B11 193 |^*"A commentary, child, is telling the viewers what they B11 194 can perfectly well see for themselves. ^A commentary is a B11 195 bunch of grown men laughing about Bill Frindall's beard. ^A B11 196 commentary is just what I want to mean and no more. ^And the B11 197 Indians are now in a very comfortable position.**" B11 198 |^Alice tried to imagine the Indians, perhaps having a B11 199 splendid picnic among their wigwams, but could not quite B11 200 visualise it. B11 201 |^*"As you seem so good with words, sir,**" she tried, B11 202 *"perhaps you could explain some poetry which I ...**" B11 203 |^*"I can recite poetry as well as the next man,**" Humpty B11 204 Dumpty said. ^*"Here is one which I call The Ballad Of The B11 205 Commentators. B11 206 **[POEM**] B11 207 |^*1In winter, when there's ice and snow, B11 208 See us all to India go. B11 209 ^In spring, when birds are giving voice, B11 210 We criticise the selectors' choice. B11 211 ^In summer, as the rainfall soaks, B11 212 Fred Truman tells some well-known jokes. B11 213 |^*0*"Do you do anything in autumn, sir?**" she inquired B11 214 politely, but he had started swaying excitedly again. ^*"Oh my B11 215 goodness,**" he said. ^*"I do believe he's going to go around B11 216 the wicket! ^What do you make of that, Ray?**" B11 217 |^Alice sensed that the conversation was over and started to B11 218 drift away, but as she left his presence, she could hear him B11 219 musing: B11 220 **[POEM**] B11 221 ^*1In autumn, when the football starts, B11 222 We live on listeners' cakes and tarts. B11 223 *<*0To whom it concerns*> B11 224 *<*4Southern View*> * B11 225 |^*6T*2HANK *0you for your letter, postmarked Auckland, B11 226 enclosing both your invoice and your sincere good wishes. B11 227 |^May I say that your expression of goodwill may have been B11 228 treated with rather more respect, had not the envelope in which B11 229 your missive arrived been addressed to *"{0PO} Box Nnn, B11 230 Dunedin, *2CHRISTCHURCH.**" B11 231 |^*0I have always suspected that you Aucklanders think of us B11 232 in the South as living in another, foreign, country; I confess B11 233 that I had not expected to have my prejudices confirmed in so B11 234 tangible a manner. B11 235 |^I find it interesting that the damn thing got here at all. B11 236 ^The envelope bore the signs of having been opened in B11 237 Canterbury, and I'm frankly astounded that it arrived at my B11 238 office, rather than being redirected northwards bearing the B11 239 legend, *"Address Unknown.**" B11 240 |^Either the Christchurch branch of the post office has B11 241 employed, presumably unknowingly, a downwardly mobile lateral B11 242 thinker, or they employ an ex-Dunediner who has fallen into the B11 243 trap of thinking that the grass is greener on the far side of B11 244 the Waitaki. B11 245 *# B12 001 **[056 TEXT B12**] B12 002 *<*5Not so charming*> B12 003 *<*4The Week with Harold Angel*> B12 004 |^*2EDITORIAL executives of the influential *1Economist B12 005 *0magazine must be squirming a little. ^The front page of the B12 006 magazine just a month ago featured a nuclear power plant under B12 007 the banner, *"The Charm of Nuclear Power.**" B12 008 |^Articles inside extolled the advantages of nuclear power B12 009 generation. B12 010 *<*4Minorities*> B12 011 *|^*2The *0legislation in the House this week on the status of B12 012 the Maori language recalls our reference a week or two ago to B12 013 the Birmingham City Council's difficulties in reconciling its B12 014 help for ethnic minorities with the demands of perhaps the B12 015 smallest of its minorities *- the Scots. B12 016 |^Birmingham, as you may remember, got the Gaels a bit B12 017 excited by giving its attention to almost everyone but them. B12 018 |^Now correspondents have suggested to the council, the B12 019 newspapers and anyone else who can read, that urgency should B12 020 be given to establishing evening classes and sandwich courses B12 021 in the Gaelic language. B12 022 |^But the classes should not stop there, they say. B12 023 ^Cultural pride dictates that courses should be introduced for B12 024 caber-making and tossing, malt whisky home brewing and tartan B12 025 tweed weaving. ^Harold refrains from drawing any antipodean B12 026 conclusions. B12 027 *<*4Reunion*> B12 028 |^*2THE NAME *0of a warship *- {0HMS} (later {0HMNZS}) B12 029 Achilles *- once rang triumphant bells all over New Zealand. B12 030 |^A total of nearly 3000 New Zealanders served in Achilles B12 031 from her arrival on the New Zealand naval station in 1936 B12 032 until she was sold to the Indian Navy 10 years later. B12 033 ^Thereafter, as {0INS} Delhi, she served for a further 30 B12 034 years before finally being scrapped. B12 035 |^Of those 3000 New Zealanders, *- many of whom joined as B12 036 boy seamen in this country *- were on board the Achilles B12 037 during the memorable Battle of the River Plate in December, B12 038 1939. B12 039 |^The the Achilles, with two other British cruisers, the B12 040 Ajax and Exeter, fought and crippled the more heavily armed B12 041 German pocket battleship Graf Spee and drove her to seek B12 042 shelter in Montevideo harbour. ^Later the German captain B12 043 scuttled the Graf Spee and shot himself. B12 044 |^But where are all those ex-Achilles men today? ^Ask Ivan B12 045 Sainty and Jack Harker, former Achilles men who are trying to B12 046 round up old shipmates for this reunion. B12 047 |^*"There must still be very many of them around New B12 048 Zealand,**" says Harker. ^*"Their former ranks would range B12 049 from ordinary seamen to rear-admiral and their ages from B12 050 mid-50s to late-70s. B12 051 |^*"But we're having a lot of trouble tracing some and B12 052 enthusing others.**" B12 053 *<*4Amiria's Hat*> B12 054 |^*2ANGEL *0followers with long memories may recall B12 055 Harold's memorial tribute a couple of years ago to that lovely B12 056 gentle woman of Herne Bay, Amiria Stirling. B12 057 |^The lady who spread her aura of love from the inner city B12 058 lives on in the memory with a Herne Bay street named in her B12 059 honour, but her tender spirit will also guide youngsters in B12 060 the future. B12 061 |^When she died Harold recalled the touching story of the B12 062 pigeon which landed on her hat one day in the city. B12 063 |^She refused to disturb the tired bird *- not for the town B12 064 hall doorman, nor the bus driver, nor the taxi driver who B12 065 would not let her pass carrying *"her**" bird. ^Her gentle B12 066 nature won them all over. B12 067 |^Now the story of Amiria's hat has been told again. B12 068 ^Children's author Lois Burleigh began work on a book after B12 069 reading the tribute. B12 070 |^The book is published with illustrations by Christine B12 071 Ross and a translation by Arapera Blank. B12 072 |^The simply told story should win the hearts of the young B12 073 readers it is aimed at, as it did when it was first told, B12 074 prompting the five-year-olds from one Auckland school to pen B12 075 protests about unfeeling doormen, bus and taxi drivers. B12 076 |^The bilingual book, *1Amiria's Hat *0or *1Te Pootae o B12 077 Amiria, *0should be particularly popular in the kohanga reo B12 078 and primary schools. B12 079 *<*4Chinks Seen*> B12 080 |^*2DEFENCE *0talks between Australia and New Zealand in B12 081 the past few days have exposed a few chinks in the Anzus B12 082 armour. ^Australia is prepared to defend its southeastern B12 083 flank after all. B12 084 |^And from the Australian press comes a little moral B12 085 support for our Rainbow Warrior position. B12 086 |^The *1National Times, *0published from Canberra, in its B12 087 comment on President Reagan's Libyan exercises, asked the B12 088 other day: *"since *'irrefutable evidence**' of state B12 089 terrorism seems to be the sine qua non of exemplary B12 090 retaliatory bombardment, who holds the most irrefutable hand B12 091 of them all? B12 092 |^*"The New Zealanders, of course. ^With a guilty plea on B12 093 record from those responsible for the death of a member of the B12 094 Rainbow Warrior's crew, New Zealand's course is now clear,**" B12 095 said a *1Times *0Column. B12 096 |^*"Margaret Thatcher will surely acquiesce to a bomb-laden B12 097 helicopter being dispatched from New Zealand House in London B12 098 to drop its load on Mitterrand's Elysee Palace. ^It is to be B12 099 hoped there will be no bombardier inaccuracy which might B12 100 inadvertently visit collateral damage on the United States B12 101 Embassy in Paris.**" B12 102 *|^*2OUR *0farmers, when they get home from their B12 103 budget-priced holidays in the capital, might pay closer B12 104 attention to the cushioning European farmers get from the B12 105 Common Agricultural Policy and reports from an advertising B12 106 agency that new tractors in Europe now include radios as B12 107 standard equipment. B12 108 *<*6Standoff*> B12 109 *<*4{0WP} Reeves*> B12 110 |^*6T*2HE MOST *0charitable thing to be said about those B12 111 rebel Cavaliers is that they tried to administer the comfort B12 112 of last rites to their beleaguered and intransigent hosts: one B12 113 final taste of intoxicating rugby fever to the doctrinaire B12 114 sinners before the holocaust. B12 115 |^This week, freed of all pretences about the virtues of B12 116 sport as bridge-builder, we have been hearing the ominous B12 117 ticking of South Africa's doomsday clock. B12 118 |^I have never been one to attribute much intelligence to B12 119 the rugby mind. ^It is a one-track phenomenon. ^The B12 120 interesting and portentous situation which arose when those B12 121 renegade All Blacks took off was that two rugby forces now B12 122 travel the single track *- in opposite directions. ^Collision B12 123 is inevitable. B12 124 |^If we set aside for the moment the far graver human B12 125 tragedy being acted out in the republic and in which the B12 126 footballers chose to meddle in a dangerously partisan and B12 127 inflammatory way, we can examine the crisis into which rugby B12 128 orthodoxy is plunged by its soft rebuke of officials and B12 129 players who defy its will. B12 130 |^The players who sneaked off were lured, if not by gold, B12 131 then by dreams of dealing humiliatingly with their ancient B12 132 rivals on their own patch. ^They went, they saw (largely what B12 133 as guests they were encouraged by their blinkered hosts to B12 134 see), but, shame, shame, they didn't conquer. B12 135 |^The trip was also meant to assuage hurt and anger at B12 136 having been denied at the last moment all those months ago the B12 137 right to proceed to South Africa with the blessing of their B12 138 union and in uniforms emblazoned with the proud silver fern. B12 139 |^Boys being boys, who could blame them for finding a way B12 140 around the court's injunction and proceeding, as the Prime B12 141 Minister opined they were entitled to do, as individuals? B12 142 ^Though the country was again divided, the weight of opinion B12 143 lay narrowly with the naughty. B12 144 |^But why should they be rebels? ^Who turned them into B12 145 mutineers? ^Who denied them the status many felt was filched B12 146 from them? ^After all, the union had sanctioned last year's B12 147 aborted trip. ^Had \0Mr Blazey and his men suddenly been B12 148 struck by the conscience which troubled almost half the B12 149 country? B12 150 |^Were moral and political factors, previously brushed B12 151 aside as irrelevant to the union's central commitment to the B12 152 pursuit of rugby interests, threatening like flood waters to B12 153 undermine the foundations of its resolution? ^Such a B12 154 turn-around was never a prospect. ^Suddenly the union found B12 155 itself struggling to maintain its authority and control of the B12 156 game. B12 157 |^The reason we were staggered to find the rugby fraternity B12 158 so surprisingly at odds, had nothing therefore to do with what B12 159 was going on in South Africa. ^If the honour of All Black B12 160 status was withdrawn from \0Mr Dalton's men *- at least for B12 161 the duration of the tour plus one test *- it was not because B12 162 the rugby union council was at last convinced that our B12 163 presence in South Africa gave comfort to a frightened regime B12 164 that uses the full panoply of its army and police to herd, B12 165 deny and savage its majority people. B12 166 *<*4Authority*> B12 167 |^*0Nor had it miraculously been persuaded to have regard B12 168 for New Zealand's good name abroad. ^The relationship between B12 169 playing apartheid's game and the sharpening focus of racial B12 170 issues at home found no cogent part in determining the union's B12 171 stance. B12 172 |^Inhibited by law from dispatching a team of its own, the B12 173 union would discourage sides going to South Africa under their B12 174 own steam. ^It had to do so if it were to retain its eminence B12 175 and authority. ^These were dangerous times for the rugby B12 176 hierarchy anyway. ^The spectre of professionalism was rising. B12 177 ^Defenders of the amateur code had seen what had happened to B12 178 cricket. B12 179 |^That example, and the skinflint practices the rugby B12 180 authorities had pursued from time immemorial, had bred B12 181 dissatisfactions among many leading players. ^To the citadels B12 182 of rugby, South Africa's ploy of welcoming unofficial teams B12 183 seemed too much like the thin end of a very damaging wedge. B12 184 ^This was why the International Rugby Board was so vehement in B12 185 its opposition to the tour and roundly condemned the South B12 186 Africans for arranging it. B12 187 |^So we see that there has really been no change of heart B12 188 on the part of the rugby orthodoxy. ^It continues to put rugby B12 189 first and believes that that interest is best served by the B12 190 retention of the amateur standard. B12 191 *<*4McLean on Sport*> B12 192 *<*4Farm Panacea In Horse Breeding*> B12 193 |^Would it be paradoxical for New Zealand sheep, dairy and B12 194 cattle farmers to trade their way out of current problems by B12 195 breeding a horse, or horses, for showjumping? B12 196 |^*0Decidedly not, according to one of the great American B12 197 experts in equestrianism, Bernie Traurig, of San Diego, B12 198 California. B12 199 |^*"The Dutch do it, the West Germans do it,**" says B12 200 41-year-old Traurig. ^*"Why shouldn't Kiwis?**" B12 201 |^Traurig, who will end a 10-day tour of the North Island B12 202 today and whose pleasures in his visit have been modified by B12 203 the bug he picked up on the flight from Los Angeles, speaks as B12 204 an expert on the three disciplines of showjumping, dressage B12 205 and three-day eventing trials. B12 206 |^In his late teens, he represented the United States for B12 207 three years in three-day horse trials. ^Later, he was a member B12 208 of the United States showjumping team on four occasions, B12 209 including the 1982 world championships. ^He was an alternate B12 210 on United States dressage teams. B12 211 |^Based in Pennsylvania for 10 years and Wisconsin for B12 212 seven, he moved to the balmy southern Californian climate B12 213 eight months ago. B12 214 *<*4Illness*> B12 215 |^*0Now established as one of the first two or three B12 216 coaches in the States and reputed to have hands which are like B12 217 liquid, he tours his own country extensively to stage training B12 218 classes for riders and horses. B12 219 |^Despite his brief but unpleasant illness in New Zealand, B12 220 he staged several clinics and was a special guest at the Bell B12 221 Tea grand prix World Cup and other events which were held at B12 222 the Isola equestrian centre at the weekend. B12 223 |^He lives, by New Zealand standards, in the stratospheric B12 224 world of showjumping (now, apparently, his chief interest). B12 225 ^Sales of *+${0US}200,000 to *+$US400,000 are commonplace for B12 226 quality horses. ^One horse, The Natural, recently sold for B12 227 *+${0US}1 million and as far back as 1974, one of his horses, B12 228 Jet Run, was sold to the Mexicans for *+${0US}300,000. B12 229 |^Traurig claims to have been impressed by the qualities, B12 230 actual and latent, of both Kiwi horses and riders. ^He B12 231 foresees no difficulty in New Zealand's fielding a showjumping B12 232 team at the Seoul Olympics, with such as Harvey Wilson and B12 233 Crosby, John Cottle and two promising young horses, Colin B12 234 McIntosh, who also has a couple of good 'uns, and David B12 235 Murdoch, whose Gallipoli is, he believes, in world class. B12 236 |^But Traurig's real concern is that Kiwi farmers latch on B12 237 to the possibilities of horse breeding for showjumping rather B12 238 than racing. B12 239 *<*4Foal*> B12 240 |^*0Scores of farmers in Holland and West Germany who B12 241 mainly raise cows, goats and pigs vary this routine, Traurig B12 242 says, by each raising a horse on their small properties. ^The B12 243 basic requirement is a good brood mare which can be covered by B12 244 a stallion for about *+$500. B12 245 |^The foal is raised for about three years, cheaply *- B12 246 perhaps for about *+$1000 a year in New Zealand terms *- and B12 247 is then put to one of the numerous auctions at which a good B12 248 average price is *+${0US}10,000. B12 249 *# B13 001 **[057 TEXT B13**] B13 002 *<*4When moaning is not enough*> B13 003 * B13 004 |^*6O*2NE of *0my outstanding memories of 1985 is the sight of B13 005 diners in a restaurant rising in near mutiny against the B13 006 standard of cooking. B13 007 |^It is a sight I had never thought to see in Britain and B13 008 don't suppose I will see again, as the British do not like to B13 009 complain about food. ^We are, in fact, looked down on by B13 010 Continentals for not complaining; an eminent Italian B13 011 restaurateur once told me that the only method of protest we B13 012 had was not coming back again, so the poor restaurant owner B13 013 never found out what he was doing wrong. ^Complain, he told B13 014 me. B13 015 |^There is a school of thought which says that we don't B13 016 complain because we don't know there is anything wrong with the B13 017 food. ^Jonathan Green has just put out a sparkling anthology B13 018 of writing about food and drink (*1Consuming Passion, *0Sphere) B13 019 in which an American, Waverley Root, is quoted as follows: B13 020 ^*"Every country possesses, it seems, the sort of cuisine it B13 021 deserves... ^I used to think that the notoriously bad cooking of B13 022 the English was an example to the contrary, and that the B13 023 English cook the way they do because, through sheer technical B13 024 deficiency, they had not been able to master the art of B13 025 cooking. ^I have discovered to my stupefaction that the B13 026 English cook that way because that is the way they like it.**" B13 027 |^In answer to criticisms like these (which contain a large B13 028 ration of truth) it is normal to point out that things have got B13 029 a lot better recently, that Elizabeth David created a B13 030 middle-class revolution in cooking, that brilliant young English chefs B13 031 are springing up all over the place and so on. B13 032 |^The sort of cooking Waverley Root is talking about, we are B13 033 given to understand, is confined to roadside cafes and official B13 034 banquets. ^Yet the restaurant in which I witnessed this near B13 035 mutiny was a very posh, nouvelle-influenced restaurant in an B13 036 old town house in a northern cathedral city *- the menu was B13 037 freely sprinkled with words like mousseline and veloute, which B13 038 shows the chef had certainly read the right books. B13 039 |^I started off with a platter of smoked fish (has anyone B13 040 ever heard anyone saying the word *"platter**" in real life?) B13 041 which was fine. ^My friend had a special chef's salad, which B13 042 was terrible, smothered in tomatoey salad cream. ^She followed B13 043 it with venison, which was lumpy and disagreeable. ^I followed B13 044 it with rack of lamb, which was rotten. ^I mean literally B13 045 rotten *- the meat had gone off, and the cooking and sauce B13 046 could not disguise the smell of putrefaction. ^It was so bad B13 047 that even the head waiter had to agree that it was off. B13 048 |^Five minutes later I noticed that two women dining by B13 049 themselves at the next table were also expostulating to the B13 050 waiter. ^I leant over and asked them if they had had an B13 051 unfortunate meal. B13 052 |^*"Unfortunate?**" said one. ^*"It's been terrible! ^What B13 053 they served us hardly resembled the description on the menu. B13 054 ^I'm asking for my bill to be reduced by half. ^And the couple B13 055 who have just gone out, they actually left without paying.**" B13 056 |^There was only one other couple still eating, an elderly B13 057 industrialist and his mistress. ^(Their loud conversation had B13 058 left no doubt on this score.) ^One of the women called over to B13 059 ask them if they were enjoying their meal. B13 060 |^*"My chicken's lovely,**" the mistress said startled. B13 061 |^*"You're eating veal, dear,**" her companion said. ^We B13 062 discounted them as serious witnesses and went back to the B13 063 enjoyable task of complaining about the food, which was B13 064 something of a novel experience for us. ^Because the truth is B13 065 that the British are very good at grumbling, and very bad at B13 066 complaining. B13 067 |^We whinge and moan and grumble among ourselves, but we B13 068 simply won't go to the management and complain. ^How often B13 069 have you sat in a cinema watching a film which was slightly out B13 070 of focus, or slightly inaudible, or suffering from bad reel B13 071 changes? ^And how often has anyone gone to find the manager to B13 072 complain? B13 073 |^How often have we found a train withdrawn, or a buffet B13 074 service withdrawn from a train, and actually written to B13 075 complain about it? B13 076 |^How many people have spent their lives grumbling at bus B13 077 stops, waiting for buses that came four at a time very B13 078 occasionally, without once writing to complain about it? B13 079 |^Well, having tried complaining, if only in a restaurant, I B13 080 can recommend it. ^Not only does it bring results, you get to B13 081 meet new people. B13 082 |^So this year I'm giving up grumbling and taking up B13 083 complaining. ^Think of all those new people I'm going to meet B13 084 the fun I'm going to have. ^It might even raise standards as B13 085 well. B13 086 *<*4The lepers of the travel world*> B13 087 * B13 088 |^*6T*2HE *0woman behind sat hunched over a paper bag. B13 089 |^I quickly averted my eyes in case it was infectious, like B13 090 yawning. B13 091 |^At least there's something good about flying. ^It's over B13 092 fast. ^I figured it was worth the vast fare to reduce five B13 093 hours struggling with the baby in the car to one hour of this. B13 094 |^Women with babies are the lepers of the travel world. ^We B13 095 were bunched together at the front of the plane so we wouldn't B13 096 remind other passengers of the messiness of humanity in the B13 097 raw. B13 098 |^The woman across the aisle with a six-week-old at her B13 099 breast spoke to her two pre-schoolers in a voice that was B13 100 terrifyingly calm. B13 101 |^*"If you don't shut up the lady will growl and she won't B13 102 give you a lolly.**" B13 103 |^We were due to land when the loudspeaker crackled and the B13 104 pilot announced he would have to divert to another airport due B13 105 to bad weather. ^A bus would take us the rest of the way *- a B13 106 journey I knew would take at least 2 1/2 hours. B13 107 |^The woman behind looked no better after we had landed. ^I B13 108 shuffled down the aisle to the air hostess, who was waiting to B13 109 issue bright farewells. B13 110 |^*"Where can I get milk for the baby?**" I said. B13 111 |^She looked vague and restless. B13 112 |^*"Oh, there's a cafeteria...**" she said, almost shoving B13 113 me down the steps. B13 114 |^My faith in humanity was renewed when two bustling B13 115 middle-aged men welcomed me into their kitchen. B13 116 |^*"Milk, dear? ^Help yourself. ^And let me get you a high B13 117 chair.**" B13 118 |^The atmosphere was frantic as they slapped egg sandwiches B13 119 and salad rolls together. ^It was a feast provided free by the B13 120 airline to pacify the passengers. B13 121 |^*"They only gave us 10 minutes warning,**" one said, B13 122 wiping his hands on a cream-coloured pinny. ^*"Hurry up with B13 123 those custard tarts!**" B13 124 |^I met the other mother outside at the luggage trolley. B13 125 ^Like me, she was rustling through her suitcase for napkins and B13 126 bibs. B13 127 |^*"Guess what?**" she said heartily. ^*"She pooed all over B13 128 me!**" B13 129 |^The sick woman was carried away in an ambulance. ^For a B13 130 fleeting moment, I wished I could have gone with her. B13 131 |^The bus was nearly full. ^All the go-getters had grabbed B13 132 the window seats. ^Mouths were set in cold, uncharitable B13 133 lines. ^I searched for a face that was kind. B13 134 |^Babies tend to get on well with people who look like B13 135 babies. ^With profuse apologies we sat next to a man without a B13 136 single hair on his head. B13 137 |^As the road unravelled, he revealed every detail of his B13 138 job to do with circuits. ^He occasionally dipped into his B13 139 paperback about life after the nuclear explosion. ^But it B13 140 wasn't long before he'd emerge to lecture me about his other B13 141 obsession. ^Science fiction. B13 142 |^The baby grew restless. ^I carried her to the back of the B13 143 bus. ^There on the back seat sat the other mother with her B13 144 baby, who wouldn't stop howling. B13 145 |^*"Are you pleased it's a girl?**" I said in a desperate B13 146 attempt to cheer things up a bit. B13 147 |^*"Oh yes, I really wanted one.**" B13 148 |^*"Girls are nice,**" I said. B13 149 |^*"Much better than boys,**" the mother said. B13 150 |^*"Yes, much better!**" her pre-school daughter piped up. B13 151 ^*"Boys are made of slugs and snails and puppy dogs' tails.**" B13 152 |^Her brother kicked the seat in front of him and muttered B13 153 to himself in a way that seemed habitual. B13 154 |^*"But boys are nice, too,**" I said, appalled at the B13 155 situation I'd created. B13 156 |^*"No, they're not,**" the daughter snapped. ^*"And guess B13 157 what mothers are made of? ^Nothing at all!**" B13 158 |^The journey seemed to have no end. ^Several times, I B13 159 contemplated flinging myself and the baby out into the rain. B13 160 ^I thought about the air hostess tucked up in some swanky hotel B13 161 drinking gin and tonics. B13 162 |^My nerve endings had shut down when we finally arrived. B13 163 ^Our flight had begun a little more than five hours before. B13 164 ^We should have hit Honolulu by now. B13 165 *<*4Politics with Simon Collins*> B13 166 *<*4Once-powerful Lobby Groups Have Lost Some Clout*> B13 167 |^With barely a whimper of effective opposition, the B13 168 Government has adopted one of the most left-wing foreign B13 169 policies, and one of the most right-wing economic policies, in B13 170 the Western world. B13 171 |^*0New Zealand participation in the Anzus Pact, the basis B13 172 of its security for a generation, has been effectively B13 173 suspended. ^Efforts by \0Dr Jim Sprott and the National Party B13 174 to oppose this turnaround have been lost in the wind. B13 175 |^\0Mr Roger Douglas has introduced a harder-line monetarist B13 176 policy than \0Mrs Margaret Thatcher ever dared, and pushed B13 177 through a tax reform which \0Mr Paul Keating had to retreat B13 178 from in the face of opposition from Australian unions. ^In B13 179 this country, union and Labour Party critics have been voices B13 180 in the wilderness. B13 181 |^Yet a bill to decriminalise homosexuality, already well B13 182 accepted overseas, has run into such a storm of protest, B13 183 including a petition signed by a quarter of the population, B13 184 that it is now in real danger of being lost. B13 185 |^On Wednesday, within hours of each other, \0Dr Sprott and B13 186 6000 farmers again challenged the Government's foreign and B13 187 economic policies on the steps of Parliament. B13 188 *<*5Well-organised Lobbying*> B13 189 |^*0Their presence posed the question: why tweak the tail of B13 190 politicians running scared before the Moral Majority? B13 191 |^Their failure is certainly not for lack of well-organised B13 192 lobby groups. ^\0Dr Sprott and his pro-Anzus band have tried B13 193 their own petition to Parliament, drawing 70,000 signatures. B13 194 |^Under \0Mr Jim McLay the National Party, with its B13 195 unrivalled nationwide party membership, made Anzus its chief B13 196 cause. B13 197 |^Equally, Federated Farmers has been marching and rallying B13 198 against Government economic policies around the provinces for B13 199 more than six months now. B13 200 |^The Government responded with soothing noises, and knows B13 201 that it will need to help refinance the most desperate farmers B13 202 to avert a collapse of the financial system which has funded B13 203 higher livestock numbers in the last few years. B13 204 |^But farmers hoping for handouts will be disappointed for B13 205 it is clear that, notwithstanding well-organised lobby groups, B13 206 urban opinion has swung, if anything, behind Labour's B13 207 anti-nuclear policy and against complaining farmers. B13 208 *<*5Neutralised Opposition*> B13 209 |^*0With the exception of the latest blip in the opinion B13 210 polls following the election of \0Mr Jim Bolger as National B13 211 leader, public support has been solidly for Labour. ^\0Mr B13 212 David Lange remains easily the most popular politician in the B13 213 country. B13 214 |^There are at least two reasons for this. B13 215 |^First, Labour has, perhaps more by accident than design, B13 216 assembled a bizarre collection of policies from both Left and B13 217 Right which has effectively neutralised opposition from both B13 218 ends of the spectrum. B13 219 |^The right-wing business sector, which would normally be B13 220 the most vigorous defender of the American connection, has B13 221 cold-shouldered \0Dr Sprott and \0Mr McLay because it is happy B13 222 with \0Mr Douglas' *"free-market**" economic policy. B13 223 |^And the left-wing unions, though likely to confirm at the B13 224 Federation of Labour conference next week that they are wholly B13 225 opposed to *"Rogernomics,**" have been hamstrung by their B13 226 dependence on the Labour Government to protect compulsory B13 227 unionism and the national award system. ^They also support its B13 228 foreign policy. B13 229 *<*5Fair Share Of Market*> B13 230 |^*0National, under \0Mr Bolger, still represents B13 231 conservative, or *"realist,**" opinion on moral issues, foreign B13 232 policy, law and order and industrial relations, and in a B13 233 general suspicion of the welfare state. B13 234 |^Labour still represents radical, or *"idealist,**" opinion B13 235 in its foreign policy, in its social reforms such as the B13 236 Ministry of Women's Affairs and Maori language legislation, and B13 237 in an economic policy, which actually combines the free market B13 238 for goods with a redistribution of income through family B13 239 support and the guaranteed minimum family income to ensure that B13 240 everyone has a fair share of that market. B13 241 *# B14 001 **[058 TEXT B14**] B14 002 *<*4{0PM} aims to satisfy honour*> *<*5Mediator for Rainbow B14 003 affair?*> *<*4By *6BERNARD LAGAN*> *<*4Political B14 004 correspondent*> B14 005 |^*0Barely 11 months since French saboteurs blasted the B14 006 Rainbow Warrior to the sea bottom at Auckland's Marsden Wharf, B14 007 Prime Minister David Lange will next week put to his Cabinet B14 008 serious proposals designed to satisfy French and New Zealand B14 009 honour in the affair. B14 010 |^Dutch Prime Minister Ruud Lubbers' proposal that an B14 011 independent mediator be called in to arbitrate between New B14 012 Zealand and France will be put before the Cabinet by \0Mr Lange B14 013 *- four days after his return from Europe this week. B14 014 |^The initiative, when it was put to \0Mr Lange by \0Mr B14 015 Lubbers in The Hague last weekend, appeared to be received more B14 016 positively by \0Mr Lange than any other proposal yet put B14 017 forward to rescue the soured French-New Zealand relationship. B14 018 |^It was, said \0Mr Lange, a proposal that *"had the seeds B14 019 of credibility**". B14 020 |^The Dutch Prime Minister did not fly kites, he noted. B14 021 |^The Dutch proposal was not, according to informed sources, B14 022 telegraphed in advance to \0Mr Lange before his visit to The B14 023 Hague but it has become readily apparent during the week that a B14 024 substantive amount of work had been done by \0Mr Lubbers and B14 025 the new French Prime Minister, \0Mr Chirac. B14 026 |^The pair, who have had a long personal friendship, first B14 027 discussed it at the Tokyo summit of Western leaders in April. B14 028 ^Shortly after \0Mr Lange left \0Mr Lubbers' office, \0Mr B14 029 Lubbers called \0Mr Chirac to tell him of \0Mr Lange's B14 030 reaction. B14 031 |^An official statement was issued from Paris almost B14 032 immediately: B14 033 |^*"The French authorities receive the appeal which has just B14 034 been made (by \0Mr Lubbers) with interest and with an open B14 035 mind. ^At this point no further commentary will be given.**" B14 036 |^Just what caused the Dutch Prime Minister to intervene in B14 037 the affair remains unclear. ^But the consensus in Wellington B14 038 is that the Dutch, who presently chair the Council of Ministers B14 039 in the {0EC} community, may have been persuaded to take the B14 040 initiative by senior {0EC} officials, known as the {0EC} B14 041 commission, who foresee the damage that could be caused within B14 042 the {0EC} by France's sanctions and threats directed toward New B14 043 Zealand. B14 044 |^The most important of these considerations is that the B14 045 threatened French veto to block New Zealand exports to the B14 046 {0EC} has the potential to seriously split the {0EC} member B14 047 countries. ^Britain, in particular would stand to be seriously B14 048 embarrassed because of its commitment to go in to bat for new B14 049 Zealand within the {0EC}. B14 050 |^At a time when the {0EC} member countries are attempting B14 051 to present a united and strong front toward the United States B14 052 *- in the face of a threatened trade war *- there is little B14 053 room for divisions inside the {0EC}. B14 054 |^And it just so happened that a few days after the Dutch B14 055 proposal was put to \0Mr Lange, the Dairy Board announced grim B14 056 news for New Zealand's dairy farmers; because of the rising B14 057 Kiwi dollar and low world dairy prices, dairy farmers were told B14 058 to expect returns from milk products to drop by nearly half B14 059 this year. ^The average dairy farmers' gross income is set to B14 060 crash by nearly *+$36,000. B14 061 |^Overseas Trade Minister Mike Moore leaves Wellington this B14 062 week on a save the butter exports campaign in the knowledge B14 063 that decisions on how much butter New Zealand can export to B14 064 Britain will be made in August. ^The {0EC} has 1.1 million B14 065 tonnes of butter in storage. ^The impetus, therefore, from New B14 066 Zealand's point of view to resolve the matter with France is B14 067 great. B14 068 |^It will be amid this background that \0Mr Lange puts the B14 069 Lubbers' **[SIC**] proposal before Cabinet. B14 070 |^However over the course of last week and the weekend, \0Mr B14 071 Lange's early enthusiasm for the Dutch proposal seemed to wane. B14 072 |^On Saturday he told reporters travelling with him that B14 073 there could be no advancement on the mediation proposal while B14 074 France continued with unofficial blockages of New Zealand B14 075 imports. ^The one in existence concerns the non-renewal of B14 076 licences to French importers to buy New Zealand lambs' brains. B14 077 |^This, according to those who have been close to the recent B14 078 dealings with France, reflects a careful assessment by \0Mr B14 079 Lange and some of his key Ministers back home *- notably Acting B14 080 Prime Minister and Attorney General, Geoffrey Palmer *- of the B14 081 real implications of accepting an outside mediator to solve the B14 082 row. B14 083 |^It is certain that the key issue on which a mediator would B14 084 have to decide is the future of the two French agents, Alain B14 085 Mafart and Dominique Prieur who are serving 10 year jail terms B14 086 in New Zealand prisons for their role in the sinking of the B14 087 Rainbow Warrior. B14 088 |^The key question is whether the Lange Government could B14 089 allow itself to be bound by a mediator's decision to transfer B14 090 the agents out of New Zealand. B14 091 |^The Government is currently in real doubt over the B14 092 strength of the political backlash that such a decision might B14 093 bring. B14 094 |^Are New Zealanders ready to trade off the two agents to B14 095 restore goodwill in the vital European butter markets? B14 096 |^And in a Cabinet sprinkled with lawyers including the B14 097 former law professor, \0Mr Palmer, what could be said of B14 098 acceptance of such a decision in the light of the Chief B14 099 Justice's statement when sentencing Mafart and Prieur that they B14 100 should not expect a short holiday before leaving New Zealand. B14 101 |^While \0Mr Lange has maintained there will be no early B14 102 *"return to freedom**" for the two agents, what would B14 103 constitute their *"custody**" outside of New Zealand is very B14 104 much a matter for negotiation. B14 105 |^To an extent \0Mr Palmer last week in Parliament attempted B14 106 to gauge answers to some of these questions prior to \0Mr B14 107 Lange's return. B14 108 |^\0Mr Palmer took the unexpected step of making a Ministerial B14 109 statement to parliament on the Lubbers' **[SIC**] proposal, B14 110 which, as Opposition leader Jim Bolger noted, said nothing B14 111 substantially new upon what \0Mr Lange had already said. B14 112 |^The Palmer statement was also an attempt *- although it B14 113 would not be admitted *- to seek both public and Opposition B14 114 feedback on the mediation proposal. B14 115 |^But \0Mr Bolger was not forthcoming in Parliament. B14 116 |^However at a press conference on Thursday he responded in B14 117 a manner which signalled caution for the Government. B14 118 |^*"Is the third party mediator going to be given an open B14 119 hand on the future of the two agents. ^If they (the B14 120 Government) are going to somehow circumvent the law, then I'm B14 121 sure most New Zealanders will oppose it,**" said \0Mr Bolger. B14 122 |^\0Mr Bolger took the view that the judiciary must remain B14 123 separate from the political process. B14 124 |^If the Government judges that it is now moving too far B14 125 ahead of current feeling in New Zealand toward the two agents B14 126 *- in the light of the state of the dairy industry *- then one B14 127 strategy under consideration will be to move quietly on the B14 128 Lubbers' proposal but apply pressure on the National Party by B14 129 accusing it of not putting farmers' interests first. B14 130 |^In the meantime it will continue to assess the public B14 131 reaction on mediation with France *- and the implications that B14 132 has for the transfer out of New Zealand for Mafart and Prieur B14 133 *- and make a decision on the principle of mediation upon \0Mr B14 134 Lange's return to the Cabinet table next week. B14 135 *<*4Waitangi Ceremony Shift Interim Measure*> B14 136 * B14 137 |^*4Holding the official Waitangi Day ceremony in the B14 138 Beehive banquet hall this week was clearly only an interim B14 139 solution to a thorny problem. B14 140 |^*0The shift to Wellington was prompted, largely, by a wish B14 141 to avoid the angry scenes of confrontation that have marked in B14 142 recent years the commemoration in Waitangi of the treaty's B14 143 signing. B14 144 |^But the decision also reflected the concern of the B14 145 Government at the widespread unease in New Zealand over race B14 146 relations. B14 147 |^It is an unease which some attribute to resistance in the B14 148 community to the amount of sympathy the Government is showing B14 149 to the Maori cause. B14 150 |^Others say it is simply intolerance, an inability to B14 151 adjust to changing times. B14 152 *<*5Pressure By Marxists*> B14 153 |^*0And it is an unease that is fuelled by statements like B14 154 that from the Opposition spokesman on Maori affairs, \0Mr B14 155 Winston Peters, who says New Zealand faces bloodshed unless B14 156 Moscow and Cuba-trained marxists promoting Maori grievances are B14 157 countered. B14 158 |^The reception at the Beehive on Thursday involved many B14 159 cultures and people of many ages. ^It was a departure from the B14 160 divisive, unseemly scenes which have marred Waitangi. B14 161 |^That was in spite of the efforts of rowdy protesters B14 162 outside the Beehive and a handful who briefly interrupted B14 163 proceedings inside. B14 164 |^But, while the Minister of Maori Affairs, \0Mr Wetere, B14 165 wants Maori and Pakeha to carry on debating the ceremony B14 166 question, he says he has *"no doubt**" that Waitangi will be B14 167 the official venue for the 1990 ceremony, when the 150th B14 168 anniversary is commemorated. B14 169 |^It is clear that much emotion and prejudice has crept into B14 170 the debate over Maori grievances and the honouring of the B14 171 treaty. B14 172 |^On the one hand, the Prime Minister, \0Mr Lange, speaks of B14 173 the sense of uneasiness that many have with the higher Maori B14 174 profile, and laments that *"too many Pakeha people are too B14 175 quick to condemn the public use of the Maori language.**" B14 176 |^On the other hand, a group calling itself the Pakeha B14 177 Coalition accused the Government this week of ignoring the B14 178 needs of the Maori people. B14 179 *<*5Confirmed By Record*> B14 180 |^*0The group labelled Thursday's reception at Parliament B14 181 *"a sham**" and claimed the Government was trying to divert B14 182 attention away from the vexed issue of honouring the treaty. B14 183 |^But its assessment would seem to be patently astray. B14 184 |^The Minister of Internal Affairs and Eastern Maori {0MP}, B14 185 \0Mr Tapsell, declared this week: ^*"We have probably gone B14 186 faster and further in Maori affairs than any other B14 187 government.**" B14 188 |^The Waitangi Tribunal has been expanded from three to B14 189 seven members and given the power to investigate Maori B14 190 grievances dating as far back as 1840. B14 191 |^Legislation widening the tribunal's powers is aimed at B14 192 crown land, and not privately owned property. B14 193 |^In other areas, legislation is to be introduced this year B14 194 making Maori an official language, Maori fishing rights are B14 195 being comprehensively reviewed and the Government has unveiled B14 196 a *+$1 million Maori unemployment package. B14 197 |^Following the hui taumata (Maori economic summit) in 1984 B14 198 the Maori Economic Development Commission has ensured there B14 199 have been *"real moves**" to cater for Maori needs, says \0Mr B14 200 Wetere. B14 201 |^And the proposed bill of rights will give legal backing to B14 202 the rights of Maoris under the Treaty of Waitangi, a point B14 203 which is expected to be widely discussed when the select B14 204 committee on the bill of rights starts hearing submissions in B14 205 Auckland on Tuesday. B14 206 |^So, while some believe the Government has neglected Maori B14 207 grievances and development, there has also emerged the B14 208 criticism that it has devoted excessive time and resources to B14 209 taha Maori. B14 210 |^\0Mr Tapsell says there is *"real danger of a backlash**" B14 211 from large numbers of Europeans who feel the Government has B14 212 been over-sympathetic to the Maori cause. B14 213 |^*"The Government is not supporting a wild and irrational B14 214 Maori cause. ^It clearly understands and sets out that there B14 215 are some injustices and we are trying to overcome them.**" B14 216 *<*5Widened Powers*> B14 217 |^*0The Opposition has been critical of the pace and nature B14 218 of its reforms in the race relations area. B14 219 |^National {0MP}s claim the widening of the Waitangi B14 220 Tribunal's powers will lead to a reopening of every past B14 221 dispute between Maori and Pakeha over land *- and B14 222 institutionalise racism. B14 223 |^And they say the shifting of the Waitangi Day ceremony to B14 224 the capital is symptomatic of the way the Labour Government is B14 225 putting the country's traditions under siege. B14 226 |^But the Government contends that the ceremony can be B14 227 returned to Waitangi once the Maori people have a greater B14 228 understanding of what Labour is trying to do. B14 229 |^Perceived inequalities are not going to disappear in the B14 230 short-term though. B14 231 |^\0Mr Tapsell said: ^*"I think people are going to be B14 232 satisfied once they see that the Government is at least moving B14 233 in the right direction and that there is real commitment to B14 234 change.**" B14 235 |^\0Mr Wetere believes people today are feeling more B14 236 confident about speaking Maori without fear of criticism and B14 237 that stems from reforms brought in by this Administration. B14 238 |^*"Sayings like kia ora seem to be more acceptable today. B14 239 ^That acceptance, I like to think, has been a result of our B14 240 approach and method of implementation. B14 241 |^*"We do not want to do things compulsorily. B14 242 *<*5Nothing To Hide*> B14 243 |^*"*0If they want to know about us, why not? ^We have B14 244 nothing to hide. ^We just want to share in the economy of this B14 245 country and be part of it, and add to it like all other B14 246 cultures. B14 247 |^*"I think that is what makes us rich.**" B14 248 |^\0Mr Lange, when speaking to Whakatane Rotarians last B14 249 month, said the Government had a capacity to help the economic B14 250 and social development of the Maori people, and reflect on B14 251 injustices they had suffered. B14 252 |^But, ultimately, the crux of good race relations came down B14 253 to our capacity for tolerance. B14 254 |^*"In the end it is all of us as individuals who must make B14 255 the choice between prejudice or avoidance of prejudice,**" he B14 256 said. ^*"It does us no harm to have a lesson in treating B14 257 others as we would like to be treated ourselves. B14 258 |^*"Too many Pakeha people are too quick to condemn the B14 259 public use of the Maori language, yet they would be vehement in B14 260 their outrage if anything as important to them as language is B14 261 to the Maori was set aside like that.**" B14 262 *# B15 001 **[059 TEXT B15**] B15 002 *<*4Heroin abuse myths*> B15 003 * B15 005 * B15 006 |^*0If we want a health education message to be received and B15 007 acted upon, the message must be true in all respects. B15 008 |^Obvious, you say? ^Perhaps not always. ^The B15 009 over-enthusiastic health educator may be tempted, with the best B15 010 intentions in the world, to tell a smoker that he or she will B15 011 surely die of the habit, only to be told about George Bernard B15 012 Shaw, or any number of octogenarian forty-a-day smokers. B15 013 |^After that, there will be little the health educator can B15 014 do to regain the attention of the smoker: in the latter's eyes, B15 015 he or she is already untrustworthy. B15 016 |^A recent study of heroin abuse in the north of England, B15 017 reported in the *"British Medical Journal,**" has shown that B15 018 the problem is surrounded by myths that can prevent effective B15 019 solutions. B15 020 |^For instance, aiming anti-heroin education at teenagers B15 021 may be largely a waste because the idea that young adolescents B15 022 are most at risk of becoming heroin users is wrong; the groups B15 023 at highest risk are in their late teenage and early twenties. B15 024 |^School heroin users are the rare exceptions, even in areas B15 025 where the general drug problem is great. ^In such places, the B15 026 school children are more likely to use solvents, tobacco and B15 027 alcohol. B15 028 |^Furthermore, the idea that heroin is instantly addictive B15 029 is fallacious. ^Occasional users know it is untrue, and will B15 030 be likely to ignore heroin education that contains that B15 031 message. B15 032 |^The advice to beware of strangers offering heroin B15 033 contradicts the evidence that most people who try it are B15 034 supplied by friends and neighbours who use the drug. B15 035 |^More useful than the usual drug education messages might B15 036 be those that tell the occasional recreational user how to B15 037 limit his or her drug use, and those that help people learn to B15 038 say *"^No**" to a friend. B15 039 |^Professor Geoffrey Pearson, of the Middlesex Polytechnic, B15 040 performed the survey at the request of the United Kingdom B15 041 Health Education Council. B15 042 |^He says that the terrifying reports of heroin withdrawal B15 043 are much exaggerated. ^Many users say that coming off heroin B15 044 is really no worse than having a dose of the flu. B15 045 |^The problem is in staying off the drug, and the reason B15 046 that that is a problem is as much social as anything. ^Heroin B15 047 gives pleasure and reassurance to the user, who builds a whole B15 048 lifestyle around the attempt to obtain a reliable supply; B15 049 staying off the drug leaves the user without the usual familiar B15 050 social contacts, lonely and isolated. B15 051 |^Health educators should forget the scare tactics, the B15 052 horror stories of *"doing cold turkey**" *- they are unlikely B15 053 to influence the potential user, and they may prevent the B15 054 established user from stopping. B15 055 |^Effective health educators should be aware that there are B15 056 different degrees of heroin use, and should target their health B15 057 messages accordingly. ^They should recognise that not all B15 058 heroin users are hopeless addicts at the *"drop-out**" level in B15 059 the social scale. B15 060 *<*4Inside sport*> B15 061 * B15 062 * B15 063 |^Leith Armit may be the prototype for the real New Zealand B15 064 yachtie. ^Maybe even sportsman. B15 065 |^To start with, he will next week defend his world \0OK B15 066 dinghy championship off Takapuna Beach. B15 067 |^He won it in Holland last northern summer, a repeat of the B15 068 victory he scored in the same event in Torquay, England in B15 069 1983. B15 070 |^At 25, single and completely devoted to his sport, he B15 071 brings a vast amount of experience to his quest for a third, B15 072 unique win. B15 073 |^Aucklander Armit actually sailed in his first worlds, also B15 074 in Holland, at the age of 17 and came second. ^At the same B15 075 regatta he took out the world junior \0OKs. B15 076 |^He doesn't, however shout his successes from the top of B15 077 his lightweight aluminium mast. B15 078 |^He is quiet, reticent even in talking about his career. B15 079 ^He doesn't make one complaint about the money he has earned as B15 080 a boatbuilder nearly all going towards his sport. B15 081 |^He has had some help from the {0NZ} Yachting Federation, B15 082 but nothing like the money poured into the other watersport B15 083 champions, such as the canoeists, by the {0NZ} Sports B15 084 Foundation. B15 085 *|^Like the 30 or so overseas yachties here for the worlds, B15 086 which start next Tuesday, he has been using the national titles B15 087 this week as a springboard for the major event. B15 088 |^The \0OKs are not an Olympic class and it appears B15 089 surprising that Armit has not shown greater keenness to move B15 090 into a 470 or Finn. B15 091 |^Then he tells you he did try for the Los Angeles in a B15 092 Finn, missed out because Russell Coutts was first in the B15 093 Olympic Sail. ^And Coutts, you will recall, won the gold B15 094 medal. ^Says Armit: B15 095 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] B15 096 |^The \0OK Armit is sailing this week and will use for the B15 097 worlds next week is mostly his own work. B15 098 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] B15 099 |^\0OKs weigh 72 kilos, are 4.3 \0m in length and carry just B15 100 the one main**[ARB**]-sail. ^They are very manoeuvrable and to B15 101 watch 10 or so of them trying to round a mark at the same time B15 102 is an eye**[ARB**]-opening experience. B15 103 |^The sturdily built Armit has trained hard for these B15 104 championships, finishing second to fellow Aucklander Mark Croad B15 105 in the national event. B15 106 |^His form in the seven races through this week brought a B15 107 return of 1-3-17-2-22-1-7. ^He may need better than that for B15 108 the worlds and a third title. B15 109 |^Out watching the fifth race on Tuesday morning *- that was B15 110 the race Armit came home 22nd, his worst performance *- the B15 111 massed start progress around the marks were **[SIC**] yachting B15 112 at its chaotic best, or worst. B15 113 |^Armit, though, goes out with no hard and fast plan and B15 114 next week he will be competing in a fleet of 52 when he had 84 B15 115 opponents in both his world championship-winning regattas. B15 116 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] B15 117 |^Armit keeps an open mind on his yachting future, but B15 118 besides his \0OK successes and tryout for Los Angeles, he has B15 119 packed in a fair chunk of big boat sailing. B15 120 |^That includes crewing on Canterbury Export in the B15 121 Admiral's Cup and One Ton Cup contests last year in Britain and B15 122 on Exador in the last Southern Cross Cup in Sydney. B15 123 |^Can he win a third worlds? *"^I'll tell you at the end of B15 124 the series. ^I'll be trying hard. ^Wouldn't you?**" B15 125 *|^*2THE WATERS *0off Takapuna or a few points north are B15 126 ideal for staging such important championships. ^And as a B15 127 backdrop to them is a super-smooth organisation. B15 128 |^Bev Roberts is in easy control at shore \0HQ and on four B15 129 days of the fortnight-long event, has her volunteer women on B15 130 the job making 100 lunches that are delivered to the B15 131 competitors and officials offshore. B15 132 |^Two days this week and two next, two races are held. B15 133 ^It's easier to hold the boats out there. ^So officials whip B15 134 these tasty affairs on to hungry young yachties. B15 135 |^This writer was aboard the yacht Arran for a close-up of B15 136 the fifth race, its skipper Roy McIntosh typical of the B15 137 volunteers that form the back-up brigade. B15 138 |^Also on board his Jim Young 34 were Rudi Hitz from Bad B15 139 Segeberg near Hamburg and father of West German entrant Karsten B15 140 Hitz (24), plus Lynn and Christine, wives of {0NZ} competitors B15 141 Hamish Dawson and Peter Kempkers respectively. B15 142 |^Alas Hitz, who had brought out his own boat at much B15 143 expense, finished 34th in race five, collided with another \0OK B15 144 in the sixth in the afternoon and was put right out of the B15 145 contest and the worlds next week. B15 146 |^Dawson and Kempkers were eager to make the top 20 New B15 147 Zealanders to finish and get into the {0NZ} team next week. B15 148 |^Kempkers finished 10th New Zealander in race five for 20th B15 149 overall then improved dramatically in the final races for 10th B15 150 New Zealander and easily into the side for the worlds. B15 151 |^Dawson wasn't as fortunate but, in the final count, he B15 152 secured a very creditable 23rd placing of the New Zealanders B15 153 competing. B15 154 |^One last word for two more key men who do as much as B15 155 anybody to see that all goes without hitches at sea *- Takapuna B15 156 Boating Club commodore Peter Page and officer of the day Colin B15 157 Thompson. B15 158 |^Page lays the Olympic courses without frills or fuss, an B15 159 eye forever on the switching winds to keep it as true as B15 160 possible. B15 161 |^*"It has to be true to get a fair test of B15 162 sportsmanship,**" says Page. B15 163 *<*2YOUR FOOD STYLE*> B15 164 *<*6JANICE BREMER*> B15 165 *<*2DIETITIAN*> B15 166 *<*7Dieting decisions...*> B15 167 *<*4Transition from losing to maintaining weight*> B15 168 |^*0Permanent weight loss is a very individual process. ^No B15 169 diet magazine, nor club or doctor is giving personal dietary B15 170 advice if their information is standardised, such as *"^Four B15 171 slices of bread for lunch.**" B15 172 |^The transition from losing weight, to maintaining weight, B15 173 is the real test of whether an individual has any idea of how B15 174 much food he or she can eat without gaining weight. ^This is B15 175 why any weight loss strategy must have at its core, the B15 176 maintenance diet. B15 177 |^In my last column I gave you the ten don'ts for successful B15 178 weight loss. ^Here are the ten do's. B15 179 |*4(1) ^Do the work yourself. B15 180 |^*0No single diet works for everyone and no successful B15 181 dieter can instruct other individuals. ^The most successful B15 182 eating pattern is home-built. ^Originally the notion of B15 183 prescribing a diet for weight reduction seems to have grown B15 184 from the assumption that knowledge about the caloric value of B15 185 foods was all that is needed. ^If this were so there would be B15 186 no overweight doctors, dietitians or nurses! ^Personal B15 187 motivation, individual behaviour and life occupations are B15 188 essential ingredients of the change process. B15 189 |*4(2) ^Do elect an interested checkmate. B15 190 |^*0This is most important especially if you want to lose B15 191 more than 15 kilograms or your weight has been going up and B15 192 down for some time. B15 193 |^The *"checkmate**" might be your doctor, a group club, a B15 194 counsellor or dietitian. B15 195 |^Check in for a weekly or fortnightly weighing to see the B15 196 results of your effort. ^You also need support in managing a B15 197 lower energy intake. B15 198 |^Without your *"checkmate**" it is difficult to find the B15 199 eating behaviour best suited to you. B15 200 |*4(3) ^Do eat regular meals. B15 201 |^*0This is step one in finding your own *"diet.**" ^People B15 202 who skip breakfast often have a metabolism that not only does B15 203 well in starvation (*"^I'm not hungry at breakfast**") but also B15 204 in feasting. ^That large meal at night is used very B15 205 efficiently and neatly stored as fat in case you starve B15 206 tomorrow. B15 207 |^Those who say, *"^I can't have lunch or I'll be drowsy in B15 208 the afternoon**" should have a good breakfast and a light B15 209 lunch. B15 210 |^Recent studies on soup consumption to slow down eating and B15 211 help fill the stomach, are encouraging for weight loss. ^Soup B15 212 with bread and fruit to follow is an ideal lunch. ^In summer B15 213 the soup can be replaced with salad or extra fruit. B15 214 |*4(4) ^Do eat all types of foods. B15 215 |^*0People who binge may need to avoid their binge foods at B15 216 first. ^But under supervision, these foods must be B15 217 reintroduced in controlled amounts at predetermined times, if B15 218 they are still desired foods. B15 219 |^Absolute exclusion of loved foods leads to cravings, B15 220 controlled inclusion serves to *"inoculate**" against binge B15 221 eating. ^Each person has to find their own level of energy B15 222 dense or high calorie food versus low calorie or energy dilute B15 223 foods. B15 224 |*4(5) ^Do keep a food diary. B15 225 |^*0Other life experiences can also be kept on this B15 226 inventory of eating habits. ^Gradually you make changes until B15 227 a steady weight loss is achieved. ^At any other time when B15 228 change is needed or a check on eating made, the recordings B15 229 should be resumed. B15 230 |^Food information and physical activity are essential B15 231 adjuncts to the records which become the *"personal diet.**" B15 232 |^Behavioural techniques can be devised from the recorded B15 233 eating style. ^Ideas to slow down eating and to solve any B15 234 other problems connected with wanting to eat can be born out of B15 235 observing one's own behaviour. B15 236 |^Most of all the food diary helps you recognise how weight B15 237 loss is achieved in your own particular case. B15 238 |*4(6) ^Do evolve your own eating style. B15 239 |^*0It must accommodate situations like holidays, having B15 240 people to stay, going out, guests for dinner... and all the B15 241 other excuses the true *"dieter**" finds to put weight control B15 242 *"on hold.**" ^The object is to come to a state of being able B15 243 to say *"my lunch is usually... my dinner usually B15 244 comprises...**" B15 245 *# B16 001 **[060 TEXT B16**] B16 002 *<*5Oh, for the confidence of youth!*> *<*4Rosaleen McCarroll*> B16 003 |^*0*"We're starting pottery tomorrow,**" said my B16 004 intermediate school daughter, ^*"I'm making a dinner set.**" B16 005 |^When she was eight years old, and long before she had any B16 006 music lessons, she was busking on the streets of Sydney. ^She B16 007 found she could earn at least *+$20 an hour and decided to B16 008 continue her flourishing show biz career without benefit of B16 009 formal tuition. B16 010 |^Like me, and my mother before me, my second daughter has B16 011 no sense of direction. ^But she who, earlier this year, got B16 012 lost not once but twice on the way home from school, B16 013 confidently flew to Sydney and back just after her tenth B16 014 birthday. ^Even though she had to change planes, she refused B16 015 to wear a {0UM} (Unaccompanied Minor) sticker because *"it was B16 016 dumb.**" B16 017 |^This particular child has been learning ballet for years B16 018 and has barely mastered the basic steps. ^But she still sees B16 019 herself as an inspired choreographer. B16 020 |^Starting at the top comes naturally to my two elder B16 021 daughters. ^Their incompetence is simply no bar to their B16 022 dazzling self-confidence. B16 023 |^Although plenty have tried, nobody can squash them. ^They B16 024 bounce along from one dazzling non-success to another because B16 025 some poor bunny (usually me or their father) rescues them. B16 026 |^The two of them, budding Mary Quants though they are not, B16 027 set about designing their own clothes before they could sew on B16 028 a name tag. B16 029 |^When my second daughter wanted me to make her a skirt for B16 030 her school social, I said I didn't have time. B16 031 |^*"Well, I'll make one myself,**" said she, who couldn't B16 032 sew on a button. B16 033 |^She brought home two pieces of cotton. ^One piece, B16 034 measuring 12\0cm by one metre (enough to make three to four B16 035 men's handkerchiefs) was pink with white spots. ^The other, B16 036 white with pink spots was a square metre or, about enough for B16 037 eight or nine more handkerchiefs. B16 038 |^*"What sort of skirt are you making?**" I asked. B16 039 |^*"Well, I'll have a big wide waistband with pink spots, B16 040 then a V-shaped piece with pink spots, then a very full skirt B16 041 (probably a circle) with the rest of the white spots. ^And big B16 042 round pockets.**" B16 043 |^I pointed out the material was barely enough to cover her B16 044 nakedness, let alone the elaborate creation she proposed. B16 045 |^*"Did you tell the assistant what you were buying the B16 046 material for?**" B16 047 |^*"No, why?**" B16 048 |^*"Do you have a pattern?**" ^*"No. ^I'm making my own.**" B16 049 |^Further cross examination revealed she and her friend Em B16 050 had each withdrawn *+$10 from their savings accounts, bought B16 051 themselves an ice-cream and a packet of chips, and then gone to B16 052 a fabric shop to buy as much material as they could with the B16 053 change. B16 054 |^Confidently, second daughter, set about making a pattern B16 055 while I thought gleefully...the kid has overreached herself B16 056 this time. ^Let her stew in her own juice. ^Might teach her a B16 057 lesson! B16 058 |^But, of course, this was too much to hope for. ^She B16 059 managed to get around her father, a practical engineer, to B16 060 design (and make) a skirt from those few squares of cloth. B16 061 |^She desperately needed the skirt for the school social the B16 062 day after next, so she hurried her father to the sewing B16 063 machine. ^But I was mad. ^I read the riot act. B16 064 |^*"Your father is a very busy man with onerous B16 065 responsibilities going far beyond home dressmaking. ^You take B16 066 advantage of his competence (which I regret to say is not B16 067 hereditary) and his good nature, which has also skipped a B16 068 generation. ^If I had my way, this would be a lesson to you. B16 069 ^Then maybe next time you wouldn't leap in at the deep end B16 070 without thinking...**" B16 071 |^But don't imagine she was chastened. ^She listened B16 072 patiently enough, but I could tell her mind was racing. ^She B16 073 didn't even have the decency to wait until I was out of earshot B16 074 before she rushed to the phone. ^Her sheer gall took my breath B16 075 away. B16 076 |^*"Hi Em! ^Dad's making mine. ^Do you want him to make B16 077 yours too?**" B16 078 *<*4Manila thriller is a call to qualms*> B16 079 * B16 080 |^The world, said {0T.S.} Eliot, would end not with a bang B16 081 but with a whimper. ^It was almost like that for the long B16 082 running {0ANZUS} saga. B16 083 |^*0To be more precise, phase one of the dispute, which has B16 084 concentrated the mind of this Government for the last two B16 085 years, finally rolled to a halt on Wednesday evening not so B16 086 much with a whimper as a self-conscious giggle. B16 087 |^It happened at the special news conference called to mark B16 088 the Prime Minister's return from the {0ASEAN} meeting in the B16 089 Philippines. B16 090 |^Inspired by the heady drama that had taken place, someone B16 091 in the Television New Zealand newsroom boldly decided it would B16 092 be a good idea to break out of the 6.30 news and cross live to B16 093 the Beehive theatrette to take in the action. B16 094 |^Unfortunately there wasn't any. ^For what seemed like an B16 095 eternity but in reality was less than two minutes, \0Mr Lange B16 096 sat somewhat uncomfortably at his desk waiting for a question. B16 097 |^*"Who is sponsoring this newscast?**" he smiled above the B16 098 laughter. B16 099 |^*"This is bizarre...**" he mused. ^*"I'm the Minister in B16 100 charge of Security Intelligence Service and I don't know what B16 101 is happening...**" B16 102 |^\0Mr Lange had been tipped off that some of the news B16 103 conference would be telecast live, but neither he nor the press B16 104 gallery had counted on John Bishop's introduction. B16 105 *<*4Whisper*> B16 106 |^*0From the back of theatre, in a breathless stage whisper B16 107 that could be heard right around the room, John solemnly listed B16 108 the grave affairs of state that were certain to be canvassed. B16 109 |^It was too much for the media, who immediately started to B16 110 crack up. ^Poor Bill Huston, who was the other half of the B16 111 double act, missed all of this. ^He was listening intently for B16 112 his cue, but the only sound coming through his earplug was that B16 113 of a 747 coming in to land. B16 114 |^Questions were eventually asked, but the news conference B16 115 never really recovered. ^In spite of the importance of the B16 116 {0ANZUS} issue to New Zealand, and the serious consequences of B16 117 any permanent deterioration in our relations with the United B16 118 States, a substratum of barely-controlled hysteria permeated B16 119 the whole affair. B16 120 |^Later, it was safe to give vent to these feelings, and the B16 121 corridors rang with guilty laughter. B16 122 |^Going overseas, as the {0PM} has just discovered, doesn't B16 123 of itself solve anything. ^What should have been a routine B16 124 attendance at the recent {0ASEAN} meeting in the Philippines B16 125 turned out to be yet another Thriller in Manila. B16 126 |^In an unscheduled bout lasting about 25 minutes, our top B16 127 heavy weight went the distance with the United States Secretary B16 128 of State, George Shultz. B16 129 |^The New Zealand officials who were present say \0Mr Shultz B16 130 put the {0U.S.} case forcefully and persuasively but that \0Mr B16 131 Lange narrowly won the bruising exchange on points. B16 132 |^They were stunned later however, when, after the final B16 133 bell had gone and both men had touched gloves and moved out B16 134 into the corridor to meet the media, \0Mr Shultz delivered a B16 135 killer punch with the revelation: ^*"It is essential from the B16 136 standpoint of the {0U.S.} that the policy of neither confirm B16 137 nor deny be preserved. ^It is something the Government of New B16 138 Zealand doesn't feel it can live with, so we part company as B16 139 friends, but we part company.**" B16 140 |^This had been suggested earlier, but \0Mr Lange's team B16 141 expected the formal announcement to be made in San Francisco in B16 142 August, when the {0ANZUS} Council next met. B16 143 |^Still groggy, but remaining on his feet, \0Mr Lange B16 144 interrupted the Secretary to say ^*"Let it be clear that the B16 145 New Zealand Government does not challenge the neither confirm B16 146 nor deny policy...**" B16 147 |^According to those who were there the Secretary of State B16 148 slowly swivelled his head at this point and fixed \0Mr Lange B16 149 with a withering stare. ^The joint interview came to an abrupt B16 150 end. B16 151 |^The New Zealand delegation would have been content to B16 152 leave matters there, but at the main news conference at the B16 153 close of the {0ASEAN} meeting, \0Mr Shultz had more to say and B16 154 he didn't pussyfoot around. B16 155 |^When {0ANZUS} was raised the Secretary of State dispensed B16 156 with diplomatic niceties and bluntly accused New Zealand of B16 157 walking away from the treaty. ^As a consequence, explained B16 158 \0Mr Shultz the {0U.S.} would withdraw all security guarantees B16 159 to New Zealand. B16 160 |^The treaty would remain in place minus one partner, and B16 161 New Zealand had no one to blame but itself. B16 162 |^\0Mr Lange, just a few metres away on the same podium, is B16 163 said to have found this public caning a devastating experience. B16 164 |^This feeling did not last long and embarrassment is said B16 165 to have been gradually overtaken by relief. ^For months they B16 166 had been waiting for the worst to happen and now that it had it B16 167 didn't seem so bad after all. ^The pressure over the last two B16 168 years has been intense, and the Prime Minister as Minister of B16 169 Foreign Affairs has felt it most keenly. B16 170 |^Every day, every second of the day, somewhere in the B16 171 world, you'll find diplomats proposing toasts to each other. B16 172 ^At these cocktail parties and receptions, if New Zealand is B16 173 represented at all, our ambassador will be the apprehensive B16 174 looking person hiding behind the potted palm hoping to avoid B16 175 the American Ambassador. B16 176 |^The cry of *"Howdy pardner!**" has become every bit as B16 177 disconcerting as a shout of *"Greetings Comrade!**" ^Towering B16 178 Texans with silver hair, and smooth-talking Californians, have B16 179 pinned our chaps against the wall and in the nicest way B16 180 possible given them a hard time. B16 181 |^The upshot of this is that first thing in the morning they B16 182 get on to the teleprinter and tell Wellington that they sort of B16 183 half-promised the Yanks that the {0ANZUS} impasse would be B16 184 resolved soon, and could someone tell the Prime Minister that B16 185 while everyone admires his strong stand, now that he's made his B16 186 point and is standing tall, maybe the time is right to B16 187 discreetly chuck in the towel. B16 188 |^Having reached the crunch point \0Mr Lange no longer has B16 189 to go around the world, disappointing his followers both here B16 190 and abroad by making conciliatory speeches about how other B16 191 people had different defence perceptions from us and maybe from B16 192 their point of view nuclear weapons made some sort of sense. B16 193 ^It would bring to an end also, all the hollow talk about B16 194 searching for a solution to the impasse. B16 195 |^The Americans, as the Minister of Justice, \0Mr Palmer, B16 196 found last year when he tried to acquaint them with the nuances B16 197 of his Government's proposed anti-nuclear bill, are just not B16 198 interested in fine print. B16 199 |^They don't have to be. ^They're not sitting an exam or B16 200 anything. ^They are interested only in the bottom line. B16 201 |^And the bottom line in this instance is that a superpower B16 202 can't afford to be seen being pushed around by a small B16 203 unimportant nation at the bottom of the world. B16 204 |^If crunch point brought relief to the \0Mr Lange's team at B16 205 the {0ASEAN} meeting, the political trick would be to ensure B16 206 that the folks back home were similarly relieved when they B16 207 heard the news. B16 208 |^This would take some doing as no one likes the idea of B16 209 being cast adrift in the South Pacific and left to fend for B16 210 themselves. ^It happened to Captain Bligh once and the sunburn B16 211 alone was horrendous. B16 212 |^\0Mr Lange went on the offensive at a news conference in B16 213 Bangkok. ^He challenged \0Mr Schultz's claim that we had B16 214 walked away from our treaty obligations. ^\0Mr Lange charged B16 215 the Americans with not being interested in negotiations and B16 216 consistently misunderstanding New Zealand's position. ^He said B16 217 his Government did not want to undermine the American *"Neither B16 218 confirm or deny**" policy. B16 219 |^Indeed, they were prepared to keep secret the names of the B16 220 warships it considered unsuitable for port visits, but \0Mr B16 221 Shultz had refused this offer on the grounds that it wouldn't B16 222 remain secret for long, as the {0U.S.} system leaked like a B16 223 sieve. ^\0Mr Lange also wanted to know why the Americans could B16 224 make an exception for the Danes but were unwilling to do so for B16 225 New Zealand. B16 226 |^The short answer to that I guess, is that among other B16 227 things, the Danish Prime Minister has never debated the B16 228 morality of nuclear weapons with the \0Rev Jerry Falwell in a B16 229 televised Oxford Union debate. B16 230 *# B17 001 **[061 TEXT B17**] B17 002 *<*4Administration at its worst*> B17 003 * *<*2LOOKING AT SPORT*> B17 004 |^*6T*2HERE *0have been some stunningly bad examples of B17 005 sports administration over the past few weeks, but surely B17 006 nothing worse than the Wellington Lawn Tennis Association's B17 007 decision to abandon the provincial championships because it B17 008 rained last Sunday. B17 009 |^An association think-tank met at the Miramar club, looked B17 010 out on the wet courts and decided that the championships would B17 011 be abandoned. ^Never mind there was a free weekend coming up, B17 012 that the tournament had reached semi-finals stage, that B17 013 Harcourts had poured extensive sponsorship into the event and B17 014 that there were still more than two months of the season to go. B17 015 |^Not surprisingly the association had scorn heaped on them B17 016 from all sides, not least from the players. B17 017 |^The championships are now back on, but not, as one would B17 018 imagine, through the efforts of administrators who realised B17 019 they had slipped up. B17 020 |^No. ^The initiative came from the players themselves and B17 021 the association was left with no choice but to okay resuming B17 022 the previously abandoned event after the details had been B17 023 worked out for them. B17 024 |^Sanity prevailed. ^There will be Wellington tennis B17 025 champions after all, but no credit to the Wellington B17 026 association over this. B17 027 |^Don't think tennis have a mortgage on poor administrators B17 028 though. B17 029 |^The national women's bowls championships have just been B17 030 completed. ^But they lost much of their gloss because the B17 031 seven women's bowlers to represent New Zealand at the B17 032 Commonwealth Games were named more than five months ago. B17 033 |^That meant instead of New Zealand's top bowlers competing B17 034 in a national championship under the pressure of winning B17 035 Commonwealth Game selection, the whole issue was already B17 036 decided. B17 037 |^I just cannot understand why. ^The best I can do is B17 038 reason that the early naming of the team allowed the lucky B17 039 bowlers more time to save for their shopping expenses in B17 040 Edinburgh. B17 041 |^I mean no disrespect to Rhoda Ryan, Denise Page, Joyce B17 042 Osborne, Margaret Cole, Judy Howat, Anne Katavich and Millie B17 043 Khan. B17 044 |^All must be fine bowlers and they have been chosen because B17 045 of their performances over the past five years. B17 046 |^But here's a case in point. ^Vera Bindon of Auckland was B17 047 named a non-travelling reserve for the Games team. ^Blow me B17 048 down if she didn't win the national singles title. ^I could B17 049 understand her disappointment at not winning a trip to B17 050 Edinburgh. B17 051 |^The country's strongest basketball area, Auckland, is B17 052 currently tearing itself apart. ^Auckland have lost their B17 053 coaches, their sponsor, the president is under fire and there B17 054 is talk of a disputed annual meeting (was it or wasn't it?) B17 055 ^That's another example of administration gone wrong. B17 056 |^The New Zealand Netball Association, who are usually one B17 057 of the best-run sports bodies around, appear to have slipped up B17 058 in the choice of their team to tour Canada this month. B17 059 |^A Young Internationals team is representing New Zealand in B17 060 Canada, but this team is winning matches by scores like 132-2, B17 061 68-4 and so on. ^This is doing the New Zealanders no good. B17 062 |^They are not being prepared for the next step up, to full B17 063 senior international level. ^And it can hardly be doing the B17 064 Canadians' enthusiasm much good to be thrashed like that. ^The B17 065 trip is supposed to boost netball in its developing areas. B17 066 |^Why not have a national lower grades selection, chosen B17 067 from third and fourth grades at national tournament? B17 068 |^A Young Internationals team toured the Pacific Islands B17 069 last year and won some pretty one-sided matches. ^There was B17 070 talk then that perhaps the mis-matches had not helped netball. B17 071 |^This Canadian business merely emphasises the point. B17 072 |^Of course not all administrators make wrong decisions. B17 073 ^Even those who do can be largely excused if they are amateurs, B17 074 giving of their time to help their sport. B17 075 |^The trouble is that today sport is so professional that B17 076 the participants demand the same level of competency from the B17 077 administration. B17 078 |^One man who was always competent was Christchurch's B17 079 Havllah Down, who died recently aged 96. B17 080 |^\0Mr Down was really the man responsible for most of the B17 081 major developments of the game in this country. ^He invited an B17 082 Indian team to tour here in 1926 at a time when the Indians B17 083 were masters of the game. ^He negotiated New Zealand's entry B17 084 into Olympic hockey, in 1956 in Melbourne. B17 085 |^He was secretary of the national association for 36 years B17 086 and did a marvellous job for the game. ^Happily his influence B17 087 will live on through his grandchildren, for five of them, Peter B17 088 and Brent Miskimmin, Selwyn, Barry and Chris Maister, have B17 089 represented New Zealand at hockey. B17 090 |^Another administrator who had performed great deeds for B17 091 her sport is Wellingtonian Nancy Fleming. B17 092 |^Miss Fleming has performed virtually every role in New B17 093 Zealand badminton, except being men's champion. ^It was only B17 094 fitting that she be granted a Merit Service Award from the B17 095 International Badminton Federation recently. ^This is the B17 096 first time the Merit award has been presented and it could not B17 097 have gone to a more deserving recipient. B17 098 *<*4Breaking men's silence*> B17 099 |^*2SUE KEDGLEY *0replies to Alastair Morrison, who last week B17 100 reviewed her book The Sexual Wilderness and several other books B17 101 by women about men. B17 102 |^*6A*2LASTAIR MORRISON *0had some withering words in your B17 103 pages last week for women like myself who have the temerity to B17 104 write about men. B17 105 |^Reviewing a spate of recently issued books by women about B17 106 men (including my own book The Sexual Wilderness) he decided it B17 107 was time feminists asked themselves *"whether they really B17 108 ought to be writing books about men for men**" and drew on B17 109 apparent parallels about Pakehas writing about Maoris to B17 110 support his argument that they should not. B17 111 |^First of all, let me set the record straight. ^The Sexual B17 112 Wilderness is not a book *"for men about men**". ^It is an B17 113 attempt to find out what effect feminism and women's emerging B17 114 independence is having on relationships between the sexes. ^It B17 115 contains as many interviews with women as it does with men, and B17 116 is as much aimed at giving women an insight into what is going B17 117 on inside men's minds as it is in giving men some idea of what B17 118 women think about them. B17 119 |^But the wider issue he raises *- whether women *1should B17 120 *0be writing books about men *- is an interesting one. ^Men B17 121 have been writing books about women and telling them how *1they B17 122 *0should view the world since time immemorial. ^Alistair B17 123 Morrison seems to imply that it is inappropriate for women to B17 124 turn the tables on men and suggest to them how they should view B17 125 the world. ^I disagree. ^I see it rather as a way of helping B17 126 to break down the male-centred view of the universe we have B17 127 lived with for centuries *- and of giving men the opportunity B17 128 to see what the world looks like when viewed from an B17 129 alternative, female perspective. B17 130 |^Besides, many women like myself have been waiting B17 131 hopefully for 15 years now for New Zealand men to start B17 132 wondering aloud, in books and elsewhere, about the male role, B17 133 what it means to be a man, and how men have been faring amid B17 134 all the challenges feminism has posed to the traditional male B17 135 role. ^But there has been almost a conspiracy of silence about B17 136 these issues among New Zealand men. ^And this silence, which B17 137 has contributed to the growing gap between the sexes, has B17 138 created problems for women as well as for men *- as was so B17 139 clearly revealed in the frustrations so many of the women I B17 140 interviewed expressed about the failure of men to communicate B17 141 with, or grow and change alongside, women. B17 142 |^Faced with men's silence and their apparent resistance to B17 143 change, what are women supposed to do? ^Simmer with B17 144 frustration? ^Turn our backs on men? ^I decided instead to B17 145 take the rather audacious step of trying to break men's silence B17 146 and find out for myself what was going on inside men's heads as B17 147 they wrestled in their everyday lives with the effect of 15 B17 148 years of feminism. B17 149 |^In so doing, Alastair Morrison accuses me of *"only being B17 150 able to see the men's movement within the contest of my brand B17 151 of feminist ideology**" and says my conclusions, as a result, B17 152 are *"patronising and simplistic**". B17 153 |^That is interesting, because I found his review B17 154 patronising and simplistic as well *- and even naive. B17 155 ^Patronising in his incessant use of typically male put-down B17 156 adjectives like *"silly**" and *"shallow**" to dismiss my B17 157 conclusions *- for example, that men seem almost incapable of B17 158 changing of their own accord. B17 159 |^Simplistic in his citing of one incident in 1984 in B17 160 Wellington *"when hundreds of men concerned about sexual B17 161 violence marched through the streets of Wellington**" as if it B17 162 were an overwhelming rebuttal of my argument that men, in B17 163 comparison with women during the past 15 years, have barely B17 164 begun to change. B17 165 |^Naive in his argument that men's silence is not evidence B17 166 of their lack of thinking about feminism, but rather their B17 167 *"entirely appropriate**" realisation that they need *"to B17 168 take the back seat (to women) for a while**". B17 169 |^Overall, I found Alastair Morrison's review defensive and B17 170 a trifle hostile. ^Perhaps his irritation with The Sexual B17 171 Wilderness stems in part from the unconscious and often hostile B17 172 reactions that feminism appears to trigger in so many men. B17 173 |^On the other hand I welcome the fact that he has taken to B17 174 debating my views, because that means one more male who has B17 175 broken through the conspiracy of silence about the effect of B17 176 feminism on New Zealand men. B17 177 *<*4Room to move in Rainbow dispute*> *<*5By *7JEROME \0B. B17 178 ELKIND, *5lecturer in international law*> B17 179 |^*6O*2VER *0the past few weeks, press reports have been quite B17 180 hazy about the means which France and New Zealand have chosen B17 181 to settle their dispute. ^The terms *"mediation**" and B17 182 *"arbitration**" have been used interchangeably. ^In reality B17 183 they are quite different modes of settlement. B17 184 |^Mediation involves friendly intervention by a third party. B17 185 ^The function of a mediator is to assist in what is essentially B17 186 a negotiated settlement, but as a neutral participant rather B17 187 than as an adjudicator. B17 188 |^A mediator sits at the table with the negotiating parties. B17 189 ^He may suggest possible settlements, sum up the arguments for B17 190 both sides, and perhaps represent them more objectively than B17 191 the disputants. ^But a mediator does not render a decision B17 192 binding upon the parties. B17 193 |^Arbitration, on the other hand, is like a judicial B17 194 proceeding. ^Arbitration involves the settlement of disputes B17 195 between states by judges or arbitrators chosen by the parties B17 196 and according to terms of reference previously negotiated by B17 197 them. ^An arbitration usually involves questions of B17 198 international law and the arbitrators render an award binding B17 199 upon the parties. B17 200 |^A third method of settlement mentioned by the Prime B17 201 Minister, adjudication, resembles arbitration in that it B17 202 involves settlement according to legal principles and the B17 203 decisions or judgements of the tribunal are binding upon the B17 204 parties. B17 205 |^The chief difference between arbitration and adjudication B17 206 is that arbitration involves submission of the dispute to an ad B17 207 hoc tribunal chosen to settle the one dispute. B17 208 |^Adjudication involves submission to a permanent tribunal B17 209 such as the International Court of Justice, which operates B17 210 according to a permanent statute and fixed rules of procedure, B17 211 and exists to settle any dispute which may be submitted to it B17 212 and over which it has jurisdiction. B17 213 |^The two main issues outstanding between New Zealand and B17 214 France have strong legal elements, although there is some room B17 215 for political manoeuvre. ^One of them involves the measure of B17 216 compensation which France owes to New Zealand. ^The other one B17 217 involves our right under international law to continue to B17 218 detain the French agents who have been convicted under our law. B17 219 |^*6I *2AM *0not privy to the terms of reference, but the B17 220 damages might involve, among other things, costs of B17 221 investigation of the incident and capture of the agents, the B17 222 costs of putting them on trial, damages at large for the B17 223 invasion of our sovereignty, and moral damages. B17 224 |^The terms of reference might even involve damages caused B17 225 by the French trade boycotts which have compounded the wrong B17 226 originally done to New Zealand. B17 227 |^As to our right to detain the agents, I have some idea of B17 228 the arguments that the French might make. ^I do not wish to be B17 229 seen as forecasting a *"victory**" for New Zealand as I was B17 230 reported to have done, but I do not think that their potential B17 231 arguments are very strong. B17 232 |^I am sure that they will argue with all the skill they have B17 233 at their command that we have no right to detain the agents. B17 234 |^The Secretary-General of the United Nations is a skilled B17 235 political negotiator. ^He is not a judge or a lawyer. B17 236 ^Undoubtedly he will have a legal staff assisting him. ^But he B17 237 is probably not restricted to deciding the matter solely on the B17 238 basis of legal issues. B17 239 *# B18 001 **[062 TEXT B18**] B18 002 *<*4The tide of violence *- no simple solution*> *<*6JIM ANDERTON*> B18 003 |^*6O*2N ONE *0of the inevitable plane journeys {0MP}s make each B18 004 week I sat next to a young mother and her four-year-old daughter. B18 005 ^She told me with a mixture of amusement and concern about the B18 006 reaction of her daughter on being told that her grandfather had died. B18 007 ^She asked, ^*"Who shot him?**" B18 008 |^Her question shows vividly enough where many children get their B18 009 perception of death and the way people die. B18 010 |^The Mental Health Foundation noted that a survey carried out last B18 011 year in New Zealand showed that in one week, on both television One B18 012 and Two, over 800 violent events were shown. B18 013 |^One nine-year-old boy who had been displaying aggressive B18 014 tendencies in the classroom was found to be watching 32 hours of B18 015 television each week during which he would observe, on average, eight B18 016 killings and 195 other episodes of violence. ^His viewing rate was B18 017 shared by between 20-30 per cent of all nine-year-old boys. B18 018 |^We can't, of course, lay all the blame for increasing violence in B18 019 our country solely at the door of television. ^Things are never that B18 020 simple. B18 021 |^Ezra Solomon, Professor of Finance at Stanford University, has B18 022 commented that, ^*"The only function of economic forecasting is to B18 023 make astrology look respectable.**" ^If that can be said about B18 024 economics or even *"Rogernomics**", it can certainly be said about the B18 025 uncertain arena of social behaviour. B18 026 |^The Task Force on Economic and Social Planning in 1976 noted the B18 027 contradictory nature of city life for many people, both bringing them B18 028 together and yet, at the same time, increasing the distance between B18 029 them. B18 030 |^It noted then, that among the possible consequences of these B18 031 pressures would be an increase in the level of crime, particularly B18 032 violent crime, the alienation of youth, the rate of marriage breakdown B18 033 and the abuse of alcohol and other drugs. B18 034 |^Though the crime rate has certainly increased in recent years, B18 035 New Zealand still has a long way to go to equal the situation, even in B18 036 societies with similar social structures to our own. B18 037 |^The murder rate in our worst recorded year of 1981 (76 murders B18 038 reported) was 2.39 per 100,000 population compared with 2.7 in B18 039 Australia and 6.56 in Canada. ^For serious assaults the rate was B18 040 97.27 in New Zealand compared to 157.94 in Canada and 214.24 in B18 041 England. B18 042 |^There is no room for complacency but we must keep our problems in B18 043 perspective and react intelligently rather than hysterically to the B18 044 often spectacular headlines that scream at us from newspapers, radio B18 045 and television. B18 046 |^A Christchurch justice of the peace recently advocated birching, B18 047 castration and longer prison sentences for *"bashers, rapists and B18 048 burglars**". ^The sensational news coverage he got for his B18 049 *"solutions**" might have made him and others *"feel better**" but B18 050 they deal with the symptoms rather than the causes. ^Physical or even B18 051 capital punishment has not worked before as an effective deterrent and B18 052 there is no evidence to suggest that it will work any better now. B18 053 |^New Zealand already has a high rate of imprisonment compared to B18 054 countries with similar social backgrounds. ^Ninety people per 100,000 B18 055 population are behind bars in New Zealand compared to 61 in Australia, B18 056 50 in Canada and 45 in Japan. B18 057 |^Imprisonment is not a solution to a rising crime rate. ^The one B18 058 certain thing we know about eight out of every 10 people who get put B18 059 into prison is that they will return there again. B18 060 |^Prison is also a waste of both human and financial resources. B18 061 ^Running New Zealand's prisons cost *+$55 million per year at an B18 062 average cost of *+$16,000 for each prisoner *- more than the average B18 063 wage of the majority of New Zealanders. B18 064 |^And if anyone thinks that prisons are luxurious hotels providing B18 065 *"featherbed comforts**" they should, like I have, visit a few. ^It B18 066 would be difficult for any *"normal**" person not to be brutalised by B18 067 a long period in prison. ^If your answer to that is that *"normal**" B18 068 people don't end up in prison then consider that for 300 male inmates B18 069 in the Christchurch prison system there are only 3 1/2 hours of B18 070 psychiatric counselling available each week! B18 071 |^Gang violence has been in the news lately and the *"smart**" B18 072 political move is to jump on the *"bash the gangs**" bandwagon. ^That B18 073 would be easy and it would be wrong. B18 074 |^My neighbours in Wellington are gang members. ^In 18 months of B18 075 walking home at midnight or later and meeting them on the street I B18 076 must say that in an odd sort of way they appear to feel more insecure B18 077 and fearful of me than I do of them. B18 078 |^What we have to be careful about is that we neither under nor B18 079 over**[ARB**]-estimate the seriousness of the situation. ^The recent B18 080 suggestion by undercover policemen, that gangs in New Zealand have B18 081 *"international underworld links**" should either be substantiated B18 082 publicly or abandoned as an allegation which inflates both the B18 083 importance and the organisational ability of most gangs. B18 084 |^Gang crime seems to be of an *"ad hoc**" kind. ^It certainly B18 085 doesn't appear to be very well planned. ^Perpetrators of *"white B18 086 collar fraud**" seem to get away with it *- gang members who commit B18 087 crimes get arrested. B18 088 |^Only a fraction of a per cent of the general population belong to B18 089 gangs yet 20 per cent of the prison population are gang members, 80 B18 090 per cent of them Maoris. B18 091 |^So are we dealing with criminality or a wider social problem? B18 092 ^Clearly, I believe, the latter. B18 093 |^What we need, therefore, is more positive structures and B18 094 processes which remove or reduce alienation rather than increase it. B18 095 ^These may range from football or indoor cricket teams to work B18 096 co-operatives. B18 097 |^We must recognise that these young people *- many of them Maoris B18 098 *- have a deep feeling of being dealt with harshly by our social and B18 099 economic system. B18 100 |^Every one of them has something unique to offer in his or her own B18 101 right. ^Our society has often failed to either accept or encourage B18 102 this. B18 103 |^We must be careful that gang violence does not become a B18 104 self-fulfilling prophecy, fed by the media, leading to a higher B18 105 profile for gang activity than it deserves. B18 106 |^One of my major concerns with the winding down of the present B18 107 work skills and PEP schemes is that the group of workers most affected B18 108 will be those who are already on the fringe of society, hanging on by B18 109 their fingertips. B18 110 |^Removing financial support in this area may save some money in B18 111 the *"short-medium term**" but the ultimate social cost in the *"long B18 112 term**" may be extraordinarily high. B18 113 |^And a final word has to be said about the double standards which B18 114 society presents to our young people in so many ways. ^We don't have B18 115 to go any further than the reported *+$7 million increase in a B18 116 personal fortune in just 20 minutes on the stock exchange recently to B18 117 have some understanding of how it must feel to be viewing that while B18 118 struggling to earn enough for simple economic survival. B18 119 *<*4Scary attack of intuition when you flow with the sap*> B18 120 * B18 121 |^*2THE *0trouble with keeping an open mind is that so much rubbish B18 122 blows in off the street. B18 123 |^I've always tried to keep an open mind about para-psychic B18 124 phenomena and the like, but I finally closed the doors a couple of B18 125 years ago, after my interview with a well-known Wellington B18 126 clairvoyant. B18 127 |^She told me I should sit in a tree and flow with the sap. ^I'm B18 128 not kidding. ^My loved ones in spirit were very worried about me, she B18 129 said. ^I told her that my loved ones in Auckland were tearing their B18 130 hair out as well. B18 131 |^Did I realise, she said, that I was being guided in spirit by a B18 132 medieval monk? ^Apparently, this monk was the source of all my most B18 133 creative thought. ^The link was coming through to her very strongly. B18 134 |^*"While you've got him on the line,**" I said, *"tell him that if B18 135 he's thinking my latest thoughts, he'll get kicked out of that B18 136 monastery.**" B18 137 |^The session ended abruptly. B18 138 |^Even so, there are more things in heaven and earth, as what's B18 139 'is name said. ^A few weeks ago I had a bad attack of intuition. B18 140 |^My friend Ann had come into town from Arapawa Island to go to the B18 141 dentist. ^She was staying with me at Whatamongo Bay. ^We planned to B18 142 take Nelsonia out to Resolution Bay for the weekend. ^Ann would go B18 143 home to Arapawa Island via Resolution. B18 144 |^On the morning of the trip I woke with the jitters. ^I did not B18 145 want to go. ^Not to Resolution Bay. ^Not out of the Marina. ^Not B18 146 anywhere. ^I began to think of reasons to stay home. ^I had pins and B18 147 needles in my driving arm; I'd lost my glasses and could feel a B18 148 migraine coming on. B18 149 |^It was a perfect morning. ^A light southerly of 10 to 15 knots B18 150 for the sea-area of Cook Strait, the marine forecast said. ^There was B18 151 nothing to justify such procrastination. ^I put it to the vote and B18 152 the intuitive voice lost. B18 153 |^We set out at about 10{0am}. ^By the time we passed the Snout I B18 154 was beginning to relax. ^Until I glanced at the temperature gauge B18 155 which had shot up to 200*@\0C. ^The water cooling system was blocked. B18 156 |^We stopped and pondered the situation while the engine cooled B18 157 down. ^When we started up again a whole lot of weed blew out of the B18 158 exhaust. ^We decided it was safe to continue and then ran into fog B18 159 lying very thick down the length of Queen Charlotte Sound. B18 160 |^Theoretically fog is okay. ^You're supposed to operate on B18 161 compass and blow your horn. ^I could hear the Arahura and the Aratika B18 162 talking their way through it on {0VHF}. ^I decided that without radar B18 163 I could hit something; like a ferry for example. B18 164 |^We turned back into Waikawa Bay to wait for the fog to lift. ^By B18 165 midday it had cleared. ^In the process of getting under way again, I B18 166 slipped on the deck and dislocated my shoulder. ^It's always been B18 167 unreliable. ^Ann put it back in the socket and we had a cup of tea. B18 168 |^*"There's a message in all this,**" Ann B18 169 **[PLATE**] B18 170 said gloomily. ^*"We're not meant to go. ^I know it. ^The dentist B18 171 had pulled out one of her wisdom teeth and left her with a jaundiced B18 172 view of life. B18 173 |^In these situations I get stubborn. ^*"We've come this far,**" I B18 174 said. ^*"We're going to Resolution. ^Let's get on with it.**" B18 175 |^We passed Luke's Rock and reached the Bay of Many Coves without B18 176 incident. B18 177 |^*"Why aren't there any dolphins?**" said Ann suddenly. B18 178 |^Ann takes dolphins for granted. ^Whenever she's with me on B18 179 Nelsonia the dolphins come around. ^Even when I haven't seen one for B18 180 months, they turn up when Ann's on board and stay with us. B18 181 |^*"How would I know,**" I said. ^*"They're busy. ^Probably B18 182 rescuing somebody or ganging up on a killer whale or something. B18 183 ^Dolphins have a tight schedule.**" B18 184 |^*"They always come,**" she said. B18 185 |^Shortly after this the engine began to wheeze. ^We pretended not B18 186 to notice. ^Halfway across the mouth of Endeavour Inlet, it had a B18 187 coughing fit and passed out. B18 188 |^There was no point in railing and fretting. ^Maybe we should B18 189 have sacrificed a couple of sheep before we started out, but it's B18 190 always easy to be wise after the event. B18 191 |^*"All we need now is a storm,**" I said. ^*"That'll be the next B18 192 thing. ^Look what happened to Ulysses.**" B18 193 |^We got out the medicinal rum and I called Cape Jackson shore B18 194 station on the {0VHF}. ^Betty and Tony Baker maintain an almost B18 195 constant radio watch out there. ^I asked Betty to ring John at B18 196 Resolution and tell him we had no power. ^Tony called back on Channel B18 197 63: B18 198 |^*"John's coming out to you from Resolution,**" he said. B18 199 *"^Shouldn't be too long. ^What's the problem?**" B18 200 |^I took a stab. ^*"Could be water in the fuel,**" I said. B18 201 ^*"Filters must be crook. ^The engine kept losing revs and then just B18 202 packed it in.**" B18 203 |^*"Sounds like fuel,**" Tony said. ^*"John will sort it out.**" B18 204 |^It was half an hour or so before John arrived. ^In the meantime B18 205 we had offers of help from two other launches in the vicinity. ^We are B18 206 not alone, I said to Ann. B18 207 *# B19 001 **[063 TEXT B19**] B19 002 *<*6POLITICAL DIARY*> *<*2DENIS WELCH*> B19 003 *<*4Mixed blessings*> B19 004 |^*6I*2T'S IMPORTANT *0to get out and about with ministers, I B19 005 find, but opening state houses with *4Phil Goff *0on a wet B19 006 Wednesday morning is possibly not my idea of a good time. B19 007 ^Duty calls, however, and powering the {0BCNZ} carpool B19 008 Alfa-Romeo down the motorway I arrive in good time at the site on B19 009 Upper Hutt's fabled Fergusson Drive. ^It's pouring with rain B19 010 and people are perched under porches, but inclement weather B19 011 cannot cloud the natural beauty of the eight-house complex with B19 012 white picket fences and interlocking garages. ^There's not a B19 013 hint of inferiority about this complex; as Goff proudly says, B19 014 people driving by would never guess that these were *1state B19 015 houses. B19 016 |^*"*0State houses**" *- the words have a Kiwi magic. ^They B19 017 evoke images of days when governments still had the quaint idea B19 018 that it was their job to look after people. ^A nation grew up B19 019 on the notion of *4Savage, Semple *0and *4Lee *- *0immortalised B19 020 in a famous photograph *- carrying furniture into the first B19 021 state house in 1937. ^Redefining their own myth they rolled up B19 022 their sleeves, or sleeve in Lee's case, and humped tables and B19 023 chairs into history. B19 024 |^Naturally any self-respecting Housing Minister will want B19 025 to emulate them sooner or later, and the publicity-conscious B19 026 Goff is seizing his chance today. ^One of the houses, to be B19 027 occupied by *4Rongohaere *0and *4Lucy Brightwell, *0is the B19 028 3000th state rental unit to be acquired by the Labour B19 029 Government. ^It's a great excuse for more media attention, and B19 030 makes a change from the usual run of Philanthropy *- Phil B19 031 posing with grateful young homebuyers, Phil launching *"Sweat B19 032 Equity**" schemes, Phil hustling defenceless widows into granny B19 033 flats. ^The next move is probably a Sweat Granny scheme, B19 034 whereby 80-year-olds get mortgage discounts for doing their own B19 035 gibbing. B19 036 |^The historic re-enactment draws near. ^The complex is B19 037 blessed on the inside by a priest sprinkling holy water and on B19 038 the outside by the *4Lord *- ^*"*0Rain is a sign of B19 039 blessing,**" they say. ^Jockeying for umbrella space with B19 040 local {0MP} *4Bill Jeffries, *0Goff mutters, ^*"Lee carried the B19 041 table in upside down *- I think I'll put it over my head.**" B19 042 |^A Hertz van pulls up on cue, and it's two chairs for Goff, B19 043 and a sideboard, with help, for Jeffries. ^Luckily the B19 044 Brightwells are not piano players. ^Jeffries, playing the Lee B19 045 role, refuses to do it with one arm tied behind his back, but B19 046 sighs, ^*"I must admit that one of the attractions of politics B19 047 for me was that there was no heavy lifting involved.**" B19 048 |^Well pleased with his morning's work, Goff sums up, B19 049 ^*"See, we *1do *0work for a living,**" but his sleeves stay B19 050 resolutely unrolled, the rain continues to bless down, and B19 051 somehow it just doesn't have that 1937 ambience. ^But who B19 052 knows *- by 2037 they'll probably honour this day. ^The first B19 053 state house has already been classified by the Historic Places B19 054 Trust; soon guides will be taking tour parties through them, B19 055 and selling weatherboard souvenirs. B19 056 |^*2IT TOOK US *0150 years to do it, but we've finally got our B19 057 own nouveau riche. ^Creamy and cool, they materialise en masse B19 058 at a swank hotel opening in downtown Wellington. ^Far from B19 059 state housing country *- possibly not on the same planet at all B19 060 *- the Plimmer Towers Hotel is the kind of place Internal B19 061 Affairs Minister *4Peter Tapsell *0is grateful to help launch, B19 062 because, as he says, ^*"I could never afford to stay here**". B19 063 ^The rooms are pastel-pale, and the guests are dressed to match B19 064 *- people who seem to be doing rather well out of Rogernomics. B19 065 ^This is their natural habitat, the new pink-and-white B19 066 terraces. ^The Lange Government might just as well have B19 067 carried the furniture in here. B19 068 |^A bishop, no less, does the blessing on this occasion, and B19 069 *4Mike Moore *0performs the political equivalent when he tops B19 070 off the Plaza Hotel on Wednesday afternoon. ^Rain having B19 071 forced the function inside, the tireless Tourism Minister says B19 072 dryly, ^*"It's not the first topping-off ceremony I've been to, B19 073 but it's the first on the ground floor.**" B19 074 |^He enthuses about the 216 rooms being built, but laments B19 075 the lack of things for visitors to do in Wellington. ^Even he B19 076 with his global vision hasn't grasped the full potential of B19 077 state house villages and fun parks, and I haven't time to B19 078 enlighten him, because I must dash away to the big event of the B19 079 day *- the Brierley Investments Limited annual general meeting. B19 080 |^Through the mighty doors of the Michael Fowler Centre they B19 081 flock *- the young, the old, the halt, the infirm, *4Paul East, B19 082 *0all of them Brierley investors, and looking for all the world B19 083 like ordinary New Zealanders. ^Their lives used to be drab; B19 084 they knew no greater thrill than subsidising the {0TAB} every B19 085 Saturday. ^Even sex was more fun than playing the sharemarket. B19 086 ^Then along came {0BIL} *- a beacon of hope and healthy B19 087 dividends. ^Was true happiness attainable on this Earth after B19 088 all? ^Investors came out of the closet. ^*"Portfolio**", B19 089 previously something associated with cabinet ministers, ceased B19 090 to be a dirty word. ^Money was made, and money made more B19 091 money. ^Twenty-five years after humble beginnings, the company B19 092 has become a business giant, and 3500 shareholders are here to B19 093 hail that achievement *- and to worship the *4Blessed Ron B19 094 *0himself. B19 095 |^It's hard to dislike someone who makes a great deal of B19 096 money for you, and one elderly gent seems to speak for most of B19 097 the congregation when he says, ^*"Thank you for making B19 098 available to us some of the better things in life*". ^Brierley B19 099 in turn is suitably self-effacing: ^*"It's the board's role,**" B19 100 he says demurely, *"to respond to what we feel the B19 101 shareholders and the public are looking for.**" ^He speaks of B19 102 {0BIL}'s *"unchanging philosophic integrity**" and summons B19 103 followers to the one true cause, saying, ^*"Every New Zealander B19 104 who can afford to do so owes it to himself or herself to hold a B19 105 stake in {0BIL}.**" ^One half expects people to come forward B19 106 and rededicate their dollars to Ron. B19 107 |^With nine executives lined up on stage, like the top table B19 108 at a party conference, the meeting is conducted in a B19 109 para-democratic way. ^Brierley proposes adding *+$1500 million to B19 110 nominal capital by slapping on another 3000 million 50\0c B19 111 shares, and everyone votes accordingly. ^Small shareholders do B19 112 have a certain power, as companies connected with South Africa B19 113 have discovered, but no one's seriously about to challenge the B19 114 board. ^One woman wonders whether {0BIL} pays enough tax, but B19 115 to hear Ron reply, you'd think a charity had been accused of B19 116 not giving to orphan children. B19 117 |^He's not a flamboyant man or a dynamic speaker, but his B19 118 self-composure is striking. ^Sooner or later, in any walk of B19 119 life, serenity will get you, and Brierley seems to have B19 120 achieved it by setting himself to do one thing in life *- make B19 121 money *- and do it supremely well. ^That he makes it for B19 122 others as well is probably just an accident. ^But nobody's B19 123 sending for the ambulance. B19 124 |^*2THE YEAR *0is winding down, fatigue is clouding the B19 125 judgment, and the {0PM}'s doing his Christmas cards in the B19 126 House. ^For the first time the Government looks like any other B19 127 government: not a skilfully packaged product but a swill of B19 128 excuses, evasions and *- on their better days *- downright B19 129 equivocation. ^At this precise moment the Opposition chooses B19 130 to strike with panther-like cunning, and target certain B19 131 ministers at question time. ^It's a daringly conceived B19 132 strategy that might just work. B19 133 |^On Tuesday they go for the grizzly jugular of Employment B19 134 Minister *4Kerry Burke; *0on Wednesday they mercilessly pound B19 135 Finance Minister *4Roger Douglas, *0except he's not there, so B19 136 *4David Caygill *0has to do instead; and on Thursday their B19 137 heavy guns swivel onto the massive earthworks of *4Koro Wetere. B19 138 ^*0Government {0MP}s in their turn take aim at Opposition B19 139 leader *4Jim Bolger, *0but he's not there half the time either. B19 140 |^Burke, a man liable to outbursts of uncontrollable B19 141 moderation, counters all questions on provincial unemployment B19 142 by promising a *"Package of measures to facilitate structural B19 143 adjustment**". ^He has been doing this for some time, so B19 144 there's widespread shock this week when he actually releases B19 145 the package. ^He had no choice, I'm advised: the alternatives B19 146 were to close down Wanganui or relocate Gisborne north of the B19 147 Bombay Hills. B19 148 |^Caygill is conspicuously unhelpful. ^Asked by *4Bill B19 149 Birch *0to reconcile severe unemployment with a 1984 Roger B19 150 Douglas statement that the Government's short-term goal is B19 151 employment, Caygill replies, ^*"Easy. ^One relates to B19 152 employment, the other to unemployment.**" ^He's similarly B19 153 evasive on inflation and interest rates, claiming that both B19 154 have fallen *"significantly**" *- a word politicians prefer B19 155 when figures don't fit their forecasts. B19 156 |^Wetere, who's having difficulty getting his own Forest B19 157 Service staff to supply him with information, appears to be B19 158 making it up as he goes along. B19 159 |^The Opposition scores some points, but more like a playful B19 160 kitten than a panther. ^Follow-up questions are ill-contrived, B19 161 and co-ordination and concentration are not of the highest B19 162 order. ^With Burke on the ropes, Birch overlooks the fact that B19 163 it's his turn to ask the next question. ^Anxious calls of B19 164 ^*"Bill! ^Bill!**" from colleagues startle the Franklin fireball B19 165 into action, and the public galleries gaze in awe at the sight. B19 166 |^*2WEDNESDAY NIGHT *0used to be private members' night, and B19 167 was dominated for months by *4Fran Wilde'*0s Homosexual Law B19 168 Reform Bill; which reminds me, where's the tide of sin and B19 169 shame *4Norman Jones *0promised if the bill was passed? ^The B19 170 Sodom, the Gomorrah, the upsurge of gay bars, clubs, street B19 171 appeals? ^The earthquake is over, but the post-bill landscape B19 172 isn't noticeably different. B19 173 |^But though Wednesday night has been reclaimed for B19 174 Government legislation, moral outrage still has an outlet. B19 175 ^When the bill introducing Lotto is brought in, conservative B19 176 {0MP}s get onto their moral high horses and go for a gallop B19 177 again. ^Gamblers, it seems, are not much better than gays. B19 178 |^*"We could be breaking down the very fabric of what New B19 179 Zealand families are made of,**" wails Opposition junior whip B19 180 *4Robin Gray. ^*0Colleague *4Venn Young *0declares himself B19 181 *"opposed to the extension of this form of gambling into New B19 182 Zealand households**". ^Someone else talks of *"incestuous B19 183 high jinks**". ^No one claims that Lotto actually causes Aids, B19 184 but someone's bound to think of it sooner or later. B19 185 |^If only Norman, sadly ill in the south, were here *- he'd B19 186 insist, at the very least, that the age of consent for Lotto be B19 187 21. ^Or he might say, ^*"Bless this House.**" B19 188 * B19 189 * B19 190 |^*2INVITE an Aussie to stay for a couple of days, and what B19 191 happens? B19 192 |^Bodgie Bill Hayden, the Oz Foreign Affairs Minister, had B19 193 barely finished saying *"Gidday Digger**" before he started B19 194 kneecapping his hosts over Anzus and {0CER}. B19 195 |^Prime Minister Big Dave Lange had asked Bill over for a B19 196 nice neighbourly yarn, but no sooner had he stepped off the B19 197 plane than he was expressing disapproval about the anti-nuclear B19 198 goings-on on this side of the fence. B19 199 |^And he warned that, back home, the Aussies were B19 200 increasingly miffed that New Zealand business people were doing B19 201 well out of {0CER}. B19 202 |^At the heart of both these rows is a growing sense of B19 203 irritation in the land of Fosters and galahs that the Kiwis B19 204 refuse to keep their garden nice and neat, the way the Yanks B19 205 like it *- and that when they come to play in the Aussies' B19 206 garden, they have too nice a time. B19 207 |^Big Dave would have to admit that Bill's got a point. B19 208 ^Since the Yanks have declared the Anzus treaty inoperative B19 209 because of New Zealand's anti-nuclear policy, the Aussies have B19 210 had to spend significantly more on their own defence budget B19 211 just to maintain duel **[SIC**] exercises with New Zealand. B19 212 |^Big Dave and Defence Minister, Fearless Frank O'Flynn, B19 213 have been working behind the scenes to strengthen the defence B19 214 relationship even further *- though publicly they're being a B19 215 bit coy about it. B19 216 |^However, the clear message from Bodgie Bill this week was B19 217 we like you *- but not that much. B19 218 |^Australia is never going to replace the Yanks as a B19 219 security guarantee *- and why should Bodgie Bill and his mates B19 220 spend even more money on exercises with New Zealand when they B19 221 don't even agree with its anti-nuclear policy? B19 222 |^On {0CER} *- at which the Aussies used to be fond of B19 223 scoffing *"never heard of it**" *- the message was, don't be B19 224 greedy. B19 225 |^Bodgie Bill said manufacturers were getting toey about the B19 226 free trade agreement; if New Zealand pushed too hard to score B19 227 better access to tricky, jealously-guarded markets like steel, B19 228 textiles and shipping, there might just be a big push to call B19 229 the whole thing off. B19 230 |^But to get back to Anzus for a minute... B19 231 |^This time last year, this column was marvelling at Big B19 232 Dave's claim that he had a way of telling, without help from B19 233 the Yanks, Brits or any other nuclear power, whether a ship was B19 234 nuclear-armed or not. B19 235 |^He wouldn't say what this mysterious test was that he had B19 236 up his sleeve but it came to be known in Wellington circles as B19 237 the magic dipstick. ^Big Dave hasn't had a chance to use the B19 238 dipstick, because, of course, no-one will send any warships B19 239 here. B19 240 |^However, he seems to have given Finance Minister Roger the B19 241 Dodger Douglas a lend of it. B19 242 |^Rodge's internal deficit has got out of hand *- *+$2.9 B19 243 billion instead of the *+$2.5 billion he promised last Budget. B19 244 ^Raising taxes and cutting government spending is what the B19 245 economists prescribe. B19 246 |^But Rodge's got an election to win, so instead he said he B19 247 had a mystery plan that would produce *+$450 million. B19 248 |^The popular guess is he'll flog off a public asset or two. B19 249 ^But with this government, anything's possible. B19 250 |^Big Dave's magic dipstick ought to be worth a bob or two, B19 251 and since he isn't likely to need it, perhaps Roger the Dodger B19 252 has been negotiating to sell it to Bodgie Bill, to take back to B19 253 Oz and keep his bolshie anti-nuke left wing amused. B19 254 *# B20 001 **[TEXT B20**] B20 002 *<*5Politics with Miles Wallace*> B20 003 *<*4Geoff shines under spotlight*> B20 004 |^*2JEEPERS, *0Geoffrey, I think you've got it.*> B20 005 |^Yep, Gentle Geoffrey, the loyal Deputy Prime Minister, may be B20 006 the man we're looking for as the successor to Big David Lange *- when B20 007 and if the time comes, of course. B20 008 |^Our Geoffrey has never been much in the limelight. ^He's kept B20 009 very much to the backrooms, straightening out the Government problems B20 010 and keeping the ship of state going. B20 011 |^But of late he has been taking the spotlight when our David has B20 012 been absent or reluctant. B20 013 |^And the formerly shy and retiring law professor has been making B20 014 an increasingly good fist of it. B20 015 |^Previously, he had a name for getting terribly precious and B20 016 sometimes even pompous when his word had been challenged. B20 017 |^That's a problem that law professors have. ^They seem to think B20 018 they have the right to lay down the law, without this being B20 019 questioned. B20 020 |^But Geoffrey has now developed to the point where he can take B20 021 all the rough passes and hold them. B20 022 |^He can keep his cool, even under severe provocation. B20 023 |^A classic case was when the Australians gave him a hard time B20 024 last week over the Rainbow Warrior settlement, involving the release B20 025 this week of the jailed French agents. B20 026 |^Australian television interviewer and toughboy Mike Willisee, in B20 027 an interview with our Geoffrey, kept asserting that the settlement was B20 028 a sell-out, a deal. B20 029 |^Geoffrey's government, he continually asserted, had sold the B20 030 agents for the equivalent of 13 pieces of silver *- the *+$13 million B20 031 which the Frogs are paying in compensation for the Rainbow Warrior B20 032 sabotage. B20 033 |^Most politicians would have been so incensed with this treatment B20 034 that they would have walked off. ^This would have rebounded against B20 035 them as it would have given the impression that they could not take B20 036 the heat. B20 037 |^But not our Geoffrey. ^He sat it out and kept putting up the B20 038 best front possible on what was, in effect, a government sell-out. B20 039 |^The result later in the week was a flood of support for the way B20 040 he handled himself. ^It was a sort of public rallying to the flag B20 041 against the rude Aussies. B20 042 |^Our media is pretty tame compared with Australia's, particularly B20 043 our television. B20 044 |^The Aussies go for the jugular, especially in cases where the B20 045 government has made a huge about face on everything it has said or B20 046 done. B20 047 |^But while some in Kiwiland may have thought that Geoffrey had a B20 048 rough job of the defence of the empire, he actually did a bit better B20 049 than we saw on screen. B20 050 |^At one stage, when interviewer Willisee alleged that there was B20 051 no provision under international law for the Government to act the way B20 052 it did, our Geoffrey drew on his legal knowledge and quoted to him B20 053 verbatim the terms of the United Nations Charter. B20 054 |^It was under this that the arbitration was taken. B20 055 |^It just so happens that this part of the original interview was B20 056 not shown on screen. ^Obviously, the Aussie television boys decided it B20 057 was a bit wordy, so they cut that segment. B20 058 |^But that was an example of what Geoffrey can do when he has to. B20 059 |^Once Geoffrey was prepared to stay in the background doing all B20 060 the work. ^He only reluctantly emerged to stand in for David Lange B20 061 when the Prime Minister was overseas. B20 062 |^But gradually Palmer has relaxed in the job, and you get the B20 063 impression that he is now starting to enjoy himself. ^Certainly he can B20 064 cope with the task. B20 065 |^After the Anzus crisis and the Rainbow Warrior set back, it's B20 066 not too surprising that Big David wants to lower his public profile a B20 067 bit. B20 068 |^He can do this quite safely now, in the knowledge that Gentle B20 069 Geoffrey has become a sort of gentle giant in his absence. B20 070 |^In fact in Parliament Geoffrey is, if anything, even louder than B20 071 David. ^He is in grave danger, when in full flight, of splitting B20 072 eardrums. B20 073 |^That's handy for David Lange and it's also handy for the Labour B20 074 Party. ^It means that if David Lange decides to chuck things in at B20 075 some stage, and go back to being a bush lawyer, then they have someone B20 076 who can step into his shoes. B20 077 |^Frankly, Geoffrey is looking very much like a future prime B20 078 minister. B20 079 *<*4*'Open**' government, closed ranks*> B20 080 * B20 081 |^*2IT'S *0an open and shut case; Labour is the promised open B20 082 government, and a closed one. B20 083 |^With one hand the Government is extending the Official B20 084 Information Act to cover education and hospital boards and, in future, B20 085 local government. ^The other hand is a closed fist. ^Key information B20 086 is held in a bureaucratic black hole, beyond the effective reach of B20 087 the Official Information Act. ^In addition, the plans to make B20 088 departments more commercial increase the secrecy surrounding some B20 089 information and increase the cost of obtaining other data. B20 090 |^The black hole is no specific place; no filing cabinet drawer B20 091 marked *"our eyes only**" or *"deep six**". ^It's a tactic. B20 092 |^The tactic is simple. ^When sensitive information is requested, B20 093 the officials or the minister will dally and, when pushed, refuse to B20 094 release it. ^If the Ombudsman is asked to review the decision, the B20 095 delaying begins. ^First the Ombudsman has to be provided with the B20 096 information to recommend whether or not it should be released. ^In B20 097 some cases this process has taken up to a year. ^And, even then, the B20 098 process of negotiation between Ombudsman and department can in extreme B20 099 cases take many months. B20 100 |^To suggest there is a tactical intent in all this to-ing and B20 101 fro-ing is not to underestimate the realities of working in the public B20 102 service. ^There is a lot of work and not many staff to do it. ^But B20 103 some departments are quicker than others and Treasury seems to be B20 104 slowest of them all. B20 105 |^As Trade and Industry under**[ARB**]-secretary Peter Nielsen B20 106 pointed out recently, getting information on time *"is equally B20 107 important as the content of the material itself**". ^In many cases the B20 108 information arrives so late as to be useless. B20 109 |^Information is useful when people and organisations affected by B20 110 decisions, or with specialist knowledge, can scrutinise the B20 111 Government's plans. ^It's a scrutiny governments naturally prefer to B20 112 avoid. B20 113 |^On May 15, the Bank Officers' Union asked the Minister of B20 114 Finance for information on proposals to increase the capital base of B20 115 the Bank of New Zealand. ^The union said it wanted the information B20 116 urgently because a decision to sell shares in the bank was imminent. B20 117 |^*"It is important that members of this union who are employed by B20 118 the {0BNZ}, are able to make informed judgments, and that the union is B20 119 able to make a constructive contribution to the B20 120 decision**[ARB**]-making process,**" said union secretary Don Aimer in B20 121 a letter to the minister. B20 122 |^A week later the union phoned the minister's office and was told B20 123 the request had been passed to Treasury, and the minister's staff B20 124 could give no response date. B20 125 |^The union asked for the Ombudsman's help and, after inquiries by B20 126 his office, he decided on June 26 that there had been undue delay on B20 127 the part of the minister and he would investigate the refusal to B20 128 release the information. ^Chief Ombudsman Lester Castle, acknowledged B20 129 *"the desirability of completing my investigation prior to any final B20 130 decision being made**" on the financing of the bank but *"^I cannot of B20 131 course guarantee that this will be achieved**". B20 132 |^On July 10 the Labour caucus approved Cabinet plans to sell B20 133 shares in the bank. ^The Ombudsman's investigation is still B20 134 continuing. ^Round one to the minister and the Treasury. B20 135 |^For John Lush, Waikato regional secretary for the Public Service B20 136 Association, it has been a similar story, only longer. ^On August 1, B20 137 1985, he asked the Minister of Finance for a copy of Treasury B20 138 proposals for the establishment of energy corporations. ^The request B20 139 was refused twice (on September 10 and October 2) because *"the B20 140 Government consideration of the issue was not yet completed**" *- B20 141 which was the very reason John Lush and the {0PSA}'s electricity B20 142 sub-group wanted the information in the first place. B20 143 |^Lush called in the Ombudsman on October 15. ^The Ombudsman B20 144 received a report from the department on December 20 but sought B20 145 further information. ^By March 5 he still had not received this B20 146 information. B20 147 |^On July 10, more than 11 months after his initial request, Lush B20 148 received the report. ^What was particularly galling was the report B20 149 being discussed at a Central Waikato Electric Power Board meeting B20 150 during October 1985. B20 151 |^*"The power board can discuss the matter,**" says Lush, *"but B20 152 the {0PSA}. which represents the people involved whose jobs are at B20 153 risk, know nothing about it.**" ^Round two to the minister and the B20 154 Treasury, on points. B20 155 |^The desire of governments to control the flow of information is B20 156 overwhelmingly strong. ^But it is contrary to Labour's open government B20 157 policy and limits scrutiny of its decisions. ^Greater scrutiny makes B20 158 the Government's immediate job more difficult but it is an effective B20 159 check on the type of full-steam-ahead decisionmaking that lumbered the B20 160 taxpayer with the Think Big projects. ^This government heaps much B20 161 abuse on Think Big while building its own B20 162 **[PLATE**] B20 163 head of steam for a different course. B20 164 |^Scrutinising that course is difficult. ^New Zealand Times B20 165 political reporter Murray McLaughlin wants information on how each of B20 166 the 30 government departments plan to achieve the *+$840 million in B20 167 savings, targeted in the Minister of Finance's briefing on May 19. B20 168 ^McLaughlin asked the minister's office for the information on May 20. B20 169 ^He's still waiting. ^He hasn't been refused. ^These things take time. B20 170 ^First Treasury had to compile the information. ^Then after Douglas B20 171 had the information for about three weeks, there was uncertainty B20 172 because some of the material may be declared commercially confidential B20 173 and kept secret. B20 174 |^Round three is undecided but leaning Treasury and the minister's B20 175 way. B20 176 |^A long time ago, early March 1984, I asked Treasury for a copy B20 177 of its history of the New Zealand Steel project and for access to B20 178 information on the expansion of the steel mill, prepared for Cabinet B20 179 by officials between June 1981 and November 1981, the key period when B20 180 decisions were made on the expansion project. B20 181 |^For a while there was silence. ^Six weeks later, I asked again, B20 182 pointing out I needed the information urgently because I was B20 183 presenting a seminar paper on the project. ^On May 21 1984, both B20 184 requests were refused, for a clutch of reasons: the information B20 185 related to New Zealand Steel's competitive commercial activities, some B20 186 of it was supplied in confidence, other information was the advice and B20 187 opinions of officials. B20 188 |^I disputed this decision and asked the Ombudsman to review it. B20 189 ^That was June 22, 1984. ^The next step was for the Treasury to report B20 190 to the Ombudsman on why it made the decision. ^There is no power in B20 191 the Official Information Act to require a department to respond to the B20 192 Ombudsman's request within a set deadline. ^Nor is there any such B20 193 power in the amending legislation before Parliament. B20 194 |^I have six letters from the Ombudsman saying he is still waiting B20 195 for a report from Treasury. ^The first is dated October 10, 1984; a B20 196 seventh, dated October 23, 1985, says *"I have now received the papers B20 197 relevant to your request**". B20 198 |^An abridged history of the steel project was released in B20 199 November 1985. ^After further negotiation by the Ombudsman, the 1981 B20 200 reports to Cabinet were released in January 1986 after the Government B20 201 had announced a rescue package for the project. B20 202 |^Another round to the Treasury and the minister. B20 203 |^They are not alone. ^Other departments and ministers are also B20 204 responsible for excessive delays. ^But Treasury's position is special. B20 205 ^For a start, it is the department in the middle; most major decisions B20 206 have a contribution from Treasury. B20 207 |^Treasury is seriously under**[ARB**]-staffed and it is uneasy B20 208 about the release of its opinion and advice. ^These factors have a B20 209 combined effect. ^When the official information legislation was first B20 210 considered by a select committee in 1982, Treasury secretary Bernard B20 211 Galvin was strongly opposed to the release of officials' advice. ^He B20 212 said the confidentiality of advice to a minister was at the heart of B20 213 an independent and non-political civil service. B20 214 |^Opposition to the release of Treasury advice has meant requests B20 215 for information have to be handled by senior staff, who delete B20 216 sensitive material. ^There are not staff available so there are B20 217 lengthy delays. B20 218 |^The combination of staff shortages, opposition to the release of B20 219 advice and opinion, and the political advantages in keeping this B20 220 information secret, combine to undermine the operation of the Official B20 221 Information Act and the Government's open government policy. B20 222 *# B21 001 **[065 TEXT B21**] B21 002 *<*4Letters to the Editor*> B21 003 * B21 004 |*0Sir, *- ^My tastebuds have been vindicated. ^For years I B21 005 have drooled over pawpaws, mangoes and rock melon, savouring to B21 006 the last remnant the taste delight *- on the few occasions that B21 007 my bank balance could run to such ambrosial foods. ^Then came B21 008 *- sound the trumpets *- our very own tropical fruit, a delight B21 009 to the eyes with its autumnal colours and hedgehog B21 010 configuration. ^What a let-down. ^I see this kiwano fruit has B21 011 been forbidden entry to America (where it was selling for B21 012 *+${0US}9.50) and has had its genealogy traced to Africa: *"a B21 013 cucumber, which people will only eat during famine *- a B21 014 weed,**" (June 25). ^So who's been having who on? *-Yours, B21 015 \0etc., B21 016 *2JILL WILCOX. B21 017 *0June 25, 1986. B21 018 *<*4East and West*> B21 019 |*0Sir, *- ^The first time President Reagan said a good word B21 020 about Mikhail Gorbachev was as a preliminary ploy to the B21 021 treacherous announcement that the United States would B21 022 proliferate a new generation of airborne cruise missiles before B21 023 abandoning {0S.A.L.T.} Two. ^This generated not one letter of B21 024 protest from pro-Pentagon Christian correspondents. ^Under the B21 025 headline *"Reagan hails Gorbachev offer,**" we learn that B21 026 Congress directed \0Mr Reagan to cool it and abide by B21 027 {0S.A.L.T.} Two. ^Superficially, it would appear that B21 028 America's conscience has finally outvoted the Pentagon hawks, B21 029 but let us not forget that it is probably the first time for B21 030 the Reagan Administration, hence the conciliatory words that B21 031 \0Mr Reagan has been forced to use for domestic political B21 032 purposes. ^Now his millions of Christian supporters have a B21 033 unique opportunity to reverse their own hitherto hawkish B21 034 attitudes and resurrect their much-vaunted edict, *"love thine B21 035 enemies,**" particularly as they are chosen for ridiculous B21 036 reasons. *-^Yours, \0etc., B21 037 *2ARTHUR MAY B21 038 *0June 21, 1986. B21 039 |*0Sir, *- ^John Canham (June 25) is wrong. ^The only valid B21 040 Christian approach to communism includes understanding its B21 041 economics, to see in world context its actual Christ-like B21 042 practice and to separate it from its traditional Russian B21 043 practices. ^He should be less respectful to *"nominal**" B21 044 Christianity, which has slaughtered and tortured millions in B21 045 its quest for gold and control. ^Most of the world's most B21 046 grievous poverty and most obscene contrasts between such and B21 047 immense wealth are in nominally Christian countries, many of B21 048 which are neither free nor prosperous. ^The Soviet Union is B21 049 not an aggressor to be feared. ^It has policed five bordering B21 050 countries only (horribly unpleasant for some). ^America does B21 051 not defend the *"free**" world; it exploits it economically B21 052 (though Japan is now exploiting America) and has B21 053 undemocratically installed and-or maintained vicious, minority, B21 054 military dictatorships in at least 30 countries. *-Yours, B21 055 \0etc., B21 056 *2SUSAN TAYLOR B21 057 *0June 25, 1986. B21 058 *<*4East and West*> B21 059 |*0Sir, *- ^Replying to John Canham (June 25), I maintain B21 060 that America has relentlessly continued its 1832 Monroe B21 061 Doctrine of military-economic expansion. ^{0J. F.} Dulles B21 062 confirmed this in 1954, declaring: ^*"There are two ways of B21 063 conquering a foreign nation: gain control by force of arms, or B21 064 gain control of its economy.**" ^Cuba and Nicaragua have each B21 065 suffered American military invasion three times this century. B21 066 ^The American economic stranglehold on Cuba was broken by B21 067 Castro in 1960 and by Nicaragua in 1979. ^Both have since B21 068 endured unremitting American hostility *- total trade B21 069 embargoes, their enemies armed and financed, shipping and B21 070 customers harassed, harbours mined, assassination attempts, B21 071 forced, unwanted military bases (Guatanamo, Cuba), blockades, B21 072 intimidation and invasion threats. ^The resultant setbacks are B21 073 exaggerated as proof that socialism is *"unworkable.**" B21 074 ^Meanwhile, America still has firm control of half the Western B21 075 world's productive capacity and 60 per cent of its finance. B21 076 ^John Canham should look at the other side of the coin. *- B21 077 Yours \0etc., B21 078 *2{0M.T.} MOORE. B21 079 *0June 25, 1986. B21 080 *<*4{0S.A.L.T.}Two*> B21 081 |*0Sir, *- ^An intemperate vehemence of assertion cannot B21 082 conceal the total absence of facts in Lloyd Habgood's letter B21 083 (June 24) to support his claim of *"an awesome history of B21 084 Russian transgressions against humanity (including their own B21 085 countrymen).**" ^Russian history up to November 7, 1917, showed B21 086 no more *"awesome transgressions against humanity**" than that B21 087 of any other European Power and the United States. ^Which of B21 088 these colonial Powers had a less *"awesome history of B21 089 transgressions against humanity**" than Russia? ^Britain, B21 090 France, Germany, Spain, Portugal, Belgium, the Netherlands? B21 091 ^Not one of them. ^The United States itself was built on B21 092 slavery and the slaughter of the indigenous North American B21 093 Indians. ^The Russian Revolution purged that country of its B21 094 autocratic, feudal, barbarous, imperialistic past. *-Yours, B21 095 \0etc., B21 096 *<*2\0M. CREEL*> B21 097 *0June 24, 1986. B21 098 *<*4Police calendar*> B21 099 |*0Sir, *- ^I hope \0Mr Jamieson's reply to my letter (June 23) B21 100 is not representative of a police response to a complaint or a B21 101 call for help. ^He has totally avoided the issue raised in my B21 102 letter. ^Does the flagrant showing of a *"girlie**" calendar B21 103 depicting a nude woman represent the attitude of the police B21 104 force towards women? ^Responding to his reply I am sure B21 105 everyone is aware that very little of the inside of the Police B21 106 Station is visible from the footpath. ^I referred specifically B21 107 to the gatehouse, by which I mean the small wooden building in B21 108 Hereford Street behind the corrugated iron fence. ^The inside B21 109 of this building is clearly visible from the footpath and the B21 110 calendar referred to has been sighted by a number of persons. B21 111 *-Yours, \0etc., B21 112 *2{0G.P.} BEAUMONT. B21 113 *0Oxford, B21 114 June 24, 1986. B21 115 *<*4Pronunciation*> B21 116 |*0Sir, *- ^What a pity the female singer of *"Sailing B21 117 Away,**" was not taught to pronounce the Maori language B21 118 correctly. ^The opening words of the song should be: ^*"Po B21 119 kare kare ana, nga wai...**" referring to turbulent waters; not B21 120 *"Po kari kari ana, nga wai...**" for which I have no B21 121 interpretation. ^As the song will receive a lot of airing and B21 122 probably be heard world-wide, it is sad that this mistake was B21 123 not picked up. *-Yours,\0etc., B21 124 *2RICHARD AATA B21 125 *0June 23, 1986. B21 126 *<*4Pastoral lands*> B21 127 |*0Sir, *- ^I question the benefit of having high country B21 128 pastoral land under a Land Development Corporation. ^How can B21 129 these vast areas of essentially non-commercial land be made B21 130 profitable? ^Are pastoral lease rentals to increase? ^Is land B21 131 to be sold and lost from Crown control? ^Continued extensive B21 132 grazing of high country is essential to protect tussock lands. B21 133 ^The high country's unique heritage and beauty warrant B21 134 protection and wise management. ^I doubt whether this can be B21 135 achieved if a conservation body of the Crown is not the B21 136 caretaker. ^The Land Settlement Board is showing good sense in B21 137 developing a policy of preventing further deterioration of high B21 138 country values. ^The exclusion of severely eroded lands from B21 139 leases, and the prevention of key natural and recreational B21 140 areas from being freeholded, are sound policies and have B21 141 received Government support. ^This Government support would B21 142 seem inconsistent if a Land Development Corporation is allowed B21 143 to manage the high country. *-Yours, \0etc., B21 144 *2{0J.G.} ANDERSON. B21 145 *0June 24, 1986. B21 146 *<*4Palestinians*> B21 147 |*0Sir, *- ^It is mischievous to label me as partisan (June B21 148 5) simply on the basis of what United Nations Security Council B21 149 Resolutions 242 and 338 provide as the basis for a peace B21 150 settlement. ^Those resolutions provide for the implemention of B21 151 a two-fold principle (May 27). ^Egypt, by following that B21 152 two-fold principle, has obtained territory and has recognised the B21 153 right of Israel to exist as a State. ^The issue now is whether B21 154 the Palestinian Arabs are prepared to accept Israel's right to B21 155 exist as a State if she withdrew to the lines Alistair Pringle B21 156 (June 5) suggests. ^It is only logical that the Palestinian B21 157 Arabs or their leadership, if any, should recognise the entity B21 158 from which they seek territorial concessions. ^This assumes B21 159 they comply with the above-stated resolutions. ^If not, the B21 160 seeds which have sown conflict in that area perpetually thrive B21 161 and the cycle of hostility viciously repeats itself. *-Yours, B21 162 \0etc., B21 163 *2JOEL MANYAM. B21 164 *0June 24, 1986. B21 165 *<*4Air pollution*> B21 166 |*0Sir, *- ^I am a little weary of the many letters B21 167 complaining about pollution from the harmless wood fire. ^From B21 168 time immemorial, wood fires have been used for cooking and B21 169 heating, and have had no bad effect. ^The coal and coke fires B21 170 are a different matter. ^They, of course, can be made B21 171 smokeless, but to do so is expensive and it is a matter of B21 172 getting priorities right. ^Long may the wood fire continue to B21 173 burn. *-Yours, \0etc., B21 174 *2JOAN CAMPBELL. *0June 25, 1986. B21 175 *<*4School protests*> B21 176 |*0Sir, *- ^The regrettable student protests against good, B21 177 popular teachers, Warwick Taylor and John Mills, and the B21 178 childish cancellation of Craig Green's well-merited University B21 179 Blue, should at last alert us to the dangers of a ruthless, B21 180 insidious influence which is using the anti-apartheid movement B21 181 to cause sharp division, acrimony and physical coercion among B21 182 us. ^Unbelievably, even before they left here, harsher B21 183 punishment was demanded for these exemplary sportsmen than for B21 184 rapists, sodomists and murderers. ^Most Kiwis, like me, abhor B21 185 apartheid, but would prefer to tackle the responsible Afrikaner B21 186 Government over there than to break our strong tradition of B21 187 minding our own business and leaving our neighbours to make B21 188 their own moral decisions unquestioned. ^Few countries are B21 189 free from severe racial problems and deep injustices. ^We are B21 190 not really helping black South Africans by venting our B21 191 self-righteousness on fellow citizens. *-Yours, \0etc., B21 192 *2TED MULCOCK. B21 193 *0June 25, 1986. B21 194 *<*4Use of letter*> B21 195 |*0Sir, *- ^{0R.F.} and {0G.B.} Harre (June 24) are mistaken B21 196 in the assumption that I condoned Sir Robert Muldoon's use of B21 197 the *"letter.**" ^I made no evaluation whatsoever of his B21 198 actions in my letter of June 18. ^In this I merely quoted the B21 199 reported remarks of \0Mr Lange and added a personal opinion of B21 200 these. ^As \0Mr Lange also said that it was one of the best B21 201 letters he had ever written (June 13), I have no hesitation in B21 202 repeating my personal opinion that *"alas, it equally shows B21 203 what sort of person we have as Prime Minister at present.**" B21 204 *-Yours, \0etc., B21 205 (Ms) *2SHIRLEY \0R. DAVEY. B21 206 *0June 25, 1986. B21 207 *<*4Prudential's *'man**'*> B21 208 |*0Sir, *- ^There is a ready answer to {0E.P.} Steciurenko's B21 209 question (June 25) of what to do with words like mankind, B21 210 manmade, maneater, \0etc. *- the addition of *"hu**" as a B21 211 prefix, giving humankind, humanmade, humaneater, B21 212 humanslaughter. ^Simple? *-Yours, \0etc., B21 213 *2DENISE ANKER. B21 214 *0June 25, 1986. B21 215 *<*4Goods, services tax*> B21 216 |*0Sir, *- ^There is quiet resignation to the forthcoming B21 217 introduction of {0GST}. ^That such a measure can be inflicted B21 218 on a population without widespread reaction of outrage is B21 219 frightening. ^In the rural community the assistance farmers B21 220 offer one another in their business activity will be subject to B21 221 {0GST}, as will the barter of farm produce. ^The monetary B21 222 value of this neighbourly interdependence is enormous; the B21 223 taxable liability of like proportion. ^Many will ignore the B21 224 liability, others unwittingly overlook it. ^Almost all, at B21 225 some stage, will be open to tax avoidance charges. ^The degree B21 226 of subservience to the State that {0GST} will bring, for all B21 227 business activity, is of totalitarian proportion. ^Meanwhile, B21 228 on television, Sharon Crosbie soothingly tells us that {0GST} B21 229 is a *"fairer**" tax. ^Have we been so lulled into quiescence B21 230 as to accept such an obvious attempt at Government-funded, B21 231 national indoctrination? *-Yours, \0etc., B21 232 *2{0D.A.} CARTER. B21 233 *0June 25, 1986. B21 234 *<*4Railways service*> B21 235 |*0Sir, *- ^We read from time to time of people knocking and B21 236 criticising New Zealand Railways for its inefficiency. ^I must B21 237 bring to notice an instance where I have found just the B21 238 opposite to obtain. ^I consigned a lounge chair from Blenheim B21 239 to Christchurch; uplifted from the door at 3 {0p.m.} on Tuesday B21 240 and delivered to the door of recipient at 11.15 {0a.m.} the B21 241 following day. ^I congratulate the Railways on its performance B21 242 and give credit where it is due. *-Yours, \0etc., *2{0A.I.L.} B21 243 PETRIE. B21 244 *0Blenheim, June 24, 1986. B21 245 *<*4Lotto funds*> B21 246 |*0Sir, *- ^The Minister of Internal Affairs, \0Mr Tapsell, B21 247 has indicated that Lotto funds will be distributed throughout B21 248 the community in exactly the same way as Golden Kiwi funds are B21 249 now, by the Lotteries Board. ^I support this method of B21 250 voluntary, national fund-raising. ^A very wide variety of B21 251 museum, historical, heritage and preservation interests are at B21 252 present grossly under-funded. ^The reality, of course, is (and B21 253 correctly so) that they do not fall into the bracket of an B21 254 essential service. ^I recommend that the Minister give serious B21 255 consideration to affording far greater support for our B21 256 historical-heritage interests, in terms of dollars, via the B21 257 additional moneys from Lotto and other gaming devices. B21 258 *-Yours, \0etc., B21 259 *2STEPHEN \0H. RICE. B21 260 *0June 25, 1986. B21 261 Letters *<*4Justice is served*> B21 262 |^*0The decision by the Rugby Football Union *- effectively B21 263 not to punish the *"Cavalier**" rugby players for their South B21 264 African tour *- was some consolation for the way last year's B21 265 proposed tour was halted. B21 266 |^The rugby union's decision demonstrated two things. B21 267 |^It showed New Zealanders are still free to do and go as B21 268 they wish. B21 269 |^The players were obviously only punished for not following B21 270 union rules regarding playing overseas. B21 271 |^It also showed the nation and the world that an B21 272 organisation was not prepared to be dictated to or humiliated B21 273 by some Left-wing radical pressure. B21 274 |^Last year the anti-tour sector used the New Zealand B21 275 judiciary system to stop the All Blacks going about their B21 276 lawful business. B21 277 |^Although no decision has ever been made, the timing of the B21 278 case was a means to stop the tour. B21 279 |^This time justice has been done. B21 280 |^It is a shame, however, the New Zealanders were not B21 281 wearing the black jersey with the silver fern and called B21 282 themselves the All Blacks while in South Africa. *-*2{0I.S.} B21 283 WALLIS. B21 284 *# B22 001 **[066 TEXT B22**] B22 002 *<*4Letters*> B22 003 *<*4{0NZRFU} rules*> B22 004 |*0Sir *- ^Perhaps the Rugby Football Union could publish a B22 005 list of its rules, thereby making it even easier for players, B22 006 coaches and selectors to circumvent them. B22 007 |^It would also be a great encouragement to young players to B22 008 learn how to cheat and lie and to become infamous in one's B22 009 lifetime, without fear of punishment. B22 010 |^Long may dirty play live. *- *2\0R. BARCOCK. B22 011 *<*4Anti-smoking campaign*> B22 012 |*0Sir *- ^The hate session against smoking is under way. B22 013 ^Opened by \0Dr Bassett, who is not a medical doctor, I hope it B22 014 is a nine-day wonder like the Billy Graham crusade many years B22 015 ago. B22 016 |^If these anti-smoking people would channel their energies B22 017 into lead in petrol, diesel fumes, rubbish fires, and certain B22 018 elements used in the growing of vegetables, it would be B22 019 laudable. B22 020 |^Recently the Auckland City Council rejected a proposal for B22 021 a by-law which would have restricted smoking in public places. B22 022 ^It was defeated 11 to nine and that is too close for comfort. B22 023 |^What right have 20 people to speak for others? ^Surely B22 024 that must be an infringement of human rights. B22 025 |^This concern for the young people will not wear while they B22 026 are glue sniffing and taking drugs. B22 027 |^The danger to the smoker is that in the next few weeks out B22 028 will come the Budget. ^If this Government has its way smokers B22 029 will be paying double for tobacco and cigarettes. B22 030 |^For years sport was sponsored by tobacco companies. B22 031 |^While tobacco companies are unable to advertise their B22 032 wares it seems to be all right for the anti-smokers to peddle B22 033 theirs. *- *2{0J.J.} CONLEY. B22 034 *<*4Brezhnev quote*> B22 035 |*0Sir *- ^There is something very fishy about Bert Walker's B22 036 alleged Brezhnev quote. ^This same quote is also alleged to B22 037 have been made by Brezhnev to Somalian President Mohammed Siad B22 038 Barre in 1973, the same year of Brezhnev's supposed *"Prague B22 039 speech.**" B22 040 |^A {0U.S.} Air Force captain at the Pentagon citing a B22 041 *"Military Science and Technology**" article makes this claim B22 042 in the journal *"Foreign Policy**" (\0No. 49, 1982-83, \0p173). B22 043 |^This reference can be immediately checked whereas no B22 044 library in the country holds a copy of the 1981 publication B22 045 cited by \0Mr Walker. B22 046 |^In fact, the whole issue reeks of a South African B22 047 disinformation campaign since any communists would have to be B22 048 silly indeed to attribute in published form such a quote to B22 049 Brezhnev. *- *2{0D.K.} SMALL. (*0Abridged) B22 050 *<*4Court sentences*> B22 051 |*0Sir *- ^Throw eggs at the Queen and you may go to jail. B22 052 ^Be a drunken driver and kill someone and all you may get is a B22 053 fine and a loss of licence. *- *2ANN SMITH. B22 054 *<*4Quality not quantity*> B22 055 |*0Sir *- ^Christchurch is a nice city as long as we stay B22 056 with quality, not quantity. B22 057 |^We think the Christchurch City Council should get its own B22 058 backyard in order before it tries to take on a lot more area. B22 059 |^If it is out poking round in remote country areas they B22 060 will never fix up our street. B22 061 |^Let's trim our sails and do a good job on what we've got. B22 062 *- \0M. and *2\0H. BROWN. B22 063 *<*4Overstayers*> B22 064 |*0Sir *- ^Why should 10,000 overstayers be allowed to stay B22 065 in New Zealand? B22 066 |^The Maori and pakeha made this country what it is today, B22 067 and fought in two world wars. B22 068 |^I lost my brother in the last war, and I was overseas B22 069 fighting as well. B22 070 |^The public will be up in arms if they let more in. ^God B22 071 only knows what this country will be like in a few years to B22 072 come. B22 073 |^The Government gives them permits for three months, and B22 074 they stay three years and longer. *- *2{0J.B.} MARSHALL. B22 075 *<*4{0GST} and families*> B22 076 |*0Sir *- ^Generally, families with two parents sharing one B22 077 income, spend their total income on basic essentials. ^When B22 078 {0GST} comes into effect they will not benefit from the B22 079 reduction in sales tax. B22 080 |^Compared to the single-parent family and to the two-income B22 081 family, the two-parent-one-income family will be paying a much B22 082 larger proportion of their income in {0GST} unless a tax B22 083 adjustment is made which acknowledges the dependent adult. *- B22 084 *2MARGARET O'BRIEN. B22 085 *<*4No mercy from ministry*> B22 086 |*0Sir *- ^As these are times when the only way to get any B22 087 justice seems to be to protest this is what this letter is all B22 088 about. B22 089 |^On Queen's Birthday I was driving up for a day at Hanmer. B22 090 ^I was stopped by two traffic officers in a car in Amberley and B22 091 told that this was a restricted speed area, and that I was B22 092 exceeding the speed limit. B22 093 |^I was not aware that I was in a restricted area, was B22 094 curtly asked for my licence, asked if it were mine, a ticket B22 095 was thrust at me, and in a like manner told the fine was B22 096 *+$200, to be paid within a month. B22 097 |^I was so stunned by this colossal sum I'm writing this as B22 098 a warning to future unsuspecting drivers who happen to be B22 099 travelling north. B22 100 |^I am a widow and a national superannuitant and this huge B22 101 fine is so staggering I am still reeling from the impact. B22 102 ^This was not on my part a deliberate infringement of the law. B22 103 ^I have called to see the supervisor of the Ministry of B22 104 Transport, but gained no mercy or leniency. ^I have been B22 105 battling alone for 15 years and it's been hard going all the B22 106 way. ^If one has a man to lean on, I find one gets a much B22 107 better deal in life and much more respect. B22 108 |^I write this that some others may benefit from my temerity B22 109 in exposing the rake-off this department must be getting from B22 110 unsuspecting motorists. B22 111 |^Surely there is a large enough profit from the increase in B22 112 registration, with {0GST} included. B22 113 |^A fine is probably justified, but not to the tune of B22 114 *+$200. B22 115 |^I also use my car for voluntary community work. ^Cannot B22 116 humanity be used in this respect? ^I give my services and my B22 117 car for the benefit of others. ^Surely it is not much to ask B22 118 for a little in return? *- (\0Mrs) *2{0M.R.} ADAMSON. B22 119 *<*4Rights of the common man*> B22 120 |*0Sir *- ^{0W.J.} Collins (June 7) asks my opinion on B22 121 Australian plans to force all Australians to carry an \0ID B22 122 card. B22 123 |^I think the idea stinks just as much in Australia as it B22 124 does in the Soviet Union. B22 125 |^The history of human liberty has been a constant battle B22 126 between the rights of the common man and the tyranny of state B22 127 power. B22 128 |^Every single time the State has been given power to B22 129 monitor the movements, personal life and business dealings of B22 130 its citizens, it has eventually used that power to destroy B22 131 liberty. B22 132 |^The Australia card is supposedly designed to crack down on B22 133 tax evasion and welfare fraud. B22 134 |^This is simply a case of socialism being used to justify B22 135 more socialism being used to justify more socialism. B22 136 |^Rather than impose such controls, Australia should abolish B22 137 social welfare and introduce a fair tax system, such as B22 138 turnover tax which would virtually eliminate the incentive to B22 139 evade. B22 140 |^{0W.J.} Collins has every right to surrender his own B22 141 liberty, but he has no right to advocate policies which would B22 142 deprive others of theirs. *- *2{0T.R.} LOUDEN. B22 143 *<*4When works are closed*> B22 144 |*0Sir *- ^The country can no longer afford the luxury of B22 145 paying meat inspectors when the works are closed. B22 146 |^They should be employed solely as seasonal workers. B22 147 |^They should also receive a margin for skill payment *- B22 148 above the meat graders. B22 149 |^Over the years when meat workers have been on strike meat B22 150 inspectors have been paid but their stoppages have resulted in B22 151 no payments for the meat workers. B22 152 |^This blows the myth of British justice. B22 153 |^You do not make fish of one and fowl of the other. *- B22 154 *2\0V. HORTON-WILSON. B22 155 Letters B22 156 *<*4Fluoridated water*> B22 157 |*0Sir *- ^\0Mr David Fergusson, of the Christchurch School B22 158 of Medicine's child development study, together with others who B22 159 favour fluoridation of drinking water for dental purposes, B22 160 appears to see no considerations in the issue other than the B22 161 benefits to teeth, particularly those of children. B22 162 |^Few people, I agree, would dispute there is a lower B22 163 incidence of dental cavities, but what does concern many of us B22 164 are the possible effects of fluoride on other aspects of our B22 165 health, as well as the imposition on the public of a chemical B22 166 they may not wish to ingest. B22 167 |^Until it has been clarified by extensive world-wide B22 168 research that fluoride is not a danger to anyone's health I B22 169 would find it unacceptable in public drinking water. B22 170 |^Incidentally, my son is one of the participants in \0Mr B22 171 Fergusson's survey who is completely untypical of the overall B22 172 results, having lived all his nine years with an unfluoridated B22 173 water supply, taken fluoride tablets somewhat erratically for B22 174 less than a year, and not having had a single filling. B22 175 |^He likes sweets and icecream as much as all children, but B22 176 does brush his teeth with fluoride-containing toothpaste. *- B22 177 *2SARAH CLARKSON. B22 178 *<*4Entitled to post office*> B22 179 |*0Sir *- ^Every district is entitled to its own post B22 180 office. ^Some people would find it very inconvenient to have B22 181 to travel further, especially the ones who do not have a car. B22 182 |^As far as the Opawa one is concerned, you could park B22 183 either side of it for years but now it has yellow lines and a B22 184 bus stop on one side. B22 185 |^A considerable amount of money has been spent on it and it B22 186 is a very good building. *- (\0Mrs) *2\0N. DICK. B22 187 *<*4Economic systems*> B22 188 |*0Sir *- ^I find {0T.R.}Loudon's political naivety very B22 189 irritating. ^His letter (December 5) implies the Soviet Union B22 190 is a *"fascist state**" which, of course, it is not. ^Nor is B22 191 it a *"communist state**" (communism can only be said to occur B22 192 after the state has atrophied). ^The Soviet Union can at best B22 193 be said to have attempted to build socialism. B22 194 |^Market economies invariably result in over-production, B22 195 wastage of natural resources, pollution, unequal development *- B22 196 leading to national privilege, war and inequality. ^Far from B22 197 being the perfect economic system which protects the *"rights B22 198 of the individual,**" free enterprise condemns many B22 199 *"individuals**" to a lifetime of repetition. ^This is because B22 200 it rests upon the premise that the few are justified in growing B22 201 fat at the expense of, and through the labour of, the people. B22 202 |^The real threat to *"freedom**" in New Zealand does not B22 203 appear from an authoritarian Left, but rather from the B22 204 reactionary Right *- quasi-fascist groups such as {0ZAP}, the B22 205 Moral Majority and pro-nuclear groups. ^Groups that play on B22 206 people's fears and prejudices can in times of economic B22 207 uncertainty become very powerful, {0e.g.} the National B22 208 Socialist Party in pre-war Germany, and more recently the B22 209 National Front in England. *- *2{0C.H.} SATHERLEY. (Abridged) B22 210 *<*4What's in the name?*> B22 211 |*0Sir *- ^Dramatic changes have taken place in medicine B22 212 during the past 50 years. B22 213 |^This is particularly true in otolaryngology, the branch of B22 214 medicine traditionally concerned with treating disorders of the B22 215 ear, nose and throat. B22 216 |^Otolaryngology has extended its boundaries to incorporate B22 217 most aspects of surgery of the head and neck from delicate B22 218 micro-surgery to radical cancer surgery of this region of the B22 219 body. ^The term *"ear, nose and throat**" does not adequately B22 220 encompass the competence and abilities of the modern B22 221 otolaryngologist. B22 222 |^If the use of the word otolaryngologist to describe an B22 223 *"ear, nose and throat doctor**" is gobbledegook then so is the B22 224 use of the word orthopaedic to describe a *"bone doctor,**" B22 225 ophthalmologist to describe an *"eye doctor,**" urologist to B22 226 describe a doctor specialising in the *"waterworks.**" *- B22 227 *2{0M.S.} ROBERTSON (*0President, New Zealand Society of B22 228 Otolaryngology *- Head and Neck Surgery). B22 229 *<*4Cardiac waiting list*> B22 230 |*0Sir *- ^Thirteen years ago I had cardiac bypass surgery B22 231 in Wellington Hospital. ^This was after nine months on the B22 232 waiting list. ^At that time this was considered by all B22 233 concerned to be an unacceptable waiting time for surgery. B22 234 |^The cardiac patient can now expect to wait for up to two B22 235 years for coronary bypass or valvular surgery. ^This is taken B22 236 from an official register just published. B22 237 |^The Christchurch-West Coast cardiac patient has almost no B22 238 choice in the public hospital sector of where they would like B22 239 to go. ^The Government in its wisdom has directed that B22 240 patients from this area must be referred to Dunedin Hospital B22 241 for surgery. B22 242 |^A directive from the Dunedin Hospital has just been B22 243 received, I believe, that states that the Dunedin surgical unit B22 244 will carry out only four cardiac surgeries a week until further B22 245 notice including urgent cases. ^Also it will not accept any B22 246 referrals from this area for angioplasty until next March. B22 247 |^Can \0Mr {0T.C.} Grigg, the Canterbury Hospital Board B22 248 chairman, advise: B22 249 |^What steps will the board take in the interests of their B22 250 patients in light of the Dunedin decision, which will allow the B22 251 patient who needs surgery to receive it? B22 252 |^Is the Canterbury Hospital Board's overriding priority for B22 253 capital expenditure still the establishment of a cardiac B22 254 thoracic surgical unit at the Princess Margaret Hospital? B22 255 |^If the cardiac surgical services review committee at B22 256 present sitting recommends the approval for a surgical unit, B22 257 will the board proceed as a matter of urgency in light of the B22 258 present unacceptable waiting lists for surgery? *- *2{0N.W.} B22 259 COLUMBUS. B22 260 |^\0Mr Grigg replies: B22 261 |1 ^In urgent cases, where Otago cannot meet the board's B22 262 needs, every effort will be made to make alternative B22 263 arrangements. B22 264 |2 ^Yes, as \0Mr Columbus is aware, *"subject to funds being B22 265 made available.**" B22 266 |3 ^The board cannot anticipate what recommendations will be B22 267 contained in the Cardiac Services Review Committee's report. B22 268 |^However, \0Mr Columbus should be reminded that the latest B22 269 cardiac register indicates that more people have cardiac B22 270 referrals from the Canterbury area than any other area in New B22 271 Zealand. B22 272 *<*4Post office petition*> B22 273 |*0Sir *- ^I wish to thank the more than 800 people who have B22 274 signed a petition to save our post office at Redcliffs. B22 275 |^Several weeks ago when it was known that some post offices B22 276 might be closed I decided to have a petition. ^At this stage B22 277 \0Cr Charles Manning gave support and helped with the format B22 278 this petition should take. ^He also arranged meetings with the B22 279 town planning committee of the city council and with our local B22 280 member of Parliament, \0Mrs Hercus, who now has the petition to B22 281 present to the Postmaster-General. *- (\0Mrs) *2ELLA WEBB. B22 282 *# B23 001 **[067 TEXT B23**] B23 002 *<*2LETTERS*> B23 003 *<*4School Certificate examination*> B23 004 |*0Sir, *- ^I remind your correspondent {0RS} Bargh that the B23 005 School Certificate examination was intended to be taken by the B23 006 average child at the end of four years' secondary education. B23 007 ^The very bright child was allowed to sit at the end of three B23 008 years. B23 009 |^But parent pressure and exaggerated ideas of B23 010 egalitarianism resulted in more and more students sitting at B23 011 the end of three years when they were not ready for the B23 012 examination. B23 013 |^The fact that some private schools had much better results B23 014 than some state schools does not prove that elitism and social B23 015 injustice are being entrenched in the community. ^For over 50 B23 016 years some state and some private schools have had reputations B23 017 for giving their students sound academic educations. B23 018 |^Parents who want their children to do well try to get B23 019 their children into those schools. B23 020 |^Prior to 1972 I saw the School Certificate pass figures B23 021 for several consecutive years. ^Those figures showed what the B23 022 recently-released statistics showed. ^And, when the School B23 023 Certificate pass lists were published in our daily papers, they B23 024 told the same story. B23 025 |^Pressure was brought to bear on the Department of B23 026 Education to refrain from publishing those lists. B23 027 |^I realise that many children do not want academic B23 028 educations. ^Provision was made for them. ^Shorthand-typing B23 029 was at one time one subject. ^But many girls who typed well B23 030 could not cope with shorthand, so typewriting was made a B23 031 separate subject. ^Greek was dropped as a subject. ^Maori B23 032 became an examination subject many years ago, the idea being to B23 033 help Maori-speaking students. B23 034 |^Single-subject passes were introduced, whereas at one time B23 035 candidates had to sit in at least four subjects and gain a B23 036 certain number of marks, I think it was 200. B23 037 |^Undoubtedly the home environment affects the scholastic B23 038 performance of most, but not all, of our young people. ^If B23 039 there is encouragement to do well, most will do well. ^But all B23 040 schools now have good libraries and there are wonderful B23 041 facilities at our public libraries, so a lack of books in the B23 042 home no longer handicaps a child as it did 50 years ago. B23 043 |^Those of us who remember the early 30s cannot agree with B23 044 {0R S} Bargh that there is blatant injustice today; ^There is B23 045 some social welfare benefit even for those who have brought B23 046 misfortune on their own heads. B23 047 |^In those days there was nothing except a very small B23 048 pension for widows and the *"respectable**" elderly. B23 049 *2EILEEN RYAN *0Rongotai B23 050 *<*4Air {0NZ} delayed*> B23 051 |*0Sir, *- ^It is almost unbelievable that four Air New Zealand B23 052 cabin crew were able to hold up a scheduled international B23 053 flight from Christchurch to Los Angeles last Tuesday at a cost B23 054 of *+$25,000 to the company or, more precisely, to the B23 055 taxpayer. B23 056 |^I think that most New Zealanders would look with great B23 057 envy upon a job which provides generous salaries, free travel B23 058 within the service (call it work), first-class accommodation B23 059 and incredibly generous air travel concessions *- is it ten per B23 060 cent of full price? B23 061 |^These four, although not working on Monday, apparently B23 062 were required to service a flight leaving at 8.45{0pm} on B23 063 Tuesday. ^However, it would seem that a 1\0hr 20\0min flight B23 064 from Auckland to Christchurch so enervates a passenger that a B23 065 24-hour spell from any work is then required. B23 066 |^I wonder how many of the 245 stranded passengers B23 067 appreciated their 12-hour hold-up even at around *+$100 a head B23 068 overnight accommodation? B23 069 |^If loopholes in awards allow this kind of nonsense, B23 070 particularly in the flagship of our tourist trade, then they B23 071 need blocking pronto. ^If we are not yet a banana republic, we B23 072 must appear pretty Mickey Mouse to globetrotters. B23 073 |^In our current financial mess, in which we continue to beg B23 074 overseas for relief, this is the kind of industrial fuss we can B23 075 do without. B23 076 *2DAN GOODER *0Westport B23 077 *<*4Stopping of {0IUD}s*> B23 078 |*0Sir, *- ^So the Health Department has told Johnson and B23 079 Johnson to remove its product, the Lippes Loop *- an B23 080 intrauterine device *- from the New Zealand market. ^This B23 081 follows the stopping of production in the {0US}, the rationale B23 082 given as *"economic considerations**". B23 083 |^\0Dr Bob Boyd, deputy director of Clinical Services at the B23 084 Health Department has *"...emphasised that the Lippes Loop was B23 085 not being withdrawn for clinical reasons, but simply because it B23 086 was inappropriate to continue marketing a device that has B23 087 ceased manufacture**". B23 088 |^I find this all rather confusing. ^Perhaps \0Dr Boyd B23 089 could explain: B23 090 |1. ^Why is the Health Department making decisions based on B23 091 *"economic grounds**" with no reference to *"health B23 092 consideration**"? B23 093 |2. ^What does he consider has led to the *"economic B23 094 considerations**" to discontinue the manufacture of the Lippes B23 095 Loop? B23 096 |3. ^What does he think of the statement by \0Dr Peter B23 097 Benny, acting head of Wellington Hospital's gynecology B23 098 department, that *"...any {0IUD} fitted with a tail to go up B23 099 through the cervix was potentially dangerous**", and, further, B23 100 with regard to a wearer coming into contact with a sexually B23 101 transmitted disease, that *"...there was three to four times B23 102 greater chance of the infection tracking up into the uterus and B23 103 into the fallopian tube**". B23 104 |4. ^Why does the Health Department continue to make B23 105 statements which do not give clear, meaningful information to B23 106 women who bear all the risks in wearing such devices? B23 107 *2CAROL PAINTER *0Brooklyn B23 108 *<*4Balance of power*> B23 109 |*0Sir, *- ^Whether on the ocean wave, in the depths below or B23 110 the skies above, the United States and its allies enjoy a B23 111 highly favourable balance of power, and that's official. B23 112 |^An unclassified 1984 report by the {0US} Department of B23 113 Defence suggested the {0US} and its military allies had the B23 114 numbers, tonnage and capabilities to ensure continued Western B23 115 dominance of the high seas. ^Later official reports show the B23 116 {0US} maritime muscle is expanding considerably. B23 117 |^But here in the South Pacific all hell was about to break B23 118 loose, and the Russians were coming! ^On Television One's 6.30 B23 119 News of October 15, a {0TVNZ} reporter stated: ^*"A previously B23 120 secret External Intelligence Bureau analysis shows a huge B23 121 build-up in Soviet naval strength in the Pacific. ^The B23 122 800-vessel Soviet Pacific Fleet is now the largest of all four B23 123 Russian battle fleets and constitutes one third of the entire B23 124 Soviet Navy. B23 125 |^*"The {0EIB}, New Zealand's equivalent of the {0CIA}, B23 126 warns the numerical balance in the Pacific is now turning B23 127 against the {0US} forces.**" B23 128 |^That may well have been the case when the report was B23 129 compiled, but it certainly isn't today. ^Yet, that was B23 130 precisely the context in which it was reported by {0TVNZ}. B23 131 |^Jane's Fighting Ships shows the {0US} and its allies in B23 132 the Pacific with at least 220 major combat ships to the B23 133 Soviet's 189, and tonnage and fire**[ARB**]-power greatly in B23 134 the Western favour. B23 135 |^It was latter established that the {0EIB}'s total for the B23 136 Soviet Pacific Fleet included *"minor ships such as B23 137 intelligence collectors, survey ships, cargo vessels and B23 138 miscellaneous auxiliaries**". B23 139 |^Since when have such non-combatants been included in a B23 140 battle-fleet count? B23 141 *2ARTHUR REDDISH *0Wanganui B23 142 *<*4Right to speak*> B23 143 |*0Sir, *- ^I refer to your editorial on The Right to Speak B23 144 (January 7). B23 145 |^As a regular listener to Parliament I think it is about B23 146 time a review was undertaken as to just what {0MP}s should be B23 147 allowed to say and get away with. B23 148 |^Lies are lies, no matter where they are uttered. ^Why B23 149 should lies be allowed in Parliament? ^Free speech? ^Abuse, B23 150 more likely! B23 151 |^Having followed the debate on the Homosexual Law Reform B23 152 Bill I consider that if things that were said about another B23 153 human were said in your paper you would be facing millions of B23 154 dollars lawsuits. ^What makes a lie any more respectable just B23 155 because it is said by an {0MP}? ^These lies can be said B23 156 because {0MP}s know they are not answerable. B23 157 |^It surprises me that The Dominion would be against making B23 158 {0MP}s answerable. ^After all, if what you say is true and B23 159 without malice you have nothing to fear. B23 160 *2{0C.R.} DeWITT *0Auckland B23 161 *<*4Burton photos*> B23 162 |*0Sir, *- ^Your impressively illustrated article on the B23 163 historic Burton Brothers' photographs is good news. ^So is the B23 164 decision of the Minister of Internal Affairs to finance their B23 165 rescue and restoration. B23 166 |^It should be acknowledged also that much of the impetus B23 167 for this programme of preservation must have come from the very B23 168 fine film on the two Burtons created by Michael Black some two B23 169 years ago. B23 170 |^Pictures, widely shown and acclaimed in England, Sweden B23 171 and Germany, screened belatedly and all too briefly without B23 172 much honour or promotion in New Zealand, was a well-researched, B23 173 convincing plea for the preservation of this photographic B23 174 record of late nineteenth century life in this country. B23 175 |^A vivid story, not a documentary, Michael Black's B23 176 treatment of the subject included a perceptive study of the B23 177 differing characters and dramatic rivalry of the two Burton men B23 178 clearly shown in the contrasts of their work, one giving New B23 179 Zealand as it was, the other as it could appear to hopeful or B23 180 would-be colonisers. B23 181 |^Pictures has not only increased informed support for the B23 182 preservation of the historic photographs but could also B23 183 increase respect for the underfunded excellence of the best B23 184 {0NZ} film makers, and preserve from neglect at home what was B23 185 listed by the Observer critic among the 10 best foreign films. B23 186 *2JOAN COCHRAN *0Khandallah B23 187 *<*4British way of life*> B23 188 |*0Sir, *- ^\0Mrs Peggy Hurst needs to remember the context in B23 189 which my letter was written. ^It was an objection to English-based B23 190 criticism to our way of life in New Zealand, and opposing B23 191 our objection to the obnoxious gay reform bill, which is our B23 192 right. B23 193 |^I never suggested Britain was the only place in which B23 194 there was an increase in moral decadence. ^As I had the B23 195 English editor of the magazine from Birmingham sitting in my B23 196 flat in Hastings recently, I can claim some support for my B23 197 words. ^My interest in gospel proclamation world-wide brings B23 198 me much accurate information. B23 199 |^My wife spent over 40 years in Britain, and was a nurse in B23 200 the war years. ^We both love the British people, and have no B23 201 wish to offend them. B23 202 |^All things being equal, we would probably prefer the way B23 203 of life in Britain, even now. ^Despite the grim prospect of B23 204 the British leader's promise to spend *+$5 billion on B23 205 armaments, including nuclear subs, to counteract the Russian B23 206 submarine escalation of one new nuclear sub every 35 days, we B23 207 all want the peace the King of Kings promised but there will be B23 208 some agony to be endured before that comes. ^Christ is not B23 209 coming as a pacifist. B23 210 *2ALEXANDER \0F. MILNE *0Hastings B23 211 *<*4Absent minister*> B23 212 |*0Sir, *- ^One of the rationales for the gross salary B23 213 increases for {0MP}s is that remuneration should be sufficient B23 214 to attract the best people to become parliamentarians. ^Of B23 215 course this is complete piffle. ^Without exception, able or B23 216 otherwise, {0MP}s are in Parliament primarily as servants of B23 217 their political parties. B23 218 |^Any {0MP} showing noble independence of thought which B23 219 deviates from the party line will soon find sponsorship removed B23 220 and at the next election can kiss goodbye to their B23 221 well-rewarded sinecure. ^This is particularly the case for members B23 222 of the current ruling party. B23 223 |^From the ranks of these politically obedient are drawn the B23 224 Praetorian Guards of our welfare, known as the Cabinet. ^Some B23 225 of these are demonstrably able while others are not. B23 226 ^Irrespective of talent, allowances are heaped upon privilege B23 227 and perquisite. B23 228 |^There is little that we can do about all of this, but we B23 229 can at least expect these beneficiaries of the public purse to B23 230 be in attendance at the required time. ^The absence of a B23 231 rostered Cabinet Minister from his place of duty requires an B23 232 explanation from the Prime Minister and a public apology from B23 233 the minister. B23 234 *2\0W. MOWATT *0Titahi Bay B23 235 *<*4Russian intentions*> B23 236 |0Sir, *- ^The Soviet embassy in Wellington has criticised the B23 237 Leader of the Opposition, \0Mr McLay, over his view of Russian B23 238 aspirations in the Pacific. B23 239 |^Russia has never disguised her intention that she wants to B23 240 conquer the world. ^In fact, she has been very open about it. B23 241 |^Like Genghis Khan, Russia rapes, loots and plunders the B23 242 world's treasures, steals children and exterminates other B23 243 people. ^The only difference is, that the Russians are doing B23 244 the conquering and colonising under the umbrella of the United B23 245 Nations, which appears to turn a blind eye. B23 246 |^Russia is not interested in preventing World War *=III; it B23 247 intends to win World War *=III. ^Trying to disarm nations in B23 248 the Western world under the guidance of so-called *"peace B23 249 movements**" will make it so much easier to defeat us. B23 250 |^We should view the Soviet build-up in the Pacific with B23 251 deep concern. ^Her intentions are seldom honourable. B23 252 |^All those sincere and well-meaning folk should study the B23 253 world map of before World War *=II and the state of the world B23 254 in 1985. ^Perhaps it might dawn on them that the Government B23 255 has made New Zealand a sitting duck. ^Our survival depends on B23 256 the answer to one question: do we have the military hardware or B23 257 don't we? B23 258 (\0Mrs) *2MIES OOMEN *0Eketahuna B23 259 *<*4Too much {0TV} sport*> B23 260 |*0Sir, *- ^One Saturday recently the {0TV} coverage of cricket B23 261 ran for 10 solid hours. ^To facilitate this the 6.30 news was B23 262 restricted to a mere 15 minutes, and even this included cricket B23 263 snippets. ^Thus sport took precedence over local and overseas B23 264 news, much of which is of vital importance. B23 265 |^The following day six solid hours were devoted to the B23 266 coverage of tennis. B23 267 |^All fine and dandy for sporting worshippers, but hardly so B23 268 for those whose interest in sport is confined to brief B23 269 encounters. ^Admittedly one can switch to the alternative B23 270 channel, but the adulation of sport can at times be B23 271 gut-filling. B23 272 |^What an outcry there would be if {0TV} viewers were B23 273 subjected to, say, 16 solid hours of church service in two B23 274 days. ^Even God's holy day has become an also-ran in the B23 275 furtherance of sport. B23 276 *2RAYMOND \0M. HILL *0Johnsonville B23 277 *# B24 001 **[068 TEXT B24**] B24 002 *<*4Letters*> *<*4Soviet Union in the Pacific*> B24 003 |*0Sir, *- ^I wish to express my concern at the number of B24 004 public statements that are made either implying or directly B24 005 stating that the Soviet Union is a threat to the security of B24 006 the Pacific area. B24 007 |^Paul Dibb is a former director of the Joint Intelligence B24 008 Organisation of the Australian Department of Defence and now a B24 009 senior research fellow in the Strategic and Defence Studies B24 010 Centre at the Australian National University. ^In a recent B24 011 article he showed that the Russians are not to be feared and B24 012 instead are facing a potentially critical challenge to their B24 013 power and prestige. B24 014 |^He not only points out the weakness of the {0USSR} naval B24 015 force such as lack of forward bases, the inadequacy of its B24 016 logistical support system and lacks of air cover for extended B24 017 naval operations, but also failure in gaining political B24 018 influence in the region. B24 019 |^*"In terms of its global policies, the Pacific must be B24 020 assessed as a spectacular failure for the {0USSR},**" he wrote. B24 021 |^Meanwhile, compared to the 10 Russian Pacific military B24 022 bases, the Americans have at least 300 in the region including B24 023 the 106 forward bases in Japan and Okinawa as well as a far B24 024 superior-equipped navy. B24 025 *2CHRIS BURGIN *0Timaru B24 026 *<*4A return to common sense*> B24 027 |*0Sir, *- ^{0A P} Quinn, in his letter of January 2, attempted B24 028 to explain away salient and well-informed points in {0A A} B24 029 Brandon's letter of December 13 with little or no success. ^I B24 030 challenge {0A P} Quinn to prove his statement that ^*"Eastern B24 031 European countries liberated by the Red Army formulated their B24 032 own governments and established a firm relationship with the B24 033 Soviet Union**". B24 034 |^How does {0A P} Quinn equate this with the kidnapping and B24 035 brutal murder of the Polish priest Father Jefzy Popieluszko, B24 036 ordered by Warsaw and Moscow? ^What of the 30 prison camps B24 037 throughout Poland where large numbers of Solidarity activists B24 038 are detained? B24 039 |^Can he explain why a citizen of the {0USSR} or any of the B24 040 Eastern bloc countries cannot leave without a government exit B24 041 visa? B24 042 |^{0A P} Quinn also commented on the Americans invading the B24 043 Bay of Pigs, but neglected to state the reason for the {0US} B24 044 moving into Nicaragua, which was the huge airfield being built B24 045 and financed with Soviet money within easy flight distance of B24 046 American soil. B24 047 |^{0A P} Quinn then wrote of Afghanistan and the Pakistan B24 048 refusal to recognise the Afghanistan Government, implying that B24 049 the {0US} was responsible for slowed-down negotiations between B24 050 the two countries. ^Maybe the {0US} was, with very good B24 051 reasons. B24 052 |^The {0USSR} has already built a military road from Moscow B24 053 to Ashkhabad on the Soviet-Iran border. ^The railway lines B24 054 were completed several years ago. ^The ongoing war between B24 055 Iran and Iraq has put a stop to Soviet plans to reach the B24 056 Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean, so Soviet tentacles have reached B24 057 into Afghanistan, hoping to bully Pakistan into accepting B24 058 *"negotiations**" for a passageway to the Indian Ocean via the B24 059 Khojak Pass, Quetta and Karachi. B24 060 |^In the meantime the Russians, planning future moves, have B24 061 spirited away hundreds of Afghan children aged between 9 and 15 B24 062 to south of Tashkent in the {0USSR}, where they are being B24 063 trained as spies and assassins under the guise of *"Youth B24 064 Organisation Training**", to be returned to Afghanistan to B24 065 murder and maim. B24 066 |^Others will be sent on foreign missions of destruction B24 067 into chosen countries. ^How does {0A P} Quinn equate with this B24 068 move? B24 069 |^{0A A} Brandon was indeed correct when stating that the B24 070 nuclear weapons issue in New Zealand will be tested. ^No doubt B24 071 the {0USSR} is depending on people like our Prime Minister to B24 072 make their dream plan of world domination come true, oblivious B24 073 to the fact that New Zealand will, eventually, wake up and B24 074 return to common sense and Anzus. B24 075 *2{0U.M.} HAWKEN *0Wanganui B24 076 *<*4Siberian Toilets*> B24 077 |*0Sir, *- ^It seems that everyone has grabbed the wrong end of B24 078 the brush with \0Mr Lambert's article on Siberian toilets. ^I B24 079 am sure he wasn't necessarily talking about their outward B24 080 dirtiness, but about those unseen insoluble compounds under the B24 081 rim that can harbour nasty germs. B24 082 |^Vigilant western household-products companies have only B24 083 just perfected the means for dealing with these nasties. B24 084 |^I hope for the sake of 200 million-plus Russians (and B24 085 westerners in Russia) that somebody will soon leak this B24 086 technology to the Soviet Union. B24 087 *2{0B.P.} NELSON *0Brooklyn B24 088 Letters B24 089 *<*4Cot deaths*> B24 090 |*0Sir *- ^When I came to New Zealand more than 30 years B24 091 ago, I was amazed to find that with so much sunshine and fine B24 092 weather, babies were put into their cots, in the daytime, with B24 093 the blinds drawn, instead of outside in the open, in their B24 094 prams. B24 095 |^My children, born in England, were outside in the open B24 096 air, in the pram, in all weathers except fog. B24 097 |^Similarly they were taken for a walk most afternoons and B24 098 at night slept in their cots in a room with the window open. B24 099 |^When babies go out in New Zealand it is usually in the B24 100 back of a car with the windows shut and with only car fumes to B24 101 breathe. B24 102 |^May I suggest cot deaths could be accelerated by lack of B24 103 oxygen. ^Rooms are heated mostly by electricity, which also B24 104 dries up the oxygen. B24 105 |^I have bronchitis and I know if I sit too long in a room B24 106 heated by electricity, I have to have a bowl of water near the B24 107 heater to moisten the air, or alternatively I have to go B24 108 outside to get some breaths of fresh air. *- (\0Mrs) *2EVA B24 109 FRANKLIN. B24 110 *<*4Missing persons*> B24 111 |*0Sir *- ^The Australian Institute of Criminology is B24 112 currently preparing an Australia and New Zealand-wide study of B24 113 procedures, policies, practices and methods aimed at tracing B24 114 and otherwise assisting in the locating and identifying of B24 115 missing persons of all kinds, from children to senior citizens. B24 116 |^The institute is aware of the considerable contribution B24 117 made by public, private and volunteer agencies in this field B24 118 and we would like to hear from persons with an interest in the B24 119 study. B24 120 |^If any readers feel they can contribute in some way, B24 121 perhaps by making details of their organisations available for B24 122 inclusion in the final report, they should contact me at the B24 123 Australian Institute of Criminology, Box 28, Woden, {0ACT} B24 124 2606, Australia; telephone (062)833-833. *- (\0Dr) PAUL \0R. B24 125 WILSON (assistant director, research and statistics). B24 126 *<*2LETTERS*> *<*4{0NZ} soldiers in World War *=II*> B24 127 |*0Sir, *- ^Having read the recent article by Anthony Hubbard B24 128 on New Zealand soldiers in World War *=II, I gained the B24 129 impression that morale was low in the New Zealand Division B24 130 during the Italian campaign. B24 131 |^I have not as yet read the book, but two or so years ago I B24 132 had a discussion with Captain John McLeod on this subject. ^It B24 133 seemed to me then that he had an impression possibly gained B24 134 from some of the personnel who had fought in Africa but only B24 135 participated in the earlier part of the Italian campaign. B24 136 |^I joined the division at Cassino and I agree that their B24 137 morale was fairly low due, no doubt, to the hardships of the B24 138 1943 winter campaign and the unsuccessful assault on Cassino. B24 139 ^Contributing equally to the low morale was the failure to B24 140 continue with the furlough scheme after the majority of the B24 141 original draft of 1943 did not return to the Middle East. B24 142 |^However, after the resumption of the furlough scheme and B24 143 the subsequent successes of the division as it fought its way B24 144 north to Florence, Rimini, Venice and Trieste, the morale and B24 145 pride in achievement increased markedly. B24 146 |^In early 1945 I was sent to an American 5th Army B24 147 Intelligence course. ^On the course, apart from Americans, B24 148 there were representatives from the British 8th Army which B24 149 included British, Indians, and myself as the sole Kiwi. ^The B24 150 course involved the examination of captured enemy equipment and B24 151 documents. B24 152 |^Amongst the documents was one evaluating the quality of B24 153 the various allied forces fighting in Italy. ^The appraisal of B24 154 the qualities of individual nationals forming part of the 5th B24 155 American and 8th British Armies were assessed with both their B24 156 strengths and weaknesses defined. B24 157 |^The description of the New Zealanders, however, was that B24 158 these were the finest troops in Italy. ^My recollection of the B24 159 contents of the document is still vivid in my memory and went B24 160 something like this: B24 161 |^*"These troops on attack use both ground and weapons most B24 162 skilfully and in defence often have to be killed off to the B24 163 last man.**" ^Being the only New Zealander present, one can B24 164 understand my feeling of pride. B24 165 |^From this, it is not to be inferred that our forces were B24 166 without their weaknesses and failures. ^Every soldier in Italy B24 167 and elsewhere wanted to get home alive. ^Our achievements, B24 168 however, were not in my opinion surpassed by any other Allied B24 169 Division, and our pride in these achievements was manifest. B24 170 |^Actually, in spite of what is to be found in the war B24 171 records, we were the first troops into Florence, Rimini, Venice B24 172 and Trieste. ^Alive today are many ex-soldiers who will B24 173 confirm this claim. B24 174 |^I can recall a British officer saying in late 1944, ^*"Ask B24 175 a Canadian who were the best troops in Italy and he will say, B24 176 *'New Zealanders**'; ask a British soldier, and he will say the B24 177 same; then ask a New Zealander, and he will say the same.**" B24 178 *2{0H.R.} EVANS *0Kelburn B24 179 *<*4Legal aid dilemma*> B24 180 |*0Sir, *- ^Though {0BM} Easton has received some flak over the B24 181 legal aid issue, I think he has a valid point. ^The original, B24 182 well intentioned reasons for establishing the legal aid service B24 183 have, sadly, been steadily eroded by habitual criminals. B24 184 |^There are most certainly very genuine cases for legal aid, B24 185 but I cannot agree with all \0S Turner and others are saying B24 186 about those *"who cannot afford to help themselves**". ^Of B24 187 course they can't when they are continually committing crimes B24 188 and breaking the law. ^The truth of the matter is that the B24 189 majority of these types *"are not willing to help B24 190 themselves**". B24 191 |^It is not the first offenders who are draining the legal B24 192 aid pot, but those second, third, fourth, fifth, \0etc B24 193 offenders who are constantly before the courts and getting B24 194 legal aid each time. ^If this were denied after the second or B24 195 third offence, perhaps it might become a deterrent, who knows! B24 196 |^There is an anomaly, I see, in continuous legal aid for an B24 197 habitual law-breaker. ^The innocent, law-abiding and B24 198 tax-paying victim is in a sense subsidising the defence of the B24 199 person who perpetrates the crime. ^In a case of assault, rape, B24 200 or other violent offence, this is definitely not a comforting B24 201 thought. ^Who pays the victim's legal expenses in these cases, B24 202 when counsel is deemed desirable or necessary? B24 203 *2{0M.L.} LESTER *0Upper Hutt B24 204 *<*4Aerosol danger*> B24 205 |*0Sir, *- ^A recent article mentioned again the damage and B24 206 possible effects incurred by the use of aerosols. B24 207 |^The fear we all live with *- violent crimes, Aids, cancer, B24 208 nuclear war *- often seems beyond our control. ^As individuals B24 209 we can cease the further destruction of the ozone layer by B24 210 boycotting all aerosol products, and calling for the abolition B24 211 of their manufacture. B24 212 |^If the cost of a clean oven, shiny vinyl chairs and B24 213 aromatic rooms awash with dying and dead flies is the future of B24 214 life on this planet, we must consider what has priority. B24 215 *2{0F.M.} LOVATT DAVIS *0Kelburn B24 216 *<*4South Africa changes*> B24 217 |*0Sir, *- ^A great deal of the present killing in South Africa B24 218 can be blamed on those who oppose apartheid. ^Restrictions on B24 219 foreign borrowing have forced the government to delay major B24 220 revisions of black education and health. B24 221 |^The sweeping reforms being made at present will result in B24 222 a fair system of government by the year 2000. ^Change cannot B24 223 occur overnight. ^One man, one vote would not work in South B24 224 Africa; it would simply result in the Zulu tribe replacing the B24 225 Afrikaner tribe as government. B24 226 |^Only with a violent society will the {0ANC}, a communist B24 227 terrorist organisation, gain power *- a fate unacceptable to B24 228 the free world. ^Reform is being made and it deserves our full B24 229 support as the incentive for it to continue. B24 230 *2{0J.E.} AUSTIN *0Masterton B24 231 *<*4Inside jobs*> B24 232 |*0Sir, *- ^According to the feature on *"insider**" share B24 233 trading the view is being expressed in New York that the B24 234 practice should be condoned, even applauded. ^The argument is B24 235 that, while there are some very clear winners, there are no B24 236 losers; that insider trading is victimless. B24 237 |^The same argument can be used to justify legalising the B24 238 counterfeit of money. B24 239 *2KEITH RANKIN *0Island Bay B24 240 *# B25 001 **[069 TEXT B25**] B25 002 Letters to the Editor B25 003 *<*4What Goes Up Just Stays Right Up There*> B25 004 |*0Sir, *- ^We have now had four reductions in petrol prices B25 005 during the last nine months. ^However I am at a loss to B25 006 understand why some firms have not reduced prices of goods or B25 007 deliveries, and so on. B25 008 |^When the petrol price was being increased we had rises in B25 009 bus fares, taxi fares, soft-drink deliveries and many other B25 010 commodities *- all attributed to the rise in petrol charges. B25 011 |^Why then do we not see drastic reductions to balance the B25 012 increases of former years? B25 013 |*4Mavis \0E. Smith. *0Helensville. B25 014 *<*5Good Old Days*> B25 015 |*0Sir, *- ^It is ludicrous that the older generation should B25 016 be subjected to the television censorship [of violent B25 017 programmes] that the director-general is proposing. ^My B25 018 husband and I are in our 70s and we enjoy the type of B25 019 programmes that are to be axed. B25 020 |^Instead of ruining television for a large proportion of B25 021 the viewers, \0Mr Mounter should be looking at the real causes B25 022 of violence in our community *- lack of employment, no B25 023 discipline in home or school (with the resulting lack of B25 024 respect for other people) and the outmoded judicial system and B25 025 laxity of our magistrates and judges. B25 026 |^If television violence has such a bad effect on the young, B25 027 how is it that, in my young days, we could watch films of B25 028 people being burned at the stake by Indians, buried in sand up B25 029 to their necks and their faces covered in honey, pushed over B25 030 cliffs, tied to railway lines, and shot dead by the dozen, all B25 031 without causing a spate of violence in our community? B25 032 |*4Annoyed. *0Russell. B25 033 *<*5Homosexual Bill*> B25 034 |*0Sir, *- ^The letter of your correspondent \0R. Hart is an B25 035 example of shallow thinking about the Homosexual Law Reform B25 036 Bill. B25 037 |^Discrimination is necessary in some circumstances. ^An B25 038 employer must be free to discriminate against a prospective B25 039 employee with a bad work record. ^A landlord must be free to B25 040 discriminate against a prospective tenant who he thinks will B25 041 not look after his property. B25 042 |^Schools and other bodies entrusted with the education or B25 043 care of the young must not be forced to employ staff who would B25 044 be in a position to corrupt their charges. ^They must be free B25 045 to use their own judgment in this regard. B25 046 |^This is not un-Christian. ^It is simply common sense. B25 047 |*4Male Citizen. *0Te Awamutu. B25 048 *<*5Do-it-yourself*> B25 049 |*0Sir, *- ^With reference to the recent uproar about B25 050 violence on television, I would like to point out to those weak B25 051 of stomach and heart that there is a very simple censor service B25 052 in every home. ^It is called the *"off**" switch, and can be B25 053 used at the owner's discretion. B25 054 |*4(\0Mrs) {0Y.G.} Lindsay. *0Howick. B25 055 *<*5Wealth Grows*> B25 056 |*0Sir, *- ^Under the Labour Government, the wealthy get B25 057 wealthier by the dramatic rise in share prices, by lending on B25 058 first mortgage at up to 25 per cent and investing in B25 059 state-guaranteed loans at 21.5 per cent. B25 060 |^Whom does the Minister of Finance, \0Mr Douglas, think he B25 061 is kidding when he says Labour acts for the working class while B25 062 National represents the wealthy? B25 063 |*4Demos. *0Gisborne. B25 064 *<*5Indexation*> B25 065 |*0Sir, *- ^Imagine the efficiency and justice which would B25 066 accrue if all cash figures in statutes and Government B25 067 regulations were indexed to the consumers' price index. B25 068 ^Beneficiaries would no longer be racked by inflation, and B25 069 wage-earners would no longer be shunted into higher tax B25 070 brackets while their real incomes actually fell. B25 071 |*4Glenn Cooper. *0Epsom B25 072 *<*5{0CPI} *'Fraud**'*> B25 073 |*0Sir, *- ^The consumer price index data may be the *"best B25 074 possible**" but its application is a fraud. ^A rise in the B25 075 cost of living is a matter of dollars, not a percentage. B25 076 |^Applying {0CPI} percentage increases across the board B25 077 ensures that the rich become richer (after tax, too) and the B25 078 poor become poorer, simply because, at the low end of the wages B25 079 spectrum, the {0CPI} percentage does not equate with the actual B25 080 rise in the cost of living in cash terms. B25 081 |*4{0C.G.R.} Chavasse. *0Rotorua. B25 082 *<*5Signing Off?*> B25 083 |*0Sir, *- ^The cause of so many accidents on round-about B25 084 intersections is the exquisite precision with which the *"Give B25 085 Way**" notices are placed so that they exactly obscure from B25 086 sight the traffic approaching from the right. B25 087 |^Perhaps a contributing factor is the ingenuity with which B25 088 the names of streets in Auckland are kept secret, so that one B25 089 is liable to take one's eyes off the road while searching in B25 090 vain for an indication of the names of the thoroughfares. B25 091 |*4{0R.I.} Montague. B25 092 *<*5Friendly*> B25 093 |*0Sir, *- ^A recent article describes the breaking of B25 094 Cavalier Andy Dalton's jaw by Northern Transvaal flanker Burger B25 095 Geldenhuys. B25 096 |^Previous articles indicated that white South Africans were B25 097 ecstatic about the visit of the New Zealand players. B25 098 |^If this is how South Africans treat those they say are B25 099 friends, should we wonder that accidents regularly happen when B25 100 the police have in custody those who are not their friends? B25 101 |*4Mary Nacey. *0Wellington. B25 102 *<*5Opportunity*> B25 103 |*0Sir, *- ^New Zealanders have never been slow to take B25 104 advantage of an opportunity to gain world media coverage in the B25 105 past, and the rugby tour to South Africa offers just such a B25 106 chance. B25 107 |^What better way to promote our new national export symbol, B25 108 the miha, than on the left breast of a black rugby jersey worn B25 109 in front of the television cameras on Ellis Park? B25 110 |*4Hamilton Remembered. *0Northcote. B25 111 *<*4Letters*> *<*4Permanent super scheme*> B25 112 |*0Sir, *- ^\0Mrs Annette King was reported as saying that we B25 113 must have a national super scheme that is fair, equitable and B25 114 available for people today and in the future. B25 115 |^Presumably the second Labour Government considered they B25 116 had such a plan when they introduced their national scheme B25 117 which was sunk without trace when the National Government B25 118 returned to power in 1975. B25 119 |^There are currently available a number of private B25 120 superannuation schemes, but the main thing the public needs to B25 121 be assured of is that if they join a scheme it will not be the B25 122 subject of political interference. ^It seems also that the B25 123 Government should make some provision for those who through B25 124 force of circumstances are unable to provide for themselves. B25 125 |^However, contention arises over those who spend all their B25 126 money without any regard for the future. ^Moreover, those who B25 127 are thrifty should not be penalised as they are at present by B25 128 the iniquitous surcharge on national superannuation. B25 129 |^Surely our politicians could set aside party politics long B25 130 enough to come up with a national superannuation scheme which B25 131 would not be changed whenever the government changes? B25 132 |*2{0J.R.} McCLYMONT *0Wainuiomata B25 133 *<*4Surcharge on super*> B25 134 |*0Sir, *- ^The Government has been incredibly foolish over the B25 135 matter of the surcharge on national superannuation. B25 136 |^The Timaru by-election should have given them a clear B25 137 warning of the loss of votes they would face from this unfair B25 138 and unjust imposition though they claimed that what they did B25 139 was not really altering the basic structure of the scheme. B25 140 |^But the result, for some 120,000 superannuitants, was that B25 141 they lost part, or all of their superannuation revenue. ^This B25 142 has not, and will not, be forgotten. B25 143 |^In fact, it is a continuing source of anger to all those B25 144 120,000 people, for many of whom it was a vital factor in B25 145 augmenting their hard-earned savings, and to which they had B25 146 paid in a deal of money for many years. B25 147 |^Now I read that some government committee will shortly B25 148 release a report on the matter. ^In short, they will seek to B25 149 find some formula which will alter the surcharge, and get the B25 150 Government off the hook. ^They are too late. ^The elections B25 151 are not much more than a year away. B25 152 |^For the sake of an estimated *+$160 million revenue, from B25 153 a total income tax revenue of some *+$3000 million, they will B25 154 lose the election. ^They will deserve to lose. B25 155 |^There is, of course, a case to be made for some change. B25 156 ^For example, to reduce in some degree payments to those who B25 157 continue to work to the age of 65, and/or to have some B25 158 limitation of payment to those with very high incomes. B25 159 |^The public might have been prepared to accept some such B25 160 changes, if they were shown to be fair. ^What the Government B25 161 did was manifestly unfair and unjust. B25 162 |*2{0T.S.} MARCHINGTON *0Lower Hutt B25 163 *<*4Outcome of {0gst}*> B25 164 |*0Sir, *- ^I have just read the advertising blurb on {0gst} B25 165 that was delivered to all households. ^It says that above all, B25 166 it should be fair and be seen to be fair. B25 167 |^Unfortunately, it is not fair. ^For example, a couple B25 168 with children and whose incomes average *+$7000 will each have B25 169 to pay 48 cents in the dollar tax on their cost-of-living wage B25 170 increases and on any overtime that they earn. ^For a B25 171 comparable childless couple on *+$25,000 each, their equivalent B25 172 marginal tax rates will be 30 per cent. ^The former couple B25 173 will probably have to pay {0gst} on childcare. B25 174 |^The package would be improved, in my opinion, if the tax B25 175 rate on incomes between *+$14,000 and *+$30,000 was raised from B25 176 30 per cent to 40 per cent and the family support tax-credits B25 177 were not subject to abatement. ^That would mean both couples B25 178 facing taxes of 40 per cent on added household income. B25 179 |^The poorer couple will face an even higher effective B25 180 marginal tax rate if they become subject to means tests as B25 181 their money incomes rise. ^For example their Housing B25 182 Corporation mortgage interest rate could rise. ^If they B25 183 receive national superannuation over and above the *+$7000 B25 184 each, they would have a marginal tax rate of 73 per cent. B25 185 |^The couple with children will have to pay a much greater B25 186 proportion of their net incomes in {0gst}. ^This is both B25 187 because they will not be able to save money, and because a B25 188 smaller proportion of their spending will be on items that are B25 189 subject to existing sales taxes. ^Also they have more basic B25 190 needs to provide for. B25 191 |^I am puzzled by the reassurance that we'll *"be more than B25 192 compensated for the price increases by income tax cuts and B25 193 benefit increases**". ^That means, in economists' jargon, that B25 194 the Government is stating that it will be operating an B25 195 expansionary fiscal policy. ^The budget deficit is being B25 196 planned to be higher than it would be without the tax package. B25 197 ^Suddenly deficit financing has changed from being the problem B25 198 to being the solution. B25 199 |^I agree that raising the deficit in the short term can B25 200 reduce the deficit in the long term; for example, by reducing B25 201 unemployment. ^However, I have yet to hear this case argued by B25 202 the Government or those close to it. ^Also, the manner of B25 203 raising the deficit is unlikely to reduce unemployment. ^The B25 204 main beneficiaries of the net tax cut are those who are most B25 205 likely to spend their gains on the sharemarket, on imports, on B25 206 foreign exchange, or to deposit them in local banks that are B25 207 now struggling to find enough solvent borrowers to lend to. B25 208 |*2KEITH RANKIN *0Island Bay B25 209 *<*4Kind air hostesses*> B25 210 |*0Sir, *- ^I would like to express my appreciation of the B25 211 wonderful service provided by the air hostesses of Air New B25 212 Zealand for anyone who is incapacitated in any way. B25 213 |^Recently I had to travel between Wellington and Dunedin B25 214 several times while recuperating from major knee surgery. ^The B25 215 desk staff were most helpful and the hostesses went far beyond B25 216 the call of duty to ensure that I was well cared for at every B25 217 stage of the journey, including flight transfers. B25 218 |^It was a heart-warming experience. B25 219 |*2\0M. PEACE *0Blenheim B25 220 *<*4Second-hand smoke*> B25 221 |*0Sir *- ^All right. ^Ray \0L Edgar (June 27) can ignore if B25 222 he wishes the statistics Ash quotes for the 3600 deaths caused B25 223 by smoking annually in New Zealand. ^He has everything well B25 224 worked out for himself: what solace would he offer non-smokers B25 225 obliged to work in smoky environments or attend smoked-out B25 226 social occasions? B25 227 |^What is the answer for a non-smoker with the option of B25 228 either smelling like a stale ashtray or feverishly showering, B25 229 washing hair and washing clothes? ^How about the growing B25 230 number of asthmatics and the like who already have trouble B25 231 breathing? B25 232 |^The addition of irritant smoke is certainly no comfort to B25 233 them. ^Eyes, gritty and tearful from smoke, likewise can cause B25 234 no joy to the person attending a so-called social gathering. B25 235 |^I have an uneasy feeling that the suggested solution, B25 236 rather than restricting smoking to places in which other people B25 237 are not affected, would be for everyone to become smokers. ^In B25 238 that way, no one would be able to discern stale from pleasant B25 239 smells, and everyone would automatically become immune to B25 240 caring about others' health, comfort, cleanliness and right to B25 241 breathe clear air. B25 242 |*2ADRIENNE HALL *0Tawa B25 243 *<*4Catholic Church*> B25 244 |*0Sir, *- ^Your correspondent \0H Westfold raises an B25 245 interesting, important and topical doctrinal issue when he B25 246 objects to the dropping of *"Roman**" before *"Catholic**". B25 247 |^The church of which the Pope is head, is the Church of B25 248 Rome. ^The *"holy catholic church**" of the Apostle's Creed is B25 249 something quite different. ^This church is made up of all true B25 250 believers in Christ *- the *"election of grace**". ^And its B25 251 only head is the Lord Jesus Christ. B25 252 |^I suggest, as a matter of courtesy to Protestants and to B25 253 avoid confusion, the term *"Catholic**" be omitted from the B25 254 title *"Roman Catholic Church**". B25 255 |*2PETER {0J.A.} BEST *0Eketahuna B25 256 *<*4Capital punishment*> B25 257 |*0Sir, *- ^In a couple of days after a recent weekend, three B25 258 people were murdered. B25 259 |^There are too many do-gooders around, anxious to tell us B25 260 why these cretins behave as they do. ^There is only one fit B25 261 place for them, and that is under the ground. B25 262 |^One of these days a killer or a rapist is going to find B25 263 himself the focal point of a vendetta. ^British justice is B25 264 falling far short of the expectations of our citizens. B25 265 |^If the would-be perpetrators of violent crimes were under B25 266 no misapprehension that if they went ahead with their plans, B25 267 and if they were caught and convicted, they would finish up on B25 268 the end of a rope, then the incidence of murder in this country B25 269 would be a small fraction of what it is at the moment. B25 270 |*2{0G.D.} DAVIES *0Masterton B25 271 *# B26 001 **[070 TEXT B26**] B26 002 *<*2LETTERS TO THE EDITOR*> B26 003 *<*6SPACE SHUTTLE*> B26 004 |^*0I have just witnessed yet another display of bad taste on B26 005 the \0TV news. ^To lose the space shuttle after such a string B26 006 of successful launches is one thing. ^Most of us appreciate B26 007 that progress in most fields of endeavour is often accompanied B26 008 by loss of life and this has to be accepted. ^What I find B26 009 thoroughly nauseating is the camera's unblinking focus on the B26 010 faces of those in the gathering who were watching their close B26 011 relatives being killed. ^If a camera operator gets his kicks B26 012 from this type of subject matter, do we have to faithfully B26 013 broadcast everything he/she chose to spotlight? ^We surely B26 014 only need our imaginations to realise what those folks were B26 015 going through, not a camera's eye view of private grief and B26 016 distress. B26 017 *4Bryan \0J Beames B26 018 *0(Feilding) B26 019 *<*6A VOTE FOR PEACE*> B26 020 |^*0Jeanette Rankin is proud to have voted against both world B26 021 wars in the {0US} Congress *- so says Marilyn Waring (Letters to B26 022 my sisters, January 25). ^And no doubt Marilyn is proud too *- B26 023 proud to have spoken to Jeanette, proud to be a woman, proud to B26 024 be a supporter of the peace movement. ^If given the chance she B26 025 would vote the same way. B26 026 |^What if Jeanette had succeeded? ^What if Congress had B26 027 voted against {0US} involvement in World War *=II? ^The B26 028 survivors would have lauded the courage of these peace B26 029 campaigners. ^Among the survivors we would count Hitler, B26 030 Himmler, Mussolini, Quisling... B26 031 |^But for many millions of men, women and children from B26 032 Belgium, Britain, Denmark, France, Holland, Luxembourg, Russia, B26 033 Poland, her vote would have been a vote for death. B26 034 *4Harry Dijstelbergen B26 035 *0(Auckland) B26 036 *<*6GOOD MORNING NEW ZEALAND*> B26 037 |^*0Did I hear aright that only New Zealand recordings will be B26 038 used on National Radio's *1Good Morning New Zealand? B26 039 |^*0There are many in this country who shudder at just one B26 040 more example of extreme inward-looking nationalism. ^Adolf B26 041 Hitler's Germany was a prime example of this unholy creed and B26 042 none should ever forget the consequences of *1that *0regime. B26 043 *4{0G M} Krogh B26 044 *0(\0Mt Albert) B26 045 *<*6REPUBLICAN SNORTS*> B26 046 |^*0So Camille Guy considers the Queen's message is good for a B26 047 few *"republican snorts**" (Television review, January 25). B26 048 |^Because we were not entertained with *"close-ups of B26 049 little Royals and Dash the puppy**" but rather reminded of the B26 050 quiet courage and dedication of men and women who have worked B26 051 for the welfare of their fellow men, or given loyal and B26 052 enterprising service to commerce and industry, the message was B26 053 considered *"drab**". B26 054 |^Surely it is better to extol the spirit of service that B26 055 has helped to restore shattered lives and the initiative that B26 056 encouraged other countries to *"play darts**" *- rather than B26 057 place bombs *- than even watch some of the delightful antics of B26 058 Royal children, as in previous years. B26 059 |^On our screens and in the media at large we have more than B26 060 enough to depress and discourage. ^We need to be reminded more B26 061 often of *"good news**" and, as the Queen said, *"never forget B26 062 our obligation to make our own individual contributions, B26 063 however small, towards the sum of human goodness.**" ^Such a B26 064 challenge is not *"drab**", although not always acceptable, B26 065 because our sense of the true values of life has sadly gone B26 066 awry. B26 067 *4(\0Miss) Florence Newland B26 068 *0(Pukerua Bay) B26 069 *<*6CATCHING UP*> B26 070 |^*0Hang on a minute! ^Extending \0Dr Brian Dawkins' graph B26 071 (*"Catching up**", February 1) I reckon that in the year 2026 B26 072 the best women marathon runners will be completing their event B26 073 the moment the starter fires the pistol. B26 074 |^To be fair \0Dr Dawkins does warn us that present trends B26 075 may not continue, but I do think the diminishing gap in B26 076 performance times between women and men should be related to a B26 077 variable that attempts to explain the relationship, and not B26 078 just to the passage of time. B26 079 |^Incentives may be the clue: rewards to successful women B26 080 athletes, while still less than those to their male B26 081 counterparts, have surely increased at a faster rate in recent B26 082 decades. ^An analysis quantifying this rate of relative B26 083 increase could be used to explain past trends and to project B26 084 the future more reliably. B26 085 *4Ronnie Horesh B26 086 *0(Wellington) B26 087 *<*6TIBET*> B26 088 |^*0Yu Pengcheng's letter (January 25) displays typical Chinese B26 089 propaganda when he says that Tibet has always been part of B26 090 China. ^He goes on to say that Western and Indian leaders have B26 091 recognised Chinese sovereignty over Tibet. ^This was done in B26 092 the self-interest of these leaders for their countries, not in B26 093 the interest of the Tibetan people. ^Tibetans have for B26 094 centuries lived by their religious teachings in a totally B26 095 self-contained independence. B26 096 |^Records show that from 618{0AD} until the Chinese takeover B26 097 in 1959, Tibet had self-rule, complete with rulers (in the B26 098 personages of kings, then the dalai lamas), government, B26 099 ministers, laws, passports, money (coins and notes), B26 100 literature, written language in a script derived from Sanscrit, B26 101 dress, food, drama, religion, \0etc. ^These had no resemblance B26 102 to the Chinese way of life. ^In fact, we are a race apart from B26 103 the Chinese. B26 104 |^Intermittently throughout this time, there has been B26 105 fighting between Tibet and China, with each conquering a bit of B26 106 land from the other at different times. B26 107 |^\0Mr Yu states, ^*"Peaceful liberation in 1951 freed Tibet B26 108 once and for all from the imperialists' yoke and aggression.**" B26 109 ^For the life of me I cannot see who the imperialists he is B26 110 referring to are. ^How could we be liberated when we were B26 111 already free? ^To put \0Mr Yu's facts straight, it was only B26 112 after 1959 that China managed to take over the complete Tibetan B26 113 government by force. ^Since the ruthless occupation of my B26 114 homeland, many learned scholars and other Tibetans opposed to B26 115 Chinese control have been murdered *- the International B26 116 Commission of Jurists in Geneva, 1961, charged the Chinese with B26 117 genocide. B26 118 |^\0Mr Yu has painted a very rosy picture of Tibet now. B26 119 ^The regime after the death of Mao has found a very convenient B26 120 way of escaping responsibility for the indiscriminate B26 121 destruction in Tibet by blaming it on the *"Gang of Four**" and B26 122 the Cultural Revolution. ^The present Chinese regime appears B26 123 to the outside world to be giving the Tibetan people more B26 124 freedom of religion, \0etc, and allowing delegations to visit B26 125 Tibet, along with developing a rebuilding programme. B26 126 |^Buildings and modernisation will not win the hearts of the B26 127 Tibetans. ^Tibetans both inside and outside their country long B26 128 for the day when the Chinese pack their bags and leave Tibet B26 129 for good. B26 130 *4Thuten Kesang B26 131 *0(Auckland) B26 132 *<*6POWER AND POWERLESSNESS*> B26 133 |^*0The present day mother finds herself faced with role B26 134 conflicts not experienced by women of other generations *- not B26 135 by her mother or grandmother, nor (hopefully) by her daughter. B26 136 ^While she has social and personal choices not readily B26 137 available in previous generations, the process of exercising B26 138 choice is not necessarily a comfortable one. B26 139 |^Marilyn Waring's interview with Fay Foreman (*1Power and B26 140 Powerlessness, *2ONE, *0January 27) highlighted some aspects of B26 141 these conflicts. ^We heard the choice arrived at by one B26 142 particular mother *- to *"give up mothering**". B26 143 |^However, children need to be mothered in order to grow and B26 144 develop. ^So here is one source of conflict. ^Fortunately, it B26 145 is now increasingly possible in our society to be an adequate B26 146 mother on a part-time basis, sharing child care with partner or B26 147 others and pursuing career, job or other interests. ^It is not B26 148 necessary to *"give up mothering**" in order to be a person. B26 149 ^Our society must support mothers in a way which does not B26 150 require such an extreme solution. B26 151 |^\0Ms Foreman obviously *"gave up mothering**" when her B26 152 children were at a stage when they were ready for more B26 153 independence and emotional distance from her *- a fortunate B26 154 fit. ^Had this not been so, if they had been considerably B26 155 younger and no one had mothered them in her place, they may not B26 156 today be the wonderful people she enjoys so much. B26 157 *4Karen Zelas B26 158 *0(Christchurch) B26 159 *<*6TELETEXT*> B26 160 |^*0A recently acquired teletext set has proven to be a much B26 161 enjoyed asset to my parents. ^Sitting down on January 22 with B26 162 them and flicking through the information available, all the B26 163 family was in hysterics. ^We were not looking at the jokes B26 164 either. ^We saw the Million ollar **[SIC**] Christmas Lottery B26 165 on the Go den **[SIC**] Kiwi Results. ^Changing to health we B26 166 found that surgeons in public hospitals in New Zealand did B26 167 fewer operations in 984 than 1985. ^We are wondering if that B26 168 was {0AD} or {0BC}. ^Also, much to our amazement, we B26 169 discovered a new area of medicine. ^These surgeons are now B26 170 working in pubic **[SIC**] hospitals. B26 171 |^A few bugs in the system I guess, but it was a hilarious B26 172 afternoon. ^Teletext is great. ^I'd recommend it to anyone. B26 173 *4Penny Rakete B26 174 *0(Napier) B26 175 |^(Paul Chaplin, Manager of Teletext, replies: *1Teletext has B26 176 many surprises in its wide range of information but I'm afraid B26 177 we cannot take the credit for entertaining the Rakete family on B26 178 this occasion. B26 179 |^Yes, it does sound like bugs in the system, but the B26 180 symptoms suggest a mistuned home receiver or some kind of local B26 181 interference to reception. ^We would normally suggest that the B26 182 viewer contact their supplier to investigate the problem, but B26 183 as the fault is providing so much extra amusement it almost B26 184 seems a shame to correct it.) B26 185 *<*6NEIGHBOURHOOD SUPPORT*> B26 186 |^*0In late November 1985 it became apparent that Neighbourhood B26 187 Watch was being phased out in favour of Neighbourhood Support. B26 188 ^Neighbourhood Watch kits are no longer available in the B26 189 Auckland region and the advice is that they are not going to be B26 190 reprinted. B26 191 |^Neighbourhood Support was created in 1983 and backed by B26 192 the Auckland City Council. ^It encompasses an in-depth B26 193 programme of observation of and reaction to domestic violence, B26 194 rape, incest, sexual abuse, child abuse, sexual harassment at B26 195 work, security in the home, the needs of the elderly, self B26 196 defence and dealing with the police and media. ^Its kits, each B26 197 containing a 110-page booklet dealing with the above topics, an B26 198 eight-page directory, pamphlets and a logo are available free B26 199 from New Zealand News and the United Building Society. B26 200 |^Neighbourhood Watch takes a different and considerably B26 201 more simple approach. ^It stresses home security and B26 202 individual safety habits and encourages neighbours to work B26 203 together to prevent crime in their area. B26 204 |^It is probable that the need exists for both Neighbourhood B26 205 Watch and Neighbourhood Support, depending on the requirements B26 206 of individual communities. ^Some neighbourhoods feel that B26 207 Neighbourhood Watch does not cover sufficient territory, while B26 208 others feel that Neighbourhood Support covers too much. ^Until B26 209 now the choice has remained with the neighbourhoods concerned. B26 210 |^My personal choice is Neighbourhood Watch because I have B26 211 grave doubts as to the wisdom of the Neighbourhood Support B26 212 programme in actively encouraging individuals to involve B26 213 themselves in their neighbours' family disputes. ^Today in New B26 214 Zealand the incidence of domestic violence has reached the B26 215 point where it can be categorised as a major crime. ^It is my B26 216 view that the average neighbourhood resident is not competent B26 217 to deal with such highly explosive situations and that such B26 218 occurrences should be left to qualified experts to handle. B26 219 ^Matters such as alleged incest, sexual abuse or sexual B26 220 harassment should naturally be reported to the police B26 221 immediately, but any interference by neighbours could well lead B26 222 to a dangerous aggravation of the situation. B26 223 |^I firmly believe that New Zealanders should have the B26 224 privilege of choosing which of the two organisations they feel B26 225 would best serve their neighbourhood's interests. ^I strongly B26 226 protest any move to phase out or eliminate Neighbourhood Watch. B26 227 *4Jane Jensen B26 228 *0Area Co-ordinator B26 229 Northcote Neighbourhood Watch B26 230 (Auckland) B26 231 *<*4THE GREAT DEBATE*> B26 232 |^*0The great New Zealand debate about *1The Great New Zealand B26 233 Debate (*2ONE, *0January 1) is under way. ^\0Mrs Lorimer B26 234 (Letters, February 1) writes, ^*"Very early it was clear there B26 235 was one thing the six debaters could all do equally well *- B26 236 bore the viewer rigid.**" ^How many viewers were so rigid that B26 237 they were unable to turn it off? B26 238 |^There appears to be a double standard among viewers with B26 239 regard to *"risque**" television (or risk-taking for that B26 240 matter). ^We accept, seemingly without comment, significant B26 241 doses of imported risque humour (eg, Benny Hill) and allow B26 242 ourselves to enjoy (?) it in the privacy or our own home. B26 243 ^However, present six prominent New Zealanders publicly B26 244 revelling in such humour and the result is an abundance of B26 245 vitriolic letters to the editor. B26 246 |^I congratulate {0TVNZ} for engaging in a bit of B26 247 risk-taking. ^Having seen *1The Great New Zealand Debate *0live in B26 248 the Auckland Town Hall, ^I had expected it to be edited for B26 249 television. ^What a pleasant surprise to find that this was B26 250 not the case. ^May I look forward to more of these gems of B26 251 life (laugh?!) in New Zealand. B26 252 *4Mary Simpson B26 253 (*0Thornton Bay) B26 254 *# B27 001 **[071 TEXT B27**] B27 002 *<*4The farming crisis*> B27 003 *<*6Alan Lewin, *4Tawa:*> B27 004 |^*2ARE *0too many blue farmers seeing too much red other than on B27 005 their balance sheets? B27 006 |^That's a thought I had when doing my bit with the farmers' B27 007 march on Parliament this week. B27 008 |^No one can deny that farmers and their families are suffering B27 009 acute economic problems, but is the traditional enemy of the bucolic B27 010 sector, a Labour Government, solely to blame as some would have us B27 011 believe? B27 012 |^As a farm commentator for more than 20 years and having had a B27 013 deep involvement with Federated Farmers for a few more years, I feel B27 014 the rot set in long before socialist posteriors sat on the Treasury B27 015 benches. B27 016 |^No one was in any doubt New Zealand's farming industry would be B27 017 in danger as world trading in farm commodities restructured from the B27 018 1960s on. ^Even then I was constantly reporting Federated Farmers B27 019 leaders as saying *"the industry is in crisis**". ^This call became B27 020 stronger and more demanding as America employed its first obvious B27 021 customs device to exercise import control and Britain declared it B27 022 intended joining the European Community. ^Then, as supports came B27 023 faster than alternative measures, voices for change quietened. B27 024 ^Research and development continued on its production pathway, B27 025 steadfastly ignoring the need to alter course for marketing B27 026 directions. B27 027 |^Most knew years ago that drastic changes and decisions had to B27 028 be made, long before the *"townies**" called *"hands out of our B27 029 pockets**". B27 030 |^The writing was more than on the wall, it was in every market B27 031 report, study, inquiry and trade tour. ^Speaker after speaker came B27 032 back from overseas telling farmers and politicians. ^Still New Zealand B27 033 doggedly pinned its faith in traditional products and marketing B27 034 approaches even though many costly inquiries indicated otherwise. B27 035 |^As the clock ticked on, the decision-making at political level B27 036 became more unpalatable, till exasperated farmers' leaders published B27 037 an excellent manifesto of their own to hand to aspirant parties prior B27 038 to the 1984 General Election. B27 039 |^There was no march to Parliament to emphasise the valid points B27 040 and requests because farmers still believed in a *"softly softly**" B27 041 approach. ^All these years too, farmers have asked *"why don't they B27 042 understand**" when referring to the apparent indifference of townies B27 043 to their plight. ^Polarised politics took over as each new wage round B27 044 and each new farm-based industry dispute enraged the rural sector. B27 045 ^Trenches have now been dug and over one I suspect the predominant B27 046 colour is blue and the other a tattered red, having had more use. B27 047 |^There has never been a stronger need for townies to understand, B27 048 but the messages keep getting confused, I suspect because of party B27 049 politics weaving through the dialogue. B27 050 |^Too often, farmers use National Party speakers and rhetoric to B27 051 get their point over. ^Many provincial presidents of Federated Farmers B27 052 have some difficulty in leaving their political allegiance out of the B27 053 debate, which is sad because this harms their case. B27 054 |^An apolitical approach is desperately needed now on both sides. B27 055 ^Townies might feel their salaries are inadequate, but to a B27 056 hard-pressed farmer now, such renumeration would be heaven. ^Townies B27 057 also have a right to know just how desperate New Zealand's situation B27 058 will be if farming goes to the wall. B27 059 |^It's not too late to develop a *"New Zealand Solidarity**" B27 060 climate where party politics can be left at the door while the whole B27 061 of the country searches for honest solutions. ^Other countries have B27 062 employed a coalition approach in crisis and it's worked. ^After all, B27 063 it's not who's to blame that is important here; it's how to make the B27 064 best of it to keep Godzone afloat. B27 065 *<*6{0P L} Marshall, *4\0Mt Manganui:*> B27 066 |^*0It doesn't take a great degree of acumen to pinpoint when the B27 067 seeds which resulted in the disastrous economic position of the B27 068 farming community were sown. B27 069 |^During the hey-day of the *"cost plus 10 per cent era**" which B27 070 went on for 10 or 15 years after World War *=II, manufacturers B27 071 welcomed any measures which would add to the cost of a product because B27 072 the greater the cost of production the greater the manufacturers' B27 073 rake-off. ^So wage demands went virtually uncontested and the B27 074 insidious evils of overmanning and excessive overtime rates, plus a B27 075 host of fringe benefits, became cemented into the internal cost B27 076 structure. B27 077 |^The generous overtime rates led to contrived overtime by low B27 078 productivity and the productivity level in the servicing and B27 079 manufacturing industries sank below that of many third world countries B27 080 and has improved little since. ^This scenario *- high wages and low B27 081 productivity *- set in the 50s and 60s sparked the inflationary spiral B27 082 which has now brought traditional primary producers to their knees. B27 083 |^The signs of what was to come were evident through the 60s and B27 084 70s as the farmer's return from a lamb sold on the Smithfield market B27 085 dwindled under the impact of internal costs from 80 per cent of its B27 086 sale value gradually down to 15 or 20 per cent five years ago, thus B27 087 triggering the necessity for {0SMP}'s. ^He is now getting less than B27 088 a nil return when you take in the cost of producing it. B27 089 |^Over this same period, those servicing industries which most B27 090 vitally affect our competitiveness on world markets have, by a B27 091 combination of percentage wage rises and successively holding their B27 092 employers over a barrel, obtained feather-bed conditions which are B27 093 unsustainable in a market forces orientated economy. ^Seamen and B27 094 allied occupations, besides an overmanning cost, work between 20 and B27 095 25 weeks a year. ^Watersiders average 27 1/2 hours a week and one B27 096 assertion coming from the present enquiry into port-side costs states B27 097 that the present level of cargo could be adequately handled by half B27 098 the number presently employed. ^Absenteeism at many freezing works is B27 099 so rife that a standby staff is required to keep the works operating B27 100 efficiently. ^This all adds up to a travesty of what most people B27 101 conceive shift-work to be. ^Employers are virtually paying two shifts B27 102 or paying twice for one stint at the workforce. B27 103 |^How does \0Mr Douglas expect primary producers to compete B27 104 successfully on world markets against producers of similar products B27 105 where shift-work means successive shifts working around the clock to B27 106 achieve maximum productivity from capital investment, where new B27 107 technology is welcomed as an aid to growth and expansion, where the B27 108 prerequisite for holding down a job is a reasonably conscientious and B27 109 efficient eight hours' work a day *- not simply being a member of a B27 110 union? B27 111 |^Assuming Douglas has made a study of market forces, he will know B27 112 that when a commodity becomes surplus to requirements, market forces B27 113 lower its value. ^80,000 unemployed indicate that labour is surplus B27 114 to requirements at the moment, and under the rules of market forces, B27 115 instead of the recent crippling wage hike, wages should be moving in B27 116 the opposite direction. B27 117 |^Douglas has recently accused the medical profession of being a B27 118 closed shop and threatened to open up the profession to less qualified B27 119 practitioners thus providing a cheaper service to the public. ^What B27 120 about the closed union on the waterfronts, in the freezing works, the B27 121 railways, the cooks and stewards and seamen? ^Has he considered B27 122 opening up these largely unskilled jobs to see how many of the B27 123 unemployed would welcome the chance to do a genuine day's work at a B27 124 lower rate than that demanded by the unions? B27 125 |^Is it just or fair or even logical to say to farmers *"^You will B27 126 have to accept what market forces dictate for your produce but we B27 127 won't allow market forces to dictate the cost of producing it and B27 128 getting it to the market?**" ^This is like sending a boxer into the B27 129 ring with one arm strapped behind his back. B27 130 |^It can at least be said of the previous administration (equally B27 131 desirous of a market forces orientated economy) that they had the B27 132 courtesy, the grace, and above all the intelligence to see that the B27 133 question of internal costs had to be tackled and solved before B27 134 throwing the primary producers to the wolves. B27 135 |^The abolition of compulsory unionism, the deregulation of the B27 136 transport industry, and the present inquiry into portside costs were B27 137 some of the measures they were taking to bring this about. B27 138 |^All Douglas's deregulations so far have reacted against the B27 139 viability of the primary producer. ^Let him now show the courage of B27 140 his convictions in market forces by instigating the one deregulation B27 141 which would give a market forces orientated economy a chance of B27 142 succeeding. ^If he fails to deregulate the labour force we will once B27 143 again witness the spectacle of a sound economic policy foundering on B27 144 the rocks of political expediency. B27 145 *<*6\0M GOTHEAD, *4Manurewa:*> B27 146 |^*0David Douglas' interview ( {0NZT} 20/ 4) needs a reply. ^While one B27 147 must commend his loyalty he doesn't seem to have any more B27 148 understanding of a market place than his brother. ^Nothing is either B27 149 right or wrong in a market place until one decides where one is going, B27 150 then it becomes relatively easy to sort out the rules. ^Given the aim B27 151 of a more competitive efficient economy where New Zealanders have the B27 152 opportunity to make as much money as they wish, Rogernomics is not the B27 153 answer. B27 154 |^I am a dairy farmer. ^Dairy farmers did not receive {0SMP}s B27 155 except for one *+$1000 payment in about 1978. ^Land prices reflect our B27 156 returns from the international market place. ^They were not inflated B27 157 in any way by subsidy. ^Farming was never subsidised. ^There was a B27 158 system of cross payment between exporters and the internal economy but B27 159 farmers (sheep and beef too) were still paying an average of *+$4000 B27 160 per farm in subsidy to the rest of the community over and above any B27 161 payment farmers received (Stewart Report 1985). B27 162 |^If 1 per cent loans are a subsidy then this is yet another B27 163 example of farmers subsidising the rest of the community. ^Dairy B27 164 farmers have lent far more money to the Government at 1 per cent, B27 165 through the Dairy Board, than they have borrowed from the Government B27 166 at 1 per cent. ^It is this *+$400\0m reserve that has seen dairy B27 167 farmers through the first year of the present irresponsible B27 168 government. ^It should not have floated the dollar and embarked on a B27 169 high interest rate policy until the deficit was zero. B27 170 |^The theory that money will move to the more efficient sectors B27 171 only works when government is not in the market place. ^Government B27 172 can pay any interest rates it likes, not because it is efficient but B27 173 because it has a captive taxpayer to pay. ^No industry can pay 25 per B27 174 cent interest and remain internationally competitive and thus B27 175 government intervention destroys all industry. B27 176 |^The effect on the floating dollar is also disastrous for B27 177 exporters. ^While the internal economy can compensate itself for high B27 178 interest rates the number of dollars an exporter receives goes down as B27 179 international investors chase high interest rates and forces up the B27 180 value of the dollar. ^The figures I have quoted are Dairy Board B27 181 figures but any export industry could quote similar figures. B27 182 |^For every cent {0US} the value of the *+${0NZ} rises dairy B27 183 farmers receive 10\0c less per \0kg of butterfat. ^While there have B27 184 **[SIC**] been freeing up of imports they are mostly in the luxury B27 185 class and not internal service industries and government monopolies. B27 186 |^At *+$4 a kilogram an income of *+$20,000 provides a living B27 187 but hardly a new car every year. ^54\0c{0US} is the break-even point B27 188 when costs equal gross income. ^After that it's a loss. B27 189 |^Devaluation of land doesn't help. ^If the rest of the economy B27 190 had been freed up as fast as farming and we didn't face a *+$12,000 B27 191 cost excess, the break-even point would be 60\0c{0US} and we would B27 192 probably pull through a couple of years of Rogernomics. ^As it stands B27 193 many won't. ^All exporters can quote similar figures but farming is B27 194 worse off because it exports a greater percentage of product. B27 195 *<*6EXPO ABSENTEE*> B27 196 |^*0If any reader has a chance to go to Vancouver between now and B27 197 October, take it! ^And plan no less than two full days for Expo 86. B27 198 |^The organisation is excellent, the displays imaginative and the B27 199 fireworks every night outstanding. ^In the two days of my visits it B27 200 was raining continuously yet thousands were prepared to queue in the B27 201 rain to get into the popular pavilions and to wait for the fireworks. B27 202 |^One of the best opportunities, one would have thought, for a B27 203 trading country with great tourist potential to present itself with B27 204 imagination. ^The Cook Islands, Solomon Islands, Fiji and various B27 205 Caribbean islands, were there. ^One pavilion visited, Sri Lanka's, B27 206 showed what a Third World country could afford. B27 207 |^But no prizes for guessing which Pacific rim, *"developed**" B27 208 country, rooting for the tourist market, *"couldn't afford**" to be B27 209 there *- and how much have we lost in tourist and sales potential B27 210 through our absence? ^It should have been *"we can't afford *1not *0to B27 211 be there**". B27 212 *<*4Gerald Wakely*> B27 213 *<*0(Auckland)*> B27 214 *# C01 001 **[072 TEXT C01**] C01 002 *<*1Sir Robert Steps Into Spotlight*> C01 003 |^*0The hips wiggled, the girls screamed and Sir Robert C01 004 Muldoon did his thing under the spotlight. C01 005 |^The former Prime Minister was put through his paces C01 006 yesterday when he joined the wacky cast of the *1Rocky Horror C01 007 Show *0at His Majesty's Theatre in Auckland to rehearse his C01 008 role as narrator. C01 009 |^He wore a sports jacket amid the cast dressed in leotards C01 010 and jeans, but tonight he will make his debut in a velvet C01 011 dinner jacket surrounded by characters in leather, lace and C01 012 fishnet stockings. C01 013 |^Sir Robert has been provided with a private tutor but C01 014 yesterday he was still getting the steps sorted out for the C01 015 modern classic dance, the *"time warp.**" C01 016 |^*"A jump to the left, a step to the right, hands on hips, C01 017 knees in tight. ^Now do a pelvic thrust... C01 018 |^*"But hang on a minute,**" protested the C01 019 politician-turned-star. C01 020 |^*"I have to move from here to here. ^Now if I trip over C01 021 this thing [footlights], everyone is going to think it's great, C01 022 except me.**" C01 023 |^Sir Robert's role is a linchpin in the story of two C01 024 ordinary youngsters who get lost and end up in the castle of a C01 025 mad transsexual scientist in a world of rock music. C01 026 |^Most of his role is reading a commentary on the story but C01 027 the final lines of the show are his: C01 028 |^*"Crawling on the planet's face, some creatures called the C01 029 human race, lost in time and lost in space, and meaning.**" C01 030 *<*1Funny Business Serious Work*> C01 031 |^*4{0TVNZ} producer Simon Morris and his colleagues have C01 032 been struggling to put a name to a bizarre comedy they are C01 033 putting together in Auckland. C01 034 |^*0Nothing seems to quite suit this strange mixture of C01 035 sketches and skits. C01 036 |^In all, seven titles have so far been rejected and Morris C01 037 ventures *- uncertainly *- that this half-hour pilot will C01 038 probably go to air called simply *1The Funny Business Show. C01 039 |^*0After all, it does feature exclusively a team of C01 040 Auckland funny men known as Funny Business. C01 041 |^Funny Business have been triggering laughs around town C01 042 since 1984, when they all met while competing as individuals at C01 043 the Comedy Factory *- the city's first comedy venue. C01 044 |^They started to experiment with stand-up comedy and double C01 045 acts, finally deciding to join forces and form Funny Business. C01 046 |^Four members (except Chris Hegan, who will not divulge his C01 047 age) are all in their 20s and have vastly different C01 048 backgrounds. C01 049 |^William McGechie, who performs under the name Willy de C01 050 Wit, earned his bread and butter as a comic waiter at an C01 051 upmarket Ponsonby restaurant. C01 052 |^Peter Murphy flagged away his {0PhD} in molecular biology C01 053 at Otago University to start his act, following some experience C01 054 in capping revues. C01 055 |^Ian Harcourt works for a computer firm. C01 056 |^Hegan is an experienced musician, juggler and clown. C01 057 |^The team's youngest member, Dean Butler, is unemployed. C01 058 |^The team began work on the pilot a month ago. ^Final C01 059 recording should be completed by late next month. C01 060 |^Morris hopes this pilot will screen before the end of the C01 061 year. C01 062 |^And he is optimistic that it will result in a series. C01 063 |^*"Shows like *1Billy \0T. James *0and *1McPhail and Gadsby C01 064 *0are good shows but they have been going a long time,**" he C01 065 says. C01 066 |^*"We have to allow this second tier of performers to get C01 067 better, too.**" C01 068 |^He believes most homegrown comedies rely heavily on C01 069 satire *"which usually means old jokes using well-known C01 070 names.**" C01 071 |^*1The Funny Business Show, *0says Morris, is different. C01 072 ^For a start, it is apolitical. C01 073 |^*"It has some formal sketches, some 10-second skits, and C01 074 most of it is done outside, in the street.**" C01 075 |^Not only has {0TVNZ} snapped up *1Funny Business *0as a C01 076 pilot, it has also used the team's talents in the rock and roll C01 077 drama *1Heroes. C01 078 |^*0Funny Business can be seen in a small role on that show C01 079 this Sunday. C01 080 *<*4{0NZ} *'Classic**' Filmed By German*> *- by Peter Calder C01 081 |^*0It is, perhaps, ironic that an acclaimed novel by New C01 082 Zealand's foremost writer should have been brought to the C01 083 screen by a German director. C01 084 |^If so, the fact that the result has never screened here is C01 085 more ironic still. C01 086 |^For *1Among the Cinders, *0which screens on \0TV-1 tonight C01 087 at 9.30 as part of the *1New Zealand Cinema Season, *0is the C01 088 only one of the five films this week that has had no public C01 089 screening in this country. C01 090 |^This is in spite of the fact that the 1965 Maurice C01 091 Shadbolt novel on which it is based has been often referred to C01 092 as a New Zealand classic. C01 093 |^For 20 years after the novel was published, no New Zealand C01 094 director showed any interest in filming it, but Rolf Haedrich, C01 095 struck by the book's spectacular success in his native West C01 096 Germany, picked up the idea in the late 70s. C01 097 |^Shadbolt recalls having *"distinct reservations about the C01 098 notion of a German directing a film based on a most C01 099 idiosyncratically New Zealand story,**" but he was also aware C01 100 that it would have been *"insular, immature and outside the C01 101 true tradition of cinema to insist that all New Zealand films C01 102 be made by New Zealand directors.**" C01 103 |^In the event, Shadbolt was pleased with the film, which is C01 104 notable for several features, not least the author's first (and C01 105 last) screen performance as the father of the adolescent hero, C01 106 Nick Flinders. C01 107 |^*1Among the Cinders *0is also something of a family affair C01 108 for three O'Shea generations. C01 109 |^The lead role is played by Paul O'Shea, stepson of C01 110 cinematographer Rory whose father, John, is the film's C01 111 producer. C01 112 |^It is a touching and simple tale of the love between a C01 113 morose teenage boy and his gnarled renegade grandfather. C01 114 |^The novel, simply told through the innocent eyes of its C01 115 hero, is strongly New Zealand in character and it is, at first C01 116 sight, hard to explain its rapturous reception by German C01 117 audiences who read it as {*1Und er nahm mich bei der Hand} (And C01 118 He Took Me by the Hand). C01 119 |^*0O'Shea suspects that the positive attitude it takes to C01 120 old-fashioned, even tribal, relationships between generations C01 121 may have appealed to the world-weary Europeans. C01 122 |^Young Nick is confused and unsettled by the accidental C01 123 death of his young friend, Sam, during a hunting trip the pair C01 124 take into the mountains. C01 125 |^His grandfather, whose grizzled wisdom allows him alone to C01 126 see that there is *"nothing wrong with the boy,**" takes Nick C01 127 under his wing and the two set off on a trip of self-discovery C01 128 in to the backwoods. C01 129 |^It is also worth noting that Derek Hardwick's performance C01 130 as the grandfather won him a best actor award at the Karlovy C01 131 Vary film festival in Czechoslovakia. C01 132 *<*1Music in the Breeze*> C01 133 |^*0Thousands of people, young and old, crowded on to C01 134 Cheltenham Beach and foreshore last night to enjoy a concert C01 135 with a difference. C01 136 |^As picnic teas were packed away and children shushed, the C01 137 strains of Von Suppe wafted across the quietly lapping water *- C01 138 the Auckland Philharmonia Orchestra was at sea. C01 139 |^The 90 musicians performed on**[ARB**]-board a barge, C01 140 beneath gaily coloured wind socks and clear skies, with C01 141 Rangitoto Island as a back-drop. ^A string of lights cast a C01 142 shimmering path from barge to beach. C01 143 |^At times most of the onshore audience can only have known C01 144 the orchestra was playing because the conductor was indubitably C01 145 conducting. C01 146 |^But the applause was enthusiastic as Grieg, Sibelius, C01 147 Bizet and Tchaikovsky followed Von Suppe. C01 148 |^The concert ended as the first stars came out and great C01 149 showers of coloured lights soared from North Head in a C01 150 fireworks finale. C01 151 |^The concert and fireworks display were part of the C01 152 Devonport Borough Council centennial celebrations. C01 153 *<*4Rage, Indignation Fill *'Broken Treaty**' Show*> C01 154 |^*4It is often hard to separate the message from the art. C01 155 |^*0Sometimes the art *1is *0the message *- in other words, C01 156 art about art. ^At the other extreme is art that has a clear C01 157 political message. ^Here sympathy with the message may obscure C01 158 critical assessment of the quality of the art. C01 159 |^The exhibition by *4Emily Karaka *0and *4Norman Te Whata C01 160 *0at the New Vision Gallery in His Majesty's Arcade in Auckland C01 161 is an example of painting and sculpture dedicated to a political C01 162 point of view. ^Called *1Waitangi: A Broken Treaty, *0it is a C01 163 show full of rage and indignation. C01 164 |^It is also a very confusing show because there is little C01 165 indication of which works are by which artist. ^(One gathers C01 166 that most of the sculpture is by Norman Te Whata and most of C01 167 the painting by Emily Karaka.) ^Some of the work is recent and C01 168 some is from earlier exhibitions. C01 169 |^The work is full of recollections of local artists *- from C01 170 Colin McCahon through the late Phillip Clairmont to Allen C01 171 Maddox and of English artists such as Francis Bacon. ^The C01 172 handling is wildly expressionistic *- full of impulsive C01 173 brushwork, twisting and writhing, and passionate messages C01 174 written across the paintings. C01 175 *<*5Altar Lumps*> C01 176 |^*0A typical work is *1The Treaty: Whose Liberty? ^*0It is C01 177 a painting in two panels. ^One carries words from the treaty C01 178 in English and the colour is lyrical and pastoral, the other C01 179 carries the Maori text and is turbulent and troubled in colour. C01 180 |^The next work on the wall is a triptych with hacked lumps C01 181 of flesh on altars labelled Anzus, Waitangi and Gleneagles. C01 182 ^Beneath them are pages stained with blood and there is hectic C01 183 carry-on all around. C01 184 |^Two other themes emerge in the show. ^One is crucifixion. C01 185 ^A huge wooden cross dominates the exhibition. ^On it hangs a C01 186 figure with a crown of thorns made of steel cut with a torch, C01 187 huge bolts through the hands and feet, chains, barbed wire and C01 188 a body made of sacking shaped like a singlet. C01 189 |^This Christ-figure represents the Maori people betrayed by C01 190 the treaty. ^But other works like *1Red Blanket Exchange *0are C01 191 specifically anti-church. ^The emphasis in the big crucifixion C01 192 and in *1Broken Treaty is on Christ as victim. C01 193 |^Confusion exists about the sacrifice of Christ, which was C01 194 a conscious sacrifice, and about the purpose of redemption and C01 195 consequent harmony and peace. ^Here the emphasis is on C01 196 victimisation, rage and disharmony. C01 197 |^The figure of Spartacus, a warrior who was crucified, C01 198 might have more pertinent references than that of Christ. C01 199 |^Another theme lettered largely on the paintings is *"Holes C01 200 in the Ground.**" ^The reference here is to buildings and C01 201 images which are set in the ground, leave holes when they have C01 202 passed and that these holes are covered or filled by new C01 203 developments. C01 204 |^In both the painting and the sculpture the best work is C01 205 where the message is least explicit and the materials and the C01 206 painting speak for themselves. ^*1The Cloak of Tane, *0made of C01 207 kauri bark from the Waipoua Forest, has spirits above and below C01 208 and is a highly original and very moving work. ^The very dense C01 209 and closely worked *1Karaka Tree-Wai-Tangi Tree *0and the C01 210 drawings, *1Volcano Death Mask *0and *1Goodbye, *0are also C01 211 original. C01 212 |^The exhibition has energy enough to make trivia of most C01 213 shows and is a big advance on the same artists' work at the C01 214 Auckland City Art Gallery a couple of years ago. ^The feeling C01 215 of artists fighting, like pathfinders, hacking their way C01 216 through undergrowth, towards some seen, but as yet unattainable C01 217 goal, is a very potent one. C01 218 *<*5City Photos*> C01 219 |^*0The sense of issues is present, though not so strongly, C01 220 in the exhibition of photographs at Real Pictures Gallery on C01 221 the third floor in the same arcade. C01 222 |^The bits and pieces of demolition material strewn about C01 223 the floor and the title *1Someone's Scheming *0suggest a tirade C01 224 against the tearing down of so many of our inner city C01 225 buildings. ^But the exhibition is in many ways a celebration C01 226 of Auckland and the feeling is of nostalgia rather than C01 227 indignation. C01 228 |^Though it might have had more impact had there been more C01 229 anger, the show is, nevertheless, a fascinating and C01 230 not-to-be-missed event because of the quality of the photography. C01 231 |^*4Gary Baigent's *1The Unseen City *0we have seen before, C01 232 but *4Deborah Smith's *0wide curves and tilted images which C01 233 complement the roads around the Tepid Baths and the Civic C01 234 Theatre are new. C01 235 |^*4Derek Smith, *0in his colour work, has caught the clash C01 236 between old and recent in his shots of the redevelopment of C01 237 Durham Lane, and *4John Reynolds *0has a wonderful image of the C01 238 late, lamented Carpenters Arms against a starry sky. C01 239 |^*4Paul McCredie *0has a fine eye for the patterns of light C01 240 and shade and well records the flat soullessness of glass C01 241 facades. C01 242 *# C02 001 **[073 TEXT C02**] C02 002 *<*5Life in *'Dallas**' Without The Good Guy*> C02 003 |^*1Dallas *4returns for its eighth season tonight on C02 004 {0TV}-1 without its resident good guy Bobby to ride herd on the C02 005 nasty {0JR}. C02 006 |^*0Bobby, alas, is no more. C02 007 |^He was run down and killed in last year's final episode. C02 008 |^The Ewings are taking his death hard. ^Pam (Victoria C02 009 Principal) blames herself for the tragedy and {0JR} (Larry C02 010 Hagman) recalls his many fights with his young brother and C02 011 regrets that they never made peace. C02 012 |^Larry Hagman apparently gives the performance of his life C02 013 as he breaks down at Bobby's grave. C02 014 |^It is distressing, too, for Barbara Bel Geddes, making her C02 015 first appearance in a year as family matriarch Miss Ellie. C02 016 |^She goes to her weeping son and tries to pull him away C02 017 from Bobby's coffin. C02 018 |^*"I've gotta stay, Momma,**" he cries. ^*"I have to.**" C02 019 |^But this change in {0JR} is nothing to worry about. ^He C02 020 soon returns to his bad old ways and his new enemy will be none C02 021 other than his wife and mother of his child, Sue Ellen (Linda C02 022 Gray). C02 023 |^And {0JR} is apparently upset by Bobby's last will and C02 024 testament. C02 025 |^Dack Rambo has been introduced to the new series as the C02 026 Ewing cousin Jack *- the man producers have groomed to replace C02 027 Bobby at the Ewing Oil empire. ^It is hoped that Rambo and C02 028 Pam's pregnancy *- the result of her final night with Bobby *- C02 029 will keep the ratings soaring. C02 030 *<*4New Programme For Polynesians*> C02 031 |^*0Big changes are promised in the Polynesian information C02 032 programme *1See Here *0next year *- its name, duration, format C02 033 and placement will all be different. C02 034 |^Producer Michael Evans said they were changes which many C02 035 Pacific Islanders had been waiting for since the programme C02 036 began six years ago. C02 037 |^*"The main criticisms have always been that *1See Here C02 038 *0is too short, it is on at the wrong time and should not be C02 039 100 per cent studio-based.**" C02 040 |^{0TVNZ}'s top brass has approved the proposed alterations C02 041 which will see it become a half-hour programme at the weekend. C02 042 |^*"I believe that the climate is politically ripe for a C02 043 change,**" said Evans. ^*"It has taken six years to get C02 044 this.**" C02 045 |^He is excited by the greater freedom that the changes will C02 046 allow. C02 047 |^*"Since the establishment last year of the Maori C02 048 Production Department programmes like *1See Here *0and *1Koha C02 049 *0are able to grow more because they are not under the wing of C02 050 general and special interests where they competed with other C02 051 programmes.**" C02 052 |^Another advantage of the time change was being able to use C02 053 a bigger studio not available on week-days. C02 054 |^Evans said introducing location work in the new format C02 055 would push up the programme's budget but costs would also be C02 056 cut if, and when, video replaced film. C02 057 |^*"As it is for *1See Here, *0it costs *+$32 for 30 metres C02 058 of film *- that is about two minutes and 40 seconds of shooting C02 059 *- and things often have to be filmed several times. ^So it C02 060 gets expensive.**" C02 061 |^The title *1See Here *0will be dropped in favour of C02 062 *1Tangata Pasifika (*0*"People of the Pacific**"). C02 063 |^*"The life, culture and traditions of the various Pacific C02 064 Island communities will be covered both in New Zealand and from C02 065 their homelands,**" said Evans. C02 066 |^*"In having a totally studio-based programme, you have the C02 067 difficulty of trying to get people to reveal themselves in what C02 068 is an alien environment.**" C02 069 |^Although the target audience is a minority one, the number C02 070 of Pacific Islanders migrating to New Zealand is growing. C02 071 |^There are about 21,000 Cook Islanders living here now and C02 072 only 19,000 back on the islands,**" said Evans, *"and five C02 073 times as many Niueans are here than in Niue.**" C02 074 |^Evans cites the shortage of land and hunger for the city C02 075 life and money as the reasons for the growing influx. C02 076 |^*"The proposed 10.30 {0am} Saturday slot is ideal because C02 077 many people are out working during the week, playing sport on C02 078 Saturday afternoons and attending church on Sundays.**" C02 079 |^The new format will retain the basics of *1See Here, C02 080 *0with greater emphasis on items from around the country and C02 081 overseas. C02 082 |^Foufou Suzanna Hukiu will present *1Tangata Pasifika C02 083 *0fulltime with another presenter yet to be announced. C02 084 |^Evans will meet Pacific Island representatives to gauge C02 085 what sort of items people want. C02 086 |^Producer of *1See Here *0since it began in 1980, Evans C02 087 said he was continually fascinated by the different Pacific C02 088 cultures. C02 089 |^An Englishman who has been in New Zealand since the age of C02 090 19, he said he had had a few problems with activists who were C02 091 suspicious of his motives in working within their communities. C02 092 |^Evans said he had plenty of ideas for next year's C02 093 programme. C02 094 |^*"People will expect more from the new-look show and they C02 095 are going to get it.**" C02 096 *<*4*'Te Karere**' Looks To the Future With Confidence*> C02 097 |^*5Te Karere, *4the weekday Maori news programme, begins C02 098 its fourth year on \0TV-2 at 5.30 tonight. C02 099 |^*0The programme's presenter and producer, Whai Ngata, sees C02 100 *1Te Karere *0as fulfilling an important role. C02 101 |^*"It's been a magnificent success for the Maori-speaking C02 102 population,**" he says. C02 103 |^*"Maori people need to know what is happening in their C02 104 world and they now have an opportunity to actively participate C02 105 in the television news.**" C02 106 |^The *1Te Karere *0team will now consist of five reporters C02 107 in Auckland, newcomer Ral Makiha, plus Pere Maitai, Wena C02 108 Harawira, Tuku Morgan and Waihoroi Shortland; two reporters in C02 109 Wellington, John Tahuparae and Tawiri Rangihau (replacing Hone C02 110 Edwards, who has gone to the regional news programme C02 111 *1Today-Tonight,) *0and a new reporter in Christchurch, Anahera Bowen, C02 112 who was responsible for the Maori inserts in *1Sesame Street. C02 113 *<*4Short*> C02 114 |^*0Even with two more reporters than last year, the team is C02 115 still one short of its staff quota. ^*"They produce almost C02 116 half of the New Zealand content of network news *- 10 minutes C02 117 of television each weekday,**" says Ngata, *"and that is a lot C02 118 of television to fill.**" C02 119 |^Former presenter and producer Derek Fox will also be C02 120 working on the programme from time to time, dividing his time C02 121 between *1Te Karere *0and working on the application for the C02 122 Aotearoa broadcasting system. C02 123 |^Ngata has had a lot of positive feedback since the C02 124 programme began. C02 125 |^*"In many areas people tell us they drop whatever they are C02 126 doing to watch the programme. ^And I know that in some places C02 127 meetings are held either before or after Te Karere. C02 128 |^But not everyone had been happy with the programme in its C02 129 present form. ^*"It's a matter of frustration for the C02 130 non-Maori speaking population,**" Ngata says. ^*"From the number C02 131 of letters and telephone calls we get we know that many Pakeha C02 132 are interested in *1Te Karere *0and would like to see it C02 133 subtitled.**" C02 134 |^But for a number of reasons, that will not happen. C02 135 |^Ngata explains: ^*"The programme is ostensibly for C02 136 Maori-speaking people; secondly, you cannot learn a language from C02 137 subtitles. C02 138 |^*"Logistically it is impossible. ^We are working up to C02 139 deadline. ^Sometimes we are still working on an item as the C02 140 programme goes to air. C02 141 |^And there are technical difficulties. ^*"With a reporter C02 142 speaking at about three words a second it is impossible to C02 143 translate, and anyway, we do not have the technology to do C02 144 it.**" C02 145 |^Looking ahead, Ngata has several developments in mind, for C02 146 the programme, building on *1Te Karere's *0present success. C02 147 |^*"We would like to see an increase in the daily time C02 148 allowance, and a weekly current affairs programme where some of C02 149 the issues raised on *1Te Karere *0would be expanded and C02 150 developed in more depth.**" C02 151 |^He sees this as a natural progression from *1Te Karere's C02 152 *0inception. ^*"The service needs to be developed. ^Otherwise C02 153 we are standing still.**" C02 154 *<*4Ruatoria*> C02 155 |^*0Whai Ngata comes from Ruatoria, from the Ngati Porou C02 156 tribe, but has spent most of his time in Auckland. C02 157 |^He worked as a journalist on the *1Auckland Star *0for C02 158 four years, then went to the Thomson group of trade magazines, C02 159 writing for *1South Pacific Travel Trade News *0and editing C02 160 *1{0NZ} Export Review, *0before starting up a magazine of his C02 161 own, *1Marae, *0which lasted for four issues. C02 162 |^He then went to Radio New Zealand, working on the Maori C02 163 news and weekly programmes, then joined {0TVNZ} in 1983 to help C02 164 to set up *1Te Karere. C02 165 *<*4at the cinema*> C02 166 * C02 167 *<*6MICKI AND MAUDE*> C02 168 *<*4Directed by Blake Edwards Written by Jonathan Reynolds*> C02 169 |^*0Cuddly Dudley woos the women in *"Micki and Maude**" C02 170 (Regent), which should help attract the fairer sex to this C02 171 otherwise undistinguished comedy. C02 172 |^Our cheeky chappie (Dudley Moore) chatting up a couple of C02 173 cuties (Ann Reiking and Amy Irving); their adjustment to the C02 174 prospect of having babies; the final, farcical scenes at the C02 175 hospital, with both due to give birth at the same time; and the C02 176 father ending up with a bevy of babies, is just the kind of C02 177 stuff that women's dreams are supposed to be made of *- and for C02 178 whom this film seems to have been specifically crafted. C02 179 |^It would be churlish to argue that Moore is not a likeable C02 180 fellow; that Irving's blue eyes do not qualify her as his C02 181 come-hithersome Spouse \0No. 2; or that Reiking's splendid teeth C02 182 and hair do not make her the ideal girl next door *- in some C02 183 suburb of *"Dallas.**" C02 184 |^In fact, they make an attractive trio, but Blake Edwards, C02 185 who has directed several glossy but crude Hollywood comedies C02 186 (*"10,**" *"{0S.O.B.}**") since the death of Peter Sellers and C02 187 the end of the *"Pink Panther**" series, has nothing much C02 188 besides their personal appeal to keep this film going. C02 189 |^The story is simple, but preposterous: C02 190 |^Moore is a young husband desperate to be a father, but who C02 191 certainly does not plan on having babies by two wives *- both C02 192 pregnant at the same time. ^His first wife, Micki (Reiking), C02 193 is a lawyer more interested in her career than children; Maude C02 194 (Irving), whom he married illegally after an affair, is a C02 195 musician who wants only to be a housewife and mother. C02 196 |^This dilemma poses both a criminal *- and a moral *- C02 197 problem which this film never satisfactorily solves. C02 198 |^One feels that the film's premise, if handled adeptly by a C02 199 British writer and director, could turn into fine farce. C02 200 ^Coincidentally, just such a piece, *"Run for Your Wife,**" is C02 201 now being presented as a live production at the Theatre Royal. C02 202 |^*"Run for Your Wife**" also is based on the theme of C02 203 bigamy, with the husband and his friend running between his two C02 204 wives' homes to keep him out of double trouble. C02 205 |^This play is handled in the proper, fast-paced way that C02 206 such farce should be, never giving the audience time to think C02 207 about how silly the original premise and subsequent C02 208 developments are. C02 209 |^Blake Edwards, however, does not have the instinct to C02 210 present such rapid-fire farce. ^The only Hollywood director I C02 211 can think of who could handle such stuff was Billy Wilder C02 212 (*"One, Two, Three**"), but he was of European origin, who based C02 213 his *"Some Like It Hot**" on a German {0U.F.A.} comedy of the C02 214 1930s. C02 215 |^In *"Micki and Maude,**" the characters and plot (such as C02 216 it is), are slow in being established, and the only truly C02 217 farcical situation occurs in hospital while the father-to-be C02 218 runs from room to room during his wives' throes of labour. C02 219 |^I do not know whether to feel sorrier for poor Dud or the C02 220 women he has wronged. C02 221 *<*6BRAZIL*> *<*4Directed by Terry Gilliam Screenplay by Terry C02 222 Gilliam, Tom Stoppard and Charles McKeown*> C02 223 |^*"Brazil**" (Midcity) has been reviewed before, but its C02 224 return *- after belated critical acclaim in the United States C02 225 *- does deserve further comment. C02 226 |^This is particularly relevant after last week's comments C02 227 on comedies, and the relative merits of *"Spies Like Us**" and C02 228 *"Prizzi's Honour.**" C02 229 |^Different things do make differing people laugh: ^My sense C02 230 of the comic *- my silly perception of life *- is personal, and C02 231 not necessarily in harmony with that of other people. C02 232 |^Therefore, I can state that *"Brazil**" was the funniest C02 233 film of 1985 without having to justify it for people that do C02 234 not see it. C02 235 |^*"Brazil**" was screened at the Savoy for only a week, C02 236 almost setting a record with virtually as many people walking C02 237 out of the cinema before it ended than entering after it began. C02 238 |^Most of the people who walked out seemed to take C02 239 *"Brazil**" as a back-dated version of *"1984.**" C02 240 |^It certainly was, but it also included a reference to the C02 241 Odessa Steps sequence in Sergei Eisenstein's *"Battleship C02 242 Potemkin.**" C02 243 |^*"Brazil**" is so rich that it is no wonder that most C02 244 people could not digest it at one sitting. C02 245 *# C03 001 **[074 TEXT C03**] C03 002 *<*4Thursday review*> *<*0By Post television critic Irene Gardiner*> C03 003 *<*4Quality viewing brightened wintry weekend*> C03 004 |^*0For those of us who stayed in Wellington for the Easter C03 005 holiday weekend the wintry weather conditions made staying home C03 006 and watching the telly seem like a pretty good idea. ^And C03 007 {0TVNZ}'s Easter programming did us reasonably proud. C03 008 |^Rather than just Easter programmes for the sake of Easter C03 009 programmes, there was a concentration on giving us some quality C03 010 television specially for the long weekend *- lots of movies and C03 011 other good one-off programmes. C03 012 |^The Saturday Premier Movie was the much-loved Tootsie C03 013 (1982). ^We got an Ingrid Bergman film (The Inn of the Sixth C03 014 Happiness), the famous Laurence Olivier-Marilyn Monroe movie C03 015 The Prince and the Showgirl, and a particularly fine film in C03 016 the World Cinema slot *- Death of a Bureaucrat, made in Spain C03 017 in 1966. C03 018 |^And, in keeping with the religious significance of Easter C03 019 weekend, there were The Song of Bernadette, The Ten C03 020 Commandments and Jesus Christ Superstar. C03 021 |^Superstar sounded a little sick in the sound-track C03 022 department, which is a bit of a worry for a musical film. C03 023 ^Another musical film over the weekend, without the sound-track C03 024 problems but with rather less religious significance, was The C03 025 Rolling Stones' in-concert movie Time Is On My Side, which C03 026 provided an Easter special for the 12 O'Clock Rock slot. ^It C03 027 was hardly the Stones at their best, but living legends are C03 028 always worth at least half an eye and ear. C03 029 |^Tucked away in an afternoon slot was Kid Creole's There's C03 030 Something Wrong in Paradise *- not a musical film exactly, but C03 031 *"an original musical made for television.**" ^Basically, the C03 032 show was a good idea that didn't really work, but it was still C03 033 a musical curiosity that I hope fans didn't miss out on because C03 034 of its rather out-of-the-way time-slot. C03 035 |^From pop-rock musicals to {0TVNZ}'s handsome production of C03 036 the opera Hansel and Gretel, which screened on *2ONE *0on C03 037 Friday night. ^This was a credit to all concerned. ^It was C03 038 well-cast, well-performed and sumptuously-produced. C03 039 |^The New Zealand bush location probably wasn't how the C03 040 Brothers Grimm pictured their story, but it provided a C03 041 beautiful setting for the opera. ^This, combined with C03 042 effective make-up, costumes and sets, made {0TVNZ}'s Hansel and C03 043 Gretel a visual treat. C03 044 |^Hansel and Gretel was a television production of an opera. C03 045 ^The ballet Swan Lake (Television 2 the following night), on C03 046 the other hand, was a stage production videotaped for screening C03 047 on television. ^The Royal New Zealand Ballet's production of C03 048 the famous ballet last year wasn't one of the company's finest C03 049 efforts. ^But it's still good to see our national ballet C03 050 company on television. C03 051 |^A bouquet to {0TVNZ} for televising the ballet, but make C03 052 that paper roses for scheduling it against the blockbuster C03 053 movie Tootsie. ^I can accept that ballet is minority viewing, C03 054 but why make it the smallest minority possible? C03 055 |^The highlight of my Easter viewing was the British C03 056 television adaptation of Graham Green's novel Monsignor C03 057 Quixote, which screened on *2ONE *0on Sunday night. C03 058 |^This Bafta-nominated production was almost perfect C03 059 television. ^It had a great story and a good script, was C03 060 beautifully-shot, and lead actors Alec Guinness and Leo McKern C03 061 were well cast as the priest and the communist. C03 062 |^While getting dangerously close to hamming it up at times, C03 063 overall the pair just managed to pull off the right mixture of C03 064 funny and sad as their characters questioned their opposing C03 065 beliefs while going on a bizarre holiday to Madrid. C03 066 |^Monsignor Quixote was deeply moving and thought-provoking, C03 067 but also had a rich, warm funniness *- an unbeatable C03 068 combination. ^My only reservation (slight) is that the C03 069 portrayal of the religious *"baddies**" was perhaps just a C03 070 little close to caricature. C03 071 |^After Easter, the other important event of the \0tv week C03 072 was the screening of {0TVNZ}'s first documentary on the Rainbow C03 073 Warrior bombing. ^I'm instantly suspicious of documentaries C03 074 that claim to have new and exciting revelations. ^The timespan C03 075 involved in making a proper job of a documentary programme C03 076 often precludes this. C03 077 |^Consequently, I feared the Rainbow Warrior Affair was C03 078 going to suffer at the hands of its own pre-promotion. ^But, C03 079 with its information on the *"third team**" of French agents, I C03 080 guess the programme just managed to make good its claim that it C03 081 would *"highlight new and as yet unrevealed facts.**" C03 082 |^That aside, New Zealand can't lay claim to a great C03 083 tradition of real-life spy stories, and the Rainbow Warrior C03 084 Affair's reconstruction of the whole story of the bombing was C03 085 dramatic stuff. ^In fact, it was a little overly dramatic in C03 086 its presentation at times. C03 087 *<*4Students display composition skill*> C03 088 * * C03 089 *<*0A concert by the finalists of the Student Composition C03 090 Competition Music Department Victoria University; at the C03 091 Memorial Theatre Saturday.*> C03 092 |^*4For several years Victoria University Music Department C03 093 students have given an account of their year's composition work C03 094 in a private wind-up recital. C03 095 |^*0So much has the standard risen and the diversity of the C03 096 work become more stimulating that it was thought time the C03 097 students went public with their compositions. C03 098 |^This they did on Saturday morning at the Memorial Theatre. C03 099 |^With a gift of *+$300 from an anonymous donor came a C03 100 suggestion that a composition competition be held. C03 101 ^Of the compositions submitted 10 were selected as C03 102 finalists. ^The adjudicators were Ashley Heenan, Ross Harris C03 103 and Jack Body. ^Twenty student performers brought the music to C03 104 life. C03 105 |^The works all showed a sensitive feeling for and C03 106 understanding of the instruments and voices used. ^In no way C03 107 could any of them be dubbed typically New Zealand music. C03 108 ^(What is typical New Zealand music anyway?) ^Nor did they C03 109 obviously reflect their teachers. C03 110 |^In fact, the most refreshing aspects of the music were the C03 111 individuality of each work and the overall feeling of C03 112 spontaneity. C03 113 |^Some, like Martin Lodge whose Wind Quintet was placed C03 114 first equal, were skilled to the point almost of having an C03 115 academic flavour. ^The Lodge Quintet was for flute, oboe, C03 116 clarinet, horn, bassoon. C03 117 |^The other first equal composition was an C03 118 electronic-acoustic piece called Of Cabbages and Kings. ^Composed by C03 119 David Downes this said what it was meant to say clearly and C03 120 succinctly all cleverly put together. ^But after all, skill C03 121 does not count for much without imagination. ^This is what C03 122 gave an endearing charm to Jane Coxon's Smokey Moon for horn, C03 123 piano and harp. ^This work received the reward for the best C03 124 composition by a first year student. C03 125 |^Imagination of an especial line illumined Gary Armstrong's C03 126 Momentum for piano percussion and a mobile which danced to the C03 127 music. C03 128 |^A touch of humour enlivened some of the music too, like C03 129 Danny Poynton's Moa for clarinet, bassoon, timpani, percussion, C03 130 piano and narrator. ^Helen Fisher's trio for bassoon, flute C03 131 and clarinet caught the ear as music that had something simple C03 132 and significant to say by a composer who knew how to say it, C03 133 and most important when to stop saying it. C03 134 |^The heroes and heroines were the student performers who C03 135 had to cope with styles and technique outside their more usual C03 136 musical experience. ^Theirs was high quality work. C03 137 |^Some of the performers were also composers. ^Danny C03 138 Poynton (Moa) was a bright pianist. ^Other performers who C03 139 added that little bit extra were Sarah Castle (bang on with her C03 140 percussion) and Donna Livingstone (violin) and Nicola Averill C03 141 (horn). C03 142 |^The performer's award went to the players who presented C03 143 Martin Lodge's Wind Quintet *- Joanna Averill (flute), Gundy C03 144 Scharnke (oboe), Erin Cormack (clarinet), Nicola Averill (horn) C03 145 and Michael Burns (bassoon). C03 146 *<*4Franco-American look to New York filmfest*> C03 147 |*2NEW YORK. *- ^*0The New York Film Festival, now in C03 148 progress, takes moviegoers on a decidedly American cinematic C03 149 journey this year, but it also has a strong French emphasis. C03 150 |^Three offbeat comedies are the highlights among eight C03 151 home-grown movies out of the festival's 24 feature films. C03 152 |^Francis Ford Coppola's sad and funny romantic fantasy C03 153 Peggy Sue Got Married, stars Kathleen Turner as a woman in her C03 154 40s who gets a second chance at her life. C03 155 |^Jim Jarmusch opened the festival with a quirky fairy tale, C03 156 Down By Law, about three prisoners on the run. ^Rock Star C03 157 David Byrne, of Talking Heads, makes his film-making debut with C03 158 a surreal comedy, True Stories. C03 159 |^*"I like them because they're odd,**" festival director C03 160 Richard Roud told Reuters. ^*"Nowadays if things aren't odd, C03 161 they're kind of boring. ^The old days of nice, C03 162 middle-of-the-road films are over.**" C03 163 |^The festival continues until October 5. C03 164 |^There are six French movies and one of the American films, C03 165 Round Midnight, is directed by leading French director Bertrand C03 166 Tavernier. C03 167 |^There are also British, Swedish, West German, Brazilian C03 168 and Polish films but the emphasis is definitely C03 169 Franco-American. C03 170 |^In Peggy Sue Got Married, Turner plays a woman who thinks C03 171 a second chance at high school days will let her avoid marrying C03 172 her husband, be nice to her little sister and invent tights. C03 173 |^Coppola, acclaimed for The Godfather, The Conversation and C03 174 Apocalypse Now, hesitated before offering Peggy Sue to the C03 175 festival because of the way his last film was treated. C03 176 |^His 1983 film Rumble Fish was hissed at its festival C03 177 screening for the press and otherwise poorly received. C03 178 |^But Roud says Peggy Sue is a *"movie movie**" that should C03 179 do well. C03 180 |^Unlike Coppola, Jarmusch, 33, says he likes the New York C03 181 festival. ^His Stranger than Paradise was shown here two years C03 182 ago after winning the Camera d'Or at Cannes. C03 183 |^As he did in Stranger and his first film, Permanent C03 184 Vacation, Jarmusch looks at a foreigner in America. ^This time C03 185 it's an Italian tourist with a notebook of cliches, played by C03 186 comedian-director Roberto Benigni in his first American film. C03 187 |^A small-time pimp (John Lurie), an unemployed disc jockey C03 188 (singer-actor Tom Waits) and the Italian are jailed unfairly C03 189 and escape into the swamps of southern Louisiana. C03 190 |^When word got out that David Byrne was making his own C03 191 movie, Talking Heads fans knew it would be something to see and C03 192 hear. C03 193 |^Byrne directed and narrated True Stories, a travelogue C03 194 about a few days in the lives of some people in Virgil, Texas. C03 195 |^Byrne wrote in the book True Stories, being published by C03 196 Penguin next month: ^*"I stay away from loaded subjects *- sex, C03 197 violence and political intrigue... I deal with stuff that's too C03 198 dumb for most people to have formulated opinions on.**" C03 199 |^Another American highlight is Tavernier's Round Midnight. C03 200 ^A black bebop musician (legendary tenor saxophonist Dexter C03 201 Gordon) joins other expatriates in Paris in 1959 and is saved C03 202 from alcoholism and death by a young Frenchman. C03 203 *<*5City still alive*> C03 204 |^*6A*2LTHOUGH *0the arts festival has finished, the city is C03 205 still alive with entertainment. C03 206 |^Classical guitarist *4Jonathon Harper *0is in town after C03 207 recently completing a University Campus orientation tour. C03 208 |^Harper has just finished his first recording session and C03 209 hopes to release his record in July. C03 210 |^He is billed to play at the Provinicial Hotel in Upper C03 211 Hutt tonight, tomorrow and Saturday and will be joined by C03 212 English guitarist and songwriter *4Stephen Delft *0at the C03 213 Ohariu Country Club on Sunday. C03 214 |^Heavy rock at its best is being offered at the Cricketers C03 215 this weekend. C03 216 |^Hamilton band Knightshade is performing tomorrow and C03 217 Saturday supported by local Wellington band Tokyo. C03 218 |^*4Rick Bernard, *0vocals and guitar, who has played with C03 219 Strikemaster and Bronx, is Knightshade's most recent addition. C03 220 |^An early week gig at the Cricketers sees the Ewings C03 221 (former members of the Mockers) join up with Flesh D-Vice for a C03 222 one night only performance next Wednesday night. C03 223 |^For what is termed *"power pop**" or unashamedly C03 224 commercial music, be at the Clyde Quay tomorrow and Saturday. C03 225 ^{0ESP}, who merge technology with music, perform with Grace C03 226 Under Pressure. C03 227 |^The Wellington Folk Centre have *4Vin Garbutt *0at the C03 228 Cricketers next Tuesday. C03 229 |^Vin Garbutt is said to be an itinerant musician who sings C03 230 songs from the traditional as well as from his own pen. C03 231 |^He sings strong songs which often analyse controversial C03 232 issues of the day and adds spice to his performance with a C03 233 touch of zany humour. C03 234 |^Freds... and all that jazz have guitarist and singer Mark C03 235 Palmer tonight followed by Barry Oswick and Nick Curtis C03 236 tomorrow. ^Sheila Graham returns next Wednesday with her C03 237 *"Muddle of the Road Music.**" C03 238 |^Powerful Maori theatre group Te Ohu Whakaari are coming to C03 239 Wellington soon to perform during their first national tour C03 240 since 1984. C03 241 |^The collective is made up of Tina Cook (Ngapuhi), Esther C03 242 Fala (Nga Rauru), Neil Gudsell (Kaitahu) and Paora Maxwell C03 243 (Ngati Rangiwewehi). C03 244 |^Te Ohu Whakaari will be presenting a show that draws on a C03 245 collection of stories written by writers like Hone Tuwhare, C03 246 Patricia Grace, Apirana Taylor and other material written by the C03 247 group itself. C03 248 |^Something else to look forward to is an evening of blues C03 249 at the Railways Hotel. C03 250 |^*4Neil *'Invercargill**' Jones *0has teamed up with bass C03 251 player *4Les Knight *0and drummer *4Malcolm Reid *0to perform C03 252 together and to show-case his solo abilities next Wednesday and C03 253 Thursday night. C03 254 *# C04 001 **[075 TEXT C04**] C04 002 *<*4Mozart may have liked these flute renditions*> C04 003 *6MOZART. C04 004 *4Flute Quartets \0Nos. one to four, played by Richard Adeney, C04 005 flute, with the Melos Ensemble. C04 006 *6WORLD RECORDS {0WR} 9499 *0from {0ASV}. C04 007 |^*0As far as can be fairly reckoned, the viola was one of C04 008 Mozart's favourite instruments and at the other end of the C04 009 scale the flute was the least favoured. ^Because of this much C04 010 has been written about his *"Flute Quartets.**" C04 011 |^Some say they feel the composer's *"scorn, rage and C04 012 anger**" in these pieces, two of which are generally regarded C04 013 as lightweights. ^The original buyer, a wealthy Dutch amateur C04 014 flautist, refused to pay the full commission for the works, C04 015 expressing his disappointment at the quality he received. C04 016 |^In spite of all the conspiring factors against his flute C04 017 music, Mozart did manage to hold his own in what must be C04 018 regarded as *"middle of the road Mozart,**" music that charmed C04 019 most of the time, and at least made passable listening the rest C04 020 of the time. C04 021 |^His reputed disregard for the instrument could have been C04 022 influenced by the limitations of the eighteenth century flute C04 023 mechanism. ^He may have warmed considerably to hear exponents C04 024 of the calibre of Richard Adeney or Aurele Nicolet playing the C04 025 quartets so stylishly. C04 026 |^Certainly, the music comes up well under the conditions C04 027 here, with the D major piece being neither greater nor lesser C04 028 than its companions. ^They will please the eager listeners of C04 029 today more than the devotees in Mozart's time. C04 030 *6TCHAIKOVSKY. *4Symphony \0No. four played by the Oslo C04 031 Philharmonic Orchestra, conducted by Mariss Jansons. *6WORLD C04 032 RECORDS {0WR} 9770 from CHANDOS. C04 033 |^*0It is appropriate that this version precedes one from C04 034 Karajan and comes only two months after others by Solti, for C04 035 the sheer excellence of the lowly-rated Oslo Orchestra can be C04 036 matched against the might of the Vienna and Chicago Orchestras C04 037 with the balance firmly tipped in favour of the Norwegian C04 038 players. C04 039 |^This may be hard to accept, but hearing is believing. ^In C04 040 almost all departments, Mariss Jansons beats Karajan hands C04 041 down. ^Moreover, it makes my ancient Munch recording, so C04 042 highly-rated at the time, seem thin and lifeless. C04 043 |^No doubt, the superb quality of the Chandos digital C04 044 processing has a good deal to do with final judgments here, but C04 045 one has to respect the young conductor's handling of the work C04 046 *- trim and crisp with plenty of electricity flowing C04 047 throughout. C04 048 *6MOZART. *4Arias sung by Thomas Allen, baritone with the C04 049 Scottish Chamber Orchestra, conducted by Richard Armstrong. C04 050 *6WORLD RECORDS {0WE} 9444 *4from {0EMI}. C04 051 |^*0It would be hard to imagine a finer set of Mozart arias C04 052 sung better, or played better than this batch from *"Don C04 053 Giovanni,**" *"Zaide,**" *"Cosi Fan Tutte**" or *"Le Nozze di C04 054 Figaro.**" C04 055 |^Fresh from his personal triumph on the recorded C04 056 *"Giovanni**" set with Bernard Haitink/ Glyndebourne for World C04 057 Records, Allen is just as good with the Scottish players and C04 058 the brisk tempi set by Richard Armstrong. C04 059 |^The unmistakeable Welsh timbre of Thomas Allen's voice is C04 060 eminently suited to Mozart, his splendid diction a treat after C04 061 hearing more famous singers recently, where it was impossible C04 062 to decipher any trace of meaning in the obscure language used. C04 063 |^The brace of concert arias to close the recital is a bonus C04 064 *- *"Un Bacio di Mano**" {0KV}541 and *"Ich Mochte Wohl der C04 065 Kaiser sen.**" ^Regardless of the possible duplication of the C04 066 issue of the sets of *"Figaro**" and *"Giovanni**" this one is C04 067 a must for all collectors. C04 068 *<*4{0T.J.} McNamara on *6ART*> C04 069 *<*4Garcia-Alvarez Shows Colour Sensitivity*> C04 070 |^Fiesta or not, this is a very quiet week on the Auckland C04 071 art scene. C04 072 |^*0The most substantial single show is by *4Alberto C04 073 Garcia-Alvarez *0at Artis Gallery in High \0St. C04 074 |^Although he is an influential teacher at the Elam School, C04 075 the artist rarely exhibits. C04 076 |^His paintings in the past have been big, hard-edged, C04 077 minimal abstract works. ^But the six paintings at Artis show C04 078 great freedom and dash in the brushwork. C04 079 |^The hard-edged manner has been abandoned in favour of an C04 080 abstract expressionist style. C04 081 |^There was a foreshadowing of this change in his exhibition C04 082 of lithographs a couple of years ago at the Auckland City Art C04 083 Gallery. ^The lithographs were colour exercises absolutely C04 084 true to the nature of the medium. ^The forms were dictated by C04 085 the ink, the paper and the stone. C04 086 *<*4Seductive*> C04 087 |^*0These paintings are equally puritan. ^They are about C04 088 the act of painting and about colour. ^Drawing, or any attempt C04 089 at image-making, is right out of court. C04 090 |^The colour in these works is sensitive. ^In most of the C04 091 paintings there is a shift from dark to light across the C04 092 canvas. ^Occasionally, there is a hint of a light source such C04 093 as a window. C04 094 |^As well as the colour, there is a seductive surface that C04 095 comes from using dry pigment. ^That gives a combed effect that C04 096 emphasises the movement of the brush. ^The surface takes on a C04 097 particular quality, too, because the painting is done on paper. C04 098 |^The direct approach used in these paintings makes for a C04 099 narrow line between success and failure. C04 100 |^*1December 10 *0has particularly fine, pale colours. C04 101 |^*1Ultima Merienda *0is more open than the other works, C04 102 with hectic dashes of white giving an agitated effect, as if C04 103 the colours were arguing with one another in a neurotic, C04 104 nagging fashion. C04 105 *<*4Confidence*> C04 106 |^*0Most successful of all is *1From Three to Five *0where C04 107 the colour is deeply loaded, notably in a richly intense red C04 108 and in the tumultuous crowd of darker colours that move in from C04 109 the left. C04 110 |^On the other hand, in *1From Four to Five *0the colours C04 111 are pushed about, but confusion rather than mood and atmosphere C04 112 emerges. C04 113 |^To paint in this way, and on the scale of these works, C04 114 requires great confidence. ^The unhesitating drive of the C04 115 handling in this exhibition shows Garcia Alvarez painting with C04 116 uncompromising vigour. C04 117 |^One of the exhibitions designated a Fiesta exhibition is C04 118 at the Whitecliffe Galleries in Parnell. ^It is a group C04 119 exhibition by artists invited to submit work which had some C04 120 connection with Auckland. C04 121 |^Predictably, most of the works are landscapes. ^Some of C04 122 the most pleasant are by *4Shona McFarlane *0who uses the curve C04 123 of Tamaki Drive to good composition effect. C04 124 |^The shape of Rangitoto exerts its usual fascination and is C04 125 at its most spectacular in *4Harold Coop's *0big screenprint of C04 126 the harbour alive with vivid sail colours. C04 127 *<*4Contrasts*> C04 128 |^*0In the midst of all these landscapes, *4Nigel Brown's C04 129 *0very intense, moody blue image of loneliness, night and the C04 130 moon, called *1Night Street, *0is the best thing in the whole C04 131 show for all its small size. C04 132 |^The same artist's *1Fiesta Auckland *0is, by contrast, C04 133 trivial. ^By contrast, again, his *1Auckland Map *0is C04 134 interesting not only in its composition but also in its lavish C04 135 use of gold paint. C04 136 |^Others who break away from the landscape image are *4Greg C04 137 Whitecliffe *0himself with his neatly characterised *1At the C04 138 Market *0and *4Penny Otto *0with her very direct *1Another Day C04 139 Another Dollar *0which shows a press of anonymous half-formed C04 140 faces. C04 141 |^Another group show is an exhibition of drawing at the C04 142 Society of Arts Gallery in Eden \0Cres. C04 143 |^This is the strongest exhibition that has been mounted at C04 144 the society for some time. C04 145 |^Contributing to its quality are three of *4Mary McIntyre's C04 146 *0resonant drawings of figures in front of One Tree Hill. C04 147 *<*4Colour*> C04 148 |^*0More theatrically powerful are the three splendid C04 149 drawings by *4Jill Carter-Hansen. C04 150 |^*4Ruby Huston's *0exact draughtsmanship and admirable colour C04 151 have seldom been better shown. ^There is delicacy and poise in C04 152 *4Geoff Tune's *0abstractions and the tight, painstaking detail C04 153 of *4Mark Cross *0in a work like *1Scrub Hills *0to add C04 154 variety. C04 155 |^And, establishing some sort of outer perimeter, is an C04 156 image by *4Dellyn Williams *0of a woman on a bed with a banner C04 157 of corsets planted firmly in her navel. C04 158 |^The Aberhardt North Gallery on College Hill and a show by C04 159 *4Jane Pountney, *0a Wellington artist. C04 160 |^Like the work of Alberto Garcia-Alvarez, this, too, is C04 161 abstract painting done with considerable attack but this time C04 162 in thick pigment that gives a deep texture to the work. C04 163 |^Most of the paintings are small. ^They all have a C04 164 landscape beginning. ^Jane Pountney is obviously a talent to C04 165 be watched but at the moment the prevailing small scale and the C04 166 curious extra dabs show a little less real authority of C04 167 approach. C04 168 *<*4Impressive history*> C04 169 *<*3THE HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND AVIATION, *1by Ross Ewing and C04 170 Ross Macpherson; Heinemann; 286 pages; *+$34.95. Review by C04 171 Frank Glen.*> C04 172 |^*0For a country of just over 3-million people we produce a C04 173 great number of amateur historians *- at least historians who C04 174 don't have a university as an address. ^Among these, New C04 175 Zealand must have a world record percentage who manage to get C04 176 their work published. C04 177 |^Ewing and Macpherson have had the distinct advantage of C04 178 working most of their lifetime with aircraft, and flying for C04 179 both of them has been more than a pastime. C04 180 |^Something of the tenacity in both is exemplified by \0Dr C04 181 Ross Ewing. ^He joined the {0RNZAF} and flew as a forward air C04 182 controller in South Vietnam. ^After this experience he left C04 183 the {0RNZAF} and trained as a doctor of medicine. ^He has now C04 184 rejoined the {0RNZAF} and specialises in aviation medicine. C04 185 ^Macpherson has a history {0MA}, and has chosen to become a C04 186 full-time aviation writer. ^Aviation is, as a consequence, C04 187 close to the professional working life of the joint authors. C04 188 |^This is an impressive book. ^It is one of several in C04 189 recent months written by a wide range of authors, and published C04 190 by different publishing houses which will set the tone for a C04 191 very interesting challenge for best authors of the year, and C04 192 finest book production off the press. C04 193 |^*1The History of New Zealand Aviation *0is surely a C04 194 contender. ^The sheer quality of the workmanship, both C04 195 editorial and publishing, leaves very little to be desired. C04 196 ^Yet, even in the best of titles some of the *"bloopers**" C04 197 survive. ^Everybody knows that King George the *=IV (page 118) C04 198 did not approve the warrant for the establishment of the Royal C04 199 New Zealand Air Force. ^It was King George *=V. C04 200 |^Other historians have passed the way of Ewing and C04 201 Macpherson, notably Loe White with his *1Wingspread *0of over C04 202 45 years ago. ^That book was thought by many to be the history C04 203 of our aviation origins, until its errors were compounded by C04 204 other writers. ^There runs a strong stream of certainty C04 205 throughout the record, beginning with the well known historical C04 206 \0Dr {0A.C.} Baker, Christchurch, who wrote to his brother in C04 207 England sometime in 1868: C04 208 |^*"My notion of flying would be to raise the machine C04 209 somewhat like a rocket. ^Then as the ascending power becomes C04 210 exhausted, the wings should expand to a fixed degree... which C04 211 would enable the machine to be propelled by gravity along an C04 212 incline plane, until the proximity of the earth required fresh C04 213 explosive power to raise the machine to a summit of a fresh C04 214 incline plane...**" ^Quite a radical notion from a colonial New C04 215 Zealander of that time. ^It became a reality in a German C04 216 fighter of the Second World War. C04 217 |^Along with Richard Pearce is a new name *- Harry Head. C04 218 ^Apparently around 1869 in Canterbury, Harry Head broke an arm C04 219 trying to get into the air via some contraption. ^The C04 220 Canterbury museum has his notes and I have little doubt that C04 221 students will want to research further this figure from our C04 222 aviation past. ^The authors give us Maori kites, and it's C04 223 quite amazing how some of the Maori designs show close C04 224 resemblance to early gliders which actually flew under power. C04 225 |^The idea of Vogel's airships defending New Zealand is C04 226 revived from the pages of dusty newspapers, along with the C04 227 great airship saga in 1909 when from the Bluff to Auckland C04 228 strange and odd-looking airships were sighted in unusual C04 229 places. ^These sightings were not the ravings of imagination, C04 230 but had the support of persons of rank and distinction. C04 231 *# C05 001 **[076 TEXT C05**] C05 002 *<*4Henare looks cuddly among joyful Penzance pirates*> C05 003 * C05 005 * C05 006 |^*0What is surprising about this joyful production of The C05 007 Pirates of Penzance is that so little of the original has been C05 008 changed. C05 009 |^The instruments used in the orchestra would have shocked C05 010 Sullivan, but his music comes through largely unscathed. C05 011 |^Gilbert would have missed the point of some of the comic C05 012 business but he would have been more than happy with the roars C05 013 of laughter and the rhythmical applause that greeted the cast C05 014 at the finale. C05 015 |^The spoof of operatic characters and conventions is still C05 016 there, but now, for example, Mabel's trills during Peer C05 017 Wandering One (which is beautifully sung by Jane Gregory) C05 018 signify how attractive she finds Frederick, the renegade pirate C05 019 (Peter Noone). C05 020 |^The secret formula that makes this version so much fun is C05 021 the humour derived from the early days of the cinema, with one C05 022 or two more recent additions thrown in. C05 023 |^The policemen owe a lot to the Keystone Cops when they C05 024 are not tapping their way through a dance that looks like C05 025 something out of 42nd Street. C05 026 |^And the pirates show they can hoof it along with the best C05 027 of them in a grotesque parody of the finale of A Chorus Line. C05 028 |^The Pirate King (Andy Anderson) attempts the macho antics C05 029 of Douglas Fairbanks but he is as disaster prone as Frank C05 030 Spencer in Some Mothers Do Ave 'Em. C05 031 |^The police sergeant, brilliantly played by Tim Tyler, C05 032 combines the leggy ludicrousness of John Cleese with the C05 033 suppleness of a vaudeville clown. C05 034 |^The first half is thoroughly enjoyable but the second half C05 035 takes off into the realms of delight when the policemen sing C05 036 about their unhappy lot and the pirates steal upon them with C05 037 the subtlety of charging rhinoceroses. C05 038 |^Dorothy McKegg as the pirate maid, Ruth, bears the brunt C05 039 of Gilbert's unkind jokes about middle-aged women by giving a C05 040 spirited and stylish performance, while George Henare, looking C05 041 like a pillar *- a cuddly one *- of the British Empire in C05 042 darkest Africa, but never descending to so easy a caricature, C05 043 is captivating as the slightly dotty Major-General. C05 044 |^I suppose it is wasting time to complain about the use of C05 045 microphones in musicals today, so I will complain about their C05 046 being turned up so loudly that they distort some of the sounds C05 047 they are intended to enhance. C05 048 |^If you wonder why there is a tribute to Queen Victoria and C05 049 President Hayes in this version of The Pirates, the reason is C05 050 that the very first production took place in New York in 1879, C05 051 and the most successful production since then was produced by C05 052 the New York Shakespeare Festival. C05 053 |^The New Zealand version of this happy Anglo-American C05 054 accord is now at the Opera House. C05 055 |^It's expensive, though not by overseas prices, and worth C05 056 every cent, Curtain 10.30{0pm}. C05 057 *<*4All hail, Saint Dylan*> C05 058 * C05 060 |^*4Bob Dylan *0and *4Tom Petty... *0a marriage made in C05 061 heaven. C05 062 |^Well, knock knock knocking on heaven's door. C05 063 |^No doubt about it, they make fine music together but one C05 064 can't help wondering whether Petty feels fulfilled in this C05 065 union. C05 066 |^Four of his numbers in a 145-minute set wasn't enough to C05 067 satisfy the Petty-lovers in the 30,000-strong crowd, so what C05 068 must the man himself feel? C05 069 |^However, I guess even someone of Petty's status in rock C05 070 must defer to a man who long ago achieved musical sainthood. C05 071 |^Like it or lump it, Tom, it was Dylan most of last night's C05 072 audience was there to see and his music they were there to C05 073 hear. C05 074 |^And he gave us the latter in bulk *- a mix of then and now C05 075 favouring earlier material *- from a gospel-flavoured rendition C05 076 of *1Positively 4th \0St *0and *1You Got A Lotta Nerve *0at the C05 077 start of the show to vintage Dylan, *1Blowin' In the Wind, C05 078 *0the first encore song, performed as a duet with Petty. C05 079 |^Some bands have to scratch around to find the material to C05 080 pad out a concert (and come on stage with a lot more fanfare C05 081 than the low-key Dylan). ^Dylan must have a task deciding C05 082 which chunks of his musical life to leave out. C05 083 |^The huge mine of material not played is more awesome than C05 084 the songs that joined the smoke in industrial Auckland's night C05 085 air. C05 086 |^The sight and sound of Dylan alone with his acoustic C05 087 guitar, tossing off a wonderful delivery of *1It's All Right, C05 088 Ma, *0is why masses flocked to \0Mt Smart like worshippers to a C05 089 temple. ^Another solo, *1The Times, They Are a Changin', *0with C05 090 its haunting harmonica and the classic *1Just Like a Woman, C05 091 *0were standouts in a powerful show. C05 092 |^That melodic interlude contrasted with the rocking C05 093 *1Moving On *0and *1When The Night Comes A Callin' *0and *1Shot C05 094 of Love *0showcased the talents of the four feisty female C05 095 back-up singers. ^They weren't aided by *4Stevie Nicks, *0despite C05 096 the possibility that the former *4Fleetwood Mac *0vocalist C05 097 might lend a voice to a Petty number. ^It seems she just came C05 098 to New Zealand for the ride. C05 099 |^The Dylan-Petty partnership began at the Farm Aid concert C05 100 for starving American farmers, so the rhythmic country sound of C05 101 *1Lonesome Town *0was a fitting addition to the set. C05 102 |^Tom Petty and the Heartbreakers, a competent backing band C05 103 for Dylan and willing participants in duets, got two two-song C05 104 shots in the limelight with the familiar *1American Girl C05 105 *0going down well and *1Refugee *0shaking the stadium. C05 106 |^The Dylan-Petty union is really more of a honeymoon than a C05 107 true marriage but it's sure sweet while it lasts. C05 108 *- *4Marianne Norgaard. C05 109 * C05 110 |^*6L*2AVISHLY *0illustrated books on the cinema proliferate C05 111 and vary widely in quality. ^But there is no doubt about the C05 112 worth of *1The Paramount Story *0by John Douglas Eames C05 113 (Octopus, *+$39.95). C05 114 |^In a series that began 10 years ago with *1The {0MGM} C05 115 Story *0and has since dealt with others of the major Hollywood C05 116 studios, *1The Paramount Story *0is outstanding. C05 117 |^Eames is the man who conceived and wrote the book on C05 118 Metro-Goldwyn Mayer: an instant success *- in terms of its C05 119 knowledge, candour and judgment as well as in the book market. C05 120 |^The attributes that produced a best-seller in its class C05 121 are just as evident in *1The Paramount Story. C05 122 |^*0The book arouses instant interest. ^Open it at any page C05 123 for immediate attention to picture and text. C05 124 |^Eames faced a bigger problem than he and the other authors C05 125 of the series experienced in preparing previous volumes. C05 126 |^Formed in 1916 by the amalgamation of Adolph Zukor's C05 127 Famous Players and the company that bore Jesse Lasky's name, C05 128 Paramount is among the oldest of the studios and mustered a C05 129 total of 2805 films up to 1984, the *"end date**" of the book. C05 130 |^The jacket announces *1The Paramount Story *0to be *"the C05 131 complete history of the studio and its 2805 films**" *- an C05 132 exaggeration, but pardonable in an account of a studio that can C05 133 muster more feature titles than any other. C05 134 |^To make reasonable space for all of the important and hit C05 135 films of their day, Eames has contracted perhaps half of the C05 136 huge total to summary mention. ^He thus gives himself room to C05 137 illustrate and say what matters about the rest. C05 138 |^The result meets most requirements, whether of browsing, C05 139 sustained reading or casual selection of famous titles. C05 140 |^One of the surprises of my earlier years of film reviewing C05 141 was the candour of big people in the film industry. ^I first C05 142 experienced this in Hollywood in 1946, when an executive of C05 143 {0MGM}, referring to a British production of the day, remarked: C05 144 ^*"That was a subject we should have considered, but I doubt if C05 145 we could have done it as well.**" C05 146 |^Eames, who has spent a lifetime in *"front offices**" of C05 147 {0MGM}, has the same candour, plus three qualities that shine C05 148 throughout the book: enthusiasm, judgment and a gift of phrase C05 149 that makes the text arresting, enlightening and intensely C05 150 readable. C05 151 |^His continuing references to celebrities *- stars, C05 152 directors, producers and others *- are authoritative and C05 153 frequently entertaining. ^A random example: C05 154 |^*"Bing Crosby and Fred Astaire were dreaming of a White C05 155 Christmas in *1Holiday Inn *0(1942) and the crowds attracted by C05 156 the screen's most popular singer and best dancer, as well as C05 157 that song (certainly the biggest record seller of all time, and C05 158 possibly the dreariest tune Irving Berlin ever wrote) were C05 159 overwhelming. C05 160 |^*"Berlin, who provided 12 other numbers... won an Oscar for C05 161 *1White Christmas *0and was nominated, rather absurdly, for C05 162 another as author of the story, adapted by no less a playwright C05 163 than Elmer Rice. C05 164 |^*"Aside from the novel idea of an inn open only on C05 165 holidays (when it staged spectaculars that would have C05 166 bankrupted any hotelier), the tale of two show-biz pals and C05 167 their gals was strictly a time-filler between numbers... C05 168 |^*"Producer-director Mark Sandrich, who made five C05 169 Astaire-Rogers pictures, harvested another walloping hit here.**" C05 170 |^Briefer judgments: C05 171 |^*"*1Double Indemnity *0(1944) had all the suspense of a C05 172 handgrenade with the pin out. ^The fact that it still grips C05 173 after several viewings, hooking attention from first scene to C05 174 last, gives it a claim to rank as one of the most brilliant C05 175 examples of story-telling in movie history.**" C05 176 |^*"*1Red Garters *0(1954, a send-up of musical C05 177 Westerns): ... ^It turned horse-opera cliches upside down, but C05 178 ultimately wore out its own joke.**" C05 179 |^*"Cecil \0B. DeMille's second crack at the *1Ten C05 180 Commandments *0(1956) was so festooned with publicity C05 181 superlatives and money records that its audiences expected to C05 182 be not so much entertained as stupefied. C05 183 |^*"It was the longest (3\0h39\0m), most expensive to date C05 184 (over *+$13 million) picture in Paramount's history and it C05 185 returned more than three times the company's previous record C05 186 receipts (DeMille's *1Greatest Show on Earth) *0to top *+$80 C05 187 million...**" C05 188 |^*"...The film itself? ^Undeniably impressive, even though C05 189 there were moments when the story seemed to be lasting as long C05 190 as it took Moses (Charlton Heston) to live it.**" C05 191 |^For all of his experience, Eames confesses to having C05 192 occasional difficulties in defining a Paramount picture, C05 193 particularly in recent years when he encounters overseas C05 194 productions that may or may not have been made with Paramount C05 195 backing. C05 196 |^His solution is to include all overseas films released C05 197 under the Paramount screen credit in the United States. C05 198 |^There are thus some surprise titles, especially among C05 199 British films released in England and New Zealand under rival C05 200 labels. ^But the bonuses are Eames' racy accounts and acute C05 201 judgments of films like *1Gallipoli *0(Australia) and the C05 202 {0EMI} (Britain) productions of the Agatha Christie yarns, C05 203 *1Murder on the Orient Express *0(1974) and *1Death on the Nile C05 204 *0(1978). C05 205 |^All this and much more makes *1The Paramount Story *0a C05 206 paramount book in its class. C05 207 *- *4Don Lochore. C05 208 *<*4Films*> *6A*2FTER *0starting as a promising, if pedestrian, C05 209 display of gauche American slapstick, *1Summer Rental *0(Mid C05 210 City, {0GY}) soon degenerates into moralistic sentiment laid on C05 211 with a trowel. C05 212 |^Funny man John Candy, whose hysterical and obese presence C05 213 helped to save *1Brewster's Millions *0and *1Splash *0from the C05 214 obscurity they so richly deserved, stars as an overworked air C05 215 traffic controller ordered on holiday by his superiors. C05 216 |^For almost half the film, Candy's attempts to battle with C05 217 the Florida sun, the pleas of his importunate children and the C05 218 assorted paraphernalia of family seaside holidays make an C05 219 amusing diversion which would strike a chord in the harried C05 220 heart of any parent who has just returned, relieved, to the C05 221 grindstone. C05 222 |^But the inexorable descent into moral fable, which pits C05 223 family man with the heart of gold against greedy and arrogant C05 224 patrician, hamstrings the humour and frustrates our C05 225 expectations. C05 226 |^The script soon ventures into areas which test the most C05 227 excessive credulity, although a bevy of oddball characters *- C05 228 an incomprehensible Scot and a silicon-inflated housewife *- C05 229 ease the trek towards the final credits. C05 230 *- *4Peter Calder C05 231 *<*4Marc Knowles' Movie guide*> C05 232 * C05 233 *<*6OPENINGS*> C05 234 |^*4Runaway Train (*0at the \0St James; rated \0R13, C05 235 violence may disturb): ^Hollywood-produced suspense thriller C05 236 directed by celebrated Soviet filmmaker Andrei Konchalovsky C05 237 (Siberiade, Uncle Vanya), based on an original screenplay by C05 238 Akira Kurosawa. ^With Jon Voight, Eric Roberts, Rebecca C05 239 De-Mornay. ^Music scored by Trevor Jones (The Dark Crystal, and C05 240 Jim Henson's upcoming Labyrinth). C05 241 |^*4About Last Night... (*0Regent Three and Lower Hutt's C05 242 Odeon; \0R13, some content may offend): ^Danny (Rob Lowe) and C05 243 Debbie (Demi Moore) find they are still attracted to each other C05 244 on the morning after the night before. ^Thank God for that. C05 245 ^More coming-of-age rompings in this comedy-drama screen C05 246 adaptation of David Mamet's one-act play Sexual Perversity In C05 247 Chicago. ^(Now, that would have been a title for a movie!) C05 248 ^With Jim Belushi (the late John's lookalike little brother), C05 249 and introducing Elizabeth Perkins. C05 250 *# C06 001 **[077 TEXT C06**] C06 002 *<*4Oratorio opens festival*> C06 003 |^*0The opening night of the Whangarei Music Festival '86 C06 004 was marked by a thunderous rendition of the oratorio, *"\0St C06 005 Paul**", by Mendelssohn, performed by the Whangarei Choral C06 006 Society and orchestra director Malcolm Bury. C06 007 |^The usual small but appreciative Saturday night audience C06 008 heard the musical story of Saul who, having been a persecutor C06 009 of Christians, on hearing the voice of God on the road to C06 010 Damascus is converted to Christianity and baptised Paul. C06 011 |^The work opened with a quiet overture followed by the C06 012 chorus *"Lord Thou Alone Art God**" in which the choir and C06 013 orchestra displayed enthusiasm and precision which set the C06 014 general style for the whole work. C06 015 |^Three points of criticism worthy of mention are diction C06 016 which, as in most amateur choirs, can always be improved; C06 017 tuning which wavered a little in the tenor line; and balance. C06 018 *<*4Soloists*> C06 019 |^*0More depth of sound through sustained phrasing from the C06 020 men would have provided a more satisfactory overall sound. C06 021 |^Respective performances by local soloists Alison Sargeant C06 022 and Robert O'Hara of the arias, *"Jerusalem**" and *"Oh God C06 023 Have Mercy**" were particular highlights, while Jill Clarke and C06 024 Auckland tenor Kenneth Cornish added a sensitive narrative to C06 025 the work. C06 026 |^It seems a pity that there are not more opportunities for C06 027 local artists to appear on the professional platform in C06 028 Whangarei. C06 029 |^The orchestra leader Lawrie Wordsworth complemented the C06 030 choir and it was pleasing to see that the strings have been C06 031 strengthened in the lower register and that the orchestra now has C06 032 a full complement of flutes, oboi, clarinets and trumpets. C06 033 |^Whilst providing great support to the choir in the C06 034 choruses, both conductor and players seemed to struggle in C06 035 predicting the recitatives. C06 036 |^But it is pleasing to see local amateurs having a crack at C06 037 the less well-known items, thereby giving the audience a chance C06 038 to hear less well-known major works. C06 039 |^The concert was the last appearance with the choral C06 040 society of conductor Malcolm Bury who leaves New Zealand at the C06 041 end of September. C06 042 *<*4Ho hum Silver!*> *<*7FILMS*> C06 043 |^*0A horse opera with imitative style and buckshot C06 044 storyline, *"Silverado**" gallops through practically every C06 045 cliche in its tumbleweed homage to western movies. C06 046 |^It is obvious from start to finish that writer and C06 047 director Lawrence Kasdan loves the western. C06 048 |^This action-adventure movie opens with a blazing gun duel. C06 049 ^Soon we are thrust into Big Country where Big Vistas resound C06 050 to Big Music. ^By the end, though, viewers are likely to be C06 051 saddle-sore with familiarity, confused by muddled intentions C06 052 and ready to hang up their spurs and six-shooters until a C06 053 western appears that has ingenuity *1and *0originality. C06 054 |^This story of four drifters reluctantly drawn together in C06 055 the 1880s' frontier town of Silverado, where they become C06 056 heroes, has several problems. C06 057 |^Chiefly (although, thankfully, there are no Indian chiefs C06 058 in this movie), they are: C06 059 |^The film's story is too diffuse and sprawling, as are the C06 060 characters and their relationships. ^Stretched thin, they C06 061 provoke ambivalent feelings and lack a focal point. ^There is C06 062 no Wayne or Eastwood here, no solitary person or pair with whom C06 063 we can ride. C06 064 |^Kasdan has gone for the ensemble effect again, as he C06 065 successfully did in the splendid *"The Big Chill**". ^But that C06 066 movie brought together eight people in one house for one long C06 067 weekend, reacting and interacting with the past, present and C06 068 future. ^Here, a similar number of characters are linked more C06 069 tenuously; the cast play together but without a sense of C06 070 cohesion. C06 071 |^Most successful in the cast are Brian Dennehy as an C06 072 unscrupulous, ruthless sheriff and Linda Hunt as a wise and C06 073 courageous hostess of a saloon. ^But, disappointingly, many C06 074 actors are wasted. C06 075 |^Jeff Goldblum, as a slick, untrustworthy gambler, is C06 076 underused (he has about three lines). ^John Cleese makes a C06 077 momentary appearance as an English sheriff; one wonders why he C06 078 was even included. ^Rosanna Arquette, as a lovely and C06 079 determined homesteader, has about three awkward scenes. C06 080 |^Even the principals often appear uncomfortable. ^Scott C06 081 Glenn looks miscast as a pragmatic and resolute cowboy; Kevin C06 082 Kline as a drifter of unpredictable loyalties, Kevin Costner as C06 083 the happy-go-lucky, trigger-happy daredevil Kid and Danny C06 084 Glover as a man of quiet strength trying to reunite his family C06 085 all perform adequately but without the indefinable extra C06 086 quality that lifts characterisations above the ordinary. C06 087 |^But that is what the script gives them *- hackneyed C06 088 familiarity embellished with feelgood appeal that results in C06 089 comicbook deja vu. C06 090 |^It is this lack of originality that is most disheartening C06 091 from Kasdan, who as writer or co-writer showed such strength in C06 092 the Star Wars trilogy, *"Raiders of the Lost Ark**", *"Body C06 093 Heat**" and *"The Big Chill**". C06 094 |^The story becomes a chain of cliches rather than a chain C06 095 of events. ^It includes the barroom confrontations, jailbreak, C06 096 posse chase (with Keystone cop slapstick), wagon train rescue, C06 097 cattle stampede, cattlemen versus homesteader antipathy and the C06 098 town showdown and shootout. C06 099 |^Kasdan shows wit and quips and a sense of humour that C06 100 comes close to spoofing western cliche situations; he is also C06 101 ingenious in direction and depiction but he rides his horse too C06 102 lovingly and too much without spur. C06 103 |^The problem is he has chosen to give a good-humoured C06 104 tribute to westerns and that requires caution: he wouldn't want C06 105 viewers to think he was making fun of a movie genre he admires. C06 106 |^The limitations imposed by homage therefore help produce C06 107 cardboard stereotypes, from the mythically heroic to the C06 108 archetypal villain *- in other words, standard good guys and C06 109 bad guys. ^And the feelgood incredulity reaches nonsensical C06 110 levels. C06 111 |^The movie is briskly edited; the action sequences are C06 112 well-conceived and performed without exploiting violence but C06 113 tending towards silliness. C06 114 |^The story's rather complicated plot about pioneers, C06 115 cowboys and desperadoes withstanding or imposing hardships in C06 116 the Old West has winning virtuous themes; the heroes are all on C06 117 (life) journeys, seeking ways home, and the story is not only C06 118 of their connections but of the fabled code of honour and C06 119 friendship in the Wild West. C06 120 |^The first line in the movie is *"^Pleased to meet you**" *- C06 121 and pleased we are too because we expect much from a writer and C06 122 director of Kasdan's calibre. C06 123 |^The movie ends with the line *"We'll be back**" ringing in C06 124 one's ears, which makes one hope it comes back with a fresh, C06 125 innovative style. C06 126 |^It seems unfortunate that Kasdan chose an imitative C06 127 tribute because what is good in this western eventually C06 128 crumbles on the movie's foundations of feelgood escapism and C06 129 make-believe incredulity. *"Silverado**" makes one yearn for C06 130 John Ford. C06 131 |^It also just goes to show that when a writer and director C06 132 loves a western the audience with similar affection can still C06 133 be left feeling unrequited. *- David Manning. C06 134 *<*2LAST NIGHT'S REVIEWS*> C06 135 *<*5Trio's Magic Still Shines*> C06 136 *<*4Peter, Paul and Mary, live in concert, at the Logan C06 137 Campbell Centre last night.*> C06 138 |^*0The roof is probably still resounding to the applause C06 139 which farewelled this evergreen trio last night. C06 140 |^For almost two and a half hours, the folk group warmed the C06 141 hearts and fired the spirits of a large and lively audience C06 142 with new *- and, at last, classic *- material. C06 143 |^If, on occasions, the harmony was a little frayed along C06 144 the edges, it didn't matter; the warmth and sincerity, the pure C06 145 humanity of these three battlers shone through, undimmed by C06 146 their 17 years away from New Zealand stages. C06 147 |^Peter Yarrow, the doleful, wry philosopher, was neatly C06 148 balanced by Noel (Paul) Stookey's limber stage antics and brief C06 149 flashes of the old stand-up comic genius. C06 150 |^Mary Travers, meanwhile, has lost little of her vocal C06 151 range and has picked up on the power without losing subtlety: C06 152 her high-camp swing sound in the skiffle number *1Big Blue Frog C06 153 *0would have done Debbie Harry proud. C06 154 |^There were moving moments *- a smooth reworking of the C06 155 Phil Ochs classic *1There But for Fortune *0with a rich bridge C06 156 passage dedicated to Harry Chapin. C06 157 |^And there were rousing renditions for 5000 voices of *1If C06 158 I Had a Hammer *0and *1This Land Is Your Land. C06 159 |^Other delights were the comic hymn for all klutzes C06 160 (nerds), *1Right Field, *0and the masterpiece rendition of C06 161 Dylan's *1Blowing in the Wind. C06 162 |^*0It is hard, in the end, to work words like *"nuclear C06 163 free**" and *"social justice**" into song lyrics without C06 164 sounding pious or crass and some moments suffered for that. C06 165 But the overwhelming honesty of the singers made up for any C06 166 clangers in the songs. C06 167 |^The punchy *1El Salvador *0and the rousing *1No Easy Walk to C06 168 Freedom, *0for Nelson Mandela, may not become the classics of C06 169 the 80s, but they say more than *1Sad Movies. C06 170 |^*0For most of the local audience, it was a walk down memory C06 171 lane. ^Peter, Paul and Mary gave us nostalgia aplenty, and the C06 172 pleasant surprise that we did still remember the words to C06 173 *1Puff *0and *1Stewball. C06 174 |^*0But their abiding energy reminds us that music does not C06 175 survive on fairy tales alone; they remain our most faithful C06 176 minstrels and will surely find a welcoming house here in C06 177 another 17 years. C06 178 |^Let's hope they do not leave it that long. C06 179 *4*- Peter Calder C06 180 *<*4A book with impact*> C06 181 *<*3THE CITY OF JOY, *1by Dominique Lapierre; Century C06 182 Hutchinson; 434 pages; *+$34.95; our copy from the publishers. C06 183 Review by Barry Whelan.*> C06 184 |^*0Emblazoned on the dust jacket of Dominique Lapierre's C06 185 400-page semi-documentary novel *1The City of Joy, *0is the C06 186 slogan *"*'A Masterpiece**' *- Le Monde.**" C06 187 |^Also on this red-black-white front cover is the boast C06 188 ^*"The \0No. 1 International Bestseller**" and ^*"An epic story C06 189 about the soul of humanity *- a lesson in love, tenderness and C06 190 hope for all time;**" and this is to ignore the many fulsome C06 191 panegyrics extracted from reviews which are artfully scattered C06 192 across the back of the dust jacket. C06 193 |^Such blatant self-aggrandisement is generally sufficient C06 194 to make one think the worst *- the kind of publishers' ploy C06 195 which fathered the epithet *"puffery.**" ^And one of the press C06 196 extracts, that of Telerama, France, very nearly converts C06 197 suspicions to certainties: ^*"A book which snatches you from C06 198 the first line and which you cannot put down. ^And when you C06 199 close it at least you are not quite the same; your heart will C06 200 be burning with love.**" C06 201 |^It is therefore a great, and somewhat unexpected, pleasure C06 202 to find that *1The City of Joy *0is the proverbial exception to C06 203 the rule and that, despite the publishers' overexuberant C06 204 excesses of praise, this really is a very good book. C06 205 |^As an example of stylish literary construction, perhaps, C06 206 the book is not exactly the miracle of the year: ^It consists, C06 207 throughout most of its length, of two (or occasionally more) C06 208 alternating parallel narratives *- a simple, yet effective C06 209 method of storytelling. ^*1The City of Joy *0makes its C06 210 greatest impact as an account of the indomitable human spirit C06 211 surmounting almost unbearable conditions. ^And perhaps here C06 212 lies also the book's most notable weakness: ^In order to draw a C06 213 sufficiently stark contrast for the triumphant spirit to shine C06 214 against, Lapierre seems almost to be wallowing at times in C06 215 scenes of degradation. C06 216 |^To give a very sketchy outline: ^The story concerns Father C06 217 Stephan Kovalski, a Polish Roman Catholic priest, who comes to C06 218 India determined to live a life of utmost poverty with the most C06 219 deprived and destitute human flotsam he can find. ^Father C06 220 Kovalski finds a 6\0ft x 3\0ft rat and cockroach-infested C06 221 *"room,**" inundated in sewage whenever there is a storm, in C06 222 Anand Nagar (which translates as *"The City of Joy**"), a slum C06 223 in the centre of Calcutta. C06 224 |^The priest becomes involved with an unforgettable bunch of C06 225 slum-dwelling characters *- people like Anouar, the young C06 226 leper, Bandona, the young Assamese girl who is a saint, the C06 227 slum's *"godfather**" and his mafiosi, Sabia, the child dying C06 228 next door, and many more of the 70,000 inhabitants who crowd C06 229 into a space only twice the size of a football field. ^At one C06 230 point, even Mother Teresa makes an appearance. C06 231 |^The other chief thread is that of the former peasant, C06 232 Hasari Pal and his family. ^Forced by economic disaster to C06 233 leave his village and to come to Calcutta to find money to C06 234 support his parents and the rest of the family, Hasari is C06 235 forced to exist on the pavement for some time before obtaining C06 236 killing work as a rickshaw puller *- one of *"the human C06 237 horses.**" ^In the meantime to sell his bones for collection C06 238 after his death. C06 239 |^Inevitably, the book's two main threads finally cross but, C06 240 by this time, the cast has grown to huge proportions and C06 241 Lapierre has painted a spreading and pulsating canvas of the C06 242 inhabitants of Anand Nagar. ^There are plenty of cases of C06 243 greediness and venal behaviour, but the traits and the C06 244 incidents which really impress and which stick in the memory C06 245 are the legion acts of kindness and compassion among the C06 246 destitute wretches who are condemned to live their existence in C06 247 the slum's filth. C06 248 *# C07 001 **[078 TEXT C07**] C07 002 *<*4Sneaky anguish*> C07 003 * C07 005 |^*6S*2NEAKY *0Feelings have lightened up some in their latest C07 006 release *- three songs on a 12-inch single (play it at 45{0rpm} C07 007 for best results). C07 008 |^I've always liked them best being morbid, biting their C07 009 little hearts out over scuzzy lovers, so my favourite is the C07 010 last song on the B-side, Here's To The Other Six. ^The anguish C07 011 is done with a light touch, and piano, cello and understated C07 012 harmonies plump out the sound. C07 013 |^Better Than Before, the A-side, is the most commercial C07 014 track of the three. ^Up-tempo, romantic (though not quite as C07 015 dreamy as The Chills). ^And it also mentions something we can C07 016 all identify with *- watching Radio with Pictures with C07 017 frustration. C07 018 |^The other song, Wouldn't Cry, deserves mention purely for C07 019 the brief snatches of pedal steel guitar in the introduction C07 020 and chorus. ^More that **[SIC**] , please. *- *4Kathy Stodart C07 021 * C07 022 |^*6F*2ORMER *0Hulamen, Pelicans and current Tombolas pianist C07 023 records a mini-{0LP} of his own instrumental compositions. C07 024 ^Some settings are jazz trio (with Rob Mahoney and Ross Burge C07 025 along for the burp and sizzle). ^Others lean towards Keith C07 026 Jarrett's more ragtime improvisational foragings. ^It doesn't C07 027 blow me away, but it sure is nice to hear some competent C07 028 ivory-thumping on a clean recording. *- *4Gary Steel C07 029 * C07 030 |^I *2WOULDN'T *0disagree with \0Mr Moore's proclamation, but C07 031 this innocuous, soothing little number doesn't float happily in C07 032 the same bucket of slop as Roger Whittaker. C07 033 |^In his quiet way Christy Moore's doing the same thing for C07 034 Scottish working man's folk as Bruce Springsteen for his C07 035 industrial equivalent. ^It's all a bit simple-minded, cosy and C07 036 cornball, but is nothing if not totally tasteful. ^You won't C07 037 find any sickly strings on this record; it's a gentle palette C07 038 of plucked guitars and low-key synthesiser with Moore's thick C07 039 stew sung softly on top. ^And, in small doses, it's rather C07 040 nice. *- *4Gary Steel C07 041 * C07 043 |^*6L*2OVINGLY *0assembled by Californian Kiwi-obsessive Bon C07 044 Kane *- who appeared as a *"token American**" on the latest C07 045 Tall Dwarfs record *- Music From Earth is a progress report on C07 046 the warped way in which young Americans are dealing with C07 047 various facts of pop in '86. C07 048 |^Like {0NZ}'s Outnumbered By Sheep, it's an excellent C07 049 induction to a specific area of musical sensibility (as opposed C07 050 to another sub-genre). C07 051 |^Kane's current group, The Manatees, provide threatening C07 052 variations on what we've come to expect from his former group, C07 053 The Decayes. ^Their Fashiontown is an excellent chronicling of C07 054 glitzy scene-jumpers seen through pleb eyes, and it features a C07 055 guitar solo like you've never heard. C07 056 |^Ace Farren Fored With The King Brothers opens and closes C07 057 proceedings, but his constipated Captain Beefheart impressions C07 058 don't gel as effectively as the bizarre things that Holidays In C07 059 Sweden do to pop songs. ^Boo! are bubblegum and Electric Bill C07 060 is updated barbershop. ^Another ex-Decayes, Mark Florin (with C07 061 Beasley Cat) weighs in with an adventurous instrumental, A Red C07 062 Hot Spot, but the final triumph belongs to Still Obscure, whose C07 063 Why Don't We Stop is utterly commercial and owns a fantastic C07 064 riff. C07 065 |^This compilation should be available at your local record C07 066 shop. *- *4Gary Steel C07 067 *<10,000 Maniacs The Wishing Chair*> C07 068 |^*6L*2IKE *0the name, but it doesn't really fit a group whose C07 069 collective sound echoes the folk rock bands of the early 70s C07 070 rather than their pop and punk contemporaries. C07 071 |^Natalie Merchant uses her plaintive but one-dimensional C07 072 vocal chords to generally good effect on a bunch of songs often C07 073 too happy for the tone of the lyrics. ^To their credit, they C07 074 have attempted to write intelligently about politics, war and C07 075 death, as well as love. C07 076 |^A subtle one that might very well sneak up and charm me. C07 077 ^Just wish it would hurry. *- *4Gary Steel C07 078 *<*6BOOKS*> C07 079 *<*4Predators *- their effects*> C07 080 *6IMMIGRANT KILLERS, *4by Carolyn King (Oxford University C07 081 Press). C07 082 |^*2\0DR KING, *0in her studies of the stoat and weasel and their C07 083 effects as predators on the wildlife of New Zealand, saw the C07 084 need to study and attempt to conserve endangered species. C07 085 |^She found she must observe the result of the various C07 086 factors leading to the destruction and annihilation of C07 087 wildlife, and to speculate, in the absence of proven facts, on C07 088 the processes. C07 089 |^To what degree, she asked herself, were introduced C07 090 predators to blame? ^How much was historic change a factor? C07 091 |^To make an assessment, \0Dr King looks at the changes in C07 092 the landscape, and reviews the historical background and C07 093 geographical setting during three separate periods of time, C07 094 when different species of predators were active. C07 095 |^One hundred years separate the arrival of rats and cats C07 096 from the introduction of stoats and weasels. C07 097 |^Her scientific training and attitudes enable her to make C07 098 these assessments objectively. C07 099 |^She notes that in the 1000 years of human activity in a C07 100 land where there were no ground predators, New Zealand was a C07 101 paradise for birds. ^Now 55 species are almost or completely C07 102 extinct. C07 103 |^The reason for this slaughter she lays at the feet of man C07 104 and his accompanying pets and hunting animals. ^This was the C07 105 thesis round which the author began her research, and extension C07 106 of her already exhaustive investigation and study of stoats and C07 107 weasels. C07 108 |^Her conclusions *- and she is emphatic that the C07 109 conclusions are personal, though based on scientific C07 110 investigation *- will surprise many, will upset some of the C07 111 myths and traditional beliefs about the destruction caused by C07 112 the introduced predators. C07 113 |^She does not dismiss them lightly as a champion for the C07 114 stoats and weasels, and other predators, but examines the C07 115 traditional beliefs scientifically. C07 116 |^The book is issued on the 100th year of the introduction C07 117 of stoats and weasels. C07 118 |^She looks not only at the effects of their introduction, C07 119 as well as rodents and cats. ^She looks equally at the C07 120 affected species, and wildlife in general, to suggest C07 121 alternative means of protection of what fauna remain. C07 122 |^Though her study is of the birdlife, she is aware of and C07 123 concerned that other wildlife *- the large flightless insects, C07 124 the native snails and the lizards *- is endangered. C07 125 |^As well as the rodents, the cats and dogs, the stoats and C07 126 weasels and ferrets, \0Dr King also includes man as an C07 127 introduced predator. C07 128 |^Her book will no doubt upset many theories and theorists C07 129 but one should read it with an open mind, and respect her C07 130 experienced research. C07 131 |^The many illustrations, black and white and colour, her C07 132 photographs and sketches, add to the interest and illuminate C07 133 some of the points she makes. {0E.E.B} C07 134 *<*8Time Out *2WEEKENDER*> C07 135 *<*"*4The Forest and Bird Book of Nature Walks**", by David C07 136 Collingwood and (0E.V.} Sale. 186 pages. Reed Methuen. C07 137 *+$24.95.*> C07 138 |^*0Here is a useful-looking book, rather like a cookery C07 139 book, detailing rural walks throughout the country from C07 140 Northland to Stewart Island. C07 141 |^So this reviewer decided to test it, as one would a C07 142 cookery book, by testing some of the interesting-sounding C07 143 walks. C07 144 |^First I took it to the Tongariro National Park and read C07 145 about a *"Wairere Stream Tramp**", described by the authors as C07 146 *"one of the finest walks on \0Mt Ruapehu**". C07 147 |^So we followed the directions and were rewarded with just C07 148 what the book said we would find. C07 149 |^The directions were brief but all that was necessary *- C07 150 *"7 to 8 hours, no established track but followed the river C07 151 upwards**", and so on. ^Full marks as it opened up an area C07 152 that is not marked on the usual map. C07 153 |^Then tried the Pureora Forest Park section and decided the C07 154 Waihaha Track sounded a good six-hour tramp. ^The result was C07 155 just right and fulfilled the promise of the guide that *"it is C07 156 one of the best walks in the area for forest appreciation**". C07 157 |^So my two samplings from the book get 10 out of 10. ^If C07 158 the rest of the book is as good it will be a good investment. C07 159 |^A good book to have in the car or caravan so that when you C07 160 visit an area you can find out easily just what nature walks C07 161 there are around the district. C07 162 |^The trips range from 20 minutes to three days. C07 163 |^The maps are a bit indistinct but they give an indication C07 164 and with the full length of New Zealand being covered they C07 165 cannot give too much detail. ^Also, the soft-covered C07 166 oblong-shaped format is a bit difficult to fit comfortably into a day C07 167 pack. C07 168 |^But good on the Forest and Bird Society for producing such C07 169 a wide-ranging book which will fill a definite need in the C07 170 community. ^Other books just list the official walkways. C07 171 ^This one covers all manner of public tracks. C07 172 |^The forward says it all *- *"for those who find in the C07 173 areas of New Zealand which have escaped exploitation C07 174 deep-seated values which can be appreciated only by sampling them at C07 175 leisure, as the spirit takes you, looking always for pleasures C07 176 that haste may miss**". {0A.P.} BATES. C07 177 *<*"*4Bruce Springsteen**",by Peter Gambaccini. Omnibus C07 178 Press. *+$14.95.*> C07 179 |^*0Making a *"king**" walk naked through the pages of a C07 180 biography and have him emerge with more dignity rather than C07 181 less is an intriguing and clever skill. C07 182 |^Bruce Springsteen, hailed often as a messiah, a king, an C07 183 answer to everything, is naught, but a man; a man who can write C07 184 songs and sing, incite tears and hysteria and climb to the C07 185 summit of rock; but alas, he is still just a man. C07 186 |^Yet in spite of this earth-shattering fact, Peter C07 187 Gambaccini, author of *"Bruce Springsteen**", still manages to C07 188 don the *"king**" with all the colours and attributes of C07 189 royalty without sounding ridiculous. C07 190 |^This little book, the latest expose on a star's rise to C07 191 the giddy heights, is one of the best documentaries on rock and C07 192 modern music I have had the fortune to read. C07 193 |^Without arrogance, the writer chronicles modern music and C07 194 weaves his opinions and observations into a backdrop for C07 195 Bruce's achievements. C07 196 |^Set against the array of snapshots which litter every C07 197 page, the author set himself a difficult job in attracting any C07 198 interest at all to the story in words. C07 199 |^That virtually every word or every song Bruce has ever C07 200 sung are analysed and explained is a bit over the top for all C07 201 but the most fervent of fans. C07 202 |^But even the most inane details allow a credible *"real C07 203 Bruce**" to shine through. C07 204 |^His beginnings and his *"he-doesn't-care-what-you-think- C07 205 of-him-while-still-sounding-a-nice-guy**" style interviews are C07 206 strung together from many sources over as many years to C07 207 contribute substantially to the total picture. C07 208 |^Bruce, we are told, doesn't care about money, fame, books C07 209 or future... he just wants to be himself and make music while C07 210 trying to avoid *"the phonies and myth-makers**". C07 211 |^The man has won much adulation, but the story is one of a C07 212 hard road. C07 213 |^He's written some good songs, he's written some amazing C07 214 songs, but I'll come back to earth *- the real Bruce is much C07 215 more interesting and inspiring than the myth. *- {0KD}. C07 216 *<*"*4Stony Limits**", by Jane Pitt. Collins. *+$4.95.*> C07 217 |^*"*0The sins of the fathers**" appears to be the motto for C07 218 this novel, when the innocent feelings of two teenagers for C07 219 each other are misconstrued and misunderstood until they are C07 220 finally given the order not to see each other again. C07 221 |^But the efforts of a rather far-seeing younger sister, and C07 222 the sympathetic feelings of a father eventually bring C07 223 understanding and acceptance. ^The story brings home some C07 224 strong points, such as the rights of parents over the lives of C07 225 their children. ^Just because a grandmother and mother made C07 226 the same mistakes does not mean they will be repeated in the C07 227 children. ^If they are, it is mostly through suggestion by the C07 228 parents and the lack of trust. C07 229 |^I found this surprisingly good reading, especially for C07 230 those who are willing to learn. *- *2LYN DAWSON. C07 231 *<*4*"The Cold and the Dark *- The World After Nuclear C07 232 War**", by Paul \0R. Ehrlich, Carl Sagan, Donald Kennedy and C07 233 Walter Orr Roberts. Sigwick and Jackson. No price.*> C07 234 |^*0How do you capture the magnitude of the world's nuclear C07 235 arsenal? C07 236 |^The Hiroshima bomb had an explosive yield of 13,000 tons. C07 237 ^Today the world's super-powers are believed to have a nuclear C07 238 stockpile with a potential explosive power of 13,000 megatons C07 239 or more. C07 240 |^That means we have the capacity to unleash the equivalent C07 241 of one million Hiroshimas. ^Starting with one Hiroshima-sized C07 242 bomb every second, 60 per minute, 36,000 per hour *- the world C07 243 would have enough bombs to last 11.6 days! C07 244 |^The long and short-term effects after an arsenal exchange C07 245 are startling, to say the least. C07 246 |^More than one billion immediate deaths will result from C07 247 the blast, fire and radiation and an equally staggering number C07 248 of serious injuries. C07 249 |^The nuclear exchange will spark a *"nuclear winter**" with C07 250 sub-freezing temperatures and low light levels *- destroying C07 251 the biological support system of civilisation. C07 252 |^Can there be a life without hope after a nuclear war? C07 253 |^The most apparent picture from this book is that the C07 254 post-nuclear war world would be inhospitable for most or all humans C07 255 on earth. C07 256 |^This book is the result of a year-long project involving C07 257 hundreds of the world's scientists and details extensively the C07 258 atmospheric and climatic consequences of nuclear war and its C07 259 biological implications. C07 260 |^*"The Cold and the Dark**" only heightens the need for C07 261 more public awareness of the effects of a nuclear war and the C07 262 need for the world's super powers to call a halt to the arms C07 263 race which threatens homo sapiens. *- *2LIDIA ZATORSKI. C07 264 *<*"*4The Colour of Money**", by Walter Tevis. Collins. C07 265 *+$8.95.*> C07 266 |^*0Fast Eddie is back. ^That wizard with the pool cue who C07 267 finally outwitted Minnesota Fats in *"The Hustler**" is once C07 268 again in his favourite arena *- the poolroom. C07 269 |^Fats and Eddie are back into the hustling, and *"The C07 270 Colour of Money**" is every bit as entertaining as the C07 271 fabulously successful *"The Hustler**". C07 272 |^It's many years ago, but memories from that film of Paul C07 273 Newman and Jackie Gleeson battling it out on the baize are C07 274 still a cinematic highlight. C07 275 |^Both these very talented actors are still active, and it C07 276 would be a delight to see them at it again if *"The Colour of C07 277 Money**" is snapped up *- as it should be *- by the C07 278 dream-makers. C07 279 |^If you like the unique atmosphere of a poolroom and the C07 280 quiet click of the ivories this is the book for you. *- *2JIM C07 281 McLEES. C07 282 *# C08 001 **[079 TEXT C08**] C08 002 *<*4Reviews*> * C08 003 * C08 006 |^*0A solo show can't flag for a moment if it is to hold the C08 007 audience's attention and dancer Barbara Doherty keeps up the C08 008 pace and variety in her one-woman performance, Accidents and C08 009 Balance *=II. C08 010 |^The accident-prone opening number, *1The End of the Day C08 011 Before, *0features a fluffy slippers and dressing gown-clad C08 012 Doherty acting out a pre-bed tidy-up with exaggerated C08 013 clumsiness. C08 014 |^In sharp contrast to this obvious comedy is *1Prewdawn, C08 015 **[SIC**] *0which could depict a mental winding-up to face the C08 016 day to come. C08 017 |^To sparse percussion sounds by Bernard Parmegiani, Doherty C08 018 begins with precise mechanised movements, which loosen and C08 019 build to take in available stage space and different bodily C08 020 planes. C08 021 |^She switches to mime and humour in *1The Morning Break, C08 022 *0a high speed chase through our morning rituals, which comes C08 023 complete with burned toast and fingers in the crunchy peanut C08 024 butter jar. C08 025 |^In the fourth piece, *1Afternoon Conversations, *0Doherty C08 026 switches to dialogue and mime, delivering chunks of C08 027 conversation by three different characters with humour, charm C08 028 and brashness. C08 029 |^Another dance piece closed a diverse and amusing show that C08 030 deserves more than the mere handful of patrons it drew last C08 031 night. ^Give a girl a break... and bigger audiences. *4*- C08 032 Marianne Norgaard C08 033 *<*4Old Folks At Home*> C08 034 *<*5Bert and Maisy, *4by Robert Lord, directed by Paul Senne C08 035 at Mercury 2 last night and for a season.*> C08 036 |^*0Welcome to Bert and Maisy's, where a man's home is his C08 037 castle and a nice, hot cuppa will set everything to rights. C08 038 |^When into this comfortable scene of superannuitant bliss C08 039 comes Tom, a stranger with uncomfortable echoes of the couple's C08 040 runaway son, it threatens to turn their world upside down. C08 041 |^And it does so in ways that cause merriment (and moments C08 042 of that familiar chuckle of discomfort) for the audience. C08 043 |^Uncle Bert and Aunt Maisy take a variety of strange turns C08 044 for the better, to the great discomfort of their hidebound C08 045 nephew and niece, desperate to keep everything *"under C08 046 control.**" C08 047 |^Expatriate Kiwi playwright Robert Lord has created a light C08 048 and frothy comedy which sits squarely in the New Zealand C08 049 suburbia we all know. C08 050 |^That the lines, at times, flow uneasily off the tongue is C08 051 as much his fault as the responsibility of an uneven cast, but C08 052 the whole is charmingly greater than the sum of its parts. C08 053 |^If avuncular is the word for an uncle, they will have to C08 054 invent a female equivalent after they see Alma Woods' Aunt C08 055 Maisy. C08 056 |^Taking charge of a plum part with obvious relish, she C08 057 darts in and out of the action like a fusspot butterfly, and C08 058 one soon wonders how she was ever in another role. C08 059 |^David Weatherley's weary and slightly desperate Bert is C08 060 less evenly handled; his stentorian tones rasp subtle edges off C08 061 the part, but he transmutes magically into a naughty child C08 062 again under the influence of the footloose visitor. C08 063 |^Maya Dalziel and Ross Duncan as the strait-laced pillars C08 064 of society tend to overplay their hands at times, though the C08 065 allusive and very comical script wins through for the most C08 066 part. C08 067 |^Bert and Maisy is a drawing room classic in the tradition C08 068 of *1Arsenic and Old Lace; *0it is well worth a visit for an C08 069 easy night at the theatre. C08 070 *4*- Peter Calder C08 071 *<*4Latest albums C08 072 with *6PAUL ELLIS*> C08 073 *<*4Rock-jazz blend from Sting*> C08 074 *<*6STING, *5Bring On the Night *6({0A&M}).*> C08 075 |^*0Gordon Sumner, {0aka} Sting, returns with a live album C08 076 which delivers more than 80 minutes of music par excellence. C08 077 |^Although most people credit Sting with a successful solo C08 078 career, there's little doubt the fans have noticed little C08 079 difference in his music since the demise of the Police. C08 080 |^Sting wrote and scored most Police songs, and like all C08 081 frontmen always maintained a high profile. C08 082 |^So it's no wonder that when you mention the name Sting, C08 083 people know you're talking about a rock star and not Scott C08 084 Joplin's theme to the movie of the same name. C08 085 |^Sting the rock star is alive and well, and on this C08 086 double-album package he weaves his thin, almost falsetto voice around C08 087 an assortment of Police and solo material. C08 088 |^Most of the credit for this masterpiece must go to Sting, C08 089 but a large proportion of the jazz and ad-lib music belongs to C08 090 his guests Branford Marsalis, Darryl Jones and former Weather C08 091 Report drummer Omar Hakim. C08 092 |^These reputable players, along with backing vocalists C08 093 Janice Pendarvis and Dolette McDonald, make *1Bring On The C08 094 Night *0spring from the vinyl and convey in the simplest of C08 095 forms a live concert feel. C08 096 |^Sting draws from the Police archives songs like *1Love is C08 097 The Seventh Wave *0and *1Burn For You. ^*0But the majority of C08 098 the recording comes from his album of last year, *1Dream of The C08 099 Blue Turtles. C08 100 |^*0It's from this album that the real highlights of this C08 101 live set of songs sparkle. ^Songs like *1Dream of The Blue C08 102 Turtles *0and *1Moon Over Bourbon Street, *0plus *1Children's C08 103 Crusade *0in extended form, all make *1Bring On the Night C08 104 *0ignite. C08 105 |^One previously unreleased track is included. ^It's C08 106 mysteriously called *1Down So Long. C08 107 |^*0Sting has always said he wanted to cross-pollinate rock C08 108 with jazz, and this album succeeds in doing so. C08 109 |^Although there are often tedious moments where saxophone C08 110 player Marsalis seems to get carried away with long, nonchalant C08 111 pieces, *1Bring On The Night *0offers more than any Police fan C08 112 could ever hope for. C08 113 |^But perhaps the magic is about to end. ^Rumours are rife C08 114 that the Police are back in the studio working on a new album. C08 115 |^Listen to this album. ^Perhaps it's a jam session of the C08 116 world's elite, but it is certainly a real stereo thrasher. C08 117 |^It's a total of 16 songs wrapped and packaged by a C08 118 modern-day saint. ^Well, at least he thinks he is... C08 119 *<*6WAYNE GILLESPIE, *5Losing One *6({0CBS}) {0EP}.*> C08 120 |^*0If you're waiting for the next star to propel himself C08 121 out of the local entertainment scene and put New Zealand C08 122 musicians on the world map, you needn't look further than Wayne C08 123 Gillespie. ^He catapulted on to the local scene last year with C08 124 the semi-acoustic album *1Wayward Son, *0which produced the C08 125 song *1Away With You, *0runner-up in the New Zealand Silver C08 126 Scroll Awards. ^Now Gillespie is back with a new sound. C08 127 |^Instead of an acoustic sound, he has gone for a harder, C08 128 punchy rock sound. C08 129 |^In the past Gillespie has been referred to as sounding C08 130 like ^*"Nick Cave and Van Morrison,**" but he now asserts his C08 131 own style with three up-tempo songs on this {0EP}. C08 132 |^From the title number to the strong rhythms of *1Street C08 133 Angel *0and the sentimental ballad *1This Place, *0Gillespie C08 134 weaves a path of clear and precise music. C08 135 |^This release is only a taste of better things to come. C08 136 ^He has lately finished recording work on a new album called C08 137 *1New Locations, *0produced by Trevor Lucas (of Goanna and C08 138 Redgum fame) at the Music Farm in Australia. C08 139 |^With backing vocals from members of Goanna, plus a C08 140 tougher, more electric approach, Wayne Gillespie looks like a C08 141 real winner. C08 142 *<*6VAN MORRISON, *5No Guru. No Method. No Teacher C08 143 *4(Mercury).*> C08 144 |^*0*"Oh Yeah... yeah,**" is the opening expression from Van C08 145 Morrison on his umpteenth release. C08 146 |^Morrison, who admits to being one of today's folk and C08 147 {0R&B} phenomenons, has rarely been rubbished by the critics. C08 148 ^A large proportion of the public loves him, and with his slow C08 149 melodic songs he succeeds in making *1No Guru. No Method. No C08 150 Teacher *0something of a predictable but sometimes enlightening C08 151 affair. C08 152 |^From his first steps in music in the '60s with the C08 153 Monarchs and later the Them, Morrison has kept his musical C08 154 prowess at a high level. C08 155 |^He has always been something of a mystery man, and his C08 156 music, which is often deep and sullen in mood, perhaps reflects C08 157 a side of Morrison which he refuses to reveal in the media. C08 158 |^On this record he details such events as someone stealing C08 159 his lyrics and music *1(A Town Called Paradise). ^*0Other C08 160 songs, such as *1Ivory Tower, Irish Rover, *0which is an C08 161 obvious retrospective look at his life, and *1Got To Get Back C08 162 *0are all true Morrison classics. C08 163 |^Where other musicians who started at the same time as C08 164 Morrison have either burnt out or faded away, he keeps the C08 165 flame burning bright *- even if it only flickers on this album. C08 166 *<*6PETER ARNOLD AND CLAIRE TIMINGS, *5Rarer Than Radium C08 167 *4(Flying Nun).*> C08 168 |^*0A real surprise from the vacuum of New Zealand music, C08 169 Flying Nun. ^Arnold and Timings commit seven tracks to vinyl C08 170 of their semi-folk acoustic music. C08 171 |^The real strength comes from their harmonies while the C08 172 song topics on *1Rarer Than Radium, *0which cover war C08 173 *1(Solomon's Sister) *0to love *1(Rachael This Evening) *0and C08 174 life *1(Passage Of Time) *0all make a lot of sense. C08 175 |^The lightweight production, combined with the easy to C08 176 listen to lyrics, make this recording one out of the bag for C08 177 this label and Arnold and Timings. C08 178 |^The title goes halfway to summing up this record, you C08 179 certainly won't find anything more rarer than this. C08 180 |^There is a total of seven well produced songs here, and C08 181 they are worth every groove. C08 182 *<*6LAST MAN DOWN, *5This Sporting Life *4(Ode).*> C08 183 |^*0Hot on the heels of last year's release, *1State House C08 184 Kid, *0Ross Mullins and his band package another collection of C08 185 tunes about New Zealand history. C08 186 |^Controversial though it may be, Mullins opts to sing about C08 187 national events such as rugby, racing and beer as well as C08 188 sports personalities. C08 189 |^With tributes to the sporting fraternity of New Zealand, C08 190 he covers such topics as rugby on *1Night Of The Test, *0racing C08 191 on *1Scratchings *0and beer *1(Working For The Brewery). C08 192 |^*0All the songs are true New Zealand folklore, and Mullins C08 193 is aided by some fine backing players, including Chris Green C08 194 and Michael Russell of the Newton Hoons. C08 195 |^More seriously, with the tragic tale of the \0Mt Erebus C08 196 disaster, *1Flight 501, *0Mullins sings: C08 197 **[SONG**] C08 198 |^*1*"You ever been stranded at the airport, Joe, C08 199 ^Left sitting there like last week's freight. C08 200 ^You want some word about a passenger. C08 201 ^I'm sorry, sir, you'll just have to wait...**" C08 202 |^*0It is one example of how he has transformed C08 203 history-making events into song. C08 204 |^After the school boy's eulogy, *1Standard Three, *0Mullins C08 205 closes the album on a mellow note with *1Sportin' Life Blues, C08 206 *0which rates as the most memorable track on the album. ^The C08 207 song features some talented guitar-picking from 1985 Music C08 208 Award winner Alan Young on national guitar. C08 209 |^Perhaps the most controversial subject of the album C08 210 belongs to the opening track, called *1Pinehead. ^*0Here C08 211 Mullins details the history of All Black Colin Meads. C08 212 |^*1This Sporting Life, *0a fitting tribute, packages C08 213 everything good and bad about New Zealand sport in 12 inches of C08 214 black vinyl. C08 215 *<*6JAZZ *4with Graham Reid*> C08 216 *<*4Another strut*> C08 217 * C08 220 |^*6T*2HERE *0is a lot to come to terms with here before vinyl C08 221 hits turntable *- the quasi-Zen assertion of the title (Now!), C08 222 the insert which acknowledges 21 members of previous Weather C08 223 Report incarnations (History!!) and the curious back-cover shot C08 224 that has a shifty and stuffy-looking Zawinul shaking hands with C08 225 a grinning Wayne Shorter (Reconciliation!!!). C08 226 |^Yet the 15th Weather Report album in as many years still C08 227 looks like another piece of Zawinul self-strut (he wrote six of C08 228 the eight tracks, produced the thing and takes credit for the C08 229 *"cover concept**") and that's been a troubling imbalance in C08 230 recent years. C08 231 |^The title track has guest guitarist Carlos Santana peeling C08 232 off facile licks over a riff that builds into standard Zawinul C08 233 funk of little consequence. ^Santana's cameo spot on side two C08 234 is much more worthy of his talents. C08 235 |^*1Jungle Stuff *0(penned by percussionist Mino Cinelu) is C08 236 synthesised Afro-beat without much interest and a couple of C08 237 other tracks here would not have sounded out of place on C08 238 Zawinul's recent solo album, but with Shorter and bassist C08 239 Victor Bailey at his disposal, opportunities have gone begging. C08 240 |^The highs are pretty good, though; the sensitive *1I'll C08 241 Never Forget You, *0Bailey's *1Consequently *0and the swirling C08 242 *1Update *0but given the paucity of opportunities he's offered, C08 243 I'm surprised Shorter thinks he is still in this band. C08 244 |^*1This is This *0will still sell for reasons of loyalty C08 245 and curiosity, probably even be enjoyed for its funny **[SIC**] C08 246 danceability and in these days of diminishing returns from the C08 247 likes of Miles Doors, Dizzy Gillespie, Weather Report do not C08 248 seem that bad. C08 249 |^But I'd rather take the recent Shorter or Zawinul solo C08 250 ventures than most of what I hear going down here. ^Another C08 251 Weather Report album, only less so. C08 252 *# C09 001 **[080 TEXT C09**] C09 002 *<*4British do it right!*> *<*5Review *6KEN STRONGMAN*> C09 003 |^*0From the sight of Margaret Thatcher peering round a C09 004 pillar (looking even stonier than it) to a detective C09 005 *"disguised**" as one of the two footmen on the Royal coach, C09 006 the British really do get it right. ^For all of its C09 007 extravagant, conspicuous wealth, Hollywood cannot match it. C09 008 ^This year's Royal wedding was an absolutely splendid spectacle C09 009 of colour and sound, an ideal event for television, even if it C09 010 did involve getting cameras somewhere into the rafters of the C09 011 Abbey. C09 012 |^Mind you, our coverage of the sumptuousness of it all was C09 013 very nearly ruined by the link with Channel 10. ^It was C09 014 anomalous to have that harsh, disembodied strine voice growling C09 015 out each time only just remembering to mention New Zealand. C09 016 ^There were powerful images of The Minister of Culture, Les C09 017 Patterson. ^Amazingly it was a relief to hear the pompous C09 018 tones of David Dimbleby, at last filling his father's seat. C09 019 |^Everything appeared to pass off without obvious problems; C09 020 a triumph of logistics. ^People looked happy, the wedding C09 021 dress was all that it should be and the pages and bridesmaids C09 022 did not do unspeakable things to one another during the C09 023 service. ^The music was resoundingly medieval and the bride C09 024 and groom were not overawed by the occasion. ^Even the C09 025 religious side of matters seemed to have been fairly shared C09 026 among enough clergyman to have run a dozen ceremonies. C09 027 |^As is usual in these larger-than-life events, the C09 028 commentators were prompted into unwitting phrases which conjure C09 029 some lovely thoughts. ^How about ^*"The sovereign's standard C09 030 of the Lifeguard's behind?**" and *"Sarah Ferguson's much C09 031 speculated on wedding dress?**" ^And ^*"Andrew comes in through C09 032 the doorway garlanded with flowers?**" ^There was even C09 033 something more than a little unusual about the *"semi-state C09 034 postilion landau.**" C09 035 |^Anyway, it was a grand and thoroughly successful affair, C09 036 leaving only a couple of unanswered questions. ^Between Royal C09 037 weddings, what happens to those precise sounding experts that C09 038 are always there to comment on the intricate details of clothes C09 039 and protocol? ^More important, how does one get the concession C09 040 for the enormous heaps of horses' douvres that must cover C09 041 London after a state occasion? ^It would sell like hotcakes C09 042 somewhere. C09 043 |^Then, later in the week, there were more kilts per square C09 044 metre than would have been thought possible. ^In spite of less C09 045 than half of the nations remaining in Scotland, the C09 046 Commonwealth Games began, and did so with an opening ceremony C09 047 which was not at all bad. ^Again, it was logistically C09 048 impressive, although the problem with Edinburgh as host is that C09 049 there was no escaping the bagpipes. ^The only relief came from C09 050 Yehudi Menuhin in a kilt, which took a moment to get used to, C09 051 leading a terrific fiddle orchestra, if you will excuse the C09 052 phrase. C09 053 |^Comparisons have to be made with opening of the {0L.A.} C09 054 Olympics. ^Remember? ^Three million grand pianos and a C09 055 billion singers, or whatever it was. ^It must be said, the C09 056 delicate swirl of the kilt and the wincingly dull thud of the C09 057 massed sporrans in the jig was a far, far, better thing. ^And C09 058 there was something endearing as well as impressive about C09 059 hundreds of dancing children ending in the shape of a C09 060 multi-coloured pigeon. C09 061 |^So it all went well. ^It didn't rain; the Duke of C09 062 Edinburgh read the Queen's message nicely, with no political C09 063 comments; the children of Edinburgh enjoyed themselves; and C09 064 there was even a lone piper on the battlements. ^Of course, C09 065 the commentators had their moments. ^An initial comment on the C09 066 13 pipe bands was ^*"One base **[SIC**] drummer belting out the C09 067 rhythm.**" ^But they really went to town on the Australian C09 068 uniform with *"distinctive egg-yolk blazers**" and quoting the C09 069 Australian manager's *"baby-poo pants.**" ^They can always be C09 070 relied upon for elegant descriptions. C09 071 |^The Commonwealth Games then have begun with some style and C09 072 will dominate the screen for a week or two. ^The Duke of C09 073 Edinburgh is remarkably good at standing benignly looking on as C09 074 hundreds of people march past him. ^Just occasionally he C09 075 seemed slightly bemused. ^It was probably when the television C09 076 cameras were trained on the enormous television screen at C09 077 Meadowbank, producing an infinite regress of television C09 078 screens. ^It threatened to make what was left of the Games C09 079 disappear into itself. ^Fortunately, it didn't. C09 080 *<*4On Video*> C09 081 *<*5Yentl out on video*> C09 082 |^*6T*2HREE *0films *- *1Yentl, City Heat *0and *1Zelig *- C09 083 *0top Warner Home Video's list of seven releases for the first C09 084 month of the year. C09 085 |^*1Yentl *0is very much Barbra Streisand's film. |^It was C09 086 her wish to make the film after reading Isaac Bashevis Singer's C09 087 short story *1Yentl, The Yeshiva Boy *0in 1968 *- it took her C09 088 15 years to do so. C09 089 |^She collaborated on the screenplay and produced and C09 090 directed the film, as well as starring in the title role. C09 091 |^Although Yentl was not nominated for any of the major C09 092 Academy Awards, Streisand won the best director category in the C09 093 Golden Globes for the film, which did perform reasonably well C09 094 in the box office. C09 095 |^*1City Heat *0stars Clint Eastwood and Burt Reynolds as a C09 096 cop and private eye respectively who are adversaries but not C09 097 exactly enemies all the same. ^Set in 1933, *1City Heat C09 098 *0revolves around gangsters and violent crime. C09 099 |^Madeline Kahn and Irene Cara also star in this 1985 film. C09 100 |^Fans of Woody Allen should enjoy the long awaited *1Zelig C09 101 *0in which Allen plays a human chameleon able to change his C09 102 personality to suit his surroundings. C09 103 |^All of this is done with the remarkable use of old C09 104 newsreels *- and Allen does his stuff in his own inimitable C09 105 way. C09 106 |^The four other releases from Warner are *1Romantic Comedy C09 107 *0starring Dudley Moore and Mary Steenburgen, *1Jinxed *0with C09 108 Bette Midler, *1White Lightning *0and *1Gator *0both starring C09 109 Burt Reynolds. C09 110 |^Two of {0RCA}'s releases for February are *1Desperately C09 111 Seeking Susan *0starring Madonna in a comedy of confusion and C09 112 *1Birdy, *0from Alan Parker, about the lingering pain of C09 113 Vietnam. C09 114 *<*4The Burning Bed C09 115 1984 {0VHS}-Beta C09 116 91 \0min {0CBS}-Fox*> C09 117 |^*0Confrontation between a wife and her cruel husband provides C09 118 Farrah Fawcett with an opportunity for some serious acting. C09 119 ^And she makes a fairly good job of her role as the wife *- the C09 120 victim of repeated beatings who finally cracks and kills her C09 121 tormentor in fear for her life and is tried for murder. ^The C09 122 film is based on fact and is indeed a sad story well told and C09 123 well acted but containing, nevertheless, an element of C09 124 shallowness. C09 125 *4Good. C09 126 * C09 129 |^*0Arnold Schwarzenegger, the warrior king in leather C09 130 underpants, battles evil and monsters yet again in the latest C09 131 of the Conan series. ^Here, sophisticated special effects and C09 132 the talented Grace Jones help Conan out and lift the simple C09 133 story of magic and a princess in danger to a reasonable level C09 134 of entertainment. C09 135 *4Good. C09 136 * C09 139 |^*0David Niven plays a Walter Mitty-type character in this C09 140 comedy-drama. ^His countless tales of heroism (all false) C09 141 impress the boy he is tutoring, the son of a Japanese diplomat. C09 142 ^But the two are kidnapped by terrorists and fantasy turns into C09 143 reality. ^Ken Annakin, Toshiro Mifune, Hardy Kruger, Ando C09 144 (impressive as the diplomat's son) and Ronald Fraser co-star in C09 145 the back country of Malaysia. C09 146 *4Good. C09 147 * C09 150 |^*0This hilarious, naughty send-up of western movies takes up C09 151 where *1Blazing Saddles *0left off. ^The delectably decadent C09 152 Divine stars as a wandering saloon floozy desperate for love *- C09 153 but she will settle for a man for the night. C09 154 |^Former matinee idol Tab Hunter features as a Clint C09 155 Eastwood lookalike in a wicked pastiche that stops at nothing C09 156 in a merciless lampoon of the screen's cowboy tradition in C09 157 general and of spaghetti westerns in particular. ^(Not for C09 158 prudes.) C09 159 *4Outstanding C09 160 * C09 163 |^*0Francis Coppola recreates the jazz age in Harlem in this C09 164 celebration of the music and dance of the 1920s and 1930s *- C09 165 another film in the fine tradition of his gangster movies. C09 166 ^Richard Gere is a young cornet player who becomes involved C09 167 with gangsters and the boss' girl. ^A fine supporting cast C09 168 includes Fred Gwynne. C09 169 |^The jazz breaks between the action and violence are C09 170 frequent and brilliant. C09 171 *4Outstanding C09 172 * C09 175 |^*0The breezy comedy holds together on the talents of Gene C09 176 Wilder (though Kelly Le Brock is certainly a distraction). C09 177 ^Wilder writes, directs and plays the lead in a one-man-band C09 178 performance that pushes his skills towards Woody Allen C09 179 territory. ^The result is a bright little film *- thin on plot C09 180 (man chases woman), but fleshy enough on pace and humour. C09 181 *4Good C09 182 *<*4The Cure's past lives again*> C09 183 * C09 184 _*6THE CURE: *4*"Standing on a Beach *- The Singles C09 185 ({0WEA}); *6SHRIEKBACK: *"*4The Infinite**" (Kaz Records); C09 186 *6LITTLE FEAT: *"*4As Time Goes By**" (Warners); and *6RY C09 187 COODER: *"*4Why Don't You Try Me Tonight**" (Warners). C09 188 |^*0Hard up? ^Want to get a few nice sounds anyway? ^Try a C09 189 new, improved *"Greatest Hits**" collection. C09 190 |^Frankly even if you have every Cure album you should have C09 191 this singles compilation, so you can listen to The Cure's C09 192 history fly out the speakers in one easy lesson. C09 193 |^New Zealand has always had a love affair with The Cure, C09 194 even if *"Mad Bob**" Smith says he never dares smile in this C09 195 country because we still like to stand there, dressed in our C09 196 Op Shop raincoats, moodily listening to *"A Forest.**" C09 197 |^It helped that their original manager was a Kiwi, Chris C09 198 Parry, who insisted they come here when they first got going. C09 199 |^Before the rest of the world discovered them *- even the C09 200 Poms *- we made Bob and \0Co heroes. C09 201 |^We've watched them come here in the let's-join-Ian-Curtis C09 202 suicidal era and be all mean and magnificent. C09 203 |^Then we saw them a couple of years on *- imploding, C09 204 drugged-out psychotics, on the verge of breakdowns. C09 205 |^We nursed 'em through it and even loved 'em when Bob C09 206 decided to be a born-again hippie cum-looney and chirp on about C09 207 cutesy caterpillars and cats. C09 208 |^The album tracks their passage from their 1979 C09 209 amateur-night *"Killing An Arab,**" via their funeral pyre of *"The C09 210 Hanging Garden**" from the scarey *'Pornography**" to Bob's C09 211 recovery, aided by a sabbatical with The Banshees to their C09 212 triumphant return, using pop with *"The Lovecats**" and up to C09 213 the present *"Close To Me.**" C09 214 |^Half of the singles were featured on the earlier C09 215 compilation, *"Japanese Whispers**" but the new one is much C09 216 more extensive and, of course up to date. C09 217 |^The Cure have never exactly been your Whams of this world, C09 218 but they have managed to score the most unlikely hits, Smith C09 219 shrewdly using the weapons of pop for his own maniacal purpose. C09 220 ^Every time someone says ^*"That won't make a hit,**" Smith, C09 221 with a wicked gleam, kicks the song into touch. C09 222 |^Apart from Smith doing pointless new vocals for the 1979 C09 223 *"Boys Don't Cry**" to get it into the charts I cannot fault C09 224 this record. C09 225 |^Just dropping the stylus through the collection, what C09 226 amazes me is how many tunes The Cure put out over the six or so C09 227 years. C09 228 |^About time they toured here again, isn't it? C09 229 |^On the surface Shriekback's compilation album seems a C09 230 little cheeky as, let's face it, they've hardly had a surfeit C09 231 of chart hits have they? C09 232 |^Apart from the majestic *"Lined Up**" and to a lesser C09 233 degree, *"My Spine (Is The Base Line**") they haven't had any C09 234 major songs. ^Good 'uns, but not big 'uns. C09 235 |^In actual fact Shriekback's Barry Andrews, when I talked C09 236 to him last year about *"Oil and Gold**" wasn't too enamoured C09 237 with his ex-record company, Kaz, putting this out. C09 238 |^I can see why. ^To be brutally honest half of the C09 239 tracks are fairly monotonous funk slabs that seem to go on ad C09 240 nauseum and really it's strictly for Shriekback fans who missed C09 241 out on the earlier recordings. C09 242 |^Who's a naughty little record company then? C09 243 |^Of course record companies know compilations are great C09 244 sellers and as Presley fans equally know, can be repackaged in C09 245 various forms over and over even if your client happens to have C09 246 snuffed it. C09 247 |^If it wasn't for the fact the Little Feat compilation is C09 248 very useful it seems extremely hypocritical for Warners to cash C09 249 in on this marvellous, sleazy funky band. C09 250 |^The first two albums by the group although critically C09 251 received, sold poorly and Warners weren't exactly ecstatic with C09 252 the band. C09 253 |^Little Feat had been formed in 1970 by ex-Mothers of C09 254 Invention singer-guitarist Lowell George and bassist Roy C09 255 Estrada aided by drummer Richard Howerd. C09 256 |^Estrada left to join Captain Beefheart's Magic Band (bad C09 257 career move) after the first two \0LPs and guitarist Paul C09 258 Barrere, bassist Ken Gradney and percussionist Sam Clayton C09 259 drafted in to make what is a personal favourite, the 1973 \0LP C09 260 *"Dixie Chicken.**" C09 261 *# C10 001 **[081 TEXT C10**] C10 002 *<*4Energy to burn in Live and Die*> * C10 004 |^*2TO LIVE *0and Die in {0LA} (Embassy, \0R 16), is tough, C10 005 erotic and cynical by turns. ^It is a true film noir, set in C10 006 the streets of the same city that Raymond Chandler's detective C10 007 hero Phillip Marlowe once walked. C10 008 |^The difference now is that even hard-boiled Marlowe might C10 009 cringe at the amorality and sleaze of Los Angeles. C10 010 |^The energy level has gone up too. ^Live and Die in {0LA} C10 011 is an incendiary visual tour de force, marking a belated return C10 012 to form for director, William Friedkin, who hasn't done C10 013 anything remotely as good as this since French Connection in C10 014 1971. C10 015 |^William Peterson turns in a tight, nervy, performance as C10 016 Richard Chance, a secret service agent hot on the trail of a C10 017 ruthless counterfeiter, Eric Masters (William Dafoe), who has C10 018 murdered his partner. C10 019 |^Chance's drive for vengeance has little to do with law and C10 020 order, or even commonsense. ^It lands Chance in a nightmare C10 021 situation where right and wrong take second place to winning C10 022 out against Masters, no matter what the cost to himself and C10 023 others. C10 024 |^Chance is well named. ^He is an adrenalin freak, unhappy C10 025 anywhere but on the edge of his physical and mental limits. C10 026 ^He's a difficult and exploitative man, drawing friends and C10 027 associates down into his problems, rather than following a C10 028 saner path out. C10 029 |^The similarities between Chance and his quarry, Masters, C10 030 are heavily underlined, in particular their selfishness, C10 031 practical amorality, and subconscious death wish. C10 032 |^Chance's penchant for self destruction finds an outlet in C10 033 his jumps from high bridges, and general reckless behaviour. C10 034 ^The zenith of the latter is reached when he takes a car the C10 035 wrong way up a motorway off-ramp. ^This climaxes a terrifying C10 036 car chase scene which has to be seen to be believed. C10 037 |^Masters, meanwhile, is more narcissistic than Chance, but C10 038 no less suicidally inclined. ^His greatest asset as a criminal C10 039 is that he just doesn't care about anything or anyone, C10 040 including himself. ^Masters paints self-portraits which he C10 041 then burns, standing close to the flames, as if yearning for C10 042 self-immolation. C10 043 |^The thematic meat of Live and Die in {0LA} is conveyed C10 044 through the subsidiary characters, associates of Chance and C10 045 Masters on their respective sides of the criminal-cop divide. C10 046 |^John Pankow plays John Vukovich, a dedicated cop assigned C10 047 to be Chance's new partner. ^Vukovich is appalled at Chance's C10 048 reckless sidestepping of the law in his pursuit of Masters but C10 049 his instincts as a cop are to stay loyal to his partner, even C10 050 when it becomes obvious that Chance's obsession will endanger C10 051 their lives and their careers. C10 052 |^The changes Vukovich goes through illuminate the character C10 053 of Chance. ^We gradually see that Chance's laconic exterior C10 054 covers a personality long since cauterised of emotion. ^The C10 055 only time in the movie that he allows himself some sentiment, C10 056 Chance ends up regretting it. C10 057 |^By contrast, Vukovich gives people the benefit of the C10 058 doubt, is that little bit slower than Chance, makes small C10 059 mistakes. ^That's because he behaves like a normal, feeling, C10 060 human being, instead of a ruthlessly efficient robot; and that C10 061 costs both him and Chance dearly. ^The tragic irony for C10 062 Vukovich is that his only hope for survival is to become as C10 063 de**[ARB**]-humanised as Chance. C10 064 |^The only character who walks away untouched is Master's C10 065 lawyer, Bob Grimes, played by Dean Stockwell. ^Grimes is a C10 066 totally cynical operator, the worst sort of manipulator of C10 067 other people's problems, never getting *"personally**" C10 068 involved, but charging dearly for his *"impersonal**" C10 069 involvement. C10 070 |^Set against the harsher aspects of Live and Die in {0LA}, C10 071 one finds moments of quiet introspection and beauty, images C10 072 irrelevant to the main flow of the action, but skilfully C10 073 interpolated to shape the film's emotional pace. C10 074 |^Robby Muller's photography is all hot neon and glowing C10 075 sunlit surfaces, capturing both the illusion and reality of Los C10 076 Angeles. ^The city is as much a character in the film as the C10 077 people. C10 078 |^Woody Allen once said that the streets in {0LA} are so C10 079 clean because all the rubbish gets turned into television C10 080 shows. ^Live and Die in {0LA} demonstrates that there's plenty C10 081 of dirt and decay there, despite television, just as it shows a C10 082 darker potential in its nominal heroes than we might have C10 083 guessed in the beginning. C10 084 |^The overwhelming cynicism of the film's outlook is C10 085 depressing, and that, coupled with the frequent, albeit brief, C10 086 scenes of explicit violence, will probably limit the appeal of C10 087 Live and Die in {0LA} to smaller, more sophisticated audiences. C10 088 |^On the plus side, imaginative imagery and slam bang C10 089 editing, coupled with a bone-shaking stereo soundtrack, make C10 090 Live and Die in {0LA} one of the more impressive cinematic C10 091 experiences to have come along in the last few months. ^You C10 092 won't get thrills like this out of a puny video cassette C10 093 recorder. C10 094 |^Whatever you think of his rather negative view of the C10 095 world, Friedkin's film certainly points up the limited creative C10 096 vision of most mainstream commercial film makers. ^Live and C10 097 Die in {0LA} moves and sounds like a movie should. ^As an C10 098 example of full-on visceral film making, this one is hard to C10 099 beat. C10 100 *<*4Rich fare offered in festival music*> C10 101 *<*6GEOFF FAIRBURN *4reports from the Wellington Arts C10 102 Festival*> C10 103 |^*0Halfway through the festival, it bears all the signs of C10 104 success. C10 105 |^Musically, a wide range of middle of the road fare is C10 106 offered *- three appearances by Joan Sutherland, the Australian C10 107 celebrity singing operatic extracts including three or four mad C10 108 scenes and a selection of nineteenth century drawing room C10 109 favourites; four orchestras, the oratorios *- two contemporary C10 110 and one Victorian *- chamber music, organ, piano and violin C10 111 recitals, ten lunchtime concerts, jazz, entertainers, ballet, C10 112 and three overseas avant garde groups. C10 113 |^Performances have been of high standard and often sold out C10 114 including all the Sutherland concerts and Andrew Lloyd Webber's C10 115 Requiem, with the latter's reputation in Jesus Christ C10 116 Superstar, Evita, and Cats ensuring a broad appeal. C10 117 |^Much more surprising has been the keen interest aroused by C10 118 the Shostakovich string quartet, four Russians who have been C10 119 playing together for nearly 20 years. C10 120 |^They offered an ideal programme: Beethoven's Opus 7, a C10 121 late Shostakovich, and Tchaikovsky's first. ^The group plays C10 122 on priceless 18th century instruments with the typically C10 123 seductive tone of the classical Russian school and the sort of C10 124 balance and ensemble that can only come from long, close C10 125 association. C10 126 |^The Beethoven, one that found a lot of favour in the C10 127 composer's lifetime, but hasn't been heard all that often C10 128 lately, revealed these qualities straight away in the quiet C10 129 introduction. ^In addition a superb technique always C10 130 subordinated to the requirements of expression. C10 131 |^Shostakovich's 13th quartet in B flat minor, the only C10 132 chamber work I can remember in the remote key, was less C10 133 accessible. ^Not so much for its use of a 12-note toned-row *- C10 134 most listeners wouldn't recognise this idiom *- but for its C10 135 unusual shape of an extended slow movement, such curious C10 136 rhythmic devices as tapping with the bow on the body of the C10 137 fiddle, and a psychological mood that is peculiar to the C10 138 composer. C10 139 |^Not the sort of work you'd want to hear every week but a C10 140 profound masterpiece nonetheless. ^The Tchaikovsky made a fine C10 141 concert ending *- the second movement has one of the most C10 142 haunting tunes in all music *- or rather would have ended the C10 143 evening but for deafening stamping and applause eliciting two C10 144 encores by Borodin and Shostakovich. C10 145 |^Meeting these four enormously talented players on stage C10 146 was heavy going seeing that they know barely two dozen words of C10 147 English, but nothing could be more eloquent than their musical C10 148 communication. C10 149 |^For some enthusiasts it must have been the highlight of C10 150 the festival. C10 151 * C10 152 *<*4Eating out with Anne Fenwick*> C10 153 |^*6T*2HE *0early Greeks, Romans and Egyptians knew the value C10 154 of fish and for centuries the Japanese, following Buddhist C10 155 beliefs, ate practically no meat and a great deal of fish. C10 156 |^But this food has not always received sufficient C10 157 gastronomic attention in New Zealand. ^While the Maori and the C10 158 early settler appreciated the riches from local waters, fish C10 159 dishes in the past have not met with general reverence. C10 160 |^Possibly inept handling *- usually overcooking *- has not C10 161 helped. ^And anyone who has had a bad experience with fish C10 162 that has been allowed to deteriorate after being caught is C10 163 understandably likely to be wary. C10 164 |^Ideally, fish should be alive until the last moment before C10 165 cooking. ^But this can be impractical and with modern fishing C10 166 vessels efficiently equipped with refrigerated holds, no longer C10 167 necessary. C10 168 |^Most fish shops and good eating places have a reliable C10 169 source for quality fish and the steadily growing demand for it C10 170 in recent times indicates it has been elevated locally to the C10 171 status it deserves. C10 172 |^An important reason for its popularity is, of course, C10 173 today's emphasis on healthy living. ^Fish is particularly C10 174 nutritious, high in protein, low in calories, easily digested. C10 175 ^It is an ideal diet food. C10 176 |^Which is why my friend The Professor requested an all-fish C10 177 meal the other evening. ^Too many hours' devotion to duty C10 178 seated at a desk, and very little leisure time to walk off C10 179 calories, had taken their toll. ^Not that anyone had mentioned C10 180 it mind you, but a few had noticed The Professor was becoming C10 181 portly. C10 182 |^Now, as everyone knows, professors are traditionally C10 183 absent-minded. ^This particular one never remembers to look in C10 184 a mirror. ^On the rare occasion he's come face to face with C10 185 himself in one he's nodded and gone away, wondering where he's C10 186 seen that person before. C10 187 |^So it evidently came as a shock when overnight *- or so it C10 188 seemed *- none of his clothes would fit. ^Never one to berate, C10 189 he did however gently chide the keeper of his laundry for C10 190 having shrunk his entire wardrobe. C10 191 |^It was, I understand, the morning he was taken to look at C10 192 himself in a mirror before being sent off in the direction of C10 193 the bathroom scales. C10 194 |^For some weeks everyone gave The Professor a wide berth C10 195 and the keeper of his laundry reported behaviour that sounded C10 196 very like withdrawal symptoms. C10 197 |^But these academics can be single-minded and when he C10 198 finally ventured forth to accompany me to dinner *- on the C10 199 proviso he would be required to eat only fish *- he was but a C10 200 shadow of his former self. C10 201 |^He could almost have slipped through the keyhole of the C10 202 door leading into The Penguin's Nest, the Takapuna restaurant C10 203 I'd chosen because it specialises in fish. C10 204 |^Penguins were everywhere *- in prints, ceramic models, and C10 205 the stuffed variety, including a large fellow suspended from C10 206 the ceiling. ^It was with mild relief I discovered penguin was C10 207 not included in the menu. C10 208 |^Penguins aside, fish was well represented. ^Starters C10 209 included grilled mussels in their shell with parsley and garlic C10 210 butter (*+$6.50); a bouillabaisse made with fresh fish of the C10 211 day, mussels, scallops and prawns (*+$6.50); Kebab of king C10 212 prawns marinated in oyster and soy sauce, honey and grilled C10 213 (*+$7.95); a baked avocado pear filled with curried crab meat C10 214 (*+$6.95); squid rings nicoise (*+$5.80); a seviche of scallops, C10 215 fish and shrimps marinated in lemon juice and dressed with a C10 216 herb vinaigrette (*+$7.50). C10 217 |^Main courses of fish included pan-fried scallops, a C10 218 seafood strudel, hapuka steak, terakihi wrapped with banana in C10 219 filo and served with a lime sauce, and a mixed seafood grill, C10 220 featuring marinated salmon, fish, and king prawns. ^Chicken C10 221 and steak was also there and prices for main courses ranged C10 222 from *+$12.50 to *+$14.50. C10 223 |^The Penguin's Nest is both {0BYO} and licensed, a point C10 224 approved by The Professor who allowed himself a few liquid C10 225 calories as he considered the menu. C10 226 |^His spectacles fogging with gustatory anticipation, he C10 227 lost no time in ordering squid rings nicoise to begin his meal C10 228 with hapuka as a main course. ^Seafood strudel was to be my C10 229 main dish and I decided, in my perverse way, to order something C10 230 other than fish as an entree. ^Despite professorial C10 231 mutterings about *"when in Rome...**" I asked for the C10 232 sate. C10 233 |^Pre-dinner nibbles of crudites *- crisp carrot sticks, C10 234 celery and radish with a piquant dipping sauce *- had come C10 235 promptly to our table and these we both enjoyed. ^In fact The C10 236 Dieter gave every appearance to being addicted to them. C10 237 |^But before I could complain too much about unfair division C10 238 our first courses arrived. ^My sate was marinated, cubed C10 239 fillet steak of good quality, carefully grilled to retain its C10 240 tenderness. ^The peanut sauce was equally pleasing, in both C10 241 taste and texture. C10 242 |^The Professor's dish of freshly-sliced squid rings resting C10 243 on a sauce of well-seasoned tomatoes with black olives was C10 244 keeping him so happy I became curious to taste a little. ^I C10 245 had to barter hard before he'd agree to swap a cube of steak C10 246 for the tiniest squid ring he could find. C10 247 |^When I finally cinched the deal I understood his C10 248 possessiveness. ^The succulence of the squid, the flavour of C10 249 garlic, tomatoes and black olives, gave the entree more than a C10 250 suggestion of the Mediterranean. ^It was a clever combination. C10 251 |^The Professor's smug expression increased as he began his C10 252 main course and, once again, he had chosen well. ^His hapuka, C10 253 which is an ideal fish for grilling with its firm and tasty C10 254 flesh was exactly right for someone counting calories. C10 255 *# C11 001 **[082 TEXT C11**] C11 002 *<*4Literary Views and Reviews*> C11 003 *<*5Bohemian artist in Maoriland*> C11 004 * C11 007 *<(*1Reviewed by Neil Roberts)*> C11 008 |^*0During recent years one of the most consistent successes C11 009 at New Zealand fine art auctions has been portraits of the C11 010 nineteenth-century New Zealand Maori, in particular those C11 011 painted by Charles Frederick Goldie and Gottfried Lindauer. C11 012 ^Of the two, Lindauer was certainly the less imaginative as a C11 013 painter, but his intention always was to be no more than a C11 014 faithful recorder. ^Like the talented Sunday painter his aim C11 015 was accuracy to what he saw as reality in nature. C11 016 |^Various critics over the years have discussed the artistic C11 017 merits of Lindauer's painting, and have variously referred to C11 018 his portraits, both European and Maori, as being, lifeless, C11 019 dull, monotonous, lacking in sound composition and colour. ^To C11 020 some extent such comments are not always unjust. ^Lindauer's C11 021 work was often all of these things. ^However, it cannot be C11 022 denied that while this artist never produced great art, his C11 023 imagery survives and is of immense social and historical C11 024 importance, particularly the depiction of some of the most C11 025 celebrated personalities in nineteenth-century Maoridom. C11 026 |^This recent book on Lindauer and his Maori portraiture is C11 027 the first to appear in almost two decades. ^Most of the C11 028 paintings reproduced are selected from those formerly in the C11 029 Henry Partridge collection, now held by the Auckland City Art C11 030 Gallery. ^The authors have chosen to reproduce just 12 C11 031 Lindauer paintings including a self portrait, three paintings C11 032 on Maori customs, and eight portraits of notable Maori C11 033 identities, among them likenesses of Wiremu Tamahana, Rewi C11 034 Maniopoto and Huria Matenga, revered for either their mana or C11 035 their deeds. ^Each plate is accompanied by a concise potted C11 036 biography of the subject which contains several newly C11 037 researched facts. C11 038 |^The rather generous 44\0cm by 34\0cm folio format of what C11 039 is almost a picture book is well produced on high quality C11 040 paper. ^For the most part the reproduction colour quality is C11 041 better than most Lindauer reproductions made in recent years, C11 042 and their presentation makes them desirable as frameable C11 043 prints. C11 044 |^Divided into two principal sections, the text deals first C11 045 with Lindauer's life, then with his art. ^The authors have C11 046 succeeded in their research of new facts about this artist, and C11 047 have improved considerably on the information previously C11 048 recorded about Lindauer's early life in particular. C11 049 |^Lindauer was a Bohemian, never in the metaphorical sense C11 050 but in his nationality. ^Born in Pilsen, Bohemia *- now part C11 051 of Czechoslovakia *- he is believed to have had a *"spontaneous C11 052 approach to nature**" at a very early age. ^This attitude of C11 053 truth to nature was reinforced during his period of study in C11 054 Vienna under the tutorage of a number of artists that included C11 055 Josef von Fuhrich who became a prominent member of the C11 056 celebrated brother-hood of artists known as the *"Nazarenes.**" C11 057 ^This formative influence stayed with Lindauer for the C11 058 remainder of his life. C11 059 |^In the years before leaving for New Zealand in 1874 C11 060 Lindauer became well established and reasonably successful as a C11 061 portraitist in his homeland. ^On his arrival at Wellington he C11 062 quickly resumed his activity as an artist, gaining within a C11 063 very short time a reputation among the colonists as a portrait C11 064 painter and photographer. ^It was this reputation that helped C11 065 draw him to the attention of the Auckland businessman Henry C11 066 Partridge who became for almost 40 years Lindauer's most ardent C11 067 patron. ^There were other patrons, that included James Mackay C11 068 and Walter Buller, but none showed such consistent support of C11 069 the artist's work as did Henry Partridge. C11 070 |^Until now, detailed information on Lindauer's movements C11 071 between his arrival and settling at Woodville in 1889 has been C11 072 scant. ^The authors have been able to remedy this. C11 073 ^Unfortunately the commentary on the last 37 years of the C11 074 artist's life and activity in Woodville is not so revealing and C11 075 is all too brief. ^There is also little insight into Lindauer C11 076 the man, his personality and attitudes to life, which still C11 077 leaves the reader with a number of questions about the artist C11 078 unanswered. C11 079 |^In the section devoted to Lindauer's working methods the C11 080 authors explain concisely, and justify, his use of photography, C11 081 both as a source and a device for making his paintings. ^The C11 082 motives of his patrons are also clearly outlined, and to some C11 083 extent analysed, as are those of the artist. C11 084 |^What emerges is the conclusion that despite his lack of C11 085 originality Lindauer worked with a degree of sincerity free of C11 086 racial prejudice that can only be described as being C11 087 commendable. C11 088 |^That this Bohemian in Maoriland was as popular in his C11 089 lifetime as he appears to be today there seems to be little C11 090 doubt. ^There is clear evidence that Lindauer was kept busy C11 091 with a constant flow of commissions from European colonists and C11 092 Maori patrons. C11 093 |^His success in his lifetime was not restricted to New C11 094 Zealand for whenever his paintings were shown at expositions C11 095 overseas they invariably achieved considerable public acclaim. C11 096 |^While this book is visually pleasing, and the text is C11 097 adequate for the artist's biography, and for the subjects of C11 098 the plates, there is still room for a more substantial C11 099 monograph on this artist to be written. C11 100 *<*4Insights into worlds of crime*> C11 101 *<*5In the Underworld. By Laurie Taylor, Unwin, 1985. 188 C11 102 \0pp. *+$12.95 (paperback). C11 103 You'd Better Believe It. By Bill James. Century Hutchinson, C11 104 1985. 157 \0pp. *+$28.50*> C11 105 *<(*1Reviewed by Ken Strongman)*> C11 106 |^*0It is unusual to consider works of fact and of fiction C11 107 within one review, but the line between the two forms is C11 108 becoming increasingly indistinct. ^Both of these books provide C11 109 an insight into the world of crime and are convincingly C11 110 authentic. ^Laurie Taylor's self-important ingenuousness in C11 111 the face of professional criminals can only be genuine. ^And C11 112 the confident simplicity with which Bill James tells his tale C11 113 can only come from inside knowledge. C11 114 |^Laurie Taylor is Professor of Sociology at the University C11 115 of York and is well-known in England as a broadcaster. C11 116 ^Surprisingly, he is the first criminologist to have had C11 117 conversations with working criminals, with his tape-recorder C11 118 running. ^He did this in London's underworld, under the C11 119 comforting arm of ex-bank-robber and hard man John McVicar who C11 120 is still well respected in his manor. ^Taylor sat in pubs, C11 121 clubs, and living rooms decorated with gear that had fallen off C11 122 the back of some very upmarket trucks, in a style which might C11 123 be described as post gold lame chic. ^He listened to C11 124 confidence tricksters, bank robbers, heisters, drug dealers, C11 125 and even flirted with gangsters. C11 126 |^Laurie Taylor is a good populariser and *"In the C11 127 Underworld**" is a readable book as well as being of some use C11 128 to social scientists. ^It has two problems. ^The first is C11 129 that it does not quite go far enough. ^It is frustrating to C11 130 have the values of the professional criminal touched on, but C11 131 not explored in depth. ^For instance, the comparison between C11 132 those who steal or rob partly because it allows them to live on C11 133 the edge, and those who have a dispassionate, workmanlike C11 134 amorality, is only hinted at. C11 135 |^The second problem is that Laurie Taylor cannot keep C11 136 himself out of it. ^He constantly tells us of his own C11 137 reactions to the people he meets and to the places in which he C11 138 meets them. ^At one level he is putting himself down, being C11 139 open about his own lack of underworld sophistication. ^At C11 140 another level this is attempting to get the reader on his side, C11 141 the side of convention looking through the bars of the cage at C11 142 the exhibits within. ^Simultaneously, he is saying ^*"Look at C11 143 me. ^I can slip in and out through the bars.**" ^At the least, C11 144 all this is irrelevant to the book, and at the worst it C11 145 detracts from Taylor's objectivity. C11 146 |^*"In the Underworld**" is an interesting book, but it is C11 147 no more convincing in its authenticity than Bill James's C11 148 *"You'd Better Believe It.**" ^This is a novel of crime in a C11 149 provincial town, an armed bank robbery set up by some hard men C11 150 from *"up the motorway.**" ^Chief Super Colin Harpur is a high C11 151 flyer in the local police and is very nearly as hard-bitten as C11 152 those whose collars he seeks to feel. ^Together with his C11 153 various narks and grasses he is a match, both for the criminals C11 154 and for his superiors, whose time-honoured motives are having a C11 155 quiet life, keeping the homos (from the Home Office) happy, and C11 156 aiming at knighthoods. C11 157 |^*"You'd Better Believe It**" rings true and tells a tough C11 158 tale of tough people on both sides of the law. ^They are C11 159 believable though because they are human and have weaknesses. C11 160 ^Also, every detail of criminal activity, police procedure, and C11 161 grassing which overlaps with *"In the Underworld**" is exactly C11 162 the same. ^The relationship between the grass and the police, C11 163 and the grass and the criminals, is intricate and integral to C11 164 crime and its detection. ^*"You'd Better Believe It**" is as C11 165 fascinating an analysis of this as *"In the Underworld**" is of C11 166 crime in general, and since it is fiction the author does not C11 167 intrude as much. C11 168 *<*4Tinned clues to the past*> C11 169 *<*5New Zealand Journal of Archaeology, Volume 7, 1985. Edited C11 170 by Janet Davidson. {0N.Z.} Archaeological C11 171 Association/ University of Otago. 182\0pp. *+$15.50.*> C11 172 *<(*1Reviewed by Beverley McCulloch)*> C11 173 |^*0The New Zealand Journal of Archaeology is published C11 174 annually by the New Zealand Archaeological Association. ^Its C11 175 object is to present papers on all aspects of prehistoric and C11 176 historic archaeology in New Zealand, with relevant articles C11 177 relating to Pacific archaeology also being acceptable. ^It is C11 178 essentially a professional journal aimed principally at meeting C11 179 the publication and reference needs of professional C11 180 archaeologists rather than the interested lay person. C11 181 |^Of the nine papers in the recently issued Volume 7, four C11 182 discuss work carried out in the Pacific Islands and five deal C11 183 with New Zealand topics. ^As one might expect, most of the C11 184 latter are concerned with sites of prehistoric Maori C11 185 occupation; there is one on early Chinese miners' habitation C11 186 sites in Central Otago. ^It is this last mentioned which I C11 187 found of greatest interest. C11 188 |^Metal containers have been used extensively in the Western C11 189 world for packaging and preserving foodstuffs and other C11 190 materials, for about 150 years. ^They are usually called C11 191 *"tins**" or *"cans,**" and with a few exceptions are generally C11 192 discarded once they have been emptied. ^However, compared to C11 193 glass or ceramic containers, they are not particularly durable C11 194 *- they are, of course, most subject to rusting *- and have C11 195 therefore been to a greater extent ignored, both by C11 196 archaeologists, and also by *"collectors**" for whom they lack C11 197 the attraction of, for example, the ubiquitous bottle. C11 198 |^Neville Ritchie and Stuart Bedford of the New Zealand C11 199 Historic Places Trust have produced a well organised and C11 200 illustrated article showing the type of metal containers which C11 201 might be encountered in many places in New Zealand and have C11 202 shown the value of these as a potential source of cultural and C11 203 historic information. ^Best of all, the article is couched in C11 204 good clear, intelligible English and demonstrates nicely that C11 205 you don't lose any scientific accuracy by refusing to resort to C11 206 the sort of mumbo-jumbo jargon too often presented as a C11 207 substitute for substance. C11 208 |^Other New Zealand contributions include a study of damage C11 209 to prehistoric sites by farming activities; using mollusc C11 210 shells to determine when sites were occupied; a discussion of C11 211 the artifact assemblage from a site at Coromandel; and a look C11 212 at stylistic variations in Maori rock drawings from two areas. C11 213 |^One of the points noted in the rock drawing paper is that C11 214 some subjects are nearly always depicted facing in a particular C11 215 direction, a fact which is obviously significant and must C11 216 always be taken into account in any study of this art form. C11 217 ^(It is something I had noted myself during my Maori rock art C11 218 studies some years ago.) C11 219 |^Because of this I must remark that the New Zealand C11 220 Archaeological Association aims at, and usually achieves, a C11 221 high standard for its Journal. ^Thus, it is a great pity that C11 222 it persists in portraying on its cover a prehistoric Maori rock C11 223 drawing printed, for purely aesthetic reasons, in reverse! ^It C11 224 offends my scientific ideals by violating a basic principle of C11 225 good archaeology, that is, to record information as accurately C11 226 and faithfully as possible. ^That accuracy, in any worth while C11 227 scientific publication, should include the cover as well as the C11 228 contents. C11 229 *<*5The pursuit of antiques*> C11 230 * C11 232 *<(*1Reviewed by Mervyn Palmer)*> C11 233 |^*0There are just a few people who seem to be able to write C11 234 in the same way that they talk and if those people talk C11 235 agreeably, their writing turns out to be especially worth C11 236 while. ^Many people who watched the television series C11 237 *"Antiques for Love or Money**" would have reservations about C11 238 the quality of the programme, but there would not be many who C11 239 could resist Trevor Plumbly's enthusiasm during the course of C11 240 the series. ^To listen to him talk and to watch him handle C11 241 pieces was pleasurable. ^For my part, I could have wished to C11 242 see him handling pieces which were more often really worthy of C11 243 his talents. C11 244 |^Yet, this brings us to the heart of the matter in his C11 245 charming book. *"Antiques and Things**" is not the exclusive C11 246 preserve of the purist. ^The interest is not just a platform C11 247 for academic jousting. ^It is one of the world's most popular C11 248 pursuits and Trevor Plumbly rightly believes it should belong C11 249 to everyone who wants to collect something, whether they chase C11 250 matchbox labels, or whether they seek *- and occasionally find C11 251 *- vintage porcelain. C11 252 *# C12 001 **[083 TEXT C12**] C12 002 *<*4Ballet company excels on small stage*> C12 003 |^*0One of the highlights of the weekend's Holme Station C12 004 Arts Festival would undoubtably have been the performance given C12 005 on Saturday evening by the Southern Ballet Company from C12 006 Christchurch. C12 007 |^Performing in a large marquee erected on the station's C12 008 expansive lawn, patrons were treated to a full evening's C12 009 entertainment of ballet delights. ^Although some of the C12 010 traditional movements of the ballets were abridged to adjust to C12 011 the limitations of the small stage, one could not help but be C12 012 impressed and swept up in the charm, character and charisma C12 013 that this company has. C12 014 |^*1Pas de Quatre *0set to music by Cesare Pugni, opened the C12 015 evening and was created in the charm of a bygone era. C12 016 ^Choreographer and director of the Company, Russell Kerr, used C12 017 his opening four dancers to attune the audience to this C12 018 beautiful art form. C12 019 |^By contrast *1Printemps *0was an impressionistic work C12 020 portraying the new awareness of life during springtime. ^The C12 021 opening intricacies of Debussy's orchestration were effectively C12 022 recreated and portrayed by the two solo dancers. ^The C12 023 simplistic soft costumes and choreography allowed both music C12 024 and dance to speak together. C12 025 |^The extracts performed from the *1Tales of Beatrix Potter C12 026 *0took one back to childhood days. ^Ballet is simply more than C12 027 dance, and it was in these extracts that this company showed C12 028 that they are actors of some note. ^Jemima Puddleduck played C12 029 by Liza Brereton and the Fox by the talented and comic David C12 030 Peake were a joy to watch. C12 031 |^In all, director Russell Kerr fully employed his company C12 032 in making full use of the festive theatre. ^Simple and C12 033 imaginative properties were a joy to see being manipulated on C12 034 stage. C12 035 |^No programme of ballet would be complete without something C12 036 from the works of Tchaikovsky. ^To conclude this programme the C12 037 Southern Ballet Company performed the popular Act *=II from the C12 038 *1Nutcracker Ballet Suite *- The Realm of the Sugar Plum Fairy. C12 039 |^*0After seeing this company's performance of the complete C12 040 work back in 1980 I wondered how they were going to do it C12 041 justice on the small stage. ^All things considered the company C12 042 can be proud of its efforts. C12 043 |^Sugar Plum played by Liza Brereton adjusted well, although C12 044 somewhat cramped in her difficult moves with the Nutcracker C12 045 played by David Peake. ^Neither dancer had the room to fully C12 046 expand their roles. ^Not only was the stage restricting but C12 047 the marquee did not allow for height above the stage. ^An area C12 048 that the romantic ballet needs for its principal dancers. C12 049 |^The Holme Station Arts Festival has a place on this C12 050 region's cultural calendar. ^The organisers are to be C12 051 congratulated for offering a wide variety of cultural C12 052 happenings over the weekend, and for very ambitiously C12 053 presenting the popular Southern Ballet Company. C12 054 |^Ballet is an art form that South Islanders see relatively C12 055 little of. ^It is through the untiring efforts of this company C12 056 that ballet is being offered to everybody. C12 057 |^Please come again and we all trust that the Arts Council C12 058 of New Zealand recognises the place of **[SIC**] your company fulfils C12 059 within the arts in the South Island. *- Robert Aburn. C12 060 * C12 061 |^The presentation of chamber music at an arts festival is C12 062 always a popular event with the public. ^This certainly was C12 063 the case yesterday afternoon at the Holme Station Festival C12 064 Garden party. C12 065 |^Performing to a large and ever overflowing audience was C12 066 the highly-regarded Amici Trio from Christchurch. ^Whilst the C12 067 festival organisers had catered for the different arts, little C12 068 thought had been given to suitably accommodating this talented C12 069 ensemble. C12 070 |^Performers of chamber music require a great degree of C12 071 concentration in order for their individual parts to blend and C12 072 sound as one. ^The Homestead's vast hall of opened rooms was C12 073 in no way sympathetic to this genre of music. ^Constant C12 074 background noise from outside seriously marred the C12 075 performances. C12 076 |^John Pattinson *- piano, Judy Pattinson *- cello, and C12 077 Lambert Scott *- violin, are all outstanding and highly C12 078 respected musicians in their own right, but in yesterday's C12 079 performance they had to work exceptionally hard to communicate C12 080 with their audience. C12 081 |^The opening Haydn *1Trio in E Flat {0H.B.} *=XV10, C12 082 *0contains many fine examples of the decorative classical C12 083 style. ^Throughout the work's two movements, little could be C12 084 heard of the intricate dialogues that one associates with this C12 085 composer. ^The required articulate flowing runs that dominate C12 086 the textures turned to *"blobs**" of sound, and even the rather C12 087 simple delicate melodic motives were often very C12 088 unsympathetically presented. C12 089 |^Mendelssohn's popular *1Trio in D minor Opus 49 *0was the C12 090 other work of the Amici's programme. ^In retrospect this C12 091 proved to be far too ambitious for the festival. ^Constant C12 092 interruptions from noises outside spoilt the concentration of C12 093 the trio on numerous occasions which resulted in a very poor C12 094 rendering of the work. C12 095 |^Chamber music is the highest of all the musical genres, C12 096 and needs an environment conducive to good performance. C12 097 ^Festival patrons had not paid for second class entertainment, C12 098 and the Amici Trio themselves uphold very high academic and C12 099 musical standards. ^If ensembles of this calibre are to be C12 100 invited again, the festival organisers need to find a new C12 101 venue. *- Robert Aburn. C12 102 *<*4Review*> C12 103 *<*5The Residents, *4at the Galaxy, Saturday night.*> C12 104 |^*0Concert-goers had the chance to sample some creme-de-la-creme C12 105 of loony cult hero music at the Galaxy on Saturday night. C12 106 |^The act, the Residents, San Francisco-based unit who C12 107 presented something of a two-hour visual and music C12 108 extravaganza. ^The band, which surprisingly seems to comprise C12 109 of two male members who supply synthesised keyboard effects and C12 110 vocals and what looked like two female members, who provided an C12 111 entertaining and visual front for the group with a series of C12 112 tightly constructed choreographed dances. C12 113 |^After a long wait and the screening of several videos from C12 114 the band's past selection, the Residents finally arrived on C12 115 stage, decked out in white suits and large eyeball-masks. C12 116 ^This was the only time the audience of around 1000 gave any C12 117 sort of vocal approval. C12 118 |^For the rest of the evening the crowd was either glued to C12 119 the floor, mesmerised by the group, or slumped against the C12 120 walls in a decidedly *"spun out**" situation, after initially C12 121 yelling and screaming. C12 122 |^Lighting was simple, with some guy sitting on the floor of C12 123 the stage spinning a couple of yellow lights around. ^The C12 124 musical highlight of the evening was *1It's a Man's Man's Man's C12 125 World, *0while the other notable number was a bizarre rendition C12 126 of Elvis Presley's *1Jail House Rock. C12 127 |^*0Guitarist Snakefinger proved to be the real tour de C12 128 force of the night, manipulating his guitar to make some C12 129 incredible sounds and making the Residents half-pie musically C12 130 credible. C12 131 |^Overall the group was entertaining. C12 132 *- *3PAUL ELLIS C12 133 *<*4Art fair goes big*> C12 134 |^*6W*2HEN *0New Zealand's first national art fair, Artex '86, C12 135 opens at Princess Wharf this week it will be the biggest C12 136 display of art assembled under one roof in this country. C12 137 |^It features 25 exhibitors and more than 2000 paintings and C12 138 prints. ^Other exhibits include ceramics, sculpture and C12 139 photography. ^Works sold will be progressively replaced to C12 140 ensure a continuing display. ^There will also be C12 141 demonstrations of painting, lectures and a competition to C12 142 design a poster for next year's fair. C12 143 |^The show's initiator is Auckland businessman Warwick C12 144 Henderson (33), who owns a major collection of New Zealand fine C12 145 arts collected over the past 17 years. C12 146 |^The fair will be opened tomorrow by Arts Minister Peter C12 147 Tapsell, and will be open to the public from Wednesday to C12 148 Sunday. C12 149 |^An Artex exhibitor for business people to look out for is C12 150 Joy Tongue, who a year ago opened the first Auckland gallery C12 151 (Studio 26) specialising in corporate art for commercial C12 152 offices. C12 153 |^Tongue, a London-trained interior designer, saw the need C12 154 for a gallery concerned completely with supplying and promoting C12 155 art for the commercial environment. C12 156 |^Tongue has been dealing in contemporary limited edition C12 157 prints for five years, and now buys from England, France, C12 158 America, Germany, Australia and New Zealand. C12 159 |^From New Zealand she is trying to promote more unusual art C12 160 in texture, collage and sculpture, and says this is a C12 161 particularly exciting time to expose artists to the public C12 162 within the environment of new, tastefully decorated offices. C12 163 |^New Zealand artists represented at Studio 26 include Terry C12 164 Stringer, Peter Featherstone, Carol Shepherd, Ann St Cartmail, C12 165 Margaret Dolezel and Suzanne Herschell. C12 166 |^At Artex '86, Studio 26 is exhibiting prints from England, C12 167 America, France and Russia. C12 168 *<*4Eating out with Anne Fenwick*> C12 169 *<*1Ethnic change brings no Greek festival...*> C12 170 |^*6C*2HANGING *0styles may be constant at the hairdresser's, C12 171 but one thing remains consistent *- the flow of news. ^And C12 172 rather as in a local pub, topical talk is particularly C12 173 noticeable at suburban salons. C12 174 |^From basin to blow-drier much information can be gleaned, C12 175 ranging from tremendous to trivial. ^Neighbourhood watch, C12 176 warfare and woes, as well as all the other extras like sex, C12 177 religion and politics, were discussed during my last haircut. C12 178 |^But my ears particularly pricked when I heard mention of a C12 179 newly-opened Grey Lynn eatery which, said the hairdresser, was C12 180 being advertised as *"the only Greek restaurant in town**". C12 181 ^She even had the phone number. C12 182 |^Knowing that my friend The Foodie has fond memories of C12 183 Greece, I later invited her to accompany me last week, leaving C12 184 her to make a mutually convenient booking. C12 185 |^She was driving, and as we had much to talk about I did C12 186 not take much notice of my surroundings until we pulled up in C12 187 Richmond \0Rd. ^A sense of deja vu enveloped me. C12 188 |^*6W*2AS *0this not the exact site, I asked, of a place which C12 189 once called itself the only Persian restaurant in town? ^The C12 190 food, I reminded her, had been disappointing. ^Were we about C12 191 to suffer in the hands of the same owner who had conveniently C12 192 undergone an ethnic change? C12 193 |^Gesturing to the exterior decoration of the fluted Doric C12 194 columns of the ancient Greek temple dedicated to the goddess C12 195 Athena, my friend told me to relax. C12 196 |^Yes, she assured me, we were definitely at a Greek C12 197 restaurant. ^And while it may once have been Persian, with the C12 198 change in name and cuisine came a new owner. ^She had been C12 199 told this while making the booking. C12 200 |^Certainly, while the basic interior features, like the C12 201 canopied ceiling and narrow, circular staircase to the upstairs C12 202 dining area, remained, the Persian influence had been replaced C12 203 with a Greek theme evident in decoration and menu. C12 204 |^What initially pleased us about the menu was, as starters, C12 205 a list of \mezethes or \mezethaki. ^\Meze can be very simple, C12 206 perhaps even a small serving of whatever is being cooked in the C12 207 large kitchen pot as the main meal of the day. C12 208 |^It can be pieces of fish, slices of vegetable, olives, C12 209 pickles, bread, cheese and spinach pie, lamb's brains or C12 210 livers. ^\Dolmathes (stuffed vine leaves) and \taramosalata C12 211 (fish roe puree) are also common features, and this food, in C12 212 small portions, is always served with drinks. C12 213 |^This evening, as well as \taramosalata and \dolmathakia, C12 214 the \meze included chicken livers, lamb brains, a small pie of C12 215 spinach, fetta and cottage cheese, squid, and prawns baked in C12 216 wine, herbs and fetta cheese. ^These dishes could be served as C12 217 separate items, priced from *+$4.95 to *+$6.95, or they were C12 218 available as a selection costing *+$8.50. ^We each decided on C12 219 such a platter. C12 220 |^This arrived promptly and we thought they were reasonable C12 221 and combined well with our {0BYO} wine, both agreeing how C12 222 sensible the Greeks are always to combine food with their C12 223 retsina or ouzo. C12 224 |^The Foodie told tales of how the best Greek food is to be C12 225 found in private houses rather than restaurants or tavernas. C12 226 ^Perhaps we lingered too long over our \meze and conversation, C12 227 because our anxious waitress wanted to clear our plates, saying C12 228 our main dishes were ready. C12 229 |^We were a little surprised to be hurried, but we applauded C12 230 the concern for timing and accordingly looked forward to food C12 231 cooked with care. ^My main, costing *+$16.90, was {0psari C12 232 plaki} *- fish baked in the oven with onions, parsley and C12 233 tomatoes. C12 234 |^As Greece is almost surrounded by the sea, fish is C12 235 understandably a major source of diet. ^Grilling, barbecuing C12 236 and baking are among the most common Greek cooking methods. C12 237 ^Those who have lived close to the Mediterranean tell C12 238 mouth-watering tales of fresh fish basted with olive oil and lemon, C12 239 seasoned with oregano and thyme, and then baked to perfection. C12 240 |^Perfection was not a word I would have used this evening C12 241 for my whole snapper. ^It was sadly overbaked, the succulence C12 242 lost forever from its flesh. ^Its flavour, too, was C12 243 disappointing. C12 244 *# C13 001 **[084 TEXT C13**] C13 002 *<*6BOOKS*> C13 003 *<*4Fascinating account *- and the best*> C13 004 *<*6DEATH OF THE RAINBOW WARRIOR C13 005 *4By Michael King C13 006 *0Published by Penguin, *+$16.99*> C13 007 |^*0King and his publishers are about mid-field in the flood C13 008 of books on the sinking of the Rainbow Warrior, but they still C13 009 managed to score a literary coup. ^The impending release of C13 010 Mafart and Prieur from their New Zealand prisons and the C13 011 anniversary of the terrorist attack rekindled public interest, C13 012 and it coincided with the release of this book. C13 013 |^At last count there were still four books to be published C13 014 and the task of the authors to have a saleable commodity is C13 015 becoming more difficult. ^Short of the French secret service C13 016 producing the definitive account, there is probably nothing C13 017 left that is plausible to tell about the affair. C13 018 |^King, more noted as an author on Maori matters but shown C13 019 in this book to be a skilled investigative writer, received a C13 020 good deal of co-operation from the police. ^The access to the C13 021 files on the interviews with Mafart and Prieur, while not C13 022 coming directly from the police, help give the book authority. C13 023 ^And it is obvious that the tracing of the movements of the C13 024 various French agents squares with what the police were able to C13 025 establish. C13 026 |^It is a fascinating account, naming more names, blending C13 027 the history of French nuclear testing, the protests of C13 028 Greenpeace and the events leading up to the bombing. ^But in C13 029 spite of the claim that King has produced the full inside C13 030 story, it is clear that the full story will never be told C13 031 unless the {0DGSE} comes out from hiding. C13 032 |^King traces the moves of Mafart and Prieur, the Ouvea crew C13 033 and the leaders of the operation. ^And he names a third team C13 034 of agents in New Zealand at the time of the bombing, and who, C13 035 he says, carried out the sabotage. ^But there are gaps in the C13 036 account, particularly with the movements of the third team and C13 037 their meetings with the *"Turenges**" and the Ouvea crew. ^It C13 038 forces the author to make many assumptions, although they are C13 039 certainly plausible and probably align with what the police C13 040 investigations unravelled. C13 041 |^South Canterbury also has a connection with the bombers C13 042 according to King. ^He says that following the 10 July C13 043 sinking, Jacques Camurier and Alain Tonel *- the third team *- C13 044 made their way to the South Island for rest and recreation and C13 045 to lie low. ^On 18 July they arrived at \0Mt Cook, staying in C13 046 the youth hostel, and spent a lot of time skiing. ^They posed C13 047 as Tahitian physical education instructors and stayed in the C13 048 park until 23 July when they returned to Auckland and left the C13 049 country. C13 050 |^The book is also beneficial in the wake of the actions of C13 051 the French and New Zealand Governments in repeating what the C13 052 politicians said in the period following the bombing. C13 053 ^Clearly, New Zealand has been treated as a minnow on the world C13 054 stage and the Government was forced to do an about-turn on the C13 055 imprisonment of Mafart and Prieur. ^And what of the French C13 056 Government's promise *- *"those responsible will be brought to C13 057 justice**"? C13 058 |^King also criticises the role of the United States and C13 059 British administrations, particularly in the lack of assistance C13 060 given the New Zealand investigation. ^The United States could C13 061 have traced the movements of the Ouvea after it left New C13 062 Zealand, but declined, apparently as a result of the ban on C13 063 nuclear ships. ^Britain was also apparently slow to respond to C13 064 calls for assistance, and both the Thatcher and Reagan C13 065 administrations denied the Rainbow Warrior was sunk by C13 066 state-sponsored terrorism. C13 067 |^*1Death of the Rainbow Warrior *0is the best of the books C13 068 on the affair so far released. ^Interestingly, it is not C13 069 illustrated, but it is not a flaw given the weight of C13 070 photographs seen in the last year. *- {0D.H.W.} C13 071 *<*5Sure sounds like fun*> C13 072 |^*6S*2EVENTEEN-*0year-old high school pupil Ferris Bueller is C13 073 a master in the art of adult manipulation, as will be seen in C13 074 the State Theatre's opening holiday attraction. C13 075 |^*1Ferris Bueller's Day Off, *0which starts on Friday, C13 076 chronicles the events on the day the student capitulates to an C13 077 overwhelming urge to cut school and head for downtown Chicago C13 078 with his girlfriend Sloane and best friend Cameron. C13 079 |^Ferris, who knows the value of a day off, wants to see the C13 080 sights, experience a day of freedom, and show that with a C13 081 little ingenuity, a bit of courage and a red Ferrari, life at C13 082 17 can be a joy. C13 083 |^In order to accomplish this, Ferris sets into motion a C13 084 wildly audacious, well-calculated and nearly flawless plan. C13 085 |^He convinces his parents that their beloved son is ill, C13 086 and the student body that he is desperately in need of a kidney C13 087 operation; the dean of students that Sloane's grandmother has C13 088 died, in order to spring her from school, and Cameron that they C13 089 must use his friend's father's classic 1961 Ferrari to tool C13 090 around town. C13 091 |^During their whirlwind tour of the big city, however, C13 092 counter forces are at work to ruin Ferris' day *- his younger C13 093 sister and the dean of students are out to expose him. C13 094 |^*1Ferris Bueller's Day Off *0has been written and directed C13 095 by John Hughes who has touched on important issues of teen C13 096 reality in such films as *1Sixteen Candles, The Breakfast Club C13 097 *0and *1Pretty In Pink. C13 098 |^*0Hughes describes his latest production as being the C13 099 other side of *1The Breakfast Club *0as it examines the C13 100 considerable joys and advantages of being young. C13 101 |^*"At this point in your life, anything is possible. ^You C13 102 have a great deal of freedom and relatively few C13 103 responsibilities and commitments. ^I've always dealt with C13 104 characters who had problems and this time around, I wanted to C13 105 create a character who could handle everyone and everything,**" C13 106 Hughes said. C13 107 |^*"Although *1Ferris Bueller's Day Off *0deals with high C13 108 school, there's a lesson here for people of all ages. C13 109 ^Everyone needs to take a day off once in a while. ^Whether C13 110 you're 55 or 5, we all need to break our routine and take a C13 111 look around us. ^We're so driven by our desires to get more, C13 112 do more, that we forget to look at what we really have. ^If we C13 113 could stop the pursuit for just a moment, we might realise that C13 114 what we have isn't all that bad.**" C13 115 |^The emphasis on **[SIC**] Hughes' films is character. ^He is C13 116 capable of taking simple, everyday situations *- a family C13 117 forgets a young woman's 16th birthday (*1Sixteen Candles), C13 118 *0five students spend a day in a Saturday detention (*1The C13 119 Breakfast Club), *0a girl from the wrong side of the tracks C13 120 falls in love with a boy from the right side (*1Pretty in Pink) C13 121 *- *0and investing them with a sense of magic, truth and C13 122 realism. C13 123 |^*"It's not the events that are important,**" notes Hughes. C13 124 ^*"It's the characters going through the event. ^Therefore, I C13 125 have to make them as full and real as I can. ^I regard my C13 126 characters not as the actors performing the roles but as the C13 127 characters themselves. ^It's hard for me to cut the length of C13 128 my films because the characters are so real to me. C13 129 |^*"Ferris is charming, extremely clever and intelligent. C13 130 ^He reads people well and anticipates situations. ^He has a C13 131 strong sense of morality and responsibility that keep him from C13 132 being a con man.**" C13 133 |^The title role is played by the talented Matthew Broderick C13 134 *- the son of the late actor James Broderick (*1Five Easy C13 135 Pieces, Dog Day Afternoon) *0and the father in the television C13 136 series *1Family *0and artist Patricia Broderick, who has also C13 137 been a playwright and stage director. C13 138 |^He is most remembered in New Zealand for playing the C13 139 computer whiz who inadvertently brings the world to the brink C13 140 of nuclear war in *1War Games. C13 141 *<*4Costa Botes *2LOOKING AT FILMS*> C13 142 *<*4For strong stomachs only*> C13 143 |^*6FLESH AND BLOOD (*0Embassy, \0R16), valiantly takes on some C13 144 heavyweight themes, but never quite manages to reach any C13 145 worthwhile conclusions. ^Perhaps the overwhelming impression C13 146 of stench and putridity that the film exudes is its most C13 147 coherent aspect. ^You'll need a strong stomach for this one. C13 148 |^Dutch director Paul Verhoeven is better known for smaller C13 149 scale pictures such as Turkish Delight and The Fourth Man. C13 150 ^The latter was shown recently at the Wellington Film Festival. C13 151 ^No matter the scale of his films, subtlety is not one of C13 152 Verhoeven's strong points. ^With the wider canvas at his C13 153 command in Flesh and Blood, a big budget international C13 154 co-production, it is no wonder that he strives more for excess C13 155 than finesse. C13 156 |^The intention behind this film seems to have been to C13 157 deliberately soil every romantic myth of knightly chivalry and C13 158 courtly love that has characterised the medieval genre from C13 159 King Arthur to Ivanhoe. C13 160 |^Verhoeven's Middle Ages are violent and disease ridden, C13 161 filled with cynical manipulators. ^Conscience and virtue take C13 162 a definite back seat to greed and vice in this loveless time. C13 163 |^Still, that's probably a valid enough historical view. C13 164 ^And there is a lot of humour there among the blood, sweat, and C13 165 plague sores, even if not all of it is intentional. C13 166 |^Tom Burlinson's acting as Steven, a love-struck C13 167 princeling, is so atrocious that he's frequently good for a C13 168 chuckle. ^Fellow Ocker, Jack Thompson, looks equally C13 169 uncomfortable in his armoured codpiece, though he generally C13 170 gives a far better account of himself than young Burlinson. C13 171 |^Only Rutger Hauer, as the charismatic opportunist Martin, C13 172 emerges with any real distinction from this mess, though C13 173 Jennifer Jason Leigh, as the ostensible love interest Agnes, C13 174 fares better and better as the film goes along. C13 175 |^Leigh is a real live-wire, playing the sweet innocent and C13 176 wanton harlot as the occasion demands. ^She recognises that C13 177 neither of the two rivals for her affections see her as C13 178 anything more than an accessory to their prides, so she goads C13 179 and cajoles each of them equally, looking out to be on the C13 180 winning side. ^Though she professes true love, survival is C13 181 uppermost in her mind. C13 182 |^Verhoeven has consciously crafted mythic archetypes in the C13 183 characters of Martin and Steven; the former a violent and C13 184 superstitious man, fully in tune with his times, the latter C13 185 more introspective and rational, looking ahead to the C13 186 Renaissance and the age of enlightenment. C13 187 |^Flesh and Blood poses these two as irreconcilable but C13 188 balanced forces. ^First one, then the other gets the upper C13 189 hand, but neither of them can ever truly win. ^It's a vision C13 190 conveyed with great style and gusto, but the film as a whole is C13 191 severely marred by the lack of even one sympathetic character. C13 192 |^*4Edith's Diary (*0Penthouse, \0R13) is adapted from a C13 193 novel by Patricia Highsmith, but it steers clear of her usual C13 194 preoccupation with the criminal mind, delving instead into the C13 195 life of a woman under intense psychological siege. C13 196 |^Edith (Angele Winkler) ought to be the envy of her peers. C13 197 ^She has a loving husband, a wonderful home and a fulfilling C13 198 intellectual life as the editor of a leftist journal. C13 199 |^But there are widening cracks in Edith's world. ^Her son, C13 200 Chris, is a monstrous layabout, her husband brings his mistress C13 201 home and announces that he wants a divorce, and worse still, C13 202 Edith is left to care for a bed-ridden and demanding old uncle. C13 203 |^Edith gradually retreats into a fantasy world that becomes C13 204 more and more real to her as the real world gets ever more C13 205 unbearable. C13 206 |^Director Hans Geissendorfer has delivered a real domestic C13 207 horror story here; even more of a nightmare than any number of C13 208 monster movies. ^The monsters here are human and it's their C13 209 reality which makes them so frightening. C13 210 |^If Edith's state of mind can be called insanity, then the C13 211 film suggests that insanity is a sensible form of C13 212 self-protection. ^A vital aspect of its subject that the film fails C13 213 to grasp, however, is the role of social expectations or sexual C13 214 stereotyping in producing Edith's condition. C13 215 |^Her fantasies are of the most conventional kind. ^Edith C13 216 dreams of son Chris as a prodigal, **[SIC**] married, with C13 217 a good job and two kids. ^Why should the lack of these things C13 218 make a capable, intelligent woman go nuts? C13 219 |^Despite her political sophistication, despite feminism, is C13 220 Edith still a victim of patriarchal social conditioning? ^Why C13 221 can't she make it on her own? ^Has she always been a little C13 222 bit crazy? C13 223 |^These questions are only suggested by the film, never C13 224 answered. ^Perhaps just bringing them up is enough, but for me C13 225 that only adds up to an unsatisfying feeling that the issues C13 226 haven't been thought through. C13 227 |^Winkler gives an excellent nervy performance, full of C13 228 bottled up emotion. ^Leopold von Verschuer chills the blood as C13 229 the sinister and badly maladjusted Chris. C13 230 |^Edith's Diary is a strong film, with some audacious set C13 231 pieces to recommend it. ^As a whole, the film suffers only a C13 232 little from a moribund and self-consciously arty style. ^As a C13 233 juicy family melodrama, it's better than a hundred reruns of C13 234 Dallasty. C13 235 *# C14 001 **[085 TEXT C14**] C14 002 *<*4The wedding filled our week*> * C14 004 |^*0For one long dreadful moment on Wednesday night it C14 005 seemed as though our television coverage of the Royal wedding C14 006 would be described in the nasal tones of Australian C14 007 commentators. C14 008 |^As much as the Australians are capable of some high C14 009 quality television (if we can forget *1Return To Eden) *0they C14 010 haven't exactly blazed a trail in the type of low-key C14 011 descriptive work needed for Royal pageants. ^Yet there was C14 012 Channel 10 commentator, Katrina Lee, opening the wedding C14 013 coverage on Network One, knowing that most of Australia and New C14 014 Zealand would be huddled around the set desperately seeking a C14 015 cheerful respite from the Commonwealth Games fiasco happening C14 016 elsewhere in Britain. C14 017 |^You, like me, were probably expecting the dulcet tones of C14 018 British commentators. ^It's something we've come to expect and C14 019 \0Ms Lee's intrusion was doubly awful for the Royal gaffe she C14 020 performed within the first minutes of the marathon broadcast. C14 021 ^Referring to the fact that Prince Andrew had just been made C14 022 Duke of York, this charming lady from the colonies breezily C14 023 informed us that the last person to hold the title was *"the C14 024 Queen Mother's husband**". C14 025 |^In case you've forgotten his name (as \0Ms Lee obviously C14 026 did) it was King George *=VI! ^Royalty fans would have cringed C14 027 at that omission. ^But worse was to come. ^On this day when C14 028 happiness and sugar were the rule, we were taken to the sewers C14 029 of London for a news piece about the search for bombs, rockets, C14 030 missiles and Libyan extremists. ^Was the live coverage of the C14 031 event the place to drop in the big question-mark about C14 032 assassination attempts? C14 033 |^It may be news, but there's a certain chemistry between C14 034 television viewer and Royal wedding event. ^It's this: ^The C14 035 viewer doesn't want to know anything unsavoury or dirty about C14 036 what is in effect a vast, colourful fairy story. C14 037 |^Every night our screens are filled with images of death, C14 038 terror, starvation and misery. ^Even the beloved Commonwealth C14 039 Games are in danger of destruction with a never-ending boycott C14 040 from nations angry at Britain's refusal to impose economic C14 041 sanctions against South Africa. ^There's the constant rumour C14 042 of a constitutional crisis in Britain with the Queen and \0Mrs C14 043 Thatcher deeply divided on the sanctions issue and the likely C14 044 impact on the future of the Commonwealth. ^But in the middle C14 045 of it all comes something we can all relate to, something we C14 046 know will have a happy ending, where everyone smiles. ^Safe. C14 047 |^That, and the spectacular pageantry and ceremonial that C14 048 only the British can do well, ensured the Royal wedding of C14 049 Prince Andrew and Sarah Ferguson would be the television event C14 050 of the year. ^Live coverage of such events is something that C14 051 television is uniquely placed to do well, a point explored in C14 052 recent episodes of the *1Television *0series currently C14 053 screening here. C14 054 |^An array of something like 40 television cameras was C14 055 dotted along the route between Buckingham Palace and inside C14 056 Westminster Abbey. ^They meant that viewers in Timaru had a C14 057 better and closer view of the total proceedings as they C14 058 happened than even the bride and groom *- television was that C14 059 effective. C14 060 |^It was a spectacle made for the colour television set. C14 061 ^Something that was real and spectacular with delightful cameo C14 062 views, such as Prince William who everyone expected to run amok C14 063 in the abbey and who provided the only *"cliff-hanger**" drama C14 064 of the night. C14 065 |^Whether you are a Royalty watcher or not there was no C14 066 denying that coverage of the wedding was a brilliant visual C14 067 achievement *- even to some vertigo producing scenes shot from C14 068 the rafters of the abbey during the ceremony. ^And, most C14 069 happily, when the actual processions from the palace began we C14 070 viewers were mercifully cut over to the restrained and cultured C14 071 commentary of David Dimbleby, a British commentator who has C14 072 inherited a task made famous by his late father, Richard C14 073 Dimbleby. C14 074 |^Of course, commercial considerations intruded on the flow C14 075 of the coverage, and constant advertisement breaks might have C14 076 annoyed some viewers, but at least the actual wedding ceremony C14 077 was screened intact. C14 078 |^There's no denying that the Royal Family is a sure-fire C14 079 television ratings winner, and Wednesday night's live coverage C14 080 will ensure that the best known family in the world maintains C14 081 its degree of public popularity. C14 082 |^It was interesting to return to New Zealand in time for C14 083 the Royal wedding after spending a week in a country that has C14 084 no television system at all *- but which still sees our C14 085 favourite programmes. C14 086 |^An assignment in the Cook Islands afforded an opportunity C14 087 to see how the local population amuses itself without the C14 088 visual drug of television. ^It produced some interesting C14 089 results. ^Video is very popular in the Cooks. ^One remote C14 090 island, sparsely inhabited, has no town to speak of, but the C14 091 island has 90 video recorders and is right up to date with New C14 092 Zealand television programmes. C14 093 |^Television New Zealand is currently negotiating with the C14 094 Cook Islands government to begin a transmission service to the C14 095 islands and {0TVNZ} representatives visiting the country were C14 096 amused (I think) to encounter numerous pirated {0TVNZ} tapes C14 097 for hire and sale in local shops. C14 098 |^Recent episodes of *1Magnum {0PI}, Hawaii Five-O *- *0even C14 099 *1Eyewitness News *0programmes *- were available at *+$20 a C14 100 tape (to buy) or *+$1 or so to hire. C14 101 |^It's a sobering thought to know that television's C14 102 influence can still be felt without the presence of a C14 103 transmission station and the people's readiness to accept the C14 104 idea of nightly entertainment packages is evidenced by the fact C14 105 that there are already more video recorders than cars on C14 106 Rarotonga. C14 107 |^Back at home we viewers are rearranging the armour plating C14 108 between us and the set as {0TVNZ} prepares to fire another C14 109 broadside at us, usually known as their new season. C14 110 |^Early August is the crunch time, and while the old season C14 111 has had its share of quality programmes, there's also been much C14 112 that was abysmal and deserved the junk pile. ^Television New C14 113 Zealand must take much of the blame for this in so much as it C14 114 hypes everything, promising us the earth and delivering a C14 115 lesser product. C14 116 |^Snappy logos saying ^*"It's all happening!**" are all very C14 117 well, but plainly all that is happening is the return of some C14 118 old favourites, retreads on some tired shows due for a repeat, C14 119 and the usual crop of unfunny American situation comedies. C14 120 ^Far better just to say that a new lineup of shows begins soon C14 121 and let the viewers judge whether the event's one to shout from C14 122 the rooftops. C14 123 |^As it is, the between the seasons time signals an early C14 124 evening cutoff on our set, particularly as the Commonwealth C14 125 Games brings its overdose of live sports coverage for any C14 126 insomniacs, owls and cat burglars needing diversion at 4{0am}. C14 127 |^But there is a little beam of sunshine, with Network Two's C14 128 Sunday night feature films which are real films and not the C14 129 plastic made-for-\0TV junk so often foisted on us. C14 130 |^*1Close Encounters Of The Third Kind *0and *1Phar Lap *0in C14 131 recent weeks, *1On Golden Pond *0tomorrow night, and *1Star C14 132 Trek *=II: The Wrath of Khan *0next Sunday. ^Think of it: C14 133 ^Feature movies that screen without any advertising C14 134 interruptions. ^If that's any indicator of the new season, C14 135 I'll buy that. C14 136 *<*6DISCUSSION*> *<*1Record reviews*> C14 137 *<*4Aussie Crawl's Final Wave*> C14 138 * C14 139 |^*0Live bands can become known or disowned on the quality C14 140 of their concert sounds. ^Some groups survive on the quality C14 141 of their concert material alone, others could not ever possibly C14 142 make it to the stage. C14 143 |^Australian Crawl put out a good live album a few years C14 144 back. ^It was okay. ^Went by the name of *"Phalanx**", C14 145 sported a great cover and was recorded at the Bombay Rock in C14 146 Surfers Paradise. ^It contained some of their best material C14 147 and when played loud it sounded good. C14 148 *<*4Not bad*> C14 149 |^*0Then they put out *"Between a Rock and a Hard Place**". C14 150 ^Not bad. ^Nowhere near the style of their earlier work, but C14 151 who can nag if a band decides to do something a little C14 152 different. C14 153 |^Ask anyone to name some Crawl songs off the band's first C14 154 three albums and they will hit back with a fistful. ^Ask them C14 155 about the *"Hard Place**" album and they will give a palms-up C14 156 gesture. C14 157 |^Now we have the aptly titled *"Final Wave**" album. ^It C14 158 marks the band's last concert. ^Australian Crawl is no C14 159 more. C14 160 |^I guess they could not do much else for a coda than put C14 161 out another live album. ^Had they gone into the studio and C14 162 managed to pen another batch of decent songs that might have C14 163 prompted them to stay together. C14 164 |^So what does *"Final Wave**" have to offer? ^Firstly it C14 165 has all the favourites. ^Just like Crawlfile and Phalanx. C14 166 |^There is *"Louie Louie**", *"Boys Light Up**", C14 167 *"Downhearted**", *"Reckless and White Limbo**". ^It covers C14 168 all of their six earlier albums from *"Sons of Beaches**" right C14 169 through to *"Phalanx**". C14 170 *<*4No point?*> C14 171 |^*0Anyone who already has the live *"Phalanx**" album might C14 172 not see much point in buying *"Final Wave**". ^After all, C14 173 eight of *"Phalanx's**" 10 tracks are on it, but the latter C14 174 does have 14 tracks and nearly 50 minutes of music. C14 175 |^Yet at the same time anyone who relished *"Phalanx**" C14 176 should also be satisfied with this album. ^Maybe there is some C14 177 prestige in owning Crawl's last live album, but if I was going C14 178 to pick an album to remember Australian Crawl by, I would go C14 179 for *"Crawlfile**". ^Sure, it was a studio version, but it too C14 180 had their best songs and it wrapped up their sound nicely. C14 181 *<*4Fast beat*> C14 182 |^*"*0Final Wave**" has a fast beat to it. ^Most of the C14 183 songs are played hard and the best way to listen to them would C14 184 be in a valley beneath a mountain of speakers. ^Much like C14 185 reproducing a concert really. C14 186 |^The beginning of *"Downhearted**" is very Pink Floyd. ^No C14 187 loss there, and apart from band members besides Reyne not doing C14 188 any solos until *"Louie Louie**" (the last), this album is not C14 189 that bad. C14 190 |^Nice album cover too. *- Gavin Haycock. C14 191 *<*4Brenda Tennent looks at art*> C14 192 * C14 193 |^If you are venturing out of Rotorua in the next few weeks C14 194 to Hamilton, the Centre Gallery offers a retreat from the city C14 195 bustle for some undisturbed art viewing. C14 196 |^*0The gallery was opened in 1982 in what used to be the C14 197 old Hamilton Hotel and is part of a major project of the C14 198 charitable body, the Chartwell Trust. C14 199 *<*4Four areas*> C14 200 |^*0The renovated building has become an art centre that C14 201 offers art of national and international importance to people C14 202 in the region. C14 203 |^The gallery has four exhibition areas beginning with a C14 204 window gallery facing on to the main street, and finishing with C14 205 the main gallery downstairs, which looks out on to the Waikato C14 206 River. C14 207 |^It has managed to retain its old world charm while still C14 208 functioning as an ideal environment for major contemporary art C14 209 works. C14 210 |^The gallery has had an impressive list of exhibiting C14 211 artists since its opening, including well-known artists such as C14 212 Philip Trusttum, Rick Killeen, Ralph Hotere, Robert Ellis and C14 213 Pat Hanley. ^An exhibition of particular significance earlier C14 214 this year was Haongia Te Taonga, or Our Gifts Together *- a C14 215 gathering of paintings and sculptures of five contemporary C14 216 Maori artists. C14 217 *<*4Change*> C14 218 |^*0The exhibition awakens its viewers to recent C14 219 developments and the constant state of change evident in C14 220 contemporary Maori art. C14 221 |^Yet another major exhibition showing until October 31 C14 222 consists of 19 works by Max Gimblett. C14 223 |^Gimblett is a New Zealander who lives and paints in New C14 224 York and exhibits successfully in Auckland and the United C14 225 States. C14 226 |^The exhibition brings together works held in New Zealand C14 227 collections, including some from the Chartwell collection. C14 228 |^Many used to realist or expressionist painting find C14 229 abstract or minimal art lacking in content and C14 230 non-communicative. C14 231 *<*4Redress*> C14 232 |^*0Max Gimblett could help to redress that notion. C14 233 ^Contemplation is important to understanding the enjoyment of C14 234 Gimblett's meditative images. C14 235 |^He is committed to the ideas of the Eastern philosophy of C14 236 Zen. C14 237 |^This is the motivation or energy behind Gimblett's C14 238 exploration of colour, space, surface, light, and symbolism. C14 239 |^It is the spiritual quality of abstraction that Gimblet C14 240 suggests we consider as we stand before his huge canvases. C14 241 ^Body-size works in many layers of a single colour demand C14 242 contemplation, wonder and response. C14 243 |^Size and scale are important concerns for the artist and C14 244 the viewer alike. ^The smaller, very direct, gestural Sumi ink C14 245 drawings are hung at head height. ^The wrist action of drawing C14 246 seems to correspond more to the action of the mind or the C14 247 intellect. C14 248 |^This contrasts with the much larger scaled paintings on C14 249 canvas. ^The size of these paintings correspond exactly with C14 250 Gimblett's body height, painting-arm outstretched. ^Paintings C14 251 of this scale demand a response of the senses and Gimblett's C14 252 careful measurements reaffirm this. ^This combines with the C14 253 artist's uses of a central space or shape to focus on such as a C14 254 rectangle in the middle of a square or a quadrefoil, to C14 255 encourage a meditative and contemplative response. C14 256 |^Also relevant is the communication of the process of the C14 257 making of the painting. C14 258 |^The brush marks that don't quite reach the top of the C14 259 canvas and the sheen of the paint that reflects the direction C14 260 of brush tell the viewer as much about what the artist's C14 261 concerns are, as the many layers of coloured and textured C14 262 surfaces do. C14 263 |^In a period of popular misunderstanding of the C14 264 abstractionist artist's authenticity and intention Max Gimblett C14 265 is refreshing in his persistent honesty and innovation. C14 266 |^His working process is important *- a union of C14 267 unselfconciousness and pure concentration with his simple love C14 268 of the flow of paint. C14 269 |^Max Gimblett said of his paintings *- *"they aren't to be C14 270 looked at much. ^They are an opening into feeling, touching, C14 271 reverie and reflection.**" C14 272 *# C15 001 **[086 TEXT C15**] C15 002 *<*4Blast from the past*> C15 003 * C15 004 |^H*2ANDS UP *0those who think that *1True Colours *0justified its C15 005 brief existence. ^Right then, if your hand remained, as I suspect, C15 006 firmly clenched in anger and frustration then why not use it to write C15 007 a reasoned, sincere little note to the {0TVNZ} head of entertainment C15 008 or whatever, describing the programme's deficiencies (obvious!) and C15 009 what you see as strengths within New Zealand music that warrant C15 010 exposure. ^It's a public service and you're the public. C15 011 *<*6THE EDGE OF THE WORLD*> C15 012 *<*4The Mekons*> C15 013 *<(Sin, 6 Clifton Mansions, Coldharbour Lane, Brixton, London C15 014 {0SW}98LL)*> C15 015 |^*0This is the third instalment of the Mekons' return to the public C15 016 arena and is very much an extension of the first two, *1Fear and C15 017 Whiskey *0and *1Crime and Punishment *0(12\0in). ^As with those two, C15 018 on first hearing, your reaction is likely to be: ^*"Oh yeah, that C15 019 sounds okay, eh.**" ^But play it a few times and then leave it for a C15 020 while, listen to some other recent stuff and come back to it and I bet C15 021 your response will be far warmer. ^It has a humanity and a concern C15 022 with the small aggravations of terrestrial life that cannot help but C15 023 raise a quiet smile. C15 024 |^The subject matter of these 13 gracefully shambling songs C15 025 includes: the Mekons themselves, *"Ugly Band**"; life in a big town C15 026 with the use of alcohol and relationships as a way to survive, C15 027 *"Oblivion**", *"The Letter**" and several others; and the sad state C15 028 in which large corporate holdings like the {0US} and {0UK} find C15 029 themselves. C15 030 |^So it *1should *0be a depressing record *- but the guitars, C15 031 violins, drums, accordions and voices are full of life and hope and C15 032 everyone in the band is grinning up at \2ya from the inner sleeve. C15 033 ^Despair comes from *1not *0realising what is wrong. C15 034 |^At least attempt to listen to *"Oblivion**" sung by Sally Timms. C15 035 ^Better songs do not often appear. C15 036 *<*6HOLDING THE GRENADE TOO LONG*> C15 037 *<*4The Outnumbered*> C15 038 *<(Homestead, Dutch East India Trading, Box 570, Rockville Centre C15 039 {0NY} 115710570)*> C15 040 |^*0Another small-time {0US} guitar band. ^They are by no means great. C15 041 ^But they are good and they deserve to be noticed outside their C15 042 homebase of Champaign, Illinois. ^They're basically doing what our C15 043 local guitar-based bands achieve *- playing C15 044 **[PLATE**] C15 045 good songs for themselves and their local audiences and if anyone else C15 046 notices and enjoys them, hey, that's just great. ^There is none of the C15 047 striving for international airplay at all costs attitude that blands C15 048 out and destroys so many of their contemporaries. ^Instead, there is a C15 049 solid faith in their songwriting and their ability to get it across C15 050 with the minimum of studio hype. C15 051 |^They have two main songwriters, Jon Ginoli who starts each side C15 052 with a sort of Hu"sker Du" blast then eases back to the more C15 053 60s-derived feel of most of his material, and Paul Budin who supplies C15 054 the best song, *"Away from Here**", which is a kind of 80s Badfinger C15 055 pop. ^Guitarist Tim McKeage also writes and they all sing, so there's C15 056 a pleasing variety of styles and lyrical concerns. C15 057 |^I mainly bring this disk to your attention to alert you to C15 058 another good {0US} label and the knowledge that not all the worthwhile C15 059 music coming out of that huge country is hardcore or {0C & W} derived. C15 060 ^Go on, leap into the exciting world of the import bins... they hold C15 061 their resale value rather better than local stuff too! C15 062 *<*6NOTHING IS REAL/ SESSIONS*> C15 063 *<*4The Beatles*> C15 064 |^*0What? ^The Beatles? ^In this day and age with half of 'em dead or C15 065 might as well be? ^New records? ^{5We-ell}, sort of... ^*1Nothing Is C15 066 Real *0is a *"fan club**" album *"not intended for sale**". ^*1Sessions C15 067 *0is, in fact, the out-takes album that {0EMI} were going to release C15 068 last year but had vetoed by the remaining two or three Beatles. C15 069 |^That they are both available over some local counters may be of C15 070 spurious legality but do *1you *0mind depriving Michael Jackson of a C15 071 few royalty dollars earned by some other millionaires? ^No, neither do C15 072 I. C15 073 |^*1Nothing *0is a gorgeously packaged artefact that has a B side C15 074 that is of slightly better than usual quality, alternate takes of: C15 075 *"I'm Only Sleeping**" (sounds like the one on the official album to C15 076 me); *"Hey Jude**" (a rehearsal of the na-na-na bits); and C15 077 *"Revolution**" (very similar to the single version). C15 078 |^It also has the acoustic version of *"While My Guitar Gently C15 079 Weeps**" which was to be on the double album before Clapton C15 080 electrified the proceedings (a superior quality version is on C15 081 *1Sessions), *0plus *"Not Guilty**", which is a Harrison song that C15 082 didn't make it to the double that also sounds better on *1Sessions, C15 083 *0and *"Christmas Time Is Here Again**" *- a few snatches enlivened C15 084 their '67 Xmas fan club record *- but here, in its full 6:42 length, C15 085 it is all too much. C15 086 |^So not a \2helluva lot there but flip it over and we have an orgy C15 087 for Beatle freaks and anyone interested in how classic songs are C15 088 built. ^\2Yup, it has six *1different *0stages in the construction of C15 089 *"Strawberry Fields Forever**" *- a gold**[ARB**]-mine of aural and C15 090 technical detail. ^First off, George Martin describes how the track C15 091 was put together from two very different takes adjusted to the same C15 092 speed and spliced together. ^Then you hear those tracks, plus three C15 093 stages leading up to this point *1and *0the only full stereo version of C15 094 the song that I've come across. ^Stunning stuff and the quality C15 095 is fine. C15 096 |^*1Sessions *0also is of much higher quality than most boots and C15 097 comes complete with the original {0EMI} artwork. ^Some of these C15 098 actually did get shipped out before the veto, but I doubt that this is C15 099 one. ^Highlights are: *"One After 909**", a bit slower than the *1Let C15 100 It Be *0version of five years in the future but grittier with it; C15 101 *"Leave My Kitten Alone**", a nasty little '64 rocker sung by a C15 102 raw-sounding \0J Lennon; and a great early take of *"I'm Looking C15 103 Through You**" which has a weird loop-like rhythm throughout. C15 104 |^*"What's the New Mary Jane**" is a Lennon oddity from '68's C15 105 double album that, had it been included, would have made that record C15 106 something completely different from the expanse of sounds we are now C15 107 used to. ^It starts like Syd Barrett during a minor breakdown, then C15 108 changes entirely into three or four minutes of quiet, shifting C15 109 electronic soundscape with the song creeping briefly back in near the C15 110 end. ^Strange, schizoid and totally unlike anything you associate with C15 111 the Beatles. C15 112 |^*"Not Guilty**" and *"Guitar Gently Weeps**" are better dubs of C15 113 the *1Nothing *0tracks and the rest are somewhere in the range from C15 114 *"who gives a damn**" to *"oh yeah, that's interesting**". ^A must for C15 115 Beatle fans and a definite maybe for the rest of you. C15 116 |^Next column, a quiet chat with Hu"sker Grant Hart and a rave C15 117 about a five-year-old record that is as good as you get. ^Be seeing C15 118 you. C15 119 *<*4Heaven's above!*> C15 120 * C15 121 *<*6LOST IN THE STARS: THE MUSIC OF KURT WEILL*> C15 122 *<*4Various artists*> C15 123 *<({0A & M})*> C15 124 |^*2LAST YEAR *0an odd album appeared. ^It was a tribute to pianist C15 125 Thelonious Monk. ^*1That's the Way I Feel Now *0may have been the most C15 126 brilliant album of the year but it didn't sell accordingly and was C15 127 misunderstood by many. ^Such a pity. ^At first glance it certainly C15 128 looked a disaster. ^Odd couples, mismatched and strange bedfellows C15 129 were paying tribute to one of the masters of modern jazz. ^Accepted C15 130 jazz artists like Gil Evans, Elvin Jones and Charlie Rouse uneasily C15 131 rubbed shoulders with rockers Peter Frampton and Todd Rundgren in the C15 132 cover lineup. C15 133 |^The project was by producer Hal Willner, whose first ambitious C15 134 project had various people interpreting the work of movie soundtrack C15 135 composer Nino Rota. ^*1Amarcord Nino Rota *0was sadly not available C15 136 here as it was released on a small independent American label, C15 137 Hannibal. C15 138 |^Now we have Willner's third mission, in honour of Kurt Weill, a C15 139 leader in the avant-garde music scene in Berlin in the 1920s before C15 140 moving to America. ^He was responsible in collaboration with Bertolt C15 141 Brecht for *1The Threepenny Opera *0and *1The Seven Deadly Sins *0and C15 142 the classic Broadway scores for *10ne Touch of Venus *0and *1Lost in C15 143 the Stars. C15 144 |^*0Weill's work is an ideal vehicle for experimentation. ^He C15 145 himself blended classical opera, jazz and folk music. ^This allowed C15 146 Willner to seek interpreters from various musical idioms. ^But the C15 147 names chosen still raise eyebrows. ^Sting is plucked from the pop C15 148 world to record *"Mack the Knife**" (using a different translation to C15 149 the Blitzstein one Bobby Darin used). ^Sting, whose last album dipped C15 150 into a jazz vein, does a creditable job. ^So does Richard Butler from C15 151 the group Psychedelic Furs, who contributes vocals to the latest C15 152 version of *"The Alabama Song**". ^In all, 120 musicians involving the C15 153 world of rock, jazz, cabaret, classical, country, the eccentric and C15 154 the esoteric pop up on the tribute. C15 155 |^Of special jazz interest is the contribution by Carla Bley, C15 156 long-time experimenter with such projects as her opera *1Escalator over C15 157 the Hill. ^*0Bley has made an important contribution to the other C15 158 Willner albums. ^This time she conducts her band through *"Lost in the C15 159 Stars**" with soloist Phil Woods. ^Another long-time jazz radical, C15 160 Charlie Haden, performs *"Speak Low**" from *1One Touch of Venus. C15 161 |^*0There are stranger sounds. ^{0R & B} man Aaron Neville, whose C15 162 fine work seems to have bypassed recognition here, gives *"Oh Heavenly C15 163 Salvation**" from *1Mahagonny *0a new sound. ^There's the distinctive C15 164 growl of Tom Waits doing *"What Keeps Mankind Alive?**" from *1The C15 165 Threepenny Opera *0and Marianne Faithfull returns from relative C15 166 obscurity to add C15 167 **[PLATE**] C15 168 her old theatrical touch to *"Ballad of a Soldier's Wife**". ^Among C15 169 all this come artists like Van Dyke Parks and the Armadillo String C15 170 Quartet. C15 171 |^In some strange way it works. ^But it is a challenge for the C15 172 listener as well as for the performer. ^As an admirer of Monk, I C15 173 remember finding myself ignoring the Willner tribute for some weeks C15 174 and then when I plucked up courage to explore it, found myself being C15 175 selective in the choice of tracks. ^I was especially appalled at the C15 176 choice of rock artist Todd Rundgren on synthesisers, keyboards, C15 177 guitars and overdubbed drum machines messing round with a great jazz C15 178 musician's complex work. ^I was also appalled at the choice of Peter C15 179 Frampton, whose rock work I can easily ignore. ^It is worth noting the C15 180 tracks by both these artists are now my favourites on the album *- an C15 181 album where there are so many unusual results, it is difficult not to C15 182 admire them all. C15 183 |^Willner's projects force us to face our prejudices. ^The C15 184 interpretations are serious attempts by serious musicians to explore C15 185 the wide world of music. ^They are not cashing in on fame or appearing C15 186 for some international fund-raising cause. ^They are extending their C15 187 own boundaries and playing with musicians who think and play C15 188 differently to them. ^There is hope listeners will also be extended. C15 189 ^Lou Reed's version of *"The September Song**" is among the tracks C15 190 most easily accepted (even though some jazz listeners may have strong C15 191 prejudices about Reed). ^Will Reed fanatics or the many Sting fans buy C15 192 the album and then discover the worlds of Carla Bley, Charlie Haden, C15 193 string quartets or {0R & B} sounds? ^Hopefully. C15 194 |^But this album may follow that of the Monk tribute and become C15 195 a cult object which disappears fast from record shelves and is never C15 196 seen again. ^No one in authority seems to know what to do with it. C15 197 ^The artists may appear on some radio formats but this is a huge C15 198 gamble for radio stations to challenge listeners with the unorthodox, C15 199 even though it is Lou Reed or String. ^(Karen Hay was one exception C15 200 on her Sunday night show on Auckland's Triple M.) ^Even worse, record C15 201 shops don't know where to put the album. ^Once removed from the *"New C15 202 releases**" bin, where should it go? ^The Monk album ended up in the C15 203 strangest places including under *"Rock compilations**"! C15 204 |^Be bold. ^Try it whatever your musical taste and prejudices. C15 205 ^Then if you like it, hunt out the Monk tribute. ^It too may take time C15 206 to digest but persevere. ^Overseas the Kurt Weill is on {0CD} and C15 207 reportedly has an extra track featuring jazzmen Lester Bowie and Henry C15 208 Treadgill. C15 209 *<*6CLOSER TO THE SOURCE*> C15 210 *<*4Dizzy Gillespie*> C15 211 *<(Atlantic)*> C15 212 |^*0This was recorded in 1984. ^It's not the hot Gillespie of old nor C15 213 is it the best of the sometimes fiery Sonny Fortune, whose alto sax C15 214 work appears in the lineup alongside Branford Marsalis (brother of C15 215 Wynton) and fine keyboardist Kenny Kirkland. C15 216 |^Closer to the source? ^Well, closer to the source of {0CD}s and C15 217 high-quality cassette decks. ^The production is extremely good. ^It's C15 218 mellow jazz with appropriate titles like *"Iced Tea**". ^One Angel C15 219 Rogers leads the vocal chorus on the title track with the distinctive C15 220 wailing harmonica and synthesiser of Stevie Wonder, who makes a guest C15 221 appearance. ^The musicianship is of a high quality, the music pleasant C15 222 and will soon be found, no doubt, at your local trendy restaurant. C15 223 *# C16 001 **[087 TEXT C16**] C16 002 *<*4Scoop!*> * C16 003 *<*0Reviewing the efforts to find a pot of gold at the end of C16 004 the *1Rainbow Warrior. C16 005 *6SINK THE RAINBOW : *4An Enquiry into the *"Greenpeace C16 006 Affair**", by John Dyson (Reed Methuen, *+$14.95). C16 007 *6DEATH OF THE RAINBOW WARRIOR, *4by Michael King (Penguin, C16 008 *+$16.99). C16 009 *6THE RAINBOW WARRIOR COLLECTION, *4edited by Kevin \0B C16 010 Patterson (Ponga Tree Press *+$10.95). C16 011 *6EYES OF FIRE : *4The Last Voyage of the Rainbow C16 012 Warrior, by David Robie (Lindon Publishing, C16 013 *+$19.95). C16 014 *6THE RAINBOW WARRIOR AFFAIR, *4by Richard Shears and Isobel C16 015 Gidley (Allen & Unwin Counterpoint, *+$12.95). C16 016 *6RAINBOW WARRIOR : *4The French Attempt to Sink Greenpeace, by C16 017 the *5Sunday Times *4Insight team (Century Hutchinson, C16 018 *+$34.95; Arrow *+$9.99). C16 019 |^(All prices quoted are before {0GST}). C16 020 |^*2ARE THERE ANY REWARDS *0in instant history, whether for C16 021 writers or readers? ^The more or less endless stream of books C16 022 about the sinking of the *1Rainbow Warrior *0suggests that C16 023 there may be for publishers, but that for readers the results C16 024 are patchy. C16 025 |^Some of that patchiness proceeds from our not knowing the C16 026 authors' intentions. ^Was their purpose to write thriller and C16 027 action entertainment, in which facts matter but not much? ^Or C16 028 was it to provide an accurate documentary of as much of the C16 029 facts as it was possible to know? ^Or was it to analyse the C16 030 motivations and intentions of the participants, shedding light C16 031 on the significance of the events as well as documenting them? C16 032 |^Part of the trouble is that to write contemporary history C16 033 is to write oral history, but few if any writers of such books C16 034 learn how to go about it. ^Nor are they deterred, apparently, C16 035 when at least half of those whose evidence is essential to the C16 036 history decline to come forward and talk. ^Oral history C16 037 without oral evidence may be classified as fantasy, which is C16 038 certainly a field of literary endeavour, but not one to be C16 039 shelved in the non**[ARB**]-fiction section of the library. C16 040 |^The way to get round this, for publishers and writers C16 041 alike, is to have a scoop. C16 042 |^Richard Shears and Isobel Gidley, whose purple prose C16 043 (*"like the brilliant operator that she was, the blonde woman C16 044 with the short...**", \0p36) struck our bookshelves before last C16 045 Christmas, achieved the scoop of being first. ^We may C16 046 congratulate them on their speed of composition. ^On the basis C16 047 of what little evidence did subsequently come to light, C16 048 however, many of their assertions about the sabotage, who C16 049 *1really *0did it and how, prove to be questionable. ^This is C16 050 a severe handicap in a supposedly factual work. C16 051 |^What is worse is the glib unresearched background C16 052 material, which suggests two authors incompetent for the task C16 053 of a serious book on this subject. ^Chapter 6, on the C16 054 strategic situation in the Pacific Ocean, is plainly C16 055 propaganda, and contains laughable inaccuracies ({0eg} the C16 056 second paragraph on page 67). ^The least they could have done C16 057 is read some of their own publisher's books on the subject. C16 058 ^This would, however, have taken time, and in the matter of C16 059 being first time is clearly of the essence. C16 060 |^No doubt the same problem bore heavily on the Insight C16 061 team. ^They had other difficulties, however, not least, I C16 062 imagine, that of writing a book among 15 different authors. C16 063 ^The book is full of almost irrelevant but ill-digested C16 064 quasi-facts. ^*"He [David Lange] graduated in law from Otahuhu C16 065 College, Auckland University...**" (\0p35); *"...and 150 C16 066 picture-postcard islets, so many that the area has been named C16 067 the Bay of Isles**" (\0p208); *"...typified by the likes of C16 068 yachtsman Eric Tabarle**" (\0p242) and so on. ^Irrelevant C16 069 *"facts**" of this kind are presumably meant to provide the C16 070 appearance of thorough investigation, inspiring reader C16 071 confidence. ^When they turn out to be wrong it is natural to C16 072 wonder about the many untestable assertions that really are C16 073 relevant to the book's central concern. C16 074 |^Insight's scoop was to claim exclusive access to C16 075 Greenpeace's files, but even in the absence of anything more C16 076 helpful *- like access to the French {0DGSE} files *- this did C16 077 not amount to much. ^You would not expect the inner life of an C16 078 honest and already open ecological society to be very gripping, C16 079 and Insight's breathless prose does not make it so. ^What is C16 080 disappointing is that, even with Insight's supposed C16 081 connections, the Paris end of the scandal is barely C16 082 illuminated. ^The few chapters devoted to this are C16 083 characterised by ill-informed speculation and downright error C16 084 ({0eg} their comments on Barril, \0p267), suggesting that C16 085 British journalists, who have the advantage of at least being C16 086 physically close to France, understand as little of its social C16 087 and political processes as we do. C16 088 |^This imbalance can be redressed a little by running an eye C16 089 over *1The Rainbow Warrior Collection *0of 140 cartoons drawn C16 090 from both French-language and New Zealand publications. ^The C16 091 cartoons are not fully representative because some French C16 092 cartoonists declined to participate, but there is enough here C16 093 for us to see that, although the affair was anything but funny, C16 094 humorists understood it better than most. ^Brockie's C16 095 reflection of New Zealand outrage and moral hurt (as in his C16 096 cartoon from {0NBR} of November 11) and Guiraud's deadly C16 097 drawings for {*1Le Canard Enchaine*?2} *0(especially one of C16 098 Hernu on November 6, which says all one really needs to know) C16 099 are the pick of the bunch. ^For a book which is meant to be C16 100 riffled, and often, this one is not well-enough produced (mine C16 101 is beginning to fall apart already), and there are appalling C16 102 grammatical errors on the cover. ^Belinda Meares, who did most C16 103 of the leg work in Paris, deserved better. C16 104 |^So did John Dyson, whose short readable book is the best C16 105 of the *"quickies**", perhaps because he sets himself the C16 106 limited task of intelligent reportage and makes his own C16 107 scepticism visible. ^There is no attempt at analysis, and most C16 108 of what was factually available (which in the end was precious C16 109 little) is honestly recorded. ^This has the effect of making C16 110 the passages about France (chapters 11 and 12) unsatisfactory, C16 111 however: a clear warning to anyone who is thinking of writing a C16 112 fast book on a subject that has culturally opaque elements. C16 113 |^One example: ^*"That very night Captain Joel-Patrick Prieur C16 114 decamped from the spacious official headquarters in the C16 115 Vieux-Colombier barracks in Paris...**" (\0p162). ^The barracks he C16 116 is referring to are an ordinary fire station in the 6th C16 117 arrondissement, where Captain Prieur was apparently employed. C16 118 ^Firemen and their wives and families all live here, in C16 119 apartments round a central courtyard, along with garage, C16 120 equipment and training areas for fire-fighting. ^There is C16 121 nothing either secret or spacious about the building. C16 122 ^Children from here go to the local school in the Rue Madame C16 123 (where the back gate is located), neighbours visit unimpeded C16 124 and the firemen themselves are to be seen every morning on C16 125 training runs in the Luxembourg gardens. C16 126 |^What is interesting about the fire-fighting service in C16 127 France is not its locations, spacious or otherwise, but its C16 128 strongly military flavour; its organisation as an e*?2lite of C16 129 fit and dynamic men at the service of the state; its C16 130 comparability with the various police and security forces. C16 131 ^There is clearly something rather different from us about a C16 132 country that organises even its fire brigade in such a way. C16 133 ^Reflection on this sort of cultural difference *- the general C16 134 social penetration of statist ideas *- would go some way to C16 135 helping us understand why a civilised country should have set C16 136 about dealing with Greenpeace in the extraordinary way it did, C16 137 and then, on being found out, have shown so little regret. C16 138 |^David Robie's scoop was to have sailed on the *1Rainbow C16 139 Warrior *0across the Pacific and to have taken part in the C16 140 evacuation of the Rongelap islanders to Mejato in the Kwajalein C16 141 atoll. ^The *1Sunday Times *0Insight team may have had C16 142 exclusive access to the Greenpeace files, but Robie has written C16 143 a better book on Greenpeace and its objectives. ^His treatment C16 144 of super-power militarisation of the Pacific is more objective C16 145 than Shears and Gidley's. ^And his pictures are better than C16 146 everybody else's. ^Robie wears his colours openly (some of the C16 147 profits from his book are going back to the people of Mejato) C16 148 and he is less than candid in places, but this is the book to C16 149 read if you are more interested in Greenpeace in the Pacific C16 150 than in the sinking of the *1Rainbow Warrior. C16 151 |^*0These are all history books by journalists. ^Oddly, C16 152 Michael King, the one historian among them, opted eventually to C16 153 write the sort of book a journalist might have written. ^I C16 154 don't believe this is what was originally intended *- his C16 155 publisher's earlier publicity certainly suggested not *- but it C16 156 seems to be what private considerations finally compelled. ^As C16 157 a result we are all the losers. C16 158 |^There are several reasons for this. ^First, because King C16 159 set himself only the very limited task of finding out exactly C16 160 how many and which agents were in New Zealand, and what they C16 161 did. ^This has a kind of police enquiry fascination to it, but C16 162 not much else. ^He clears up a few enigmas, but they are of C16 163 limited interest and contribute nothing to a more serious C16 164 debate. C16 165 |^Second, he has in general eschewed analysis. ^This ranges C16 166 from small questions, such as why the Turenges bothered to take C16 167 their camper-van back to Newmans instead of just catching a C16 168 plane, as they could have done, through to big ones, such as C16 169 why the French did it at all. ^He muses on these things C16 170 occasionally, but not in an analytical vein. C16 171 |^Third, the book has annoying defects of fact. ^The Tricot C16 172 report came out on August 26, not August 20 (\0p197), and the C16 173 disinformation process in France began not when Tricot started C16 174 work (\0p196) but four weeks earlier. ^The French Cabinet did C16 175 not appear *"to decide on a propaganda offensive**" in early C16 176 September (\0pp199-200); rather, Mitterrand did. ^The Cabinet C16 177 decided they wanted to know what happened, and they did so C16 178 because the Socialist Party executive refused to accept the C16 179 Tricot report and told the Cabinet so. ^Some French C16 180 politicians *- Beregovoy, for instance *- played an important C16 181 and honourable role in the affair, and the Cabinet was divided C16 182 against Hernu as a result. ^The weight of evidence did not C16 183 appear to confirm that Fabius and Mitterrand knew nothing of C16 184 the bombing in advance (\0p202). ^On the contrary, most of it C16 185 suggested that they did, and that in any event Mitterrand had C16 186 certainly known about it since July 17 and so was a party to C16 187 the disinformation campaign *1and *0the cover-up. ^One of the C16 188 oddest parts of the affair is that, even after Tricot's report C16 189 was shown to be a tissue of lies, as he knew it would be, C16 190 nobody bothered to ask who had orchestrated it. ^Since, as he C16 191 was careful to point out, everyone he talked to had told him C16 192 the same story, someone must have invented that story and C16 193 rehearsed all the respondents in their roles in it. C16 194 |^One consequence of these sorts of error and omission is C16 195 lack of confidence in the answers King does produce to even the C16 196 relatively limited questions he set himself. ^This is evident C16 197 even in his account of who actually sank the boat. ^He comes C16 198 down firmly on the side of the *"third team**" explanation, C16 199 naming the two further agents and stating that *"Jacques C16 200 Camurier placed the bombs on the *1Rainbow Warrior *0with Alain C16 201 Tonel standing by**" (\0p147). ^He also claims late evidence C16 202 (\0p188) for the existence of a second couple, also touring in C16 203 a camper-van, sightings of whom may have contributed to some of C16 204 the uncertainty about the {*1faux Turenges}'*0s movements. C16 205 ^Evidence for this comes from *"an unimpeachable source**". C16 206 |^Here is the nub. ^The only source that will do for this C16 207 sort of allegation is a named one, with footnoted references C16 208 and specific proof, as every historian knows. ^It has been in C16 209 the interests of various French institutions to spread C16 210 disinformation about the *1Rainbow Warrior *0affair right from C16 211 the moment when Pereira died. ^Let us look at the specific C16 212 accusation that Camurier and Tonel were the third team who C16 213 actually carried out the murder. C16 214 |^The case for this proposition is even less than *1prima C16 215 facie. ^*0The two were never identified by anybody. ^No one C16 216 so much as knows what they look like. ^There is not much C16 217 evidence to show that the two people who may or may not have C16 218 had these names knew or were associated with any of the French C16 219 agents who were eventually actually identified. C16 220 |^Introducing them to the plot does not answer questions, C16 221 and raises other far more awkward ones. ^Why were Verge, C16 222 Andries and Barcelo here at all if not to do the underwater C16 223 bit? ^Why was Maniguet, supposedly skilled in diving accident C16 224 illnesses, off on the *1Ouvea *0at the one moment in his C16 225 three-week visit to the country when his specific skills might have C16 226 been needed? C16 227 |^Now let us look at the reality of the supposed third team C16 228 story. ^This account surfaced in Paris in the middle of C16 229 September and led directly to the sacking of Lacoste and the C16 230 resignation of Hernu. ^It was the revelation that terminated C16 231 the domestic political crisis in France. ^A week after it C16 232 happened Mitterrand pronounced the issue closed. ^Along the C16 233 way, the revelation enabled Fabius to say that Hernu was C16 234 responsible and that he (Fabius) had known nothing all along; C16 235 the {0DGSE} to regain a little kudos because no one knew who C16 236 the third team was, how it did the job or how it had been C16 237 spirited away; the two imprisoned officers to feel a bit safer C16 238 because now it clearly wasn't they who had planted the mines; C16 239 the defence lawyers to have a bit more room for manoeuvre in C16 240 broaching the idea of manslaughter rather than murder; and C16 241 Barcelo, who until that time was the prime suspect, to sleep C16 242 (if murderers can) a little easier. C16 243 *# C17 001 **[088 TEXT C17**] C17 002 *<*4Peculiarly English*> C17 003 * C17 004 |^T*2O SOME *0the English choral sound is an acquired taste, although C17 005 in this part of the world it is not so much acquired as enforced. ^We C17 006 have much to learn from the American example; my ears were opened four C17 007 years ago when I heard a Santa Barbara choral society deliver Gerald C17 008 Finzi's *1In Terra Pax *0with a fervour and passion it would probably C17 009 be denied if performed in England. C17 010 |^Choral conductor Karen Grylls returned last year from a period C17 011 in the {0US} and it's very evident she is working hard to inject some C17 012 of their muscularity into the sound of the Dorian Choir. ^It was C17 013 starting to surface in a Dorian concert a few months back, and more C17 014 recently their exuberant account of Leonard Bernstein's *1Chichester C17 015 Psalms *0with the Auckland Philharmonia Orchestra showed that the C17 016 choir had made a quantum leap. C17 017 |^The Cambridge University Chamber Choir, however, under the able C17 018 direction of Richard Marlow are about as fine an exponent of this C17 019 particularly *"English**" sound as we're likely to hear in this C17 020 country for some time. ^Whether all the works in the Auckland concert C17 021 were completely suited to such a treatment is another matter. C17 022 |^There was little to quibble about with the Mozart *"Venite C17 023 populi**" and Carissimi's *"Plorate filii Israel**" which opened the C17 024 programme. ^I pondered briefly how the Mozart would have sounded with C17 025 its instrumental accompaniment of organ, two violins and trombones, C17 026 but both pieces were perfect vocal showcases for the crisp attack and C17 027 clear tone of the ensemble. ^On the other hand, Pach's large-scale C17 028 motet, {*1Singet dem Herrn}, *0though immaculately sung did not have C17 029 the thrust and guttural punch to make this wonderfully joyous work come C17 030 alive. ^It was this motet which so fired Mozart with enthusiasm when C17 031 he first heard it in Leipzig in 1789 *- a more vibrant performance, C17 032 one imagines, than the one we had on this occasion. C17 033 |^Least successful of all was Verdi's *"Ave Maria**". ^Although C17 034 certainly more rarefied in idiom than the composer's more robust C17 035 operatic works, it seemed a little pinched in tone. ^In spite of the C17 036 *"modernisms**" of the score, the much-vaunted *"scala enigmata**" and C17 037 such, this is music that demands to be treated in a warm Italianate C17 038 manner. C17 039 |^The most pleasing thing about the choir was their obvious C17 040 delight in presenting 20th-century music. ^As a regular concert-goer I C17 041 can endorse Aaron Copland's complaint that *"reverence for the C17 042 classics in our time has been turned into a form of discrimination C17 043 against all other music**". ^This was not so with these choristers. C17 044 |^The women gave us Stravinsky's *"Four Russian Peasant Songs**" C17 045 with verve and precision, even if a more pungent vocal tone would have C17 046 been more appropriate. ^By contrast, Debussy's *"Trois Chansons de C17 047 Charles D'Orle*?2ans**" had a lightness and ethereal quality perfectly C17 048 suited to the score *- the lilting nonchalance of the second song was C17 049 particularly attractive. ^Four short settings of Garcia Lorca texts by C17 050 the contemporary Finnish composer Einojuhani Rautavaara startled with C17 051 their bold, dramatic strokes, well realised by the choir. C17 052 |^The two English works showed the singers on home ground. ^Four C17 053 carols from Peter Maxwell Davies's *1O Magnum Mysterium *0came across C17 054 with such charm and delicacy that one wondered whether this was really C17 055 the radical composer who so shocked the Auckland musical establishment C17 056 20 years ago with his inflammatory remarks about Wagner. ^Britten's C17 057 *1Sacred and Profane, *0one of his last and finest works, written for C17 058 the five virtuoso voices of Peter Pears's Wilbye Consort, might have C17 059 posed problems for a less flexible, larger ensemble. ^Such fears C17 060 proved ill-founded. ^The Cambridge University Chamber Choir's C17 061 performance was inspired, from the passionate intensity of the opening C17 062 *"\0St Godric's Hymn**" to the wry and black humour of the closing *"A C17 063 Death**". C17 064 |^We have already had the first sampling of the Music Federation's C17 065 enlightened commissioning of New Zealand composers *- David Hamilton's C17 066 *"Nix Olympica**" which was toured earlier this year by the Auckland C17 067 Wind Quintet. ^The Cambridge choir offered David Farquhar's *"ABC**", C17 068 a diverting piece based on a simple alphabet song the composer wrote C17 069 for his children in 1960 *- a ditty so naggingly catchy that it ran C17 070 through my head a week after the concert. ^I admire the way a C17 071 symphonist of Farquhar's stature can fashion such delightful and C17 072 immediate music from domestic origins *- but his *1Anniversary Duets C17 073 *0have already shown us that. ^The alphabet song proved a perfect foil C17 074 for the more experimental aspects of the piece and in the English C17 075 choir's lively rendition it registered as a delightful musical \*1jeu C17 076 *- *0no word in English seems quite as appropriate. C17 077 |^I'm usually not in favour of encores. ^Rarely, in my experience, C17 078 have they added much to the concert that preceded them. ^On this C17 079 occasion they could have been dispensed with. ^Stanford's C17 080 *"Bluebird**" was grounded by a singularly flat soloist and a C17 081 relentlessly jokey arrangement of *"John Brown's Body**" was a bizarre C17 082 choice after such a catholic programme. ^I would rather have had C17 083 another opportunity to work my way from A to Z with David Farquhar. C17 084 *<*4Togetherness, Hockney-style*> C17 085 |^*2DAVID HOCKNEY *0became an international art celebrity in the late C17 086 1960s partly through the accessibility and intelligence of his art, C17 087 and partly through the charm of his colourful and engaging personality. C17 088 |^His paintings, prints and drawings have already toured New C17 089 Zealand in at least four travelling exhibitions of British art, and C17 090 publications on his work are manifold, so this current exhibition of C17 091 Hockney's photographs will attract a wide audience. C17 092 |^Photography has played an important role in the preparation of C17 093 Hockney's paintings for over 15 years, and he has accumulated hundreds C17 094 of snaps of people and places which he has carefully placed in albums C17 095 for future reference. C17 096 |^The first quarter of this exhibition of more than 100 works is a C17 097 selection of framed pages from these albums. ^Groups of coloured C17 098 photographs, usually six, are arranged on each page, recording visits C17 099 to family and friends. ^These include portraits of the famous, such as C17 100 Cecil Beaton and Christopher Isherwood, as well as Hockney's own C17 101 father as he photographs a wedding. C17 102 |^While many of these works are personal mementoes of holiday C17 103 trips to California and Europe, and so illustrate some lifestyles C17 104 quite different from our own, the real interest of this show lies in C17 105 the Polaroids and collages. C17 106 |^These Hockney has butted together, not only to extend images at C17 107 the sides, but also top and bottom as well. ^When more than 100 such C17 108 photographs are put together, the characteristically square format of C17 109 the polaroid print, with its white surfaces, imposes a uniform grid of C17 110 vertical and horizontal white lines over the image. C17 111 |^Not only does this format enable Hockney to include variations C17 112 on a single subject by altering the distance and camera angle of each C17 113 shot, but it also allows him to develop his interest in the paintings C17 114 of the cubists and the futurists: the former through his approaching a C17 115 stationary object from many different viewpoints and recording his own C17 116 movement around it; the latter by recording the changing position of C17 117 his moving subject matter, while he himself stays still. C17 118 |^In this way a narrative element is built into his structured C17 119 arrangements. C17 120 |^In the collages, which take up about half of the exhibition, C17 121 Hockney uses conventionally processed *"holiday**" prints. ^Being C17 122 rectangular and without margins, they can be blended easily together C17 123 by overlapping. ^By varying the angle by which each photograph is C17 124 juxtaposed to those around it, the artist is able to make sweeping C17 125 arcs and whimsical configurations that act as foils for their C17 126 rectangular wooden frames. C17 127 |^These witty and playful artworks seem to be drawings or C17 128 paintings assembled from photographs instead of paint. ^As collages C17 129 made in the tradition of twentieth century painting, they are C17 130 conservative and tasteful, as one would anticipate from Hockney's C17 131 earlier work. ^They rely heavily on the colour of their background C17 132 mounting and their accompanying framing to provide formal aesthetic C17 133 qualities, and would not succeed if attached directly to the gallery C17 134 walls. C17 135 |^Their appeal comes from a number of other reasons besides their C17 136 formal arrangements. C17 137 |^They are packed with detail. ^Because so many photographs are C17 138 squeezed together in a single work they entice the viewer to look C17 139 harder than if the work was simply based on an enlarged negative or C17 140 transparency. C17 141 |^Hockney's collages also tease the viewer into attempting to C17 142 guess at the chronological order in which the photographs were taken. C17 143 ^Their elegance makes them seem as if they are stills from films, as C17 144 arranged on a table by Dufy, Picasso and Matisse. C17 145 |^An inventive exhibition that crosses fixed boundaries, this show C17 146 will provide thoughtful entertainment for all who visit it. C17 147 *<*6FILMS*> C17 148 *<*0Neal David*> C17 149 *<*5Slice of Liverpool life*> C17 150 |^*2LIVERPOOL *0has Britain's highest unemployment rate, but its C17 151 resourceful citizens try not to let that get them down. ^They take C17 152 what they can from life, relying on quick wit, a thick skin and large C17 153 doses of gallows humour to get by. ^If they find only disappointment C17 154 at the end of a day, they take refuge in a pint, a shrug and an acid C17 155 comment, and try again tomorrow. C17 156 |^This is the background of the amusing and humane film, Letter to C17 157 Brezhnev. ^It tells the story of two girls, Teresa, who works in a C17 158 chicken factory, and Elaine, who's unemployed. ^Together, they set off C17 159 for a night on the town. C17 160 |^They're no angels: they finance their evening by stealing a C17 161 businessman's wallet after he cruises up to a nightclub in his C17 162 Mercedes, looking for a pick-up. ^But they're not especially bad C17 163 either. ^A hard life has conditioned them to cutting corners and C17 164 taking chances, but apart from that, they're typical Liverpool girls C17 165 looking for romance. C17 166 |^They find it in the form of two Russian sailors on shore leave. C17 167 ^For Teresa, this ends up with a hectic night in the sack. ^But C17 168 Elaine's Russian sailor is special. ^She falls in love with him, and C17 169 ends up going to the Soviet Union to join him. C17 170 |^That might sound political, but it's not. ^This film is C17 171 essentially just a slice of Liverpool life, and a bleak slice it is. C17 172 ^The girls come from suburban Kirby, where people spend their time C17 173 drinking and squabbling in dreary pubs. ^But in Liverpool city-centre, C17 174 discos throb with rock music, flashing lights and good looking people. C17 175 ^Dressed in their finery, Teresa and Elaine are perfectly at home amid C17 176 the glamour. ^The trouble is, they can afford it for one night only, C17 177 and that thanks to the businessman's wallet. ^After a night on the C17 178 town, it's back to the council estate, which looks pretty bleak after C17 179 the glitter of the disco. C17 180 |^When Elaine leaves home for the Soviet Union, she says, *"^It C17 181 can't be any worse there than here,**" and the film hints strongly C17 182 that she's probably right. C17 183 |^Nevertheless, Elaine's approaching departure introduces the C17 184 movie's only weak point. ^A hitherto objective script suddenly starts C17 185 wagging an accusing finger at the British establishment, introducing C17 186 first of all an odious journalist who writes a twisted story about C17 187 Elaine's journey, and secondly, an unctuous Foreign Office mandarin, C17 188 who tries to stop her from going to Russia. C17 189 |^That the British establishment never cared for Elaine when she C17 190 was on the dole, but is concerned about the public relations impact of C17 191 her departure is implicit in the film, and need not have been C17 192 underlined so heavily. C17 193 **[PLATE**] C17 194 |^For all that, this is a quality product, using a largely unknown C17 195 cast and wonderful Liverpool locations to tell a simple story of life C17 196 as it really is. ^Strong performances and a hard working script add to C17 197 the appeal of this movie. ^So does the effective use of locale, most C17 198 notably during Elaine's final kiss with her departing sailor through C17 199 wire netting that separates the port from the town. C17 200 |^For director Chris Bernard and writer Frank Clarke, Letter to C17 201 Brezhnev was a labour of love. ^The same can be said for the cast and C17 202 crew, who aptly reflected the hardship in Liverpool by working solely C17 203 for food and pocket-money during filming. ^They were however promised C17 204 full payment and a share of the profits after production and C17 205 distribution costs had been met. ^The success of this film should C17 206 ensure they are adequately paid. ^It should also ensure that other C17 207 film-makers get the message that a good idea on a small scale is worth C17 208 any number of dollar-happy productions with a strong budget but no C17 209 real ideas at all. C17 210 *# D01 001 **[089 TEXT D01**] D01 002 ^*0The division appeared to be caused more by the morality of the D01 003 issue than by its legality. ^Prior to the Assembly the Auckland D01 004 Presbytery had voted 37-31 against the Law Reform Bill and D01 005 conservative congregations had dissociated themselves from their D01 006 church's stand. ^The North Invercargill Church Session said it would D01 007 *'further the spiritual decline of the Church and the moral D01 008 disintegration of society**'. ^It later called for anyone supporting D01 009 homosexuality to repent before God and nation. D01 010 |^The Associated Churches of Christ sought to study the problem D01 011 more closely and seek ways in which homosexuals could be helped. ^They D01 012 recognised the need for a decision on the question of moral judgement D01 013 and for medical research and law reform. D01 014 |^The official position of the Catholic Church has adamantly D01 015 opposed reform. ^Homosexual practices are unnatural, disordered D01 016 behaviours and contrary to the will and goodness of God. ^On the other D01 017 hand the Church has always been committed to the forgiveness and D01 018 acceptance of sinners and set its face against the ostracism and D01 019 persecution of the homosexual himself. ^But any campaign to promote it D01 020 as morally acceptable could not be supported. ^Cardinal Thomas D01 021 Williams, Catholic Archbishop, strongly opposed Fran Wilde's Bill. ^It D01 022 would not, he felt, further the real interests either of homosexual D01 023 persons or of society as a whole. ^Any decriminalisation would simply D01 024 suggest to many people that homosexuality is socially and morally D01 025 permissible, for the law is the touchstone of what is morally and D01 026 socially acceptable. ^*'Its power to mould public opinion, social D01 027 mores and community moral standards cannot be D01 028 under**[ARB**]-estimated**'. ^But the Catholic view has often been D01 029 challenged by both priests and lay folk. ^Notable opponent has been D01 030 Father Felix Donnelly, senior lecturer in medical health at the D01 031 Auckland Medical School. ^He has frequently claimed support from many D01 032 churchmen of different persuasions. ^God is more concerned, he says, D01 033 with the quality of the love relationship than with the form of it. D01 034 ^In May, 1980, his right to preach or teach or hear confession was D01 035 revoked by Bishop \0J. Mackey since *'he rejects the normative value D01 036 of the church's teaching**'. D01 037 |^The traditional view of the Anglicans has been that all sexual D01 038 acts outside marriage are sinful. ^The homosexual has had four D01 039 options: abstain, direct sexual impulses into creative, non-sexual D01 040 pursuits, seek clinical help to normalise his sexual orientation, and D01 041 consider heterosexual marriage. ^This attitude, too, has changed, as D01 042 the Church has become more conscious of its pastoral responsibility. D01 043 ^In 1979 the Christchurch Anglicans voted for decriminalisation and D01 044 opposed discrimination of the homosexual. ^However, they did express D01 045 concern that their stand was not to be seen to be encouraging D01 046 homosexual behaviour. ^A number of members left the church and many D01 047 others were caused deep grief. ^A petition opposed to the Synod's D01 048 decision was circulated. ^It charged that the report treated the D01 049 entire subject inadequately in that it did not take into account the D01 050 power of God to heal and change lives. ^It was also one-sided in its D01 051 Scriptural content. ^Two years later Dunedin Anglicans likewise came D01 052 out in favour of decriminalisation although it**[SIC**] was a little D01 053 more cautious. D01 054 |^In 1985 the Anglican Church as a whole, via its Public and D01 055 Social Affairs Committee, produced a special document calling for D01 056 restraint, sensitivity and tolerance in our attitude toward D01 057 homosexuals. ^It concluded that *'there is no completely consistent D01 058 Christian line that homosexual behaviour is wrong**'. ^The former D01 059 abhorrence of many Christians of the homosexual act has changed: *'^A D01 060 number of church people have been prepared to accept that homosexual D01 061 relationships are not necessarily evil**'. ^Homosexuals are not D01 062 *'abnormal**' only *'different**'. ^The Scriptural references are D01 063 waived**[SIC**] away because of the great gulf between the Biblical D01 064 world and ours. ^The Dean of Auckland, the Very \0Rev. John Rymer, D01 065 cannot agree. ^He finds it difficult to grasp that homosexuality is a D01 066 legitimate alternative to heterosexuality. ^Reform of the law is D01 067 tantamount to giving approval to a practice unacceptable to many of us. D01 068 |^A sign of the new thinking was the establishment of a gay church D01 069 in Auckland, on Anglican Church property. ^Gay churches had their D01 070 origins in Los Angeles in 1968 and have since spread around the world. D01 071 ^There are over 200 in the United States alone, including two gay D01 072 synagogues, ministering to 30,000 homosexuals. ^The Auckland D01 073 Metropolitan Church was formed in 1975 at \0St Matthews-in-the-City, D01 074 the inspiration of five clergy *- a Catholic priest, three Anglican D01 075 priests, and a Presbyterian minister. ^It was necessary, they felt, to D01 076 establish an independent church because of vocal and bitter opposition D01 077 to the acceptance of homosexuals from a minority in the established D01 078 churches. ^The congregation grew to about 150. ^The creed was D01 079 basically that of the major Christian churches except that it was D01 080 non-judgemental. D01 081 |^In 1980, as a result of the death of its officiating minister D01 082 and a subsequent contretemps with the American headquarters the church D01 083 split in two. ^One group moved a mile away and retained its links with D01 084 the world**[ARB**]-wide homosexual church under the leadership of an D01 085 ex-Baptist minister who had retrained in the United States as a D01 086 homosexual pastor. ^The new Auckland Community Church stayed at \0St D01 087 Matthews under the pastorship of an Anglican priest, \0Rev. \0K. D01 088 Benton, who was officially commissioned by the Anglican Church. ^This D01 089 group maintains its links with the mainline churches and is D01 090 accountable to them. ^It professes to carry out an ecumenical outreach D01 091 to the gay community. ^Ministers of other persuasions often help in D01 092 worship. D01 093 |^The \0St Matthews congregation has received considerable D01 094 financial aid from the Anglican Church *- about *+$8,000 over the past D01 095 three years. ^The Methodists and Presbyterians have also contributed D01 096 smaller amounts although the Auckland Presbytery turned down a request D01 097 for *+$3,500 in 1985, in line with its opposition to the Law Reform D01 098 Bill; a contribution to a homosexual church would appear to be D01 099 compromising. ^The Catholics are unofficially supportive though not D01 100 financially. ^Other donations come from the gay business community and D01 101 nightclubs, as well as from weekly offerings. D01 102 |^The homosexual church congregations consist mainly of male D01 103 homosexuals although there is a small percentage of women and some D01 104 non-gay Christians. ^There is a wide cross-section of society and age D01 105 range. ^The \0Rev. Benton hit the headlines in 1984 for refusing to D01 106 marry two homosexuals, but he gave them a blessing instead. D01 107 |^Major dissension was generated both in the Church and wider D01 108 community in 1985 first by the introduction of the Law Reform Bill to D01 109 Parliament and second, by the circulation of a petition opposing it. D01 110 ^The discord was boosted by official sponsorship of the petition by D01 111 the Salvation Army. ^For the first time the Army stepped out of its D01 112 religious and social service role and took on the mantle of voluntary D01 113 campaigners in the pseudo-political arena. ^While the Army displays D01 114 its typical care and concern for those with homosexual tendencies and D01 115 will do all in its power to provide understanding and help, it firmly D01 116 opposes homosexual practices. ^Indeed, homosexual practices D01 117 unrenounced render a person unacceptable as a Salvation Army soldier D01 118 just as acts of immorality between heterosexuals do. D01 119 ^Decriminalisation will lead to corruption of the young, they believe, D01 120 and increased immorality. ^So the order was given to marshal their D01 121 forces and march through the country to gain the largest petition in D01 122 New Zealand's history. ^The petition itself was couched in the names D01 123 of two former Christian mayors and supported at public meetings by D01 124 four Members of Parliament, three of whom had strong Christian D01 125 backgrounds. D01 126 |^The effect on the country was electric. ^It brought out into the D01 127 open latent Christian conflict. ^Petitions were torn up and defaced. D01 128 ^They were stolen from petitioners' letter-boxes. ^Liberals accused D01 129 conservatives of bigotry yet showed similar intolerance themselves. D01 130 ^Indeed, Christian reaction to Christian anti-Bill campaigners was D01 131 often less than Christian and quite spiteful. ^Salvation Army members D01 132 were upset at not being consulted. ^Their chiefs had no mandate. ^A D01 133 television drama series based on the work of the Salvation Army was D01 134 canned. ^The Broadcasting Corporation could not be seen to be backing D01 135 a political force which was polarising the people. D01 136 |^Some churches allowed the petition to circulate freely. ^Others D01 137 outrightly refused. ^Still others had lengthy, sometimes testy, D01 138 discussions on whether it should or should not be circulated. ^Bitter D01 139 arguments ranged over the meaning of Scripture, the origins of D01 140 homosexual tendencies, the morality of the act, and the consequences D01 141 of liberalising the law. ^Public meetings were disrupted by irate D01 142 homosexuals and Christian liberals in their crusade for change. D01 143 ^Emotions ran high. ^There were claims of people being pressured to D01 144 sign. ^And counter-claims. ^Public debate brought sneers and jeers D01 145 from liberals whenever the Bible or God was mentioned. ^Confusion. D01 146 |^A few incidents. ^Fifty people tried to disrupt a public church D01 147 service of 900 in Christchurch, organised in opposition to the Bill D01 148 and in support of the petition by Baptist, Brethren, Methodist, Maori D01 149 Evangelicals and charismatic churches. ^The Pentecostals attracted D01 150 1200 to the Auckland Town Hall but successfully excluded protesters. D01 151 ^Activists forced the cancellation of a meeting organised by the North D01 152 Shore Reformed Churches. ^They comprised 70% of the audience. D01 153 ^Democratic debate proved impossible amidst the foot-stamping, jeers D01 154 and verbal abuse. ^In Christchurch's Cathedral Square 3,000 sang D01 155 choruses and prayed at an open air public meeting arranged by the D01 156 Coalition of Concerned Christians, a group of conservative business D01 157 and professional people. ^Individual ministers from mainline churches D01 158 were present. ^But Anglican Cathedral authorities turned down their D01 159 request for use of the cathedral in the event of inclement weather. D01 160 ^The Select Committee received more submissions on the Bill than ever D01 161 before. D01 162 |^History will show whether the Salvation Army was justified in D01 163 singling out this issue to battle. ^Their action certainly fired D01 164 debate which helped clarify the pros and cons. ^And it brought them D01 165 closer to the right**[ARB**]-wing of Christian activity than to the D01 166 mainline group. ^The Associated Pentecostal Churches, consisting of D01 167 some 400 causes, were strong opponents of the Bill and organised many D01 168 of the public meetings. ^The Lutherans also opposed. ^Homosexuality D01 169 was seen as a corruption of the natural human instincts implanted by D01 170 God's order of creation. D01 171 |^And in Parliament? ^Hansard debates show tremendously diverse D01 172 reactions, emotional and rational. ^The divisiveness with which a D01 173 number of Members labelled the churches existed in the country's D01 174 parliamentary chambers too. ^It is difficult to determine the effect D01 175 of Christian views on {0MP}s' decisions. ^Conservatives tended to D01 176 stress the moral issues more than the legal. ^Liberals of a Christian D01 177 leaning tended to enlist organisational church support for reform and D01 178 name known Christian individuals as part of the growing body of D01 179 informed opinion. ^Conservatives countered with lists of those D01 180 churches not in support. ^Only the occasional {0MP} launched into any D01 181 personal testimony or Christian dissertation. ^One, for example, D01 182 dismissed the Sodom and Gomorrah story with a nicely researched piece D01 183 of modern Biblical criticism. ^But most of those who mentioned the D01 184 churches, and this only accounted for 35% of all speakers, tended to D01 185 quote what the churches said in submissions rather than express their D01 186 own personal opinions. ^And it was mostly the liberal {0MP}s who used D01 187 the church in their arguments. ^One can conclude that Christian D01 188 argument as such had little to do with the outcome of the debate. D01 189 |^The homosexuality issue split the Church down the middle, D01 190 polarising liberals against conservatives, reformers against promoters D01 191 of the status quo. ^It was an issue which caused pain and democratic D01 192 dissent within parishes of both liberal and conservative persuasions. D01 193 ^The overt political alignment of some churches disturbed not a few. D01 194 |^The secret of much unhappiness centred on the question of D01 195 morality. ^Are homosexual acts immoral or not? ^Parishioners wanted a D01 196 clear lead. ^But in their single-minded concern for social justice the D01 197 prophets failed to give them that lead. ^It may well not have been the D01 198 issue but to the thousands of Christians not caught up in the various D01 199 pros and cons it was important. ^Is homosexuality in the same category D01 200 as adultery and incest or not? ^Silence. ^Clergy hesitated. ^In some D01 201 quarters there was the suggestion that they would feel justified, D01 202 under certain circumstances, of recognising two homosexuals in D01 203 marriage, given the opportunity. D01 204 |^The {0NCC}'s endorsement of decriminalisation was interpreted by D01 205 some as favouring the homosexual lifestyle. D01 206 *# D02 001 **[090 TEXT D02**] D02 002 *<*6RACISM *- *4a personal journey*> D02 003 |^*0As a schoolboy in wartime New Zealand, I cannot recall D02 004 ever meeting any Maoris or being aware of any problem of race D02 005 relations. ^As a rugby enthusiast, I knew about George Nepia *- D02 006 the famous Maori All-Black. ^We learnt a Maori haka which we D02 007 chanted at important school rugby matches. ^We were proud of the D02 008 Maori battalion then fighting overseas. ^But the idea that there D02 009 were any problems or injustices in the relationship of Maori and D02 010 Pakeha never entered my head. D02 011 |^The first glimmerings of concern came to me about 1949 D02 012 when I was a student at Edinburgh University. ^Paul Robeson, the D02 013 famous black singer from America, visited the University and D02 014 spoke at the University Communist Society. ^I went along *- lured D02 015 by the chance of a free concert, but with trepidation as I D02 016 ventured into a communist meeting for the first time in my life. D02 017 |^The hall was packed. ^Paul Robeson sang and then spoke. D02 018 ^He never mentioned communism. ^But I will never forget his D02 019 moving plea for the oppressed blacks of America. ^He said many D02 020 things which Martin Luther King said 15 years later. ^King became D02 021 a hero. ^Robeson was treated as an outcast and his appeal for D02 022 justice ignored. ^But for me *- the talented, dignified giant of D02 023 a man made me realize for the first time the evils of D02 024 discrimination on the grounds of race. D02 025 |^More studies followed and my first stint as a parish D02 026 minister. ^The issue of race largely faded into the backgound of D02 027 my life. ^The Suez crisis, the Russian invasion of Hungary and D02 028 the Sputnik were uppermost in my thoughts. D02 029 |^A new chapter of my life began in 1958 when I returned to D02 030 New Zealand to be the first minister of the Taupo Baptist Church. D02 031 ^I had hardly moved in when I was appointed as part-time chaplain D02 032 to the prisons of Hautu and Rangipo. ^Suddenly I was ushered into D02 033 the world of the Maori. ^I struggled to relate the Gospel to the D02 034 Maori inmates who made up the bulk of my prison congregations. ^I D02 035 was deeply moved when a young Maori I had helped, presented me D02 036 with a carving he had made in prison. ^Sometimes I visited Maori D02 037 homes in the backblocks and was struck by their poverty compared D02 038 with the affluent Pakeha homes in Taupo. ^But as far as race D02 039 relations was concerned, my thoughts were on Martin Luther King D02 040 in America and the horrors of apartheid in South Africa. D02 041 |^In the 1960's the focus of interest for most of us was D02 042 overseas. ^I would have been astonished if anyone had seriously D02 043 suggested that New Zealand was a *'racist**' society. ^That word D02 044 was hardly used then to describe this country. ^We talked of D02 045 *'race relations**' or *'racial prejudice,**' but *'racism**' had D02 046 oppressive and vicious overtones which we felt did not apply to D02 047 New Zealand. D02 048 |^That view slowly died in the 1970's. ^In 1970 the World D02 049 Council of Churches set up a Programme to Combat Racism D02 050 ({0P.C.R.}). ^It aroused fierce controversy because of its D02 051 humanitarian grants to African liberation movements. ^As chairman D02 052 of the National Council of Churches in New Zealand's Executive D02 053 and then from 1974 as its General Secretary, I found myself D02 054 having to defend the {0P.C.R.} ^I read numerous reports, met D02 055 people who were the victims of racism and became thoroughly D02 056 convinced the {0W.C.C.} was right. ^It was not enough for the D02 057 churches to pass pious resolutions about racism. ^More positive D02 058 action was needed. D02 059 |^As a delegate to the {0W.C.C.} Assembly at Nairobi in D02 060 1975, I voted wholeheartedly for the continuation of the D02 061 {0P.C.R.} and its declaration that D02 062 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. D02 063 |^I still thought, however, that racism was primarily D02 064 overseas. ^Only slowly did it dawn on me that racism was also a D02 065 New Zealand problem. ^One thing that helped was an {0N.C.C.} D02 066 grant to the Polynesian Panthers *- an Auckland action group D02 067 whose activities included demanding better housing for D02 068 Polynesians. ^The symbolic grant (to help pay for a full-time D02 069 housing organiser) aroused a great deal of hostility. ^It made me D02 070 aware of some real injustices in our own society. D02 071 |^Over the next few years, the tide of Maori discontent D02 072 began to rise *- highlighted by the Land March, Bastion Point, D02 073 the Raglan dispute, the Haka Party incident at Auckland D02 074 University, and the emergence of the new Maori ecumenical body *- D02 075 Te Runanga Whakawhanaunga I Nga Hahi O Aotearoa from the old D02 076 {0N.C.C.} Maori Section. D02 077 |^In response to this rising tide, the {0N.C.C.} launched a D02 078 consultation on *"Racism in New Zealand,**" which met in Hamilton D02 079 in 1979. ^For the first time I heard Maori leaders talk openly D02 080 about the racism they had suffered over the years. ^I became D02 081 aware of their deep and growing anger at the injustices done to D02 082 their people. ^It was there that I first grasped the difference D02 083 between *'personal**' and *'institutional**' racism. ^Up until D02 084 this point I had largely thought of racism as personal prejudice D02 085 and discrimination against people of another race. ^Now I heard D02 086 Maori people saying *"^The *1system *0is always in favour of the D02 087 Pakeha. ^We feel disadvantaged all the time.**" D02 088 |^The following year I attended a consultation in the D02 089 Netherlands on *"The Churches Responding to Racism in the D02 090 1980's.**" ^I heard testimony after testimony of suffering caused D02 091 by racism. ^The delegates were challenged to do something about D02 092 it in their own countries. D02 093 |^I came back and addressed many meetings. ^What struck me D02 094 was that most Pakeha did not really believe racism was a serious D02 095 problem in this country. ^They recognised that personal prejudice D02 096 existed in some areas, but the idea that health, education, D02 097 justice and welfare systems were somehow loaded against the Maori D02 098 was hard for many to stomach. D02 099 |^Another problem I faced was that as a Christian I wanted D02 100 to be a reconciler, a bridge-builder. ^I inwardly cringed at the D02 101 confrontationist tactics some suggested. ^But slowly I learned D02 102 that there can be no true reconciliation without justice. D02 103 ^Reconciliation does not mean that we can return to a D02 104 hypothetical pre-conflict situation. ^It means first unmasking D02 105 evil and putting right what is wrong. ^As Allan Boesak, the South D02 106 African church leader, put it, *"^Reconciliation is not cheap. D02 107 ^It cost Jesus the cross.**" D02 108 |^Out of this kind of experience, duplicated by others in D02 109 the {0N.C.C.}, we launched a five-year educational programme to D02 110 combat racism in New Zealand. ^Workshops, seminars, the promotion D02 111 of the Maori language and a wide range of other activities were D02 112 all used to raise the awareness of Pakeha to the reality of D02 113 racism in New Zealand. ^The programme still continues. D02 114 |^There is much ignorance and apathy yet to overcome. ^The D02 115 monocultural approach of too many churches and institutions must D02 116 be stripped away. ^Too many Pakeha are ignorant of the Treaty of D02 117 Waitangi and do not want to be bothered with the effort to D02 118 understand Maori culture and feelings. D02 119 |^Yet there are signs of hope. ^The report of the Bicultural D02 120 Commission of the Anglican Church on the Treaty of Waitangi is D02 121 already opening the door to new possibilities of partnership. ^A D02 122 recent report giving a Maori perspective on the Department of D02 123 Social Welfare has been taken up at the top level. D02 124 |^I find it tempting now to sit back and let others fight D02 125 the battle against racism. ^When that mood comes upon me, I D02 126 remember the advice I got from a black American. ^I had asked him D02 127 what I should do about racism in New Zealand. ^He replied, D02 128 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D02 129 *<*4Angus MacLeod*> D02 130 *<*6DIALOGUE*> D02 131 |*"^Cooeeee!**" ^It was Pam at the back door. *"^Just popped D02 132 in to say I'd pick up the children for Pony Club this weekend. D02 133 ^Must be about my turn.**" D02 134 |^Jane was in the kitchen, slicing meat for the freezer. D02 135 *"^Come in, Pam. ^Wendy's here as well. ^We've been nattering. D02 136 ^How are things anyway?**" D02 137 |^*"Not so bad.**" ^Pam sat down. *"^Roger's very busy. ^His D02 138 Council work takes up a great deal of time. ^Last night's meeting D02 139 went on to all hours. ^He came home quite steamed up. ^It seems D02 140 some deputation arrived wanting Maori to be accepted by the D02 141 County Council as an official language. ^As Roger says *- who the D02 142 hell do they think they are? ^We all know the language is dying D02 143 anyway.**" D02 144 |^Jane nodded in agreement. *"^I know. ^We've been through D02 145 that sort of thing on the {0PTA}. ^It only needs one city teacher D02 146 to try to push it. ^Remember that one last year? ^Do you think D02 147 she'd listen? ^She couldn't understand that introducing Maori was D02 148 a waste of time. ^*1Our *0children need to get on with basic D02 149 subjects, and the Maori kids have a hard enough time making their D02 150 way in the real world without having to learn another D02 151 language!**" D02 152 |^*"Can I take over, so you can have a talk with Pam?**" D02 153 offered Wendy, who had been sitting silently. D02 154 |^*"No thanks. ^Just about finished. ^But while Pam's here, D02 155 we can put her in the picture about the Care and Share morning we D02 156 are starting in the parish. ^It was John's idea at our Bible D02 157 Study last week. ^A way of helping each other during the farming D02 158 crisis. ^Actually things got a bit steamed up there, too, didn't D02 159 they, Wendy.**" D02 160 |^But Wendy just looked uncomfortable. D02 161 |^*"Sometimes I wonder about John,**" Jane went on. *"^He's D02 162 been the minister for the valley for three or four years now. D02 163 ^You'd think he would know better. ^We were having a good study D02 164 on the place of the covenant in the Old Testament when for some D02 165 reason John compared it with the Treaty of Waitangi. ^The next D02 166 thing we knew, there was Amanda going on about how we have a D02 167 responsibility as Christians to protect Maori beliefs and customs D02 168 *- that the Treaty should be upheld so that Maoris can have D02 169 special claims on land, forests, water *- all that sort of D02 170 thing.**" D02 171 |*"^Oh Amanda!**" ^Pam's voice dismissed her. *"^She's only D02 172 playing at farming with her small holding, her organic vegetables D02 173 and such like. ^I've heard her at Garden Circle meetings and even D02 174 at Women's Division. ^Says land should have a spiritual D02 175 significance. ^Don't take any notice of her.**" D02 176 |^*"Well I think she's really bad news.**" ^Jane couldn't D02 177 forget Amanda. D02 178 |^*"Here we are *- fighting to save our farms and she has D02 179 the nerve to say that the Maoris had been forced off their land D02 180 for years because of economic difficulties. ^I always thought it D02 181 was poor management. ^Any rate, the way things are going, they D02 182 might get it all back. ^Do you realise how many Maori Trusts have D02 183 taken over leases in this district lately?**" D02 184 |^*"John said at our study group that we should look at land D02 185 from a Christian perspective,**" Wendy put in. *"That we don't D02 186 really own land, but hold it in trust.**" D02 187 |^*"What?!?**" ^Pam's voice rose. *"^All those years Mum and D02 188 Dad worked and paid off the mortgage on the farm to pass on to D02 189 us? ^Don't own it? ^It's ours all right. ^I know that Roger says D02 190 that any so and so who cuts across our property to get to the D02 191 lake will be hauled up for trespassing very swiftly. ^Remember D02 192 the battle we had last year about discharging run-off from the D02 193 sheds into our stream? ^Roger won that! ^Not our land *- that's D02 194 ridiculous!**" D02 195 |^*"John was brought up on a farm too,**" said Jane. *"You D02 196 would think he'd understand. ^But Otago, wasn't it? ^Well of D02 197 course. ^There are not many Maoris down there. ^I don't expect D02 198 they have a problem.**" D02 199 |^*"The Meritos were a nice family when they lived down the D02 200 road.**" ^It was Wendy. D02 201 |^*"Oh yes,**" Pam agreed. *"^They kept to themselves but D02 202 the children always looked clean. ^Which reminds me. ^Sorry to D02 203 hear you won't have help once the calving is over, Jane. ^That's D02 204 tough.**" D02 205 |*"^Yes, it's going to be hard on Don. ^He works long enough D02 206 hours as it is. ^But we can't afford to keep the Wharekuras D02 207 on.**" D02 208 |^*"Where will they be going?**" asked Wendy. D02 209 |^Jane shrugged. ^*"To some relatives, I suppose.**" D02 210 *# D03 001 **[091 TEXT D03**] D03 002 *<*4Four: Flesh and Sinew*> D03 003 |^*0A number of concerns about the diaconate will now be apparent. D03 004 |^They have to do with the status of deacons. ^Are they D03 005 ministerial or lay? ^If they are *"equal**" in status what does that D03 006 mean exactly? ^How is it expressed? ^And if they are not equal what D03 007 does that mean? ^How do they carry out their functions and where? D03 008 |^Mild anxiety on all sides tends to accompany the raising of D03 009 these issues. ^Some presbyters are protective of what they see to be D03 010 special rights pertaining to their order. ^Some deacons naturally feel D03 011 uneasy when they sense their order is being relegated to second class D03 012 status. ^And lay people have not had the benefit of the knowledge that D03 013 both orders have of their own ministry and are sometimes doubly D03 014 confused. D03 015 |^In this section we will explore some of these issues. D03 016 *<*4Deacon as Minister*> D03 017 |^*0There is plenty of evidence to affirm that the Methodist D03 018 Church sees its deacons as fitting into the succession of those who D03 019 have been called *"minister**" in the church until recently. ^Many of D03 020 the roles being developed by deacons would have been willingly D03 021 accepted by ministers a few decades ago when their pastoral charges D03 022 were not so large and scattered. ^There was an expectation that the D03 023 minister would engage in a wide range of community-based ministries D03 024 and it was these aspects of the work that first began to feel the D03 025 pinch when inflationary pressures reduced the availability of paid D03 026 agents. ^More and more ministers felt compelled to restrict themselves D03 027 to activities that could be clearly seen to be related to the direct D03 028 life of the local congregations. D03 029 |^It remained fashionable for some churches to boast of how D03 030 *"their**" minister was active in important areas of community life D03 031 but, as time went on, this sort of involvement tended to disaffect D03 032 small but growing minorities within the congregations. ^The ministry D03 033 of the deacon permits some of these roles to be taken up again as D03 034 *"ministerial**" tasks for which ordination and the accompanying sense D03 035 of discipline and authorisation are appropriate. ^As deacons are D03 036 likely to be part-time in this community involvement and also D03 037 self-supporting to the extent that the congregation's financial D03 038 commitment is minimal there is every reason to believe that there will D03 039 be wide support for their ministry. D03 040 |^Another aspect of the *"ministerial**" nature of the Diaconate D03 041 is to be found in the Conference's decision that deacons should be D03 042 *"ordained**". ^Deaconesses were set apart for the Order in D03 043 *"dedication**". ^History could have offered other alternatives to D03 044 ordination. ^The transitional deacon of time past was not always D03 045 ordained: many deacons were *"made**"; priests *"ordained**"; and D03 046 bishops *"consecrated**". ^However, the Methodist church chose to D03 047 ordain deacons and its first services of ordination after the 1976 D03 048 legislation included both deacons and presbyters. D03 049 |^The distinctions that were made in the two ceremonies tended to D03 050 appear to reflect on the different (=*"lower**"?) status of the D03 051 diaconate but there was no doubt that all ordinations on those D03 052 occasions set people apart to ministerial orders. ^Conference would D03 053 prefer to concentrate on the unity of these two orders rather than on D03 054 the difference between them, however unsuccessfully its chosen liturgy D03 055 actually demonstrated this. D03 056 |^The Plan for Union also is clear in its statement that bishops, D03 057 deacons and presbyters are all ministerial orders. ^The Methodist D03 058 Church's acceptance of the Plan was part of the spirit which prompted D03 059 the restoration of the two-fold ministry in 1976. ^Here, as elsewhere, D03 060 is emphatic evidence that the diaconate is envisaged as a ministerial D03 061 order. D03 062 |^The Connexion also went to some trouble to affirm that the D03 063 equality of its orders of ministry demanded that they should be both D03 064 paid the same standard stipend. ^The consultation which looked at this D03 065 issue was conscious that the diaconate, as expressed in full-time D03 066 people at that time was largely female and single, whereas the D03 067 presbyterate was primarily male and married. ^Issues of human rights D03 068 were at stake in determining whether or not all should receive the D03 069 same stipend. ^On assurances from the church that the standards of D03 070 entry, education and performance were identical for each order D03 071 (assurances that were not completely consistent with some of the D03 072 realities of the situation) their consultant recommended that the D03 073 standard stipend should apply to both. ^This was a further indication D03 074 of the Conference's confidence that deacons were to be seen in D03 075 ministerial terms. D03 076 |^The official position at least seems to be quite clear. ^At the D03 077 1983 Conference the General Secretary stated that all references in D03 078 the newly adopted Law Book to the word *"minister**" included both D03 079 deacons and presbyters. ^It is worth noting, of course, that the use D03 080 of the word minister is a little confusing. ^It is a short step from D03 081 there to the word *"ministry**" to describe these ordained people and D03 082 this is a misuse of the term. ^Ministry is of the whole church. ^To D03 083 use it to describe one or more orders of ordained ministry is much D03 084 less than helpful. D03 085 |^But in the sense being discussed here, deacons are clearly of an D03 086 order of ordained ministry. D03 087 *<*4Not Only Ministerial*> D03 088 |^*0Deacons, however, are not limited by being seen as a D03 089 ministerial order. ^Their calling is distinctly different from that of D03 090 the presbyters. D03 091 |^It is clear, for instance, that deacons are not in Full D03 092 Connexion with the Conference. ^This has been a difficult concept for D03 093 some people to grasp. ^The traditional understanding of Methodism is D03 094 that to be in *"ministry**" is to be in Full Connexion. ^Presbyters D03 095 are admitted to Full Connexion on resolution of the Conference and are D03 096 granted rights and status in the ecclesiastical institution, its D03 097 discipline and polity. ^They are then ordained to the ministry of word D03 098 and sacrament and pastoral care. ^Ordination need not precede the D03 099 bestowal of the rights of Full Connexion but the two are, at the very D03 100 least, inseparable. D03 101 |^They may correspond to the membership concepts implicit in D03 102 having one's name added to the electoral roll of the local Methodist D03 103 congregation by its Leaders' Meeting and being confirmed (or baptised D03 104 on profession of faith) in a service of worship. ^The former bestows D03 105 certain privileges and responsibilities in the institutional D03 106 congregation and is a condition on which the latter becomes the D03 107 universal act of the whole church by which she acknowledges the call D03 108 of God to all his people to engage themselves in his mission. ^The one D03 109 is an expression of the *"gathered**" nature of the denominational D03 110 church; the other the sign of the universal nature of the family of D03 111 God. ^Methodism has always held these two in careful balance. ^Each is D03 112 expressed in its setting apart of presbyters. D03 113 |^Deaconesses, in the original form of the diaconate in the D03 114 denomination, did not enjoy the privilege of sitting in Conference in D03 115 their own right. ^It may also be a reflection on the ambivalence of D03 116 the Connexion's thinking that it could not grant them status as D03 117 *"representatives**" either. ^The lawbook did not originally speak of D03 118 *"lay representatives**" in every instance: there used to be D03 119 *"ministers**" and *"representatives**", but, even so, deaconesses D03 120 were treated differently and two of them represented the Order. D03 121 |^Ministers who had accepted the discipline of being in Full D03 122 Connexion enjoyed the right to attend Conference. ^However, even this D03 123 right could be amended; it is not inconceivable that Conference could D03 124 rule that those in Full Connexion should be invited only to every D03 125 second conference or even fewer. D03 126 |^However, it has been made quite explicit in recent years that D03 127 members of the diaconate may be appointed as *"lay**" representatives D03 128 if their parishes or employing bodies choose to do so. ^This is D03 129 something of an anomaly. ^Deacons are clearly not *"lay**" in the D03 130 sense of being part of the \*2LAOS *0which is not ordained. ^But D03 131 Conference is also stating that they are not quite in the same D03 132 category as those who are in Full Connexion. D03 133 |^Some see real strength in this position. ^The new diaconate is D03 134 able to enjoy relative freedom from the institutional structures of D03 135 the church. ^It could be a blessing to be less involved in D03 136 ecclesiastical housekeeping. ^Indeed, if a truly community-facing D03 137 ministry is to be pioneered it could well be that becoming a part of D03 138 the church *"machine**" could impede the deacon's capacity to fulfil D03 139 that ministry. ^It may be a fact of life that formerly those who D03 140 offered for ordained service in the church tended to be very much D03 141 involved in day-to-day organisation of her life and work. ^It is also D03 142 a fact that those whose ministry most effectively sets forth what the D03 143 diaconate is all about are moving sideways out of this structure. D03 144 ^They are finding that all their energies are *- and should be *- D03 145 taken up in ministering as servants in the needy community and that D03 146 there are others who can involve themselves in the routine D03 147 administration and fellowship of the congregation. D03 148 |^The presbyter cannot possibly choose to take this stance. ^The D03 149 presbyter is first and foremost involved in and with the local D03 150 congregation and gives a ministry of leadership to and around its D03 151 life. ^By contrast, the members of the congregation enjoy a natural D03 152 freedom to move in and out of its life exercising their ministries D03 153 wherever they find themselves. ^This same freedom is now extended as a D03 154 gift to those who are ordained as deacons. ^They are still accountable D03 155 but they are less caught up in the accounting. ^They should certainly D03 156 report to parish meetings or other bodies about their work but this D03 157 may well be somewhat remote from the usual agendas of such meetings. D03 158 ^Indeed, many of the people may feel more in tune with the work of the D03 159 presbyter because it is nearer to their experience. D03 160 |^This kind of freedom is truly appreciated and jealously D03 161 safeguarded by deacons. ^It releases them for new opportunities of D03 162 service in the community. ^It enables them to bridge the gap between D03 163 sacred and secular, between church and community, and it is one of the D03 164 profound marks of their calling that, in this sense, they participate D03 165 fully in the ministry of the \*2LAOS, *0the whole people of God. ^Thus D03 166 they are readily able to identify with lay people in their ministry in D03 167 the community; they make appropriate *"models**" of ministry for D03 168 laity; they are best able to motivate lay people. ^They do not stand D03 169 aside from the task as sidewalk supervisors but step in and get their D03 170 hands dirty. ^They are like the *"player coach**" who not only advises D03 171 the players but gets out on the field with them where the game is to D03 172 be played. D03 173 |^Deacons should cherish this privilege. ^To argue about who is D03 174 *"first**" in the orders of ministry is to miss the point; to aspire D03 175 to *"status**" is to compromise the essence of the diaconate which is D03 176 to serve and not to ask for any reward. ^To occupy one's thoughts with D03 177 whether or not one is truly seen as a proper *"minister**" is to deny D03 178 oneself the right and the opportunity to act in ministry. ^To imagine D03 179 that the restricted form of service to which the presbyter is tied is D03 180 a superior way of being a follower of Christ is to be blind to his D03 181 call to go out into the world as the servants of all. D03 182 |^Deacons have fewer institutional ties, wider horizons, and more D03 183 opportunities of direct service in the style of the Master. D03 184 *<*4*"A Full and Equal Order**"*> D03 185 |^*0This phrase is now readily attributed to James Barnett since D03 186 the publication of his book of that subtitle. ^But it is a principle D03 187 that has been enshrined in the thinking of the {0N.Z.} Methodist D03 188 Church during most of the last decade. ^While there are many ways in D03 189 which the diaconate is seen as different from the presbyterate this D03 190 does not, of itself, imply a lesser importance attached to the D03 191 ministry of the former. ^In reminding itself that it needed to listen D03 192 to those who were warning it against an order which might be D03 193 interpreted as giving special status to some people, the Conference D03 194 declared that the same warning needed to be directed towards the D03 195 Presbyterate. D03 196 *# D04 001 **[092 TEXT D04**] D04 002 ^*0When anti-Catholic bigotry flared at later periods the causes D04 003 were other than any deliberate policy of the Canterbury D04 004 Association, which accepted that the Church of England would D04 005 sponsor this last application of Wakefield's theory to developing D04 006 New Zealand. ^Certainly when Father Petitjean provided brief D04 007 leadership on his visit to Christchurch the small Catholic D04 008 community there was well treated: D04 009 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D04 010 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 011 **[END INDENTATION**] D04 012 |^The three acres nominated as Catholic Reserve were at the D04 013 south east corner of the town, a part of what is now the D04 014 Cathedral and schools complex in Barbadoes Street. ^Petitjean's D04 015 additional application in 1857 for annual financial grants to D04 016 establish and maintain schools, parallel to those allowed to the D04 017 different Protestant sects, was refused. D04 018 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 019 ^Three years later this difficulty was righted when Father D04 020 Chataigner took up permanent residence in Christchurch and D04 021 presented a formal document showing him to be the official D04 022 delegate of Bishop Viard, the head of the Church in the South D04 023 Island. D04 024 |^But it was only in its later planning stages that D04 025 Canterbury was envisaged as an Anglican settlement. ^The D04 026 Association for Founding the Settlement of Canterbury was set up D04 027 as an off-shoot of the New Zealand Company early in 1847, and by D04 028 the time its first pamphlet was published in the middle of the D04 029 following year it was clearly committed to an Anglican D04 030 foundation. ^Prior to this, however, there seemed to have been D04 031 some shopping around to find a religious group that would restore D04 032 flagging interest in the New Zealand Company. ^One writer D04 033 comments rather cynically of Wakefield: D04 034 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 035 |^There was more than a nibble at the Catholic Church. D04 036 ^Edward Jerningham Wakefield related that his father had sent him D04 037 to confer with Archbishop Whately, Anglican bishop in Dublin, D04 038 about a colonisation scheme. ^And Frank Petre of a prominent D04 039 Catholic family, and later architect for the Christchurch D04 040 Catholic Cathedral, recalled: D04 041 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D04 042 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 043 **[END INDENTATION**] D04 044 |^In the pre-Adamite years (up to the end of 1850) a total D04 045 of around 270 baptisms had been recorded, but outside of Akaroa D04 046 these included few children of European parents. ^On 16 December D04 047 1850 when two of the first four official migrant ships arrived at D04 048 Lyttelton, Se*?2on was at Purau on the opposite side of the D04 049 harbour baptising two young Maori men. ^He would have known the D04 050 *1Charlotte Jane *0heralded the beginning of an Anglican D04 051 invasion, and the convoy would have had little of immediate D04 052 priestly interest for him. ^Almost certainly he was on foot and D04 053 could not have gone into Lyttelton to join the welcome; for the D04 054 day after next he was on the other side of the hills and the D04 055 harbour baptising a child of European parents at Pigeon Bay. D04 056 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 057 ^There was no explicit record of any Catholics among them, not D04 058 even among the *'loose elements**'! ^But a few must have arrived D04 059 like Petitjean's contraband, for among the 21 baptisms listed in D04 060 1851 before the August retreat to Wellington, there were two D04 061 children of English or Irish parents at Lyttelton. ^During D04 062 Se*?2on's visits of 1854 there were a few more similar baptisms, D04 063 but hardly enough to indicate the number of Catholics Petitjean D04 064 found by 1857. D04 065 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D04 066 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 067 **[END INDENTATION**] D04 068 |^In retrospect it is difficult to assign fault anywhere. D04 069 ^In the background was friction between Pompallier and Colin *- D04 070 the Marist Founder and General *- who wanted better spiritual and D04 071 material care of his men than the Bishop was providing. ^Until D04 072 this and other administrative problems were solved Colin refused D04 073 to send more priests to New Zealand. ^In Europe the Society of D04 074 Mary had to consolidate to provide stability for its on-going D04 075 mission involvement, especially as part of Oceania was becoming D04 076 an English rather than a French sphere of influence. ^In 1850 D04 077 Colin had accepted a parish in Whitechapel, an Irish stronghold D04 078 in the East End of London. ^Within a couple of years it had six D04 079 French Marists serving close to 10,000 dispossessed Irish who D04 080 were living mostly in bitter poverty. ^It was a good proving D04 081 ground for priests destined for an English speaking mission in D04 082 New Zealand and elsewhere, but it was no place to recruit D04 083 vocations. ^By the time Petitjean was writing his letter thought D04 084 was being given to launching a college and novitiate in Ireland D04 085 itself. ^A further commitment was to Romford in Essex where Lord D04 086 Petre had provided a church. ^In staffing it for close to 20 D04 087 years the Society of Mary provided an opportunity for some of its D04 088 priests preparing for New Zealand to cut their English teeth. ^So D04 089 when the complainant confronted Petitjean about Christchurch D04 090 having no priest, the blunt facts were that in his first five D04 091 years in the new diocese Viard had lost seven priests for a D04 092 variety of reasons and there had been no replacements. ^Petitjean D04 093 lamented the effects of this: D04 094 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D04 095 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 096 **[END INDENTATION**] D04 097 |^One bright spot in this nine-month visitation of the south D04 098 in 1857 was finding a nucleus of a future church: D04 099 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D04 100 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 101 **[END INDENTATION**] D04 102 |^On the next leg of his journey, Banks Peninsula to Otago, D04 103 Petitjean travelled *1\gratis *0on a schooner owned by Johnny D04 104 Jones, the Australian sealing lad turned whaling/ farming/ D04 105 trading entrepreneur, then based in Dunedin. ^Not to be outdone, D04 106 Irish Captain Dixon offered the priest free passage any time he D04 107 wanted to travel with his ship, and sealed the promise by taking D04 108 up a collection from his crew for a church in Canterbury. ^Even D04 109 more, when next in Sydney, Dixon contacted \0Mrs Ellen Corcoran D04 110 (possibly a friend Petitjean had made on his 1842 begging trip D04 111 there), and she collected *+32.10.0 for the same cause. ^Back in D04 112 Wellington, Dixon left money with Viard, who in due time would D04 113 send it on to Christchurch for the church under construction D04 114 there. D04 115 |^From the time Petitjean dated his letter at Dunedin on 21 D04 116 November 1857, it took a further two and a half years before the D04 117 priest he prayed for so ardently was permanently appointed to D04 118 Christchurch. ^In the meantime Se*?2on spent the first three D04 119 months of 1859 around Christchurch and Banks Peninsula, and D04 120 mid-year Moreau stopped briefly at Lyttelton while travelling to D04 121 and returning from Otago. ^Viard's letters show his continuing D04 122 anxiety for priests for the South Island. ^While Se*?2on was D04 123 still in the south the Bishop had difficult decisions to make. D04 124 ^Three priests arrived in Wellington, the first Marist D04 125 reinforcements for 16 years and everybody wanted them. ^He filled D04 126 the gap left at Otaki by Comte's decision to return to France, D04 127 and he sent two more men to Taranaki. ^Viard always saw the Maori D04 128 as the first responsibility of the Society of Mary. ^The Taranaki D04 129 Maori were reported as still being comparatively untouched by D04 130 European life; there were few Protestant missionaries among them. D04 131 ^Moreover there were growing fears of an outbreak of war against D04 132 the European settlers and the bishop hoped (vainly, as it proved) D04 133 that extra priests would help defuse an explosive situation. D04 134 |^An added reason why Viard gave Taranaki priority over D04 135 Canterbury was that he had already asked Frederick Weld to search D04 136 for an English speaking priest for Christchurch. ^Weld, a D04 137 prominent Catholic, sheep farmer and politician, had developed D04 138 interests in Canterbury via the sheep station he and his cousin, D04 139 Charles Clifford, had established at Stonyhurst on the coastline D04 140 at the southern bank of the Hurunui River, by driving sheep D04 141 overland from Marlborough. ^Towards the end of 1858 he left on a D04 142 business and family visit to England armed with letters D04 143 authorising him to engage a priest for service with Viard. ^He D04 144 was unsuccessful. ^One avenue he explored was to approach his D04 145 cousin William Clifford, Bishop of Clifton, who undertook to D04 146 sound out All Hallows College, Dublin, but delayed doing this D04 147 till just two weeks before Weld was due to sail again for New D04 148 Zealand. D04 149 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D04 150 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 151 **[END INDENTATION**] D04 152 |^Viard's hopes were dashed when Weld arrived back without D04 153 any promise of a priest for Christchurch. ^Fairly early on in D04 154 their Oceania endeavour Marists had set up a supply depot in D04 155 Sydney. ^In 1857 Father Victor Poupinel, at 42, was appointed D04 156 there to have general oversight of the whole missionfield, and to D04 157 liaise with Marist headquarters in France. ^He was a man of D04 158 charm, tact and prudence who proved he could rough it in the D04 159 field as well as drive a desk in Sydney; his letters are a quarry D04 160 (still only partly worked) of detailed facts about the Pacific D04 161 mission for the next fifteen years. ^It was to him Viard appealed D04 162 when Weld's search for a priest proved fruitless: *"the south of D04 163 this diocese is in a pitiable state.**" D04 164 |^Recently arrived in Sydney was Father John Chataigner who D04 165 at 39 was getting acclimatised and learning English after 12 D04 166 years of seminary and college teaching in France. ^He had D04 167 persisted in requesting foreign mission work. ^One letter to D04 168 superiors read: D04 169 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 170 ^Poupinel, without waiting as he should have for directions from D04 171 Lyons, took it on himself to cut short Chataigner's allotted time D04 172 in Sydney for learning English and sent him to Viard for D04 173 Canterbury. ^He arrived in Wellington on 26 April 1860. D04 174 |^By 1 May, Viard was writing to France that when it came to D04 175 finding an experienced companion for Chataigner the choice fell D04 176 between Moreau and Se*?2on; the latter was chosen, partly because D04 177 he had had more experience of the south than Moreau, and partly D04 178 because he was thought to have the more suitable temperament to work D04 179 congenially with Chataigner. ^At 53 Se*?2on was now a veteran of D04 180 19 years strenuous experience in New Zealand. ^After the D04 181 heart-breaking abandonment of Akaroa in 1851, while stationed at D04 182 Otaki and the Hutt Valley, he had made three further trips to the D04 183 South Island, at least one of which included walking back from D04 184 Dunedin to Christchurch. ^It is not clear when Se*?2on left D04 185 Wellington for this definitive appointment to Christchurch but, D04 186 on 23 May, Viard was writing to him at Port Cooper where he had D04 187 arrived after a quick visit to the Popplewells and others in D04 188 Dunedin. ^Nor can Chataigner's arrival be dated precisely, but D04 189 his first baptismal entry is for 27 May at Lyttelton. D04 190 |^It seems that the two priests lived in Lyttelton for a D04 191 start, probably with the Healey family. ^By the middle of July D04 192 they were (as Viard had advised) renting a cottage in Tuam D04 193 Street, Christchurch. ^But then, to the Bishop's dismay and D04 194 against his instructions, they entered into a contract for the D04 195 building of a church-presbytery for *+300. ^Somewhat against his D04 196 better judgement Viard borrowed *+150 at 10% a year and sent it D04 197 to Christchurch in two instalments: *"^My position is becoming D04 198 even more vexatious in order to help you in your difficulties.**" D04 199 |^Having seen the problems that Bishop Pompallier's reckless D04 200 borrowing had created in Auckland, Viard had no wish to find D04 201 himself in similar straits and the constant anxiety of his D04 202 episcopate was financing the mission as the diocese developed. D04 203 ^In a letter to the Superior General Chataigner later wrote: D04 204 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D04 205 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D04 206 **[END INDENTATION**] D04 207 |^The two priests had been in Canterbury for about three D04 208 months before a recognisable group of Catholics arrived on the D04 209 *1William Miles *0on 22 August *- 44 of them. ^The *1contraband D04 210 *0era was closed at last. ^There is no clue now left to explain D04 211 why they arrived together, why that particular ship carried an D04 212 unusual quota of Catholics. ^Judging from the names remaining, D04 213 the majority were Irish. ^Bad weather on their arrival confined D04 214 them to the immigration barracks for their first three days. ^On D04 215 the Saturday, their first opportunity to explore Lyttelton, they D04 216 met Chataigner leading a small funeral procession. ^He offered to D04 217 stay overnight, and celebrate Sunday Mass for them. ^They boosted D04 218 the normal local congregation of three women and two men. ^When D04 219 they arrived at the Christchurch barracks a few days later, D04 220 Chataigner was there to greet them. ^Mass was offered the D04 221 following Sunday in a room of the Royal Hotel, and the D04 222 congregation of newcomers was augmented by a handful of others. D04 223 ^The priests' cottage at Tuam Street West backed on to the hotel; D04 224 both were owned by a Catholic, \0Mrs Thompson. ^After Mass D04 225 Chataigner invited the men to meet at his cottage and there D04 226 announced that the Provincial Government had directed him to D04 227 build on the Catholic Reserve or risk forfeiture, as the three D04 228 year time limit on starting to use the grant of land was D04 229 expiring. D04 230 *# D05 001 **[093 TEXT D05**] D05 002 *<*4Daily Work*> D05 003 *<*0John 5:1-18*> D05 004 |^A political turn has been given to the reply of Jesus to the D05 005 Pharisees, who were angered that he should heal a cripple on the D05 006 Sabbath, *"^My Father is a member of the working-classes still *- and D05 007 so am I!**" D05 008 |^He had approached the paralytic, afflicted for the past D05 009 thirty-eight years, with what must have seemed a most insensitive D05 010 question, *"^Do you want to get well?**" ^An even greater shock D05 011 followed in the command to do the impossible. ^*"Rise to your feet, D05 012 take up your bed and walk.**" ^And he did. D05 013 |^Orthodoxy did not generally condemn an action of mercy on the D05 014 Sabbath. ^It was acceptable to carry a cripple on his pallet, but for D05 015 him to lift up his own stretcher was work. ^What made his critics' D05 016 antagonism even more fierce was that Jesus should offer justification D05 017 by reference to God's way in the world. ^It had long been a matter of D05 018 Jewish debate how God could keep the Sabbath (Genesis 2: 2) and D05 019 sustain the universe. ^They argued that, while God ceased from any D05 020 physical effort, God was still life-giver. D05 021 |^Philo worked it out to his own satisfaction allegorically. ^The D05 022 reasoning was precarious but Jesus moved into this area confidently D05 023 and with an incontrovertible declaration that God is always working, D05 024 just as the sun is always giving light. ^The present tense of the D05 025 verbs indicates continuity. D05 026 |^There was a double error in the attitude of the Pharisees here, D05 027 first in the shift of the Sabbath concept into negative restriction. D05 028 ^In various contexts, the term can suggest division of time but more D05 029 frequently cessation, *"^Stop what you are doing.**" ^Allow in D05 030 *"quietness of heart**" the full enjoyment of living, a day in which D05 031 all the other days are gathered up, sharing and savouring the victory D05 032 of creation. ^The Sabbath represented fulfilment in rest and shalom. D05 033 |^In their usage, however, it had come to be the sign of D05 034 difference from other days, and from other people, leading to the D05 035 second misunderstanding which could set a legal nicety above the D05 036 welfare of the person. ^It set also a sharp dichotomy between work and D05 037 worship. ^This was contrary to biblical intention, where the one word D05 038 labodhah means both *"work**" and *"worship**". ^To this there was no D05 039 reply. ^For the Pharisees it was the point of no return. ^They were D05 040 now more determined than ever to kill him. D05 041 |^They had been confounded from within their own Torah where work D05 042 is integral to the life of the People of God. ^If, among Greeks, toil D05 043 was demeaning, to be left to menials, an Ecclesiasticus could equate D05 044 it with prayer: D05 045 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D05 046 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D05 047 **[END INDENTATION**] D05 048 |^It was in line with his Rabbinic training that Paul advocated D05 049 the *"worker-priest**" approach, combining a good pair of hands as a D05 050 tent-maker with ministry. ^There is no contradiction biblically D05 051 between honest toil and the worship of God, the word *"liturgy**" D05 052 itself deriving from \leitourgia, signifying service, both secular and D05 053 religious. D05 054 |^Could the roadside sign be put at the door of a church, D05 055 *"^Danger, people at work**"? ^The Minutes of early Methodist Class D05 056 Meetings were often almost identical with those of meetings of local D05 057 Trade Unions. ^Methodists today still take their stand on their Social D05 058 Creed, in commitment to the dignity of work, the right to employment, D05 059 and to social justice. D05 060 |*?31*?31 D05 061 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D05 062 ^Work as an expression of divine life is a gift to humanity. ^To share D05 063 the divine stewardship over the world is part of the meaning of the D05 064 phrase *"image of God**". ^Work is a means of fulfilment and healing, D05 065 a test and expression of character. D05 066 **[END INDENTATION**] D05 067 |*?31*?31 D05 068 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D05 069 ^When, in the Genesis story, Adam and Eve left the garden, they took a D05 070 spade with them. ^Work was in no sense a punishment. ^The shadow of D05 071 self-sufficient pride fell across it to bring an accompaniment of D05 072 *"thorns and thistles**" and division. ^It tended to become D05 073 depressing, often depersonalising. D05 074 **[END INDENTATION**] D05 075 |*?31*?31 D05 076 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D05 077 ^For the Christian, the redemption of work, as of all things, is D05 078 through worship. ^By the continual working of the Spirit, whatever is D05 079 attempted and offered builds up, not only the life of the community, D05 080 but with it the realm of right relationships. D05 081 **[END INDENTATION**] D05 082 |^Through the one calling to be a Christian, all work becomes D05 083 vocation. D05 084 |^*"With them that love him, he cooperates in all things for D05 085 good.**" D05 086 *<*4The Company of Faith*> D05 087 *<*2ALL SAINTS*> D05 088 *<*0Ecclesiasticus 38, 44 Hebrews 11:1-12:3*> D05 089 |^In the Christian Year, to make sure that just no one was D05 090 overlooked, a common festival was instituted for All Martyrs. D05 091 |^By the fifth century, this became the Feast of All Saints. D05 092 ^Originally celebrated at Easter, it was transferred to the first of D05 093 November. ^Then it came to be recognised that there are so many other D05 094 Christians who may not be particularly distinguished, members of one's D05 095 own family, also, who lived and died in the faith. ^They too should be D05 096 remembered in gratitude and commended to God. D05 097 |^A eucharistic memorial was thus observed on All Souls Day, D05 098 November 2nd. ^While there is a long list in the story of the Church D05 099 of those *"of whom the world is not worthy**", there are far more of D05 100 them than found in any Church Calendar. ^Around the prophets, the D05 101 apostles, the Pauls, Augustines, and Wesleys, giving support, helping D05 102 to continue the influence of the message, there are in the background, D05 103 the circles of the Anonymous. ^They constitute a host that no one can D05 104 number. D05 105 |^So the writer to the Hebrews speaks of being surrounded by the D05 106 *"great cloud of witnesses**". ^He is thinking probably not of a host D05 107 of spectators, cheering on present runners in a race in the arena, but D05 108 of those who have kept looking, not at us so much, as at the one who D05 109 endured the Cross, *"the pioneer and perfecter**" of faith. D05 110 |^The letter to the Hebrews was written in a time of change and D05 111 crisis. ^Under the pressures, old established institutions were coming D05 112 down. ^Deep cracks in society, long concealed, were becoming visible D05 113 as if an earthquake had passed through. ^The struggle for the soul of D05 114 the world was, as the writer put it, shaking heaven and earth. ^This D05 115 is always the time of a great temptation, when the first enthusiasm D05 116 has gone, to move out from under. D05 117 |^It is debated whether the particular desire here was to merge D05 118 into the protection of paganism (Moffatt, Scott), to revert to the D05 119 permitted national religion of Judaism, into the old order (Nairne), D05 120 or simply to hold back from the struggle, to stagnate and refuse to D05 121 move on into the new world (Manson). D05 122 |^The writer insists first of all that the world is in the grip of D05 123 conflict. ^Not that chance impersonal forces have got loose and out of D05 124 hand. ^God, who is not caught by surprise in these events, is actually D05 125 the author of change. ^God's arms are around the world, shaking it, D05 126 that the old unworthy and impermanent things may come tumbling down, D05 127 that *"the things which cannot be shaken may remain.**" ^As the writer D05 128 says, *"^It is a wonderful and awesome thing to fall into the hands of D05 129 the living God**" (10:31). ^*"Our God is a consuming fire**" (12:29). D05 130 |^It is at this point, as happens in Ecclesiasticus 44, that the D05 131 writer sets out before his readers, as an encouragement, a great D05 132 Westminister Abbey Roll Call of honour of the leaders of the pilgrim D05 133 people. ^It is a strange list from Abel onwards, Noah, Abraham, Sarah, D05 134 Moses, also Rahab the harlot, Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephtah, David D05 135 and the prophets. D05 136 |^Far from perfect, limited in understanding, the Abrahams and the D05 137 Baraks had one thing in common, a heroic grasp of the unseen in faith, D05 138 a willingness to face death itself in their pursuit of the goal. ^The D05 139 biblical *"saint**" was someone consecrated to God, not as having D05 140 arrived at a point of perfection but rather as being on a road from D05 141 the old life to the new. D05 142 |^Jesus is the goal, the trail-blazer, always out in front, giving D05 143 encouragement, incentive, and leadership. ^We cannot go into any area D05 144 of life in which he is not there already. ^The acceptance of the D05 145 Cross, in the *"joy set before him**" provides the evidence, D05 146 *"therefore, let us be grateful for receiving a kingdom that cannot be D05 147 shaken**" as members of the perpetual fellowship of faith. D05 148 |*?31*?31 D05 149 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D05 150 ^Down the road along which some benefit or enrichment to life has D05 151 come, there stands a cross. ^Blessing is given to us freely but it has D05 152 come at cost to someone else. ^We are always *"in someone's debt**" D05 153 ({0R.L.} Stevenson). D05 154 **[END INDENTATION**] D05 155 |*?31*?31 D05 156 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D05 157 ^Even the best that comes out of the past is incomplete without the D05 158 contribution of the present and the future. ^The promise belongs to D05 159 all the ages. D05 160 **[END INDENTATION**] D05 161 |*?31*?31 D05 162 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D05 163 ^On All Saints and All Souls Days, the invitation comes to take up the D05 164 torch of faith, to merge into that continuity of healing influence D05 165 that runs right through the life of this world. ^It means believing in D05 166 something, shaking off the besetting disloyalty that trips us up, as D05 167 with children in a sack-race, and going out *"beyond the camp**" of D05 168 the merely traditional to the Christian altar which lies outside the D05 169 city wall. D05 170 **[END INDENTATION**] D05 171 |^At the Eucharist, we give thanks within a vast company. ^In some D05 172 Scandinavian churches, the communion rail is semicircular, its ends D05 173 against the back wall, completed, as they say, on the other side in D05 174 the Communion of Saints. D05 175 |^The sacramental conveys the unseen reality. ^A student once went D05 176 to study in Germany, lonely and isolated in his lack of the language. D05 177 ^On the Sunday he went to a Church of his persuasion he found nearby. D05 178 ^Some words were familiar and he could join in the Amen. ^Recognisable D05 179 were the actions of obedience in the breaking of the bread and the D05 180 sharing of the cup. ^At the conclusion, the custom in this Church was D05 181 for the congregation to stand and join hands in a circle of D05 182 fellowship. ^He knew he belonged. D05 183 |^By gesture, symbol, touch, example, and by the Spirit we are D05 184 gathered into the family of faith. D05 185 *<*4The Word of Affirmation*> D05 186 *<*2PENTECOST 24*> D05 187 *<*0*=I Chronicles 16:23-36 Revelation 3*> D05 188 |^There are certain Hebrew words which have, around the world, D05 189 remained in the vocabulary of celebration. D05 190 |^Hallelujah conveys, as no other the mood of thanksgiving, D05 191 *"^Praise ye, Yahweh; glory to God in the highest**". ^Amen is the D05 192 other, a word which sometimes is reduced casually to a fullstop at the D05 193 end of a sentence, *"^That's that! ^The prayer, the service, is D05 194 over.**" D05 195 |^The root meaning of Amen conveys suggestions of firmness, D05 196 certainty, fidelity and reality. ^Cognate with it is the verb used of D05 197 Abraham who, when glimpsing something of the purpose of God in D05 198 history, *"Made himself secure in it.**" ^He said Amen to it. ^It is a D05 199 little weakened when translated into Greek with the rendering *"^So be D05 200 it**", becoming less a declaration than a wish. D05 201 |^It is the word of the congregation that was so important in D05 202 Hebrew usage. ^When they recited the Shema' *"^Hear O Israel, the Lord D05 203 our God is one Lord**" all the people would respond with their Amen as D05 204 a public witness that truly they believed it. ^This was their faith. D05 205 |^When the early Christians carried over into their worship many D05 206 of the hymns and prayers of the Synagogue, it was natural that this D05 207 word too should come across into their liturgy with even richer D05 208 significance. D05 209 |^Paul's complaint to the Corinthians was that, if their service D05 210 were given over to undisciplined and unintelligible emotionalism, the D05 211 uninitiated could hardly join in the Amen (*=I \0Cor 14: 16). ^It was D05 212 used both as a response, *"^This indeed is our prayer; may it be D05 213 so,**" and as assent to a credal affirmation. ^Curiously, in the D05 214 hymnbook, the Amen has sometimes been omitted as if it belongs solely D05 215 to prayer. ^In recent practice, it has often been taken away from the D05 216 congregation altogether and restricted to the pulpit. D05 217 |^The Amen is furthermore a term of commitment, saying *"^Yes**" D05 218 to the great Christian insights, not only in word but with life D05 219 itself, using it not in detachment but to grasp truth with both hands. D05 220 ^Jerome reports that the congregational Amen would sound like *"the D05 221 fall of water or the noise of thunder.**" D05 222 *# D06 001 **[094 TEXT D06**] D06 002 *<*544: 1900 to 1920 *- The Maori Christian Churches*> D06 003 |^*0By the beginning of the twentieth century the economic D06 004 and social status of the Maori was beginning to rise. ^The census D06 005 of 1901 showed that their population which had reached its lowest D06 006 ebb in 1896 was again beginning to rise. ^By 1921 it regained the D06 007 level held in 1858, though the Maori percentage of the total D06 008 population was drastically altered *- making up only 4.5 percent, D06 009 compared with 48.5 percent four decades earlier. ^Improvements in D06 010 health services and living conditions, and growing immunity to D06 011 introduced diseases increased expected life-spans, so the future D06 012 of the race began to look brighter. D06 013 |^Economically the situation in New Zealand generally was at D06 014 a peak. ^From the 1890s to 1920, mainly as result of the D06 015 development of refrigerated carriers, a boom in farming greatly D06 016 increased the wealth of the country. ^Many Maori, landholders and D06 017 labourers, shared in this new prosperity. ^The First World War D06 018 not only kept up overseas markets for meat, dairy products, and D06 019 wool, but Maori presence in the war effort further increased the D06 020 standing of the race in European eyes. ^Perhaps even more D06 021 importantly, it helped promote among the Maori themselves a new D06 022 feeling of Maori nationalism and racial mana. D06 023 |^Great cultural changes were also occurring at this time. D06 024 ^Maori graduates in several areas of learning were taking their D06 025 place in official positions, one Maori politician was a cabinet D06 026 minister and on occasions filled the position of Acting Prime D06 027 Minister. ^The view of the Young Maori Party was that the future D06 028 of the Maori lay in full integration with the Europeans and D06 029 adherence to his ways. ^Under this new system of secular D06 030 leadership the Maori began to exert a little influence in the D06 031 political field, though it was clear that any improvement in D06 032 their lot was the result of coming to terms with European rule D06 033 rather than opposing it. D06 034 |^It was, then, a time of change from religious to secular D06 035 leadership, and this was reflected in the situation present D06 036 during the period. D06 037 |^By the year 1900 most of the great Maori religious leaders D06 038 of the past decades were dead. ^Paora Potangaroa, Te Maiharoa, Te D06 039 Ua Haumene, and Titokowaru had all died during the 1880s; Te D06 040 Kooti, Te Ra Karepe and Rangawhenua the two priests of the Pao D06 041 Miere response, and Mahuki Manukura followed during the 90s. ^The D06 042 movement of the Northland prophetess Remana Hi had declined and D06 043 was no longer active. ^The few who were alive after the turn of D06 044 the century were not only in their old age but their former D06 045 influence had lessened. ^The Bay of Plenty prophet Himiona Te D06 046 Orinui passed away in 1904, and Te Whiti and Tohu, the two giants D06 047 of Parihaka, both died in 1907. ^Matenga Tamati lived until 1914, D06 048 but his peak period of popularity occurred early in the new D06 049 century also. D06 050 |^Rua Kenana, whose Iharaira response did not start until D06 051 1904, began as a prophet in the pattern of those of the former D06 052 period, therefore in this work his movement is considered with D06 053 those of the period 1860-1900. ^It is interesting, though, to D06 054 note that the change which occurred in the movement after 1915 D06 055 brought it more in line with those connected with this later D06 056 period. ^Whereas in its earlier days Rua himself resembled an Old D06 057 Testament-type prophetic figure and the community lived a D06 058 separatist existence more in line with Hebrew tradition, in the D06 059 later period he saw himself as a christ to his people and the D06 060 emphasis was more on millennial beliefs. ^Furthermore, this D06 061 alteration came about after the Government's display of enforcing D06 062 its secular power over the prophet's religious standing. D06 063 |^Further considerations possibly also assisted the D06 064 alteration in religious response from one form to another. ^In D06 065 the former decades when the people sought to improve their D06 066 position of seemingly inevitable coming defeat, they turned to D06 067 the scriptures and followed theories based on notions inspired by D06 068 Old Testament stories of miraculous deliverance. ^In this way D06 069 they attempted to support their resistance by backing it with D06 070 notions of divine will which included prophecies of victory. D06 071 ^Such movements fulfilled their purpose of uplifting the spirits D06 072 of the people involved, but they were often less effective in D06 073 solving specific problems, such as regaining lost land. ^While D06 074 they had great social value, therefore, they also often failed to D06 075 live up to eventual expectations, particularly in the fulfilment D06 076 of their more dramatic claims such as apparently divinely D06 077 inspired promises, and prophetic predictions. D06 078 |^In addition, at this time the Christian mission had been D06 079 active in New Zealand for a full lifetime, and several D06 080 generations had grown up experiencing its teachings as part of D06 081 their own culture. ^To the present Maori, the principles and D06 082 practices of the Europeans, including those of the Christian D06 083 faith, were familiar because they had become absorbed into their D06 084 own tradition. D06 085 |^When many of the Maori gave up Christian worship in the D06 086 preceding decades, they often continued to study the scriptures, D06 087 and this factor prepared the way for an eventual return. ^As D06 088 early as 1889, the Wanganui chief Waero spoke to Father Cognet of D06 089 the Catholic mission, assuring him that the Maori prophets were D06 090 not enemies of the church. ^Furthermore, he said, their time was D06 091 now over *- D06 092 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D06 093 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D06 094 **[END INDENTATION**] D06 095 |^While some returned to membership of the established D06 096 churches, in other cases forms of Maori Christianity had D06 097 developed and were supplying the spiritual needs of the people. D06 098 ^The new movements were Christian churches, but the emphasis was D06 099 on their Maori character. ^This development was necessary because D06 100 of the separation between Maori and Europeans during the period. D06 101 ^The population, though presumed one under law and government, D06 102 was composed of two societies which co-existed side by side, yet D06 103 separated by their different traditions and situations. D06 104 |^This was reflected in the formation of separate missions D06 105 within the activities of the churches. ^The established D06 106 denominations had developed separate Maori sections and yet these D06 107 still came under European control. ^Rather than accept the D06 108 implied lesser status of their section, the Maori wanted their D06 109 own churches which would be self-governing. D06 110 |^But there were other reasons which also supported the D06 111 desirability of separate worship. ^The two societies laid their D06 112 emphases on different aspects of the Christian teachings and use D06 113 of the scriptures. ^The Maori, because of their recent social D06 114 history and continuing spiritual needs, still found more D06 115 fulfilment in liberation theology and millennial beliefs than did D06 116 the Europeans. ^There was also a need for more personal D06 117 involvement in the practice of worship than was provided for in D06 118 most established churches. D06 119 |^The attitude of many Europeans to things which were sacred D06 120 caused a further area of separation. ^The Maori, whose traditions D06 121 taught him to revere anything of a sacred nature, had always been D06 122 dismayed at the way in which such objects, places, and subjects D06 123 were regarded by others, and this often led to the conclusion D06 124 that their own race might be more suited to teaching the D06 125 Europeans of such matters than the other way around. D06 126 |^All these factors combined to produce a movement towards D06 127 the establishment of a further group of distinctly Maori D06 128 religious responses. ^Often membership in one of the established D06 129 churches was retained while the main energy of the people was D06 130 devoted to more regular worship in one such additional response. D06 131 ^Overall, though, participation in the European-controlled D06 132 churches often remained low while alternatives flourished. D06 133 |^This trend was also reflected in the Mormon Church which, D06 134 after an encouraging start to its Maori mission during the 1880s D06 135 to 1900, declined markedly after this time until by 1940 it was D06 136 very depressed. D06 137 |^Examination of the three main movements included in this D06 138 period *- The Church of the Seven Rules of Jehovah, Te Hahi o te D06 139 Wairua Tapu (The Holy Ghost Mission), and the Ratana Church *- D06 140 shows that the response of the Maori following the turn of the D06 141 century contained many rather different characteristics from that D06 142 of the previous period. ^Whereas the tone was formerly one of D06 143 reaction, it now changed to reconciliation; from separatism to D06 144 support. ^Rather than a series of movements which largely D06 145 rejected Europeans and their beliefs, it was time for the D06 146 formation of Maori Christian churches which mainly upheld the D06 147 values and beliefs of the Europeans while still acknowledging the D06 148 special needs of the Maori. D06 149 |^As in the decades before, the movements tended to centre D06 150 around a prophet or prophetess, but the role of this founder was D06 151 not as pivotal as it was previously. ^While they still provided D06 152 the original inspiration, the trend was now towards the D06 153 establishment of a more structured organization with different D06 154 members forming orders of functionaries and taking part in the D06 155 affairs of the body. D06 156 |^Similarly to most of their counterparts in the decades D06 157 before, the central figures were members of one of the orthodox D06 158 churches before they set up their response, as were the majority D06 159 of their followers. ^What was different in this time was that D06 160 they felt they retained that membership *- their own movement D06 161 being regarded more as complementing their former church rather D06 162 than replacing it. ^In the case of *'Seven Rules**' the Anglican D06 163 Church was referred to as the mother church, or the adult bird D06 164 from which the offspring had hatched out. ^Mere Rikiriki D06 165 supported the mission work of the Anglican and Methodist churches D06 166 in the area, and Ratana encouraged a revival of church membership D06 167 until difficulties forced the establishment of a separate body. D06 168 |^Each of the founders claimed to have received revelation D06 169 from God so can be likened to those of the past who also believed D06 170 they were divinely appointed. ^Rather than the Old D06 171 Testament-style prophets who characterized the previous decades, D06 172 however, the twentieth century figures were simpler religious D06 173 leaders who also fulfilled the role of evangelist. ^The image of D06 174 many of the earlier prophets was that of the traditional tohunga D06 175 overlaid with aspects of one or several biblical models; now the D06 176 more usual attitude was to reject the ways of the past and adopt D06 177 the new. ^Whereas preceding prophets had often allowed some D06 178 acknowledgment of the traditional atua, and utilized some of the D06 179 arts of the tohunga, the ones of this time were usually opposed D06 180 to such things *- probably at least partially because of the D06 181 passing of the Tohunga Suppression Act of 1907. D06 182 |^The view of God also underwent some alteration even though D06 183 the name Jehovah was still most favoured. ^The image of a divine D06 184 deliverer who was expected to avenge the wrongs done to his D06 185 people and scatter their enemies, gave way to something more in D06 186 line with Christian teachings. ^Instead of the one indivisible D06 187 and all-powerful god as presented in the Hebraic scriptures, D06 188 Jehovah was now made up of the three members of the Trinity, and D06 189 was to be loved rather than feared. ^The Ratana Church combined D06 190 the ideas as *"Jehovah *- Father, Son, and Holy Ghost**". D06 191 |^Consequently, the long-standing belief that the Maori were D06 192 descendants of the Israelites and were therefore assured of D06 193 deliverance by right, also altered. ^A more orthodox Christian D06 194 view began to take over and by 1920 {0T.W.} Ratana was preaching D06 195 that the Maori had been chosen by God from all other peoples of D06 196 the world because of their worthiness at this time. ^Now the D06 197 emphasis of teaching was on such topics as faith in God, the D06 198 avoidance of sin, and the salvation possible through Christ. D06 199 ^Aspects of the rejection of Christian practices which were D06 200 widespread in earlier times were now mainly absent. D06 201 |^The millennial expectation in this period, therefore, was D06 202 for the coming of the Kingdom of God, a state which included no D06 203 notion of separatism through race, though perhaps through belief, D06 204 following Christian doctrine. D06 205 |^One of the most notable alterations occurred in the new D06 206 attitude to the Government. ^Maori politicians were taking their D06 207 place in parliament, but the change in attitude manifested itself D06 208 in a more spiritual way with the Church of Seven Rules basing its D06 209 doctrine on the idea of the divine mandate of the British king. D06 210 ^The mission of the prophet {0T.W.} Ratana had two equal sides *- D06 211 the spiritual and the material, with the second concentrating on D06 212 having Ratana candidates elected to the Maori positions in the D06 213 House of Representatives. D06 214 *# D07 001 **[095 TEXT D07**] D07 002 |^All lay ministers need to have a profound love for the Eucharist D07 003 and a vital faith that through reception of Christ's body and blood D07 004 they are given the power to live, love, joy and suffer in union with D07 005 him as they carry out whatever \*1diakonia *0he assigns to them. D07 006 |^Attending daily Mass is itself a most valuable ministry of D07 007 prayer for the needs of the whole world, and there are those called by D07 008 the Spirit to concentrate all their self-offering for others in this D07 009 one act each day. D07 010 |^\0St. Peter wrote that we are *"a chosen race, a royal D07 011 priesthood, a consecrated nation, a people set apart to sing the D07 012 praises of God**" (*=I \0Pet. 2. 9), and Vatican *=II quoted his words D07 013 and applied them to the laity. D07 014 |^All the baptized *"are consecrated into a spiritual house and a D07 015 holy priesthood**", are called to offer themselves *"as a living D07 016 sacrifice**" as they *"exercise that priesthood by receiving the D07 017 sacraments, by prayer and thanksgiving, by the witness of a holy life, D07 018 and by self-denial and active charity**" (*1Church, *010). D07 019 |^Lay ministries derive from this priesthood of the baptized. D07 020 ^Only the ordained minister can consecrate the elements and officially D07 021 offer them for us to God at the altar. ^But all of us are meant to D07 022 join ourselves with that offering in a spirit of total self-giving. D07 023 ^All prayer is offering the sacrifice of praise that glorifies God, D07 024 but the Eucharist is the supreme act of praise. ^After participating D07 025 in it *"as worshippers whose every deed is holy, the laity consecrate D07 026 the world itself to God**" (*1Church, *034). D07 027 |^Within the unfolding of the Eucharist, the lay minister of the D07 028 Eucharist performs a duty of loving service that calls for especial D07 029 devotion, reverence, dedication and humility. ^No human being is D07 030 worthy to consecrate, receive or give the Lord's body to others. ^Yet D07 031 he calls some to do this, and they respond in awe and overwhelming D07 032 love if they realize the significance of their calling. D07 033 |^If they have been chosen for the right reasons, and not because D07 034 they have influence, social position, connections with the hierarchy, D07 035 or have lived in the parish all their lives, and if they have been D07 036 properly instructed and prepared before induction, then they will come D07 037 to their ministry with deep humility. D07 038 |^Their devotion to the Eucharist will be evident in the D07 039 sacrifices they make to attend Mass and receive Communion on at least D07 040 some weekdays as well as Sundays. ^When giving Communion to others, D07 041 they are also making a spiritual, silent impact through the quality D07 042 and intensity of their own faith, hope and love. D07 043 |^All lay ministries, if faithfully carried out, lead to growth in D07 044 holiness in both the minister and those they serve, but of its very D07 045 nature the eucharistic ministry offers special graces if the minister D07 046 is prepared to receive them. ^It costs to open oneself to receive a D07 047 grace, and from those to whom much is given a great deal is going to D07 048 be asked by God. ^Our individual response to his proffered graces is a D07 049 matter of our own choice, and our willingness to accept the D07 050 consequences flowing from those graces. D07 051 |^Every time a minister of the Eucharist holds the Lord between D07 052 her fingers, Jesus is asking her to make a deeper commitment of D07 053 herself to him and others. ^He is asking that her heart be opened D07 054 completely to become one with his heart, that she submit to his usage D07 055 in whatever way he desires, entering into a total sharing of his D07 056 servanthood with him. D07 057 |^Only those who live each hour of each day in unremitting effort D07 058 to respond to this summons to total commitment, know what the cost is. D07 059 ^They are the ones who are responding fully to the vocation of D07 060 eucharistic minister. D07 061 |^As well as distributing Communion at Parish Masses, the minister D07 062 may be appointed to do so to the sick or housebound or elderly. ^This D07 063 is a special extension of his ministry, involving personal D07 064 relationships with people who may be in need of spiritual comfort and D07 065 refreshment by word of mouth as well as sacramentally. D07 066 |^Often such people are lonely and need befriending, someone to D07 067 talk to, to share suffering or problems with, to cheer them up, to D07 068 give \*1koinonia. ^*0The minister's personal warmth and empathy are D07 069 part of the eucharistic presence of Jesus that he bears sacramentally D07 070 with him. ^He comes to give Jesus in all possible ways to the person D07 071 he serves. D07 072 |^A minister of the Eucharist may also be called upon to baptize, D07 073 to perform the rite of viaticum for those seriously ill or in danger D07 074 of death, to lead and conduct paraliturgies and celebrations of the D07 075 Word, to read the gospel. D07 076 |^In areas where there is no priest or where there is religious D07 077 persecution, the minister's role becomes extremely important, and his D07 078 duties diverse. ^As priests die and there are no newly ordained ones D07 079 to take their place, a body of reliable, spiritually awakened, D07 080 competent, dedicated, reverent and freely available eucharistic D07 081 ministers in a parish becomes a necessity. D07 082 |^Perhaps one of the reasons why God permits the shortage of D07 083 clergy to become acute is precisely so that lay women and men will be D07 084 trained to participate fully in a whole range of ministries as the D07 085 best possible way of fulfilling their common vocation of sanctifying D07 086 the secular order. D07 087 |^*4Ministers of the Word: ^*0The reading of the epistle, lesson, D07 088 psalm, and prayers of the faithful at the Sunday Eucharist is not a D07 089 ministry to be lightly undertaken. ^It is necessary to be a really D07 090 good reader, if possible expert. D07 091 |^What are the qualities called for? D07 092 |^The reader needs a personal knowledge and love of the bible not D07 093 derived only from the Sunday readings. ^To read with all the nuances D07 094 of meaning in a passage of scripture, she should be able to relate D07 095 that passage to the rest of the bible and to have the kind of D07 096 spiritual enlightenment concerning it that comes only from prayerful D07 097 study and personal application of God's Word to her own life. D07 098 |^She also needs to pronounce correctly names of people and D07 099 places, and any other unfamiliar words. (^I once heard a reader tell D07 100 us about an *1urchin *0instead of a *1eunuch *0throughout the whole of D07 101 the passage about Philip and the Ethiopian.) D07 102 |^Her delivery must be first class. ^Her voice and diction ought D07 103 to be clear, and pitched to be heard by everyone in the church, taking D07 104 into account the presence or absence of a microphone, its qualities, D07 105 and its correct placing in relation to her mouth. D07 106 |^She is reading to people, so she needs to look at them D07 107 frequently without losing her place. ^Her delivery should be D07 108 unhurried, her tone of voice and modulations in keeping with the type D07 109 of passage, her own sincerity and faith evident in every word she D07 110 says. ^This of course implies conscientious practice beforehand. D07 111 |^It is God's Word she is proclaiming in a ministry of \*1kerygma. D07 112 ^*0She must aim at getting through to everyone present, having D07 113 beforehand asked the Holy Spirit to help her to do so, and to read to D07 114 the glory of God, not for her own self-importance. D07 115 |^Her reverence and dignity need to be apparent as she approaches D07 116 and leaves the sanctuary and stands at the lectern. ^If she leads the D07 117 congregation in the psalm and prayers of the faithful, she should make D07 118 it apparent by her manner that this is an act of worship she and they D07 119 are doing together. D07 120 |^A really good reader in the spiritual sense as well as in D07 121 technique is a great asset to the Mass. ^Her expertise can well be D07 122 used in expanding her ministry to include training others to proclaim D07 123 the Word of God in a similar way, though with each individual's D07 124 personal stamp of style and authenticity. D07 125 *<*2CHAPTER SEVENTEEN*> D07 126 *<*4Welcomers*> D07 127 |^*0It is unfortunately true that people repeatedly say they are D07 128 not made welcome at the Catholic church, other people do not bother to D07 129 greet or stop to talk to them, and that no one finds out whether they D07 130 are new parishioners, transitory visitors, regular holidaymakers, or D07 131 members of the parish that no one has taken notice of for years. D07 132 |^One young mother said desperately to me, *"^I've finally thrown D07 133 in my lot with the Baptists. ^I've got to have that fellowship, and D07 134 they give it. ^You don't get it in our church.**" D07 135 |^Another, the Anglican wife of a non-practising Catholic who D07 136 wanted his four children brought up as Catholics but did nothing about D07 137 it himself, did a religion course herself, took them to {0CCD}, had D07 138 them baptized, and then the marriage broke up. ^With custody of the D07 139 children, she moved to another town. ^Here she put them in the D07 140 Catholic school and took them to Mass herself every Sunday. D07 141 |^No one called at her home, welcomed her to the parish, invited D07 142 her to join anything, spoke to her after Mass, made an effort to D07 143 include her or draw her into the Church. ^With different treatment she D07 144 would probably have become a Catholic. ^She was pitifully lonely as a D07 145 solo parent with a traumatic background in a strange place where she D07 146 knew no one and her children were of a different denomination from D07 147 herself. D07 148 |^Such stories could be added to indefinitely, covering all age D07 149 groups and circumstances. D07 150 |^Please God, now more and more parishes are becoming D07 151 laity-orientated and organized with a variety of ministries, D07 152 loneliness will become much less common. D07 153 |^The Sunday Eucharist is the usual coming together occasion of D07 154 parish members. ^Below, are listed several ministries that, if put D07 155 into operation, could help make people feel at home. D07 156 |^*4The Welcomers: ^*0These are people who relate easily to D07 157 others, including strangers, who have warmth of manner and smile, D07 158 whose tone of voice is friendly, who remember faces and names, who D07 159 have the lovingkindness of Jesus in their hearts. D07 160 |^Their ministry is to be there, wearing name tags clearly D07 161 visible, at all entrances and exits before and after Sunday Masses, D07 162 greeting people, introducing themselves, giving information verbally D07 163 and by printed sheet on activities going on in the parish, welcoming D07 164 new parishioners and visitors with maybe the presentation of a little D07 165 buttonhole posy and an invitation to the parish cup of tea in the hall D07 166 after Mass. D07 167 |^They would consist of both women and men, rostered so that D07 168 enough are on duty each Mass every Sunday to be available to as many D07 169 people as possible. ^The followup is to mingle with people outside D07 170 after Mass, noticing especially those on their own, or looking lonely D07 171 or lost, or inclined to slip away as if they are feeling they do not D07 172 fit in and no one is going to bother to speak to them. D07 173 |^The ministers' aim is to help such people feel they belong, yet D07 174 without pressuring or being overwhelming or garrulous. ^If they will D07 175 come to the cup of tea in the hall, then introductions can more D07 176 readily be made there. ^Having found out what the lonely ones or D07 177 newcomers are interested in, the welcomers can introduce them to D07 178 leaders of groups, or arrange for those leaders to phone or call. D07 179 |^In a \*1koinonia *0parish no one should feel left out. ^Some D07 180 people are much less gregarious than others and prefer to be alone a D07 181 lot of the time. ^That is no excuse for their not being made welcome D07 182 and told where and how they can meet up with others if they wish to do D07 183 so. D07 184 |^*4Ushers *0are also welcomers in their unobtrusive way. ^If they D07 185 smile and are gracious as they show people to their seats, that is in D07 186 itself an act of kindness and welcome. D07 187 |^*4Newsletter Distributors *0not only stand at the entrances D07 188 making sure everyone receives a sheet, but by their smiles and warm D07 189 manner also help diffuse the spirit of lovingkindness. D07 190 |^*4Music: ^*0Although the organist (or guitarist, violinist, D07 191 flautist, or whatever) and the choir or congregation singers are not D07 192 officially welcomers, their ministry of making a glad and beautiful D07 193 sound has a great deal to do with helping people experience the D07 194 Eucharist as a joyful occasion. D07 195 *# D08 001 **[096 TEXT D08**] D08 002 |^*0{0WACB} was prepared to think big, spread its D08 003 evangelical wings. ^\0Dr Harry \0C Spencer of the {0USA} put it D08 004 grandly: *"^The {0WACB} can give to each member a sense of D08 005 participation with others of all nations, races and cultures, in D08 006 a tremendous, titanic, terrifying struggle with unrighteousness D08 007 and godlessness.**" D08 008 |^More prosaically, it wanted a body of broadcasters who D08 009 could think out together the possibilities and problems of D08 010 religious witness through the electronic media. ^Many of its D08 011 members were broadcasting organisations like the {0BBC} or the D08 012 Dutch {0NCRV}. ^Others were church-based broadcasting stations, D08 013 especially in the {0USA}. ^Some were church-originating D08 014 activities like our {0CTC}, involved in though not operating a D08 015 broadcasting network. D08 016 |^Meetings of the central committee ranged far beyond D08 017 administration: ideas, techniques, understanding; these were what D08 018 members wanted to talk about. ^A psychologist demonstrated D08 019 marginal awareness. ^A sociologist reminded that television can D08 020 be escapist, pretending to share in world events while remaining D08 021 comfortably at home. ^We met satellites, learned about the threat D08 022 of a neo-colonialism through a commercially profitable monopoly D08 023 of satellite transmission, and we voiced a strong case for D08 024 providing satellites for educational and cultural advancement of D08 025 under-developed countries. ^Peace-Sat in the Pacific was one D08 026 direct outcome. D08 027 |^What is now a familiar argument about the behavioural D08 028 impact of television was aptly illustrated by the {0WACB} D08 029 president, Bishop Berkeli of Oslo. ^Norwegian soccer fans, he D08 030 told us, no longer applaud sedately as they used to when a D08 031 favourite wins a goal, they storm the field. *"^They have seen on D08 032 their screens that this is the way it is done under other and D08 033 warmer skies. ^Consequently they try it themselves.**" D08 034 |^A fruitful, though sometimes frustrating result of the D08 035 world fellowship was to pick up ideas and methods of approach D08 036 from others. ^Only rarely was a programme suitable for import, D08 037 some were too costly; some would require too much editing and D08 038 subtitling, many were simply not available. ^Much more likely was D08 039 to use the idea and build our own programme around it. D08 040 |^It was revealing to see how American unfettered private D08 041 enterprise works in religious broadcasting. ^Required by their D08 042 charters to give time for *"public service**" programming, D08 043 networks and stations ranged in their treatment of religion from D08 044 friendly and appreciative cooperation to *"graveyard slots**" D08 045 (like 2 {0am}) in an otherwise entirely secular, commercial D08 046 operation. ^Many stations were church-owned and oriented, but D08 047 sometimes religion could be brazenly commercial; some of the less D08 048 orthodox sects beamed their material towards an unblushing appeal D08 049 for funds. D08 050 |^Some churches had their own production studios, or D08 051 supported them. ^The United Presbyterian Church in New York D08 052 (since merged into the Presbyterian Church {0USA}) produced D08 053 30-second *"spots**" for use in the same way as commercial D08 054 inserts, but with a crisp Christian message. D08 055 |^The Methodist centre in Nashville, Tennessee, and Family D08 056 Films in Hollywood, and others, went for longer productions, D08 057 mostly storytelling that did not shrink from bringing a religious D08 058 insight into a social problem. D08 059 |^European programmes were often exciting in their D08 060 innovative use of cartoons, puppets, silhouettes, especially for D08 061 children's programmes; though one could not help feeling D08 062 sometimes that the techniques were more impressive than the D08 063 thoughts they conveyed. D08 064 |^One encouraging spin-off of these encounters was the D08 065 opportunity to help some of the *"younger**" churches. ^Along D08 066 with others, I was called on to conduct broadcasting workshops, D08 067 especially in Asia and the Pacific, but also in the Middle East. D08 068 ^Our New Zealand *"intermediate technology**" methods appeared to D08 069 be more applicable than those from wealthier and more D08 070 technologically advanced American and European networks. D08 071 |^{0WACB} joined with another inter-church body to become D08 072 the World Association for Christian Communication; it has since D08 073 gradually grown to be more of a funding and mission-oriented D08 074 body, less of the forum for church broadcasters it started out to D08 075 be. ^But it still has a useful place in interchange of ideas. D08 076 *<11. *2NEW DIRECTIONS*> D08 077 |^*0In 1971 I returned to parish work, and a Methodist D08 078 minister, the \0Rev Michael Jackson Campbell, was appointed in my D08 079 place. ^Michael was an experienced broadcaster and had been the D08 080 Auckland liaison for the {0CTC}. ^He brought to the work a D08 081 background of management expertise as well as churchmanship, and D08 082 was well suited for the changes about to take place, not all of D08 083 his own making. D08 084 |^Formidable among those changes were: D08 085 |1. ^The assumption of direct control by {0NZBC}. ^Radio New D08 086 Zealand and the two television channels each appointed D08 087 *"consultants**", who were the directors of Anglican, Roman D08 088 Catholic and Presbyterian broadcasting. ^The system worked to the D08 089 extent that the consultants were able to give time and thought to D08 090 that responsibility, and to the extent that the broadcasting D08 091 authority concerned welcomed the consultant's input. D08 092 |^In theory it looked as though the earlier desire shown by D08 093 the churches and their directors for more involvement by the D08 094 broadcasting authority was to be fulfilled. ^In practice rather D08 095 less than that was accomplished. ^It might be said that the new D08 096 system fell between two stools, it was neither a church-directed D08 097 presentation of the churches' thinking, nor was it the kind of D08 098 direct control by the corporation which was the practice in D08 099 {0BBC} and {0ABC}. D08 100 |^One incidental result was that now talent was paid, not D08 101 lavishly maybe but in the same way as in other Talks programmes. D08 102 ^This was a new feature in religious broadcasting; till then D08 103 broadcasters in religion were *"voluntary**", giving their time D08 104 and abilities without cost to broadcasting. D08 105 |^Paradoxically, the innovation may have contributed to the D08 106 problems that were to come. D08 107 |^Another result was a new definition of the term *"main D08 108 stream**", widening its scope and paving the way for inclusion D08 109 not only of minority ecclesiastical interests, but of D08 110 non-Christian and non-religious devotional broadcasting. D08 111 |^Programmes generally soon ceased to originate from church D08 112 initiative, and were more selectively decided by corporation D08 113 staff. ^This was to have a profound effect on the attitude of the D08 114 churches themselves. D08 115 *|2. ^Another major change, partly resulting from the new D08 116 overall control by the corporation, was the demise of the D08 117 Churches Television Commission, at the end of 1972. ^No longer D08 118 responsible for programme planning and preparation, the {0CTC} D08 119 had little relevance in its existing form. D08 120 |^But because the churches felt the need for some form of D08 121 inter-church cooperation, which would have to be independent of D08 122 {0NZBC}, a *"committee of directors**" came into existence, D08 123 comprising the specialists of five of the broadcasting churches. D08 124 ^This later merged into a revival of the Churches Committee on D08 125 Broadcasting. ^{0CCB} began as an ad hoc body set up in 1968 for D08 126 the purpose of presenting church submissions to an Enquiry D08 127 concerning proposed legislative changes in broadcasting. ^The new D08 128 {0CCB} became a consultative body for the churches, and has D08 129 operated with qualified success, not always realising its D08 130 potential in organising church interest and presenting the voice D08 131 of the church to broadcasting. D08 132 *|3. ^A third major change was within the Presbyterian D08 133 Church itself, with the merging of its committee on Radio and D08 134 Television into a new Department of Communication, along with D08 135 other areas of the church's communication interests: Publicity, D08 136 *1Outlook *0and others. D08 137 |^This had been foreshadowed to some extent by the close D08 138 cooperation and interrelationship of the committees dealing with D08 139 aspects of communication. ^An example of this was the way the D08 140 Radio and Television committee and the Publicity committee had D08 141 pooled their equipment to provide a public address and recording D08 142 system for the General Assembly. ^Another was the assistance the D08 143 Publicity committee gave in providing photographic material for D08 144 television programmes. D08 145 |^The broadcasting director, Michael Jackson Campbell, was D08 146 appointed Director of Communication. D08 147 |^Eminently successful as an administrator, he fielded the D08 148 additional responsibility with ease, though it inevitably D08 149 resulted in an attenuation of his involvement with broadcasting. D08 150 ^He continued to be assiduous and forward-looking in preparing D08 151 many significant programmes for radio and in guiding the D08 152 televising of church services. ^When the church's Research and D08 153 Development studio became operational in 1978, a project I was D08 154 called in to help get off the ground, it was put to good use in, D08 155 among other things, training ministers in the arts and skills of D08 156 communication. ^A programme of selection from the Presbyteries D08 157 brought a regular stream of (mostly young) ministers who were put D08 158 on video, and guided under Michael's leadership to a more D08 159 effective visual use of their communication abilities. D08 160 *|^In addition to these administrative changes, there were D08 161 changes in programming. ^Some came by decision of the D08 162 broadcasting authorities, some by action or default of the D08 163 churches themselves. D08 164 |^*"Readings from the Bible**" was transmogrified into D08 165 *"Reflections**" and later *"Soundings**", with a wide compass, D08 166 not always necessarily Christian nor, for that matter, D08 167 recognisably religious. ^Television altered the pattern of its D08 168 programming, so that in place of a regular and varied diet D08 169 supplied by the churches, the medium offered a limited number of D08 170 cohesively arranged formats, frequently prepared by highly D08 171 motivated independent groups. ^\0TV1 set up a Resource Group, in D08 172 an effort to gain more apt programming acceptable to both the D08 173 churches and the channel, but without noticeably successful D08 174 results. D08 175 |^By 1977 the broadcasting subcommittee of the Presbyterian D08 176 Department of Communication could note that *"it had no direct D08 177 control over broadcast programmes but could only suggest, advise D08 178 and assist with material, talent \0etc.**" D08 179 |^With swift ease, church input into the selection and D08 180 preparation of radio and television programming waned signally, a D08 181 change accelerated by the curtailing of the {0CRAC}. ^Once the D08 182 integrating policy-making and overall selecting body for radio D08 183 religious broadcasting, it was replaced by a diminished Religious D08 184 Broadcasting Advisory Committee, meeting three times a year, as D08 185 an advisory body only. D08 186 |^No doubt frustrated at no longer having any direct line of D08 187 command, the churches seemed less concerned to make broadcasting D08 188 a priority in their planning or their funding. D08 189 |^This, at a time when Christian observance generally was D08 190 ebbing, when {0BCNZ} was becoming more vocally aware of its D08 191 dependence on commercial revenue, and when *"right-wing**" D08 192 religion, often not church-oriented, was becoming more D08 193 aggressive, with evident result on its *"leverage**", meant that D08 194 there were profound pressures on the style, content, placing and D08 195 presentation of religion on both radio and television. D08 196 *|^In 1985 Michael Jackson Campbell retired, after a notably D08 197 effective 14 years of leadership in an increasingly demanding and D08 198 widening range of communication matters. D08 199 |^His place was taken by \0Mr Ian Harris, a Methodist layman D08 200 with a background of journalism, and with a keen sense of the D08 201 importance of religious broadcasting. D08 202 |^In the new regime, radio programme patterns, under direct D08 203 Radio New Zealand control, showed only a marginal change in form, D08 204 though considerably more in organisation and content. D08 205 |^A typical run-down would be: D08 206 |^On Sundays: a hymn session, a morning church service D08 207 relay, limited in origin to six main centres, and an evening D08 208 studio worship or talk session, with usually a late afternoon D08 209 talk or documentary programme. D08 210 |^On weekdays, *"Soundings**": readings on aspects and D08 211 implications of beliefs; a weekly news and views programme, with D08 212 additional irregular programming as occasion offered. D08 213 |^Commercial stations (Community Network) had occasional D08 214 *"spots**" and short programmes mostly from the Christian D08 215 Broadcasting Association. D08 216 |^The Concert network carried occasional major talks and D08 217 music programmes of high quality. ^Its Lenten series have been D08 218 significant, and series like the 1989 *"The Good Book**" from D08 219 {0BBC} have been informative and stimulating. D08 220 |^On television the churches had little direct input. ^For D08 221 church service relays the churches could make suggestions, but D08 222 the choice and all production matters lay with {0TVNZ}. ^A valued D08 223 programme *"Praise Be**", with music and commentary, had a wide D08 224 appeal. D08 225 |^A Sunday afternoon programme, of varying format and D08 226 content, was for some years supplied by interested groups. ^In D08 227 1987 a Religious Unit, centred in Christchurch, became D08 228 responsible for all television programming, with a Presbyterian D08 229 minister, the \0Rev Chris Nichol, appointed as a staff member. D08 230 ^The Unit approached its task with imagination, looking for D08 231 positive ways of bringing a religious dimension to an D08 232 increasingly secular community outlook. D08 233 |^Private stations, outside the orbit of {0BCNZ}, in general D08 234 had little religious programming other than a token input at D08 235 Christmas and Easter. ^Radio Rhema, a declaredly Christian D08 236 operation, maintained regular transmission of programmes, with a D08 237 background of religious recognition, on its network of stations. D08 238 *# D09 001 **[097 TEXT D09**] D09 002 ^*0Kemp's solution was to remove the name of the Tabernacle from D09 003 the clubs and encourage his young people to leave them. ^Sporting D09 004 activities with the *'unchurched**' connoted for Kemp a dangerous D09 005 worldliness that should be avoided at all costs. ^Membership D09 006 consequently became secularised. D09 007 |^While such anti-worldly stances point backwards to puritan D09 008 moral ethics and typical revivalist taboos, they clearly point D09 009 forward to some aspects of the American fundamentalist battle for D09 010 civilisation. ^In the early twenties in America the battle for D09 011 the Bible had become synonymous with the battle for civilisation. D09 012 ^By the mid-twenties, allegedly sexually-suggestive dancing had D09 013 come to symbolise dangerously modern trends, in which biblical, D09 014 cultural and moral issues were fused together inextricably. ^In D09 015 the context of an attack on ballroom dancing, John Roach Straton D09 016 claimed that the Bible *'is the foundation of all that is decent D09 017 and right in our civilization**'. ^For Kemp, then, the only answer D09 018 was to go back to the Bible, a Bible understood literally where D09 019 ever **[SIC**] possible, a Bible bolstered up**[SIC**] the inerrancy D09 020 theories of the Princeton theology, and a Bible that was seen as D09 021 a map by which to understand the contemporary world as the D09 022 prophetic jigsaw fitted together. ^Kemp believed that he could D09 023 guarantee the survival of evangelical religion only by insisting D09 024 on individual moral purity and maintaining the purity of D09 025 evangelical teaching unpolluted by modernism. ^Kemp needed D09 026 evangelistic warriors, prayer warriors and young people, prepared D09 027 to do battle royal for the fundamentals. ^In the process, the D09 028 most important element in being a Christian became as complete as D09 029 possible a separation from *'the world**'. ^An evangelical D09 030 Christian who went into a dancehall incurred the risk of being D09 031 judged not only theologically unsound, but almost beyond D09 032 redemption if such aberrant behaviour continued. ^Kemp realised D09 033 that mere denunciation of social evils would be ineffective in D09 034 preventing the downslide of evangelical religion in New Zealand. D09 035 ^Too much concentration on his almost mesmeric preaching power D09 036 and colourful sermons entitled *'The devil of the dance**', *'The D09 037 curse of the cardtable**', and *'The menace of modernism**' could D09 038 hinder recognition that Kemp was far more systematic than merely D09 039 denouncing. D09 040 *<*=IV*> D09 041 |^My claim that Kemp was the prime interpreter of American D09 042 fundamentalism in New Zealand in the 1920's is based primarily on D09 043 his adoption of a thorough-going fundamentalist strategy. ^On D09 044 Kemp's arrival in Auckland, no proto-fundamentalist figure was in D09 045 a position to exercise national leadership in a nascent D09 046 anti-modernist movement. ^Few interdenominational institutions or D09 047 conferences existed, which could act as disseminators of American D09 048 fundamentalist theology. ^Any fundamentalist leader who wished to D09 049 make a national impact would have to create new institutions D09 050 *1{ex nihilo}. ^*0Kemp was the only person to achieve this. ^His D09 051 prominence within Baptist and revivalist circles meant that he D09 052 could create the institutional base for fundamentalism in New D09 053 Zealand and set definite fundamentalist objectives in each of his D09 054 spheres of influence, while at the same time maintaining his D09 055 older revivalist sympathies. ^The four areas I wish to discuss D09 056 are: Kemp's Fundamentals Conference, the Tabernacle Mid-Week D09 057 Bible Study, the New Zealand Bible Training Institute (now called D09 058 the Bible College of New Zealand), and his fundamentalist D09 059 journal, *1The Reaper, *0which soon became the most efficient D09 060 disseminator of fundamentalist theology in the Dominion. D09 061 |^First then, the *'Conference of Christian Fundamentals**'. D09 062 ^Kemp was the first minister here to plan and host an D09 063 identifiably fundamentalist campaign. ^Two years earlier in 1919, D09 064 the establishment of the Pre-Millenial Advent Society was D09 065 evidence that conservative forces had started to re**[ARB**]- D09 066 group around premillenialism, which had through {0P.B.} Fraser's D09 067 efforts become a symbol of anti-modernism. ^Kemp's conference D09 068 featured nineteen speakers from a range of denominations and was D09 069 endorsed by ministers from as far away as Ashburton and Wanganui. D09 070 ^He intended to provide the most searching treatment of *'the D09 071 fundamentals**' in New Zealand to date, and all speakers D09 072 recognised the need to make a clear corporate stand for those D09 073 fundamental evangelical truths being attacked by modernists D09 074 abroad. ^Revivalism and fundamentalism were brought together by D09 075 the \0Rev. Percy Knight, of Pitt Street Methodist Church, who D09 076 addressed contemporary fears in his lecture on *'The Dearth of D09 077 Conversions caused by Present Theological Tendencies.**' ^Wider D09 078 concerns centred on the subjects of justification, regeneration, D09 079 the victorious life, and various aspects of the second coming of D09 080 Christ, showing that fundamentalist theology always drew from the D09 081 older revivalist and evangelical traditions. ^Relationships D09 082 formed here provided the basis of an emergent fundamentalist D09 083 alliance. ^Kemp planned to make the fundamentalist summer D09 084 conference a national institution. ^However, the failure of Kemp D09 085 and his fundamentalist allies to identify a national modernist D09 086 enemy meant that the impulse to hold national fundamentalist D09 087 conferences on an annual basis could not be sustained. ^The local D09 088 Anglican and Methodist theological colleges were far from being D09 089 hotbeds of modernism. ^{0P.B.} Fraser's alienated position within D09 090 his own denomination after trying to take on the Presbyterian D09 091 theological hierarchy was a solemn warning of the possible D09 092 consequences of sharply focussed heresy-hunting efforts. ^The D09 093 conference did not lead to a cohesive national fundamentalist D09 094 movement against modernism, while in Australia a similar D09 095 *'Conference on Fundamentals**' in 1922 led to the launching of D09 096 the fundamentalist Bible Union of Australia, which still D09 097 functions today. D09 098 |^Kemp's national strategy to fight modernism in the D09 099 denominations and guarantee the survival of evangelical religion D09 100 found its main expression in the decision to found his own D09 101 national fundamentalist lay training centre, the New Zealand D09 102 Bible Training Institute, or {0N.Z.B.T.I.} ^It ran along the D09 103 lines of the original Moody Bible Institute in Chicago, but D09 104 differed substantially. ^Students and staff had to sign a D09 105 doctrinal statement that was very narrowly fundamentalist in its D09 106 formulation. ^With the support of several Auckland businessmen D09 107 Kemp was able to establish and lead an institute, which stood for D09 108 *'the Inspiration, Authenticity, Historicity, Infallibility, and D09 109 Inerrancy of the Bible, and its recognition as the Word of D09 110 God**'. ^The systematic countering of liberal theology from the D09 111 time the doors opened in March 1922 made it one of the most D09 112 efficient disseminators of fundamentalist theology in the D09 113 Dominion. ^Together with Kemp's vastly successful Mid-Week Bible D09 114 Study, the {0B.T.I.} provided the focus of a new D09 115 interdenominational alliance of fundamentalists who would D09 116 cooperate for a variety of evangelical and fundamentalist D09 117 purposes. ^The {0B.T.I.} was one of Kemp's most important D09 118 fundamentalist legacies. ^One year after Kemp's death in 1933 a D09 119 Brethren member of the tutorial staff identified Theological Hall D09 120 Principal John Dickie as a theological foe to be contended with. D09 121 ^Within less than a generation evangelicals who wished to enter D09 122 the Presbyterian, Methodist, Baptist or Anglican ordained D09 123 ministries regarded preparatory study at the {0B.T.I.} as an D09 124 obligatory fortifying of their faith against the alleged D09 125 liberalism of the theological colleges. D09 126 |^A third strategy catered for those who wanted to be D09 127 fortified against the *'colossal evil**' of modernism, but who D09 128 could not give up two years for full**[ARB**]-time biblical study D09 129 at the {0B.T.I.} ^Two weeks after his arrival Kemp held his first D09 130 Mid-Week Bible Study, which was the first interdenominational D09 131 meeting in Auckland to take people systematically through the D09 132 Bible. ^Attended mainly by Baptists, Presbyterians, Open D09 133 Brethren, and some Methodists, the Mid-Week Bible Study was D09 134 deliberately time-tabled so that it wouldn't conflict with D09 135 people's other church commitments. ^Kemp demanded stern and D09 136 assiduous study from the start. ^Once the book of Deuteronomy was D09 137 reached, Kemp made it clear in a public advertisement that he D09 138 intended to defend it from attacks which had made it a D09 139 *'storm-centre of critical controversy**'. ^He reassured those D09 140 disconcerted by liberal theology of the old certainties, which D09 141 included Mosaic authorship of the entire Pentateuch. ^Within D09 142 three months five hundred people were attending the lectures. D09 143 ^During the summer his premillenialist and anti-cultural D09 144 fundamentalist concerns dominated, as the Thursday evening D09 145 lectures became part of a Bible and Prophetic series. ^The huge D09 146 crowds who gathered to hear Kemp discuss *'The Tyranny of D09 147 Democracy**', *'Anti-Christ, the Superman**', and *'The Great D09 148 Tribulation and who will pass through it**' attested to the D09 149 definite appeal Kemp's doctrinaire approach had in a time of D09 150 great uncertainty and rapid change. ^In a city where church D09 151 attendance had never involved more than a very small proportion D09 152 of the general population, Kemp's dispensational premillenialism D09 153 seemed to account for the apparent emptying of the pews of the D09 154 established churches, and provided a powerful critique of D09 155 contemporary society. D09 156 |^In 1924 Kemp felt that the threat of modernism was so D09 157 great that he needed to devote the whole year to a series *'The D09 158 War in the Churches *- Modernism \0v. Fundamentalism**'. ^This D09 159 drew heavily on his knowledge of the contemporary modernist/ D09 160 fundamentalist controversy in America. ^In contrast to the D09 161 mainstream of Baptist thought in New Zealand, Kemp refused to D09 162 view the controversy as a totally foreign phenomenon, of little D09 163 local significance. ^He claimed that repercussions were manifest D09 164 in *'every part of the Globe where the Protestant Faith has been D09 165 embraced.**' ^He claimed modernism in the religious life of the D09 166 nation was lowering moral standards. ^False doctrine was creating D09 167 false standards of morality. ^He boldly claimed that: *'^Every D09 168 fundamental position of the orthodox school has been attacked, D09 169 and we would be traitors to our trust if we maintained what is D09 170 nothing short of a criminal silence.**' ^Kemp refused to accept D09 171 the judgement of the moderate Baptist leader, the \0Rev. {0J.J.} D09 172 North, that the differences between conservatives and liberals D09 173 had been *'stupidly overstated.**' ^During this year Kemp charged D09 174 modernists with unethical behaviour, called on local defenders of D09 175 the faith to fight this battle in the Spirit of Christ, and D09 176 alleged that modernists' rejection of the *'supernatural D09 177 origin**' of scripture, the *'infallibility of Christ**', the D09 178 *'Virgin Birth of Jesus**', the vicariousness of his death, the D09 179 *'fact of His bodily resurrection**', and *'the personal return D09 180 of the Lord Jesus Christ**' made them necessarily soft on sin. D09 181 ^Although quite willing to attack modernism in the United States D09 182 from a comfortable distance, Kemp did not go on to attack the D09 183 Presbyterian Theological Hall for teaching biblical criticism, or D09 184 the Anglican and Methodist theological colleges in Auckland. ^His D09 185 antagonism towards modernism resembles more closely the ritual D09 186 animosity of some American fundamentalists, than the British D09 187 tradition of genuine theological interchange among disputants. D09 188 |^The last main fundamentalist strategy Kemp adopted was to D09 189 publish a monthly journal, called *1The Reaper. ^*0From its beginning D09 190 **[SIC**] March 1923 it helped create a sense of modernist threat D09 191 to local evangelicalism, by its careful reporting of developments D09 192 in the American fundamentalist/ modernist controversy. ^Unlike D09 193 the stands for orthodoxy in Fraser's journal *1The Biblical D09 194 Recorder, *0Kemp's journal softened its consistent stand against D09 195 modernism by appealing to broader evangelical and revivalist D09 196 concerns. ^The first issue left no doubt as to where Kemp stood D09 197 on the famous five points, that became the last rallying position D09 198 before the spectacular collapse of the conservative party. ^Kemp D09 199 promised readers that the *1Reaper *0would emphasise the weighty D09 200 truths of the inerrancy of the scriptures, the deity of our D09 201 blessed Lord, the virgin birth, his immaculate life, his D09 202 sacrificial death and bodily resurrection, and his imminent D09 203 return. ^Kemp showed his complete agreement with his American D09 204 co-religionists in calling for disloyal modernists to *'cease to D09 205 wear the livery of the Church and enter other fields.**' ^Six D09 206 years later when world-wide depression hit New Zealand, Kemp's D09 207 monthly journal had an unassailable place in evangelical homes D09 208 throughout the Dominion. ^Despite financial hardship a thousand D09 209 continued their subscriptions. ^From unambitious beginnings as D09 210 the main disseminator of biblical teaching from the Auckland D09 211 Baptist Tabernacle, the *1Reaper *0had become one of the most D09 212 efficient means nationally of disseminating fundamentalist D09 213 theology. D09 214 |^Lastly, although not specifically part of Kemp's D09 215 fundamentalist strategy, Keswick-style conferences played an D09 216 important role in sustaining the fundamentalist subculture in New D09 217 Zealand. ^The Ngaruawahia Convention, pioneered by a member of D09 218 Kemp's congregation in 1924, gave evangelicals an alternative D09 219 Easter camp to attend. ^Although the convention's main D09 220 significance lay in the realm of revivalism, fundamentalism was D09 221 evident in the device of text-proofing. ^Those evangelicals who D09 222 wanted to avoid the usual Bible Class Easter Camps, for fear of D09 223 meeting *'Methodist Modernists**' and the like, could be D09 224 fortified against such liberalism in a few days' intensive D09 225 contact with conservatives of like-mind. D09 226 *# D10 001 **[098 TEXT D10**] D10 002 *<*4Letters*> D10 003 *<*5Keeping Ourselves Safe *4damaging*> D10 004 |^*0I urge all parents and interested adults to take the D10 005 opportunity, if possible, to view the video tapes that go with D10 006 the *1Keeping Ourselves Safe *0programme, which will be D10 007 compulsory in our schools from 1989 unless steps are taken now. D10 008 |^I have seen these tapes and feel parents must be present D10 009 if these tapes are shown to their children. ^Not all the D10 010 programme is bad, but the bad is very bad. D10 011 |^The message is bad by inference in parts and could be D10 012 easily misinterpreted, causing major family upsets and bringing D10 013 about nightmares, bedwetting and sleepwalking. D10 014 |^The children will be afraid of all males *- except, D10 015 perhaps, for Mummy's boyfriend, de facto or second husband *- D10 016 who are not portrayed as possible sexual abusers of children, D10 017 which is contrary to the impression given by the crime reports D10 018 we see in the papers. D10 019 |^Let's give our children, who are our future, something to D10 020 respect us for by first viewing these videos and then demanding D10 021 that the damaging parts of the programme be removed. D10 022 |^Don't take the word of others. ^View them for yourself. D10 023 *<*4Beverly Merle Price*> D10 024 *<*0Hamilton*> D10 025 *<*4Error of unity*> D10 026 |^*0Obviously Adrian Bates (Alternative View on Unity, D10 027 August 16) was disquieted in a way similar to myself over the D10 028 recent article by the \0Rev Francis Foulkes. D10 029 |^The way unity is often promoted these days suggests that D10 030 its promoters think it validates whatever they're into. ^But D10 031 you can be united in error as you can be in truth. D10 032 |^Unity can very easily become a manipulative tool, a sort D10 033 of big stick to beat people into line. D10 034 |^But in Scripture, unity is always based on truth. D10 035 |^One line says it's okay to be united, so long as you're D10 036 all *"moving in the Spirit.**" D10 037 |^If it is even faintly suggested that the *"moving**" is D10 038 in another spirit and that therefore false doctrine is being D10 039 promoted, one may be met with the *"deafening silence**" \0Mr D10 040 Bates referred to, or with statements akin to, *"How can it be D10 041 wrong if it feels so right.**" D10 042 |^Inevitably one will be charged with being divisive. D10 043 ^Perhaps even the really heavy stick will be swung over you *- D10 044 that the suggestion constitutes blasphemy against the Holy D10 045 Spirit which is, of course, unpardonable. D10 046 *<*4\0R. Maclachlan*> D10 047 *<*0Porirua*> D10 048 *<*4Giant issue of *5Challenge*> D10 049 |^*0Congratulations on your giant issue of *1Challenge. D10 050 *0It was really good to be able to recount in print all the D10 051 many ways God has enabled *1Challenge *0to grow. D10 052 |^May it get stronger each week in the way it uplifts D10 053 Christ and tells of his infallible Word. D10 054 |^It's time you sent us or published another update with D10 055 photos of the staff so that we can bring you before the Lord D10 056 daily. D10 057 *<*4 *- \0D. Laugesen*> D10 058 *<*0Christchurch*> D10 059 *<*4Writers' School*> D10 060 |^*0The Christian Writers' School surely highlights the D10 061 concern of many Christians about the damaging influence of the D10 062 media in our society today. D10 063 |^Anti-Christian sentiment is frequently presented by the D10 064 media, unbalanced by the Christian point of view. ^Even D10 065 respectable periodicals, once regarded as impartial, now bend D10 066 to what we see as undesirable trends. D10 067 |^May I suggest that Christian shops can help stem the D10 068 atheistic, immoral tide by refusing to stock periodicals which D10 069 contain this kind of material. D10 070 *<*4 *- Alan Clarkson*> D10 071 *<*0Birkenhead*> D10 072 *<*4Theology in dark*> D10 073 |^*0In Palmerston North an attempt by scientists and D10 074 theologians to bring a ray of hope to a fearful world, at an D10 075 Australasian Conference on Science and Theology in Action, D10 076 ended in the theologians confessing that they were as much in D10 077 the dark as the scientists were. D10 078 |^This was predictable, as both scientists and theologians D10 079 had spoken of evolution as the only possible explanation of the D10 080 beginning of things and of God as a product of the human mind. D10 081 |^It was explained later that those who believe in a real D10 082 God had not responded to the invitation to speak at the D10 083 conference. ^There will be another conference next year and the D10 084 few Christians who attended this year are praying that God will D10 085 inspire some of his servants to speak up for him then. D10 086 *<*4*- Nigel Gore*> D10 087 *<*0Palmerston North*> D10 088 *<*4Perils and pleasures of going flatting*> D10 089 *<*1By MIRIAM CURRAN*> D10 090 |^*"*0Mum, can I have that old egg-beater you don't use for D10 091 the flat? ^And do you think I could have the extra firescreen D10 092 for our open fire? ^Would Dad be able to give us an axe and a D10 093 spade?**" D10 094 |^Setting up a flat is an exciting step in young people's D10 095 lives when they leave the shelter of their parents' home, or D10 096 the supervision of a hostel or private board, and set out D10 097 usually with one or two friends, to establish their own D10 098 household. D10 099 |^In times past, this step usually did not occur until D10 100 marriage or a maturer age. ^Today young people have to *"go D10 101 flatting**" when they are much younger. D10 102 |^The reason for most is that they have to find affordable D10 103 living accommodation in another city because they are tertiary D10 104 students, or working at a new job. D10 105 |^For others, the fashion seems to be to *"get out on your D10 106 own**" as soon as possible when school is over. D10 107 |^This desire for independence is commendable in some ways, D10 108 but Christian parents, aware of the pitfalls, worry. D10 109 |^Will their offspring get into bad company, or bad habits? D10 110 ^Will he look after himself? ^Will she be safe? D10 111 |^Can they manage on the {0ST} Bursary? ^Will they be able D10 112 to afford living expenses on top of that high rent? ^Will they D10 113 be able to hold on to their Christian principles? D10 114 |^The young person is often scornful of parental fears, D10 115 eager to meet the challenge of furnishing a flat, working out a D10 116 budget and trying to keep to it, fitting in with friends and D10 117 making independent decisions about the direction life is to D10 118 take in a new setting. ^Most set out with high hopes and firm D10 119 principles. D10 120 |^Finding a flat: ^Asking around friends, checking D10 121 noticeboards at Varsity for *"^Flatmates wanted**", grabbing D10 122 the first edition of the paper and the telephone and following D10 123 up the *"^To Let**" \0ads., writing to the local church and D10 124 asking for a notice to be placed in the Church newsletter; D10 125 these are just some methods to employ. D10 126 |^Locality is important: ^Is it close to Varsity or will D10 127 you have expensive, time-consuming transport? ^Where is the D10 128 nearest bus stop? ^How far to your Church? ^Where is the D10 129 nearest supermarket or shop? ^Is there a garage or parking if D10 130 you have a car? ^Is it a safe neighbourhood? ^Street lights? D10 131 |^Most *"flats**" are either in large *"concrete blocks**" D10 132 with basic unimaginative design, or an old house let to a D10 133 group, or sometimes a much larger house sub**[ARB**]-divided D10 134 into two or three units. D10 135 |^The *"old house**" can be delightful *- old world charm D10 136 of architecture, and locality, large rooms and gardens; but the D10 137 plumbing may not work, the roof may leak, and borer may be D10 138 everywhere. D10 139 |^Large rooms are expensive to heat and furnish. ^Some of D10 140 the *"low cost**" accommodation in the older suburbs of large D10 141 cities is of this type. ^Landlords may do little to maintain D10 142 the property, exploiting tenants shamelessly. ^Some charge high D10 143 rents for grotty establishments which should be condemned. D10 144 |^Some suburbs attract less responsible tenants and become D10 145 known trouble spots. ^It is wise to draw up a tenancy agreement D10 146 and for tenants to be fully aware of their rights and the D10 147 landlord of his obligations. D10 148 |^Furnishing the Flat: ^Some are already fully or partly D10 149 furnished. ^Make an inventory of everything there at first, and D10 150 of any deficiencies, so there are no hassles when you leave. D10 151 |^List carefully what you put into the pool for general D10 152 household use, for the same reason. ^If some property is D10 153 *"strictly private**" {0e.g.} your stereo, make this clear to D10 154 all members of the household. D10 155 |^Not only will you need pots and pans, cutlery, D10 156 appliances, household linen, groceries, cleaning supplies, but D10 157 also probably additional curtains and floor coverings. D10 158 |^An old dingy house can be made quite attractive with D10 159 bright posters, wall hangings floor rugs \0etc. and even a D10 160 modicum of paint or scrim wall covering. D10 161 |^But, check with the landlord before you launch into D10 162 interior decorating, and do it early in your stay *- there will D10 163 not be time later when study or work becomes pressing. D10 164 |^Establishing happy relationships: ^This is easier when a D10 165 group begins together. ^Ground rules can be established from D10 166 the beginning over such things as financial share, duty D10 167 rosters, toll calls, visitors, friends staying overnight, D10 168 parties, entertaining, noise levels, \0etc. D10 169 |^If you are moving into an existing flat, ask about the D10 170 existing ground rules, and make sure you can keep them, and D10 171 that they are what you want, before you accept. D10 172 |^Incompatibility between flatmates is the most frequent D10 173 cause of unpleasantness and breakup of households, of someone D10 174 having to leave, or getting *"chucked out.**" D10 175 |^Christian tolerance can smooth many difficult situations D10 176 and a willingness to do *"more than my share**", but no member D10 177 of a household should be always *"put on**" by selfish D10 178 flatmates. D10 179 |^There is no doubt that the experience of having to fit in D10 180 with different personalities is a maturing experience. D10 181 |^Tolerance over inessentials but firmness over the D10 182 important issues is a good motto, but must be coupled with a D10 183 willingness to listen and discuss where there is a divergence D10 184 of opinion. D10 185 |*"^Mixed Flatting**": ^This is a vexed question. ^Many D10 186 Christian parents will not allow their children to live in a D10 187 flat where there are both unmarried males and females under the D10 188 one roof. D10 189 |^Others take a realistic view that nowadays it is a much D10 190 safer arrangement and provided their child is sufficiently D10 191 mature, well adjusted and firm in faith, they give him or her D10 192 their trust and blessing. D10 193 |^In larger cities an all-female flat is vulnerable, D10 194 security-wise. ^All male establishments have a tendency to get D10 195 untidy and grubby. D10 196 |^How can parents assist? ^Help with furnishings \0etc. by D10 197 offering, but not being offended if the offer is not accepted. D10 198 |^Help with the shifting-in process *- this may not be the D10 199 last time you are called upon to help lift heavy furniture or D10 200 cart boxes! D10 201 |^Financial help may be necessary, but young people should D10 202 learn to budget and live frugally if necessary. D10 203 |^Parents can help immensely beforehand if they ensure that D10 204 their daughter or especially, their son, can cook competently, D10 205 can plan nutritious inexpensive meals, knows how to do the D10 206 laundry (including washing woollens), knows the essentials of D10 207 house cleaning and can do basic mending of his or her own D10 208 clothes. D10 209 |^If you think they are starving themselves, come for a D10 210 visit with gifts of meat, produce or homebaking. ^You will not D10 211 be turned away! D10 212 |^When there is tension in a flat, sometimes parents D10 213 shouting a treat outing can put things in perspective. ^Always D10 214 be ready to listen but hesitate to give advice unless it's D10 215 asked for. ^Pray for your young people, keep in touch as far as D10 216 possible by letter, by unobtrusive visits, by phone calls. D10 217 ^Toll bills are expensive but the sound of Mum or Dad's voice D10 218 can be reassuring. D10 219 |^What part can the church play? ^Acceptance of the D10 220 flatters in the congregation is most important. ^Young people D10 221 away from home are sometimes lonely and always need Christian D10 222 fellowship. ^Because of study schedules they may not be able to D10 223 participate fully in Church social activities, but an D10 224 invitation for an occasional meal, kindly interest, inclusion D10 225 in weekend outings may be accepted with alacrity. D10 226 |^Flatting can be a disaster *- leading to a breakdown of D10 227 health, studies, relationships, morals, and faith; but equally D10 228 it can be an enriching experience of true Christian community, D10 229 character bulding, the basis for lifelong friendships, a focus D10 230 for Christian witness and service. D10 231 |^The Church and parental attitudes can well determine the D10 232 difference. D10 233 *<*4Feminists and feminists*> D10 234 * D10 235 |^*0There are basically two schools of thought among D10 236 feminists. D10 237 |^Moderate feminists claim that since the late 50s and 60s D10 238 the feminist movement has largely eradicated discrimination, D10 239 and now women enjoy full opportunity under the law in most D10 240 western countries. D10 241 |^Extreme feminists, however, claim continued D10 242 discrimination against women, particularly as a result of D10 243 traditional marriage and family lifestyles. D10 244 *# D11 001 **[099 TEXT D11**] D11 002 *<*6SPOTLIGHT ON {0N.Z.} *'VERITAS**'*> D11 003 * D11 005 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D11 006 |^*0It is important that a Church which now speaks of D11 007 Aotearoa and is so understandably determined to encourage New D11 008 Zealand to become a bi-cultural Pacific nation should D11 009 understand what is happening within the Maori community. D11 010 |^By the Church I mean not a select group of intellectuals D11 011 but a majority of Catholics. ^What is happening is being D11 012 strongly influenced by a group known as Te Ahi Kaa and we can D11 013 assume that Atareta Ponanga speaks for it, a group which D11 014 includes Pat Hohepa and Syd Jackson. D11 015 |^Atareta Ponanga was in the news for saying something D11 016 similar at the conference of the Australia and New Zealand D11 017 Association for the Advancement of Science Conference. ^The D11 018 reaction was swift, partly anger, partly disbelief, and partly D11 019 fear. ^That furore has subsided, but for Atareta Ponanga and an D11 020 increasing number of Maoris and a few Pakehas, this was only D11 021 the latest statement and another small stage in a long D11 022 struggle. D11 023 |^Whether Catholics like it or not, they are going to be D11 024 involved in this struggle first as New Zealanders and secondly D11 025 as Catholics, and for the best of reasons. ^We believe in D11 026 racial equality. ^Our problem is that in seeking the justice or D11 027 racial equality we are likely to find leaders in the Church D11 028 much more prepared to accept and encourage Maori sovereignty D11 029 than most Catholics. D11 030 |^Those who take such a stand see the need for a degree of D11 031 Maori sovereignty as a matter of justice and have been educated D11 032 to understand that there is some justice in Maori claims. ^The D11 033 problem is that they do not appear to understand the D11 034 *"no-compromise**" approach of Te Ahi Kaa. ^After unhappy D11 035 experiences with {0EJD} activities on several issues, there is D11 036 even more potential in this issue for misunderstanding, tension D11 037 and division. D11 038 |^Catholics cannot be force fed bi-culturalism either D11 039 overtly or covertly. ^We shall have to face the issue of Maori D11 040 sovereignty much more openly if we are to cope with it. D11 041 *<*6RATES QUESTION*> D11 042 |^*4It will be a fortunate community which avoids an D11 043 increase in rates in excess of 25 percent for the coming rating D11 044 year. ^This is also the year in which the Government proposes D11 045 to change the rating qualification so that it will no longer be D11 046 necessary to own property *- unfortunately as far as I know D11 047 there is no proposal to change the rating base and spread it D11 048 over a wider section of the population. D11 049 |^*0The theory behind this appears to be that all those who D11 050 do not own property are making the contribution to rates D11 051 indirectly through rent or as part of a retail price. ^The D11 052 reality is that there are thousands of people who have the use D11 053 of local body facilities whose contribution to local body D11 054 finance bears no relationship whatever to the contribution made D11 055 by ratepayers. D11 056 |^Many of them are earning good wages or being paid good D11 057 salaries and could afford to contribute directly to the D11 058 services they enjoy: libraries, swimming pools, bus services D11 059 and so on, which are never operated on a user pays basis. D11 060 |^Regional government has increased the burden on D11 061 ratepayers and still all efforts by local body politicians to D11 062 persuade successive governments to help local bodies with a D11 063 great tax have been unsuccessful. ^The concession offered aged D11 064 ratepayers has become less and less significant, and the help D11 065 available, in the form of subsidies, is more and more D11 066 restricted. D11 067 |^Some years ago, central government subsidised local body D11 068 sewerage schemes. ^This came to an end during the last D11 069 Government and as a result, ratepayers of Wanganui, for D11 070 example, face a tremendous burden to install a long overdue D11 071 sewerage system. D11 072 |^The small town of Paraparaumu, where there are many young D11 073 families in very modest homes, had to install sewerage and D11 074 water at high cost and the rates are now very high. ^So high D11 075 are they that just recently the Borough Council decided to D11 076 spend nothing *- nothing at all *- on the public library for D11 077 the 1986/ 87 year. D11 078 |^The present Government's approach to this problem appears D11 079 to start from the compulsory amalgamation of local bodies, D11 080 whether they have a community of interest or not. ^I do not D11 081 believe that these shotgun weddings will benefit natural D11 082 communities in the long run. ^Nor will it have significant D11 083 effects on the burden on the ratepayers in the foreseeable D11 084 future. D11 085 |^What is needed is a much fairer method of revenue D11 086 collection and that means a radical change in rating. ^It is D11 087 clearly unfair to enfranchise citizens to vote how money shall D11 088 be spent, while they do not have to make any contribution. D11 089 |^It is surprising that politicians at national level seem D11 090 to be so uninterested in what is becoming a major tax problem D11 091 to be exacerbated at {0GST}. D11 092 *<*6AROUND THE DIOCESES*> D11 093 * D11 094 *<*4*'Curly ones**' for Father*> D11 095 |^*0Priests have always been adept at dealing with D11 096 difficult situations and awkward questions. ^That's basic to D11 097 their training and their role. D11 098 |^In recent years, however, a new area has developed in D11 099 which they frequently find themselves in situations of some D11 100 delicacy and in which the replies they have to give to parents D11 101 are not at all what the parent expected. D11 102 |^In fact, something which parents regard as a mere D11 103 formality turns out to be anything but that and may see them D11 104 having to search their consciences. D11 105 |^It all has to do with enrolling a child at a Catholic D11 106 school. ^Many people do not understand the current position of D11 107 the Church and what is expected of them. D11 108 |^Recently \0Fr Dennis Horton, of \0St Mary's Parish, D11 109 Papakura, set the whole issue out very clearly in the *1Parish D11 110 News. ^*0Because his article has a significance reaching far D11 111 beyond Papakura, we reprint it here. ^He entitled it *"^Keeping D11 112 Faith in Our School**", and said: D11 113 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D11 114 **[PLATE**] D11 115 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D11 116 *<*6WELLINGTON*> D11 117 *<*4Green light for church*> D11 118 *<*0From *2BARRY CLARKE*> D11 119 |^*0The priests and parishioners of \0Sts Peter and Paul D11 120 parish, Lower Hutt, are hopeful that the long-awaited D11 121 renovation work on their 40-year-old church will begin next D11 122 July. ^\0Sts Peter and Paul is one of the larger New Zealand D11 123 parishes, with a Sunday Mass attendance of 1800. D11 124 |^Parish priest, \0Fr John Carde, told *1The Tablet *0that D11 125 the starting date for the work is dependent on the permission D11 126 of Cardinal Williams and the Administration Board, and also D11 127 after examination of the working drawings by the Council of D11 128 Priests. D11 129 |^\0Fr Carde said the renovations committee had been D11 130 working very hard for well over two and a-half years, and there D11 131 had been exhaustive study and consultation with parishioners D11 132 concerning the vast amount of work that needs to be done. D11 133 |^He said no professional fund**[ARB**]-raising has been D11 134 involved. ^Parishioners have fully supported the plans, which D11 135 involved remodelling the church as well as renovations. ^It is D11 136 estimated that the total cost of the project will be close to D11 137 *+$650,000. D11 138 |^\0Fr Carde said the 14-strong D11 139 **[PLATE**] D11 140 renovations committee was made up of very capable and D11 141 knowledgeable people who had first of all sought to inform D11 142 themselves of the necessary requirements, both liturgical and D11 143 structural. ^They passed on their discoveries to fellow D11 144 parishioners. ^This they did with a constant stream of D11 145 publicity and dialogue, so that by the end of the exercise no D11 146 one could say that they had not been informed. D11 147 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D11 148 |^\0Fr Carde came to Lower Hutt in 1981, after serving in D11 149 Nelson. ^He was an Army chaplain from 1967 to 1973, saw service D11 150 in Vietnam and Singapore, and served in New Zealand at Burnham, D11 151 Waiouru and Linton camps. D11 152 |^His assistants at Lower Hutt are \0Frs Bill Clancy, D11 153 Gerard Burns and Warren Fowler. ^Also in residence at the D11 154 Knight Road presbytery is a Mosgiel student, \0Mr John D11 155 Kleinsman. D11 156 *<*6CHRISTCHURCH*> D11 157 *<*4Timaru will remember*> D11 158 |^*0Sacred Heart Parish, Timaru, plans to stage a special D11 159 celebration towards the end of October this year to mark the D11 160 75th anniversary of the building of its beautiful basilica. D11 161 |^The basilica is one of the finest churches in New Zealand D11 162 and was designed by Petre, who made such a distinctive D11 163 contribution to ecclesiastical architecture in New Zealand. D11 164 |^The form the celebrations will take has yet to be fixed. D11 165 ^Those with ideas should send them to John Fitzgerald, 12A D11 166 Wilson Street, Timaru. D11 167 *<*4People find going hard*> D11 168 |^*0More people in Ashburton are finding the hard D11 169 going**[SIC**] as the economic crunch begins to bite *- and D11 170 that means a bigger work load for the \0St Vincent \de Paul D11 171 Society there. D11 172 |^*1The Ashburton Guardian *0reports the local president, D11 173 \0Mrs Wendy Smith, as saying that the work has expanded so much D11 174 that the present committee of from eight to 10 members is D11 175 looking for new members to enable it to cope. D11 176 |^The Ashburton branch is busier now than it has ever been, D11 177 helping not only families but anyone from the poor to the D11 178 unemployed, to the sick, to solo parents. ^The organisation D11 179 also often helps families who are on one income and going D11 180 through a bad patch. D11 181 |^Help is available to these people in the form of D11 182 groceries, petrol vouchers, transport, second-hand furniture D11 183 and clothing or money to help pay the bills. D11 184 |^*"Girls arrive in town by themselves and need somewhere D11 185 to stay for the night and we will help,**" \0Mrs Smith said. D11 186 |^*"Ashburton is very short of temporary housing for just D11 187 one night. ^There are no youth hostels or cheap accommodation D11 188 here,**" she said. D11 189 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D11 190 *<*6HAMILTON*> D11 191 *<*4Bishop sets sacrament guidelines*> D11 192 |^*0Bishop Gaines has directed that every parish in D11 193 Hamilton Diocese is to use the diocese's own programmes of D11 194 preparation for Baptism, Reconciliation, Eucharist and D11 195 Confirmation. ^In particular, parents are to be involved in D11 196 leadership roles. D11 197 |^The Bishop said that since he first raised the matter in D11 198 1983 many parents had had the opportunity to grow in faith D11 199 along with their children, and a large number had gone on to D11 200 accept other leadership roles in parish communities. D11 201 |^But there still seemed to be a wide variation in the type D11 202 of preparation offered to families, and sometimes this did not D11 203 conform to the diocesan guidelines. D11 204 |^He went on: D11 205 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D11 206 |^The Bishop said that parish priests concerned about the D11 207 amount or quality of doctrinal content in the programmes were D11 208 encouraged to work with the leaders rather than take a D11 209 leadership role themselves. D11 210 |^If priests or professional catechists *- Religious D11 211 Brothers or Sisters, or school class teachers *- offer prepared D11 212 talks as part of the programme, the leadership of the meetings D11 213 should be shared with lay people, and plenty of time allowed D11 214 for faith sharing, prayer, and open discussion on topics D11 215 suggested by parents themselves as being of interest or concern D11 216 to them. D11 217 |^The Bishop hopes that the experience of Renew will make D11 218 it much easier to recruit people with some skills in small D11 219 group leadership. D11 220 **[PLATE**] D11 221 *<*6DUNEDIN*> D11 222 * D11 223 |^*4The Dougherty family reunion held recently in D11 224 Gimmerburn, Central Otago, drew 150 people from Auckland to D11 225 Southland. D11 226 |^*0They were descendants of Charles and Sarah Dougherty, D11 227 who were married in \0St Eunan's Church, Letterkenny, County D11 228 Donegal, Ireland, in 1882. D11 229 |^The couple sailed the following year for New Zealand and D11 230 had a short stop at Maryborough, in Australia, where their son D11 231 Patrick Francis was born. D11 232 |^Four brothers and two sisters of Charles were already in D11 233 New Zealand. D11 234 |^Charles and Sarah Dougherty settled first in Oamaru and D11 235 then moved to Gimmerburn, where they lived in a house belonging D11 236 to Sarah's uncle \0Mr \0A. Kearney. ^Then the Doughertys won an D11 237 adjacent 120-acre block in a ballot. ^This was later expanded D11 238 with the purchase of a property known as the *"Coal-pit**". D11 239 |^The farm, situated near the foot of the Garibaldi Gorge, D11 240 supplied coal to the district, and Charles, in partnership with D11 241 \0Mr \0R. Little, contracted for the county, forming several D11 242 roads in the area. D11 243 |^Charles and Sarah had a family of four boys and seven D11 244 girls. ^Many of the descendants still live in the Maniototo. D11 245 |^A family tree, compiled by a great-grand-daughter, \0Mrs D11 246 \0L. O'Malley, of Waiau, North Canterbury, was presented to D11 247 family members at the reunion. D11 248 |^\0Mrs Sarah Tohill (88), of Wellington, the only living D11 249 child of Charles and Sarah, cut the cake. D11 250 *# D12 001 **[100 TEXT D12**] D12 002 *<*4Service A Dynamic Challenge*> D12 003 *<*0Elizabeth Sell*> D12 004 |^The subject of service is a vital one and one which D12 005 merits careful attention by all members of the Theosophical D12 006 Society. ^In The Masters and the Path there is a poem that goes D12 007 on like this. D12 008 |**[POEM**] D12 009 |^*'To know, to work, to pray;**' ...these are the three D12 010 aspects of the spiritual life which may be restated as D12 011 knowledge, service and meditation. ^Let us look a little closer D12 012 at these three aspects of the spiritual life in connection with D12 013 the Theosophical Society. D12 014 |^The Theosophical Society has in the main emphasised the D12 015 first of these three and has for many years emphasised the D12 016 Third Ray approach of abstract knowledge and learning. ^It has D12 017 been very successful in imparting knowledge of what man is, D12 018 where he is going, and how he is going to get there. D12 019 ^Information about meditation has also been taught and much D12 020 learning about the theory of meditation imparted but as a D12 021 society much less has been done in practical terms. D12 022 |^Thirdly let us look at service. ^The concept of service D12 023 to humanity is found in Theosophy threaded throughout the D12 024 teachings. ^The idea that we should serve the Theosophical D12 025 Society and do something to help keep it functioning is heard. D12 026 ^But within the Society, equal weight to the importance of this D12 027 aspect of service and its wider implications, has diminished D12 028 sharply in recent years, as against knowledge and meditation. D12 029 ^Service to the Theosophical Society while good and necessary D12 030 is limited to that and the concept of service to humanity D12 031 either individual or as a Theosophical group, is almost fading D12 032 into non**[ARB**]-existence in practise. D12 033 |^In *4The Masters and the Path *0{0C.W.} Leadbeater says D12 034 this D12 035 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 036 ^Here clearly stated is the idea that we need all three D12 037 aspects, knowledge, meditation and service on the spiritual D12 038 path and that service to humanity is of great import. ^Later on D12 039 in *4Some Glimpses of Occultism *0he says D12 040 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 041 ^Pavri in Theosophy Explained puts it more emphatically when he D12 042 says D12 043 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 044 |^We can see from this that service to humanity is D12 045 something that as serious Theosophists we cannot ignore. ^In D12 046 terms of Lodge work it has the potential to help revitalise D12 047 Lodges through practical and active participation of members in D12 048 a common group effort, which can be inspiring. ^All can D12 049 contribute whether it is with ideas, the carrying out of the D12 050 project or with fund raising should this be necessary. ^As we D12 051 have seen with telethon, the New Zealand ship Hope that went to D12 052 Ethopia and the rock concert organised by Bob Geldof to feed D12 053 the hungry in Africa, people do respond to a good cause. ^But D12 054 as Theosophists, we have an added responsibility, as we are one D12 055 of the custodians of the Ancient Wisdom and one of our prime D12 056 functions is to disseminate this to the world, in a digestible D12 057 form so to speak; or as the Maha Chohan puts it we must D12 058 *'popularise a knowledge of Theosophy**'. ^This includes making D12 059 theosophy practical and applying it to everyday life and by D12 060 example, not only as individuals, but as a group. D12 061 |^Making theosophy practical and applying it to everyday D12 062 life, is the direction that the Society should take in the next D12 063 few years, according to \0Mrs Radha Burnier. ^When asked *'^Do D12 064 you see a need for the teachings of theosophy to be made more D12 065 practical for both theosophists and the public?**' She replied D12 066 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 067 |^And Jinarajadasa says D12 068 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 069 ^The Maha Chohan's letter also states D12 070 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 071 and further on the Maha Chohan also says *'^It is time that D12 072 theosophy should enter the arena.**' D12 073 |^For those who may be interested and may wish to serve D12 074 more fully we will now go deeper into this question of service. D12 075 ^We need to ask such basic questions as, ^What is service?, why D12 076 should we serve? and what are the characteristics of a server? D12 077 ^Finally we can enquire into the various types of service that D12 078 can be rendered. ^We will start with what service is. ^One D12 079 definition of service is that it is the *'spontaneous effect of D12 080 soul contact.**' ^And in the final analysis, that is what all D12 081 true service is. ^Service should come as a spontaneous response D12 082 to a need, and not as a fulfillment of an obligatory duty. ^In D12 083 other words we must develop a sensitive response to the needs D12 084 around us, rather than do something just because someone else D12 085 said we should. ^The heart and mind should work together, to D12 086 create the love and the practical effective action which can be D12 087 catagorised as service. D12 088 |^Let us examine this word service a little more closely. D12 089 ^True service is service by a Soul to others. ^It can take D12 090 place on the physical, astral, mental or spiritual levels. D12 091 ^Soul energy illuminates and reveals the reality of things so D12 092 that discrimination between real and lasting service and that D12 093 of a temporary nature can take place. ^Soul energy gives D12 094 vision. ^The vision that sees ahead to the future of what can D12 095 be, on a large scale. ^For example, the vision that set up the D12 096 Red Cross organisation, saw a need; and the concept of D12 097 answering that need transcended personal and national barriers, D12 098 to help humanity on a grand scale, regardless of nationality, D12 099 race, creed and so on. ^True service is impersonally given and D12 100 is both creative in concept and co-operative in operation. D12 101 ^It's inclusive with no barriers and throughout at all times it D12 102 expresses love. D12 103 |^The alignment of our bodies through meditation, leads to D12 104 the inflowing force of the Soul, which leads in its turn to D12 105 demonstrated service. ^It is selfless. ^In it there is no room D12 106 for self-interest, self-assertiveness or self-ambition. D12 107 *'...all that is considered is the need, and the driving D12 108 necessity to take the next immediate step to meet that need as D12 109 it demonstrates before the Servers**[SIC**] eyes.**' ^The heart D12 110 and mind both working together in harmony and balance. D12 111 |^What would characterise a true server such as this? D12 112 ^Firstly we are told that harmlessness is the quality which D12 113 will distinguish such a server; one who refrains from speech D12 114 and action which might hurt or cause misunderstanding. ^The D12 115 second characteristic is a willingness to let others work as D12 116 seems best to them. ^Lastly comes joyfulness. ^What is a joyful D12 117 server but one who is infused with love and is therefore D12 118 rendering service which could be called *'love in action**'. D12 119 *'^Service is the spontaneous outflow of a loving heart and an D12 120 intelligent mind.**' D12 121 |^Apart from the fact that we are told that service is one D12 122 third of the spiritual path, is there any practical value in D12 123 doing service? ^The obvious answer is that service leads to the D12 124 greater good of mankind and thereby, the working out of the D12 125 plan of evolution, but there are other important effects also. D12 126 ^{0C.W.} Leadbeater tells us that *'knowledge brings D12 127 responsibility, along with opportunity**' and that *'knowledge D12 128 should always be used; it is a mistake to think that you can D12 129 postpone your activity and retain the knowledge.**' ^He further D12 130 tells us that *'the karma of service done is always the D12 131 opportunity for more service**', and this is what we want. ^For D12 132 man may not reach adeptship without serving the world and D12 133 realising that humanity is one. ^Opportunities lost, may not D12 134 come again quickly. D12 135 |^Another reason for turning outwards to the world, is that D12 136 it creates a channel, for the energies gained through D12 137 meditation, to flow. ^Without this channel, we can create an D12 138 imbalance of energy in our subtler bodies and thus problems may D12 139 arise. ^A further important effect of doing service, is, that D12 140 in doing it, it naturally develops the heart centre. ^Service D12 141 is the method par excellence, for safely developing the heart D12 142 chakra. D12 143 |^We as Theosophists, should ponder on what the D12 144 Theosophical Society is doing in the world, in New Zealand and D12 145 more particularly our own Lodge, to help with the problems of D12 146 humanity. ^What is the Society's responsibility and ours as D12 147 members of the Society in helping to deal with them? ^Can we D12 148 sidestep and say it's not our concern, if we are a part of D12 149 humanity? ^Here of course we are referring to the Society as a D12 150 group and not individual members. D12 151 |^So far we have looked at the need for service, but we D12 152 haven't considered the question of what can be done. ^Here we D12 153 must try to discriminate between what is real service of D12 154 lasting value and what is only temporary. ^We must also D12 155 discriminate the sort of service we are fitted for. ^We must D12 156 honestly assess our capabilities and ask ourselves such D12 157 questions as *'^Can someone else do this just as well as D12 158 myself?**' and *'^Can my time be better employed doing D12 159 something that I can do that someone else may not be able to D12 160 do?**' ^What for example constitutes Theosophical service and D12 161 how does it differentiate from other types of service? ^This is D12 162 a question we must all pose to ourselves and think deeply D12 163 about. D12 164 |^Keeping in mind the need for discrimination, when we D12 165 consider the areas of service to which we will commit D12 166 ourselves, let us now look at some overall ways in which we can D12 167 serve. ^Here are six key ways in which we may choose to serve. D12 168 |*41. ^Educate. ^*0We can help to teach theosophy and the D12 169 principles on which the New Age can be built and can help in D12 170 their practical application. D12 171 |*42. ^Interpret. ^*0A server must help find the thread of D12 172 meaning and purpose and the working out of the plan of D12 173 evolution, in what we perceive as today's world chaos. ^Those D12 174 who can interpret trends, explain what is happening and give D12 175 meaning to life are much needed. D12 176 |*43. ^Inspire. ^*0There is no true incentive without D12 177 inspiration. ^In this material and pedestrian world everyone D12 178 has need of a vision which gives hope for the future and the D12 179 inspiration to work. ^A server can provide this inspiration. D12 180 |*44. ^Strengthen. ^*0We can strengthen the work by giving our D12 181 co-operation and support. ^Helping to make the work of others D12 182 possible and successful, is a vital function although often D12 183 unspectacular. ^This is a service open to all. D12 184 |*45. ^Find and relate. ^*0People of goodwill need to be found D12 185 and inspired to work. ^Bob Geldof is a good example here of D12 186 someone who has found men and women of goodwill and related D12 187 them to useful service. ^There are many thousands of people who D12 188 are as yet inactive, who if found could be related through work D12 189 to make a useful contribution. ^With this kind of service, much D12 190 which is now impossible could be achieved. D12 191 |*46. ^Initiate. ^*0There is a need for those people who, D12 192 recognising a need, can take the necessary steps to meet it. D12 193 ^Leadership is an important function in all spheres of activity D12 194 in organising and initiating action. ^Servers need to initiate D12 195 action. D12 196 |^We will now focus on one aspect of service and go into D12 197 the aspect of group service in the Theosophical Society. ^With D12 198 the New Age energies coming in and the influence of the Seventh D12 199 Ray and the sign of Aquarius steadily increasing, it is group D12 200 consciousness, group functioning and group activity that we D12 201 should be looking at. ^The Theosophical Society, along with D12 202 other organisations, has to look to the future as well as the D12 203 present and incorporate those aspects and activities which D12 204 embody the ideals of the New Age, into its functioning. D12 205 ^Geoffrey Hodson says in *4First Steps on the Path, D12 206 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 207 |^*0A suggestion here would be, that we consider the idea D12 208 of bringing service into the Lodges in a more specific way, in D12 209 terms of group effort. ^A group can accomplish much more than D12 210 individuals on their own. ^A scientist worked out, that the D12 211 output of a group was equal to the square of its members D12 212 {0i.e.} if we take a group of seven people the effective output D12 213 is not equal to seven, but is equal to forty-nine or seven D12 214 times seven. ^If this can be applied to the subtler levels, D12 215 just think of the enormous importance of working as a group. D12 216 |^In support of the strong possibility that this higher D12 217 output can be applied to the subtler realms, is a quote from D12 218 {0A.E.} Powell's *4Mental Body, D12 219 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D12 220 *# D13 001 **[101 TEXT D13**] D13 002 *<*2EDITORIAL*> D13 003 |^*0Why does education attract so much discussion and D13 004 argument? ^Maybe it's because everyone has been involved in D13 005 education, at the receiving end. ^Or maybe it's because it is a D13 006 process which fails so obviously that one cannot resist the D13 007 temptation to try and improve it. ^Or maybe it's because we see D13 008 education as the ideal method of righting the world's wrongs. D13 009 ^Whatever the reason for the volume of utterances on education D13 010 Humanists are no exception. ^In this issue we have printed two D13 011 points of view of Humanists on education. D13 012 |^You will notice that the *'Humanist Profile**' has been D13 013 included in this issue. ^It is intended that this will be the D13 014 first of a series. ^We invite you to send us a profile on your D13 015 favourite New Zealand Humanist to be shared by us all. D13 016 |^Why are there no letters to the editor in this issue we D13 017 ask ourselves? ^Generally we are pleased with the amount of D13 018 material you send, but we would like more, especially short D13 019 articles, letters, book reviews and snippets of news. D13 020 *<*2HUMANISTS QUESTIONED ON BILL OF RIGHTS*> D13 021 *<*0A report of the Submission to the Parliamentary select D13 022 committee on the *2BILL OF RIGHTS *0by the Humanist Society of D13 023 New Zealand*> D13 024 |^*"Is the Humanist Society opposed to a Bill of Rights?**" D13 025 asked the chairman of the Select Committee, Bill Dillon. D13 026 |^On that question, spokespersons David McLeod and Des Vize D13 027 replied, D13 028 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D13 029 |^*'Freedom of religion**' is a statement that owes its D13 030 entry into state constitutions to James Madison, the *'Father of D13 031 the {0U.S.} Constitution**'. ^When he wrote the Bill of Rights D13 032 which became the first ten amendments, he had in mind the D13 033 suffering and atrocities done in the name of religion in the Old D13 034 World and from which the colonists had fled. ^With Thomas D13 035 Jefferson he believed that conflict between the thirteen states D13 036 could only be avoided by a guarantee of religious liberty and the D13 037 separation of church and state. ^There is no doubt that the First D13 038 Amendment made political freedom possible in the new republic. D13 039 ^But we are trying to write a Bill of Rights for today. ^For us D13 040 in the western world the centuries of religious persecution are D13 041 in the history books. ^Over the past two hundred years numerous D13 042 groups calling themselves religions have used the First Amendment D13 043 to exploit, control and dominate people and secure tax advantages D13 044 and property concessions. ^To their sorrow many Americans have D13 045 learned how it is possible to frustrate the law and deny D13 046 individuals due process. D13 047 |^A satisfactory definition of religion is not possible. D13 048 ^The committee was given examples of rulings by judges in Europe, D13 049 {0U.S.A.} and Australia that have not met with general approval D13 050 and, on occasions, been reversed on appeal. ^New religions, which D13 051 are appearing increasingly in western society, are claiming the D13 052 protection of freedom of religion, constitutional or traditional. D13 053 ^Many are of dubious benefit to the individual or society and D13 054 some, as has been testified by ex-members, parents and D13 055 psychologists, are positively harmful. ^Governments, for example, D13 056 Britain, West Germany, France, Singapore and Indonesia have moved D13 057 to restrict the activities of these religious groups. D13 058 |^We submitted that the right to *'freedom of religion**' D13 059 adds nothing to the declared rights to freedom of thought, D13 060 conscience and belief and should be omitted. ^Its retention will D13 061 ensure the abuse, exploitation and frustration of the law that D13 062 has occurred in other democratic societies. D13 063 |^We pointed out that Article 8 mandates any group in the D13 064 name of religion to exploit, injure and damage any person, D13 065 materially, mentally and physically. ^In the United States of D13 066 America the First Amendment has not protected people from abuse, D13 067 exploitation and neglect. ^It might be argued that a D13 068 constitutional right to profess and manifest a religion does not D13 069 ipso facto give the right to harm physically and materially. ^But D13 070 the {0U.S.} experience has been that quite extreme limits must be D13 071 reached before the law feels empowered to intervene. ^We cited D13 072 the tragic events of Jim Jones and the Peoples' Temple and the D13 073 injury caused by the Christian Science Church and, in New D13 074 Zealand, the time-consuming court orders to give life-saving D13 075 blood transfusions to children of Jehovah Witness parents. ^Many D13 076 religions cause injury to children. ^Some have been beaten to D13 077 death because of a belief that beatings promote obedience to D13 078 divine will. (^Reference to a New Zealand case had to be D13 079 withdrawn because the investigation is still sub judice.) D13 080 |^Religious groups can subject members to extreme D13 081 psychological stress and emotional exhaustion leading, in some D13 082 cases, to mental breakdowns, broken marriages and, while it is D13 083 not of course possible to confirm, suicides. ^Such is the protection D13 084 afforded by freedom of religion provisions is **[SIC**] that it D13 085 is rare for any religious organisation in western society to be D13 086 held accountable for the collapse of one of its members. ^Article D13 087 8 would render the weak, impressionable and depressed especially D13 088 vulnerable. D13 089 |^Articles 7 and 10 (freedom of expression and association), D13 090 we submitted, provide all the protection needed for the D13 091 activities of bona fide groups but require the limitation of D13 092 Article 21 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political D13 093 Rights ({0i.e.} such as are D13 094 **[LONG QUOTATION**]) D13 095 |^We received an attentive hearing from members of the Select D13 096 Committee. ^In their submission the next day, the New Zealand Law D13 097 Society acknowledged the points we had made. D13 098 *<*2PROFILE TREVOR MURRAY COBELDICK*> D13 099 |^*0Trevor has been a member of the New Zealand Humanist D13 100 Society for about twelve years during which time he has D13 101 contributed to the Society in many ways. ^When, late last year, D13 102 he resigned from producing the magazine he had been responsible D13 103 for sixty-eight issues over a period of eleven years. ^During D13 104 this time he founded the Humanist Archives, for which he has D13 105 built up a collection of four thousand items, and he started the D13 106 Humanist Information Service producing numerous information D13 107 pamphlets about a wide range of humanist subjects. ^Also as D13 108 manager of Paerangi Books he has supplied many books of interest D13 109 to humanists. D13 110 |^Trevor has initiated various humanist special subject D13 111 groups and represented the Society at Education Department D13 112 Conferences and Peace Forums as well as being on various D13 113 committees. ^He has organised contacts, fellowships, display and D13 114 publicity articles and worked in numerous other ways to extend D13 115 knowledge of humanism. D13 116 |^Trevor stores the Archives at his home in Johnsonville D13 117 where he lives with his wife Mary and their three children. ^Most D13 118 of his life has been spent in Canterbury. ^He was born in D13 119 Christchurch in 1946, a fifth generation New Zealander of Cornish D13 120 and Scottish heritage. ^Educated at Spreydon Primary and Cashmere D13 121 High Schools he then gained a {0B.Sc.} in geography at the D13 122 University of Canterbury. ^Later he added a {0B.A.} in religious D13 123 studies with history and philosophy to his qualifications. D13 124 |^Trevor taught for seven years at Ashburton College where D13 125 he met Mary Spence. ^After their marriage they lived several D13 126 years on a farmlet at Rakaia before moving to Christchurch where D13 127 Trevor experienced unemployment and learning to be a house D13 128 parent. ^After half a year as a Research Officer at the D13 129 University he moved to Wellington to take up his present D13 130 employment at the Correspondence School. D13 131 |^Trevor's early interest in map drawing and stamp D13 132 collecting have continued into adulthood. ^Also playing classical D13 133 and pop music on the piano. ^Other interests include genealogy, D13 134 travelling and tramping in New Zealand and he is involved with D13 135 the New Zealand Association for Study of Religion, The Civil D13 136 Celebrants' \0Assn., Wellington Peace Forum, Students' and D13 137 Teachers' Organisation for Peace, Society for the Protection of D13 138 Public Education and the New Zealand Association of Teachers of D13 139 Religious Studies. D13 140 |^Footnote: ^To fill in any spare time Trevor says he finds D13 141 satisfaction in moulding his home to family needs. D13 142 *<*2THE EXERCISING OF POWER IN EDUCATION*> D13 143 |^Democritus of Abdera (5th century {0BC}) is reputed to D13 144 have said: *"^I would rather understand one cause than be King of D13 145 Persia.**" ^He valued knowledge rather than power. ^Sadly many D13 146 people do not feel like this. D13 147 |^When teachers are philosophers, their pupils are more D13 148 likely to be philosophers with them *- a shared quest for D13 149 understanding. ^If the person legally in the slot labelled D13 150 *"teacher**" is a power-seeker, rather than a wisdom-seeker, the D13 151 pupils are less likely to be empowered as independent learners *- D13 152 as independent thinkers taking control bit by bit of their own D13 153 learning. ^A better teacher is only too pleased to relinquish D13 154 *"power over**" as soon as class and teacher can learn together. D13 155 |^Teachers are sometimes forced into a show of power against D13 156 their deepest beliefs and aims, because of pressure from authority D13 157 figures above them. ^A quiet class is often viewed as indicating D13 158 a successful teacher rather than a busy class with a higher D13 159 *'buzz**' level. ^The teacher *- with considerable moderating D13 160 skill *- may be orchestrating pupils who are growing in the D13 161 ability to make judgements about controlling themselves. ^The D13 162 teacher is aiming at self-disciplined adults, and is encouraging D13 163 the pupils to work to that end. ^The *'quiet**' classroom may be D13 164 no more than a teacher's desire for a quiet life, rather than a D13 165 more strenuous one of sharing power. (^However we don't feel that D13 166 the majority of classroom teachers see themselves as people who D13 167 enjoy and use power for its own sake!) ^Partly because of D13 168 mis**[ARB**]-interpretations such as this we hope that decisions D13 169 that affect each class, each pupil, as well as each teacher, will D13 170 increasingly be made as far down the hierarchical scale as D13 171 possible. D13 172 |^Power structures, we believe, should be open to critical D13 173 evaluation by any people affected by them. ^Sometimes the D13 174 intermediate links in the chain *- perhaps form teachers *- find D13 175 themselves through loyalty trying to validate a directive for D13 176 which they've been given no reason *- one which they perhaps find D13 177 logically unjustifiable. ^The students (defensive of their D13 178 growing but fragile feelings of independence) are prickly if they D13 179 feel they are being fobbed off when they ask reasonable D13 180 questions. ^This is one of the most harmful effects of the D13 181 exercise of abitrary power. D13 182 |^The days are past (for most pupils anyway) when a decision D13 183 by some powerful person, say a chairman of the board of governors D13 184 and handed down by a chain of command, regulated the length of a D13 185 boy's (or girl's) hair. (^They had no say over the length of the D13 186 chairman's hair however distasteful it might be to them.) ^Both D13 187 the chairman and the pupils had private lives outside the few D13 188 hours spent each day at school. ^At a dance in the weekend the D13 189 chairman's friends could tease him for his taste in hairstyle. D13 190 ^He could ignore them *- or change the style. ^In the case of a D13 191 pupil *- often a boy *- where teasing or worse was likely to take D13 192 place, he was put in a powerless position, or forced into a power D13 193 struggle which could (and did) spill over into wider and more D13 194 serious areas. ^What begins as a directive over hair length can D13 195 cause ructions through group loyalties *- with harmful results. D13 196 |^Adolescents' feelings of status can be marginal. ^They may D13 197 join a group to feel they have status, if they are not ready to D13 198 stand alone as individuals. ^Given elbowroom by non-threatening D13 199 adults who are not particularly concerned with their own status, D13 200 many pupils (seen in other contexts as potential troublemakers) D13 201 are only too ready to see potential conflicts resolved. D13 202 |^When it comes to the organisation of the power structure D13 203 of the whole education system from the individual pupil up to the D13 204 Minister of Education (and sadly beyond *- to the Minister of D13 205 Finance and ?) we hope it will be made easier for the public to D13 206 understand how the power is shared at each level. ^This applies D13 207 especially to the parents of children currently at school and D13 208 people who themselves felt outsiders or failures at school. D13 209 |^For example: D13 210 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D13 211 |*- who interprets the broad state policies? D13 212 |*- what are the possible levels of input for all interested D13 213 parties (when there isn't a curriculum review)? D13 214 |*- are school board meetings open to the public? (^We know for D13 215 example Hutt Valley High School has had a pupil on the Board of D13 216 Governors.) D13 217 **[END INDENTATION**] D13 218 *# D14 001 **[102 TEXT D14**] D14 002 *<*4Jews and Christians: bridging the gaps*> D14 003 *<*5by Deborah Stone in Auckland*> D14 004 |^*4Jews and Christians held a historic meeting in Auckland in D14 005 October to form a council of friendship aimed at overcoming D14 006 centuries of animosity. D14 007 |^Members of both the Auckland Hebrew Congregation and the D14 008 Auckland Jewish Liberal Congregation met with Catholics, D14 009 Anglicans, Presbyterians, Methodists, Baptists, Society of D14 010 Friends, and Salvation Army representatives in a founding meeting D14 011 held at the {0AHC} community centre during Succot. D14 012 |^*0The council, which has been organised by the chairperson of D14 013 the Auckland Jewish Council, Wendy Ross, and a prominent D14 014 Catholic, \0Mr Ray Watchman, follows the model of similar D14 015 councils for Christians and Jews overseas and aims to set up a D14 016 structure for religious and cultural exchange. D14 017 |^The council aims to foster understanding, friendship and D14 018 trust between the two communities by discussion and public events D14 019 such as education seminars. D14 020 |^\0Mr Watchman said the council wanted to overcome the D14 021 ignorance and bitterness which has marred Christian-Jewish D14 022 relations through the ages. D14 023 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 024 |^\0Mr Watchman quoted the Pope in his description of the D14 025 Holocaust as *'a second Golgotha**'. D14 026 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 027 he said. D14 028 |^\0Mr Watchman said the council hoped to promote a more D14 029 just and tolerant society by enabling Christians and Jews to D14 030 learn about each other's perspectives. D14 031 |^It would also be a vehicle for discussion of social D14 032 issues, and might speak out on behalf of the communities. D14 033 |*'^We need to be aware of each other's sensitivities. ^I D14 034 dropped a clanger the other day. ^I asked Rabbi Coleman what his D14 035 Christian name was.**' D14 036 |^The council hopes to cut across the bounds of of divisions D14 037 within religions, covering all denominations and types of D14 038 community. D14 039 |^About 80 people attended the inaugural meeting of the D14 040 council which was held in the small youth synagogue. D14 041 |^Suitable psalms, dealing with the universal qualities of D14 042 God and humanity, and the value of unity and peace were read out D14 043 by prominent clergy from different Christian denominations, and D14 044 by Rabbi Shalom Coleman, who is visiting Auckland, on behalf of D14 045 the Jewish community. D14 046 |^Rabbi Coleman and Rabbi John Levi, who visited New Zealand D14 047 earlier this year have been rabbinical forces behind the D14 048 establishment of the Auckland council. D14 049 |^Rabbi Coleman, the Catholic Bishop of Auckland, the Most D14 050 \0Rev Denis Browne, and the Bishop of Auckland (Anglican), the D14 051 {0Rt Rev} Bruce Gilberd, are to be joint patrons of the council. D14 052 |^The short psalm readings were followed by two addresses on D14 053 Succot, one from the \0Rev Keith Carley, lecturer in Old D14 054 Testament studies at \0St John's Theological College, and one D14 055 from Rabbi Coleman. D14 056 |^\0Rev Carley spoke on the scriptural foundations of the D14 057 festivals and the parallels found in Christian harvest festivals. D14 058 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 059 |^Rabbi Coleman used the four species of Succot to point to D14 060 the lessons for the universality of humanity which the festival D14 061 holds. ^He said the joyous nature of the festival made it a D14 062 particular**[SIC**] suitable one for a time of sharing, because D14 063 the essence of true joys were things that could be shared. D14 064 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 065 |^The evening was concluded by \0Mr Watchman, who reviewed D14 066 the consultation which had led to the inaugural meeting and D14 067 called for further consultation with exchange on all levels from D14 068 the social to the theological. D14 069 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 070 *<*4Moral guidelines on homosexuality*> D14 071 *<*1by Ray Watchman*> D14 072 |^*4Guidelines on moral questions concerning homosexuality D14 073 are soon to be issued by this country's Catholic bishops to D14 074 Church pastoral workers and school teachers. D14 075 |^*0The guidelines would probably be presented at the New D14 076 Zealand Catholic Bishops' Conference meeting in Auckland this D14 077 month, said Bishop Denis Browne of Auckland. D14 078 |^He understood they would take the form of a general letter D14 079 from the bishops and be primarily directed at Catholics involved D14 080 in pastoral work and teachers in Church schools. D14 081 |^The bishops had promised the guidelines when they issued D14 082 their statement on homosexual law reform after their Low Week D14 083 meeting in Hamilton last April. D14 084 |^*"The idea was that we present something that will put the D14 085 moral side of the issue,**" Bishop Browne told *1Zealandia. D14 086 |^*0Throughout the current debate on homosexual law reform, D14 087 *"we have maintained our teaching that homosexual activity is D14 088 morally wrong,**" the bishops said in their April statement. D14 089 |^*"This continues to be our position, while at the same D14 090 time we agree that there should be no unfair discrimination D14 091 against persons on the basis of their sexual orientation,**" they D14 092 added. D14 093 |^The bishops opposed the then Homosexual Law Reform Bill D14 094 because it had become for some of its supporters, *"a stratagem D14 095 for promoting the idea that homosexual partnerships are morally D14 096 equal to heterosexual marriage.**" D14 097 |^A greater need than law reform, the bishops said, was the D14 098 need to promote an education intended to remove discriminatory D14 099 attitudes and prejudices against homosexual persons. D14 100 |^Cardinal Thomas Williams said that the bishops' decision D14 101 to issue the guidelines had come out of their concern that *"so D14 102 often, when something is not against the law, people too readily D14 103 assume that it is moral. ^They equate legality with morality.**" D14 104 |^Bishop Peter Cullinane of Palmerston North said that D14 105 unlike the so-called *"moral majority**", the Catholic bishops D14 106 would claim to be holding the distinction between legality and D14 107 morality very clearly in mind. D14 108 *<*5{0AIDS} risk shock for Catholics*> D14 109 *<*1by Ray Watchman*> D14 110 |^*4Catholics rank highly in the groups most at risk of D14 111 contracting the deadly {0AIDS} virus in New Zealand, a scientific D14 112 research officer with the South Australian {0AIDS} Programme D14 113 claims. D14 114 |^*0\0Mr Simon Rosser, a Catholic and former Aucklander, D14 115 told *1Zealandia *0that from his own and other's research and D14 116 anecdotal observations, *"Catholics would appear D14 117 over-represented**" in the homosexual and drug communities, the D14 118 two major high risk groups in this country. D14 119 |^With the numbers of {0AIDS} and related {0HIV}-positive D14 120 people steadily growing, *"it is likely that every parish will D14 121 eventually be touched by this new disease,**" he warned. D14 122 |^*"For many of us, both those at risk and those at minimal D14 123 or no risk, {0AIDS} has raised issues of fear, ignorance, D14 124 hopelessness, blame and judgement,**" said \0Mr Rosser, who also D14 125 works as a counsellor and intern psychologist for the South D14 126 Australian Health Commission's {0AIDS} Programme. D14 127 |^His claims of a disproportionate representation of D14 128 Catholics in the high risk groups in New Zealand have been D14 129 confirmed by expert sources in Auckland. D14 130 |^*"Yes indeed, he is quite correct,**" said psychiatrist, D14 131 \0Dr Fraser McDonald, the former medical superintendent of D14 132 Kingseat and Carrington psychiatric hospitals. D14 133 |^*"The proportion of Catholics, or people from Catholic D14 134 backgrounds, is high among drug abuse and homosexual patients,**" D14 135 he said, speaking from his long experience. D14 136 *<*4Guilt*> D14 137 |^*0\0Dr McDonald, who is now Auckland Hospital Board D14 138 consultant on drug abuse and alcoholism, said that *"Catholic D14 139 patients are generally on a very heavy guilt trip and their D14 140 sexual guilt is tremendous.**" D14 141 |^Asked if Catholic homosexuals and drug addicts might be D14 142 more inclined to seek treatment and in doing so, give a distorted D14 143 picture of their actual ratio within both groups, \0Dr McDonald D14 144 said: D14 145 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 146 |^The Odyssey House Drug Rehabilitation Programme in D14 147 Auckland reported that out of 56 patients currently in residence, D14 148 22 per cent were Catholic or had come from Catholic backgrounds D14 149 *- nearly eight per cent above the statistical percentage of D14 150 Catholics in New Zealand. D14 151 *<*4Surprise*> D14 152 |^*0Odyssey House Trust Chairwoman, \0Mrs Barbara Goodman, D14 153 said she was D14 154 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 155 she said. D14 156 |^A spokesman for the Odyssey House programme said that D14 157 most residents were *"poly-drug D14 158 **[PLATE**] D14 159 users**". ^Drug addicts who inject themselves with unsterilised D14 160 needles are the ones at risk of being infected with {0AIDS} or D14 161 {0HIV}. D14 162 |^\0Mrs Goodman suggested that young people raised as D14 163 Catholics could turn to drug use because of feelings of guilt and D14 164 failure *"when they are not able to meet the high expectations D14 165 the religion places upon them.**" D14 166 |^Auckland Medical School lecturer in behavioural science D14 167 and psychiatry, Father Felix Donnelly, said he had been D14 168 counselling homosexual people for about 23 years. D14 169 |^*"I've had the opportunity to meet a broad section of the D14 170 gay community and inevitably find that the majority are Catholic D14 171 or at least were in their initial upbringing,**" he said. D14 172 |^The high proportion of Catholics within the gay community D14 173 was *"common knowledge**" among sexologists and others who worked D14 174 with male and female homosexuals. D14 175 |^*"Many non-Catholic gays comment to me on the *'amazing**' D14 176 number of Catholics in the gay world,**" \0Dr Donnelly said. D14 177 |^He warned that the risk of Catholic homosexuals D14 178 contracting {0AIDS} was made all the greater by D14 179 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 180 he warned. D14 181 |^The Catholic gay was *"usually the most reluctant**" to D14 182 declare his homosexuality to parents or clergy because of the D14 183 negative attitude towards sex he had received. *"^They fear that D14 184 they will be totally rejected, or that their parents won't be D14 185 able to cope because of their religious beliefs.**" D14 186 |^Many Catholics had problems with drug, alcohol and sexual D14 187 abuse D14 188 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 189 said Father Donnelly. D14 190 |^A theological student before commencing psychology D14 191 studies, \0Mr Rosser said he believed that *"how the each of us D14 192 as individuals and as a community respond to the threat of D14 193 {0AIDS} will measure to what extent we have the right to call D14 194 ourselves Christian.**" D14 195 *<*3FRONT*?30 COVER*?30 ILLUSTRATION*?30*> D14 196 |^*0The non-violent popular uprising of February in the D14 197 Philippines has been described as a confrontation between D14 198 military might and prayer. ^In the streets of Manila millions of D14 199 unarmed Filipino people formed a human barricade and disarmed the D14 200 Marcos forces. ^Many people offered the marines flowers and candy D14 201 as gestures of goodwill and friendship. ^This outpouring of love D14 202 broke the soldiers' will to carry out their orders. D14 203 *<*3A*?30 NEW*?30 NAME*?30*> D14 204 |^*0This issue marks an end and a beginning. ^At Conference D14 205 there was overwhelming support for a change of name from D14 206 *'{0C.P.S.} *2BULLETIN**' *0to *'*2THE PEACEMAKER**'. ^*0People D14 207 believed that *'*2THE PEACEMAKER**' *0is a more accessible name D14 208 to be promoting, and gives a much clearer indication of the D14 209 message of {0C.P.S.} than the name *'{0C.P.S.} *2BULLETIN**' D14 210 *0did. D14 211 *<*5Editorial *- *3EXAMINING OUR COMMITMENT*> D14 212 |^*0In the communion or Mass we are invited to *"feed on the D14 213 body and blood of our Lord Jesus Christ**". ^When the followers D14 214 heard this from Jesus himself they said, *"^We can't take D14 215 this!**" and left except for the few who said, *"^To whom shall D14 216 we go?**" D14 217 |^There is a sense that, to the degree which we truly feed D14 218 on Him, we ourselves become nourishment and food for others. ^One D14 219 of the pillars of {0C.P.S.}, our beloved late Ormond Burton, was D14 220 so deeply nourished by Christ that he was able to nourish and D14 221 feed multitudes of people around the world. ^I remember the time D14 222 he came to Invercargill. ^One man sitting next to me said, *"^If D14 223 I had heard and felt that before I would never have gone to the D14 224 war.**" D14 225 |^Ormie's dream of communities of justice and peace can only D14 226 grow to the degree that others are prepared and encouraged to D14 227 discipline themselves and merge into communities of faith. ^Jesus D14 228 himself took a small group of men of diverse temperament, and of D14 229 opposite political persuasions and *"applied the heat**". ^Like D14 230 an alloy they became much stronger than any individual person. D14 231 ^So strong was that small group that they turned the world upside D14 232 down! D14 233 |^Jesus could see good in a rejected prostitute. D14 234 |^Ormond could see good in rebellious pupils. D14 235 |^Jesus could see good in a corrupt tax collector. D14 236 |^Ormond could see good in his fellow *"criminal**" prisoners. D14 237 |^Jesus could see good even in a Roman soldier. D14 238 |^Ormond could see good in some of his ex-soldier friends even D14 239 though they had not become pacifists. D14 240 |^\0Rev Colin Morris from his experience in Africa claims D14 241 that *"^Violence is the small hinge upon which great weights are D14 242 moved**" and cannot see the establishment of justice without it. D14 243 ^Father Conrado Balwig of the Philippines has joined the D14 244 Communists with his captured American rifle. ^\0Fr. Lambino says D14 245 of this: D14 246 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D14 247 |^This is way ahead of the Western approach of *"Bishops D14 248 blessing battleships...**" \0etc, but surely Jesus and Ormond D14 249 Burton would say that the real violence is the way we of the West D14 250 are oppressing the Third World. ^There is enough food, medical D14 251 resources, housing and transport to provide the needs of D14 252 everyone, yet most still suffer. D14 253 |^I am reminded of the story of the Indian Holy man who was D14 254 approached by a man and asked, *"^How can I find God?**" D14 255 *# D15 001 **[103 TEXT D15**] D15 002 *<*5{0ESTV} video news*> D15 003 * D15 004 |^*4Video technology provides a useful alternative to written D15 005 material for home study, discussion, and Scripture study and D15 006 religious education groups. D15 007 |^*0In this new age of *"user friendly technology**" the D15 008 home video system is a popular and proven instrument for D15 009 secular education and entertainment. ^With the right material, D15 010 such as that provided by the {0ESTV} Video Network, Christians D15 011 can make worthwhile use of their home video systems. D15 012 |^These systems are particularly convenient in the small D15 013 group situation. D15 014 |^Programme material is designed to introduce and inform, D15 015 leading into group discussion. ^Teaching/ discussion series D15 016 usually come complete with written study material. D15 017 |^{0ESTV}'s current catalogue includes two highly acclaimed D15 018 teaching series *- *"Jesus Then and Now**" in 12-parts, D15 019 featuring Canon David Watson and *"A Mind Behind it All**", six D15 020 parts, led by Professor {0E. M.} Blaiklock. D15 021 *<*6QUESTONS ABOUT JESUS*> D15 022 |^*0Many people today have questions about Jesus. ^*"Jesus D15 023 Then and Now**" sets out to answer many of these questions in a D15 024 unique and visual way. ^Each programme explores what Jesus was D15 025 like then *- during his life on Earth *- and how he affects the D15 026 life we lead now. D15 027 |^Drama, dance, cartoons and interviews are all used in D15 028 approaching the topics in a refreshing way, encouraging the D15 029 viewer to reflect on the many issues. ^This video was produced D15 030 in England by Lella Productions. D15 031 |^*"A Mind Behind It All**" is a home-grown product of Vision D15 032 Videos, in Auckland. D15 033 |^Blaiklock (*"Grammaticus**"), for 21 years Professor of D15 034 Classics at Auckland University, was a biblical scholar, author D15 035 and broadcaster of world renown. ^In the series, made during D15 036 the final four months of his life, he draws on a vast classical D15 037 and historical knowledge reaffirming his life-long beliefs. D15 038 |^The catalogue also includes the *"Day One**" discussion D15 039 series based on {0ESTV}'s own current affairs television D15 040 series. ^Nine programmes, originally screened early 1985, D15 041 covered topical issues such as Youth at Risk, Suicide, D15 042 Alternative Churches and Feminism. ^These have been repackaged D15 043 with study notes, written by Industrial Chaplain Ian McCleary, D15 044 for use in home study groups. D15 045 |^A growing number of home groups are finding video D15 046 material is providing a new dimension to their regular study D15 047 curriculum. D15 048 |^The same video teaching series have been on sale through D15 049 {0ESTV} for about two years. ^Feedback has been very D15 050 favourable, according to sales manager John McLean. ^*"Everyone D15 051 is extremely enthusiastic *- video provides an entirely new D15 052 dimension at a study group**" he says. D15 053 |^A large central Wellington church has recently completed D15 054 using the *"Jesus Then and Now**" series. ^The elder in charge D15 055 of study groups commented: *"^The David Watson series proved D15 056 very good... some of the best in video presentation... a D15 057 valuable time.**" D15 058 |^He had one reservation *- *"^Video study presentations D15 059 are not complete without thorough preparation, back-up prayer, D15 060 and follow-on discussion to punch-in the living word of God.**" D15 061 |^A Central North Island small town/ country parish used D15 062 the series last year as the basis of their parish education D15 063 programme. ^Their vicar wrote: D15 064 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D15 065 |^The two locally made series are also producing a good D15 066 response. ^*"We are particularly pleased to offer home-grown D15 067 products,**" says John McLean. *"^Many people are surprised to D15 068 view such high quality products but New Zealand technology is D15 069 as advanced as elsewhere in the world.**" D15 070 |^{0ESTV} will continue to sell these study series but, as D15 071 \0Mr McLean points out, D15 072 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D15 073 |^Investigate the possibilities by posting the coupon (see D15 074 below) today. D15 075 *<*7EIGHTY YEARS OF SERVICE*> D15 076 *<*5City Mission's History Written*> D15 077 |^*4A picnic with two hundred children, and to shepherd them D15 078 all, a priest on crutches. ^That's commitment to the cause. D15 079 ^Camps for up to 300 children were run during the Christmas D15 080 holidays. ^More grimly, food and clothing was in desperate D15 081 demand, and in 1932 beds were provided for 128,786 people. D15 082 ^That was in the 1930s, when the work of the Wellington City D15 083 Mission reached a social service peak. D15 084 |^*0For more than 80 years, the Wellington City Mission has D15 085 ministered in central Wellington to people in need. ^Its story D15 086 has been written by Janette \0A. Gosnell, in a book called *"A D15 087 Servant to the City**", published by Grantham House. ^It is D15 088 priced at *+$19.50. ^The vicar of \0St. Barnabas' Roseneath, D15 089 the Reverend Michael Blain reviews the book for DioLog. D15 090 |^In 1904, the vicar of \0St Peter's, Willis \0St, the D15 091 Reverend {0G. P.} Davys who had been impressed by the work of D15 092 the Anglo-Catholic priests in the industrial slums of urban D15 093 Britain, invited William Walton out from England. ^The D15 094 missioner-to-be was taken to a high point in the city: *"^That D15 095 is where I want you to work**", said the vicar as he gestured D15 096 with his stick over the slums of inner Wellington. ^So the work D15 097 began. ^There was one man, but no hall, no chapel, no workers. D15 098 |^Within a few years the Governor came to lay the the first D15 099 stone of the first of many buildings that were to come and go D15 100 during this century. ^Each building was an achievement, a sign D15 101 of the brave response to the changing needs of the community. D15 102 ^Priests were not shy of asking for money then *- halls, shops, D15 103 chapels, homes, came and went as the work moved ahead. D15 104 |^*"Cut this out and keep for reference**", said the D15 105 *1Mission Whistler *0in 1929. ^The list gives some clue as to D15 106 the range of activities sponsored then by our church through D15 107 the Mission. ^Regular fixtures included four eucharists each D15 108 Sunday, a Sunday school, night school, baptisms, mission D15 109 services at the King's Theatre, children's guild, mothers' D15 110 club, sea scouts, guides, junior club and bible classes. ^Any D15 111 church member would know from that list just how many people D15 112 were at work and how much Christian generosity flowed behind D15 113 the simple words. D15 114 |^Janette Gosnell has put together a full and careful D15 115 account of the first eighty years of this ministry of D15 116 compassion. ^The account is clearly written, direct and simple, D15 117 with evidence of thorough research. ^It is certainly a valuable D15 118 chronicle of the City Mission's life. D15 119 |^Yet it has much wider interest than that. ^We get a rare D15 120 view of the underside of the capital city during the early D15 121 years of this century. ^As our society emerges from the D15 122 roughest of colonial days, the Mission history parallels and D15 123 illustrates the downs and ups as we move through the D15 124 Depression, through the development of the welfare state, and D15 125 the much steadier years since the last World War. D15 126 *<*6AHEAD?*> D15 127 |^*0What lies ahead for the City Mission? ^The needs today D15 128 are not so blatant perhaps. ^But this history certainly shows D15 129 that the leadership has been ready to adapt to changing needs D15 130 in the society which in Christ's name it serves. ^A wonderful D15 131 selection of old photos highlights the text. ^These add D15 132 character to the more prosaic words. ^Riverslea youth camp D15 133 members will love the photos on \0p29. D15 134 |^The eight clerical gents on the front cover have reason D15 135 to be twinkling and even smiling because this account of their D15 136 work has now been produced, and because the work continues into D15 137 the last years of this century. ^After the recent controversy D15 138 over the City Mission's financial problems, it's good to have a D15 139 sober account of just what has been going on there for the last D15 140 eighty years. ^But as is common with church histories, D15 141 disagreements and controversy are smoothed over in this book. D15 142 ^Am I alone in thinking that we would D15 143 **[PLATE**] D15 144 enjoy a more realistic account of the human struggles that lie D15 145 under the surface of the daily round and its duties and D15 146 achievements? ^The names and their good deeds come and go *- D15 147 I'd welcome a more conscious sketching of personalties and D15 148 issues. D15 149 |^The publishers give the book fine treatment. ^This is D15 150 quality, not a Gestetner job. ^Not a misprint to be found D15 151 either. ^Thank you for telling us about the past; God sustain D15 152 you for the future. D15 153 *<*5Girl called to *'punk**' ministry*> D15 154 *<*4By *6VIC FRANCIS*> D15 155 |^HER HAIR *4is green at the front, bleached blonde at the D15 156 back, and shaved severely up the sides. D15 157 |^*0A variety of earrings dangle around her face, she wears D15 158 unusual make**[ARB**]-up and her clothes are bright orange and D15 159 green. D15 160 |^She's Dutch and lists one of her favourite haunts as the D15 161 nightclubs of Amsterdam. D15 162 |^Jeanine \van Halteren is a *"fashion**" punk rocker *- D15 163 seemingly the epitome of a lost and hopeless generation. D15 164 |^But first impressions can be very misleading, and in D15 165 Jeanine's case they certainly are. D15 166 |^She isn't lost and hopeless *- she accepted Christ as her D15 167 Saviour in April, 1981 and is currently a full-time worker with D15 168 Youth With A Mission. D15 169 |^She was also on the staff of Amsterdam 86, the D15 170 International Conference for Itinerant Evangelists, and is an D15 171 evangelist in her own right. D15 172 *<*4Ministry*> D15 173 |^*0Jeanine's ministry is to the punk rockers of Amsterdam. D15 174 ^To communicate successfully with them, she dresses like them. D15 175 |^Along with a team from {0YWAM}, Jeanine goes to the D15 176 city's nightclubs every Friday and Saturday night from midnight D15 177 to 4 {0am} and shares the Gospel of Christ with them. ^The team D15 178 prays for two hours before they go and return later to pray D15 179 again. ^They get to bed on Sunday mornings about the time most D15 180 Christians are getting up to go to church. D15 181 |^*"Sometimes we confront them (punk rockers) with the D15 182 Gospel, and sometimes we give them the feeling that they are D15 183 loved *- by God and by us,**" says Jeanine. D15 184 |^They find many people to minister to such as a D15 185 15-year-old naive girl who is easily *"caught up by one of the D15 186 mean men of Amsterdam**"; the drug addict trying to kick the D15 187 habit; or any one of a dozen scenarios of woe or danger. D15 188 |^Jeanine feels God has called her to reach out to *"young D15 189 people in the big cities in Western society *- whether it be in D15 190 Canada, the United States or Europe.*" D15 191 *<*4Conversion*> D15 192 |^*0Converted at an Easter convention out of a background D15 193 of drug dealing and rebellion against God, Jeanine knows the D15 194 hopelessness and emptiness of today's young people. D15 195 |^*"My life was just so empty,**" she remembers. D15 196 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D15 197 |^Jeanine finished school and then did two years at the D15 198 Dutch academy of modern art before joining the {0YWAM} D15 199 nightclub team late last year. D15 200 |^She joined the Billy Graham staff preparing for the D15 201 International Conference for Itinerant Evangelists on a D15 202 part-time basis in May, and the money she has earned is going D15 203 towards paying for a discipleship training school with {0YWAM} D15 204 in Canada, starting on September 22. D15 205 |^She says she was a bit scared joining the staff. *"^I D15 206 didn't know if they were going to like my hair, but they like D15 207 my art.**" D15 208 *<*4Image*> D15 209 |^*0Jeanine doesn't have any trouble identifying and mixing D15 210 with punk rockers *- *"^I can be sharing the Gospel right D15 211 beside a loud speaker**" *- but she sometimes does have trouble D15 212 with Christians who don't think she should look like she does. D15 213 |^Once an over-zealous evangelist tried to convert her and D15 214 seemed deaf to her pleas that she already loved Jesus. D15 215 |^*"I can really understand some Christians who think it's D15 216 strange,**" she says. D15 217 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D15 218 *<*1Jung, the Unconscious and God*> D15 219 |^*0Religious experience is traditionally understood to have D15 220 arisen out of the interplay of a person's own consciousness and D15 221 the influence brought to bear upon it by an invisible spiritual D15 222 world existing outside of it, but occasionally invading it. D15 223 ^Human imagination saw this world to be inhabited by spiritual D15 224 beings or forces of various kinds. ^The intercourse between a D15 225 person and this spiritual world could take various forms. ^It D15 226 might take the form of voices (heard by no-one else), or of D15 227 visions (seen by no-one else), or of emotions (felt by no-one D15 228 else), as when John Wesley felt his heart strangely warmed. D15 229 ^One of the most frequent media of this communication was D15 230 believed to be in the almost universal phenomenon of dreaming. D15 231 |^In ways such as these it may be said that human beings D15 232 have long been aware of experiencing an inner life which was D15 233 not under their own conscious control. ^But it was believed to D15 234 have originated in a source wholly outside of oneself. ^This D15 235 was largely due to the fact that people commonly identified D15 236 their real selves, their souls, with consciousness alone. D15 237 *# D16 001 **[104 TEXT D16**] D16 002 *<*4Rise in Bible distribution*> D16 003 |^*0Bible Societies around the world distributed more D16 004 Bibles last year than they did in 1984. D16 005 |^The situation with regard to Scripture distribution D16 006 varied greatly from place to place, but the overall worldwide D16 007 increase in Bibles distributed by Bible Societies associated D16 008 with the United Bible Societies was 4.5 per cent, up from D16 009 12,077,852, in 1984 to 12,616,084 in 1985. D16 010 |^In the Bible Societies Americans region Bible D16 011 distribution in 1985 was 10 per cent higher (up to 4,855,799) D16 012 compared with 1984. D16 013 |^In the Asia Pacific region, 13.2 per cent more Bibles D16 014 were distributed, making a 1985 total there of 3,086,783. D16 015 |^In the Europe region the number of Bibles distributed D16 016 last year stood at 1,962,088 *- just 0.6 per cent higher than D16 017 in the previous year. D16 018 |^Only in the African region was there a reduction in the D16 019 distribution of Bibles *- down by 9.2 per cent to 2,711,414 D16 020 copies. D16 021 |^There was an overall drop in the number of New Testaments D16 022 distributed by the Bible Societies in 1985. D16 023 |^Although New Testament distribution rose 15.3 per cent in D16 024 the Asia Pacific region, it fell in the other three regions. D16 025 |^The number of New Testaments distributed worldwide by the D16 026 Bible Societies in 1985 was 12,098,659 (as compared with D16 027 13,241,007 in 1984). D16 028 |^The global distribution of Scripture portions by the D16 029 Bible Societies last year was 24,651,128 (representing a 3.3 D16 030 per cent drop compared with 1984). D16 031 |^The distribution of New Reader Scripture portions showed D16 032 an increase of 5.4 per cent to 14,608,016. D16 033 |^Scripture selection distribution was up by 8.7 per cent D16 034 to 440,359,794 copies worldwide. D16 035 |^The distribution of New Reader Scripture selections was D16 036 down by 4.9 per cent to 44,420,820. D16 037 |^The task of the United Bible Societies, of which The D16 038 Bible Society of New Zealand is a member, is to assist the D16 039 Christian Church in the translation, production, and D16 040 distribution of Holy Scriptures. ^It is made up of 102 national D16 041 Bible Societies with work in 180 countries and territories. D16 042 *<*4Christ at the heart of the missionary task*> D16 043 *<*1By Angus MacLeod*> D16 044 |^*0Someone once asked Samuel Johnston what was the best D16 045 argument for prayer. ^*"Sir,**" replied the doctor, *"there is D16 046 no argument for prayer.**" D16 047 |^He did not mean that prayer was futile or illusory. ^He D16 048 meant that everything in his experience was an argument for it. D16 049 |^In a similar way if someone asked me, *"what is the D16 050 argument for mission?**" the answer quite briefly is that there D16 051 is no argument. ^Our total experience of the Christian Gospel D16 052 is that argument. D16 053 |^It is important to remind ourselves why New Zealand D16 054 Baptists worked and sacrificed to maintain a mission presence D16 055 in India and Bangladesh. D16 056 |^When I was a member of Oxford Terrace Church there was a D16 057 plaque in the church dedicated to Hopestill Pillow. ^She was a D16 058 Sunday school teacher at the church who went out to India in D16 059 1889. ^She served for six years and died of fever a few months D16 060 before furlough was due. D16 061 |^Why did she and others go to a strange land and give D16 062 their lives? ^Are their reasons still valid today? D16 063 |^What is the motive of the Church's missionary enterprise? D16 064 |^Why should we send workers to Bangladesh, Papua New D16 065 Guinea, New Britain and the Solomons when there are plenty of D16 066 pagans in New Zealand? D16 067 |^Let us sum up our motives in a series of words. D16 068 |^*6COMMISSION: ^*0The first word is *"Commission.**" D16 069 |^We must support the mission of the Church because it is D16 070 Jesus's commission. ^He said, *"^Go into all the world and D16 071 preach the Gospel.**" ^As long as the Master's words stand, D16 072 anyone who opposes mission is saying that they know better than D16 073 Jesus himself. D16 074 |^If the Great Commission was in some way lost, we still D16 075 would not be absolved from the task in Bangladesh or Papua New D16 076 Guinea. ^The marching orders of the Church are not confined to D16 077 one single verse of Scripture. D16 078 |^The missionary commission stares at us from page after D16 079 page of Scripture. ^Did not Jesus say: *"^Other sheep I have D16 080 which are not of this fold *- them also I must bring ?**" ^Did D16 081 he not tell his disciples: *"^You shall be witnesses unto me in D16 082 Jerusalem and Judea and Samaria and to the uttermost part of D16 083 the earth.**" D16 084 |^*"What Christ did at the Cross,**" says John, *"is not D16 085 only for our sins, but for the sins of the world.**" ^Our D16 086 Gospel is world embracing and we are called to participate. D16 087 ^That is why Hopestill Pillow and Rosalie McGeorge and dozens D16 088 of missionaries since have gone from New Zealand to distant D16 089 lands. D16 090 **[PLATE**] D16 091 |^*6COMPASSION: ^*0A second word summarises our motivation D16 092 for mission. ^It is the word *"compassion.**" D16 093 |^There's a fascinating story in 2 Kings 7, about the seige D16 094 of Samaria about the year 800 {0B.C.}. ^It was a fortress city D16 095 high on a hill surrounded by massive stone walls. D16 096 |^The King of Aram tried to capture Samaria. ^He tried D16 097 again and again and failed. ^In the end Ben Hadad the king D16 098 decided to starve the city out by a severe blockade. ^The D16 099 result was starvation. ^The dogs were eaten, and even D16 100 cannibalism took place. ^Meanwhile Ben Hadad patiently waited D16 101 for the city to surrender. D16 102 |^Outside the city wall were four men. ^They were lepers D16 103 who daren't enter the city and were ignored by Ben Hadad's men. D16 104 ^These men in *"no-man's land**" got so hungry they decided to D16 105 risk creeping by night past the Syrian guards to steal some D16 106 food. D16 107 |^They got to the outer defences in dead of night. ^They D16 108 crept silently into the camp. ^But there was an uncanny D16 109 stillness. ^Gradually it dawned on the lepers that the camp had D16 110 been deserted. D16 111 |^Later they discovered that noises by night, and a sudden D16 112 message told Ben Hadad that the Hittites and Egyptians were on D16 113 the way. ^Ben Hadad and his troops fled, leaving behind them D16 114 their supplies, their tents and silver and gold. D16 115 |^Imagine the delight of these lepers. ^They had all they D16 116 wanted. ^They could be fed, they could be rich. ^They shouted D16 117 with delight. ^Then suddenly they were conscience stricken. D16 118 ^One of them says: *"^What we are doing is not right. ^This is D16 119 a day of good news and we are keeping it to ourselves.**" 2 D16 120 Kings 7:9. D16 121 |^They felt for the starving city. ^They had compassion for D16 122 their countrymen. *"^This is a day of good news.**" ^Compassion D16 123 literally means *"suffering with**" people. ^Compassion means D16 124 really dealing with the needs of people. ^Our missionary D16 125 society shows its compassion as we provide and work in clinics, D16 126 hospitals, schools, relief programmes. D16 127 |^In the early days of our Missionary Society this sense of D16 128 compassion was re-inforced by the strong belief in hell and D16 129 eternal damnation. ^Our forefathers fervently believed that D16 130 those without Christ would get to a lost eternity. ^A theme D16 131 song was: D16 132 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] D16 133 **[SONG**] D16 134 **[END INDENTATION**] D16 135 |^We have softened the theology in our age, but an eternal D16 136 truth still stands. ^Without Christ we lose a fellowship of D16 137 infinite value. D16 138 |^We are today's lepers. ^The world is in need of what D16 139 Christ has to offer. ^We, not in some arrogant fashion, have D16 140 his love to offer. D16 141 |^Our compassion must not be some condescending offer. ^In D16 142 the words of {0D.T.} Niles, we are only *"One beggar offering D16 143 another beggar bread.**" D16 144 *<*6COMMUNITY*> D16 145 |^*0It was {0D.T.} Niles who said, D16 146 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D16 147 |^This means that we must support the Church's mission D16 148 because we are part of the human family. ^The people of D16 149 Bangladesh, India and Papua New Guinea are as much our D16 150 neighbours as the people in the streets of Auckland. D16 151 |^There is no line we can draw and say, *"^Here our D16 152 responsibility ends.**" ^This is one world and it is God's D16 153 purpose to draw us together and to reconcile all things. ^Paul D16 154 writes to the Ephesians (1:10), *"^God's purpose is that all in D16 155 heaven and earth might be brought into a unity in Christ.**" D16 156 |^How can this true community be achieved? ^How can the D16 157 human family learn to live together in peace and harmony? D16 158 ^Christ has shown us the secret. ^When we lead persons to Him D16 159 he has broken down all dividing walls. *"^There is neither Jew D16 160 nor Gentile, slave or freeman, male or female... we are one in D16 161 Christ Jesus.**" D16 162 |^This is why the missionary enterprise is so necessary. D16 163 ^It crosses and breaks down barriers. ^Thus the villager in D16 164 Tripura, the stall holder in Chandpur, the coffee grower in the D16 165 Baiyer can all sing: D16 166 |**[SONG**] D16 167 *<*6CONTINUITY*> D16 168 |^*0Our fourth biblical reason for mission is found in the D16 169 word *"Continuity.**" ^We are called to continue the work which D16 170 Jesus began. D16 171 |^He came calling people into God's kingdom. ^To fulfill D16 172 that mission he called a group of disciples. ^Those disciples D16 173 were passionately missionary minded. ^They handed on what they D16 174 had received from the Lord Jesus. D16 175 |^The great efforts of the past must not grind to a halt. D16 176 ^The light of the gospel has been handed to us and we must not D16 177 let it go out. D16 178 |^These four words *- commission, compassion, community and D16 179 continuity *- give us a reason for continuing to work and share D16 180 with our missionary society. D16 181 |^In the last resort the one reason why we should work for D16 182 mission is Christ. ^Belief in mission is belief in Christ. D16 183 ^Mission and Christ stand or fall together. D16 184 |^If this Christ is in us, then his spirit is sending us to D16 185 tell and live Christ amongst the lost. D16 186 *<*5Making the most of Self Denial*> D16 187 *<*1By Jim Patrick*> D16 188 |^*0Our week of Prayer and Self Denial is here again. D16 189 |^The approach taken to promote our Baptist work at this D16 190 time of the year will vary depending on the age, size, location D16 191 and composition of the church concerned. D16 192 |^I have become aware of this, having moved 18 months ago D16 193 from a new Auckland suburban church to a long established, D16 194 small town, Waikato congregation. D16 195 |^In our present situation, promoting giving and prayer for D16 196 our {0NZBMS} work is relatively simple. ^As most members have D16 197 been in the church for many years, some a lifetime, our D16 198 {0NZBMS} missionaries are household names. D16 199 |^Self Denial week has long been seen as an important event D16 200 in the life of the church, and when missionaries are prayed for D16 201 in the services or Home Groups, the congregation are on D16 202 familiar ground. D16 203 |^Other local needs will receive lower priority until the D16 204 target is met. D16 205 |^In the previous new suburban church, promoting our D16 206 Baptist missionary work in Self Denial week and during the year D16 207 was a greater challenge. D16 208 |^A much smaller proportion of the church had a long D16 209 Baptist background. ^Several who had held top denominational D16 210 positions, gave liberally and made sure our {0NZBMS} work D16 211 received the attention it deserved. D16 212 |^However, for most of the congregation our missionaries D16 213 were only names, and giving was seen as giving to a nebulous D16 214 denomination which didn't have much importance to them. D16 215 |^An over-vigorous promotion of the work during Self Denial D16 216 week would be seen as beating the Baptist drum, and was in D16 217 danger of being counter productive. D16 218 |^In our education system there has been a change of D16 219 emphasis from the results of a year's work being determined by D16 220 one climactic examination, to an assessment system based on the D16 221 continuing work done throughout the year. D16 222 |^Similarly we found a *"drip feed**" system (no reflection D16 223 on the congregation!), of promoting our Baptist work to be more D16 224 effective. D16 225 |^Whenever possible we had our missionaries visit the D16 226 church. ^One new member used to pray every Self Denial week D16 227 *"^Lord all these missionaries are only names, except I've met D16 228 John Osborne. ^Bless him...**" D16 229 |^Giving and prayer for him and other new people was D16 230 focused on the individual missionaries and worthwhile D16 231 ministries, rather than the *"denomination.**" D16 232 |^A set of overhead transparency pictures of our D16 233 missionaries were obtained. ^Periodically while the offering D16 234 was being taken during the service, the pictures were projected D16 235 into the screen and the congregation were encouraged to read D16 236 the latest information on that particular missionary which was D16 237 included in the weekly bulletin. D16 238 |^A visit by Shirley Ingram to a Ladies' Retreat weekend, D16 239 provided a stimulating and ongoing interest in her work. D16 240 *# D17 001 **[105 TEXT D17**] D17 002 *<*4New conference shapes up*> D17 003 |^This month all of New Zealand's major churches except the D17 004 Baptist Union will join in the Conference of Churches in D17 005 Aotearoa. ^They will gather in Rotorua from 27-29 March for an D17 006 inaugural forum. D17 007 |^*0The main changes in membership in comparison to the D17 008 National Council of Churches (Formed in 1941) are that the Roman D17 009 Catholic Church is a member, while the Baptist Union, involved D17 010 throughout with the {0NCC}, decided late last year not to be D17 011 involved. D17 012 |^By last month churches firmly committed to joining the D17 013 conference were: Anglican, Methodist, Presbyterian, Catholic, D17 014 Liberal Catholic, Society of Friends, Greek Orthodox, Salvation D17 015 Army and Romanian Orthodox (like the Catholic Church, new to D17 016 membership of a national ecumenical body here). D17 017 |^There are several churches yet to make a decision, D17 018 including the Congregational Union, Antiochan Orthodox Church and D17 019 Serbian Orthodox Church and the Cook Islands Christian Church. D17 020 |^Some churches are seeking observer status: these are the D17 021 Lutheran and Seventh Day Adventist Churches. ^The Associated D17 022 Churches of Christ want associate membership, which was not D17 023 provided for in the constitution and will need to be considered. D17 024 |^Apart from the Baptist Union, the Associated Pentecostal D17 025 Churches in New Zealand broken**[SIC**] off conversations about D17 026 joining. D17 027 |^The Union declined the invitation to join by 249 to 137, D17 028 with 18 abstentions, reasons including disenchantment with the D17 029 {0NCC}, and nervousness about another body making statements on D17 030 their behalf. D17 031 |^Among Pentecostal Churches, similar attitudes have been at D17 032 work and there has been a feeling that the new body will be D17 033 identified with the extreme left and less concerned with D17 034 spiritual matters. D17 035 |^What is the attitude of Maori Christians? ^Since 1982 D17 036 they have been in an autonomous ecumenical group with D17 037 Catholic membership *- Te Runanga Whakawhanaunga i Nga Hahi o D17 038 Aotearoa. ^This will work in partnership with the new conference, D17 039 rather than grafting the Catholic Church onto an existing D17 040 body. D17 041 |^Catholic membership of the Conference is not a new thing D17 042 in ecumenism *- the Catholic Church is a full member of 33 D17 043 ecumenical councils around the world and an associate member of D17 044 seven. D17 045 |^What is new is that in New Zealand the opportunity was D17 046 taken to look in depth at the aims and structure of the D17 047 ecumenical body. D17 048 |^A major feature will be regional ecumenical forums *- D17 049 probably about 20. D17 050 |^Better representation for women and young people are among D17 051 the aims. ^A key emphasis is on bicultural partnership. D17 052 |^In terms of approach, consensus will be the key, rather D17 053 than resolving issues through taking a vote. D17 054 *<*4Presbyteries seek lift-off*> D17 055 |^In late January fifty people from twenty-one Presbyteries met D17 056 in Taupo, hoping to build a fresh vision and definition of the D17 057 role and working of the Presbyteries. D17 058 |^*0It did not take long to discover a variety in style and D17 059 effectiveness among the twenty-four Presbyteries. D17 060 |^Presbytery, in some regions, is the powerhouse of D17 061 Christian energy that its members hope for. ^There is a good D17 062 attendance at meetings, simplified style of business to allow D17 063 relaxed discussion, and the use of concerned and expert speakers D17 064 to deepen understanding of important issues, and routine sharing D17 065 of parish initiatives and activities by people from the parishes D17 066 themselves. D17 067 |^Other regions experience frustrating meetings, wasted D17 068 time, talents and energy. ^New members may sit silent, mystified D17 069 and even bewildered, during displays of verbal brilliance and D17 070 intricate procedure, or dismal muddle. ^Laymen and women often D17 071 feel too timid to speak. D17 072 |^Wouldn't it be great, said one minister, to be able to say D17 073 *- *'^It's presbytery tonight *- whoopee!**' ^Small Presbyteries D17 074 carry a burden of supporting and administering *'vacant**' D17 075 parishes, but their members enjoy close-knit fellowship. D17 076 |^Some Presbyteries felt church regulations get in the way D17 077 of fresh initiatives; they would like more freedom, staff and D17 078 resources. ^Some saw scope for the *'Presbytery as Bishop**' to D17 079 take more of a pastoral role in the supervision and oversight of D17 080 parishes and ministers. D17 081 |*'^What is Presbytery's role?**'... *'to equip God's people D17 082 for Christian discipleship that they may proclaim the Gospel**' D17 083 was a popular finding and to *- D17 084 |^Promote and encourage the mission of the Church. D17 085 |^Give pastoral oversight to ministers, manse families, D17 086 sessions, and congregations. D17 087 |^Provide adequate regional administration... were other D17 088 important roles. D17 089 |*'^What is the way ahead *- how can the Presbytery do its D17 090 work better, under God, in the next twenty years?**'... the D17 091 pointers began to show as one group after another reported and D17 092 hours of discussion yielded the suggestions from the conference: D17 093 |^Moving towards new patterns of ministry/ service to D17 094 parishes *- the role of the Presbytery is to initiate/ approve/ D17 095 facilitate. D17 096 |^Move towards happier joint ventures. D17 097 |^Move towards the most effective regional grouping of the D17 098 Church. D17 099 |^Move towards a better understanding of the relationship of D17 100 oversight/ pastoral care and discipline. D17 101 |^Move towards responsibility and individuality of D17 102 Presbyteries. D17 103 |^Move towards clarification of Presbytery role on public D17 104 issues. D17 105 |^Move towards new *'language**' and *'role**' definitions. D17 106 |^Work towards a better ordering of Presbytery business. D17 107 |^A report is being prepared for response from Presbyteries D17 108 and later for Assembly to consider. D17 109 |^It was heartening to experience the vision of so many D17 110 different people with a common purpose. D17 111 *<*4Islands blasted*> D17 112 |^Presbyterian churches in Vila, the capital of Vanuatu have D17 113 suffered extensive damage in the recent cyclone, according to D17 114 Council for Mission secretary the \0Rev Simon Rae. D17 115 |^*0Paton Memorial Church and Owen Hall have lost their D17 116 roofs, and the manse has been destroyed. ^Some other houses of D17 117 church officials have also lost roofs. ^Onesua High School, on D17 118 the other side of the island, has suffered a small amount of D17 119 damage. ^No information was available for the southern islands. D17 120 |^The council has sent *+$5000 from their funds for cyclone D17 121 relief, and more funds were to be made available if necessary. D17 122 ^The church's disaster relief fund has all been committed already D17 123 this year. D17 124 |^Over *+$100,000 has been raised throughout New Zealand for D17 125 the Cook Islands, which also suffered a cyclone recently. ^About D17 126 120 cartons of food, clothing, and books were sent from D17 127 Wellington via Auckland to the islands. D17 128 *<*4Church Family Sunday*> D17 129 |^*0There's something very special about belonging to a family. D17 130 ^It forms our identity, provides a ready**[ARB**]-made set of D17 131 lifelong relationships, gives us our name. ^Throughout life, what D17 132 happens to part of our family matters to us all. D17 133 |^The same is true of our church family. ^Our church gives D17 134 us our identity within the body of Christ, opens up relationships D17 135 with fellow-Christians here and overseas, confers on us the name D17 136 *"Christian.**" ^And in a healthy church, what happens to part of D17 137 the family matters to us all. D17 138 |^These themes underlie Church Family Sunday, being marked D17 139 by Presbyterian and union co**[ARB**]-operating parishes this D17 140 month. D17 141 |^People in the pews are being asked to think about what it D17 142 means to be part of the wider church family. D17 143 |^They are being reminded of some of the many things being D17 144 done in their name in the areas of spiritual growth, serving in D17 145 partnership with Churches overseas, working with young people, D17 146 and preparing for the ordained ministry. D17 147 |^And they are being invited to say *"^Yes, I want to be D17 148 part of all that**" through giving to ensure that these good D17 149 things continue. D17 150 |^The personalised appeal material comes with a pastoral D17 151 message from the Moderator, the {0Rt Rev.} Kenape Faletoese, and D17 152 a commendation from Sir John Marshall. D17 153 |^Church Family Sunday marks a new determination by the D17 154 Assembly Finance Committee to help parishes raise their Outreach D17 155 allocations that make the wider work of the church possible. D17 156 |^It is doing so not as an extra request, but in such a way D17 157 as will help each local church to achieve its budget goals: all D17 158 gifts will be credited towards the local parish's share of D17 159 Outreach. D17 160 |^In taking part in local services and activities, people D17 161 will also know that others in Presbyterian and union parishes up D17 162 and down the country are focussing on the same theme, as members D17 163 of the same church family. D17 164 |^\0Mr Faletoese's challenge from the 1986 Assembly still D17 165 stands: *"^Family of God, come alive!**". D17 166 *<*4Solemn requests*> D17 167 * D17 168 **[LONG QUOTATION**] D17 169 |^*6T*2HE READER *0who posed to me this question has actually D17 170 voiced one of today's widespread religious concerns. ^It is D17 171 frequently the first question to be raised in any public D17 172 discussion of our changing beliefs and practices. ^No less a D17 173 person than Oxford Professor of Divinity John Macquarrie put it D17 174 this way: *"^Is God, as envisaged in contemporary theology, a God D17 175 to whom one can still pray or has prayer gone out with the old D17 176 anthropomorphic and monarchical images of God?**" D17 177 |^Whatever answer one chooses to give to such questions D17 178 depends, of course, on one's world-view, {0ie} the way one D17 179 conceives and interprets one's experience of the world. ^Prayer D17 180 as commonly practised in the Christian tradition has never found D17 181 any place in the Buddhist world for there is no Buddhist God to D17 182 be prayed to. ^Even Muslims, whose concept of God is much closer D17 183 to that of Christians, rarely ever make petition to God; their D17 184 prayers consist of praise, thanksgiving and acts of submission. D17 185 |^The dictionary defines *"prayer**" as the making of a D17 186 solemn request to God. ^Although it has become almost exclusively D17 187 associated with religion today, it was formerly used more widely, D17 188 prayers being addressed to any kind of superior personal D17 189 authority. ^To pray was to beg or to make supplication for a D17 190 favour which one's superior had it in his power to grant. D17 191 |^To those people who conceive God as the supernatural, D17 192 infinite yet personal being who created the universe and D17 193 continues to control it, the continuance of the traditional D17 194 practice of Christian prayer constitutes no problem at all. D17 195 ^Indeed many of them find it a great comfort and a source of D17 196 spiritual strength. D17 197 |^An increasing number of people, however, no longer view D17 198 the world in a way which is consistent with that conception of D17 199 God, and this for a whole host of reasons. ^A number of D17 200 theologians, both Protestant and Roman Catholic, are today saying D17 201 that new knowledge and new experiences are forcing us to think D17 202 about God in radically new ways. D17 203 |^This in turn means that the traditional practice of prayer D17 204 has either to be abandoned (as humanists and agnostics would D17 205 conclude) or else it also must be thought out and practised in D17 206 radically new ways (as theologian John Macquarrie has suggested). D17 207 |^To continue to pray in the traditional way while at the D17 208 same time embracing the modern world-view opens one to the charge D17 209 of superstition, for superstition has been usefully defined as a D17 210 religious practice which has survived the demise of the D17 211 world-view and religious context to which it properly belongs. D17 212 |^It is probable that some at least of the prayer activities D17 213 still practised today can legitimately be judged to be D17 214 superstition, especially where prayer is regarded as a means of D17 215 controlling or altering events and conditions in the world around D17 216 one. ^In this respect it is strange that Christians have not paid D17 217 more attention to the recorded words of Jesus in warning his D17 218 followers not to pray like the heathen, who thought the more they D17 219 uttered the more they would be heard. D17 220 |^But is there any way of understanding the nature of prayer D17 221 which takes the modern view of reality fully into account and D17 222 thus avoids the charge of superstition? ^Many would claim that D17 223 that aspect of the devotional practice of prayer which remains D17 224 permanently valid is not the expectation that it will change the D17 225 course of events but its capacity to develop spirituality. D17 226 |^John Macquarrie is one of those theologians who believes D17 227 that the traditional practice of prayer and worship needs to be D17 228 critically examined and rethought. ^It is primarily as a D17 229 spiritual exercise intended to promote spiritual and personal D17 230 growth that Macquarrie defends and expounds the practice of D17 231 prayer. (^Macquarrie, incidentally, is by no means an extreme D17 232 radical in this theology but is orthodox middle-of-the-road.) D17 233 |^In his *1Path in Spirituality *0({0SCM} Press, 1972), D17 234 Macquarrie suggested that prayer may be usefully regarded as a D17 235 special kind of thinking, by which we attempt to explore both D17 236 feelingly and responsibly our relationship to the world and D17 237 particularly to people. D17 238 *# E01 001 **[106 TEXT E01**] E01 002 *0^The Fraser family had been habitants of Pictou County for several E01 003 generations. ^John's father was Hugh Fraser who, in 1792, was the E01 004 recipient of a land grant at Marshdale, Pictou, in lieu of services E01 005 rendered to the Crown by his father, the \0Hon. Simon Fraser. ^Simon E01 006 Fraser had led the 78th Regiment of Fraser Highlanders and ably E01 007 assisted General Wolfe in the capture of Quebec in 1759. ^John Fraser E01 008 married Mary *"Squire**" McLeod, a cousin of the \0Rev. Norman McLeod; E01 009 they had six children. ^The eldest was Mary, who married Hugh E01 010 McKenzie, followed by Hugh, Jessie, Murdoch, Donald and Jane. E01 011 |^Mary Fraser was engaged to Hugh McKenzie before the 1851 E01 012 migration to Australia and New Zealand. ^Her parents had forbidden any E01 013 marriage unless the couple accompanied the Fraser family with the E01 014 \0Rev. Norman McLeod, on the brigantine *1Margaret, *0which her E01 015 father, John Fraser, had jointly financed. ^This was not acceptable to E01 016 the young couple, so an elopement was planned. E01 017 |^The night before sailing, Mary Fraser slipped quietly ashore E01 018 from the *1Margaret *0and hastened to the Boularderie Church with E01 019 Hugh, where they were married. ^There was great disarray on the E01 020 *1Margaret. *0^\0Mrs Fraser Senior commandeered a rig with a pair of E01 021 fast horses to cut the couple off at the Bras D'Or ferry. ^She was too E01 022 late, arriving at the church just as the ceremony was completed. E01 023 |^With intervening circumstances, the run**[ARB**]-away couple E01 024 were later forgiven and 6 years later, with three young children, John E01 025 Bunyan, Margaret and Jessie, they sailed to New Zealand on the scow E01 026 *1Spray, *0built and owned by Hugh McKenzie's cousins, Duncan and E01 027 Angaus Matheson. E01 028 |^John Fraser, Mary's father, had settled at and named the Braigh E01 029 at Waipu. ^*"Braigh**" was an old Gaelic word meaning the *"upper E01 030 part**", in this case the upper part of the valley which later E01 031 broadens to encompass the E01 032 **[PLATE**] E01 033 Centre, Waipu, before reaching the sea. ^John Fraser was allocated E01 034 land up the Braigh, together with additional grants to accommodate his E01 035 children, including Mary, and also the ageing parents of Hugh, Donald E01 036 McKenzie and Arabella Matheson. ^Three of John and Mary Fraser's E01 037 children married three of Donald and Arabella McKenzie's children, and E01 038 they all lived up the Braigh. E01 039 |^On their arrival in New Zealand, the young married couple, Mary E01 040 and Hugh McKenzie, first lived in a nikau whare. ^Mary was a strong E01 041 and hard worker. ^While her husband was busy teaching the many young E01 042 children of the Braigh, she would walk daily the 10 \0km return, from E01 043 the Braigh to the Centre, to barter home-made produce and eggs in E01 044 return for nails from the local blacksmith, enabling her husband's E01 045 brothers, Roderick and Murdoch *"Walter**" McKenzie, to complete the E01 046 building of the house. E01 047 |^John Fraser had given part of his property as the site for the E01 048 Braigh School. ^His son-in-law, Hugh McKenzie, had been a school E01 049 teacher from his youth in Nova Scotia and became the first school E01 050 teacher at the new Braigh School. ^He remained teaching till 1868 and E01 051 was then appointed the first Registrar of Births, Deaths and Marriages E01 052 for Waipu, a position which he held until his death in 1896, E01 053 administering his duties from his house. E01 054 |^{0N.R.} McKenzie, the seventh child of Hugh and Mary, best E01 055 describes the building of his parent's house in his book *1The Gael E01 056 Fares Forth: E01 057 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E01 058 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E01 059 **[END INDENTATION**] E01 060 |^*0Work commenced on the house in 1857 and was completed later E01 061 the following year. ^Hugh and Mary shifted in with their Nova Scotian E01 062 born children; John Bunyan, Margaret (later \0Mrs John McLeod) and E01 063 Jessie (later \0Mrs Donald McDonald). ^Soon another five children E01 064 arrived, all born in the house: Joanna, Donald, Hugh Alexander, Norman E01 065 Roderick and Norman McLeod. E01 066 |^Mary and three of their children died before Hugh. ^In 1896 his E01 067 eldest daughter, Margaret, (\0Mrs John McLeod) returned home with her E01 068 husband and three children to look after her father, who died later in E01 069 the same year. ^Margaret McLeod lived in the house until her death in E01 070 1932. E01 071 |^In 1903 Mary McLeod, the eldest grandchild of Hugh McKenzie and E01 072 Mary Fraser married Edwin Henry Ryan, the eldest grandchild of John E01 073 Ryan {0J.P.}, Magistrate of the neighbouring parish of Mangawai. ^In E01 074 1935 their son, John (Jack) Ryan, shifted with his new wife, Joan E01 075 Cato, into the old home in which they raised their four children. E01 076 |^In 1960 Jack Ryan's aunt, Annie McLeod, who had lived with her E01 077 mother in the house from 1896 until 1932, moved back in and remained E01 078 there till her death in 1971. E01 079 |^Today, \0Mrs Joan Ryan, her son William with his wife Florence, E01 080 and her grandchildren, Joanne and Andrew, complete seven generations E01 081 of family occupancy. ^An iron roof has replaced the original totara E01 082 shingles but alterations that were made to the three sided verandah E01 083 shortly after World War *=II have been removed. ^Apart from the E01 084 lean-to kitchen and the iron roof, the house stands today as it was E01 085 when first built. E01 086 |^It remained on its site beside the Waihoehoe Stream until 1898, E01 087 when it was placed on two kauri logs and hauled by a team of bullocks E01 088 some 640 \0m to a gently rising bush clad hill or mahim. ^Now, nearly E01 089 130 years after it was built, the house remains on this *"new**" site, E01 090 still resting on one of the kauri logs. E01 091 |^Ironically, a pylon of the New Zealand Electricity Department, E01 092 providing electricity from the Marsden Point site to Auckland, now E01 093 occupies the cottage's original site by the river. E01 094 *<*4The Wellington Houses of Robin Hyde*> E01 095 * E01 096 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E01 097 **[POEM**] E01 098 **[END INDENTATION**] E01 099 |^T*0his child's simple skipping chant which appears in *1The Godwits E01 100 Fly *0paints a fairly clear picture of the Wellington childhood of E01 101 novelist and poet, Robin Hyde. ^Born in South Africa on 19 January E01 102 1906, Iris Cuiver Wilkinson adopted the pseudonym Robin Hyde later in E01 103 life. ^Iris's family moved to Wellington shortly after her birth and E01 104 for the first 12 years of their residence in New Zealand lived in a E01 105 series of rented houses in Melrose, Newtown and Berhampore before E01 106 purchasing their own home in Northland in 1919. ^These houses and her E01 107 childhood experiences associated with them are recorded in the early E01 108 chapters of what Robin described as *"my faintly autobiographical E01 109 novel**" *- *1The Godwits Fly. E01 110 |^*0On arriving in Wellington, the Wilkinsons stayed briefly in E01 111 Melrose before moving to *"Oriri Street**" *- 8 Waripori Street, E01 112 Newtown. ^This house, which she described as *"a dingy little bungalow E01 113 where tomatoes grew over the wall from the house next door**", had E01 114 little impact on Robin. ^But the house on the other side of the fence E01 115 left a lasting impression on the young Iris, for it harboured *"The E01 116 Glory Hole**". ^Situated in the next door neighbour's cellar, *"The E01 117 Glory Hole**" was the realm of fairies and fantasy that Iris was E01 118 prevented from discovering for herself by the untimely intervention of E01 119 an interfering adult. ^The episode caused a certain amount of E01 120 retrospect, however, in later life. E01 121 |^The family then moved back to Melrose to a house that was *"so E01 122 near the Melrose cliff-tops that the children weren't supposed to go E01 123 out at the back in case they fell over**". ^Here the children *"built E01 124 little secret houses among the brown gorse and lined them with the E01 125 soft flamy petals**". ^Their time here ended abruptly when Iris's E01 126 father, who was at that time working as a postie, tired of pushing his E01 127 bike up the Melrose hill. ^The family moved down to the flat. E01 128 |^Their next home was in Newbold Street *- 160 Russell Terrace *- E01 129 which, despite the barrenness of the concrete yard had the attraction E01 130 of proximity to the Newtown Park and Zoo. ^Here Iris could play E01 131 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. E01 132 ^Robin started at Wellington South Public School (now South Wellington E01 133 Intermediate) while living at Russell Terrace. ^However, *"when a E01 134 municipal edict E01 135 **[PLATE**] E01 136 changed the shape of their world, transferring them from Newtown to E01 137 Oddipore**", Robin was forced to change schools and transferred to E01 138 Berhampore Primary School. E01 139 |^The *"municipal edict**" presumably precipitated the family's E01 140 next move, for Robin's father, tired of his wife's refusal to have the E01 141 children moved, decided to take matters into his own hands and found a E01 142 house *"nearer the children's new school**". ^Their next home was E01 143 *"Number 9 Calver Street**" *- 9 Blythe Street. ^As Robin wrote, *"the E01 144 house in Calver Street was square and empty. ^It looked little as a E01 145 matchbox**". ^Like their previous houses it had *"no garden only an E01 146 asphalt yard**". ^For Robin's mother, the move involved hours of E01 147 cleaning the empty rooms and haunting the auction markets for pieces E01 148 of furniture. E01 149 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E01 150 |^It was during the family's time at Blythe Street that Robin E01 151 wrote her first poem, *"The Soldier's Babe**". ^No doubt inspired by E01 152 the outbreak of World War *=I and her father's enlistment, this poem E01 153 launched her career as a poet and from this time on she *"started E01 154 writing poems with the regularity of a model Orpington**". ^After his E01 155 return from the war, E01 156 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. E01 157 ^Robin's father bought the family a home at 92 Northland Road. ^In E01 158 *1The Godwits Fly, *0Robin described it as E01 159 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E01 160 |^She called the house *"Laloma**", presumably a Samoan word E01 161 meaning *'The Abode of Love**'. ^However, it seems the house nurtured E01 162 very little love for E01 163 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. E01 164 |^While at *"Laloma**", Robin attended Wellington Girls' College E01 165 where she wrote extensively for the college magazine. ^In 1923, when E01 166 she left college, she embarked on her career as a journalist on the E01 167 *1Dominion. *0^She was soon promoted to the position of parliamentary E01 168 reporter, despite an illness which had left her permanently lame. ^The E01 169 departure of her young godwit to London without her, followed shortly E01 170 afterwards by the birth of an illegitimate, still-born child in E01 171 Sydney, resulted in a nervous breakdown and Robin returned home to E01 172 recuperate. ^Here she spent hours in the garden *"sitting on a mat E01 173 like a Japanese... and broke up the whole of the tight skinned soil E01 174 with a little garden fork**". ^Her mental condition deteriorated, E01 175 however, and she went to Hanmer Springs hospital to recover. E01 176 |^Six months later, with a measure of physical and mental health E01 177 restored, she returned to journalism and over the next 4 years worked E01 178 on newspapers in Christchurch, Wellington and Wanganui. ^Her last E01 179 visit home was after the secret birth of a second child in Picton in E01 180 1930. ^Three weeks after the birth she returned to Wellington to look E01 181 for work and left the baby in a children's home while she stayed with E01 182 her parents. ^The strain of playing a dual role of honourable daughter E01 183 at home while each day slipping down to visit her hidden child changed E01 184 her childhood memories of *"Laloma**". ^Her feelings about the house E01 185 at this time are vividly recalled in *1A Home in This World, E01 186 *0published in 1984. ^Here she wrote of it as E01 187 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. E01 188 |^A job as lady editor for the *1New Zealand Observer *0provided E01 189 an escape from this traumatic situation. ^Robin moved to Auckland and E01 190 never returned home. ^In 1933 she suffered another breakdown and spent E01 191 the next 4 years as a voluntary patient in an Auckland psychiatric E01 192 hospital. ^While there she wrote profusely, resulting in the E01 193 publication of four novels *- *1Journalese, Passport to Hell, Check to E01 194 your King *0and *1Wednesday's Children *- *0and two books of poetry *- E01 195 *1The Conquerors and Other Poems *0and *1Persephone in Winter. ^*0In E01 196 1937 she left the hospital and travelled extensively throughout New E01 197 Zealand before settling in Auckland to complete two further novels *- E01 198 *1Nor The Years Condemn *0and *1The Godwits Fly. E01 199 |^*0In January 1938 she set off on her lifelong dream to visit E01 200 England where she hoped to establish herself as an internationally E01 201 renowned poet and novelist. ^Her planned route by ship to Hong Kong E01 202 then via the Trans-Siberian Railway across Asia and Europe to London E01 203 was cut short when she reached Hong Kong and decided instead to visit E01 204 China which was in the throes of war with Japan. ^Wanting to discover E01 205 the effects E01 206 **[PLATES**] E01 207 of battle at first hand, she travelled to the front line and was in E01 208 Hsuchowfu when it fell to the Japanese. E01 209 *# E02 001 **[107 TEXT E02**] E02 002 |*4^N*0ew Zealand car buyers don't know how lucky they are. ^The E02 003 variety and sheer numbers of models freely available here is quite E02 004 staggering *- especially since this is a small, isolated land that is E02 005 not rich in resources. E02 006 |^A perusal of our special feature on the lineup at this year's E02 007 Motor Expo show in Auckland gives an insight into the choice of E02 008 product, and the great contrast in cars. ^Sure, new motor vehicles are E02 009 heavily taxed and, in many cases, beyond the reach of the average New E02 010 Zealander. E02 011 |^But in the latter stages of the eighties we are experiencing E02 012 new maturity in the market. ^A government-inspired freedom of E02 013 importing has made almost any car available without the racketeering E02 014 or profiteering that was a part of the Kiwi motoring scene of the past E02 015 30 years. E02 016 |^Economic realities suggest the choice should be more limited E02 017 than it is. ^Yet the New Zealand car buyer now expects to be able to E02 018 buy anything his counterpart in Europe can choose from. E02 019 |^With the new-found buyer freedom has come higher depreciation E02 020 levels. ^There's also the worrying aspect of a local currency that may E02 021 depreciate further, thus pushing up imported costs. E02 022 |^Most of the motor vehicle dealers in New Zealand sell E02 023 Japanese-sourced cars, and many of them are already worried about the E02 024 dizzy price heights for everyday new vehicles. ^Buyer resistance is E02 025 showing through as *+$20,000 becomes the benchmark for small economy E02 026 cars. E02 027 |^Dealer profitability is down, and the value of the Kiwi dollar E02 028 in recent weeks means more expensive locally assembled cars later this E02 029 year. E02 030 |^There is pain at all levels. ^Who would have thought a marque E02 031 like Mercedes-Benz would be discounted? ^Only recently the Mercedes E02 032 190 had its local price cut, even though an appreciating West German E02 033 mark will surely mean rising prices in the near future. E02 034 |^While the {0GST} law is not yet clear, it appears second-hand E02 035 cars sold by dealers will become more expensive after October 1. ^So, E02 036 although some {0GST} regulation changes seem inevitable, the next E02 037 couple of months appear to be a good time to buy used. E02 038 |^Meanwhile, new motor vehicle sales are likely to receive a E02 039 boost from the company and fleet buying area after the implementation E02 040 of {0GST}. ^Since {0GST}-registered companies will be able to claim E02 041 back the new tax, the vehicles should be cheaper after October 1. E02 042 |^There is no doubt the market has become even more selective. E02 043 ^No longer can a completely built-up car readily find a buyer simply E02 044 because it is assembled overseas. E02 045 |^By the same token, consumers are demanding higher standards for E02 046 all cars, including those built here. ^Happily, the local industry is E02 047 turning out product today that is far removed from a decade ago. E02 048 |^Only a few years ago many local assemblers were marketing new E02 049 cars with appalling assembly quality and with an attitude that they E02 050 should have been ashamed about. ^Today's free and highly competitive E02 051 market has changed all that *- and buyers are much better placed. E02 052 *|^Gremlins department. ^Apologies for the opening problem with E02 053 last month's feature story on Opel. ^Due to a plate**[ARB**]-making E02 054 error, the top lines of each column on Page 37 were omitted, and the E02 055 opening sentence should have read: ^Opel is a name that might not mean E02 056 a lot to new generation New Zealanders who have never ventured to E02 057 Europe. E02 058 |^And the sentence opening the top of column two should have E02 059 begun: ^The small shipment of Kadetts, Mantas and Monzas are likely to E02 060 be the thin edge of a new {0GM} wedge. E02 061 |^In the July edition on Page 15 we said Sir Len Southward was on E02 062 a Suzuki Intruder when he was actually trying a Suzuki GV1400 E02 063 Cavalcade motorcycle. ^The production problems will lessen and the E02 064 mistakes will become fewer. ^We know you expect as much. E02 065 *<*6NEWSLINE*> E02 066 *<*4{0GM} New Zealand to broaden its model lineup*> E02 067 |^General Motors is increasing its range of cars with the introduction E02 068 of the front-drive Gemini and more Opel variants. E02 069 * E02 070 **[PLATE**] E02 071 |^T*0he front-wheel-drive Japanese-sourced Gemini sedan is to launch E02 072 in New Zealand at the end of October, bolstering {0GM} fortunes in the E02 073 lower medium area of the market. E02 074 |^And {0NZ} *2CAR *0understands {0GM} {0NZ} is about to increase E02 075 the number of fully imported West German Opel cars to give the E02 076 multi-national a bigger slice of the {0CBU} cake. E02 077 |^From a passenger car share a**[SIC**] 12.2 percent last year, E02 078 {0GM} slipped to 10.3 percent for the first four months of 1986, with E02 079 supply problems from a prolonged strike. ^But {0GM} has been lacking a E02 080 1.5 litre model since the rear-drive Gemini was phased out about a E02 081 year ago. E02 082 |^The original Gemini had a varied local career, being sold under E02 083 both the Isuzu and Holden names at various times. ^It is not clear if E02 084 the new model will be Isuzu or a Holden, but it seems logical to be E02 085 labelled the latter. E02 086 |^However, the model will be sourced from Isuzu in Japan as the E02 087 Australian content for the version sold across the Tasman is not high. E02 088 ^The new model has been in Australia for a year. E02 089 **[PLATE**] E02 090 |^Apart from grille, badges, steering wheel and body-coloured E02 091 bumpers, the Aussie Gemini is identical to the Isuzu version. ^In the E02 092 {0USA} the model is sold as the Chevrolet Spectrum, and there was E02 093 input from North America, Japan and Australia in conceiving the model. E02 094 *<*4No hatch version*> E02 095 |^*0As in Australia, there will only be the four-door sedan. ^The E02 096 attractively-styled hatchback only comes with a 3-door body which will E02 097 not be sold here. ^Anyway, {0GM} reckons there is a trend away from E02 098 hatchbacks in this area of the market. E02 099 |^Giugiaro's Ital Design produced the smooth styling for the new E02 100 Gemini which is shorter than the old model but packs a lot more room E02 101 inside. ^The 2400\0mm wheelbase is the same as Laser/ 323, and only E02 102 30\0mm less than Corolla. ^Overall length of Gemini is less than all E02 103 its Japanese rivals, and the car is also slightly narrower than the E02 104 rest. E02 105 |^Both 5-speed and auto versions which will be assembled here use E02 106 the 1471\0cm*:3**: single overhead cam carburettor engine producing E02 107 52\0kW. ^Coil springs are employed front and rear, with MacPherson E02 108 struts up front and trailing arms at the rear. E02 109 |^New Gemini fits the conventional {0FF} mould, with a E02 110 transversely mounted engine, power front disc brakes and rack and E02 111 pinion steering geared to 3.5 turns of the wheel from lock to lock. E02 112 ^The iron block/ alloy headed engine is 36 percent lighter than the E02 113 old Gemini power unit and has transistorised ignition. E02 114 *<*4More Opel shapes*> E02 115 |^*0A wider choice of built-up Opels is likely to include the new E02 116 notchback sedan Kadett which was launched in Germany late last year, E02 117 the sporty versions of the big Senator and possibly the Ascona E02 118 hatchback 5-door. ^The Ascona (read Vauxhall Cavalier in Britain and E02 119 Holden Camira in Australasia) would be a logical addition since there E02 120 is no hatch version of the Camira out of Japan. E02 121 |^This version of the {0GM} J-Car has done well in Europe, and E02 122 would give another string to the {0GM} bow. E02 123 |^The four-door Kadett notch has a boot lid opening down to E02 124 bumper level for easy loading and unloading, and a folding rear seat. E02 125 ^There's a six-side window design for good visibility, and Opel claims E02 126 a drag coefficient of 0.32 for the sedan. E02 127 |^Although the Senator is similar in size and appearance to E02 128 Holden Commodore, it would give the General an extra luxury model at E02 129 the top end of the range. ^It's available with the 3 litre injected E02 130 six, {0ABS} braking and {0LCD} instrumentation. E02 131 |^The Opel range is likely to increase to eight models. E02 132 **[PLATES**] E02 133 *<*4Wagons from Ford and Mazda*> E02 134 |^*0Both Ford and Mazda have released station wagon versions of E02 135 their respective Laser and 323 front-wheel-drive models. ^The market E02 136 leader has one model, the 1.5 GL, while Mazda introduces a 1.3 LX and E02 137 1.5 GLX. E02 138 |^A price of *+$21,240 is quoted for the Ford version. ^The Mazda E02 139 323 LX wagon is expected to be around *+$20,000, with the 1.5 GLX E02 140 *+$2000 dearer. ^It's a long time since Ford has had a smallish wagon E02 141 since the demise of the rear-drive Escort, but the Mazdas replace the E02 142 venerable rear-drive (and less powerful) 1.3 LX and 1.5 GLX wagons. E02 143 |^The 323 LX includes a rear hatch remote release, rear wiper/ E02 144 washer and a good level of appointment. ^The GLX builds on this with E02 145 central door locking, rev counter, rear seat headrests, cut-pile E02 146 carpeting, tinted top band for the laminated windscreen and a more E02 147 sumptuous interior. ^It also has tilt-adjustable steering and 175 E02 148 series tyres to make it more highly specified than the Ford. E02 149 |^These smartly styled newcomers present formidable opposition to E02 150 the Nissan Sunny Sportwagon, Toyota Corolla wagon and Mitsubishi E02 151 Mirage Estate. ^In 1.5 form, the Laser/ 323's 55\0kW is higher than E02 152 all but the Mirage which produces 60\0kW. ^The new models also run E02 153 second to the Mirage in maximum torque, with 115\0kW for the Laser/ E02 154 323 and 120\0kW for the Mitsubishi. E02 155 |^Overall length of the new model is the same as the Sunny wagon, E02 156 but more than the Corolla and Mirage. ^The Corolla, of course, is now E02 157 the odd vehicle out in being rear-wheel-driven and the oldest design. E02 158 |^The Laser/ 323 wagon is wider than the opposition and higher, E02 159 but the 1610 litre load capacity cannot match the 1800 for the Mirage. E02 160 ^It is, however, well up on the 1340 litres for the Sunny and 1005 E02 161 litres for the Corolla. ^At 155\0mm, ground clearance is less than the E02 162 Sunny and Corolla but slightly more than the Mirage. E02 163 |^Laser wagon features include a 50/ 50 split rear seat backrest, E02 164 rear wash/ wipe, intermittent wipers, woven cloth seat surfaces, cloth E02 165 insert door panels, bodyside mouldings and halogen headlamps. ^There's E02 166 a luggage compartment lamp, a dash light rheostat, lockable glovebox, E02 167 luggage secure straps and door map pockets. E02 168 |^Ford claims the Laser wagon has the best equal turning circle E02 169 with 9.4\0m *- the same as the Corolla. ^However, the Sunny boasts a E02 170 tighter 9.0\0m circle. ^The Laser/ 323 offers the best interior E02 171 headroom front and rear, ventilated front disc brakes, and both have a E02 172 tilt adjustment facility for the driver's seat. E02 173 |^Compared with the sedan Laser/ 323, the wagon variant offers E02 174 8\0mm more front headroom and substantially more rear headroom. ^The E02 175 965\0kg wagon is heavier than the sedan, and to compensate for this, E02 176 the brake booster is larger. E02 177 *<*4Lower-cost Renault 25*> E02 178 |^*0Eurotrans Motors has widened the Renault 25 range for New E02 179 Zealand by introducing a 2-litre carburettor TS variant. ^It costs E02 180 around *+$2,300 less than the GTS which has the same 74\0kW (103 E02 181 {0bhp}) 4-cylinder engine. E02 182 |^Apart from the TS badging, this version of the big French E02 183 hatchback looks the same as the GTS. ^It lacks a rear wiper, but is E02 184 still well specified, with power front windows, power steering, cloth E02 185 trim, black rear spoiler, tinted glass, digital clock and remote E02 186 control door mirrors. E02 187 |^Plip remote-control central door locking, adjustable height E02 188 steering and internal headlamp beam adjustment are also included. E02 189 |^In manual form, the 25 TS is *+$45,616, with a *+$2200 premium E02 190 for the auto. ^As with the GTS, the TS rates as one of the most E02 191 economical of the large luxury cars sold here. E02 192 |^The car has full instrumentation, the same well trimmed E02 193 interior of the GTS, and the electronic monitoring for service items. E02 194 ^The rear seat folds down and forward to give a large carrying area. E02 195 *<*4Low-cost Euro imports*> E02 196 |^*0Fiat may soon have the cheapest new car on the New Zealand E02 197 market, if you exclude the Russian Lada. ^And Austin is likely to E02 198 introduce a Metro E02 199 **[PLATES**] E02 200 hatchback with a price-tag that puts the Japanese on edge. E02 201 *# E03 001 **[108 TEXT E03**] E03 002 |^*2TODAY *0Sika range in varying densities over an area estimated in E03 003 excess of 4400 square miles of the central North Island. E03 004 ^Consequently, their habitat is as broad as it is diverse. E03 005 |^Generally speaking, however, Sika tend to favour low-lying E03 006 terrain. ^Only rarely do they range above, say, 3700\0ft. ^In the E03 007 open, at such a height, a lack of real cover consistent with snowgrass E03 008 tops, and, possibly, a shortage of appealing browse, most likely E03 009 account for this pattern of their behaviour. E03 010 |^Rated highly in Sika circles are the densely covered areas of E03 011 manuka scrub found over much of their range. ^Typically E03 012 Sika-infiltrated scrublands occur in the country east of the Kaweka E03 013 Range, in the numerous side-streams that enlarge the Mohaka River, and E03 014 adjacent to Makirikiri hut in the northwestern Ruahines. E03 015 |^As an example of what *"ideal**" Sika habitat consists of let us E03 016 look closely at the famed valley of the Ripia River; a big tributary E03 017 of the Mohaka and found on this map: {0NZMS} *"Kaweka**" \0N113. E03 018 |^In this valley silver tussock predominates over much of the E03 019 flatlands and rolling hilly country close to the deeply-gorged passage E03 020 of the river, and flanks both sides of several of the larger streams E03 021 *- valleys in themselves *- that feed it. ^In many parts of the E03 022 valley, manuka scrub, tall and dense, extends to its frequently swampy E03 023 bottom and even tops the main ridges *- around 3000\0ft. ^Isolated E03 024 pockets of silver beech forest, with their heavy undercover, are found E03 025 in the saddle-like heads of most of the streams. E03 026 |^The Ripia River Valley, much like other large watersheds found in E03 027 the Kaimanawa and Kaweka Ranges, best illustrates what *"ideal**" Sika E03 028 habitat is all about, offering the species a wide diversity of E03 029 conditions within a comparatively small area of country. E03 030 |^In the mid-morning of July 23, 1985, I was hunting in the Ripia E03 031 when, suddenly, the badly decomposed remains of a deer arrested my E03 032 attention. ^Curiously I angled to where it lay alongside the weathered E03 033 hulk of a once tall tree. ^Upwind, I thoughtfully contemplated a E03 034 shrunken heap of mostly hairless skin stretched tautly over the partly E03 035 exposed ribcage. ^At some length I wondered if in life this maggoty E03 036 carcass had been a proud and vital Sika stag? ^A stag that over the E03 037 spring and summer months had grown a rack of eight-point antlers, and E03 038 that with the arrival of the mating season had already been in control E03 039 of these high bush faces? E03 040 |^There was no real way of knowing the answers to my questions. ^In E03 041 life these pitiful remains might have belonged to a hind; nevertheless E03 042 I felt with conviction that this was the way it had been. ^With good E03 043 reason, too. E03 044 |^For one thing, this Sika stronghold was rarely hunted. ^And I had E03 045 it on excellent authority that no-one had stalked here since E03 046 mid-April, three months back. ^In this general area I had been told E03 047 that a Sika stag had fallen to the rifle of a well-known Australian E03 048 trophy hunter, who, by his Deerstalkers' Association guide, Dave E03 049 Porter, was remembered as *"fine company in the hills**". E03 050 ^Significantly, that stag had been an eight-pointer with, I E03 051 understand, a Douglas Score of 154 points. ^Another telling factor was E03 052 that these rotting remains had, I judged, reached a stage of E03 053 decomposition consistent with such a length of time. E03 054 |^So yes, I decided, what I had come across was in all probability E03 055 all that now remained of Col Allison's 1985 eight-point Sika from the E03 056 Ripia Valley. E03 057 |^Presently I turned away from the putrefying carcass; this time E03 058 next year it would have vanished *- devoured by maggots, insects, and E03 059 what have you, soaked up by the earth. E03 060 |^This morning's hunt was my second time out in the valley of the E03 061 Ripia River, where, at the invitation of Tom Condon, I had arrived by E03 062 a four-wheel-drive Toyota the previous day. E03 063 |^The story of how some 6000 acres of prime Sika country became an E03 064 *"un**[ARB**]-fenced hunting reserve**" dates back to September, 1983, E03 065 when Tom Condon and his partners, Albert Turner and Geoff Chizmar, E03 066 teamed up with members of the Waremu Rahui Trust to lease an area E03 067 known to many Australian Sika hunters as the *"Ripia Block**". E03 068 |^Flying in building materials by helicopter from Taupo, they E03 069 erected a roomy 14-bunk lodge. ^They called it *"Wilderness Lodge**". E03 070 ^From its veranda you can look clear across the valley, beyond the E03 071 deep gorge of the Ripia, to the tail end of the ruggedly formed E03 072 Ahimanawa Range. E03 073 |^While a variety of outdoor pursuits can be enjoyed here *- horse E03 074 riding, river rafting, tramping, fishing, \0etc., then it was the E03 075 hunting side of their operation that I was most interested in. E03 076 ^Imagine if you will some of the very best Sika country there is in E03 077 the North Island suddenly out of bounds to all but the affluent E03 078 hunter. ^Calling the shots is Tom Condon, a man with far visions, who, E03 079 while allowing a client to take a deer for the pot, looks upon the E03 080 Sika of the valley through the eyes of a dedicated conservationist. E03 081 |^So what happened is this: ^In just two years the Sika, only E03 082 lightly and spasmodically hunted, have quickly built up in numbers, E03 083 many of which, I should imagine, would have drifted in from areas E03 084 where hunting pressure is almost constant. ^We can be pretty certain E03 085 that in deer circles the word soon gets around about where it makes E03 086 good sense to shift camp to. ^Despite this, there is still abundant E03 087 feed in the valley, enough, I thought, to support an even larger herd E03 088 of Sika. ^Mostly it can be found in the numerous and sometimes vast E03 089 areas of heavy scrub *- almost impossible places to hunt and where, of E03 090 course, Sika have long eluded man. E03 091 |^So there I was leaving the lodge on my first afternoon in the E03 092 valley. ^Tom, explaining how they'd got started here, had already E03 093 decided to take me to a nearby valley *- a great spot, he considered E03 094 *- to see Sika. ^We had approached it around mid-afternoon, E03 095 pussy-footing through interlocked scrub. ^Suddenly the scrub had E03 096 petered out and we were at a low saddle. ^Semi-open beech forest fell E03 097 away sharply before us. ^I observed several well-used gametrails. E03 098 |^Ranging ahead of Tom, feeling those once so familiar juices E03 099 starting to flow, the years slipped away: I might have been 20 years E03 100 younger. ^Fit and hard. ^A Government hunter, out in the Kaweka E03 101 country *- paid to hunt Sika. ^What a time that was. E03 102 |^The wind, mostly at our backs, played havoc with our attempts to E03 103 see game. ^I sensed very strongly that on at least three occasions, E03 104 deer weren't that far ahead, moving away, shadow-like in the E03 105 sun-dappled interior of this wooded place. ^A constant welter of fresh E03 106 tracks and plenty of likewise droppings confirmed my suspicions. E03 107 |^Even though Tom was not carrying a rifle, I found it extremely E03 108 unsettling to actually have someone lurking in the background, for, no E03 109 matter how quiet Tom was, I could not concentrate fully on the job at E03 110 hand. ^Fatal, of course, particularly in Sika territory, where one's E03 111 concentration and awareness must be absolute. E03 112 |^Still on the same subject, I think that most experienced hunters E03 113 feel very much the same way as I do in the bushlands. ^For bush E03 114 hunting, an acid test of any deerstalker's expertise, is at best a E03 115 solitary undertaking. ^The most telling argument against hunting in E03 116 pairs in this country *- significantly in the heavily forested regions E03 117 of the central North Island *- is that a large number of men have been E03 118 shot dead, or badly wounded, by their companions after they've E03 119 separated and then stalked the same general area *- a bush gully, more E03 120 often than not, very much like this one in the valley of the Ripia E03 121 River. E03 122 |^At any rate, we had been hunting for maybe 20 minutes when a Sika E03 123 squealed a high, thin note. ^A hind, we reckoned. ^She was down near a E03 124 small stream, continually carrying on now, perhaps having fled there E03 125 after winding us? ^No matter. ^Only one thing mattered on this hunt. E03 126 ^A stag. ^A trophy, hopefully, to rival Allison's. E03 127 |^Towards evening, when we had climbed back to near the head of the E03 128 valley, a second Sika had betrayed its presence. ^A deep-toned sound, E03 129 almost guttural. ^A stag, for sure. ^Might pay to tell you about this E03 130 one... E03 131 |^Somehow, say five minutes before the stag disturbed the E03 132 comparative quiet of the hour, Tom and I had become separated while E03 133 attempting to get through an enormous windfall, which, Tom said, had E03 134 happened a few years back during a terrible storm that had lashed many E03 135 parts of both the Kaimanawa and Kaweka Ranges. ^So that now huge trees E03 136 were piled up on top of each other as though the main span of an old E03 137 wooden bridge had collapsed under far too much weight. ^Twisted roots, E03 138 terribly gnarled like the rheumatic hands of a very old man, had E03 139 continually snagged at my thick woollen shirt *- and deep holes, that E03 140 had once contained the roots of these now degraded forest giants, were E03 141 dangerously hidden by concealing growth. ^A place best out of. E03 142 |^And it was as I'd broken free of the cursed windfall that, with E03 143 startling suddenness, the second Sika had let rip. ^It was positioned E03 144 uphill and, I judged, only a short distance away. ^Where the hell was E03 145 Tom...? E03 146 |^I crossed a watercourse and then started up the far side. ^Low E03 147 branches scraped loudly *- or so I thought *- across my small canvas E03 148 daypack. ^Then I spotted through the thinning trees the distinct E03 149 red-and-black check material that added up to Tom's old swanndri E03 150 overshirt. ^He was crouched, unmoving; beyond him, in the dense E03 151 scrub-belt, the stag again proved just how vocal this species are. E03 152 |^Catlike I joined Tom. E03 153 |^*"See it?**" I breathed. E03 154 |^*"Just a flash as it jumped into the rubbish.**" ^He indicated by E03 155 hand where the stag had been positioned when he'd seen it. E03 156 |^*"Good head?**" E03 157 |^He shrugged. *"Couldn't say. ^Happened too fast. ^You know what E03 158 it's like?**" E03 159 |^Yes, I did know just how quickly a Sika can react when it's a mind E03 160 too. ^Gone in a finger-snap of time; as if, I've sometimes thought, E03 161 you hadn't really seen one at all, that it was an imaginary thing, E03 162 conjured up by a too stimulated mind. E03 163 |^The stag grunted hoarsely. ^At guess he was less than 50 yards E03 164 away. ^Was it, I wondered, worth attempting to try my luck in such a E03 165 scrubby wilderness? ^Three months back *- in the roar *- and the E03 166 answer would have been a definite yes. ^A Sika stag is much more E03 167 easily approached then. ^Indeed, where a hunter is concerned he is E03 168 often times aggressively minded, potentially dangerous. ^Now, however, E03 169 was an entirely different situation. ^So while this particular stag E03 170 might very well be inclined out of curiosity or sheer devilment to E03 171 linger and play dangerous games with me then, because of his chosen E03 172 retreat, almost all of the advantages were on his side. ^Nevertheless, E03 173 I have taken Sika stags in such country and at the same time of the E03 174 year. ^Which is why I left my daypack in Tom's care and moved with the E03 175 utmost stealth into the stag's well-chosen domain. E03 176 |^At once I was staring at fresh droppings: sheep-like in size, E03 177 shape and texture. ^A popular gametrail, a kind of Rusa-like tunnel, E03 178 vanished deeper into what now appeared a near hopeless place to stalk. E03 179 ^Even so, I stooped over the deer highway: big, deeply-formed E03 180 hoofmarks, wide-spaced, told me all I wanted to know. ^Which is when E03 181 the stag decided to open up with an even more uneasy sound; faintly, E03 182 in the distance, another Sika joined in. ^Sikaville, obviously. E03 183 |^Heart pounding insanely, I estimated the stag was positioned E03 184 beyond a hump-like rise, some 20 yards away at the very most, and the E03 185 very limit of my visibility. ^Between us, quite apart from the scrub, E03 186 was a concentrated barrier of bush lawyer, a wickedly barbed growth, E03 187 which, if not treated with the utmost caution, can very easily inflict E03 188 deep, painful gashes across the backs of one's hands or, what is even E03 189 worse, across one's face. E03 190 *# E04 001 **[109 TEXT E04**] E04 002 |^*0While enthusiasts will no doubt pick their own fancies and E04 003 others will prefer the challenge of unusual or difficult to grow E04 004 roses, many more ordinary gardeners will be grateful for a selection E04 005 that almost guarantees them trouble free plants with blooms of E04 006 outstanding colour and quality that, given adequate food and water and E04 007 reasonable precautions against disease and pests, are sure to succeed. E04 008 |^Gardening after all is not just for the enthusiast, specialist or E04 009 expert; those with only an hour or two a week and even raw beginners E04 010 can make a good showing, too. E04 011 |^The eight roses chosen, which should be in garden centres and E04 012 stores now, are: E04 013 _|*4Paradise (Wezeip) *0*- ^A Lilac Rose, bordered with ruby red. E04 014 ^Lightly perfumed it makes vigorous growth yet has disease-free E04 015 foliage. E04 016 |*4Pristine *0*- ^The blooms feature long, elegant ivory buds with E04 017 petal edges blushing to soft pink. ^A bushy plant with stout stems and E04 018 dark, healthy foliage. E04 019 |*4Pink Panther (Meicapina) *0*- ^A hybrid tea rose with E04 020 glowing pink blooms of unusual fragrance. ^Gives a dazzling show of E04 021 pink blooms on a tall, strong bush with dark green foliage. E04 022 |*4Breath of Life (Harquanne) *0*- ^This beautifully formed, E04 023 pleasantly fragrant climber produces hybrid tea-type blooms in a E04 024 gentle shade of apricot. ^Lovely for cutting and beautiful at every E04 025 stage. ^A vigorous plant with disease free light green foliage it is a E04 026 perpetual flowerer. E04 027 |*4Loving Memory (Korgund) *0*- ^Producing large, perfectly E04 028 shaped hybrid tea blooms of crimson-scarlet with strong, stiff stems, E04 029 this rose has a strong, upright bush with dark green foliage. E04 030 |*4Francis Phoebe *0*- ^Outstanding pure white blooms on a weather E04 031 resistant and vigorous bush are the feature of this hybrid tea rose. E04 032 |*4Olympiad (Macauk) *0*- ^An award winning hybrid tea with clear E04 033 crimson, long lasting blooms, ideal for cut flowers. ^Chosen as the E04 034 official rose of the 1984 Olympics. E04 035 |*4City of Auckland (Mactane) *0*- ^A hybrid tea with a rich blend of E04 036 amber and gold blooms that are fragrant and a bush of medium height. E04 037 *<*4For this relief much thanks*> E04 038 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E04 039 |^*1In the fight against plant disease and pests John Aldworth finds E04 040 there is good news today and even brighter hopes for tomorrow. E04 041 **[END INDENTATION**] E04 042 **[PLATE**] E04 043 |^*4I*0n these days of so much doom and gloom good news is often as E04 044 scarce as a fountain in the desert. ^Yet good tidings there are *- E04 045 even amid the rural down**[ARB**]-turn and the continuing battle with E04 046 garden pests. ^One heartwarming recent event was a Beehive function to E04 047 recognise an important breakthrough in garden disease control and to E04 048 say a concrete thankyou to the team of scientists who developed a E04 049 saleable product to banish the scourge of crown gall. E04 050 |^Expressing their appreciation were New Zealand's rose growers who E04 051 presented an award in the presence of Under Secretary to the Minister E04 052 of Agriculture, \0Mr David Butcher, {0MP}, to \0Mr John Lloyd of E04 053 Mintech \0Ltd, Nelson. ^By implication their thanks also went to \0Dr E04 054 Alan Kerr, of Adelaide, whose crown gall trials produced the chance E04 055 discovery of a bacterium antagonistic to the one producing the E04 056 disease, and to the {0DSIR} who were quick to see its potential E04 057 benefit to New Zealand and who, after tests, invited Mintech to E04 058 develop a commercial formulation of the culture. E04 059 |^Not that rose growers are the only ones to benefit from Dygall's E04 060 development. ^Fruit growers can also rejoice in a cheap and convenient E04 061 way to banish this life-sapping enemy from peaches, nectarines, E04 062 raspberries, kiwifruit, hops and other flowering plants. E04 063 |^Prior to Dygall's development there was no method short of the E04 064 most expensive soil sterilisation treatment available to rid E04 065 nurseries, orchards or gardens of crown gall since the bacteria E04 066 causing it, *1{6Agrobacterium tumefaciens} *0lives in the soil. ^No E04 067 resistant cultivars have been found for any of the species affected. E04 068 ^Even now that crown gall is no longer considered a serious disease in E04 069 New Zealand, growers still cannot relax preventative treatments E04 070 because Dygall does not kill the crown gall bacterium, merely prevents E04 071 its establishment. E04 072 |^Since the crown gall bacterium is widespread throughout New E04 073 Zealand it doubtless resides in many home gardens, especially where E04 074 plants *- and a wide variety are susceptible *- have succumbed to the E04 075 disease in the past. ^Characteristically, \0A. tumefaciens causes the E04 076 plants to develop large woody lumps or galls on the trunk or stem. E04 077 ^These in turn drain such nourishment that the plant is left stunted E04 078 and susceptible to further attack. E04 079 |^Dygall gives immunity from the disease thanks to a similar but E04 080 *"friendly**" bacteria *1{6Agrobacterium radiobacter}, *0which while E04 081 not killing existing crown gall prevents the bacteria causing it from E04 082 taking hold in a plant. ^Simply dipping your cuttings or seedlings in E04 083 a solution of Dygall immunises them for life. E04 084 |^Such a cheap and convenient method of control *- one 160 gram E04 085 packet can treat 7500 roses or 10,000 peach stones *- is immensely E04 086 important to nurserymen and orchardists. ^Sadly it is less well known E04 087 by home gardeners, simply because the product is not stocked by (and E04 088 thus may not normally be mentioned by) garden centres and retail E04 089 suppliers. ^(This is because it requires cool storage and because the E04 090 limited shelf life of the product *- three months *- precludes long E04 091 term stocking). ^Nevertheless Dygall can be ordered from Mintech E04 092 \0Ltd, {0PO} Box 80092, Nelson, through your local supplier *- if you E04 093 ask him. ^If you are growing on cuttings of fruit trees, roses, E04 094 cupressus, and a wide variety of other plants Dygall can prevent crown E04 095 gall *- provided you make sure your cuttings come from a tree or bush E04 096 free from the disease in the first place. ^It is a preventative not a E04 097 cure. E04 098 |^Beyond all that, Mintech's achievements in devising a way of first E04 099 producing the Dygall culture in their laboratories, then mixing it in E04 100 a peat medium to produce a safe, natural and effective innoculant, E04 101 marks a big step forward in New Zealand plant disease control. ^As the E04 102 first commercial biological control agent of its type to be developed E04 103 in the country it is the forerunner of what is expected eventually to E04 104 be a whole battery of new and more effective cures and preventative E04 105 measures for plant diseases. E04 106 |^Already Mintech is well known as the producer of Rhizocote legume E04 107 innoculants so successful in boosting nitrogen fixation by grass and E04 108 forage crops such as lucerne and even peas and beans. ^It also E04 109 produces another peat based innoculant, Mycoaid, which confers E04 110 soil-inhabiting micro-organisms called mycorrhizal fungi *- *"fungus E04 111 roots**" *- on cranberries, blueberries, rhododendrons and other E04 112 plants, causing them to uptake more nutrients from the soil. E04 113 |^Beyond that Mintech are working now on developing a range of other E04 114 biological control agents to counteract plant pests and disease E04 115 causing micro-organisms. ^John Lloyd sees tremendous potential in E04 116 continuing to use nature's own biological resources to combat problems E04 117 and says several developments are *"in the pipeline**". E04 118 |^Also looming up is the *"stage two**" development of employing E04 119 genetic engineering to eradicate plant diseases in specific ways that E04 120 it is expected will have no adverse effect on animals or the E04 121 environment and benefit us all by reducing the need for chemicals. E04 122 |^That such developments are on the way is good news. ^That their E04 123 technical development is being done in New Zealand, thanks to the E04 124 expertise of our agricultural and horticultural scientists, makes it E04 125 doubly so. E04 126 *<*6PERSONAL*> E04 127 * E04 128 *<*4by Jonathon Cox*> E04 129 |^R*0ose lovers throughout New Zealand, especially those with a E04 130 particular interest in old-fashioned roses, were saddened by the death E04 131 in March of \0Mrs Nancy Steen, whose pioneering work *1The Charm of E04 132 Old Roses *0made her name known in rose circles all over the world. E04 133 |^I never met Nancy Steen but I feel as though I knew her. ^I feel E04 134 this in much the same way as I feel that I knew Vita Sackville-West E04 135 and Margery Fish, two other great plantswomen who shared themselves E04 136 and their love for growing things with the world through the printed E04 137 word. E04 138 |^Some years ago I borrowed a copy of *1The Charm of Old Roses E04 139 *0and, like many others both before and since, I was never quite the E04 140 same again. ^Here were roses the like of which I had never known E04 141 before *- roses which dated back hundreds of years, having been grown E04 142 in such places as the Empress Josephine's garden at Malmaison, whose E04 143 very names conjure up a sensuous bygone world: *'Belle Amour**', E04 144 *'Madame Lauroil de Barny**', *'Maiden's Blush**'. E04 145 |^\0Mrs Steen's style is a blend of the scholarly and the anecdotal E04 146 *- so delightful to read, so hard to achieve. ^How well she knew her E04 147 subject and how much pleasure she made it to learn. ^I have always E04 148 felt that Nancy Steen intended the title of her book to have a dual E04 149 meaning for she herself knew that the rose is a talisman capable of E04 150 evoking other places, other time.**[SIC**] ^As she wrote E04 151 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. E04 152 |^\0Mrs Steen already had 21 years' gardening experience behind her E04 153 when her book was published in 1966; she was to have 20 years more. E04 154 ^Her lifelong dedication to old roses served in large part as the E04 155 inspiration for the setting-up of a New Zealand-wide society, Heritage E04 156 Roses New Zealand, whose members share her love for these beauties of E04 157 days gone by. ^\0Mrs Steen left two self-created memorials *- her book E04 158 and her own beautiful garden in Remuera *- but how apt that one of the E04 159 first public gestures made by Heritage Roses was the creation of E04 160 garden**[SIC**] to bear her name. E04 161 |^Within the Rose gardens in Auckland's Parnell, yet completely E04 162 separate from the modern roses, the Nancy Steen Garden is a tribute to E04 163 \0Mrs Steen's personal gardening style. ^Over 200 old roses have been E04 164 planted (including the delicate pink and cream rose which bears Nancy E04 165 Steen's name) and old-fashioned companion plants *- the same plants E04 166 which \0Mrs Steen grew in her own garden *- about: wallflowers, E04 167 Lavender, pinks, Cherry Pie, Heart's Ease, Lady's Mantle, Sweet E04 168 William. ^At the height of the season the Nancy Steen Garden is a E04 169 delight to the eye, a perfumed haven five minutes away from the bustle E04 170 of downtown Auckland. E04 171 |^She touched so many lives. E04 172 *<*6ENTOMOLOGY*> E04 173 *<*4Predators and pests*> E04 174 **[PLATES**] E04 175 * E04 176 |^I*0nsects, with their enormous reproductive capacity, have the E04 177 greatest world protein and hydrocarbon production capacity of all land E04 178 organisms. ^It is not unnatural that this vast food potential should E04 179 be extensively exploited and the first line of exploitation is E04 180 predation. E04 181 |^This predation is from an extraordinary range of organisms E04 182 including birds, mammals, amphibians, reptiles, fish and even E04 183 carnivorous plants. ^But the most extensive and best adapted predators E04 184 on insects are other insects. ^Some predatory insects are extremely E04 185 general in their attentions; others are very specialised, some being E04 186 able to survive on only one specific host species. ^It is thought that E04 187 from ancestral specialised predators, true parasites emerged and E04 188 indeed many so-called *"parasitoids**" exist which are between the two E04 189 major exploiters of the insect host food potential. E04 190 |^Relatively few predators attacking insects have any great E04 191 influence on the population levels of their hosts. ^Some cases could E04 192 probably even be classified as scavengers, since they normally only E04 193 capture host E04 194 **[PLATE**] E04 195 insects whose reproductive phases is**[SIC**] ended. ^*"Beneficial**" E04 196 insects such as predators and parasites have evolved behaviour E04 197 patterns to ensure survival, not host exterminations which would lead E04 198 to race suicide. ^So, never expect a predator or parasite to eradicate E04 199 any host. ^We are lucky to have some which maintain low levels and E04 200 these, as far as the gardener is concerned, are indeed jewels beyond E04 201 price. E04 202 |^Naturally, the predators which we see most of are efficient in the E04 203 struggle for existence but usually not the most beneficial to man's E04 204 economy. ^I leave you to work out the logistics of E04 205 **[PLATE**] E04 206 this for yourselves from the brief statement I have already made. E04 207 |^Now let us consider a few relatively common predators. E04 208 *# E05 001 **[110 TEXT E05**] E05 002 |*2^WHILE *0there is no such thing as a free lunch, some sight systems E05 003 appear to offer just that. ^This reviewer examined two versions of the E05 004 Ring Sight LC-7-40, and attempted to evaluate them for their E05 005 usefulness. E05 006 |^Not much larger than a matchbox, this compact unit is supplied in E05 007 a matt grey-black colour. ^It is designed to bolt straight on to the E05 008 carrying handle of the AR15 and M16 rifles; its suitability and design E05 009 for military purposes will be discussed later. ^An adapter was E05 010 supplied to permit the sight to be fitted to the 3/8*?8 (9.5\0mm) E05 011 dovetail normally found on rimfire rifles. E05 012 |^The unit is designed to be used with either one or both eyes open. E05 013 ^It is non-magnifying, displays no light-gathering properties, but is E05 014 robust, simple and well finished. ^The eye relief is non-critical, but E05 015 best use of the night reticle is made when the sight is close to the E05 016 eye. E05 017 |^Two daylight reticles are available. ^One appears to be a hollow E05 018 white circle of 12\0mm (41 minutes of angle [{0MoA}]) outside the E05 019 8\0mm (27 {0MoA}) internal diameter. ^The second has the same white E05 020 circle and a central dot of approximately 3\0mm diameter (10 {0MoA}). E05 021 |^Both models had a luminous night**[ARB**]-time reticle available. E05 022 ^This differed from the daytime reticles by taking the form of an open E05 023 *"T**", with the intersection of the three lines coincident with the E05 024 centre of the daylight reticle. ^There is, however, a gap in the E05 025 centre of the *"T**". E05 026 |^The night reticle seems to be adequate for the use to which the E05 027 sight is likely to be put (shifting targets of approximate angular E05 028 size 10 to 20 minutes of angle (3 to 6\0mm)) but is unlikely to be of E05 029 much use to the spot**[ARB**]-lighter. ^The scale drawing shows all E05 030 three reticles. E05 031 |^The reviewer mounted the sight first on an Anschutz model 1408 ED E05 032 match rifle. ^As the information leaflet said, the use of the E05 033 conventional *"black bull on white background**" target was not E05 034 conducive to even static use. ^A dark target had to be used in order E05 035 to display the white reticle, and a *"Figure 11**" style target was E05 036 used. ^Groups of five shots were fired with both models of sights, and E05 037 this tester preferred the *"02**" reticle with its central dot; it E05 038 felt more precise, although the groups were approximately 3 minutes of E05 039 angle E05 040 **[PLATE**] E05 041 (1\0mm) for both sights. E05 042 |^A \0No. 4 \0Mk 1 .303 rifle was then selected. ^Toolmaker Matt E05 043 Dougherty milled an adaptor block and the sight was fitted where the E05 044 aperture rearsight normally goes on a .303 rifle. ^The sightline was E05 045 about 1*?8 higher than expected, and the stock was altered with a E05 046 cheekpiece made of cardboard and masking tape. ^The rifle was zeroed E05 047 without difficulty and the sight adjustments were as the leaflet said E05 048 *- 1/8th of a turn on the adjustment screw resulted in a shift in the E05 049 mean point of impact ({0mpi}) of 100\0mm at 100\0m. E05 050 |^Aiming tests in poor light with the sights indicated the ring E05 051 sight reticle tended to obliterate the target because of its E05 052 luminance. ^I thought that reticle 01 was marginally superior to E05 053 reticle 02 (with the central dot), but preferred the dot anyway. ^A E05 054 telescope sight was used under the same conditions in an attempt to E05 055 see if the light-gathering ability of the telescope improved aim. E05 056 ^Although the scope did permit a better view of the target, the E05 057 reticle tended to vanish and the only way aim could be attempted was E05 058 to centre the target in the field of view. ^The telescope was a E05 059 4-power model, and a 3-power one was also tried. ^The conditions were E05 060 so dark that colour vision was absent, and the result of this test E05 061 suggested that neither aiming system was suitable for use in total E05 062 darkness. ^However, it is likely that the muzzle flash would to some E05 063 extent destroy night vision, and then the illuminated reticle of the E05 064 ring sight might very well be of considerable benefit. E05 065 |^The 1985 national championships of the Practical Shooting E05 066 Institute ({0NZ}) (\0Inc) were held at a nearby range, and the E05 067 reviewer and his .303 rifle were entered. ^The shoot consisted of a E05 068 course of approximately 40 shots, fired at 20 targets at distances of E05 069 up to 100\0m but generally less than 50\0m away. ^The targets were E05 070 identifiable, but were frequently obscured by shade and intervening E05 071 branches. E05 072 |^The competitors had already been given a guided tour of the range E05 073 and had seen where all the targets were placed. ^He or she had then to E05 074 make the best possible speed, find, identify and fire at each target E05 075 as it was encountered. ^The top two scoring shots only were counted, E05 076 and only a few shooters fired more than two shots at each target. ^The E05 077 stopwatch was started when the competitor moved from the *"start**" E05 078 line, and ended when a *"gong**" was physically knocked over by the E05 079 final shot. E05 080 |^The ring sight was a joy to use compared to the iron sights used E05 081 in other practical shooting matches. ^This was because of the image E05 082 and the reticle lying on the same optical plane *- an effect similar E05 083 to that derived from telescope sights. ^True, the sight doesn't gather E05 084 any light as a scope does, but the illuminated daytime reticles stood E05 085 out very clearly against the *"figure 11**" type targets, especially E05 086 when the targets were in shadow. E05 087 |^Perhaps the best *"proof of the pudding**" lies in the target E05 088 score obtained by your reviewer during the shoot: 553 points, placing E05 089 him fifth out of 25 shooters. ^(In practical shooting, the E05 090 *"comstock**" method of scoring is followed, where the score is E05 091 divided by the elapsed time to yield a final indication of E05 092 performance. ^Your scribe sank to 17th place after that adjustment.) E05 093 |^Other competitors viewed the sight and were struck by its compact E05 094 size. ^Most conceded that the higher than usual sighting plane was of E05 095 little consequence. E05 096 |^Despite some minor difficulties in sighting in, the ring sight was E05 097 found to be a useful device by this reviewer. ^It was very well suited E05 098 to the sport of practical shooting, where the art of finding partly E05 099 concealed targets of dull hue, aiming and firing at them must be E05 100 carried out as quickly as possible; the making safe of the rifle E05 101 before moving off to find the next target is another aspect of this E05 102 form of competition unrelated to the sighting system employed. E05 103 |^The benefits of using a sight designed for military use became E05 104 apparent when the quick acquisition of the target in the field of view E05 105 took place. ^Provided the rules of *"gun fit**" were observed, there E05 106 was no problem in placing the reticle on the target either. E05 107 |^The sight appeared to be best suited to aiming at targets E05 108 subtending 5 {0MoA} or more (it could be used on smaller targets but E05 109 in general, non-magnifying sights are difficult to use on small E05 110 targets unless aiming marks adapted to the reticle are used). ^For E05 111 snap shooting the sight seemed excellent, and it would appeal to pig E05 112 hunters and others who need a compact, lightweight, robust sight which E05 113 will get them on fleeting targets at close ranges. E05 114 |^Through no fault of the sight, I was 17th out of the 25 entries in E05 115 the 1985 {0PSI} rifle champs. ^This was because despite my reasonable E05 116 scoring, I ran too slowly over the 250\0m course, and perhaps E05 117 concentrated upon my shooting rather than my movement! ^Comstock E05 118 systems of scoring brutally bring you back to reality. E05 119 |^The Ring Sight LC-7-40 is available for approximately *+$120 from: E05 120 |Communication and Control \0Ltd, E05 121 |{0P.O.} Box 15-337, E05 122 |*2AUCKLAND 7. E05 123 |^*0There is no free lunch. ^The ring sight will not gather light as E05 124 a good scope will, but is a lot smaller, and less likely to snag in E05 125 the underground**[SIC**]. ^It may not help you to identify your E05 126 target, but will place it in the same image plane as the reticle. E05 127 ^That is progress. E05 128 **[PLATE**] E05 129 *<*4Seeing red in the Ruahines*> E05 130 *<*0by Richard Hilson*> E05 131 |^*2MISTY *0breath curled away from our balaclava-clad heads as we set E05 132 out from the small hut heading up a typical eastern Ruahine valley, E05 133 cold and dozy at that early hour of the morning. E05 134 |^We were on the second day of a four-day hunt, and Warren, yet to E05 135 shoot his first deer, led the way up the rocky riverbed as the murky E05 136 mountain river drowned out the noises of the surrounding bush. ^Within E05 137 10 minutes we saw fresh prints, only a few hours old, in the wet river E05 138 sand, and we forgot the air temperature and concentrated on deer as we E05 139 moved on up the small river. E05 140 |^But 40 minutes later, having followed the two sets of fresh tracks E05 141 for some distance we let our guard down long enough to miss a decent E05 142 shot at a Red hind. ^We saw her as we came around a bend in the river, E05 143 through some young beech trees. ^She gazed at us, startled. ^Rifles E05 144 flew to shoulders, but the hind was already gone. ^Of her mate there E05 145 was no sign but if they wouldn't hang about to be shot, we weren't E05 146 going to chase them! E05 147 |^So onwards and upwards, less hopeful of a success now, we E05 148 continued. ^The river narrowed at a couple of places to run through E05 149 steep-sided, rocky gullies and there were a few log jams to negotiate. E05 150 ^We once considered trying a side gully, but the going looked noisy E05 151 and awkward so we stuck to the main river. ^As it was now getting late E05 152 in the morning, the sight of further piles of logs in our way was E05 153 nearly enough to make us turn back. ^But behind each jumble of rocks E05 154 and logs the walking became easy again. ^And after seeing a good deal E05 155 more sign, we took a rest at a set of small forks, discussing the E05 156 morning's events and trying to clear our minds so that the next deer, E05 157 if there was one, wouldn't see us first. E05 158 |^And it didn't. ^We were nearing the headwaters and considering E05 159 turning round when we saw a likely slip, covered in bright sunshine, E05 160 about 500\0m on. ^Making for that we made a last effort to spot a deer E05 161 and I was pleasantly surprised to see, 75\0m away on the E05 162 water-fern-covered slip, the white tail and distinctively red rump of E05 163 a browsing deer. ^Shielded by shadow and a clump of toitoi, Warren E05 164 soon spotted it when I pointed in the general direction. ^He moved E05 165 slowly and carefully round the toitoi and crouched in an awkward E05 166 position behind a pile of rocks beside the river. ^The deer, feeding E05 167 late, turned side-on now and a set of spikes was immediately obvious. E05 168 ^The hungry animal leaned over a bit of a bank to bite at a succulent E05 169 branch and, watching through my scope, I saw the deer lurch forward E05 170 into the fern at the same time as I heard the shot from Warren's Sako E05 171 .30-06. ^As I hurried to where the deer had fallen, Warren called to E05 172 me. ^I looked over and saw blood dripping from an inch-long cut above E05 173 his left eye where the scope on his new rifle had hit him. ^He now had E05 174 something to remember his first deer by. ^After patching up the cut we E05 175 found one very dead spiker lying in the fern where he had fallen. ^He E05 176 was a large animal and in good condition. ^The velvet from his puny E05 177 antlers was nearly all gone, just a few dangling shreds left. ^The E05 178 bullet had hit him in the right front shoulder. E05 179 |^After a bit of effort the animal was rolled down to the riverbed E05 180 and set up for the necessary photo session. ^Then, while Warren set E05 181 about skinning the spiker, I spent 20 minutes having a look at the E05 182 headwaters just around the corner, but saw no more sign *- and no more E05 183 deer. ^When I returned Warren had skinned the beast back to the E05 184 hindquarters and taken off what little meat was left unbruised from E05 185 the front shoulders. E05 186 *# E06 001 **[111 TEXT E06**] E06 002 |^*0First of the three heats of the weekend, {0PG} put *1The E06 003 Godfather *0through its paces to take 1st place and put him in 1st E06 004 position overall, 2nd heat, Grahame Carbery, in his {0EFI} tunnel E06 005 hull, outsmarted {0PG} on the corners to equalise again. ^3rd heat *- E06 006 the pressure was on in more ways than one, but {0PG} was pipped at the E06 007 post, so to speak, and Grahame Carbery took out the inaugural {0G.P} E06 008 Title, leaving {0PG} in the well deserved 2nd position. E06 009 |^1985, in my book, would be {0PG}'s most constructive year. ^Not E06 010 only did he, at last, come 1st in the coveted Masport Cup, beating his E06 011 father, he also came 3rd in the {0G.P} series and marched up the altar E06 012 to get married. ^I bet there was some teary eyed females on that E06 013 particular day. ^And where did he take Ellie, his lovely bride, for E06 014 their honeymoon? ^You guessed it! *- Lake Rotoiti for a heat of the E06 015 {0GP} Series. E06 016 |^At the end of this season, {0PG} could see he was in the wrong E06 017 boat. ^Other drivers were now beginning to purchase new boats, faster E06 018 motors with blowers \0etc, in an attempt to stay competitive for the E06 019 now renowned {0G.P} Series. ^With this in mind {0PG} approached Henry E06 020 Lauderbach for a new design. ^It had to be a design that would suit E06 021 New Zealand's racing. ^After lengthy negotiations, Henry Lauderbach E06 022 consented to let {0PG} use his jigs and plans in his E06 023 work**[ARB**]-shop in Virginia. E06 024 |^{0PG} worked hard for a couple of weeks to get the hardware E06 025 (rudders, struts, shafts) ready. ^The next project was to build a box E06 026 to ship everything home including cowlings. ^The design prototype ran E06 027 in 1985. ^It currently holds the {0GP} course record of 119 {0mph} lap E06 028 average. ^To give you an idea of an equivalent, the fastest a boat of E06 029 *1The Boss's *0design has recorded is a 103 {0mph} lap average. E06 030 |^{0PG} pointed out that in the {0U.S.A.}, 30 boats enter a race. E06 031 ^There are 4 eliminator heats. ^You have to gain 1st or 2nd in your E06 032 heat or you are out and sitting on the bank. ^There are no second E06 033 chances. ^That's how cut-throat the racing is. E06 034 |^This design however, won 5 out of 9 of the {0GP} races in E06 035 {0U.S.A.} ^To the amateur, the overall look of {0PG}'s new boat will E06 036 not be unlike *1The Boss. ^*0But there are some vast differences to E06 037 this design of {0PG}'s. ^Dramatic changes have occurred in the sponson E06 038 shape *- different trips and dihedrals. ^There is a bigger tunnel at E06 039 the back under the transom. ^The finished design will in actual fact, E06 040 be .30\0m (1\0ft) wider than *1The Boss *0.30\0m (1\0ft) longer and E06 041 5.08\0cm (2*?8) shallower. ^The overall length will be 7.07\0m E06 042 (23*?72*?8) and weigh 907\0kgs (2000\0lbs) wet and finished. E06 043 |^{0PG} has worked very closely with Epiglass on the construction. E06 044 ^He considered many different forms {0ie}, carbon fibre, \0S. Glass, E06 045 and then after talking to Alf Locke, of Epiglass (who was involved E06 046 with Australia 2 and Lion New Zealand), he came up with a compromise E06 047 between timber, ply and end grain balsa. ^There is a lot of extra E06 048 strength in the design by using oak battens. ^{0PG} mentioned that he E06 049 has had a lot of much needed help from his \0No. 1 crewman, Laurie E06 050 Brown, who is a very fastidious worker and just carries on when {0PG} E06 051 has to pop across to Latimer Lodge, to earn his paycheck. E06 052 |^The motor will be a 460 Supercharged Chev *- ^A Murray Baker E06 053 motor, {0PG} tells me, and then laughingly adds Murray's Motto: E06 054 *"^Sure to rise to any occasion**". ^A Casale gearbox running 40% E06 055 overdrive through a Gibbs propellor will be installed, making the E06 056 whole rig look like a sure contender and one to beat in the 1987 Grand E06 057 Prix Series. ^This hull design of {0PG}'s is not designed to obtain E06 058 fast line speed. ^The deeper tunnel gives the boat lift, which in turn E06 059 makes the boat corner and turn better than any other design. ^To E06 060 attempt fast line speed anything over 170{0mph} would cause the boat E06 061 to lift too high and *"take off**". E06 062 |^Murray McKay, who built *1The Boss's *0trailer, will be building a E06 063 modified version for {0PG}. ^The improvements will be an electric fuel E06 064 pump (60 \0galls) and electric hydraulic pumps to pump the boat up on E06 065 the tilt. ^There will be built in lockers for storage \0etc, and to E06 066 pull this giant of giants? ^None other than a new truck. ^{0PG} admits E06 067 he was very lucky to be able to purchase a 1981 American Chevy truck E06 068 boasting a 6 litre diesel engine with long wheel base and of course E06 069 all the mod cons. ^There is plenty of room in this little beauty for E06 070 the 2 spare motors, spare gearbox, spare shaft and props that will E06 071 accompany this rig. ^It also has a little place already name-tagged E06 072 for the spare driver *- Andrew, {0PG}'s 12 week old son begins E06 073 training in the very near future. E06 074 |^Peter wishes to thank the very generous support he has received E06 075 from such companies as Epiglass, Masport, {0A.C.} Delco, {0C.R.C.}, E06 076 Jim Beam, and Latimer Lodge. ^He also appreciates the support he has E06 077 had from his family *- Mum, Dad, Grandfather, Ellie and of course son E06 078 Andrew, born in April. E06 079 |^Peter's sentiments *- *"Anyone who is successful has to have the E06 080 support behind them.**" E06 081 |^For the future, {0PG}'s plans are fairly mapped out. ^His highest E06 082 goal is to race in the 1988 World {0G.P.} Championships in Canada. E06 083 ^Even to qualify in this event would be a major feat, considering 50 E06 084 boats enter. ^{0PG} is wise enough to know that he will need the two E06 085 seasons here in {0NZ} leading up to this to get used to his new rig. E06 086 ^He will need to be 100% in tune with all aspects of the boat. E06 087 |^In the meantime, {0PG}'s all set to try for a win in the 1987 E06 088 International Series, or World Series as it will now be known, using E06 089 the National Series as his *'sorting out**' period. ^He has no desire E06 090 to challenge his father's world record. ^As {0PG} explains, he took E06 091 time off racing, this last season to help his father with the world E06 092 record attempt. ^In all honesty, {0PG} feels that Peter \0Snr's E06 093 record, is as much his, Laurie's and Murray's, as they all spent a lot E06 094 of time and effort in the lead up to the attempt. E06 095 |^In closing, when asked if he had any regrets, {0PG} replies *- E06 096 *"Only that I didn't get the *'big one**' sooner.**" ^But, he is first E06 097 to admit that time and experience is the essence of success. E06 098 |^Good Luck {0PG}. ^We are all waiting for the *'big one**' to hit E06 099 the water. E06 100 *<*6TRICK SKI TIPS*> E06 101 * E06 102 *<*2WITH GRANT COYLE*> E06 103 |^*4T*0here are two wake back to backs ({0WBB}) which are both worth E06 104 150 points each, and if you can learn the two tricks they are a fast E06 105 and easy 300 points. ^We will be working on the basic wake back which E06 106 is not difficult to learn. ^Many skiers use the wake back to backs too E06 107 for fast easy points and even positioning tricks. ^The way I have E06 108 shown you in the photos is the low basic way to do the trick, but you E06 109 can advance the back position to a back wrap position. ^The wrap is a E06 110 lot faster and becomes an easier position to hold especially when you E06 111 have it in your run and you want to go on to your next trick. ^In the E06 112 wake back to back the important part of the trick is body position E06 113 because it is very easy to lose this. E06 114 |^To start the trick you will have to start outside the wake, the E06 115 left side if left forward. ^Now, then turn around backwards in the E06 116 basic wrap position, you should have your knees bent with your back E06 117 straight. ^Make sure you are looking toward the boat while you are E06 118 skiing in this position. ^Practice cutting up the wake and turning to E06 119 the front only, so you can get used to the cut. ^I find that looking E06 120 at the boat throughout the cut helps you to keep the weight over your E06 121 ski. ^Now stand outside the wake in the front position and cut up to E06 122 the wake turning backwards at the top. ^This is the practice for the E06 123 second half of the trick, the second one-eighty. ^Keep practicing the E06 124 two part until you are completely familiar with the positions. ^You E06 125 are now ready to try the complete trick, first go back outside the E06 126 wake and turn around to the back wrap position. ^You should not go too E06 127 far outside the wake because too much speed in the cut will end up E06 128 with you on the opposite wake. ^The bottom of the wake is sufficient E06 129 to start your cut from. ^With your knees bent, good smooth cut to E06 130 start with, **[PLATES**] E06 131 followed by the start of your rotation which is led by your head and E06 132 shoulders start your trick. ^At this point make sure your hands are in E06 133 close to your hips to give you a bit of give when you get to the back. E06 134 ^If you have your arms out or let them out half way through the trick E06 135 you will get pulled out when you land the trick and fall. ^As you go E06 136 around to the back upright body position**[SIC**]. ^When you land you E06 137 will have to give slightly with your knees. ^Do not preturn the trick E06 138 or turn too soon because your ski will get hooked up in the wake and E06 139 you will fall. ^Remember a smooth cut is all you need to get good E06 140 height, do not jump to get the height because you will lose body E06 141 position. E06 142 |^Just to recap the steps in completing the wake back to back: E06 143 |**[LIST**] E06 144 |^*1These steps will help you complete the trick. ^Some of the E06 145 problems trickers find when doing the wake back to backs is losing E06 146 body position due to stiff legs. ^Also falling away from the boat on E06 147 the landing is caused by looking down. ^Preturning the trick is a bad E06 148 habit among trickers so you must be careful. ^Once you have the basic E06 149 {0WBB} down try the reverse on the other wake, this is harder because E06 150 you will be starting in the reverse back wrap position. ^When you get E06 151 both tricks down learn them on one wake to make them quicker for a E06 152 run. ^When you get both tricks down learn them on one wake and have E06 153 both tricks completed without really turning your body around to the E06 154 backs or by doing the two wrap positions. E06 155 *<*6WINTER TRAINING*> E06 156 * E06 157 * E06 158 *<*2BY BRENT MORGANS*> E06 159 **[DIAGRAM**] E06 160 |^*4A*0s in the position above, (\0fig 1) with hands supplying slight E06 161 resistance on insides of opposite thighs try to bring knees together, E06 162 just enough to contract the muscles in the groin. ^Hold this E06 163 stabilized tension for 5-8 seconds, then relax and stretch the groin E06 164 by holding onto your toes and gently pulling yourself forward, bending E06 165 from the hips. (\0fig 2) ^This technique of tension-relax-stretch is E06 166 valuable for athletes who have had groin problems. E06 167 **[DIAGRAM**] E06 168 |^To stretch your calf, stand a little way from a solid support and E06 169 lean on it with your forearms, your head resting on your hands. ^Bend E06 170 one leg and place your foot on the ground in front leaving the other E06 171 leg straight, behind you. ^Slowly move your hips forward until you E06 172 feel a stretch in the calf of your straight leg. ^Be sure to keep the E06 173 heel of the foot of the straight leg on the ground and your toes E06 174 pointed straight ahead. ^Hold an easy stretch for 30 seconds. ^Do not E06 175 bounce. E06 176 |^To stretch the soleus and achilles tendon, slightly bend the back E06 177 knee, keeping the foot flat. ^This gives you a much lower stretch E06 178 which is also good for maintaining or regaining ankle flexibility. ^15 E06 179 \0secs each leg. E06 180 **[DIAGRAM**] E06 181 |^Pulling your knee toward your chest is a good way to stretch your E06 182 upper hamstrings and buttock muscles. E06 183 *# E07 001 **[112 TEXT E07**] E07 002 **[BEGIN BOX**] E07 003 |^*0According to Skip Novak of Drum, if you are thinking of E07 004 another race when you've just done the Whitbread, then you haven't E07 005 been trying hard enough. E07 006 |^However, some have already given their names to race chairman E07 007 Rear Admiral Charles Williams as potential starters in the next E07 008 Whitbread due in 1990/ 91. E07 009 |^Peter Blake is not among them yet for he feels four Whitbreads E07 010 may be enough. E07 011 |^Legendary Frenchman Eric Tabarly is the only one just finished E07 012 whose experience outstrips that of Blake. ^The 55-year-old said: E07 013 ^*"Yes, I think so,**" when asked if he would compete in the Whitbread E07 014 again. E07 015 |^Pop star Simon Le Bon said he would probably do it again, E07 016 though it would have to be in someone else's yacht. ^Drum's campaign E07 017 was costly *- the Fastnet capsize was a major drain *- and plans for E07 018 the yacht after the Whitbread have been affected by tension in the E07 019 Middle East. E07 020 |^Along with Le Bon, Drum's owners Mike and Paul Berrow had hoped E07 021 to sail in some of this summer's maxi series in the Mediterranean but E07 022 these have been cancelled. E07 023 |^Along with American tourists shying away from Europe after E07 024 terrorist attacks, American maxi-boat owners do not want to bring E07 025 their million-dollar, high-profile yachts to Europe. ^Thus the maxi E07 026 events in Venice (Italy) and Paereus (Greece) have been cancelled. E07 027 |^Skip Novak is getting ready to *"play the American card**" E07 028 should the Whitbread be transformed from a four-leg event to one with E07 029 five stopovers incorporating New York. ^Novak believes he could find E07 030 American sponsorship and he sees the race turning into an event E07 031 dominated by lightweight downwind flyers. E07 032 |^Bruce Farr and Philippe Briand each have six prospective E07 033 entrants talking to them about the next race already. ^Both are E07 034 front-runners in the light-displacement brigade and their respective E07 035 {0UBS} Switzerland and L'Esprit d'Equipe were the stars of the race. E07 036 |^As for race winner Lionel Pean, of L'Esprit, he said *"maybe**" E07 037 to another Whitbread. E07 038 |^His plans are more immediate as he needs to find a multihull E07 039 for this autumn's Route du Rhum race from France to the Caribbean E07 040 although he has money available from his long-standing sponsor, E07 041 Hitachi. E07 042 |^Ludde Ingvall, the Finnish project manager and crew member of E07 043 Padda Kuttel's Atlantic Privateer, is also looking shorter term. E07 044 |^First he wants to buy a Half-Tonner to sail in this year's Ton E07 045 Cup staged in his home waters off Helsinki. ^Then he wants to go E07 046 multihull racing before starting to think about the next E07 047 round-the-world race. E07 048 |^Charles Williams knows of one other potential entrant. ^She's a E07 049 British girl Carol Lawson, who runs a model agency at Fareham, very E07 050 close to the Whitbread start/ finish home of Gosport. E07 051 |^She has no experience of the big time in yacht racing and does E07 052 not intend to take part in the actual race. E07 053 |^*"I know my own limitations and realise this is a man's E07 054 race,**" she said. ^But she hopes the glamour angle of a woman E07 055 organising an entry will be a trump card in attracting a sponsor for a E07 056 line honours maxi to be designed by Ed Dubois and sailed by a E07 057 professional skipper and crew. E07 058 **[END BOX**] E07 059 **[BEGIN BOX**] E07 060 *<*4Three new Farrs for 1987 {0AC}*> E07 061 |^*0Three new Farr designs are in the pipeline for New Zealand's E07 062 1987 challenge for the Mumm Champagne Admiral's Cup. E07 063 |^The rules for the series now require a minimum team E07 064 rating total of 95\0ft. E07 065 |^To meet this requirement, the Royal New Zealand Yacht Squadron has E07 066 opted for a trio comprising two 30.5 \0ft raters and one 34\0ft rater. E07 067 |^The new One Tonners (30.5) have been commissioned by E07 068 Wellington's Del Hogg and Auckland's Bevan Woolley. E07 069 |^The 34\0ft rater has been ordered by Wellington's Peter Walker. E07 070 |^All three are scheduled to start construction in August aimed E07 071 at late November or December launchings. E07 072 |^In addition to these three newcomers, New Zealand could yet E07 073 retain access to Mike Clark's Paxus Exador which has been sold to E07 074 Japan's Harunobu Takeda for delivery after the Kenwood Cup series in E07 075 Hawaii in August. E07 076 |^Clark is juggling his options but is seriously interested in an E07 077 Admiral's Cup campaign. E07 078 |^If he gets a sponsor, he will either buy the top One Tonner E07 079 available after the 1986 One Ton Cup in Spain in July or build a new E07 080 boat. E07 081 |^He is, however, intrigued by the possibility of chartering E07 082 Paxus Exador back from Takeda and revamping her for the New Zealand E07 083 trials and for a One Ton Cup campaign in Germany in 1987. E07 084 |^*"I don't know whether the charter would be on, but it is E07 085 something I will pursue,**" he said as this issue went to press. E07 086 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E07 087 |^Woolley will be making a comeback to top {0IOR} racing. ^He E07 088 first came on the scene when he navigated Young Nick for Alan Warwick E07 089 in the 1972 One Ton Cup in Auckland. ^He then navigated for Chris E07 090 Bouzaid on Wai-Aniwa, Hann, Hati and Streaker and did the inaugural E07 091 New Zealand Admiral's Cup challenge in 1975 on Evan Julian's Inca. E07 092 |^More lately he has been campaigning his own Farr 11.6 Acclaim E07 093 with considerable success. E07 094 |^Woolley was understood to have a major sponsor lined up for his E07 095 campaign and was likely to join in a joint building programme for the E07 096 Farr One Tonners with Hogg, at the Cookson yard in Auckland. E07 097 |^Hogg has put together his usual immaculate programme based on E07 098 his experiences with the highly successful Pacific Sundance and the E07 099 Kenwood Cup team boat Dollar Equity. E07 100 |^He has formed a special partnership *- Wellington Admiral's Cup E07 101 Yacht Investment \0Ltd & \0Co *- to build and campaign the boat and E07 102 has a prospectus out for sponsorship. E07 103 |^Hogg will select his crew from the Dollar Equity line-up with E07 104 Peter Lester, now a veteran Admiral's Cup campaigner, his skipper. E07 105 |^After investigating designs from most of the top names, Hogg E07 106 has gone back to Farr for his third international campaign. E07 107 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E07 108 said Hogg. E07 109 |^*"He's consistently the top man and we are now used to dealing E07 110 with him and his office. ^These days, that means a lot**". E07 111 |^Hogg and Lester have asked the Farr team to look hard at the E07 112 reaching properties of the new boat in light of the 1985 Admiral's E07 113 Cup, with its changed Channel Race course, and of an extensive E07 114 analysis of the last four contests in England. E07 115 |^*"We had our suspicions, but even so we were surprised at how E07 116 much two-sail reaching is involved over there,**" he said. E07 117 |^Hogg intends giving his Dollar Equity crew a lengthy break E07 118 after their intensive Kenwood Cup campaign so doesn't want to begin E07 119 campaigning his new One Tonner until early January next year. E07 120 |^*"Some people think that is too late, **" he said, E07 121 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E07 122 |^Walker, who has raced three Admiral's Cups for New Zealand, E07 123 including skippering Epic in 1985, has formed a project group to bring E07 124 his 34\0ft rater to fruition. E07 125 |^That group comprises some of the country's top racing names and E07 126 includes North sailmakers Tom Schnackenberg and Tom Dodson, Kim E07 127 McDell, John Newton, Rob Marten, Richard Cleave, Peter Spackman and E07 128 Joe Allen. E07 129 |^Some of those have yet to confirm they will race on the boat E07 130 but Walker hopes they all will. E07 131 |^Financial support for the project is being organised by the E07 132 Wellington sharebroking firm O'Connor Grieve & \0Co, who are E07 133 developing an investment structure. E07 134 |^Walker had lengthy talks with the Farr office before making his E07 135 design decision. ^Farr got the nod ahead of Laurie Davidson, Rob E07 136 Humphreys, Philippe Briand and Joubert/ Nivelt. E07 137 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E07 138 |^A decision on keel won't be made until after the Farr office E07 139 has undertaken a comprehensive tank-testing exercise on its current E07 140 thinking in September. E07 141 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E07 142 |^Unlike Hogg, Walker wants an early launch and plenty of time on E07 143 the water with his new boat and crew. E07 144 |^*"My philosophy is to get everything on the road early *- and E07 145 that includes the team selected to go to Britain,**" he said. E07 146 |^The most recent Admiral's Cup meeting at the Squadron was E07 147 attended by the four people mentioned but also by Farr 43 Thunderbird E07 148 owner-skipper Don \0St Clair Brown and by Andy Ball, representing Ian E07 149 Gibbs whose Swuzzlebubble *=III was top individual boat in the 1983 E07 150 Admiral's Cup and who campaigned the chartered Swuzzlebubble *=IV E07 151 (formerly Wee Willie Winkie) in the 1983 New Zealand team. E07 152 **[END BOX**] E07 153 **[BEGIN BOX**] E07 154 *<*6YACHTING NEWS*> E07 155 *<*4Another Ondine*> E07 156 |^*0Latest maxi in the water is Huey Long's seventh Ondine, E07 157 newest in his long line of mid-blue topsided big boats. E07 158 |^The German Frers-designed yacht has had an eventful life E07 159 already. ^Her original builders, Souters of Cowes, went into E07 160 receivership. ^They had finished much of the structural work with E07 161 Bungy Taylor contracted as special advisor. ^The boat was then moved E07 162 from the Isle of Wight to Gosport where Camper & Nicholsons finished E07 163 her. E07 164 |^The yacht shows all the hallmarks of Frers' latest thinking. E07 165 ^She has very low freeboard and wide, shallow cockpits which will E07 166 offer little protection to her crew. E07 167 |^Below the waterline is an elliptical keel with the type of E07 168 complicated through-keel propeller shaft installation the E07 169 rule**[ARB**]- E07 170 **[PLATE**] E07 171 makers are trying to discourage through reducing rating credit. ^The E07 172 rudder is another ellipse with only the smallest of skegs to help keep E07 173 the water flow attached to the blade. E07 174 |^Belowdecks, there is little room for a maxi due to the lack of E07 175 freeboard height. ^Frers has moved away from the full-length E07 176 Shockwave-style girders using them only aft as the mast partners. ^The E07 177 central galley and navigatorium modules help lock hull and deck E07 178 together. E07 179 |^Right aft, the passageway can be curtained off to allow the E07 180 owner a hint of privacy. E07 181 |^The most striking feature is Ondine *=VII's rig, the very first E07 182 five-spreader mast to be fitted to a modern maxi in the quest for a E07 183 lighter spar which is still able to withstand the enormous compression E07 184 loads. E07 185 |^It was supplied by Sparcraft Europe in Lymington and follows E07 186 the multi-spreader spar supplied to the mini-maxi Gitana. E07 187 **[END BOX**] E07 188 *<*4Davern goes to Liberty*> E07 189 |^*0Chris Dickson had to withdraw from the Liberty Cup match E07 190 racing series in New York (June 18 to 22). E07 191 |^Dickson's involvement with the {0BNZ} Challenge build-up in E07 192 Fremantle forced this decision. E07 193 |^His place in the line-up was taken by Ken Davern, one of the E07 194 fast-developing Auckland match racers from the Stewart 34 fleet. E07 195 |^Davern finished seventh in the 1986 Citizen series with wins E07 196 over Canada's Terry McLaughlin, Italy's Tomasso Chieffi, Australia's E07 197 Gordon Lucas and fellow New Zealander Chris Packer. E07 198 |^Among the crew he took to New York was sailmaker Rick Royden E07 199 who has just won the order to provide one-design \0No 1 genoas for the E07 200 Stewart 34 Owners Association. ^These genoas will be compulsory for E07 201 the class series with the Royal New Zealand Yacht Squadron in the E07 202 1986-87 season. E07 203 *<*4Isler goes for three*> E07 204 |^*0Peter Isler ({0US}) was trying for a match racing hat-trick E07 205 when he contested the Bacardi Rum series in Bermuda from June 25 to E07 206 28. E07 207 |^Isler won the Citizen series in Auckland in April and the E07 208 Westerly Cup series in Lymington (England) in May. E07 209 |^On both occasions his arch-rival was Challenge skipper Chris E07 210 Dickson *- the outcome going to countback after a dramatic last race E07 211 in Auckland and to protest after a final-mark clash between the duo in E07 212 Lymington. E07 213 |^Dickson was in the line-up for Bermuda along with Yves Pajot E07 214 (France), Terry Neilson (Canada) and John Shadden ({0USA}). ^Pajot E07 215 will skipper the Marseilles challenger in Fremantle in October while E07 216 Neilson heads the restructured Canadian challenge which is now an E07 217 amalgam of the Canada *=II and True North syndicates. E07 218 |^The Bacardi Rum series is one of five match racing events which E07 219 will form an official world circuit starting in 1987. E07 220 |^The other events in the series are the Citizen in Auckland, the E07 221 Westerly in Lymington, the Congressional Cup in California, the E07 222 Australia Cup in Perth and the French championship in Antibes. E07 223 |^Isler will be defending the Bacardi title which he won last E07 224 year. E07 225 |^The Bermuda series is raced in heavy displacement International E07 226 One Designs ({0IOD}s) for the King Edward *=VII Trophy. E07 227 *# E08 001 **[113 TEXT E08**] E08 002 |^*0Over the past ten years the range of outdoor furniture has E08 003 increased dramatically. ^Virtually every imaginable exterior finish E08 004 has been used to produce chairs and tables which will withstand the E08 005 elements all year round. E08 006 |^One of the most attractive options can be found at E08 007 **[PLATE**] E08 008 Furniture Discoveries' shops. E08 009 |^The frames are Kwila *- a New Guinea hardwood *- which does not E08 010 warp and twist through continued exposure to the elements. E08 011 |^Initially the timber is a deep red tone. ^It gradually mellows E08 012 to a soft grey giving it an aura appropriate to a relaxed garden or E08 013 pool**[ARB**]-side setting. E08 014 |^The seats and backs are Planasol a very durable man-made fibre. E08 015 |^*"Today's Planasols are unbeatable,**" Karen Gilmore of E08 016 Furniture Discoveries said. E08 017 |*"^You can do anything with them and they last and last. ^They E08 018 are non-fading and weatherproof.**" E08 019 |^In the Kwila range there are four popular colours to choose E08 020 from *- red, blue, green and ginger. E08 021 |^The covers are slotted onto the frames and can be removed for E08 022 washing if a hose down fails to remove all marks. E08 023 |^The tables come in four designs and have adjustable heights so E08 024 owners can have a coffee table or a standard table at any time. ^They E08 025 fold away for easy storage. E08 026 |^However, those who will only ever require a small coffee table E08 027 will find models priced from *+$79 to *+$165. ^There are also deck E08 028 chairs priced from *+$69 to *+$125 and directors' chairs at *+$79. E08 029 ^And to complete the set, drinks wagons at an incredible *+$199 which E08 030 fold away for easy storage or for shade, Fijian straw umbrellas at E08 031 *+$284. E08 032 |^Furniture Discoveries also stocks matchstick and tortoise-shell E08 033 blinds for conservatories. ^These are available at their shop at 219 E08 034 High Street along with the largest range of cane furniture in E08 035 Wellington. ^Cane is especially popular for furnishing conservatories E08 036 and sunrooms. E08 037 **[PLATE**] E08 038 *<*5Criteria met by outdoor furniture*> E08 039 |^*0The Devon range meets all the demands homeowners have of E08 040 outdoor furniture. ^In short, it is designed to withstand the weather E08 041 all year round with only minimal care. E08 042 |^It was this consideration and the attractive designs which E08 043 appealed to Claire Drake of Limited Editions. ^She stocks the full E08 044 Devon range. E08 045 |^To produce furniture which met the criteria, the manufacturers E08 046 chose a tropical hardwood for the frames. ^Kwila is known for its E08 047 natural durability even when exposed continuously to the elements. E08 048 |^Kwila's natural colour is reddish but this gradually weathers E08 049 to a silver-grey. ^The change in colour does not mark the start of E08 050 deterioration, however, as the timber has a high resin content so is E08 051 naturally resistant to decay. E08 052 |^Rust-proof screws and pins, brass eyelets, epoxy glue and high E08 053 tensile rust-proofed steel bolts with brass nuts were used and a E08 054 German man-made fibre, Planasol, was chosen for the seats and backs of E08 055 chairs. ^These ensure every part is able to withstand permanent E08 056 outdoor exposure. E08 057 |^The Planasol canvas comes in eight superb colours *- E08 058 terracotta, burgundy, cobalt blue, olive green, red, beige, soft E08 059 raspberry E08 060 **[PLATE**] E08 061 pink and sunshine yellow. ^Being rot proof and colour**[ARB**]-fast E08 062 the fabric will retain these colours. ^Fading is not a problem. ^A E08 063 regular hose down should remove most marks but for more stubborn ones E08 064 a soak in Janola will solve the problem without affecting the colour. E08 065 |^The covers are laced at the back to allow for easy removal. E08 066 |^The designs cater for all needs. ^There are both round and E08 067 oblong dining tables with appropriate chairs as well as easychair E08 068 styles and a deck chair. E08 069 |^Limited Editions are finding the Devon range extremely popular. E08 070 ^The full range can be seen at their showroom at 262-264 Thorndon E08 071 Quay. E08 072 *<*4Canvas awnings can protect or decorate*> E08 073 |^*0Sometimes it is the small things which can give a homeowner E08 074 most pleasure *- an awning for example. ^It can change the appeal of a E08 075 home enormously while helping to overcome a problem. E08 076 |^*"Many homes are very stark in their design but an awning will E08 077 soften the look of it completely,**" Ross Dwight of Dwight Canvas E08 078 said. E08 079 |*"^Or in some instances the effect of sun on furnishings is a E08 080 major concern because of the costs. ^An awning will help protect them E08 081 during the height of the sun.**" E08 082 |^There are essentially two types of awning *- fixed and E08 083 roll-away. ^Fixed awnings are used mainly for dramatic effect or E08 084 interest E08 085 **[PLATE**] E08 086 over windows and entrance**[ARB**]-ways. ^Roll-away awnings are more E08 087 likely to be used in areas where they are required to shield people or E08 088 furnishings from the sun at particular times of day. E08 089 |^But whatever style is required, the range of fabrics is E08 090 enormous. ^Today plain fabrics are in strong demand especially where E08 091 the awning is for decorative reasons. ^But subtle stripes never go out E08 092 of favour. ^Now there is also a wet look finish which is particularly E08 093 appealing to owners of very modern hi-tech homes. E08 094 |^While cotton canvasses are still available, Ross prefers to E08 095 encourage people to use the modern synthetic canvas. E08 096 |*"^They have a number of E08 097 **[PLATE**] E08 098 advantages. ^They are colour**[ARB**]-fast, strong, do not shrink and E08 099 both sides are the right side!**" E08 100 |^Most will last up to ten years depending on the position. E08 101 |^While roll-away awnings are presently hand operated, Dwight E08 102 Canvas expects a motorised system to arrive any day. ^It will open and E08 103 close automatically as its sensors react to the sun and wind. ^In this E08 104 area many will find this an advantage. E08 105 |^Dwight Canvas are the only company who specialise in awnings in E08 106 the Wellington area. ^They have staff employed full time just to meet E08 107 orders. ^They handle orders from all over New Zealand. E08 108 |^And when it comes to design almost anything is possible. E08 109 ^Dwight Canvas will help an idea become a reality. E08 110 **[PLATES**] E08 111 *<*5Imagination and care in Passive Solar's conservatory creations*> E08 112 |^*0Anyone can build a square box onto the side of a home. E08 113 ^However it takes imagination, care and sound knowledge of a product E08 114 to produce an attractive addition which suits the architectural style. E08 115 |^Passive Solar Systems has a proven record in the field. ^Their E08 116 colour brochure demonstrates their ability to both reflect the E08 117 architecture and improve a home's aesthetic appeal. E08 118 |^One of the case studies in their brochure is a home built in E08 119 the 1930's. ^The owners wanted a conservatory which would reflect the E08 120 architecture of the period and harmonise with the existing joinery. E08 121 ^The windows in the home were multi-pane. E08 122 *<*4Colonial*> E08 123 |^*0The colonial look in the windows was used in the conservatory E08 124 and the lower portion continued the weatherboard theme. ^The owners E08 125 were so highly delighted with it their only wish is that they had done E08 126 it years ago. E08 127 |^Another example of Passive Solar Systems designer ideas is in a E08 128 very new sub**[ARB**]-division. ^The home is a contemporary stained E08 129 weatherboard. ^To overcome the *"just added on**" look the owners E08 130 asked Passive Solar to design a conservatory which had the same roof E08 131 pitch as the home. E08 132 |^By doing this they have made an unremarkable facade E08 133 interesting. E08 134 *<*4Delighted*> E08 135 |^*0The owners were delighted with the results but above all with E08 136 the prompt attention and service they received from Passive Solar. E08 137 |^These two examples demonstrate the ability of the company to E08 138 provide an extension which will blend with the home. ^Their clients' E08 139 personal needs were met through professional expertise and completed E08 140 with attention to detail and quality workmanship. E08 141 |^Passive Solar is a subsidiary of The Aluminium Ideas Centre in E08 142 Paraparaumu. ^They will recommend the best position for a conservatory E08 143 addition and help design one which will look like part of the original E08 144 home's design. E08 145 * E08 147 |^When Alan Tantrum inspects a home to quote for a new roof he E08 148 always checks out the guttering as well. E08 149 |^*"It's much easier to re-do the guttering while we are E08 150 re-roofing than to do it later. ^It is also cheaper,**" he said. E08 151 |^This opinion is based on 12 years' experience in the roofing E08 152 business. E08 153 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E08 154 |^A recent contract in Karori did not require new gutters *- they E08 155 were in good condition. ^But if they had been needed he would have E08 156 provided a separate quote for the owners to consider. E08 157 |^The Karori home was typical of many Wellington houses. ^Its E08 158 original size was doubled around 20 years ago by a large extension. E08 159 ^Both sections of the home still had their original steel roof. ^The E08 160 owners wanted a new roof which would blend with the home. E08 161 |^They chose Decrabond in a charcoal colour. ^It is the most E08 162 popular colour in the range probably because it blends well with all E08 163 paint colours and permanent materials. E08 164 |^There was another important consideration in their choice of E08 165 Decrabond. ^It can be put on straight over the existing roof so E08 166 avoiding a costly and expensive exercise in removing the original. ^It E08 167 also meant the home was protected against the elements throughout the E08 168 contract. E08 169 |^Decrabond is made from steel over which a coating of E08 170 rust-inhibiting primer is placed followed by an acrylic base onto E08 171 which the stone chips are bonded under extremely high pressure. ^This E08 172 ensures good contact and complete coverage. E08 173 |^The underside of each section is also protected by a primer E08 174 coat and sealer. ^This guards against salt spray and condensation E08 175 damage. E08 176 |^Although Decrabond is the biggest seller, Panorama Roofing E08 177 finds there is an increasing demand for the new Armadillo slate tile. E08 178 ^A more expensive product, it was designed for the upper end of the E08 179 market. ^The same care in manufacture ensures that this too will give E08 180 a lifetime of satisfaction. E08 181 **[PLATES**] E08 182 *<*4Quality doors from Renalls*> E08 183 |^*0Quality Doors and Mouldings *- *"The Door People**" *- are E08 184 major stockists of genuine Renall doors manufactured by Renall Timber E08 185 Industries of Carterton. E08 186 |^Renalls specialises in doors for all situations and in a superb E08 187 range of styles. ^The company caters for traditional cottage and villa E08 188 style homes as much as for ultra modern ones. E08 189 |^The majority of interior and exterior doors are made in pine E08 190 but they produce them in other timbers with attractive grains or E08 191 colouring such as rimu, cedar and redwood. E08 192 |^For all doors only premium grade timbers are selected. ^With E08 193 pine they choose only pruned timber which they purchase in log form. E08 194 ^This gives them complete control over quality during all stages of E08 195 manufacture *- milling, drying and machining. E08 196 *<*4Biggest*> E08 197 |^*0While Quality Doors and Mouldings has one of the biggest E08 198 selections available in Wellington displayed in its showroom, Renall E08 199 has full stocks of standard-sized doors ready for immediate despatch. E08 200 ^They will truck the customer's choice to Quality Doors if there is E08 201 not one in the showroom. E08 202 |^Renalls also offers a special service through Quality Doors and E08 203 Mouldings. ^The company will manufacture unusual sizes and customer E08 204 designer doors as required. ^This applies to all doors *- exterior, E08 205 interior and cupboard doors. E08 206 |^The range of cupboard doors is as extensive as for larger ones. E08 207 ^The same high standards of care are taken with these at all stages of E08 208 manufacture. E08 209 *<*4Satisfaction*> E08 210 |^*0The key to satisfaction with any door however is E08 211 installation. ^A door which *"sticks**" is irritating for all who use E08 212 it. ^And one which allows cool draughts into the home or room through E08 213 gaps around the edge is also unsatisfactory. E08 214 *<*4Arrange*> E08 215 |^*0Quality Doors can arrange installation by professional E08 216 tradesmen or supply the door pre-hung. ^A pre-hung door comes already E08 217 in its frame complete with hinges. ^The homehandyman then only needs E08 218 to slide it into position and fix it firmly to the surrounding E08 219 framing. E08 220 |^But for those who E08 221 **[PLATE**] E08 222 want the entire installation done professionally, Quality Doors and E08 223 Mouldings has staff experienced in this work who will complete the E08 224 job. E08 225 |^The finishing is usually left to the owner. ^Quality Doors has E08 226 a range of stains and sealers or the doors can be painted to suit. E08 227 |^Renall doors all carry a warranty and are supplied with special E08 228 instructions to help customers get the very best life out of a door. E08 229 **[BEGIN BOX**] E08 230 *<*4Christmas offer!*> E08 231 |^*0With Christmas so close John Minnoch of Quality Doors and E08 232 Mouldings plans to enter into the spirit of the festive season. ^His E08 233 company is offering to pay the {0GST} on all Renall Doors bought E08 234 before December 19. E08 235 *# E09 001 **[114 TEXT E09**] E09 002 ^*0Aboard Split Enz the debate was whether or not to put up a kite at E09 003 all. ^Helmsman, Neil Strong and crew Jason Price and Rudi Dekker E09 004 decided that conditions were very marginal for Split Enz but with E09 005 their light weight they thought, wrongly as it turned out, they could E09 006 keep up without the spinnaker. E09 007 |^Bullfrog forged ahead from the moment the kite was raised. E09 008 ^Both boats gybed down harbour but Bullfrog under spinnaker was able E09 009 to sail shallower angles than Split Enz and had built up a healthy E09 010 lead at North Head of almost two minutes. ^Bullfrog sailed wide at E09 011 North Head to avoid wind shadow and Split Enz clipped some time off E09 012 Bullfrog by sailing in close to provide a better lead to A buoy. ^On E09 013 the tight reach to A buoy Split Enz gained on Bullfrog, being only 32 E09 014 seconds behind when Bullfrog rounded 29 minutes 11 seconds into the E09 015 race. E09 016 |^Bullfrog reefed early during the three mile reach to North E09 017 Leading, losing ground to Split Enz which had carried a reef from the E09 018 start. ^Five minutes into this leg Split Enz led by 40 seconds and E09 019 increased this lead to 54 seconds at North Leading, rounding at E09 020 10.38.52. ^Split Enz averaged almost 20 knots on this leg. ^A E09 021 motorboat following the yachts around the course was at times unable E09 022 to keep up with either yacht while doing 20 knots. E09 023 |^The beat to Compass Dolphin near the container wharf, just E09 024 under three miles, favoured the starboard tack, Bean Rock being kept E09 025 to port. ^Split Enz failed to lay Bean Rock and made a very slow tack E09 026 toward North Head. ^Bullfrog, over**[ARB**]-taking fast, tacked much E09 027 faster and tacked again on to starboard across the bows of Split Enz E09 028 having made up 54 seconds in six minutes. ^Split Enz made a E09 029 **[PLATE**] E09 030 better tack then rapidly overhauled Bullfrog beginning to pass her to E09 031 windward but Bullfrog managed to maintain a lee bow overlap to hold E09 032 Split Enz. E09 033 |^For five minutes they raced neck and neck. ^There were gasps E09 034 from watchers on North Head as Bullfrog a number of times lifted her E09 035 main hull out of the water. ^The crew of Split Enz were concentrating E09 036 on keeping the weather hull down rather than getting it up as they E09 037 would in a lesser wind. ^Nevertheless the hull would lift till those E09 038 on Bullfrog were worried Split Enz might put her windex into E09 039 Bullfrog's sail. ^Split Enz would dump sail to drop the hull. ^From E09 040 Bullfrog they could see Jason Price's shoulders slump in dismay each E09 041 time he had to reach for the winch handle. ^Both crews by now were E09 042 suffering from physical exhaustion but excitement was high and E09 043 adrenalin kept them going. E09 044 *<*1Bullfrog higher*> E09 045 |^*0Bullfrog, able to sail higher than Split Enz and on her lee E09 046 bow, eventually forced Split Enz out of air. ^Split Enz luffed and E09 047 fell below Bullfrog. ^Watchers E09 048 **[PLATE**] E09 049 from North Head were then able to see clearly that Bullfrog could sail E09 050 several degrees higher than Split Enz. ^Bullfrog rounded Compass E09 051 Dolphin at 11.00.04, 39 seconds ahead of Split Enz which now had a E09 052 sagging main after the halyard had slipped. ^Split Enz did not have E09 053 the winch power to get the sail up again in the strong wind. E09 054 |^From there the course was a slog up the harbour to the line, E09 055 the result seeming a foregone conclusion, Bullfrog being able under E09 056 her new \0No 2 jib to tack faster and sail higher. ^Nevertheless the E09 057 Bullfrog crew knew Split Enz had superior boat speed and kept a wary E09 058 eye over their shoulders. ^Suddenly Split Enz wasn't there! ^They E09 059 looked about in panic and then saw Split Enz in irons. ^It took Split E09 060 Enz almost a minute to get under way again. E09 061 |^After a two second celebration aboard Bullfrog a 14\0mm jib E09 062 sheet broke at the knot. ^Ian Johnston was knocked to the deck by the E09 063 flogging sail and Bullfrog had to run off and drop the sail E09 064 restore**[SIC**] the sheet. ^They were across the other side of the E09 065 harbour before they could winch their sails back in and were forced, E09 066 like Split Enz had been, to gybe about. ^Split Enz was now back in the E09 067 race with the lead again but Bullfrog hauled her back to resume the E09 068 lead and cross the line 24 seconds ahead. E09 069 |^After the race both crews were exhausted. ^The Bullfrog crew E09 070 thought they could make it to the start of the afternoon race if they E09 071 had to but the Split Enz crew had no doubt. ^They would hardly have E09 072 the strength to crawl back to the boat even if the wind dropped to E09 073 nothing, which it didn't! ^Bullfrog had taken the cup. E09 074 |^Cathy Hawkins and Ian Johnston, after the race, focussed their E09 075 attention on a steering problem. ^Bullfrog's skeg-mounted rudder had E09 076 proved much too small and in addition suffered from a serious E09 077 ventilation problem due to air being sucked down the shaft past a worn E09 078 bearing. ^Four people had each forgotten to bring down promised grease E09 079 guns that morning with which it was hoped to pack the shaft. E09 080 ^Consequently Cathy Hawkins had little steerage at times during the E09 081 race but Bullfrog is very well balanced so that they could steer E09 082 Bullfrog by adjusting the sheets. E09 083 |^Aboard Split Enz the chief worry was to keep the boat on the E09 084 water. ^They were overpowered at times and were more concerned with E09 085 surviving round the course. ^The difficulty in a 30 knot breeze is not E09 086 keeping the weather hull down but keeping the whole boat from being E09 087 lifted off the water. E09 088 |^We could not have done anything else to win the race, was the E09 089 opinion of the Split Enz crew. ^With 10 knots less wind Split Enz E09 090 could probably have easily beaten Bullfrog. ^It was a good race and it E09 091 was Bullfrog's race. ^They deserved to win. E09 092 |^Ian Johnston said later that they have never driven Bullfrog so E09 093 hard or had such a hard and exciting race. ^It was a mistake to reef E09 094 so early during the reach to Northern Leading. ^They were not worried E09 095 about breaking the boat and never felt they were on the edge. ^The E09 096 directional stability of the tri was a great advantage in the E09 097 conditions. E09 098 *<*1Tasman challenge*> E09 099 |^*0At an {0AMSA} after-race function at Richmond Yacht Club the E09 100 sponsors of Bullfrog Sunblock, Johnson Wax presented the Formula 40 E09 101 Tasman Challenge Cup to Cathy Hawkins and Ian Johnston. ^They will E09 102 take it back to Australia, to Sydney where New Zealand will have to E09 103 go, possibly next season, to try to get it back. ^It is hoped on both E09 104 sides of the Tasman that this cup will give rise to fleets of Formula E09 105 40s which will compete in Grand Prix type race meetings to decide the E09 106 boat to go forward to a match race series between New Zealand and E09 107 Australia. E09 108 |^At present there are two dedicated Formula 40 catamarans in New E09 109 Zealand and another is soon to be started. ^There is one dedicated E09 110 Formula 40 being built in Australia and several more boats can, with a E09 111 little alteration, be regarded as Formula 40s. ^This class was devised E09 112 in France as one which would suit sponsorship but rule 26 at present E09 113 stands in the way of the promotion of this class within the regular E09 114 sailing establishments. ^New ways of doing things will have to be E09 115 found. E09 116 |^It could be that Split Enz will be the boat to cross the Tasman E09 117 for the challenge next season. ^Despite being beaten by Bullfrog E09 118 Sunblock this time Split Enz would be unlikely to be embarrassed by E09 119 such strong and unfavourable wind in a series and so remains a likely E09 120 winner. ^But she will not get across the Tasman without sponsorship. E09 121 **[PLATES**] E09 122 *<*4Whangarei to open controversial season*> E09 123 **[PLATE**] E09 124 *<*5Offshore Power*> E09 125 **[PLATE**] E09 126 * E09 127 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E09 128 |*4A*0s I write this column we are just four weeks away from the start E09 129 of the 1986-87 New Zealand offshore powerboat season with the first E09 130 race, the Portobello Motor Inn sponsored race, at Whangarei on \0Nov E09 131 8. E09 132 **[END INDENTATION**] E09 133 |^The Whangarei race is a new race on our calendar this year and E09 134 the Whangarei {0PBRO}, and in particular Force of the North drivers E09 135 Peter Wilson and Allan Jackson have gone to tremendous lengths to make E09 136 sure the race is a booming success. ^With a parade organised on the E09 137 Friday afternoon, proposed television coverage, the *+$2,500 line E09 138 honours cheque, the high profile Fords Auto Court pleasure boat and E09 139 nominated speed event, very careful thought has gone into making this E09 140 one of the best races on the circuit. E09 141 |^In Peter's own words, the Whangarei Club looked at the Northern E09 142 Club's United Achiever 100 race from last season, pinched all the good E09 143 ideas from E09 144 **[PLATE**] E09 145 that very successful race, tossed in a few ideas of their own and came E09 146 up with what they think will be the best race ever. ^From what I've E09 147 seen so far I've got to go along with their thoughts, however Peter, E09 148 the Northern Club and the United Building Society have bigger and E09 149 brighter ideas for this year's extravaganza, so she'll have to be a E09 150 beauty. E09 151 *<*5Drivers' disharmony*> E09 152 |^*0Just seeing the effort going in by Whangarei is certainly E09 153 going to show up a lot of the other clubs on our circuit. ^If a E09 154 smaller city like Whangarei can put on such a great show, what the E09 155 hell are all these other clubs doing, or not doing, should I say, E09 156 which brings me on to another very tricky and controversial subject *- E09 157 drivers boycotting races. E09 158 |^With a couple of entrepreneurs from within the drivers' ranks E09 159 looking at running a two-day race at Whangaparoa we are now looking at E09 160 19 races for the season, an absolutely preposterous and indeed E09 161 impossible situation. ^Is it any wonder a number of Auckland drivers E09 162 are refusing to move out of their region to do their racing? E09 163 |^If we look at the races a competitor has, including the Fiesta E09 164 Marathon and the Worlds, we have 13 races within a 100 odd mile radius E09 165 of Auckland. ^Okay, I can hear the two per cent of drivers who are not E09 166 Auckland-based complaining like hell that New Zealand finishes at the E09 167 Bombay Hills. ^But I'm afraid the cold hard facts are we just have far E09 168 too many races on our calendar. E09 169 |^The Drivers Association is now being branded as a bunch of E09 170 trouble makers and stirrers for organising boycotts \0etc \0etc, but E09 171 that isn't the case at all. ^They tried, along with the Northern Club, E09 172 to put a case forward to the delegates at the {0NZOPA} {0AGM} but alas E09 173 the delegates and executive didn't want to know. ^Now we have this E09 174 situation, as individually, not collectively, the drivers are E09 175 rebelling and it is the Drivers Association that is trying to come up E09 176 with the answers. E09 177 |^This is really going to be a make or break season because if E09 178 the problem is not faced up to and a solution is not found, we may see E09 179 the end of the New Zealand Drivers Championship as such, which would E09 180 mean we wouldn't need to do any voting at the next {0NZOPA} {0AGM}. E09 181 ^Worth thinking about isn't it?!!! E09 182 *<*5Pre-season preparation*> E09 183 |^*0As I said at the start of this column, the season is only E09 184 four weeks away and you certainly wouldn't think it, looking at the E09 185 state of a number of boats that are being rebuilt at the moment. ^Many E09 186 reason there is plenty of time left**[SIC**] three months till the E09 187 next race they figure, then two, holy chicken manure, four weeks till E09 188 the season is underway. ^My how time flies when you don't have any. E09 189 |^Boats in the process of being built or refurbished, at the E09 190 moment, are Hills Floorings, to make way for the cube, Cliff Smith is E09 191 having the Scott Robson magic wand waved over the old Hitachi cat, E09 192 Paul Stevenson's new cat is nearing completion, Ross Tebbs has now E09 193 decided to run the timber truck, so the deck has to come off that for E09 194 repairs to the fuel tanks, Joe Stanton is well underway with his foray E09 195 into the big time with the ex Mills, Harvie, Mills, Wraggs, Ron Archer E09 196 has revamped the old {0EIT} (that's the predecessor to the present E09 197 {0EIT} not the old Typhoon) and Sue Van Devison is still working on E09 198 her project to get the old Vantage Aluminium set up into 3\0E trim. E09 199 *# E10 001 **[115 TEXT E10**] E10 002 *0^He builds up a thick crust of paint with primers and dark base E10 003 colours. ^The actual image is formed by gloss enamel in carefully E10 004 separated applications creating a buried line. ^This gives the E10 005 painting something of the feeling of a mosaic, of assembled elements. E10 006 ^The lines become a consequence of the painting subject, not its E10 007 genesis. ^The wavering line and shiny E10 008 **[PLATE**] E10 009 enamel surface announce emphatically *- this is a painting! E10 010 |^When Baloghy began drawing years ago he worked in white on E10 011 black paper *- in effect filling in the image rather than outlining E10 012 it. ^He felt that this was *'more like the way in which light falls on E10 013 things**'. ^This approach has carried through into the paintings until E10 014 the 1985 oils discussed later. ^Although Baloghy can draw very well he E10 015 also uses slide projection and tracing techniques in some of his E10 016 urbanscapes. ^The photographic base serves to distance Baloghy's work E10 017 from that plethora of on-the-spot drawings of quaint old Auckland E10 018 buildings which one sees on placemats and calendars. ^His pictures E10 019 have an unstudied, casual air: a take-it-or-leave-it reality. E10 020 |^In common with many of the photorealists Baloghy tends to leave E10 021 people out of these paintings: the buildings are the characters. ^An E10 022 old weather**[ARB**]-board dairy hunkers down by a footpath, arranging E10 023 her skirt of noticeboards and shading her logostickered windows with a E10 024 rickety verandah. ^She has seen life and sustained it; she has a E10 025 ridiculous dignity. ^Meanwhile in the outer suburbs the one-time queen E10 026 of a 'sixties subdivision, a block of lock-up shops, struggles bravely E10 027 to look smart but only manages to be tacky. (^Everyone's into E10 028 boutiquey colonial mewses now dear, didn't you know?) ^Up Symonds E10 029 Street way *- or is it Jervois Road *- multicoloured diversely E10 030 designed shops sit in a row like old folk on a bench, gossiping to E10 031 each other and watching the world go by. E10 032 |^The clowns on Baloghy's painted stage are cars *- plump, squat, E10 033 Japanese hatchbacks which offer their rotundity as a foil to the E10 034 severe geometry on the E10 035 **[PLATE**] E10 036 buildings. ^Driverless, they stand about a bit aimlessly, waiting for E10 037 something to happen. ^Baloghy calls them *'sculptural details**'. E10 038 |^Baloghy's gas station paintings of 1983-84 were not quite as E10 039 successful as the works of previous years because they lacked that E10 040 element of character, of life: they were just gas stations; and E10 041 perhaps the artist sensed this, putting them against unreal monochrome E10 042 backgrounds in diamond-shaped frames to give them a lift. E10 043 |^After experiencing some problems with his acrylic surfaces E10 044 Baloghy changed to oils in mid-1984. ^This altered the look and feel E10 045 of his urbanscapes considerably. ^The acrylic works were done on a E10 046 dark background: but because of the transparency of oils a white E10 047 background is now used. ^The artist has been able to get much more E10 048 detail into the paintings. E10 049 |^Baloghy admits to becoming obsessed with the detail: with E10 050 lettering, nuances of shadowing, walls, roads and skies. ^The recent E10 051 work moves much closer to photorealism done overseas and may have lost E10 052 something in the process. ^The buried line, the shiny thick enamelled E10 053 look, have gone and with them some of the friendly personal feeling E10 054 exuded by the earlier works. ^There may be more E10 055 **[PLATES**] E10 056 painting, but there is less to relish. E10 057 |^George Baloghy is very much aware of his audience and thinks E10 058 that any good honest painter should be. ^He will accept inclusion in E10 059 the Perkins-Angus-Binney line of enlightened landscapists. E10 060 |^He also sees himself as something of a sociologist, recording E10 061 our environment for posterity, and a romanticist *- giving bits of our E10 062 everyday surroundings special status. ^He also may be something of a E10 063 prophet of doom, for many of his chosen subjects have vanished in E10 064 clouds of demolition dust almost before his paint was dry. ^The most E10 065 uncanny of these incidents was his decision to use the old Bank of New E10 066 Zealand building on Queen Street as the backdrop for a De Chirico E10 067 spoof painting. ^He painted it as a mere facade with nothing behind it E10 068 *- and that is just what it has now become. ^Baloghy put a Billy Apple E10 069 mural in a painting *- it was painted out shortly thereafter. ^Even E10 070 when buildings survive, change is constant in the city. ^Billboards E10 071 are erected, trees are removed, verandahs added. ^The street, full of E10 072 cars and people on a weekday, changes character completely on a quiet E10 073 Sunday morning when E10 074 **[PLATE**] E10 075 Baloghy takes many of his photographs. E10 076 |^In decades to come the paintings of George Baloghy may be E10 077 looked at quite differently *- not as an affectionately ironic dig at E10 078 quaintness or banality, but as a reverent record of vanished scenes: E10 079 scenes which many Aucklanders gaze at today from the bus but do not E10 080 see. ^In the meantime we can be grateful to the artist for putting the E10 081 spotlight on neglected corners of our city and making us rethink our E10 082 ideas about progress and the merits of mass redevelopment. E10 083 **[PLATE**] E10 084 *<*4George O'Brien*> E10 085 * E10 086 *<*2ROGER BLACKLEY*> E10 087 |^*1Pavilioned in Splendour *0is the title of Dunedin Public Art E10 088 Gallery's latest touring exhibition, a survey of George O'Brien's New E10 089 Zealand watercolours. ^The catalogue accompanying the exhibition is E10 090 the first monograph on this great and neglected artist, appearing E10 091 almost a century after his death. ^*1Pavilioned in Splendour E10 092 *0publishes a comprehensive *'Catalogue of publicly owned works**', E10 093 which helps to explain why George O'Brien has remained one of Otago's E10 094 best-kept secrets. ^No fewer than 76 works (out of a total of 97 E10 095 recorded New Zealand views) are housed in three Dunedin collections: E10 096 the Otago Early Settlers Museum, the Hocken Library, and the Dunedin E10 097 Public Art Gallery. ^Roger Collins and Peter Entwisle's exhibition E10 098 draws heavily from these collections, and enables us to approach the E10 099 full range of O'Brien's work for the first time. E10 100 |^This artist's distinctive brand of realism had no equivalent in E10 101 Dunedin's contemporary art world, at least within the realms of *'high E10 102 art**'. ^When he exhibited his works in fine art contexts, lukewarm or E10 103 even hostile commentaries in the newspaper questioned the precise E10 104 status of his watercolours. ^The tight detail and magical clarity of E10 105 O'Brien's style, which we now find so attractive, were characterised E10 106 as laboured mannerisms peculiar to architectural or topographical E10 107 projection. E10 108 |^*1Pavilioned in Splendour *0reprints all known contemporary E10 109 reviews together with titles of exhibited works, in an invaluable E10 110 *'Record of exhibitions**'. ^The reviews are documents of the earliest E10 111 reaction to O'Brien's works, and can help us to understand the E10 112 ambivalent status they were accorded. ^These and other documents have E10 113 been unearthed from old newspapers by \0Dr Collins, whose researches E10 114 of the past decade form the basis for both exhibition and publication. E10 115 |^Here is the *1Otago Daily Times's *0response to O'Brien's E10 116 *1Dunedin from the Junction (1869): E10 117 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E10 118 |^*0Thus was O'Brien's highly sophisticated contribution reduced E10 119 to the mean confines of *'topography**', the accurate record, E10 120 something that couldn't be art. ^Such apprehension endured long after E10 121 O'Brien's death, through a period when curators scarcely thought art E10 122 *1could *0be produced in New Zealand. ^This is why the Otago Early E10 123 Settlers Museum has the most magnificent of all O'Brien collections E10 124 (35 works), acquired at a time when the Art Gallery showed little E10 125 interest in O'Brien, but were collecting similarly large watercolours E10 126 by the likes of {0J.C.} Richmond and {0W.M.} Hodgkins. E10 127 |^Twentieth-century commentaries also abound in the traditional E10 128 judgements concerning O'Brien's style (*'meticulous**', E10 129 *'laborious**') as well as a generally uncritical approach to the E10 130 particular nature of his realism. ^Hamish Keith in his 1983 text E10 131 *1Images of Early New Zealand *0merely repeats the popular notion of E10 132 O'Brien as the ultimate topographer: E10 133 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E10 134 |^While it's true that O'Brien's depictions of Dunedin and nearby E10 135 localities were and still are admired for their convincing networks of E10 136 observed detail, the present exhibition demonstrates the highly E10 137 artificial nature of much of this artist's *'reality**'. ^Both in his E10 138 essay and in his selection of works, Peter Entwisle stresses the E10 139 idealizing nature of many of the pictures. ^He balances the *'real**' E10 140 views, often not as straightforward as they appear, against the E10 141 equally convincing architectural projections of buildings which are E10 142 merely at the planning stage. ^Many were never in fact built, while E10 143 others were realised only in modified or partial states. E10 144 |^One of the great works in the exhibition is the projection of E10 145 Robert Lawson's First Church, dated from the eighteen-sixties, in E10 146 which the church appears within a wooden gothic archway that supports E10 147 an illuminated scroll bearing the name of the church and the E10 148 architect. ^As much an ambitious watercolour as a superb piece of E10 149 architectural draughtsmanship, it depicts a subtly different church E10 150 from the real one completed in 1873. E10 151 |^An outdoor pencil sketch dated 1865 places the outline of First E10 152 Church against E10 153 **[PLATES**] E10 154 the distant skyline *- testimony to O'Brien's ability to infiltrate E10 155 the real with the purely projected. ^Interestingly, the large E10 156 exhibition watercolour he worked up from his sketch, *1Dunedin from E10 157 the Southern Cemetery, *0omits the church and instead shows the E10 158 massive earth**[ARB**]-works of the mid-eighteen-sixties. E10 159 |^*1The Gas Light & Coke Company Works, *0also of 1865, is a E10 160 marvellous picture of a pioneering industrial structure. E10 161 **[PLATE**] E10 162 ^A basilica-like hall and adjacent double colonnade tower above E10 163 proletarian shacks. ^A pump draws water from the stream through a E10 164 slender pipe into the mysterious, windowless building. ^O'Brien has E10 165 skilfully combined authentic, closely observed details from everyday E10 166 experience with architectural fantasy. ^The full title of the painting E10 167 is *1View of the Dunedin Gas Light & Coke Companys Works projected by E10 168 Stephen Hutchison {0C.E.} Engineer and Lessee. ^*0Never actually E10 169 built, the Coke Works remained a dream of Stephen Hutchison's, E10 170 mediated by George O'Brien. E10 171 |^The enormous watercolour entitled *1Designs of {0R.A.} Lawson, E10 172 *0from the late eighteen-sixties, is patently a fiction. ^Grouped into E10 173 a fantastic townscape is a panoply of Robert Lawson's architectural E10 174 designs, with the early form of First Church as its focus. ^Although E10 175 the conception may not have been O'Brien's (the picture is inscribed E10 176 *1{0RAL} Dunedin *0on the left and *1\0G. O'Brien *0on the right) he E10 177 has bravely orchestrated the collision of a huge range of buildings: E10 178 ecclesiastical, commercial, domestic. ^There are gross disparities in E10 179 relative scale, between the various buildings, and between them and E10 180 the ant-like populace. ^These multiple perspectives, or viewpoints E10 181 help create a certain weirdness. ^Each building has its own vanishing E10 182 points, and there is a fundamental tension between the low viewpoint E10 183 of the architectural projections and the high horizon of the whole E10 184 picture, indicating a view from a height. ^The result is one of the E10 185 strangest townscapes in New Zealand art, which can be cited in any E10 186 genealogy of our persistent tradition of landscape surrealism. E10 187 |^The literal basis of O'Brien's style is the drawing in very E10 188 sharp pencil that E10 189 **[PLATES**] E10 190 forms the inevitable foundation to his subsequent washes of E10 191 watercolour. ^The large outdoor sketch *1Dunedin Harbour from the E10 192 Caversham Rise *0documents O'Brien's working technique: very detailed E10 193 outlines, together with written colour notes and descriptive comments E10 194 (*'green grass**', *'yellow field**', *'bracken mound which E10 195 slipped**'). ^He also made outdoor colour sketches, but in the above E10 196 case the pencil drawing alone is gathering the necessary information E10 197 to enable the transformation of the scene into a full-scale exhibition E10 198 watercolour *- at least a week's dedicated work in the studio. ^The E10 199 elaborate little exhibition drawings, almost invariably in O'Brien's E10 200 favourite oval format, reveal almost infinite gradations of light and E10 201 dark *- very intense darks, often set against highlights of chinese E10 202 white. ^The basic stucture of all O'Brien's pictures is determined by E10 203 careful positioning of light areas against dark. E10 204 |^The revelation of the studio watercolours is O'Brien's use of E10 205 colour: pure bright washes applied very gradually, leading always from E10 206 a translucent sky towards a foreground where colour can be applied in E10 207 strong, thick layers, where O'Brien's left-leaning brush acquires E10 208 greater freedom. ^Cool but intense hues of blue and green are set E10 209 against warm combinations of pink, orange and mauve: a palette geared E10 210 to fine weather, still water, and usually a very late light. ^This is E10 211 not Otago in all lights and moods, but rather under a limited range of E10 212 favourable meteorological effects. ^These range from broad daylight, E10 213 through late afternoon, to the deep exquisite twilight of *1Otago E10 214 Landscape *0(1870). E10 215 *# E11 001 **[116 TEXT E11**] E11 002 |^*4H*0ave you ever been burgled? ^The parishioners of the Wellington E11 003 South Anglican parish have discovered it can leave you with a lot of E11 004 nasty feelings. ^Three of the magnificent stained glass windows which E11 005 once graced the old Church of \0St Thomas, Newtown, had already been E11 006 installed in the new \0St Thomas Church Centre and the remaining nine E11 007 were being prepared for re-installation when the parish discovered E11 008 that six panels had been stolen. ^The missing panels are choice pieces E11 009 which could be used anywhere without great difficulty. E11 010 |^Stolen were two windows of two panels each and a further two E11 011 panels, parts of two other two-panel windows. ^The two windows of two E11 012 panels each depict \0St Michael and \0St Thomas. ^They were E11 013 beautifully created in rich colours *"To the glory of God and in E11 014 memory of those who served in the war 1939-45**". ^Together, the two E11 015 panels of each pair are just under 1 1/2\0m high by 1/2\0m wide. ^The E11 016 two other panels stolen depict the heads and torsos of \0St Cecilia E11 017 and Charity in most delicate art work. ^Their loss means the remaining E11 018 panels of each pair are useless. ^To make matters worse, the windows E11 019 commemorate an early Wellington pioneer family, the Allens. ^George E11 020 Allen arrived in Wellington in 1841, served on the Provincial Council E11 021 and for a time occupied the mayoral chair. ^*"The Allen Windows**" are E11 022 a loss to the City of Wellington, not just the parish. E11 023 |^When building the new \0St Thomas Church Centre, the parish was E11 024 anxious to restore all its precious glass. ^The remaining five E11 025 windows, recently displayed at the Dowse Art Museum, Lower Hutt, were E11 026 placed in the new centre at the end of June and re-dedicated in the E11 027 presence of the Governor-General and Lady Reeves. ^The parish of E11 028 Wellington South is now anxious to complete the restoration of its E11 029 windows and asks readers of this magazine to help locate the stolen E11 030 pieces of glass. ^They have a value greater than that of mere money. E11 031 |^They could turn up almost anywhere. ^If you happen to know E11 032 where any of the missing panels are, then please help get them back to E11 033 their rightful place. ^You can do this by writing to the \0Rev. E11 034 {0R.G.} Neilson at 17 Gordon Place, Wellington, or by phoning him E11 035 collect and person-to-person at (04) 894-932. ^The police enquiry is E11 036 being handled by the Taranaki Street station (04) 723-000. E11 037 |^The parish's deepest desire is to have the windows, described E11 038 by Fiona Clara*?2n as *"a national treasure**", restored to their E11 039 proper places. ^The vicar and parishioners will be greatly indebted to E11 040 any reader who can help with information that might lead to their E11 041 return. E11 042 *<*4A Training in Conservation*> E11 043 * E11 044 |^T*0he Institute of Advanced Architectural Studies was first E11 045 established as the York Summer School of Architectural Study in 1949. E11 046 ^This was organised by the committee of the York Civic Trust and its E11 047 main function then was the study of historic buildings. ^Some time E11 048 later a course for those involved with the building industry and with E11 049 an interest in historic buildings was established. ^The course, E11 050 *"Protection and Repair of Historic Buildings**", was very popular and E11 051 led to the founding of the York Institute of Architectural Study in E11 052 1953. ^Later the name was changed to the Institute of Advanced E11 053 Architectural Studies and in 1972 a full time postgraduate diploma E11 054 course in conservation was implemented. ^In 1982 this was changed to E11 055 an {0M.A.} (Conservation Studies) course. E11 056 |^The course is arranged around a series of short courses which E11 057 the {0M.A.} students and short course members attend. ^The {0M.A.} is E11 058 supplemented by further lectures, site visits, seminars and individual E11 059 research. ^The course focuses on the philosophies, theories, E11 060 techniques and problems of building conservation. E11 061 |^I first became aware of the {0M.A.} course from a description E11 062 posted on the Auckland Architecture School library notice board. ^This E11 063 was during my final year at the school completing a {0B.Arch.} in E11 064 1982. ^Prior to entering the Auckland school, I had completed a E11 065 {0B.A.} in history and economic history from Victoria University in E11 066 1977 and I saw in the {0M.A.} a chance to combine my two interests of E11 067 architecture and history. E11 068 |^The entry requirements for the {0M.A.} are a minimum of 4 years E11 069 experience after having completed a related professional or academic E11 070 education. ^The fees in 1984 were *+3,150. ^My first task was to E11 071 fulfill the entry qualifications; the second was to finance the E11 072 course. ^I had completed almost half the 4 years experience E11 073 requirement in Auckland before graduation. ^The remainder I completed E11 074 while working for a London architectural firm. ^My job in London also E11 075 gave me a chance to save sufficient to undertake the degree in York. E11 076 ^I visited York in my first summer holidays and met the Director of E11 077 Studies, \0Dr Derek Linstrum, who explained the course in greater E11 078 detail. E11 079 |^My first concern was that a course based in England should be E11 080 relevant to New Zealand. ^Derek explained that lectures were given by E11 081 70-80 visiting lecturers, many of whom have international experience E11 082 of conservation, and that the course had a very close association with E11 083 the other main international conservation course, at the International E11 084 Centre for the Study of Preservation and Restoration of Cultural E11 085 Property in Rome. ^This is one of the main international conservation E11 086 organisations. ^Unfortunately, New Zealand is not a member. ^Although E11 087 having had no experience of New Zealand conservation, Derek is E11 088 familiar with conservation in Australia. ^He lectures there regularly, E11 089 as do several of the other lecturers, and he assisted in the E11 090 establishment of the Sydney University conservation course. ^Given E11 091 this information, and told that students from 22 other countries had E11 092 considered the York degree of relevance to their own countries, I E11 093 decided to apply. ^Derek informed me that as I was the first New E11 094 Zealander to apply, I would make the number 23. E11 095 |^A further conclusion from visiting York was that I could not E11 096 save sufficient for the total course expenses within the time allowed E11 097 me by my visa. ^Added to the fees are accommodation expenses, which the E11 098 {0I.A.A.S.} estimated, then, to be *+3,500. ^Lunch times at work E11 099 became occupied with writing 105 requests for financial assistance to E11 100 both British and New Zealand organisations. ^One letter I addressed to E11 101 the Prime Minister, then \0Mr Muldoon, was passed on to the Department E11 102 of Internal Affairs. ^Their Interim Committee for the Conservation of E11 103 Cultural Property agreed to fund one-third of my fees. ^Other E11 104 assistance came from the Enid Linder Foundation (a London charitable E11 105 trust), also for one-third of my fees, and from Stephenson and Turner E11 106 which covered the costs of two study trips, one to the West Country E11 107 and one to Amsterdam. ^I was also awarded a University of York E11 108 scholarship which covered the remainder necessary for the fees. ^After E11 109 18 months of perseverance, I succeeded in obtaining sufficient to E11 110 attend the course. E11 111 |^The academic year began in September. ^I met the other students E11 112 *- four British, three Greeks, one Palestinian, one Nepali, one Sri E11 113 Lankan, one Algerian, one American and one Australian. ^Most of the E11 114 students had experience of conservation and in some cases had worked E11 115 on projects of international importance. (^Paris Papatheodoru, for E11 116 example, had been a conservation architect on the Church of the Holy E11 117 Sepulchre in Jerusalem while Surya Sangachhe had worked on a project E11 118 of similar religious significance in Nepal *- at Lumbini Gardens, E11 119 where Buddha was born.) E11 120 |^The relevance of the course to a New Zealander, and students E11 121 from elsewhere, became apparent as the course progressed. ^The E11 122 philosophies, theories and history of conservation discussed are E11 123 obviously applicable universally. ^The techniques and practice of E11 124 material and structural conservation are mainly examined with E11 125 reference to British examples, but where there are problems not found E11 126 in Britain these too are described. ^Relevant to New Zealand were the E11 127 7 hours of lectures on the problems associated with conservation in a E11 128 seismic zone. ^A previous lecturer for this subject was a New E11 129 Zealander, David Dowrick, an earthquake engineer with an international E11 130 reputation, who has since returned to New Zealand to his own practice. E11 131 |^Being based in York has considerable advantages for the E11 132 non-technology subjects. ^York is a city of many historic buildings E11 133 worthy of conservation and the city has been declared a conservation E11 134 area. ^Because of this, many trades and professions associated with E11 135 conservation are located in York. ^Many of these are visited during E11 136 the course, such as the Minster Stone Masons Yard, the York Glaziers E11 137 Trust, the York Archaeological Trust, several wood and stone carving E11 138 contractors and many architectural firms involved with conservation E11 139 projects. ^On one such visit to a wood carving contractor, I enquired E11 140 whether any of the millions of cubic feet of New Zealand kauri E11 141 exported to Britain was now used for any conservation purpose. ^I was E11 142 proudly presented with a piece of *"kauri-pine**" which was being used E11 143 for some cabinet-making repairs. E11 144 |^Close to York are several stone quarries. ^Having seen the E11 145 finished stone grotesques, gargoyles and crockets, we were shown the E11 146 methods of extraction and cutting at a quarry in Huddersfield. E11 147 ^Another issue examined with reference to York but with wider E11 148 application was the process of urban conservation. ^York was one of E11 149 the historic cities for which conservation reports were prepared for E11 150 the government. ^The Esher report for York was commissioned in 1968 E11 151 and was concerned with the development of York while maintaining the E11 152 historic integrity of the city. ^Much of the planning of the E11 153 development of the inner city has been based on this report resulting E11 154 in pedestrianisation schemes which have increased and enhanced the E11 155 mediaeval network of foot streets, careful control of commercial E11 156 development and encouragement of residential development within the E11 157 city walls. ^The issues of rehabilitation, renovation and new design E11 158 are being tackled through careful planning. ^The process, successes E11 159 and failures, is the subject of several lectures. E11 160 |^Selection criteria and methods of listing historic buildings E11 161 are examined, as are the ways in which the conservation of these E11 162 buildings is assisted financially. ^The British system is discussed in E11 163 detail. ^This system is similar in many ways to that applying in New E11 164 Zealand, though with less emphasis on the rights of property owners. E11 165 ^This was contrasted with Amsterdam which has only one classification E11 166 *- worthy of preservation. ^So far the emphasis in conserving these E11 167 classified buildings has been rehabilitation. ^The different political E11 168 climate in Holland is obvious in Amsterdam's conservation projects: E11 169 most are inner city dwellings for which the rent of an existing tenant E11 170 is guaranteed by the government, so that after rehabilitation the E11 171 tenant pays the same rent. ^This prevents *"gentrification**". E11 172 |^A value of the course is the interaction between the students. E11 173 ^Each student has to give two seminars. ^Students outside Britain give E11 174 seminars on conservation in their own countries. ^The exchange of E11 175 experiences in these seminars was extremely valuable. ^Through this E11 176 interaction one is made most aware of the everyday problems of E11 177 conservation, common to every country: neglect of maintenance, E11 178 insufficient funding, the use of untried or unsuitable repair methods, E11 179 inexperienced operatives and, at times, inter-professional rivalry. E11 180 |^The main method of assessment is by the dissertation. ^One of E11 181 each student's seminars is usually devoted to the dissertation topic, E11 182 giving the student feedback on the proposed content. ^Some of the E11 183 topics chosen give an idea of the students' scope of interests: E11 184 *"Methods of Grouting for Conservation**", *"Computer Applications to E11 185 Photogrammetry for Conservation**", *"The Conservation of E11 186 Cemeteries**", *"Rehabilitation of the Casbah, Algiers**" and *"A E11 187 Methodology for the Conservation of Urban Spaces in the Cyclades**". E11 188 ^My topic was *"Conservation in a Seismic Zone**". E11 189 |^I approached the topic mainly from a New Zealand point of view, E11 190 but the philosophy, methods of assessment of seismic vulnerability and E11 191 methods of strengthening and repair are applicable to conservation in E11 192 any earthquake area. ^I soon discovered that, I being the first New E11 193 Zealander on the course, there were no books on New Zealand. ^The E11 194 {0I.A.A.S.} library did provide some valuable information, but most E11 195 had to be gleaned away from York. E11 196 *# E12 001 **[117 TEXT E12**] E12 002 |^*4I*0t begins with violinist Vincent Aspey running through the E12 003 streets of Wellington, late for the first rehearsal of the new E12 004 orchestra of which he was the leader. ^He had missed his tram. E12 005 |^It tells publicly for the first time of the bomb scare in the E12 006 Dunedin Town Hall just prior to a performance for the Queen, Prince E12 007 Philip, Prince Charles and Princess Anne in 1970. ^The audience was E12 008 unaware of what was happening, and of the consequent police activity. E12 009 |^We learn that the male orchestral musicians of the 1940s and E12 010 1950s had to slip into the concert halls with their instruments E12 011 concealed under their coats because men who played music were not E12 012 publicly acceptable. E12 013 |^The musical *"profile**" of the main centres is revealed in E12 014 conductor James Robertson's advice to another visiting conductor: E12 015 Wellington *- very receptive to modern music; Auckland *- not very E12 016 receptive to modern music; Christchurch *- smallish hall, large E12 017 population and is more musical; Dunedin *- enormous hall, smallish E12 018 population, has to be wooed. E12 019 |^And there is confirmation of the legendary duck chorus which E12 020 joined in a concert at New Plymouth to the astonishment of orchestra, E12 021 soloist and audience. E12 022 |^All these stories and more are contained in *1The New Zealand E12 023 Symphony Orchestra, The First Forty Years, *0a 300-page book written E12 024 by Joy Tonks, personnel manager of the orchestra and editor of E12 025 *1Concert Pitch. ^*0The book has been five and a half years in the E12 026 preparation, and is being published to mark the orchestra's 40th E12 027 anniversary. E12 028 **[PLATE**] E12 029 |^*"I did not set out to write the history of the New Zealand E12 030 Symphony Orchestra,**" says Joy in her preface to the book. E12 031 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E12 032 |^The result is a 200,000 word comprehensive archive covering the E12 033 history of New Zealand's first professional national symphony E12 034 orchestra, from the time such an institution was mooted when the new E12 035 National Broadcasting Service was set up in the mid-1930s, until 1986. E12 036 ^The final published version has been edited down to 110,000 words, E12 037 but all the interviews and files brought together are now stored and E12 038 available for later research. E12 039 |^Joy Tonks recalls poring through dust-covered and forgotten E12 040 files in the basement of Broadcasting House, and trying to find E12 041 missing orchestra files and locate photographs and posters from the E12 042 old days. ^She conducted 68 hours of interviews with former players E12 043 and staff, and with all the surviving concert managers and resident E12 044 conductors, and then transcribed them herself (she bought an E12 045 electronic type**[ARB**]-writer and learnt to type). ^One enthusiastic E12 046 player brought out a bottle of champagne for drinking during his E12 047 interview, Joy says. ^Another produced a cake baked by his wife which E12 048 caused the interview to be a series of appetite-satisfying silences. E12 049 ^During three to four-hour interviews, many asked for the tape to be E12 050 switched off as they recalled humorous but slightly risque*?2 stories. E12 051 ^Some stories emerged in numerous versions, one being told by a E12 052 conductor about himself when it occurred to someone else. E12 053 |^The Brooklands Bowl chorus of ducks which belongs to orchestra E12 054 legend was an example where diligent research was needed. ^During the E12 055 1958 Proms concert at the outdoor Brooklands Bowl, soprano Mary E12 056 O'Brien was in the middle of the waltz song from Gounod's *1Romeo and E12 057 Juliet, *0with prominent flute accompaniment, when the ducks on the E12 058 lake decided to join in. ^*"It brought the house down,**" remembers E12 059 former orchestra viola player Glynne Adams. ^*"*'Ah, ah, ah,**' sang E12 060 Miss O'Brien. ^*'Quack, quack, quack,**' went the ducks,**" writes Joy E12 061 Tonks. ^*"How we kept going I don't know. ^The orchestra was just E12 062 rolling about the stage,**" recollects conductor John Hopkins. ^But it E12 063 seems everyone remembers it with a different singer, or conductor, or E12 064 piece of music. ^Crosschecking many opinions and the handy orchestral E12 065 card index of all works performed over the years, produced the correct E12 066 version for the book. E12 067 |^There are plenty of light-hearted insights into the life of an E12 068 orchestra, such as the tale of maestro Alceo Galliera causing a mass E12 069 walkout of musicians by shouting *"\Basta! \Basta**" at the double E12 070 bass players. ^Thinking themselves insulted and called *"bastards**", E12 071 they indignantly walked out, followed by their colleagues *- until E12 072 someone explained that the maestro had merely said *"^Enough! E12 073 ^Enough!**" in Italian. E12 074 |^But Joy Tonks has not shrunk from tackling some of the more E12 075 controversial, difficult or sadder aspects of the orchestra's history. E12 076 ^The bomb hoax in Dunedin, a scary incident at the time, was revealed E12 077 to her by the manager of the day George Perry. ^During the first half E12 078 of the March 1970 concert, and prior to the arrival of the royal E12 079 party, a police inspector and several constables dressed in boiler E12 080 suits arrived at the hall with an apologetic *"^We've had a ring to E12 081 say there's a bomb under the royal box. ^We think it's a hoax, but we E12 082 have to be absolutely certain.**" ^With the conductor E12 083 off**[ARB**]-stage between items, and an expectant audience sitting E12 084 quietly waiting and unaware of the reason for the delay, the police E12 085 crept into the royal box, went through a trap door in the floor and E12 086 searched with torches. ^The house lights were kept off to avoid E12 087 causing panic. ^The police gave the all-clear quietly to Perry after E12 088 15 minutes, the concert went ahead, and the Royal Family arrived none E12 089 the wiser. E12 090 |^One of the most controversial periods of the orchestra's E12 091 history was after the setting up of the Concert Orchestra in 1962 in E12 092 response to demands from the national opera and ballet companies to E12 093 use the National Orchestra. ^The short life of the fulltime theatre E12 094 orchestra until the end of 1964 was troubled. ^The constant touring E12 095 and poor conditions in which they played, the fact the pay was lower E12 096 than that of the National Orchestra, and the constant E12 097 turn**[ARB**]-over of musicians (14 trombonists during the *1Carmen E12 098 *0tour of 1962, for example, 120 musicians passing through a 25-strong E12 099 orchestra in three years) made for an unhappy orchestra. ^Says former E12 100 New Zealand Broadcasting Corporation executive director Malcolm E12 101 Rickard of the Concert Orchestra: E12 102 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E12 103 |^Joy Tonks says some people she spoke to about the Concert E12 104 Orchestra are still sensitive about it. E12 105 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E12 106 |^It is instructive to contrast the welcome to the National E12 107 Orchestra in the early days with the criticism of it. ^An effusive if E12 108 unpolished poem to the orchestra in the *1Southland Daily News *0of E12 109 April 17, 1948, read in part: E12 110 **[POEM**] E12 111 ^At the same time, the opinion that the orchestra was a *"luxury we E12 112 cannot afford**" was a theme played through many newspaper E12 113 correspondence columns for some years. ^Yet there were also complaints E12 114 that there were not enough seats available at orchestral concerts in E12 115 the different centres. ^Joy Tonks says writing the book has revealed E12 116 to her what an achievement it was to have set up the orchestra in 1946 E12 117 when people were still recovering from World War *=II, and there were E12 118 hardships such as rationing. E12 119 **[PLATE**] E12 120 |^The 47-year-old author says she had free rein to write about E12 121 the orchestra, with nobody telling her *"you shouldn't say that**". E12 122 ^At the same time she did *"a lot of soul-searching**" in writing E12 123 about some personalities involved with the orchestra. E12 124 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E12 125 |^Joy Tonks says she was grateful she was able to record E12 126 assistant concertmaster John Chisholm's comments, as he knew he was E12 127 ill and dying. *"^He was one of the greatest losses the orchestra E12 128 suffered. ^He was respected by everybody.**" E12 129 |^While writing in her own time, Joy Tonks had the assistance of E12 130 former executive officer (artists and repertoire) John Gray who came E12 131 out of retirement to do the job of personnel officer for several E12 132 months, and compile indexes of players, conductors and artists, and E12 133 the general index. ^Throughout, and especially in the *"horrendous**" E12 134 last months of fulltime writing, Joy says her insurance agent husband E12 135 Ralph was a great help in cooking, while her children Michael (21) and E12 136 Karen (20) were an equal support. E12 137 |^A short story writer, Joy Tonks would now like to devote some E12 138 of her own time to writing a novel. ^A murder thriller set in an E12 139 orchestra, perhaps? ^*"It's an interesting idea, but I am too close to E12 140 it,**" she says. E12 141 *<*6HAPPY BIRTHDAY ORCHESTRA*> E12 142 |^*0On 24 October 1946, musicians carrying their instruments E12 143 could be seen entering the Broadcasting studios in Waring Taylor E12 144 Street, Wellington. ^When all the official speeches had ended and the E12 145 important guests departed, the conductor Andersen Tyrer took the E12 146 rostrum, raised his baton, then brought it down and the strains of the E12 147 Dvorak *1New World Symphony *0came forth in response. ^The first E12 148 rehearsal of the National Orchestra of the New Zealand Broadcasting E12 149 Service had begun. E12 150 |^On 24 October 1986, at 12.15 {0pm}, John Hopkins will mount the E12 151 rostrum in the Wellington Town Hall (where the National Orchestra of E12 152 the {0NZBS} gave its first concert) and, when he brings his baton E12 153 down, the strains of the Dvorak *1New World Symphony *0will be heard E12 154 again. E12 155 |^But how much has happened in the interim *- forty years of E12 156 concerts, two changes of name and now the New Zealand Symphony E12 157 Orchestra, numerous international conductors and soloists and (not E12 158 least) 48 performances of the *1New World Symphony. E12 159 |^*0For the {0NZSO}, this concert on 24 October is its first E12 160 celebration concert for its 40th year. ^In the twelve months that E12 161 follow, there will be other occasions reflecting this milestone in the E12 162 orchestra's history but the October concert is designed particularly E12 163 for our many old friends; previous members of the orchestra and its E12 164 management, members of the former Concert Section, and those who were E12 165 present at the first concert in Wellington on 6 March 1947. ^For only E12 166 *+$5 a ticket, we hope that many of our long-standing subscribers and E12 167 friends will help E12 168 **[PLATES**] E12 169 us celebrate at this birthday concert. ^Placing this at 12.15 {0pm} E12 170 will, we believe, be more suitable for those from out of town and many E12 171 others who now prefer not to go out at night. E12 172 |^The concert will open with the *1New World Symphony *0and close E12 173 with the first piece played in public concert *- the Dvorak *1Carnival E12 174 Overture. ^*0In between will be a selection of items of particular E12 175 relevance to the Orchestra's history, including Douglas Lilburn's E12 176 *1Birthday Offering *0(written for the 10th Anniversary), *1Soliloquy E12 177 for Strings *0by Larry Pruden, and an extract from the music for E12 178 *1Jack Winter's Dream *0by Ashley Heenan (for 23 years, Musical E12 179 Director of the Schola Musica). E12 180 |^Life they say begins at forty, and in the next twelve months E12 181 the New Zealand Symphony Orchestra will be setting out to prove it! E12 182 ^Several special celebrations have been planned for the orchestra's E12 183 fortieth birthday, among them: E12 184 |**[LIST**] E12 185 **[PLATE**] E12 186 |^Many changes have occurred in forty years, many more lie ahead. E12 187 ^We look back on some of the highlights: E12 188 _|1939 ^National Broadcasting Service string orchestra formed for E12 189 {0NZ} Centennial Celebrations in 1940. ^Directed by Maurice Clare. E12 190 |1946 ^National Orchestra established *- direction vested in {0NZ} E12 191 Broadcasting Service (a Government Department). ^Andersen Tyrer E12 192 appointed first Resident Conductor. ^Vincent Aspey *- leader. ^First E12 193 rehearsals in Wellington on 24 October. E12 194 |1947 ^First concert 6 March in Wellington Town Hall. E12 195 |1949 ^National Orchestra engaged for Italian Opera tour of {0NZ}. E12 196 |1950 ^Michael Bowles appointed Resident Conductor. E12 197 |1952 ^Proms series inaugurated. E12 198 |1953 ^Warwick Braithwaite appointed Principal Conductor. E12 199 |1954 ^First Royal Concert. ^James Robertson appointed Resident E12 200 Conductor. E12 201 |1958 ^John Hopkins appointed Resident Conductor. E12 202 |1959 ^First commercial recording, *"Festive Overtures**". ^National E12 203 Youth Orchestra founded. E12 204 |1961 ^Visit of Igor Stravinsky. ^Orchestral trainee scheme begins. E12 205 |1962 ^New Zealand Broadcasting Corporation (public corporation) takes E12 206 over management of orchestra. E12 207 |1964 Name changed to {0NZBC} Symphony Orchestra. ^Visit of Sir E12 208 William Walton. ^Juan Matteucci appointed Resident Conductor. E12 209 |1967 ^Vincent Aspey retires from first chair and is replaced by Alex E12 210 Lindsay (foundation principal second violin). E12 211 **[PLATE**] E12 212 |1969 ^Alex Lindsay appointed Concertmaster. ^End of resident E12 213 conductor system. E12 214 |1973 ^Brian Priestman begins 3-year term as Chief Conductor. E12 215 |1974 ^First overseas tour (to Australia) with {0NZ} soloists Kiri te E12 216 Kanawa, Michael Houstoun. ^Alex Lindsay dies suddenly. ^John Chisholm E12 217 appointed Acting Leader. E12 218 |1975 ^Name changed to New Zealand Symphony Orchestra. E12 219 *# E13 001 **[118 TEXT E13**] E13 002 |^*0The exterior of a home can be completely renovated by E13 003 visiting or calling the Central Roofing and Cladding Agency in E13 004 Johnsonville. E13 005 |^They have the best selling Luxalon roofing and house cladding E13 006 (which are their main sellers) and they also have materials for E13 007 soffits, cables, barge board covers and fascia boards. ^All are E13 008 virtually maintenance-free, long lasting finishes and available in a E13 009 good range of colours. E13 010 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E13 011 Brian Ramage said. E13 012 *<*4Reason*> E13 013 |^*0The reason appears to be that once the body of the home is so E13 014 easy to care for, the job of painting high, difficult-to-get-at areas E13 015 grows from being a small job to being a major hurdle. E13 016 |^Clients who wish to have everything re-clad but are unable to E13 017 cope with the cost in one hit can arrange for Central Cladding to do E13 018 it in stages. ^They need only ask. E13 019 |^The latest service that E13 020 **[PLATE**] E13 021 Central Roofing and Cladding has added is for replacement windows. E13 022 ^Nebulite windows are made by Upton and Shearer to the \0S mark E13 023 standard. ^They are the only aluminium windows to meet this standard. E13 024 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E13 025 Brian said. E13 026 |^Their full range of products will be included in the display on E13 027 their stand at the forthcoming Home Show. ^It will give hundreds of E13 028 Wellington homeowners the chance to inspect the products and consider E13 029 the possibilities of giving up expensive on-going maintenance E13 030 programmes on the exterior of their homes for many years to come. E13 031 *<*1Pinex make it easy:*> E13 032 * E13 033 **[PLATE**] E13 034 |^*0Two books *- *"The Pinex Great Ideas Book**" and *"The Pinex E13 035 Show Me How Book**" are a must for all home renovators. E13 036 |^The first will help homeowners decide which product from the E13 037 incredible range will best achieve the look wanted. ^The second shows E13 038 in step-by-step stages how to go about installation. E13 039 |^Both are available free from Pinex stockists. E13 040 |^The *"Great Ideas**" book includes superb photographs of room E13 041 settings showing the uses for the various types of board. E13 042 |^One of these is the Wet Wall Collection. ^Especially designed E13 043 to co-ordinate with bathroom and kitchen fittings it is available in E13 044 three styles *- Riotone which has a marbled look, Seratone which is E13 045 the plain colour panel selection, and Quattro, the tiled look. E13 046 |^All three come in a fabulous range of colours. E13 047 |^The greatest beauty of the Wet Wall Collection is its sheer E13 048 practicality. ^Water rolls off easily without damaging the finish. ^In E13 049 areas such as showers where soap can build up over a period of time, a E13 050 regular wipe down will keep it in as-new condition. E13 051 |^For living areas and bedrooms the Tudorwood range is sure to E13 052 have great appeal. ^As the name implies all panels feature the popular E13 053 wood grain look in teak, rimu, douglas fir, cypress or yaka. E13 054 |^Tudorwood is finished with a durable polyurethane coating E13 055 designed to give it resilience to every day wear. ^But it should only E13 056 be used where it will not be in regular contact with water. E13 057 |^Both the Wet Wall Collection and Tudorwood are easy to install. E13 058 ^Renovators who have not used it before will find the *"Pinex Show Me E13 059 How Book**" provides easy step by step instructions and diagrams to E13 060 achieve professional results. E13 061 |^Pinex wall panels are made by New Zealand Forest Products whose E13 062 stand at the forthcoming Home Show will have the full range of panel E13 063 boards on show. E13 064 **[PLATES**] E13 065 *<*4Before *- yuk!... After *- super!*> E13 066 **[PLATES**] E13 067 |^*0Some homes seem to be beyond renovation yet people buy them E13 068 and within months the transformation is well under way. E13 069 |^Such was the case with the home of Lynne and Brian Nicholas in E13 070 Petone. ^The interior was run down and filthy, in fact so awful they E13 071 could not move in until initial work was done in the kitchen and E13 072 laundry. E13 073 |^The kitchen was the biggest hurdle. ^So many decisions had to E13 074 be made so quickly. ^In the space of six weeks they gutted the laundry E13 075 and kitchen to form one big room, re-wired, re-plumbed, re-piled, put E13 076 up lining, ordered the new kitchen joinery and had it installed. E13 077 |^*"Peter was marvellous. ^We had ideas which he listened to, E13 078 then he came up with the plan,**" Brian said. E13 079 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E13 080 Brian said. E13 081 |^The layout is practical and makes the most of the space E13 082 available while encompassing all the modern appliances the Nicholas E13 083 family wanted to include. E13 084 |^It is obvious that Peter, Brian and Lynne are now friends, E13 085 purely as a result of their working relationship. E13 086 |^*"When you work so closely with people on their kitchens you E13 087 can't help but get to know them. ^It's extremely satisfying for me,**" E13 088 Peter Anderson said. E13 089 |^*"You wouldn't believe how daunting a task they faced when they E13 090 bought the house, it just couldn't be lived in. ^But the results are E13 091 spectacular.**" E13 092 |^It is the type of contract he regularly handles as agent for E13 093 Hallmark Kitchens. E13 094 |^And every job has a satisfying conclusion as the range of E13 095 finishes and possibilities of layout with the Hallmark system are E13 096 enormous. ^There is something to suit every client. E13 097 *<*4High performance technology aids car owner*> E13 098 |^The automatic garage door opener is as much a part of modern E13 099 living as the video or computer. ^Like those items it aims to make E13 100 life more enjoyable and certainly a lot easier. E13 101 |^In New Zealand the automatic garage door opener has been a real E13 102 boon. ^Our constantly changing climate means rain can be expected at E13 103 any time, all year round. ^Getting out of the car to open or close a E13 104 garage door when it is raining is far from fun. E13 105 |^But the Tiltamatic automatic opener enables drivers to operate E13 106 the garage door from the comfort of the car. E13 107 |^Since it was first designed, technological improvements to the E13 108 Tiltamatic have maintained a high performance but enabled the price to E13 109 be considerably reduced. ^More and more homeowners are taking E13 110 advantage of this. E13 111 |^As well as the obvious convenience, the Tiltamatic has a number E13 112 of features worth noting. E13 113 |^There is a quick-release trolley which allows manual operation E13 114 of the mechanism in the event of power failure. ^A safety reverse E13 115 mechanism operates should the moving door come in contact with an E13 116 obstacle. ^A microprocessor mechanism acts as a back up device if the E13 117 door does not complete its cycle in 27 seconds. ^And all electronics E13 118 are contained on a single, easily replaced circuit board. E13 119 |^Garage Door Services can install the Tiltamatic on either E13 120 existing or new garage doors. E13 121 *<*6ONE OF THOUSANDS*> E13 122 **[PLATE**] E13 123 |^*0Garage Door Services has produced so many timber garage doors E13 124 it would be difficult now to come up with a design they have not E13 125 already made. E13 126 |^Their timber, tilting doors are all produced to the customer's E13 127 requirements in size and design. E13 128 |^Most designs have a basic frame of steel which the company cuts E13 129 and welds to size. ^The timber finish is then put together and E13 130 securely attached to the basic frame. E13 131 |^The most commonly used timber is Canadian Cedar. ^Its E13 132 durability, strength, resistance to splitting and cracking and its E13 133 light weight make it an ideal timber for garage doors. E13 134 |^Generally cedar is left to weather to a soft grey so the garage E13 135 door will not require further on-going maintenance. ^However, for E13 136 homeowners who want to have a stained and sealed, or simply a sealed E13 137 finish to blend with the architecture of the home, Garage Door E13 138 Services can do this work also. E13 139 **[BEGIN BOX**] E13 140 **[PLATE**] E13 141 |^*4Garage Door Services not only make and install beautiful E13 142 garage doors fitted with automatic openers, they can now provide the E13 143 same service for gates. E13 144 |^Moving into gates was a logical extension of their work. E13 145 |^The gates are made in their own factory from galvanised steel, E13 146 in designs reminiscent of the old wrought iron gate. ^But there is E13 147 virtually no limit on design, Garage Door Services are happy to E13 148 discuss clients' ideas. E13 149 |^*"But what is the point of having gates if you never use E13 150 them?**" Errol Bruce said. E13 151 |^None. ^So Garage Doors can now supply and install an automatic E13 152 opener with remote control. ^Wet or fine, it is only a matter of E13 153 sitting in the car, pushing the remote control button on a special E13 154 unit and the gates will open or close. E13 155 **[END BOX**] E13 156 *<*1Fabulous fabric ideas at Show*> E13 157 |^*0Loder Interiors' price range for curtains is as wide as their E13 158 selection. ^There is literally something for everyone and every E13 159 pocket. E13 160 *<*4Vast*> E13 161 |^*0At the forthcoming Wellington Home Show, Loder Interiors will E13 162 demonstrate this with some exquisite fabrics in a vast range of E13 163 patterns and colours all priced under *+$20. ^Some of the fabrics are E13 164 these prices permanently, but to celebrate the Home Show Loders will E13 165 include some other fabrics as well. E13 166 |^For a full month from March 6 to April 6, all fabrics in this E13 167 display will be held below *+$20 a metre. ^A similar display will run E13 168 in their Victoria Street showroom at the same time. E13 169 |^For customers with a fairly firm idea of how much they wish to E13 170 spend it will help make selection a little easier. ^Loder Interiors' E13 171 range of fabrics is enormous and narrowing the field should be a help. E13 172 |^Another part of the stand will feature the creative work Loder E13 173 Interiors can do in bedspreads. ^They have chosen a superb burgundy E13 174 bedcover with matching valance which has 144 fabric roses individually E13 175 sewn into each square. ^It is a padded cover filled with 8 ounce E13 176 tetron giving it a soft *"fluffy**" appearance. E13 177 |^There will also be a display of imported wall**[ARB**]-papers E13 178 picked from their mezzanine floor designer section. E13 179 |^This area specialises in superb papers flown in directly from E13 180 Europe. ^Every one is a work of art E13 181 **[PLATE**] E13 182 and there are many different textures, finishes and colours to choose E13 183 from. ^These give homeowners ample scope to create a special look in a E13 184 room. E13 185 **[PLATES**] E13 186 *<*4Restaurant enjoys international reputation*> E13 187 |^*0Any day of the week the owner of Le Normandie licensed E13 188 restaurant is likely to receive an international phone call. ^It will E13 189 be an overseas visitor booking a table for a forthcoming trip to E13 190 Wellington. ^Calls such as this are proof of the international E13 191 reputation Le Normandie enjoys. E13 192 |^The restaurant *- the first fully licensed one to open in New E13 193 Zealand *- was opened by Madam Louise. ^She ran it for twelve years E13 194 building up an enviable reputation for quality food and superb silver E13 195 service. ^This was reinforced by the second owner, Drago Kovic, who E13 196 was there for nine years. E13 197 |^For the past five years Bernd Uwe Kruger has been the guiding E13 198 light. ^Madame Louise is still a regular client. E13 199 *<*4Expectations*> E13 200 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E13 201 Bernd said. E13 202 |^For example, whitebait is on the menu all year round as many E13 203 regular clients will order them every time they dine there. E13 204 *<*4Club*> E13 205 |*"^*0I liken the restaurant to a club. ^We are not a trendy E13 206 restaurant, we cater for regular clients who like to know that certain E13 207 things will always be available.**" E13 208 |^But Bernd has introduced his own dish specialties. E13 209 |*"^They are New Zealand dishes using local products but cooked E13 210 using French cuisine methods.**" E13 211 |^At Le Normandie they are now an integral part of the menu. E13 212 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E13 213 Bernd said. E13 214 |^They can be found in an exciting and extensive range of E13 215 appetisers and entrees. E13 216 |^The main course selection falls into three categories. ^First E13 217 there are spectacular Flambees. ^Because Bernd enjoys the opportunity E13 218 it can provide to interact with clients, he has increased the range on E13 219 the menu. ^Flambees can only be ordered for two or more people. ^Our E13 220 table had no difficulty finding two people eager to try the same dish. E13 221 ^Watching Bernd as he created the dishes using gleaming copper pans E13 222 was fascinating. E13 223 |^Specials of the House are also for a minimum of two persons E13 224 with the choice being Beef Tartar, Chateaubriand and the Roast Lamb E13 225 Loins. E13 226 |^The individual main course dishes include duckling, veal and E13 227 salmon. E13 228 *<*4Sabayon*> E13 229 |^*0For dessert Bernd treated Homelife to a fantastic surprise *- E13 230 Sabayon *- a spectacular dish he created under our own eyes. ^He uses E13 231 the English spelling for this renowned dessert but the French recipe E13 232 which features dry white wine, Grand Marnier, and Cointreau for E13 233 flavouring. ^It is served in giant balloon-shaped stemmed glasses over E13 234 a layer of rich chocolate. ^We *4have *0to recommend it! ^It was the E13 235 piece-de-resistance for the evening. E13 236 *# E14 001 **[119 TEXT E14**] E14 002 |^*4They're back. ^And it's not only the dealers who are breathing a E14 003 sigh of relief. ^Potential purchasers would seem to be very keen too. E14 004 |^{0CI} Munro who have hardly produced a caravan since the E14 005 Otorohanga factory was destroyed by fire two years ago held a dealer E14 006 conference mid-last month to introduce a new up-market line in E14 007 caravans. ^They had on display the very latest Oxford caravans and a E14 008 number of useful caravan accessories: ^But no Crusaders; not yet. E14 009 |^*0The conference attracted 21 {0CIM} dealers and that's not at all E14 010 bad considering most of them haven't seen a new Otorohanga-built E14 011 caravan for so long. E14 012 |^*"These caravans are just what we want,**" said Palmerston North E14 013 dealer Lock Parlane, *"^I'm really low on two to three-year old stock E14 014 now. ^We need these new caravans and we'll go out and sell them.**" E14 015 |^Similarly, {0CIM} managing director Gordon Munro, very pleased E14 016 with the dealer turn-out and enthusiasm, is not at all fazed by the E14 017 fact that his company is getting back in when some companies are E14 018 considering getting out, so low are new sales and so tough is the E14 019 business climate. E14 020 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E14 021 he said. E14 022 |^Gordon is particularly keen on promoting the company's new Royale E14 023 line which is not a caravan as such but a finish and fitments package E14 024 which can be applied to any of the Oxford caravans. E14 025 |^It embodies a hint of what he sees as the future for caravans: E14 026 electronics and more technical fitments. E14 027 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E14 028 |^\0Mr Munro believes that the Royale package, which includes a E14 029 solar ventilation system, electronic *"servant system**" which E14 030 monitors fresh water level and other electrical appliances, stereo E14 031 cassette, rangehood, extractor fan, {0TV} wiring, radio aerial, new E14 032 dual purpose table, colour matched interior and net curtains is what E14 033 people are waiting for. E14 034 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E14 035 |^He said that all {0CI} Munro caravans would continue to be made E14 036 using the company's patented Aluloc aluminium frame. ^Coil sprung E14 037 suspension will also be used as will acrylic windows. ^\0Mr Munro said E14 038 that even though {0CIM} caravans rated amongst the lightest built he E14 039 would like to see more weight lopped off. ^That is likely to be E14 040 achieved by the use of a lighter weight chassis which may make an E14 041 appearance later this year. E14 042 |^It is likely that more technical and especially E14 043 electronically-based fitments will be seen in {0CIM} caravans. ^\0Mr E14 044 Munro mentions an electronically operated step which is now fitted to E14 045 some motorised caravans, being used on the new Oxfords and possibly E14 046 automatic parking jacks. ^He thinks that air conditioning may be E14 047 another future development. E14 048 |^In the meantime the factory is concentrating on producing a full E14 049 range of Oxford caravans *- from 130s to 280s *- in standard and E14 050 Royale form to keep dealers stocked throughout the year. E14 051 |^The company also wants to increase its dealer network and will be E14 052 seeking new dealers in areas not presently serviced by a {0CI} Munro E14 053 franchise. E14 054 *<*4Third Wheel Changes*> E14 055 **[PLATE**] E14 056 * E14 057 |^*0A few changes have been made to Liteweight's three-wheeler range E14 058 in the short time they've been on the market. E14 059 |^The changes are rather subtle, and you may not spot them until E14 060 they're pointed out, but they do seem to be for the better. E14 061 |^Taking the exterior first, the original three wheelers came out E14 062 with *"ribs**" or undulations in the aluminium exterior sheathing. E14 063 ^This has now been omitted, leaving the van sides perfectly flat. ^The E14 064 *"ribs**" did cause some waviness or *"bubbling**" on some vans, and E14 065 the flat sheetmetal enables the sides to remain flat. ^It adds to the E14 066 appearance. E14 067 |^Inside the van, the first thing one notices is the disappearance E14 068 of the stainless steel bench. ^For some years these benches, with E14 069 built-in cooker, have been a feature of Liteweights. ^Now the factory E14 070 has gone back to a Formica bench, and a separate cooker. ^In the E14 071 4-metre van I inspected in April the cooker was a Flavell model. E14 072 |^The third change I picked up was the height of the wardrobe. ^In E14 073 the original models it was quite a few centimetres short of the E14 074 ceiling, but in the latest vans it reaches much nearer to the ceiling. E14 075 |^Ideally the wardrobe should probably go right up to the ceiling E14 076 for aesthetic reasons, and also to avoid a frustrating dust-trap, but E14 077 there would be problems in this, and possibly added cost. ^The E14 078 slightly longer *- or taller *- wardrobe represents a reasonable E14 079 compromise. E14 080 |^The latest third-wheeler I've seen is finished much better also. E14 081 ^I know the factory has been conscious of finishing problems, and I E14 082 think they've been able to do something about it. ^Certainly I have no E14 083 complaints about the most recent van I inspected. E14 084 *<*4{0CI} Munro Royale*> E14 085 * E14 086 |^*0It may take more than an electrical control panel, an automatic E14 087 door step and a solar ventilation system to hoist caravans into the E14 088 technological age of the eighties... but, together it is *"one small E14 089 step for a manufacturer... **" \0etc \0etc. E14 090 |^Maybe that's pushing the situation a little too far as well. ^The E14 091 point does need to be made though that equipment common place in E14 092 houses, cars and boats is seldom found in caravans. E14 093 |^A story this issue on a new highly specified motor home for a E14 094 boating owner shows what can be done. ^We've run many stories about E14 095 Liteweight's third wheeler E14 096 **[PLATE**] E14 097 and their foam wall construction, both technological developments. E14 098 ^Now {0CI} Munro, producing caravans after a two year absence are E14 099 offering a caravan with more modern equipment in a standard package E14 100 and at an affordable price, than has been seen before. E14 101 |^The company's new *"caravan**" is in reality a package which can E14 102 be fitted into any size of {0CI} Munro caravan. ^It is now available E14 103 in the Oxford 130 to 280 range and caravans so fitted out will be E14 104 called *"Royale**". E14 105 |^Equipment fitted standard includes an electronic monitoring E14 106 system, solar ventilation, dual purpose dining table, stereo cassette, E14 107 {0TV} and radio wiring, net curtains. ^A battery powered retractable E14 108 door step originally designed for the {0CI} Munro motor homes, could E14 109 be fitted, but it is not a standard item. E14 110 |^The *"Royale**" treatment is in addition to rangehoods, extractor E14 111 fans and, in the larger caravans, fridge freezers and ovens. E14 112 |^A number of Oxfords were on show at Otorohanga in April and we E14 113 have concentrated here on an Oxford Royale 200. E14 114 |^As mentioned in a separate story this issue the Oxfords being E14 115 built now retain {0CI} Munro's aluminium frame, coil suspension and E14 116 acrylic windows. ^They have the same shape as before too. E14 117 *<*6REFINED*> E14 118 |^*0Royale colours and upright side windows will allow people to E14 119 distinguish E14 120 **[PLATE**] E14 121 between these caravans and standard Oxfords. ^Red, blue, brown and E14 122 green are the colours with mid-line striping and bottom panels. ^The E14 123 exterior colour is carried over inside. ^So a red striped Royale has E14 124 red squab covering, a blue exterior has blue squabs. E14 125 |^The interior is not that dissimilar from before except there is an E14 126 undoubted refinement in the Royale. ^Squabs, curtains, furniture E14 127 veneer, carpet, lampshades are combined to exude a homely and pretty E14 128 plush setting. E14 129 *<*6LOUNGE/ DINING*> E14 130 |^*0Let's start at the front and work back. ^The Royale 200 on show E14 131 had red paint, and red *- closer to maroon *- squab covers. ^The main E14 132 lounge/ dining seating goes down one side and across the front. ^At E14 133 night they can be two single beds. E14 134 |^Set close to the seating is {0CIM}'s new table. ^It's fixed, by a E14 135 steel stand, into the floor but it can swivel right around and it can E14 136 be removed and stood on its own tripod for awning or barbecue use E14 137 outside. ^It's big enough to seat four easily but you'd need a E14 138 free**[ARB**]-standing stool or chair to make best use of it the way E14 139 this caravan was laid out. E14 140 |^Opposite the table is a two-drawer, two-cupboard dresser. ^Above E14 141 the front squab, set in a space between the two front E14 142 over**[ARB**]-head cupboards is the electrical control unit which E14 143 {0CIM} call their *"Servant System**". ^It has two-speaker stereo, E14 144 radio and cassette, digital clock and indicator lights for E14 145 malfunctions of main power and lighting and indicators to show water E14 146 storage levels. ^The switches for the hot water heater and electric E14 147 water pump are here also. E14 148 |^The *"servant system**" is a direct development from the company's E14 149 motor home involvement. E14 150 *<*6KITCHEN*> E14 151 |^*0The kitchen has a lot of storage and space for a cooker, E14 152 although it was not fitted in the caravan we saw. E14 153 |^There's a stainless steel bench and electric demand hot and cold E14 154 water, a rangehood and extractor fan. E14 155 |^Also fitted in the ceiling above the kitchen is the solar E14 156 ventilation unit. E14 157 |^Although it's standard in the Royales this completely sealed unit E14 158 can be fitted to any other caravan. ^It is said to be completely E14 159 trouble-free once installed and operates by converting sunlight, E14 160 through a photovoltaic cell, to electrical energy which drives a motor E14 161 which drives a fan. ^The fan, although small *- and utterly silent *- E14 162 would change the air in the Royale 200 about every hour and a half. E14 163 ^{0CIM} see it as being of particular use for people who leave their E14 164 caravans on-site or unattended for extended periods. ^It should keep E14 165 mildew and musty smells at bay. E14 166 |^Opposite the kitchen is a fridge freezer, two useful pantry E14 167 cupboards and the wardrobe which also has two drawers and a locker E14 168 beneath it. ^Kitchen storage is unlikely to be a problem in the 200. E14 169 *<*6BEDROOM*> E14 170 |^*0There's a fixed double bed in the main bedroom which can be E14 171 curtained off from the rest of the caravan. ^It's entered through an E14 172 arched doorway. E14 173 |^The bed lies crosswise in the caravan and stands out from the rear E14 174 wall. E14 175 |^There's a bedside cabinet and vanity unit with hot and cold water. E14 176 ^Storage is under the bed, in over**[ARB**]-head lockers and in the E14 177 cabinet. E14 178 *<*6CONCLUSION:*> E14 179 |^*0The Royale package costs around *+$1500 on top of the standard E14 180 Oxford price. ^One suspects that that is far less than would have to E14 181 be paid were the individual equipment and finishing touches installed E14 182 after purchase of the caravan. E14 183 |^They do add immeasurably to the caravan *- but that measure will E14 184 be in the eyes of the purchaser. E14 185 |^{0CI} Munro have proved *- pretty conclusively *- that they've E14 186 lost none of their caravan making skills whilst they've been off E14 187 building motor homes. ^In fact, probably the opposite has occurred; E14 188 they've learnt a lot from building a lot of motor caravans in a short E14 189 time. E14 190 |^The Royale 200 we saw was well built, nicely finished with no raw E14 191 edges and beautifully co**[ARB**]-ordinated. ^As an Oxford it would E14 192 stand alone. ^With its Royale equipment it stands out in front. E14 193 *<*4{0CI} Munro 150 Special*> E14 194 * E14 195 |^*0Hardly had we published an article about a new fold-down bed E14 196 caravan from Trail-lite when {0CI} Munro emerge with their model in a E14 197 4.57\0m caravan. E14 198 |^Actually emerge is probably the wrong term as {0CI} Munro have E14 199 produced a few caravans with a fold-down bed before. E14 200 |^This one however, has quite distinctive Oxford features and it can E14 201 be recognised from behind by its *"straight-up rear**" similar to E14 202 {0CIM}'s Carafloat. E14 203 |^Inside is sleeping for three to four in fold-down double bed and E14 204 either front single or pull-out double beds. E14 205 |^There's a handy sized kitchen and at the rear is a separate E14 206 shower/ toilet cubicle. E14 207 |^The caravan is very nicely finished but without the Royale E14 208 niceties. ^However, it does share the patterned carpet and similar E14 209 furniture finish. E14 210 *<*6BEDS*> E14 211 |^*0The main attraction is the pull-down double bed. ^It comes out E14 212 from an extension into the caravan which also backs to the shower/ E14 213 toilet cubicle. ^When down it rests on the caravan's side seating *- E14 214 minus squabs *- and a hinged magazine rack. ^There's enough room for E14 215 the bed to be stowed made-up and there's also a reading light at the E14 216 head of the bed and another *"magazine rack**" above the light. ^The E14 217 bed is light to raise and lower. E14 218 |^When stowed there's *"L-shape**" seating opposite the kitchen. E14 219 ^It's possible that this is where dining will be done. E14 220 |^Up front there's seating down E14 221 **[PLATE**] E14 222 one wall and across the front. E14 223 *# E15 001 **[120 TEXT E15**] E15 002 |^*4Fishing into Taranaki's rocky or heavily weeded areas can be E15 003 expensive on gear, so if you're the type who adds up the cost of each E15 004 hook, sinker and spool of line, then stick to fishing the beaches. E15 005 |^*0You probably won't lose any gear, but you're unlikely to reap E15 006 the same rewards as the rough country fisherman. E15 007 |^Although open beaches will produce snapper in numbers at times, E15 008 at least they used to, and will again, these fish are usually the E15 009 nomadic fish, on the move along the coast, probably from reef to pipi E15 010 bed, feeding as they go. E15 011 |^Catch half a dozen and they're likely to be all within a few E15 012 ounces and inches of each other. E15 013 |^On the other hand, the fishermen who fish the rocks and kelp E15 014 are more likely to land the big trophy snapper. ^These won't be in E15 015 large numbers, though several years ago a friend of mine took seven E15 016 big snapper all in excess of 15 pounds one Saturday afternoon, and E15 017 next afternoon took five more from the same spot. ^This happened on E15 018 the sou'west porting of the Ahu Ahu Road reef at Oakura, Taranaki. E15 019 |^Over the years, at odd intervals big snapper have been taken E15 020 from the same spot, sometimes in ones, sometimes two or three. ^But E15 021 they all come from the same type of territory. E15 022 |^Big, big rocks and heavy weed. ^Long casts are needed. ^Some E15 023 fishermen overcome this problem by donning wet suits and wading out to E15 024 some distant rock. E15 025 |^Others drop their line weight and hone up on their casting E15 026 skills. E15 027 |^In the rough stuff gear is usually different from what is used E15 028 on the open coast, free of rocks. ^Out there bomb sinkers and small E15 029 baits with light line make for long range casting which may be E15 030 necessary to reach that offshore trough. E15 031 |^On the rocks, though, where E15 032 **[PLATE**] E15 033 a small bait can become lost and remain unseen by a fish, big baits E15 034 are often necessary. E15 035 |^Big baits call for big hooks. ^Big hooks take a bit of driving E15 036 home in a snapper's jaw, so strong line is needed too. E15 037 |^Big baits and sinkers may need a more powerful rod to lay them E15 038 out, and the thicker line certainly needs a larger reel to carry the E15 039 amount needed. E15 040 |^I've never been a heavy line fisherman, most of my surfcasting E15 041 has been done using Tortue nylon having a test of 5 1/4 \0lbs for the E15 042 open beach and 7 1/2 \0lbs for rocky places. ^In both cases I have a E15 043 leader of about 15 feet of 19 pound line. ^Hook size is 4/0. E15 044 |^In rocks a size 4/0 hook will handle a fairly big bait if it's E15 045 run up the trace a little way and bound in place on the hook with E15 046 either thread, wool, or a piece of fuse wire that can be permanently E15 047 twisted to the eye of the hook. E15 048 |^I have a quaint theory *- often borne out in practice *- that E15 049 once a sinker is caught in the rocks something has to give before the E15 050 line can be retrieved. E15 051 |^Sometimes if the line is strong enough the hook may straighten, E15 052 if it is the hook that's caught. ^But whether you're using seven pound E15 053 line or 70, if the sinker is caught it's going to break. E15 054 |^So, I used to take my chance that a small bait would be seen in E15 055 the rocks *- and it often was *- and use the light rig rather than the E15 056 heavy one. E15 057 |^Now that was referring to rocks. ^Fishing in kelp or heavily E15 058 weeded areas it's a different story. E15 059 |^A really big bait is necessary if it's going to lie in among E15 060 weed or kelp. ^A snapper hooked in these places has the additional E15 061 advantage of strands of weed working in his favour, and in addition to E15 062 fighting his inherent strength, the fisherman has the strength of the E15 063 weeds to contend with. E15 064 |^This often, in fact usually, imposes great strain on tackle so E15 065 here it makes good sense to use the big bait, big hook, heavy line, E15 066 big reel and sturdy rod setup. E15 067 |^If you're using really heavy line it may be wise to use line a E15 068 few pounds lighter knotted a few feet up from the sinker. E15 069 |^The light nylon would then break if hung up, saving the loss of E15 070 maybe many metres of your main line. E15 071 |^Also, I've seen some extremely hard tussles with fishermen E15 072 attempting to break off 10\0kg line when the sinker or hook has become E15 073 snagged. E15 074 |^Some peculiar antics too as they attempt to hop from one rock E15 075 to another with the taut nylon acting like a catapult! E15 076 |^A *"fixed**" sinker, as opposed to a free running sinker is a E15 077 must for this form of fishing. ^The line is knotted to one side of the E15 078 ring on the sinker, and the trace is knotted to the other. ^Free E15 079 running sinkers have the line passing through the eye of the sinker E15 080 with a stopper ring forming the junction of the trace. E15 081 |^With this rig used mainly on sandy areas, the line is free to E15 082 run out with the sinker not moving. E15 083 |^It used to be called *"pickers' doom**" as fish that E15 084 *"picked**" at the bait could be clearly detected. ^It also allowed E15 085 timid fish to play about with the bait without the resistance of the E15 086 weight of the sinker to alert them. E15 087 |^With the fixed sinker rig if the sinker itself becomes caught E15 088 up then there's a very high chance that a hooked fish will pull it E15 089 free. E15 090 |^I hit on this fixed sinker idea some 30 years ago when fishing E15 091 at the mouth of the local Waiwakaiho river. E15 092 |^There were rocks a-plenty at this place, and I was fishing E15 093 there one time when a fish picked up my bait and moved off. ^When I E15 094 gave it the heave ho it bolted in between some of the rocks and I E15 095 could not dislodge it. E15 096 |^Using the tactics I described in the June issue of Fishing News E15 097 I slacked off the line and let it hang over my finger with the bail E15 098 open. ^The fish, after a short spell began to move off and I let line E15 099 slip off my finger to avoid scaring it with any resistance. E15 100 |^When it was judged to be clear and that it was free of the E15 101 rocks I shut the bail and tightened up on it. E15 102 |^It was not a big fish, by the feel of it, and I gradually E15 103 worked it shorewards until suddenly it stopped solid. ^I slacked off E15 104 line again and adopted the same tactics. ^Three times the fish seemed E15 105 to clear the rocks and each time I'd get it back to the same place and E15 106 things would stop. E15 107 |^It didn't need an {0I.Q.} of 180 to guess what had happened. E15 108 ^The sinker was jammed and when the fish ran it simply took line E15 109 through the ring in the sinker, and when line was recovered it would E15 110 only come as far as the sinker. E15 111 |^Eventually the light line broke so I re-rigged and cast out E15 112 again. ^After a short wait another fish took the bait and over the E15 113 next half hour history repeated itself and again I was left with a E15 114 broken line. E15 115 |^That {0I.Q.} of 180 would have been helpful at this point; E15 116 instead, old single minded self once more rigged up with a running E15 117 sinker which was standard practice way back in those days, and E15 118 optimistically heaved it out trusting in some Divine Providence to E15 119 keep it clear of that trap out there. E15 120 |^But *- you've guessed it, number three fish was on and the same E15 121 seesaw tussle began and ended the way the others had. E15 122 |^This really got the old gray matter working. ^If only those E15 123 darned fish had towed the sinker clear when they moved away from their E15 124 shelter. ^And why hadn't they? ^Because the line was slipping through E15 125 the ring on the sinker, you clot. E15 126 |^What to do? ^Tie the sinker to the line so it could be pulled E15 127 free. ^A loop was quickly formed in the line a couple of feet above E15 128 where the hook would be. E15 129 |^A new hook and bait attached and out went the rig for the E15 130 fourth time. ^It was a bit much to hope that there would be any more E15 131 takers out there, but you wouldn't know until you tried. E15 132 |^Time passed then the sag in the line between the rod tip and E15 133 the sea gave a couple of jumps then tightened. ^Lower rod, wait, then E15 134 thump it! E15 135 |^The fish was on and straight into the rocks. ^This was going to E15 136 be the test. E15 137 |^Line slack. ^Wait tensely, then the slack line gave a couple of E15 138 jerks and gradually tightened again. E15 139 |^I had a bit of extra tension on the drag for the next step, E15 140 which was to heave up on the rod, and keep it high, to prevent that E15 141 beastie from getting back down. ^Before that could happen I kept the E15 142 rod as high as I could by standing on a smallish rock and winding E15 143 steadily. E15 144 |^When the ratchet clicked I'd stop winding and let the fish take E15 145 a little line. ^Then as soon as it turned, the power would be applied E15 146 again. ^And it worked. E15 147 |^I got that fish in without further hookups, a snapper of 3\0kg. E15 148 ^I caught two more under identical conditions before the advancing E15 149 tide chased me out of that spot. E15 150 |^All those fish had been snagged on a ledge that ran across the E15 151 patch of beach I was fishing from, and only by keeping a tight line E15 152 and a rod held high were they kept coming once they'd left that E15 153 sheltering ledge. E15 154 |^From that day I never used a running sinker, and one by one my E15 155 mates who had grown up on the running sinker idea followed suit. E15 156 |^Instead of a loop in the nylon, which did tend to be cut on the E15 157 sinker, a loop of herring line was formed, with a small brass ring E15 158 incorporated. E15 159 |^The trace and main line were knotted to this ring and a neat E15 160 secure connection was made. E15 161 |^Some sinkers have wire loops moulded in, and these make the job E15 162 even simpler. ^In my latter days of surfcasting I dispensed with the E15 163 rings and simply knotted the line and trace to the cord loop. ^Never E15 164 had any trouble with that setup, either. E15 165 *<*4Magnum *- a force to be reckoned with in waders*> E15 166 * E15 167 |^To anyone who has a television set, Magnum {0PI} is a E15 168 well-known character. ^Quite a few trout fishermen are aware that he E15 169 has distant cousins in New Zealand. E15 170 |^*0Magnum has shown his fans that he does not get cold feet, and E15 171 has shown that he has underwater skills. E15 172 |^So too the New Zealand cousins, known as Magnum \0W *- \0W for E15 173 wader. E15 174 |^The wader is the creation of Colin and Lee Orr, proprietors of E15 175 Magnum Wetsuits \0Ltd, in South Auckland. E15 176 |^They have been making wetsuits for 10 years, the last four as E15 177 Magnum. (^The {0Tv} hero did not inspire the name of their company.) E15 178 |^For some time now, the Orrs have been making waders for E15 179 fishermen using the neoprene that keeps scuba divers and windsurfers E15 180 warm. E15 181 |^Colin Orr: E15 182 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E15 183 |^He called into Turangi and Taupo on the way home, selling the E15 184 idea to a couple of retailers. E15 185 |^He arrived back at work, and made 20 pairs. E15 186 |*"^I got virtually the lot back. ^They leaked.**" E15 187 |(^Not like the *2REAL *0Magnum: ^He has never been known to wet E15 188 himself.) E15 189 |^The sewn seams had developed hairline cracks, even though they E15 190 were glued. E15 191 |(^When used by scuba divers, wetsuits literally are wet, E15 192 allowing water in to lie between the suit and the skin. ^The body E15 193 warms the layer of water and the neoprene retains the heat inside.) E15 194 |^*"We weren't worried,**" says Colin. E15 195 |^A thicker neoprene was used and the seams were taped. *"^They E15 196 still came back.**" E15 197 |^This time it was not the seam, but the join of the rubber E15 198 gumboot to the bottom of the waders. E15 199 *# E16 001 **[121 TEXT E16**] E16 002 |^*0The end of the season at last! ^It couldn't come soon enough E16 003 for me. ^I don't mind admitting that I was totally run down at the E16 004 time of the Honda City {0NZ} Open and how I got through it I'll never E16 005 know. ^Ross likewise struggled a bit through the tournament but came E16 006 through when the going got tough. E16 007 |^Looking back on the past month I certainly learnt a lot in a E16 008 short space of time. ^The two losses I suffered in Christchurch and E16 009 Wellington although not significant in terms of World ranking points E16 010 nevertheless gave me a fright. ^It was becoming perhaps a little too E16 011 easy and I was beginning to feel slightly complacent about my position E16 012 at the top and two losses jolted me back to earth showing that the E16 013 rest of the field is not far behind. ^It also showed me that some of E16 014 the Press are quick to write off their top sports people after a loss E16 015 or two and act like bloodhounds when the champ is struggling. ^It of E16 016 course turned out to be a dream for the organisers of the Open as the E16 017 galleries were full at the prospect of Devoy being beaten. ^My form E16 018 was so awful early in the tournament that even my Father couldn't bear E16 019 to watch. ^At 2 games all in the match against Robyn Friday (not E16 020 ranked in the World's top 10) he gave up the ghost and walked out of E16 021 the court and out of the club. E16 022 |^The final was probably the toughest match of my career. ^Not E16 023 only was I in poor physical shape through insufficient training but E16 024 had the added pressure of the Press on my back and me wanting badly to E16 025 end the season on a high note before returning to England after E16 026 Christmas. ^The trouble is if you give these Poms like Opie and E16 027 Soutter an inch they take a mile. ^I can just imagine them flying home E16 028 with the {0NZ} Open under their belt shouting to the British Press E16 029 that the Devoy era had come to an end. E16 030 |^Since hanging up my racket (temporarily) on Sunday October 5th E16 031 I have been able to dedicate myself to attending functions, after E16 032 dinner speaking and eating and drinking heaps. ^The Winstones/ {0NZ} E16 033 Sports Foundation Dinner last week was a most enjoyable evening and E16 034 with Brierley Investments putting up *+$1.5 million over the next 5 E16 035 years, the Sports Foundation coffers will be looking healthy again. E16 036 ^One feature of the evening was a 20 minute live telecast via E16 037 satellite link between Mike Moore/ David Beattie and Michael Fay/ E16 038 Peter Montgomery in Perth at the America's Cup. E16 039 |^I never realised what a big deal this boat race has developed into. E16 040 ^I personally would find as much enjoyment from watching an apple rot E16 041 as I would watching an extended telecast of KZ7 racing. ^However I E16 042 must admit I know absolutely nothing about yachting (I even had to E16 043 look up the dictionary to get the correct spelling) and I'm sure there E16 044 is a great deal of application, planning and skill on the water that E16 045 goes into a race so I guess I'll have to be like the other 3 million E16 046 Kiwis supporting the whole event and get interested! ^I think the E16 047 aspect that has captured the attention of the average bloke in the E16 048 street is the possibility of New Zealand beating giants like America E16 049 and Australia who have 10 times the investment and 100 times the E16 050 manpower to select from. ^I hope the Kiwis can do it as it would at E16 051 least double the value of my Auckland house! E16 052 |^A couple of other dinners coming up include the {0AGC} Young E16 053 Achievers Awards due for finalising in early December and the {0NZ} E16 054 Sportsman of the Year. ^With more than 350 applicants for grants under E16 055 the Young Achievers scheme the organisers are delighted with the E16 056 response and now comes the job of judging to be undertaken by Devoy, E16 057 David Kirk, Paul Collins \0etc. ^The Sportsman of 1987 has got to be E16 058 Richard Hadlee and it will come as an honour to me to hand the trophy E16 059 on to someone as outstanding as Hadlee. ^Not only achieving 9 wickets E16 060 in a test innings, but also spearheading the Kiwis to a test series E16 061 win in England has got to stand out as the most exceptional sporting E16 062 achievement of '86. E16 063 |^Other than a week in Rarotonga and 3 days in Singapore the rest E16 064 of the year looks fairly quiet. ^Apparently there's a wedding on in E16 065 Rotorua in December so I better not miss that! E16 066 *<*6PETER BIDWELL VIEW POINT*> E16 067 |^*0Former top junior Lance Cooper is the latest Wellingtonian to E16 068 go north to further his squash. E16 069 |^In the wake of John Mills and Jillian Oakley last year Cooper E16 070 is off to Auckland where he will turn out for the Ponsonby Club. E16 071 ^Cooper recently spent six weeks under Geoff Hunt at the Australian E16 072 Institute of Sport in Brisbane and now back in New Zealand is intent E16 073 on trying to make a career in the game. E16 074 |^His departure will add to the general lowering in standard for E16 075 this year's capital inter-club competition, starting in late April. E16 076 |^The competition will not be quite the same without the late E16 077 Shane O'Dwyer, such a fierce exponent for so long before injury E16 078 disrupted his involvement last season, Tony Naughton, who will appear E16 079 for Mana only as a reserve, Cooper, and David Oakley, who went to E16 080 Australia before Christmas. E16 081 |^Oakley played some marvellous stuff for Collegians last season, E16 082 exhibiting all his class. ^But he decided it was time to broaden his E16 083 outlook late last year and he may soon pick up the threads again E16 084 across the Tasman. E16 085 |^Mitchell Park have more than made up for the loss of Cooper in E16 086 securing brilliant teenager Glen Wilson from Maidstone. ^Wilson E16 087 displayed further evidence of his rapid improvement at the National E16 088 under-23 Championships at Easter when he beat Mark Tapsell easily E16 089 before bowing out to the top seed Hugh Leabourn in the semi-finals. E16 090 |^Wilson's back-up will come from the improving Mike McSweeney, E16 091 hard-nosed faithfuls Morris Billington and Paul Fyfe and Tony Kane. E16 092 |^Last year's champions Khandallah will again be a formidable E16 093 unit led by Paul Wallace and Jonathan Leach with plenty of back-up E16 094 from Shane Hagan, Michael McSherry and Robert Walker. ^Leach had an E16 095 exceptionally good under-23 championships at Tokoroa when he beat E16 096 Cooper to enter the semi-finals before going out to the eventual E16 097 champion Rory Watt (Hamilton), and in a scorching five-game playoff E16 098 for third Leach just pipped Wilson. E16 099 |^Overall though it is disappointing to note that there are only E16 100 seven teams in grade one this year as against last year's eight and as E16 101 this story was written it seemed as though the competition would not E16 102 be sponsored. E16 103 |^Four teams *- Mitchell Park, Khandallah, Mana and Otaki *- look E16 104 like being strong but the other three *- Island Bay, Thorndon and E16 105 Kapiti *- may struggle. E16 106 |^Mana's team will be led by Wilson and McSherry's New Zealand E16 107 team-mates at the World Junior Championships in Brisbane, Rodney E16 108 Bannister and Darrin Nichols, with support from Steve Grant, now E16 109 recovered from previous serious injury, and Robin Clements. E16 110 |^After dropping out for a season or so Otaki are back, E16 111 spearheaded by Barrie Matthews, Cliff Irwin, Grant Smith and Brendon E16 112 Murphy. E16 113 |^Irwin's move from Upper Hutt has contributed to that club being E16 114 unable to field a first grade team. ^Kevin Hannan is now with Thorndon E16 115 and Chas Evans still overseas. ^Collegians and Maidstone are also E16 116 missing from last season, and the new faces are Otaki and Thorndon. E16 117 |^The latter have Joseph Romanos, Hannan, Bill Hampton and Steve E16 118 Romanos. ^Lately Hannan has preferred to concentrate on rugby but he E16 119 remains a tough opponent. E16 120 |^Island Bay will rely heavily on Ray Lindsay, back after a E16 121 coaching stint in Belgium, with Geoff Owen going overseas. ^Others E16 122 likely to turn out are Tim Wesney and John Chiet. E16 123 |^Kapiti, who battled along last year, have Jan Borren, Mark E16 124 Wilson and Mark Millar, the latter showing useful early season form in E16 125 finishing third in the Hawke's Bay Easter Open. E16 126 |^For the women it seems the losses are greater than the gains as E16 127 well. ^Last year's champions Upper Hutt have lost Fiona Taylor to E16 128 overseas and Sue Coppersmith, who performed so well for Wainuiomata in E16 129 1985, is away as well. E16 130 |^Happily though they have avoided a bye with eight teams *- E16 131 Collegians, Khandallah 1 and 2, Upper Hutt, Fraser Park, Kapiti, E16 132 Scottish Harriers and Mana. E16 133 |^Missing are Mitchell Park, a rare occasion indeed, Wainui and E16 134 Masterton-Red Star, the latter having battled on gamely for years E16 135 though regularly having to come over the Rimutaka Hills to take part. E16 136 |^Mitchell Park, after being such a strong force for years, have E16 137 lost their senior depth with Oakley in Auckland and Trish Barnes in E16 138 Palmerston North. E16 139 |^Upper Hutt will have Suzie Ward, Andrea Empson, Karen MacDonald E16 140 and Debbie Misseldine and Scottish Harriers Kay Glenny, former E16 141 Aucklander Gay Bryham, Teresa Tufnail and Lyn Broad. E16 142 |^Collegians' team will come from Dru West, Carolyn Hughes, Jan E16 143 Morgans, Kim Ashley and Claire Garhham. E16 144 *<*6COLIN BROWNLEE ON SQUASH*> E16 145 |^*0So far this year I have attended the Waikato Open E16 146 Championship, North Island Junior Championship and the Bay of Plenty E16 147 Open. ^There is nothing unusual about this as they were all close to E16 148 Rotorua and these tournaments give early season pointers for the rest E16 149 of the competitive year. E16 150 |^But for me the competition and match play results were not the E16 151 most important aspects of these tournaments. ^At all of these events E16 152 more people were talking about squash generally and not just the E16 153 merits of the players and who should have beaten whom. E16 154 |^Everyone seemed to be having a go. ^Administrators, parents, E16 155 coaches and even supporters were all giving opinions. ^There is E16 156 nothing new about this either. ^Coaches are usually accusing E16 157 administrators for lack of understanding of what is required. E16 158 ^Administrators keep their distance from coaches to avoid another ear E16 159 bashing and parents are cautious in case their criticism disadvantages E16 160 their children. E16 161 |^What was new on these occasions was that everyone was talking E16 162 with each other and they were all discussing the same subjects and E16 163 there was plenty of variety in those too. E16 164 |^Coaching, administration, falling club membership, {0I.D.G.} E16 165 direction, comparison between districts, tournament prize-money, you E16 166 name it they all seemed to get discussed! E16 167 |^Not many people seemed totally happy with their lot, but the E16 168 exciting thing was that they all gave the impression they wanted to E16 169 get together, forget all past animosities and formulate programmes and E16 170 plans for the benefit of all, particularly the players. ^This feeling E16 171 has not been evident for a long long time and the sport should E16 172 capitalize on this as quickly as possible. ^What everyone is waiting E16 173 for is direction. E16 174 |^With the obvious advances made by squash in New Zealand over E16 175 the last few years it may seem strange that so many people think the E16 176 sport has lost direction, but while the sport has been advancing at E16 177 National and International levels the development of the base of the E16 178 sport has suffered. ^I am sure most clubs, club members, or even E16 179 district associations know very little about decisions made at E16 180 National level. E16 181 |^Lack of communication through to club level could be one of the E16 182 major problems but when so many people are starting to express their E16 183 concerns there must be reasons. E16 184 |^Everyone in every area of squash, should all be working to E16 185 achieve the same result and this is being sure that all our players E16 186 have the opportunity, if they wish to accept it, of reaching their E16 187 full potential. ^Far too often we blame our players for not achieving E16 188 better results, particularly internationally, when both coaches and E16 189 administrators should be accepting most of the responsibility for E16 190 this. E16 191 |^But this situation can change and it can change very rapidly if E16 192 the {0N.Z.S.R.A} is prepared to listen to and take notice of the E16 193 ground swell of opinions that are emerging. E16 194 |^So where do we go from here? E16 195 *# E17 001 **[122 TEXT E17**] E17 002 |^*0Restaurants and licensed premises are required by law to have E17 003 sprinkler systems installed. ^But this essential system does not have E17 004 to be obtrusive to be effective. E17 005 |^In a building under construction the water pipes which feed the E17 006 sprinklers can be hidden in the ceiling. ^But in an older building E17 007 such as Wallaceville House it is another issue. ^To put the pipes out E17 008 of view would mean additional, expensive, time-consuming work to open E17 009 the ceiling then cover the damage afterwards. ^Instead the pipes are E17 010 run on the ceiling then painted the same colour so they blend in with E17 011 the decor. ^At Wallaceville House they are quite unobtrusive. E17 012 *<*4Licence*> E17 013 |^*0The work was done by \0A & \0T Burt Mechanical. ^They make E17 014 the Viking sprinkler under licence in Dunedin and supply the whole E17 015 country. E17 016 |^*"One sprinkler is usually enough to put out a fire before it E17 017 gets hold,**" contract engineer Peter Byrne said. E17 018 |*"^Each sprinkler covers a 12 square meter area and each E17 019 operates individually so that the only water damage is in the E17 020 immediate area of the fire.**" E17 021 |^The triggering mechanism is a tiny bulb filled with a glycerine E17 022 solution which bursts when the temperature reaches 68 degrees E17 023 centigrade. ^When this breaks a stopper valve is forced out by the E17 024 pressure of the water, the water flows hitting a serrated shield which E17 025 causes the water to spray rather than pour down in a direct stream. E17 026 ^Within minutes the fire can be out. E17 027 |^The system is controlled by special control valves usually E17 028 outside a building but under cover. ^This detects the drop in water E17 029 pressure and triggers the alarm connected to the fire station so they E17 030 are alerted as soon as the sprinklers go off. E17 031 |^The unit also has a valve so that once the brigade establishes E17 032 the fire is out, the flow of water can be turned off. ^This minimises E17 033 water damage. E17 034 *<*4Device*> E17 035 |^*0But the sprinkler system is not the only device installed at E17 036 Wallaceville House to protect against major fire. ^Trident Alarms were E17 037 also installed. ^Five *"call points**" (boxes which require the glass E17 038 to be broken manually) can be found on the walls *- these switch on E17 039 the audible alarms. E17 040 *<*4Contracts*> E17 041 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E17 042 *0Peter Byrne said. E17 043 *<*5Experienced newcomer switched on to lights*> E17 044 |^*0Wayne Newby is a newcomer to Wellington. ^But he is not new E17 045 to the lighting business or to Academy Lighting where he has just E17 046 taken over as manager in Wellington. E17 047 |^His background started in electrical work but for the past E17 048 sixteen years his interest has been in lighting, especially E17 049 consultancy work. E17 050 |^*"The best way to describe me is as a working manager,**" he E17 051 said. E17 052 |^Wayne has handled the full range of consultancy contracts E17 053 including domestic, commercial and land**[ARB**]-scape lighting. ^He E17 054 has helped customers with one or two rooms or complete homes. ^And he E17 055 loves every minute. E17 056 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E17 057 *<*4Challenge*> E17 058 |^*0He finds the *"smallest room**" a particular challenge. ^One E17 059 unusual job was for a gentleman who had one wall covered in book E17 060 shelves *- it was the only place he got enough peace to read! E17 061 |^A light fitting to Wayne is an ornament which happens to have a E17 062 crucial function. ^So while helping customers find a light which fits E17 063 with the decor and architecture, it must also perform the task E17 064 required. ^It may be required for direct working quality light, to E17 065 highlight a favourite object d'art or to simply create an atmosphere E17 066 for particular family activities. E17 067 *<*4Atmosphere*> E17 068 |^*0And he speaks confidently of the various approaches to E17 069 setting an atmosphere as he talks of the Danish system where E17 070 **[PLATE**] E17 071 table lamps and standard lamps are used, or the American way where E17 072 long cords are taken from a central point to the four corners of a E17 073 room. E17 074 |^After working for the past eleven years in Academy's E17 075 Christchurch showroom, he finds the Wellington one small. ^Yet it E17 076 contains every style of light customers could want. E17 077 *<*4Comprehensive choice in cane furniture caters for every need, room E17 078 and owner*> E17 079 |^*0Furniture Discoveries Cane Shop in Lower Hutt boasts the E17 080 largest and most comprehensive range of furniture at the lowest prices E17 081 in Wellington. ^There is something for every room in the home. E17 082 |^Patio and breakfast tables are ideal for breakfast nooks and E17 083 sun rooms. ^There are several sizes with seating for two to eight E17 084 people. E17 085 **[PLATE**] E17 086 |^In sun rooms there may also be space for a day bed which not E17 087 only provides extra seating but can be used as an additional bed for E17 088 guests. E17 089 *<*4Styles*> E17 090 |^*0There are two styles. ^One is a single bed size with E17 091 free-standing plump cushions which can be removed for sleeping. ^The E17 092 other has large connecting squabs which are pulled out to make a E17 093 double bed. E17 094 |^Both can be covered in the fabric of choice. E17 095 |^For spa rooms and conservatories cane is ideal. ^It is E17 096 resistant to sun and steam. ^For these rooms there is a large range of E17 097 suite styles to choose from. ^Chairs may also be bought individually E17 098 if desired. E17 099 |^Although Furniture Discoveries has an excellent selection of E17 100 suitable upholstery fabrics, they are quite happy for customers to E17 101 provide their own for the suites. E17 102 *<*4Windows*> E17 103 |^*0The finishing touch for any room is the window covering. ^A E17 104 solution could be found in their range of cane blinds. ^One of the E17 105 most popular is the match**[ARB**]-stick which can be painted with a E17 106 water-based paint to blend with the decor. ^The other natural finish E17 107 blinds are tortoiseshell, rice-paper and Chinese. ^They come in 6\0ft E17 108 drops in various widths up to a maximum of 8 \0ft. E17 109 |^Bedroom needs are also catered for in Furniture Discoveries' E17 110 range. ^There are drawer units in three, four and five drawer models, E17 111 and dressing tables. ^Both have woven cane tops. E17 112 *<*4Shelves*> E17 113 |^*0For those wanting additional storage, any of the shelving E17 114 units would make an attractive feature and of course there is an E17 115 excellent selection of occasional tables. E17 116 **[PLATE**] E17 117 * E17 119 |^Ingenuity is the hallmark of the birthday presents Helen and E17 120 Pat Williams dream up for each other. ^But Helen's present in 1984 had E17 121 to be one of the best. ^Her husband gave her an interior designer! E17 122 |^In fact there were two E17 123 **[PLATES**] E17 124 *- Rod Loder of Loder Interiors and his long time member of staff, E17 125 Philippine McRae. ^They arrived with a letter of introduction giving E17 126 Helen the freedom to accept their guidance in redecorating the home. E17 127 |^Helen was delighted. ^The Williams had bought their 10 acre E17 128 block because of the setting, but the home did not reflect their E17 129 personalities. ^Her unique present gave her the opportunity she had E17 130 longed for. E17 131 |^Initially she spent time with Rod and Philippine going through E17 132 the home and discussing the part each room played in their lives. E17 133 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E17 134 Helen said. E17 135 |^Their furniture and carpet provided the key around which the E17 136 ideas were built. ^The Williams had collected older furniture for E17 137 their previous home. ^The neutral fawn carpet was in good condition. E17 138 |^For the lounge of the 15 year old concrete block house, a E17 139 granite green Blume handprint wallpaper with tiny gold streaks was E17 140 chosen. ^The Warner curtain fabric has the same green and introduces E17 141 the rust tones picked out in a diamond pattern rust and cream velvet E17 142 upholstery fabric. E17 143 |^*"I wanted this to be a reasonably formal room,**" Helen said. E17 144 |^Double doors lead to an open plan area with a sitting corner, E17 145 dining and kitchen. E17 146 |^To bring out the country cottage flavour a plain biscuit E17 147 coloured Blume wallpaper was used with two highlight wall coverings *- E17 148 cork and wool. E17 149 |^Continuous weave curtaining by Baumann of Austria covers the E17 150 extensive window area. E17 151 |^For the hallway a cream Ashley vinyl paper with textured look E17 152 was used. E17 153 |^This also toned with the existing paper in the family room E17 154 where the curtains have rust and earth tones which are carried through E17 155 to the leather patchwork covering in the suite. E17 156 |^The black and white Dash wallpaper chosen for the bathroom E17 157 allowed Helen to have a red ceiling as a dramatic highlight. ^The same E17 158 red was in a picture she bought in Bali. E17 159 |^The one room for which Helen had definite ideas was the master E17 160 bedroom. ^Helen wanted a burgundy suede wall covering and no curtains. E17 161 ^The results are dramatic, broken only by the cream padded covering on E17 162 the waterbed with the same colour in pleated lampshades. E17 163 |^It took almost two years to complete the entire project but the E17 164 Williams are thrilled with the results. ^Working with trained E17 165 personnel makes interior decorating so much easier they said and they E17 166 recommend it to everyone. E17 167 *<*4Accurate light control for windows *- with flexible blind system*> E17 168 |^*0There are dozens of options to choose from when considering E17 169 window coverings but one of the most versatile must be the vertical E17 170 blind. ^It can be used over feature windows, sloping windows, sliding E17 171 and French doors, or even as a room divider. E17 172 |^As well as providing the finishing touch a vertical blind gives E17 173 homeowners complete control over light, provides protection from E17 174 ultraviolet light for valued furniture and furnishing, E17 175 **[PLATE**] E17 176 yet allows for complete privacy or maximum view with ease. E17 177 *<*4Proven*> E17 178 |^*0Vertical blinds are proven overseas where they have been E17 179 available for several years. ^In April this year Nuvo Blinds opened in E17 180 Lower Hutt to serve the Greater Wellington area. E17 181 |^The company is a family concern. ^The partners are brothers *- E17 182 Morgan and Edward Goldsmith. ^Also involved with promotions is E17 183 Morgan's wife, Louise. E17 184 |^Their aim is not to just sell the product but to provide E17 185 customers with a completely personalised service. E17 186 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E17 187 Louise said. E17 188 |^*"We want them to make the right choice *- they must be happy E17 189 with what they get.**" E17 190 *<*4Tracks*> E17 191 |^*0The tracks come in silver or bronze, while the range of E17 192 fabrics is extensive. ^Many are fire resistant, others are designed E17 193 for use in wet areas where mould is a distinct problem (such as E17 194 bathrooms), while others are purely for decoration. E17 195 |^There are a number of *"looks**" *- linen, suede, lightly E17 196 textured, heavily textured and functional. ^The choice will usually E17 197 depend on the room being fitted and the final effect preferred by the E17 198 owner. E17 199 *<*4Colours*> E17 200 |^*0The fabrics cover a wide range of colours from white and E17 201 pastels through to dramatic black and burgundy. E17 202 |^*"Colour co-ordination through our in-house free measure and E17 203 quote service is proving very popular,**" Louise said. E17 204 *<*4Benefits*> E17 205 |^*0One of the benefits with vertical blinds is that the fabric E17 206 can be changed when the decor is re-done. E17 207 |^Another is that should a single slat be damaged it can be E17 208 replaced. E17 209 |^Delivery is between 2 and 4 weeks with a 12 month guarantee on E17 210 workmanship and installation. E17 211 *<*4Display*> E17 212 |^*0Vertical blinds can be seen *"in action**" at Nuvo's showroom E17 213 in Dudley Street, Lower Hutt, where many of the colours and fabrics E17 214 are on display. E17 215 *<*5Custom Renovators definitely Alu-Frame now!*> E17 216 |^*0A year ago Custom Renovators had a name change *- they became E17 217 known as Alu-Frame. ^But it has not been easy for the company to shrug E17 218 off the old name. ^People who dealt with the company prior to the E17 219 change show their friends the superb work done for them, but their E17 220 friends cannot find the company listed anywhere in the telephone E17 221 books. ^It is listed under its new name. E17 222 |^The change was initiated by the manager, Bob Carlyon, who felt E17 223 the old name did not reflect what the company was doing and that it E17 224 was a bit long winded. E17 225 |^In discussion with a marketing specialist he explained that he E17 226 wanted a name which gave a hint of their work, was short, punchy, and E17 227 easy to remember. ^Alu-Frame Industries was the result *- commonly E17 228 known as Alu-Frame. E17 229 |^*"With this name there is not much confusion about what we do. E17 230 ^It's a small easy name to use,**" Bob Carlyon said. E17 231 |^Under that umbrella they design and build conservatories, E17 232 in-fill replacement or full replacement windows and produce house lots E17 233 of windows all made in durable, easy-care aluminium. E17 234 |^Although people probably picture aluminium frames as being E17 235 either the original anodised silver or the more recent popular bronze, E17 236 Alu-Frame can offer a wide range of colour finishes. E17 237 |^The most popular today is white closely followed by olive green E17 238 which blends with green stained timbers. E17 239 *# E18 001 **[123 TEXT E18**] E18 002 *<*3AUCKLAND *1report*> E18 003 * E18 004 |^*6E*2VERYONE *0in Auckland knows what Jeff Crowe wants for Christmas E18 005 *- a big package of runs. E18 006 |^The solidly-built 28-year-old has never looked better. ^He is E18 007 lean and trim, looks a picture of health, is settling down into a E18 008 promotions job with Lion Breweries, he seems to be seeing the ball all E18 009 right. ^The problem is that up to the start of this month he cannot E18 010 find a run. E18 011 |^There has been an embarrassing number of noughts in his club E18 012 score-sheets. ^He just keeps getting out *- quickly. ^In the Data E18 013 General one-day game against New South Wales, and after John Reid and E18 014 Peter Webb had given Auckland a solid start, Bob Holland gave Crowe a E18 015 rather friendly full toss first ball. E18 016 |^Crowe got it nicely in the middle of the bat, but the ball went E18 017 in the air and if Murray Bennett at deep midon had been a little E18 018 quicker (and not nursing a bruised thumb) Crowe's run of zeroes would E18 019 have grown by one. E18 020 |^There is the usual comment that the runs after Christmas are E18 021 the ones that count, when the Shell matches come along, and it is not E18 022 always a good idea to get hundreds of runs before Christmas. E18 023 |^But Crowe needs runs unless the Auckland selectors are prepared E18 024 to pick him on faith rather than fact. ^There seem to be so many E18 025 batsmen (and bowlers) shuffling round Auckland at the moment that the E18 026 selectors must lean heavily to pre-Christmas form. E18 027 |^After that near-miss at Eden Park Crowe went busily along to E18 028 17, while Peter Webb was leading the charge from the other end, and E18 029 their 53-run partnership in quick time probably turned that one-day E18 030 rain-shortened game in Auckland's favour. E18 031 |^Webb's form was most interesting. ^He preferred to bat down the E18 032 order last summer, with conspicuous success. ^But in that season E18 033 Auckland had Trevor Franklin and Phil Horne at the top of the list. E18 034 |^Now Franklin is missing, still recovering from that horrendous E18 035 injury from a luggage trolley at Gatwick airport after the New E18 036 Zealanders' tour of England. E18 037 |^For a long time it seemed as if Horne would be missing, too. E18 038 ^He went off to the Commonwealth Games carrying his badminton racket, E18 039 and then planned a longish holiday. E18 040 **[PLATE**] E18 041 |^However, the call of cricket was too loud to ignore. ^Horne E18 042 caught a plane home, went almost from the airport straight into action E18 043 for Grafton on November 29 and, not surprisingly after two days E18 044 without sleep, was considerably below his best form. ^But Horne has so E18 045 much to offer, both in steadfast batting and quite superb fielding, E18 046 that the Auckland selectors will be foolish if they do not pick him E18 047 for the Shell series. E18 048 |^Whether Webb will be the other opener depends very much on the E18 049 selectors' plans. ^He was so often the key man in the middle of the E18 050 innings last summer, 441 runs, average 50, that he should be left to E18 051 bat in the \0No 5-7 region again. E18 052 |^Various other batsmen have, with Franklin absent, moved up the E18 053 list to bid for an opening berth. ^One is Richard Reid, a very capable E18 054 and experienced cricketer. ^Another is Derek Scott, the youngster who E18 055 made such a promising top-order start at \0No 2 or 3 for Auckland last E18 056 year, and named by the New Zealand Almanac as one of the three most E18 057 promising young players last summer. ^Scott's ability as a medium-pace E18 058 bowler adds to his claims. E18 059 |^Martin Pringle, a young man of considerable talent *- and a E18 060 sharpshooter in the field *- opened in the Data General one-day E18 061 matches for Auckland without making a deep impression. ^He would be E18 062 better off working his passage down the order at this stage of his E18 063 career. E18 064 |^John Reid is the logical \0No 3 batsman and Dipak Patel's E18 065 all-round ability insists that he keep a place at about \0No 4 or 5. E18 066 ^Perhaps the best batting list for Auckland at the moment would be E18 067 Horne, Richard Reid or Scott, John Reid, Patel, Crowe, Webb and E18 068 perhaps Pringle. ^John Bracewell is a certainty as the off-spinning E18 069 all-rounder and Paul Kelly remains at the head of the wicketkeeping E18 070 queue. E18 071 |^But sorting out a four-man medium-fast attack from the talent E18 072 available must have the selectors Eric Smith, Warren Stott and Barry E18 073 Huston tossing uneasily in their beds. E18 074 |^In the Data General matches Auckland used Danny Morrison, E18 075 Willie Watson, Martin Snedden and Stuart Gillespie against Wellington, E18 076 and Morrison, Gary Troup, Snedden and Gillespie against New South E18 077 Wales. E18 078 |^Hovering somewhere in the background is Brian Barrett, still E18 079 not in top gear after his injury-hit tour of England, and now E18 080 evidently having a back injury. E18 081 |^At the moment Morrison might just be at the head of the list. E18 082 ^He bowled 18 overs in the two one-dayers, two wickets for 40 runs. E18 083 ^He was brisk rather than blindingly fast, but his run-up (perhaps a E18 084 shade too long) and his action looked good and he seems prepared to E18 085 bend his back every now and then and let one slip. E18 086 |^Watson is the puzzle. ^Perhaps through injury or lack of E18 087 confidence he seems to have dropped his speed a little. ^Two years ago E18 088 he could bowl the really sharp ball every now and then. ^He still E18 089 wobbles it around nicely, but may have lost a little of his cutting E18 090 edge. E18 091 |^Then you come to the three senior gentlemen, Troup, Snedden and E18 092 Gillespie. ^Troup has been hampered a little by a shoulder injury E18 093 which, while not affecting his bowling very much, has stifled his E18 094 throwing arm in the field. ^This is Troup's benefit season for E18 095 Auckland and so he will be doubly keen to make an impact. E18 096 |^Gillespie looked a little wooden and awkward against New South E18 097 Wales, but his club form has been good. ^Still, it is hard to think of E18 098 an Auckland side at the moment without the durable Snedden. ^On good E18 099 pitches Snedden looks more likely to produce the really good ball than E18 100 Gillespie. E18 101 |^Having sorted out their side the Auckland selectors, with Webb E18 102 as the skipper, must then give their players a short, sharp talk. E18 103 ^There was a look of the *"Great Auks**" about Eden Park \0No 2 as E18 104 Wellington took them apart in the first one-day Data General match in E18 105 late November. ^They had all the flossy gear from a new sponsor, they E18 106 looked great, and did not play all that well. ^Fancy Dans, a E18 107 Wellington player called them. E18 108 |^Well, if the Aucklanders discard the fancy frills and get down E18 109 to solid, hard work they will be a decidedly useful side *- especially E18 110 if Santa Claus comes along with that big package for Jeff Crowe. E18 111 *<*3NORTHERN DISTRICTS *1report*> E18 112 *<*4by *6ANDY QUICK*> E18 113 |^N*2ORTHERN *0Districts should be looking mainly to fairly well E18 114 established players to carry the association's banner in this season's E18 115 Shell series. E18 116 |^However, not all the old guard will be there. ^Geoff Howarth's E18 117 move to Auckland and his alignment with Takapuna has ended a long and E18 118 so often profitable association with Northern Districts. ^Through E18 119 injury he missed three Shell Trophy matches last season and in nine E18 120 first class innings he managed only 168 runs with a highest score of E18 121 79 and only one other time past 20 but his presence always offered E18 122 hope and boosted confidence. E18 123 |^A loss which Northern Districts may feel particularly is that E18 124 of medium paced bowler Steve Scott, who also moved to Auckland and is E18 125 playing for Ellerslie. ^Scott, who was a Northlander when he first E18 126 broke into the Northern Districts team, more recently helped Bay of E18 127 Plenty in its rise to prominence. E18 128 |^He was captain of the Bay of Plenty team which last summer E18 129 lifted the U-Bix Cup from Hawke's Bay and retained it to the end of E18 130 the season. ^The other feature which helped to make the season so E18 131 eventful for Scott was his recall to the Northern Districts team after E18 132 an absence of three seasons. ^He accepted a big load with plenty of E18 133 enthusiasm and determination and finished with 24 wickets at 30.04 in E18 134 first class games. E18 135 |^Another well known player gone from Northern Districts and Bay E18 136 of Plenty, after two seasons in the area, is New Zealand E18 137 representative Bruce Blair, who decided to return home to Otago. E18 138 ^Because of his commitments with the New Zealand team in the Benson E18 139 and Hedges one day series in Australia he made only two appearances in E18 140 Northern Districts' first class matches last season and came out with E18 141 a double of 51 not out and 46 to make him the best of the batsmen E18 142 against the Australians at Seddon Park. E18 143 |^If the loss of Scott was a matter for concern, so was the early E18 144 season back problem of opening bowler Mark Carrington, whose 25 first E18 145 class wickets last summer were netted at a cost of 31.68 apiece. E18 146 ^After an appearance for Melville early this summer he had to make E18 147 himself not available for club and Hamilton representative fixtures E18 148 and selectors were left hoping he would be able to make a return E18 149 before too long. E18 150 |^Much may depend on left arm new ball bowler Karl Treiber, who E18 151 when he came in for the latter part of last season's first class E18 152 programme made a big impact. ^Fellow Northlander Murray Child, with E18 153 his consistent left arm medium pace, could again be figuring in the E18 154 attack, while there will be interest in the progress of young new ball E18 155 bowler Kim Hancock. E18 156 |^Introduced last season, Hancock showed promise in several E18 157 matches and later he went on an Australian tour with the Prudential E18 158 New Zealand Youth team. ^Hancock's bowling is probably not being E18 159 helped by his return from club cricket at Hamilton to Matamata, E18 160 especially when majority vote was against the inauguration of a Thames E18 161 Valley-wide club competition which should have helped the development E18 162 of young players like Hancock. E18 163 |^Another New Zealand Youth team member in Australia who should E18 164 figure more and more in despatches for Northern Districts is Grant E18 165 Bradburn with his offspin and his middle order batting. ^His debut for E18 166 Northern Districts last season was marked by some very encouraging E18 167 performances. E18 168 |^From the Youth team's Australian tour he returned second in the E18 169 batting averages and was the leading wicket taker. E18 170 **[PLATE**] E18 171 |^Not all the movement among the bowlers had been away from the E18 172 team. ^One who has come back eager to resume his first class cricket E18 173 after a break of a season is Northern Districts' top wicket taker of E18 174 all time, left arm spinner Cliff Dickeson. ^After confining his E18 175 activities last season to club and Hamilton representative matches E18 176 Dickeson has returned with renewed vigour and hunger for wickets. ^He E18 177 seems certain to be used for long periods and should stand up to it E18 178 well. E18 179 |^Another obvious selection as followers assessed the prospects E18 180 was wicketkeeper Bryan Young, who last season broke fellow Northlander E18 181 Lance Mountain's record for the number of dismissals for Northern E18 182 Districts in a season. E18 183 |^Lindsay Crocker, easing himself back after a late start because E18 184 of an operation in the off season, Russell Mawhinney, fighting back E18 185 after an unusual number of cheap dismissals in early club and Hamilton E18 186 matches, David White, who last season became Northern Districts' first E18 187 double century maker, Chris Kuggeleijn and Barry Cooper loomed as E18 188 virtually certain batting choices. E18 189 |^Another chapter in the Lance Cairns saga seemed about to be E18 190 written with his announcement he was available for Shell Cup fixtures. E18 191 |^Among young players who appeared to be knocking at the door of E18 192 Northern Districts selection were Counties batsman Brian Spragg, E18 193 Hamilton all rounder Paul Hodder and Hamilton left arm medium pacer E18 194 Murphy Sua. ^Star batsman in the Northern Districts under-20 team last E18 195 season, Spragg made one appearance for the second *=XI and went on to E18 196 head the New Zealand Youth team's batting averages in Australia. E18 197 |^Hodder finished last season's second *=XI programme with 83 in E18 198 the second innings against Canterbury and 77 in the only innings E18 199 against Otago. ^He is a very handy bowler at something sharper than E18 200 medium pace and is a brilliant field. E18 201 *# E19 001 **[124 TEXT E19**] E19 002 |^*4The series of Oddball Trout that featured in Fishing News E19 003 several months ago illustrated some of the dreadful deformities E19 004 outside influences, such as man, can both knowingly and unknowingly E19 005 inflict on trout. E19 006 |^*0The most common reasons for these deformities in trout E19 007 populations are changes in the temperature of water flowing through a E19 008 redd and either an increase or decrease in the outside pressure of the E19 009 spawning grounds. E19 010 |^Anglers don't have any control over water temperatures but they E19 011 can control unnecessary pressure. ^The increased weight exerted on the E19 012 still developing trout embryo within the redd by an angler wading on E19 013 it, can, at the very least, create future oddballs. E19 014 |^But in most cases, thoughtless wading over a redd, especially E19 015 during the critical period of development of the trout's nervous E19 016 system which occurs from two days to two weeks after fertilisation, E19 017 kills the majority of embryo outright. E19 018 |^No one, in particular sports fishermen, would knowingly cause E19 019 the deaths of so many trout. ^Assuming of course they know what trout E19 020 spawning ground looks like and where they are normally found. E19 021 |^There are, without doubt, many anglers who fish the Taupo E19 022 rivers during the winter spawning runs, who wouldn't know a spawning E19 023 redd if they tripped over one. ^And they often do. E19 024 |^This fact was driven home to me recently while watching a pair E19 025 of trout spawn in the upper reaches of the Waitahanui River. E19 026 |^A visiting American angler and I had spent the best part of an E19 027 hour watching the hen industriously forming a shallow depression in E19 028 the loosely packed gravel. ^Then accompanied by the jack, move into E19 029 the depression, lay and fertilise the ova then move slightly upstream E19 030 and repeat the process so the gravel dislodged from the next dig, E19 031 covered the one holding the freshly deposited ova. ^To my American E19 032 guest, this was the highlight of his fishing career for he came from a E19 033 state where the waters were almost exclusively stocked with hatchery E19 034 reared fish. E19 035 |^Because of this he had never before had the opportunity to E19 036 actually see wild trout doing what comes naturally. E19 037 |^Though I had witnessed spawning rituals many times before, I E19 038 had never in the past seen it in such perfect light conditions. E19 039 |^From the hen's appearance I E19 040 **[PLATES**] E19 041 guessed they were almost through when to our horror, two anglers E19 042 appeared on the opposite bank and without so much as a glance, entered E19 043 the water and waded over almost the entire length of the freshly made E19 044 redd. E19 045 |^When I, none too subtly confronted them about their poor choice E19 046 for a river crossing, they had no idea what I was talking about. E19 047 |^These anglers, like many others were fully aware of the E19 048 existence of spawning grounds but did not know what one looked like. E19 049 ^Nor the unfortunate fact that trout spawn mainly in the tails of E19 050 pools and runs in water seldom deeper than 40 centimetres which is E19 051 usually the place and depth chosen by anglers for river crossings. E19 052 |^Should an angler be fishing waters that hold spawning trout, E19 053 care should be taken before wading to look for the obvious signs of E19 054 spawning grounds. E19 055 |^These signs, when looked for are easy to identify. ^There must E19 056 be good flow of clean, highly oxygenated water over a bed of loosely E19 057 packed small stones, preferably rounded, ranging in size from 1 to E19 058 5\0cms. E19 059 |^The texture or size of stones in the stream bed is important. E19 060 ^Too smaller**[SIC**] stones, like too much silt, smother the ova by E19 061 restricting the flow of water through the redd. E19 062 |^Overly large stones make it impossible for the fish to excavate E19 063 it in the first place, though it is amazing how many extremely large E19 064 stones appear on redds at times. E19 065 |^Once the likely looking spawning areas have been identified, E19 066 locating any redds already dug is a simple task, made easier by using E19 067 polaroid glasses. ^All streams, regardless of size, flow or even the E19 068 time of year, have a layer of slime or algae on their beds. E19 069 |^Areas that have been used by spawning trout to make their redds E19 070 always appear as a very clean section of the stream bed, shaped like E19 071 an elongated oval, the area of which is slightly higher than the E19 072 surrounding bed. E19 073 |^In some cases, these clean, raised sections which are the E19 074 redds, can exceed five metres in length and be more than a metre wide. E19 075 ^Providing a few seconds' care is taken to have a look, a freshly dug E19 076 redd is as obvious as a glo-bug in a gorse bush. E19 077 |^*4Footnote. ^*0In the 1983 Fisheries Act, in what could have E19 078 only been a totally misinformed decision, the Ministry of Agriculture E19 079 and Fisheries deleted the clause in the Taupo freshwater fisheries E19 080 regulations that prohibited the disturbing of spawning grounds. E19 081 |^Hopefully, the Wildlife Service will be able to reinstate this E19 082 important and much needed regulation. E19 083 *<*4\0S-glass rod did the trick & fishermen slumbered on*> E19 084 *<*0By Craig Worthington*> E19 085 |^*4Recently, after suffering from the effects of a sudden and E19 086 unexplainable urge to spend, I became the proud owner of yet another E19 087 rod to add to my steadily growing pile of fishing paraphernalia. E19 088 |^*0This latest acquisition was destined to replace my old and E19 089 rather battle weary saltwater fly rod that had been mistreated for far E19 090 too long and was consequently well overdue for retirement. E19 091 |^The new fly rod was one of Kilwell's gutsy saltwater sticks E19 092 that is designed specifically to handle line weights in the order of E19 093 10 to 12 as well as all the punishment that the hoped for hard E19 094 fighting deep running pelagic species could possibly give it. E19 095 |^It introduced the first \0S-glass/ composite graphite materials E19 096 into my collection of standard fibreglass fishing poles and I was E19 097 therefore curious to see what differences these additional properties E19 098 would make in terms of performance. E19 099 |^The \0S-glass bit is a fairly new concept in rod manufacture E19 100 which has only been seen on the marketplace within the last few years. E19 101 ^It involves a complex process whereby manganese is injected into the E19 102 fibreglass during the actual fibre production stage. ^Supposedly this E19 103 increases the stiffness of the glass as well as increasing its E19 104 strength. E19 105 |^The salty \0S-glass fly rod definitely did feel stiffer, E19 106 snappier and altogether stronger than ordinary fibreglass but I E19 107 decided to reserve my final judgement until after it had undergone the E19 108 obligatory fishing test. E19 109 |^For the purpose of this customary rod breaking-in session I E19 110 chose to visit a local rivermouth that is a favoured kahawai hole of E19 111 mine as it is usually well stacked out with fish. ^A blank day at this E19 112 location is such an extreme rarity that I had every confidence that E19 113 the new fly rod would be adequately christened. E19 114 |^I arrived at the rivermouth with these hopeful expectations E19 115 still firmly intact and quickly set about scanning the small surf for E19 116 telltale signs of life. ^Here the kahawai are frequently quite easy to E19 117 spot as they have a tendency to sit in tightly knit schools close in E19 118 against the beach. E19 119 |^When found behaving in this fashion they can make quite an E19 120 incredible spectacle as their thousands of closely packed bodies ride E19 121 each wave and swell in unison. E19 122 |^On this day an insignificant surf and a dull cloudy sky made E19 123 fish spotting difficult but eventually I managed to catch sight of a E19 124 good patch of fish. ^They were in an area that I had least expected E19 125 them to be, right in amidst three nylon lines that originated from E19 126 beach rods stuck in the sand. E19 127 |^The kahawai were only visible as a hard to detect dark smudge E19 128 of water that looked more like weed than fish and would be totally E19 129 unidentifiable to the unaccustomed observer. E19 130 |^So it was with the owners of the beach rods. ^They lay on the E19 131 sand with their backs to the beach and seemed quite oblivious to the E19 132 fact that there were fish at their feet. E19 133 |^I snuck in beside them as quietly as I could so as not to E19 134 disturb their rest and carefully laid a fly out over the school. E19 135 |^Immediately the fly dropped down it was pounced upon by a horde E19 136 of eager kahawai, the hookup was instantaneous and a fine aerobatic E19 137 battle ensued. E19 138 |^After playing out this powerpacked three kilo fish I eased it E19 139 into the shallows and slipped the hook from its jaw, it hesitated for E19 140 a short while before tearing back towards the security of the school. E19 141 |^I repeated this process with another half dozen fish of similar E19 142 size and during all this time the slumbering fishermen behind me did E19 143 not stir. E19 144 |^The new rod had performed beautifully up to this point. E19 145 ^Although the casting was only as good as my limited fly tossing E19 146 abilities would allow, it fought all those fish in tremendous style. E19 147 |^It handled the four kilo leader I was using with consummate E19 148 ease and still had plenty more power in reserve. E19 149 |^The action that it possessed could almost have been described E19 150 as fast for a fly rod, definitely no deep C bends here. E19 151 |^Much of its strength was right down towards the butt of the E19 152 rod, giving it heaps of that much needed lifting power that is so E19 153 essential for pulling stubborn fish out of deep water. E19 154 |^Overall, you could say I was more than happy with my purchase. E19 155 |^Feeling as smug as I was I decided to place out a live bait and E19 156 follow the example of my fellow fishermen by retiring on the sand. ^I E19 157 was being a bit hopeful by trying for a kingi this early in the season E19 158 (it was the middle of October) but I figured that any chance was worth E19 159 a go. E19 160 |^Closer to the onset of summer this river, like many others E19 161 around our eastern coastline, can turn on some quite spectacular kingi E19 162 fishing when conditions are favourable. E19 163 |^It is generally at its best when a lowtide coincides with dusk E19 164 at the end of a hot day. E19 165 |^After warming all day in the heat of the sun, many species of E19 166 baitfish, juvenile fish and other potential kingfish fodder are E19 167 attracted to the river's tepid waters. E19 168 |^Large numbers of these small fish are then sucked out of the E19 169 river on the outgoing tide and fall easy prey to the kingis as they E19 170 are overwhelmed by the force of the seaward current. E19 171 |^With the tide running out strongly and the sun still high in E19 172 the sky the kingfish tend to shy away from the shallower water around E19 173 the river mouth and instead sit well out to sea. E19 174 |^At this stage they can be difficult to hook from the shore E19 175 although I have had some success with piper and livebaits floated well E19 176 out to sea with the aid of a stiff westerly and a fully inflated E19 177 balloon. E19 178 |^Mostly though you have to wait until the real action begins as E19 179 the sun begins to sink low on the skyline. E19 180 |^As the sun goes down and the tide diminishes in strength the E19 181 mullet, piper, and juvenile kahawai congregate around the mouth in E19 182 anticipation of the turning tide. E19 183 |^With them come the kingis who wait until the first bits of blue E19 184 start to fade from the sky before they move in on the attack. E19 185 |^Soon there are packs of kingis all over the place blasting E19 186 their way through panicking schools of kahawai. E19 187 |^Little fish flee in all directions, throwing themselves up on E19 188 the beach and erupting from the water in great sprays of twisting, E19 189 tiny bodies. E19 190 |^For a few moments it is a full on feast for the kings but as E19 191 the last bands of light disappear from the horizon this orgy of eating E19 192 abruptly comes to an end. E19 193 |^This sort of intensely exciting activity usually lasts for 15 E19 194 to 20 minutes and if you fail to hook up within that time then that is E19 195 it *- you've muffed it. E19 196 |^The fishing during these frenzied feeding binges is however not E19 197 as simple as it may seem. ^Your bait has to be placed right in front E19 198 of the kingi's nose for it to be noticed and this can often be E19 199 difficult when they are moving quickly all over the place chasing a E19 200 thousand other targets. E19 201 *# E20 001 **[125 TEXT E20**] E20 002 |^*4A*0n expedition of about a dozen Wildlife Officers and volunteers E20 003 assembled at Te Anau in mid-January 1986, and with the aid of E20 004 helicopters were removed from the comfort of motel beds to perches E20 005 thousands of feet high on mountain fastnesses within minutes. ^Some E20 006 were more fortunate than others; their homes for the next few weeks E20 007 would be huts supplied by {0BP} as part of the company's *+$23,000 E20 008 contribution to the kakapo project. ^The remainder would have to E20 009 settle for tents, come rain or snow. E20 010 |^The first morning of my stay in the Transit Valley, we decide E20 011 to tackle *"The Kastle**", so named for its impregnable appearance. E20 012 ^From our camp, the safest way up to it is via a fixed rope suspended E20 013 down a steep gut. ^Access to this natural promontory is extremely E20 014 hazardous for humans, but kakapo have clambered up such steep ridges E20 015 for eons towards their rendezvous with their mates. ^Perhaps only here E20 016 have predators failed to penetrate. E20 017 |^Signs are apparent of kakapo feeding but disappointingly they E20 018 are old, possibly several months or even longer. ^Tales of kakapo E20 019 feeding and *"housekeeping**" habits are E20 020 **[PLATE**] E20 021 legend. E20 022 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E20 023 explains Anderson. E20 024 |^Strictly vegetarian, their favoured foods are spaniard, E20 025 celmisia, dracophylum and tussock, of which they eat large amounts to E20 026 gain a weight of up to 3.4 \0kg. E20 027 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E20 028 (Reischek, *1Yesterdays in Maoriland.) E20 029 |^*0The following three days are spent in exhaustive and E20 030 exhausting searches for kakapo sign. ^Distances are measured in hours E20 031 rather than mileage, for leatherwood makes for uncompromising travel. E20 032 ^By the end of the week we have seen a little sign but a fraction of E20 033 the valley, and one understands why helicopters have become such an E20 034 important part of Wildlife work. E20 035 |^At night the news of the day is broadcast to Burwood Station at E20 036 Te Anau, which receives from all the kakapo searchers in Fiordland as E20 037 well as those on Stewart Island, staff working on takahe in the E20 038 Murchison Mountains and on black stilt in the MacKenzie Basin. E20 039 |^During a *"pit day**" Dick Anderson tells me how the Wildlife E20 040 Service intends to save the kakapo from extinction. ^Like many staff, E20 041 he feels strongly about the bird's survival, having been involved in E20 042 numerous expeditions since the mid-60s. E20 043 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E20 044 Anderson says. E20 045 |^Codfish Island is possibly even more suitable for kakapo as the E20 046 climate is closer to what the present population is used to, but it is E20 047 yet to be completely cleared of possums and wekas. ^It is estimated E20 048 that perhaps two years will see the last of these and the island will E20 049 become fit for kakapo habitation. E20 050 |^But as the only breeding population lives on Stewart Island, E20 051 where fewer than 50 birds are still at risk from cats despite the E20 052 vigilance of Wildlife staff, isn't that a sufficient threat to remove E20 053 the kakapo from there immediately and transfer them, even temporarily, E20 054 to a safe haven? E20 055 |^Anderson answers that they are satisfied the cat problem is E20 056 under control, at least enough not to warrant upsetting the birds by E20 057 shifting them. ^Furthermore, even though the kakapo on Little Barrier E20 058 are not breeding yet, there are high hopes that they will do so. E20 059 ^Finally, time is on their side, for it is estimated that kakapo could E20 060 live as long as 50 years although they breed perhaps only at one to E20 061 four year intervals in normal situations. E20 062 *|^*4I*0t is the second to last day of my all too brief stay in the E20 063 Transit Valley. ^The chances of finding kakapo in time-honoured ways E20 064 are evaporating; modern technology takes over as we decide to locate E20 065 one of the males (dubbed Talbot) fitted with a radio transmitter. E20 066 |^Talbot's booming area lies only a 100 or so metres below the E20 067 camp, and so we start from there, pointing antennae shaped like a E20 068 {0TV} aerial in the most likely direction *- but instead of E20 069 descending, the *"beep beep**" signal comes from the right, across the E20 070 valley. E20 071 |^For the next five hours we sidle across, through predominantly E20 072 rata-beech forest inhabited by flocks of noisy kaka and where the E20 073 going is much easier than the tortuous sub-alpine scrub not too many E20 074 metres above. E20 075 |^Finally, about two \0kms from where we have started, the E20 076 signals tell us Talbot is just below. ^As silently as possible we E20 077 descend until the signal is arriving from all directions *- the E20 078 transmitter will not lead us precisely to the bird, but only provides E20 079 a vague direction of its whereabouts. ^Usually dogs find it at this E20 080 point. E20 081 |^By descending further, we soon realise that Talbot is now above E20 082 us. ^We are on a dense beech-covered ridge, one side of which drops E20 083 away sharply down to a water**[ARB**]-fall. ^Every fern or moss under E20 084 every rock and fallen tree becomes a kakapo... suddenly, a flash of E20 085 wings and there he is under a log, attempting to bury himself deeper E20 086 into his secretive world. E20 087 |^Anderson catches him at an awkward angle and cannot prevent the E20 088 bird from gnawing painfully into his hand. ^After a bout of hoarse E20 089 croaking Talbot calms down and placidly sits, his owl-like countenance E20 090 seemingly expressing the wisdom of many years. E20 091 |^It is a special moment. ^The anthropomorphic sentiment that E20 092 this and other Fiordland kakapo must be very lonely cannot help E20 093 surfacing, nor the feeling that such a unique animal must be E20 094 preserved. E20 095 |^In less than five minutes our business is done; Talbot is E20 096 somewhat lighter than he should be for booming and breeding purposes, E20 097 but otherwise he is in good condition. ^The moment he is placed onto E20 098 the ground he crawls back under the log and adopts the freeze position E20 099 characteristic of the species. ^It is the only defence it knows. E20 100 |^Up until now that posture has been no safeguard against E20 101 marauding predators; today humans hold the key to the survival of this E20 102 *"old New Zealander**" in what has become a battle against time. ^The E20 103 boom of the kakapo has sounded out for thousands of years. ^Will it E20 104 continue to do so in the 21st century? E20 105 *<*4Captive Rearing of Takahe*> E20 106 *<*0By Craig Robertson New Zealand Wildlife Service*> E20 107 |^*4F*0or the past ten years the New Zealand Wildlife Service has been E20 108 researching and preparing an intensive management plan dedicated to E20 109 the preservation of the endangered takahe. E20 110 |^There are three parts to this plan: E20 111 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E20 112 _|*?31^To enhance and expand the existing wild population and E20 113 re-establish further wild mainland populations. E20 114 |*?31^To establish an additional population on a predator-free island. E20 115 |*?31^To develop a captive rearing station. E20 116 **[END INDENTATION**] E20 117 |^The third part of this plan is now fully operational at the E20 118 Burwood Bush Takahe Rearing Unit, part of the Gorge Hill Scientific E20 119 Reserve, a 1350 hectare area of red tussock and beech forest about 35 E20 120 \0km east of Te Anau. ^One of the last remaining extensive areas of E20 121 lowland red tussock, at present it is being managed jointly by the E20 122 Wildlife Service and the Lands and Survey Department. E20 123 **[PLATES**] E20 124 *<*4Significant increase*> E20 125 |^*0When the flightless takahe was rediscovered by \0Dr Geoffrey E20 126 Orbell in the Murchison Mountains of Fiordland in 1948 the population E20 127 stood at about 500 birds. ^By 1982 it had declined to an all-time low E20 128 of 120 birds but now stands at approximately 180 wild birds *- a E20 129 significant 20 percent increase in numbers over the past two years. E20 130 |^In the wild, takahe usually rear only one chick each breeding E20 131 season, yet most pairs have a two egg clutch. ^Most nests will have E20 132 two *'good**' eggs (fertile and developing); in some both eggs will be E20 133 infertile. E20 134 |^Between 1982 and 1985 an egg manipulation programme was carried E20 135 out, the aim being to ensure that each pair had a fertile egg. ^Eggs E20 136 are *'candled**' (shining a light through the shell) to determine the E20 137 presence of an embryo. ^Fertile eggs were transferred to nests which E20 138 had infertile eggs, and from each of fifteen nests one egg was removed E20 139 and taken to Burwood Bush to be artificially incubated. ^From 1986 no E20 140 egg transfers will be made, but instead whole clutches from 10 pairs E20 141 will be removed for artificial incubation. ^It is hoped that the pairs E20 142 which have had eggs removed will re-lay. ^This has already proved E20 143 successful with several pairs. E20 144 *<*4Artificial rearing*> E20 145 |^*0Captive rearing methods and research carried out on takahe at the E20 146 National Wildlife Centre at \0Mt Bruce and the Te Anau Wildlife Park E20 147 have helped develop the new technique. ^At present the National E20 148 Wildlife Centre has six adult birds and this year, for the first time, E20 149 twin chicks. ^Altogether eight takahe chicks have been reared to E20 150 independence at \0Mt Bruce. E20 151 |^The Wildlife Service first attempted artificial rearing of E20 152 takahe (isolation technique), at the Te Anau Wildlife Park in a E20 153 temporary E20 154 **[PLATE**] E20 155 set-up over the 1982/ 83 breeding season. E20 156 |^From four eggs, three chicks were successfully raised. ^These E20 157 birds are now in captivity at the park. ^In the 1983/ 84 season six E20 158 chicks were raised and during 1984/ 85 three chicks. ^These nine E20 159 takahe were transferred to Maud Island in the Marlborough Sounds in E20 160 April '84 and June '85 as a trial for the establishment of takahe in a E20 161 pasture grass/ island situation. E20 162 |^Permanent rearing facilities have now been built alongside E20 163 State Highway 94 overlooking the Burwood Bush Reserve, and, in E20 164 November 1985, 16 eggs were brought out in three transfers from the E20 165 Murchison Mountains. ^Eggs brought out of the mountains are placed in E20 166 incubators in an air-conditioned room. ^Once a day every egg is E20 167 candled and accurately weighed. ^Hatching dates can then be E20 168 calculated, based on the size of the egg and how much weight loss has E20 169 occurred. E20 170 |^As the incubation period of 28-30 days nears its end, it is E20 171 amusing to watch the eggs rocking about and to hear the baby takahe E20 172 cheeping away inside the shell. ^At this stage, taped brooding calls E20 173 of a parent bird are played through a speaker in the incubator. ^Just E20 174 before the chick breaks completely out of the shell it is removed from E20 175 the incubator and placed under a fibreglass model surrogate parent in E20 176 a specially designed brooder. ^This is to prevent imprinting to humans E20 177 when the chicks are very young and to imitate as near as possible the E20 178 rearing conditions in the wild. E20 179 *<*4Landscaped floor*> E20 180 |^*0The *'parent**' is fully insulated, has a built-in speaker through E20 181 which brooding calls of the parent are played, and a pet warmer pad is E20 182 used to keep the chicks warm. ^Each brooder has a fibreglass E20 183 landscaped floor, a small pond and a pot-planted tussock. ^A E20 184 **[PLATE**] E20 185 one-way glass observation window allows the staff to monitor the birds E20 186 without themselves being seen by the birds. E20 187 |^The brooders have been designed with two identical sides E20 188 separated by a pulley-operated sliding door so that the chicks can be E20 189 moved into the other side to allow regular cleaning of each brooder. E20 190 ^The artificial lighting is programmed to coincide with daylight E20 191 hours, and helps to keep the brooders at a constant temperature. ^Each E20 192 brooder houses up to four chicks of a similar age. ^It is important E20 193 that there be as little age variation as possible since older chicks E20 194 become dominant and attack the younger ones. E20 195 |^Last season all 16 eggs hatched but one chick died minutes E20 196 after hatching at the wrong end of the shell. ^Another chick died from E20 197 unknown causes when only a few days old. ^A further chick died some E20 198 weeks later after failing to gain any weight or strength. E20 199 *<*4Maternity annexe*> E20 200 |^*0The brooder room resembles a maternity annexe with hungry, noisy, E20 201 cute little balls of black fluff quite unbalanced on their oversized E20 202 pink feet. ^Feeding the chicks is a long and involved process. ^From 7 E20 203 {0a.m.} to 10 {0p.m.} the chicks require food once every half-hour. E20 204 ^The nutritious diet consists of tussock (*1{6Chionochloa pallens} E20 205 *0and *1{6\0C. rubra}), *0clover, carrot, cabbage, potato, dog food E20 206 and *'Farex**' baby food. ^This is all finely chopped, mixed together E20 207 and served in conjunction with a plateful of moths, all devoured in a E20 208 matter of minutes. ^Puppets are used to feed the chicks *- a blue E20 209 material sleeve with red wooden beaks *- while a small speaker held in E20 210 the hand emits a deep guttural takahe feeding call. E20 211 *# E21 001 **[126 TEXT E21**] E21 002 |^*0Twenty-six Kiwis from all over the country assembled in Auckland E21 003 on 15 August to board Air New Zealand Flight TE6 for Honolulu and E21 004 ultimately to travel on to Canada for the 4th bi-annual World Left E21 005 Handed Golf Championship. ^However, the first stop was the Sheraton E21 006 Makaha Resort and Country Club on Oahu, some 30 miles from Waikiki, E21 007 where a very challenging 18 hole course awaited the twenty-one golfers E21 008 in the group. ^During the five days we spent at this delightful hotel E21 009 in the beautiful Makaha Valley we competed in a 36 hole tournament and E21 010 for some it was the first experience of golfing at a resort course. E21 011 ^Big wide fairways, bunkers everywhere, huge greens and a few lakes E21 012 and ponds tossed in for good measure. ^It was here that experience and E21 013 a skill some had learnt in previous golfing trips to Hawaii first E21 014 surfaced *- how to read the greens! ^The grass used, because of high E21 015 temperatures is quite different to home, and the pronounced grain, E21 016 coupled with the sometimes quite severe slopes, makes putting a real E21 017 test. E21 018 |^With the exception of the writer (who had been attacked by a E21 019 mosquito and couldn't bend his fingers) all fifteen men and six ladies E21 020 completed the 36 holes, thanks to the electric carts, and the winners E21 021 were (men) 1st Bruce Poole, 2nd Ross Dalgety. ^The ladies' event was E21 022 won by Shirley Lowe from Dunedin. E21 023 |^{0NALGNZ} President, Bruce, scored 72 stableford points which E21 024 was a fine effort considering the length of the course (7091 yards E21 025 from the back tees). E21 026 |^The happy hours and the hotel manager's cocktail party were E21 027 enjoyed by all, but, unfortunately, we had to leave this really E21 028 luxurious resort and travel on to Canada where the real golfing E21 029 challenge was waiting. E21 030 |^Three airline flights later, via Los Angeles and Vancouver, we E21 031 arrived at the Inn on the Harbour Hotel in Victoria. ^One finds it E21 032 difficult to describe this city, quite the most beautiful gardens, E21 033 flowers everywhere, lovely old buildings and a magnificent harbour. ^A E21 034 bit like Christchurch if it had Wellington's harbour and Whangarei's E21 035 climate. ^Our hotel was right on the waterfront and from your window a E21 036 constant stream of ferries, pleasure boats, float planes, tugs and E21 037 barges was to be seen at all hours of the day and night. E21 038 |^The golfing and social programme arranged for the Championship E21 039 was to test the stamina of all 600 odd competitors and ladies. ^Left E21 040 handers E21 041 **[PLATE**] E21 042 from all over the world: Taiwan, Ireland, England, Australia, E21 043 {0U.S.A.}, Canada, and of course the Kiwi contingent, renewed old E21 044 friendships, made new ones and got ready to do battle on four golf E21 045 courses for the ultimate prize in left handed golf. E21 046 |^Regretfully, the chance of a world champion from New Zealand E21 047 all but disappeared on the first day, par 72 rounds from Stan Still E21 048 (the American champion) and John Fram \0Jr. (the local Canadian hope) E21 049 led the field, with the best performance from the Kiwis a 77 by Brian E21 050 Peters, an eight handicapper from Auckland, with the next best a 79 E21 051 from Jim Begovic. E21 052 |^The weather was perfect as Victoria had had 42 consecutive days E21 053 without rain prior to our arrival and for the twelve days we were E21 054 there it was beautifully fine with temperatures of 22-25 degree E21 055 celsius. ^The first course played, Glen Meadows, was hard and fast, a E21 056 direct contrast to Uplands, the course played on day two, which like E21 057 the last two courses played had extensive fairway watering systems E21 058 which made them lush and very green. E21 059 |^Stan Still carried on with another 72 on this par 70 course, E21 060 closely followed by John Fram with a 73. ^The Kiwis crashed on day two E21 061 and all disappeared back to the pack. ^However, the quite unique (to E21 062 us anyway) American system of running stroke play events came to our E21 063 rescue as far as the possibility of collecting trophies was concerned. E21 064 ^The field was divided up into groups of 16 after 36 holes based on E21 065 gross scores for the first two rounds. ^The Kiwis, who had all played E21 066 badly, suddenly found themselves leading a flight or at least being E21 067 handily placed. ^It may have been flight number 6 or even flight E21 068 number 9, but that didn't matter, we had something to play for. E21 069 |^Round 3 at Royal Colwood sorted the men out from the boys. ^A E21 070 magnificent parklands course, quite the best I have ever played, was E21 071 literally taken apart by John Fram with a 67, three under par on a E21 072 course measuring 6500 yards from the back tees. ^Stan Still hung in E21 073 there with a 73. ^However, the five shot lead Fram had built up was to E21 074 prove too difficult to overcome in round 4 played at Gorge Vale the E21 075 following day. ^Fram and Still were playing together along with the E21 076 ultimate third place getter, Peter Read from Australia, and both E21 077 matched each other shot for shot to record 75 each and leave John Fram E21 078 \0Jr. at 19 years of age, the 1985 World Champion. ^A 72 hole total of E21 079 287, three over par and a worthy winner. E21 080 |^Whilst all this great golf was going on the Kiwis were E21 081 beavering away in the engine room so to speak, and we ended up with E21 082 eight trophy winners: Malcolm McGregor-Hay 1st *- Flight 2 Des Hager E21 083 3rd *- Flight 2 Neville Lucas 3rd *- Flight 4 Ross Dalgety 6th *- E21 084 Flight 4 Neil Costley 1st *- Flight 6 Bruce Poole 5th *- Flight 8 E21 085 Nigel Messenger 1st *- Flight 9 Ron Bridgeman 5th *- Flight 9 (Seniors E21 086 Division). E21 087 |^A real highlight for the ladies was Shona Dalgety winning the E21 088 ladies' tournament at the Victoria Golf club with an 89 gross and the E21 089 Kiwi team were delighted to have a real champion amongst us. ^Shona E21 090 played a very difficult course (some say harder than Pebble Beach) E21 091 very well and thoroughly deserved her win. E21 092 |^Following the farewell banquet, our group split up with the E21 093 main party travelling through the Rockies to Radium Hot Springs for E21 094 six days of golf and a 54 hole toumament arranged by {0ISTAS} at this E21 095 resort high up in the mountains (2500 feet above sea level). ^You can E21 096 hit the ball for miles this high up and John Stent and E21 097 **[PLATE**] E21 098 Ross Dalgety relished the conditions to share first prize in the men's E21 099 division, with Margaret Costley taking out the ladies' first prize. E21 100 |^The Happy Hours and friendliness of all the group meant a E21 101 relaxing time at Radium and the hotel management and pro shop staff E21 102 made us all very welcome. E21 103 |^We travelled on through the Rockies, stopping at Banff and E21 104 Calgary before flying back to Hawaii to the Sheraton Hotel on Maui for E21 105 our final seven days of golf and relaxation before returning home. E21 106 |^During our stay here we played both the North and South courses E21 107 of the Royal Kaanapali complex and also the village course at Kapalua, E21 108 which is a real test, designed by Arnold Palmer and so hilly that our E21 109 carts could barely climb some of the paths up to the tees. E21 110 **[PLATE**] E21 111 |^Another 54 hole tournament here and the constant golf we had E21 112 played on our trip started to show with some members of the party E21 113 regularly scoring over 40 stableford points per round. ^We used the E21 114 {0ISTAS} scoring system again and even when compared to a regular E21 115 stableford, the results were almost identical. E21 116 |^Ross Dalgety won the men's section at a canter, with Malcolm E21 117 McGregor-Hay 2nd and Frank Gestro, who had played his heart out for 25 E21 118 rounds, finally came good to fill 3rd spot. E21 119 |^Maud Doherty, whose golf had steadily improved all the way E21 120 along, won the ladies' section with Portia Kerse 2nd. E21 121 |^Our final get together on the lawn by the beach was a happy/ E21 122 sad occasion and our delightful *'sheriff**', Jenny Baker, was E21 123 rewarded with a small gift from the group for all the laughs and fun E21 124 she had given us over the 32 days we had been away. E21 125 |^All the group were sorry to leave and come home to New Zealand E21 126 but the memories and experiences enjoyed will be with us for the rest E21 127 of our lives, and plans are already being made to attend the 5th World E21 128 Lefties in Australia in 1988 to meet again some of those wonderful E21 129 people who made our trip to Canada so memorable. E21 130 *<*4*"The Pines**" Golf Club \0Inc.*> E21 131 |^*0*"The Pines*" Golf Club, situated on the shores of Parua Bay on E21 132 the Whangarei Harbour is 16 years of age this year. E21 133 |^In 1968 the Onerahi Golf Club, situated in the heart of a E21 134 developing suburb, was disbanded. ^A large portion of its members and E21 135 all its funds formed the new Sherwood Park Golf Club west of E21 136 Whangarei, but a splinter group, anxious to promote a new golf club E21 137 somewhere reasonably close to the original club, began a search for a E21 138 suitable site to the east. ^This was found on part of the farm owned E21 139 by \0Mr Jim Scott-Davidson, whose initial support (and that of the E21 140 whole Scott-Davidson family), especially in easing the financial E21 141 burden of the purchase of such a valuable piece of land (87 acres in E21 142 all), made possible the initiation of the Pines Golf Club. ^Following E21 143 several meetings of a steering committee and much canvassing for E21 144 support in the district the first General Meeting was held on the 28th E21 145 August, 1968, at the home of \0Mr \0J. Scott-Davidson. ^A constitution E21 146 was adopted and the first office bearers, under the presidency of \0Mr E21 147 \0W. Scott-Davidson, were elected. E21 148 |^The proposed course initially had quite a number of areas E21 149 covered in gorse and scrub, large numbers of small stones damaging to E21 150 fine cutting mowers, and insufficient drainage to allow for good E21 151 fairways and greens. ^So in general it posed a severe challenge and E21 152 much more than enthusiasm was required of the original few members to E21 153 get the development of the golf course under way. ^With no funds E21 154 carrying over from the original course money was in very short supply E21 155 so voluntary labour was called on, while \0Mr Jim Scott-Davidson made E21 156 available free of charge all his large farm implements, supplemented E21 157 by those of other nearby farmers, many of whom hoped eventually to E21 158 find time to become golfers. ^So most week-ends and frequently during E21 159 the week, bands of men and women were to be seen armed with a motley E21 160 of implements and the will to do, gradually forming the first rough E21 161 greens and fairways, siting trees, laying drains, grubbing gorse, E21 162 picking up stones and planting trees for future shelter belts. ^The E21 163 large, voluntary working bees of the weekends were supported by meals E21 164 served by lady members from the restricted kitchen and cooking E21 165 facilities of the original farm house, which was an important bonus E21 166 which came to the club with the purchase of the land. ^But most days E21 167 during the week lonely figures armed with grubber, hook or rake, and a E21 168 lunch box, could be glimpsed working away in scattered difficult E21 169 pockets of scrub or drain about the course. E21 170 |^Nine fairways and greens were soon established, the greens E21 171 having low surrounding fences to keep off the 700 sheep retained as E21 172 four-legged fairway mowers. ^Domestic mowers were borrowed to mow E21 173 greens and tees. ^Each committee member was E21 174 **[PLATE**] E21 175 responsible for one particular green. E21 176 |^By 1971 the sheep had been replaced and by the end of 1972 the E21 177 course increased to 18 holes, largely by the drive and insistence of E21 178 our then Grounds Convenor, and later life-member, \0Mr \0D. Logan. ^By E21 179 now a part**[ARB**]-time paid greenkeeper had been appointed and E21 180 fairway gangmowers purchased, but not by any means did this mark the E21 181 end of voluntary assistance. ^Indeed it may even have increased as the E21 182 popularity of the club grew. ^One of the enduring strengths of The E21 183 Pines Golf Club has been the continuing support of the club by E21 184 voluntary help. ^It still continues. E21 185 |^Each year saw a steady improvement in the course environment as E21 186 fairways, tees and greens assumed an aspect of maturity and E21 187 acceptability, and as shelter and landscaping trees grew and matured E21 188 the rawness or juvenile appearance of the original Pines Golf Club E21 189 course has been replaced by an attractive course of a hopefully E21 190 permanent nature. E21 191 *# E22 001 **[127 TEXT E22**] E22 002 **[BEGIN BOX**] E22 003 |^*4Those who have lived overseas will know the reputation of the E22 004 Japanese futon mattress. ^Now New Zealanders have the chance to find E22 005 out why it is held in such high regard. ^Inhabit are the Wellington E22 006 agents for Dreams East futons *- mattresses with 100 percent cotton E22 007 fill. E22 008 |^*"Most of our clients so far have been people who have slept on E22 009 these overseas,**" Peter Wilson said. E22 010 |^*"But it won't be long before word spreads and Wellingtonians E22 011 will find out about them too.**" E22 012 |^To the body they feel soft yet provide all the essential E22 013 support required for a healthy sleep. ^Peter Wilson will include a E22 014 futon display at the Interiors '86 Show which is to be held at the E22 015 Michael Fowler Centre for August 14 to 17. E22 016 **[END BOX**] E22 017 * E22 018 |^*0Sleeping on wooden slats may sound like torture *- but it is E22 019 not. ^In fact, as the result of modern research and technology it E22 020 gives people one of the most comfortable and healthy sleeps possible. E22 021 *<*4Secret*> E22 022 |^*0The secret lies in the construction. ^Where the original E22 023 wooden beds had rigid, flat slats, the modern Restwood beds are curved E22 024 and the laminated slats flexible. ^The slats will bend under the E22 025 heavier areas of the body so that the spinal column is kept straight. E22 026 ^The result is more relaxed, restful sleep and less chance of long E22 027 term back problems. E22 028 |^Each slat fits into a sturdy plastic notch. ^This allows it the E22 029 necessary freedom of movement but eliminates squeaks. E22 030 |^The frames of all Restwoods are mainly timber *- rimu (in four E22 031 headboard designs), kauri and a rimu with cane infill. ^But for those E22 032 who wish to coordinate their bedroom completely they can also be E22 033 ordered with padded, fabric covered headboards in the material and E22 034 colour of choice. E22 035 |^All the timbers are solid *- veneers are not used. E22 036 *<*4Mattresses*> E22 037 |^*0To top the bed is a choice of mattresses each suitable for E22 038 use on slatted beds. E22 039 |^For a soft bed there is a foam mattress with specially treated E22 040 wool infill. ^For a slightly firmer bed a 5*?8 resilient foam is E22 041 recommended. ^But for those who like a really firm bed the cotton E22 042 filled futon mattress is renowned overseas for the superb sleep it E22 043 gives. E22 044 |^There is also a choice of slats *- regular or orthopaedic. ^For E22 045 double beds each partner can have slats to suit *- firm for one, soft E22 046 for the other. E22 047 *<*4Sizes*> E22 048 |^*0Restwoods come in a complete range of sizes. ^Each reflects E22 049 quality workmanship and materials and all are lightweight so can be E22 050 easily moved for cleaning. ^They carry a five year guarantee. E22 051 **[PLATE**] E22 052 *<*5From best to budget:*> E22 053 *<*4Bedroom furniture for every household to suit all storage, design E22 054 requirements*> E22 055 **[PLATE**] E22 056 |^*0Bedroom furniture has really changed over the past three or E22 057 four years. E22 058 |^Radfords still stock traditional bedroom suites, of course, but E22 059 more and more they're selling separate items of bedroom furniture. E22 060 ^This means customers really can have exactly the bedroom setting they E22 061 need. E22 062 *<*4Inherited*> E22 063 |^*0Let's say you've inherited Granny's old brass bedstead and E22 064 just want some chests of drawers for storage. ^Radfords can show you E22 065 ten different ranges of bedroom furniture that you can choose from. E22 066 ^And to go with your brass bedstead, they'd recommend white and gold E22 067 *'Carnival**' or *'Sarah**'. ^Both these give plenty of chests of E22 068 drawers to choose from. E22 069 *<*4Budget*> E22 070 |^*0Maybe you're just setting up home and your budget's pretty E22 071 tight? ^Choose units from Radfords' *'Casino**' range. ^They're very E22 072 good value for money and in years to come you can shift them into your E22 073 children's bedrooms and shout yourself something more special. E22 074 *<*4Wood*> E22 075 |^*0Perhaps you have a woody waterbed and want bedroom furniture E22 076 to match? ^Then see Radfords' pine *'Saxon**' range or rimu *'Old E22 077 Colonial**' or kauri *'Legacy**'. ^Each of these bedroom ranges can be E22 078 bought one piece at a time. ^You can buy some now and some later to E22 079 match... the choice is absolutely yours. E22 080 |^Prices range from *'best bedroom**' to *'budget**' and of E22 081 course you can buy on Radfords' friendly credit terms. E22 082 *<*4Credit*> E22 083 |^*0Something you may not know is that you can *2ALWAYS *0buy on E22 084 three months free credit at Radfords stores. ^This applies to E22 085 everything Radfords sell. ^Just pay one quarter deposit then one E22 086 quarter of the balance during each of the next three months. ^There E22 087 are no credit charges... you pay only the cash price. ^And this is a E22 088 permanent offer available all the time at all Radfords stores. E22 089 *<*4Personal service backs quality units*> E22 090 **[PLATES**] E22 091 |^*0Doug Hay's business has come a long way in the past ten E22 092 years. ^In 1976 he was a school teacher with an idea. ^The idea became E22 093 a hobby. ^Now the hobby is a fully fledged business which is expanding E22 094 all the time. E22 095 |^The idea was to make furniture which would stand up to the E22 096 daily stresses and strains placed on it by children. ^He knew that E22 097 furniture for youngsters had to be strong, durable and add interest to E22 098 their environment. ^At the time he felt sure that while he might not E22 099 be able to improve on the price he could certainly produce something E22 100 which was better quality and with improved design. E22 101 |^He made some for his own home. ^Then friends asked him to make E22 102 some for them. ^Before long he made the decision to leave the teaching E22 103 profession to start his own business. E22 104 *<*4Schools*> E22 105 |^*0Today he supplies furniture for kindergartens and schools E22 106 throughout the country. ^But the home market is increasing all the E22 107 time. E22 108 |^Much of his success stems from the highly personalised service E22 109 he gives every customer. ^While he has standard E22 110 **[PLATES**] E22 111 designs he thoroughly enjoys helping customers develop their own ideas E22 112 so he can produce individually created items to suit every home. E22 113 |^Part of this service is to visit the home, discuss ideas, offer E22 114 suggestions and then draw up plans. ^He will even make extra visits to E22 115 check colour for painted finishes so he is certain it is a good match. E22 116 ^He would rather do this than have a complaint from a customer once E22 117 the item is delivered. E22 118 *<*4Friends*> E22 119 |^*0The result is many of his customers become firm friends. ^In E22 120 many cases he has ended up creating furniture for virtually an entire E22 121 home with each piece designed for a particular spot in a room and to E22 122 cater for a particular function. E22 123 |^The quality is top class. ^He is regularly thanked for the E22 124 trouble he has taken over even the smallest detail. ^To Doug this is E22 125 as it should be. ^It is part of the satisfaction of the job. ^So when E22 126 he recently decided to take on another staff member to keep up with E22 127 the demand he looked for someone who had the same attitude to work. E22 128 |^*"Gary Edmonds is hard working and pays attention to detail. E22 129 ^Like E22 130 **[PLATE**] E22 131 me he would rather take a little longer on a difficult job and get it E22 132 right,**" Doug Hay said. E22 133 |*"^In expanding the business I didn't want to lose that personal E22 134 service or attention to quality.**" E22 135 |^While Gary is working full time in the factory Doug helps out E22 136 there after he has completed his calls. E22 137 |^Being a perfectionist does not mean Doug has priced himself off E22 138 the market *- quite the reverse. ^Most of his prices are only E22 139 fractionally above kitset furniture prices. E22 140 |^It doesn't cost a fortune and the prices include deliveries in E22 141 the Wellington area. ^Doug likes to do these himself so he can be sure E22 142 it goes into a room undamaged during transportation and that the final E22 143 article is perfect from the client's point of view. E22 144 |^The showroom is open only from 9-3 Tuesday to Friday, and E22 145 Wednesday 6-8.30\0pm. ^This is because it is still a relatively small E22 146 business. ^However, they are only too happy to arrange other times to E22 147 suit customers. E22 148 *<*4Best deal essential for satisfying results, after sales service*> E22 149 **[PLATE**] E22 150 |^*0The *"best deal in town**" is not necessarily the *"cheapest E22 151 deal**" when it comes to buying modern equipment for the home. E22 152 |^This is particularly true in the field of microwave cooking. E22 153 |^New microwave customers need to feel confident that the machine E22 154 they are buying will meet their needs, they must know how to use it E22 155 properly for best results and they need to be sure that there is an E22 156 excellent guarantee and backup service in case something should go E22 157 wrong. E22 158 |^At Microwave Cookers in The Dominion Building, Victoria Street, E22 159 Wellington, and McLean Street, Paraparaumu, they have experience and E22 160 will teach customers all they need to know. ^They run three workshops E22 161 to handle repairs, their own customers receiving priority over work E22 162 for other retailers and they stock the best ovens they can buy *- the E22 163 latest Toshiba range. E22 164 |^Graham Mantel of Microwave Cookers has been a microwave cook E22 165 for 22 years and repaired ovens for 18 years. ^He initiated the idea E22 166 of cooking classes. ^All customers receive a basic two hour class and E22 167 there is an optional minimum nine hour course for customers with E22 168 little or no microwave cooking experience. ^These are invaluable. ^For E22 169 those who feel they want more, they need only ask. E22 170 |^There is another option *- a 1 1/2 day domestic cooking seminar E22 171 designed to cater for business people. ^Leicester Dean *- a E22 172 professional chef for over 20 years *- runs the classes. ^His E22 173 reputation in this field has spread so that Microwave Cookers now run E22 174 commercial catering courses as well. E22 175 |^The classes are kept deliberately small *- a maximum of 25 E22 176 people. E22 177 |^*"If there are too many in a class it is impossible for all E22 178 their questions to be answered. ^With small classes we can give each E22 179 individual more attention,**" Graham Mantel said. E22 180 *<*4Importance*> E22 181 |*"^I can't stress enough the importance of these classes. ^Many E22 182 cooking methods differ from the traditional ones and for best results E22 183 new microwave oven owners must learn what these are.**" E22 184 |^As members of the Cookery and Food Association of New Zealand, E22 185 the Master Chefs Association and the Guild of Electronic Appliance E22 186 Retailers, Microwave Cookers have access to all the latest E22 187 developments in the industry. E22 188 |^They also stock Toshiba ovens for the same reason. ^The latest E22 189 developments in the new range mean a 5 year guarantee can be given on E22 190 Toshiba ovens. E22 191 |^The demand for the latest range of Toshibas has exceeded E22 192 expectations. E22 193 |*"^We have sold more new ovens in three months than we did in E22 194 two years of the previous model *- and they were popular.**" E22 195 |^It proves that customers who do their research acknowledge that E22 196 the latest improvements backed by a five year guarantee make Toshiba E22 197 the leader in the field. E22 198 |^And just in case anyone thinks they have to buy one before E22 199 {0GST} *- think again. ^{0GST} will not affect Microwave Cookers E22 200 prices as the current sales tax of 10 percent will be removed and E22 201 {0GST} of 10 percent will apply in its place. ^The only fluctuation in E22 202 prices will be as a result of the exchange rate. E22 203 *<*4Extra service seldom costs more*> E22 204 |^*0There are numerous reasons why many home**[ARB**]-owners E22 205 prefer the benefits associated with a designer kitchen *- it is E22 206 specifically designed to fit their room and their family's needs. E22 207 ^Most of the benefits fall under the heading *"Service**". E22 208 |^*"We are constantly designing and quoting for people who E22 209 comment that all these benefits have added little if anything to the E22 210 cost of the kitchen,**" Murray Adams of Stylewood said. E22 211 |^The first benefit is that both Stylewood Wellington and the E22 212 Kapiti Kitchen and Bathroom Centre (which both hold the Stylewood E22 213 franchise) have complete kitchens on display in their showrooms. ^This E22 214 enables customers to inspect the kitchen closely, assess which E22 215 conveniences they would like to have, and helps them choose the doors E22 216 which will create the atmosphere or look they are wanting. E22 217 |^Once some ideas are formulated these companies do not expect E22 218 people to design their own kitchens and possibly make some dreadful E22 219 mistakes. ^They have consultants who hold the international Kitchen E22 220 Designer qualification *- a rigorous examination dealing with good E22 221 kitchen design. ^These staff can discuss ideas, make suggestions, E22 222 visit the home and finally draw up plans. E22 223 *<*4Flexibility*> E22 224 |^*0*"Visiting the home gives us a greater feel for it and the E22 225 family's tastes, so we can achieve an appropriate, workable layout E22 226 taking all factors into consideration,**" Murray Adams said. E22 227 *# E23 001 **[128 TEXT E23**] E23 002 |^*6D*2OWN *0in the hot bowels of Calliope Dock, motors running for E23 003 charging, nervous preparations are being made and farewells completed E23 004 as the sky clears following torrential overnight rain. E23 005 |^Farewells are sad. ^Why do we do this? ^Back aboard for final E23 006 fiddling around, the oily water in the dock slowly rises. ^Borax is E23 007 gently poked at the opposition and crews study the weather map, E23 008 bemoaning the forecast of north-northeast 20-30 knots for the leg to E23 009 Mangonui following days of pleasant, fine south-westerlies. E23 010 |^Sunday, 1720. ^Ghosting in a light north-easterly and pouring E23 011 rain. ^A couple of black fronts came through 1 1/2 hours before the E23 012 start and at one time it looked like a downwind start. ^Everyone E23 013 scrambling to get kite gear ready. ^Then, after another black front E23 014 went through, the wind went back to north-east, fresh and gusty, and E23 015 everyone crossed the line at or near 1400 under \0No. 2 headsail and E23 016 full main. E23 017 |^We rounded North Head into a freshening northerly, with one E23 018 reef in, short tacking and feeling sad after farewells to loved ones E23 019 on a following launch. ^Then the wind packed in, the reef came out, E23 020 and it was a sloppy beat in light northerlies and heavy rain out to E23 021 Rangitoto Beacon. E23 022 |^Since then it has been an exercise in frustration, even rowing E23 023 for half an hour at up to one knot into a sloppy head sea with sails E23 024 flapping. ^Heaving away at one 13\0ft oar trying to propel a three-ton E23 025 boat helps psychologically, I guess. E23 026 |^Some kites popped out to the east about an hour ago, in a E23 027 two-knot southerly. ^We desperately threw one up, but no good, so down E23 028 again, genoa up, curses from the cockpit. ^Lost it again. ^Bloody E23 029 frustrating. E23 030 |^And so it goes through a long, wet, calm kite-up-and-down E23 031 night. ^It's taking forever to tack through Tiri Passage into a E23 032 wafting northerly and adverse tide, rain constantly coming down, E23 033 masthead lights all round, wondering who they are. ^The Chico 30 E23 034 *1ChoChoSan *0comes flapping past under genoa, me under very shy kite E23 035 with a piece of braid on the clew. ^We pass within feet, but nothing E23 036 said. E23 037 |^Daylight sees us inside Little Barrier and outside the Hen and E23 038 Chickens. ^God knows how; I thought we were heading up *1inside *0the E23 039 Chooks. ^So much for the precise art of navigation. E23 040 |^Up goes the kite again, to a light south-westerly, with flashes E23 041 of white and coloured sails becoming obvious. ^The 0833 skeds are E23 042 totally depressing *- Carpenter six miles in front of us and Mitchell E23 043 in the Farr 9.2 *1Hot Gossip *012 miles ahead, and with a better E23 044 handicap! ^We should have had that bag up sooner last night. E23 045 |^*1Starlight Express *0is leading, as to be expected, miles up E23 046 the coast, with everyone else bunched between Tutukaka and the Hen and E23 047 Chickens. ^I'm feeling tired and grumpy, with a long way to go and E23 048 getting nowhere fast. E23 049 |^Today, Monday, is making up for it all. ^A sparkling blue kite E23 050 ride, wind slowly backing to the south-east and setting in to five E23 051 knots over the deck. ^The big bag is up, Autohelm chirping and E23 052 chattering away, wake gurgling out of the back, islands and lush green E23 053 coast slipping by. ^Long may it last (which it won't). E23 054 |^It doesn't. ^We fall into a hole off Whangaruru for a few hours E23 055 in the evening before a land breeze/ south-westerly sets in and the E23 056 race re-starts for us with *1Kirsten \0J *0and *1Tailgunner E23 057 *0following us up the path in a silvery moon past Cape Brett *- the E23 058 first major milestone in one day and 8 1/2 hours to cover 100 miles! E23 059 |^Cape Karikari abeam. ^Genoa and main eased, sun shining, E23 060 westerly of 12/ 15 knots. ^Cracking along right on course for North E23 061 Cape, showing as a blue lump just to the left of the two yachts ahead E23 062 of us: the 1812 Overture is on the radio, God is in his heaven and all E23 063 is well in this little world! ^The SatNav is on to get times of passes E23 064 tomorrow for fixes going down the West Coast. E23 065 |^It's a regular procession *- quite a few boats delayed their E23 066 restarts 6 or 12 hours from Mangonui due to the complete lack of wind E23 067 overnight. ^Some did start on time this morning and were still E23 068 drifting around Doubtless Bay hours later. ^Our restart was at the E23 069 very civilised time of 1157.10. ^Along with *1Tailgunner, Kirsten E23 070 *0and *1Shamu *0were sitting off the *"windward**" end of line around E23 071 1130 in a glassy calm. ^The breeze the locals had said would fill in E23 072 at midday started to come away and, after a couple of practice runs E23 073 across the line, we started close round the buoy 10 seconds late and E23 074 took off across the flat calm and glassy waters at a delightful six E23 075 knots plus, laying the course and chasing *1Rite Off *0which had E23 076 drifted across the line half an hour earlier. E23 077 |^The makings of this race are the mustering of boats in the E23 078 graving dock for three days before the start; the twice-daily position E23 079 reports and chats afterwards; the E23 080 **[PLATE**] E23 081 Mark Foy-like restarts, and the great bunch of people you get to know E23 082 better as you get around the island. ^Like all sailing you need a fair E23 083 measure of masochism and amnesia, and the utterly frustrating and E23 084 miserable first leg is already a sordid memory after a most enjoyable E23 085 24-hour stopover in Mangonui and this great start to the second leg. E23 086 |^The hospitality of the large boatshed-type Mangonui Cruising E23 087 Club was all it was cracked up to be. ^Complimentary bottle beer upon E23 088 arrival, barbecued steaks and sausages and an entertaining prizegiving E23 089 with all contestants being given a dozen of the sponsors' fine E23 090 products *- in reverse order of handicap placings. ^Due to our E23 091 pathetic performance meandering from hole to hole, our dozen was E23 092 presented rather sooner than we'd have wished. ^Oh well, things can E23 093 only improve! E23 094 |^The magnificent Davidson 55 *1Starlight Express, *0sailed by E23 095 Ian Treleaven and Trans-Tasman record holder Pat Costello, crossed the E23 096 line at 2036, Monday. ^The 4.57 knots average required to do this sums E23 097 up the first leg. ^Next over the line in a cluster of yachts was the E23 098 powerful 16.5\0m Spencer design from Wellington *1Frederick *0(Graham E23 099 Moore and John Askew) at 0015 Tuesday, followed within a half hour by E23 100 Phil Atkinson's *1Aladdinsane, *0the regular campaigner and race E23 101 record holder *1Arethusa, *0sailed by the redoubtable team of Knightly E23 102 and Cochrane, and then the two Ross 40s only four minutes apart, E23 103 *1Provincial Cowboy *0with 1000\0kg more ballast and a bigger rig E23 104 ahead of Murray E23 105 **[PLATE**] E23 106 Sleeth and Jill Green on the much-campaigned *1Not Guilty. ^*0Roughly E23 107 4.00 knots average for all these potentially very fast yachts. E23 108 |^By about 1400 Tuesday, Mangonui Harbour crowded with the whole E23 109 fleet in except the Nova 28 *1Cerraway *0which found more than her E23 110 fair share of parking lots. E23 111 |^Overall handicap leader was the Farr 1020 *1Hero, *0very well E23 112 sailed by the Ward brothers, also winner on handicap of the second E23 113 division. ^They wisely postponed their restart 12 hours to 1330 E23 114 Wednesday. E23 115 |^Farr boats took the honours on handicap in all three divisions E23 116 with the 11.58\0m *1Magic Dragon *0taking out the first division and E23 117 Grant Mitchell's 9.2 *1Hot Gossip *0doing brilliantly to arrive around E23 118 0730 Tuesday. ^The less said about our placing the better. E23 119 |^2100 Wednesday. ^This is sheer magic. ^I can sometimes see why E23 120 sailing is so enjoyable. ^Mind you, a couple of hours ago I was E23 121 suicidally depressed as we slopped and lurched into a lumpy head sea E23 122 without enough wind. ^It was changing from the close reaching westerly E23 123 we'd enjoyed all the way from Mangonui to a hard-on-the-nose E23 124 north-westerly as we approached North Cape. ^After plugging on to E23 125 seaward into an entirely wrong (for us) sea, we decided to tack E23 126 inshore and calm water under the lee of the land. E23 127 |^We tacked a mile off Parengarenga with *1Vagan *0under us, and E23 128 then had a beautiful little sail in smooth water up to the Cape, the E23 129 sun setting over the land behind, *1Vagan *0and *1Shamu *0a short way E23 130 ahead. ^I've been round the top six times in the last three years and E23 131 this one will be indelibly printed on my memory as the best. ^We E23 132 tacked to head across the top with North Cape looming black against a E23 133 pink, lilac and grey sky and little fangs of yachts ahead poking up E23 134 from the horizon. E23 135 |^Crossing Spirits Bay the moon is fluorescently huge to the E23 136 north, lighting us and the coast like day, with the Southern Cross and E23 137 pointers to the south. ^The only sounds as I perch on the coaming E23 138 steering with the tiller extension are the splashing bow wave, E23 139 gurgling wake, and crackling of the racing pennant from the backstay. E23 140 ^I sit here slipping along at six-10 knots over the deck for two hours E23 141 before handing over to Alan. E23 142 |^It turns out to be quite a night of contrasts. ^We round Reinga E23 143 about 0100 with a large trawler conveniently just inside us to relieve E23 144 some of the worry from Columbia Bank. ^As we come down close in to E23 145 Cape Maria van Diemen to skirt down the inside of Pandora Bank, the E23 146 wind is well round aft and freshening, so I dig Alan out to get the E23 147 big bag up. ^We manage to get it up \0OK, floundering around on the E23 148 foredeck in the turbulent shallow water (lucky enough to have a E23 149 favourable 1 1/2 knot tide all the way around the Cape and down past E23 150 the Bank). ^I then call out from forward for the spare genoa halyard E23 151 to be released in order to move it aft and stop chafing the kite foot. E23 152 ^In the dark and confusion the kite halyard is let go. E23 153 |^*"That's the bloody kite halyard *- it's in the water!**" ^I E23 154 stumble and lurch aft as Alan desperately tries to take the weight E23 155 while steering with his legs. E23 156 |^*"Here *- I'll do it.**" ^I crank away furiously, but it's not E23 157 going all the way up. ^*"It's under the bow, we're over the top of E23 158 it!**" ^I jam off the halyard and rush forward again to find that a E23 159 great bunch of the bottom of the sail is caught tight across the bow E23 160 under the stemhead roller! ^I can't pull it off. E23 161 |^*"Slack the guy!**" ^It comes off, so aft again to crank it all E23 162 the way up. E23 163 |^*"Bloody Hell!**" ^We pass Cape Maria van Diemen by this time E23 164 and head straight for Pandora Bank, surging along at 8/ 9 knots. ^We E23 165 put the echo-sounder on and spend an anxious couple of hours sliding E23 166 down the inside edge of the Bank in 10/ 15 fathoms, peering into the E23 167 black hole of the cabin at the winking red eyes of the sounder, E23 168 closely watching the compass course, wind direction and speed, and E23 169 trying to ignore the stern light of yachts ahead who may already have E23 170 cleared the Bank and borne away. E23 171 |^It's a wild ride, the wind up to 25/ 30 knots, a short, steep E23 172 quartering sea throwing her off, causing her to screw up occasionally E23 173 as we surf along at up to 12 and averaging a steady 7 1/2 knots. ^I E23 174 can't sleep off watch, feeling every lurch of the boat, tensed for the E23 175 screw-up or gybe. E23 176 |^It's five o'clock in the morning. *"^John, are you awake? ^I E23 177 think we've ripped the kite!**" E23 178 |^On with the spreader lights and up on deck. *"^Look, in the E23 179 starboard corner.**" ^The spotlight shows a whole panel blown out in E23 180 the starboard clew. ^I feel sick, fed up and furious. *"^Let's get it E23 181 down. ^I'll put the genoa up first.**" E23 182 |^I'm half way forward to ping it when, with the combination of E23 183 eased pole and genoa, she screws up. ^I cling to the shaking shrouds E23 184 watching it all flailing around and tearing itself apart. ^Next an E23 185 enraged rush forward, ducking under the whipping pole, to reach up and E23 186 release the clew. E23 187 *# E24 001 **[129 TEXT E24**] E24 002 ^*0Many sailors would like to see their classes expand into other E24 003 areas but without good national administration and the willingness of E24 004 those in the class to travel to and race in other areas in both E24 005 Islands, no class can become or retain its status as a national class. E24 006 |^One thing that the R Class has always seemed to be able to E24 007 cater for is heavier crews and some very hefty fellows have been E24 008 successful in it, which is surprising in a class less than 14 \0ft and E24 009 with no more sail than a Cherub in its working (windward) area. E24 010 |^This is perhaps explained by a total lack of floor rise E24 011 restrictions and a relatively large spinnaker area by comparison with E24 012 working sail area. ^Certainly the lightweights, who would normally E24 013 excel in a dinghy of this length, will go for the maximum and thus E24 014 perhaps lessen the advantage they naturally possess. ^Equally certain E24 015 is the fact that some who could reasonably be described as getting E24 016 fairly long in the tooth have continued to compete despite twin E24 017 trapezes, small working area and a fair amount of beef. ^Small sail E24 018 area has, in my humble opinion, always provided greater incentive and E24 019 scope for development, provided that class restrictions permit this. E24 020 *<*1R Class ancestry*> E24 021 |^*0The R Class comes from Canterbury and its origins are not E24 022 unlike those of the International 14. ^Neither were they far behind E24 023 that class for in 1928, the same year that the 14 became an E24 024 International class and only two years after it began racing for the E24 025 Prince of Wales Cup, the Irene Stacey Trophy was presented for a E24 026 championship between dinghies not exceeding 12\0ft 9\0ins (3.9\0m) in E24 027 length, 110 \0sq \0ft (10.2 \0sq. \0m.) of working sail, and a E24 028 spinnaker of 75 \0sq. \0ft. (7 \0sq.\0m.). E24 029 |^Most early boats were clinker built and cat rigged with gaff E24 030 mainsails, just as early International 14s had been before the days of E24 031 *"International**" status. ^But, by 1937, Uffa Fox's influence was E24 032 being felt in Canterbury, the class had become the Canterbury T Class E24 033 and most boats were of carvel construction with Bermudian sloop rigs, E24 034 certainly some years before Uffa's influence reached Auckland as far E24 035 as hull design was concerned. E24 036 |^In 1937 another championship trophy was added, the Cyrus E24 037 Williams Trophy, which introduced a minimum beam limit of 4\0ft 6\0ins E24 038 (1.37\0m) and increased the spinnaker area to 100 \0sq. \0ft. (9.3 E24 039 \0sq.\0m.). ^It was also this trophy that introduced the round bilge E24 040 requirement for the first time. E24 041 |^The modern R Class resulted from the enthusiasm of the Mander E24 042 family, Cliff Papps, Jack Cropp and others inspired by the performance E24 043 of George Andrews' Vivid against any other dinghy 14\0ft or under. E24 044 ^Auckland already had a T Class which was 14 \0ft and could be found E24 045 as far south as Wellington still in 1950. ^Thus the name was changed E24 046 to R Class and the Canterbury part dropped, for the intention was to E24 047 see this become established as a national class. E24 048 *<*1Seamanship*> E24 049 |^*0They also came up with a national championship trophy which E24 050 commemorates one of the finest feats of seamanship since Captain Bligh E24 051 was cast E24 052 **[PLATE**] E24 053 adrift in his open boat by the mutineers of the Bounty. E24 054 |^Like Achilles of the famous Battle of the River Plate, Leander E24 055 was manned mainly by New Zealanders, although there were also E24 056 Englishmen and Fijians among her crew, when she was torpedoed in E24 057 action in the Pacific. ^In what became a classic example of damage E24 058 control in the eyes of the British Admiralty the ship was saved E24 059 despite a 600 \0sq. \0ft. hole in her port side, total flooding of her E24 060 for'ard boiler room, low power room, transmitting station, for'ard E24 061 dynamo room and main switchboard room. ^Five of her fuel tanks were E24 062 wrecked and another two contaminated by sea water. ^Leaks were located E24 063 in E24 064 **[PLATE**] E24 065 major parts of her bulkhead structure. ^She was brought down to New E24 066 Zealand following temporary repairs with concrete and then, following E24 067 more substantial repairs in Auckland, was taken to Boston, United E24 068 States, for a total refit which was not completed until September, E24 069 1945. E24 070 |^While in Boston a Canterbury member of her crew, Les Smith, E24 071 *"lifted**" her lower deck crest and brought this home with him when E24 072 the crew were discharged. ^With the blessing of the Royal New Zealand E24 073 Navy in 1950 this was mounted on a kauri plinth to become the National E24 074 Championship Trophy for the R Class. E24 075 |^From 1950 on the class did spread as far as Northland but had E24 076 not managed to obtain a foothold in Auckland, although the Cherub E24 077 Class starting from scratch had reached Canterbury by 1955. ^In 1959 E24 078 it was decided to take the Leander Trophy contest to Auckland and, as E24 079 a result of this, the class became established in Auckland, initially E24 080 on the Manukau Harbour. E24 081 |^I had considered building one as early as 1953 and Ken E24 082 Rushbrook had built his Missing Link even before that. ^I opted E24 083 instead for an International 14 since I discovered that the class E24 084 restrictions would allow me to build it with chines. ^Ken's boat was E24 085 not as long as an R Class, for he lopped nine inches off from its E24 086 stern and made it a Q Class 12 \0ft so that he could race with them. E24 087 |^The enthusiasm created by the 1959 Leander Trophy Contest in E24 088 Auckland caused it to be held again there only two years later and E24 089 this put the class on a firm footing there. E24 090 *<*1Sail plan development*> E24 091 |^*0Although there is no height restriction on the R Class rig E24 092 the standard sail plan in early days, despite the trapeze being E24 093 introduced in 1965, was a small non-overlapping jib with a relatively E24 094 low wide mainsail. ^In 1960 George Gibbs and Colin Dalziel rigged E24 095 Chamois similarly to their Cherub and won the Leander Trophy. E24 096 |^Back in Cherubs in 1961 they were New Zealand representatives E24 097 in the Cherub team which contested the 12 \0ft Interdominion series in E24 098 Sydney in which Cherubs placed third, fourth, fifth and seventh E24 099 against top skiffs from both sides of the Tasman. ^In that season Hugh E24 100 Poole raced Chamois and again she won the coveted trophy. E24 101 |^In 1962, with Gibbs and Dalziel back in her, she won it again E24 102 for three in a row and the die was cast for further development in E24 103 this direction and rather beyond it *- for today's sails, both E24 104 mainsail and jib, are very tall indeed with the jib often self E24 105 tacking. ^There has been no lack of development (for there is little E24 106 to prevent it) and while some would like still to see chine hulls E24 107 allowed to develop freely in the class, as has happened in most other E24 108 restricted classes, there are strong reasons for retaining the status E24 109 quo. E24 110 |^Certainly a large percentage of the chine hulls found in these E24 111 classes are of E24 112 **[PLATE**] E24 113 a shape which could not easily be built from sheet plywood and E24 114 perhaps, as someone recently pointed out, it is human nature that E24 115 causes us to try and make hard chine hulls with as much round in them E24 116 as we can get, yet make round ones with corners. E24 117 *<*1A Kiwi boat*> E24 118 |^*0When the Mander brothers and others decided that they would E24 119 promote their class nationally back in 1951 there was much criticism E24 120 of its lack of rules and forecasting of freak hulls built over-lightly E24 121 with lead skegs or keels, wings and all sorts of other devices which E24 122 might promote speed. ^The author of all this nonsense, signing himself E24 123 *"Onlooker**", suggested that we should look for guidance to the E24 124 English restricted classes, in particular his favourite Merlin Rocket E24 125 class. ^Perhaps not surprisingly he was English, an employee of the E24 126 publisher of the magazine in which this correspondence appeared. E24 127 |^All three of the classes mentioned by *"Onlooker**" were, in E24 128 fact, tried here subsequently and found wanting. ^Too heavy, too E24 129 expensive *- and too slow! E24 130 |^Development in these, over the 35 years since *"Onlooker**" E24 131 wrote, has been very closely similar to that in the R Class except E24 132 that it has been retarded greatly in those classes by over E24 133 restriction, which naturally could not envisage the future E24 134 developments in materials and techniques. ^Thus the restrictions in E24 135 these classes have required much alteration over the years, often E24 136 disadvantaging E24 137 **[PLATE**] E24 138 existing boats, where the R Class restrictions have had no need for E24 139 this. E24 140 |^It cannot be denied that modern Rs are tender, with narrow E24 141 waterline beam, but this is exactly the same development which has E24 142 taken place in the English classes. ^The R Class is not a family E24 143 sailboat and has never pretended to be other than an all-out racing E24 144 dinghy. E24 145 *<*1Construction methods*> E24 146 |^*0Cold moulding, usually from two laminations of 3\0mm cedar or E24 147 other veneer, was the norm during the 1950s and 1960s. ^There were a E24 148 number of moulds around in various parts of the country for a number E24 149 of popular designs and these were able to be borrowed by would-be E24 150 builders. ^There was no need to build a new one unless for a new E24 151 design and even that was sometimes achieved by packing a mould that E24 152 was somewhere near the required shape. E24 153 |^Clinker construction using plywood with wide bottom strakes E24 154 became common in the later 1960s and 1970s, and a good many of these E24 155 are still in evidence. ^Gradual reduction in the number of planks or E24 156 strakes each side produced what were virtually chine hulls and the E24 157 1978 template was introduced to control this, being now the only E24 158 determination as to the round bilge requirement. ^Thus E24 159 **[PLATE**] E24 160 Too Much Positive Touch has only two strakes each side with her narrow E24 161 bottom and widely laid-out topsides. ^She is very similar in shape to E24 162 a modern English Merlin Rocket, although the latter is still required E24 163 by its class rules to have a greater number of strakes. E24 164 |^Too Much Positive Touch is not, with her 2\0m beam, typical of E24 165 the R Class however, nor even similar to either the new boat currently E24 166 building by Martin, or Ferrari which he built previous to her, two E24 167 seasons ago. ^Even the materials have varied from one to the next, E24 168 Ferrari being from foam/ glass laminate, Too Much Positive Touch from E24 169 plywood, and the new hull from strip planked Lawson Cyprus, glassed E24 170 both sides in similar fashion to Alan Roper's No Natural Buoyancy, E24 171 shown in the October Boating New Zealand. ^As I said earlier, hulls E24 172 don't cost that much to build at home and, having put a good rig E24 173 together, provide cheap education as well as a great deal of E24 174 satisfaction to any person who has the desire to design boats. E24 175 |^The limitation is, of course, the ability to sail them E24 176 efficiently when we are talking of boats such as the R Class *- but E24 177 this only supports my view for the need of more restricted classes in E24 178 New Zealand, suited to less acrobatic forms of sailing and not E24 179 forgetting family sailing. ^One of Australia's most popular classes is E24 180 a family sailboat, the NS14, which is also a development class and one E24 181 which could prove very popular here while offering inter-Dominion E24 182 competition for those who might wish to have it. ^Racing small E24 183 centreboard boats can provide a great opportunity for seeing other E24 184 places and meeting other people. ^As Bruce Vallely, a long time R E24 185 Class stalwart, recently commented that without the R Class neither he E24 186 nor his family would have seen more than a fraction of New Zealand, E24 187 whereas there is not much of it they have not seen. E24 188 |^Involvement in inter-Dominion contests has resulted in E24 189 friendships such as in Bruce's case between his family and that of Ken E24 190 Beashel, whose son Colin is skipper of Australia *=IV. E24 191 |^Beasho himself was famous in 16 and 18 \0ft skiffs and has been E24 192 involved in most of Australia's America's Cup challenges. ^He was once E24 193 widely publicised in New Zealand when, following an incident where a E24 194 spectator craft caused him to capsize during an inter-Dominion 18 \0ft E24 195 contest, he jumped on board and *"dropped**" its helmsman before E24 196 proceeding with righting his boat. ^I can't recall whether he won that E24 197 contest, but quite likely did**[SIC**]. E24 198 *# E25 001 **[130 TEXT E25**] E25 002 |^*4Another rugby season is under way, and some of the top E25 003 players have already had quite a few games. ^Whether or not this is a E25 004 good thing is debatable, but one thing is for sure *- this is going to E25 005 be a season with a difference. E25 006 |^*0This Sunday Canterbury plays its first match in the new E25 007 {0A.G.C.} South Pacific championship against Auckland at Lancaster E25 008 Park. E25 009 |^The following week-ends it will meet New South Wales (in E25 010 Sydney), Queensland, Wellington (both at Lancaster Park) and Fiji (in E25 011 Suva). E25 012 |^It would be a daunting programme at any time, but in the first E25 013 seven weeks of a season it is even more challenging. ^The South E25 014 Pacific series is an interesting concept, and with sizeable E25 015 sponsorship it could not be ignored. E25 016 |^However, while it might be an interesting and closely-fought E25 017 series, the quality of football could leave a lot to be desired. ^For E25 018 any New Zealand side to playing somewhere near its best in April and E25 019 May is wellnigh a mission impossible. E25 020 |^It is certainly impossible for a coach to achieve much in E25 021 March. ^Not only are there players tied up with other sports, but even E25 022 those dedicated to rugby are hard to pin down. E25 023 |^A number of Canterbury's leading players, for example, have E25 024 been travelling far and wide to pre-season games, especially those of E25 025 the festival type. E25 026 |^The players are not forced to participate, although in many E25 027 cases they do feel an obligation. ^These games may, at least, have E25 028 some benefit this year in getting the players match fit. E25 029 |^But as Canterbury coach, Alex Wyllie, noted last week: **"^If E25 030 only I could get them all together at training a few times; so far E25 031 it's been just about impossible.**" E25 032 |^This year Easter did come early, which meant that nearly all E25 033 the pre-season frolics were over by the end of March. ^Imagine what it E25 034 will be like when Easter falls in the first or second week of April! E25 035 |^Because of a lack of information, the {0C.R.F.U.} has had its E25 036 problems in promoting the Auckland game, this week. ^It had to go E25 037 ahead and print tickets without the name of the sponsor when the E25 038 deadline passed and the sponsor had still not been named. E25 039 |^Clearly this South Pacific venture is very much an Australian E25 040 one, and Australia does seem to be more geared to playing big matches E25 041 at the start of the season than New Zealand is. E25 042 |^This does not mean to say that New Zealand is going to be the E25 043 poor relation, and, we trust, it will provide the winner. ^But anyone E25 044 who thinks Auckland, Wellington or Canterbury is going to be playing E25 045 cracking rugby in April is asking for an awful lot. E25 046 |^To some minds, this Sunday's game might be thought of as a E25 047 continuation of the epic shield encounter of last September. ^Hardly E25 048 likely, given what was at stake that day. E25 049 |^The South Pacific series may work, and one advantage it does E25 050 have is that the grounds will still be firm and provide teams with an E25 051 opportunity to move the ball around. E25 052 |^Whether the teams will be co-ordinated enough, and the players E25 053 fit enough, to do so is another matter. E25 054 |^Club rugby, if only in Christchurch, has already paid a price E25 055 for the series. ^The senior competition, building towards finals, has E25 056 been a good one in recent years, but it has been changed to meet the E25 057 needs of players and clubs. E25 058 |^Everyone knows, we have heard so often enough from officials E25 059 that club rugby is the basis of the game in New Zealand. ^And, no E25 060 doubt, it will always be, but perhaps the time is ripe when the E25 061 relationship between club and representative rugby needs to be E25 062 reassessed. E25 063 |^All clubs like to have top players, but they are getting less E25 064 and less mileage out of them. ^How often has Christchurch had Jock E25 065 Hobbs in the last two seasons, Belfast Wayne Smith and University E25 066 Warwick Taylor? ^Very rarely. E25 067 |^Maybe clubs need to accept that while it's nice having an All E25 068 Black to boast of, he is not going to play a lot for the club. ^In E25 069 fact, an All Black popping in and out of the team can be more of a E25 070 drawback than an advantage. E25 071 |^The senior format was changing this year so that clubs would E25 072 get more value from their top players. ^It will be interesting to see E25 073 how much more they do get, and who can blame these rep players if they E25 074 elect to take things a shade easy in June and July, before the E25 075 pressure goes on them again in August and September. E25 076 |^Wayne Smith made no secret of the fact that the South Pacific E25 077 series was the final straw that pushed him into retirement. ^In his E25 078 view, too much was being asked of top players. ^Perhaps he is right. E25 079 |^Balancing club and representative rugby has never been easy, E25 080 and in these days when money takes on such importance in the game E25 081 (rightly or wrongly) the problem is getting even greater. E25 082 |^By trying to run club rugby to suit just a few, who might in E25 083 this regard be labelled an *'elitist**' group, there is a very real E25 084 danger of club rugby suffering more harm than good. E25 085 |^Of course, it may mean a down-grading of senior rugby. ^But E25 086 isn't this what is happening now, and the average club player is E25 087 surely deserving of some consideration. E25 088 |^But the South Pacific series is with us, and Canterbury is E25 089 involved. ^Let's give it a trial before we start screaming too loudly E25 090 about the harm it is going to do. E25 091 *<*6JUNIOR RED & BLACKS*> E25 092 *<*4Burnside backs show their paces*> E25 093 |^*4The second round of preliminary grading games saw a keen E25 094 tussle at South Hagley Park between Burnside and Linwood from the 13th E25 095 Grade (\0U 13 \0U 45\0kg). E25 096 |^*0Burnside looked very determined and scored first after a fine E25 097 run by Matthew Crook on the way to score in the corner. ^The Burnside E25 098 forwards settled down far quicker and produced a more cohesive E25 099 platform which gave good ball to the backs who tried at every attempt E25 100 to run at the opposition. ^After a period of pressure centre Tim E25 101 Wastney scored following an earlier superb effort showing what a E25 102 skillful player he can be with his magnificent body swerve and pace. E25 103 |^For Burnside, \0No 8 Neil Flux was a fiercely determined player E25 104 who tackled well and snapped whatever loose ball there was for his E25 105 team. ^Fullback Justin Brown was reliable as ever and tackled when E25 106 called upon. ^Flanker Jamie Bowden produced a top performance as did E25 107 Prop Grant Allott who grafted away in the tight. E25 108 |^Halfback Julian Wilson made it look so easy while Aaron Turner E25 109 at lock put in a solid effort for Burnside. E25 110 |^Despite struggling at times against a determined Burnside team, E25 111 Linwood kept on plugging away. ^Good defence kept Burnside to only E25 112 four tries. ^Despite this, 16-0 was a respectable score with several E25 113 players standing out for Linwood. ^In the backs Jason Hamilton, E25 114 playing both first-five and left wing, showed good qualities. E25 115 ^Three-quarter Jason Spicer tirelessly tackled and covered all game E25 116 repelling many Burnside raids. ^Five-eighth Lance Jarvis showed E25 117 promise with a beautiful body swerve and side step. ^Daniel Hopwood E25 118 tried very hard and completed a useful Linwood backline. ^In the E25 119 forwards Hooker Shane Dickison was to the fore always in the thick of E25 120 the action while Props Kerry North and Jodi Catv worked hard in the E25 121 rucks and mauls. ^Following a good win over \0St Andrews last week E25 122 Linwood could not click but will improve as the season progresses. E25 123 |^In an eleventh grade (\0U 14 \0U 50\0kg) game \0St Bede's E25 124 continually hounded a somewhat loose and disorganised Merivale-Papanui E25 125 side. ^A clean attractive approach by a slick \0St Bede's team in E25 126 using its backs whenever it could showed if the basics were right then E25 127 scoring can be easy. ^Not to be outdone the \0St Bede's forwards E25 128 delivered excellently set up ball for halfback Chris Bell. ^Lock Chris E25 129 Callaghan was in fine form with a large chunk of the lineout throws E25 130 being hauled in by him. E25 131 |^The \0St Bede's loose trio of Craig MacDonald, Paul Bocoski and E25 132 Mark Cochrane were outstanding especially Cochrane who showed real E25 133 potential with a fine individual game. ^Hooker Daniel Higginbottom was E25 134 a real tiger in the thick. ^In the backs E25 135 **[PLATE**] E25 136 second-five Ryan Anderson continually broke the first tackle setting E25 137 up his outsides on a regular basis. ^Fullback Ted McKay was steady as E25 138 a rock and kicked well with poise showing how gifted he is. E25 139 |^Despite being down from the start Merivale-Papanui did soldier E25 140 on and for a 10 minute period of the second half placed a lot of E25 141 pressure on the \0St Bede's team. ^Halfback Doug Ewan and centre Mark E25 142 Stanbury were two backs to be noticed whilst in the forwards hooker E25 143 Aaron Webb and flankers David Taylor and John Kelly all played to E25 144 their usual high standards in the forwards. E25 145 |^Final score: \0St Bede's College 16 Merivale-Papanui 0. E25 146 *<*8Secondary School Rugby*> E25 147 *<*4Burnside holds out arch rivals Linwood*> E25 148 |^The Secondary Schools Championships continued again last week E25 149 when *'arch-rivals**' Burnside High School 1st *=XV met Linwood High E25 150 School 1st *=XV at Linwood High. E25 151 |^*0Conditions were ideal for this usually keen tussle between E25 152 two very evenly balanced teams. ^Starting aggressively, Linwood placed E25 153 much pressure on the Burnside pack by really hitting the rucks and E25 154 mauls very hard. ^This certainly had the desired effect of knocking E25 155 Burnside off its stride as it struggled to match Linwood in the E25 156 forward battle for most of the first half. ^Despite this Burnside drew E25 157 first blood by posting a penalty goal to halfback Kevin Harding with a E25 158 useful 38 metre attempt. ^Stung into action Linwood struck back with E25 159 revenge when it literally tore at Burnside with lock Rodney Chapman E25 160 barging over for a try to put Linwood up 4-3. E25 161 |^Linwood continued the forward monopoly with some good line-out E25 162 ball won at \0No.1 by Rodney Chapman. ^This control was backed by E25 163 excellent covering by the Linwood tight forwards. ^They all hit the E25 164 mauls hard and rucked furiously at times in desperate search for quick E25 165 ball. ^Despite this advantage, the Linwood backs couldn't fully E25 166 capitalise on this lead and it was Burnside who against the run of E25 167 play scored a try six minutes from the break after a swerving run by E25 168 first-five eighth Steven Kate. ^Burnside led 7-4 at half-time. E25 169 |^If Linwood dominated the first half then Burnside found the E25 170 second half easier going. ^The visitors gradually worked their way E25 171 back into the game and managed to overcome a tiring Linwood pack to E25 172 share possession in E25 173 **[PLATE**] E25 174 a somewhat scrappy period which saw both sides squander opportunities E25 175 but also featured some stout defence by both teams. E25 176 |^Burnside tightened up and controlled the game attempting to E25 177 keep the ball in the Linwood half with some probing kicks or quick E25 178 hands to its pack wing three-quarter which often brought successful E25 179 territorial gains. E25 180 |^The solitary scoring feat came from the boot of Kevin Harding E25 181 when he landed a useful penalty goal after a Linwood infringement to E25 182 put Burnside up 10-4 which it held until the final whistle. ^Burnside, E25 183 in pressuring the Linwood forwards, asserted a stranglehold in the E25 184 lineouts in the second half where Geoff Young and Duncan Garge E25 185 provided the base which brought Burnside the much needed possession if E25 186 it was to hold on to win. ^At flanker, Greg Milne showed real courage E25 187 in chasing the loose ball and tackled hard in a whole-hearted display. E25 188 ^Greg Smith at hooker rallied his team very well while also E25 189 contributing with a high work rate. ^In the backs Matthew Ford at E25 190 fullback was sound on defence and added thrust to backline movements E25 191 when he entered. ^Right wing Scott Miller showed his class with some E25 192 charging runs down the flank while the other Burnside wing Martin E25 193 Codman also ran hard when called upon. E25 194 *# E26 001 **[131 TEXT E26**] E26 002 |^*4T*0here are now a host of different options open to the new E26 003 home buyer. ^The traditional quarter acre section is largely a thing E26 004 of the past in many inner city areas. E26 005 |^Apartments and units are a growing trend on valuable land in E26 006 the inner urban areas and tower blocks are becoming a distinctive E26 007 feature of city skylines. E26 008 |^Besides offering better use of the land, they provide a whole E26 009 new environment, with the security aspect appealing to many new home E26 010 owners. ^Inner city living has changed dramatically from the days of E26 011 the endless suburbs with their traditional bungalows. E26 012 |^Today many people are quite happy to live beneath or on top of E26 013 others. E26 014 |^Luxury tower blocks often feature the latest in sophisticated E26 015 built-in security systems and living in such close proximity to others E26 016 provides an extra element of safety. E26 017 |^With section prices in inner city areas of the major cities now E26 018 soaring, apartment and tower blocks offer the new home owner the E26 019 chance to have a good sized floor space in a select location. ^Typical E26 020 of this growing trend is the Kingsway Tower pictured here in the plush E26 021 Auckland suburb of Remuera. ^Another classic example is the Pines on E26 022 the slopes of \0Mt Eden. ^Residents like merchant banking millionaire E26 023 Frank Renouf share the swimming pool, tennis courts and seven acres of E26 024 carefully manicured gardens. E26 025 |^Another popular trend is to build two or three story apartment E26 026 units like the one featured here on Auckland's Tamaki Drive. ^This E26 027 enables occupants to share common features like gardens, driveway and E26 028 recreation facilities, while having their own unit over one floor. ^It E26 029 also makes for a more intensive use of land where local height E26 030 restrictions may be in force. E26 031 |^Townhouses, whether as two or three home units on one section E26 032 or as part of a private estate, offer the chance to share outdoor E26 033 facilities while having your own individual home within a low rise E26 034 development. E26 035 *<*4Think in terms of spaces*> E26 036 **[PLATE**] E26 037 |^A *0generation ago the average New Zealander started with a E26 038 standard quarter acre section on which he built a 1200 square foot E26 039 bungalow with painted wooden weatherboards on the exterior. ^Out the E26 040 front was a lawn and at the back an umbrella-type metal clothes line E26 041 and a vegetable garden. E26 042 |^The lounge nearly always faced the street, regardless of the E26 043 house's relationship to the sun, and the whole street looked like it E26 044 was the same house repeated again and again. E26 045 |^Today the cost of land in the main cities has resulted in many E26 046 different approaches to land use, such as townhouses and tower blocks. E26 047 ^New Zealanders are also now aware that we live in a very well endowed E26 048 natural environment and they are increasingly making use of nature's E26 049 benefits to enhance the total environment of their new homes. E26 050 |^Remember that you can significantly increase the value of your E26 051 home by the way you decorate the exterior and link it to landscaped E26 052 surroundings. E26 053 |^It is important to look at your home as an inter-related E26 054 environment rather than a series of rooms and walls placed on a piece E26 055 of land. ^With sections becoming smaller and even sub-divided further, E26 056 the emphasis must be to blend each individual home with its external E26 057 environment, to take advantage of New Zealand's lush natural growth. E26 058 |^There is a growing trend to accentuate our natural heritage E26 059 with exposed timber, natural brick and clay surfaces and our luxuriant E26 060 native plants. ^The textures and surfaces of the walls, the way E26 061 windows and doors are placed and proportioned, the shape of the E26 062 roofline will all affect the relationship of the house to its E26 063 environment. ^Begin by linking it all together when you are designing E26 064 your new home. E26 065 *<*4Linking inside and out*> E26 066 **[PLATES**] E26 067 |^I*0t is important when thinking of your home as a total E26 068 environment to consider all possibilities, like the addition of a pool E26 069 or spa. ^A good way to ensure it blends in with your home and its E26 070 surroundings is to have your property landscaped by a specialist. E26 071 |^Landscan is an Auckland company which is involved in all E26 072 aspects of outdoor development. ^They act as landscape consultants to E26 073 a number of pool companies and like to be involved with swimming pool E26 074 planning at an early stage to advise on placing and levels. E26 075 |^In addition to design concepts like line, proportion and E26 076 texture, consideration is also given to the needs and lifestyle of E26 077 each client, with a detailed plan presented. E26 078 |^Landscan considers the garden and pool as a series of outdoor E26 079 rooms extending from the living areas of the house. ^Graeme Mallet of E26 080 Landscan has spent several years involved in residential and E26 081 commercial landscaping in Sydney and his assignments have varied from E26 082 landscaping over 100 terraced homes to creating a tropical paradise E26 083 from 25 acres of beach. E26 084 |^He has developed a bold, free approach with large flowing E26 085 curves, huge boulders and massed plants. ^Always on the lookout for E26 086 new and interesting materials, he has used logs, railway sleepers, E26 087 sculpture, clay pots and even telegraph poles in his landscapes. E26 088 |^You can contact Landscan on Auckland 564 742. E26 089 *<*4Making use of coloured glass*> E26 090 |^W*0hen you have worked out your own family's needs, sorted out E26 091 your building options and considered the total environment you'd like, E26 092 then jot down those special extras you've always wanted. E26 093 |^For example feature walls, places for your favourite works of E26 094 art, your family treasures, your books or those extra aspects of E26 095 design. E26 096 |^Significantly more and more New Zealanders are discovering the E26 097 appeal E26 098 **[PLATE**] E26 099 of stained glass and leadlight windows. ^Murals, portraits, skylights, E26 100 leadlight lampshades and windows can all be made out of coloured E26 101 glass, adding charm and elegance to your home. E26 102 |^Stained glass windows or accessories can stamp your personality E26 103 on your home as well as letting you take advantage of the sun playing E26 104 through the colours. ^Making stained glass windows is an age-old craft E26 105 that is being revived through its growing popularity with new home E26 106 makers. E26 107 |^Typical of the growing band of craftsmen who are reviving E26 108 stained glass artistry is A Touch Of Glass \0Ltd of Auckland. ^Ross E26 109 Barron and John Jones have been involved in stained glass design for E26 110 the past 12 years and still use traditional techniques, aided by the E26 111 increasing quality of modern materials. E26 112 |^Stained glass can add new dimensions and endless possibilities E26 113 to a modern home without losing any of its age-old charm. ^Using E26 114 coloured glass dates back to the early Egyptians and was developed E26 115 into a major art form in Europe during Medieval days. E26 116 |^A Touch Of Glass \0Ltd can make your own exclusive design or E26 117 complement the environment of your home with their large range of E26 118 custom-designed leadlight products. E26 119 |^It is worth remembering that a good stained glass window will E26 120 last as long as the house. E26 121 |^You can contact Ross Barron and John Jones of A Touch Of Glass E26 122 \0Ltd at 592 \0Mt Albert Road, Royal Oak, Auckland, phone (09) 659 E26 123 466. E26 124 **[PLATE**] E26 125 *<*4Calling in the experts*> E26 126 |^A *0recent development on the home building scene is the E26 127 growing collaboration of design and construction teams. E26 128 |^Architects Avery and Leuschke of Auckland are also the E26 129 directors of Infill Construction \0Ltd, and this provides for a E26 130 stronger design emphasis in the building team. E26 131 |^Much of an architect's work is tied up with contract E26 132 supervision, but with a closer link-up of design and construction, E26 133 this allows the architect to concentrate on the design side while E26 134 overseeing specialists familiar with his work on the construction E26 135 side. E26 136 |^The benefit of this kind of co**[ARB**]-operation for the new E26 137 home maker is that instead of the construction company being E26 138 building-led, it is led by the architects. ^This enables the architect E26 139 to exercise more control over how things can be built at a competitive E26 140 price. E26 141 **[PLATE**] E26 142 |^Specialist architectural finishes and materials can therefore E26 143 be more economically achieved. E26 144 |^Infill Construction specialises in the townhouse market, where E26 145 as the name of the company suggests, building sites are divided so E26 146 that more than one unit is built per section. ^Quite literally they E26 147 specialise in building houses in people's backyards. E26 148 |^The process towards your individually designed home starts with E26 149 a client consultation and briefing with a site visit. ^A house size E26 150 and budget is discussed and agreed on. ^Then a sketch design is E26 151 prepared and submitted. ^Upon approval of the concept working drawings E26 152 are prepared and a contract is made. E26 153 |^Avery and Leuschke are closely tied in with the whole project E26 154 from design right through to final construction. ^Infill Construction E26 155 Company and Avery and Leuschke can be contacted at 268 Manakau Road, E26 156 Auckland, telephone (09) 501 544, 502 126. E26 157 *<*4Design your own dreams*> E26 158 |^A *0major innovation which has transformed the New Zealand E26 159 building industry is the impact of Lockwood's unique natural timber E26 160 homes which can be designed round a client's own specifications and E26 161 needs. E26 162 |^Lockwood Buildings Limited was founded in 1952 by \0Mr \0J Van E26 163 Loghem and \0Mr \0J La Grouw. ^Since then it has grown into a major E26 164 force in the new home market with its very distinctive pre-cut, low E26 165 maintenance, high quality homes. E26 166 |^Their influence can be seen in new home design throughout the E26 167 country. ^Thirty years of development has seen them perfect a unique E26 168 system of solid laminated planks and corner profiles which lock E26 169 together in a strong, versatile, nail-less structure. ^This system has E26 170 been largely instrumental in the increasing popularity of all-timber E26 171 **[PLATE**] E26 172 beauty on both interiors and exteriors of New Zealand homes. E26 173 |^Using quality pre-cut components the homes can be constructed E26 174 much quicker than by conventional methods. ^Exterior finishes are in E26 175 pine, redwood and aluminium sheathing over pine boards. ^Both wood E26 176 finishes can be stained to your required colour and in the case of the E26 177 redwood it can be left to season to a silvery finish that blends E26 178 beautifully with natural surroundings. E26 179 |^Inside a Lockwood home the effect is the warm glow of wood. E26 180 ^Pine with a deep satin stain or the honey gold of a clear finish. E26 181 ^There is no painting or wallpapering and the natural wood finish is E26 182 protected by a wipe clean varnish. ^The natural timber walls and E26 183 ceilings coupled with the open-plan layout provide a distinctly New E26 184 Zealand relaxed and comfortable atmosphere. ^Lockwood has now become E26 185 synonymous with a whole way of life. E26 186 |^A big advantage of Lockwood's exclusive construction system is E26 187 that it allows so much of the construction to be carried out at the E26 188 factory where each stage can be carefully quality controlled. ^The E26 189 speed of construction means labour costs can be kept to a minimum. E26 190 |^The company can design your own individual home to your special E26 191 requirements or work closely with your own architect. ^There are also E26 192 over 50 standard designs in the Lockwood Design Book to choose from. E26 193 |^Lockwood's vertical partitioning is a non-modular system in E26 194 overall height and width, thus allowing adaptability E26 195 **[PLATE**] E26 196 into any space. ^A Lockwood home needs slightly higher levels of E26 197 lighting because timber absorbs light. ^But the soft warm glow of the E26 198 interior lends itself to any mood or atmosphere by using the best of E26 199 today's lighting techniques. E26 200 |^One of the major attractions for the new home owner is the E26 201 realisation that the design considerations allow for a sense of E26 202 spaciousness. ^Whether it includes mezzanines, mini-decks as well as E26 203 grand sweeps, open-plan entertainment areas, or wide vista windows, E26 204 there is a logical flow from one room to another. E26 205 |^You can visit a Lockwood show home to discuss your building E26 206 needs at all the main centres, addresses and phone numbers are E26 207 available in the Yellow Pages. ^Their head office and production plant E26 208 is in Russell Road, Rotorua, Telephone (073) 477 691 or write to E26 209 Private Bag, Rotorua. E26 210 **[PLATES**] E26 211 *<*4Timber... Scandinavian style*> E26 212 |^A *0new concept based on the Scandinavian log cabin principle E26 213 and designed specifically as a kitset system is now being marketed in E26 214 New Zealand. E26 215 |^Using a unique system of building in solid radiata pine, they E26 216 are designed to be easily erected by a non-builder home owner. E26 217 |^Fraemohs Scandinavian Homes use solid interlocking wall planks E26 218 of kiln dried Tanalith treated laminated pine which gives this system E26 219 its unique natural wood detail and tremendous strength. E26 220 *# E27 001 **[132 TEXT E27**] E27 002 |^*0Homeowners who have never held a saw or a hammer have put E27 003 together their own kitchens with beautiful results. E27 004 |^It may sound unlikely but it is not. ^Peter Heeringa has dealt E27 005 with these people when he has sold them a Kitchen-Pak kitchen, the E27 006 kitchen which arrives in boxes. E27 007 |^Kitchen-Pak is a modular system made up of many different E27 008 units. ^The homeowner selects the units to suit his or her own needs. E27 009 ^When put together they form a complete kitchen in the style preferred E27 010 by the owner. E27 011 *<*4Stages*> E27 012 |^*"*0Essentially there are three stages to installing a E27 013 Kitchen-Pak kitchen,**" Peter Heeringa of House of Nordia said. E27 014 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E27 015 *<*4Easy*> E27 016 |^*0Removing the old units is easy (with the aid of a hammer and E27 017 crowbar), but some people find the last stage a little daunting. ^In E27 018 this case they can arrange for it to be done by their own builder or E27 019 House of Nordia can arrange a builder for them. E27 020 |^By just completing the first two stages owners will immediately E27 021 save money on the cost of a tradesman. ^By completing the last stage E27 022 themselves further savings are possible. E27 023 |^But many homeowners find it easier to remodel the kitchen one E27 024 wall at a time. ^As the Kitchen-Pak units can be bought individually E27 025 House of Nordia are happy to oblige. E27 026 |^Kitchen renovations often include new appliances and House of E27 027 Nordia has a selection to choose from including wall ovens, hobs and E27 028 even a pull-out ironing board. E27 029 |^Because Kitchen-Pak units are based on a European module E27 030 design, the sizes are compatible with imported appliances. E27 031 *<*4Gadgets*> E27 032 |^*"*0Any gadget likely to be brought out overseas in the next E27 033 five years will fit into the Kitchen-Pak system,**" Peter Heeringa E27 034 said. E27 035 |^In the case of the pull-out ironing board it fits into the top E27 036 of a small cabinet. ^When not in use it slides away out of sight. E27 037 **[PLATES**] E27 038 *<*4Toshibas feature at the show*> E27 039 |^*0The latest microwave ovens by Toshiba will be displayed at E27 040 the Wellington Trade Fair. ^Microwave Cookers will have them on their E27 041 stand along with three new exciting Toshiba products *- a fantastic E27 042 new television, a video recorder and a compact disc player. E27 043 |^The completely new range of Toshiba microwave ovens has eight E27 044 models, five basic and three very sophisticated. ^The top models do E27 045 virtually anything the cook could require including browning a leg of E27 046 lamb as a matter of course. ^They have food sensors in the top of the E27 047 oven which measure the food's temperature to ensure each dish is E27 048 cooked to perfection and no longer. E27 049 |^There are a number of improvements included in these models. E27 050 ^The oven capacity is larger, there are fewer moving parts, the E27 051 technology is more sophisticated and they are much easier to clean. E27 052 |^But one of the basic models deserves special mention. ^It E27 053 represents excellent value for money for a microwave of its type. E27 054 |^The \0ER 6610 is a microwave-grill oven with elements top and E27 055 bottom. ^This allows for straight grilling using only the top element E27 056 or standard cooking using both. ^But it can also be switched to E27 057 microwave for standard microwave cooking. E27 058 |^With any microwave sold by Microwave Cookers they offer cooking E27 059 courses, a complete E27 060 **[PLATE**] E27 061 back-up service department, and they still operate an exchange system E27 062 where within 60 days a customer can change a model if they find E27 063 another will suit their needs better. E27 064 |^Cooking demonstrations will be part of the show with Graham E27 065 Mantel showing how easy microwave cooking is and giving basic tips E27 066 which help new customers. E27 067 |^And they will have special discounts on ovens bought at the E27 068 Show. E27 069 |^Also at the Show will be the latest Toshiba television, video E27 070 recorder and compact disc player. ^This is a new venture for Graham E27 071 Mantel and reflects his admiration for Toshiba's products. E27 072 |^The television has an 18*?8 screen which unlike televisions to E27 073 date, does not have rounded corners on the screen *- the corners are E27 074 square! ^This increases the picture image area and reduces picture E27 075 distortion. ^And the entire machine is only about 12*?8 deep so is E27 076 ideal for customers wanting one which will stand on any average book E27 077 shelf. E27 078 |^It has all the latest features such as remote control and a E27 079 read out to show brightness, sound levels, channel position and colour E27 080 levels. ^But it also automatically adjusts picture search and tuning. E27 081 |^There are audio visual terminals in the set so that a video can E27 082 simply be plugged in. ^No adaption is required. E27 083 |^And do not forget to look at the compact disc player for superb E27 084 sound reproduction or the video recorder to complement the television. E27 085 **[PLATE**] E27 086 *<*5New concept arrives:*> E27 087 *<*4Integrated appliances modern kitchen option*> E27 088 |^*0Some kitchen appliances can now be completely integrated into E27 089 kitchen designs with doors fitted to match other drawer and door E27 090 fronts in the room. ^It is an entirely new concept in New Zealand. E27 091 |^The idea comes with the Advanced Engineering from Germany E27 092 (known as {0AEG} for short) range of appliances. ^Freezers, fridges E27 093 and dishwashers can all have doors made to match any design from the E27 094 Stylewood range. ^Or they can be left with traditional doors for those E27 095 homeowners who want new, top-of-the-range appliances to replace older E27 096 ones in an existing kitchen where no other alterations are planned. E27 097 *<*4Reliability*> E27 098 |^*0All {0AEG} appliances have a reputation for reliability. E27 099 ^Overseas they are considered to be among the top three companies E27 100 producing whiteware. ^The reputation has evolved through their E27 101 mechanical reliability and their efficient use of electricity. E27 102 |^Graham Taylor of Stylewood Kitchens in Wellington is ecstatic E27 103 about {0AEG}'s products. ^He is convinced that they represent E27 104 excellent value for money. ^Stylewood Kitchens in Wellington and the E27 105 Kapiti Kitchen and Bathroom Centre are now agents for the appliances. E27 106 *<*4Range*> E27 107 |^*0As well as refrigerators, freezers and dishwashers there is a E27 108 superb selection of ovens and hobs in the {0AEG} range available in E27 109 both gas and electric. E27 110 |^There are single and double wall mounted ovens which all E27 111 feature five cooking methods; there is a bench oven with integrated E27 112 hobs; rangehoods; microwaves; and even washing machines and dryers. E27 113 |^All are available in a choice of colours. E27 114 *<*4Quality*> E27 115 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E27 116 *0Graham Taylor said. E27 117 *<*4Unique*> E27 118 |^*0The ovens work by a unique system called Ventitherm. ^It is a E27 119 type of fan forced heating system which draws cooler air from within E27 120 the oven and heats it over elements in the walls before forcing it E27 121 back into the oven. ^The range of settings enables the user to adjust E27 122 the oven's use of power while maintaining the required cooking heat. E27 123 |^The designs for all appliances are up-to-the-minute, elegant E27 124 and functional. ^Homeowners renovating their kitchens should include a E27 125 visit to Stylewood Kitchens in Wellington or the Kapiti Kitchen and E27 126 Bathroom Centre before making a decision. ^Homeowners simply wishing E27 127 to replace appliances should do so also. ^{0AEG} is not readily E27 128 available, it is sold only through selected agents. E27 129 *<*4Personal preferences catered for in kitchen design*> E27 130 |^*0What does the Patersons' kitchen have in common with their E27 131 car? ^It is the paintwork. E27 132 |^They wanted a hard wearing, practical finish on door and drawer E27 133 fronts for their new kitchen, and they wanted a painted finish. ^The E27 134 answer, provided by Garth Rigg who designed, constructed and installed E27 135 the kitchen, was to use Dulon *- a paint produced for use on cars. E27 136 *<*4Grey*> E27 137 |^*0They chose a light grey to blend with the formica top which E27 138 was a shade darker. ^In keeping with the Tudor-style architecture of E27 139 the home, mouldings on the door provide an interesting highlight. ^But E27 140 in keeping with modern easy-care kitchens, all it requires is a E27 141 regular wipe-down to keep it clean. E27 142 |^Inside the cupboards and drawers 18\0mm thick shelves and E27 143 divisions are finished in a white easy-to-care-for finish. ^They too E27 144 will only require minimum upkeep to maintain their new look. E27 145 |^All shelves are fully adjustable, access to cupboards is E27 146 excellent because of the adjustable three-way hinges, and the runners E27 147 for the drawers are smooth and silent. E27 148 *<*4Functional*> E27 149 |^*0The Patersons also wanted a kitchen which was functional. E27 150 ^Discussions with Garth Rigg's consultant, Robyn, resulted in a layout E27 151 which is a delight to work in and suits the Patersons' needs. E27 152 |^Their other main concern was storage. ^They wanted as much as E27 153 possible. ^One way Garth Rigg solved this was to build a circular E27 154 mobile work top with storage underneath. ^It can be moved to whatever E27 155 position is required for use as additional bench space while providing E27 156 the storage needs. E27 157 |^For Garth Rigg the Patersons' kitchen was another success story E27 158 and proved how versatile the company is when it comes to producing a E27 159 kitchen to suit individual tastes and requirements. E27 160 *<*4Readily*> E27 161 |^*0They could just as readily have produced a solid timber E27 162 traditional style kitchen or an extremely modern flush front, plain E27 163 Formica finish, had the Patersons preferred it. E27 164 |^Garth Rigg can provide square or rounded edges for the Formica E27 165 bench tops, or for those wanting timber, tiles or a marble look, they E27 166 have something to suit. E27 167 *<*4Accessories*> E27 168 |^*0In addition they have all sorts of accessories from E27 169 rangehoods to taps and rubbish bins which can be included in the E27 170 plans. E27 171 |^And should the renovation require other tradesmen such as E27 172 electricians or plumbers they can organise them as part of the E27 173 contract. E27 174 **[PLATE**] E27 175 *<*5Latest release:*> E27 176 *<*4Kitset shelving system a versatile alternative to storage E27 177 problems*> E27 178 |^*0For Anderson's Kitset the arrival of Ideco extends the range E27 179 of kitset furniture they have in stock. ^As with all kitsets it is E27 180 designed to give families additional items for the home as E27 181 inexpensively as possible. E27 182 |^A new modular book case system available at Anderson's Kitset E27 183 is so versatile it allows you to do almost anything. E27 184 |^Named Ideco, the concept is simple. ^A range of specially cut E27 185 lengths of top grade pine allow people to put them together in E27 186 whatever form required to provide extra space for books, plants, E27 187 television, radio, stereo or ornaments. ^No glues, screws or nails are E27 188 required. ^The pieces lock together. E27 189 |^It is an inexpensive way of finding a home for everything the E27 190 family owns. E27 191 |^The pine is finished to the point where it can be varnished, E27 192 stained or painted to suit the decor. E27 193 |^Should a change be wanted at a later date or the family moves, E27 194 the system can be broken down and reassembled to suit the new E27 195 situation. E27 196 |^The pieces can be bought to make up whatever depth of shelving E27 197 is required from any multiple of 90\0mm upwards. E27 198 |^Optional extras are doors and drawers. ^Drawers can only be E27 199 used with cubes of 360\0mm or more deep. ^But both doors and drawers E27 200 are supplied with all fittings. E27 201 |^Once locked together, the unit is sturdy. ^It has been tested E27 202 to 630\0kg per cube. E27 203 **[PLATE**] E27 204 *<*6GREATEST DOOR SALE STARTS SOON*> E27 205 |^*0The first ever sale of Renall Doors is to be held in E27 206 Wellington on May 9 and 10. ^Host for the sale is Quality Doors and E27 207 Mouldings who have probably the largest range of interior and exterior E27 208 doors permanently on display. E27 209 |^All doors will be marked at special prices along with knobs, E27 210 knockers and handles of all descriptions. E27 211 *<*4Factory*> E27 212 |^*0Renall Doors' factory is based in the Wairarapa but they have E27 213 been suppliers of top quality doors to the Wellington area for some E27 214 years. ^Their range includes interior doors for standard openings, for E27 215 cupboards of all sizes and re-creations of traditional doors for E27 216 exterior use. ^There is a style for every type of architecture. E27 217 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E27 218 John Minnoch of Quality Doors said. E27 219 |*"^Some will have up to 50 percent off their usual price.**" E27 220 *<*4Help*> E27 221 |^*0Renalls' representative will also be in attendance to help E27 222 customers select their door and to give advice. E27 223 |^Quality Doors and Mouldings standard service will be available E27 224 to back up each sale. ^They carry out installations so customers can E27 225 be sure of having a door which fits perfectly. ^And the usual wide E27 226 range of glass in-fill options will be available with glazing done E27 227 where required. E27 228 |^After experiencing the occasional cold, windy night, many E27 229 homeowners will already have decided that maybe it is time to replace E27 230 a door or two around the home. ^This sale is the ideal opportunity to E27 231 do just that. E27 232 *# E28 001 **[133 TEXT E28**] E28 002 |^*2THE FIRST *0time I saw the yellowtailed fish under the boat I E28 003 thought they were small kingis. ^I tried all sort of jigs, live baits E28 004 and whole piper but nothing would interest them. ^They just swam E28 005 around in the burley stream oblivious to my baits and lures. E28 006 |^Suddenly, I realised what they were and put a few pipis on a E28 007 small hook. ^There were a few preliminary nibbles and then the rod E28 008 bent over and the drag began to sing. ^The trevally headed right for E28 009 the bottom, 30\0m below the boat. ^Naively I figured the force of the E28 010 drag would stop the fish long before he got anywhere near the sea E28 011 floor. ^I was still thinking that as the trevally wrapped himself up E28 012 in the weeds and broke me off. ^A little shaken by the experience I E28 013 rigged up again and tightened the drag a few notches. ^For the second E28 014 time there were a few nibbles, then the scream of the drag as another E28 015 trevally headed straight down. ^I was not so confident this time and E28 016 it was just as well since my line was wrapped in the weeds within a E28 017 minute or two. E28 018 |^Since I'd already wasted most of the line on the spool and worn E28 019 out the drag washers as well it seemed as if another try wouldn't E28 020 hurt. ^This time I used my finger as a brake on the outside of the E28 021 spool to provide the maximum tension the 2\0kg line would tolerate. E28 022 ^The trevally was stopped just short of the sea bottom and 15 minutes E28 023 later was in the boat. ^It was really unbelievable, the fish only E28 024 weighed 3\0lb and had only narrowly missed breaking off like all the E28 025 others. ^There was obviously a lot to be learned about trevally. E28 026 |^All that happened quite a while ago. ^These days the trevally E28 027 fishing is more predictable but just as challenging. ^Most people E28 028 would tell you the solution to the problem is obvious. ^Just use E28 029 10\0kg line and beat the fish into submission (if you don't tear the E28 030 hook out first). ^If all you want to do is catch fish then those E28 031 people are quite right. ^It would probably be cheaper, however, to E28 032 just go to the fish store and buy what you need. ^It would certainly E28 033 be easier! E28 034 |^But if you're after maximum sport and fast action then trevally E28 035 on ultra-light is the way to get it. ^Trevally seem to behave much E28 036 like skipjack (Katsuwonus pelamis). ^They generate tremendous power E28 037 for a short period then give up completely. ^Indeed, they have a E28 038 physiology quite similar to the skipjack. ^Evidently they have a body E28 039 temperature elevated above the waters around them so their muscles are E28 040 capable of sudden bursts of great strength. ^But they pay the price by E28 041 tiring quickly as waste products accumulate in their muscles. ^So the E28 042 key to success while fishing them is to somehow control the first run E28 043 they take. ^After that they can be handled like any other fish. E28 044 |^The first problem with trevally fishing is to find them. ^You E28 045 have two choices: ^You can burley or pray. ^Burley is generally more E28 046 effective. ^Unfortunately burley attracts a lot of other species like E28 047 kahawai, parore and snapper. ^So you need to seek out areas where E28 048 trevally school in large numbers. ^Generally the best places to look E28 049 for such schools are around the headlands of New Zealand's northern E28 050 coasts. ^Since these waters are usually quite clear the burley trail E28 051 will generally bring them close enough for visual identification. E28 052 |^Be sure to grind your burley up well. ^Trevally have small E28 053 mouths and are attracted by small pieces of food. ^You can keep them E28 054 around your boat for hours by throwing in small quantities of well E28 055 ground bait and fish entrails saved from previous expeditions. ^The E28 056 easiest way to do this is to grind up your burley at home and freeze E28 057 it in two-litre ice-cream containers. ^When it's time to go fishing E28 058 just throw the frozen container in a pail of water and slip the frozen E28 059 burley out in a block. ^Then either hang it overboard in a wire mesh E28 060 net or throw it over as it melts in the pail using the ice cream E28 061 container as a scoop. ^Be frugal with the burley; you want to attract E28 062 the fish not feed them! E28 063 |^If you want to fish ultra-light it pays to buy the finest gear. E28 064 ^I prefer to use an Abu Cardinal spinning reel with a five to six foot E28 065 graphite rod. ^The Kilwell Grafspin 66 is as good as any rod that I've E28 066 used and is made in New Zealand. ^Abu spinning reels are certainly the E28 067 finest money can buy but they are hard to get here. E28 068 |^If you select another brand look for a reel that has a rear or E28 069 side drag so you can adjust it while the fish is on. ^If the drag is E28 070 in front of the reel then you invariably tangle your fingers in the E28 071 line and lose the fish. ^The drag should be silky smooth and E28 072 adjustable over a wide range of tensions so it can be used with E28 073 **[PLATES**] E28 074 both 1\0kg and 2\0kg line. E28 075 |^When you buy the reel get two or three extra spools as well. E28 076 ^That way you can just snap on new line while you're out fishing. E28 077 ^It's not unusual to go through 200 to 300\0m of line in a morning so E28 078 buy your line in bulk. ^It also pays to buy a few sets of drag washers E28 079 as well. ^They wear out pretty fast when you play powerful fish and E28 080 only washers in perfect shape will give you the delicate control you E28 081 need. ^Once you accumulate lots of experience you can use your finger E28 082 on the spool as an auxiliary drag. ^This will slow the wear and tear E28 083 process on the washers and give you a more rapid adjustment than E28 084 fumbling with a control knob. E28 085 |^Another important point is the roller on the bail arm. ^Make E28 086 sure it turns freely or your line will *"burn up**" as the fish runs. E28 087 ^A drop of oil on the bail roller after each fishing day works E28 088 wonders. E28 089 |^If you can find trevally in a place where the bottom is free of E28 090 sharp rocks or weeds you can use 1\0kg tackle. ^But, be warned, E28 091 fishing with 1\0kg can be very difficult, even under ideal conditions. E28 092 ^If it's under tension anything touching the line will break it. ^The E28 093 hassles of using 1\0kg line are often not worth the rewards. ^Best to E28 094 save it for fish that fight *"clean**" like kahawai. ^I prefer 2\0kg E28 095 line for everyday use. ^In areas with rocky reefs or lots of kelp you E28 096 may have to forsake ultra-light and switch to 3\0kg or 4\0kg line. E28 097 |^By watching the trevally feed in the burley stream you can E28 098 decide for yourself what the best baits are. ^There's no doubt they E28 099 prefer pipis to fish-bait and they'd rather have fresh pipis than E28 100 cooked ones. ^Since they are small mouthed a 1/0 or smaller hook is E28 101 preferred. ^Don't worry about it pulling out. ^That doesn't happen E28 102 with ultra-light. E28 103 |^If you're fishing in a burley trail try to keep the bait in the E28 104 burley. ^That means experimenting with the weight on the line until E28 105 you have just the right amount to keep the hook at the correct depth. E28 106 ^Trevally bite best when there's no weight at all, but you can only do E28 107 that when there's very little current. ^If you have no burley, fish E28 108 likely areas about a foot off the bottom. ^The problem there is you E28 109 must have a clear bottom or you'll lose every fish! E28 110 |^Since trevally are so often used for bait here in New Zealand E28 111 people forget what excellent eating they make. ^The trick to preparing E28 112 trevally is freshness. ^For top quality eating keep your catch alive E28 113 as long as possible, then clean and cool it promptly. ^Keep your E28 114 trevally on ice once you get home, eat them the day you catch them and E28 115 avoid over-cooking. ^The reward will be a taste treat that'll make you E28 116 wonder why you ever liked snapper. E28 117 |^Oh yes, remember that trevally are eligible for New Zealand E28 118 line record status on light lines (1\0kg to 10\0kg). ^They're also E28 119 eligible for non-line class world record status with the {0I.G.F.A.} E28 120 ^So give it a go and get yourself a record! E28 121 *<*4The introduction of rabbits*> E28 122 *<*1A case of out of the frying pan and into the fire*> E28 123 *<*0by Joan Druett*> E28 124 |^*2FANCY *0rabbit pie? ^Our New Zealand ancestors certainly did *- E28 125 they were importing rabbits from the early 1830s on. E28 126 |^What is incredible is that rabbits were really quite difficult E28 127 to acclimatise; it took a full 10 years and a lot of liberations E28 128 before they were really established. E28 129 |^Records of the introduction of rabbits are unclear, mainly E28 130 because once the rabbit became an unwelcome settler and an E28 131 embarrassing topic, no person or acclimatisation society really wanted E28 132 to accept the blame for bringing in the bunnies. ^All sorts of folk E28 133 brought in rabbits and hoped firstly that they would acclimatise and E28 134 secondly that people would not remember it: women and children with E28 135 pet white rabbits, gold miners, surveying gangs, prospectors and E28 136 sportsmen. E28 137 |^And why? ^Because for hundreds of years English men and women E28 138 have been partial to a rabbit in the pot. ^A favourite recipe of E28 139 pioneer housewives was to bake a rabbit slowly in a well-buttered E28 140 brown paper bag. ^Here is one, for rabbit cutlets, gleaned from a E28 141 *"receipt**" book published in 1869: E28 142 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E28 143 |^It does not state which member of the family has the honour of E28 144 eating the *"half of the head**"! E28 145 |^In 1838 a traveller on the *1Venus *0recorded that some rabbits E28 146 introduced from New South Wales were still to be found in New Zealand. E28 147 ^In May, 1844, \0Mr Tuckett, of Port Molyneaux, wrote that with a E28 148 beagle and some friends he caught six rabbits, all alive and E28 149 uninjured. ^A nobleman, Baron Ortsdorff, was breeding and selling E28 150 rabbits in the Hutt in 1842. E28 151 |^By the 1840s folk were beginning to remark on the number of E28 152 rabbits in Southland. ^A gentleman by the romantic name of Captain E28 153 Ruck Keene, {0RN}, introduced silver-grey rabbits to Nelson in the E28 154 late fifties, and Sir George Grey gave six silver-grey rabbits to the E28 155 Canterbury Acclimatisation Society in 1865 or 1866. E28 156 |^By the 1870s the full extent of the rabbit disaster was E28 157 beginning to dawn on the farmers of the South Island. ^Captain Ruck E28 158 Keene declared that his liberation of rabbits had cost him *+70,000. E28 159 ^The hills and dales of his Kaikoura run were alive with rabbits while E28 160 his sheep were starving. ^When he had first introduced his rabbits he E28 161 had sacked two of his hands for shooting at them; later he admitted E28 162 freely he should have rewarded the men, and trained them to be better E28 163 shots. ^Eventually the rabbits over-ran his property and he was a E28 164 ruined man. ^By 1876 Southland was completely infested, and Otago was E28 165 close to the same fate. ^By 1887 rabbits were swarming on the E28 166 Canterbury Plains. E28 167 |^The North Island suffered later. ^\0Mr Carter, of Carterton, E28 168 brought rabbits with him when he arrived in New Zealand in 1857. ^He E28 169 liberated seven pairs at Carter's Hill and within 12 years they had E28 170 colonised and taken over an area measuring 19 square kilometres. ^This E28 171 incredible reproductive rate led to a whole folklore regarding the E28 172 energy and fertility of buck rabbits, and also to a system of E28 173 mathematics known as *"rabbit arithmetic**". ^The basic sum in rabbit E28 174 arithmetic is that two times three leads in an astoundingly short time E28 175 to 9 million (the progeny from two rabbits in three years). E28 176 |^Soon the Wairarapa reached the devastated state of the South E28 177 Island. ^What could one do about it? ^Eating as many as possible was E28 178 one answer, so the recipes for rabbit proliferated with the enthusiasm E28 179 of the beast itself, such as this one for rabbit pie: E28 180 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E28 181 |^For inexperienced or untutored colonial housewives, the recipe E28 182 for the crust was also given: E28 183 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E28 184 *# E29 001 **[134 TEXT E29**] E29 002 |^*0New Zealand's swimming and diving team at the 1982 E29 003 Commonwealth Games in Brisbane returned with its tail between its legs E29 004 and only two bronze medals to show for hundreds of hours of E29 005 preparation. E29 006 |^The one swimming medal remember was won fortuitously when E29 007 Australia and Canada, the first two finishers in the women's 4x100\0m E29 008 freestyle relay were disqualified allowing New Zealand to sneak from E29 009 fifth to third. ^Mark Graham won the other medal, deservedly, in the E29 010 men's three metre springboard dive. E29 011 |^It was the embarrassment of the 1982 swimming team's E29 012 performances in Brisbane which helped spur the 1986 team to produce E29 013 some remarkable results at the Thirteenth Commonwealth Games in E29 014 Edinburgh from July 24 to August 2. E29 015 |^The 1986 team was arguably perhaps, the most successful team, E29 016 to compete at a Commonwealth Games. E29 017 |^It must be remembered that the aquatic sports at Edinburgh were E29 018 not at all affected by the boycott by 32 of the 58 nations who E29 019 initially said they would compete in Edinburgh. ^Australia, Canada and E29 020 England, were always going to provide the bulk of the finalists, and E29 021 ensure that the swimming at least, was of world class. E29 022 |^There were two current world record holders *- Alex Baumann and E29 023 Victor Davis of Canada *- among the entries and during the competition E29 024 the tall English freestyler, Sarah Hardcastle came within a second of E29 025 Tracy Wickham's world 800\0m freestyle record. E29 026 |^The Royal Commonwealth Pool, adjacent to the Games Village, was E29 027 an excellent venue. ^It was an intimate pool with the spectators close E29 028 to the action. ^Competitors had only one complaint. ^The pool itself E29 029 was shallow and the lane ropes were an old design, that did not E29 030 effectively reduce wash particularly at the end walls when swimmers E29 031 were turning. E29 032 |^The shallowness created buffeting waves also at turns and some E29 033 swimmers, including Anthony Mosse, found they were almost scraping E29 034 their noses on the tiled bottom on their racing dives. E29 035 |^Some of the media seating was not ideal. ^It was placed among E29 036 the competitors' seating, which made it impossible for reporters E29 037 trying to file articles by telephone. E29 038 |^Swimming has more razzama-tazz than the other sports and E29 039 Edinburgh was no exception. ^Some thought the antics infantile, and E29 040 some find them amusing. ^After an incident on the first evening of E29 041 finals the antics were all good humoured. E29 042 |^On the first evening a Canadian, in flowing red cape, was E29 043 performing in front of the Scottish team. ^He was pushed into the E29 044 pool, and retaliated by throwing a container of water over the E29 045 Scottish Squad. ^Unfortunately in the line of fire were numerous E29 046 officials. ^They took their unexpected ducking in good humour. E29 047 |^Some stern words by the meeting director ensured that high E29 048 jinks were kept within acceptable bounds after that. E29 049 |^While the Australians and Canadians were sledging each other, E29 050 the New Zealanders were quietly getting on with the business of E29 051 proving they were a worthy squad. E29 052 **[PLATE**] E29 053 |^Everyone expected Mosse to perform well. ^And he did not E29 054 disappoint the New Zealand team and the handful of supporters. ^His E29 055 gold medal swim in the 200\0m butterfly was a splendid effort. ^It was E29 056 the second fastest time in the world this year. ^The only other person E29 057 to swim faster was Michael Gross of West Germany. ^His time, recorded E29 058 a few weeks before the Games, was 1\0min 56.24\0s, and that was a E29 059 world record. ^Mosse swam 1\0min 57.27\0s. E29 060 |^Unexpected though, was the gold medal for Sylvia Hume in the E29 061 final of the women's 100\0m backstroke. ^She swam a superbly judged E29 062 race, surprising the Australians, Canadians and other finalists. E29 063 |^There were two silvers from Paul Kingsman in the backstroke E29 064 finals, a bronze from Michael Davidson in the 400\0m freestyle final, E29 065 and silver for Mosse in the 100\0m butterfly. E29 066 |^There was one other medal won by a New Zealander in the Games E29 067 pool. ^Katie Sadleir won the bronze in the solo competition in the E29 068 synchronised swimming which was held at the Games for the first time. E29 069 |^The diving squad did not win a medal this time but Raymond E29 070 Vallance and Nicky Cooney both competed with distinction. ^Cooney E29 071 finished a creditable fifth in the women's springboard. E29 072 |^Besides medals there were a handful of personal best times from E29 073 the Kiwi squad, and as Hisashi Inomata, the head coach said E29 074 afterwards; *"^Anyone who came here and improved their times can't be E29 075 called a failure.**" E29 076 |^The most spectacular advances were made by the diminutive E29 077 17-year-old Aucklander, Ross Anderson. ^He was as much a success as E29 078 any of the medal winners. ^He reached the final in the 200\0m E29 079 butterfly and produced a time that would have ranked him 45th in the E29 080 world last year. ^His time in the final was 2\0min 2.96\0s, an E29 081 improvement of almost three seconds since the national championships E29 082 in Hamilton in March where he swam 2\0min 5.66\0s to qualify for E29 083 Edinburgh. E29 084 |^Perhaps it's all those health bars he has been eating, but E29 085 whatever the reasons for his improvement, Anderson should be one of E29 086 swimming's spectacular performers over the next few years. E29 087 |^His progress was just as marked in the 100\0m butterfly and E29 088 freestyle. ^He did not reach the final of the 100\0m butterfly, but E29 089 his heat time of 55.66 was a 1.24\0s improvement and would have ranked E29 090 him 38th equal in the world in 1985. E29 091 |^Anderson also proved himself an able freestyle sprinter, an E29 092 area where New Zealand has been drastically lacking for decades. ^New E29 093 Zealand has only won a freestyle sprint medal once. ^That was a bronze E29 094 won by Noel Crump in the second Games in London in 1934. E29 095 |^Anderson broke 53\0s for the first time. ^He recorded 52.83 in E29 096 the heats, a 1.43\0s advance, but still left him 0.21\0s behind the E29 097 140th ranked 100\0m freestyle in the world last year. ^The winning E29 098 time for the 100\0m freestyle in Edinburgh was 50.95\0s, an indication E29 099 of the work New Zealanders have to do to improve their sprinting. E29 100 |^Fiona McLay, the women's freestyler, made a small advance E29 101 recording 59.62\0s in the 100\0m freestyle heats. ^Her 400\0m E29 102 freestyle heat swim is probably best forgotten, but she saved her best E29 103 until last. ^In her 200\0m freestyle heats she recorded 2\0min 4.95\0s E29 104 to qualify fourth for the final. ^She improved again in that race and E29 105 came within 0.14\0s of a bronze medal. ^She was third at the final E29 106 turn, but could not hold off the Scottish girl, Ruth Gilfillan. E29 107 |^McLay's time in the final, 2\0min 4.01\0s was 4.31\0s better E29 108 than her previous best, recorded at the nationals, and would have E29 109 ranked her 54th in the world last year. ^Certainly McLay's future E29 110 looks to be in the 200\0m event if she can improve her 100\0m time a E29 111 little more. E29 112 |^Gary Hurring performed below his best. ^He was bothered by a E29 113 shoulder injury which flared during pre-Games competition in West E29 114 Germany. ^He swam in the heats but was obviously struggling. E29 115 |^Kirk and Kerrylynne Torrance, the brother and sister in the E29 116 team, made admirable improvements in their times, Kirk in both the 100 E29 117 and 200\0m backstroke. ^He reached the final in the latter event. E29 118 ^Kerrylynne was a finalist in the same event and broke 2\0min 20\0s E29 119 for the first time. ^She recorded 2\0min 19.87\0s which would have E29 120 placed her in the top 70 in the world last year. E29 121 |^Carmel Clark swam outside her best time in the backstroke E29 122 events, but still reached the finals of both. ^Undoubtedly, this is E29 123 now the strength of women's swimming in New Zealand. ^Sharon Musson, E29 124 who qualified for the Games but was not selected, now has three goals E29 125 to aim at *- Hume, Torrance and Clark. E29 126 **[PLATE**] E29 127 |^Kingsman was delighted with his two silver medals. ^He now E29 128 ranks among the top 15 backstrokers in the world in both the 100\0m E29 129 and 200\0m and still has plenty of improvement left in his broad, E29 130 powerful shoulders. ^Exposure to the American University system *- he E29 131 is now attending college at the University of Berkeley near San E29 132 Francisco *- should ensure that he continues to advance. E29 133 |^Brent Foster struggled in the rich competition at Edinburgh as E29 134 did the two breaststroke swimmers, Grant Forbes and Richard Lockhart. E29 135 ^Both Forbes and Lockhart were around their best times, but did not E29 136 make the reduction in times they were seeking *- to around 64\0s and E29 137 2\0min 20\0s. E29 138 |^Sadleir's bronze medal was a triumph for consistency. ^The E29 139 winner, the Canadian, Sylvie Frechette was a class above the other E29 140 competitors and the English girl Amanda Dodd was an experienced E29 141 competitor. ^The bronze was always going to be a battle between E29 142 Sadleir, and Lisa Stabback-Lieschke of Australia. ^Although she had E29 143 the Australian trailing on her heels throughout the competition, E29 144 Sadleir did not bow to the pressure, and eventually had a winning E29 145 margin of almost four points *- 175.08 to 171.30. E29 146 |^There were other memorable swims during the six days of E29 147 competition. ^Hardcastle's solo bid to break the world 800\0m E29 148 freestyle record which failed by just 0.15\0s was the most memorable E29 149 *- outside the New Zealand medals successes of course. ^Then there was E29 150 Adrian Moorhouse's upset win over world record holder, Davis, in the E29 151 200\0m breaststroke, and Jason Plummer's win in the 1500\0m freestyle E29 152 by a tenth of a second over his Australian team-mate, Mike McKenzie E29 153 who led for 1490 metres of the race. E29 154 |^But from New Zealand's point of view nothing could outshine the E29 155 spectacular progress made by the swimming squad during the six days of E29 156 intense competition. E29 157 *<*6SIXTEEN YEARS IN THE CAULDRON OF NEW ZEALAND SWIMMING 1970-1986*> E29 158 *<*0Clive Power*> E29 159 |^My story starts way back in 1970 at the Te Awamutu swimming baths, E29 160 the previous Coach Custodian having left in rather a hurry sometime in E29 161 January. ^Before doing so he had left my name with the officers of the E29 162 council as a possible replacement. ^As I was the only one around and E29 163 being in the middle of the summer I soon found myself installed as E29 164 Custodian and Coach of the baths. E29 165 |^My experience with swimming pools at this stage was confined to E29 166 a little competitive swimming, water polo and spending all my free E29 167 time at the pool with my friends, giving me the dubious status of *'a E29 168 regular**'. ^To find myself elevated to being in charge of the pool E29 169 and inheriting a small group of kids who wanted to be competitive E29 170 swimmers was to say the least interesting. E29 171 |^In an almost blind panic to gain some knowledge about swimming E29 172 I embarked on a programme of *'picking the brains**' of coaches around E29 173 the Waikato, Peter McKenna at Matamata and later Colin Way, the latter E29 174 probably having the biggest influence on my career. ^I also visited E29 175 Bob Frankham in Hamilton, who also inspired me, not because of the E29 176 information he gave me but the lack of it. ^I remember walking out E29 177 after our very brief conversation and saying to myself, *'^I'll show E29 178 you**'. E29 179 |^Bob Frankham later became a friend and one of my most admired E29 180 coaches. ^He passed on a wealth of knowledge and support, but after E29 181 our first meeting it was a declaration of war. ^It took our raw team E29 182 from Te Awamutu only two seasons to bowl over the two City Clubs in E29 183 the junior section and the third overall beating the club Bob was E29 184 attached to. E29 185 |^I recall in later years after he had moved from Cambridge to E29 186 Christchurch, Jos Pattison saying that for some reason when faced with E29 187 some adversity people tend to work harder and have a greater will to E29 188 succeed. ^He was at the time comparing swimmers who had all the E29 189 facilities and those who had poor conditions. ^I think of those who E29 190 had poor conditions. ^I think of those swimmers from Te Awamutu in E29 191 those days, how motivated they were. ^The *'off season**' was spent E29 192 running and doing weights in my garage, then once a week on a Sunday E29 193 we would travel to Matamata (80 miles) for two training sessions. ^The E29 194 Matamata pool was the only pool available to us with hot water. E29 195 |^This trip would start at 6.00 {0a.m.} Sunday morning with the E29 196 unloading of an engineer's van, then lining it with mattresses. E29 197 *# E30 001 **[135 TEXT E30**] E30 002 |^*0Central Districts is none too happy about its share of E30 003 international cricket. E30 004 |^It intends to keep thumping the table of the New Zealand E30 005 Cricket Council until both Central and Northern Districts are put on E30 006 to a roster which would see more tests and one dayers allocated their E30 007 way. E30 008 |^In 35 years, Central, numerically the biggest association in E30 009 the country, has had just one test and two limited-overs E30 010 internationals. E30 011 |^Meanwhile Central isn't waiting around until something happens. E30 012 |^Its executive officer, the livewire Ian Colquhoun, is forever E30 013 hatching novel promotions and hit the jackpot with last season's E30 014 Richard Hadlee benefit at Wanganui's Cooks Gardens. E30 015 |^This year he played a big part in luring the South Australian E30 016 Sheffield side to tour Central Districts in February. E30 017 |^And South Australia has promised to bring its best side to play E30 018 the four one-day matches. E30 019 |^Among the South Australian *=XI are expected to be E30 020 international players such as the flamboyant David Hookes, E30 021 wicket**[ARB**]-keeper Wayne Phillips, the indulgent hooker Andrew E30 022 Hilditch, batsman Peter Sleep and medium-pacer Rod McCurdy. E30 023 |^The tour opens at New Plymouth's Pukekura Park on February 8 E30 024 followed by a game at Palmerston North's Fitzherbert Park the next E30 025 day. E30 026 |^The teams will play in the shadow of the new McLean Park, E30 027 Napier grandstand on February 11. ^The finale will be another day/ E30 028 night match at Wanganui on February 12. E30 029 |^From New Zealand, South Australia will return to play a E30 030 McDonald's Cup one-day semi-final against Queensland. E30 031 |^The tour has been timed as an interlude between the New Zealand E30 032 domestic representative season and the beginning of the West Indies E30 033 tour. E30 034 |^Wanganui may host another benefit one-dayer in December this E30 035 year. ^This time the beneficiary would be Wellington and New Zealand E30 036 pace bowler Ewen Chatfield. ^The match is being investigated by E30 037 Wanganui's Technical and College Old Boys' club and Naenae club of E30 038 Hutt Valley. E30 039 |^The Wanganui Associations has**[SIC**] for the first time E30 040 employed two professional coaches. ^They are last season's Wellington E30 041 2nd *=XI player, Andy Wilson, who will be available for Wanganui and E30 042 up to Central Districts 2nd *=XI level. E30 043 |^The other is Blenheim-domiciled Gary Barlett, formerly one of E30 044 New Zealand's fastest bowlers who began his 12 week stint in Wanganui E30 045 this month. E30 046 *<*6TANGLES*> E30 047 * E30 048 *<*4Interview with Max Walker*> E30 049 * E30 050 **[PLATE**] E30 051 |^*4W*0inning is the name of the game for former Australian test E30 052 cricketer Max Walker, the genial giant from fine leg or bay 13 at the E30 053 Melbourne Cricket Ground. E30 054 |^Telling people about winning is his job. E30 055 |^Greyer and fuller of chest than in his 20 year sporting career, E30 056 the 38 year old Walker was in Palmerston North recently as guest E30 057 speaker at the {0AMP} Society's annual conference. E30 058 |^As a medium-fast bowler, he was not the type to intimidate E30 059 batsmen. ^But nor was he intimidated by the sight of 600 expectant E30 060 {0AMP} employees. E30 061 |^He bounded into the convention centre from fine leg without E30 062 notes, employing a different pitch to that on which he used to bowl E30 063 his right-arm-over-the-left, *'off-the-wrong-foot**' swinging E30 064 deliveries. E30 065 |^Gone is the familiar droopy moustache. ^In its place a clipped, E30 066 executive version. ^The cheerful countenance and enthusiasm are still E30 067 there as is the drawling Tasmanian-cum-Victorian *'Ocker**' accent. E30 068 |^All that and his anecdotal humour makes the selling of the E30 069 Walker pitch a cinch. E30 070 |^*'Tangles**', the nickname was derived from his criss-crossing E30 071 feet in the delivery stride, is a man of the media these days, a long E30 072 way removed from his stint as a cricketer and architect. E30 073 |^Now he is a television and radio personality, a newspaper E30 074 columnist, public speaker, actor, cricket coach, author and parent who E30 075 travels over 50,000\0km a year. ^His eagerness for work has not abated E30 076 from his cricketing days. E30 077 |^Walker has made a study of motivation, confidence and positive E30 078 thinking. ^In imparting that knowledge, he has become the most E30 079 sought-after sports personality in Australia. E30 080 |^He always compared motor-racing with watching blowflies. ^Now E30 081 his hero is Austrian racing driver, Nikki Lauda, who came back from E30 082 his deathbed to race again. E30 083 |^*"The ultimate winner,**" preaches Walker. E30 084 |^*"There is only a two per cent edge between being winners and E30 085 also-rans. ^Most people are happy not to win,**" says Walker. E30 086 |^*"People are too often clouded by negative thoughts which E30 087 should be turned into positive ones.**" E30 088 |^Walker cites the positive New Zealand cricket team in its big E30 089 win over Australia at Brisbane last year. ^He rates Richard Hadlee's E30 090 bowling there as the greatest technical performance he has seen. ^*"He E30 091 didn't even have to intimidate the Australian batsmen.**" E30 092 |^Walker rates Hadlee the second-best fast bowler *- behind his E30 093 mate Dennis Lillee of course. E30 094 |^Walker's philosophy continues *- *"in business, success and E30 095 failure don't come immediately. ^In sport it can come in two seconds. E30 096 ^But the big dream can happen.**" E30 097 |^He points to his current employer, Kerry Packer, another E30 098 winner, and the originator of World Series Cricket. ^Walker spent two E30 099 years with {0WSC} between 1977-79. E30 100 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E30 101 |^Like England's Ian Botham, *'Tangles**' has little sympathy for E30 102 the members of cricket's power-base at Lords in England who were so E30 103 outraged by Packer. E30 104 |^*"Their taste buds are in their bums those blokes!**" says E30 105 Walker. ^*"In England they will probably never warm to the *'pyjama**' E30 106 game.**" E30 107 |^Although the International Cricket Conference is based in E30 108 England, Walker is convinced Australia is the most lucrative cricket E30 109 country now and the centre of all the action. E30 110 |^He also believes there is nothing worse than failure. ^He E30 111 quotes Thomas Edison who failed 5000 times to come up with the E30 112 formulae for incandescent lightbulbs. ^*"But what people don't E30 113 appreciate is he worked out 5000 ways it wouldn't work. ^He was that E30 114 much closer to solving it.**" E30 115 |^In Walker's view, winners always expect to win. ^They need high E30 116 levels of ambition but they need not be motivated by money. E30 117 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E30 118 |^The positive-thinking Walker claims, *"without being E30 119 big-'eaded**", that in his prime there wasn't a batsman he couldn't E30 120 dislodge. ^*"I got Viv Richards once for 179 and another time for E30 121 190... ^Never give up. ^The only complete failure is when you give E30 122 up.**" E30 123 |^Australian captain Greg Chappell strode out on to the Sydney E30 124 Cricket Ground two days after the 1981 underarm incident and was booed E30 125 by 95 per cent of the crowd. ^But Chappell's batting turned the crowd E30 126 around. ^*"Between the ears he was so mentally tough. ^Kim Hughes was E30 127 not so tough.**" E30 128 |^Walker has vivid memories of the underarm game at Melbourne. E30 129 ^It was his home ground, before 54,000 people and his last match for E30 130 Australia. E30 131 |^Walker lightheartedly remarks that he was not consulted that E30 132 day way down in bay 13, by Chappell. ^He recalls, E30 133 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E30 134 |^Walker is sold on effective communication. ^He advocates using E30 135 a smile to open a conversation. ^*"Everyone is too busy eating meat E30 136 pies and cleaning their own teeth to worry what yours look like!**" E30 137 |^He plumps for Ian Chappell as the best cricket communicator he E30 138 played with. ^*"He had eye contact with everyone on the field every E30 139 three-four balls. ^He was prepared to gamble, he led from the front E30 140 and he talked calmly.**" E30 141 |^In the West Indies in 1973 Walker used his architecture skills E30 142 to devise a complex set of field settings to curb free-scoring E30 143 batsman, Roy Fredericks. ^Chappell dismissed them out of hand as E30 144 rubbish, then applied them in the next day's play. E30 145 |^With his myriad talents there was never a danger of Max Walker E30 146 ending up on the breadline. ^When his sporting days were over, he had E30 147 taken 138 wickets and amassed 586 runs in 38 tests. ^In first-class E30 148 cricket he scored over 2600 runs and captured 499 wickets. ^He blames E30 149 his team-mates for purposely grassing the catches which would have E30 150 given him his half-century. E30 151 |^As a schoolboy in Tasmania, *'Tanglefoot**' always dreamed of E30 152 becoming a test cricketer and an Australian Rules footballer in the E30 153 Victorian Football League. ^*"I wasn't too rapt in the three \0Rs *- E30 154 reading, 'riting and 'rithmetic, although I could read a cricket E30 155 scoreboard \0OK.**" E30 156 |^He gave up football after 100 games and five broken noses. ^*"I E30 157 was never good-looking anyway.**" E30 158 |^Unlike most mortals, he achieved both sporting ambitions, not E30 159 before spending six years at the Royal Melbourne Institute of E30 160 Technology to qualify as an architect in 1973. ^He admits he chose E30 161 that career because that was where he thought the money was. E30 162 |^He studied 46 subjects there and is still proud of graduating. E30 163 ^Only six of his original class of 75 made it. ^*"It's been an asset E30 164 for me as a communicator. ^We covered everything from philosophy to E30 165 education to sociology.**" E30 166 |^He practised until 1981, a period punctuated by overseas E30 167 cricket tours. ^His theory was to travel and observe buildings around E30 168 the world, including *"some of those concrete warts on the hills in E30 169 Wellington**". E30 170 |^But to be fair to his partner, Walker decided he had to give E30 171 100 per cent effort to either architecture or radio and speaking. ^*"I E30 172 decided the media was my future and it's working out fine.**" E30 173 |^If he has one unfulfilled ambition it is that of a batsman. E30 174 ^*"I fantasised about cover-drives but they never happened,**" he E30 175 recalls sadly. E30 176 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E30 177 |^In the middle of 1981 an achilles tendon injury halted Walker's E30 178 13-year career in first-class cricket. ^*"It was either a matter of E30 179 the knife or six months off. ^I took six months off.**" E30 180 |^That week as he prepared for his career in architecture, {0ABC} E30 181 Radio intervened and argued that as he would have been at the cricket E30 182 anyway he could help out with commentaries. ^He worked with Alan E30 183 McGilvray and Norman May for the next three years. E30 184 |^The {0ABC}'s justification for hiring him was coined in typical E30 185 Victorian fashion by his new employer. ^*"I think this guy could talk E30 186 underwater with a mouthful of marbles.**" E30 187 |^The radio work expanded until he became a *'colour expert**' E30 188 (comments man) with Norman O'Neil but it was McGilvray who gave Walker E30 189 his best single piece of advice *- *"imagine you are talking to and E30 190 satisfying blind people out there.**" E30 191 |^Walker, although now a fulltime television host, expects to be E30 192 back behind the microphone this summer. ^Packer has bought Sydney's E30 193 Radio 2UE and the commercial radio cricket rights. ^*"He is trying to E30 194 network Sydney and Melbourne which will be exciting. ^We will be E30 195 broadcasting on both radio and \0TV.**" E30 196 |^Walker found radio a valuable stepping-stone for his \0TV E30 197 career with Melbourne's Channel 9 which recruited him as a sports E30 198 newsreader. ^He has now worked with Ian Chappell and anchorman Mike E30 199 Gibson for a year on Saturday's *'Wide World of Sports**' and does up E30 200 to 70 days of cricket commentary in the summer. ^Just eight weeks ago E30 201 he was given his biggest break, his own two-hour Sunday edition. E30 202 |^While Walker admits the \0TV discipline is onerous, he says the E30 203 *'big boys**' in Melbourne also make 'eaps of money on radio. E30 204 |^Confidence is essential for television work. E30 205 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E30 206 |^Walker does find the constant glare of the public demanding. E30 207 ^His responsibilities are not written down. ^If the public doesn't E30 208 watch he hasn't a job. ^He gets annoyed with sportsmen who do not try E30 209 to relate. ^*"Some destroy kids who are looking for autographs. ^You E30 210 need to be tolerant.**" E30 211 |^*'Tangles**' still confesses to a few rough edges. ^When he was E30 212 introduced to a typewriter, he suggested its best use was as a E30 213 paperweight. E30 214 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E30 215 |^In New Zealand Max Walker is best known now as a guest speaker. E30 216 ^He could make a comfortable living from his speaking income alone. E30 217 ^He appears anywhere from Darwin to Perth to New Zealand to Papua-New E30 218 Guinea. ^*"I haven't been to Broome in North-West Australia yet but E30 219 that will be fixed soon.**" ^He has also just been invited to Hong E30 220 Kong. E30 221 |^His only speech training came as a school prefect and once as a E30 222 14 year old when his notes blew away. ^But his revered football and E30 223 cricket have provided him with limitless material and credibility, E30 224 even when he revisits some venues three times annually. E30 225 *# E31 001 **[136 TEXT E31**] E31 002 |^*4Six members of the Poroporo Scout Group visited the Otaki E31 003 Forks area recently. ^The party aimed to follow the Sheridan Creek, E31 004 locate a bush tramline and find the steam boiler associated with it E31 005 near the head of the creek. E31 006 |^*0This area has a considerable amount of history. ^The area of E31 007 Otaki Forks was originally owned by the Manawatu Railway Company and E31 008 was covered by bush containing stands of Rimu and Rata trees. ^In 1878 E31 009 the company subdivided the land into 700-800 acre blocks and sold it E31 010 for eight shillings an acre. E31 011 |^A horse track to the area had been completed by 1893 and E31 012 settlers were clearing their properties by 1906. E31 013 |^Timber milling provided employment and two mills operated in E31 014 the Forks area until Arthur's Seeds mill closed in 1931. ^The E31 015 remaining mill, Corrigan's went into liquidation in 1939. E31 016 |^The group left the end of the Otaki Forks Road, the site of the E31 017 old school house and Arcus family settlement and followed the E31 018 Waiotauru River to Sheridan's Creek. ^The boiler of the Seed mill was E31 019 sighted from here and the group proceeded to investigate. E31 020 |^After a short break the group proceeded back across the river E31 021 and followed the E31 022 **[PLATE**] E31 023 Sheridan Creek. ^Several tramway tracks were found in the creek bed. E31 024 ^Upon reaching a narrow gauge**[SIC**] which looked impassable without E31 025 swimming, the group moved up the right hand bank. ^A narrow track was E31 026 followed which was soon recognised as the tramway. ^Tram tracks, wire E31 027 rope and sleepers were located intermittently so the group moved E31 028 further south. E31 029 |^At approximately 11.30{0am} a steam boiler was located along E31 030 with large quantities of wire rope and other equipment. ^The bush E31 031 tramline was used for transporting logs to the Seed mill on the banks E31 032 of the Waiotauru River. E31 033 |^It was not possible to return directly to the river so the E31 034 group returned to the creek by retracing the tramline. ^In reaching E31 035 the creek the group stopped for an enjoyable break for lunch. E31 036 |^On the return trip the group tried their expertise at rock E31 037 climbing on a large rock slide. ^This was followed by a swim by the E31 038 brave, before returning to the car park for the trip home. E31 039 *<*5Knights Of The Round Table Fun Day A Great Success*> E31 040 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E31 041 |^*4The scene is set *- one hundred and five 10-year-old Cubs E31 042 from the Hutt Somes District in Wellington Area converge on the Boys' E31 043 Brigade camp in Wainuiomata. ^The hall frontage now looks like E31 044 Camelot, flags and banners fly, Robin Hood costumes and armour wander E31 045 the campsites, a few hopefuls try to remove *"Excalibur**" from the E31 046 sacred stone. E31 047 **[END INDENTATION**] E31 048 |^*0Hours of preparation from the Richmond Rover Scout Crew went E31 049 into planning and running of the camp. ^With an experienced camp chief E31 050 in Vicki Thorburn, all the time and effort was well directed and the E31 051 camp was a great success. E31 052 |^The opening ceremony was first thing on Saturday. ^The E31 053 messenger brought a scroll to the King and Queen sitting in their E31 054 thrones. ^The camp had begun. ^All knights, serfs, band of merry men E31 055 and fair maidens paid their allegiance to the King. ^The remainder of E31 056 the morning the knights were entertained at the medieval fair, *- E31 057 apple bobbing, coconut shy, catapults, teeter**[ARB**]-board jousting, E31 058 a giant draughts game, jousting (on {0BMX} bikes), staff battles, E31 059 screen printing, weaving and spinning, archery, tapestry and spear the E31 060 ring. ^Thanks to support from the community *- ladies from the E31 061 Wainuiomata Spinning and Weaving Club and the Randwick Archery Club, E31 062 the medieval fair was most successful. E31 063 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E31 064 |^*4Keeping in with the Scouting theme also, the Cubs worked E31 065 towards their Kiwi Badges. ^Each boy chose 6 activities from the E31 066 following *- Orienteering, Bushcraft, Campfires, First Aid, Iron Cub, E31 067 Abseiling, Commando Course, Kayaking, Grass-skiing, Kite-making, E31 068 Scavenger Hunt, Mini-golf and Hobo Stoves. ^New skills were learnt and E31 069 old ones practised. E31 070 **[END INDENTATION**] E31 071 |^*0The marquee housed the medieval banquet that evening. ^The E31 072 boys seated were E31 073 **[PLATE**] E31 074 entertained by minstrels, jugglers, a jester and a visit from Merlin. E31 075 ^The sheep on the spit was cooked in thyme and boys thoroughly enjoyed E31 076 not using forks! E31 077 |^The serene evening was topped off with a search for the knight E31 078 of *"intelligence**" *- Sir Interlect and a campfire. ^Excalibur was E31 079 thrown into the lake and in the twilight, the Lady of the Lake E31 080 returned the sword intact. ^Excalibur was safe. E31 081 |^With all the day's activities the boys still managed to be up E31 082 late and up early on Sunday *- not to the delight of the Richmond E31 083 Rovers on breakfast duty! ^Again an effort was made to tire the E31 084 energetic knights with the completion of the Kiwi Activities. ^Then it E31 085 was time for the Rovers to compete against the Cub Leaders. ^The boys E31 086 all laughed seeing their seniors tied up in knots and falling over E31 087 each other. ^A bicycle stunt by the jester *- trying to ride a bike up E31 088 a ramp and over a 6 metre lake was unsuccessful to the delight of all E31 089 present. E31 090 |^All good things must come to an end and the closing ceremony E31 091 commenced. ^A final appearance of the court jester, a last showing of E31 092 all the fine work gone into the medieval costumes, presentations of E31 093 awards and the Knights of the Round Table bade farewell. E31 094 *<*4Firsts For Unit On Island*> E31 095 |^*0Ngati Toa Venturers of Mana District, Wellington, created E31 096 several firsts on their trip to Mana Island recently. E31 097 |^As well as being possibly the first Scouting trip to the E31 098 island, the Unit believes they staged the first investiture on the E31 099 island. E31 100 |^Three members completed their pre-investiture requirements with E31 101 the overnight stay and a brief ceremony was held to welcome them into E31 102 the Unit. E31 103 |^Resident Ranger Lance Payne welcomed the Unit onto the island. E31 104 ^He shares the island with some cows, a large number of seagulls who E31 105 nest there and rare species of giant wekas and lizards. E31 106 |^The Venturers found the island has a lot to offer. ^Along with E31 107 the prolific wildlife, the island has a rich history. ^Still evident E31 108 are the sites of Maori settlements dating back to Te Rauparaha and the E31 109 remains of a whaling station still exist. E31 110 |^This coupled with the excellent diving, trekking and fishing E31 111 made the trip very worthwhile for the Ngati Toa Unit. E31 112 **[PLATES**] E31 113 *<*6ACCENT ON WATER FUN FOR SEA SCOUTS' SUMMER CAMP*> E31 114 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E31 115 |^*4Twenty members of the Mount Pleasant Scout Troop, E31 116 Christchurch attended a Summer Camp over a period of ten days in late E31 117 January. ^The Group camped on the property of a local farmer at E31 118 Ngakuta Bay, Queen Charlotte Sound, not far from Picton. ^This was a E31 119 particularly appropriate site since the Mount Pleasant boys are Sea E31 120 Scouts and Ngakuta Bay was the site forty years ago of the first Sea E31 121 Scout National Regatta. E31 122 **[END INDENTATION**] E31 123 |^*0Most of the boys travelled by train to and from the camp and E31 124 an advance party took the camping equipment, boats and activity gear E31 125 in the Group's own truck, supported by two cars. E31 126 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E31 127 |^*4The tents were no sooner up on the first day than the big E31 128 rain storm arrived causing flooding in Nelson. ^It rained heavily for E31 129 the first night, the next day and for the second night, dawning E31 130 perfectly fine on the following day. E31 131 **[END INDENTATION**] E31 132 |^*0A network of trenches around the tents on the naturally well E31 133 drained site ensured that things did not get too muddy. E31 134 |^The weather for the remaining eight days was excellent until it E31 135 came time to break camp, when more rain hastened the packing up E31 136 process but required eight large tents to be dried out at home. E31 137 *<*6CAMP AWARD*> E31 138 |^*0The boys ranged from 17 year old Venturers in one Patrol, to E31 139 11 year old Scouts in two other Patrols, and all were kept busy not E31 140 only with cooking for themselves and with other camp chores, but also E31 141 with a wide range of activities. ^To encourage participation, the boys E31 142 worked for their Camp Award Pennants. ^The requirements for this were E31 143 divided into five sections. E31 144 |^The first required three Scout Badge tests to be passed. ^The E31 145 junior boys took advantage of the surrounding bush to construct E31 146 bivouacs and slept in them overnight to pass one of these tests. E31 147 |^The second section required four adventure activities to be E31 148 carried out. ^For one of these the whole Group chartered a launch for E31 149 a day and were taken to the outer Sounds on a fishing trip, when the E31 150 Scout Leader caught a large Kahawai and others caught enough Blue Cod E31 151 for a fish breakfast. E31 152 |^Other adventures included overnight hikes, overnight boat trips E31 153 in the Group cutter, sunburst dinghy or canoes, a hunting trip, or a E31 154 visit to a local place of interest such as Anakiwa where the Outward E31 155 Bound School is located. E31 156 |^The third section comprised water activities including rafting E31 157 on two large polystyrene blocks, water skiing (using the Scout E31 158 Leader's power boat), windsurfing on the Group's new windsurfer, E31 159 sailing and canoeing. E31 160 |^The fourth section required participation in four skills such E31 161 as target shooting, skin diving, abseiling, fishing, eeling and E31 162 competing in the *'Iron Man**' competition. E31 163 |^However, it was the last division, called the *'Silly E31 164 Section**' which provided most amusement. ^It required at least four E31 165 *'silly**' activities to be carried out, such as mud wrestling in a E31 166 large pool of thick black mud located on the banks of the nearby E31 167 stream, or performing an item at one of the sing-song sessions around E31 168 the evening campfire, or getting filmed while carrying out a specified E31 169 *'silly**' task. E31 170 |^Fortunately everyone was required to have a hot shower every E31 171 evening at the nearby Momorangi Bay camping ground where for ten cents E31 172 each the boys had permission to use the facilities. E31 173 |^Most achieved their Camp Award Pennant and thoroughly enjoyed E31 174 themselves, while at the same time benefiting from the personal E31 175 development objectives which are the essence of Scouting for boys. E31 176 *<*6HANDICAPPED SCOUTS *- SPECIAL NOT DIFFERENT*> E31 177 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E31 178 |^*4Being handicapped is no excuse for not joining the Scout E31 179 Movement. ^Handicapped children have the same basic needs, desires and E31 180 problems as other kids. ^They must be allowed as near normal E31 181 participation in community activities as their limitations will E31 182 permit. ^This includes joining Scouts or Guides if they want to. E31 183 **[END INDENTATION**] E31 184 |^*0In New Zealand, the Scout Movement tries to integrate E31 185 handicapped boys into ordinary Groups although there are some solely E31 186 handicapped Groups. ^They may have physical and/or mental E31 187 disabilities, but generally this doesn't prevent them from taking part E31 188 in the Group's activities, and earning badges. E31 189 *<*7SCOUTING FOR ALL BOYS*> E31 190 |^*0A physically handicapped boy may be blind or deaf, have a E31 191 respiratory or heart condition, have spinabifida, muscular dystrophy E31 192 or cerebral palsy, or have paralysis, deformities or missing limbs. E31 193 |^The minimum requirement for an intellectually handicapped boy E31 194 to join the Scouts is that he must be able to understand the Scout Law E31 195 and Promise. ^He can join an ordinary Group or one established by his E31 196 own school. E31 197 |^Obviously there are limits to what a handicapped Scout can do. E31 198 ^Boys with brittle bones, (Osteogenesis Imperfecta), or haemophilia E31 199 can't play contact sports or *"rough and tumble**" games. ^Asthmatics E31 200 and diabetics must be careful not to over-exert themselves. ^The badge E31 201 requirements for intellectually handicapped boys may have to be E31 202 modified. ^But these limitations are far outweighed by the things E31 203 these *"special**" Scouts can achieve. E31 204 *<*7THE SKY'S THE LIMIT*> E31 205 |^*0A boy in a wheelchair can take part in almost any activity, E31 206 provided he has the use of his arms. ^This could be a fast game of E31 207 wheelchair basketball, canoeing down a river or pitching a tent. E31 208 |^Scouts with artificial limbs can be as mobile and active as E31 209 able-bodied boys. ^They can ride horses, play sports such as hockey E31 210 and soccer or go skiing. E31 211 |^Even a totally blind boy can take up skiing as a hobby. E31 212 |^Swimming seems to appeal to intellectually handicapped E31 213 children, and they can become competent swimmers once they have E31 214 overcome any fear of water they might have. E31 215 |^Many young handicapped people are being taught to ride horses, E31 216 perhaps before they are able to walk. E31 217 |^For those whose mobility is profoundly restricted, E31 218 hand**[ARB**]-crafts such as pottery, leather and woodwork, macrame E31 219 and weaving can be satisfying and enjoyable. E31 220 *<*6KANDERSTEG *- *4A Unique Scouting Facility*> E31 221 **[PLATE**] E31 222 |^*0With the change of seasons, there also comes a change in the E31 223 atmosphere at the Kandersteg International Scout Centre. E31 224 *# E32 001 **[137 TEXT E32**] E32 002 |^*0In 1983 John Bedford and Hilary Gyles were house-hunting. E32 003 ^They wanted to live around the Bays but found prices much higher than E32 004 they expected or could afford. E32 005 |^However, while looking at a home in Sorrento Bay, they learned E32 006 that the section behind was for sale. ^They hadn't intended building a E32 007 new home but decided the section was worth a closer look. E32 008 |^They found it had magnificent views. ^It was also a big section E32 009 (an acre) with attractive bush over much of it. ^They couldn't resist E32 010 it. E32 011 |^*"We didn't plan to build straight away and it was two years E32 012 before we looked for architects and found out what it would cost,**" E32 013 John Bedford said. E32 014 |^From the plans they had done, one stood out *- it reflected E32 015 their needs and preferences in every way. E32 016 |^*"We made a few minor changes along the way because they made E32 017 sense, such as extending the bathroom and downstairs bedroom. ^It E32 018 wasn't going to cost a lot extra.**" E32 019 |^The successful architect was Barry Millage who followed the E32 020 construction through every stage and worked in with Hilary, John and E32 021 the builder John Hollis. E32 022 |^*"There was no *"prima**[ARB**]-donnaship**" about Barry, he E32 023 just wanted a house which would work for us, not one for him to gain E32 024 kudos for,**" John Bedford said. E32 025 *<*4Brief*> E32 026 |^*0Their brief was for natural timber inside and out, an open E32 027 fire, lots of decks, two bedrooms with a view to later extensions, E32 028 garaging for a boat and a car, a cat door, and if possible a spa and E32 029 sauna. E32 030 |^In the final plan all were there, set out on four levels. E32 031 |^*"We really wanted no compromises. ^We could have gibbed the E32 032 walls instead of having timber panelling but we wouldn't do that.**" E32 033 |^Their preference for timber extended to window joinery. ^They E32 034 were determined not to compromise on that either. E32 035 *<*4Diagonal*> E32 036 |^*0For the exterior rusticated cedar was used and placed on the E32 037 diagonal. ^This was oiled as they wanted to preserve the natural glow E32 038 of the timber rather than allow it to weather to silver-grey. E32 039 |^Inside they picked rimu for both walls and ceilings in every E32 040 room. ^It gives the house a mellow look and a feeling of comfortable E32 041 warmth usually associated with older homes. ^Dark stained beams E32 042 provide the main support. E32 043 |^As a foil for this the light fittings and switches, handles and E32 044 knobs throughout the house all have brass accents. E32 045 **[PLATES**] E32 046 |^Skylights provide additional daylight and glimpses of the bush E32 047 in the lounge, bathroom and over the spiral staircase. ^Without them E32 048 the house would be a little dark. E32 049 |^Although the lounge has a large brick open fire, they realised E32 050 they might not wish to use it all the time. ^A pot belly stove in the E32 051 corner of the dining room will provide supplementary heating. ^Both E32 052 fires have slate hearths. E32 053 |^Slate was also used for the conservatory floor adjoining the E32 054 dining room. ^The conservatory opens both ends onto decks which E32 055 surround three sides of the home. E32 056 |^Off the kitchen is a walk-in pantry of a size usually found in E32 057 older homes. E32 058 |^*"It's so big I've hardly got anything in the kitchen E32 059 cupboards!**" Hilary Gyles said. E32 060 |^The pantry also houses a small freezer and a mobile E32 061 herb-and-vegetable trolley which doubles as additional work space in E32 062 the kitchen when required. E32 063 |^Tucked in under the stairs is a toilet for this level. ^It is a E32 064 good example of excellent use of space. ^A cupboard on the original E32 065 plan was extended *- it is the third bedroom. E32 066 |^A short flight of stairs leads to the bedrooms and bathrooms. E32 067 ^The master bedroom itself is large but all the space can be used as a E32 068 walk-in wardrobe holds all their clothing and a cupboard area provides E32 069 valuable general storage space. E32 070 |^The other bedroom on this level alternates between being a E32 071 bedroom and a gym room. E32 072 |^The bathroom is another area which is larger than usual. ^An E32 073 oval shaped bath is neatly tucked into one corner, the shower recessed E32 074 near it, while the vanity takes prime position under the skylight E32 075 window. E32 076 |^They chose a traditional kauri unit for the basin as they felt E32 077 it was more in keeping with the architecture. E32 078 |^A second toilet joins the bathroom through one door while E32 079 through another door is the sauna. ^Fully lined in jarra with *"sunken E32 080 copper nails so they don't rust and we don't burn ourselves leaning E32 081 against them**". E32 082 |^Across the bathroom, the door leads to the spiral stair and the E32 083 spa/ eyrie. ^This has to be one of the prime spots in the house. ^The E32 084 views of both the bush and harbour are magnificent. ^Glimpses of E32 085 Wellington city and the Heads can be seen from here. E32 086 |^*"It's lovely in the tub when it's wet and windy outside,**" E32 087 Hilary said. E32 088 **[PLATES**] E32 089 |^Originally they planned an acrylic spa. ^Later they decided a E32 090 timber hottub was more in keeping with the home. ^Their final choice E32 091 also made installation easier as it could be done in the room. ^A E32 092 window was the only likely entry for a formed spa. E32 093 |^Vacuuming a house on several levels will not be difficult for E32 094 Hilary. ^They had a Tellus Centra System installed and each area has E32 095 an outlet which Hilary plugs the hose into. E32 096 |^*"I would hate to have to cart a vacuum cleaner up and down all E32 097 these stairs. ^This system is just marvellous,**" she said. E32 098 |^Although John was once a keen gardener he doesn't miss lawn E32 099 mowing or weeding! ^He and Hilary are keen to retain the bush and to E32 100 cover the large concrete banks around the house with appropriate E32 101 plants as quickly as possible. E32 102 *<*5Helicopter involved:*> E32 103 *<*4*"Lady Liz**" hero *- builder's mate*> E32 104 |^Peter Button, helicopter pilot, is probably best known for his E32 105 search and rescue work. E32 106 |^But most of his work is less news-worthy. ^Those he helps, E32 107 however, speak in glowing terms. ^Hilary Gyles and John Bedford are E32 108 among those who do. E32 109 |^They could have asked the local rugby club to cart building E32 110 materials up to the site of their new hillside home. ^They decided E32 111 instead to approach Peter Button. E32 112 * E32 113 |^In just three sessions ranging from two to four hours, all the E32 114 materials were picked up from the Lowry Bay Yachting Marina and placed E32 115 on site. E32 116 |^*"We had no breakages and it was certainly cost effective as E32 117 there were no delays,**" John said. E32 118 * E32 119 |^What impressed them most was Peter's concern for safety at all E32 120 times. E32 121 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E32 122 * E32 123 |^*"He was also very careful about loading.**" E32 124 |^The loads included blocks, bricks, pre-nailed frames and E32 125 flooring. ^By employing Peter Button's company, Capital Helicopters, E32 126 the builders did not have to wait for materials. ^The Gyles-Bedford E32 127 home was finished sooner than would have been possible using E32 128 muscle-power. E32 129 *<*5Major redecoration project a triumph for Sharron*> E32 130 |^*0Most suburbs have a property which is generally considered to E32 131 be of historical interest, yet frequently its history is shrouded in E32 132 mystery. ^An interesting example of this is Wallaceville House. ^It E32 133 nestles in the Wallaceville foothills on the road leading to Whitemans E32 134 Valley. E32 135 |^The imposing residence is set in a magnificent garden which was E32 136 once considerably larger but is now just six acres. ^From the gate a E32 137 long sweeping driveway leads to the magnificent portico at the front E32 138 entrance. ^This looks out over sloping lawns, trees, shrubs and flower E32 139 beds. ^There is a tremendous feeling of peace. ^It is a superb setting E32 140 for any building. E32 141 *<*4Topsy*> E32 142 |^*0The house itself is fascinating. ^A bit like Topsy it *"just E32 143 growed.**" ^Records show that it was first developed in 1881. ^The E32 144 present owners believe this was probably when the cottage was built. E32 145 |^The present imposing residence was initially considerably E32 146 smaller and probably dates from around the turn of the century. E32 147 |^The name of the original owner is uncertain, but James Smith E32 148 bought it in 1928. ^In 1943 a \0Mr Jepson bought it. E32 149 |^He was the owner who made the biggest impact on the house. ^He E32 150 added a second storey, the interior of which was way ahead of its time E32 151 in many respects. E32 152 *<*4Ideal*> E32 153 |^*0Two years ago the present owners bought the property. ^It was E32 154 ideal for both their family and catering business. E32 155 |^Neil and Sue Kenny have been commercial caterers for 15 years E32 156 and saw the property as an ideal opportunity for expanding Upper E32 157 Hutt's wedding and conference centre. ^They live and work on the E32 158 property. E32 159 |^But major redecoration was required to bring it up to their E32 160 standards. ^The responsibility was given to Sharron Macdonald of E32 161 Concept Interiors. E32 162 *<*4Same*> E32 163 |^*0Although most of Sharron's work in interior design is in E32 164 private homes and on a considerably smaller scale she approached it in E32 165 the same way. E32 166 |^First she had lengthy discussions with the Kennys and went over E32 167 every room discussing its function. ^The ideas started with the E32 168 beautiful axminster carpet. E32 169 |^*"We didn't want to change that as its condition was excellent E32 170 and the design in keeping with the house,**" Sharron said. E32 171 |^The dominant shades are pinks through to fuchsia. ^From there E32 172 Sharron was given a budget and carte blanche for ideas. E32 173 |^In the entrance hall a deep burgundy was picked out for the E32 174 walls with a toning frieze for around the top and interesting pieces E32 175 of furniture and paintings found. ^Brass door handles and door signs E32 176 replaced obtrusive chrome ones. E32 177 *<*4Lounge*> E32 178 |^*0In the adjoining lounge where guests gather, a turquoise E32 179 paper with a hint of pink was found for the walls. E32 180 |^Austrian blinds make an attractive frame for the view over the E32 181 front lawns and gardens. ^They are pink with turquoise highlights. E32 182 ^The pink blends with the same shade in the curtains. E32 183 |^An old fireplace in the lounge was covered over some years ago. E32 184 ^When this was removed the original hearth tiles were found so Sharron E32 185 supplied an old kauri fire surround and mantel in keeping with the era E32 186 of the room. E32 187 |^Instead of white, a very soft pink was used for all the E32 188 woodwork. E32 189 |^The adjoining dining room (which is also used for public E32 190 lunches on Sundays) was originally the billiard room. ^A large round E32 191 skylight in the roof indicates where the table originally stood. E32 192 ^There is an enormous fireplace and a bar housed inside the original E32 193 water tank. ^Wood panelling features around the walls. E32 194 |^This room is a mixture of styles. ^Sharron's aim was to give it E32 195 more uniformity. ^She did this with blinds, a frieze and by finding E32 196 old prints. E32 197 *<*4Difficult*> E32 198 |^*0Probably the most difficult area for Sharron was the hall and E32 199 stairway leading to the upper storey. ^The floor was heavily pebbled E32 200 concrete with rounded stairs leading to the semi-spiral timber E32 201 staircase. E32 202 |^A plain Wilton type carpet in the same tonings as the axminster E32 203 was put down to give a feeling of warmth and continuity. E32 204 |^There was also a range of different materials used for the E32 205 walls. ^One area featured large river boulders which was not in E32 206 keeping with the rest. ^The Kennys agreed these should be covered so E32 207 Sharron found a deep pink polyester silk. ^It softens the area and E32 208 makes a big space seem cosy. E32 209 *<*4Fascinating*> E32 210 |^*0The upstairs is fascinating. ^There are two distinctly E32 211 different architectural styles. ^The curved main landing is all E32 212 natural timber *- the walls, floor, balustrades and ceiling. ^Its E32 213 curved shape means visitors can look down onto the hall below or E32 214 across to the other side where the bridal party stands during wedding E32 215 ceremonies. E32 216 **[PLATES**] E32 217 |^The only other major room upstairs is the ballroom. ^It is a E32 218 magnificent example of Art Deco architecture. ^This is where the E32 219 bridal breakfasts are held. E32 220 |^Again pink is the main colour with turquoise highlights E32 221 providing interest. ^Magnificent arched windows are accentuated by E32 222 deep rose polyester silk drapes made to fit their shape. ^Chairs are E32 223 covered in a practical wool fabric. ^Large pillars and a very ornate E32 224 fire surround complete the setting. E32 225 *<*4Mammoth*> E32 226 |^*0Bringing a project such as this together is a mammoth task. E32 227 ^Sharron dealt with a number of different businesses to get the E32 228 materials and services she required. E32 229 |^For the prints and tapestries she wanted frames which reflected E32 230 the age of the house. ^This work was done by the Picture Gallery in E32 231 Stokes Valley. E32 232 *# E33 001 **[138 TEXT E33**] E33 002 |^*4D*0uring the Queen's Birthday weekend, 1986, the world's largest E33 003 moa egg went *'home**' to Kaikoura for the first time in 120 years. E33 004 ^The egg was discovered in 1857 by a workman excavating for the E33 005 foundation of a building at George Fyffe's whaling station, Kaikoura. E33 006 |^Robert Fyffe had established the Waiopuka *'Fishery**' in Fyffe E33 007 Cove on Kaikoura Peninsula by 1843. ^The fishery was taken over by E33 008 Robert's younger cousin, George, after his death. ^George set about E33 009 establishing more buildings on Avoca Point just to the north of Fyffe E33 010 Cove in the 1850s, as a preliminary to building his house there. ^It E33 011 was during this time that the egg, which was part of the first ever E33 012 moa hunter burial to be discovered by Europeans, was unearthed. E33 013 |^We do not know exactly when in 1857 the discovery occurred, nor E33 014 who actually made it. ^Descendants of Robert Palmer, still living in E33 015 Kaikoura, claim it was he, but there is no evidence to support this E33 016 and no record of Robert Palmer being in Kaikoura prior to 1859. E33 017 |^The first mention of the egg which anyone has so far discovered is E33 018 in an account which appeared in the *1Lyttelton Times *0on 5 August E33 019 1857: E33 020 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E33 021 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E33 022 **[END INDENTATION**] E33 023 |^On 23 October of the same year the surveyor Charles Torlesse wrote E33 024 in his journal: E33 025 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E33 026 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E33 027 **[END INDENTATION**] E33 028 |^However, the egg was not immediately sent to Britain, although it E33 029 was to go there ultimately. ^It was still in George Fyffe's possession E33 030 at Kaikoura when {0J.D.} Enys saw it at the end of 1861. (^At that E33 031 time it was kept, together with an adze-head and the skull from the E33 032 associated burial, in a candle box. ^Enys, recognising its value, E33 033 asked Fyffe to remove at least the adze-head from the box in case it E33 034 smashed the egg, which had already been damaged when it was found.) E33 035 ^But in 1864, the moa egg left Kaikoura, and was not to return for E33 036 more than a century. E33 037 |^George Fyffe first sent the egg to Wellington, from where it went E33 038 to Dunedin for the New Zealand Exhibition of 1865. ^In a letter dated E33 039 20 September 1864 (now held in Canterbury Museum's archives) he wrote E33 040 to \0Messrs Bethune and Hunter of Wellington: E33 041 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E33 042 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] E33 043 **[END INDENTATION**] E33 044 |^James Hector described the egg at the exhibition, and included its E33 045 measurements as 9 1/2*?8 by 7*?8 which, it may be noted, differ from E33 046 those given in the *1Lyttelton Times *0account. E33 047 |^From Dunedin it was sent to London on the *1Ravenscraig *0where E33 048 its arrival was reported by the *1Times *0of 17 October 1865. ^It was E33 049 sold at auction for *+200 and then resold to {0G.D.} Rowley. ^Both E33 050 Rowley and the great anatomist Sir Richard Owen published descriptions E33 051 and measurements, the measurements differing not only from each other, E33 052 but also from those of the *1Lyttelton Times *0and Sir James Hector! E33 053 (^Rowley actually published two differing sets of measurements, 10*?8 E33 054 x 7*?8 and 9*?8 by 7*?8; Owen described it as 10*?8 x 7 1/2*?8.) E33 055 |^After 1886, when it was exhibited in the New Zealand Court at the E33 056 Colonial and Indian Exhibition in England (in the charge of Julius von E33 057 Haast of Canterbury Museum), it remained in the Rowley collection E33 058 until 1935, after which it virtually *'disappeared**' from sight for E33 059 about 30 years. ^Then in 1966 Robert Falla, Director of the Dominion E33 060 Museum, Wellington, discovered it in London in the possession of a E33 061 \0Mr James. ^He was able to purchase the egg for New Zealand and it E33 062 was brought back to the Dominion (now National) Museum, in the E33 063 possession of which it remains today. E33 064 |^George Fyffe was drowned in Fyffe Cove in 1867, not long after E33 065 sending the egg off in the *1Ruby. ^*0He left behind on Avoca Point E33 066 the house which he had built in 1859-60 and which still stands today. E33 067 ^Fyffe House became the property of the New Zealand Historic Places E33 068 Trust in 1980 and, while being restored, is open to the public. E33 069 |^The discovery of the Fyffe moa egg on the site at Avoca Point was E33 070 significant for more than being associated with the first recognised E33 071 moa hunter burial. ^It indicated the presence of an important and E33 072 largely undisturbed archaeological site, dating back to the earliest E33 073 times in the human occupation of the South Island and of New Zealand. E33 074 |^Archaeological work carried out on this site in 1973 established E33 075 by means of radiocarbon dating that the earliest occupation may have E33 076 been up to 1000 years ago. ^Subsequent work over the past 5 years has E33 077 shown three distinctive phases of occupation: the earliest moa hunter E33 078 period; a later Maori agricultural period; and finally the early E33 079 European whaling period. ^Although there have been some fascinating E33 080 finds on the site, there has been no indication that further burials E33 081 occur there, although no-one knows exactly where the original was E33 082 located and only a relatively small part of the site has been E33 083 investigated. E33 084 |^Because of subsequent work on moa hunter E33 085 **[PLATE**] E33 086 burials done at Wairau Bar in Marlborough, we can now be sure that the E33 087 one at Fyffes was very similar. ^It seems sure, also, that the E33 088 associated adze-heads were of argillite (Hector, a geologist, E33 089 described the one he saw as of black stone) rather than *'poenamu**' E33 090 (pounamu), or greenstone, as stated in the initial newspaper report. E33 091 |^The moa egg, like all those subsequently found with burials, has a E33 092 hole drilled in one end through which the contents presumably were E33 093 extracted. ^We cannot be sure to what use such an empty shell would E33 094 have been put but the most likely suggestion is as a water container. E33 095 ^Although now broken away on one side, the egg is sufficiently E33 096 complete to be measured. ^It is exactly 240 \0mm by 178 \0mm (9 1/2*?8 E33 097 by 7*?8) as indicated by James Hector in 1865. ^This makes it the E33 098 world's largest known moa egg, with an estimated capacity of 4300 \0cu E33 099 \0cm, or about 90 number 6 hens' eggs. E33 100 |^Its return on temporary display to Kaikoura over Queen's Birthday E33 101 weekend was with the kind permission of \0Dr John Yaldwyn, Director of E33 102 National Museum, Wellington. ^It spent the Sunday in the Kaikoura E33 103 Museum and the Monday close to its place of origin, in Fyffe House. E33 104 ^It attracted great attention, with people travelling from as far E33 105 afield as Picton and Christchurch to see it. E33 106 |^Considering its rather chequered career since it was first found, E33 107 nearly 130 years ago, we are most fortunate to still have this E33 108 priceless relic, not only in relatively good condition, but back in E33 109 the country of its origin. E33 110 **[BEGIN BOX**] E33 111 *<*4A New Use for an Old Stable*> E33 112 |^A *0relic of Auckland's colonial past has been given a new lease of E33 113 life as an art gallery and base of recipients of New Zealand's first E33 114 residential writing fellowship. ^Following 4 years of intensive E33 115 fundraising by the Frank Sargeson Trust, a century-old stable block on E33 116 the edge of Albert Park is undergoing a *+$150,000 refurbishment, E33 117 being carried out by Fletcher Development and Construction \0Ltd. E33 118 ^Work involves preserving and strengthening the one-and-a-half-storey E33 119 brick structure, removing later additions and transforming the loft E33 120 into a self-contained apartment for use by the Frank Sargeson writing E33 121 fellow. ^The ground floor of the stables will become an annexe to the E33 122 Auckland City Art Gallery. E33 123 **[PLATE**] E33 124 |^The project is the result of a unique partnership involving the E33 125 Sargeson Trust, Fletcher Challenge and the Auckland City Council, E33 126 owner of the stables. ^It had its beginnings shortly after Frank E33 127 Sargeson's death in 1982 when it was decided an annual writing E33 128 fellowship would be a fitting memorial to one of New Zealand's most E33 129 notable writers. ^To raise the necessary capital for an annual stipend E33 130 and lodgings the Frank Sargeson Trust was formed with a former E33 131 associate director of Fletcher Challenge, George Fraser, as finance E33 132 chairman. ^Well-known in the business, literary and art worlds, George E33 133 Fraser was responsible for the purchase and guardianship of the E33 134 Fletcher art collection, the largest private collection in New E33 135 Zealand. ^Following Fraser's death early this year, Fletcher Challenge E33 136 offered to undertake the project at cost as a tribute to one of the E33 137 company's most popular identities. ^As a further tribute, the ground E33 138 floor gallery will be known as the George Fraser Gallery. ^The first E33 139 Frank Sargeson writing fellow is due to take up residency early next E33 140 year. E33 141 **[END BOX**] E33 142 *<*4Christchurch Hospital's Threatened Shrine*> E33 143 * E33 144 |^T*0he future of the Christchurch Public Hospital Nurses Memorial E33 145 Chapel has been a subject of controversy for 10 years. ^The Canterbury E33 146 Hospital Board plans to demolish the Chapel in 1993. ^There are E33 147 strongly held views for, on the one side, its demolition and, on the E33 148 other side, its preservation either whole or in slightly modified E33 149 form. E33 150 |^The Chapel is classifed C which some feel is too low a rating. E33 151 ^The Trust allows that *"if new information comes to light, buildings E33 152 may merit a higher classification than they have at present**". ^A E33 153 re-evaluation of the Chapel is needed so that even if it is E33 154 demolished, the building as is, where is, receives proper recognition. E33 155 ^This article suggests why such a re-evaluation is called for. E33 156 |^Because the Chapel contains several important works of art its E33 157 plight brings into focus an area of Trust classification criteria that E33 158 needs to be examined: to what extent does the significance of *1works E33 159 of art *0that are within a building or part of its fabric influence E33 160 the rating given? (^See the item on page 11.) E33 161 |^The Chapel, a sturdy, free-standing, brick building located on the E33 162 Riccarton Avenue side of the Hospital, was designed free of charge by E33 163 {0J.G.} Collins and opened in 1927. ^The foundation stone was laid by E33 164 the Duke of York, later King George *=VI. ^The stone states it was E33 165 laid by the Duchess of York, now the Queen Mother, but she was too ill E33 166 to perform the duty on the day. E33 167 |^The Chapel was the precursor of the Hospital Chapel Movement in E33 168 New Zealand and is of great national and social significance. ^Several E33 169 people took up the idea of building an interdenominational chapel and E33 170 decided it should be a memorial to three nurses from Christchurch E33 171 Hospital: Nora Hildyard, Lorna Rattray and Margaret Rodgers. ^They E33 172 were among many killed on 23 October 1915 when the troopship E33 173 *1Marquette *0carrying staff of the First New Zealand Stationary E33 174 Hospital and the 29th Divisional Ammunition Column was torpedoed in E33 175 the Gulf of Salonika, off Greece. E33 176 |^The Chapel is also a memorial to two nurses who died after being E33 177 on duty in Christchurch Hospital wards during the 1918 influenza E33 178 epidemic: Grace Campbell Beswick and Hilda Hooker. ^This Chapel is E33 179 possibly the only building in New Zealand dedicated to women killed in E33 180 the line of duty in either World War *=I or the 1918 epidemic. E33 181 |^Over the years memorials have been placed in the building to E33 182 regionally, nationally and internationally important people (mainly E33 183 women), which draw attention to landmarks in social, medical and art E33 184 history. E33 185 *<*4Chapel threatened*> E33 186 |^In 1975 the Chapel was first threatened when the site was needed for E33 187 *"temporary operating theatres**". ^This caused a furore and E33 188 opposition to the demolition plans was formidable. ^Former staff E33 189 throughout the country rallied with current staff to save the Chapel E33 190 and it was reprieved in 1976. ^A 50th Jubilee Service was held in it E33 191 in 1977, attended by many who had *'saved**' the building and some E33 192 survivors of the *1Marquette *0tragedy. E33 193 |^In 1983 the Chapel was again a centre of attention but the E33 194 Hospital Board remained vague about its fate. ^*1The Star *0ran a E33 195 large article reporting that the Board *"has learnt from past E33 196 experience that plans to demolish the chapel are likely to spark a E33 197 controversy**". ^In November 1983 *1The Star *0outlined a plea by the E33 198 then Chairman of the Trust's Canterbury Regional Committee, Don E33 199 Donnithorne, and myself for the Chapel to be retained as is or moved E33 200 because of its precious nature. ^For the first time the art-historic E33 201 worth of several of the Chapel's stained glass windows was made E33 202 public. ^But *1The Press *0on 6 March 1984 stated that the Board had E33 203 decided that the Chapel was to be *"demolished and rebuilt in 6 E33 204 years**". E33 205 *# E34 001 **[139 TEXT E34**] E34 002 |^*0Without the nose, the mouth loses much of its ability to E34 003 taste, as can be graphically illustrated by taking a mouthful of E34 004 something while holding one's nose and then trying to taste it. ^There E34 005 is no clearly defined margin between the senses of smell and taste; E34 006 while we are tasting, the physical powers of the olfactory (smelling) E34 007 nerves are continuously in play, right up to the point of aftertaste, E34 008 when the wine has been swallowed. ^Smell could be said to be a measure E34 009 of quality; the finer a wine is, the more stimulation it offers to the E34 010 olfactory system. E34 011 |^Taste is the third sense to contact the wine, as it is poured E34 012 into the mouth, over and around the tongue, passing on countless E34 013 messages of flavour that will confirm the character and style of the E34 014 wine. ^All these things will happen whether the drinker is a qualified E34 015 wine merchant or a first-time experimenter; training, experience and E34 016 application are the only things that separate the responses of each. E34 017 ^It is worth noting that wine has a vast range of subtleties of E34 018 flavour and bouquet to reward those who are interested enough to E34 019 approach each wine with a little time and thought. E34 020 |^The tongue and mouth, the taste tools, respond in quite E34 021 different and identifiable ways to separate wine components. ^These E34 022 responses can be carefully catalogued, and offer the most measurable E34 023 method by which to judge wine. ^With experience, the nose will detect E34 024 in advance most of what the palate will tell, but this early warning E34 025 system only becomes a finely tuned tasting aid when the palate has E34 026 learned to identify each important wine part. E34 027 |^The tongue itself tastes sweetness at its tip, acidity on the E34 028 top edges, bitterness at the back and saltiness along the sides. E34 029 ^Other parts of the mouth are stimulated by various wine elements, all E34 030 the important ones of which are listed below, and associated with that E34 031 particular part of the taster's machinery most receptive to them. E34 032 *<*6FLAVOUR*> E34 033 |^*0Flavour is predominantly the product of grape variety and differs E34 034 with each wine according to the grapes used. ^Cabernet Sauvignon, E34 035 Chardonnay and Muscat grapes are as different from each other in taste E34 036 as Delicious, Granny Smith and Russett apples, and are identifiable in E34 037 the resulting wines. ^Secondary influences on flavour are soil, grape E34 038 diseases or rot, and particularly wooden barrels, which can totally E34 039 dominate the wine flavour if overused. ^Intensity and depth of flavour E34 040 are affected by climate, for the degree of ripeness of grapes at E34 041 vintage can produce quite dramatic changes in wine. E34 042 |^Flavour is first noticed by the nose in aroma or bouquet, and E34 043 further reaffirmed by general taste in the mouth and aftertaste left E34 044 when the wine is swallowed. E34 045 *<*6SUGAR*> E34 046 |^*0Dryness or sweetness is a simple judgement that is made with the E34 047 tip of the tongue. ^Sweetness can sometimes be hidden at first by E34 048 excessive acidity, or sourness. ^On the other hand, very ripe, fruity, E34 049 dry wines can sometimes appear more sweet than they are because of E34 050 their fruitiness. ^Too much sugar masks more delicate flavours and E34 051 makes a wine appear heavy and cloying, leaving a sticky overbearing E34 052 taste in the mouth. E34 053 *<*6ACID*> E34 054 |^*0Acid is formed in all wines, as either tartaric acid, malic acid E34 055 (as in apples), citric acid (as in lemons) or lactic acid (as in milk) E34 056 and many other minor varieties. ^It is a particularly important wine E34 057 component, both as a taste and bouquet characteristic and as a E34 058 preservative. ^Too much acid makes a wine sour and unpleasant, but a E34 059 lack of it reduces the richest flavours to boring flabbiness. E34 060 |^The upper edges of the tongue detect acid in wine as a sharp E34 061 tangy sensation which lifts the flavour and also heightens bouquet, E34 062 for the volatile acids help zesty aromas to spring from the surface of E34 063 a glass of wine. ^Acidity makes wine crisp and clean, with malic acid E34 064 in particular providing fresh, mouth**[ARB**]-watering sensations. E34 065 ^Acid is important as a preservative in any wine which requires bottle E34 066 age and also as a contributor to wine colour, for it brightens and E34 067 accentuates colour as well as helping to stabilise it over long E34 068 periods, protecting aging wine from paleness. E34 069 |^When tasting for acid it is important to realise that sugar and E34 070 alcohol can mask some of the acid sensation. ^Without adequate acid, E34 071 wine that is well endowed with all other components will still lack E34 072 the excitement essential to both nose and tongue that will bridge the E34 073 gap between good and great wine. E34 074 *<*6BODY*> E34 075 |^*0The size of a wine, its body, is measured by two things, alcohol E34 076 content and extract. ^Extract is the solid bits, which are naturally E34 077 present more in red than white wines because of the extra contact the E34 078 former has with the more solid parts of the grapes *- flesh, skins, E34 079 stalks, \0etc. ^The sensation of extract is a general one that is felt E34 080 throughout the mouth as a thickness or impression of substance about E34 081 the wine that could be described as density. ^For wines that will be E34 082 aged such as young big reds, this density will lessen as they get E34 083 older and much of the extract falls out as sediment. E34 084 |^Alcohol was the original reason for making and drinking wine, E34 085 and is still a very important component of any wine, a fact that is E34 086 substantiated by the high value placed on alcohol content by those E34 087 laws of quality control that are in place throughout much of Europe. E34 088 ^In direct terms, alcohol is a measure of the amount of sunshine the E34 089 grapes have enjoyed, how ripe they were at vintage time. E34 090 |^The taste of pure ethyl alcohol is not pleasant, so it is a E34 091 blessing that this taste rarely imposes itself on wine, which is not E34 092 often more than 14.5% by volume. ^The wine taster is aware of alcohol E34 093 as a sensation of strength in the mouth, and it has a slightly numbing E34 094 or heavy effect at higher levels which most tasters accurately E34 095 describe as weight. ^A characteristic of high-alcohol wine is also a E34 096 hot aftertaste and slightly unpleasant *'catch**' to the back of the E34 097 throat. E34 098 |^Chemically, alcohol is a very important wine preservative and E34 099 must be present in adequate quantities if any aging is planned. E34 100 *<*6TANNIN*> E34 101 |^*0Tannin is extracted from the skins and stalks of the grapes during E34 102 the wine-making process, so it is far more prevalent in red than in E34 103 white wine; in fact in most whites tannin is avoided at all cost. E34 104 ^This is because its harsh astringent effect on the mouth (graphically E34 105 described by Australians as *'grip**') is naturally out of balance E34 106 with white wine. E34 107 |^The dry, furry feeling that tannin produces throughout the E34 108 mouth is typical of young red wine, especially when it has spent some E34 109 time in an oak barrel which will impart more, though softer, tannin to E34 110 the wine. ^Perhaps the most obvious mark of tannin is the drawing, E34 111 mouth-puckering astringency felt on and around the gums shortly after E34 112 swallowing. E34 113 |^As with acid and alcohol, tannin is an important prerequisite E34 114 for a wine that must age, and as it ages, the tannin will become E34 115 softer and more mellow, in time disappearing altogether. E34 116 *<*6BALANCE*> E34 117 |^*0Balance is the one word most used in wine-tasting language, and E34 118 the most important. ^Acid, alcohol, flavour, sweetness and tannin are E34 119 all crucially important to wine, but none of these should dominate the E34 120 others; instead, all parts must be in harmony with each other to make E34 121 a good wine. ^High alcohol and a lot of tannin will have to be E34 122 accompanied by large measures of fruit, flavour and acid, to prevent E34 123 the wine's becoming a bitter alcoholic mouthwash, and to provide some E34 124 taste to replace the tannin as the wine ages. ^Conversely, light, E34 125 fragrant wines must remain delicate, without containing overpowering E34 126 sugar or startling acidity, either of which would destroy their charm. E34 127 |^Balance must be judged by the individual after considering each E34 128 of the wine's components, and the aims of the wine maker. ^It must be E34 129 measured in the context of the taster's own preferences and E34 130 conditions, for wine has value only in its appeal to the individual. E34 131 |^A knowledge of all these aspects of wine helps build up the E34 132 basic skills of the wine taster, and is essential for all wine E34 133 enthusiasts who mean to enjoy what they drink. ^Practice, of course, E34 134 is essential, so it is important to drink and think, to consider as E34 135 many wines as possible, and wherever possible to write down thoughts. E34 136 ^The scope of tastes within the basic parameters is vast and the E34 137 enjoyment of this maze of subtleties is endless. E34 138 **[PLATE**] E34 139 *<*6WINE CARE*> E34 140 *<*4Fashions, Techniques and Equipment*> E34 141 |^*0There is a whole spectrum of factors influencing the range of E34 142 wines available to a wine drinker at any one time: the local wines E34 143 will vary according to climate and wine styles; imports of foreign E34 144 wines will depend on customs regulations, transport, supply, and E34 145 international relations; and wine choice on the home front can be E34 146 influenced by social trends and by fashion. E34 147 |^The trendier Romans used to add a little salt water to their E34 148 wines; and the British establishment in the heady days of Empire would E34 149 never order claret unless it was *'hermitaged**' (increased in E34 150 strength by additions of full-bodied Rho*?5ne wine). E34 151 |^Climate also influences one's choice of wine. ^The inhabitants E34 152 of warm countries are capable of producing strong (and even coarse) E34 153 wines, high in alcohol, from their local vines, but the weather E34 154 inclines them to choose light, fruity, thirst-quenching wines, E34 155 provided they are able to import them. ^Conversely, the winters in E34 156 Europe can be substantially cheered by drinking flavoursome, mellow E34 157 wines from more balmy locations. E34 158 |^Before modern transport made it easy to move appropriate wines E34 159 to their natural markets, traditional treatments were used to make the E34 160 wines of a region more palatable under local conditions. ^In the hot E34 161 Mediterranean methods varied from the addition of fresh fruit and E34 162 juices, which produced the Spanish sangria, to a touch of blackcurrant E34 163 liqueur, resulting in kir from the south of France. ^In Germanic E34 164 countries, during snowy winters, the light local products are warmed E34 165 and enriched with herbs and spices to keep out the cold. E34 166 |^Local wine styles developed early, and certain drinking habits E34 167 among local peoples have been perpetuated throughout generations of E34 168 change. ^In Germany, for instance, it has always been felt that the E34 169 light, fruity wines are best drunk on their own to fully bring out E34 170 their flavour and slight sweetness. ^In France, where wines are big, E34 171 strong and dry, they are seen as the natural partners to food. E34 172 ^Britain, on the other hand, has only a tiny indigenous wine industry, E34 173 and so imports a range of wines from around the world, thus being a E34 174 market for every style, from pre-dinner aperitif wines from Jerez or E34 175 Germany, to full-flavoured meal wines from France, and rich, sweet E34 176 dessert and liqueur treasures from Portugal or Madeira. E34 177 |^The importance of transport to the modern wine trade can never E34 178 be overestimated. ^The fine wines of the world have been readily moved E34 179 to market for centuries, because they have been of sufficient quality E34 180 to carry the high cost of such transport. ^Recently, a reduction in E34 181 transport costs has meant the rapid development of markets for cheaper E34 182 beverage wines in places previously inaccessible to the producers. E34 183 ^This has changed the drinking habits of most of the western world E34 184 away from more easily shipped, high-alcohol beverages, and prompted E34 185 buyers to consume moderately priced wine. ^It has also changed the E34 186 economics of wine making. E34 187 |^Part of the change in drinking habits has also come about E34 188 because of the modernisation of wine-making techniques, and the E34 189 introduction of advanced technology to regions of bulk production. E34 190 ^Massive quantities of consistent, stable, cheap wine can therefore be E34 191 produced and delivered to almost any market. ^The great successes of E34 192 the post-war wine market have thus been the light, fruity wines which E34 193 in the past were considered poor travellers. ^They have replaced the E34 194 popular cheap wines of the past, which tended to be the heavy E34 195 fortifieds of Spain and Portugal. E34 196 *# E35 001 **[140 TEXT E35**] E35 002 ^*0This is the *"body fake**", and is the most effective when mastered E35 003 as no time is wasted in ball or foot movement. ^The fourth time E35 004 through with this practice, the direction of the pass should be E35 005 changed. ^Finally, on the last time through, the pass can be made E35 006 anywhere in the square after the fake. ^All players should keep their E35 007 hands at waist level ready to catch; they may get a pass they don't E35 008 expect! E35 009 |^This type of deception could perhaps have been used more by the E35 010 New Zealand team to combat the close marking of the Australian defence E35 011 over the years. ^Once a defender is deceived a couple of times, she E35 012 will lose a little confidence and be loath to mark quite as closely. E35 013 *<*6UNSIGHTING THE DEFENDER*> E35 014 |^*0The passer steps forward and to the side of the defender and E35 015 places her body between the defender and the ball. ^The ball is kept E35 016 tucked into the body, and out of the defender's sight. ^A nod of the E35 017 head one way, a quick bounce or a low pass will beat the defender E35 018 whose timing will be out because she can't see or therefore react to E35 019 the ball. ^When the defender steps across you, change your body weight E35 020 back with the pivoting foot and pass high to the other side. E35 021 **[PLATE**] E35 022 *<*6BEATING A BLOCKER*> E35 023 |^*0Often a defender will resort to blocking to stop an attacker E35 024 without the ball from moving freely about the court. ^The main value E35 025 of blocking as a tactic is to upset the timing and attacking play of E35 026 the team in possession. ^It can also, for example, frustrate a shooter E35 027 by keeping her out of the goal circle. ^This negative type of play E35 028 has, unfortunately, taken quite a hold in the English game. ^If you E35 029 master ways to beat this tactic, the defender will soon give it up, E35 030 but if you can't cope and get het up, then you will find yourself E35 031 being continually blocked. E35 032 |^By blocking, the defender puts herself at a great disadvantage. E35 033 ^She has turned her back on the ball and so is unable to see it. ^She E35 034 can only read the signs you give with your eyes and hands to show if E35 035 the ball is coming. ^If, as the attacker, you can keep calm and merely E35 036 step away quickly to take the pass, all will be well. ^If you want to E35 037 get up court into the play, here are some suggestions for beating a E35 038 block: E35 039 **[PLATE**] E35 040 |1. ^The attacker body fakes to the right, brings her right foot E35 041 across and then runs in an arc across the defender. ^If the attacker E35 042 is still not ahead of the defender, she should change her body weight E35 043 and step with her left foot to the left side in a zig-zag action. E35 044 ^Because the defender is moving backwards, she will tend to get her E35 045 feet tangled. ^Do not try to run straight up court. ^You might then E35 046 contact her, which is what she wants. E35 047 |2. ^The attacker makes a quick jump back from the defender to give E35 048 herself space. ^Contact will be less likely if you take this action. E35 049 |3. ^The attacker body fakes to the right, but this time she is side E35 050 on. ^She does a half-roll, comes back quickly and then goes the way of E35 051 the first fake. E35 052 |^In all these methods, good body balance is vital. ^Have the E35 053 body upright, seat tucked in, head up and legs slightly bent to move E35 054 with power. E35 055 **[PLATE**] E35 056 *<*6ATTACKING POSITION*> E35 057 |^*0In netball your defender is often between you and the ball and is E35 058 seeking to intercept the ball coming to you. ^The method you use to E35 059 get free to receive that pass depends on your depth of skill, the E35 060 court space you have, your stance and the vision and reaction of your E35 061 defender. E35 062 *<*6DODGING*> E35 063 |^*0One game at the world championships in Singapore in 1983 showed me E35 064 just how valuable the dodge is *- and it wasn't even a game between E35 065 two of the top rated teams. ^The home team, Singapore, were playing E35 066 Malaysia in a real needle match. ^Because players from both sides were E35 067 extremely quick and had the dodge mastered, the netball developed into E35 068 the quick, short burst type of game that is particularly exciting to E35 069 watch. ^If these teams had resorted to longer, slower passing, their E35 070 opponents' speed might have caused interceptions to be conceded. E35 071 ^Instead, by using the dodge and some short, sharp passing, teams were E35 072 able to transfer the ball quickly and safely. E35 073 |^A dodge is a quick step or movement one way to deceive the E35 074 defender. ^If the defender is looking at the ground, she will be easy E35 075 to beat because she will have lost sight of the ball. ^Once the E35 076 movement is made, thrust off in the other direction to receive the E35 077 ball. ^There are two important *1don't *0rules in dodging. E35 078 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E35 079 |*?31^Don't just rock behind the defender. ^You will have achieved E35 080 nothing and will still not be free to receive the pass. E35 081 |*?31^Don't just side step one way and then side step the other for E35 082 the pass. ^One side step and a reach is *1not *0enough space to E35 083 receive the pass. ^Also, on the reach you run the risk of dragging E35 084 your grounded foot (stepping). ^Always travel *1to *0the ball. E35 085 **[END INDENTATION**] E35 086 *<*6DODGING AND DROPPING AWAY*> E35 087 |^*0Carry out the basic dodge, faking one way E35 088 **[PLATE**] E35 089 but thrusting back two steps the other way. ^Then turn side on to the E35 090 passer and push off, dropping back and away from the defender. ^This E35 091 gives the passer more room. ^She can then lift her pass a little and E35 092 put you in a position to beat the defender. E35 093 |^This type of extended dodge has served New Zealand's midcourt E35 094 players especially well in international competition against teams E35 095 such as Trinidad, whose players have a long reach and plenty of E35 096 agility. E35 097 *<*6RUNNING DODGE OR CHANGE OF PACE*> E35 098 |^*0Running across the court, stop and make as if to go back (body E35 099 fake). ^Then thrust off across the court to take the pass. ^You could E35 100 vary this movement with a body fake back and then another forward. E35 101 ^Follow the second body fake by thrusting off back across the court to E35 102 receive the pass. ^This manoeuvre would take longer, so be careful to E35 103 time your run so the passer will not get called for held ball. E35 104 *<*6SIDE DODGE*> E35 105 |^*0If a defender is marking you on one side, you can create room on E35 106 the other side in order to receive the pass. ^By doing a little work E35 107 here, you will be able to get the pass and have more space for the E35 108 next phase. E35 109 |^Fake the body either back or forward before you push off to the E35 110 side. ^This will make the defender unsure of your intention. ^If she E35 111 then widens her stance, her take-off will be slower and she will not E35 112 be able to jump so high. E35 113 |^Another way to create space for yourself to receive the ball is E35 114 to run up court and then stop quickly, placing your foot next to the E35 115 defender with your body side on and your back to her. ^Then push off E35 116 on this foot so you are running back, looking over your shoulder. ^The E35 117 pass is put into this space you have just run through. ^The timing of E35 118 the E35 119 **[PLATE**] E35 120 pass is important. ^It must be released just as you thrust off to go E35 121 back. ^The passer may be marked and this lifted pass will be easier E35 122 for her to get away. E35 123 |^Don't try to run backwards; that makes it easier for the E35 124 defender to make an interception. E35 125 |^You can practise short and long passes in pairs. ^Player A has E35 126 the ball while player B stands 0.9 \0m (3 \0ft.) away. ^Player A makes E35 127 two short passes to player B who, after the second pass, runs back to E35 128 receive a long quick pass from A. ^B then passes the ball back to A E35 129 and runs in to receive two more short passes. E35 130 |^Concentrate on the placement of the passes. ^B should not go E35 131 wide to receive the pass, but at just a slight angle from A. ^Go E35 132 through the complete movement four times with good, snappy passes and E35 133 then change. E35 134 **[PLATE**] E35 135 *<*6BODY PLACEMENT*> E35 136 |^*0This can be achieved by the attacker taking up a position close to E35 137 the defender. ^The attacker has to work to keep free the space in E35 138 which she wishes to receive the pass. ^This can work if the attacker E35 139 stands side on to the defender, depending on where she wants the ball. E35 140 ^She then pivots and thrusts off to take the pass. ^There are several E35 141 points to watch, though. ^The side on body position must be held to E35 142 the last. ^Be sure to turn your head quickly after pivoting; otherwise E35 143 you won't have the required vision. ^And aim to have the width of your E35 144 body between the defender and the pass. E35 145 **[PLATE**] E35 146 *<*6THE HOLD*> E35 147 |^*0An attacker should always look for an area of weakness in the E35 148 defenders *- where is the defender least sure of how to mark? ^In the E35 149 goal circle there is a point at about mid**[ARB**]-way where the E35 150 defender will still mark in front, leaving you the space behind her to E35 151 manoeuvre. ^If you go too far back, she may come from behind or the E35 152 side. E35 153 |^For the hold, you want your defender in front of you and then E35 154 you want to create enough space behind her to take a high or lob pass. E35 155 ^To do this, fake to go forward. ^Then turn side on to the defender, E35 156 leaving one foot close to her as the ball drops over the back of you E35 157 (it should be about head height), and turn and catch it. ^Thus, when E35 158 you catch the ball, your back is to the defender and you are facing E35 159 the goal line, close to the post for an easy shot at goal. E35 160 |^Be careful not to move too soon and lose the space in the goal E35 161 circle. ^If your opponent moves behind you, she will have an excellent E35 162 chance of making an intercept, so it is important to keep her in E35 163 front. E35 164 |^The Jamaicans demonstrated the hold to perfection when they E35 165 played New Zealand at the world championships in 1983. ^New Zealand E35 166 went into the game knowing that, though their opponents would be no E35 167 push**[ARB**]-overs, they should win well. ^Instead the Jamaicans had E35 168 a very tall shooter who was able to latch on to some high passes, E35 169 making life a misery for the New Zealand defenders. ^In the end, New E35 170 Zealand breathed a sigh of relief when they won by two goals. E35 171 *<*6THE ROLL*> E35 172 |^*0When you are being defended and have limited space on court, the E35 173 roll and half-roll can be particularly useful. E35 174 |^Foot fake forward and to the side of the defender, as though E35 175 you intend moving forward for a pass. ^Then pivot on the foot next to E35 176 the defender, turning your back to her. ^Take off quickly, moving into E35 177 the pass which will have been put into the space. ^Your body width E35 178 protects the ball from the defender. ^Look over your shoulder to keep E35 179 sight of the ball. E35 180 |^The half-roll is the same up to the point where you turn your E35 181 back on the defender. ^But this time you thrust off and move forward E35 182 to where you did the first fake. E35 183 **[PLATE**] E35 184 *<*6CHANGE OF BODY DIRECTION*> E35 185 |^*0An attacker can run towards the passer, then thrust off quickly to E35 186 the side not guarded by the defender to take the pass. ^In her E35 187 catching action, she should turn her back and so have the width of her E35 188 body E35 189 **[PLATE**] E35 190 between the ball and the defender. ^Faults can occur in this movement E35 191 if the attacker runs in a half-circle to the pass. ^This gives the E35 192 defender a good chance of an interception because the attacker is E35 193 going away from the pass and the defender can meet it. E35 194 *<*6CHANGE OF PACE ACROSS COURT*> E35 195 |^*0Be sure to give the passer a good chance to release the ball. ^If E35 196 the attacker hasn't received the pass before she draws level with the E35 197 passer, it promotes the defender to the ball. E35 198 *# E36 001 **[141 TEXT E36**] E36 002 |^*4I*0t is surprising, considering how glibly everyone talks about E36 003 cashmere and mohair, that many who have gone into goats, or are E36 004 preparing to do so, do not understand clearly what these goat fibres E36 005 are, how they differ, and from whence they derive. E36 006 |^In fact the differences are complex and the dividing lines not E36 007 always clearly defined. E36 008 *<*4Cashmere*> E36 009 |^*0The skin of a goat contains primary and secondary follicles. E36 010 ^The primary follicles of a cashmere goat produce coarse fibres termed E36 011 guard hairs, and the secondary follicles a fine down known as E36 012 cashmere. ^In order to separate the down during processing from the E36 013 guard hairs, it is essential that there be a clear-cut width E36 014 difference between them. E36 015 |^The amount of cashmere an individual animal will produce is E36 016 determined by: E36 017 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] E36 018 |_1) the genetic ability of that animal to produce cashmere; E36 019 |2) the hormonal effect ({0e.g.} other things being equal, males E36 020 produce more than females); and E36 021 |3) surface skin area (size of the goat) and density of down-producing E36 022 follicles. E36 023 **[END INDENTATION**] E36 024 |^There is some dispute about the effect of nutritional levels on E36 025 cashmere production, but basically it appears that good nutrition of E36 026 the kid produces secondary follicle activity, while the level of E36 027 subsequent feeding *4may *0increase down production per follicle, but E36 028 will not increase the number of productive follicles. E36 029 |^In this country cashmere is harvested from feral goats, but the E36 030 amount of cashmere a feral may produce can vary greatly. ^Some ferals E36 031 simply do not have the genetic capability to produce cashmere and no E36 032 amount of good feeding will alter that. E36 033 |^At the same time it needs to be recognised that gauging the E36 034 amount of cashmere on a live feral goat by eye-appraisal is almost E36 035 impossible. ^There are in New Zealand rare individual animals that E36 036 produce 300\0g of cashmere annually, and in Australia a few that E36 037 produce over 400\0g. ^At this stage of the industry's development, E36 038 however, any goat that produces 100\0g of cashmere is well above E36 039 average, and thus worth selecting for breeding. ^The objective set by E36 040 the Cashmere Producers Association for the industry is only 200\0g for E36 041 better producers. E36 042 |^Although at this stage goats are only shorn once a year for E36 043 cashmere, high-producing animals are likely in future to be shorn E36 044 twice annually. E36 045 |^The fineness of the down which is acceptable for inclusion in E36 046 the cashmere category, is determined by the buyers. ^When Dawsons E36 047 International set about promoting the industry in Australia, they E36 048 agreed to accept, as cashmere, down that was between 13 and 19 microns E36 049 mean fibre diameter ({0MFD}). ^More recently Dawsons announced their E36 050 intention to reduce the upper limit to 18 microns {0MFD} in 1987, and E36 051 it appears they are pressuring authorities to limit the use of the E36 052 cashmere label to products made from fibre of that fineness. E36 053 |^When the fleece is taken from a cashmere goat, it contains both E36 054 guard hairs and cashmere down. ^These two are separated by the E36 055 processor before being spun into yarn. ^The proportion of down to E36 056 guard hair in the fleece is referred to as the *'yield**', and 25-30 E36 057 percent is average. ^A high yield may be due to short guard hairs and E36 058 not necessarily to a high level of cashmere from that animal. E36 059 |^Actual payment is made on the basis of weight of cashmere down, E36 060 which is arrived at by multiplying fleece weight by yield. E36 061 |^Cashmere is described as being *"a soft, luxurious, E36 062 hard-wearing fibre whose main characteristics are soft handle, E36 063 lightness and warmth**". ^The yarn is spun on the woollen system, E36 064 because the fibre is short and because carded yarns have more fibre E36 065 ends on their surface, and so give *'fluffier**' *'handle**' to the E36 066 garment than worsted yarns. ^It takes about 250-300\0g of cashmere to E36 067 make a pullover. E36 068 |^The other characteristic of cashmere down apart from fineness, E36 069 which is important, is colour, but it should be noted that the colour E36 070 of the guard hair is not always an indication of the colour of the E36 071 down; white down may be found on a coloured goat. ^In mid-1985 a E36 072 colour grading system for cashmere was introduced. (see Table 3A). E36 073 **[TABLES**] E36 074 |^Under the new system the emphasis is placed to a greater extent E36 075 than previously on the colour of the guard hair. ^In the past, for E36 076 instance, a fleece containing black guard hair and very light down E36 077 would have graded *'grey**'; today it grades as *'brown**'. E36 078 |^White colouration is a dominant gene in the Angora breed, and E36 079 one of the benefits of using an Angora buck over cashmere does is that E36 080 most of the progeny will be white, although the gene, present in both E36 081 ferals and Angoras, that produces ginger coloration, is not as easily E36 082 eliminated as other colours. E36 083 |^In the 1985/ 86 season, the price range for cashmere, according E36 084 to fineness and colour, was as is shown (Table 3B). E36 085 |^It has been found overseas that day length has considerable E36 086 influence on cashmere production and is the trigger which starts the E36 087 annual growth cycle. ^Goats treated with continuous light produced 70 E36 088 percent more cashmere than goats under natural day-length conditions. E36 089 ^No reports have been received of this practice being adopted E36 090 commercially. E36 091 *<*4Mohair*> E36 092 |^*0Mohair from the Angora goat is coarser than cashmere, and is E36 093 produced from both primary and secondary follicles. ^As E36 094 **[PLATE**] E36 095 a result, a good commercial Angora in New Zealand may be producing as E36 096 much as 4 \0kg of saleable product, but there is room for improvement E36 097 considering the average adult fleece in South Africa weighs over 4 E36 098 \0kg and that includes kids, *- some adults do over 6 \0kg. E36 099 |^*'Yolk**' accounts for less than 10 percent of the *'greasy**' E36 100 fleece weight of Angoras, so a yield of 90 percent of mohair is quite E36 101 normal in New Zealand, and in this respect we do better than South E36 102 Africa, where 70 percent yield is the norm. E36 103 |^The diameter of mohair fibre ranges from 25 to 40 microns, and E36 104 white is the only acceptable colour; even one or two coloured hairs in E36 105 a fleece reduce its value markedly. E36 106 |^The finer the mohair is, the better the price paid for it, but E36 107 even at the top end of the micron range there is good demand. ^So E36 108 while mohair of under 32 microns may be used for a high-priced E36 109 sweater, and bring the best prices, coarse mohair may go into E36 110 specialty carpet lines, but of course at a much lower price. ^Thus E36 111 mohair is divided into four major classes *- up to 26 microns, 26-30 E36 112 microns, 30-34 microns and over 34 microns {0MFD}. E36 113 |^Only 30 percent of the total world clip of mohair is in the E36 114 fine to medium range, the bulk being in the medium to strong range. E36 115 ^The objective for New Zealand, to achieve best returns, is to have E36 116 the bulk of its mohair classed at under 30-32 microns {0MFD}. E36 117 |^Mohair is down graded by the presence of kemps, which are dull, E36 118 white chalky fibres, thick and straight, which have to be removed E36 119 during processing. ^Short kemps are shed by the animal, but long kemps E36 120 grow all year round. E36 121 |^Medullated fibre has a hollow core which absorbs dye and E36 122 creates patchiness in colour, and this fault also down grades mohair. E36 123 ^It is difficult to identify in a fleece, but its presence is revealed E36 124 in fibre testing, which is described in a later chapter. E36 125 |^The ringlets which are such an obvious characteristic of many E36 126 Angoras, actually have no commercial value, since they are removed in E36 127 the processing of the fibre, but on the live animal they do tend to E36 128 indicate fineness. E36 129 |^Mohair fibre is characterised by its distinctive lustre, a E36 130 quality which comes through in the product. ^It is almost E36 131 non-inflammable, and is long-wearing, as it can be bent and twisted E36 132 without damage to the fibre. ^It is also highly elastic; it will E36 133 stretch to 30 percent its normal length and still spring back to the E36 134 original shape. ^Mohair garments thus resist wrinkling or sagging E36 135 during wear. ^It takes colours extremely well and resists fading, and E36 136 resists soiling better than other fibres. E36 137 |^The finest mohair is produced by kids, but the term *'kid E36 138 mohair**' is somewhat misleading, and clearer classifications have now E36 139 been established for New Zealand; (see Table 3C). E36 140 |^Micron measurement is not the only criteria, **[SIC**] however. E36 141 ^The best mohair is of 90-150 \0mm in length, which accounts for E36 142 the need to shear Angoras twice a year. ^It is also important that E36 143 the fibre should not vary too greatly in fineness; a micron range in E36 144 a fleece of over 10 percent is undesirable. E36 145 **[TABLE**] E36 146 *<*4Cashgora*> E36 147 |^A third goat fibre has only recently made its appearance. ^It is E36 148 now termed *4cashgora, *0being derived from the cross**[ARB**]-bred E36 149 progeny of an Angora-cashmere goat mating. ^These animals, like their E36 150 cashmere parent, produce a fleece containing long guard hairs and fine E36 151 down. ^This down, or secondary fibre, is too coarse and lustrous to be E36 152 accepted as cashmere, and in fact one Dawsons executive has stated E36 153 that, being longer and with a distinctive sheen and lustre, *"in a E36 154 cashmere garment or fabric the latter fibre glistens and almost shouts E36 155 its identity... it is not cashmere and will never, in my view, command E36 156 cashmere prices.**" E36 157 |^The product is apparently being test marketed and the Italian E36 158 trade expert {0G P} Nesti has stated that there is good justification E36 159 for using the Angora breed over ferals to produce quantity of down, E36 160 perhaps 1 \0kg per year, he suggests, with a yield of 50-60 percent E36 161 down... E36 162 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E36 163 ^The separation, or dehairing, has in fact been achieved by Animal E36 164 Fibres (Bradford) \0Ltd., who state that the processed fibre possesses E36 165 some of the characteristics of cashmere and some of superfine kid E36 166 mohair. ^At present production in Australia and New Zealand is not E36 167 sufficient to warrant full commercial exploitation, but a contract was E36 168 made in 1985 with one processor for the supply of Cashgora B (20-22 E36 169 micron E36 170 **[PLATE**] E36 171 {0MFD}) at *+$22/\0kg, rising to *+$29.90/\0kg in three years. E36 172 |^If the cashgora market firms up, many goat farmers may consider E36 173 it beneficial to upgrade ferals to G3 status, but to then use a G4 E36 174 buck selected for fineness of fleece to achieve good quality cashgora E36 175 and high yield. ^Such goats would be better suited to rough E36 176 conditions, such as gorse country, than Angoras, but suffer less from E36 177 shearing than cashmere goats. E36 178 |^These then, are the fibres produced by goats. ^They are quite E36 179 distinct in terms of the label placed on the end products, and it E36 180 should not be thought that the only difference between cashmere, E36 181 cashgora and mohair is the measure of its thickness. ^They have E36 182 different characteristics which are important to the processors and E36 183 which can only be produced by cashmere, crossbred or Angora goats... E36 184 an Angora can produce mohair characteristics but cannot produce E36 185 cashmere characteristics. ^But there is overlap at either end of the E36 186 cross-bred scale. E36 187 |^It has been estimated that in 1983/ 84, world production of E36 188 wool was just under 3 million tonnes ({0N.Z.} 363,000 tonnes), whereas E36 189 total output of mohair was only 17,500 tonnes (Australia 350 tonnes, E36 190 {0N.Z.} 46 tonnes), and cashmere production a mere 4000 tonnes E36 191 (Australia 11 tonnes, {0N.Z.} 9 tonnes). E36 192 |^New Zealand's contribution to world supply of goat fibre is E36 193 miniscule but is expanding rapidly. ^The risk of over**[ARB**]-supply E36 194 appears hardly to exist however. ^Dawsons International have stated E36 195 repeatedly that they would like to receive 1000 tonnes of cashmere E36 196 from Australasia, and a glance at the figures above will show the E36 197 scope for expansion when one takes into account the number of goats E36 198 required to produce one tonne of cashmere. E36 199 |^As far as mohair is concerned, those in the know have suggested E36 200 that world production could double without adverse effect, and if New E36 201 Zealand can achieve a reputation for high quality, its position in the E36 202 market could be even more secure than that of some producing countries E36 203 if demand eases. E36 204 |^One buyer of cashgora has indicated a willingness to take all E36 205 New Zealand can produce over the next four years, prices to increase E36 206 by a minimum of 10 percent annually, so that the outlook for this E36 207 fibre also appears to be firm. E36 208 *# E37 001 **[142 TEXT E37**] E37 002 ^*0Jim was constantly placed on the {0A.J.S.} 7R right through to 1958 E37 003 when he retired from racing. ^Photo shows Jim competing in the Senior E37 004 {0IOMTT} for 1950, riding a 500{0cc} Manx Norton, the last of the E37 005 iron, or bedstead frame. ^Noted for his sportsmanship, we sadly record E37 006 his death in 1986. E37 007 *<*61951 LAMBRETTA*> E37 008 *<*4Italy*> E37 009 |*0Owner: Oldfields, Auckland. E37 010 |^Commencing production from their Milan factory in 1946, the E37 011 Lambretta factory became one of the leading scooter producers in the E37 012 world. E37 013 |^*'Modern Motoring**' magazine for October 1951 illustrates the E37 014 recently-introduced exceptionally adaptable three-wheeler 4 {0cwt} E37 015 utility. E37 016 **[PLATES**] E37 017 |^The power unit consists of a 125{0cc} two-stroke engine in unit E37 018 with a three-speed gearbox and a multiple disc clutch running in an E37 019 oilbath. ^Final transmission is by enclosed shaft drive with a E37 020 built-in transmission shock absorbers.**[SIC**] E37 021 |^The rear springing is part of the power unit assembly and is E37 022 controlled by a hydraulic shock absorber. ^Transverse leaf spring and E37 023 link arrangement on the Utility gives fully independent front wheel E37 024 suspension. ^All models have conventional car type drum brakes on all E37 025 wheels. ^Ignition and lighting are by flywheel magneto, and lighting E37 026 set with a 6-volt storage on truck body. E37 027 |^Special bodywork can be supplied to order to meet a customer's E37 028 requirements, with either a hinged-top box, a tray or platform to E37 029 cover almost every conceivable trade from a baker's delivery vehicle, E37 030 newspaper delivery, butcher, grocer and pastrycook, down to the E37 031 ordinary freight parcel delivery or the platform model which can be E37 032 used inside in a factory. E37 033 |^The Lambretta offers a big load carrying capacity (up to 4 E37 034 {0cwt}) in relation to its size. ^Maintenance and running costs should E37 035 be negligible as the makers claim up to 110 {0mpg} which is quite a E37 036 factor with today's high transport and labour charges. E37 037 |^Lambretta distributor for New Zealand was \0P. Coutts of Great E37 038 North Road, Auckland. E37 039 *<*61951 VINCENT *4Black Lightning*> E37 040 * E37 041 |*0Riders: Bob Burns, Christchurch *- sidecar; Russell Wright, E37 042 Invercargill *- solo. E37 043 |^Bob Burns sailed from Leith in Scotland for New Zealand in E37 044 1947, settling in Christchurch. ^Here he joined the local Pioneer E37 045 Motor Cycle Club and was soon making his mark, especially with E37 046 sidecars. ^He was a popular figure at grass track meetings, and in E37 047 1952 at Weedons he won the Canterbury Sidecar Championship on his E37 048 Rudge. E37 049 |^Early in 1954 Bob bought a secondhand Series C Rapide E37 050 non-streamlined Vincent, and the Tram Road, Ohoka, was the venue on 27 E37 051 March 1954 when Burns set a new {0N.Z.} sidecar record speed of 105.14 E37 052 {0mph}. ^The Vincent was fitted with straight pipes, knee operated E37 053 gearchange, and ran on pump petrol. ^Convinced that this machine was E37 054 capable of much greater speed, Bob tuned it during the winter and E37 055 designed and fitted a Herz replica streamlined aerodynamic shell. E37 056 |^In September 1954 at the Pioneer Club's Speed Trial, the now E37 057 streamlined Vincent reached 146 {0mph} running on methanol E37 058 **[PLATE**] E37 059 fuel. ^This was the day Bob Burns and Russell Wright met for the first E37 060 time. ^Russell owned a brand new Vincent Black Lightning which he E37 061 swapped for Bob's Rapide so that he could attempt a beach record, and E37 062 Bob set to work tuning Russell's Black Lightning. ^The Vincent factory E37 063 in England airfreighted out special large valve cylinder heads and E37 064 carburettors, together with Avon racing tyres, laboratory tested Lucas E37 065 mag, and other special accessories which were supplied by various E37 066 manufacturers. E37 067 |^A World Sidecar Record of 154 {0mph} had been set by an {0NSU} E37 068 in 1951. ^Bob was convinced he could better this, and on 17 December E37 069 1954 enthusiasts were gathering at 5 {0a.m.} to witness a World Speed E37 070 Record attempt here in New Zealand. ^The result *- a new world sidecar E37 071 record of 155.2 {0mph}. ^Enthusiasm was running high, and so yet E37 072 another attempt was made on the record *- same bike, same venue, date E37 073 July 1955 when Burns accomplished an official speed of 162 {0mph}. E37 074 ^Later in 1955 the Germans using a {0BMW} put the sidecar record up to E37 075 173.57 {0mph}. E37 076 |^Russell Wright lived in Invercargill and joined the Southland E37 077 Motor Cycle Club in 1947 at the age of 17. ^During his first season he E37 078 won a beach race, scramble trophy, silver sash at speedway, and E37 079 recorded highest points for a first year rider, thus showing his E37 080 versatility in the sport of motor cycling. E37 081 |^Keen to attack Bert Munro's {0N.Z.} Beach Title, Russell E37 082 purchased a Black Lightning (racing version of the Rapide without E37 083 streamlining). ^He attended the Speed Trials at Christchurch in E37 084 September 1954 and at a party following this event he met Bob Burns E37 085 and they decided to swap bikes, and Russell proceeded to take the E37 086 beach title on the Rapide with a speed of 125.807 {0mph}. E37 087 |^Back in Christchurch in February 1955 and riding in his E37 088 stocking feet, Russell set a new British Empire record of 174 {0mph}, E37 089 and so set out after the World Record which carried with it a *+1000 E37 090 award and Challenge Trophy offered by *'The Motor Cycle**' for the E37 091 first British rider of a British machine to recapture the world record E37 092 which was at that time held by Wilhelm Herz's Supercharge {0NSU}, E37 093 clocked at 180 {0mph}. E37 094 |^Russell Wright became the fastest man on two wheels when in E37 095 July 1955 he set a World Record of 185.15 {0mph} on the 998{0cc} E37 096 Vincent, riding along the 21*?7 wide Tram Road some 17 miles from E37 097 Christchurch. ^This was the last time the world speed record would E37 098 ever be set on an ordinary road, let alone a wet one, and the last E37 099 time that it would be set by a completely conventional motor cycle. E37 100 |^Burns and Wright, financially assisted by Motor Cycle Clubs in E37 101 {0N.Z.} and the {0U.K.}, took their 1951 Vincent to Bonneville Salt E37 102 Flats in 1956 and while Wright's solo time of 198.3 {0mph} wasn't good E37 103 enough, Burns managed 174 1/2 {0mph} for the flying kilometre and 176 E37 104 1/2 for the flying mile with the sidecar attached. ^After a E37 105 controversy between the {0F.I.M.} and the Americans over the timing E37 106 procedure, Burns was not granted world record status for his speeds, E37 107 even though the {0F.I.M.} said these were genuine. E37 108 |^To help defray expenses, the Vincent was sold to Harry E37 109 Belleville of Marysville, Ohio, who was happy with the way it E37 110 attracted riders to his Motor Cycle Shop. E37 111 |^Russell was made a life member of the Southland Motor Cycle E37 112 Club in 1955. E37 113 *<*41952 {0B.S.A.} Gold Star ZB*> E37 114 * E37 115 |*0Owner: Stu Nairn, Hamilton. E37 116 |^During the 1937 season the {0B.S.A.} factory created an M24 E37 117 500{0cc} Sportster from the M23 Empire Star touring machine. ^This was E37 118 tuned to get a Gold Star at Brooklands which required a race lap speed E37 119 of 100 {0mph} or more. ^The Star, about 3/4*?8 across the points, is E37 120 coloured dark blue with the border and the figure 100 in gold. ^It was E37 121 intended to be used as a lapel badge. ^Wal Handley rode the bike at E37 122 107.57 {0mph}, and so the *"Gold Star**" was born. ^A replica was E37 123 marketed by 1938, and this model continued in the range until 1962 *- E37 124 in 1963, a 500{0cc} only was offered. E37 125 **[PLATE**] E37 126 |^The 348{0cc} Gold Star in racing rim has a bore and stroke of E37 127 71\0mm x 88\0mm, 7.65 compression ratio, 1-1/16TT 10 Amal carburettor, E37 128 mag ignition, alloy head and barrel, straight through exhaust pipe or E37 129 megaphone, telescopic front forks and plunger rear suspension, a E37 130 quickly detachable rear wheel, and a range of cams. ^Maximum speed on E37 131 alcohol about 100 {0mph} and on petrol 94-96 {0mph}. ^This bike was E37 132 also fitted with a rev counter and speedo, very unusual in that era. E37 133 |^Ordered in 1951, this machine arrived 9 months later in the E37 134 non-chrome Korean War year, 1952. ^Stu was disappointed when the bike E37 135 arrived because the silver paint finish was a poor substitute for E37 136 previous and later chrome finish, {0i.e.} mudguards, chaincase, wheel E37 137 rims, petrol tank. ^The Goldies for 1949-1951 and 1953 onwards came E37 138 chromed, but not the 1952 version which was supplied in road, scramble E37 139 or race trim. ^Stu quickly commenced modifying the bike for speed E37 140 events, and on 31 May 1952 the Hamilton Motor Cycle Club issued him E37 141 with a Silver Star for attaining 90.91 {0mph} on Raglan Beach. E37 142 ^Competing in the 350{0cc} class speed trials at Hautapu Straight on E37 143 13 September 1952, he gained top speed for the 350{0cc} racing class E37 144 at 102.27 {0mph}, second and third machines clocked 97.83 {0mph}. E37 145 ^Placed third in the {0N.Z.}, and second in the {0N.I.} Beach races at E37 146 Muriwai in April 1953, Stu won the Standing 1/4 Mile on 5 December E37 147 1953 at Whatawhata on the gravel road, and was fourth in the 1953 E37 148 Hamilton Hundred Road Race (Clubmans 350{0cc} Race) at Lemington. E37 149 |^A carpenter by trade, Stu and his wife Bev excelled at ballroom E37 150 dancing during the 1950s, and during the 1960/ 1970s rifle shooting E37 151 was his main sport *- he represented {0N.Z.} at the Olympic Games in E37 152 Mexico and the 1970 World Championships in Phoenix, Arizona. E37 153 *<*61952 JAWA *4Favorit*> E37 154 * E37 155 |*0Riders: Peter Stone and his daughter Joanne, Auckland. E37 156 |^It was shortly before the Second World War that the E37 157 well**[ARB**]-known Jawa competition rider \0A. Vitvar was given the E37 158 task of teaching a new customer to ride a motor cycle, when she in E37 159 fact had never even ridden a bicycle. ^He confided his worries to the E37 160 designer of the Jawa Works, and not much later the first prototype of E37 161 a training cycle with dual controls appeared. E37 162 |^Principal feature of the trainer is the dual steering and dual E37 163 controls. ^Steering arms connected by means of collars to fork legs E37 164 are fitted to the front fork. ^The legs of the front fork are E37 165 **[PLATE**] E37 166 connected by two rods with joins and arms which are rotatingly E37 167 supported on the rear portion of the frame under the dual seat in the E37 168 spot between the driver's seat and the passenger's seat. ^The rods E37 169 lead under the fuel tank approximately at the level of the cylinder E37 170 head on both sides of the motor cycle so that they are not in the way E37 171 of either rider or passenger. ^The rods are on their front ends E37 172 fastened to the fork legs by nuts with which it is possible to adjust E37 173 the length of the rod. ^The rear arms are provided with handlebars E37 174 located so that the motor cycle can be steered independently from the E37 175 passenger's seat. ^These handlebars are provided with a clutch lever E37 176 and front brake lever so that the passenger has control of these two E37 177 mechanisms independent of the rider. ^There is also a horn button and E37 178 conventional lighting dip switch, but with the ignition circuit being E37 179 controlled by this dip switch, so the instructor can stop the engine E37 180 in an emergency. ^Adjacent to the pillion seat footrest is a pedal for E37 181 the control of the rear wheel brake. E37 182 |^The Jawa Favorit photographed in Auckland on 17 December 1960 E37 183 has a 248{0cc} two-stroke engine, compression ratio of 6.25, E37 184 approximate {0bhp} 12/4,250, telescopic front suspension, plunger E37 185 rear, weighs 276 \0lbs, has a tank capacity of 2 3/4 gallons, and was E37 186 imported to New Zealand by the North Island distributor Laurie Summers E37 187 of Auckland. ^Stan Turner of Palmerston North has a Jawa Favorit in E37 188 his motor cycle collection. E37 189 *<*61952 MOTOR SCOOTER*> E37 190 *<*4New Zealand*> E37 191 |*0Owner: Eric \0S. Hall, Thames. E37 192 |^The following report appeared in *'{0N.Z.} Motor Cyclist**' E37 193 dated 9th June 1952: E37 194 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E37 195 *<*61953 AMBASSADOR *4Embassy*> E37 196 * E37 197 |*0Owner: Mike Harris, Lower Hutt. E37 198 |^Mike is the holder of seven New Zealand titles, and numerous E37 199 North Island and South Island titles for sporting trials. ^He started E37 200 riding at the age of 12 on a 125{0cc} James bought for his E37 201 **[PLATE**] E37 202 parents' farm in Hawkes Bay. ^Motor cycle trials riding was always his E37 203 interest, and in those days getting a machine to fill the requirements E37 204 of this sport meant modifying a standard road bike. ^Mike bought a E37 205 197{0cc} Ambassador 2 stroke at an auction for *+16, and this he E37 206 gradually modified over a period of 10 years. E37 207 *# E38 001 **[143 TEXT E38**] E38 002 |^*0When growing a selection of cultivars it is usually more E38 003 effective to plant them in groups of three to four of one variety. E38 004 ^This overcomes the problem of too many isolated splashes of colour E38 005 which is the result when just one plant of each is grown. ^There is E38 006 also a difference in flowering times and with a variety of cultivars E38 007 careful consideration of colour harmony is also important. ^Some E38 008 colours definitely clash, cerise and scarlet for instance, and should E38 009 not be positioned close together. E38 010 |^Another point worth considering when roses are used in this way E38 011 is whether preference should be given to those which are outstanding E38 012 for a particular quality such as colour, fragrance, size or quantity. E38 013 ^When grown en masse the latter characteristic is usually far more E38 014 important. E38 015 |^Whether other plants should be grown as an underplanting to E38 016 bedding roses is an often debated question and is largely a matter of E38 017 personal preference. ^It complicates weeding, spraying, pruning and E38 018 the application of fertilisers and mulches. ^But this is made easier E38 019 if the underplantings are confined to the edges of rose beds, where E38 020 spring and summer annuals and some perennials can be used for a long E38 021 display. ^Popular plants are bedding begonias, catmint, dwarf E38 022 lavender, and grey-leaved bedding *1{6Cineraria maritima}, *0but there E38 023 are many other interesting plants suitable for edging which can be E38 024 experimented with. E38 025 *<*4Rose hedges*> E38 026 |^*0What better choice for a colourful, informal hedge than E38 027 roses? ^For a low to medium height hedge recurrent cluster-flowered E38 028 bush roses are a good choice. ^Old garden roses are also useful. ^A E38 029 collection of different cultivars can E38 030 **[PLATE**] E38 031 create a kaleidoscope of colour, but just one colour can be striking. E38 032 ^Proven performers such as *'Iceberg**', which seems to keep on E38 033 flowering no matter how hot and dry the summer, is an ideal choice for E38 034 a strong, bushy hedge. ^If a tall, upright hedge is required and good E38 035 growing conditions are available, *'Queen Elizabeth**' is another E38 036 notably reliable older rose, free-flowering and disease resistant, E38 037 also producing long-stemmed flowers for picking. E38 038 |^A hedge of low growing roses can be planted in a single row, or E38 039 staggered. ^The latter will create a bushier effect, but is not E38 040 essential. ^A single-row hedge can be planted much closer than is E38 041 normal for roses as there will be good air circulation either side of E38 042 the bushes and easy access for spraying and pruning. ^A hedge of E38 043 cluster-flowered bush roses is not difficult to maintain. ^During E38 044 winter a light clipping to shape and dead heading in summer will E38 045 encourage a good shape. ^Bear in mind that a hedge of roses is a E38 046 relatively informal hedge and is not intended to be shaped in the E38 047 rigid style typical of many foliage hedge plants. ^But it will be more E38 048 rewarding if it is pruned to encourage strong growth, reducing inner E38 049 shoots and weak stems, but keeping it at an even level so that the E38 050 height will be easy to maintain. E38 051 *<*4Roses in containers*> E38 052 |^*0There are many kinds of roses suitable for growing in E38 053 containers, from large flowered bush roses to miniatures. ^Vigorous E38 054 roses will naturally require a large container and a minimum root E38 055 depth of 45 \0cm should be allowed for, with a diameter of about 60 E38 056 \0cm. ^Polyanthas and miniatures can be grown in quite shallow E38 057 containers if watered regularly. E38 058 |^Any container chosen for growing roses must have adequate E38 059 drainage. ^The potting mixture must be of good quality, containing E38 060 some organic matter, and porous material such as pumice chips to E38 061 ensure good drainage, but not so free draining that it allows the E38 062 nutrients to be leached out quickly. ^Regular watering and feeding is E38 063 essential. ^The feeding aspect can be simplified by use of a slow E38 064 release fertiliser which will supply a steady flow of nutrients over E38 065 many months, but the watering is not so easily automated. ^If the E38 066 potting mix starts to dry it should be watered heavily, preferably E38 067 with a hand held hose, until water runs out the bottom of the E38 068 container. ^Attention to watering is especially important in hot E38 069 summer weather. E38 070 |^A patio surrounded by roses in containers, all flowering E38 071 freely, is a beautiful sight. ^Alternatively one rose in an E38 072 interesting container can provide a strong focal point. ^Placement of E38 073 container grown roses is important *- they must have a sunny position. E38 074 ^It seems the future will see interesting new roses intended E38 075 specifically for container growing. ^Sam McGredy, one of the most E38 076 successful of the world's present day rose breeders, is of the opinion E38 077 that extremely free-flowering *'patio**' roses are just around the E38 078 corner. ^In his recent book *1Look to the Rose *0(published by David E38 079 Bateman, Auckland, {0N.Z.}), he states E38 080 **[LONG QUOTATION**] E38 081 *<*4Pruning*> E38 082 |^*0The pruning of roses is an important aspect of rose culture. E38 083 ^Pruning encourages strong, healthy growth and quality blooms. ^The E38 084 major time for pruning is before new growth commences, in June, July E38 085 and August in the colder areas. ^Make sure that tools are very sharp E38 086 and clean. ^A strong pair of secateurs is essential. ^For old bushes, E38 087 a pruning saw may be needed and the pruning of climbers can be made E38 088 easier by a pair of long-handled loppers. ^Sturdy gloves allow for E38 089 confident handling of prickly stems. E38 090 **[PLATE**] E38 091 |^What if the roses are left unpruned? ^In the majority of cases, E38 092 particularly with the modern cultivars, they will become progressively E38 093 more tangled and weak year by year, the quality of flowers quickly E38 094 deteriorating. ^Pruning is the process of removing old wood and E38 095 encouraging sap to flow into the stronger young branches. E38 096 |^How hard roses should be pruned is a debatable point and E38 097 recommendations vary. ^Individual techniques also vary and roses on E38 098 the whole are very amenable but certain guidelines should be followed E38 099 to achieve the best results. ^With the great diversity of habit in E38 100 large flowered bush roses (hybrid teas) their growth habits should be E38 101 noted and used as a guide when pruning to encourage strong plants. ^It E38 102 has been found that climate is also important, and roses can be pruned E38 103 lightly in mild winter areas, encouraging larger bushes with more E38 104 flowers. ^Some roses do better in cold climates than in warm ones and E38 105 colour and texture can be affected by these factors. ^When in doubt, E38 106 prune lightly and if necessary any mistakes can be corrected later, E38 107 but if a bush is pruned too hard it can be E38 108 **[PLATE**] E38 109 weakened, resulting in a poor display of flowers. ^Always prune new E38 110 roses lightly, aiming at building up a good, strong framework of open E38 111 branches. E38 112 |^The first step in pruning established plants is to remove the E38 113 older stems which are becoming grey and not producing strong top E38 114 growth. ^By cutting these off at the base new basal shoots are E38 115 encouraged. ^The removal of these older stems as the first step opens E38 116 up the plant at once, revealing clearly those younger stems that E38 117 require top pruning, any weak growths and those that cross or grow E38 118 inwards. ^These should be hard pruned back. ^Always prune the strong E38 119 young growths to within two to three outward facing bud-eyes from E38 120 their base. ^Aim to keep the bush open in the centre. ^A plant should E38 121 not be pruned to a given level, but if uniformity in a flower bed is E38 122 desired, the general height and spread can be achieved without E38 123 altering these guidelines. ^If there are strong watershoots these may E38 124 have to be eliminated if too tall in a bedding situation, but they are E38 125 in fact very strong, useful stems which can be retained to build up E38 126 the plant's strong basal structure. ^However to maintain and allow E38 127 them to develop they should not be pruned in the first year, except in E38 128 summer. ^In the winter these are shortened back but the main stem is E38 129 left to make its own side shoots from lower on the stem which can be E38 130 pruned in the usual way the following winter. E38 131 |^Standard roses are pruned on the same principle as hybrid teas, E38 132 selecting the required branches to keep the desired shape. ^Other E38 133 modern roses should be pruned with the same aims, but cluster-flowered E38 134 roses (floribundas, \0etc.) can be pruned lighter or according to the E38 135 uses required of them. E38 136 **[PLATE**] E38 137 |^Climbers are different. ^The aim is to establish strong main E38 138 branches from the base according to the number required, depending on E38 139 the place to be covered. ^It can be restricted to one, or several, as E38 140 in a fan-shape. ^The laterals which will spring from these stems are E38 141 allowed to develop and can be pruned to their basal shoots in the case E38 142 of hybrid teas, removing the old and weaker stems on the same E38 143 principle. ^The branches can be trained as desired but the main stem E38 144 is retained until the time when basal shoots (normally removed) may be E38 145 allowed to grow up to replace the old framework. ^Pillar roses are E38 146 similar but do not produce such long and vigorous growths as climbers E38 147 *- they are usually tall, upright hybrid teas or similar, and their E38 148 habit must be retained in long main stems to keep them tall. ^In many E38 149 situations they are much better than climbers *- for example, beside E38 150 entrances and doorways where an overhanging rose could be difficult to E38 151 maintain. E38 152 |^Old climbing roses such as wichurianas need careful pruning, E38 153 cutting back the flowering stems as soon as they finish blooming. ^The E38 154 unflowered stems should be left when training and pruning the plant. E38 155 |^When dealing with climbers which are trained to cover arches, E38 156 fences or walls the first objective is to allow the required number of E38 157 long shoots to develop on the base stems and tie them securely to E38 158 their supports. ^From these grow the laterals or shoots that will bear E38 159 the flowers. ^They must be pruned back to two to three buds near their E38 160 base and the strongest selected as they grow to produce flowers. E38 161 ^These in turn are pruned as with the bush roses, new stems being E38 162 allowed to develop and the older ones cut down to the base as they E38 163 age. ^New canes from the base can be cut off until the time comes to E38 164 use them for renewal of the old cane which can last well for some E38 165 years. E38 166 |^In many places there are active rose societies which organise E38 167 rose pruning demonstrations for the public at the appropriate time of E38 168 year. ^Attending such a demonstration and watching an experienced rose E38 169 grower at work is a good means of learning the finer techniques of E38 170 pruning. E38 171 |^After pruning it is important to remove all the old leaves E38 172 which have fallen beneath the bushes as well as the prunings as they E38 173 may harbour the spores of fungous diseases and the eggs of insect E38 174 pests. E38 175 *<*4Dead heading*> E38 176 |^*0The removal of old flower heads before they begin to form E38 177 seed pods encourages the continued development of buds in recurrent E38 178 flowering roses. ^The old flowers should be cut off above the third or E38 179 fourth basal leaf buds on the stem to produce a strong new flowering E38 180 shoot. ^Do not make the mistake of extending this practice to roses E38 181 valued for their colourful hips! E38 182 *<*4Propagation*> E38 183 |^*0Old roses and species or wild roses may be propagated by the E38 184 simple method of taking cuttings in autumn and placing them firmly in E38 185 a slit-trench in good soil. ^An open situation is preferable. ^Some of E38 186 the bush roses will also grow readily from cuttings of strong side E38 187 shoots, but in the case of large-flowered cluster roses (hybrid teas) E38 188 it is usually necessary to bud them onto strong growing young plants E38 189 of the species multiflora, which can be obtained from rose growers as E38 190 cuttings. ^These root very readily in summer and can be budded in E38 191 autumn in the open ground. ^The top growth of the stock is cut off E38 192 once the bud starts to swell. E38 193 *<*4Pests and diseases*> E38 194 |^*0Roses are subject to a number of pests and diseases. ^Modern E38 195 sprays developed specifically for roses have eased the burden of the E38 196 rose grower considerably, but regular spraying cannot be avoided if E38 197 roses, particularly large flowered bush roses, are to remain healthy E38 198 throughout the season. E38 199 *# F01 001 **[144 TEXT F01**] F01 002 |^*0Personality tests are widely used in managerial selection in New F01 003 Zealand. ^But are they an accurate measure of how a candidate will F01 004 perform on a job? ^*4Mike Smith *0and *4Dave George, *0of the F01 005 Psychology Department, Massey University, critically evaluate such F01 006 tests and come up with some disturbing conclusions. F01 007 |^*4T*0he popularity of personality tests is not too difficult to F01 008 understand. ^Many managers believe that certain personal qualities are F01 009 needed to perform managerial jobs effectively. F01 010 |^Personality tests look their part and appear superficially to F01 011 do the job well. ^But there is no evidence that they can consistently F01 012 predict future job performance. F01 013 |^Unsophisticated test users tend to take the results of tests F01 014 too literally. ^They are often impressed by the way tests assign F01 015 numbers to people in an *"objective**" way, and can place undue F01 016 emphasis on minor variations in scores. F01 017 |^According to a survey conducted by Beryl Hesketh for the F01 018 Institute of Personnel Management in 1974 the most popular test used F01 019 by management is the 16 {0PF} personality questionnaire designed F01 020 originally by Cattell and his colleagues in the {0USA} in the late F01 021 1940s and early 1950s. ^We do not doubt from our experiences of New F01 022 Zealand industry that the situation is any different today. ^The test F01 023 appears to be used by a large number of organisations *- perhaps F01 024 unwittingly if they use management consultants for hiring and are F01 025 unaware of the procedures used. F01 026 |^The test comes in a number of forms each of which contain up to F01 027 187 questions. ^The test's aim is to ensure the selection of the ideal F01 028 candidate for any particular position. F01 029 |^The 16 {0PF} test has been administered to large numbers of F01 030 people in America, Canada and the United Kingdom and provided in the F01 031 extensive test manual are comparative profiles for different F01 032 occupational groups. ^In this country we often talk about things being F01 033 suited to New Zealand conditions but it would seem that many people in F01 034 industry are not too concerned about foreign tests and their relevance F01 035 to this country. ^The 16 {0PF} has been criticised by New Zealand F01 036 psychologists because the personality dimensions that it measures have F01 037 not been confirmed in this country. F01 038 |^But the appeal of the 16 {0PF} continues today unabated. ^Users F01 039 pay little attention to either the accuracy of the test in predicting F01 040 future job performance or the dimensions which it seeks to measure. F01 041 |^The test's popularity is partly due to its use by management F01 042 consultants who require a general test which they can apply to a wide F01 043 range of jobs. ^It has been made even more appealing by its creators' F01 044 introducing of a shortened version of the test for industrial use. F01 045 ^The designers appear to have succumbed to pressure from those who F01 046 want a quick and easy way of measuring personality. ^The truth is no F01 047 quick and easy way of measuring personality has shown itself to be F01 048 consistently predictive of work-related success. F01 049 |^Criticisms of personality tests for personnel selection do not F01 050 rest on the 16 {0PF} alone. ^The problems of deception when the F01 051 questionnaires are used are recognised by the necessity of a lie scale F01 052 on some tests and a sabotage index for the 16 {0PF}. ^A method for F01 053 detecting random and careless responses on such tests has even been F01 054 proposed. F01 055 |^An example of how applicants for a job can unwittingly *- or F01 056 even deliberately *- deceive their employers is shown by an experiment F01 057 in which we asked students to complete a personality questionnaire on F01 058 two separate occasions for two distinct jobs. ^One was as a vacuum F01 059 cleaner salesperson and the other an assistant to an anglican bishop. F01 060 ^Students' responses and profiles varied significantly, demonstrating F01 061 how candidates give the answers they think employers want to hear. F01 062 ^There is no reason to believe that applicants don't behave in a F01 063 similar way when going for real jobs. ^In fact the likelihood is that F01 064 they do. F01 065 |^William Whyte in his classic book the Organisation Man F01 066 describes how to cheat on personality tests. ^He recognised a long F01 067 time ago the problems of the instruments. ^The advice consists of F01 068 making sure that for the personality dimension measured that you do F01 069 not appear to be *"too odd**". *"^Try to give average responses for F01 070 most of the questions so that your final profile does not appear too F01 071 strange,**" was Whyte's advice. ^It is usually possible to work out F01 072 for most items what is a good answer. F01 073 |^Occupational psychologists have developed better methods of F01 074 predicting job success, including work samples like the *"in Basket F01 075 test.**" ^But managers often appear to prefer simplicity rather than F01 076 taking selection seriously or investigating alternatives to some of F01 077 the inadequate methods they use. F01 078 |^Accurate personality tests would be invaluable in personnel F01 079 selection. ^But even if reliable and valid personality assessment F01 080 techniques were found they would be competing with the rather poor F01 081 tests presently being used. ^Therefore, it is doubtful whether formal F01 082 personality assessment should ever be preferred over selection methods F01 083 based on the job. F01 084 |^It is not illegal to be stupid about the way you go about F01 085 selection in New Zealand. ^And it would appear that at the present F01 086 time you don't really have to be sensible either about how well your F01 087 selection procedure predicts future behaviour, if indeed that is what F01 088 you are expecting it to do. F01 089 |^We believe it is stupid to use personality tests, but at F01 090 present the law does not legislate against stupidity since it is not F01 091 proven that the tests are discriminatory. ^Personality tests do F01 092 usually have a white American middle-class bias, however, and do not F01 093 consider the multicultural aspects of New Zealand society. ^It may not F01 094 be long before there are demands to do something about this. ^We F01 095 believe New Zealand companies should act. F01 096 *<*4Creative Problem Solving*> F01 097 |^*0The effective solving of business problems is often hampered F01 098 by a rigid approach. ^The real problem may be the way the ostensible F01 099 problem is viewed. ^Then there are cases where managers know there is F01 100 a problem but can't define it. ^Creative problem solving techniques F01 101 can help. ^In the second of two articles, *4Owen Dennis *0outlines a F01 102 five step process to isolate and solve practical business problems. F01 103 ^Dennis has conducted a number of creative problem solving courses for F01 104 companies and the Canterbury division of {0NZIM}. F01 105 |^*4A*0listair Young, managing director of Spiraloc Tubing had a F01 106 problem. ^For some time, Alistair had been trying to develop a quick, F01 107 efficient way of bending metal flue tubes, instead of the old cut and F01 108 weld method. F01 109 |^While on holiday in Fiji, sipping an iced drink at the hotel F01 110 poolside, he observed that the drinking straw had a flexible joint, F01 111 making it easy to bend. ^After returning to Christchurch, he designed F01 112 a machine to produce a bend in a tube using the flexible straw F01 113 principle, and the Spiraloc tube problem was solved. F01 114 |^The flue bending problem was presented as an exercise during a F01 115 creative thinking course in Christchurch. ^Using problem-solving F01 116 techniques developed by the Creative Education Foundation, a similar F01 117 solution was reached in 35 minutes, by comparing the bending of the F01 118 metal tube to the opening of a piano accordion bellows. ^Women in the F01 119 group had earlier suggested the hooped effect resulting from starched F01 120 Victorian type underskirts, and this triggered off the relationship F01 121 with a piano accordion. F01 122 |^Creative problem-solving techniques are best applied to F01 123 unstructured or open**[ARB**]-ended problems, such as how to create a F01 124 new product or improve a manufacturing process or increase sales. ^In F01 125 contrast, the selection of a car, for example, would be a structured F01 126 problem, requiring relatively routine, analytical thinking on F01 127 function, price and reliability. F01 128 |^The creative problem solving process starts at the *4fuzzy mess F01 129 *0stage, where there is an awareness that a problem exists, but no F01 130 certainty as to what it is. ^Use the five step creative problem F01 131 solving process, developed by the Creative Education Foundation, to F01 132 solve your problems. ^Use the process as a guide, not a formula. F01 133 *<*41. Fact finding*> F01 134 |^*0List all the facts you know or need. ^The more facts fed into F01 135 the imagination, the easier it is to generate ideas. F01 136 |^Ask: Who, What, Where, When, Why, How. F01 137 |^*4Problem: ^*0Macpac Wilderness Equipment wanted to increase F01 138 the warmth of its Macpac sleeping bags. ^Initial fact finding F01 139 concentrated on size, weight and materials, but was widened to include F01 140 factors causing heat loss from the body. ^Manager Bruce McIntyre F01 141 commented that this widening shifted thinking away from sleeping bag F01 142 construction to looking at generating heat from some alternative F01 143 source. ^The project is still current, so watch out for the sleeping F01 144 bag with the built in electric blanket! F01 145 *<*42. Problem finding*> F01 146 |^*0Begin with a wide, broad statement; ask *"why?**"; frame the F01 147 answer *"because...**"; and then ask *"^In what ways might I...?**", F01 148 until you have a number of restatements or sub-problems. ^From these, F01 149 select the one which you consider most applicable to the problem. F01 150 |^*4Problem: ^*0A cafeteria supervisor wondered what new approach F01 151 she could take when telling an employee her services were no longer F01 152 needed. ^Fact finding revealed that staff were not using the F01 153 cafeteria. ^Problem redefined: how can staff be encouraged to use the F01 154 cafeteria? ^A number of ideas were generated, and so the staff member F01 155 kept her job. F01 156 |^*4Problem: ^*0Preventing sparks from motor-mowers setting fire F01 157 to grass surrounding the Malaysian National Oil Company's oil tanks. F01 158 ^Redefined, the problem became: how to keep the grass short. F01 159 ^Solution: graze sheep. ^There were a number of limitations on the F01 160 problem, preventing the use of more permanent material being used as F01 161 tank surrounds. F01 162 *<*43. Idea finding*> F01 163 |^*0David Ogilvy set out his recipe for idea finding in F01 164 *1Confessions of an Advertising Man: F01 165 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F01 166 |^*0For those who do not have time for long hot baths or walks in F01 167 the country, the following techniques have proved most successful in F01 168 idea finding. ^While using these techniques, observe the basic rule of F01 169 idea finding: *4think first *0and *4judge later. ^*0Write down all and F01 170 any ideas that come into your mind no matter how unconnected with your F01 171 problem. ^One idea may trigger another which may prove to be the F01 172 solution to your problem. ^Some of the techniques are: F01 173 |*?31 ^*4Random word selection. F01 174 ^*0Open a dictionary, choose one word which has no logical F01 175 relationship to your problem, and use it as a trigger for ideas. F01 176 |^*4Problem: ^*0Improvements needed to staff cafeteria. ^The word F01 177 *"pocket**" was chosen. ^This led from pocket Oxford dictionary to F01 178 books and magazines being made available; pocket handkerchiefs to F01 179 scatter rugs; pocket battleships to water to tropical fish tanks; top F01 180 pocket to button-holes to floral decorations; air pockets to air F01 181 conditioning and separate areas for smokers and non-smokers. ^This was F01 182 a group exercise, and volunteers were asked to empty their pockets and F01 183 the contents stimulated further ideas *- coins led to video games, F01 184 rebates on purchases and lower prices. F01 185 |^While conventional thinking could have produced these ideas, a F01 186 fun atmosphere is created, serving to loosen minds for further problem F01 187 solving activities. F01 188 |^At a recent creative thinking session on product development, F01 189 the word *"martello**" was selected. ^No one had heard of the word F01 190 before, the meaning was read, and in a 10-minute session an idea F01 191 emerged which is being evaluated for its commercial potential. F01 192 |*?31 ^*4Association of ideas. ^*0This gears imagination to F01 193 memory and causes one thought to lead to another. F01 194 |^*4Problem: ^*0Publicise \0St Anne's Church fair in Christchurch F01 195 with a zero budget. ^The convener observed a repairman working up a F01 196 telephone pole, associated this with the pole sitting promotions of F01 197 some years back, and persuaded the vicar to sit for 50 hours on top of F01 198 the 15-metre high church bell tower, sheltered by a Skyline shed F01 199 provided free of charge. ^The promotion featured twice on prime-time F01 200 local television news, in news stories in local newspapers, and F01 201 resulted in extensive radio coverage and great local interest. ^A very F01 202 successful fair resulted. F01 203 |*?31 ^*4Forced relationships. ^*0Force two unrelated products or F01 204 concepts together and endeavour to produce a third. F01 205 |^*4Example: ^*0Participants in creative thinking seminars at F01 206 {0G.L.} Bowron in Christchurch were handed a short length of F01 207 clothesline wire and a sheepskin rug off-cut. ^Products created F01 208 included a fluffy puppy, a chicken catcher, a sweat band for skiers, a F01 209 toilet seat cover, ear muffs, hanging mobiles and a fan. F01 210 *# F02 001 **[145 TEXT F02**] F02 002 |^*0When astronauts sent back the first pictures of what the earth F02 003 looked like from space many people were struck by the limited size of F02 004 their planet. ^What had once seemed so big and limitless was suddenly F02 005 seen to be a vulnerable sphere, entirely dependent on its own limited F02 006 resources. F02 007 |^Today there are 4 1/2 billion human passengers on spaceship F02 008 earth. ^The year 2000 is less than fifteen years away, when the F02 009 earth's population is predicted to reach some 6 1/2 billion. ^Already F02 010 a quarter of the people on earth are struggling just to stay alive and F02 011 the strain on the earth's space and resources is escalating. F02 012 |^Pressure for land to house and feed expanding populations means F02 013 that valuable forest cover is increasingly lost. ^In New Zealand the F02 014 reduction of forests and drainage of large areas of swamp have meant F02 015 that there has been a considerable loss of habitat for many animal and F02 016 plant species. F02 017 |^About two-thirds of New Zealand was still forested when F02 018 Europeans first began clearing the land. ^Since the arrival of those F02 019 first settlers over 80% of New Zealand's natural lowland wetlands have F02 020 been drained or filled. F02 021 |^Many of our animal and plant species are specifically adapted to F02 022 a swamp or forest habitat. ^Nearly a quarter of the world's endangered F02 023 bird species are found in New Zealand. ^Many of these birds adapted F02 024 over millions of years to a distinctive forest ecosystem. F02 025 |^Some 10-15% of all flowering plants and ferns in New Zealand are F02 026 similarly threatened through loss of habitat. ^Herbivores, such as F02 027 deer, possums, rabbits and goats, were introduced to New Zealand. F02 028 ^They had a great impact on the indigenous flora which had evolved in F02 029 the absence of browsing animals. F02 030 |^Spaceships contain oxygen, water and food in measured amounts to F02 031 sustain the astronauts on board. ^On planet earth these elements which F02 032 sustain all living things are kept in balance. ^Wild animal F02 033 populations cannot be permanently maintained at a level above the F02 034 carrying capacity of their habitat. ^The availability of resources F02 035 within an animal's habitat does fluctuate from time to time, but F02 036 populations tend to remain fairly constant over a long period of time. F02 037 |^Human populations have continued to rise as if the carrying F02 038 capacity of the planet has not yet been reached. ^Yet severe land and F02 039 forest degradation and widespread air and water pollution have F02 040 resulted, in both developing and developed countries. F02 041 |^People everywhere need to be educated towards a sustained F02 042 lifestyle, so that each person can gain a livelihood from the earth F02 043 without undermining the earth's capacity to support life. ^Likewise, F02 044 conservation education needs to be based on the premise that all F02 045 natural resources are interdependent. ^It would be futile to study F02 046 water quality without taking into consideration the impact on water of F02 047 soil erosion and sedimentation. F02 048 |^A major goal of conservation education is to produce an F02 049 ecological conscience or conservation ethic. ^Most educationalists F02 050 would agree that this process should start with young children, with F02 051 programmes related to their daily living habits. F02 052 |^Methods of instruction vary according to the age group the F02 053 teacher will teach. ^A popular and effective form of instruction, F02 054 particularly at the lower age levels, is the *'hands-on**' experience. F02 055 ^For example, children can place a piece of sticky tape in a jar in F02 056 their playground. ^A week later they might discover that it is covered F02 057 in black flecks. ^This experience would have a far greater impact on F02 058 them than thousands of words spoken on air pollution. F02 059 |^Education is needed to increase awareness of misuse and waste of F02 060 resources. ^Wise use of renewable resources enables them to be F02 061 replaced at the same rate as they are being used. ^We are already F02 062 looking at alternatives to non-renewable resources so that we can F02 063 reduce our dependence on them. ^If managed wisely, the earth is F02 064 capable of providing everyone with their needs. F02 065 |^Conservation Week has been a focal point for environmental F02 066 awareness and conservation education for fifteen years. ^The next F02 067 fifteen years lead us into the 21st Century. ^Decisions and actions F02 068 made in the next few years will affect what happens next century. F02 069 ^That is why *4Conserving Our Future *0was chosen as this year's F02 070 Conservation theme. F02 071 |^Conservation Week is always the first week in August. ^This year F02 072 emphasis is placed on a concern for quality of life and on the urgent F02 073 need to prevent unwise exploitation of resources. ^The Conservation F02 074 Week campaign will focus on the following: F02 075 _|conserving air, water and soil F02 076 |protecting and preserving natural habitats F02 077 |conserving and recycling resources F02 078 |using non-polluting energy alternatives F02 079 |^It is important that every one of us is aware of environmental F02 080 planning, whether urban or rural, concerning wildlife habitat or F02 081 arable land, scenic or recreational resources. F02 082 |^Conservation is the wise use of the environment and everything F02 083 in it. ^Our spaceship earth depends on each person making a determined F02 084 effort to manage the available resources so that all plants and F02 085 animals have the basic necessities for life. F02 086 *<*4Farming and the Environment Team up for Tourism.*> F02 087 * F02 088 |^*0In 1983 the Land Settlement Board reaffirmed its decision of F02 089 August 1977 that the Wakelins farm block should not be available for F02 090 settlement as farms, and approved a new proposal that the property be F02 091 permanently farmed in terms of conservation and landscape principles F02 092 allowing the general public to view farming activities. F02 093 |^This general concept became known as *2WAKELINS AGTOUR *0and F02 094 after a period of preparation, the block was opened to the public on 7 F02 095 December 1985. F02 096 |^Wakelins Agtour comprises 700 hectares of farm land, with a F02 097 further 140 hectares being leased from the Waitangi National Trust. F02 098 ^Agtour is only 10 minutes' drive from Paihia and extends west of F02 099 Haruru Falls being bounded by the Waitangi River to the south, and the F02 100 Waitangi State Forest to the north. F02 101 |^The property in its present state is developed: from the farming F02 102 point of view that is. ^It is divided into four farms which enable the F02 103 Department of Lands and Survey to show off its Angora goats, Red and F02 104 Wapiti Deer, Saanen milking goats, Santa Gertrudis and New Zealand F02 105 Angus cattle, and Perendale sheep. ^All these breeds have played or F02 106 are at present playing a significant role in the development of F02 107 Northland agriculture. F02 108 |^The travelling public, both overseas visitors and New Zealanders F02 109 are invited to drive through the farm, stopping off at strategic F02 110 points to see farming activities and landscape views. ^The Visitor F02 111 Centre near the entrance to the property introduces visitors to all F02 112 facets of the farm. ^In broad terms descriptions of the animals and F02 113 their management during the seasons is discussed in pictorial displays F02 114 and text as is basic interpretation of the environmental issues, both F02 115 flora and fauna. ^Other buildings have been opened to the public. ^For F02 116 example the woolshed and covered yard, goat house, goat milking shed, F02 117 and the goats' milk processing factory shortly to be completed. ^All F02 118 these buildings contain further displays of a more specific nature F02 119 related to the units on which they are situated. F02 120 *<*4Environmental Planning*> F02 121 |^*0The Lands and Survey Department's landscape architect, John F02 122 Hawley, was charged with the task of setting a course to satisfy the F02 123 following basic objectives. F02 124 _|1. ^To set out management proposals for existing remnant indigenous F02 125 vegetation to enhance the value of the property both for wildlife and F02 126 aesthetics. F02 127 |2. ^To create wetlands and amenity planting for the same reasons. F02 128 |3. ^To put forward proposals to make the existing undesirable strong F02 129 visual elements less of an impact and to enhance those that are F02 130 desirable. F02 131 |4. ^To ensure all buildings, structures and development are F02 132 subservient to the cultural landscape. F02 133 |^These objectives represented quite a task when one considers F02 134 that the property has been farmed traditionally by the Department F02 135 since 1957 and therefore when John undertook the work he faced many F02 136 constraints such as existing buildings of various designs, use and F02 137 colour schemes, and some of the strong visual elements which have been F02 138 mentioned earlier. ^These include the exotic forest plantations along F02 139 the northern boundary which impose an arbitrary pattern of vegetation F02 140 determined by ownership rather than the natural ground contour. F02 141 ^Mature pines planted as shelter belts, predominantly on the western F02 142 end of the block, superimpose another pattern of vegetation and tend F02 143 to emphasise the ridges rather than the gullies, and introduce F02 144 straight lines on undulating landscape. ^Wetlands contained within the F02 145 farm have invariably been modified to some extent by ground clearance, F02 146 stock, drainage works and erosion. F02 147 **[PLATE**] F02 148 |^There were however some attributes which the property had, to F02 149 make our task easier. F02 150 |^The Waitangi River with its ribbon of remnant native vegetation F02 151 extending in long fingers up the tributary gullies. ^Some remnant F02 152 native bush in gully heads. ^A mostly rolling contour with enough F02 153 elevation to give magnificent scenic views of the Bay of Islands and F02 154 surrounding land, even as far as the rapidly regenerating indigenous F02 155 Opua Recreation Forest. ^And at two locations, rock outcrops at the F02 156 head of bush-filled gullies, resulting in the formation of impressive F02 157 waterfalls. F02 158 *<*4A management plan*> F02 159 |^*0The management plan drawn up in 1984 tackled the objectives in F02 160 the following way. F02 161 |^Firstly the existing exotic woodlots, shelterbelts and native F02 162 bush remnants. ^Many of the pine shelterbelts are nearing the end of F02 163 their useful lives and a phased programme of selected timber F02 164 extraction has been implemented. ^Often these shelterbelts were F02 165 interplanted with eucalyptus. ^These eucalypts will be left to F02 166 maintain a continuous theme along the 8 kilometre farm road and some F02 167 more planted as specimens to help with this theme. ^The present pine F02 168 woodlots are being managed according to appropriate management F02 169 principles and when clearfelled will be replaced with acacia F02 170 melanoxylon to provide a more diverse landscape and higher returns. F02 171 |^The bush remnants generally have survived in areas of steeper F02 172 contour and where stock have had less impact. ^Most are found on F02 173 relatively unproductive, erosion-prone soils and provide valuable F02 174 water and soil protection, and will be fenced from stock to protect F02 175 both wildlife and scenic values. ^Some enrichment planting will be F02 176 implemented. F02 177 |^Secondly the plan suggests the creation of wetland areas and F02 178 amenity plantings. ^Our aim with the wetlands is to reintroduce F02 179 characteristic vegetation along the rather extensive wetland network, F02 180 in the hope that it will create an infrastructure of native plants F02 181 which will enhance the scenery and expand the ecosystem diversity for F02 182 the benefit of both stock and wildlife. ^The most suitable catchments F02 183 to dam have been identified with the help of the Wildlife Service, to F02 184 make open water for marsh and wading birds, and will be fenced and F02 185 planted to create new wildlife habitat. ^Amenity planting will take F02 186 the form of planting along the farm road and around working areas of F02 187 the farm visible to the public in order to improve the physical F02 188 environment, for shelter, shade, and to screen buildings and farm F02 189 development. F02 190 |^Both these areas of the management plan encompass erosion-prone F02 191 areas which will be dealt with initially by pair or group planting F02 192 willows or poplars, to be followed when stable by underplanting with F02 193 natives. ^The willows and poplars will eventually be removed. F02 194 |^Thirdly, buildings and structures. ^With a large number of F02 195 buildings already in existence the major thrust in attempting to F02 196 integrate them with the proposed character of the property is by F02 197 strategic planting of both native and exotic species, along with the F02 198 adoption of a co-ordinated colour scheme. ^Generally speaking F02 199 buildings used to accommodate staff are given a degree of F02 200 individuality as regards colour, while those with which the public F02 201 deal directly and farm service buildings maintain a colour scheme F02 202 throughout the farm. ^New buildings and structures such as fences and F02 203 water tanks, are being architecturally designed and sited according to F02 204 landscape principles outlined earlier. F02 205 *<*4Looking to the future*> F02 206 |^*0To give an idea of the extent of development, Agtour has F02 207 planned native tree purchases of some 66800 trees and approximately F02 208 10000 exotics. ^Total fencing costs are likely to top *+$100000. ^With F02 209 buildings and other work done to date expenditure exceeds *+$1 F02 210 million. F02 211 |^With a new and rather unique enterprise such as Wakelins Agtour, F02 212 projected popularity is very much the question in many minds. ^During F02 213 the design phase local visitor flows in the Bay of Islands were F02 214 analysed and predictions of around 60000 visitors a year were F02 215 produced. ^This sort of figure no doubt will take 2 or 3 years to F02 216 achieve at the earliest, but with sufficient activity and a rapidly F02 217 improving scenic and wildlife environment, the F02 218 Department has no doubt that Wakelins Agtour will provide an F02 219 alternative land-based attraction within the Russell-Paihia-Kerikeri F02 220 tourist triangle. F02 221 *# F03 001 **[146 TEXT F03**] F03 002 |^*4Speaking in public can be a minefield of hazards, hiccups and F03 003 horrors *- but there are rewards too if you're good enough, both for F03 004 the ego and the pocket. F03 005 |^P*2IONEER *0American media-mouth Art Linkletter has a story about a F03 006 guy who fought stage fright for years to become an ace public speaker. F03 007 ^Even landed a spot on television. ^One night, after yet another day F03 008 of stomach-churning anxiety, he got up to speak at a celebrity dinner F03 009 and gave the speech of his life. ^On a performance high, he made his F03 010 way back to his seat, rested his head on the shoulder of his F03 011 still-clapping neighbour, and died. ^If, like Linkletter, you find this F03 012 story inspirational, you could have the makings of an after dinner F03 013 speaker. F03 014 |^Endless magazine surveys of people's worst fears have shown that F03 015 speaking in public is right up there making things like nuclear F03 016 holocaust, quadriplegia and death seem like minor anxieties. ^It could F03 017 be something to do with a primeval fear of exposure. ^More intelligent F03 018 lifeforms, like cats, heed the survival advantages of skirting open F03 019 ground keeping within a whisker of heavy cover. ^But every night of F03 020 the week, somewhere around the country, someone is preparing to get up F03 021 stone cold sober and play Russian roulette with a loaded audience. F03 022 |^Those speakers look so relaxed, don't they? ^Look again. ^We're F03 023 talking about the body language of naked terror. ^The nonchalant F03 024 rocking on the balls of the feet is to make sure that the nervous F03 025 system is still functioning, if only on auxiliary. ^Throat-clearing is F03 026 a desperate attempt to reprogramme vocal cords that have been F03 027 petrified out of a few thousand years of evolution. *"^Unaccustomed as F03 028 I am to {5oogah zurrgh bloof...}**" ^The casual flick of the hand in F03 029 the direction of the fly. ^Those people are dying up there and it's F03 030 only human to want to do it with a little dignity. F03 031 |^So why do they do it? ^Failure means a lifetime of meeting F03 032 people whose lips start to twitch at the sight of you. ^And success? F03 033 ^At the top end of the market, after dinner speakers are turning pro. F03 034 ^People like Billy \0T James and Jeremy Coney are said to get *+$1000- F03 035 plus a hit. ^That can amount to *+$50 a minute. ^But the fact remains F03 036 that few can do it and fewer would want to. F03 037 |^The cavalier Andy Haden has done his share of after dinner F03 038 spots. ^He was among the first to see the advantages of getting the F03 039 business organised. ^His agency, Sporting Contacts, will do everything F03 040 up to and including writing clients' speeches for them. *"^I set up F03 041 the agency after a year I was asked to speak 50 times. ^That is not F03 042 conducive to a good family life. ^Try to fit in business and sport as F03 043 well and it's just impossible.**" ^The agency handles sports F03 044 personalities and performing politicians like Tim Shadbolt. ^The way F03 045 Haden sees it, if you can get someone else to make all the F03 046 arrangements, book the travel and set the fees, telling anecdotes for F03 047 fun and profit can work for you. ^He says he isn't making a lot of F03 048 money out of the business. *"^As far as I was concerned it was more to F03 049 take the hassles out of it than to exploit the commercial side.**" F03 050 |^But for speakers who are now in the four-figure bracket *"the F03 051 commercial side**" is increasingly an issue. ^In the past, payment for F03 052 such services has been a mutually agreed upon grey area. ^You didn't F03 053 talk money, you talked *"expenses**" and *"gifts**". ^Accepting money F03 054 over the table, in full view of the taxperson, sets up a whole new set F03 055 of pressures and expectations. *"^How much preparation would a F03 056 professional put into something if you weren't being paid?**" says F03 057 Haden. *"^Overseas it's quite accepted that a speaker will get a good F03 058 fee and they are expected to perform accordingly.**" F03 059 |^This is a new, hard-nosed approach to what has traditionally F03 060 been an amateur minority art form. ^But Haden points out that there F03 061 have always been ulterior motives for speaking. *"^You can get a F03 062 message across to people who don't know your side of the story. ^You F03 063 can build into a speech that, for all intents and purposes is to F03 064 entertain people, uses for other ends.**" F03 065 |*2^FOR SHARON CROSBIE *0the rewards of being flavour of the month on F03 066 the circuit are less tangible. *"^Listen to this,**" she says. ^Down F03 067 the phone line, sounds of the riffling of vast quantities of paper. F03 068 *"^At this moment I am gloomily contemplating a pile of 50 or 60 F03 069 invitations to be *- gasp *- an after dinner speaker.**" ^Is she less F03 070 than pleased? *"^I can't *1tell *0you how much I hate it.**" ^She F03 071 certainly tries. *"^My heart sinks within me. ^I hyperventilate. ^When F03 072 the day comes I think of 800 lies, 400 excuses. ^I'm prepared to F03 073 declare nuclear war. ^I'm actually practising creative lying as we F03 074 talk.**" F03 075 |^As it turns out she's always been a soft touch. *"^I do it F03 076 because I have a moral conscience about it. ^When I was trained in F03 077 Broadcasting back in 1969 there was a great thing about us doing it as F03 078 good {0PR}. ^At the moment I'm being asked because I've been to F03 079 America. ^I've had Harkness and Nieman Fellowships and I do have an F03 080 obligation, especially given the rather taut relationship between the F03 081 two countries. ^Of course I must share it. ^I must tell it like the F03 082 Ancient Mariner, but I don't want to.**" F03 083 |^For a *"name**" speaker Crosbie is also a bit of a bargain. *"^I F03 084 will not do what these nauseating sportsmen do and charge F03 085 1500 bucks for a collection of unrelated jokes.**" ^For her own F03 086 efforts, she has scored some *"totally bizarre**" expressions of F03 087 gratitude. *"^Once I got a gift**[ARB**]-wrapped tin of Raro. ^I've F03 088 had a *+$1 petrol voucher from a lot of ladies in MGs and mink hats, F03 089 and a sponge roll gift wrapped and tied with a hair ribbon.**" ^She's F03 090 plotting to ask for book tokens in the future, because there doesn't F03 091 seem to be any let**[ARB**]-up in sight. ^The Institute of F03 092 Professional Engineers must be faced. *"^It's a form of masochism,**" F03 093 she muses. *"^I was brought up by my grandmother. ^On a bad day she F03 094 would say, *'^Today you have behaved like F03 095 **[PLATES**] F03 096 a performing hyena.**' ^I suspect that some residual performing hyena F03 097 from the age of four has lasted through the decades.**" F03 098 |^High-profile recluse Keri Hulme refuses to give an inch to any F03 099 performing hyena within. ^Yes, she does get asked to be an after F03 100 dinner speaker. ^No, she almost never accepts. *"^I had a marvellous F03 101 approach from a publicity agent suggesting that I needed an agent for F03 102 that sort of thing. ^I very politely said I had no intention. ^To me F03 103 it's the Tim Shadbolt circuit; you trade on a media image and go and F03 104 infiltrate people's ears after dinner.**" F03 105 |^She does have her price. *"^I don't feel obliged in any way F03 106 except to things that are of pertinent concern. ^I have talked to F03 107 writers or people associated with book selling or publishing. ^Quite F03 108 frankly I've been pushing writers' barrows.**" ^Local issues, hui of F03 109 various sorts and the odd publisher's Christmas party are about it. F03 110 ^And for Hulme there is no rubbish about prepared speeches and no F03 111 drinking beforehand. *"^God, why else would you go to these things? F03 112 ^If I'm there I'm basically there for the food and the drink and the F03 113 company. ^Anything else sounds to me like the antithesis of what F03 114 speaking to informally communicate is.**" F03 115 |^Book Phil Gifford for your function and you get two for the F03 116 price of one. ^His alter-ego, eccentric sportscaster Loosehead Len, F03 117 set him on a roll that ended with up to four engagements a week. *"^It F03 118 was just insane. ^Really, really bad. ^So I started cutting down.**" F03 119 ^These days his appearances on Radio Hauraki's brekkie show have him F03 120 at the studio by 6.20{0am} and he tries to keep speaking engagements F03 121 down to one a month. ^Most people I spoke to ranked him as one of the F03 122 best things you can get served up after dessert. ^But for Gifford, the F03 123 stakes may be getting too high. ^When people like Jeremy Coney, Stu F03 124 Wilson and Andy Haden are charging like wounded bulls, there are F03 125 choices to be made. *"^If I wanted to be greedy, I could push myself F03 126 pretty close to their fee. ^I'd much rather do a speech for charity or F03 127 for a friend for nothing because it takes the heat out of it. ^If F03 128 you're being paid a tremendous amount of money and it falls over *- I F03 129 wouldn't really fancy that. ^I don't think I've got the F03 130 temperament.**" F03 131 |^In his years of putting himself out there Gifford has ridden F03 132 both the highs and the lows. ^From a dinner in Queenstown with scenic F03 133 flights and jet-boating laid on, to a school rugby function where he F03 134 had to buy his own beer. *"^When I was finishing the dinner, which was F03 135 something like pressed ham and coleslaw, the guy had the gall to say, F03 136 *'^This must really be good for you. ^If you do this a lot, you'd eat F03 137 free meals every night.**'**" ^He has spoken with just about everyone F03 138 else on the round and he's heard some *1real *0horror stories. ^Like F03 139 the disabled athlete who paid her own fares and accommodation and F03 140 never saw a cent. ^Neither did the charity which was supposed to F03 141 receive her fee. F03 142 |^Gifford reckons he has just about seen it all but has never F03 143 completely worked out what makes an audience tick. ^He remembers how F03 144 one time in Pukekohe he and Jeremy Coney had them dancing on the F03 145 tables at a cricket club do. ^Not long after, the same speakers with F03 146 pretty much the same speeches laid an egg in Te Puke. *"^The more you F03 147 do it, the more you realise how mysterious audiences are and the more F03 148 nerve-wracking it becomes.**" ^Experience has taught him how to stay F03 149 alive up there. *"^With me the audience is just hoping I'll tell them F03 150 a few stories they haven't heard before. ^About two-thirds of what I F03 151 do is true.**" F03 152 |^At the moment, the other third is mainly anti-Australian jokes. F03 153 ^He's been doing them for a couple of years now. ^And they still do F03 154 the trick? *"^Good as gold, good as gold.**" ^He has an emergency joke F03 155 he uses to check out particularly enigmatic audiences. *"^It's very F03 156 much a weathervane; I tell it about fourth or fifth story in.**" F03 157 ^Something about a naked Australian taxi driver with a new *+$200 pair F03 158 of shoes. ^Not too gross, not too sexist. *"^I'll tell it earlier if F03 159 things aren't going well. ^If they really don't laugh at it, I start F03 160 talking about raising money for charity.**" F03 161 |^Tips for the aspiring? ^Be prepared, be on time and don't let F03 162 the turkeys start dancing. *"^I was flown down to a rugby club thing F03 163 where they let the dance go on for a couple of hours. ^All the young F03 164 guys were having a great time. ^Then the chairman got up and said, F03 165 *'^Shut up you jokers, we've got Loosehead Len here. ^It cost us a lot F03 166 to fly him down, so shut up and listen.**'**" ^About six people did, F03 167 the rest carried on as if he didn't exist. *"^I told 25 minutes of F03 168 jokes in about 10 minutes. ^\5Thangyouvermuch- F03 169 s'beenwunnerful**[ARB**]-g'night.**" F03 170 |^You get the feeling that for all the speakers, those risky few F03 171 minutes poised between triumph and terminal humiliation produce a F03 172 slightly addictive chemical buzz. *"^There are nights when you think F03 173 you'll never make a speech again,**" says Gifford. *"^Then there are F03 174 the nights when you think, *'Oh, yeah, I'd like to do nothing but make F03 175 speeches for the rest of my life.**'**" F03 176 |^*2THE BIG *0corporate annual dinner is set to start at a fashionable F03 177 7.30-for-eight. ^Black tie, carnations for the ladies, entertainment F03 178 provided by a couple of the four-figure boys. ^Tonight it's Jeremy F03 179 Coney and David McPhail. ^Over pre**[ARB**]-dinner drinks, Coney gives F03 180 the audience a team-talk. ^We are to be his fielders and will be F03 181 seated accordingly. F03 182 *# F04 001 **[147 TEXT F04**] F04 002 |^*4C*0an you see the Mikhail Lermontov these days? ^No you can't. F04 003 ^She lies deep in the waters off Cape Jackson in the Marlborough F04 004 Sounds. F04 005 |^It's nobody's fault that she lies there *- with over *+$100 F04 006 million of somebody's money and one dead seaman trapped inside her. F04 007 ^So far nobody is accountable. ^The Ministry of Transport says it does F04 008 not know for certain that senior Russian officers have been punished F04 009 *- although our news media has reported this. F04 010 |^The Marlborough Harbour Board says it is not to blame. ^It F04 011 offered no heartfelt regrets *- but has asked the Russians to take it F04 012 away. F04 013 |^And Captain Don Jamison, who piloted the ship on its fatal F04 014 course *- is he to blame? F04 015 |^Should this concern you? ^It certainly should. F04 016 |^This is the story of three men. ^It takes place in a small town. F04 017 ^Just below the surface. F04 018 |^*4M*0aybe it could only happen in a small town. ^Loyalties run F04 019 deep, between the comparatively small numbers of businesses and their F04 020 workers, between the bowling clubs, rowing clubs, {0RSA}, Chambers of F04 021 Commerce *- the organisations that make up the fabric of male F04 022 connections. F04 023 |^Old mates work and play together. ^Their kids marry each other. F04 024 ^They F04 025 **[PLATE**] F04 026 make allowances. ^There's an unwritten code of fellowship that rejects F04 027 the outsider until he knuckles under to the majority view and rejects F04 028 the professional man because his education makes him a little suspect. F04 029 |^Men are not thinkers, but doers. ^If they want a job done, they F04 030 go out and do it, and to hell with red tape *- that's for office F04 031 workers, who sit on their backsides and make other people's lives F04 032 complicated. ^What's good for one, is good for all. ^There is mutual F04 033 back scratching *- and what's wrong with that? ^Isn't that how the F04 034 whole world ticks over, more or less? F04 035 |^Is there room in this cosy world, for people who delight in F04 036 structure and organisation *- for the professional management caste? F04 037 ^Can it ever hope to make headway with the murky and familiar F04 038 cross-connections of a small community, and get the job done? F04 039 |^Questions like this come up with harbour boards, and similarly F04 040 elected bodies, which can get voted out every three years, but still F04 041 have to keep the wheels turning over for their large staffs. F04 042 |^In an ideal situation, the elected boards work smoothly with F04 043 their managements. ^But if they're at loggerheads, if either side has F04 044 to prove dominance, it is an unhappy climate in which public F04 045 accountability doesn't even count. ^This is a story about power, and F04 046 who should have it. F04 047 |^Just by the way, it deals with public money, and affects F04 048 shoreline and waters all New Zealanders have a stake in. ^The F04 049 principles involved are those of well-intentioned amateurism against F04 050 analytical professionalism. ^You would think there would be a middle F04 051 ground, but there's not. ^Not where the Marlborough Harbour Board's F04 052 concerned. F04 053 |^*4T*0he story began well before the night the *1Mikhail F04 054 Lermontov *0sank on February 16 this year. ^The Marlborough Harbour F04 055 Board was already a troubled collection of people but suddenly its F04 056 inner problems seemed more significant than they ever had before. ^It F04 057 began to look as if those problems might have a bearing on why the F04 058 *1Mikhail Lermontov *0sank. F04 059 |^If you think the doings of this harbour board don't matter much, F04 060 you're wrong. ^It is a wealthy little harbour board. ^And the reason F04 061 is that the equivalent of the population of the whole South Island of F04 062 this country passes through its main port at Picton each year. F04 063 |^The Cook Strait rail ferries pay something like *+$5 million a F04 064 year to berth here. ^Big passenger liners have begun to put the port F04 065 on their schedules. ^Thousands of this country's boaties know the F04 066 shoreline here well. ^And all of them mean money. F04 067 |^Picton is crawling with motels. ^Blenheim, only half an hour's F04 068 drive away, boasts a strangely expensive antique shop for a small F04 069 town. ^Here American tourists are expected to pay hundreds of dollars F04 070 for small pieces of Royal Doulton. F04 071 |^The doings of the Marlborough Harbour Board affect many more F04 072 people than those of the small catchment area who vote for it. ^And F04 073 while the board might well wish the *1Mikhail Lermontov *0out of its F04 074 sight, and out of its mind, it will not go away. F04 075 |^People want to know this: how can you sink a multi-million F04 076 dollar ship, apparently for no discernible reason, and get away with F04 077 it? F04 078 |^Because however unfair it may seem, that's exactly what seems to F04 079 have happened. ^And as far as anyone knows, that could be the end of F04 080 the matter, though the police have yet to decide whether *1they *0will F04 081 take any action. F04 082 *<*6THE STORY BEGAN LIKE THIS:*> F04 083 |^*0The *1Mikhail Lermontov *0sailed out of Picton this year with F04 084 the Marlborough Harbour Board's chief pilot to guide it through the F04 085 Marlborough Sounds and on to Milford Sound. ^Captain Don Jamison was F04 086 an asset to the Board in its campaign to attract more cruise ships. F04 087 ^He could guide them through both Marlborough and Milford Sounds, F04 088 which made him uniquely qualified in his field. F04 089 |^The travel brochure described the ship as *"20,000 tons of F04 090 gleaming white elegance**". ^It had been completely refurbished at a F04 091 cost of around *+$20 million. ^Each cabin had its own bathroom and F04 092 toilet. ^There were ladies' and a gentlemen's hairdressing salons on F04 093 board, there was a library, a cinema, shops, bars, games room, F04 094 gymnasium, massage rooms and sauna, laundry, hospital, and a F04 095 restaurant with the unpromising name of The Leningrad Room. F04 096 |^The brochure recommended that casual clothes be worn, with F04 097 rubber soled deck shoes. ^People who saw the ship in those last few F04 098 hours described it as looking rather lovely, bathed in the day's last F04 099 rays of sunlight. F04 100 |^At Shakespeare Bay, the Marlborough Harbour Board plans a deep F04 101 sea port to connect with future forestry developments. ^You can take a F04 102 huge ship like this almost up to the edge of the cliffs, the water is F04 103 so deep. ^Captain Jamison did this. ^Some people say he churned up a F04 104 bit of mud while he was at it *- suggesting he may have been a bit F04 105 close to shallow water for comfort. ^But there were many people wise F04 106 after the event, and many rumours. F04 107 |^Captain Jamison piloted the ship through Tory Channel. ^By all F04 108 accounts this can be frightening. ^The Russians were alarmed. ^He F04 109 called for a rear thrust of the engine to get the ship through a F04 110 manoeuvre, but the engine was not ready. ^Anxious moments went by F04 111 while the pilot showed his expertise, and the ship got through safely. F04 112 ^Russian crewmen were impressed. ^They felt he knew his job. F04 113 |^Maps show clearly how far Captain Jamison's pilot's licence F04 114 extended. ^A question that remains unanswered is why he was piloting F04 115 the ship after that line was crossed. ^Because it was not far over F04 116 this line that he gave the order to enter waters clearly marked as F04 117 dangerous, to pass through a stretch of water that men in F04 118 comparatively insignificant fishing boats were nervous about crossing, F04 119 and which caused the ship to be holed and to disintegrate beneath the F04 120 water like a ruptured sardine tin. F04 121 |^Some passengers were about to start an aerobics class when they F04 122 felt the thump. ^Others were at a wine and vodka tasting. ^The captain F04 123 was in his cabin. ^In accidents like this, water rushes in at such a F04 124 rate that it would fill a house in three seconds. F04 125 |^It seemed the Russians did not quite believe what had happened. F04 126 ^They cabled Vladivostok, but they seemed reluctant to accept help F04 127 from local shipping. ^Thanks to the efforts of the rail ferry F04 128 *1Arahura, *0the {0LPG} tanker *1Tarahiko, *0and a flotilla of small F04 129 boats from the sounds, everyone was rescued. ^All save the Russian F04 130 crewman who may well have been killed at the start. F04 131 |^The day after our newspapers first reported the sinking, the F04 132 chairman of the Marlborough Harbour Board, Bruno Dalliessi, announced F04 133 that Captain Jamison's legal responsibility for the ship had ended at F04 134 Long Island, opposite Ship's Cove, and well short of the cape where F04 135 the ship went down. ^He was making it clear that his board would not F04 136 pay the bills. ^Of course, there would be an inquiry. F04 137 *<*6OF COURSE THERE WOULD BE AN INQUIRY...*> F04 138 |^*0Right away, Captain Steve Ponsford, of the Marine Division of F04 139 the Ministry of Transport was told to conduct a preliminary inquiry F04 140 into the sinking. ^After this, he was to report to the Minister of F04 141 Transport, Richard Prebble, on whether a full marine inquiry should be F04 142 held into the sinking. F04 143 |^Captain Ponsford said he was only interested in Captain Jamison F04 144 if he was navigating the liner during the grounding, or was on the F04 145 bridge at a critical time. F04 146 |^Captain Jamison said nothing. ^Bruno Dalliessi said that since F04 147 being hired by the harbour board in 1970, Captain Jamison had piloted F04 148 20 to 30 cruise ships in the area. ^He said he had every confidence in F04 149 Captain Jamison's abilities. ^Since coming to Picton, Captain Jamison F04 150 had become a well respected member of the community, involved in the F04 151 local yacht club, on the board of the Queen Charlotte College board of F04 152 governors, and running navigational courses. F04 153 |^The next day it was reported that Captain Jamison had helped F04 154 write a book which said the area where the ship was holed was *"best F04 155 avoided in bad weather conditions**". F04 156 |^Nothing was coming out of the inquiry, but a comment from F04 157 Captain Ponsford that the Russian captain was very co**[ARB**]- F04 158 operative. ^Captain Jamison appeared at the inquiry on February 24. F04 159 ^It seemed like a shock when the official news came through from the F04 160 preliminary inquiry: that Captain Jamison was navigating the ship when F04 161 it ran aground, and that the Russian crew was exonerated. F04 162 |^\0Mr Dalliessi said *"^I feel sorry for Captain Jamison, but I F04 163 can't say more than that because I wasn't there and I haven't read the F04 164 full report yet.**" ^He confirmed Captain Jamison in his job. ^After F04 165 the Ponsford report the government had the option of opening a public F04 166 inquiry by a senior lawyer or district court judge. ^Such an inquiry F04 167 is usually held if major questions are left unresolved after a F04 168 preliminary inquiry. ^This was not to be. F04 169 |^It was puzzling, when \0Mr Prebble announced this on March 6. F04 170 ^\0Mr Prebble said a further inquiry would serve no useful purpose *- F04 171 giving the lie to government sources there was no way a disaster like F04 172 this could happen without a full-scale inquiry. F04 173 |^And what of Captain Jamison? ^He surrendered one of his pilot's F04 174 licences to the Marlborough Harbour Board when the Ponsford report F04 175 came out. F04 176 **[PLATE**] F04 177 |^A maritime law expert said the harbour pilot who caused damage F04 178 *"by neglect or want of skill**" was only liable to forfeit a *+$2,000 F04 179 bond and the pilotage fee. ^It would have to be shown he was negligent F04 180 for a civil action to take place, but the expert queries whether this F04 181 would be worthwhile, given the small amount that could be won from a F04 182 private individual. F04 183 **[PLATE**] F04 184 |^Incredibly, it now seemed that Captain Jamison would be fined or F04 185 censured by nobody. ^This seemed so strange that even the Prime F04 186 Minister remarked that people were entitled to know why Captain F04 187 Jamison had made this great blunder, incompatible with his years of F04 188 experience. F04 189 |^He said something else. ^David Lange noted that Captain Jamison F04 190 had been involved in court proceedings concerning the Marlborough F04 191 Harbour Board, and that it was possible he had been working long hours F04 192 under stressful conditions. ^He understood Captain Jamison had been in F04 193 a situation *"fraught with tension**" for some time. F04 194 |^This was the first most people had heard of the board's F04 195 long-running battle to sack its general manager. ^Its case against him F04 196 had carried on since 1983, as it happens, and it is estimated that it F04 197 has cost the board close to *+$250,000. F04 198 |^The man they want to sack is Mike Goulden. ^He, Bruno Dalliessi F04 199 and Don Jamison are the three men with a story to tell that dovetails F04 200 with that of the *1Mikhail Lermontov. ^*0They are important men in F04 201 Blenheim, population 12,000 and in Picton, population considerably F04 202 less. F04 203 *<*6BUT LET'S NOT FORGET THE TELEVISION INQUIRY...*> F04 204 |^*0Baffled, like so many others, by the strange fizzling-out of F04 205 the Lermontov inquiry, *1Close-Up *0reporter Carol de Colville decided F04 206 to tackle the Ponsford report. F04 207 *# F05 001 **[148 TEXT F05**] F05 002 |^*4N*0ew Zealanders and, I suspect, Australians have become boring to F05 003 audiences outside our shores in denouncing agricultural protectionism F05 004 and the damaging things it has done to their two economies over the F05 005 past twenty-five years. ^They seethe at what they see as the utterly F05 006 cynical and ruthless behaviour of certain wealthy countries with an F05 007 alleged tradition of economic liberalism. ^However, concern about this F05 008 subject is a matter of self-interest for every country which makes up F05 009 the Pacific Basin Economic Council. F05 010 |^The fact is that, internationally, there is structural F05 011 over-supply of most agricultural commodities. ^The principal cause has F05 012 been price support programmes and protection policies. ^The F05 013 distortions they are creating are growing and the impact on other F05 014 producing countries and international trade is destructive. F05 015 |^The problem is that most countries have tended to approach the F05 016 problems of agriculture as something special *- an issue that can be F05 017 dealt with in isolation from the rest of the domestic economy and the F05 018 international trading system. ^Many people have sentimental and F05 019 traditional views of agriculture and quite wrongly do not expect it to F05 020 show the vitality and adaptability of other industries. ^In some F05 021 countries farmers have a rather undemocratic share of political power F05 022 which has further encouraged governments to give excessive protection. F05 023 *<*4Alarming threat*> F05 024 |^*0Wherever it exists agricultural protection is creating an F05 025 increasing restraint on domestic economic growth and an alarming F05 026 threat to world trade. ^In its own interests every country must bring F05 027 these policies under review. F05 028 |^The first place to consider the impact of agricultural F05 029 protection is the domestic economy. ^Modern economic theory and the F05 030 practical evidence of the last couple of decades demonstrates that F05 031 countries and industries which have achieved the best income and F05 032 employment growth are those which have remained flexible and have F05 033 continuously reallocated their resources to areas of competitive F05 034 advantage which yield the highest real return. ^Efficient resource F05 035 allocation is best achieved by removing artificial price distortions F05 036 and barriers to competitive pressure. ^What is more, the very removal F05 037 of such obstructions will often result in restructuring that makes the F05 038 protected industry efficient and competitive. F05 039 |^The more open economies of the Pacific basin have maintained F05 040 their growth rates by being better at allowing uncompetitive F05 041 industries to decline while new ones grow. ^There has, however, been a F05 042 disturbing failure to reduce protection in problem industries, F05 043 particularly agriculture, in North America and Japan and there are F05 044 trends towards similar errors in Asian newly industrialised countries. F05 045 ^With the recovery from the recent recession, favourable currency F05 046 realignments and oil price reductions, there has never been a better F05 047 time than now for a really determined attempt at further trade F05 048 liberalisation. F05 049 *<*4Problem industries*> F05 050 |^*0Many parts of agriculture are in the front rank of problem F05 051 industries, which also include such areas as textiles, ship**[ARB**]- F05 052 building and steel. ^Assistance to these industries is a tax on all F05 053 others, particularly exporters. ^The rates of assistance on milk and F05 054 beef and some other farm products in the major industrial countries F05 055 is**[SIC**] now astronomical. ^These interventions are highly F05 056 regressive in their impact on the population. ^High food prices hit F05 057 the poorest sectors of the population worst. F05 058 |^The argument that subsidies and protection are necessary to F05 059 maintain employment is hollow. ^A recent study by the Institute for F05 060 International Economics in the United States showed that the cost of F05 061 import controls to protect a number of American industries from F05 062 foreign competition was {0US}*+$56 billion in 1984. ^In the dairy F05 063 industry it was {0US}*+$5.5 billion and, more significantly, the cost F05 064 per each job saved was {0US}*+$220,000 per annum. ^Some of this money F05 065 would have been more effectively spent in assisting in the F05 066 restructuring F05 067 **[PLATE**] F05 068 of the industry and the retraining and relocation of workers. F05 069 *<*4National security*> F05 070 |^*0Another argument that does not stand scrutiny is the suggestion F05 071 that self-sufficiency in food production is necessary for reasons of F05 072 national security. ^It ignores the interdependent world we live in and F05 073 the fact that a country is not self-sufficient if it needs to import F05 074 energy, feed grains and fertiliser to meet its food consumption needs. F05 075 |^There is no case for treating the protection of agriculture F05 076 differently from manufacturing. ^Anne Krueger of the World Bank F05 077 commented recently that: F05 078 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F05 079 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F05 080 **[END INDENTATION**] F05 081 *<*4Domestic incentives*> F05 082 |^*0Too many countries have become conditioned to think that the F05 083 removal of protection is a matter of waiting for reciprocal F05 084 dismantling of barriers in multilateral trade negotiations. ^However, F05 085 national interests lie primarily in setting correct domestic F05 086 incentives, whatever the world environment. ^Action by other countries F05 087 is a bonus. ^It is like smoking in a smoke filled room. ^Most of the F05 088 health damage to an individual smoker is reduced by independently F05 089 quitting. ^He gets further benefits if others quit too. F05 090 |^The recognition of the domestic origins of protection and F05 091 industry intervention points to the need for domestic solutions. ^It F05 092 requires a recognition of the effect on other industries and sectors F05 093 of the economy. ^It is a good reason for insisting that any protection F05 094 is given in a form that is transparent and can be measured. F05 095 ^Realisation of the distortions being created and their cost can F05 096 mobilise widespread support for change, especially if reductions in F05 097 all distortions are pursued in an even-handed way. F05 098 *<*4Classic case*> F05 099 |^*0In this regard, recent policy changes in New Zealand are F05 100 interesting. ^New Zealand has been a classic case of a country whose F05 101 economic policies have been manipulated by sectoral interests and the F05 102 overall wealth-reducing effects are only just being recognised by the F05 103 public. ^Industry has been highly protected and interventions and F05 104 subsidies have been widespread. ^The Government is now following a F05 105 policy of quite rapid reduction in protection and subsidy to all F05 106 sectors. ^In the case of agriculture, subsidy benefits have to a large F05 107 extent been absorbed in land prices and inflated servicing costs. F05 108 ^Clearly, the subsidies attracted too many resources into some forms F05 109 of farming activity with attendant waste given world market F05 110 opportunities. F05 111 |^The reversal of this assistance is now creating severe and F05 112 painful adjustment pressures but there is widespread acceptance that F05 113 there is no alternative for New Zealand but to carry the adjustment F05 114 through. ^Obviously the difficulties of this adjustment for New F05 115 Zealand, and the similar efforts that many countries need to make, F05 116 would be eased by freer international markets. F05 117 *<*4High barriers*> F05 118 |^*0Because of popular domestic politics, most countries maintain high F05 119 barriers against foreign investment in agriculture. ^Such barriers are F05 120 seldom the subject of much international discussion *- probably F05 121 because the investment is not seen as sufficiently exciting. ^But the F05 122 case for liberalising capital flows is identical to those for goods F05 123 and services. ^Particularly in the case of agriculture such capital F05 124 brings benefits that can never be taken away *- as the economies of F05 125 New Zealand and Australia demonstrate. ^Foreign capital in agriculture F05 126 should not be discouraged, bringing as it often does new technology F05 127 and markets. ^It can help in the restructuring process and alleviate F05 128 equity losses. ^New Zealand last year liberalised the rules for F05 129 foreign investment in land and farming for this very reason. F05 130 |^Agricultural protection also poses a threat to international F05 131 trade politics. ^There are three central elements: F05 132 |_*?31 trade frictions among developed countries have become key F05 133 political issues; F05 134 |*?31 of these frictions agriculture is probably the most difficult F05 135 and intractable in terms of trade relations F05 136 **[PLATE**] F05 137 amongst *1developed *0countries; F05 138 |*?31 we will shortly begin a new multilateral negotiating round that F05 139 is in many respects the last chance for {0GATT}. ^The extent to which F05 140 the three major powers in world trade *- Japan, the United States and F05 141 the European Community *- can come to grips with their agricultural F05 142 sectors will essentially determine whether this new round makes real F05 143 progress or just tails off into almost indefinite discussions. F05 144 *<*4Political agenda*> F05 145 |^*0This is not the first time trade has been at the top of the F05 146 political agenda. ^But it is fifty years since the beggar thy F05 147 neighbour policies of the 1930s. ^The exclusion of agriculture from F05 148 effective international rules was probably the biggest mistake the F05 149 United States made in designing the postwar international economic F05 150 system *- the International Monetary Fund, {0GATT} and so on. ^The F05 151 United States has never been able to rectify that mistake. ^Parts of F05 152 their own agricultural sector are in deep trouble because of it. F05 153 ^European agriculture is in a worse state. ^Japanese agriculture is F05 154 similarly the most important constraint on the ability of the Japanese F05 155 Government to push forward with comprehensive import liberalisation in F05 156 their own market. ^As the developed country with the most to lose from F05 157 people turning away from multilateralism, that could cost Japan F05 158 dearly. F05 159 |^For the major countries *- the big three *- agriculture is the F05 160 *1most *0difficult issue, because after forty years of no effective F05 161 international rules much of their respective agricultural sectors is F05 162 almost completely divorced from world prices. F05 163 *<*4Sensitive issues*> F05 164 |^*0We are coming up to a new Multilateral Trade Negotiation and there F05 165 are a number of very sensitive issues such as services, investment, F05 166 intellectual property, safeguards and the like on the negotiating F05 167 agenda. ^None of them will finally prove as dangerous to the whole F05 168 process of the new round as agriculture. ^Agriculture is fundamentally F05 169 different because world trade in agriculture is all about relations F05 170 amongst the major developed countries. F05 171 |^The Japanese action programme, concentrating as it does on F05 172 industrial products, is unlikely to have much impact on increasing F05 173 imports into Japan, which was its aim. ^But if the Japanese Government F05 174 *1had *0included agriculture *- and we know why they did not *- what a F05 175 difference that would have made. F05 176 *<*4Bigger issue*> F05 177 |^*0A much bigger issue than the action programme is coming up *- F05 178 namely the new Multilateral Trade Negotiation. ^Japan will have to F05 179 make its own decision as to whether it wants to run the argument that F05 180 comparative advantage is a one way street or a two way street. ^Those F05 181 of us who have a track record of supporting Japan strongly *- who F05 182 understand that Japan's extraordinary success in industrial goods is F05 183 not by and large based on unfair trading practices *- will be watching F05 184 closely to see what fundamental approach Japan takes to agriculture F05 185 when the new round gets underway. F05 186 |^Agriculture is politically difficult enough for Japan but one F05 187 wonders whether the European Economic Community has almost got beyond F05 188 the point of no return. ^Japan's decisionmakers can make their own F05 189 trade-offs between incurring domestic political pain and protecting F05 190 Japan's enormous longterm interests in ensuring that countries do not F05 191 simply turn away from multilateral solutions *- which is the real F05 192 issue in this new round. F05 193 |^Can the European Commission seek that sort of trade-off, or are F05 194 they any longer interested in the rest of the world? ^Is the European F05 195 Community now so big, so complex, so politically demanding that they F05 196 have got past the point where they can change their policies to F05 197 accommodate the rest of the world? ^If so the sclerosis that has F05 198 afflicted their productivity performance and their job markets in the F05 199 past 10-15 years could prove deep seated indeed. F05 200 *<*4Agricultural policy*> F05 201 |^*0It is the Common Agricultural Policy that raises the question, not F05 202 other European policies. ^For this reason agriculture is far more F05 203 important, far more of a threat to the world trading system than is F05 204 commonly supposed. F05 205 |^A quote from a recent speech by the British Foreign Secretary, F05 206 Sir Geoffrey Howe, is relevant: F05 207 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F05 208 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F05 209 **[END INDENTATION**] F05 210 |^Sir Geoffrey then concluded: F05 211 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F05 212 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F05 213 **[END INDENTATION**] F05 214 **[PLATE**] F05 215 *<*4Simple solution*> F05 216 |^*0This is not overstating the dimensions of the problem. ^The F05 217 solution to that problem is simple *- there must be a credible and F05 218 sustained movement towards exposing agriculture to market forces. ^You F05 219 can argue about the time and the extent of movement required but the F05 220 direction required is crystal clear. F05 221 |^What happens if the formidable political obstacles to change F05 222 once more mean the three key players duck the issue? ^The United F05 223 States could well decide that the political pain of reforming, for F05 224 example, its dairy and sugar sectors is too high. ^The consensus to F05 225 change direction in Japan may not exist irrespective of pressure from F05 226 far-sighted people in the Japanese system who understand the grave F05 227 dangers to Japan of a Multilateral Trade Negotiation that fails to F05 228 give a new impetus to multilateralism. ^And Europe could fold its tent F05 229 and content itself with the task of getting another two market F05 230 economies *- Spain and Portugal *- into their system of trade F05 231 policies. F05 232 *# F06 001 **[149 TEXT F06**] F06 002 |^*4I*0f you met me today, you probably wouldn't believe that ten F06 003 years ago I was given a less than 40% chance of ever again becoming a F06 004 *'normal**' functioning member of society. F06 005 |^I know I appear to be a capable, talented and attractive 35-year F06 006 old woman *- and I am. ^Yet I suffered three major nervous breakdowns F06 007 between the ages of 22 and 25. ^I was twice committed to mental F06 008 hospitals by friends, and once by the police. ^The last time, I was F06 009 inside for seven months. ^The words used on my hefty psychiatric file F06 010 to describe my condition: manic-depressive psychotic with schizoid F06 011 tendencies. (^These days it is called bi-polar disorder.) F06 012 |^I remember much of it very clearly. ^The mind-numbing F06 013 tranquillisers that dry your mouth so you can't swallow, that F06 014 un**[ARB**]-focus your eyes, disturb your balance and make you walk F06 015 with *'the loony-bin shuffle**'. ^Being locked up, for days on end, F06 016 alone in a bare room. ^Patients egging each other on to fresh heights F06 017 of insanity. ^The overworked staff who cannot allow themselves to see F06 018 their patients as *'real**' people. ^The unbearably black depressions F06 019 that balance the *'highs**' in equal or greater proportion. F06 020 |^Looking back from this distance in time I realise that my F06 021 madness, and over**[ARB**]-coming it, was possibly the key to my F06 022 becoming a responsible, successful person. ^I blame nobody but myself F06 023 for what happened and likewise I give myself major credit for F06 024 recovery. F06 025 |^Why did this happen to me? ^I had a wonderful childhood in a F06 026 loving family with no previous history of insanity. ^When I was 17 I F06 027 left my home in the country to attend University and for the first F06 028 time I discovered my peer group. ^I never studied, just scraping F06 029 through my exams. ^Life was all fun and excitement. F06 030 |^Very quickly I became involved with men, sex, and all that goes F06 031 with it: pleasure, pain, contraception, jealousy, false expectations, F06 032 betrayal. ^I also developed close female friends who have, along with F06 033 my family, loved and supported me through all my difficult times. F06 034 |^*4T*0hings went smoothly for the next seven years. ^I adopted the F06 035 current hippie lifestyle of long hair, raggy clothes and communal F06 036 living. ^Though I appeared *'straight**', during the day at my job, F06 037 after hours I became one of the *'beautiful people**' *- or so I F06 038 imagined. ^Looking back, I see a certain desperation in my actions: I F06 039 was always trying to fit into a mould that wasn't my shape. ^Everyone F06 040 else seemed to be better at it than me. ^But I thought I was happy. F06 041 |^It was the time of *"All You Need Is Love**". ^The music was the F06 042 Beatles, the Stones, the Mamas and the Papas, Jimi Hendrix \0etc. ^We F06 043 went barefoot on the pavements and loved shocking the un-turned-on. F06 044 ^And of course we smoked as much marijuana as we could lay our hands F06 045 on. F06 046 |^I still believe that the odd joint is harmless and even F06 047 beneficial. ^It wasn't until after I decided to try {0LSD} that my F06 048 life turned turtle. F06 049 |^But this isn't just another drug story. ^My third and last F06 050 *'trip**' is acknowledged as a possible trigger rather than the cause F06 051 of my problem (although the terror and confusion engendered by that F06 052 ill-considered ingestion was nothing compared to the effects of the F06 053 legal drugs later pumped into me by the hospitals.) F06 054 |^During the previous five years my weight had increased to about F06 055 2 1/2 stone more than I liked. ^According to American weight charts I F06 056 should have been about eight stone, so I dieted myself strictly down F06 057 to there. ^To do this I stopped eating normal meals with my flatmates, F06 058 maybe my first step towards abnormal social relationships. ^None of F06 059 them understood why I was doing it *- I suppose I seemed relatively F06 060 normal in size as I was. F06 061 |^I lost that extra weight in under two months, and my new F06 062 self-image was wildly sexy and irresistible. ^I left my long-term F06 063 live-in man and moved to another house where I met another circle of F06 064 so called freespirited, artistic and exciting people. ^There were long F06 065 nights of intense talk and all sorts of fantastic ideas and unlimited F06 066 dreams were born. F06 067 |^*4H*0ow do I describe what it feels like to *'go over the top**'? F06 068 ^Think of the time when you were your most elated and effervescent, F06 069 then multiply it by one hundred. ^I began to gain speed, everything F06 070 seemed clearer and more beautiful. ^I saw symbolism in a banana skin F06 071 lying on the pavement, and the sun would set only to rise again the F06 072 next minute. F06 073 |^This is a lot of fun when it happens to you, but very exhausting F06 074 for your companions, faced with a person who has severed connections F06 075 with reality and never stops talking. F06 076 |^To shorten a long story. ^I was taken to hospital by a friend. F06 077 ^I didn't even recognise where I was. ^I remember thinking the men in F06 078 white coats were hilarious, until they grabbed me and stuck a F06 079 hypodermic in my arm. F06 080 |^I understand that mental patients usually get worse before they F06 081 get better, possibly due to the fact that the doctors don't know F06 082 initially what dosage of tranquillisers to give, so they have to F06 083 experiment. F06 084 |^I can't remember much after that for weeks, except my family F06 085 came to visit and I couldn't talk because my mouth was so dry, my F06 086 tongue was stuck. ^Nobody realised I desperately needed a drink of F06 087 water. ^I remember above all the zombie-like attitude of the other F06 088 patients, the glazed eyes, and how little notice was taken of us by F06 089 the staff. F06 090 |^*4A*0fter three months I was released, successfully *'brought F06 091 down**' by medication. ^I entered my first real depression. ^It was F06 092 too much to get out of bed. ^I tried to ignore the day until afternoon F06 093 and when I got up I ate. ^My friends tried to cheer me up, but F06 094 everyone knows that when you're down the last thing you want to hear F06 095 is *"you'll come out of it**" or *"things could be worse**". F06 096 |^Six months on a sickness benefit *- then I found a job I began F06 097 to enjoy. ^The stability of work and home helped a lot. ^Then I threw F06 098 it all away to go and live with a friend in the country. ^Things were F06 099 good for a while, especially when I met a new man who seemed the F06 100 answer to my dreams. F06 101 |^Eighteen months after my release from hospital, I found myself F06 102 in another, once more committed by a friend *- my lover *- who simply F06 103 could not handle my bizarre behaviour. F06 104 |^This time I had stayed up all night and ruined the entire F06 105 contents of his kitchen: mixing extraordinary concoctions, singing at F06 106 the top of my voice *- thinking how I was being filmed for my own F06 107 Pythonesque television show. ^When he emerged the next morning I was a F06 108 raving idiot and I really don't blame him. F06 109 |^My second hospitalisation was a re**[ARB**]-run of the first, F06 110 but longer, and twice I was locked in the *'time-out**' room. ^This is F06 111 where patients are put ostensibly to protect themselves from F06 112 themselves, but I still can't see the point in total deprivation. F06 113 ^Even things to rip up and jump on would have helped. F06 114 |^Once more I was discharged and resumed my life. ^After the F06 115 inevitable depression I found work and things gradually improved F06 116 until, yet again, I met a man who touched my soul. ^I had not yet F06 117 learned to keep my *'self**' separate: I saw him as everything while F06 118 he saw me as an occasional bedmate. F06 119 |^*4M*0y third crack-up was the longest and most severe. ^I had vivid F06 120 fantasies of myself as the embodiment of good and evil. ^One would lie F06 121 down and the other would get up. ^I was the tiger *- twins, alive F06 122 from time immemorial. ^I was Wonderwoman. ^I could scale mountains and F06 123 fight off whole gangs of demons. ^I could walk the streets alone at F06 124 night and the toughest person would melt away at my sight. ^I blazed F06 125 with energy: my eyes alone made others avert theirs. F06 126 |^So there I was in yet another hospital, this time for seven F06 127 months. ^For the first time, despite minimal day-to-day care, I F06 128 developed a trusting relationship with a psychiatrist. ^Over a long F06 129 period he got me back in touch with myself, and handed me personal F06 130 keys to control my emotions. F06 131 |^There I also met the man I would later marry, who balanced my F06 132 *'highs**' and helped me develop a stable lifestyle. ^Our time F06 133 together has been far from easy but I will always be grateful to him F06 134 for seeing the person within the madwoman. F06 135 |^It took a lot longer to re-adjust the third time. ^My depression F06 136 was blacker than ever, and to punish myself for my stupidity I ate F06 137 myself up to more than five stone overweight. ^I knew exactly what I F06 138 was doing but I couldn't stop. ^I was eating, smoking, getting no F06 139 exercise, and desperately unhappy. ^But I have always been an optimist F06 140 at heart, and finally broke the cycle. F06 141 |^After a year or so of misery and inactivity I started an easy F06 142 job, then went into another slightly more demanding, then found one F06 143 which really suited my talents and which I loved. F06 144 |^I was still fat, but after I developed pneumonia and stopped F06 145 smoking I realized I had to do battle with my size. ^Instead of F06 146 dieting I bought a bicycle and began to ride everywhere. ^Slowly I F06 147 subsided, and have easily maintained my weight since *- not a F06 148 fashionable weight but one where I fit my clothes easily and feel F06 149 good. F06 150 |^*4A *0lot has happened since, but the crucial thing has been my F06 151 adhering to medical advice and staying on my medication. ^Previously I F06 152 had stopped when I judged myself *'okay**'. F06 153 |^I have been given the choice to stop in recent years, but my F06 154 psychiatrist cannot guarantee that I won't have another attack, and I F06 155 prefer not to take that chance. ^I am happy and productive now, with F06 156 no side-effects from my medication, and I value my sanity. F06 157 |^I no longer worry continually about *'it**' happening again *- F06 158 though of course I can't absolutely discount the possibility. F06 159 ^Whenever anybody (however jokingly) tells me I'm crazy, I feel F06 160 obliged to take them seriously and run through my own mental F06 161 checklist. ^If I come up with the answer yes, that was a bit off, F06 162 (which happens infrequently) I remove myself from the situation and do F06 163 something like drink several large glasses of water *- nature's own F06 164 cure. F06 165 |^I feel I must always be more strict with myself than possibly F06 166 *'ordinary**' people are. ^I know I have the capacity for wild flights F06 167 of fancy, and that is where my weakness lies. ^Oh yes, I still draw on F06 168 my imagination, but I will not let it rule me. F06 169 |^I am now in a situation where I have surpassed my adolescent F06 170 dreams for myself and I continue to build on new ones. ^My work is F06 171 very satisfying, I have a solid core of friends and have regained the F06 172 trust of my family. F06 173 |^What I would like to say to people who have spent time in mental F06 174 hospitals is: don't be ashamed of it. ^Whilst I don't tell everyone I F06 175 meet, I am always pleased to give others my story and the knowledge F06 176 that things can be all right again. F06 177 |^There is no stigma that clings forever, or if there is I am F06 178 proud of it. ^Because I have experienced the worst I can be and now F06 179 everything else is a wonderful plus. F06 180 *<*6CONFESSIONS OF A BURGLAR'S WIFE*> F06 181 *<*2AN AMORALITY TALE*> F06 182 |*4^Poor Margaret. ^So lonely, late at night, wondering how Scott's F06 183 getting on ripping off his fellow citizens. F06 184 *<*0By Sue Bramwell*> F06 185 |^It's 2.30{0am} in Remuera, Auckland, and Margaret is sitting up F06 186 in bed reading a book. ^Waiting for her husband to come home from F06 187 work. F06 188 |^Unlike most women whose husbands work night-shift, however, F06 189 Margaret can never be sure that her husband will in fact appear. F06 190 |^He's a thief. F06 191 |^As the wife of a *"tealeaf**", Margaret admits that stress is F06 192 the main draw**[ARB**]-back of Scott's job. *"^You never know when the F06 193 wheels are going to come off,**" she says, referring to the many F06 194 nights that have been interrupted by calls from the Central Police F06 195 Station. F06 196 *# F07 001 **[150 TEXT F07**] F07 002 |*4^The New Zealander who wrote this story says she's been asked many F07 003 times to write it. *"^There are lots of women like me,**" she says. F07 004 *"^Married too young. ^Often to men we had started *'going steady F07 005 with**' in our teens. ^Either because you were pregnant or had had sex F07 006 with them (in an age when you then married them!). ^Nearly all of us F07 007 are very hard-working people. ^Victims of the old Protestant work F07 008 ethic. ^Which then traps us all, in later life, in our difficult F07 009 marriages because we have painstakingly acquired possessions. ^Things. F07 010 ^A nice lounge suite, stereo, crystal chandelier, silver candelabra, F07 011 \0etc. ^A nice house, which neither wants to leave willingly. ^Which F07 012 both would like to continue living in *- on their own.**" ^But, F07 013 somehow, they keep on keeping on... F07 014 |^When *0you lie flat on your back in bed, controlling all F07 015 movement and weeping as silently as possible, in an attempt to conceal F07 016 this fact, a strange and rather uncomfortable thing occurs. ^The tears F07 017 ooze out from under your closed lids, slide smoothly down your cheeks F07 018 and form little pools in your ears. F07 019 |^You suddenly realise how stupid it all is and regret your F07 020 dramatic statement of several weeks previously, when you struck a pose F07 021 that would have done Bette Davis proud, and proclaimed to the man F07 022 lying so angrily and now so stubbornly silent beside you, that *- F07 023 *"^You will never, ever, have the satisfaction of seeing me cry F07 024 again.**" F07 025 |^You meant it at the time too. ^You felt that the numbing F07 026 physical pain that engulfed you at that moment, in an uncontrollable F07 027 response to his cruelty and vicious remarks, would immunise you from F07 028 any further emotional display such as you are now desperately trying F07 029 to control. F07 030 |^Unfortunately, your body has now decided to tell you, in no F07 031 uncertain manner, that it is anything but numb! ^Your wet ear lobes F07 032 are suddenly of secondary importance and it is the block of concrete F07 033 in the back of your throat that now threatens to choke you. ^You want F07 034 to gasp aloud, take in deep breaths of air and cry and cry and cry. F07 035 |^But somewhere inside your head a cynical little voice reminds F07 036 you of the futility of such behaviour. ^You've tried *2THAT *0so many F07 037 times before, remember, and it brings you nothing positive. ^You end F07 038 up with salty tears miring your contact lenses and compounding the F07 039 *'red eye**' problem that plagues you for the following 48 hours. (^In F07 040 spite of what they say in novels, splashing your swollen eyelids with F07 041 cold water does *2NOT *0miraculously return them to their normal F07 042 state. ^Not mine anyway!) F07 043 |^Nor does *"primal screaming**" bring instant relief. ^It F07 044 probably could if you were able to do it instantly when the pain first F07 045 became intense. ^But since he hides the keys, or removes the rotor arm F07 046 from the car when in one of his *"moods**", it means a 20-minute walk F07 047 out into the country before you get far enough away from houses whose F07 048 occupants would be sure to dial 111 if they heard your screams. F07 049 |^Besides, he is always saying how mad you are *- how tainted with F07 050 your family's insanity you are *- and if he could see you there, F07 051 screaming aloud into the still night air... well, he would be proved F07 052 right wouldn't he? ^He would never accept such *"craziness**" as a F07 053 valid psychological therapy. ^Oh no *- he knows *"weirdos**" when he F07 054 sees them all right, and in his eyes you are definitely one of them. F07 055 ^So is your father who has had two bouts of manic depression in his 70 F07 056 years of life. F07 057 |^You also think yourself rather stupid too, however, since you F07 058 have chosen to remain married to your husband for almost a quarter of F07 059 a century. (^What a masochist!) ^Foolish certainly to begin with. F07 060 ^Engaged at 17, married at 18. ^A mother for the first time at 19, for F07 061 the second time at 20, and another for the final time (ha!) at 23. F07 062 |^What's this? ^Migraines, blackouts, vomiting? ^Can't take the F07 063 pill? ^Then the answer's simple *- stop taking it! F07 064 |^It must be so easy to be a doctor. ^To say to a desperately F07 065 unhappy woman, *"^It will be at least a month for the effects of the F07 066 pill to leave your body. ^For the blackouts to stop. ^But I can't give F07 067 you a tubal ligation. ^Not yet. ^Why, you're a healthy young woman of F07 068 28. ^You only have three children. ^You may want more in the future. F07 069 ^Use other preventatives for three months and then come and see me F07 070 again.**" F07 071 |^You have no choice. ^In three months' time you need his F07 072 obstetric skills because you're pregnant again for the fourth time. F07 073 |^*2NO! ^*0Certainly not *- don't even mention abortion! ^Don't F07 074 you realise it's a sin? ^It is sinful in *1your *0eyes too, to be F07 075 subjected to such treatment by your husband. ^And why? ^Have you been F07 076 unfaithful? ^No. ^A spendthrift? ^No. ^Addicted to alcohol or drugs? F07 077 ^No. ^Are you a *"bad**" housewife? ^Yes. F07 078 |^Would you rather read stories to your children, play with them, F07 079 talk to them, point out the sun and the moon and the stars to them, F07 080 than do housework? ^Definitely, yes. ^Do you prefer blowing soap F07 081 bubbles in the bath and explaining the beauty of refracted light to F07 082 them to merely cleaning it and then disinfecting and scrubbing the F07 083 toilet? ^Guilty again. ^He doesn't approve. ^You are a woman and he F07 084 married you to cook and to clean and to look after his children. ^It's F07 085 not enough to keep them clean and well fed and the house comfortable F07 086 and pleasant for all to relax in. ^It has to be spotless. F07 087 ^Antiseptically and clinically clean at all times. ^Like his mother F07 088 did. F07 089 |^*"I was one of the lucky ones dear,**" she tells you proudly. F07 090 ^*"I always *2ENJOYED *0looking after *2MY *0family!**" F07 091 |^You thought he was joking the first time he spelt your duties F07 092 out to you in minute detail. (^Nobody thinks like that in the age of F07 093 Betty Friedan, do they?) ^They do. ^He does. ^And you married *1him F07 094 *0because you loved him. ^Not because you wanted someone to become a F07 095 *"meal ticket**" for you for ever more. ^How come the two of you never F07 096 talked about your expectations of each other beforehand? ^After all, F07 097 you did go to *1one *0of the Marriage Guidance lectures, recommended F07 098 to you by the minister before he agreed to marry you. ^Oh, that's F07 099 right *- you thoroughly enjoyed the discussion and the theories F07 100 presented, but the young man beside you hated it. ^Refused to go back F07 101 again. ^Said it was a lot of *"clap-trap**" and that the two of you F07 102 should be able to sort out your own problems. ^Remember? F07 103 |^And you so loved his strength. ^The fact that he seemed afraid F07 104 of nothing and certainly no-one. ^His decisiveness. ^His sense of F07 105 always knowing at all times what was what. ^He *2KNEW *0right from F07 106 wrong. ^He was more than *"cool**", he was incredible. ^And besides, F07 107 you loved his body and his *"Fonzie**" hair**[ARB**]-cut! ^Talk about F07 108 electricity between you! ^\0TV One could have stood you both on \0Mt F07 109 Kaukau the night of their break**[ARB**]-down and transmitted from F07 110 Nelson to the Kapiti Coast with the force generated between you when F07 111 you looked into each other's eyes. ^Held onto each other. ^Caressed F07 112 each other. ^Loved each other. F07 113 |^When did it go wrong? ^When did he start reading the evening F07 114 newspaper and then burning it in front of you so that you couldn't F07 115 read it also. ^Making a full pot of tea *- pouring one out into a cup F07 116 for himself *- and the rest down the sink so that you couldn't have F07 117 one too. ^Tampering with the electricity switchboard and de-activating F07 118 the power points in the house so that you couldn't watch the political F07 119 debate on \0TV or the Sunday play. ^Sneaking up to the bedroom in F07 120 winter and switching off your side of the electric blanket after you F07 121 had been in earlier and switched both sides on. ^Ripping your F07 122 favourite plants out of the garden and digging in the seedlings you F07 123 had been so carefully nurturing. F07 124 |^Throwing your clothes out onto the lawn so that when you came F07 125 home from Play Centre, or a Meet the Teacher evening, you found your F07 126 wardrobe lying in the rain. (^He stopped doing *2THAT *0when he F07 127 realised you didn't really care. ^That they were all wash 'n' wear F07 128 fabrics that could take such treatment.) ^So he started throwing your F07 129 typewriter outside instead. (^Poor old dented Imperial 66, circa 1960. F07 130 ^Good job they made 'em tough in those days!) F07 131 |^Destroying your manuscripts. ^Your published short stories, F07 132 articles and features. ^Ripping up the only rough drafts of F07 133 almost-ready-to-be-published work, and the greatest grief of all *- F07 134 burning your five-year diary. F07 135 |^You didn't even realise that it was grief that had you literally F07 136 rolling on the floor in pain that night. ^The night he forced you to F07 137 watch as he ripped it apart page by page and fed it to the fire. F07 138 ^Burning too the love letter from Jonathan Logan, aged 7, to your F07 139 daughter Sarah aged 6 1/2, saying how he wanted to marry her when he F07 140 grew up. (^Lucky Jonathan. ^Saved from a future Breach of Promise case F07 141 perhaps?) ^But at the time you didn't realise that it was grief that F07 142 could gnaw at your gut and reduce you to sobs *- merely for a lost F07 143 dream of love. ^You thought you had to lose a real flesh and blood F07 144 person in order to feel such pain. ^You didn't realise you could lose F07 145 them and feel such grief at the loss, whilst they continued to live in F07 146 the same house. ^That came later. ^When you did the Human Relations F07 147 Course in Human Growth and Development. ^Or was it the course teaching F07 148 you how to become a Samaritan telephonist? ^You decided to do *2THAT F07 149 *0when you realised the abysmal quality of some of the help that was F07 150 available to *2YOU. F07 151 |^*0When that very correct (and newly qualified) marriage guidance F07 152 counsellor said to you in a properly impassive and non-committal tone F07 153 *- *"^Come now, surely you don't want *2ME *0to enter into your F07 154 argument do you?**" when you had told her of the dreadful untrue F07 155 things he had accused you of. ^Yes! ^Of course you wanted her to F07 156 *"enter into the argument**". ^You really thought you were going crazy F07 157 *- as he kept maintaining. ^And if he was right, and you were so very F07 158 wrong, then you needed to be told that. ^You needed a second opinion F07 159 so that you could then be helped. ^Please God *- there *2MUST *0be F07 160 help available if you are the one that needs it. F07 161 |^*4So you *0try another marriage guidance counsellor. ^She's F07 162 lovely. ^She listens. ^Occasionally she comments. ^Helps you to see F07 163 your errors of judgement. ^Sometimes she cautions and eventually she F07 164 says *- *"^I'm sorry. ^If what you are saying about your husband's F07 165 behaviour is true, and I have no reason to doubt you, and if he F07 166 continues to refuse to see me, then there is nothing further I can do. F07 167 ^Except to tell you that I think he needs help. ^Badly.**" F07 168 |^So do I. F07 169 |^So I see the Minister. ^He tells me to read the words of \0St F07 170 Paul and to pray. ^So I see the Doctor. ^He takes detailed notes of my F07 171 bruises and tells me to get a good lawyer. ^So I see the Lawyer F07 172 (happily married) who proceeds to first, make a pass at me, and then F07 173 get testy when I refuse to immediately denounce my husband, my F07 174 marriage (of so many years), my home, my family and my life and F07 175 instantly sue for divorce. ^He is so frustrated, he tells me, by women F07 176 like me, who choose instead to stay in a ridiculous *"no win**" F07 177 situation. F07 178 |^I learn later, when doing voluntary work in a local women's F07 179 refuge, that there are hundreds, probably thousands, like me. ^Lots of F07 180 them far worse off than I am. ^And all we have left is hope. ^Some of F07 181 us find comfort in the words of Theocritus *- *"^Hope walks with life, F07 182 only in death does hope end.**" F07 183 *# F08 001 **[151 TEXT F08**] F08 002 |^*4I*2T'S 8.30 {0AM} AND THE TELE*0phone is already ringing as F08 003 Neil Mackenzie unlocks the door of the small shabby building that F08 004 houses the New Zealand {0AIDS} Foundation. ^This must be one of F08 005 downtown Auckland's last remaining Victorian edifices, a tiny one-room F08 006 wide three-rooms long ornate brick structure about the size of a two F08 007 car garage. ^It is precariously perched on the crumbling edge of a F08 008 vast demolition site one block up from Queen Street, just by Albert F08 009 Park. F08 010 |^Before Neil can get through the door, the answering machine F08 011 clicks into action. F08 012 |^*"Hello, you have reached the {0NZ} {0AIDS} Foundation toll-free F08 013 hotline number. ^No one is available right now to take your call. F08 014 ^This phone is attended weekday office hours, 8.30 to 4.30, and in the F08 015 evenings Monday to Friday, 6 {0pm} to 10 {0pm}. ^If you'd like to F08 016 leave a message after the tone, we'll get back to you as soon as F08 017 possible. ^Thank you for your call.**" F08 018 ^The caller waits a few moments, and then hangs up without saying a F08 019 word. F08 020 |^*"We get quite a few silent callers,**" explains Neil, switching F08 021 the phones over to Day. *"^I think some people are just too frightened F08 022 and shy to ask for help.**" F08 023 |^Neil, young and good looking, is fashionably dressed in a soft F08 024 grey shirt, very full cut trousers and a black leather tie. ^He goes F08 025 round opening up for the day and fills the electric jug with water to F08 026 make coffee. F08 027 |^The premises still look very much like the solicitor's offices F08 028 they were before the Foundation moved in. ^They're painted a dirty F08 029 cream and the glass partitions between the rooms have drab olive green F08 030 twill curtains. ^Posters advertising Safe Sex are blue-tacked to the F08 031 walls. F08 032 |^Neil works in what was the receptionist's office, now crowded F08 033 with a desk, several chairs, a large office cabinet, two ancient F08 034 manual typewriters, several telephones and answering machines and a F08 035 cold water-only stainless steel sink. ^Opposite, through the F08 036 glass-louvre partition, is a waiting room, empty save an enormous F08 037 U-Bix copier and sorting machine. F08 038 |^The front office is shared by Ray Taylor who supervised the F08 039 training of the counsellors and the support network, and Tony Hughes, F08 040 the bio-medical co**[ARB**]-ordinator. ^Tony spends his days F08 041 interfacing between the public and the medical profession and F08 042 organises the mass of research data flooding into the office. ^This he F08 043 catalogues and files, thus creating a library for local health care F08 044 professionals and scientists. F08 045 **[PLATES**] F08 046 |^Megan Grant works out in the back office at a small desk jammed F08 047 in the corner. ^The Foundation's board meetings take place in this F08 048 room. ^Megan acts as secretary and is also the office manager, keeping F08 049 accounts, paying wages and ordering supplies. ^Megan, as is usual for F08 050 the only woman working with a group of men, acts as an emotional F08 051 buffer and a barometer with which to gauge the mood of the day. F08 052 |^There's no staff room, no hot water, no fridge, not even a F08 053 toilet. ^If you want that facility you pick up the key from Neil, go F08 054 out the front door, along an alley, down some stairs and there's the F08 055 toilet in the car park of the dental hospital next door. ^The F08 056 Foundation doesn't even have its own carpark. ^Tony Hughes, the only F08 057 one to drive to work, parks out on the street and keeps a constant F08 058 lookout for the meter woman. F08 059 |^*2MEGAN ARRIVES. ^SHE'S A REMARKABLY *0pretty woman, trim, petite F08 060 with an alert sensitive face. ^Neil makes her a cup of F08 061 coffee and they stand by the phones chatting about their day and the F08 062 complexities of the {0IR} 12 form Neil is filling in. ^Their talk is F08 063 constantly interrupted by the clamour of the phones. F08 064 |^Neil gives out a list of the common symptoms of a progressive F08 065 infection with the {0AIDS} virus, all signals from an immune system F08 066 that is breaking down. F08 067 |^*"Let's see *- there's extreme and constant tiredness; recurrent F08 068 fevers, chills or night sweats; rapid weight loss for no apparent F08 069 reason; swollen lymph glands in the neck, underarm or groin area; F08 070 white spots or unusual blemishes in the mouth; skin blotches, raised F08 071 purple ones; persistent dry cough; diarrhoea.**" F08 072 |^Everyone at the Foundation can reel the symptoms off as easily F08 073 as a toddler reciting a nursery rhyme. F08 074 |^The next call comes from someone worrying about catching {0AIDS} F08 075 from having shared a spa pool with a gay cousin. F08 076 |^*"We get a lot of calls from people worried about casual contact F08 077 with gays and lesbians,**" explains Neil. ^*"This is despite all the F08 078 educational material that stresses that {0AIDS} is a very difficult F08 079 virus to contract, and that no one has ever caught it through having F08 080 close daily contact with {0PWA}s (People With {0AIDS}). ^You can't F08 081 reassure people enough. F08 082 |^*"We've had several unusual calls. ^One from a person worried F08 083 about lying on the same beach as gay men. ^One from a teenage boy F08 084 anxious about developing {0AIDS} after eating his own semen. ^Oh, and F08 085 we get a lot of mosquito calls. ^People nervous about mosquitoes F08 086 biting someone with {0AIDS} and flying into their house and biting F08 087 them. ^All you can do is repeat that there is no evidence of {0AIDS} F08 088 ever having been transmitted by mosquitoes, sweat, saliva, swimming F08 089 pools, through the air, whatever. F08 090 |^*"To contract {0AIDS} you must exchange body fluids with someone F08 091 already infected. ^This usually happens during intimate sexual contact F08 092 or through sharing an infected intravenous needle. F08 093 |^*"Less often it appears to have been transmitted through F08 094 infected blood or blood product. ^Now that this is known blood is F08 095 tested and treated so that no virus-containing blood is used anymore. F08 096 |^*"The reason there was so much infected blood about is because F08 097 so much donated blood comes from people who sell their blood to the F08 098 collecting agencies. ^These agencies collect the blood in prisons, in F08 099 the poor areas of towns where junkies and prostitutes live, and in F08 100 Third World countries in the Caribbean and Africa. F08 101 |^*"We're lucky now to know that the {0AIDS} virus is easy to kill F08 102 in collected blood. ^10 minutes heat at 70 *@\0C, or a one-in-four F08 103 solution of household bleach destroys it. F08 104 |^*"I think my oddest call was from someone who'd been listening F08 105 to talk**[ARB**]-back radio and heard how scientists have discovered F08 106 the {0AIDS} virus closely resembles the scrapie retro-virus found in F08 107 sheep. ^This causes progressive degeneration of the sheep's brain, F08 108 ending with the poor sheep literally scraping itself to death on posts F08 109 and trees. ^Some of the autopsies on {0PWA}s show a similar pattern of F08 110 brain degeneration. ^Anyway, there's this caller asking *'^Can I eat F08 111 the lamb chops I've bought for dinner? ^Or should I just throw them F08 112 out?**' F08 113 |^*2IT'S TIME FOR NEIL TO GO OUT TO *0pick up the mail. ^Megan comes F08 114 in to take over the phones, and at the same time Tony and Ray arrive F08 115 for work. F08 116 |^Ray is a big sturdy guy with a solid reassuring persona. ^He F08 117 looks like a great shoulder to lean on. ^Tony is lean and wiry, with a F08 118 bright enthusiastic manner. ^Both are casually dressed, Ray in a loose F08 119 cotton shirt and shorts, Tony in a plaid shirt and grey cords. ^Both F08 120 kick their shoes off and settle at their desks. ^Everyone greets each F08 121 other in a cheery friendly way, laughing out loud at a flurry of F08 122 jokes. ^This is similar to the mood found among doctors and nurses and F08 123 others who work in serious situations dealing with personal stress and F08 124 possible death. ^There's a supportive camaraderie and mutual uplift. F08 125 |^The day is warming up, turning into one of those muggy Auckland F08 126 days people expect of summer. ^Tony throws open the windows to the F08 127 busy Kitchener Street footpath with its stream of pedestrians, most F08 128 looking as if they have business in the District Court a few metres F08 129 down the street. ^Gang members wearing patches stand around battered F08 130 Kingswoods and Falcons. ^Rough tattooed women in cheap cotton shifts F08 131 from Asia puff furiously on their cigarettes. ^Lawyers in crumpled F08 132 working suits carry manilla folders stuffed with papers. ^It's a tense F08 133 and bitter scene. ^The downside of life in the Big Smoke. F08 134 |^Tony Hughes is talking about the evolution of the Foundation. F08 135 ^He has a swift way of speaking, almost shorthand; his hands F08 136 constantly describe arcs and rectangles in the air. F08 137 |^*"Bruce Burnett started it all off. ^He'd been living in San F08 138 Francisco working for the Shanti Project helping {0PWA}s and their F08 139 families cope with the many serious illnesses that the {0AIDS} virus F08 140 brings.**" F08 141 |^*"Ray worked there too,**" adds Tony, indicating Ray at the F08 142 adjacent desk. ^Ray is busy on the phone discussing a weekend training F08 143 course for volunteer home support teams. F08 144 |^*"In September 1984, when more than 2,500 Americans had already F08 145 died of {0AIDS}, Bruce returned to New Zealand, to a country F08 146 completely unprepared for an {0AIDS} epidemic. F08 147 |^*"{0AIDS} had been given little press apart from the F08 148 *2MYSTERIOUS GAY KILLER SENSATION *0sort of thing. ^Because {0AIDS} F08 149 was first perceived as a gay male disease which was sexually F08 150 transmitted by promiscuous anal sex, and thus was unlikely to affect F08 151 the general public, it rated little attention. ^No one was keen to be F08 152 associated with such a distasteful malady. ^It had all the taboos *- F08 153 sex, drugs, gays. ^All low on anyone's agenda. ^Those people who tried F08 154 to help were vilified by right wing politicians and fundamentalist F08 155 religious groups as closet gays or other insulting epithets. F08 156 |*"^From his San Francisco experiences, Bruce knew there wasn't a F08 157 lot of time before {0AIDS} would be a serious problem here. ^Already F08 158 two men had died, but their deaths were treated as *'overseas**' F08 159 cases, not a domestic illness. ^Bruce contacted all the people he F08 160 could think of. ^He held public meetings. ^He spoke to the media. ^He F08 161 wanted to organise a prevention campaign *- with no vaccine in sight F08 162 for a very long time prevention is the only cure *- and a supportive F08 163 network of helpers who would provide home help and counselling for F08 164 those who actually contracted {0AIDS}.**" F08 165 |^Outside on the footpath a couple start into a violent argument. F08 166 ^Not allowing himself to be distracted, Tony continues. F08 167 |*"^This was when I met Bruce. ^I'd been involved in conservation F08 168 activities for several years. ^In '83 I was the National Conservation F08 169 Officer for the Native Forest Action Council. ^In '84 I was a Director F08 170 of the Whirinaki Forest Promotion Trust. ^We bought**[SIC**] David F08 171 Bellamy out to promote that cause. F08 172 |^*"I've an {0M.Sc.} in Zoology and always read biological F08 173 journals. ^Since 1981 there'd been mentions of these mysterious F08 174 wasting diseases and cancers killing otherwise young and healthy gay F08 175 men in the {0US}. ^Paul Goldwater, then senior lecturer in virology at F08 176 the Auckland University School of Medicine, Ian Scott, a local {0GP}, F08 177 and I started collecting research material on this virus. ^So, when F08 178 Bruce arrived here I happened to be finished with my conservation work F08 179 and also probably one of the better informed people on {0AIDS} in the F08 180 country. ^We met, and in November '84 I started as the Community F08 181 Liaison Officer dealing with {0AIDS}, paid {0PEP} wages by the F08 182 Auckland City Council. ^All arranged by Bruce. F08 183 |*"^In February 1985, with 4000 already dead in the {0US}, Bruce F08 184 was given space in the Department of Health offices behind the Civic F08 185 Theatre. ^Neil started as his office helper. ^They got a telephone F08 186 number, and the calls from worried people started coming it**[SIC**]. F08 187 ^Remember, this was when that American guy on the {0QE2} got sick and F08 188 there was a panic in the media. ^Also there was the first Auckland F08 189 {0AIDS} death, bringing New Zealand's total up to three fatalities. F08 190 |*"^Ray came back from San Francisco for a brief visit and gave F08 191 Bruce some invaluable help. ^He never saw him again. F08 192 |*"^Bruce had been diagnosed as having an Aids Related Complex, F08 193 which means he had a few symptoms of the {0AIDS} virus infection, but F08 194 his immune system wasn't completely devastated. ^Still, he knew his F08 195 time was limited. ^He could have gone back to San Francisco, to his F08 196 old friends and the best medical attention available to {0PWA}s at the F08 197 time. ^But he stayed on here, working till he couldn't go on. ^It's F08 198 impossible to calculate just how many people will owe their lives to F08 199 Bruce's dedication and love of his country.**" F08 200 *# F09 001 **[152 TEXT F09**] F09 002 |^*2AT 1.15 {0PM}, ON THE FRONT STEPS *0of the Waitemata City Council F09 003 Chambers a solidly built man in work-worn shorts and faded cotton F09 004 shirt takes off his muddy boots and steps purposefully through the F09 005 doors into the lobby. ^He crosses the expanse of brick-red carpet to F09 006 the building inspector's desk, leans against the burnished native wood F09 007 of the public counter and waits to be served. F09 008 |^Around the corner in the executive offices, the mayor is F09 009 sitting at his desk eating fish and chips, dipping the fish into a F09 010 plate of tomato sauce which leans perilously into a pile of official F09 011 papers. ^Between mouthfuls, microphone in hand, he dictates a letter F09 012 to Peter Tapsell, Minister of Internal Affairs, about funding for the F09 013 Cornwallis urban forestry project. ^The mayor's gum**[ARB**]-boots, F09 014 backpack and navy wool bush jacket are piled in a corner beneath a F09 015 photograph of his father in air force uniform and a portrait of the F09 016 Maori prophet Rua Kenana. F09 017 |^The mayor and the man at the inspector's desk have a lot in F09 018 common: they are working men, of the earth, young and strong. ^They F09 019 both feel vague unease in this international hotel lobby environment F09 020 with its piped music, hanging plants and fashionable furnishings. F09 021 |^But around them are people who find this ambience right and F09 022 fitting: the city manager in his pinstripe suit swivelling in his F09 023 chair in the pale green office to look out at the straggling rose F09 024 bushes in the front garden; the councillors who stride across the F09 025 foyer to talk to department heads; the senior executive staff to whom F09 026 this *+$5.5 million, Miles Warren-designed building is a well-deserved F09 027 haven after years in cramped temporary offices in Auckland City and F09 028 Henderson. F09 029 |^The man at the inspector's desk comes here a couple of times a F09 030 month with an application. ^This is the mayor's permanent place of F09 031 work, in the monument built by his predecessor. ^The incumbent has a F09 032 Greater London Council anti**[ARB**]-racism poster and a Nuclear F09 033 Weapon Free Zone sticker on the wall behind his desk, alongside a F09 034 portrait of a young and remarkably slender Queen Elizabeth flanked by F09 035 the New Zealand flag and the Union Jack. F09 036 |^If the young builder passed by the executive suite on his way F09 037 out of the building, one glance into the mayor's office would reveal F09 038 conflicts and paradoxes at work: they have dogged his term of office. F09 039 |^And that's the least of it. ^Before he even assumed office the F09 040 council was suing him for libel. ^In the weeks that followed two of F09 041 his councillors were swinging at each other in the council car park, F09 042 the city manager was still not speaking to him and the former mayor F09 043 was suing him in what would be a protracted defamation case. F09 044 |^Two councillors pledged support for the mayor from the start, F09 045 and another *- who joined the council after the Lincoln ward F09 046 by-election *- plus a couple of non**[ARB**]-aligned councillors, can be F09 047 counted on for constant support. ^But the other 10 generally vote as a F09 048 group, although they earnestly deny that this can be called a block F09 049 vote. ^The mayor has not managed to win them over in two and a half F09 050 years, and the hostility of certain councillors, notably chairman of F09 051 works Ron Manuel, towards him is deep and enduring. ^The mayor F09 052 acknowledges that his adversaries have made him a political neuter. F09 053 |^Most people wouldn't touch another three years of this, but F09 054 Timothy Richard Shadbolt will again stand for mayor of Waitemata City F09 055 this October and await the wisdom of the voters. F09 056 |^They will have to decide whether he has been a good mayor; good F09 057 enough to deserve re-election in a new city of unsettled politics F09 058 where no mayor has ever served more than one term. F09 059 |*"^*4Just imagine what would happen if I won. ^We could become one of F09 060 the most exciting creative imaginative and socially progressive F09 061 communities in New Zealand. ^I have offered myself to the people of F09 062 West Auckland. ^That is all I can do. ^The choice is yours. ^Only you F09 063 can make it happen.**" F09 064 *<*6TIM SHADBOLT, 1983*> F09 065 |^*0And they did. ^The message went out to the young families F09 066 struggling with spiralling mortgage interest rates in the barren F09 067 Universal Homes Subdivisions with half paved driveways and kids' bikes F09 068 at the front door and a rusting Cortina parked on the street. ^It went F09 069 out to the liberals in the Titirangi bush *- the potters and teachers, F09 070 painters and professionals. ^It went out, perhaps, to some of the F09 071 traditionally conservative voters on the Te Atatu peninsula in their F09 072 snug bungalows with gladioli in the garden. ^On election night Tim F09 073 Shadbolt had beaten Tony Covic by 1179 votes. F09 074 |^The country has never had a mayor who described himself as a F09 075 poet and a philosopher before. ^It was a sensation. ^People didn't F09 076 know quite how to react. ^There are reports that some senior council F09 077 officers cried at the news of Covic's defeat. ^The media crowded in, F09 078 knowing Tim would come up with his proverbial wisecracks and loopy F09 079 grin. ^There was *- a year before the voters would turf out Muldoon *- F09 080 a heady feeling that now anything could happen. F09 081 |^His story will pass into the national folklore: the tough kid F09 082 from Blockhouse Bay who bonded his adolescent soul and passions into F09 083 the West, working at the family orchard in Massey for his *'wicked F09 084 stepfather**', who briefly flirted with life on the road and the F09 085 Hell's Angels and then moved on to university with the state house F09 086 kids in the late sixties and became a student radical, editor of F09 087 *1Craccum, *0at the forefront of marches against Vietnam, fined and F09 088 imprisoned for saying *'bullshit**' in a public place, organiser of F09 089 the Jumping Sundays in Albert Park, a family man in a car case shed on F09 090 the commune at Huia, the move into the suburban wasteland of Glen Eden F09 091 and the concrete business, the elevation to the mayoralty of New F09 092 Zealand's fifth largest city *- the sprawling mass of orchard and F09 093 tract housing, wild beach and bush that is Waitemata. F09 094 |^One thing people need to know about him now is that despite the F09 095 antics *- towing the concrete mixer behind the mayoral Daimler, F09 096 dressing in bra and frilly knickers for an {0RSA} dinner *- Tim F09 097 Shadbolt is not a clown. F09 098 |^The election campaign in 1983 proved how deadly serious he F09 099 could be. ^He stood without much thought of winning, declaring that he F09 100 wanted to fight the traditional voter apathy in the city which had F09 101 left Tony Covic running for a second term unopposed, a city where the F09 102 voter turnout averages 21 per cent. ^Shadbolt's four-page election F09 103 manifesto, while full of charm and rhetoric, was a skilled piece of F09 104 politicking, aiming straight for Tony Covic's jugular. *"^Tony Covic F09 105 is a nice guy. ^But make no mistake about him. ^In the final analysis F09 106 he will fight tooth and nail to protect the interests of his class. F09 107 ^The property developers, the strong and powerful, the wealthy F09 108 businessmen and the greedy.**" F09 109 |^Shadbolt told the people of West Auckland that in this election F09 110 they had *"the choice between a poet and a used car salesman. ^You F09 111 have the choice between a philosopher and a materialist... ^Tim F09 112 Shadbolt is a nice guy. ^But make no mistake about him. ^In the last F09 113 analysis he will fight tooth and nail to protect the interests of his F09 114 class. ^The workers, the sick, the oppressed and the needy. ^He has F09 115 always worked for Justice and Freedom.**" F09 116 |^But the poet and philosopher, fresh from the concrete mixer, F09 117 found himself up against a council, the majority of whom were quite F09 118 unaccepting that *1their *0mayor, Covic, had been defeated. ^Key F09 119 opponents made it clear in the days that followed the election that F09 120 they would not make life easy for Shadbolt. ^*"I copped it from the F09 121 old guard councillors who believed I had no right to be here. ^I was F09 122 the wrong sort of person to be mayor *- part Polynesian with a strong F09 123 affinity with Maoris, heavy working class background,**" Shadbolt F09 124 reflects. F09 125 |*"^In the beginning they thought they could break me *- they saw F09 126 me as a laughing hippy dippy and they thought that because I laughed I F09 127 must be weak. ^They said *'we'll give him three months**' and they F09 128 expected me to crash. ^But when I was 19 I spent a year working at F09 129 Manapouri where a man a mile was lost, and in Australia I worked on a F09 130 building site where everyone but me was killed and I had to carry my F09 131 mates' bodies out... ^I laugh, but I'm not weak. ^It finally dawned on F09 132 them that I'm as hard as nails and I've been crunched by bigger and F09 133 better people than them all my life and I have never dropped out.**" F09 134 |^The people of Waitemata appeared from the first to enjoy the F09 135 spectacle of their radical young mayor at odds with the old F09 136 conservatives on the council. ^At the first council meeting, where the F09 137 battle lines were drawn for the conflicts to follow, the public seats F09 138 at the back of the council chamber were packed and the doors had to be F09 139 closed to meet fire regulations. ^The people outside in the lobby F09 140 watched the proceedings on video screens. ^The media was out in full F09 141 force. ^Since then, at least 30 ratepayers attend the last Thursday of F09 142 the month full council meetings which have been described as *'the F09 143 best free show in town**'. ^The *1Western Leader *0is full of letters F09 144 either for or against the mayor and debating civic issues. F09 145 |^The city had a mayor who was regularly on television and the F09 146 radio, constantly in the papers; one who travelled the country with F09 147 Gary McCormick and Tom Scott in the series of Great Debates. ^He gave F09 148 the city a profile it had never had before. ^When, on a hot and close F09 149 December night Gary McCormick can announce to the upstairs bar at the F09 150 Gluepot, packed with young moderns and liberals, yuppies and old F09 151 hippies, the impending arrival on stage of *"His Worship, the Mayor of F09 152 Waitemata City**", traditionally fusty local politics is carried into F09 153 a new and powerful arena. ^The mayor is a media star, the mayor has F09 154 the potential to enhance and broaden his reputation as a cult figure. F09 155 ^Who recognises Barry Curtis *- mayor of the Manukau, largest city in F09 156 the country? ^But one glance of the row of teeth, the sound of the F09 157 cracked laugh brings the first citizen of Waitemata into the living F09 158 rooms of the nation. F09 159 |^When Tony Covic sued Tim Shadbolt for defamation, the F09 160 still-fresh honey**[ARB**]-moon between the mayor and his public F09 161 strengthened. ^In his election material Shadbolt had been critical of F09 162 Covic's *'Think Big**' approach to the development of Waitemata. ^As a F09 163 largely rural and residential territory, the city lacked a strong F09 164 commercial and industrial rating and employment base and Covic had F09 165 consolidated the work of previous mayors in this area. ^But he made F09 166 some errors of judgement which Shadbolt was quick to exploit. ^He F09 167 pointed to the purchase of a *+$30,000 Daimler as the mayoral car as F09 168 an example of gross extravagance and this probably struck a chord with F09 169 the young families in Massey and Ranui. ^He went further in F09 170 criticising the construction of the *+$5.5 million city complex off F09 171 Lincoln Road, opposite the vehicle testing station and just down the F09 172 road from Covic Motors. ^There were hints of corruption and comments F09 173 about a *"Dally Mafia**". ^Covic sued for *+$90,000, despite F09 174 Shadbolt's efforts to keep the matter out of court. F09 175 |^The public appeared to rally to his F09 176 **[PLATE**] F09 177 side. ^A group of lawyers offered their services free in an earlier F09 178 libel case over the Scenic Drive allegations for which the council was F09 179 suing Shadbolt when he took office. ^Councillor Stan Blanch, a F09 180 Shadbolt supporter who had chaired the Give Tim A Fair Go Campaign, F09 181 says that one ratepayer, critical of Covic's suit, growled to him: F09 182 *"^Hell \1hath no fury like a rich man's ego.**" ^Shadbolt supporters F09 183 were convinced that the legal moves were politically motivated, that F09 184 his opponents knew that Shadbolt had no financial base and that if he F09 185 lost the case he would be bankrupted and barred from office. ^His F09 186 entire future was on the line. ^Many ratepayers saw Covic playing an F09 187 unfair game *- he was a rich man, he could afford to pay the legal F09 188 costs *- and they began to doubt his credibility. F09 189 *# F10 001 **[153 TEXT F10**] F10 002 |^*4At close range... Mirams put three bullets into his wife's head. F10 003 ^Was it a *"brief psychotic episode**", or did he act in *"cold F10 004 anger**"? ^The prosecution psychiatrists swore he was sane, the F10 005 defence psychiatrists swore he was not. ^Mike Riddell spoke to both F10 006 sides and learned that, these days, lawyers shop round for psychiatric F10 007 opinion. F10 008 |^T*2HE ACCUSED *0was insane at the time he shot his wife, F10 009 psychiatrist \0Dr Roger Culpan told the court. ^He suffered a genuine F10 010 break with reality, slipping into a psychotic state which lasted F10 011 approximately 20 seconds. ^During this period, Culpan explained to the F10 012 jury, the man was under the influence of powerful emotions and was out F10 013 of touch with reality. ^He was still capable, however, of pointing the F10 014 rifle at his wife's head and pulling the trigger. F10 015 |^A second psychiatrist, \0Dr Henry Bennett, concurred with F10 016 Culpan. ^The man was legally insane when he shot his wife. ^He had F10 017 lost the ability to test reality, was unable to appreciate the F10 018 harmfulness of firing a gun, and could not weigh up the consequences. F10 019 ^From the time he first saw the rifle to the time he placed three F10 020 bullets in the dead woman's head he was in a state of temporary F10 021 insanity. F10 022 |^Enter psychiatrist number three, \0Dr Laurie Gluckman. ^The F10 023 accused was mentally sane and knew what he was doing during the F10 024 incident, Gluckman told the court. *"^I am certain in my mind he knew F10 025 he was loading a firearm. ^I am certain he knew what he was doing when F10 026 he entered the living room with a gun.**" ^The case had none of the F10 027 hallmarks of a murder committed by an insane man. ^Furthermore, he F10 028 informed the jury, the term *"brief psychotic episode**" did not F10 029 **[PLATE**] F10 030 exist in ordinary medical literature. F10 031 |^There was no evidence in the case to suggest that the killer's F10 032 behaviour had been psychotic, a fourth psychiatrist testified. ^\0Dr F10 033 James Woolridge suggested that the murder had been committed in an icy F10 034 rage. ^He respected the other psychiatrists for their experience and F10 035 qualifications, but offered his own explanation of the facts as the F10 036 most likely. F10 037 **[PLATE**] F10 038 |^Defence lawyer John Haigh pleaded with the jury to find Mirams F10 039 not guilty on the grounds of insanity. ^There had been no F10 040 premeditation, no signs of rage immediately prior to the killing. F10 041 ^Haigh asked whether it was the act of a sane man to shoot his wife F10 042 before a witness and to allow the witness to leave the house. ^The F10 043 case was not one of murder. ^*"It was an insane act,**" he said. F10 044 |^Prosecutor Robert Fardell described the killing as nothing F10 045 short of cold**[ARB**]-blooded murder. ^The close grouping of the F10 046 three shots suggested that the man had shot his wife with the accuracy F10 047 of a skilled hunter. ^He made a conscious decision to kill her, and F10 048 quite plainly knew what he was doing. ^He asked for a verdict of F10 049 guilty of murder. F10 050 |^The decision was left to the jury. ^The judge instructed them F10 051 that the sole issue in the case was that of the state of mind of the F10 052 accused. ^He noted that the evidence of the two defence psychiatrists F10 053 was in contradiction with that of the two prosecution psychiatrists. F10 054 ^It was left to the jury to decide whether at the time of the shooting F10 055 the man had been legally insane or not. ^The verdict returned was that F10 056 of guilty of murder; the sentence life imprisonment. ^The case is F10 057 currently under appeal on the grounds that the decision of the jury F10 058 went against the weight of the evidence. F10 059 |^The trial highlighted the shifting sands of psychiatric F10 060 opinion. ^Given that it only takes the signature of two psychiatrists F10 061 to commit someone to an institution the public might well be concerned F10 062 that the question of insanity is open to such a wide spectrum of F10 063 interpretation. ^Confidence in the medical profession is not inspired F10 064 by the sight of four eminent psychiatrists lining up on either side of F10 065 what would seem a basic issue. F10 066 |^Culpan hastened to assure me that the conflict was not as bad F10 067 as it appeared: ^*"There is a difference between medical insanity and F10 068 legal insanity,**" he explained. *"^Medical insanity is unsoundness of F10 069 mind in which the person needs to be detained. ^Legal insanity is F10 070 quite different; it is defined by the Crimes Act. ^A person can be F10 071 medically sane but legally insane.**" F10 072 |^With remarkable foresight, Culpan described difficulties F10 073 encountered by psychiatrists in a paper delivered some months before F10 074 the trial. ^In this, he noted that once a defence of insanity has been F10 075 introduced in a murder trial, it is likely to be vigorously attacked F10 076 by the prosecution which will produce its own psychiatric witnesses. F10 077 |^*"This leads to the unedifying spectacle of a group of doctors, F10 078 all of whom are supposed to be highly knowledgeable and experienced in F10 079 psychiatry, expressing contradictory opinions regarding an extremely F10 080 fundamental matter.**" F10 081 |^Culpan lays the blame on the legal definition of insanity. F10 082 ^Section 23 of the Crimes Act specifies that a person may be judged F10 083 innocent *"when labouring under natural imbecility or disease of the F10 084 mind to such an extent as to render him incapable *- (a) of F10 085 understanding the nature and quality of the act or omission; or (b) of F10 086 knowing that the act or omission was morally wrong, having regard to F10 087 the commonly accepted standards of right and wrong.**" F10 088 |^Very few defendants ever suffer from sufficient mental F10 089 disturbance to prevent their understanding the nature and quality of F10 090 their act. ^It is in terms of section (b) that most of the debate F10 091 takes place; whether the defendant was capable of knowing the act was F10 092 morally wrong. ^Culpan says that it is impossible for a psychiatrist F10 093 to tell what was going on in the mind of the accused at the relevant F10 094 time, and that a judgment inevitably represents conjecture based on F10 095 evidence as to the person's mental state before and after the offence. F10 096 ^Prosecution witness Gluckman also says that much of the apparent F10 097 contradiction between psychiatrists is the result of the legal system. F10 098 ^*"The question of insanity is not vague medically, it's only vague in F10 099 its legal application,**" says Gluckman. *"^By and large, doctors F10 100 classify things one way, and lawyers classify things another way. ^Our F10 101 judgment is scientific, the legal judgment is social, made by society. F10 102 ^Society can't decide if a man has a brain tumour; society can decide F10 103 whether what the man with the brain tumour does is right or wrong, or F10 104 should be punished or treated.**" ^Social interpretations of medical F10 105 phenomena are not always satisfactory. *"^There was a time, not many F10 106 hundred years ago, when if a woman had three nipples, she was F10 107 considered possessed by the devil and judiciously executed. ^That's a F10 108 social viewpoint which no doctor would accept today.**" Gluckman F10 109 suggests that lay people are in no position to make assessment of F10 110 psychiatric disorders. ^*"Sadly, the law takes the viewpoint in jury F10 111 trials that they can evaluate the evidence.**" F10 112 |^Crown prosecutor Fardell, buoyed by his recent success, is F10 113 sympathetic to the jury and the task which it must perform. *"^The F10 114 jury has to grapple with psychiatric concepts. ^Although the F10 115 psychiatrist identifies for them the clinical condition, they've got F10 116 to determine for themselves what that clinical condition discloses, F10 117 relate that to Section 23, and see if it fits the bill. ^Now I think F10 118 most psychiatrists find that task difficult enough. ^But the jury are F10 119 asked to consider cold not only complicated legal issues but also F10 120 often very fluid psychiatric concepts.**" F10 121 |^Despite the difficulties of this task, Fardell says juries F10 122 usually do a good job. *"^The 12 of them bring together a very F10 123 powerful and valuable resource of common sense and knowledge of human F10 124 affairs. ^I personally would not favour the question of insanity being F10 125 removed from the scope of the jury.**" ^He sees the present system as F10 126 having some valuable checks and balances when it comes to the plea of F10 127 insanity. ^*"Otherwise you're getting very close to the situation F10 128 where the psychiatrist serves the jury's function.**" F10 129 |^Gluckman's experience of giving psychiatric evidence before F10 130 juries makes him more hard-headed about their capabilities. ^He F10 131 recalls a murder case in which he appeared for the defence, and in F10 132 which the accused was found to be insane. ^Years later, one of the F10 133 jurors explained why the jury had accepted Gluckman's view above the F10 134 opinions of colleagues who testified for the prosecution. ^*"We didn't F10 135 understand one word of what you or any of the other psychiatrists F10 136 said,**" explained the man. *"^But we thought from the way the crown F10 137 attacked your evidence, you must be right.**" F10 138 |^In another case in which he was a witness, he discovered an F10 139 ex-patient on the jury. ^She had previously been in a psychiatric F10 140 hospital. ^Some time after the trial, she explained to Gluckman what F10 141 took place when the jury retired. ^She alone among the jurors had been F10 142 in favour of a verdict of insanity. ^She refused to give way. ^After a F10 143 long struggle, she persuaded the rest of the jury by disclosing that F10 144 she had been in a psychiatric hospital, she'd had electro-convulsive F10 145 therapy, and, as she put it, *"she was one and she could recognise F10 146 one**". F10 147 |^*"Juries can only really evaluate in terms of their own F10 148 experience, their own emotions, their own feelings, their own F10 149 prejudices,**" Gluckman concludes. ^Defense counsel John Haigh also F10 150 says there are inadequacies with the present system. ^When there is F10 151 conflicting evidence from psychiatrists the jury is placed in the F10 152 position of giving quasi-medical opinion; *"like a set of professors F10 153 sitting in judgment on medical students**". ^This is, he says, a role F10 154 they are not qualified for. *"^The jurors' idea of insanity is that of F10 155 a raving lunatic. ^It's an uphill battle to win a defence on the F10 156 grounds of insanity.**" F10 157 |^When the plea of insanity under Section 23 is used by the F10 158 defence, it is often as a last resort. ^The burden of proof shifts to F10 159 the defence, and the insanity must be proved on the balance of F10 160 probabilities, rather than simply beyond reasonable doubt. ^The F10 161 prosecution gets the last say, in that they are entitled to call F10 162 expert witnesses in rebuttal of the defence case. ^The prosecution's F10 163 psychiatrists are permitted to sit in court and listen to the F10 164 opposition's evidence, thus giving them the opportunity to prepare F10 165 themselves for cross-examination. ^Under law, a jury should only F10 166 consider the verdict of insanity once they have found the offence to F10 167 be proved, so if the plea fails, the consequence is the verdict of F10 168 murder with its mandatory life sentence. F10 169 |^Despite these disadvantages, the defence of insanity is often F10 170 used in murder trials. ^Where the facts are clear and damning for the F10 171 accused, the insanity option is definitely worth a gamble. ^Gluckman F10 172 says that until recently the only way a person could be charged with F10 173 murder and released into the community was on the grounds of F10 174 automatism. ^Now all sorts of people found innocent on the grounds of F10 175 insanity can be discharged into the community immediately. ^The plea F10 176 of insanity was not nearly so widely used when the alternative to F10 177 prison was an equally lengthy stay in a psychiatric institution. F10 178 |^Haigh, like many defence lawyers, automatically contacts a F10 179 psychiatrist to interview his client as soon as possible after a F10 180 murder. ^He may brief a number of psychiatrists and use whichever F10 181 report is best for his client. ^Certain psychiatrists have a F10 182 reputation as *"defence**" or *"prosecution**" psychiatrists. ^Haigh F10 183 sees no ethical problems in shopping around for the most advantageous F10 184 expert witness. ^Although he admits that prosecutors often see F10 185 psychiatric witnesses as *"hired guns**" for the defence, he firmly F10 186 stands by the integrity of the psychiatrists whom he has used. F10 187 |^Culpan says that a psychiatrist, once briefed for the defence, F10 188 has a responsibility to turn in a good performance. ^In his paper on F10 189 psychiatric defence, he suggests the expert *"confine himself to F10 190 simple positive statements presented to the court in a loud firm voice F10 191 with plenty of vocal inflexion and dynamic variation. ^There is no F10 192 reason why he should not employ pauses for dramatic effect.**" ^A F10 193 really skilful expert *"may withhold some of the background F10 194 information on which his conclusions are based, thus inviting the F10 195 prosecutor to attack these apparent weaknesses during F10 196 cross-examination**". F10 197 *# F11 001 **[154 TEXT F11**] F11 002 |^*4An old enemy will never let you down. ^Enemies are more F11 003 faithful than lovers *- they'll stand behind you through thick and F11 004 thin, ready to shaft you at a moment's notice. F11 005 |^We've all got enemies *- and we're all somebody else's enemy. F11 006 ^We're stuck with each other *- so relax. ^Enjoy. ^Spice up your life. F11 007 ^Love thine enemy. F11 008 |^*6A LOT OF THINGS STOP *0at Christmas, the season of joy and F11 009 goodwill to men. ^Loathing isn't one of them. ^Our enemies are F11 010 constant. ^Perennial warts on our unblemished character. ^And chances F11 011 are that, like our current face and body, we get the kind of enemies F11 012 we deserve. F11 013 |^Enemies are our own creation *- all our ambitions, double lives F11 014 and double deals coming home to roost. ^Come on, let's be honest for F11 015 once. ^Having cheated, lied, tricked, deceived and stabbed your way to F11 016 the top, on the way selling out your loved ones, dear ones, probably F11 017 some dead ones, and even current ones, do you really think that people F11 018 forgive that easily? F11 019 |^Right now, out there, are people who harbour an earnest desire F11 020 for simple, cold-hearted, old-fashioned vengeance, a chance to get F11 021 their own back, just this once. ^Nice people *- ex-friends, ex-lovers, F11 022 ex-partners-in-crime. ^Each day their eyes flick down the back page of F11 023 the *1Herald, *0down those endless columns of death, hoping to catch F11 024 your surname in capital letters. ^Real enemies think of you a lot. F11 025 ^Some may even take drastic action. ^But, we'll come to that one F11 026 later. F11 027 |^My friend, the sergeant at Central, tells me that in New F11 028 Zealand, unlike the rest of the world, only 10% of murder victims are F11 029 killed by strangers. ^The rest of us get killed by yesterday's F11 030 friends. ^Who do you think killed Gibson Grace and buried his body in F11 031 a Titirangi garage? ^His ex-mates, of course. ^The history of New F11 032 Zealand crime is bloodied by yesterday's friends, plotting and F11 033 scheming with one end result *- vengeance *- and that sweet F11 034 satisfaction of knowing they've removed, either temporarily or F11 035 permanently, a real unmitigated stinker. F11 036 |^My wife, who has had better luck than me in making some really F11 037 cracker enemies, gives me sound advice on the art of enemies, good F11 038 enough to pass on. ^It's simple: don't make mediocre enemies, make F11 039 them whoppers. ^Why have people hating you in a teeny way when you can F11 040 have a king-size job that can make the heart race just with the F11 041 thought of seeing them in the same room, outside the fish and chip F11 042 shop or, better still, at the doctor's? F11 043 |^To me, that makes a lot of sense. ^Too many times we pussyfoot F11 044 round with people we don't like, not giving people who hate us a F11 045 chance to really do the job well. ^I reckon if you have five or six F11 046 friends in your whole life, you're lucky. ^So it's probably wise to F11 047 even out the balance and have six or seven wonderful enemies. F11 048 |^You can add fuel to the fire over the years by some prodding F11 049 and re-opening of old sores. ^Arguments over in-laws and illegitimate F11 050 offspring are good starters. ^Fist-fights with relatives at either F11 051 weddings or funerals are sure-fire winners, but it's what you do F11 052 *1after *0which really counts, the *1way *0you prod and pick at the F11 053 scab. F11 054 |^You can help by getting into a bit of vicious letter-writing *- F11 055 after all, the pen is mightier than the sword. ^Phone calls are a F11 056 waste of time. ^Don't make them or receive them. F11 057 |^Within 20 years or so you should have a good crop of people who F11 058 loathe you with style. ^It's advisable to keep them in the country. F11 059 ^It's pointless having enemies overseas. ^The bad vibes, like radio F11 060 signals, seem to weaken with distance, and it's better to know that F11 061 you'll bang into them in the supermarket or see them soon after a hair F11 062 transplant. F11 063 |^With friends turned enemies, do not try reconciliation. ^After F11 064 all, the joy is simply knowing they exist and how lucky you are to F11 065 even rate the anguish. ^Reconciliations with enemies lead nowhere. F11 066 ^Obey your instinct. ^If you turn the relationship sour, it's not F11 067 going to vanish with the sunset. ^Be firm, polite, turn down an offer F11 068 for drinks. ^Return presents, threaten to shoot emissaries bearing F11 069 greasy overtures. F11 070 |^Besides, enmity is too good and too important in your life. F11 071 ^Good enemies are a status symbol. ^They show you've arrived, that F11 072 life is to be counted on. ^Remember that average people don't have F11 073 enemies, they have spats, no-speaks, mundane backyard domestics. F11 074 |^When I was a lad and lived in Ponsonby with my grandmother, F11 075 half the street rejoiced in one-off domestics over ridiculous things F11 076 like people burning rubbish and letting smoke drift over the fence F11 077 onto the backyard washing, whispering in church about who hadn't been F11 078 to mass for a month. ^God, I used to think, is this really life? ^They F11 079 all had deathbed reconciliations, anyway, before they were carted off F11 080 to Waikumete. ^Now their houses have rich people, who have other F11 081 people to do their washing, living in them. F11 082 |^*6ENEMIES CROSS *0all barriers *- sexism, racism, chauvinism *- and F11 083 by far the cruellest enemies to have, if you haven't guessed it F11 084 already, are women. ^Not only do they never forget, they never truly F11 085 forgive. ^They are superb at the game, leaving us males mere babies in F11 086 the get-even stakes. F11 087 |^Enemies stalk the business world relentlessly, blossoming in F11 088 the world of intrigue; big money always grows big enemies. F11 089 ^Advertising, as everyone knows, is one of the most competitive F11 090 businesses in the world. ^It's a business of hype, creativity and F11 091 enemies as thick as flies in summer. ^Because so many people get fired F11 092 (or as we say in the business, *"let go**") and because of the high F11 093 rate of client-poaching between the agencies, an enormous amount of F11 094 animosity builds up. ^So highly-paid agency executives, who should F11 095 have better things to do, can spend their whole life consumed with F11 096 hatred, and that great partner of enemies, paranoia, soon takes a grip F11 097 on things. F11 098 |^But the real enemies of the advertising world are not within F11 099 the industry. ^Enemies of advertising are the media, the companies who F11 100 would like to reduce the agency commission system, the government F11 101 which taxes the advertising industry, and clients who long for the day F11 102 to set up their own in-house industry and claim on the {0BMW}s, the F11 103 lunch expenses, the company boat and the weekends at Huka Lodge. F11 104 |^This is just one example of people looking for the wrong enemy F11 105 in the wrong place. ^Take politicians. ^No group spends more time F11 106 worrying endlessly about enemies than this lot. ^But their political F11 107 enemies are not in the opposite camp *- the real enemies are in their F11 108 own party, and the higher you are up the political totem-pole, the F11 109 more enemies you have underneath, stabbing, fighting, politicking F11 110 their way to the top. ^The enemies of politicians lie awake scheming F11 111 how they can be the party leader or deputy. ^And as they watch their F11 112 birthdays roll up, they can see the hope of such an event drifting F11 113 further away. F11 114 |^But they're great optimists and they know that history is often F11 115 on their side. ^They are also probably aware that political parties, F11 116 no matter how successful, often get on the slide. ^This can mean rapid F11 117 promotion upwards. ^If the party is finally dumped by the voters, then F11 118 a re**[ARB**]-arranging of the deckchairs is often immediate. ^In the F11 119 meantime, while all hell breaks loose, all they have to do is keep F11 120 innocent of plotting, Bolger-style. ^Any sign of over-zealous pushing F11 121 up the queue will be immediately picked by the leader, his bodyguards F11 122 or, even worse, the news media. F11 123 |^If newspapers burst into print, spotting a rising star, he's F11 124 finished. ^The enemy within is exposed, and now has more in-house F11 125 enemies than they can cope with. ^It's a messy business, politics, and F11 126 I advise you to have nothing to do with it. ^Or, if you're lucky F11 127 enough to spot rising-comers first, you should get to know them. F11 128 ^There's nothing like political favours from the top *- and remember, F11 129 people with patience have always been rewarded. F11 130 |^In the field of international politics, the spotting and F11 131 knowing of enemies is a science in itself. ^Both the {0CIA} and the F11 132 {0KGB} keep current dossiers of all enemies of the people and the F11 133 state. ^To be current and up-to-date and get to know your enemy, F11 134 particularly the current leaders of foreign countries, you must not F11 135 only know how his head works, but also his body. ^That's why summit F11 136 meetings between, say, Reagan and Gorbachev, are so important to the F11 137 manipulations of the secret services. ^They provide an amazing array F11 138 of information. F11 139 |^They can get close up to observe trembling hands, skin colour, F11 140 twitching and warts. ^\0TV cameras, using infra-red scanning F11 141 techniques, can detect all kinds of illness *- heat spots, cold spots, F11 142 and just plain old cancers and tumours. ^A big moment is when visiting F11 143 heads of state use the dunny *- after all, everyone's got to go F11 144 sometime, even Maggie Thatcher. ^The goods must be caught and F11 145 extracted from the waste pipe. ^God knows who's given that job but, F11 146 yes, they do it. ^Russian dinners or White House turkeys, F11 147 well-digested and recently processed, are examined in detail. ^If you F11 148 really want to know how your enemy is doing, then his dinner will tell F11 149 you all. ^It's like an autopsy on the living. ^It's better than tarot F11 150 cards and if the Star Wars project was in the balance, wouldn't you F11 151 want to know the lowdown? F11 152 |^It's always sad to see yesterday's greats *- giants of power, F11 153 money and position *- in old age turning into enemies of the people. F11 154 ^Sure, we all know they're more enemies of themselves, but, how can F11 155 you tell that? ^Touch-stones of the past in suddenly enforced F11 156 retirement, become bitter and twisted with the passing days, with the F11 157 bitterness setting in like concrete. ^Nothing is right, or will be F11 158 ever again, without their hand at the helm. F11 159 |^Robbie, Auckland's great mayor, is such a man *- what can we F11 160 ever do to please him? ^Robbie, in retirement, could have been this F11 161 City's Father, loved by all, honoured, a living treasure. ^But in his F11 162 retirement, we have to be harangued and treated as callow enemies of F11 163 the man we used to adore. ^It's a great pity, but a fact, and Robbie F11 164 will go to his grave hating the city and its people for spurning him F11 165 when nothing could be further from the truth. ^But he sees us as F11 166 enemies, and that's it. F11 167 |^Rob Muldoon is another who, after knowing great power shows a F11 168 will to make enemies of anyone who doubts, for a second, that he is F11 169 still the best leader of the National Party. ^That point I wouldn't F11 170 debate for a minute. F11 171 |^We can only wonder how an aged David Lange or Tim Shadbolt will F11 172 treat us when they are out of office, out of favour and, although it F11 173 sounds an impossibility right now, out of mind. F11 174 |^*6WHILE WE HAVE *0enemies on a personal scale, we also have enemies F11 175 on a global scale. ^Our world, as it has always done, is debating the F11 176 issues of both peace and war. ^Right now, New Zealand is locked in F11 177 this debate. ^The problem is not whether we should have nuclear F11 178 war**[ARB**]-ships downtown or whether America is trying to intimidate F11 179 us into doing so, but whether we should be part of an alliance that F11 180 will ensure we always have an enemy ready to destroy us. F11 181 |^I can't remember a time when there hasn't been the potential F11 182 for war, on either political, economical or territorial grounds. ^We F11 183 are always about to be destroyed by someone. ^The domino factor came F11 184 and went with the Vietnam War, and now the Anzus row is supposed to F11 185 have us on the edge of our seats, awaiting the next threat from the F11 186 White House. ^One thing is certain, we are continual victims of F11 187 orchestrated paranoia. F11 188 |^If we are talking of global strategy, it is clear to me that F11 189 the enemy is always created, first by politicians and then by F11 190 paranoia. F11 191 *# F12 001 **[155 TEXT F12**] F12 002 |^*3THE *1pa site of Rangitatau occupies a prominent hilltop at the F12 003 entrance to te Whanganui a Tara, Wellington Harbour. ^With a full 360 F12 004 degrees viewpoint, Rangitatau proved a formidable defence for the Ngai F12 005 Tara iwi, the mana whenua of Poneke. F12 006 |^*4W*0ith the pa site of his tupuna, Tuteremoana virtually on his F12 007 backyard and dominating his skyline, Ray Ahipene Mercer is finding F12 008 that his whakapapa has proved that the best defence is offence as he F12 009 battles to prevent the continued desecration taking place below F12 010 Rangitatau. F12 011 |^The fight is over the sewage outfall of Wellington city at Moa F12 012 Point. ^Untreated sewage has been pouring from this outfall pipe for F12 013 many years despoiling kaimoana and desecrating a fishing resource F12 014 guaranteed to the Maori people under article two of the Treaty of F12 015 Waitangi. ^It is equally an affront to pakeha with flow on effects to F12 016 health from the polluted water. F12 017 |^For Ray and his allies, the Clean Water Campaign, the take is F12 018 quite simple. ^All the people in Wellington contribute to the tiko, so F12 019 all should share in its removal. F12 020 |^For the operators of the outfall, the Wellington City Council, F12 021 it's equally clear unlike the moana around the outfall. ^Sewage is a F12 022 necessity of life and must go somewhere. ^Moa Point has proved handy F12 023 for many years but the increasing community concern regarding F12 024 environmental issues means improvements must be considered. F12 025 |^The council has been involved in a battle with the Clean Water F12 026 Campaign for the past year over plans to build a milliscreening plant F12 027 at Moa Point. ^The council says this would reduce the sewage in size F12 028 and so make it easier to be broken down and absorbed by the sea. F12 029 |^Opponents say milliscreening would be no more than a giant F12 030 sieve and make less obvious, dangerous pollution. ^They say it could F12 031 even give a false sense of security to people that the shellfish and F12 032 surrounding beaches are safe for use. F12 033 |^Ray lives at Breaker Bay, just around the corner from Moa F12 034 Point, and along with local residents and other allies such as the F12 035 environmental action group, F12 036 **[PLATE**] F12 037 the Clean Water Campaign, has worked to get improvements. ^This has F12 038 included adequate warning signs at Moa Point. ^Ray says the old ones F12 039 were almost illegible through weathering. ^Even newer ones are so full F12 040 of jargonese that they are not effective as a health warning. F12 041 |^He says many times people in the water even collecting F12 042 shellfish have to be told about the outfall. ^He provided Wellington F12 043 City councillor David Bull with warning messages in Samoan and Maori F12 044 as well as English, but says nothing came of it. F12 045 |^Ray is a 37-year-old musician and guitar maker by trade. ^He F12 046 spent most of his life in England, returning to his homeland in 1981, F12 047 the time of the Springbok protests. ^For him it was a rude awakening F12 048 to divisions in New Zealand society, divisions that cut right across F12 049 racial, economic and political lines. ^In the aftermath of a more F12 050 conscious New Zealand, Ray found a vitality and an increased social F12 051 concern. ^In a linking of this concern with his musician's background, F12 052 Ray has received the support of the Wellington Musician's Union in F12 053 opposition to the outfall at Moa \0Pt. ^He also received the backing F12 054 of the recent Maori Trade Unionists' Hui at Rotorua. ^He says his F12 055 involvement in the Clean Water Campaign came more from a cultural F12 056 viewpoint than just environmental concern. F12 057 |*"^I am a Maori first. ^I've avoided getting wrapped up in the F12 058 technical aspects, the dispersal rates, the flow rates \0etc, and F12 059 stuck to the principles.**" ^He has the support of his parents, mother F12 060 Romona Ahipene and father Gene Mercer. F12 061 |^Ray is most angry that two alternate sites have been F12 062 investigated by the Wellington City **[SIC**] encompassing primary and F12 063 secondary treatment. ^Both Gollans Valley among the hills on the east F12 064 side of the harbour, and Karori Stream mouth were found to be F12 065 environmentally superior and similar in cost to Moa Point according to F12 066 Ray. ^That cost was estimated at more than 70 million dollars. F12 067 |^The milliscreening plant at Moa Point is costed at ten million F12 068 dollars for which the council has to get a loan. ^However ratepayers F12 069 rejected the loan proposal in a recent poll. ^Other sites are now F12 070 being considered. F12 071 |^The council has said a milliscreening plant is just the first F12 072 stage with secondary treatment, so to speak, in the pipeline. ^The F12 073 debate has raged equally fiercely within the council, with Labour and F12 074 Citizen party politics, each accusing the other of time**[ARB**]- F12 075 wasting. F12 076 |^What the battle has shown is the inability and in some cases, F12 077 unwillingness of local authorities to acknowledge their obligations F12 078 under article two of the Treaty of Waitangi, where the Maori were F12 079 guaranteed the use of their taonga, included in which were fisheries. F12 080 |^The findings of the Waitangi Tribunal in the recent Manukau F12 081 decision showed how successive local authorities around the Manukau F12 082 harbour, ignored local Maori fishing areas and built drainage systems, F12 083 outfalls and even prohibited marae building and fishing in one area F12 084 because of an airport extension that never came. F12 085 |^Wellington city has been no different, with lip service only F12 086 being paid to cultural sensitivity. ^In cases where it is needed the F12 087 pakeha bureaucratic response is to seek out the definitive *"Maori**" F12 088 view, that is the viewpoint that all Maori people are expected to F12 089 hold. F12 090 |^As well as being extremely simplistic, it is patronising in F12 091 that pakeha people aren't expected to hold all the views of Sir Robert F12 092 Muldoon, so why expect all maoridom to agree with Sir Graham Latimer? F12 093 |^And usually the consultation process defines what is accepted F12 094 as the definitive Maori view. F12 095 |^Maori planner, George Asher has always stressed this in his F12 096 dealings with local authorities. ^He says because Maori people are not F12 097 part of the planning process from the beginning consultations, it is F12 098 very hard to introduce cultural sensitivity part way along the road. F12 099 |^He's found that when Maori views are understood by local F12 100 authorities, it is quite a different matter to firstly rectify past F12 101 mistakes and secondly make sure they don't happen again. F12 102 |^The Wellington City Council has heard the views of Te Atiawa F12 103 elder, Ralph Love, as has Ray Ahipene Mercer. F12 104 |^Ray says the council has preferred to accept the more F12 105 conservative view of \0Mr Love. F12 106 |^Frustration with not getting the support of the Te Atiawa F12 107 elder, drove Ray to seeking the opinion of other Te Atiawa and Raukawa F12 108 people, who are seen as being the custodians of Te Whanganui a Tara F12 109 from the pakeha settlement of Poneke. F12 110 |^Ray's tupuna, Ngai Tara are acknowledged as being occupants of F12 111 Wellington prior to Te Atiawa and Raukawa, hence Te Whanganui a Tara, F12 112 the sheltering harbour of Tara. ^It was at the Wellington District F12 113 Maori Council that this support came through. ^They've resolved to F12 114 approach the Wellington City Council over this concern for the F12 115 continued disposing of sewage from Moa Point. F12 116 |^Whatever the Wellington City Council response to the ratepayers F12 117 loan poll, Ray is aware that the battle is being fought on many F12 118 fronts. F12 119 |^He's watched the successful appeals F12 120 **[PLATES**] F12 121 to the Waitangi tribunal over the dumping of sewage into the Kaituna F12 122 River by the Rotorua City Council. ^Also the Te Atiawa appeal over F12 123 sewage disposal by the New Plymouth City Council, and the Motunui F12 124 Synthetic Fuel Plant siting of waste pipes, in the traditional F12 125 kaimoana gathering area. F12 126 |^Ray's seen that the Treaty of Waitangi does have significance, F12 127 and soon teeth, in a bureaucratic world. ^An appeal to the tribunal F12 128 over Moa Point is an option that makes more sense to Ray day by day. F12 129 **[BEGIN BOX**] F12 130 |^*4A *0trip to the Moa Point sewage outfall is not my idea of a F12 131 pleasant journey. ^Nor was that the experience of about seventy F12 132 predominantly Maori people who gathered by the outfall, on Saturday F12 133 the twelfth of March. F12 134 |^The occasion was to see with our eyes what was happening to the F12 135 shoreline and surrounding sea area and to hear how our tupuna viewed F12 136 the area. F12 137 |^One Te Atiawa man said the common expression of solidarity, F12 138 *"tatou, tatou**", had been turned into *"tutae, tutae**", and the F12 139 time had come to bring this message home to the decision makers in the F12 140 capital. F12 141 |^It was pointed out that Moa Point, by the flight path to F12 142 Wellington International Airport and the seaway into Wellington F12 143 Harbour, was a shocking introduction to a so-called *'civilized**' F12 144 capital. F12 145 |^Later the group were taken to the peak of Rangitatau, F12 146 overlooking Moa Point. F12 147 |^There the full majestic creation of Te Whanganui a Tara lay in a F12 148 full circle around the pa site. ^From there could be seen, te Pito-one, F12 149 the sandy end (anglicised to Petone) and the Hutt Valley. ^Closer F12 150 was the area of Kilbirnie that geologically recently was uplifted. F12 151 ^This coupled with the levelling of the area around the airport, F12 152 contributed to the runway which now extends far into the harbour. F12 153 |^From Rangitatau could equally be seen the Pencarrow sewage F12 154 outfall on the east side of the harbour and how the coastal currents F12 155 and winds drive the effluent carrying waters to many parts of the F12 156 harbour. F12 157 |^At that time looking out over the harbour the quoted words of a F12 158 Hutt Valley city councillor came to mind that a strong South Atlantic F12 159 current carried the Pencarrow primary treated sewage away. F12 160 |^And then much closer at hand was the fatty slick clearly F12 161 visible coming out of the Moa Point outfall. ^I there and then F12 162 resolved never to swim at Lyall Bay or even Island Bay. F12 163 |^On the descent the bay adjacent to Moa Point was pointed out. F12 164 ^Called Tarakena Bay, it was long recognised by the tribes crossing te F12 165 Moana o Raukawa, (Cook Strait) as the best place to launch or beach a F12 166 waka in rough southerly weather. ^This has been recognised by the F12 167 Civil Aviation in the last twenty or so years because it is designated F12 168 as the official launching ramp for rescue craft in the event of an F12 169 aircraft going down in the sea approach to Wellington Airport. F12 170 |^Just around the corner into the harbour entrance is Breaker Bay F12 171 and Steeple Rock, known as Te Aroaro a Kupe, the entranceway of Kupe. F12 172 ^This was the area the inter-island ferry the Wahine sunk in. ^After F12 173 seeing what Ray sees at Moa Point, it is easier to understand what Ray F12 174 is on about. F12 175 |^*"Coming against what is being done at Moa Point, it is fairly F12 176 easy to see what has to be done. ^I've had to establish my whakapapa F12 177 within my own understanding first before asking others to support this F12 178 take. F12 179 |^*"It's then I realise the incredible depth we all have to draw F12 180 on and see I'm sitting on top of a mountain of what has been. F12 181 |^*"We owe it to our children to look after that heritage.**" F12 182 **[END BOX**] F12 183 *<*4Saving the whale*> F12 184 *<*1Ian Stewart comments on the recent meeting of the International F12 185 Whaling Commission in Sweden*> F12 186 |^*4T*0he International Whaling Commission ({0IWC}) held its 38th F12 187 Annual Meeting at Malmo, Sweden, in June 1986. ^For the first time F12 188 since the {0IWC} convention was signed 40 years ago, the Commission F12 189 did not vote on any of the proposals before it, but reached agreement F12 190 (not without difficulty in some cases) on all issues by consensus. F12 191 ^This may suggest a harmony among the member governments over the F12 192 objectives and policies of the Organisation which does not in fact F12 193 exist. ^The differences between the whaling countries and the F12 194 conservationist countries (the latter often called the F12 195 *'like-minded**') are very real, and are by no means being merged in a F12 196 broad consensus. ^It does indicate however that considerable efforts F12 197 are being made by all member states, as the Commission is F12 198 progressively changing course, to try to hold the Organisation F12 199 together. F12 200 |^As with a number of other international organisations, the F12 201 focus of attention in the Commission is very different in 1986 from F12 202 what it was when the Convention was signed. ^The objective in the F12 203 Convention was stated to be *'to provide for the proper conservation F12 204 of whale stocks and thus make possible the orderly development of the F12 205 whaling industry.**' ^It was in essence a whale harvesting agreement, F12 206 and for most of its history the Commission at its annual meetings F12 207 considered the scientific advice as to the size and state of the F12 208 different stocks of whales in the world, and then allocated the quotas F12 209 to be caught. F12 210 *# F13 001 **[156 TEXT F13**] F13 002 |^*"*4I *0swear I don't know how to behave around women any more!**" F13 003 an irate middle-aged male complained to me recently. *"^Last time I F13 004 opened a door for a woman, she scolded me!**" F13 005 |^*"Probably it was more convenient for her to open it for F13 006 herself,**" I suggested. F13 007 |^*"Well, I don't know *- but opening a door for a woman is *1good F13 008 manners,**" *0he replied. F13 009 |^Not necessarily. ^The robotlike behaviour of men going through a F13 010 prescribed sequence of manoeuvres without considering what good it F13 011 does the recipient no longer earns a *"thank you**" from women. F13 012 |^I recall being taken on a tour of a brewery, over narrow F13 013 cat**[ARB**]-walks, through countless doors. ^The manager made me go F13 014 first, then at each door pushed past me to open the door, then I had F13 015 to push past him to go through. ^I said, *"^Please go first and lead F13 016 the way.**" ^But he was so calcified by habit that he could not behave F13 017 logically. ^Furthermore, he was probably more worried about his male F13 018 peers seeing him go through the right motions than about making life F13 019 easier for me. F13 020 |^A woman friend tells how, when she was very efficiently changing F13 021 a flat tyre, a truck drove up, a man got out, pushed her aside, took F13 022 the tools out of her hands, and finished the job. ^He never bothered F13 023 to ask, *"^Would you like some help?**" ^No doubt he later complained F13 024 to his pub mates that the bloody woman never even thanked him! F13 025 |^The best guideline for men's behaviour toward women *- indeed, F13 026 for anybody's behaviour toward anybody *- is this: ^Good manners means F13 027 making life easier or more pleasant for the other person. ^It has F13 028 nothing to do with sex. ^Nor with age, rank, income, power, authority F13 029 or class. F13 030 |^Today's superficial behaviour originated at the Court of France F13 031 in the 18th century, peaking in 1775 during the time of *"Madame F13 032 Etiquette,**" the Comtesse de Noailles. ^Highborn ladies wore F13 033 ridiculous costumes *- enormous skirts, shoes impossible to walk in, F13 034 tight corsets *- to show they never worked. ^And palace doors were F13 035 great heavy chunks of wood that required two footmen to open. F13 036 |^The world has changed. ^Debrett's 1982 edition of *1Etiquette F13 037 and Modern Manners *0says about the door question, *"^If he happens to F13 038 reach the door first, the courtesy of opening it for her will be F13 039 appreciated, but if she reaches the door first, she will quite likely F13 040 open it for him.**" F13 041 |^As Moncreiffe and Pottinger observed in their book *1Simple F13 042 Custom, *0about the English imitating the French, *"^Strict rules of F13 043 behaviour became a tortuously artificial substitute for the F13 044 straightforward expression of good nature.**" F13 045 |^About the only reason men no longer lift their hats to women is F13 046 that men no longer wear hats. ^There was a useless custom! ^According F13 047 to \0R. Brasch in his history of manners, *1How Did It Begin?, *0the F13 048 custom came from knights lifting their visors, and later removing F13 049 helmets completely, to show *"man has nothing to fear from a mere F13 050 woman.**" F13 051 |^*"But as a custom is necessarily a limitation on freedom of F13 052 action, if not on freedom of thought,**" observe Moncreiffe and F13 053 Pottinger, *"it may hamper civilisation by its rigid misapplication in F13 054 parrot rules, unless it is understood.**" F13 055 |^I asked a boy attending a prestigious private school whether he F13 056 was being taught to treat females differently from males. ^Yes, he F13 057 was. ^For example? ^Men should walk on the outside of women on F13 058 footpaths. ^Why? ^Because in olden days roads were unpaved and threw F13 059 up mud on ladies' clothes. F13 060 |^But this is 1985 and cars on city streets rarely splash mud. F13 061 ^Yes, well... and it is very annoying to a woman to have the man F13 062 ducking behind her to get to the other side when they turn corners. F13 063 ^In Italy, the rule is reversed: men walk on the inside. ^Furthermore, F13 064 what good does it do the woman? F13 065 |^At this point the boy's father burst in with, *"^I don't give a F13 066 damn what good it does the woman! ^It's good manners!**" F13 067 |^Men who persistently ridicule women and laugh at their ideas, F13 068 who are unable to discuss logically any women's right **[SIC**] issues F13 069 (or manners), who use sexist language, ignore women's opinions on F13 070 committees and boards but ask them to make the tea, who refuse women F13 071 *"men's jobs**" and sneer at their abilities, who boast that they are F13 072 *"male chauvinist sexist and proud of it!**" are invariably the ones F13 073 who stand up when a woman enters a room, let women go first into F13 074 lifts, kiss their hand and employ a smokescreen of meaningless F13 075 courtesies to hide a basic contempt for women under the guise of F13 076 *"showing respect.**" F13 077 |^The problem of how to behave is usually approached from the F13 078 wrong viewpoint: sex. ^The question is not, *"should a man give up his F13 079 seat on a bus to a woman?**" because the shape of the genitals is F13 080 irrelevant. ^Ask instead, *"^When should one human being give up a bus F13 081 seat to another human being?**" ^Answer: ^When the one standing is F13 082 infirm, crippled, sick, obviously tired, or carrying something heavy. F13 083 |^At one private boys' school, a fed-up teacher assigned the class F13 084 to make a list of good manners. ^One student's list concentrated on F13 085 things like *"wear table napkin... don't pick your nose... don't argue F13 086 with umpires... be kind to your sister... after the party you must F13 087 take the girl you took out home**" and so on. ^Why? *"^If we didn't F13 088 have manners, everything would be sloppy.**" F13 089 |^The concept of consideration for others does not enter into this F13 090 boy's understanding. ^In the future, when he comes up against a F13 091 situation not covered by rules, he will not know how to behave. F13 092 |^In contrast, a nearby primary school has begun a good manners F13 093 programme, much appreciated by parents. ^The principal says it is F13 094 entirely based on thoughtfulness for others regardless of sex. ^He F13 095 adds that the national curriculum now concentrates on good F13 096 interpersonal relations, with emphasis on the question: *"^Why do F13 097 people feel and think and act the way they do?**" F13 098 |^Adults will find it hard to break out of their straitjackets of F13 099 habit. ^Women can help men by quietly reminding them that certain F13 100 behaviour does no good and perpetuates the myth of females as helpless F13 101 and dependent. F13 102 |^Men must wrench their minds off sex long enough to ask, *"^How F13 103 can I make life easier or more pleasant for this other person?**" F13 104 |^Debrett sums it up: *"^The attributes a well-mannered person F13 105 should nurture in himself or herself are an awareness of the needs and F13 106 moods of others.**" F13 107 *<*4Staff motivation *- it all boils down to enthusiasm*> F13 108 |^*0Staff motivation is a major concern for many companies. ^We spend F13 109 a lot of time complaining about the lack of it *- *"^Jack isn't F13 110 motivated**", *"^Jill is demotivated**", *"if only all the staff were F13 111 as motivated as Eric**". ^Sales managers crave it *- *"well motivated F13 112 sales**[ARB**]-person required, must be a self-starter**". ^Millions F13 113 of dollars are spent on motivational courses, but in the long run most F13 114 attempts at motivating staff fail. ^Christchurch management consultant F13 115 *4Keith McIlroy *0looks at why this is the case and suggests that the F13 116 solution may be simpler than you think. F13 117 |^*4T*0he basic philosophy of staff motivation has not changed since F13 118 life began. ^What has changed, is the sociological environment in F13 119 which people work. ^Sticks and carrots did work when loss of job meant F13 120 starvation and more money meant more meat, but in today's society we F13 121 have to use more subtle techniques. F13 122 |^The motivation of staff is simplicity itself. ^What is difficult F13 123 is looking for, and correcting, attitudes and practices of managers F13 124 and companies which destroy such motivation. F13 125 |^What we are looking for is enthusiasm, (dictionary definition F13 126 *- passionate eagerness, zeal, fervour in a cause, hearty service). F13 127 ^We want our staff to be enthusiastic about our products, about our F13 128 services, about our company and possibly, even about ourselves. F13 129 |^What do staff and managers therefore need to feel enthusiastic F13 130 about your organisation and about you? ^The simple answer is that they F13 131 need you to feel enthusiastic about them. ^It obviously helps if your F13 132 organisation has reasonably high ideals, but even the Mafia has F13 133 enthusiastic staff. F13 134 |^Expressing enthusiasm about your staff and your managers brings F13 135 us to the first of two important words. ^*2CARE (*0definition *- feel F13 136 concern or interest) is a word used continually in an article by Colin F13 137 Marshall, chief executive of British Airways (*1Management, *0October, F13 138 1985). ^It is so refreshing to see such an esteemed member of the F13 139 super**[ARB**]-executive club using such personal and emotive words. F13 140 ^Caring for your managers and caring for your staff is the key to F13 141 producing an enthusiastic team. F13 142 **[PLATE**] F13 143 |^As one gets higher up the corporate ladder, it becomes more and F13 144 more difficult to retain basic human emotional responses. ^Executives F13 145 are conditioned to behave like a cross between an {0IBM} 3600 and a F13 146 senior member of the diplomatic corps. ^They are expected to respond F13 147 in a totally controlled manner and any individuals who do not conform F13 148 have to have a hallmark of eccentric genius attached to them in order F13 149 to succeed. F13 150 |^We tend to be very boring people, at least for the time we are F13 151 at work. ^We tend to shut out emotional responses, we are conditioned F13 152 to look only at results and we slot our managers and our staff into F13 153 prejudged roles without caring for the individual beneath it all. ^Is F13 154 it surprising that we have such unenthusiastic workers? F13 155 |^Yet, if you look at the managers who are directly responsible F13 156 for people it is soon apparent that the ones who always get the best F13 157 out of their subordinates are the ones who care. ^In order to care F13 158 about people you have to care about them as individuals. ^You have to F13 159 care about their health. ^You have to care about their family. ^You F13 160 have to care about their overall happiness. ^It is often the trivial F13 161 details that show whether or not a manager really cares for his or her F13 162 staff. F13 163 |^If you limit your caring to the quality and quantity of work F13 164 that they are producing, you are seeing them as an *"employee**", as a F13 165 tool to be used for maximum efficiency. ^If you care about the trivia F13 166 in their lives, you are seeing them as a human being, an individual. F13 167 |^Caring for your staff isn't easy. ^It takes a lot of time and F13 168 you must always be wary of overstepping the mark and becoming a social F13 169 worker rather than a boss. ^But the art of caring is far simpler to F13 170 understand and operate than Hawthorne Experiments, Theory X and Theory F13 171 Y, management by objectives, *"Excellence**" or any other of the F13 172 motivational theories which reappear every decade. F13 173 |^Caring for your people, will show them that you are enthusiastic F13 174 about them. ^This, in turn, will make them feel enthusiastic about you F13 175 and your organisation. ^Unfortunately caring, itself, is not F13 176 sufficient. ^*"That isn't fair!**" is a phrase that is rarely heard F13 177 from employees, but which is almost permanently on their lips. ^*2FAIR F13 178 (*0definition *- just, equitable) is an easy word to say but a very F13 179 difficult one to cope with. ^Fairness and justice (definition *- F13 180 correct, proper, right) are two words that are frequently absent from F13 181 the vocabulary, or even the thoughts, of larger organisations. ^Yet F13 182 without them, there can be no prolonged enthusiasm. ^There is no F13 183 denying that business itself is unfair and unjust. ^Much of business F13 184 practice is cut-throat and ruthless and that is something that will be F13 185 impossible to correct, even if it was desirable to do so. ^You do not F13 186 expect your competitors to feel enthusiastic about your company. F13 187 ^Therefore, how fair or just you are to them is a matter for your own F13 188 conscience. F13 189 |^Unfortunately, this attitude rubs off onto dealings with your F13 190 managers and staff. ^It is for this reason, and this reason alone, F13 191 that most motivational effort comes to no avail. ^You cannot expect F13 192 staff to feel enthusiastic about you, or your organisation, if your F13 193 practices are unfair or unjust. F13 194 |^Senior managers are all capable people who, quite naturally they F13 195 think, receive certain unofficial benefits. ^We are not talking about F13 196 official benefits, {0eg} company cars, expense accounts, although many F13 197 of these are also unjust. F13 198 *# F14 001 **[157 TEXT F14**] F14 002 ^*0Our masculinity and sexuality, the concerns of this paper, do not F14 003 fit neatly into a logical line of argument. ^Rather, our reality is F14 004 alive with ghosts, paradoxes and dilemmas. F14 005 |^To begin with, what are these things called men? ^During this F14 006 year's election campaign, Muldoon referred to a televised debate as F14 007 *"sorting the men from the boys**" (Morning Report,1984), so maybe men F14 008 are not boys. ^There is currently an advertisement promoting televised F14 009 rugby that goes *"^I'm a rugby man, a little bit rough, a little bit F14 010 tough**"; then it says to watch the game *"if you can**" (there being F14 011 more than a simple rhyme here). F14 012 |^Biologically, masculinity is testosterone. ^Socially it means F14 013 much more. ^It is the subject of a long term debate about biological F14 014 versus social determination. ^In our modern, technological world we F14 015 claim to be in control of our destiny; we do not see ourselves as just F14 016 some biological phenomenon. ^We are civilised, highly evolved, and a F14 017 long way from being animals. ^This belief in evolution is, after all, F14 018 one of the fundamentals of racism, be it Hitler's Aryan supremacy F14 019 theory or New Zealand's particular form of pakeha patronisation. ^This F14 020 view is in contrast with the notion that sexually men are subject to F14 021 uncontrollable natural urges that have to be realised. ^Our final call F14 022 of the wild. ^Not much civilization there. F14 023 |^A social or behavioural definition of masculinity invariably F14 024 involves the notion of men being powerful, ranging from the feminist F14 025 generalisation that *"men are oppressors**" to the right wing view F14 026 that *"men should be in control**". ^It is the same definition, F14 027 really, although the interpretation differs, depending on your sense F14 028 of justice for women. F14 029 |^Much recent research shows that men are more aggressive than F14 030 women from as early as two years old. ^They are better spatial F14 031 thinkers, less expressive of emotions, more competitive and seek more F14 032 control of situations. ^They also suffer more from dyslexia and die F14 033 earlier than women, often from accidents and stress-related illnesses. F14 034 ^The traditional masculine stereotype is the *"unemotional, dominant, F14 035 ruggedly independent, competitive, achieving, stoical, forceful, F14 036 decision-making, competent and unfailing breadwinner.**" (For Men F14 037 Collective, 1983). ^As a young man growing up in New Zealand, I was F14 038 subjected to all the socialisation to conform to this stereotype. ^My F14 039 dilemma has been like that of many men *- having received these F14 040 messages about what I should be, yet feeling I am more complex, more F14 041 subtle and much more human than that image suggests. ^The ghost of F14 042 this stereotype is something that lives in men's souls, though. F14 043 ^Whether we conform to it or not, we have to deal with it. F14 044 |^A recent sociological study of New Zealand men, *1The Jones Men F14 045 *0(1983), found the Kiwi male to be one of three types. ^The first was F14 046 a *"Goer**", *"men who had been successful**" in the traditional way, F14 047 the ambitious, breadwinning worker. ^This was the second largest group F14 048 of the study, while the smallest group were the *"Introverts**", those F14 049 who did not live up to the confident, insensitive stereotype. ^The F14 050 biggest group, the solid centre of the Jones Men, were the *'Easy F14 051 Goers**', who *"expressed pride in being tolerant, flexible and F14 052 accommodating**" (\0p.165), not exactly the stereotype of always being F14 053 aggressively right, but not too different from the stereotype, either. F14 054 |^The Jones men dealt with their socialisation in a variety of F14 055 ways, the most common being to become *"easy-going**", though there F14 056 was a certain ambivalence about this: F14 057 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F14 058 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F14 059 **[END INDENTATION**] F14 060 |^In New Zealand the socialisation into traditional masculine F14 061 values, which are generally the values of a male-dominated capitalist F14 062 western culture, is in conflict with particular Kiwi values. ^To F14 063 compete, be it in the workforce or on the sports field, is in conflict F14 064 with the Kiwi male ethos of being a decent, co-operative joker. ^Being F14 065 the ruggedly independent Man Alone does not go with being a good mate F14 066 or being *"one of the team**". F14 067 |^Herb Goldberg, an American psychologist, claims in his book, F14 068 *1The New Male *0(1979) that: F14 069 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F14 070 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F14 071 **[END INDENTATION**] F14 072 |^Men are simply not women, not girls, not boys, and certainly not F14 073 poofters. ^It is definition by what men are not. ^As one of the Jones F14 074 men said, *"^There's some things, being a man, I *1wouldn't *0like to F14 075 do... like the cooking, or the housework.**" ^Yin only because it is F14 076 not Yang, the opposite sex of women. ^So much energy goes into being F14 077 the one thing, such as tough, sexually potent and manly to prove that F14 078 a man is not the opposite. ^It is questionable how wise it is to F14 079 reduce personal qualities to simple dichotomies, let alone stay at one F14 080 end simply to deny the other option. F14 081 |^Goldberg claims that women tend to have a greater ability than F14 082 men *"...to express strength or weakness, independence or dependence, F14 083 activity or passivity, rationality or emotionality, courage or fear... F14 084 without threat to their self-image,**" whereas men tend to have a F14 085 *"one-track, all or nothing response**" to life. (\0p.14). ^This F14 086 single-minded approach involves men in constant proving. ^As the F14 087 criteria of achievement are unexplained and unclear, life is a F14 088 never-ending test of masculinity, the Holy Grail of masculinity being F14 089 infinitely desirable but ultimately unattainable. F14 090 |^How happy can an individual be when he is striving not to be F14 091 something and never being certain if he is not being that enough? ^A F14 092 common analogy for men's working lives is the mechanical paradox of a F14 093 treadmill. ^It is also a good analogy for the way men live their lives F14 094 generally, striving to get somewhere but never reaching it. ^The F14 095 problem is made worse by the conditioning men get that they have it F14 096 all, that they are where it's at. ^So, no matter how miserable and F14 097 unhealthy men's lives are, we keep living them, believing we are the F14 098 most sophisticated and most evolved creatures. ^We were, after all, F14 099 made in God's image and live in God's own country. ^There's no place F14 100 for personal unhappiness. ^Indeed, few men stop to consider the F14 101 quality of their lives, and if they do, they see it as an: F14 102 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F14 103 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F14 104 **[END INDENTATION**] F14 105 |^However *"being a man**" is defined, it requires some external F14 106 object as a yardstick. ^*"Men are oppressors**" means men need someone F14 107 to oppress. ^*"Men aren't women**" requires women for men to have an F14 108 identity. ^This reliance on external influences for self-identity is a F14 109 dilemma for men who have admired and aspired to be like countless F14 110 heroes who are self-sufficient and in fact succeed in their endeavours F14 111 because of their independence: the Lone Ranger, for example. F14 112 |^Masculinity has generally been seen as a negative thing. ^Boys F14 113 are, after all, snails and puppy dogs' tails compared to girls' sugar F14 114 and spice. ^At best men are foolish, as exemplified by the Australian F14 115 women's magazine that has a *"Mere Male**" column with readers' F14 116 stories of how much more stupid men are than women. ^At worst men are F14 117 seen as perpetrators of all the world's evil. ^And it is easy to see F14 118 some of the injustices of the world as a result of men being F14 119 competitive and unfeeling, particularly when the victims of these F14 120 injustices are the people who are obviously different from the F14 121 traditional masculine figure, such as women and gays. ^It is also very F14 122 easy to see the nuclear arms escalation as a result of men's egos F14 123 always wanting to do one better *- especially when the concern is the F14 124 missile size, the length of the phallus being an old concern for men. F14 125 ^It is perhaps not unexpected to see graffiti that says *"^War is F14 126 menstruation envy.**" F14 127 |^Though socialisation to fit the stereotype is a powerfully F14 128 pervasive and subtle process, human beings are not simply victims of F14 129 their upbringing. ^There is a great deal of rejection of the F14 130 stereotype, with good reason too, as the traditional stereotypical man F14 131 is often unattractive and at times damn dangerous. ^Not the sort of F14 132 person to have round in times of crisis like growing old, raising F14 133 children or just trying to get through a bad day. ^Men's notorious F14 134 lack of high quality intimate friendships with other men is possibly F14 135 our rejection of masculine behaviour in others. ^After all: F14 136 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F14 137 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F14 138 **[END INDENTATION**] F14 139 |^The poet Robert Bly (1982) talks about individual men's F14 140 rejection of their own masculinity, particularly men who have been F14 141 encouraged by post-1960s liberalism to get in touch with their F14 142 feminine aspects. ^Bly calls these men *"life-preserving but not F14 143 exactly life-giving**" because they have *"come to equate their own F14 144 natural male energy with being macho**". ^And in rejecting the macho, F14 145 the worst behaviour of the stereotypical man, they also reject their F14 146 own maleness. ^Equating machismo with masculinity is the same kind of F14 147 link as equating mens identity and worth with what they do, it being F14 148 quite usual to measure a man by what he does, particularly as a job. F14 149 ^Rarely is masculinity seen as an inherent and natural attribute of F14 150 men with its own pure beauty. F14 151 |^This ambivalence about masculinity is a theme in New Zealand F14 152 history with the traditional male culture being considered *"an F14 153 affront to society's respectability**" (Phillips, 1981), with men's F14 154 drunken larrikinism being seen as something evil to be controlled. ^As F14 155 this evil was peculiarly masculine, it became the overt F14 156 responsibility, from the 1890s on of femininity to provide F14 157 *"refinement, morality and culture,**" with women having the *"special F14 158 task of preserving a civilised order and preventing men from giving in F14 159 to baser animal instincts**" (ibid., \0p.226). ^Another dilemma for F14 160 men, then, is that if they are in the powerful position, why is it F14 161 *1women *0have to make sure that they do not go too far? ^If men have F14 162 control, how is it that women sanction their behaviour? ^This all F14 163 comes out in *"that peculiar mixture of resentment and adoration, F14 164 feelings of threat and paternalism, with which males have treated New F14 165 Zealand women.**" (ibid., \0p.218). F14 166 |^This pattern can also be seen in the common male-female F14 167 interaction, where the man is the initial actor and the woman is the F14 168 second stage reactor. ^This gives the man the power to act and the F14 169 woman the power to judge his actions and reward or punish accordingly. F14 170 ^It leaves men with too much responsibility and is a big part of the F14 171 male reality of always waiting for the judges' cards. ^*"The F14 172 Actor-Reactor relationship lays the foundations for unending guilt and F14 173 opens men up for the most hostile accusations.**" (Goldberg, 1979, F14 174 \0p.78). ^The man can be blamed for everything, while the woman who F14 175 has not taken an equal responsibility for initiation, nor been clear F14 176 and direct about what she wants, because of her conditioning, tends F14 177 *"only to blame, accuse, turn away in hurt or scream out in righteous F14 178 rage**" (ibid., \0p.78). ^All these behaviours are referred to as F14 179 *"being a bitch**", *"being a ball-breaking woman**", *"never F14 180 satisfied**" or *"there's no pleasing her**". ^And women, to maximise F14 181 their power, learn their role well, know the man's weakest spot and F14 182 know just the weapon to figuratively cut him off at the knees. ^The F14 183 paradox for men then becomes *"^If I'm so powerful and competent, how F14 184 come I'm so decimated by one cutting remark? ^How come she's got me by F14 185 my balls? ^How come it's women who are the judges and validators of F14 186 masculinity?**" (Wilson, 1979, \0p.108). F14 187 |^The Brave Warrior is easily wounded, partly because he learnt F14 188 the pattern young. ^It was another woman, Mother, who was responsible F14 189 for the reward and punishment process involved in parenting a young F14 190 male and probably that too was an Actor-Reactor relationship. ^There F14 191 were also all the women school teachers. ^For males growing up in New F14 192 Zealand there is the whole dilemma of being raised by a woman, the F14 193 opposite, the person not to be, and yet with very little initiation F14 194 needing to mature and go into the man's world. ^*"Alien and distant F14 195 fathers in childrearing appearing to be the rule rather than the F14 196 exception,**" (Wilson, 1979, \0p.103). ^In Freudian terms this F14 197 confusion is explained by saying that *"even though boys love their F14 198 mothers (they repress this and) end up by identifying with the father F14 199 and all the attitudes of masculinity he represents**" (ibid., F14 200 \0p.105). ^This leaves men feeling *"both guilty and hostile about F14 201 their relationship with their mothers and therefore their relationship F14 202 with other women.**" (ibid., \0p.106). F14 203 *# F15 001 **[158 TEXT F15**] F15 002 ^*0They contribute to the food supplies, provide the work force for F15 003 the kitchen, dining room, meeting house and grounds, and welcome the F15 004 visitors. ^It is the tangata whenua who remove the tapu from the F15 005 visitors to allow them to become one with the tangata whenua. F15 006 |^For the duration of the visit, visitors are given some of the F15 007 privileges and responsibilities of tangata whenua. ^They are now free F15 008 to move on any part of the marae. ^They may help the ringa wera (*"hot F15 009 hands**"; workers) in the kitchen with their chores, assist in F15 010 welcoming further visitors, or become one of those invited to sit on F15 011 the paepae (speakers' platform). F15 012 |^This tangata whenua status is an honorary one, for first-time F15 013 visitors especially, and applies for the duration of that particular F15 014 hui. ^It is not carried away with the visitor when he or she leaves F15 015 the marae. ^However, it does mean that the visitor is no longer a F15 016 waewae tapu (sacred foot, or first-time visitor to that particular F15 017 marae) and could therefore go to that marae at some future time F15 018 without needing to be formally welcomed. F15 019 |^The tangata whenua can be divided into subgroups on the basis of F15 020 their hosting roles, even though the roles will overlap. ^These F15 021 subgroups comprise young children, teenagers, adults and elders. F15 022 |^Young children have access to all parts of the marae. ^They can F15 023 play anywhere on the marae; but, when a formal welcome is in progress F15 024 on the marae-atea, this becomes out of bounds. ^Children, like F15 025 everyone else, are valued members of the marae. ^They belong to the F15 026 marae and are important. ^All adults on the marae become *"parents**" F15 027 to these children, and it is the responsibility of all adults to care F15 028 for them and to discipline them if necessary. F15 029 |^Teenagers also have considerable freedom on the marae. ^They, F15 030 too, learn by experience. ^They are expected to carry seats, set and F15 031 clear tables, serve meals, pour coffee or tea, wash and dry dishes, F15 032 and generally do manual work to ensure that visitors are looked after. F15 033 ^They help the ringa wera. F15 034 |^Adults are the ringa wera. ^On them depends the mana of their F15 035 marae. ^Food has to be ordered and delivered; fires have to be tended F15 036 (where appropriate); meals have to be prepared, cooked and served; the F15 037 hangi has to be put down. ^Gardens have to be maintained; buildings, F15 038 including the ablution block, have to be kept clean; and the whare moe F15 039 (sleeping house) must be made ready for the manuhiri. F15 040 |^The fourth important group is nga kaumatua (the elders, both men F15 041 and women). ^It is very difficult to define when a person becomes an F15 042 elder, as distinct from an adult. ^Some elders are experts in the area F15 043 of whakapapa (genealogy); others are more expert in whai korero; some F15 044 older women excel in waiata (song); others are experts in karanga. F15 045 |^In some districts where there are very few older folk, the F15 046 younger group of men and women assume the role of the elders. ^In F15 047 other areas, where the number of elders is greater, the older leaders F15 048 may be very old, so the younger ones have to wait *"in the wings**" F15 049 until given the opportunity to participate in the formal arena. ^This F15 050 may become frustrating to some of the more impatient youth. F15 051 |^A feature of marae life is that there is always a place for the F15 052 old people *- both male and female. ^The mana and authority of the F15 053 elders are very influential, yet inconspicuous. ^They are honoured F15 054 because of their wisdom, their wise counsel, their expertise in nga F15 055 taonga a nga tipuna (treasures of the ancestors), and their authority F15 056 in matters pertaining to the marae. ^Their role is to *"front**" the F15 057 marae, to welcome the visitors, to ensure that the kawa is followed, F15 058 and, when questioned specifically, to pass their knowledge on to the F15 059 young. F15 060 |^In all these roles, the Maori is expected to learn by seeing, by F15 061 hearing, and by doing. ^Rarely is he or she specifically told what to F15 062 do or why it should be done. ^The expectation is that by seeing their F15 063 elders in action, young people know how things should be done. ^So, F15 064 when it is time for them to assume that role, they know exactly what F15 065 is expected and how to respond. F15 066 *<*4Te huihuinga ki waho/ The gathering together*> F15 067 |^*0The organisers of a hui usually suggest that those persons wishing F15 068 to enter the marae should gather together outside the marae gates by a F15 069 certain time. ^This is not a request that is made of Pakeha people F15 070 only. ^When going to a tangi (funeral) or hui, it is expected that, F15 071 unless they are arriving in a large group, visitors will wait at least F15 072 a few minutes. ^This is to make sure that there is not another group F15 073 of manuhiri already being welcomed on the marae, and to see if other F15 074 individuals also arrive. ^Of course, if a group does arrive, one could F15 075 join that group. ^It is most helpful to the tangata whenua if visitors F15 076 enter as a combined group. ^This lessens the burden on the speakers F15 077 and on the ringa wera in the whare kai. F15 078 |^While gathering together, it is usual to greet all others at the F15 079 gate, whether they are known to you personally or not. ^A hariru F15 080 (handshake) is right and proper. ^Should the other people waiting be F15 081 well known to you, then there will follow the hongi (pressing of F15 082 noses), the kiss and hug, and maybe even tears. F15 083 |^Speakers for the manuhiri will be selected. ^The person selected F15 084 as the last speaker for the group will place the koha, usually money, F15 085 on the marae. ^One person will collect the koha while the group is F15 086 outside the gate. ^If you are alone among strangers, ask F15 087 **[PLATE**] F15 088 one of them who the last speaker is to be, and give your koha to that F15 089 person. ^This is a very personal gift. ^A note or notes, folded up or F15 090 placed in an envelope (with your name on the outside if you want it F15 091 recorded), is acceptable. ^It is not good form to show others at the F15 092 gate the amount that you propose to give. ^It is not usual, either, to F15 093 enquire as to what the koha should be. ^This is your personal F15 094 decision. ^You give what you, personally, wish to give. F15 095 |^During this time of gathering together, smoking and talking F15 096 quietly are part of the *"settling down**" process. ^Loud calling, F15 097 boisterous behaviour, and children playing chase do not contribute to F15 098 the state of mind that is appropriate on such a tapu occasion. F15 099 ^Neither would loud noise be appreciated by those on the marae, F15 100 especially if a group were in the process of being welcomed. F15 101 |^When the tangata whenua are ready, one of them usually F15 102 approaches the visitors waiting outside and indicates that the tangata F15 103 whenua are ready. F15 104 |^The order in which the group assembles at the gate depends on F15 105 the local kawa. ^In some areas all the men precede the women, and the F15 106 speakers and most important menfolk will be expected to be in front. F15 107 ^In other areas the important menfolk will be in front, followed by F15 108 the women, the children and the other men, who may form themselves to F15 109 the sides and rear of the body of womenfolk. ^Again, the group could F15 110 be led on by the womenfolk, with those men who will be speaking to the F15 111 side of the group of women. ^Sometimes the kai whakautu (woman who F15 112 will respond to the karanga) will be in front of the group and lead F15 113 them on; at other times she will be to the side or slightly behind the F15 114 leading male members. ^Those who will whai korero (speak) and waiata F15 115 should be to the fore of the group. F15 116 |^Before entering the gate, talking and smoking cease. ^Once the F15 117 manuhiri begin to move forward in response to the karanga, or the wero F15 118 if it is issued, they do so in a respectful way and as a body. ^It is F15 119 not good practice to *"hang back**", no matter how strong the F15 120 inclination. F15 121 *<*4Te wero/ The challenge*> F15 122 |^*0*"Wero**" literally means *"to cast a spear**", and it is a F15 123 challenge that is accorded to distinguished visitors. ^Originally, the F15 124 purpose of the wero was to find out whether the visiting party came in F15 125 peace or in war. F15 126 |^As with all other aspects of the marae, the basic principles are F15 127 universal, but there are differences in detail between one tribe and F15 128 another and for different occasions. ^There is significance in the way F15 129 that the taiaha (spear) is held and swung and there is significance in F15 130 the way that the taki (challenge dart) *- which may be a small carved F15 131 dart or a twig *- is placed before the manuhiri. F15 132 |^The wero is always issued by a male, who will begin his F15 133 *"intimidation**" from the ranks of the tangata whenua before the F15 134 karanga is issued. ^Thus the manuhiri must stand at the gate and wait F15 135 until the opportunity arises to show that their intentions are F15 136 peaceful. ^This they will do by their most honoured member picking up F15 137 the taki. ^A wero may be issued to a woman of rank *- such as the F15 138 Queen *- but the taki must always be picked up by a male member of her F15 139 party. F15 140 |^On a full ceremonial occasion there are three challengers. ^The F15 141 first is the rakau whakaara (warning challenger). ^If he believes that F15 142 the manuhiri have come in peace, he places the taki parallel to the F15 143 manuhiri; if he places the taki with the point towards the group, he F15 144 believes that they have come for war. ^If he throws the taki at them F15 145 *- he could be asking for trouble. F15 146 **[PLATE**] F15 147 |^When the taki has been picked up, the second challenger *- the F15 148 rakau takoto *- comes forward to prevent the manuhiri from advancing F15 149 further until the rakau whakaara has returned to the chief with the F15 150 information that he has gleaned. ^His taki is placed in the peaceful F15 151 position. ^As he returns to the tangata whenua, always facing the F15 152 manuhiri, the third challenger *- the rakau whakawaha *- proceeds to F15 153 challenge the manuhiri. ^When his taki is picked up, he turns his back F15 154 on the manuhiri and brings his taiaha over his head with the point F15 155 towards the marae *- the signal for the manuhiri to come forward. ^The F15 156 karanga and the powhiri then begin. F15 157 |^On some occasions the rakau whakawaha may place his taki in the F15 158 warlike position and, at the end of his wero, slap his thigh and run F15 159 for the security of his people. ^The manuhiri, having been challenged, F15 160 may send one of their number to chase and, if possible, to ground the F15 161 challenger. ^This caused some consternation at the Waitangi Day F15 162 ceremony in 1985 when a young naval *"warrior**" from the F15 163 Governor-General's party caught and grounded the challenger. F15 164 ^Protesters present *- not immediately understanding the full F15 165 significance of what was happening *- became momentarily irate. ^The F15 166 young challenger was mortified that he had got cramp at a most awkward F15 167 time. F15 168 |^The full significance of the wero stems from the traditional F15 169 need of the marae to determine the intent of their manuhiri. ^This was F15 170 done without any physical contact between the tangata whenua and the F15 171 manuhiri. ^It was done through a spiritual awareness of the actions of F15 172 people and the responses between people. ^The taki, the representative F15 173 of Tane Mahuta, is placed before you, to invite you to come in peace, F15 174 while recognising that you may have a take (reason) for which harsh F15 175 words may need to be spoken. ^However, on the marae-atea a way can F15 176 always be found whereby an exchange of words, of wairua (spirit) and F15 177 of feelings can bring people to a better understanding of one another. F15 178 ^By accepting the wero, you take the first step signifying the F15 179 beginning of an exchange between people. ^Relaxation results from the F15 180 knowledge that, for the time being, we are at peace one with another. F15 181 *<*4Te karanga/ The call*> F15 182 |^*0As soon as the tangata whenua see that the manuhiri are ready to F15 183 proceed, a woman *- the kai karanga (the caller) will karanga (call). F15 184 *# F16 001 **[159 TEXT F16**] F16 002 |^*0Five years before a similar accusation had been levelled at F16 003 Maori, Chinese and Indians: F16 004 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 005 |gross intemperance [is] heading the Tamaki State housing area toward F16 006 slum conditions. ^Drunken orgies by groups of Maoris, Chinese, F16 007 Indians, and a number of irresponsible pakehas [are] the reason... F16 008 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 009 |^These criticisms were symptomatic of the majority rejection of F16 010 visibly different life-styles of physically identifiable groups, whose F16 011 differences were compounded by their membership of the lowest F16 012 socio-economic strata of society, shared by only a few *'irresponsible F16 013 pakehas**'. ^Their economic status as wage earning migrants together F16 014 with discrimination among landlords led to their congregating in the F16 015 areas of cheapest housing, and overcrowding and poverty from the same F16 016 causes rendered Pacific Polynesians visible to their Pakeha fellow F16 017 citizens in an unflattering light. F16 018 |^Other stereotypes became attached to Pacific Polynesians, again F16 019 as a result of their over-representation in the ranks of the poor, F16 020 ill-housed and overcrowded. ^In 1965 it was suggested that they were F16 021 especially liable to commit crimes of violence when under the F16 022 influence of liquor, and that they came before the notice of the F16 023 public to a greater extent than their numbers warranted. ^But in 1966 F16 024 Justice Department figures were quoted by David Ballantyne in the F16 025 *1Auckland Star *0which showed that crime was not a problem with F16 026 Polynesians; 0.01 percent of Islanders had committed crimes in New F16 027 Zealand. ^Minister of Island Territories {0J. R.} Hanan was quoted as F16 028 describing Islanders as *'probably the most law-abiding of any section F16 029 of the community.**' F16 030 |^It was not because of their drinking and criminal habits that F16 031 Pacific Polynesians encountered prejudice, but because their physical F16 032 presence in large numbers, together with that of growing numbers of F16 033 migrating Maori, introduced a brown wedge into the cosy, homogeneous, F16 034 white society in which many European New Zealanders wished to believe; F16 035 one correspondent, writing on the subject of Samoan immigration, said: F16 036 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 037 |^Auckland... is beginning to look like a huge ghetto. F16 038 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 039 |^Another wrote: F16 040 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 041 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 042 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 043 *<*426 Selective Immigration*> F16 044 |^*0The desire for physical and cultural homogeneity had been F16 045 reflected in New Zealand's immigration policy in the twentieth century F16 046 as well as earlier in her history. ^After the Second World War the F16 047 country had been faced by a continuing dilemma; a small country F16 048 chronically short of population in a world in which industrial F16 049 expansion seemed to be the only viable route to a balanced economy. F16 050 ^The twenty year period of full employment achieved before 1967 F16 051 imposed its own limitations on the necessary expansion. ^Immigration F16 052 was recognised as one of the necessary corrective measures. F16 053 |^The majority of European New Zealanders were of British stock, F16 054 either emigrating directly from Britain or coming by way of other F16 055 British colonies. ^Many New Zealanders liked to think of Britain as F16 056 *'Home**', or as *'the Old Country**'. ^She was the Mother Country, F16 057 the source of traditions, language, law and art in a culture F16 058 transplanted to a new environment, but expected to grow into a F16 059 reproduction of its parent. ^New entrants to this colonial but British F16 060 society were required to fit into the established pattern, at least in F16 061 colour. ^Cultural assimilation could easily be imposed as long as the F16 062 immigrants' physical attributes were acceptable. F16 063 |^Various writers have recorded the assimilatory pressures F16 064 levelled at various non-British European minority groups in the F16 065 nineteenth century, including Dalmatians, Italians, and Germans. F16 066 ^Southern Europeans, especially Italians and Greeks, were at times F16 067 considered as much of a threat to racial purity as Chinese and other F16 068 Asians. F16 069 |^Migrants sought for New Zealand in the mid-twentieth century F16 070 were from a narrow source. ^A Parliamentary Committee had been set up F16 071 in 1945 to consider the question; its recommendation was that migrants F16 072 should be carefully selected according to their skills and the F16 073 requirements of industry. ^Although the ostensible criterion was F16 074 needed skills, an unquestioned assumption that the required skilled F16 075 persons would only be sought among people of British origins did not F16 076 need to be formally expressed. ^Failing sufficient numbers of Britons, F16 077 northern Europeans were to be encouraged, both of these categories of F16 078 people qualifying for government assistance. ^Relatively limited entry F16 079 was conceded to single persons of non-British nationality. ^These F16 080 measures were incorporated in the assisted migration scheme of 1947, F16 081 which was substantially re-written in 1950, without, however, F16 082 broadening significantly the sources of immigrants. F16 083 |^In 1950 the issue of migration within the Commonwealth was F16 084 discussed at the Commonwealth Parliamentary Association's conference F16 085 under the heading *'Empire Migration Problems**'. ^In spite of the F16 086 dawn of a new era of overt racial equality promoted by increasing F16 087 numbers of newly independent Asian and African nations through the F16 088 medium of United Nations resolutions and other methods of diplomacy, F16 089 the old imperialists could be seen to be in reluctant retreat, F16 090 resisting the development of multi-cultural societies by clinging to a F16 091 form of migration that would ensure for their nations continuing F16 092 homogeneity, or at least continuing *'white**' domination of F16 093 *'coloured**' minorities within their borders. ^{0H. E.} Holt of F16 094 Australia said that his country *'needed alien immigrants, but it was F16 095 desirable that the greatest proportion should come of British F16 096 stock.**' ^{0S. W.} McNaught of Canada said: F16 097 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 098 |the possibility of alien political resistance groups growing up F16 099 concerned Canada. ^His country would prevent the immigration of people F16 100 who could not be assimilated into Canada's way of life. F16 101 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 102 |^\0W. Sullivan, New Zealand's Minister of Labour, said that F16 103 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 104 |the right type of artisan and tradesman could not be procured in F16 105 sufficient numbers from the United Kingdom, so New Zealand had F16 106 extended immigration to include people from the Netherlands. F16 107 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 108 |^This mild concession to New Zealand's need for skilled labour F16 109 was not greeted with equanimity by all New Zealanders. ^The Dutch and F16 110 other continental Europeans, both immigrants and refugees, though F16 111 *'white**', were, like their predecessors in the nineteenth century, F16 112 greeted with pressures to assimilate. ^One correspondent who signed F16 113 him or herself *'Had Them**', was fed up with what he or she called F16 114 the post-war influx of *'the rag tag of Europe**'. ^A further writer, F16 115 calling him or herself *'Annoyed**', complained because Dutch F16 116 immigrants received a newsletter which was intended to keep them up to F16 117 date with events in Holland. ^*'Annoyed**' was supported by another F16 118 correspondent who signed himself *'Friendly**', but wrote: F16 119 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 120 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 121 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 122 |^A similar spirit prompted a Question in the House concerning F16 123 assistance by the Dutch Government to Dutch immigrants in New Zealand. F16 124 |^If the way was difficult for European immigrants of non-British F16 125 origins, it was much more difficult for non-whites such as Asians and F16 126 Polynesians. ^New Zealand's assisted immigration scheme favoured F16 127 British entry to the point of virtual exclusion of all others. ^If F16 128 Australians, Canadians and white South Africans were counted as F16 129 British, then in 1961 only 2 percent of all immigrants born outside F16 130 New Zealand were aliens, and of that 2 percent more than a third were F16 131 Dutch. F16 132 |^In 1956 \0Dr Manikam, Asian Secretary of the World Council of F16 133 Churches, was quoted as saying that *'the New Zealand immigration F16 134 policy was a source of great irritation in South East Asia.**' ^A F16 135 minister in Hong Kong, the \0Rev. \0P. Jansen, reported to the Council F16 136 that *'the New Zealand immigration laws seemed to imply that Asians F16 137 were a breed apart and of less dignity than Europeans.**' The \0Rev. F16 138 {0F. W.} Winton told the Presbyterian General Assembly in 1956 that F16 139 New Zealand was a closed country. ^*'It is most frustrating trying to F16 140 get Asians into New Zealand... there seems to be no reason for F16 141 refusal.**' F16 142 |^The reason for such refusals was implicit in the idea expressed, F16 143 for example, by Walter Nash in 1960 when he stated *'^If coloured F16 144 persons were allowed to enter New Zealand indiscriminately... we would F16 145 lose our standards.**' ^In fairness to Nash, he later defined these F16 146 endangered standards as economic, and in any case was discussing the F16 147 possibility of unlimited immigration, which he saw as a threat to the F16 148 political power of the existing New Zealand population. ^But that he F16 149 and many other New Zealanders had in mind the undesirability of Asians F16 150 in whatever numbers is borne out by both the evidence of prejudice and F16 151 the actualities of official policy on immigration. F16 152 |^An alternative to these policies would have been to restrict F16 153 immigration numerically by annual quotas to the categories of persons F16 154 possessing needed skills, and to accept immigrants and their families F16 155 on the basis of their qualifications regardless of their country of F16 156 origin or their colour. ^In 1963 \0Dr {0B. K.} Gupta drew attention to F16 157 this possibility: F16 158 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 159 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 160 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 161 |^He also pointed out, however, that immigrant Asians with high F16 162 qualifications would be called on to face up to prejudice: F16 163 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 164 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 165 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 166 |^The interviewer Arthur Feslier agreed: F16 167 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 168 |^I believe that the New Zealander in all truth has in his mind the F16 169 image of the Asian as being the greengrocer. F16 170 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 171 |^If the Asian was welcome only as a greengrocer, then the F16 172 Polynesian was welcome only as an unskilled labourer. ^The aim of the F16 173 introduction of a Cook Islanders' migrant scheme was outlined in 1961 F16 174 by Leon Gotz, then Minister for Island Territories. ^He hoped the F16 175 scheme would bring *'a ready response from rural employers who want F16 176 unskilled but easily taught and willing labour.**' ^But to one farmer F16 177 in the Auckland province the labour shortage in New Zealand and F16 178 underdevelopment in the Cook Islands did not constitute sufficient F16 179 reason to welcome even *'willing labour**' if it was coloured: F16 180 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 181 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 182 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 183 |^Another correspondent in the press went a little further: F16 184 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 185 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 186 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 187 |^In February 1970 the then government announced a *'radical new F16 188 immigration policy**' aimed at boosting the total intake of migrants. F16 189 ^The *'radical**' element was that assistance was to be offered for F16 190 the first time to semiskilled and unskilled workers. ^However the F16 191 migration net was also to be spread wider *- to the edges of Europe. F16 192 ^Italy and Greece were judged to be relatively fitting sources of new F16 193 New Zealanders, if only from the dearth of willing *'better stock**'. F16 194 ^{0M. S.} Fonoti, President of the Samoan Progressive Movement, in F16 195 commenting on the new scheme showed how little New Zealand's F16 196 immigration policy had changed in reality: F16 197 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 198 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 199 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 200 |^Alas for such hopes, the New Zealand Government was still F16 201 pursuing the goal of a predominantly white community. ^Skills or extra F16 202 population were not as desirable as a majority with skins of the right F16 203 shade. ^A final irony in the new scheme was the introduction of a new F16 204 immigration card to replace the old format, which had required all new F16 205 arrivals to nominate their race. ^A Labour Department spokesman said F16 206 that such a question *'hinted at racial prejudice**'. ^The new F16 207 immigration card, he announced, was to drop all mention of a visitor's F16 208 racial origin *'except in the case of Polynesians**'. ^Polynesian F16 209 immigration into New Zealand was to become a controversial issue in F16 210 the mid-1970s, with mounting opposition to the *'influx **[SIC**] of F16 211 migrants from various Pacific sources, and to the level of attempts by F16 212 many of these to remain in the country after their work or holiday F16 213 entry permits had expired as permanent if illegal residents. ^It was F16 214 clear that one of the primary concerns of New Zealand governments was F16 215 with the economics of the question; how many migrants of different F16 216 categories could New Zealand afford to accept, given the fluctuating F16 217 job supply crises of the 1970s? ^The governments of many Pacific F16 218 countries also regarded the problem as economic rather than racial; in F16 219 the opinion of many of their officials the migrant schemes for Pacific F16 220 Islanders had been developed as a form of economic aid, rather than F16 221 provided merely as a source of labour to benefit New Zealand industry. F16 222 |^While governments in New Zealand and the Pacific were primarily F16 223 concerned with economic and social welfare issues, some public F16 224 reaction to the random arrest crisis of October 1976, when more than F16 225 two hundred people were arrested at random on Auckland streets on F16 226 suspicion that they might be *'overstayers**', or taken in dawn raids F16 227 on the homes of Polynesians where *'overstayers**' were suspected to F16 228 be hiding, demonstrated the continuing determination of many New F16 229 Zealanders to keep their country *'white**': F16 230 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 231 |^If Islanders are living in fear in New Zealand... why do they stay? F16 232 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 233 |^Another letter compared Pacific Islanders to West Indians in F16 234 Britain: F16 235 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 236 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 237 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 238 |^Lloyd Geering reported in the *1Auckland Star *0that seeking out F16 239 and arresting overstayers had been compared to *'catching the last F16 240 rabbit**'. ^He commented: F16 241 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F16 242 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F16 243 **[END INDENTATION**] F16 244 |^The raids and arrests of Polynesians and other brown-skinned F16 245 people at random on Auckland streets were made with a view to F16 246 demanding evidence of identity and residential status. F16 247 *# F17 001 **[160 TEXT F17**] F17 002 ^*0It was taught as part of anthropology *- alongside the study of F17 003 buried Maori pas and campsites. ^In the cities, where 70 per cent of F17 004 Maoris lived in the late 1970s, compared with 11 per cent forty years F17 005 earlier, low wages, large families and state-supplied or subsidised F17 006 housing concentrated Maoris in incipient brown ghettoes. ^By the late F17 007 1960s Maoris had become an urban underclass in a European society. F17 008 |^The university radicals objected: to the abandonment of things F17 009 Maori by their parents; to their own cultural loss; to second-class F17 010 status; to the social deprivation around them. ^A Maori Organisation F17 011 of Human Rights argued the social case. ^A more radical grouping, Nga F17 012 Tamatoa (the young warriors), emerged in 1970 to put a stronger case F17 013 for Maori rights *- the beginnings of a demand for Maori control over F17 014 things Maori. ^In 1972 a mock Maori parliament was set up in F17 015 Parliament grounds. F17 016 |^As with the Vietnam radicals and the feminist radicals, the F17 017 Maori radicals found some reflection in the 1972-75 Labour Government. F17 018 ^For the first time in forty years a Maori, Matiu Rata, was made F17 019 minister for Maori affairs. ^One of the university radicals, Pat F17 020 Hohepa, joined him as private secretary. ^A slow start was made to F17 021 stop the alienation of the remaining 3 million acres of Maori land, F17 022 then running at 70,000 acres a year (it came down to 2000 acres a F17 023 year). ^A Waitangi Tribunal was set up to hear grievances based on F17 024 Maori rights under clause 2 of the Waitangi Treaty. F17 025 |^But that was not enough. ^In 1975 Te Matakite (the seers) land F17 026 protest movement organised a vast number of Maoris *- perhaps as many F17 027 as 30,000 in all *- who marched on parliament under the slogan of F17 028 *'not one more acre of land**' to be alienated. ^In 1977 protesters F17 029 occupied Bastion Point in suburban Auckland to stop the sale of the F17 030 land for housing development *- and, after 507 days of occupation, F17 031 ending in a large number of trials of the occupiers which were stopped F17 032 by an embarrassed government, won their case. ^In the same year Eva F17 033 Rickard led a successful campaign for the return of the Raglan golf F17 034 course to Maori ownership. ^In 1979 He Taua (the war party) forcibly F17 035 stopped engineering students at Auckland University performing a mock F17 036 haka. ^Earlier that year a Waitangi Action Committee had disrupted the F17 037 annual national celebrations of the signing of the treaty in 1840 to F17 038 proclaim the treaty a fraud on the Maori people. F17 039 |^So by the decade's end Maoris were succeeding by direct action, F17 040 where conventional methods had failed, in putting a spoke in the wheel F17 041 of long decline and eclipse. ^In late 1979 the next step was taken: F17 042 Rata, denied front bench status after a reshuffle of opposition F17 043 {0MP}s, walked out of the Labour party in protest at the failure to F17 044 appoint a spokesman on Maori affairs and the relegation of Maori F17 045 interests that represented and formed Mana Motuhake. ^The aim was F17 046 Maori control of Maori society and interests *- a *'bicultural social F17 047 order**'. ^The manifesto declared that *'its destiny is to liberate F17 048 the people from the domination and manipulation so that Maori society F17 049 is a being for itself and not a colony inhabited by another**'. ^In F17 050 his report to the 1979 Labour party conference as chairman of the F17 051 Maori policy committee, Rata had said: *'^We will master our own F17 052 affairs *- we must command our own destiny and we want every acre of F17 053 land wrongfully taken from us back.**' F17 054 |^As feminist activism had by the late 1970s forced a growing F17 055 public and private recognition of women's grievances and rights, so F17 056 Maori activism forced recognition of Maori grievances and rights. ^In F17 057 both cases there was a huge gap between the aims and the achievements, F17 058 but there were achievements, both in practical terms and in terms of a F17 059 forced awareness, both sympathetic and antipathetic, of the issues. F17 060 ^One example: by 1979 demand to learn the Maori language had far F17 061 outstripped the supply of even barely qualified teachers. F17 062 |^Feminism and Maori activism, therefore, were manifestations of F17 063 challenge and change. ^These two parts of the Vietnam big-change F17 064 generation were still visibly active and achieving some change, even F17 065 if there was little visible evidence of the rest. F17 066 |^And their activity portended activity from others. ^In the long F17 067 liberal-conservative periods, there was not much Maori or feminist F17 068 activism. ^The sustained heightened activism among feminists and F17 069 Maoris in the 1970s was therefore another sign that big change could F17 070 be on the way. F17 071 |^For that to occur the new generation had to take over the levers F17 072 of power in the political, bureaucratic and business establishments F17 073 which dictated the regulatory environment and the economic rules. F17 074 ^That involves a long process of climbing up hierarchical ladders and F17 075 it usually takes until people are in their 30s and 40s at the F17 076 earliest. ^They needed to be in the upper-middle levels of management F17 077 in business and the bureaucracy (that is, in the positions where the F17 078 options on which top management or bureaucrats are delimited *- and F17 079 often even effectively decided). ^And they needed to be on the front F17 080 benches of the main political parties. ^In 1979 that was not so. F17 081 |^There were signs that it was coming. ^Ian Douglas was the F17 082 fulcrum of a change of stance among manufacturers, urging on them that F17 083 government policy had, however little the actual movement, changed F17 084 direction on protection policy. ^John Hunn was revolutionising the F17 085 Development Finance Corporation. ^Michael Fay and David Richwhite had F17 086 set up their merchant bank which would five years later be a force in F17 087 finance. ^The Brierley whizzkids were already a force on the stock F17 088 market and Bob Jones on the property market. ^A crop of small firms, F17 089 some of them in provincial towns like Allflex in Palmerston North and F17 090 Production Engineering in Marton, were breaking through into F17 091 international markets with innovative products that sold on their F17 092 superiority of design or concept. F17 093 |^And if one looked under the skins of the establishments one F17 094 could see some innovators of the Vietnam generation thrusting forward F17 095 by 1979. ^The back benches of both Labour and National Parties F17 096 contained some. ^Labour Party conferences were dominated numerically F17 097 by people with a pedigree going directly back to the Vietnam protest F17 098 era and had taken over key positions in the Labour Party organisation, F17 099 including the installation of their candidate as president, while F17 100 their contemporaries of the *'right**' had made some gains in the F17 101 National Party organisation. ^In the government departments things F17 102 were moving, too: Graeme Scott and Roger Kerr, for example, were F17 103 reaching policy-generating rank at the Treasury. ^So was Rod Deane at F17 104 the Reserve Bank. ^The bulk of the big-changers were not much visible: F17 105 Allan Hawkins, founder of Equiticorp in 1984, was buried at Marac; F17 106 people like Alan Gibbs and Charles Bidwill, now heading a resurgent F17 107 Ceramco, and Douglas Myers, who has reconstructed and re-fired a F17 108 sclerotic Lion Corporation, were in the background, making money but F17 109 not waves; current union heavies like Rex Jones of the engineers and F17 110 Rick Barker of the hotel workers were well out of sight; Helen Clark, F17 111 central figure in the architecture of the 1984 nuclear policy switch, F17 112 had not yet been selected for Parliament. ^One had to look hard to see F17 113 them and use a good deal of imagination to assess their future impact. F17 114 ^But if one did look hard, they could be seen. F17 115 |^Otherwise change was subterranean, but beginning. ^By 1979 F17 116 considerable numbers of Vietnam generation people had reached middle F17 117 to upper-middle management in corporations and the public service. F17 118 ^They were generating the options from which their older generation F17 119 superiors selected their decisions. ^Consequently they began to have F17 120 an effect on the decisions, nudging them in the direction of change. F17 121 |^So big change lay just beneath the surface by 1979. ^It could be F17 122 seen just beginning to emerge on the fringes of business and in the F17 123 down-table positions in politics. ^If conditions were to prove right, F17 124 these people could bring big change to New Zealand *- not necessarily F17 125 to total independence and full nationhood, for the poets and the F17 126 artists had not presaged that, nor in agreed, specific directions, for F17 127 their aims were diverse and there was no agreement what outcome should F17 128 result, but a change of heart, a big step away from the temperament F17 129 and attitudes of the previous three or four decades. ^And conditions F17 130 were right. F17 131 *<*44. Putting on the strain*> F17 132 |^*0Radicals are minorities. ^If they want to make big change they F17 133 must get the majority to go with them. ^Their own display of energy or F17 134 powers of persuasion are not enough, because they have to compete in F17 135 the marketplace of ideas with greater numbers of liberals and F17 136 conservatives. ^So for big change to occur, the people must feel under F17 137 strain. ^The more the strain, the more they will want to escape it. F17 138 ^And the more they want to escape strain, the more they will be F17 139 susceptible to and go along with big-change ideas and initiatives. F17 140 |^Before the 1890s big-change period, there was a decade of F17 141 economic strain. ^Falling prices for exports (mainly wool, wheat and F17 142 other grain, and gold) dragged down export receipts per head by 39 per F17 143 cent between 1877 and 1886 and it took to 1890 to regain the 1877 F17 144 level. ^But imports per head were still only 52 per cent of the 1877 F17 145 level in 1895. ^Manufacturing output declined under the impact of F17 146 falling purchasing power, competition from imports at home and rising F17 147 protectionism abroad, particularly in Australia. ^Wages were cut, F17 148 inflation rose and there was serious unemployment. ^Conditions of work F17 149 were often appalling and living conditions likewise. ^Economic strain F17 150 was compounded by social strain. F17 151 |^Building up to the 1930s big-change period there was a decade or F17 152 so of economic uncertainty and then misery, coupled with a changing F17 153 moral climate in which old, settled values were challenged. ^The F17 154 misery came in the early 1930s when export prices collapsed, dragging F17 155 down export income by 40 per cent between 1928-29 and 1931-32. ^As in F17 156 the 1880s (and in the 1980s) farmers were caught in a terrible vice F17 157 between debt and low prices. ^The government, trapped between falling F17 158 revenue and rising social spending commitments, forced wages and F17 159 salaries down, cut pensions and other welfare payments and postponed F17 160 other programmes, including teacher training. ^Unemployment rocketed: F17 161 officially recorded unemployment (those who qualified for some kind of F17 162 relief) climbed to 80,000 by 1933, about 12 per cent of the workforce F17 163 *- but the actual figure was much higher because it excluded women, F17 164 people under twenty, people with assets above a certain minimum and F17 165 people who did not register out of pride. ^Bill Sutch, who worked for F17 166 the Minister of Unemployment, Gordon Coates, at the time, has F17 167 estimated that the total was nearer 100,000 males, or about two-fifths F17 168 of male workers between sixteen and sixty-five, excluding civil F17 169 servants, farmers and self-employed. ^Families were broken up because F17 170 unemployed had to do *'relief work**', often at remote camps. ^In 1932 F17 171 there were uncontrollable street riots. ^Economic and social strain F17 172 was at a level not experienced before. ^The people were ready for big F17 173 change in the late 1930s. F17 174 |^The economy revived slowly from 1933 on and quickly after the F17 175 Second World War. ^Unemployment was microscopic, averaging 0.07 per F17 176 cent from 1955 to 1964. ^Incomes rose steadily. ^The terms of trade F17 177 were fairly stable and the balance of payments did not get into F17 178 serious trouble. ^There was little challenge to New Zealand's sense of F17 179 its place in the world or the established morals and conventions. ^So F17 180 the restrained liberal-conservative approach to change prevailed. F17 181 |^From 1965, however, strain began to grow. ^The terms of trade F17 182 dipped in 1966 with a fall in wool prices. ^Unemployment nudged 1 per F17 183 cent in 1968. ^The Vietnam generation upset the placidity of society F17 184 with their protests, disruptions of political meetings (Keith F17 185 Holyoake's opening election campaign meeting in 1969 was wrecked by F17 186 chanting demonstrators), flouting of accepted sexual morals and F17 187 disregard of security. ^But in the early 1970s the protests abated F17 188 some and the terms of trade turned back up. ^Perhaps, people thought, F17 189 the late 1960s were just a blip and the quest for prosperity and F17 190 continuity would be resumed. ^A National Development Conference in F17 191 1968-69 confidently targeted ten years of steady growth, projecting F17 192 the 1960s pretty well unchanged towards the 1980s. F17 193 |^The blip turned out instead to be the early 1970s recovery. F17 194 *# F18 001 **[161 TEXT F18**] F18 002 *|^*0The National Party has had somewhat more success maintaining a F18 003 youth organisation than it has a Maori organisation over the past 50 F18 004 years despite the fact that Junior or Young National activity has F18 005 periodically fluctuated. F18 006 |^Members of the Junior Reform League, who in 1938 comprised F18 007 two-thirds of the members of the divisional executive, were active in F18 008 establishing the Auckland Division. ^The first Junior Nationals' ball F18 009 in Auckland was held in August 1938, arranged by a committee of 13 F18 010 young women and five young men. ^In 1939 {0H. G.} Curran was appointed F18 011 Dominion youth organiser. ^His task was to create *'a live youth F18 012 movement**' based on the principles of *'freedom, Christianity, F18 013 British Democracy, the Crown, family life, independence [and] personal F18 014 service and sacrifice**'. ^The outbreak of war a few months later saw F18 015 the project abandoned. F18 016 |^In May 1944 the Wellington Division appointed \0H. Fiddes of F18 017 Napier as organiser of young people's activities. ^When he resigned in F18 018 October of the same year, 20 Junior branches were operating in the F18 019 division. ^They were advised and supervised by older mentors from the F18 020 electorates concerned, who also over the years had to subsidise F18 021 financially their usually impecunious Junior sections. ^Eric Pryor was F18 022 asked to continue Fiddes's work. ^By 1947, when {0L. W. A.} Foster F18 023 became the Wellington divisional youth organiser, there were 37 Junior F18 024 branches in that division. F18 025 |^The chairman of the Auckland Division, Alex McKenzie, later in F18 026 1944 asked \0Dr James Rutherford, Professor of History at Auckland F18 027 University College, if he would establish such a Junior organisation F18 028 in Auckland. ^Membership would be open to anyone over the age of 12 F18 029 but particularly in the 17 to 28 range and the recruitment of young F18 030 returned servicemen was given priority. ^The first formal meeting of F18 031 the Auckland Juniors was held on 21 September 1944. ^Rutherford was F18 032 elected president and Marjorie Gadsby secretary. ^By 1946 Rutherford F18 033 had developed an Auckland Junior section of 480 members with a social F18 034 activities committee and a second educational and political committee. F18 035 ^By 1947 the membership had more than doubled to 1,056. F18 036 |^With the rapid development of similar Junior sections F18 037 throughout the country, a rally attended by 120 Junior delegates F18 038 was held in Palmerston North in March 1946. ^In 1947 F18 039 Canterbury-Westland emulated Wellington by appointing a full-time F18 040 Junior organiser. ^In Wellington six Juniors were co-opted to the F18 041 divisional executive. ^In Auckland Peter Dempsey replaced Rutherford F18 042 as Junior president and was himself succeeded in 1948 by Robert F18 043 Muldoon. ^With Gadsby as their secretary, Rutherford, Dempsey and F18 044 Muldoon created an Auckland Junior National movement that by 1949 F18 045 numbered in excess of 2,500 in some dozen branches. ^In Wellington F18 046 the growth was even more remarkable with 3,500 Juniors enrolled F18 047 before the 1949 election and producing such future prominent F18 048 activists as George Chapman and Allan Highet. F18 049 |^The late 1940s and the 1950s were in many ways a return to F18 050 normality after years of depression and war. ^Life was at last F18 051 relatively uncomplicated, stable and prosperous. ^That was reflected F18 052 in the activities of the Junior Nationals. ^Dances, socials, F18 053 barbecues, picnics, indoor games evenings, tennis evenings, golf F18 054 tournaments, trips to the mountains, weekend camps and, in conjunction F18 055 with the party's women's sections, debutante balls were used to F18 056 attract and retain the Junior members. ^Some indication of Junior F18 057 activity is given in the Dunedin City combined junior**[SIC**] F18 058 sections' annual report for 1950. F18 059 **[TABLE**] F18 060 |^They also produced a 12-page monthly newsletter, *1Attack, *0visited F18 061 Coronet Peak, and helped with a debutante ball. ^In the F18 062 Canterbury-Westland Division the Juniors in the early 1950s were F18 063 actively fundraising to build an alpine ski hut and visiting Arthur's F18 064 Pass, Hanmer, Mount Cook, Picton and Peel Forest for weekends. ^In the F18 065 South Auckland Division, a very popular Easter Camp was held under F18 066 canvas at \0Mt Maunganui for a number of years from 1947. ^Informal F18 067 social get-togethers over tea and table tennis were also popular in F18 068 the rooms set aside for the Juniors in the National Party centres in F18 069 the main cities. F18 070 |^Although most, but not all, Junior Nationals were from F18 071 anti-Labour homes, politics was the least important reason for F18 072 joining. ^Most Junior members were interested primarily and some F18 073 exclusively in having fun, not in trying to solve the problems of New F18 074 Zealand or the world. ^Although they repeatedly had to refute their F18 075 reputation as a wealthy, elitist social set, the Junior Nationals were F18 076 for most of their history very much a broad-based community social F18 077 club for young people. ^Many met their future husbands and wives there F18 078 *- for example, Rob and Thea Muldoon, and George and Jacqueline F18 079 Chapman. F18 080 |^Debating, not only for entertainment but to train young people F18 081 in public speaking, researching material, organising arguments and F18 082 chairing meetings was a popular activity among a minority of Juniors, F18 083 including F18 084 **[PLATES**] F18 085 the few who were politically aware or ambitious. ^Various trophies F18 086 were donated for debating competition within the divisions: the F18 087 Fels-Michelle Shield in Otago-Southland, the McKenzie Trophy in F18 088 Auckland, the Walsh Cup in South Auckland. ^The best debating teams F18 089 from each division competed for the Westminster Shield with the best F18 090 individual speaker receiving the Holyoake Cup. ^There were other F18 091 trophies and competitions. ^In Waikato, for example, the Ross Trophy F18 092 went to the Junior section gaining the most new members or sending in F18 093 the best 12-point policy proposals, and the Holland Trophy, originally F18 094 donated for inter-branch sport, was later awarded for essay-writing on F18 095 such topics as *'Self-help against state control**'. F18 096 |^At various times and for usually only brief periods a F18 097 succession of Junior newsletters appeared, such as Dunedin's *1Attack, F18 098 *0Canterbury-Westland's *1Action, *0Auckland's *1Junior News, Newsreel F18 099 *0and *1Junior Parade, *0or the Dominion Young Nationals' *1Awatea. F18 100 |^*0One thing Alex McKenzie, as Auckland divisional chairman and F18 101 later Dominion president of the party, prohibited was the making of F18 102 public statements by the Juniors. ^Statements by inexperienced and F18 103 usually ill-informed Juniors, he believed, could well be taken as F18 104 official party policy or opinion to the party's detriment. ^Because at F18 105 that time young people, with only a few exceptions, were much less F18 106 opinionated and more deferential in every way to their elders than F18 107 they were later to become, they accepted the restriction. ^One has the F18 108 suspicion that even if they had been more outspoken, their views on F18 109 policy would not have carried much weight in the upper levels of the F18 110 party where many regarded the Juniors with paternal tolerance as a F18 111 necessary burden. F18 112 |^The continuity and often the motivation for Junior activity F18 113 depended on the interest of a few senior advisors such as Theo Hills F18 114 and Laurie Cleal in Wellington; Morris Friedlander, Trevor Barber and F18 115 Jim Yendell in South Auckland; or Harold McLeod and {0G. N.} Carroll F18 116 in Dunedin. ^They were usually assisted at any given time by one or F18 117 two able and enthusiastic Junior office-holders: Muldoon and Gadsby in F18 118 Auckland; Joyce Bulger in Dunedin; Derek Round in Christchurch; or F18 119 Darcy Morrow in Hamilton. ^As with many church or other youth groups, F18 120 there developed a regular cycle of activity and inactivity, increasing F18 121 membership and falling numbers. ^As young activists married, shifted F18 122 district, became more involved in establishing their careers and F18 123 families, so there had to be repeated recruitment and retraining to F18 124 replenish the ranks. ^A few exceptional Juniors such as Muldoon and F18 125 Chapman stayed on to become leader and president. ^Similarly, Graham F18 126 Johnstone, John Tremewan and James Austin became the directors F18 127 respectively of the Canterbury-Westland, Auckland and Wellington F18 128 Divisions. ^Others returned later in life to the senior organisation. F18 129 ^Most continued to identify with and vote for the party. F18 130 |^By the mid-fifties, after five years of steady numerical F18 131 decline throughout the country, the Junior National movement was F18 132 struggling even to survive. ^Only in the Wellington Division were the F18 133 Juniors, with a great deal of help from the senior organisation, able F18 134 to resist the decline. ^By 1958 Wellington had 27 of the 46 Junior F18 135 branches still functioning in New Zealand and 2,200 of the 3,999 F18 136 financial members. ^There the Juniors balanced social, educational and F18 137 political activities including a rally in Hastings in October 1958 F18 138 attended by 500 people. F18 139 |^Elsewhere the Junior scene was one of almost unrelieved gloom. F18 140 ^In the Otago-Southland Division only the Oamaru Junior branch, where F18 141 debating was very popular, survived. ^The Southland Juniors went into F18 142 recess in 1954 and the combined Dunedin Junior section in 1956, F18 143 neither being revived until 1960. ^In the Canterbury-Westland Division F18 144 only two Junior branches *- Selwyn and \0St Albans *- remained active F18 145 by 1957 and their memberships were decimated. ^Waikato, which managed F18 146 to retain a Junior presence in seven electorates, was only a shadow of F18 147 previous years as the Junior branches at Otorohanga, Te Kuiti, F18 148 Taumarunui and Whakatane went out of existence. ^In Auckland the F18 149 membership was halved, even though new leaders such as Tremewan were F18 150 emerging and two active juniors**[SIC**], Jonathan Hunt and Terry F18 151 Power, both history students at Auckland University, had formed the F18 152 University Progressive Conservative Club as a platform from which F18 153 National {0MP}s could speak to student audiences. F18 154 |^The undeniable decline in members and activity was only part of F18 155 the problem. ^Some senior party officials discerned a qualitative F18 156 deterioration as well. ^The new secretary of the Auckland Division, F18 157 Bob Reid, observed that the Auckland Juniors *'were out of hand and F18 158 their standard of conduct was not satisfactory**'. ^He took steps to F18 159 reduce the numbers and improve the quality. ^His concern was shared by F18 160 Holyoake, who warned against the growing tendency for inexperienced F18 161 young people to criticise the party rather than display understanding, F18 162 tolerance and loyalty. ^The general secretary, Theo Hills, was more F18 163 specific; constructive criticism within the family was acceptable but F18 164 outside it should be the party right or wrong. F18 165 |^On 14 February 1957 McKenzie convened a meeting of divisional F18 166 chairmen and secretaries in Wellington to consider a paper prepared on F18 167 the Junior Nationals by Hills. ^It was decided, because of the F18 168 difficulty in finding sufficient active members especially in weaker F18 169 electorates, to organise the Juniors in future more on a divisional F18 170 than on an electorate basis; to terminate membership at 25; to F18 171 encourage the formation of Junior advisory committees; and to organise F18 172 under the Dominion president's chairmanship a two-day meeting in F18 173 Wellington in May of each year and attended by two Junior F18 174 representatives from each division. ^Suggested programmes for a year's F18 175 activities, down to detailed menus and catering hints for luncheons, F18 176 dinners, suppers and camp meals were prepared and distributed by F18 177 Dominion headquarters. ^A code of conduct was drawn up, stressing high F18 178 standards of personal behaviour, commitment to the success of the F18 179 Juniors' activities, tolerance to others, loyalty to the party, and F18 180 willingness to work for it, for New Zealand, for the Commonwealth, and F18 181 for *'peace and harmony**' in the world. F18 182 |^In the early 1960s the Junior Nationals experienced a partial F18 183 revival, though attracting a younger age group than immediately after F18 184 the war. ^In 1961 discussion groups called *'The Churchillians**' were F18 185 set up to discuss notes and papers prepared by Dominion headquarters F18 186 on such subjects as *'^Should Parliamentary Procedure be Reformed, and F18 187 How?**'. ^Efforts were made to establish a National presence on every F18 188 university campus to counter the dramatically growing Labour activity F18 189 there, which may well have had an influence in the conversion to F18 190 Labour of such active Junior Nationals as Jonathan Hunt in Auckland or F18 191 David Caygill, who was for a short time the chairman of the F18 192 Canterbury-Westland Divisional Juniors. ^The Auckland Divisional F18 193 Juniors reorganised under the leadership of Craig Liggins, Dianne Fell F18 194 and Alan Turner. ^In the Waikato Peter Birnie led the revival, F18 195 assisted by two very concerned seniors, \0Mrs Rona Stevenson and {0V. F18 196 J.} Alexander. ^In the Canterbury-Westland Division, never the F18 197 strongest in Junior activity, the resurgence culminated in a Junior F18 198 National Party week during October 1965, when a wide range of social F18 199 activities and educational meetings were held. ^In Otago-Southland the F18 200 leaders of the division's Juniors during the mid-sixties stressed F18 201 again and again the need for National {0MP}s to talk with and listen F18 202 to young people and advocated the use of public opinion polls to F18 203 identify issues of particular interest to youth. F18 204 |^In the Wellington Division Hamish Kynoch, a very able and F18 205 intelligent young farmer from Waipukurau who was later to become F18 206 Dominion president of Young Farmers and very influential in the F18 207 Wellington Division and on the Dominion Council and Executive of the F18 208 National Party, became divisional Junior chairman in somewhat unusual F18 209 circumstances. F18 210 *# F19 001 **[162 TEXT F19**] F19 002 |^*0Little did anyone suspect that while these military-like plans F19 003 were being finalised in the fish hold, a military operation of a quite F19 004 different and more sinister kind had been taking place just a few feet F19 005 away, on the outer side of the rivetted steel plates forming the F19 006 ship's hull. ^With loud generator noise from the engine room and the F19 007 intensity of the discussions, nobody would have noticed any strange F19 008 sound made by a saboteur. F19 009 |^All were tired and some were jet-lagged. ^Soon after eleven F19 010 o'clock, after those waiting on deck had sent *'^Let's get going!**' F19 011 notes down to the fish hold, the meeting broke up. ^Some of the F19 012 directors not involved in the skippers' meeting had already left for F19 013 the surf club at Piha. ^Elaine Shaw rounded up the rest and followed F19 014 in a rental car. F19 015 |^Others had already left for the night. ^Dutchman Henk Haazen, F19 016 31, and his girlfriend Bunny McDiarmid, 28, had helped to refit F19 017 *1Rainbow Warrior *0in Florida then signed on as third engineer and F19 018 deckhand. ^Although their cabin, formerly a scientific laboratory, was F19 019 one of the largest in the ship they decided not to sleep on board. F19 020 ^Instead they would stay with Bunny's parents who lived in Auckland. F19 021 ^She had just been re-united with them after a seven-year absence and F19 022 wanted to be at home as much as possible before she sailed off again. F19 023 ^Henk lifted his big old {0BMW} 750 motorbike off the maindeck and F19 024 they rode away. ^Natalie Maestre, 19, was having a rest from the ship F19 025 and sleeping at Margaret Mills' cottage on Waiheke Island. ^Grace F19 026 O'Sullivan, 23, a deckhand from Ireland, had gone for a short break to F19 027 Great Barrier Island. ^Bene Hoffman, the second mate from West F19 028 Germany, was away on a tramping trip. ^Peter Willcox, 32, the American F19 029 skipper, turned into his bunk. ^Radio operator Lloyd Anderson, another F19 030 American, fell asleep while reading, still wearing his glasses. ^Andy F19 031 Biedermann, the Swiss doctor, was in his cabin. F19 032 |^As *1Rainbow Warrior *0settled down for the night, second F19 033 engineer Hanna Sorensen unaccountably felt an urge to go for a walk F19 034 and get some chilly air into her lungs. ^Thinking her friend Martin F19 035 Gotje, 26, was asleep she went ashore without telling him and walked F19 036 the length of the gloomy, dusty wharf towards the city lights. F19 037 |^Martin, first mate of the ship, was in fact one of the eight men F19 038 sitting around the two narrow tables in the cosy messroom next to the F19 039 galley. ^The tall, curly-haired Dutchman, always known as F19 040 *'Martini**', perched on a padded seat at the end of the table nearest F19 041 the door. ^Nobody had the energy for a yahoo party. ^They were winding F19 042 down, thinking of going to bed but too weary to make the effort. ^Also F19 043 round the table sat Fernando Pereira, who had joined the ship in F19 044 Hawaii, and Richard Rae, 18, then planning to skipper a small F19 045 catamaran in the peace flotilla. ^At the head of the table sprawled F19 046 Russell Munro, whose yacht was tied up alongside, and Rien Achterberg, F19 047 36, another big Dutchman who lived on Waiheke, who was working in the F19 048 Greenpeace office by day to co-ordinate the logistics of the protest F19 049 flotilla and sleeping on board by night. ^Australian Chris Robinson, F19 050 32, was to skipper *1Vega *0on what would be the Greenpeace yacht's F19 051 fifth protest voyage to Moruroa. F19 052 |^There was not much to drink, only a couple of bottles of beer to F19 053 share among eight. ^Yorkshireman Davey Edward, 32, the ship's F19 054 engineer, made a crack about it. ^Hans Guyt, 33, a former Dutch seaman F19 055 who founded Greenpeace in Holland and sailed in *1Rainbow Warrior F19 056 *0across the Pacific, looked at the clock on the bulkhead to see if F19 057 the pubs were still open. ^He was surprised at how late it was. ^The F19 058 hands of the cabin clock stood at 11.38{0pm}. F19 059 |^A shattering explosion blasted *1Rainbow Warrior. F19 060 |^*0The lights went out. ^The steady drone of the generator F19 061 stopped abruptly. ^There was a sound of breaking glass. ^In their F19 062 ringing ears people heard the sound of running water: not a trickle F19 063 but a roar. F19 064 |^In the same instant the entire ship lurched, thrown upwards and F19 065 sideways. ^She did not straighten again. ^They sensed her going down, F19 066 not fast but relentlessly. F19 067 |^Davey Edward hurled himself out of the messroom. ^He reached the F19 068 engine room door along the passageway in about eight seconds. ^As he F19 069 jerked it open the sound of roaring water filled his ears. ^The engine F19 070 room was already well submerged. ^The sea was hurtling into the ship F19 071 through a vast hole in her side, filling her at a rate afterwards F19 072 calculated to have been around six tons a second. F19 073 |^Fast asleep until the explosion, skipper Peter Willcox first F19 074 thought they had collided with a ship at sea. ^Then he looked out of F19 075 the porthole, saw the lights on the wharf, and thought the generator F19 076 must have blown up. ^Naked, he ran down the passageway and looked over F19 077 Davey's shoulder. ^The emergency lights flickered on. ^In the dim F19 078 illumination he could see water boiling around the ladders leading F19 079 down to the engine, and steam from water hitting hot pipes. ^The F19 080 lights flickered out as the rising water covered the batteries. ^The F19 081 noise of the cataract was immense. ^Davey slammed the door. *'^We'd F19 082 better get everyone off,**' the skipper said. F19 083 |^The messroom was left in total darkness but for the glimmer of F19 084 the container-terminal lights coming through the four portholes. F19 085 ^Somebody said, *'^Christ, a tug's hit us!**' F19 086 |^Russell Munro thought not. ^The generator had stopped too F19 087 quickly. ^It could only have been a bomb. ^He worked his way clear of F19 088 the table and put his hands on somebody's shoulders. ^*'Come on, let's F19 089 get out!**' he said. F19 090 |^Out in the passageway Rien Achterberg made for his cabin, only a F19 091 few feet away. ^He thought he would grab his working files, camera and F19 092 sleeping bag. ^But there was an acidy, burning, metallic smell in the F19 093 air. ^Don't, he told himself. ^He sensed the ship going slowly down, F19 094 and listing more sharply. ^A former chef and baker who had sailed in F19 095 Dutch coasters, Rien had once been in a ship that suffered an engine F19 096 room explosion. ^He thought the same thing must have happened again. F19 097 ^He abandoned his belongings. F19 098 |^While the others groped their way forward along the central F19 099 passage towards the pale light over the maindeck, from which they F19 100 could get ashore, five went aft. ^Russell Munro headed for his yacht, F19 101 his one thought to get her clear before the ship sank and dragged her F19 102 down. ^Russell's girlfriend Terisa, woken by the blast, was standing F19 103 in the cockpit in her nightie wondering what had happened. F19 104 |^Hans Guyt found himself at the aft end of the side-deck with F19 105 Martin and Fernando. ^Water was already licking through the scuppers F19 106 and wetting the planks. ^Fernando shouted in English, *'^She's sinking F19 107 isn't she?**' F19 108 |^Near the aft end of the passageway was a steep stairway leading F19 109 down to the lower accommodation. ^At the foot of the stairs the doors F19 110 of five cabins opened into a small lobby, now in pitch darkness. F19 111 ^Three men slid down the stairway. ^Martin had obtained a flashlight F19 112 and was desperately searching for Hanna whom he thought was in her F19 113 cabin below. ^\0Dr Biedermann went down to help, and check the other F19 114 cabins. ^And Fernando, who had something of a reputation in the ship F19 115 for being last-man ready, never went anywhere without his precious F19 116 Canons. ^The cameras were on the bunk in his cabin. F19 117 |^Margaret Mills was just dropping off again when the loud bang F19 118 shook her awake. ^Her first thought was that *1Rainbow Warrior *0had F19 119 been hit by a ship. ^Then she heard running water and wondered if a F19 120 tap had been left on. ^More curious than bothered, and not a bit F19 121 alarmed, she quickly dressed. ^She was so unflustered that she took F19 122 the time to tie her shoelaces. ^She didn't know the power had failed F19 123 because she hadn't tried to switch on the light. F19 124 |^Fumbling towards the door she arrived in the wardrobe and F19 125 thought it would be better to find her glasses. ^Without them she was F19 126 a cripple. ^At the same moment she opened the door and realised a man F19 127 was standing in the darkness. ^She didn't recognise him until he F19 128 spoke. *'^Come on, Margaret, we've got to get out,**' \0Dr Biedermann F19 129 told her. F19 130 |*'^Wait... my glasses!**' F19 131 |*'^Don't be silly, the ship's sinking!**' F19 132 |^On the basis (she related later) that boy scouts helped little F19 133 old ladies across the street whether they wanted to go or not, F19 134 Margaret decided to do what she was told. ^She still thought it all a F19 135 bit ridiculous. ^Ships didn't sink in port. ^Then she saw the water F19 136 pouring down the stairway. F19 137 |^At the top of the steps Hans Guyt, wondering whether to nip down F19 138 to collect belongings from his cabin, saw Martin with the flashlight. F19 139 ^At that moment the ship listed sharply. ^Hans returned to the F19 140 side-deck where Margaret was splashing forward towards the ladder, up F19 141 to her calves in water. ^As Martin turned to go up the stairs he F19 142 glimpsed Fernando packing his cameras into a bag. ^Water was jetting F19 143 into the compartment through wire runs, under great pressure. ^He ran F19 144 up the steps thinking Fernando was right behind him. F19 145 |^In that instant a second explosion erupted beneath the stern of F19 146 *1Rainbow Warrior. F19 147 |^*0From the yacht's cockpit Terisa saw a flash of light streak F19 148 through the cloudy water, just beneath the surface. ^The aft part of F19 149 the ship lurched as if struck from below by a giant hammer. ^The lower F19 150 accommodation must have flooded instantly. ^Those on deck scrambled up F19 151 the ladder or took flying leaps to the wharf. ^Peter Willcox shouted, F19 152 *'^Abandon ship!**' ^Then the skipper went forward, checking the F19 153 cabins along the passageway to ensure everyone was out. ^Intending to F19 154 check that the fish hold was clear he found the stairway compartment F19 155 giving access to it was already full of water. ^He headed for his F19 156 cabin to collect his glasses and some clothes but there was no time. F19 157 ^The ship was going down. ^Still naked, he waded out, climbed to the F19 158 boat deck and jumped ashore. F19 159 |^*'Look out, she's tipping!**' Everyone scattered back from the F19 160 edge of the wharf. ^Just four minutes after the first explosion, two F19 161 minutes after the second, the twin steel masts tilted suddenly towards F19 162 the wharf as *1Rainbow Warrior *0listed and settled on the bottom. ^To F19 163 the dismayed survivors it seemed almost miraculous that she neither F19 164 capsized nor disappeared. ^The ship lay on her starboard side, not F19 165 quite submerged, her masts nearly touching the gutter of the F19 166 wharf**[ARB**]-shed roof. F19 167 |^Russell pushed his yacht clear with a spinnaker pole. ^It had no F19 168 engine so he hoisted sail and ghosted across to the opposite wharf. F19 169 ^Then he raced back by dinghy to salvage what he could of the objects F19 170 floating around in the dark water. F19 171 |^Forlornly the numbed survivors gathered on the edge of the F19 172 wharf, staring down at the ship. ^The first sirens were in the F19 173 distance, getting louder. ^Several nearby ships had transmitted alarms F19 174 to Auckland Marine Radio which had alerted police. ^The small F19 175 passenger ship *1Gulf Explorer, *0once the Penzance to Scilly Isles F19 176 ferry in Cornwall, England, had been thrown heavily against the F19 177 pilings by the second blast. ^The two explosions were heard throughout F19 178 the lower part of the city, sending roosting seagulls screaming like F19 179 white shrapnel into the night sky. F19 180 |^Martin was in shock. ^*'I think Hanna's in there,**' he muttered F19 181 bleakly. ^Rien escorted him with Margaret to a Dutch yacht whose F19 182 skipper had run along the wharf offering aid. ^They were given F19 183 blankets and coffee. F19 184 |^Peter Willcox, wearing only Davey Edward's shirt to cover what F19 185 was necessary, tried to discover who was missing. ^On the long voyage F19 186 out there had been routine lifeboat and fire drills but this was a F19 187 contingency never catered for. ^It was hard to think exactly who of F19 188 the crew should have been aboard and who was ashore. ^And what about F19 189 the visitors? ^Peter worked out a list of names then called them out. F19 190 ^Two were not accounted for. ^Where was Fernando? ^Did anyone see F19 191 Hanna? F19 192 |^A few minutes later, expecting to go to bed, Hanna returned from F19 193 her walk. F19 194 *# F20 001 **[163 TEXT F20**] F20 002 ^*0Their response to the laws enacted in December 1977 is now a matter F20 003 of public record. ^To the Abortion Law Reform Association this was F20 004 important because many people see doctors as authorities on the F20 005 abortion issue. F20 006 |^Doctors who actively supported abortion on demand represented a F20 007 relatively small segment within the profession but medicine, like any F20 008 other discipline, will have its share of supporters at the perimeter F20 009 of an issue. ^There were doctors who argued passionately that their F20 010 colleagues remain faithful to the profession's traditional ethical F20 011 stand, but they were rather like voices crying in the wilderness. ^The F20 012 great mass of doctors remained silent and many of them quietly F20 013 referred their patients to the Auckland abortion clinic. ^They were F20 014 not going to be seen rocking the boat. ^They were not going to raise F20 015 any embarrassing questions about colleagues who were clearly providing F20 016 abortion as a means of dealing with social problems. F20 017 |^It seems probable that doctors remain silent because most of F20 018 them, at sometime**[SIC**] in their career, have either referred a F20 019 woman for abortion, or have authorised one or have even performed one F20 020 for reasons they knew were dictated by social or economic F20 021 considerations. ^Having done this even once, a doctor can find it F20 022 difficult to be critical of a colleague who is doing likewise. F20 023 |^As New Zealand moved into the 1980s, abortion was not simply F20 024 available on demand, it was available on offer. ^I have had many women F20 025 over recent years tell me of their experiences in visiting a doctor to F20 026 have their pregnancies confirmed. ^It has become commonplace if they F20 027 are single or have three or more children, or are well into their F20 028 thirties to be asked by their doctor, *"^Do you want this F20 029 pregnancy?**" ^Those who have told me of such an experience have F20 030 confirmed that they knew perfectly well what the doctor was asking F20 031 them. ^These were not women considering abortion, they had simply gone F20 032 to the doctor for a confirmation of their pregnancies. ^Nearly all of F20 033 them have told me how degraded they felt by the doctor's attitude. F20 034 |^The dynamics of the *'abortion liberty**' started grinding to a F20 035 halt. ^It had moved on at a forward momentum until the general public F20 036 began to appreciate what was happening. ^It was during 1980 that any F20 037 pretence about pro-abortion objectives was abandoned. ^The Working F20 038 Women's Charter with its open call for abortion on demand set the F20 039 dynamics in reverse. ^Few were as eager to identify with supporting F20 040 abortions as they had been in the heyday of the Repeal petition. F20 041 ^People were becoming reluctant to speak out publicly. ^They sensed it F20 042 was no longer seen as a popular cause. ^It was left to the extreme F20 043 radical feminists in {0WONAAC} to carry the abortion banner in public. F20 044 |^By now a new technology was coming to the aid of unborn F20 045 children. ^Public hospitals were installing ultrasound equipment in F20 046 their ante-natal units. ^Mothers were able to see pictures of their F20 047 unborn children on a screen. ^As they watched, their unborn child F20 048 could be seen flexing little legs and waving little arms. ^This was no F20 049 mindless immobile lump of protoplasm. F20 050 |^During his visit to New Zealand in 1981, \0Dr Bernard Nathanson F20 051 discussed changes these new technologies were bringing about. ^He F20 052 spoke of his patients who had once been outspokenly for abortion. F20 053 ^Some became pregnant and had an ultrasound scan. ^He said they would F20 054 come back to him saying, *"^I'm not sure any more. ^I've had my F20 055 certainty cracked.**" ^By 1982, this and similar developments were F20 056 causing alarm within the ranks of New York's Planned Parenthood F20 057 Federation. ^When their executive vice-president addressed the F20 058 National Abortion Federation's annual meeting that year, he said F20 059 advances such as the capacity to improve foetal viability and do F20 060 foetal surgery *"tend to personalise**" the foetus. ^*"I believe,**" F20 061 said Albert Moran, F20 062 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F20 063 ^He warned his pro-abortion gathering, *"we will lose unless some way F20 064 could be found to cope with the new technology that showed the unborn F20 065 child as a patient.**" F20 066 |^The birth of Louise Brown in England in 1978, was to herald yet F20 067 another advance in technology. ^She was the world's first test tube F20 068 baby. ^Since that event, television has been able to show viewers the F20 069 process of fertilisation outside the human body. ^There has been no F20 070 suggestion that the tiny embryo in the petri dish is not alive, F20 071 growing and human. ^Nobody has ever suggested that the embryo is a F20 072 part of the petri dish. ^One thing the in-vitro fertilisation F20 073 technology has confirmed, is that we are dealing with a new individual F20 074 human life from the onset of pregnancy. ^If this had not been F20 075 accepted, there would be no basis for the ethical considerations that F20 076 have become a part of the emerging technology. F20 077 |^During 1981, abortions in New Zealand numbered one for every F20 078 seven live births. ^They were funded from the public purse. ^This F20 079 meant the tax**[ARB**]-payer, irrespective of his or her beliefs on F20 080 this matter, was required to contribute towards the costs involved in F20 081 authorising and performing many thousands of abortions. ^In units like F20 082 the Parkview Clinic in Wellington and the Epsom Day Clinic in F20 083 Auckland, there were doctors being paid twice from the public purse F20 084 for making abortion decisions. ^Certifying consultants engaged by F20 085 these clinics were paid a fee by the Department of Justice for acting F20 086 as consultants and in addition they received sessional grants from the F20 087 Health vote. F20 088 |^Girls under sixteen were aborted without the knowledge or F20 089 consent of their parents. ^Fathers had to stand by helplessly as F20 090 doctors destroyed their unborn sons and daughters. ^I have all the F20 091 documents from one father who lodged a complaint with the New Zealand F20 092 Medical Council. ^He stated that prior to the abortion, the mother was F20 093 four months pregnant, healthy and there was no medical or other reason F20 094 to justify such an operation. ^The Council in its reply said the F20 095 certificate authorising the abortion was in order and that Section F20 096 187A of the Crimes Act had been complied with. ^The Council went on to F20 097 say that no prima facie case could be established against anyone. F20 098 |^New Zealanders belonging to a union affiliated with the F20 099 Federation of Labour could have their union dues used to promote F20 100 abortion on demand as could public servants once the Public Service F20 101 Association endorsed the Working Women's Charter. F20 102 |^The law Parliament had enacted in 1977 with the clear intention F20 103 of increasing the protection of children before birth had been twisted F20 104 into an instrument that enabled a small group of doctors to end F20 105 virtually any unwelcome pregnancy. F20 106 |^These events were not taking place in a vacuum, however. ^They F20 107 were generating a dynamism of their own. F20 108 |^A couple faced with an unintended pregnancy decide they will F20 109 delay parenthood and so an abortion is planned. ^It is not, they soon F20 110 discover, the harmless episode they imagined and something goes F20 111 terribly wrong with their relationship. F20 112 |^A fifteen-year-old is admitted to hospital where doctors F20 113 identify retained foetal parts in her womb from an earlier abortion. F20 114 ^The first her parents know of the abortion is when they discover why F20 115 their daughter has been admitted to hospital. ^They are angry that F20 116 some doctor had dared to abort their daughter without even consulting F20 117 them. F20 118 |^A thirty-five-year-old seeks confirmation of a suspected F20 119 pregnancy. ^Her doctor asks, *"^Do you want this pregnancy?**" ^She F20 120 knows what he means and feels degraded. F20 121 |^A teenager, concerned that her boyfriend is losing interest F20 122 comes off the pill expecting that if she became pregnant she could F20 123 hold him. ^She is aborted after being dropped by her boyfriend and F20 124 lapses into a deep abiding sadness. F20 125 |^Although Paul Clarke opposed abortion he had not bothered to F20 126 voice his concern. ^When the Federation of Labour adopted the Working F20 127 Women's Charter however, he became angry and knew he could no longer F20 128 remain one of the silent majority. ^As a result he became actively F20 129 involved in promoting the rights of the unborn and the care and F20 130 support of their mothers. F20 131 |^From 1974 to 1984 some fifty-seven thousand abortions were F20 132 reported in New Zealand. ^Each of them affected at least one person in F20 133 some way. ^There was the woman or girl herself, her husband or F20 134 boyfriend, her parents and brothers and sisters, her close friends, F20 135 the doctors and nurses and counsellors... there was also her unborn F20 136 child. F20 137 |^By the early 1980s the demographic impact was starting to bite. F20 138 ^Each year New Zealand's live births decreased. ^Fewer maternity F20 139 facilities were needed. ^Smaller maternity hospitals were closing down F20 140 and some of those that remained open needed fewer staff. F20 141 |^As the birthrate dropped, there was a decrease in the demand for F20 142 goods and services needed for toddlers and pre-school children. ^The F20 143 numbers attending kindergarten and playcentres dropped. F20 144 |^Soon the impact was being felt in the schools. ^Fewer children F20 145 meant fewer teachers. ^Classrooms were standing empty. ^Training F20 146 Colleges were forced to drop their intake of trainee teachers. ^In F20 147 1983 the country's Catholic Bishops issued a statement which said F20 148 *"^New Zealand is killing a classroom of children every school day.**" F20 149 |^In the quiet there was unease where before there had been angry F20 150 confrontation. ^It was in this setting that the dynamics of the F20 151 abortion issue changed gear. F20 152 |^At this point a new development took place. ^It involved a F20 153 doctor who dared to rock the boat. F20 154 **[PLATE**] F20 155 *<*426*> F20 156 * F20 157 |^*0In the dying days of 1981, a fifteen-year-old was admitted to F20 158 Taranaki Base Hospital in New Plymouth. ^She had been referred there F20 159 with symptoms of a recent origin together with a background history of F20 160 a heart murmur. ^The doctor attending her found the heart murmur had F20 161 no medical significance but he did find something else. ^Tests F20 162 confirmed that his patient was expecting a baby. F20 163 |^The doctor discussed his finding with the young girl. ^She F20 164 accepted the situation and told him she intended to place her baby for F20 165 adoption. ^She explained that she was not ready to take on the F20 166 responsibilities of motherhood and wanted to finish her schooling. F20 167 ^She told the doctor there were many couples able to love and adopt F20 168 her baby. F20 169 |^When he asked if she had or would consider an abortion, she told F20 170 him that this would be *"killing the baby**" which she would not F20 171 consider. F20 172 |^When her parents were told about the pregnancy, they were quite F20 173 naturally upset but they accepted the situation along with the offer F20 174 of support which the doctor told them was available. ^When the young F20 175 girl was discharged from hospital, it was on the understanding that F20 176 there would be a follow-up from the doctor as well as from the F20 177 hospital's social worker. F20 178 |^Within days a request was made on behalf of the young girl, F20 179 through the deputising family doctor, for a referral to two certifying F20 180 consultants. ^Following a brief interview with the consultants, the F20 181 abortion was authorised. ^Certificates were issued on the grounds that F20 182 the young girl had a serious danger to her mental health. F20 183 |^When the hospital doctor who had attended the young girl F20 184 realised what had happened, he could not let the matter pass. ^He knew F20 185 there was no medical justification for taking the life of this F20 186 patient's unborn child and he was also concerned about the wellbeing F20 187 of the girl. ^From his detailed assessment, he believed her interests F20 188 would be jeopardised if she were to go ahead with this abortion. F20 189 |^The doctor realised that the only way he would be able to stop F20 190 the abortion proceeding would be through the courts where certificates F20 191 authorising abortion could be challenged. ^This raised a dilemma for F20 192 him because there were a number of matters to be considered. F20 193 |^The first of these considerations related to the medical F20 194 profession's traditional ethical code. ^This code expressly stated, F20 195 *"^I will respect the secrets which are confided in me**" and it also F20 196 stated, *"^I will maintain the utmost respect for human life from the F20 197 time of conception; even under threat, I will not use my medical F20 198 knowledge contrary to the laws of humanity.**" ^Melvyn Wall knew these F20 199 principles were the cornerstone of ethical practice and were the very F20 200 basis of the trust and respect accorded his profession. F20 201 *# F21 001 **[164 TEXT F21**] F21 002 |*'^Why fuss over your kids, making them clean their teeth, if you are F21 003 just going to let them get blown to bits by a nuclear bomb?**' F21 004 |^My son was three years old when I heard \0Dr Helen Caldicott ask F21 005 this question at a packed meeting in Auckland's {0Y.M.C.A.} on 10 F21 006 April 1983. ^I felt a hole open up in my stomach. ^I stumbled out of F21 007 the hall, threw 10 dollars into a donation box, and went home. ^But F21 008 giving away money didn't change anything. ^I needed to do much more F21 009 than that. F21 010 |^A few days later 150 women met together to talk about what more F21 011 we could do. ^We decided to have a peace parade up Queen Street on 24 F21 012 May *- International Women's Day for Nuclear Disarmament *- and to F21 013 invite women and children from all over Auckland. F21 014 |^About eight of the women at that meeting were from my own F21 015 neighbourhood. ^None of us had media skills, nor did we have the money F21 016 for newspaper ads, but we quickly spread the word through our own F21 017 personal networks *- through our contacts with other Plunket mothers, F21 018 playcentre and kindergarten parents, our churches, vegetable F21 019 cooperatives, other local volunteer groups, as well as our workplaces. F21 020 ^We found that there was ready sympathy with the moral issues raised F21 021 by the possibility of nuclear war. ^And we knew which shops and F21 022 offices would be sympathetic to displaying our posters and gathering F21 023 signatures for our local petition to the council. F21 024 |^At this stage none of our group had heard of Larry Ross, Maire F21 025 Leadbeater, Hilda Halkyard-Harawira and Owen Wilkes. ^We later F21 026 realised that they, and many others like them, have provided F21 027 invaluable resource material, factual research, inspiration and F21 028 encouragement within the wider peace movement. ^For instance, many of F21 029 the 101 nuclear-free zones around the country have been established F21 030 thanks to the support of Larry Ross and the Nuclear Weapon Free Zone F21 031 Committee in Christchurch. F21 032 Maire Leadbeater and {0C.N.D.} helped us learn how to lobby F21 033 politicians. ^Hilda F21 034 **[PLATES**] F21 035 Halkyard-Harawira and {0P.P.A.N.A.C.}, with the Pacific-wide network F21 036 organised through Pacific Concerns Resource Centre in Hawaii, made us F21 037 much more aware of the *'nuclear war**' which has been carried on in F21 038 the Pacific region since 6 August 1945. ^And Owen Wilkes, with his F21 039 work for {0S.I.P.R.I.} (Stockholm International Peace Research F21 040 Institute) and later with the New Zealand peace movement through Peace F21 041 Movement Aotearoa, provided world-standard research on global and F21 042 local aspects of the arms race. F21 043 |^Our local group had decided to go to the borough council and ask F21 044 them to declare our borough nuclear-free. ^As it turned out, we were F21 045 going to have to do a lot more than just ask. ^We organised a petition F21 046 to the council and, in only 10 days, managed to get 2500 signatures. F21 047 ^Twenty thousand women and children joined our march on 24 May, but F21 048 when our small group went to the council with our petition that night, F21 049 the mayor opposed us, and we were defeated on a technicality. ^Several F21 050 of the councillors sneered at us, and belittled our arguments. ^They F21 051 seemed determined not to hear us. ^So this was democracy in action? F21 052 ^We were outraged. F21 053 |^One of the problems with the peace parade was that it was for F21 054 women only. ^Lots of men said that they wanted to be involved, too. F21 055 ^So we set up a neighbourhood peace group in our area to carry on F21 056 after 24 May. ^The first meeting was held the night after the council F21 057 meeting. ^Forty-five men and women turned up. ^Even the mayor's wife F21 058 turned up. ^1983 was the year of the local body elections and already F21 059 our group was seen to have potential for political influence. F21 060 |^We invited Marion Hancock from the North Shore Peace Group to F21 061 bring us their leaflets on how to start a peace group and to talk F21 062 about what we might do. ^We discovered that we had well and truly F21 063 started already! F21 064 |^The group which formed was very open. ^There was no executive F21 065 committee, no hierarchical structure, no chairperson, and no F21 066 subscriptions. ^We rotated or shared all the tasks to do with the F21 067 running of the group. ^In the beginning we held our meetings in a F21 068 church hall, but this was very expensive for a group with no money. F21 069 ^So we met in our own homes, going to a different house each time, and F21 070 getting to know each other very well. ^We all took turns at F21 071 facilitating meetings, drawing up the agenda at the start of each F21 072 meeting, and jointly determining the priorities. ^Decisions were made F21 073 by those who actually came to the meetings, using the consensus F21 074 approach. ^We found that decisions made in this way usually had strong F21 075 commitment from members to see that they were carried out. F21 076 |^We had no secretary and at each meeting took turns to record any F21 077 decisions. ^Nor did we have a chairperson. ^The coordinator, or main F21 078 contact person, had the task of keeping in touch with other peace F21 079 groups in the region, and of channelling information into and out of F21 080 our group. ^This job has been rotated, but not as easily as others F21 081 because of the commitment required to keep your ear to the ground. F21 082 |^The preparation and mailing of our newsletter was shared by F21 083 about three people. ^Urgent telephone messages were delivered F21 084 throughout the whole group using a telephone tree. ^(We have a sister F21 085 group in England, near Greenham Common. ^They have a similar telephone F21 086 network and discovered that the phones of key people would be cut F21 087 whenever a protest action was needed at Greenham Common *- so they now F21 088 take dead phones as a signal to meet at Greenham Common!) F21 089 |^We had no spokesperson. ^Anyone who attended meetings regularly F21 090 could make media statements on behalf of the group, so long as they F21 091 consulted first with three other regular members. ^And we would often F21 092 consult between ourselves when drafting letters to the newspapers. ^We F21 093 also managed without a treasurer. ^By the end of the first year we had F21 094 three separate accounts: one for information stalls and peace stock, F21 095 one for the promotion and sale of a peace poster and cards designed by F21 096 an artist who was a member of our group, and one for the organisation F21 097 of a peace education course F21 098 **[PLATE**] F21 099 for adults at the teachers training college. ^There was a member F21 100 responsible for each of these accounts, depending on their particular F21 101 interest. F21 102 |^The whole idea of sharing and rotating these tasks was to give F21 103 people experience, and to ensure that a solid core group of people F21 104 felt involved and therefore committed to keeping the group alive. ^It F21 105 was a very supportive way of working. F21 106 |^We found that what we needed most was not money, but people who F21 107 would do things, like collect signatures door-to-door for the F21 108 petition; design and distribute 10,000 leaflets to every letter box in F21 109 our borough before the local body elections; lobby local body F21 110 candidates prior to the elections to ensure support for the F21 111 nuclear-free zone; write letters to local newspapers; organise F21 112 displays and educational stalls around local shopping centres; F21 113 and, yes, bake cakes! ^After the 1983 local body elections we had F21 114 majority support within the new council for a nuclear free zone. F21 115 |^Many women now discovered that our neighbourhood networks were F21 116 very important for all of this activity, and we realised that when it F21 117 comes to local politics we actually have far more power than a lot of F21 118 the men. ^By mid 1983 we knew that declaring our borough nuclear free F21 119 wasn't much use if nuclear bombs were still able to be brought into F21 120 the harbour just down the road. ^So we joined up with approximately 50 F21 121 other peace groups in the Auckland region. ^We helped organise the F21 122 nuclear free petition to the Auckland Regional Authority and to the F21 123 Harbour Board. ^The Harbour Board refused to hear our case and F21 124 wouldn't even allow us to present our 11,000 signature petition. ^So F21 125 much for the democratic process, yet again! F21 126 |^For some strange reason the National government was stepping up F21 127 the invitations for ship visits, usually nuclear-armed and/or F21 128 nuclear-powered. ^These ships and submarines provided us with a very F21 129 tangible focus for our anti-nuclear activity and for our educational F21 130 campaign. ^A lot of our activity became very reactive. ^We had to F21 131 operate on very short notice most of the time, and most of us found it F21 132 an exciting challenge to work in this way. ^The speed with which we F21 133 had to react, together with the lack of funds for media advertising, F21 134 meant that we were constantly thrown back onto our personal networks. F21 135 |^This is where the telephone tree was most useful. ^Each group F21 136 has one or two main contact people who in turn can phone five or six F21 137 other members, who each have a list of other members to phone, and so F21 138 on, right across diverse sections of the community. ^In January 1985, F21 139 when the {0USS} *1Buchanan *0was due to visit Auckland, with the F21 140 telephone network it took only 48 hours to gather between 20,000 and F21 141 25,000 people in Queen Street to oppose the visit. ^As it turned out, F21 142 by the time of the demonstration it became a celebration of the Labour F21 143 government's decision to ban the entry of the *1Buchanan. F21 144 |^*0The ship visits also provided an important focus for our deep F21 145 anger with a political system which seemed designed to silence us, and F21 146 with politicians who seemed determined not to hear us. ^We wanted F21 147 nuclear-armed and nuclear-powered vessels banned from {0NZ} waters and F21 148 ports, and we wanted a government prepared to put this into law. ^This F21 149 became a major campaign leading up to the general elections in 1984. F21 150 ^We called it the Votes for Peace campaign. F21 151 |^Local neighbourhood peace groups had an important role to play F21 152 in this campaign, lobbying candidates from all the political parties, F21 153 letter-writing furiously, organising public debates on the issue, F21 154 producing and distributing leaflets in the marginal electorates. ^The F21 155 1983 local body elections had been an excellent training ground and we F21 156 realised that we had learnt a lot as a result of the nuclear ships F21 157 campaign. ^Most of all we had learnt how to cooperate within the peace F21 158 movement, despite the enormous diversity of skills, ages, political F21 159 affiliations and values. ^It was difficult, and we had many F21 160 opportunities to practise non-violent conflict resolution. F21 161 |^By the time of the general elections in mid 1984 there were F21 162 approximately 300 peace groups spread throughout the rural and urban F21 163 areas of New Zealand. ^The majority of these were local community or F21 164 neighbourhood peace groups whose members were intimately linked with F21 165 the values and attitudes of their area. ^For this reason these groups F21 166 have had a unique role to play in the recent history of the peace F21 167 movement. ^There seemed to be a peace group to suit every kind of New F21 168 Zealander. ^Some had large memberships and campaigned on a variety of F21 169 different issues related to the themes of peace and justice. ^Others F21 170 were smaller and had to focus their energies on one or two issues. F21 171 |^There was a lot of cross-fertilisation, especially where you F21 172 might have a member of an occupational group like doctors or teachers F21 173 also actively involved in their local neighbourhood or church group, F21 174 for instance. ^The range of occupational groups became quite F21 175 extensive, with special-interest groups forming for scientists, F21 176 engineers, psychologists, visual artists, lawyers, teachers and F21 177 doctors. ^The variety of women's groups often catered for needs not F21 178 met by membership in these other groups. ^And then there were groups F21 179 like Peace Squadron which had a very clearly defined campaign and role F21 180 in direct action out on the harbour. F21 181 |^A key function of a peace group, whatever the campaign, was to F21 182 provide a support base for individuals wanting to change the system F21 183 from within. ^Teachers for instance found it very important to have F21 184 this support base. ^And the base widened when, from time to time, F21 185 loose coalitions of groups inside and outside the peace movement took F21 186 up the campaign focus of a special-interest group. F21 187 |^This cross-fertilisation between groups occurred nationally as F21 188 well as regionally, through the personal contacts which developed F21 189 around the country. F21 190 *# F22 001 **[165 TEXT F22**] F22 002 **[MIDDLE OF QUOTATION**] F22 003 ^*0All the primitive instincts were showing. ^We were like that for 30 F22 004 seconds *- 30 years *- who knows? ^It seemed a long time.**" F22 005 |^Geoff Chapple went to Waiheke Island to interview the couple who F22 006 had taken the young child out right to the very bow of the *1Pintado F22 007 *0and whose action was condemned in the press from one end of the F22 008 country to the other. ^Dave Wray (39) said that he acted independently F22 009 of the Peace Squadron. ^It was his own protest in his own way. ^With F22 010 Jill Drewery and their two-year old son they had set out from Waiheke F22 011 that morning in a 12 \0ft. wooden dinghy with a 4 1/2 \0hp. Seagull F22 012 motor on the back. F22 013 |^*"I keep out of politics,**" he said. ^*"I've been here for 20 F22 014 years, and I'm proud to say I've never voted. ^I turn wood, and fish F22 015 for a living, but when I heard the sub was coming in, I was incensed. F22 016 ^It was my personal act of conscience.**" F22 017 |^*"I've got five kids. ^I want these waters to be safe for them. F22 018 ^The Hauraki Gulf is their backyard. ^The son that I took out is F22 019 called Leif Eriksson, after the Norwegian explorer, and he'll be a F22 020 child of the water. ^We're always in boats, we know how to handle F22 021 them, and he had a life jacket.**" F22 022 |^*"It was for him and all the kids coming up, that we want these F22 023 waters to remain safe from the accidents possible with nuclear power, F22 024 and the nuclear weapons these things carry. ^It's their playground.**" F22 025 |^*"I said to Jill on the way out, *'^If we get the chance, do we F22 026 go right in?**' ^And she said, yes. ^We thought that you must meet F22 027 fire with fire.**" F22 028 |^Wray got his chance and rammed *1Pintado *0deliberately, at a F22 029 closing speed he estimates was four knots. F22 030 |^*"I assessed the situation, and it didn't feel dangerous. ^We F22 031 went right up on his deck, and slewed off again and sat on the water. F22 032 ^We got our opportunity to go in and we took it, and we'll do it F22 033 again.**" F22 034 |^Jill took Leif in her arms as the collision approached. ^*"He'd F22 035 been sleeping in the forepeak, but he woke up with the noise of the F22 036 helicopters. ^As we lay across the bows, I was yelling out to the F22 037 skipper of the sub, *'^Go home! ^We don't want you!**'**" F22 038 |^They drifted down beside the submarine. ^Then, said Jill, *"^All F22 039 hell broke loose. ^The submarine took off at that stage, and that was F22 040 the most scary and dangerous thing. ^There was a fantastic turbulence, F22 041 and I lost my jacket overboard.**" F22 042 |^The *1Waikato *0had seen a gap in the protest fleet, and went F22 043 through it, with the *1Pintado *0following. F22 044 |^There were many other incidents. ^The water was alive with boats F22 045 of all shapes and sizes which were attempting to buzz or ram the F22 046 *1Pintado. ^*0As the Chairman of the Auckland District Maori Council, F22 047 \0Dr. Ranginui Walker later wrote in the *"Listener**", F22 048 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F22 049 |^Chris Baker had taken his surfboard out and found himself right F22 050 over the submerged section of the *1Pintado's *0bow. ^He said, *"^I F22 051 attempted to get right in front of the thing, to force it to stop. ^It F22 052 is a piece of evil technology and this is the only thing an individual F22 053 human being could do at that stage to stop it getting into a New F22 054 Zealand port.**" F22 055 |^\0Mr {0L.E.} Brown of Hokitika, wrote a letter to the F22 056 *"Listener**" *- criticising Chris Baker for his actions. ^On April F22 057 22nd 1978 the *"Listener**" published replies from both Chris and his F22 058 father. F22 059 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F22 060 |**[LONG QUOTATIONS**] F22 061 **[END INDENTATION**] F22 062 |^After breaking through the peace flotilla, the *1Waikato *0and F22 063 *1Pintado *0increased speed to about 15 knots and soon had most of the F22 064 pursuing protest boats splayed out far behind them. ^From then on it F22 065 was plain sailing for the submarine until it tried to berth. ^It F22 066 headed into Ferguson wharf at about 1 {0p.m.} and then had to reverse F22 067 and try to berth at Jellicoe wharf as planned. ^The second attempt was F22 068 also unsuccessful when the vessel missed the wharf by about 20 metres. F22 069 |^But on the third attempt the submarine came alongside Jellicoe F22 070 wharf at 1.31 {0p.m.} only a minute outside its scheduled arrival F22 071 time. F22 072 |^The protest was reported with headlines around the world. ^From F22 073 Tucson, Arizona, Ruth Dorman Strobel wrote to the Editor of the F22 074 *"*4Auckland Star**"... F22 075 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F22 076 |^*0From Veronica Mary Downey of Glenfield, Auckland came this F22 077 prompt response: F22 078 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F22 079 |^Headlines appeared far and wide across the world: ^In the London F22 080 *"*4Times**" *0with a 4-column photograph *"^*2ARMADA OF SMALL CRAFT F22 081 BLOCKS PATH OF NUCLEAR VESSEL**". ^*0In the Sydney **"*4Morning F22 082 Herald**" *0with a 6-column photograph *"^*2{0U.S.} NUCLEAR SUBMARINE F22 083 RUNS GAUNTLET OF PROTEST**" *0and in the **"*4Mainichi Daily News**" F22 084 *0of Tokyo *"^*2KIWIS TAKE ON NUCLEAR SUB**". ^*0This latter headline F22 085 was probably read by the Operational Commander of the {0U.S.} Pacific F22 086 Fleet who was in Japan at that time. ^Immediately on stepping ashore F22 087 in Auckland, Commander McDonald of the *1Pintado *0telephoned him and F22 088 told him of the dangerous entry. ^It was the first such protest the F22 089 36-year old captain had encountered in his naval career. ^As Geoff F22 090 Chapple commented in the *"*4Listener**", *0by making New Zealand F22 091 ports a trouble spot for nuclear craft, the protesters were, in a way, F22 092 conversing directly with the United States Navy command, over the head F22 093 of the New Zealand government. F22 094 **[PLATE**] F22 095 *<*4Shadow of Death*> F22 096 |^F*2OR WHATEVER *0reason, no further nuclear ship visits were F22 097 inflicted on New Zealand during 1978, an election year. ^But a few F22 098 weeks after the National government was returned to power in November, F22 099 Prime Minister Muldoon announced that the American nuclear submarine F22 100 *1Haddo *0would call at Auckland from January 19th to 24th 1979 for F22 101 *"^A routine visit**". ^Press reports listed the *1Haddo *0as a Permit F22 102 Class submarine but peace organisations pointed out that she was F22 103 originally classified as of the Thresher class. ^Indeed she was a F22 104 sister ship of the *1{0U.S.S.} Thresher *0which had been lost without F22 105 trace off the coast of New England in 1963 with 160 men on board. F22 106 ^Soon many Aucklanders were sporting a new badge which was being sold F22 107 by peace groups, with the message *'s*2HADDO*0w of Death**'. F22 108 |^Faced with this new challenge, the Peace Squadron assessed its F22 109 situation after nearly four years. ^Without a doubt the actions F22 110 against the *1Long Beach *0and the *1Pintado *0and the Wellington F22 111 Peace Squadron's move against the *1Truxton *0had succeeded in F22 112 focussing public attention dramatically and in expressing to the {0US} F22 113 government the strength of New Zealand opposition to these visits. F22 114 ^The American fleets roamed the oceans of the world, making calls at F22 115 hundreds of ports in friendly countries, but nowhere else were they F22 116 confronted with protests quite like these. F22 117 |^There had been a big difference of naval tactics between the F22 118 entries to Auckland Harbour of the *1Long Beach *0and the *1Pintado. F22 119 ^*0The former had proceeded cautiously towards the harbour limits at F22 120 about 5 knots, slowing to 2 knots when close to protesting boats until F22 121 finally stopped, by Pat Taylor's and Phil Amos's large sailing boats. F22 122 ^These were boarded by police and their skippers arrested. ^*1Pintado F22 123 *0was a different story. ^It had charged up the channel led by a New F22 124 Zealand Naval frigate at 10-12 knots. ^It halted suddenly only when a F22 125 New Zealand Navy helicopter capsized John Simpson's and Rex Le Grice's F22 126 small yacht right in the path of the frigate. ^*1Pintado *0then jinked F22 127 and spurted through the small boats and so into the harbour. ^There F22 128 was no pretence at police action *- it was rather a naval assault. F22 129 |^Unquestionably the dangers were escalating with each visit. ^At F22 130 the same time considerable ground was being gained in public opinion. F22 131 ^This was best shown by the fact that at the recent election the F22 132 official policies of all the parties except National had explicitly F22 133 rejected these visits. ^Local bodies were seriously discussing the F22 134 concept of declaring *"Nuclear Free Zones**" and the Auckland Regional F22 135 Authority had recently reviewed its Civil Defence plans for any F22 136 nuclear reactor accidents to nuclear powered ships visiting Auckland. F22 137 ^Even the Auckland Harbour Board, while persistently refusing to face F22 138 the real issue, had given notice that it would seek compensation for F22 139 loss of trade earnings and other expenses due to the berthing of F22 140 nuclear submarines at commercial wharves, and the Prime Minister had F22 141 agreed that this request would be considered. F22 142 |^Concerned at the possibility of a repetition of the reckless and F22 143 unlawful tactics used by the authorities to force the entry of the F22 144 *1Pintado, *0a Peace Squadron delegation led by \0Dr. George Armstrong F22 145 met with Police Area Commander Trappitt on December 20th. ^Accepting F22 146 that the police were to some extent *"the men in the middle**", they F22 147 expressed the hope that they would be as concerned about the *1Haddo's F22 148 *0and the New Zealand navy's observance of the law as they were about F22 149 the Peace Squadron's. ^\0Mr. Trappitt later commented that he had used F22 150 the meeting to issue *"warnings**" to the Peace Squadron which they F22 151 flouted but \0Dr. Armstrong issued a statement denying this. F22 152 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F22 153 |^The next day it was announced that major extensions to the F22 154 Auckland Harbour Board limits were to be gazetted prior to the arrival F22 155 of the *1Haddo. ^*0The new limits would run from Rakino Island to Long F22 156 Bay. ^This was clearly a major move by the authorities to prevent F22 157 effective protest. ^If the Peace Squadron were to picket the new F22 158 limits they would have to cover about 14 kilometers of sea, compared F22 159 with the three kilometer entrance between Rangitoto Beacon and the F22 160 North Shore. F22 161 |^On previous occasions Peace Squadron strategy had been largely F22 162 based on stopping the nuclear vessels just outside harbour limits, F22 163 where the larger vessels had to give way to protest craft under F22 164 International Collision Regulations. ^Inside the harbour limits all F22 165 small craft are required to keep out of the way of larger craft, F22 166 according to General Harbour Regulations. F22 167 |^It now was clearly necessary to look hard at these tactics F22 168 again, and so a full meeting of the Squadron was called at the F22 169 University Maclauren Chapel Hall on Monday, January 8th 1979. F22 170 |^Over a hundred boat owners were present, about twice as many as F22 171 for corresponding meetings for previous visits. ^After an introduction F22 172 by the convenor, \0Rev. George Armstrong, discussion soon moved to the F22 173 salient point, the extension of harbour limits, and how this F22 174 manipulation of the law would affect Squadron tactics. ^A prominent F22 175 Auckland solicitor, Barry Littlewood explained that none of the F22 176 previous arrests had been made under the Collision Regulations, F22 177 largely because most of the police didn't know the regulations and F22 178 both the {0US} and New Zealand navies had themselves broken the rules. F22 179 ^Since breach of the Harbour Regulations is not an arrestable offence, F22 180 he felt that being inside harbour limits would make no difference, in F22 181 legal terms. ^If there were any arrests, they would probably be made F22 182 under the Police Offences Act, as previously. F22 183 |^After intense debate those present rejected any softening of F22 184 Squadron policy of a complete blockade of the incoming vessel, despite F22 185 the realisation that the police and armed forces would probably be F22 186 ordered to intensify their already dangerous and intimidating response F22 187 to protest craft and protestors. ^The meeting decided that this time F22 188 they would bring the blockade well within the harbour and in full view F22 189 of the inner city and maritime suburbs. ^This might reduce the F22 190 possibility of the authorities deciding on a high-speed charge and the F22 191 dangerous use of helicopters to capsize small protesting vessels with F22 192 their downdraft. F22 193 |^The meeting also rejected the manipulation which permitted the F22 194 authorities to make *"law to order**" and thus frustrate the F22 195 non-violent protest of ordinary citizens. F22 196 |^As the date of the visit drew nearer, the New Zealand peace F22 197 movement was gaining impressive national and international support. F22 198 ^The Leader of the Opposition, \0Hon. \0W Rowling condemned the visit, F22 199 saying that the National Government was *"willing to make New Zealand F22 200 a door mat for the larger powers... ^New Zealand should not be sucked F22 201 into their war games.**" ^He said that the Labour Party remained F22 202 committed to the concept of a nuclear weapon free Pacific. *"^This F22 203 region is the last remaining opportunity to take a stand against the F22 204 escalation of the arms race.**" F22 205 *# F23 001 **[166 TEXT F23**] F23 002 |^*4T*0he Frenchmen who were involved in the early days of New F23 003 Zealand's European history stand out like distinct threads in a F23 004 tapestry: Marion Du Fresne, murdered in the Bay of Islands in 1772; F23 005 the incredible Baron de Thierry; Bishop Pompallier, resplendent in his F23 006 crimson cassock among the black frock coats of the Protestant clergy F23 007 at Waitangi; and Dumont d'Urville. F23 008 |^Dumont d'Urville. ^It was only on a holiday in Tasman Bay that I F23 009 realised how little I knew about him. ^So I went to Olive Wright's F23 010 translation of the part of his journals dealing with New Zealand and F23 011 found that d'Urville was not only a great navigator, but also a F23 012 botanist, zoologist, entomologist and linguist, as well as a fine F23 013 writer. F23 014 |^He was born near Caen in 1790, during the French Revolution, F23 015 into a family that was aristocratic, especially on the side of his F23 016 mother, Jeanne de Croisilles. ^His first Christian name was Jules. F23 017 ^His surname was Dumont d'Urville ({0i.e.} of Urville), but in New F23 018 Zealand he is usually known as d'Urville. F23 019 |^After passing brilliantly through his schooling he did not F23 020 become a priest, as his mother would have liked, nor accept the offer F23 021 of a place in the famous military college at Fontainebleau. ^He was F23 022 determined to join the navy and had already made a wager that he would F23 023 be an admiral before he was 50. ^In 1807 this was a bold decision, for F23 024 in Napoleon's France it was the army that counted, not the navy. F23 025 |^He became a midshipman and served on various ships, learning F23 026 seamanship, getting gradual promotion and also continuing his studies F23 027 especially in languages. ^His knowledge of Greek language and art was F23 028 lucky for France. ^One day when his ship was at the island of Melos, F23 029 he came across a statue which local peasants had unearthed and were F23 030 willing to sell for 400 French francs. ^He immediately recognised it F23 031 as the Venus Victrix and tried to buy it. ^When his commander refused F23 032 to take the bulky statue aboard, d'Urville wrote urgently to the F23 033 French ambassador at Constantinople and persuaded him to buy it for F23 034 France. ^The Venus de Milo has been in the Louvre ever since. F23 035 |^Until the early 1820s, d'Urville's life was unrewarding. ^In F23 036 politics a great dictator had been succeeded by a recycled monarch; he F23 037 disapproved of both. ^In private life he had married very happily, but F23 038 found it hard to support a wife and family on his naval pay. ^Then, in F23 039 1822, he was appointed executive officer on the corvette *1Coquille F23 040 *0(Shell), which was about to sail on a voyage of F23 041 **[PLATE**] F23 042 discovery. ^This was what d'Urville had always wanted. F23 043 |^Although the *1Coquille *0was away from France for F23 044 two-and-a-half years, only three weeks were spent in New Zealand, in F23 045 the Bay of Islands. ^This was enough to give d'Urville a good F23 046 impression of the Zealanders, as he called the Maori people, and the F23 047 country and to make him long to return. F23 048 |^The opportunity came in 1826, when he was commissioned to take F23 049 the *1Coquille *0(re**[ARB**]-named *1Astrolabe) *0back to the F23 050 Pacific. ^He was to sail round the Cape of Good Hope to Australia and F23 051 New Zealand, into the Pacific *- searching for traces of the vanished F23 052 La Perouse *- and back to France by the Indian Ocean and the Cape, F23 053 exploring, mapping and charting as he went. F23 054 |^Wherever he could, d'Urville followed Cook's maps and charts. F23 055 ^Although half a century had passed since Cook's voyages, it seems F23 056 that his was the only map of New Zealand. ^(In 1838 the British F23 057 Admiralty published a new map, but by then d'Urville had left on his F23 058 last voyage). F23 059 |^Early in January 1827, the *1Astrolabe *0reached the South F23 060 Island near Dusky Sound, sailed up the west coast and round into F23 061 Tasman Bay, which, as d'Urville said, had not yet been made known by F23 062 any expedition. ^He and his naturalists found this an entrancing part F23 063 of the world, with clear deep water, beautiful sandy beaches and F23 064 *"cool dark forests**" full of birds. ^The botanist, Lesson, spent as F23 065 much time as possible on shore. ^Lesson Creek is named after him, and F23 066 there are several native plants with the species name \6*1lessonii. F23 067 |^*0The Frenchmen were surprised to find so few Maori. ^They were F23 068 on sufficiently friendly terms for several chiefs to stay on board for F23 069 a day or two *- a sign of confidence in Europeans that pleased F23 070 d'Urville. ^It was typical of him that he had already learned some F23 071 Maori from Kendall and Lee's *1Grammar. ^*0In meeting Maori people F23 072 this was always a help; so, it seems, was his insistence that his men F23 073 should avoid anything likely to cause misunderstanding. ^Nevertheless F23 074 as a practical man he kept his guns ready, just in case. F23 075 |^This visit to Tasman Bay is commemorated in the large number of F23 076 French names which were given to various features on land and sea, F23 077 when no Maori name could be discovered: Pointe de Se*?2paration, Anse F23 078 (Cove) des Torrents and others. ^In 1827 there were even more, but F23 079 over the years proper nouns (usually people's names) have survived, F23 080 while common nouns have often been turned into English and so lost F23 081 their French connection. ^Adele Island was called after d'Urville's F23 082 wife, Ade*?2lie, in gratitude for the understanding way she accepted F23 083 his wanderings. F23 084 |^Just as d'Urville's life was in some ways like Captain Cook's, F23 085 so \0Mme Dumont d'Urville's life resembled \0Mrs Cook's. ^Both F23 086 belonged to that band of women who were left at home to bring up F23 087 children *- and sometimes to bury them *- for years on end, while F23 088 their husbands went into the unknown. ^It was Elizabeth Cook's fate to F23 089 outlive her husband and all six of her children; Ade*?2lie d'Urville's F23 090 experience was not quite the same. F23 091 |^The *1Astrolabe's *0departure from Tasman Bay was dramatic. ^On F23 092 either side d'Urville saw land, divided by a narrow channel, through F23 093 which he determined to take the ship. ^Because of rocks and currents F23 094 it was, as he said himself, a dangerous thing to do and the ship was F23 095 very nearly wrecked. ^However, the *1Astrolabe *0sailed triumphantly F23 096 through the channel, which was promptly named Passe des Francais. ^The F23 097 island, as it had just been proved to be, was called d'Urville. F23 098 |^The *1Astrolabe *0sailed across Cook Strait and up the east F23 099 coast of the North Island. ^Near Turakirae Head a canoe approached and F23 100 six Maori came aboard. ^After the canoe left, d'Urville found that a F23 101 chief and another man had stayed behind. ^He explained that the ship F23 102 could not possibly take them back to their home, but as he intended to F23 103 land on the Wairarapa coast, he was not worried about them. ^When, F23 104 however, rough sea made a landing impossible, they had to go with the F23 105 ship. ^At first they were happy at the prospect; later they became F23 106 very homesick and very seasick. F23 107 |^Irregular currents and strong winds kept the *1Astrolabe *0away F23 108 from the coast until Tolaga Bay. ^There she anchored in the same spot F23 109 as Cook's *1Endeavour *055 years before, and the Frenchmen were F23 110 delighted to go ashore. ^The Maori from Turakirae Head decided to F23 111 remain, and in exchange for d'Urville's present of powder, the local F23 112 chief undertook to provide a canoe for their return home. ^This was F23 113 the best d'Urville could do, but the whole incident worried him. F23 114 |^D'Urville's mind was not of the kind to anchor itself in his own F23 115 day. ^Wide reading enabled him to glance back into the past, and F23 116 imagination to look into the future. ^As the *1Astrolabe *0sailed F23 117 north again, the shore reminded him of the Greek Archipelago and F23 118 started a train of thought about the rise of peoples from unlikely F23 119 beginnings. ^*"I thought of the Gauls**" he wrote F23 120 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F23 121 ^He continued F23 122 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F23 123 |^As a linguist, d'Urville had a special interest in the language F23 124 of the Maori, who were *"so highly endowed, and who had not left an F23 125 islet, a rock, or a corner of the land without a name**" and he F23 126 regretted Cook's habit of substituting English names *"often in rather F23 127 poor taste.**" ^So, in his own maps, d'Urville used Maori names. ^He F23 128 thought it important to keep them because *"there comes a time when F23 129 these names are all that remains to the country of the language spoken F23 130 by its earliest inhabitants.**" F23 131 |^In the Bay of Plenty his attention was needed for strictly F23 132 practical matters, for there was a storm so terrible that it seemed F23 133 the *1Astrolabe *0must capsize, or be wrecked on one of the uncharted F23 134 reefs. ^Somehow the corvette survived, but there was no possibility F23 135 **[PLATES**] F23 136 of a landing and the ship made for the Hauraki Gulf. ^D'Urville was F23 137 impressed by the *"splendid basin**" round which Auckland was later F23 138 built. ^He named one of the channels Astrolabe, remarking that in F23 139 years to come people would remember her work. ^False hope! ^The name F23 140 has disappeared. F23 141 |^The *1Astrolabe *0then sailed for the Bay of Islands. ^There F23 142 d'Urville met people he had known on his first voyage, checked place F23 143 names with Henry Williams, and explored the Kawakawa River with F23 144 William Williams. ^When the time came to leave, d'Urville had no F23 145 trouble disembarking *"the 12 to 15 women, who since our arrival had F23 146 settled down on board almost without moving**", but some difficulty F23 147 over a young Maori who announced that he would stay until he was F23 148 thrown overboard. ^As he was intelligent and useful he was allowed to F23 149 remain. ^So, in March 1827, the *1Astrolabe *0left New Zealand and a F23 150 year later returned to France. F23 151 |^It had been a wonderful voyage. ^The expedition brought back F23 152 meticulous maps, charts and drawings, as well as scientific specimens, F23 153 all of which greatly increased the world's knowledge of the Pacific. F23 154 ^Yet, though prominent individuals were full of praise, d'Urville was F23 155 disappointed. ^There were no rewards for the officers and men who had F23 156 helped to produce this brilliant result. ^*"The F23 157 **[PLATES**] F23 158 attitude of the Admiralty**" wrote d'Urville *"was almost one of F23 159 indifference to the achievements of the *1Astrolabe.**" ^*0He himself F23 160 would have liked to belong to the august Acade*?2mie des Sciences F23 161 (which had received scientific specimens) and stood for election, F23 162 without success. ^He never became a member. F23 163 |^He consoled himself with work, which included preparing for F23 164 publication a book of maps and charts and an account of the voyage in F23 165 many volumes. ^By 1835 the last was finished and he was ready for F23 166 another voyage. ^He wanted to return for further study of Pacific F23 167 languages, but King Louis Philippe, who wanted glory, was looking for F23 168 a commander to go to the Antarctic. ^D'Urville accepted the commission F23 169 and in 1837 set out with two ships, the *1Astrolabe *0and the F23 170 *1Ze*?2le*?2e. F23 171 |^*0His instructions were to make one journey into Antarctic F23 172 waters, but he made two. ^On the first, land was sighted south-west of F23 173 the South Shetland Islands. ^On the second *- on the opposite side of F23 174 the continent *- rocks were seen in the snow, a landing was made, and F23 175 the region was called Ade*?2lie Land. ^Many years later it included F23 176 the French base, which was named, in his honour, Dumont d'Urville. F23 177 |^D'Urville's third visit to New Zealand came after this exciting, F23 178 dangerous probe into the Antarctic and lasted two months. ^The account F23 179 of it has a different tone, for d'Urville had changed; he was older, F23 180 less fit, more critical. ^New Zealand, too, had changed. ^From the F23 181 start, in Otago, d'Urville was saddened by the deterioration in Maori F23 182 looks, morals and manners as a result of contact with Europeans, F23 183 particularly the roughest whalers and traders, who were his special F23 184 aversion. F23 185 |^The next port of call was Akaroa, where the *1Astrolabe *0had F23 186 another narrow escape from the rocks. ^It is astonishing to read that F23 187 she was so small that, in the crisis, sweep oars were used. ^Not that F23 188 they had any effect; the ship was only saved by a sudden change of F23 189 wind. ^In the harbour there were several French whaling ships, whose F23 190 captains called on d'Urville and no doubt discussed the planned French F23 191 settlement. ^In spite of its fine harbour d'Urville was critical of F23 192 the choice of Akaroa, because it could support only a small F23 193 population. F23 194 |^After a refreshing stay, the ships sailed for the Bay of F23 195 Islands, which they reached at the end of April, 1840. F23 196 *# F24 001 **[167 TEXT F24**] F24 002 |^*0When war came to the Waikato in the spring and summer of 1863- F24 003 64 most of the region's missionaries fled, whether Anglican Church F24 004 Missionary Society, Roman Catholic or Wesleyan (Methodist). ^Many had F24 005 good cause to fear for their lives. ^John Morgan, catechist and the F24 006 Anglican minister, had helped his Maori parishioners to transform the F24 007 Te Awamutu district into cultivated wheat fields and peach orchards F24 008 during the 1850s, but he now found himself caught forwarding F24 009 intelligence reports of *'rebel**' defences and troop movements to the F24 010 governor. ^The Catholic missionary at Rangiaowhia was withdrawn to F24 011 Auckland before General Cameron's troops captured and destroyed that F24 012 Kingite food base. ^Thomas Skinner, Wesleyan catechist at Aotea (the F24 013 highly populated harbour next to Kawhia) departed for Auckland in F24 014 October 1863, soon after his monitors had announced that they would F24 015 serve as *'chaplains**' for the Maori king. ^But one missionary F24 016 returned again and again to his post at the height of the war, in the F24 017 heart of this Kingite stronghold. ^In the midst of personal and F24 018 political crises, in the face of threats and yet with the support of F24 019 many local Maoris, he carried on with his duties. ^When it was F24 020 impossible to do otherwise he retreated a step or two, but he never F24 021 gave up his concern or his activities on behalf of the people of the F24 022 west coast harbours. ^After the fighting was over, the emergency of F24 023 *1Pai Marire *0finally forced his retreat, but he stayed on nearby, in F24 024 Raglan, and when he could he slipped into Kawhia harbour to minister F24 025 to his Maori flock. ^His name was Cort Henry Schnackenberg and he was F24 026 known to his Maori parishioners as *'Henare Minita**'. F24 027 *<*4The Making of a Missionary*> F24 028 |^*0Cort Henry Schnackenberg was born in Wilstedt, Hanover, in F24 029 1812. ^His parents were poor farmers, one step removed from being F24 030 peasants. ^He was baptised a Lutheran and on his father's death in F24 031 1825 was apprenticed to a rope-maker in his home town. ^In 1831 the F24 032 nineteen-years-old Schnackenberg left Hanover for London. ^It is well F24 033 to remember that Hanover was still the possession of England's King in F24 034 1831. ^In London he was befriended by a Christian family, the F24 035 Trappits, who encouraged him to study English and book-keeping at F24 036 night school. ^Some of the other Trappit children emigrated to F24 037 Australia, and sent back word about opportunities down under. F24 038 ^Schnackenberg was persuaded that a better life awaited him in the F24 039 Australian colonies and in March 1838 he emigrated to New South Wales. F24 040 **[PLATE**] F24 041 |^In Sydney Cort Schnackenberg won employment with the trading F24 042 firm of Mercantile House and in November 1839 was sent to Kawhia, then F24 043 a highly populated and commodious New Zealand North Island west coast F24 044 port. ^As Mercantile House's resident agent Schnackenberg's task was F24 045 to procure flax and timber for the Australian market, and store and F24 046 protect his firm's purchases prior to their despatch to Sydney. ^Soon F24 047 after his arrival he set himself the task of learning the Maori F24 048 language. F24 049 |^Existence in Kawhia in the 1830s and early 1840s was primitive, F24 050 isolated and lonely. ^Schnackenberg was relieved to find kindred F24 051 spirits among the otherwise alien European and Maori population. ^The F24 052 Reverend John Whiteley, a Wesleyan missionary, had ministered from F24 053 Kawhia since 1833 to a mission station that F24 054 **[PLATE**] F24 055 followed the coast from Aotea harbour to the Taranaki. ^He shared the F24 056 work with James Wallis in Whaingaroa harbour (Raglan harbour) just to F24 057 the north. ^Schnackenberg was a pious young Lutheran, untainted by the F24 058 sins of the flesh common to most shipping agents on the New Zealand F24 059 coast, and was a godsend to Whiteley and Wallis. ^Within a few months F24 060 of his arrival Schnackenberg was persuaded to add the office of F24 061 honorary catechist to that of trader. ^Whiteley persuaded F24 062 Schnackenberg that his Christian duty lay with preaching the gospel. F24 063 ^Schnackenberg already felt a strong commitment to the welfare of the F24 064 Maori people, and decided that he should devote his life to them. ^In F24 065 January 1843 he returned to Sydney, resigned his job with the shipping F24 066 agency, and married Amy Walsall (ne*?2e Trappit), a widowed daughter F24 067 of the family which had befriended him in London. F24 068 *<*4Catechist and Minister*> F24 069 |^*0In 1844 Schnackenberg was engaged as a full-time catechist by F24 070 the Australasian Wesleyan Connexion. ^He was appointed to Mokau, a F24 071 river mouth station in northern Taranaki. ^There he established a F24 072 native school, set up preaching places, trained Maori monitors, and F24 073 moderated the warlike behaviour of his charges by travelling with them F24 074 when they *'invaded**' the New Plymouth settlement. ^He also F24 075 cooperated with local chiefs and with Donald McLean (acting on behalf F24 076 of the crown) in a large number of land purchases in the Mokau-Awakino F24 077 region. ^\0Mrs Schnackenberg's health declined in Mokau and the first F24 078 signs of what was eventually to prove a fatal illness appeared during F24 079 this first missionary posting. ^After nine years as a full-time F24 080 catechist, Schnackenberg was received as a probationer for the F24 081 Wesleyan ministry in 1853, and was ordained at High Street Church in F24 082 Auckland in 1857. F24 083 |^After ordination Schnackenberg received a new assignment. ^He F24 084 was sent back to Kawhia (his former trading post) in 1858 as an F24 085 ordained minister of the word and sacrament. ^He returned to a Kawhia F24 086 where politics had invaded life. ^Where previously trade, market F24 087 prices, the missionary's sermon and local gossip had dominated F24 088 conversation, arguments about the need for a Maori king, about the F24 089 injustice of Taranaki land sales, and about Pakeha arrogance, were now F24 090 dominant. F24 091 |^Schnackenberg reported his first unease over the politicising of F24 092 his Maori charges in early 1858. ^He informed his church authorities F24 093 that some of his monitors had joined a Waikato war party heading for F24 094 the Taranaki. ^He wrote to the governor, warning him that the Kawhia F24 095 people mostly sympathised with the Taranaki Land League, and were bent F24 096 on stopping further Pakeha land gains. F24 097 |^During 1858 and 1859 several meetings of the Waikato and Ngati F24 098 Maniapoto were held to proclaim the ageing chief, Te Whero Whero, as F24 099 king *- Potatau *=I. ^To begin with, some Kingites, perhaps a F24 100 majority, held that loyalty to a Maori King was perfectly compatible F24 101 with loyalty to Queen Victoria. ^Government opposition to the King F24 102 Movement soon made loyalty to the British Crown exclusive of loyalty F24 103 to the King. ^Schnackenberg was then forced to recognise the existence F24 104 within his station of a powerful movement which renounced loyalty to F24 105 Queen Victoria in favour of the King, and even at divine service F24 106 loudly interjected *'Kingi**' whenever he prayed for the queen. F24 107 |^Schnackenberg was at first entirely antagonistic to the F24 108 belligerent Kingites. ^Writing from Aotea on 12 June 1860 he commented F24 109 on a visit to Kawhia by Rewi Maniapoto and the Maori king: F24 110 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F24 111 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F24 112 **[END INDENTATION**] F24 113 |^Schnackenberg initially concluded that the Kingite movement F24 114 consisted of a hard core of fanatics with a large following stirred by F24 115 oratory rather than ideology. ^Part of his dislike sprang from a F24 116 personal tussle with a Wesleyan monitor who had joined the Kingite F24 117 camp. ^This chief was responsible for collecting money to pay the F24 118 Wesleyan minister's stipend. ^He had collected 500 pounds towards F24 119 Whitely's stipend and 100 pounds towards Skinner's, then after the F24 120 outbreak of war in 1860 he coldly informed Schnackenberg: F24 121 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F24 122 |^Both are now our enemies, and so are you, therefore you shall have F24 123 nothing *- the money will go to the King, who will build churches and F24 124 appoint ministers. F24 125 **[END INDENTATION**] F24 126 |^The Kingites demanded tribute from Schnackenberg, who sternly F24 127 refused. ^A request for permission to build a battle pa on missionary F24 128 property was also declined. ^The missionary made few concessions to F24 129 the new infrastructure of Kingite commanders and magistrates who now F24 130 dominated the Kawhia region. ^His advice to a local chief was crystal F24 131 clear: F24 132 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F24 133 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F24 134 **[END INDENTATION**] F24 135 |^In 1859 Schnackenberg had thought that the Kingite movement F24 136 would be a short-lived comet and that a blockade of Kawhia and Aotea F24 137 harbours by the Royal Navy would bring three-quarters of the F24 138 district's population to the loyalists' side. ^By mid-1861 he had been F24 139 proved wrong and had more reason still to dislike the Kingites. ^In a F24 140 letter of 24 May he confided to a brother minister that some of his F24 141 students had been carried away by invaders, and he noted that the F24 142 **[PLATE**] F24 143 inland Church Missionary Society stations were not threatened. F24 144 ^Surprisingly, Schnackenberg now showed more understanding of the F24 145 interplay of provocation and reaction which had brought the King F24 146 movement into existence than he had hitherto. ^In a letter dated 1 F24 147 June 1861 the missionary wrote: F24 148 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F24 149 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F24 150 **[END INDENTATION**] F24 151 |^Throughout 1861 and 1862 Henare Minita continued to play with F24 152 the problem of understanding the Kingite movement. ^Mid-June 1862 saw F24 153 him penning a letter wherein he concluded that there were two F24 154 foundations for Kingitanga *- a desire to keep their lands and a F24 155 desire to dominate and plunder the Pakeha. ^He believed that those who F24 156 supported the second direction were the majority of the king's F24 157 following. F24 158 |^In a letter to the governor, dated 11 February 1863, F24 159 Schnackenberg solicited direct intervention in the affairs of his F24 160 **[PLATE**] F24 161 region. ^He proposed that the governor sail to Kawhia and negotiate F24 162 with the seaboard chiefs. ^Schnackenberg argued: F24 163 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F24 164 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F24 165 **[END INDENTATION**] F24 166 |^Once the Waikato war began in July 1863, Schnackenberg increased F24 167 his mediatorial attempts. ^He wrote three times to Governor Grey F24 168 stating local opposition to the construction of the Raglan road *- a F24 169 military road designed to link the garrison port of Raglan with the F24 170 interior, and allow a thrust by the military towards the Kingite F24 171 strong points at Paterangi and Rangiowhia. ^He also conveyed the F24 172 condemnation of European settlers. ^On 26 June 1863 he appealed to the F24 173 governor for the release of a Kawhia Maori, Aporo, arrested following F24 174 a Kingite raid on John Gorst's printing press at Te Awamutu *- the F24 175 press used to print a government newspaper in Maori. ^Aporo's arrest F24 176 and subsequent conviction became a test case for Kawhia Maoris. ^The F24 177 community was divided, and tensions built up which Schnackenberg had F24 178 to take into account. F24 179 |^Schnackenberg's circuit report of 16 November 1863, during the F24 180 full thrust of Cameron's invasion down the Waikato river, revealed F24 181 that his district was now fiercely Kingite. ^Collections of money were F24 182 raised for the king's cause. ^Kawhia's youth were enrolled as the F24 183 king's soldiers and its three water-mills had ceased to be used by a F24 184 population now caught up in the fever of war. ^The missionary now F24 185 found it expedient to keep his own counsel. ^He depended on overland F24 186 delivery of messages, mail and newspapers from Raglan for his contact F24 187 with Pakeha civilisation. ^The missionary admitted that F24 188 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F24 189 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F24 190 **[END INDENTATION**] F24 191 |^Circumspect he was, but cowardly he was not. ^A kingite chief F24 192 robbed the mission station of three head of cattle. ^Schnackenberg at F24 193 once informed the other chiefs who advised him to write to the king. F24 194 ^The missionary refused. ^He answered, *"^The King has no power over F24 195 chiefs *- nor do I look to him but to you for protection against F24 196 thieves**". ^The robber, annoyed at the Pakeha minister's attempt to F24 197 win justice through chiefs, denounced Schnackenberg to a king's F24 198 magistrate who summoned him to a sitting of the king's court. ^When F24 199 Schnackenberg did not attend, he was visited by a pair of the king's F24 200 court officers (he referred to them as *'lawyers *- so called**') and F24 201 told that he was required to pay 18 pounds as a fine for F24 202 *'non-attendance**'. ^Schnackenberg exploded: F24 203 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F24 204 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F24 205 **[END INDENTATION**] F24 206 **[PLATE**] F24 207 |^How did Schnackenberg manage to keep himself from being F24 208 assassinated during this turbulent period in Waikato history? F24 209 ^Friendly chiefs, some loyalist but most rebel, saw to it that threats F24 210 did not develop into physical molestation. ^When the king's tax F24 211 gatherers called on the Europeans of the Waikato sea coast all the F24 212 European residents paid up *- except Schnackenberg. ^The tax-collector F24 213 threatened that *'the wind will roar and you will have no shelter**', F24 214 but no action followed. F24 215 |^Schnackenberg was no fool. ^He kept a very close eye on F24 216 developments in the fighting in the Waikato, and took careful F24 217 soundings into the temper of the people in his coastal villages. ^He F24 218 was not going to hazard his life or his work, or the mission property, F24 219 if this could be avoided, but also he was not prepared to turn tail F24 220 and run. ^He wanted to keep on with his chosen work among the Maori F24 221 people of Kawhia harbour. ^At the same time, he faced tragedy in his F24 222 own life. F24 223 |^In the winter of 1863 there were rumours of danger for Europeans F24 224 along the coast as General Cameron's forces gradually worked their way F24 225 up the Waikato River. F24 226 *# F25 001 **[168 TEXT F25**] F25 002 |^*0This is a story of Rotowaro *- a town which was built for coal F25 003 and that will disappear for coal when the opencast mining begins, F25 004 where the houses stand today, in a few years time. ^The people will be F25 005 rehoused in Huntly. F25 006 |^*1Rotowaro, *0means *1lake of coal; *0the extensive deposits F25 007 were known before the European came, and local Maoris warmed F25 008 themselves at coal fires from the outcrops. F25 009 |^In 1849, \0Dr. {0A.G.} Purchas, Vicar of Onehunga, relieving the F25 010 missionary, \0Rev. {0B.Y.} Ashwell at his station at Kaitotehe, F25 011 opposite Taupiri, was shown not only the outcrop that the missionaries F25 012 were using for heat on the west bank of the river but also two areas F25 013 of coalbearing land on the east side of the Waikato. ^He made a F25 014 shipment of coal to Auckland by portage over the ground, down the F25 015 Awaroa stream and across the Manukau harbour from Onehunga to F25 016 Auckland. F25 017 |^During the wars of the 1860s the coal seam on the west side of F25 018 the river supplied coal for the gunboats, the soldiers carrying it F25 019 down on their backs until a chute was constructed. ^After the wars the F25 020 *1Waikato Steamship Company *0took coal from this seam for the river F25 021 steamers. F25 022 |^On the east side, Captain Anthony Ralph, previously a sergeant F25 023 in the Fencibles at Onehunga, was granted land along with his sons, F25 024 son-in-law and company of the *14th Waikato Militia, *0between Kimihia F25 025 and Taupiri at Rahupokeka, now Huntly. F25 026 |^Putting his knowledge of coal to good use, Ralph, and his wife F25 027 Margaret, registered the first *1Taupiri Coalmines Company *0in April F25 028 1874. ^Although Ralph died in December 1873, his wife and family F25 029 carried on. ^The first mine was opened for commercial production in F25 030 1876. ^In 1883, the company wanted more land and found under their F25 031 articles that they could not expand so they formed a new company, F25 032 *1Taupiri Extended Coalmines \0Ltd *0adjacent to, and incorporating, F25 033 the original mine, with the pithead next to Hokanoa Lake in which is F25 034 now Huntly Domain. ^A reserve mine had been opened at Kimihia in 1887. F25 035 ^In 1889 the new *1Extended *0mine came into production, and the F25 036 following year the *1Ralph *0mine in the main street. ^This had to be F25 037 erected as a thick fault divided the coalfield. F25 038 |^In 1889, the three Ralph owned mines, though under separate F25 039 management, amalgamated with the Waikato mine, which had been in F25 040 bankruptcy since 1890, to form *1Taupiri Coalmines \0Ltd. ^*0This F25 041 company ran the mines and formed new ones on the west of Huntly until F25 042 the State took over in 1950. F25 043 |^Coal in the Waikato was formed over forty million years ago from F25 044 accumulations of mosses, fern shrubs and small trees in peat swamps. F25 045 ^The seams vary in thickness from an average three metres to more than F25 046 twenty-five metres in parts of Maramarua, North Huntly and parts of F25 047 Rotowaro. ^The western limit of the Waikato coalfields is clearly F25 048 defined by thinning seams which do not extend economically beyond F25 049 Renown, Glen Afton, Glen Massey and Whatawhata. F25 050 |^At Rotowaro there is a proved reserve of ten million tons that F25 051 could economically be recovered by opencast methods, according to a F25 052 survey made in 1973. F25 053 |^Huntly, incidentally, is also sitting on a lot of coal *- it has F25 054 been estimated that the old mines, *1Taupiri Extended *0and *1Ralphs, F25 055 *0extracted less than twenty-five per cent of the available coal. F25 056 ^Plans are underway to extract this coal by modern methods. F25 057 |^*1Ralph *0mine shut down in 1916 after the disaster in 1914 in F25 058 which 43 men lost their lives; *1Taupiri Extended *0shut in 1924. ^The F25 059 company then turned its attention to the west. F25 060 |^As early as 1902 the *1Taupiri Coalmines Company \0Ltd *0had F25 061 opened negotiations with the *1Taupiri Dairy Company *0to open mines F25 062 on the west side of the river, but as neither of the companies, nor F25 063 the Government, was prepared to build a bridge across the river at F25 064 Huntly and a branch railway line to link the coalfields with the main F25 065 trunk line, the project fell through. F25 066 |^It was not until 1911 that work commenced on the bridge and F25 067 railway line. ^Previously the river had been crossed by pontoon punt, F25 068 or canoe. ^It was completed in 1914. ^*1Pukemiro Colleries *0was F25 069 formed by {0W.R.H.} Hetherington commenced**[SIC**] sending out coal F25 070 in 1915, and closed in 1967. ^This was the last mine on the field. F25 071 |^*1Taupiri Coalmines \0Ltd, *0having closed the *1Ralph *0mine in F25 072 1916, purchased property in the Rotowaro area. ^Machinery from *1Ralph F25 073 *0mine was installed and in 1917 Rotowaro began producing coal. F25 074 |^It had been in operation for six months when the *1Inspector of F25 075 Mines *0made his report to the *1House of Representatives. ^*0\0Mr F25 076 Boyd Bennie's report stated: F25 077 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F25 078 |^The coal was reported as *'*1good hard coal**' *0and the mine F25 079 comparatively *'*1dry**', *0which was a pleasant change from the F25 080 Huntly mines which, running under the river and lakes, were always F25 081 wet. ^The company erected houses for the manager and officials, and a F25 082 number of *'*1comfortable cottages**' *0with modern conveniences for F25 083 the miners in the new township arising near the Rotowaro railway F25 084 station. ^Many of these *'*1comfortable cottages**' *0are still there, F25 085 but not for much longer. ^Having extracted all the coal possible by F25 086 underground mining, the entire township of Rotowaro is to be engulfed F25 087 in a huge opencast mine *- by at least 1989. F25 088 |^This move has been known since 1979 and many people moved into F25 089 Huntly and were re**[ARB**]-housed; others thought it would not happen F25 090 in their time and stayed on. ^Over the years Rotowaro became the main F25 091 mine in the district. F25 092 |^In 1921 there were three small accumulations of inflammable gas F25 093 lit by naked lights in the Rotowaro mine, and one spontaneous fire F25 094 which was put out without loss of life. ^The mine was closed for six F25 095 weeks. ^Subsequently the whole mine was worked with safety lamps and F25 096 permitted explosives, mostly A2 Monobel. ^In 1924 the mine was worked F25 097 on two levels known as *1Rotowaro *0\0No. 1 and \0No. 2. ^In 1926 the F25 098 great progress was made. ^The mine was now operating on three levels, F25 099 \0No. 3 level producing 150 tons of coal a day with the help of a F25 100 coalcutting machine, an innovation which had been in operation for F25 101 about 18 months. F25 102 **[PLATE**] F25 103 |^By 1931, the depression was beginning to bite; the slack coal F25 104 dump at the mine had increased to 30,000 tons due to cancellation of F25 105 the slack contracts. ^The mine was capable of turning out 1000 tons a F25 106 day. ^Total production to the end of 1931 was 1,633,856 tons. F25 107 |^However the surplus was soon taken up by the *1Waikato F25 108 Carbonization \0Ltd *0plant, making *1briquettes *0commenced**[SIC**] F25 109 operations in June 1931. ^The *'*1little devils for heat**' *0you see F25 110 advertised on television still come from there. F25 111 |^\0No. 4 drive was opened at the Rotowaro mine in 1939, and plans F25 112 by the State to open another underground mine, *1Allison's Taupiri F25 113 Coalmines \0Ltd *0since its inception in 1899 until 1943. F25 114 |^In 1939 eleven men lost their lives at *1Glen Afton *0mine F25 115 (owned by the *1New Zealand Co**[ARB**]-operative Dairy Company). ^*0A F25 116 fire had been located in the mine; instead of being extinguished, as F25 117 was thought, it continued to burn and take oxygen from the air. ^When F25 118 the manager and others went to investigate the next day, they were F25 119 overcome by carbon monoxide. ^After this disaster, a *1Mines Rescue F25 120 Station *0was set up at Rotowaro. ^Working in respirators and under F25 121 bad conditions this unit averted many accidents by dealing with fires F25 122 or falls of coal. ^\0Mr \0A. Duffy was seconded to Huntly to train the F25 123 men when Andrew Lennox became the first Superintendent in 1942. F25 124 |^In 1942 following a strike at the Pukemiro Mine, the Government F25 125 took over the Waikato coalfields for the duration of the war. ^In 1950 F25 126 the State took over all areas owned by *1Taupiri Coalmines \0Ltd, F25 127 *0including Rotowaro. ^This trend has continued; other mines such as F25 128 *1Pukemiro *0and *1McDonald *0having been opencast after their F25 129 underground workings had shut down *- in *1Kimihia *0mine, east of F25 130 Huntly, they even drained a sizable lake. ^Now it is Rotowaro's turn. F25 131 |^In 1951 the underground workers went on strike in support of the F25 132 waterside workers. ^It was not a happy time in Huntly. ^The opencast F25 133 workers did not stop working and were loathed by the others. F25 134 |^In 1972 an important experiment began at Rotowaro. ^A new F25 135 continuous miner (a Lee Norse {0CM} 100 continuous miner 450{0HP} and F25 136 2 Joy 10{0SC} *- AC6 Shuttle cars), under mine manager, \0W. Munden, F25 137 started**[SIC**] production at the new mine *1Rotowaro \0No. 5, *0east F25 138 of the previous mines, was put to work. ^Another innovation was the F25 139 use of roof bolting with hydraulic machines was tested here. ^This was F25 140 to see whether the continuous miner was a practicable proposition for F25 141 the new mines which were to be opened east and west of Huntly, and F25 142 whether miners could be trained to operate this complicated machinery. F25 143 |^The answer was *'*1yes**' *0on both counts. ^Output per man per F25 144 shift with the underground miner was 5 to 6 times greater than in F25 145 conventional mines. ^The men took to the machines with ease. ^These F25 146 machines are now in full use at the east mine, Huntly (which has its F25 147 adit on which used to be the bed of Kimihia Lake from which all coal F25 148 is gone). ^This mine is operating under Huntly township and has given F25 149 rise to a few problems *- but this is another story. F25 150 |^Total production from the Rotowaro mine to 31 December, 1974 was F25 151 6,389,030 tons. ^Latest figures available, from 1983 show 84,717 F25 152 tonnes from underground mines and 317,146 tonnes from opencast mines. F25 153 ^Opencast mining must increase as the amount of coal which can be F25 154 obtained by underground methods is worked out. F25 155 |^So, farewell, Rotowaro, all the coal will be won from the vast F25 156 lake of coal. F25 157 *<*6WHEN REMUERA WAS OPEN COUNTRY...*> F25 158 *<*4By Florence Barnes*> F25 159 |^*0Born in 1900, I was the youngest in a family of seven and F25 160 lived in Remuera until I married in 1922. ^I can remember when Remuera F25 161 was like open country; all paddocks and native bush. F25 162 |^I would be five years of age when I used to watch teams of F25 163 bullocks drag great tree trunks out of the bush to make a clearing for F25 164 the primary school which is still on that site today. F25 165 |^In those days there were gypsies who used to arrive in their F25 166 quaint caravans and camp for days in a clearing where Clonbern Road is F25 167 today, not far from *1King's \0Prep. School. F25 168 |^*0As a family we attended \0St Luke's Presbyterian church on F25 169 Remuera Road which was a considerable walk from our home in Orakei F25 170 Road. ^But we thought nothing of it in those days. ^I remember the F25 171 interest we took *- as we passed *- in the magnificent, large Bond F25 172 family home perched well above the road on the steep sides of \0Mt F25 173 Hobson. ^There were two huge caves on the property that held a F25 174 fascination for us. ^When the home was built the caves were filled in F25 175 to make way for tennis courts. F25 176 |^\0Mt Hobson has happy memories for me. ^On fine days during the F25 177 school holidays mother would cut a picnic lunch and take us all up the F25 178 mountain. ^Those were the days when there were no shops along Remuera F25 179 Road and we would have to walk to Newmarket to do our shopping; that F25 180 is, until the tramlines were laid as far as Victoria Avenue. F25 181 |^Our education was limited to primary school, there being no F25 182 opportunities for a secondary education. ^We would go straight into F25 183 employment upon leaving school. ^I remember how proud my brother Ray F25 184 was of his job with *1Pullan and Armitage *0in Albert Street, who F25 185 hired out horses and gigs to commercial travellers, and employed boys F25 186 to drive these company reps throughout the inner city and out into the F25 187 suburbs, calling on retailers for their orders. F25 188 |^But of those early days when we lived in Remuera there are sad F25 189 memories of the influenza epidemic which, in real terms was a kind of F25 190 plague. ^I was eighteen years of age when it hit my three sisters, my F25 191 brother and me all at the same time. ^Kind people from \0St Luke's F25 192 would bring large jugs of lemon drinks to our bedsides. ^Food had to F25 193 be avoided as much as possible, but liquids had to be consumed in F25 194 large quantities. ^My brother who had recently been repatriated by the F25 195 army in France, because of a leaking heart valve, was at home and in a F25 196 serious condition. F25 197 |^I shall never forget the day in November, 1918 when the air F25 198 became filled with noise. F25 199 *# F26 001 **[169 TEXT F26**] F26 002 |^*3IN *1an age, when, what constitutes a good holiday for many folk F26 003 is to clock up as many kilometers as possible while conducting a grand F26 004 tour of New Zealand, it is a sobering thought of**[SIC**] what F26 005 travelling entailed in old Aotearoa, forms a gap in our knowledge of F26 006 an aspect of life in not so remote times. F26 007 |^*0In olden times, there were two means available for parties F26 008 travelling along the coastline and areas adjacent to the sea. ^These F26 009 options available to travellers were walking along the shoreline with F26 010 deviations inland at difficult headlands, promontories and rocky F26 011 coasts and journeying by water. ^When viewed from this vista in time, F26 012 both means had their shortcomings because of the varied nature F26 013 presented by the terrain, the weather and sea conditions which F26 014 handicapped to a varying extent swifter travelling by canoe. F26 015 |^Now if there is one outstanding feature that strikes overseas F26 016 visitors to these shores and the observant, who in an increasingly F26 017 urbanised society keep an affinity with nature, it is the varied F26 018 scenery which our country offers. ^However in days gone by this F26 019 changing scenery assumed another dimension for travellers. ^For to a F26 020 civilization where beasts of burden and wheels were not available for F26 021 the transportation of goods and people, an ever changing vista in the F26 022 course of a day's journey could throw up obstacles which often taxed F26 023 the stamina of travellers to the limit. F26 024 |^In certain areas canoes were in their element. ^The numerous F26 025 bays and harbours of the North Auckland peninsula, the rugged terrain F26 026 presented by the Marlborough coastline from the mouth of the Wairau F26 027 the**[SIC**] Cape Koamaru at the northern tip of Arapawa Island, the F26 028 deeply indented Marlborough Sounds which ruled out overland travel F26 029 over most of the area, and the vast stretches that comprised the F26 030 eastern and southern seaboards of the South Island, were districts F26 031 where coastal voyaging held sway. F26 032 |^Because of the sea keeping limitations imposed by the design of F26 033 the waka taua, voyaging by canoe had one disadvantage in that it was F26 034 governed by the weather. ^These limitations imposed on travelling by F26 035 canoe, meant that it was standard practice to follow the shoreline and F26 036 not set a canoe for a distant landmark. ^In windier parts of the F26 037 country and where the shoreline provided unimpeded progress for miles F26 038 because of the existence of sandy beaches, much of the travelling was F26 039 on foot. ^These conditions existed in the lower half of the North F26 040 Island's west coast where physical barriers placed in the path of the F26 041 traveller were rivers to ford. F26 042 |^Travelling by canoe however held the great advantage in that a F26 043 greater distance could be covered in a given time and what is more F26 044 important a greater volume of goods and produce could be transported F26 045 with less energy being spent. F26 046 |^Primitive as the old transport and communication system may F26 047 appear in this day and age, it nevertheless worked for all the F26 048 limitations imposed by the technology of the time. F26 049 |^This can be readily judged by the distribution of greenstone F26 050 from its South Island sources, and the widespread presence of Mayor F26 051 Island Obsidian *- volcanic glass *- in ancient village rubbish heaps F26 052 hundreds of miles away from where it was quarried. F26 053 |^However the point that needs to be taken into account when F26 054 looking back into these earlier times, is that whether travelling away F26 055 from the pa or kainga as done by walking or coastal voyaging, the two F26 056 means of journeying were complementary to one another. F26 057 |^Although early missionaries, traders, naval and army officers F26 058 and other persons of varying backgrounds have documented in their F26 059 journals and published literary efforts aspects of travel in old New F26 060 Zealand, there is still much that should be recorded. F26 061 |^Historical societies abound but little is done by these bodies F26 062 to look into the subject of how earlier generations moved about their F26 063 districts and record information on salient points of interest for a F26 064 wider community. F26 065 |^*5T*1he heyday of coastal voyaging by canoe is well captured in this F26 066 scene drawn by {0C.F} Angus off the mouth of the Wairau. ^Cloudy Bay F26 067 is a wide stretch of water but here we can see the coastal navigators F26 068 of old keeping close to the shoreline instead of making a direct F26 069 course from A-Z. ^The inshore canoe is sailing before the wind while F26 070 the one in the foreground is heading into a swell. ^Under these F26 071 conditions the steersman would keep the bow a few degrees from the F26 072 wind so that the craft would slice through the water and avoid the F26 073 tendency to roll. ^All the indications are that it will be a wet trip F26 074 for the complement of the canoe heading into the sea. F26 075 |^In this part of the country overland travel was virtually out of F26 076 the question because of the rugged nature of the Port Underwood Hills F26 077 which extended from the Wairau to Tory Channel. F26 078 |^Nevertheless these were times of change for the Maori. ^Though F26 079 the scene depicts a past era it was nevertheless the time when the F26 080 traditional Maori sail plaited from indigenous material had F26 081 **[PLATE**] F26 082 been replaced by a more durable article cut from duck. F26 083 |^It is no doubt due to the early adoption of duck for sail making F26 084 which accounts for the dearth of the genuine article in our museums. F26 085 *<*4Kapiti Coast*> F26 086 |^*5T*1oday the rocky headland of the Te-Ana-o-Hau excites no F26 087 particular interest to travellers as it is simply yet another bold F26 088 headland around our coastline. F26 089 |^Situated near the southern end of the great coastal walkway F26 090 which extended from Kawhia in the north and to all intents and F26 091 purposes ended at Porirua Harbour in the south, Te-Ana-o-Hau which F26 092 marks the western headland of Pukerua Bay was in old Aotearoa an F26 093 important landmark. F26 094 |^Legend has it, that Hau an early explorer in this part of Te F26 095 Ika-A-Maui on finding his path blocked by the promontory and a mass of F26 096 jagged and jumbled rocks, cleared the way by creating the archway F26 097 which was from then on to perpetuate his name. ^This feat he achieved F26 098 by resorting to and performing a number of incantations and spells. F26 099 |^{0W.C.} Carkeek in his informative hand**[ARB**]-book on the F26 100 placenames of the *"Kapiti Coast**" records how on reaching Te F26 101 Ana-o-Hau parties of Ngati Toa would make camp for the night. F26 102 |^This practice would have been good bushcraft for south of Te F26 103 Ana-o-Hau the terrain altered. ^Sand which had been so much part of F26 104 the scenery now changed to a rocky coastline or as an alternative F26 105 route, parties could scale the cliff and then proceed along the rest F26 106 of the coastal range of hills for a few miles. F26 107 |^Then the scenery changed again with some miles of wearying F26 108 travelling along the mudflats of Porirua Harbour. F26 109 **[PLATE**] F26 110 |^This custom of calling a halt was no doubt a time honoured F26 111 practice that had long been in vogue before the Ngati Toa wrested the F26 112 land from the Ngati Ira in 1826. F26 113 |^Te Ana-o-Hau no doubt served as a camp site in early times for F26 114 parties of Rangitane from Rangitikei who were in the course of making F26 115 a visit to their kinsfolk at Totaranui *- Queen Charlotte Sound and F26 116 further to the south in the Wairau. ^The same practice of calling a F26 117 halt at Te Ana-o-Hau no doubt applied to the Ngati Apa of Turakina in F26 118 olden times, when parties were enroute to visit their kinsfolk of F26 119 Durville Island *- Rangitoto. F26 120 |^{0E.J.} Wakefield in his journal *"Adventure in New Zealand**" F26 121 records that when proceeding to Wanganui by way of the route, a F26 122 southerly swell was causing the sea to surge breast high through the F26 123 archway and that through becoming somewhat mesmerised by the moving F26 124 water he was unable to synchronise his movements and had to be carried F26 125 on the shoulders of his companion Te Puke. F26 126 |^The land mass on the horizon across the waters of Raukawa *- F26 127 Cook Strait, is Durville Island where hard and durable argillite, a F26 128 rock much in demand for adzes was quarried. F26 129 *<*4Tidal Estuary*> F26 130 |^*5W*1hen {0S.C.} Brees principal surveyor to the New Zealand Company F26 131 drew this scene he was placing on record a section of a route for F26 132 travellers that was soon to be consigned to limbo through its serious F26 133 short-comings. F26 134 |^The scene of Porirua Harbour is typical of the harbours and deep F26 135 bays that are found dotted along both coastlines of the North Island. F26 136 |^It was here that circumstances forced the traveller to walk F26 137 along the mudflats. ^When the tide was in water of varying F26 138 temperatures, depending on the season, had to be endured. ^In addition F26 139 travellers often had to brush against thick coastal scrub lining the F26 140 shoreline. ^Colonists and other literature**[SIC**] citizens have left F26 141 a record in their journals how fatiguing, for both men and horse this F26 142 section of the ancient coastal walkway of the Western North Island F26 143 could be. F26 144 |^From Porirua Harbour, paths through the bush led to Wellington F26 145 Harbour, the Hutt and Wairarapa Valleys. ^In turn access would be F26 146 obtained to Hawkes Bay and the East Coast, and though the nature of F26 147 tribal politics ruled travel of this nature out of the question until F26 148 the F26 149 **[PLATE**] F26 150 early nineteenth century, goods nevertheless were traded far afield by F26 151 exchange and through the spoils of war. F26 152 |^Because of the inbuilt shortcomings of this natural road it F26 153 failed to measure up to the standards desired by the colonists. ^In F26 154 1847 a coach road was constructed that threaded its way around the F26 155 harbour before leading up the Horokiri Valley until it descended the F26 156 coastal escarpment at Paekakariki five miles north of Te Ana-o-Hau. F26 157 ^From Paekakariki, apart from the problem of fording rivers, it was F26 158 sand all the way to Wanganui and it was well into colonial times F26 159 before the ancient thoroughfare was abandoned for a highway built to F26 160 coach road standards. F26 161 *<*4Kupe and the Great Fleet: history in the telling*> F26 162 **[PLATE**] F26 163 * F26 164 |^T*0raditional Maori history, namata, was taught in a special house F26 165 of learning; its students being selected on the basis of social status F26 166 and pumanawa: proven intelligence, along with a facility for F26 167 memorising detailed information. ^On graduation, following years of F26 168 training, pupils were termed ahorangi. ^For the most part highly F26 169 esoteric, the learning was not exclusive to the rangatira class, but F26 170 was also made available to the wider tribal community *- in a simpler F26 171 form than that taught in the whare wananga. ^Particularly was this so F26 172 in respect to the younger generation, who were instructed in tribal F26 173 history in a generally more vivid, dramatic form. F26 174 |^Since the 1820's, the teaching of tribal history by ahurewa has F26 175 declined; the authority of teachers being undermined by European F26 176 contact, with its hostility toward traditional Maori thought and F26 177 values. ^Ironically however, about mid-19th century an interest in F26 178 traditional Maori culture suddenly arose among certain Europeans. ^And F26 179 an extraordinary (almost obsessive) search for matauranga maori was F26 180 the result; particularly matauranga maori relating to Kupe and Great F26 181 Fleet. ^Additionally, the Polynesian Society was founded, with its F26 182 Journal and enthusiastic membership, which included few Maori members F26 183 *- but many informants, some trained in tribal schools of learning. F26 184 |^As a consequence of the pursuit of traditional Maori learning F26 185 among such Tohunga pakeha as {0S.P.} Smith, Elsdon Best and {0J.M.} F26 186 Brown, a surprising number of books and monographs were published in F26 187 which theories both complex and bizarre were often propounded; F26 188 particularly when the Kupe-Fleet traditions came under learned F26 189 scrutiny. ^Equally disturbing was the distortion of recorded material, F26 190 and the impulse to extensively comment on, or to explain Maori F26 191 historical themes. F26 192 |^A fiercely competitive field, early Maori studies had a rigid F26 193 hierarchy of *'notable experts**' who, among the greater of their F26 194 achievements, formulated a rather plausible standard history of the F26 195 Maori, which was widely at variance with later research. F26 196 ^Unfortunately, the history was widely adopted by Maori as an accurate F26 197 account of the past (namata) as preserved by tupuna, and documented by F26 198 European experts in matauranga maori... ^Europeans for the most part, F26 199 did not question the history: it must be genuine history, it was F26 200 reasoned, otherwise it would not be taught in schools for, as it F26 201 turned out, almost a hundred years! F26 202 *# F27 001 **[170 TEXT F27**] F27 002 |^*2WHEN WE *0arrived to live in Otaki in May 1940, the 2nd World War F27 003 had been in progress for 8 months and was just starting to affect the F27 004 daily lives of the local population. ^Not many people owned motor cars F27 005 and those who did were greatly affected by petrol rationing, which had F27 006 been introduced immediately War had been declared. F27 007 |^Because of this, cars were used for local running only. ^All F27 008 traffic outside of Otaki was by rail, as buses did not make long F27 009 distance travel in those days, except for the *"Dominion Service F27 010 Car**" which left Wellington about 2.00 {0a.m.} to deliver the morning F27 011 paper between Wellington and Palmerston North. ^There were no other F27 012 buses between towns and the Railways coped with everything in the way F27 013 of passengers and goods. ^All travel centred around Otaki Railway F27 014 Station and passenger trains were frequent during the day. ^It was F27 015 possible to go to Wellington for a day's shopping by rail or even to F27 016 Levin for an afternoon. F27 017 |^Six days a week, return trips were made between Wellington and F27 018 New Plymouth, and Wellington and Napier. ^Although they did not stop F27 019 at small stations, all stopped at Otaki, except the Limited which left F27 020 Wellington at 7.30 {0p.m.} and did not stop until it reached Levin; F27 021 although every train stopped at Paekakariki so the passengers could F27 022 get a cup of tea and a bun if they so wished. ^All of the trains were F27 023 usually crowded as were the local train services between Wellington F27 024 and Palmerston North which stopped at all stations. ^These were F27 025 nicknamed *"The Fields**" in honour of a local {0M.P.} who lobbied so F27 026 hard to get an efficient service on our line. ^Partly because of the F27 027 war and partly because there was little work offering in Otaki, many F27 028 young people had moved to live and work in Wellington or the Hutt F27 029 Valley, and many more were joining the armed services as the War F27 030 intensified. F27 031 |^Most of these young men and women returned home to Otaki at F27 032 weekends to visit family and friends, either coming by train Friday F27 033 night, or Saturday morning. ^The cost of a weekend special ticket was F27 034 5/6\0d or on a special Sunday excursion which ran to Palmerston North F27 035 and cost 4/6\0d for return tickets. ^Ordinary fares to Wellington were F27 036 8/7\0d. ^Almost without exception all returned to Wellington on a F27 037 train which left Otaki at 6.00 {0p.m.} on Sunday night. ^The gathering F27 038 on the station was the highlight of the week. ^There were usually F27 039 several hundred people arriving, F27 040 **[PLATE**] F27 041 and the wonderful scenes of friendly happy faces (although some of F27 042 those saying goodbye for the last time were filled with sadness) had F27 043 to be seen to be believed as departing times drew nearer. F27 044 |^Local young Maori girls and boys in colourful clothing, often F27 045 accompanied by guitar-playing friends, were spontaneous in their songs F27 046 and laughter, and those people who had come to say farewell joined in, F27 047 whether they were acquaintances or strangers. F27 048 |^As the war came closer to home after the bombing of Pearl F27 049 Harbour, more and more uniformed locals boarded the trains on their F27 050 way back to camps throughout the district. ^Of those saying *"good F27 051 bye**" who will ever forget the beautiful strains of *"Now is the F27 052 Hour**" sung with such sincerity by the passengers and those F27 053 remaining, as the train pulled out of the station. F27 054 |^Later in the war special trains were run to get troops back to F27 055 camp and were often so crowded some soldiers slept in the aisles or F27 056 climbed up into the luggage racks. F27 057 |^When we lived up Te Manuao Road the smell of the coal burning F27 058 engines used to rise up the hill, and I liked it so much I decided to F27 059 apply for a position at the station when Alex (my husband) was going F27 060 into the army. ^Incidentally when he went, he would not take his F27 061 things in a suitcase but went off with a sugar-bag over his shoulder. F27 062 |^The stationmaster came over to see me after about a month (I had F27 063 moved to Dunstan Street with my invalid mother and a big black curly F27 064 retriever watch dog), and I started work as Female Clerical Assistant F27 065 1st Division on May 16th, 1942, and worked until December 1945. F27 066 |^I was always surprised at the class distinction between 1st and F27 067 2nd Division; the 1st consisting of the stationmaster, clerical staff F27 068 and shift clerks, and the 2nd Division, outside staff and porters. F27 069 |^The stationmaster was Joseph Hurley; the shift clerks, Horrie F27 070 Watts and Stan Homer, but after I had been there a month or so Horrie F27 071 had two years sick leave and so we managed with the stationmaster, F27 072 Stan Homer and two cadets, Les Torrance and Norman Boeyaid. ^Reg Wylie F27 073 was head porter and young Ted Fox was the Junior, and these two F27 074 porters did all the work it seems to take a half a dozen people to do F27 075 today. F27 076 |^Reg told me recently the two worst times for him were the mess F27 077 and worry he had on night duty, getting American servicemen back to F27 078 their camps at Paekakariki on the late trains. ^Most of the Americans F27 079 were just ordinary lonely soldiers like ours when away from home, but F27 080 there is always the exception, and as either a shift clerk or head F27 081 porter were on duty all night they had to deal with any trouble which F27 082 arose. ^There was no 9.00 {0a.m.} till 5.00 {0p.m.} in those days. F27 083 ^The Station was never left unmanned, as there were up to a dozen or F27 084 more goods trains going through the night, with food or equipment for F27 085 the troops, and most engines had to stop at the water tower just north F27 086 of the station building to fill the engine's boilers with water. F27 087 |^One race day Reg said there was absolute bedlam. ^All the F27 088 horses, owners, jockeys and race goers came by rail. ^They didn't have F27 089 enough room for all the carriages here, so they shunted four trains F27 090 down to Te Horo. ^All went well until it was time for everyone to go F27 091 home and with race goers, owners and horses arriving at once, he and F27 092 one shift clerk did not make much headway until Joe Hurley arrived and F27 093 had everything sorted out in fifteen minutes. ^But Reg had to clean up F27 094 afterwards, and with fish and chip papers, race book tickets and horse F27 095 manure, he said it took several hours, and finally he lit a fire on F27 096 the platform and the asphalt caught alight. F27 097 |^After that we all had to work on race day. ^As well as the Otaki F27 098 Races we had owners and horses off to race meetings all over the F27 099 country, but it was never as hectic as when the race meetings were F27 100 held here. F27 101 |^The Americans arrived about the middle of 1942, and we soon got F27 102 used to dollars and cents and the American accent. F27 103 |^Dozens came every night and must have found friends around the F27 104 town, and the Patriotic Society put on a dance in the Railway Hall F27 105 every Friday night (now a second hand mart). ^If I was on night shift F27 106 that week (I finished every second week at 9.00 {0p.m.}) I used to F27 107 take the office ruler home with me. ^It was a round ebony stick, about F27 108 two feet long, but I must admit I was only accosted once by a drunken F27 109 Yankee soldier, and the Traffic Officer saw me safely home. F27 110 |^We never really had a dull moment in the three and a half years F27 111 I was there. ^All the news and latest scandal came to the Station. F27 112 ^Everyone had to travel by train. ^\0Mr Lowry {0M.P.} to Parliament, F27 113 General Young to the War office, and \0Mr Atmore (the Mayor) to his F27 114 Law Office in Levin. ^All produce for markets (except Wellington which F27 115 went by Edwards Transport or Cooksleys) went by rail, as did all the F27 116 casein and butter from the Rahui milk factory. ^And all the F27 117 fertilizer, lime, coal and timber \0etc. came by rail. F27 118 |^I was in charge of the ticket office, helped with the wages and F27 119 banking, and took all the reserved seat bookings. ^Sometimes folk had F27 120 to wait several days to even get on a long distance train, and for a F27 121 while it was necessary to have a permit to travel, as the armed F27 122 services always had first priority. F27 123 |^If the cash was short I had to make up any shortage, but if it F27 124 was over, the Government took it. ^So I became very careful to see any F27 125 cash and additions were extremely accurate *- no calculators in those F27 126 days (good old brain power). F27 127 |^When we had the big earthquakes in June 1942, all services had F27 128 to be halted until the tracks were examined to make sure there were no F27 129 rails buckled. F27 130 |^We had the local post office on the Railway Station. ^At first F27 131 the Postmistress was a Miss MacIntosh, but after she left we had Alice F27 132 Freeman (later Kirker) and we became firm friends. ^I think I was the F27 133 first female ever to work in the Railway at Otaki, but later in 1942 F27 134 Pearl Wylie (now McGuigan) came to work with us. ^She mostly helped F27 135 with the porters looking after the luggage \0etc. F27 136 |^In those days trains were run on the tablet system, which had a F27 137 machine into which we had to insert the round tablet disc, then press F27 138 a few bells so the next station could get their tablet out. ^There F27 139 could only be one train on the line, say between Otaki and Manakau, or F27 140 Otaki and Te Horo, and to ensure this, no engine could leave Otaki F27 141 without a tablet. ^We hung them on a trivet on a post in a sort of F27 142 leather purse, and as the engine drove past, a similar trivet on the F27 143 engine picked up our tablet and left one in its place, which it had F27 144 picked up from the previous station. F27 145 |^I was allowed to work the tablet machine, but was not allowed to F27 146 shift the signals, and one night when the shift clerk had gone home F27 147 for tea and the porter had not arrived back from his tea, we had a F27 148 relief express coming over the bridge and of course it could not come F27 149 through until the signal was changed. ^The new cadet said he would F27 150 work the signal and I could flag it through with the green flag, as it F27 151 was a non stop train, but I knew it was against the regulations so F27 152 rang the Railway Hotel where I thought the stationmaster would be, and F27 153 he dashed over and saved the situation. ^If the train had been held up F27 154 a few heads would have rolled. ^Incidentally, the stationmaster was F27 155 off duty at the time. F27 156 |^We also had a bookstall on the station run by Una Wylie (Horn) F27 157 so we had three of the Wylie family over there and two Fox's, as young F27 158 Ted Fox's father *"Old Ted**" was in charge of the maintenance gang. F27 159 ^Tom Lowe was his second in command, and Jim Owens was in charge of F27 160 the signals, and his signalman did any maintenance on all the signals F27 161 on this line. ^\0Mr Fox lived in a house on the Wellington side of the F27 162 station, and the stationmaster and Tom Lowe lived on the north side. F27 163 ^The ganger's and stationmaster's houses have since disappeared, but F27 164 \0Mrs Elsie Lowe still lives in her cottage and has a beautiful flower F27 165 garden. ^\0Mrs Lowe told me her house was built for the first F27 166 stationmaster, when the Manawatu line was first put through. F27 167 |^My first experience of a lost tablet was with a train loaded F27 168 with Australian soldiers going home from the Middle East. ^Quite a lot F27 169 of sick and wounded were with them, and they were on their way to F27 170 Wellington to go with a convoy of ships to Sydney. ^The tablet flew F27 171 over the roof of the engine into waste ground where the turntable was F27 172 situated, and we all searched, Aussies and staff, but it could not be F27 173 found. ^So Reg Wylie had to travel on the engine as a human tablet, F27 174 until we could get a replacement. F27 175 *# F28 001 **[171 TEXT F28**] F28 002 ^*0It was the beginning of Rotorua's Government Gardens nursery. F28 003 |^Although a wing and a nurses' home had been added to the F28 004 Sanatorium in 1908 and 1912 respectively, \0Dr Wohlmann had considered F28 005 that the social side of the institution had remained at a standstill. F28 006 ^The sitting rooms, particularly on the men's side, were, he said, F28 007 *"depressingly poorly furnished and dingy**". ^\0Dr Duncan, the second F28 008 Balneologist, added that, while the staff did magnificent work, the F28 009 building was unsuitable, *"especially... for the better class of F28 010 patient, who naturally objects to the lack of privacy in open wards F28 011 and cubicles**". ^Duncan condemned the piecemeal construction of the F28 012 place: F28 013 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F28 014 |^The patients found the distance between the Sanatorium and the F28 015 Bathhouse a greater drawback than the draughty verandahs on which they F28 016 had to sleep when wards were full. ^In 1938 a patient commented sadly F28 017 on the journey to and from the Bathhouse: F28 018 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. F28 019 |^The new building was to have 100 beds, arranged in wards of 1, 4 F28 020 and 8, which were not to be specially separated into male and female F28 021 sections. ^There was to be a communal room for lectures and music. F28 022 ^The concept was similar in some ways to \0Dr Wohlmann's hydro, but it F28 023 is doubtful whether the Labour Government, in planning the new F28 024 Sanatorium, was very concerned about wealthy foreign invalids. F28 025 |^In 1939 *+20,000 was spent on constructing a large raft F28 026 foundation near the Rotorua Bathhouse. ^This type of foundation spread F28 027 weight evenly over ground that could not be excavated. ^The war meant F28 028 work on the building had to stop and only the foundations remain as a F28 029 mystery object for tourists, who wonder at the purpose of such a F28 030 massive construction. F28 031 |^\0Dr Duncan, who had been transferred to the Health Department, F28 032 died in 1942. ^His successor, \0Dr {0A. J. M.} Blair, had a different F28 033 attitude towards balneology from that of his predecessors. ^\0Dr F28 034 Duncan had been the last advocate of the spa principle, as against F28 035 present day hydrotherapy, which is used as an adjunct to F28 036 physiotherapy. ^Although he had pressed for the latest equipment and F28 037 knowledge, he had laid considerably more importance on results F28 038 obtained by water and mud alone. ^*"In some of the cases undergoing F28 039 mud-bath treatment,**" he claimed, *"the effect has been almost F28 040 miraculous... cases which have resisted all forms of drug treatment F28 041 have cleared up in an almost magical manner**". F28 042 |^The transfer to the Health Department took place in 1947 and the F28 043 Sanatorium was promptly closed. ^The building survived for another 25 F28 044 years as a home for elderly men, but now the former nurses' home is F28 045 all that remains of one of the only 2 spa sanatoria ever built in New F28 046 Zealand. F28 047 |^\0Dr Blair, the third Balneologist, saw spa treatment as being F28 048 complementary to clinical work done in hospitals. ^By the end of the F28 049 1940s a new attitude to the F28 050 **[PLATE**] F28 051 medical use of geothermal waters was evident. ^Rotorua's Queen F28 052 Elizabeth Hospital was developed from the Second World War Services F28 053 Convalescent Hospital and ever since has been the national hospital F28 054 for the treatment of rheumatic diseases and other dysfunctions of the F28 055 locomotor system, such as cerebral palsy. ^Appropriately, its first F28 056 Medical Superintendent was \0Dr Wallis, formerly of the Pukeroa F28 057 Hospital. F28 058 |^In 1949 the Health Department's annual report contained the F28 059 single most important statement in 150 years of written comment on New F28 060 Zealand's medicinal hot springs. ^The author was the Director of F28 061 Rotorua's new Division of Physical Medicine, \0Dr {0G. A. Q.} Lennane: F28 062 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F28 063 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F28 064 **[END INDENTATION**] F28 065 |^This new attitude affected not only Rotorua, but every area of hot F28 066 springs used for bathing in the country. ^As a result, apart from the F28 067 work that is carried out in the Queen Elizabeth Hospital in Rotorua, F28 068 New Zealand's geothermal waters are now used almost exclusively for F28 069 recreational rather than medicinal purposes. ^Where Waiwera was once a F28 070 place to recuperate, it is now a place for a swim, a party or a F28 071 barbecue. ^Where Parakai once had a massage department, it now has F28 072 water chutes and large swimming pools. F28 073 *<*58 The End of the Dream*> F28 074 |^*0By the late 1940s things at the Bathhouse were in a desperate F28 075 state. ^A *1Rotorua Post *0article written in September 1948 claimed F28 076 that the holes in the roof of the Bathhouse were so bad that the F28 077 guttering had to be on the inside to catch the downpour when it F28 078 rained. ^In the same year it was suggested that the Bathhouse be F28 079 turned into a museum of the Arawa people, a plan that to some extent F28 080 eventuated in 1986 when an Arawa Hall was created in the south F28 081 transept of the building. F28 082 |^The problems worsened. ^In December 1954 the *1Post *0described F28 083 the working conditions and appearance of the place: F28 084 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. F28 085 ^As an American visitor said in 1960, it was *"enough to make sick F28 086 people ill**". F28 087 |^In one of the many meetings held to discuss the fate of the F28 088 Bathhouse, \0Mr Dan Kingi, representing the Ngati Whakaue people of F28 089 Ohinemutu, urged the Government to retain the Bathhouse for its F28 090 original function. ^He believed this would keep faith with the elders F28 091 who had made a gift of the area, now occupied by the Government F28 092 Gardens, for health and recreation purposes. F28 093 |^In 1963 the Rotorua City Council took over control of the F28 094 Bathhouse, with *+60,000 of Government money to convert the building F28 095 for other communal purposes. ^It was still used for some bath F28 096 treatments until 1966, when a hydrotherapy wing was opened at the F28 097 Queen Elizabeth Hospital. F28 098 |^Many people still remember treatments in the Bathhouse. ^The F28 099 popular physiotherapist, Arthur White, who worked in the building for F28 100 42 years, gave between 3 000 and 4 000 treatments a year. ^Some of his F28 101 patients were very well known; Sir Bernard Freyberg and Sir Robert F28 102 Stout (twice Premier of New Zealand) were among them. ^During the F28 103 1940s the Bathhouse gave an average of 30,000 baths and 25,000 F28 104 massages and the building is still visited by people who were patients F28 105 there from the 1920s through to its last year of treatment. F28 106 |^\0Mrs Alice Robinson, who was a bath attendant during the Second F28 107 World War, described the atmosphere in the building. ^The bath F28 108 attendants signed on at 8 {0a.m.} and did not finish until 6 {0p.m.} F28 109 They had a 2-hour lunch break. F28 110 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F28 111 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F28 112 **[PLATES**] F28 113 **[END INDENTATION**] F28 114 |^\0Mrs Robinson has many other amusing memories of the old F28 115 Bathhouse, among them the vibratory chair used in treating overweight F28 116 patients. ^The person was strapped in at the waist, wrists and ankles F28 117 and, when the motor was switched on, was subjected to rapid, violent F28 118 movements. ^\0Mrs Robinson particularly recalls the treatment of a F28 119 large woman with pendulous breasts; when the motor began, the woman's F28 120 breasts flipped over her shoulders, one after the other, faster and F28 121 faster, with slapping sounds. ^It was very difficult for the attending F28 122 staff to keep straight faces. F28 123 |^Of the other buildings in the Government Gardens, the original F28 124 Blue Bath had been demolished at the end of 1932, while the second F28 125 Blue Bath was last used for swimming in May 1982. ^The Postmaster F28 126 Bath, south of the Government Gardens, in the Sanatorium Reserve, was F28 127 closed in 1950 and, after several deaths, the spring was bulldozed in, F28 128 during 1952. F28 129 |^All that remains of the various bathing facilities is the F28 130 building that opened as the Ward Baths in 1931. ^A *+23,000 Aix F28 131 massage wing was added in 1965, intended as the first stage of a F28 132 *+140,000 plan to create a modern international spa. ^The cost over F28 133 the next 4 years changed the Government's attitude, and in 1971, F28 134 against some protests, the baths were let to \0Mr Neville Lobb. F28 135 |^After considerable alterations, the building reopened as F28 136 Polynesian Pools in 1972. ^It was enlarged and altered again in 1985, F28 137 and the complex now offers 2 large pools, 26 private pools, Priest and F28 138 Radium Baths and Aix massage. ^Although some people bathe in the F28 139 Priest Baths to treat rheumatic conditions, the pools are mostly used F28 140 for recreation. ^A group of former European refugees living in F28 141 Australia still, however, visit the Priest Baths every year for *"the F28 142 cure**". F28 143 |^Attitudes and situations may simply have changed with time, but F28 144 if Sir Joseph Ward and Thomas \0E. Donne could visit Rotorua today F28 145 what they saw would not seem the fulfilment of the dream they had of F28 146 Rotorua as the great spa of the South Seas. F28 147 *<*59 Te Aroha *- The North Island Rival*> F28 148 |^*0Waiwera was the first spa in New Zealand, Rotorua was, for several F28 149 reasons, considerably the most important, but Te Aroha was the first F28 150 geothermal water area to receive many thousands of bathers annually. F28 151 ^It was, for several years, ahead of Rotorua. F28 152 |^As with Hanmer, Te Aroha's setting was almost as important as F28 153 its water resources. ^The springs emerged from the side of Mount Te F28 154 Aroha, the highest peak in the district. ^The Waihou River flowed at F28 155 the foot of the mountain and the sheltered slope in between was ideal F28 156 for growing trees and for laying out a town. ^There was native forest F28 157 nearby and the scarp face of the Kaimai Range contrasted remarkably F28 158 with the flatness of the Thames or Piako Valley lowlands. F28 159 |^Unlike Hanmer, Te Aroha has retained its spa appearance. ^Of all F28 160 New Zealand's geothermal areas, the Domain at Te Aroha looks most as F28 161 it did in Edwardian times. ^Some of the old bathhouse buildings remain F28 162 and the formal gardens have been only slightly altered; they are not F28 163 dotted with barbecue grills, and hydroslides don't loop their way F28 164 downhill. F28 165 |^Before Te Aroha was developed, the local Marutuahu people valued F28 166 the springs highly. ^As the hot water was salty, they believed it came F28 167 from the sea, through a tunnel in the mountain. ^When he visited the F28 168 area, Sir George Grey was led to the springs in 1849. F28 169 |^The original bath was made in the early 1880s after gold was F28 170 discovered in the adjacent Waiorongomai Valley in 1881 and after the F28 171 Hot Springs Hotel was built in 1882. ^(This first bath was a F28 172 zinc-lined packing case sunk into the depression of a spring.) ^Gold F28 173 was responsible for the immediate introduction of a coach service, F28 174 which in turn helped develop a settlement that became a town district F28 175 in 1887 and a borough in 1898. ^The arrival of the railway had a great F28 176 deal to do with this expansion. ^For the first time in New Zealand it F28 177 was easy for travellers to get to a hot springs area. ^After March F28 178 1886 visitors could travel by train from the centre of Auckland to F28 179 within a few hundred metres of hot springs. F28 180 |^Before the railway reached Te Aroha work had begun in the F28 181 springs area. ^A reserve of 8 \0ha had been gazetted in December 1882 F28 182 and the construction of bathhouses began the following year. ^An 1884 F28 183 Government vote of *+200 meant that a women's bathhouse could be F28 184 completed so that when the Te Aroha Hot Springs Domain Board was F28 185 formed that same year there were 3 bathhouses on F28 186 **[PLATE**] F28 187 the reserve. ^Fencing and tree planting began, and {0J. A.} Pond F28 188 analysed the water of 3 springs in February 1885. ^All contained a F28 189 considerable proportion of sodium bicarbonate. F28 190 |^From 1885 Te Aroha was advertised in newspaper articles and F28 191 tourist literature *- it appeared, for example, in the Union Steamship F28 192 Company's *1Tourist Vade Mecum *- *0and this quickly brought an F28 193 increase in the number of visitors. ^Travellers could reach Te Aroha F28 194 directly by rail, whereas Rotorua was a 64 \0km coach journey from F28 195 Tirau, and the difference showed up in the number of baths taken at F28 196 each spa. ^From January to May 1886 18 686 baths were taken at Te F28 197 Aroha, but Rotorua's total was only 5 314 for the 9 months from F28 198 October 1885 to June 1886. ^Even before the railway, however, Te Aroha F28 199 was ahead. ^Not only was it much closer to Auckland but the journey to F28 200 it could be made by boat; the small vessel *1Kotuku *0steamed up the F28 201 Waihou River from Thames. ^It was much more comfortable than F28 202 travelling the coach roads to Rotorua. F28 203 |^An early problem facing the Domain Board was people using soap F28 204 in the baths. ^Women were suspected of being the main offenders and F28 205 the *1Te Aroha & Ohinemuri News *0recorded on 20 November 1886 that a F28 206 caretaker had been detailed to keep a close eye on the use of soap. F28 207 ^From the same paper it is interesting to learn the cost of F28 208 developments 100 years ago. ^An attractive little building over the F28 209 main drinking fountain cost only *+75 to construct over the summer of F28 210 1886-87. F28 211 |^There were 7 bathhouses at Te Aroha by 1886, and they received F28 212 considerable praise. F28 213 *# F29 001 **[172 TEXT F29**] F29 002 ^*0It was a time, Despard wrote, for *'bold measures**'. F29 003 *<*2*=II OHAEAWAI AND THE ADAPTATION OF *3PA *2CONSTRUCTION*> F29 004 |^SUFFERING FROM THE SAME CARTAGE PROBLEMS WHICH HAD *0beset Hulme, F29 005 Despard struggled up to Ohaeawai. ^His vanguard of allied Maoris F29 006 skirmished with Kawiti's scouts on 23 June, and Despard arrived before F29 007 the *1pa *0on the next day, with 615 men and four cannon. ^He opened F29 008 fire as soon as possible with his artillery. ^He had two objectives in F29 009 mind. ^One was to create a viable breach in the palisades, and the F29 010 other was to demoralize and inflict casualties on the garrison. ^He F29 011 moved his batteries about several times to improve their firing F29 012 position. ^Though harassed all the while by accurate sniping and F29 013 irritating sallies by the garrison, the British kept up a reasonably F29 014 well-directed cannonade for six days. ^The six- and twelve-pounder F29 015 cannon failed to create a breach, and Despard ordered up a 32-pounder, F29 016 the heaviest gun yet used on land in New Zealand, from the ships. ^As F29 017 the 32-pounder fired its first shots, early on 1 July, Kawiti launched F29 018 a particularly dangerous and provocative sally against one of the F29 019 batteries. ^Despard felt he could wait no longer and launched an F29 020 assault with 250 crack troops. ^The *1pa *0contained only 100 warriors F29 021 at the time, but the British storming party was shattered and flung F29 022 back, leaving 110 killed and wounded behind it. ^The impossible had F29 023 occurred. F29 024 |^If anything is a constant in the interpretation of the New F29 025 Zealand Wars, it is the assumption that the British defeat at Ohaeawai F29 026 was primarily caused by the monumental lunacy of Colonel Despard. F29 027 ^This assumption took root immediately after the battle. ^From F29 028 Despard, wrote one newspaper editor: F29 029 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F29 030 ^Time did not temper these opinions. ^At the turn of the century, {0W. F29 031 P.} Reeves wrote that the disaster at Ohaeawai was *'solely due to a F29 032 commander's error of judgement**'. ^In 1962, Edgar Holt attributed the F29 033 defeat to Despard being *'stupid enough to imagine that a Maori *1pa F29 034 *0could fall before a bayonet charge**'. ^In the most recent book on F29 035 the Northern War (1979), Michael Barthorp used a contemporary F29 036 statement to entitle his chapter on Ohaeawai *'Downright Madness**'. F29 037 ^If the Northern War was historiographically as popular as the F29 038 Crimean, Despard would rank with Lord Cardigan as the definitive F29 039 military cretin. F29 040 |^To some extent the attribution of the Ohaeawai disaster to F29 041 Despard's blundering is founded upon the opinions of the participants F29 042 in the battle. ^Some of these contemporary comments have been used out F29 043 of context. ^The contemporary reference to *'Downright Madness**', for F29 044 example, concerned a night escalade which was suggested but never F29 045 implemented, and not the assault itself. ^Other participants' comments F29 046 were retrospective, and were influenced less by reasoned analysis than F29 047 by the shock of defeat. ^Despite the experience of Kororareka and F29 048 Puketutu, the shock was very great. ^*'Never did British troops pass a F29 049 more dreadful night than the troops before Ohaeawai after this F29 050 unsuccessful assault.**' ^The nature of their opponents naturally did F29 051 not help matters. ^Major Cyprian Bridge recorded that after the F29 052 assault he and his men were *'tired and dispirited and disgusted F29 053 beyond expression at having been defeated by a mob of savages and with F29 054 such fearful cost too**'. ^In this context, Despard was a natural F29 055 scapegoat. ^Though by no means as intolerant, difficult, and immune to F29 056 advice as the received picture suggests, the Colonel could be tactless F29 057 and irascible. ^His attempt *- subsequently retracted *- to blame F29 058 members of the storming party for disobeying instructions to carry F29 059 axes and ladders to cut down or scale the stockade did not endear him F29 060 to the survivors. ^It seems fair to suggest, in sum, that the opinions F29 061 of veterans like Corporal {0W. H.} Free *- in this case expressed a F29 062 mere seventy-four years after the event *- that Despard *'did not know F29 063 his business**', are not quite iron-clad evidence. F29 064 |^While uncritically accepting the views of Despard's F29 065 subordinates, contemporary commentators and historians alike ignored F29 066 the opinions of his military superiors. ^There is admittedly a F29 067 much-repeated comment allegedly made by the Duke of Wellington, the F29 068 Commander-in-Chief, to the effect that Despard should have been F29 069 court-martialled for launching an attack *'in the face of such F29 070 hopeless difficulties**'. ^It is just possible that Wellington made F29 071 some comment of this type when the first newspaper reports of the F29 072 battle arrived in England, but if he did so he soon reversed his F29 073 opinion. ^After studying the relevant reports, he wrote that *'the F29 074 service has been well conducted by Colonel Despard**', and that F29 075 Despard should be made a Commander of the Bath, which he duly was. F29 076 ^Despard had another supporter in Governor FitzRoy, for whom Ohaeawai F29 077 was an unmitigated disaster. ^Bravely, FitzRoy made no effort to blame F29 078 his woes on the Colonel, despite the obvious temptation to do so. ^Nor F29 079 did Despard's direct military superior, General O'Connell, commanding F29 080 in Australia. ^O'Connell explicitly exculpated Despard from blame for F29 081 the defeat and expressed continued *'great confidence in his zeal and F29 082 experience as well as in his prudence**'. F29 083 |^Of course, Wellington, O'Connell, and FitzRoy could be wrong, F29 084 and two major criticisms of Despard require closer examination. ^The F29 085 first was that the assault could be seen to have no chance of success. F29 086 ^The second, more specific, was that Despard failed to direct his F29 087 attack against the point most damaged by his guns. ^These criticisms F29 088 are unsound. ^Despard was no genius, but Wellington was right in F29 089 concluding that he was moderately competent. ^The Colonel's F29 090 reputation, however, is not our main concern. ^The crucial point is F29 091 that the main causes of the Ohaeawai disaster, including the factors F29 092 which deceived Despard about the effect of his bombardment and the F29 093 chances of successful assault, were measures taken by the Maoris. F29 094 ^Among these was the successful application of methods used in the F29 095 Musket Wars, such as good fire discipline. ^The improvement of F29 096 traditional features of *1pa *0construction *- modifications rather F29 097 than radical changes *- were equally important. ^But the Maori F29 098 performance at Ohaeawai also included sufficient innovations in the F29 099 construction of the *1pa *0to make it a new kind of fortification. ^In F29 100 terms of construction, Ohaeawai was the model for all future Maori F29 101 defensive systems *- the prototype of what we will call the modern F29 102 *1pa. F29 103 |^*0Kawiti bore three closely related problems in mind while F29 104 designing Ohaeawai: a charge by British regulars was extremely F29 105 difficult to stop; any measures taken to this end had to be kept F29 106 secret from the British; and the *1pa *0and its garrison had somehow F29 107 to be protected against the new threat of artillery. F29 108 |^As Kawiti was now well aware, attacking British infantry were F29 109 not only ferociously effective but also had a *'high breaking F29 110 strain**' *- a large proportion of the attackers would have to be shot F29 111 down before the attack would stop. ^When this was added to the fact F29 112 that the garrison of Ohaeawai were outnumbered six to one by their F29 113 opponents, it became clear that engineering measures to correct the F29 114 balance were vital. ^To make the best of his few musketeers, Kawiti F29 115 sought to ensure that they could fire and load in relative safety; F29 116 that they could bring fire to bear from the maximum number of angles, F29 117 and for sufficient time to do the necessary damage; and that they F29 118 could be concentrated rapidly and safely at threatened points. F29 119 |^The two palisades of the *1pa, *0a strong inner fence and a F29 120 lighter fence (the *1pekerangi) *0three feet outside it, provided some F29 121 protection for the garrison. ^More was provided by flax matting, F29 122 virtually musket-proof, which was hung on the *1pekerangi *0to within F29 123 a foot or two of the ground. ^But a still more important protection F29 124 for the musketeers in the firing line was the trench around the F29 125 perimeter of the *1pa. ^*0This trench, located inside the inner fence, F29 126 was five or six feet deep, and had firing steps cut in the side. ^The F29 127 musketeer stood on its floor to load and stepped up to fire at ground F29 128 level, shooting either through a loophole cut in contiguous timbers, F29 129 or through gaps between separated timbers. ^To align his gun along the F29 130 ground improved his aim. ^Even a short-range musket ball flew in a F29 131 curved trajectory, and there was a tendency to fire too high. ^But F29 132 more important was the fact that the warriors at Ohaeawai hardly F29 133 needed to expose themselves at all when repelling the British attack. F29 134 |^Mobility within the *1pa *0was another problem. ^A single, open F29 135 firing trench running right around the perimeter of the *1pa *0would F29 136 have exposed its occupants to deadly enfilading fire *- a cannon ball F29 137 fired from one end could have swept a whole side clear. ^But if F29 138 sections of trench were blocked off from each other to prevent this, F29 139 safe communication would have become impossible. ^The storming party F29 140 would have encountered only the tiny, isolated garrison of the point F29 141 attacked. ^The solution was to *'traverse**' the trench *- to leave F29 142 sections undug across the trench at six foot intervals along it. ^Each F29 143 traverse had a small gap *- a tiny communications trench*- cut at one F29 144 end to allow free passage. ^Alternate traverses had the gap at F29 145 opposite ends. ^As a veteran of the garrison put it: *'^You could F29 146 travel right round the *1pa *0in the main trench, winding in and F29 147 out.**' ^The garrison could be concentrated at a single point in as F29 148 long as it took the furthest man to complete a zig**[ARB**]-zagging F29 149 sprint of 150 yards. ^Ohaeawai was probably also equipped with F29 150 secondary communications trenches, giving easy access to opposite F29 151 sides of the *1pa *0and to internal defensive features. F29 152 |^In the effort to bring the optimum fire to bear on a British F29 153 assault force it would have been tempting to resort to the traditional F29 154 fighting platform atop the stockade. ^The inner palisade at Ohaeawai F29 155 was easily strong enough to bear such a structure, and with split F29 156 timber and flax matting it could be made fairly safe from musket fire, F29 157 as its use in the Musket Wars proved. ^But fighting platforms were F29 158 easy game for artillery and Kawiti simply abandoned them. ^Instead he F29 159 turned to salients or flanking-angles. ^These were the same in height F29 160 and structure as the main palisade and trench, and in fact were merely F29 161 projections on the main perimeter. ^The angles were very small, and F29 162 their purpose was not really to make possible a crossfire at a distant F29 163 target. ^They were primarily intended to provide flanking fire against F29 164 an enemy standing hard against the *1pekerangi. ^*0A man shooting from F29 165 a flanking angle, only a couple of yards from another shooting from F29 166 the main perimeter, would cross the T of his neighbour's fire when F29 167 both aimed at the same enemy. ^This too was crucially important F29 168 because of its relationship to the function of the *1pekerangi *- F29 169 *0the outer fence. ^The inner fence was built of stout logs and could F29 170 physically block an attacker's progress. ^The *1pekerangi, *0on the F29 171 other hand, though stronger at Ohaeawai than at later modern *1pa, F29 172 *0was not a major obstruction, particularly when damaged by artillery F29 173 fire. ^The British storming party penetrated it at a minimum of two F29 174 points on 1 July. ^But in struggling with the *1pekerangi, *0the F29 175 attackers gave the defenders sufficient time to shoot them down, with F29 176 the flanking fire from the salients proving particularly effective. F29 177 ^The *1pekerangi *0was *'intended to delay a storming party, so that F29 178 while they would be pulling it down, the men behind the inner fence F29 179 might have time to shoot them**'. ^It performed a function similar to F29 180 that of barbed wire on more recent battlefields. F29 181 |^Kawiti's second major problem was to conceal his defences from F29 182 the British. ^When first observing the Ohaeawai *1pa *0on 24 June, F29 183 Despard could see that two *'barricades**' of logs and a *'ditch**' F29 184 formed the perimeter. ^He could see a few partitions within the *1pa, F29 185 *0but neither he nor his officers noted any significant defences in F29 186 the interior. ^This was all the information the Colonel had. ^At F29 187 Kororareka and Puketutu, the Maoris had made no great secret of their F29 188 plans and activities. ^Missionaries and pro-government Maoris F29 189 communicating with them had been able to provide the army with F29 190 reliable information. ^At Ohaeawai, however, the Maoris suddenly cut F29 191 the normal, casual, flow of information. F29 192 *# F30 001 **[173 TEXT F30**] F30 002 |^*0As well as being able to handle the wide range of situations they F30 003 encounter every day, the New Zealand Police must also know and F30 004 understand the variety of different laws they are called on to F30 005 administer and enforce. ^Training today is thorough and sophisticated F30 006 but when the Police Force was established in 1886 learning on the job F30 007 was really the only instruction that policemen received. F30 008 |^The 1898 Royal Commission recommended, as a matter of highest F30 009 importance, the establishment of a F30 010 **[PLATES**] F30 011 central training depot in Wellington. ^It was unfair to both constable F30 012 and public to put a policeman on the street without giving him any F30 013 preliminary training. ^The commission suggested a four-month training F30 014 period for new recruits which should include instruction in the law F30 015 relating to police duties, in functions and powers, in ambulance work F30 016 and first aid, in athletics and simple drill, and in other matters F30 017 ordered by the Police Commissioner. F30 018 |^The police station at Mount Cook in Wellington was used as a F30 019 training depot and station from December 1898. ^The first instructor, F30 020 Sergeant O'Donovan, later became Commissioner. ^The depot proved a F30 021 great success and recruits who passed through Mount Cook were F30 022 considered to be of a much better calibre than those who hadn't had F30 023 the benefit of the training school. ^By 1901 Mount Cook had to be F30 024 extended and in 1909 a new and larger training depot was opened in F30 025 Wellington South. ^This was to remain the official training school for F30 026 the next 45 years. F30 027 |^After World War *=I began there was a shortage of recruits and F30 028 training at the Wellington South school was suspended in 1916. F30 029 ^Training recommenced in 1921 when three-month courses were introduced F30 030 to cater for the growth in recruitment needed in the postwar years. F30 031 ^The Depression of the 1930s, however, saw recruitment virtually F30 032 halted and the school closed again in 1930, to be reopened in August F30 033 1935. ^In 1937 two large intakes of recruits were trained at Trentham F30 034 Military Camp in an effort to build up police strength. F30 035 |^Formal training was suspended again from 1938 to 1945 but a F30 036 system of weekly lectures for constables and fortnightly lectures for F30 037 senior staff were introduced during World War *=II. ^In 1946 the F30 038 school at Wellington South reopened and the following year a F30 039 correspondence scheme was set up to help police in outlying and F30 040 isolated districts qualify for promotion. ^In 1953 the now dilapidated F30 041 Wellington South school was replaced by one established in renovated F30 042 naval barracks at Lyttelton. F30 043 |^A comprehensive 1955 training review led to a complete change to F30 044 the training of recruits and serving police of all ranks. ^Recruits F30 045 were to undergo 13 weeks of basic training, while there would be an F30 046 eight-week course for constables going to detective duties and courses F30 047 for both {0NCO}s and officers. ^The new courses began in 1956 in a new F30 048 location; the police training school had been moved from Lyttelton to F30 049 Trentham. F30 050 |^These changes represented a great stride forward; the police F30 051 administration were giving training a high priority. ^A variety of F30 052 courses were created for serving police. ^Specialists such as Search F30 053 and Rescue staff, Armed Offenders Squads and police prosecutors F30 054 received formal training at Trentham. ^The Police Dog School was also F30 055 set up there. F30 056 **[PLATES**] F30 057 |^By 1971 it was obvious that a specially designed college was F30 058 needed to cater for the greater range of sophistication of police F30 059 training. ^Approval was given for work to start on planning a new F30 060 college at Porirua. ^This was opened in 1981 by His Royal Highness F30 061 Prince Charles. ^Now the New Zealand Police have a modern training F30 062 complex with pleasant and attractive accommodation for over 400 F30 063 students and buildings for teaching, training aids and administration. F30 064 ^There is also an amenities block containing a spacious dining room, a F30 065 shop, a post office and recreation areas for staff and students. F30 066 |^Police training in New Zealand was once an after**[ARB**]- F30 067 thought. ^With the best of facilities it now has a very high profile. F30 068 **[PLATES**] F30 069 *<*6AN EQUAL FORCE*> F30 070 *<*5Policewomen*> F30 071 **[PLATE**] F30 072 |^*0Since about half of New Zealand's population is female, it is not F30 073 surprising that the number of women in the police is growing. ^It took F30 074 many years, however, for them to be accepted. F30 075 |^Women had been employed as matrons and searchers since 1898. F30 076 ^Policemen's wives often acted unofficially as well. ^They dealt F30 077 mainly with women and children in courts, escorting women prisoners to F30 078 and from jail. ^It was 1914, however, before real moves were made to F30 079 introduce women to the police force. ^It was suggested that they F30 080 perform such duties as safeguarding girls and children at parks, F30 081 amusement places, wharves and railway stations. ^At this stage most F30 082 American cities and many European countries already had women police, F30 083 and England was introducing them. ^Despite politicians' promises and F30 084 despite the fact that the First World War was causing a shortage of F30 085 male police, nothing was done in New Zealand. F30 086 |^Attitudes were changing, though, by the mid 1920s when the F30 087 subject was raised again in Parliament. ^More people were now F30 088 beginning to see the value of women for some police duties. ^In 1938 F30 089 Minister of Police Peter Fraser announced that policewomen would be F30 090 appointed as soon as possible and the Police Force Amendment Act of F30 091 that year allowed for this. ^Although recruitment work began in 1939, F30 092 so too did World War *=II. ^This meant further delays and it was not F30 093 until 1941 that 10 policewomen, chosen from 150 applicants, were F30 094 appointed. F30 095 |^They received three months' training in legal subjects and F30 096 general police duties at the Wellington South Police Training School. F30 097 ^In October 1941 the first New Zealand policewomen were posted to the F30 098 four main centres. ^Attached to the detective branch, the women F30 099 investigated offences involving women and children, giving special F30 100 attention to the problem of young girls out late at night, apparently F30 101 without parental supervision. ^This, of course, was during the war F30 102 years when large numbers of soldiers, sailors and airmen were on leave F30 103 in the main cities. ^Teenage girls in particular were often F30 104 susceptible to the glamour and romance of men in uniform *- and to the F30 105 liquor they had with them. ^One female constable was put in charge of F30 106 a camp at Pokeno which housed Japanese women and children brought to F30 107 New Zealand after their husbands had been interned in the Pacific F30 108 islands in 1942. ^By 1944 the number of policewomen had grown to 33. F30 109 **[PLATE**] F30 110 |^The first women police did not wear uniforms as the F30 111 Commissioners of the day, the Cummings brothers, felt that they could F30 112 do their job more effectively in plain clothes. ^Uniformed women did F30 113 not appear on the beat until 1952. F30 114 |^Despite their success, women police were, until 1946, employed F30 115 only as temporary constables. ^There is no doubt that they had to put F30 116 up with a good deal of prejudice from their male colleagues, who did F30 117 not believe that women could participate properly in many police F30 118 duties. ^The women were also paid less and there was a negative F30 119 attitude towards promoting them above the rank of constable. ^Equal F30 120 pay legislation passed in 1960 was not put into the Police Amendment F30 121 Act until 1965 and policewomen only received equal pay in 1966. F30 122 |^The same year Commissioner Spencer ruled that sex was no longer F30 123 to be a factor in delegating men or women to particular police duties. F30 124 ^Despite this directive, however, some police districts were reluctant F30 125 to employ women fully. ^The very firm guidelines laid down by F30 126 Commissioner Sharp in 1973 did eventually see a large part of the F30 127 discrimination disappear. ^He increased the number of policewomen, F30 128 made it clear that male or female {0NCO}s could command police tasks F30 129 and instructed that {0NCO}s' and officers' courses must include F30 130 material on the management of female personnel. F30 131 |^Today there is full integration of male and female police. ^All F30 132 recruits undergo identical, often very arduous, training at the F30 133 Porirua police college and there is much greater acceptance of women F30 134 in front line operations. ^Whether it is controlling demonstrations, F30 135 interviewing suspects, attending court or patrolling streets in F30 136 difficult areas, policewomen are on the job, sharing fully in the F30 137 often demanding work that is the lot of the police in the 1980s. F30 138 **[PLATES**] F30 139 *<*6SNIFFING THEM OUT*> F30 140 *<*5Dogs*> F30 141 |^*0Dogs have always been known and valued for their innate ability to F30 142 track humans and animals by smelling out and following their F30 143 particular scent. ^This talent made dogs ideal for police work; where F30 144 humans would have been forced to abandon a search, dogs could sniff F30 145 out a fugitive and bring him to justice. F30 146 |^The growing success of police dog operations overseas led to the F30 147 establishment of the New Zealand Police Dog Unit in 1956. ^Set up at F30 148 Trentham Military Camp, the unit was under the control of Constable F30 149 (later Sergeant) {0S. F.} Riley, an experienced dog trainer and F30 150 handler from the Surrey Constabulary. ^Riley brought with him to New F30 151 Zealand a foundation stock of Alsatian dogs with suitable blood lines, F30 152 and these four dogs and 12 pups were the beginning of the New Zealand F30 153 Police Kennels. F30 154 |^Training for police dogs is a long process during which they F30 155 learn to track, using a ground scent, and to *'speak**' (bark) when F30 156 something is found. ^They are taught to chase and hold suspects but F30 157 not to bite. ^They also learn to go into noisy and sometimes dangerous F30 158 situations. F30 159 **[PLATES**] F30 160 |^The Police Dog Unit quickly proved its worth. ^In one of their F30 161 first successes, dogs followed the trail from a breaking and entering F30 162 to the offenders' home. ^On another occasion they tracked an arson F30 163 suspect. F30 164 |^By February 1959 12 dogs had been trained and sent out to F30 165 various districts. ^To create confidence in the dogs' capabilities, F30 166 the animals were put through their paces at every possible public F30 167 venue. ^By this time dogs were regularly being taken on patrol. F30 168 ^Hooligans causing disturbances on city streets tended to change their F30 169 minds when confronted by a large Alsatian. ^In just over three years F30 170 the Dog Unit had become an accepted and valuable part of police work. F30 171 |^The kennels were providing a growing pool of good Alsatians of F30 172 the right strain and temperament, but by 1963 the danger of inbreeding F30 173 and the need for fresh blood led to arrangements to import new F30 174 Alsatians. ^In 1967 New Zealand provided the Papua New Guinea F30 175 Constabulary with dogs and training for their handlers. ^The Fijian F30 176 Police later received similar assistance. F30 177 |^Labradors made their appearance in the Police Dog Unit in 1975. F30 178 ^Customs Department officers used two Labradors which had been trained F30 179 in narcotics detection for baggage searches at the country's F30 180 international airports. ^These dogs proved to be very valuable in F30 181 their sniffing out tasks and more were added to spread the work load. F30 182 |^When the Timaru Dog Unit was set up in 1976 all 16 police F30 183 districts had units and 61 dogs were operational throughout the F30 184 country. ^By then dogs were being used in over 10,000 incidents each F30 185 year, and the animals' involvement meant that more than 2000 of these F30 186 were satisfactorily concluded. F30 187 |^After their success in detecting drugs, police dogs were trained F30 188 to detect explosives. ^This use of dogs was one of the ways in which F30 189 overseas {0VIP}s visiting New Zealand could be protected against F30 190 possible bomb attacks. F30 191 |^The work undertaken by New Zealand's police dogs continues to F30 192 grow. ^From small beginnings, the Police Dog Unit has made remarkable F30 193 progress in its 30 years of operation. ^The many people both inside F30 194 and outside the police who, in the 1950s, doubted the dogs' ability to F30 195 be a valuable adjunct to police work have been proved wrong. ^Police F30 196 dogs are now seen as more than just first class working animals; they F30 197 have become a symbol of police control in much the same way as mounted F30 198 constables did in the 1920s. ^Today police dogs are used for a wide F30 199 variety of tasks, which include trailing escapers, finding missing F30 200 people, going on search and rescue operations, helping the Armed F30 201 Offenders Squads to arrest dangerous suspects, sniffing out drugs or F30 202 explosives, bailing up unruly groups or intimidating those creating F30 203 unrest. ^It is fitting that, in a country whose rural economy has been F30 204 so dependent on the sheep and cattle dog, his police counterpart has F30 205 proved his worth in the preservation of justice. F30 206 **[PLATES**] F30 207 *<*6READY FOR THE WORST*> F30 208 *<*5Armed Offenders*> F30 209 |^*0Unlike their counterparts in many other countries, the New Zealand F30 210 police have managed to avoid arming their members for day-to-day F30 211 duties, but they have had to devise a way to deal with armed law F30 212 breakers. F30 213 *# F31 001 **[174 TEXT F31**] F31 002 |^*6T*2HE MOST COMMON DEFINITION *0of noise is that it is unwanted F31 003 sound. ^Every day, it intrudes on our lives. ^It may be obvious, loud F31 004 noise like the sounds of traffic, or jets. ^Or it may be more subtle, F31 005 such as the dripping of a tap when you are trying to get to sleep. ^We F31 006 tend to think of noise as just a nuisance, but it can be more than F31 007 that. ^In this report, we look at noise and its harmful effects and at F31 008 how *- and when *- you should protect yourself against it. F31 009 |^A long time ago, the loudest sounds people were likely to hear F31 010 for any length of time were their own voices. ^The loudest periodic F31 011 sound was probably thunder. ^The growth of cities and technology F31 012 brought many more sources of noise. ^Every year there are more of them F31 013 *- more cars, more planes, more lawnmowers, more electric tools, and F31 014 so on. ^All around us are many different sounds that ears are not F31 015 designed to withstand or shut out. ^Noise has become a form of F31 016 pollution, and hearing has become the sense most often and easily F31 017 damaged. F31 018 *<*6HOW NOISE AFFECTS US*> F31 019 |^*0Noise affects people both physically and psychologically. ^It F31 020 annoys. ^It can be tiring and distracting. ^It may disrupt sleep and F31 021 cause nervous tension. ^It makes people less efficient and less alert. F31 022 ^In a noisy environment, it is hard to hear people talk and, in some F31 023 situations, this can increase the risk of an accident. ^Headaches, F31 024 increased blood pressure, instability and ulcers have all been linked F31 025 with exposure to loud noise. ^But the main physical effect of noise is F31 026 that it can cause deafness. F31 027 *<*4Without these cells*> F31 028 |^*0Inside the ear are some 15-20,000 hearing cells. ^Vibrations, F31 029 produced by sound waves, travel through the ear to reach the hearing F31 030 cells, which respond to different frequencies. F31 031 **[PLATE**] F31 032 ^Those that respond to higher pitched sounds are the most sensitive. F31 033 |^Without these cells, no message would reach the brain, and no F31 034 sound would be heard. F31 035 |^Repeated exposure to too much noise can result in the hearing F31 036 cells becoming tired so that for a short while they are unable to do F31 037 their job. ^You may experience this as a ringing in the ears or a F31 038 temporary dulling of hearing. ^But if the strain is not too great, the F31 039 cells recover and hearing *"bounces back.**" F31 040 *<*4You go deaf*> F31 041 |^*0If the strain is repeated day after day, the hearing cells F31 042 lose their ability to recover. ^The louder the noise, the shorter F31 043 daily exposure need be before this occurs. ^There are usually no F31 044 obvious signs of what has happened, though there may be a slight F31 045 muffling of sound and a ringing in the ears. ^But sounds have to be F31 046 louder to be heard, and very high sounds may be lost altogether. ^At F31 047 first, some of the consonants disappear and understanding conversation F31 048 in loud background noise becomes difficult. ^As more of the speech F31 049 range becomes affected, even with quiet background noise, speech F31 050 appears to be a mumble. F31 051 |^Noise-induced deafness does not mean silence. ^It introduces the F31 052 person into a world where familiar voices and sounds become jumbled F31 053 and distorted, and where quiet moments of the day may be disturbed by F31 054 an incessant ringing and buzzing in the ears from which there is no F31 055 escape. ^There is no cure for noise-induced deafness. F31 056 *<*4What ears are for*> F31 057 |^*0Hearing, in combination with speech, allows us to communicate F31 058 with each other and to learn. ^It is our most sensitive warning F31 059 system, responsive whether we are awake or asleep. ^Through hearing we F31 060 gain pleasure, from music and leisure time activities. ^Hearing is F31 061 worth preserving, and this means protecting ourselves from the harmful F31 062 effects of noise. F31 063 |^It is difficult to say exactly when or what noise will be F31 064 harmful. ^Everyone is affected by noise to some extent, depending on F31 065 factors such as its pitch and loudness, how long it lasts, how close F31 066 it is and the surroundings in which you hear it. ^But everyone reacts F31 067 to it in their own individual ways. F31 068 **[PLATE**] F31 069 |^Sensitivity to noise varies from person to person. ^Some people F31 070 are *"noise-sensitive**", so that they are irritated or distressed by F31 071 noise that others barely notice. ^As well, people can be annoyed by F31 072 one noise but not by another which is equally loud and long. ^And, of F31 073 course, people differ in their judgements of what, actually, is noise. F31 074 ^The trannie, blaring sports results into the quiet of a Sunday F31 075 afternoon, produces music to the ears of some, unwanted sound to F31 076 others. F31 077 *<*4Noise *- the law*> F31 078 |^*0New Zealand has laws that deal with the problem of noise. F31 079 ^Among these is the Noise Control Act 1982, which makes F31 080 *"unreasonable**" and *"excessive**" noise an offence. ^Local F31 081 authorities have noise control officers, appointed to receive F31 082 complaints about noise. ^Anyone is free to make a complaint to their F31 083 local noise control officer, who will then decide whether the noise is F31 084 reasonable, unreasonable, or excessive, and take action accordingly. F31 085 |^The Factories and Commercial Premises Act 1981 requires F31 086 employers to protect their workers from noise levels likely to harm F31 087 their hearing. ^The maximum level of noise to which a worker without F31 088 hearing protection can be exposed for eight hours a day, five days a F31 089 week, is 85 \0dB. ^Each time the sound energy doubles *- represented F31 090 by an increase of three on the decibel scale *- F31 091 **[PLATE**] F31 092 the allowable daily exposure time is halved. ^So, a person should work F31 093 in sound levels of 88 \0dB for only four hours a day, in 91 \0dB for F31 094 two hours a day, and so on. ^Where it is not possible to keep within F31 095 these limits, the employer is obliged to provide workers with hearing F31 096 protection devices. ^If you think your workplace is too noisy, you F31 097 should find out from your employer whether ear protection is available F31 098 and whether noise levels have been checked by the Department of F31 099 Health. F31 100 *<*4Noise at home*> F31 101 |^*0The law ensures that ears are protected in the workplace. ^But F31 102 once we get home it is up to us to look after them. ^At home, with our F31 103 enthusiasm for do-it-yourself activities and other loud pastimes, we F31 104 are a noisy people. ^But we may not realise that the equipment we use F31 105 around the house, the garden, and in recreational pursuits, can be F31 106 loud enough to damage hearing. ^This is true even though we may be F31 107 exposed to it for only a few hours every now and then. F31 108 |^We collected the sound levels of some common home appliances we F31 109 had tested. ^Generally, indoor appliances produced noise at levels F31 110 that would be a nuisance rather than a hazard. ^The possibility of F31 111 hearing damage begins at 85 \0dB. ^Vacuum cleaners, dishwashers, F31 112 hairdryers, juicers, extractor fans, and so on, were all much quieter F31 113 than that. ^The exceptions were waste disposal units, which, when F31 114 grinding bones, produced noise at an average level of 90 \0dB. ^This F31 115 is very loud, but unlikely to be a problem as most people do not use F31 116 their waste disposal units for more than a few minutes every now and F31 117 then. F31 118 |^But if indoor appliances are generally safe, for the gardener F31 119 and do-it-yourselfer there can be substantial risk. ^Any power tool, F31 120 whether powered by electricity or petrol, should be used with caution. F31 121 ^Our measurements found that reel mowers produced an average 85 \0dB, F31 122 rotary mowers 91 \0dB and chainsaws 107 \0dB. ^Department of Health F31 123 figures put the maximum level of noise produced by chainsaws at 115 F31 124 \0dB *- which can damage hearing after 30 seconds. ^The Department of F31 125 Health also gives sound levels for rotary hoes and power tools at 95 F31 126 \0dB and 100 \0dB respectively. ^If exposure to such noise levels is F31 127 frequent or prolonged, hearing will be permanently damaged. ^Any F31 128 amount of exposure to noise this loud will probably cause annoyance, F31 129 stress and fatigue. F31 130 *<*4Combating Noise*> F31 131 |^*0There are three stages at which you can tackle an obtrusive F31 132 noise: at its source, as it travels along a path, and as it reaches F31 133 the listener. F31 134 |^In the home, you can sometimes begin by choosing the quietest F31 135 brand of an appliance when making your selection. ^Regular maintenance F31 136 of appliances and equipment can help keep down noise output. ^Where F31 137 possible, reduce the sound close to its source *- for instance, place F31 138 foam mats underneath blenders and food processors. ^Try to isolate the F31 139 noise. ^If you can, keep places of noisy activity *- like the laundry F31 140 or the workshop *- well away from sleeping and living areas. ^Heavy F31 141 drapes over windows will help keep out traffic and other external F31 142 noise. F31 143 |^If a loud noise cannot be quietened and you have to be close to F31 144 it, protect your ears. ^Users of very noisy equipment such as F31 145 chainsaws, power tools, mowers and so on should buy some form of F31 146 hearing protection device. ^So, too, should people who do a lot of F31 147 power-boating, go-karting, trail bike riding, shooting or other noisy F31 148 activities. ^Firearms, especially, whether used in hunting or target F31 149 shooting are dangerous. ^Gunfire can reach peaks of 160 \0dB or more, F31 150 and at these levels hearing damage is instantaneous. ^As a general F31 151 rule of thumb, if the noise is so loud that you have to shout to be F31 152 heard by someone less than a metre away, your ears need protection. F31 153 *<*6HEARING PROTECTION DEVICES*> F31 154 |^*0There are two forms of hearing protection device: ear muffs F31 155 and ear plugs. ^Generally, you can find a wide selection of both types F31 156 at safety equipment outlets. ^Hardware shops usually have a limited F31 157 range of ear muffs. ^Ear plugs and sometimes muffs can be bought at F31 158 chemist shops. F31 159 |^When deciding what to buy, look first for a device that is F31 160 graded with a number between one and five. ^With muffs, this grade F31 161 should be printed on the packet. ^It may be less obvious with ear F31 162 plugs. ^If a grade is not marked on the packet or shown by a notice on F31 163 the shelf, check with the retailer that it is a graded device before F31 164 you buy it. F31 165 |^A graded device is one that has been tested and approved by the F31 166 Department of Health. ^The Department gives it a number to indicate F31 167 the degree of protection it affords. ^The higher the number, the F31 168 greater the protection. ^Grade 1 devices offer protection up to 91 F31 169 \0dB, grade 2 to 97 \0dB, grade 3 to 103 \0dB, grade 4 to 109 \0dB and F31 170 grade 5 to 115 \0dB. ^An unapproved device does not necessarily F31 171 provide poor protection. ^But without a grade you cannot know whether F31 172 the protection you are buying will be adequate. ^Some ungraded devices F31 173 provide hardly any protection. F31 174 |^Whether you buy muffs or plugs depends first of all on how much F31 175 protection you need. ^Plugs are approved only up to grade 2, or 97 F31 176 \0dB. ^Muffs are available in all grades. ^For most occasional F31 177 activities around the home, a hearing device which gives grade 2 or 3 F31 178 protection should be sufficient. ^Grades 4 or 5 give added protection F31 179 in situations where you are regularly exposed to loud noises for long F31 180 periods of time *- for example, if you are building your own home and F31 181 frequently using power tools. F31 182 |^Both muffs and plugs have advantages and disadvantages. ^Ear F31 183 plugs are small, easily carried and much cheaper than muffs. ^Most of F31 184 those we looked at cost under *+$5, usually for a packet containing F31 185 more than one pair. ^They can be worn conveniently with other safety F31 186 equipment, and are relatively comfortable in the heat. ^On the F31 187 negative side, they are more difficult to fit correctly and more prone F31 188 to hygiene problems than muffs. F31 189 |^The cheapest muffs we found cost around *+$15. ^Most were in the F31 190 *+$20-*+$40 price range, and some cost more. ^But though they are more F31 191 expensive than plugs, they last for much longer and are less likely to F31 192 be lost. F31 193 |^In general, muffs offer greater protection than plugs. ^They can F31 194 be easily and hygienically removed and replaced. ^In some situations, F31 195 they may be less convenient. ^They are not as easy to carry about, and F31 196 may be uncomfortable in the heat or in very confined spaces. ^They may F31 197 not fit well when worn with other safety equipment. F31 198 |^The efficiency of both plugs and muffs depends on your using F31 199 them correctly. ^If they are not a good fit, they will not work well. F31 200 ^Bad fitting plugs may not work at all. F31 201 *# F32 001 **[175 TEXT F32**] F32 002 |^*0A friend of mine, desperate and in pain from cystitis, consulted F32 003 her doctor... F32 004 |^I'm sorry. ^I know you don't want anecdotes, you want a cure. F32 005 ^Right *- take 10 mils (two teaspoonfuls) of \0Mist. \0Pot. \0Cit. in F32 006 half a tumbler of cold water. F32 007 |^Now come back and finish reading this in twenty minutes or half F32 008 an hour. F32 009 |^There! ^It's amazing isn't it? ^Just remember to take some more F32 010 in two or three hours, sooner if you like. F32 011 |^As I was saying, this friend of mine, went to see her {0GP} with F32 012 tears in her eyes *- she'd just been to the loo for the second time in F32 013 the half hour she'd been in the waiting room... F32 014 |^All this doctor said was *"^Go home and keep warm. ^Drink F32 015 plenty. ^Come back next week if you're no better. ^Honeymoon F32 016 cystitis,**" he said with a faint smile, *"very common with some of F32 017 you young ladies I'm afraid.**" F32 018 |^Feeling more like a streetwalker than a lady, my friend paid F32 019 another agonising visit to the loo before going home to carry out F32 020 doctor's orders. ^At the end of an unpleasant week of pain and nausea F32 021 the cystitis had run its course *- for the moment. ^She was better *- F32 022 more or less. F32 023 |^This happened a few years ago, I'm glad to say. ^Doctors now are F32 024 more tactful and understanding on the whole, and there is now a F32 025 specific antibiotic to deal with the infection. ^This will have the F32 026 problem under control fairly quickly, within about twenty-four hours. F32 027 ^Pain and frequency will lessen, and after about three days the F32 028 symptoms should have disappeared. F32 029 |^Yet there are still women out there with cystitis, feeling ill, F32 030 depressed and exhausted by pain. ^They're tired of making appointments F32 031 to see their doctors who may be more sympathetic than they used to be, F32 032 but who sometimes still behave as if the sufferers are making a fuss F32 033 about something of no more importance than a common cold. ^And they're F32 034 tired of collecting urine specimens *- from which activity nothing F32 035 permanently helpful seems to result. F32 036 |^One of our local papers has a medical column, usually very good, F32 037 written by a general practitioner. ^A little while ago cystitis was F32 038 the subject dealt with. ^After a description of symptoms and one or F32 039 two vaguely helpful suggestions, the writer concluded that cystitis F32 040 was just one more of those penalties of being a woman, and must be F32 041 borne philosophically. ^After reading that all I could say was that he F32 042 would write in a different vein if he had just one attack of cystitis F32 043 himself. F32 044 |^So let's go back to what seems to me to be little short of a F32 045 miracle cure *- if used in the right way *- the \0Mist. \0Pot. \0Cit. F32 046 ^*'\0Mist.**' stands for mixture, *'\0Pot.**' for potassium, F32 047 *'\0Cit.**' for citrate. ^This potassium citrate mixture is a F32 048 bitter-tasting colourless fluid that is available without prescription F32 049 from many, not all, chemists. (^So you could start right now ringing F32 050 round all the chemists in your neighbourhood. ^If they don't have it F32 051 ask whether they'll get it for you.) F32 052 |^This is no *'quack**' cure. ^It is a medicine that was F32 053 prescribed by doctors and was given in hospitals until the advent of F32 054 antibiotics. ^Many chemists no longer stock it, and will offer sachets F32 055 of effervescent powder instead, which, they say, are just as F32 056 effective. ^I doubt if they know this from experience *- it is not so. F32 057 ^The sachets have their uses, however, so we'll come back to them F32 058 later. F32 059 |^When you track down the \0Mist. \0Pot. \0Cit. buy a big bottle F32 060 *- say about 250 mils. ^It will cost a lot less than the sachets and F32 061 won't deteriorate with time. ^It's something you'll always want to F32 062 have available, and you never know when most of the chemists will opt F32 063 for the convenience of selling a neat box of sachets instead of F32 064 dealing with the messy business of measuring medicine into a bottle F32 065 which must then be labelled. F32 066 |^Now you have your magic elixir take two teaspoonfuls in water F32 067 every four hours, or, as I said before, more often if you are in any F32 068 discomfort. F32 069 |^One evening I suspected I was in for an attack of cystitis. ^I F32 070 was running to the loo every hour or so, but my \0Pot. \0Cit. bottle F32 071 was empty. ^By morning I was feeling really ill and didn't think I'd F32 072 be able to go to work. ^But I started out and on the way called at the F32 073 chemist to buy some more of the medicine. ^To the assistant's surprise F32 074 I asked for a glass of water so that I could take a dose right there F32 075 and then. ^At morning tea time I took another couple of teaspoonfuls. F32 076 ^By lunch time I felt so much better that I almost forgot to take F32 077 another dose. F32 078 |^A friend who had suffered miserably from recurrent cystitis over F32 079 several years rang me in despair one morning. ^I gave her my precious F32 080 bottle of \0Pot. \0Cit. ^Now, although she occasionally suspects she F32 081 might be in for another attack, a few doses of \0Pot. \0Cit. deal with F32 082 the problem in a few hours. F32 083 |^Now many doctors will say that this does not *1cure *0the F32 084 cystitis, just temporarily alleviates it. ^This may be true, but, F32 085 unhappily, that is also the case with antibiotics. ^They may destroy F32 086 the bacteria for the time being, but most women know from experience F32 087 that it is not a permanent cure. ^Certainly, if someone with cystitis F32 088 feels safer taking medically prescribed antibiotics, that's fine. F32 089 \0Mist. \0Pot. \0Cit. may still be taken to relieve pain and F32 090 frequency, there will be no harm done at all. ^Just any old F32 091 antibiotics you have around the house, from last winter's flu, F32 092 perhaps, won't do, of course. ^They must be the specific antibiotic F32 093 for cystitis. ^There are some unfortunate people for whom the reaction F32 094 to the antibiotic seems as unpleasant as the complaint. ^For them, F32 095 \0Mist. \0Pot. \0Cit. would seem to be the ideal answer. F32 096 |^\0Mist. \0Pot. \0Cit., in spite of my glowing recommendation, is F32 097 not the only weapon against cystitis. ^Prevention is the best of all. F32 098 ^Sometimes, if it occurs with other complaints such as influenza, F32 099 there's no way of insuring against it. ^If it is the *'honeymoon**' F32 100 type *- the result of sexual intercourse *- there's a solution put F32 101 forward by the doctor in his column. ^He suggested that women should F32 102 get up and pass urine immediately after intercourse. ^It is unwise to F32 103 spend several hours with a bladder partially full of urine where germs F32 104 might multiply. ^Another doctor says frequent sufferers may need to F32 105 use an antiseptic cream around the urethra or even take a single F32 106 antibiotic pill after intercourse. F32 107 |^But there are other ways that will help to avoid attacks. F32 108 |^In warm weather, particularly, avoid tight underwear, tight F32 109 jeans or trousers, even pantihose if possible. ^Germs flourish in F32 110 moist warmth. ^Even in cold weather someone sitting at a desk all day, F32 111 for example, in briefs and pantihose (and other garments!) will F32 112 produce perfect conditions for bacteria to multiply. ^The newly F32 113 fashionable *'French knickers**' with wide legs worn with stockings F32 114 are much better clothing for those of us liable to cystitis. F32 115 |^You can now buy no-gusset pantihose (Bonds Sheer Freedom) which F32 116 will improve the ventilation problem. ^Pantihose with cotton gussets F32 117 are little better than all-nylon ones. ^Cotton briefs are better than F32 118 nylon, but nylon pantihose over them reduce the advantage. F32 119 |^The sanitary pads advertised as hygienic wear between periods F32 120 might be \0OK for someone who never suffers from cystitis, but they F32 121 are not for you. F32 122 |^When travelling, particularly on long journeys, it is important F32 123 to wear the coolest loosest-fitting underwear. ^Hours sitting in a car F32 124 or plane will give those bacteria a great opportunity. ^This is the F32 125 time when the sachets I mentioned are very useful. ^It's a good idea F32 126 to keep a few in pocket or handbag. ^Although they're not as good as F32 127 \0Pot. \0Cit. they are far from useless, particularly when taken early F32 128 enough. F32 129 |^This is one of the big secrets in beating cystitis *- catch it F32 130 early. ^If you have the slightest suspicion that you just *1might *0be F32 131 in for an attack take one of the sachets (or, of course, \0Pot. F32 132 \0Cit.) in a glass of water. ^Don't just hope madly that it will come F32 133 to nothing *- do something about it straight away. F32 134 |^Drink plenty of water and fruit juice, avoid sugar, cakes, and F32 135 biscuits. ^Avoid coffee, be careful about tea. F32 136 |^Failing all else *- if marooned without \0Pot. \0Cit., sachets, F32 137 or doctor, try half a teaspoonful of soda bicarbonate in water. ^And F32 138 there's always the old-fashioned *'fruit**' or *'liver**' salts which F32 139 may help in an emergency. ^The disadvantage about the sachets, baking F32 140 soda, and *'salts**' is that they contain sodium, often considered a F32 141 dangerous element in our diets if taken to excess. ^This is F32 142 particularly important for someone who is pregnant or who has high F32 143 blood pressure. ^One sachet, *'Ural**', contains bicarbonate of soda. F32 144 ^Another, *'Citravescent**', says on the packet that it does not F32 145 contain sodium bicarbonate *- but it does contain sodium citrate and F32 146 sodium tartrate. F32 147 |^Herbal remedies *- parsley is often considered helpful *- and F32 148 such things as old-fashioned lemon barley water (not artificially F32 149 coloured and flavoured commercial stuff) may be soothing, but they F32 150 don't, I feel, act quickly enough. ^And it seems to me that the main F32 151 thing is to stop cystitis almost before it starts, and if this isn't F32 152 possible, to stop the pain and frequency as soon as possible. F32 153 |^One last word of reassurance. ^These infamous germs or bacteria F32 154 are not some nasty disease which some unfortunate women have F32 155 contracted. ^They are always present in the bowel, where, in fact, F32 156 they are necessary and beneficial. ^From there they spread onto the F32 157 skin, particularly round the anus and vagina, where usually they cause F32 158 no trouble at all, unless they spread by the urethra to the bladder. F32 159 ^So cleanliness is important, and always wiping backwards after a F32 160 bowel motion *- away from the vagina and urethra *- although these F32 161 precautions will not guarantee against an attack of cystitis, F32 162 particularly if the resistance is lowered by some other infection such F32 163 as influenza. F32 164 |^I must repeat, I am not against doctors and antibiotics. ^It F32 165 would be most unwise, to say the least, to persist in treating one's F32 166 self if the symptoms did not improve. ^A doctor should be consulted at F32 167 the earliest opportunity. ^A urine test can then be carried out, and, F32 168 in a few cases, an X-ray might be necessary in case there are F32 169 correctable abnormalities causing the frequent infections. F32 170 |^But even while these investigations are being performed the F32 171 remedies I have suggested should bring some relief. ^We must have some F32 172 means at hand to deal with the situation promptly and so save F32 173 ourselves a good deal of suffering. F32 174 *<*4{0RSI} sufferers group formed*> F32 175 |^A*0n Auckland journalist who now has difficulty holding a cup F32 176 because of {0RSI} (repetitive strain injury) says it is vital that F32 177 early symptoms of the disorder are recognised and treated. F32 178 |^Tessa Farnsworth is a journalist with the New Zealand Farmer F32 179 magazine in Auckland and a member of the newly formed Auckland {0RSI} F32 180 Support Group. F32 181 |^Soon after she joined the magazine last year she switched from a F32 182 golf ball typewriter to an electronic machine and within weeks the F32 183 first symptoms of {0RSI} appeared. ^By September the ache in her F32 184 forearms had spread to her hands and she was unable to use them even F32 185 for a simple task such as cleaning her teeth or doing up buttons. F32 186 |^{0RSI} was diagnosed and the Accident Compensation Corporation F32 187 agreed to pay 80 percent of her salary. ^The balance was met by the F32 188 New Zealand Farmer. F32 189 |^Farnsworth is a five finger touch typist and during a brief F32 190 return to work in November she tried to use a manual typewriter but F32 191 found that it only aggravated her condition. ^She is still off work F32 192 but hopes to return to work as a sub editor as soon as she can hold a F32 193 pencil. F32 194 |^Farnsworth says although she is a member of the new support F32 195 group she is one of the few lucky sufferers of {0RSI}, her case has F32 196 been recognised by the Accident Compensation Corporation and she has a F32 197 supportive partner. F32 198 *# F33 001 **[176 TEXT F33**] F33 002 |^*4Y*0ou may be used to your disgruntled children insisting school is F33 003 bad for them *- now there's expert opinion to agree with them. ^In his F33 004 book *1Posture Makes Perfect *0(Fitworld Publications) \0Dr Vic Barker F33 005 begins a chapter on posture in childhood and schools: F33 006 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F33 007 |^\0Dr Barker, who practises as a {0GP} in Auckland, specialising F33 008 in posture, compares the life preparation of children in earlier ages F33 009 with those of today. ^In traditional society it was performed by F33 010 parents or other adult members of the tribe. ^Lessons were mostly F33 011 physical interspersed with tribal knowledge and customs. ^The change F33 012 came with the industrial revolution with the emphasis on training for F33 013 a physically inactive and mentally demanding life. F33 014 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F33 015 he says. F33 016 **[PLATE**] F33 017 |^Although education has changed to emphasize the mental rather F33 018 than the physical during the past 80 years, evolution, he says, cannot F33 019 work at that speed. ^So if our adult life is to be spent in mental F33 020 activity and physical inactivity, we should build up a backlog of F33 021 fitness in childhood to help us through adult life. ^He decries F33 022 medicine's neglect of F33 023 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F33 024 |^He cites as examples of this economy the speed at which milk F33 025 dries up once a mother stops breastfeeding, and the way unfit people F33 026 can improve their running ability and muscle strength after a few F33 027 months of training. F33 028 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F33 029 |^He says bodily activity increases the efficiency of the brain by F33 030 improving the supply of oxygen, nutrients and recharging it with F33 031 electricity. F33 032 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F33 033 |^He warns parents: F33 034 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F33 035 |^\0Dr Barker says studies have shown that when scholastic time is F33 036 reduced and physical activity increased, scholastic achievement has F33 037 improved. ^He quotes a French study involving several thousand F33 038 schoolchildren whose daily schedule was changed to include an extra F33 039 two hours of physical education. ^These pupils were more successful in F33 040 examinations than children on the standard curriculum. F33 041 |^In an experiment in Adelaide children were given severe exercise F33 042 three times a week and compared with children in less severe F33 043 programmes. ^The first group produced the greatest improvement in F33 044 work, confidence, health and achievement together with an increased F33 045 interest in sport and a decreased interest in television and video F33 046 games. ^*"The old time British public school system saw scholastic, F33 047 physical and spiritual achievement as of equal importance,**" says F33 048 \0Dr Barker. F33 049 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F33 050 *<*6CHILDREN'S HEALTH: *4Of Nits & Other Nasties*> F33 051 |^T*0he new school year brings a new generation of parents with F33 052 schoolage children *- and for some of them the unwelcome experience of F33 053 the *"nits and other nasties**" that seem to be part of school life F33 054 nowadays. F33 055 |^The three health problems you may encounter are headlice, and F33 056 skin infections such as scabies and sores. F33 057 |^Some parents, after they recover from their initial dismay when F33 058 they find lice in their child's hair, naturally cast around for F33 059 someone to blame *- the school, the public health nurse, the Health F33 060 Department. F33 061 |^Ask the department whose job it is to make sure everyone is F33 062 treated and it will reply firmly: *"^The community's.**" ^For F33 063 community read parents. F33 064 |^Not that the department expects parents or school committees to F33 065 flounder around alone trying to combat the problem. ^Both the health F33 066 and education departments and Victoria University have F33 067 **[PLATE**] F33 068 prepared a comprehensive kit on the headlice problem. ^After trials to F33 069 test its usefulness it will be distributed nationally. F33 070 |^In the meantime parents can take effective action against F33 071 headlice. F33 072 |^In a recent article in *1Consumer *0magazine World Health F33 073 officials agreed that headlice is a particular problem at the moment. F33 074 ^Some believe infestations are on the increase, others that the F33 075 occurrence of headlice is cyclic and that we are at the peak of a F33 076 cycle at the moment. F33 077 |^Headlice are tiny, wingless creatures whose strong, curved claws F33 078 are ideally suited for clinging to strands of hair. ^They are not F33 079 elitist and will live as happily in dirty or clean hair, and on the F33 080 heads of children from any class of home. ^Human heads provide F33 081 everything a louse needs, from a warm temperature, to hair for the F33 082 female louse to attach her eggs to, to food in the form of blood from F33 083 the scalp. F33 084 |^Lice are also very peripatetic and will move from head to head. F33 085 ^That's why children, whose heads come together frequently in play, F33 086 are so much more susceptible than adults. F33 087 |^Because lice are so small, fast moving and close to the scalp, F33 088 you may have trouble detecting them at first and your earliest sign of F33 089 the problem may be your child's rigorous scratching of a constantly F33 090 itchy head. F33 091 |^Most colonies of lice can live on the head for up to three F33 092 months before they are detected. ^It takes that long for the child to F33 093 become sensitised to the louse's saliva which it injects into the F33 094 scalp when it feeds. F33 095 |^This is why treatment needs to be a community-based thing. ^If F33 096 you treat your child and other parents don't, your child risks F33 097 becoming infected again. F33 098 |^As we said earlier, the Health Department considers it is the F33 099 responsibility of parents to treat their children. ^But parents, F33 100 teachers and public health nurses employed by the Health Department F33 101 each have their role to play. ^Teachers whose job is not to check F33 102 children for headlice, should still be on the lookout for them. ^And F33 103 then s/he should contact the public health nurse and advise parents to F33 104 check their child's head. ^According to *1Consumer *0the public health F33 105 nurse's job is to identify the extent of the problem and to undertake F33 106 health education for those involved: children, teachers and parents. F33 107 ^Nurses may also visit families who are a source of infestation or F33 108 reinfestation and supply lotions to families who cannot afford, or F33 109 refuse to buy it. F33 110 |^Some parents, working through their school committees, have F33 111 campaigned against headlice. ^Mothers set up a system of checking the F33 112 heads of children in a 400-pupil school at the beginning of each term, F33 113 with a follow up check a week later. ^Notes were sent home with the F33 114 children telling whether treatment was needed and the mothers also F33 115 gave advice about treatment. F33 116 |^Effective treatment means killing the lice and their eggs and F33 117 preventing re-infestation. ^Use a medicated treatment (Consumer F33 118 recommends Carylderm, Lyban, Paralice, Prioderm or Pyrifoam) and rub F33 119 it well into the scalp and roots of the hair. ^Repeat 10 to 12 days F33 120 later to prevent re-infestation. F33 121 |^Remove the dead nits after each treatment. ^This can be painful. F33 122 ^Special nit combs are available or use a fine-toothed comb. ^Dip the F33 123 comb in a mixture of water and vinegar to make the task easier. ^The F33 124 rest of the family and close associates also need to be treated. F33 125 |^However, there is no need to spring clean the house. ^But do F33 126 wash brushes and combs in very hot water. F33 127 |^Best prevention is to brush and comb the child's hair daily, F33 128 combing as close to the scalp as possible. ^This will dislodge or F33 129 injure any newly arrived louse. ^Also check your child's head F33 130 regularly, especially behind the ears and round the back of the neck, F33 131 and lift up the hair in sections and look underneath. ^(For more F33 132 detailed information see October 1985 issue of Consumer.) F33 133 |^Now for the skin infections. ^Scabies cause itchy little F33 134 blisters on the skin. ^These tiny, parasitic mites burrow under the F33 135 superficial layers of the skin, depositing eggs and faeces and causing F33 136 intense irritation. ^The itching is often worse at night and the red F33 137 raised bumps or ridges on the skin may be found on the hands *- F33 138 especially between the fingers *- around the waist or wrists, genitals F33 139 or buttocks. ^Scratching the area can break the skin and cause F33 140 secondary bacterial infection. F33 141 |^Scabies is incredibly infectious. ^Children can catch it from F33 142 the skin of infected people, by wearing their clothes, or sleeping in F33 143 their beds. F33 144 |^To get rid of scabies you need an ointment that is available F33 145 from chemists. ^It must be treated, because the itching may go away, F33 146 but the infection will stay and may eventually cause ugly patches of F33 147 hard skin. F33 148 |^Part of the treatment to keep scabies from spreading, is to be F33 149 rigorous about hygiene. ^Wash all underclothing, sheets and towels, F33 150 well. F33 151 |^Put mattresses and other unwashable bedding out to air every day F33 152 for a week, or run a vacuum cleaner or hot iron over them. F33 153 |^Don't let children with skin infections sleep with other F33 154 children, or share their clothes. F33 155 |^If you're into old-fashioned treatments you may be interested in F33 156 one which is making a comeback in popularity with dermatologists in F33 157 the {0US}. ^According to the health handbook, *1Our Bodies, Ourselves, F33 158 *0this sulphur-based treatment is especially useful for young F33 159 children. ^It is considered less irritating than other chemicals that F33 160 kill scabies, it seems to be less toxic and it seems to work, say the F33 161 book's editors. F33 162 |^It does have a couple of disadvantages; it smells like rotten F33 163 eggs and can stain clothing. F33 164 |^The recommended mixture is 6 percent sulphur, 3 percent balsam F33 165 of Peru and the rest petroleum jelly. ^You put the mixture on the F33 166 infected areas and leave it for 24 hours, with a new application each F33 167 night for three nights. ^Some chemists will mix the ingredients. F33 168 |^Sores start from a broken skin surface such as a scratch, or F33 169 when itchy insect bites have been scratched. ^Or they may erupt as F33 170 blisters with no apparent cause. ^Clear fluid or pus may be prevented F33 171 from escaping from the sore by a scab or dry crust and this interferes F33 172 with healing. F33 173 |^These sores can spread, becoming larger or breaking out in other F33 174 parts of the body. ^They are contagious and will not only spread from F33 175 one part of the body to another, but from child to child. F33 176 |^Treatment involves cleaning the sore with an antiseptic lotion, F33 177 taking care not to infect the surrounding skin. ^Then remove the scabs F33 178 and crusts gently. ^Apply lotion or ointment recommended by the health F33 179 nurse or doctor. ^Cover the sore with a clean dressing, but don't seal F33 180 it down with a waterproof plaster. ^Just strap the edges of the F33 181 dressing. ^This allows air to circulate and helps healing. F33 182 |^Used dressings should be wrapped in paper and destroyed. F33 183 |^Good health is an important means of preventing these sores. F33 184 ^Good food and adequate rest will help to keep the family healthy. F33 185 ^Hygiene is also important, especially keeping fingernails short and F33 186 clean. F33 187 |^Children with sores should have their own face cloth and towel. F33 188 ^The basin and the bath should be washed carefully with antiseptic F33 189 bath cleaner after they have used it. F33 190 *<*4Alzheimers Disease:*> F33 191 **[PLATE**] F33 192 * F33 193 * F33 194 |^*4T*0hey call it the silent epidemic. F33 195 |^Already an estimated 20,000 New Zealanders are its victims. F33 196 |^It usually strikes the elderly and our population isn't getting F33 197 any younger. F33 198 |^On current reckoning, by the year 2000 the brain disorder known F33 199 as Alzheimer's disease will be causing 33,000 New Zealanders to slowly F33 200 lose their minds. F33 201 |^As sufferers advance down the tragic path of their disease they F33 202 become wholly dependent on others for their physical care. ^Life F33 203 expectancy is reduced to about one half or one third that of normal F33 204 people of the same age. ^On average, they will die six to eight years F33 205 after the onset of Alzheimer's, though longevity varies. F33 206 |^The Americans rank it as their fourth biggest killer after heart F33 207 attacks, cancers and strokes. F33 208 |^And at the moment, there is nothing anybody can do about it. F33 209 ^Alzheimer's disease is the most common of the senile dementias, the F33 210 family of behaviour-changing brain disorders which develop in mid to F33 211 late life and whose victims are usually described as being F33 212 *"senile**". F33 213 |^It is not a normal part of the aging process but a disease, F33 214 evidenced by changes to cells and chemical processes in the brain F33 215 which become more pronounced as the illness progresses. F33 216 |^It is not yet known what causes these changes. F33 217 |^Although it can strike anyone over about 40 years Alzheimer's F33 218 usually hits people upwards of 65. ^About one in ten of this age group F33 219 will suffer Alzheimer's or a related disorder. ^For the over-80s, the F33 220 ratio increases to about one in five. F33 221 |^The early symptoms of Alzheimer's disease are subtle and F33 222 patients may manage to conceal them from their families, though not F33 223 necessarily more objective observers such as neighbours or employers. F33 224 ^Even when detected many of these preliminary signs may be confused F33 225 with other psychological or physical disorders like depression, drug F33 226 or alcohol-related illnesses, minor strokes, kidney, liver or heart F33 227 disease and over-medication. F33 228 *# F34 001 **[177 TEXT F34**] F34 002 |^*4T*0he trouble began in intra-tribal feuding. ^About 300 years ago F34 003 a Wairarapa chief named Tu-ahu-riri was attacked by his relation F34 004 Hika-oro-roa. ^Among the attackers were Tu-te-kawa and his nephew F34 005 Turuki. F34 006 |^Turuki was spoiling for the fight, and put himself at the head F34 007 of the force. ^But Hika-oro-roa was angry that a man of no standing F34 008 should dare to usurp chiefly privilege in this way, and publicly F34 009 shamed him. F34 010 |^Turuki seethed with resentment, and with his uncle Tu-te-kawa F34 011 made a plan to withdraw their family contingent from Hika-oro-roa's F34 012 force and make their own separate attack on Tu-ahu-riri's fort. ^As a F34 013 particular insult to Hika-oro-roa, however, Tu-te-kawa warned F34 014 Tu-ahu-riri secretly beforehand of the attack. ^As a result, F34 015 Tu-ahu-riri fled over the palisade and disappeared. F34 016 |^Tu-te-kawa's men silently withdrew from Hika-oro-roa's camp to F34 017 the other side of the fort and waited for the day. ^They attacked at F34 018 dawn. ^Tu-te-kawa raced to Tu-ahu-riri's house and killed his two F34 019 wives, though they pleaded for their lives. ^Their husband Tu-ahu-riri F34 020 was, meanwhile, hiding alone in the forest, helpless and unarmed. F34 021 |^Tu-te-kawa had spared Tu-ahu-riri's life according to the custom F34 022 of *1kaikai**[ARB**]-waiu, *0or *'drinking milk**', which expresses a F34 023 close degree of relationship. ^Under this custom a person might warn F34 024 relatives of danger, even though he was one of the force which was F34 025 preparing to attack them. F34 026 |^In return, Tu-ahu-riri saved Tu-te-kawa's life. ^When the F34 027 victorious canoes were leaving, he came to the edge of the forest and F34 028 called Tu-te-kawa to give him back his *1maro, *0or kilt, and his F34 029 weapons. ^Tu-te-kawa threw them ashore, and Tu-ahu-riri said to him: F34 030 *'^O Tu, keep out to sea, or keep in shore, rather keep in shore**'. F34 031 |^Then Tu-ahu-riri, who was a powerful *1tohunga, *0or priest, F34 032 conjured up a fierce storm, and almost the whole of the conquerors' F34 033 fleet was drowned in the seas of Raukawa, or Cook Strait. ^But F34 034 Tu-te-kawa survived, because he had hugged the coastline. F34 035 |^Because Tu-te-kawa had not only out**[ARB**]-manoeuvred F34 036 Hika-oro-roa but also killed two high-ranking women, he was afraid to F34 037 return home. ^He settled instead in the South Island among his Kati F34 038 Mamoe relatives at Waihora, or Lake Ellesmere. ^He built a village F34 039 called Waikakahi, *'The waters of kakahi**', which was a freshwater F34 040 shellfish. ^The village lay near the Akaroa highway, close to F34 041 Birdlings Flat. ^The lake was full of fish, and Tu-te-kawa lived in F34 042 peace. F34 043 |^But Tu-ahu-riri's son was Moki, and Moki never forgot that F34 044 Tu-te-kawa had shamed his father by choosing to let him escape when he F34 045 could have killed him, and had also killed his mother. F34 046 |^When Moki heard where Tu-te-kawa was living he attacked Banks F34 047 Peninsula, destroying the principal Kati Mamoe fortress at Long Bay. F34 048 ^Then he set out for Waikakahi and Tu-te-kawa. ^Moki was bent on F34 049 revenge, but his father Tu-ahu-riri had told him and his brothers that F34 050 if they found Tu-te-kawa, they were to spare his life. F34 051 |^Tu-te-kawa was by then an old man. ^His family knew that Moki's F34 052 force was coming and pleaded with him to leave his village, but he F34 053 refused. ^*'What will become of the basket of flat fish spread open F34 054 here**', he said, in a plaintive allusion to the great lake which had F34 055 sustained him. F34 056 |^On the day the Kai Tahu force arrived, the village at Lake F34 057 Ellesmere was almost deserted; the people were out eeling, and only F34 058 the old chief and his daughter-in-law were at home. ^Tu-te-kawa was F34 059 lying helpless on his mats in a corner of his house, huddled with his F34 060 back to the fire for warmth. F34 061 |^Remembering their father's instruction, Moki and his brothers F34 062 hesitated to kill him. ^The chief Whakuku had no such constraints: he F34 063 threw his *1tao, *0or spear, through the window and killed Tu-te-kawa F34 064 where he lay. F34 065 |^Moki's force occupied the village and waited for the return of F34 066 Kati Mamoe from their eeling grounds. ^But Kati Mamoe's chief, F34 067 Tu-te-kawa's son Te Rakitamau, saw the smoke of many cooking fires F34 068 rising from the village and warned his people to stay away. F34 069 |^When night fell Te Rakitamau slipped silently into the village F34 070 and found the sentries and all the soldiers asleep. ^He crept into the F34 071 house where Moki was sleeping and laid his chiefly dog skin cloak over F34 072 Moki's knees. ^Then he left, after instructing his wife to give Moki F34 073 this message: *'^Your life was in my hands but I gave it back to F34 074 you.**' F34 075 |^By this gesture the score was nearly evened: Tu-te-kawa had once F34 076 spared Moki's father's life when he was at his mercy, but killed his F34 077 wives. ^Now Moki's men had killed Tu-te-kawa but Tu-te-kawa's son had F34 078 spared Moki. ^This payment and repayment is an illustration of the F34 079 forces at work to maintain a balance of power between rival factions F34 080 within a tribe so that society was in a state of equilibrium and F34 081 therefore, peace. ^The long history of warfare in Maori society must F34 082 be placed in the context of a system of thought which accepted the F34 083 sacrifice of the individual without qualm, in the interests of F34 084 achieving an overall balance. F34 085 |^The next morning Moki and Te Rakitamau made peace. ^While Te F34 086 Rakitamau became Moki's vassal, he was wary enough to ignore Moki's F34 087 instruction to live at Kaiapoi, and instead went to Paturiki, now F34 088 Longbeach, near Ashburton. F34 089 |^Late last century Tu-te-kawa's village, Waikakahi, was the F34 090 location of *'Wascoes Inn**', or the Birdlings Flat Hotel. ^This was a F34 091 change station at which fresh horses were hitched to coaches on the F34 092 Christchurch-Akaroa run. ^Archaeological investigations of the site F34 093 have shown that the village was spread over an area of about three F34 094 hectares. F34 095 |^After their victory at Waikakahi, Moki's party ranged over Banks F34 096 Peninsula claiming land for themselves. ^The rule of ownership was F34 097 that a chief was entitled to as much land as he could walk over before F34 098 meeting another claimant. F34 099 |^But Moki himself was fated never to join in the spoils of F34 100 victory. ^While on a raid further south he inadvertently insulted two F34 101 women in a joke. ^The women reported the insult to two powerful F34 102 tohunga, who laid a strong curse on Moki. F34 103 |^Moki was unable to resist the power of the curse, and the great F34 104 chief dwindled into death. ^His last wish was that he be buried on a F34 105 mountaintop at Kaikoura where his spirit could gaze northwards to his F34 106 *1kainga ake, *0or true home, at far away Turanga (Gisborne). F34 107 |^Moki's followers tried to fulfil his dying wish. ^They set out F34 108 on their journey to Kaikoura with his body on a stretcher, but the F34 109 remains became so putrid that they stopped under the mountain, lit a F34 110 fire, and cremated them. F34 111 |^The men carried Moki's head back to Pekapeka, or Woodend, for F34 112 the tribe to mourn the leader who established Kai Tahu's *1mana, *0or F34 113 power, in the Canterbury area. F34 114 |^According to Kai Tahu history, Moki's fate also brought about F34 115 the deaths of his father, his brother and his half-brother, together F34 116 with a number of other Kai Tahu chiefs. ^The history's emphasis on F34 117 wiping out Moki's powerful connections suggests that it was recorded F34 118 by a rival group, which was concerned to establish its own claim to F34 119 South Island prominence over those of the *1hapu, *0or clan, to which F34 120 Moki and his family belonged. F34 121 |^When Moki's father, Tu-ahu-riri, and his brother Hamua heard the F34 122 news of his death they set out for the South Island from Hataitai, in F34 123 present day Wellington. ^Ignoring advice to take a double canoe, and F34 124 failing to make the proper *1karakia, *0or prayers, to protect them F34 125 from storms, the whole party drowned in Cook Strait. F34 126 |^Meanwhile, Moki's half brother Tane-tiki had also drowned while F34 127 on an expedition to the West Coast in search of greenstone. F34 128 ^Tane-tiki's party came into conflict with the two tohunga who had F34 129 been responsible for the death of Moki. ^These tohunga, forewarned of F34 130 the expedition's approach, sent a storm to force the party to turn F34 131 back towards the east. ^Tane-tiki and his men persevered and built F34 132 *1mokihi, *0or flax rafts, to speed their journey. ^Some of these F34 133 overturned in rapids and Tane-tiki and most of his company were F34 134 drowned. F34 135 |^One other brother survived in the South Island, but because the F34 136 traditions are concerned to play down the power of Tu-ahu-riri's sons, F34 137 they are careful to stress that he gave up the life of a warrior. F34 138 |^This brother was called Tu-rakau-tahi. ^He was badly wounded F34 139 while campaigning in the south, and carried back to Kaiapoi, close to F34 140 death. ^Tu-rakau-tahi had his weapons hung up in front of his eyes. F34 141 ^Gazing upon them, he vowed that if only he might recover he would F34 142 never fight again. F34 143 |^The people gathered for his *1tangi, *0or funeral, decided that F34 144 the only thing that might cure Tu-rakau-tahi was *1hinu tangata, *0or F34 145 the fat of men. ^Word was sent north to where there was fighting, and F34 146 some of the victims were cooked and their fat collected and sent to F34 147 Kaiapoi. ^The melted fat was poured in the wounds, and Tu-rakau-tahi F34 148 recovered. ^True to his word, he never fought again. ^He is credited F34 149 with building the famous pa at Kaiapoi. F34 150 *<*4Maungahuka: the nearest maori settlement to the south pole*> F34 151 *<*2PART 1*> F34 152 *<*0na Buddy Mikaere (Ngati Pukenga/ Ngati Ranginui)*> F34 153 |^*4I*0n 1835 the Ngati Mutunga and Ngati Tama hapu of Te Atiawa F34 154 living in Wellington felt trapped. ^Pressed by their former ally Te F34 155 Rauparaha in the west and expecting attack from Ngati Kahungunu to the F34 156 east, they sailed for Wharekauri (the Chatham Islands). ^They F34 157 conquered its Moriori inhabitants, and made their living by selling F34 158 vegetables and pork to the whaling trade. F34 159 |^Their easy conquest of the peaceful Moriori had given the F34 160 Wharekauri Ngati Mutunga a taste for territorial expansion. ^A plan F34 161 was made to invade distant Samoa and Ngati Mutunga approached visiting F34 162 ships for transport for about one hundred people. ^Fortunately the F34 163 whaling captains, aware that Samoa had a large and warlike population, F34 164 declined to involve themselves in such a reckless scheme. F34 165 |^In 1842 Ngati Mutunga decided to colonise the uninhabited F34 166 Auckland islands far to the south of Wharekauri. ^This island group F34 167 had been visited ten years earlier by a chief called Tauru Matioro. F34 168 ^Now, he and his father-in-law, Patukumikumi, chartered a ship to take F34 169 them to Maungahuka, as they named their destination. F34 170 |^About forty Ngati Mutunga and twenty-five Moriori slaves left on F34 171 the 500-kilometre journey. ^When they arrived, a party led by the F34 172 chief Motukaraka set off to takahi the land. ^One walk over the bleak F34 173 main island was enough for Motukaraka, and he and a companion called F34 174 Tangari Te Umu got back on board the ship. ^Fearing that the rest of F34 175 the Maoris would be of the same mind, the Captain hastily weighed F34 176 anchor and sailed away. F34 177 |^Matioro and the rest were left stranded on the beach, and had to F34 178 make shift to survive. ^As a protection against the harsh F34 179 sub-antarctic climate, they built a pa on a bluff overlooking the F34 180 harbour. ^They had meat, because previous voyagers had liberated goats F34 181 and pigs on the island. ^Kekeno (seals) were sometimes eaten and their F34 182 skins used, Moriori fashion, for clothing. ^From the sea they got F34 183 kuku, and a kind of fish called kokopu. ^As at Wharekauri, there were F34 184 young albatross to be caught on the cliff tops. F34 185 |^The Maoris found a substitute for flax on the island, while a F34 186 plant with a leaf like a turnip top was used as a vegetable. ^The F34 187 humble potato was a prized crop, although there was only one part of F34 188 the island where it would grow. F34 189 *# F35 001 **[178 TEXT F35**] F35 002 |^*0European arrival in the Pacific has been labelled a *'fatal F35 003 impact**' (Moorhead 1966) because of the great changes to the small F35 004 scale societies, their religion, ecology and economy through the F35 005 introduction of European technology and ideology. ^Dance and music, F35 006 closely related to religious observance and social ideology, received F35 007 direct assault (as missionaries banned dancing) and indirect effects F35 008 as societies changed and new realities came to be expressed in the art F35 009 forms. ^But even under these conditions the introduction of the F35 010 European ways proved far from a *'fatal impact**' *- distinctive dance F35 011 and music remain the central cultural expressions in many Pacific F35 012 Island societies. F35 013 |^Among the dances most popularly and frequently performed today F35 014 are those which appear to have originated in recent times and to be F35 015 influenced by European ways. ^Although some outsiders may refer F35 016 slightingly to these as *'derived**' or *'acculturated**' forms, they F35 017 command the allegiance of those who practise and perform them. ^They F35 018 are the focus of much creative effort in new compositions, and are a F35 019 message-bearing vehicle in the society. ^Though the dances have an F35 020 acknowledged recent *'origin**' yet they are an accepted part of the F35 021 authentic tradition. ^Though named as new dances they contain, maybe F35 022 predominantly, old features in new relationship to one another. F35 023 |^Although studies of these forms are still relatively few in F35 024 number it is the intention in this paper to summarise and compare some F35 025 aspects of the origins and development of four contemporary genres, F35 026 (the *4lakalaka *0of Tonga, the *4fa*?1tele *0of Tokelau, the Hawaiian F35 027 *4hula ku'i, *0and the Maori action song of New Zealand) as this F35 028 development is reported in the various studies has (see bibliography). F35 029 ^They represent the many genres which originated in a period of F35 030 intensive innovation and adjustment within the traditional arts. F35 031 *<*2TONGA*> F35 032 |^*0Tongan dances, particularly the impressive *4lakalaka *0are F35 033 among the most intensively studied of Pacific forms. ^Adrienne F35 034 Kaeppler gives this account of the origin of the dance: F35 035 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F35 036 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F35 037 **[PLATE**] F35 038 **[END INDENTATION**] F35 039 |^*0Eric Shumway sees the same kind of link between the music of F35 040 the *4lakalaka *0and earlier music: F35 041 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F35 042 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F35 043 **[END INDENTATION**] F35 044 *<*2HAWAII*> F35 045 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F35 046 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F35 047 **[END INDENTATION**] F35 048 |^*0In the century since its recognition as a distinct dance form F35 049 the blend of old and new, and the components themselves of *4hula ku'i F35 050 *0have undergone changes *- the *'new**' components of the late 19th F35 051 century, became the *'old**' characteristics for later generations. F35 052 ^The continuing evolution of the dance has made its appreciation (and F35 053 definition) in the contemporary Hawaiian renaissance of traditional F35 054 arts problematic: is the *4hula ku'i, kahiko *0(ancient) or *4auana F35 055 *0(modern)? ^Profound musical changes illustrate this dilemma: ^*4Hula F35 056 ku'i *0was at first chanted, with vocal techniques of the old *4hula F35 057 *0performance style but with melodic contour derived from western F35 058 tonic-dominant harmony. ^This *4mele hula ku'i *0was frequently F35 059 accompanied by percussion instruments the gourd rattle feather F35 060 decorated**[SIC**] (*4'uli'uli), *0split bamboo rattle (*4pulih) F35 061 *0gourd drum (*4ipu). ^*0But as the accompaniment changed to strummed F35 062 guitar or ukulele (themselves thoroughly Hawaiianised western F35 063 instruments) the melodies were progressively sung F35 064 **[PLATE**] F35 065 rather than chanted, and the pitch level and contour adjusted to the F35 066 accompanying instruments. ^While the resulting sung *4hula ku'i *0is F35 067 musically distinct from chanted *4hula ku'i *0there are continuities F35 068 between the two, and an overall process of continuing recombination of F35 069 old and new, Hawaiian and western elements. F35 070 |^The musical changes, as well as those in dance, text and F35 071 costuming, indeed the whole phenomenon of *4hula ku'i *0can be seen as F35 072 a reflection of changing social values: F35 073 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F35 074 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F35 075 **[END INDENTATION**] F35 076 *<*2NEW ZEALAND *- AOTEAROA*> F35 077 |^*4Waiata kori, waiata-a*?1-ringa *0(the Maori action song) is F35 078 without equivocation a 20th Century innovation. ^Most commonly the F35 079 origin of the action song is linked with the name of Sir Apirana Ngata F35 080 *- Member of Parliament, and the most prominent leader in the revival F35 081 of traditional Maori life, and Maori adaptation to European society, F35 082 in the early years of the 20th Century. ^Many others contributed to F35 083 the action song development over several decades (see Shennan 1984), F35 084 and there is already interesting contrast between the earlier and the F35 085 later years of its history. F35 086 |^Today the Maori action song is effectively the national dance of F35 087 New Zealand. ^It is performed on all manner of public and social F35 088 occasions, and most surely at all manner of Maori gatherings. ^There F35 089 are examples of highly formal through to quite informal compositions F35 090 and renditions. ^Today's action songs vary in a number of dance and F35 091 music aspects from the classics of the first few decades. ^Originally F35 092 European tunes, often from popular songs, were employed in the action F35 093 songs. ^The Maori song may not in any way reflect the emotion of the F35 094 European original *- the tunes were employed simply as vehicles for F35 095 the words (as chants had done in the traditional repertoire.) F35 096 |^Action songs are not mimed dances; the hand actions are stylised F35 097 renditions of the emotion of the words. ^One early dance which mimed F35 098 the building of house **[SIC**] is reported (see Shennan 1984) but F35 099 this aspect of performance did not continue beyond an obviously F35 100 experimental early stage. F35 101 |^Themes can tend to the formal and oratorical. ^Many action songs F35 102 offer the formal greeting of an orator, though other songs may be more F35 103 intimate or humorous. F35 104 |^There are several features of the dance movement which have F35 105 found their way from older dances into the new form, through F35 106 deep-rooted aesthetic preference as well as through conscious F35 107 selection by composers. ^For example in the *4ringa *0(arm/ hand F35 108 movements) of action song, (at least as regards their shape, though F35 109 not their dynamics), continuity can be recognized from *4pa*?1tere, F35 110 haka powhiri *0and *4haka taparahi, *0all traditional genres. ^The F35 111 formation of the performance group is that of *4haka powhiri *- *0the F35 112 chant dance of welcome onto the *4marae *0in which the women are F35 113 ranked in lines in front of the men. ^In the aspect of relating to an F35 114 audience (which will probably reply in kind) and also in the F35 115 fundamental foot/ leg action marking the beat, the influence of *4haka F35 116 powhiri *0and *4haka taparahi *0is apparent. F35 117 |^Above all it is the age-old feature of the *4wiri, *0the F35 118 life-giving quiver which vibrates through so many stylized movement F35 119 forms *- *4haka, wero *0(traditional challenge), gestures of F35 120 *4whaiko*?1rero *0(traditional challenge), that gives action song its F35 121 pedigree as a Maori dance. F35 122 |^\0Mrs Witarina Harris: F35 123 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F35 124 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F35 125 **[END INDENTATION**] F35 126 |^Thus while everyone knows that action songs were born in the F35 127 20th century, it could be said that they were conceived a great deal F35 128 earlier. F35 129 *<*2TOKELAU*> F35 130 |^*0The *4fa*?1tele *0(the modern action song) of Tokelau is F35 131 likely to be more recent than the Polynesian dances so far discussed, F35 132 but its history must be reconstructed or imagined from the most F35 133 slender evidence because very few European written records have so far F35 134 been discovered on the circumstances or personalities involved with F35 135 the dance in the past. ^The *4fa*?1tele *0is a contemporary dance. F35 136 ^Two ideas are however commonly expressed on its origin: one is that F35 137 the *4fa*?1tele *0was introduced from Tuvalu to Tokelau, {0i.e.}, that F35 138 it was originally a Tuvaluan (Ellice Island) dance. ^The second idea F35 139 is that the dance was introduced to Tokelau under missionary influence F35 140 *- to dance the bible stories as a means of teaching people about F35 141 them. F35 142 |^This statement can be interpreted as a short *'myth of origin**' F35 143 for the *4fa*?1tele *- *0it is both, history (being located in F35 144 historic time, and is a feasible scenario for the *'introduction**' of F35 145 a dance), and it is myth (it pictures in non-literal or symbolic terms F35 146 the relationship that the dance has with contemporary society). ^The F35 147 combination of these oppositions, myth and history, is subtle and F35 148 shifting. F35 149 |^There have been a number of contacts with Tuvalu, during which a F35 150 dance could have been introduced to Tokelau, \0viz. an Ellice Island F35 151 pastor in Fakaofo 1895-1910; attendance by Tokelau {0LMS} students at F35 152 Funafuti school; work by Tokelauans and Tuvaluans in Phoenix Islands, F35 153 and administration of the Tokelaus from the Ellice Islands from 1910 F35 154 to 1925. F35 155 |^But the Tokelau *4fa*?1tele *0is not the same as the Tuvaluan F35 156 one (which Tokelauans F35 157 **[PLATE**] F35 158 can dance if they intend to) nor is the Tokelauan *4fa*?1tele F35 159 *0associated with, or centred on, those points at which Tuvaluan F35 160 contact has been made in Tokelau. ^As a statement expressing symbolic F35 161 relationships however, the myth of origin appears to distance the F35 162 *4fa*?1tele *0from the dominating Samoan influence on Tokelau *- the F35 163 Tuvaluan attribution is a cultural statement in contradistinction to F35 164 the Samoan presence. F35 165 |^The mention of missionaries in the myth of origin is also likely F35 166 to contain both historic and mythic qualities. ^Missionaries in F35 167 Tokelau as elsewhere probably encouraged action songs as a means of F35 168 learning bible stories (though in this they were drawing on earlier F35 169 practice of the Polynesian habit of songs with gestures). ^But the F35 170 mention of the missionaries is a more positive statement *- the dance F35 171 given this *'patronage**' in the myth is located in a central position F35 172 in the church dominated culture of Tokelau. F35 173 |^Even if research were to reveal tomorrow the details of a dance F35 174 *'introduction**' as an historic fact, we would still be confronted by F35 175 a myth of origin as a cultural construct selecting some historic facts F35 176 and generalizing the ownership of the dance away from any particular F35 177 Church or atoll (centripetal forces in Tokelauan culture) and allowing F35 178 it to be the equal property of all. F35 179 **[PLATE**] F35 180 |^These abbreviated versions of the work currently available on F35 181 four Polynesian contemporary dances show some common threads, and may F35 182 suggest ways in which approaches in one area could be fruitful in F35 183 another. F35 184 |^Ideas about the origin of a dance may be seen to be linked, in F35 185 an historic account, to central aspects of the society in such a way F35 186 as to give maximum security and prestige to the dance. ^If the Tokelau F35 187 strategy is to be followed these accounts should be given F35 188 consideration both as history and as myth. ^The cultural significance F35 189 of the account should be examined. ^It is a remarkable similarity that F35 190 three of the accounts name a national *'hero**' in connection with the F35 191 origin of the dance *- one who was active at the time but who can be F35 192 seen today as not the sole influential figure, particularly on the F35 193 regional or local level. ^The *'hero**' acts as the validator of F35 194 innovative change. ^Only in the Tokelauan ideas of the origin of the F35 195 dance is a *'hero**' not identified. ^Tokelau is a highly egalitarian F35 196 society, and here the *'validators**' of change are named as F35 197 missionaries. F35 198 |^One unanswered question is, *'how much does the account of the F35 199 origin of the dance matter to the participants?**' ^Most of the F35 200 emergent dance forms through Polynesia enjoy a vigorous creative life. F35 201 ^They stand as central to the traditional culture. ^*'Tradition**', as F35 202 discussed elsewhere in this symposium, is not primarily or F35 203 necessarily, the preservation of past forms; it is not F35 204 anti-innovatory. ^However, the positive aspect of tradition, often F35 205 involving a continuity from the past into present forms are **[SIC**] F35 206 harder to define. ^Perhaps the studies in Tongan *4ma*?1fana F35 207 *0the warmth and enthusiasm generated in audience and performer, and F35 208 *4heliaki, *0the habit of obscuring the true purpose of the art form, F35 209 come closest to understanding this phenomenon. ^The *4wiri *0in Maori F35 210 dance has a similar function in securing an aesthetic base upon F35 211 which freedom may flourish without threat to identity. ^With some such F35 212 base Polynesian dance has the freedom to innovate *- a spanish guitar, F35 213 a cellophane or plastic skirt, a western popular tune, or biscuit F35 214 tin drum, can all be accommodated without disturbing the central F35 215 *'traditional**' nature of the dance. ^Indeed each will have its own F35 216 function in accumulating new meanings and associations for the dance. F35 217 |^In a recent study of drumming in the Cook Islands, Wayne Laird F35 218 gives a definition which emphasises that the word *'tradition**' is by F35 219 no means the same as *'pre-European**': F35 220 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F35 221 |^Clearly the longevity of an item through history is not the F35 222 deciding factor on whether or not it is established as traditional. F35 223 ^The dance genres, in their innovatory period, have undergone major F35 224 transformations in incorporating new elements and rearranging the old. F35 225 ^What is remarkable is that, although the transformations have taken F35 226 place largely independently, at different times and under diverse F35 227 influences, there has still resulted a group of emergent dance genres F35 228 which have familial resemblances. ^The study of this contrast and F35 229 resemblence should lead to an appreciation of the period of intense F35 230 innovatory activity during which the dances were formed. F35 231 *# F36 001 **[179 TEXT F36**] F36 002 |^*0Savage observed in 1807 in the Bay of Islands that women suffered F36 003 little from this *"\1barbrous custom**", having only a small spiral F36 004 figure on each side of the chin, a semi-circular figure over each F36 005 eyebrow, and two, sometimes three, thin lines on each lip. ^He makes F36 006 no mention of body tattoos for women (Savage 1807:4). F36 007 |^Rutherford's account of female moko (Craik 1830:144) says: F36 008 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F36 009 |^According to Cruise (1824:267), in 1820 women in the Bay of F36 010 Islands were slightly tattooed on the upper lip, in the centre of the F36 011 chin and above the eyebrows. ^Some of them had a few lines on the F36 012 legs. ^He saw one woman at Hokianga with a pattern like links of a F36 013 chain on her breast. ^She is said to have come from further south. ^He F36 014 saw also a female prisoner who was tattooed almost as much as a man. F36 015 *<*1Queen Charlotte Sound *- Ngai Tahu, Kati Mamoe, Ngati Apa*> F36 016 |^*0In May 1820 the Russian Bellingshausen noted that only some of the F36 017 women of Queen Charlotte Sound had their lips tattooed. ^A portrait by F36 018 {0P. M.} Mikhailov is of a chief's wife tattooed in this way. ^In the F36 019 collection that Bellingshausen took back to Leningrad there are two F36 020 tekoteko, or gable apex figures, obtained in Queen Charlotte Sound. F36 021 ^Both are tattooed with full spiral facial moko; one has no sex F36 022 organs, the other has clearly marked female sex organs. ^As far as can F36 023 be judged, this Queen Charlotte form of tattoo belongs generally to F36 024 the south Taranaki-Wanganui area, with some minor differences. ^As we F36 025 shall note later, this F36 026 **[PLATE**] F36 027 is not the only record of this form of female facial tattoo for the F36 028 northern South Island. F36 029 |^Considering the fact that Bellingshausen saw no tattooed women F36 030 during his stay in the Sounds, it is possible that the tekoteko had F36 031 been obtained from another area, or depicted a woman of great mana F36 032 from whom the group were descended. ^Other artefacts obtained at the F36 033 same time would suggest the people seen by Bellingshausen had a F36 034 culture that combined some North Island elements with a basically F36 035 South Island culture. F36 036 *<*1The Bay of Islands in 1824 *- Ngapuhi, Ngati Wai*> F36 037 |^*0Louis Isidor Duperrey visited the Bay of Islands in 1824. ^He F36 038 described women's tattoo as follows (Sharp 1971:89): F36 039 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F36 040 |^In plate 44 of his *1Atlas *0(1826) Duperrey illustrates Toui F36 041 and his brother with Hongi Hika. ^With them is a young woman who is F36 042 shown with tattooed lines parallel with the lips and from nose to F36 043 half-way down the chin where they stop, a couple of squiggles on the F36 044 chin itself, and two black dots on either cheek. ^On her shoulder are F36 045 four or five cross-hatched lines, probably cut during a tangi. F36 046 ^Another woman, *"Etinou**", is shown in plate 46 with no tattoo at F36 047 all on the face. F36 048 |^An original drawing by Jules Le Jeune, artist with Duperrey, of F36 049 *"Ecao, a young girl of New Zealand**", shows three lines of tattoo F36 050 above F36 051 **[PLATE**] F36 052 the top lip and two spirals starting on the side of the chin and F36 053 curving to meet in the centre, the area between the spirals and lip F36 054 filled in with indistinct patterns. ^Another drawing of a woman aged F36 055 twenty to twenty-two years shows spirals on the nose, tattooed lips, F36 056 bars over the mouth corners and an indistinct pattern on the chin. F36 057 **[PLATES**] F36 058 |^On Duperrey's 1824 voyage d'Urville, then second-in-command, F36 059 went to Kahouwera, where Touao's wife was having the second half of F36 060 her back tattooed in spirals by a woman. ^D'Urville's general comments F36 061 on female tattoo, in the account of his later voyage, published in F36 062 1830, owe something to his reading of Savage (d'Urville 1830 *=II:455, F36 063 \0trans. {0D.R.S.}): F36 064 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F36 065 |^Lesson, who was with Duperrey in 1824, notes: *"^Their lips are F36 066 furrowed with intensely black lines and with patterns like spear heads F36 067 deeply imprinted into the corners of the mouth and in the centre of F36 068 the chin**" (Sharp 1971:81). F36 069 *<*1D'Urville's voyage in 1826*> F36 070 |^*0D'Urville's *1Atlas Historique, *0published in 1833, has an F36 071 excellent series of regional studies of artefacts and people drawn by F36 072 de Sainson, the artist with the 1826 expedition. F36 073 *<*1Tasman Bay *- Ngati Apa, Ngai Tumatakokiri.*> F36 074 |^*0A woman at Tasman Bay has a spiral on the wings of her nostrils F36 075 and has the lower lip possibly tattooed, while another is shown with F36 076 no tattoo. F36 077 **[PLATES**] F36 078 *<*1Palliser Bay *- Ngati Kahungunu*> F36 079 |^*0Drawings done at Palliser Bay show no tattoo on the women. F36 080 **[PLATE**] F36 081 *<*1Northland *- Ngapuhi*> F36 082 |^*0At Whangarei Tawiti's wife had her lips outlined above and a very F36 083 small design below the lower lip. ^An old woman at Whangarei had no F36 084 tattoo. ^However, at the Bay of Islands E Kara, a young girl of Ngati F36 085 Kahungunu, had a tattoo on her lower lip, above the top lip and below F36 086 the bottom lip, which was very elaborate (\0fig. 140). F36 087 **[PLATE**] F36 088 *<*1Augustus Earle in the Bay of Islands, 1827 *- Ngapuhi, Kapotai*> F36 089 |^*0Earle's original paintings (Murray-Oliver 1968) of Bay of Islands F36 090 and Hokianga women show blue marks at the mouth corners, blue lips and F36 091 something on the chin. ^Amoko and Awow have both lips tattooed and F36 092 three lines above the top lip. ^E Ana (\0fig. 141) has both lips F36 093 tattooed, a line above the top lip and a chin tattoo of fish-hook F36 094 shapes back to back below the lip, two points protruding into these F36 095 and two counter-curving hooks with points inwards below this, and a F36 096 tattoo of pincer shape between her eyes. F36 097 |^The original painting of Te Rangituke of Kapotai from Kawakawa F36 098 with his wife and son indicates that the woman has on the lower lip F36 099 and chin some tattoo (\0fig. 142) that is probably similar to that F36 100 described above. ^The engraving has an elaborate tattoo, which does F36 101 not correspond at all with the painting. F36 102 *<*1Female moko in the early nineteenth century*> F36 103 |^*0In contrast to the eighteenth century, tattooing of women in the F36 104 early nineteenth century is recorded as being on the chin as well as F36 105 the lips and perhaps the legs and body. ^The Bay of Islands tattoos F36 106 reported by Savage, Rutherford, Cruise, Duperrey, d'Urville and Earle F36 107 are varied in design and can be allied to a certain extent with male F36 108 moko styles. ^The first drawings are those of Jules Le Jeune, artist F36 109 with Duperrey in 1824. ^*"Ecao**" of Ngati Wai has a tattoo of the F36 110 form recorded for the West Coast invaders of the South Island. F36 111 ^Earle's portrait of Rangituke's wife would suggest she came from F36 112 North Taranaki, while *"E Ana**" appears to be local Ngapuhi. ^*"E F36 113 Kara**", the girl drawn by de Sainson, d'Urville's artist in 1827, has F36 114 what may have been a variation on a simple form. F36 115 |^The Bay of Islands-Ngapuhi form of female moko, which was F36 116 developing at the same time as the male spiral moko was achieving F36 117 status in the area, would appear to consist of tattooed lips or lip, F36 118 chin tattoo, and body and leg tattoo. ^People of the South F36 119 Island-Queen F36 120 **[PLATES**] F36 121 Charlotte Sounds area (Ngai Tahu) had full facial moko in male style F36 122 in addition to tattooed lips or lower lip tattoo with spiral on the F36 123 nostril. ^In general, though, female moko in other areas was not F36 124 common or standardised in form. F36 125 *<*1Mid-nineteenth-century records: Polack, Bidwill, Angas and F36 126 Shortland*> F36 127 |^*0Joel Polack has a general comment on female tattoo (1838 F36 128 *=I:384-6): F36 129 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F36 130 **[PLATE**] F36 131 ^Polack was mainly in the north and Hokianga, but also visited Tolaga F36 132 Bay. ^He included an engraving of a woman with tattoo (\0fig. 143) F36 133 (Polack 1840 *=II:frontispiece), whom he identifies as *"Haupatu, a F36 134 chieftess of Waipoa**", who would be of Te Roroa, the border tribe F36 135 between Ngapuhi and Ngati Whatua. F36 136 |^Catherin Servant was a missionary in the Hokianga and Bay of F36 137 Islands between 1838 and 1842. ^He refers to female tattoo and notes F36 138 that high-ranking women had upper and lower lips tattooed and two long F36 139 lines of tattooing in the middle of the forehead (Simmons 973:14). ^In F36 140 another section he notes: *"^As for the women, if they are noble, they F36 141 are tattooed not only on the extremity of the two lips but also on the F36 142 forehead**" (1973:20). F36 143 |^In *1Rambles in New Zealand *0(1841), {0J. C.} Bidwill refers F36 144 to a Ngaiterangi woman he saw near Tauranga who was tattooed on the F36 145 buttocks like a man. ^This was rare, as women were not normally F36 146 tattooed anywhere but on the lips and chin. ^Bidwill also F36 147 distinguishes between the blue marks like sailor's self-inflicted F36 148 tattoos, which were common on women, and the more elaborate tattoo F36 149 that grooved the skin. ^Ernest Dieffenbach was in the same area and in F36 150 the north in 1840, and his observations on female tattoo are worth F36 151 quoting: F36 152 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F36 153 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F36 154 **[END INDENTATION**] F36 155 |^The work of George French Angas has already been noted in the F36 156 section on male tattoo. ^Angas also painted a number of Waikato women F36 157 including Te Kauwai of Ngati Haua, Matamata (\0fig. 144), Niapo of F36 158 Ngati Maniapoto, King Country (\0fig. 147), Te Kauremu of Waikato F36 159 (\0fig. 145) and Nga Mihi of Ngati Mahuta, Kawhia (\0fig. 146). ^In F36 160 the Taupo area F36 161 **[PLATES**] F36 162 he painted Te Rau of Tuwharetoa (\0fig. 148), in Wanganui, Rihe, wife F36 163 of a Maniapoto chief, and in Wellington, Kiko of Te Ati Awa and E Wai F36 164 of Ngati Toa. ^Across Cook Strait he painted two women from Te Ati F36 165 Awa. F36 166 |^There are eleven women shown by Angas with lip and chin tattoo, F36 167 three who have tattooing above the top lip, two with both lips F36 168 tattooed, and sixteen with only the lower lip tattooed *- as well as F36 169 women who have no tattoo at all. ^Angas's subjects were mainly wives F36 170 and daughters of chiefs, or other women prominent in the social F36 171 structure, therefore his portraits could be expected to reflect the F36 172 amount of tattooing present at the time. ^Female moko was regarded F36 173 mainly as a mark of rank, and it is an interesting sidelight on the F36 174 custom to note the proportion of full to partial tattoo in the areas F36 175 covered by Angas. ^He journeyed over 800 miles, mainly in the interior F36 176 of the North Island, as well as visiting the main centres. F36 177 ^Dieffenbach's observations are reinforced F36 178 **[PLATES**] F36 179 by the fact that the majority of the women Angas painted with moko F36 180 were in the central North Island, particularly in the Waikato or in F36 181 the Waikato-related tribal areas. ^It is probable that Taranaki and F36 182 Wanganui were part of this area, but we have little early information F36 183 for that region. F36 184 |^The best record of female tattoo is the diagram made in 1843 by F36 185 Renata Kawepo Tamakihikurangi, chief of Te Upokoire hapu of Ngati F36 186 Kahungunu of Hawke's Bay. ^The tattoo consists of patterned lips F36 187 (ngutu) and chin. ^Between the eyes are darkened crescents (hotoki), F36 188 the upper and longest forming a curve with the open side to the F36 189 centre. ^Beneath this and joined on to it are two small spirals with a F36 190 common shank on the inside; an echoing spiral rises from the centre F36 191 outside and curls up. ^This tattoo is probably that of a woman of F36 192 rank. ^It is basically a negative pattern using darkened areas and F36 193 clear-skin koru. F36 194 |^In the *1Southern Districts of New Zealand *0(1851), based on a F36 195 journey made to the South Island in 1844, Edward Shortland described F36 196 the wife of Pokeni, an Otago Kai Tahu chief: F36 197 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F36 198 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F36 199 **[END INDENTATION**] F36 200 |^Shortland's observations of Kai Tahu women can be compared with the F36 201 tekoteko taken to Russia by Bellingshausen in 1820, and with the F36 202 record of Doubouzet, who was with d'Urville on his second visit in F36 203 1840. ^Shortland reports that the chief's wife at Otago was tattooed F36 204 all over the face (Wright 1955:23). ^Roquemorel, also on the same F36 205 expedition, writes of *"these women with their square faces *- F36 206 coloured yellow and lined with queer tattooing... with their thick F36 207 lips, dyed blue by tattooing**" (Wright 1955:33). F36 208 **[PLATE**] F36 209 |^It would appear then that there was great variation for each F36 210 area in female tattoo in the mid-nineteenth century. ^In the north it F36 211 was just lip tattoo and lines on perhaps forehead or nose, chin and F36 212 lips, and sometimes legs in the central North Island. ^In the Otago F36 213 area of the South Island women were sometimes tattooed like men. F36 214 *<*1Later nineteenth-century female moko: Merrett, Robley, Lindauer F36 215 and Goldie*> F36 216 |^*0By the later nineteenth century, tattooed chins were more usual. F36 217 ^In 1850 Joseph Merrett painted *"E ono at Whakatane**" (Ngati Awa) F36 218 (plate 23), who has tattooed lips and chin. ^In 1855 the \0Rev. F36 219 Richard Taylor published *1Te Ika a Maui, *0which contained F36 220 information from Wanganui, perhaps from earlier observations: *"^The F36 221 females had chiefly the chin and lips, although occasionally they also F36 222 had their thighs and breasts and a few smaller marks on different F36 223 parts of the body**" (Taylor 1855:153). F36 224 *# F37 001 **[180 TEXT F37**] F37 002 |^*0It is also misleading since some readers will straight away F37 003 begin to look for evidence of the Maori in South China. ^What has to F37 004 be understood is that at one time there were people whom we identify F37 005 in the literature as Tangata Lapita or Lapita People. ^There were no F37 006 Polynesians around when they were plying the oceans. ^After several F37 007 centuries the Tangata Lapita who settled in various parts of Melanesia F37 008 changed into the people we now call the Melanesians. ^Those who F37 009 settled in Tonga and Samoa developed separately from the Melanesians F37 010 through isolation and many hundreds of years of development. ^They F37 011 became eventually the Polynesians. ^Some of the Tangata Lapita moved F37 012 into Micronesia and through mixtures with people already there later F37 013 evolved into the Micronesians. F37 014 |^So the first Vikings of the Pacific were Tangata Lapita, who F37 015 became the people of Tangaroa, the Polynesians. F37 016 |^The first question has been answered and we can now turn to the F37 017 second. ^We know that the cradle of Polynesia was in the west, at F37 018 Tonga and Samoa. ^The evidence from archaeology suggests that the main F37 019 direction of the settlement thrust was ever to the east, which is why F37 020 Te Rangi Hiroa called the Tangaroa People *"Vikings of the Sunrise**". F37 021 ^This is not to say that there were no explorations to the west from F37 022 any particular point that had been previously settled. ^Aotearoa is F37 023 the prime example. F37 024 |^At some point pioneers from Eastern Polynesia, from the F37 025 direction of the Society Group, the Tuamotus and the Marquesas, or F37 026 even of the Australs and the Cook Islands, began a westward movement F37 027 of the familiar *"discover and settle**" pattern. ^It is not exactly F37 028 clear from which village or island of Tangaroa the ancestors came F37 029 from. ^The Society Group and the Marquesas have both been cited as F37 030 likely sources because of the similarity between the early F37 031 archaeological objects found in those places and in Aotearoa. ^The F37 032 Cook Islands are another likely source because some of the canoe F37 033 traditions of New Zealand such as those of Takitimu can be linked to F37 034 those of the Lower Cooks. F37 035 |^No location can be identified with confidence as the place from F37 036 which the ancestors came. ^It is still a possibility that there was F37 037 more than one migration from more than one Hawaiki, but from the F37 038 general region of East Polynesia came the very first settlers to New F37 039 Zealand. ^If there was another wave of settlers who arrived later, F37 040 they, too, came from East Polynesia. ^There is no evidence of F37 041 Spaniards, Chinese, Melanesians or astronauts being among the first F37 042 settlers of New Zealand. F37 043 |^This fact needs to be stressed because a large section of the F37 044 New Zealand population believes in a mythical group of Moriori or F37 045 Melanesians being the first settlers. ^According to their myth the F37 046 ancestors of the Maori then came along and displaced the Moriori. F37 047 ^This act on their part made invasion of Aotearoa later by the British F37 048 a deed of liberation and revenge for the poor Moriori. ^It is a myth F37 049 which some people wish were true but there is no real evidence to F37 050 support it. F37 051 |^The greatest discovery awaiting the archaeologists of Aotearoa F37 052 is to find the very first settlements of our East Polynesian ancestors F37 053 who came here during the period prior to {0A.D.} 1000. ^Such sites F37 054 have not yet been found (Sullivan 1984). ^A possible explanation for F37 055 not finding any of them is that the archaeologists are looking at the F37 056 wrong places and consequently are discovering only evidence of F37 057 long-established settlement in New Zealand. ^The Ruatepupuke story F37 058 suggests that we might need to look below the present water line F37 059 especially in inland lake regions; that is, search in Tangaroa's F37 060 domains. F37 061 |^According to the present state of our knowledge Aotearoa was F37 062 settled in the {0A.D.} 900-1000 period and that was when the F37 063 foundations of Maori art were established in this country. ^We do not F37 064 know the sequence of development in the arts from the time of first F37 065 settlement to, say, the time of Captain Cook's first visit. ^However, F37 066 there are prime decorated objects which look to be the antecedents of F37 067 Classical Maori art and there are some sequences, such as the combs of F37 068 Kauri Point, which help provide some of the clues needed. ^One example F37 069 of a prime object is the Kaitaia carving. ^In appearance the F37 070 decorations are not characteristically Maori but the structure of the F37 071 composition is exactly the same as in later door lintels. ^There is a F37 072 vague resemblance to the art of East Polynesia but as Archey (1977:30) F37 073 has described, there are no precise details of relationship. ^What can F37 074 be sensed is an elusive quality, a tone, a feeling that persuades an F37 075 observer of affinities with East Polynesia. F37 076 |^Another example that excites the imagination is the carved F37 077 piece known as Uenuku (Archey 1977:113). ^This is an abstract work F37 078 that is said to symbolise a tribal god of the Tainui people. ^It was F37 079 discovered in 1906 in Lake Ngaroto near Te Awamutu. ^Basically it F37 080 consists of a major curve and four *"fingers**" pointing heavenwards. F37 081 ^So while the piece has been linked to a Hawaiian crested figure, the F37 082 resemblance is merely suggestive. ^It certainly appears to be as much F37 083 Maori or more so than Hawaiian. F37 084 |^More intriguing for the purpose of establishing relationships F37 085 with the earliest phases of Aotearoa art are various pendants such as F37 086 the *"chevroned**" pendants, reels, and sundry shapes in bone, F37 087 argillite and basalt. ^Many of these artefacts are reminiscent of F37 088 early East Polynesian forms in locations such as Tahiti, Hawaii, the F37 089 Marquesas and the Cooks. ^But again the resemblances are suggestive of F37 090 common origins and are by no means exactly similar. F37 091 |^A canoe prow and stern piece dug up at Tokerau Beach in F37 092 Doubtless Bay and featured in various books ({0e.g.} Archey 1977) F37 093 appear to be ancient but the head on the prow does appear to be Maori. F37 094 ^It is not so stylistically different as to be describable as Chinese F37 095 or Indonesian. ^Both the prow and stern piece look vaguely familiar. F37 096 ^The canoe is, of course, an ancient Polynesian form and the two types F37 097 *- the outrigger and dugout *- were widely distributed over the F37 098 islands of Polynesia. ^It is interesting to note that at first F37 099 European contact in Aotearoa the outrigger and dugout canoes were F37 100 present. ^In fact there were two dugout varieties, the single-hull F37 101 dugout and the well-known double canoe. ^These forms of canoe were F37 102 also known in the Society Islands. F37 103 |^However, a comparison of the canoes used by Polynesians at the F37 104 time F37 105 **[PLATE**] F37 106 of Captain Cook reveals two outstanding facts which apply to every F37 107 other type of object. ^The first is that the type is present as a F37 108 concept or general invention. ^For Polynesia the inventions are the F37 109 outrigger and the single-hull canoe. ^But wherever they occur they are F37 110 different in shape and appearance. ^Moreover the differences tend to F37 111 be so regular that the canoes of Hawaii can be distinguished from F37 112 those of the Society Group, Niue, Tonga, Kapingamarangi and Aotearoa. F37 113 ^In addition the surface decorations applied to the canoes, if any F37 114 were worked in, are also distinctive of each island nation, thus F37 115 emphasising the differences that would result from separate F37 116 development over several centuries. F37 117 |^The wooden bowl was a common Polynesian domestic item but the F37 118 bowls of Hawaii, the Marquesas and Aotearoa are as different from one F37 119 another as any one of them is from the bowls of Melanesia, for example F37 120 from those of the Eastern Solomons. ^Adze blades might show a lesser F37 121 degree of regional variation but even in the case of this artefact the F37 122 differences are obvious to expert eyes. ^Likewise, the weapons used by F37 123 the Polynesians are very different so that a Tongan club is easily F37 124 distinguished from a Marquesan or Aotearoa club. F37 125 |^Thus while the Eastern Polynesian ancestors brought with them a F37 126 tool kit of adzes, the technology for producing tapa cloth, the F37 127 conceptual models for constructing houses, canoes, bowls, weapons, F37 128 fishing gear (including the harpoon point), ornaments, basketry and F37 129 cordage, and while they brought with them the concepts and the F37 130 necessary technology for tattooing and woodcarving, the cultural F37 131 heritage would have developed quite differently through time from F37 132 similar daughter heritages in other parts of Polynesia. ^If any of the F37 133 objects are to bear close resemblance from one island to another F37 134 across hundreds of nautical miles it can only be so at the moment when F37 135 the daughters split off from the parent heritage. ^After that the F37 136 processes of variation begin to take effect. ^This is why it is F37 137 difficult to find actual similarities in artefact shapes and F37 138 decoration. ^They are not the same. F37 139 |^Tattooing illustrates the point clearly. ^Samoan tattooing F37 140 (\0fig. 8) is quite unlike Hawaiian, Tahitian, Marquesan, Maori and F37 141 the forms found in Sikaiana. ^We assume on the grounds of wide F37 142 distribution that tattooing was part of the common heritage. ^But in F37 143 each case the artists developed their portion of the heritage F37 144 differently. F37 145 |^Eventually examples of Maori art were collected by explorers F37 146 and ships' captains and taken to Britain, Europe and the United F37 147 States. ^Such collecting began almost from the first contact that F37 148 Captain Cook had in 1769 with the Maori people. ^Because of Cook's F37 149 expeditions large numbers of Maori artefacts were landed in Britain F37 150 and a large quantity of them were deposited in the British Museum in F37 151 London. ^Other early collections associated with the Cook expeditions F37 152 found homes in museums in Stockholm, Leningrad and Rome. ^American F37 153 trading vessels collected some valuable items from the Northland F37 154 region in the early part of the 1800s and some of their pieces are in F37 155 the Peabody Museums in Salem and at Harvard. ^Yet other collectors F37 156 added to the trunks and cabinets of the art connoisseurs of Europe. F37 157 ^The British Museum collection continued to grow following the British F37 158 takeover of Aotearoa in 1840 and there is no question that outside of F37 159 our own shores Britain has the largest share of the artistic plunder F37 160 that Europeans competed for especially during the eighteenth and F37 161 nineteenth centuries. F37 162 |^The artists of long ago who developed what we now know as Maori F37 163 art left a priceless legacy to the descendants of today. ^They F37 164 produced an art tradition in which excellence was given a high value. F37 165 ^They developed a truly magnificent art that Maori people today can F37 166 figuratively wear as a cloak of distinction. ^All the evidence F37 167 available to us now affirms the Polynesian stamp on Maori art: it grew F37 168 out of an East Polynesian foundation and is therefore thoroughly F37 169 Polynesian. F37 170 *<3*> F37 171 *<*4Ka tipu nga mahi whakairo*> F37 172 *<*0The arts develop and flourish*> F37 173 |^The Maori of 1769 were examples of Rousseau's noble savage who F37 174 fascinated and at the same time disgusted the Western World (\0fig. F37 175 9). ^Their appetite for human flesh, was, of course, the prime cause F37 176 for disgust. ^But against this was their sophisticated art *- the F37 177 beautiful war canoes seen by the early explorers, the cloaks, adzes, F37 178 wakahuia and weapons. ^The tattooed faces and buttocks, the hair-do, F37 179 the clothes and ornaments worn at the time presented a picture of the F37 180 cultured Maori, of people enhanced by their arts. F37 181 |^These people of 1769 were awe-inspiring, frighteningly F37 182 different from the people of Europe (\0fig. 10). ^They were different F37 183 too from the Tahitians, whom Cook had met before coming to Aotearoa F37 184 and who were seen as soft people. F37 185 |^Much can happen in 750 years, and especially in an isolated F37 186 island group such as Aotearoa. ^A major task of archaeologists and F37 187 ethnologists is to reconstruct the changes that occurred during that F37 188 period and try to plot the high points or prime objects produced along F37 189 the way. ^We are not yet able to provide a connected story or theory F37 190 about the development. ^All that we can manage, as mentioned already, F37 191 is to focus upon a few objects of great importance and presumed F37 192 antiquity and draw inferences from their location, appearance and age. F37 193 |^The theory followed here is that the foundations were F37 194 introduced with the first settlers. ^They brought with them a portion F37 195 of the East Polynesian heritage which includes the items already F37 196 mentioned in the previous chapter. ^What the reader has to try to F37 197 visualise is a founding canoe or canoes (we have no idea how many) F37 198 landing with a small group of people, of men and women capable of F37 199 bearing children. F37 200 *# F38 001 **[181 TEXT F38**] F38 002 |^*0Due to the advent in this country of the rapidly expanding F38 003 manufacture of so-called *'Reproductions**' or copies of original F38 004 antique and vintage bisque head dolls over the past five years, it F38 005 behoves the old established collector, to consider the investment side F38 006 of his/her hobby! F38 007 |^Now if you are a fond grandmother and want to buy a nice baby F38 008 doll for little Karen to play with, you are looking at an outlay of F38 009 some *+$200-*+$300 if you want a good quality modern doll for her. F38 010 |^High priced and good quality vinyl German dolls have been F38 011 imported in fairly large numbers over the past two years, and if you F38 012 also want to help said little grand-daughter to get a first class F38 013 education in the future, then it would be a wise investment to buy two F38 014 samples of any given German doll. F38 015 |^Put one away mint in box out of the light and away from extremes F38 016 of heat and cold and in 10 years or so, the sale of such a doll will F38 017 go towards the cost of Karen's education. F38 018 |^A top quality reproduction doll can also run over the F38 019 *+$200-*+$300 mark and this is a field where a lot of know-how on the F38 020 originals is needed, not to mention keeping an eye on the number of F38 021 such copies which have been made, the identity of the artisan and the F38 022 date. ^Quite frankly you cannot afford to buy a poor sample of these F38 023 copies, after all if you want a copy of a world famous painting by a F38 024 legendary artist, you are going to buy the best quality copy you can F38 025 find! ^Knowing such copy will eventually command a reasonable F38 026 investment value in its own right. F38 027 |^If, however, you have carefully picked your way among the many F38 028 pitfalls awaiting the unwary in the field of antique and vintage F38 029 dolls, and have a choice selection tucked away, well out of sight of F38 030 possible burglary and/or vandals, then you will already have a F38 031 **[PLATE**] F38 032 good investment. ^It will be a hedge against inflation and a F38 033 delightful piece of nostalgia. ^If you have had the doll redressed, F38 034 then should the high fashion doll couturier be equally well thought F38 035 of, then that too will add considerably to the value of your most F38 036 prized possession! F38 037 |^For many people an old doll with jointed or gussetted limbs, and F38 038 natural looking smoothly delineated features is not just an investment F38 039 in the future, but a piece of actual history to be cherished and taken F38 040 care of before as *'guardian of the treasure**' you hand her on to the F38 041 next generation. F38 042 |^The antique doll business is booming world-wide, so it's natural F38 043 there will also be fakes. ^The latter are not yet much of a problem in F38 044 New Zealand, or Australia, but they will be. F38 045 |^Already some bona fide copies, particularly of black dolls, have F38 046 been seen at auctions, and the price has risen too high because the F38 047 buyer has not bothered to check it out. ^Heaven knows there are many F38 048 reference books available both in the libraries, and in bookshops. F38 049 ^When the doll has no historic or family background to call on, it's F38 050 often pure guesswork as to what you are actually getting for your F38 051 money. F38 052 |^When you are contemplating some *+$500-*+$1000 or more on the F38 053 purchase of an old doll, you are entitled to carefully check out the F38 054 provenance of the doll. ^For example two lovely bisque head dolls by F38 055 the sought after firm of Simon & Halbig are to be seen in the National F38 056 Museum in Wellington. F38 057 |^However, the difference in the colouring of the dolls was quite F38 058 marked, the older version was paler and her painting was very precise F38 059 prior to final firing in the kiln. ^She was 50 years older than the F38 060 other model, which had the typical more lurid colouring of the 1920s. F38 061 |^Both dolls were wholly desirable from the same mould, but F38 062 strictly speaking should they have been put up for auction, due to F38 063 those small differences, one doll was worth *+$1000, the younger doll F38 064 only *+$500. F38 065 |^Some dealers make no such differentiation in this country, but F38 066 call all bisque head dolls *'antique**'. ^This is just not true. F38 067 |^Some bisque head dolls' value and investment potential lies in F38 068 the brand incised on the back of neck, or where earlier moulds were F38 069 used, a number or even a symbol. ^The famous dolls by Casimer Bru and F38 070 his family who founded a dollmaking company in France in the 1860s F38 071 used a symbol. ^The one used on several of their early dolls, easily F38 072 **[PLATE**] F38 073 recognisable with their natural colouring, enormous glass eyes, which F38 074 give such a soulful look to his lovely bebes, is a circle and a dot! F38 075 |^Representatives of several well known overseas auction houses F38 076 who were cruising round Australasia last year may well have raised the F38 077 consciousness level on the subject of old dolls. ^They were probably F38 078 trying to find out the whereabouts of at least one rare doll circa F38 079 1890 made by the mysterious and much sought after \0A Thulier! F38 080 |^At least one very large version, which actually came out to New F38 081 Zealand with a migrant's family, who settled in Akaroa is known of. F38 082 |^Apart from the different mould number and initials, it would F38 083 have been thought to have been one of the many lovely little girl F38 084 dolls from the house of Jumeau! F38 085 |^Two such dolls, dating back to the 1880s, in pristine condition F38 086 and with lovely pale bisque heads, softly delineated features and F38 087 superbly dressed, went up for sale at the big American auction house F38 088 of Theriault's, their prices at *+$3500 and *+$4000 respectively were F38 089 not very high. ^But they are not particularly rare. ^But what a good F38 090 investment, if carefully protected and conserved, with the spiralling F38 091 values of such century old dolls, they will resell for a much larger F38 092 sum. F38 093 |^Already one of the Bru dolls mentioned before, delicately F38 094 featured, and with most soulful, enormous brown glass eyes circa 1875, F38 095 has been sold again at Theriault's auction, for *+$10,500. ^Turning F38 096 this sum into New Zealand money and you'd better sit down quietly for F38 097 a while. F38 098 |^Rumours have been circulating up and down the country of a F38 099 private sale of a very special Bru having changed hands for the sum of F38 100 *+$20,000, within the past 18 months! F38 101 |^That seems a staggering sum to those who know nothing about the F38 102 antique doll game, and in fact it's only prices which are rather high F38 103 which get through to the media. ^Which is probably a good thing, since F38 104 these days owners of such collectibles, have to be security conscious F38 105 in a way never hitherto thought of. F38 106 |^*"Well,**" he or she might say. ^*"I'd still like to collect F38 107 dolls, and I'd still like them to be an investment, but *2NOT *0at F38 108 that price. ^What can I do?**" F38 109 |^Consult long time collectors first of all; if you planned to buy F38 110 in porkbellies on the commodities market, and resell for a quick F38 111 profit, you'd certainly go after the services of a clever stockbroker. F38 112 |^You can buy a selection of much more modestly priced dolls. F38 113 ^There are many available of the more common German made dolls, some F38 114 as old as the French dolls, and certainly just as beautiful. F38 115 |^Right now, in the northern districts of this country, the trend F38 116 is for the big and beautiful. ^A large doll by such German based F38 117 companies as Simon & Halbig, many of whose early doll heads were used F38 118 with French bodies by the way, commands a good price. ^Strangely F38 119 enough equally lovely dolls by a German company using the same F38 120 initials on their dolls, but with varying quality, the Schnoeau & F38 121 Hoffmeister brand, do not seem to command the same high prices. F38 122 ^Nevertheless a perfect bisque with that brand some 30*?8 in height F38 123 can sell for as much as *+$1400, with the next size down around 28*?8 F38 124 in height being valued at just on *+$1000. F38 125 |^Should other brands such as Kley & Hahn, Revalo, Gebruder Knock F38 126 and even the much more common Armand Marseille mark be found on such F38 127 large sized dolls, there is currently a keen demand for them with a F38 128 minimum of *+$900-*+$1200 *- this could be for private sales *- but at F38 129 auction they can go even higher. ^Because the demand for such dolls is F38 130 growing and the supply of same is diminishing, you can certainly F38 131 expect to make money on the eventual sale of such lovely creatures. F38 132 |^Don't get the impression however, that bisque dolls are the be F38 133 all and end all!! ^Practically every kind of media **[SIC**] so F38 134 far discovered, from kaolin in the distant past, to resin fibreglass F38 135 today, has been used to fashion dolls. ^And many modern dolls F38 136 already off the production line of various companies, are currently the F38 137 vogue and the prize the collector seeks. F38 138 |^The celebrity doll scene is way out in front of the modern doll F38 139 scramble! ^The old Hollywood stars are once again bringing in the loot F38 140 in Tinseltown. ^Maybe they've shrunk a little, say between 12-18 F38 141 inches in height! ^Dolls or effigies portraying the famous, the F38 142 glamorous and the legendary dead are currently proving best sellers F38 143 for the toy companies. F38 144 |^Child stars were mainly portrayed in the 1930s when the love F38 145 affair with celebrity dolls began in America, and it's gaining F38 146 momentum by the day, until now it's really crazy. F38 147 |^Famous names in the doll business too are sought after, the F38 148 Ideal Toy Company has the franchise on the most famous child star of F38 149 the 1930s Shirley Temple, and versions ranging from a baby doll, to a F38 150 child of up to eight years old have all been based on the littlest F38 151 star in Hollywood. F38 152 |^Made of composition, dolls portraying Deanna Durbin, Judy F38 153 Garland, Jane Withers, Jackie Coogan and many others, are very sought F38 154 after additions to the collector. ^Prices of such dolls are heading up F38 155 and up well over the *+$500 mark in the States. F38 156 |^You can still get the odd version here for a much lower price F38 157 though; and you can get a genuine antique doll made of papier mache or F38 158 composition for a very reasonable price. F38 159 |^Getting back to the modern dolls though, the best investment F38 160 among these, are mint in box samples of such stars as the late Marilyn F38 161 Monroe, Princess Grace, Elizabeth Taylor, James Dean, Mae West and F38 162 John Wayne. ^Limited editions of many movie stars come out in the F38 163 United States each year and have a good investment potential. F38 164 |^Vying with these however, and fetching top dollar in the market F38 165 place, are black and oriental dolls. ^Black is beautiful, and in some F38 166 cases rare and very very costly. F38 167 |^Black bisque dolls, or dolls made of celluloid to portray south F38 168 sea island people are current favourites in many countries. ^Also a F38 169 good quality hard plastic *'Pedigree**' walking doll, such as those F38 170 made in New Zealand and Australia in the 1950s-1960s for Lines F38 171 Brothers, who had a large network of factories manufacturing hard F38 172 plastic and other types of dolls and toys in Commonwealth countries, F38 173 are now finding their way onto the American market. ^Recently a black F38 174 walking doll by *'Pedigree**' was priced at {0US}*+$145 and considered F38 175 quite a bargain. F38 176 |^It's noticeable that many more hard plastic dolls are finding F38 177 their way into collections, and we ought to appreciate them a bit more F38 178 than we do. ^Consideration needs to be given to taking care of all the F38 179 modern dolls, and judicious buying can reap large benefits in a few F38 180 years from now. F38 181 |^Theriault's broke new ground in recent years by putting a vast F38 182 collection of mint in box Barbie dolls up for auction. ^Right now a F38 183 Black Barbie is a good investment, because not so many of these were F38 184 manufactured. F38 185 |^Also the earlier versions in solid vinyl are highly sought after F38 186 and will repay their owners quite handsomely. ^Preferably mint in F38 187 their package or box though. ^This seems to be the modern criteria F38 188 **[SIC**] *- it makes sense to buy two at a time, if you want to F38 189 give one as a gift, then tuck the other away. F38 190 |^It all takes a bit of knowhow, and a bit of a gamble too, that F38 191 you can figure out the odds *- and by putting away the best possible F38 192 sample of any particular doll, today, you are creating a new heritage F38 193 *- the treasures of tomorrow. F38 194 *# F39 001 **[182 TEXT F39**] F39 002 |^*4Half Poland's schools for mentally retarded children are in F39 003 Katowice. ^The area has more circulatory and respiratory diseases and F39 004 more cancers than the rest of the country. ^Thirty-five percent of F39 005 children have lead poisoning. ^The culprit is air pollution. F39 006 |^T*2HE TINY *0East German forest pool was like crystal. ^Sphagnum F39 007 moss fringed it, and glistened underwater like soft green coral. F39 008 ^There was no sign of life, no sign of decomposition. ^Submerged F39 009 golden leaves gleamed as though preserved in perspex. ^Patches of F39 010 purple heather studded the forest edges. ^Idyllic. ^Until you saw the F39 011 trees. F39 012 |^Conifers that were not much more than telephone poles... gaunt, F39 013 with trunks almost bare of bark and their tops twisted upwards. ^A few F39 014 skeletal white branches remained, with twigs sprouting from the F39 015 trunks. ^Many trees had few needles. F39 016 |^Dead deciduous trees were being cut down and burnt along the F39 017 roads between Jena and Leipzig. ^Their deaths must have been quick. F39 018 ^They were covered in leaves, but the leaves were grey and crinkled. F39 019 |^This was one small area of central Europe, but the ghastly F39 020 scenario is being repeated from eastern France through the Soviet F39 021 Union and, to a lesser extent, in North America, China and Japan. F39 022 |^The cause is air pollution, particularly acid rain, acid mist F39 023 and fog, and the ensuing soil acidity. ^Though early autumn, it was F39 024 sunny and warm throughout our two weeks in East Germany. ^But the smog F39 025 layer obliterated the sun at less than 20 degrees above the horizon in F39 026 all the southern parts of the country. ^There were no blue horizons, F39 027 just depressing shades of grey. ^I asked our guide about it, and what F39 028 was happening to the trees. F39 029 |^*"We have no problems with dying forests,**" she said. ^*"That's F39 030 a West German problem, not ours.**" ^But damage has been reported to F39 031 12% of East German forests and extreme soil acidification has been F39 032 recorded in the south, according to a 1985 Earthscan publication, F39 033 *1Acid Earth. ^*0Breeding acid-resistant species, and the expansion of F39 034 nuclear power figure prominently in this country's steps to cope with F39 035 air pollution. F39 036 |^*4T*2HE FIRST WARNINGS *0about damage caused by air pollution came F39 037 from the Scandinavian countries, downwind from industrial emissions in F39 038 Britain and northern Europe. ^In the early 1960s, there was alarm F39 039 about acidified lakes and disappearing freshwater fishing. ^By 1982, F39 040 Sweden had 18,000 lifeless lakes, twice as many as in 1975. F39 041 |^Forest damage is now widespread in Scandinavia. ^Finland's F39 042 forests, in particular, are expected to be in a near-disaster state by F39 043 the 1990s. ^The increase in destruction is alarming. ^For example, F39 044 spruce forest damage was first observed in West Germany in 1980. ^By F39 045 1982, 7.6% of the forests were affected; by 1983, 34%; by 1984 50.2%. F39 046 ^The devastation of German forests was reportedly 5200 \0sq \0km in F39 047 1984. F39 048 |^Czechoslovakian newspapers warn that an ecological catastrophe F39 049 looms. ^Forest damage estimates range from half a million to one F39 050 million hectares. ^All forests higher than 800 metres above sea level F39 051 are damaged and up to 300,000\0ha are destroyed. F39 052 |^Poland is described as *"the world's most polluted country**". F39 053 ^About 8% (half a million hectares) of forests are damaged. ^Over F39 054 200,000\0ha of trees are thought to F39 055 **[PLATE**] F39 056 have died, while three million hectares are threatened by 1990. F39 057 |^A third of Swiss trees are damaged, with 8% dead or dying. ^Soil F39 058 acidity threatens forests that protect mountain towns and villages and F39 059 as many as 150,000 Swiss may have to leave their homes because of the F39 060 danger of avalanches and mud-slides, according to the *1Telegraph F39 061 *0({0UK}) of September 7, 1985. ^Soil instability is not just a Swiss F39 062 problem *- it is happening in all mountainous areas. ^Capital losses F39 063 in forestry amounting to nearly *+${0US}2 billion are predicted for F39 064 the Netherlands. F39 065 |^Tree diseases are springing up wherever there are high levels of F39 066 pollutants, especially sulphur dioxide. ^The final cause of death may F39 067 be from bark beetles, for instance, or armillaria (a honeydew fungus). F39 068 ^Tree damage appears to have spread fast only because the dying trees F39 069 represent the final stage of stress problems that have been building F39 070 up for years. ^Core samplings of damaged trees show they grew a little F39 071 less each year, but the damage was only obvious when they began to F39 072 die. F39 073 |^The quirky patterns of tree death lead to real difficulties in F39 074 deciding whether various species have particular sensitivities, or F39 075 whether the entire ecosystem is in trouble. ^Even in the Southern F39 076 Hemisphere, trees seem to be ailing *- gum die-back in Australia, pine F39 077 dothistroma in New Zealand. F39 078 |^*"Localised forest catastrophes have occurred periodically since F39 079 time F39 080 **[FIGURE**] F39 081 immemorial. ^In this century, there was fir die-back in central F39 082 Europe,**" says \0Dr Udo Benecke, a scientist with the Forest Research F39 083 Institute in Christchurch. ^A forest ecology specialist, Benecke F39 084 visited central European forests in 1980 and again in late 1984. F39 085 |^He thinks enormous amounts of European timber will flood world F39 086 markets by the 1990s, with lowered prices and competition posing a F39 087 real threat to New Zealand's new generation timber exports. F39 088 |^*"Production projections from the Black Forest area of West F39 089 Germany alone show an estimate**[SIC**] 250% increase over the next F39 090 seven years. ^This will be twice our current output. ^Switzerland's F39 091 output could increase by 250% to the equivalent of New Zealand's F39 092 current cut.**" F39 093 |^In the long term, however, if there is no reduction in Northern F39 094 Hemisphere air pollution, there may indeed be advantages for Southern F39 095 Hemisphere timber producers. ^But timber exporters here appear F39 096 unexcited by the possibility of radical changes in the market. F39 097 |^New Zealand Forest Products marketing manager Ross Glucina: F39 098 *"^We can supply only a very small proportion of world demand. ^Our F39 099 supplies are strictly finite, and we really don't foresee any F39 100 problem.**" F39 101 |^Benecke says conifers and spruce are not the only species under F39 102 threat. ^*"At first, deciduous broadleaved species were expected to be F39 103 relatively immune. ^Now it's realised all trees are susceptible, F39 104 though with varying sensitivities. ^Central Europe's major production F39 105 hardwood species, beech, is now showing rapid damage.**" ^So are F39 106 Hungary's holm oaks, Britain's beeches, oaks and yews. ^But the trees F39 107 are only one symptom of the disease. F39 108 |^*4C*2HANGES IN THE *0chemical environment are changing the F39 109 ecosystem, according to Professor Reimer Herrman of Bayreuth F39 110 University. ^A hydrology specialist, Herrman is in New Zealand under F39 111 the auspices of the West German Research Council. ^His investigations F39 112 into trace organics and the ion balance in West Coast waters are in F39 113 connection with acid water chemistry in Europe. F39 114 |^That sparkling pool in the East German forest only sparkled F39 115 because it was acid, he says. ^Sphagnum flourishes in water at {0pH} F39 116 levels less than 2.8. ^The low {0pH} means there are few organisms and F39 117 the water is clear. F39 118 |^What is acid rain? ^What do {0pH} levels mean? ^Every living F39 119 thing is chemically composed along an alkaline/ acid scale running F39 120 from {0pH}14 (total alkalinity) down to nought (total acidity). ^Most F39 121 of us hover happily around the halfway mark and find we manage very F39 122 well. ^But if our chemical climate is disrupted by the input of acid F39 123 pollutants, we no longer function properly. ^Wherever it falls, acid F39 124 rain does harm to living things by altering the chemical composition F39 125 of their environment. ^Acidification can disrupt nature, from the F39 126 molecule up to whole populations. ^It works by damaging cell F39 127 membranes, altering proteins, depressing enzyme activity and reducing F39 128 reproduction. F39 129 |*4^A*2CIDIFICATION *0has a complex chemistry. ^Acid rain and mist are F39 130 formed on a broad base of sulphur dioxide ({0SO*;2**;}) from smelters, F39 131 thermal power stations, factories and domestic fires, with nitrogen F39 132 oxides ({0NO*;x**;}), most of which come from motor vehicle emissions. F39 133 |^Add to this the myriad of chemicals produced and spread by daily F39 134 human activities *- from pesticides to hair sprays. ^Then calculate F39 135 the unbelievable mixtures concocted by sunshine and moisture in this F39 136 noxious mix... you will marvel there are *1any *0trees left alive. ^Or F39 137 humans, for that matter. F39 138 |^In dry conditions, pollutants may be carried thousands of F39 139 kilometres from the point of emission. ^Oxidation and moisture in the F39 140 air leads to the formation of dilute sulphuric and nitric acids from F39 141 {0SO*;2**;} and {0NO*;x**;}. ^Airborne iron and manganese speed the F39 142 production of sulphuric acid. F39 143 |^All these tax an atmosphere which is increasingly loaded with F39 144 carbon dioxide from fossil fuel combustion, a loading now increasing F39 145 in an exponential curve. ^High levels of {0CO*;2**;} are thought to be F39 146 a major factor in climatic instability, which also stresses plant F39 147 life. ^All plants, and trees in particular, absorb {0CO*;2**;} and F39 148 give off oxygen. ^There is deep scientific concern at the 7.5 million F39 149 hectares (at least) of tropical rain forest which is logged annually. F39 150 |^The leaching of basic soil nutrients such as calcium, magnesium, F39 151 potassium and sodium is a crucial factor in the failure of plant life F39 152 to flourish in acidic soils. F39 153 |^*2EVEN THOSE WHO *0pooh-poohed scare stories about acid rain are F39 154 becoming F39 155 **[PLATE**] F39 156 concerned as the deadly role of toxic metals release is realised. F39 157 ^Rain with {0pH} values of below 4 mobilises metals such as aluminium, F39 158 lead, cadmium, mercury and copper from the soil. ^All are harmful to F39 159 living things. ^Of these metals, aluminium, the most common, may be F39 160 the most sinister. ^It represents about 5% of the Earth's crust. F39 161 ^Every time you dig your garden, you are turning over minute F39 162 quantities of invisible aluminium, some of which is soluble in acid F39 163 conditions. F39 164 |^\0Dr Douglas Godbold, a soil researcher from Gottingen F39 165 University, speaking at the 1985 conference of the International Union F39 166 of Pure and Applied Chemistry, reported that in 1982 the top level of F39 167 aluminium in West German soils was 30\0mg per litre, but two years F39 168 later all levels had risen dramatically. F39 169 |^Reimer Herrman says aluminium is the kiss of death for F39 170 struggling trees. ^It destroys the fine roots of conifers and the F39 171 symbiotic fungi important to nutrition. F39 172 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F39 173 ^Toxic to all plants, toxic to fish at 100 parts per billion, reducing F39 174 bird reproduction rates, aluminium is associated with Alzheimer's F39 175 disease in humans, with formerly rare bone complaints, and chronic F39 176 neuro-physiological disorders. F39 177 |^Overall costs of acidification can only be dimly perceived. F39 178 ^There is almost no aspect of life where it does not cause negative F39 179 effects. ^In human ill-health; in dwindling fisheries; in stock and F39 180 crop losses; corrosion of buildings, machinery, water mains and tanks; F39 181 forestry and tourism losses. F39 182 |^Health indicators in Katowice, Poland's most polluted area, F39 183 include: 35% of children and adolescents with lead poisoning; 15% more F39 184 circulatory diseases, 30% more cancers, and 47% more respiratory F39 185 diseases than the rest of the country. ^Half the country's schools for F39 186 mentally retarded children are in Katowice. F39 187 |^Describing the Netherlands situation, Earthscan reports: F39 188 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F39 189 |^With figures like these, what are the overall European costs of F39 190 acid deposition damage? ^Such estimates would have to be so F39 191 far-reaching that they are all but impossible, according to Erik F39 192 Lykke, director of the {0OECD} Environment Directorate in Paris. F39 193 |^The cost savings from emission controls are somewhat more F39 194 certain, even though estimates vary wildly, he says. F39 195 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F39 196 |^*4A*2BOUT 100 million tonnes of sulphur dioxide are emitted annually F39 197 throughout the world, 93% in the Northern Hemisphere; 7% in the F39 198 Southern Hemisphere. ^Hard to believe, but New Zealand unloads about F39 199 111,000 tonnes annually, with around 82,000 tonnes blowing out to sea, F39 200 according to studies by \0Dr Tom Clarkson of the Meteorological F39 201 Service and Roger Holden of the Health Department. F39 202 |^Clarkson estimates we collect a further 28,000 tonnes of F39 203 Australian sulphur dioxide emissions. ^The total, on an area basis, is F39 204 only a 40th of the amount that lands in the worst affected European F39 205 areas. F39 206 |^*"Acid rain is not a significant problem here,**" Clarkson says. F39 207 ^*"It's never likely to be one unless there's a large and completely F39 208 unpredicted industrialisation or use of high sulphur fuels here or in F39 209 Australia.**" F39 210 |^But we should not be too complacent, in the opinion of the New F39 211 Zealand Clean Air Society. ^*"Although our population is small, it's F39 212 concentrated in cities where air pollution levels are far from F39 213 satisfactory. ^Pollution is, generally speaking, getting worse, not F39 214 better,**" says president Janet Holm. F39 215 |^Yet the comparative purity of our air F39 216 **[DIAGRAM**] F39 217 and water, added to the temperate climate and forests of the South F39 218 Island, makes us an ideal background monitor for European research on F39 219 acid rain. F39 220 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F39 221 says Reimer Herrmann. ^*"There is nowhere in the Northern Hemisphere F39 222 that is not polluted.**" ^As well as his research, which is being done F39 223 with Forest Research Institute help, another West German project on F39 224 the drawing-board is comparing the behaviour of certain tree species F39 225 here with those in Europe. F39 226 *# F40 001 **[183 TEXT F40**] F40 002 |^*4Tuesday's British documentary goes bravely into the battlefield F40 003 that is toy marketing, examining the worldwide struggle between the F40 004 British Sindy and the American Barbie dolls. ^The New Zealand campaign F40 005 is as fiercely fought as anywhere and television is the main weapon. F40 006 |^I*2F YOU *0haven't checked out a toyshop lately you could be in for F40 007 a surprise *- Rosie and Hushabye have gone for a skate. ^Their place F40 008 has been firmly taken by the queen of the dolls, Barbie, who top sells F40 009 not just in New Zealand and in the United States but the world over. F40 010 ^She's made in her thousands and produces millions for her makers. F40 011 |^At first acquaintance she seems to be a rather vacuously F40 012 cheerful blonde person with a highly developed fondness for clothes F40 013 and hairstyling. ^She's apparently going on 18 and has been for 27 F40 014 years since she first hit the market in 1959. ^She's certainly one F40 015 version of the all-American suburban consumerette and doesn't exactly F40 016 present many aspects of alternative life styles, despite her F40 017 undoubtedly numerous *"looks**". ^Okay, she rides horses and has a F40 018 computer but she doesn't somehow represent life in the fullness of its F40 019 challenges. F40 020 |^Is Barbie providing tacky role models for young girls then? F40 021 |^Bob Blake, sales and marketing manager for her makers, Mattel: F40 022 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F40 023 |^This is slightly hard to agree with on inspection of Barbie's F40 024 physique. ^She has undeniably large breasts and the proverbial legs F40 025 that keep going up *- she looks like an adult male fantasy from just F40 026 about any angle. ^Scaled up to life size, her legs would be something F40 027 like 122\0cm long, her waist 68\0cm and her bust 122\0cm (that's F40 028 48\0in if you're still in imperial for such matters). F40 029 |^Poor Barbie. ^She spends so much time on her appearance, but F40 030 where does it get her? F40 031 |^As child development writer and adult education lecturer at F40 032 Victoria University Beverley Morris points out, not very far: *"^The F40 033 real reason Barbie is dressing up in the way she does is to attract a F40 034 male doll who won't be able to perform.**" ^In fact Ken, Barbie's F40 035 romantic interest, wears generously proportioned Y-fronts which are F40 036 part of his body mould and cannot be removed. F40 037 |^Does it matter that dolls have no genitals? F40 038 |^Morris: *"^Yes. ^I think it does matter. ^Children don't get F40 039 sufficient sex education as it is so it must be very mysterious for F40 040 them to be handling dolls that don't have genital organs *- in fact F40 041 it's very misleading. F40 042 |^*"What's more, the whole concept is maintaining the fiction F40 043 about the romance of living *- you've got to be conventionally F40 044 beautiful and physically attractive to catch a partner. F40 045 |^*"It's hard on girls who are still developing and not knowing F40 046 where their bodies are leading them. ^These dolls are much too slim F40 047 and could be yet another F40 048 **[PLATE**] F40 049 factor contributing to young women thinking they have to diet to be F40 050 that shape.**" F40 051 |^The New Zealand Play Centre Federation have available a range of F40 052 sexed dolls and dolls from a variety of ethnic groups. ^Wellington F40 053 equipment officer Sally Alman: *"^We feel it's important to have a F40 054 good range of dolls from many races and of both sexes so children can F40 055 learn about their bodies. ^We obviously encourage talking and F40 056 communication with the children about various themes and these would F40 057 be among them.**" F40 058 |^Morris would like to see extensive research on children's use of F40 059 play time and the impact of television on it. ^*"One of my complaints F40 060 about play, especially for girls, is that it's not physical enough. F40 061 ^They don't get out there making dens, forts and houses or climbing F40 062 trees. ^The Barbie doll is an example of something that keeps them F40 063 inside, continuing what was started at preschool *- girls are neat, F40 064 tidy, quiet, well-behaved little individuals. F40 065 |^*"It's keeping them out of the politics of living as far as I'm F40 066 concerned.**" F40 067 |^*2SO WHY *0do little girls want such companions? ^It seems the F40 068 simple answer is that they like what they see on television and that F40 069 the ads mould their market. ^It seems they do get what they want *- F40 070 they want what they see. F40 071 |^For doll selling the articles of faith are that young girls like F40 072 things pretty, they like putting clothes on whatever it is and they F40 073 enjoy the hair-combing feature as well. ^So who would have thought a F40 074 green unicorn with red hair would fit the bill? ^Sick joke? ^No. F40 075 ^Marketing success? ^Yes. F40 076 |^Welcome in My Little Pony, currently available in 16 variations F40 077 and that's not counting the babies and the sea ponies. ^Over 150,000 F40 078 have been sold in New Zealand in the last two years and sales continue F40 079 to boom. F40 080 |^*"The whole My Little Pony concept has surprised everybody. F40 081 ^When it first came out, the trade didn't really see it as a sure-fire F40 082 winner, but little girls have really taken to it,**" says Jon Thorpe, F40 083 president of the Toy Distributors Association of New Zealand and F40 084 managing director of KennerParker, distributors of the ponies. F40 085 |^*"I'm absolutely sure the television ads have helped F40 086 significantly in making the thing take off. ^There's no doubt the F40 087 jingle in the commercial has created a lot of it.**" ^A few quotes F40 088 from the literature will give the general idea of the concept: F40 089 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F40 090 |^Getting the picture? ^Most outfits come with four shoes *- this F40 091 is a clothes horse *- though Sweet Dreams has four hair rollers F40 092 instead, two for the mane and two for the tail. ^There's a grooming F40 093 parlour and a show parlour and the stationery, bed quilts, crayons, F40 094 lunch boxes and clothing are under negotiation. ^The potential for F40 095 covetousness is enormous! F40 096 |^Barbie is the same. ^Her whole world is up for grabs. ^One F40 097 pamphlet helpfully F40 098 **[PLATE**] F40 099 illustrates 72 other dolls and their outfits in the range, including F40 100 wedding of the year (not all available in New Zealand). F40 101 |^Blake: F40 102 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F40 103 |^This year the Magic Moves Barbie is the most expensive, F40 104 retailing at around *+$45, and there are 18 other friends for keen F40 105 collectors, including several versions of Ken. ^Barbie is also able to F40 106 have a car and a pony and many other accessories, including a F40 107 jazzercize centre and a day-to-night home/ office: at home it's that F40 108 old haircare in the bedroom scene while at work it's a filing cabinet, F40 109 computer, coffee mug and a candid of Ken. F40 110 |^Do such doll *"systems**" encourage consumerism? F40 111 |^Blake: *"^The fact is children are acquisitive, as adults are. F40 112 ^This is not a learnt pattern. ^It's in the nature of man, rather than F40 113 in the nature of the toys.**" F40 114 |^Yes. ^Well. F40 115 |^*2EVEN IF *0the young girls aren't swayed by television, store toy F40 116 buyers for the most part are. ^The frequent answer to *"^What do you F40 117 base stocking decisions on?**" was *"^What's being advertised**". F40 118 ^Stores do consider suitability and price when filling their shelves F40 119 but planned television exposure is an over-riding factor. F40 120 |^Josie Pascoe, senior toy buyer for {0L D} Nathan, one of the F40 121 country's biggest toy retailers: *"^Advertising certainly does play a F40 122 big part and it's playing a bigger role each year. ^A toy like F40 123 transformers would have to be a good example of what's happening. F40 124 ^It's a toy with a lot of play value but not something that would have F40 125 been recognised by kids before television advertising. ^We estimate we F40 126 will sell more of them than any other toy this year *- 20 percent of F40 127 those go to girls. F40 128 |^*"Care Bears are another example. ^They were heavily advertised F40 129 last year. ^They offer no more benefits than any other 13-inch bear F40 130 but, because of television, their sales were tremendous.**" ^Barbie is F40 131 {0L D} Nathan's most sold doll, though the same revenue comes in from F40 132 fewer unit sales of the more expensive Cabbage Patch kids. F40 133 |^Nobody mentioned market research in New Zealand, though some toy F40 134 distributors do try a few lines out on friends and family. ^Mostly it F40 135 seems it's follow the leader to market success. F40 136 |^Within the general phenomenon, trends come and go. ^Strawberry F40 137 Shortcake and her smelly clan peaked in trendiness coming up to F40 138 Christmas 1984, though 1985 went on to be a record. ^The market has F40 139 since softened, as the jargon goes. F40 140 |^And even the invincible can waver; the sales phenomenon of the F40 141 planet has faltered! ^Cabbage Patch kids have peaked in the States, F40 142 despite having their portraits taken by Andy Warhol. F40 143 |^There were teething troubles in New Zealand, though there's F40 144 still room for expansion in the market here. ^Thorpe: *"^Unfortunately F40 145 we were forced by overseas suppliers to take far more boy dolls than F40 146 the market here really wanted. ^They kept insisting we couldn't have F40 147 little girl dolls without little boy dolls but New Zealand girls have F40 148 shown a clear preference.**" F40 149 |^KennerParker are now busy performing mass sex-change operations F40 150 *- under licence, of course. F40 151 |^As in a growing number of other facets of life the New Zealand F40 152 toy market is but a microcosm of the United States. ^A *1Wall Street F40 153 Journal *0report of late last year outlines the situation there: F40 154 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F40 155 |^Transformers, vehicles that become robots, were voted the New F40 156 Zealand toy of the year for 1985 and are expected to be so again in F40 157 1986 (it means they sold the best), and the big three are all well F40 158 represented here. F40 159 |^Mattel, the largest toy manufacturers in the world, plan to have F40 160 15 percent of the New Zealand toy market by the end of this year. F40 161 ^Barbie at *+$7 million sales will account for half of that. ^Not bad F40 162 going since they established themselves here only last September. F40 163 ^Their products were previously peddled by other people under licence. F40 164 |^With a staff of three *- a receptionist, an accountant and Blake F40 165 himself *- *"the toys do all the work**", he says. F40 166 |^Mattel also claim to have bought *+$1 million of \0TV F40 167 advertising for toys alone this year (that doesn't include games) and F40 168 have jostled up the ballpark considerably. ^By tradition they start F40 169 their advertising campaign for the year on January 1, sweeping away F40 170 from the previous New Zealand rush up to Christmas. ^The other toy F40 171 companies have joined the fray. F40 172 |^But there is a certain amount of healthy cynicism within all F40 173 this. ^Says Sindy's (Barbie's English counterpart) distributor, F40 174 Fortuna Toys' managing director Nathan Chanesman: *"^I guess you could F40 175 sell a lump of four-by-two if you advertised it enough. ^If you F40 176 marketed it properly, every kid on the block would want one. F40 177 |^*"Look what happened with pet rocks. ^That was a great marketing F40 178 success. ^But I do think the New Zealand market is a bit more refined, F40 179 not quite so gullible. ^You couldn't pull some of the silly things F40 180 that have happened overseas here.**" F40 181 |^He hastens to add that the New Zealand toy market is far from a F40 182 dumping ground and says most distributors are extremely caring about F40 183 their product. F40 184 **[PLATE**] F40 185 *<*6WINNING WINES*> F40 186 |^*1Great wines only come with time and patience and endless effort. F40 187 ^New Zealand wines are now winning plaudits all over the world for F40 188 their individuality and quality. F40 189 * F40 190 |^*4I*0t has been known for 120 years that New Zealand had winegrowing F40 191 potential, but delayed by a small population keener on fortified wine F40 192 and a very close dalliance with prohibition. F40 193 |^Progress was not helped by the arrival of the disease of F40 194 phylloxera which almost wiped out the world's vineyards at the end of F40 195 the last century. ^So it is only in the last 10 years that the world F40 196 has got over its incredulity that the little country at the end of the F40 197 world is producing world class wine. F40 198 |^While the big companies of Montana, Cooks, McWilliams and F40 199 Corbans produce most of the export wines, New Zealand has its share of F40 200 necessary boutique wineries. ^In this review, and travelling south, I F40 201 have taken one winery from each of the main areas with the potential F40 202 to produce great wine. ^In many cases this is already being done. F40 203 |^Just north of Auckland is the area of Henderson Valley, Kumeu F40 204 and Waimauku. ^At the latter is the 16.2\0ha F40 205 **[PLATE**] F40 206 winery of Matua Valley Estate, owned by Ross and Bill Spence. ^I first F40 207 knew them when they were in a tiny shed in 1974, but they are now in a F40 208 very impressive modern winery and their wines are equally impressive. F40 209 |^The reason why grapes are grown here is that it is close to the F40 210 city where nearly half of New Zealand live. F40 211 *# F41 001 **[184 TEXT F41**] F41 002 |^*0In recent years there has been a marked increase in the amount F41 003 of violent crime committed in urban centres, especially involving rape F41 004 and sexual assault. ^A significant proportion of this crime is F41 005 committed within urban parks and a high proportion of sexual offences F41 006 also occur there. ^As a result, urban parks have become increasingly F41 007 dangerous to women and unaccompanied children. F41 008 *<*4Statistical evidence*> F41 009 |^*0Rape site statistics are not readily available for New Zealand F41 010 but those that I did find generally supported figures obtained by F41 011 researchers in the {0US}, Britain and Australia. ^Figures taken from F41 012 the 1983 Justice Department rape study show that of 54 alleged rapes, F41 013 14 occurred in a public place. ^This corresponds with overseas figures F41 014 that show approximately a third of all rapes are committed in urban F41 015 public spaces. F41 016 |^A wide variety of possible locations within the general term of F41 017 urban public spaces are obviously possible. ^Once again precise F41 018 figures are difficult to obtain. ^The most comprehensive list comes F41 019 from \0Dr Francis Stoks' doctorial dissertation to the University of F41 020 Washington (1982) compilation of available figures, bearing in mind F41 021 that many researchers' statistics were not detailed enough to be F41 022 included. ^Stoks included both attempted and completed rape figures F41 023 and shows that 6.4% occurred in parks, 7.4% in wooded areas, 2.5% in F41 024 public recreation areas, 3.4% in school grounds and 1.5% within vacant F41 025 lots. ^The complete table of figures are in Table Two. F41 026 |^Figures obtained from police statistics of sexual offences F41 027 reported in Christchurch between 31 May 1984 and 3 January 1985, F41 028 provide a graphic example of how unsafe urban parks and open spaces F41 029 really are. ^In a period of just over six months, eight urban parks, F41 030 two city beaches, two motorcamps and five school ground areas were the F41 031 scene of 14 indecent/ obscene exposure reports and 17 indecent acts/ F41 032 assaults reports. ^Table Three details where the offences occurred. F41 033 ^All the victims were female and ages ranged from 4 years to 37 years. F41 034 |^During March 1985 national reported crime figures for the F41 035 previous year were published showing a rise in *1reported *0sexual F41 036 offences from 2987 in 1983 to 3277 in 1984, *1reported *0rapes rose F41 037 from 321 in 1983 to 375 in 1984. ^It would be reasonable to assume F41 038 that the proportioned number of those offences which occurred in parks F41 039 also rose. ^It came as no surprise when the Christchurch police issued F41 040 a warning in March 1985 as to the danger of assault to women walking F41 041 or jogging in Hagley Park even during daylight hours. ^The resulting F41 042 concern and anger expressed was also to be expected. F41 043 |^Christchurch is not alone in having urban parks that are already F41 044 or rapidly becoming unusable, to a portion of the community. ^The F41 045 increase in crime is nationwide and the associated fear of urban parks F41 046 continues to make a mockery of traditional park values. F41 047 *<*4Theories of park safety*> F41 048 |^*0Various researchers have approached the problem of urban park F41 049 crime and differing remedies have been suggested. ^Newman (1972) saw F41 050 the problem as one of lack of natural surveillance from bordering F41 051 streets and adjacent residents. F41 052 |^His suggestion was to design urban parks with narrow dimensions, F41 053 oblong shapes which allowed residents to see from one side to another. F41 054 ^He noted the problem with interior areas of large parks but offered F41 055 no solutions. ^If Newman's suggestions were to be implemented then F41 056 urban parks would be rather uninteresting spaces, something that park F41 057 planners strive to avoid. ^Vegetation would be minimal and any F41 058 variation in ground height, such as mounding would be unacceptable. F41 059 ^More importantly, Newman's suggestions do not necessarily ensure safe F41 060 park use. F41 061 |^Stoks' (1982) study of rape sites in urban public space in F41 062 Seattle found that in 47.7% of the studied cases, the nearest likely F41 063 **[PLATE**] F41 064 overhearer was within less than 23 metres and in 53.8% of the cases so F41 065 was the nearest likely observer. ^In other words, a park that is F41 066 highly visible is not necessarily safe from rape. F41 067 |^A similar approach to Newman's, but one that offers a more F41 068 comprehensive rationale, is that of Jacobs (1962) in which the theme F41 069 is still visibility, but as a natural consequence ensuring a greater F41 070 number of people over a wider time span are using parks. ^She saw F41 071 successful and safe parks as those which were surrounded by a F41 072 diversified neighbourhood. ^Neighbourhoods made up of cultural F41 073 centres, meeting places, restaurants, homes, commercial buildings F41 074 \0etc. F41 075 |^In this way parks were continually being used by pedestrians all F41 076 on differing time schedules, going to work, coming home, going out to F41 077 dinner, going to meetings \0etc. ^More eyes in the park over a greater F41 078 time span. F41 079 |^Jacobs also believed that by reducing the number of similar F41 080 parks in neighbourhoods people would have to fill up the fewer parks F41 081 that were left, once again supposedly scaring away the potential F41 082 offender for fear of being seen. ^As a method of improving park safety F41 083 Jacobs' ideas would be difficult to implement, they may be the F41 084 accidental result of urban redevelopment, but as a primary safety move F41 085 they would be uneconomical. F41 086 |^Filling the parks may have the effect of reducing some crime as F41 087 it may reduce the number of opportunities for a criminal to remain F41 088 unseen. ^But this cannot be taken for granted as Stoks (1982) reveals F41 089 46.9% of the urban public space rape cases he studied occurred where F41 090 it was estimated that some five to fifty people were in the vicinity F41 091 of 90 metres. F41 092 |^A New Zealand publication *1Planning for Urban Parks and F41 093 Reserves *0produced by the Town and Country Planning Division of the F41 094 Ministry of Works and Development, echoes Jacobs' diversification F41 095 ideas in park planning. ^The siting of a variety of activities within F41 096 and around the edge of the *"multi-use open space**" including social F41 097 and cultural facilities, coffee shops, restaurants, schools, sports F41 098 and games facilities and public transport, is favoured. F41 099 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F41 100 ^Although the planning objective of engendering community F41 101 responsibility for its surroundings and therefore the safety of its F41 102 surroundings is idealistically sound, it does not mean that F41 103 elimination of violent crime problems with the space follows. F41 104 |^As shown in Table three, a wide variety of parks are susceptible F41 105 to crime, the district in which they are situated, the number of F41 106 houses which surround them and the number of people who populate F41 107 them.**[SIC**] ^These facts seem to have a minimal effect on whether F41 108 they will be the scene of violent crime. F41 109 **[TABLES**] F41 110 *<*4Present safety measures in urban parks*> F41 111 |^*0The stance taken by local authority parks and recreation F41 112 departments regarding park safety from violent crime is rather F41 113 haphazard. ^If a problem area in an existing park is identified by the F41 114 police, it is generally at their request that alterations are made. F41 115 ^Otherwise, commonsense is expected to prevail when routine F41 116 maintenance is being carried out. ^If a pathway area is dark, then F41 117 lighting is installed, if an area is becoming overgrown then it is cut F41 118 and forced back. F41 119 |^Generally more care is taken with children's play areas, F41 120 equipment being located in high visibility areas with an absence of F41 121 walls or other barriers. ^Sometimes as a result of over reaction to F41 122 the child molestation problem, play areas are barren. ^In the attempt F41 123 to create an area of high visibility the parks department creates a F41 124 desert that inevitably sends children looking for more interesting F41 125 play sites. F41 126 |^With the creation of new parks a little more care is taken at F41 127 the design stage. ^The awareness that crime does occur in parks plays F41 128 a greater role today in direct comparison to many of the early parks. F41 129 ^But often this awareness extends only to siting of play equipment and F41 130 toilets and the construction of vandal proof seating and rubbish F41 131 containers. ^Aesthetics, common sense and the landscape architect's F41 132 imagination decide the rest. F41 133 |^Police patrolling of high risk areas, including parks, has F41 134 always been a function taken for granted by the public. ^The ability F41 135 of the police to be in the right place at the right time has come F41 136 under increasing pressure. ^The rapid increase in crime, and the staff F41 137 shortages over the last few years, have meant that police resources F41 138 have been stretched to the limit. ^Instead of being able to provide F41 139 desirable preventative policing they are fighting a rear guard action, F41 140 which results in more victims than discouraged potential offenders. F41 141 ^Patrolling on foot through urban parks must be a low priority when F41 142 the quick response to a call demands the use of vehicles. ^A police F41 143 warning to women to jog in groups is a clear indication that the F41 144 police no longer have the resources to ensure safety within parks and F41 145 that the responsibility for protection as far as they are concerned, F41 146 lies greatly with the park users themselves. F41 147 |^The success of present park safety measures must be weighed F41 148 against the success of the park to fulfill its function. ^A children's F41 149 play area may be seen as being safe, but hardly successful if children F41 150 do not use it. ^The inner city park may be a delightful contrast to F41 151 the cityscape and an asset to the city aesthetically, but it is a F41 152 dismal failure if people are in fear of assault if they enter it. F41 153 |^As the police are fighting a rear-guard action so are the parks F41 154 departments. ^Putting in lighting and removing foliage after the rape F41 155 has been committed, provides little consolation for the victim and F41 156 little encouragement for the public to increase their use of the area. F41 157 ^The responsibility for park safety should not be with the park user F41 158 and, as discussed, is not with the police. ^It remains for the local F41 159 authority parks departments to have a closer look at their F41 160 responsibility to provide safe, accessible areas for the public. F41 161 *<*4An alternative approach to urban park safety*> F41 162 |^*0Urban park crime prevention theories and measures discussed in F41 163 previous chapters all focus on the park as one whole location. ^Jacobs F41 164 (1962) explores the neighbourhood surrounding the park as an indicator F41 165 of what will happen within the area. ^The lack of visibility into the F41 166 park from the outside is the theme of Newman's (1972) discussion. F41 167 |^Both studies view crime in parks macrospatially and the safety F41 168 measures undertaken by parks departments also tend to reflect this F41 169 view. ^An example is the removal of most of the vegetation in the F41 170 vicinity of children's play equipment. F41 171 |^The rationale has been, if the offender fears he may be seen F41 172 then he will move on to somewhere else. ^But as pointed out the fear F41 173 of being seen does not necessarily reduce the likelihood of rape. ^An F41 174 alternative approach is to look at what makes a particular site F41 175 attractive to the offender, retaining *"fear of being seen**" as a F41 176 variable, but not as an over**[ARB**]-riding factor. ^In this way the F41 177 microspatial characteristics which make a location a likely rape site, F41 178 can be identified and applied to park spaces in order to reduce such F41 179 potential rape sites. F41 180 |^Stoks' (1982) dissertation *1A Methodology for Assessing Urban F41 181 Public Places for Danger of Violent Crime *- especially rape, F41 182 *0catalogues the survey results of 65 urban public place rape sites. F41 183 ^The precise location of each of the 65 sites was re-established and F41 184 the physical and environmental variables identifying the site were F41 185 recorded. F41 186 |^The variables included weather conditions, characteristics of F41 187 vegetation types, heights and visual transparency of barriers, type F41 188 and quality of lighting, ambient noise levels, distance to nearest F41 189 aural or visual witness, estimate of potential witnesses in the F41 190 vicinity, size of rape site area, social surveillance characteristics F41 191 and others. F41 192 |^From this research a model of the *"urban public place site of F41 193 completed rape**" was developed. ^The bulk of Stoks' work concentrates F41 194 on how the model was developed and it is sufficient to say that when F41 195 the model was applied to five test areas where urban public place F41 196 rapes had occurred, its predictive accuracy was four exact locations F41 197 out of five. ^The testing of the model was arranged and validated by F41 198 the Seattle Police Department, 28 June 1982. F41 199 |^I have concerned myself with the results of Stoks' model F41 200 analysis rather than the method used to construct the model. F41 201 |^The offender's use of location predictors was found in 93% of F41 202 the 57 applicable cases. ^Location predictors are locations where the F41 203 offender can reasonably assume a potential victim to be found, this F41 204 includes bus stops, footpaths, stairways \0etc. ^The offender's F41 205 knowledge of these locations allows him to predict when the victim F41 206 will be passing a particular site, where their escape routes may be F41 207 and from what direction other pedestrians may come. F41 208 *# F42 001 **[185 TEXT F42**] F42 002 |^*4This year has seen the emergence of these largely unremarkable F42 003 people. ^Who are they, how did they get this way, who's encouraging F42 004 them... and why? F42 005 |^*2IT IS OPENING NIGHT *0and the lobby of the Mercury Theatre is F42 006 teeming with elegantly dressed people all chattering loudly. ^The play F42 007 they are about to see is *1The Winslow Boy *0which is Edwardian in F42 008 style and many of the first-nighters have taken the era to heart when F42 009 considering their wardrobe for the event. F42 010 |^It should be said that not many of these people have actually F42 011 paid for their seats. ^It is a performance aimed mainly at critics, F42 012 theatre directors and friends of the company. ^And only a handful of F42 013 tickets have been sold in advance to the public. ^The practice is F42 014 called *"papering the house**" and is designed to reassure doubters F42 015 that there really is a live audience for theatre and that it can F42 016 laugh, albeit nervously (*"^Is it a comedy, \2dahling?**"). ^The F42 017 practice involves sending out dozens of tickets to regulars who can be F42 018 relied on to turn up as *1claqueurs. F42 019 |^*0These first-nighters are hugely important to the success of F42 020 the play *- their reaction and opinion will spread like wildfire F42 021 through the tight social circles they frequent, for they are generally F42 022 people of distinction: movers and shakers, the colourful, the F42 023 personalities, the sophisticats**[SIC**], the connoisseurs. ^The F42 024 Dilettantes of Auckland. ^Some of them are even celebrities. F42 025 **[PLATE**] F42 026 |^*4T*0he Mercury theatre employs two people to make sure that opening F42 027 nights are a success and to ensure a constant high public profile for F42 028 the theatre. ^Publicists Maryanne Gardiner and Richard F42 029 Pamatatau-Davies have drawn up a guest list of people they consider to F42 030 be necessary for the opening. ^Unfortunately nothing short of F42 031 Mercurygate would allow that list to be published here. ^The two F42 032 publicists are themselves strangely shy of publicity in case they are F42 033 seen to be *"exploiting**" their guests. F42 034 |^The list has, by necessity, a heavy media slant, but also F42 035 includes the crew from the ultra-modish hairdressing salon Chagall, F42 036 politicians Tizard and Shadbolt, dress designer Colin Cole, Auckland F42 037 Girls' Grammar headmistress Charmaine Pountney, boulevardier Hamish F42 038 Keith and fellow-publicist Liz Greenslade among many others whose F42 039 scribbled names I couldn't quite read while the list was waved in F42 040 front of my nose. F42 041 |^*"We want a lobby filled with people who make a lot of noise and F42 042 look wonderful. ^We have another category of people who look even more F42 043 extreme and who benefit the social image of the Mercury,**" says F42 044 Maryanne, who's no slouch herself when it comes to bizarre and F42 045 outlandish couture. F42 046 |^The Mercury's trick is to give their \5celebutantes a thoroughly F42 047 good time, instil in them a little fervour for the show and send them F42 048 out to spread the message. F42 049 |^The practice of first-nighting reached its public apogee earlier F42 050 this year at the opening of Mercury opera's *1La Traviata *0when F42 051 *+$6000 worth of Moet and *+$4000 worth of catering from Food Glorious F42 052 Food arranged by the sponsor's wife, Stephanie Myers, went down and F42 053 was much-recorded by the *1Star *0and the *1Herald. F42 054 |^*0Such an event increases the Mercury's social credibility, F42 055 which, says Maryanne, while it may not go along with the theatre F42 056 company's political consciousness, certainly helps pay their wages. F42 057 ^*"They think sometimes that I'm a social whore,**" she says. ^*"And F42 058 sure, I could be called a high-class whore, but I believe in the F42 059 theatre. ^You need guts to go up to some big-noter businessmen and ask F42 060 for *+$20,000 or even *+$60,000 for the theatre. ^There's plenty in it F42 061 for them.**" F42 062 |^One of the dividends in putting up big money for a theatre F42 063 production is the chance to appear in the inky grey Occasions page of F42 064 the Thursday *1New Zealand Herald. ^*0Unlike the people pages of some F42 065 magazines, this page is not for sale. F42 066 |^It was, I would however, suggest, the not-so-paltry total F42 067 sponsorship sum of *+$30,000 that landed liquor baron Douglas Myers F42 068 and since-estranged wife Stephanie (as the *1Auckland Star *0so F42 069 eloquently refers to her) on the Occasions page when *1La Traviata F42 070 *0opened. F42 071 |^*4L*0et us leave the Mercury and its gilded lobbies full of glossy F42 072 people for a moment and consider briefly the notion of celebrity. F42 073 ^We'll return in time to Maryanne Gardiner and Richard F42 074 Pamatatau-Davies, for both have attained a certain amount of fame in F42 075 their own right. F42 076 |^Although I suppose that one could be mistaken for thinking so F42 077 far that this is no more than an extended *"readers' guide to The F42 078 Ferret**", and that on one level it may seem to be no more than that, F42 079 there is a reasonably serious reason for this story. F42 080 |^This year has seen the rise of so-called *"celebrities**" to F42 081 what those who promote them imagine is popular acceptance. ^Since last F42 082 summer when pop stars Simon Le Bon and Allanah Currie dominated the F42 083 normally staid thinking at the *1Auckland Star, *0there has been an F42 084 unswerving disposition in the country's leading evening newspaper to F42 085 cover the activities of a small group of *"media stars**" *- fashion F42 086 designers, models, beauty queens, hairdressers and nightclub owners. F42 087 ^The *1Star *0and the *1Tonight *0show have woken up to what former F42 088 *1Woman's Weekly *0editor Jean Wishart knew all along *- the idea that F42 089 people crave fame, and have innocently, or perhaps knowingly, elevated F42 090 many undeserving and hitherto unknown people to that position. F42 091 |^Lately, it seems, people want to become known for their work; F42 092 whether they are dancers, singers, hairdressers or stockbrokers *- and F42 093 now, hairbrokers or stockdressers. F42 094 |^I kid you not *- there is a wee chap in Shortland Street who F42 095 calls himself a *"hairbroker**". F42 096 |^Trevor Potter, a man with a Yasser Arafat beard and a Rasputin F42 097 haircut, has teamed up with Dennis Blair and has opened a hair salon/ F42 098 art gallery. ^The general idea, it seems, is to be in an F42 099 *"art**[ARB**]-space**" and look at pictures while having your hair F42 100 *"brokered**". F42 101 |^Hmm... very strange. F42 102 |^And very pretentious. F42 103 |^There is also this idea of seeking fame for its own sake. ^As F42 104 *1Rolling Stone, *0once a music magazine and now a vehicle for F42 105 Hollywood publicists, has explained, F42 106 **[LONG QUOTATION**] F42 107 |^Some of these people *- famous for being famous *- will shortly F42 108 come under my inquisitorial eye. ^But allow me first to use a foreign F42 109 example to explain the notion of pure celebrity. F42 110 |^Singer and actress Cher is unique. ^She has remained a F42 111 world-class celebrity for 20 years since her hit song *1I Got You Babe F42 112 *0and the *1Sonny and Cher Comedy Hour. ^*0Cher has achieved lasting F42 113 celebrity without the advantage of any commensurate talent. ^She was F42 114 never a classic beauty or a great singer or actress. ^She was simply F42 115 famous. ^She was quoted in *1Vanity Fair *0earlier this year as being F42 116 puzzled by her enduring popularity. ^*"I think people like me, but I'm F42 117 not exactly sure why. ^I think there are just people that you like.**" F42 118 |^Fame for fame's sake is not necessarily a dangerous thing. F42 119 ^There are many who deserve fame, not because of any particular F42 120 achievements but because of the strength of their personality, their F42 121 energy, their drive and, moreover, their humanity. ^Sir Edmund Hillary F42 122 who recently had his life squeezed into 60 minutes of *1This Is Your F42 123 Life *0is such a person. F42 124 |^Sir Edmund had to be tricked into appearing on the show, unlike F42 125 a growing number of others in this town who actively seek publicity, F42 126 and who thrive on it. ^It has become central to their lives. ^Indeed F42 127 their very livelihood has become dependent upon their fame. F42 128 |^*4T*0ake David Hartnell (\2pleeze, someone). ^This man, with his F42 129 carefully and cleverly crafted photographs of cardboard cutout F42 130 Hollywood stars, has set himself up as the arbiter of taste when it F42 131 comes to what people wear. F42 132 |^How on earth did he ever get to be in that position? ^He has F42 133 mined his limited celebrity for all it was once worth and swept it F42 134 along before him, giving it the odd resuscitative action every now and F42 135 then for more years than most people care to remember. F42 136 |^Driving a black Honda Silly with black tinted windows says as F42 137 much about Hartnell as anything else. ^Black windows allude more to a F42 138 wish to be seen than to any desire for privacy. F42 139 |^Hartnell isn't the only example. ^But why should anyone seek F42 140 fame of that sort? ^Possibly it's all wrapped up with the idea of the F42 141 Me Generation, as Tom Wolfe coined it. ^There are few challenges left F42 142 in this urban world; achievement has now become a measure of F42 143 self-worth and gain. ^Have fame and you shall triumph. ^*"The famous F42 144 keep alive the romance of individualism,**" wrote American John Lahr. F42 145 ^*"For fame is democracy's vindicative triumph over equality: the name F42 146 illuminated, the name rewarded, the name tyrannical.**" F42 147 |^Well, I haven't seen a lot of tyranny around lately, but the man F42 148 has a point. ^With video technology, fashion magazines eager to find F42 149 stars, and the *1Auckland Star *0visibly aching each night to make F42 150 friends, it's much easier, or so it seems, to achieve fame these days, F42 151 however short-lived. ^And fame, however spurious, after all is F42 152 preferable to the dull lives of the masses which the *1Star *0in more F42 153 serious days used to regularly concern itself with. ^Remember Arthur F42 154 Allan Thomas? F42 155 **[PLATE**] F42 156 |^*4E*0verybody has been talking about achievers and yuppies lately, F42 157 and quite frankly it has become boring. ^In case you didn't know, and F42 158 I don't wish to preach, achievers are those who play tennis, invest on F42 159 the stock exchange, drink wine coolers before dinner and have a wallet F42 160 full of credit cards, mostly gold in colour. F42 161 |^Here is a typical achiever pair: Steve is blunt, athletic and F42 162 hearty. ^Anne-Marie drinks cool white wine and talks quietly yet F42 163 authoritatively about her theory of interior design *- the effort she F42 164 makes to balance formality with a personal touch. ^Steve drives a F42 165 {0BMW} 325, Anne-Marie a Fiat Uno 70S. ^They live in Herne Bay. F42 166 |^I'm afraid to report, Steve and Anne-Marie, that there is a hint F42 167 of a backlash against you two. ^People on the *"leading edge**" are F42 168 starting to say, *"^Enough of all this yuppies and achievement and F42 169 short hair and pin-stripe suits stuff. ^I want to do something F42 170 outrageous because I feel so stifled by this conservative climate.**" F42 171 |^Hollywood, that keen observer of social trends, hasn't missed F42 172 this point either and has already produced one film, due here next F42 173 year, titled *1Something Wild *0that concerns a banker type character F42 174 and a bohemian rebel. ^The tide has turned, finally, thankfully. F42 175 |^*4O*0kay, so we've established that everyone is interested in fame. F42 176 ^Or nearly everyone. ^Surveys prove it. ^And if they can't be famous F42 177 themselves, they want, at least, to be *"achievers and emulators**". F42 178 ^Emulators want the achiever life but they haven't quite cracked the F42 179 code. F42 180 |^So how do you achieve this fame? F42 181 |^First of all, get out of the sharemarket and the lawyer's office F42 182 and become a model or a hairdresser, because they're the occupations F42 183 that those who make the big fame decisions are most interested in *- F42 184 the arbiters of fashion and style at the *1Auckland Star, ChaCha, F42 185 Woman's Weekly, Fashion Quarterly, More *0and the *1Tonight *0show. F42 186 |^The *1Sunday News *0used to be the main proponent of the idea of F42 187 celebrity in New Zealand. ^It was in that tabloid beloved of life's F42 188 losers that we first read about Graeme Thorne's perm and much other F42 189 such trivia. ^It was as if successive editors had a list of so-called F42 190 personalities from which they never really deviated. ^It is probably F42 191 still pasted up in the news**[ARB**]-room, slowly yellowing under the F42 192 harsh fluorescent lights. ^My guess is that it includes the old names F42 193 Ray, Bob, Max, Marilyn, the other Ray and Howard. ^You should know the F42 194 surnames. ^They've been around for years. F42 195 |^New lists are being used now by the glossies and inkies, making F42 196 the *1Sunday News's *0look very passe. ^Now some business people have F42 197 managed to pick up the *"famous**" tag and appear on the covers of the F42 198 new investment magazines. ^But business people are, in reality, F42 199 terribly boring people. ^What have Ron Brierley, Michael Fay or F42 200 Douglas Myers got that should make them so interesting? F42 201 *# F43 001 **[186 TEXT F43**] F43 002 |^*0In forty-eight days away, the orchestra had performed a total F43 003 of twenty-three concerts *- a major milestone in the history of the F43 004 {0NYO} and its parent body. ^Many of the players have since gone on to F43 005 musical careers as solo artists, several are in overseas orchestras, F43 006 and six are currently {0NZSO} members: Glenda Craven, Dean Major, F43 007 Philip Jane (violins), Peter Barber, Michael Cuncannon (violas) and F43 008 Ken Young (tuba), who summed up the experience: *"it was a marvellous F43 009 trip, probably the best months of my life**". F43 010 |^The tour was without doubt the musical event of the year. ^But F43 011 1975 was important also for a two-month return visit by the popular F43 012 Israeli conductor Uri Segal, and the recording of Mahler's *1Fourth F43 013 Symphony *0by {0EMI}, released in 1976. ^The first visits by two other F43 014 conductors destined to play a significant part in the orchestra's F43 015 changed circumstances also took place. F43 016 |^A Russian conductor had pulled out unexpectedly. ^By some quick F43 017 negotiations over Christmas, disaster was averted, and he was replaced F43 018 by the brilliant young Japanese conductor Michi Inoue, who had been F43 019 *"showing up strongly**" in the circuits for the past eighteen months. F43 020 ^If anyone had a preconceived idea of a Japanese conductor, it would F43 021 not have been Michi. ^Tall and lithe, with fluid movements attesting F43 022 the ballet career he had once considered, his ample talent was readily F43 023 discernible. ^Orchestral playing reached a peak under his direction in F43 024 the Haydn *1Symphony \0No. 96 *0and *1Schelomo *0by Ernest Bloch, with F43 025 Wilfred Simenauer as cello soloist. ^He was a conductor to be watched F43 026 with interest, it was thought. F43 027 |^The other conductor was a complete contrast. ^English, affable F43 028 Ron Goodwin, known for his compositions, arrangements, film music and F43 029 many light-music recordings, was another immediate success. ^It was F43 030 the first time a series of such light programmes had been toured F43 031 midyear *- in April *- and the first of this type of presentation: a F43 032 *"Ron Goodwin Show**". ^His rapport was immediate with both audience F43 033 and orchestra, who appreciated his musicianship. ^He was another one F43 034 to watch out for, certain of an invitation back. F43 035 |^In return for the National Youth Orchestra's tour of China, an F43 036 exchange visit was made in November by the Shanghai Philharmonic. ^It F43 037 would not be true to say that the public's imagination was entirely F43 038 captured by the visitors' performances in Hamilton, Auckland, F43 039 Christchurch and Wellington. ^Formed in 1954, the orchestra was one of F43 040 China's major performing groups and included vocal and instrumental F43 041 soloists, a play-and-sing team, and composing groups. ^At home its F43 042 performances are given not only in theatres but often in factories, F43 043 mines, the countryside, and units of the People's Liberation Army *- F43 044 *"to experience the life of the workers, peasants, soldiers and F43 045 perform for them**". F43 046 |^The programme, rather long by our standards, included the F43 047 revolutionary symphony *1Taking Tiger Mountain by Storm, *0eight F43 048 selections of arias, and a piano concerto in four movements, *1The F43 049 Yellow River. F43 050 |^*0The orchestra had brought with them a large selection of F43 051 traditional Chinese instruments, and, as a gesture to their host F43 052 country, Douglas Lilburn's *1Festival Overture *0was played. F43 053 ^Compositions were never by individuals but by collectives: the Song F43 054 and Dance Ensemble of Chekiang Province, the Shanghai Philharmonic F43 055 Society, and so on *- implementing a policy of *"making the past serve F43 056 the present and foreign things serve China**". F43 057 |^Soloists that year included two highly individual pianists: F43 058 Andre*?2 Tchaikowsky and Roger Woodward. ^The latter gave an unusual F43 059 recital of twentieth-century music, and although only 250 attended it F43 060 was judged an event of outstanding interest. ^The most unusual props F43 061 were called for in the opening work, Alison Bauld's *1Concert: F43 062 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F43 063 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F43 064 **[END INDENTATION**] F43 065 |^*0The *1Adam Report *0had recommended that the orchestra remain part F43 066 of the Broadcasting Council, administered by Radio New Zealand. ^Pat F43 067 Downey, chairman of Radio New Zealand, believing in the *"very F43 068 intimate relationship with Broadcasting and particularly radio,**" had F43 069 fought for the orchestra to come under his organisation. ^On 11 April F43 070 1975 council powers were delegated accordingly: F43 071 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F43 072 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F43 073 **[END INDENTATION**] F43 074 |^Everything *- lock, stock and barrel *- became the F43 075 responsibility of Radio New Zealand. F43 076 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F43 077 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F43 078 **[END INDENTATION**] F43 079 |^The relationship between the orchestra and radio had always been F43 080 close. ^Now, all orchestral functions were controlled by Radio New F43 081 Zealand. ^Financial matters handled for the past twenty-nine years by F43 082 head office accounts passed to {0RNZ}'s Finance Department *- F43 083 inundating it with a whole new set of problems, including orchestral F43 084 travel claims and pay for 100 extra members. F43 085 |^By midyear major changes had taken place in Concert Section. F43 086 ^The value of publicity was recognised in the creation of a new F43 087 position *- publicity director *- filled by former radio announcer F43 088 Keith Hambleton. ^Personnel functions for the orchestra would for the F43 089 first time be handled within the section by Joy Tonks from the F43 090 Broadcasting Council's Personnel Division, who also had the F43 091 responsibility of organising the as-yet-unformed {0NZSO} Supporters F43 092 Club. F43 093 **[PLATE**] F43 094 |^A third more important position was yet to be filled *- that of F43 095 professional manager *- as stipulated in the *1Adam Report. ^*0Filling F43 096 such a position was not quite as easy as it sounded. ^Discussions F43 097 began in May 1975, when the board asked for a suitable specification F43 098 to be drawn, later approving the advertisement for either an artistic F43 099 director or a general manager. ^But internally there was argument. F43 100 ^What would such a highly paid executive do? ^There was already a F43 101 concert manager, and in the present climate of staff reductions and F43 102 economic difficulties...? ^Finally, and in spite of several arguments F43 103 against the proposed contract position, advertisements were placed F43 104 internationally in December with a deadline of March 1976. F43 105 *<*612*> F43 106 * F43 107 |^*"H*2ERE *0we go again,**" thought broadcasters when, with a F43 108 pre-election promise to *"put Broadcasting back together again**", the F43 109 National Government was, in 1975, returned to office. ^Barely had F43 110 finishing touches been put to the three new broadcasting corporations, F43 111 when it was announced that they would soon all revert to a single F43 112 organisation, under one chairman, and one board. ^And where would the F43 113 orchestra fit in this time? F43 114 |^Unsettling and counterproductive as such constant political F43 115 changes might be, the show must go on. ^And, artistically, 1976 was a F43 116 special year for the orchestra. ^It began in an unusual way, not with F43 117 Proms but with six *"Goodwin Pops**", reaffirming the popularity of F43 118 this most relaxed musical host. ^After these came the Proms proper *- F43 119 twelve concerts *- a mixture of lighter classics, ballet and F43 120 Broadway-show music, with another favoured conductor, Andre F43 121 Kostelanetz, and violinist Alfredo Campoli. F43 122 |^In March there was the first of many visits by distinguished F43 123 British conductor Sir Charles Groves, who gave two memorable F43 124 performances of *1Belshazzar's Feast *0and the first New Zealand F43 125 performance of Benjamin Britten's *1A Spring Symphony. ^*0Later in the F43 126 year came other conductors: Bruce Hangen from Denver and the popular F43 127 Walter Susskind, who also premiered a work new to this country, the F43 128 *1Fourteenth Symphony *0of Shostakovich. ^Franz-Paul Decker, whose F43 129 youth-orientated concerts *"Baroque to Rock**" did not quite gain F43 130 local acceptance, was more noteworthy for performances of the Mahler F43 131 *1Symphony \0No. 2 *0(*"Resurrection**") and Bruckner's *1Symphony F43 132 \0No. 9, *0a New Zealand first. ^Yet another first-time visitor, Erich F43 133 Bergel from Romania, appeared with soloists Noel Mangin and the F43 134 Chinese pianist Fou Ts'ong. ^It was no wonder that subscription sales F43 135 had made a healthy leap forward. F43 136 |^But one name on that year's impressive list stood out above all F43 137 others. ^*"La Stupenda**" herself *- the Australian soprano Dame Joan F43 138 Sutherland *- one of the world's leading artists. ^The demand for F43 139 seats was phenomenal, and extra performances had to be arranged. ^Both F43 140 on stage and off, this great artist impressed everyone with her F43 141 natural warmth and charm. F43 142 |^Joan Sutherland was accompanied by her husband, conductor F43 143 Richard Bonynge, also making his first visit to the orchestra. ^Five F43 144 months later he was back with the Australian Opera Company for the F43 145 most important opera tour in this country since that of the Italian F43 146 Opera in 1949. ^Two operas were performed: Verdi's *1Rigoletto, F43 147 *0conducted by Richard Bonynge, and *1Jenu*?15fa *0by Janac*?10ek, F43 148 conducted by Georg Tintner. ^Both were highly successful and F43 149 beautifully staged performances *- a rare cultural collaboration F43 150 between the Australian Opera and the {0NZSO} instigated at government F43 151 level. ^While half of the orchestra accompanied the opera in the pit, F43 152 smaller centres were toured by Walter Susskind and the remaining F43 153 players, who then gave ten schools concerts under conductor Dobbs F43 154 Franks. F43 155 |^For opera fans it was quite a year. ^Two concert performances of F43 156 Puccini's opera *1Turandot *0also took place, under an old friend, F43 157 James Robertson, with soloists Milla Andrew, Angela Shaw, Anthony F43 158 Benfell and Bruce Carson. ^The opera, which had never before been F43 159 performed in New Zealand, was chosen to mark its golden jubilee. ^The F43 160 enthusiasm with which all three operas were greeted confirmed that, F43 161 although starved for many years since the fall of the New Zealand F43 162 Opera Company, audiences had not lost their taste for such F43 163 performances. F43 164 |^On 22 November the Golden Jubilee of Radio Broadcasting in New F43 165 Zealand, an event celebrated in other ways throughout the year, F43 166 culminated in a concert given in association with the Australasian F43 167 Performing Rights Association ({0APRA}). ^All works but one were by F43 168 New Zealand composers, who in each case (except Lilburn) conducted the F43 169 performance: F43 170 **[LIST**] F43 171 **[PLATE**] F43 172 |^Disappointingly this showcase for local composers' works, the F43 173 largest number ever performed by the orchestra in public performance, F43 174 did not attract a large audience. F43 175 |^One of the year's major events was the arrival in June of the F43 176 orchestra's new concertmaster, Peter Schaffer, with his wife, Zoe F43 177 Fisher, a horn player, and their eighteen-year-old son, Eric. ^As a F43 178 result of a massive advertising campaign, nineteen applications had F43 179 been received: twelve from the {0USA}, three from the {0UK}, one each F43 180 from Australia, Canada, Germany and New Zealand. ^A committee F43 181 comprising Beverley Wakem, Geoffrey Newson, Peter Averi (all from F43 182 Radio New Zealand), Brian Priestman, John Chisholm F43 183 **[PLATE**] F43 184 and Douglas Lilburn had short-listed four international applicants. F43 185 |^The nod had eventually gone to Peter Schaffer, then aged F43 186 forty-six. ^Born in Germany, his father a vaudeville artist, Schaffer F43 187 had made his debut as a violinist at the age of eight in Portugal. F43 188 ^The family had emigrated to the United States in 1939, and Schaffer F43 189 had studied under tutors including Roman Totenberg, (Alma Trio) F43 190 Steinberg and Szymon Goldberg. ^At sixteen he had been appointed to F43 191 the Los Angeles Philharmonic, then the Baltimore Symphony, eventually F43 192 becoming associate concertmaster, Denver Symphony. ^For the past six F43 193 years he had held the same position in the San Francisco Symphony, and F43 194 he was also concertmaster of the San Francisco Opera. F43 195 |^Pleased as everyone was to welcome the urbane and undoubtedly F43 196 able new concertmaster, the debt owed to John Chisholm was fully F43 197 recognised. ^He had accepted an enormous challenge as acting leader F43 198 and in that time had earned the respect of all by his handling of this F43 199 difficult and exacting position. ^Even those who, at the time, had F43 200 questioned his youth and lack of previous experience, now acknowledged F43 201 his worth. ^John Chisholm was not an applicant for the permanent F43 202 position, choosing instead to take a well-deserved six-month break in F43 203 Europe with his cellist wife, Vivien. F43 204 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] F43 205 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] F43 206 **[END INDENTATION**] F43 207 |^The transportation of orchestral instruments underwent its most F43 208 important change in 1976. ^It took eighteen months of negotiations F43 209 with several different companies, but after thirty years of F43 210 transportation by railways wagon or uncovered truck *- including F43 211 hair-raising occasions when instruments had been shunted onto a siding F43 212 somewhere and a double bass had been dropped from a crane *- the F43 213 change was made to the private firm of New Zealand Van Lines \0Ltd. F43 214 ^In the years since, these distinctive articulated vehicles, with the F43 215 {0NZSO} logo, have become a familiar sight. ^It was a great relief to F43 216 musicians forced to trust their precious instruments to the dangers of F43 217 constant travel. F43 218 |^The {0NZSO} Supporters Club became operational in 1975. ^During F43 219 his enforced inactivity after the Australian tour, cellist Wilfred F43 220 Simenauer had used the opportunity to start a supporters club similar F43 221 to that of the Royal Liverpool Orchestra. ^With {0NZBC} approval, he F43 222 had set about collecting names and addresses of musical and other F43 223 groups, before beginning an intensive letter campaign for membership. F43 224 ^Replies began to come in thick and fast, but by then Simenauer had F43 225 returned to his orchestral duties. ^A bulging file of unanswered F43 226 letters was left behind. F43 227 *# F44 001 **[187 TEXT F44**] F44 002 |^*0Bearing in mind the dangers of sending valuable property by F44 003 sea, Williams resolved to divide his collection into two consignments F44 004 which were put separately on a boat to Port Nicholson and from there F44 005 went to Sydney and London. ^They were received by \0Dr Buckland at F44 006 Oxford who transmitted them almost immediately to Richard Owen. ^He F44 007 later respected Williams's wishes concerning their ultimate use, and F44 008 asked Owen that casts be made for distribution to an assortment of F44 009 museums in England and France, including his own at Oxford. F44 010 |^Since his first announcement on the Moa and his appeal for more F44 011 specimens, Richard Owen had established himself as the logical F44 012 ultimate receiver of Moa bones. ^Insofar as he was destined to become F44 013 even more involved with fossil New Zealand birds, it is time to take a F44 014 closer look at the man and his times, for they have a great deal to do F44 015 with New Zealand zoology. F44 016 |^For some twenty years Owen held undisputed hegemony over the F44 017 natural sciences in Britain. ^Narrower in outlook than Banks, and F44 018 vastly different in style, he nevertheless adopted the same central F44 019 position, part of the *'hub**' towards which exotic zoological and F44 020 palaeontological collections must flow. ^He was at once hated, feared F44 021 and admired, a man who had colleagues and correspondents by the score F44 022 but few friends. ^If one practised as a serious amateur or a F44 023 professional in the realms of natural history, an encounter with Owen F44 024 was almost unavoidable. ^Some, like Gideon Mantell, found that F44 025 everywhere they turned there was Owen, aloof, deprecatory, and F44 026 all-powerful in the higher councils of British science. F44 027 |^Owen began his career with a training in medicine, but shortly F44 028 thereafter was persuaded to become an assistant to William Clift, the F44 029 Conservator of the Museum at the Royal College of Surgeons, where he F44 030 began by cataloguing the Hunterian collections. ^From there he F44 031 embarked on a lifetime study of the anatomy of vertebrate and F44 032 invertebrate animals, in the process becoming Hunterian Professor and F44 033 then succeeding Clift as Conservator, before becoming Superintendent F44 034 of the Natural History Department of the British Museum. ^This F44 035 department later became a museum in its own right as a result of his F44 036 efforts. F44 037 |^The science of comparative anatomy had been well developed by F44 038 the French under Cuvier, but England had no rival figure until Owen F44 039 started publishing in 1830. ^Two things fortified his career and F44 040 reputation: the first was the developing science of palaeontology and F44 041 the second the increasing supply of zoological specimens, fossil and F44 042 living, from the British colonies *- marsupials from Australia, the F44 043 fossil reptiles from South Africa, and the kiwi and fossil birds from F44 044 New Zealand. ^Palaeontology itself was enjoying unprecedented F44 045 popularity during the middle decades of the 19th century; visions of F44 046 large and fearsome monsters from the past fired the public imagination F44 047 and authorities such as Gideon Mantell were in great demand for F44 048 soire*?2es, \*1conversaziones *0and public lectures. ^For naturalists F44 049 who were social climbers and craved public attention it was a godsend, F44 050 their intriguing specimens providing them with an entrance to the F44 051 salons of the aristocracy. ^The extinct New Zealand birds came F44 052 fortuitously right in the middle of this period, their discovery F44 053 coinciding with the presence of Owen and heightened enthusiasm for F44 054 palaeontology and natural history in general. F44 055 |^One or two decades earlier, Rule's bone might have been totally F44 056 ignored. ^Two decades later and the discoveries would have been F44 057 overshadowed by Darwin and the debate on evolution. ^Instead, there F44 058 was to be a chain of papers on the extinct birds, ending in a F44 059 two-volume monograph; they would be looked upon as the *'greatest F44 060 zoological discovery of our time**'. ^By the time of the appearance of F44 061 his concluding work on Moas in 1886, Owen's authority had already been F44 062 undermined by the discussion on evolution and by other smaller F44 063 defeats. ^But for a time he had the power to bring into the limelight F44 064 an animal, a fauna and a country. ^Owen, Gray and the Hookers were F44 065 among the imperial masters of New Zealand natural history and it was F44 066 part of Owen's skill that when something like Rule's bone turned up, F44 067 he would quickly recognize its potential and move to make the field F44 068 *'peculiarly his own**'. F44 069 |^Owen had to exercise considerable patience before he began to F44 070 receive any confirmation of his first analysis of Rule's bone. ^This F44 071 finally arrived in a letter on 10 January, 1843, from the Reverend F44 072 William Cotton, who confirmed Owen's findings and told him that he had F44 073 seen the bones collected by Williams (which were in fact specimens F44 074 collected following Williams's original consignment to England). ^Hard F44 075 on the heels of this letter the first box of bones sent by Williams F44 076 arrived on Buckland's doorstep. ^The Prince Regent was notified, His F44 077 Royal Highness expressing great interest in *'this feathered F44 078 monster**' and a desire to be kept informed. ^Buckland sent the F44 079 consignment smartly on to Owen. ^On 19 January the box was opened in F44 080 the presence of William Broderip and Owen himself. ^Fascinated, they F44 081 watched as the huge bones came out one by one *- a pelvis, vertebrae, F44 082 femur *- becoming so preoccupied that the time for their evening meal F44 083 came and went. ^*'Yesternight we supped upon the mysterious moa**' F44 084 recalled Broderip in a letter to Buckland the next day. F44 085 |^The second box arrived as safely as the first in October that F44 086 year, and again Broderip was present at the Owen house for the F44 087 opening. ^Following notices in the *1Proceedings, *0Owen described and F44 088 figured this material in the *1Transactions of the Zoological Society F44 089 of London, *01844, and Williams was given credit by Owen for his F44 090 interpretation of the bones: *'wholly unaware that its more immediate F44 091 affinities had been determined in England**'. ^Owen's attempt to F44 092 attract specimens by sending copies of his early publication out to F44 093 New Zealand eventually had effect, although after some time had F44 094 elapsed. ^Colonel William Wakefield received a letter from the New F44 095 Zealand Company in London and a copy of Owen's paper late in 1843 and F44 096 took action immediately to supply specimens. ^While all this was going F44 097 on another sizeable discovery was about to take place in New Zealand, F44 098 this time in another part of the country and by a missionary who was F44 099 already familiar with the fossil birds. F44 100 |^In May 1843, the Reverend Richard Taylor arrived at Wanganui F44 101 which was to be the headquarters of his large parish for some years to F44 102 come. ^A few weeks after his arrival, in July, he was returning along F44 103 the coast from a trip to South Taranaki when he stopped at Waingongoro F44 104 to baptize two children. ^He paused for a while on the shore near the F44 105 mouth of the Waingongoro River and noticed a fragment of bone lying in F44 106 the sand. ^He was reminded of the bone seen on the East Coast and F44 107 asked the Maoris what it was. ^*'A Moa's bone,**' was the reply *'what F44 108 else? ^Look around and you will see plenty of them.**' ^To his F44 109 astonishment he saw that the sand flat was heaped up into mounds full F44 110 of Moa skeletons, *'a regular necropolis**'. ^But many of the bones F44 111 when examined were found to be fragile and disintegrated when touched. F44 112 ^He emptied out his box of supplies and packed a few handy specimens, F44 113 intending to return at some later time to make a more comprehensive F44 114 selection. ^Unfortunately for him, the site was visited in the F44 115 intervening period by Walter Mantell, who made a large collection of F44 116 these sub-fossil bird bones to send to his father Gideon Mantell in F44 117 England. ^It was a great loss for Taylor, although he had well over F44 118 three years in which to make his return, years in which he placed his F44 119 pastoral duties ahead of this particular interest in natural history. F44 120 ^Mantell's collection from Waingongoro was a valuable one, containing F44 121 species other than Moas and of F44 122 **[PLATE**] F44 123 sufficient importance to make them the subject of a separate story to F44 124 be told later on. F44 125 |^Over the years Taylor continued to find Moa skeletons on his F44 126 coastal travels around Wanganui and was once brought a near-perfect F44 127 specimen, lacking only the skull. ^Eager to find the missing portion F44 128 he rode off at once to the site, where with great care he unearthed F44 129 the delicate skull bones. ^Wrapped up and placed in the crown of his F44 130 hat, the bones seemed safe until Taylor's horse bucked, sending him F44 131 sprawling on the ground and shattering the bones. ^He hobbled around F44 132 salvaging what he could for Owen, but once again the full measure of F44 133 exciting discovery had slipped through his fingers. F44 134 **[PLATE**] F44 135 |^While Taylor was making his find at Waingongoro, new Moa sites F44 136 were being exposed in the South Island where a discovery was made at F44 137 the mouth of the Waikouaiti River north of Dunedin. ^The first to view F44 138 this site was possibly Johnny Jones, a whaler and land dealer who F44 139 established a station at Waikouaiti early in 1840. ^The site was F44 140 visited during 1843-1844 by the collector Percy Earl, who took his F44 141 collection back with him to England to offer it for sale to Owen in F44 142 February 1845. ^Two new species of Moa came from this collection and F44 143 they were described by Owen in 1846. ^Material from the site was also F44 144 acquired at about the same time by a \0Dr MacKellar, who sent the F44 145 bones to Edinburgh University *- a departure from the normal course of F44 146 events. ^It appears F44 147 **[PLATE**] F44 148 that MacKellar was from Sydney and had been given the bones by *'a F44 149 sailor**' (probably one from the whaling station) during a visit to F44 150 New Zealand. F44 151 |^If Owen did not receive Moa bones directly, such was his F44 152 position of authority and control over the publication of the fossil F44 153 bird papers that he received material from even the most reluctant of F44 154 sources. ^Gideon Mantell has already been mentioned in connection with F44 155 his son's collections from the Waingongoro site, and it was the result F44 156 of this and later efforts by Walter Mantell in New Zealand that placed F44 157 the elder Mantell firmly among the followers of the Moa. ^But he was F44 158 always a planet to Owen's sun, feeling he had the right to lecture on F44 159 his son's discoveries but not to describe them: *'^I determined to F44 160 forego the pride and pleasure of describing these new acquisitions, F44 161 and allow him (Owen) to have the use of all the novelties my son has F44 162 collected.**' ^If Owen felt he could be generous in appreciation and F44 163 praise for the work and interest taken by the missionaries and others F44 164 in the colony, a rival lecturer on the subject on his very doorstep F44 165 was a different matter, and Mantell was often the victim of bruising F44 166 encounters in spite of his generosity to Owen in passing on specimens. F44 167 ^The products of middle class backgrounds, both men F44 168 **[PLATE**] F44 169 were snobs and courted the attention of the titled and famous. ^But F44 170 Mantell was at a severe disadvantage in that the need to keep up his F44 171 medical practice conflicted with his palaeontological interests, F44 172 whereas Owen was a professional in this field, albeit a busy one. F44 173 ^Mantell suffered from a further handicap in the form of a persistent F44 174 and agonizing spinal condition which was no help in preserving his F44 175 magnanimity and good humour at the time of Owen's attacks. F44 176 |^The brief truce which established itself when Mantell first F44 177 offered Walter's collection F44 178 **[PLATE**] F44 179 to Owen was soon broken and the enmity between them reached a peak F44 180 three years later following a second consignment of bones from New F44 181 Zealand. ^Earlier in 1846 Walter had also visited the Waikouaiti site, F44 182 where the outgoing tide had exposed a pair of Moa tibia and feet F44 183 standing in the mud. ^A whaler, Tommy Chaseland, carefully dug them F44 184 out and gave them to Mantell who despatched them to his father. ^The F44 185 two feet were articulated and on 27 February, 1850, Gideon Mantell F44 186 read a paper on his son's recent collections. ^Owen arrived at the F44 187 same meeting, also loaded with Moa bones, and *'commented in his usual F44 188 deprecating manner**', declaring that the feet in Mantell's possession F44 189 were imperfect, lacking the hind toes, and that he himself possessed a F44 190 perfect foot which he had described the night before at a meeting of F44 191 the Zoological Society. ^*'Poor envious man,**' wrote Mantell, but in F44 192 fact Owen was infuriatingly right, although the hind toe has long been F44 193 a contentious and difficult problem, only recently resolved. F44 194 *# G01 001 **[188 TEXT G01**] G01 002 |^*0Simpson's surprise appearance in the Counties game did G01 003 fool the opposition. ^Counties had bracketed Lachlan Cameron G01 004 and Bryan Breen at centre, the former being regarded as the G01 005 better defender and the latter as the superior attacking G01 006 player. ^On the assumption that an attacker would be of more G01 007 value against a new man in the Canterbury line, Counties played G01 008 Breen. G01 009 |^Back in July, Wyllie had predicted to friends that the G01 010 hardest game Canterbury would have all season, assuming that it G01 011 kept the shield, would be against Bay of Plenty. ^He was not G01 012 altogether believed, as Bay of Plenty had not been firing many G01 013 shots and the week before its challenge it was thrashed, 65-9, G01 014 by Auckland, its seventh championship loss of the year. G01 015 |^The day before its challenge the Bay team went on a long, G01 016 and tiring, bus trip to Akaroa, which prompted one Christchurch G01 017 newspaper to ask if the side was a serious shield contender, or G01 018 simply a tourist party. G01 019 |^However, once on the field the players were obviously no G01 020 slugs and Canterbury was very lucky to get home in a hard, G01 021 physical game. ^In fact, Bay of Plenty came closer than any of G01 022 the previous 18 challengers, with the possible exception of G01 023 Counties in 1982, to relieving Canterbury of the shield. G01 024 |^To most spectators, it appeared that the prop, Peter G01 025 Kennedy, had scored a try in the last minute, a try which if G01 026 converted would have put Bay of Plenty in front. ^Hayes, who G01 027 rates it as one of the hardest games he has played in, was G01 028 coming from behind Kennedy and he thought Kennedy had reached G01 029 the line. G01 030 |^*'For a second I thought that's it, it's gone; the G01 031 conversion is not difficult, what a bugger losing it in the G01 032 last minute of the last game of the season.**' G01 033 |^However, Kennedy had been stopped just short. ^A G01 034 photograph in *1The Press *0on the Monday after the game gives G01 035 the impression that Kennedy could hardly have failed to score. G01 036 ^He is falling from a fair height with the ball held firmly in G01 037 his right hand and his momentum alone should have carried him G01 038 across the line, which is visible. G01 039 |^It should, however, be pointed out that because the G01 040 photograph was taken with a telephoto lens the distance between G01 041 the player and the line is compressed. G01 042 |^In the picture Kennedy is held by two players, Wayne Smith G01 043 and Andy Earl, though only a portion of Earl's back can be G01 044 seen. ^It was almost certainly Earl, who has his left arm G01 045 around Kennedy's chest, who saved the try. G01 046 |^As Smith explained, all he was trying to do was pull the G01 047 ball free. ^*'Considering the differences in our sizes there G01 048 was no way I could have held him up.**' G01 049 |^Smith was adamant that Kennedy grounded the ball short of G01 050 the line. ^*'It was no more than six inches, but it was G01 051 definitely short. ^When I saw this my biggest fear was that G01 052 the referee (Geoff Smith) would not be in a position to see the G01 053 gap. ^But then I saw his feet close by and I knew we would be G01 054 okay. ^He was perfectly positioned to see what had happened G01 055 and we were very lucky that he was.**' G01 056 |^It was a very tired, as well as very relieved, Canterbury G01 057 side that collapsed on to the benches in its dressing room G01 058 after the game. ^Like in 1983, Wyllie knew that the season had G01 059 ended just in time. ^*'Not even on long tours have I seen more G01 060 exhausted players; they were completely stuffed,**' he said. G01 061 |^But even if the side had not scaled the heights, with the G01 062 notable exception of the Otago game, that it had in 1983 the G01 063 shield was still in Christchurch for a third summer. G01 064 |^Summing up the year, Wyllie said it had been a difficult G01 065 one, with the seven All Blacks away for so long and the G01 066 continuous pressure of having to try and peak week after week G01 067 for the shield matches. ^The public's expectations of the team G01 068 made this pressure even greater. G01 069 |^But most of all, he felt that it had been the defensive G01 070 attitude of many of the challengers that had prevented G01 071 Canterbury from reliving its glories of 1983. G01 072 |^To nearly all minds, though, Canterbury still had a G01 073 champion team and in Wyllie a champion coach. ^His record of G01 074 47 wins, two draws and six losses in the 55 games Canterbury G01 075 had played since he took charge of the side was proof enough of G01 076 the latter. G01 077 |^He did, however, make noises about a possible retirement G01 078 and this, no doubt, was to pave the way for his bid to join the G01 079 All Black panel. ^But when he stipulated that he was G01 080 interested in a place only if he could coach the side as well G01 081 his chances diminished. G01 082 |^He did allow his name to go forward, but it was little G01 083 more than a token gesture, and his re-election soon followed as G01 084 Canterbury coach for 1985, a year, as everyone now knew, in G01 085 which the side would be trying to overhaul Auckland's record of G01 086 25 successive defences. ^The run at the end of 1984 stood at G01 087 19. G01 088 |^The day after the Bay of Plenty game the Canterbury Rugby G01 089 Supporters' club held its annual dinner and its Player of the G01 090 Year award went to the very consistent Bruce Deans. ^As Deans G01 091 collected his prize, his brother, Robbie Deans, sat nursing a G01 092 knee injury, that was to force him to miss the upcoming All G01 093 Black tour to Fiji and, after an operation, put him on crutches G01 094 for the best part of the summer. G01 095 |^Deans suffered the injury when he was taken in a tackle G01 096 just out from the Bay of Plenty posts five minutes into the G01 097 second spell. ^He was running on the diagonal at the time, but G01 098 believed the damage was done when his right leg got twisted G01 099 under him as a ruck formed above him. G01 100 |^The seriousness of the injury was not apparent at the time G01 101 and Deans bravely tried to continue, but after two attempts he G01 102 had to give up and limp from the field. ^Little was it known G01 103 then that this injury would come to rival Colin Meads's broken G01 104 arm in South Africa in 1970 as perhaps the most publicised G01 105 rugby injury of all time. G01 106 |^As Deans battled to get on an even keel again at Lancaster G01 107 Park that day he was told bluntly by his brother, Bruce, that G01 108 he was not to leave the field. ^John Ashworth was a little G01 109 more sympathetic. ^He told Robbie that he could depart after G01 110 he had turned into points the penalty that Canterbury had G01 111 received at the ruck in which he was injured! G01 112 |^In the event, it was Andrew McMaster who stepped forward G01 113 and kicked the goal, and he was to kick another later as G01 114 Canterbury battled for survival with its ace card missing. G01 115 |^It was, perhaps, the fact that Canterbury was in such G01 116 obvious danger that stirred the crowd to give unusually strong G01 117 vocal support. ^Because Bay of Plenty was not expected to pose G01 118 a serious threat the crowd, at 18,000, was a modest one by G01 119 previous Saturday standards. ^Yet the players said afterwards G01 120 that they had never heard such support as they got in the last G01 121 15 minutes. G01 122 |^*'It was deafening,**' said Hayes. ^*'But it was a great G01 123 help having so much encouragement.**' G01 124 |^Although a quality goal-kicker, McMaster had not kicked G01 125 for goal in a match for almost two months before the Bay's G01 126 challenge. ^In fact, it was only in the previous week that he G01 127 had bothered to take the odd kick at practice. G01 128 |^*'With Robbie Deans there I was not going to take any of G01 129 the kicks, but then I thought that I had better have a few just G01 130 in case Robbie should get injured,**' said McMaster. G01 131 |^On the morning of the game McMaster accompanied Deans to G01 132 Lancaster Park and joined him in a few shots at goal. ^Little G01 133 did McMaster know then that a few hours later the fate of the G01 134 shield would rest on his boot. G01 135 |^And it was not just his two goals that made McMaster the G01 136 happiest man in the Canterbury side immediately after the game. G01 137 ^Even he wondered what possessed him when he ignored the posts G01 138 with what looked to be a fairly simple kick and instead chipped G01 139 the ball across field for Craig Green. ^The move came unstuck G01 140 and Canterbury even lost ground from it. G01 141 |^A black glare from Don Hayes told McMaster that he might G01 142 have committed a monumental blunder and the smile on his face G01 143 and the relief in his voice at the finish underscored the fact G01 144 that he was off the hook. ^He had not made a decision which he G01 145 could have had cause to rue for the rest of his life. G01 146 |^McMaster also had a pretty good idea then that he had just G01 147 played his last game for Canterbury, certainly for some time, G01 148 as in 1985 he would be off to Britain to pursue his career in G01 149 the Air Force. ^If his aberration had cost Canterbury the G01 150 shield he might have been much happier than he was to take his G01 151 leave from the team. G01 152 |^But as the winter of 1985 drew near, McMaster's departure G01 153 was not the main talking point in Canterbury. ^Would Robbie G01 154 Deans come back, and, if so, would he be as good as ever? was G01 155 the hot topic. ^And not far behind it was, would the team, G01 156 with the shield record twinkling invitingly on the horizon? G01 157 *<*6THE SHIELD YEARS *- 1985*> G01 158 *<*4Defeat with dignity*> G01 159 |^*0The absence, at least until the middle of the year, of G01 160 Robbie Deans, and the moves away of John Ashworth, Andrew G01 161 McMaster and Phil Robson were problems for Wyllie as the 1985 G01 162 season got under way. G01 163 |^He held early season trials, too early probably to be of G01 164 maximum benefit, but they did help unearth two new wings of G01 165 definite potential, Joe Leota and Dennis Woods, and a G01 166 prop-cum-hooker named John Buchan who had possibilities in the G01 167 latter position. G01 168 |^The big question mark, though, hovered over the full-back G01 169 position and when Daryl Cotterell kicked seven goals from eight G01 170 attempts at the trials he became the front-runner. ^Cotterell G01 171 had shifted north from Timaru the previous year and played G01 172 senior B rugby for Marist. ^A couple of games for South G01 173 Canterbury B were his only claim to fame. G01 174 |^Cotterell attended the Marist trials in March and when the G01 175 club passed him over as its senior full-back he moved on to G01 176 University, which was looking for someone to replace McMaster. G01 177 |^Wyllie did include Cotterell in his training squad, but it G01 178 was the ever-ready utility, Kieran Keane, who was at full-back G01 179 when Canterbury began its programme with a clear win over a New G01 180 Zealand Maoris *=XV in an Easter holiday-mood match at Temuka. G01 181 ^The goal-kicking was in the hands of a promoted Colt, Greg G01 182 Coffey. G01 183 |^Cotterell got his chance in the next game, against his G01 184 former province, South Canterbury, and with eight goals from as G01 185 many attempts he could hardly have done better. ^He also got a G01 186 trip to Brisbane for the annual match against Queensland, which G01 187 was clearly won by the home side, 21-7. G01 188 |^However, in this game, and in his club rugby, Cotterell's G01 189 goal-kicking was a mixture and his full-back play only average. G01 190 ^He was soon released from the squad, never to return *- at G01 191 least not in 1985. G01 192 |^Because of the heavy international fixture list, although G01 193 it lessened after the South African tour was cancelled, G01 194 Canterbury began its 1985 shield programme much earlier than G01 195 usual. ^King Country and Taranaki were on the agenda for June G01 196 and Southland early in July. ^In fact, the King Country game G01 197 on June 19 was the earliest shield game for 58 years. G01 198 |^The side prepared for these matches with away games G01 199 against Buller and West Coast, both of which it won well G01 200 enough. ^Leota, with seven tries on the trip, confirmed that G01 201 he could be a big asset. G01 202 |^King Country was not given much chance, but it did better G01 203 than expected in holding Canterbury to six tries. ^However, G01 204 Canterbury's form was mixed and it was late in the game before G01 205 it found a counter to the challenger's spoiling tactics. GO1 206 *# G02 001 **[189 TEXT G02**] G02 002 ^I do not know if he actually enjoyed what he was doing, but I G02 003 think he was proud of the result, as indeed he had every right to G02 004 be. ^Afterwards, the job finished, he accepted my invitation to G02 005 come again, with his wife Shirley Smith, a lawyer well known in G02 006 Wellington, and for a purely social visit, when the shelves G02 007 were loaded with books. ^But he never came, though the G02 008 invitation was renewed. ^Instead, he asked me to his own home G02 009 for dinner, and for many years afterwards we saw each other in G02 010 well spaced meetings, always in Wellington, and usually in my G02 011 office. G02 012 |^*0He liked to come in at lunch-time, bringing with him his G02 013 own packet of sandwiches, and we would sit for the better part G02 014 of an hour, discussing books, McCarthyism and other evils of G02 015 our time. ^Now and then, if something suitable came in, I G02 016 asked him to review a book for the *1Listener. ^*0The job was G02 017 always done within its deadline and efficiently. ^Unlike most G02 018 of our regular critics, he did not come in on the prowl, G02 019 looking for interesting titles, and this helped to confirm my G02 020 belief that he was not essentially a bookish man. ^Nor was G02 021 there any faintest suggestion that I was indebted to him for G02 022 his services as a carpenter. ^Only once did he ask a favour of G02 023 me, and that was not for himself but for his department, when G02 024 he had become an assistant director and was soon to reach the G02 025 top position. ^He wanted me to speak for an hour to senior G02 026 officers on the use and misuse of English in official G02 027 correspondence. ^I gave the talk, doing what I could to wound G02 028 and maim the gobbledegook favoured across the world by public G02 029 servants; but I knew already that letters from government G02 030 officers are often written badly, not because the writers are G02 031 unable to do better, but because they are protecting themselves G02 032 against all contingencies while they climb the departmental G02 033 ladder. ^A plain letter may make the writer's meaning G02 034 unmistakably clear; but public servants, like lawyers (and some G02 035 of them are both) feel happier if there is room for argument G02 036 about what words are intended to say. ^Clarity is a strong G02 037 light which only free and secure minds are able to face without G02 038 uneasiness. G02 039 |^My friendship with Bill Sutch, formed and strengthened in G02 040 more than twenty years, gave me grounds for believing I knew G02 041 him, not intimately, but well. ^I was therefore quite G02 042 unprepared for his arrest in 1974 and for impressions of the G02 043 man given to us during and after the trial. ^I was convinced G02 044 of his innocence, and told him so; and when, after his death, I G02 045 was asked by Ray Knox to write about him for a revised edition G02 046 of *1New Zealand's Heritage, *0I gave most of my space to G02 047 Bill's career and especially to his work as a writer and a G02 048 distinguished administrator *- work, I believe, which only a G02 049 patriot, a man who really cared about his country, could have G02 050 done so well. ^At the end of the article I wrote briefly on G02 051 the arraignment and the trial. ^This tragedy at the end of his G02 052 life, I said, would probably receive more attention, in years G02 053 to come, than his achievements as a man of ideas and a maker of G02 054 policy. ^*"Yet future students of the trial,**" I added, G02 055 *"should find that the man at the centre of it cannot be seen G02 056 or understood in a courtroom alone. ^A failure to look G02 057 further, to enter upon a search for the whole man, would be an G02 058 injustice to a remarkable New Zealander.**" G02 059 |^This, I thought at the time, would be for me the end of G02 060 the matter. ^Long after it was written, however, I came upon G02 061 references to Bill in Margaret Hayward's book, *1Diary of the G02 062 Kirk Years. ^*0I noticed with surprise that she was G02 063 unimpressed by Bill when she lunched with him several times G02 064 *"and listened to his concerns, to try to stop him bothering G02 065 the boss**". ^She wanted to know him better because of his G02 066 books and reputation, but remained puzzled and disappointed. G02 067 ^*"...Having lunch with him, I see little evidence of the great G02 068 man he is reputed to be... ^None of it adds up to the great G02 069 egalitarian I've heard so much about over the years.**" ^Men of G02 070 large achievement do not always go about with an imprint of G02 071 greatness, and sometimes would not be noticed in a crowd. G02 072 ^Nevertheless there was nothing negative in Bill's personality. G02 073 ^He was one of those human dynamos who exude vitality. ^But G02 074 such men grow old, like the rest of us, and suffer ailments G02 075 about which strangers or mere acquaintances cannot be expected G02 076 to know. G02 077 |^I did not find it surprising, however, that Miss Hayward G02 078 received hints of acerbity in Bill Sutch's conversation. ^He G02 079 was still chairman of the Queen Elizabeth *=II Arts Council, G02 080 and we had grown used to occasional rumblings from him at that G02 081 time. ^His chairmanship had revealed an authoritarian streak G02 082 which was not liked on the council or in some circles outside G02 083 it. ^I was taken aback, however, to learn from Miss Hayward's G02 084 book that Bill was asking for a knighthood. ^Once I had G02 085 digested this information I found it significant and G02 086 characteristic that he wanted a good one *- *"equivalent at G02 087 least to Sir Alister McIntosh's**". ^Sir Alister had been head G02 088 of the New Zealand delegation to the United Nations when Bill G02 089 was Secretary-General. ^It seemed not improbable that these G02 090 two men, both strong-minded, and obliged to work very close G02 091 together in testing situations, had been caught up in a clash G02 092 of personalities, perhaps some rivalry. ^I would not have G02 093 expected Bill to state his case so openly or blatantly to the G02 094 Prime Minister's secretary. ^At first I was inclined to G02 095 attribute this to vanity; but on reflection I began to see that G02 096 his wish to stand on equal *- or higher *- terms with Sir G02 097 Alister McIntosh could be part of a larger and enduring thrust G02 098 towards recognition which had its roots in childhood. ^Years G02 099 earlier, when the bookshelves were going up in my house at G02 100 Paekakariki, Bill had spoken freely to me of his working class G02 101 origins. ^It was easier, listening to him, to understand why G02 102 so much of his work had taken the character of social crusade. G02 103 |^Bill's father wanted him to be a carpenter, a skilled G02 104 tradesman like himself and his other two sons, and ultimately a G02 105 member of a building firm that was to be known as Sutch and G02 106 Sons. ^But his mother, watching Bill's progress at school (and G02 107 listening to the boy's headmaster, who had recognised G02 108 brilliance) knew he should have a secondary education. ^Her G02 109 insistence on this divided the family; but she had her way, and G02 110 Bill never forgot or under-valued what she had done for him. G02 111 ^She was dead when he was asking for a knighthood, but I am G02 112 certain that he saw recognition of his work as a tribute to his G02 113 mother. ^A knighthood would have been her final justification, G02 114 though she was no longer there to enjoy the accolade. G02 115 |^It should not, of course, have been necessary to ask. G02 116 ^Bill proposed other people for honours, often successfully, G02 117 and he knew his own worth. ^The fact that he did ask was one G02 118 of the few indications that all was not well with him, but they G02 119 were given to someone who did not know or understand his G02 120 background and could not see their significance. ^Stranger G02 121 still, however, were revelations in the *1Diary of the Kirk G02 122 Years *0entry for 2 August 1974. ^Brigadier Gilbert had called G02 123 on Norman Kirk to tell him *"something serious**" about William G02 124 Ball Sutch. ^The {0SIS}, said the Prime Minister to his G02 125 secretary, had suspected Bill of *"being a spy**" for more than G02 126 twenty years. ^It seemed odd to me, as it did also to Miss G02 127 Hayward, that the {0SIS} had to wait so long before it felt G02 128 able to take action against this *"sinister figure**". ^And G02 129 when at last the action came the evidence was not strong enough G02 130 to convince a jury. G02 131 |^For me, however, the strangest part of this entry was G02 132 Kirk's reaction to the news. ^He had listened to allegations G02 133 from Gilbert about *"the activities of \0Dr Sutch and another G02 134 New Zealander in refugee relief during the war, and the means G02 135 by which they had acquired substantial assets**". ^And Miss G02 136 Hayward continued: ^*"Although \0Dr Sutch lets people think he G02 137 is a man who can't afford a car, he is in fact living a double G02 138 life and is very rich.**" ^Kirk's attitude to Bill was G02 139 immediately and violently transformed. ^*"\0Mr \0K. used to be G02 140 gentle with \0Dr Sutch,**" wrote Miss Hayward. ^*"When I'd G02 141 asked why he was so patient with him he had explained that he G02 142 was an elderly man *'who can't have much money, no future but G02 143 an old age pension, and has only his reputation to cling to**'. G02 144 ^He had excused \0Dr Sutch's arrogance by saying he wore it G02 145 like a threadbare cloak. ^Now he is furious.**" G02 146 |^Norman Kirk was a large, compassionate man, but he may G02 147 have seen some people as through a screen, transparent and yet G02 148 deceiving. ^He moved too readily from his earlier uninformed G02 149 impression of Bill Sutch to the caricature brought to him by G02 150 Brigadier Gilbert. ^I knew Bill to be vain, and I thought he G02 151 could be arrogant in some company and situations. ^He was a G02 152 man of strong opinions who did not always try to conceal them. G02 153 (^*"Bloody Americans!**" he was heard to mutter one day at a G02 154 reception in the United States embassy, looking balefully G02 155 across Lorna's head at a bunch of diplomats not far away.) G02 156 ^But if he was not a spy (and a jury said he wasn't) he had no G02 157 need of a *"double life**", unless of course he had a hidden G02 158 mistress, and for that sort of adventure a pretence of poverty G02 159 would be an eccentric irrelevancy. G02 160 |^I knew nothing of Bill's financial affairs, and he may G02 161 well have been richer than I would have expected. ^If, G02 162 however, he was trying to *"cry poor**" (as Kirk seemed to G02 163 believe after Brigadier Gilbert's visit), his imitation of an G02 164 old man who could do with a little help (including a G02 165 knighthood!) was singularly unconvincing. ^I am quite sure G02 166 that Bill had no intention to *"let people think he was a man G02 167 who could not afford a car**"; and I noticed with interest this G02 168 use of car ownership, by Miss Hayward, as an illustration of G02 169 normalcy in New Zealand life, the fact which separates G02 170 undeniably the haves and the have-nots. ^Bill was without a G02 171 car because he did not want one. ^Arnold Campbell, of whom I G02 172 have already written, a Director of Education and a man of G02 173 strong intellect, felt the same way. ^And so did I, though I G02 174 was the only one of the three at that time who could not have G02 175 found money for a car, even if I had longed for it. ^None of G02 176 us liked cars; and in Wellington, a city well served by taxis G02 177 and buses, we could manage very well without them. ^There are G02 178 many such people in cities larger than Wellington (especially G02 179 in London); but only in New Zealand, surely, could a habit of G02 180 living without a car be seen as an idiosyncrasy or a badge of G02 181 poverty, rather strange and almost shameful. G02 182 |^The charade which worried Norman Kirk, when Brigadier G02 183 Gilbert allegedly uncovered it, was not visible in the haunts G02 184 of public servants and businessmen as I saw them on Lambton G02 185 Quay and under the hills of Thorndon. ^Bill Sutch dressed well G02 186 and was usually immaculate. ^He was seen much in public, not G02 187 only in Wellington, but in various parts of New Zealand whence G02 188 came press reports of his speeches on social issues. ^The work G02 189 he had done while Secretary of Industries and Commerce, G02 190 creative in its range of ideas and action, did not end when the G02 191 Holyoake Government asked him to retire, at the age of fifty-eight, G02 192 in 1965. ^As an economic and industrial consultant he G02 193 was widely known in New Zealand and abroad. G02 194 *# G03 001 **[190 TEXT G03**] G03 002 *<*6THE PATH TO PACIFISM (1919-1934)*> G03 003 |^*2A CONSTANT DILEMMA *0of mankind is how to translate ideals G03 004 into reality. ^Millions of soldiers had been prepared to use G03 005 all the devilish and bestial methods available because they G03 006 believed that these were the only means by which autocracy and G03 007 militarism could be overthrown, and peace and freedom brought G03 008 to the world. ^So great, however, was the suffering endured by G03 009 the victors that their will to peace was thwarted by their urge G03 010 for revenge. ^Very few of those who held power had sufficient G03 011 magnanimity or foresight to seek lasting peace through G03 012 forgiveness and reconciliation. G03 013 |^Burton listened eagerly to the voices of the leaders of G03 014 the British Labour Party, Ramsay MacDonald and George Lansbury, G03 015 who were pacifists and believed that a conciliatory hand of G03 016 friendship was the best way to heal the wounds of war. ^But G03 017 other voices prevailed in the general election that followed G03 018 the Armistice. ^Leaders of the Coalition Government, Lloyd G03 019 George and Winston Churchill, went to the country with the G03 020 slogans Hang the Kaiser and Make Germany Pay, and they won an G03 021 overwhelming victory. G03 022 |^This was a shock to Burton's idealism. ^Was this G03 023 vindictiveness the way *"to end war**", *"to make a world safe G03 024 for democracy**", or *"to make a land fit for heroes to live G03 025 in**" *- all aims for which he had fought so bitterly and with G03 026 such compromising of his Christian principles? ^But if he lost G03 027 faith in Lloyd George and his punitive Treaty of Versailles, G03 028 Burton held on to the hope that the League of Nations, which G03 029 President Wilson was coming to Europe to set up, could fashion G03 030 a world without wars, the future for which so many of his mates G03 031 had suffered and died. G03 032 |^It is possible that if Germany had been treated with more G03 033 tolerance and compassion, an answering chord of goodwill might G03 034 have led to a juster and stabler world than that which G03 035 eventually emerged. ^A leaflet entitled *"A Parting Word**" G03 036 was put into the hand of British prisoners-of-war on their way G03 037 home from German prison camps. ^It said, *1inter alia, G03 038 **[PLATE**] G03 039 **[LONG QUOTATION **] G03 040 |^*0After his {0OTC} course Burton spent some time doing research G03 041 into church work among boys and young men in London. ^Then G03 042 some Presbyterian Bible Class men from the Division who were in G03 043 London said they would recommend Burton for the position of G03 044 Travelling Secretary of the Presbyterian Young Men's Bible G03 045 Class Union in New Zealand. ^In order to be considered for the G03 046 position, however, Burton was told he should endeavour to G03 047 return to New Zealand to attend the Easter Camp and Conference G03 048 of the Movement. ^He was able to get a passage on the G03 049 *1Hororata, *0the first boat to take fit men home, and he went G03 050 as the {0YMCA} representative on board. G03 051 |^During the voyage Burton spoke to two large meetings. G03 052 ^His first speech was on the liquor question. ^In April 1919 a G03 053 special vote was to be taken in New Zealand whether to prohibit G03 054 the sale of liquor or allow for its continuance, and provision G03 055 was to be made to record the votes of the many soldiers who G03 056 would still be overseas. ^Burton argued vehemently in favour G03 057 of prohibition, but the majority of the soldiers at the meeting G03 058 believed it was wrong to inhibit people's freedom to choose for G03 059 themselves. G03 060 |^The second speech revealed Burton's tolerance towards the G03 061 aims of the Russian revolutionaries even if he disagreed with G03 062 their methods. ^It was the old argument of weighing up the G03 063 good of social betterment and individual freedom against the G03 064 evils of autocracy and serfdom. ^But in the short view, which G03 065 was all Burton had, he could not see that the violent means G03 066 used by the Communists stultified the good ends for which they G03 067 were used: for they resulted in a centralised control that G03 068 restricted the very freedoms Communists were striving for. G03 069 |^The long voyage back to New Zealand, with only one stop at G03 070 Colon, ended at Wellington. ^The Aucklanders had hoped that G03 071 they could travel home overland by a special train, but the G03 072 people of Auckland wanted to savour their triumphal arrival by G03 073 sea. ^When the *1Hororata *0berthed a few days later it G03 074 received an emotional welcome, with crowds thronging every G03 075 pier, street and height. G03 076 |^What a joy it was for Ormond Burton to meet all his family G03 077 again: mother, father, uncles, brothers and sisters G03 078 (especially Dorothy who had been desperately ill). ^He was G03 079 deeply relieved that none had been taken by the widespread G03 080 influenza epidemic that had swept New Zealand while the troops G03 081 were at sea. G03 082 |^Burton knew that the change from soldier into civilian would G03 083 not be easy. ^Four years of intense, continuous fighting and G03 084 absence from stimulating intellectual associations and reading G03 085 had hindered his mental development. ^But he revelled in the G03 086 freedom of civilian life with its promise of new, challenging G03 087 opportunities. G03 088 |^He was given an enthusiastic welcome at the Bible Class G03 089 Easter Conference held at Palmerston North. ^He spoke G03 090 earnestly on what he considered the three most urgent concerns: G03 091 Christian social action, the making of a just and lasting G03 092 peace, and the union of the Christian churches. ^But these G03 093 views, although heartily applauded by the youth of the G03 094 Conference, were rather disturbing to the hierarchy of the G03 095 Presbyterian Church and he was not offered the position of G03 096 Travelling Secretary of the {0YM} Bible Class Union he had so G03 097 much hoped to get. ^It was the first time he had stubbed his G03 098 toe against the leaders of orthodoxy; it was not to be the G03 099 last. G03 100 |^Back at home in Remuera Burton re-established his links G03 101 with \0St Luke's, and became leader of the Junior Bible Class. G03 102 ^With the referendum on liquor soon to be held, he spoke at G03 103 some meetings, mostly in the open air, for the New Zealand G03 104 Alliance. ^He wanted to return to teaching, but before G03 105 applying for positions he was persuaded by the Army to help G03 106 with the vocational training of men in hospital with war G03 107 injuries. ^With his usual passion for work he returned to the G03 108 university during this four-month period to complete his G03 109 Bachelor of Arts degree. G03 110 |^Changes in degree regulations favoured him, for he was now G03 111 required to pass only in History and not in the two uncompleted G03 112 units. ^This he was able to do, though not at very high G03 113 levels. ^Then, having gained his {0BA}, he was determined to G03 114 proceed to a Master of Arts degree in which he aspired to gain G03 115 First Class Honours. G03 116 |^At this stage he would have accepted a position on the G03 117 staff of Auckland Grammar School but the headmaster, like the G03 118 Church leaders, was suspicious of any unorthodoxy, and wanted G03 119 Burton to undertake not to introduce any *"disputatious G03 120 ideas**" into his teaching. ^But Burton's fearless honesty G03 121 refused to allow him to give such a promise. G03 122 |^During 1919 Burton published *1The New Zealand Division, G03 123 *0an extension and enlargement of *1Our Little Bit. ^*0He had G03 124 joined the Returned Servicemen's Association to maintain the G03 125 comradeship of the front and to be better able to help many of G03 126 the ex-servicemen suffering in body and mind because of the G03 127 war. ^He was, however, very critical of the vengeful attitude G03 128 of some of the veterans of the Association towards the Germans. G03 129 ^On one occasion they organised a large meeting in the Auckland G03 130 Town Hall to urge the Government to cease all trade with G03 131 Germany. ^With two other veterans who held more humane views G03 132 *- John Lee, a rationalist from Wellington, and David Herron, G03 133 chaplain to Otago *- ^Burton spoke strongly against the G03 134 proposal and the three were almost able to prevent its G03 135 adoption. ^Significantly, no more was heard of the No More G03 136 Trade movement. G03 137 |^John \0A. Lee and David Herron each had memories of this G03 138 exciting meeting. ^In an interview Lee said:^*"The {0R.S.A.} G03 139 and a group of patriots decided after World War *=I to hold a G03 140 Town Hall meeting and move a resolution that they would never G03 141 trade with Germany again. ^As a matter of fact some of the G03 142 speakers said that they would rather cut off their hands than G03 143 trade with Germany. ^Now I had had verbal contact with Ormond G03 144 Burton and I decided that we should go and move an amendment to G03 145 that resolution. ^The Town Hall in Auckland was full, a couple G03 146 of thousand there and I would say 1,500 of them feeling the G03 147 same way. ^So I moved an amendment along these lines *- that G03 148 the resolution was stupid and it would only create the seeds of G03 149 war and distrust. ^I spoke first. ^I was in amazing form at G03 150 that moment and I swept the damned audience. ^I sat down amid G03 151 thunderous cheers and Ormond got up to second the amendment. G03 152 ^He delivered a good speech but always confessed afterwards G03 153 that he should never have delivered the speech. ^He should G03 154 have moved that the amendment be put the moment I sat down.**" G03 155 |^David Herron, years after, reminded Burton of this meeting G03 156 in a letter, remembering how they only had one {0RSA} badge G03 157 among them and each lent it to the other before he stood up to G03 158 speak. G03 159 |^Due to his previous war writings and his first-hand G03 160 experience of the war, Burton was asked by the Regimental G03 161 Committee to write the official history of the Auckland G03 162 Regiment. ^Although he had become disillusioned by the G03 163 post-war debasement of the war aims, he felt that the heroism and G03 164 self-sacrifice of thousands of men should never be forgotten, G03 165 so he willingly undertook this demanding task. ^Besides, he G03 166 could also submit it as the thesis for his Honours degree, as G03 167 long as he wrote it within a year. G03 168 |^The writing of this book was Burton's main preoccupation G03 169 during 1920. ^Alongside his own experiences he had to write G03 170 those of others. ^To gain a full and accurate account of these G03 171 was very difficult, because the piles of Divisional, Brigade G03 172 and Battalion diaries he had to search through were usually G03 173 poorly written, and the most he gained from them were the bare G03 174 essentials of movements, places and losses. ^It was only G03 175 through extensive interviews with servicemen that he could G03 176 learn the opinions of his fellow-soldiers and express the G03 177 suspense and danger that the men suffered in the trenches. G03 178 |^Yet he did finish his manuscript in time, and it was G03 179 submitted for publication and for his {0MA} degree as the year G03 180 closed. ^The book, *1Official History of the Auckland G03 181 Regiment, *0was a huge success and was very well reviewed when G03 182 it came off the press in late 1921. ^But to his intense G03 183 disappointment the examiner of his thesis in England gave it G03 184 only 55%, referring to it as *"descriptive journalism**". ^In G03 185 addition to writing the thesis, Burton had to sit examinations G03 186 in other papers. ^As the marks he gained in these were also G03 187 not high enough, he was awarded a Master of Arts degree, but G03 188 without Honours. G03 189 |^Of far greater importance to Burton at this time was the G03 190 blossoming of his friendship with Helen Tizard. ^He was G03 191 attracted to Helen from the first time he saw her playing the G03 192 piano at \0St Luke's, three years before the war. ^But the G03 193 attraction then was not mutual; indeed, after some G03 194 *"misunderstanding**" they each went their separate ways. ^On G03 195 the night of Burton's farewell from \0St Luke's before leaving G03 196 for the war, Helen was not present. ^They did not correspond G03 197 during his four years at the battlefront, though his friend G03 198 Morton Ryburn, who was corresponding with Helen's sister Hilda, G03 199 gave him news of Helen while he was in the front line at G03 200 Messines. G03 201 |^Morton Ryburn had not returned with Burton, having been G03 202 transferred to the Mesopotamian front. ^Shortly after his G03 203 return to Auckland Burton heard a rumour that Morton had also G03 204 returned, so decided to check up at the Tizards'. ^He was G03 205 welcomed at the door by Helen whom he had not seen for seven G03 206 years. G03 207 |^From then on their friendship developed steadily. ^Burton G03 208 was greatly concerned about Helen's health. ^For a long time G03 209 she had suffered from a goitre, which had been aggravated G03 210 during the influenza epidemic; Burton was able to persuade G03 211 Helen to have specialist surgical treatment for it. ^Her G03 212 recovery to normal health was slow but steady. G03 213 *# G04 001 **[191 TEXT G04**] G04 002 |^Claiming he had been insulted, Tourvielle stormed out of the G04 003 tour, saying: ^*'I have finished with this tour and I will not G04 004 have \0Mr Don treating me like a child.**' G04 005 |^*0To a touring novice, as Ashworth then was, it was rather G04 006 bewildering and he wryly observes that the All Blacks' greatest G04 007 achievement on that tour might not have been anything on the G04 008 playing field. ^Rather it was the fact that Ron Don, after his G04 009 many conflicts, got out of France alive. G04 010 |^*'It was all a bit beyond me,**' says Ashworth. ^*'My G04 011 main memory of that tour, apart from the rugby being very hard G04 012 and the officials all seeming to be very excitable, was eating G04 013 bread rolls and waiting and waiting and waiting for my food to G04 014 arrive.**' G04 015 |^France might be famous for the elegance, the delicacy and G04 016 subtlety of its cuisine. ^But that is probably something which G04 017 can only be discovered if you have the francs to afford the G04 018 classier restaurants. ^Meals, and the lack of variety they had G04 019 to endure in their diet, were the chief cause for the All G04 020 Blacks' discomfort. ^In their hotels they were confined to set G04 021 menus and invariably had to chomp their way through bread G04 022 rolls, croissants, occasionally bacon and eggs and almost G04 023 always as the main daily fare, steak and chips. G04 024 |^Brad Johnstone got so frustrated with the blandness of the G04 025 food that in the end he took direct action. ^Knight recalls he G04 026 suddenly stood up in one hotel dining room and tipped his plate G04 027 upside down, proclaiming that he was not going to stand for G04 028 this food any more. G04 029 |^When at the end of the tour the team stopped over in G04 030 London, Knight recalls that everyone immediately made a beeline G04 031 for the airport cafe and to a man ordered roast beef, roast G04 032 lamb and the like and as many green vegetables as they could G04 033 fit onto their plates. G04 034 |^Some of the accommodation was of an inferior standard, G04 035 too. ^At Angouleme the team was quartered in what went by the G04 036 grandiose description of a *'castle**', but really was G04 037 something akin to *'Fawlty Towers**'. ^Says Knight: ^*'I G04 038 roomed with Mark Donaldson in one of its vast wings, and all we G04 039 had was a sheet and one blanket. ^We were so cold that we took G04 040 the curtains down from the windows and wrapped them around G04 041 ourselves to try and get warm.**' G04 042 |^In the actual matches, however, there was generated all of G04 043 the heat the All Blacks could tolerate. ^They quickly G04 044 discovered all of the sides were not chosen on the basis of a G04 045 region but were *'French Selections**' and had been chosen G04 046 under the guidance of the national selectors. ^Each side G04 047 appeared to have a specific purpose to help expose a touring G04 048 team's strengths and weaknesses. ^In one side, for instance, G04 049 the emphasis would be on brilliant runners. ^In another on G04 050 hard scrummagers or tall lineout winners. ^And in another you G04 051 might find some of the teak-tough men who seemed to abound in G04 052 France and would be in that category Winston McCarthy described G04 053 as *'meanies**'. G04 054 |^Television commentator Keith Quinn says that in all his G04 055 touring experience he doesn't recall a more abrasive match than G04 056 the first one on that tour at Brive. ^*'It was the most G04 057 explosive game I've seen,**' he says. ^*'I remember before the G04 058 game Mark Donaldson, trying to gee the guys up, saying he G04 059 wanted *"blood on the ball**". ^I remember that phrase G04 060 distinctly. ^We almost got blood literally.**' G04 061 |^After an opening 20 minutes studded with punching and G04 062 kicking the All Blacks managed to tame that French Selection G04 063 and with what Quinn terms brilliant football romped to a 45-3 G04 064 win. ^*'That can now be seen as a very significant game,**' G04 065 Quinn says. ^*'A lot of new players were playing and they came G04 066 through what was truly a baptism by fire.**' G04 067 |^Dalton, having made his All Black debut along with G04 068 Ashworth in a scratchy performance in Italy, watched the Brive G04 069 fireworks from the reserves bench and echoes Quinn in saying G04 070 that even as a spectator there was a shudder or two travelling G04 071 along his spine. G04 072 |^*'It really was brutal,**' he says. ^*'I started to G04 073 wonder whether I could take that sort of pace. ^I played in G04 074 the next match at Lyon, against another Selection side needless G04 075 to say, and that was just as hard. ^We only just won that in G04 076 the last few minutes when Brian Ford scored a try.**' G04 077 |^At Lyon the French Selection had been extremely G04 078 formidable. ^It had included two young players soon to be G04 079 among the brightest stars of the national team, \0No. 8 G04 080 Jean-Luc Joinel and halfback Jerome Gallion. ^And the props were G04 081 the test players Robert Paparemborde and Gerard Cholley. ^The G04 082 All Blacks soon found that the awesome reputation of Cholley, G04 083 one of France's leading amateur boxers, as a rugby meanie was G04 084 more than just a myth. ^*'At Lyon,**' recalls Dalton, *'there G04 085 was a fair amount of spitting at us and we had a very G04 086 vociferous crowd who had us as their targets for jeering.**' G04 087 |^Gary Knight had been injured at Brive and had not lasted G04 088 the match and when he also failed to last the journey in the G04 089 first test at Toulouse he must have wondered whether France, or G04 090 more particularly Cholley, had a hoodoo on him. ^For his early G04 091 exit at Toulouse was caused by Cholley gouging his eyes. G04 092 ^Bleeding from a slit left eyelid, Knight was led from the G04 093 field fearing he might have suffered permanent blindness. G04 094 ^Fortunately, the injury with prompt treatment proved to be G04 095 superficial but it was still a traumatic experience for a test G04 096 newcomer. G04 097 |^*'Cholley came out of a lineout and stuck his fingers G04 098 right in my eyes,**' Knight says. ^*'I was completely blinded. G04 099 ^I couldn't see anything out of my left eye for at least 15 G04 100 minutes and had no hope of continuing playing. ^What really G04 101 annoyed me was that I had done absolutely nothing to provoke G04 102 it. ^His only reason for doing it was obviously to get rid of G04 103 me.**' G04 104 |^Gary Knight and other All Blacks, mindful perhaps of the G04 105 dangers in becoming paranoid about Cholley, decided one small G04 106 means of countering him was through a sense of humour. ^Soon G04 107 after, they encountered among the staff of their hotel a female G04 108 behemoth who looked as if she would not be out of place tossing G04 109 the shot put for an eastern bloc country at the Olympics. ^Her G04 110 nickname among the All Blacks quickly became *'Cholley's G04 111 mother**'. G04 112 |^More sober and earnest in his analysis of the Cholley G04 113 menace and the rest of the mammoth France pack was Gleeson. G04 114 ^In the first international at Toulouse, with halfback Jacques G04 115 Fouroux dictating the pattern by playing back to the forwards, G04 116 the heavier French pack had used physical intimidation in G04 117 subduing the All Blacks for an 18-13 winning margin. ^In G04 118 formulating a plan by which the French methods could be exposed G04 119 Gleeson had given the best illustration of his rugby genius. G04 120 ^Dalton, reserve for the first test, says the French tactics G04 121 for that match were *'a bloody disgrace**'. ^From the stand G04 122 it was clear they had been guilty of grave breaches in rucks, G04 123 mauls and lineouts which in the close quarter confrontation had G04 124 not been fully detected by Irish referee John West. G04 125 |^*'We sat down in our team talks *- we had many during the G04 126 week *- and discussed the ways and means by which we could G04 127 break them apart,**' Dalton says. ^*'Jack Gleeson had a great G04 128 ability to draw out contributions from various players and take G04 129 the pick of what they had all come up with. ^Bruce Robertson, G04 130 I remember, was one who made a fair contribution to the plan we G04 131 decided to follow. ^This was to call short lineouts and play G04 132 the game at top pace. ^We wanted to run them around. ^They G04 133 were, dare I say it, a team of geriatrics and were not as fit G04 134 as they might have been. ^We felt if we could split them we G04 135 would have them.**' G04 136 |^The important men in the pattern which the All Blacks were G04 137 to impose successfully were obviously the two jumpers who would G04 138 comprise the abbreviated lineout, Andy Haden and Lawrie Knight. G04 139 ^And obviously the man who would throw the ball when the All G04 140 Blacks had the put-in, Andy Dalton, who thus in his test debut G04 141 carried a major responsibility. ^In later years, incidentally, G04 142 Dalton would guard his test place jealously. ^But he was not G04 143 unduly upset at having missed that first international against G04 144 France. ^*'There was not a great deal between myself and John G04 145 Black at that stage and I might have been fortunate to have G04 146 missed that first one,**' he says. G04 147 |^To perfect their lineout drills Haden, Knight and Dalton G04 148 went off on their own to do extra training. ^Here the All G04 149 Blacks' plans were almost sabotaged by a zealous French G04 150 gendarme. ^*'We went to a park near our hotel and worked out G04 151 all our calls. ^Apparently you're not supposed to use these G04 152 parks in Paris for this gendarme kept chasing us from one spot G04 153 to the other, telling us in the French equivalent to move. G04 154 ^Looking back it must have been quite a funny sight as we kept G04 155 running around trying to keep one step in front of him.**' G04 156 |^Dalton gives *'Spock**' Knight the most credit as the All G04 157 Blacks cruised away effortlessly for a 15-3 win. ^*'He had a G04 158 quite outstanding game and won most of the ball that day.**' G04 159 ^And, of course, the most important was from Graham Mourie's G04 160 quick throw-in, from which Bruce Robertson set up Stu Wilson G04 161 for the try which clinched the All Black victory. G04 162 |^As he had been on all his previous tours with the All G04 163 Blacks, Knight acted as the side's medical adviser. ^His G04 164 professional background and training were invaluable, G04 165 particularly in helping Bryan Williams who suffered a serious G04 166 hip dislocation in the first test. ^But in a country where the G04 167 problems were aggravated by having to cope with a foreign G04 168 language, it was clearly an unfair burden to expect a playing G04 169 member to carry. ^This, then, was another major improvement to G04 170 emerge from this tour. ^In future all All Black touring teams G04 171 would have the services of a doctor or a physiotherapist and, G04 172 in some instances, both. G04 173 |^Suggesting that one had been disappointed with a tour to G04 174 France might seem somewhat obtuse. ^France, after all, is one G04 175 of the great countries of the Old World, a tourist's delight G04 176 beloved by artists and the writers of poems and songs. G04 177 ^There's, in Paris alone, the Eiffel Tower, the Notre Dame G04 178 Cathedral, the Champs Elysees and other vast boulevards and G04 179 avenues. ^And in the south of France, where the rugby is G04 180 strongest and where the All Blacks spent most of their time, G04 181 there are chalets and castles, vineyards and cobbled G04 182 marketplaces. ^All of these the young All Blacks marvelled G04 183 over. G04 184 |^But the great win at the Parc des Princes apart, the tour G04 185 of France of 1977 had had far more lows than might have been G04 186 expected on such an adventure. ^But when you are innocents G04 187 abroad it can sometimes be difficult maintaining humour. ^One G04 188 of the All Blacks, for instance, to whom the French language G04 189 would always be a mystery, went shopping in Paris for shoes. G04 190 ^He thought he had obtained a bargain, only to find when he G04 191 **[PLATE**] G04 192 unwrapped his parcel that he had been provided with what would G04 193 have been a superb pair of footwear but for the fact that each G04 194 shoe was designed for the left foot. G04 195 |^Were some of the miseries of the All Blacks, then, G04 196 entirely the fault of their French hosts? ^Probably not, and G04 197 this is something Andy Dalton, with what he believes has become G04 198 a perspective advanced with experience, acknowledges. ^*'I G04 199 have to admit I didn't always enjoy the 1977 tour,**' he says. G04 200 ^*'I thought then that the French were a very arrogant people. G04 201 ^But now I suspect that some of this might have been because of G04 202 my own inability to speak the language.**' G04 203 |^In 1981 Dalton returned to France as a member of an All G04 204 Black side captained by Graham Mourie. G04 205 *# G05 001 **[192 TEXT G05**] G05 002 ^It really was *'Old McDonald's Farm**' stuff. G05 003 |^*0On we sped with Raw Meat first to claim a record burst G05 004 of 15.61 knots. ^Simon topped that with 17.18 after the watch G05 005 changed, then Combo did *'a controlled 19.11 knots**' as *1Lion G05 006 *0made 50 miles in four hours. ^We were 17 degrees North 20 G05 007 degrees West, approximately, and by this stage in 1981-82 we G05 008 were into the Doldrums. ^But here we were blasting with 20-25 G05 009 knots of breeze up the stern. ^How well we were doing against G05 010 the Farr boats was anyone's guess, but we were pretty happy G05 011 with our progress and with the way *1Lion *0lifted her skirts G05 012 with the puffs. G05 013 |^As we approached the Doldrums, the daily chat-shows G05 014 between the boats provided less and less information and we G05 015 weren't saying much about *1Lion *0either. ^How we got through G05 016 the windless belt could dictate the outcome of this leg and G05 017 **[PLATE**] G05 018 influence the rest of the race. ^It was becoming increasingly G05 019 difficult to get good weather maps out of Dakar despite the G05 020 quality of our gear. ^We were getting an occasional good map, G05 021 but there must have been something wrong with the Dakar G05 022 transmitter. ^What a time for it to go on the blink! G05 023 ^We had to rely on weather maps to help us pick the G05 024 best place to cross the Doldrums. ^Without them, we would be G05 025 flying blind and guessing hard. G05 026 |^Cole was doing a fantastic job in the galley and I think G05 027 we were all putting on weight. ^He was probably the one guy on G05 028 board who didn't enjoy flying fish flopping themselves on board G05 029 to be presented for the cooking pot or microwave. ^These were G05 030 usually dumped straight down the hatch above the galley, Cole G05 031 more often than not in residence and in the firing line. G05 032 |^We'd been running just as hard and as quickly as the Farr G05 033 boats, and that was encouraging news. ^*1{0UBS} *0was still G05 034 123 miles ahead as we passed abeam of Dakar on the western G05 035 extremity of the Bulge of Africa. ^*1Atlantic Privateer *0was G05 036 cutting the corner and was nearly abeam to the east of us. G05 037 ^She was doing the same runs as us but was gambling heavily on G05 038 a more direct course closer to the African coast. ^*1Drum *0as G05 039 75 miles astern of us and about 60 miles further inshore. G05 040 |^Interestingly, *1{0UBS} *0had gone in too and was about 40 G05 041 miles closer to the coast than *1Lion, *0which was now the most G05 042 westerly boat in the fleet. ^The positioning for the Doldrums G05 043 had started and for the time being I was quite happy with where G05 044 we were. ^I didn't like the inshore prospects of grinding to a G05 045 halt earlier. ^Although *1Atlantic Privateer *0had reported G05 046 doing bursts of 29 knots whereas our best speed was 20 knots, G05 047 we were covering the same distance, which indicated we had more G05 048 consistent wind further out to sea. ^We were tickled pink that G05 049 the length advantage the other maxis G05 050 **[PLATE**] G05 051 enjoyed had yet to prove a factor. ^*1Lion *0was holding them G05 052 in their conditions and we still had the upwind thrash through G05 053 the south-east trades to come, once through the Doldrums. G05 054 |^On October 10, soon after midday, the wind had been G05 055 getting lighter and the temperatures hotter. ^Just before G05 056 lunch, we looked across to the west and there was *1{0NZI}. G05 057 ^*0After 12 days of hard racing, we were almost within spitting G05 058 distance of one another. ^She must have scored by going even G05 059 further to sea than *1Lion *0in the last 24 hours because she'd G05 060 put 30-40 miles on us while we had been holding *1Atlantic G05 061 Privateer *0and catching *1{0UBS} *0in a hurry. ^Fehlmann was G05 062 now only 95 miles ahead. ^*1Cote D'Or, *0following the same G05 063 track as *1Atlantic Privateer, *0in on the African coast, had G05 064 closed to 120 miles astern. ^Kuttel and Tabarly clearly were G05 065 hoping to whistle straight through by following the coast G05 066 around the Bulge and not getting held up by the Doldrums. G05 067 |^*1Drum *0was 70 miles astern of *1Lion, *0following the G05 068 same course further out to sea, tracking down between 20 G05 069 degrees and 21 degrees West. ^She had reported three days of G05 070 north-east tradewinds of up to 38 knots true, and had done a G05 071 24-hour run of 301 miles, which explained how she had closed in G05 072 on the leading group again. ^The boats that had got it wrong G05 073 in the Bay of Biscay and down the Portuguese coast were now G05 074 right back in the hunt. ^At the halfway mark in the leg it was G05 075 still anyone's race, even through *1{0UBS} *0had a slight edge. G05 076 |^We finally struck the Doldrums early on October 12, and G05 077 they were relatively kind to us. ^We were totally becalmed for G05 078 a maximum of only two hours. ^The rest of the time we made G05 079 good speed, under spinnaker and going in the right direction, G05 080 so that our worst day's run was a fantastic 160 miles. G05 081 ^Thirty-six hours after going in, we were out and in the clear G05 082 and the noon sched on October 13 showed us to have a G05 083 comfortable lead on the rest of the fleet, although nobody was G05 084 sure of *1{0NZI}*0's position. ^Taylor was having power G05 085 problems. ^He'd decided not to divert to the Canaries for G05 086 generator parts after he learned that he would have to drop G05 087 anchor in a bay or go into port to take those parts aboard. G05 088 ^So now he couldn't, or wouldn't, communicate and his on-board G05 089 Argos satellite transmitter had failed too. ^Although G05 090 *1Atlantic Privateer *0had heard Taylor talking to Portishead G05 091 radio back in England, we couldn't even raise him on {0VHF} G05 092 Channel 16 when we had had him in sight. ^There were already G05 093 grumblings through the fleet about this situation and about G05 094 Taylor's not taking his turn as fleet radio boat. G05 095 |^Our best guess was that *1{0NZI} *0was still very close to G05 096 us, which meant that the two New Zealand boats had a lead of G05 097 nearly 15 miles on *1Atlantic Privateer, *060 miles on G05 098 *1{0UBS}, *0which had really come a cropper, 70 miles on *1Drum G05 099 *0and 120 miles on *1Cote D'Or. ^*0To celebrate clearing the G05 100 Doldrums, the log read: ^*'Breeze going south-west and sky G05 101 starting to clear. ^Changed from \0No. 1 light genoa to \0No.1 G05 102 medium. ^Yippee. ^Get your ya yas out, keep your timber G05 103 limber and don't let your meatloaf.**' G05 104 |^The jubilation was a little premature, however. ^We were G05 105 hard on the wind, switching between the \0No. 1 medium genoa G05 106 and the \0No. 2, for a few hours and thought we were on our G05 107 way. ^But the Doldrums moved south and gobbled us up again. G05 108 ^We went through three days of this, the crew working hard with G05 109 the sail changes to match the fluctuations in the wind. ^The G05 110 boats further inshore gained on us for a while but we were G05 111 still in the lead, subject to where Taylor and *1{0NZI} *0were. G05 112 ^Skip Novak, on *1Drum, *0was preparing to protest about G05 113 *1{0NZI}*0's not taking her turn as duty radio boat while G05 114 apparently having enough power to transmit back to Auckland G05 115 through Portishead radio to service sponsors' requirements. G05 116 ^But for the meantime we could only take a punt as to G05 117 *1{0NZI}*0's whereabouts. G05 118 |^*1Atlantic Privateer *0had scored in on the Liberian G05 119 coast, coming out with a south-westerly while we were getting G05 120 more of a southerly. ^She had been down the mine a couple of G05 121 days back, but now she was only 15-20 miles behind us in terms G05 122 of distance to Cape Town, although we were the best part of 200 G05 123 miles apart from east to west. ^*1{0UBS} *0was 30-35 miles G05 124 astern on a middle course, while *1Drum was out where we were, G05 125 but 55 miles astern. ^We still had the weather berth on the G05 126 fleet, however, and spirits on board were high. G05 127 **[PLATE**] G05 128 |^The big decision now was when to commit to port tack and G05 129 start to make southing as quickly as possible. ^We'd been G05 130 going in towards the African coast on starboard tack for more G05 131 than 24 hours, as had everyone else in the leading group, but G05 132 the port tack had been looking better all the time, and at 1920 G05 133 hours on the 16th we made our move. ^Immediately it looked G05 134 good. ^We were heading almost due south and churning off the G05 135 miles. ^From the books I had on board, I noted that *1Flyer G05 136 *0had gone 180 miles further to the east than where we were G05 137 before she tacked on to port, but we would cross her track by G05 138 the evening of the 17th, which was an indication of how G05 139 favourable the port tack was for us on this occasion. ^We G05 140 crossed the equator at 2325 hours the same day, at 10 degrees G05 141 30 minutes West, so it was a double occasion. G05 142 |^The breeze stayed east of south for the next 48 hours and G05 143 freshened to the stage where we were down to the \0No. 3 genoa G05 144 and reefing the mainsail. ^*1Lion *0was jumping and holding G05 145 her lead on the boats which had continued on starboard tack G05 146 well to the east of the rhumbline. G05 147 |^Then the wind shifted to the north-north-east *- G05 148 extraordinary when one was in the south-east trades belt. G05 149 ^Part of the reason probably was that the high pressure system G05 150 which normally dominates the South Atlantic was well to the G05 151 east of its customary position, close in to the coast of G05 152 southern Africa. ^The weather maps from Pretoria also showed G05 153 that there was a low coming off the South American continent G05 154 which might provide a funnel effect between it and the high G05 155 which was sitting to the east of \0St Helena. ^I was quite G05 156 happy to keep heading more to the south than directly towards G05 157 Cape Town. ^There was always the danger of running smack into G05 158 the high and stalling. ^The recognised approach to the Cape of G05 159 Good Hope was to make G05 160 **[PLATE**] G05 161 southing as quickly as possible and then curve in behind the G05 162 high with the prospect of fresh tailwinds. G05 163 |^By this stage we had *1{0NZI} *0plotted just to the west G05 164 of us. ^It seemed she had tacked on to port a little earlier, G05 165 and now we were clearly the two furthest west in the fleet, G05 166 although *1Drum *0was following a similar course. ^*1{0UBS} G05 167 *0was recovering again on a course between ours and those of G05 168 *1Atlantic Privateer *0and *1Cote D'Or, *0which were a long way G05 169 to the east. ^The fleet plot on the chart was highly G05 170 interesting with six maxis spread out in a line across the G05 171 ocean with not much difference really in the distances they had G05 172 to travel to Cape Town. ^Who had got it right *- ourselves out G05 173 to the west, following the traditional route, or the boats G05 174 gambling on a course well to the east of the norm? G05 175 |^We got part of the answer almost immediately. ^On the G05 176 night of October 23, after 25 days at sea, we ran into 12 hours G05 177 of almost complete calm. ^The breeze had been switching G05 178 crazily from the north-west to the south-east, and then it died G05 179 almost completely. ^It was worse than the Doldrums, and I had G05 180 an awful feeling that it was a private parking lot. ^The next G05 181 day we listened gloomily to the radio to find that some of the G05 182 other boats had done 100 miles more than us in the last 24 G05 183 hours. ^*1Atlantic Privateer *0was now 120 miles closer to G05 184 Cape Town, although still well to the east. ^While we were G05 185 struggling to make 105 miles to the south, *1Cote D'Or, *0which G05 186 was now heading due south down the Atlantic, had covered 200 G05 187 miles. ^*1Drum *0had caught and passed us, and *1{0UBS} *0had G05 188 gained 35-40 miles on *1Lion. ^*0It was a really low blow. G05 189 ^The only solace was that we'd sighted *1{0NZI} *0on the 24th. G05 190 ^She'd been 20 miles ahead according to the position reports on G05 191 the 23rd *- Taylor was finally making his location known *- but G05 192 we'd pulled him in all through the night until by dawn we had G05 193 him in sight. ^By late evening we had him mast down on the G05 194 horizon to the south of us. G05 195 |^The lead had changed again, but there was no use our G05 196 getting down in the dumps about the fact that it had been our G05 197 turn to suffer. ^There was still a long way to go to Cape Town G05 198 and much could yet happen. ^The log pointed out that *'the G05 199 opera isn't over until the fat lady sings**'. ^The entries for G05 200 October 24 noted: ^*'{0NZI} in sight once again, four miles G05 201 ahead on our bow,**' then ^*'We've now rolled {0NZI} to G05 202 leeward, she's going out the back door like you would not G05 203 believe. G05 204 **[MIDDLE OF QUOTATION**] G05 205 *# G06 001 **[193 TEXT G06**] G06 002 ^Sir Apirana Ngata was such a leader, reaching *'a future G06 003 down**' for the Maori people, imprinting their cause and his G06 004 character on national life. ^This little place, Waiomatatini, G06 005 is not only his home ground. ^It is heavy with the history and G06 006 hopes of the Ngati Porou, their struggle for independence and G06 007 assertiveness in a remote place and their interaction with the G06 008 outside world *- always pressing in. G06 009 |^*0On a rise stands the fine whare runanga, called G06 010 Porourangi, after the father figure of the tribe. ^Steep hills G06 011 rear up behind, with the remains of two fighting pas now buried G06 012 in scrub. ^Alongside Porourangi is a decorated hall finished G06 013 the night before Sir Apirana died, which he named after his G06 014 wife, Arihia, who had herself died tragically 20 years earlier. G06 015 ^There is also a little church, \0St Luke's, built as a G06 016 memorial to Major Ropata Wahawaha by the Williams family, whose G06 017 support for Maori education and farming is remembered with G06 018 gratitude. ^Ropata's role had brought security for development G06 019 to the advantage of both the Maori and the settlers. G06 020 ^Porourangi itself was built in 1888 by the Ngati Porou as a G06 021 symbol of reconciliation after the internecine strife of 1865. G06 022 ^Its poupou panels were each contributed by individual hapu. G06 023 ^We were told that there were doubts as to whether one of them G06 024 should have been accepted since it was suspected its donors G06 025 were rebels at heart. ^Behind Porourangi is another memorial G06 026 to Ropata offered by a New Zealand Government not in the least G06 027 slow to honour the military drive with which he snuffed out G06 028 rebellion along this coast. ^So again the feel for history in G06 029 a place like this must take in more than one view or the other. G06 030 ^The challenges and responses cannot now be disentangled. G06 031 ^Softly, subtly, Waiomatatini echoes the balance, the give and G06 032 take of history. ^It is a very New Zealand place, moving and G06 033 impressive at that. G06 034 |^I had a letter to one of Sir Apirana's sons, Tipene, from G06 035 my friend Brian Poananga, himself a son of the Waiapu and G06 036 another Ngati Porou who had made his mark on national life; at G06 037 that time he was Major General and Chief of General Staff. ^We G06 038 presented ourselves at the family home, an elegant, low, white G06 039 house with a long verandah, modestly called *'The Bungalow**'. G06 040 ^There was a moment when my awkward Pakeha pronunciation, not G06 041 to speak of our remarkably unpresentable appearance, failed to G06 042 register. ^Then Tipene, recognising the letter, did a little G06 043 jig of pleasure at the communication from Brian Poananga. G06 044 ^With his wife he made us welcome. ^We were courteously shown G06 045 into a grand room decorated with carved wall slabs and G06 046 patterned woven tukutuku panels. ^A colour television was G06 047 flickering away to the rapt attention of a small granddaughter G06 048 of the house, as we had tea and cakes and heard something of G06 049 the Ngata story. G06 050 |^Apirana Ngata was born at Te Araroa in 1874, the oldest of G06 051 15 children. ^He was brought up by his mother's sister, the G06 052 wife of Ropata Wahawaha. ^His father, Paratene, and Ropata, G06 053 believed firmly in the importance of education and land G06 054 development and they passed their convictions on to the young G06 055 Apirana. ^There is a nineteenth-century ring now to such G06 056 commitment to progress driven by education. ^It was thought G06 057 necessary to look forwards, not backwards, to accept the pains G06 058 of transition. ^The next generation could then absorb the new G06 059 order of things into the old ways. ^The Ngati Porou elders G06 060 expressed this view in a pithy saying which made a great G06 061 impression on a young medical student named Te Rangi Hiroa G06 062 (whose Pakeha name was Peter Buck): *'ka pu te ruha, ka hao te G06 063 rangatahi**' (*'the old net is laid aside, the new net goes G06 064 fishing**'). G06 065 |^Ngata was to be the political agent for change. ^The G06 066 first Maori to graduate from the University of New Zealand, and G06 067 indeed one of the first New Zealanders to take the combined G06 068 {0B.A.}, {0LL.B.} degrees, which he completed in 1897, he went G06 069 to Parliament in 1905 and virtually made the Eastern Maori seat G06 070 his own for 40 years. ^He was a man of great energy and G06 071 magnetic personality and was renowned for his oratory in two G06 072 languages and his far-reaching learning in Maori language, G06 073 lore, traditional chant and songs. ^He worked tirelessly in G06 074 the political role. ^He was Native Minister in Sir Joseph G06 075 Ward's first (1909-12) and second (1923-30) ministries and G06 076 under Forbes (1930-34). ^His readiness to tackle the sensitive G06 077 and difficult issues associated with Maori land grievances kept G06 078 him in the thick of the political battle. ^He also worked G06 079 tirelessly for equal opportunities in education, Maori G06 080 participation in European sport and resuscitation of G06 081 traditional arts and crafts. ^Accepting that equality is G06 082 two-edged, he also supported Maori participation in war. ^Some G06 083 found him divisive and anti-European, when he was essentially, G06 084 and unbendingly, pro-Maori. ^The devastating candour he could G06 085 reserve for the pompous and the uncritical, who could not see G06 086 the problems for the arrogance of their own racial assumptions, G06 087 could be fully offset by kindliness and courtesy to those G06 088 Pakehas who could accept *- even support *- his struggle. G06 089 |^Much ingenuity had been shown by the legislature in G06 090 devising ways by which communal owners might sell their land. G06 091 ^Nothing had been done to help them find the finance to farm G06 092 their holdings for themselves. ^This was a national disgrace. G06 093 ^There were plenty of complaints about underused Maori land, G06 094 yet the system did not provide for development. ^Even in the G06 095 early 1920s only money from Maori sources, principally the G06 096 Native Land Trustee, could be used to guarantee loans for G06 097 development of Maori land. ^{0W.H.} Oliver has observed, ^*'A G06 098 Pakeha equivalent would have been the financing of the G06 099 lands-for-settlement scheme with the accumulated funds of manual G06 100 workers.**' ^Even more unforgivable and shameful, G06 101 rehabilitation money was not made available to help settle G06 102 Maori soldiers of World War *=I back on their own land. ^At G06 103 the same time, of course, settlement schemes for Pakeha G06 104 soldiers were creating further pressures for sales from the G06 105 remaining blocks of Maori land. G06 106 |^Who is to wonder that Ngata, who had been a prime mover in G06 107 having the Maori accepted as a soldier in the Empire's cause, G06 108 should sometimes have been bitter? ^He first pushed a G06 109 reluctant legislature to require the lending agencies to G06 110 provide mortgages with Maori land as a security. ^It took him G06 111 until 1929, however, to gain authority, as Minister of Native G06 112 Affairs, to bring Maori lands under development with funds from G06 113 the Treasury. ^In the end it was to prove his political G06 114 downfall. ^In 1931 the Maori Land Development Scheme gave him G06 115 his greatest political success. ^Maori land could then be G06 116 brought into production on a large scale. G06 117 |^In the Waiapu, consolidation of individual titles into G06 118 workable farm units, with funds finally made available for G06 119 development, led to a remarkable surge forward. ^With the G06 120 people settled on to dairy farms, the Ngati Porou were able to G06 121 found their own dairy company, eventually extended to the G06 122 Waiapu Valley Co-operative Movement. ^With a laugh at G06 123 themselves, they called their butter *'Nati**', a corruption of G06 124 Ngati (the tribe) and a slang word for backwoodsmen. ^They G06 125 prospered. ^For Ngata it was a local realisation of all that G06 126 he had worked for: the people resettled on economic units of G06 127 their own tribal land. ^He was proud of the indices of G06 128 butterfat production and purity of product which demonstrated G06 129 the efficiency of the tribal farmers. ^In such a setting the G06 130 lore and spirit of the marae could again flourish and was G06 131 fostered. ^Tribal pride and purpose could be given substance G06 132 in new carved buildings and by the encouragement of Maori arts G06 133 and culture. G06 134 |^Then progress faltered. ^The disruptions of World War G06 135 *=II and social changes and the greater certainty of the G06 136 40-hour week and the regular pay packet in town caused the G06 137 people to drift away from the land. ^The very momentum of the G06 138 drive for education, by which Ngata set so much store, tended G06 139 to carry the young leaders off into the wider world. G06 140 ^Large-scale investment in farming was needed to keep pace with the G06 141 new techniques and products. ^Small farmers on G06 142 undercapitalised units found it increasingly difficult to G06 143 compete. G06 144 |^Now the pendulum has swung again. ^In the Waiapu, new G06 145 intensive farming practices are in full swing: quality grapes G06 146 are being grown for wine at Tikitiki; fine stock farming G06 147 flourishes. ^The children of yesterday's tenant farmers may G06 148 still for the most part be today's absentee landlords. ^Yet G06 149 several prominent and highly qualified members of the tribe G06 150 have returned to farm. ^The ferment continues. ^A new G06 151 generation seeks new solutions. ^Tipene Ngata farms a large G06 152 block as a joint owner. ^The remoteness of the Waiapu means G06 153 that their operations are bedevilled by transport problems. G06 154 ^He told us of the costs of getting livestock to market, of a G06 155 revival of interest in opening the port at Hicks Bay and of the G06 156 challenges of decision-making involved in running large farming G06 157 operations under joint ownership and control. ^Yet for the G06 158 Ngati Porou it can only be a source of strength that their G06 159 fires still burn in the valley and on the surrounding hills, G06 160 marking their solid and continuing hold on that most sacred of G06 161 Maori resources, the land. G06 162 |^Ngata's political career crumbled. ^He felt obliged to G06 163 resign as Minister of Native Affairs in 1934 after a Commission G06 164 found that he had been careless in the administration of public G06 165 funds for development purposes. ^There was never the slightest G06 166 suggestion of personal gain. ^Rather it seemed that he had G06 167 shown a fine and perhaps rather aristocratic disregard for the G06 168 rules. ^It has been suggested that he acted deliberately to G06 169 draw attention to miserly funding for Maori land development G06 170 purposes. ^Whatever the cause, he took the honourable course G06 171 of resignation from the Government, the last cabinet minister G06 172 in New Zealand to do so. ^Demographic changes and the rise of G06 173 the Labour Party cost him his Eastern Maori seat in Parliament G06 174 in 1943. ^It has been easily held by Labour ever since. G06 175 ^Ngata, however, then turned his attention and formidable G06 176 intellect to the study of Maori lore and language and the G06 177 promotion of Maori arts. ^In this field he made further G06 178 remarkable and scholarly contributions to New Zealand life and G06 179 letters. G06 180 |^For the Ngati Porou, Ngata's standing and achievements G06 181 were no doubt an inspiration and an example in their remote and G06 182 beautiful valley. ^His energies, however, were for the most G06 183 part directed elsewhere. ^Other tribes were laying a firmer G06 184 foundation for the future with the establishment of Trust G06 185 Boards; Ngati Porou health statistics are a worry even today. G06 186 ^Ngata was at heart an old-fashioned conservative; he was a G06 187 visionary who offered a simple, almost mystical, relationship G06 188 with the land. ^Salvation was to be by way of self-reliant G06 189 peasant communities gathered about the marae. ^It was not G06 190 enough, in a world of technology and change. ^The people had G06 191 to learn to strike out in new directions and would do so G06 192 regardless of the dream. ^For his part Ngata became G06 193 disillusioned with the modern world. ^A rich correspondence G06 194 with his lifelong comrade, Te Rangi Hiroa, dried up for four G06 195 years in the mid-1930s. ^He later explained the lapse to his G06 196 friend as arising from a deep foreboding that *'increased G06 197 social benefits, higher wages for less work and equality of G06 198 Maori and Pakeha**' would be fatal *'to the individuality of G06 199 the Maori people**'. ^He did not like what he saw as G06 200 *'attacks by the influences of education and of the economic G06 201 system of the white man on family relationships, co-operation G06 202 under recognised hapu and tribal leaders in communal G06 203 undertakings**'. G06 204 |^A great leader, a compelling orator and a man of immense G06 205 energy and drive seemingly lost his way in the complexities of G06 206 modern life... ^*'There were committees everywhere cutting G06 207 across old methods of consultations on the maraes and in the G06 208 runanga houses... the new system seemed to challenge all that we G06 209 had come to associate with mana in Maori affairs.**' ^Ngata G06 210 died in 1950, aged 76, at Waiomatatini. ^He is buried there, G06 211 as Te Rangi Hiroa described it, *'on Puputa above the great G06 212 tribal meeting house of Porourangi from whence he set out as a G06 213 boy to attain a glory of achievement which will light up the G06 214 horizon for generations yet unborn**'. G06 215 *# G07 001 **[194 TEXT G07**] G07 002 ^*0The 30th Battalion was directed to the Koumac area, 250 G07 003 miles north of Noumea. G07 004 |^*0New Caledonia is just south of Fiji in longitude. ^It G07 005 has a warm, dry climate, but the greatest concentration of G07 006 mosquitoes (fortunately non-malarial) I have ever seen. ^The G07 007 only development in those days had taken place around Noumea G07 008 and roads, including the main communication route which G07 009 generally followed the west coast, were primitive, to say the G07 010 least. ^The area is rich in minerals, particularly copper and G07 011 nickel. ^Most of the mining was being done by Asian indentured G07 012 labourers from the Gulf of Tonkin. G07 013 |^The countryside was not unlike the outback of Australia, G07 014 but instead of eucalypts, there were thousands and thousands of G07 015 niaouli trees. ^Even the trees looked spindly and depressed, G07 016 as if they were in need of Oxfam. ^They provided little shade, G07 017 but they did produce a bark which peeled readily and could be G07 018 used for thatching. ^The expression *'niaouli happy**' was G07 019 coined pretty soon after we arrived, and it said it all. ^The G07 020 soil was mainly red laterite which, during the wet season, G07 021 coloured the water and, in the dry season, coloured everything. G07 022 |^Koumac is a small village and the most northern on the G07 023 island. ^Apart from its geographical position, the area's G07 024 military importance lay in its airfield which could take up to G07 025 a {0DC}3 and could be developed further, and a radar station G07 026 established and manned by the Americans. ^Both became the G07 027 security responsibility of our Battalion. G07 028 |^To those of us who had known Momi Bay in Fiji, the signs G07 029 were unmistakeable. ^Here was another job of hard graft and G07 030 pioneering work *- tent sites to be cleared, cookhouses to be G07 031 erected, mess bures to be built, roads to be made. ^To the G07 032 credit of the Battalion, however, a camp had been established G07 033 by Christmas and concerts were being performed on a stage by G07 034 New Year. G07 035 |^Major Vin Cauty was our Company Commander, but he was G07 036 quickly involved in establishing records for crosscountry hikes G07 037 and navigation exercises which were his forte. ^Captain Denis G07 038 Young of Wellington, a very balanced individual with rare G07 039 leadership ability, ran the company which consisted of two G07 040 Vickers machine gun platoons commanded by Ted Taylor and G07 041 myself, and Wally Davies, commanding a mortar platoon. ^All G07 042 had been involved with our courses at Trentham. G07 043 |^The Christmas concert was a good one and was attended by our G07 044 Brigade Commander, Brigadier Les Potter, {0NZSC}, who stayed G07 045 with us for a few days during which the Battalion hardly G07 046 covered itself with glory. G07 047 |^Brigadier Potter was an unusual man. ^His rank and G07 048 appointment indicated his military attributes; but to G07 049 subalterns anyhow, he didn't radiate charm, warmth or G07 050 inspiration. ^He was short and dumpy and he always appeared, G07 051 even when delivering a rocket (and I should know), to be G07 052 looking over your shoulder. G07 053 |^There was a problem in New Caledonia with black widow G07 054 spiders which had a very nasty bite and seemed to enjoy the G07 055 dark, particularly the inside of our wooden latrines. ^A G07 056 soldier was bitten on the scrotum and even if only half of what G07 057 we heard about its effect and the resultant colour and size was G07 058 true, it was far from funny and made us all, as a Cockney lad G07 059 in \0HQ company said, *'dead jumpy**'. ^To counter the spiders G07 060 all latrines were flashed out each day by the sanitary man. G07 061 ^He would splash petrol inside, close the lid to get the fumes G07 062 concentrated, then drop in a match, having made sure he'd got G07 063 his eyebrows out of the way. G07 064 |^The officers had a one-holer tactically sited close to the G07 065 officers' mess bure, and practically placed so that occupation G07 066 could be observed especially round breakfast time. ^One Sunday G07 067 when most of us were at breakfast before a church service, we G07 068 had become aware that the one-holer was occupied. ^A pause, G07 069 then there was an almighty flash. ^The hessian screen around G07 070 the latrine fell outwards and we were treated to the sight of G07 071 one of our fellow officers, pipe in mouth, trousers around his G07 072 boots, still in the sitting position but a good foot off the G07 073 seat with, underneath him, the sort of flame we've become G07 074 accustomed to seeing at Cape Canaveral during the early stage G07 075 of a launch. ^The poor chap finally came down again and was G07 076 helped to the {0RAP}. G07 077 |^Fortunately he wasn't too badly hurt, only losing some G07 078 skin, although he was evacuated to a base hospital where he G07 079 spent some time lying on his stomach, no doubt harbouring dark G07 080 thoughts about a certain sanitary man. ^He did, though, tell G07 081 us what happened. ^He sat, thought he would have a pipe as G07 082 well and lit it. ^Then he dropped the match inside, where the G07 083 petrol fumes were still waiting. ^Sequel *- a sanitary man G07 084 became an infantryman. G07 085 |^On the military side, apart from occupying areas which G07 086 required security, we did a great deal of sound training, using G07 087 the enormous space available everywhere. ^Everyone waited for G07 088 signs that we would be moving north but we had to wait until G07 089 June for an announcement that the Brigade was to receive G07 090 training in amphibious landings. ^The {0CO} was to attend an G07 091 exercise in Noumea and Leo Kermode and I accompanied him before G07 092 returning to Koumac to conduct training mainly in the use of G07 093 cargo nets to get to and from troop transport landing barges. G07 094 |^Lieutenant Leo Kermode, a Duntroon graduate, was a G07 095 sometimes introspective but always positive character. ^When G07 096 he got steamed up he could be outspoken and he'd already had a G07 097 head-on with a couple of Regular officers of some seniority and G07 098 more was to come. ^Leo weathered it all, however, and retired G07 099 as a brigadier a few years ago. G07 100 |^Leo and I took part in an exercise on the {0USS} *1John G07 101 Penn *0which involved the embarkation of a battalion and the G07 102 tactical loading of stores, arms and equipment. ^Then it was G07 103 *'debarkation**' over landing nets into Higgins barges, each G07 104 manned by a Navy cockswain and a gunner, and movement to shore G07 105 in formation to effect a landing. ^After forming a perimeter G07 106 on the beach, we had to return to the transport in the barges, G07 107 this time climbing up the nets. ^The decks of the transports G07 108 were very high and you needed confidence and technique to G07 109 scramble up and down the nets, especially at the bow, where the G07 110 nets were inclined to swing. ^We were all heavily laden with G07 111 packs, shovels, entrenching tools, weapons \0etc., which made G07 112 it difficult to maintain our balance. ^It was not unusual for G07 113 troops to freeze on the nets, especially when the weight of G07 114 packs or equipment caused their feet to go forward and their G07 115 heads back. ^A lot of training in full kit was necessary. ^At G07 116 least two soldiers fell from the nets, fortunately without G07 117 serious injury, but a padre who fell across a barge was badly G07 118 hurt. G07 119 |^Leo and I were also introduced to the techniques of G07 120 tactically loading vehicles, guns and equipment, putting the G07 121 space available to the best use. ^Scaled templates of G07 122 vehicles and so on were used to plan the loading. G07 123 |^We returned to Koumac and began exercising companies in G07 124 rotation, having secured landing nets to scaffolding G07 125 representing the sides of a transport. ^In due course, to G07 126 everyone's relief, the Battalion moved out of Koumac to G07 127 undertake an amphibious exercise on the {0USS} *1John Penn *0in G07 128 Noumea before moving to the Solomon Islands. G07 129 |^The planning and loading of vehicles and heavy equipment G07 130 onto transports for the Brigade's move north to the Solomons G07 131 became my and Leo Kermode's responsibility, and it represented G07 132 quite a challenge. ^It soon became clear that all vehicles G07 133 were not going to fit, so priority became important, and it was G07 134 also essential to load so that vehicles came off in the G07 135 required order. ^We managed to get all but two loaded and, at G07 136 about 0200 hours in the morning, with some sense of G07 137 satisfaction, we were leaning against a shed on the wharf, so G07 138 that we wouldn't fall over with tiredness, when the Brigadier G07 139 drove up to have a final check. G07 140 |^We reported the situation, or at least Leo did, because he G07 141 was senior to me. ^It would be true to say that the G07 142 conversation became acrimonious *- well, as acrimonious as a G07 143 purely one-way conversation between a brigadier and lieutenant G07 144 can be. ^As patiently as possible Leo explained the hard facts G07 145 of hold and deck availability against vehicle requirements and G07 146 priority, but to no avail. ^He was firmly instructed to get G07 147 all the vehicles aboard. ^The question had to be asked: G07 148 ^*'Where can I put them?**' ^Brigadier Potter must have also G07 149 had a long hard day. ^He got into his car, poked his head out G07 150 of the window, said, ^*'Put them up the mast**', and drove off. G07 151 ^I admired both Leo's restraint and the action he took to get G07 152 the overflow vehicles on the next transport. ^It became a G07 153 private joke between Leo and me for many years; whenever things G07 154 looked impossible, the answer: ^*'Put them up the mast**'. G07 155 |^In mid August the brigade in convoy *- {0USS} *1President G07 156 Adams *0(30th Battalion), {0USS} *1President Hayes *0(35th G07 157 Battalion) and {0USS} *1President Jackson *0(37th Battalion) G07 158 and three escorting destroyers *- steamed out of Noumea Harbour G07 159 for the New Hebrides and the Guadalcanal. G07 160 *<*47*> G07 161 * G07 162 |^*0The convoy rode at anchor for four days in the harbour of G07 163 Vila, off the island of Efate in the New Hebrides Group, during G07 164 which we carried out three practice landings on Mele beach, for G07 165 the final one remaining ashore overnight. ^Stores and G07 166 ammunition were brought ashore to give the ship and beach G07 167 unloading parties experience. G07 168 |^It was quite a sight *- a wave of landing barges, line G07 169 abreast, heading for a beach. ^The drill was to load the G07 170 barges with troops and then circle until the decision was made G07 171 to *'hit the beach**', usually under cover of Naval gunfire. G07 172 ^Each barge had its cockswain aft, who drove the barge and, G07 173 with some device activated by his foot, lowered the ramp of the G07 174 barge once it hit the beach, and a gunner forward manning twin G07 175 Brownings. ^The gunner was usually instructed to provide G07 176 *'prophylactic**' fire onto the beach area as they approached. G07 177 ^When elements of 8th Brigade landed on Mono Island in the G07 178 Solomons, the gunners did this not only during the first wave G07 179 but the second and third as well, to the acute discomfort of G07 180 the New Zealanders digging in, on and around the beach. G07 181 |^During our first rehearsal at Vila, there was a wave of 12 G07 182 barges each containing a platoon (approximately 30) of infantry G07 183 heading for the shore, and when they were about half a mile G07 184 away, the cockswain of one of the barges, who must have been G07 185 tapping his foot either in impatience or to a tune running G07 186 through his head, hit the ramp release button. ^The effect was G07 187 dramatic. ^When the ramp came down at about 10 or 15 knots, it G07 188 acted like a scoop and the barge went straight to the bottom. G07 189 ^One moment the barge was there in line and the next it had G07 190 disappeared, leaving a gap like a lost tooth. G07 191 |^Fortunately there was sufficient air trapped in packs, G07 192 equipment and clothing for everyone to bob to the surface in G07 193 spite of their loads. ^The only damage, apart from shattered G07 194 nerves, was to some weapons, equipment and, of course, the G07 195 barge, which was left there. ^The cockswain, who was in danger G07 196 of becoming a casualty, couldn't be found. ^After that, we G07 197 instituted a drill for barge work: one chap was detailed to G07 198 watch the cockswain's feet and another to watch the gunner's G07 199 hands. G07 200 |^The convoy was attacked during our three-day voyage to G07 201 Guadalcanal in stifling blacked-out conditions. ^Two days out G07 202 of Vila a Japanese submarine, afterwards sunk by escorting G07 203 destroyers, fired three torpedoes, but fortunately they passed G07 204 harmlessly through the convoy, missing one transport by 200 G07 205 yards. G07 206 |^On 27 August the *1President Adams *0dropped anchor off G07 207 Point Cruz, Guadalcanal, the largest island of the Solomon G07 208 Group. ^Although fighting had ceased on the island, it was G07 209 still receiving treatment from the air, so the priority was to G07 210 get everybody and everything off with speed. G07 211 *# G08 001 **[195 TEXT G08**] G08 002 |^*0From 1979 to 1981, I ran for the Technical Running Club G08 003 and trained with the Olympic coach, Vlademars Brieds. ^In the G08 004 summer I ran short distance races on the track to improve my G08 005 speed. ^It was a big change from marathons. ^The training G08 006 programme was a lot tougher. G08 007 |^At the beginning of 1981, I decided to give up running. G08 008 ^My shoes have lain idle from that time. G08 009 |^In my career as a runner I had completed eight marathons, G08 010 76 miles for the *'Deep Freeze Telethon**' (setting a New G08 011 Zealand record for my age) and run very fast marathon times. G08 012 ^I had also run in many road races, cross country and track G08 013 events, and I had performed well in them all. G08 014 |^There were many reasons for my giving up running at that G08 015 stage, the most important one being the need to have as much G08 016 time as possible to learn to read and write like everybody G08 017 else my age. G08 018 *<*5Seeking Help as an Adult Learner*> G08 019 |^*0I left school not able to read and write very much by G08 020 myself. ^I had spent most of my schooling in special classes. G08 021 ^In that time I learnt very little. G08 022 |^Late in 1979, I started to realise, how important it was G08 023 to have a good education. G08 024 |^I was very lucky to have a full-time job at the Botanic G08 025 Gardens. ^I had not been unemployed. ^I did not wake up each G08 026 morning as others did, wondering what the day would bring in G08 027 the way of jobs. G08 028 |^To begin with I found settling into employment quite G08 029 difficult. ^But I knew that if I threw it in, I would find it G08 030 very hard to find another job. ^It would have been beyond me G08 031 to have had to fill in a job application form. ^I just G08 032 couldn't manage. ^The only thing I could write about myself, G08 033 was that I had had two years secondary education in a special G08 034 class. ^Employers would not be impressed. ^The application G08 035 would get pushed aside. G08 036 |^That was why it was becoming more and more important for G08 037 me to improve my reading and writing. ^It was so frustrating, G08 038 not being able to read something properly. ^At times I felt G08 039 like screaming to release the anger within. G08 040 |^I had lived through many bad experiences; the times I had G08 041 to not let on to others that I had a problem. ^I kept to G08 042 myself and I kept my secret to myself. G08 043 |^I was determined to get some help. G08 044 |^One morning Mum was at home listening to the radio. ^This G08 045 particular morning, there was a programme about International G08 046 Literacy day. ^It was 1980, the same year I had started work. G08 047 |^When I got home from work that night, Mum told me all G08 048 that she had heard that morning. ^It seemed that the G08 049 co-ordinator of the local adult reading programme had been G08 050 interviewed on 3ZB and she had talked about the Christchurch G08 051 programme. ^Basically, it helped individual students who had G08 052 problems coping with their everyday reading and writing, by G08 053 matching them to their own tutor. ^Together, student and tutor G08 054 worked on the difficulties that student had. ^Such G08 055 difficulties as getting a driver's licence, filling in bank G08 056 deposit and withdrawal forms, spelling, writing letters, were G08 057 some of the reasons students gave for seeking help from the G08 058 programme. G08 059 |^It sounded just what I had been looking for. ^I decided G08 060 to phone the radio station to find out how to contact the G08 061 reading programme. G08 062 |^I was given a phone number to ring and from that G08 063 conversation, I was told that a person called Shona would G08 064 contact me and probably come and interview me at home to find G08 065 out what sort of assistance I was seeking and how best the G08 066 programme could help. G08 067 |^In a few days, Shona phoned and arranged to come and see G08 068 me. G08 069 |^I was very excited the night Shona called. ^She explained G08 070 how the programme helped people like myself; that there were G08 071 many students needing help; I was not the only one. ^Students G08 072 worked out what sort of things they were aiming for, what G08 073 goals, and then with hard work, these goals could be achieved. G08 074 |^It sounded much better than the school system to me and G08 075 far more interesting. ^It meant that the student and tutor G08 076 would have to get on well together and that they would be G08 077 carefully matched according to the needs and abilities of the G08 078 student. G08 079 |^As Shona talked I was overcome with excitement. ^She G08 080 calmed me down and I talked about my background, my problems G08 081 and difficulties I had been having. ^But most important, what G08 082 I wanted to do in the future. ^I was aiming then to do G08 083 Horticulture assignments by correspondence and hopefully sit G08 084 a test paper at the end of the year's work. ^I needed also to G08 085 pass my driver's licence. ^This meant reading and G08 086 understanding the road code and passing the theory test. G08 087 |^Shona commented, *'^You'll have a lot of hard work G08 088 ahead.**' ^I agreed and said, *'^This will be a real challenge G08 089 for me.**' ^I began working with my first tutor. G08 090 |^After six months, I went along to some of the winter G08 091 seminar sessions, and met other students at a student support G08 092 meeting. ^I began to realise there were many others with G08 093 literacy problems. ^There were students aged from 16 to 60. G08 094 ^It must have been hard for the older ones to have to seek G08 095 help so late in life. ^I am so glad I started getting help G08 096 when I was only 16 1/2. G08 097 |^I was still very keen to learn and get on. ^Getting help G08 098 at last, was like being given a second chance to make G08 099 something of my life. G08 100 |^As a person who had been unable to read and write, and G08 101 was now getting help, I felt like a tree that had been dormant G08 102 in the winter months but now spring had come... there was a G08 103 new lease of life. G08 104 **[PHOTOS**] G08 105 *<*5My First Tutor*> G08 106 |^*0In the late summer of 1980, I received a long awaited G08 107 phone call from the co-ordinator of the reading programme. ^I G08 108 had been expecting the call so was delighted to hear from her. G08 109 ^She gave me the details of the tutor she had matched to me in G08 110 my area. ^I was so pleased to hear the good news, I rushed to G08 111 tell Mum as soon as I got off the phone. G08 112 |^The tutor's name was Pat. ^She was a mother of five G08 113 children and from the very first meeting, she treated me like G08 114 one of her own. ^We got on well together and built a great G08 115 relationship, working together on different goals for almost 2 G08 116 1/2 years. ^She lived not far from me and from the start, I G08 117 went to her home once a week for my lessons. ^It felt great G08 118 having someone to help me improve my reading and writing G08 119 again. G08 120 |^Pat was very understanding and listened to me talk a G08 121 great deal of the problems I had had in the past. ^I felt G08 122 better being able to talk things out with her. ^She just used G08 123 to listen... and let me talk on. G08 124 |^Our first lesson was in the autumn of 1980. ^Nearly all G08 125 our lessons were in Pat's kitchen, working at the table. ^To G08 126 begin with, the sessions were just one hour, but this G08 127 gradually increased to two hours, we had so much work to do G08 128 each week. G08 129 |^I found it difficult getting started all over again, G08 130 particularly when Pat asked me to read something out loud when G08 131 some member of her family came in to the kitchen. ^I was very G08 132 embarrassed at first, because all her family were much older G08 133 than me and better educated. ^But gradually, I got more and G08 134 more confidence, and her kids always treated me just like G08 135 everyone else in the family. G08 136 |^Big words were still too big and difficult. ^I couldn't G08 137 say them. ^I didn't know them. ^We used to write them out on a G08 138 piece of cardboard from Weetbix packets, breaking them into G08 139 syllables as they were written down. ^When I tried to read G08 140 them by myself, there were too many big and difficult words. G08 141 ^I would give up. G08 142 |^Together with my tutor, I gradually learned how and where G08 143 to break them into syllables. ^I learned how to use a G08 144 dictionary. ^For the first time in my life, I was finding out G08 145 the meanings of many new words, words I'd never seen before, G08 146 words I'd never used before in speech or reading. ^The more I G08 147 read, the greater grew the number of words. ^I also found out G08 148 that I didn't know my alphabet too well. ^Something else to G08 149 learn. G08 150 |^The cards with the new words written on I used to take G08 151 home each week and learn and practise saying them, over and G08 152 over again. G08 153 |^Sometimes the cards were part of a jigsaw puzzle, the G08 154 fitted together to make sentences and then stories. ^I learned G08 155 new words fast and enjoyed the learning of them. ^I came to G08 156 know Pat well in that time together. ^I remember that in the G08 157 following spring, we went together to the City Library. ^It G08 158 was the old library in Cambridge Terrace and it was my first G08 159 visit ever. ^After a good look around all the various G08 160 departments, we went to the Information desk and Pat helped me G08 161 fill in an enrolment form to become a member of the library. G08 162 ^We got out a lot of children's books that first time. ^I soon G08 163 started to read and enjoy them all on my own. ^After about a G08 164 year, my reading had improved so much that I decided it was G08 165 time to set a new goal. ^I wanted to get my driver's licence. G08 166 |^I knew it was going to be a tough job. G08 167 |^I went to the office of the reading programme in town and G08 168 borrowed a copy of the simplified version of the road code. G08 169 ^Then Pat and I set to work. ^I went through that book over G08 170 and over again until I knew and understood everything in the G08 171 book. ^Learning every part of the code took time and effort. G08 172 |^Then we started on the ordinary code, a much more G08 173 difficult reading task. G08 174 |^I had to know that code, because it was from that G08 175 version, I would be asked all the questions on the written G08 176 part of the test as well as the oral section. ^It took another G08 177 six months of hard and determined work before I was ready for G08 178 the test. G08 179 |^My time came round and I sat in the examination room with G08 180 a whole lot of others. G08 181 |^My first paper was the written test. ^I had to read the G08 182 questions on my own and choose the correct answer for each of G08 183 the 25 questions from the answers provided. ^I couldn't make G08 184 too many errors. ^I had to understand what the question was G08 185 all about in order to provide the correct answer. ^Next came G08 186 the oral part of the test. ^I had to answer six questions and G08 187 get five correct. ^The first test in my life and I was a G08 188 nervous wreck. ^I *2PASSED... *0all of it, the whole test. G08 189 ^Imagine my relief. ^I couldn't wait to get home to tell my G08 190 family and Pat my tutor, the great news. G08 191 **[ILLUSTRATION**] G08 192 *<*5My First Letter Writing Session*> G08 193 |^*0By now I had achieved many other things. ^I had been G08 194 working for a year at the Botanic Gardens and I knew then that G08 195 my ambition was to get an apprenticeship in Horticulture. G08 196 |^I decided to do a correspondence course in 4th Form G08 197 Horticulture. ^With my tutor's help, I wrote my first letter G08 198 applying to do the course. ^To begin with I had made so many G08 199 mistakes on my own that I needed to have Pat's help for the G08 200 final result. G08 201 |^I knew this would not be my last letter. G08 202 |^In response to my letter, I received the assignments in G08 203 the mail from Wellington. ^There were 15 of them to complete. G08 204 |^I had also to keep a diary of all the practical work I G08 205 did at home and at work. ^This had to be written up each week. G08 206 ^One of the things I had to do was design a formal bed for G08 207 polyanthus. G08 208 *# G09 001 **[196 TEXT G09**] G09 002 ^*0When he retired from the post in 1952 he had served \0St G09 003 Andrew's for 34 years. ^Before that he had served in G09 004 Invercargill and Dunedin. ^He was another of the church's G09 005 characters, who had been a very brilliant organist in his day, G09 006 indeed still was, though more slapdash towards the end. ^He G09 007 was also irascible and difficult and had to be handled G09 008 delicately like the best china. ^His wife, who was a member of G09 009 the choir, both argued with him and smoothed out the problems. G09 010 ^He sat behind the pulpit in the old interior consuming, during G09 011 sermon time, both paper back novels and peanuts. ^When the G09 012 organ was sold and shifted, beneath the foot pedals a sea of G09 013 peanut shells was found, dropped there over the years by Frank. G09 014 ^The choir was active and strong during his time, composed as G09 015 it was of some of the stalwarts in the congregation, including G09 016 members of the Thomson family who had been in the choir most of G09 017 their lives. ^\0Mrs Armour Thomson had been 75 years in the G09 018 choir when she finally retired. ^James Harper and the McKay G09 019 brothers, his nephews, were stalwarts of those days. G09 020 |^Frank Thomas was succeeded by Alan Hewson, Neville Dench G09 021 and others such as Frank Godman. ^Then in mid-1954 Peter Averi G09 022 was appointed. ^Peter Averi is a talented musician who gave G09 023 the choir a high profile as we say today. ^His recordings of G09 024 hymns and major works, such as Stainer's *1Crucifixion, G09 025 *0demonstrated the quality of his work and the support he gave G09 026 the congregation. ^During his time the choir was robed and the G09 027 old 1928 Hill and Beard organ, originally from Christchurch G09 028 Cathedral, was sold. ^It was bought by the Morrinsville G09 029 Methodist Church where I presume it still functions. ^The new G09 030 organ was built and installed by Crofts' highly competent organ G09 031 builder, George Sanders. G09 032 |^There are some other features of my ministry of \0St G09 033 Andrew's which should be recorded. ^One was the development G09 034 over the period from 1949 to 1962, of assistantships in the G09 035 parish, first on a part-time basis and, later full-time, as the G09 036 work and the congregation grew. ^To begin with, the G09 037 arrangement for a part-time assistant was intended to give some G09 038 help to the Student Christian Movement whose general G09 039 secretaries, in two cases, were appointed assistants at \0St G09 040 Andrew's. ^It gave them a base in the church structure and, in G09 041 addition, some small help with finance. ^It also gave \0St G09 042 Andrew's a new and broader outlook on the work of the church in G09 043 the universities and strengthened both our preaching and our G09 044 worship. G09 045 |^The first to be appointed was Norman Gilkison, now a G09 046 retired moderator; the second was Peter McKenzie, now Lecturer G09 047 in Religious Studies at Leicester. ^Norman was one of a select G09 048 band who boarded at the manse in my days as a bachelor. ^They G09 049 included Leighton Dixon, who was then in broadcasting and later G09 050 became an expert antique dealer; Denzil Brown, who was G09 051 finishing his course at Victoria University College and later G09 052 became minister of First Church, Dunedin, and the \0St Heliers, G09 053 Auckland. ^Denzil did his courting with \0St Andrew's manse as G09 054 a base, and his antics as a lodger were predictably G09 055 unpredictable; Bill Gardiner Scott who was chaplain to the G09 056 {0S.C.M.} at Victoria, in succession to the late {0M.G.} G09 057 Sullivan, sometime Dean of \0St Paul's, London. ^All of us G09 058 were looked after by \0Mrs Carrie Christon, a competent and G09 059 devoted housekeeper whose life had been far from easy but who G09 060 had the gift of discretion, a valuable asset in anyone running G09 061 a manse. ^We all owed her a great deal for I am sure we G09 062 imposed on her more than we should. ^She died early in 1983. G09 063 |^When Peter McKenzie's time was up, a decision was made to G09 064 appoint the \0Rev. Warren Schrader, as a full-time assistant. G09 065 ^He was duly ordained and inducted as Assistant Minister on 2 G09 066 March 1956. ^Warren was originally from Timaru. ^He is a G09 067 lively and exciting person, brimful of ideas which he puts G09 068 across in a friendly manner. G09 069 |^In February 1959 Warren Schrader was inducted to \0St G09 070 Mark's, Palmerston North, and the \0Rev. Irvine \0O. Roxburgh, G09 071 formerly of Wanaka, Central Otago, was appointed to succeed him G09 072 initially on a part-time basis because of commitments to the G09 073 Education Department, but, from late 1959, as a full-time G09 074 assistant. ^Irvine Roxburgh is well known in the church and G09 075 the community as an historian, his major works being the G09 076 definitive history of Wanaka for the Otago Centennial G09 077 Historical Publications, and the history of the Jacksons Bay G09 078 settlement. G09 079 |^When Irvine Roxburgh was called to Johnsonville in G09 080 November 1961 *- he had acted in full charge in my absence for G09 081 four months in {0U.S.A.} and during my time as Moderator in G09 082 1960-61 *- the congregation made no move to appoint a G09 083 successor, and, in fact none was appointed during the last two G09 084 years of my ministry, nor in the time of my successors. G09 085 |^In addition to the assistant ministers, the congregation G09 086 also employed two deaconesses who were well received and helped G09 087 considerably to ease the work load. ^Mary Coombe was appointed G09 088 in January 1950, resigning in December 1951 when she married G09 089 Norman Prier and went to live in Eastbourne. ^She was G09 090 succeeded by Margaret Francis who was appointed in December G09 091 1952 and resigned in December 1956. ^The latter became a G09 092 minister later on and died tragically in a motor accident at G09 093 Takaka in the Nelson province. G09 094 |^Another aspect of those golden years was the local G09 095 stewardship programme, part of the new life and stewardship G09 096 movement in the church as a whole. ^It was inaugurated in 1957 G09 097 and has been continued and renewed in the congregation from G09 098 time to time ever since. ^The *1\0St Andrew's Echo *0of G09 099 September 1957 contains a letter from myself as minister, G09 100 outlining the reasons for holding a stewardship campaign and G09 101 explaining some of the questions which had been raised. ^It G09 102 also contains information about the structure of the G09 103 stewardship programme in the parish, and the plans which were G09 104 to be put into action. ^There can be no doubt that stewardship G09 105 was a significant and rousing experience. ^We at \0St Andrew's G09 106 were fortunate to have a strong committee, utterly devoted to G09 107 the task. ^It was responsible for such functions as the Dinner G09 108 on 28 September 1957, a highly successful affair. ^Hugh Duncan G09 109 was chairman of the committee and there can be no doubt that G09 110 his devoted service was the cornerstone on which the success of G09 111 stewardship at \0St Andrew's was built. G09 112 |^Hugh Duncan was a grand person, an Aucklander, raised with G09 113 a sound sense of Christian values in \0St Luke's Church, G09 114 Remuera. ^He worked in the insurance profession, rising G09 115 ultimately to the position of New Zealand Manager of the Sun G09 116 Insurance Company. ^A man of his word, he knew how to relax G09 117 and he knew how to work. ^In all the activities in which he G09 118 engaged, he showed qualities of leadership. ^Cricket was an G09 119 enthusiasm he shared with his minister, but he was well out in G09 120 front both as a player and as an administrator. ^He played for G09 121 Otago in the palmy days of George Dickinson and Rupert Worker. G09 122 ^His service to Wellington cricket as a selector for many years G09 123 was phenomenal. ^He had a strong chin and when his G09 124 determination showed, you knew there was no arguing with him. G09 125 ^In the matter of stewardship, his influence was paramount. G09 126 ^But it was a great team who worked consistently and regularly G09 127 on the nuts and bolts of the programme. G09 128 |^Six hundred sat down to that Dinner in the Wellington Town G09 129 Hall on 28 September. ^John White, now Sir John, a retired G09 130 Judge of the High Court, spoke of the history of the G09 131 congregation; Bert Orange, the Session Clerk, who had replaced G09 132 {0N.H.G.} McFarlane, and gave sterling service in that office G09 133 until 1985, spoke of our hopes; some of the young people spoke G09 134 of what stewardship meant in spiritual terms; and Peter Frude, G09 135 a marvellous organiser of the visiting teams, spoke on the G09 136 future of stewardship. ^The results were quite remarkable, not G09 137 only in financial terms, but also in the response for service G09 138 which the campaign generated. G09 139 |^The following report written in March 1958 shows what was G09 140 achieved: G09 141 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G09 142 ^This was, I suppose, the highest point reached by \0St G09 143 Andrew's since its foundation. ^One should not measure G09 144 Christian achievements by numbers because real Christian impact G09 145 is made in many different ways, but there can be no doubt that G09 146 the heart of the congregation on The Terrace was beating G09 147 strongly, at that stage, sending life blood out into the parish G09 148 and the wider world. ^Incidentally, an article by Lloyd G09 149 Geering in the New Zealand *1Listener *0of 12 July 1986 points G09 150 out that in absolute terms the Presbyterian Church was at its G09 151 strongest this century in 1960. ^In that period 1958-62 \0St G09 152 Andrew's reflected the overall buoyancy of the church. G09 153 |^Another aspect of life at \0St Andrew's was broadcasting. G09 154 ^Religious broadcasting was a comparatively new thing and was G09 155 organised through the Broadcasting Service on an ecumenical G09 156 basis. ^A combined committee of the churches made G09 157 recommendations each year for churches to be wired for G09 158 broadcasting. ^The importance of broadcasting was quickly G09 159 grasped and understood. ^Some churches had directors of G09 160 broadcasting and for a time the Presbyterian church made such G09 161 appointments. ^Today, religious broadcasting both on radio G09 162 and \0TV is co-ordinated. G09 163 |^\0St Andrew's in Wellington was one of those churches G09 164 which had a regular slot on the air, and I decided from the G09 165 beginning to make this a feature of the \0St Andrew's witness G09 166 to the community. ^People almost automatically turn off G09 167 religious services, so the aim, as I saw it, was to capture and G09 168 maintain attention, not by gimmickry but by the simple, direct G09 169 presentation of a warm and welcoming message. ^To what G09 170 audience did one direct one's attention? ^In those days there G09 171 was little research into consumer attitudes, but the G09 172 broadcasting church had to address itself to certain classes of G09 173 listener. ^One was the loyal church person unable to get out G09 174 to worship *- he or she had to be nourished and helped with G09 175 familiar and constructive worship. ^Then there was the G09 176 interested outsider who was ready to listen if the church used G09 177 topical and relevant material. ^Finally, there were the G09 178 occasional listeners who might catch some fragment of a message G09 179 which had a personal touch, and the cranks who were looking for G09 180 special pleading for their own cause, whether it be British G09 181 Israel or some fundamentalist nonsense. ^There was no point G09 182 trying to please everyone, one had simply to steer a clear G09 183 straight**[ARB**]-forward course, using well known and well G09 184 sung music, and preaching a direct, universal Christian G09 185 message. ^The code imposed on religious broadcasters was a G09 186 fair one, ensuring that all who broadcast would stay within the G09 187 main stream of Christian witness. ^In all the years of G09 188 broadcasting the care taken over this has increased ecumenical G09 189 understanding and helped the outside community to recognise the G09 190 basic unity of all Christian people. G09 191 |^\0St Andrew's in its care for broadcasting and its G09 192 willingness to put itself out to perfect this instrument of G09 193 communication, has developed a sense of mission. ^Now that G09 194 \0TV is part of the scene, \0St Andrew's has taken that too in G09 195 its stride. G09 196 |^One of the feature occasions for broadcasting was the G09 197 annual \0St Andrew's Day Service which took place on the G09 198 evening of the Sunday nearest \0St Andrew's Day *- 30 November. G09 199 ^On that day the pipe bands of the Scottish Society of G09 200 Wellington marched with a skirl down The Terrace to a service. G09 201 ^One of the lessons was always read in the Gaelic *- an event G09 202 eagerly awaited by people all over New Zealand. ^For many G09 203 years this task was allotted to \0Mr Duncan McDiarmid. G09 204 |^It is recorded that on one occasion, the broadcasting from G09 205 \0St Andrew's of the hymn *'For those in peril on the sea**', G09 206 actually steadied and probably saved a ship and its crew in G09 207 trouble on the high seas. G09 208 |^Inter-church co-operation in the parish area was another G09 209 feature of the ministry of \0St Andrew's. ^When I arrived in G09 210 1947 there were four other major churches in the parish area. G09 211 ^The nearest was The Terrace Congregational Church at the G09 212 corner of The Terrace and Bowen Street where the Reserve Bank G09 213 now stands. G09 214 *# G10 001 **[197 TEXT G10**] G10 002 ^*0He was speared to death by natives in revolt against the G10 003 invasion of their country by the Italian dictator, Mussolini. G10 004 |^Before he had gone overseas in 1931, Cliff had visited G10 005 Kathleen to say goodbye. ^At the time, Kathleen had had a G10 006 strange foreboding as she had watched him leave the Weston G10 007 Avenue home to catch the Avondale tram and eventually the ship. G10 008 ^Kathleen's friend Janet Hesse had also been present at the G10 009 time. ^*'Kathleen was very apprehensive about Cliff at that G10 010 time,**' she says. ^Forgetting for the moment that Janet was G10 011 there, Kathleen mused to herself in words loud enough for Janet G10 012 to hear: *'I wonder if I shall ever see him again.**' G10 013 |^Soon after his arrival in Africa, Cliff married Myrtle G10 014 Jenkins, a New Zealander from Underwood, Invercargill, and also G10 015 a missionary with the same society. ^They were put in charge G10 016 of a pioneer station at Darassa, in the Sidamo Province of G10 017 Southern Abyssinia. G10 018 |^Armed forces of the Italian dictator Mussolini invaded the G10 019 country in 1935 and in October of that year, Cliff, aged G10 020 thirty-four, and Myrtle, were ordered by the governor of the G10 021 province to move from Darassa to Yerga Alem, the province's G10 022 capital. G10 023 |^Following the threat by the Italians in the south, Cliff G10 024 took Myrtle and their young son to Addis Ababa, the capital of G10 025 the country, to ensure their safety. ^Being satisfied with G10 026 security there, Cliff returned to Sidamo to continue missionary G10 027 work and also to help the Red Cross. G10 028 |^On 7 May 1936, Cliff and Thomas Devers, a Canadian G10 029 missionary with whom he was working, heard by radio that the G10 030 Italian army was advancing on Addis Ababa. ^The latter's G10 031 fiancee was also in the capital. ^Becoming exceedingly G10 032 concerned about the safety of the women, both men decided to G10 033 make their way back to the capital by the shortest route G10 034 possible. G10 035 |^They had no knowledge that a major riot had already taken G10 036 place in the capital following the flight of Emperor Haile G10 037 Selassie; nor that they would almost certainly meet large G10 038 numbers of angry, warlike local tribesmen on the route they had G10 039 chosen. ^However, they gathered together a party of G10 040 twenty-five friendly tribesmen to travel with them in case of G10 041 difficulties. ^But the number was insufficient. ^At about 2 G10 042 {0p.m.} on 9 May the party was attacked by about 200 Arussi G10 043 Gallas armed with rifles and spears. G10 044 |^It was not until the end of August that Myrtle, still G10 045 waiting anxiously in Addis Ababa for news, received official G10 046 word from the British Legation in the capital that Cliff and G10 047 Tom had been speared to death. ^The legation had been informed G10 048 by another New Zealand missionary who had been in the province G10 049 at another station at the time. ^In July, when the situation G10 050 in the province deteriorated still further, he had moved south G10 051 to the Kenyan border for his safety. G10 052 |^He had talked with one of the missionaries' original G10 053 twenty-five helpers who had escaped the massacre. ^The news he G10 054 gave was that both missionaries had been speared to death about G10 055 the same time. ^Many of the friendly tribesmen accompanying G10 056 them had also been killed and their bodies left on the road. G10 057 ^The assaulting tribesmen must have been concerned, however, G10 058 when they discovered they had killed two white missionaries, G10 059 for they had dragged their bodies under nearby bushes. ^That G10 060 was the last information ever received about the pair. ^Their G10 061 bodies were never recovered. G10 062 |^After three months of uncertainty over Cliff's G10 063 whereabouts, news of his death came as a shock to Kathleen and G10 064 Blaiklock. ^With the African country still occupied by the G10 065 Italians, there was nothing they could do about it from New G10 066 Zealand, and this made their grieving harder to bear. G10 067 |^Next to where Blaiklock and Cliff in their youth had so G10 068 often struck camp at Wood Bay, a plum tree had sprung up. G10 069 ^This they had agreed could have come only from one of the many G10 070 plum stones they had thrown out of their tent during their G10 071 camping periods. ^After Cliff's death, the tree became a G10 072 silent memorial to Cliff and to the times Blaiklock and he had G10 073 spent together on the Manukau. ^Blaiklock and Kathleen could G10 074 never again walk along that shore without the tree recalling G10 075 the tragedy vividly to them. ^As much as possible, they G10 076 avoided it. G10 077 |^When the Italians were finally driven out of Abyssinia by G10 078 British forces in 1941, Blaiklock wrote to General Cunningham, G10 079 in charge of the British East African Force Headquarters in G10 080 Nairobi, Kenya, seeking any information the Army might have G10 081 received about Cliff Mitchell. ^In 1941 he received a reply G10 082 from Lieutenant-Colonel {0WD} Dickinson, General Staff G10 083 Intelligence at Nairobi, to whom Blaiklock's letter had been G10 084 referred: G10 085 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G10 086 |^Blaiklock himself had been too young to be a participant G10 087 in the First World War and, because of duodenal ulcers, was G10 088 denied an active role in the Second on the grounds of his G10 089 health. ^But he did what he could for the war effort, G10 090 lecturing one night a week at the Officers' Training School at G10 091 Narrow Neck, for nearly three years. ^He dealt with the G10 092 history of warfare, tactics, and the causes and nature of human G10 093 conflict. ^He also addressed interested groups and societies G10 094 on public affairs and when a Japanese invasion seemed imminent, G10 095 spent one evening a week with suburban groups mobilised for G10 096 civil defence. G10 097 |^In 1941 the *1Weekly News *0editor, {0H I} MacPherson, G10 098 asked Blaiklock to write a regular column *'on whatever a G10 099 classical scholar may have in mind**'. ^His first G10 100 contribution, entitled *'Re-thinking History**', was on G10 101 archaeology and published under his own name, on 16 February G10 102 1941. ^The significance he placed on the subject and its G10 103 findings, is seen in the introductory paragraphs of his G10 104 article: G10 105 **[QUOTE**] G10 106 |^Blaiklock was then asked to write a regular weekly article G10 107 for the *1Weekly News, *0using a pen name: ^*'At first I was G10 108 apprehensive about whether I could continue indefinitely but G10 109 soon after the appointment, I chanced to be alone in the house G10 110 for a whole week and writing hard, stored up some two dozen G10 111 articles. ^That gave me confidence**' (*1Between the Foothills G10 112 and the Ridge, *0\0p.63-64). G10 113 |^Grammaticus articles began with the first issue of 1942. G10 114 ^Blaiklock chose his pen name because it meant *'a teacher of G10 115 literature and language the nearest equivalent in ancient Rome G10 116 to a university professor in such a discipline today**'. G10 117 ^Grammaticus articles continued in Wilson and Horton's G10 118 different publications *- the *1Weekly News, *0and when that G10 119 died, the *1Sunday Herald, *0and when that suffered a similar G10 120 fate, the *1New Zealand Herald *- *0without missing a week for G10 121 over forty-one years. G10 122 |^Blaiklock was also preaching regularly in Baptist churches G10 123 in and around Auckland and in 1944, became a member of the G10 124 Baptist Theological Board, succeeding in getting the board to G10 125 agree to first-year students taking Greek at Auckland G10 126 University. ^The principal of the Baptist College, \0Dr {0J J} G10 127 North, was never enthusiastic about the idea. ^It was more G10 128 important, he said, that students should become theologians G10 129 than Grecians. ^But he agreed to the idea nevertheless. G10 130 |^One of two new students that year who became the *'guinea G10 131 pigs**' for the short-lived experiment, was Bob Thompson. ^The G10 132 workload for the two young students became excessive. G10 133 ^Thompson survived, but his companion, after only one term, G10 134 didn't. ^Thompson continued at university as he completed his G10 135 theological training. G10 136 |^Blaiklock was sometimes criticised for using uncommon G10 137 words difficult for his hearers to understand. ^Thompson G10 138 recalls a judge in a court hearing in 1943 delaying the case so G10 139 he could consult a dictionary over the word *'cacophonous**' G10 140 which Blaiklock had used in giving evidence for \0Dr North. G10 141 |^It was a case in which the Baptist College principal had G10 142 been sued for libel as a result of an article he wrote about an G10 143 adventist group and their prophecy on the second coming of G10 144 Christ. ^The return of Christ was to take place on 17 July G10 145 1944, the group had predicted. ^Their calculations, expressed G10 146 in verse, had been based on the number of words in the English G10 147 Bible, not the Greek Testament. ^\0Dr North had called them G10 148 *'impudent prophets**'. ^He called Blaiklock to testify that G10 149 the Greek total was quite different from the English. ^The G10 150 libel did not succeed, 17 July 1944 came and went and the G10 151 *'prophets**' were not heard of again. G10 152 |^According to Thompson, Blaiklock was always impatient with G10 153 the liberal element in the Baptist denomination. ^Successor to G10 154 \0Dr North, \0Rev Luke Jenkins, was of that tradition. G10 155 ^Blaiklock opposed his appointment, ultimately resigning from G10 156 the Baptist Theological Board in protest. G10 157 |^With his own Greek *'department**', writing and Christian G10 158 activities, Blaiklock continued to live a full life. ^For G10 159 relaxation, the family continued to travel, usually once a week G10 160 to Titirangi amid the peaceful surroundings of the Waitakeres, G10 161 with which they were so familiar: G10 162 **[QUOTE**] G10 163 |^In the 1940s, Blaiklock's Greek section flourished and in G10 164 the years 1940-46, four of his students became Rhodes Scholars. G10 165 ^They were {0M W} Speight (killed at Cassino in the Second G10 166 World War), {0G L} Cawkwell, {0B F} Harris and \0F Foulkes. G10 167 ^During these years Blaiklock concentrated particularly on his G10 168 own studies in Greek, still worried that he had *'no piece of G10 169 paper**' in that language. ^He read all the thirty-five G10 170 surviving tragedies in Greek, seeing their unity and evolution. G10 171 ^This was excellent groundwork for his thesis *1The Male G10 172 Characters of Euripides, *0which won him a {0Ph.D.} in G10 173 literature in September 1945 and was published as a book by the G10 174 University Press seven years later. ^The thesis was *'a study G10 175 in realism**' and *'in memoriam to Alfred Croom Paterson**'. G10 176 ^His *'piece of paper in Greek**', problem was now solved. G10 177 ^The book was reviewed favourably in the *1New Zealand Herald. G10 178 **[QUOTE**] G10 179 ^Euripides (485-407{0BC})was the youngest of the three greatest G10 180 Attic tragedians. ^The characteristics of his plays are their G10 181 human qualities (men are represented in them in everyday life), G10 182 their poignant realism and the frequent use of divine G10 183 intervention. ^Two of his most remarkable plays are *1Bacchae, G10 184 *0and *1Heracles. ^*0Others interpret Euripides' purpose in G10 185 writing the *1Bacchae *0as being to teach moderation, the need G10 186 for self-control on the one hand and the danger on the other, G10 187 of too strong repression of natural instincts. ^Blaiklock saw G10 188 it as a study of religious psychology from real life, Dionysus G10 189 and his followers being a fanatical religious group living in G10 190 Euripides' day. ^*1Heracles, *0according to Blaiklock, shows G10 191 that Euripides had studied the disease of epilepsy in depth. G10 192 ^He used Heracles as the vehicle of his observations. G10 193 |^A month after being awarded his {0Ph.D.}, another major G10 194 event for Blaiklock and family took place. ^Ever since their G10 195 marriage, Blaiklock and Kathleen had lived in the same house. G10 196 ^Now they made their one and only move of their home in their G10 197 lives *- to 47 Koromiko Road, Titirangi. G10 198 |^The plot had a special significance for Blaiklock as it G10 199 overlooked the valley where he had spent his childhood and G10 200 where his father had farmed unsuccessfully. ^Some of the trees G10 201 his father had planted in those early days could be clearly G10 202 identified from the new home. ^Situated on the northern slopes G10 203 of the Waitakere Range, its wide-angled view covered the city G10 204 with its two harbours, one on either side. ^It was eleven G10 205 miles from Auckland University. G10 206 |^The family celebrated their first night there seated G10 207 before a large lounge window silently watching the distant city G10 208 become a mass of twinkling fairy-like lights below them. ^It G10 209 all had an air of unreality for them but this was soon to G10 210 become commonplace. G10 211 |^When they had lived at Weston Avenue, walks with the G10 212 boys up \0Mt Albert were frequent. ^Now they enjoyed happy G10 213 days of relaxation exploring together the Waitakere Range as G10 214 far as Whatipu on the edge of the rugged West Coast shoreline. G10 215 ^Its surf-pounding beaches appealed particularly to Blaiklock G10 216 and these excursions did much to strengthen existing bonds G10 217 between father and sons. G10 218 |^The Waitakeres had so many magnificent and unusual places G10 219 to explore. ^It was four miles from Whatipu to Pararaha Point G10 220 and then on to Gibbons track, the old lorry road from Karekare G10 221 used in the timber milling days. ^One impressive sight was G10 222 from the 600\0ft cliff about a mile south of Pararaha Point: G10 223 they could watch wisps of smoke coming from the now ebbing fire G10 224 they had lit on the beach the previous day, with the rolling G10 225 surf as the backdrop to the long stretch of beach; then towards G10 226 evening, they could see from their unique vantage point the G10 227 spectacular sunsets so much a feature of that part of G10 228 Auckland. G10 229 *# G11 001 **[198 TEXT G11**] G11 002 |^*7H*1ei Ariki Algie, or Tihei as she has been called since G11 003 her schooldays, is the senior great-granddaughter of Te Kooti G11 004 Arikirangi. ^She was born on 9 December 1913 and is the eldest G11 005 daughter of Putiputi Miria, who was the only daughter of Te G11 006 Kooti's only son. ^Although Tihei is not the eldest in the G11 007 Rikirangi family, her cousin Charlotte being born six months G11 008 earlier, she has become its head. ^This mana she traces from G11 009 her mother and her grandmother, Oriwia Kunaiti: that is, from G11 010 the women. G11 011 |^Tihei's story reveals how those who take for granted the G11 012 triumphs and superior morality of the colonizing interests can G11 013 force a family into feeling ashamed of being who they are. G11 014 |^Te Kooti has been described as a violent *'rebel**' and G11 015 *'murderer**' in most of the written accounts. ^The hostility G11 016 in this caricature was also fed by the local antagonisms in G11 017 Poverty Bay. ^Te Kooti ordered the imprisonment and the G11 018 execution of some of his major opponents, both Pakeha and G11 019 Maori. ^One of the leading Kawanatanga chiefs had been Waaka G11 020 Puakanga, who was the father of Te Kooti's first wife, G11 021 Irihapeti, and the grandfather of his only son, Weteni. ^He G11 022 was taken prisoner by Te Kooti in the raid on Oweta pa*?1 on 14 G11 023 November 1868 and executed. ^Paratene Turangi, the G11 024 Rongowhakaata chief with whom Waaka had been closely G11 025 associated, was also shot there with five others. ^These G11 026 executions were deliberate and selective utu, or requital, for G11 027 their part in sending him into exile and for sustaining the G11 028 pursuit and opposition to him. ^Te Kooti also took many Maori G11 029 prisoners from Poverty Bay and among them was Oriwia, who G11 030 became one of his wives. ^She was later recaptured by Ngati G11 031 Porou at Te Hapua, in the Urewera country, on 1 September 1871. G11 032 ^But Oriwia herself had by then become a staunch Ringatu and G11 033 she returned for a time to Te Kooti, when he was living in G11 034 exile with Ngati Maniapoto, before finally leaving him. ^Her G11 035 personal history apparently was not passed on to her G11 036 grandchildren. G11 037 |^Many Maori families in Poverty Bay have ancestral G11 038 histories which can be traced to both the opponents and the G11 039 followers of Te Kooti, as civil war was forced upon them. ^The G11 040 East Coast war was precipitated by the government view that G11 041 there was no neutrality: support for the new faith, Pai Marire, G11 042 which was brought there by its missionaries in 1865, was G11 043 axiomatically seen as a statement of disloyalty to the Crown. G11 044 ^From this date, families and individuals were compelled to G11 045 take sides. ^When Te Kooti miraculously returned from exile, G11 046 with all the former Pai Marire prisoners but as the leader of a G11 047 new faith, Ringatu, these painful divisions were immediately G11 048 reopened. ^Each Maori family has, therefore, had to take its G11 049 own decisions about the transmitting of its history. G11 050 ^Putiputi, Tihei's mother, recounted her own difficulties in G11 051 coming to terms with her descent. ^In her childhood, she said, G11 052 she was accustomed to hear her grandfather denounced *'as a G11 053 brigand and a mass-murderer... ^She lived to hear tributes paid G11 054 to him by the highest in the land**' *- the Governor-General, G11 055 the Prime Minister, and Church leaders *- when she attended the G11 056 centennial gathering for the return of the Exiles, held at G11 057 Muriwai in 1968. G11 058 |^Tihei only learnt about her descent from Te Kooti when she G11 059 was about fourteen years old. ^Her grandfather, Weteni, was G11 060 present as a little boy at Oweta pa*?1. ^He was being looked G11 061 after by his guardian, Natana Takurangi, who was taken prisoner G11 062 by Te Kooti. ^One of Te Kooti's wives pleaded for Natana's G11 063 life because of the child, but he was executed. ^The little G11 064 boy then remained with his father but was captured with a group G11 065 of refugees from Te Kooti's camp at Patutahi on 15 December G11 066 1868. ^He was then sent to Waiapu to be brought up by Ngati G11 067 Porou, his father's antagonists. ^Weteni learnt to dissociate G11 068 himself from his father. ^Consequently, Tihei's own attitudes G11 069 towards Te Kooti were, and to some extent still are, G11 070 ambivalent. ^But in her account she is very clear about the G11 071 importance of family and, in stressing its centrality in her G11 072 life, she is also emphasizing the responsibility that she now G11 073 has, as the head of Te Kooti's family, for the Ringatu. ^This G11 074 is a role for which she may not have been fully trained but G11 075 which she sees as a vital part of her life. G11 076 |^Tihei was born and grew up at Manutuke, a small and G11 077 predominantly Maori community on the banks of the Te Arai G11 078 river, about thirteen kilometres to the south-west of Gisborne. G11 079 ^She attended Te Arai school (as the local Maori school was G11 080 then called) between 1921 and 1928 and she has lived at G11 081 Manutuke most of her life. ^The settlement is particularly G11 082 famous for its five meeting-houses, which belong to the G11 083 Rongowhakaata people. ^They include the elaborately carved and G11 084 painted Te Mana o Turanga, completed in 1883, which was a G11 085 centre for the Ringatu Twelfths, and the much plainer house, Te G11 086 Kiko o Te Rangi, built about 1920, which is Tihei's marae. G11 087 |^Manutuke's population has not changed significantly during G11 088 Tihei's lifetime, although the proportion of Maori living there G11 089 has risen. ^In the 1936 census, of 540 people at Manutuke, 360 G11 090 were Maori. ^By 1971, the township had grown to 672, of whom G11 091 485 were Maori. ^As Tihei recalls her life, it is apparent G11 092 that she has undertaken the many roles which are demanded of G11 093 women when they are both mothers and income earners. ^She G11 094 worked as a fleecer on shearing gangs both before and after she G11 095 married. ^As she said unequivocally, it was hard work. ^She G11 096 married on 23 December 1944. ^Her husband, Jack Algie, was a G11 097 Pakeha carpenter, and later building supervisor, for the local G11 098 Maori Affairs Department. ^When they had earned enough money G11 099 to build their own home she left her job, but she returned G11 100 later to work seasonally at Wattie's canning factory, where she G11 101 suffered a partial loss of eyesight from being splashed by G11 102 caustic soda, used in hot water to peel tomatoes. ^Her husband G11 103 died in January 1967 and Tihei now lives with her mokopuna, G11 104 Jacqueline, whom she has brought up from birth. ^The most G11 105 important thing to her today, she commented, is her work on the G11 106 Incorporation committee of Te Whakaari, the block of land in G11 107 which she is a major shareholder, her portion being inherited G11 108 from her grandfather. G11 109 |^We visited Tihei three times in her home at Manutuke. ^On G11 110 the first occasion, in 1982, her younger sister Erina (Lena), G11 111 who lives close by, was with her. ^We had originally intended G11 112 to ask Lena to be part of our story, but she suffered a stroke G11 113 in February 1983, which left her unable to talk. ^On the G11 114 occasion that we met, Lena was full of life and energy. ^She G11 115 spoke vividly of the day when the *0Rifleman *1was captured on G11 116 Wharekauri by the prisoners. ^They performed a haka for the G11 117 crew and, as the men dropped back, the women came forward, G11 118 singing, gyrating, and *'shaking their bums**' at the seamen. G11 119 ^The sailors started to grab at them, and were drawn by the G11 120 teasing, inviting women into the centre of the group, where G11 121 they were seized by the men hidden inside. ^It was the women G11 122 who, by enticing the sailors to their captivity, initiated the G11 123 escape of the Exiles. ^This story, more than any other, G11 124 remembers the neglected women prisoners on Wharekauri. G11 125 |^The first conversation we had with Lena and Tihei took G11 126 place on 17 May 1982 in Tihei's home. ^We talked in her front G11 127 room, where the family photos and sporting trophies are proudly G11 128 displayed, and Tihei brought in her heirlooms from Te Kooti for G11 129 us to see. ^This occasion was not tape-recorded, at her G11 130 request. ^We have here drawn on the notes which were written G11 131 at the time. ^Subsequently we recorded two dialogues with G11 132 Tihei in her home, on 26 November 1983 and 7 December 1984. G11 133 |^*6I *0didn't know anything about Te Kooti. ^I used to hear G11 134 how he was a rebel and all that, and I didn't think I was G11 135 connected with him. ^We weren't encouraged to talk about him G11 136 and whatever he did, if he was a good man or bad man. ^We G11 137 weren't. ^But then we were asked to write about Te Kooti in G11 138 school. ^I was in Standard Six. ^And I didn't *1know. ^*0I G11 139 didn't know anything about him. ^I went home and talked about G11 140 it, and was told to forget it. ^*'Don't worry about it! ^It G11 141 is over! ^Finished.**' ^I went back and told my parents that G11 142 my headmaster was threatening to strap me. ^Because G11 143 **[PLATE**] G11 144 I didn't know anything about Te Kooti. ^And I asked them *- G11 145 *1then. ^*0My mother said, ^*'Oh well, it is too late now.**' G11 146 ^And she started telling me who we were, who he was. ^My G11 147 grandfather was there and she said, ^*'That is his son sitting G11 148 over there.**' G11 149 |^He never talked about Te Kooti and never told us anything G11 150 about him. ^I must have been about fourteen then. ^I was G11 151 frightened *- I was frightened that someone might take to me G11 152 because of what *1he *0did. ^Except, of course, some of the G11 153 big girls and boys at Manutuke school: there was quite a few G11 154 Ringatus around at that time and they knew who Te Kooti was. G11 155 ^They were the ones that were taught. ^I wasn't afraid of G11 156 them. ^But other than that I was. ^I must have been very G11 157 timid at the time. G11 158 |^The first Twelfth I went to was after I left school. ^I G11 159 was taken by old Tawhi Brown *- \0Mrs Wi Pati *- and Waioeka G11 160 Brown, to Takepu. ^I went with Charlotte. ^Charlotte was G11 161 their favourite and she was the one they used to take around. G11 162 ^It was because she wanted someone to go with her, they took G11 163 me. ^Those two old ladies *- they knew all about Te Kooti. G11 164 ^Tawhi was brought up by him. ^She used to go to those G11 165 open-air services they had at Whareongaonga, in my grandfather's G11 166 time. ^They used to go there for a Twelfth *- they'd walk all G11 167 the way *- and Tawhi was one of the very few women who got G11 168 there. ^They discarded the ones who hadn't got the faith. G11 169 ^They could tell why people wanted to go. ^If you have faith G11 170 in what you do, you'll do it! ^That power the Ringatu had, it G11 171 is gone with those old people. ^Waioeka was another. ^She was G11 172 always talking to my grandfather; she was always around to my G11 173 grandfather. ^She would come out and have a talk with him; I G11 174 don't know what it is about, but she used to make these special G11 175 trips down on her gig. ^She was the one, she knew all about Te G11 176 Kooti and she knew all those waiatas. ^She can tell you the G11 177 history. G11 178 |^Not long after I left school I contracted this \0TB *- I G11 179 went to work, nursing in the Cook hospital, straight after I G11 180 got proficiency and I think that's where I must have got \0TB. G11 181 ^I was in hospital for about two years. ^When I came out, it G11 182 was Waioeka who took me to the water, to bless me. ^They did G11 183 that on a cold morning, too! ^I have never forgotten the cold G11 184 morning! ^They walk you in there and, well I remember this for G11 185 myself, they just sort of dump you in and out. ^As long as G11 186 your head is covered. ^Or throw you backwards, that way. G11 187 ^Waioeka took me to Mahia; it must have been the first Twelfth G11 188 after I came out. ^Or, it could have been a January, because G11 189 there was such a lot of people there. ^There was quite a few G11 190 who were sick. ^Those old people, they heard I was coming out G11 191 and they just picked me up and took me! ^Though I think it was G11 192 with Mum's consent. ^I don't think she would let me go, seeing G11 193 I was just out of hospital; she must have been there. ^I G11 194 remember I only had a singlet. ^Mother, or somebody, put a G11 195 blanket on me and we went in. ^And that was all I had. ^And G11 196 out! ^The tohunga was an old blind man, and there was a lot of G11 197 people from all over *- so I think it could have been a very G11 198 important Ringatu meeting. G11 199 *# G12 001 **[199 TEXT G12**] G12 002 *<*5Introduction*> G12 003 |^*2LIKE *0a good many other stories, this collection of G12 004 hunting yarns did not start out as an attempt to write a book. G12 005 ^Rather, it grew out of an idea implanted in my mind some years G12 006 ago by my mother. ^Coming as I do from a family of seven boys G12 007 and one girl, it becomes quite a time-consuming business G12 008 keeping in touch with the whole clan. ^Never having been one G12 009 for writing frequently, any letters I did write were passed on G12 010 to various brothers, uncles, cousins and so on. G12 011 |^When letter-writing time came around I would invariably G12 012 sit chewing the end of my pen, wondering what on earth I could G12 013 write that would be of interest to the folk at home. ^So, on a G12 014 couple of occasions I related what had happened up in the bush G12 015 the previous weekend, trying to convey by post all the G12 016 excitement of the chase. ^To conjure up the right atmosphere G12 017 was quite an effort, but the end result was apparently G12 018 successful as my mum wrote back a little later to say how much G12 019 the family at home had enjoyed it all. G12 020 |*"^Why don't you try writing a book about your experiences G12 021 one day?**" she suggested. ^So the seed was planted and the G12 022 thing has grown from there. G12 023 |^To be honest I got almost as much fun out of writing the G12 024 story as I did out of the actual chase, recalling the thrill of G12 025 it as it happened and living again the moment-by-moment G12 026 expectation of that first electrifying bark. G12 027 |^At the very outset, I would like to get one thing very G12 028 clear. ^In no way am I setting myself up as, or indeed do I G12 029 imagine myself to be, New Zealand's best hunter. ^There are G12 030 any number of chaps, and I know a few, who have been at the G12 031 game longer than I have. ^Chaps who have caught bigger, better G12 032 and considerably more pigs than myself, and who therefore would G12 033 know a sight more about the whole scene than I do. ^At the G12 034 same time, however, I have had a lot of fun over the past 10 or G12 035 11 years and managed to bag my fair share of bigger boars. G12 036 ^And so I simply relate what I have done *- the things I have G12 037 observed *- for others less fortunate than myself to share. G12 038 |^All the stories are true in essence. ^That is, when I say G12 039 a pig weighed 133 pounds, it was just exactly that. ^The only G12 040 one not weighed was the one I call the *"biggest boar**" and G12 041 the 330 pounds is simply a guesstimate! G12 042 |^The descriptions of scenery are fairly accurate, though on G12 043 trying to remember back a few years to various hunts I cannot G12 044 accurately recall such details as the direction of the wind, G12 045 the exact time of day, or whether it was a pukatea tree or a G12 046 rimu. ^Even though I have used my imagination in these areas, G12 047 a good number of details are still nevertheless exact. ^Where G12 048 the pigs ran, who found and caught them, and the excitement and G12 049 danger are all indelibly etched on my mind; as are the G12 050 peculiarities of nature and temperament, the big brown eyes, G12 051 and the wagging tails of all my dogs. G12 052 |^To me the companionship, the faithfulness, the reliability G12 053 and the abject devotion of these my *"mates**", the real G12 054 hunters, is what it is all about. ^My one and only Bing is G12 055 gone now, although I can still see his quick sidelong glance, G12 056 questioning, as he sizes up a tame pig. *"^Can I have a go G12 057 boss, can I?**" G12 058 |^Then there was Mo, hurt by a pig, who died under a G12 059 strainer post a short way above the farmer's house. ^Almost G12 060 made it back but not quite. ^Lying there, was he waiting for G12 061 me to come for him? ^Though I searched and searched, I found G12 062 him too late and even now the remembering brings a lump to my G12 063 throat. G12 064 |^And what of the others? ^To me they were small black G12 065 puppies with soft trusting eyes, growing up to become pig dogs, G12 066 and sooner or later going the way of all the earth. ^To you G12 067 they would be simply names so I will not bore you with any G12 068 more. ^Suffice it to say that I know a girl, who worked as a G12 069 vet's assistant down Coromandel way, who has seen quite a G12 070 number of big tough pig hunters shedding tears over lost or G12 071 dead dogs. G12 072 |^I dare say nearly all of us have at some time or other had G12 073 a dog succumb to the savagery of an irate boar and therefore G12 074 understand when it comes a mate's turn to say goodbye to old G12 075 Patch, Blue or Curlie. ^I would like here to echo the G12 076 sentiments expressed by Ken Cuthbertson who wrote in his book G12 077 *1Pig-hunting in New Zealand *0*"the more I see of human nature G12 078 the more I love my dogs**". G12 079 *|^I would like to express my appreciation for the way my wife G12 080 has put up with all that being a pig hunter's wife entails for G12 081 all these years. ^There has been no end of dirty, blood-soaked G12 082 clothing to wash and always the need to provide clean, dry gear G12 083 for me to put on when coming home. ^Very peculiar hours have G12 084 been endured too, while she has often had to feed the dogs for G12 085 me, or sigh resignedly as I brought a dog inside onto the lino G12 086 for an *"operation**". ^I know it has not always been easy to G12 087 adjust family outings, meetings, get-togethers, shopping forays G12 088 and such like to the hunting schedule either, but rarely has G12 089 she been known to complain. (^Possibly she has remembered the G12 090 story of the new bridegroom whose horse played up on the G12 091 honeymoon and was shot after the third misdemeanour. ^Knowing G12 092 how fond I am of my gun she is probably too scared to complain G12 093 more than twice.) G12 094 |^What is most pleasing is the way Olive always takes a keen G12 095 interest in what I have caught, especially when I have been G12 096 lucky enough to bring home something big and ferocious-looking. G12 097 ^Just between you and me, though, I somehow suspect she will be G12 098 glad the day she can truly say: G12 099 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G12 100 |*"^Home is the sailor, home from the sea, G12 101 |and the hunter home from the hills**". G12 102 **[END INDENTATION**] G12 103 |^A very special word of thanks is due to Pamela Carr, my G12 104 sister-in-law, who has spent many hours painstakingly G12 105 deciphering my longhand and typing the manuscript for me. ^Her G12 106 husband, Warren, did a lot of the proof-reading and deciphering G12 107 as well. ^To them both I am much indebted. G12 108 |^To Carol and Neville Frear, many thanks for allowing me to G12 109 use so many fine photographs which tell the story so much G12 110 better than I can. G12 111 |^In conjunction with these I must mention the fine work G12 112 done for me by Jim Tolmie of Taradale, Totara North. ^As most G12 113 of the photos, taken by Carol and Neville Frear, were in G12 114 colour, these had to be converted to black and white for G12 115 inclusion in this book. ^This is extremely hard to do, G12 116 requiring much patience and fine judgement in a variety of ways G12 117 and I count myself fortunate indeed to have a cousin whose G12 118 ability has produced such excellent results. G12 119 |^I am also very pleased to be able to include the G12 120 illustrations of Wayne Barnett of Kaeo. ^To my mind the G12 121 drawings really set the book off magnificently and seem to G12 122 bring alive the scene of hunting and dogs in a real way. G12 123 |^But it is to my daughter, Evelyn, that I fondly dedicate G12 124 this book. ^My companion in the bush most winter weekends for G12 125 three or four years, she was about the grandest *"sidekick**" a G12 126 bloke could wish for. ^Having someone at home who could G12 127 genuinely relate to the thrill of the chase in its retelling, G12 128 and whose love for the dogs was authentic and real (in other G12 129 words, another hunter) was indeed a much treasured boon. G12 130 |^Up and away before dawn with those cheese and onion G12 131 sandwiches in the pikau was regular fare for Evelyn. ^In with G12 132 the knife, doing her share of the gutting and butchering; G12 133 carrying a wounded dog; playing bulldozer ahead of dad; toting G12 134 the rifle; feeding the dogs were all part of the job she did so G12 135 splendidly. ^Cutting up dead cows for dog tucker *- yuk *- G12 136 what a pong! ^If I had to be away, she would skin and pack G12 137 away the pork quite competently. ^She is the only genuine lady G12 138 hunter I know. G12 139 |^Sadly, it all came to an end when she was about sixteen or G12 140 seventeen. ^I suspect she became more interested in boy G12 141 hunting than pig hunting, and she eventually found herself one. G12 142 ^She is married now, but still loves to yarn pigs and dogs when G12 143 coming home to visit from time to time. G12 144 |^I must also give special mention to my mates of nowadays G12 145 and yesteryear *- Mark and Seg; Phillip and Graeme; Kelly, G12 146 Smithy and Rex. ^There are others too with whom the great G12 147 outdoors has been a place of fun, danger and excitement. ^All G12 148 have helped in untold ways to make each hunt a memorable one *- G12 149 that time we caught that black and white, ginger-spotty pig G12 150 *"way back**". G12 151 |^I especially offer this book to all those who would love G12 152 to hunt but who, through circumstances and lot in life, are G12 153 unable to. ^I suspect many young fellas in the city would G12 154 enjoy an outing in the scrub, following the dogs, but various G12 155 things do not allow this. ^Perhaps in the reading of these G12 156 yarns these men can identify with the author and be there in G12 157 spirit *- up in the hills and enjoying the thrill of it all. G12 158 |^On reading back over some of what I have written, I seem G12 159 to jump all over the place on various topics but trust you will G12 160 excuse this of me. ^I generally jot down what is on my mind at G12 161 the time before I forget. G12 162 *<*5A pig hunter is born*> G12 163 *<1960 to 1974*> G12 164 |^*2SOME *0forty odd years ago there was a hunter who, G12 165 according to one particular farmer who knew him fairly well, G12 166 caught more pigs than all the other hunters in the north put G12 167 together. ^Now that is probably some exaggeration, although it G12 168 does convey the idea that Monty Foster laid low a fair swag of G12 169 pigs in his time. ^Fifty-three big boars in three months was G12 170 one particular run of luck he had. ^Walking miles to work G12 171 every day through the bush to the sawmill gave him the ideal G12 172 opportunity to tot up such a score. ^There were others too *- G12 173 lucky blighter! ^Those surely were the days. ^His sons, G12 174 Andrew and Trevor, took up the reins and inherited the dogs G12 175 even before Mont had finally given it away and were invariably G12 176 *"up the bush**" whenever the opportunity allowed. G12 177 |^I met Andrew and Trevor about 1960 and over the next few G12 178 years tagged along now and then to see how it was done. ^To be G12 179 honest, their sister was the real attraction, the pig hunting G12 180 only providing an excuse to visit the Foster homestead. ^We G12 181 got married a while later and moved away, so for a number of G12 182 years inexpediency relegated hunting to a very minor and G12 183 infrequent role. G12 184 |^Going to live at Totara North in 1969, I was back in pig G12 185 country once more and kept pestering Mont, Trevor and Andrew G12 186 for pig yarns, and for advice on dogs, on where to hunt, and so G12 187 on. ^I remember Mont saying his preference for a hunting dog G12 188 was either a boxer-labrador cross or a hard-heeling cattle dog. G12 189 ^Per chance, I glanced in the paper one Saturday in 1974 and G12 190 saw that someone had two box-lab puppies to give away to a kind G12 191 home. ^There was also a Doberman-boxer bitch puppy for sale G12 192 for five dollars. G12 193 |^The telephone was grabbed, a toll call put through to my G12 194 parents in Papakura, and I was the proud owner of three G12 195 potential pig dogs. ^A trip to Auckland the following weekend G12 196 was organised and there they were *- three black, roly-poly, G12 197 six-week-old pups. ^Names were dished out on the spot and they G12 198 became Skipper, Nigger and Sue. G12 199 *# G13 001 **[200 TEXT G13**] G13 002 *<*2NIGEL TAYLOR TALKS...*> G13 003 |^*0In September of 1983 when Digby first asked me if I'd like G13 004 to become involved in a maxi for the 1985/ 86 Whitbread my G13 005 thoughts went back to the *1Outward Bound *0campaign and the G13 006 two years of behind-the-scenes work, the dramas and pressures G13 007 of being involved in a round the world yacht race. G13 008 |^At the time of *1Outward Bound, *0I had a young family and G13 009 a particularly volatile business which at times took the back G13 010 seat behind the requirements of running a yacht around the G13 011 world. ^So when Digby approached me this time, the family had G13 012 got bigger, the business explosive and I just couldn't see G13 013 myself getting involved. G13 014 |^As the weeks went by I found myself thinking about Digby's G13 015 proposition and memories of *1Outward Bound would spring to G13 016 mind, like that memorable night in December 1981 when *1Outward G13 017 Bound *0arrived in Auckland, not well placed on the end of the G13 018 second leg but coming home in the early hours of the morning to G13 019 a welcome that no-one who was there will ever forget. G13 020 |^Or the night at the Royal Akarana Radio Room when we made G13 021 contact with Digby for the first time in nine days as they G13 022 battled across the lower reaches of the Southern Ocean. ^We G13 023 had all started to become quite concerned for their safety when G13 024 the faint crackles of *1Outward Bound's *0call sign came G13 025 through. ^After a brief passing of news Digby's final words in G13 026 ending his first outside communication for over a week were, G13 027 ^*"It's great to know there's still somebody else out there.**" G13 028 ^Or the emotion of talking to the boys as they sailed the last G13 029 miles up the Solent to the finish line in May 1982 to fifth G13 030 overall and winner of the Small Boat Trophy. G13 031 |^As is so often the case when you weigh up the pros and G13 032 cons of a project and you keep telling yourself you haven't got G13 033 the time to get involved and how it's going to have a negative G13 034 effect on everything else you are doing, niggling away at you G13 035 is the prospect of the excitement and challenge that you could G13 036 be part of. ^So it was forget the bad times and run with the G13 037 good and before I knew it I was off to Te Awamutu for the first G13 038 major step in funding the project. G13 039 |^The *1Enterprise *0Project was a completely different ball G13 040 game to the *1Outward Bound *0campaign. ^It was the sheer size G13 041 of the project in every respect. ^It wasn't just that the G13 042 yacht was 30 feet longer, but the hugely increased volume that G13 043 required a massive workforce to cover the numerous details G13 044 involved in putting a maxi together. G13 045 |^Considering that the project was undertaken by volunteers G13 046 and amateurs in respect to building and campaigning a maxi, all G13 047 was progressing well until the delays with the delivery of the G13 048 winches began. ^Every project or business has its own problems G13 049 but it would be fair to say that our winch situation was quite G13 050 unbelievable and on several occasions nearly caused the G13 051 collapse of the campaign. ^There was immense pressure on G13 052 everybody and the close-knit team which had been working G13 053 100-hour weeks for months on end came close to total burn-out G13 054 as a result. ^The winch problem was the cause of nearly all of G13 055 *1Enterprise's *0future problems and had it not been for G13 056 Digby's singleminded determination in getting to the {0UK}, G13 057 even with an incomplete yacht, *1{0NZI} Enterprise *0may never G13 058 had started in the Whitbread. ^As a consequence, Digby came G13 059 under a great deal of criticism from his crew and the committee G13 060 but, right or wrong, the rest is history. G13 061 |^Looking back over the *1{0NZI} Enterprise *0project and G13 062 being able to compare it with the *1Outward Bound *0project, it G13 063 was certainly a more trying and testing campaign for those G13 064 behind the scenes, but I don't regret my involvement. ^The G13 065 *"highs**" were greater; having had pretty high expectations G13 066 for *1{0NZI} Enterprise's *0homecoming at the end of the second G13 067 leg after *1Outward Bound's *01982 spectacular, still none of G13 068 us could believe that night on Auckland's Waitemata Harbour in G13 069 January 1986 as our *1{0NZI} *0came home. G13 070 *<*2THREE*> G13 071 *<*5Construction Begins*> G13 072 |^*6W*2ITH THE DESIGNER *0now chosen and the financing for the G13 073 project in place, the next job was to set out the details of G13 074 the design. G13 075 |^These days racing yachts are designed to suit the expected G13 076 weather conditions. ^And the data on the weather is usually G13 077 supplied by the owner or skipper of the boat-to-be. G13 078 |^During the January 1984 summer holidays my youngest son G13 079 Matthew and I sat down with routeing charts from all over the G13 080 world, with race records from previous races, information from G13 081 *1Outward Bound's *0own trip around the world and a plan of the G13 082 1985/ 86 Whitbread, giving the start times and finishes. ^We G13 083 spent some weeks working long hours, accumulating the G13 084 information, tabulating it *- we even wrote a simple computer G13 085 programme to add up and statistically average all the data. G13 086 ^At the end of it we had a 30-page analysis of winds and G13 087 weather that could be expected over the duration of the race. G13 088 ^This was then summarised into a listing of the amount of time G13 089 the yacht could be expected to spend at any wind speed or wind G13 090 angle. G13 091 |^This was the information the Farr design office would use G13 092 to design a preliminary yacht. ^And by combining the G13 093 computer-generated velocity prediction *- that is, how fast a boat G13 094 would sail at any wind speed and wind angle *- with our weather G13 095 analysis, the designer would be able to work out how long it G13 096 would take a particular design to get around the world in those G13 097 conditions. ^The procedure would then be to modify the lines G13 098 to optimise the performance in those conditions. G13 099 |^Of course, a statistical analysis like this will not tell G13 100 you *1exactly *0what conditions you will receive when you G13 101 arrive at North Cape or Cape Horn, or any other particular G13 102 place in the world. ^In fact it will more likely tell you what G13 103 you *1won't *0get, but as an average assessment of the G13 104 conditions it must be of benefit to design a yacht to those G13 105 conditions. G13 106 |^After we had completed the analysis and taken a rough G13 107 velocity prediction of a maxi yacht and sailed it around the G13 108 world in the statistical conditions, it was intriguing to note G13 109 that the yacht took 100 hours less than the 2900 hours *1Flyer G13 110 *0took in the 1981/ 82 Whitbread. ^That gave me some confidence G13 111 in the belief that we had, after all, made a realistic G13 112 assessment of the weather conditions. G13 113 |^Russell Bowler, a partner in the Farr design office, was G13 114 in New Zealand late in January and he and I went over the G13 115 velocity prediction in detail. ^Commenting that our G13 116 statistical predictions were better prepared than any they had G13 117 received in the past, Russell promised that as soon as the G13 118 deposit was paid the Farr team would be right into the drawing G13 119 of the yacht. ^We could expect to have the first lines G13 120 drawings in order to do the lofting from late in February. G13 121 |^While I had been working on the weather analysis, Max G13 122 Jones had been spending all his time talking with the G13 123 shareholders in the yacht...and at this point it is worth G13 124 recalling a talk I had been asked to give a year or so earlier G13 125 at a Lions Club evening in Te Awamutu. ^I had gone down to Te G13 126 Awamutu to give my little speech about the *1Outward Bound G13 127 *0project. ^I had stood in front of 150 Lions Club members, G13 128 chatted about the 1981/ 82 Round-the-World race and expressed my G13 129 hope that I would somehow end up being able to do it again in a G13 130 maxi. ^At the end of that evening, after everyone had left, G13 131 Max and I were outside on the footpath talking. ^We talked G13 132 until two or three in the morning, with Max telling me that G13 133 raising funds for a Round-the-World boat shouldn't be all that G13 134 difficult. ^After all, it was such a great thing to see New G13 135 Zealand out there competing in a race like the Whitbread. G13 136 ^*1Surely *0the public would support such a venture. G13 137 |^It was not until I returned from cruising the east coast G13 138 of the States that I spoke to Max again. ^After our last G13 139 meeting it wasn't much of a step to ask him to be directly G13 140 involved. ^Well, Max threw himself into the project with that G13 141 enormous amount of energy he has and it was only a month or so G13 142 later that we had the basic group of 17 shareholders. ^Max was G13 143 asked to be chairman of the directors of Enterprise Adventures, G13 144 the company that was formed to finance the boat and which would G13 145 eventually own it. G13 146 *<*2A HOME FOR *3ENTERPRISE*> G13 147 |^*0Now that the initial costs were underwritten, I had no G13 148 doubt that it would only be a matter of time, hopefully a short G13 149 time, before we would have the finance necessary to start G13 150 building. ^Meanwhile we had to look for a shed. G13 151 |^It's not easy to find a building in which to build an G13 152 80-foot maxi. ^It's not just a matter of finding a space 80 G13 153 feet long and 20 feet wide. ^You also need room for plant and G13 154 equipment, supplies, perhaps the deck layout, and so on. ^Dave G13 155 Baxter, the main boatbuilder on *1Outward Bound *0and eager to G13 156 lend a hand with *1Enterprise, *0said he knew of a shed out in G13 157 Kumeu that would be ideal. ^It didn't have doors or windows or G13 158 roof lights, but it was big. G13 159 |^A little investigating took me to Sam Lawson *- the father G13 160 of the Lawson quins. ^Sam was delighted to assist the G13 161 *1Enterprise *0project by renting his shed. ^He was, a long G13 162 time ago, an employee of Ceramco and a friend of Tom Clark. G13 163 ^To be involved in some friendly competition with Tom Clark was G13 164 an opportunity Sam did not want to forego. ^*"Don't worry G13 165 about the doors, the window and the roof lights. ^When do you G13 166 want the shed?**" was his reply. G13 167 |^We reached agreement that we would pay rent for a space 80 G13 168 feet long by 20 feet wide and that we could use any other space G13 169 we might need for ancillary activities. ^The rental was a G13 170 dollar a square foot a year *- about a quarter of the market G13 171 rate *- and we would probably end up using four times the space G13 172 we were paying for. ^The shed was just perfect for the job: 60 G13 173 feet wide, 200 feet long and with a stud high enough to allow G13 174 us to turn over an 80-foot maxi. G13 175 |^Sam roared into action and in a very short time the doors, G13 176 the windows and the electrical supply were in place ready for G13 177 us to start work. G13 178 *<*2THE DU PONT CONNECTION*> G13 179 |^Looking back now, it had all seemed so simple: to build a G13 180 boat using a revolutionary synthetic fibre by a method that G13 181 hitherto had not been used in boatbuilding. ^In concept it G13 182 *1was *0simple, but given the realities of building a one-off G13 183 boat in such a way, and having to develop whole new systems of G13 184 material handling and the like, I wonder now that we had the G13 185 nerve to take it on. G13 186 |^Richard Honey was not the only one with whom I was G13 187 discussing my construction concept. ^Harold Evans, a local G13 188 yacht designer and engineer by qualification who had assisted G13 189 in developing the framework structure for *1Outward Bound, G13 190 *0was happy to bounce the idea around as well. ^Harold wasn't G13 191 too sure, initially, about the proposals, but his eventual G13 192 enthusiasm and support were of great help. G13 193 |^Even I, as the perpetrator of the idea, wasn't too sure G13 194 how we were going to achieve the reality, but if it seemed like G13 195 providing *1Enterprise *0with an advantage in the race against G13 196 the best in the world, then it was worth having a crack at, G13 197 somehow. G13 198 |^Graham Laycock, the manager of Du Pont in Auckland, began G13 199 to put in large slices of his personal time assisting with the G13 200 project, and supplied sample materials for me to play around G13 201 with in the garage at home. ^I built up dummy machines and G13 202 used Graham's samples to produce pultruded or filament-wound G13 203 laminates. G13 204 *# G14 001 **[201 TEXT G14**] G14 002 |^*0The light southerly wind eddied and puffed around the rocky G14 003 bluffs in a very disagreeable manner for their sailing boat, so G14 004 they were pleased to find a short beach of black sand, a supply G14 005 of fresh water, and a good place in the bush for the tent. G14 006 ^That night they heard plenty of kakapos, grey kiwis, and G14 007 wekas; and the locality eventually became one of Henry's G14 008 favoured collecting grounds. ^There were also penguins in G14 009 residence *- they appeared to be everywhere they could get a G14 010 landing. ^On subsequent excursions Henry usually camped at G14 011 sunny sheltered Beach Harbour, which was around the corner from G14 012 Sandy Cove, a little farther up the Sound to the east. G14 013 |^The sandflies at Sandy Cove encouraged Henry and his G14 014 assistant to make an early start the next day. ^They took G14 015 *1Putangi *0across Acheron Passage and in amongst the rocks at G14 016 the mouth of Occasional Creek, on the eastern side of G14 017 Resolution Island. ^Some years later, Henry camped in G14 018 Occasional Cove, when he was unable to land on the Gilbert G14 019 Islands because of the swell, and called it *'a miserable G14 020 place**'. ^The *'kekies**' **[SIC**] and ferns were up to his G14 021 neck, and there was no place to walk. ^But on this first visit G14 022 he pushed his way through the enveloping greenery to look for G14 023 traces of ground birds and concluded there were no kakapos on G14 024 that side of the island. G14 025 |^Before Henry had finished writing to his friend Melland G14 026 about the trip around Resolution Island, the *1Hinemoa G14 027 *0arrived unexpectedly on 12 October with mail and supplies. G14 028 ^Amongst the letters was a parcel and note from Katie Melland. G14 029 ^Later Henry explained to her what had happened when the G14 030 steamer came and caught him unprepared: G14 031 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G14 032 |^Maitland acknowledged Henry's note of 17 July and said G14 033 that he was looking forward to receiving a full account of G14 034 proceedings in Dusky. ^He greatly regretted the long intervals G14 035 between their letters to each other. ^For his part, Henry G14 036 reported to the commissioner that he had been around Resolution G14 037 Island in fine weather and now thought it would *'answer well G14 038 as a reserve for ground birds**'. ^He was satisfied there were G14 039 no kakapos on the Island because their feeding signs were G14 040 easily seen in the bush. ^As there were plenty of kakapos G14 041 living on the mainland it would not be difficult to stock G14 042 Resolution. ^Grey kiwis were absent from the island and they G14 043 too would have to be transferred from the mainland. ^But roas G14 044 were thriving on Resolution and in many other localities. G14 045 ^Henry said he planned to leave the transportation of kakapos G14 046 and kiwis until near Christmas, because he had decided to start G14 047 building his house. G14 048 |^After becoming familiar with a large portion of his G14 049 territory, Henry still thought Pigeon Island the best place for G14 050 a base and was soon hard at work putting in piles for his G14 051 house. ^If it was ready in time, friends could come down in G14 052 the summer and stay. ^At the end of five weeks' hard toil, the G14 053 building was habitable. ^*'A great relief**', Henry exclaimed G14 054 in his diary on 15 November, the day he and Burt moved into G14 055 their new abode. ^November had been exceptionally wet and G14 056 windy, with 19.88 inches of rain; fortunately most of it fell G14 057 at night, so that working conditions were not as bad as the G14 058 figures indicated. ^There had been a grand storm of wind from G14 059 the north on the 12th, and hailstones had destroyed the potato G14 060 crop, which had promised rather well. G14 061 |^The site Henry chose for his dwelling was on the neck of G14 062 the peninsula, about forty yards from the hut (which once G14 063 vacated was used as a storeshed) but in a much more sheltered G14 064 position. ^He built the house of weatherboards, with an iron G14 065 roof and a brick chimney. G14 066 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G14 067 ^By the end of 1894, the house was finished and painted G14 068 outside, but some papering and inside work remained to be done G14 069 when the fine weather was over. ^The steamer was to bring a G14 070 water tank and spouting, as there was very little fresh water G14 071 on Pigeon Island *- the creek water was stained brown and was G14 072 liable to cease flowing during a dry spell. G14 073 |^Later on Henry made a carpenter's bench, a cupboard, two G14 074 tables, and a couple of chairs. ^Taking all things into G14 075 account, he was better housed and more comfortable than he had G14 076 ever been in his life. ^It had been a tough job forming a G14 077 homestead *- about twice as much work as he had anticipated *- G14 078 but he felt in splendid working trim and in much better fettle G14 079 than when he had first arrived at Pigeon Island. ^He was now G14 080 quite convinced that for all its blustering climate Dusky Sound G14 081 was a very healthy place. G14 082 |^Conscious of the need to have his letters ready for the G14 083 steamer, Henry wrote to Katie Melland to thank her for the G14 084 parcel of socks and wall pockets she had sent him and to tell G14 085 her what he had been doing. ^He also wrote to {0F. R.} Chapman G14 086 who was keenly interested in botany, ethnology, and many G14 087 branches of natural history. ^After describing the places of G14 088 historical interest which he had seen, and the great variety of G14 089 birds and fish in the Sound, Henry told Chapman about the kakas G14 090 which were feeding on the ironwood blossoms: G14 091 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G14 092 |^Everything promised well for the task ahead. ^Henry was G14 093 especially pleased with his assistant, Andrew Burt. ^Burt was G14 094 *'about eighteen or twenty years old**', the son of John Burt, G14 095 a former ranger with the Otago Acclimatisation G14 096 **[PLATE**] G14 097 Society, who had contracted a fatal disease and died in 1893. G14 098 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G14 099 said Henry. ^On Sundays the two of them would launch *1Putangi G14 100 *0and go out amongst the fish, a pastime of which they never G14 101 tired, even if it was only to look at the fish swimming around. G14 102 ^Another favourite leisure activity was visiting the wreck in G14 103 nearby Facile Harbour to look for artefacts. ^To celebrate G14 104 their first Christmas holiday at the station they treated G14 105 themselves to a sail in the dinghy and a visit to the penguins. G14 106 *|^Yet for all the interest and challenge of the job, and for G14 107 all the satisfaction of having created a home in the bush, G14 108 there was one thing missing for Henry: the company and G14 109 intellectual stimulation of his friends. ^*'But I wish I was G14 110 nearer. ^I would cut grass for a week in return for a few G14 111 minutes talk with you and yours**', he confided to Katie G14 112 Melland after four and a half months at Dusky. G14 113 |^Having put his homestead in order, and having prospected G14 114 the mainland for the best collecting grounds, Henry at last G14 115 began the important task of moving the birds. ^But there was a G14 116 hitch right at the outset. ^In the New Year he went to Passage G14 117 Point, on the eastern side of the entrance to Acheron Passage, G14 118 to look for kakapos and hunted for four days without catching a G14 119 single bird; yet he could hear them drumming in all directions. G14 120 ^This puzzled him until, one evening, a kakapo came down to the G14 121 tent and strolled about without the dog taking any notice of it G14 122 whatever. ^Henry then realised that because he had broken his G14 123 dog of hunting crested penguins it thought it should not hunt G14 124 kakapos either. ^This was a setback that the curator took G14 125 philosophically. G14 126 |^As it was unusually fine and calm the morning he left G14 127 Passage Point, Henry decided to dredge shells for Edward G14 128 Melland and {0F.R.}Chapman. ^He had made a little landing net G14 129 attached to a twenty-foot pole especially for the purpose. G14 130 ^One variety of shell that intrigued him was white with a lid G14 131 like a fan. ^It could swim very cleverly *'face forward, not G14 132 backward as you would suppose**'. ^In deeper water, anchored G14 133 firmly in the sand and much more difficult to scoop up, were G14 134 some long shells with spines, which he called *'butterflies**' G14 135 until he could identify them correctly. G14 136 |^From Passage Point Henry went to Long Island, at the G14 137 southern end of Acheron Passage, to camp and look for birds. G14 138 ^It was a beautiful place *'of great extent and variety with G14 139 numerous safe harbours**'; but unfortunately no ground birds G14 140 except wekas lived there. ^On the way home from his G14 141 unsuccessful hunt, the curator encountered the {0S.S.} G14 142 *1Invercargill, *0unexpectedly, near the southwest corner of G14 143 Resolution Island, and made arrangements to meet her three days G14 144 later with a letter for his supervising officer. ^In the G14 145 letter Henry asked for another dog to be sent down by the G14 146 *1Hinemoa. ^*0A well-trained dog was vital for his work. ^As G14 147 he commented after several years experience of hunting for G14 148 kiwis and kakapos, ^*'I could not catch one in a year without a G14 149 dog.**' G14 150 |^There was not a lot more to tell Maitland, except to give G14 151 him a brief account of why the attempts to catch the kakapos G14 152 had been frustrated, to inform him that the kakapos were G14 153 breeding this year *- *'they were drumming in all directions on G14 154 the mainland**' *- and to report progress on the house. ^Henry G14 155 thoughtfully issued an invitation to members of the Otago G14 156 Acclimatisation Society who might like to call for a spell if G14 157 they did not mind roughing it. ^When two Dunedin friends G14 158 landed on his doorstep less than a fortnight later, he must G14 159 have been very surprised indeed. G14 160 **[PLATES**] G14 161 *<*411*> G14 162 *<*5A Courteous and Generous Host*> G14 163 |^*0One fine day in mid-January 1895 the {0S.S.} *1Tarawera G14 164 *0nosed into Henry's bay. ^She belonged to the Union Steam G14 165 Ship Company of New Zealand and was on an excursion to the West G14 166 Coast Sounds, a trip that took about nine days from Port G14 167 Chalmers and back. ^The company had been running summer G14 168 cruises to the Sounds since 1876, so it was experienced in G14 169 providing the passengers, many of whom were tourists from G14 170 overseas, with luxurious shipboard living to complement the G14 171 grandeur of the scenery. ^Everyone was catered for in G14 172 activities organised by the officers and crew. ^An account in G14 173 the *1Otago Witness *0of a trip in 1886 describes how parties G14 174 were organised at Cuttle Cove in Preservation Inlet for two G14 175 days of fishing, shooting, exploring, and collecting natural G14 176 history specimens. ^Other less energetic souls were happy to G14 177 sketch or simply loaf about. ^At Wet Jacket Arm, in Dusky G14 178 Sound, there was a religious service in the forenoon, and then G14 179 the ship's boats were lowered for those who felt inclined to G14 180 take a turn at the oars. ^The highlight of the trip was a G14 181 regatta held in George Sound, where the contestants spent a G14 182 whole day in the boats practising for the event. ^Every G14 183 evening there were concerts and musical entertainments or G14 184 dancing; one dance was given on the poop, which was decorated G14 185 with greenery and coloured lamps; and on the last night in the G14 186 Sounds there was a grand display of fireworks followed by a G14 187 ball. G14 188 |^On the January 1895 trip, the Union Company had agreed to G14 189 the {0S.S.} *1Tarawera *0calling at Pigeon Island to land two G14 190 passengers for a short stay with their friend Dick, the new G14 191 curator of Resolution Island. ^Both men were friends of the G14 192 Mellands *- they had met Dick at Te Anau Downs *- and both were G14 193 accustomed to life in the bush. ^One, Daniel Colquhoun, was a G14 194 lecturer in medicine at Otago University, and had walked to G14 195 Milford Sound with Henry a few years previously. ^He well G14 196 remembered the uncomfortable night they had spent together at G14 197 the Arthur River boat-landing during a particularly wet spell. G14 198 ^The other, Charles Chamberlain, had, as we have seen, helped G14 199 in the search for Mackinnon and accompanied Dick and the G14 200 Mellands over Mackinnon Pass. ^Chamberlain frequently spent G14 201 his holidays in the Lakes District, where he enjoyed G14 202 duck-shooting and sampling the newly discovered walking tracks. G14 203 ^He usually stayed at the Murrell family's *'Grand View**' G14 204 guesthouse at Lake Manapouri, which was renowned for its homely G14 205 hospitality. ^There, after an energetic day in the open, he G14 206 knew he could look forward to an excellent dinner and then fall G14 207 into an easy-chair to enjoy his pipe in front of a blazing fire G14 208 of manuka logs. G14 209 |^At this time Chamberlain and Colquhoun were fond of G14 210 referring to themselves as being *'not quite in the first bloom G14 211 of youth**'. G14 212 *# G15 001 **[202 TEXT G15**] G15 002 ^*0These then are all indicative of a man who, no doubt, treats G15 003 his sport too seriously for his own good at times. G15 004 |^By game time, Graham Lowe adopts a faceless yet pained G15 005 expression, which New Zealand televiewers have come to know in G15 006 his time with the Kiwis. ^There's anxiety all over his face as G15 007 he watches a test and rarely, very rarely, will he afford G15 008 himself the luxury of even a smirk until the game's over. G15 009 ^Only during the Kiwis' exhilarating 18-0 win over Australia in G15 010 1985 did he drop his guard a little, just about cracking a G15 011 smile after Clayton Friend had scored one of his tries. G15 012 ^Usually, though, he's taut watching a test, so tight he broke G15 013 two of his back teeth through grinding them so firmly in the G15 014 Lang Park clash against Australia in 1983. G15 015 |^It's the motivation aspect of his coaching style which G15 016 ignites interest and, sometimes, criticism. ^That happened in G15 017 1980, for instance, when Lowe had taken Norths from the bottom G15 018 of the Brisbane competition to premiership winners in the space G15 019 of only two seasons. ^The wooden spooners to champions leap G15 020 didn't guarantee universal approval because there were people G15 021 in Brisbane league circles who thought Lowe spent too much time G15 022 off the training field or, in other words, getting up to his G15 023 motivational tricks rather than flogging the players for no G15 024 sound reason on the practice pitch. ^But, as John McCoy G15 025 writing in *1Rugby League Week, *0the mass circulation league G15 026 paper, said: ^*"That (spending time off the field with the G15 027 team) is how Lowe got to know his players, their likes and G15 028 dislikes and, the end result, was the 1980 premiership.**" ^In G15 029 the same article, McCoy wrote: ^*"Lowe has built an outstanding G15 030 team spirit and his personal interest in each player means they G15 031 give him their absolute best. ^Isn't that what it's all G15 032 about?**" G15 033 |^Lowe finds talking about motivation and being a motivator G15 034 a trying experience. ^He can't do so without becoming quite G15 035 wound up again; it's then that the philosophic Graham Lowe G15 036 really emerges. G15 037 |^*"I've always tried to emphasise that motivation doesn't G15 038 replace skill and it doesn't replace guts and heart and other G15 039 qualities like that,**" he says. ^*"Too many people think if G15 040 you're sufficiently motivated you'll be a good player. ^That's G15 041 bullshit. ^It's only part of being a good player. ^You have G15 042 to be strong, skillful, injury free, eat the right food and G15 043 think the right way before you can be motivated to become a G15 044 good player. ^It's all part of the jigsaw of making a G15 045 footballer but, at the same time, motivation is probably the G15 046 most important aspect for any player just as motivation is the G15 047 most important part of our life.**" G15 048 |^And because Lowe articulates such a convincing thought G15 049 line on the parallels of sport and life, it has followed that G15 050 he finds himself a wanted speaker for all manner of occasions G15 051 including sales conferences and business seminars. G15 052 |^He became aware very early in his coaching life that he G15 053 could communicate with players in what he thought was a G15 054 peculiar way. ^Later he came to realise this was the force of G15 055 motivation at work, the meaning of which, to him, is giving G15 056 someone a reason to do something. ^*"I don't know how or why G15 057 it happened but when I realised I could get through to players G15 058 I tried to analyse why it had come about. ^Why it was that I G15 059 could get players to do certain things, and I discovered the G15 060 players had to be in a receptive frame of mind if I hoped to G15 061 succeed. ^This might sound like some kind of hypnotherapy. G15 062 ^It wasn't.**" G15 063 |^Lowe regarded his early techniques as unsophisticated but G15 064 the secret lay in putting the players in a receptive mood and G15 065 also dealing with them on common ground, in an environment G15 066 where they felt at ease. ^*"I used to concentrate on truth and G15 067 honesty and the basic emotions of love and hate. ^With love G15 068 and hate we tried to simplify and divide everything up as much G15 069 as possible. ^On the love side the players would have their G15 070 families, football, winning, new cars, mates and girls while on G15 071 the hate side there'd be losing, pain, sorrow, the boredom of G15 072 training, injuries and so on. ^I'd have the players admitting G15 073 their own loves and hates in front of the team. ^There might G15 074 be a player who wasn't as good as others at tackling. ^One of G15 075 the reasons might be because a particular player once sat him G15 076 on his arse when he tried to tackle him, meaning he has got G15 077 this thought locked into the back of his mind that maybe he's G15 078 not strong enough to handle the job of tackling. ^But if we G15 079 can encourage him to admit that and that he thinks he could G15 080 need help, he very seldom will need help because he has got the G15 081 problem off his chest in front of his peers. ^Footballers are G15 082 a very special lot. ^I don't believe you can lie to them or G15 083 cheat them in any way because they'll smell you out. G15 084 |^*"By talking about basic concepts like that *- truth, G15 085 honesty, love and hate *- I can get players in a receptive G15 086 mood. ^You have to compliment players on the good things G15 087 they've done while also reminding them about any negative part G15 088 of their game but I've always been careful not to leave a G15 089 player or players with negative thoughts when I'm involved in G15 090 these kinds of sessions. G15 091 |^*"If we had any problem areas I'd have a session to try G15 092 and rectify them at training on Tuesday night or, at the very G15 093 latest, up to halfway through the second training run of the G15 094 week. ^For most of the last two sessions of a week I work on G15 095 the positive aspects, on all the things we do right. ^The G15 096 motivational process is working throughout the week and, like a G15 097 business, it must also work throughout the year. ^Motivation G15 098 is a long-term project; there's no way you can use just the G15 099 match day, it's a waste of time. G15 100 |^*"As coach, I see my job as coming up with the right G15 101 reason why the players should win, why they should want to win G15 102 and why they should feel good about themselves.*" G15 103 |^Lowe's approach to football and life is also dotted with G15 104 little catch sayings... *"^When you're cruising, you're G15 105 losing**" or *"^The biggest risk in life is not to take one**" G15 106 or *"^Only perfect practice makes perfect.**" ^He also likes G15 107 and dwells on some words, particularly *'if**' and *'self.**' G15 108 |^*"I like the little words and a word like *'if**' is so G15 109 important in football and life while the word *'self**' is one G15 110 of the most vital words I use. ^Too often you hear people G15 111 talking about looking after their mates on the football field G15 112 when the most important person is you or self. ^If you can G15 113 build that self up then you can worry about all the others G15 114 afterwards, but you won't get anywhere if you're not greedy G15 115 about yourself. ^That's why I also work a lot with players on G15 116 an individual basis which is all part of the process of G15 117 building up self esteem. G15 118 |^*"Any person has to have a love for himself, a love for G15 119 his family, for his mates, for the game and for winning but G15 120 always they must be just in front of the things he hates. ^We G15 121 have to have love and hate in life and that works with G15 122 football.**" G15 123 |^Lowe's feeling is the dressing room side of a coach's job G15 124 is probably overplayed; most of his work with the players has G15 125 been covered well before the dressing room scene. ^The game G15 126 itself is a tiny fraction of the work *- preparation is the G15 127 key; something like 90 per cent of football is preparation for G15 128 80 minutes of action. ^And that's why Lowe harps on the G15 129 perfect-practice-makes-perfect theme, one Barassi used with his G15 130 North Melbourne Aussie rules side. G15 131 |^*"The dressing room alone is not the time to motivate a G15 132 player. ^I could do that before a game and after 10 minutes of G15 133 the match he would have forgotten everything I'd told him,**" G15 134 says Lowe. ^*"When you go to the dressing room it can't be G15 135 with a predetermined message for the players or for G15 136 individuals. ^You can have a couple of basic themes about G15 137 control of the ball or keeping to the game plan but any G15 138 inspirational message has to come from the heart. ^If it's G15 139 premeditated, it won't come from the heart, the players will G15 140 know and that's how they'll respond. ^Allied to providing any G15 141 motivational assistance, a player must be sufficiently G15 142 self-motivated to want to play football for the whole season to get G15 143 himself to training and to get himself to the game. ^And to be G15 144 self-motivated he must have a dominant thought *- perhaps to be G15 145 successful and to always give 100 per cent, which can apply to G15 146 both his life and his football. ^Many people today talk about G15 147 goals in life and goals in business but I talk about dominant G15 148 thoughts. ^The player whose dominant thought is getting on the G15 149 piss after the game is no good to anyone and neither is the G15 150 player whose overriding thought is to seek revenge on some G15 151 player he has had trouble with earlier in the season. G15 152 |^*"As I always say, though, putting 100 per cent in to your G15 153 life, your work or football doesn't give you the right to G15 154 expect success at whatever you're trying to do, it just G15 155 provides the opportunity.**" G15 156 |^One of Lowe's busiest and most rewarding years in the G15 157 motivational sense was his first in premier football with G15 158 Otahuhu in 1977. ^By that stage, he had spotted his gifts in G15 159 communicating with his players. ^*"While I think we tried too G15 160 much that year we got away with it because we had a group of G15 161 players thirsting for that kind of approach,**" he recalls. G15 162 |^*"One thing we introduced was the kicking tee. ^One of G15 163 the players in the team, Michael Simons, had just come back G15 164 from the United States and brought a grid iron kicking tee with G15 165 him. ^I'd never seen one before but told him I might use it. G15 166 ^I got on to Brian Doherty at the *1Auckland Star *0to tell him G15 167 we had a new secret weapon we were going to use; I use the G15 168 media because it's one of the most powerful forms of motivation G15 169 there is. ^With this tee, I basically said whoever's going to G15 170 use it could use either foot and still kick goals. ^It caused G15 171 an uproar, even though we never used the tee, but straight away G15 172 that kind of technique put the Otahuhu players up on a G15 173 platform. ^The same thing happened with the moves we G15 174 introduced that year, many of which were designed, in a G15 175 roundabout way, to lift the self esteem of the players and to G15 176 build their own confidence. ^That was as much the reason for G15 177 doing the moves because it identified the players with G15 178 something special. ^We used one move from the kick from a G15 179 penalty where we took three players out of the field of play G15 180 and had them run down the touch**[ARB**]-line about 30 or so G15 181 metres to where they thought the ball would go out. ^Then G15 182 they'd go straight out on to the field, tap it and carry on. G15 183 ^It caused chaos with the referees and opposition but as much G15 184 as anything I was trying to stimulate the players with a move G15 185 like that.**" G15 186 |^Over the years, Lowe had used the same kind of approach G15 187 with all teams including netball, Aussie rules, softball, G15 188 cricket and soccer teams. ^He's forever invited to training G15 189 sessions of some sport he has had no previous dealing with. G15 190 |^The ideas used have varied with his league teams from G15 191 writing personal letters to his players or to using classical G15 192 music in the dressing room to help with *'mental rehearsal.**' G15 193 ^He also introduced the idea of messages. ^When the players G15 194 were dropping a lot of ball at training at Otahuhu one night, G15 195 he wrote a little note on the ball, reading: ^*"I am a ball. G15 196 ^Don't drop me,**" and gave it back to the players to have a G15 197 look at. G15 198 *# G16 001 **[203 TEXT G16**] G16 002 |^February started with a hiss and a roar when Philip had a G16 003 motorbike accident. ^He smashed his foot up fairly badly as he G16 004 was stupidly wearing just jandals at the time of the accident. G16 005 ^He wasn't too bad though and was home in a couple of days on G16 006 crutches and running us ragged trying to get things for him. G16 007 ^It soon dawned on us after the first couple of days that he G16 008 really wasn't as incapacitated as we first thought. ^Lynley G16 009 and I caught him out walking up the hallway without the aid of G16 010 his crutches. G16 011 |^On the next Wednesday while I was at a clinic appointment G16 012 at Kew I was told that on the basis of the findings from recent G16 013 x-rays that the cysts had disappeared from my lungs. ^I was G16 014 very pleased as I always thought cysts sounded very unclean G16 015 things to have inside of you. ^\0Dr O'Hagan decided he'd G16 016 decrease my prednisone to 5\0mg which didn't thrill me all that G16 017 much as I knew that with the smaller dose I would soon start to G16 018 feel lousy all over again. ^Sure enough, by the second day the G16 019 effects had started to really wear off and I had a lot of G16 020 trouble sleeping that night with really bad stomach cramps and G16 021 feeling nauseated. G16 022 |^On the Saturday two teachers from Kingswell High School in G16 023 the city, Michael Deaker and Doug Cooper, came to discuss the G16 024 year's correspondence school work and the need for having a G16 025 tutor that year. ^I was so conscious of making a good G16 026 impression and got very embarrassed when every time I went to G16 027 speak I'd start to cough a lot. G16 028 |^Dad decided that I might benefit if he rented me an G16 029 exercycle to work on and so I soon started pedalling away on G16 030 that. ^An occupational therapist was coming out to see me and G16 031 I did some string art and made a botanical garden in a large G16 032 bottle. G16 033 |^\0Mr Cooper came back out that Saturday and I really G16 034 enjoyed having a teacher again and it was especially good having G16 035 a one-to-one relationship. G16 036 |^Mum and Dad went away for a couple of days up to G16 037 Wellington that month to see Robert and Sue who were living G16 038 there at the time. ^I was a little worried about having G16 039 Grandma and Grandad to look after us but I was pleased that G16 040 they came to our house and not the other way round as it meant G16 041 that we had all our things around us and that way we wouldn't G16 042 get quite so bored. G16 043 |^On the 2nd of March Grandad turned 80 and I wondered if G16 044 I'd ever reach such an age. ^I was getting frustrated not G16 045 having people outside the family to talk with and I started G16 046 driving everyone crazy always asking so many questions. G16 047 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G16 048 |^I was so hurt the next day when I overheard one of Mum's G16 049 friends saying that Mum was a virtual prisoner in her own home. G16 050 ^I felt very guilty over this but angry also at the G16 051 thoughtlessness of the friend as she really didn't know what G16 052 she was talking about at all. G16 053 |^There was big excitement that Saturday when Philip decided G16 054 that he was going to go out to live in a flat. ^Mum was very G16 055 hurt, which I couldn't understand as I thought it was a natural G16 056 progression of all young people. G16 057 |^On the 14th \0Dr O'Hagan came out to see me which I was G16 058 very pleased about as it was planned that we'd go up to G16 059 Queenstown for the Easter holidays. ^I wasn't feeling so good G16 060 of late and wanted him to make sure that I wouldn't have to go G16 061 into hospital and stuff up another holiday. G16 062 |^Soon it was \0St Patrick's day and I was feeling really G16 063 bad with a throbbing headache so bad that when I opened my G16 064 eyelids it would just make me want to scream. ^I remember Dad G16 065 brought home green sandwiches which had been on sale at the G16 066 Southland Frozen Meat Company cafeteria. ^They looked really G16 067 bilious and I didn't attempt one at all. G16 068 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G16 069 |^Pressure was beginning to build up with me and I was G16 070 finding everyone was trying to get me out and about but I was G16 071 so scared to go where there were any crowds at all. G16 072 |^Out of the blue one day the subject of Social Welfare G16 073 benefits came up with \0Dr O'Hagan. ^He said I should be on G16 074 one, and was surprised I wasn't, but Mum wasn't going to have G16 075 it as she felt that I should be supported by the family. ^\0Dr G16 076 O'Hagan said that if I was to have any independence at all then G16 077 I would have to be able to support myself and that seemed to be G16 078 a good way to start. ^In the end Mum was finally persuaded as G16 079 was always the case when anyone came up against \0Dr O'Hagan in G16 080 battle. G16 081 |^At Easter I made it to Queenstown and a lovely time was G16 082 had by all although with Grandma and Grandad there as well it G16 083 really was too much for me with the constant chatter all the G16 084 time. ^One day Dad bought me a dress and then that night we G16 085 all went out for dinner to The Ramada Inn. ^It was really G16 086 wonderful. ^But I was always conscious of the fact that people G16 087 were often staring at me and I could hear them discussing the G16 088 unusual tubing on my face. ^I even heard one mother say to her G16 089 child not to go near me as it might be catching. ^I felt so G16 090 unclean and I would always avoid looking at people in the eye. G16 091 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G16 092 |^We got home on the 29th and it wasn't to be very long G16 093 before I was to hear the next plan \0Dr O'Hagan had in store G16 094 for me. ^On April the 11th he said it might be a good idea for G16 095 me to go to a school once a week to get me seeing people my own G16 096 age and, getting out once a week, I might learn something into G16 097 the bargain. G16 098 |^He got in touch with Michael Deaker and Doug Cooper, from G16 099 Kingswell High School, and it was soon decided for me that I G16 100 should go there one day just to see how I liked it. ^I think G16 101 this was just a short-term measure on their behalf as knowing G16 102 \0Dr O'Hagan he had probably decided that I would like it G16 103 anyway. G16 104 |^I went on the 19th and I was so scared that I felt dizzy G16 105 all day and was sure I would faint dead away. ^Everyone was G16 106 really nice and went out of their way to make me feel as G16 107 welcome as they could and didn't seem at all put off by all my G16 108 medical paraphernalia. ^Unfortunately, apart from everybody G16 109 being very nice towards me, I found the day to be very boring. G16 110 ^Perhaps it was because I had no real work to do and was only a G16 111 spectator in the classes. G16 112 |^Anyway the rest of the week passed quite nicely and I G16 113 passed two mathematics tests which were really quite hard. ^I G16 114 got 67% for one and 71% for the other. ^Maths was always my G16 115 favourite subject followed very closely by English. ^During G16 116 this time a girl from Kingswell came out to see me all in the G16 117 hope that I would really be switched on to the idea of going G16 118 there in a couple of weeks. ^Eventually I did go and I have to G16 119 admit I quite enjoyed it. ^However, I still felt like I wasn't G16 120 really doing anything there at all and so when \0Dr O'Hagan G16 121 asked me the next day if I was enjoying it I said that in my G16 122 opinion it was a total waste of time. ^He really told me what G16 123 for and laid it on the line that it was in my best interests G16 124 and that maybe I really didn't want any friends at all but G16 125 instead liked to be at home all the time. G16 126 |^I told him that he may be a good medical doctor but he G16 127 certainly was a lousy psychologist and he should stick to his G16 128 own field. ^He didn't seem to mind this retort too much. ^I G16 129 always felt that he respected people for telling him how they G16 130 felt and for not letting people push them around. ^Needless to G16 131 say, Mum was highly embarrassed and told me off for not having G16 132 the proper respect for my elders. ^After a few days I began to G16 133 realize that although he was very pushy he was doing it for my G16 134 own benefit and he only wanted the best for me. G16 135 |^The next night Lynley and I went to see the Leo Sayer G16 136 concert at the Civic Theatre in town and I had a really good G16 137 time and for once didn't care that I had oxygen at all. G16 138 |^In June one of my correspondence school teachers came out G16 139 to see how I was getting along. ^I felt at that time that he G16 140 was merely humouring me and thought it was really just to give G16 141 me something to do, *"an interest for you dear**". G16 142 |^On June the 11th I was confirmed into the Presbyterian G16 143 church by the Reverend David Borne. ^For some time now since G16 144 my illness began I had come to draw upon what faith I had and G16 145 to question a lot of my previous values. ^David Borne had come G16 146 out to see me quite often and had been very ready to discuss G16 147 and answer any questions I had on religion. ^I had thought G16 148 that if you still had doubts then you couldn't in all honesty G16 149 confirm your belief in God whereas David Borne had taught me G16 150 that it wasn't so much doubts I had but instead questions and a G16 151 good Christian should always be seeking the truth. G16 152 |^July started off very well at first and I enjoyed that G16 153 year's telethon which raised *+$3million for *"The Year of the G16 154 Disabled**". ^However, the next night I heard that someone I G16 155 knew had only 12 months to live. ^This shattered me as at G16 156 least I didn't know how long I would have to live. ^I wrote a G16 157 letter to his family expressing my feelings, but I wrote it in G16 158 my diary and never did send it. G16 159 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G16 160 |^The 12th of July was my 17th birthday and I had a very G16 161 happy day. ^I got some earrings, a nightie, the *"Saturday G16 162 Night Fever**" tape, a gold chain and an angora jersey from Mum G16 163 and Dad, plus three telegrams. ^To celebrate, on the 14th we G16 164 all went to the Ascot Park Hotel for dinner and although my G16 165 oxygen ran out during the meal I managed to put away a steak, a G16 166 crayfish cocktail, a raspberry sundae, some wine and a gin and G16 167 tonic, so I didn't think I did too badly. G16 168 |^I started going out a bit more in the next few weeks and G16 169 managed to see the movie *"Saturday Night Fever**". ^And, for G16 170 the August school holidays we all went up to Dunedin to stay. G16 171 |^We were very fortunate to be able to stay in Robyn Carr's G16 172 parents' house up there. ^Robyn had gone to school with me. G16 173 ^We also went up to Christchurch for a weekend as well and G16 174 Robert and Sue came down from Wellington to spend the time with G16 175 us. ^Much to Lynley's and my delight in the motel next to us G16 176 was a local New Zealand group called *"Golden Harvest**". G16 177 ^They were there entered in a national talent competition at G16 178 the time. G16 179 |^In the next few days when we got back down to Dunedin, G16 180 Robyn Carr asked Lynley and me to the movies with her. ^We G16 181 went to *"Grease**" and thoroughly enjoyed it and when we came G16 182 out I bumped into Sally Wood and Karen Aubrey in the Octagon, G16 183 two other school friends. G16 184 |^Bill Bowers phoned the next day and asked if I'd like to G16 185 come to their place the next day and see their new daughter G16 186 Jenny. ^I had a lovely time that day bathing and playing with G16 187 the two girls, Jenny and Clare. G16 188 *# G17 001 **[204 TEXT G17**] G17 002 |^Our second day in Lhasa was spent exploring the Potala. G17 003 ^The guide was a charming and open lady with a cute little G17 004 freckled nose, called Jang Jiang June. ^Unlike most of the G17 005 Chinese that we had met she was happy to speak openly on just G17 006 about any subject. G17 007 |^To reach the Potala we climbed the great line of worn G17 008 stone steps, feeling a bit like flies on an elephant's backside G17 009 *- the immense monastery with its white stone and ochre walls G17 010 capped with tarnished gold roof towering 300 feet above us was G17 011 like a small Chomolungma. ^The Potala was built on the ruins G17 012 of an ancient royal palace by perhaps the greatest of the Dalai G17 013 Lamas, Ngawang Lozang Gyatsu, the Great Fifth, who appears to G17 014 have united Tibet under the religious philosophy of his Yellow G17 015 Sect. ^His teacher was the abbot of Tashilungpo monastery at G17 016 Xigatse and to him the Great Fifth gave the title of Panchen G17 017 Rimpoche, Precious Great Scholar. ^To the Panchen Lamas, who G17 018 have succeeded each other by a similar process of reincarnation G17 019 to the Dalai Lamas, fell much of the responsibility for the G17 020 administration of Tibet. ^The Mongol chief, Gushri Khan, took G17 021 responsibility for the defence of the country. G17 022 |^More than 300 years later as I climbed the great stone G17 023 staircase in front of the Potala I was surprised by my own G17 024 emotional detachment. ^I had expected to be overwhelmed by the G17 025 place. ^After so many years of wandering through the Himalayan G17 026 region south of the border, dreaming of a visit to this G17 027 forbidden shrine, here I was. ^But somehow my heart was empty. G17 028 ^Like so many grand old buildings whose time is gone, the G17 029 Potala was now a lifeless giant, a reminder of a religious G17 030 regime that many would sooner forget, a museum of Buddhist G17 031 bric-a*?3-brac where tourists wheeze up endless staircases, G17 032 sometimes incongruously equipped with oxygen apparatus! G17 033 |^At the top of the great stone stairway we entered a huge G17 034 courtyard through an ornate and colourful gateway. ^Rising G17 035 several storeys in front of us was the heart of the Potala. G17 036 ^Another stairway led into its gloomy recesses where there were G17 037 enormous bronze and gold effigies of Buddha in his various G17 038 incarnations. ^One sensed the priceless value of these things G17 039 rather than saw it, as the only light came from flickering G17 040 lamps fuelled by huge quantities of yak butter. ^The air was G17 041 thick with its slightly rancid odour mixed with incense and the G17 042 smell of old wealth and power. ^Another room contained huge G17 043 chortens entombing the remains of the thirteen previous Dalai G17 044 Lamas, with the Great Fifth taking pride of place. ^They were G17 045 all plated with pure gold and inlaid with jewels. ^It is said G17 046 that the plating on the fifth Dalai Lama's chorten weighs G17 047 179,703 ounces. G17 048 |^Dalai Lama means *'Master Ocean of Wisdom**' and the first G17 049 Dalai Lama was Gedun Truppa who founded Tashilungpo monastery G17 050 at Xigatse in 1447. ^As we filed past the chortens I wondered G17 051 whether the fourteenth Dalai Lama would ever return from his G17 052 exile in India, even if only as a corpse, to be incarcerated G17 053 beside his predecessors. ^The Chinese have made no secret that G17 054 they would like him to return before this, to take up the reins G17 055 of all administration apart from the military, but when I spoke G17 056 with him in 1981 he said with a laugh, ^*'No way can we go G17 057 backwards and no use... but I think I will return there some G17 058 time**'. ^From this I understood that he did not believe he G17 059 could return to Tibet to administrate again, but that for G17 060 personal and philosophical reasons he would like to return for G17 061 a visit. ^An Indo-Tibetan friend of mine, Chewang Tashi, told G17 062 me that the scriptures prophesied he was the last Dalai Lama, G17 063 but he added shrewdly, ^*'If there is another he will be a G17 064 warrior!**' G17 065 |^We climbed up more stairs to the roof where we began G17 066 haggling with the doormen on the Dalai Lama's old suite for a G17 067 cheaper entry than the normal 2 yuan for foreigners. ^Like G17 068 most New Zealanders we were not keen on being ripped off. ^The G17 069 Chinese administration was already fleecing us blind to be in G17 070 Tibet and we were keen to fight back where we could; while Jang G17 071 Jiang June negotiated for us, we gazed out over the rooftops of G17 072 Lhasa as if we couldn't care less about a visit to the royal G17 073 suite. ^Finally the price was set at 20 fen each, a one G17 074 thousand percent reduction! ^*'Bloody tight-fisted New G17 075 Zealanders**' I mumbled, putting the doormen's expressions into G17 076 words as we filed past. G17 077 |^Inside the suite all was apparently as his excellency had G17 078 left it. ^The clock was even stopped at the fateful hour of G17 079 11.20 and the calendar recorded the day, although I don't G17 080 remember what it said. ^It was a colourful, airy, light and G17 081 comfortable cell (as lamas' cells go), commanding a fabulous G17 082 view over the city, but, despite this, one got the feeling of G17 083 imprisonment: I have no doubt that the sad events that befell G17 084 Tibet were for the Dalai Lama a release from an inevitable G17 085 up-market imprisonment. ^Through his exile, moreover, he has G17 086 become a worldly and astute politician. ^As we descended the G17 087 great stairway Jang Jiang June told us that during the G17 088 so-called *'cultural revolution**' the Red Guard would have G17 089 destroyed the Potala, but the locals blockaded the palace and G17 090 eventually the Chinese Army removed the attackers. ^Many of G17 091 Tibet's other great monasteries were not so lucky. G17 092 |^In Lhasa we picked up the two vehicles which were to carry G17 093 us to the foot of Chomolungma. ^One was a shiny new Toyota G17 094 Landcruiser, generously donated by the manufacturers and driven G17 095 by a grinning demon called \0Mr Chan, whom our dentist, Rob G17 096 Blackburne, diagnosed on first meeting as having pyorrhoea. G17 097 ^The other vehicle was a Chinese copy of a 1936 Chevrolet G17 098 truck. ^On to this was loaded our equipment *- the Chinese G17 099 could not believe how little we had. ^Apparently the 1983 G17 100 French attempt on the west ridge had had fourteen trucks! G17 101 ^(When Rob Blackburne's mother heard of our cheap and light G17 102 approach she said, ^*'I've heard on the radio how you're going G17 103 to do it on a shoestring *- can't even afford proper oxygen. G17 104 ^You'll come back and have to live as a social security G17 105 beneficiary!**') G17 106 |^One day at lunch we met a breezy Australian woman called G17 107 Sorrel Wilby who was planning to walk across Tibet with only a G17 108 yak for company. ^The authorities finally convinced her that G17 109 yaks were difficult beasts to look after and a donkey would be G17 110 more appropriate. ^To fill in time before her departure to G17 111 western Tibet she decided to accompany us to base camp. ^We G17 112 were delighted to have her feminine company for a few days; we G17 113 were going to have quite enough of G17 114 **[PLATE**] G17 115 our own before we were finished. G17 116 |^On the last day of July we left Lhasa and our small convoy G17 117 was soon climbing away from the Tsangpo valley, grinding G17 118 laboriously up to the first of many high passes. ^From the G17 119 top, at 17,000 feet, we all poured from the bus for a leak and G17 120 our first good look at the Tibetan countryside. ^We were atop G17 121 a gentle but barren ridge. ^The pass was marked by an enormous G17 122 heap of stones where a thicket of tattered prayer flags G17 123 fluttered in the breeze. ^I added my own to the heap, shouting G17 124 as I did a Sherpa prayer for safe passage, *'So so so... la G17 125 lago oh**'. ^Behind us stretched the hazy valley of the G17 126 Tsangpo, its braided waters drawing twisted blue fingers across G17 127 the broad grey bed of shingle. ^Ahead in our direction of G17 128 travel lay a large blue lake cradled in an almost green tussock G17 129 basin, and beyond, the first of the high mountains rose in a G17 130 sweep of white snow and ice to 21,500 feet. ^Mike Perry and G17 131 Waka were setting a fearful pace shooting pictures *- I could G17 132 almost hear the Kodak shares going up. G17 133 |^We stopped for lunch at the far end of the lake in what G17 134 appeared to be a particularly deserted part of the world. ^But G17 135 scarcely had our backsides hit the rocky ground when an G17 136 enthusiastic crowd of Tibetans were clambering around, jostling G17 137 **[PLATE**] G17 138 each other for the choicest bits of rubbish. ^Cans and bottles G17 139 were of particular value. ^Hugh Van Noorden felt that they G17 140 were really degrading themselves by scrapping over our castoffs G17 141 and said so, as only Hugh could. ^It is not difficult to feel G17 142 grumpy when you first arrive at high altitude and Shaun told G17 143 Hugh not to get *'so uptight**'. ^This was the nearest we'd G17 144 come to a confrontation and the rest of us held our breaths, G17 145 but fortunately nothing eventuated. G17 146 |^Our next stop of interest was the local petrol station, G17 147 more like Fort Knox than a petrol station. ^The fuel was G17 148 stored within thick walls capped by tangles of barbed wire, and G17 149 to obtain service we knocked on a small hatch and a creaking G17 150 little door opened to reveal a suspicious-looking attendant who G17 151 pushed a nozzle at us through close bars *- obviously petrol is G17 152 a valuable commodity in a land where the yak is still king. G17 153 |^From the lake the road climbed to another high pass. G17 154 ^Here glaciers came almost down to the road like giant G17 155 shattered white staircases from the surrounding peaks. ^An G17 156 hour later we were 4,000 feet lower down, driving past fertile G17 157 fields G17 158 **[PLATES**] G17 159 as we approached Xigatse, second largest town in Tibet. ^On G17 160 the western edge of the town was Tashilungpo Gompa, monastery G17 161 of the Panchen Lama who since the Dalai Lama's exile has been G17 162 the paramount religious figure in Tibet. G17 163 |^At the time of the 1950 invasion the Panchen Lama was only G17 164 a young boy and the Chinese were able to use him as a link with G17 165 the Tibetan people, but as the years went by and conditions G17 166 deteriorated in his homeland he became more and more outspoken. G17 167 ^In the early 1960s he became openly rebellious and in 1964 he G17 168 was imprisoned in China's main political prison, the dreaded G17 169 Qin Cheng near Beijing. ^Conditions were desperate and on one G17 170 occasion he tried to commit suicide while being tortured. ^In G17 171 February 1978, after fourteen years' imprisonment, he was G17 172 finally released. G17 173 |^Tashilungpo was a joy to visit because it was a living G17 174 monastery where nuns and lamas, as well as many other ordinary G17 175 folk, lived and practised their religion. ^In the monastery's G17 176 dark, secret recesses monks chanted prayers, banged drums and G17 177 cymbals and made exceptionally rude noises on horns in an G17 178 atmosphere thick with incense smoke. ^Little trees flourished G17 179 in wonky-paved courtyards and Tibetans with smiling, lined G17 180 faces poked their heads out of ornate windows where marigolds G17 181 bloomed in window boxes. ^Teams of builders worked at G17 182 renovating the shaky parts of the building, and artists G17 183 followed behind decorating walls, pillars and ceilings with G17 184 ornate and colourful designs. ^Here Buddhism was alive and G17 185 well. G17 186 |^Next day we headed for Xegar traversing more typically G17 187 Tibetan countryside, absolutely barren hills rising brown and G17 188 dry above the green patchwork carpet of barley on the valley G17 189 floors, with a couple of high passes thrown in for good G17 190 measure. ^On top of one of these, at about 17,000 feet, we G17 191 found fossilised seashells, reminding us that this plateau and G17 192 the Himalayan range were both once beneath the sea. ^From a G17 193 geological point of view this was in the relatively recent past G17 194 *- only five million years ago the Sea of Tethys lapped against G17 195 the shores of Asia (now southern Tibet). ^But Gondwanaland G17 196 crept up in the dark geological night and collided with the G17 197 ancient shore of Asia: the harder granites, gneisses and G17 198 basalts of Gondwanaland bit into the soft sedimentary rock of G17 199 Asia and forced it upward, twisting and wrenching it into the G17 200 highest and yet youngest of the world's great mountain ranges. G17 201 ^Of course the great rivers which were already there cut into G17 202 the land as it was forced up, creating the incredible gorges G17 203 that are now the delight of trekkers and the despair of roading G17 204 engineers. ^Tibet was then probably clothed in wonderful G17 205 forests but ultimately the Himalaya became a natural barrier to G17 206 stop the monsoon rains and the forests died out. G17 207 *# G18 001 **[205 TEXT G18**] G18 002 *<*8Te Manihera: An Account of Robert Maunsell and his G18 003 Missionary Work*> *<*4by Helen Garrett*> G18 004 *<*1(Great-Granddaughter)*> G18 005 |^*0Robert Maunsell was born on 24 October 1810 at Milford near G18 006 Limerick, the seventh son of his father's second marriage. G18 007 ^The Maunsells were a very big family, highly regarded and G18 008 prosperous. ^Robert's father George, who was Collector of G18 009 Customs (like his father before him), was subsequently a G18 010 partner with his cousins Thomas and Robert, in Maunsell's Bank. G18 011 ^An adventurous spirit and a high sense of public duty ran in G18 012 the family, as it did in so many Anglo-Irish families. ^Not G18 013 far away, at Waterford, William Hobson was growing up. G18 014 ^Hobson's biographer, {0G.H.} Scholefield, remarked that G18 015 ^*'Colonists of Anglo-Saxon race have nowhere produced a G18 016 greater number of eminent men for political, military and G18 017 social service than have the English in Ireland**'. ^And one G18 018 of the secretaries at the Church Missionary Society observed G18 019 that *'choicer missionaries are not in the field than those who G18 020 have come to us from the sister church in Ireland**'. G18 021 |^Robert was educated at Waterford and entered Trinity G18 022 College, Dublin, in July 1828. ^An entrance examination based G18 023 on classical texts was obligatory; and in addition, for the G18 024 encouragement of Hebrew, there was an optional Hebrew G18 025 examination with premiums awarded for the best performance: G18 026 Robert won the premium of *+2 in the October examination. ^His G18 027 love of Hebrew continued all his life: even on his deathbed he G18 028 was reading from the Hebrew Bible and he preferred to translate G18 029 directly from Hebrew into Maori. ^He graduated in 1833 with G18 030 honours in classics and was intended for the law. ^A chance G18 031 conversation, however, led him to decide on entering the Church G18 032 instead; and another chance meeting with an Indian missionary G18 033 filled his mind with the desire to become a missionary. ^When G18 034 one looks at the family history, this decision is no real G18 035 surprise. ^It was in his blood as well as in his Anglo-Irish G18 036 inheritance. G18 037 |^The Maunsell family was an ancient one. ^*1An Historical G18 038 and Genealogical Account of the Ancient Family of Maunsell *- G18 039 Mansell *- Masel *0by William \0W. Mansell (printed in London G18 040 in 1850 for private circulation) makes the claim that the G18 041 family came from France to England with William the Conqueror G18 042 and settled at Margam in Wales. ^Margam Abbey is crowded with G18 043 monuments and memorials of the Maunsells, one headless effigy G18 044 having its thighs crossed, denoting a crusader. ^About the G18 045 middle of the thirteenth century Maunsells are first heard of G18 046 in Ireland. ^The cathedral of \0St Mary's in Limerick contains G18 047 many memorials of later Maunsells who were soldiers, clergymen G18 048 and philanthropists. ^A chapter of the genealogy devoted to G18 049 *'The Maunsells of the Dominion**' lists public servants, G18 050 administrators, soldiers and pioneers in Canada, Australia, G18 051 India and other former British colonial territories. G18 052 |^Not only such a background but the atmosphere of the times G18 053 he lived in must have influenced Robert's decision. ^During G18 054 the first half of the nineteenth century a great evangelical G18 055 movement was gathering momentum. ^The growth of the missionary G18 056 societies was closely associated with the long campaign for the G18 057 abolition of slavery, culminating in the Emancipation Act of G18 058 August 1834: it is no accident that Wilberforce was one of the G18 059 Founders of the Church Missionary Society. ^The Church of G18 060 England itself was awakening to great reforms: social work at G18 061 home, as well as missionary work abroad, commanded the G18 062 attention of the Evangelicals. ^Public interest was intense. G18 063 ^It was a great moment in history. G18 064 |^Once the decision was made, Robert went straight to the G18 065 {0CMS} College at Islington where he carried on his theological G18 066 and Hebrew studies, and also took a short course in basic G18 067 medicine (which enabled him later to bring his own ten children G18 068 into the world). ^Asked where he wished to serve he answered, G18 069 ^*'Send me where you will**'. ^This might have meant Sierra G18 070 Leone, or other parts of Africa, where the life expectancy of G18 071 missionaries was very short. G18 072 |^The choice of New Zealand was fairly obvious to the G18 073 Secretaries at the {0CMS}. ^More ordained men of trained G18 074 intellect were now needed as the New Zealand mission had become G18 075 established to the point where it was ready to extend its works G18 076 beyond the Bay of Islands. G18 077 |^At Islington, Maunsell's most important teacher was G18 078 Professor Samuel Lee. ^This astonishing man, a carpenter's G18 079 apprentice, had by the age of 25 mastered Latin, Greek, Hebrew G18 080 and a handful of oriental languages. ^When the early New G18 081 Zealand missionary and translator Kendal came to London with G18 082 Hongi Hika in 1820, Lee compiled a Maori grammar with their G18 083 assistance: he was the first to remark the similarity in Hebrew G18 084 and Maori syntax which later fascinated Maunsell. ^There were G18 085 also several first-hand accounts of New Zealand and the Maoris G18 086 already in print; and before he left, Maunsell would have read G18 087 much missionary correspondence about New Zealand, for the G18 088 {0CMS} Secretaries received regular reports, journals, and G18 089 letters from their men in the field. G18 090 |^Maunsell was ordained deacon by the Bishop of London in G18 091 1833 and priest on 21 December 1834. ^Shortly afterwards he G18 092 married Susan Piggot of Camberwell, described as having a sweet G18 093 and pretty face. ^He was 25 and she 21 when they set sail for G18 094 Australia in the *1Florentia *0on 4 February 1835, never to see G18 095 their homeland again. G18 096 |^After more than five months, the *1Florentia *0arrived in G18 097 Sydney, where the Maunsells were forced to remain for yet G18 098 another three months. ^There was no doubt much to be learned G18 099 from Samuel Marsden with whom they lodged for part of their G18 100 stay. ^He was not only a fellow {0CMS} missionary with a G18 101 passionate interest in New Zealand and the Maoris, but also a G18 102 large landowner with a keen interest in experimental G18 103 agriculture and an experienced magistrate and administrator. G18 104 ^But their *'desired haven**' was New Zealand and they were G18 105 *'truly thankful**', as Susan reports, when after a rough trip G18 106 on the little brig *1Active *0they finally arrived early on the G18 107 morning of 26 November at the Paihia Mission Station. G18 108 |^After two or three pleasant weeks at \0Rev. Henry G18 109 Williams' establishment they sailed with a large party of G18 110 missionaries and natives on board the mission ship the G18 111 *1Columbine *0on a journey to the south. ^Their purpose was to G18 112 explore the Manukau, to visit other infant stations and to G18 113 establish the Maunsells at Mangapouri on the Waipa river as G18 114 well as to attempt some pacification of warring native tribes. G18 115 |^Robert was already speaking Maori and reports himself G18 116 during this journey as for the first time holding a reading G18 117 class in his tent and able *'in a sort of a way**' to explain G18 118 some of the parables. ^*'I could never in England have enjoyed G18 119 a happier time**', he writes cheerfully. G18 120 |^Some grim sights and experiences soon came his way, G18 121 however, on this early journey. ^One morning a group of G18 122 missionaries encountered a woman's body being buffeted by the G18 123 waves on the sea**[ARB**]-shore. ^It was a slave woman who had G18 124 been hideously axed. ^*'They always strike in the hollow part G18 125 of the back of the skull to obtain the horrid gratification of G18 126 beholding their hatchet spattered with brains,**' notes G18 127 Maunsell. G18 128 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G18 129 ^The murderer, when discovered reclining nearby, remained G18 130 unmoved in *'brute-like indifference**' to the missionaries' G18 131 remonstrances. ^The young missionary was shaken. G18 132 |^Soon after, some of the missionaries went on to a G18 133 Committee meeting at Matamata, and here too they were in close G18 134 contact with horrible scenes of barbarity and cannibalism, as G18 135 the Waikatos under the chief Waharoa fought their enemies of G18 136 Rotorua and Tauranga. ^Maunsell and the \0Rev. {0A.N.} Brown G18 137 met a *'taua**' or war-party who carried baskets of human limbs G18 138 and brandished livers at them on the ends of their spears. G18 139 ^The missionaries were constantly and often successfully G18 140 involved in peace-making; but this was a full-scale war beyond G18 141 their control, during which two mission stations had to be G18 142 closed. G18 143 |^After these adventures and having now become acquainted G18 144 with all the {0CMS} stations in the Auckland province, the G18 145 Maunsells settled at Mangapouri; but this station proving G18 146 unsatisfactory to supply, Maunsell soon joined the \0Rev. \0J. G18 147 Hamlin at Moeatoa near Waiuku. ^Hamlin was fluent in Maori and G18 148 with him Maunsell first began working on Biblical translations. G18 149 ^Here they stayed for two years. ^The Maunsells lived in a G18 150 native rush house *- things were *'so rough as to make us laugh G18 151 heartily**', Susan reports. ^The district which Hamlin and G18 152 Maunsell covered, travelling by canoe or on foot along the G18 153 sea**[ARB**]-coast or on Maori trails, stretched from the G18 154 Manukau to Kawhia. ^Susan and \0Mrs Hamlin assisted their G18 155 husbands, taking turns at running the girls' week-day classes G18 156 and the evening classes for older women. ^\0Mrs Hamlin had G18 157 five children and Susan already had her first son, Edward G18 158 Swartz, with George soon to arrive. ^*'You can have little G18 159 idea**', she writes, *'of the awkwardness, idleness and G18 160 perversity of our native domestics.**' ^There is already G18 161 mention of her *'indifferent health**' and \0Mrs Hamlin, too, G18 162 suffered from recurrent spells of unexplained weakness. G18 163 |^In 1838 Maunsell and Hamlin (known to the Maoris as *'Te G18 164 Manihera**' and *'Te Hemara**') decide to separate as the G18 165 numbers of Maoris in the district were becoming too few and the G18 166 land was barren. ^Hamlin established his mission at Orua and G18 167 in 1839 Maunsell moved south to Maraetai at the Waikato Heads G18 168 where he was to remain for the next 14 years. G18 169 *<*6MARAETAI*> G18 170 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G18 171 |^The only great drawback was Susan's health. ^\0Mr Ford, G18 172 the {0CMS} doctor, advised Maunsell to leave New Zealand and G18 173 take her back to England. ^He was troubled but unwilling. G18 174 ^*'To leave the land is a step that I shall ever take with the G18 175 greatest reluctance.**' ^And fortunately by June 1840 he is G18 176 able to write that her health has improved. G18 177 |^Meanwhile in early 1840 Maunsell had, of course, been G18 178 occupied in gaining signatures from nearly all the leading G18 179 Waikato Maori chiefs for the Treaty of Waitangi. ^Although G18 180 they were a little worried about the harmful effect the coming G18 181 of large numbers of Europeans might have on the natives, the G18 182 missionaries were convinced that it was necessary for the G18 183 protection of both Europeans and Maoris that the British G18 184 Government should take charge of the country. ^They were G18 185 responsible for translating the Treaty and explaining it to the G18 186 Maoris, advising them to accept, and collecting their G18 187 signatures. ^Without the missionaries the Treaty would have G18 188 had little chance of acceptance. G18 189 |^Maunsell was rather less worried than most of his G18 190 colleagues about the possible harm organised European G18 191 settlement might do to the Maori. ^Several times he expressed G18 192 his view in letters to the {0CMS} that the settlers were in the G18 193 main worthy people. ^He was so diligent in circulating the G18 194 Treaty that he almost found himself in a very awkward G18 195 situation. ^Signatures had been obtained in considerable G18 196 numbers, but no presents had been sent to Maunsell to G18 197 distribute among the signatories. ^Rumours began to reach his G18 198 district that all who had signed the Treaty at the Bay of G18 199 Islands had received the Governor's blanket. ^Some of G18 200 Maunsell's people felt they had been deceived. ^They had G18 201 signed but not received their reward. G18 202 |^Excitement mounted; some were even beginning to demand the G18 203 return of the document so that they could tear it up. G18 204 ^However, the timely arrival of Governor Hobson's ambassador to G18 205 the west, Captain Symonds, with red blankets and explanations G18 206 settled matters. ^It was found that with a few exceptions all G18 207 the influential chiefs as far south as Mokau had acknowledged G18 208 the Queen. G18 209 |^It was only unfortunate that among the exceptions was the G18 210 great Te Whero Whero, paramount chief of the Waikatos. ^He was G18 211 however, not at all hostile to the Europeans, and was a friend G18 212 of Maunsell. ^His refusal to sign assumed importance later G18 213 when he became the first Maori King. ^His name does occur on G18 214 the Treaty document, but was inserted by someone else. ^It was G18 215 characteristic of Te Whero Whero that he attended church G18 216 services regularly but never submitted to baptism. G18 217 |^Later in the year, Maunsell reports that *'a Commission G18 218 has been appointed by the colonial government to investigate G18 219 and decide on claims to land in this country**', and also gives G18 220 his impression that *'the present governor seems to be an G18 221 active and worthy person.**' ^Other good news is that another G18 222 {0CMS} missionary, \0Mr Morgan, has been established upriver at G18 223 Otawhao (now Te Awamutu): also that *'the demand for soap has G18 224 so much increased that it is now a prime article of trade.**' G18 225 *# G19 001 **[206 TEXT G19**] G19 002 ^*0It was a terrible moment. ^Little was known then about how G19 003 to control massive bleeding and disaster threatened. ^Barratt-Boyes G19 004 controlled it, but not before everyone had had *"an awful G19 005 fright**". ^It was his first \0TB operation at Green Lane and G19 006 everyone in theatre was intensely interested in the new boy's G19 007 performance. ^He thought at the time that if the patient died, G19 008 his career at the hospital would be severely compromised even G19 009 though he was not to blame. ^As it was, his speed in G19 010 controlling the bleeding enhanced his reputation. G19 011 |^Mary Hall, hostess of the forty-six-bed cardiothoracic G19 012 ward, recalls staff were *"on guard**" and a bit critical of G19 013 the unit's newcomer. ^She thought he was much too handsome to G19 014 be good at anything *- *"we were all pretty agog**". ^But G19 015 after a few months everyone forgot his looks and thought *"^By G19 016 jove, we've got a good one here.**" ^He also scored points with G19 017 the visiting English nurses who were astounded at his respect G19 018 for the nursing staff, which included small courtesies such as G19 019 standing back for them at doorways. G19 020 |^The ward's sister in charge, Gloria Grattan, says the G19 021 nurses associated cardiac surgery with tension, brilliance and G19 022 temperament and Barratt-Boyes was a pleasant surprise. ^Her G19 023 first impression, though, like Mary Hall's, was of a glamour G19 024 boy. ^*"I thought that would complicate things and I was G19 025 prepared to be critical.**" ^She soon found her first G19 026 impressions had been wrong. ^Even his mode of transport to G19 027 work was atypical *- in the early days he walked, and the G19 028 no-nonsense Grattan approved of this indication that the new G19 029 surgeon was down-to-earth and did not care about the trimmings. G19 030 ^She appreciated his lack of small talk, which sometimes left G19 031 others ill at ease. ^She welcomed his serious approach, and G19 032 was relieved to find he demanded high standards of his nurses. G19 033 |^Barratt-Boyes remembers only that the staff were kind, G19 034 sympathetic and helpful and that the animal surgical laboratory G19 035 developed by his predecessor, Rowan Nicks, and Douglas Robb was G19 036 more than he had hoped for. ^Within weeks of his arrival he G19 037 asked, through Douglas Robb, for a *+3000 Melrose machine. G19 038 ^Some at Green Lane doubted it would be approved, coming so G19 039 soon after the unit had bought a *+500 pump for the Lillehei G19 040 bubbler. ^However, the hospital board wholeheartedly supported G19 041 the request for the Melrose machine (the invention of G19 042 Hammersmith Hospital's Denis Melrose) of which only six models G19 043 were available for sale to selected centres. G19 044 |^The Melrose machine would put Green Lane, at least in a G19 045 small way, on the world map of surgery. ^As it was, they were G19 046 fumbling in a vacuum, green and inexperienced. ^And everyone G19 047 knew when Barratt-Boyes arrived that he was the man who could G19 048 lead them from the experimental wilderness. G19 049 |^Physiological technician Syd Yarrow was the hospital's G19 050 one-man jack of all trades whose role was to maintain the G19 051 unit's instruments *- but he did much more. ^His inventiveness G19 052 solved many equipment problems and by the time he had been G19 053 there twenty years he had forty-seven technicians under his G19 054 direction. ^In the early days, however, he was also called on G19 055 to help run the animal laboratory, prepare the animals for G19 056 operation, liaise with theatre staff and soothe the tempers of G19 057 those fed up with the demands of the struggling lab. G19 058 |^Yarrow had worked in the lab while it developed G19 059 hypothermia techniques with which many short closed-heart G19 060 operations were carried out. ^The hypothermia operations G19 061 continued after Barratt-Boyes arrived, but the most significant G19 062 advance at Green Lane before the Melrose machine was the G19 063 introduction of the atrial well technique. G19 064 |^Newspapers of the day reported it as one of the most G19 065 encouraging advances at the hospital since the first blue baby G19 066 operations in 1949. ^The papers, coy about identifying G19 067 hospital staff, reported the operation was done by *"a young G19 068 surgeon from Wellington who learned the technique at the famous G19 069 Mayo Clinic. ^His success at Green Lane is unmatched in the G19 070 Southern Hemisphere.**" G19 071 |^The first case reported publicly, in November 1957, was G19 072 the most recent of six successful operations. ^In October the G19 073 English surgeon Lord Brock had visited Green Lane and saw the G19 074 method for the first time, the paper reported, thus G19 075 emphasising, perhaps, the backward state of British heart G19 076 surgery. ^His colleagues described the operation as a G19 077 technical tour de force. G19 078 |^Syd Yarrow remembers the great excitement of the late G19 079 September day in 1957 when the Melrose machine finally arrived. G19 080 ^He, Robb and Barratt-Boyes supervised the unpacking on the G19 081 verandah of the now-demolished wooden hut where Yarrow had his G19 082 headquarters. ^The hut was later dubbed *"Melrose Cottage**" G19 083 in honour of the machine. ^The machine came with no G19 084 instructions or descriptive literature, but Yarrow and his G19 085 staff were used to that. ^It sat in the bottom of the crate G19 086 with the plastic and stainless steel pump, oxygenator, tubing G19 087 and blood reservoirs lumped unceremoniously on top. ^It was a G19 088 disappointing sight. ^It took hours to assemble in Yarrow's G19 089 hut and when finally in one piece it was obviously unusable. G19 090 ^The depulsator Barratt-Boyes developed at Bristol had not been G19 091 incorporated into the production line model. ^It also lacked a G19 092 reservoir for venous blood and an arterial filter, but included G19 093 an irrelevant and superfluous oxygen humidifier. G19 094 |^Without the reservoir, blood from the patient went G19 095 straight to the pump inlet of the machine which could have been G19 096 disastrous because of its violent pressure pulsations. ^The G19 097 arterial filter was needed to remove contaminants from the G19 098 operation site and reduce the number of bubbles in the blood G19 099 returning to the patient. ^Green Lane had already developed a G19 100 working relationship with the Auckland Industrial Development G19 101 Laboratories of the Department of Scientific and Industrial G19 102 Research, which had the machine shop and precision engineering G19 103 facilities to make the depulsator and the reservoir, which were G19 104 not commercially available. ^The arterial filter was ordered G19 105 from overseas, at a cost of *+${0US}172. G19 106 |^During the months in which the alterations were being G19 107 made, Barratt-Boyes was in constant touch with overseas G19 108 colleagues using the Melrose machine, asking advice and G19 109 offering help where he could. ^He had always known the Melrose G19 110 was inferior to the Mayo machine, but the American model was G19 111 not available commercially and in any case would have been G19 112 beyond the board's budget. ^Nevertheless, he was confident G19 113 that the problems with the Melrose could be ironed out, and as G19 114 early as January 1958 he was predicting the machine could be in G19 115 clinical use within six months. ^Melrose's Hammersmith group G19 116 had completed ten cases on the machine. ^Although seven of the G19 117 patients had died, the group was convinced that either G19 118 technique or patient choice was to blame *- not the machine. G19 119 |^In a letter to Kirklin just after the machine arrived G19 120 Barratt-Boyes said that while the Melrose was not the best it G19 121 fulfilled basic requirements G19 122 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G19 123 |^He also reported his first successes with the atrial well G19 124 technique on poor-risk patients. ^Thirty patients were waiting G19 125 for the procedure and more than twenty were already on the G19 126 books for bypass when it became available. ^With the G19 127 modifications achieved in the new year, it was time to go to G19 128 work. ^Barratt-Boyes was impressed by the team's sorting out G19 129 of the problems and he was keen to get the Melrose up and G19 130 running. G19 131 |^Sir Douglas Robb had already bowed out of the development, G19 132 wisely feeling it should be left to the younger surgeon who had G19 133 more experience in the field. ^His decision to leave the work G19 134 to Barratt-Boyes was widely applauded. ^He encouraged younger G19 135 people for the good of the unit and he would not interfere. G19 136 ^He just stood on the sidelines and barracked. ^It was a G19 137 policy not used by surgeons of similar stature overseas who, up G19 138 to the last moment, interfered with the work of their younger G19 139 colleagues. G19 140 |^Barratt-Boyes' aim was to use the same team in the G19 141 experimental lab as in the operating theatre, so he hand-picked G19 142 the best available *- Jack Watt and Eve Seelye as G19 143 anaesthetists; Elsa Laing as scrub nurse; David Cole as G19 144 assistant surgeon; cardiological registrar *"Slim**" Jim G19 145 Williams to run the machine and Yarrow as his assistant. ^He G19 146 also stepped up co**[ARB**]-operation with other departments, G19 147 bringing in pathologist Stephen Williams, his senior laboratory G19 148 technician Ian Cole and relying heavily on animal lab G19 149 technician Bob Cooper to look after the *"patients**". G19 150 |^The team was a mixed bunch but a dedicated one. ^Bob G19 151 Cooper spent his lunchtimes studying the bible and eventually G19 152 left Green Lane to study at \0St John's Theological College. G19 153 ^He was later ordained an Anglican priest and became a prison G19 154 chaplain. ^He was a pleasant, affable, enthusiastic young man G19 155 who was untiring and willing to work long hours. ^He was keen G19 156 to make the whole thing a success *- and that was the sort of G19 157 person the team needed. G19 158 |^Jim Williams was an eccentric young bachelor who tended to G19 159 work best when it suited him *- and the Melrose machine G19 160 research suited him. ^He later worked at Mayo Clinic, where he G19 161 developed a computer system, before travelling to England. G19 162 |^Pathologist Stephen Williams was to develop an important G19 163 relationship with Barratt-Boyes on account of his collection of G19 164 preserved hearts with congenital defects. ^Before a difficult G19 165 or unusual operation Barratt-Boyes would ask him to bring out a G19 166 range of organs showing a particular defect and, even after a G19 167 long day in theatre, he would go to the lab to examine each one G19 168 meticulously, refreshing and informing himself. ^He also G19 169 regularly attended autopsies. G19 170 |^Elsa Laing, a tall, tense young woman, was a first-class G19 171 scrub nurse, says Barratt-Boyes. ^She had the right G19 172 temperament, anticipated the surgeon's wishes and contributed G19 173 to the smoothness and success to the procedure. ^Laing later G19 174 went into public health nursing. G19 175 |^Eve Seelye helped in her spare time as anaesthetic G19 176 registrar *- she was to be appointed as a specialist in 1961 *- G19 177 because she was so keen. G19 178 |^Jack Watt was in his last year as Green Lane anaesthetist G19 179 during the bypass development, and he was soon to be appointed G19 180 the Auckland Hospital Board's director of anaesthetic services. G19 181 ^He was the ideal anaesthetist for the job *- eager, helpful G19 182 and willing to learn new techniques. G19 183 |^The team quickly became aware it was working with a G19 184 perfectionist. ^There was no halfway house, no *"she'll be G19 185 right**". ^That just didn't do. ^Barratt-Boyes was very much G19 186 in control and meticulous, and would not stand fools. ^He G19 187 never intimidated, just encouraged. ^He demanded high G19 188 standards and he got them. ^He was determined it would work. G19 189 |^Though Cole and Rowan Nicks had done experimental work on G19 190 dogs using the Lillehei bubbler, the Melrose team began its G19 191 work with pigs. ^Several hospital board members violently G19 192 opposed the use of dogs in experiments and the researchers G19 193 found these animals were too small to be used successfully, G19 194 anyway. ^But pigs had their problems, too. ^Although their G19 195 cardiac anatomy was very close to that of humans, they had a G19 196 big fatty layer and were unsuitable for cooling or perfusion. G19 197 ^They also had a relatively small chest cavity and their G19 198 arteries were hard to cannulate. G19 199 |^Eve Seelye recalls. G19 200 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G19 201 |^The team then changed to sheep, but not before one of the G19 202 rare surviving piglets had escaped from the animal lab one G19 203 Sunday afternoon, disrupting a Salvation Army concert for the G19 204 patients. ^The doctors started to give chase, then quickly G19 205 realised they were in full view so called in the orderlies to G19 206 catch it. ^*"It had obviously had a very good operation G19 207 because the poor thing had a great big suture line around his G19 208 chest *- it was a remarkably good ad,**" says Gloria Grattan. G19 209 |^Sheep were little known or used as experimental animals G19 210 but were subsequently extensively used in a wide variety of G19 211 research work. ^David Cole, Yarrow and Barratt-Boyes took G19 212 turns on Friday mornings *- the day designated for the lab work G19 213 *- to gather sheep blood from the Westfield abattoir to prime G19 214 the bypass machine. ^It was messy and nauseating work, G19 215 although Barratt-Boyes at least had the advantage of previous G19 216 experience in freezing works. G19 217 |^The method was simple *- take a bucket and hold it under G19 218 the bleeding throat of a dying sheep. ^Then decant the blood G19 219 into three or four sterilised preserving jars coated with G19 220 silicone to prevent clotting. G19 221 *# G20 001 **[207 TEXT G20**] G20 002 ^*0It now controls sixty per cent. ^A decade ago the {0EEC} G20 003 imported beef and sugar; now it is the world's largest exporter G20 004 of both. G20 005 |^Luckily, New Zealand has been blessed with trade diplomats G20 006 of high calibre and the Deputy Secretary of Trade and Industry, G20 007 Ted Woodfield, must surely be one of the most experienced in G20 008 the business. ^Equally, some outstanding politicians have G20 009 carried the New Zealand brief to Europe. ^Walter Nash's G20 010 pilgrimages there now seem luxurious; weeks at sea to visit one G20 011 customer (Great Britain), then a slow trip home. ^Sir John G20 012 Marshall, who cut the final agreement on New Zealand access G20 013 into the {0EEC}, was an outstanding and patient negotiator G20 014 whose original agreement still forms the basis of our lobbying G20 015 in the {0EEC}. ^While he door-knocked in Europe, others tapped G20 016 on doors around his caucus, plotting against him. G20 017 |^Brian Talboys also had the personal stature, discipline G20 018 and deep understanding necessary to represent the needs of New G20 019 Zealand farmers. ^As a past Minister of Agriculture and a G20 020 rural {0MP}, he knew the cost of losing our most important G20 021 markets and spent the best years of his life living out of G20 022 suitcases as he pressed New Zealand's case. ^Initially it was G20 023 my hope to get my old friend Joe Walding, who soon became New G20 024 Zealand High Commissioner in London, to team up with Talboys as G20 025 special trade representatives to Europe. ^I believed they G20 026 would get the best deals possible. ^However, Talboys was tired G20 027 of the European circuit and his interests were now more in the G20 028 Pacific; it has been pleasing to financially assist his and Sir G20 029 Frank Holmes's work in that region. G20 030 |^I appointed Brian Talboys, along with Sir John Marshall, G20 031 to an advisory council on trade matters. ^Wisdom is not G20 032 restricted to any one party. G20 033 |^My European strategy was simple: to continue the good work G20 034 of the past and to make contact with other influential people G20 035 in the consumer markets, farmer groups, trade unions and G20 036 development agencies. ^With that object in mind my first visit G20 037 to Europe was devoted to explaining the position of the new G20 038 Government to finance as well as agricultural ministers. ^My G20 039 short experience of government had convinced me that ministers G20 040 of agriculture judged their success by the size of the G20 041 subsidies they won for farmers, while finance ministers judge G20 042 their performance by how much they can reduce their deficits G20 043 and make the most efficient use of scarce taxpayer resources. G20 044 |^My first whistle-stop tour of the European capitals was G20 045 predictable, both in terms of itinerary and problems. ^Butter G20 046 access had to be renegotiated within eighteen months. ^The G20 047 already huge European surplus was growing and a new crew of G20 048 European Commissioners had to be appointed. ^Any time there's G20 049 a change of European Council personnel, or indeed a change of G20 050 government in New Zealand, those who seek to do New Zealand G20 051 mischief or to remove us from the market have an opportunity to G20 052 take us unawares. ^The {0EEC} had been enlarged and Spain and G20 053 Portugal, who have no real knowledge of New Zealand and no real G20 054 dairy industry, now sat at the council table. ^They could G20 055 easily trade off our interest as they negotiated a rural G20 056 package for themselves. G20 057 |^We had only got as far as Luxembourg when the sad news was G20 058 conveyed to us that Joe Walding had died suddenly in London. G20 059 ^Yvonne and I were thunderstruck; Joe hadn't even had time to G20 060 get his feet properly under the table in New Zealand House as G20 061 our High Commissioner. ^We flew to London and were privileged G20 062 to spend an evening with the bereaved Walding family. ^We saw G20 063 Joe's coffin off on an Air New Zealand Boeing 747 next day, G20 064 and, as the plane disappeared into the distance, Eileen, Joe's G20 065 wife, commented that he would have appreciated going out G20 066 *'cargo**' with all the other export products. G20 067 |^I still miss not being able to ring Joe, to talk over a G20 068 problem and to seek his advice. G20 069 |^My second European trip was upset by the *1Rainbow Warrior G20 070 *0bombing in July 1985. ^For a decade I'd dreamed of getting G20 071 the best results of any Trade Minister. ^But the stupid, ugly, G20 072 aggressive French act of sabotage threatened everything. ^New G20 073 Zealand was justifiably outraged. ^It was the first foreign G20 074 shot fired in anger in our country since colonial days, and it G20 075 had been fired by the French, a nation whose distant liberty G20 076 had been defended twice with New Zealand blood. G20 077 |^I remembered the French township of Le Quesnoy, where a G20 078 decision of the New Zealanders to storm the town, not to G20 079 demolish it by artillery, saved many of the inhabitants and the G20 080 town itself. ^I had visited Le Quesnoy on Anzac Day years G20 081 before and found this a moving experience. ^No Kiwi eye was G20 082 dry as old French people hugged us and the young waved home-made G20 083 (and frequently wrongly designed) New Zealand flags. ^The G20 084 successful assault over the town's medieval walls with the loss G20 085 of many New Zealand lives was led by a young New Zealander, G20 086 Leslie Averill, who was later to chair the Canterbury Hospital G20 087 Board. ^A plaque in that forgotten French village reads: G20 088 ^*'They came from the outermost ends of the earth.**' G20 089 |^I'd often argued during the election campaign that I and G20 090 many of my colleagues represented a new generation of New G20 091 Zealanders, the lucky generation *- New Zealanders who had G20 092 missed the Great Depression and escaped the horrors of the G20 093 World Wars. ^When I had been in Europe, however, I'd always G20 094 been sensitive in negotiations or in speeches not to overplay G20 095 our war service card. ^The French action gave cause for G20 096 legitimate outrage. ^I re-read Keith Sinclair's *1History of G20 097 New Zealand *0and was able to drop into conversation the G20 098 powerful argument that New Zealand, some 20,000 kilometres away G20 099 and with one-seventh of the population of Belgium, lost more G20 100 men than Belgium in the First World War. G20 101 |^New Zealanders have found an excellent market for green G20 102 peas in India. ^However, when the news of the Greenpeace ship G20 103 *1Rainbow Warrior*0's sinking thundered across the world's G20 104 headlines a worried Indian trader cabled his Canterbury G20 105 supplier: ^*'What will happen to our business now our ship G20 106 *1Greenpeas *0has been sunk?**' G20 107 |^I tried to separate the two issues, Greenpeace and butter G20 108 access, but at the same time had to ensure France didn't use G20 109 her veto power to put pressure on us to release her agents. G20 110 ^Ultimately, however, the *1Rainbow Warrior *0issue denied me G20 111 the opportunity to renegotiate a new butter access agreement. G20 112 ^A third trip to Europe had to be arranged. ^I took with me G20 113 Federated Farmers' Peter Elworthy and {0FOL} executive member G20 114 Dave Morgan, who I felt would be able to talk to a wider G20 115 constituency and broaden the focus of the mission. G20 116 |^This proved to be a wise move. ^Elworthy, an honest G20 117 conservative of the old school, told European farmer leaders G20 118 about the problems New Zealand farmers were having and, with my G20 119 encouragement, about how the new *'ratbag**' Labour Government G20 120 had put twenty-five per cent of New Zealand farmers into G20 121 technical insolvency by removing subsidies and financial props. G20 122 ^It was essential to stress how things were changing at home G20 123 because many Europeans still thought Kiwi farmers were all G20 124 wealthy and had servants; an unfortunate perspective past G20 125 governments have helped perpetuate by taking guests like G20 126 Commissioner Andriessen to visit only wealthy third-generation G20 127 farmers when they'd been in New Zealand. ^Visitors still see G20 128 the best farms, but now we also see that they visit the G20 129 battlers who are building their farms without the benefit of G20 130 Grandad's sweat and sacrifice. ^Months after his visit to New G20 131 Zealand, Frans Andriessen asked me how a young couple he had G20 132 visited in Jim Sutton's Waitaki electorate were getting on. G20 133 ^The couple were honest and hard-working and their balance G20 134 sheet had impressed and also dismayed him. ^Clearly we were G20 135 beginning to get the message across. G20 136 |^Decisions made in Europe subsequent to our three trips G20 137 have been good for New Zealand but they have only postponed our G20 138 problems. ^I'm proud I got the best deal in a decade, but G20 139 longer-term solutions have to be found. ^The final answer, if G20 140 there is one, will centre on the politics of food prices, as G20 141 well as a fairer world food-trading system. G20 142 |^As far as trade-related policy issues are concerned, it G20 143 may surprise many to know that the most difficult area I have G20 144 had to deal with is the live-sheep trade. ^Inherited from my G20 145 family is a deep love of animals and I can't even watch Walt G20 146 Disney movies if animals are being hurt. ^I still remember the G20 147 trauma of seeing the movie *1Old Yellow *0as a boy. ^I was so G20 148 upset I vomited and got my foot caught down the back of the G20 149 seat in front of me; the manager had to dismantle the whole row G20 150 to release me. ^I support animal welfare groups *- such as G20 151 Beauty Without Cruelty *- who campaign against pointless G20 152 experimentation on animals. G20 153 |^The issue of live-sheep exports thus placed me in a moral G20 154 dilemma. ^Could I deny New Zealand farmers an income in tough G20 155 times because of my personal views? ^Obviously not. ^I met G20 156 with the president of the {0SPCA}, Neil Wells, and said that G20 157 while I understood his position, New Zealand had no choice. G20 158 |^The {0SPCA} weren't convinced and went to a world {0SPCA} G20 159 conference in Europe, seeking a boycott of New Zealand G20 160 products. ^I was angry that the conference seemed ready to G20 161 single New Zealand out. ^What about Australia, the Europeans G20 162 and the Americans, all of whom exported live animals? ^Fewer G20 163 sheep were being lost on ships between New Zealand and Mexico G20 164 than were dying on trucks travelling between that country and G20 165 the United States. ^I was also told that American sheepgrowers G20 166 were providing our {0SPCA} with false information as to the G20 167 numbers that died on our export ships and public opinion was G20 168 being manipulated by people posing as *'concerned and G20 169 principled**'. G20 170 |^But the mail I got hurt. ^Old friends suggested I'd G20 171 *'sold out**'. ^It also reminded me that many people care more G20 172 about animals than people. G20 173 |^Yuri Gagarin, the first cosmonaut, received a hero's G20 174 welcome in Trafalgar Square and he was amazed by the size of G20 175 the enthusiastic English crowd. ^He turned to British Prime G20 176 Minister Harold Macmillan and expressed his surprise at the G20 177 turnout. ^Macmillan is said to have replied: ^*'Imagine the G20 178 turnout if the Soviet Government had sent their space dog G20 179 here.**' G20 180 *<*417 Minister of Tourism and Publicity*> G20 181 |^*0The portfolios of Tourism and Publicity held no fear for me G20 182 because at every opportunity I'd studied everything I could on G20 183 the subjects and had, in particular, been impressed by the work G20 184 of Professor Henshaw at the University of Auckland. ^New G20 185 Zealand has a fine product to sell; all we needed were better G20 186 salesmanship, ministerial drive and encouragement to investors. G20 187 ^The industry was ready to take off. G20 188 |^From the time of my first meeting with Tourist and G20 189 Publicity head, Neil Plimmer, it was obvious to me that he and G20 190 his departmental staff were enthusiastic but conditioned to G20 191 inaction and previous Cabinet defeats. ^The Treasury, and G20 192 Prime Minister Muldoon, had taken the view that if anything was G20 193 to happen with tourism it would be because the private sector G20 194 wanted it. ^This was a strange reversal of their attitudes to G20 195 Think Big, where they had spent billions on projects that the G20 196 private sector wouldn't touch. ^The previous Government G20 197 apparently forgot that every 8.5 overseas visitors to New G20 198 Zealand create one more job and the tourist dollar runs through G20 199 the economy quicker than any other. G20 200 |^Roger Douglas was already impressed by the potential of G20 201 tourism and had devoted a chapter in his book to the visitor G20 202 industry, a copy of which I attached to my first Budget G20 203 submission. ^That Budget saw us double the money put aside for G20 204 marketing New Zealand abroad; we then extended support for G20 205 hotel construction in Auckland to other areas where G20 206 accommodation was short *- Queenstown, Christchurch and G20 207 Wellington. ^The incentives worked, and two years later we G20 208 extended the grants to cover smaller hotels all over New G20 209 Zealand. G20 210 |^Now every major gateway city has at least two major hotels G20 211 of international standard either built or under construction. G20 212 *# G21 001 **[208 TEXT G21**] G21 002 ^*0Over the years my willingness to be interviewed by G21 003 journalists cost me more than I gained and I disliked trying to G21 004 defend myself from attacks. ^Yet I felt it important, for my G21 005 sake and the sake of other younger professionals starting out, G21 006 that a professional's point of view be heard. G21 007 |^Right from the beginning of my cricket career I decided to G21 008 be straight with journalists and other media people. ^I G21 009 refused to hedge or be calculated and didn't try to use the G21 010 media to my advantage by saying the sorts of things that they, G21 011 and the public, most liked to hear. ^Some have said this was a G21 012 naive approach; I prefer to call it an honest one. G21 013 |^During my career some New Zealand journalists spent a lot G21 014 of time and space ticking me off and denigrating me. ^Many G21 015 people think that I copped more than my share of flak. G21 016 |^Dick Brittenden, the journalist, once wrote that I didn't G21 017 suffer fools gladly. ^The implication *- one that has often G21 018 been made *- was that I tended to be blunt, terse, and was apt G21 019 to give people short shrift. ^There was a feeling that I was G21 020 formidable, someone to be feared or wary of. ^My feeling is G21 021 that for too long I was too obliging, too readily available, G21 022 and that I gave some fools too much of my time. G21 023 |^By and large my policy with the media was to say what I G21 024 thought, even though I knew it wouldn't always go down well. G21 025 ^I didn't have the time or the inclination to play political G21 026 games and didn't see that as a player I should be expected to. G21 027 ^It puzzled me that some people should find facts, or the G21 028 opinions of one player, so difficult to take. ^If you tinker G21 029 with facts, tailor them or slant them to improve your standing G21 030 or position, you're soon unable to distinguish fact from G21 031 fiction. ^That's hard at the best of times. ^My views were G21 032 sometimes seen to be radical and as such were frowned upon. G21 033 ^But throughout all the controversy I tried to protect my G21 034 self-esteem and retain my integrity. G21 035 |^I've never been sufficiently attracted to most cricket G21 036 journalism to regularly read the reports and the comment. ^In G21 037 England many cricket correspondents seem to use words well *- G21 038 although I'm no authority on that *- but they often seem to G21 039 have been looking at a different game from the players. ^I G21 040 detected that some showed a tendency to be more interested in G21 041 words than in cricket, and on occasion who would blame them. G21 042 ^However, some were prone to exaggerate or overstate, to G21 043 glamourise or inflate events to the point where they were no G21 044 longer credible. ^I suppose such imaginative reporting is a G21 045 good way of entertaining people who can't be there to provide G21 046 their own versions. ^In my case, more often than not, I G21 047 confined myself to looking over the scores and gave match G21 048 reports a miss. G21 049 |^In New Zealand the people who reported and commented on G21 050 cricket tended to take the administration's line. ^It's always G21 051 safer to attack individuals rather than risk offending one's G21 052 sources. ^In a recent letter to my brother Brian, Ian Walter, G21 053 the producer of {0TVNZ}'s outside cricket coverage, had this to G21 054 say: G21 055 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G21 056 |^Apparently Ian was intrigued by G21 057 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G21 058 |^My producer, unwittingly I'm sure, has chosen to present a G21 059 distorted picture in order to make for a more amusing story. G21 060 ^What he fails to mention is that, at that hour of the day *- G21 061 between 12 noon and 1 {0pm} *- we were generally recording play G21 062 and not broadcasting live. ^Therefore a full commentary wasn't G21 063 required. ^I say this just to protect myself from any G21 064 allegations of total disdain for the cricket! ^And as for an G21 065 addiction? ^Not really, but certainly a fascination. ^One of G21 066 the benefits of living in a place the size of Dunedin is that G21 067 one can go home for lunch, and I usually watched *'The Old and G21 068 the Listless**' while eating. ^Curiously enough many people G21 069 enjoyed hearing that I watch the programme; perhaps because G21 070 they saw it as a chink in my allegedly tough exterior. G21 071 |^It's not easy to decide whether people are affronted by G21 072 what you say, or because you've dared to say it. ^I was G21 073 exasperated to find my views so often rejected in New Zealand. G21 074 ^Journalists obviously thought I was good copy and I could G21 075 understand that. ^But where it did annoy me was when they G21 076 moralised, disparaged and censured me. ^I don't understand why G21 077 sports reporters in New Zealand, and in many of the G21 078 sensation-seeking papers elsewhere, feel the need to do so much G21 079 moralising. ^Some journalists, especially in Wellington, G21 080 seemed prepared to rely on hearsay or gossip and I felt some of G21 081 their sources were biased and malicious. ^Certain journalists G21 082 suffer from a delusion that their opinions are facts. G21 083 |^For a time in the seventies I was unsettled and perplexed G21 084 by the tone and extent of the criticism. ^However, I wasn't G21 085 pre-occupied worrying about what others were saying or G21 086 thinking, nor was I totally dominated or distracted by the G21 087 flak. ^But all this attention did have undesirable effects G21 088 that I could have done without. G21 089 |^The New Zealand administration and the press *- television G21 090 journalists weren't nearly so hostile *- solved the Turner G21 091 problem by accusing me of being both greedy and disloyal, of G21 092 being selfish and only interested in money. ^The irony for me G21 093 was that, at the time, I was fully extending myself mentally G21 094 and physically trying to bolster and build better provincial G21 095 and international sides. ^I didn't disguise the fact that I G21 096 expected to be paid, but the impression conveyed through the G21 097 papers was that my requests were unreasonable. ^How did they G21 098 know? ^In the end I accepted that in most cases, whenever I G21 099 suggested or requested something from administration, the G21 100 answer would be No. G21 101 |^At one point I suggested to journalists that since I was a G21 102 professional, and they were coming to me for expert comment, G21 103 they should pay me a fee for the service I provided. ^In G21 104 England the media accepted that if they wished to use G21 105 professional people they should pay them, and professional G21 106 sportsmen were paid for interviews the same as anyone else. G21 107 ^And in New Zealand, {0TVNZ}, for example, paid political G21 108 scientists and economists for informed comment. ^The G21 109 journalists were paid for interviews, but they got very uptight G21 110 when I suggested they ought to pay me for my time. ^I often G21 111 found it tiresome dealing with people who persisted in telling G21 112 you that they had only the game's interest at heart, and that G21 113 you had to be brought into line or else you'd do irreparable G21 114 harm. G21 115 |^The controversy surrounding me in 1977 was very bad for the G21 116 morale of the New Zealand team. ^My feeling was that to pull G21 117 out there and then would have done even more damage to the G21 118 side's chances of doing well in the tests against Australia, G21 119 but because I'd been put in an intolerable position I played G21 120 poorly. ^I wasn't able to shake off the evidence of bitter G21 121 ill-will in certain cricketing circles, and I felt unhappy at G21 122 my inability to do so. ^Contrary to myth, I've always had to G21 123 work hard on becoming mentally tough. ^It is not natural to G21 124 me. ^That some of my detractors got pleasure out of seeing me G21 125 have a poor run rather puts the sincerity of their interest in G21 126 the good of New Zealand cricket in telling perspective. G21 127 |^Vernon Wright said I appeared to be *'baffling, pig-headed G21 128 and mercenary**', but then went on to say that *'to imply that G21 129 [I was] a money-grabber is absurd**'. ^He said that I was G21 130 arguing *'for better conditions for players, more respect for G21 131 them from the council**', for a *'doing away with the G21 132 teacher/ pupil relationship**' and advocating *'work as a unit G21 133 at all levels**' and *'more say for players in all things**'. G21 134 |^The Chairman of the {0N.Z.C.C.} Board was quoted as saying G21 135 he *'would expect our chaps to go out there and die**' *- G21 136 metaphorically *- and that ^*'Our [the {0N.Z.}] approach has G21 137 been one of unity, of playing for the fun of the game**'. G21 138 ^Talk about taking a rosy view of history! ^Given my position G21 139 many people assumed the Chairman was implying that I wasn't too G21 140 concerned about either of these things. ^I considered his G21 141 suggestions, if directed at me, to be ridiculous and untrue. G21 142 |^Don Neely, a former Wellington captain, and subsequently G21 143 in the eighties a New Zealand selector, offered a number of G21 144 slurs. ^He claimed that I wouldn't know, from one day to the G21 145 next, whom I was playing for, nor did I care, and since I G21 146 didn't care how could the other players be expected to care? G21 147 ^I found it hard to understand how someone of Neely's G21 148 background in the game could make such remarks, believe such G21 149 absurdities. G21 150 |^It is true to say that I never made any great *1show *0of G21 151 being excited about playing for New Zealand, but it was always G21 152 very important to me that I perform well for whichever team I G21 153 was playing. ^Like others I had my fallible moments, my G21 154 indiscretions, but my concern was not just for the future of G21 155 New Zealand cricket, it was for cricket overall. G21 156 |^One of the things implicit in Neely's attack on me was G21 157 that I was aloof, something of a one-man band. ^Not true. ^In G21 158 any match, situations arise where a captain has a number of G21 159 alternatives open to him *- bowling changes, varied field G21 160 placements, whether to attack or defend, and so on. ^Because G21 161 of these alternatives I felt it was important to ask for other G21 162 views, and I often discussed tactics with two or three of my G21 163 team-mates. ^This was my policy as captain of provincial, G21 164 county and national sides. ^After discussion I made a G21 165 decision. G21 166 |^So my method of captaining sides was to involve the other G21 167 players as much as possible. ^In this respect I differed from G21 168 many captains. ^This approach was in sharp contrast to that of G21 169 my predecessor, Bevan Congdon. ^He sometimes told me, not G21 170 asked me, as his vice-captain, what he intended doing. G21 171 ^Meanwhile other players in the side were chipping away at me, G21 172 querying what was going on and asking me to tell Bevan to adopt G21 173 different tactics. ^In the course of a two hour session it was G21 174 common for me to receive a dozen suggestions (or pleas) from G21 175 players who wanted me to put their requests to Bevan. ^There G21 176 was no way I was going to bother him with such a welter of G21 177 *'advice**'. ^I listened to what was said, sifted the ideas G21 178 and, sometimes, put one suggestion to him in a session. ^There G21 179 was no point in trying to do more. G21 180 |^I played under Bevan's captaincy for about three seasons G21 181 from the time he took over from Graham Dowling when Dowls had G21 182 to return home early from the 1972 tour of the West Indies. G21 183 ^But it could easily have been the other way round. ^John G21 184 Heslop recently said that before the tour he approached other G21 185 members of the Board and did a lot of lobbying on my behalf. G21 186 ^John felt that I ought to be appointed Dowls's vice-captain, G21 187 and says that this was the selectors' recommendation. G21 188 ^Immediately prior to the announcement of the team he was G21 189 confident that the majority of the members of the Board agreed G21 190 with him. ^John was in Auckland staying with another Board G21 191 member when he received a phone call from the secretary in G21 192 Christchurch. ^The secretary said it had been decided to hold G21 193 a phone poll on the choice of a vice-captain. ^Soon after it G21 194 was announced that Congdon had got the nod. ^Heslop was G21 195 surprised at what he saw as an unexpected last-minute G21 196 turnaround. G21 197 |^There was an irony in Congdon's appointment. ^What the G21 198 Board got was the kind of thing they feared they'd get from a G21 199 professional captain, someone who was slightly remote and G21 200 introverted, who wasn't adept at cultivating team spirit, G21 201 someone who was uncompromising. ^These traits, along with his G21 202 powers of self-motivation, enabled Bevan to make the very best G21 203 of his abilities. G21 204 *# G22 001 **[209 TEXT G22**] G22 002 |^*0Until I was 10 years old I knew very little about our G22 003 grandparents. ^The bad roads and lack of regular transport G22 004 successfully isolated us from *1their *0critical presence. G22 005 |^The *"grandparents**" in our lives, up to the time we G22 006 moved to Paeroa in 1930, were Granny and Grandpa Sharples, who G22 007 lived in a sturdy white house on a knoll across the road. G22 008 ^They were elderly and past real farming. ^Grandpa had been a G22 009 carpenter in England and at one period made coffins, which G22 010 Granny lined with white satin. ^What aspirations made them buy G22 011 this run-down property on the road to Torehape and adopt a G22 012 life-style unsuited to their age and health? ^I don't know, G22 013 and there is no one alive today that I can ask. G22 014 |^There was no occasion for Grandpa to make coffins in G22 015 Kaihere but he did spend happy productive hours in a G22 016 picturesque cowshed-cum-workshop which stood in a nice flat G22 017 paddock, away from the house. ^The building was old like G22 018 Grandpa. ^The roof was under constant threat from the sheer G22 019 weight of vines that covered it like thatch. G22 020 |^We children liked to visit Grandpa in his workshop. G22 021 ^After the sunshine our eyes had to adjust to the gloom of the G22 022 interior, for there was only one window and that was framed G22 023 with dog-roses. ^With our feet ankle-deep in wood shavings, G22 024 dry as autumn leaves, we pressed close to his body watching him G22 025 make a milking stool, repair a chair leg, or make Grandma a new G22 026 sewing box. G22 027 |^Our greatest pleasure was to see his skilful use of a G22 028 plane in reducing the wood by wafer-thin layers. ^The handles G22 029 of his tools had a dark mahogany shine through decades of use, G22 030 but the blades and hammerheads were as clean as new. ^Quite G22 031 the opposite of Dad's, which got hidden in corners of the barn G22 032 by sacks of superphosphate and chook feed and left coated with G22 033 dirt. G22 034 |^There was an unrecognisable smell in the workshop, a sort G22 035 of pot-pourri of seasoned wood, saddlery, glue, home-made G22 036 stains and polishes and ageless dust. G22 037 |^Grandpa was happy and industrious in his workshop and more G22 038 comfortable than when out working his land, for he had G22 039 arthritic hips and each step was painful. ^Whenever he was in G22 040 cooee of the house, Grandma was his timepiece. ^On the dot of G22 041 12 o'clock she would go out onto the back verandah and in a G22 042 voice that carried (for we could hear her from our side of the G22 043 road) would call, ^*"Father... Father**". ^(Our mother said G22 044 \0Mrs Sharples always addressed her husband as *"Father**".) G22 045 ^It was a sign for him to leave his workshop, or whatever he G22 046 was doing on the farm, and climb the knoll for dinner. G22 047 |^Granny Sharples was kind but formal, and we children did G22 048 not dare take liberties of any kind. ^When we called we G22 049 knocked politely on the back door and waited for her to open G22 050 it. ^We were then invited into her spotless kitchen. G22 051 ^Adjoining the kitchen was the living room and although the G22 052 door was usually open it was as private as her bedroom *- a G22 053 place we dared not enter unasked. ^We could just get an G22 054 unsatisfactory peek at its comfortable furniture and the blue G22 055 jasperware on the sideboard. G22 056 |^There was an element of cupboard love in all our visits. G22 057 ^We went through the motions of polite conversation and could G22 058 be temporarily distracted when Granny lit the primus in summer G22 059 for *"Father's**" afternoon tea, but our eyes unashamedly G22 060 focused on two glass bottles on the pantry shelf. ^One was G22 061 filled with blackballs, the other with gingernuts, and we had G22 062 the agonising choice of either one or the other. ^I usually G22 063 chose a blackball because I enjoyed rolling it around in my G22 064 mouth, so that it discoloured my tongue, and timing how long it G22 065 took for the last paper**[ARB**]-thin fragment to melt away. G22 066 |^With one exception our visits to the Sharples were G22 067 mutually congenial *- we called, we exchanged pleasantries, G22 068 were rewarded for our politeness, then trotted back home. G22 069 |^But there was that one exception. ^One day, because there G22 070 was no response to our knock, Margery idly tried the wash-house G22 071 door and disturbed Granny soaping herself in the tin bath. ^We G22 072 stood transfixed by this dramatic turn of events. ^Even though G22 073 the room was full of steam from water boiling in the copper, G22 074 there was no mistaking Granny's small naked body. G22 075 |^(We girls were acquainted only with our own bodies. ^We G22 076 felt uncomfortable about sharing the bath and were to hide our G22 077 first signs of puberty by dressing back to back. ^We could G22 078 thank our mother for our excessive modesty. ^By dressing G22 079 underneath the protection of her nightgown *- no mean feat *- G22 080 she had hidden her body from us with conspicuous success.) G22 081 |^The shock that all participants felt now, varied only in G22 082 degree. ^Undoubtedly Granny felt horribly vulnerable. G22 083 |^*"You wicked girls!**" she shrieked, quite out of G22 084 character. ^*"Close the door.**" ^The purpose of our visit G22 085 forgotten, we flew headlong down the hill. ^But Granny's voice G22 086 that day carried further than the echo of our pounding feet. G22 087 |^*"Father, Father,**" she shrieked, *"come home, come home G22 088 quick. ^Oh, those awful Harris girls.... **" ^For our sake, G22 089 and hers too, we let a decent period elapse before we appeared G22 090 on their doorstep again. G22 091 |^Now that I am reviving memories of the Sharples, I realise G22 092 with a shock that I cannot describe their appearance. ^Except G22 093 that Granny was a small neat woman; a lady, in every sense. G22 094 ^How old were they when they came to Kaihere? ^A small child G22 095 usually sees its mother as being old and as for grandparents, G22 096 well, they are as old as the Bible! ^Was Granny an old 50 or a G22 097 young 60? ^I do not know the colour of their hair and eyes; G22 098 whether Grandpa was tall and slim (bent of course) as I like to G22 099 think, or whether he was short and thickset, which would play G22 100 havoc with my idealised picture of him. ^I shall never know G22 101 for there is no one close to them left to ask. G22 102 |^Yet there was no doubting our family's affection for them. G22 103 ^As they were our closest human contacts we were continually G22 104 exposed to their gentility, kindness and natural good manners. G22 105 ^Rough and noisy country children that we were, we did not G22 106 appreciate these simple virtues then but certainly we did G22 107 later. G22 108 |^Mother's youngest sister, Aunt Nell Macdonald, told me all G22 109 she remembered of them before she died on her eighty-third G22 110 birthday in June 1981. ^She, Aunt Nell, was the *"nice Miss G22 111 Buchanan**" who looked after \0Mr Sharples while Granny went to G22 112 Auckland for three months to have an operation and convalesce. G22 113 |^*"I will not go unless Miss Buchanan will come and look G22 114 after Father,**" Granny confided in our mother. G22 115 |^So the happy smiling Miss Buchanan entered the sedate G22 116 household. G22 117 |^It was not very long before she was helping in the G22 118 cowshed, for when she called at the shed one late afternoon G22 119 with the milk billy she was shocked to see Grandpa kneeling on G22 120 the concrete floor holding the bucket with his knees as he G22 121 could not sit on a low stool because of his arthritic hips. G22 122 |^*"That'll not help your arthritis,**" said the forthright G22 123 Miss Buchanan, who fetched a disused stool and a second bucket, G22 124 urged one of Grandpa's dozen cows into a bail and began to milk G22 125 it. ^For the next three months Nell appeared at the shed for G22 126 both daily milkings. G22 127 |^Miss Buchanan's housekeeping was up to expectations and G22 128 she went a second time to look after *"Father**" (and help with G22 129 the cows) when Granny returned to Auckland for further G22 130 treatment. ^This was before her marriage to Eric Macdonald in G22 131 1929. G22 132 |^Our mother was fortunate to have Granny across the road. G22 133 ^Despite the difference in their ages, they were good friends. G22 134 ^Granny had no reason to find fault with Mother's attitudes, G22 135 for it seemed to us, growing up, that she unreservedly applied G22 136 similar rigid standards taught her by her own mother. G22 137 ^Besides, both women had the same Christian principles and G22 138 reserve. G22 139 |^When Granny came to visit, she would knock on the back G22 140 door and call out, ^*"Are you in, \0Mrs Harris?**" ^Not once G22 141 did she call her Lois. G22 142 |^Mother honoured her friend by using her best china for G22 143 afternoon tea, served at one end of the living room table. G22 144 ^They sipped their tea and exchanged small talk with G22 145 comfortable formality. G22 146 |^*"Your scones are very light today, \0Mrs Harris.**" ^Our G22 147 mother would blush with pleasure. G22 148 |^*"Another cup, \0Mrs Sharples?**" G22 149 |^There was always a discussion about *"poor Father's**" G22 150 rheumatism, which was a constant worry to Granny. ^But this G22 151 did not cloud her interest in other people. ^She had a warm G22 152 spot for the Harris children. G22 153 |^*"How is Jack's ringworm?**" G22 154 |^Mother was treating Jack's shorn head with ointment. G22 155 ^Granny had seen him lurking behind the tank stand, wearing a G22 156 cotton bonnet. ^Mother raised her eyes to heaven, perhaps G22 157 seeking divine help, because Jack's hatred of the bonnet was G22 158 making him more aggressive than usual. G22 159 |^Granny always called after Mother came home from hospital G22 160 with a new baby. ^I cannot pretend to know what the two women G22 161 talked about as they bent over the wicker travelling basket, G22 162 now in use as the crib. ^It has become family history, though, G22 163 that having admired the new baby *- after Jack the first-born G22 164 they were all girls *- Granny would take a half-crown from her G22 165 pocket, lay it in the baby's palm and lock the tiny fingers G22 166 around it. ^If the baby held the money firmly, she would smile G22 167 approvingly and assure Mother that the child would develop a G22 168 thrifty nature. ^On the other hand, if the coin rolled out *- G22 169 and it mostly did *- Granny would sigh, for according to legend G22 170 the child would grow up a spendthrift. G22 171 |^On the arrival home of the fifth and last child, Granny G22 172 called and the ceremony was repeated. ^By now Granny had every G22 173 reason to feel disquiet. ^We claim that it was to bring a G22 174 smile to the old lady's face that Mother there and then named G22 175 the baby Peggy Eleanor *- after Granny, Eleanor Sharples. G22 176 *<*58: Pat*> G22 177 |^*0Often during the Christmas school holidays the Sharples' G22 178 granddaughter arrived from Auckland. ^Her name was Patricia G22 179 Laidlaw and we held her in awe once we learnt that she was G22 180 related to Robert Laidlaw, founder of the Auckland Farmers' G22 181 Trading Company. ^This made her immensely rich in our eyes G22 182 (everyone whom we knew made major purchases from the company's G22 183 mail order catalogue). ^Her mother was Granny's daughter, G22 184 Maud. ^Her father had been killed on the Western Front just G22 185 before the end of the First World War. G22 186 |^Pat was a well-groomed and glamorous Aucklander. ^As our G22 187 friendship developed, we discovered the difference between city G22 188 and country-bred folk. G22 189 |^For example, if we had lived in Auckland, we would have G22 190 worn well-cut clothes, painted our nails a vivid red and had G22 191 our hair cut and marcel-waved in a toilet salon. ^Our legs G22 192 would be sheathed in Kayser silk stockings and we would travel G22 193 at least as far as Sydney with our several pairs of shoes G22 194 neatly packed in a monogrammed leather suitcase. G22 195 |^We would also have sole choice of deciding what we would G22 196 wear from Smith and Caughey's mantle department. ^Then, after G22 197 we had preened ourselves in front of long mirrors and been G22 198 flattered by assistants, we would embark on the final *- G22 199 perhaps fatal *- indulgence of the day. G22 200 |^This was a visit to the tearooms. ^Our parcels would be G22 201 placed on a spare chair and a waitress in a black frock with a G22 202 frilly white apron and starched headband would bear down on us G22 203 and, with pencil poised, take our order for sandwiches and G22 204 cakes. ^These would arrive in a tiered silver stand, along G22 205 with a shiny teapot and an extra jug of hot water. ^Contrary G22 206 to what our mother might claim, the excesses would not ruin us. G22 207 |^For proof, we had only to point to Pat. ^There was G22 208 nothing spoilt about her. ^She had a friendly open nature G22 209 which melted the shyness of her barefooted friends. ^Yes, G22 210 barefooted (except on Sundays) and dressed in cotton prints G22 211 chosen from the mail order catalogue and run up by Mother on G22 212 the treadle sewing-machine after we had been sent to bed at G22 213 night. G22 214 *# G23 001 **[210 TEXT G23**] G23 002 *<*4*=X*> G23 003 *<*6THE REAL TASK BEGINS*> G23 004 *<*41935-1937*> G23 005 |^*6T*2HE VICTORIOUS LABOUR {0MP}*0s met for their first caucus G23 006 on Tuesday 3 December 1935, a week after the election. ^Savage G23 007 had arrived in Wellington the previous morning to a tumultuous G23 008 welcome, with thousands of people packing the streets and G23 009 climbing onto the rooftops and tops of trucks and cars outside G23 010 the railway station. ^For months prior to the election some G23 011 {0MP}s had been lobbying openly for membership of cabinet and G23 012 expressing personal ambitions for particular portfolios. ^One G23 013 newspaper had predicted prophetically that *'^No one could envy G23 014 \0Mr Savage if he had to allot portfolios without causing G23 015 heart-burnings, envy, dissension, or perhaps the opposition of G23 016 a mutinous *"left wing**".**' ^Among those with expectations G23 017 was Lee, and during the election campaign he had indicated G23 018 clearly his preference for the defence ministry. ^On the train G23 019 trip down from Auckland to Wellington, Lee and other {0MP}s G23 020 decided informally that Mason and Schramm would move that G23 021 cabinet be elected by caucus. ^They also arranged a G23 022 pre-selected list of candidates, including Langstone for finance G23 023 and Lee for defence. G23 024 |^The meeting started at 10.30 {0a.m.} ^Present were all G23 025 fifty-three Labour {0MP}s; two Labour members of the G23 026 Legislative Council; seven members of the party's national G23 027 executive; Tirikatene and Ratana, who were admitted to the G23 028 caucus; and Rangi Mawhete, who was to be appointed in early G23 029 1936 to the Legislative Council. ^Savage, who was given an G23 030 enthusiastic vote of appreciation and confidence, addressed the G23 031 meeting briefly, paying tribute especially to the work of G23 032 Holland and James and Elizabeth McCombs. ^Messages of G23 033 congratulation, including one from Major Douglas in London, G23 034 were read. ^Then came the question of the composition of G23 035 cabinet. ^Savage asked whether caucus wanted to elect a G23 036 cabinet or whether he should select it. ^It was obvious that G23 037 many of the new {0MP}s had little knowledge of their more G23 038 experienced colleagues, from whom cabinet had to come. ^Mason, G23 039 therefore, moved and Semple seconded that Savage should select G23 040 the cabinet and report back to caucus at 7 {0p.m.} that night. G23 041 ^McKeen, Armstrong, Howard and Carr spoke in favour of the G23 042 motion, which was passed unanimously. ^Everyone appeared to G23 043 have faith in Savage's integrity and judgement. G23 044 |^The task given to Savage was very difficult. ^He G23 045 obviously had to take into account each {0MP}'s ability, length G23 046 of service, experience, status in the party, geographic G23 047 location and specific interests. ^He certainly owed something G23 048 to the pioneers who had formed the party and sustained it G23 049 during the difficult years before 1919. ^Friendship and G23 050 loyalty were also tremendously important to him. G23 051 |^Savage scribbled down some thirty-six pages of lists and G23 052 notes as he agonised over this selection and went through four G23 053 main stages in assembling the cabinet. ^Eight ministers were G23 054 chosen immediately: Savage, Fraser, Nash, Semple, Langstone, G23 055 Sullivan, Jones and Parry, with four places initially left G23 056 vacant. ^That gave Savage two ministers from Auckland, three G23 057 from Wellington, one each from Christchurch and Dunedin, and G23 058 one from the rural North Island. ^The possible surprise was G23 059 Fred Jones, a fifty-year-old former trade union leader who had G23 060 been {0MP} for Dunedin South only since 1931 but whose active G23 061 involvement went back to the days before the formation of the G23 062 Labour Party in 1916. ^Even Lee was subsequently to admit that G23 063 as minister, Jones was a fine, if unimaginative, administrator. G23 064 ^Savage accepted the desirability of having at least one G23 065 minister from Otago-Southland. ^The most talented {0MP}s from G23 066 that region, Nordmeyer and McMillan, had only just been elected G23 067 to Parliament and the longest-serving Dunedin {0MP} Jim Munro, G23 068 who had served in Parliament with one three-year break since G23 069 1922, not only had a reputation for being lazy but had greatly G23 070 embarrassed Savage a week before the 1935 election by stating G23 071 that if anyone tried to stop a Labour government carrying out G23 072 its policy, Labour might have to *'smash things**' and put G23 073 directors and managers in gaol on a bread and water diet *'as G23 074 some of our Communist friends were dealt with**' until they G23 075 learnt to obey the government. G23 076 |^None of the new {0MP}s was considered by Savage for G23 077 cabinet, and besides Munro he almost immediately deleted six G23 078 others: Chapman, Carr, Richards, Coleman, McCombs, and his old G23 079 friend, the independently minded Jordan, whom Savage decided to G23 080 send to Britain as High Commissioner. ^Jordan, described by G23 081 one close acquaintance as Savage's *'stalwart aide**' and G23 082 Nash's *'bete noir, and vice versa**', claimed that *'^Joe and I G23 083 understood one another**', partly because both *'understand G23 084 *2MEN**', *0unlike Fraser and Nash, who only *'understand G23 085 *2MATTERS**'. G23 086 |^*0A minister with farming expertise, a lawyer for Minister G23 087 of Justice, and a second minister from the Christchurch area G23 088 were clearly desirable. ^Savage chose as Minister of G23 089 Agriculture the onetime president of the Waikato Farmers' G23 090 Union, Lee Martin, who had been strongly supported for cabinet G23 091 rank by representations from the chairmen of the Raglan, G23 092 Waikato and Waipa County Councils and the mayors of Hamilton, G23 093 Huntly and Ngaruawahia. ^Initially he selected Barnard for G23 094 Minister of Justice. ^Armstrong was preferred to a bitterly G23 095 disappointed Howard for the second Christchurch minister, G23 096 partly because Howard had for some time been incapacitated by G23 097 high blood pressure and partly because little rapport had G23 098 developed between Savage and Howard during the years they had G23 099 been together in Parliament. ^Howard received the chairmanship G23 100 of committees and, bitterly disappointed, *'came out of the G23 101 caucus with tears streaming down his face**'. G23 102 |^In his third list Savage replaced Barnard with the G23 103 longer-serving Mason and transferred Barnard to Speaker of the House. G23 104 ^O'Brien, from the West Coast, and Lee were added tentatively G23 105 to cabinet. G23 106 |^In the fourth and final list Savage replaced O'Brien with G23 107 his old mate Webb and changed Lee to an under-secretary to the G23 108 Prime Minister and chairman of the caucus defence committee. G23 109 ^This gave Savage three ministers and an under-secretary from G23 110 Auckland, three from Wellington, two from Christchurch, one G23 111 from Dunedin, two from rural North Island seats, and one from G23 112 the West Coast of the South Island. ^Fagan was added to the G23 113 cabinet as leader of the Legislative Council. ^Of the G23 114 fourteen, six had been born in New Zealand, six in Australia, G23 115 one in England and one in Scotland. ^There was some comment G23 116 that five of the ministers were Catholics, though Savage and G23 117 Webb were not churchgoers, Fagan had only recently returned to G23 118 the church, and of the two practising Catholics, Armstrong was G23 119 married to a Methodist and Sullivan to a Baptist. ^With the G23 120 exception of Nash and Mason, they were manual workers who had G23 121 known the suffering associated with hard toil, periodic G23 122 unemployment, and living from pay to pay. ^All had devoted G23 123 much of their adult lives to the Labour movement. G23 124 |^Savage, who throughout the latter part of his notes G23 125 bracketed the names Savage and Lee, deliberately limited the G23 126 portfolios he took, perceiving his own roles as initiator, G23 127 co-ordinator, supervisor and communicator of government policy G23 128 rather than administrator of a specific department. ^He G23 129 reserved for himself, largely at the urging of others, external G23 130 affairs, native affairs, and subsequently broadcasting. G23 131 ^Fraser, the Deputy Prime Minister, was given education, G23 132 health, marine and police. ^The party president, Nash, despite G23 133 a letter from Lee to Savage opposing Nash's appointment, G23 134 received finance and customs. ^The other ministers and their G23 135 responsibilities were Armstrong, labour and employment; Jones, G23 136 defence and Post Office; Lee Martin, agriculture; Mason, G23 137 justice and Attorney General; Langstone, lands and forests; G23 138 Parry, internal affairs; Semple, public works and transport; G23 139 Sullivan, industries and commerce and railways; and Webb, G23 140 mines. G23 141 |^Despite Lee's belief that Fraser and Nash had advised G23 142 Savage that Lee should be given cabinet rank, and despite G23 143 Fraser's reportedly strong opposition to the appointment of G23 144 Webb, Jones and Mason, Savage announced his decision unchanged G23 145 to caucus. ^There were no questions and there was no G23 146 discussion. ^Most {0MP}s felt that Savage had chosen G23 147 *'predictable people**'. ^It was inevitable, however, that G23 148 some of those excluded by Savage would take the decision very G23 149 personally. ^Momentarily hiding his own bitter disappointment, G23 150 Lee moved and Chapman seconded a motion *'that those selected G23 151 be congratulated on their selection for Cabinet rank, and that G23 152 the rest of the Party pledge themselves to give the Ministers G23 153 their whole hearted loyalty and support.**' ^After that was G23 154 carried unanimously, a second motion was passed creating the G23 155 position of parliamentary secretary to the Prime Minister and G23 156 asking Lee to accept it. ^Savage was sworn in as Prime G23 157 Minister, with his cabinet, on 6 December 1935. G23 158 |^Although only the Wellington newspapers of all those in G23 159 the four main centres had included Lee in their lists of likely G23 160 ministers and although most {0MP}s were not surprised at his G23 161 exclusion, Lee, never one to have doubts about his own ability G23 162 and merit, certainly had wanted and expected a cabinet post. G23 163 ^His aggressively ambitious wife, Mollie, hoped that at the G23 164 very least her husband would be offered the post of High G23 165 Commissioner in London, which Lee would probably have taken. G23 166 ^When Savage had first suggested to Lee that he become G23 167 under-secretary to the Prime Minister, Lee treated it as a bad joke. G23 168 ^He was subsequently persuaded to accept. ^Lee had time on his G23 169 side. ^He was only forty-four and none of Savage's ministers G23 170 was under fifty; the average age was fifty-seven. ^The thought G23 171 that more ministers might soon be needed held out some hope, G23 172 and Lee was also forced to admit that there were good reasons G23 173 for Parry and Mason being included. ^He also acknowledged that G23 174 it would have been difficult for Savage, who was in Lee's G23 175 opinion at that time *'tremendously sincere though a G23 176 plodder**', who *'will come to be looked upon as the descendant G23 177 of Seddon**', to appoint a fourth Auckland minister. G23 178 |^At the end of the caucus at which cabinet was announced, G23 179 Langstone and a national executive member, Peter Butler, G23 180 invited Lee to join them for a cup of tea at Butler's home. G23 181 ^Lee *'appeared to be in a sort of trance**' but, according to G23 182 Butler, *'without replying he came with us and on reaching our G23 183 Model A Ford slumped into the back seat**'. ^When they reached G23 184 Butler's house, *'Lee, his tea untouched, had huddled against G23 185 the window sill, muttering incoherently against no-one in G23 186 particular. ^I became uneasy and my wife a little alarmed.**' G23 187 ^Langstone explained to Butler how shattered Lee was at not G23 188 being included in the cabinet. ^Although Langstone and Butler G23 189 tried to console Lee, they were unable to lift him out of his G23 190 deep despondency and self-pity. G23 191 |^Lee could not accept his exclusion gracefully and G23 192 subsequently complained to many others about it. ^He expressed G23 193 particularly his resentment against Savage for preferring Jones G23 194 as Minister of Defence. ^One of those confidants, Harry G23 195 Holland's son Roy, believed that Lee's undying vendetta against G23 196 Savage started with that incident and Lee's friend and G23 197 lieutenant, Norman Douglas, later claimed that he had never G23 198 heard Lee criticise Savage until after the selection of the G23 199 cabinet. ^As the perceived injustice festered, Lee, who G23 200 regarded Savage as his inferior in every way, increasingly saw G23 201 the Prime Minister not only as the man who had for the basest G23 202 of motives left him out of cabinet but also as the person G23 203 holding the very post and enjoying the wide public popularity G23 204 Lee thought should be rightfully his. ^Lee's prospects of G23 205 successfully challenging Fraser for the party's leadership in G23 206 the future when Savage retired or died were also considerably G23 207 reduced by his not being a member of cabinet. ^Within days of G23 208 the cabinet's selection, Lee confided to his wife, *'^Can see G23 209 myself emerging from it all as the leader of the revolutionary G23 210 faction**'. ^One of Lee's closest caucus friends, Morgan G23 211 Williams, recalled that from that first caucus Lee *'was G23 212 bitterly disappointed.... and it was not long before he began G23 213 moving among the new members stirring up dissatisfaction**'. G23 214 ^Terry McCombs, who often shared a pot of tea with Lee in G23 215 Bellamy's, believed that Lee's disappointment and his G23 216 frustrated desire to be recognised not just as a minister but G23 217 as the leader led to his digging up policies and issues and G23 218 recruiting allies to oppose and embarrass Savage. ^Another of G23 219 Lee's allies, Nordmeyer, has recorded that Lee *'started G23 220 immediately almost a vendetta against Joe**' and *'became G23 221 almost a pathological case himself.**' ^The undoubted abilities G23 222 Lee had shown as a fighting critic in the opposition before G23 223 1935 were, after that time, turned against his own colleagues. G23 224 *# G24 001 **[211 TEXT G24**] G24 002 ^*0During the years 1917 and 1918 I was taking a growing G24 003 interest in the daily newspaper and I followed the G24 004 disintegration of the German Army in the closing months of G24 005 1918. G24 006 |^When news came through that an armistice had been G24 007 concluded on 11 November, a school holiday was declared for the G24 008 following day after we had taken part in a village celebration. G24 009 ^I remember an adult at the celebration saying to me, ^*"You've G24 010 got it.**" ^She was referring to influenza. ^I went down with G24 011 it within a day or two, as did all the family in the days that G24 012 followed. ^Fortunately for us, my mother was up first and she G24 013 nursed us through with devoted and loving care. ^Death, G24 014 however, was stalking the vicinity. ^The grocer's wife next G24 015 door died, as did the village butcher; these were among the G24 016 grievous blows which befell a small community. ^For these to G24 017 follow a war in which many had relatives who had died or G24 018 suffered wounds was a severe blow, leaving the community G24 019 listless for a long time. G24 020 |^For various reasons, the years I spent at Ashhurst G24 021 contributed a great deal to my education and development. G24 022 ^Both my parents were dedicated teachers. ^Although my mother G24 023 gave up teaching when she married my father in 1907, she G24 024 maintained her keen interest in the subject of education. G24 025 ^Some idea of my father's standing as a teacher can be gleaned G24 026 from this inspection report made in 1912 on his work at G24 027 Halcombe: G24 028 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G24 029 ^My father's passion was English history, my mother's English G24 030 literature, including poetry. ^In addition, they often G24 031 discussed educational theory and practice and I remember their G24 032 occasional discussions about the views of Maria Montessori. G24 033 ^There seemed to be nothing systematic in my parents' approach G24 034 towards my education. ^They followed whatever interests I was G24 035 developing at a particular stage and then drew my attention to G24 036 relevant books we had at home. ^This was particularly so G24 037 during my last two or three years at the primary stage. ^Our G24 038 library resources were modest but nonetheless gave me some G24 039 scope for pursuing an interest. ^I never felt that I was being G24 040 driven educationally, and there was a quiet informality about G24 041 it all. ^In retrospect, though, it is plain to me that the G24 042 influence of my parents was profound and lasting, particularly G24 043 in matters concerning the dignity of the human being; I was the G24 044 product of influences derived from both Christian and humanist G24 045 sources. ^My father died in 1946 and my mother in 1948. G24 046 |^My parents were not regular churchgoers but as children we G24 047 attended the Methodist Sunday School and also the occasional G24 048 service in the Methodist Church. ^The Reverend Clyde Carr, a G24 049 Methodist minister stationed at Ashhurst during 1914, was later G24 050 a Labour Member of Parliament who spoke in favour of the G24 051 abolition of capital punishment and was one of those who voted G24 052 in favour of abolition in 1961. G24 053 |^The amount of delinquency in the Ashhurst district would G24 054 not have varied significantly from other comparable districts, G24 055 but what was interesting was the informal system for its G24 056 control. ^This consisted of a triumvirate who kept in touch G24 057 with one another *- they were my father, as the headmaster, the G24 058 local police constable, and the chairman of the school G24 059 committee who happened to be the manager of a large farm, and G24 060 whose duties occasionally took him on horseback along the banks G24 061 of the Pohangina. ^Detection of mischief seemed to be prompt, G24 062 justice was swift, and it was effective. ^I am not advocating G24 063 a return to such a system, but it did have the virtue of G24 064 simplicity. G24 065 |^Towards the end of June 1917 the calm of Ashhurst was G24 066 gravely disturbed by the news that a farmer living not far from G24 067 the village had killed his 18-year-old son. ^The accused was G24 068 tried for murder but found guilty of manslaughter and sentenced G24 069 to six years' hard labour. ^The shock of that crime G24 070 reverberated through the Pohangina valley and the surrounding G24 071 district. ^The revulsion among children at the Ashhurst G24 072 primary school was quite marked. G24 073 |^We moved to Wairoa at the end of September 1921. ^Because G24 074 it was my last year at primary school, it was disrupting both G24 075 to my studies and to friendships, but there were compensating G24 076 advantages such as being closer to the sea. ^There was also G24 077 the opportunity to see far more of the Maori race. G24 078 |^We were allowed to play cricket on a spacious lawn between G24 079 the police sergeant's home and the police lock-up. ^If any G24 080 prisoners were held at the station, they were usually allowed G24 081 to join us in a game on the one condition that they did not G24 082 bat. ^I think this piece of apparent discrimination came about G24 083 through the police sergeant's concern for his windows! ^Most G24 084 of those held in the lock-up were there for minor offences or G24 085 for default in the payment of debt. ^I wondered why such a G24 086 high proportion of them were Maoris. G24 087 |^Early in 1922 I enrolled in the secondary department of G24 088 the district high school, but my formal education at secondary G24 089 level was short, limited and fragmentary. G24 090 |^Punishment was never a major factor within our home. G24 091 ^There was the occasional slap in anger, but for the most part, G24 092 the punishment, came in the form of words of reproof. G24 093 |^Unexpectedly, I was offered a cadetship in the local G24 094 branch of the Public Trust Office. ^At that time and in areas G24 095 such as Wairoa cadetships were few and far between. ^One of my G24 096 teachers counselled me against acceptance on the ground that I G24 097 was too young *- I had turned 15 in the preceding June *- but G24 098 my parents were in favour, and I certainly was. ^I had become G24 099 restless and wanted to get into the world of work. ^There were G24 100 seven children in our family and my parents could not disregard G24 101 the financial aspect. ^So I began duty as a cadet in the G24 102 Public Trust Office at Wairoa on 1 August 1924. ^I was to G24 103 serve in the Public Trust Department until 1944 except for a G24 104 period of leave from August 1937 to November 1939 during which G24 105 I undertook postgraduate studies at University College, London. G24 106 ^From 1944, I served in the office of the Public Service G24 107 Commission until my appointment to the Department for Justice G24 108 in 1951. G24 109 |^My first controlling officer in the Public Trust Office at G24 110 Wairoa was \0Mr Hugh Mulholland, whom I found to be a kind and G24 111 patient man. G24 112 |^I was transferred to Hastings in July 1926 to work under a G24 113 controlling officer who proved to be a martinet. ^It was one G24 114 of my duties to cross the road for his copy of the evening G24 115 newspaper and to deliver it to him at 4 o'clock in the G24 116 afternoon. ^On several occasions, I had delivered the paper to G24 117 him some minutes before 4 {0p.m.} or some minutes after. G24 118 ^Eventually he gave me a long lecture on the need for G24 119 punctuality, and he pointed out to me how, in the artillery G24 120 during the First World War, it was imperative that the guns be G24 121 fired on time, neither before nor after. ^No doubt I needed G24 122 this lecture but all the same I found it somewhat nauseating. G24 123 |^Another one of my duties was to stoke the furnace in the G24 124 basement which provided steam for the heating of the building. G24 125 ^I was required to stoke up at specified times during the day. G24 126 ^Here again, I had difficulty in maintaining the time schedule G24 127 to the boss's satisfaction. ^A fanlight gave a clear view of G24 128 the interior of the basement and on one occasion it was opened G24 129 by my boss who hurled abuse at me for my deficiencies. G24 130 |^In those days I did not regard myself as an ambitious G24 131 fellow but ambition did sometimes drive me to respond to an G24 132 unpleasant situation. ^So I handed a written application to my G24 133 boss seeking an early transfer to Wellington so I could begin G24 134 study at Victoria University College as an internal student, G24 135 although on a part-time basis. ^The boss reacted with this G24 136 remark, *"^That's not your reason *- you're wanting to escape G24 137 from me.**" ^Although his interpretation was not far from the G24 138 mark, I had to deny it pro forma, otherwise I would have had to G24 139 endure further mental torture. G24 140 |^In the end, and early in 1927, I was transferred to the G24 141 Wellington branch of the Public Trust Office. G24 142 |^It was a large branch dominated by an emphasis on method G24 143 and system and from the angle of a junior member it was G24 144 impersonal, if not a little inhuman, in its relationships with G24 145 staff. ^This seemed to reflect the outlook of several of those G24 146 in the higher administration of the department. ^On one G24 147 occasion I met Sir John Findlay as he came into the office. ^I G24 148 remember well the courtesy of the man but I then had little G24 149 inkling that a day would come when it would be my lot to pore G24 150 over his policy statements made earlier this century on matters G24 151 of penal reform. G24 152 |^I spent 1929 at Christchurch as a member of a full-time G24 153 training class for about 30 people who were selected from G24 154 various offices of the Public Trust Office throughout New G24 155 Zealand. ^The main function of the department was the G24 156 administration of estates of various kinds, which called for a G24 157 knowledge of the law and practice. ^Lectures were given daily G24 158 followed by practical work which was supervised by the G24 159 instructing staff. ^I developed a sounder understanding of G24 160 what the department was about and became more assured in my G24 161 approach to the work. ^For me, the year I spent in the class G24 162 was a satisfying and happy experience, not least because of the G24 163 co-operative spirit which developed among the trainees. ^I G24 164 left the class with a favourable report except for the G24 165 director's comment, *"^Writing poor.**" G24 166 |^I was also quietly encouraged by the favourable attitude G24 167 of \0Mr {0W. G.} Baird, at that time the Controller of the G24 168 Estates Administration Division in Head Office; he later became G24 169 the Public Trustee. ^He was an educated and cultured person G24 170 who had a genuine interest in the welfare of staff. G24 171 |^I was posted to the Christchurch district branch of the G24 172 Public Trust Office, then controlled by \0Mr {0A. R.} Jordan G24 173 with the designation of District Public Trustee. ^This G24 174 experience I found of substantial value. ^By the end of 1931, G24 175 I had completed, on a part-time basis, the courses and G24 176 examinations for the {0LL.B} and {0LL.M} degrees. ^I had G24 177 earlier begun my {0LL.B} course at Victoria University College G24 178 in Wellington. ^For a long period, I had nurtured the idea of G24 179 going overseas to pursue postgraduate study and also to see as G24 180 much of the world as my resources would permit. ^The plan was G24 181 forming in my mind to travel in the European summer, and study G24 182 in the winter, but I would have to save funds to achieve this G24 183 objective, and it would take me some years. ^In the meantime, G24 184 I had no wish to vegetate, and I turned to the {0WEA} for G24 185 intellectual stimulation *- I was not disappointed. G24 186 |^The economic recession had hit hard and human misery was G24 187 widespread in urban and rural areas. ^In the course of my G24 188 day's work I saw vivid and distressing illustrations of its G24 189 impact and also of the unreasonableness, in some cases, of G24 190 those who were in the seats of power as landlords or G24 191 mortgagees. ^Social and economic policies came under fierce G24 192 scrutiny and growing criticism until society's cauldrons boiled G24 193 over in the serious riots in Auckland and Wellington. G24 194 |^The {0WEA} provided lecture programmes and courses on a G24 195 wide variety of topics. ^For example, there was a course in G24 196 public speaking, led by the \0Hon. John Rigg, who had been a G24 197 member of the Legislative Council and also Deputy Speaker. G24 198 ^Rigg came from a Liberal-Labour background. ^He was highly G24 199 regarded for his impartial chairmanship, and had a quiet G24 200 natural dignity which was impressive. ^Others at lectures and G24 201 courses in the 1930s included \0Mr Lincoln Efford, a prominent G24 202 pacifist; Miss Mabel Howard, a trade union secretary who later G24 203 became a Cabinet Minister; \0Mr {0R. M.} MacFarlane, G24 204 subsequently Mayor of Christchurch, Member of Parliament and G24 205 Speaker of the House; \0Mr \0J. Mathison, a trade union G24 206 secretary who later became a Cabinet Minister; \0Mr \0W. G24 207 Stewart, Commissioner of Crown Lands, who played a part in the G24 208 formation of the Public Administration Society in 1934 and G24 209 later became a Permanent Head, as Valuer-General; and Miss Cora G24 210 Wilding, an educated and cultured person who, in the early G24 211 1930s, had taken the steps which led to the establishment in G24 212 New Zealand of children's health camps and the youth hostel G24 213 system. G24 214 *# G25 001 **[212 TEXT G25**] G25 002 *<*4Childhood*> G25 003 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G25 004 |^*0Evelyn Margaret Polson was born in Christchurch on 23 April G25 005 1899. ^She was the youngest by eleven years of a family of G25 006 seven, so much younger that she felt she owed her upbringing to G25 007 her sister, Winifred, twenty-one years her senior. ^She G25 008 described her parents as Victorians; upright, devoted and G25 009 intensely private people. ^Her mother, Mary Elizabeth Renshaw, G25 010 born in the north of England, had come with her parents to G25 011 Dunedin as a young woman. G25 012 |^John Sutherland Polson, Evelyn's father, had been born in G25 013 1851, near Peebles in the Highlands of Scotland and had G25 014 emigrated as a child. ^He had married Elizabeth Renshaw in G25 015 1877 and moved to Christchurch where he became clerk in charge G25 016 of accounts, and later manager, of the Suckling brothers boot G25 017 and leather factory. G25 018 |^The Suckling brothers were Open Brethren: John and G25 019 Elizabeth Polson joined that community. ^Old John Suckling and G25 020 his brother had, to quote his daughter, G25 021 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G25 022 |^The house where Evelyn grew up was a square villa with a G25 023 central passage extending from a wide front verandah to a big G25 024 kitchen across the back of the house. ^It was surrounded by a G25 025 garden made memorable by a big mulberry tree. G25 026 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G25 027 |^John Polson and his wife had been in their early forties when G25 028 their youngest child was born. ^She was their delight and grew G25 029 up with the full attention of her whitehaired parents *- her G25 030 school friends thought they were her grandparents. ^Her father G25 031 would take her long walks from Sydenham to Port Levy on a G25 032 Saturday afternoon, pointing out the seabirds and naming the G25 033 native plants. ^*'Both of them emphasised to me so many G25 034 things. ^I felt I had been over-brought up. ^I went to the G25 035 other extreme with my children.**' G25 036 |^Although she had six siblings Evelyn really knew only her G25 037 sisters since her two brothers left home soon after she began G25 038 school. ^All four girls were encouraged to study music and G25 039 painting by parents who themselves had talent but little G25 040 training. ^Her sisters Caroline and Alice were both students G25 041 at the Canterbury College School of Art when Alfred Walsh and G25 042 Sydney Thompson were on the staff. ^Neither continued to paint G25 043 seriously although Caroline would occasionally paint a G25 044 watercolour landscape. ^Alice went from Canterbury to three G25 045 years study in Rome, Florence and Milan, but completely gave up G25 046 painting when she married. G25 047 |^Evelyn, encouraged by her older sisters, learned to read G25 048 both words and music and to draw before she went to Sydenham G25 049 School in 1906. ^In 1908 she began piano lessons. ^A G25 050 pre-school photograph already shows a startling maturity. ^An G25 051 observant, direct, strong-willed and beautiful child, she was G25 052 **[PLATE**] G25 053 understandably the centre of attention. ^*'The whole family G25 054 hung about and egged me on towards art school. ^As a great G25 055 treat I was allowed to paint on cardboard with the remains of G25 056 oil paint on Caroline's palette.**' G25 057 **[END INDENTATION**] G25 058 *<*4First Decade*> G25 059 *<*0Training*> G25 060 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G25 061 |^Because her father was the subject of her admiration, Evelyn G25 062 early expressed her intention to learn book-keeping and G25 063 shorthand to *'help**' him in his business and insisted on G25 064 being sent to the Christchurch Technical School. ^However the G25 065 reality of that did not interest her and in 1915 she commenced G25 066 classes at the Canterbury College School of Art. ^It was G25 067 possible to go there on proficiency and take a course combining G25 068 art with a general secondary education. ^There were about a G25 069 dozen junior pupils taught by staff from the university and the G25 070 School of Art staff each gave them a morning or afternoon. G25 071 ^Richard Wallwork was the life master, Cecil Kelly took them G25 072 sketching or set up still life and Leonard Booth taught drawing G25 073 from the antique. ^She attended the School of Art from G25 074 1915-1922. G25 075 |^Herdman-Smith was the Director until 1918. ^To teenage G25 076 Evelyn he appeared *'a bit of a phoney *- used to wear black G25 077 velvet jackets and cravats, and white silk shirts with flowing G25 078 sleeves.**' ^She has some memories of the shock art school gave G25 079 her, coming as she did from a prim Victorian home. ^On her G25 080 first day she was sent to the life-class. ^The nude model was G25 081 male. ^She was told to get herself a donkey. ^Why on earth G25 082 would she need a donkey? ^She was given a wooden contraption G25 083 to sit astride and rest her G25 084 **[PLATE**] G25 085 paper on, and set to work on a large drawing which reached the G25 086 privates and the bottom of the page simultaneously. ^She G25 087 turned her paper over and went on. G25 088 |^Outside the life-class she was hailed by an older girl who G25 089 paused in her rush downstairs to cry ^*'Well met by G25 090 moonlight!**' ^It was Ngaio Marsh, later distinguished for her G25 091 theatre productions and detective fiction. ^That encounter was G25 092 the beginning of a long friendship. G25 093 |^In her five years at the School of Art Evelyn Polson lived G25 094 *'a very orderly life**' at home. ^She walked from Sydenham to G25 095 the School. ^She read novels, *'was transported by them**', by G25 096 Tolstoy's *1War and Peace *0and *1Anna Karenina, *0by Dickens's G25 097 *1Bleak House, *0by Henry James and Edith Wharton. ^Her G25 098 parents' interests reinforced her own. ^They subscribed to the G25 099 English art periodical *1The Studio *0and each year received G25 100 the Royal Academy catalogue. G25 101 |^Since students came and went, her friends varied. G25 102 ^Margaret Anderson, Ceridwen Thornton, Ngaio Marsh and Viola G25 103 Macmillan Brown remained close friends for life. ^A more G25 104 flexible group included James Courage, Rhona Haszard, Ronald G25 105 McKenzie, James and Alfred Cook. ^Later John Weeks returned G25 106 from the war. ^*'He was great fun in the life-class.**' G25 107 |^Olivia Spencer Bower did not become a student until Evelyn G25 108 was a senior. ^Some students returning from study in G25 109 Edinburgh, London or Paris, talked of Ce*?2zanne, Gauguin, van G25 110 Gogh, Lhote, but visual stimulus was more English than G25 111 European. ^Her teachers were either English or graduates from G25 112 Canterbury who had studied in England. ^They directed their G25 113 students to *1The Studio *0and reproductions of Augustus John, G25 114 not to the Cubists or copies of *1Blast. G25 115 |^*0It was usual for young students to be set to draw from G25 116 the antique for a year before being allowed to draw from a live G25 117 model. ^However, Evelyn Polson's ability was so striking that G25 118 she was sent to life drawing on her first day, while, as well, G25 119 undergoing the strict training of antique drawing with Leonard G25 120 Booth, not for one year but for five. ^She was made to work G25 121 meticulously in charcoal. ^Looking back she views the exercise G25 122 as having taught her to make *'frighteningly accurate G25 123 photographs in pencil.**' ^When she herself had to teach G25 124 drawing from the antique she realised that she hated *'that G25 125 sort of vision which had nothing to do with real painting.**' G25 126 ^She saw it as reinforcing an outmoded nineteenth century G25 127 tradition and dearly wished that she could have discouraged the G25 128 gifted William Sutton when he was her student from working so G25 129 skilfully in that manner. G25 130 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G25 131 |^The artist, at eighty, may perhaps have predated her interest G25 132 in pure colour when she added, *'from that remark a whole world G25 133 had opened up.**' ^In fact, pure colour was little evident in G25 134 her work before her first trip to Europe in 1937. G25 135 **[PLATE**] G25 136 |^Instead, by 1921, the quality of two self portraits shows G25 137 a painterly understanding of the niceties of tone. ^She was G25 138 ready to begin her own career as a painter with strong, G25 139 well-composed, freely painted landscapes in the best manner of the G25 140 Canterbury School training. ^Their colour was pleasing but not G25 141 adventurous. G25 142 |^In March 1922 Evelyn Polson was elected a working member G25 143 of the Canterbury Society of Arts ({0CSA}). ^That year she G25 144 also exhibited in Wellington at the New Zealand Academy of Fine G25 145 Arts ({0NZAFA}) and the G25 146 **[PLATE**] G25 147 Otago Society of Arts ({0OSA}). ^In 1923 she sent work to the G25 148 Auckland Society of Arts ({0ASA}). ^That is, she established a G25 149 professional circuit, contributing to an art society exhibition G25 150 in each of the four main centres over most of the following ten G25 151 years. ^In the 1920s there was little other exhibition space, G25 152 though some artists' supply shops did show work. ^The only way G25 153 a painter could make a modest contribution to a living was G25 154 through the art societies. ^Some of Evelyn Polson's paintings G25 155 did the rounds, others dropped out and were replaced, G25 156 presumably as work was sold for four or five guineas. G25 157 |^Another pattern she established was a painting holiday G25 158 each January. ^In 1923 Eve stayed with friends of her sister G25 159 Caroline, a Highland family called Stewart, whose farm G25 160 *1Glenkenich *0near Tapanui figures in her work. ^In G25 161 Christchurch she did etching with Cora Wilding and they went G25 162 out painting together. ^A huge medlar tree in the grounds of G25 163 an old men's home at Sydenham was the subject of a deeply G25 164 bitten etching for which the copper-plate is still in good G25 165 condition. G25 166 |^Evelyn Polson would have been one of the *'large number of G25 167 appreciators of painting**' to attend an exhibition by Sydney G25 168 Thompson in 1923. ^Reviewers were delighted with the native G25 169 son returning after twelve years spent working in France. G25 170 ^They reported the colonist's ultimate accolade, that *'his G25 171 pictures were to be found in many European galleries, and in G25 172 private collections in all parts of the world.**' ^And they G25 173 suggested that he had assimilated G25 174 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G25 175 |^Thompson was lionised. ^\0Mrs Beswick, a passionate G25 176 admirer, arranged for him to give private lessons in her G25 177 garden. ^Evelyn Polson went, but briefly. ^He referred to her G25 178 as *'his best pupil**' but her memory is of being *'sick to G25 179 death with old Syd's almond tree; he peppered the country with G25 180 it.**' ^It is likely that the artist has not wished to recall G25 181 any indebtedness to Thompson, although her portrait of Lincoln G25 182 Kearne, painted outside in the summer of 1924-25, shows a more G25 183 direct use of pure colour and a freer brushstroke than earlier G25 184 portraits which makes it nearer in style to Sydney Thompson. G25 185 |^What work of her contemporaries had impressed her? ^She G25 186 remembers being *'bowled over**' by one outstanding painting, G25 187 the view through an old tram barn, by Rhona Haszard in her G25 188 final year. ^It was unlike any other work she had seen in the G25 189 School of Art. ^She also found distinctive the paintings done G25 190 by Viola Macmillan Brown. ^They were *'a bit like the G25 191 pre-Raphaelites but more poetic *- a vision seen behind a veil.**' G25 192 ^And Ceridwen Thornton, *'extremely tall like a beautiful G25 193 Matisse head with clear features outlined in black, was a very G25 194 good painter with her own style and technique and lovely colour G25 195 schemes.**' G25 196 |^In January 1924 Evelyn and Ceridwen Thornton walked from G25 197 Westport to Karamea. ^They could not carry painting gear as G25 198 well as their packs, but their primary purpose was to get to G25 199 know the landscape. ^They were made welcome in Karamea and G25 200 stayed with a kind couple who ran the local store. ^Back in G25 201 Christchurch she worked on the vigorous portrait of Lincoln G25 202 Kearne, the father of her friend Dorothy. ^He was an G25 203 orchardist, tall, handsome and greatly admired by Evelyn. ^She G25 204 also did commissioned portraits of an old family friend, Myrtle G25 205 Hamilton, and of Prudence Pottinger, the small daughter of G25 206 another friend. ^Later that summer, or early spring, she G25 207 painted at Arthur's Pass and Otira. G25 208 |^She had maintained her double interest in music and G25 209 painting but at this time it was weighted towards music. ^In G25 210 1923 she had begun to study the piano with Ernest Empson who G25 211 was a key figure in the musical life of Christchurch. ^Ernest G25 212 Empson (1880-1970) had been encouraged by Sydney Thompson's G25 213 mother to make music his profession. ^He was a pupil of G25 214 Godowsky in Europe and on his return taught almost every New G25 215 Zealand pianist of note at some stage of their careers. G25 216 ^Evelyn spent hours a day practising. ^Another reason for her G25 217 lessened output of paintings would have been the increasing G25 218 ill-health of her mother, who died in August 1926. G25 219 |^So, at the end of her first decade as a painter, we see an G25 220 individual, vigorous talent, already recognised. ^A woman of G25 221 twenty-six, economically dependent, living at home. ^A G25 222 youngest child who passionately loved her father. ^A daughter G25 223 with a sense of obligation to old parents, who was also an G25 224 adult with freedom to pursue her own life. ^If she had affairs G25 225 of the heart she kept her own counsel. G25 226 *# G26 001 **[213 TEXT G26**] G26 002 |^We approached our physical conditioning by holding two G26 003 pre-tour camps directed by Hugh Lawrence. ^We engaged a doctor G26 004 who had travelled in the area and who knew the team. ^Murray G26 005 Chapple, the 1976 team manager, spoke at length to us. ^Lance G26 006 Cairns told us of his player experiences. ^Food packs were G26 007 prepared through sponsorship. ^Freight handling was arranged. G26 008 ^Beer and long-life milk were included. ^Philips arranged a G26 009 video player and a series of tapes. ^Foreign Affairs provided G26 010 an expert in political and cultural information. ^This drive G26 011 to seek knowledge about the conditions and prepare ourselves G26 012 provided an environment of readiness. G26 013 |^With Howarth and Hadlee unavailable, the fifth tour of G26 014 Pakistan by New Zealand was always going to be a difficult one. G26 015 ^My job as captain was first to build confidence that the task G26 016 was not beyond us and we were not setting off on a mission G26 017 doomed to failure before we started. ^The secret of success G26 018 lay in our batting. ^We had to bat and bat and bat, and if G26 019 this could be achieved I knew we would manage at least one G26 020 victory in Pakistan. G26 021 |^It was my first tour as captain, and despite the intention G26 022 for the mantle of captaincy to remain as my servant, it didn't G26 023 work out that way. ^It's similar to keeping a balance between G26 024 on-field and off-field activities on a tour. ^The ideas are G26 025 simple, but putting them into practice and living them daily is G26 026 the difficult bit. ^The change of role and necessary G26 027 withdrawal to maintain a distance settled uneasily, and due to G26 028 my own performance which was the worst of my career and the G26 029 frustrations of the umpiring which we couldn't influence, I G26 030 became introspective. ^The dilemma was how to meet the needs G26 031 of the team by injecting levels of confidence and enthusiasm G26 032 while simultaneously feeling doubtful and uncertain within G26 033 myself. G26 034 |^On the field I found I vacillated from periods of G26 035 confidence in my decisions to quiet brooding *- hesitant to G26 036 follow my intuition. ^During these moments, I sought consensus G26 037 captaincy by approaching other players and asking them their G26 038 thoughts, hoping they would confirm my strategies and thus G26 039 rekindle my optimism and buoyancy. ^It's all right to ask, but G26 040 know the reasons for the questions. ^These ones were for me G26 041 rather than for us. ^Beneath, I felt this was not good for the G26 042 respect of the position. ^I justified it on the grounds of G26 043 communication. ^It also created the impression of G26 044 unreliability and inconsistency which undermines confidence in G26 045 a leader. G26 046 |^Upon my return to New Zealand, I told the selectors that G26 047 if they wanted Geoff Howarth to play in the home series then he G26 048 must be captain. ^I wanted time to reassess myself and regain G26 049 my performance. ^It had taken some time to adjust to the new G26 050 position and despite knowing I could cope with the additional G26 051 requirements, I felt deeply frustrated with the results. ^It G26 052 wasn't the losses; it was my handling of myself. G26 053 |^The first week was a busy one dominated by packing and G26 054 unpacking, buses, airport terminals and immigration procedures. G26 055 ^We'd travelled many kilometres. G26 056 |^Last night we set off to increase this distance by a mere G26 057 20\0km. ^They were probably some of the most eventful we've G26 058 had. ^Our two small buses made their way out of Rawalpindi G26 059 then one began to lay a thick smokescreen and prohibited safe G26 060 passage on the Islamabad *'motorway.**' ^With fire imminent in G26 061 our vehicle, we encouraged our driver to stop and the six G26 062 occupants descended across the hot metal floor like people at G26 063 the beginning of summer with soft feet on sharp gravel. G26 064 ^Living conditions were cramped as we joined the remaining G26 065 vehicle. ^Towns gave way to country, country gave way to G26 066 desert, tarsealed roads became dirt tracks. G26 067 |^At this point it was suggested the location of the British G26 068 Embassy (our destination for the evening) was somewhat isolated G26 069 *- or we were lost. ^This provoked Harry, our driver, to set G26 070 off on foot in search of directions. ^Night closed in and with G26 071 it the animal life. ^We sang *'God Save the Queen**' loudly to G26 072 cheer ourselves, and also alert any passing British resident G26 073 who could recognise and rescue us. ^Then we displayed our G26 074 versatility by forming an unlikely cricket ensemble. ^*'Doc G26 075 Doom**' Edmonds led the percussion section with a breathtaking G26 076 solo on tin tray. ^The sausage rolls were eaten. ^The animals G26 077 retreated. ^Our return was better planned, yet resembled the G26 078 Islamabad 20\0km race for light commercial vans. ^Harry and G26 079 Henry, thoroughly caught up in the wild enthusiasm for speed, G26 080 lifted driving to a new plane as they avoided people, carts and G26 081 open sewers in a bid to reach our hotel. ^It was an older G26 082 looking side that fell into bed that night. G26 083 |^Our second rodent gave us rather more opportunity to get G26 084 to know him. G26 085 |^We moved tentatively into our rest house lodgings. ^The G26 086 upstairs had been set aside solely for us. ^Players busied G26 087 themselves taping up wardrobes, blocking holes to the outside G26 088 by stuffing paper in them and clearing lizards from the G26 089 drawers. G26 090 |^*'Doc**' Edmonds told us that the water had to be boiled G26 091 and he doubled the dosage of Puritabs for each litre. ^Still G26 092 our large communal pot sat with scum floating on the top and G26 093 sediment on the bottom. ^A straw got the clear parts I was G26 094 after. ^Our beds faced the walls instead of out into the room G26 095 and were the hardboard-type with army blanket issue. ^We were G26 096 Territorials for four nights. G26 097 |^It was difficult to sleep, hot and dusty. ^*'Stockley**' G26 098 Smith awoke with a dry throat and padded sleepily to the G26 099 kitchen for a drink. ^As he cleared the sleep from his eyes, G26 100 he realised a machine gun was pointing from the shadows G26 101 directly at his throat. ^An over**[ARB**]-zealous guard G26 102 motioned him against the wall. ^Smith wisely mouthed placatory G26 103 Urdu phrases and retreated to his bathroom. ^Bathrooms were G26 104 not the *1Home and Garden *0variety. ^Ours was so small the G26 105 shower could clean the toilet and the other amenities. G26 106 |^Our microwave was used extensively. ^The wiring had been G26 107 altered especially for us. ^Cairnsie was the head chef. ^His G26 108 menu was restricted by the ingredients available, but he worked G26 109 at his one dish with a will. ^I called it his enthusiastic G26 110 stew because he put everything he had into it, tuna, bully G26 111 beef, Surprise peas, Chesdale cheese, dried potato, dried corn G26 112 and dehydrated pork. G26 113 |^Night fell and found some members in the foyer on the G26 114 couch. ^It was a low-slung, ageing green chaise lounge. ^The G26 115 tapered wooden legs rocked uncertainly on the linoleum floor. G26 116 ^It wasn't a peaceful foyer. ^Interior decorators had swept G26 117 through the Bahawalpur Rest Home and chosen shocking pink, G26 118 purple, deep reds to complement the violent yellows. ^In their G26 119 wisdom they forgot curtains, carpet, and mahogany tables. G26 120 ^There was no subdued lighting. ^This was hardly necessary G26 121 because the gauze netting at the windows created a patchwork G26 122 pattern effect when the sun shone. ^The ability to mix G26 123 unrelated colours drove even the wildlife away initially, but G26 124 once that period of adjustment to new surroundings was over G26 125 lizards, moths, spiderwebs, the telltale footmarks of Pakistani G26 126 flies and rat droppings indicated the real inhabitants were G26 127 returning. G26 128 |^The card players struggled with the intricacies of G26 129 reneging on eight no trumps. ^It was riveting to watch, G26 130 riveting for 20 minutes as *'Shake**' Wright pieced together G26 131 the alternatives with great logical skill, but not much G26 132 sporting significance. ^The opposition sat relaxed, content in G26 133 the knowledge that they had him covered, whatever he led. G26 134 |^No one quite knows what the catalyst was, but the next G26 135 action was swift and decisive. ^Boocky leapt up, cards G26 136 tumbling in all directions, just as *'Shake**' was about to G26 137 lead strongly with the four of diamonds. ^Paul McEwan G26 138 levitated and Stuart Doughty (a reporter) upended the couch. G26 139 |^The transformation was complete. ^From the tense, keenly G26 140 balanced group there was a leg-flying, arm-waving performance G26 141 that would have done justice to a bull fight. ^From the midst G26 142 of the toreadors a large brown rodent appeared and nimbly G26 143 sidestepped the tangled heaps of humanity. ^Boocky hardly G26 144 touched the floor. ^In a moment which spoke volumes for Hugh G26 145 Lawrence's flexibility programme, he was up and on the trail. G26 146 ^Doughty was only two steps behind, fear gave him strength. G26 147 ^He paused a second to rip a leg off the couch and was in hot G26 148 pursuit, dashing his weapon on the ground and beating his G26 149 breast. ^The pack followed. ^The hunt was on. ^The evening G26 150 timetable was totally disrupted. ^John Reid's extramural G26 151 geography class abandoned its sedimentation programme and Lance G26 152 Cairns' crochet group downed tools. ^Players ran first to G26 153 their own rooms to lock the doors and then turned up to G26 154 investigate. G26 155 |^When I arrived at Boocky's bedroom, everyone was standing G26 156 on a chair or bed. ^As captain, I felt responsible and G26 157 courageously asked the rat's whereabouts. ^This drew a varied G26 158 response as farm implements beat the air in menacing strokes. G26 159 ^We were in great danger ourselves. G26 160 |^Jeff Crowe said the rat was in the bathroom taking a G26 161 shower. ^He obviously didn't understand the complexities of G26 162 the Rest House plumbing. ^Boock's shower was operated by the G26 163 tap in Evan Gray's room. ^Evan was despatched to flush him G26 164 out. ^I returned to the kitchen to prepare my nightly cup of G26 165 lemon tea with Ian Taylor and Martin Snedden. G26 166 |^Managers are often chosen for their calmness in the face G26 167 of adversity and their ability to stand aside and assess the G26 168 correct course of action. ^We were discussing the merits of a G26 169 panel of international umpires when the posse swept out of G26 170 Boocky's room towards us, the rat in the lead. ^It found G26 171 difficulty gaining traction as it accelerated on the linoleum. G26 172 ^It knew it needed cover and desperately sought a bed, table, G26 173 any crevasse away from the malevolent free-swinging clubs G26 174 behind it. G26 175 |^Our kitchen trio reacted very differently. ^Sneds stood G26 176 transfixed. ^Clearly he and the beast were on a collision G26 177 course. ^At the last moment he opened his legs just wide G26 178 enough. ^It hurtled through. G26 179 |^*'Tails**' too, responded to the challenge. ^His body may G26 180 have been older, but the spirit was willing. ^Here was the G26 181 opportunity to vent the frustrations of the tour. ^A *'fine G26 182 and skinny hand**' clasped a brown towel and proceeded to G26 183 harass the now moulting rat with the persistence of a bounty G26 184 hunter. ^It trembled in mortal funk as *'Tails**' lashed the G26 185 small gap between the floor and the bottom of the pre-war G26 186 refrigerator, scraping his knuckles in the confined space and G26 187 upsetting plates of corned beef, cartons of long-life milk and G26 188 cups of lemon tea. G26 189 |^I assessed the situation immediately. ^As the role of the G26 190 beater was cast, I stood in relative safety on top of the table G26 191 fulfilling the job of spotter. ^I constantly updated important G26 192 information like compass bearings and chart references. G26 193 |^A new cunning manoeuvre was hatched to channel him by G26 194 means of hand-held pieces of wood, like a water race, out of G26 195 the kitchen and down the stairs to outside. ^The idea would G26 196 have worked but John Reid, upon seeing the rat, dropped his G26 197 piece altogether and our friend, much tired and worn, departed G26 198 gratefully through the hole in the lounge wall into the night G26 199 to tell his tale to his brothers. G26 200 *<*4As tears go by*> G26 201 |^*6I*0f any one-day game remains vivid in a failing memory it G26 202 is that played on 7th December 1984 *- a day of infamy. ^I G26 203 awoke under my army blanket at 5.30{0a.m.} ^We hadn't had the G26 204 call at 5.00, asking was it 4.00 or 6.00 that was the G26 205 prearranged wake up time. G26 206 |^*'Tails**' (Ian Taylor), our manager, drifted from a G26 207 comatose state beside me and displayed his Adonis features as G26 208 he skipped to the bathroom. ^There he completed a hurried G26 209 ablution muttering Marty Robbins' numbers in a familiar deep G26 210 croon. G26 211 |^The bathroom of our Bahawalpur Rest Home had been checked G26 212 by bomb disposal units. ^As soon as we arrived, the army G26 213 cleared our rooms and had the man with the long rod and the G26 214 land mine in front of him prudently listening to earphones as G26 215 he picked his way through the furniture, cupboards and G26 216 bathrooms. G26 217 *# G27 001 **[214 TEXT G27**] G27 002 ^*0Dad mostly said ^Cut it out or ^That's the last warning you G27 003 get. ^He said ^Damn sometimes, and once he said ^Bloody, but I G27 004 think it just slipped out. ^The Maoris were always using rude G27 005 words and once I said ^Bloody bugger to Mike without realising. G27 006 ^Dad whacked me over the ear and said if I ever used such G27 007 language again I would get the mother and father of a hiding. G27 008 ^After that we only swore when we were on our own, in the hut G27 009 or down the lagoon or somewhere. ^We knew swearing was only a G27 010 venial sin and we had made up the time we would have got in G27 011 Purgatory because we had worn scapulars for a while round our G27 012 necks until they broke, and the nuns said scapulars were the G27 013 best things for remission of Purgatory. ^We also said lots of G27 014 rosaries for remission and made some novenas in the chapel for G27 015 a week at a time, or nine days. G27 016 |^If Mike or me were a bit naughty, or moaning when Dad G27 017 nicked us with his hair clippers, Dad would say we took after G27 018 our mother's side, and Mum would say it was the other way G27 019 round. ^When we started saying *'eh**' at the end of every G27 020 sentence, Mum and Dad blamed it on the Maoris and told us to G27 021 stop it. ^We also started saying *'ehau**' like the Maoris and G27 022 had to stop that too. ^At school the nuns wouldn't let the G27 023 Maoris speak Maori, whacking them unless they were too big, but G27 024 the Maoris spoke Maori in the playground all the time. G27 025 |^What we couldn't work out was why in that case we had to G27 026 learn all these Maori songs like *1Pokarekareana *0and *1Haere G27 027 Mai, *0and stupid poi movements and do hakas and that. ^We G27 028 were no good at them anyway, but the Maoris were always playing G27 029 ukeleles and singing. ^Sometimes we had to put on the Maori G27 030 skirts. ^We preferred the songs we heard on the radio, like G27 031 *1^On Top of Old Smokey, ^You Are My Sunshine, *'*0^Jumbalaya G27 032 and a crawfish pie and a fillygumbo**', *'^Put another Nickel G27 033 in, in the Nickel**[ARB**]-odeon**'. ^We liked Perry Como and G27 034 Dinah Shore and Theresa Brewer. ^Dad's favourite was *1^The G27 035 Green Door, *0Mum liked Bing Crosby, and Gracie Fields. ^When G27 036 he was shaving in the morning, Dad always sang *1^Bless 'Em G27 037 All. ^*0We knew the Maoris were much better at singing, but we G27 038 just didn't like their songs. G27 039 |^Most of the kids at school were Maori. ^Actually, most of G27 040 them were half or only quarter caste, but they all insisted on G27 041 being Maoris. ^They all seemed to have enormous families. G27 042 ^The biggest were the Savages, 21 kids. ^The first one was G27 043 called Egavas, which was Savage back to front. ^Their mother G27 044 was still quite young and when we were on holiday the man who G27 045 took over from Dad wouldn't pay her the family benefit because G27 046 he reckoned she couldn't possibly be the mother of that many G27 047 children. ^But she was, and she was really pretty too. G27 048 |^The thing that upset me most at school was the kids making G27 049 fun of my ears sticking out. ^Gary had his cut and pinned back G27 050 and I begged Mum and Dad to have mine done, but they wouldn't. G27 051 ^Dad said I should be happy with what the Lord provided, but I G27 052 wasn't because the other kids never stopped making fun of them. G27 053 ^I even asked Dad not to cut my hair so short so they wouldn't G27 054 be so obvious, but he just told me to keep still. G27 055 *<*46. Games*> G27 056 |^N*0obody ever knew why a game was in, but once it was, G27 057 everybody dropped the other games and played just that. G27 058 |^Like hopscotch. ^Mum said only girls played that, but G27 059 once it started we were all scrounging for empty Nugget tins to G27 060 fill with dirt. ^Black tins were the most common, then brown, G27 061 but oxblood were the ones everybody wanted. ^One boy once had G27 062 an extra big one called Dubbin or something. ^It was the only G27 063 sport where the girls were as good, though they usually played G27 064 on their own. ^The girls were quick at hopping round the tops G27 065 of the hopscotch ladder. ^We used to play at school with a G27 066 ladder marked out in the clay playground, practising especially G27 067 to get the Nugget tin just in the top of the semi-circle above G27 068 the squares, so it was easy to pick up on one foot. ^We also G27 069 had hopscotch ladders we drew in chalk on the main footpath, G27 070 though people always came along and spoiled then, writing G27 071 stupid things across them, like ^D loves J, with a heart and an G27 072 arrow through it. G27 073 |^We even did some skipping with the girls, when the big G27 074 rope was being used and we used to see how many kids we could G27 075 get in it. ^That usually ended with pushing. ^The girls G27 076 played organised skipping on their own, like Salt, mustard, G27 077 vinegar, pepper, and ^Over the garden wall I let my baby fall, G27 078 mother came out and gave me a clout and sent me over the wall. G27 079 ^We would rather play chasey and wrestling. G27 080 **[PLATE**] G27 081 |^I suppose games often started when somebody brought along G27 082 something, and we all wanted one. ^It wasn't so easy if it was G27 083 something bought, like a potato gun Gary had, or cap guns, or G27 084 water pistols, which you had to wait for birthday or Christmas G27 085 to get. ^Anybody could make a bow out of supplejack or G27 086 lancewood, and arrows out of apple box kindling wood. ^Some of G27 087 the boys filed metal points and fitted them on to their arrows, G27 088 but if they were seen they were confiscated. ^We used to fire G27 089 arrows at Dad's customers in the post office through the slats G27 090 under the house, until a woman complained and Dad banned us G27 091 from there. G27 092 |^Tin can telephones were popular for a while and we had G27 093 them all over the underneath of the house, but once we'd done G27 094 it, we got sick of it. ^I think the idea might have come out G27 095 of a *1Wolf Cub *0annual, where we learned to make cotton reel G27 096 tractors with a piece of candle and a rubber band through it G27 097 all and held by bits of matchstick. ^We collected cardboard G27 098 milk bottle tops for a little while, the ones with the green G27 099 hole were best. ^Mike and me and some of the other boys had G27 100 proper stamp collections. G27 101 |^Spinning tops were quite popular at times, but there was G27 102 always a big marble season. ^The most common marbles game was G27 103 everybody putting some marbles in a big circle and having turns G27 104 shooting them out from the edge of the circle with your thumb G27 105 and index finger, or flicking them with one finger out of the G27 106 other hand. ^There were all the usual glassies, cat's-eyes, G27 107 bloods, milkies, clayies, which nobody wanted because they G27 108 broke so easily, and the bonzers and steelies. ^Once I dug up G27 109 a huge old purple bonzer by the macrocarpa. ^Bonzers were the G27 110 best, but steelies won more because they were able to knock out G27 111 any other marble. ^We reckoned they weren't fair but the big G27 112 boys wouldn't stop using them, so we didn't either. G27 113 |^There were other marble games like bouncing marbles G27 114 against a wall and in a straight line, but I liked the circle. G27 115 ^One year I won 725 marbles and Mum had to make me another G27 116 marble bag. ^A big Maori boy took them off me and I didn't G27 117 bother playing again. G27 118 |^We had organised games, like footy matches. ^Once we beat G27 119 the public school 103 to nil and I scored a try, but as usual I G27 120 winded myself doing it. ^The school sports were held down the G27 121 other side of the playground fence, starting where there was a G27 122 beehive once which we all pelted with stones and a man came and G27 123 smoked it out and took it away. ^I liked the sprinting because G27 124 I was best at that, but sack races and the three-legged races G27 125 were fun, and Mum and the other women did the egg and spoon G27 126 race. ^Then Dad and the other men and all of us would grab on G27 127 the rope for the tug of war. G27 128 |^We had a lot of our own special games, with Gary and Donna G27 129 sometimes, and Jimmy, Billy and Jack, and Jack's G27 130 **[PLATE**] G27 131 younger brother Ned, if he didn't get mad with everybody and G27 132 want to fight. ^We used to climb up on the tool shed at Gary's G27 133 and jump down, then go inside the rooms at the back and dress G27 134 up in all the old clothes, mostly dresses and hats and shoes. G27 135 ^We liked rolling down the hill of bouncy grass and riding G27 136 sliding boards. ^We made our own boards and greased them with G27 137 Mum's dripping. ^Dad helped us make trolleys with old pram G27 138 wheels and we used them down the concrete main footpath. G27 139 ^Sometimes we just used to wander down that footpath, jumping G27 140 between all the cracks, and if it was hot and the tarseal was G27 141 melting, we ate some of it. ^We liked it when the big grader G27 142 or a caterpillar tractor were left, so we could climb over G27 143 them. G27 144 |^We spent hours in the lagoon, pushing through the mud G27 145 which was sometimes up to our necks, and floating out into the G27 146 channel on a piece of old corrugated iron or a log. ^We never G27 147 went too far from the raupo rushes because we couldn't swim. G27 148 ^Once one of our bits of iron sank under us, but the water G27 149 wasn't that deep and we got back into the mud. ^The Maori kids G27 150 swam down the bridge, but we didn't like to go there because we G27 151 heard a Maori boy was swimming and he accidentally swallowed a G27 152 piece of poo. G27 153 |^We liked helping with the bread in the bakehouse at the G27 154 back of Lees' store. ^We liked kneading the dough into the G27 155 tins, the long narrow barracudas and the big squares, then G27 156 shovelling them into the oven on a long wooden spoon. ^We came G27 157 back in the morning and the oven was opened and we shovelled G27 158 them out, all hot and steamy. ^We were allowed burnt ones, G27 159 which we really liked anyway, as well as the hot spongy white G27 160 insides. G27 161 |^We used to sneak in the store when \0Mr Lees wasn't G27 162 around, usually when he was playing tennis. ^\0Mr Lees was G27 163 left-handed and he was the best player in the Bay, Mum said. G27 164 ^Mum and Dad were always playing bowls, especially Dad, who G27 165 kept his bowls in his Gladstone bag. G27 166 |^The Lees' general store had everything you could want G27 167 except pies and icecreams, which you got from the Duck In down G27 168 by the picture theatre. ^We liked opening up all the bins G27 169 under the counter and sniffing the sugar and raisins and flour G27 170 and currants and eating handfuls. ^The store was dark because G27 171 even the windows were crammed up with things, but that made it G27 172 all the more fun. ^We used to lift down the jars of lollies G27 173 and weigh out some on the scales. ^There were liquorice G27 174 allsorts, cough drops, Irish Moss jubes, ordinary soft jubes, G27 175 oranges and lemons jubes, hard jubes, the black ones the best, G27 176 boiled sweets in cellophane, Minties and milk toffees, G27 177 chocolate roughs, chocolates wrapped in coloured tinfoil, G27 178 aniseed balls, blackballs, which we loved, all sorts of G27 179 toffees. ^There were open cardboard boxes of cinnamon bars, G27 180 toffee bars, Buzz bars. ^There were packets of barley sugar G27 181 and special toffees from England, some of them in neat tin G27 182 containers like some of the tea. ^There were hokey pokey and G27 183 liquorice and sherberts and suckers and gob stoppers and acid G27 184 drops. ^We tried all of them and never got sick. G27 185 |^There were also the cigarettes and tobacco: First Lord, G27 186 Craven A, De Reszke, Capstan, Senior Service, Matinee, and the G27 187 packets of Riverhead Gold tobacco with the woman in the big G27 188 straw hat on the front. ^\0Mr Lees had signs outside the shop G27 189 saying *'^Time for a Capstan**' and *'^Senior Service G27 190 Satisfies**'. G27 191 *# G28 001 **[215 TEXT G28**] G28 002 |^Since the strait is reknown **[SIC**] for its rapid G28 003 weather changes and equally rapid deterioration of sea G28 004 conditions, I was determined to maintain a fast speed, higher G28 005 than the usual three and a half to four knot cruising pace, but G28 006 maintaining enough energy in reserve to cope with a change in G28 007 weather or sea conditions. G28 008 |^The strong tidal streams running through the strait, set G28 009 eastward with the rising tide for six hours then westward with G28 010 the ebb tide for a similar period. ^Their strength varies from G28 011 half a knot to two and a half knots, but in the narrowest G28 012 section of the strait, between Ruapuke Island and Bluff G28 013 Harbour, the streams sometimes attain a rate of three knots. G28 014 ^If Max and I set off after dawn, the last two hours of the G28 015 flood stream would carry us westward until we met slack water, G28 016 hopefully about mid-strait, then the ebb stream would push us G28 017 to the east. ^Although we would stay on the same compass G28 018 bearing, our completed crossing would describe a dogleg course. G28 019 |^Lesley had served cups of tea and bowls of muesli at 5.30 G28 020 {0a.m.} whilst we'd remained ensconced in the sleeping bags. G28 021 ^The 6 {0a.m.} forecast was for 10 to 20 knot north-easterlies, G28 022 up to 25 knots later in the day, with moderate seas and some G28 023 showers later on. ^Maestro's complaints that his sleeping bag G28 024 was not warm enough were justified when we'd heard it was a G28 025 seven degree frost in Invercargill. ^Max and I had donned our G28 026 wetsuits and woollen singlets in the relative warmth of the G28 027 lounge room before de-icing the van's windscreen. G28 028 |^When we lifted the two yellow Nordkapps off the van's G28 029 roofrack at the freezing work's car park, the decks were coated G28 030 with a thick coating of white frost crystals. ^Into the G28 031 compartments Max and I loaded fibrefill sleeping bags, duvets, G28 032 torches, a repair kit, medical kit, a change of clothes, radio G28 033 and sufficient food to tide us over for one night on the island G28 034 in case we didn't reach Halfmoon Bay. G28 035 |^As daylight strengthened I kept glancing at the strait, G28 036 desperately trying to dispel my anxiety of the crossing. ^Max G28 037 seemed bright and chirpy as he chatted and joshed with the G28 038 girls. ^My sense of humour was conspicuously absent. ^All G28 039 through the previous day and evening I had been in my usual G28 040 period of intense worry before the start of a *"big trip**". G28 041 |^Waves were breaking gently along the exposed rocky G28 042 foreshore indicating the virtual absence of swell. ^On the G28 043 south-eastern horizon the pale light of dawn exposed a G28 044 continuous bank of ominous cloud which merged in with the G28 045 eastern coast of Stewart Island. G28 046 |^By 7.30 {0a.m.} Max had launched from a small sandy beach G28 047 while I fluffed around with camera straps, compass straps, G28 048 parka and lifejacket tapes, all of which were in the way whilst G28 049 I pulled on the sprayskirt. ^I slid into *1Isadora's *0cockpit G28 050 only to realize the confounded sprayskirt was inside out. G28 051 ^Back in the cockpit I knuckled the sprayskirt into position G28 052 over the coaming and lastly fumbled light plastic gloves over G28 053 my numb fingers. ^I wore a light woollen jumper over the G28 054 singlet and wetsuit and felt sure of overheating before long G28 055 but the cold in my fingers overrode my better judgement. ^A G28 056 tug made sure the chart lay firmly secure and Maestro pushed G28 057 *1Isadora onto the sea. G28 058 |^After a curt nod to the support crew and a brief glance at G28 059 the car park where a crowd of curious freezing workers stood G28 060 watching, I trailed Max through a line of low reefs and into G28 061 the strait. G28 062 |^Over the Nordkapp bows the soft blue outline of Stewart G28 063 Island seemed much further away than the 20 miles which the map G28 064 indicated. ^I soon felt constricted by the jumper and called G28 065 to Max for a raft-up so I could remove the offending garment. G28 066 ^Such had been my state of fluster during the launching, I had G28 067 forgotten to secure my glasses and quickly remedied the G28 068 situation. G28 069 |^We agreed to head for a shallow V in the skyline ridge of G28 070 the island and set off paddling only to stop again to slip on G28 071 the skegs. ^Up till now they'd been tied on the decks but the G28 072 light north-easterly breeze kept skating the sterns to the G28 073 east, a problem easily corrected by the centreboard action of G28 074 the skegs. G28 075 |^A ray of light caught my eye and the sun peeked over Bluff G28 076 headland, casting a soft golden glow over the yellow kayaks and G28 077 dark green seas. ^Its warmth began dispelling the numbness G28 078 from my fingers and easing the anxiety I felt of being out in G28 079 the strait. ^Frequently I glanced astern to the Southland G28 080 Coast to check progress and we seemed to be making excellent G28 081 speed, aided by the following breeze. ^Max still seemed bright G28 082 and chirpy, completely unruffled, perhaps a little G28 083 overconfident I thought. ^During a brief spell when I slipped G28 084 the Rollei camera from its waterproof container, Max asked, G28 085 ^*"Can you do an Eskimo Rollei?**" ^The usual standard of G28 086 terrible puns. G28 087 |^Well into the second hour of paddling we had both settled G28 088 into a steady rhythm. ^Brief attempts at conversation had to G28 089 be shouted across the intervening stretch of water between the G28 090 Nordkapps so we settled into our own little worlds and G28 091 concentrated on paddling. G28 092 |^To the east, the Bluff-based oyster boat fleet was making G28 093 the most of the last few days of the season. ^To the west the G28 094 snow-capped summit of \0Mt. Anglem, the highest point on G28 095 Stewart Island, stood clear against the crisp blue sky. ^Of G28 096 the Fiordland ranges, only the snow-covered peaks were visible G28 097 above the watery horizon. G28 098 |^When we rafted up at 10 {0a.m.} for a spell and a snack, I G28 099 was in a much happier and relaxed state of mind and more G28 100 confident of making a successful crossing. ^My fingers had G28 101 thawed out completely, returning to their usual pink colour and G28 102 I removed the plastic gloves. ^Max remained in high spirits G28 103 and even on this first day of paddling together, there seemed G28 104 to be the old camaraderie between us which had developed G28 105 through the trials and tribulations of the Fiordland G28 106 expedition. G28 107 **[PLATE**] G28 108 |^We ate a food bar, several biscuits and chewed glucose G28 109 tablets for some instant energy. ^Scarcely five minutes passed G28 110 before I felt the need to push on just in case the wind came G28 111 away and urged, ^*"It's time to go**". ^With the two Nordkapps G28 112 locked together during the raft up, arms gripped across each G28 113 other's decklines, I felt a strong sense of security but as G28 114 soon as we drifted apart, and up to the time I could resume G28 115 paddling, I felt decidedly unstable. ^Once into the familiar G28 116 rhythm again I felt fine. G28 117 |^Only during the third hour did I relax enough to forget G28 118 about potential dangers and begin to enjoy the situation, G28 119 taking several deep breaths, smelling the tang of the sea, G28 120 savouring the beautiful silence, and glancing over my shoulder G28 121 to see how distant lay Bluff headland. G28 122 |^Contrasted against the green forest and scrub of the G28 123 island, a white dot caught my attention. ^A cleared headland G28 124 on its western side jogged my memory and I remembered a picture G28 125 postcard view of Halfmoon Bay; it was Mamaku Point and the G28 126 white dot was the Ackers Point automatic lighthouse at the G28 127 entrance of the bay. ^Excitedly I pointed out the landmark to G28 128 Max and we agreed to head directly for Halfmoon Bay, saving G28 129 time and making the most of the favourable paddling conditions. G28 130 ^The trees on the shore looked comfortably close and I knew we G28 131 had made it. G28 132 |^Abeam of the eastern-most Muttonbird Island, Max called G28 133 out that we were being swept east by the ebb tidal stream G28 134 towards the islands and we changed course to compensate for the G28 135 tidal drift. ^We passed through a shoal area marked by a line G28 136 of whitecaps and a short choppy sea, where the tidal stream, G28 137 constricted by shallowing of the sea bed, sped up to form a G28 138 tide race. ^With Max in the lead we paddled for 10 minutes G28 139 over a lumpy sea, passing obliquely across the tide race. G28 140 |^After passing the grey granite slabs and pillars of Mamaku G28 141 Point we crossed Horseshoe Bay with a beautiful white sandy G28 142 beach at its head. ^I could feel the excitement mounting at G28 143 the prospect of landing in front of the Halfmoon Bay Hotel. G28 144 ^We'd been at sea less than four and a half hours but I felt G28 145 relieved to be so close to shore again. ^Shags squatting on G28 146 their white-daubed perches cast nervous glances our way, G28 147 hesitating at flight from a possible threat of the two yellow G28 148 kayaks. G28 149 |^We glided beneath the shadowed walls of Bragg Point and G28 150 the panorama of Halfmoon Bay opened up over the bows. ^For G28 151 both Max and myself this was our first visit to the island. G28 152 ^Twelve midday and our destination in sight. ^The water G28 153 beneath the kayaks was crystal clear with the rocky bottom and G28 154 long waving strands of bull kelp clearly visible. G28 155 |^After stopping for a quick photo I tried to catch Max who G28 156 was heading for the moored fishing fleet at a great rate of G28 157 knots. ^I wondered if anyone would be waiting for us on the G28 158 beach. ^The support crew would not cross until the following G28 159 day on the ferry *1Wairua. G28 160 |^*0The north-easterly breeze pushed us quickly down to the G28 161 middle of the bay until we drew abeam of the fisheries G28 162 protection vessel *1Ngati Moki, *0moored against a large wooden G28 163 wharf. ^As the only two storied building behind the beach G28 164 front, the pub beckoned to us over the last 200 yards. ^Two G28 165 figures walked down to the water's edge as Max landed through a G28 166 tiny surf *- it was Chalky and Jeannie White from Nelson who'd G28 167 flown over the previous day. ^I released the skeg and G28 168 **[PLATE**] G28 169 ran *1Isadora's *0bow onto the beach. ^We had covered 25 miles G28 170 in four hours and ten minutes for an average speed of 4.7 knots G28 171 and were surprised at the speed we had managed to sustain G28 172 across the strait. G28 173 |^Still clad in the damp wetsuits, Max and I were ushered by G28 174 the Whites into the hotel for lunch and a beer. ^There we were G28 175 joined by Innes Dunstan, the postmaster, and Michael Goomes, G28 176 manager of a tourist agency. G28 177 |^In a slightly tiddly state, Max and I left the pub and set G28 178 up camp in Innes's house adjacent to the Post Office. ^The G28 179 light north-easterly breeze persisted through the gloriously G28 180 warm, sunny afternoon and we were tempted to make the most of G28 181 the settled weather and take off before the support crew G28 182 arrived. ^There was only one minor hitch *- the crew had all G28 183 our food. G28 184 |^Later we joined the 5 o'clock session at the Halfmoon Bay G28 185 Hotel and met some of the island's fishermen. ^I spread the G28 186 maps and charts out on a table top and was surprised to find G28 187 that the consensus of opinion from the fishermen was that we G28 188 should not tackle the circumnavigation as planned but instead G28 189 paddle in an anti-clockwise direction. ^I could see some merit G28 190 in this advice but we would need the food dump at the southern G28 191 end of the island where foot access is impossible. ^We mulled G28 192 over the problem until Merv King, owner-skipper of the G28 193 *1Clione, *0kindly offered to take the food on board as he G28 194 would be steaming down to Port Pegasus next day. G28 195 ^Unfortunately it would obviate the need for the support crew. G28 196 |^From Colin Hopkins, skipper of the *1Othello, *0we learnt G28 197 that the tidal stream, strength and movement, off South and G28 198 South West capes is more complicated than is described in the G28 199 *1New Zealand Pilot. ^*0Colin drew a diagram in the back of my G28 200 diary showing the tidal stream directions around the island. G28 201 ^With the rising or flood tide, the east-going stream splits G28 202 off Mason Bay, not South West Cape as described in the *1Pilot, G28 203 *0flowing round the north and south ends of the island to G28 204 rejoin off Port Adventure on the east coast. ^The reverse G28 205 occurs with the ebb tide and both streams run for approximately G28 206 six hours. ^But Colin pointed out the situation between Flour G28 207 Cask Bay and South West Cape is even more complex as close G28 208 inshore, the ebb tide runs for only two hours, although only G28 209 half a mile offshore it runs for four to five hours. G28 210 *# G29 001 **[216 TEXT G29**] G29 002 |^His legal studies on returning home started at the G29 003 Auckland University College and he was employed with the firm G29 004 of Alison and Alderton, Barristers and Solicitors. ^He often G29 005 boasted that he was *"called to the bar**" in 1921 and had G29 006 remained there ever since. G29 007 |^My parents were married at \0St Peters Church, Takapuna, G29 008 on 29 December 1921; my mother Ellen Sarah Dalston being a G29 009 person of remarkable patience and flexibility of mind, G29 010 qualities that were to prove essential in their marriage. ^The G29 011 vicar who performed the ceremony was the \0Rev.{0W.G.}Monckton G29 012 {0M.A.}, a cousin of Lord Galway. ^Monckton had a remarkable G29 013 wit which could be quite bawdy for a minister and despite my G29 014 father's openly expressed agnosticism they were joined in G29 015 friendship by a mutual interest in humour, particularly in the G29 016 writing of rather naughty verse. G29 017 |^On one occasion, Monckton was addressing the watersiders, G29 018 extolling the virtues of the Christian life, when one of the G29 019 wharfies asked: ^*"What about those parson jokers who hold a G29 020 bible in one hand and pick your pockets with the other hand?**" G29 021 |^*"That, my man,**" replied Monckton *"shows the true value G29 022 of the Bible, for if he didn't have a Bible in one hand, he G29 023 would be picking your pockets with both.**" G29 024 |^There were two children in our family, my sister Pat, who G29 025 married Norman Quarrie, and myself. ^Pat, who died suddenly in G29 026 1981, inherited Bryce's outgoing personality and quick wit. G29 027 ^One of their favourite pastimes was to enter into battles of G29 028 correspondence to the editors in Auckland newspapers, using G29 029 assumed names and triggering off arguments on trivial subjects. G29 030 |^A typical example of Bryce's letters was one in which he G29 031 stated that he was a recently arrived immigrant from England, G29 032 (he was, in fact, a second generation New Zealander), who was G29 033 delighted with the country, the beautiful scenery, the climate G29 034 and the standard of living, but he asked readers to explain the G29 035 curious fact that there were so many ugly babies, and signing G29 036 himself *"Pom**". ^The editor, after the wave of predictable G29 037 reaction from the readers, was finally forced to declare the G29 038 correspondence closed. G29 039 |^A typical *"Bryce Hart**" story in those early days G29 040 concerned the connection of our first electric light in the G29 041 *"Little Brown House**", as we called it. ^Gas was going out G29 042 of fashion and my mother Nell, who always arranged anything of G29 043 a practical nature in the family decided to organise the G29 044 installation without telling Bryce. ^The story goes that she G29 045 was to arrange the connection, would try to coax him home early G29 046 so that by the time he arrived the house would be lit up and he G29 047 would get a surprise. ^As Bryce described the incident: G29 048 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G29 049 ^We lived in the *"Little Brown House**" in Lake Road, G29 050 Takapuna, until 1935. ^It must have seemed to some people an G29 051 unlikely residence for an apparently prosperous, elegant and G29 052 well known lawyer, but it did in fact represent our true state. G29 053 |^As with most *"funny men**" there was a hidden side to his G29 054 character which few outside the family and close friends would G29 055 have seen. ^The pathos which Chaplin used so successfully and G29 056 which was no doubt an expression of his own inner personality, G29 057 was present to some extent in Bryce's character. ^He was very G29 058 highly strung and suffered from a duodenal ulcer for much of G29 059 his life. G29 060 |^Despite his apparent flippancy in legal matters he took G29 061 his work seriously. ^He often said that he hated the law and G29 062 would have been happier as an artist. ^I believe that his G29 063 apparent dislike for his job was only an expression of G29 064 frustration at the day-to-day tedium typical of most G29 065 occupations. ^The law at least gave him the opportunity to G29 066 express his fanciful thoughts though these might well have G29 067 manifested themselves in his undoubted ability at drawing, had G29 068 he chosen a career in art. ^Although he was by no means a G29 069 modest person and enjoyed all forms of ceremony, his humour G29 070 seemed in some respects a reaction against the formality and G29 071 the gravity of the legal process. G29 072 |^Bryce's first *"legal chambers**" that I can remember were G29 073 in His Majesty's Arcade Building, Queen Street. ^The setting G29 074 up of his chambers had its problems, including the appointment G29 075 of an office secretary. ^An early applicant, a young girl G29 076 obviously just out of school, claimed to be knowledgeable in G29 077 legal office procedure and was offered the job at a salary G29 078 Bryce could afford *- very little no doubt. ^She was given a G29 079 rough, hand-scribbled draft of an important letter to be sent G29 080 to the Supreme Court Judge, the \0Hon. \0Mr Justice Callan, G29 081 headed *"Callan \0J.**" ^Bryce asked her to send it urgently, G29 082 and being anxious to impress, she G29 083 **[PLATE**] G29 084 placed it in an envelope and posted it immediately! ^When it G29 085 was realised what had happened, a lengthy plea was made to the G29 086 Chief Postmaster to rescue the offending note. G29 087 |^The same girl, when asked to take a copy of a stamped G29 088 legal document, sat down and made a hand-written copy, G29 089 including a picture of the stamp with an unlikely likeness of G29 090 His Majesty the King. G29 091 |^Bryce decided that after these experiences he would be G29 092 wiser to appoint a more senior girl. G29 093 |^His description of his *"law library**" has been told a G29 094 thousand times and goes something like this: G29 095 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G29 096 |^On swearing affidavits it is said that if he could not G29 097 find his Bible (which was signed *"To Bryce from God**"), he G29 098 would swear his clients on a copy of *1Best Bets. ^*0This G29 099 might have seemed an inappropriate publication to play second-best G29 100 to the Bible, but he would have argued that *1Best Bets G29 101 *0was at least the *"race guide**". G29 102 |^I was reminded recently by an old family friend, Squire G29 103 Speedy, of a remark said to have been made by Bryce while G29 104 defending a client who, he explained to the Court, had recently G29 105 been employed in Malaysia as a keeper of a herd of elephants. G29 106 |^Bryce suggested to the magistrate that his client had G29 107 probably accepted the job as a result of a *"trunk call**". G29 108 ^This flippant remark appeared to have been received with G29 109 little amusement and possibly with some annoyance and Bryce G29 110 must have detected this. ^He apologised to the court and G29 111 remarked, ^*"I am sorry, your Worship, as I now realise that my G29 112 last remark was irrelephant.**" G29 113 |^It is not recorded whether or not the solemnity of the G29 114 Court remained unchanged. G29 115 |^One of the legal victories which gave him the most G29 116 satisfaction in his career was in the defence of an Old English G29 117 Sheepdog. ^Very few of these dogs were to be seen in New G29 118 Zealand in those days and on this occasion the dog had bitten a G29 119 man who went to stroke its head. ^The prosecution demanded G29 120 that the dog be destroyed and Bryce's defence was that the G29 121 breed had an inbuilt reflex against contact in the area of the G29 122 eyes, which were congenitally weak. ^No doubt neither the G29 123 prosecution nor the magistrate were impressed with the argument G29 124 and Bryce must have sensed this, but in the *"wings**" he had G29 125 the *"defendant**" waiting. ^Bryce had *"subpoenaed**" the dog G29 126 who was led into the court by the distraught owner. ^No G29 127 magistrate with a trace of human feeling could have not G29 128 responded to the mournful look on the dog's face nor would he G29 129 have dared to have failed to respond to the reaction of G29 130 everyone in the court. ^The case was dismissed to the great G29 131 relief of Bryce, a lover of animals. ^The acquittal of a G29 132 murderer would not have given him greater legal satisfaction G29 133 and his fee for the case was, I am sure, nothing more than that G29 134 satisfaction. G29 135 |^Bryce's renowned sparring partner in the Magistrates G29 136 Court, \0Mr Freddy Hunt{0S.M.}, was a no-nonsense man who could G29 137 become impatient with time-wasting and trivia during the busy G29 138 morning court sessions. ^One unusually pedantic counsel was G29 139 defending a man who had been a regular customer over many years G29 140 and in his defence plea he started to address the court with G29 141 the dramatic intensity often seen these days in television G29 142 screen plays, complete with waving of arms and intense facial G29 143 expression. ^He started the defence by saying something to G29 144 this effect: ^*"Your Worship, this is indeed a milestone in G29 145 legal history. ^It marks the one hundredth appearance of this G29 146 man in this court of law...**" G29 147 |^Freddy Hunt could see that this was only the beginning of G29 148 the plea and as there were many other cases to be heard that G29 149 morning he cut counsel short, peered over his spectacles, and G29 150 asked: ^*"Well, what are we supposed to do *- clap?**" G29 151 |^The Mon Desir hotel played an important part in Bryce's G29 152 life from the early days, when it was owned by the famous Frank G29 153 and *"Flossie**" Hawse, to just before his death in 1957. ^One G29 154 of his drinking partners at *"The Mon**" in the late 1940s was G29 155 the local vicar, the \0Rev. Sinclair, who persuaded him, G29 156 despite his permanent absence from church, to run a stall for G29 157 men only at the church bazaar to be held in the hotel grounds. G29 158 ^The typical church bazaar, often thought of as a *"fe*?5te G29 159 worse than death**", would not normally have attracted his G29 160 support, but considering the location, he was delighted to G29 161 accept and set up his stall with a huge notice which read G29 162 *"Hims *- Ancient and Modern**". ^As he had recently become a G29 163 keen gardener, amongst the vegetables on display was a large G29 164 bunch of his home grown lettuce, labelled *"Lettuce Spray**". G29 165 **[PLATE**] G29 166 |^When Bryce took up gardening, his enthusiasm matched that G29 167 of his enthusiasm for fishing. ^Tomatoes were his forte. ^He G29 168 fed them from a brew made in an old milk can *- a mixture of G29 169 seaweed, fish heads and sheep shit. ^The latter was sent to G29 170 him by the farmer son of his {0WW*=I} {0C.O.}, Bryce Paterson, G29 171 who would warn Bryce of its impending arrival on the train by G29 172 sending an urgent telegram which said simply *"^Yes Sir, yes G29 173 sir, three bags full.**" G29 174 |^Takapuna in those days had its share of characters, none G29 175 more picturesque than Captain Algie who lived in Algie's G29 176 Castle, a real stone replica of his ancestor's seat in G29 177 Scotland. ^Captain Algie was a very short, slight man with G29 178 rounded red cheeks. ^He, like Bryce, loved to dress in G29 179 military uniform, and each year on the Queen's Birthday there G29 180 would be a formal ceremony at the Castle, with the Takapuna G29 181 band playing and flags flying. G29 182 |^\0Mrs Algie, Penelope, known as *"Penny**", was a most G29 183 charming and gracious person whom I will always remember for G29 184 the huge meringues she made. ^I will also remember her for G29 185 being the largest woman I have ever known, as she must have G29 186 been, without exaggeration, almost as wide as she was high. G29 187 ^Despite the contrast in their size they were a perfect couple, G29 188 but Bryce whispered to me once that, despite that fact, Captain G29 189 Algie had probably been *"Penny wise and pound foolish.**" G29 190 |^On the outbreak of war in 1939, Bryce was called up within G29 191 hours and I well remember him as he put on his uniform with G29 192 great relish although it was obvious he realised this time that G29 193 the uniform was no stage costume. ^His unit was known as G29 194 Guards, Vital Points, and he was sent as officer in charge of a G29 195 platoon to guard the Colonial Ammunition Company in \0Mt Eden. G29 196 ^He must have been 44 at the time, and I remember him as being G29 197 by far the youngest in the unit, many being closer to 60 *- a G29 198 real *"Dad's Army**". ^They were issued with Lee Enfield G29 199 rifles and no ammunition. ^The ammunition was said to have G29 200 gone down in the *1Niagara, *0sunk G29 201 by a German mine off Whangarei Heads. ^It was suggested that G29 202 the ship had in fact struck two mines. ^The inadequate G29 203 defences of Auckland, with North Head the only fort, led to G29 204 another typical {0B.C.H.} remark of *"^Two mines and but a G29 205 single fort.**" G29 206 |^Bryce later became Staff Officer (Legal) under Captain G29 207 *"Jock**" Sinclair (ex-{0RFC}) and it was here that he became a G29 208 close friend of Noel Gardiner. G29 209 |^The arrival of the first American troops in Auckland is G29 210 very clear in my mind. G29 211 *# G30 001 **[217 TEXT G30**] G30 002 |^*0The year 1870 was in some ways a milestone for G30 003 Sunnyside, as an official inspector had been appointed in G30 004 accordance with The Lunatics Act 1868. ^Under Clause 60 of the G30 005 Act the newly appointed inspector, \0Mr {0J.W.} Hamilton, made G30 006 his first official report to the Colonial Secretary. ^He was G30 007 assigned this duty by warrant on 17 May 1870, and reported his G30 008 findings on 26 May, after his inspection of the Asylum of the G30 009 18th. G30 010 |^Hamilton stated the buildings and grounds occupied a space G30 011 of fifty acres on the north bank of the Heathcote River about G30 012 two miles out of Christchurch, on the Lincoln Road. ^The site G30 013 he considered a healthy one, being slightly elevated above the G30 014 general level of the plains, with good capabilities for G30 015 draining. ^Two days after his first inspection illness G30 016 prevented him from visiting the patients during their evening G30 017 recreation, choir practices or the Sunday service on 22nd May. G30 018 ^Thus, *'^I have not seen all I wish to see at once of the G30 019 working of the establishment**'. ^From what he did see, *'and G30 020 from information acquired formerly when a near connection was G30 021 under treatment at Sunnyside**' he felt justified in sending G30 022 the report, which, he had been told, was required immediately G30 023 for the session of the General Assembly. G30 024 |^The Inspector paid attention to every requirement of the G30 025 Act, clause by clause. ^He noted that the medical officer, G30 026 \0Dr Coward, the Keeper, Seager, and the clerk, {0W.E.} Payne, G30 027 had held their appointments under the Provincial Government G30 028 *'for some time**', Seager as Keeper (or Steward) for six G30 029 years. ^But these appointments *'require to be formally made G30 030 by the Superintendent or the Governor, under Clause 23**'. G30 031 |^The Register of Patients, *'only quite lately furnished**' G30 032 was in the course of completion, although the old register G30 033 seemed to have been thoroughly kept up and contained almost all G30 034 the information the new form required under Clause 24. G30 035 |^The Medical Journal, under Clause 25, ^*'I found only G30 036 entered up**', and the Case Book, to be kept in such form as G30 037 the Governor in Council may direct, was not produced, no order G30 038 on the subject having yet been promulgated. G30 039 |^The inspection was made strictly in accordance with Clause G30 040 53, every part of the building being visited and every patient G30 041 seen. ^The Inspector's Book required by Clauses 53 and 57 was G30 042 not forthcoming, from which Hamilton assumed this was the first G30 043 inspection made under the new 1868 Act. G30 044 |^The copy of the plan, given to the Colonial Secretary *'on G30 045 applying for the license**', to be *'hung up in some G30 046 conspicuous part**' (Clause 57) was not there, but was in G30 047 preparation. G30 048 |^The Patients' Book (Clause 58), for observations by the G30 049 Inspector or Official Visitor, had yet to be provided. ^They G30 050 were at present using the same book *'as is kept for ordinary G30 051 visitors' observations**' or for any patients *'who may wish to G30 052 enter remarks on their being discharged cured**'. G30 053 |^*'These few shortcomings in regard to strict and literal G30 054 adherence to the Act of 1868**' Hamilton regarded as of no G30 055 serious moment, after observing how thoroughly the spirit of G30 056 the law was acted up to throughout the Asylum. G30 057 |^Hamilton visited the Asylum on a day *'when I was not G30 058 likely to be expected**'. ^Most of the patients were engaged G30 059 in some kind of occupation. ^Out of doors some were gardening, G30 060 others were in the *'wash-house**' (laundry). ^Indoors some G30 061 were preparing for the midday dinner. ^All were *'going G30 062 steadily and quietly to their work**', and with no appearance G30 063 of being restrained or being *'vigilantly watched**'. ^He saw G30 064 the dinner being served up in the kitchen, *'where the G30 065 arrangements for securing cleanliness are excellently G30 066 devised**'. G30 067 |^Regarding the nutrition, the Inspector noted that the G30 068 cooking was done either by steam or by baking in the oven, on a G30 069 plan that made it impossible for any dirt to get into the food. G30 070 ^The food itself was of excellent quality with an abundant G30 071 ration of meat, vegetables and pudding. ^The kitchen, larder G30 072 and provision store were all in a state of perfect neatness and G30 073 cleanliness throughout. ^The meals were being eaten, in all G30 074 the wards but one, in a quiet and orderly manner. ^The G30 075 patients carried in the rations, and afterwards cleared away. G30 076 ^After dinner the male patients either enjoyed their pipe of G30 077 tobacco, or took exercise in the yards. G30 078 |^There was, said Hamilton, *'an abundant supply of pure G30 079 water to insure the comfort and cleanliness of the patients**' G30 080 (presumably the pollution problem had been resolved). ^Large G30 081 baths were provided in both male and female wards, the G30 082 lavatories being *'roomy and furnished in all requisites**'. G30 083 ^Although the wards were well ventilated, sweet and thoroughly G30 084 clean, well lighted and cheerful, in some places more light was G30 085 desirable. ^As the building had been erected piecemeal, *'and G30 086 not on any well-conceived plan from the first**', there could G30 087 be difficulty in providing for better light. G30 088 |^The bedding was *'admirably clean**' and all arrangements G30 089 *'for avoiding all offensive smells were complete**'. ^There G30 090 was one exception, the lavatory in the female ward, which the G30 091 Keeper immediately had rectified. ^Hamilton recommended an G30 092 immediate alteration by erecting better partitions. G30 093 |^Apart from these minor observations, Hamilton reported G30 094 that the neatness, airiness and scrupulous cleanliness G30 095 pervading the whole of the establishment appropriated to the G30 096 use of the patients *'was such as I have never seen surpassed G30 097 in the best kept man-of-war on service**' *- praise indeed! G30 098 |^The clothing of those patients who wore dresses belonging G30 099 to the Asylum *'was in an equally satisfactory condition**'. G30 100 ^As to neatness and cleanliness, he was unable to refer as G30 101 favourably to some of the attendants' apartments. G30 102 |^Hamilton also made reference to a billiard table and G30 103 bagatelle board, the large hall for general gatherings with a G30 104 stage erected at one end, a piano and harmonium, a small G30 105 library, a printing press, and these, together with the garden G30 106 and grounds *'all contribute to supply occupation and G30 107 recreation**'. G30 108 |^Accommodation for the Keeper and his family was much too G30 109 limited. ^Their private sitting-room was the only one in which G30 110 visitors could wait who had business at the Asylum. ^By this G30 111 time Edward and Esther Seager had seven children, two having G30 112 died in infancy. G30 113 **[PLATES**] G30 114 |^Seager had furnished a comprehensive report for Hamilton, G30 115 which was forwarded to the Colonial Secretary, Wellington, G30 116 along with Hamilton's report. ^Hamilton, a stickler for G30 117 details, said he willingly testified to the correctness of the G30 118 facts set out in the Keeper's report, the arrangements of the G30 119 wards, classification of patients, their employments and G30 120 amusements, *'with returns appended of patients under treatment G30 121 during the year**', value of work done by them, and *'scale of G30 122 rations now allowed**', were all satisfactory. ^He also found G30 123 in the visitors' remark book numerous testimonies, written by G30 124 patients at the time of their discharge, to the humane and G30 125 kindly attention they had received while under Seager's care. G30 126 |^Hamilton found only one patient secluded from the rest, G30 127 *'owing to his having ill-used some of them**'. ^This patient G30 128 had been given into the custody of his brother-in-law, but was G30 129 brought back after three days. G30 130 |^In conclusion Hamilton urged upon the Government the need G30 131 to appoint a permanent Inspector to the Asylum. ^His visit G30 132 convinced him that he had not the qualifications for such an G30 133 office, and that *'it will be a most difficult task to find a G30 134 person who does possess them**'. ^An Inspector should be able G30 135 to give frequent attention to the duty of visiting the Asylum, G30 136 be able to make himself *'as intimately acquainted with the G30 137 case of each patient**', and of the subject of lunacy G30 138 generally, *'as the Keeper himself is**'. ^In addition, an G30 139 Inspector should be capable of exercising a complete control G30 140 and supervision over every officer, the medical attendant G30 141 included, of any such establishment. ^A tall order indeed for G30 142 the new colony. G30 143 |^In his report Seager outlined the set-up of the Asylum, G30 144 the six wards now with classification of patients, and the G30 145 religious services which the patients enjoyed. ^He noted that G30 146 often in other asylums Sunday was the day *'pregnant with G30 147 mischief**' from the want of occupation. ^But it was not so in G30 148 this Asylum as there was plenty to occupy the patients, from G30 149 taking walks, having *'amusing and instructive books**' to G30 150 learning to sing sacred music under the direction of \0Mr \0G. G30 151 Inwood. G30 152 |^Amusements and recreation were now an established feature, G30 153 the patients enjoying trips to the Selwyn River and Lyttelton G30 154 by train, and to Sumner by horsedrawn vans. ^He reported that G30 155 the new recreation hall had been completed. ^The whole of the G30 156 work, with a few slight exceptions, had been done by the G30 157 patients. ^Nearly all the material had been contributed *'by G30 158 gentlemen resident in Christchurch and elsewhere**'. ^In the G30 159 new hall, amusements were given by amateur and professional G30 160 friends, but perhaps more therapeutic to the patients was their G30 161 own involvement in charades and other activities *- in some G30 162 ways comparable to today's psychodrama. G30 163 |^From the sale of produce (*+70) and a grant of *+40 from G30 164 the government an organ was ordered from England. ^Seager G30 165 commented that *'as the various means have increased to afford G30 166 employment and recreation to both male and female patients, so G30 167 have the discharges increased, and continue to do so in G30 168 proportion**'. G30 169 |^There had been no attempt at suicide *'and but one escape G30 170 *- a convalescent harmless patient *- has taken place**' since G30 171 his previous report 18 months ago. G30 172 |^The Asylum, stated Seager was now divided into six wards. G30 173 ^In E ward were the convalescent males, or those working either G30 174 in the outside garden or doing general farm work. ^In this, as G30 175 well as in A Ward, there were no bars to the windows, no locked G30 176 doors, *'so that free access is given to the grounds**'. G30 177 ^*'The trust placed in the patients is not abused**', he added. G30 178 |^Ward A, for convalescent women, provided needle and hand G30 179 work, and a new feature, the introduction of flowering plants. G30 180 ^Each patient was allotted a plant to care for, *'the object G30 181 being to create an interest in their minds by giving them G30 182 something to cultivate and think about**'. ^They also had G30 183 music, books, and frequent picnic parties, either in the G30 184 grounds or out into the country. G30 185 |^Ward B was for *'imbecile, dirty, and epileptic female G30 186 cases**'. ^Ward C contained female patients who were wet, G30 187 dirty, refractory, noisy, or chronically ill. ^Ward D held G30 188 males approaching convalescence, the epileptic, and the quiet. G30 189 ^Ward F was for males who were noisy, refractory, dirty, or G30 190 destructive. G30 191 |^Seager commented on the complete system of classification, G30 192 something on which he had held definite views since his G30 193 association with Lyttelton Gaol. ^Each patient was classified G30 194 according to his requirements during the night, and during the G30 195 day was placed where he could best be attended to and from G30 196 where he was least troublesome to the other patients. ^The G30 197 dormitories were quite distinct and apart from the day rooms *- G30 198 this to discourage patients from frequenting the sleeping G30 199 rooms, where they could become torpid, indolent, melancholy, G30 200 morose and even *'mischievous**'. ^The principle in the G30 201 management was to *'assimilate the condition of the patients G30 202 and circumstances surrounding them as much as possible with G30 203 those in ordinary life**'. G30 204 |^In his comments about the religious services Seager waxed G30 205 eloquent. ^The average attendance of patients was about 60, G30 206 the Sunday and other services being conducted by the \0Rev. G30 207 Canon Wilson. ^The fifteen-strong choir was composed of G30 208 attendants and patients, and all who were considered *'proper G30 209 subjects to attend a place of worship**' were admitted to the G30 210 Sunday service. ^*'It affords a regular occupation and G30 211 soothing influence on their minds**' as they found themselves G30 212 regarded as a portion of the living world of human sympathy and G30 213 *'in the worship of their Maker**'. ^Seager noted that at G30 214 Sunnyside the patients were so pleasantly occupied throughout G30 215 the Sabbath that it was not like so many other asylums which G30 216 were *'pregnant with mischief**' from the want of occupation. G30 217 ^After Sunday tea the convalescent patients met in the hall to G30 218 practise sacred music, under the labour of love of \0Mr \0G. G30 219 Inwood. ^There was also practice on Friday evenings, in both G30 220 of which friends of the institution took part. G30 221 |^The completion of the hall was another milestone for G30 222 Sunnyside. G30 223 *# G31 001 **[218 TEXT G31**] G31 002 |^*0*'I'm just waiting for him to die,**' my mother, G31 003 thin-lipped, would enunciate with a startling clarity as she G31 004 bicycled home with the shopping equally balanced in two large G31 005 string bags slung on either side of the handlebars. ^It must G31 006 have been a miserable, horrible life for them, too, and whose G31 007 fault it was I do not know *- probably nobody's. G31 008 |^Whenever I see raindrops falling into puddles and making G31 009 ever-widening circles I say, ^*'Hell's bells and buggy wheels G31 010 *- perhaps he'll be dead when we get home.**' ^It is the first G31 011 thing I remember and I cannot recall where my mother was taking G31 012 me on the back of her bike that day when I was a very little G31 013 girl but her voice remains with me, coming from far away G31 014 through the rain as she pedalled grimly along a sealed G31 015 **[PLATE**] G31 016 country road. G31 017 |^*'And you keep your legs out,**' she would say. ^*'Don't G31 018 get your foot caught again.**' G31 019 |^Once I did let my legs dangle too close to the wheel as I G31 020 was doubled somewhere on the back of a bike and I bore the G31 021 guilt of this injury for a long time. ^My father, I think, was G31 022 riding that bicycle. ^It was only years later that I suddenly G31 023 thought that it was not entirely my fault but the scar, purple G31 024 and puckered, remains on my right ankle still. G31 025 |^I was not grateful to them for anything at the time, but I G31 026 am now because I consider they made me, inadvertently, into G31 027 something. ^They made me watchful, careful, judicious, G31 028 observant, listening for any nuance in a voice that could hint G31 029 at intrusion or calamity. G31 030 |^This evening, before I began to type this page, I G31 031 telephoned a man I know but rang off almost at once. G31 032 |^*'How could you tell there was someone there?**' he asked G31 033 when he rang back. G31 034 |^*'I could tell,**' I said, *'by the way your voice sounded G31 035 in that room. ^I could tell there was someone else in the G31 036 room.**' G31 037 |^My parents, by accident, taught me that extra sense. G31 038 ^Such small and saving perceptions have served me well. G31 039 |^The town where we lived was virtually featureless, hot and G31 040 flat, remarkable only because it was a service centre for G31 041 surrounding farmlands and orchards. ^There were chamber music G31 042 concerts sometimes, the usual amateur theatricals which I do G31 043 not recall seeing, a clock tower beneath which one waited for G31 044 friends or for time to pass, or both, and a blossom parade to G31 045 celebrate the arrival of spring every year. ^There were, then, G31 046 four picture theatres which had sessions at differing times on G31 047 Saturdays so it was possible to spend all day at the pictures, G31 048 from ten in the morning till eleven at night. ^In the winter, G31 049 when it was too cold to ride away on my bicycle, I could be G31 050 absent from quite early in the morning till late at night, by G31 051 which time my mother and father, exhausted by disharmony, may G31 052 hopefully have fallen asleep. G31 053 |^Oddly, I always had money *- not a lot, but I always had a G31 054 little. ^I used it, in a small and childish way, to insulate G31 055 myself as well as I could. ^There was always sufficient money G31 056 to catch a bus to the next town or go to the park for the day G31 057 and buy ham sandwiches at the kiosk. ^I am grateful for this G31 058 now because I learned the benefit of having something in one's G31 059 purse and how to earn it. ^Some people never learn how to work G31 060 or how to skim over and coast through bad times. G31 061 |^There were acres of orchards and market gardens round the G31 062 town and it was easy, on fresh clear holiday mornings, to cycle G31 063 in any direction till a suitable *'Pickers Wanted**' sign G31 064 loomed up. ^People did not, then, seem to bother about ages or G31 065 taxation forms, names or packdrills. G31 066 |^Raspberries were the best because their canes grew high, G31 067 like hedges, and provided shade as the sun rose. ^By mid-morning G31 068 the rising heat would presage the sweltering anguish of G31 069 midday. ^But in the very early morning the fruit fell sweetly G31 070 into punnets or pails with a clear and satisfying small sound. G31 071 |^Strawberries were an unhappy task because they tumbled G31 072 over low beds of straw, a back-breaking task to pick. ^The G31 073 only shade there came from shelterbelts or grey-leafed poplars G31 074 but they were far away and shimmered away even further in the G31 075 heat. G31 076 |^Loganberries and boysenberries, huge and luscious, hung on G31 077 bushes too well guarded by their own prickles, and apples, G31 078 peaches, plums and nectarines were accessible only by ladder. G31 079 ^Raspberries were the best bet and there was pleasure and charm G31 080 in setting off down one's allotted row with a wooden basket set G31 081 with six little punnets to fill. G31 082 |^The going rate was threepence per punnet for pickers, so G31 083 six G31 084 **[PLATE**] G31 085 would bring one shilling and sixpence to my coffers. ^In G31 086 cooler weather one could eschew the punnets and pick into tin G31 087 pails but the problem was that the fruit gradually squashed at G31 088 the bottom so they might never be filled. ^The pay was higher G31 089 for those, though. G31 090 |^The amounts of money do not, now, seem very large but when G31 091 the largest ice cream was the equivalent of about six cents and G31 092 the best seats at the cinema were three shillings, it was G31 093 largesse. ^I used to pick raspberries till I had *+1/-/- in G31 094 the kitty and this amount did me very well for quite a while. G31 095 |^I used a variety of transport to get about. G31 096 |^When I was very young my tricycle took me away but it had G31 097 a very narrow wheelbase, rocked at the merest increase in speed G31 098 and fell over sideways upon acceleration. ^It was possible to G31 099 ride slowly along in the gathering twilight on summer evenings, G31 100 tooting vigorously through a pipe made from the hollow stem of G31 101 a pumpkin leaf. G31 102 |^Later I had a small red bicycle and then a full-size black G31 103 bike with a basket in front to carry things in. ^On Saturday G31 104 mornings in the summer, if I needed money, I used to rise early G31 105 and with a stump of bread cut from a Vienna loaf and spread G31 106 with lumpy white honey, I would ride out of town. ^I escaped, G31 107 therefore, from the silence in the house which indicated that a G31 108 storm had passed or was to come, or from a frightful noise G31 109 which meant one was in progress. G31 110 |^I did not always go out looking for picking jobs. G31 111 ^Sometimes, if my funds were sufficient, I merely rode round G31 112 looking at things. G31 113 |^There was a hut allegedly made entirely of mud, in which G31 114 Girl Guides held meetings. ^For some reason I found this idea G31 115 of a mud hut extremely interesting and I used to bike slowly G31 116 by, staring in. G31 117 |^Once I discovered an old quarry filled with water on a G31 118 road I had never taken before and I went rowing about in a G31 119 little boat I found. ^It was made from two sheets of G31 120 corrugated iron nailed roughly together over some sort of G31 121 wooden frame and sank in no time. ^It was many years later G31 122 that I realised I could have drowned but learned, instead, to G31 123 swim quite suddenly. G31 124 |^In the school holidays, if I wished to save the bus fare G31 125 to the next town I would cycle there. ^It was, I think about G31 126 twelve miles. ^When I arrived there, after about three hours G31 127 of gentle pedalling, I would park my old black treasure that G31 128 took me everywhere, buy a chocolate-covered ice cream when G31 129 chocolate-covered ice creams were the newest thing out, and G31 130 would then bike all the way home again. ^This took all day, G31 131 the whole expedition, and I cannot recall why it seemed so G31 132 fascinating but it did. ^It became a cult fashion in the G31 133 latter part of my high school career and other girls who could G31 134 afford bus fares or who owned bicycles that were oiled and did G31 135 not grind through the miles, used to come on this strange jaunt G31 136 with me. G31 137 |^I remember feeling very sorry for one girl who must have G31 138 had a most loving mother. ^Darkness fell before we hit the G31 139 edges of town and I still recall, with shame, my complete G31 140 horror and pity when someone's mother, weeping, loomed out of G31 141 the night crying, ^*'Where have you been? ^Oh where have you G31 142 been?**' G31 143 **[PLATE**] G31 144 |^My passion for cleanliness, considered a quaint aberration G31 145 by those with whom I lived, proved expensive in time but as I G31 146 grew older I gave up raspberry picking and took up babysitting G31 147 which brought in ten shillings plus supper and a glimpse of how G31 148 other people lived more happily than I could understand. G31 149 ^Later even than that, I worked in the local canning factory in G31 150 summer from six till ten at night after school and could earn G31 151 *+8 in a week, a princely sum. ^With this money I bought soap, G31 152 toothpaste, toothbrushes and other bits and pieces I needed, G31 153 and took many small pleasures from the feel of a nice cake of G31 154 soap or the delightful sensation of having very clean teeth. G31 155 ^My life then, as it does now, provided me with a thousand tiny G31 156 enjoyments that some people never notice. G31 157 |^School equipment was a problem. ^Some was provided for me G31 158 and I bought things I needed but I never seemed to have G31 159 everything that was required. ^I hit upon the devious idea of G31 160 equipping myself from the lost property room at school. ^My G31 161 parents were by this time in a litigious phase and they G31 162 consulted lawyers regularly, slept on the sofa either G31 163 separately entirely or in differing shifts, indulged in endless G31 164 arguments after midnight in poisonous monotones and sometimes G31 165 did not come home. ^My activities, conducted with a wicked G31 166 sort of innocence, attracted no attention. ^The bright, bold G31 167 and careless children of the fortunate did not abound then as G31 168 they do now but they were still about and left unclaimed tennis G31 169 racquets on the school lawn, blazers slung over library chairs, G31 170 basketball boots, regulation shirts, ties and stockings all G31 171 lying about the buildings. ^The prefects would gather up these G31 172 offerings and having placed them in the lost property room, G31 173 adjourned then to their own exclusive nook in which they brewed G31 174 cocoa incessantly, laughed inordinately and talked about the G31 175 boys at the school next door. G31 176 |^*'Anyone for cocoa?**' their voices came, rather muffled, G31 177 through a closed door. ^I thought they always seemed to be G31 178 having quite a jolly time in there. G31 179 |^I remember how their school tunics fell in sharp folds, G31 180 the three box pleats front and back pressed each evening so a G31 181 deportment stripe could be earned. ^Photographs of myself, G31 182 which I burned long ago, showed me always with a distant G31 183 expression, slightly scruffy round the edges, gym slip hanging G31 184 in some disarray and my school stockings in concertinas round G31 185 my ankles. ^The distant expression could be explained by G31 186 tiredness and my besetting worry which was what might be going G31 187 on in the house when I arrived home, and the concertinas and G31 188 sagging pleats by lack of time and interest. ^No deportment G31 189 stripe was given to me and I neither wanted nor deserved one. G31 190 |^As winter became summer and different sports seasons came G31 191 and went I equipped myself with speed and care from the school G31 192 lost property room. ^It was rarely entered from one term's G31 193 beginning to its end. ^Advancing upon this haven, I found G31 194 booties of handsome school jerseys with their elbows still G31 195 intact, school hats that retained stiffness in their brims, G31 196 black Spanish cotton gym rompers without a missing button, G31 197 school ties that had not been tied to a pulp, basketball boots G31 198 with fine treads, tennis balls possessing some fuzz still, G31 199 unladdered school stockings. ^They awaited my swift selection G31 200 and at the end of each season I returned what I had borrowed G31 201 equally swiftly, washed and pressed, before finding my next G31 202 requirements. ^It was, I shame myself now into admitting, a G31 203 form of thievery yet I did not mean it to be so. ^By this G31 204 means my four years at high school passed in a state of G31 205 reasonable sartorial correctness and because I was neither G31 206 popular nor sought after I read dictionaries avidly, spent a G31 207 lot of time in libraries and passed all the exams in the G31 208 curriculum. G31 209 *# G32 001 **[219 TEXT G32**] G32 002 |^*0Superlatives come easily to those who write of Joseph G32 003 Gordon Coates, Privy Councillor, Military Cross (and Bar), the G32 004 first New Zealand-born Prime Minister, *"New Zealand's greatest G32 005 Finance Minister**" (\0Dr{0W.B.} Sutch), *"...great as a leader G32 006 in government, as a statesman...**" (Professor{0W.J.} Gardner), G32 007 but this account of families settled around one small finger at G32 008 the end of one arm of the multiple arms of the Kaipara must be G32 009 concerned mainly with the seedbed of his career, not details of G32 010 statesmanship. ^What family did he spring from? ^How was his G32 011 early growth shaped? G32 012 |^Gordon Coates was born into a colonial reproduction of the G32 013 English county scene. ^In dress, speech and social attitudes G32 014 he was surrounded by pressures to consider himself above his G32 015 neighbours. ^*"Difficult**" as a small boy, *"running wild**" G32 016 as a young man, he cast off English inhibitions and snobbery G32 017 and embraced *- too enthusiastically some would say *- the G32 018 colonial style of life. ^On the male side there were three G32 019 influences to react to: his father Edward's and that of his two G32 020 uncles, Thomas and Henry Coates. ^Each, in distinctive ways, G32 021 cut a dash on the early Kaipara. ^The brothers were descended G32 022 from a long line of Herefordshire farmers, notable cattle and G32 023 sheep breeders, members of the *"squire-ocracy**" who ran G32 024 English counties before elected local government. ^Their G32 025 father, squire of Eyton House, had thirteen children, seven of G32 026 them sons *- too many to share his acres. ^In 1866, 23-year-old G32 027 Edward and his 19-year-old brother Thomas left for New G32 028 Zealand. ^Henry came later. ^Travelling in a three-masted G32 029 clipper's spacious saloon (it was half empty, an army officer G32 030 and a lawyer were the only others who could afford the cost), G32 031 they reached Auckland in just under four months. G32 032 |^The fare in the *1Winterthur *0had been paid by Washington G32 033 Charters, owner of the Ulster Linen Company, Belfast, who had G32 034 married the oldest Coates daughter. ^He also financed the G32 035 brothers' land purchases. ^The Belfast linen mills, notorious G32 036 for their conditions of labour, were some of the most G32 037 profitable in mid-century industrial Britain. ^The brothers G32 038 had corresponded with Francis Hull, son of another rich Belfast G32 039 millowner, who had settled on the Otamatea five years before. G32 040 ^While spying out the land they stayed for several months in G32 041 his three-storey house built on the lower slopes of Pukekororo. G32 042 |^On one expedition they rowed up the Arapaoa to Metcalfe's G32 043 Clairmont and walked back along the beach towards Hukatere. G32 044 ^They reached a small mangrove-fringed inlet, packed their G32 045 clothes on their heads, and swam across. ^They climbed a low G32 046 cliff, stood upon easy rolling country and saw good soil G32 047 supporting light virgin bush. ^It was the 2500 acre Unuwhao G32 048 block *- land, in a phrase from the Coates family history, G32 049 *"originally granted to the Maoris in 1866 by Sir George G32 050 Grey.**" ^Francis Hull had bought it from the Maori owners, G32 051 resold 80 acres to {0C.J.} Metcalfe and was pleased to let the G32 052 Coates brothers buy the rest. G32 053 |^The brothers lived for six years in a four-roomed cottage G32 054 closer to the water than present-day Ruatuna. ^They called it G32 055 Eyton, after the mansion at home. ^Then in 1873, although G32 056 remaining in farming partnership with Edward, Thomas married G32 057 and moved down river to the Te Kawau block. ^He had bought it G32 058 in 1871 from Manukau, the Uriohau chief, for *+150. ^On a G32 059 commanding headland with distant harbour views, one side G32 060 looking over the water to Pahi, the other across mangroves to G32 061 Manukau's village of Karakanui, he built a substantial G32 062 shingle-roofed kauri house with attic bedrooms. G32 063 |^Elizabeth Phillips of Sudley House, Gloucestershire, G32 064 married Thomas in \0St Mary's Cathedral, Parnell, and in G32 065 thirteen years at Te Kawau bore him six of their eight G32 066 children. ^Four were born in the first four years, only two G32 067 surviving infancy. ^Thomas and Elizabeth moved from Te Kawau G32 068 in 1886 when they bought the 3000-acre Pukekororo block, near G32 069 Kaiwaka, for its kauri timber. ^They lived there for ten years G32 070 before making their final home on a stud farm on 300 acres of G32 071 Maori leasehold at what is now the Auckland suburb of Orakei. G32 072 |^The prospect of profit from milling was not the only G32 073 reason for the shift from the river. ^Thomas, like his G32 074 brother, gave musical items at Pahi concerts *- he G32 075 **[PLATES**] G32 076 was a violinist and bass singer *- but unlike his brother he G32 077 failed to fit into the life of the Kaipara community. ^There G32 078 was a fierceness to the stylish cut of his whiskers and it was G32 079 an accurate portrayal of his temperament. ^He was squire G32 080 material, one to relish clattering into the village on a G32 081 spirited horse, the bystanders forced aside, the bridle thrown G32 082 to a lackey. ^Waiting for tides, bending to the oars, dragging G32 083 a rowboat through salt mud *- how very different the entry into G32 084 Pahi settlement. ^His autocratic ways received without G32 085 enthusiasm in the wider world, the Coates appetite for command G32 086 was restricted to the circle of his own family. ^His sons, G32 087 sapped of initiative, failed to make any mark. ^His brother's G32 088 sons, Rodney and Gordon, were to be the sole public figures of G32 089 the next generation. G32 090 |^Thomas Coates retained ownership of Te Kawau. ^Its eleven G32 091 acres of fruit trees were leased to George Haines, the Pahi G32 092 storekeeper. ^(Haines accidentally shot himself in the orchard G32 093 when clubbing a wild pig with the butt of a loaded gun.) ^A G32 094 remnant of Maori land, a 10-acre waterfront piece, site of a G32 095 headland pa, was added in 1907, purchased for *+30 from Mihaka G32 096 Makoare of Pouto, but the whole property remained unoccupied. G32 097 ^On one of the finest sites on the Kaipara the house stood open G32 098 to wind and rain for decades. ^Derelict, with a dangerous G32 099 staircase, it was barely usable for one son's camping honeymoon G32 100 in 1922 and for years the neglected orchard came alive only G32 101 when Pahi opportunists made it the location of carefully timed G32 102 picnics. ^The house finally collapsed in the wind and there G32 103 was no trace of habitation when the Te Kawau block was sold for G32 104 soldier settlement after World War Two. G32 105 |^Today the old house site is marked by Norfolk Island G32 106 pines, a semi-circle of oaks, a distinctive monkey puzzle and a G32 107 grand Moreton Bay fig. ^At the end of the headland, just below G32 108 the trees, can be found the gravestone of the first child, G32 109 Thomas, born 5 February 1874, died at 13 months. ^The third G32 110 daughter, Fanny Jassmine, born 15 July 1877, died at 18 months, G32 111 is also recorded on the stone. ^It was entirely in character G32 112 for a patriarchal Victorian not to mark a daughter's death *- G32 113 and it was not. ^The inscription below baby Thomas's name has G32 114 been added in recent times. G32 115 |^Edward Coates was still a bachelor when his younger G32 116 brother fathered his fourth child. ^He rectified the matter G32 117 that year. ^Guns fired at Pahi and bonfires blazed on G32 118 promontories reaching into the Arapaoa when he brought his city G32 119 bride, Eleanor Aickin, to the splendid new house he had G32 120 prepared half way between Pahi and Matakohe. ^After passing G32 121 the Funnel, the couple had travelled for two hours in sight of G32 122 land the brothers had been farming for 10 years. ^For 10 miles G32 123 (16\0km) as the tern flies, they had passed the Komiti block, G32 124 the Hukatere block, the Unuwhao block *- most of the Tinopai G32 125 Peninsula, over 25,000 acres, leasehold and freehold, in Coates G32 126 hands. G32 127 |^Ruatuna, their waiting home, sited on high ground back G32 128 from the water, was built by Samuel Cooksey with the same G32 129 craftsman's respect for wood as he had shown in building the G32 130 vaulted roof of Pahi Hall. ^Externally a conventional colonial G32 131 house, Ruatuna's interior lines soared to follow the high gable G32 132 roof. ^With no ceiling, gable-end windows normally servicing G32 133 attic bedrooms gave top-light to a generous farm kitchen and a G32 134 comfortable living room. ^Modest lean-tos served as bedrooms. G32 135 ^Edward Coates had modelled the plan on a Scottish hunting G32 136 lodge he had visited and Cooksey lovingly put it into effect. G32 137 ^A cornet player and fine tenor singer, Edward had been G32 138 impressed by the acoustics of the lodge. ^Not just that fact G32 139 and nostalgia had dictated the design. ^Over six feet tall G32 140 like his brother, he would have ill-fitted the low ceilings, G32 141 stunted doorways (and thigh pinching tables) typical of many G32 142 first homes of immigrants from ill-fed industrial Britain. G32 143 |^Eleanor Kathleen Aickin and Edward had been married in G32 144 \0St Lukes Church, \0Mt Albert, Auckland on 28 May 1877 and on G32 145 3 February 1878 a child was born. ^He was named Joseph Gordon G32 146 *- and the boy impatient to start life stormed on as lustily G32 147 for the next 65 years. ^Gunshots had given his mother a G32 148 district's welcome, the gun-carriage of a state funeral were to G32 149 give her son the farewell of a nation. G32 150 |^Coates was born to the idea of public office. ^His father G32 151 sat on the bench at Pahi court hearings, he was trustee of hall G32 152 and cemetery, his guiding hand was on school and church. ^He G32 153 was in charge at early regattas and when the North Kaipara G32 154 Agriculture Association held its first show at Pahi in 1876 he G32 155 was, at 33, its first president. ^Genuine popularity, not just G32 156 deference to the gentry, had lit the welcoming bonfires for his G32 157 bride. ^A squire's obligation to serve carried with it an edge G32 158 of superiority but, unlike Thomas, Edward did not let the edge G32 159 cut too deeply. ^It was a wise precaution as the hostile G32 160 reaction to organization of a concert that followed the 1876 G32 161 regatta shows. ^A *1Weekly News *0correspondent was outraged G32 162 by old world social distinction. ^A crowd of all ages and G32 163 sexes had been kept waiting nearly an hour, he said, before the G32 164 concert doors were opened. G32 165 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G32 166 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G32 167 **[END INDENTATION**] G32 168 ^But some democrats exacted crude retribution. ^They persisted G32 169 in talking in loud voices when Edward Coates's *"first class G32 170 singing deserved breathless silence.**" G32 171 |^Edward did not escape his origins and in later years hoped G32 172 to move to a society more exalted than that of the Kaipara. ^A G32 173 letter written in 1896 to Washington Charters, his brother-in-law G32 174 in Ireland, reveals a desire to follow Thomas Coates's G32 175 example: G32 176 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G32 177 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G32 178 **[END INDENTATION**] G32 179 |^Edward's daughters Ada and Dolly, who did not marry, may G32 180 have lived different lives if, like their cousins, they too had G32 181 moved to a society *"fit for them.**" ^But the shift from G32 182 Ruatuna was never made. ^Edward had suffered from recurring G32 183 bouts of a mental illness and the attacks worsened. ^What G32 184 local legend says was the result of being bitten by a dog has G32 185 been more precisely described as either G32 186 **[PLATES**] G32 187 *"melancholia,**" a deep depression, or *"asthenia,**" an G32 188 anxiety neurosis. ^The illness finally incapacitated him and G32 189 he died in 1905 aged 61. ^His wife Eleanor outlived him by G32 190 thirty years. G32 191 |^For Gordon Coates, *"society**" standards were always G32 192 maintained. ^His father (and his Uncle Thomas) had dressed for G32 193 the farm in a white shirt, butterfly collar, knotted tie, and G32 194 half top hat. ^Gordon and his brother Rodney turned out for G32 195 mustering wearing silk shirts, ties and bowler hats. ^Only the G32 196 bowler came off for shearing. ^His sisters, of course, dressed G32 197 as ladies should and did not attend the local school, being G32 198 educated by a succession of governesses (it was a rapid G32 199 succession until Eleanor intervened in her husband's G32 200 appointments to require teaching merit ahead of looks). ^And G32 201 around Ruatuna, peacocks strutted, grape arbours ripened, and G32 202 *- echo of the game park *- a herd of alpaca, a kind of llama G32 203 with a valuable coat of hair, swivelled their stately, G32 204 spittle-aiming heads. G32 205 |^Sadly, the gracious life was taken to caricature on the G32 206 neighbouring 480-acre farm settled by a late arrival, the G32 207 Coates's older brother Henry. ^He built a bachelor cottage on G32 208 top of what is now known as Uncle Harry's Hill and tunnelled G32 209 into its slopes to build stables and kennels for a pack of G32 210 hounds that ran to the echo of his hunting bugle. ^His scarlet G32 211 tunic flashing across Kaipara bush**[ARB**]-burn and bracken G32 212 fern was a spectacle that produced mixed feelings. ^Henry G32 213 Scotland, for one, the legislative councillor who lived down G32 214 river, was later to demand that blood sports be kept out of New G32 215 Zealand. G32 216 |^An accomplished rider, Henry Coates owned a show horse of G32 217 some renown and regularly invited the district to hurdle races G32 218 on his property *- races he G32 219 **[PLATE**] G32 220 invariably won. ^He was not unaware of the figure he cut. G32 221 *# G33 001 **[220 TEXT G33**] G33 002 |^*0We were anxious now to tell New Zealand of the needs in G33 003 the hospital and enlist their help *- spiritual, medical, G33 004 paramedical, and in fact any who had a contribution to give in G33 005 any area would be encouraged to come and give it. G33 006 |^It so happened that our flight to New Zealand coincided G33 007 with that of Ibu Marama. ^The man who had conceived and G33 008 initiated the wool project, and the woman who brought it to G33 009 fruition. ^Now we were going our separate ways after being so G33 010 closely involved in an exciting grass roots project. ^It was G33 011 perhaps understandable that at the sight of the bedraggled Gray G33 012 family at one end of the airport, she decided to choose the G33 013 other end for her farewells. ^A tired doctor, his skinny G33 014 under-nourished wife, plus three small girls dressed alike in G33 015 batik, clutching seemingly inappropriate luggage; dolls, G33 016 potties, last minute gifts wrapped in bamboo leaves and cheap G33 017 rice paper. ^Ibu Marama required a dignified atmosphere for G33 018 her smooth exit accompanied by a member of the Department of G33 019 Home Industries. ^We were happy to be surrounded by a group of G33 020 friends whom we had learnt to love and respect. G33 021 |^At the end of 1962 because of the faithfulness of elderly G33 022 Ibu Enti and a handful of \0TB and arthritic patients, the G33 023 skills of using the indigenous materials were maintained G33 024 without overseas expertise and continued for another 10 years G33 025 as an active occupational therapy department. ^A number of G33 026 outside groups were trained also to carry on the skills, G33 027 producing attractive bags, jerseys, tray cloths, scarves and G33 028 tea cosies. ^Not only were they trained in making wool into G33 029 yarn, but in knitting and weaving also. G33 030 |^Later in the area of Indramayu, some 120\0km north of G33 031 Bandung (where subsistence farming was complemented with a G33 032 great cotton weaving industry and where simple wooden hand G33 033 looms were utilised), the opening of Asian markets following G33 034 the coup was to prove disastrous. ^Cheap imported cotton G33 035 material from Taiwan, Japan and Korea flooded the markets, G33 036 leaving hundreds of thousands below the subsistence level. ^In G33 037 1979 12 women from this area came to Immanuel Hospital to G33 038 follow an intensive course as part of a government training G33 039 course to rehabilitate this economically depressed area. ^The G33 040 following year a fulltime expert from the hospital was sent to G33 041 work in the area, and through the Sundanese church the skill G33 042 was spread to Lembang, Leles, Sumedang and Garut, some 80\0km G33 043 away (other areas also). G33 044 |^In the past six years the project has trained other folk G33 045 in Cisarua Psychiatric Hospital and government rehabilitation G33 046 projects in other West Java provincial areas. G33 047 |^The active occupational therapy unit in the hospital is no G33 048 more, but has become a resource centre of the spinning, weaving G33 049 and knitting skills using indigenous wool. ^They are now G33 050 (1987) producing their own spinning wheels very successfully. G33 051 |^This totally indigenous creativity ensures that all those G33 052 years of investment in time and money and gifts from New G33 053 Zealand have not been in vain. ^(Foreign Aid projects which G33 054 are aimed at village level out of an initial vision of a G33 055 solution for people's needs may only prove successful after G33 056 many years of exposure. ^In the above instance, a homecraft G33 057 skill was introduced, acknowledged as feasible, but was not G33 058 taken up at village level until the prerequisite economic G33 059 factors convinced them of its value. ^We can only be thankful G33 060 that the skills were kept alive by a faithful few at the G33 061 hospital until the time was ripe.) G33 062 **[PLATE**] G33 063 *<*56: *"To see ourselves as others see us**"*> G33 064 **[POEM**] G33 065 |^*0In the uncanny, dreamy limbo of an aeroplane a G33 066 high-pitched little voice broke through our tired senses: ^*"Will G33 067 there be babies and swings in New Zealand?**" Kartini asked. G33 068 |^*"Do we sleep in beds there?**" questioned the practical G33 069 Marion. G33 070 |^We try to catch some of their excitement, and slowly G33 071 realise that four years is a lifetime for little children, and G33 072 they would be thrown into a whole new world very soon. ^Quaint G33 073 little white Indonesian kids, they would somehow have to face G33 074 up to it with us *- parents and children, misfits in their own G33 075 society. G33 076 |^*"Where did all that soap come from?**" asked Kay, as a G33 077 cloud of spume whipped its way across the bay. ^*"Who made G33 078 those waves?**" she persisted. G33 079 |^A lone surfer came riding out of nowhere, skimming the G33 080 tops of huge waves at the *"gap**" on Bondi Beach. G33 081 |^*"It's God!**" whispered Marion awestruck. G33 082 |^Now, the last leg from Sydney to Auckland, and we were G33 083 back, not back home, but back to some place where loving people G33 084 were crying, and parents looked older, wiser and infinitely G33 085 more precious. G33 086 |^*"It's cold!**" the girls said, and Gran Magill threw G33 087 lovingly prepared ponchos over all three. G33 088 |^*"And it's raining,**" they grizzled. G33 089 |^*"Why on earth didn't you teach the girls to speak G33 090 English?**" G33 091 |^*"We can't even communicate with them,**" spluttered the G33 092 Grans aghast. G33 093 |^*"Really and truly,**" they mumbled in a huff. G33 094 |^*"Why does Gran swing her arms and bottom like that?**" G33 095 questioned Kay and Min. ^*"Is she in a hurry?**" G33 096 |^A wonderful cover-up for the initial faux pas, tactless G33 097 remarks and bad manners, we were not in a hurry to encourage G33 098 the girls to speak English, much less enforce it. ^We would G33 099 all take our time on that minor problem. G33 100 |^*"How does the bath work?**" they chorused. ^*"Can we all G33 101 get in now?**" G33 102 |^Next day brought fresh revelations as we walked along the G33 103 roads of Bayswater in Auckland's suburbia. G33 104 |^*"There is no one here, the place is empty,**" they G33 105 marvelled. ^*"Where are all the children?**" G33 106 |^*"What's all that red stuff there behind glass?**" G33 107 wondered Kay standing in the butcher's window. G33 108 |^It was difficult for them not to gape and stare. G33 109 ^Tailored women in jeans and faded denim strode briskly past, G33 110 with no time for friendly nods or genial greeting. G33 111 |^*"Are these men?**" Min asked. ^*"What are they then, and G33 112 why don't you know them?**" G33 113 |^Then the phone started! ^Invitations to meetings, coffee G33 114 mornings, reporters, plus knocks on our own front door! ^It G33 115 all piled up, scary and exhausting; the girls shivered and G33 116 cried for their friends and wanted rice three times a day. G33 117 ^Then Kay bravely went to school. ^Appearing at first rather G33 118 dignified and alone in the midst of carefree uninhibited Kiwis, G33 119 she soon made friends, remembered how to speak English, and G33 120 loved running and playing in the open sunny playground. G33 121 |^David made himself an unbelievable programme *- observing G33 122 operations in hospitals, collecting equipment, speaking and G33 123 travelling extensively, making the needs of Immanuel Hospital G33 124 known. ^What a great time-saver the new harbour bridge proved G33 125 to be *- no long queues and timetables as he previously G33 126 remembered, so he doubled up on the already too full programme! G33 127 |^Slowly instruments and goods for our poorly equipped G33 128 hospital started to roll in from all over New Zealand. ^One G33 129 church gave two stainless steel benches; another made its G33 130 Christmas tree into an *"Indonesian**" tree with soap, bandages G33 131 and scissors replacing the usual fluffy dolls and squeakers. G33 132 ^There were gift monies to be spent in the best possible way. G33 133 ^Kerosene stoves for the hospital kitchen, tools for the G33 134 workshop; an intravenous fluid unit, a Gestetner duplicating G33 135 machine, two Masport motor mowers, a welding machine and many G33 136 other valuable essentials. G33 137 |^It was a full-time job as David needed to know how to work G33 138 and maintain these gadgets before introducing them to people G33 139 who had never seen them, so he took a welding course and G33 140 fiddled with the growing stock of equipment until he had G33 141 mastered any idiosyncrasies that could possibly show up *"out G33 142 there**". G33 143 |^From the feminine viewpoint, it took patience to listen to G33 144 friends talking at length about the cost of living and stiletto G33 145 heels. ^There were very few who were genuinely interested in G33 146 Indonesia and the people there; their life was here and now, G33 147 and information about poverty and needs *"over there**" was, in G33 148 their minds, relative only to that situation. G33 149 |^*"Don't you give me that type of gravy beef for my cat G33 150 again,**" argued one woman in the butcher's shop. ^*"You know G33 151 he will only eat that type of porterhouse stuff you get in on G33 152 Wednesdays,**" she shouted in a catty voice. G33 153 |^It was at times unbearable, and produced waves of nausea G33 154 and resentment against these spoilt, petulant females and their G33 155 spoilt, fussy cats. ^Didn't they know that two-thirds of the G33 156 human world had no money even to buy the cheapest cuts of meat? G33 157 |^But there were wonderful treats to balance petty gripes G33 158 against an insular society *- collecting milk in bottles from G33 159 the gate, reading a morning paper in English, nipping next door G33 160 to see a \0tv programme, turning on hot water and buying G33 161 icecream; having a trash can removed, and watching the girls G33 162 picking up shells and running wild on the beach; even watching G33 163 them walk on their own along a clean footpath by a clean, empty G33 164 street *- their reaction to seeing the Queen of England drive G33 165 by in an open car. ^These were worthwhile highlights. G33 166 |^Speaking at meetings demanded another skill *- G33 167 communication. ^It was called *"getting the message across**". G33 168 ^Sometimes we showed slides, or had a question and answer time, G33 169 and sometimes we found one or even two really interested. G33 170 |^At travel clubs and international groups, the G33 171 sophisticated connoisseurs listened with apparent interest as I G33 172 tried to convey the needs of a Third World country. G33 173 |^*"How much would it cost to buy a carved teak table?**" G33 174 madam asked at question time. G33 175 |^*"Couldn't I get some of that luscious fruit flown over G33 176 here?**" whined another overdressed matron. ^*"And those G33 177 flowers *- just gorgeous!**" G33 178 |^Equipment was not everything. ^We needed personnel. G33 179 ^Amongst the medical students in Dunedin a prayer group was G33 180 already meeting with South East Asia on its heart. ^Perhaps G33 181 some of these dedicated men would eventually come to Indonesia? G33 182 ^At least they now knew the need and could come and see for G33 183 themselves. ^The invitation was there. G33 184 |^In Gore, at a Bible Class conference, young people saw G33 185 their favoured lives in comparison with those of Indonesia, and G33 186 were prepared to go as holiday workers without pay and work in G33 187 the hospital as carpenters, electricians, painters, engineers, G33 188 \0etc., and pay their own fares. ^Would they really come? G33 189 |^Changing into operating theatre garb at Greenlane G33 190 Hospital, Auckland, the subject of sabbatical leave came up. G33 191 ^*"You blokes only visit developed countries, missing out G33 192 two-thirds of the world population. ^You will see more gross G33 193 pathology in 10 days with me than in the clinics of Europe and G33 194 America,**" said David to \0Mr Sealy Wood *- a well-known G33 195 surgeon. G33 196 |^Silence from \0Mr Wood. ^Next day the phone went. G33 197 |^*"Gray? ^Wood! ^I'll take you up on that offer.**" G33 198 |^*"Do you mean that?**" David asked incredulously. G33 199 |^*"See you there!**" replied Sealy Wood and he put the G33 200 phone down. G33 201 |^Would this busy Auckland surgeon keep his promise? G33 202 |^Another phone call brought an invitation to Howick, from G33 203 \0Dr Michael Cooper who had considerable experience in plastic G33 204 surgery during David's houseman days. ^Friendly and helpful as G33 205 ever, he promised a special knife for skin grafts, the only G33 206 equipment available in Indonesia being a long narrow carving G33 207 knife. ^Michael was always as good as his word. G33 208 |^There were physiotherapists, biochemists, pharmacists, G33 209 dentists and an instrument maker. ^They came and they chatted, G33 210 and they were interested *- would they dare to come over? G33 211 |^Happy, summer days on the beach, and short sails round the G33 212 gulf were interspersed with shopping and packing equipment. G33 213 ^Forty-four gallon drums needed to have their tar burnt out and G33 214 then to be lined with black plastic. ^Drugs, tools and G33 215 instruments had to be sorted and the endless needles and G33 216 catheters packed most carefully in cloth for protection. ^Most G33 217 nights during February saw a band of Bible Class volunteers G33 218 taking turns in a time-consuming task *- listing and packing, G33 219 whilst in the background a tireless Gran Magill picked up the G33 220 slack *- and there was miles of it! G33 221 |^It was hard to leave our families again, loving and G33 222 supportive always, and friends old and new, but it was time to G33 223 go. ^Suddenly we were back on the plane again, shut off from G33 224 one world and heading for another. ^We had no regrets for G33 225 ourselves, only a deep sadness for the now bonny little girls G33 226 we were taking back with us. G33 227 *# G34 001 **[221 TEXT G34**] G34 002 |^*0I was charged with keeping a house of ill-repute. ^That G34 003 is, a brothel. ^I had been under the impression that a house G34 004 needed to have at least two active ladies of the street to be G34 005 termed a brothel. ^It seems that I was quite wrong. ^And at G34 006 that time I was not even on the take myself. G34 007 |^Lesarita, whose real name was Lesley Snow, had arrived G34 008 from Napier. ^She had asked me if I could accommodate her for G34 009 a short time; I was a soft touch and agreed. ^Lesarita was G34 010 soon working the streets and it was not long before she was G34 011 picked up by the vice people. ^She told the police, quite G34 012 rightly, where she was living. ^I reckon that the police had G34 013 been looking for an excuse to nail me, as I had attracted quite G34 014 a bit of notoriety in certain circles. G34 015 |^Lesarita and I actually slept in the same bed, but just as G34 016 friends. ^My days with real girls were long gone. G34 017 |^Lesarita's arrest gave the authorities an opportunity they G34 018 perhaps needed to pick me up. ^There might have been the hope G34 019 in some police and welfare circles that a short sharp sentence G34 020 might change my lifestyle. ^And then, on the other hand, the G34 021 more puritanical elements of Wellington's society might have G34 022 been out to make an example of me to the extent of punishing me G34 023 for my unacceptable and already rather public nonconformist G34 024 behaviour. G34 025 |^The next day I appeared before the magistrate. ^I pleaded G34 026 guilty and was immediately convicted and sentenced to three G34 027 months' imprisonment. ^I was driven straight to Mount Crawford G34 028 Prison in a closed paddy wagon. ^Thank goodness I was not G34 029 alone in the back of that vehicle. ^Other fellows who had been G34 030 sentenced that day were with me for the drive to Mount G34 031 Crawford. G34 032 |^Everything happened so quickly, so fast in fact that I G34 033 think that some of my rights as an arrested person might well G34 034 have been denied me. ^I was frightened and bewildered but G34 035 certainly not ill-treated in the slightest way. G34 036 |^The kindly chief dietician heard of my rapid despatch to G34 037 the high walls of Mount Crawford and went to the trouble of G34 038 arranging legal counsel for me. ^Through the good offices of G34 039 Miss Shearer and Roy Stacey, my lawyer, I was able to lodge an G34 040 appeal against my three-month sentence. G34 041 |^I met with \0Mr Stacey in the prison chaplain's office. G34 042 ^He was such a comfort to me; he really put me at my ease and G34 043 explained everything so patiently to me. ^I felt a lot better G34 044 inside myself after my session with \0Mr Stacey and I was fully G34 045 expecting my sentence to be reduced. G34 046 |^The judge would have none of it. ^My sentence was doubled G34 047 to six months. G34 048 |^There I was, caught in what turned out to be an G34 049 educational situation that I had never bargained for. ^But out G34 050 of it all I learned a lot. G34 051 |^Mount Crawford stands high on the steep ridge of a G34 052 peninsula forming the western entrance to Port Nicholson, the G34 053 Pakeha name for the port of Wellington. ^In pre-Pakeha times G34 054 the peninsula had a huge fortified pa that was more than once G34 055 brought under attack. ^I could imagine this site in Europe G34 056 being crowned by a forbidding stone castle. G34 057 |^There was one road connecting the prison with the suburbs G34 058 of Wellington that ran south from the gaol. ^There were G34 059 usually rough seas pounding all the shores of the long ridge. G34 060 ^The steep hillsides were grassy and there was virtually no G34 061 natural cover for any would-be, day-time, escapee. ^So Mount G34 062 Crawford, although geographically close to all the amenities of G34 063 the city, was conveniently isolated. G34 064 |^On arriving at the prison I was in a state of mild shock. G34 065 ^I had heard terrible stories of rapes taking place in prisons G34 066 in New Zealand. ^With my history and lifestyle, my fear of G34 067 being sexually assaulted was real. ^Added to that I felt that G34 068 I had really let my family down. ^Perhaps they felt that way G34 069 too, because not one of them visited me all the months I was in G34 070 Mount Crawford. ^In fact no one visited me. ^But I never felt G34 071 alone. ^There was good companionship to be found among the G34 072 inmates, some of which took several years to reveal its true G34 073 worth. G34 074 |^When I was released and had gone home to visit my family G34 075 they said to me that in spite of all that had happened they G34 076 still loved me. ^That was all I needed to know. ^Lesarita, on G34 077 the other hand, never bothered to contact me. ^Never a word of G34 078 ^*'Sorry**' or ^*'Can I help you?**' G34 079 |^The shock of being a convicted person soon wore off and I G34 080 found that any fears I might have harboured were all but G34 081 groundless. ^Everyone was so nice to me *- the warders, the G34 082 social workers and my fellow prisoners. ^It was like my army G34 083 days all over again. ^I resolved to see my time through in the G34 084 best way I could and the situation never got the better of me. G34 085 |^Still there were the little shocks and embarrassments that G34 086 come about when you first arrive in prison. ^I had to strip G34 087 naked and felt that everyone in the room was having a really G34 088 good look. ^I then had to dress in my new Hotel Mount Crawford G34 089 uniform of a checked, mauve, short-sleeved shirt, greyish G34 090 trousers and a grey jacket. ^I was also given shoes, socks and G34 091 underwear. G34 092 |^Naturally, we who were girls had to go one better; we G34 093 couldn't go without our make-up. ^To effect the latest Dior or G34 094 Hartnell fashion we would dampen half-a-dozen partly burnt G34 095 matches to make a mascara and eye-liner. ^To further attract G34 096 the men we wet red cre*?5pe paper which became our lipstick and G34 097 rouge. G34 098 |^When a new queen arrived in prison there was always G34 099 jealousy and resentment from the ruling ladies. ^I had no G34 100 worries. ^My beauty was such that no queen felt strong enough G34 101 to harm me or put me down in any way. ^I immediately acquired G34 102 protectors who were prepared to provide swift revenge for any G34 103 harm that might be done to me. G34 104 |^The warders, the screws, were all straight guys as far as G34 105 I could make them out. ^Some were terrific, while others were G34 106 really dull and square. ^Most of them seemed very young. G34 107 ^Some dressed in a fashion close to the style of Hitler's G34 108 Gestapo and I rather loved that. ^I've never minded a bit of G34 109 rough trade or roughing it like *'Rocky**' and *'Rambo**'. ^I G34 110 like a bit of the old Bondage and Discipline now and again. G34 111 |^I did really fancy a few of the younger prison officers G34 112 but as luck or lack of luck would have it none of them ever G34 113 made any overtures to me, and since the days of that bleak 1961 G34 114 winter I have never set eyes on any of those screws. ^One or G34 115 two of them did use to whistle after me. ^But then I was much G34 116 prettier than the other two plain Janes who shared time with G34 117 me. ^Minnie and Skinny I called them. ^We were like G34 118 Cinderella and the two ugly sisters. G34 119 |^The *'arena**' or exercise-yard was at first a frightening G34 120 place. ^I stood against the base of a wall below one of the G34 121 armed officers. ^I was rather scared knowing that hundreds of G34 122 eyes were staring at me, the newcomer. ^I knew that there were G34 123 among the prisoners many sex-offenders, murderers, stranglers, G34 124 assault artists, embezzlers and other criminal types. G34 125 |^It wasn't long before people started to come up to me and G34 126 asked, ^*'What are you in for, Queen?**' or *'Queenie?**' ^When G34 127 I told them I was supposed to be a brothel-keeper they would G34 128 just crack up and double over laughing. ^*'You!**' one said. G34 129 ^*'I didn't think that you would know what to do with a G34 130 woman!**' ^He laughed again and moved on. ^But those who G34 131 laughed at me in the arena, I never gave them anything, all the G34 132 time I was in Mount Crawford. G34 133 |^That arena resembled a scene from *1One Flew Over The G34 134 Cuckoo's Nest. ^*0Some men walked around and talked; others G34 135 walked alone and in silence. ^Around and around they went. G34 136 ^They were like sex-starved lions in a devil's playground G34 137 pounding the hard earth of that unpaved yard. ^There were long G34 138 chairs if you wanted to sit, and toilets. ^I never used the G34 139 arena toilets *- it was not safe for a lady to go in there. G34 140 ^Two hundred lusters would have been a few too many to cope G34 141 with. ^But we were locked in that area for hours at a time G34 142 each day when I first went to the Mount. G34 143 |^For the first two weeks I was confined to my cell from G34 144 5{0pm} to 9{0pm}. ^There were two guys who were in charge of G34 145 the area. ^One used to come to my cell door and say, ^*'Come G34 146 on Trevor, here's your supper coming through.**' ^And I would G34 147 look to see a great big penis winking at me from the hole in G34 148 the door. ^They called it my Mount Crawford Cocktail Delight G34 149 or a late supper, if you will. ^But then someone said to me G34 150 once that keeping your mouth closed was a good way to diet. G34 151 |^You learned quickly that you never potted or pigged on G34 152 other inmates. ^If you saw anything that was wrong, you played G34 153 dumb. ^There was always the threat that if you potted, you G34 154 could, after your release, be fitted with concrete shoes and G34 155 sent off for a swim. ^Mum was the word. G34 156 |^The chaplain was kind to me. ^He was never heavy on G34 157 trying to get me to change my ways. ^I had several private G34 158 sessions talking with him and there were the compulsory church G34 159 services every Sunday. ^His office was near the main building G34 160 where all the new arrivals were marched in. ^It was plain and G34 161 simple, just a table and a couple of chairs. ^There were a few G34 162 posters and notices on the wall and notes on clips. ^The floor G34 163 was varnished and there was, as you might expect, a Bible on G34 164 the table. G34 165 |^In contrast the kitchen was a huge place that seemed G34 166 crowded with cooking stoves, large pots and pans and trolleys. G34 167 ^There were three cooks assigned to the kitchen and there was G34 168 another man with a limp and hawk-like, beady, shifty eyes, next G34 169 door in the bakery. ^The baker always had his windows up so G34 170 that he didn't miss a trick. G34 171 |^He was rolling out pastry as I passed his window one day. G34 172 ^He called me over and handed me three hot scones. ^I gulped G34 173 them down greedily without any effort. ^I was always cautious G34 174 and on the alert as I did not want to get caught out on any G34 175 infringement of prison regulations; I did not want any G34 176 extension to the time I had to serve. G34 177 |^But that baker, he seemed to undress me with his eyes as I G34 178 passed by. ^I felt that some time I would have to repay his G34 179 kindnesses with a favour. ^When I went to the showers he G34 180 would call in to have a chatter, though it seemed to me it was G34 181 an eyeful of chatter that he was interested in. ^I would say G34 182 to him, ^*'Don't burn the scones now!**' G34 183 |^Sometimes he would reply, ^*'You'll get more than burnt G34 184 scones sweetie!**' ^He had wicked eyes that one, but you could G34 185 read him like a book. ^He was a cunning old fox. ^He would G34 186 reply, ^*'I'll burn them for you any day, sweetheart.**' ^So I G34 187 well knew how things were between us and what he wanted. G34 188 |^He was certainly no oil painting but there was a nice G34 189 person behind that tricky smile of his. ^He was forthright G34 190 too. ^And that's what I liked about him. ^One day he said, G34 191 ^*'Trevor, you know I didn't give you those scones for nothing. G34 192 ^I'm still waiting!**' G34 193 |^*'But I'm a virgin,**' I lied, with such an innocent G34 194 smile. G34 195 |^He cackled away. ^*'Virgin! ^Where? ^On the ridiculous G34 196 or in the right ear?**' G34 197 *# G35 001 **[222 TEXT G35**] G35 002 ^*0The dream of saying Mass and *'saving souls**' kept us G35 003 going. ^The paradox was that the longer we were inured, the G35 004 greater became our zeal and the certainty that people *'out G35 005 there**' needed us. ^As ordination approached, my advisors G35 006 became less sure that I had the qualities to be a missionary, G35 007 and teaching came to seem more attractive. ^Two of my fellow G35 008 ordinands, Frank Kennedy and Cyril Butler, went to the Pacific G35 009 Islands, Jim Beban to a parish, and Denis Scully and I to G35 010 college work. ^These were to be our apostolates as Marist G35 011 priests. G35 012 |^Catholic priests in New Zealand are either diocesans or G35 013 religious. ^Diocesans work directly under one of the six G35 014 bishops, while religious are subject immediately to their own G35 015 superiors and may be sent anywhere in the world. ^Franciscans, G35 016 Dominicans and Redemptorists represent the great older G35 017 religious orders. ^Marists are comparative newcomers, having G35 018 been founded along with the Marist Brothers and Sisters in 1816 G35 019 in Lyons. ^But they were the first Catholic missionaries to G35 020 reach New Zealand. ^Their founder, Jean-Claude Colin, dreamed G35 021 of a group of men working in collaboration with laymen and G35 022 women to help renew the Church in the simplicity and fervour of G35 023 the first community of believers in Jerusalem. ^They were to G35 024 be missionary and do everything the Jesuits would do, but with G35 025 a different style. ^Theirs was to be a presence to people, G35 026 modelled on the hidden but supportive presence of Mary, the G35 027 Mother of Christ, in the Gospel and in the early Church of G35 028 Pentecost. ^*'We will save souls**', said Colin, *'by making G35 029 ourselves subject to them.**' G35 030 |^This could sound exotic and unreal for those who associate G35 031 the word Marist with rugby. ^Quite removed from Colin's vision G35 032 would be a menacing phalanx of green and white forwards, their G35 033 supporters screaming ^*'Kill 'em, Marist**' from the sideline. G35 034 ^Strange too perhaps to realise that there are some 300 men, G35 035 proud to be New Zealanders, who, with their cousins the Marist G35 036 Sisters and Brothers, take a woman hidden in the heart of the G35 037 Gospel as their model in faith and action. ^The French Marists G35 038 arrived with Bishop Pompallier in the Hokianga in 1838 to offer G35 039 the Gospel to the Maori people. ^Inevitably the needs of Irish G35 040 Catholics arriving in their thousands during the gold rushes G35 041 and the Vogel era claimed their attention. ^Less inevitably, G35 042 but unfortunately, the Land Wars weakened their commitment to G35 043 the tangata whenua. ^Today Marists of some twenty G35 044 nationalities serve around the world. ^New Zealand has the G35 045 strongest grouping both here and overseas, because of our early G35 046 identification with a new Church in a new country. G35 047 |^It has been said that life involves successive cycles of G35 048 enthusiasm, disillusionment, serenity and acceptance of our G35 049 situation. ^Sometimes I think I have experienced all these in G35 050 one day, or even during one teaching period. ^But I can also G35 051 see each phase falling into a 9-year pattern over the 27 years G35 052 I spent as a teacher. ^At \0St Bede's College, Christchurch, G35 053 in 1950, I was plunged into the simmering energies of 300 G35 054 dayboys and 250 boarders, bursting to expression at football G35 055 matches, in the dining room, occasionally in Chapel singing G35 056 and, when least wanted, in class. ^All this vitality drew out G35 057 qualities that had been pent up in me for years and there never G35 058 seemed enough hours in the day to be present to the students. G35 059 ^The first months of teaching were disastrous and discouraging. G35 060 ^For other teachers, the class watchdog's cry ^*'Here he G35 061 comes**' heralded silence. ^For me it was the beginning of G35 062 chaos. ^But, with help, I managed some content and pattern in G35 063 my teaching and reasonable order followed. ^English, history G35 064 and religious studies might be regarded as soft options, but G35 065 they could touch depths of both the human and the divine. G35 066 ^They were wonderful years to be in the profession. ^Syllabus G35 067 and curriculum developments were continuous, drawing students G35 068 more deeply into the learning and imaginative processes. G35 069 ^Refresher courses with state and private school colleagues and G35 070 curriculum unit officers from the Department of Education G35 071 showed the dedication and competence of the professionals in G35 072 education. G35 073 |^At the same time one was learning one's craft as G35 074 *'priest**', coping with the first stumbling sermons, G35 075 discovering which end of the baby to baptise, searching for the G35 076 compassionate word in the confessional or at a bereavement. G35 077 ^Part of the exhilaration of those early years was a kind of G35 078 empathy between a young man growing into priesthood and G35 079 adolescents moving into manhood. ^Both were uneasy with the G35 080 *'system**', uncomfortable with discipline as we saw it. ^But G35 081 one had also to look to the experienced members of staff and G35 082 temper the upsurgings of the anima. ^To be of lasting help to G35 083 them, one could not always stay *'among the boys**'. ^As G35 084 priests and as teachers we tried to offer something more than G35 085 *'Muscular Christianity**': an integration of faith and G35 086 culture, mind and heart, that we were seeking in ourselves, and G35 087 from a long tradition. ^We dealt with the trusting, the G35 088 suspicious, those who kept their temples barred. ^The inner G35 089 world of the young is holy ground; one treads there softly if G35 090 one is privileged to be admitted at all. ^At times one pushed G35 091 too hard. ^At 5 {0a.m.} one morning in 1970 my phone went. G35 092 ^*'That you, Barney? ^Remember 15 years ago telling a certain G35 093 pupil that if he didn't get himself together, he'd wake up one G35 094 morning in a brothel in Cairo and wonder how he got there? G35 095 ^Well, I'm not in Cairo, but...**' ^Go softly on your journey, G35 096 friend. G35 097 |^The best hour of the day came when, with dormitory lights G35 098 out, we gathered as a community for supper. ^Over tea and G35 099 toast (perhaps a whiskey on major feasts or after First *=XV G35 100 victories) we exchanged the highs and lows of another day spent G35 101 in pushing back the barriers of ignorance and counteracting the G35 102 blight of original sin. ^We younger men were conscious of G35 103 being in a special company of those who had given up to 40 G35 104 years in the life and forsaken the possibility of high academic G35 105 attainments to open avenues for the sons of immigrants. G35 106 ^Suspicious of educational and theological novelty they might G35 107 be, but their humour and humanity made for rich company. ^One G35 108 left it reluctantly to tackle the pile of homework at the door, G35 109 or to clean up after the sick youngster who had not quite G35 110 reached the bathroom. G35 111 |^From \0St Bede's in Christchurch I resumed part-time G35 112 university. ^Lecturers opened new fields of demanding but G35 113 satisfying studies in English, history, and economics. ^They G35 114 showed concern too for the overall quality of New Zealand life. G35 115 ^Winston Rhodes revealed Gerard Manley Hopkins to me; Wolfgang G35 116 Rosenburg tackled *'immaterial welfare**' and strategies of G35 117 development. ^The historians, Saunders, Oliver and Betty G35 118 O'Dowd, brought their specialist areas to life. ^University G35 119 too provided a break from the sometimes cloying world of G35 120 adolescence. ^Without time to engage in varsity politics, G35 121 there was still the give and take of tutorials, the invitations G35 122 to post-exam parties. ^After eight years of male purdah, one G35 123 welcomed warily the company of women again, their spontaneity G35 124 and special ability to challenge in matters intellectual and G35 125 religious. ^One year in tutorial we had a young paraplegic G35 126 girl as a member. ^She had a special beauty, a mordant view of G35 127 life and people. ^The four men in the group took turns to G35 128 carry her up the stairs of the old university building from her G35 129 wheelchair. ^Embarrassed, crimson above my wide white G35 130 dog-collar, I could not avoid my turn. ^She sensed my callowness G35 131 and clutched me tighter round the neck. ^At the turn in the G35 132 stairs a student I had taught in upper sixth the previous year G35 133 stood aside and let us pass. ^Eyes wide, he grinned. ^*'Doing G35 134 all right for yourself, aren't you Father,**' he said, and G35 135 passed on. G35 136 |^But enthusiasm had to be tested by disillusionment. ^At G35 137 Silverstream that Saturday morning on 23 November 1963, a G35 138 boarder with a forbidden transistor in his hand rushed out of G35 139 the small dining room and screeched along the corridor, G35 140 ^*'President Kennedy's been shot**'. ^It was the end of one G35 141 sort of a Camelot for many in America and seemed to mark the G35 142 end of my own. G35 143 |^The trouble with teachers is that they keep asking G35 144 questions, not only of their students, but of themselves and of G35 145 those who run the *'system**'. ^Even in my halcyon days the G35 146 queries had emerged. ^Now they became insistent. ^Given that G35 147 our schools were poor, did they have to be so relentlessly drab G35 148 and masculine? ^If we wanted to form young people to a free G35 149 choice of faith, why did we insist on forcing them into chapel G35 150 each morning to attend dreary worship? ^Was it really the work G35 151 of *'holy obedience**' to keep putting young priests wholly G35 152 unsuited into schools with often irreparable harm to themselves G35 153 and their pupils? ^What were our answers to Paulo Freire and G35 154 Ivan Illich? ^Did the tenderness of Sylvia Ashton-Warner G35 155 towards her charges have nothing to say to us? ^And why were G35 156 the liberating and humane teachings of the Second Vatican G35 157 Council regarded with so much suspicion? ^These questions were G35 158 no doubt compounded by the fact that the first natural sympathy G35 159 that had existed between the young priest and young people was G35 160 going. G35 161 |^Grey hairs and the roaring forties were making their G35 162 appearance. ^At home one evening, with Dad sitting embarrassed G35 163 in the corner, my mother initiated me into the mysteries of the G35 164 male menopause and warned me against too human a sympathy for G35 165 widows. ^She sensed that spiritual paternity and an ethereal G35 166 love of *'womankind**' through devotion to the Woman of the G35 167 Gospel might be tested by the prospect of a dry and barren G35 168 clerical middle age. G35 169 |^All these deep-enough questions needed some resolution. G35 170 ^But at the more immediate level there were questions of G35 171 policy-making and personal ambition. ^Power and policy were G35 172 controlled effectively in our schools by the triumvirate of G35 173 Principal, Master of Studies and Master of Discipline. G35 174 ^Entrenched systems were hard to modify. ^With every show of G35 175 unselfishness, the thought emerged that as a principal I could G35 176 do far more to help young teachers, humanise discipline, G35 177 involve staff in policy-making and planning. ^But was this G35 178 being ambitious for one of Paul's *'better gifts**'? ^Some G35 179 encouraged me to think so. ^But I sensed a reserve on the part G35 180 of superiors, a suspicion of trendiness and liberalism. ^The G35 181 big jobs came and went, exams marks got even better as one G35 182 understood that system, the athletic teams still won, but the G35 183 unifying thread, the deep, interweaving joy, seemed to have G35 184 gone. G35 185 |^About this time I helped engineer a protest against what G35 186 seemed to have been a breach of justice and charity in staff G35 187 relations. ^Does one protest solely from justice or partly G35 188 from frustration? ^Good people on both sides were hurt deeply G35 189 and I was moved swiftly, sideways, to a less sensitive area. G35 190 ^It was indeed a grace. ^Freed from the inbred pressures of G35 191 boarding school life there was time for calm reflection on the G35 192 past and the future in a small town school without the G35 193 advantages of bigger cities. ^A dedicated principal and staff G35 194 gave me welcome and healing and a new type of student G35 195 reawakened my enthusiasm. ^Helped to see that I had no real G35 196 capacity for administering a large educational establishment, G35 197 my friends showed me that encouragement of others was an G35 198 equally important *'charism**'. ^The opportunity to become G35 199 involved as a team member with married couples in the Marriage G35 200 Encounter Movement completed the process. ^The sharing with G35 201 husbands and wives of their commitment to accept each other's G35 202 limitations as the base from which to grow in deeper love and G35 203 fidelity seemed a paradigm for my own vocation. ^Their G35 204 acceptance of the celibate priest as having a complementary G35 205 role with the Church, seen as a sign of Christ's redeeming love G35 206 in the world, gave me new confidence. ^*'For richer, for G35 207 poorer, in sickness and in health, until death...**' made new G35 208 sense. ^The prospect of ending up Father Chips in some G35 209 provincial backwater no longer appalled; the call to mission G35 210 overseas, now returning, would not be undertaken in a spirit of G35 211 bitterness or disillusionment. G35 212 *# G36 001 **[223 TEXT G36**] G36 002 |^*0Commonwealth literature or New Literatures in English or G36 003 postcolonial literatures, however the field is designated, has, it G36 004 seems to me, an inherent bias towards content based or contextual G36 005 criticism. ^This results from the way the discipline or sub-discipline G36 006 is set up. ^The only common denominators of the field are (**=i) the G36 007 English language, and (**=ii) some aspect of colonial or postcolonial G36 008 experience. ^Since the English language is shared with English G36 009 literature in the sense of the literature of England, it is only the G36 010 colonial/ postcolonial dimension which makes the field unique. ^There G36 011 is an inherent tendency in criticism therefore to look through the G36 012 window of the text to the postcolonial reality presumed to lie beyond G36 013 it. ^Literature is liable to become instrumental in the study of G36 014 something essentially non-literary, namely postcolonialism. ^At the G36 015 least criticism is liable to concern itself with how postcolonial G36 016 reality bears on, shapes, conditions, circumscribes the literary text. G36 017 |^Some critical theories, however, which can loosely be G36 018 designated *1formalist *0in their purest sense exclude from literary G36 019 study everything except (in Roman Jacobson's term) *1literariness G36 020 *0that is, that which makes a given work a work of literature. ^The G36 021 biographical, the psychological, the social, the political, the G36 022 philosophical, the historical, the cultural *- everything which G36 023 relates to content or context *- is by definition excluded from G36 024 legitimate consideration. ^Formalism is concerned with (Jacobson G36 025 again) *'the autonomy of the aesthetic function**'. G36 026 |^In this paper I begin an investigation of the problem of G36 027 postcolonial texts and formalist theory and method by reference to a G36 028 single formalist concept (that of *1\ostranenie *0or *1making strange G36 029 *- *0defamiliarisation is another common translation *- as defined by G36 030 the Russian Formalist critic Victor Shklovsky and developed by other G36 031 members of the Russian Formalist school) and to a small group of texts G36 032 by writers from New Zealand especially in the period a year or two G36 033 either side of 1940. G36 034 |^My point of entry is the lexical and to some extent semantic G36 035 coincidence between the formalist term *1making strange *0and the G36 036 lexical cluster *1strange/ stranger/ strangeness *0in New Zealand G36 037 texts of a certain period. ^What connection, if any, is there between G36 038 *1making it strange *0and the motif of *'the stranger in a strange G36 039 land**' which is common to Robin Hyde, D'Arcy Cresswell, Allen Curnow G36 040 and other {0NZ} writers of the period around 1940? G36 041 |^It will be as well to look briefly at the semantic history of G36 042 the English word *1strange. ^*0It derives from the Old French word G36 043 *1\estrange *0which in turn derives from the Latin *1\extraneus, G36 044 *0meaning external/ foreign, as related to the word *1extra *0meaning G36 045 outside. ^This connection of *1strange/ stranger *0with *1foreign G36 046 *0also occurs in the Russian term *1\ostranenie *0and in its German G36 047 equivalent *1\verfremdung *0(alienation), associated with the dramatic G36 048 theory of Berthold Brecht. ^Since *1colonialism *0invariably involves G36 049 a situation in which colonisers and colonised are strangers to each G36 050 other, perhaps it is inevitable that it is a word cluster which will G36 051 be prominent in postcolonial writing. ^But this is to jump the gun G36 052 somewhat. G36 053 |^At this point let me summarise what Shklovsky meant by G36 054 *1\ostranenie, *0and mention some of the main devices associated with G36 055 the technique, and their implications for literary study. ^Shklovsky's G36 056 first substantial account is in his 1917 essay *'Art as Technique**'. G36 057 ^Shklovsky quotes a passage from Tolstoy's *1Diary *0concerning G36 058 habitual and unconscious activity. ^Reflecting on the fact that he G36 059 couldn't remember whether or not he had dusted a divan, Tolstoy G36 060 remarked that if he had done so unconsciously *'then it was the same G36 061 as if I had not**' which led him to the thought: *'if the whole G36 062 complex lives of many people go on unconsciously, then such lives are G36 063 as if they had never been**'! ^To which Shklovsky adds: *'^And so life G36 064 is reckoned as nothing. ^Habitualisation devours works, clothes, G36 065 furniture, one's wife, and the fear of war... art exists**' (he goes G36 066 on) **[LONG QUOTATION**] G36 067 ^There is a useful gloss on this passage in Frederick Jameson's book G36 068 *1The Prison-House of Language *0in which he states: G36 069 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G36 070 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G36 071 **[END INDENTATION**] G36 072 |^I take from Jameson also his summary of three *'signal G36 073 advantages**' of *1\ostranenie *0as a *'purely formal concept**'. G36 074 ^First, defamiliarisation is a way of distinguishing literature from G36 075 other non-literary modes of discourse. ^Second, it permits the G36 076 establishment of a hierarchy within the work: the most important G36 077 devices, techniques and elements are those which contribute to the G36 078 renewal of perception by making strange (this led to the concept of G36 079 the dominant, and later to the idea of *1foregrounding). ^*0Third, it G36 080 permits a new concept of literary history, replacing the idealist G36 081 concept of continuity of tradition with the notion of history as a G36 082 series of abrupt discontinuities. ^Art is a kind of perpetual G36 083 revolution inherent in the very nature of artistic form which *'once G36 084 striking and fresh, grows stale, and must be replaced by the new...**' G36 085 |^I am especially interested in this last concept. ^The G36 086 formalists identified several ways in which defamiliarisation brought G36 087 about the renewal of art. ^One of them was *1parody, *0a second was by G36 088 what Shklovsky called *'the canonisation of the junior branch**', that G36 089 is, the introduction into literary works of elements previously G36 090 considered outside the canon, especially devices from popular G36 091 literature, such as Dostoevsky's use of the whodunnit in serious G36 092 fiction. ^A third means is the denial of direct patrilinear G36 093 succession, the smooth transition from *'father**' to *'son**', by G36 094 reaching back to earlier and perhaps discredited conventions. G36 095 |^The motif of *'the stranger in a strange land**' is easily G36 096 explained in the case of the texts by Robin Hyde and D'Arcy Cresswell G36 097 by biographical circumstances, Hyde's poems were written in China G36 098 during her first and last journey away from New Zealand; Cresswell's G36 099 autobiographies, or the passages I will look at, concern his return to G36 100 New Zealand after years living in foreign parts. ^But to the G36 101 formalists such information is at best irrelevant to the literariness G36 102 of the works in question and I wish, at least in the first instance, G36 103 to remain true to the formalist emphasis. ^*1Strange *0and *1stranger G36 104 *0are part of the *1material *0of the texts, then (to employ a G36 105 formalist distinction), are they also signs of the presence of the G36 106 *1device *0of making it strange? G36 107 |^My first text is a fragment from Hyde's poem *'Journey from New G36 108 Zealand**' in which the perspective is mostly backward towards the G36 109 land she has left: G36 110 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G36 111 |**[POEM**] G36 112 **[END INDENTATION**] G36 113 |^If the first part of this passage anticipates feeling a stranger, G36 114 the second part manifests to some extent the technique of making G36 115 strange. ^This is perhaps most evident in the choice of the wholly G36 116 unexpected yet effective adjective *1serious *0in the phrase *'serious G36 117 pungent macrocarpa**'. ^Otherwise the passage gives the illusion of G36 118 being transparent to the objects it refers to, as in imagist poetry. G36 119 ^In another version of this passage, the line *'The circling shapes of G36 120 New Zealand things**' reads *'familiar things**', which supports my G36 121 conviction that the dissolving and reforming of familiar things G36 122 amounts to a kind of defamiliarisation of the familiar, hence the G36 123 effect refreshed perception (*'to make the stone *1stony**'). ^*0This G36 124 effect is rare in Hyde's earlier poetry, much of which is marked by G36 125 the stale and habituated conventions of postromantic colonial G36 126 lyricism. G36 127 |^*'What is it makes the Stranger?**', my second text from Hyde, G36 128 begins with an account of the travelling stranger's unanticipated G36 129 sense of familiarity and human solidarity among the superficially G36 130 unfamiliar sights of a foreign land. ^Here, an effect of G36 131 defamiliarisation results from the refusal and evasion of the expected G36 132 effect of strangeness prepared for by the conventional celebration of G36 133 exotica in poems of this kind. ^Later, having retarded this G36 134 anticipated effect, Hyde introduces it by reference to the alienating G36 135 effect of the inability to speak or comprehend the language spoken G36 136 around her. ^This shift in the poem is marked by a powerful, and, in G36 137 this context, pregnantly suggestive passage. ^The sight of two lovers G36 138 produces in her feelings of at first empathy and recognition, and then G36 139 of isolation and as it were extraneousness: G36 140 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G36 141 |**[POEM**] G36 142 **[END INDENTATION**] G36 143 |^What do the words *'spelt with strange letters**' signify? G36 144 ^Literally, perhaps, they refer to the presence of unreadable G36 145 characters on signs or posters making it hard for a stranger to know G36 146 where she is going; metaphorically, the lines refer to the unreadable G36 147 future. ^Arguably, too, *'strange letters**' is self-referential to G36 148 Hyde's activities as a *'woman of letters**', newly aware of the need G36 149 to defamiliarise her own practice, to dispense with the stale G36 150 conventions which had clogged many of her earlier efforts, now G36 151 *'tattered away in wind**' like outdated posters on the walls of G36 152 Chinese cities. G36 153 |^My next examples come from the work of D'Arcy Cresswell, a G36 154 writer with fair claims to be called New Zealand's worst poet, or G36 155 perhaps *'best bad poet**' is more accurate, since his badness G36 156 sometimes approaches a McGonagal-like sublimity. ^His two volumes of G36 157 prose autobiography, however, are quite another story and ripe for G36 158 rediscovery. ^*1The Poet's Progress *0(1930) concerns the poet's G36 159 adventures in England where he preposterously but with messianic G36 160 conviction sets about singlehandedly rescuing poetry through colonial G36 161 vigour and genius from the swamp of decadence and modernity into which G36 162 it has fallen. ^The prose is often hilarious in effect if not G36 163 intention. ^The book ends with his return to New Zealand. G36 164 |^In a final passage describing his arrival at Lyttelton Harbour G36 165 Cresswell recalls his conviction that *'I should never return to my G36 166 native land**', and accounts for the apparent reversal by claiming to G36 167 be utterly different, both physically and mentally from the person who G36 168 left seven years before: *'^Not I... but another had now returned**'. G36 169 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G36 170 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G36 171 **[END INDENTATION**] G36 172 |^This question which ends the book sets up the account of *'a G36 173 stranger in a strange land**' that begins Cresswell's second volume of G36 174 autobiography, *1Present Without Leave *0(1939). G36 175 |^In formalist terms Cresswell might be said to have G36 176 defamiliarised the expected convention of *'the return of the G36 177 native**' by adopting its inversion. ^Furthermore, by treating what G36 178 was in fact familiar to him (and at least to some of his readers) as G36 179 unfamiliar, Cresswell employs a classic technique of *1\ostranenie G36 180 *0much used by Tolstoy, as Shklovsky demonstrates, in the famous G36 181 description of opera in *1War and Peace. ^*0The specimen I have chosen G36 182 for illustration is number *=VII of *1Present Without Leave*0's G36 183 numbered paragraphs (or microchapters): G36 184 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G36 185 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G36 186 **[END INDENTATION**] G36 187 |^A number of defamiliarising techniques are at work here. G36 188 ^First, there is the general orientation towards the subject, the G36 189 adoption of an acutely detached and estranged perspective, as if the G36 190 narrator were a visitor from another world. ^One might compare the G36 191 so-called *'Martian**' perspective adopted by certain contemporary G36 192 English poets such as Craig Raine. ^This perspective is articulated G36 193 through methods such as the use throughout of the pronouns *1they, G36 194 their, them *0instead of *1we, our, us, *0appropriate to the returning G36 195 native. ^Then there is the deliberate archaism in vocabulary and G36 196 idiom, and the balanced formality of the style: *'^They defer in all G36 197 things to their women, who requite this attention by debauching their G36 198 stomachs with sickly and fictitious foods**'. ^Thirdly, there is the G36 199 defamiliarisation of prevailing literary conventions, in this instance G36 200 the conventional travelogue, as exemplified by such a book as Alan G36 201 Mulgan's *1A Pilgrim's Way in New Zealand *0(1935) which takes the G36 202 form of a sycophantic and sentimental address by a returning native to G36 203 an intending English visitor: G36 204 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G36 205 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G36 206 **[END INDENTATION**] G36 207 |^{0C.K.} Stead has suggested that this book served a similar function G36 208 for the defamiliarising depiction of New Zealand in the novel *1Man G36 209 Alone *0written by John Mulgan, Alan Mulgan's son, a novel which has a G36 210 visiting Englishman as its central character, and which, like G36 211 *1Present Without Leave *0was also published in 1939. G36 212 |^So far as Cresswell's literary models are concerned, not only G36 213 did he parody prevailing convention but also, again in unconscious G36 214 accordance with formalist theory, he reached back beyond his immediate G36 215 predecessors to more distant models; in this instance to the G36 216 eighteenth century, either to accounts of imaginary travels such as G36 217 Swift's *1Travels into several remote nations of the world by Lemuel G36 218 Gulliver (Gulliver's Travels) *0or to the kind of sober, G36 219 quasi-scientific travel literature that Swift was parodying, and of G36 220 which Captain James Cook's journals were a notable later example. G36 221 ^Cresswell adopts much the same detached, curious, objective G36 222 perspective in describing the *'natives**' of twentieth century New G36 223 Zealand, as Cook did towards their eighteenth century counterparts, G36 224 the Maori. G36 225 *# G37 001 **[224 TEXT G37**] G37 002 |^*0The last few years have witnessed, as described by some, a G37 003 Maori renaissance. ^But demands by Maori for a recognition of G37 004 Maoritanga and for the inclusion of a Maori dimension in national G37 005 institutions have, as their corollary the subversion and denial of G37 006 cherished Pakeha myths; myths of an egalitarian land of plenty G37 007 supporting a peaceful multi-racial, multi-cultural society. G37 008 ^Revelations of the reality which had been hidden by the myths has led G37 009 to self-doubt and introspection on the part of many Pakeha, and G37 010 speculations on the nature of New Zealand society in general and on G37 011 the nature of Pakeha culture in particular *- if there is one. ^Pakeha G37 012 literati examine the question *"^Do Pakehas Have a Culture?**" (McGill G37 013 1986:27-29); others comment on the *"image of a frontier race used to G37 014 denying all but the most external reality**" (Mountjoy 1986:26). G37 015 ^Michael King's *"selective and ethnic autobiography**" (\0p 3), G37 016 *1Being Pakeha *0(1985) is a product of this dynamic context of Maori G37 017 challenge and Pakeha cultural redefinition. G37 018 |^It is at one and the same time King's answer to Maori G37 019 challenges of his own work, and an attempt to give substance to the G37 020 label *"Pakeha**". ^It suffers because of the former, being defensive G37 021 and apologetic, and is, when it addresses the latter cloyingly cozy in G37 022 its rose-tinted descriptions and portrayals of Pakeha elitism; in its G37 023 apolitical and unquestioning stance. ^Nevertheless, there are themes G37 024 running through the book, often implied rather than stated, which G37 025 should, I believe, be debated as part of the ongoing process of G37 026 redefinition. ^One of these themes is about ethnicity, particularly G37 027 Irish Catholic and Pakeha, and about ethnic relations. ^Another is the G37 028 relationship of the individual to society *- in this case King in his G37 029 chosen profession in relation to New Zealand society. ^Both of these G37 030 themes are about being Pakeha; the former is about the constitution of G37 031 group identity vis a vis other groups; the latter is about facets of G37 032 that identity as exhibited by individuals. ^Obviously these are G37 033 interrelated and just as obviously, as they are revealed in this book, G37 034 they have an idiosyncratic content as King relates memories of G37 035 personal experiences; however, as he has claimed the label Pakeha we G37 036 must assume that he is saying that these latter day perceptions and G37 037 memories, if not common to all Pakeha will have resonance for all who G37 038 assume that label. G37 039 |^Ethnicity is an anthropological concept applied in contexts of G37 040 competition and confrontation between two or more distinctly different G37 041 groups of people. ^The ethnic groups in this sort of a situation G37 042 maintain their own essential identities and differences through G37 043 various social processes of creation and definition. G37 044 |^King's descriptions of his childhood and on through to G37 045 university give illustrations of these processes and indicate their G37 046 strength in creating identity for individuals. ^King describes the G37 047 creation of the Irish Catholic identity in eloquent and vivid terms. G37 048 ^*"The sense of tradition, of belonging to a clan**" (\0p 17) came G37 049 from his mother's side of the family, particularly his maternal G37 050 grandmother. (^It's interesting to note that this was in direct G37 051 contrast to his Scottish paternal grandmother who refused to talk G37 052 about the past and had come to New Zealand *"to forget all that**" G37 053 (\0p 16)). ^About his maternal grandmother he writes: G37 054 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G37 055 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G37 056 **[END INDENTATION**] G37 057 |^Social and family events were centred around the church and the G37 058 Irish community; all his schooling was at Catholic schools by Irish G37 059 nuns and priests; that those who were not Irish Catholic were G37 060 perceived as beyond the pale is summed up nicely in this quote *"those G37 061 of us going on to university were expected to be able to hold our own G37 062 against a host of atheists and hedonists**" (\0p 63). ^This all nicely G37 063 describes the construction of identity and also illustrates one way in G37 064 which the group in question sets itself off, that is, by maintaining a G37 065 sense of grievance for past wrongs perpetrated by the enemy, in this G37 066 case the English, and by attaching derogatory labels such as G37 067 *"atheist**" and *"hedonist**" to them. G37 068 |^The phenomenon of Pakeha ethnicity is not quite so obvious. G37 069 ^The fact of Pakeha dominance and their assumptions of superiority G37 070 underlie beliefs that their way of doing things, their perceptions, G37 071 their values are natural and right *- dictated by the natural order. G37 072 ^Minority groups such as Maori, Polynesians, Islanders, are G37 073 *"ethnic**": they are *"ethnic**" and *"minority**" (minor meaning G37 074 less than), such words carrying connotations of *"primitive**" and G37 075 *"inferior**". ^Now, in the same way that Irish Catholics denigrated G37 076 the English by applying derogatory labels to them, so are these labels G37 077 one way of maintaining the Pakeha reality and of telling themselves G37 078 that *1they *0are *1not *0like *1that. ^*0They are, in fact, aspects G37 079 of Pakeha ethnicity, aspects of the construction of the Pakeha G37 080 identity. ^They are ways of being Pakeha. ^Given Pakeha dominance, the G37 081 asymmetrical power relations, and the monocultural nature of most New G37 082 Zealand institutions, then it is not surprising that the dynamic of G37 083 inclusion and exclusion is expressed entirely in Pakeha terms. G37 084 ^Assimilationist and integrationist ideologies are being expressed G37 085 when people who draw attention to difference or who express needs and G37 086 expectations different from the mainstream are berated as being G37 087 divisive. ^As if ignoring differences will make them go away. ^While G37 088 on the other hand, using labels as I've stated above, and also G37 089 stereotypes, excludes those who *1are *0different, but in Pakeha terms G37 090 and Pakeha perceptions. G37 091 |^There are three specific instances of King being Pakeha in this G37 092 way that I would like to draw attention to. ^The first of these is his G37 093 definition that Pakeha *"denotes a non-Maori New Zealander**" (\0p G37 094 12). ^Is this really so? ^It's a nice neat academic generalisation but G37 095 does it fit the reality? ^Are, for instance, Chinese-speaking New G37 096 Zealanders Pakeha? ^Do they label themselves as such? ^What about G37 097 Indians, Vietnamese, Tongans, Samoan, Dutch, Yugoslavs? ^New G37 098 Zealanders, yes. ^But Pakeha? ^Would most of those who, like King, G37 099 assume the label Pakeha, accept this general lumping together of so G37 100 many diverse people? ^What King is doing, of course, is equating G37 101 Pakeha with New Zealander and this is a classic example of Pakeha G37 102 ethnicity; and where does that leave Maori? ^He actually seems to be G37 103 offering them separate national status if his definition is accepted! G37 104 ^This definition is pernicious but certainly in keeping with his G37 105 book's title. G37 106 |^In the second instance he applies a similar mechanism to *1all G37 107 *0people living in these islands. ^I refer to the opening sentence of G37 108 Chapter one which states: *"^In a country inhabited for a mere one G37 109 thousand years, everybody is an immigrant or a descendant of G37 110 immigrants**" (\0p 14). ^On the surface an innocuous opening sentence G37 111 *- an accepted literary practice in fact to go from the general to the G37 112 particular *- in this case it leads into King talking about his own G37 113 ancestors and family. ^However, given the context in which he is G37 114 writing it seems to me to be somewhat insensitive. ^Statements like G37 115 that do not create a sense of national identity and only serve to deny G37 116 everybody's heritage and history *- which, of course, is what many G37 117 Pakeha would like, so long as it's not their own that is being denied. G37 118 ^A *"mere**" one thousand years implies that the 750 to 800 years of G37 119 Maori occupation and possession of Aotearoa were insufficient grounds G37 120 for them to claim tangata whenua status. ^And how many Pakeha I wonder G37 121 would want to claim this commonality which denies their origins and G37 122 heritage. ^But, again, it's a Pakeha denying, albeit unwittingly I'm G37 123 sure, the tangata whenua. G37 124 |^The third instance of being Pakeha that I would draw attention G37 125 to is on page 12 where King is explaining the rationale for his book: G37 126 *"...it becomes a personal account of Pakeha-Maori interaction, G37 127 because only at the points of such interaction can Maori things be G37 128 defined as Maori and Pakeha as Pakeha...**" ^Now this is a G37 129 particularly western academic view, reflecting shades of Levi-Strauss G37 130 and his structuralism, of the way reality is constructed. ^It is also G37 131 a particularly Pakeha dynamic, part of the white European coloniser G37 132 heritage, that the coloniser required the *"inferior**", G37 133 *"primitive**", *"simple**" people and societies in order to convince G37 134 himself that he was none of those things and in order to assume the G37 135 *"white man's burden**". ^It is a reflection of Anglo-Saxon G37 136 *1dependence *0on conflict and challenge *- after all they've been G37 137 doing it for about fifteen hundred years and it's become a habit *- in G37 138 order to give themselves validity. ^It is also, of course, another G37 139 denial of Maoritanga; the arrogant assumption that things Maori do not G37 140 and cannot exist outside the Maori/ Pakeha context. ^It is also G37 141 implying that Pakeha culture has no substance outside of a conflict G37 142 situation and this is probably the more believable aspect. ^I would G37 143 not deny that the interaction of the last 200 years has changed Maori G37 144 society and culture *- even to the point of creating the label Maori G37 145 *- drastically, and that it has also certainly had its effects on the G37 146 colonisers. ^But Maori things, whatever they may be *- King is not G37 147 specific *- did and do exist and flourish well away from Pakeha G37 148 influence. G37 149 |^These three examples I have quoted appear innocuous and G37 150 harmless on the surface *- after all we hear similar every day and G37 151 think nothing of it *- but that's just the point of course. ^These are G37 152 Pakeha ways of looking at the world; they are examples of Pakeha G37 153 ethnicity; examples of *1being Pakeha *0which serve to reinforce the G37 154 Pakeha reality and in so doing deny the diversity of New Zealand G37 155 society. G37 156 |^In addressing the second theme, that of the relationship of the G37 157 individual to society, I am not concerned so much with the G37 158 idiosyncrasies of Michael King, Pakeha historian and writer, but with G37 159 what his portrayals of himself reflect about Pakeha society in general G37 160 and about being a Pakeha individual. ^I think it's important to bear G37 161 in mind that this book, in portraying the past, is written with G37 162 hindsight and retrospect and in a particular context. ^King is writing G37 163 *1now *0as a Pakeha about events where he felt himself to be more G37 164 Irish Catholic than anything else and where the label Pakeha probably G37 165 had a different meaning from that which it has today. ^What I mean is G37 166 that King's memories and perceptions of the past are, one would G37 167 expect, coloured by the context in which he is writing now and by his G37 168 motivation. ^Given this situation I, as a reader, would expect more of G37 169 a dialogue with the past than there is in the book. ^The past is in G37 170 the present and the present is the past after all and I would expect G37 171 an analytical historian's-eye-view on the events he is describing, G37 172 especially as he states that he has placed his *"experiences in G37 173 cultural and historical context**" (\0p 12). G37 174 |^What I am referring to is his apolitical and unquestioning G37 175 descriptions of past events and it is this particular stance that is, G37 176 I think, another way of being Pakeha. ^That is, King describes events G37 177 during his childhood and schooling but does not explain or question G37 178 the context of those events which allowed them to be the normal, G37 179 acceptable and accepted, unremarked-on things of the time. ^For G37 180 instance, he describes happenings such as the elderly woman's *"dirty G37 181 Maoris**" comment (\0p 42), the separation of pa and Pakeha children G37 182 after school, Maori children recounting stories in oratorial style in G37 183 English; he comments on *"ethnic**" mix or its lack; the Euro-centred G37 184 history classes and his own expeditions into the countryside to G37 185 discover the historical landscape of Aotearoa; the disinterested G37 186 reaction to his find of an argellite chisel (\0p 46). ^At the time G37 187 some of these things were *"puzzling**" or he *"sensed it would be G37 188 embarrassing to ask anybody why this was so**". ^So what was the G37 189 context? ^What games of supression and repression were being played to G37 190 prevent questions being asked? ^Why were the stories in English and G37 191 not Maori? ^Why was no interest shown in his archaeological finds? G37 192 ^Why is King not asking these types of questions? ^As an historian G37 193 writing about his own past in a book which is about being Pakeha, I G37 194 would have expected this sort of exercise. G37 195 *# G38 001 **[225 TEXT G38**] G38 002 |^*0All the foregoing implies a budget much greater than the G38 003 Literary Fund's *+$250,000. ^Of course it does. ^Last year, the Arts G38 004 Council gave *+$750,000 away in the field of fine arts alone. ^Yet top G38 005 New Zealand artists, unlike top writers, can expect to *- and do *- G38 006 make a very good living out of their painting. ^Why is literature, in G38 007 its widest sense, being impoverished? ^The Government has a choice to G38 008 make: either it wants a vigorous literature, or it doesn't. ^The G38 009 beginnings have been funded almost entirely by individuals *- small, G38 010 unsubsidized companies, and writers eking it out in difficult G38 011 circumstances. ^There is no reason at all to assume that this will G38 012 continue, and once it is gone, it will be *1very *0hard to revive. G38 013 *<*4The {0N.Z.} Short Story: from Flux to Ashes to Innocence*> G38 014 *<*2ELIZABETH SMITHER*> G38 015 |^IN *01980, with David Hill, I compiled a book of New Zealand writing G38 016 from the 1970s called *1The Seventies Connection *0(McIndoe). ^My G38 017 contribution to it was small: selecting the poetry, and to compensate G38 018 for it, and for my inability to arrange the contents in any sort of G38 019 convincing order, I undertook to do the proof-reading. ^Almost the G38 020 first piece I read had a page missing, so I read with a combination of G38 021 fear and fascination. G38 022 |^What I remember most about the stories was how few of them G38 023 seemed to lead anywhere, and though there were manifest abilities G38 024 often an illustration of these seemed to suffice. ^It was like being G38 025 taken for a walk full of sights and smells and ending up at the corner G38 026 dairy. ^Or perhaps skimming over the Canterbury Plains and hearing G38 027 someone say one sheep to the acre or ten acres for one sheep. ^And G38 028 instead of sheep, substituting one image. G38 029 |^A more recent reading of New Zealand short stories has given me G38 030 another image: a kind of innocence in many, not all, of the writers G38 031 and this over-rides the image which is often very fine, as in Michael G38 032 Gifkins' story *'After the Revolution**': *'the poignant marbling of a G38 033 varicose vein behind one slender knee**'. ^If my earlier impression G38 034 was often that the image led nowhere, perhaps because the writer felt G38 035 unable to make use of it, to link one sheep, one wide paddock with the G38 036 next, with the sheep inside, the new impression was perhaps the result G38 037 of polish showing something threadbare not in the writing but in the G38 038 perspective: G38 039 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G38 040 |**[POEM**] G38 041 **[END INDENTATION**] G38 042 |^Our best short story writers *- I am presuming they are our least G38 043 innocent *- seem to develop best on a kind of {0O.E.} ^Katherine G38 044 Mansfield, I feel, could not have written *'{Je ne parle pas G38 045 Franc*?6ais}**' in the tearooms at Kirkcaldies. G38 046 |^The idea that one nation of writers needs {0O.E.} to write good G38 047 stories is of course preposterous, but I offer as a very faint G38 048 (dust-covered sheep in a dust-covered paddock, one to ten acres) G38 049 theory that our best short story writers are those who make some G38 050 attempt to meet this innocence head on, who offer it a milieu in which G38 051 it can be tested. ^This milieu may be the post-modern, it may be the G38 052 experience of another gender (Fiona Kidman only goes to her local G38 053 hairdressing salon), it may be a straight narrative such as {0C. K.} G38 054 Stead's *'A New Zealand Elegy**' told with a harder adult's veracity. G38 055 ^Janet Frame tells it from the inside, so the reader of *'The G38 056 Painter**' feels an itch to get a paint brush and be a housepainter G38 057 and count the week-ends it will occupy (bliss against sterility) like G38 058 an author counting words. ^There seems no barrier to the way this G38 059 innocence can be dealt with (mock-smothered like the Princes in the G38 060 Tower, and then the pillow is lifted and they wake up, shaken and more G38 061 wily diplomats on the spot), but the stories that satisfied me least G38 062 still did the earlier thing: led the reader by the nose, pointed out G38 063 the odd corruption of the world and forgot to include the writer in G38 064 it. G38 065 |^In *'{Je ne parle pas Franc*?6ais}**' Mouse, Raoul, and Dick G38 066 are whirled around in a situation and a setting. ^Mouse is not bigger G38 067 than Paris. ^Paris wins. ^The very ineffectualness of the characters G38 068 gives the story poignancy. ^This seems to me one of the underlying G38 069 ploys, strengths if you like, of the short story, lending both demands G38 070 to its construction and beauty when it succeeds. ^As though it is a G38 071 construct of proportion. ^When the narrator retains his innocence, G38 072 however much he may illustrate his vision, he somehow spoils the G38 073 story, as though he has claimed an unfair advantage. G38 074 |^In his introduction to Milan Kundera's *1Laughable Loves G38 075 *0Philip Roth talks of a story in the collection G38 076 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G38 077 ^While I was reading these lines I found myself thinking of Russell G38 078 Haley's story *'The Stolen Tables**' which involves a table that dies G38 079 and possibly, since form has no theoretical restrictions, *'the quiet G38 080 deep sigh of a pure and human heart**' which Gorky found in Chekhov, G38 081 could emanate from a table to correspond with the incapacity of a G38 082 human character. ^This is a less innocent story than many others and G38 083 indeed Russell Haley has an almost traditional notion of the short G38 084 story *- *'^I wrote it on a napkin at a restaurant**' *- *1a moment of G38 085 crisis. G38 086 |^*0In the Chekhovian or Maupassant story a definite philosophy G38 087 is at work. ^It is not specifically the philosophy of Maupassant or G38 088 Chekhov; it is rather the distillation of some peculiarly Russian G38 089 conclusions, handed on from decade to decade, or a European G38 090 consciousness. ^Against this, as against a detailed or fuzzed G38 091 background to a painting, the foreground is played out. ^Chekhov's G38 092 flux and Maupassant's ashes come from a long line of such feelings, so G38 093 their stories are simply illustrations of them. ^We concentrate on the G38 094 foreground, as we do in Mansfield, as an example of something G38 095 infinitely more vast. ^It has something of the structure of the novel G38 096 in the background in the same way that Pierre in *1War and Peace G38 097 *0wandered over the background of a battle and noticed flowers growing G38 098 among the cannons. ^And it is perhaps this lack which has concentrated G38 099 the New Zealand short story so far, with a few exceptions, in ways G38 100 that suggest thinness and an oblique approach. ^Mostly it seems this G38 101 is the fault of the narrator. G38 102 |^Nor are New Zealand short stories short on theory. ^They are G38 103 often to be found embedded in the text: G38 104 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G38 105 |**[LONG QUOTATIONS**] G38 106 **[END INDENTATION**] G38 107 |^As well as leaving clues in the text the practitioners of the G38 108 short story often have definitions of it based on their own technique. G38 109 ^Fiona Kidman, who continues in the tradition if not the style of G38 110 Mansfield's *'Bliss**' *- contemporary marriage and manners *- speaks G38 111 of the short story as *'an illuminating core of meaning**' existing G38 112 inside a framework, not unlike a corset, and the necessity of moving G38 113 very quickly towards this core *- again the simile of the corset holds G38 114 since the wearer is likely to be short of breath. ^*'Affairs between G38 115 fenceposts and featherdusters**' is her description of the story where G38 116 objects are given more importance than characterization. G38 117 |^Russell Haley too thinks of *'moments of crisis**' but more G38 118 particularly of the vital first sentence which acts in the position of G38 119 the boy with his finger in the dyke *- holding back a flood of largely G38 120 unconscious material which assembles behind it in the manner of a G38 121 poem. ^He considers the emphasis in many New Zealand short stories on G38 122 the predetermined ending as *'wrong-headed**', and the short story as G38 123 more of an excursion. G38 124 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G38 125 ^Whereas Kidman talks of the short story as the *'touchstone of G38 126 experience**' Haley describes its special attribute as *'having no G38 127 division between your structure and your content**' and *'the G38 128 characters can shift without worrying**' about the G38 129 *'bridge-building**' mandatory in the novel. G38 130 |^For Haley it is closer to poetry and therefore more abstract G38 131 while Kidman finds it a more emotional vehicle which poetry may not G38 132 be. ^Her opinion is that post-modernism in New Zealand poetry has G38 133 attained a higher level and most of the prose is still at the G38 134 game-playing stage. ^There is some evidence for this: ^I have a G38 135 suspicion that the novel is now the glamour vehicle *- it is hard to G38 136 imagine a short story collection attracting the kind of attention Keri G38 137 Hulme's *1the bone people *0has received. G38 138 |^Maupassant is supposed to have learned the art of *'seeing**' G38 139 from Flaubert's: G38 140 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G38 141 ^The second exercise involved finding the G38 142 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G38 143 ^This is a far remove from the novelist who desires G38 144 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G38 145 ^And *'^The novelist teaches the reader to comprehend the world as a G38 146 question.**' G38 147 |^The curious ability of any art form is to avoid orthodoxies. G38 148 ^It is as though having an art form cornered, say in a small room and G38 149 moving in upon it with a label (humanist-realist or post-modern) G38 150 concealed in the palm of the hand you intend to shake, it doesn't G38 151 stick. ^Whereas to approach it from the inside, address it in its own G38 152 language, attempt to write it... and its Achilles' heel insecurities G38 153 are instantly and rigorously apparent. ^The post-modern label now G38 154 co-existing in the New Zealand short story with the humanist-realist G38 155 label may be nothing more than a generation matter as in Fiona G38 156 Kidman's *'A Decade Woman**' who sees a much-needed and reassuring G38 157 direction in each new decade of her life. G38 158 |^Katherine Mansfield is said to have been influenced by G38 159 Theocritus to create a kind of bath house dialogue while Rome burned. G38 160 ^And certainly a great deal can be conveyed by the cosiest of chat. G38 161 ^The short story somehow revolves on the small, words and the choice G38 162 of word. ^We know little before and less after what happens to Mouse, G38 163 but in the moments of appearing she attracts a weight of anguish. G38 164 |^Theories tread on the shoulders of the theory below them like G38 165 Dr Seuss's turtles and the lower down become less seemly with no view G38 166 and dented shoulders. ^But contrary to Michael Morrissey's view in his G38 167 prefatory novella to his anthology *1The New Fiction *0(Lindon 1985), G38 168 it is not we who are ourselves and *'not another thing**' but the G38 169 short story itself. ^And moving from the easily recognised G38 170 humanist-realist (surely one word towing another like tow-truck and G38 171 car) to post-modernism does not ensure that the limitations of one *- G38 172 this innocent and limiting perspective *- are not carried over into G38 173 the new. ^That these two traditions measured against the capacities of G38 174 the short story may not be merely manners of approach. ^Surely the G38 175 question we should ask is the far older one *- is it by this or any G38 176 other (superseded) method that we approach the short story that G38 177 succeeds? G38 178 |^If post-modernism seems a side-step and all that implies, it is G38 179 still a development since any movement brings a different view. ^Some G38 180 of the practitioners (Gifkins, Wedde, Else) are less innovative than G38 181 they appear but possibly this kind of blinkering serves a purpose: the G38 182 story is gaining in freshness. ^In some ways the style of Sargeson G38 183 produces a hankering for the rococo as a Quaker might long to enter a G38 184 cathedral filled with incense. ^Post-modernism is this kind of lapse G38 185 but a great deal more: it is more realistic in its approach to the G38 186 possibilities of language: language perhaps is just one element in G38 187 seeing, or conversely each word, as in the writing of Janet Frame, has G38 188 sight like a tram or ferry with steerage at either end. G38 189 |^Many New Zealand short stories lack sophistication in the way G38 190 that Lady Barker failed to see a solution in *'Christmas Day in New G38 191 Zealand**' to two men sharing a set of best clothes. ^It seems never G38 192 to have occurred to her to lend some of her husband's cast-offs. G38 193 ^Instead the shrieks of her maids are divertingly picturesque: *'^High G38 194 and clear, piercing through the Babel of sounds, my maids' shrieks G38 195 came at intervals like minute guns at sea.**' ^It is charm without G38 196 humanity and many later stories would concentrate on detail at the G38 197 expense of what effect this detail might have on individual G38 198 characters. G38 199 *# G39 001 **[226 TEXT G39**] G39 002 |^*1Living in the Maniototo *0has been claimed for postmodernism, and, G39 003 if we are not to risk *"archaism**" we must consider this novel with G39 004 the rest of {0NZ} writing in terms of postcolonialism or G39 005 postmodernism. ^Not to do so is to ignore the current power struggle: G39 006 ^{0NZ} literature is in the middle of a sort of warm war fought by G39 007 those who wish to claim the era for one ism or other. ^Visible G39 008 combatants are a handful of mostly male academics who purport to be G39 009 taking an historical perspective of the literature. ^Postmodernists G39 010 apparently offer a term which will *"absorb**" postcolonialism and G39 011 accommodate feminism. ^Presumably these isms have much in common: G39 012 they must have if postmodernism is not to become so diverse in its G39 013 inclusiveness as to lose all coherence, so that the term designed to G39 014 describe fragmentation, pastiche \0etc. deconstructs itself? ^If what G39 015 is culturally dominant is that there is no cultural dominance surely G39 016 *"we fall back into a view of present history as sheer heterogeneity, G39 017 random difference, a coexistence of a host of distinct forces whose G39 018 effectivity is undecidable**" *- the evil which postmodernists strive G39 019 to avoid. ^This willingness to embrace various isms has a further G39 020 consequence *- postmodernist practice is imperialistic. ^*1Living in G39 021 the Maniototo *0is not a novel that is readily colonised although it G39 022 will be, in the name of what is supposedly dominant in the text. ^Such G39 023 dominance is more apparent than real. ^What is real is power, derived G39 024 from imposing a reading, to write literary his story **[SIC**]. ^While G39 025 During accuses anti-intellectual academics of failing to *"enter into G39 026 relation with the fact that texts and images, including those marked G39 027 literature or art, help manage desire and direct power**", this is not G39 028 a failing of (intellectual?) postmodernists who are au fait with the G39 029 nature of multi...ism. ^But there's a fine line between merger and G39 030 takeover and there's also the matter of monopoly. G39 031 |^Suppose one chooses to live dangerously anyway, risk archaism, G39 032 and to offer a traditional reading, using biographical criticism as a G39 033 way into the novel. G39 034 |^*1About twenty years before publishing *0Living in the G39 035 Maniototo *1Janet Frame gratefully accepted medical advice that G39 036 acknowledged her need to *"write to survive.**" ^Elevated to the G39 037 status of life-support system, writing becomes an end in itself, so we G39 038 have, in this novel, Janet Frame writing about writing. G39 039 |^Frame believes human beings have evolved away from a language G39 040 of communication to a state of division. ^We use language in the form G39 041 of cliches, euphemisms, and advertising patter to the extent that we G39 042 lack linguistic conventions to express our deepest feelings. ^Frame, G39 043 as artist, sees beyond this facade to the individual desperation, the G39 044 violence sometimes repressed, but always the psychological warfare in G39 045 human relationships. ^Frame's difficulty then is that while she sees G39 046 what humans have done to language, she needs to write and words G39 047 provide the only medium. ^Moreover, though she may move her psyche to G39 048 *"that**" world (the life of a creative artist) she is physically G39 049 bound to *"this**" world (society in general) which also provides G39 050 material for the manifold or creative consciousness. G39 051 |^Limited contact with *"this**" world would seem to be least G39 052 damaging. ^It is what Frame prescribes for Mavis Halleton, G39 053 novelist-narrator of *0Living in the Maniototo. ^*1Mavis's husbands G39 054 move among the suburban paraphernalia of sewage systems and summit G39 055 stone fireplaces. ^When they die, Frame permits her narrator further G39 056 vicarious experience by causing her to receive four worldly guests. G39 057 ^Almost three of the novel's five parts are devoted to developing the G39 058 characters of the guests and the plan of one of them to spend a few G39 059 hours in the desert. ^In what seems more like *'straight**' fiction G39 060 than Frame writing about writing, Roger and Doris Prestwick and Theo G39 061 and Zita Carlton emerge as individual manifestations of social ills. G39 062 ^Theo and Zita are living the media romance: virile male protecting G39 063 passive decorative female. ^Roger and Doris are similarly constrained G39 064 by the images to which they have been exposed. ^Roger has been G39 065 watching *'Our World**' and so dreams of *"finding himself**" in the G39 066 desert. ^To provide the necessary balance, Doris takes in the ads and G39 067 so is practical homemaker. ^The tragedy, from Janet Frame's point of G39 068 view, is that the guests are locked inside this structure of mediated G39 069 values and lack the artist's wider vision. ^Mavis Halleton tells us G39 070 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G39 071 |^While Frame is making the characters a metaphor for her own G39 072 social vision, she is hardly deviating from the conventional novel G39 073 form in which the reader expects some symbolic superstructure. ^When G39 074 she dismisses the guests as part of Mavis Halleton's *'fiction**' G39 075 however, and resurrects the supposedly dead Garretts to reclaim their G39 076 house we finally lose the security of the traditional novel form. ^At G39 077 first we believe in the guests because the intimate tone of the prose G39 078 induces a sense of oneness with an apparently sincere narrator. ^Mavis G39 079 greets the news of her inheritance with such incredulity we are G39 080 convinced that here we have access to the *'fact**' that is reputedly G39 081 stranger than *'fiction.**' ^But Mavis directly challenges the reader G39 082 when she introduces *"the topic of guests in the house, as opposed to G39 083 guests in the house of fiction.**"(133) ^Her reference to the *"guess G39 084 towel,**" while a straightforward example of elision, is also an G39 085 oblique invitation to guess about the guests. ^Subsequent remarks on G39 086 the etymologies of *"guest**" and *"host**" challenge current usage, G39 087 warning that this may not be the conventional guest-host relationship. G39 088 ^But this is clear only in retrospect as Mavis moves to dispel doubt: G39 089 characters in fiction, she maintains, have *"all the time in the G39 090 world**" whereas her guests are *"within time and constantly fighting G39 091 against it.**"(134) G39 092 |^Thus, we are prepared for their urge to *"tell all.**" ^Towards G39 093 the end of the novel we realise that Frame is using our assumptions G39 094 about realism in the novel to counter clues she is giving all along. G39 095 ^A closer look at the guests though, reveals that Frame is also G39 096 writing about writing. G39 097 |^In the first chapter of the novel Mavis admits two aliases, G39 098 Alice Thumb, who controls the manifold, and ventriloquist, Violet G39 099 Pansy Proudlock, who enters *"the speech of another.**" ^They are G39 100 clearly manifestations of the creative artist. ^The Prestwicks and G39 101 Carltons are further evocations of the writer though they are flawed G39 102 because they belong to *"this**" world. ^All four are thinking of G39 103 writing a book. ^Doris and Roger Prestwick represent creativity, its G39 104 limitations and aspirations. ^While Mavis labels Doris *"practical**" G39 105 and Roger *"dreamer**" both undergo experiences which indicate Mavis's G39 106 (and Frame's) realisation that the pragmatic and creative should G39 107 coexist, though they seem to exert opposing forces. ^While Roger must G39 108 allow practical footwear and clothing into his desert dream, a life of G39 109 domesticity is not sufficient for Doris who moves into the G39 110 metaphysical. ^Doris's practical aspect is demonstrated in a literal G39 111 approach to language: she recalls childhood dismay *"at being told the G39 112 government was Old Coats.**"(135) ^Mavis and Doris hold this approach G39 113 to language in common and, though Mavis, as narrator, tells us that G39 114 Doris's sympathies are restricted to *"the intrusion of occasional G39 115 domestic passions**"(167) Doris also shares Mavis's poetic G39 116 imagination: ^In Wellington, Doris recalls, *"the wind blew through G39 117 people and came out the other side with shreds of them.**"(136) ^And, G39 118 though philosophic speculation seems *"out of character**" for G39 119 *"brownbread geranium Doris,**" she nevertheless questions her fellow G39 120 guests: *"^If we value only the real journey, what about all those G39 121 others... that never attain reality? ^Do we waste our time when they G39 122 make us weep real tears?**"(166) ^While Doris may be closer to the G39 123 side of Mavis that makes ham sandwiches for Lance, in her, as in G39 124 Mavis, the practical and creative coexist. ^Though neither Doris nor G39 125 Roger achieves a personal balance of practical with creative, G39 126 Mavis-Frame achieves a collective balance by making the two G39 127 individuals mutually dependent: *"her practicality... had developed G39 128 strength as his preoccupation with dreams and ideals G39 129 increased.**"(183) G39 130 |^Roger's dream of finding *"a piece of reality that never had a G39 131 shadow of a replica**" is the artist's dream. ^In *"this**" world G39 132 however, as Roger instinctively realises, the dream is *"arrogant, G39 133 ambitious, unoriginal... a waste of time.**"(143) ^Roger uses Mavis's G39 134 linguistic terms to restate the novel's dominant world view: he G39 135 accuses New Zealanders of being *"crazy about interior and exterior G39 136 decoration**"(142) and of cluttering their *"spiritual and sexual G39 137 hollows with electrically driven tools and household goods and G39 138 gods.**"(141) ^Though Roger asks Mavis's question, Frame's question G39 139 and the novel's question, *"^Why is each of us so diminished by the G39 140 resulting fruit of this tongue-blossom?**"(143) his ties to *"this**" G39 141 world render him ultimately *"empty as a ventriloquist's G39 142 dummy,**"(139) and therefore closer to Violet Pansy Proudlock than to G39 143 the artist in Mavis. ^He is a *"translator of cliches into rules to G39 144 live by**"(156) and goes off to fulfill his dream appropriately G39 145 encumbered: *"^You never know with the desert.**"(172) ^Roger's desert G39 146 reflections on human cannibalistic tendencies re-establish his link G39 147 with Mavis's world view as he ponders the duplicity of language: when G39 148 friends and lovers are *"consumed that the host might survive,**"(175) G39 149 the word *"host**" is shielding an enemy. ^Mavis rewards the dreamer G39 150 with a momentary insight which takes him closest to the artist: in the G39 151 company of a jackhare, Roger realises *"being at home... together... G39 152 meant... sharing a space in peace..., a space that was life-size and G39 153 therefore death-size.**"(177) ^His knowledge is transitory, however, G39 154 and Roger remains an *"out-of-element**" man. G39 155 |^Theo is the artist as god, self-appointed to manipulate G39 156 characters. ^His dominion is the alphabet which he controls from A to G39 157 Z(ita). ^His talent is for *"directing the lives of others.**" ^Theo, G39 158 and Mavis as writer, are **"born into vicariousness**" and can achieve G39 159 many ambitions *"only through the lives of others.**"(145) ^Theo's G39 160 ability to manipulate depends not only on the availability of passive G39 161 characters, but also on his command of words. ^When he loses *"the G39 162 power to name *- the God-power and poet power,**"(211) the mutual G39 163 dependency that is also established between Theo and Zita is G39 164 threatened: ^Zita cannot make good the loss for she *"could not G39 165 name.**"(199) G39 166 |^While Theo must have characters to control, Zita needs to be G39 167 chosen. ^This need stems from her Hungarian family's efforts to be G39 168 chosen as {0NZ} immigrants. ^*"New Zealand was our host,**" says Zita, G39 169 *"the kind, discriminating host, and we were *'duty bound**' to be G39 170 respectful, grateful guests.**"(151) ^But in this environment, shut G39 171 off from her native language, Zita's mother *"grew thin and old and G39 172 grey, with a hungry expression she had not shown all the hungry G39 173 years.**" ^She becomes the sacrificial host *"offering part of herself G39 174 as food**" which Zita and her brother *"accepted and consumed.**"(152) G39 175 ^Thus, we are shown the cannibalistic tendencies on which Roger G39 176 reflects, while Zita's family story also directs attention to the use G39 177 of language as a screen. ^{0NZ} *"the kind, discriminating host,**" is G39 178 revealed as host of the *"hostis**" variety, discriminating against G39 179 those of another kind. ^This power of a society to render individuals G39 180 incapable of self-assertion, completely dependent on being chosen, is G39 181 also the power of the writer over her characters. ^Diminished as she G39 182 is, Zita appropriately adapts Mavis's linguistic field to define her G39 183 world; restricted to *"the carpet battlefield,**" she controls G39 184 *"armies**" of furniture.(201) G39 185 |^The Carltons, just like the Prestwicks, are part of *"this**" G39 186 world. ^Theo fails to see the danger inherent in the manipulation of G39 187 characters. ^Zita, who shares Mavis's sensitivity to the *"maze of G39 188 treacherous words**"(149), realises that, though she is Theo's G39 189 *"chosen child,**" he has a *"stake**" in her and this *"does imply G39 190 that... where one has given life one may have the right to give G39 191 death.**"(153) ^The impersonal pronoun lets Mavis in and, as writer, G39 192 she exercises her right to annihilate the guests to whom she has given G39 193 life. G39 194 |^Theo and Zita are a metaphor for the writer's relationship with G39 195 her characters. ^Roger and Doris perform the same function with regard G39 196 to the writer and creativity. ^Their functions, as individuals in G39 197 relation to society and individuals in relation to writing are G39 198 complementary: *"all four are oppressed by private unhappiness,**" G39 199 sensing that beyond them is a reality they cannot attain. G39 200 *# G40 001 **[227 TEXT G40**] G40 002 |^*0I am writing a book about growing up in New Zealand in the 1950s. G40 003 ^A number of women writers have suggested that since the genres as we G40 004 know them are male-defined to suit men's experience, thought and G40 005 writing, it is not surprising that women should have difficulties in G40 006 working within them. ^As a result, they are now producing *'new**' G40 007 kinds of writing, which cross all the familiar genre boundaries. ^What G40 008 I am attempting to do is to combine personal recollection (mainly my G40 009 own but sometimes that of others) with cultural analysis. ^This method G40 010 of working is not my own invention: ^I owe much to the models provided G40 011 by writers such as Jane Lazarre (1981) and Rachel \0M. Brownstein G40 012 (1982). G40 013 |^In order to set manageable boundaries, and also to be able to G40 014 complete the book in discrete sections, I am using a structure G40 015 consisting of a series of essays, each centring around one particular G40 016 *'sign**' from the period, for example, the Edmonds cookery book, the G40 017 *1Janet and John *0series of readers, the social studies textbook G40 018 *1Our Nation's Story, *0the 1957 film *1Bernardine *0(with Pat Boone), G40 019 the Mazengarb Report; then branching out to examine a related area *- G40 020 food, family, the image of the Maori, gender, sex, and so on. G40 021 |^I was born in 1945, part of the extreme advance guard of the G40 022 famous post-war baby boom outlined by \0C. James O'Neill (1979): G40 023 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G40 024 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G40 025 **[END INDENTATION**] G40 026 |^But as O'Neill has pointed out, it was in fact not a true baby boom G40 027 at all: G40 028 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G40 029 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G40 030 **[END INDENTATION**] G40 031 |^So much for the facts. ^But facts have not played a large part in G40 032 how the baby boom has generally been perceived. ^After a depression G40 033 and a world war, there was no more potent or reassuring symbol of G40 034 returning peace than the great flood-tide of children that swept G40 035 through New Zealand's maternity hospitals, homes and schools: G40 036 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G40 037 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G40 038 **[END INDENTATION**] G40 039 |^Just as, during the 1930s, the falling birthrate was seen as G40 040 evidence of (white) race suicide, and clarion calls came from the G40 041 doctors, the press, the church and the state for an end to female G40 042 *'selfishness**' and *'the re-enthronement of the larger family**' G40 043 (Brookes, 1981), so the 1950s have been widely seen as the era when G40 044 that re-enthronement came about and the (Pakeha) family at last came G40 045 into its own. ^During the war, the men had become *'our boys**', G40 046 returned to childhood with a licence to kill (Frame, 1983); but now G40 047 they were home and the life of the nation, freed of the necessary G40 048 wartime aberrations such as women tram conductors, could resume its G40 049 rightful, natural pattern: Dad at work, Mum at home with the kids. G40 050 |^Like the baby boom itself, very little about the 1950s turns G40 051 out to be what it seems on the surface. ^I was drawn to write about G40 052 that decade for two reasons: first, in order to look at some of the G40 053 social factors that helped to shape me and my generation; and G40 054 secondly, to bring a little more depth and reality to recollections of G40 055 that time, so as to counteract the vague image of a post-war golden G40 056 age which is currently being so effectively evoked by the reactionary G40 057 moralist right. G40 058 *|^In *1Taking It Like A Woman, *0Ann Oakley (1984:10) writes: G40 059 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G40 060 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G40 061 **[END INDENTATION**] G40 062 |^It is precisely this type of nostalgia *- though with a suburban, G40 063 rather than rural, setting *- which the moralist right is attempting G40 064 to exploit, through its calls for a return to *'traditional values**'. G40 065 ^In its account of humanity's most recent fall from grace, several G40 066 serpents entered the settled, godly, prosperous world of the 1950s: G40 067 Maori activists, homosexuals, feminists *- but the worst of these were G40 068 feminists, since they sought to subvert the foundations of family life G40 069 (and hence of national life) by stirring up selfishness and discontent G40 070 among women, urging them to abandon their God-given role of caring for G40 071 others and instead become as demanding and competitive as men. ^John G40 072 Massam, the editor of *1Challenge Weekly, *0neatly summed up the G40 073 historical view of the right in a recent interview: G40 074 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G40 075 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G40 076 **[END INDENTATION**] G40 077 |^However, some evils appear to be more anti-God than others: the G40 078 focus is on extra-marital sexual activity, teenage pregnancy, G40 079 abortion, and homosexuality. ^All of these issues have periodically G40 080 been the subject of heated debate since European settlement began in G40 081 New Zealand, and always (except for homosexuality) the debate has G40 082 focused on women, because they are held responsible for the moral G40 083 standards (that is, the sexual behaviour) of the nation and for the G40 084 wellbeing of the family. ^Men's sexuality was seen as naturally beyond G40 085 their control; it was therefore up to women to control it, by denying G40 086 men sexual access outside marriage. G40 087 *|^How fortunate that God and nature had so arranged things that G40 088 female lapses were very often made glaringly obvious by pregnancy! ^In G40 089 1945 the number of babies adopted suddenly doubled, and I was one of G40 090 them. ^The first chapter of the book therefore focuses on adoption. G40 091 ^The moralist right recognises that sinful human nature being what it G40 092 is, unmarried motherhood is a perennial problem. ^Adoption represents G40 093 the ideal solution: a respectable but infertile married couple gets a G40 094 baby (without resorting to morally dubious technology), and the G40 095 natural mother is punished twice for her immorality *- first by having G40 096 to go through with the pregnancy, and secondly by the baby being taken G40 097 away from her. ^Moreover, there is little call on the state's G40 098 resources. G40 099 |^Kate Inglis, in her fine book, *1Living Mistakes: Mothers who G40 100 consented to adoption *0(1984), describes the situation of the G40 101 unmarried pregnant woman in the 1950s: G40 102 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G40 103 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G40 104 **[END INDENTATION**] G40 105 |^Like Inglis, I want my examination of adoption in the post-war years G40 106 to set down G40 107 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G40 108 *|^But there are other, less dramatic areas of our cultural and social G40 109 history which have been neglected. ^My second chapter looks at the G40 110 series of reading books used by virtually every child in the 1950s. G40 111 ^That famous pair, Janet and John, arrived in our schools in 1950 and G40 112 were not superseded until the 1960s. ^Professor Marie Clay (1979) has G40 113 pointed out that children learn to read in order to decode a message, G40 114 and everything on the page *- typeface, layout, illustrations *- G40 115 contributes to getting the message across. ^But every book, even for G40 116 beginners, gives out a second set of messages, conveying attitudes and G40 117 values about the world, and in particular about human behaviour. ^Much G40 118 attention has been paid to messages about the sexes, but the Janet and G40 119 John books were in fact not particularly sexist: both children were G40 120 energetic and co-operative, and neither hogged the limelight or G40 121 denigrated the other. (^The lack of appropriate sex-role training was G40 122 later perceived as a disadvantage for boys, and misogynist G40 123 supplementary readers were written in New Zealand specifically to G40 124 remedy it.) ^What the Janet and John books did convey was a strong G40 125 image of the only right way for children and their parents to live: a G40 126 kind of cross between those other model families whose pictures were G40 127 everywhere in the 1950s, Rupert Bear and his parents in Nutswood, and G40 128 the Royal children with their Nanny in the nursery. ^Janet and John's G40 129 model life-style was distinguished from that of their predecessors, G40 130 Pat and May, by its forthright materialism: in line with the G40 131 educational theories of the time, and the development of the mass G40 132 market, Janet and John were unable to amuse themselves without a G40 133 plethora of equipment, and storylines frequently revolved around real G40 134 or imaginary shopping. ^Small wonder that Sylvia Ashton-Warner (1980) G40 135 found her rural Maori pupils had extreme difficulty learning to read G40 136 from those brightly-coloured pages which the Education Department was G40 137 so pleased with. G40 138 *|^Though classes at my suburban Auckland school were extremely large G40 139 *- never under 40, sometimes over 50 *- they contained very few Maori G40 140 children, and might as well have contained none. ^However, we spent a G40 141 great deal of time studying the Maoris *- the early explorers Toi and G40 142 Kupe, arrival of the Great Fleet, the construction of the fortified G40 143 pa, the deserved defeat of the rebellious tribes in the Maori Wars. G40 144 |^Through such studies, and in particular textbooks such as *1Our G40 145 Nation's Story, *0we were well trained to think of the Maori culture G40 146 (and even the Maori people) as thoroughly dead and gone, and little in G40 147 the experience of urban Pakeha children contradicted this. ^The G40 148 contemporary Maori, especially the Maori woman (save for a few crude G40 149 stereotypes) was simply invisible in 1950s urban New Zealand culture. G40 150 ^The implications and consequences of this invisibility, both for the G40 151 Maori and the Pakeha, are only now beginning to be explored and G40 152 recognised, and this section aims to be part of that process. G40 153 *|^Janet and John spent much of their time out of doors, as good New G40 154 Zealand children should, and the inside of their home was not shown. G40 155 ^Yet the 1950s was the time when the House came into its own as a G40 156 focus for middle-class women's creative energy. ^As the severe G40 157 post-war housing shortage eased and wartime scarcity (vividly G40 158 described in interviews with older women) gave way to plenty, the G40 159 media urged women to spend the time saved by vacuum cleaners and other G40 160 modern *'home appliances**' on Home Decorating. ^I picked up the G40 161 message very early, mainly from the pages of my mother's fat weekly G40 162 bundle of magazines, showing fascinating floor plans of the right and G40 163 wrong ways to arrange furniture, or ten bright ideas for trimming G40 164 lampshades; and I soon understood that these activities, which so G40 165 easily became compulsive, were far more appropriate outlets for female G40 166 creativity than Art itself. ^Yet they were in no way to be taken G40 167 seriously, nor was their value to be recognised, by men; far from G40 168 being of benefit to men, they were understood to be a burden on them, G40 169 the topic of innumerable jokes and jibes. G40 170 |^Similarly, food and cooking took on a new, apparently G40 171 *'creative**' aspect. ^At first, you knew where you were with food in G40 172 the 1950s *- bread was white, salad dressing was made from condensed G40 173 milk, and cheese was mousetrap or Chesdale. ^New Zealand women had G40 174 long been famed for their baking; but soon cooking the main meals G40 175 began to be sold as a fun activity, rather than a necessary daily G40 176 task, and recipes tentatively became a little more daring, albeit G40 177 still working with a limited range of ingredients (which gave rise to G40 178 some bizarre inventions, such as *'Chesdale Jelly**'). G40 179 |^At the same time as the task of food preparation was being G40 180 expanded in this way, the ideal female figure was being thinned down. G40 181 ^Prewar advertisements frequently offered remedies for excessive G40 182 thinness, especially in the bust, but also in arms and legs; soon G40 183 after the war, articles on *'dieting**', {0i.e.} controlling food G40 184 intake to lose weight, began to appear in the ubiquitous women's G40 185 magazines, right alongside recipes for *'interesting**' new dishes G40 186 *'to tempt the family**'. ^While women's relationship with food has G40 187 probably always been problematic, it became particularly complicated G40 188 and contradictory in the 1950s, not least because of the increased G40 189 self-investment demanded in an activity where success is measured in G40 190 terms of the speed with which the outcome is destroyed. ^Learning to G40 191 be a woman included internalising these contradictions, abetted by the G40 192 earnest ritual of school cookery classes. G40 193 *|^As the children of the baby boom grew up, their sheer numbers made G40 194 them a formidable force, and their unprecedented prosperity made them G40 195 an irresistible target consumer group. ^The teenage subculture G40 196 developed earliest in the United States, where mass marketing was most G40 197 advanced; and the American influence on New Zealand culture, already G40 198 heightened by the actual presence of {0US} servicemen during the war, G40 199 became much more pervasive during the 1950s, especially among G40 200 teenagers. G40 201 |^The Hollywood movie was one of the principal agents of this G40 202 invasion: in order to capture the teenage audience, the industry G40 203 starred pop idols such as Elvis Presley and Pat Boone in hastily G40 204 dreamt-up vehicles which were ostensibly about the ups and downs of G40 205 boy/ girl relationships. ^In fact, like their more serious G40 206 counterparts such as *1Rebel Without a Cause *0and *1Blue Denim, G40 207 *0these apparently light-hearted romps were obsessed with the dilemma G40 208 of how boys could ever become men in the new *'feminine**' age of G40 209 comfort and consumerism. ^The answer was, first, to remove the power G40 210 of the dominant mother who, even in New Zealand, undermined paternal G40 211 authority by emasculating her husband, thus turning him into that G40 212 pathetic figure, *'The Father Who Is Despised in His Own House**'; and G40 213 secondly, to make sure young women knew their place, and stayed in it. G40 214 *# G41 001 **[228 TEXT G41**] G41 002 |^*0The confiscation and sale of Maori land, and increasing G41 003 urbanisation, have eroded the traditional rural lifestyle of the G41 004 Maori. ^Much contemporary Maori writing has focused on the loss of G41 005 tribal land and on the alien suburban and urban landscape, as in G41 006 Chapter Seven of this book. G41 007 |^Maori writing draws heavily on a sense of place, season and G41 008 interaction with the environment. ^The spirit of the land may permeate G41 009 much Maori writing, but its presence is often implicit. ^Traditional G41 010 Maori poetry, for example, uses conventional structures and references G41 011 in a cryptic allusive style. ^Poems often begin with two or three line G41 012 references to a particular landscape and then the scope of the poem G41 013 may appear to change, or at least widen considerably. ^The mood and G41 014 allusions from these initial references, however, enrich the work as a G41 015 whole. ^While some contemporary short stories and novels have a sense G41 016 of place so strong that one can almost feel the earth, there may be G41 017 few set pieces of *"scenic description**". ^In *1the bone people, G41 018 *0the landscape has the power to heal, educate, and unite those G41 019 responsive to it. ^The land is completely interwoven with the imagery, G41 020 characters and plot in the novel. ^Despite this central importance of G41 021 landscape there are few passages describing it which can be fully G41 022 appreciated in isolation. G41 023 |^The complete integration of the landscape with the Maori world G41 024 view is paralleled in the integration of landscape with the fabric of G41 025 Maori literature. G41 026 *|^Many of the first Pakeha writing about the New Zealand landscape G41 027 were visitors, travellers or explorers who in no sense belonged to the G41 028 country or felt part of the landscape. ^Many were enthusiastic amateur G41 029 scientists *- geographers, cartographers, geologists and naturalists G41 030 *- who saw the landscape as a challenge to be explored, recorded, and G41 031 exploited. ^Ian Wedde wrote: G41 032 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 033 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G41 034 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 035 |^The early appropriations of these explorers were linguistic; in G41 036 renaming features of the landscape they began to stake their claim. G41 037 ^Aotearoa became New Zealand; Aorangi, \0Mt Cook; and Takaparawha, G41 038 Bastion Point. ^Some early writers deplored this linguistic coup. G41 039 ^John Logan Campbell wrote in *1Poenamo: G41 040 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 041 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G41 042 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 043 |^*0To Pakeha explorers and scientists the landscape was harsh G41 044 and unknown. ^They were often led by Maori guides in their travels G41 045 around New Zealand. ^Despite this liaison with Maori experts, these G41 046 Pakeha recorded views of the Maori relationship with the landscape G41 047 which were usually patronising or explicitly critical. ^The stance of G41 048 most of the nineteenth century writers included in this book is that G41 049 of outsiders. G41 050 |^These early Pakeha were writing for an audience which had never G41 051 seen New Zealand. ^Katherine Mansfield wrote (in *1Novels and G41 052 Novelists) *0that frequent allusion to magnificent, indigenous scenery G41 053 was pointless if it couldn't convey a picture to the English reader. G41 054 ^Writing for a distant readership contributed to the writer's and G41 055 reader's sense of separateness from the country. ^This detachedness G41 056 made it easier to see the land as being *"up for grabs**". ^Early G41 057 writers such as John Carne Bidwill saw and assessed the land primarily G41 058 in terms of its suitability for settlers. ^Other early writers, again G41 059 conscious of their distant readers, stressed the exotic and wrote what G41 060 Denis Glover called *"scenic stories to tell an English audience all G41 061 about this little country**". G41 062 |^As discussed earlier, landscapes which did not fit the G41 063 conventions of European aesthetics were ignored or downgraded. G41 064 ^Persistent writing of certain places, such as the thermal regions or G41 065 dramatic mountain ranges, in itself established their significance. G41 066 ^The experience of landscape in literature, as well as the direct G41 067 experience of landscape itself, affected attitudes to the land. G41 068 |^Some writers saw the landscape as inherently beautiful because G41 069 it was God's handiwork. ^It was therefore at its best when G41 070 *"undestroyed by the arts introduced by mankind**" ({0J. S.} Polack). G41 071 ^Contemplating Nature was a spiritual activity because the spectator G41 072 was contemplating God or at least God's work. ^The few early Pakeha to G41 073 use the landscape imaginatively, as a symbol in their work, were those G41 074 such as Richard Taylor who combined landscape and religious imagery in G41 075 line with European tradition. G41 076 |^Another aesthetic tradition which many nineteenth century G41 077 writers maintained was that of the *"Sublime**". ^Landscapes were seen G41 078 as sublime when they aroused feelings of awe, excitement, fear or G41 079 dread which the spectator enjoyed. ^Favourite sublime landscapes were G41 080 mountains, volcanoes, dense bush or forests, and the sea. ^The sublime G41 081 often contrasts human frailty with the vastness and power of Nature. G41 082 ^Polack's description of the Maunganui Headland is typical of writing G41 083 in the sublime tradition. G41 084 *|^Nineteenth century women and men had *- literally *- different G41 085 views of landscape. ^Women's writing of the period usually reflects G41 086 their isolated and restricted lives and the details of their domestic G41 087 and family responsibilities. ^When they did record their visions of G41 088 landscape, however, they were often sympathetic to the distinctive G41 089 beauty of their surroundings. ^The reaction of the men was usually G41 090 different. ^Some, such as Gerhard Mueller, appreciated their G41 091 environment. ^He wrote to his wife: G41 092 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 093 |^You, no doubt, think that I am in a wild country. ^Certainly it is a G41 094 wild and romantic one, and I am most decidedly enjoying it. G41 095 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 096 |^Most men were prosaic. ^Sarah Amelia Courage wrote in her G41 097 autobiography that she asked her husband if the run he had bought near G41 098 Christchurch was pretty. ^She echoed comments Samuel Butler had made G41 099 in *1A First Year in a Canterbury Settlement *0when she wrote: G41 100 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 101 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G41 102 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 103 |^The harshness of life for men was related to the difficulties G41 104 of outdoor life rather than the limitations of indoor living. ^Men G41 105 were often involved in the laborious task of clearing the land, and G41 106 when writing of the landscape naturally tended to assess it in terms G41 107 of its productivity. ^Ernst Dieffenbach wrote in *1Travels in New G41 108 Zealand *0that many emigrants did not intend to make New Zealand their G41 109 home, but to make a fortune here as quickly as possible before G41 110 returning to their native lands. ^For the large proportion of British G41 111 immigrants in the nineteenth century who were in temporary *"exile**", G41 112 land was used for speculation and profit. G41 113 |^Women's and men's writing shows different views of the G41 114 landscape, but they had in common the desire to domesticate, to tame G41 115 their environment, by replacing bush with grass, scrub with flowering G41 116 shrubs. ^Many early writers deplored the *"emptiness**" of their G41 117 surroundings. ^Used to more densely populated countries, they felt G41 118 very lonely in the open New Zealand countryside, and longed to people G41 119 the landscape. ^Charles Hursthouse wrote in 1857: G41 120 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 121 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G41 122 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 123 |^Another nineteenth century writer, Thomas Chapman wrote: G41 124 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 125 |^It has many, many times been grief to mind to see thousands of acres G41 126 of land lying waste and miles of country desolate and entirely G41 127 uninhabited. G41 128 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 129 |^Richard Taylor described the grassland near Tongariro as *"a G41 130 world blasted by sin**". ^He like many others of the period explicitly G41 131 linked the barrenness of the landscape with sin, with a failure to G41 132 revere God. G41 133 |^New settlers transformed the land for profit and to make it G41 134 more like their countries of origin, usually Britain. ^They G41 135 deliberately introduced vegetation and architecture to make New G41 136 Zealand a home away from Home. ^Some writers valued their new country G41 137 for its distinctiveness, but the majority longed to transform New G41 138 Zealand into the Britain of the South Pacific. ^They wrote approvingly G41 139 of settlers' attempts to replace features of the landscape with scenes G41 140 with which they were more familiar, particularly pastoral scenes and G41 141 gardens. G41 142 |^Clearing the land was equated with Christianising the country. G41 143 ^Converting the Maori to Christianity was seen as one duty G41 144 inextricably bound up with another, that of *"civilising**" the G41 145 landscape. ^The firm assumption was that both duties would inevitably G41 146 bring improvement. G41 147 *|^By the time the twentieth century arrived the landscape was G41 148 regarded as an adversary against which the settlers pitted themselves. G41 149 ^Regeneration of bush, erosion, floods and slips protested the G41 150 farmers' attempts at possession. ^The farmers, in turn, felt G41 151 bitterness at the defiant refusal of the land to fulfil their G41 152 expectations. ^In Pakeha writing, many characters gain stature from G41 153 their epic attempts to subdue the land (as in novels by Jane Mander G41 154 and William Satchell). ^This admiration sometimes occurs despite the G41 155 writer's acknowledgement of the damage being done to the environment G41 156 in the name of *"progress**". G41 157 |^By the 1930s and 40s, writers such as Frank Sargeson and G41 158 Roderick Finlayson recognised, with some guilt and sorrow, their G41 159 ancestors' determination to possess and exploit the land. ^They G41 160 explored the unequal dominating relationship the Pakeha had assumed G41 161 with the land and its denial of the Maori tradition of coexistence. G41 162 ^They wrote of the inevitable alienation of settlers, farmers and G41 163 early Pakeha inhabitants who aimed to possess a land rather than G41 164 belong to it. ^Bill Pearson, in his essay *"Fretful Sleepers**", wrote G41 165 that hostility is not in the landscape, *"it is we who are hostile. G41 166 ^We haven't made friends with the land.**" ^This Pakeha failure to G41 167 relate to the land, to come to terms with New Zealand landscape, had G41 168 been an important theme, almost an obsession in much twentieth-century G41 169 New Zealand literature. G41 170 |^Another reason for the alienation from the landscape was a G41 171 so-called *"lack of history**". ^Some Pakeha writers in the 1930s and G41 172 40s ignored Maori history and involvement with the landscape. ^John G41 173 Mulgan, in *1Report on Experience, *0wrote that New Zealand was not an G41 174 old country *"in the European sense where countries are old with the G41 175 marks of humanity**". ^He saw the land as being old but *"quite G41 176 untouched by men**". ^Such writing ignored the considerable physical G41 177 and oral evidence of centuries of Maori occupation. G41 178 |^Other Pakeha writers longed to feel *"native**" to the country. G41 179 ^Charles Brasch wrote enviously of the ability of the Maori to G41 180 understand and belong to the land. ^The titles of his books reveal his G41 181 preoccupations: *1Home Ground, Disputed Ground. ^*0He believed the G41 182 Pakeha could begin to identify with the landscape *"only in the wash G41 183 of time**". ^He, Allen Curnow, and many others acknowledged no G41 184 conquest or taming could make land belong to a people. ^Once *"Dearest G41 185 dust and shadow**" had been offered, the living and the dead could G41 186 begin to be part of the land. G41 187 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 188 |**[POEM**] G41 189 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 190 |^In the 1930s writers such as Robin Hyde, Denis Glover, {0A. R. G41 191 D.} Fairburn, Brasch and Curnow consciously rejected England as the G41 192 *"motherland**". ^They wanted to end New Zealand's cultural and G41 193 economic dependence, and to sever the *"umbilical cord of butterfat G41 194 holding us in subservience**". ^They asserted their nationalism in G41 195 their literature. ^Hyde wrote that after the depression her G41 196 contemporaries had ceased to be *"forever England**". ^She turned to G41 197 New Zealand landscape and history for inspiration: G41 198 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 199 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G41 200 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 201 |^Ruth Harley has described in her unpublished {0PhD} thesis how G41 202 writers in this period struggled to inhabit a country imaginatively G41 203 where previously they had only been camping. ^Curnow wanted to G41 204 discover *"self in country and country in self**". ^Pakeha writers G41 205 felt that up till this time they had lived on the land rather than in G41 206 it. ^Glover announced in *1Home Thoughts: G41 207 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 208 |**[POEM**] G41 209 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 210 |^*0Glover's preoccupations in this poem were shared by many of G41 211 his contemporaries; New Zealand being the stimulus for literature, an G41 212 emphasis on reality, on thinking rather than dreaming, and an interest G41 213 in the ordinary life in small town New Zealand rather than idealised G41 214 overseas settings. ^Writers were beginning to accept their environment G41 215 and value its distinctiveness. ^In his autobiography Sargeson compared G41 216 a native honeysuckle in the Mamaku plateau with a tame one planted out G41 217 of nostalgia for *"Home**". ^He saw the native plant as a symbol of G41 218 *"New Zealand as it might worthily have been**", had its indigenous G41 219 beauty not been dismissed. G41 220 |^Rudyard Kipling in *1One Lady at Wairakei *0had written in 1892 G41 221 that New Zealand men and women would write stories *"as soon as the G41 222 spirit of the fern hills *- they are very lonely, you know *- and the G41 223 snow mountains**" had entered into their blood. ^He recognised: G41 224 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G41 225 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G41 226 **[END INDENTATION**] G41 227 |^As the Pakeha became more familiar with the landscape, and G41 228 learned to care for it, writers began to romanticise the landscape in G41 229 a different way from earlier writers. {0C. K.} Stead has described G41 230 this new romanticism as one where topography becomes a substitute for G41 231 human society. ^Isolated scenes, of bush, gumfields, mountains, G41 232 seascapes and rural settings were seen as providing sanctuary from G41 233 Puritan society and from the hostile suburban or urban landscape. G41 234 *# G42 001 **[229 TEXT G42**] G42 002 |^*6G*2EOFF MURPHY'S SIGNIFICANCE *0in our re-emergence as a G42 003 film-making nation rests not merely on his importance as a pioneer, G42 004 nor just on the relative popular success his films have achieved. ^It G42 005 also lies in the fact that he is, alongside Vincent Ward, one of only G42 006 two directors whose work merits a reading as a whole, rather than just G42 007 individually. ^He is in other words an example of what once would have G42 008 been fashionably described as an *"\auteur**". ^An *"\auteur**" is a G42 009 director who manages to instil in her or his work some sort of common G42 010 unifying structure. ^This is in contrast to those directors who, G42 011 however skilled as craftspersons, fail to exhibit any distinguishable G42 012 *"personality**" by which their product may be readily identified. G42 013 |^Obviously the paucity of our cinematic output (something G42 014 dictated by market forces rather than any natural lack of G42 015 prolificness) makes it somewhat premature to pronounce on directors G42 016 who have, at the very most, four features to their credit. ^Still, one G42 017 can make comparisons. ^A talented director like John Laing for example G42 018 may produce fine films but *6BEYOND REASONABLE DOUBT, THE LOST TRIBE G42 019 *0and *6OTHER HALVES *0have little in common apart from his name. ^The G42 020 placement above a film's title of the phrase *"A John Laing Film**" is G42 021 merely a directorial credit, a guarantee of some element of quality G42 022 perhaps, but nothing more. ^The phrase *"A Geoff Murphy Film**" on the G42 023 other hand is descriptive, it tells us something about the film we're G42 024 about to watch. ^I don't think, in line with the so-called G42 025 *"\auteur**" theory in vogue in the Sixties, that this of necessity G42 026 makes Murphy a superior director to Laing. ^It just means that while G42 027 any analysis of Laing's work as a whole, examining what his films have G42 028 in common and how they relate to one another, would seem a futile G42 029 exercise, a similar analysis of Murphy's films can be most rewarding. G42 030 |^It's my intention of course to attempt just such an G42 031 interpretation in this article, with two qualifications. ^First, G42 032 guided by motives of simplicity, I've confined my attentions (apart G42 033 from a couple of asides) to Murphy's three major features, although I G42 034 believe that to a certain extent my observations also apply to his G42 035 smaller films *6TANK BUSTERS *0and *6WILD MAN. ^*0Second, my analysis G42 036 is, for a variety of reasons, almost wholly thematic rather than G42 037 stylistic. ^In examining the recurring motifs and aspects of narrative G42 038 that unify Murphy's cinematic output I have tried to promote the G42 039 following thesis: that Murphy's films can be usefully interpreted as G42 040 part of a specific aesthetic tradition, that of the G42 041 *"counterculture**" as exemplified by the Beats of the Fifties and the G42 042 hippies and dropouts of the Sixties. ^Before developing this argument G42 043 further however I want to preface it with a few comments of a more G42 044 general nature. G42 045 |^For a start it's worth noting that like most New Zealand G42 046 directors Murphy looks primarily towards the filmic conventions of G42 047 Hollywood when making his films. ^This is not to deny the indigenous G42 048 quality of his work (for he is one of the most intrinsically *"kiwi**" G42 049 of all New Zealand directors), it's just to place him within the broad G42 050 spectrum of a certain cinematic approach, that of the American G42 051 mainstream, as opposed to someone like Vincent Ward whose allegiance G42 052 lies with the more esoteric *"art cinema**" of Europe. G42 053 |^One particularly *"Hollywood-esque**" element in Murphy's G42 054 cinema is his fondness, more evident than with any other New Zealand G42 055 director, for constructing his stories within the framework of a G42 056 genre. ^*6GOODBYE PORK PIE *0(1980) is a road movie, *6THE QUIET EARTH G42 057 *0(1985) science fiction, while *6UTU *0(1983), for all the G42 058 specificity of its New Zealand setting, remains recognisably a Western G42 059 with everything from the obligatory barroom scene to *"Oh Suzannah**" G42 060 on the soundtrack. ^His films are also all *"action films**". ^From G42 061 *6TANK BUSTERS *0on things have a habit of exploding in Murphy's G42 062 films, cars squeal their tires, people run for cover. ^Even in *6THE G42 063 QUIET EARTH *0where the world's inhabitants have been reduced to three G42 064 they still seem able to find excuses to indulge in car chases and fire G42 065 guns at one another. ^Overall though this violence seems not so much G42 066 exploited for horror or suspense as for fun. G42 067 |^This sense of fun (as I shall argue, one of the key ingredients G42 068 in Murphy's cinema) is achieved through the continual counterbalancing G42 069 of a sense of action with a sense of humour. ^Murphy's own distinctive G42 070 brand of zany comedy is perhaps the most identifiable element of his G42 071 work and it provides many of its best moments. ^Yet while it can be G42 072 his biggest asset it is also often a liability. ^Such is the G42 073 exuberance of Murphy's humour that frequently it misses its mark. ^The G42 074 *"joke**" cut in *6PORK PIE *0from someone vomiting to tomato sauce G42 075 being poured on a fried egg; the frilly woman's underwear and the G42 076 vicar's dog collar that are discovered in the empty motel room in G42 077 *6QUIET EARTH: *0these are some of the moments in which Murphy G42 078 ventures perilously close to the territory of *6POLICE ACADEMY. G42 079 |^*0Unfortunately this occasional misdirection of comic aim is G42 080 not Murphy's only flaw. ^For all his achievements as a director Murphy G42 081 has yet to make a wholly satisfying film and much of the problem here G42 082 lies with poorly constructed narratives. ^In this respect *6GOODBYE G42 083 PORK PIE, *0his first feature, remains arguably his best in that what G42 084 it lacks in the sophistication and ambition of the later works it G42 085 makes up for through a unity of purpose and feel. ^*6UTU *0and *6THE G42 086 QUIET EARTH *0on the other hand both suffer from major structural G42 087 faults. ^The former, for all its fine moments, never really comes to G42 088 terms with its epic-like multi-character narrative. ^Likewise *6THE G42 089 QUIET EARTH *0also struggles with its storyline as the promising G42 090 last-people-left-on-earth scenario with which it begins is left to G42 091 degenerate into a simplistic action plot about the romantic troubles G42 092 of three people trying to blow something up. G42 093 |^But as I've already said, what makes Murphy interesting as a G42 094 director is that his work as a whole is worth more than the mere sum G42 095 of its individual parts. ^When placed together *6GOODBYE PORK PIE, UTU G42 096 *0and *6THE QUIET EARTH *0reveal a number of similarities, despite the G42 097 apparent disparities of their plots. ^Through mapping these G42 098 similarities we can glimpse the outline of another story, one told G42 099 through the space in which these films overlap. ^This story is, I G42 100 believe, characterized by many features and influences that can be G42 101 broadly described by the term *"counterculture**". ^In the rest of G42 102 this article I intend to examine these features. G42 103 *<*4Social Disengagement and the Counterculture*> G42 104 |^*0In my use of the term counterculture I refer specifically to G42 105 certain movements of disaffected middle-class youths in post-war G42 106 capitalist society. ^Groups such as the Beats of the Fifties and the G42 107 hippies and dropouts of the Sixties were, while by no means identical, G42 108 united by a similar antipathy towards what they perceived as the G42 109 stifling conformity of bourgeois norms. ^They were primarily a social G42 110 phenomenon but one which also found a strong cultural expression in G42 111 literature and cinema. ^Although most of these works were, in a broad G42 112 sense, social critiques, they most frequently found shape as G42 113 celebrations (often tragic) of those who did not conform, rather than G42 114 as detailed critical dissections of those who did. ^For the artists of G42 115 the counterculture were primarily concerned with describing themselves G42 116 (and people like themselves) and the difficulty they had being G42 117 themselves in a world that always wanted them to be someone else. ^In G42 118 a famous essay *"Disengagement: The Art of the Beat Generation**" G42 119 critic Kenneth Rexroth records this fondness for dealing G42 120 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G42 121 ^Counterculture art, then, is the art of the outsider. ^Society as a G42 122 whole does make its presence felt, but only through attempts to impose G42 123 its authority. ^Otherwise it remains largely in the background, at G42 124 most a dark shadow on the surrounding horizon. G42 125 |^Similarly Murphy's films are also all about social G42 126 disengagement. ^Both *6PORK PIE *0and *6UTU *0revolve around G42 127 characters who have chosen to opt out of society; in *6THE QUIET EARTH G42 128 *0of course it's the other way around, this time it's society that G42 129 opts out, leaving Zac and the others stranded. ^But the effect is the G42 130 same. ^In each of these films we are made conscious of a gap that G42 131 exists between the central characters and the rest of the world, a gap G42 132 that delineates them as beyond those social boundaries which enclose G42 133 others. G42 134 |^This sense of social deviancy is most obvious in *6GOODBYE PORK G42 135 PIE *0which is a fairly straightforward celebration of G42 136 anti-authoritarianism and nonconformist values. ^Here Gerry and John's G42 137 rebellion takes the form of an anarchic joy-ride in which the forces G42 138 of social order *- the police and the Ministry of Transport *- are G42 139 continually outwitted and humiliated. ^Note that the film chooses to G42 140 concentrate almost solely upon the rebels, not on what they are G42 141 rebelling against. ^We assume, for example, rather than actually G42 142 witness the oppressiveness of the small town from which Gerry flees. G42 143 ^Indeed the clearest articulation of what it is they are actually G42 144 running from is described rather than shown early in the film by John, G42 145 when he offers his departing lover Sue a tongue-in-cheek promise: G42 146 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G42 147 **[PLATES**] G42 148 ^Visualizations of this image are provided to a certain extent by the G42 149 Ian Watkins character on holiday with his family in an identical G42 150 yellow mini and by the life of Sue's sister in Invercargill, but these G42 151 are only minor, underemphasized moments. ^On the whole *6GOODBYE PORK G42 152 PIE *0seems not especially interested in providing a social critique G42 153 or in backgrounding its characters' alienation; it prefers instead to G42 154 simply delight in the act of rebellion itself. G42 155 |^*6UTU *0is also centred upon social outlawry, though it must be G42 156 conceded that in this film Te Wheke's revolt is not endorsed anywhere G42 157 near as unequivocably as *6PORK PIE *0does the Blondinis'. ^Indeed G42 158 while Te Wheke may be its chief protagonist the film's true hero is G42 159 James Scott, an officer in the British army no less. ^That a G42 160 representative of Law and Order should be cast as the film's main G42 161 identification figure seems a long way away from *6PORK PIE*0's G42 162 unsympathetic portrayal of the forces of the state. ^I would argue G42 163 nonetheless that *6UTU *0retains many of the nonconformist thematics G42 164 of its predecessor. ^It would seem that in choosing to make a film G42 165 about Maori rebellion Murphy found himself pulled in two directions, G42 166 between on the one hand a natural disposition towards acts of social G42 167 revolt, and on the other an inability as a pakeha to totally identify G42 168 with an attempted overthrow of white culture. ^Thus while the film's G42 169 attitude towards Te Wheke is certainly not devoid of sympathy and it G42 170 clearly supports the spirit of his rebellion if not certain of its G42 171 manifestations, it finds it necessary at the same time to keep its G42 172 distance, filling the gap between us and Te Wheke with pakeha G42 173 identification figures. G42 174 |^Yet despite the presence of these pakeha characters like Scott G42 175 and Jonathon Williamson, their society as a whole remains something we G42 176 are only dimly aware of, lurking somewhere *"out there**". ^Again we G42 177 see how Murphy has chosen to foreground outsiders, an assertion in G42 178 which I include the army as well as the rebels. ^The army (by which I G42 179 mean the common soldiery, not the aristocratic Colonel Elliot) may be G42 180 the agents of colonial society but they are not G42 181 **[PLATE**] G42 182 part of it. ^In what we see of them they are not settlers but G42 183 *"movers**", engaged in a transient life of continual adventure. ^The G42 184 similarity of their lives to those of the rebels is such that the G42 185 lines between them are frequently blurred, many having associations G42 186 with both sides (Te Wheke and Eru desert while Henare contemplates it; G42 187 Kura's and Scott's relationship divides their loyalties, while G42 188 Wiremu's allegiance always remains ambiguous). ^In fact our only real G42 189 glimpse of *"normal**" colonial life (apart from the briefest of peeks G42 190 at the citizenry of Te Puna) is the home of Emily and Jonathon G42 191 Williamson and this we see only moments before it's destroyed by Te G42 192 Wheke's troops. G42 193 *# G43 001 **[230 TEXT G43**] G43 002 |^*0Throughout 1968 and 1969 suburbia is Killeen's main subject. G43 003 ^Suburbia had been for some thirty years a stock object of derogation G43 004 for New Zealand intellectuals, who found virtue and truth only in a G43 005 ruggedly *1rural *0unintellectuality, in hard men in hard light; and G43 006 so it was still for many of Killeen's generation; and so it is yet for G43 007 the more banal of our painters and writers. G43 008 |^Consider, as an early instance of such distaste for suburbia, G43 009 these remarks in an {0A.R.D.} Fairburn letter home from London, of G43 010 March 1931: G43 011 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G43 012 |^Or consider this more recent example from one of Fairburn's G43 013 disciples: G43 014 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G43 015 |^But Killeen's attitude is not so simply determined: *1his G43 016 *0suburbia (*1its *0blessed days of endless blue) might as easily be G43 017 claimed as the object of celebration as of derision. ^Killeen's G43 018 suburbia seems to come, and somewhat indeterminably to take its place, G43 019 precisely in the slash of fissure between *1urban/ rural. ^*0In so G43 020 occupying that fissuring site *1between, *0it perhaps disallows the G43 021 stock opposition of country to city in regionalist discourse, or G43 022 bluntens that sharp dichotomy in which the rural is invariably G43 023 privileged and the urban despised. ^Killeen's suburbia marks, in any G43 024 case, the historical change Fredric Jameson points to: G43 025 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G43 026 |^Now that a McCahon-like landscape of dark, bushclad hill may so G43 027 easily reflect in one of Killeen's suburban windows, or come through G43 028 its glass, so the antithesis of country/ city must be somewhat undone. G43 029 ^Killeen's paintings like *1First Car North, Car, Cloud and Hill, *0or G43 030 *1Bulldozer, *0mark the opening of the way into the country for G43 031 highway and suburb; while his paintings of highway and road signs G43 032 re-mark the coming of automobile culture. ^And Killeen's suburbia G43 033 repeatedly mimes that universal standardisation in which the house of G43 034 the New Zealand small town, and even the *'isolated**' farmer's house, G43 035 and the objects inside them, become quite indistinguishable from the G43 036 houses and objects of the city suburb... G43 037 |^Objects is the word. ^The armchair, for instance, looms large G43 038 in these paintings, almost innumerably looms, out**[ARB**]-numbering G43 039 the figures by far. ^Armchairs are become beings, companions say of G43 040 Killeen's *1House Lady *0as she exercises or reclines. ^Killeen's G43 041 creature is inside the house, cut off from the world of event: she G43 042 dances alone with chairs as audience and partners. ^If she is in G43 043 active pose *- traditional attribute of the male *- it is an inutile G43 044 action, one which is less act than reflection, since the only body the G43 045 act may affect is her own. ^And that body too perhaps, is but an G43 046 object, a possession which she must *'husband**', to keep it, like all G43 047 the furniture of her life, in perfect condition. G43 048 |^As for the male of the species *- we may see him with his head G43 049 full of chair (*1Chair in Head): *0the mind is constituted by the G43 050 objects at once of its desire and its consumption. G43 051 |^Emotions are rarely displayed in Killeen's suburbia *- if they G43 052 are displayed they are not shared. ^So an exercising woman is caught G43 053 in the pose of an ecstatic maenad, but it is an ecstasy only of a G43 054 body's exertion, and one which finds no echo in her surrounds. ^A G43 055 woman leans against a living room wall and smokes, in a space of G43 056 countable objects; gazes blankly over what Ruskin would call the fatal G43 057 newness of the furniture, over things which have no patina of memory G43 058 or use. ^But we are given no reason to think Killeen regards them as G43 059 fatal, nor *- as yet *- the lot of the woman: here things might seem G43 060 simply to be, so permissive of our opinion that we may bring to them G43 061 what we will. G43 062 |^Nor should we forget, perhaps, that Ian Scott, Killeen's art's G43 063 closest companion in these years, was later to say, in words which G43 064 would well describe many a Killeen suburban picture: G43 065 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G43 066 ^And so, it may be, did Killeen like such things, or, at least, their G43 067 patterns of which he made patterns. G43 068 |^The props of Killeen's theatre of suburban life, however often G43 069 repeated, are limited in number. ^One could easily make a list of them G43 070 *- their very repetition and interchangeability from one painting to G43 071 another encourages it: curtain; armchair; lamp; lampstand; picture; G43 072 carpet; mat; table; telephone; wall; window; holland blind; venetian G43 073 blind; road**[ARB**]-sign; hedge; tree; lawn; corrugated iron; white G43 074 weather-board; a sky patch of invariable blue. ^That, I think, is the G43 075 lot. ^They are become interchangeable signs, moved from one painting G43 076 to another, and interchangeable forms which Killeen may arrange as he G43 077 will. ^This interchangeability is literally so: ^Killeen used to have G43 078 large forms cut out of paper, a *'man**' form, say, which might be G43 079 stood up in an interior, and then in a suburban street; lain G43 080 horizontally, it might, purely by its position, become *'dead man**'. G43 081 |^These cut-outs, these patterns (like a dressmaker's paper G43 082 pattern from which innumerable dresses each the same may be made), G43 083 could be shifted at will from one painting to another, and stuck down G43 084 on any painting. ^They were *'stuck**' by the simple device of G43 085 arranging them on the studio wall, tracing their arrangement onto a G43 086 large sheet of tracing paper, transferring that tracing to the board, G43 087 and then colouring in the outline so made. G43 088 |^Killeen's art, then, is not a realist art, in the topographic G43 089 sense of realist *- the portrait of some specific place *- it is G43 090 **[PLATES**] G43 091 (already, as in the cut-out to come) an art of made and movable signs. G43 092 |^Nor (except for several portraits of the painter *- pictures in G43 093 pictures) are there portraits of persons any more than there are of G43 094 places. ^Killeen's suburban woman, say, is but a *1type. ^*0Though G43 095 (necessarily, in a painting) she has some individual features (no G43 096 painted figure can be quite like another), she is, nevertheless, as G43 097 Barthes has said of the photographed fashion model, *'a normative G43 098 individual, chosen for her canonic generality**'. ^And the same is so G43 099 of Killeen's suburban man. ^He is nothing but a generic term. G43 100 ^Creature. ^Figment. ^Sign only. G43 101 |^Emotions, I have said, are rarely displayed in Killeen's G43 102 suburban pictures; in their signs of *'person**', whether of *'man**' G43 103 or of *'woman**', neither facial expression or pose much exhorts us to G43 104 feel. ^Nor does facial feature much touch us. ^There are no very clear G43 105 signs of cruelty or kindness, of intelligence or stupidity, such as we G43 106 find in classic painting; and these faces are seldom assigned the G43 107 signs either of beauty or ugliness. ^If, as Proust has claimed, the G43 108 features of the face are hardly more than gestures, the very lack in G43 109 Killeen's suburban pictures of much specificity of face outside the G43 110 generality of *'man's face**', or *'woman's face**', is a refusal to G43 111 grant them any too emphatically precise a significance. G43 112 |^In classic painting, in Barthes's words, *'gestures are G43 113 deflected from their corporeal fields, immediately assigned (by a haste G43 114 which resembles fear of the body) to an ideal signification**'; and G43 115 *1movement *0is *'a word which in all of classical civilisation has G43 116 continually shifted from the body to the soul**'. ^The classic G43 117 painter's aim, as Alberti beautifully said, is to *'reveal, by the G43 118 movements of the body, the almost infinite movements of the heart**'. G43 119 ^So we are moved by classic painting. G43 120 |^In Killeen's suburban paintings, however, on the rare occasions G43 121 when movement is present, it is a movement only of the body. ^A man G43 122 walks. ^A woman exercises. ^But there does not seem to be, anywhere, G43 123 *'what Baudelaire calls the emphatic truth of gesture, that we find in G43 124 demonstrative paintings**'. ^Killeen's figures, in contrast to the G43 125 classic, are undemonstrative, indeterminate: they seem to be only what G43 126 they are in their corporeal field *- or what they do: there is no G43 127 emphatic deflection to meaning. G43 128 |^To the *'suspended, oversignifying gesture**' of classic G43 129 painting, says Barthes, *'we must give the name *1\numen, *0for it is G43 130 indeed the gesture of a god who silently creates fate, {0i.e.}, G43 131 meaning**'. ^Killeen's figures, considered in this classic sense, G43 132 approach the meaningless: they have no *- or very little *- G43 133 demonstrative solicitude for us. ^We are unhectored by gesture, we are G43 134 left to make what meaning we will. G43 135 **[PLATES**] G43 136 |^Nor even are Killeen's humans made much superior in status to G43 137 objects: the people in the picture are no more expressive, mostly, G43 138 than the things. ^A man is made as immobile as a mat; and in paintings G43 139 like *1Two women and chair, *0the title too grants humanity no more or G43 140 less importance than an item of furniture. ^And yet this, I would G43 141 suggest, is less to impugn the humanity of the suburbanite, or to G43 142 accuse of a complacent materialism, than it is to remove *'man**' from G43 143 the central position in which a discredited humanism had placed G43 144 *'him**', and to begin to offer a world in which no thing is G43 145 privileged above any other. G43 146 |^It is to deny the interiority which humanism (the bourgeois G43 147 capitalist ethic) had granted to *'man**'. ^The human is shown by G43 148 Killeen not as an individual interiority, but as an object of objects; G43 149 a creature defined and constituted by the objects with which it G43 150 surrounds itself, and which are inscribed by capitalism as a need G43 151 within it. (^See again the painting *1Chair in Head.) G43 152 |^*0In the words of Killeen's green notebook, what is suggested G43 153 is that *'*1in the eyes of the universe everything is the same *- G43 154 equal**': *0an effect connoted too by the compositional methods of the G43 155 suburbia paintings (as it will be from now on, throughout the oeuvre), G43 156 where nothing is granted the too privileging place of centrality. G43 157 **[PLATE**] G43 158 |^In the words of another Killeen note of the time: G43 159 |**[LIST**] G43 160 |^*1Suburbia *0\0n. (\0usu. \0derog)? ^We return, at the last, to that G43 161 first of our questions. ^Might Killeen's suburbia be the object of G43 162 celebration or derision? G43 163 |^Somewhere behind Killeen's suburbia painting, and perhaps still G43 164 more in its modes of content than of form, is American pop art, with G43 165 *1its *0(ironic? affectionate?) celebrations of the urban banal, for G43 166 which Killeen's suburbia might be said to be a New Zealand equivalent. G43 167 ^I mean, by Killeen's works too the question is raised that G43 168 Baudrillard has asked of pop paintings: *'if they smile, is it the G43 169 cool smile of critical distance, that smile which might accompany a G43 170 knowing wink; or is it the smile of collusion?**' G43 171 |^Or might there be here a social critique? ^Might we say of G43 172 Killeen's woman as she leans and smokes against a living room wall, G43 173 *'the jobless housewife is bored sick**'? ^The lamp, the coffee table, G43 174 the curtain and venetian blind: are these the accoutrements of a G43 175 modern melancholia? ^Might we say: G43 176 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G43 177 ^And isn't the suburbanite of *1Man and Window Reflection *0somewhat G43 178 bowed down, as they say as if, perhaps, by depression? G43 179 |^Killeen once wrote next to a sketch in his green notebook: G43 180 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G43 181 |and reworked it on another occasion: G43 182 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G43 183 |^These are not formalist descriptions, since they speak of G43 184 clothes as of a vestimentary language, and not as a mere pattern of G43 185 colours and shapes. ^Yet they are the only notes which suggest any G43 186 satiric intent towards the suburbanite, apart from the question G43 187 Killeen asks himself on page 113 of his green notebook: *'some G43 188 vindictive titles?**', and answers perhaps on page 141: G43 189 |**[LIST**] G43 190 |^There may be, then, in the calm lawns of Killeen's suburbia, G43 191 some occasional snakes in the grass. ^Yet there are no such titles to G43 192 the suburbia paintings, and mostly Killeen's subjects are those of an G43 193 achieved order, not news items: they are entirely uncatastrophic. ^On G43 194 page 10 of the green notebook, below a series of suburban sketches, G43 195 Killeen writes: *'^On the one hand I have banality of subject *- on G43 196 the other pattern making**'. ^We have here, in such seeming separation G43 197 of *'subject**' and *'pattern**', the source of a certain critical G43 198 difficulty for those who have tried to determine which is Killeen's G43 199 prime interest, subject or pattern, and have tended to assume that his G43 200 attitude to his subject must be satiric: *'Killeen as social G43 201 commentator**', as Docking has it. G43 202 |^But Killeen's subject is the banal, less perhaps in the sense G43 203 of the trite or the vulgar, the trivial or the petty (to which he G43 204 might feel amused superiority), than it is the banal in the sense of G43 205 the commonplace. ^It is, Killeen says today, *'just what was about G43 206 me**' *- it was, and is, *1where he lives. G43 207 *# G44 001 **[231 TEXT G44**] G44 002 |^*0Bill Hammond's first layer of colour is a rather loud chrome G44 003 yellow. ^While it is still wet he applies a thin layer of scarlet red G44 004 over it, producing a ripple of dirty pink. ^Hammond may be G44 005 constructing another of his paradoxically pebble-sized mountain G44 006 ranges, in which case the scarlet will fight the yellow amid the pink G44 007 and the fissured mountainsides will become a blanched grey. ^It's a G44 008 torrid combination, but not as depressing as its opposite: a murky G44 009 grey, flecked or moulded into images combining, perhaps, yellow, G44 010 scarlet, pink, purple and lime green. G44 011 |^Dizzy? probably yes. ^But recognise the G44 012 fifties-kitsch-melting-lino chromatic theory? ^I doubt it; for among G44 013 painters Hammond is master and sole exponent of the school. ^That is G44 014 not so much because Hammond has invented the school itself: it is G44 015 *'out there**' in the rock music of many a pub, in the gear of many G44 016 neophyte punk on the streets. ^Rather, Hammond has converted the G44 017 conventions of that music and its ethos into conventions of painting. G44 018 ^And since his first cycle of paintings literally *'hit**' the gallery G44 019 circuit in 1984, Hammond has become a celebrated, if enigmatic, G44 020 one-man-band on the funk end of the New Zealand art scene. G44 021 |^*'Funk**' is a noun. ^It does not have a nice meaning: to be in G44 022 a funk is to experience fear, panic or terror. ^Over the last decade G44 023 rock music has become increasingly concerned with the form, expression G44 024 and management of overwhelming anxiety: in short, with funk. ^In truth G44 025 that has created the paradoxical situation where the direction taken G44 026 by the supposedly *'hip**' or *'cool**' *'muso**' has been to expose G44 027 the psychology of the G44 028 **[PLATES**] G44 029 screamingly uncool: to find sound and song for anxiety and breakdown, G44 030 both societal and personal. G44 031 |^Amid such an arena of inspiration, Hammond is inextricably G44 032 drawn towards the paradoxes of personal funk. ^His images are those of G44 033 an introvert: in short, incontrovertably subjective. ^In the G44 034 relatively short period *- in painterly terms *- since 1984, two G44 035 overlapping cycles of images have been produced: those of a sardonic, G44 036 strung-out carnival of human folly and, more recently, those of a G44 037 state of extreme personal disintegration. ^While differing, sometimes G44 038 intermingling conventions tend to cluster around each kind of image, G44 039 both adhere to a central convention of spatial distortion and G44 040 discontinuity. G44 041 |^The thematic concerns involve an anxiety about communication or G44 042 its opposite, isolation. ^Items taken from the media and popular G44 043 commodity culture are often used as motifs: digital alarm clocks and G44 044 television sets predominate. ^Mutant humanoid characters are depicted G44 045 as if trying to get their messages across or sing their parts, but G44 046 often without audience or alone in the group. ^Their mutant shapes and G44 047 forms appear representative of the inner condition of non-achievement, G44 048 as if they continuously grow more disable. G44 049 |^The concomitant convention of spatial discontinuity emphasises G44 050 the impossibility of communication. ^Humanoids are often depicted in G44 051 vast halls or amphitheatres, where no matter how much they shout or G44 052 what gadgets they use, they will never *'get through**', in the senses G44 053 of being heard or even hearing themselves. ^The black humour of the G44 054 content of these scenarios is extended by jokes of scale. ^For G44 055 instance, the painting *1Out in the Real World in Real Terms *0depicts G44 056 two plumed creatures exercising with weights and machines in manic G44 057 zeal while a tiny martini glass, token of the good life to which they G44 058 dedicate their efforts, sits in front of them. ^In the foreground, as G44 059 black ironic comment, a gigantic television set displays a dark grey, G44 060 second-rate movie gangsterland whose chief figure throws up a jet of G44 061 red vomit. G44 062 |^Like his use of colour, for his space Hammond has also extended G44 063 material taken from elsewhere, but in this case from two sources, G44 064 which lie in the high and low of imagery itself. G44 065 |^The low source comprises the heavily satirical comic strip, G44 066 with its exaggerated forms and drawn-on lines indicating colour and G44 067 depth. ^The high source is the kind of perspectival distortion found G44 068 in De Chirico and the surrealists who followed but never equalled him. G44 069 ^After his usual fashion, however, the tension of Hammond's conversion G44 070 of convention quite blasts the notion of perspectival distortion to G44 071 new heights. ^Hammond's psychological limiting condition in comparison G44 072 to De Chirico's for instance, is not the cool, ominous dreamspace of, G44 073 say, a deserted Italian piazza, but the far more charged one of a G44 074 queasy world expressive of human disintegration. ^Yet, for that, G44 075 Hammond's management of his complex and playful spatial distortions G44 076 creates a geometry of surface and a depth-play for the eye which is G44 077 tantalising. G44 078 |^The vignette painting, *1One For The Money, Two For The Show, G44 079 *0an early piece from the carnival series, is one such example of G44 080 geometry and depth-play. ^Its subject is a woman wearing a scarlet G44 081 dress decorated by a pattern of white strokes which closely *- too G44 082 closely *- resemble cigarettes. ^The woman appears to be in some kind G44 083 of parlour, where, leaning on a window sill, she peers through G44 084 binoculars into a yast yellow expanse. ^Her pointy face is seen in G44 085 sufficient detail to reveal the sneer-grin of avaricious G44 086 self-satisfaction. G44 087 |^The image of such a woman implies an aura of corruption. ^It is G44 088 in part a matter of low, stylistic parody: of artificiality of G44 089 colours, line and object. ^A greater parody still is the woman G44 090 herself: for the image implies that she is watching a show, yet, G44 091 effectively, the horror of her depravity is the show. ^But this could G44 092 not be so if she was not also part of a visual theatre, for as much as G44 093 the depravity belongs to her, it also belongs to the space she G44 094 *'exists**' in. G44 095 |^That drama begins with the twist of the woman's torso from the G44 096 waist, which is the central point of a number of perspectively queer G44 097 manipulations. ^The chair on which the lower half of the woman's body G44 098 rests is consistent with the plane of the floor, which is tilted at a G44 099 rather steep incline, sloping down towards the lower right corner of G44 100 the painting. ^Even so, in Alice in Wonderland fashion, the lower body G44 101 is distorted so that her right leg looms larger than her diminutive G44 102 left. ^But the twist from the waist, leading up the arched torso to G44 103 the elbows perched on the window sill, reaches over into yet another G44 104 plane inconsistent with the floor plane. ^And again, the window G44 105 mantles fall outwards, as does the plane of the wall. ^The space, like G44 106 the woman, one wants to say, leers queasily, crazily. G44 107 |^The perspectival play of Hammond's paintings is in no small G44 108 part due to the fact that he paints from a very high vantage point, G44 109 (about 120 degrees above horizontal compared to the usual sixty.) ^In G44 110 the personal disintegration series a number of transformations take G44 111 place. ^Most particularly, there is a transferral G44 112 **[PLATE**] G44 113 from paradoxical, palatial interiors which dwarf humans and objects G44 114 alike to vast mountainous panoramas where, amid some of the old, witty G44 115 motifs such as gigantic curtains dividing the landscape, there has G44 116 also evolved a huge slug-like *'humanoid**' which dwarfs the vistas of G44 117 mountain ranges. G44 118 |^In a painting such as *1I Heat Up, I Can't Cool Down, *0a G44 119 barely human head spurts in a volcanic eruption from what is literally G44 120 a mountainous table-land. ^Its mouth is agape in a primal scream and G44 121 from that mouth another new motif *- a serpentine rope *- springs over G44 122 an aisle of mountains occupying the right side of the painting. G44 123 |^Similar in mood is the painting *1And I'm Always Worried, G44 124 *0which depicts a beached mutant humanoid form whose outline facial G44 125 features are scratched onto its bulbous head amid much other graffiti. G44 126 ^But perhaps the largest change displayed by paintings such as these G44 127 two is that, despite an increase in vista, the perspectival complexity G44 128 of the image and images within images is reduced. ^One is left, G44 129 rather, at sea surrounded by sloshing anxiety. G44 130 |^And that worries me. ^For, for Bill Hammond to lose that G44 131 balance between queasiness and parody on the one hand, and a G44 132 robustness of image on the other, for anxiety to overwhelm image, is G44 133 to lose the delicacy of visual enjoyment so masterfully employed in G44 134 his other series of works. ^It is to seem to give in to the interior G44 135 of funk. ^I know that Hammond hasn't so given in, for there are many G44 136 radiant images that surround images such as these. ^Yet for these G44 137 images to become part of the Hammond identity, I feel, I hope for G44 138 art's sake, is a momentary lapse. G44 139 *<*2NORMAN MACLEAN *0on the Montana Lindauer Art Award 1986 G44 140 exhibition*> G44 141 *<60 works selected by the judge Jan Nigro from 313 entries*> G44 142 * G44 143 |^The general impression on entering the gallery for this year's G44 144 exhibition was of being at the centre of an explosion in a lolly G44 145 factory. ^Colour and shape threatened to engulf, which was hardly G44 146 surprising, since the walls were uncomfortably filled by sixty G44 147 predominantly large works, with the result that striking paintings G44 148 were easily overlooked, especially if they happened to be in abstract G44 149 style and thus easily dismissed in favour of their near neighbours, G44 150 the comfortably familiar seated figures and placid views. ^There were G44 151 simply too many; and, cheek-by-jowl, they tended to subdue or even G44 152 cancel one another out. ^The general effect made for a degree of G44 153 confusion which is possibly reflected in the following. G44 154 |^There was an immediate sense of deja vu in this show: familiar G44 155 styles and names cropped up in their perennial manner: Annie Baird, G44 156 Leonard Lambert, Gary Waldrom, and several others, have become a G44 157 staple of this annual exhibition, which perhaps says something for the G44 158 competence and general appeal of their works, managing to impress a G44 159 different selector each time. ^Noticeable too was the derivative G44 160 tendency throughout. ^There were imitations and adaptations of G44 161 everything from Matisse and Seurat to Rita Angus and David Armitage. G44 162 ^I found it difficult to believe that in all cases it was some form of G44 163 unconscious tribute, and was reminded that originality is a quite rare G44 164 quality in contemporary {0NZ} painting. ^Even the precise watercolours G44 165 of Ted Sherwen (\0nos 46 & 47 in the catalogue) *- pleasing in their G44 166 gentle, subdued way *- had the unmistakable stamp of a text-book G44 167 process about them whereby anyone who had learned to apply successive G44 168 pale washes could easily pick up the step-by-step knack of using G44 169 masking fluid to create immaculate patchworks of white and half tone, G44 170 so that *"a painting**" is half completed before a dab of specific G44 171 interest has been brushed into place. G44 172 |^Jan Nigro, this year's selector, opted for the figurative with G44 173 twentyeight works *- almost half the show *- utilising human forms, G44 174 and numerous others relying on landscape and the like. ^Pure G44 175 abstraction was minimal, but some of it, such as the bold G44 176 Abstract-Expressionist works of Ross Gray (\0no.14) and Quentin G44 177 MacFarlane (\0no.34), created considerable impact, and were rather G44 178 more memorable than the plethora of pastel-hued waterways, hillslopes, G44 179 and benignly posed persons, which are a usual feature of exhibitions G44 180 such as this, run on free-for-all lines. ^Selectors' choices always G44 181 spark a little controversy, but for all that, Nigro's preferences were G44 182 intriguing. ^First-prize winner, *1Barb and Obi *0(\0no.7) by Diana G44 183 Curtis of Auckland, was an accurately rendered study, admirable at a G44 184 glance, forgettable soon afterwards *- perhaps because sullen ladies G44 185 slouched in deck-chairs with significant objects on their forbidding G44 186 laps have become a mite commonplace via the full-page glossy ads we G44 187 scarcely glance at in flicking through any moderately-priced magazine. G44 188 ^More painterly and fresher in imagery was the second-prize winner, G44 189 *1The Mason's daughter *0(\0no.56), in which Auckland's Peter Waddell G44 190 applied his colour to create rippling surfaces charged with energy *- G44 191 almost Klimt-like at times *- and the relationship of the reclining G44 192 nude to the partially obscured window evoked a distinct air of G44 193 isolation and melancholy calm. G44 194 |^The selection of other figure studies favoured more carefully G44 195 posed and conventional types. ^Stylistically satisfying was Gary G44 196 Waldrom's loosely executed *1Sarah's Kimono *0(\0no.57), in which the G44 197 viewer is confronted by the model's direct and brooding gaze, the G44 198 intensity of which compels exploration of the moist contours of fabric G44 199 clutched around a tense body, the soft tangle of uncombed hair G44 200 streaked by wan morning light. G44 201 *# G45 001 **[232 TEXT G45**] G45 002 |^*2LA TRAVIATA *0has come and gone, leaving in its wake New Zealand's G45 003 opera scene in a somewhat changed condition. ^Lion Breweries are happy G45 004 about having backed a winner, the Arts Council has muffled its recent G45 005 threats about Mercury Theatre and Mercury Opera has firmly declared G45 006 itself to be both financially and artistically viable. G45 007 |^The prospect had not been good. ^*1Traviata *0makes enormous G45 008 demands on the principals and rather than adopt the G45 009 cast-and-understudy approach, which at least provides for the whims of G45 010 the gods, the company had instead to field two casts and pray for G45 011 freedom from flu epidemics and the like. G45 012 |^Shortly before rehearsals began, Wendy Dixon, who headed one of G45 013 the casts, had to withdraw, and only by the sheerest good fortune of G45 014 Vera Rozsa's recent visit to this country did Miyuku Morimoto G45 015 materialise from Madam Rozsa's group of proteges. G45 016 |^There is no orchestral pit in the Mercury Theatre, only a G45 017 finger of no-man's land between the footlights and the first row. G45 018 ^Getting an orchestra into that area is a miracle in itself and the G45 019 process of reducing the score is a tedious one, and it makes the G45 020 players highly vulnerable to criticism. ^A violinist playing slightly G45 021 below the note will not stand out along with 30 others, but every G45 022 insecurity is noticed when you're one of only half a dozen. G45 023 |^Wayne Laird's precise percussion work is fascinating to watch, G45 024 but of course he shouldn't really be sitting almost on stage. ^It is G45 025 also difficult to stop the brass from becoming over-prominent when G45 026 they're sitting above everyone else. G45 027 |^There is no satisfaction in recalling that Verdi himself had to G45 028 tolerate visible orchestras *- he submerged them just as soon as he G45 029 could, and blamed Wagner for the idea. ^In Mercury Theatre, The G45 030 Problem of the Pit must surely be one of its top priorities, and one G45 031 to be addressed as soon as possible. G45 032 |^Unforeseen disasters compounded the situation, and included G45 033 Juan Matteucci's being taken off to hospital after two days into G45 034 rehearsal. ^Matteucci, whose every pore seems to breathe Italian G45 035 opera, has carried Mercury's musical direction through thick and thin. G45 036 ^His involvement in *1Traviata *0was crucial and intensive, and his G45 037 speedy return prompted relieved **[PLATE**] G45 038 prayers of thanks and reminded everyone how fragile and dependent the G45 039 whole enterprise really is. G45 040 |^Andrew Sewell, a conductor from the ranks who has been acting G45 041 as a kind of unsung, second-class, voluntary, sub-assistant, part-time G45 042 conductor, was given a performance of his own to conduct and the G45 043 result was impressive. ^More important though was the relief expressed G45 044 by everyone in the knowledge that some sense of musical continuity was G45 045 being established at the podium and that the possibility now existed G45 046 of a spreading of the load that has so far had to be carried by the G45 047 maestro himself. G45 048 |^But when all's said and done, the central problems of the opera G45 049 lie within the work. ^*1Traviata *0has a libretto that telescopes time G45 050 in a ruthless manner, and hinges on conventions of family honour which G45 051 are almost impossible for a contemporary audience to appreciate. G45 052 |^The theatrical trap is to try to fill the production with lots G45 053 of *"business**" in the mistaken belief that the opera needs to be G45 054 made more real to the public. ^Raymond Hawthorne chose rather to let G45 055 each act develop its own tempo and one was surprised to discover that G45 056 the whole opera is almost an unbroken symphonic progression from a G45 057 fast movement to a slow one. G45 058 |^So much for the conception and the production. ^What of the G45 059 execution? ^How did they *1sing? G45 060 |^*0Anthony Benfell must be one of the Mercury's prize G45 061 possessions. ^He's a tenor, he looks good on stage and he acts G45 062 convincingly. ^His voice has an appealing warmth to it, and he can be G45 063 heroic without being harsh. ^Above all he sings,**[SIC**] musically G45 064 and has the ability to impart colour on the move, although his G45 065 tendency to constant diminuendo could become habit-forming. ^In the G45 066 alternative cast, Warren Cottrell presented himself as perhaps a more G45 067 believable Alfredo and shared in some of Benfell's undoubted vocal G45 068 qualities, but lacked the overall stamina which Verdi requires G45 069 throughout. G45 070 |^Roger Creagh must be mentioned too, in a necessarily select G45 071 list of the men. ^As Alfredo's father he sometimes stole the scene G45 072 with his forthright presence and in particular his inspired singing, G45 073 especially as he sets about persuading Alfredo to return home. ^One G45 074 wishes occasionally for more variety of tone and level, but Creagh's G45 075 voice is a deep, rich instrument and it is always deployed to great G45 076 effect. ^*1Traviata *0is, of course, Violetta's show, and everyone G45 077 knows by now that Miyuki Morimoto was stunning and Lorna Castaneda was G45 078 pretty average. ^Well... it is certainly true that the Japanese G45 079 soprano had a natural flow to everything she did on stage while G45 080 Castaneda had some stilted moments. ^Morimoto did look as though she G45 081 could well have been struck down by some fatal illness, but Castaneda G45 082 was obviously robust and less prone to passing diseases. ^Morimoto's G45 083 great strength was in her singing, which more than matched Verdi's G45 084 *"impossible**" writing, and remained sure and seemingly effortless in G45 085 its quality of line. ^Castaneda's notes were erratic at times, and her G45 086 fullness of sound was overdone, with a tendency to become unpleasantly G45 087 harsh. ^But in Acts *=II and *=III, where she felt it less incumbent G45 088 upon her to reach for the heavens, she displayed a lovely voice, with G45 089 middle and lower areas which I myself found quite captivating. ^Added G45 090 to that was her clarity and care for the words she was singing, G45 091 against which Morimoto's sometimes indistinct enunciation made her G45 092 simply difficult to follow. G45 093 |^Certainly in my mind there was no sharp division into a first G45 094 eleven and a second eleven. ^One cast had an obvious star, with lesser G45 095 luminaries, while the other was more evenly drawn, but enjoyable for G45 096 its cohesive quality. G45 097 |^Perhaps the main success in all this is that we have been given G45 098 a production that permits of criticism without embarrassment. ^Opera G45 099 reviews in this country have had a history of polite restraint since G45 100 the inequalities, lapses and misjudgements are too painfully obvious. G45 101 ^*1Traviata *0was excellent in many respects and it augurs well for G45 102 the future. ^There's still a long way to go, but if this production G45 103 has provided no more than a minimum standard for the gradually G45 104 evolving tradition of Mercury Opera, then that in itself will be a G45 105 huge success. G45 106 |^*2WHICH LEADS US *0to a larger and very pressing question in the G45 107 arts today *- what is a success? G45 108 |^Answers have always included some reference to the delicate G45 109 equation between degrees of excellence on the one side and money on G45 110 the other. ^Money is a particularly important factor in the performing G45 111 arts, and the drive to get what the professionals dismissively call G45 112 *"bums on seats**" can be a frantic one, especially if one feels one's G45 113 subsidy at risk. ^Be it ever so good in terms of artistic standards, G45 114 an enterprise can still be axed if it persists in losing more than it G45 115 has to spend. G45 116 |^Arts promoters have to redouble their efforts to get people out G45 117 of their homes and to keep interested those who do seem to go to live G45 118 performances. ^Whenever programmes are opened in the Town Hall there G45 119 is a rush of noise as three or four handbills advertising other events G45 120 hit the floor. ^On the way into a concert one often has a programme of G45 121 a quite different concert thrust into one's hand. ^On the way out G45 122 there are more handbills being passed out. ^Make a date in your diary G45 123 *- remember the date *- please come. G45 124 |^Subtler and more successful methods are sometimes tried. ^The G45 125 Auckland Philharmonia Orchestra runs a scheme where buses are laid on G45 126 from such Far Eastern shores as Howick, or such Northern Territories G45 127 as Takapuna, and they have undoubtedly contributed to the recent G45 128 notable increase in audience numbers. G45 129 |^But schemes like these are exceptional in their success. G45 130 ^Elsewhere the story is that one has to work very hard for every seat G45 131 sold, and new, regular customers are like hens' teeth. ^The solution G45 132 is either more money spent at the start of the process, or more people G45 133 at the end of it. ^Yet it's not so easy as that, since more money in G45 134 publicity and promotion usually draws more people. G45 135 |^This is where these two buzzwords arrive *- sponsorship and G45 136 marketing *- which together form the current *1{deus ex machina} *0for G45 137 the arts. ^But are they really the answer? G45 138 |^Sponsors tend to want publicity and so they have a habit of G45 139 putting their money in only when the show is likely to be successful; G45 140 which of course begs the whole question and works against the new. G45 141 |^Of course, the real villain stakes lie in another area G45 142 altogether *- the world of sport, which gobbles up sponsors like a G45 143 Cyclops and leaves little for anyone else. ^*"Market forces**", people G45 144 say, *"it's because sport is so much popular**[SIC**]**". G45 145 |^Well, maybe. ^But how can an activity *1fail *0to be popular G45 146 when it's presented on the mass media almost continuously at the G45 147 weekend, forms a third of the main \0TV news bulletin every day and G45 148 even provides a basis for judging tomorrow's weather? ^Daily G45 149 newspapers devote a ratio of five pages to sport and five hundred G45 150 words to the arts *- some days. G45 151 |^Never has there been so much fundraising as is now going on G45 152 amongst so few people for such a single-minded activity. ^The G45 153 America's Cup, the 1986 Commonwealth Games, the 1990 Commonwealth G45 154 Games, the World Cup, the Olympics... one wonders what likelihood G45 155 there is of sponsors for the arts when the huge and ever expanding G45 156 bill of fare for sport is finally presented. ^Of course physical G45 157 well-being is important, and sport is healthy. (^Buy why doctors' G45 158 waiting-rooms remain full**[SIC**]?) G45 159 |^If sponsors can't be found, then marketing is suggested. ^The G45 160 Arts Council's view is that self-help in the business of promotion to G45 161 a target audience is the way ahead. ^And there is truth in that, but G45 162 there is also danger. G45 163 |^One arts group, having learned of the value of marketing from G45 164 the Arts Council's policy, went ahead and applied to the Arts Council G45 165 for a large grant to cover the cost of hiring a marketing consultant. G45 166 ^A case of falling into one's own trap, surely. G45 167 |^The more serious danger emerges when one foresees the G45 168 possibility of not just targeting the production to one audience G45 169 group, but also restricting it to that group, simply because no-one G45 170 else knows about it, the publicity having gone only to those whose G45 171 interests have been winkled out and demonstrated. ^That way lies G45 172 gradual death of an audience through the aging process and G45 173 stratification of the public into young, old, ethnic, traditional, G45 174 sophisticated... when art alters and tastes change, then marketing G45 175 strategies collapse. ^The alternative is for art and taste to remain G45 176 the same through everyone's life, and what a boring prospect that G45 177 would be. G45 178 |^If we believe in the arts we should believe in their right to G45 179 exist and to be accessible, like libraries. ^They therefore cost money G45 180 and governments should not be allowed to divert their responsibilities G45 181 to business handouts and managers' plans. G45 182 |^Now that the cost-effective, user-pays policies are being G45 183 thrashed out in the state service areas, we are entitled to wonder G45 184 whether more money will become available in the state funding areas of G45 185 health, education, social welfare and *- wait for it *- the arts. G45 186 ^With a securely funded base, supplementary sponsorship and clear G45 187 ideas about attracting audiences, the arts could well become G45 188 successful again and play their normal part in the mental and G45 189 spiritual energy of the country; but brains in gear should be the G45 190 measure of success, not bums on seats. G45 191 |^*3KARANGA KARANGA *0was an attractive and unassuming exhibition G45 192 sub-titled *"an exhibition of contemporary creations by Maori G45 193 women**". ^It closed last month at the Fisher Gallery whose clean, G45 194 well-lit surroundings had provided one venue in what was really a G45 195 tripartite venture, with Gisborne and Wellington providing the other G45 196 two centres. G45 197 *# G46 001 **[233 TEXT G46**] G46 002 |^The main concert promoters offer us little in September *- though G46 003 what there is, is first rate. G46 004 |^It highlights the dominant position in Wellington's music of G46 005 impressario, \0Rev John Murray, of \0St Andrews on the Terrace. G46 006 |^His determination to fill his church with music is bearing G46 007 fruit: there are twelve concerts and recitals scheduled during G46 008 September. ^In the last five years the church has won its special G46 009 place both by John Murray's enthusiasm and by its purchases of a G46 010 baroque organ and a new concert grand piano which give it an edge over G46 011 certain traditional concert venues. G46 012 |^The series of free Wednesday lunch-time concerts continues, G46 013 with a special one on Tuesday the 16th to introduce the \0St Andrews G46 014 Chamber Orchestra, directed by Ken Young (Symphony Orchestra tuba G46 015 player and composer). ^They play one of the all-time favourites: the G46 016 great Octet by Schubert, a work bridging the gap between symphonic and G46 017 chamber music. G46 018 |^The third of \0St Andrews' celebrity concerts presents gifted G46 019 teenage pianist Eugene Albulescu at 4{0pm} on Sunday the 21st. ^In G46 020 addition pay attention to the Early Music Union with several concerts G46 021 at \0St Andrews. ^Don't be put off by their fusty name: it's not all G46 022 madrigals and sackbuts: they actually reach modern times with a series G46 023 of three recitals of Mozart piano and violin sonatas *- on 16, 17, 18 G46 024 September. G46 025 |^The {0EMU} also present the London Pro Musica group playing G46 026 English and Italian renaissance music on 9 September. G46 027 |^The only {0NZ} Symphony Orchestra concert this month is on the G46 028 16th following which the orchestra tours the provinces. ^Pascal Roge, G46 029 another of the school of French pianists, plays Ravel's Concerto for G46 030 the left hand and gives a solo recital at the State Opera House on the G46 031 16th. G46 032 |^There's only one presentation by the city's other main concert G46 033 promoter, the Wellington Chamber Music Society *- by the Concertante G46 034 Ensemble. ^The last concert of this wind group, of mainly Symphony G46 035 Orchestra players, was a justified sell-out during the Festival in G46 036 March. G46 037 |^If you are among those who regard chamber music as a bit G46 038 elitist, an acquired taste, go to this concert and have your G46 039 prejudices shattered. ^On the other hand, even if you are starting to G46 040 tire of the current obsession with Mozart, make the effort to hear one G46 041 of his very greatest works *- the Serenade for 13 wind instruments G46 042 (though the 13th is a double bass). ^It's filled with marvellous G46 043 sonorities and sustained melody. ^They also play an Octet by Franz G46 044 Krommer, considered in his time as in the class of his contemporary G46 045 Beethoven as a composer of chamber music. G46 046 |^Heralding this year's major concert by the Wellington Youth G46 047 Orchestra, in the Wellington Town Hall, on Saturday 4 October, will be G46 048 an especially composed fanfare by William Southgate, the Orchestra's G46 049 conductor. ^The fanfare will utilize the full brass section, together G46 050 with tympani and percussion. ^The programme will also include Elgar's G46 051 Serenade for strings, Dances from Tchaikovsky's Nutcracker Ballet, and G46 052 the first New Zealand performance of Carl Nielsen's third symphony. G46 053 |^Makes you wonder what happens all the rest of the month in the G46 054 {0MFC}, the old Town Hall, the Concert Chamber, the State Opera G46 055 House... ^\0St Andrews on the Terrace makes up for them though. G46 056 *<*4Lindis Taylor*> G46 057 * G46 059 |^*0The annual National Folk Festival was held in Wellington over G46 060 Queen's Birthday weekend. ^In their 22nd year and utilising the modern G46 061 facilities of \0St Pat's College, the festival attracted around three G46 062 hundred registered paticipants from throughout the country. ^A three G46 063 person committee from the Wellington Folk Club were responsible for G46 064 the organisation of the weekend and the co-ordination between clubs G46 065 around the country. G46 066 |^The festival consisted of two days (Saturday and Sunday) of G46 067 mini concerts and workshops from local, national and international G46 068 guests at the College and the Ballads to Blues concert on the Sunday G46 069 evening at the State Opera House. G46 070 |^Every second person around the College seemed to be carrying an G46 071 instrument case of some size or shape and there was a continual G46 072 ambience of strumming guitars and picking banjos around the large G46 073 court yard and from the numerous rooms, halls and theatres as people G46 074 taught, learned, jammed, practised or performed. G46 075 |^Over the weekend a number of more formal mini concerts provided G46 076 passive entertainment for the festival goers and a *'come all ye**' G46 077 singers and songwriters show on the last afternoon provided time for G46 078 any and all to participate. ^Performances were generally very well G46 079 received as artists played in front of their peers and good G46 080 performances were well rewarded by audiences. ^Workshops were offered G46 081 in a wide range of activities including differing styles of folk G46 082 dance, singing delivery, acoustic instruments, the dynamics of G46 083 bluegrass, song writing, dulcimer and intercultural eclecticism. G46 084 |^Entry was free to all festival activities for those who paid a G46 085 registration fee of *+$25 and the aim of the organisers was to break G46 086 even with any surplus being carried over to the following year's G46 087 festival. ^It is a credit to the organisational skills and dedicated G46 088 hard work of those concerned G46 089 **[PLATE**] G46 090 that this occurs. ^The festival also received a *+$1,000 grant from G46 091 the Regional Arts Council. ^Certainly a worthy investment for the G46 092 Council. G46 093 |^As in previous years the festival organisers engage an overseas G46 094 guest artist (usually from the {0UK} in line with the predominant G46 095 interests and influences of the {0NZ} folk community) and shares the G46 096 cost throughout the federation of {0NZ} clubs (where the artist tours G46 097 after the festival). ^This year's guest was John Kirkpatrick, an G46 098 affable English folky who plays a range of *'squeeze boxes**' or as G46 099 they are more correctly called, accordian, melodian and concertina. G46 100 ^He has an extensive background in the English folk and folk-rock G46 101 community having recorded with the likes of Richard Thompson and Linda G46 102 Thompson, Ralph McTell, Gerry Rafferty, Martin Carthy (a previous G46 103 festival guest), Ashley Hustings (Fairport Convention) and has been a G46 104 member of Steeleye Span and the Albion Band. ^Much of his work has G46 105 been in partnership with vocalist Sue Harris and he has a long G46 106 interest and involvement in folk and country dance music. ^His G46 107 involvement with the festival included a mini concert, a Morris Dance G46 108 workshop and his performance in the Ballads to Blues concert. ^It was G46 109 a valuable experience for local people to meet and hold workshops with G46 110 an international artist as well as seeing him in formal concert G46 111 performance. G46 112 |^The main public event of the festival was the annual Ballads to G46 113 Blues concert at the Opera House. ^There are many in the community G46 114 with an interest in folk and blues but without the commitment to wish G46 115 to go to a festival or workshops. ^The Opera House finale to the G46 116 festival allows the public to see and hear a cross section of the folk G46 117 community *- and the overseas guest, and is always well patronised. G46 118 |^Local satyrist **[SIC**] Michael Wilson was the zany and G46 119 entertaining compere of the show and as he said *"was born a *'rhesus G46 120 factor**' baby and has been into the blues ever since**". ^The evening G46 121 was opened by the Canterbury Bush Orchestra who recreate {0NZ}'s G46 122 early music heritage with a large range of traditional instruments G46 123 including the basis of the bush sound, the chest bass. ^Their G46 124 authentic brand of colonial music had the audience toe tapping and G46 125 provided a good warm up to a cold evening. ^Chris Penman provided an G46 126 interesting contrast to the large Bush Orchestra with her strong G46 127 singing in the traditional English style and was ably accompanied by G46 128 Mike Maroney on acoustic guitar. ^They were joined by Liz Murton and G46 129 later by Martin Curtis who sang an interesting Central Otago folk song G46 130 with the three women singing harmony backing vocals. G46 131 |^The first half of the evening was closed by local blues artists G46 132 Marg Layton and Dave Murphy in a duo that they began last year for a G46 133 late night season at Downstage. ^Their set included several full G46 134 powered duets of Memphis Minnie songs, a guest appearance by Andrew G46 135 Delahunty on harmonica and a solo spot by Dave Murphy allowing him to G46 136 demonstrate his fine finger picking blues guitar style. ^Marg Layton G46 137 was in fine voice and was well received by the audience. G46 138 |^Marion Arts and Robbie Laven opened the second half with their G46 139 own brand of acoustic contemporary and tradition material. ^Both are G46 140 former members of the near legendary *'1953 Memorial Rock and Roll G46 141 Band**' (1971-1973) and the *'Red Hot Peppers**' and have recently G46 142 returned to {0NZ} after nearly ten years in Australia and Europe. ^A G46 143 European influence was very strong in their music (French and Flemish) G46 144 and the many years of professional work was delightfully demonstrated G46 145 by their performance. ^For me and many others, judging by the applause G46 146 and call for an encore, the highlight of the evening. G46 147 |^Martha Louise is an American who moved to {0NZ} in the early G46 148 1970's and plays in a contemporary folk style. ^Her first album, G46 149 *"Mixed Feelings**", released last year was a finalist in the {0NZ} G46 150 Music Awards. ^She sang her own compositions (mostly *'personal**' G46 151 songs) and accompanied herself on acoustic guitar and later dulcimer G46 152 (apalachian, which is strummed flat rather than the hammered variety). G46 153 ^Bev Young and Cath Woodman joined her on vocal to perform material G46 154 off her album, which sounded like late 60's early 70's American folk. G46 155 |^John Kirkpatrick as the final and feature artist also mixed G46 156 traditional and contemporary styles in his performance. ^He charmed G46 157 the audience with his warm sense of humour, chatting between songs and G46 158 in the lyrics of his own compositions. ^He soon impressed with his G46 159 strong clear voice and varied use of his instruments, which could G46 160 produce a swinging dance melody and then a haunting atmospheric G46 161 ballad. ^As a solo performer with *'squeeze boxes**' he did very well G46 162 to entertain a diverse audience. G46 163 |^Finally, a word about the sound at the Opera House, not a moan G46 164 however. ^The amplification of acoustic instruments has always been a G46 165 problem both technically and aesthetically as some prefer the true G46 166 acoustic qualities of their sound or style. ^(Remember Dylan getting G46 167 booed at the Newport Folk Festival 1965 for coming out and playing G46 168 electric). ^However, in a venue as large as the Opera House G46 169 amplification is essential. ^This was handled proficiently and with G46 170 taste. ^Both artists and audience were pleased with the job done by G46 171 *"Sound Source**", not only at the Opera House but throughout the G46 172 festival. G46 173 |^Overall, a very interesting and exhaustive weekend. ^I didn't G46 174 even make it to the *'allnighter**' party after the show and I've G46 175 heard that they are the highlight of the festival! G46 176 *<*4John Pilley*> G46 177 *<*6METROROCK*> G46 178 * G46 179 *<*0Needed: A Pair Of Tight Black Pants And A Stage To Strut On*> G46 180 |^*2YOU'LL HAVE TO *0excuse me for a minute while I bash my head G46 181 against another brick wall. ^My forehead's quite a peculiar shape now G46 182 thanks to this column and your voracious appetite for more news of G46 183 Auckland's rock scene. ^You can pick me out in a crowd these days. G46 184 ^I'm the one with the Cro-Magnon head in the corner beaming at all in G46 185 favour of local music quotas on radio, donating to aid programmes for G46 186 local bands, and regretting every moment of it. G46 187 |^When I began this column six months ago I seriously believed *- G46 188 ah, naive sweet thing I was *- that such idealistic actions as G46 189 supporting local music would eventually help it to flourish. ^I am the G46 190 one who believes, when suicide is the only way out, that something G46 191 good will happen. ^I am the one who sleeps on Grafton Bridge to talk G46 192 them all out of it. G46 193 |^But no more, my friends. ^Jump, I say and be done with it. G46 194 |^There are some columnists around town who have taken a good G46 195 look at this situation, as I have, and have become seriously afflicted G46 196 by some strange disease. ^They've taken to calling for bands to throw G46 197 down their guitars as *"there is no competition *- there is only G46 198 art.**" ^Then they virtually throw in the quill by admitting that they G46 199 are unable to be critical of local bands because they work so hard and G46 200 they're all so lovely for it. G46 201 *# G47 001 **[234 TEXT G47**] G47 002 |^*0It is always exciting to be in a packed theatre, but there is G47 003 something special about sharing a theatrical experience with a G47 004 thousand children of primary school age. G47 005 |^The Theatre Royal in Christchurch was the venue for a schools G47 006 performance of the ballet *1Terrible Tom, *0presented by artists of G47 007 the Royal New Zealand Ballet. ^The work was commissioned by the G47 008 company two years ago from the Christchurch triumvirate of Gavin G47 009 Bishop (storyline), Russell Kerr (choreographer) and Philip Norman G47 010 (composer), and has already been presented during two national tours. G47 011 |^The story concerns the mischievous and thoroughly unpleasant G47 012 Tom, who spends most of his time hurting and annoying his fellow men, G47 013 women, animals and birds. ^Eventually he receives his come-uppance G47 014 when he becomes imprisoned in a bird cage at the park. G47 015 |^The uncluttered stage looked very much like a story book come G47 016 to life. ^The simple sets and props had clear-cut lines and attractive G47 017 colours, with sufficient changes to maintain visual interest. ^The G47 018 costumes were designed by Gavin Bishop, so presumably they were G47 019 exactly what he had in mind. ^Not all of them worked well. ^Tom's G47 020 outfit was a strange cross between Batman and an elf, and related to G47 021 nothing that I would imagine a naughty boy would wear. ^The G47 022 femme-fatale cat was not easily identifiable as such, and the mother G47 023 of the horrible twins appeared not to belong to the same social class G47 024 as her daughters. G47 025 |^Speaking of class, I suppose that my main grizzle about G47 026 *1Terrible Tom *0is the way it oozes English middle-class values. ^The G47 027 fact that this did not bother any children in the audience reflects G47 028 the source of most of their reading material. ^Of course, there is G47 029 nothing wrong in this, but it did strike me as odd that a ballet G47 030 created by three New Zealanders (and proudly announced as such from G47 031 the stage) should contain so little that directly related to the G47 032 country in which it was conceived and presented. G47 033 |^Russell Kerr's choreography made sure that the story was told G47 034 with the utmost clarity. ^It was a pity that there was so little G47 035 opportunity for pure dancing because the emphasis had to be placed on G47 036 musical mime. ^However, there were some good characterisations; and G47 037 the grandmother wiggling her bottom as she did the washing, was G47 038 greeted with glee. ^Despite my earlier comments, I thought that Lady G47 039 Nora Nectar was a delightful balletic and musical invention. G47 040 |^The taped (alas!) music was provided by a group of six G47 041 instrumentalists; flute doubling piccolo, clarinet doubling alto G47 042 saxophone, violin, cello, percussion and piano. ^Philip Norman's G47 043 original score fitted the action on stage like a glove. ^His skill in G47 044 obtaining such a variety of textures from such a small ensemble showed G47 045 real flair for instrumentation. G47 046 |^The eclectic score bore traces of Walton, Gershwin, Bernstein, G47 047 Prokofiev, Richard Rodgers and Scott Joplin. ^No doubt there were G47 048 others too, but they were skilfully woven into original Norman. ^It G47 049 was a sensible decision to adopt recognisable musical idioms into the G47 050 ballet. ^Consequently, the audience was delighted with the Red Indian G47 051 war dance, the Solid Gold dance routine by the dog, and the cat's G47 052 slinky night**[ARB**]-club saxophone interlude. G47 053 |^On the whole, the hour-long ballet works well, but it would G47 054 benefit from some pruning. ^The storyline moves too slowly for its G47 055 content, and it is too long to sustain the interest of its targeted G47 056 age-group. ^Was it really necessary to spend ten minutes introducing G47 057 the main characters? ^This sort of background work should be done in G47 058 the classroom. G47 059 |^The partnership of Bishop/ Kerr/ Norman obviously works well. G47 060 ^Perhaps their next collaboration could have a more distinctive New G47 061 Zealand flavour. G47 062 *<*4Nigel Keay's *1Variations for Piano *0premiered by Terence Dennis G47 063 at the University of Otago. ^Reviewed by Peter \0V. Adams.*> G47 064 |^*0Otago University's Music Department lunch hour concerts have G47 065 provided three opportunities this year to hear the music of Mozart G47 066 Fellow Nigel Keay. G47 067 |^Two works have been premiered, the latest being his G47 068 *1Variations for Piano *0(performed on July 7), which won the 1985 G47 069 Philip Neill Memorial Prize. ^With such a brilliant, highly charged G47 070 and sympathetic performance given by Terence Dennis, the listener was G47 071 able to confront the composer's musical intention directly and G47 072 confidently. ^This was no under-rehearsed student performance. G47 073 |^As with the *1Piano Quartet *0(1986) and *1String Quartet G47 074 *0(1983), which were both performed in the first term, the G47 075 *1Variations for Piano *0is carefully constructed with crystalline G47 076 clarity. ^Indeed, the rigorous logic of Keay's music, with its string G47 077 motivic working in a free atonal language, is a stylistic feature. G47 078 ^The influence of late Stravinsky and Schoenberg is there, but Keay's G47 079 music is clearly his own. ^Its busy surface with motor rhythms and G47 080 repetitions, its patient, cumulative approach to climaxes and its G47 081 consistent harmonic language all show a mature craftsman who knows G47 082 what he is about. G47 083 |^Keay's music is abstract and absolute. ^That is, there are no G47 084 programmatic overtones and there is nothing particularly *"New G47 085 Zealandish**" about his work. ^Instead, his music continues from the G47 086 contemporary European tradition and can be appreciated in its own G47 087 terms without any external terms of reference. G47 088 |^The *1Variations for Piano *0is about eleven minutes in G47 089 duration and has a clear arch shape. ^Beginning and ending with a G47 090 stalking chordal sequence in which an important rising-third, G47 091 falling-tritone is outlined, both rhythmic freedom and dynamic and G47 092 registral space are increased as the work reaches a central climax of G47 093 great tension and pianistic virtuosity. G47 094 |^The coherence, immediacy and drama of this work make it an G47 095 impressive addition to the New Zealand solo piano repertoire. G47 096 *<*4Anthony Ritchie's *1Autumn Concerto *0for piano and orchestra, G47 097 commissioned by The Christchurch Branch of the New Zealand Institute G47 098 of Registered Music Teachers for use in the 1986 Competitions Society G47 099 Festival, Christchurch. ^Reviewed by the adjudicator of the G47 100 competition, Mark Secker.*> G47 101 |^*0One of the least appealing prospects for an adjudicator is G47 102 listening to those sessions where there seems to be an endless loop of G47 103 the same *"test**" piece. ^So it is a credit to Anthony Ritchie that G47 104 after ten hearings of his *1Autumn Concerto *0for piano and orchestra, G47 105 I could still turn back with interest to page one. ^The work was G47 106 enterprisingly commissioned by the Christchurch Branch of the {0NZ} G47 107 Institute of Registered Music Teachers for use in the Thora and Greeba G47 108 Lewin Memorial Junior Piano Concerto class at the 1986 Competitions G47 109 Society Festival. ^It has been published as an attractive two-piano G47 110 score (in meticulous manuscript) by the Registered Teachers. ^It is to G47 111 this talented composer's further credit that as many as seven young G47 112 pianists took up the challenge *- four of them repeating their G47 113 versions with the Christchurch Youth Orchestra in the final. G47 114 |^The ten-minute piece is a modern-day departure from the G47 115 nineteenth century concerto format in that it begins with a slow G47 116 reflective movement then leads *1\attacca *0into a spirited second G47 117 movement. ^After some initial introspection all the ingredients one G47 118 expects from a concerto are there *- cadenzas, precipitous bravura G47 119 passages, exciting *1\tutti *0climaxes. G47 120 |^Many demands are made of the pianist: there are odd-numbered G47 121 groups of notes to superimpose upon the beat (a sort of written-out G47 122 rubato which requires sensitive timing); the groups of grace notes are G47 123 taxing to project; balance is sometimes difficult; very rapid dynamic G47 124 changes call for a disciplined crescendo and diminuendo; playful cross G47 125 rhythms and canonic effects test rhythmic control and part playing; a G47 126 wide range of tonal colours is called for ({0e.g.} *1{grazioso, G47 127 impetuoso} *0and *1\misterioso *0within a thirty-bar period), not to G47 128 mention some of the tricky chromaticism in the notes themselves! G47 129 |^While all of which makes good criteria for competition judging, G47 130 this is by no means an academic score. ^Anthony Ritchie has come up G47 131 with a piece that is fresh and original without resorting to the G47 132 bizarre. ^Apart from the use of dual modality there is little evidence G47 133 of a determination to follow established 20th century techniques of G47 134 composition. ^This seems to be a style which hangs together by G47 135 instinct rather than, for example, any master-strokes of thematic G47 136 cross-reference. G47 137 |^To my ears, the most colourful performance was by Claire McKee G47 138 of Christchurch with Mark Menzies as runner-up. ^I hope the many hours G47 139 that were surely spent copying out the orchestral parts will be G47 140 rewarded with continued performances by youthful amateurs and G47 141 professionals alike. G47 142 *<*4new music 1, recent work by young composers at the Auckland City G47 143 Art Gallery on 4 May 1986. ^Reviewed by Richard Bolley.*> G47 144 |^*0From the evidence of this concert, there have been a few G47 145 searing melodies welling up from the University of Auckland School of G47 146 Music recently. ^Yet this concert gave us much sprightly music too, G47 147 and it was refreshing to find the Wellesley Auditorium at the Auckland G47 148 City Art Gallery comfortably full on a Sunday afternoon. ^The audience G47 149 may have been drawn by the pleasing, unusual poster/ programme G47 150 designed by Eve de Castro-Robinson, and the promise of diverse G47 151 combinations of instruments in one programme. G47 152 |^Hearing ten recent pieces in one go, all for the first time, I G47 153 was struck by the difficulties contemporary composers face. ^Upstairs G47 154 in the Gallery itself you can visit and revisit a dark and demanding G47 155 work by Greer Twiss or an intriguing room by Terry Stringer, should G47 156 they puzzle on first acquaintance. ^Downstairs in the auditorium, you G47 157 may have the opportunity of hearing each piece of new music live once G47 158 only. ^Reminded of this, I tried to be as attentive as possible, yet G47 159 know from the start I would be certain to miss equally as much as I G47 160 might perceive. G47 161 |^As a listener commenting on ten new works, I experience G47 162 difficulties. ^Rarely does a new piece strike an immediate and clear G47 163 resonance on first hearing; rarely are all my inner voices unanimous. G47 164 ^I need to ponder, question, listen again, and change my mind G47 165 perhaps... G47 166 |^However, I do sometimes have a sense of fruition after a G47 167 performance of a new piece. ^Sometimes it is an almost tangible G47 168 quality in the audience as a whole; sometimes it is very personal. ^A G47 169 sculptural parallel: it is like a sphere; a sense of satisfaction, G47 170 complete unto itself. G47 171 |^I experienced something of this after two pieces in this G47 172 programme and glimpsed it in another. ^During the two pieces I was G47 173 carried from each musical event to the next, I was guided along by the G47 174 music and could perceive a thread of logic. ^I'm sorry this did not G47 175 occur throughout the concert. ^Perhaps my concentration waned, or the G47 176 composer was not quite sure of her or his direction, or the performers G47 177 had not quite come to terms with the music? G47 178 |^Overall, this was an adventurous programme and credit should be G47 179 accorded to the organisers (Brigid Bisley, Eve de Castro-Robinson, G47 180 Dorothy Ker) for branching out in this way, and for gathering together G47 181 so many colleagues from the School of Music to present the concert. G47 182 |^*1lake light sky she *0(Brigid Bisley) carried me from first G47 183 note to last simply by the concentrated intensity of its opening, G47 184 seeming to send ripples right down the piece. ^A stark cor anglais G47 185 accompanied by two flutes lingers in my memory, as do reverberations G47 186 of the opening, sudden waves of light and colour. ^Certainly both G47 187 buoyancy and melancholy were there as the composer intended, and a G47 188 sense of incompletion. ^Indeed, at the close I was left with a G47 189 hankering for more music, as if the piece was all too brief. ^This was G47 190 tantalizing, but I am unsure if it was intended quite this way. ^The G47 191 players, evidently drawn to the atmosphere and personality of this G47 192 piece, produced a performance of nocturnal, Barto*?2kian drama. G47 193 |^By comparison, Warwick Blair's *1Quiet Piece *0lacked urgency. G47 194 ^I found it hard to tell whether this essay in infra piano-playing was G47 195 chronometrically notated or not, so minimal were sound and gesture G47 196 and, in inverse proportion perhaps, so seemingly significant the G47 197 atmosphere of hushed expectancy in the audience. ^I had the impression G47 198 their expectation was not fulfilled. ^More theatre than music in this G47 199 performance? G47 200 |^Worthy of applause in *1Three Scenes from Vaudeville *0(Elissa G47 201 Milne) was the composer's intention to meld approachable melody with G47 202 compositional exploration. G47 203 *# G48 001 **[235 TEXT G48**] G48 002 |^*0When Donaldson moves from visual links to verbal links, the G48 003 effect is a trifle arch *- as in the ironical use of the country G48 004 yodeller's sentimental song about *'Mother, Pal and Sweetheart**' at G48 005 the point when Al's *'pal**' is set to move in on his wife. ^Or the G48 006 further irony of Al reciting to Georgie the bed-time jingle about G48 007 seeing *'the devil with your wife**'. ^But it is a tribute to the G48 008 sheer momentum of the narrative, and the relative absence of G48 009 self-consciously obtrusive techniques, that we notice certain G48 010 improbabilities only in afterthought *- like the ease with which G48 011 Jacqui walks into a local job after leaving Al; or Ray's imprudence in G48 012 so blatantly advertising his visits to Jacqui's house; or the G48 013 uncharacteristic panic with which Al greets Georgie's fever. G48 014 |^*1Smash Palace *0tells its story with a confidence, a unity of G48 015 style and a sense of pace unmatched in New Zealand films until Ian G48 016 Mune's *1Came a Hot Friday. ^*0All of which helps to explain why it is G48 017 such a disturbing and dangerous film *- the brilliant cinematic G48 018 exposition of a delinquent mentality. G48 019 |^In depicting a marital breakdown, *1Smash Palace *0sometimes G48 020 looks the model of even-handedness. ^When Al and Jacqui argue, in the G48 021 tow-truck, for example, the camera first sits at Al's elbow as Jacqui G48 022 complains, then sits at Jacqui's elbow as she weeps, distributing G48 023 audience identification evenly between them. ^It is true, too, that G48 024 the film's outlook is broad enough to comprehend more people affected G48 025 by the separation than just one man and one woman. ^Even a G48 026 comparatively minor figure like *'Tiny**' (Desmond Kelly), Al's ageing G48 027 assistant mechanic, suggests the helplessness and baffled goodwill a G48 028 sympathetic friend feels as he watches a couple break up. G48 029 |^*1Smash Palace *0does not dodge the issue of the most helpless G48 030 sufferer in this situation *- the child Georgie. ^Her fear and G48 031 powerlessness are dramatized in such images as her silent, pained G48 032 response to Al's fierce outburst when she forgets to bring a tent on a G48 033 camping trip. ^Her pathetic attempts to insulate herself from a G48 034 reality she cannot change (distracting herself by playing with a torch G48 035 as her parents rage in the next room) put one in mind of Jimmy G48 036 Sullivan's *'protection tricks**' in Ian Cross's *1The God Boy. ^*0But G48 037 Georgie is not a figure of pathos alone. ^Greer Robson's extraordinary G48 038 performance contributes to the believable, rounded quality of this G48 039 character. ^But only someone who was really acquainted with children G48 040 could have fashioned a screenplay that takes account of a child's G48 041 instinctive exhibitionism and craving for attention; or her innocent G48 042 sense of self-importance (Georgie's *'^Will I get into trouble for G48 043 staying away from school?**' as she is being kidnapped); or her G48 044 cheerfully coarse humour, ready responses to affection and sudden G48 045 bursts of joy over simple things. ^Her situation is more affecting G48 046 because she is not one-dimensional. G48 047 |^But is *1Smash Palace, *0as a whole, really as objective and G48 048 *'neutral**' as such characterizations suggest? ^With all G48 049 qualifications necessary for a complex work of art, the answer must be G48 050 no. ^*1Smash Palace *0ultimately presents for our endorsement a harsh G48 051 masculine view of sexual conflict, and in the process reinforces much G48 052 of the mythology of machismo. G48 053 **[PLATE**] G48 054 |^Jacqui's erstwhile attraction to Al is made perfectly credible G48 055 to us (the exotic appeal of a racing driver from the other side of the G48 056 world). ^So is her present frustration. ^But in turning to Ray Foley G48 057 for solace, she is turning to a pleasant mediocrity who may have the G48 058 passive virtue of being a good listener (*'^I think I could talk to G48 059 you**', says Jacqui), but who himself initiates no action. ^It is G48 060 noticeably Jacqui who makes every first move in their affair, from G48 061 phoning Ray for a chat, to removing her knickers invitingly as he is G48 062 about to leave her. ^Ray's one momentary act of courage (running after G48 063 Al's speeding tow-truck as Al kidnaps Georgie) proves to be a futile G48 064 gesture. ^Ray appeals to Jacqui simply because he happens to be there. G48 065 ^Al's response to Ray gives the film its peculiarly masculine morality G48 066 just as much as Al's response to his wife. G48 067 |^No matter how sympathetically the other characters are G48 068 presented, it is Al who is on screen longest, Al whose feelings are G48 069 most often dramatized, and Al whose outlook we are implicitly asked to G48 070 share. ^And revenge upon Ray emerges in Al's mind as a priority every G48 071 bit as high as regaining his wife and daughter. G48 072 |^There is nothing complex or contradictory in Al's character. G48 073 ^His mechanical ability with cars and rifles is easily established. G48 074 ^So is his inarticulateness (crushing a beer can and swearing in his G48 075 first argument with Jacqui) and his distaste for European refinement. G48 076 ^Al is not above sarcastic mimicry of his wife's French accent, and G48 077 when Ray suggests he return with Jacqui to Europe for a while he G48 078 replies, *'^Back to Froggy-land? ^No way. ^I was only there for the G48 079 racing**'. G48 080 |^Not that he is the stereotype of a monosyllabic lowbrow slob. G48 081 ^Indeed, as played by Bruno Lawrence, there is much that is immensely G48 082 attractive about Al. ^His genuine affection for Georgie is never in G48 083 doubt and it is returned by Georgie in many brighter episodes. ^One of G48 084 Al's distinctive qualities is his ready resourcefulness *- seen in the G48 085 delightful sequence where he hastily devises a *'party**' for Georgie G48 086 in the bush (newspaper party-hats \0etc.), when she unexpectedly G48 087 announces it is her birthday. ^Just as distinctive is his sense of G48 088 humour, but it often expresses itself triumphantly, as a means of G48 089 asserting his superiority. ^This appears in his two visits to Jacqui's G48 090 new home. ^It is painfully funny when Al strips off his clothes and G48 091 stuffs them through the letter-slot, to stand naked on Jacqui's porch. G48 092 ^There is even a kind of brutal wit to his berserk action in using his G48 093 tow-truck to wrench away Jacqui's front door. ^But the former action G48 094 proclaims his independence and his contempt for Ray (*'^Take these G48 095 nice tight poncey jeans. ^I hope they cut your balls off, if you've G48 096 got any**'). ^The latter *- rendered as a spectacular slow-motion G48 097 splintering of glass and wood *- shows he recognizes no legal barriers G48 098 to his possession of Georgie. G48 099 |^With this original piece of vandalism, the male animal makes G48 100 himself a delinquent, now openly at odds with the law. ^Al is abashed G48 101 and subdued when the law restrains him. ^Seated in the police-cell he G48 102 thinks back to two strangely tender episodes (seen in flashback) from G48 103 early in his marriage *- at his father's funeral helping his pregnant G48 104 wife to urinate in privacy; and watching Georgie's birth. ^As with the G48 105 unsentimental characterization of Georgie, these two memories have a G48 106 ring of authenticity. ^Al is reflecting on what he has *1shared *0with G48 107 Jacqui rather than what he has *1imposed *0upon her. G48 108 |^Momentarily, it may even appear that the film is advocating G48 109 locking up the likes of Al. ^But such is not the case. ^*1Smash Palace G48 110 *0is cunningly contrived to make us take Al's part. ^The vicious G48 111 younger cop Frank (Sean Duffy) *- one of those unlikelihoods we G48 112 overlook in the narrative's onward rush *- seems to have been created G48 113 specifically to increase sympathy for Al. ^Frank's sadism (flattening G48 114 a possum with obvious enjoyment) and brutality (improbably getting a G48 115 gang to beat up Al) immediately precede the sequence in which another G48 116 policeman explains to Al that he no longer has access to Georgie. ^Add G48 117 Frank to Ray's disloyalty, and we are being primed to see Al's G48 118 violent response as justifiable, and the police merely as rival G48 119 delinquents. G48 120 |^Al's competitiveness underlies much of the film. G48 121 ^Significantly, when Georgie asks how he met her mother, Al explains G48 122 he *1won *0Jacqui from another man. ^Images of competition recur G48 123 throughout from Grand Prix racing to the G48 124 **[PLATE**] G48 125 *'friendly**' game of snooker between Ray and Al. ^This aggressive G48 126 mentality is further stimulated in that Ray has violated the code of G48 127 mateship. *'^Why Ray? ^Why Ray? ^Anybody else, but why Ray? ^He's my G48 128 best bloody friend**', is Al's cry when he first recognizes Jacqui's G48 129 attraction to Ray. G48 130 |^Inarticulateness, crude wit, contempt for *'culture**', G48 131 resourcefulness and a fierce sense of competition *- all these G48 132 qualities are present in the two key sequences which sum up everything G48 133 that is so powerful stylistically about *1Smash Palace, *0and G48 134 everything that is so unnerving in terms of its ideas. G48 135 |^The first, absolutely essential to understanding why the G48 136 marriage collapses, is the third argument between Al and Jacqui, just G48 137 before Jacqui walks out. ^There is still something perversely funny in G48 138 the way Al mocks Jacqui's social pretensions with the lines, *'^You G48 139 want I should juggle for you lady? ^Dance for you?**', uttered as he G48 140 executes a few clumsy steps and juggles with eggs. ^But the humour is G48 141 an hysterical prelude to that ultimate masculine curse *- *'^Well G48 142 *2FUCK *0ya!**' ^Al throws the eggs at Jacqui, who rushes weeping to G48 143 her room. ^Al follows her and acts out his curse literally. ^He G48 144 removes her panties as she weeps and takes her dog-fashion before she G48 145 rolls over and he thrusts like a piston in the missionary position. G48 146 ^Jacqui is passive and accepting. ^The only words of tenderness are G48 147 Al's muttered apology for his outburst. ^This is not love-making so G48 148 much as clumsy fucking with the suggestion that this is the only way G48 149 Al knows to assert his union with Jacqui; to calm her; to control her. G48 150 |^On its own this sequence could be interpreted as a powerful G48 151 plea for Jacqui's point-of-view. ^Certainly it just precedes her G48 152 decision to leave. ^But the second key sequence really belies the G48 153 implicit criticism of limited male sensitivity. ^This is the film's G48 154 finale *- a vindication of Al's delinquency. G48 155 |^Georgie's fever has caused Al to panic, emerge from the bush G48 156 and head with Georgie for a chemist shop to get drugs. ^He is spotted, G48 157 and takes as a hostage Rose (Margaret Umbers), the shop assistant. ^In G48 158 the hysteria of being kidnapped at gunpoint, Rose babbles, *'^I can't G48 159 come *- ^I've got a hair appointment at three o'clock**'. ^Now Al is G48 160 holed up in Smash Palace with a delirious Georgie and a weeping Rose. G48 161 ^Armed police surround the place, their operations directed in part by G48 162 Ray. ^Al's false mate has the force of the law on his side. G48 163 ^Conversely, Al, in leather jacket with shotgun and belt of shells, is G48 164 the very image of the outnumbered hero *- the underdog with whom we G48 165 generally sympathize in a thriller. ^To Al's shouts for Jacqui, Ray G48 166 lies over a loud-hailer, saying she isn't there. ^Jacqui pushes G48 167 contemptuously past Ray in her rush to join her husband and her child G48 168 *- and if we needed any further proof that Ray is merely a convenience G48 169 to her, this gesture surely is it. G48 170 |^Inside, Jacqui at last confronts her outlaw husband and takes G48 171 charge of the sick Georgie. ^*'You've gone too far**', she tells Al. G48 172 ^This seems a reasonable statement of the way a private quarrel has G48 173 ballooned into a hostage crisis. ^But Jacqui also adds, *'^We could G48 174 get things going again, just you and me and Georgie... ^I'll stick by G48 175 you Al. ^I still love you.**' ^And as she is departing with Georgie, G48 176 Al says, *'^Hey Jack *- {J'aime tes jambes}.**' G48 177 |^Probability aside (remember Jacqui is talking to a husband who G48 178 has kidnapped her child, wrecked her house and from whom she has long G48 179 been estranged), this last confrontation between husband and wife G48 180 reinforces an essential male myth *- no matter how abused, the woman G48 181 will dutifully return in a crisis and declare her love, provided the G48 182 man shows himself sufficiently masterful and strong. G48 183 |^But the punch-line is yet to come. ^Al exchanges hostages *- G48 184 Rose for Ray. ^*'You've got five minutes**', he says to tearful Rose G48 185 as she is leaving; and to her puzzled look he adds... *'to your hair G48 186 appointment**'. ^Rose cracks up completely and leaves the building G48 187 howling loudly. ^Seen in context, this line and Rose's response are a G48 188 sick joke *- they belittle a woman's terror (*1silly weeping women...) G48 189 *0in order to promote the idea of Al's cool self-possession. ^The G48 190 object of this self-possession is the ritual humiliation of Ray. G48 191 *# G49 001 **[236 TEXT G49**] G49 002 |^*0The writer could also have included Roland Wakelin, Frances Ellis, G49 003 Godfrey Miller and Helen Stewart in his list of expatriates. ^All had G49 004 initially trained in Europe, only to *"return as far as Australia**" G49 005 and establish reputations in that country. ^This trend is still G49 006 familiar today, as promising young artists seek the opportunities of a G49 007 larger artistic community. ^The dialogue in the visual arts between G49 008 New Zealand and its near neighbour originated last century with G49 009 extravagant displays such as the Melbourne International Exhibition G49 010 (1880-1), which featured John Gully and {0C. D.} Barraud, and the G49 011 Centennial Exhibition in the same city (1888-9) where in addition to G49 012 {0J. B. C.} Hoyte, {0J. C.} Richmond and {0W. M.} Hodgkins, Emily G49 013 Harris, Jane and Frances Wimperis and Isabel Field (Hodgkins) were G49 014 represented. ^The pattern was reversed with the New Zealand and South G49 015 Seas Exhibition in Dunedin (1889-90) which designated a special G49 016 display court for the New South Wales Loan Collection. G49 017 |^At the turn of the century, annual exhibitions of the local art G49 018 societies incorporated the work of Australian artists, for instance G49 019 Albert Hanson exhibited with the New Zealand Academy of Fine Arts in G49 020 1901, Julian Ashton and \0A. Datillo-Rubbo in 1903, and in 1904 there G49 021 was a special section for Sydney watercolourists. ^Participation of G49 022 Australian artists in our art societies continued into the 1920s, and G49 023 during the next decade interested parties in New Zealand could keep G49 024 informed of activities in Sydney and Melbourne through the reports of G49 025 their correspondents in the *"Art Notes**" column of *1Art in New G49 026 Zealand. G49 027 |^*0There were, of course, New Zealanders who held solo G49 028 exhibitions across the Tasman, and Hoyte is the obvious example from G49 029 the nineteenth century. ^At that stage no woman had earned this G49 030 respect as an artist. ^The position changed when Frances Hodgkins, G49 031 shored up by a period in Europe, held successful shows in Melbourne, G49 032 Sydney and Adelaide between 1912 and 1913. ^Some twenty years later, G49 033 Maud Sherwood would receive similar acclaim in Australia. G49 034 *<*2MAUD SHERWOOD*> G49 035 |^*0Born in Dunedin, Maud Sherwood (Kimbell, 1880-1956) was the G49 036 daughter of Elisabeth and Alfred Kimbell. ^The family moved to G49 037 Wellington when she was a child and it was there that she began her G49 038 art studies. ^Mabel Hill and Mary Elizabeth Tripe both taught her at G49 039 Wellington Technical College, but it was James Nairn who appears to G49 040 have made the most impact: *"^Nairn used to tell us to *'dash it on, G49 041 slash it in, don't be afraid of it! ^Let the world stare!*'**" G49 042 |^After Nairn's death in 1904, Maud Kimbell took over his G49 043 still-life and sketching classes at the college and was involved there G49 044 for nine years. ^She became a regular exhibitor with the Academy from G49 045 1898 and held her first solo exhibition (at McGregor Wright's) in G49 046 April 1910. ^A year later, aged thirty-one, the artist left for G49 047 Europe. ^Like another New Zealander, Owen Merton, she entered G49 048 Colarossi's in Paris and later studied with Tudor Hart. ^Her diary for G49 049 1912 describes the ordeals of training under the exacting eye of the G49 050 professor: G49 051 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G49 052 |^During her first summer, she accompanied Tudor Hart's sketching G49 053 group (which included her compatriots Cora Wilding, Owen Merton, and G49 054 {0C. Y.} Fell) on a tour of England. ^A year later she went to G49 055 Brittany and Holland. ^For June 1913 her diary describes how at G49 056 Concarneau she worked out of doors in the morning and shared a studio G49 057 with other students in the afternoon. ^Local fishermen and their G49 058 families served as models, and *"the colour of the sails of the G49 059 fishing boats**" provided picturesque subject matter. ^This G49 060 Continental excursion was a carefree and exhilarating affair, rather G49 061 like the traditional Grand Tour. G49 062 |^At Amsterdam during August the artist painted the large G49 063 watercolour of an elderly Dutchman with his clay pipe, which is now in G49 064 Wellington at the National Art Gallery. ^Her fluid and broad treatment G49 065 of the figure recalls Frances Hodgkins's manner and it can be assumed G49 066 that the younger painter was well acquainted with her work, possibly G49 067 at Colarossi's and also when it was displayed at McGregor Wright's in G49 068 1904. ^In her diary she makes specific reference to both Hodgkins and G49 069 former Canterbury artist Sydney Thompson (whom she visited in G49 070 Concarneau). ^One entry in particular throws light on the reasons why G49 071 talented colonials chose to pursue careers abroad. ^In it she mentions G49 072 that the New Zealand press gave Thompson *"an awful dubbing**[SIC**] & G49 073 I must agree with Miss Hodgkins that *1Good, modern *0art would be G49 074 high above the heads of 999 out of 1,000 New Zealanders.**" G49 075 |^Maud Kimbell left Europe for Australia in 1913, establishing G49 076 herself in Sydney. ^Four years later, in August 1917, she married the G49 077 businessman {0A. C.} Sherwood, and went to live at Neutral Bay. ^The G49 078 marriage collapsed in 1920 when the artist left him on grounds of G49 079 cruelty, and the couple were finally divorced in 1926. G49 080 |^It is believed that Maud Sherwood studied for a time with Julian G49 081 Ashton at the Sydney Art School but no dates are available. ^Possibly G49 082 the oil painting by Sherwood of *1The Model *0(1919) which portrays a G49 083 class of women students is a clue to this assertion (*1Illustration G49 084 35). ^*0By 1914 she had begun exhibiting with the Society of Artists G49 085 and from one of their exhibitions two works were purchased by the Art G49 086 Gallery of New South Wales. ^She won recognition for her watercolours G49 087 in particular, and in 1924 was elected the only woman member of the G49 088 committee of the Water Colour Institute in Sydney, a group which G49 089 included significant names in the Australian art establishment *- G49 090 Arthur Streeton, Sydney Long and Blamire Young. ^The same year Maud G49 091 Sherwood returned to New Zealand to spend fourteen months in G49 092 Wellington. ^The visit coincided with the Academy's comprehensive G49 093 exhibition of her work in 1925. G49 094 |^Of the fifty exhibits, several stemmed from Maud Sherwood's time G49 095 in Europe, and of those based in Australia *1The Beach, Dee Why, G49 096 Sydney *0(1923) was the most acclaimed (*1Illustration 36). G49 097 ^*0Recalling the animated scenes of French beach resorts by Euge*?3ne G49 098 Boudin in the 1860s, this watercolour has been updated to convey G49 099 informal groups of bathers which are handled with considerable verve. G49 100 ^In the worked up areas colour is intense, with brilliant blue-blacks G49 101 defining shadows, and reds and vivid yellows providing accents. ^The G49 102 work was reproduced on the cover of the catalogue and featured in the G49 103 mid 1925 issue of the National Art Association's *1Bulletin. ^*0In the G49 104 same publication it was remarked upon as a *"frank and directly stated G49 105 work**". ^While in New Zealand Maud Sherwood painted the hills and G49 106 city of Wellington with her characteristically vivid palette. ^One of G49 107 these, *1Brooklyn from Kelburn, *0found its way into the Academy show. G49 108 |^An interval of seven years (1926-33) in Europe followed. G49 109 ^According to press reports, Maud Sherwood's original intention was to G49 110 go to London but she travelled instead to Italy, France, Spain and G49 111 North Africa. ^Part of the trip was spent in company with the Sydney G49 112 artist Gladys Owen but she also attracted other friends and patrons. G49 113 ^At one point she had access to a villa in Capri and one in Rome G49 114 overlooking the Borghese Gardens, where she had her bedroom fitted up G49 115 as a studio. ^Exhibitions in Europe followed and Maud Sherwood was G49 116 represented at (among others) the Salon des Independents, Paris G49 117 (1928), the Prima Mostra Internazionale d'Arte Coloniale, Rome (1931) G49 118 and the Royal Academy, London (1932). G49 119 |^On her return to Sydney the artist displayed several G49 120 watercolours and drawings produced during her trip at Macquarie G49 121 Galleries *- her first solo show in Australia. ^It confirmed her G49 122 position as one of the country's most spectacular watercolourists and G49 123 attracted unanimous praise from the local press. ^Typical were the G49 124 remarks of Kenneth Wilkinson in the *1Sydney Morning Herald, *010 G49 125 August 1933: G49 126 **[PLATE**] G49 127 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G49 128 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G49 129 **[END INDENTATION**] G49 130 |^Among the works displayed was *1The Chili Market, Tunis *0(1927-8), G49 131 a vibrant image crowded with detail and animated forms (*1Plate 10). G49 132 ^*0Brangwyn is the ultimate precursor for this picture of vendors with G49 133 their exotic wares, but Frances Hodgkins and Owen Merton had also G49 134 responded to the vitality of such subjects and extended the range of G49 135 their interpretation. ^Several highly worked charcoal drawings G49 136 accompanied these watercolours with titles such as *1The Little G49 137 Village Italy. ^*0At this stage of her career the artist was known G49 138 primarily for her landscapes, although in her later years she turned G49 139 more to still-life studies of flowers. G49 140 |^Up into the 1940s, Maud Sherwood continued to hold solo G49 141 exhibitions. ^She had expanded her repertoire to include colour G49 142 linocuts such as *1Venetian Fishing Boats *0and *1Petunias, *0which G49 143 bear comparison with the bold graphic designs of the Australians Thea G49 144 Proctor and Margaret Preston. ^She continued to paint intermittently G49 145 in oils, but watercolour remained her preferred medium. ^By all G49 146 accounts, Sherwood rarely ceased to travel and practice her art. ^She G49 147 apparently acquired a well-equipped caravan in the latter part of her G49 148 career and made repeated trips throughout New South Wales in search of G49 149 new material. ^Until her death at Katoomba in the Blue Mountains, some G49 150 twenty years after her return to Australia, the artist painted with no G49 151 obvious decline in her abilities. ^The watercolour *1Yellow Lilies, G49 152 *0now at the National Art Gallery in Wellington, is believed to belong G49 153 to the period 1950-6 and has the distinguished and highly competent G49 154 features of her earlier work. G49 155 |^Maud Sherwood may have attracted considerable attention during G49 156 her lifetime in the country of her adoption, but her reputation did G49 157 not last. ^Perhaps this was partly because, like many expatriates, she G49 158 became *"denationalised**" on leaving her place of birth. ^It may also G49 159 have been because she preferred to paint in watercolour, a medium G49 160 often discredited as the province of dilettantes and women. ^But the G49 161 truth probably lies in the strong period flavour of her work, which G49 162 does not allow it to transcend its time and place. ^In William Moore's G49 163 *1Story of Australian Art *0(1934) Maud Sherwood was praised for her G49 164 *"sureness in draughtsmanship**" and the sympathetic report featured G49 165 one of her watercolours. ^Towards the end of the artist's life, she G49 166 received two paragraphs in Herbert Badham's *1A Study of Australian G49 167 Art *0(1949). ^Badham lived in New South Wales and like Sherwood was a G49 168 member of the Society of Artists. ^He described her as *"a G49 169 water-colourist with courage**" and one whose colour *"is strong, G49 170 resonant and pure**". ^However, subsequent writers on Australian art, G49 171 who probably did not have firsthand knowledge of the artist, failed to G49 172 include her in comprehensive texts *- Bernard Smith's *1Australian G49 173 Painting 1788-1970 *0(1971) is a case in point. ^Both Maud Sherwood G49 174 and Helen Stewart were given slight entries in Alan McCulloch's G49 175 *1Encyclopedia of Australian Art *0(1968), but Frances Ellis was G49 176 omitted. ^This situation emphasises once more the marginal position of G49 177 women artists who, although hailed in their lifetime, more often than G49 178 not subsequently slip into obscurity. G49 179 *<*2FRANCES ELLIS *> G49 180 |^*0Frances Ellis (1900-71) is an artist to whom recognition for a G49 181 career spanning fifty years is sorely due (*1Illustration 37). G49 182 ^*0Preparation was underway at the Sarjeant Gallery in 1979 to stage G49 183 an exhibition on the work of both Ellis and \0A. Datillo-Rubbo but the G49 184 project has yet to eventuate. ^A venture of this type would draw G49 185 attention to links between artists in this country with manifestations G49 186 of Post-Impressionism in Australia. ^More importantly, it would expose G49 187 Frances Ellis as a painter of note. G49 188 |^The artist grew up on a farm near Taihape until around 1912 when G49 189 the family moved to Marton. ^She was educated privately and developed G49 190 musical and artistic talents. ^At twenty-three, Ellis went to London G49 191 for two years, studying under Bernard Meninsky at the Central School G49 192 of Arts and Crafts. ^She also took music lessons at the Tobias Matthay G49 193 School. ^To continue both interests professionally was a daunting G49 194 prospect and she finally chose to devote her energy to the visual G49 195 arts. ^When she returned to New Zealand (following a brief sojourn in G49 196 Sydney) Frances Ellis accepted an appointment as teacher of drawing at G49 197 the Palmerston North Technical College. ^At the time, Linley G49 198 Richardson was art master. ^Quite possibly she instructed Elizabeth G49 199 Berry (1910-40) in Palmerston North, before this artist left for G49 200 London to train with Mark Gertler at the Westminster School of Art. G49 201 |^Before moving permanently to Sydney in 1934, Ellis made the G49 202 first of several brief visits to the Northern Hemisphere, painting in G49 203 France and Italy. ^We can only surmise how she learned of G49 204 Datillo-Rubbo's teaching methods, but Roland Wakelin apparently saw G49 205 and admired his work in Dunedin earlier in the century. G49 206 *# G50 001 **[237 TEXT G50**] G50 002 ^*0Similarly we can turn to the painters of New Zealand landscapes, G50 003 for example the better works of, say, John Gully. ^If the viewer gets G50 004 the feeling that he is actually there, actually standing looking at G50 005 the scene and not just looking at a painting, that he can almost sense G50 006 the breeze on his face and the sun in his eyes, then the painter will G50 007 have achieved what he set out to do. ^On the other hand, if you merely G50 008 get the feeling that you are looking at a good picture, then we could G50 009 say that the painter has failed in what he set out to do, and in my G50 010 opinion you would not give this painting the mark that you would if he G50 011 had succeeded in creating in you a feeling of realism. G50 012 *<*4The Representational and Historical painters*> G50 013 |^*0Let us now turn our attention to our New Zealand Representational G50 014 landscape painters. ^Some of our armchair critics and lovers of other G50 015 styles of paintings, particularly admirers of contemporary art, scoff G50 016 at the work of the Representational painters and tell you that it is G50 017 not true art. ^What utter nonsense! ^Although I do not understand a G50 018 lot of it, I would not be so presumptuous as to say that Symbolic art, G50 019 for example, was not art. ^Probably if I made a study of it in the way G50 020 that I have made a study of our Historical and other nineteenth G50 021 century New Zealand artists, I would get a greater appreciation of it, G50 022 but my field is primarily up until 1930. ^This is the period to which G50 023 I relate best. ^I never tire of finding out more about the lives of G50 024 the artists and trying then to see whether the kind of people they G50 025 were is reflected in their paintings. ^To say that the personality of G50 026 any particular artist did not come out in his or her paintings is not G50 027 true. ^For example, was not Charles Blomfield a great naturalist and G50 028 lover of trees, and is this not portrayed to a large extent in his G50 029 paintings? G50 030 |^I have already dealt briefly with quality in relation to this G50 031 school, which has existed at all stages of New Zealand art but it was G50 032 most strong last century prior to the advent of the New Zealand G50 033 Impressionists. ^Almost all nineteenth-century painters of landscape G50 034 were Representational painters. G50 035 |^What then is an Historical painting? ^Is it historical merely G50 036 because it is old? ^Not so. ^An Historical painting is a painting G50 037 *1that is historically important because of its content, *0that is, it G50 038 portrays something prior to the advent of the camera, or that has not G50 039 been portrayed before, or portrays something that no longer exists. G50 040 ^Captain Cook carried painters on all his expeditions so that G50 041 posterity could have a record of what was seen on each voyage. ^These G50 042 paintings are truly Historical paintings. ^Our early artists such as G50 043 Heaphy, von Tempsky, Fox and others, painted what they saw in the G50 044 1840s, 1850s and 1860s, and their paintings are Historical paintings, G50 045 particularly if they portray buildings that no longer exist or events G50 046 of national importance or interest. ^Not all their paintings, however, G50 047 are Historical. G50 048 |^Recently I was lucky enough to be able to purchase a very early G50 049 watercolour by {0W. C.} Fitler of early Queenstown. ^This painting was G50 050 produced in the early 1880s and was reproduced in a book called G50 051 *1Picturesque Atlas of Australasia; Volume 3 *0edited by Andrew G50 052 Garran, and first published in Sydney in 1883. ^The painting, which is G50 053 almost a black and white, is very attractive, showing the Remarkables, G50 054 Lake Wakatipu and so on, but the most important thing about this G50 055 watercolour is not its appeal as a painting but the fact that it G50 056 depicts all the old buildings in Queenstown at that time. ^To the best G50 057 of my knowledge there is no similar photograph and accordingly this is G50 058 a work that is historically important. G50 059 |^How then are we to judge the quality of Historical paintings? G50 060 ^Very simply. ^Most of our Historical artists were Representational G50 061 artists. ^Does it convey to the beholder a feeling of reality? ^If it G50 062 does, then it is a good painting. ^If it doesn't, then it is a poor G50 063 painting and must be graded accordingly. ^However, *1there is a vast G50 064 difference between the quality of an Historical painting and the G50 065 importance of it, *0and this will be reflected in its price. ^This G50 066 painting may be historically important but of rather poor quality, or G50 067 of average quality. ^For example, the pleasing painting of Queenstown G50 068 referred to above is of good, but not exceptional quality, but it is G50 069 historically very important and this importance is what may well make G50 070 it command a very high price. G50 071 |^I hope the reader can now get some idea of how to judge the G50 072 quality of an Historical or Representational School painting. G50 073 |^It is not necessary for a buyer, when judging quality, to have G50 074 an understanding of perspective, light, shade, colour, shadow, form or G50 075 balance, \0etc., although all of these are important factors to the G50 076 artist. ^So long as what he sees creates for him a feeling of reality, G50 077 the buyer can be assured the painting is successful and its quality of G50 078 reasonable standard. G50 079 |^However, the buyer must at all times adopt the stance of G50 080 critic. ^Thus, if he is, for example, looking at a painting of Queen G50 081 Charlotte Sound by {0W. G.} Baker, with two yachts sailing down the G50 082 Sound, he may immediately say to himself, *'^There is something wrong! G50 083 ^The yachts should be smaller.**' *- or *'^The yachts should be G50 084 bigger**' (^Normally with Baker it is the latter.) ^On further G50 085 inspection he may see that Baker has in fact made a major blue and he G50 086 will then realise that this painting is not perfectly G50 087 representational. ^Or he may be looking at a watercolour by John Gully G50 088 and see that the near hills do not look real for some reason *- maybe G50 089 the line is too hard, or something else is out of balance. ^At no time G50 090 should the buyer assume that because he is looking at the work of one G50 091 of our major artists, it is necessarily perfect. ^Only by such study G50 092 and criticism will he improve his perception of what is a good G50 093 painting and what is not. ^If he is ever to have confidence in himself G50 094 and be a good judge, he must start at some stage relying on his own G50 095 judgment and not what other people tell him (although by all means G50 096 listen to other people's opinions at all times, even when you consider G50 097 yourself to be a reasonable judge of a painting). ^In other words, a G50 098 buyer's perception of quality will not improve unless he or she is G50 099 prepared to be critical. G50 100 |^As a dealer, of course, I must weigh up many things when G50 101 considering a work, but the main questions I must answer are *'^Is the G50 102 fault or is the criticism that I level against this painting of such G50 103 weight that it will affect the average buyer? ^Is the quality so poor G50 104 that the average buyer will say, *"^I do not like that painting. G50 105 ^There is something wrong with it.**", or is it good enough for the G50 106 average buyer to say, *"^Yes, it is an attractive painting. ^I like G50 107 the content and while it may not be the greatest work in the world, I G50 108 still want it.**"**' ^The dividing line here is sometimes very fine G50 109 and will become more apparent to the buyer as he gains more G50 110 experience. ^I am well aware that if a painting is only average, or G50 111 less-than-average quality, this consideration will, of course, affect G50 112 the *1discerning *0buyer, but I am usually interested only in the G50 113 average buyer and not the specialist. G50 114 |^The questions I posed above are ones that the investor must ask G50 115 himself continually. ^In most cases, when one is judging quality there G50 116 are very few paintings that cannot be criticised. ^It becomes a G50 117 question of how relevant that criticism is to a prospective buyer. G50 118 ^After all, most of us are not looking for perfection; we are merely G50 119 seeking an article that is of a good standard so that it will resell G50 120 readily to the average buyer. G50 121 *<*4The New Zealand Impressionists*> G50 122 |^*0I would now like to direct your attention to the New Zealand G50 123 Impressionist School, which had its beginnings in the 1890s after the G50 124 arrival here of three very influential artists and teachers from G50 125 Europe at the start of the decade: {0G. P.} Nerli from Italy, James G50 126 Nairn from Scotland, and Petrus Van der Velden from Holland. ^All G50 127 three had made reputations for themselves prior to coming to this G50 128 country, particularly Van der Velden. ^How then were they different G50 129 from the artists working and exhibiting in New Zealand at this time? G50 130 |^First, these newcomers were not primarily Representational G50 131 painters. ^They were a new breed of artist; people who painted not G50 132 what they saw but, to a large extent, the *1impression *0that a scene, G50 133 a person or an inanimate object created on them. ^Each of these men G50 134 could paint in a Representational way, and indeed many of their works G50 135 are truly in this style, but they left their mark on New Zealand art G50 136 not as Representational painters but as Impressionists. G50 137 |^An Impressionist painting I like to define as one in which G50 138 *1the artist endeavours to catch the mood of what he feels about what G50 139 he is looking at. ^*0When I first saw an Impressionist New Zealand G50 140 painting *- I think it was a Margaret Stoddart watercolour, a seascape G50 141 *- I looked at it closely. ^It was handed to me by a collector who G50 142 regarded it as an extremely fine painting, but all that I could see G50 143 then was a series of blobs of paint. (^Margaret Stoddart's style at G50 144 her best and most Impressionistic employs short brush strokes, very G50 145 few of which are joined together but which overall most effectively G50 146 capture the feeling of the subject.) ^At this viewing I couldn't for G50 147 the life of me see what I was supposed to see, or what my friend was G50 148 seeing. ^I tried hard, but it wasn't until two or three years after G50 149 starting to deal in art that I was truly able to appreciate Margaret G50 150 Stoddart's Impressionism and see what it was she was getting at. ^Some G50 151 people I know who are totally untrained in art and are not collectors G50 152 at all, can see this immediately. ^Others never see it. ^They like G50 153 only the New Zealand Representational School where the line is full G50 154 and the colour real. ^They cannot appreciate Impressionist art in any G50 155 shape or form. G50 156 |^So what is our buyer to do if he cannot appreciate it? ^He must G50 157 then rely on other people's judgment for the time being, but he must G50 158 also persist, because while he may not be able to appreciate and G50 159 understand Impressionist art today, in another year or so he may well G50 160 be able to do so. ^He must not despair. G50 161 |^Let us look at Plate 48 in *1Two Hundred Years of New Zealand G50 162 Painting *0by Gil Docking, Petrus Van der Velden's *'Otira Gorge**', G50 163 which is held at the Auckland City Art Gallery. ^This is a truly G50 164 dramatic, magnificent painting which to me portrays the wildness of G50 165 the night, the coldness of it, the strength of the elements, the G50 166 storminess of the sky, the eeriness of the whole of the gorge, the G50 167 almost terror of the place. ^Yet when you examine it meticulously, G50 168 there is very little in this painting that in fact represents a rock, G50 169 or water, or clouds, or background. ^What then has the artist done, G50 170 because he has managed to portray to me all the moods that I have G50 171 outlined above? ^How has he achieved this? ^He has done it by the most G50 172 subtle use of colour, form and movement that it is possible to create G50 173 on canvas. ^He has done it with brush and oil. ^Technical people could G50 174 explain in far more detail than I the method that he has used to G50 175 achieve this, but let us just say that he has conveyed to me, and I G50 176 hope to you, all the drama of the night that he felt when he was G50 177 there. G50 178 *# G51 001 **[238 TEXT G51**] G51 002 |^*"*2YOU'VE COME A LONG WAY BABY**". ^INSULTINGLY THE WORLD'S TOBACCO G51 003 COMPANIES CASHED IN ON THE WOMEN'S LIBERATION MOVEMENT WITH THIS G51 004 SLOGAN IN 1968. ^THREE YEARS AGO RUTH BONITA POINTED OUT IN A G51 005 *3BROADSHEET *2ARTICLE THAT CIGARETTE ADVERTISEMENTS WERE ONE OF THE G51 006 FEW PLACES WHERE WOMEN WERE PRESENTED AS *"INTELLIGENT, MATURE, G51 007 SENSIBLE, ASSERTIVE AND INDEPENDENT**". ^IN 1986 WITH A CONTINUING G51 008 DROP IN CIGARETTE SALES AMONGST WHITE MIDDLE CLASS MEN IN DEVELOPED G51 009 COUNTRIES, WOMEN AND PEOPLE IN THIRD WORLD COUNTRIES REMAIN THE G51 010 TOBACCO COMPANIES' PRIME HOPES FOR CONTINUED PROFITS. G51 011 |*6A*0n English journalist, Peter Taylor, has recently published G51 012 *1Smoke Ring, *0an expose*?2 of the world's tobacco monopolies. ^Their G51 013 tactics to get people hooked and keep them hooked are becoming more G51 014 and more insidious. ^One is to sell a brand's house colours and logo G51 015 to a firm selling some other type of product. ^An example is {0KIM} G51 016 sports clothes. ^During the 1982 Wimbledon tennis tournament, Martina G51 017 Navratilova (a role model if ever there was one) wore {0KIM} tennis G51 018 clothes. ^The {0KIM} colours and design on the clothes were identical G51 019 to the cigarette brand most popular in the United Kingdom. ^The G51 020 Wimbledon tournament was seen via television by millions of people. G51 021 ^Outright advertising of cigarettes at sports fixtures and on G51 022 television is banned in England, but the companies have got around G51 023 this by using an oblique subliminal strategy. ^In third world G51 024 countries in South America and Africa, the tobacco companies are still G51 025 blatantly associating cigarettes with western affluence. G51 026 |^While cigarette smoking among adult, middle class, white males G51 027 is decreasing in developed countries, the decrease for adult women G51 028 (irrespective of race or class) is either minimal or non-existent, and G51 029 there has been an increase in cigarette smoking among young women. ^In G51 030 Aotearoa, the percentage of adolescent girls who smoke is almost twice G51 031 the percentage of adolescent boys who smoke. ^Statisticians predict G51 032 that lung cancer will surpass breast cancer as the leading cause of G51 033 cancer deaths amongst women. ^The age-adjusted lung cancer death rate G51 034 for Maori women is four times greater than for non-Maori people and is G51 035 the highest for women in the world. G51 036 |^The relationship between cigarette smoking and heart disease is G51 037 also well documented. ^One-third of all deaths in Aotearoa result from G51 038 coronary disease, and women in Aotearoa aged 45 to 54 years have among G51 039 the highest mortality rates for heart disease in the world. ^Although G51 040 these facts are fairly well known, author Jane Ritchie feels that G51 041 medical researchers are less energetic about publicising other effects G51 042 of smoking on women's bodies. ^For example, smokers tend to have a two G51 043 year earlier menopause, an increased risk of osteoporosis (brittle G51 044 bones) and loss of teeth. ^Research on strategies for women smokers G51 045 needs to be carried out in Aotearoa, but money for such proposals is G51 046 scarce and not forthcoming. G51 047 |^Despite all the facts and the support of organisations like the G51 048 Heart Foundation of New Zealand, the Cancer Society, the Health G51 049 Department and the work of anti-smoking lobby groups such as Action on G51 050 Smoking and Health ({0ASH}), the control of tobacco product G51 051 advertising and access to cigarettes by young people remains uneasily G51 052 loose. ^At present there is only an informal agreement between the G51 053 government and only two tobacco companies on standards of advertising, G51 054 and children can buy cigarettes at the corner dairy or supermarket. G51 055 |^The gold packet lying on the coffee table looks inviting. ^I G51 056 have to pick it up and turn it on its side to find in small black G51 057 letters: ^*"Health \0Dept warning: smoking may endanger your G51 058 health.**" ^*"May**" is such a mild word. ^How many young women are G51 059 put off lighting their first cigarette by the word *"may**"? ^A recent G51 060 analysis by Jane Ritchie of the media found that cigarette G51 061 advertisements in magazines predominantly show women as part of a G51 062 heterosexual couple, projecting an image of sexuality and romance, or G51 063 else engaged in *"fun-filled outdoor**" healthy activities. ^Although G51 064 this country's voluntary code on cigarette advertising is supposed to G51 065 stop the association between smoking and sexual attractiveness and G51 066 health, many of the magazines read by women come from overseas. G51 067 |^Research into why people smoke and particularly how to help G51 068 people quit smoking, or prevent beginning them to smoke, have largely G51 069 ignored the possibility that women, people of colour and working class G51 070 people smoke for different reasons than white middle class men, and G51 071 thus may need different smoking-cessation programmes. ^The very small G51 072 amount of research on women smokers suggests women belong to the group G51 073 of smokers called *"negative-affect**[SIC**]**" smokers, who smoke to G51 074 reduce unpleasant feelings like stress. ^It is quite likely women G51 075 smoke to reduce stress because they still have insufficient options G51 076 for assertive action in society, and thus their stresses build up. G51 077 ^Women of colour and working class women, who have least opportunities G51 078 for assertive action, have very high rates of smoking. ^All women have G51 079 fewer acceptable ways apart from smoking to relieve stress. G51 080 |^Bobbi Jacobsen in *1The Ladykillers, *0pointed out that many of G51 081 the factors which combine to produce a successful male ex-smoker, like G51 082 marriage and parenthood, have precisely the opposite effect on women. G51 083 ^Vicki Grace's research in Aotearoa demonstrated that the education of G51 084 women, particularly working class and Maori and Polynesian women, G51 085 regarding the health benefits of quitting is inadequate. ^Perhaps G51 086 health educators consider women's lives are not important? ^This G51 087 research concluded that current smoking-related education programmes G51 088 need to be assessed for their role in affecting**[SIC**] behaviour G51 089 changes and the onset of smoking among young women. G51 090 |^Consumer groups, particularly women's groups and organisations G51 091 like the new Standing Committee on Women's Health, must be given power G51 092 to counteract the very powerful tobacco company lobby over the content G51 093 and placement of cigarette advertisements. ^The role of parents and G51 094 friends as models in aiding smoking initiation is pointed out again G51 095 and again in research. ^Parents often don't realise the impact to G51 096 their children of a non-smoking model. ^However, if stress is a G51 097 crucial factor in why women continue to smoke, it will not be enough G51 098 to control the tobacco companies. ^They are only exploiting an G51 099 existing situation. ^Cigarettes trigger the production of substances G51 100 in our brain known as the B-endorphins. ^These are a natural morphine. G51 101 ^Some researchers, like Peter Taylor, believe there is a conspiracy G51 102 between tobacco companies and governments to increase the number of G51 103 smokers. ^After all, people who ease their stress with cigarettes are G51 104 less likely to challenge the status quo. G51 105 |^We need to work on ways of relieving the stress powerless G51 106 people *- women, people of colour, lesbian and working class *- G51 107 experience, by making it possible for them to reach resources and find G51 108 their own power. ^As well, we need to lobby to give women and other G51 109 powerless people options for dealing with accidents and other G51 110 unavoidable stresses. ^This might include, for women, greater G51 111 acknowledgement of women's sports through better funding and more G51 112 publicity (maybe placards outside {0TVNZ}: netball, less rugby!); G51 113 development of social support networks and groups, particularly in G51 114 isolated rural and poorly serviced urban areas; and the development of G51 115 women's creativity by support and funding for women's art, writing, G51 116 music and dance. ^I would like to see women's health groups organise G51 117 seminars and workshops to help women become aware of the manipulative G51 118 tactics of the tobacco industry. G51 119 |^None of the above really helps the individual woman smoker who G51 120 would like to quit. ^People say *"^Well, I quit for four weeks then G51 121 someone offered me a cigarette at a party and I was on 25 a day**", or G51 122 *"^I stopped for six months and then my relationship went sour and I G51 123 found myself smoking again**". ^Research shows that women have greater G51 124 difficulty in maintaining non-smoking. ^Maybe stress is again a G51 125 factor, although in the time I have been involved in stop-smoking G51 126 work, I have heard stories about men and male partners trying to G51 127 persuade non-smoking women to begin again. ^In one case, a woman's G51 128 boyfriend tore up all the material she had been given in her stop G51 129 smoking group. ^She left the group. ^Women do want to quit; 80 percent G51 130 of callers asking about our groups in West Auckland have been women. G51 131 ^The majority of these came from less affluent areas. G51 132 |^From time to time a miracle cure for smoking hits the market. G51 133 ^In the last few months, this has been the nicotine chewing gum called G51 134 Nicorette. ^The blurbs from Reckitt and Colman, the marketers, laud G51 135 the product as the final answer to stopping smoking. ^I looked up the G51 136 academic paper quoted in the blurbs to support the claims of the G51 137 producer company, Merrell-Dow, and found not only inconsistencies G51 138 between data in the paper and the drug company's claims, but several G51 139 points of doubtful research methodology. ^Nicorette has been classed G51 140 as a non-prescriptive drug. ^It can be sold over the counter by G51 141 chemists with only an accompanying leaflet to both warn and help the G51 142 would-be ex-smoker. ^Although Reckitt and Colman was willing to G51 143 incorporate some changes I suggested in their leaflet, efforts to have G51 144 the drug classed as a prescription drug were unsuccessful. ^Despite G51 145 company assurance that children would not like the spearmint flavoured G51 146 optional resin, as a non-prescription drug there is the possibility of G51 147 incautious storing at home, so it is accessible to children who may G51 148 experiment. G51 149 |^Nicotine is a toxic substance as well as addictive. ^In very G51 150 small print on the accompanying overseas leaflet it is suggested that G51 151 certain people shouldn't use the drug, including pregnant women. ^The G51 152 suggestions may give an idea of the effort required to break the G51 153 psychological habit especially for those who smoke to reduce stress. G51 154 ^However, articles about the product in the media downplay the G51 155 difficulty of maintaining non-smoking, and the people for whom G51 156 Nicorette would be harmful. ^I am very suspicious of the concept that G51 157 a replacement drug will help kick a habit; Methadone-maintenance has G51 158 not proved the answer to heroin addiction. ^Some researchers are G51 159 convinced that nicotine is many times more addictive than heroin. G51 160 |^I believe women smokers who want to quit may have special needs G51 161 which can be served best in groups and programmes that are especially G51 162 designed for the woman smoker. ^Such groups, based around G51 163 neighbourhoods or work places could be ex-smoker or self-led. G51 164 ^Individual women might benefit from cautious use of a nicotine G51 165 chewing gum within such groups when the programme aims to give women a G51 166 sense of control over their lives as well as work on body image. G51 167 |^The possibility of weight gain often worries the woman G51 168 ex-smoker, and G51 169 **[PLATES**] G51 170 those wanting to quit. ^Many women who give up don't put on weight. G51 171 ^The average weight gain is 3.6 \0kg, which stabilises three months G51 172 after quitting. ^Pakeha society has forced women to place a greater G51 173 value on their slimness now, rather than their ill health in the G51 174 future. ^So feeling positive about our bodies is an important part of G51 175 a stop smoking group for women. G51 176 |^The most important resource for the woman trying to maintain G51 177 non-smoking is to work on an alternative stress reliever. ^There is G51 178 chemical evidence to suggest that a smoker damages the natural stress G51 179 defences, thus becoming stress-disabled and more nicotine dependent. G51 180 ^An ex-smoker who smoked to relieve stress has to learn other ways of G51 181 handling stress, so well that they become as automatic as teeth G51 182 cleaning and hair combing. ^This might be any activity that feels good G51 183 for her, and is appropriate to her means and lifestyle: a warm bath or G51 184 shower, several laps of the local pool, a periodic sauna, a daily run G51 185 on the beach or local park, Tai Chi, or fifteen minutes per day on a G51 186 rebounder. G51 187 *<*6GETTING AWAY FROM RACIST GUILT*> G51 188 *<*4Camille Guy gives her thoughts about new directions for feminist G51 189 anti-racism.*> G51 190 |^*0Sometimes I perceive *1Broadsheet *0as one big splutter of outrage G51 191 and righteous indignation. ^This is especially apparent over the issue G51 192 of racism; liberal platitudes, guilt tripping, confession and G51 193 atonement seem too often to constitute white feminist anti-racist G51 194 practice. ^I think the limitations of radical feminist analysis make G51 195 this situation inevitable. G51 196 *# G52 001 **[239 TEXT G52**] G52 002 |^*6OUR *4active opposition to pornography lies in two main areas: G52 003 *0its production and its consumption. ^The act of making pornography G52 004 automatically involves the exploitation of women and children, whether G52 005 this is through direct victimisation (from objectification in pin-ups G52 006 to more overt abuse in hard-core pornography; physically forcing G52 007 models to take part) or more indirect oppression (lack of any other G52 008 economic options, linking in with women's already low self-image and G52 009 self worth). ^If we wanted to use a marxist analysis we could say that G52 010 pornography represents the ultimate form of worker alienation; through G52 011 the production of an object which is labelled as a representation of G52 012 herself which men will consume, the woman worker is alienated from her G52 013 labour, from the product of her labour and ultimately from herself. G52 014 |^Linda Marchiano (pornography name Linda Lovelace) has described G52 015 in the book, *1Ordeal, *0(1980, Citadel Press) how in public she was G52 016 always seen smiling and defending her *"choice**" to work in G52 017 pornography; in private she was drugged, beaten, sexually abused and G52 018 kept in captivity by her husband/ manager, Chuck Traynor. ^We see the G52 019 involvement of women in pornography as being similar to the G52 020 participation of women at the milder end of the continuum, beauty G52 021 contests, and believe that in male-dominated society which reinforces G52 022 and indoctrinates the ideals of femininity an uninfluenced choice is G52 023 impossible. ^This parallels the feminist view that prostitution is a G52 024 form of exploitation of women, and as with prostitution, we put the G52 025 responsibility for such oppression on the men who create the demand G52 026 for such a *"service**". ^The production of pornography involving G52 027 women and children does violence to them. G52 028 |^The second area involves the reason for producing pornography: G52 029 male sexual stimulation and the reinforcement of male power. ^Quite G52 030 simple**[SIC**], pornography is extremely widespread and almost G52 031 all-pervasive because it sells: itself *- in the case of videos, G52 032 books, magazines, films, live shows and so on; and other products *- G52 033 in the case of pornographic advertising. ^Main-stream pornography has G52 034 become increasingly violent and overtly sadistic, and has broken new G52 035 *"taboos**" such as the use of child models. ^This, combined with the G52 036 evidence of over 3000 media studies goes directly against both the G52 037 view that pornography acts as an outlet for men's sexual G52 038 *"frustration**" or *"aggression**" (the so-called catharsis model), G52 039 and the view that it has no effect. ^It is ironic that in this area G52 040 more than any other feminists have joined the call for proof of harm G52 041 or have challenged the research when this is normally the province of G52 042 the male liberal *- and this apart from the fact that common sense G52 043 tells us from viewing pornography that it is hate propaganda and hate G52 044 propaganda must be dangerous for the vulnerable target group G52 045 (something we acknowledge in the Race Relations Act without demands G52 046 for stringent proof). G52 047 |^We find it insulting that feminists critical of our approach to G52 048 the issue have made quite simplistic and erroneous statements about G52 049 our philosophy. ^They suggest that we think of the slogan G52 050 *"pornography causes rape**" in the literal sense that every man who G52 051 reads pornography is going to immediately translate those attitudes G52 052 into rape, and that we are barking up the wrong tree because we think G52 053 if we remove pornography we will get rid of violence against women. ^In G52 054 reality (they say) pornography is a symptom, not a cause, of women's G52 055 oppression. ^On the contrary, we believe it is both a symptom *1and G52 056 *0a cause, therefore the enormous and apparently unending task of G52 057 getting rid of pornography will only be accomplished when other G52 058 attitudes and factors in violence against women are changed. ^Speaking G52 059 out against pornography and making these links to other violence G52 060 against women is therefore important. ^As a parallel, anti-Jewish G52 061 propaganda was not solely responsible for the deaths of 6 million G52 062 Jews, but it made Hitler's plan a lot easier to carry out. G52 063 |^Whatever feminist objections to male-dominated scientific G52 064 thought, the overwhelming weight of research which cannot be G52 065 discounted links pornography like Playboy, Penthouse and Electric Blue G52 066 videos with attitudes which view women as less than human, callousness G52 067 towards violence against women, and myths about female sexuality. G52 068 ^Some of these attitudes can be translated into behaviour, whether it G52 069 is wolfwhistling at a woman from a building site or actually copying G52 070 methods of torture from hard-core pornography. ^In between the two G52 071 ends of the spectrum are the 1001 ways in which men put us down and G52 072 abuse us, from the lawyer at a rape trial claiming the survivor G52 073 *"wasn't hurt**" to the lack of community support for battered women. G52 074 ^Content analyses of pornography show how these attitudes are promoted G52 075 and reinforced, not only in men but by encouraging a victim mentality G52 076 in women *- we become more frightened when constantly surrounded by G52 077 images of women as helpless targets or seductive bitches who deserve G52 078 all they get. ^Pornography therefore helps to keep us where men want G52 079 us *- afraid to go out at night, alienated in many work environments G52 080 and limited in our lives in countless ways. G52 081 |^The selective targeting of particular groups of women in G52 082 pornography, such as lesbians and black women, is also no coincidence, G52 083 and therefore to oppose the *"right**" of fascists to speak, whether G52 084 it is homophobia or racism or classism, and not to actively oppose G52 085 pornography is a massive contradiction. ^Or do we end up with a G52 086 ludicrous situation where for other reasons we oppose in law G52 087 pornography which targets those particular groups and let less overt G52 088 material which apparently targets white heterosexual women who aren't G52 089 obviously in pain or under a certain age go unchallenged? ^I find it G52 090 disturbing as a lesbian, and therefore outside the institution of G52 091 heterosexuality, that so many apparently progressive people, including G52 092 some feminists, find the distinction between erotica and pornography G52 093 so hard to draw that to save what they feel are positive G52 094 representations of their sexuality they prefer not to make a decision G52 095 on outlawing pornography. ^A frequent concensus in workshops has been G52 096 that in any case, in a world where pornography is all-pervasive, even G52 097 erotica becomes tainted. ^Identifying general violence on television G52 098 does not seem to pose the same problem and a large body of public G52 099 opinion would agree that it does damage, yet extend that concept to G52 100 women and it becomes *"sex.**" G52 101 *<*6WHY WE WANT LEGAL CHANGE*> G52 102 |^{0WAP} *4has always had a double-threaded strategy *0with the two G52 103 parts separate but reinforcing each other. ^On the one hand, raising G52 104 public awareness about the nature and prevalance of pornography is G52 105 important, whether this is done through consciousness-raising groups G52 106 of women or through the national media. ^But as we also see the right G52 107 of women to be free from pornography as a basic human right, just as G52 108 the freedom of all groups from persecution and discrimination is G52 109 fundamental, we believe that the law should express this principle. G52 110 ^We are not naive enough to think that achieving legal change will G52 111 automatically remove all pornography, but it is G52 112 **[PLATE**] G52 113 important to state the concept that pornography is harmful to women G52 114 and children and its production and consumption should not be condoned G52 115 in any society which claims to protect human rights. ^We are aware of G52 116 the arguments that aiming for law change is a reformist measure, but G52 117 to single out pornography in this area ignores other similar G52 118 legislative attempts such as homosexual law reform and the Race G52 119 Relations Act. ^There is also no getting around the fact that G52 120 pornography is a multi-billion dollar capitalist industry, and that G52 121 waiting for those who profit from its production to be influenced by G52 122 public education without associated legal and economic pressure being G52 123 applied would be totally futile. G52 124 |^To call for the outlawing of pornography means to call for a G52 125 change in the structures which make decisions on what material is G52 126 pornographic or what action is taken. ^Thus part of our legal strategy G52 127 is to call for those directly targeted by pornography, women, to be G52 128 the ones who make such decisions based on a feminist analysis. ^It is G52 129 also important that the laws themselves focus on the damage done to G52 130 women and the links between pornography and other violence against us; G52 131 therefore for example, a feminist legal approach seeks to target the G52 132 producers and consumers, not the women *"participants**", and includes G52 133 an avenue of compensation for women claiming damages from the G52 134 industry. G52 135 |^We do not deny that lobbying for legal change in an area which G52 136 is commonly confused with erotica and neutral sexually explicit G52 137 material carries a certain amount of risk. ^That is where a parallel G52 138 strategy of public education is important, and that in turn influences G52 139 attitudes to law change, whether through workshops, sticker campaigns, G52 140 marches or the activities of the Wimmin's Fire Brigade. ^The danger of G52 141 misuse is also not confined to anti-pornography laws *- for example, G52 142 the Race Relations Act in the hands of the League of Rights could G52 143 easily be deliberately misinterpreted against the Maori sovereignty G52 144 movement; nevertheless, the importance of stating that racist material G52 145 is unacceptable far outweighs this risk. ^Indeed, how can we not have G52 146 laws which condemn pornography for the misogynist propaganda that it G52 147 is, when finally the government is at least partly funding women's G52 148 refuges and rape crisis centres? ^If we, as an anti-pornography G52 149 movement, do not attempt to infiltrate or influence male power G52 150 structures to achieve legal change while also organising more radical G52 151 activities, we run the risk of all anti-pornography groups *- eventual G52 152 burnout and collapse until something resurfaces from the ashes. ^We G52 153 simply cannot sustain a purely reactive approach, picketing every live G52 154 show and targeting every film without setting our opposition in a G52 155 wider context, because pornography, in its increasing brutality and G52 156 prevalence, will win. G52 157 |^The major concern expressed by some feminists is that it would G52 158 be our material which would be censored; Lesbian erotica, debates G52 159 about {0s-m}, and so on. ^The reality is that if men in power want to G52 160 suppress our literature, they will do so regardless of whether their G52 161 *"right**" to do so is enshrined in law. ^Minority literature has G52 162 always survived largely as an underground movement because it is G52 163 conveniently suppressed by the authorities in countless disguised G52 164 ways. ^Erotica in particular is often produced and distributed on a G52 165 very personal level rather than being mass-marketed. ^Many women would G52 166 argue that commercial distribution of erotica makes it no longer in G52 167 that category. ^The lack of coverage of the End of Decade conference G52 168 for women in Nairobi is just one example of the informal selection of G52 169 what is news by and for the boys. ^More recently! ^Andrea Dworkin was G52 170 forced to find a publisher for her new novel outside the {0USA} G52 171 because no one in her country would print it *- not just for reasons G52 172 of content, but because of her outspoken comments against such groups G52 173 as the American Booksellers Association (Interview in Women's Review G52 174 of Books, May 1986). ^Do we stop speaking out, so we can keep what G52 175 little we have or do we keep fighting both for the outlawing of G52 176 pornography and against the censorship of our material? ^We think the G52 177 two are not only compatible but an important distinction from the G52 178 moralist line. G52 179 *<*6OPPOSING THE MORAL RIGHT*> G52 180 |^THE *4ultimate insult to us as feminists *0fighting pornography is G52 181 to be labelled as puritan funspoilers by other women who call G52 182 themselves feminists. ^The fact is that our definitions of pornography G52 183 and our analysis of it are poles apart from the moralists. G52 184 |^It is to those who do not see pornography as being produced G52 185 within a rape culture that we need to address these distinctions. G52 186 ^This is where public education is important *- publicity and activity G52 187 which include demands for sex education, lesbian and gay rights, G52 188 abortion on demand, equal economic opportunities for women. ^Linking G52 189 in with other progressive groups and speaking out on other issues here G52 190 is important: for example, Wellington {0WAP} has recently formed a G52 191 lesbian caucus and has been active over the Homosexual Law Reform Bill G52 192 campaign. G52 193 |^We are aware that we must watch the danger of moralist G52 194 co-option of our arguments, particularly now that the right wing here G52 195 is getting far less media coverage over pornography than it used to G52 196 since feminist groups have gained in strength. G52 197 *# G53 001 **[240 TEXT G53**] G53 002 |^*1My search for the communication of human experience featuring a G53 003 mistaken attempt at conventional *"snapshot**" research into the G53 004 experience of psychiatric patients and an alternative G53 005 consciousness-challenging and action *"movie**" proposal featuring the G53 006 actors in the mental illness system and directed by its users. G53 007 *<*4Preview*> G53 008 |^*0I am looking for something. ^Much of it is hidden and hard to G53 009 find. ^Much of it is complex and slippery; once found it is hard to G53 010 hold. ^I am looking for that elusive quality called experience. ^But G53 011 how am I to find it? G53 012 |^In the beginning I do what others have done before me. ^I take G53 013 separate portrait-like snapshots of many people, then write my G53 014 impressions on the back of each one. ^I hope to draw connections G53 015 between the snapshots, and I do, but the connections are shallow, G53 016 lifeless and unsurprising. G53 017 |^Bored and despondent, I persist with the snapshot method G53 018 because I know of no other. ^Then, one day, I discover the moving G53 019 picture. ^Connections unfold before my eyes; they can be made inside G53 020 the movie, not just extracted from it as they were with the snapshots. G53 021 ^Now, I am not confined to portraits of individuals. ^I can zoom G53 022 between individuals and groups. ^Now, the people frozen into my G53 023 snapshots can come to life. ^They are transformed into actors who can G53 024 change their minds, their feelings, their roles and their G53 025 relationships, who can react to each other inside a dynamic improvised G53 026 plot. G53 027 *<*4My Undressing*> G53 028 |^*0My undressing started during my first episode of deep G53 029 depression. ^For twenty-one years my culture and I had carefully G53 030 stitched my world together. ^I was well clad in the privileges of G53 031 sanity but one week, quite suddenly, the world I had made around me G53 032 fell apart at the seams. G53 033 |^*11979: ^I am locked in here *- alone in this black box. G53 034 ^Before this I used to hide the blackness with colourful decorations. G53 035 ^On the walls of this black box I painted in windows with pleasing G53 036 views on them and I called these views reality. ^Now I have been G53 037 stripped right back to the bare black boards of my psyche. ^My world G53 038 has been emptied out. G53 039 |^*0I did not know how to live in the undressed black box. ^My G53 040 elders and educators had not prepared me for this so I went distressed G53 041 and despairing to the doctor. ^That same day I was diagnosed, G53 042 hospitalised, medicated, and put into pyjamas. ^My undressing was G53 043 completed *- stripped of status, credibility and clothing I became a G53 044 psychiatric patient. G53 045 |^Several years passed during which I rocketed from one moodswing G53 046 to another. ^I often found myself existing down long polished G53 047 corridors *- between the dormitory, the ladies' lounge, the {0OT} room G53 048 and the dining room. ^Suffering, terrible suffering. ^White uniforms. G53 049 ^Over-cooked cauliflower. ^Painting out the pain. ^Comrades. ^Women G53 050 weeping and wailing. ^Men like stones *- who sat all day without G53 051 moving. ^Telling lies to get out of hospital. ^Voices. ^Drugs. G53 052 ^Removed from the world. ^At sea. ^Over the moon. ^Heading for Mars. G53 053 ^More suffering, more terrible suffering. ^We were so brave, my G53 054 comrades and I. G53 055 |^I emerged from these years battle-fatigued and punchdrunk. G53 056 |^*11984: ^This year has been better than last year. ^Yet for G53 057 every day I have been in a comfortable mood this year I have spent two G53 058 days in a high or a low mood, usually a low one. ^Looking at my diary G53 059 with all the numbers on it, telling me in the plainest way there is G53 060 what a hard life I have, I sobbed for a long time. ^But later, I G53 061 thought to myself, I am a survivor, even if a deeply tired one, and G53 062 this made me feel better. G53 063 |^*0That same year *- back in hospital *- in bed one day, my G53 064 thoughts started sliding off into nonsense. ^Terrified of losing my G53 065 thoughts into the blackness forever I made up a story and said it over G53 066 and over to myself. G53 067 |^*1An old woman and her grand-daughter lived by a great ocean. G53 068 ^Every day the old woman went fishing on the ocean. ^She always G53 069 returned with fish and cooked it skilfully for herself and her G53 070 grand-daughter. ^One day, when she returned, she gave some fish to her G53 071 grand-daughter and said *'^Cook these for yourself**'. ^The girl G53 072 wailed *'^I can't**'. ^The old woman replied *'^You must find your own G53 073 power**'. ^But the girl didn't understand and she went to bed hungry. G53 074 |^*0The ocean was the source of all things. ^The raw fish were G53 075 the seeds of opportunity. ^The cooked fish were the fruits of G53 076 fulfilment. ^Once I was fearful and powerless like the girl. ^Now I am G53 077 skilled and strong like the old woman. ^My work and this proposal is G53 078 my way of cooking, eating and sharing the fish that are my moodswings G53 079 *- the fruition of a painful and perilous opportunity. G53 080 *<*4My Invisibility*> G53 081 |^*0In 1985, alone and without colleagues, I went to the Mental G53 082 Health Foundation conference. ^For three days mental illness workers G53 083 talked about my needs and the services I use and their colleagues G53 084 clapped enthusiastically. ^Never had I been so talked about yet so G53 085 invisible. ^On the last day I got up and spoke. G53 086 |^*1June 1985: ^A few years ago I went to a public meeting where G53 087 a psychiatrist talked about community care for psychiatric patients. G53 088 ^At the end of his talk he asked for a breakdown of who was at the G53 089 meeting. ^He wanted to know how many {0G.P.}'s, social workers, G53 090 psychiatrists, clergy, and nurses were there. ^He even asked if any G53 091 trade unionists were there. ^He wanted to know if any relatives were G53 092 there. ^But I remained silent and invisible because he didn't think to G53 093 ask if any patients were there. ^A few years later I am here at this G53 094 conference, still silent, still invisible. ^But now I must speak and G53 095 be seen. G53 096 |^*0I asked the conference why there were no patients there. ^I G53 097 made a plea for the communication gap between professionals and G53 098 patients to be closed. G53 099 |^At the conference it struck me that the experience of G53 100 psychiatric patients had been seized by the reality regulators and put G53 101 under lock and key in seclusion. ^It was then that I decided to G53 102 reclaim the experience of psychiatric patients who like the indigenous G53 103 people of the world had been colonised in their outlying islands of G53 104 melancholia, mania and madness. G53 105 *<*4Plot*> G53 106 * G53 107 |^*0After the conference I started work on a proposal for G53 108 research into the experience of psychiatric patients and the G53 109 establishment of a patient run organisation for change. ^The research G53 110 and the organisation were separate though the research was to provide G53 111 an information base for the organisation. G53 112 |^My proposal was for conventional qualitative research. ^I was G53 113 to interview a representative mix of 50 ex-psychiatric patients to be G53 114 found by the most random method open to me, the *"snowball**" method, G53 115 where interviewees are asked to seek further interviewees and contact G53 116 them on the researcher's behalf. ^I wanted to find out in particular G53 117 the experience the ex-patients had of the help they did or did not get G53 118 and of the changes that being a psychiatric patient brought to their G53 119 lives. ^The interviews were to be structured into *"question areas**" G53 120 decided on before the first interview. ^But they were also to be G53 121 flexible enough to allow for some digression and elaboration. ^I was G53 122 then to collate the answers, make generalisations from them, fill them G53 123 out with quotes and stories and put it all into a report. ^I hoped the G53 124 report would be a powerful statement on the experience of psychiatric G53 125 patients *- not just for us, but also for others who are involved in G53 126 the mental illness system. G53 127 |^I took this proposal to the Mental Health Foundation who agreed G53 128 to support it and I began the research in late 1985. ^I enjoyed the G53 129 first two or three interviews but after that my doubts escalated. ^The G53 130 powerful statement I wanted to make was becoming more and more G53 131 diluted. G53 132 |^*1March 1986: ^A great fog has crept over my research. ^I tried G53 133 to fit it around other people's advice and my idea of what would be G53 134 considered credible research because I lack experience and the sense G53 135 of sureness it brings. ^Now, I have lost my way, because I believed G53 136 other people's judgements were better than my own. ^The problem is, I G53 137 cannot continue this research comfortably, creatively or without G53 138 cracking my integrity. ^There must be another way. G53 139 |^*0A few days later I woke early. ^My mind was buzzing with G53 140 ideas. ^The fog had lifted and I found the other way shining inside my G53 141 head as if someone had planted it there in my sleep. ^I named this G53 142 other way the *"moving picture**". G53 143 *<*4Outline of the *"Movie**" Proposal*> G53 144 |^*0The *"movie**" proposal does not fit the Concise Oxford G53 145 Dictionary definition of research which is *"careful search or G53 146 inquiry... endeavour to discover new or collate old facts by G53 147 scientific study... course of critical investigation**". ^Research is G53 148 done by people who are climbing the ladder of truth; the one truth G53 149 which is being mined and laid bare by human *"progress**". ^But G53 150 concepts like *"discover**", *"facts**", *"scientific study of a G53 151 subject**" and *"critical investigation**" have no value for the G53 152 weavers of experience. ^These concepts cannot grasp, let alone G53 153 validate, all the complex and untidy loose ends of experience. ^These G53 154 loose ends must be woven into a patterned web of interconnecting G53 155 insights and actions. ^The *"movie**" proposal is not about research, G53 156 it is about *"weaving**". G53 157 *<*5Structure*> G53 158 |^*0The basic *"movie**" will feature four groups: survivors, G53 159 families, mental illness workers and administrators/ policy makers. G53 160 ^Each group will have several members. ^The groups will be flexible G53 161 but will need two or three committed ongoing members for continuity. G53 162 ^Miscellaneous actors in the mental illness system such as official G53 163 visitors or mental illness lawyers could also feature occasionally. G53 164 ^This basic structure could be added onto, like patchwork. ^Efforts G53 165 will be made for the basic groups to be fairly representative. ^But G53 166 people such as Maoris or women who may find their experience is left G53 167 invisible by the basic structure could form their own groups and add G53 168 patches with their own pattern woven into them. ^Members for these G53 169 groups could be drawn from the basic structure or from outside. G53 170 ^Regular contact with the basic structure would be encouraged. G53 171 *|^The *"patchworking**" will take place in one area, in this G53 172 case the Auckland area. ^This proposal could be put into action by G53 173 other people in other areas. ^Each project would be autonomous but G53 174 close communication between them could provide new insights and G53 175 support. G53 176 *<*5Process*> G53 177 |^*0My role will be coordinator and compiler though these jobs G53 178 could be shared with other survivors. ^I will select the survivors' G53 179 group which will then seek people for the other three groups. ^People G53 180 will be chosen for their commitment and their ability to take part. G53 181 ^We will teach communication skills such as consensus decision making G53 182 to any of the participants if necessary. ^All the groups will probably G53 183 need to meet once to clarify details and suggest improvements. ^The G53 184 survivors' group will have more roles than the other groups. ^It will G53 185 be involved in every interaction between groups but the other groups G53 186 will not. ^To some extent there will be an inverted hierarchy *- the G53 187 survivors' group will have the final say, from modifying this proposal G53 188 to editorial powers in the writing I do. ^The inverted hierarchy is an G53 189 **[FIGURE**] G53 190 attempt at positive discrimination and is intended to equalise rather G53 191 than re-polarise. ^The survivors' group will be the kernel for an G53 192 organisation for change which will emerge from G53 193 consciousness-challenging and communication with the other groups. G53 194 |^There are likely to be many rounds of interactions, the focus G53 195 zooming from one individual, to one group, to two or more groups *- G53 196 and back again. ^In any one round not all the points of interaction G53 197 need be focused on, nor in the order suggested here. G53 198 *|^In the first round of interactions the points of focus could G53 199 go like this: G53 200 |^*1Individuals: *0everyone from every group will create an G53 201 account of aspects of their experience in their role. ^People will be G53 202 encouraged to start a journal. G53 203 *# G54 001 **[241 TEXT G54**] G54 002 |^*0It is widely recognised that the assessment of pupils can G54 003 serve both *4educational *0and *4selective *0purposes. ^Assessment G54 004 serves as **[SIC**] an educational purpose when it is used to discover G54 005 the extent of a person's knowledge, understanding, or mastery. ^It G54 006 serves a selective function when it is used to determine who shall G54 007 be allowed to proceed to further study or qualify for certain jobs. G54 008 ^For many years the School Certificate Examination has been G54 009 criticised for being almost exclusively a selective device with G54 010 little educational value. ^This article argues that the way School G54 011 Certificate marks are scaled casts further doubt on their educational G54 012 meaning and that recent policy changes to School Certificate marks G54 013 indicate that they are of little selective value either. G54 014 * G54 015 |^It must be understood that the marks that a student is reported G54 016 as achieving in School Certificate subjects are not necessarily the G54 017 same as the marks originally awarded for actual performance in the G54 018 examination. ^The raw marks awarded for getting questions wholly or G54 019 partially correct as specified in the marking schedule can be changed G54 020 as a result of three adjustment processes. G54 021 |^The first mark adjustment is undertaken to determine the G54 022 effects of lenient or severe markers who might advantage or G54 023 disadvantage some students. ^This is done by adjusting the marks given G54 024 by each marker to a common mean (52) and standard deviation (17). G54 025 |^The second adjustment is undertaken to eliminate the unfairness G54 026 of a *'difficult**' or *'easy**' paper in a particular year. ^The same G54 027 mean and standard deviation is maintained each year so that the same G54 028 proportion of candidates in a subject pass regardless of the year in G54 029 which they present themselves. G54 030 |^The third aspect of mark adjustment is the hierarchical G54 031 adjustment of the subject mean mark (and with it the pass rate) as a G54 032 result of an estimation of the *'quality**' of the candidate group G54 033 taking each subject. ^The estimation of quality is based on the G54 034 procedure known as *4means analysis. ^*0It is argued that students of G54 035 different *'abilities**' are *'attracted**' to different School G54 036 Certificate subjects. ^For the *'average**' student to have a G54 037 reasonable chance of success the mark distribution must take account G54 038 of the different *'abilities**' of the students taking each subject. G54 039 ^Elaboration of the rationale and procedures of the hierarchical G54 040 scaling of School Certificate subject marks has been given recently in G54 041 Department of Education documents ({0e.g.} School Certificate scaling G54 042 *- A search for fairness, {0n.d.}; Scaling of School Certificate G54 043 marks, M.2 82B-4.85). G54 044 |^It should be evident that the adjustment of School Certificate G54 045 marks weakens at each step the educational meaning that students, G54 046 parents, teachers, and the public can attach to the result. ^This is G54 047 because each adjustment removes the result further and further from G54 048 the original marking criteria which indicated degrees of competency, G54 049 skill and understanding in the particular subject. ^In a large scale G54 050 national examination with many markers, marker leniency or severity G54 051 cannot be ignored but it can be minimised by appropriate training and G54 052 check marking. ^Statistical adjustments should not be a substitute for G54 053 investment in competent schedule development and marking. G54 054 |^The concerns about year to year comparability can be addressed G54 055 by trialling and the use of calibrated anchor items or questions, or G54 056 by mark adjustment to pre-set parameters (mean and {0SD} G54 057 requirements). ^A problem with pre-set parameters has been indirectly G54 058 pointed to by Thompson (1985) through the effect of the *'constant G54 059 pass-rate principle**'. ^With a mark of 50 constituting a *'pass**' G54 060 and year to year comparability being achieved by mark adjustment to a G54 061 mean of 52, *"...the number passing an exam is prescribed as an G54 062 approximately constant proportion of the number of individuals G54 063 attempting the exam**". (Thompson, 1985, \0p.21). ^Notwithstanding the G54 064 effects of hierarchical scaling in raising the pass-rate in some G54 065 subjects and lowering it in others, the *'constant pass-rate G54 066 principle**' has in effect been in force. ^The pass-rates in G54 067 individual subjects after mark adjustment and hierarchical scaling are G54 068 essentially stable. ^The question is then whether this stability is G54 069 real or imposed through statistical administrative procedures. G54 070 * G54 071 |^In 1983-84 public pressure for the return of marked School G54 072 Certificate scripts under the Official Information Act highlighted the G54 073 issue of mark adjustment and scaling. ^Explanations had to be provided G54 074 for mark variations. ^It was also an opportunity for teachers and G54 075 concerned groups to discuss particular grievances in relation to G54 076 specific subjects, notably those which clustered at the bottom of the G54 077 scaling hierarchy and with pass-rates below 50%. ^Other arguments G54 078 aside, it was perceived as an injustice that students who had a chance G54 079 in one of these subjects might be denied a pass because the group of G54 080 students taking this and other subjects did not do so well. G54 081 |^As a consequence, two interesting changes were made to the G54 082 scaling policies in 1984. ^Firstly, no subject with more than 1% of G54 083 the New Zealand school, Year 3 (first year 5th Form) taking English G54 084 and three other subjects (the famous {0NZY}3\0E3 group), would have a G54 085 pass-rate below 50%. ^In particular this means that the subjects G54 086 Clothing and Textiles, Engineering Shopwork, Home Economics, Human G54 087 Biology, Maori and Woodwork, which meet the 1% criterion, would have a G54 088 base pass-rate of 50% irrespective of actual student examination G54 089 performance. G54 090 |^More dramatically, it was decided to adjust the mark G54 091 distribution of Maori to parallel that of English, irrespective of G54 092 actual student performance. ^It can be estimated that had these G54 093 provisions been in effect in 1983, an additional 946 *'passes**' would G54 094 have been awarded to candidates in the subjects just mentioned (^See G54 095 Appendix 1). ^It is clear that the educational meaning of the new G54 096 score is weak, because the marks or grades do not directly or clearly G54 097 indicate levels of skill, understanding, or competency. ^This is G54 098 obvious when between 1983 and 1984 a group of students who would have G54 099 *'failed**' can now *'pass**' in order to achieve the required G54 100 pass-rates and when in the case of two subjects (Maori and English) G54 101 the mark distribution is made to achieve a totally arbitrary symmetry. G54 102 ^If School Certificate is to have the selection function it has always G54 103 had, it makes no sense to reduce the efficiency of the selection G54 104 process by truncating the range of pass-marks and adjusting the mark G54 105 distribution of one subject even when (in the case of Maori) it is G54 106 done for the most laudable social and political purposes. G54 107 * G54 108 |^Given this analysis, the obvious question arises as to how the G54 109 School Certificate Examination Board and the Department of Education G54 110 managed to get themselves and the school system into this conceptual G54 111 and practical mess. G54 112 |^We believe that the answer can be found in their three G54 113 fundamental assumptions: G54 114 *<*1Assumption 1:*> G54 115 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G54 116 |^*0That in addition to particular skills and information, people G54 117 possess various degrees of *'general ability**'. G54 118 **[END INDENTATION**] G54 119 *<*1Assumption 2:*> G54 120 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G54 121 |^*0That some subjects attract those with a good deal of this general G54 122 ability while others attract those with relatively little. ^In this G54 123 connection Departmental documents refer to the *'calibre**' of the G54 124 candidates which is something additional to their performance in a G54 125 particular subject: a person might be good at woodwork, Maori and G54 126 biology but still be of *'lower calibre**'. ^The following quotation G54 127 is instructive: G54 128 |^The purposes of means analysis is to determine the *4overall calibre G54 129 *0[our emphasis] of candidates taking each subject. G54 130 **[END INDENTATION**] G54 131 *<*1Assumption 3:*> G54 132 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G54 133 |^*0The third assumption is closely related to this. ^It is that the G54 134 selective function of the examination is best served by ensuring that G54 135 the marks a person scores in a particular subject reflect his/her G54 136 *'overall calibre**' as well as his/her grasp of the subject in G54 137 question. G54 138 **[END INDENTATION**] G54 139 |^These assumptions enable the Department to speak of *'hard**' G54 140 and *'easy**' subjects. ^A *'hard**' subject is one which attracts a G54 141 large proportion of *'good calibre**' students; an *'easy**' subject G54 142 is one which attracts a high proportion of *'poor calibre**' students. G54 143 ^This fact leads to the need for hierarchical scaling by the means G54 144 analysis method. ^To quote the Department: G54 145 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G54 146 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G54 147 **[END INDENTATION**] G54 148 * G54 149 |^Each of these assumptions is highly dubious. G54 150 *<*1Assumption 1:*> G54 151 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G54 152 |^*0One does not have to read far in education and psychology to G54 153 realise how little agreement there is about the notion of *'general G54 154 ability**' and its utility. ^There are some persuasive arguments for G54 155 the view that this construct and its use in education have been very G54 156 damaging. ^Given the vagueness in meaning, it should not be surprising G54 157 that attempts to measure this *'general ability**' have generated G54 158 considerable controversy. ^This controversy has intensified in recent G54 159 years as many sociologists have argued that this so called *'general G54 160 ability**' derives from a culturally biased body of knowledge which G54 161 gives social advantages to groups of privileged people. ^From this G54 162 perspective general ability (*'calibre**') is not only a confused and G54 163 unscientific concept but also a biased and ideologically oppressive G54 164 one. G54 165 **[END INDENTATION**] G54 166 *<*1Assumption 2:*> G54 167 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G54 168 |^*0Setting aside for the time being these theoretical difficulties, G54 169 we must ask whether there is any evidence for the second assumption G54 170 that some subjects attract *'higher calibre**' students? ^The answer G54 171 appears to be *'no**'. ^A search of New Zealand educational research G54 172 journals, thesis bibliographies and lists of Department of Education G54 173 research projects could not locate any study prior to the inception of G54 174 hierarchical scaling that specifically tested the proposition that G54 175 School Certificate subject choice and attainment was a function of G54 176 student *'general ability**' rather than of other factors such as G54 177 subject availability, teacher quality, the flexibility of the school G54 178 programme, staff/ student ratio, student effort and motivation or G54 179 socio-economic factors related to the school catchment. ^The only G54 180 *'evidence**' comes from *4within *0the School Certificate data, G54 181 {0i.e.} before the scores are subjected to means analysis, the G54 182 correlations between marks in some subjects are high and those between G54 183 others are low. ^But, of itself this tells us nothing about the G54 184 *'ability**' of the students, unless we assume what has to be proved. G54 185 |^From this point on the data are treated as if the assumption were G54 186 true. ^The current School Certificate data cannot, therefore, be G54 187 meaningfully correlated with external and independent measures of G54 188 *'general ability**' because they are already influenced by the G54 189 statistical treatment of the results, which is itself based on the G54 190 same construct. G54 191 **[END INDENTATION**] G54 192 *<*1Assumption 3:*> G54 193 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G54 194 |^*0The third assumption relating to the selective significance of G54 195 *'general ability**' is also highly dubious. ^Even if general ability G54 196 exists and correlates with subject choice, why should this have G54 197 significance in the selection process? ^Ability, however defined and G54 198 operationalised, may influence subject choice and performance, but for G54 199 each student this should be reflected in the marks or grades attained G54 200 in the subject in question. ^Marks should not be tampered with so that G54 201 a particular student's result is influenced by the results of others G54 202 who are alike only in that they are taking the same combination of G54 203 subjects. ^At primary or intermediate school no effort is made to link G54 204 performance in Mathematics with that in Language or Social Studies. G54 205 ^Nor are such things considered in the regular teaching and assessment G54 206 of subjects at secondary school. ^Similarly, in tertiary institutions, G54 207 subject examinations are treated separately such that a pass in a G54 208 Computer Science paper has no bearing upon results in French. ^It G54 209 certainly would make no sense to scale up passes in Surgery because G54 210 everyone did well in Pharmacology. ^It would, indeed, be very G54 211 dangerous. G54 212 **[END INDENTATION**] G54 213 * G54 214 |^If we want to select people capable of speaking Maori, solving G54 215 quadratic equations or producing pleasing pieces of pottery the G54 216 sensible procedure is to devise ways of assessing their competence in G54 217 the skill in question. ^School Certificate fails to do this. ^What, G54 218 after all, is the point of a score which in 1983 means *'she can't G54 219 speak Maori (solve quadratic equations, produce pieces of pottery G54 220 \0etc.)**' and in 1984 means *'she can**'. ^Despite the protestations G54 221 that it is important to keep marks comparable year to year, the G54 222 modifications made in 1984 entail just the opposite. ^Thus an G54 223 understandable response to weighty political criticism has laid bare G54 224 the indefensible logic which underpins the use of School Certificate G54 225 for selection purposes. G54 226 |^In addition, hierarchical scaling converts educationally useful G54 227 results into a set of marks ordered according to a hypothesised G54 228 *'general ability**' construct. ^Though School Certificate is believed G54 229 by many to be an assessment of educational attainment, hierarchical G54 230 scaling goes a long way towards converting the examination into an G54 231 elaborate national test of scholastic ability or *'intelligence**'. G54 232 *# G55 001 **[242 TEXT G55**] G55 002 |^*4Y*0ou all know gynaecologists. ^They're the guys who get paid to G55 003 make women take off their clothes, lie down on their backs and open G55 004 their legs. G55 005 |^They're men. ^They know what it's like to have periods and G55 006 pregnancies, menstrual cramps, labour pains, diaphragms, discharges G55 007 and all the other things that make for polite dinner party G55 008 conversation. G55 009 |^Women have a folksy sort of relationship with them. ^They just G55 010 drop by every now and then to peel off their tights, yank down their G55 011 knickers and flash it around a bit. ^They're like your mechanic, let's G55 012 say, or your grocer *- just plain folks with a limited interest in G55 013 you. ^They get to grips with your cervix, and you lie there quietly G55 014 thinking about the pot roast. G55 015 |^It's a quiet and peaceful life for gynaecologists. ^There's G55 016 skiing to do, and trips to conferences in Hawaii; there's golf to G55 017 play, and fourth bathrooms to be built. ^Like that other attendant on G55 018 women's private parts, the pimp, gynaecologists don't go short of the G55 019 ready. G55 020 |^Unlike the pimp, though, the gynaecologist doesn't go in for G55 021 flashy suits and diamond-studded bridgework. ^He's more the man for G55 022 tweeds, and well-polished brogues, and your good old-fashioned hair G55 023 oil rather than your ultra-modern gels. ^He's more G55 024 upper**[ARB**]-class in his automobile tastes... running to European G55 025 imports rather than two-toned American things with fins. G55 026 |^He also has a wife. ^She paints autumn-toned cowsheds in oils, G55 027 and went to a private school. ^She has a meaningful relationship with G55 028 the pate*?2 attachment on her Kenwood, and she's a realist. ^She G55 029 doesn't mind that her husband spends all day examining what's G55 030 underneath other women's knickers with specially devised searchlights. G55 031 ^She understands that it's all in a day's work. G55 032 |^*2YOU REALISE THAT *0we are talking about rational men, who have G55 033 received G55 034 **[PLATE**] G55 035 expensive educations at universities, men who are likely to be the G55 036 sons of professional men themselves *- the sort of men who don't kick G55 037 their sons out of home when they're 10 to seek their fortunes, but who G55 038 invest in their futures. G55 039 |^You don't see future gynaecologists glue-sniffing. ^They're off G55 040 the streets somewhere, shoving butterflies into jars of formaldehyde. G55 041 ^They learn their scientific detachment when young. G55 042 |^So when gynaecologists get upset, I listen. ^Lately, they've G55 043 been very upset. ^This is because women my age are getting cervical G55 044 cancer. ^And we're getting it because we don't go along for our G55 045 internal examinations often enough. G55 046 |^The gynaecologists are saying that it need only happen once a G55 047 year, this thing. ^That it doesn't hurt. ^That it doesn't even feel G55 048 uncomfortable. ^That it's a neutral sort of experience, and that they G55 049 can't understand why women stay away from it in such droves. G55 050 |^Frankly, I was amazed when all this came out. ^I, who have G55 051 always adored stripping in front of strange men, jumping up onto G55 052 couches and opening my legs, found it impossible to imagine women who G55 053 did not relish the experience *- even seek it out. G55 054 |^I approached the gynaecologists. ^I knew that I was the woman G55 055 they needed to sell their smear tests. ^I knew that I would tell it G55 056 like it is. ^If I couldn't sell a speculum, no-one could. ^Let's face G55 057 it, the product is a cinch. G55 058 |^The first thing about a speculum is that it gets inserted into G55 059 you *1for your own good. ^*0And what's more, doctors have found out G55 060 that they can even be warmed up, rather than inserted cold. ^This is G55 061 the sort of mental revelation that periodically shakes the world. ^Men G55 062 have them. G55 063 |^But the second and main thing, is that speculums get inserted G55 064 by gynaecologists, rational men who know how it feels to be a woman G55 065 because they learned it at university. ^And because they know how it G55 066 feels to be one of us, they also know what's best for us. G55 067 |^There are some women who have not yet experienced a G55 068 gynaecologist. ^My television commercial is aimed at them. ^It's just G55 069 realistic, with no frills, because the speculum and its driver, the G55 070 gynaecologist, speak for themselves. G55 071 |^It starts with vaseline on the lens. ^That gives it a friendly, G55 072 dream-like quality not unlike the real experience. ^It stars a young G55 073 woman, because young women are interesting to look at, and she's G55 074 pretty, because that's the only kind of woman worth looking at. ^She G55 075 doesn't know it yet, but she needs a gynaecologist. G55 076 |^We first see her striding along a country lane with a spring in G55 077 her step *- an involuntary skip at times *- which lets us know, G55 078 because we have seen other commercials, that she must be menstruating. G55 079 |^The sheer joy of her condition makes her leap over puddles and G55 080 blow kisses to elderly men who are pruning their roses quietly with G55 081 young retriever dogs at their feet. G55 082 |^After a split second or so of this *- time is money *- you G55 083 realise that she wants to do something today that is really special *- G55 084 better than eating a chocolate bar, using a vacuum cleaner or testing G55 085 liquid detergent. ^She pauses outside a gynaecologist's office *- a G55 086 folksy little cottage overgrown with creepers. ^You can tell it's a G55 087 gynaecologist's office because it has a {0BMW} parked outside. G55 088 |^It is the work of a moment before our impulsive and attractive G55 089 heroine springs through the doors into a sumptuously-appointed waiting G55 090 room stacked with copies of *1The London Illustrated News *0and G55 091 *1National Geographic *- *0magazines printed exclusively for the G55 092 waiting rooms of gynaecologists and dentists. ^A friendly receptionist G55 093 greets her with a cheery smile. G55 094 |^The friendly young nurse leads the way into a surgery, G55 095 decorated with medical certificates and autumn-toned oil paintings, G55 096 and behind the desk the friendly gynaecologist produces a speculum! G55 097 |^Remember, there is still vaseline on the lens so that the G55 098 speculum appears in its best possible light. ^The gynaecologist looks G55 099 like Matt Dillon *- as so many do. ^There are no black, curly hairs on G55 100 his finger joints. G55 101 |^We need a burst of song here. ^Something about a girl's best G55 102 friend, and what to do when you need a little extra something in your G55 103 life. ^It's a duet. G55 104 |^We have to be practical now, because television doesn't show G55 105 all, so we cut away to a passionate, stirring solo on the violin, and G55 106 close-ups of greenery in a forest canopy, with little fantails darting G55 107 in and out catching insects. G55 108 |^And we go back from this to our heroine smoothing on her G55 109 tights, and saying she didn't even notice that she just had an G55 110 internal examination because she was having so much fun. G55 111 |^We end the commercial on a shot of our heroine admiring the G55 112 family photos on the gynaecologist's desk. ^The kids have appealing G55 113 buck teeth. G55 114 |^It's simple, but it tells the whole story. ^Grown G55 115 gynaecologists will probably break down and weep when they see it, but G55 116 I can't be held responsible for such emotional people. ^I've got a job G55 117 to do. ^Just telling it like it is. G55 118 *<*6POLITICS*> G55 119 *<*2BY KEITH OVENDEN*> G55 120 *<*4Muldoon The Mouthpiece*> G55 121 |^S*0ome say that the history of the world is moulded by impersonal G55 122 social forces. ^Others say that events are made by great men and women G55 123 who, for good or ill, compel things to turn out as they do. ^Those of G55 124 us still clinging to rationality know that neither is wholly right, G55 125 but have trouble showing why. G55 126 |^Part of our difficulty flows from the fact that even when it G55 127 can clearly be established that some individuals' actions have indeed G55 128 made a difference, often it turns out that the individuals concerned G55 129 did not understand what they were doing. ^Or that they thought they G55 130 were doing one thing when they were in fact doing another. G55 131 |^Take the opposition front bench reshuffle, for instance. ^In G55 132 the wake of the unfortunate McLay's defeat as leader, and in G55 133 recognition of the weight that the Sunday club scrum carries in G55 134 National Party sentiment, Bolger had little option but to promote the G55 135 former leader (and his erstwhile patron) Muldoon from the backmost G55 136 seat in the House to somewhere plausibly close to the cockpit. G55 137 |^Making him opposition spokesman on foreign affairs was not an G55 138 obvious thing to do, but it had advantages in that it was a clearly G55 139 defined offshore field; it offered the possibility of securing an G55 140 otherwise loose cannon to a durable mounting; and with the exception G55 141 of {0EEC} quota questions, the Australian connection, and various G55 142 other bits and pieces of world trade, looked likely to keep him firmly G55 143 out of economic affairs. G55 144 |^*2IT WAS IMPORTANT *0that this last objective should be achieved for G55 145 two reasons: firstly because anything Muldoon might say about the G55 146 economy would instantly far outshine anything the leader or his deputy G55 147 might be on the point of saying; and secondly because the Muldoon line G55 148 on economic management is so completely discredited in the eyes of G55 149 economic policymakers in both the public and private sectors, G55 150 especially in Wellington, that any return to this former field would G55 151 **[PLATE**] G55 152 bring down a hail of criticism from the marketplace. ^Given the G55 153 crucial role played in the formation of public opinion by precisely G55 154 these people, this was not something that Bolger or his advisers could G55 155 sensibly risk. G55 156 |^I doubt that it occurred to anybody that making Muldoon foreign G55 157 affairs spokesman would do anything other than provide him with a G55 158 place where nothing mattered very much, and from which he could have a G55 159 go at the Prime Minister. G55 160 |^Times have changed, however. ^While few people were watching, G55 161 foreign affairs came to matter a very great deal. ^Hardly was Muldoon G55 162 installed at the bottom of the opposition chorus's top octave than the G55 163 Americans began bombing Libya; \0Messrs Noir and Guillaume started G55 164 shooting off their mouths about New Zealand trade access to France and G55 165 the problem of the imprisoned French agents; the Americans, in the G55 166 form of their new ambassador to New Zealand, \0Mr Cleveland, started G55 167 to indicate that all defence agreements between the United States and G55 168 New Zealand would have to be cancelled if nuclear ships could not G55 169 resume port visits here; and our top 30 rugby players set off for G55 170 South Africa without asking permission. G55 171 |^*2THESE WERE NOT *0just funny foreign events of no interest to the G55 172 public at large. ^Unlike a few years ago, foreign affairs now seem to G55 173 matter a great deal to New Zealanders. ^As a part of the evolution of G55 174 a self-confident new generation with strong ideas on nationhood, the G55 175 new interest in what is going on in the world, and New Zealand's G55 176 having an independent viewpoint about it, has been a quiet but G55 177 plausibly real revolution. ^In this context of public awareness, the G55 178 government has been pursuing a line on foreign policy that is full of G55 179 risks, and risks which are generally well-understood by the public G55 180 itself. ^What the opposition has to say about foreign affairs does get G55 181 listened to and unlike a few years ago, it gets listened to very G55 182 closely indeed. G55 183 |^The fact is emphasised by another. ^The media are full of G55 184 reasonably literal-minded people. ^They believe it only fair that Her G55 185 Majesty's opposition should be heard, and when there is an important G55 186 event in international relations they will turn to whomever is G55 187 designated spokesman to get the appropriate point of view. ^The result G55 188 is that Muldoon constantly finds himself being interviewed on G55 189 questions of international affairs and diplomacy, fields in which he G55 190 has little if any real experience, and for which his notorious G55 191 chin-jutting style, hacksaw voice, and preference for *1{ad hominem} G55 192 argument are supremely inappropriate. G55 193 |^Muldoon is not especially interested in foreign affairs. ^If G55 194 his remarks thus far are anything to go by, he holds a childishly G55 195 simple view of the world (*"^Gaddafi is the mad dog**" of G55 196 international relations), and no forward-looking ideas that might be G55 197 thought to constitute a perception of the role New Zealand might play G55 198 in the international community by, let us say, the turn of the G55 199 century. ^He has rarely, if ever, been involved in a formal way with G55 200 the analysis of foreign policy questions, was never comfortable with G55 201 the diplomatic establishment, and generally used his forays into G55 202 foreign policy when he was Prime Minister as a device for raising the G55 203 support of his domestic followers. G55 204 *# G56 001 **[243 TEXT G56**] G56 002 |^*4O*0ne of the more critical questions of today is what G56 003 significance, if any, New Zealand's non-nuclear policy might have in G56 004 the broader scheme of things. ^Will historians of the future regard it G56 005 as a passing aberration of a small member of the *'Western G56 006 Alliance**', nothing more than an irritant in the greater drama of G56 007 global strategy that is played out from one decade to another? ^Or is G56 008 our policy of deeper significance? G56 009 |^It may well be that New Zealand's current policy on nuclear G56 010 weaponry *- whatever merit each of us as individuals might be disposed G56 011 to accord it *- will prove to be of quite profound significance. G56 012 ^However consciously it is being done, it seems we are forging a G56 013 policy that may be heralding paradigmatic change for international G56 014 security. G56 015 |^Human activity in all its aspects is governed by paradigms of G56 016 thought and belief, reflecting the way we perceive reality in any one G56 017 age. ^In the quest for security the behaviour of governments derives G56 018 from underlying precepts and principles, agreed ways of looking at the G56 019 world as it exists in contemporaneous time. ^Beneath the polemics of G56 020 the day there lies a basic consensus over the rules of the game for G56 021 our age, an agreed set of assumptions, premises and expected behaviour G56 022 patterns by which governments do abide. ^Without such a common G56 023 language there would indeed be chaos, at a most fundamental level. G56 024 |^In the days of the ancient civilisations, innate beliefs in G56 025 imperial divination and exclusive rights to a world state led G56 026 naturally to antagonism and war. ^But this was the genesis, when G56 027 humans were few in number and technology left the world largely alone. G56 028 ^As the pace of change in human affairs quickened and we entered the G56 029 technological age, our security thinking took on a new dimension. G56 030 ^Nation states emerged as the enduring political unit of modern times G56 031 and our efforts at devising agreed rules of security became more G56 032 compelling. G56 033 |^Europe became a closed polycentric region of states, and the G56 034 strategy of maintaining regional security through a shifting balance G56 035 of power became something of an art form in the nineteenth century. G56 036 |^Our own century has seen several ambitious attempts at ensuring G56 037 international security through concerted action at the global level. G56 038 ^After the shock of the First World War, our nations devised a modern G56 039 system of collective security by which any threatening conflagration G56 040 would be extinguished like a brushfire through military enforcement G56 041 action. ^The first attempt failed primarily because the technology of G56 042 the day was not scaled to the global demands of the political G56 043 conception that was the League of Nations. G56 044 *<*4Second failure*> G56 045 |^*0The breakdown in the security system in the 1930s resulted in a G56 046 second global war and a second attempt at the same global collective G56 047 security system. ^This also collapsed when the veto nullified the G56 048 essential point on which the system turned, namely a global consensus G56 049 over such debatable points as aggression, self-determination and G56 050 political justice. ^The problem with global action as a paradigm of G56 051 security is that it requires political concordance at that exalted G56 052 level, something that has so far proved beyond the human grasp. G56 053 |^With the failure of global collective security a second time, G56 054 our governments firmly retreated a few steps. ^Two features G56 055 characterised the more sober judgement of how human security might G56 056 best be ensured. ^First, there was a retreat after the {0UN} action in G56 057 Korea from the notion of collective global security to collective G56 058 regional security, one which reflected the ideological divisions of G56 059 the time. ^Secondly, there was consummated a reliance on nuclear G56 060 weaponry, still in its infancy, as the foundation of the system. ^In G56 061 the course of the 1950s, nuclear deterrence emerged as the arbiter of G56 062 last resort governing behaviour in our international society. ^Human G56 063 civilisation, or at least its contemporary version standing on the G56 064 shoulders of countless generations before it, rested on the threat of G56 065 one society visiting nuclear destruction upon another. G56 066 *<*4Ugly parody*> G56 067 |^*0A more ugly parody of civilised behaviour would be hard to imagine G56 068 but at the time perhaps it seemed there was no choice. ^A network of G56 069 regional nuclear defence alliances sprang up designed to underpin G56 070 security at the international level by means of deterrence theory. G56 071 ^With the added refinement of strategic deterrence between the G56 072 super-powers once an intercontinental capability had been acquired, G56 073 the system has remained the same ever since. ^The theory has evolved G56 074 in doctrinal form over the years *- massive retaliation, flexible G56 075 response, counterforce city-avoidance, mutual assured destruction, G56 076 counterforce selective targetting, countervailing strategy *- but the G56 077 essence of deterrence has remained constant as the governing paradigm G56 078 of security in the contemporary age. ^Today, in 1986, our security G56 079 system rests on the threat of the nuclear punch in the event things go G56 080 wrong. ^As we each go about our daily business and live out our lives, G56 081 we mortgage our personal existences to the strategic submarine G56 082 patrolling the ocean depths. G56 083 |^How long such a system can endure has become the critical G56 084 question of our time. ^Every age has its points of agony and G56 085 self-doubt, but none has had to face a test of its truth like this. G56 086 ^In an age when international security depends on 20,000 strategic and G56 087 30,000 tactical nuclear weapons of which only a small fraction will G56 088 trigger the global climatic winter we have only recently learnt to G56 089 recognise, the stakes are, to put it mildly, high. G56 090 *<*4Highest stake*> G56 091 |^*0In earlier ages the breakdown of a security system resulted in G56 092 political and social trauma, but always within the confines of the G56 093 continuing integrity of the system as a whole *- the total political G56 094 entity that was the Mediterranean, Europe, the world. ^A major war was G56 095 a purgative, after which the international community would restore its G56 096 metabolic balance more or less and begin anew with a security system G56 097 generally the better for the lessons of history. ^Today, a failure in G56 098 the working of nuclear deterrence will probably prove terminal for G56 099 humankind: as a species we shall either vanish from the face of the G56 100 earth or at least be greatly altered for the worse. ^The stake is at G56 101 its highest: what is the risk? G56 102 |^Assessing the risk of nuclear war is a difficult task, indeed G56 103 it cannot be precisely quantified. ^The risk is real nonetheless and G56 104 is in fact officially acknowledged by the two super-powers. ^It is the G56 105 cost of the security system we have built up over the last three G56 106 decades, the dubious progeny of modern technology and primeval G56 107 instinct. ^We do not dismiss the cost lightly: neither nation nor G56 108 citizen wishes nuclear conflict. ^But it is a price we have been G56 109 prepared to pay, these thirty years past. G56 110 *<*4Justifiable risk*> G56 111 |^*0The reason was that a payoff justified it. ^Nuclear deterrence, we G56 112 believed, and with it the concomitant risk of nuclear hostilities, was G56 113 necessary to contain potential aggression by adversary countries *- on G56 114 either side of the strategic divide. ^The risk of conventional G56 115 aggression was deemed to be high, in the 1950s. ^And as has been G56 116 pointed out ever since, deterrence has worked for thirty years and G56 117 more: there has been no global military conflict during that time *- a G56 118 fleeting instant in the broader sweep of human history but a full G56 119 career span for a whole generation of policymakers. G56 120 |^In the past two decades a metamorphosis seems to have been G56 121 occurring in peoples' judgements over what constitutes a threat to G56 122 their security. ^In the scales of national security perceptions, the G56 123 balance is tilting between competing notions of threat. G56 124 *<*4Common fallacy*> G56 125 |^*0It is a common fallacy to equate security threats solely with the G56 126 concept of risk. ^A security threat is comprised of two features *- G56 127 risk and stake. ^The risk of a country being subject to an isolated G56 128 act of terrorism may be high, say one in ten over a twelve month G56 129 period, but the stake, that is to say the consequences, will in terms G56 130 of national security be limited, say several citizens killed. ^The G56 131 risk of a country being overrun by a neighbouring aggressor may be G56 132 less, say one in fifty over the same period, but the stake *- twenty G56 133 million dead and the territory overrun *- is considerably greater. G56 134 ^The risk of a country being devastated, directly or indirectly, by a G56 135 nuclear conflagration may be less again, say one in a hundred over the G56 136 period, but the stake is immeasurably higher again. ^Which constitutes G56 137 the gravest national threat? G56 138 |^In previous decades, nations traditionally identified G56 139 conventional aggression as the obvious threat to their national G56 140 security and sought ways and means of responding to it. ^Hence the G56 141 role of regional nuclear alliances to fill the vacuum caused by the G56 142 failure of collective security by the United Nations. G56 143 *<*4Tidal flow*> G56 144 |^*0But inevitably the world has changed again and the tidal flow of G56 145 ideas reflecting that change is beginning to breach the structures G56 146 erected over a quarter of a century ago. ^Politically the world is G56 147 contracting and human values are beginning to merge. ^The ceaseless G56 148 pounding of seemingly mindless {0UN} resolutions is taking its toll: G56 149 states no longer resort to war with impunity. ^Human behaviour remains G56 150 the same: personal aggression still flourishes, terrorism is on the G56 151 rise, and states, including large states, become embroiled in G56 152 conflicts they would rather avoid. G56 153 |^But it seems we have progressed beyond the stage of the grand G56 154 design for global dominion. ^Premeditated aggression, the thrust down G56 155 the peninsula, the sweep across the plain, for ultimate world conquest G56 156 belongs to a bygone age *- a recent age but a bygone age nonetheless. G56 157 ^A pubescent global consciousness has emerged within the current era, G56 158 within the paradigm of strategic nuclear deterrence *- indeed under G56 159 its umbrella. ^Will it out**[ARB**]-grow deterrence as the mainstay of G56 160 international security, and if so what would take its place? G56 161 *<*4Nuclear spectre*> G56 162 |^*0Concurrent with a decline in the traditional threat perception of G56 163 conventional aggression has arisen the nuclear threat itself. ^The G56 164 extraordinary build-up in the strategic arsenals of the two G56 165 super-powers, the retention by one side of a first-use policy, and the G56 166 increased accuracy, automaticity and reduced flight time of the G56 167 weapons themselves have combined to raise the spectre of unintended G56 168 nuclear conflict. G56 169 |^In New Zealand, we have been part of all of this *- faithful G56 170 believers in the paradigm and dutiful attendants at court. ^In our G56 171 case the risk of conventional aggression was identifiable easily G56 172 enough, however remote it may have been. ^A rearmed Japan, a communist G56 173 China, a belligerent North Vietnam, a volatile Indonesia *- it was G56 174 easy to construct visions of a conventional threat. ^And nuclear G56 175 weapons *- the shield of Western values and the spear of the socialist G56 176 camp *- seemed a long way off, literally on the other side of the G56 177 planet. ^There was no doubting the faith down here, no questioning of G56 178 its interpretative canons. G56 179 |^But over those same decades, New Zealanders by virtue of their G56 180 geography were marginally freer to query the relative significance to G56 181 national security of the risk and stake of the respective threats. G56 182 ^The process of change has been a gradual one and there remains room G56 183 for different emphases and points of view. ^But in New Zealand the G56 184 stage has been reached where one of the two major parties no longer G56 185 sees the prospect of conventional aggression against New Zealand as a G56 186 greater threat to our national security than the prospect of nuclear G56 187 hostilities anywhere on the planet. ^As a corollary it no longer sees G56 188 the risk of nuclear war as justified by the risk of conventional G56 189 aggression. G56 190 *<*4Unpredictable place*> G56 191 |^*0That is not to say that the latter is inconceivable: the world G56 192 remains an unpredictable place as our defence reviews point out and as G56 193 the sinking of the *1Rainbow Warrior *0demonstrated. ^Yet the prospect G56 194 of a rapacious nation arriving on our doorstep with obvious intent has G56 195 faded nonetheless and the risk of Asian aggression now appears to New G56 196 Zealanders as remote. ^The nearest thing we have to a traditional G56 197 threat today is the blue water navy of the Soviet Pacific Fleet. ^Its G56 198 mission is not to encircle New Zealand and sever our trade route for G56 199 mutton, but rather to reach a balance of force in the Pacific Ocean G56 200 for the sake of Soviet national security. G56 201 *# G57 001 **[244 TEXT G57**] G57 002 |^*0Paradoxical as it may seem, Geoff Palmer's *"New Zealand Bill G57 003 of Rights**" is a threat *- not a protection of democracy. G57 004 |^Of course, the word *"democracy**" means many things to G57 005 different people. ^For some it means the mere formality of regular or G57 006 occasional elections. ^The rights of voters are not part of such a G57 007 definition *- there may be proportional representation or some form of G57 008 gerrymandered plurality. ^Nor does the nature of those to be elected G57 009 form part of the definition *- the *"representatives of the people**" G57 010 might or might not truly represent those who vote. ^The choice may be G57 011 only between Tweedledum and Tweedledee. G57 012 *<*4Real Democracy*> G57 013 |^*0What happens after the election is ignored when we define G57 014 *"democracy**" merely as a state where there are occasional elections. G57 015 ^In fact we know that where private enterprise is the predominant form G57 016 of economic organisation, Governments *- whether *"democratically G57 017 elected**" or not *- will follow the dictates of business interests. G57 018 ^If these interests are organised against the welfare of the majority G57 019 of the population, or (because of the anarchic character of private G57 020 enterprise) are unable to cope with unemployment, business slumps, G57 021 inflation or financial collapse, Governments are virtually powerless. G57 022 |^Real democracy must, therefore, be more than the mere formal G57 023 aspects of elected Government. ^There must also be control over (and G57 024 ultimately abolition of) private ownership in the main means of G57 025 production. ^Only thus can a society be created which organises the G57 026 community in such a way that the community's welfare remains the G57 027 paramount object of Government *- and not just the welfare of G57 028 business, whether local, national, or international as the case may G57 029 be. G57 030 *<*4Protecting Individual Rights*> G57 031 |^*0Because Business in capitalist states, in the form of G57 032 *"democratic**" Government, must become the target of attack by the G57 033 individual members of society, the protection of individual rights G57 034 against the capitalist State is vitally important. G57 035 |^Experience has shown that these rights cannot be protected by G57 036 legislation alone. ^Also necessary are Organisations such as trade G57 037 unions, workers and labour parties, and all sorts of ad hoc G57 038 associations protecting the rights of individuals, economically and G57 039 nationally. ^Such citizens' organisations by militant action can G57 040 protect the rights which the people have acquired against the ruling G57 041 class *- big landowners in the 18th and 19th centuries, and big and G57 042 transnational business in the 20th century. G57 043 |^Indeed New Zealand has acquired a *"constitution**" *- though G57 044 not a written one *- which enshrines all the essential citizens' G57 045 rights needed to limit and possibly in the future abolish the rule of G57 046 big national and international business. G57 047 |^There are plenty of weaknesses in our civil rights. ^The G57 048 Industrial Relations legislation of this country practically outlaws G57 049 strikes and makes trade unions largely into instruments of the G57 050 Business State. ^But the traditions of militant action, where G57 051 required, have in the past been strong enough to override such G57 052 legislation. ^Governments can act in dictatorial ways, as far as the G57 053 law is concerned. ^Our political system does not prevent a G57 054 newly-elected Government from being merely the defeated Government's G57 055 equivalent in spirit and action. ^Only the people can change such G57 056 Government action by not co**[ARB**]-operating with Governments G57 057 unwilling to listen. (^Watch the Philippines!) G57 058 |^Thus a *"Bill of Rights**" cannot improve our existing G57 059 constitutional state of affairs if the people are not prepared to G57 060 watch that constitutional state militantly and persistently. ^And if G57 061 the people are militant for their rights, a *"Bill of Rights**" can do G57 062 nothing to improve on legislation by elected Parliaments in response G57 063 to popular pressure. G57 064 *<*4Bill of Rights Fetters Parliament*> G57 065 |^*0It is the fear that such popular pressure may lead to Parliament G57 066 being too *"democratic**" which inspires the *"New Zealand Bill of G57 067 Rights**". ^It takes away the unrestricted power of Parliament to pass G57 068 legislation by handing a power of veto to the judiciary. ^Judges will G57 069 be called upon to allow or disallow Parliamentary decisions *- from G57 070 District Court Judge through High Court Justices to members of the G57 071 Court of Appeal and possibly for some time to come the Privy Council G57 072 in London. ^These judges will thus become the equivalent of a Senate G57 073 or Upper House. G57 074 |^Unless this *"Upper House**", made up of Government-appointed G57 075 Judges, finds parliamentary legislation in line with \0Mr Palmer's G57 076 Bill of Rights it will not be enforced. (Section 2 of the Bill). G57 077 *<*4Section 24*> G57 078 |^*0Of all the sections of the Bill of Rights, Section 24 is the most G57 079 dangerous to democracy and progress. ^It says G57 080 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G57 081 |^*"*1The provisions of this Bill of Rights apply so far as G57 082 practicable and unless they otherwise provide for the benefit of all G57 083 legal persons.**" G57 084 **[END INDENTATION**] G57 085 |^*0In law, a *"*1legal person**" *0as opposed to a *"*1natural G57 086 person**" *0is an organisation, such as a commercial company, which G57 087 can sue and be sued without individuals being involved. ^A *"natural G57 088 person**" is one acting as a private individual. G57 089 |^In other words, the freedoms of association, speech, and G57 090 movement which have been won by the people largely in order to G57 091 restrict the freedoms of Business to monopolise, to exploit, to G57 092 corrupt Government, and to transfer national wealth into foreign G57 093 hands, are to be given to Business. G57 094 *<*4Rights for Big Business*> G57 095 |^*0What rights do Big Business, transnational corporations, banks, G57 096 financial tycoons dressed up as *"legal persons**", limited liability G57 097 companies \0etc., acquire by this *"New Zealand Bill of Rights**"? G57 098 |^Section 7: ^*1Everyone has the right to... impart information G57 099 and opinions of any kind in any form. G57 100 |^*0A perfect charter of rights for Business to advertise, G57 101 propagandise, lobby and to present and distort news and facts to its G57 102 advantage. ^Legislation, restricting lobbying activity, will be called G57 103 void. G57 104 |^Section 10: ^*1Everyone has the right to freedom of G57 105 association. G57 106 |^*0Monopolistic business organisations are thus guaranteed the G57 107 protection of the State. ^Legislation abbreviating such rights will G57 108 have to be struck out. ^Incidentally Section 10 allows trade unions, G57 109 but only to encourage *"orderly**" industrial relations. ^This means G57 110 anti-strike legislation will be valid, even possibly anti-communist G57 111 legislation. ^For *"orderly**" will be defined by Judges, not by what G57 112 workers think is *"orderly**". G57 113 |^Section 11: ^*1Everyone has the right to freedom of movement in G57 114 New Zealand and the right to leave New Zealand. G57 115 |^*0Legislation forcing Business to establish itself according to G57 116 regional priorities will be illegal. ^Legislation stopping flight of G57 117 capital, by prohibiting companies from transferring their residence G57 118 abroad, will be illegal. G57 119 |^Section 12: ^*1Everyone has the right to freedom of G57 120 discrimination on the ground of... national origin. G57 121 |^*0Legislation distinguishing between New Zealand and foreign G57 122 business in favour of New Zealand business becomes invalid. G57 123 |^Section 18(h): ^*1The right to examine witnesses for the G57 124 prosecution under the same conditions as the prosecution. G57 125 |^Some customs legislation and other legislation allowing G57 126 inspection of goods and documents would probably be illegal against G57 127 companies \0etc. and in other instances the powers of the State *- G57 128 weak already when it comes to the prosecution of corporate and white G57 129 collar crime *- would be further weakened. G57 130 |^My conclusion is that the New Zealand Bill of Rights, where it G57 131 does not merely put into writing what already exists in New Zealand G57 132 due to generations of struggle and the vigilance of the people, G57 133 creates rights for Business under Section 24 which will gravely G57 134 curtail the rights of private individuals. G57 135 *<*4Political Power In The Hands Of Judges*> G57 136 |^*0The proposed New Zealand Bill of Rights, by putting a right of G57 137 veto against all legislation not complying with it into the hands of a G57 138 naturally conservative body of judges, is possibly the greatest danger G57 139 to social progress in New Zealand which could be conceived. G57 140 |^As far as the positive aspects of the Bill go *- the G57 141 entrenchment of existing citizens' rights, *- there is no particular G57 142 need for such legislation. ^But more, Section 3 limits the validity of G57 143 these rights by allowing contrary legislation which can be G57 144 *"demonstrably justified in a free and democratic society**". ^Whether G57 145 the prohibition of revolutionary parties, organisations and opinions G57 146 falls within such purview is left to Judges. ^We know from examples in G57 147 {0U.S.A.}, \0W. Germany and elsewhere, that *"protection of G57 148 democracy**" allows legislation not far short of fascist. ^Thus the G57 149 Bill of Rights does not even protect our rights, if anything it gives G57 150 legal force to formal attacks on such rights in defined circumstances. G57 151 *<*4Treaty of Waitangi*> G57 152 |^*0I cannot deal here with the introduction of the Treaty of Waitangi G57 153 in English and Maori into the Bill of Rights. ^Since the English G57 154 translation of the Maori version of the Treaty is very different from G57 155 its Maori meaning the Bill of Rights opens up a chasm of litigation G57 156 which defies description. G57 157 |^By introducing some of the special rights and privileges given G57 158 to the Maori people in the Treaty of Waitangi (such as possession of G57 159 fisheries) the Bill of Rights will take away some of the rights of G57 160 pakeha citizens. ^That may be good and just *- but surely these G57 161 matters are better dealt with in a piecemeal and pragmatic fashion, as G57 162 has been the case in the past, rather than by an unalterable, G57 163 entrenched law which in its tenor is opposed to special rights of G57 164 minorities and majorities. G57 165 |^In conclusion *- let us forget about \0Mr Palmer's New Zealand G57 166 Bill of Rights. ^There are better and more important things to do to G57 167 improve the lot of the hundreds of thousands of New Zealanders who are G57 168 suffering from the right of exploiting capital to play around with G57 169 people's livelihood for their own profit. G57 170 *<*4Don Quixote*> G57 171 * G57 172 |^*0Early last month our flat was burgled and several items of G57 173 sentimental value were stolen. ^Presumably an individual exercising G57 174 initiative, skill and freedom of choice, acting as an autonomous G57 175 sovereign person, to use Ruth Richardson's immortal phrase, decided to G57 176 satisfy his or her needs, or to prepare for his or her old age, by G57 177 lifting our property. ^When we reported the burglary to the police we G57 178 discovered that we were members of a considerable throng of people, G57 179 reporting on the success of similar autonomous sovereign persons G57 180 during the weekend. ^The rather harassed police officer had had a busy G57 181 day recording the details for computer filing, and insurance claim G57 182 purposes. ^There was very little likelihood he remarked, of the stolen G57 183 goods ever being recovered. ^We were victims of Christchurch's current G57 184 crime wave. G57 185 |^Clearly criminal activity can either be a planned, organised G57 186 and efficiently managed group operation, or it can take the form of a G57 187 skilled, entrepreneurial individual acting alone. ^While these G57 188 *"commercial**" activities are regarded by society as illegal, they G57 189 can also be viewed as exercises in individual freedom, personal G57 190 motivation, and rewarding achievement. ^Ruth Richardson's so called G57 191 *"Centre Right**" philosophy, ultimately finds its fullest expression, G57 192 beyond the limits of respectable society. ^The *"criminal**" process G57 193 from this viewpoint, becomes the ultimate manifestation of *"market G57 194 liberalism**". ^As the iron law of competition undermines the G57 195 cohesiveness of the social order, and as the *"dog eat dog**" reality G57 196 of the market economy gathers momentum, the distinction between legal G57 197 and illegal commercial activity becomes, in practice, increasingly G57 198 unclear. G57 199 |^Those engines of the capitalist system, the transnational G57 200 corporations and powerful domestic monopolies, exist for the purpose G57 201 of extracting the maximum surplus value from their workers, to G57 202 maximise their profits, and to aid the capital accumulation of their G57 203 organisations. ^Their hierarchical management structures are designed G57 204 to control and direct the skills, and energies of their staffs towards G57 205 intensifying their own exploitation. ^In effect those who have nothing G57 206 to sell but their labour, physical or intellectual, are robbed of the G57 207 full fruits of their labour. ^The state legalises that theft, through G57 208 its judicial machinery, conditions the mass of the people, through its G57 209 educational system and the media, to accept the capitalist system as a G57 210 bastion of individual freedom, and a guardian of democracy. ^These G57 211 perversions of truth are the products of the cultural hegemony of the G57 212 dominant and ruling classes of our society. ^State coercion only G57 213 becomes necessary when both the ideas and the institutions of G57 214 capitalism are directly threatened by the people. ^From this G57 215 perspective, capitalist organisations can be seen to be involved in G57 216 *"criminally**" exploitative activities, designed to increase the G57 217 wealth and power of the bourgeoisie, the already wealthy and powerful, G57 218 at the expense of the workers. ^That finite physical resources are G57 219 irresponsibly plundered and the environment in many instances G57 220 irretrievably despoiled, is merely further evidence of the side G57 221 effects of this intrinsically exploitative and all pervasive system. G57 222 *# G58 001 **[245 TEXT G58**] G58 002 |^*6S*2OME MORNINGS *0just looking up at the sky makes you feel G58 003 exhausted. ^This was one of them. ^The sky looked as if it was made G58 004 out of something very heavy and horrible, like poor-quality coal or G58 005 lumps of cast-iron. ^It was the sort of Saturday morning when the only G58 006 sensible thing to do is stay in bed for an extra few hours and try to G58 007 develop an attractive dream. G58 008 |^But at 8.00{0am} I was in Victoria Park, Auckland, watching an G58 009 old man attempt to push over one of the concrete pillars which support G58 010 the motorway viaduct. ^For a moment I thought he was going to succeed. G58 011 ^He was the kind of old man that ordinary mortality seems not to G58 012 affect at all, the kind who just becomes fitter, stronger, more G58 013 muscular and more fiery with age, like William Blake's paintings of G58 014 God. G58 015 |^He was dressed in a white singlet, white shorts, thick woollen G58 016 socks and white sneakers. ^He looked like an advertisement for washing G58 017 powder. ^He was preparing himself for the 15th annual Round the Bays G58 018 run. ^Around the park many other people were limbering up too. ^They G58 019 were either running preliminary laps or else they were doing press-ups G58 020 or else they were trying to push over trees. ^One woman had got G58 021 halfway into doing the splits and then become stuck like a giraffe G58 022 that has stretched itself just a little too far to drink and can't G58 023 manage to scissor its legs back into position. ^*"Hey, can you help me G58 024 up, please. ^Please can someone help me,**" she shrieked at the people G58 025 jogging past. G58 026 |^The race did not begin until 9.30. ^But for the last decade the G58 027 Auckland run has been pulling in more than 70,000 participants. ^If G58 028 you're serious about coming somewhere in the first 35,000 you have to G58 029 arrive early and start practising. ^The Round the Bays race is the G58 030 most densely populated event of its kind in the world, so I'm told, G58 031 although apparently there's a version on skis in Lapland which G58 032 attracts similar numbers. G58 033 |^A powerful public address system had been set up near the park. G58 034 ^*"When you get out there don't do anything stupid,**" said the G58 035 announcer. ^*"If you're new to it, take your time. ^You'll get there G58 036 all right. ^If you feel a bit crook, take a little walk. ^Remember to G58 037 double-knot your shoelaces. ^Check your chafing points and, if G58 038 necessary, apply some oil or vaseline.**" G58 039 |^To enter the race officially adults are supposed to pay eight G58 040 dollars and children five dollars. ^In return they are given a G58 041 computer print-out with their entry number on it. ^The idea is that at G58 042 the end of the race you rip off part of the print-out, hand it to one G58 043 of the adjudicators and get your official time recorded. ^Years later G58 044 you can show it to your grandchildren and prove that you were number G58 045 0130128, you did the course in one hour and twenty minutes, and you G58 046 came 68,876th. G58 047 |^The announcer was very cross about people who hadn't entered G58 048 officially but still intended to run *- about half the people present, G58 049 actually. ^*"It's important that you pay to run,**" he said, *"because G58 050 most of the money goes to the Heart Foundation and you never know when G58 051 some of you people may need it. ^If you're not entered, if you're a G58 052 free-loader, we don't want to see you. ^But it's still not too late. G58 053 ^You can still go over to the Fruit Case Company in Fanshawe \0St and G58 054 buy your entry ticket.**" G58 055 |^It began to rain. ^The entrants huddled under the trees, G58 056 shivering in their thin tops and nylon shorts. ^*"This is the ideal G58 057 day for running round the bays,**" the announcer said. ^*"Nice and G58 058 damp. ^Cool all the way.**" G58 059 |^Most of the entrants belonged to some team or other. ^A few of G58 060 these teams were sporting organisations, like *"The \0Mt Roskill Crazy G58 061 Ladies**". ^But the great majority were places of work *- foodtowns, G58 062 meat processing plants, life assurance companies, motorcycle G58 063 salesyards, factories manufacturing perfume. ^Most firms had printed G58 064 off special T-shirts for their runners to wear as a form of mobile G58 065 advertising *- *"James Watt Group *- Gentleman Contractors**", *"The G58 066 Chelsea Sugar Natural Energy Team *- ^We're running in a sweet G58 067 pack**", and so on. G58 068 |^Of course, there were also some independents who wore one-off G58 069 T-shirts with messages like *"^Praise Jesus**", *"^Don't smoke**" and G58 070 *"^Amandla Soweto**". ^There was the usual crop of loonies too *- G58 071 people in Batman and Robin costumes, people dressed as mice (complete G58 072 with tails), people pushing friends in bathtubs, young men in togas G58 073 and nuns' habits, the army dragging howitzers behind them, a whole G58 074 bunch in full kendo martial arts outfits (face-masks, kimonos, swords, G58 075 breastplates) looking like a scene from Akira Kurosawa's classic G58 076 movie, *1The Seven Samurai. G58 077 |^But really there was no need to dress up in order to be G58 078 eccentric. ^What could be weirder than the event itself? ^What could G58 079 be more bizarre than a mob of 70,000 heading towards \0St Heliers G58 080 Beach for no apparent reason (I mean, it wasn't a sunny day and the G58 081 tide was so far out you could almost walk to Rangitoto Island), after G58 082 having first made complicated arrangements with their friends and G58 083 relatives to pick them up when they got there. ^Sure, most of the G58 084 firms were putting on picnics at the beach. ^But as I heard one man G58 085 say, *"^All these people running all that way just for a couple of G58 086 beers and a horrible sausage.**" G58 087 |^I should make my own part in the affair quite clear. ^I was G58 088 there as a scientist. ^I believe that running is a fundamentally wrong G58 089 thing for human beings to do with their bodies. ^Our legs are the G58 090 wrong shape for it. ^It rips our tendons apart. ^It causes dizziness, G58 091 nausea and severe damage to our internal organs. ^None of the other G58 092 higher primates do it. ^Monkeys, gorillas, orangutans don't jog. ^What G58 093 they enjoy doing is rollerskating and riding on trick cycles. ^I know G58 094 this from frequent visits to the circus. ^But tricycles, skateboards G58 095 and roller-skates are not allowed in the Round the Bays race. ^The G58 096 announcer said so many times. G58 097 |^Grizzly bears and polar bears have been known to walk quite G58 098 quickly. ^But they never jog. ^Neither do any of the animals G58 099 especially reputed for their intelligence, like whales and dolphins. G58 100 ^To run properly you need to be a cat, a dog or a horse. ^Or else you G58 101 have to be built like an emu. G58 102 |^For a long time scientists have been puzzled by what caused the G58 103 disappearance of the dinosaurs. ^Not me. ^I know what happened to G58 104 them. ^They took up jogging. ^You can see it by looking at artists' G58 105 renditions of Tyrannosaurus rexes. ^These dinosaurs are always G58 106 depicted up on their hind legs, their feeble forepaws held out before G58 107 them, a ghastly grimace on their faces. ^The classic jogging position. G58 108 ^Yes, dinosaurs took up jogging and within a generation or two their G58 109 nervous systems were completely shot and their bone structure had G58 110 crumbled into shingle. ^And now human beings are repeating the same G58 111 tragic mistake. G58 112 |^Don't get me wrong. ^I can see the necessity for short-term G58 113 running if you're being pursued by a ravenous tiger or if a massive G58 114 boulder is about to drop on your head. ^I can even appreciate the G58 115 motives behind the Greek Pheidippides running the first marathon in G58 116 490 {0BC}. ^Athens was being invaded by Darius the Mede. ^It was G58 117 essential to get help in a hurry from the Spartan army but all the G58 118 horses were already in use against the Persians. ^Pheidippides *1had G58 119 *0to jog; there just wasn't any alternative. ^Then after the Persians G58 120 had been defeated at the Battle of Marathon someone had to take the G58 121 good news back to Athens. ^But all the horses had been wiped out in G58 122 the fighting. ^Again, there was no option. ^Pheidippides was *1forced G58 123 *0to jog. ^But let's be quite specific about the effect all this G58 124 running had on him. ^It killed him. ^He barely had time to croak out, G58 125 *"^Rejoice, we conquer!**" before he passed away to a better world, G58 126 utterly rooted. G58 127 |^*"Remember to knot your shoelaces,**" said the announcer. ^*"I G58 128 hope you have a happy day.**" G58 129 |^Apart from the fanatics right at the front, the 70,000 got off G58 130 to rather a slow start. ^Coming up Fanshawe \0St they resembled G58 131 nothing so much as a termite colony or a plague of brightly coloured G58 132 bugs. G58 133 |^It's hard to be exact about where the agony begins, but I think G58 134 it's just behind the ankles. ^It soon spreads to the back of the legs, G58 135 the calves, the thighs, the groin. ^Then it hits you square in the G58 136 chest like a blow from Sugar Ray Leonard. ^Next your throat begins to G58 137 dry up at about the same time as the soles of your feet begin to burn. G58 138 ^Your eyes stream. ^You become asthmatic. ^You develop a pounding G58 139 headache. ^You know you're going to die, so what are you doing still G58 140 moving? ^Shouldn't you be trying to get a last will and testament G58 141 together to avoid any acrimony among your loved ones after you're G58 142 gone? ^Wouldn't it make more sense to collapse on the pavement and see G58 143 if you can find a used cigarette packet to write that will on and a G58 144 discarded lipstick to substitute as a pen? G58 145 |^Many travel brochures extol the beauty of Auckland's coastline G58 146 and point out the wide range of tourist attractions available as you G58 147 travel round the bays. ^They're not lying. ^You could begin with some G58 148 downtown shopping in the city itself. ^Then you could have a quick dip G58 149 in the Tepid Baths. ^You could sniff a few roses at the Parnell G58 150 Gardens. ^You could watch the fountain at Mission Bay change colour *- G58 151 it's got a really impressive range. ^There's a wonderful fish and chip G58 152 shop at Mission Bay too and some of the best pizzerias in the country. G58 153 ^You could go to Bastion Point and have a look at the Savage Memorial. G58 154 ^You could try out the dodgem boats and the mini-golf. ^You could G58 155 stare at the sharks and stingrays at Kelly Tarlton's Underwater G58 156 Museum. ^Kelly Tarlton's has a restaurant attached to it now and it G58 157 serves this incredible chocolate dessert. G58 158 |^With so much available so close to you, why put yourself G58 159 through so much torment? G58 160 |^Because it's good for us, some argue. ^They must be blind. ^Or G58 161 crazy. ^Jogging doesn't bring out the best in people. ^It brings out G58 162 the worst. ^You just need to stand at the finishing line of the Round G58 163 the Bays run and watch. ^People who are obviously on the point of G58 164 collapse are prepared to cripple themselves for life with one last G58 165 spurt just so that they'll beat their next-door neighbour or someone G58 166 who works in the same office. ^There are exceptions, I grant you *- G58 167 people who push invalids in wheelchairs in front of them or carry G58 168 children on their shoulders and somehow manage to smile as they do it. G58 169 ^But the bulk of the contestants looked pretty vicious to me by the G58 170 end. ^It's only to be expected. ^I'm no misanthrope and I'm not G58 171 blaming anyone. ^It's just that most of us don't react very well to G58 172 physical torture. ^There was none more vicious than me either when, G58 173 with a time of over one hour (some manage the course in times under 30 G58 174 minutes) I struggled to pip at the post the guy with the wonky leg who G58 175 lives down the road from me. (^I mean, it's humiliating to be beaten G58 176 by someone who doesn't even walk properly.) G58 177 |^I can't say that jogging does much for most people's appearance G58 178 either. ^In fact, by the end, they look horrifying *- their G58 179 complexions beetroot-red with great purple veins standing out like G58 180 canals on a map of Mars, their eyes no longer able to focus, their G58 181 hair like the fur on drowned mice, their underpants showing through G58 182 their saturated shorts. G58 183 |^It takes them a long time to recover too. ^At least an hour G58 184 went by before most people had the strength to face a sausage sandwich G58 185 and pose for a group photograph to go into the company newsletter. G58 186 *# G59 001 **[246 TEXT G59**] G59 002 |^*4N*0igel Dick and Julian Mounter, Broadcasting Corporation chief G59 003 executive and Television New Zealand director-general are two of G59 004 tomorrow's men: the price of appointing yesterday's people was too G59 005 high for the {0BCNZ} to pay. G59 006 |^The corporation board caused a minor sensation inside staff G59 007 ranks by passing over favoured insiders to go outside for an G59 008 Australian and an Englishman to fill the top two posts in the G59 009 television hierarchy. G59 010 |^The problem with present staff is their identification with the G59 011 yesterdays of television over the past quarter**[ARB**]-century; not G59 012 so much the distant yesterdays of the old {0NZBC} before 1975, an era G59 013 of rubber band-propulsion **[SIC**] now regarded indulgently and G59 014 nostalgically for all its faults, but the decade since. G59 015 |^This has been the decade of divisions *- first the five years G59 016 in which Television One and South Pacific Television operated as G59 017 competitive rivals, then five years in which the present {0TVNZ} has G59 018 attempted unhealthily to stitch old rivalries together. G59 019 |^The {0TVNZ} era has merely submerged the rifts of the preceding G59 020 era *- the old \0TV One and {0SPTV} enmity disguised as a simple G59 021 Auckland/ Wellington rivalry, with the added complication of which G59 022 executive from which predecessor channel was preferred over G59 023 counterparts from the other side. ^Even more significant in the G59 024 setting-up of {0TVNZ} was the expedient course of replacing two G59 025 autonomous vertical structures *- the two separate networks *- with a G59 026 horizontal divorce between the local programme-makers on one side and G59 027 the business operations, such as programme scheduling, marketing and G59 028 operations. G59 029 |^These are mechanics of yesterday: the heaviest liabilities G59 030 accruing from the past are the assumptions that television is the sole G59 031 province of the state *- initially through the device of setting up G59 032 artificial competition between two state corporations *- and the G59 033 succeeding view that television should be manipulated through a state G59 034 body controlling and orchestrating all, albeit only two, outlets. G59 035 |^Quite obviously, with the interminable hearings of the G59 036 Broadcasting Tribunal for a private enterprise, regionally based third G59 037 channel system, that sort of monopoly is on its last legs. G59 038 |^That is why Dick, a seasoned Australian commercial television G59 039 executive who learned much of his trade at the side of Kerry Packer, G59 040 is at the top *- now. ^His is the short-term challenge; to co-ordinate G59 041 a hard-nosed response to the immediate threat of competition. G59 042 |^But looking beyond the late 1980s battle for ratings *- and G59 043 there is little reason to suspect {0TVNZ} will not win out, given a G59 044 two channel to one advantage *- there is Mounter, some 15 years G59 045 younger and a graduate of a newer school of television thinking. G59 046 |^The days of land-based television networks requiring some 400 G59 047 transmitters and hogging, at prohibitive cost, almost all the G59 048 allocated {0VHF} and most of the so far unassigned {0UHF} spectrum, G59 049 are almost over; the third channel may well be an unwise last use of G59 050 an old technology. G59 051 |^Aussat is already putting in place Australia's first-generation G59 052 domestic satellite system, offering some limited fringe use to New G59 053 Zealand for networking between studios. ^In five years it will be G59 054 moving into the second generation, in which New Zealand should G59 055 participate fully. G59 056 |^Even now Aussat offers Australian viewers outside the range of G59 057 metropolitan signals an {0ABC} programme beamed direct to domestic G59 058 terminal from satellite nationwide. ^Also envisaged are four regional G59 059 commercial signals. G59 060 |^Already New Zealand pubs and motels suitably equipped with G59 061 king**[ARB**]-sized dish antennas can tune into Australia and have the G59 062 extra bonus of American satellite signals. G59 063 |^While cable is uneconomic on a large scale here, one need only G59 064 look to North America where cable operators distribute programming by G59 065 satellite and dish-owners tap in. ^The future course of multi-channel G59 066 television technology is obvious. G59 067 |^Its future is equally obvious in Europe, where Rupert Murdoch G59 068 has launched Skychannel, one of the first {0DBS} (direct broadcast G59 069 satellite) services challenging the monopolies of the {0BBC}, {0ITV} G59 070 and their established continental counterparts. G59 071 |^Electronics giant, Thorn-{0EMI}, is also in the {0DBS} G59 072 business, forcing the {0BBC} and {0ITV} to follow suit. ^And the G59 073 Thorn-{0EMI} satellite was masterminded, until recently, by Julian G59 074 Mounter. ^Now Mounter has come back to earth *- but with a {0TVNZ} G59 075 that has to look beyond \0TV3 to a not too distant future in which the G59 076 major Australian networks, and maybe even the North American network G59 077 giants and their newer cable rivals, also have access to New Zealand G59 078 homes via satellite. G59 079 |^So while the {0TVNZ} rhetoric under Mounter may sound akin to G59 080 that of his predecessors *- the encouragement of a healthy home G59 081 production industry *- the pressures are changing. ^Given the prospect G59 082 of the overseas heavies spilling their signals across our borders G59 083 almost by accident, the chances of {0TVNZ} still enjoying first-run G59 084 New Zealand rights for the 1990 equivalent of Miami Vice will be slim. G59 085 ^But then again, is the Nine Network or {0CBS} going to bother G59 086 televising Ranfurly Shield challenges, the Miss New Zealand final or G59 087 Country Calendar? G59 088 |^These are changes on a global scale for {0TVNZ}. ^Closer to G59 089 home the pressures are mounting for broadcasting to be included in the G59 090 wave of more-market total deregulations. ^Maybe Treasury went over the G59 091 top in advocating to the Royal Commission on Broadcasting, an G59 092 open-slather sell-off of the whole radio and television spectrum by G59 093 tender to the highest bidders. G59 094 |^In this scenario, tribunals, warrants, television licences for G59 095 viewers and obligations to produce uncommercial, public service G59 096 programming disappear *- radical rightest thinking perhaps, but an G59 097 understandable reaction to the monolithic monopoly of {0TVNZ}. G59 098 |^Dick first, and Mounter longer-term, have to manoeuvre in a G59 099 climate of unfettered enterprise overseen by the same Roger Douglas G59 100 who, as Minister of Broadcasting, did not shrink 13 years ago from G59 101 dismantling the entrenched {0NZBC} apparatus in favour of a more open, G59 102 even if still limited, competition for audiences. G59 103 |^It still remains to be seen whether the {0TVNZ} of 1986 is more G59 104 durable than the {0NZBC} of 1972 *- particularly under a new G59 105 management divorced from the South Pacific Television of 1979. G59 106 * G59 107 |is a freelance media writer and commentator. G59 108 * G59 109 *<*2HUMOUR*> G59 110 *<*4Silver threads among the... by pass?*> G59 111 *<*0by Ian Grant*> G59 112 |^The author is a writer and publisher living in Masterton. G59 113 |^*4I*0t's already on the cards that I'm going to live to a crusty old G59 114 age. ^*"Hell,**" the family mutters collectively, *"he's grumpy enough G59 115 and showing signs of senility at 45 *- what will he be like at 85.**" G59 116 |^I'm not basing my presumed longevity on feeling particularly G59 117 robust or a burning desire to be alive in 2040, but on a mixture of G59 118 research and observation. G59 119 |^My wife and I are interested in genealogy *- although I must G59 120 say my enthusiasm has flagged since discovering I come, in part, from G59 121 a long line of \0C. of \0E. clergymen stretching back to 1695 at G59 122 least. ^While this might explain my unflagging devotion to atheism, it G59 123 has been depressing not to find a single mad poet, jolly buccaneer or G59 124 even a local body politician among my ancestors. ^But I have G59 125 discovered going back seven generations on my father's \0C. of \0E. G59 126 line, average god-fearing lives of 75 plus years *- even though many G59 127 of them lived during eras when colourful assortments of plagues were G59 128 regularly rampaging. ^As further evidence that the genes are G59 129 performing up to scratch is my body's seeming indifference, over the G59 130 last 25 years, to ridiculously long working hours, minimal sleep, G59 131 overeating and drinking and an almost total lack of exercise. ^I rest G59 132 my case on the fact that I've spent one, perhaps two, or maybe three G59 133 days in bed during that period (it's my memory not my body that's G59 134 failing). G59 135 |^But when the year 2040 finally catches up with me and I (not to G59 136 mention surviving friends and relatives) have had more than enough, G59 137 I'm apprehensive there will be determined efforts made to patch me up G59 138 to last another few decades. G59 139 |^I don't want to be churlish about advances in medical science G59 140 and the organ transplants that give a normal lifespan to the ailing G59 141 young... and I suppose one has to admire the fore**[ARB**]-sight of G59 142 doctors in protecting their three car and lakeside villa lifestyles. G59 143 ^After all, the ways things are developing, doctors will be about as G59 144 necessary as bank tellers and wharfies in a few years time. ^Instead G59 145 of the traditionally hit or miss diagnosis of your local {0GP}, likely G59 146 to be influenced by an inedible Rotary club lunch, poor golf round or G59 147 his wife's sudden and unhealthy interest in alternative medicine, your G59 148 aches, pains and feelings will soon be fed into a computer and an G59 149 expert and entirely consistent response will come from a medical G59 150 luminary who probably lives in Los Angeles or Manchester *- if he G59 151 hasn't died since recording his diagnostic speciality. ^So, in a G59 152 fraction of the time it takes to build a portfolio of blue chips, the G59 153 average doctor is going to be left with his Hippocratic oath (*'thou G59 154 shalt at all times earn more than chartered accountants**') and very G59 155 little besides. G59 156 |^In the circumstances, it is hardly surprising that doctors see G59 157 such a promising future in transplant technology. ^As those dreary G59 158 surgery hours are increasingly taken care of by the computer and G59 159 attendant nurse, we'll probably find doctors out on the road with G59 160 their sample cases... G59 161 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G59 162 |*"^A new heart, \0Mr Grant. ^Fully guaranteed pump action and new G59 163 improved \5polycodswollopthene, double action, interchangeable right G59 164 and left ventricles.**" G59 165 |*"^Well, not today...**" G59 166 |*"^In that case, a new right leg perhaps *- without those unsightly G59 167 varicose veins and that funny sort of webbing between the toes.**" G59 168 |*"^Well, it does still go, you know.**" G59 169 |*"^It *4goes, *0\0Mr Grant. ^I don't think you understand I'm talking G59 170 about a new level of performance. ^About state of the art right G59 171 legs.**" G59 172 |*"^Well my legs *4are *0a matching set, doctor.**" G59 173 |*"^Don't give it another thought, \0Mr Grant. ^Look, here in the G59 174 catalogue, state of the art left legs too!**" G59 175 **[END INDENTATION**] G59 176 |^In time *- with Tom's heart, Dick's liver and Harry's kidney G59 177 ticking over or pulsating away in what is possibly your own chest *- G59 178 even the objections about not knowing who you are any more will be G59 179 answered. ^There will be buy-now-use-later, branded sets of every G59 180 imaginable human part made from look-alike, feel-alike synthetic G59 181 material. ^And if the Americans have anything to do with it, there G59 182 will be novelty items as well: *"^Try the polka**[ARB**]-dot pancreas, G59 183 so you can be a fun person through and through!**" G59 184 |^It might be a very stick-in-the-mud attitude, but I have the G59 185 lingering feeling that, if I was meant to live for more than those 85 G59 186 or so years, I would have been provided with longer-lasting equipment. G59 187 ^The ever-growing obsession with looking young and acting youthful G59 188 will doubtless find its ultimate expression in the transplant G59 189 industry, but this seems to raise some fundamental questions about G59 190 personal identity and the meaning of human existence that transcend G59 191 medical technology. G59 192 |^If I didn't come from that long line of clergymen, I might even G59 193 be tempted to look to religion to provide some answers... G59 194 *<*2ESSAY*> G59 195 *<*6GROWING UP IN *'THE MOST BORING PLACE IN THE WORLD**'*> G59 196 * G59 197 |^*4To almost any Aucklander, Mount Wellington is The Most Boring G59 198 Place in the World, a place in which nothing could ever happen, its G59 199 low rolling landscape varied only by the thickset mountain and the G59 200 grey, muddy Panmure Basin. G59 201 |^The mountain, although among the city's highest, has been G59 202 scarred by quarrying and has neither the focal monument nor the G59 203 splendid park of Maungakiekie (One Tree Hill), nor the lovely trees G59 204 and the central views of Maungawhau (Mount Eden). ^As for the Panmure G59 205 Basin (Kaiahiku), the tide always seems to be so far out that it gives G59 206 the impression of a mudflat struggling to become a puddle. G59 207 |^Beside the plainness of the suburb's natural setting, the more G59 208 recent processes of civilisation appear to have managed to only make G59 209 matters noticeably worse. ^The houses are all small, squat, low-cost G59 210 and uniformly designed for the rapid-construction techniques of G59 211 large-scale developments, their *'sections**' laid out at a time when G59 212 the arts of landscaping were unavailable. ^Surrounding the residential G59 213 areas are sprawling, dirty, noisome heavy industrial zones; huge G59 214 factories, yards and warehouses seemingly competing for the greatest G59 215 clutter and the greatest ugliness. G59 216 *# G60 001 **[247 TEXT G60**] G60 002 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G60 003 |^*0For the Maori, without sovereignty we are dead as a nation. ^It is G60 004 not sovereignty or no sovereignty. ^It is sovereignty or nothing. ^We G60 005 have no choice. G60 006 **[END INDENTATION**] G60 007 |^This is the challenge which Maori people, especially women and G60 008 young people, have addressed to themselves and to the Pakeha in the G60 009 past decade. ^Building on the long history of Maori resistance G60 010 movements, they have continued to assert the right of Maori people as G60 011 tangata whenua o Aotearoa and to challenge the Pakeha failure to G60 012 honour te Tiriti o Waitangi which, traditionally, is the G60 013 constitutional basis of Pakeha government in Aotearoa. G60 014 |^In Aotearoa today there is little room to continue the pretence G60 015 of multiracial harmony. ^The divisions are there to be seen and G60 016 clamour to be dealt with. ^The terms of traditional debates on race G60 017 relations and equality of opportunity, based on the concept of the G60 018 Maori as an underprivileged minority, have been turned on their head G60 019 by claims of Maori sovereignty. ^Access to justice has come to mean G60 020 something very different from improved legal aid, more Maori judges G60 021 and use of Maori community resources to rehabilitate offenders. G60 022 ^Rather, it has come to revolve around the fundamental dilemma of G60 023 reconciling Maori and Pakeha interests. ^In particular, this is G60 024 shaping up into a battle for supremacy between te Tiriti o Waitangi G60 025 and the Bill of Rights; in other words, into a battle over the G60 026 constitutional foundation stone from which all else will proceed. G60 027 *<*2THE LEGACY*> G60 028 |^*0The nineteenth-century colonisation of Aotearoa required the G60 029 rapid acquisition of land and the replacement of traditional Maori G60 030 society by stable European political, legal and social structure. G60 031 ^Culture, language, spirituality, identity, economic self-sufficiency, G60 032 and above all, recognition as the tangata whenua o Aotearoa, were G60 033 systematically and openly suppressed as inconsistent with the progress G60 034 of the country. ^A political and legal structure was built on the G60 035 British model, controlled by Pakeha men, and reflecting their values, G60 036 interests, and priorities. G60 037 |^Disparities of health, housing, employment, income, and G60 038 education amount to a fundamental denial of social justice. ^They have G60 039 remained a constant feature of Aotearoa since the Pakeha arrived, and G60 040 have varied little during that time. ^This is not an accident of G60 041 history, but its logical consequence. ^It is endemic to the structures G60 042 and priorities of the Pakeha State, and it is shared with victims of G60 043 colonialisation and imperialism throughout the world. ^Failure to G60 044 acknowledge and take responsibilty for the past has meant an inability G60 045 to see the structural causes of injustice, and the levels of G60 046 restructuring needed before access to justice can become a reality. G60 047 ^That failure has fostered international and domestic ignorance, and G60 048 piecemeal reform within the dominant colonial legal framework. G60 049 |^Integral to the ideology of Aotearoa as *"the greatest G60 050 multicultural nation in the world**" is the claim of a peaceful and G60 051 voluntary transmission of power from the Maori to the British through G60 052 te Tiriti o Waitangi. ^Over the years te Tiriti has been proclaimed as G60 053 the absolute proof of the State's good faith in its dealings with the G60 054 Maori. ^The Tiriti has become the legitimator of the Pakeha State. G60 055 |^The terms of the official English-language version of the G60 056 Treaty appear straightforward. ^The Maori people were promised G60 057 continued and G60 058 **[PLATE**] G60 059 undisturbed possession of their lands, forests and fisheries, the G60 060 protection of the British Crown, and the rights and privileges of G60 061 British subjects. ^In return the British Crown gained sovereignty over G60 062 the country and the right of first option over any voluntarily-sold G60 063 land. G60 064 |^The reality was far more complex. ^Not all chiefs signed te G60 065 Tiriti; those who did not came from some of the most powerful tribes G60 066 in the country. ^Not all chiefs who did sign, signed the same G60 067 document. ^Finally, the document signed at Waitangi was in Maori and G60 068 said some very different things from the English version. ^The Maori G60 069 version promised the continued rangatiratanga or sovereignty over the G60 070 land to the chiefs, the British Crown to get only kawanatanga or G60 071 governorship. ^Certainly this was a far cry from the absolute cession G60 072 of sovereignty that is in the English version. G60 073 |^Maori people hold many different views on the motivations and G60 074 expectations behind the signing of te Tiriti, and on its G60 075 interpretation. ^But one thing emerges clearly. ^The Maori people G60 076 expected te Tiriti to be honoured, and that the Maori would remain G60 077 physically and politically in control of their country and their G60 078 destiny. ^The Pakeha State in Aotearoa has never honoured that Tiriti. G60 079 |^As Pakeha domination became normalised, the emerging ideology G60 080 of Westminster-style democratic rule was seen to apply. ^The crucial G60 081 concept of this ideology in its liberal form is that of majority rule. G60 082 |^The ideology that supports the Pakeha political and judicial G60 083 system reifies British institutions as impartial, natural, and G60 084 divinely inspired. ^Such an ideology removes these instititions from G60 085 the cultural and political context of their development in England and G60 086 their imposition in various colonies. ^It exalts these institutions G60 087 into a universal and unchangeable code for all peoples and for all G60 088 time. ^Thus, in Aotearoa, it ignores the fact that Maori people have G60 089 their own system of justice and conflict resolution. ^Legal concepts G60 090 such as land title and personal property directly conflict with the G60 091 communal base of Maori society. G60 092 *<*2HONOURING TE TIRITI IN THE 1980*0s*> G60 093 |^Maori people have survived as a result of their own G60 094 determination to do so. ^It is also because of this determination that G60 095 the take (issue) of te Tiriti remains alive. ^Today the focal point of G60 096 Maori demands is, as always, the failure of the British Crown and the G60 097 New Zealand Government to honour te Tiriti, that is, the G60 098 Maori-language Tiriti signed at Waitangi. ^Conservative and radical G60 099 Maori have joined together to formulate proposals which implement te G60 100 Tiriti and recognise the Maori as tangata whenua, but which are also G60 101 realistic in the Aotearoa of today. G60 102 |^The clear bottom line in any such moves must be to recognise G60 103 the Maori people as tangata whenua o Aotearoa, and to honour the G60 104 promises of te Tiriti. ^The challenge is to identify a means by which G60 105 this goal can be realised. ^Honouring te Tiriti will require a process G60 106 of creating and entrenching the machinery for power-sharing, but the G60 107 foundation for such a development has already begun to evolve. G60 108 *<*2THE WAITANGI TRIBUNAL: ITS EARLY DAYS*> G60 109 |^*0The first major recognition of the need to placate mounting G60 110 Maori pressure for action on te Tiriti came from the Labour government G60 111 in 1975 with the passing of the Treaty of Waitangi Act which G60 112 established the Waitangi Tribunal *"to make recommendations on claims G60 113 relating to the practical application of the Treaty**". G60 114 |^Despite this apparent display of monumental good faith on the G60 115 part of the State, the content of the Act, or its lack thereof, belies G60 116 any such claims. ^The Tribunal was to be merely an advisory body to G60 117 government, with no powers of enforcement. ^Furthermore, it had no G60 118 retrospective jurisdiction to consider any issue arising before 1975. G60 119 ^The composition of the Tribunal was decided by the government, with G60 120 no provision for consultation with the Maori people. ^It was designed G60 121 to provide the minimal concessions which government could get away G60 122 with at a time of increasingly vociferous demands from Maori people. G60 123 |^Its early activities bore out the cynicism which surrounded its G60 124 creation. ^The first case brought before it involved a number of Maori G60 125 who were being prosecuted under the Fisheries Act 1908 for taking G60 126 *"excessive**" amounts of seafood for a hui. ^As Ngaati Whatua people, G60 127 they claimed traditional fishing rights over the Waitemata. ^No G60 128 recommendation was ever made, however, as they were discharged without G60 129 conviction when the matter went to court. ^According to the Tribunal, G60 130 the appellants had not therefore been *"prejudicially affected**"; nor G60 131 did the Tribunal have the necessary jurisdiction. G60 132 |^The second case was brought by the Waikato people of Waiau Pa G60 133 near Manukau Harbour. ^Government was proposing to build a 1400 {0MW} G60 134 thermal power station which would prejudicially affect Waikato G60 135 enjoyment of their traditional fishing rights. ^Those plans were G60 136 subsequently dropped. ^Again, there was no recommendation made, on the G60 137 basis that no one had been prejudicially affected. G60 138 |^Both these claims had been heard in the ballroom of the G60 139 Auckland Intercontinental Hotel amid chandeliers, velvet chairs and G60 140 drapes, and with the Tribunal seated on a raised podium. ^It was G60 141 carried out with strict court decorum and cases could only be G60 142 presented by a lawyer. G60 143 *<*2THE WAITANGI TRIBUNAL: A NEW SPIRIT*> G60 144 |^*0Something of a turning point was reached in 1983 with the G60 145 hearing by the Tribunal into claims by the Te Atiawa people of G60 146 Taranaki. ^They argued that the government's proposed synthetic fuels G60 147 plant at Motunui would prejudicially affect them by discharging G60 148 *"sewage and industrial waste onto or near certain traditional fishing G60 149 grounds and reefs and that the pollution of the fishing grounds is G60 150 inconsistent with the principles of the Treaty of Waitangi**". ^The G60 151 concept of pollution was not just a matter of rendering the seafood G60 152 unsafe and impure. ^Basic to the claim was the Maori cultural and G60 153 spiritual value which forbids the association of body wastes, however G60 154 *"purified**", with food. G60 155 |^A change in personnel heralded a radical transformation in the G60 156 Tribunal's willingness to develop its own conceptual and procedural G60 157 base. ^The Waitangi Tribunal became a forum founded on taha Maori. G60 158 ^The hearings took place on the Manukorihi marae, and proceeded G60 159 according to Maori protocol. ^Both Maori and English were the G60 160 languages of discourse. ^There were none of the lawyers, courtroom G60 161 procedures and chandeliers of past hearings. G60 162 |^Having adopted this approach to the claim, the Tribunal G60 163 findings were virtually inevitable. ^Almost any such project was bound G60 164 to impinge in some way on Maori rights under te Tiriti. ^In this G60 165 instance, the conflict was indisputable. ^Nevertheless, the Tribunal's G60 166 recommendation, that the proposed ocean sewage outfall at Motunui be G60 167 discontinued, rocked a complacent government. ^This was compounded by G60 168 the Tribunal's statement of government's wider obligations under te G60 169 Tiriti: G60 170 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G60 171 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G60 172 **[END INDENTATION**] G60 173 |^These proposals were immediately rejected by Cabinet, G60 174 reassuring Te Atiawa that no pollution would result. ^Based on past G60 175 experience Te Atiawa rejected these promises and sent delegations to G60 176 the government to seek compliance with the Tribunal's findings. ^After G60 177 intense publicity and pressure, the government back-tracked slightly, G60 178 but introduced legislation which still made provision for the G60 179 offending outfall. ^Further pressure led to its revocation, but G60 180 **[SIC**] remained no guarantee of corporate compliance with the G60 181 statute or imposition of penalties for its breach. G60 182 |^This experience reinforced claims that the securing of Maori G60 183 rights under te Tiriti cannot be left to the good faith of Pakeha G60 184 government. ^Despite this, however, there remained cautious optimism G60 185 over the potential for the Tribunal to act as the guardian of te G60 186 Tiriti. G60 187 *<*2LABOUR PARTY POLICY*> G60 188 |^*0In spite of growing evidence of unified Maori demands for G60 189 redress of past and present grievances, it was clear that the former G60 190 National Party government was committed to continuing its G60 191 confrontation with Maori people. G60 192 |^The Labour Party had remained largely silent on Maori issues G60 193 since the secession of disillusioned Member of Parliament, Matiu Rata, G60 194 to form the Mana Motuhake Party in 1980. ^In 1984, with an election G60 195 due, Labour was forced to declare its intentions. ^In its hurriedly G60 196 released policy Labour declared that, in recognition of legitimate G60 197 Maori grievances, it would re-examine the manner of commemoration of G60 198 te Tiriti *"to make it more appropriate to the spirit of the G60 199 Treaty**"; strengthen the resources of Waitangi Tribunal and make its G60 200 jurisdiction retrospective to 1840; and incorporate the provisions of G60 201 te Tiriti into a Bill of Rights. ^Its details, however, soon indicated G60 202 that this meant in each case incorporating limited remedies for Maori G60 203 grievances into the traditional Pakeha structures on Pakeha terms. G60 204 *<*2THE TREATY OF WAITANGI AMENDMENT ACT 1985*> G60 205 |^*0The Labour government's proposed reforms to the Waitangi G60 206 Tribunal were introduced in 1985. ^The personnel, procedures and G60 207 resources have all been substantially redirected to reflect taha G60 208 Maori. ^Most importantly, its jurisdiction has been extended so as to G60 209 be retrospective to 1840. ^This in itself contains potential for G60 210 challenges to be made to every law, policy, and act done, or not done, G60 211 by the State or any one of its agents since the British takeover. G60 212 ^Given that everything done since 1840 has been part of a systematic G60 213 denial of self-determination, the whole basis on which this society G60 214 has been built becomes open to attack. G60 215 *# G61 001 **[248 TEXT G61**] G61 002 |^*0Why is it that law firms spend large sums of money on computer G61 003 systems that are used entirely by the staff and do not directly aid G61 004 the working solicitors? ^To anyone who has had anything to do with the G61 005 computers currently available to small businesses, the answer will be G61 006 obvious *- no high-minded altruism is involved, but sheer common G61 007 sense. ^In this paper I would like to look at why this is so and to G61 008 suggest when and how there will come to be computers on lawyers' desks G61 009 helping them with their daily work. G61 010 *<*4The state of the art*> G61 011 |^*0A good place to begin looking at computers for small G61 012 businesses is with their history or rather lack of history. ^The G61 013 introduction of the micro-computer as an economically feasible tool G61 014 for small businesses has occurred very rapidly over the last ten G61 015 years. ^Although the hardware (the actual physical bits and pieces of G61 016 the machine) has been undergoing truly revolutionary improvements in G61 017 cost-effectiveness, the software that tells the computer what to do G61 018 has not undergone anything like such a revolution. ^Software is G61 019 written by programmers, and programmers, especially ones with original G61 020 ideas, are a scarce resource. ^Although improvements have been made in G61 021 programmer productivity, they are nothing like the improvements that G61 022 have been made in computing hardware. ^It always takes much longer G61 023 (and much more money) to make major changes to software than it takes G61 024 to change and improve hardware. G61 025 |^As a result, the business computer industry tends to emphasise G61 026 hardware rather than software, producing ever faster machines running G61 027 effectively the same software. ^In this sense almost all small G61 028 business computers are the same. ^Most of them can trace the ancestry G61 029 of their controlling software directly back to the mini-computers of G61 030 the 1960s. ^Many of the fundamental ideas behind the software have G61 031 remained unchanged for 20 years. ^In order to sell G61 032 micro**[ARB**]-computers to the business user and to survive in a very G61 033 competitive market, manufacturers have found it necessary to use quite G61 034 extraordinary amounts of *"hype**" in their advertising to assure G61 035 customers that their machine is in some way superior to the hundreds G61 036 of others on the market. ^In fact very few microcomputers incorporate G61 037 any truly innovative improvements over their competitors. G61 038 |^The ancestral mini-computers of 20 years ago were expensive G61 039 machines for use primarily by scientists, who were concerned to do G61 040 scientific work that placed a heavy load on the calculating abilities G61 041 of the computer. ^Because each mini-computer cost hundreds of G61 042 thousands of dollars and was to be used by several people at once, the G61 043 software used on it had to give maximum performance at the expense of G61 044 everything else. ^It was important to have easy access to the most G61 045 fundamental levels of the mini-computer so that calculations could be G61 046 done as quickly as possible. ^The scientists did not care if the G61 047 machine was difficult to learn to use as long as it was fast and G61 048 reliable *- partly because it was the job of a professional programmer G61 049 to make it work for them. G61 050 |^The generation of micro-computers that will be sold to small G61 051 businesses in the near future have substantially more power than a G61 052 1960s mini-computer. ^Unfortunately most of them will still be using G61 053 the software and the ideas developed for such machines. ^For example, G61 054 here is an only slightly contrived example of a command ordering a G61 055 mini-computer to print out some information: G61 056 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G61 057 |cat ../letters/jim>/dev/1pt & G61 058 **[END INDENTATION**] G61 059 |^To which the computer would respond with the informative remark: G61 060 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G61 061 |% G61 062 **[END INDENTATION**] G61 063 |^This particular variety of gibberish was developed in the early G61 064 1970s by two programmers who were mainly concerned to produce an G61 065 efficient method of instructing the computer that minimised typing G61 066 while allowing them to do what they wanted. ^This system, known as G61 067 *1Unix, *0is now being widely touted as the next great advance in G61 068 business microcomputing *- a nice example of how the software industry G61 069 tends to bring you yesterday tomorrow. ^The example speaks for itself. G61 070 ^This is not the sort of progress that of itself will put computers on G61 071 solicitors' desks. G61 072 |^One solution that has been widely applied to convert software G61 073 like *1Unix *0(or more usually something even less welcoming) into G61 074 usable word processors and accounting machines has been to add a G61 075 system of menu choices *"over the top**" of the original system. G61 076 ^These menus present the user with numbered alternate choices, G61 077 selection of which often leads to further menus listing various things G61 078 that the user might want the computer to do. ^This approach is rigid G61 079 and can lead to a lot of chasing up and down a *"tree**" of menus, but G61 080 it does allow a novice to use a computer without much frustration and G61 081 has been very successful in well-defined fields like word processing. G61 082 ^However, the menus are inevitably influenced by the underlying G61 083 software structure. ^This can lead to some rather peculiar menu G61 084 choices which force the user to do or not to do certain things in G61 085 certain orders which appear to make no logical sense *- unless you G61 086 understand what is happening at a lower level in the computer. G61 087 |^For example, such systems usually take significant amounts of G61 088 time to move from one piece of work to another, and do not allow you G61 089 to rapidly break off one activity to do something else, and then G61 090 resume again where you left off. ^This is because one of the G61 091 fundamental features of the controlling software is *"one user, one G61 092 task**", and no facilities exist to save the temporary state of work G61 093 in progress and pick it up again later. ^This state of affairs derives G61 094 directly from mini-computers and large mainframe computers, which were G61 095 never envisaged as directly assisting someone who works the way a G61 096 lawyer does, by way of constant interruptions. ^There are many similar G61 097 implicit limitations built into present systems that are seldom G61 098 mentioned by manufacturers, salesmen, or commentators, perhaps because G61 099 they are so used to them that they seem self-evident. G61 100 |^In summary, despite startling improvements in hardware, most G61 101 software and the ideas behind it are necessarily historical relics G61 102 that reflect the internal operations of the computer rather than any G61 103 considered study of how people like lawyers might wish to use them. G61 104 ^In fact, the computer industry can be amazingly conservative in G61 105 introducing new ways of using computers. ^A nice example is the common G61 106 tendency of computers to print everything in capital letters. ^This is G61 107 a habit that dates back to the days when computer displays and G61 108 printers did not have lower-case letters because of the extra cost G61 109 involved. ^Those days are long gone, but the idea persists, despite G61 110 the fact that capitals rudely shout at the reader and are G61 111 significantly more difficult to read. G61 112 *<*4The impenetrable keyboard*> G61 113 |^*0To examine how a computer could be useful on a lawyer's desk, G61 114 I should like to consider the primary reason why the vast majority of G61 115 practitioners cannot even start to use a computer themselves. ^Very G61 116 few lawyers are effective typists. ^By this I do not mean the standard G61 117 of typing routinely practised by secretaries but the most basic G61 118 ability to find keys on the keyboard. ^With little motive to do so, G61 119 most lawyers have never found the time or the mental energy needed to G61 120 learn to type. ^And on most small business computers this is an G61 121 impenetrable barrier *- nothing can be done except through the G61 122 keyboard. ^Fortunately, this concentration on the keyboard as the sole G61 123 method of communication with the computer is another historical relic. G61 124 |^In fact, a keyboard is a specialised device for entering written G61 125 text. ^If you are unable to use one, you will find entering text into G61 126 the computer very slow. ^This does not mean that you should have any G61 127 difficulty telling the computer what to do or in reading the text that G61 128 it prints out, only that you cannot write a letter on it. ^All that is G61 129 needed is another kind of input device that you can use without so G61 130 much training. ^Several such devices are appearing on the market now, G61 131 and human ingenuity will doubtless devise others in the near future. G61 132 ^The only reason they were not available earlier was that the notion G61 133 that anyone might want to use a computer without actually being a G61 134 professional computer operator of some kind is a relatively new one. G61 135 |^The simplest and cheapest of these devices are the pointing G61 136 devices. ^They come in different forms: currently the touch-screen and G61 137 the *"mouse**" are most readily available on the *1Hewlett Packard G61 138 {0HP}150 *0and the *1Apple Macintosh *0respectively. ^The touch-screen G61 139 is what it sounds like *- you reach out and touch the screen to G61 140 indicate what you want. ^The *"mouse**" is only a little more complex; G61 141 it is a little box on wheels that is somewhat nearer the size of a rat G61 142 than a mouse *- but then rats have a negative marketing image. ^You G61 143 move the mouse about on any convenient flat surface, and a pointer on G61 144 the computer screen follows the movement. ^You press a button on top G61 145 of the mouse to draw the computer's attention to the thing you are G61 146 pointing to. ^The idea behind both of these devices is that this is G61 147 all that is required to issue commands to the computer. ^For example, G61 148 in a menu-controlled system you can point to the item you want on the G61 149 menu rather than having to locate and press a key on a keyboard. ^Both G61 150 of them have the advantage of being quite fast to use *- in many cases G61 151 faster than a conventional keyboard. ^And anyone can use them. G61 152 |^A lawyer with one of these devices on his desk could use it just G61 153 as effectively as a keyboard to obtain information from his own G61 154 computer, or any other computer it was connected to. ^It is also worth G61 155 remembering that while a non-typist might not be able to put written G61 156 information into the computer, few people are unable to find their way G61 157 around a calculator keyboard. ^A lawyer should certainly be able to G61 158 manufacture bills and operate computerised accounts without learning G61 159 to type. ^One can envisage information about clients, the firm's G61 160 accounts, case law, statutes, even the contents of the Land Transfer G61 161 Office, being immediately available on the computer screen without any G61 162 need to use a keyboard at all. ^A few jobs will require the keyboard, G61 163 but these can be minimised by careful design. G61 164 |^For example, let us imagine that (in an ideal world) you wish to G61 165 search the Chattels Register to check that there is no charge already G61 166 registered on a caravan belonging to your client, \0Mr Sierpinski. G61 167 ^You begin by searching your list of clients held on the computer and G61 168 copying \0Mr Sierpinski's name to a temporary holding area *- by G61 169 pointing at the copy command, then at the name, then at the holding G61 170 area. ^Then you point to a command that calls up on the screen a form G61 171 that specifies a chattel search, and move \0Mr Sierpinski's name from G61 172 the holding area into the appropriate place. ^Then you point to a G61 173 command that checks that you have not missed out any necessary G61 174 information and then despatches the request by telephone to a computer G61 175 in Wellington. ^A reply comes back a moment later and is displayed on G61 176 the screen. ^You point at the reply and at a symbol representing a G61 177 printer, and the result of the search is printed out. ^At no point has G61 178 the keyboard been needed. G61 179 |^It should be noted that the above example illustrates what could G61 180 be done with the pointing hardware, given appropriate software. ^This G61 181 does not mean to say that it will be done at all. ^Pointing devices G61 182 have become very fashionable in the microcomputer industry, but we are G61 183 still in the earliest stages of developing proper methods of using G61 184 them. ^It is all too easy for manufacturers to add a *"mouse**" G61 185 interface on top of an existing product without having any G61 186 understanding at all of the radically different design needed to take G61 187 advantage of it. ^As usual, it is much quicker and cheaper to add G61 188 hardware than to spend money making major changes to software as well. G61 189 *# G62 001 **[249 TEXT G62**] G62 002 |*1{0E.J.} Tapp of Auckland examines the New Zealand secondary school G62 003 curriculum, now under review. G62 004 |^The general concern for education, a concern which if not G62 005 overtly disturbing is always latent, has now been made a public issue G62 006 by the Minister of Education, \0Mr Russell Marshall's effort to G62 007 solicit opinion and invite open discussion as to what should be taught G62 008 in schools. ^No one would deny the importance of maintaining a G62 009 continuing dialogue between those that do and those that teach or G62 010 between those that think they know and those who ought to know. G62 011 ^Indeed, it is a perennial topic of conversation. G62 012 |^*0We are all agreed that for one reason or another education is G62 013 a good thing, and that moreover however conceived it is a very G62 014 necessary cultural process in the modern world. ^The general G62 015 conception of education needs, however, to be given more serious G62 016 thought than it is usually accorded. ^It is commonly regarded as so G62 017 much instruction necessary to fit young people for the work force. G62 018 ^Syllabuses are often designed to meet what are considered to be the G62 019 requirements of specific vocations. ^Meeting then the needs *- or the G62 020 presumed needs *- of the marketplace makes education little more than G62 021 a service industry. G62 022 *<*4What is Education?*> G62 023 |^*0Such an instrumentalist approach, which makes of secondary G62 024 schooling especially a conditioning agent, does however less than G62 025 justice to its proper function. ^While far from being indifferent to G62 026 practicality, education is primarily a critical enquiry *- an G62 027 investigation *- into reality. ^Facts must be examined as far as it is G62 028 possible and appropriate, and assessed for their accuracy and logical G62 029 validity. ^Hence education must avoid indoctrination, and let tested G62 030 knowledge and reason be the guide for the acceptance or rejection of G62 031 dogma and unexamined beliefs. ^Pupils should be treated as responsible G62 032 citizens, not as servile objects for the stuffing of ill-digested G62 033 information. ^Time must be given for them to assimilate what they are G62 034 taught, so that they may properly understand its full significance and G62 035 implications. G62 036 |^Schooling moreover should not be designed for specialist G62 037 training, nor for citizenship or service to the community. ^Education G62 038 should be wide ranging and be an eye-opener on the world. ^As such it G62 039 is a maturing agent bringing reality more nearly within the ambit of G62 040 understanding. G62 041 *<*4The Curriculum*> G62 042 |^*0What then should be the nature of the school curriculum? ^The G62 043 division of knowledge into subjects, pitched at a suitable level there G62 044 must always be, with the proviso that they not be treated as separate G62 045 watertight compartments with no relation to others. ^The selection of G62 046 those subjects must depend not solely on their relevance to local or G62 047 immediately apparent requirements, but on their value in opening up G62 048 enquiries of a fundamental nature. G62 049 |^Almost without question English will be regarded as essential G62 050 if only because it is the basic medium for oral and written G62 051 expression. ^Hence some attention should be paid to its proper usage. G62 052 ^Taught historically, as all subjects should be, it will be an G62 053 introduction to the best in English literature, and touch the raw G62 054 nerves of sensitivity to the aesthetic and moral. G62 055 |^As for the social sciences, the most basic element is history G62 056 in which all other subjects have their roots. ^But to save it from G62 057 becoming a dreary and tedious narration of events, with no G62 058 intellectual toughness, it needs to be taught as a series of problems G62 059 confronting peoples and nations at various stages of their G62 060 development. ^The hotch-potch of social studies may open up for G62 061 discussion some of the more contemporary issues of mankind. ^Although G62 062 no doubt they will tend to be optional subjects, foreign languages and G62 063 the classics can make for a better understanding of the present human G62 064 situation and add immeasurably to its cultural enrichment. G62 065 |^Nor need the physical sciences be taught completely separately G62 066 from the rest of the curriculum. ^Unfortunately, the narrow G62 067 utilitarian technological conception of science gives not only a false G62 068 view of scientific enquiry and overemphasizes its importance, but G62 069 tends to divest it of its cultural significance. ^The educational G62 070 value of physics, chemistry and biology lies in their revealing basic G62 071 facts concerning the nature of the material universe and its G62 072 inhabitants. ^And almost as necessary for their expression as English G62 073 is for the whole of the curriculum, so mathematics is essential as the G62 074 language of the sciences. ^More, it is invaluable as an exercise in G62 075 logic and abstract thinking *- a mark of intellectual maturity. ^Hence G62 076 mathematics must command a central place in any school curriculum. G62 077 |^Although the arts have always had a special, if often secondary G62 078 place in schools, they do have a singularly strong claim for G62 079 inclusion. ^They evoke the human spirit to transcend the purely G62 080 material and time serving, and give solace and satisfaction in the G62 081 accomplishment of aesthetic activity. G62 082 |^Lest it be thought that such comments apply only to pakeha G62 083 education, let it be fairly and firmly said that they are no less G62 084 appropriate to Maoris and Polynesians and to all peoples. ^{*1Mutatis G62 085 mutandis}, *0what applies to one race applies equally to another, for G62 086 the essential philosophy of education knows no racial boundaries. ^All G62 087 must be regarded as being equally capable of achieving comparable G62 088 educational standards, and nothing but the best should be good enough. G62 089 *<*4Opening Up Horizons*> G62 090 |^*0If moreover schooling does not evoke or provide a desire to know G62 091 more than the limits of the subjects themselves, then it will have G62 092 failed. ^For as the philosopher, {0A. N.} Whitehead put it *'education G62 093 should be a voyage towards larger generalities**' and we should add, G62 094 towards greater particularities in some directions. ^Thus to the G62 095 perceptive and imaginative it may open up fields of exciting enquiry G62 096 leading to tertiary or further education. ^It will be hoped that the G62 097 patterns of subjects chosen will have a logic and consistency that G62 098 will inform and impel knowledge beyond the classroom limits of G62 099 subjects. ^Then it may counter the sterile learning so common in G62 100 schools and help find a way of life fit for him or her. G62 101 |^Yet, when all is said and done, the path of education will G62 102 never be easy, for it will always have to meet and fight the forces of G62 103 anti-intellectualism. ^It calls for effort, often considerable and G62 104 sustained effort of mind, to meet its demands and to achieve the G62 105 standards of excellence when only excellence will do. ^It must then G62 106 not be satisfied with the mediocre, or be bemused by the stock notions G62 107 of the *'common good**' when such notions are paraded as the norm by G62 108 which education need be judged. ^Nothing but education in its full and G62 109 proper sense can enable our young people to fulfill their potential G62 110 and give full meaning to their lives. G62 111 *<*4Harry Evison*> G62 112 * G62 113 |^*1The sinking of the Soviet cruise liner *"Mikhail Lermontov**" at G62 114 Pore Gore in stormy conditions on February 16th, after striking rocks G62 115 at Cape Jackson near the Marlborough Sounds, was the worst marine G62 116 accident on the New Zealand coast for many years. ^It was also the G62 117 occasion for the worst display of anti-Soviet prejudice by sections of G62 118 the New Zealand news media for some time *- a revealing example of how G62 119 anti-Soviet propaganda is fabricated. G62 120 |^Mikhail Lermontov *0was carrying a Soviet crew and mainly G62 121 Australian passengers, 739 persons in total, of whom all except one G62 122 were saved. ^The loss of so fine a ship, and the death of a Russian G62 123 crew member, aroused widespread sympathy among New Zealanders. ^It is G62 124 usual in times of natural disaster, especially disaster at sea, for G62 125 ordinary strife and conflict to be put aside by feelings of common G62 126 humanity and sympathy. G62 127 |^But not so among some of New Zealand's news-gatherers. ^On the G62 128 first day after the sinking, most reports seemed objective enough, G62 129 with praise for the Russians and for the New Zealand rescuers about G62 130 evenly divided. ^The *1Evening Post *0of Wellington indeed ran a page G62 131 two headline, *"^Passengers Praise Rescue Efforts of *'Heroic**' G62 132 Russians**". ^But soon the main trends of subsequent reports were G62 133 taking shape. ^Besides reports that the Russians had done everything G62 134 possible to help the passengers, New Zealand Press Association G62 135 ({0NZPA}) reports included statements that the *"Russians looked after G62 136 themselves**". G62 137 |^The fact that the Marlborough Harbour Board's chief pilot was G62 138 known to have been aboard at the time of the accident raised the G62 139 question of who piloted the ship on to the rocks. ^The *1Marlborough G62 140 Express *0was first in with the answer on the very first day, a report G62 141 from the Marlborough Harbour Board exonerating their chief pilot: G62 142 *"^The Captain of the liner had complete control**", because the G62 143 accident happened outside the harbour and therefore their pilot was G62 144 off duty. ^By the second day (18th February), other newspapers had G62 145 picked up this story through {0NZPA}. ^*"Captain at the Helm**", G62 146 declared the *1Christchurch Star *- *0although no evidence was offered G62 147 except the Marlborough Harbour Board's statement that their pilot was G62 148 technically a passenger when the ship struck. ^Wellington's *1Dominion G62 149 *0headlined on page 1, *"^How the Ship Sank: Crash after Pilot hands G62 150 over Helm**". G62 151 *<*4*"Incompetence**"*> G62 152 |^*0On the 18th also, besides the story of an incompetent ship's G62 153 captain, some papers began to step up the story of Russian G62 154 incompetence in the rescue operations. ^*"Nightmare of Secrecy and G62 155 Confusion**", proclaimed the country's largest daily, Auckland's *1New G62 156 Zealand Herald *0in a full-page banner headline across page one; and G62 157 on page two, *"^Doubt Clouds Final Hours**". ^In the text of the G62 158 reports were further statements of appreciation from passengers, of G62 159 how the Russians *"Had done everything possible**", were *"very G62 160 helpful**", \0etc. ^But the headlines said the opposite *- and as the G62 161 sub-editors who set up these headlines would know full well, it is the G62 162 headlines that are remembered *- or in many cases all that is actually G62 163 read. G62 164 *<*4*"Scoop**"*> G62 165 |^*0But on this second day the greatest sensation was a *"scoop**" G62 166 from the *1Evening Post. ^*0This purported to be an interview with the G62 167 junior officer commanding the {0N.Z.} Navy patrol boat at the scene of G62 168 the rescue, Lieutenant Batcheler, and was distributed throughout the G62 169 country by {0NZPA} the same day. ^*"Ship's Boats Rotten**", was the G62 170 *1Post *0headline on page one. ^*"Soviet Gear Faulty**", headlined the G62 171 *1Marlborough Express, *0while the *1Christchurch Star *0gave it a G62 172 full front-page eight-column headline, *"^Liner's Lifeboats Rotten G62 173 Says Navy Rescuer**". ^Morning newspapers the following day headlined G62 174 this story, some like the Christchurch *1Press *0toning it down to G62 175 *"^Many of Liner's Lifeboats Rotten**". G62 176 |^Lieutenant Batcheler was reported as saying, *"^Many of the G62 177 lifeboats were so rotten that people were putting their feet through G62 178 the bottoms. ^Many of the inflatable liferafts would not open, or were G62 179 leaking badly. ^Half the life-jackets would not work. ^The motors on G62 180 some of the lifeboats did not work.**" ^He would be calling for an G62 181 enquiry. ^He also confirmed earlier reports of Russian callousness: G62 182 *"^On the night, the Soviet crew got in their motor launches and left G62 183 the passengers stranded... ^The crew went back for them only when told G62 184 to by rescue workers.**" ^How the commander of this small patrol boat G62 185 could have obtained all this information and conducted all these tests G62 186 on the Soviet equipment, on a dark night amid wind and rain while G62 187 seven hundred people were being rescued, no newspaper bothered to G62 188 explain. G62 189 *<*4Local Opinion*> G62 190 |^*0By the third day after the sinking (19th February), {0NZPA} G62 191 reports of Russian selfishness and callousness had so aroused some of G62 192 the local people present at the rescue that they made a statement of G62 193 their own. ^*"The Russians did a magnificent job, everything humanly G62 194 possible,**" they said. ^*"No passenger was left unattended and the G62 195 Russians also assisted local boaties in handling, loading and G62 196 unloading their vessels.**" ^These words were from local farmers and G62 197 fishermen, not noted for being pro-Soviet. ^Their comments gained no G62 198 banner headlines. ^On the same day, some papers ran a report from the G62 199 Russian *"{0TASS}**" news agency praising the Russian crew and New G62 200 Zealand fishing boats for their part in the rescue. ^This report the G62 201 *1Press *0printed half-way down page 29 *- The Horoscope Page. G62 202 *<*"*4Spying**"*> G62 203 |^*0Meanwhile, the *1Christchurch Star *0had winkled out a new story, G62 204 given front-page headlines: *"^Spy Gear on Ship Likely**". G62 205 *# G63 001 **[250 TEXT G63**] G63 002 |^*6H*2ARVARD ECONOMIST *0John Kenneth Galbraith has estimated the G63 003 domestic services of housewives in the United States to be worth G63 004 roughly a quarter of the gross national product ({0GNP}). ^In G63 005 addition, he says, *"^The servant role of women is critical for the G63 006 expansion of consumption in the modern economy.**" ^If people had to G63 007 be employed to select, transport, prepare, repair, maintain, clean, G63 008 service, store, protect and otherwise perform all the tasks that G63 009 housewives and mothers do, there would be less consumption. ^Galbraith G63 010 concludes that the conventional family lifestyle would become G63 011 untenable. G63 012 |^Galbraith suggests four main reasons for concealing women's G63 013 work. ^First, there is G63 014 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G63 015 ^Third, the avoidance of accounting for the value of household work G63 016 greatly helps it to avoid notice. ^And the fourth concealment concerns G63 017 the concept of the household. G63 018 |^Galbraith writes: G63 019 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G63 020 |^What are they taught? G63 021 |^A principal concentration of theory is, as I've mentioned, the G63 022 labour theory of value. ^The writings of Adam Smith, David Ricardo and G63 023 Karl Marx form the basis, stating that the *"value**" of goods is G63 024 derived from labour. ^The labourer is therefore exploited if he or she G63 025 does not receive the full value of production. G63 026 |^There was no concern here for those who worked outside the G63 027 market. ^Slavery was not admitted. ^The theories served sectional G63 028 interests, and were essentially rationalisations of particular G63 029 historical experiences. G63 030 |^An industrialised, monetarised society based on private G63 031 property *- Britain in the 1920s and 1930s *- formed the background G63 032 for John Maynard Keynes. ^Keynes's logic led him to the conclusion G63 033 that free markets left to their own devices produced short-term G63 034 depression and long-term stagnation. G63 035 |^Joan Robinson, who worked with Keynes at Cambridge on the G63 036 manuscripts of his major work *1The General Theory, *0says Keynes is G63 037 characterised by uncertainty, incompatible decisions and unrealisable G63 038 expectations. ^Robinson insists *1The General Theory *0is set in a G63 039 strictly short period situation where *"a state of expectations, G63 040 controlling a given level of effective demand, is given only G63 041 momentarily and is always in this course of bringing itself to an G63 042 end**". ^But Keynes is seldom taught in this context, and decades of G63 043 decision-makers, believing otherwise, become *"the slaves of (this) G63 044 defunct economist**". G63 045 |^Our student will be taught that one Nobel Prize winner for G63 046 economics, Simon Kuznets, argues for institutional changes in the G63 047 economy to promote economic growth. ^Then she will be taught that G63 048 another Nobel Prize winner, Milton Friedman, attributing inflation to G63 049 government expenditure, argues that the government should get out of G63 050 the market, both as a regulator and participant. G63 051 |^Wherever she looks, she will find women's experience excluded, G63 052 or numbed by language so that the complicated, heart-wrenching, G63 053 ambivalent, rich, joyous, rewarding (and enslaving) experience of G63 054 motherhood and mothering becomes, in the Marxist school, *"reproducing G63 055 the future commodity labour power**". ^The writings of Olive Schreiner G63 056 and Charlotte Perkins-Gilman will not be part of the curriculum. G63 057 |^Then our student will be introduced to *"The Chicago School**" G63 058 or *"New Home Economics**". ^The patron of *"The Chicago School**" is G63 059 Gary Becker, author of a major work called *1A Treatise on the Family. G63 060 ^*0This *"New Home Economics**" should not be confused with what women G63 061 have always understood as home economics *- the original Greek study G63 062 or management of a household. ^From a discipline which excludes the G63 063 household from its system of valuation because it is not part of the G63 064 market, Becker lifts the current market concepts and superimposes them G63 065 on the household. G63 066 |^In his preface to the work Becker says, *"this volume uses the G63 067 assumptions of maximising behaviour, stable preferences and G63 068 equilibrium in implicit or explicit markets to provide a systematic G63 069 analysis of the family**". ^Women do not analyse the family in this G63 070 extraordinary language, not because we are not that clever, but G63 071 because we are not that stupid. ^But you can see what Galbraith meant G63 072 about the *"use**" of women students. ^If they are pounded daily for G63 073 four or more years by this sort of thinking and with their graduation G63 074 and job security dependent on perpetuating this ideology, they are G63 075 likely to lose sight of themselves. ^The discipline offers no relief, G63 076 holds up no mirrors to women's experience. G63 077 *<*6{0A K} GRANT*> G63 078 **[PLATE**] G63 079 *<*4Where's the exit?*> G63 080 |^*6T*2HE MOST *0difficult problem facing this country at the moment G63 081 is the question of how to get the two French agents sprung in a way G63 082 which secures our butter access to the {0EEC} and which does not at G63 083 the same time involve a humiliating surrender of the principles upon G63 084 which our criminal and judicial systems are based. ^Certainly a sticky G63 085 conundrum, and one which would not have arisen if we had not been G63 086 trying to sell butter to the {0EEC} in the first place. ^However there G63 087 is no use crying over churned milk: we have got to sell our butter to G63 088 the {0EEC} whether we want to or not and whether they want it or not. G63 089 ^So the question becomes: how can we release the agents in a way which G63 090 satisfies the honour of France, the dignity of our penal system and G63 091 the overdraft of the Dairy Board? ^I believe there is more than one G63 092 solution: ^New Zealanders are renowned for their pragmatic ingenuity, G63 093 and that quality can rescue us again as it has so many times in the G63 094 past. ^Invoking the Spirit of \0No 8 Fencing Wire, I proffer the G63 095 following options: G63 096 _|(1) ^*1The *"Colditz**" solution. ^*0Smuggle, bit by bit, into the G63 097 agents' cells the wherewithals to enable them to construct gliders G63 098 which they can launch from their prison roofs to float to freedom. G63 099 ^The problem here is that there would need to be fairly substantial G63 100 updraughts to get the gliders aloft, given that, unlike Colditz, most G63 101 New Zealand prisons are not perched on top of mighty crags. ^Maybe the G63 102 *"Wooden Horse**" solution might be more practical, particularly if a G63 103 secret team from the Ministry of Works could tunnel towards the G63 104 prisoners as they laboriously excavate beneath their exercise yards. G63 105 ^Anyway, the details don't matter; the point is that the agents should G63 106 be encouraged to free themselves with covert assistance, but in a G63 107 manner that we can pretend to be outraged about after it has occurred. G63 108 ^We should be sure to reject any assistance from the {0DGSE} in the G63 109 facilitation of the escape; they made such a mess of the first G63 110 operation that their involvement in the escape would be likely only to G63 111 result in New Zealand having 10 French agents in prison instead of G63 112 two. G63 113 |(2) ^*1The *"Devil's Island**" solution. ^*0Everyone seems to be G63 114 agreed that if the French authorities could be trusted to imprison the G63 115 agents and ensure that they served out a respectable portion of their G63 116 term in France there would be no harm in returning them to France. G63 117 ^But everyone also assumes that, if the agents are returned to France, G63 118 far from being imprisoned they will be given a heroes' parade down the G63 119 Champs Elysees and be invited to lay a wreath on the tomb of the G63 120 Unknown Frogman beneath the Arc de Triomphe. ^So let us not return G63 121 them to France. ^Let us deliver them to the authorities in the G63 122 notorious French penal colony of Devil's Island. ^No one ever escapes G63 123 from there. ^And if the French authorities choose to repatriate the G63 124 agents from Devil's Island before their time is up, well, then it is G63 125 *1their *0penal system they are mucking around with, not ours. G63 126 |(3) ^*1The *"Checkpoint Charlie**" solution. ^*0Our problem, G63 127 basically, is that we haven't got any agents to swap for Dominique and G63 128 Alain. ^Swapping agents is a perfectly honourable and respectable G63 129 practice: the superpowers do it all the time and are rather admired G63 130 for it. ^So what we do is make our {0SIS} useful for once, send a pair G63 131 of our agents to France on a major sabotage expedition, instruct them G63 132 to make a shambles of it (that shouldn't be difficult), and then swap G63 133 our two for their two. ^The only flaw in this classically simple G63 134 scheme is that you can't really trust the French. ^They would be quite G63 135 capable of sending our pair to the guillotine, in which case we would G63 136 still be stuck with Alain and Dominique, not to mention a whole lot of G63 137 butter. G63 138 |^There is, of course, a quite different approach that we could G63 139 adopt if we really felt like it. ^We could acknowledge that we have G63 140 been sending butter to the {0EEC} for years longer than we were G63 141 originally intended to. ^We could front up to the fact that the G63 142 European butter mountain is about the same size as the amount of G63 143 butter we have sold to the {0EEC} since it was formed. ^We could G63 144 accept that the boom has to be lowered some time, and that preventing G63 145 its descent by doing a dishonourable deal involving the two agents is G63 146 only a temporary expedient at best. G63 147 |^This Government is all for facing reality, or so it claims. G63 148 ^Whatever *"reality**" may mean, it surely involves recognition of the G63 149 fact that insisting on selling butter to a community whose farmers G63 150 already produce far more of it than the community knows what to do G63 151 with is an inherently unstable trading position. G63 152 |^Our argument for making the {0EEC} take our butter is that we G63 153 are a small but admirable Western nation which deserves not to be G63 154 ruined. ^This is uncomfortably close to the moral position occupied by G63 155 the young woman who tells her protector that unless he buys her a mink G63 156 coat she will be forced to go on the game. ^If we sell the agents for G63 157 a couple more years of butter supply, then all that we are getting is G63 158 a rented mink coat; the street still awaits us, and we will deserve to G63 159 be there. G63 160 |^Mind you, we might enjoy turning out to be a harlot. ^Plenty of G63 161 harlots do. ^But if we do become a harlot we will have to stop G63 162 pretending we are Joan of Arc. ^Joan of Arc, of course, would probably G63 163 have admired Dominique. ^Isn't life confusing? G63 164 *<*6KORERO*> G63 165 *<*4Put housing on the list*> G63 166 * G63 167 |^*6W*2HEN THE *0term institutional racism was introduced into New G63 168 Zealand by Nga Tamatoa in 1970 few people understood its meaning. G63 169 ^Institutional racism exists when a country's dominant group views its G63 170 values, customs and institutions as being superior to those of a G63 171 subordinate group. G63 172 |^One of the difficulties in dealing with institutional racism in G63 173 New Zealand is that its beneficiaries are often unaware of its origins G63 174 or its function in maintaining a structure of Pakeha dominance and G63 175 Maori subordination. ^Today, there is considerable evidence available G63 176 of institutional racism in most of our social arrangements including G63 177 politics, education, housing, social welfare and the media. G63 178 |^At its inception New Zealand's political system under the 1852 G63 179 Constitution based the franchise on an individual property G63 180 qualification. ^Collectively owned tribal land did not qualify so the G63 181 vast majority of the Maori population was disfranchised in a G63 182 parliament where on a population basis they should have held an equal G63 183 number of seats with their Pakeha counterparts. ^This lack of G63 184 representation enabled the parliament to pass racist laws such as the G63 185 1863 New Zealand Settlements Act to confiscate Maori land for military G63 186 settlers, and the Suppression of Rebellion Act. ^This latter measure, G63 187 copied from a similar law in Ireland, suspended Habeas Corpus so that G63 188 military courts could imprison or kill Maoris without proclamation of G63 189 martial law. G63 190 |^After the Land Wars in 1867 the Maori Representation Act G63 191 granted token representation of four members in the House of 70 when G63 192 on a population basis Maori were entitled to 20. ^This structural G63 193 relationship of Pakeha political dominance and Maori subordination has G63 194 been maintained to the present day by the Electoral Representation G63 195 Commission. ^After every census the commission revises Pakeha G63 196 representation upwards in accordance with population increases, but G63 197 not Maori representation. G63 198 |^The Native Land Court, also established in 1867, functioned as G63 199 a racist institution to transform tribally owned land to individual G63 200 title cognisable under English law. ^No thought was given to the G63 201 possibility of recognising that collective title to land was equally G63 202 as valid as individual title. ^The irony is that colonisers at the G63 203 time were able to mask their actions with a cloak of benevolence as G63 204 enunciated by the land speculator Frederick Whitaker, who was in the G63 205 Domett government of the early 1860s: G63 206 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G63 207 *# G64 001 **[251 TEXT G64**] G64 002 |^*6I *2BELIEVE *0we have entered the *"silly season**". ^Which I take G64 003 to mean the cricket season. ^It is not a game I admire, principally G64 004 because nothing happens. ^Even Television New Zealand's sports G64 005 department, always prepared to give a dog a fair shake of the bat, is G64 006 hard put to compile edited highlights for the evening news. ^Most of G64 007 the time they resort to footage of the scoreboard and melodramatic G64 008 shots of batsmen taking the long walk back to the shower. (^Do they G64 009 shower? ^There's probably no need.) G64 010 |^Cricket lacks character on a par with John McEnroe, who finally G64 011 made tennis interesting. ^If you listen to a professional cricketer G64 012 long enough, he may say something interesting, but it is highly G64 013 unlikely. ^Usually a cricket captain will talk about the pitch (the G64 014 strip of grass between the wickets) and whether it is fast or slow. G64 015 ^Or bumpy. ^Or he may talk about how well the lads are playing at the G64 016 moment and how the build-up to the next test is going as planned. ^All G64 017 in thoroughly decent and measured tones. G64 018 |^That, of course, is cricket's problem. ^It is a thoroughly G64 019 decent game played by thoroughly decent people. ^The only saving grace G64 020 in the whole business is the audience, which generally consists of G64 021 drunken yobbos. ^They have to be drunk in order to stay. ^One Aussie G64 022 tried to liven up the game a few years ago by bowling underarm in G64 023 order to secure a victory at any cost (^Or was it a draw? ^It is the G64 024 kind of game which ruins any desire for long**[ARB**]-term memory). G64 025 ^Instead of gratitude, he was given a ballocking unlike any other G64 026 accorded a sportsperson in modern times. ^In my mind, bowling underarm G64 027 was a mild response. ^In similar circumstances I would have lobbed the G64 028 ball into the carpark, set fire to the stumps and tossed a grenade G64 029 into the number three stand. G64 030 |^But some people don't have an appreciation of spectacle. ^The G64 031 game appears somehow to have excluded women from its upper ranks. G64 032 ^Probably because most women have better things to do. ^There is G64 033 something unsavoury in a sport where commentators talk of *"bowling a G64 034 maiden over**". ^I once thought I heard of somebody having *"a leg G64 035 over a maiden**". ^Why has no one made a fuss?! ^Where is the Ministry G64 036 of Women's Affairs when we need her, it, they? ^Perhaps they have G64 037 already ruled against the game because of the number of phallic G64 038 symbols involved. ^Six at last count. ^I notice that players wear G64 039 sufficient protective clothing to render a more militant feminine G64 040 protest ineffective. G64 041 |^What has professionalism done for sport? ^For the answer to G64 042 that question, we need only look at what golf tournaments have done G64 043 for television. ^Someone has been conned! ^There is a thin, reedy bat. G64 044 ^A ball too small to see. ^And a hole in the ground. ^It would be G64 045 impossible to imagine a more visually uninteresting sport. ^The G64 046 English satirical \0TV G64 047 **[PLATE**] G64 048 programme *1Not the Nine O'Clock News *0came close to capturing the G64 049 spirit of the game when it drew attention to the shocking trousers G64 050 worn by the contestants. ^But the programme failed to see the wider G64 051 implications of this Palm Springs-Golf-Cart *"sport**". ^Taken G64 052 together with the open neck shirts with razor-sharp creases, golfing G64 053 is ironing gone mad. ^If a group of professional golfers appeared G64 054 together at the opening of a church fete, you would be unable to G64 055 distinguish them from an orderly plate of pikelets. G64 056 |^Golf has survived as a sport because the Americans invented G64 057 motorised caddies designed to take the exercise out of the game. ^This G64 058 suited the elderly, who in Palm Springs wanted to take life out of G64 059 living and at the same time stay in touch with Bob Hope. ^They have G64 060 money to spend. ^As the newly elected spokesperson for {0Raaps} G64 061 (Rugged Amateurs Against Professional Sport), I say, let us set aside G64 062 greed as a motivation in sport. ^The American State Department no G64 063 longer talks to us and we are free as never before to break the G64 064 shackles of American-style commercialism. G64 065 |^I expect that this will bring forth a flood of letters from G64 066 athletes who have dedicated their lives to getting up at four {0am} to G64 067 swim 100 lengths and run five miles. ^We at {0Raaps} say, *"^Stiff G64 068 bikkies!**" ^We are aware that some high-powered committee on sport G64 069 has accused us of being bludgers riding on the backs of a few glorious G64 070 athletes. ^To which I reply, Colin Meads used to train wearing G64 071 hob**[ARB**]-nail boots to build up stamina. ^We are more willing to G64 072 act as deadweight on the backs of our athletes. ^Further, we at G64 073 {0Raaps} are purchasing protective headgear, whips and spurs to make G64 074 the ride more enjoyable! G64 075 |^I have a story to tell. ^I can remember when surfing, the G64 076 noblest of sports, was free of the nonsense which accompanies pro and G64 077 semi-pro sports. ^It was blessed, and still is, by the need for that G64 078 most elusive of commodities *- a good, surfable wave. ^In the 60s and G64 079 early 70s surfers were to some extent social outcasts. ^Many adopted G64 080 voluntary unemployment as a lifestyle for the very positive reason G64 081 that the job had not been invented which allowed for a rising sea and G64 082 a stiff, offshore breeze. G64 083 |^The rugged individuals have gone now. ^To be replaced by G64 084 secondary school competitions and points-per-wave for the G64 085 greatest-number-of-manoeuvres. ^The pyramid of consumerism has been G64 086 constructed similar to that in many other sports. ^A few G64 087 *"champions**" at the top are supported by the thousands of *"mugs**" G64 088 who buy their beachwear and surfboards. G64 089 |^We have a policy at {0Raaps}. ^We always come *1last. ^*0It's G64 090 the only sure way we know of to meet maidens without the need to bowl G64 091 them over. G64 092 *<*6GARY M*4c*6CORMICK*> G64 093 *<*4Channel Mc-Three-Mick*> G64 094 |^*6T*2HE BROADCASTING *0Tribunal is having a fairly tough time trying G64 095 to decide which of the seven applicants should be awarded the third G64 096 channel. ^After nine months of inquiry and a good many lawyer-hours, G64 097 there is still no sign of a healthy broadcasting babe. ^The Television G64 098 Midwifery and Concerned Parents Association has begun to issue G64 099 statements expressing alarm that the long-awaited new addition may G64 100 find itself in a hostile environment. ^A change of government and the G64 101 fledging channel could find itself in the same situation as the Gordon G64 102 Dryden effort in 1972 *- facing an abortion, immediately following G64 103 birth. ^I would like the Broadcasting Tribunal to behave in a decisive G64 104 manner by awarding the third channel to me. ^I'll take good care of G64 105 it. ^There are obvious advantages in this course of action (including G64 106 some for myself, estimated to be in the vicinity of 50 million G64 107 dollars) not the least of which is that I promise to front up to the G64 108 tribunal for a friendly chat without a lawyer in sight. (^No doubt G64 109 some lawyers will attempt to follow me from a distance, but I can't be G64 110 held responsible for that!) G64 111 |^While studying material supplied by the other applicants, I G64 112 discovered that the common thread of their applications lies in the G64 113 fact that there is no common thread. ^This lack of common thread will G64 114 create a lot of ill-will among New Zealanders who are tired of G64 115 watching *1Dynasty *0and *1Dallas, *0where all of the thread is G64 116 apparently very expensive. ^At a time when farmers are dressing down G64 117 and the French are considering doing unmentionable things to our G64 118 butter (they have a history of it, as anyone who saw *1Last Tango in G64 119 Paris *0can testify) it is inappropriate that a sensitive and aware G64 120 third channel should promote a lifestyle which cannot be sustained. G64 121 |^I may be getting a little ahead of myself. ^In practical terms, G64 122 I will have to broadcast from a shed down the back of the section, G64 123 therefore I must restrict my broadcasting hours to the times when it G64 124 is cold throughout New Zealand and people are indoors. ^We at Channel G64 125 Mc-Three-Mick are acutely aware of the G64 126 **[PLATE**] G64 127 damage television does to young minds and, for that matter, old minds, G64 128 and would rather people took advantage of the fresh air and exercise G64 129 available in the great outdoors. ^We won't be showing any indoor G64 130 exercise programmes because the thought of thousands of housewives G64 131 leaping about in leotards in the privacy of their own living rooms is G64 132 too sad to contemplate. G64 133 |^It has become very fashionable to criticise the soaps. ^A G64 134 cursory reading of reputable biographies of criminals and murderers G64 135 show that the internecine struggles of soap characters are, if G64 136 anything, far too restrained and ordinary. ^I would like to produce a G64 137 series locally which would *"beef up**" the genre but there won't be G64 138 the time (besides, you have to deal with actors!) so I think we will G64 139 purchase comic strip rights to *1The Phantom *0and run a strip a day G64 140 just like the *1Dominion. G64 141 |^*0In view of the controversy over Television New Zealand's G64 142 refusal to broadcast the Cavaliers' games in South Africa, Channel G64 143 Mc-Three-Mick solemnly undertakes to station sports crews in South G64 144 Africa, Afghanistan, Poland, Nicaragua and in the Philippines if G64 145 Marcos will go back. ^Horseracing will only be screened if the likes G64 146 of John Walker and Rod Dixon can really be persuaded to race horses. G64 147 ^Badminton will only be screened on Good Fridays or when the G64 148 transmitter breaks down. ^A small sign will read, *"^Do not adjust G64 149 your sets *- this is only badminton**". G64 150 |^We are aware that a small percentage of the audience requires G64 151 some kind of mental stimulation. ^In the old days, this is what books G64 152 and conversation were for. ^So for 15 minutes per cold day, a G64 153 well**[ARB**]-known person will be filmed reading a book. ^This will G64 154 be done silently, although whether or not the words are mouthed, will G64 155 be left up to the individual. ^If one of our readers nods, burps or G64 156 scratches various parts of his or her anatomy while silently reading, G64 157 he or she may be designated *"a character**" and become a continuity G64 158 announcer/ frontperson. G64 159 |^The news is a contentious area, particularly because large G64 160 organisations control the dissemination of information around the G64 161 globe. ^The only fair way to produce a balanced news programme is to G64 162 make it all up! ^We *1will *0have a representative in the G64 163 parliamentary press gallery, following {0MP} John Banks around. ^There G64 164 will be no local news as such, because that would be much too G64 165 parochial. ^The weather report will be compiled with the aid of G64 166 *"weather-watchers**" (and who isn't) from every district in the G64 167 country, who will phone in their reports. ^A report on how the weather G64 168 really *1is *0is a great deal more helpful than fanciful predictions G64 169 of how it might be. G64 170 |^Having heard this proposal, many of you will be feeling that G64 171 broadcasting skies are brightening. ^It will be refreshing to have a G64 172 socially and politically-aware channel, with a staff of heavily G64 173 committed and passionately involved media-persons at the helm. ^I G64 174 refer of course to the Mc-Three-Mick Politbureau. ^Hand-picked, these G64 175 people will see beautiful people like Don Johnson and Philip Michael G64 176 Thomas of *1Miami Vice *0removed to make way for ugly people who can't G64 177 afford cocaine. ^Violence will be reduced to the level of constructive G64 178 criticism. ^Criminals will invariably be caught and sentenced to serve G64 179 in the community. ^Damage to cars during car chases will be limited to G64 180 bent side-mirrors and twisted aerials. G64 181 |^Maori will be spoken in proportion to the number of Maoris in G64 182 the general population. ^This means that two or three words in each G64 183 sentence will be spoken in Maori. ^Access Radio in Wellington has set G64 184 a precedent by allowing time on air for all kinds of minority groups, G64 185 including lesbians. ^Homosexual men in New York dress in identical G64 186 clothing to their partners, so that they look like matching bookends. G64 187 ^I see no reason why we shouldn't jump the gun here and have the *1Gay G64 188 News *0read by two look-alikes, in unison. G64 189 |^In Australia, the media have managed to generate a very kind G64 190 understanding of the problems faced by the rural sector. G64 191 *# G65 001 **[252 TEXT G65**] G65 002 |^*6I'*2VE JUST BEEN *0to a meeting with academics to discuss research G65 003 needs and priorities for the Office of the Race Relations Conciliator. G65 004 ^It's the week that the decision was announced on electrification of G65 005 the North Island main trunk line, a decision based on a British G65 006 accountant's report. ^I've not seen that report, but I'll warrant a G65 007 substantial part of it relies on oil price forecasts which, with the G65 008 replacement of Sheik Yamani as oil minister for Saudi Arabia in the G65 009 same week, will now make no sense at all. ^Well, I wonder what we paid G65 010 for that report, and how much it might have bought in appropriate G65 011 social science research. G65 012 |^It reminds me of the report commissioned from American G65 013 consultants by the Department of Maori Affairs, on trade opportunities G65 014 for Maori products in North America. ^The report, which cost more than G65 015 *+$100,000, was paid for by the public and was handed to a private G65 016 concern, Maori International. ^Despite requests at the time for it to G65 017 be released to other members of the Maori community, it never was. G65 018 (^It may have been by now, who knows?) ^Not that it was a good report. G65 019 ^I thought it was a shambles, and a shocking waste of money that would G65 020 have been much better spent in New Zealand, by New Zealanders on New G65 021 Zealanders. G65 022 |^The initial purpose of the Race Relations Conciliator was to G65 023 investigate and conciliate. ^The appointment of educators *- Hiwi G65 024 Tauroa and Wally Hirsch *- has seen the education role expand in G65 025 schools, in the community and now in industry. ^The emphasis was at G65 026 first on developing a cultural sensitivity. ^Now it is on fighting G65 027 institutionalised racism. G65 028 |^In the Estimates of Government Expenditure for the year ending G65 029 31 March, 1987, the Race Relations Office is allocated *+$555,000 *- G65 030 less than the Marriage Guidance Service, less than the Securities G65 031 Commission and less than the combined salaries and allowances of the G65 032 Prime Minister and his deputy, the Leader of the Opposition and his G65 033 deputy, and the Speaker of the House. (^No, I'm not making any point G65 034 *- just putting the funding in perspective.) ^I think the total number G65 035 of employees in the Conciliator's office is now 12. G65 036 |^The largest number of complaints received by the office these G65 037 days concern section 9a of the Act, which speaks of *"inciting racial G65 038 disharmony**". ^Some 80% of the complaints are from Pakehas, who think G65 039 that they are discriminated against by *"taha Maori**" or by G65 040 programmes of affirmative action. ^I think each of them should be G65 041 forced to read, aloud, the Race Relations reports on discrimination in G65 042 housing and immigration, to a hall full of people of an ethnicity and G65 043 social origin different from their own. ^They might learn something. G65 044 |^That complaint rate is also a reflection of the fact that the G65 045 Race Relations Office is still a white male institution in conception, G65 046 and the tools of access are those of the dominant culture. (^This in G65 047 no way undermines the extraordinarily creative strategies practised by G65 048 the office to overcome the problem.) ^It is also a reflection of the G65 049 continuation of past and persistent discrimination. ^The Pakehas who G65 050 complain about affirmative action resent such a policy as being a G65 051 *"privilege**", as if something is being taken away from one group and G65 052 given to another. ^Breathtaking how *"logic**" works sometimes. G65 053 |^From the range of information that flows into the office a G65 054 number of areas have been identified as priority areas for research *- G65 055 which is why we were having a meeting. ^They are: discrimination in G65 056 employment procedures; ethnic composition at the various levels of G65 057 management in major corporations and organisations; analysis of G65 058 affirmative action in practice; and Pakeha responses to policies and G65 059 programmes; school mobility (white flight); school suspension and G65 060 expulsion; death, dying and funerals; health practices and access to G65 061 health resources. G65 062 |(^In one way the Race Relations Office is lucky *- it is G65 063 optimistic enough to think it can *1do *0some research: the Human G65 064 Rights Commission has no money and no time.) G65 065 |^The Race Relations Office will have about *+$10,000 or so for G65 066 these projects which is just a joke. ^It will compete with all the G65 067 other powerless people for the meagre crumbs in the Ministry of G65 068 Women's Affairs, and the University Grants Committee and the Social G65 069 Science Research Council. ^It cannot always count on *"conscience**" G65 070 money to sustain a project: the Real Estate Institute paid for the G65 071 printing of the report on discrimination in housing. (^The Housing G65 072 Corporation, despite its occupation rate policy on rental property G65 073 being a clear case of institutionalised racism, didn't furnish any G65 074 assistance.) ^And no, the Social Policy Commission cannot possibly do G65 075 this work. G65 076 |^As far as I'm concerned, Rogernomics is of such an excessive G65 077 doctrinaire and inhuman quality that the Minister of Finance should G65 078 personally establish a trust fund to begin this work. ^There must be G65 079 some way to have him pay personally for the human havoc *- G65 080 discrimination, exploitation, oppression *- that his theories and G65 081 policies will leave in their wake. G65 082 |^How about a policy that says that *1every *0dollar spent on G65 083 research or consultancy reports commissioned by this Government and G65 084 not using a New Zealand company should be matched in social science G65 085 research? ^It might help redress the balance of rabid ideological G65 086 neo-colonisation *- by economic doctrine, right-wing religion and G65 087 foreign *"experts**". G65 088 |^I won't then have to go to so many meetings attended G65 089 overwhelmingly by a sense of impossibility. G65 090 *<*6*"WE ARE ALL ONE PEOPLE**"?*> G65 091 *<*0A Discussion of Events Leading to the Publication of *3RACE G65 092 AGAINST TIME*> G65 093 |^*0On 6th February 1840 a number of Maori chiefs were gathered G65 094 together at Waitangi, ostensibly to sign a treaty with the British. G65 095 ^In truth however, they unwittingly signed away their mana and G65 096 sovereignty over Aotearoa. ^As they did so, Captain William Hobson G65 097 greeted them with the platitudinous *"^He iwi tahi tatou**" *- *"^We G65 098 are now one people**"; and thus, the great New Zealand myth of racial G65 099 harmony and equality was launched. G65 100 |^By the 1970s however, the myth could no longer be upheld as a G65 101 new generation of urban-born Maori began to challenge it, exposing the G65 102 inequalities and injustices in New Zealand society. ^Their anger and G65 103 discontent were manifested in such activities as the Maori Land March G65 104 of 1975; the occupation of Bastion Point in 1977; and the formation of G65 105 the Waitangi Action Committee, and the incident known as He Taua and G65 106 the Haka party in 1979. ^All these events drew attention to the G65 107 increasing racial tension and cross-cultural misunderstandings within G65 108 the legendary Godzone. ^The He Taua and the Haka party incident in G65 109 particular was dramatised out of all proportion through sensational G65 110 media coverage. ^However, the furore over He Taua and the Haka party G65 111 did have one positive effect in that it was inadvertently responsible G65 112 for impelling the Race Relations Conciliator to call for submissions G65 113 on race relations in New Zealand. ^Eventually the submissions were G65 114 published in *1Race Against Time, *0a report that officially refutes G65 115 Pakeha New Zealanders' most cherished myth of *"we are all one G65 116 people.**" G65 117 |^Having established that the incident known as He Taua and the G65 118 Haka party (or the Engineers' mistake**"**[SIC**]) was the catalyst G65 119 behind the publication of *1Race Against Time, *0it would seem G65 120 appropriate to try and analyse the social dynamics between Maori and G65 121 Pakeha in relation to this incident. ^Briefly, the He Taua and the G65 122 Haka party incident involved a confrontation between an ad hoc group G65 123 of eleven Maori of varying backgrounds and a group of Pakeha G65 124 engineering students who were practising a mock haka at the G65 125 engineering school situated at Auckland University. ^The Maori group G65 126 subsequently known as He Taua (war party) had gone to the engineering G65 127 school with the intention of remonstrating with the engineering G65 128 students and were also prepared to remove the grass skirts used as G65 129 props by the students if necessary. ^As women were amongst the He Taua G65 130 group, including one who was pregnant, violence was not anticipated. G65 131 |^The engineering students had traditionally *'performed**' a G65 132 mock haka as part of the capping celebrations since the 1950s. ^Over G65 133 the years these *'performances**' had gradually become more and more G65 134 offensive and distasteful to many Maori and Pakeha alike. ^For G65 135 example, many of the students painted obscenities and sexist slogans G65 136 on their bodies, such as the following: G65 137 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 138 |**[POEM**] G65 139 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 140 |^Some also drew the outlines of genitals on their bodies, and as G65 141 a further degradation to the mana of a Maori warrior, persisted in the G65 142 wearing of a type of Polynesian grass skirt which was generally G65 143 assigned to women. ^Added to these defilements are the actual phrases G65 144 and actions used in the *'performances**': G65 145 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 146 |**[POEM**] G65 147 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 148 |^Clearly, any person of sensitivity, having witnessed such G65 149 antics as described above would find them gross and coarse. ^It is G65 150 also clear that a Maori observer would understandably feel the G65 151 flagrant insult to his or her culture on a much deeper level than a G65 152 Pakeha observer. ^However, the depth of the insult to the Maori can G65 153 not be fully realised until one considers the cultural significance of G65 154 the Haka: G65 155 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 156 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G65 157 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 158 |^With this partial insight into the cultural significance of the G65 159 haka it becomes even more apparent why the He Taua group decided to G65 160 confront the engineering students in an effort to put a halt to future G65 161 mock haka *'performances**'. G65 162 |^It should also be noted that the engineering students had G65 163 received a number of written complaints over the years regarding the G65 164 *'performances**' of the mock haka, from the Maori Club and Students G65 165 Association at the University, and that these letters had been G65 166 ignored. ^Why then did the engineering students continue to deride G65 167 Maori people by making such a mockery of the haka? ^In response to G65 168 this query several possible explanations may seem pertinent. ^Reasons G65 169 such as sheer insensitivity and ignorance of Maori culture, racial G65 170 intolerance and prejudice and Donna Awatere's affirmation of white G65 171 hatred (1984) all seem plausible. ^Such explanations, however, would G65 172 not be satisfactory for the upholders of the *"we are one people**" G65 173 myth. ^From this point of view the engineering students' mock haka G65 174 performances would probably be seen as a mere adolescent prank, albeit G65 175 lacking in taste, and the Maori reaction as inappropriate and G65 176 over-sensitive. ^Indeed, several submissions to *1Race Against Time G65 177 *0echo this sentiment, as the following quote illustrates: G65 178 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 179 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G65 180 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 181 |^The type of attitude expressed in the above quote shows an G65 182 intolerance of and an unwillingness to try to understand the minority G65 183 Maori culture. ^Such attitudes can ultimately be traced back to the G65 184 Higher Chain of Being Theory with the apex being western European G65 185 *1man; *0a theory which was firmly implanted in the European G65 186 colonisers of New Zealand. ^The colonists, secure in their conviction G65 187 of white supremacy looked on the ignorant natives in what they G65 188 believed was a benign fashion and had a conscientious and deliberate G65 189 policy to free them from their savagery. ^Assimilation was that policy G65 190 and it was officially endorsed having been written into the first G65 191 Colonial Ordinance specifically aimed at promoting Maori welfare: G65 192 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 193 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G65 194 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 195 |^This type of paternalistic racism on which early race relations G65 196 in New Zealand were based has laid the foundations for the present-day G65 197 situation of institutionalised racism. ^As \0G.Nair of the Auckland G65 198 Committee on Racism and Discrimination points out: G65 199 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 200 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G65 201 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 202 |^The subject of institutionalised discrimination is also G65 203 discussed in *1Race Against Time *0where it is stated: G65 204 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 205 |^The influence of the dominant Pakeha majority has become so G65 206 pervasive that its members genuinely believe that theirs is the right G65 207 and proper way of doing things. (\0p42) G65 208 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 209 |^It is also stated that: G65 210 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 211 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G65 212 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 213 |^Statements such as the above quotes can be validated by G65 214 examining the statistical data on educational attainment, employment G65 215 and crime. ^For example, the figures on employment quoted in *1Race G65 216 Against Time *0show that in 1976 G65 217 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G65 218 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G65 219 **[END INDENTATION**] G65 220 |^The racial tensions and cross-cultural misunderstandings which G65 221 resulted in the Race Relations Conciliator's publishing *1Race Against G65 222 Time *0can thus to a large degree be attributed to the lengthy and G65 223 insidious campaign of assimilation carried out by the dominant Pakeha G65 224 culture. ^A campaign which has resulted in a mono-cultural society G65 225 where institutionalised discrimination and inequalities are dismissed G65 226 lightly, after all *"we are all one people**" and therefore, have G65 227 equal opportunities! ^In other words, the social dynamics between G65 228 Maori and Pakeha which impelled the Race Relations Conciliator to G65 229 publish *1Race Against Time *0can be said to have been based on a G65 230 myth; the myth of *"^He iwi tahi tatou**". G65 231 *# G66 001 **[253 TEXT G66**] G66 002 |*4A*0t last, we New Zealanders are beginning to understand the G66 003 implications of our non-nuclear stand. G66 004 |^It seemed a great idea at the time. ^Remember when David Lange G66 005 stood up to Jerry Falwell and made New Zealand's voice of peace G66 006 against the forces of intolerant darkness? ^Didn't it make you proud G66 007 to be a New Zealander to see the nuclear accident at Chernobyl G66 008 seemingly confirm the dangers of nuclear energy? ^What more needed to G66 009 be said? G66 010 |^Well, in fact, there was a lot more to it than that. ^By the G66 011 time this magazine appears on the newsstands, the defence review G66 012 committee chaired by \0Mr Frank Corner will probably have reported on G66 013 some of the implications. ^Defence cost us *+$900 million last year, G66 014 or around 2% of our gross domestic product. ^The Government has said, G66 015 in its defence review paper, that it *"intends to forge greater G66 016 self-reliance in our defence policy.**" ^It added: *"^It can be G66 017 expected that a policy of greater national self-reliance will involve G66 018 greater outlays on defence.**" ^Under the umbrella of American G66 019 protection for the last 40 years, it suggests, we have had defence on G66 020 the cheap. ^Now we may be forced to take defence more seriously. G66 021 |^But the question must be asked first: to what purpose? ^The G66 022 answer would be clear enough if we lived in, say, Israel, Iran, G66 023 Nicaragua or Mozambique, where the ability of local people to choose G66 024 their own political future is being directly threatened by outside G66 025 military force. ^But we do not live in any of those countries. G66 026 |^For 40 years, most New Zealanders supported the Anzus alliance G66 027 because there did seem to be a real threat, even to us, from the G66 028 forces of world communism. ^But there is evidence that now many of us G66 029 have changed our minds. ^The defence review paper states that *"^New G66 030 Zealand is in the remarkable position of not being threatened by, and G66 031 not itself being threatening to, any other nation.**" ^Russia, these G66 032 days, seems as keen as America was 10 years ago to escape from its G66 033 remaining entanglements in Afghanistan and elsewhere. ^Throughout the G66 034 developed world, there has been a resurgence of popular sentiment G66 035 against nuclear weapons which has not been as strong since the days in G66 036 the 1950s when the threat of global nuclear destruction first arose. G66 037 ^The Vietnam War provided a long distraction. ^But now, ordinary G66 038 people looking out at the world, from North America or Europe no less G66 039 than from New Zealand, feel that the greatest danger to their freedom G66 040 is no longer world communism, but nuclear annihilation. G66 041 |^There is no doubt that our present Government shares this view. G66 042 ^David Lange put it in surprisingly nationalistic tones in a recent G66 043 speech in Auckland: *"^We believe in a strong, free, independent New G66 044 Zealand. ^We believe that the fate of the world should not be the G66 045 exclusive property of the nuclear powers. ^It is, for instance, G66 046 outrageous to us that the defence of Western Europe is based on Nato's G66 047 promise to blow up the world if the Russians attack them with G66 048 overwhelming conventional force. ^They have no right to decide the G66 049 fate of all the rest of us.**" G66 050 |^He asserted that New Zealand had been forced to be a defence G66 051 *"colony**" of first Britain and then America in the days when most of G66 052 our trade was with Britain. ^Now that Iran was our biggest customer G66 053 for lamb, and Australia and Japan were our biggest overall markets, we G66 054 could afford to be more independent: *"^We are our own country now.**" G66 055 (^We saw what this meant when, in the recent Libyan conflict with G66 056 America, we could not afford to alienate either side for fear of trade G66 057 reprisals.) G66 058 |^Yet still Lange clung to the American alliance *- on his terms. G66 059 ^He did not seek neutrality, but *"an alliance as it should be, a G66 060 cooperative expression of what is genuinely our common interest.**" G66 061 ^*"We have talked (with the Americans) to the limit of human G66 062 endurance,**" he declaimed. ^*"We have explained that New Zealand does G66 063 not want to be defended by nuclear weapons. ^We have explained that we G66 064 accept responsibility for our own defence. ^We have explained that G66 065 what we would like is some reciprocal assurance in regional security G66 066 and a cooperative approach to regional development.**" G66 067 |^His *- and our *- problem is that things look quite different G66 068 from Washington. ^To Americans, there *2IS *0still a real and G66 069 immediate threat from the Soviet Union. ^American policy is, G66 070 therefore, founded upon the only form of defence which can deter a G66 071 Soviet nuclear attack, namely, a nuclear umbrella to protect the G66 072 United States and its allies. ^The view from the Beehive has now G66 073 diverged so far from this that Lange was able to tell his Auckland G66 074 audience: *"^The United States sees the Anzus alliance in terms of the G66 075 global projection of its nuclear power. ^If that is really all there G66 076 is to Anzus, there is no point in New Zealand being in it.**" G66 077 |^But if not, where does that leave us? ^We are clearly not about G66 078 to swing to the opposite extreme and join up with the communist bloc. G66 079 ^Quite apart from our cultural ties with the West, our trade is still G66 080 predominantly with American allies in Australia, Japan, Europe and G66 081 North America itself. ^\0Dr Ken Graham, of the Ministry of Foreign G66 082 Affairs, has suggested that we should forge an entirely new foreign G66 083 policy based on the joint security of the world. ^Lange, however, and G66 084 many of the people who made submissions to the Corner committee, would G66 085 prefer to maintain some sort of tie with the West, with arrangements G66 086 for joint security confined to Australia and the Pacific Islands. G66 087 |^Under either of these options, they hope we can get away with a G66 088 strictly local defence force capable of operating no further afield G66 089 than, say, Rarotonga and Darwin. ^The defence review paper suggested G66 090 that *"in New Zealand circumstances, it is not likely that the G66 091 Australian total (defence spending) of 3% of {0GDP} will be acceptable G66 092 or necessary.**" G66 093 |^The question then is whether the Australians *- now ever more G66 094 Americanised *- would be happy to defend us if we failed to pay our G66 095 full share of the price of defending Australasia. ^If they insist that G66 096 we should do more, we might wonder whether, say, a 50% increase in G66 097 defence spending from 2 to 3% of {0GDP} is really the most useful way G66 098 to spend *+$450 million. ^In the end it may be that the logic of our G66 099 new-found *"independence**" and the perception that there is now no G66 100 foreseeable threat to our security could force us to question the G66 101 value of retaining any military alliance even with Australia *- or, G66 102 indeed, of maintaining any military force at all, beyond fisheries G66 103 patrol work for ourselves and the Pacific Islands. G66 104 *<*2BIRTH CONTROL: A WOMEN'S ACHIEVEMENT*> G66 105 *<*0Elsie Locke*> G66 106 |**[LONG PASSAGE IN MAORI**] G66 107 |^As a historian, I am often bemused and sometimes disconcerted G66 108 when history is enlisted in aid of good causes with minimal attention G66 109 to the facts of what really happened. ^A short-cut is adopted: fitting G66 110 into the framework of the past what is presumed to have happened to G66 111 produce the present state of affairs. ^The process is taken to its G66 112 extreme in the *"plot**" theory of history, which attributes to all G66 113 the members of a particular class, culture, race, nation or sex a G66 114 coherent strategy for the oppression of others. ^Some advocates of G66 115 Maori sovereignty, for example, present the Pakeha takeover of G66 116 Aotearoa as following a coordinated plan in which missionaries, G66 117 traders, officials \0etc. played out their allotted roles. G66 118 |^Given the immense variety of human situations and opinions, this G66 119 is an impossibility. ^Our forebears in their many roles were as G66 120 bamboozled about their current events as we are today. ^People act, G66 121 and have always acted, whether from motives of self-interest, G66 122 sectional interest, high ideals or whatever, in the light of what G66 123 seems best at the time. ^It is never easy to foresee the consequences G66 124 of our actions, or to understand the driving force rooted more deeply G66 125 in human necessity. G66 126 |^The difficulty is that if we over-simplify, if we fail to G66 127 appreciate the complexity of life, we lose the chance to learn from G66 128 experience; and since past and present are inextricably linked, to G66 129 jump to inadequate conclusions about one is liable to reinforce G66 130 inadequate conclusions about the other. G66 131 |^The spark which has set me off on these general observations is G66 132 the article on depo provera, *"Shot Between the Thighs**", by Sally G66 133 Washington in the first issue of this journal. ^I am not taking issue G66 134 with her on depo provera, or on the control and handling by big G66 135 business of contraceptive supplies. ^My question is: can we attribute G66 136 the whole sorry story to the machinations of a male capitalist G66 137 patriarchy? G66 138 |^To strengthen her claim that it must be so, Washington actually G66 139 gives the credit as well as the discredit for what has gone before to G66 140 this same patriarchy. ^After writing (\0p. 86, \0col. 1) that G66 141 *"control of fertility is thus an essential condition of women gaining G66 142 control of their lives**", she goes on to say: *"^The development and G66 143 distribution of modern birth control technology was not carried out by G66 144 women on behalf of women, but was a tool of racist and patriarchal G66 145 population planners.**" ^So *1they *0fitted this essential brick, G66 146 birth control, into the growing edifice of women's liberation? ^That's G66 147 a bit contradictory, isn't it? G66 148 |^But of course it is not true. ^Overwhelmingly, the pioneers of G66 149 birth control, who had to face the wrath of the law and the opprobrium G66 150 of worthy citizens, were women. ^True, men were first in the public G66 151 eye: Francis Place who published handbills for the British working G66 152 class in 1822; Robert Dale Owen and \0Dr Charles Knowlton who G66 153 published their works in the United States between 1828 and 1832; G66 154 Charles Bradlaugh who stood trial with Annie Besant in 1877 (a G66 155 sensational trial in which both were acquitted). ^But these were G66 156 hardly established figures; and after them came the two writers and G66 157 activists who carried the message to millions *- both women. ^Margaret G66 158 Sanger in America founded the National Birth Control League in America G66 159 in 1914, and opened the first clinic in 1916; ^Marie Stopes in England G66 160 published her books *1Married Love *0and *1Wise Parenthood *0in 1918. G66 161 |^The writings of these two famous pioneers were bitterly reviled G66 162 and widely read. ^The atmosphere had still not cleared when the first G66 163 steps were taken in 1936 towards the founding in New Zealand of the G66 164 Family Planning Association. ^I speak from personal experience, G66 165 because I was there. ^In all of Wellington and the Hutt Valley we G66 166 could find only two doctors (both male) who were willing to have it G66 167 known publicly that they would give birth control advice. ^Our G66 168 proposals that women leaving \0St Helen's Hospitals after childbirth G66 169 should be given elementary guidance on family limitation (remember G66 170 these were hard times, with many families too large for comfort) were G66 171 received in official quarters with shock and horror. ^Today birth G66 172 control is taken for granted; but it has been an uphill fight all the G66 173 way *- and definitely a women's crusade, with the dual aims of happier G66 174 lives for women and their families, and of freedom from incessant G66 175 childbearing. G66 176 |^Our great-great-grandmothers would have been astonished to learn G66 177 that before birth control technology *"women had shared their G66 178 experiences of family planning and passed on their collective G66 179 knowledge through midwives**". ^Was it by choice, then, that they bore G66 180 ten to fifteen children? ^*"I regret to tell you that I expect to be G66 181 confined again in November. ^I trust this will be the last occasion as G66 182 I am heartily sick of the business**" wrote one of Wanganui's early G66 183 settlers. ^In those days the midwives, who were women with flair and G66 184 experience but no real training, had no advice to offer except to keep G66 185 on breast-feeding as long as possible. ^*"One on the breast or one in G66 186 the belly**" was the state of many wives throughout those G66 187 child-bearing years. G66 188 |^In socialist circles this whole question has been bedevilled by G66 189 Marx's castigation of Malthus, and the use by some earlier advocates G66 190 of birth control of such terms as *"Malthusian**". ^Malthus, however, G66 191 had no practical advice to offer on family G66 192 **[PLATE**] G66 193 limitation, only abstinence or later marriage; and those who used his G66 194 name were not really concerned with propounding his political G66 195 theories. G66 196 *# G67 001 **[254 TEXT G67**] G67 002 |^*6HANDS UP ALL *0those closet romantic novel readers *- the addicts G67 003 who hover over the rental fiction in the library; the ones who get G67 004 their weekly Mills & Boon fix from the local book exchange in armfuls; G67 005 who have little piles of formula covers facing the bedroom walls. G67 006 |^And we feel guilty about it, right? ^After Enid Blyton we were G67 007 meant to graduate to *1real *0reading, not stay stuck in some G67 008 fictional ghetto, reliving the same tired plot 50 times a year. G67 009 ^Nobody says a word if someone sinks into a good murder mystery to G67 010 blot out a hard day on the bricks. ^But romances? ^Well, that's not G67 011 *1real *0writing, that's only soppy women's stuff. ^You're not still G67 012 reading *1those, *0are you? G67 013 |^Well, yes. ^Reluctantly, endlessly, yes. ^I started in my G67 014 teens, as did many women, as part of the difficult passage into G67 015 femininity. ^Some of us keep reading romances for the rest of our G67 016 lives. G67 017 |^I remember vividly a moment in one of those private rental G67 018 libraries when I was about 15. ^Lots of hardbacks lined the walls, all G67 019 category fiction *- war stories, westerns, mysteries, pulp science G67 020 fiction, kids' stories and romances. ^A group of white-haired women, G67 021 their lives inconceivably ancient to me then, were avidly discussing G67 022 the eagerly awaited release of Georgette Heyer's latest historical G67 023 romance, sharing their enjoyment of her witty dialogue, entertaining G67 024 characters and set piece scenes. ^I felt a shared appreciation with G67 025 those women of the talent of a writer in a genre whose writers and G67 026 readers were looked down on from the lofty heights of true literature. G67 027 |^But when it comes to romance novels, almost everyone is on G67 028 stilts. ^Media stories about romance writers and readers are usually G67 029 patronising and faintly contemptuous, although tinged with green over G67 030 the dedicated readership and huge profits. ^English Lit academics G67 031 write screeds about Janet Frame and Keri Hulme, but have never heard G67 032 of Essie Summers, Daphne Clair or Gloria Bevan, who sell many more G67 033 books and get translated into several more languages. ^There are G67 034 thorough studies of detective fiction, academic journals devoted to G67 035 westerns, serious arguments about the effects on our youth of Blyton G67 036 and the Hardy boys; but a drought when it comes to romance novels, the G67 037 category whose readers spend the highest amount per person and read G67 038 the most titles in a given time. G67 039 |^And it's not only the outside world that turns up its nose, G67 040 either. ^Friends of mine struggle to understand the continuing G67 041 fascination of the genre for me. ^They have never read romances, or G67 042 *"grew out of them**" in their late teens. ^Other women get nagged by G67 043 their men**[ARB**]-folk or children. ^They have to justify their G67 044 choice in leisure reading *- *"^It's no different to all your new G67 045 gadgets**" or *"^I learn lots about history and far away places from G67 046 my romances**". ^Either that or we hide our books, like a drinker G67 047 tucking the sherry away in her underwear drawer. ^None of this, of G67 048 course, helps us feel good about ourselves or our reading. G67 049 |^But we must be getting something from it to buy more than 170 G67 050 million copies of Harlequin romances worldwide in 1983. ^And that's G67 051 just one publisher. ^Romances hog a big share of the paperback market G67 052 *- one-third of all new paperbacks published each month in the {0US}. G67 053 |^So who buys all these romance novels? ^Not just the G67 054 romance-ridden teenagers that the ignorant imagine. ^The high-volume G67 055 reader of romances is usually between 25 and 45. ^If women start G67 056 young, they usually increase their reading in the years of marriage G67 057 and raising children. ^Around half are in at least part-time paid G67 058 work, two-thirds are married, and most left school around 16 or 17. G67 059 ^In America, about 9% of Harlequin readers are black. ^So there are a G67 060 lot of us, from pretty ordinary backgrounds. ^Which brings us to the G67 061 biggie. ^Why do we do it? G67 062 |^Well, I know why I do. ^To relax and escape when I'm stressed. G67 063 ^There's one-novel and two-novel stress and G67 064 one-every-night-for-a-fortnight stress. ^Underneath all the work G67 065 hassles and day-to-day problems is the continuous stress of surviving G67 066 emotionally as an independent woman. ^Like most women, I was brought G67 067 up with the assumption that I'd get married and have a husband to G67 068 solve my problems for me. ^But I decided not to get married or have G67 069 children when I was in my teens and I haven't changed my mind. ^So G67 070 when I'm tired of being responsible for my own life, romance novels G67 071 let me escape to a world where I can identify with the heroine's G67 072 eventual reliance on the hero, without feeling guilty. G67 073 |^*6OTHER READERS I'VE *0talked to have their own preferences among G67 074 the many romance sub-genres. ^Mine is for historical romances. ^The G67 075 Middle Ages seem too early to be relevant to me, and the 20th century G67 076 gives the heroine too many of the choices I'm battling with in real G67 077 life. ^So I read the ones in between, usually *"Regencies**", a period G67 078 pioneered by Georgette Heyer and mined with varying success ever G67 079 since. G67 080 |^Historical romances invariably focus on upper class heroines G67 081 who are often bereft of family, short of money, and forced to make G67 082 their own way in the world. ^The women in the novels I like have not G67 083 yet married because they are too poor, too plain, too outspoken, too G67 084 intellectual or too independent. ^They meet a man and build a G67 085 friendship, starting sometimes from a seeming dislike and sometimes G67 086 from a shared sense of humour. ^Obstacles arise and are removed until G67 087 the two admit their love for one another and decide to marry. G67 088 |^The hero's love for the heroine eliminates the differences G67 089 between them of wealth, power, physical strength and social status. G67 090 ^They are equal in their emotional need for each other. ^He will not G67 091 beat her, ignore her, be unfaithful, rule her life, curb her G67 092 unconventional habits or treat her as other women are treated, because G67 093 he *1loves *0her. ^He identifies with her plight, and sometimes G67 094 defends her to others of his class who hold the same attitudes he did G67 095 about such independent/ bossy/ plain/ intellectual women before he G67 096 began to love her. ^Marrying him therefore gains her both the G67 097 independence she wanted and the privileged, high-status, affluent G67 098 lifestyle she had no chance of earning for herself. ^He is strong, G67 099 masculine, confident, but he *"needs**" her and is capable of G67 100 nurturing and loving her as she wants to be loved. ^Once he's G67 101 recognised her intrinsic worth, she doesn't have to *1do *0anything G67 102 anymore, she can just *1be, *0existing passively in the centre of his G67 103 attention. G67 104 |^Escaping into a world where the heroine triumphantly achieves G67 105 power and is cared for is not the only escape these novels provide. G67 106 ^The act of picking up a romance novel is a declaration by a woman to G67 107 her family that they can leave her alone for a while, because she's G67 108 having time for herself. ^Reading takes women away from the 24-hour G67 109 job of caring for their family's physical and emotional needs. G67 110 ^Mothers are allowed to have very little guiltless time to spend on G67 111 their own pleasure. ^They're meant to nurture everyone else in their G67 112 family, but there's no-one whose job is to nurture and listen to and G67 113 emotionally support mothers. ^So picking up a romance novel, G67 114 identifying with a fictional woman who is being loved and cared for, G67 115 gives readers a break from family duties and good feelings that can G67 116 stay with them when they return to caring for others. G67 117 |^When the sexual romances (*"bodice rippers**" or *"sweet-savage G67 118 sagas**" in the trade) were first published in the early '70s, they G67 119 drew more attention to the romance genre. ^Outsiders called them G67 120 pornography for women, and said the rape scenes in these books showed G67 121 that their readers masochistically enjoyed being brutalised and hurt G67 122 by men. G67 123 |^This isn't true at all. ^It's part of the big misunderstanding G67 124 of women's rape fantasies and fiction. ^Women want tenderness, but G67 125 know that wife-bashing and sexual abuse are commonplace facts of life. G67 126 ^The rape scenes in sexual romances enable women to explore what to do G67 127 about male violence and how to interpret it. ^Often the message is G67 128 that passion, not hatred is behind the hero's violence to the heroine. G67 129 ^And that if a woman loves and trusts her man deeply, he will stop G67 130 being brutal and show his real feelings. ^This is a dangerous G67 131 philosophy for women, because in the real world it leaves us very G67 132 vulnerable. ^Most romance readers have strong limits on the violence G67 133 that can be explained away by irrational passion. G67 134 |^Some critics don't understand this and assume that if a woman G67 135 buys a book, she approves of it. ^This isn't true. ^She may believe it G67 136 has the potential to give her a pleasant read, but many regular G67 137 readers will refuse to finish or will throw away romances that ask G67 138 them to identify with a heroine who is violently abused. ^Romances G67 139 give hope to women stuck in unsatisfactory relationships that ideal G67 140 ones exist. ^They don't want to be told that violence is real, they G67 141 want to hear that it isn't. G67 142 |^Critics also often assume that the romances' massive share of G67 143 the paperback market and their skyrocketing sales indicate women's G67 144 increasing addiction to the romantic myth. ^This is pretty shaky G67 145 ground. ^I think it's got a lot more to do with big changes in the G67 146 publishing industry. G67 147 |^*6BEFORE THE 1970S, *0publishing houses had small advertising G67 148 budgets. ^All the books were seen as unique, so they were treated and G67 149 advertised separately. ^Harlequin, one of the biggest romance G67 150 publishers, began marketing its books in the same way as a can of G67 151 beans or boxes of dog food. ^They are sold repetitively to a permanent G67 152 audience by their brand name. ^This change in marketing was encouraged G67 153 in the {0US} during the '70s when many independent publishing firms G67 154 were taken over by huge communications conglomerates. ^They poured G67 155 money into market research and new *"lines**" of category fiction. G67 156 ^Simon and Schuster, for example, used surveys of romance readers to G67 157 decide on their romance brand name, their standard plots, G67 158 characterisations and advertising approaches. ^This process makes G67 159 successful book publishing a much more certain business. G67 160 |^Publishers chose romance for this mass marketing treatment over G67 161 other categories because more than half of the book-buying public are G67 162 women, and because we are easier to reach. ^The beginning of the G67 163 romance boom started in the {0US} when romance novels were placed in G67 164 corner stores and supermarkets, which most women visit regularly. G67 165 |^So what we have is a genre whose basic formula has remained G67 166 stable and attractive to a large proportion of women since the late G67 167 1700s. ^And which is now being marketed aggressively and very G67 168 successfully. ^Reading romances helps us to reduce stress, diffuse G67 169 resentment and get good feelings which recharge us for our daily G67 170 lives. ^But when we realise that it's common for many women to read G67 171 one romance a day, we're not just talking about minor feelings of G67 172 irritation. ^When so many women need the utopian fantasy of romance so G67 173 often, it indicates a continuous rumble of dissatisfaction, longing G67 174 and protest. G67 175 |^Reading romances can be seen as an indirect rebellion against a G67 176 life that doesn't satisfy many women's needs *- *"^I feel powerless as G67 177 a mother/ woman alone, so I'll get my feeling of power and status when G67 178 the heroine gets her man**"; *"^I'm not being nurtured by the G67 179 relationship that's supposed to provide it, so I'll get it from G67 180 somewhere else.**" G67 181 |^Some critics say romance reading is like a drug, keeping women G67 182 quiet and absorbed in our own private world, rather than acting to G67 183 change the unsatisfactory situations that started us reading in the G67 184 first place. ^This is a tricky one. ^It sounds a bit like another of G67 185 the romance-reader-equals-manipulated-moron putdowns, and we're not. G67 186 ^At times it feels to me like a dependency, a crutch I can't do G67 187 without. ^Yet I can make big changes in my life regardless of my G67 188 reading. ^It doesn't hold me back or stop me from being assertive, and G67 189 I don't believe it works like that for other women, unless they G67 190 *1choose *0to live in a fantasy world. G67 191 *# G68 001 **[255 TEXT G68**] G68 002 |^*0A strike by health professionals meets with a great deal of G68 003 resistance, not only from the general public but also from within the G68 004 profession. ^It also raises many ethical dilemmas. ^The arguments put G68 005 forward against a strike by doctors are varied: (a) it would result in G68 006 ordinarily avoidable suffering and death; (b) it would be a breach of G68 007 the implicit contract doctors have entered into with their patients; G68 008 (c) it would be against the code of ethics doctors are sworn to; (d) G68 009 it would amount to holding to ransom a weak and vulnerable segment of G68 010 the population for material gain; (e) it would shatter the image of G68 011 doctors as selfless healers; (f) doctors are already overpaid; and so G68 012 on. ^This paper attempts to argue a position that a strike by doctors G68 013 can be justified from an ethical viewpoint. ^Although this paper G68 014 restricts itself to doctors, many of the arguments can be extended to G68 015 other health care professionals. G68 016 |^Traditionally, physicians have had considerable power over G68 017 their patients and their own manner of medical practice. ^With the G68 018 increasing socialisation of medical care and the technological G68 019 revolution, this power has been largely taken over by institutions and G68 020 administrators. ^In New Zealand, in 1983, doctors spent 46.9% of their G68 021 medical working time in public hospital practice and junior doctors G68 022 nearly all their time. ^The situation is similar in many other G68 023 developed countries. ^The working conditions in these hospitals are G68 024 dependent not only upon the financial status of the community but also G68 025 the political decisions of the government. ^The traditional autonomy G68 026 of the doctor has altered, as has his role and the expectations from G68 027 him. ^With the technological developments and the enunciation of G68 028 elaborate ethical codes and declarations, the physician's G68 029 responsibilities have only become greater. ^It is, therefore, clear G68 030 that a situation can arise when doctors are dissatisfied with their G68 031 working conditions and are powerless to change them. ^A recourse to G68 032 strike is, then, understandable. ^The 1983 strike by doctors in Israel G68 033 is a case in point. ^The junior doctors in New Zealand recently G68 034 presented a strong case for their threatened industrial action. G68 035 ^However, does the understandability of a strike make it morally G68 036 conscionable? ^Let us proceed to address this problem. G68 037 *<*4Moral duties*> G68 038 |^*0The philosopher Immanuel Kant based his moral theory on what he G68 039 called the *'supreme moral law**'. ^Stated simply, the law meant that G68 040 an agent acted morally when his action was based on a principle which G68 041 he would will to become a universal law. ^Applying this principle, one G68 042 can probably say that the test of the morality of a doctors' strike G68 043 would be in establishing that such action is universalisable, {0ie}, G68 044 doctors, or other professionals under similar circumstances *- G68 045 anywhere *- would be justifed in striking given the same conditions. G68 046 ^Here we run into immediate difficulty because the decision procedure G68 047 to decide this universalisability is quite subjective, and people will G68 048 disagree irrespective of whether they go by intuition or logical G68 049 argument. ^The next obvious question to ask is: *'^Would the doctors G68 050 who decide to strike have supported such a strike if they were members G68 051 of the government or the general public?**' ^Many doctors may answer G68 052 this in the affirmative although there can be no clear consensus G68 053 because of the inherent bias in any such assessment. ^One statement G68 054 can, however, be made with confidence *- the answer to the above G68 055 question is not a categorical *'no**'. ^The Kantian approach, G68 056 therefore, leads us to the conclusion that a strike is not necessarily G68 057 immoral although it does not help us decide a particular case. ^For G68 058 this we look towards other approaches. G68 059 |^Other moral philosophers ({0eg}, {0W D} Ross) described prima G68 060 facie moral obligations which they said guided behaviour. ^Two of G68 061 these, the duties of fidelity (the obligation to keep promises) and G68 062 beneficence (obligation to try to help others), would clearly endorse G68 063 against a doctors' strike although one could argue that the promise is G68 064 with current and not future patients and beneficence can be short- or G68 065 long-term. ^There are other duties, however, which could conflict with G68 066 the above, {0eg}, the duty to justice (which includes justice to G68 067 oneself and one's family) and a duty to self-improvement. ^The G68 068 philosophers do not provide some determinate procedure to resolve G68 069 moral conflicts and often leave the decisions to our basic moral G68 070 intuitions. ^One could argue in favour of a strike if the injustice G68 071 caused by it to the patients is outweighed by the justice done to the G68 072 doctors and their families. ^The junior doctors in New Zealand put G68 073 forward a convincing case that they were suffering and could justify G68 074 the suffering their strike would cause to others. ^The matter gets G68 075 complicated when one includes death as a consequence of the strike and G68 076 this will be discussed later. G68 077 *<*4Utilitarian arguments*> G68 078 |^*0If one believes that what is moral is that which results in the G68 079 *"greatest happiness of the greatest number**", the case turns on a G68 080 comparison between the harm likely from the strike, including the G68 081 possibility of avoidable death, and the likely good that may result. G68 082 ^When dealing with such intangibles, a hedonic calculus can be quite G68 083 frustrating. ^The treatment of many patients would be delayed or G68 084 thwarted by a strike. ^For some it may mean prolongation of suffering, G68 085 others may suffer irreversible damage because of delayed care and some G68 086 may even die. ^A few may, however, considering the potential dangers G68 087 of some medical practices, actually be better off from not seeing a G68 088 doctor but let us not consider this a very significant number. ^The G68 089 main positive is the possible benefit in the living conditions of the G68 090 doctors and their families. ^As the working conditions of the doctors G68 091 improve, the doctors will be under less pressure, will not be G68 092 over-worked or otherwise incapacitated and will provide better care, G68 093 make fewer mistakes and possibly save more lives. ^Some countries, New G68 094 Zealand for example, will be able to dissuade their best medical G68 095 talent from emigrating. ^The prestige of the profession will be G68 096 maintained and it will continue to attract bright students. ^The G68 097 community will benefit in the long run. G68 098 |^Certain important questions arise at this stage of the G68 099 discussion. G68 100 |^*4Can immediate needs be set aside in anticipation of future G68 101 benefit? ^*0The traditional Hippocratic physician would say *"no**" G68 102 because of his individualistic, patient-benefitting ethic. ^The G68 103 argument against this is that physicians, as members of a health-care G68 104 profession, should not perpetuate poor health care even if betterment G68 105 can be achieved only through a strike. ^Most people would accept that G68 106 doctors have a greater responsibility to community health than mere G68 107 treatment of individual patients. ^Doctors also have a duty to the G68 108 physician-less members of the society and to ensure that the less G68 109 well-off are not robbed of good quality health care. ^If a strike is G68 110 the means to this end, it can indeed be morally justified. ^This, G68 111 however, does not address the issue of the special status of the G68 112 patient-physician contract and this matter will be discussed later. G68 113 |^*4Can death ever be a just price for any ends? ^*0Detractors of the G68 114 strike argue that even one avoidable death would condemn the action G68 115 morally because *"human life cannot be valued in material terms**". G68 116 ^One counter-argument is that short-term loss will be adequately G68 117 compensated in the long run by lives saved subsequently. ^But can one G68 118 equate human lives in this manner? ^The question is an emotionally G68 119 charged one but one need only look at some similar examples to show G68 120 that human life is indeed treated relatively by society. ^Death in G68 121 wars and revolutions is glorified, and capital punishment is justified G68 122 as a deterrent for further murders. ^The road death toll is considered G68 123 an acceptable price for the freedom to drive one's own vehicle. ^The G68 124 sale of alcohol is promoted in spite of the huge cost in terms of G68 125 health and life, partly because of the revenue it brings in for the G68 126 government and the jobs it creates. ^This moral analysis can be G68 127 extended to make many allocations of resources morally condemnable. G68 128 ^Is a Rarotongan holiday justifiable if the money spent could have G68 129 saved a few lives in Africa? ^Should we finance pleasure so long as G68 130 there is want in the world? ^The examples can, no doubt, be multiplied G68 131 and clearly demonstrate that we treat life in relative terms even G68 132 though we profess its absolutism. G68 133 |^Why then are doctors judged by different standards? ^There are G68 134 probably two reasons *- proximity and contractual obligation. ^By G68 135 *'proximity**' one means that the doctor *'is there**' when the death G68 136 or suffering occurs and this gives him a special responsibility, G68 137 somewhat like a Good Samaritan. ^The reason is real enough *- the G68 138 human impact of a disaster close at hand is always greater even though G68 139 a moral position can be taken against the relevance of temporal or G68 140 geographical distance. ^But what are the physician's obligations to be G68 141 always there? ^This can be answered only after a review of the G68 142 physician-patient contract. G68 143 |^*4A limited strike? ^*0Some of the moral dilemmas can be bypassed if G68 144 the doctors continue to provide emergency medical care during the G68 145 strike so as to reduce the likelihood of death resulting from it. ^It G68 146 could be argued that long waiting lists for elective surgery and G68 147 routine examinations already exist in most public hospitals due to G68 148 inadequate facilities, and a prolongation of the lists because of a G68 149 strike cannot be considered morally damning. ^The junior doctors in G68 150 New Zealand proposed such an action. ^The Israeli doctors provided an G68 151 alternative medical service for the duration of the strike. ^A limited G68 152 strike, therefore, poses fewer ethical problems and is arguably an G68 153 equally effective political weapon. G68 154 *<*4The professional contract*> G68 155 |^*0Doctors are considered to be under a special moral obligation G68 156 because of the very nature of the physician-patient contract which G68 157 places a unique responsibility on them to look after their patients. G68 158 ^The profession has a similar contract with society. ^It is further G68 159 argued that they took upon themselves this special obligation G68 160 willingly and are expected to honour it (the fidelity clause), thus G68 161 precluding any strike action. ^Doctors are even cautioned that if they G68 162 did strike work, it would ruin the faith of the public in the G68 163 profession and medical practice would suffer seriously. G68 164 |^I think this reflects a rather simplistic understanding of the G68 165 doctor-patient contract in modern times and the moral argument is not G68 166 so easily settled. ^A person who chooses to become a doctor does not G68 167 make an explicit or implicit declaration that he eschews self-interest G68 168 for all time to come. ^It is significant that the suggestion for the G68 169 inclusion of a no strike clause in the job contracts of doctors is not G68 170 taken seriously. ^A doctor does have a special contract with the G68 171 individual patient he accepts for treatment and is obliged to provide G68 172 his skills to the best. ^This also implies continuation of care once G68 173 treatment has been started, or transfer of care to another competent G68 174 physician. ^A doctor cannot be said to have a special obligation G68 175 towards individuals who might become his patients in the future were G68 176 he to continue practising medicine, nor does he have a moral duty to G68 177 always continue being a doctor, or to never be absent from work or G68 178 fall ill or cancel an appointment for any other reason. ^He has a G68 179 contract with society to act responsibly when he *'is there**' but no G68 180 binding to be always available *'under any circumstances**'. G68 181 ^Furthermore, in countries where medicine is largely socialised and G68 182 doctors are employees of the state, they enter into contracts with G68 183 their patients via a third party *- the hospital. ^Although this does G68 184 not take away the physician's primary responsibility to the patient, G68 185 it does make the provision of on-going health care a joint G68 186 responsibility of the physician and the institution. ^One thus has a G68 187 triangle *- hospital, physician, patient *- all three arms of which G68 188 are important. ^If the hospital withdraws from its contract of G68 189 providing the doctor with adequate facilities to fulfil his G68 190 obligations, the sanctity of the other contracts becomes questionable. G68 191 |^Is a strike compatible with medicine as a profession? ^The G68 192 answer to this hinges upon definition of the word *'profession**'. G68 193 *# G69 001 **[256 TEXT G69**] G69 002 |^*0We argue that if a terminally ill patient wants to know the truth G69 003 about his or her condition, and the patient's doctor possesses that G69 004 information, then the doctor is morally obliged to tell the truth. G69 005 ^The argument is not based on any supposed right to information (even G69 006 information about oneself); nor on any supposed moral obligation to G69 007 tell the truth; nor on any supposed property rights the patient might G69 008 have. ^Rather, the argument is based on the very principle usually G69 009 invoked to license deception: the harm principle (that doctors ought G69 010 to take that course of action which does least harm to the patient). G69 011 *<*41.*> G69 012 |^*0Let us begin with some interesting facts brought to light by two G69 013 surveys. ^Both of these were conducted in the United States; in 1950, G69 014 and in 1961. ^In one survey physicians were asked whether they usually G69 015 told patients unpalatable facts about serious illness. G69 016 ^Eighty**[ARB**]-eight percent of these doctors said they made it a G69 017 rule not to tell and presumably thought they had no moral obligation G69 018 to do otherwise. ^In the other survey, patients were asked if they G69 019 thought the doctors ought to tell them the truth about their G69 020 conditions. ^Seventy**[ARB**]-three percent said that people in G69 021 general should be universally told and 89% said that they preferred G69 022 knowing their own condition. ^Of course, these figures may no longer G69 023 reflect contemporary attitudes on this question. ^It has been G69 024 suggested that since the 1970s physicians seem more willing to G69 025 disclose terminal diagnoses. ^However, what the disparity in response G69 026 does highlight is the ethical issue involved here. ^What these G69 027 surveys, or any others, cannot do is answer the question whether the G69 028 doctors were right or the patients were right on this moral issue. G69 029 |^Briefly, what we want to argue is that the patients were right G69 030 and the doctors were wrong. ^That is, we want to argue that if a G69 031 patient wants to know the truth about his or her condition, and the G69 032 patient's doctor possesses that information, then the doctor ought to G69 033 tell the patient. ^Or, if you like, a patient has a right to be told G69 034 the best current information about his or her condition. ^Like other G69 035 rights, this one is defeasible *- that is, there may be circumstances G69 036 in which it is morally necessary for the right to be overridden. ^But G69 037 we want to argue, further, that the conditions for violating the right G69 038 will be so extreme as to hardly ever arise. ^Thus in most cases the G69 039 doctor will have an absolute obligation to tell the patient what is G69 040 known about the patient's condition, if that information is sought. G69 041 *<*42.*> G69 042 |^*0What bestows this right? ^Various principles might be offered as G69 043 candidates for the job, but most are unsatisfactory. ^Thus there is no G69 044 general principle to the effect that any person whatsoever is entitled G69 045 to any information he desires. ^Nor are people entitled, as of right, G69 046 to all information relating to themselves. ^If someone asks you G69 047 whether she comes across as an obnoxious person you are not under any G69 048 obligation to tell her. ^Nor do we want to argue from the general G69 049 kantian-type principle that one always ought to tell the truth. ^Even G69 050 if the principle were sound it would not demand that the physician G69 051 release the desired information, only that the physician refrain from G69 052 releasing false information. ^Nor will it do to argue, as Joseph G69 053 Fletcher does, that the truth belongs to the patient. ^Firstly, it is G69 054 not clear how one can own the truth; and secondly, property rights are G69 055 surely among the most easily defeasible of rights and hence too shaky G69 056 a foundation to build upon. ^Finally, to be ranged against these G69 057 proffered principles is another well-entrenched principle: the harm G69 058 principle. ^This is the familiar Hippocratic precept, *'^So far as G69 059 possible, do no harm**'; a principle often invoked to license G69 060 therapeutic deception. G69 061 |^Our argument, however, relies on none of the just rejected G69 062 principles; nor do we reject the harm principle. ^Instead we think G69 063 that the best case for the moral principle we are defending rests on G69 064 the idiosyncrasies of death *- that one's own death is especially G69 065 important to oneself. ^Consider in this regard the following story. G69 066 ^Tom is terminally ill, and although he doesn't know this, his doctor G69 067 does. ^Tom happens to apply for life insurance and, with Tom's G69 068 consent, the insurance company asks Tom's doctor about his state of G69 069 health. ^What should the doctor reply? ^We unhesitatingly say that the G69 070 doctor should give the company the information that she possesses, or G69 071 at the very least the doctor should not feed the insurance company G69 072 false information. ^Why? ^Because if she does deceive the company then G69 073 it will, as a result, lose a very great deal of money. ^Question: ^Is G69 074 there anything of corresponding value that Tom stands to lose if, G69 075 after enquiring about the state of his health, his doctor deceives G69 076 him, or gives him incomplete information? G69 077 *<*43.*> G69 078 |^*0We all know that we have only a finite time to live; and we all G69 079 know that we have to make choices about how best to spend that time, G69 080 how to make out of the time allotted to us a life that is valuable, a G69 081 life that is worth living. ^Much of the time we ignore the fact of our G69 082 own death, and for most of the time we forge plans and projects on a G69 083 fairly optimistic assumption about our longevity. ^Thus many people G69 084 take out superannuation policies forty years before they are due to G69 085 retire. ^Now it is obvious that many of our plans and projects would G69 086 be rendered futile if we were to die tomorrow, or next month, or next G69 087 year. ^As such, if we knew, or had good reason to believe, that our G69 088 death was imminent, then we would drop those plans and projects, and G69 089 radically revise the whole thrust of our life. ^There is a sense in G69 090 which all we have or possess is the time allotted to us. ^Everything G69 091 else that we have or enjoy we do so only by virtue of having life G69 092 during that period. ^And the value and appropriateness of our plans G69 093 and projects is partly determined by the timing and nature of our G69 094 death. ^Thus our time, the amount of time we have left, is not merely G69 095 of concern to us: it is of ultimate concern. ^It is the raw material G69 096 out of which we have to mould something of value. G69 097 |^It follows that if the amount of time left to us is small, we G69 098 will have a much better chance of using it wisely if we know that it G69 099 is small. ^If we don't know that, then we will go on pursuing those G69 100 futile plans and projects based upon assumptions of great longevity. G69 101 ^Moreover, without that knowledge we will not get the chance to review G69 102 our lives, as they have been lived so far, in the light of their G69 103 imminent end. ^That the possibility of such a perspective on one's G69 104 life may actually determine the value of the life is beautifully G69 105 expressed in Tolstoy's story, The Death of Ivan Ilych. ^Ivan Ilych G69 106 begins to see the point of his life only in his dying moments, and G69 107 only because he knows they are his dying moments. ^In the light of his G69 108 rapidly approaching death he begins to see what is and what is not G69 109 valuable in his own life. ^Most of his life has been spent in futile G69 110 pursuits, but this is redeemed by his realisation that it is so, and G69 111 his discernment of what is and what is not of genuine value. ^Had Ivan G69 112 Ilych been robbed of the knowledge of his own death then he would have G69 113 been robbed of the opportunity to endow his life with value. G69 114 |^All this suggests that if someone else possesses information G69 115 about our deaths and we want that information, then they do us G69 116 considerable harm by not giving it to us. ^Since the length of our G69 117 lives is of ultimate concern to us the harm done to us by withholding G69 118 of that information is very serious indeed. ^In other words, the mere G69 119 withholding of such information from patients does them considerable G69 120 harm. ^Not, of course, harm to their bodies (although circumstances G69 121 could be imagined in which it did lead to such bodily harm) but harm G69 122 to their vital interests, their interests as mortals with only a G69 123 finite amount of time in which to do something of value with their G69 124 lives. G69 125 *<*44.*> G69 126 |^*0Thus the strongest grounds for withholding such information is G69 127 that by doing so less harm will be done to the patient than by G69 128 supplying it. ^Sometimes, however, the supplying of the information G69 129 may do harm to the patient. ^The harm done may be psychological: the G69 130 patient may react very badly to the news and this reaction could G69 131 actually accelerate the decline which the doctor is attempting to G69 132 halt. ^How can the possibility of this kind of harm be weighed against G69 133 the other? ^How can they even be compared? G69 134 |^Fortunately such comparisons would rarely need to be made. ^The G69 135 fact is that very little is known in general about the effect of such G69 136 information on patients. ^Even if extensive data were collected it G69 137 would rarely yield strong grounds for predicting in this particular G69 138 patient's case that the psychological harm will be so severe as to G69 139 accelerate the patient's death. ^Our knowledge of the two kinds of G69 140 harm, then, is not symmetrical. ^We know that by not telling the G69 141 patient the doctor does the patient considerable harm. ^But since G69 142 nobody, not even the doctor, knows quite how the patient will react to G69 143 the news, nobody knows that the patient will be harmed by being told. G69 144 ^Because of this asymmetry in our knowledge there will not even be a G69 145 prima facie case against telling, if the patient requests the G69 146 information. ^In most cases, there will be an absolute obligation on G69 147 the doctor to tell the truth, or as much of it as she knows. G69 148 |^We add *'if the patient requests the information**' because G69 149 although there may be occasions on which patients ought to be told G69 150 against their will, and there may even be good arguments to suggest G69 151 that they should always be so told, we don't know of any. ^But how G69 152 does a doctor know whether a patient really wants to be told? ^Here, G69 153 as elsewhere, the person's opinion on his own wants is generally the G69 154 most reliable source, and, on the whole, verbal expressions of wants G69 155 are the best indicators. ^At least, it would be patronising in the G69 156 extreme not to take seriously the patient's own expressed desire for G69 157 information. ^The problem could perhaps be partially remedied by G69 158 making it obligatory for patients entering into a professional G69 159 relationship with a doctor to state explicitly whether or not they G69 160 want to be kept informed of the seriousness of any illness they might G69 161 contract, and the request could be updated at regular intervals or G69 162 whenever the patient desired. ^There is sometimes a difficulty in G69 163 ascertaining people's wants, but where there is such a difficulty the G69 164 least patronising course of action is to take their verbal expressions G69 165 seriously. G69 166 *<*45.*> G69 167 |^*0Finally, it is perhaps worth dismissing a particular type of G69 168 objection: the argument from general scepticism. ^That is, it may be G69 169 objected that the physician cannot really know (or at least know for G69 170 certain) in most cases whether the patient will die from his condition G69 171 or not, and hence it would be irresponsible of the doctor to worry the G69 172 patient unnecessarily. ^This argument is really just a red herring. G69 173 ^Of course, it is unfortunately true that patients all too frequently G69 174 demand omniscience of their physicians. ^But our argument is only for G69 175 the principle that the patient is entitled to the best information G69 176 available on his condition should he so request. ^If the best G69 177 information is inconclusive, then that is what he should be told. ^If, G69 178 for instance, some small percentage of patients recover from what is G69 179 generally a terminal condition, then the doctor should tell the G69 180 patient this. G69 181 |^Recall in this connection our earlier example of Tom's insurance G69 182 medical. ^Imagine our reaction to Tom's doctor employing the argument G69 183 from general scepticism to defend herself against the charge that she G69 184 irresponsibly failed to inform the insurance company of Tom's serious G69 185 condition. G69 186 *# G70 001 **[257 TEXT G70**] G70 002 |^*4I*0t was a piece of cricket phraseology entirely new to the G70 003 opening batsman: wherever Bruce Edgar turned in London during the G70 004 lead-up to the 1979 World Cup one-day series, he encountered the term G70 005 *"throat ball.**" ^It had been coined to describe some of the world's G70 006 fastest bowlers' fondness that summer for deliveries that were pitched G70 007 short and rose up towards the batsman's neck. ^Throat ball. ^The G70 008 mention of it sent Edgar's hand instinctively in search of his adam's G70 009 apple. ^It felt horribly exposed. ^Pads, boxes, gloves, thigh pads, G70 010 chest pads, forearm protectors and helmets catered for virtually every G70 011 part of the anatomy *- however no protective gear had yet been created G70 012 for the throat. G70 013 |^Edgar took his anxiety with him to the crease in New Zealand's G70 014 first series match against the West Indies. ^If throat balls were G70 015 indeed a reality, he knew this was the match in which he would become G70 016 formally acquainted with the phenomenon. ^Opening the batting with G70 017 John Wright, the New Zealander took up his position to face West G70 018 Indian pace bowler Michael Holding. G70 019 |^Somewhere in that over Holding let fly the most terrifying G70 020 delivery Edgar had ever experienced. ^Later John Wright would agree it G70 021 was the fastest ball he had ever seen leave a bowler's hand. ^It hit G70 022 the pitch well short of Edgar and made like an Exocet toward his G70 023 throat. ^Paralyzed by the sheer speed of the ball, Edgar made no G70 024 attempt to play a shot. ^That he moved at all, he puts down to G70 025 instinct. ^The ball passed inches away from his throat. G70 026 |^*"After that delivery I had funny feelings in my stomach. ^It G70 027 was like getting an instant ulcer. ^The fear hung around for probably G70 028 a couple of overs facing Holding after that. ^There's the unknown G70 029 about the next one... you ask yourself: *'^How am I going to G70 030 cope?**'**" G70 031 |^The fast bowler's potential for steering cricket away from G70 032 gentility and into the realm of violence is part and parcel of the G70 033 modern game. ^And the use of the *'bouncer**', or *'bumper**', the G70 034 type of short pitched ball that Edgar faced, is the potential G70 035 realised. G70 036 |^*4T*0he bouncer is, first and foremost, a fast ball. ^If delivered G70 037 at less than top pace a batsman has time to get over it. ^Too slow and G70 038 it also fails in its primary objective, which is to unsettle the G70 039 batsman and take his mind off scoring runs by making him think about G70 040 protecting his body. ^And a bouncer should be accurate. ^What is G70 041 considered in Test cricket to be a *'good**' bouncer is one that comes G70 042 through a channel that extends by a foot on either side of the G70 043 batsman's head. G70 044 |^In defence of the bouncer, the bowlers and captains who are apt G70 045 to use it point out that the effectiveness of such a ball does go G70 046 beyond its scare value. ^Like the tennis drive that is aimed directly G70 047 at a player standing at the net, a bouncer immediately restricts the G70 048 number of attacking strokes with which a batsman can respond. G70 049 ^*"No-one has yet developed a drive off the throat**", observes Jeremy G70 050 Coney dryly, remembering the bouncer blitz he faced at Sabina Park in G70 051 the West Indies last year, one ball of which broke his arm. ^The G70 052 stroke that many batsmen find compulsive in face of a bouncer is the G70 053 hook, which will more often than not sky tamely for an easy catch. ^So G70 054 batsmen these days prefer to duck under and weave back from the G70 055 missile, all the while trying to keep their nerves intact rather than G70 056 even attempting to play a stroke off a short-pitched ball. ^This is G70 057 what saddens cricket connoisseurs almost as much as the violence, for G70 058 it nullifies elegant stroke play and produces a tedious, low scoring G70 059 spectacle. G70 060 |^One of the many who lament the current trend toward bellicose G70 061 short pitched bowling is New Zealand selector Don Neely. ^What used to G70 062 be a subtle chess-like game of wits and skill between bat and ball, he G70 063 feels has been reduced to a bout of one-sided bullying where one of G70 064 the bowler's key tools has become the exploitation of a batsman's G70 065 fear. G70 066 |^*"It's the same tactic that is used in American baseball**", G70 067 says Neely. ^*"When someone skilled with the bat comes in, the pitcher G70 068 or bowler applies the logic: *'^I know he's good, but how is he going G70 069 to react when the ball is coming in closer and closer to his G70 070 body?**'**" G70 071 |^The syndrome is evident in New Zealand softball. ^The day after G70 072 his Auckland side lost the 1986 national final to Hutt Valley in G70 073 January, pitcher Steve Jackson regretted not having hit Hutt batting G70 074 hero Dave Workman early in the game. ^*"I aimed at him... but missed G70 075 him. ^A direct hit might have put him off his game a little.**" G70 076 |^In cricket a sure sign that fear of being hit is getting the G70 077 better of a batsman is when he *'backs away**', {0ie} steps back from G70 078 the firing line in the direction of square leg, leaving the wicket G70 079 unguarded. ^It is a rare sight in first class cricket, but G70 080 Wellington's imported bowler Paul Allott recalls a remarkable instance G70 081 several years back when his Lancashire side were playing Yorkshire. G70 082 ^Called the *'Roses**' match after the mediaeval civil strife between G70 083 the rival Houses of York and Lancaster, feelings always run high in G70 084 the annual contest. ^Allott calls it the *"county equivalent to New G70 085 Zealand versus Australia.**" G70 086 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G70 087 |^The temptation for a batsman to back away is strongest, G70 088 naturally enough, just after he has been hit by a bouncer. ^That can G70 089 often prove fatal. ^As Coney says: ^*"It's not the ball that hits you G70 090 that creates the problem *- it's the ball after it. ^You tend to be on G70 091 the back foot watching... nervously.**" ^The post**[ARB**]-bouncer G70 092 delivery is more than likely to be a yorker that will crash into the G70 093 base of the stumps if let through. G70 094 |^*4T*0here's nothing new about bouncers. ^In the first Test ever G70 095 played (England \0v Australia at Melbourne in 1877), the Australians' G70 096 opening batsman Charles Bannerman retired hurt after having his finger G70 097 broken by a short-pitched delivery. ^But in those days the tactic was G70 098 regarded in much the same vein as garlic was in cooking: if you must G70 099 use it, for god's sake use it with discretion. G70 100 |^The *'coming out**' of sustained, intimidatory fast bowling can G70 101 easily be traced back to the 1932-33 southern hemisphere summer and G70 102 the *'Bodyline**' controversy that shrouded England's tour of G70 103 Australia that season. ^Don Bradman being the demi-god with a bat that G70 104 he was, English captain Douglas Jardine decided to employ what he G70 105 liked to call the *'leg theory**' as a counter measure. ^In doing so G70 106 he unwittingly altered the course of the game and ensured himself the G70 107 distinction of being one of Australia's most hated Poms of all time. G70 108 |^The leg theory, quite simply put, involved a deluge of short G70 109 pitched deliveries bowled to a batsman hemmed in by a cordon of close G70 110 fielders on the leg side *- often up to seven men. ^Because it was G70 111 something new, and the business of evasion was not a recognised part G70 112 of the batsman's art, the Australian batsmen protected themselves by G70 113 raising their bats to fend off the rising balls. ^This, as the G70 114 Englishmen had planned, often led to an easy catch by the leg side G70 115 vultures. ^In the course of the series several Australians were hit, G70 116 although not too seriously hurt. ^Giving the English bowling the G70 117 required accuracy and pace was Harold Larwood, then reputed to be the G70 118 world's fastest. G70 119 |^As a cold blooded victory tactic, it worked like a charm. ^The G70 120 Australians' great asset, their strong batting line-up, never produced G70 121 a really big score. ^Bradman was held to the relatively human average G70 122 of 56.57. ^England won the series handsomely, 4-1. G70 123 |^When it was all over Larwood offered his own thoughts on G70 124 England's success. *"^You ask me why... Bradman couldn't stand up to G70 125 my fast bowling. ^Bradman was too frightened. ^Yes, *"frightened**" is G70 126 the word. ^Bradman just wouldn't have it.**" ^For probably the first G70 127 time, the great game had openly been reduced to a crude contest of G70 128 street brawl psychology. G70 129 |^The furore that followed the series almost severed cricket G70 130 relations between the two countries for eternity. ^It also ushered in G70 131 a period of rule tampering specifically aimed at curbing the new-found G70 132 might of the intimidatory fast bowler. ^In their indignation the G70 133 Australians unilaterally introduced a rule that, after an initial G70 134 warning, gave an umpire the power to ban a bowler for the rest of an G70 135 innings if his deliveries were judged to be *"bowled with the intent G70 136 to intimidate or injure the batsman.**" The {0MCC} (Marylebone Cricket G70 137 Club *- the body governing English cricket), although concerned, made G70 138 a less drastic response. ^No alteration was made to the rules G70 139 themselves, but in 1935 the accompanying *'Instructions to Umpires**' G70 140 were revised to include a direction to intervene and warn bowlers in G70 141 the case of systematic short pitched balls. ^This somewhat hazy ruling G70 142 is more or less identical to the standing of today's international G70 143 Laws on the subject. ^Umpires have been left not knowing quite where G70 144 they stand, with the result that intervention on a bombarded batsman's G70 145 behalf is a rarity. ^What some in the game regret is the dismissal of G70 146 one suggestion that was put forward in the wake of the Bodyline drama. G70 147 ^That was to draw a line across the wicket at a chosen distance from G70 148 the crease, and to no-ball any delivery pitched short of the line. G70 149 ^The {0MCC} rejected the idea for reasons that do not appear on G70 150 record. G70 151 |^But the fuss over Bodyline did achieve something. ^Following it G70 152 were two relatively quiet decades where batsmen could once again stick G70 153 their heads above the parapet and expect to be able to play all the G70 154 classical strokes beloved by the purists. ^Laurence Le Quesne in his G70 155 recently published book on Bodyline remarks: G70 156 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G70 157 |^Enter Wes Hall. ^Hall was the spearhead of the West Indian G70 158 bowling attack in the early '60s, and he had no qualms whatsoever G70 159 about loosing bouncers. ^Along with fellow paceman Charles Griffith, G70 160 he can lay claim to bringing the dread back into facing fast bowling. G70 161 ^Moreover, he introduced a modern, macho image to the role. ^Hall was G70 162 6*?75*?8, and had a penchant for unbuttoning his shirt when he bowled G70 163 to reveal a fulsome chest glistening with sweat and a gold crucifix G70 164 which swung violently at the point of delivery. ^Suddenly, there G70 165 emerged a swagger, a glamour in the anti-hero sense that the G70 166 proprieties of cricket had hitherto suppressed. G70 167 |^In the '70s this cult of fast bowler as devil-may-care bad boy G70 168 was taken to new heights by the renowned Australian firm, Lillee and G70 169 Thomson. ^They were both (Thomson still is) exceedingly fast, talented G70 170 bowlers who made every effort to spit venom, both on and off the G70 171 pitch. ^For many, their display of naked aggression was taken too far. G70 172 ^Lillee: G70 173 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G70 174 ^Thomson: *"^Truthfully, I enjoy hitting a batsman more than getting G70 175 him out... it doesn't worry me the least to see a batsman hurt, G70 176 rolling around screaming and blood on the pitch.**" G70 177 |^Their intimidatory arsenal included extra-curricular tricks G70 178 that further raised the hackles of cricket's establishment. ^Lillee G70 179 liked to walk up to an incoming batsman and make the sign of a cross G70 180 on his forehead, just to let him know precisely where the target was. G70 181 ^Thomson was fond of following through right up the wicket to make eye G70 182 contact with the batsman and to tell him what he thought of him *- G70 183 Bruce Edgar says he's never met anyone who could utter a certain G70 184 expletive in such a variety of ways as could Jeff Thomson. G70 185 |^But although the bespectacled grey heads at Lords were clearly G70 186 not amused, Lillee and Thomson got away with it somehow. ^The fact G70 187 was, in the perverse manner that violence excites people, so did the G70 188 deeds of the Australian pair. ^Crowds at cricket grounds had changed G70 189 over the years, along with society's standards of acceptable conduct. G70 190 ^And what with alcohol becoming a necessary additive to enjoying an G70 191 afternoon's cricket, the gladitorial aspect of violent bowling became G70 192 a highlight for the spectators. G70 193 *# G71 001 **[258 TEXT G71**] G71 002 |^*0My concern in this essay is to outline the contribution of G71 003 theory to feminist art practice and its reception. G71 004 |^Since my intention is to be provocative, I will begin with the G71 005 assertion, that in New Zealand up to this date art criticism *- both G71 006 non-feminist and feminist *- has ignored the crucial question of G71 007 subjectivity, as constituted by historical and social factors. G71 008 |^I will be arguing that the process of addressing this question G71 009 demonstrates the need to implement a project for feminist theory as an G71 010 enterprise which attempts to disrupt dominant discourses in culture. G71 011 ^Such a project would *- through an examination of the diverse factors G71 012 which determine artistic production itself, and the repression of G71 013 women through these determinants *- aim to transform the way art is G71 014 used and perceived. ^Specifically, I will be arguing for the need to G71 015 locate feminist politics within a revaluation of art as a social G71 016 practice; a revaluation which must examine how *'femininity**' is G71 017 determined as an ideological construct. G71 018 |^The issue of sexual *'difference**' is central to feminist G71 019 theory. ^Any theorization of the process by which women grapple G71 020 towards a self-conception revolves around the problem of thinking G71 021 outside the patriarchally determined dichotomies *- Same/ Other, G71 022 Subject/ Object, that is to say, *'Masculine**'/ *'Feminine**' *- G71 023 identified as the basis of western culture by Simone de Beauvoir 36 G71 024 years ago. ^The domination by men of women which continues in advanced G71 025 western cultures today, is not effected by force (in general) but more G71 026 insidiously through the creation of consent, by means of an elaborate G71 027 apparatus of binary oppositions. G71 028 |^In the words of He*?2le*?3ne Cixous: G71 029 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G71 030 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G71 031 **[END INDENTATION**] G71 032 |^The pivotal question for any feminist theory attempting to G71 033 include women as an active subject is whether we want to re-organize G71 034 the relationship of difference to one of *"sameness**", through a G71 035 dialectics of valorization, or whether we want to subvert the G71 036 over-determined saturated metaphors of binary oppositions which G71 037 organize our perceptions. G71 038 |^In the initial phases of feminist inquiry into the vexed issue G71 039 of difference, the pendulum swung between *"same as**" and *"different G71 040 from**". ^The radical critiques undertaken by American feminists *- G71 041 notably, Kate Millet and Elizabeth Janeway *- used the concepts of G71 042 sex-role stereotyping to argue that biological sex is not co-extensive G71 043 with social gender; that gender is an acquired facet of social life G71 044 produced through societal conditioning and re-inforced through social G71 045 pressure. ^The belief that de-emphasizing sexual difference would G71 046 remove a major obstacle to women's participation in cultural and G71 047 political life, reached its most extreme form in Shulamith Firestone's G71 048 critique in which she attempted to abolish even the mammalian function G71 049 performed by women as childbearers. G71 050 |^In the recent evolutions of feminist inquiry, however, there G71 051 has been a shift to what Gerda Lerner calls the *"woman-centred G71 052 analysis**", with its increased willingness to challenge the old G71 053 naming of difference by the privileged, with a reclaiming of G71 054 difference. ^That is to say, the woman-centred perspective examines G71 055 the meaning of difference in terms of its value *2TO WOMEN. G71 056 |^*0The new French feminisms *- echoes of which have not yet G71 057 resounded in New Zealand art criticism *- posit difference as a G71 058 problematic with a subversive potential. ^Both their perspective and G71 059 methodology are dis-connected from the empirical, sociological G71 060 approach of American feminisms. ^Whereas American feminists focus upon G71 061 the *2OPPRESSION *0of woman as sexual identity (in a prescription for G71 062 pragmatic action to rebalance inequality), the new French feminists G71 063 analyse the *2REPRESSION *0of women as difference and alterity within G71 064 western signifying practices. G71 065 |^As we know the French are passionate for theory. ^And the most G71 066 revolutionizing texts of the new French feminists are by women of G71 067 letters. ^Inspired by a Marxist anti-bourgeois tradition, skilled in G71 068 dialectical argumentation, they employ a combination of semiotic, G71 069 philosophic and psychoanalytic concepts to examine the sexual G71 070 subject's inscription in culture through language. ^Not afraid to G71 071 appropriate concepts for their own purpose from such seminal male G71 072 thinkers as Saussure, Freud, Lacan and Derrida, they combine theory G71 073 with a subjectivism which confounds the protocols of patriarchal, G71 074 academic discourse. ^For, as Elaine Marks says: G71 075 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G71 076 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G71 077 **[END INDENTATION**] G71 078 |^Underlying the new French feminisms is the post-structuralist G71 079 premise, that the world is experienced phenomenologically as a vast G71 080 text encompassing all human symbolic systems. ^And they utilize this G71 081 premise to argue that throughout western history the text *- or, logos G71 082 *- has been based on a binary structure of culturally determined G71 083 oppositions, that is to say, *'masculine**' and *'feminine**'. ^The G71 084 strongest voices among the French feminists *- Luce Irigaray, G71 085 He*?2le*?3ne Cixous and Julia Kristeva *- argue that women's G71 086 repression is embedded in the foundations of the text *- in the G71 087 complex linguistic and logical processes that produce meaning. ^So G71 088 that what we perceive as the *'real**' becomes merely a manifestation G71 089 of the symbolic order as constituted to privilege men. ^Only by G71 090 deconstructing this phallogocentrism**[SIC**], can we transform the G71 091 *'real**' in a fundamental way. G71 092 |^In the words of He*?2le*?3ne Cixous: G71 093 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G71 094 |*"the logocentric project has always undeniably existed to found G71 095 phallocentrism, to insure for masculine order a rationale equal to G71 096 history itself**" G71 097 **[END INDENTATION**] G71 098 |^They argue that within the phallocentric order woman receives G71 099 an illusory recognition. ^She *2IS *0but she *2IS NOT *- *0except G71 100 insofar as she exists as man's opposite. ^*2HIS *0other and not as G71 101 otherness in *2HER *0own right. ^She is *2HIS *0repressed, trapped in G71 102 the cycle of *2HIS *0representations. ^She exists merely as a G71 103 reflection of *2HIS *0claims to knowledge, of *2HIS *0interpretation G71 104 of her body and her sexuality. ^A reproduction merely, reflecting back G71 105 to him a vision of *2HIS *0masculine privilege; she is designated G71 106 through absence: minus phallus = minus power, minus authenticity. G71 107 |^The politics of repression is, in the words of Josette G71 108 Fe*?2ral: G71 109 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G71 110 |*"founded upon the negation of her difference, upon her exclusion G71 111 from knowledge and from herself**" G71 112 **[END INDENTATION**] G71 113 |^By being subjected to a principle of Identity conceived wholly G71 114 as masculine (signified by the phallus), woman exists as a function of G71 115 what she is not. ^She is caught between, what Kristeva calls the *"not G71 116 that**" and the *"not yet**". G71 117 |^The most revolutionary dimension of the new French feminisms G71 118 lies in their insistence upon the specificity of feminine unconscious, G71 119 which they locate as the central focus of struggle against women's G71 120 repression. ^As Feral elaborates: G71 121 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G71 122 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G71 123 **[END INDENTATION**] G71 124 |^Their examination of the unconscious differs from the canonical G71 125 Freudian formulation of the unconscious, which would only unleash the G71 126 already spoken stories *- since it has been constituted by the G71 127 repressed in culture. ^Instead they insist upon the release of an G71 128 unspoken feminine unconscious, freed from cultural constraints. ^And G71 129 they argue that this unconscious must inform the genuinely political G71 130 feminine text. ^In Cixous' words: G71 131 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G71 132 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G71 133 **[END INDENTATION**] G71 134 |^In various ways, they call for the creation of a specifically G71 135 women's language and writing, informed by the feminine unconscious, to G71 136 speak the female body through the cracks in the syntax, semantics and G71 137 logic of male language. ^Such *"writing-in-the-feminine**" G71 138 (*"{l'e*?2criture fe*?2minine}**") would forge an anti-logos weapon G71 139 for re-appropriating the female body which man has confiscated as his G71 140 property. ^As Cixous says: G71 141 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G71 142 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G71 143 **[END INDENTATION**] G71 144 |^Alright, so to return to my initial assertion that New Zealand G71 145 art criticism ignores the question of the socio-historic determinants G71 146 of subjectivity. ^I suggest that the major contribution French G71 147 deconstructivist theory *- and I include here male theorists who have G71 148 addressed the *'woman question**', namely, Lacan, Derrida, Lyotard and G71 149 Granoff *- offers art criticism, is that it demonstrates that the G71 150 human subject is not a *2DISCRETE *0self, but a *2COMPOUND *0and that G71 151 it cannot be known without examining the ideological formulations of G71 152 patriarchy. G71 153 |^New Zealand art criticism *- with the notable exception of G71 154 Pound's *'Frames on the Land**' argument *- still operates largely G71 155 within a modernist tradition insofar as it approaches the artwork as G71 156 an autonomous entity, applying to it formalist analyses of stylistic G71 157 and thematic qualities. ^This approach fails to acknowledge the G71 158 complexities of authorship and of audience reception as they are G71 159 constituted outside the artwork, by sets of social relations deriving G71 160 from the ideological determinants. ^Through this omission, New Zealand G71 161 art criticism consistently fails to locate art as a social practice G71 162 and fails to recognize the subversive potential within criticism G71 163 itself. ^I would go so far as to name this omission a *2HEDONISM, G71 164 *0since by avoiding the inter-relations obtaining between art, subject G71 165 and their historical conjunction, criticism can only hope to provide G71 166 entertainment. G71 167 |^Whatever position criticism adopts contains its own G71 168 affiliations and historical agendas, even *2IF *0these are not made G71 169 explicit, or if the critic is ignorant of them *- as most New Zealand G71 170 critics are. ^The formalist approach simply plays into the lap of the G71 171 status-quo, by preserving art as a marginal activity, as though it had G71 172 nothing of momentum to contribute to social practices. G71 173 |^Feminist art criticism in New Zealand to date, also operates G71 174 largely within a modernist tradition of stylistic analysis, although G71 175 there have been attempts to identify various stylistic features as G71 176 recurrent motifs in women's art and to relate these to societal G71 177 conditions within which women make artwork. ^And to this extent a G71 178 break *2HAS *0been made with the modernist conception of the autonomy G71 179 of art. G71 180 |^The approach is, of course, empirical since it is based on G71 181 observations only. ^And unfortunately it has sometimes been elaborated G71 182 into an inhibitive form of prescriptivism, which advocates the use of G71 183 certain stylistic devices and subject matter as though these were more G71 184 genuine expressions for women. ^Even if an exhaustive inventory of G71 185 features occurring in women's art were compiled and compared with G71 186 those occurring in men's art, that still could *2NOT *0establish these G71 187 as more *"genuine**" expressions for women. ^What we would find from G71 188 such a patrist pursuit would be symptomatic expressions of G71 189 historically determined difference. ^Any inference from such G71 190 contingent symptoms without an examination of their origins (within G71 191 the ideological formulations of patriarchy) is simply untenable. G71 192 |^And I would urge that every precaution must be made against the G71 193 *'erection**' of a feminist imperialism which merely mouths slogans to G71 194 legislate the *"right**" way to package a so-called *'female**' G71 195 product. (^I voice this objection in full awareness of the predictable G71 196 counter-objection that I am splintering a *- fictitious *- G71 197 *"solidarity**" within women's art practice. ^That no unified purpose G71 198 exists among women artists in New Zealand is a fact, obvious to the G71 199 least informed. ^That a hegemony exists among a vocal spokesgroup, is G71 200 perhaps obvious, but not readily challenged *- such being the G71 201 partisanship of meek liberalism.) G71 202 |^Where the French feminists' advocation that women draw from a G71 203 feminine unconscious differs enormously from this simplistic G71 204 prescriptivism, is that they provide analytic tools for examining G71 205 psychological experience, to distinguish what is culturally determined G71 206 as internalization of repression from the unexplored areas deriving G71 207 from an uncoded libido. ^They certainly do not pre-define the G71 208 expressive form this would take which *- after all *- would contradict G71 209 the argument that feminine unconscious is a not-yet explored terrain. G71 210 |^New Zealand empirical, prescriptive feminism fails to G71 211 distinguish the psychological experience of internalized repression. G71 212 ^And from work I have seen the stylistic features and themes which are G71 213 fatuously applauded as somehow *"genuinely female**" are *- ironically G71 214 *- symptomatic of those very internalizations. (^I am referring here G71 215 to small scale, pre-occupation with detail and domesticity and G71 216 fragmentation.) ^There is no remaining need for the art phallocracy to G71 217 exclude art by women, when women themselves presume to legislate for G71 218 one another a prescription which is symptomatic of repression. G71 219 |^On the positive side, feminist critics have reviewed more G71 220 women's artwork. ^Nevertheless, by using the thematic and stylistic G71 221 tools acquired from the patriarchs. ^Such pragmatic actions for G71 222 women's inclusion *2WITHIN *0the phallocentric order is highly dubious G71 223 when there is complicity with its terms. ^Indeed, the very notion of G71 224 *"promoting**" an artist is a very phallic notion. ^And it would G71 225 appear that women's art is *2HOMO*0genized (formed into *2HIS G71 226 *0genus?) to be impaled on the phallic pedestal. ^This is to distort G71 227 the purpose of much women's art which attempts to transform the G71 228 dominant (phallocentric) order with an *'other**' perspective. G71 229 |^Given the recurrent dangers of co-option with the recent G71 230 upsurge of token-feminist sympathy by self-consciously styled G71 231 *'liberal**' male critics, who extend their paternalistic tolerance to G71 232 feminist art issues (in some cases after years of flagrant G71 233 disinterest), the role of the feminist critic is in serious need of G71 234 clarification. G71 235 *# G72 001 **[259 TEXT G72**] G72 002 ^*0Where uniformity was once valued, diversity has become an G72 003 inescapable fact of life. ^Where authority was taken for granted, it G72 004 must now earn its keep. ^Where institutions could once be unthinkingly G72 005 hierarchical, ordered, and static, those who serve them must now learn G72 006 to understand their inner dynamic and the conditions that must be met G72 007 if they are to adapt successfully to changing circumstances. ^Where G72 008 their legitimacy was never called into question, it is becoming G72 009 something that must be continuously negotiated. G72 010 |^In all of these changes one thing has remained the same. ^There G72 011 is no longer one true God, but Mahomet is still His prophet. ^Our G72 012 systems still pivot around a minister of education who, as a member of G72 013 cabinet, is the central source of authority and finance. ^Secondly, G72 014 the state departments of education still remain the main G72 015 administrative agency used by governments to ensure that their plans G72 016 and policies are carried out and supervised. ^And we are faced with G72 017 the question: ^Is the leopard changing its spots? ^In other words, are G72 018 state departments, which were predicated on the Benthamite model and G72 019 which developed their traditions and their ethos as instruments of G72 020 democratic centralism, adapting to the needs and possibilities of G72 021 societies that are being jobbled increasingly by the currents and G72 022 cross currents of cultural diversity, moral relativism, professional G72 023 aspiration, institutional autonomy, and participatory democracy? G72 024 |^With this as background and context, let us see if we can pick G72 025 out the shape of things to come. ^What are the principles that should G72 026 underpin departmental plans and policies for professional development? G72 027 |^To begin with, there is the meaning to be given to the word G72 028 professional. ^In common usage it is an exclusive word. ^It marks off G72 029 a group of people from all others on the basis of expertise, G72 030 authority, and a right to practise. ^It also signifies a status within G72 031 occupations and within society. ^Many of the aspirations and feelings G72 032 of teachers stem from their perceptions of teaching as a profession, G72 033 either as it is or as it might be. ^And these aspirations and feelings G72 034 often focus on other, more firmly established professions *- medicine G72 035 and law are the examples most often mentioned *- as models in G72 036 comparison with which the further progress of the teaching profession G72 037 should be gauged. G72 038 |^When we talk then about professional development we are using a G72 039 phrase heavily freighted with emotive overtones. ^Most teachers in New G72 040 Zealand would, I am sure, scan the word professional with the word G72 041 teacher and assume that the subject of our discussion was the G72 042 professional development of teachers. ^That is not the assumption I G72 043 myself make. ^I am quite certain that the state departments must G72 044 define professional more broadly than that, and for at least two G72 045 reasons. ^In the first place, we can no longer think of the teaching G72 046 profession as if its members are interchangeable. ^The specialization G72 047 of function I referred to earlier is producing a high degree of G72 048 differentiation within education services. ^Among those who will have G72 049 shared their initial training as teachers, there are now members of G72 050 the education service who identify themselves not as teachers but in G72 051 relation to some other role or responsibility directly related to G72 052 teaching. ^There are advisers of various kinds, lecturers of various G72 053 kinds, educational psychologists, guidance counsellors, visiting G72 054 teachers, special class teachers, educational researchers, inspectors, G72 055 educational administrators, curriculum developers, media specialists, G72 056 adult educators *- to name only the most obvious. ^Secondly, there are G72 057 other changes within the education service and within society which G72 058 are adding to the number of occupational groups within which teachers G72 059 are increasingly working: teachers' aides, technicians, industrial G72 060 trainers, vocational guidance officers, librarians, social workers, G72 061 school architects, paediatricians *- again to name only the most G72 062 obvious. G72 063 |^My first conclusion, then, is that a state department's plans G72 064 for professional development have to be conceived broadly. ^We are G72 065 speaking in principle about every occupational group whose work is G72 066 within public education or directly related to it. ^For where there is G72 067 specialization of function there is a growing need for the members of G72 068 the various specialist roles to be aware of each other's role and G72 069 responsibility and how they contribute to the larger objectives of G72 070 public education. ^Furthermore, specialization, itself the product of G72 071 change, is a powerful engine of further change *- and this is another G72 072 reason why the many specialized groups must be kept in communication G72 073 with each other. G72 074 |^Nor should we allow ourselves to be mesmerized by the word G72 075 professional. ^In our societies, education is becoming too important G72 076 to be left to the professionals. ^Lay participation is increasing and, G72 077 whether it is encouraged or not, can be expected to increase still G72 078 further in future. ^By the laity I mean people who by occupation are G72 079 not teachers, lecturers, tutors or others whose job it is to provide G72 080 educational services or supporting services of an educational nature. G72 081 ^I have in mind everyone from parents whose interest in their children G72 082 brings them into an active involvement in the work of their school to G72 083 citizens whose work or leisure activities bring them into the G72 084 educational field as facilitators of other people's learning. ^The G72 085 future of our societies will increasingly be one in which men and G72 086 women, whether in their own interest or in association with other G72 087 like-minded people, will be seeking greater powers of G72 088 self-determination. ^In New Zealand, for example, there is a strong G72 089 tradition of voluntary association in all fields of public life. ^It G72 090 is nowhere stronger or better organized nationally or locally than in G72 091 education. ^Parent teacher associations were an early example of G72 092 organizations that crossed the boundary between professional and the G72 093 laity in education. ^The number and variety of these organizations, G72 094 each one stemming from a shared interest or concern, has grown G72 095 appreciably, particularly during the seventies. ^Societies for G72 096 intellectually handicapped children, crippled children, gifted G72 097 children, and children with specific learning difficulties are G72 098 examples. ^These and other associations have had their origin in the G72 099 education system or in an educational problem and have developed their G72 100 own constituency of lay people and professionals. ^An organization G72 101 such as the International Reading Association might well be a pointer G72 102 to the future. ^It brings together for educational purposes people G72 103 from a wide range of personal and professional backgrounds whose G72 104 common interest is more effective reading at all ages and wherever it G72 105 is a human task. ^Its focus is educational, but its influence extends G72 106 far beyond the formal education system. G72 107 |^Of equal importance are organizations whose origins are outside G72 108 the education system but which conclude that, to achieve their G72 109 objectives, they need to develop an educational programme. ^The G72 110 temperance movement is one of the oldest of these organizations. ^In G72 111 earlier days its interest in the education system was largely the G72 112 interest of a lobby seeking to ensure that health education programmes G72 113 in schools paid sufficient attention to temperance as a virtue. ^Now G72 114 it sees its educational programme at the heart of its activities and G72 115 seeks out the various kinds of professional expertise that will enable G72 116 it to promote its own community efforts. ^Recent examples are G72 117 organizations that have sprung up from a concern for such issues as G72 118 the environment, civil rights, open government, and community G72 119 standards. ^These organizations see themselves with a mission to carry G72 120 out. ^Where they need professional advice they annex it through G72 121 consultation or by co-option, ensuring, where possible, that the G72 122 organization retains its own autonomy. G72 123 |^My second conclusion, then, is that relationships between G72 124 professionals and lay people will be as important as relationships G72 125 among professionals in the development of the policies of state G72 126 departments. ^This has large implications for the professional G72 127 socialization of teachers and other members of the education service. G72 128 ^More than any other professional group I can think of, except the G72 129 clergy and social workers, teachers must develop their professionalism G72 130 not as something that widens the gulf between themselves and other G72 131 members of society but as something capable of closing it. ^A tall G72 132 order this for an occupational group which, for long enough, has G72 133 aspired to the kind of professionalism exemplified by doctors and G72 134 lawyers *- one derived from the mystique of esoteric knowledge known G72 135 only to the chosen few. G72 136 |^I have so far touched on questions of policy that are implicit G72 137 in changes in the division of labour arising from professional and G72 138 social differentiation. ^But these changes are not taking place in an G72 139 agreed cultural matrix. ^Cultural pluralism is a phrase whose G72 140 implications for education are only beginning to dawn on us. ^By G72 141 *'us**' I have in mind not only the officials in state departments who G72 142 give advice on policy but principals, curriculum committees, and all G72 143 those whose responsibility it is to decide what should be taught, to G72 144 whom, and under what conditions. ^In the forties, when I was a G72 145 student, it was impressed on us that a prime educational aim in a G72 146 democracy was to induct young people into the heritage of their common G72 147 culture. ^The emphasis is very different today. ^It is upon cultural G72 148 diversity. ^Instead of a single approved rallying cry, there are now G72 149 many good causes that people can *- and, increasingly, do *- commit G72 150 themselves to. ^These may be ethnic, sexual, religious, explicitly G72 151 ideological, sub-cultural, or counter-cultural in the sense of a G72 152 consciously shared life style. ^And the questions are: ^What do G72 153 citizens whose personal allegiance is to one or other of these group G72 154 loyalties expect of the education system in the upbringing of their G72 155 children? ^How far should the state go to meet their wishes? ^And, if G72 156 it tries to meet their wishes, how should the education system go G72 157 about it? G72 158 |^These are difficult questions for educational establishments to G72 159 come to terms with. ^We need to remind ourselves how much of our G72 160 institutional life rests on assumptions of general agreement about G72 161 educational and social objectives. ^That, as I have said, was one of G72 162 the key assumptions of the political tradition of democratic G72 163 centralism in which our education systems grew up. ^It coincided, too, G72 164 with an era when public education could be regarded in essentially G72 165 instrumental terms, that is to say, as a means or as a preparation for G72 166 something else. ^Educational administration could similarly be seen in G72 167 instrumental terms, as a means by which the wishes of the public, G72 168 expressed through electoral procedures, were put into operation. G72 169 ^These assumptions are losing their motive power. ^In an era when G72 170 social, professional and institutional differentiation is accompanied G72 171 by cultural differentiation as well, the centre in the form of G72 172 departmental administration becomes only one focal point and source of G72 173 authority and influence among many *- and it can no longer take its G72 174 legitimacy for granted. G72 175 |^My third conclusion, then, is that plans and policies for G72 176 professional development in education must be made and carried out at G72 177 a time when the once leading idea of a common culture is under G72 178 increasing pressure from organized groups to legitimize those things G72 179 that mark them off from other groups in society. ^Public education G72 180 systems are a key social institution in the processes of assertion, G72 181 public debate, and decision that are associated with these attempts at G72 182 legitimation. ^There are, therefore, questions to be faced about the G72 183 inner composition of educational administrations, the teaching G72 184 profession, and the authoritative committees and organizations whose G72 185 perceptions and opinions influence the advice and recommendations that G72 186 ministers consider when they change policies or introduce new ones. G72 187 |^There are even more daunting questions about the objectives of G72 188 education systems and the role of professionals in deciding these G72 189 objectives and carrying them out. ^For the more that the ends of G72 190 education become ideological the less can the teacher as professional G72 191 claim the right to the last word on what he or she should be teaching. G72 192 ^And the more that the ends of education become ideological the more G72 193 are schools becoming the instruments of group assertiveness, partial G72 194 views, and propaganda. ^If, then, we take cultural pluralism G72 195 seriously, life for the professionals who serve governments as G72 196 educational administrators, and for the professionals who provide G72 197 educational services, can never be the same again. ^Views of the world G72 198 and of our place in it, which we could earlier take for granted, are G72 199 being challenged and must be thought through again in the light of G72 200 radically different assumptions and expectations. G72 201 *# G73 001 **[260 TEXT G73**] G73 002 ^*0At Addo National Park, also in South Africa, about 100 elephants G73 003 live protected behind a steel fence. *"^From slaughter to strict G73 004 preservation of a tiny fragment *- this South African example may G73 005 foreshadow the future of most of Africa's elephants.**" G73 006 |^The price of protecting these animals is high. ^Their nomadic G73 007 instincts are frustrated and may eventually be bred out; the most G73 008 aggressive animals, which may damage perimeter fences or attack G73 009 wardens and tourists, will be culled; surplus baby elephants are sold G73 010 to circuses and zoos; temporarily sick or disabled animals, which G73 011 provide an outlet for elephants' altruistic, supportive behavioural G73 012 needs, will be culled instead of being healed or dying a proper death G73 013 within their own society. ^These selective pressures, and the genetic G73 014 isolation of small populations, will alter the gene pool, probably G73 015 detrimentally. ^Something of the value of elephants will be lost, G73 016 precisely because the elephants are protected as a resource. G73 017 *<*1Conservationist arguments in sum*> G73 018 |^*0A number of conservationist arguments for species protection: G73 019 claims that the continued existence of various species is necessary, G73 020 might be necessary, or at any rate contributes to human welfare have G73 021 been discussed. ^No single argument justifies a commitment to G73 022 preserving species as such. ^It is tempting to conclude that even G73 023 though each of the arguments has flaws, taken together they are G73 024 conclusive. ^This will not do. ^Michael Scriven, writing about G73 025 arguments intended to demonstrate the existence of God, refers to an G73 026 old story about a theologian who said *"^None of my arguments is any G73 027 good by itself, but taken together they constitute an overwhelming G73 028 proof**". G73 029 |^The conservationist, though, may argue that the attack mounted G73 030 so far is unfair. ^It is not as if conservationists are arguing for G73 031 deliberate or casual destruction of species. ^On the contrary, they G73 032 urge restraint on the grounds that species represent irreplaceable G73 033 resources. ^The variety of benefits which we do, or might expect to G73 034 gain from a variety of species, ought to make us hesitate to destroy G73 035 or threaten any species unless there is some clear and considerable G73 036 benefit which could not be gained by less destructive means. ^Our G73 037 knowledge of animal behaviour, genetics and ecology is still very G73 038 incomplete; we should proceed with caution. G73 039 |^In many cases conservationist and preservationist approaches G73 040 will yield similar practical conclusions, even though for quite G73 041 different reasons. ^It is in those cases where no conceivable use can G73 042 be imagined for a species that the two approaches will yield differing G73 043 conclusions. ^A good example is the case of species whose existence is G73 044 actually harmful to human interests, and it is to this problem that we G73 045 now turn. G73 046 *<*1Harmful species*> G73 047 |^*0Some species are, or may be useful; many are almost certainly not. G73 048 ^Worse, other species have a negative value for humans. ^If the only G73 049 value of a species is as a resource, then *'harmful**' species G73 050 presumably can be exterminated with a clear conscience. ^Such cases G73 051 pose difficulties for the preservationist who advocates the protection G73 052 of all species. ^The smallpox virus *1({6Poxvirus variolae}) *0is G73 053 probably extinct *'in the wild**' thanks to a systematic vaccination G73 054 campaign by the World Health Organisation. ^British microbiologist G73 055 Bernard Dixon notes that *"this is the first time in history when man G73 056 has been able to obliterate *- for all time and by conscious, rational G73 057 choice *- a particular form of life,**" and asks, *"^Should the {0WHO} G73 058 be applauded for pioneering this new form of genocide or is there a G73 059 case for the preservationists to call a halt?**" ^Dixon goes on to G73 060 argue that the virus should indeed be preserved, both because G73 061 knowledge of it might be useful in fighting related diseases, and G73 062 because of its potential use in genetic engineering. ^But these are G73 063 arguments for protecting it only in laboratories: the virologists who G73 064 wish to maintain it presumably do not wish to preserve it in its G73 065 ecological role. ^The risks of maintaining the species are enormous, G73 066 since fairly soon there will be no natural or acquired immunity in the G73 067 human population: an accidental or deliberate release could cause G73 068 millions of deaths. G73 069 |^There are less dramatic *'problem species**', including G73 070 agricultural and other *'pests**': aphids, mealy bugs, rats, mice and G73 071 silverfish for instance. ^These species have a wider ecological role G73 072 than disease organisms, whose only function appears to be to keep down G73 073 the human population by (presumably) unacceptable deaths. ^There are G73 074 also behavioural and technological solutions to prevent *'pests**' G73 075 from seriously harming human interests while not threatening G73 076 populations in areas where they do not harm human interests. ^The G73 077 preservationist will be prepared to pay the price of such measures, G73 078 even though extermination might be cheaper; the conservationist will G73 079 not. ^More importantly, the preservationist seems to be committed to G73 080 accepting some human deaths as the price to be paid for saving G73 081 species. ^\0J. Baird Callicott refers to Edward Abbey's statement that G73 082 he would sooner shoot a man than a snake; while not going so far G73 083 himself, Callicott writes that *"the preciousness of individual G73 084 (animals)... is inversely proportional to the population of the G73 085 species**" and at least implies his agreement with the view that G73 086 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G73 087 |^The adoption of a view such as Callicott's requires a G73 088 revolution in our ethical thinking, and probably a much wider G73 089 conceptual revision. ^The conservationist, in contrast, can appeal to G73 090 concepts of the place of humans in nature and the value of human life G73 091 which are familiar to and accepted by most people. ^To make a general G73 092 case for the preservation of all species as such, therefore, presents G73 093 a considerable challenge *- especially when the existence of the G73 094 species in question threatens the existence of some humans. G73 095 *<*1Future generations*> G73 096 |^*0The conservationist case has a further dimension which has not yet G73 097 been considered: that we are not (presumably) the last generation of G73 098 humans. ^Even if we do not perceive a species as a valuable resource, G73 099 it may be that future generations will, and it might be thought that G73 100 we ought not to cut off the option of enjoying or utilising a species G73 101 merely because we happen not to value it. ^This argument appeals to a G73 102 duty to conserve resources of all kinds for future generations. ^In G73 103 turn, this is part of a generally accepted duty to make some G73 104 sacrifices of present enjoyment for the sake of benefits to future G73 105 generations. G73 106 |^Accepting, for argument's sake, that these duties should be G73 107 taken seriously, the conservationist could argue that we ought not to G73 108 deny future generations the use of species for which we have no use at G73 109 present. ^Indeed, perhaps we ought even to consider the possibility G73 110 that they might be preservationists, who will place inherent value on G73 111 all species! ^This argument appears to reduce the practical G73 112 differences between the two positions to zero. ^In fact, it is G73 113 seriously deficient for three reasons. G73 114 |^First, it requires us to speculate about the wants, needs, and G73 115 values of future generations, but provides no basis for such G73 116 speculation. ^We cannot know everything they will value, and of course G73 117 like us they will have to choose from what is available. G73 118 |^Secondly, the conservationist will certainly support policies G73 119 designed to protect species with a view to the needs of future G73 120 generations, unless strong reasons to the contrary are presented. G73 121 ^Conservation implies the saving of resources, even potential G73 122 resources. ^But in some cases there may be good, perhaps overwhelming, G73 123 reasons for proceeding with developments which destroy the habitats of G73 124 rare species, precisely in order to provide benefits for future G73 125 generations. ^For example, our duty to provide energy or materials for G73 126 future generations may require us to begin projects which will not G73 127 yield benefits for decades, such as forestry planting. ^Some G73 128 developments of this sort may destroy the habitats of endangered G73 129 species. G73 130 |^Thirdly, our obligations to the future do not automatically G73 131 override our other obligations. ^We also have duties to our G73 132 contemporaries, and in carrying them out we may sometimes be using up G73 133 resources and thereby denying the benefits to future generations. ^The G73 134 nature and scope of our obligations to the future, then, pose G73 135 difficulties for both the conservationist and preservationist. ^For G73 136 the former, because it is not easy to decide which resources should be G73 137 used now and which saved for the future; for the latter, because G73 138 failure to proceed with developments may harm the interests of future G73 139 as well as present generations. ^Once again, the preservationist may G73 140 be forced to accept a considerable loss to humans as the price to be G73 141 paid for protecting species. G73 142 *<*1Beyond species protection*> G73 143 |^*0So far we have mostly been considering species as isolated units, G73 144 whose claims to protection must be based on their own properties. ^The G73 145 value and interest of many species has often been conceived in this G73 146 way. ^Old fashioned zoos exhibited separate animals in cages for G73 147 people to look at. ^Biology has studied the physiology, morphology and G73 148 (more recently) behaviour of species in isolation. ^Propaganda for G73 149 species protection focuses on individual species, often spectacular or G73 150 beautiful ones such as tigers, kokako, or giant panda. ^Legislation is G73 151 often species oriented: most countries have their lists of species G73 152 which it is forbidden to harm. G73 153 |^A different way to approach the problem is to focus on the G73 154 protection of ecosystems. ^This approach is not an original one, of G73 155 course, and is behind the creation of many national parks, reserves, G73 156 and protected habitats around the world. ^The topic of wilderness G73 157 preservation is covered elsewhere in this volume so we shall make only G73 158 brief comments. G73 159 |^The following considerations may be urged in favour of the G73 160 protection of large areas of land and thus of protecting species. G73 161 |^Both the conservationist and preservationist may argue that the G73 162 setting aside of large areas is a duty to future generations. G73 163 ^Worldwide, as development proceeds, the number and variety of G73 164 relatively unmodifed ecosystems is steadily shrinking. ^Unless some G73 165 areas are protected absolutely from modification, future generations G73 166 will not have the opportunity to have valuable aesthetic, G73 167 recreational, scientific and spiritual experiences. ^In New Zealand we G73 168 can well afford to set aside large areas as National Parks, and as a G73 169 prosperous, lightly populated country we have a duty to do so. G73 170 ^Already some of New Zealand's unique ecosystems *- tussock grassland, G73 171 peat bogs, lowland podocarp forest *- have been greatly reduced, along G73 172 with the formerly common but now rare species which inhabit them. G73 173 ^Policies to protect ecosystems, and especially fragile or diminishing G73 174 ecosystems, can be justified by an appeal to the presumed interests of G73 175 future generations. G73 176 |^It is certainly better to try to save species by protecting G73 177 their habitat than to breed them in captivity, for instance, with a G73 178 view to later reintroduction. G73 179 |^The protection of ecosystems provides hope for saving more G73 180 species. ^Many species do not breed or even survive in captivity; some G73 181 need huge tracts of land to migrate, to engage in display flights as G73 182 an essential precondition of mating, or just to achieve psychological G73 183 health. ^No animals are indefinitely adaptable: rare ones are G73 184 relatively non-adaptable. G73 185 |^Most species behave differently in captivity than in the wild, G73 186 and some captive populations undergo genetic changes in response to G73 187 the special conditions of captivity. ^It follows that to attempt to G73 188 save a species in captivity is justifiable generally only on the G73 189 grounds that the eventual intention is to release it back into the G73 190 wild. ^For various reasons, this is not always possible. ^Captive G73 191 animals often develop behaviour traits which make their survival in G73 192 the wild unlikely. ^If an animal is exterminated in an area, other G73 193 species will often fill the vacant niche thus created. ^The G73 194 reintroduced species may find, therefore, that it has nowhere to go; G73 195 in any case, during its absence a new ecological balance may have been G73 196 struck, which the reintroduction will upset. G73 197 |^Captive breeding over several generations may lead to genetic G73 198 degeneration, both through excessive in-breeding and because captive G73 199 environments usually differ in various ways from the original G73 200 environment. ^These differences will act as selective pressures G73 201 favouring traits which may not be successful in the wild and cause G73 202 further problems of reintroduction. ^If captive breeding produces G73 203 animals significantly different from the wild population, the G73 204 programme will not have saved a species, but turned it into something G73 205 else. ^There is already some evidence of significant genetic change G73 206 among captive lion populations, for example. G73 207 *# G74 001 **[261 TEXT G74**] G74 002 |^*0Most of you will be familiar with the story of *1The Sorcerer's G74 003 Apprentice. ^*0It began as a fable more than 1800 years ago. ^The G74 004 German poet Goethe used the theme for a ballad, perhaps in the light G74 005 of the Industrial Revolution. ^Paul Dukas composed a piece of G74 006 symphonic music around it and finally Walt Disney combined both music G74 007 and story for a screen version. G74 008 |^The favourite trick of the travelling sorcerer was to turn a G74 009 broomstick into a human figure, which then did all the duties of a G74 010 servant, such as making meals and carrying water. ^His young G74 011 apprentice found a hiding place so that he could overhear the words of G74 012 the charm. ^When the sorcerer was safely out of the way he tried out G74 013 the magic words, changed a stick into a human figure and ordered it to G74 014 fetch the water from the well *- a chore his master had asked him to G74 015 do. ^At first all went well. ^But when enough water had been brought G74 016 and the apprentice ordered the slave to become a stick again, the G74 017 automaton did not understand *- for the apprentice had not bothered to G74 018 learn the words which put the magic in reverse. ^The senseless servant G74 019 continued to fetch water until the room overflowed. ^In desperation G74 020 the apprentice split the stick in two with an axe, only to find he now G74 021 had two obedient creatures fetching water. ^Only the arrival of the G74 022 sorcerer saved the day, once again bringing that magical power under G74 023 control. G74 024 |^This fable vividly illustrates the danger of unleashing forces G74 025 one does not fully understand. ^It is all the more relevant to our G74 026 study of advancing technology in that the practice of magic was a G74 027 primitive form of technology. ^In a cultural context where G74 028 supernatural forces were assumed without question, magic was the G74 029 supposed method by which one could release them and use them to G74 030 achieve one's own ends. ^Even to this day, each amazing, new G74 031 technological advance strikes the uninitiated as a new burst of magic. G74 032 ^We have become very blase*?2 about handling a tiny electronic G74 033 calculator or watching a television screen, but if these had been G74 034 suddenly presented to people 100 years ago, they would have stared in G74 035 disbelief and declared it to be magic made real. ^And advancing G74 036 technology, like ancient magic, has been treated with both awe and G74 037 suspicion on the grounds that it can be as dangerous to dabble with G74 038 new forces as it is to play with fire. G74 039 |^Let me illustrate this by reference to the three successive G74 040 stages of advancing human technology, described in the first chapter G74 041 as the tool-age, the machine-age and the computer-age. ^Even the G74 042 simple tool can occasionally cause us physical harm if not properly G74 043 used, as everyone who has hit their thumb with a hammer has only too G74 044 painfully learned. G74 045 |^When we move into the machine-age, however, the potential G74 046 dangers increase tremendously. ^Because the machine has its own source G74 047 of energy it is not under the direct control of humans in the way G74 048 hand-tools are. ^It can often do untold damage before it can be G74 049 brought to a stop. ^Fifty years ago Upton Sinclair was alerting the G74 050 unsuspecting American public to some of these dangers by recording G74 051 some hair-raising stories of human disasters which had occurred in the G74 052 industrial world. ^It has become necessary to ensure by legislation an G74 053 ever-increasing number of safety devices along with careful G74 054 supervision. G74 055 |^The dangers we may suffer as a direct result of computer G74 056 malfunctioning are of a different kind *- but are no less serious. G74 057 ^Some time ago a business firm with which I occasionally deal billed G74 058 me for *+$5,000 for a load of bricks I had supposedly purchased. ^When G74 059 I complained that I had no knowledge of such a purchase I received a G74 060 quick apology, with the explanation that it was due to computer error. G74 061 ^No harm resulted on that occasion, but it will be a very different G74 062 matter if computer error sparks off a nuclear war. ^In any case we G74 063 shall never really know how much an incorrect computer setting G74 064 contributed to the \0Mt Erebus disaster. G74 065 |^Strictly speaking, computers do not make errors, any more than G74 066 machines make the accidents they cause. ^It is no more just, to blame G74 067 the machine and the computer, than it is to blame the hammer which has G74 068 hit your thumb. ^Tools, machines and computers have all been conceived G74 069 by humans, been constructed by humans, and remain subject ultimately G74 070 to human control. ^What these technological devices do is to reflect G74 071 the imperfections and errors of their makers. ^Moreover they have the G74 072 capacity to magnify those errors. ^The more complex the device, the G74 073 more it may lead to unintended calamity on an ascending scale. ^A G74 074 machine which is out of control can do more damage than a tool. ^A G74 075 computer could do more widespread damage than a machine if, for G74 076 example, a government were to base its economic policy on computer G74 077 conclusions which were seriously in error. G74 078 |^Because tools, machines and computers are (logically) simply G74 079 extensions of our own limbs, we are just as responsible for what they G74 080 do as we are for the actions of our arms and legs and for our own G74 081 mental reasoning. ^It is very tempting to disown them when it suits G74 082 us, shift the blame to them and protest our own innocence. ^We humans G74 083 have been doing that ever since we developed sufficient ethical G74 084 sensitivity to experience guilt, as the myth of Adam and Eve so G74 085 clearly portrays. ^The man tried to shift the blame for having eaten G74 086 the forbidden fruit on to the woman. ^The woman in turn claimed it was G74 087 the serpent who beguiled her. ^Since the serpent was as low as one G74 088 could get, there was no other creature to which it could pass the G74 089 buck. G74 090 |^Even in the tool-age it was not uncommon for a man to blame a G74 091 poor job on to his tools or for a housewife to blame her burnt cakes G74 092 on to the range she had to work with. ^Yet it was said to be the mark G74 093 of a good craftsman never to blame his tools. ^He alone controlled G74 094 them and was responsible for their use. G74 095 |^There are two reasons, however, why it is easier to persuade G74 096 ourselves that the machine or the computer is at fault rather than G74 097 ourselves. ^The first is that, unlike the hand-tool, the machine and G74 098 the computer are constructed and operated by a group of people. ^The G74 099 responsibility for the operation is shared. ^It is much easier to hide G74 100 oneself in a group and avoid the full force of the accusation than to G74 101 have to face the complete responsibility by oneself. G74 102 |^The second most important reason is that advancing technology G74 103 has had the effect of bringing a veil of ambiguity over the question G74 104 of responsibility. ^Machines and computers give the appearance *- G74 105 however false that may ultimately be *- of doing things by themselves. G74 106 ^It is just as if the machine or the computer is an embryonic self. G74 107 ^Sherry Turtle, in her recent study of the effect of computers from G74 108 the point of view of one who is both a psychologist and a sociologist, G74 109 called her book *1The Second Self. ^*0The computer becomes a kind of G74 110 other self, from whom one can also distance oneself. ^Whether a G74 111 computer can be legitimately regarded as possessing intelligence we G74 112 will leave until the next chapter. ^But complex machines *- and now G74 113 computers *- are often treated by humans as if they *1were *0living G74 114 beings, which must consequently bear responsibility for what they G74 115 produce. ^This new grey area in our relation to machines means that G74 116 instead of our ultimate responsibility being *1direct *0and hence, G74 117 quite clear, it has become blurred by a veil of ambiguity. G74 118 |^This may be illustrated by referring to a well-known G74 119 theological problem. ^Many may regard the theology as a bit outmoded, G74 120 but if so, this is partly because the logic of the problem remains as G74 121 poignant as ever. ^It is this. ^If God created human beings who are G74 122 not only free to sin but have in fact sinned, then God himself cannot G74 123 be wholly free of blame for what has befallen the world. ^God must be G74 124 held indirectly responsible, not only for the so-called natural evils G74 125 like earthquakes, storms and plagues, but even for the evil which G74 126 humans themselves have committed. ^Adam simply passed the buck G74 127 downwards, like the stereotype of a public servant. ^He did not think G74 128 to counter God face to face with this divine responsibility. ^But that G74 129 is exactly what Job did do! ^Ever since the time of Job theologians G74 130 have wrestled with this problem, trying (rather ironically) to get God G74 131 off the hook. ^No satisfactory solution has ever been found. ^There is G74 132 no way in which an almighty, all-wise and all-loving Creator God can G74 133 be reconciled with the present state of the world. ^If God wholly G74 134 created the world out of nothing, then that God must, indirectly at G74 135 least, bear some responsibility for the way it is. G74 136 |^But this very same problem has now landed on our human plate. G74 137 ^As the creators of advancing technology we cannot avoid bearing full G74 138 responsibility, indirect though it may be, for all that tools, G74 139 machines and computers are doing to the world... for better or for G74 140 worse. ^Yet the two factors I have referred to *- first, the shared G74 141 character of our responsibility and second, the indirect nature of our G74 142 responsibility *- combine together to give us a sense of helplessness. G74 143 ^We must collectively bear responsibility for our technology and yet G74 144 we feel we are no longer in control. G74 145 |^Let me put it this way. ^In normal health we feel that our legs G74 146 and arms are completely under our control. ^They do what we wish G74 147 without our even thinking about them. ^In certain failures of health, G74 148 however, our limbs do not so respond to our intentions. ^We say we G74 149 feel as if they do not belong to us. ^And because of this we feel G74 150 helpless, even disoriented. G74 151 |^It can be like that with the technological extensions to our G74 152 limbs. ^It may occur in various ways. ^When the engine of our motorcar G74 153 suddenly splutters and stops on a lonely road and we face a motionless G74 154 silence, how helpless we suddenly feel. ^At one moment we are in G74 155 control, moving to our destination at a rapid speed; the next moment G74 156 our ability to control our circumstances has been suddenly reduced. G74 157 ^It is just as if our legs have suddenly crumpled beneath us *- and G74 158 the car is in fact our artificial legs. G74 159 |^It is even worse if the steering suddenly malfunctions and we G74 160 find ourselves at the mercy of a mindless machine hurtling forward G74 161 with absolutely no sense of direction. ^I shall never forget a moment G74 162 I had some 40 years ago, when I was driving eight or nine children G74 163 home from a picnic. ^It was a gravel road, deeply corrugated by heavy G74 164 traffic, with not even a fence between it and the fast-flowing Waitaki G74 165 river. ^Suddenly there was a blow-out and the car careered madly from G74 166 one side of the road to the other until I finally brought it safely to G74 167 a stop. G74 168 |^But there are other ways in which our technology makes us feel G74 169 helpless. ^As the annual toll of deaths on our roads so tragically G74 170 reminds us, the entry into the machine-age has meant that, along with G74 171 all the benefits our machinery has brought us, there has also been a G74 172 magnification of human tragedy. G74 173 |^There is an instructive aspect of this, which I first heard G74 174 expounded some years ago by zoologist and Nobel Prize winner, George G74 175 Wald, of Harvard University. ^What he said went something like this. G74 176 ^For some 200 million years this Earth belonged to the reptiles. ^The G74 177 dinosaurs were the lords of the Earth. ^They were the biggest land G74 178 animals that have ever existed. ^They were well-protected with G74 179 armour-plate. ^They were well-armed with horns, teeth and claws. G74 180 ^Those dinosaurs looked impregnable. G74 181 |^But back among the trees were a small group of tender, G74 182 defenceless animals *- the first mammals. G74 183 *# G75 001 **[262 TEXT G75**] G75 002 |^*0During World War 1 the Red Cross was unable to cope with the G75 003 demands made on it and was taken over by New York bankers, who used G75 004 the Red Cross Mission that went to Russia in 1917 to send, through the G75 005 National City Bank, one million dollars. ^This money was used for G75 006 political purposes. ^Unknown to its administrators, the Red Cross was G75 007 being used as a cover for revolutionary activities. G75 008 |^In 1919 a summary of loans granted by American banks to German G75 009 interests in World War 1 was given to the Overman Committee of the G75 010 {0US} Senate by the {0US} Military Intelligence. ^Goods were sent from G75 011 the {0US} to Germany by way of Sweden, Switzerland and Holland between G75 012 1915 and 1918. ^The first major loan was for *+$400,000, then *+$1.3 G75 013 million, then *+$3 million and then *+$1 million. ^These loans G75 014 financed spy activities in the {0US} and Mexico. G75 015 |^The Overton Committee also established that Guaranty Trust of G75 016 Wall \0St. had an active role in financing Germany in World War 1 at G75 017 the same time as they were financing the allies. G75 018 |^The German government also financed Lenin's revolutionary G75 019 activities. G75 020 |^Frontman for the International Bankers in Russia was William G75 021 Boyce Thompson, a very wealthy promoter of mining stocks. ^He and his G75 022 associates in Wall Street gave financial and more important, G75 023 diplomatic and propaganda assistance to Trotsky and Lenin. ^French G75 024 government documents confirm that Thompson's deputy, Raymond Robins, G75 025 spread bolshevik propaganda in Europe and Thompson was able to bring G75 026 pressure to bear on Lloyd George and the British War Cabinet and swing G75 027 them around to Trotsky & \0Co. ^Jan Smuts called Trotsky a consummate G75 028 scoundrel. G75 029 |^Thompson's objective was to keep Russia at war with Germany and G75 030 retain Russia as a market for postwar American enterprise. ^It was G75 031 German commercial and industrial exploitation of Russia that Thompson G75 032 & \0Co feared and brought them into an alliance with the bolsheviks. G75 033 ^Thompson and his handful of banker and promoter cohorts were not G75 034 bolsheviks or communists, socialists or democrats, they simply wanted G75 035 a captive market in Russia. ^Wall Street achieved its goal *- American G75 036 firms controlled by this syndicate were later to go on and build the G75 037 Soviet Union. G75 038 |^Leon Trotsky declared himself an *4Internationalist, *0he was G75 039 for *2WORLD *0revolution and for *2WORLD *0dictatorship. G75 040 |^John \0D. Rockefeller, in his book *"The Second American G75 041 Revolution**" has a plea for Humanism, in other words, a plea for G75 042 collectivism, Humanism *2IS *0Collectivism. ^Really a continuation of G75 043 the earlier Morgan-Rockefeller support of collectivist enterprises and G75 044 mass subversion of individual rights. G75 045 |^In *"The Confessions of a Monopolist**" Frederick \0C. Howe G75 046 says *"^To control industries it is necessary to control Congress. G75 047 ^The two principles of a successful monopolist are G75 048 _|1. ^Let Society work for you G75 049 |2. ^Make a business of politics**". G75 050 |^Since then this closed Wall Street complex has continued to G75 051 build Russia, economically and militarily. G75 052 |^This group of International Bankers backed the bolshevik G75 053 revolution and profited from the establishment of a Soviet Union. ^It G75 054 backed Roosevelt and profited from the New Deal. ^It backed Hitler and G75 055 profited from German armament in the 1930's. ^Even during World War 11 G75 056 Standard Oil of {0US} developed synthetic rubber and gasoline for war G75 057 purposes on behalf of the Nazi. ^This is only part of the aid the Nazi G75 058 received from the International Financiers as recorded by Anthony G75 059 Sutton, American university professor and writer, in *"Wall Street and G75 060 the Rise of Hitler**". G75 061 |^There is documentary evidence that Wall Street financed the G75 062 1912 Sun Yat-Sen revolution in China and Lamont, head of {0J.P.} G75 063 Morgan, secured a *+$100 million loan for Mussolini in 1926. ^As G75 064 classified documents from {0US} State Department files, British G75 065 Foreign Office and German, French and Russian Foreign Ministry G75 066 archives gradually become available so history changes and old G75 067 versions are proved inaccurate and designed to hide the truth. ^Wars G75 068 are started and stopped by the power elite behind the scenes. G75 069 |^Russia was and is the largest untapped market in the world and G75 070 could be a major threat to American supremacy. ^Hence the present G75 071 tug-of-war between them. G75 072 |^In 1943 General George \0C. Marshall took with him to the G75 073 Quebec Conference a brief for the dissolution of the British Empire G75 074 and, just as the plan was presented then, so it happened. G75 075 |^The British Empire was liquidated stage by stage by G75 076 functionaries of the New York money power, the secret government of G75 077 the United States and most of the world, which plans to become elite G75 078 as it has almost become the World Government. ^The {0US} is also a G75 079 victim of this power elite as it has almost become a totalitarian G75 080 state with the International Bankers controlling Washington and its G75 081 politicians. G75 082 |^Alexander Solzhenitsyn said in a speech to Harvard University G75 083 in 1975 that G75 084 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G75 085 |^All the power that has transformed Africa since 1960 has come G75 086 from outside. ^The African regimes now represented at {0UN} and in the G75 087 {0OAU} are puppet or proxy regimes, each one wholly dependent on G75 088 support from outside Africa. G75 089 |^In spite of all the huge quantities of money and food and other G75 090 assistance that has been poured into Africa since 1960, it has become G75 091 one of the world's worst disaster areas with millions in danger of G75 092 starvation, violence and disease. G75 093 |^It is Africa's natural resources which have been liberated! G75 094 |^The internationalisation of natural resources, their severance G75 095 from the control of advanced nations is only half the story of what G75 096 has happened in Africa since 1960. ^The other half is the political G75 097 power, since concentrated money power is meaningless without political G75 098 power. ^The mass of *"New Nations**", some as tiny as Vanuatu (\0pop G75 099 91,000) in the Pacific, help to outvote the highly developed nations G75 100 without whose massive aid most of the *"new**" nations would vanish G75 101 from the world scene. G75 102 |^What is happening in Africa is a sample of what is happening G75 103 all over the world. ^The *"new**" plans, like the New International G75 104 Economic Order, the Trilaterial Commission, the {0US} Council of G75 105 Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs *- are G75 106 all working for World Government. G75 107 |^What is happening is for concentrated power to control G75 108 absolutely. G75 109 |^Another thing that is so amazing is the concentrated war G75 110 against apartheid in South Africa and the concentrated war of words G75 111 *2FOR *0apartheid in Australia and New Zealand. G75 112 |^Why is it that countries which as colonies could feed G75 113 themselves are now starving? G75 114 |^In African states the poor are getting poorer. ^Why? G75 115 |^Is it because of all the war and strife and bloodshed on a G75 116 scale unequalled anywhere else in the world? G75 117 |^Under colonial rule Africa was a continent of order and the G75 118 rule of law but this was all changed when America and the Soviet Union G75 119 set out to destroy everything that had been gained, recreating another G75 120 *"Dark Africa**". ^The Colonial powers had received their marching G75 121 orders from the One World Government too. ^Douglas Reed has said G75 122 *"^The only truth behind the woeful pageant of handing back the G75 123 colonies was that the Black man was being handed back to slavery**". G75 124 |^In 1962 the African continent fed itself but over the next G75 125 twenty years as the Marxist regimes imposed *"scientific socialism**" G75 126 on agriculture Africa became the only region in the world where food G75 127 production per head kept declining. ^American agriculture expert, Gale G75 128 Johnson, says *"this decline is due not to lack of resources but to G75 129 political factors resulting in the exploitation of farmers**". G75 130 |^Ethiopia has lived through droughts before, under Haile G75 131 Salassie food production grew at an annual rate of about 3%, just G75 132 keeping up with the increasing population, but today the land has been G75 133 nationalised and production has fallen. G75 134 |^Although the bulk of Ethiopia's food is produced by small farms G75 135 (which persist) state farms are the darling of the government. G75 136 |^John Cohen of Harvard Institute for International Development G75 137 says *"^Ethiopia remains potentially one of the richest, but actually G75 138 one of the poorest agrarian nations in Africa**". G75 139 |^While the people are starving, Mengistu, the Soviet backed G75 140 dictator, spent *+$200 million for monuments, bands and parade floats G75 141 to celebrate the tenth anniversary of the revolution. ^While babies G75 142 died Ethiopian ships carrying more than a million dollars worth of G75 143 British whiskey and cream sherry were unloaded and rushed to Addis G75 144 Ababa. G75 145 |^In the eyes of the world the starving people are the victims of G75 146 drought, in reality they are the victims of an ideological plague. G75 147 |^An Ethiopian journalist living in London explains in the G75 148 Readers Digest (June 1985) the fate of a typical village. G75 149 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G75 150 |^The Colonialist governments were to some extent influenced by G75 151 conscience, and a sense of responsibility but the new imperialism is G75 152 without feeling or conscience, answerable to no-one as it seeks to G75 153 draw all the world's people into a single totalitarian world state. G75 154 |^Capitalism and Communism *- similar men secretly rule in both G75 155 camps. ^Politicians can be bought like sacks of potatoes. G75 156 |^In her book *"Audacity to Believe**" \0Dr Sheila Cassidy tells G75 157 how she, an Englishwoman, went to live in Chile in 1971 and recounts G75 158 her experiences after Allende was murdered 11 September 1973 when a G75 159 military coup took over the country. ^She later learned how the G75 160 American {0CIA} (Central Intelligence Agency) masterminded it and how, G75 161 in November 1975 she was arrested for treating a wounded G75 162 revolutionary, tortured and finally deported. ^The Fascist rule there G75 163 is, in a word, shocking. G75 164 |^Pressure had been brought to bear on the Australian Federal G75 165 Government so that they in turn bring pressure on the State G75 166 Governments to transfer large slices of the country to Aborigine G75 167 ownership (apartheid) complete with the ownership of natural G75 168 resources, contradicting the old policy of integration. ^52% of the G75 169 land and 82% of the coastline of the Northern Territory is to be G75 170 handed back to the Aborigines. G75 171 |^In October 1981 *"The Australian**" newspaper said G75 172 **[LONG QUOTATION**] G75 173 |^It is obvious in Australia and New Zealand that the nature G75 174 conservation ploy is to be used wherever possible to remove areas rich G75 175 in natural resources from the control of local authorities by having G75 176 the control and responsibility transfered to a *2WORLD *0authority. G75 177 |^The same thing has happened in Canada and Tasmania. G75 178 |^It is hardly necessary to explain that the transference of G75 179 ownership rights is a necessary prelude to full internationalisation G75 180 of *2ALL *0natural resources at some later date. ^Natural resources G75 181 are thus made ready for final transfer to an international authority. G75 182 |^*"The Hoax of the Twentieth Century**" by {0A.R.} Butz is mind G75 183 boggling. ^It suggests, it more than suggests, it says that the 6 G75 184 million Jews killed in German gas ovens is incorrect. G75 185 |^We have come to believe that this is a fact and it is hard to G75 186 change our way of thinking. ^But it is worth stopping and giving G75 187 thought to and wondering if what this book says could be right. ^It is G75 188 not to be dismissed lightly. G75 189 |^No established historian has written a book supporting the G75 190 extermination stories. G75 191 |^After Germany collapsed in 1945 shocking scenes of countless G75 192 dead bodies were found in Belsen and other concentration camps. G75 193 ^According to this book these deaths were the result of a total loss G75 194 of control, not a deliberate policy, and the major cause of these G75 195 deaths was a typhus epidemic. ^The typhus was the kind carried by a G75 196 body louse and it was being fought all through the war. ^All G75 197 *"survivor literature**" report the same procedure in entering any G75 198 German camp, disrobe, shave hair, shower and then dress in new or G75 199 disinfected clothes. ^The *"gas chambers**" were used for disinfecting G75 200 clothes and were in all concentration camps. ^Typhus was spread in the G75 201 infected cattle trucks the prisoners were carried in and the typhus G75 202 caused whole train loads of prisoners to die. ^One train in war torn G75 203 Berlin was found to contain 800 dead bodies. G75 204 |^An American lawyer, Stephen \0S. Printer, who was stationed at G75 205 Dachau for 17 months after the war, wrote in 1959 G75 206 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G75 207 |^The crematoriums have been referred to as *"gas ovens**". ^As G75 208 it took at least an hour for a body to be reduced in a crematorium, at G75 209 the very most that would mean twenty three bodies a day. ^So, by doing G75 210 simple arithmetic, it would be impossible to reach 6 million. G75 211 |^Then, Richard Harward, a writer and specialist in political and G75 212 diplomatic aspects of World War two, at present with the University of G75 213 London said *"The allegation that 6 million Jews died during the G75 214 Second World War, as a direct result of official German policy of G75 215 extermination is utterly unfounded**". G75 216 *# G76 001 **[263 TEXT G76**] G76 002 ^*0Riches become ours when we give up any ideas of sacrifice and lack. G76 003 |^If we are trying to be prosperous on one hand and are still G76 004 committed to ideas of sacrifice on the other, then we are still G76 005 controlled by a personal law of poverty, and inner conflict will G76 006 always result. ^For example: ^I am often asked the question at G76 007 seminars, *"^What is wrong with giving up buying something in order to G76 008 have enough money to purchase something better. ^Isn't that G76 009 sacrificing?**" G76 010 |^The answer depends upon the state of our consciousness. ^If we G76 011 are content with only having one thing rather than wanting two, then G76 012 that's prosperity. ^But if we want two things and believe we can only G76 013 afford one of them, then we are coming from a consciousness of G76 014 *'lack**' and the idea of a limited universe. ^We can have both and G76 015 more by creating in our minds a desire for both. ^We can do this by G76 016 setting goals and Affirming to ourselves that it is possible and G76 017 perfectly alright to have both. ^Then we start applying our Creative G76 018 Minds to achieve all that we desire, rather than sacrificing half of G76 019 what we want. ^Setting a direction for ourselves through Goals and G76 020 Affirmations to achievement will allow us to give up sacrifice forever G76 021 and avoid self punishing inner conflict. G76 022 |^Remember, whatever we can imagine in our minds, can be ours. G76 023 ^If we have the power (which we all have), to create a desire in the G76 024 mind, then it is our right if we choose to create it in our lives. ^In G76 025 fact, it already is ours the moment we complete creating it in our G76 026 imagination, and we need only wait for the time when it manifests G76 027 itself in our lives. G76 028 |^Where sacrifice is based on poverty, contribution through G76 029 giving is spreading our surplus of Abundance. G76 030 |^The Principle of Giving involves the practice of Tithing, and G76 031 is the *'heart**' of the *2CONTRIBUTION *0Law. G76 032 *<*6TITHING:*> G76 033 |^*0Tithing is a very old and successful prosperity principle, G76 034 dating back to ancient times. ^Tithing is giving away a percentage of G76 035 one's income, normally 10%. ^Tithing is a very powerful practice in G76 036 building an Abundance Consciousness, because we can only give away the G76 037 surplus of what we already have. ^Done on a regular basis, it makes a G76 038 major difference in our attitude to money as we become *'surplus**' G76 039 conscious. ^Surplus conscious is the opposite to people who think that G76 040 money is in short supply. ^When we give away a portion of our surplus, G76 041 the idea of a lack of money will never occur to us again. G76 042 |^The power behind this Principle is the little understood Law of G76 043 Cause and Effect. ^Cause and Effect means that for every action there G76 044 is an equal and opposite reaction. ^Simply said, whatever we give out, G76 045 must come back to us, and often multiplied. ^This is an unbreakable G76 046 law in the universe. ^Whenever we contribute to prosperity, we must G76 047 prosper also, and our rewards don't always come from those that we G76 048 serve, but they come, for that is the Law. G76 049 |^Of all the Principles of Abundance and riches, it is the G76 050 Tithing Principle that I personally regard as the most important and G76 051 powerful. ^However, to get the best results there are some simple, but G76 052 important rules to pay attention to. G76 053 *<*31. GIVING TO PEOPLE WHO DON'T NEED IT:*> G76 054 |^*0Give at least three quarters of your Tithing to people who G76 055 don't need it. ^This is different from giving to charity which is G76 056 giving money to those who do need it. ^Charity is a generous and noble G76 057 practice, but it can have some unfortunate side effects. ^It can often G76 058 make the recipients angry because they feel they have no choice but to G76 059 accept it, or humbled into self-hate, because of their weakness of G76 060 having to receive charity. ^Either way the anger or the weakness is G76 061 reinforced. ^This is sometimes clearly observed by some people on G76 062 Government benefits. G76 063 |^It can also easily degenerate into forming a dependency on G76 064 others for free *"handouts**". ^This builds weakness rather than G76 065 strength. ^Give a starving man a dollar and he will be back at your G76 066 door the next day for another dollar. ^Give him an idea of how he can G76 067 earn his own dollar through service to others, and your gift will last G76 068 a life-time. ^People rush out with their admirable but useless drives G76 069 for a better world. ^Trying to relieve poverty, hunger, disease, war G76 070 and famine in the world is merely treating a symptom. ^The cause is G76 071 ignorance and fear. ^And to try treating only the symptom can often G76 072 reinforce the problem. ^As fast as the world improves on one side, it G76 073 deteriorates on the other. G76 074 |^The only way to improve the world is to raise the conscious G76 075 level of the individual. ^No other way will do it. ^Better still, G76 076 raise our own conscious level, rather than charge around evangelically G76 077 trying to change everyone else. ^For all disease and war in the world G76 078 begins with the inner mental diseases and tiny wars within our minds. G76 079 ^Changing what is going on within each one of us will do more for G76 080 world peace and overcoming poverty and fear, than by trying to change G76 081 the world's problems with money and effort. ^Treat the cause by G76 082 teaching high quality thoughts, and the symptoms of the world will G76 083 take care of themselves. G76 084 |^At the same time, do give one quarter of your Tithings to G76 085 people who do need it. ^But give it in the form of an idea, rather G76 086 than in money. ^Send them a copy of this book for instance, or some G76 087 other inspirational book. ^Giving one quarter to those who do need it G76 088 also prevents all the wealth staying within a select and exclusive G76 089 group, and therefore helps spread this wisdom of Abundance. G76 090 |^By giving three quarters of your Tithings to folk who are G76 091 already prosperous, makes a greater impact upon the general prosperity G76 092 of the world. ^The people who have begun to understand the Laws of G76 093 Abundance will use the money you give them to build and create even G76 094 more wealth in the world from which everyone benefits. ^But because G76 095 you started a momentum of spreading Abundance, you will find that it G76 096 seeps back to you in many interesting ways. G76 097 *<*32. GIVE AND NEVER GET FOUND OUT:*> G76 098 |^*0Many people give to charity and to friends, not because of G76 099 what is in their hearts, but for the thanks and the *'pats on the G76 100 back**' and being told how wonderful they are. ^It can often be a big G76 101 ego trip, and as it is written *"*1this is their reward**" *0(Matthew G76 102 6:2). G76 103 |^As Kahlil Gibran wrote in *'The Prophet**', G76 104 **[BEGIN BOX**] G76 105 |*"^*1There are those who give little of the much which they have *- G76 106 and they give it for recognition and their hidden desire makes their G76 107 gifts unwholesome.**" G76 108 **[END BOX**] G76 109 |^*0Giving without ever being found out, by-passes the ego and G76 110 ensures that our action is pure. ^The idea of giving without the G76 111 thanks and thoughts of reward also helps us break our attachment to G76 112 money, freeing us from our addictions. G76 113 *<*6THE PURITY OF GIVING:*> G76 114 |^*0I remember years ago, when I was being Rebirthed by Alan G76 115 Grantham, an excellent Rebirther and a wonderful friend, that it so G76 116 happened that I had about a dozen very expensive long playing reel G76 117 tapes that were of no further use to me. ^I noticed one day at Alan's G76 118 place that he had a tape recorder which my tapes would fit. ^So I G76 119 offered them to him as a gift. ^Alan was delighted and accepted. G76 120 ^About a month later, I asked Alan if he would record a cassette tape G76 121 for me of some Affirmations I wanted. ^A week later I called around to G76 122 his place to pick it up. ^As Alan gave it to me he said it would cost G76 123 me ten dollars. ^I looked at him rather stunned and commented that G76 124 after me giving him the twelve very expensive tapes, that at least he G76 125 could give me this one tape for free. ^Alan looked back at me and the G76 126 following dialogue taught me one of the most valuable lessons in the G76 127 art of giving. ^This is how it went: G76 128 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G76 129 |^*0I learnt from this experience that *2ALL *0giving and *2ALL G76 130 *0receiving is unconditional. ^Everything else is just a game: G76 131 manipulating and controlling games, where there are no winners. ^How G76 132 often do we give, and our gift is dishonest? ^Dishonest giving is when G76 133 we expect something in return, or when there are conditions attached, G76 134 such as we expect the person receiving to do with our gift as *2WE G76 135 *0would like. ^That is conditional giving, and the gift still belongs G76 136 to the giver. ^True giving, is giving from the heart without any G76 137 thought of return, or attachment to what we give. ^It's letting it go G76 138 forever. ^How often are we hurt when we hear that what we gave to G76 139 someone, was in turn, given away to someone else? ^A story I heard G76 140 some years ago is a true test as to how pure our motives are in G76 141 giving: G76 142 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G76 143 |^In reality, we don't give anything away. ^We own nothing while G76 144 we are attached to it. ^But when we let it go the entire universe is G76 145 ours to enjoy, and we can create whatever we like when we become free G76 146 of all attachments. ^An ownership mentality is based on the fear of G76 147 losing something, which is a poverty consciousness. ^When we try to G76 148 hang on to what we have, we eventually lose it all. ^When we give it G76 149 all up, we have it all. ^When we stop possessing it, we can enjoy it. G76 150 ^As the Master Christian said: *1*"^You must die so that you can be G76 151 born again in the Holy Spirit.**" ^*0Modern translation means that we G76 152 must let our ego (false negative beliefs and personal law) die, so G76 153 that we can become pure and so live in Love, Truth and Abundance. G76 154 |^A good Affirmation: G76 155 **[BEGIN BOX**] G76 156 |^*7THE MORE I CONTRIBUTE TO THE PROSPERITY OF OTHERS, THE MORE I G76 157 PROSPER G76 158 **[END BOX**] G76 159 *<*6CHAPTER ELEVEN*> G76 160 *<*7THE PRINCIPLE OF THANKFULNESS*> G76 161 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G76 162 |^*5Everything is as it should be... give thanks for everything being G76 163 as it is. G76 164 **[END INDENTATION**] G76 165 |^*0An attitude of mind which guarantees that we will always have G76 166 an Abundance, lies in the word: *3THANKFULNESS. ^*0My years of G76 167 counselling and Rebirthing a large number of people, has shown me that G76 168 the number one problem with us all is in our forgetting who we really G76 169 are; forgetting that we are *3TRUTH, LOVE *1and *3PERFECTION. G76 170 ^*0Because of this, we tend to dislike ourselves and dwell on all the G76 171 difficulties we have created in our lives. ^We take for granted all G76 172 that is good and positive. G76 173 |^We need to stand still from our hurry long enough to observe G76 174 the beauty and perfection of what we really are, who we are with, and G76 175 what we already have. ^By doing this we will know that we have G76 176 everything we need, and so does everyone else. G76 177 |^Let us be glad for our health, our freedom of speech, our G76 178 education, the possessions we already have, and the people in our G76 179 lives who love us. ^Get up an hour earlier one morning and go for a G76 180 walk. ^Walk up a hill and watch the beautiful sunrise. ^Observe the G76 181 colours of the sky, and its reflection upon the leaves on the trees. G76 182 ^Notice the rich brown earth, and the dew on the bright green grass. G76 183 ^Be glad for what we are seeing, because no blind person will ever see G76 184 such a sight, nor see the expression of joy on a loved one's face. G76 185 ^Listen to the wonderful sounds of the birds and the insects in this G76 186 morning twilight, and think of the millions of deaf folk who will G76 187 never hear these sounds, nor will they ever hear the harmony of G76 188 Mozart, or the sound of laughter. ^As we begin to walk home, be glad G76 189 that we can walk. ^Think of all those that are crippled, or confined G76 190 to their beds through illness and are denied this joy of walking. G76 191 |^One morning I woke up complaining that my foot was sore from G76 192 jogging the day before. G76 193 *# G77 001 **[264 TEXT G77**] G77 002 |^*0For the last forty years we, in New Zealand, have been G77 003 actively involved in providing overseas assistance for poor countries. G77 004 ^As a relatively *'lucky**' and poverty-free country, as far as the G77 005 international scene is concerned, governments and people here have G77 006 always, to some extent, liked to think of themselves as beneficent G77 007 sharers of their good fortune. ^All New Zealanders, as school G77 008 children, can remember raising money for poor people overseas. G77 009 |^No one doubts that internationally there are gross inequalities G77 010 of wealth, both between and within nations, that result in tragic and G77 011 enormous human suffering. ^Most will agree that we need to do G77 012 something about the problem *- witness the support New Zealanders gave G77 013 during 1985 to the Aid Ship, with the aim of relieving the problems G77 014 faced by drought and war victims in some of Ethiopia's provinces. ^And G77 015 yet, there is much debate about what aid agencies should be doing, who G77 016 we should support, and how aid can be most effective. ^There is often G77 017 controversy around these organisations *- the channels that we, in New G77 018 Zealand, have to send resources overseas *- and the work that they do. G77 019 ^Anyone who has had a door slammed in their face when collecting money G77 020 for an aid agency will know that New Zealanders hold strong and G77 021 diverse opinions about these questions. G77 022 |^In this chapter I want to analyse how New Zealand's aid G77 023 practices operate, and why they exist. ^To do this I will examine some G77 024 of the reasons behind our aid policies and just how they have evolved G77 025 since we first began considering our international responsibilities. G77 026 ^Necessary for understanding these policies is a view of some of the G77 027 international relationships that underpin questions of development. G77 028 ^Then, armed with a socialist analysis, I will talk about how we can G77 029 move towards effective aid and development, and what a socialist aid G77 030 policy might look like. ^To do this, I will spell out steps we in New G77 031 Zealand need to take in order to reach this goal. G77 032 *<*4What is Development?*> G77 033 |^*0First, I want to consider the question *- what is G77 034 development? ^This must be a crucial question since development is G77 035 always promoted as a major goal of aid programmes. G77 036 |^Development is a process. ^It comprises the economic, social G77 037 and political forces that shape peoples' existence, and it is *- G77 038 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G77 039 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G77 040 **[END INDENTATION**] G77 041 |^While this provides a general and overarching definition of G77 042 development, it seems a straightforward enough goal for aid programmes G77 043 to aim at. ^Why, then, are there so few attempts to seriously promote G77 044 development? ^The idea of development that we aim for, and the G77 045 strategies that we use to realise it, depend on the philosophy or G77 046 viewpoint we have when we consider *- G77 047 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G77 048 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G77 049 **[END INDENTATION**] G77 050 |^The socialist understanding of these questions provides us with G77 051 a consistent and meaningful picture of international relationships and G77 052 *1why *0we face the global problems of disease, suffering, poverty and G77 053 oppression that we try to ameliorate with aid programmes. G77 054 |^Progress and modernisation has essentially been controlled by G77 055 the owners of resources, land, business and investments, in order to G77 056 further their own power and wealth. ^Capitalism, in the last two or G77 057 three hundred years, has further dominated the relationships between G77 058 countries, as the owners of resources extended their control over the G77 059 lives of people in colonised countries. ^The colonialism of the G77 060 eighteenth and nineteenth centuries is characterised by a group of G77 061 people *- the Europeans *- and their transformation of the world G77 062 outside Europe, into one of European owned plantations, mines, G77 063 factories, markets, sources of cheap labour, homes for investments and G77 064 bases for military power. ^The legacy of colonialism is a nearly G77 065 universal economic system *- capitalism *- imposed by the affluent G77 066 nations on the rest of the planet. G77 067 |^The majority of colonised nations have now been given political G77 068 independence. ^However, political independence has not allowed people G77 069 in these countries to take control of the forces that shape their G77 070 lives. ^The affluent countries have found new ways of maintaining G77 071 economic and political dependence of peoples in newly independent G77 072 nations. ^Aid to developing nations has been one tool that richer G77 073 nations have used. ^Describing New Zealand's aid to South East Asia G77 074 during the 1960's, one writer has stated *- G77 075 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G77 076 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G77 077 **[END INDENTATION**] G77 078 |^It can be seen, that in a very self-conscious way, the New G77 079 Zealand government provided aid to developing countries for areas and G77 080 projects that would primarily benefit New Zealand. ^Far from G77 081 charitable, or humanitarian endeavour, aid programmes seem a rational G77 082 and logical necessity, for any capitalist economy *- both to safeguard G77 083 itself against what it sees as political threats, and to secure G77 084 economic and trading advantages. ^The essential point here is that G77 085 whatever benefits *'aid**' purports to give *'developing nations**', G77 086 the real advantages accrue more to the donor than to the recipient. G77 087 ^To demonstrate just how the benefits of aid projects accrue to the G77 088 donor country, a brief examination of one of New Zealand's current G77 089 major aid projects follows. G77 090 |^Between 1973 and 1988, the New Zealand government will provide G77 091 *+${0NZ}23.36 million for the development of geothermal power in the G77 092 Philippines ({0NZ} Bilateral Aid Programme, 1984). ^As a bilateral aid G77 093 project it is decided on and funded as a matter between the New G77 094 Zealand and Philippine governments. ^While, at first glance, the G77 095 project may seem a reasonable one for New Zealand to be assisting the G77 096 Filipino people with, the answers to the question *- who benefits? *- G77 097 provide a better understanding of the nature of our aid projects. G77 098 |^Between eighty-five and ninety-five percent of the funds spent G77 099 on the project have to date been received by an Auckland engineering G77 100 consultancy, ({0KRTA}) (Campbell, 1984). ^The *'aid**' therefore, has G77 101 benefited the New Zealand economy, and New Zealand employment. G77 102 ^Campbell goes on to add that the company has negotiated a further G77 103 *+$14.5 million worth of contracts internationally, based on the G77 104 expertise learned in the Philippines so the aid project will also G77 105 continue to earn New Zealand foreign exchange. ^In a country where G77 106 five percent of the population controls eighty percent of the wealth G77 107 and ninety percent of the population live below the poverty line G77 108 (Campbell, 1984) the New Zealand government has funded a project that G77 109 does not benefit the poorest ninety percent of the population, but G77 110 Japanese multinational corporations. ^It is their industry in the G77 111 Philippines which, to date, has been the primary user of the power, G77 112 generated by the geothermal projects. G77 113 |^It could be successfully argued that the aid project has even G77 114 been detrimental to the development of the Filipino people as a whole G77 115 since it has aided and supported the repressive government that G77 116 continues to regenerate the vast disparities of wealth and living G77 117 standards in the country. ^Any economic development that has taken G77 118 place in the country, to date, has benefited the wealthy five percent. G77 119 ^Therefore, the results of the projects will do nothing to change the G77 120 exploitation of the other ninety percent. ^A general analysis of aid G77 121 projects in the Philippines gives results that are consistent with G77 122 this New Zealand example. ^Aid has helped to keep President Marcos in G77 123 power and has condemned more and more Filipinos to poverty and hunger G77 124 (Clarke, 1982). G77 125 |^The practice of *'aiding**' poor countries by supporting the G77 126 economies of the rich is now a widespread phenomenon. ^In 1983, the G77 127 British government used *+$100 million of its aid budget (twenty G77 128 percent) as export subsidies to domestic firms to help employment and G77 129 their own economy (*1New Internationalist, *0August, 1983). G77 130 ^Commercial and industrial consideration of the donor country G77 131 determines this allocation of aid *- not the development needs of the G77 132 exploited members of the recipient countries. G77 133 |^Aid is not, therefore, a simple handout that we should all G77 134 endorse because children are dying of starvation. ^Aid from G77 135 governments is designed, primarily, to ensure the continuation of G77 136 capitalism, and of the economic benefits derived from it by the ruling G77 137 classes in the *'North**' and *'South**' (Hayter, 1983). G77 138 |^These are the things we need to keep in mind to understand the G77 139 aid relationships that we in New Zealand are part of; so that we can G77 140 go beyond them, and construct effective relationships that promote G77 141 real development for poor and oppressed peoples. G77 142 *<*4The Development of Development.*> G77 143 |^*0Following World War *=II, the international agencies were G77 144 instituted to organise a measure of co-operation between countries, G77 145 aimed at securing a more stable world order. ^The United Nations G77 146 established international bodies such as the Food and Agriculture G77 147 Organisation, the World Health Organisation, and others which assumed G77 148 that co-operation would wipe out poverty, disease, illiteracy and G77 149 starvation in the nations emerging from colonial dependency. G77 150 |^New Zealand, as a particularly fortunate member of the world G77 151 community, whole-heartedly supported these efforts to eradicate G77 152 poverty and suffering. ^The 1950's and 1960's saw large numbers of New G77 153 Zealanders supporting overseas aid programmes. ^It was genuinely G77 154 believed, during the {0UN} designated 1960's development decade, that G77 155 poverty and hunger could be overcome in ten years. ^All that was G77 156 needed was the international will and co-operation. ^To this end, the G77 157 New Zealand government worked closely with {0UN} bodies, as well as G77 158 initiating its own projects around the world, especially where New G77 159 Zealand could contribute agricultural advice and technology. G77 160 |^In the early 1960's, New Zealanders raised 500,000 pounds for G77 161 the International Freedom from Hunger Campaign *- a precedent in {0UN} G77 162 history, as it represented the highest per capita contribution of any G77 163 country in the world (Thompson, 1966:63). ^Mindful of our own G77 164 standards of living, we happily contributed some of our own wealth, so G77 165 that other countries could reproduce elements of our successful form G77 166 of western development and modernisation. G77 167 |^However, the *'development decade**' was a failure. ^The ten G77 168 years that were intended to remove poverty and its consequences saw G77 169 the difference between the incomes of the rich and poor nations G77 170 increase. ^It saw trade conditions worsen. ^The Developing Countries' G77 171 share of world trade declined from twenty-one percent in 1960, to G77 172 eighteen percent in 1970, (*1Trends in Developing Countries, *0World G77 173 Bank, 1971) and prices for their exports fell. ^The indebtedness of G77 174 the poor countries to the rich ones continued to grow (Balasuriya, G77 175 1972:10). ^These trends continued to intensify into the 1970's. ^But G77 176 one development decade, and its failure, was enough to prompt G77 177 international bodies to ask why. G77 178 |^The answer to this question required a deeper analysis of what G77 179 had been going on during these years. ^It is here that a socialist G77 180 understanding gains credibility, simply because it has the power to G77 181 explain the failure of the {0UN} decade, and the programmes sponsored G77 182 by the governments of rich countries. G77 183 |^Put simply, the rich countries had tried to apply their own G77 184 conception of development to the Third World. ^This consisted of G77 185 industrialisation, agriculture geared for export to earn foreign G77 186 exchange, and generally the replication of the capitalist economic G77 187 model that was working so successfully for the rich countries in the G77 188 1950's and 1960's. ^Poor countries were even betrayed by the methods G77 189 of western sponsored *'development**'. ^Working through local elites G77 190 and governments, programmes assumed that the benefits showered on G77 191 ruling groups would *'trickle down**' to the poor of the country G77 192 while, at the same time, incorporating the nation into a global G77 193 capitalist world order. ^However, the application of western inspired G77 194 and western supplied technology and expertise did not achieve any G77 195 effective redistribution of wealth. ^These methods, George (1976) adds G77 196 *- G77 197 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G77 198 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G77 199 **[END INDENTATION**] G77 200 |^Just how does this enrichment of the rich continue *- even G77 201 today? ^Aid, targeted at improving the lot of poor and oppressed G77 202 people, must be based on an understanding of this process *- if it is G77 203 to promote successful development. G77 204 |^Recently, our televisions have graphically shown us the G77 205 situation of the poor in North Africa, and the absolute deprivation of G77 206 people who do not have what they need to survive. ^However, what is G77 207 not made so clear, is that these people are poor because others are G77 208 rich. ^There are huge imbalances in the distribution of wealth in the G77 209 world. ^These figures refer to the ownership of land *- a primary G77 210 source of wealth and power *- G77 211 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] G77 212 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] G77 213 **[END INDENTATION**] G77 214 |^Without access to or control of land people are powerless to G77 215 feed themselves and unable to determine their own lives. ^This is G77 216 particularly characteristic of many African countries, where the small G77 217 minority who own the land use it for the creation of wealth *- and not G77 218 for the production of food. ^Encouraged and supported by foreign G77 219 companies, who invest in agricultural programmes with the aim of G77 220 profit, much of the productive land in Africa is used for the G77 221 production of cash crops for export. G77 222 *# H01 001 **[265 TEXT H01**] H01 002 |^*0For the last two years its {0GNP} has contracted by nearly 10 H01 003 percent. ^More than half the work force are unemployed or H01 004 under-employed. ^Inflation in 1984 reached some 60 percent. ^Per H01 005 capita income in real terms is now around the same level as in 1972. H01 006 |^The Aquino Government has moved quickly to control public H01 007 expenditure and to dismantle monopolies. ^It has made it clear that H01 008 agricultural reform will have high priority. ^Recovery of the rural H01 009 sector would significantly boost the whole economy. ^There are already H01 010 some positive signs: inflation has fallen to under 20 percent; H01 011 interest rates are also coming down; and the exchange rate has H01 012 stabilised at about 20 pesos to the {0US} dollar. ^After two years of H01 013 a declining {0GNP}, a positive but very modest rate of growth is H01 014 expected this year. H01 015 |^New Zealand's relations with the Philippines have historically H01 016 been friendly but, until recently, not especially close. ^The Embassy H01 017 in the Philippines was opened in 1975 *- the last of the five founding H01 018 {0ASEAN} countries in which New Zealand established resident H01 019 representation. H01 020 |^This country's exports to the Philippines have declined in H01 021 recent years because of the contraction in the Philippines economy, H01 022 but with greater political stability and the likelihood of economic H01 023 recovery, the prospects for renewed growth are good. H01 024 **[PLATE**] H01 025 *<*6SINGAPORE*> H01 026 |^*0Singapore is a city state, a little smaller than Lake Taupo, H01 027 but it is one of the economic powerhouses of Asia. ^It thrives on H01 028 trade, commerce and financial dealings, and through a combination of H01 029 hard work and astute government has become the most affluent country H01 030 in Asia after Brunei and Japan. ^It has a population of some 2.5 H01 031 million, approximately three quarters of whom are Chinese. H01 032 |^Singapore would probably have remained a quiet fishing village H01 033 if Sir Stanford Raffles had not recognised in 1819 its potential as a H01 034 port and administrative centre. ^Under the British it became a great H01 035 trading port and a military and naval base. ^In 1959 Singapore became H01 036 internally self-governing; in 1963 it joined Malaysia. ^Just two years H01 037 later, however, it separated from Malaysia, because of a basic H01 038 conflict of interests between *"Malaysia for the Malays**" and H01 039 Singapore's predominantly Chinese population. ^Under the Prime H01 040 Minister, Lee Kuan Yew, a newly independent Singapore used trade, H01 041 tourism and industrialisation to make up for the loss of British H01 042 bases. H01 043 **[PLATE**] H01 044 |^Recently the economy has come under some strain. ^A growth rate H01 045 of 8.2 percent in 1984 was followed by a contraction of -1.7% in 1985, H01 046 and the governing party, the People's Action Party ({0PAP}), has lost H01 047 some of its overwhelming support. ^The Government has, however, moved H01 048 quickly to implement measures designed to turn the economy around and, H01 049 provided the international economy picks up, the current downturn is H01 050 not likely to have serious long-term effects. ^The slowing down comes, H01 051 however, at a delicate point in the process of transferring political H01 052 power to the *'second generation**' of political leaders. ^Lee Kuan H01 053 Yew still controls and guides Singapore's political and economic H01 054 policies, but a younger cabinet team led by the First Deputy Prime H01 055 Minister, Goh Chok Tong, is now handling the day-to-day business. H01 056 ^Among the younger men taking a prominent part in running the country H01 057 is Lee Kuan Yew's elder son, Brigadier-General (\0Res) Lee Hsien H01 058 Loong, who is Acting Minister of Trade and Industry and Minister of H01 059 State for Defence. H01 060 |^The bilateral relationship with New Zealand has been close for H01 061 many years. ^While Commonwealth ties and co-operation in defence and H01 062 security matters formed the early links, the focus is now increasingly H01 063 commercial. ^With over 40 New Zealand firms based in Singapore, this H01 064 country's private sector presence is strong and growing. ^Singapore is H01 065 used as the springboard for the operations of many New Zealand H01 066 companies in South East Asia. ^New Zealand cabinet ministers, Members H01 067 of Parliament, officials and businessmen visit Singapore frequently H01 068 and their Singaporean counterparts also come to this country quite H01 069 regularly. ^The New Zealand Force in South East Asia ({0NZFORSEA}) has H01 070 been stationed in Singapore since 1971. ^There are also substantial H01 071 links between the two countries in the fields of tourism, education H01 072 and technological and scientific co-operation. ^The development H01 073 assistance programme to Singapore has been reduced in recent years in H01 074 line with Singapore's increasing affluence, and is now directed solely H01 075 toward training. H01 076 *<*6THAILAND*> H01 077 |^*0Thailand's population of about 52 million lives on a land H01 078 area just twice the size of New Zealand. ^Buddhism is the dominant H01 079 religion. ^Thailand is a very fertile country and a major agricultural H01 080 producer. ^Rice is the mainstay of the Thai economy and the country's H01 081 major export. ^Tin mining and rubber production are also major export H01 082 activities. ^Thailand is the only country in South East Asia never to H01 083 have been colonised. H01 084 |^Thailand is a constitutional monarchy. ^Under the terms of the H01 085 1978 constitution, the King is Head of State and Commander in Chief of H01 086 the Armed Forces. ^He appoints the Prime Minister on the advice of the H01 087 National Assembly, and the Council of Ministers on the advice of the H01 088 Prime Minister. ^Since the end of the absolute monarchy in 1932, H01 089 effective power has been exercised by a group of political parties H01 090 with the co-operation and support of the military. ^While periodic H01 091 changes of government might convey an impression of political H01 092 instability, the changes of leadership have not affected the basic H01 093 thrust of Thailand's foreign and domestic policies. ^The interests H01 094 held in common by competing e*?21ites have tended to outweigh any H01 095 differences among them. ^The monarchy and the Buddhist religion are H01 096 major unifying factors in Thailand. H01 097 |^Recent government economic policy has been dominated by the H01 098 need to come to grips with the imbalances in Thailand's national H01 099 accounts, a continuing current account deficit and mounting foreign H01 100 debt. ^Internally, a persistent budget deficit is a major problem. H01 101 ^The Government has implemented tight fiscal and monetary policies H01 102 since late 1984 to tackle these. ^A resolution of the problem remains H01 103 elusive, however, mainly because of a sharp downturn in world market H01 104 prices for Thailand's major agricultural commodities due to increasing H01 105 access problems for its exports of light industrial products H01 106 (textiles, clothing, footwear and electronic goods). H01 107 |^In the medium and longer term, export prospects for the H01 108 country's major commodities do not look buoyant. ^The {0US} Farm Act, H01 109 for example, is likely to have an adverse effect on exports of rice, H01 110 maize and sugar. ^Significant growth in the economy therefore appears H01 111 to be dependent on Thailand successfully breaking into major new H01 112 markets. ^To this end, greater attention is being focused on Eastern H01 113 Europe and the Soviet Union. H01 114 |^Thailand held a general election in July 1986. ^As expected, no H01 115 single party gained a clear majority in the House of Representatives. H01 116 ^The new coalition Government comprising Democrat, Chart Thai, Social H01 117 Action and Ratsaden parties renominated General Prem Tinsulanonda as H01 118 Prime Minister. ^Prem, who has been Prime Minister since 1980, H01 119 maintains firm control over key Cabinet positions and enjoys the H01 120 continued support of the monarchy, the key political parties and the H01 121 military. H01 122 |^New Zealand's relations with Thailand are friendly and date H01 123 back to the 1950s and the formation of {0SEATO}. ^An indication of the H01 124 warmth of the political relationship was the enthusiastic welcome H01 125 given to the New Zealand Prime Minister during his official visit to H01 126 Bangkok in June 1986. ^There is a wide range of bilateral contacts H01 127 between officials, in particular through the bilateral aid programme H01 128 ({0NZ}*+$1.5 million in 1985/ 86), the Mutual Assistance Programme in H01 129 the defence field, and through the business community. ^Moreover, many H01 130 key Thai officials have studied at school and university in New H01 131 Zealand and now form an influential constituency. H01 132 *<*6NEW ZEALAND AND {0ASEAN}*> H01 133 |^*0New Zealand has strongly supported {0ASEAN} since its H01 134 inception. ^This policy was based on the belief that the expansion and H01 135 strengthening of closer political and economic relations among the H01 136 countries would enhance political stability and promote economic H01 137 development. ^Subsequent events have borne this out. H01 138 |^New Zealand and the members of {0ASEAN} share common interests H01 139 and aspirations in developing economic, social and cultural H01 140 co-operation. ^The bilateral relationships are the main means for H01 141 pursuing these. ^The day to day business between New Zealand and H01 142 {0ASEAN} as an organisation is not as yet as substantial as the H01 143 traffic with the {0ASEAN}s on a bilateral basis, but New Zealand's H01 144 support for development in the region and on the Kampuchea issue has H01 145 added substance to the relationship. H01 146 |^Since 1975, the {0ASEAN}/ New Zealand relationship has been H01 147 institutionalised in a regular *"dialogue**". ^This takes place in two H01 148 main forums: annual meetings of the Foreign Ministers of {0ASEAN} and H01 149 its Dialogue partners; and consultations at officials' level every two H01 150 years or so. ^The most recent of the series of officials' H01 151 consultations was held in Brunei in December, 1985, while the Prime H01 152 Minister led the New Zealand delegation to the {0ASEAN} H01 153 ministerial-level consultations in Manila in June 1986. ^Participation H01 154 in the Dialogue meetings reflects New Zealand's interest in the H01 155 political and economic stability of South East Asia. H01 156 **[PLATE**] H01 157 |^This country also has an interest in encouraging {0ASEAN} to H01 158 strengthen its relationships both with other developed countries and H01 159 with the smaller developing countries of the Asian/ Pacific region. H01 160 ^New Zealand therefore supported the institution in 1984 of an extra H01 161 session at the annual meeting of the {0ASEAN} Foreign Ministers with H01 162 their dialogue partners to discuss developments in the Pacific basin, H01 163 including a programme of {0ASEAN}-Pacific co-operation in the field of H01 164 human resources development. ^One of the principal attractions of this H01 165 programme is that it will offer real opportunities for the Pacific H01 166 island countries to tap into the {0ASEAN} development experience and H01 167 for the two neighbouring groupings, {0ASEAN} and the South Pacific H01 168 Forum, to work more closely together. H01 169 *<*1Trade Between New Zealand and {0ASEAN}*> H01 170 |^*0Total trade between the {0ASEAN} region and New Zealand has H01 171 increased steadily, rising to *+$1,314 million in 1985. ^The two-way H01 172 trade is dominated by dairy products from New Zealand and oil from the H01 173 {0ASEAN} countries. ^In recent years the balance has consistently been H01 174 in {0ASEAN}'s favour. ^Imports from {0ASEAN} accounted for 6.7 percent H01 175 of New H01 176 **[GRAPH**] H01 177 Zealand's total imports in value terms in 1985. ^New Zealand's exports H01 178 to {0ASEAN} as a percentage of total exports are continuing to H01 179 decline, however. ^From nearly 7 percent in 1980/ 81 they now H01 180 represent just 4.5 percent. ^The main reasons for this decline are the H01 181 contraction of the Philippines market and a fall-off in dairy exports H01 182 to Indonesia. H01 183 |^Following the first official New Zealand/ {0ASEAN} Dialogue H01 184 meeting in 1975, a Joint Trade Study Group ({0JTSG}) was set up under H01 185 the umbrella of the dialogue. ^The {0JTSG} normally meets every two H01 186 years or so, the most recent meeting being in Bandar Seri Begawan in H01 187 December 1985. ^The {0JTSG} has been the forum for the discussion of H01 188 access questions of concern to the {0ASEAN} countries and of trade H01 189 promotion assistance. ^Discussions are under way about the possibility H01 190 of New Zealand representatives meeting the {0ASEAN} Committee on Trade H01 191 and Tourism to discuss a wide range of multilateral issues including H01 192 the new {0GATT} round, regional trade initiatives, bilateral trade H01 193 issues, tourism and transport questions. H01 194 |^The inaugural meeting of the {0ASEAN}-New Zealand Business H01 195 Council and the {0ASEAN} Chambers of Commerce and Industry was held in H01 196 Jakarta in July 1986. ^This marked the beginning of a regular private H01 197 sector dialogue between {0ASEAN} and New Zealand. H01 198 *<*1Development Assistance to the Region*> H01 199 |^The main {0ASEAN} recipients of New Zealand development H01 200 assistance on a *1bilateral *0basis are Indonesia, the Philippines and H01 201 Thailand. ^The emphasis of New Zealand's H01 202 **[PLATE**] H01 203 **[GRAPH**] H01 204 activities in these three countries is to identify projects which H01 205 encourage technology transfer and enhance economic development. H01 206 ^Scholarships, education and training are major elements of all H01 207 {0ASEAN} country programmes. H01 208 |^In addition to these bilateral allocations, New Zealand H01 209 operates a *1regional *0programme for {0ASEAN} of about *+$1.1\0m. H01 210 ^The largest project under this heading is the {0ASEAN}/ New Zealand H01 211 Afforestation Project ({0ANZAP}) in the Philippines. ^Human Resource H01 212 Development ({0HRD}) activities are, in the main, also funded from the H01 213 regional programme. ^Proposals currently under consideration include H01 214 training attachments and exchange visits in the field of social H01 215 welfare, and training in film production and the teaching of English H01 216 as a foreign language (with particular reference to business and H01 217 technology needs). H01 218 *# H02 001 **[266 TEXT H02**] H02 002 |*0152. H02 003 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 004 ^Government has rejected the group's request for an allocation of H02 005 deepwater fish resources, claiming that it does not want to set a H02 006 precedent which would result in having to consider allocating H02 007 resources to other applicants. ^{0MAF} also made it clear that it H02 008 intends to put out to tender any deepwater fish resources which might H02 009 become available to the catching sector. ^Gifting quotas to a Chatham H02 010 Islands group would set an undesirable precedent. ^Further, the H02 011 Chathams {0M.P.} could provide little support because another H02 012 application lodged by the Chatham Islands Packing Company (Salmond H02 013 Industries) served as a distraction and made choosing to support one H02 014 or other of the applications difficult. ^Yet another distraction was a H02 015 late indication on the part of the Chatham Islands County Council that H02 016 it wanted a deepwater fish quota. ^This was subsequently withdrawn. H02 017 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 018 |153. H02 019 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 020 ^In a visit to the Islands in early December, \0Dr. Habib familiarised H02 021 himself with the proposal and saw that it was a sound one in most H02 022 respects. ^He suggested ways in which progress could be made including H02 023 getting the Packing Company to provide the community with the details H02 024 of its proposal, a step already taken by the Chatham Islands Resource H02 025 Developments group. ^The community could then decide which application H02 026 would best suit its needs or perhaps decide on combining the two H02 027 proposals. ^The result would be one fully supported Chatham Islands H02 028 proposal which would be best submitted on Council letterhead. ^The H02 029 Chatham Islands community has called on the Packing Company to state H02 030 its plans and a meeting was scheduled for mid-December for H02 031 discussions. H02 032 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 033 *<*2F. *3THE FUTURE AND RECOMMENDATIONS*> H02 034 |*0154. H02 035 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 036 ^In the event that a single cohesive Chatham Islands fisheries H02 037 development proposal is drawn up, the recommendation would be that H02 038 {0MEDC} support that proposal in the following ways: H02 039 _|(a) by providing expert advice on the contents of the proposal, and H02 040 on possible rearrangements, additions and alterations; H02 041 |(b) by advising on the timing and manner in which the proposal should H02 042 be put to the various Government Departments, {0e.g.}, {0MAF}, Maori H02 043 Affairs, Internal Affairs, Trade and Industry and {0M.P}'s ({0i.e.} H02 044 \0Mrs. Hercus, \0Mr. Lange, \0Mr. Wetere, \0Mr. Tapsell, \0Mr. Moore H02 045 and \0Mr. Moyle); H02 046 |(c) by providing expert assistance during submission of the proposal; H02 047 |(d) by lending particular support to the proposal on the grounds that H02 048 it would affect a large Maori community in a most positive way by H02 049 assisting it into a major sector of the fishing industry, enhance H02 050 present fishing activities, and, in fact, be a boon to the whole H02 051 Chatham Islands community, Maori and non-Maori. H02 052 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 053 |155. H02 054 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 055 ^If a deepwater quota is granted, a further recommendation would be H02 056 that {0MEDC} support the resulting development project by: H02 057 _|(a) Defining and assisting with the feasibility studies required H02 058 covering the fields of fish resources, catching and fisheries H02 059 management, fish processing and marketing, economic analyses, H02 060 infrastructure and manpower requirements, integration of the project H02 061 into the Chatham Islands economy, and all interplays with the mainland H02 062 economy; H02 063 |(b) Assisting with subsequent company management and other expert H02 064 manpower requirements; H02 065 |(c) Assisting with location of funds to support the feasibility H02 066 studies and with the subsequent loan/ grant requirements necessary to H02 067 implement the project. H02 068 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 069 *<*2G. *3CONCLUSIONS*> H02 070 |*0156. H02 071 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 072 ^This project, if implemented, would pay handsome dividends for a H02 073 sizeable Maori community which is largely dependent on fishing. ^The H02 074 scale of operation possible with a totally integrated fisheries H02 075 development would be far greater than exists at present and would H02 076 affect the entire Chatham Islands community. ^Although the definitive H02 077 studies have yet to be done, there is little doubt that the venture H02 078 would prosper. ^With close access to grounds harbouring the largest H02 079 prime orange roughy and lobster concentrations in the country, a H02 080 Chathams venture would have every chance of achieving an acceptable H02 081 financial return despite distance from markets. ^Inexperience could be H02 082 overcome by employment of suitable imported expertise on time H02 083 contracts. ^A development on this scale would be sufficient to provide H02 084 employment for much of the Islands' population and attract home others H02 085 who had left for lack of such an opportunity. ^The Maori component in H02 086 all of this would be at least 50 percent of the Chathams population, H02 087 perhaps more after in migration and family returns from the mainland. H02 088 ^Jobs would be available in all sectors of the fishing project H02 089 depending on skills, aptitude and aspirations. ^In addition, the H02 090 project would very likely be formulated on the basis of widespread H02 091 community ownership in a fisheries cooperative type of company. H02 092 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 093 |157. H02 094 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 095 ^This is one of the major projects identified in this study and H02 096 deserves every support. ^Although it could be described as a community H02 097 development project, it would in fact impinge on the lives of the H02 098 whole Maori community on the Chathams. ^The Islands deserve access to H02 099 the prime fisheries resources which exist close to their shores. ^Any H02 100 support which the {0MEDC} can lend would be most appreciated, and, H02 101 since there is such a large Maori component, the {0MEDC} could well H02 102 sway {0MAF} towards granting the Chathams a deepwater fish quota. H02 103 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 104 *<*=VI. *3EAST COAST SOUTH ISLAND FISHERIES MANAGEMENT AREA*> H02 105 *<*2A. *3GENERAL*> H02 106 |*0158. H02 107 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 108 ^Fishing vessel and shore fishing permits held or previously held in H02 109 this management area by people of Maori descent are listed in H02 110 Appendices 12 and 13. ^The numbers are relatively small, reflecting, H02 111 as much as anything, the low numbers of Maoris living in the area. H02 112 ^Most of the vessels are small, concentrating on set netting, potting H02 113 and lining. ^These would appear to be activities most suited to Maori H02 114 people with the more industrial activities like trawling being H02 115 conducted by others. ^One factor which might be limiting Maoris to H02 116 small vessel operations is that less finance is required in that area H02 117 compared with trawling. ^If this is the case, then trawling will H02 118 remain the preserve of the Pakeha since that method is today very H02 119 expensive to apply. H02 120 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 121 |159. H02 122 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 123 ^Shore fishing permits are few. ^Most involve handgathering or diving H02 124 for species such as kina, paua and seaweed. H02 125 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 126 |160. H02 127 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 128 ^Little time was spent in this very large area. ^Therefore, it was not H02 129 possible to assess the wellbeing of the Maori fisherman or determine H02 130 areas where he could benefit from financial or any other type of H02 131 assistance. ^This would need to be an exercise for the future. H02 132 ^Particular communities should be visited including Kaikoura, Moeraki, H02 133 Lake Forsyth and Papanui and Waitati Inlets in Otago. H02 134 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 135 |161. H02 136 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 137 ^Karengo harvesting is a controversial issue at Kaikoura. ^The local H02 138 Maori community has serious objections to the practice. ^{0MAF} H02 139 conducted surveys in the area of commercial harvesting in 1980 and H02 140 estimated a Karengo standing stock of about 11 tonnes. ^A similar H02 141 survey in 1984 showed a resource size some 50-100 times the 1980 H02 142 level. ^The differences in the quantity of Karengo between the two H02 143 years was attributed to natural fluctuations resulting from good and H02 144 bad weather and sea conditions at critical times in the plant's life H02 145 cycle. ^Five Karengo harvesting permits were held in 1984, all H02 146 apparently by Pakehas. ^Their permits were being reviewed for 1985. H02 147 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 148 |162. H02 149 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 150 ^There has been considerable interest in the past in harvesting the H02 151 kelp weeds *1\6Durvillaea *0and *1\6Macrocystis. ^*0Some 10,000 \0t of H02 152 Durvillaea was harvested from the Kaikoura coast at one stage. ^The H02 153 major commercial interest in these seaweeds is as sources of algin. H02 154 ^Algin products are used in a wide range of manufactured goods *- as H02 155 binders, stabilisers, emulsifiers, and moulding materials, in the H02 156 pharmaceutical industry, in dental and food technology, in the H02 157 processing of meat and fish, and in a wide range of industrial H02 158 products including dyes, paints and textiles. ^There is a development H02 159 opportunity in kelp harvesting although limited in {0MAF}'s view. ^It H02 160 is worth considering and should perhaps be discussed with certain of H02 161 the southern Maori coastal communities. H02 162 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 163 |163. H02 164 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 165 ^There has been recent commercial interest in harvesting the cockle H02 166 beds in Waitati and Papanui Inlets on Otago Peninsula. ^A 1984 {0MAF} H02 167 survey showed Papanui Inlet carries a cockle population of around H02 168 6,000 \0t, and Waitati Inlet about 12,000 \0t. ^During that year, two H02 169 permit holders had permission to harvest 52 \0t of cockles each. H02 170 ^Concern was expressed by the local Maori people and others over the H02 171 commercialisation of the cockle beds. ^{0MAF} considered the H02 172 objections and carried out some studies, both in Otago and on the H02 173 exploited beds in Northland. ^They found that if havesting does not H02 174 remove all cockles from an area and if harvesting is excluded from H02 175 high tidal areas during periods of larval settlement, the removal of H02 176 commercial size cockles results in increased growth rates in the H02 177 remaining individuals and also in lower cockle mortality. H02 178 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 179 |164. H02 180 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 181 ^Therefore, as in many other situations, the answer is not to leave H02 182 the beds alone completely. ^There is, on the Otago beds, room for some H02 183 commercial exploitation. ^{0MAF}'s job is to manage the beds, taking H02 184 into account the traditional Maori community requirements, H02 185 recreational needs, and of course the biological factors which H02 186 determine a sustainable level of harvest. ^Rather than the Maori H02 187 community simply objecting to any harvesting, there would appear to be H02 188 an opportunity for them to use the beds for all purposes. ^{0MAF} H02 189 would likely be supportive of any such initiative. ^This is an issue H02 190 which should be discussed in any subsequent visit to the south. H02 191 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 192 *<*=VII. *3CHALLENGER FISHERIES MANAGEMENT AREA*> H02 193 *<*2A. *3GENERAL*> H02 194 |*0165. H02 195 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 196 ^The Challenger area was another in which little time could be spent. H02 197 ^It is also an area where Maori vessel owners are poorly represented. H02 198 ^The area is dominated by the large Nelson fishing companies which H02 199 simply employ crews to run their vessels. ^This is very much like H02 200 Auckland and Whangarei where many company boats are based. H02 201 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 202 |166. H02 203 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 204 ^The Maori people holding fishing vessel permits are listed in H02 205 Appendix 14. ^As in other areas most permit holders operate small H02 206 vessels and work less complex gear like lines. H02 207 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 208 |167. H02 209 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 210 ^Undoubtedly, the area also has Maoris who hold shore fishing permits H02 211 although none was identified during this study. H02 212 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 213 |168. H02 214 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 215 ^A major shore fishing activity in the area is mussel farming. H02 216 ^Farming began in the Marlborough Sounds in 1970 with the siting of H02 217 three rafts in Kenepuru Sound. ^In the first seven years of H02 218 development, almost as much money and effort was expended by mussel H02 219 farmers in establishing a legitimate claim for their industry to use H02 220 some of the waters of the Marlborough Sounds as was spent on H02 221 developing efficient mussel farming techniques. ^Since 1977 the H02 222 industry has seen rapid expansion in production which resulted from H02 223 the introduction of a longline culture system, the fast growth rate of H02 224 the green-lipped mussel, and the major efforts of individuals and H02 225 groups within the industry to establish export markets for mussels. H02 226 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 227 |169. H02 228 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 229 ^Whether there is still room in the Marlborough Sounds or in other H02 230 embayments for Maori participation in marine farming should be H02 231 investigated. ^At present, such involvement is minimal (see Appendix H02 232 6). ^This is yet another area of opportunity which has passed the H02 233 Maori community by. H02 234 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 235 |170. H02 236 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 237 |^Salmon is another fish species with a fine financial future. ^It is H02 238 8 years since the initial work on Salmon farming began in New Zealand. H02 239 ^In that time the industry has shown it can produce and sell in both H02 240 domestic and export markets. ^It now strives to do this at a profit. H02 241 ^In this area, Salmon farms exist in Takaka and Hokitika. ^A small H02 242 operation on Pupu Springs describes attractive returns on investment. H02 243 ^Certainly, if Maori people are looking at the fishing industry, H02 244 Salmon farming is worth considerable thought. ^Maori groups often have H02 245 all the interest in the world but lack the application to follow H02 246 through in time to catch the new developments during the boom phases. H02 247 ^Mussel farming is a prime example of this and Salmon farming is H02 248 likely to be another. ^Organisations like {0MEDC} could well play a H02 249 facilitative role, bringing Maori people alongside the development H02 250 opportunities and assisting with subsequent developments. H02 251 **[END INDENTATION**] H02 252 |171. H02 253 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H02 254 |^A further opportunity which is being tested in this area is scallop H02 255 raising. ^{0MAF} has carried out a major programme of re-seeding the H02 256 Nelson Bay scallop beds. ^Results have yet to come to hand. H02 257 *# H03 001 **[267 TEXT H03**] H03 002 |^*0Second, it includes cost and price influences. ^Third, it H03 003 provides some sectoral information. ^Fourth, it models the economy H03 004 through a manageable set of parameters. H03 005 |^The weaknesses of {0LENZ} are to some extent the mirror image H03 006 of its virtues. ^Its limitations are that it produces highly H03 007 aggregated results; it does not generate physical energy information; H03 008 and it gives equilibrium results even though the world is never in H03 009 equilibrium. H03 010 |^The second model was an interactive *"spread-sheet**" model H03 011 called {0INNOFLEX}, Boshier {0et al.} [15]. ^It gives a more refined H03 012 description of economic activity and detailed energy data. ^It H03 013 generates an economic input-output table and a physical energy H03 014 balance. ^{0INNOFLEX} is based on the inter-industry transactions of H03 015 1981. ^Inputs include a range of economic variables provided by H03 016 {0LENZ}, and information on technology change, prices, trade, and H03 017 consumption patterns. H03 018 |^{0INNOFLEX} models the economy in 23 sectors. ^These cover H03 019 agriculture, forestry, food manufacturing, wood processing, basic H03 020 metals, transport, and each of the energy industries. ^Unlike H03 021 conventional input-output tables, energy is modelled in terms of the H03 022 use to which the fuel is put. ^Coal, for instance, is not *"sold**" H03 023 direct from the producer to the consumer. ^Instead, it is *"sold**" H03 024 for electricity generation or to a *"dummy energy services**" which H03 025 represents its end use. ^The end uses specified in {0INNOFLEX} are: H03 026 feedstocks, motive power, high temperature heat, low temperature heat, H03 027 and general electrical uses (lights and motors). H03 028 |^{0INNOFLEX} has five major strengths. ^First, it splits up the H03 029 economy into clearly identified industries. ^Second, it handles each H03 030 fuel separately. ^Third, its *"dummy energy services**" aid the H03 031 modelling of interfuel substitution. ^Fourth, it models energy flows H03 032 in Joules, and meshes these into the economic model. ^Fifth, it is H03 033 extremely flexible, the operator being able to define every number H03 034 within specified constraints. H03 035 |^The main weaknesses of {0INNOFLEX} arise from its complexity. H03 036 ^This means that it is very time consuming to run, which limits H03 037 interaction with the research team and leaves many choices to the H03 038 operator's judgement. ^It also requires a large number of (sometimes H03 039 *"snap**") decisions reconciling conflicts in input values which only H03 040 become apparent during the run. H03 041 *<*5Procedure*> H03 042 |^*0The first step in developing the account of New Zealand's H03 043 development path in each of the four world futures was to specify H03 044 change in terms of the six principal dimensions. ^The prescriptions H03 045 for each scenario were chosen to cover a range of combinations of H03 046 these six dimensions. ^Clearly there are many such combinations open H03 047 to analysis. ^Judgements were made on the feasibility of possible H03 048 combinations, their consistency with the world theme, and their value H03 049 in terms of the energy-related objectives of the research. H03 050 |^Significant changes on these dimensions were also specified H03 051 within scenarios to reflect social and economic development. ^The H03 052 starting point was the situation in 1981, with changes relative to H03 053 1981 specified for the whole scenario period. ^Scenario *=I, for H03 054 instance, begins with open trade, is then autarkic for two decades, H03 055 and then gradually opens up again the latter stages of the scenario. H03 056 |^Once this framework was sketched, scenario development began. H03 057 ^The process is illustrated in Figure 3.1. ^To start with, an initial H03 058 narrative was prepared. ^This took the form of a brief history as if H03 059 written by someone looking back from 2031. ^It described in detail H03 060 changes in society, politics, the economy, resources, and the H03 061 environment on the world scene and in New Zealand. ^It cited events, H03 062 places, products, and occasionally personalities. ^These were largely H03 063 based on events and observed trends in New Zealand and overseas. H03 064 **[FIGURE**] H03 065 |^The main input values for {0LENZ} for the full scenario period H03 066 were then prepared by team members working as a group. ^After the H03 067 model runs the output was evaluated by the team to assess the degree H03 068 to which it faithfully reflected the scenario prescription and the H03 069 narrative. ^New runs were undertaken when inconsistencies were found H03 070 and the narrative was developed to incorporate the information H03 071 generated by both {0LENZ} and the team members. H03 072 |^The final {0LENZ} outputs provided some of the data which were H03 073 used by the team in preparing inputs for the {0INNOFLEX} model. ^The H03 074 narrative was further developed at this stage. ^When the {0INNOFLEX} H03 075 runs were complete, a second round of reconciliations was made. ^This H03 076 time it was a three-way check with a comparison of the {0LENZ} and H03 077 {0INNOFLEX} outputs, and the expanded narrative. ^Model reruns were H03 078 made where necessary. ^A final check of the {0INNOFLEX} output graphs H03 079 with the narrative was made and inconsistencies eliminated before the H03 080 scenario was finalised. H03 081 |^The completed scenario presents an account of social and H03 082 economic development which weaves together: persistent trends on the H03 083 world scale, such as the momentum of population growth; interactions H03 084 between events and attitudes; evolving economic structure; evolving H03 085 social structure; environmental change; and development in the energy H03 086 sector. H03 087 |^As a set the scenarios explore the relationships between energy H03 088 in New Zealand and: geopolitics; the national economy; the economics H03 089 of sectors and businesses; population growth and structural change; H03 090 the structure of decision-making and social institutions; attitudes to H03 091 change; world energy prices; technology changes in supply and demand; H03 092 and consumer behaviour and lifestyles, over the 50 year period. H03 093 ^During the process they track change in a wide range of aspects of H03 094 socio-economic development including the Gross Domestic Product, H03 095 sectoral shares of production, imports, exports, tariffs, taxes, H03 096 employment, capital investment and consumption patterns. H03 097 *<*5The (Art of Drawing) Conclusions*> H03 098 |^*0The scenarios are products of a creative process which H03 099 developed four world futures and four New Zealand futures without any H03 100 particular outcomes in mind. ^The project brief required the study H03 101 team to present conclusions and recommendations. ^This inevitably H03 102 raises the question of how these were derived from the scenarios. H03 103 |^A formal procedure was used in drawing the conclusions. ^The H03 104 procedure distinguished between two sets of conclusions: H03 105 _| *- first, descriptive conclusions. ^These relate strongly to the H03 106 detail of the scenarios and are basically of the type, *"if this then H03 107 that**"; and H03 108 | *- second, interpretative conclusions. ^These largely go beyond the H03 109 detail of the scenarios to explore the implications of social, H03 110 economic and technological change for the energy system. H03 111 |^Descriptive conclusions were drawn for each scenario under the H03 112 following headings: patterns and diversity of energy sources; energy H03 113 resource depletion; energy self sufficiency and foreign supply; energy H03 114 and economy interactions; energy and environment interactions; H03 115 significant demand sectors; significant energy supply facilities; H03 116 resource use in the energy industries; and leading indicators of H03 117 change. ^Following this, descriptive conclusions across all four H03 118 scenarios were derived providing one of the bases for Chapter Four of H03 119 this report. H03 120 |^The interpretative conclusions were similarly drawn first for H03 121 each scenario and then collectively for the set. ^They were considered H03 122 under four separate headings: energy supply, energy consumption, H03 123 energy markets and national priorities. ^The conclusions on energy H03 124 supply cover a wide range of themes from infrastructure and the human H03 125 resource in the supply industry to resource depletion and inventory H03 126 assessment. ^The conclusions on energy consumption focus strongly on H03 127 technological change, but include issues such as consumer preferences H03 128 and demand management. ^Investment criteria, the role of government, H03 129 the commercialisation of energy sectors, and other areas concerned H03 130 with pricing policy and regulation are among the themes dealt with in H03 131 the conclusions on energy markets. ^The conclusions on national H03 132 priorities cover broad issues including the strategic choices which H03 133 members of society need to make about energy. H03 134 |^Clearly, for some of the conclusions of the project it is H03 135 possible to refer to numerical results for substantiation. ^In other H03 136 cases the conclusions depend on the background and experience of the H03 137 scenario team. ^In essence, the discussion of philosophy, strategy and H03 138 tactics presented in chapters five, seven and eight reflects the H03 139 considered judgements of the research team of five senior energy H03 140 analysts after working through the four futures. H03 141 *<*5Principles*> H03 142 |^*0Scenario development involves an enormous number of H03 143 judgements by the researchers. ^There is an important interplay of H03 144 experience and imagination in the process. ^The principles which H03 145 guided the study team in the course of this project were that: H03 146 _| *- the futures expressed in the scenarios should be plausible H03 147 although some of the events portrayed may appear improbable to some H03 148 people; H03 149 | *- no preference should be expressed or implied for any one of the H03 150 futures; and H03 151 | *- global catastrophes would be specifically excluded. H03 152 |^The development of four scenarios from the infinite number of H03 153 possibilities clearly involves many selections by the researchers. ^In H03 154 presenting the four scenarios the team notes that: H03 155 _| *- it is impossible to include all eventualities and that the H03 156 analysts must exercise judgement in which elements to portray, and the H03 157 way they interact; H03 158 | *- the social and economic focus of the work limits the opportunity H03 159 to specifically address other topics such as the physical environment; H03 160 | *- there is a random element in invention and technology development H03 161 and adoption which presents the analyst with arbitrary choices; and H03 162 | *- the probability of fulfilment of any particular scenario is zero. H03 163 |^The intention of the team throughout the project was to develop H03 164 scenarios which were internally consistent. ^By preparing scenarios H03 165 which were individually credible yet significantly different, the team H03 166 sought to develop a wide range of socio-economic futures against which H03 167 to test the implications for the energy sector. H03 168 *<*7SCENARIO OUTLINES*> H03 169 |^*0Four scenarios were developed during the course of this H03 170 project. ^They are simply identified as *=I, *=II, *=III, and *=IV to H03 171 avoid the judgements that may be inferred from names. ^These scenarios H03 172 are outlined in the following sections. ^These outlines illustrate H03 173 some of the colour and detail of the narratives. ^The dates used are H03 174 not predictions, but are part of scenario development process. H03 175 *<*5Scenario *=I*> H03 176 |^*0Scenario *=I is set in a *"Politics of Scarcity**" world with H03 177 a pessimistic outcome. ^The basic prescription for socio-economic H03 178 development in New Zealand was for an aging, kin-based population, H03 179 which was resistant to change; income retentive; with decentralised H03 180 institutions; and autarky. ^The scenario explores the implications of H03 181 a major *"paradigm shift**" in New Zealand social values and a H03 182 significant restructuring of the economy. ^Relatively limited H03 183 technological development is assumed in the scenario. ^There are no H03 184 major additions to the country's energy resources beyond those H03 185 currently defined. H03 186 |^The scenario opened with significant attempts being made to H03 187 solve global problems engendered by population pressure, North-South H03 188 tensions, resource depletion, and environmental pollution. ^These H03 189 efforts never adequately came to grips with the full scale of the H03 190 problems, though there were a number of partial successes. H03 191 |^A general tightening of trading conditions and the loss of H03 192 markets for traditional export products led to worsening terms of H03 193 trade for New Zealand in the 1980's and early 1990's. ^Increasing H03 194 protectionism in the industrialised nations slowed the growth of world H03 195 trade. ^It also encouraged a larger and larger share of New Zealand's H03 196 exports to be directed to the Middle East. ^When {0OPEC} and the price H03 197 of oil collapsed in 1995, New Zealand's dependence on the Middle H03 198 Eastern market meant that it was harder hit than many other countries. H03 199 |^There followed a period in which the government attempted to H03 200 insulate the New Zealand economy from the marked drop in export income H03 201 after the {0OPEC} collapse in 1995 and the de facto default on foreign H03 202 debts in 1998. ^The policies which were adopted prompted growing H03 203 popular resistance. ^This led to the fall of the central government in H03 204 2002. H03 205 |^Out of the social and political turmoil emerged a co-operative H03 206 social philosophy. ^A new emphasis developed on extended social groups H03 207 and community with less concern for material consumption. ^What had H03 208 been termed the *"informal**" economy of the 1980's became the H03 209 dominant ethos in the 2000's and 2010's. ^Many central functions were H03 210 replaced by local initiatives, including worker control of H03 211 enterprises. ^Political control was exercised at the local level. H03 212 ^Co-ordination between the communities was achieved through regional H03 213 and national councils of delegates. ^Social cohesion was enhanced by H03 214 the ease of access to people and information through the extensive use H03 215 of telecommunications. H03 216 |^The middle years of the scenario saw considerable and sometimes H03 217 painful adjustments. ^The country's population peaked at 3.5 million H03 218 between 2001 and 2011 and began to fall with the halting of H03 219 immigration and the decline in birth rates. ^There was a severe drop in H03 220 the material standard of living, a rise in unemployment, and large H03 221 scale underemployment. H03 222 *# H04 001 **[268 TEXT H04**] H04 002 |^*0Transport issues related to energy developments in the lower H04 003 Waikato have been considered and potentially discordant impacts on the H04 004 region's transport infrastructure identified. ^The study highlights H04 005 the need for coordinated transport planning in the area to avoid the H04 006 making of piecemeal decisions based largely on the availability and H04 007 capacity of existing facilities. ^The significant issues are H04 008 summarised in the following section together with a summary of link H04 009 options to minimise potential impacts. H04 010 *<10.2 *3PROBLEM AREAS*> H04 011 |^*0The most significant problem area in the region is in Huntly H04 012 township. ^The development of Huntly has historically been confined by H04 013 the Waikato River and {0SH}1, with the result that: H04 014 _| *- the {0CBA} has developed ribbon wise, one block deep along H04 015 either side of Main Street and the western side of {0SH}1; H04 016 | *- there is no land available to cater for the larger commercial H04 017 enterprises within the immediate precincts of the {0CBA}; H04 018 | *- considerable pressure exists for the establishment of commercial H04 019 enterprises alongside {0SH}1 to the north and south of the {0CBA}. H04 020 |^These difficulties will be exacerbated with the estimated 50% H04 021 increase in population in Huntly by the turn of the century. H04 022 |^The Rotowaro branch railway level crossing also contributes to H04 023 problems in Huntly as it adds to delays to {0SH}1 traffic at the H04 024 Raynors Road intersection. ^Although the present number of train H04 025 movements is relatively low (about six shunting services per week day H04 026 Monday to Friday) the crossing creates delays of four to six minutes H04 027 each train movement. H04 028 |^The branch line creates further problems with its dissecting H04 029 effect on the Huntly west residential area. ^It passes very close to H04 030 the local shopping centre and divides housing areas requiring a large H04 031 number of pedestrians to use the railway reserves for access to homes, H04 032 schools, shops and recreation reserves. ^Increased use of the line H04 033 will therefore affect public safety as well as compound the problem of H04 034 delays to road users. H04 035 |^Another potential problem in the region concerns a possible new H04 036 coal haulage route from Maramarua mine to the proposed North Island H04 037 Thermal 1 power station at Clune Road. ^A previous study on the H04 038 transport of coal to Clune Road (reference 2) identifies road and rail H04 039 haulage as being the most economic transport option for this situation H04 040 with conveyor and aerial ropeway systems being closely competitive. H04 041 ^The most direct haulage route from the mine to the power station site H04 042 passes very close to Meremere but has the potential to create H04 043 environmental and social problems in the township. ^An alternative H04 044 route 3 to 4 \0km to the south would be less disruptive but may H04 045 involve a larger capital outlay depending on the transport mode. ^If H04 046 rail transport is adopted, the additional haulage distance in a route H04 047 south of Meremere would be bridged by the existing {0NIMT} line and H04 048 would involve similar capital commitment as the more direct route. H04 049 ^Road haulage on the other hand would require the construction of an H04 050 additional 3 to 5 \0km length of road to accommodate the detour. H04 051 ^Operating costs from Maramarua mine to Clune Road would be larger in H04 052 both cases. ^In the case of a portion of the coal requirement being H04 053 supplied by the Huntly coalfield, some of the increase in operating H04 054 cost would be returned by a reduction in operating cost from Huntly. H04 055 |^There is a general difficulty with increasing numbers of coal H04 056 trucks using public roads in the area. ^These create increased delays H04 057 and travel times, greater potential for accidents and greater effects H04 058 on the environment. H04 059 *<10.3 *3ADDITIONAL DEMANDS*> H04 060 |^*0The study indicates that the most significant additional H04 061 demands likely to be placed on the transport infrastructure in the H04 062 lower Waikato region will be brought about by coal movements as H04 063 follows: H04 064 _| *- ^Coal production from the Rotowaro mines and transported north H04 065 by rail is expected to increase seven-fold by 1991/ 92. ^Delays to H04 066 {0SH}1 users in Huntly at the Rotowaro branch level crossing are H04 067 expected to increase in duration and their frequency is expected to H04 068 double. H04 069 | *- ^New coal washing and preparation plants in the area complicate H04 070 the prediction of points of impact caused by coal transport, as the H04 071 location of such plants is not yet finalised. ^It is clear that a H04 072 large centralised plant would place significant demands on the H04 073 transport system as the plant would also act as a coal distribution H04 074 centre and would require high capacity transport links to and from H04 075 mining developments and the {0NIMT} line. ^A series of small mine H04 076 dedicated plants would have a lesser effect. H04 077 | *- ^Coal from a new Maramarua mine to supply the proposed 500 \0MW H04 078 North Island Thermal 1 power station will require a new coal transport H04 079 link from Maramarua to Clune Road to transport the necessary 920 000 H04 080 {0tpa}. H04 081 | *- ^Approximately 300 000 {0tpa} may require transport from H04 082 Maramarua, crossing the Waikato River, to the Huntly power station H04 083 from 1989, but is dependent on the success of the bid by Electricity H04 084 Division to increase its current gas take. H04 085 | *- ^Approximately 500 000 {0tpa} will require transport across the H04 086 Waikato River from the proposed Huntly West 2 mine around the turn of H04 087 the century. H04 088 |^Other coal production in the Waikato is not expected to inflict any H04 089 significant problems on the existing transport infrastructure although H04 090 some new or upgraded links to the {0NIMT} line or {0SH}1 may be H04 091 required. H04 092 |^The construction of the proposed 500 \0MW North Island Thermal H04 093 1 power station will place additional demands on the existing H04 094 transport infrastructure through the movements of construction H04 095 materials and workforce. ^The main impacts will be at the intersection H04 096 of {0SH}1 and the access road to the development, and on the access H04 097 road itself. ^Provision of a class *=I sealed road from {0SH}1 to the H04 098 development and a suitable intersection with {0SH}1 would minimise any H04 099 detrimental affects to road users. ^Other impacts are expected to be H04 100 similar to those associated with normal industrial enterprises and can H04 101 be catered for within the existing infrastructure. H04 102 *<10.4 *3FLEXIBILITY*> H04 103 |^*0The coal transport system to serve the Lower Waikato region H04 104 must be highly flexible to cater for changes in the planned coal H04 105 demand and coal source. ^Such variations are evident when viewing H04 106 changes in the planned coal supply to New Zealand Steel, as shown in H04 107 table 18 and documented in previous energy plans. H04 108 **[TABLE**] H04 109 |^Factors which may influence the actual coal allocation in the H04 110 future to that planned include: H04 111 _| *- the success of longwall mining; H04 112 | *- further delays at the East and West 1 mines; H04 113 | *- short term fluctuations in mine output from individual mines H04 114 because of unforeseen mining difficulties; H04 115 | *- the success of the proposed West 2 and Ohinewai mines; H04 116 | *- the possible expansion of the proposed North Island Thermal 1 H04 117 power station to 1000 \0MW; H04 118 | *- the possibility of Electricity Division increasing its current H04 119 gas take; H04 120 | *- the occurrence of a dry year when it may be necessary to H04 121 significantly increase production at the Maramarua and Rotowaro mines H04 122 to meet the additional demand for thermal electricity generation over H04 123 hydro generation. H04 124 *<10.5 *3PREFERRED TRANSPORT MODES*> H04 125 |^*0Existing coal transport by road on {0SH}1 is not in itself a H04 126 problem. ^There are problem areas however which would be exacerbated H04 127 by a significant increase in coal haulage by road. ^These problems H04 128 include the effects on: H04 129 _| *- other public road users, including delays or an increase in H04 130 travel time, a level of frustration or inconvenience from reduced H04 131 overtaking opportunities, reduced visibility and safety with a H04 132 potential increase in the accident rate; H04 133 | *- townships such as Huntly where traffic congestion is already a H04 134 problem and improvements are difficult; H04 135 | *- county road intersections; H04 136 | *- land uses adjacent to highways with operational effects of noise, H04 137 vibration, dust and fumes. H04 138 |^Generally the operation of the {0NIMT} line causes few problems and H04 139 an increase in coal transport on the line would have limited adverse H04 140 effect. H04 141 |^Conveyor and aerial ropeway transport modes generally have a H04 142 lesser effect on the environment than road or rail but have a H04 143 considerable disadvantage over these in that they are not nearly as H04 144 flexible to cater for inevitable changes in the planned coal supply H04 145 and demand. H04 146 |^These points suggest that the existing rail system through the H04 147 region should form the backbone of the coal transport infrastructure H04 148 in the lower Waikato. ^Transport links to and from the {0NIMT} line H04 149 may be either private roads or rail for flexibility, or perhaps H04 150 conveyor where the barrier effect and operating effects of road or H04 151 rail warrant an alternative, if more costly, system. H04 152 *<10.6 *3OPTIONS FOR LINKS*> H04 153 |^*0Options for transport links from energy developments to the H04 154 {0NIMT} line are discussed in section 9 of this report. ^A decision to H04 155 provide a new or upgraded link is generally dependent on the potential H04 156 transport cost benefits to be obtained from the link. ^The two most H04 157 important options in the region are the Maramarua mine-{0NIMT} H04 158 line-Clune Road link and the Rotowaro mines-West 1 mine to the {0NIMT} H04 159 line link. H04 160 |^The Maramarua mine-Clune Road link is essential with the H04 161 construction of the North Island Thermal 1 power station. ^Both road H04 162 and rail transport modes are feasible with each having particular H04 163 advantages over the other in different circumstances. ^For example, H04 164 road is more flexible than rail and is more suited for ash transport H04 165 if required. ^Road from the mine has the additional advantage over H04 166 rail of being more suited for use by private coal mining companies as H04 167 the tonnage of coal supplied to any one customer is usually small. ^On H04 168 the other hand, rail has the advantage of lesser environmental and H04 169 operating effects since coal units are larger and hence less frequent. H04 170 ^The use of a combined mode system incorporating a conveyor H04 171 constructed below ground in environmentally sensitive areas should not H04 172 be ruled out of consideration. H04 173 |^The other option incorporating a bridge north of Huntly is not H04 174 essential in terms of transport cost considerations at this time and H04 175 is likely to result only as a consequence of significant energy H04 176 developments in the area. ^It would, however, have considerable H04 177 advantages for the region at any time, particularly in Huntly H04 178 township. ^In this regard it is appropriate to consider the H04 179 significant impact energy developments have on the region and the H04 180 resulting obligation developers have to the community to consider H04 181 social and environmental issues and political sensitivity as well as H04 182 strict economic criteria in assessing peripheral activities such as H04 183 coal distribution. ^It is recommended that, if constructed, the bridge H04 184 be used to complete a rail link from the Rotowaro and West 1 mines to H04 185 the {0NIMT} line. ^It may, as well, be feasible to construct the H04 186 bridge to a sufficient width to allow also the passage of overloads H04 187 associated with mining development by road. H04 188 |^In assessing the costs of a bridge to the north further H04 189 consideration should be given to the option of replacing the existing H04 190 construction bridge as a number of measures will need to be taken to H04 191 upgrade it to the standard of a permanent bridge. H04 192 _|(a) ^Both the western and eastern bridge approaches would have to be H04 193 realigned and upgraded. H04 194 |(b) ^The bridge itself needs to be raised to comply with navigational H04 195 clearance restrictions. H04 196 |(c) ^The bridge deck may need to be widened so that two lanes of H04 197 trucks can pass without delays. H04 198 |(d) ^The longitudinal seismic restraint should be improved by H04 199 incorporating lead/ rubber dissipators at the piers or by attaching a H04 200 friction slab at one end of the bridge. H04 201 |^The benefits accruing from the construction of a bridge north H04 202 of Huntly can be costed and compared to the cost of either upgrading H04 203 the existing construction bridge or constructing an entirely new H04 204 bridge. ^Such benefits include the following: H04 205 _| *- ^The need to transport coal through Huntly township by rail H04 206 would be removed. H04 207 | *- ^Delays and accidents in Huntly would be reduced. H04 208 | *- ^The barrier effect of the railway in the Huntly West residential H04 209 areas could be removed. H04 210 | *- ^A reduction in congestion towards the southern end of the {0CBA} H04 211 would provide some room for {0CBA} development. H04 212 | *- ^All mines, with the possible exception of the Maramarua mine, H04 213 would be linked by rail which means a drop in supply from one mine can H04 214 readily be compensated for by an increase in supply from other mines. H04 215 *# H05 001 **[269 TEXT H05**] H05 002 |^*0The establishment of a framework for closer and more regular H05 003 South Pacific cooperation on wider trade policy issues should enable H05 004 New Zealand, and the other South Pacific countries, to participate H05 005 more effectively in organisations and groupings established to H05 006 encourage economic and trade expansion in the Pacific Basin at large. H05 007 |^As a region, the Pacific Basin has shown remarkable economic H05 008 vitality and confidence in an era characterised by uncertainty and H05 009 slow growth through much of the industrialised world. ^The contrast H05 010 has prompted some commentators to declare that the twenty-first H05 011 century will be dominated by the economies of the Pacific Basin. ^The H05 012 performance already achieved and the sense of expectation created has H05 013 produced an awareness of common economic interests *- though this is H05 014 by no means unqualified or all-embracing *- and a number of H05 015 organisations and initiatives have emerged aimed at promoting H05 016 cooperation and economic prosperity in the region. H05 017 |^It is not intended here to discuss regionally defined groupings H05 018 within the wider Pacific Basin *- such as the Association of South H05 019 East Asian Nations ({0ASEAN}) or the Latin American Integration H05 020 Association ({0LAIA}) *- beyond noting the benefits they can have in H05 021 promoting a community of interest and encouraging competitiveness, H05 022 economic cooperation and trade. ^Nor do we discuss {0ESCAP} (Economic H05 023 and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific), the {0UN} regional H05 024 organisation, whose membership extends far beyond the Pacific rim to H05 025 include the whole of Asia. ^Recent years have seen the emergence of a H05 026 number of groupings that are less geographically specific whose H05 027 membership, constitution and precise orientation vary, but which share H05 028 the general objective of advancing the economic welfare of the Pacific H05 029 Basin region. ^The following are particularly worthy of note. H05 030 *<*4Pacific Basin Economic Council ({0PBEC})*> H05 031 |^*0{0PBEC} is an international organisation of private sector H05 032 representatives in the Pacific Basin. ^It originated in 1967 with H05 033 representation from Australia, Canada, Japan and the United States, as H05 034 well as New Zealand. ^Participation has since extended to include H05 035 Korea, Taiwan, Hong Kong, the {0ASEAN} region and South America. H05 036 ^While operating under private auspices, {0PBEC} maintains liaison H05 037 with governments and international agencies. H05 038 |^{0PBEC}'s basic purpose is to foster mutually beneficial H05 039 economic cooperation and social progress throughout the Pacific H05 040 Region. ^It strives to improve the business environment, strengthen H05 041 business enterprise, create new business relationships and H05 042 opportunities, and increase trade and investment in the Pacific Basin. H05 043 ^It pursues these objectives by exchange of views among business H05 044 people; it provides advice to governments and international agencies H05 045 on basic economic and business matters affecting the Pacific Basin; H05 046 and it provides private sector input into other organisations H05 047 concerned with Pacific development and cooperation. H05 048 |^The value of {0PBEC} derives largely from its success in H05 049 attracting the active participation of persons of high standing in H05 050 manufacturing, agriculture, banking, insurance, shipping and other H05 051 industries. ^Its papers and reports thus encompass a wide range of H05 052 business activity. ^Its importance can only increase with the growing H05 053 participation of representatives of the developing countries of the H05 054 region. H05 055 *<*4Pacific Economic Cooperation Conference {0PEC(C)}*> H05 056 |^*0The distinctive characteristic of {0PEC} is that it operates H05 057 on tripartite basis with participants including academics, officials H05 058 participating as individuals rather than delegates of their H05 059 governments, and private sector representatives. ^In some countries H05 060 elected parliamentarians also participate. ^The {0PEC} process (it is H05 061 not an organisation as such) was launched in Canberra in 1980 and has H05 062 gained strength and momentum since with subsequent conferences at H05 063 Bangkok, Bali and Seoul (in 1985). H05 064 |^The pattern of representation at {0PEC} meetings is widening to H05 065 include countries in most parts of the Pacific Basin. ^There is no H05 066 permanent secretariat but there is an international standing committee H05 067 on which New Zealand is represented by the {0Rt Hon} Brian Talboys. H05 068 ^Participating countries also have their own national committees which H05 069 are representative of all participating sectors. ^Five task forces H05 070 have been set up to undertake work relevant to the region in: H05 071 _| *?31 Agriculture and renewable resources; H05 072 | *?31 Minerals and energy; H05 073 | *?31 Manufactured goods and international trade negotiations; H05 074 | *?31 Investment and technology transfer; and H05 075 | *?31 Capital flows. H05 076 |^These task forces have set in train their own research projects H05 077 and meetings. ^New Zealand has participated most actively (but not H05 078 exclusively) in the Agriculture/ Renewable Resources and the H05 079 Manufactured Goods/ Trade Negotiations task forces. ^Under the former, H05 080 New Zealand is taking the lead on a comparative study project on H05 081 livestock industries in the participating countries; under the latter H05 082 New Zealand has been active in encouraging work on developing mutual H05 083 understanding on priorities for negotiation in a New Round of {0MTN}s, H05 084 emphasising the need that these deal effectively with agricultural H05 085 trade. ^That was clearly registered at the first Pacific Trade Policy H05 086 Forum, convened by the {0PEC} in San Francisco in March 1986. H05 087 |^That the {0PEC} process has, in so short a time, succeeded in H05 088 focusing high-level concerted regional attention on some key issues in H05 089 economic development and trade policy is due largely to the tripartite H05 090 formula that brings together the research capability of academia with H05 091 the business expertise of the private sector and the economic and H05 092 trade policy experience of officials. H05 093 *<*4Regional Meeting of Senior Trade Officials (*"Hawke H05 094 Initiative**")*> H05 095 |^*0Commencing in Denpasar, Indonesia, early in 1984, a series of H05 096 meetings of senior trade officials of a number of countries of the H05 097 Western Pacific region have been held to explore the scope for H05 098 cooperation on multilateral trade issues. ^The process was prompted by H05 099 the Australian Prime Minister in a speech he delivered in Thailand in H05 100 1983. ^In it he foreshadowed the possible need, should attempts to H05 101 secure major international trade reforms through joint action of H05 102 {0GATT} Contracting Parties fail, for countries of the region to H05 103 establish a programme of liberalisation designed particularly to H05 104 benefit the countries of the region (though liberalisation would be H05 105 applied to all trading partners on an {0MFN} basis). ^As a prior step, H05 106 however, \0Mr Hawke suggested that regional trade officials seek to H05 107 reach agreement on the priorities for a New {0GATT} Round and work H05 108 together for its success. H05 109 |^In addition to Australia and New Zealand, the {0ASEAN} H05 110 countries, Japan and Korea have participated in the meetings held to H05 111 date. ^Even this short list of participants includes countries that H05 112 are very diverse in their stages of economic development and their H05 113 major international trade interests. ^The earliest meetings served to H05 114 accustom the participants to discussing the scope for cooperation and H05 115 to highlight the range of their priorities, although some participants H05 116 were still somewhat hesitant about the benefit of a New {0GATT} Round. H05 117 ^By the third meeting, held late in 1985 in Seoul, there was a H05 118 consensus on the principle of mutual support and informal agreement H05 119 that Geneva representatives of the participants would meet H05 120 periodically to discuss their approach to the proposed New Round. ^At H05 121 the latest meeting in Manila in September 1986, the countries affirmed H05 122 their interest in the New Round and pledged to continue their H05 123 consultations as it progressed. H05 124 *<*4{0ASEAN} Dialogue*> H05 125 |^*0While {0ASEAN}'s membership is limited to six south-east Asian H05 126 nations it has established a valuable dialogue with the developed H05 127 countries of the Pacific Basin (and also with the European Community). H05 128 ^This dialogue involves periodic meetings between {0ASEAN} H05 129 representatives and individual dialogue partners (including New H05 130 Zealand). ^But in addition, following an annual meeting of {0ASEAN} H05 131 foreign ministers, they hold a *"Post Ministerial Conference**" with H05 132 ministerial delegations from all the dialogue partners. ^There is a H05 133 joint session, with all the delegations attending, and individual H05 134 sessions with each partner. ^The dialogue encompasses political and H05 135 broad economic issues as well as trade. ^Like the other groupings H05 136 mentioned above, it encourages the participants to identify common H05 137 interests and to view issues from a regional standpoint. H05 138 *<*4The Commonwealth Dimension*> H05 139 |^*0Membership of the Commonwealth, shared by a number of H05 140 countries in the Asia Pacific region, adds a further strand to the H05 141 fabric of mutual understanding and also provides a link between the H05 142 region and the countries of South Asia. ^It has helped encourage the H05 143 Commonwealth as a whole to focus on the development and economic needs H05 144 of the region and, with the cooperation of the Commonwealth H05 145 Secretariat, a Commonwealth Regional Consultative Group on Trade H05 146 ({0CRCGT}) has met on a number of occasions to consider regional trade H05 147 issues and projects that could assist countries in the region. H05 148 *<*4Business Councils*> H05 149 |^*0Finally, reference should be made to business councils which H05 150 bring New Zealand private sector representatives together with their H05 151 counterparts in several individual countries in the region and which H05 152 may consider specific possibilities for developing bilateral trade as H05 153 well as more general issues. ^These usefully complement H05 154 intergovernmental meetings and the participants are frequently able to H05 155 provide valuable briefing and advice to their Governments. H05 156 *<*4Promoting Mutual Support*> H05 157 |^*0The dialogue and consultation that has developed in the region H05 158 has undoubtedly increased mutual understanding among those H05 159 participating. ^By promoting an awareness of shared interests it H05 160 contributes to regional security. ^As mutual understanding grows so H05 161 does an acceptance of the principle of mutual support in wider issues H05 162 (as mentioned above in the discussion of the Hawke initiative). H05 163 |^Increased mutual understanding should encourage individual H05 164 countries in the region to consider the interests of regional partners H05 165 in the process of economic policy-making. ^It is, of course, a long H05 166 way from the level of dialogue and consultation existing today to H05 167 substantial economic integration of the kind seen, for instance, in H05 168 the European Common Market. ^That stage is not even reached within the H05 169 limited membership of {0ASEAN} or {0CER}. ^But we should be reaching H05 170 the stage where a country in the region, before taking some major H05 171 economic decision, would ask itself if that decision would be harmful H05 172 to a regional neighbour. ^If the answer was affirmative, the next H05 173 questions would be whether that decision was really in the country's H05 174 own long-term interest; and whether there was not an alternative that H05 175 made better use of the economic resources of the region without H05 176 disadvantaging itself or its regional neighbours. H05 177 |^An example will illustrate the point. ^Successive New Zealand H05 178 Governments have received proposals from groups wishing to establish H05 179 beet-sugar industries. ^The proponents have sought the assurance H05 180 either that a certain proportion of the New Zealand sugar market would H05 181 be reserved for domestic production or that some form of frontier H05 182 protection would be provided so that local production would not have H05 183 to compete with imports below a certain price level. ^There are, H05 184 however, many efficient cane sugar producers in the region, including H05 185 Australia and Fiji. ^Accordingly, successive New Zealand Governments H05 186 have always declined to promise such protection. ^New Zealand's total H05 187 sugar requirement continues to be imported, to the benefit of our H05 188 Pacific regional partners, while resources in New Zealand are not H05 189 invested in a crop in which we would not enjoy comparative advantage. H05 190 |^For the same reason New Zealand does not appear likely to become H05 191 a significant producer of tea or rice although there is nothing to H05 192 inhibit this other than the test of international competitiveness and H05 193 commercial judgement. ^New Zealand considers the region would benefit H05 194 if other countries were to adopt the same criteria of optimising H05 195 resource utilisation, and regard for interests of regional neighbours H05 196 will influence decisions of other Pacific Basin countries when they H05 197 consider agricultural and other economic development policies. H05 198 |^The trend to consultation and cooperation on trade matters in H05 199 the Pacific Basin is beneficial and should be encouraged. ^In time it H05 200 might lead to new formal links or institutions. ^But this prospect has H05 201 to be approached with caution. ^It is complicated by the great H05 202 diversity of Pacific Basin countries. ^Existing participation in the H05 203 different regional groupings varies. ^Some countries may choose not to H05 204 attend because of different priorities. ^Others, for instance some of H05 205 the Pacific Island states, simply do not have the resources to H05 206 participate actively in wider Pacific Basin activities. H05 207 |^Some members of existing groupings are apprehensive about H05 208 extending membership to certain other Pacific Basin countries whether H05 209 because of major differences in their political or economic systems, H05 210 or because of a concern that the economic strength of some would H05 211 result in their dominating or changing the balance of the grouping. H05 212 |^In promoting Pacific Basin trade and economic cooperation New H05 213 Zealand has to recognise and respect the different views and H05 214 perspectives of its various partners. ^Progress is occurring, but it H05 215 requires patience and realism. H05 216 *# H06 001 **[270 TEXT H06**] H06 002 |7.1.5 H06 003 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 004 ^*0Complainants and witnesses need to wade their way through masses of H06 005 defendants and their associates in witness rooms and corridors in the H06 006 court building. ^The complainant or witnesses are subjected to H06 007 antagonistic glances, gestures, aggressive stances and salutes. ^This H06 008 is particularly so when gang members are defendants. ^It seems a H06 009 tradition that as many gang members as possible crowd the court to H06 010 lend support or encouragement to the defendant. ^Complainants and H06 011 witnesses should not be subjected to this type of behaviour. ^Separate H06 012 facilities must be provided for complainants and witnesses, away from H06 013 defendants and associates, and we so recommend. H06 014 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 015 |7.1.6 H06 016 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 017 ^Gangs use intimidation as a means of preventing justice from taking H06 018 its course and are able to achieve this with relative ease. ^Their H06 019 strength lies in their numbers and the collective power that such H06 020 numbers can generate. ^It is now almost inevitable that when a crime H06 021 is committed by a gang member and an arrest follows then there is H06 022 great difficulty in obtaining the co-operation and evidence from H06 023 witnesses. ^They fear retribution and this is becoming commonplace. H06 024 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 025 |7.1.7 H06 026 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 027 ^It has become increasingly necessary to give witnesses protection to H06 028 ensure their safety and welfare in order that they can give evidence H06 029 at a Court hearing. ^Police protection is necessary to counter the H06 030 endeavours of the criminal fraternity to thwart the legitimate means H06 031 of introducing that witness's evidence. H06 032 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 033 |7.1.8 H06 034 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 035 ^The criminal fraternity has the influence, power, capability and H06 036 resources to intimidate, coerce or prevent witnesses either from H06 037 coming forward or actually giving evidence. H06 038 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 039 |7.1.9 H06 040 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 041 ^This trend has surfaced over the last ten years and especially over H06 042 the last five *- so much so that a special confidential Police policy H06 043 has been designed and put in place to deal with a whole host of H06 044 complex issues that arise when a witness has to be protected. ^It is H06 045 absolutely clear that when witnesses are in actual or potential danger H06 046 or members of their family are in actual or potential danger, it is H06 047 incumbent on the Police to provide them with some form of protection. H06 048 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 049 |7.1.10 H06 050 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 051 ^There are new types of criminals in New Zealand. ^They have access to H06 052 money and means, and because they are professional criminals with a H06 053 good rapport with other like-minded individuals, they have the ability H06 054 to commit actual violence, intimidation and even murder *- that is the H06 055 reality of the day. H06 056 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 057 |7.1.11 H06 058 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 059 ^There have been cases within the last five years where witness H06 060 protection has been mounted on the basis that the potential witness is H06 061 not being protected from intimidation but from death. H06 062 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 063 |7.1.12 H06 064 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 065 ^In the last three years the police have continually had witnesses H06 066 under protection. ^These operations can last from a few days prior to H06 067 a court hearing or go on for a number of years for more major H06 068 operations. ^The operation doesn't start and end with a court hearing. H06 069 ^It can start at the early stages of an initial investigation of a H06 070 crime through the trials, appeals and then the relocation of the H06 071 witness at the conclusion of the judicial process. ^The smallness of H06 072 New Zealand compels witnesses to be protected in outside districts and H06 073 in some cases outside of the country *- at great cost. H06 074 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 075 |7.1.13 H06 076 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 077 ^One recent witness protection operation ran for over two years, H06 078 requiring an input of some 8022 man hours (the equivalent of one man H06 079 continually employed for 3.9 years) at a cost of *+$37,000 (this cost H06 080 is exclusive of Police salaries). ^Witness protection operations are H06 081 extremely complex, demanding on resources both in time and manpower H06 082 and require an enormous financial input. H06 083 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 084 |7.1.14 H06 085 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 086 ^Witness protection operations are now a significant aspect of police H06 087 work which was not planned for or envisaged years ago. ^The present H06 088 forecast is that the requirement for witness protection operations H06 089 will significantly increase. H06 090 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 091 |7.1.15 H06 092 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 093 ^A new trend has emerged which is a follow-on from witness protection. H06 094 ^It is the need to protect juries. ^This is not uncommon overseas but H06 095 was necessary for the first time in New Zealand in Auckland during H06 096 this year. ^Because of threats made to the jury, a Police operation H06 097 was mounted to provide security and protection for the jury. ^It is H06 098 anticipated that the next development will be operations to protect H06 099 the judiciary. H06 100 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 101 |7.1.16 H06 102 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 103 ^Attached as Appendix *'D**' are incidents of intimidation from a H06 104 random survey of the Northland area. ^Appendix *'D1**' is a further H06 105 example of serious intimidation which occurred in a recent homicide H06 106 case. H06 107 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 108 *<*7CHAPTER EIGHT*> H06 109 *<*08 *7OTHER MAJOR PROBLEMS FACING SOCIETY*> H06 110 *<*08.1 *6THE YOUTH OF TODAY*> H06 111 |*08.1.1 H06 112 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 113 ^It is a fact that our offenders are not only getting younger but they H06 114 are increasing in number and their behaviour is also more violent. H06 115 ^Society must address the problem. H06 116 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 117 |8.1.2 H06 118 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 119 ^The Children and Young Persons Act *- except in cases of murder and H06 120 manslaughter ensures that nothing in the way of punishment or H06 121 *'jolt**' happens to a young offender before he or she is 14 years of H06 122 age and even then such *'penalty**' is hardly preventive. H06 123 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 124 |8.1.3 H06 125 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 126 ^Even if the under 14 year old is caught while offending, or shortly H06 127 afterwards, he soon realises that nothing will happen to him because H06 128 the *'system**' ensures it, and again as any parent would realise, H06 129 even very young children can reason. ^These offenders now boast to H06 130 police, even in the cells for detoxification, that police can do H06 131 nothing with them. ^This is most demoralising to Police staff who H06 132 endeavour to protect society from these young offenders. H06 133 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 134 *<8.2 *6UNSUPERVISED YOUNG PEOPLE*> H06 135 |*08.2.1 H06 136 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 137 ^Hand in hand with the phenomenon of juvenile offending is the problem H06 138 of unsupervised young people, namely street kids. ^These are children H06 139 who for various reasons opt not to stay at home but instead gather in H06 140 groups, sleep out, avoid school and generally roam the locality H06 141 committing crime to sustain themselves. ^Within the group situation H06 142 they become brazen and despite their youth will often violently attack H06 143 persons to steal or to protect each other from apprehension. H06 144 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 145 |8.2.2 H06 146 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 147 ^The appearance of *'street kids**' is more prevalent over the summer H06 148 months. ^There is a strong feeling among police staff that firmer H06 149 action should be taken to remove such children from that environment H06 150 if their parents are unable or unwilling to control them at home. ^It H06 151 is evident that social welfare officers are reluctant to deprive H06 152 parents of their children, but it is felt that it is in the interests H06 153 of the community as a whole that children who run wild should be H06 154 placed in situations where controls can be imposed upon them and their H06 155 educational needs satisfied. H06 156 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 157 *<8.3 *6STREET OFFENCES*> H06 158 |*08.3.1 H06 159 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 160 ^In recent years there has been increasing calls for the removal of H06 161 some minor street offences from the statute books. ^These calls must H06 162 be resisted. ^In dealing with street incidents police are increasingly H06 163 confronted with situations which if allowed to continue would result H06 164 in violence. ^It is a fact that this type of conduct is often the H06 165 catalyst sparking off violent incidents. ^However by the early H06 166 intervention and removal of participants from the street, the danger H06 167 is eliminated. H06 168 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 169 *<8.4 *6HOME ENVIRONMENT*> H06 170 |*08.4.1 H06 171 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 172 ^The home environment is the place where any child is first exposed to H06 173 the influences which will govern his or her future behaviour and H06 174 tendencies towards violence. ^This affects their ability to cope with H06 175 society as a whole. ^Some of the factors which will have influence on H06 176 the child are: H06 177 _|(a)Parents' acceptance of the child at birth. H06 178 |(b)Lack of parental affection. H06 179 |(c)Lack of parental training or skills in dealing with infants. H06 180 |(d)Stress within the family resulting from: H06 181 **[BEGIN INDENTATION TWO**] H06 182 _| *- indadequate housing; H06 183 | *- lack of finance; H06 184 | *- unemployment; H06 185 | *- necessity for both parents to work. H06 186 **[END INDENTATION TWO**] H06 187 |(e)Alcoholic condition of parent(s). H06 188 |(f)Violence or conflict between parents. H06 189 |(g)Violence between parent and child. H06 190 |(h)No clear guidelines laid down for child. H06 191 |(i)Parental attitude towards authority and law breaking. H06 192 |(j)Broken marriages and single parenting. H06 193 |(k)Multiple relationships by parent having custody of child. H06 194 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 195 |8.4.2 H06 196 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 197 ^These factors will manifest themselves in the child by the time he or H06 198 she reaches school age. ^This may result in children who have: H06 199 _|(a)Aggressive attitudes towards teachers and fellow pupils. H06 200 |(b)Disruptive, attention-seeking behaviour. H06 201 |(c)Inability to relate to others. H06 202 |(d)Lack of self discipline. H06 203 |(e)Lack of respect for persons or property. H06 204 |(f)Lack of respect for authority. H06 205 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 206 |8.4.3 H06 207 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 208 ^If the home environment has been inadequate, it is now the teachers H06 209 who must face up to the problem which confronts them. ^If they fail to H06 210 redirect and properly influence the child, his or her behaviour H06 211 pattern will be set for the future and it is highly unlikely that he H06 212 or she will respond to future authority or guidance, especially once H06 213 adolescence is reached. ^Early influences will dictate the propensity H06 214 for the child to use violence or take part in anti-social behaviour. H06 215 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 216 |8.4.4 H06 217 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 218 ^The discipline taught in school has a very important part to play in H06 219 the life of a child who has not received correct parental guidance at H06 220 an earlier stage. ^Children (and in fact everyone) should be taught to H06 221 accept responsibility for their own actions. H06 222 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 223 |8.4.5 H06 224 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 225 ^Emphasis must be placed on and allowances made for the slow, the H06 226 backward, the late developer, the child at risk, and the non-achiever. H06 227 ^This should not be to the detriment of the child who is able to cope. H06 228 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 229 *<8.5 *6DOMESTIC VIOLENCE*> H06 230 |*08.5.1 H06 231 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 232 ^The 1985 Crime Statistics show a 3.2% rise in the number of reported H06 233 domestic disputes attended by police. ^In 1985, police were called to H06 234 18221 such incidents compared with 17647 in 1984. H06 235 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 236 |8.5.2 H06 237 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 238 ^Violent domestic disputes most often occur between family members and H06 239 most of the domestic disputes attended by the Police involve violence H06 240 or threats of violence. ^In 1985 reported serious domestic assaults H06 241 under the Crimes Act numbered 218 (1984 *- 192) although minor H06 242 domestic assaults were down from 1725 in 1984 to 1527 for 1985. ^As H06 243 stated in Chapter One, it is estimated that fewer than 3% of all H06 244 domestic assaults are actually reported to the police. H06 245 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 246 |8.5.3 H06 247 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 248 ^Most women reporting domestic violence are living in an unstable H06 249 relationship; have dependant children; are in the lower socio-economic H06 250 groups and don't have support from outside the home. ^Their spouse or H06 251 partners are in low status jobs or are unemployed and consume alcohol H06 252 on a regular basis. H06 253 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 254 |8.5.4 H06 255 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 256 ^Ethnic differences can also conceal violence when custom dictates H06 257 that an outside authority is not called on to mediate even when there H06 258 is considerable violence involved. H06 259 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 260 |8.5.5 H06 261 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 262 ^It is evident that domestic violence is on the increase. ^Many of the H06 263 large number of homicides arise out of domestic situations. ^In 1985 H06 264 there were 25 homicides involving domestic violence. ^Section 5 of the H06 265 Evidence Act 1908 relating to competency and compellability of a wife H06 266 against her husband (or vice versa) needs amending to allow the H06 267 husband or wife to be competent and compellable for the prosecution in H06 268 cases of murder and manslaughter. ^A number of cases can be quoted H06 269 when a wife has been an eye witness to a murder (in two cases, of her H06 270 children and in another of a person she was having a relationship H06 271 with), yet she has not been able to give evidence of the event, H06 272 leaving a totally unrealistic case to present to the Jury. ^Invariably H06 273 the only version the Jury hears is the accused's and this is usually H06 274 exculpatory or self-serving and mostly appears a distortion of the H06 275 truth. ^Hence, many such cases return a manslaughter verdict whereas H06 276 the actual evidence available clearly justifies a verdict of murder. H06 277 **[END INDENTATION**] H06 278 |8.5.6 H06 279 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H06 280 ^The two major ingredients of domestic disputes are alcohol and H06 281 jealousy. ^These situations will continue to get worse with the large H06 282 number of broken marriages, an increase in de facto relationships and H06 283 a more relaxed moral code. H06 284 *# H07 001 **[271 TEXT H07**] H07 002 |*062 ^The Maori community had serious criticisms of the H07 003 Department and its ability to deliver services which met their needs H07 004 as consumers. ^While criticism varied from district to district, and H07 005 some districts had made conspicuous efforts to meet the needs of Maori H07 006 clients, problems were aired in almost every district we visited. H07 007 **[BEGIN BOX**] H07 008 |*"...*1when people come into the department we've already taken H07 009 away a lot of their respect**". H07 010 |*"...Social Welfare offices when we enter makes us feel as H07 011 through we're criminals. ^That's for sure. ^The ones we've got behind H07 012 the counters one look at their faces tells you, dumb Maoris coming in. H07 013 ^Don't know how to fill the forms**". H07 014 |*"...it's a pakeha bureaucratic system. ^It drives the average H07 015 pakeha woman up the wall, so God knows what it would do for a Maori H07 016 person who doesn't know very much about the pakeha way of working**". H07 017 |*"^The decision and policy making power and control is H07 018 concentrated in the hands of a few who are mainly white, middleclass H07 019 and male**". H07 020 **[END BOX**] H07 021 * H07 022 |*063 ^People felt the Department's offices were unwelcoming and H07 023 impersonal, lacked privacy and adequate soundproofing. ^Counters were H07 024 seen as creating barriers between *"them**" and *"us**" and children H07 025 were not catered for in waiting rooms. ^It was obvious to us that H07 026 offices appeared to work better and were closer to the people they H07 027 served where there were fewer than about 150 staff employed. H07 028 |64 ^We heard constantly that counter staff were too young, H07 029 inexperienced, insensitive, poorly trained and judgmental. ^People H07 030 were frustrated by having to deal with staff who did not know H07 031 sufficient about entitlement conditions for the appropriate benefits, H07 032 seemed unaware of the trauma some of the clients might be in, and were H07 033 ignorant of Maori view points or values. H07 034 |65 ^It was suggested that training programmes should be designed H07 035 to raise the level of awareness of Maori culture and should also H07 036 incorporate training in personal skills and some knowledge of New H07 037 Zealand history. ^A compelling need was for front-line staff to be H07 038 fully aware of the range of assistance available and to have the H07 039 authority to make decisions and give authoritative advice. H07 040 |66 ^One of the major criticisms of the Department concerned the H07 041 numbers of Maori people employed. ^People believed that more Maori H07 042 people, particularly mature people well grounded in both Maori and H07 043 Pakeha lifestyles were needed in both the front line and as decision H07 044 makers. ^Maori staff often complained that they were used as window H07 045 dressing and expected to share the knowledge of their culture whenever H07 046 required without having this knowledge recognised as a work-related H07 047 skill. H07 048 |67 ^Because of the insistence on academic qualifications for many H07 049 positions in the Department, Maori people saw this as effectively H07 050 locking the gate against Maori applicants. ^People asked for H07 051 qualifications to be interpreted broadly. ^Life experience, fluency in H07 052 Maori language and ability to relate to another cultural group should H07 053 be qualifications for certain positions. ^These skills should be H07 054 recognised in classification, salary and grading. H07 055 |68 ^We were also told that there is a need for a substantial H07 056 review to assess the relevance of the academic approach in social work H07 057 to the needs of the Department's clients and that it should be aimed H07 058 at making the academic environment more hospitable to the sorts of H07 059 qualities we were advised as being desirable. H07 060 |69 ^People asked for more information about entitlements and H07 061 services, written in language easily understood. ^They also asked for H07 062 more Maori speakers at the interface to explain services to them and H07 063 for people to be employed to help with form filling and to put clients H07 064 at ease in unfamiliar surroundings. ^It was pointed out by many that H07 065 forms were too complicated and that it would be helpful if documents H07 066 were also presented in Maori. H07 067 *<*1Social Work*> H07 068 **[BEGIN BOX**] H07 069 |*"^The social work education system of residential child care H07 070 work which was imposed on the Maori people was based on the arrogant H07 071 assumption that the culture of the Pakeha coloniser was far superior H07 072 and preferable to the Maori and other Polynesian life style.**" H07 073 **[END BOX**] H07 074 |*070 ^In the area of social work, there were many calls for Maori H07 075 people to do the work of the *"professional**" workers. ^Whereas H07 076 community workers saw themselves as being on call 24 hours a day, H07 077 social workers were seen by some to work for only the prescribed H07 078 hours. ^The complaint was strong that valuable skills were often used H07 079 but not paid for when volunteers or community workers were used as a H07 080 cultural resource for dealing with Maori people. H07 081 |71 ^The emphasis on the professionalism of social workers and H07 082 their academic training was seen as discriminating against Maori H07 083 people who were often qualified by life and culture to do the work H07 084 more effectively. H07 085 |72 ^Maori people complained that social work practices in regard H07 086 to court procedures, adoption and family case work contributed to the H07 087 breaking down of the whanau system and the traditional tribal H07 088 responsibilities of the Maori lifestyle. H07 089 |73 ^Departmental foster care was frequently seen as insisting on H07 090 unrealistically high standards. ^This often resulted in children H07 091 becoming dissatisfied with their own homes which could not provide the H07 092 material and recreational standards to which they had become H07 093 accustomed. H07 094 |74 ^The area of fostering and adoption and the practice of H07 095 confidentiality caused considerable concern. ^This not only denied the H07 096 extended family its traditional rights but often resulted in a child H07 097 being placed without any information about tribal identity being H07 098 available for proper consideration. ^It was also stated that adoptive H07 099 and foster parents were selected on the Pakeha basis of material H07 100 values, while the ability of Maori applicants to bring up a child in H07 101 its own whanau, surrounded by tribal aroha, was ignored. H07 102 |75 ^The Maatua Whangai programme received a great deal of H07 103 attention. ^The claims were that the programme is under-resourced. ^We H07 104 deal with Maatua Whangai later on, but simply record the fact that H07 105 great things are expected of the programme by the Maori people. H07 106 *<*1Rural Services*> H07 107 **[BEGIN BOX**] H07 108 |*"^That's all I have stood up to say *- what is happening out in H07 109 the rural areas. ^I'll put it to you, that there should be some H07 110 changes there, to take into consideration what difficulties people in H07 111 rural areas are going through. ^Especially when they have to report H07 112 in. ^The distance involved in travelling to sort out these matters H07 113 before they are able to get any money to get groceries and things that H07 114 are necessary to live.**" H07 115 **[END BOX**] H07 116 |*076 ^In small areas, for example Ruatoria, Te Kaha, Kaitaia and H07 117 the West Coast (South Island), people spoke of the costs of travelling H07 118 and making telephone calls to apply for benefits or to make inquiries. H07 119 ^In some cases, the cost of travel could almost equal the payment H07 120 received. ^The requests were for more regular servicing visits, or for H07 121 local agents to be appointed. ^The services most required locally were H07 122 the payment of benefits and pensions, and social workers. ^People also H07 123 asked for free toll calls to inquire about benefits and pensions to H07 124 prevent the high charges incurred while Department staff located files H07 125 and obtained decisions. ^Generally, rural clients felt they were H07 126 disadvantaged compared with urban people. H07 127 *<*6PART *=III *- OUR CONCLUSIONS*> H07 128 |*077 ^A principal consumer of the Department of Social Welfare is H07 129 Maori**[SIC**]; not on basis of population but on the basis that the H07 130 operation of history has made Maori people dependent on the welfare H07 131 system. ^The Committee views this as a negative achievement. ^Its H07 132 recommendations therefore will deal with proposals for positive H07 133 achievement, both in short-term initiatives and long-term strategy for H07 134 re-building the basis of independent Maori society. H07 135 |78 ^As we travelled around the country, the most consistent call H07 136 we heard was for Maori people to be given the resources to control H07 137 their own programmes. ^We have responded to this in ways that do not H07 138 discriminate against people of any culture while enabling Maori people H07 139 to share and to control where applicable the allocation of resources H07 140 in communities. H07 141 |79 ^We believe that, in reporting on a Maori perspective for the H07 142 Department of Social Welfare, we are in fact reporting on needs which H07 143 impact on all Government departments. ^A main thrust of our report is H07 144 therefore to do with co-ordination of resources among departments and H07 145 the transference of authority over the use of those resources closer H07 146 to the consumer. H07 147 |80 ^Our recommendations are based on the expectation that Maori H07 148 people will respond by participating in the strengthening of their H07 149 tribal networks. ^We believe that our recommendations will assist and H07 150 encourage the re-emergence of Maori management systems with their H07 151 special blending of spiritual and pragmatic values. ^We also believe H07 152 the co-ordination of Maori and non-Maori systems offers an opportunity H07 153 for this country to develop a unique social service delivery. H07 154 |81 ^It is our view that the presence of racism in the Department H07 155 is a reflection of racism which exists generally within the community. H07 156 ^Institutional racism exists within the Department as it does H07 157 generally through our national institutional structures. ^Its effects H07 158 in this case are monocultural laws and administration in child and H07 159 family welfare, social security or other departmental H07 160 responsibilities. ^Whether or not intended, it gives rise to practices H07 161 which are discriminatory against Maori people. H07 162 *<*6CAPABILITY OF DEPARTMENT*> H07 163 **[BEGIN BOX**] H07 164 |*"^*1I see it as a department speaking from a level above the H07 165 people, not able to reach down to the grass roots, where the people H07 166 are at. ^If you cannot come down to the people how can you help them. H07 167 ^I would like to suggest that the department open up its corridors to H07 168 the Maori people.**" H07 169 |*"^This hui was to discuss a Maori perspective for Social H07 170 Welfare. ^When we had the panui for this hui, got very cynical about H07 171 it, got very hoha about it because it is filling our guts and telling H07 172 our concerns to deaf ears. ^People don't listen. ^I sit in there with H07 173 people and I'm telling them what it's like for a Maori kid, they don't H07 174 understand, they don't believe me. ^That's institutionalised H07 175 racialism. ^What is racism. ^It's prejudice, inaction.**" H07 176 **[END BOX**] H07 177 |*082 ^We were asked to assess the current capability of the H07 178 Department in relation to the declared goal. ^Taking into account all H07 179 that we heard and our own observations and impressions, the H07 180 inescapable conclusion of the Committee is that the Department of H07 181 Social Welfare is not capable of meeting the goal without major H07 182 changes in its policy, planning and service delivery. ^We expect, H07 183 however, that its capability to make the necessary changes will be H07 184 greatly enhanced by the initiatives advanced in the recommendations of H07 185 this Committee. H07 186 |83 ^The Committee finds that the staff in general are dedicated H07 187 people, committed to working for the welfare aims of the Department. H07 188 ^However, they have lacked the leadership and understanding to relate H07 189 sensitively to their Maori clients. H07 190 |84 ^The Committee regards change within the Department as H07 191 essential if the kinds of problems identified to us by Maori people H07 192 are to be overcome and if the Department is to relate to their H07 193 specific needs. H07 194 |85 ^The Department is in the process of changes designed to bring H07 195 decision making and supportive mechanisms closer to the people it H07 196 serves. ^Our recommendations can therefore be accommodated more H07 197 quickly than might otherwise have been possible. H07 198 *<*6GUIDING PRINCIPLES AND OBJECTIVES*> H07 199 |*086 ^The Department has developed a Management Plan which H07 200 includes in its statement of goals the following: *- H07 201 |*"^*1To meet the particular needs of Maori people in policy, H07 202 planning and service delivery while giving due attention to the needs H07 203 of other ethnic minority groups.**" H07 204 |*087 ^The Committee endorses the above, as a start for the H07 205 Department, as a bi-cultural approach in a way that does not offend H07 206 other cultural groups. H07 207 |88 ^But for clients and staff, the Department requires a H07 208 statement of guiding principles and goals that specifically exclude H07 209 any racist interpretation. ^The wording of the new objective below H07 210 explains racism very clearly. ^We believe that by leaving it in no H07 211 doubt what is meant by racism, the dangers of cultural and H07 212 institutional racism occurring in the Department will be minimised. H07 213 |89 ^During our deliberations, we thought much about racism as it H07 214 affects New Zealand society. H07 215 *# H08 001 **[272 TEXT H08**] H08 002 *0^It was noted in section 4 that, *1per charge, *0Maori offenders H08 003 were less likely to receive financial penalties including reparation; H08 004 8% of charges involving Maori offenders received reparation compared H08 005 with 10% of charges involving non-Maori offenders. ^However a H08 006 comparison of offender's ethnicity per case shows that Maori offenders H08 007 were slightly more likely than non-Maori offenders to receive a H08 008 sentence of reparation; 12% of cases involving Maori offenders H08 009 included a sentence of reparation compared with 11% of cases involving H08 010 non-Maori offenders. ^This discrepancy is explained by non-Maori H08 011 offenders having on average more charges per case that resulted in a H08 012 sentence of reparation than Maori offenders. H08 013 |^Of all charges, 4,714 (6%) resulted in a sentence of reparation. H08 014 ^The majority of these charges (92%) were for offences against H08 015 property as expected from the definition of this sentence. ^Of all H08 016 charges for offences against property, 17% received reparation. ^The H08 017 proportion of property charges for which reparation was the only H08 018 sentence ordered was 3.2%; 819 charges out of a total of 25,412. H08 019 ^Reparation was ordered for 89 offences against the person including H08 020 63 for assault. ^There were 264 other offences, not against persons or H08 021 property, which incurred reparation. ^These included 69 disorderly H08 022 behaviour and similar offences, 41 careless or reckless driving H08 023 offences and 69 offences against the Social Security Act. (^It is H08 024 doubtful whether offences against the Social Security Act {0ie}, H08 025 certain categories of fraud, misleading a social welfare officer and H08 026 making false statements, properly constitute offences where property H08 027 loss or damage has occurred.) ^Although a very small proportion of H08 028 offences against the person resulted in a sentence of reparation, 7% H08 029 of offenders receiving a sentence of reparation were convicted of at H08 030 least one offence against the person. H08 031 |^Reparation was the only sentence in 19% of charges that received H08 032 reparation. ^The most common sentences used with reparation on a H08 033 single charge were periodic detention (25% of charges receiving H08 034 reparation), fines (31% of charges receiving reparation), and H08 035 supervision (14% of charges receiving reparation). H08 036 *<5.3 *1Supervision*> H08 037 |^Supervision, which replaces the sentence of probation, was given H08 038 in 2,182 cases (4.3%). ^In cases which received a sentence of H08 039 supervision, 19% of the offenders involved were female and 80% were H08 040 male (1% sex unknown, Table 14). ^Of all cases, those with a female H08 041 offender were slightly more likely to be given a sentence of H08 042 supervision than those with a male offender; 1 in 18 cases involving H08 043 female offenders received supervision, 1 in 22 cases involving male H08 044 offenders received supervision. H08 045 **[TABLE**] H08 046 |^The ethnicity of offenders in Police prosecuted cases resulting H08 047 in a sentence of supervision did not differ from the ethnicity of H08 048 offenders in all cases prosecuted by the Police. ^As shown in Table H08 049 15, 61% of offenders in supervision cases were non-Maori and 39% were H08 050 Maori. ^Both Maori and non-Maori offenders had the same probability of H08 051 being involved in a case incurring a sentence of supervision (1 in H08 052 14). H08 053 **[TABLE**] H08 054 |^Over 40% of the offenders in cases which resulted in a sentence H08 055 of supervision were aged less than 20 years and 70% were under 25 H08 056 years of age (Table 16). H08 057 **[TABLE**] H08 058 |^Comparison with the ages of offenders in all cases showed that H08 059 younger offenders were more likely to be involved in cases which H08 060 resulted in at least one sentence of supervision. ^Of offenders aged H08 061 under 20 years, 1 in 14 were involved in cases that were given H08 062 supervision. ^The figures for older offenders were 1 in 22 for H08 063 offenders aged between 20 and 29 and only 1 in 37 for offenders aged H08 064 at least 30 years old (Table 17). H08 065 |^The 2,182 cases which resulted in a sentence of supervision H08 066 included 5,889 charges (7% of all charges). ^Most supervision H08 067 sentences were for offences against property (71%). ^The only other H08 068 categories of offence accounting for at least 5% of supervision H08 069 sentences were offences against the person (8%), traffic offences (8%) H08 070 and offences involving drugs (5%). H08 071 |^For 44% of charges incurring supervision, this was the only H08 072 sentence. ^Other sentences used with supervision included periodic H08 073 detention (37% of charges receiving supervision), reparation (11% of H08 074 charges receiving supervision), driving disqualification (11% of H08 075 charges receiving supervision) and community service (1% of charges H08 076 receiving supervision). ^As the Criminal Justice Act 1985 requires H08 077 that supervision and community-based sentences should not be imposed H08 078 concurrently, it is of interest that in 46 charges which resulted in a H08 079 sentence of supervision, a sentence of community service was also H08 080 ordered. ^The 46 charges for which both sentences were given included H08 081 26 charges for one individual. ^While the data suggests that some H08 082 sentencing has taken place which is contrary to the legislative H08 083 requirements, no firm conclusions should be drawn until the data has H08 084 been investigated. H08 085 **[TABLE**] H08 086 |^Supervision sentences were usually for between three and six H08 087 months, inclusive of six, (33%) or for between nine and 12 months, H08 088 inclusive of 12, (39%). ^6.5% were for up to three months, 12% were H08 089 for between six and nine months, inclusive of nine, and 9.5% were for H08 090 more than one and up to two years. H08 091 *<6. *6CUSTODIAL SENTENCING*> H08 092 |^*0Of the 50,980 cases in which offenders were convicted and H08 093 sentenced in the six month period, 1.10.85 to 31.3.86, 2,646 (5.2%) H08 094 received a custodial sentence. ^This is 729 cases less than in the H08 095 previous period, October 1984 to March 1985, a drop of 1.4%; in that H08 096 previous period there were 51,183 cases and of these 3,375 (6.6%) H08 097 received at least one custodial sentence. H08 098 *<6.1 *1Offender Characteristics*> H08 099 |^*0Of the cases receiving custody in the first six months of the H08 100 new Act, male offenders accounted for 94% and female offenders H08 101 accounted for approximately 5% (Table 18). ^During that period cases H08 102 involving males were almost four times more likely to result in a H08 103 custodial sentence than cases involving females; 1 in 16 cases H08 104 involving a male offender incurred a custodial sentence compared with H08 105 1 in 60 for cases involving female offenders. H08 106 **[TABLE**] H08 107 |^Comparison with the sex of offenders sentenced to custody in the H08 108 previous year shows little change in the proportions of female and H08 109 male offenders. H08 110 |^Maori and non-Maori offenders each accounted for approximately H08 111 50% of those sentenced to custody in Police prosecuted cases in H08 112 October 1985 to March 1986. ^These proportions are similar to those in H08 113 the previous period (Table 19). H08 114 |^The well established pattern that Maori offenders are more H08 115 likely to incur a custodial sentence has continued since the H08 116 implementation of the Criminal Justice Act 1985. ^In the first six H08 117 months of the new Act cases involving a Maori offender were 1.7 times H08 118 more likely to incur a custodial sentence than cases involving a H08 119 non-Maori offender; 10.6% of all cases involving Maori offenders H08 120 resulted in a sentence of custody, compared with 6.4% of all cases H08 121 involving non-Maori offenders. ^However, comparison with the previous H08 122 period shows that the likelihood of a custodial sentence has decreased H08 123 for both Maori and non-Maori offenders and the decrease has been H08 124 greater for Maori offenders; 13.4% of cases involving Maori offenders H08 125 and 8.4% of cases involving non-Maori offenders resulted in at least H08 126 one custodial sentence in the previous period, indicating a drop of H08 127 2.8% for Maori offenders and 2% for non-Maori offenders. H08 128 **[TABLE**] H08 129 |^Under the new Act, 32% of offenders in cases which incurred a H08 130 custodial sentence were aged 15 to 19 years and 34% were 20 to 24 H08 131 years of age (Table 20). ^In the previous period the proportion of H08 132 cases resulting in custody which involved 15-19 year old offenders was H08 133 33% and 35% involved 20-24 year old offenders. ^There was also little H08 134 change in the proportions of offenders in the older age groups between H08 135 the two periods. H08 136 |^Under the new Act 6.8% of cases involving offenders aged less H08 137 than 30 years, resulted in a custodial sentence. ^The likelihood of a H08 138 custodial sentence being incurred in a case decreased when the H08 139 offender involved was at least 30 years of age; 4.6% for offenders H08 140 aged 30-39 years and 2.3% for offenders aged at least 40 years. ^The H08 141 likelihood of a custodial sentence in cases under the new Act was less H08 142 than in the previous period for offenders of all age groups. ^In the H08 143 previous period 8.4% of offenders aged less than 30 years received H08 144 custody as did 5.9% of offenders aged 30-39 years and 3.8% of H08 145 offenders aged at least 40 years; indicating decreases of 1.6%, 1.3% H08 146 and 1.5% respectively since the new Act. H08 147 **[TABLE**] H08 148 |^The 2,646 cases which resulted in a custodial sentence under the H08 149 new Act included 9,889 charges, 12.2% of the total number of 80,901 H08 150 charges. ^In the previous period there were 81,372 charges and 12,425 H08 151 (15.3%) of these received a custodial sentence. ^Hence the actual H08 152 number of charges receiving custody dropped by 2,536 and the H08 153 proportion of charges receiving custody dropped by 3.1% in the first H08 154 six months of the new Act. H08 155 *<6.2 *1Sentence Type and Length*> H08 156 |^*0In the following discussion of sentence types and lengths, the H08 157 most severe sentence per case is used to represent the case. ^The H08 158 types of custodial sentence, in descending order of severity, are life H08 159 imprisonment, preventive detention, detention under \0s48A of the H08 160 Criminal Justice Act, cumulative imprisonment, imprisonment H08 161 (concurrent) and corrective training. H08 162 |^Imprisonment, cumulative and concurrent, was the most frequent H08 163 custodial sentence. ^It was given in 86% of cases which resulted in a H08 164 custodial sentence (7.6% cumulative imprisonment). ^Corrective H08 165 training was the most severe sentence in 14% of cases resulting in a H08 166 custodial sentence. ^Offenders received life sentences in 14 cases (17 H08 167 charges received life sentences) and 1 offender was sentenced to H08 168 preventive detention. ^A comparison of custodial sentence types per H08 169 case in the previous period October 1984 to March 1985 showed that H08 170 there has been little change in the proportions of each custodial H08 171 sentence type. H08 172 |^In the first six months under the new Act almost half of the H08 173 most severe custodial sentences per case were the shorter sentences of H08 174 three months or less and 22% were at least three months and no more H08 175 than six months long. H08 176 |^Comparison with the previous period shows the number of H08 177 sentences decreased in all categories of sentence length (Table 21). H08 178 ^The decrease was greatest for the shorter sentences, hence it appears H08 179 that there may be a slight shift towards longer custodial sentences H08 180 since the new Act but this is offset by a reduction in the overall H08 181 numbers of custodial sentences. ^These findings will be more fully H08 182 investigated in a further report. H08 183 **[TABLE**] H08 184 *<6.3 *1Offence Types*> H08 185 |^*0The following discussion of offence types refers to the H08 186 offence which received the most severe sentence in cases which H08 187 resulted in at least one sentence of custody. H08 188 |^The number and proportion of cases resulting in custody, which H08 189 arose from each offence type is shown in Table 22. ^It is clear from H08 190 Table 22 that property offenders are still the largest group receiving H08 191 custodial sentences. ^In six months under the new Act there were 1,015 H08 192 cases arising from property offending which resulted in custodial H08 193 sentence, 38.3% of all cases given a custodial sentence. ^The next H08 194 biggest group given custodial sentences were the offences against the H08 195 person; 675 cases arising from offending against the person resulted H08 196 in a custodial sentence, 25.5% of all cases which incurred a custodial H08 197 sentence. ^Traffic offences accounted for 15% of cases resulting in H08 198 custody, almost 10% were for offences against justice and offences H08 199 involving drugs accounted for 7% of these cases. ^There were no marked H08 200 differences in these proportions between the two periods except for a H08 201 4% rise in the proportion of offences against the person since the new H08 202 Act. ^Because these proportions are influenced by the total number of H08 203 cases in each period any change between the two periods is more H08 204 usefully evaluated by comparing the likelihoods of cases ensuing from H08 205 each offence type resulting in custody (Table 23). H08 206 *# H09 001 **[273 TEXT H09**] H09 002 |^*0The Rural Adviser (Education Board) visits the Island H09 003 teachers twice a year, but there are few visits from Department of H09 004 Education specialist advisers ({0ie} Science, Music, or Art Advisers) H09 005 *- this was noted as a definite requirement in the support system for H09 006 these teachers. ^In such an isolated community where the educational H09 007 system is entirely dependent on the calibre of the teaching staff, H09 008 support, through visits from such specialist advisers is essential. H09 009 ^However a Science Advisor will soon make a visit and specialist H09 010 training of a Chathams teacher on the mainland was recently effected. H09 011 *<2.1.3 *1Internal Affairs*> H09 012 |^*0The department has had a long-standing administrative H09 013 responsibility for the Chatham Islands, which it now wishes to H09 014 relinquish. ^The department is the Airport licencee, owns the H09 015 Meatworks (the management of which is contracted to Advanced Meats H09 016 \0Ltd), owns the generators at the Meatworks which power the H09 017 reticulated electricity supply (distributed by the Central Canterbury H09 018 Electric Power Board) and arranged a contract with Union Maritime H09 019 Company over the provision of the services of the Holmedale. H09 020 |^The department has one position on the Island, that of Resident H09 021 Agent. ^He represents most government departments with no staff on the H09 022 Island, and also acts specifically as: Airport Manager, Superintendent H09 023 of Mercantile Marine, Receiver of Wrecks and Overseer of Lighthouses. H09 024 ^He also has responsibility for making arrangements and receiving on H09 025 the Island visiting dignitaries and state servants and reports to the H09 026 Executive Officer, Local Government Division at Head Office, H09 027 Wellington. H09 028 |^The role of the Resident Agent has come under some discussion H09 029 by the Ministerial Review Team and warrants particular study. H09 030 |^The agent represents Internal Affairs, Maori Affairs, Social H09 031 Welfare, Rural Bank, Housing Corporation, Education, Health, Energy, H09 032 Labour, Statistics, {0ACC}, Inland Revenue. H09 033 |^On behalf of Internal Affairs this position also assumes the H09 034 responsibilities of Airport Manager. ^This role is a time consuming H09 035 one, in terms of time spent travelling to and from the Airport, and H09 036 waiting for aeroplanes to arrive. ^The duties with which the Manager H09 037 is charged are however very routine and could be assumed without H09 038 difficulty by the Meteorological Service staff one of whom must be H09 039 present at the Airport for all flights anyway. H09 040 |^The role of Receiver of Wrecks and Superintendent of Mercantile H09 041 Marine also seemed to sit rather incongruously on the Resident Agent H09 042 and despite some opposition voiced by Police, it is felt that given H09 043 the small volume of work involved the role would be more appropriately H09 044 assumed by the Police Constable. H09 045 |^The majority of the Resident Agent's time, however, is devoted H09 046 to assisting the community as the representative of a range of H09 047 government departments. ^In particular the present Agent estimated H09 048 that approximately 60% of his time was spent on documentation and H09 049 advisory work on behalf of the Departments of Maori Affairs and Social H09 050 Welfare. ^He does the full range of benefits work for {0DSW} and has H09 051 received good support by correspondence from the Christchurch office. H09 052 |^However, it is only really since the Minister insisted on a H09 053 woman Social Worker accompanying her to the Chathams in May and the H09 054 bad storm which caused so much damage on the Chatham Islands in July H09 055 1985, that {0DSW} have been jolted out of their lethargy and have sent H09 056 a Social Worker on a visit to the community assisted by the Resident H09 057 Agent. ^It is planned to send a visiting Social Worker on a more H09 058 regular basis to help the Resident Agent in the delivery of better H09 059 services to the community. H09 060 |^The Resident Agent also receives good support from Maori H09 061 Affairs, Christchurch Office, in the delivery of their range of H09 062 services on the Island ({0eg} housing loans, trade training scheme, H09 063 Land Court sittings), and departmental officers from Christchurch H09 064 visit three or four times a year. H09 065 |^The Resident Agent position is the only administrative public H09 066 service position on the Island. ^Most rural communities have someone H09 067 to whom they can go for advice \0etc on government matters and in the H09 068 Chathams the Resident Agent fills that role. ^The position provides a H09 069 vital liaison link for the community and for government departments, H09 070 which could not be performed by any of the other existing State H09 071 service positions on the Island ({0eg} the Postmaster is the obvious H09 072 choice, but he carries a heavy workload and could not accept any H09 073 additional responsibility). ^It is recommended that the position be H09 074 retained until the present incumbent vacates, at which time it should H09 075 be transferred from the Department of Internal Affairs to the H09 076 Department of Social Welfare and continue operation as a government/ H09 077 community liaison officer at 007.104. ^The position would thus H09 078 continue to be an administrative position, and it is envisaged that H09 079 the new incumbent would have assistance from his department *- H09 080 including periodic visits by a trained social worker. H09 081 *<2.1.4 *1Lands and Survey*> H09 082 |^*0Lands and Survey are in the Chathams to encourage both land H09 083 development and conservation and have proposals to develop 11 sheep H09 084 and cattle units and have 24 reserves, totalling approximately 4,000 H09 085 hectares, on four Islands. ^On the land development side they have a H09 086 manager and two wage workers on the 4,450 hectare Wharekauri Station. H09 087 ^Timber stands there will ultimately be brought in at the rate of 5 H09 088 hectares annually and the department is soon to establish a tree H09 089 nursery at Te One. ^The County Council has been offered the use of it H09 090 as a holding area. ^The Wellington Commissioner of Crown Lands is H09 091 chairman of the Chatham Islands Land Settlement Committee which H09 092 includes local farmers and is a committee of the New Zealand Land H09 093 Settlement Board. H09 094 |^As the Chathams are part of the Wellington Land District, the H09 095 department's operations are handled from the Wellington Office. ^Their H09 096 senior ranger visits the Islands periodically and they have a resident H09 097 officer at Te One. ^For some reason this Parks Assistant is a wage H09 098 worker but it is understood that the position will soon be permanently H09 099 established. ^He manages all reserves (the largest of 1,000 hectares) H09 100 on four islands on a very modest budget and the local response to his H09 101 work is encouraging. H09 102 |^Lands and Survey continue to have a significant impact on H09 103 farming and land management on the Chathams, and after only 10 years H09 104 their conservation work through reserves management is gaining H09 105 increasing local recognition and support. H09 106 |^Some criticism was voiced at Lands and Survey tendering for H09 107 their shearing, invariably resulting in mainland gangs doing theirs H09 108 and others' work when the Wool Board is promoting the training of local H09 109 shearers who it is claimed could do the work *- if they had the extra H09 110 shearing to improve their skills. ^The team is aware that Lands and H09 111 Survey had had difficulties in the past in relying on local shearers H09 112 but their use may be a social cost worth considering *- provided H09 113 locals were given adequate advance notice of such a policy change. ^It H09 114 was noted however that it was very difficult to get an Islander to H09 115 organise such a gang and that certainly for the last 3 years H09 116 crutching, lamb shearing and second shear were done by Islanders. ^The H09 117 department employs only Island labour on Wharekauri and the new H09 118 manager will also be an Islander. ^In addition they encourage a school H09 119 leaver wage worker to work on the Island each year for 12 months prior H09 120 to assisting their placement on a mainland farm. H09 121 *<2.1.5 *1Meteorological Service ({0MOT})*> H09 122 |^*0The Chatham Islands station is one of a series circling New H09 123 Zealand including Raoul, Lord Howe, and Campbell Islands as well as H09 124 coastal Australian stations. ^The department's presence there is H09 125 essential as a data acquisition post to maintain both their New H09 126 Zealand weather forecasting service and their global meteorological H09 127 responsibilities. ^The service will be upgraded in line with the H09 128 department's overall policies but this will not require more staff. H09 129 ^At present an officer in charge and two technicians man the post and H09 130 their service to the Chathams is an indirect one in the form of H09 131 general, coastal and fishing and aviation forecasts. ^In addition to H09 132 taking and recording weather observations, the station has a seismic H09 133 recording device. ^The \0Met. Officer in Charge as {0MOT}'s senior H09 134 officer on the Chathams has Airport and Crash/ Fire responsibilities H09 135 and these are addressed in \0Sect. 5.1 of this report. H09 136 *<2.1.6 *1Police*> H09 137 |^*0The {0NZ} Police have one Constable based on the Chatham H09 138 Islands who reports to the District Superintendent, Wellington. ^He H09 139 also acts as: Court Registrar, Births, Deaths and Marriages Registrar, H09 140 Marriage Celebrant, Clerk of Liquor Licencing Committee, Customs H09 141 Officer and Probation Officer. ^This position by its very nature H09 142 required the constable to work very closely with the community, H09 143 government representatives and the County Council. ^The duties of H09 144 Probation Officer at present are very light and may be more H09 145 appropriately carried out by the *'Community Liaison**' Officer *- H09 146 this matter would have to be confirmed by Justice Department. H09 147 |^The policeman is also responsible for coordinating any Search H09 148 and Rescue, and is Controller of Airport Emergencies. ^It is also H09 149 suggested that the Policeman take over the role of Receiver of Wrecks H09 150 and Superintendent of Mercantile Marine, however Police have expressed H09 151 reluctance at adopting this role. H09 152 *<2.1.7 *1Post Office*> H09 153 |^*0The Post Office is the most visible of the state services on H09 154 the Islands. ^It has a total of 22 resident staff to carry out its H09 155 functions in communications and postal services and in addition relies H09 156 on mainland staff to augment the locals as required for specific H09 157 tasks. ^At present a team is on the Island installing reticulation for H09 158 an improved telephone system. H09 159 |^The new system, although still a manual one, will by means of H09 160 improved lines, a central battery system and multi-access radio to H09 161 replace difficult-to-maintain pole lines, allow all subscribers an H09 162 individual service with good transmission by 1987. ^Until a satellite H09 163 link is established *- the priority of which is at present the subject H09 164 of a feasibility study *- improved communication to the mainland or H09 165 prospects of {0TV} reception are not possible. H09 166 |^Communications on the Chathams is at present by {0HF} radio H09 167 circuits to provide telephone, telegraph and telex services and the H09 168 Post Office maintains radio telephone links with the mainland. ^The H09 169 present 2-line toll circuit is limiting for urgent calls and certainly H09 170 would inhibit ready telephone access to departments. ^A 24-hour H09 171 emergency service is available but normal telephone services close H09 172 between midnight and 6.00 {0am}. ^Radio links to Pitt Island and more H09 173 distant parts of Chatham Island are maintained. ^Normal inland (not H09 174 overseas) charges are set for all services and in fact Chatham H09 175 Islanders have a range of facilities not greatly different from those H09 176 for any smaller community elsewhere in New Zealand. H09 177 |^The staff comprises nine operators, two technicians and a H09 178 linesman under a manager at the radio station and eight staff H09 179 (including three part-timers) on postal services who are responsible H09 180 to the Postmaster. ^There is a good class of accommodation at the H09 181 radio station hostel to cater mainly for the six month tour duty H09 182 operators and technicians and although not fully utilised it can also H09 183 be used if required for visiting staff. ^Two cleaners, two cooks and a H09 184 handyperson, all locals, operate as shift wage workers to service this H09 185 facility. H09 186 |^The Postmaster is agent for State Insurance and {0ACC} and is H09 187 Chief Electoral Returning Officer. ^In addition he is involved in H09 188 enquiries for other departments, and local people tend to approach him H09 189 for information and advice in the absence of the Resident Agent. ^He H09 190 is also available to take statutory declarations. ^The Post Office is H09 191 the only banking agency on the Chathams. ^The Post Office works well H09 192 with other departments and the Postmaster has close liaison with the H09 193 policeman. ^{0MWD} is understaffed to handle all tasks and the Post H09 194 Office is soon to bring in a maintenance team to upgrade the Post H09 195 Office at Waitangi. H09 196 *<2.1.8 *1Works and Development*> H09 197 |^*0The {0MWD} has three officers on the Island: the Maintenance H09 198 Officer, a carpenter and a painter and in addition use, on contract, H09 199 about six local tradesmen. ^With this team they maintain 130 major H09 200 buildings *- schools, offices, houses \0etc *- on Chatham and Pitt H09 201 Islands. H09 202 *# H10 001 **[274 TEXT H10**] H10 002 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H10 003 |^*0The value of a philosophy, and of goals and a set of H10 004 objectives, is not always recognised, and there is a widespread lack H10 005 of written statements of philosophy and objectives at hospital H10 006 management level. ^They may appear to be a luxury if one is under H10 007 intense pressure of work; yet they comprise vital elements in the H10 008 planning process, inviting thought and discussion about current H10 009 procedures and practices which as a result can be questioned and H10 010 changed. ^Objectives also sharpen activities so that efficiency is H10 011 enhanced and effectiveness measured. H10 012 |^Some individual services and professional groups have developed H10 013 excellent philosophies and objectives but these are not necessarily H10 014 supported by the hospital administration. ^This results in a lack of H10 015 coordination between services provided by various professional groups H10 016 and contributes to poor staff morale and lack of job interest. H10 017 |^Some senior management staff state that they have objectives H10 018 but that they are not written down. ^They are, therefore, unlikely to H10 019 be known by staff. ^Regular reviews are not undertaken to assess H10 020 achievements and to produce current objectives. ^Opportunities are H10 021 often lacking for personnel at the work-face to contribute to the H10 022 formulation of philosophies and objectives, with consequent H10 023 frustration and a sense of impotence. H10 024 *<(b) *1Quality assurance*> H10 025 |^*0Quality assurance is very poorly developed with a general H10 026 lack of formal programmes. ^Some individual health professions are H10 027 introducing quality assurance within their own departments, but there H10 028 is a lack of coordination between disciplines. ^Overall there is a H10 029 lack of informed leadership and direction from hospital management in H10 030 this area. ^The development of appropriate measurement tools is H10 031 hampered by the absence of objectives for the hospital and heavy H10 032 clinical workloads, and a lack of appropriate experience. H10 033 *<(c) *1Administration*> H10 034 |^*0A feature of the hospital board service is the lack of H10 035 interchange of senior administrative staff between general hospitals H10 036 and psychiatric hospitals. ^An improved interchange of health H10 037 professionals and administrators would do much to improve H10 038 communications with the hospital board, lessen the effects of physical H10 039 remoteness, increase the awareness of the substandard conditions H10 040 existing in many psychiatric hospitals, and improve understanding of H10 041 the function of psychiatric hospitals within the board and in other H10 042 board institutions. H10 043 |^It needs to be understood that the management of a psychiatric H10 044 hospital is a complex matter, demanding the same levels of skill as H10 045 the management of a general hospital. ^In fact, the level of resources H10 046 made available by boards to psychiatric hospitals probably places H10 047 greater demands to exercise managerial skills if these are to be H10 048 successfully operated. ^The increasing emphasis on community care and H10 049 the gradual reduction of inpatient numbers also call for skills in the H10 050 management of change, for a more flexible approach to care. H10 051 |^It could be that increased attention to training in modern H10 052 management techniques would greatly benefit management practices in H10 053 psychiatric hospitals. H10 054 *<(d) *1Communication within the hospital*> H10 055 |^*0The quality of communication within hospitals varies from one H10 056 institution to another, and senior hospital management often appear H10 057 isolated from staff. ^The level of communication is directly related H10 058 to the standard of care since the implementation of new policies H10 059 relies primarily on the dissemination of information. ^As with the H10 060 development of a philosophy and objectives, the importance of formal H10 061 consultation and involvement in the decision making process as well as H10 062 written communication between all levels of management and staff is H10 063 not recognised. H10 064 *<(e) *1Official visitors and District Inspectors*> H10 065 |^*0The procedure by which official visitors are appointed H10 066 appears to be unsatisfactory because it is not widely known or H10 067 understood. ^A further problem is a lack of understanding of the role H10 068 of the official visitor both by the appointee and by hospital staff. H10 069 ^The meeting of official visitors held in June 1985 appears to have H10 070 gone some way towards overcoming these problems, and will have served H10 071 to strengthen the positive contribution the official visitors can make H10 072 to patient care. ^Official visitors are generally enthusiastic about H10 073 their role and accept their responsibilities concerning the lay H10 074 aspects of day-to-day patient care. H10 075 |^The role of the District Inspectors, related as it is to their H10 076 professional work, is more clearly understood. ^The official visitor H10 077 and District Inspector form an important resource for both hospital H10 078 staff and patients, and provide a vital link with the community. H10 079 *<(f) *1Support Services*> H10 080 |^*0Many boards have centralised support services, {0eg}, H10 081 laundry, maintenance, and transport, providing services for a group of H10 082 hospitals. H10 083 |^Few psychiatric hospitals are satisfied with such services. H10 084 ^For example, in many hospitals the laundry services are seen as H10 085 unsatisfactory. ^There is a widespread feeling that a centralised H10 086 laundry service does not meet the particular needs of a psychiatric H10 087 hospital. ^Patients in psychiatric hospitals are increasingly H10 088 encouraged to wear personalised clothing and often such clothing is H10 089 unsuitable for processing in large centralised laundries. H10 090 ^Consequently clothing is washed in the wards, and nursing staff are H10 091 assuming a very large non-nursing task indeed. ^Some hospitals also H10 092 complain of the slow turn around in the laundry they do send to the H10 093 centralised laundry. ^For example, at one psychopaedic hospital at H10 094 times patients may have no underwear for several days. H10 095 |^In some cases where there are centralised services, staff who H10 096 were previously used to having control over their own services, make H10 097 little attempt to cooperate with the centralised services. ^They are, H10 098 however, remote from those providing the service and feel a sense of H10 099 isolation. H10 100 |^Hospital boards with centralised laundries need to examine just H10 101 how appropriate are the systems for handling patient clothing from H10 102 psychiatric hospitals. ^Questions need to be addressed such as whether H10 103 separate handling of such clothing at the main laundry is possible, or H10 104 whether more attention needs to be paid to more effectively laundering H10 105 clothing on the wards. H10 106 **[END INDENTATION**] H10 107 *<(4) *3HOSPITAL FACILITIES*> H10 108 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H10 109 *<*0(a) *1Design and Evaluation Unit Report*> H10 110 |^*0During 1984 the department's Design and Evaluation Unit H10 111 surveyed all psychiatric hospitals and hospitals for the H10 112 intellectually handicapped to give a general assessment of present H10 113 buildings. H10 114 |^This *"screening evaluation**" is intended to give a general H10 115 appreciation of the situation. ^It must be stressed that the condition H10 116 of individual buildings should not be taken out of context and that if H10 117 there are proposals for the development of particular buildings, H10 118 further detailed evaluation is necessary to determine the most H10 119 appropriate course of action. H10 120 |^The assessments are based on standard preliminary evaluation H10 121 procedures used by the unit which categorise buildings into four H10 122 groups: H10 123 _|*1Category A *- *0Providing very good standards of accommodation for H10 124 the function for which it is used, whether it is purpose built or H10 125 upgraded. H10 126 |*1Category B *- *0Providing adequate facilities and standards of H10 127 accommodation for the purposes for which it is used. H10 128 |*1Category C *- *0Requiring adaptation, replacement or essential H10 129 additional facilities to provide adequate accommodation. H10 130 |*1Category D *- *0As for *'C**' with conditions so bad that the unit H10 131 will cease to function if steps are not taken in the near future. H10 132 |^As all buildings do not fall neatly into one of these four H10 133 categories, further simple sub-division of this classification has H10 134 been used where appropriate. H10 135 |^Of the total of 244 inpatient units, 54% are classified *'A**' H10 136 to *'B**' inclusive and provide adequate to very good standards of H10 137 accommodation; 33.7% are *'B-C**' to *'C**' inclusive and provide H10 138 accommodation which will require adaptation, some replacement or H10 139 additional facilities at some time in the future; 12.3% are *'C-D**' H10 140 to *'D**' inclusive suggesting that their future useful life is very H10 141 limited. H10 142 |^There are approximately 311 other buildings or complexes of H10 143 different types and function within the estate of these hospitals. ^Of H10 144 these 76.9% are classififed *'A**' to *'B**' inclusive. ^These are in H10 145 very good condition and suitable for the purposes for which they are H10 146 being used. ^The remaining buildings or complexes in this group are H10 147 not in a satisfactory condition and will require some upgrading, H10 148 alteration or replacement if they are to continue to be used. H10 149 |^The Design and Evaluation Unit gained the impression that since H10 150 the previous survey in 1978, there has been a significant amount of H10 151 upgrading undertaken. ^However, a considerable amount of work of this H10 152 type remains to be done as there are still important functional and H10 153 environmental deficiencies. ^There are no grounds for complacency, H10 154 particularly when the basic facilities are compared with those H10 155 available in general hospitals. H10 156 |^The unit also noted the changing emphasis in psychiatric H10 157 hospitals with a tendency towards community care with a consequent H10 158 reduction in inpatient numbers. ^The dependency of those remaining in H10 159 hospital is tending to be higher and increasing, reinforcing the need H10 160 to plan for changing requirements. H10 161 *<(b) *1Review team comment*> H10 162 |^*0While accepting in general the structural and functional H10 163 suitability report of the Design and Evaluation Unit and acknowledging H10 164 the adequacy of the grading criteria used, the review team was H10 165 sufficiently concerned about the standard of facilities, to comment on H10 166 a number of matters. H10 167 |^Overall many wards are bare, unattractive and depressing. H10 168 ^Although many of the buildings are old this should not necessarily H10 169 account for their appearance. ^For example, some wards in old H10 170 buildings had been imaginatively decorated to create a bright, H10 171 home-like environment. ^It is also of concern that although it is H10 172 possible to build well-designed facilities, too often the design of H10 173 new or renovated facilities perpetuate the problems of those they are H10 174 replacing. H10 175 |^For example, with regard to individual privacy and dignity, H10 176 there is often a lack of cubicles and curtaining in dormitories, and, H10 177 for longer stay patients, some toilets and bathrooms have no doors H10 178 either through lack of maintenance or so the few nursing staff can H10 179 more closely supervise patients. ^In some wards for intellectually H10 180 handicapped residents, there are toilets of a bench type in open H10 181 corridors and communal showers. ^These conditions were seen in H10 182 recently upgraded facilities. ^In other wards toilet and bathroom H10 183 facilities are inadequate in number and design. ^In many wards there H10 184 is little space for personal possessions. ^Facilities such as these H10 185 have an impact on staff attitudes, behaviour and expectations, and H10 186 ultimately affect the quality of patient care. H10 187 |^The size of the wards is also a matter of major concern. ^Units H10 188 containing more than 40 beds are common. ^The review team is strongly H10 189 of the view that for personalised care and rehabilitation, admission H10 190 wards should have no more than 15 patients and no ward should exceed H10 191 20. ^Most long stay wards should be small enough and designed in such H10 192 a way as to provide a home-like environment. H10 193 |^It is a disturbing irony that the mental health service H10 194 actively creates mental health behavioural problems, through H10 195 institutionalisation in large wards. ^The present size of wards plus H10 196 the rostering system mean that in many instances staff do not know H10 197 patients, their backgrounds or current problems. H10 198 **[END INDENTATION**] H10 199 *<(5) *3COMMUNICATION WITH HOSPITAL BOARDS*> H10 200 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H10 201 |^*0Communication between individual psychiatric hospitals and H10 202 hospitals for the intellectually handicapped, and hospital boards is H10 203 often seen as satisfactory from the board's perspective while almost H10 204 everywhere it is seen as unsatisfactory from the hospital's point of H10 205 view. H10 206 |^We believe this comes about because senior board management may H10 207 not always have a clear understanding of the work of psychiatric H10 208 hospitals, and input on matters seen by the hospital as critical to H10 209 its day-to-day management is often not solicited by hospital boards. H10 210 ^There is a widespread belief among hospital staff that the needs of H10 211 the psychiatric hospital receive a low priority at board level. ^The H10 212 geographic isolation of some hospitals hinders communication. H10 213 |^It is also true that the management groups at psychiatric H10 214 hospitals do at times fail to draw to the attention of senior board H10 215 management deficiencies and problems with which they require H10 216 assistance. H10 217 |^Few hospital boards have a service plan for psychiatric H10 218 services as a whole. ^Where plans are being developed, hospital staff H10 219 are often unaware that such exercises are being undertaken. ^Hospital H10 220 staff at various levels are given little encouragement to contribute, H10 221 and when they do, feedback from the board is limited. H10 222 |^A consequence of poor communication is uncertainty about the H10 223 future role of the hospital contributing to low staff morale. H10 224 |^Any apparent lack of understanding by hospital boards may H10 225 reflect a lack of personal experience in a psychiatric setting and H10 226 thus less than full appreciation of the special functions and needs of H10 227 psychiatric hospitals and of what can and should be achieved by a H10 228 modern psychiatric service. H10 229 *# H11 001 **[275 TEXT H11**] H11 002 |^*0There is also a need for qualified nurses to accept the H11 003 responsibility that goes along with professional status and staffing H11 004 by a qualified workforce. ^This includes accepting responsibility for H11 005 the need to staff hospitals on a 24-hour basis. H11 006 *<*4A2:14 Culture and nursing*> H11 007 |^*0Bicultural and multi-ethnic issues are not treated separately H11 008 but are addressed throughout the report, in keeping with the bicutural H11 009 stance taken by the workshop. H11 010 *<*4A2:15 The preparation and employment of enrolled nurses*> H11 011 |^*0A cost-effective national system for the preparation of H11 012 enrolled nurses is essential and there is a need to balance regional H11 013 resources with the multiplicity of programmes offered. ^The H11 014 availability of educational resources also influences whether training H11 015 becomes incorporated into inservice education departments, a trend H11 016 already apparent in some smaller training hospitals. ^The programme H11 017 for enrolment should remain within the hospital setting as it is H11 018 essential that it be undertaken on-the-job. ^Entry to programmes H11 019 should be determined by guidelines set by each board, taking into H11 020 account academic preparation, expectations, availability of recruits H11 021 and other factors. H11 022 |^A review of the practice parameters of the enrolled nurse must H11 023 be undertaken before a case can be made for altering either the length H11 024 or structure of the current programme. H11 025 |^The enrolled nurse (who functions under the supervision of a H11 026 registered nurse or medical practitioner) cares for patients whose H11 027 needs are predictable. ^Despite this, there is no clearly identified H11 028 role or place for the enrolled nurse within the health care system. H11 029 ^This adds weight to the need to review not only the preparation of H11 030 enrolled nurses but also how they are used in the system. H11 031 |^The role of the enrolled nurse is an important one and cannot be H11 032 seen in isolation from other nursing roles. H11 033 *<*4A2:16 The preparation of midwives*> H11 034 |^*0The preparation of midwives within the Advanced Diploma in H11 035 Nursing course is a key issue and the current national review of the H11 036 Advanced Diploma in Nursing courses will address this. H11 037 |^Any comment on this issue would pre-empt the outcome of that H11 038 review. H11 039 *<*6PART B PRIORITIES*> H11 040 |^*0After discussion of the issues and acceptance of working group H11 041 reports, all groups were asked to identify and then rank priority H11 042 areas for further consideration. ^There was considerable overlap in H11 043 the lists from the four groups, and from their combined reports H11 044 sixteen priority issues were identified. ^Within the constraints of H11 045 the time available it was not possible to address every identifiable H11 046 issue. ^Some, such as the preparation of midwives and the matter of H11 047 *"bridging**" courses, although recognised as important, were not H11 048 dealt with in detail as it was known that both were currently under H11 049 detailed investigation elsewhere. ^Others could be addressed more H11 050 effectively at regional rather than at national level. H11 051 |^The sixteen priority issues were: H11 052 **[LIST**] H11 053 |^It was recognised that underpinning the recommendations arising H11 054 from these issues three conditions must exist: H11 055 _| *- the development of a national health policy to provide an H11 056 informed base for determining/ defining the nursing component within H11 057 the health system. ^A bicultural approach with multicultural H11 058 sensitivity is an essential and integral part of such a policy. ^The H11 059 policy would determine the emphasis to be placed on the preventive, H11 060 health promotive and health maintenance services and the caring, H11 061 curative sectors of the health services and give direction for the H11 062 preparation of an appropriately prepared nursing workforce, H11 063 | *- a spirit of co-operation and goodwill by all parties in the H11 064 endeavour to provide a health service that meets the needs of our H11 065 society, H11 066 | *- recognition that action on the recommendations will require H11 067 allocation or re-allocation of financial resources to underpin all H11 068 activities within the education and nursing services and that this H11 069 condition be drawn to the attention of the relevant authorities. H11 070 *<*6PART C*> H11 071 * H11 072 |^*0The sixteen priority issues were divided among the working H11 073 groups and each group was asked to bring to plenary session H11 074 recommendations for dealing with the issues allocated to them. ^The H11 075 range of recommendations was scrutinised in plenary for possible gaps H11 076 or duplication. ^While the explanatory comment and proposals for H11 077 specific action and monitoring were developed in small groups, the H11 078 groups and the workshop in plenary reached consensus on the content. H11 079 ^The presentation of Part C to some extent reflects the process of H11 080 developing the content within separate groups. ^The recommendations H11 081 express principles, and the proposals give guidelines for action. ^It H11 082 was expected that different individuals, groups and organisations H11 083 would use these to develop the specific details relevant to them, and H11 084 that such detail could not be appropriately developed by this H11 085 workshop. ^This would continue the review as an ongoing process, and H11 086 not one which concluded with the publication of the report. H11 087 |^In keeping with the bicultural stance taken by the workshop, H11 088 cultural matters are integrated throughout the recommendations. H11 089 *<*6C1:1 DEVELOPMENT OF CO-ORDINATED NATIONAL HEALTH AND NURSING H11 090 WORKFORCE POLICY AND ASSOCIATED PLANNING*> H11 091 *<*0Recommendation 1 National health policy*> H11 092 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 093 |^That the Government develop a national health policy to provide H11 094 direction for the development of health services and that a bicultural H11 095 approach with multicultural sensitivity be an integral part of such a H11 096 health policy. H11 097 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 098 |^To provide an organised, equitable and effective health service H11 099 which reflects the changing needs of New Zealanders, a co-ordinated H11 100 national health policy is necessary. ^This policy will provide a basis H11 101 for workforce planning and other economic measures and will help to H11 102 allay some of the concerns experienced by consumers of health care H11 103 services. H11 104 |^In the absence of a national policy, planning will continue to H11 105 be based on assumptions and an incomplete and inadequate data base. H11 106 * H11 107 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 108 |^That the Department of Health be asked to develop a national health H11 109 workforce plan. H11 110 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 111 |^Upon publication of the national health policy the Department of H11 112 Health should establish a mechanism for developing a health workforce H11 113 plan. H11 114 * H11 115 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 116 |^That the nursing workforce plan be reviewed in the light of the H11 117 outcome of Recommendations 1 and 2. H11 118 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 119 |^There is an urgent need for a coordinated nursing workforce plan H11 120 to determine projected needs for nursing within acceptable limits and H11 121 to meet identified needs in specific areas (for example psychiatric, H11 122 psychopaedic, gerontological). H11 123 |^In view of weighty concerns expressed in the submissions which H11 124 highlight inadequate and deteriorating staffing levels, particularly H11 125 in psychiatric, psychopaedic and geriatric areas, it is apparent that H11 126 there is an urgent need for this to be addressed. H11 127 *<*6C1:2 DEFINITION OF THE SCOPE AND PRACTICE OF NURSING AND THE H11 128 RELATIVE ROLE AND FUNCTION OF FIRST AND SECOND LEVEL NURSES*> H11 129 *<*0Recommendation 4 The scope and function of nursing*> H11 130 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 131 |^That the scope and function of nursing be redefined in the context H11 132 of a changing New Zealand society. H11 133 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 134 |^The current pattern of nursing care has been established for H11 135 generations. ^Little coordinated effort has been made to relate this H11 136 to changing social, cultural, economic and demographic conditions. H11 137 |^The submissions to this review have highlighted differing H11 138 expectations of the role of the nurse between consumers and H11 139 practitioners in both hospitals and the community. ^Alongside this, H11 140 significant technological advances have increased demands on the H11 141 education and training of professional staff. H11 142 |^The introduction of comprehensive nursing courses has been in H11 143 part an attempt to meet this challenge. ^Further revisions are H11 144 necessary and desirable to ensure that professional nursing care H11 145 relates to an ongoing series of demands for nursing expertise/ skills. H11 146 |^Proposals for action include that: H11 147 _|(**=i) a jointly funded exercise be undertaken immediately by the H11 148 Department of Health and the nursing profession, through its H11 149 representative organisations, to identify the scope and function of H11 150 the registered nurse. ^The outcome of this exercise could then be H11 151 presented for discussion at a national forum. H11 152 |^This exercise will enable clarification of the scope and function of H11 153 the enrolled nurse. (^It will also facilitate effective use of H11 154 resources and it will provide a data base to determine an appropriate H11 155 ratio of registered and enrolled nurses addressed in Recommendation H11 156 5,) H11 157 |(**=ii) active consideration be given to the following points: H11 158 **[LIST**] H11 159 * H11 160 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 161 |^That the nursing profession initiate a review of the nature and H11 162 organisation of nursing practice. H11 163 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 164 |^Recommendation 4 addressed the redefinition of the scope and H11 165 function of nursing, which is necessary before the nature and H11 166 organisation of nursing practice can be reviewed. ^These two issues H11 167 are closely related. ^The organisation of nursing practice includes H11 168 matters such as the ratio of registered and enrolled nurses and H11 169 appropriate career structures for nurses. H11 170 |^People have the right to expect that professional nursing H11 171 services are provided by a qualified nursing workforce. ^This has H11 172 implications for workforce planning, including the recruitment, H11 173 selection, employment and retention of nurses. H11 174 |^Proposals for action include that: H11 175 _|(**=i) the New Zealand Nurses' Association approach the Department H11 176 of Health to initiate task forces to review the nature and H11 177 organisation of nursing practice. ^These task forces should be jointly H11 178 funded by the New Zealand Nurses' Association, the Department of H11 179 Health, employer representatives and other groups where applicable, H11 180 |(**=ii) these task forces include nurses from the workforce, nurse H11 181 managers, and educators and actively seek the views of involved and H11 182 interested professional and lay groups through innovative means and H11 183 culturally appropriate methods, H11 184 |(**=iii) the outcomes of this review of nursing practice should be H11 185 accepted in principle by all parties before dissemination to practice H11 186 settings in the form of guidelines. H11 187 *<*6C1:3 PROVISION OF EQUITABLE ACCESS TO NURSING COURSES THROUGH H11 188 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR TARGETED GROUPS (IN PARTICULAR MAORI AND H11 189 PACIFIC ISLAND PEOPLE)*> H11 190 *<*0Recommendation 6 Equal opportunities/ affirmative action*> H11 191 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 192 |^That mechanisms be put in place to ensure that there are equal H11 193 opportunities for all. H11 194 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 195 |^Proposals for action include that: H11 196 _|(**=i) the Departments of Health and Education H11 197 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 198 _|(a) review recruiting campaigns in order to attract to the H11 199 profession such under-represented groups as men and Maori and Pacific H11 200 Island people. H11 201 |(b) set up a national programme to promote nursing as a profession to H11 202 potential recruits. ^This process includes consulting with technical H11 203 institutes, employing agencies and key people in the community. H11 204 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 205 |(**=ii) the National Council of Maori Nurses and local Maori groups H11 206 be involved in the recruitment and selection of Maori applicants, H11 207 |(**=iii) in addition to academic requirements the criteria for H11 208 selection to nursing courses and programmes take cognisance of H11 209 differing cultures, attributes and aptitudes of applicants, H11 210 |(**=iv) technical institutes establish active mechanisms to encourage H11 211 the inclusion and promotion of opportunities for groups which are H11 212 currently under-represented in the nursing workforce, H11 213 |(**=v) men be encouraged to undertake nursing as a career, whilst at H11 214 the same time career opportunities for women in nursing are maintained H11 215 and promoted. H11 216 *<*6C1:4 PROMOTION AND MARKETING OF NURSING*> H11 217 *<*0Recommendation 7 Promoting entry into the nursing profession*> H11 218 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H11 219 |^That the Workforce Development Group of the Department of Health H11 220 prepare a brief to facilitate joint involvement of the department, New H11 221 Zealand Nurses' Association, employer and employee organisations in H11 222 the development of programmes promoting entry into the nursing H11 223 profession, including mechanisms for widespread dissemination of H11 224 information. H11 225 **[END INDENTATION**] H11 226 |^The co-ordinated nursing and health workforce plan will H11 227 determine the mix of the future nursing workforce and thus identify H11 228 the specific areas for targeting and other special promotion H11 229 strategies. H11 230 |^A positive image of nursing needs to be portrayed. H11 231 |^There is an uneven distribution of ethnic minorities and men in H11 232 nursing courses throughout the country. ^This is due in part to the H11 233 location of the various technical institutes/ community colleges which H11 234 offer nursing courses and to the size of intakes. H11 235 |^The imbalance in ethnic groupings entering the nursing H11 236 profession needs to be redressed. ^Account needs to be taken of the H11 237 particular ethnic mix in the geographical area. H11 238 |^There is a need to increase the proportion of males entering H11 239 nursing courses. H11 240 |^There is a need to recruit nursing students from a diminishing H11 241 pool of appropriately educated school leavers at a time when a wider H11 242 choice of career options is being encouraged *- particularly via the H11 243 *"Girls Can Do Anything**" campaign. H11 244 |^There is a need for appropriate career counselling for school H11 245 pupils. H11 246 |^There is a need for students in areas without technical H11 247 institute nursing courses to have access to nearby institutes with H11 248 nursing courses. H11 249 |^Proposals for action include that: H11 250 _|(**=i) professional public relations consultants be employed to H11 251 assist in the development of promotional material to ensure a positive H11 252 image of nursing is portrayed. H11 253 *# H12 001 **[276 TEXT H12**] H12 002 ^*0Scheme D is a more recent addition to the original list of H12 003 possible schemes for development. ^The station characteristics H12 004 are a revision of those included in the previous document. H12 005 |^The maximum control levels quoted in table 14 represent H12 006 the maximum lake elevations that would occur at each dam site H12 007 during normal operation. ^All stations incorporate adequate H12 008 generating capacity to pass 850 \0m*:3**:/\0sec (the full load H12 009 discharge of Clyde power station) and any excess flows, which H12 010 could not be stored within the 2 \0m operating range, would be H12 011 discharged via spillway and/or sluice facilities. ^Each dam H12 012 incorporates a 1 \0m flood range for the controlled passage of H12 013 a 1:500 year flood event and all dams would have adequate H12 014 discharge facilities to pass the Probable Maximum Flood. ^The H12 015 total amount of storage available in the proposed reservoirs is H12 016 small and no significant reductions in flood sizes below H12 017 Tuapeka Mouth would be possible. H12 018 |^The Otago Catchment Board has carried out a number of H12 019 studies to assess the effects of hydro-electric generation at H12 020 Roxburgh power station on channel erosion, river mouth H12 021 instability and gravity drainage from the lower Clutha delta. H12 022 ^The results of their investigation are discussed in their H12 023 publications *"Clutha Catchment Water Allocation Plan *- a Land H12 024 and Water Resource Inventory of the Clutha Catchment**" H12 025 (reference \0No 32), and *"Water Resource Inventory Review H12 026 (1985)**" (reference \0No 33). ^It is considered that some H12 027 improvement in river stability and drainage could be achieved H12 028 by minimising daily discharge variations from the lowest dam H12 029 and achieving some reregulation in the river flow downstream of H12 030 Tuapeka Mouth. H12 031 |^Various possible operation strategies for Clyde, H12 032 Roxburgh and a series of lower Clutha stations are discussed in H12 033 reference \0No 30. ^The full operating range of Roxburgh could H12 034 be used to absorb the large discharge variations from Clyde in H12 035 an attempt to reregulate flows and minimise discharge H12 036 variations from Roxburgh. ^Although a considerable amount of H12 037 reregulation by Roxburgh appears possible, system demand and H12 038 river flow variations would probably render complete H12 039 reregulation impractical. ^The development of additional power H12 040 stations on the river downstream of Roxburgh, could provide H12 041 further opportunities for achieving reregulation on the river H12 042 below Tuapeka Mouth. H12 043 |^The adoption of an operation strategy which virtually H12 044 eliminated variations in discharge below Tuapeka Mouth could be H12 045 considered to be a worthwhile goal. ^However, preliminary H12 046 studies indicate that reregulation of the river could H12 047 effectively reduce the peak generating capability of a Clyde to H12 048 Tuapeka Mouth hydro-electric development by up to 15 percent H12 049 and cause significant reservoir level fluctuations. ^Daily H12 050 reservoir level fluctuations would vary over a distribution of H12 051 values, depending on the amount of river inflow and the H12 052 generation pattern adopted. ^Preliminary studies indicate that H12 053 reregulation of the river from scheme A would necessitate a H12 054 daily lake level fluctuation of 1 \0m, upstream of a dam at H12 055 Tuapeka Mouth, for a fully developed Clutha system operating in H12 056 a peak loading mode during mean river inflows. ^For scheme D, H12 057 operating under similar conditions, daily lake level H12 058 fluctuations in excess of 1 \0m would be necessary upstream of H12 059 dams at Tuapeka Mouth and Birch Island. H12 060 |^The operation rules finally adopted for a particular H12 061 hydro-electric scheme on the lower Clutha could have H12 062 significant upstream and downstream implications on both the H12 063 water resource and its various uses. ^Studies completed to date H12 064 have provided an indication of the likely effects that could H12 065 accompany each scheme generating under a series of alternative H12 066 operation strategies, ranging from existing Roxburgh discharge H12 067 patterns to reregulation of river flows downstream of Tuapeka H12 068 Mouth. ^At a later investigation stage ({0eg}, the preparation H12 069 of an environmental impact report on a particular H12 070 hydro-electric scheme for development on the lower Clutha) it H12 071 will be necessary to carry out additional studies to determine H12 072 a preferred operation strategy for the Clutha system. ^All of H12 073 the schemes included in this report are capable of being H12 074 operated in a manner which achieves reregulation of the river H12 075 below Tuapeka Mouth. H12 076 |^All four schemes include a Dumbarton Rock component H12 077 which could comprise a dam at Dumbarton Rock, a canal across H12 078 the Teviot Flat and a powerhouse on the left bank of the river H12 079 opposite Marsh Road. ^The quantity of water available for H12 080 electricity generation from such an arrangement would be H12 081 affected by any minimum residual flow requirement in the H12 082 existing river channel downstream of Dumbarton Rock. ^In H12 083 general terms, an increase in minimum residual flow from 25 H12 084 \0m*:3**:/\0sec to 75 \0m*:3**:/\0sec (5 to 15 percent of mean H12 085 river flow) would reduce annual generation by some 10 percent H12 086 (460 \0GWh to 410 \0GWh). ^For the purposes of this report it H12 087 has been assumed that a minimum residual flow of 50 H12 088 \0m*:3**:/\0sec would be required in the existing riverbed H12 089 downstream of Dumbarton Rock. H12 090 |^Alternatively, the same hydraulic head could be developed H12 091 at Dumbarton Rock by deepening the river channel upstream of H12 092 Marsh Road and constructing a dam/ powerhouse complex at the H12 093 proposed dam site. ^With such an arrangement there would be no H12 094 requirement for a residual river flow and the properties on H12 095 Teviot Flat would remain essentially unaffected by development. H12 096 ^Installed capacity and annual generation at Dumbarton Rock H12 097 would increase to 110 \0MW and 480 \0GWh/annum respectively H12 098 (see table 14). H12 099 |^Any later decision to further investigate the merits of H12 100 a Dumbarton Rock development would have to consider the H12 101 relative advantages and disadvantages of each possible H12 102 alternative. ^Such an investigation would have to include a H12 103 residual flow study to more adequately determine an acceptable H12 104 minimum residual flow for the river. ^Minimum residual flows in H12 105 the river would be increased during the passage of floodwaters H12 106 and other flows surplus to generation requirements. ^A H12 107 Dumbarton Rock dam/ canal/ powerhouse scheme component would be H12 108 operated in a manner which ensured that the rates of change of H12 109 flow in the residual river would be kept within reasonable H12 110 limits. H12 111 *<*43.3.3 Dumbarton Rock*> H12 112 |^*0As mentioned above a Dumbarton Rock power station is a H12 113 common component of all schemes included in this report. H12 114 |^An integrated dam/ powerhouse development at Dumbarton H12 115 Rock would operate under a gross hydraulic head of about 11 \0m H12 116 at mean river inflow conditions. ^Such a complex would produce H12 117 relatively expensive power and the economics of development H12 118 could be significantly improved by either: H12 119 _|(a) constructing a canal across Teviot Flat and a powerhouse H12 120 on the left bank of the river downstream of Marsh Road to H12 121 increase the gross hydraulic head to some 16 \0m; or H12 122 |(b) deepening the river channel upstream of Marsh Road to H12 123 increase the hydraulic head to some 16 \0m at a Dumbarton Rock H12 124 integrated dam/ powerhouse. H12 125 |^Both alternatives have been investigated in detail and H12 126 both are considered feasible. ^The single dam/ powerhouse H12 127 complex at Dumbarton Rock would not significantly affect the H12 128 properties on Teviot Flat and would utilise a higher proportion H12 129 of the available river flow; however, its long term generation H12 130 potential could be affected by any later necessity to sluice H12 131 accumulated materials from the small Dumbarton Rock reservoir. H12 132 ^Studies completed to date indicate that the single dam/ H12 133 powerhouse complex at Dumbarton Rock would have a slight H12 134 economic advantage over the dam/ canal/ powerhouse alternative. H12 135 ^On the other hand the absence of the canal would make H12 136 community irrigation of Millers Flat more expensive to develop H12 137 because of the resulting increase in the length of the supply H12 138 line. H12 139 |^All schemes included in this report incorporate the dam/ H12 140 canal/ powerhouse development alternative at Dumbarton Rock. H12 141 ^This choice does not indicate an engineering preference for H12 142 the alternative. ^It merely provides the opportunity to H12 143 identify and discuss likely downstream impacts that would H12 144 accompany the construction and operation of a canal across H12 145 Teviot Flat and a powerhouse on the left bank of the river H12 146 downstream of Marsh Road. ^Impacts at the Dumbarton Rock dam H12 147 site would be reasonably similar for either alternative. H12 148 |^The main features of a Dumbarton Rock power station H12 149 would be: H12 150 *<(**=i) Dumbarton Rock Dam Site and Reservoir*> H12 151 |^The geology of the dam site area is dominated by bedrock H12 152 schist overlain by some 8 \0m of gravels in the existing H12 153 riverbed, and Tertiary sediments and gravels between the H12 154 existing State highway and the prominent rock outcrop on the H12 155 right bank of the river. ^Seismic profiling and drilling H12 156 indicate that rock quality at the proposed dam site is H12 157 variable. ^Good rock conditions exist in both abutments and H12 158 across the majority of the existing riverbed. ^A narrow zone of H12 159 sheared and shattered rock has been identified within the H12 160 existing river channel adjacent to the right abutment. ^It is H12 161 considered that the proposed site offers good foundation H12 162 conditions for the construction of the dam or dam and H12 163 powerhouse facilities. H12 164 |^The type of development presently envisaged at the dam H12 165 site would comprise a gate controlled spillway approximately 15 H12 166 \0m high in the existing riverbed, a gate controlled canal H12 167 inlet structure on the left bank and a gate controlled H12 168 diversion/ auxilliary spillway facility on the right bank. ^Any H12 169 downstream residual flow requirement would be accommodated by H12 170 the continual operation of one or more spillway gates. ^For the H12 171 combined dam/ powerhouse alternative, the powerhouse would be H12 172 situated within the existing riverbed and all diversion and H12 173 spillway facilities would be provided on the right bank. H12 174 |^At a maximum control level of 85.5 \0m the reservoir H12 175 would be largely confined within the existing river channel and H12 176 would extend to Roxburgh power station. ^Two existing H12 177 landslides have been identified in the reservoir reach *- the H12 178 Roxburgh Slide, on the right bank of the river between Roxburgh H12 179 and Roxburgh power station, and the Benger Slide on the right H12 180 bank of the river between Roxburgh and Dumbarton Rock. ^The H12 181 Roxburgh Slide does not extend down to the existing river H12 182 channel and would not be affected by the proposed reservoir. ^A H12 183 short section of the Benger Slide does extend down to the H12 184 existing river channel; however the proposed reservoir would H12 185 have no significant effect on its existing stability. H12 186 *<(**=ii) Dumbarton Rock Canal and Powerhouse*> H12 187 |^The length of the canal, between the canal inlet H12 188 structure and the powerhouse, would be approximately 4.5 \0km. H12 189 ^The water depth in the canal would be approximately 10 \0m and H12 190 the water surface width would approximate 60 \0m. ^The entire H12 191 waterway area would be concrete lined. H12 192 |^Between the Dumbarton Rock dam site and the proposed H12 193 powerhouse site the basement schist is overlain by Tertiary H12 194 sediments and late Quaternary terrace gravels. ^Seismic H12 195 profiling and drilling indicate that the entire canal would be H12 196 located in gravels. ^With the adoption of 2:1 excavation slopes H12 197 and the inclusion of adequate access berms the overall canal H12 198 excavation width would approximate 80 \0m. H12 199 |^For the canal/ powerhouse altenative the powerhouse H12 200 would be located on the left bank of the river, approximately 1 H12 201 \0km downstream of Marsh Road. ^The powerhouse would be founded H12 202 on bedrock schist which is overlain at the proposed site by up H12 203 to 20 \0m of Tertiary sediments and gravels. ^Slopes of 2:1 to H12 204 3:1 would be necessary at the site to achieve adequate H12 205 stability in the overlying materials. H12 206 *<*43.3.4 Beaumont*> H12 207 |^*0A Beaumont development is a common component of H12 208 schemes A and D. H12 209 |^An investigation programme was initiated at the site in H12 210 1982 and found material which was generally indicative of a H12 211 very strong relatively unfractured rock mass, with little H12 212 weathering penetration. ^While the investigation indicated that H12 213 the site would provide good foundation conditions for the H12 214 proposed dam and powerhouse, the topography of the site would H12 215 have necessitated a diversion of the river through a tunnel in H12 216 the right abutment during construction. ^A tunnel diversion H12 217 would have been a very expensive solution for the relatively H12 218 low head, minimum impact development envisaged at Beaumont and H12 219 investigation moved some 400 \0m downstream, where a cheaper H12 220 open-cut diversion of the river during construction appeared H12 221 possible. H12 222 |^The geology of the preferred downstream site is H12 223 dominated by bedrock schist which is overlain by some 8 \0m of H12 224 gravel in the existing riverbed, and up to 5 \0m of sand and H12 225 gravel on the left bank. ^Investigation results indicate that H12 226 excellent rock conditions exist in both abutments and across H12 227 the majority of the existing riverbed. ^A zone of sheared and H12 228 crushed rock, some 10 \0m in total width, has been identified H12 229 in the existing river channel adjacent to the right abutment. H12 230 ^It is considered that the downstream site offers good H12 231 foundation conditions for the construction of the proposed dam H12 232 and powerhouse. H12 233 |^The type of development presently envisaged at the site H12 234 would comprise a 30 \0m high concrete gravity dam and H12 235 powerhouse in the existing riverbed, and gate controlled H12 236 diversion and spillway facilities on the left bank. H12 237 *# H13 001 **[277 TEXT H13**] H13 002 |*0*"(5) ^Every licensee who fails to keep records sufficient to H13 003 enable the Collector to readily ascertain his liability to duty H13 004 commits an offence and shall be liable to a fine not exceeding H13 005 *+$2,000. H13 006 |*"(6) ^Every licensee who fails to supply the Collector with H13 007 sufficient records to enable his liability to be readily ascertained H13 008 or who fails when requested by the Collector to operate the mechanical H13 009 or electronic device on which records are stored so as to allow the H13 010 Collector to ascertain readily the information contained therein, H13 011 commits an offence and shall be liable to a fine not exceeding *+$500 H13 012 together with a fine of *+$50 for every day that the licensee H13 013 continues to offend. H13 014 |*"97. ^*4Power to question persons *- *0(1) ^Where any question H13 015 has arisen under this Part of this Act, the Collector may question any H13 016 person as to the particulars shown in any entry delivered to him by a H13 017 licensee in accordance with this Act, or any person dealing in H13 018 dutiable goods for any purpose relating to the administration or H13 019 enforcement of this Act. H13 020 |*"(2) ^Any person who, on being so questioned, refuses or fails H13 021 to answer any questions so put to him or to answer any such question H13 022 in writing if so required by the Collector, or answers any such H13 023 question incorrectly, commits an offence. H13 024 |*"98. ^*4Duty payable on goods consumed before removal from H13 025 licensed premises *- ^Duty shall be payable on goods consumed before H13 026 removal from a licensed premises**[SIC**] in the same manner as if the H13 027 goods had been removed on the date they had been consumed and the H13 028 provisions of this Act shall, with all necessary modifications, apply H13 029 accordingly. H13 030 |*"99. ^*4Goods not to be removed without permission *- (1) H13 031 ^Except as provided by this Act, no goods that are subject to the H13 032 control of the Customs shall be removed from any licensed premises H13 033 except *- H13 034 _|*"(a) With the permission of the proper officer of Customs after H13 035 entry has been made and passed in respect thereof; or H13 036 |*"(b) In pursuance of a written permit granted by the Collector in H13 037 respect thereof. H13 038 |*"(2) ^Every person who acts in contravention of this section H13 039 commits an offence and shall be liable to a fine not exceeding *+$500 H13 040 or the value of the goods in respect of which the offence is H13 041 committed, whichever sum is the greater. H13 042 |*"(3) ^Any goods removed in contravention of this section shall H13 043 be forfeited. H13 044 *<*1*"Special Provisions for Export Warehouses*> H13 045 |*0*"100. ^*4Entry for delivery to export warehouse *- ^*0When H13 046 any imported goods or goods manufactured in a manufacturing area have H13 047 been entered for delivery to an export warehouse, the importer or H13 048 supplier shall forthwith deliver them in accordance with the entry H13 049 without payment of duty in the first instance, except where otherwise H13 050 provided in this Act. H13 051 |*"101. ^*4Temporary removal of export warehoused goods *- *0(1) H13 052 ^Subject to any regulations made under this Act, the Collector may H13 053 permit the taking of warehoused goods out of the export warehouse H13 054 without payment of duty for any temporary purpose for such convenient H13 055 time and in such suitable quantities as he may approve, if sufficient H13 056 security is taken for the return of the goods and payment of the duty H13 057 thereon. H13 058 |*"(2) ^So long as any goods so removed remain subject to the H13 059 control of the Customs they shall be deemed to be warehoused in the H13 060 export warehouse from which they were so removed, and all the H13 061 provisions of this Act shall continue to apply thereto accordingly. H13 062 |*"102. ^*4Liability of licensee for duty on missing goods *- H13 063 *0(1) ^If any dutiable goods are removed from an export warehouse by H13 064 any person without the authority of the proper officer of Customs, or H13 065 if any dutiable goods, after, being warehoused, are not produced by H13 066 the licensee to the Collector or other proper officer on demand made H13 067 at the warehouse and are not accounted for as having been lawfully H13 068 delivered from the warehouse, duty shall thereupon become due and H13 069 payable on those goods as if entered for home consumption. H13 070 |*"(2) ^The duty shall constitute a debt due to the Crown by the H13 071 licensee, the importer, and the owner who shall be jointly and H13 072 severally liable therefor, subject to the provisions of this Act H13 073 relating to refunds and remissions of duty. H13 074 *<*1*"Clearance of Export Warehoused Goods*> H13 075 |*0*"103. ^*4Kinds of entry of goods from export warehouse *- H13 076 ^*0Export warehoused goods may at any time be entered in the H13 077 prescribed manner *- H13 078 _|*"(a) For export; or H13 079 |*"(b) For removal to another export warehouse; or H13 080 |*"(c) For home consumption under conditions as may be approved by the H13 081 Comptroller. H13 082 |*"104. ^*4Entry for export *- ^*0When any goods in an export H13 083 warehouse have been entered for export the person making the entry H13 084 shall forthwith export the goods to a country outside New Zealand in H13 085 accordance with the entry and with the provisions of this Act relating H13 086 to the exportation of goods. H13 087 |*"105. ^*4Entry for removal *- *0(1) ^When any goods have been H13 088 entered for removal to an export warehouse licensed under this Act, H13 089 they shall forthwith be removed in accordance with the entry, subject H13 090 to such conditions as may be prescribed and with such security for H13 091 their due transmission and for payment of the duty thereon as the H13 092 Collector requires. H13 093 |*"(2) ^On arrival of the goods at the port or place of H13 094 destination they shall be entered and warehoused in accordance with H13 095 the entry for removal and in the case of imported goods in the same H13 096 manner and subject to the same provisions, so far as applicable, as in H13 097 the case of the entry of goods on the first importation thereof. H13 098 |*"106. ^*4Entry for home consumption *- ^*0When entry for home H13 099 consumption has been made under conditions as may be approved by the H13 100 Comptroller in respect of any warehoused goods, the person making the H13 101 entry, not being an agent, shall pay on demand to the Collector or H13 102 other proper officer the duties, if any, payable thereon. H13 103 *<*1*"Special Provisions for Manufacturing Areas*> H13 104 |*0*"107. ^*4Entry for delivery to manufacturing area *- ^*0When H13 105 any imported goods have been entered for delivery to a manufacturing H13 106 area the importer shall forthwith deliver them in accordance with the H13 107 entry, and the importer shall pay to the Collector or other proper H13 108 officer the duties, if any, payable thereon in accordance with section H13 109 152 or section 151A of this Act, as the case may be. H13 110 |*"108. ^*4Manufacture of excisable goods *- *0(1) ^Subject to H13 111 sections 109 and 110 of this Act, no person shall manufacture any H13 112 goods specified in the Third Schedule to this Act except in a H13 113 manufacturing area licensed under this Act. H13 114 |*"(2) ^Every person who acts in contravention of this section H13 115 commits an offence and shall be liable to a fine not exceeding *+$500 H13 116 or 3 times the amount of duty that would have been payable on the H13 117 goods to which the offence relates if they had been manufactured in a H13 118 manufacturing area licensed as aforesaid and duly entered for home H13 119 consumption, whichever sum is the greater, and the goods shall be H13 120 forfeited. H13 121 |*"109. ^*4Exemptions *- ^*0Section 108 of this Act shall not H13 122 apply to *- H13 123 _|*"(a) Any person who, having grown tobacco on his own land, H13 124 manufactures it exclusively for his own use or for the use of any H13 125 members of his own family residing with him, and not for disposal to H13 126 any other person by sale, barter, or otherwise: H13 127 |*"(b) Any person who produces beer or wine exclusively for his own H13 128 use or for the use of any members of his own family residing with him, H13 129 and not for disposal to any other person by sale, barter, or H13 130 otherwise. H13 131 |*"110. ^*4Directions of Minister as to licensing *- *0(1) ^If, in H13 132 the opinion of the Minister, it is undesirable in the public interest H13 133 or impracticable or unnecessary that a person who carries on business H13 134 as a manufacturer of goods specified in the Third Schedule to this Act H13 135 should be licensed, the Minister may, in the Minister's discretion and H13 136 under such conditions as to the payment of duty or otherwise as the H13 137 Minister thinks fit, direct that the person need not be licensed for H13 138 such period as the Minister thinks fit. H13 139 |*"(2) ^Any direction under this section shall have effect H13 140 according to its tenor and may be given in respect of the whole or any H13 141 specified part of the business of the manufacturer to which it H13 142 relates. ^Any such direction shall exempt the manufacturer from such H13 143 provisions of this Act as may be specified in the direction. H13 144 |*"111. ^*4Maturation period of brandy and whisky *- ^*0No brandy H13 145 or whisky distilled in New Zealand shall be delivered from a licensed H13 146 manufacturing area unless the Comptroller is satisfied that it has H13 147 been matured by storage in wood for not less than 3 years. H13 148 |*"112. ^*4Licensee leaving New Zealand *- ^*0If the Collector has H13 149 reason to believe that a licensee is about to leave New Zealand before H13 150 any duty owing by the licensee becomes payable in accordance with the H13 151 provisions of this Act, the duty shall, if the Collector thinks fit, H13 152 be payable on such earlier date as the Collector fixes and notifies to H13 153 the licensee in that behalf. H13 154 |*"113. ^*4Goods deemed to have been manufactured *- *0(1) ^For H13 155 the purposes of this Act *- H13 156 _|*"(a) Compressed natural gas shall be deemed to have been H13 157 manufactured by a licensee of a manufacturing area on his premises H13 158 when natural gas supplied by him to a compressed natural gas fuelling H13 159 facility is compressed for use as a motor vehicle fuel: H13 160 |*"(b) Subject to subsection (2) of this section, goods on which work H13 161 has been done by a contractor shall be deemed to have been H13 162 manufactured by the contractor. H13 163 |*"(2) ^Where the Minister is of the opinion that in any H13 164 particular case the application of subsection (1)(b) of this section H13 165 is inequitable in respect of motor vehicles assembled under contract H13 166 for the owner, and the owner is the importer of the imported H13 167 components used in the assembly, the Minister may, in the Minister's H13 168 discretion, and subject to any conditions that may be imposed, H13 169 determine that, for the purposes of this Act, the owner is deemed to H13 170 be the manufacturer of the motor vehicles and the place of security H13 171 for the deposit, keeping, and securing of the motor vehicles by the H13 172 owner is deemed to be the place where the motor vehicles are H13 173 manufactured. H13 174 |*"l14. ^*4Manufacture may be prohibited on non-payment of excise H13 175 duty *- ^*0Every licensee who fails to pay any excise duty which is H13 176 properly due may, by notice under the hand of the Collector, be H13 177 prohibited from manufacturing and every licensee who manufactures H13 178 goods or classes of goods specified in the Third Schedule to this Act H13 179 without the permission of the Collector after the receipt of such a H13 180 notice shall be deemed to have manufactured excisable goods without a H13 181 licence. H13 182 *<*1*"Clearance of Goods from Manufacturing Area*> H13 183 |*0*"115. ^*4Kinds of entry of goods from manufacturing area *- H13 184 ^Goods specified in the Third Schedule to this Act may be entered in H13 185 the prescribed manner *- H13 186 _|*"(a) For home consumption; or H13 187 |*"(b) For export; or H13 188 |*"(c) For removal to another licensed manufacturing area for H13 189 manufacture or to an export warehouse. H13 190 |*"116. ^*4Entry for home consumption *- *0(1) ^Every licensee H13 191 shall, within 7 days after the end of each calendar month, deliver to H13 192 the Collector for the district specified in his licence a home H13 193 consumption entry in the prescribed form setting forth such H13 194 particulars as the entry may require in respect of all goods removed H13 195 for home consumption during that calendar month. H13 196 |*"(2) ^Where for any reason there are no goods removed for home H13 197 consumption, every licensee shall be required to deliver a nil entry H13 198 for the period to which it relates. H13 199 |*"(3) ^For the purposes of this section the Collector may, in his H13 200 discretion, by writing under his hand, permit any licensee who would H13 201 otherwise, in the opinion of the Collector, usually deliver a home H13 202 consumption entry in respect of which no duty was payable, to deliver H13 203 a home consumption entry in respect of any period longer than one H13 204 calendar month but not exceeding one calendar year, and in the H13 205 application of this section to any such case, the term *'calendar H13 206 month**' shall mean such permitted period, and the last day of that H13 207 period shall be deemed to be the end of the month. H13 208 |*"(4) ^Where the licensee of a manufacturing area *- H13 209 _|*"(a) Purchases materials for use for manufacture; or H13 210 |*"(b) Purchases for resale any goods manufactured by him, being goods H13 211 sold on or after the 1st day of October 1986, at the same price at H13 212 which he sold them, the licensee may claim as a credit in the home H13 213 consumption entry provided by him under subsection (1) of this section H13 214 any excise duty paid or payable in respect of those materials or H13 215 goods: H13 216 |*"Provided that, in the case of goods purchased for resale, the H13 217 subsequent resale shall be deemed to be a removal for home H13 218 consumption, and the credit shall not be claimable or allowable until H13 219 the subsequent resale occurs. H13 220 *# H14 001 **[278 TEXT H14**] H14 002 |^*2BE IT ENACTED *0by the General Assembly of New Zealand in H14 003 Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: H14 004 |*41. ^Short Title *- ^*0This Act may be cited as the Auckland H14 005 Improvement Trust Amendment Act 1986, and shall be read together with H14 006 and deemed part of the Auckland Improvement Trust Act 1971 H14 007 (hereinafter referred to as the principal Act). H14 008 |*42. ^Interpretation *- *0(1) ^Section 2 of the principal Act is H14 009 hereby amended by repealing the definition of the term H14 010 *"Corporation**". H14 011 |(2) ^The principal Act is hereby amended by omitting the word H14 012 *"Corporation**" wherever it occurs, and substituting in each case the H14 013 word *"Council**". H14 014 |*43. ^Old Synagogue building and curtilage *- *0(1) ^Section 4 H14 015 of the principal Act is hereby amended by repealing subsection (6), H14 016 and substituting the following subsections: H14 017 |*"(6) ^Until the Council passes a resolution under subsection H14 018 (5) of this section in respect of the land thirdly described in the H14 019 First Schedule to this Act (old Synagogue site), or in respect of any H14 020 part of it, the Council may let or lease the same or any remaining H14 021 part to which such a resolution has not been applied, for such H14 022 professional, commercial, cultural, or community purposes as the H14 023 Council considers will be likely to require minimum interference with H14 024 the external appearance of the old Synagogue building, yet will ensure H14 025 that the building is kept in constant use. H14 026 |*"(6A) ^Any such letting or leasing may permit the tenant or H14 027 lessee, subject to the Council's supervision, to make alterations or H14 028 additions to that building, within the foregoing limitations, but the H14 029 Council may nevertheless permit the demolition or replacement of any H14 030 other building on the said land if, in the Council's opinion, such H14 031 demolition or replacement would enhance the appearance or impact of H14 032 the old Synagogue building and will assist with the financial H14 033 viability of the use to which the property is to be put. H14 034 |*"(6B) ^Any use of the said land and of any building on it, and H14 035 any proposed alteration to the old Synagogue building, shall comply H14 036 with the provisions of the Town and Country Planning Act 1977 and of H14 037 the Historic Places Act 1980. H14 038 |*"(6C) ^Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act, H14 039 any lease granted pursuant to subsection (6) of this section may be H14 040 for such term, either less or more than 21 years, as the Council H14 041 thinks fit, but any lease for a total term in excess of the period H14 042 authorised by section 4A(1)(b) of this Act shall contain a provision H14 043 that it may be terminated by the Council at any time after the H14 044 expiration of the maximum period stated in that section (which shall H14 045 run from the date of commencement of that lease or any earlier lease H14 046 granted pursuant to this Act) after having given not less than 12 H14 047 months' notice in writing of intention so to do, if in the Council's H14 048 opinion it is in the public interest that the lease should be H14 049 terminated so as to make the property available for the public in H14 050 general. H14 051 |*"(6D) ^Any termination of a lease under subsection (6C) of this H14 052 section shall be subject to the payment of compensation by the Council H14 053 to the lessee for the fair market value of the undertaking as a going H14 054 concern and, in determining the fair market value, regard shall be had H14 055 to such matters as may be appropriate including, but not by way of H14 056 limitation, the following matters: H14 057 _|*"(a) The value of the lessee's improvements (as defined in section H14 058 2 of the Valuation of Land Act 1951) at the time of termination: H14 059 |*"(b) The value of chattels, fixtures, and fittings: H14 060 |*"(c) The value of goodwill. H14 061 |*"(6E) ^In case of disagreement, the fair market value shall be H14 062 determined by arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1908. H14 063 |*"(6F) ^Section 4A(1)(g) of this Act shall be read subject to H14 064 the provisions of subsections (6A) and (6C) of this section. H14 065 |*"(6G) ^Any tenant or lessee of the said land or any part of it H14 066 may, with the prior written consent of the Council, sublet or sublease H14 067 a portion of the land for such term and subject to such conditions and H14 068 restrictions as the Council may stipulate. H14 069 |*"(6H) ^Any resolution passed pursuant to subsection (5) of this H14 070 section, and any letting or leasing or subletting or subleasing as H14 071 authorised by this section, shall be deemed not to be a subdivision of H14 072 the land thirdly described in the First Schedule to this Act for the H14 073 purposes of Part *=XX of the Local Government Act 1974 or for any H14 074 other purpose.**" H14 075 |(2) ^Section 2(3) of the Auckland Improvement Trust Amendment H14 076 Act 1973 is hereby consequentially repealed. H14 077 |*44. ^General powers of Council *- *0(1) ^Section 6(1) of the H14 078 principal Act (as amended by section 4 of the Auckland Improvement H14 079 Trust Amendment Act 1973) is hereby amended by omitting the words H14 080 *"and the buildings and curtilages thereof and the old Synagogue H14 081 building referred to in subsection (6) of section 4 of this Act**", H14 082 and substituting the words *"and the buildings and curtilages thereof H14 083 and the land thirdly described in the First Schedule to this Act**". H14 084 |(2) ^Section 4 of the Auckland Improvement Trust Amendment Act H14 085 1973 is hereby consequentially repealed. H14 086 |*45. ^Application of income *- ^*0Section 8 of the principal Act H14 087 is hereby amended by repealing paragraph (c), and substituting the H14 088 following paragraph: H14 089 |*"(c) ^In works of public utility or ornament in the City of H14 090 Auckland, or in furtherance of recreation, education, science, and H14 091 art, or for the improvement of any form of culture, or for the H14 092 improvement or development of amenities for the public:**". H14 093 |*46. ^Existing rights preserved *- ^*0Nothing in section 3 of H14 094 this Act shall deprive any person of any rights of occupancy of any H14 095 part of the land thirdly described in the First Schedule to the H14 096 principal Act in existence on the commencement of this Act, or H14 097 prejudice any such rights; and the powers conferred by the said H14 098 section 3 shall not be exercised in respect of any part of the said H14 099 land to which any such rights apply until those rights have been H14 100 extinguished. H14 101 *<*4An Act to amend the Auckland City Council (Rating Relief) H14 102 Empowering Act 1980*> H14 103 |*2BE IT ENACTED *0by the General Assembly of New Zealand in H14 104 Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: H14 105 |*41. ^Short Title *- ^*0This Act may be cited as the Auckland H14 106 City Council (Rating Relief) Empowering Amendment Act 1986, and shall H14 107 be read together with and deemed part of the Auckland City Council H14 108 (Rating Relief) Empowering Act 1980 (hereinafter referred to as the H14 109 principal Act). H14 110 |*42. ^Further matters to which regard shall be had in deciding H14 111 whether to grant relief *- ^*0Section 3(2) of the principal Act is H14 112 hereby amended *- H14 113 _|(a) By adding to paragraph (d) the word *"; and**": H14 114 |(b) By adding the following paragraph: H14 115 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H14 116 |*"(e) ^The nature and extent of free public amenities and public H14 117 facilities (additional to those conferring structural benefits under H14 118 the Council's district planning scheme) proposed to be included in the H14 119 development, including, but without limiting the generality thereof, H14 120 public viewing areas and rest rooms, landscaping and environmental H14 121 improvements, fountains, and outdoor sculpture.**" H14 122 **[END INDENTATION**] H14 123 |*43. ^New section added *- ^*0The principal Act is hereby H14 124 amended by adding the following section: H14 125 |*"8. ^*4Suspension or limitation of this Act *- *0(1) H14 126 ^Notwithstanding anything contained or implied in the provisions of H14 127 this Act, the Council, by resolution publicly notified, may determine H14 128 that those provisions, either indefinitely or for such period as may H14 129 be specified in the resolution, *- H14 130 _|*"(a) Shall be wholly suspended: H14 131 |*"(b) Shall apply only to such types of development as may be H14 132 specified in the resolution: H14 133 |*"(c) Shall apply only to developments situated or proposed to be H14 134 situated in such part or parts of its district as may be specified in H14 135 the resolution: H14 136 |*"(d) Shall apply only to such types of development as may be H14 137 specified in the resolution and which are situated or proposed to be H14 138 situated in such part or parts of its district as may be so specified H14 139 *- H14 140 |and may from time to time cancel or modify any such resolution by a H14 141 subsequent resolution publicly notified. H14 142 |*"(2) ^No resolution made under this section shall apply to any H14 143 development in respect of which *- H14 144 _|*"(a) A remission or postponement of rates has been granted; or H14 145 |*"(b) An application has been made and not finally dealt with *- H14 146 |under this Act before the date on which the resolution was made. H14 147 |*"(3) ^In this section, the term *'publicly notified**' has the H14 148 same meaning as is given to it by section 2 of the Local Government H14 149 Act 1974.**" H14 150 *<*4An Act to empower the Dunedin City Council to grant relief from H14 151 rate commitments during the development or redevelopment of certain H14 152 properties for industrial, commercial, or administrative purposes*> H14 153 |*2BE IT ENACTED *0by the General Assembly of New Zealand in H14 154 Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: H14 155 |*41. ^Short Title *- ^*0This Act may be cited as the Dunedin H14 156 City Council (Rating Relief) Empowering Act 1986. H14 157 |*42. ^Interpretation *- ^*0In this Act, unless the context H14 158 otherwise requires, *- H14 159 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H14 160 |*"Council**" means the Dunedin City Council: H14 161 |*"Development**" means the construction, erection, or alteration of H14 162 any building or buildings intended to be used solely or principally H14 163 for industrial or commercial or administrative purposes (including, H14 164 but not by way of limitation, hotels, motels, and other transient H14 165 accommodation), or any combination of those purposes, where the H14 166 estimated cost of the construction, erection, or alteration will H14 167 exceed *+$1,000,000. H14 168 **[END INDENTATION**] H14 169 |*43. ^Power to remit or postpone rates on a development *- *0(1) H14 170 ^Notwithstanding anything in any other Act, but subject to subsection H14 171 (2) of this section, the Council may by resolution, as a means of H14 172 encouraging development in its district, remit or postpone for such H14 173 time as it thinks fit the payment of any rates in respect of any H14 174 rateable property (within the meaning of the Rating Act 1967) in H14 175 respect of which any development is taking place or is about to take H14 176 place. H14 177 |(2) ^In deciding whether so to grant relief and, if so, to what H14 178 extent relief shall be granted, the Council shall pay due regard to H14 179 the following matters: H14 180 _|(a) Whether, and to what extent, the development when completed will H14 181 be to the financial advantage of its district (including the creation H14 182 of employment opportunities); and H14 183 |(b) Whether, and to what extent, the viability of the development H14 184 might be compromised or prejudicially affected by a refusal to grant H14 185 relief; and H14 186 |(c) The timetable for implementing the development for the purpose of H14 187 ascertaining whether the granting of relief would encourage an earlier H14 188 completion date; and H14 189 |(d) The location of the proposed development; and H14 190 |(e) The nature and extent of any free public amenities or public H14 191 facilities (additional to those conferring structural benefits under H14 192 the Council's district planning scheme) proposed to be included in the H14 193 development, including, but not by way of limitation, public viewing H14 194 areas and rest rooms, landscaping and environmental improvements, H14 195 fountains, and outdoor sculpture. H14 196 |(3) ^In remitting or postponing any rates pursuant to this Act, H14 197 the Council may remit or postpone the whole or a part of the rates H14 198 otherwise payable for a whole year or years, or for any lesser period, H14 199 or may provide for a combination of remitting and postponing rates. H14 200 |(4) ^A resolution under this section shall not be passed by the H14 201 Council at any meeting from which the public has been excluded under H14 202 section 4 of the Public Bodies Meetings Act 1962. H14 203 |*44. ^Objection by developer against decision of Council *- H14 204 *0(1) ^Any person whose application for a remission or postponement of H14 205 rates under this Act has been refused may object against the decision H14 206 of the Council. H14 207 |(2) ^The provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of section 90 of H14 208 the Rating Act 1967, with the necessary modifications, shall apply in H14 209 respect of objections under this section as if references in those H14 210 subsections to a territorial authority were references to the Council. H14 211 |*45. ^Continuation of remission or postponement after completion H14 212 of development *- ^*0The Council may continue a remission or H14 213 postponement of rates under this Act in respect of not more than 3 H14 214 rating years commencing on the 1st day of April next following the H14 215 date on which, in the Council's opinion, the development was H14 216 completed. H14 217 |*46. ^Registration of charges for postponed rates *- ^*0Where H14 218 any rates have been, are, or will be postponed under this Act, the H14 219 provisions of section 96 of the Rating Act 1967, with the necessary H14 220 modifications, shall apply in respect of the postponement as if H14 221 references in that section to a local authority were references to the H14 222 Council. H14 223 |*47. ^Council may impose conditions when granting relief *- H14 224 ^*0The Council may remit or postpone rates under this Act subject to H14 225 such conditions as to completion of the development concerned as it H14 226 thinks fit. H14 227 *# H15 001 **[279 TEXT H15**] H15 002 |*49. ^\0Mr *6PETERS *0(Tauranga), on behalf of *4\0Mr H15 003 *6TOWNSHEND *0(Kaimai), to the *4Minister of Immigration: ^*0What H15 004 consultations were held with Pacific Island countries before the H15 005 announced extension of the number of countries from which skilled H15 006 persons qualifying under the occupational priority list may immigrate; H15 007 and what mechanism is now in place to stop the drainage of skills from H15 008 Pacific Islands, especially of those who have been technically and H15 009 professionally trained in New Zealand for the benefit of their home H15 010 countries? H15 011 |^*4\0Hon. *6KERRY BURKE *0(Minister of Immigration): ^No H15 012 specific consultations were held with the Pacific Island countries, H15 013 nor with the more than 100 other countries involved in the policy H15 014 change. ^As my statement of 18 February made clear, no change is H15 015 envisaged with regard to the existing arrangements for Western Samoa, H15 016 Australia, the Netherlands, the Cook Islands, Niue, or the Tokelau H15 017 Islands. ^It will continue to be the practice not to entertain H15 018 applications from students from Pacific Island developing countries or H15 019 from other developing countries who trained in New Zealand under aid H15 020 programmes or Government sponsorship until their obligations to their H15 021 home Governments and countries have been fulfilled. H15 022 *<*4Postal and Telecommunications Facilities*> H15 023 |*610. ^JUDY KEALL *0(Glenfield) to the *4Postmaster-General: H15 024 ^*0What capital expenditure by the Post Office in the 1986-87 H15 025 financial year will improve postal and telecommunications facilities H15 026 in the Glenfield electorate? H15 027 |^*4\0Hon. *6JONATHAN HUNT *0(Postmaster-General): ^The Post H15 028 Office plans to invest some *+$2.8 million on telecommunications H15 029 facilities in the Glenfield electorate during 1986-87, and is at H15 030 present working towards decentralising postal operations in the North H15 031 Shore area as a means of improving service. ^Four of the five post H15 032 offices located within the Glenfield electorate *- namely Chequers, H15 033 Glenfield, Glenfield North, and Greenhithe *- have either had H15 034 alterations completed recently or alterations planned for the near H15 035 future. H15 036 |^*4Judy Keall: ^*0How is the *+$2.8 million to be spent on H15 037 telecommunications? H15 038 |^*4\0Hon. *6JONATHAN HUNT: ^*0The main items of expenditure on H15 039 telecommunications include a 1600 line extension to the Glenfield H15 040 exchange at a cost of more than *+$300,000, replacement and expansion H15 041 of the Forest Hill exchange to 6400 lines at a cost of *+$1.7 million, H15 042 and augmentation of major cable routes, feeder cables, and subscriber H15 043 reticulation, costing about *+$800,000. H15 044 |^*4\0Mr {0R. F. H.} Maxwell: ^*0Will the public get a 22 percent H15 045 increase in service as a result of the increases in charges? H15 046 |^*4\0Hon. *6JONATHAN HUNT: ^*0I am satisfied there will be a H15 047 considerable improvement in the services provided. H15 048 *<*4Lamb Sales *- France*> H15 049 |11. ^\0Dr *6LOCKWOOD SMITH *0(Kaipara) to the *4Prime Minister: H15 050 ^*0When precisely did the Government initiate its inquiry into the H15 051 meat industry's claims that New Zealand's handling of the *1Rainbow H15 052 Warrior *0affair has led France to block lamb brain imports worth H15 053 *+$8.5 million, and what has been the outcome of those investigations? H15 054 |^*4{0Rt. Hon.} *6DAVID LANGE *0(Prime Minister): ^Inquiries H15 055 commenced as soon as reports were received. ^They were undertaken H15 056 through the embassy in Paris and through inquiry from the associates H15 057 of the importing firms in New Zealand. ^The results were H15 058 unsatisfactory. ^As a result I wrote to the French Minister of H15 059 External Relations, \0M. Dumas. H15 060 |*4\0Dr Lockwood Smith: ^*0Could the Prime Minister please answer H15 061 the question? ^Precisely when were the investigations initiated, and H15 062 what has the outcome been? H15 063 |^*4{0Rt. Hon.} *6DAVID LANGE: ^*0The investigations were H15 064 commenced as soon as the reports were received. H15 065 |^*4\0Dr Lockwood Smith: ^*0I asked precisely when. H15 066 |^*4{0Rt. Hon.} *6DAVID LANGE: ^*0I do not know. ^It could have H15 067 been 10.45 {0a.m.} or it could have been been 10.47 {0a.m.} on that H15 068 day. ^The question went beyond lamb brains. ^It goes to the issue of H15 069 seed potatoes and an import licence for some 60 tonnes of meat to New H15 070 Caledonia. ^As a result of those inquiries, it became clear that there H15 071 was either a low-level official programme of hindering New Zealand's H15 072 commercial activity with France, or a top-level political decision had H15 073 been made. ^I wrote to the French Minister of External Relations to H15 074 find out what was really involved. ^The matter has been communicated H15 075 to the {0OECD} in Paris and a case is being prepared for {0GATT}. H15 076 |^*4\0Dr Lockwood Smith: ^*0Could I please have the date when H15 077 those inquiries were initiated; and what steps does the Prime Minister H15 078 plan to take now, given the outcome he has described? H15 079 |^*4{0Rt. Hon.} *6DAVID LANGE: ^*0The actual date is not part of H15 080 my brief. ^It was as soon as the inquiry was received, and I give the H15 081 member my undertaking about that. ^The matter of lamb brains was H15 082 actually preceded by the complaint over lamb and seed potato imports H15 083 into New Caledonia. ^The outcome is that I first spoke with the French H15 084 Ambassador to New Zealand just before he left for a council meeting in H15 085 Paris. ^I have received no official acknowledgment from the French H15 086 Minister of External Relations. ^I have not had anything other than an H15 087 interim report of the way in which the matter was received at the H15 088 {0OECD}, although the initial response indicated a strong sympathy for H15 089 the New Zealand position. ^The general effect of the message is that H15 090 the French are never more intractable than when they are 100 percent H15 091 wrong. H15 092 |^*4\0Hon. {0J. H.} Falloon: ^*0Has the Prime Minister asked the H15 093 Minister of Agriculture, who is in Ireland, to visit any French H15 094 Minister to clarify the position face to face? H15 095 |^*4{0Rt. Hon.} *6DAVID LANGE: ^*0That is a possibility but it is H15 096 considered appropriate at this stage to take the matter through the H15 097 multilateral institutions. ^The Minister of Agriculture is at present H15 098 doing a round of some European capitals and would certainly be H15 099 available. ^It remains for it to be determined whether the matter H15 100 arises from a political directive from the French Administration or H15 101 from someone within the bureaucracy who, thinking to please his or her H15 102 master by breathing on New Zealand, is doing so in the hope of H15 103 preference within the French system. ^The second alternative is H15 104 distinctly possible. H15 105 *<*4Industrial Design Awards*> H15 106 |12. ^\0Mr *6ANDERTON *0(Sydenham) to the *4Minister of Trade and H15 107 Industry: ^*0Does he know that of the six finalists for the Prince H15 108 Philip award for industrial design four come from manufacturers in H15 109 Christchurch, and, if so, has he any information to suggest why this H15 110 predominance of Christchurch design talent has occurred, and what H15 111 implications it has for the manufacturing industry of the country? H15 112 |^*4\0Hon. *6DAVID CAYGILL *0(Minister of Trade and Industry): H15 113 ^Yes, I did know that four of the six finalists for the New Zealand H15 114 Industrial Design Council's 1985 Prince Philip Design Award were H15 115 Christchurch manufacturers, and that the winning product was H15 116 manufactured in Christchurch by Tait Electronics \0Ltd. ^That success H15 117 reflects the recognition that the Christchurch manufacturers have H15 118 given to the need to incorporate good industrial design as part of H15 119 their product development. ^The wider recognition of the approach H15 120 means that New Zealand manufacturers as a whole would be better placed H15 121 to meet the growing competition both here and abroad. H15 122 |^*4\0Mr McLean: ^*0Is one of the implications for the H15 123 manufacturing industry *- as asked in the original question *- that H15 124 many Christchurch designers are ready to migrate because so much of H15 125 Christchurch manufacturing industry, like Anderson's, is closing down? H15 126 |^*4\0Hon. *6DAVID CAYGILL: ^*0The member asked whether I took H15 127 that from the question; indeed, I took the contrary. ^They are not H15 128 migrating, because four of the six finalists are based in H15 129 Christchurch. H15 130 *<*6DEBATE *- GENERAL*> H15 131 |^*4\0Hon. *6{0J. B.} BOLGER *0(Deputy Leader of the Opposition): H15 132 ^I move, *1That a general debate be now held. *0I will talk about H15 133 inflation, a topic that was covered in today's first question of the H15 134 day. ^I will consider that question in the context of agriculture and H15 135 the tragedy that is unfolding in the farming and rural communities and H15 136 in families up and down the country. ^We are witnessing the Minister H15 137 of Finance desperately flailing about himself to find an excuse for H15 138 the disaster he has visited upon New Zealand families and those in the H15 139 productive sector. ^Those who believed the Minister now find his H15 140 assurances and statements to be untrue. ^Those who believed the Prime H15 141 Minister now find his statements to be untrue. H15 142 |^In the Christchurch *1Press *0of 18 May 1985 *- only 10 months H15 143 ago *- the Prime Minister is quoted as saying: *"^Farmers may be in H15 144 for a hard time, but they will not be forced off their farms.**" ^That H15 145 statement has been exposed as being untrue, and anyone who is in any H15 146 doubt can read the front page of this morning's *1Dominion. ^*0We are H15 147 hearing the roar from the hills that greeted the Minister of Finance H15 148 in Palmerston North yesterday. ^It was a roar of desperation from H15 149 families who see their life's work destroyed by *"Rogernomics**". ^It H15 150 was a roar of anger at the Prime Minister, who spoke of consensus H15 151 before the election and now pursues policies that divide New Zealand H15 152 *- town and country. ^Members have a responsibility to stop the H15 153 economic madness that the Executive is imposing upon the country. H15 154 ^That responsibility goes not only through the Opposition benches but H15 155 also through the Government's back benches. ^I know those Government H15 156 back-bench members are also confronted with the enormous social costs H15 157 that the economic policies imposed by the Executive are causing. H15 158 |^I call upon Government back-bench members to stand up and H15 159 represent their constituents on the matter, and not be cowed by the H15 160 Executive. ^The time to speak out is now. ^Farmers and small H15 161 businesses are being destroyed. ^The anguished cry from that group is H15 162 simple: why is the Minister of Finance trying to crucify the H15 163 productive sector? ^There is no answer. ^That is the cry I hear up and H15 164 down the country. ^Why is the Government trying to destroy those who H15 165 work long hours under arduous conditions to create the wealth of New H15 166 Zealand through exports? ^What madness drives the Executive's economic H15 167 policy in that direction? ^That question is on the lips of every New H15 168 Zealander. H15 169 |^It is a matter of equity and priority: equity between sectors, H15 170 and priority in terms of investment. ^Today the Postmaster-General H15 171 spoke in the House about the investment in the Post Office. ^The House H15 172 was told that New Zealand can afford *+$700 million worth of new H15 173 investment in the Post Office, and can spend *+$1,200 million on H15 174 increasing the salaries of State employees. ^However, according to H15 175 *"Rogernomics**" madness, it has no money to invest in the productive H15 176 sector. ^It is a matter of priorities, and the Government is not H15 177 establishing the correct priorities. ^It is not establishing the H15 178 essential priorities if New Zealand is to have an economic future. H15 179 |^There is no gain in deregulating the finance market if the H15 180 Government, through its economic policies, dominates the market by the H15 181 massive borrowing programme to which it is committed. ^Interest rates H15 182 are dominated by the Government's policy of borrowing *+$3 billion in H15 183 the past financial year from the internal market. ^That amounts to H15 184 *+$3,000 for each man, woman, and child *- or *+$15,000 a family. H15 185 ^Worse is to come because the Government is committed to borrowing H15 186 *+$4.5 billion in the next financial year, which starts in April *- H15 187 just one month away. ^That *+$4.5 billion is the equivalent of H15 188 *+$22,000 for each family. H15 189 |^Deregulating the finance market will not help if the Government H15 190 dominates the market, pushes interest rates to an unsustainable level H15 191 for the export sector, and, by so doing, inflates the value of the New H15 192 Zealand dollar. ^The interest rates policy followed by the Minister of H15 193 Finance makes the New York mafia appear soft-hearted. ^A headline in H15 194 today's *1Dominion *0states: *"^Borrowers to pay interest on H15 195 interest**". ^Borrowers are borrowing money to pay interest. ^They are H15 196 paying interest on interest. ^Is it any wonder that I talk about H15 197 madness? ^It is madness. ^There is no rational base to the policy. ^No H15 198 country, family, or home is safe from the economic madness that is H15 199 abroad. H15 200 |^People cannot survive paying interest on interest, but that is H15 201 the point to which *"Rogernomics**" has taken New Zealand in 20 short H15 202 months. ^New Zealand had a strong and vigorous economy, and a strong H15 203 and growing export industry. ^Homes were established, and families H15 204 were setting up their own homes. ^However, they are being destroyed by H15 205 the policies that push up Government charges. ^The Post Office will H15 206 increase its charges by 22 percent; other charges were increased by 40 H15 207 percent to 50 percent last year. H15 208 *# H16 001 **[280 TEXT H16**] H16 002 ^*0New Zealand received *+$1 billion less in export income during the H16 003 first 5 months of 1986, and the position is worsening. ^The balance of H16 004 payments will get worse, and the Government knows that. ^Why can H16 005 Government members not acknowledge that projects must proceed and that H16 006 development must continue? H16 007 |^New Zealand must earn its way in the world. ^It is not possible H16 008 for it to earn its way merely by pontificating on world stages, as the H16 009 Prime Minister does, and upsetting its friends and allies. ^That will H16 010 not get New Zealand very far at all. [*1^Interruption.*0] ^The grizzly H16 011 Minister of Health is now joining the debate. ^He would not be able to H16 012 develop anything. ^His only success in life is shutting down H16 013 hospitals. ^I know, because he has done that in my area. ^He is good H16 014 at waving shrouds and attacking doctors. H16 015 |^In their totality, the major projects *- the ammonia-urea plant, H16 016 the methanol plant, the McKee oil wells, New Zealand Steel, the H16 017 synthetic fuel plant, the New Zealand refinery expansion, and Comalco H16 018 *- will earn New Zealand gross foreign exchange earnings of *+$1,300 H16 019 million and net after-interest returns of *+$550 million annually. H16 020 ^They are good investments for New Zealand, and they will be better in H16 021 the future when the oil markets of the world return to their normal H16 022 state. ^However, at present they are still earning dollars for New H16 023 Zealand, and God knows we need dollars. H16 024 |^*4David Butcher: ^*0Why? H16 025 |^*4\0Hon. *6{0J. B.} BOLGER: ^*0It is no wonder we are in H16 026 trouble. ^The Parliamentary Under-Secretary to the Minister of H16 027 Agriculture does not know why we need dollars. ^It is no wonder H16 028 farming is in trouble! ^That member does not know why we need to earn H16 029 money. ^I shall explain it so that it is clear. ^When people buy H16 030 things they pay for them; the way to pay for them is by selling H16 031 something else. ^If the Under-Secretary talks to me later I shall H16 032 explain it a little further. H16 033 |^The Bill before Parliament is wrong. ^Its timing is wrong. H16 034 ^There is no alternative planning procedure to eliminate the delays H16 035 that will inevitably occur. ^Whether the Government likes any H16 036 particular project or not, Opposition members presume that it wants H16 037 some development to take place. ^If that is so there has to be a H16 038 planning procedure. ^The member for \0St. Kilda was happy to have some H16 039 development in his area. ^However, it did not take place, and he is H16 040 upset. H16 041 |^The energy programme that was embarked upon will reduce New H16 042 Zealand's demand for imported fuel to 1.6 million tonnes compared to H16 043 4.2 million tonnes. ^That was the projection of the energy plan, and H16 044 that plan is on target. ^As long as the natural gas is there to supply H16 045 those projects New Zealand will have security of supply. ^That is H16 046 worth a lot of money, and the member for Sydenham knows it. ^He is a H16 047 little concerned because the Government wants to sell his bank; he H16 048 thinks that is a bit unfair. ^I do not think it is a bad idea; the H16 049 member for Sydenham should get in behind it, and let private sector H16 050 expertise get in with the bank as it got in with the major projects. H16 051 ^It would be wrong for New Zealand to proceed with the Bill at this H16 052 stage without adequate replacement planning legislation to ensure that H16 053 projects can go ahead on time. H16 054 |^*4\0Mr *6ANDERTON *0(Sydenham): ^It is a very good opportunity H16 055 for me to follow the Leader of the Opposition and to give him my views H16 056 on the repeal of the Act. ^I have some advice for him, and perhaps H16 057 some news. ^The news for the Leader of the Opposition is that the H16 058 Government does not have any silver to sell, because the National H16 059 Government pawned the lot before the Labour Government was elected. H16 060 ^The cupboard is totally bare of silver. ^The Leader of the Opposition H16 061 has shown that even as Leader of the Opposition he is incapable of H16 062 learning from history. ^Even when he relives history he cannot learn H16 063 anything from it. H16 064 |^I ask him what rate of return New Zealand Steel would be earning H16 065 if the Government had not bailed it out by exchanging its loan H16 066 commitments for equity capital. ^What rate of return would it have H16 067 achieved under the former Government? ^What rate of return would the H16 068 oil companies be getting now for Marsden Point if his former H16 069 Government had not given them a secret guarantee of a rate of return H16 070 that the Government now has to honour? ^The oil companies do not have H16 071 to pay for it; it is the motorists of New Zealand who have to pay for H16 072 it every time they buy a litre of petrol. ^I ask the Leader of the H16 073 Opposition what rate of return the Aramoana smelter in Dunedin would H16 074 have now if the Act had been used to ram that project through as it H16 075 was intended to be used? ^What rate of return would a brand-new H16 076 aluminium smelter in Dunedin be earning for the people of New Zealand H16 077 now? ^Those are some aspects of the rates of return to which the H16 078 Leader of the Opposition did not address himself. ^His speech would H16 079 have been much more balanced had he done so. ^The Act came into being H16 080 amidst real fear by many people in the country at the erosion of, and H16 081 also at the virtual abandonment of, the rule of law and the power of H16 082 the courts. H16 083 |^*4\0Mr McKinnon: ^*0Who wrote this? H16 084 |^*4\0Mr *6ANDERTON: ^*0I wrote it, and it is better than some of H16 085 the rubbish that comes from the Opposition that is not written, and H16 086 could never be written, because I suggest that anybody who tried to H16 087 write it would have to be slightly demented. ^The people of the H16 088 country had real fears about the erosion of democratic rights, because H16 089 the former Government had the temerity to act against the people of H16 090 the country in a way that said that even if people went to the courts H16 091 under such legislation and won, the Government would make sure that H16 092 those people would lose, by changing the law and making certain that H16 093 even when people won they lost. ^That is what the former Government H16 094 did. H16 095 |^The purpose of the National Development Act was to provide for H16 096 works of national importance to proceed as properly as possible. ^No H16 097 one disputes that particular goal, but the end does not justify the H16 098 means. ^I have spoken about that to some of my colleagues on various H16 099 occasions. ^The argument is really about the means by which that goal H16 100 of national development is to be achieved. ^The Act gave extraordinary H16 101 powers to the Minister of Works and Development to make a decision H16 102 under the Act before the publication of any report from the Planning H16 103 Tribunal. ^The Act was used on only two occasions, for two projects, H16 104 and it was claimed at the time of its passage that it would apply to H16 105 only about six projects in the foreseeable future. ^If that was the H16 106 case, and so it proved, surely it would have been better for the H16 107 former Government to introduce special empowering Bills to Parliament H16 108 so that the information relating to and the circumstances surrounding H16 109 those projects could be debated in Parliament and in the select H16 110 committees of the House rather than in the secrecy of a Minister's H16 111 office. H16 112 |^My support for the repeal of the National Development Act is not H16 113 only on the sound economic grounds that have been advanced by many of H16 114 my colleagues in the debate, but on the equally sound ground that the H16 115 Act did not deliver any benefit to New Zealand or New Zealanders. ^It H16 116 did not deliver, at a cost both actual and potential, all fundamental, H16 117 democratic, and constitutional rights taken away for no return but in H16 118 my view, in a democratic sense for a thumping loss. ^The whole tragic H16 119 sequence of events of the National Development Act was summed up in an H16 120 article in the *1National Business Review *0last year. ^The article H16 121 stated that the fast track was dead, and that the National Development H16 122 Act was widely despised in theory and hardly effective in practice. H16 123 |^The Act did not give unbridled power to the Minister of National H16 124 Development, but it came close to doing that. ^It was not quite H16 125 useless, but almost. ^It will be a very unlamented Act when it goes H16 126 out of business as soon as possible. ^It was passed by Parliament in H16 127 circumstances of great haste, and it is worth remembering the sequence H16 128 of events in which the Bill was passed. ^It was introduced on 5 H16 129 October *- a Friday *- at 9 {0a.m.} ^The Bill was reported back on H16 130 Tuesday, 4 December 1979, when urgency was taken. ^For those members H16 131 who have short memories about the way in which the House used to H16 132 operate, the progress of the Bill makes interesting reading. H16 133 |^After urgency was taken at 5.30 {0p.m.} on Wednesday, 5 H16 134 December, the House adjourned at 12.10 {0a.m.} on Thursday, 6 H16 135 December. ^On Friday, 7 December, the House finished by 9.7 {0p.m.}, H16 136 and at 9.7 {0p.m.} the Committee stage commenced and it went on to H16 137 12.13 {0a.m.} on Saturday. ^On Tuesday, 11 December, debate resumed at H16 138 3.27 {0p.m.}, and urgency was taken again until 3.51 {0a.m.} the next H16 139 day. ^That is how legislation of that sort was enacted in those days. H16 140 ^It was enacted without the people of the country having the benefit H16 141 of hearing the debate, because the proceedings were not broadcast. H16 142 ^The Government has ensured that the people of the country can hear, H16 143 and on occasions even see, Parliament in action. ^That may not be very H16 144 edifying, but at least the Government has shown that it is committed H16 145 to democratic institutions and not to turning off the radio switch H16 146 when a Bill of this kind is pressed into service. H16 147 |^The third reading, which is generally not so contentious, ended H16 148 at 1.59 {0a.m.} on Thursday, 13 December. ^That sequence of events H16 149 shows the shambles that occurred when the Bill came before the House. H16 150 ^It was only a little over a year later that Act had to be amended. H16 151 ^The reason behind the amendment was the Aromoana smelter development. H16 152 ^South Pacific Aluminium \0Ltd appeared before the select committee to H16 153 give evidence, and some of the amendments make interesting reading. H16 154 ^They increased the Minister's power by giving him the power to add H16 155 consensus to the fast-track submissions. ^Submissions to the committee H16 156 stated that it was wildly impracticable. H16 157 |^The amendments reduced the power of the Commissioner for the H16 158 Environment to audit environmental impact reports. ^They gave the H16 159 Planning Tribunal power to award costs that could amount to several H16 160 hundred thousand dollars, and that provision conceivably applied to H16 161 bankrupt organisations that were interested in the preservation of the H16 162 environment when bringing evidence before the tribunal on any project. H16 163 ^The power of the Planning Tribunal to make recommendations about the H16 164 project was reduced and the reduction applied retrospectively to H16 165 actions already commenced in the courts, and put those cases on a H16 166 special judicial fast track. H16 167 |^The final amendment was unique. ^It stated that if, after all H16 168 that, anything went wrong, it did not count in any case. ^The National H16 169 Development Act created one set of rules for the Government and its H16 170 friends, and another for objectors. ^The amendments to the National H16 171 Development Act were made by a Government that believed that in the H16 172 minds of many people it knew everything, and it was determined to take H16 173 power unto itself at any cost, even against people's fundamental H16 174 democratic rights. ^It clearly wanted to downgrade the role of H16 175 Parliament in terms of select committee presentations, and it H16 176 certainly wanted to downgrade the right of judicial tribunals and the H16 177 courts *- and it did so. H16 178 |^There is no way that the Government is interested in amending H16 179 the Act. ^It was always its intention to repeal it, and that process H16 180 is what is happening tonight. ^It is interesting to ask ourselves what H16 181 people thought about the original National Development Bill. ^Evidence H16 182 that the Bill would not be tolerated by people was quickly apparent, H16 183 because, with only 3 weeks in which to prepare submissions to select H16 184 committees, 367 individuals and groups made submissions, and only 5 or H16 185 6 of that number supported the Bill. H16 186 *# H17 001 **[281 TEXT H17**] H17 002 ^*0I tell proponents of private enterprise to beware, because that H17 003 philosophy is under attack in the Bill. H17 004 |^Clause 2 repeals the definition of the term *"essential work**". H17 005 ^What is wrong with that term? ^It offered protection, but it has been H17 006 removed, and I am concerned about that. ^The clause also substitutes H17 007 the following definition for the term *"Government work**": H17 008 ^*"*'Government work**' means a work or an intended work that is to be H17 009 constructed, undertaken, established, managed, operated, or maintained H17 010 by or under the control of the Crown or any Minister of the Crown for H17 011 any public purpose or any such work or intended work for the time H17 012 being under the control of the Crown or any Minister of the Crown**". H17 013 ^That gives Government departments a completely free hand and H17 014 unlimited power. ^It is State control *- nothing less. H17 015 |^Clause 2 also provides for a new definition of the term *"public H17 016 work**". ^I suggest that the new definition means that the Ministry of H17 017 Works and Development can take over any property it so desires, that H17 018 it may force people out of their homes, their properties, or their H17 019 businesses. ^I suggest that it gives them virtually a totally free H17 020 hand. ^Many people should be concerned about that development. ^I H17 021 refer to the new definition of *"public work**" in the proposed new H17 022 section 2(5)(b). ^As there are no restrictions, does that mean that H17 023 the Ministry of Works and Development could now set up a construction H17 024 team and build schools under the Education Act, and take over the H17 025 maintenance of those schools from an education board? ^Does it mean H17 026 that those people are now under threat? H17 027 |^*4\0Hon. Jonathan Hunt: ^*0No. H17 028 |^*4\0Mr *6ANGUS: ^*0That is what it says it means. ^Does it mean H17 029 that the Ministry of Works and Development could take over painting, H17 030 maintenance, plumbing, and electrical work in schools? ^The Minister H17 031 of Broadcasting should know that that puts people in private H17 032 enterprise under threat. ^It means that the ministry will increase its H17 033 operations outside its present perimeter. ^Does it mean that it will H17 034 take over school bus runs because they are now being tendered? H17 035 |^The proposed new section 6(3)(a) states that the ministry shall H17 036 be entitied *"To perform any activity or undertaking, whether a public H17 037 work or not, and whether in New Zealand or elsewhere**". ^Subsection H17 038 (b) of that proposed new section states that it also shall be entitled H17 039 *"To provide any service for, or supply any professional, trade, H17 040 labour or administrative services or any real or personal property in H17 041 respect of any activity or undertaking**". ^That is virtually another H17 042 open hand approach. ^There must be concern at those unlimited wide H17 043 powers. ^Do they mean that the ministry can take over the role of H17 044 transport operators which, under the Government, are feeling the H17 045 pinch? ^Do they mean that the ministry could take over the role of H17 046 road construction contractors, who are also feeling the pinch? ^Do H17 047 they mean that the ministry could take over garages, or, with the H17 048 delicensing of the motor fuel industry, set up its own private service H17 049 stations? H17 050 |^The Bill gives wide powers, and we should all be concerned. ^The H17 051 ministry should be restricted to sectors in which private enterprise H17 052 is not involved. ^The ministry is doing well in such sectors, so why H17 053 should it not stay in them? ^I refer to the proposed new section H17 054 7(2)(b) in clause 3, which states: *"^To acquire any land, buildings, H17 055 or structures required to carry out any of the functions specified in H17 056 section 6 of this Act and to administer, develop, improve, transfer, H17 057 or dispose of such property**". ^In *1Hansard, *0Volume 440, at page H17 058 3168 the \0Hon. Michael Connelly said: ^*"A major objective of the H17 059 Bill was to restrict compulsory aquisition of private property for H17 060 essential works.**" ^What went wrong? ^That was the Labour Party's H17 061 policy 5 years ago, under a very good Minister, the \0Hon. Michael H17 062 Connelly, but it has changed its spots. H17 063 |^*4\0Hon. Jonathan Hunt: ^*0He wasn't the Minister then! H17 064 |^*4\0Mr *6ANGUS: ^*0He had been the Minister of Works and H17 065 Development. ^That used to be the Labour Party's policy, but, of H17 066 course, everything has been opened up. ^I shall now consider the H17 067 proposed new section 6(2)(f) in clause 3, which states: *"^To carry H17 068 out any activity or undertaking jointly with any other person, body H17 069 corporate, firm, partnership, or joint venture**" *- and the Bill goes H17 070 on about shares, stocks, and interest. ^Does it mean that the Ministry H17 071 of Works and Development can go out and speculate, with taxpayers' H17 072 funds, by buying shares in Brierley Investments \0Ltd or some other H17 073 companies such as the Bank of New Zealand or Robert Jones Holdings H17 074 \0Ltd? ^That clause should concern all New Zealanders, particularly H17 075 the Minister of Broadcasting and Postmaster-General if any of his H17 076 sectors of interest are *"privatised**". H17 077 |^I also mention amended section 42(1)(d) in clause 8, *"Disposal H17 078 in other cases of land not required for public works**". ^Why is that H17 079 change being made? ^Who will make the decision about getting rid of H17 080 land? ^Will it be the Minister or the local commissioner who will have H17 081 the final say? ^What is wrong with the present tender system, which H17 082 allows everybody to have a go, before perhaps the highest tender is H17 083 accepted? ^Everybody gets a chance under that system. ^Now the H17 084 Ministry of Works and Development will be able to sell land to its H17 085 mates, or to people with whom it is friendly. ^That takes away the H17 086 protection of the shareholders in the Ministry of Works and H17 087 Development, who are all New Zealanders. H17 088 |^In *1Hansard, *0Volume 440, at page 3167, the \0Hon. Michael H17 089 Connelly said: ^*"I assert at the outset that Labour Governments are H17 090 opposed to expropriation, have never practised it, and never will H17 091 practise it.**" ^I suggest that that is exactly what the Bill does, H17 092 because that word means to take away property from its owners. ^After H17 093 only 5 years the Government has changed its mind and is legislating H17 094 for that change. ^It has had a change of heart. ^The Labour Party in H17 095 Government is committed to increasing the role of the State. ^In the H17 096 same speech, the \0Hon. Michael Connelly said: ^*"The Opposition**" *- H17 097 at that time the Labour Party Opposition *- *"took an important H17 098 initiative to put a sanction on local government, and to build in H17 099 safeguards against abuse of the Public Works Act**". ^I agree with the H17 100 \0Hon. Michael Connelly. H17 101 |^*4\0Mr *6WOOLLASTON *0(Nelson): ^The member for Wallace H17 102 continued a line of silly argument against the Bill on behalf of the H17 103 Opposition. ^It is irresponsible of a member of the House to quote a H17 104 previous debate out of context, without even mentioning its overall H17 105 thrust. ^The member quoted the \0Hon. Michael Connelly *- in a 1981 H17 106 debate in the House from *1Hansard, *0Volume 440, at page 3168 *- who H17 107 was opposing the very measure that is now being repealed. ^The \0Hon. H17 108 Michael Connelly did say that the Labour Party did not engage in H17 109 expropriation. ^That statement is quite true, and it was said in the H17 110 context of opposing a Bill that sought to restrict the right of a H17 111 community to express the need for a public work, in opposition to a H17 112 private landowner who might hold the community to ransom. ^That is not H17 113 expropriation. H17 114 |^The Bill contains adequate compensation for negotiations for H17 115 recompense for property rights. ^Nothing in the Bill removes the H17 116 ownership of property rights. ^It is a matter of whether the landowner H17 117 can hold a community to ransom because the community's needs cannot be H17 118 met without meeting the extraordinary demands of the landowner. ^In a H17 119 few minutes I shall quote some examples of that position to the member H17 120 for Wallace. ^The debate on the Bill exemplifies the Opposition. ^It H17 121 hates knowing that the ordinary taxpayers, the man or woman in the H17 122 street, can have a stake in a successful enterprise. ^It is fine for H17 123 big business, but the Opposition cannot stand the idea of a H17 124 community-owned enterprise such as the Ministry of Works and H17 125 Development operating successfully in the interests of the man or H17 126 woman in the street. H17 127 |^The member for Wallace said that the Ministry of Works and H17 128 Development *- and presumably other public enterprises *- should be H17 129 restricted to sectors in which private enterprise is not involved. ^In H17 130 other words, he wanted private entrepreneurs, big shareholders, to H17 131 have the first cut at the cake, and ordinary people to take the crumbs H17 132 that are left over. ^If big business wanted to expand its operation H17 133 the Opposition would have the taxpayers' enterprise restricted to a H17 134 smaller diet of fewer crumbs. H17 135 |^The Bill does three major things. ^It modernises the apparatus H17 136 of government in several ways the Opposition has not mentioned *- for H17 137 example, by restricting the ministry so that Government departments H17 138 are no longer its captive clients; it must compete with private H17 139 enterprise to capture Government contracts. ^That is as it should be, H17 140 and will keep it efficient. ^It will make sure that its prices are H17 141 pruned to the bone and that taxpayers get the best deal. ^The other H17 142 side of the coin is that it can tender for contracts in the private H17 143 sector. ^Why should not the company that I, every member of the House, H17 144 and every constituent has a share in be able to compete for contracts H17 145 in an open market, in a neutral and transparent fashion? ^Why should H17 146 not the people's firm be able to pay a dividend, too? ^The Opposition H17 147 has not answered that. H17 148 |^The Bill's most important achievement is to remove the arbitrary H17 149 restriction placed on the definition of public works in 1981 when the H17 150 previous Government limited the list of what are called essential H17 151 works. ^I quote the \0Hon. Bill Young, who was at that time the H17 152 Minister of Works and Development: H17 153 **[LONG QUOTATION**] H17 154 |^What was the result of that procedure? ^I shall give an example H17 155 from my electorate, where there has been a series of major floods H17 156 within only a few years. ^There is one property from which the Nelson H17 157 catchment board has not, because of the restriction been able to H17 158 acquire the land necessary to complete a major flood control scheme. H17 159 ^As a result, properties are flooded and heavy damage has been done. H17 160 ^Drainage and flood control work in the neighbouring electorate of H17 161 Tasman has not proceeded because of the arbitrary restriction that was H17 162 put into the Act in 1981, which is being removed today. ^Properties H17 163 have been flooded several times a year because it is not possible for H17 164 the catchment authority to acquire the land to build when one H17 165 landowner holds out and says: ^*"No, I will not sell in the public H17 166 interest.**" ^That is the effect of the restriction the previous H17 167 Government put into the Act in the interests of a few of its friends. H17 168 ^The Bill is aimed at ensuring that essential works can be completed H17 169 in the public interest. H17 170 |^I shall briefly mention some of the accolades gained by the H17 171 Ministry of Works and Development in recent years. ^Opposition members H17 172 say it cannot compete, but in 1986 it gained the Heavy Engineering H17 173 Research Association steel award against all comers for the design of H17 174 a steel bridge near Gisborne; in 1986 also it gained the New Zealand H17 175 Concrete Society concrete award for the design of the Tree Trunk Gorge H17 176 bridge; and, over the past 5 years, has received 1 national and 10 H17 177 branch awards for architectural design. ^That is the nature of the H17 178 people's firm *- the Ministry of Works and Development that we all H17 179 own. ^It has been rewarded for technical excellence and service. ^It H17 180 can compete against all comers; the Bill will allow it to do so. H17 181 |^*6DENIS MARSHALL *0(Rangitikei): ^The Bill gives the Ministry of H17 182 Works and Development much wider powers of planning and development H17 183 than are contained in any previous legislation introduced into the H17 184 House. ^Under the provisions of the proposed new section 7(j) in H17 185 clause 3 the Minister will have the power *"To direct any activity or H17 186 undertaking, whether a public work or not, in relation to the orderly H17 187 and efficient use or development of natural resources**". ^That H17 188 particular section gives the ministry much wider powers than were H17 189 given by even the National Development Act, which only accelerated the H17 190 planning process. ^The ministry will be able to dominate totally the H17 191 new Department of Conservation. H17 192 *# H18 001 **[282 TEXT H18**] H18 002 |*0(c) ^If there was to be an apportionment of the expenditure because H18 003 of private or domestic use of the dwellings, then a substantially H18 004 greater allowance should be made for their business use in respect of H18 005 outgoings than had been allowed by the Commissioner. H18 006 |^For the Commissioner it was contended that: H18 007 _|(a) ^The objectors had not discharged the onus of proof upon them of H18 008 showing that the apportionments made by the Commissioner were wrong, H18 009 or by how much they were wrong. H18 010 |(b) ^The partnership is not a legal entity and the law does not H18 011 recognise a tenancy from the four tenants in common to two lots of two H18 012 of those same tenants. ^A partnership is not a taxpayer, it is only a H18 013 means by which partners may carry on business. ^At all times the H18 014 objectors were the taxpayers who divided up the profits of their H18 015 business between them as they chose. ^They could not be both landlords H18 016 and tenants of themselves. H18 017 |(c) ^In any event, there was no proof of any tenancy apart from the H18 018 adjustment in the accounts. H18 019 |^I think that any need to establish exclusive use rights of the H18 020 dwellinghouses, and to try and show there was a tenancy of these H18 021 dwellings by the occupiers, relates solely to the private use of the H18 022 dwellings rather than their business use, a point that seems to have H18 023 been overlooked by counsel. ^There was no evidence or reason put H18 024 forward as to why there was any need, requirement, or purpose, for any H18 025 tenancy or exclusive use rights relating to the business use of the H18 026 dwellings. ^The submissions of the objectors, I think, support the H18 027 clear conclusion that both dwellinghouses were used in part for H18 028 private purposes. ^In addition, there was no proof of any sort of H18 029 tenancy agreement between the four objectors on the one part and the H18 030 two lots of two objectors on the other part. ^There was no evidence as H18 031 to any sort of term of tenancy, whether there was any sort of H18 032 exclusive rights, to what any tenancy related to, or such like, apart H18 033 from the entries in the accounts. ^The postings in the accounts, in my H18 034 opinion, did not themselves with nothing more, give rise to any H18 035 agreement to lease part of the land by any of the objectors from all H18 036 of the objectors. ^They proved nothing more than a record of H18 037 adjustments. ^There was no other evidence of an agreement to lease any H18 038 part of the land by the objectors. ^I find that it has not been proved H18 039 there were at the relevant times tenancy agreements between the H18 040 objectors for the use of the two dwellinghouses. H18 041 |^I do not agree with the submission of the counsel for the H18 042 Commissioner, that just as a partner cannot be employed by a H18 043 partnership, so one or more partners cannot obtain a lease from all H18 044 partners or part of partnership land. ^The questions of employment and H18 045 tenancy are two totally different concepts. ^I find there was no H18 046 tenancy proved, but even if there was, I do not think that would H18 047 advance the objectors' case. ^I have no idea how any rental was made H18 048 up, whether it related to part or the whole of the dwellinghouses, or H18 049 what. ^All I can say is that it was seemingly a nominal rent for H18 050 bookkeeping purposes, and perhaps to try and assist the objectors' H18 051 case, to deduct expenditure on the dwellinghouses. ^There was not H18 052 evidence of the necessary nexus between the expenditure incurred and H18 053 any recently received. H18 054 |^The situation is that each objector used the dwellinghouses for H18 055 private and business purposes. ^The dwellinghouses were used for both H18 056 purposes. ^When the expenditure or depreciation in issue was incurred, H18 057 it was for both business and private purposes. ^The advantages gained H18 058 by the expenditure and depreciation were intangible; such advantages H18 059 did not lend themselves to any sort of precise measurement or H18 060 apportionment between business and private purposes. ^As *1Richardson H18 061 *0\0J pointed out in the *1Buckley & Young *0case 3 {0NZTC} at \0pp H18 062 61,283-61,284; [1978] 2 {0NZLR} at \0pp 498-499, the effect of the H18 063 onus of proof upon the objectors is to require them to show, not only H18 064 that the assessments are wrong, but also by how much they are wrong, H18 065 and that applies equally to the amended assessments; so that in H18 066 apportionment cases the objector has the burden of establishing the H18 067 extent to which the amount claimed to be deductible satisfies \0sec H18 068 104, or as the learned judge put it: H18 069 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] H18 070 |^The case then refers to the need to apply the onus of proof in a H18 071 broad and commonsense way, but also, the need for the objector or H18 072 taxpayer to *"point to some intelligible basis upon which a positive H18 073 finding can be made that a defined part of the total sum is H18 074 deductible**". H18 075 |^From a time of use basis of the dwellinghouses for business H18 076 purpose, and taking into account the disruption of the private use of H18 077 the dwellinghouses by business uses, it may be that the Commissioner's H18 078 apportionments to some extent do not wholly reflect the percentage of H18 079 outgoings for each dwellinghouse that should be allowed for business H18 080 purposes, as claimed by the objectors. ^However, I am unable to arrive H18 081 at any other perceivable, intelligible, or reasonable basis by which H18 082 to apportion such outgoings. ^I have no idea as to the relative uses H18 083 of the various parts of the dwellings, except obviously the major H18 084 parts of them seem to be primarily for private and domestic use. ^It H18 085 would be mere surmise on my part to substitute for the basis of H18 086 apportionment used by the Commissioner some other basis, and to H18 087 increase the business content of the outgoings. ^No perceivable basis, H18 088 other than an undefined increase, was put forward by the objectors. H18 089 ^In the circumstances, the objectors have failed to prove on a balance H18 090 of probabilities the extent to which the Commissioner's assessments by H18 091 way of apportionment were wrong. ^They have therefore failed to H18 092 satisfy the onus of proof upon them. H18 093 |^With regard to the section, I am satisfied it was used by the H18 094 partnership in gaining or producing assessable income of the H18 095 partnership during the 1978 year. ^It was held for this purpose from H18 096 about the time of the purchase of the land. ^I am satisfied that the H18 097 expenditure or outgoings on the section were incurred for a similar H18 098 purpose, although the first objector said that his thinking as to the H18 099 use of the section had changed in the second year, and an aged aunt of H18 100 his lived in the garage there for a time. ^I am satisfied that the use H18 101 of the section for the private or domestic use of the objectors was H18 102 minimal, although not so minimal to be of no significance at all. ^I H18 103 do not know the exact time and amount of use of part of the section or H18 104 by the objectors for private or domestic use, but that use would be H18 105 well and adequately covered by an apportionment of 10% for such use. H18 106 ^I find that the outgoings for the section, on the evidence, should be H18 107 apportioned as to 90% for business use and deductible accordingly. H18 108 ^The remaining 10% of such outgoings are not deductible because they H18 109 relate to the private or domestic use of the section. H18 110 |^In accordance with my findings and conclusions, I determine the H18 111 Commissioner acted incorrectly in disallowing a deduction to the H18 112 partnership for expenditure incurred on outgoings for the section in H18 113 the year ending 31 March 1978, and the amended assessments should be H18 114 further amended by allowing a deduction for 90% of the outgoings in H18 115 respect of the section. ^In accordance with the foregoing, I further H18 116 determine that as the objectors have not shown or proved the extent of H18 117 any error by the Commissioner in his apportionment of outgoings in H18 118 respect of the two dwellinghouses, the Commissioner's apportionment as H18 119 set out in \0para 10 hereof is not shown to be wrong. ^The objection H18 120 in regard to apportionment of outgoings for the dwellinghouses cannot H18 121 be sustained and was, accordingly, correctly disallowed. H18 122 *<*4Case H13*> H18 123 * H18 124 **[LIST**] H18 125 |^The taxpayer carried on business operating a small suburban H18 126 hairdresser and tobacconist. ^Following an investigation, based on an H18 127 assets accretion method, the Commissioner concluded that the taxpayer H18 128 had suppressed sales. ^Amended assessments were made. ^The taxpayer H18 129 denied that he had suppressed sales except to the extent of taking, H18 130 daily, an amount for his lunch. ^The taxpayer claimed that his H18 131 business did not have the trade to earn the income assessed by the H18 132 Commissioner. H18 133 |^Following a long period of negotiation between the parties, the H18 134 taxpayer finally capitulated and accepted the assessments made by the H18 135 Commissioner. ^He pleaded guilty to and was convicted of wilfully H18 136 filing false returns of income. ^He was assessed for penal tax. ^The H18 137 taxpayer objected against that assessment and the matter came before H18 138 the Taxation Review Authority. H18 139 |^The taxpayer argued that he never accepted the substance of the H18 140 charges, but that he had pleaded guilty to be *"rid of the matter**". H18 141 ^It was submitted that the amount of penal tax was excessive and that H18 142 the taxpayer had been penalised as during the course of the H18 143 investigation the department had raised the benchmark for penal tax in H18 144 average cases. H18 145 |^The Commissioner relied on the fact that the taxpayer had H18 146 pleaded guilty to the offences and the fact that throughout the H18 147 proceedings he had been professionally advised. ^The taxpayer had H18 148 admitted a degree of evasion for which an appropriate amount of penal H18 149 tax had been assessed. H18 150 |^*1Held, *4assessments amended. H18 151 |^While tax evasion and accordingly penal tax were serious H18 152 matters, the case before the Authority was not a bad case of its type. H18 153 ^On the civil standard of proof there was evasion. ^On the balance of H18 154 probabilities, however, the taxpayer had satisfied the Authority that H18 155 the amount of penal tax assessed was excessive. H18 156 **[LIST**] H18 157 |^Barber {0DJ}: ^*0At material times the objector carried on H18 158 business as a hairdresser/ tobacconist. ^He stocked quite a wide H18 159 variety of goods including sports goods. ^As the result of an H18 160 investigation based on the assets accretion method and related to the H18 161 income years 1973 to 1980 inclusive, undeclared income of the objector H18 162 was ascertained at *+$14,138 of which *+$10,749 was presumed to be H18 163 suppressed sales. H18 164 |^As a result of the further assessment of income of *+$14,138, H18 165 the objector was required to pay a further *+$6,323.84 in income tax H18 166 for the said eight year period. ^These assessments for income tax were H18 167 eventually accepted on behalf of the objector by letter dated 30 March H18 168 1983. ^On 26 January 1984 the objector pleaded guilty to charges of H18 169 wilfully filing false returns for the income years 1974 to 1980 H18 170 inclusive and was convicted on all charges. H18 171 |^These proceedings concern a subsequent assessment in March 1984 H18 172 for penal tax as follows: H18 173 **[LIST**] H18 174 |^The objector objected to the assessments of penal tax and the H18 175 usual procedures were followed leading to a hearing before me. H18 176 ^Pursuant to the case stated, I am asked whether the objector is H18 177 chargeable with penal tax and whether the assessments of penal tax are H18 178 excessive and, if so, in what respects should such assessments and H18 179 which of them be amended. ^At the hearing, counsel for the objector H18 180 conceded that penal tax is chargeable so that I am only concerned with H18 181 quantum. ^Although proof of chargeability would have rested with the H18 182 respondent, at the civil standard but with a sliding scale upwards as H18 183 referred to in *1Case *0F141 (1984) 6 {0NZTC} 60,254 at \0p 60,256 H18 184 [also reported as {0TRA} *1Case *023 (1984) 8 {0TRNZ} 154 at \0pp H18 185 156-157], the objector is required in the usual way to prove on the H18 186 balance of probabilities that the quantum is excessive. H18 187 |^In reviewing the discretion of the respondent when he assessed H18 188 the amount of penal tax, I may only in terms of \0sec 423 of the H18 189 *1Income Tax Act *01976 have regard: H18 190 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H18 191 |*"...to the nature and degree of the offence, or to the reason for H18 192 the imposition of the penal tax...**". H18 193 **[END INDENTATION**] H18 194 |^In terms of \0sec 420 and 423, the maximum amount of penal tax H18 195 chargeable is 300% of the deficient tax (that tax arising out of H18 196 evasion or attempted evasion), and I have no jurisdiction to reduce H18 197 penal tax below 10% of the deficient tax. H18 198 |^Although there was no dispute of fact other than whether sales H18 199 suppressed by the objector were minor or substantial, it is helpful to H18 200 refer to parts of the evidence, in the sequence in which they were H18 201 adduced. H18 202 *# H19 001 **[283 TEXT H19**] H19 002 |^A quality control inspector, who was an indentured fitter and H19 003 turner, was transferred to process work due to the winding down of H19 004 operations of a motor assembly plant. ^The worker refused the H19 005 temporary transfer and was dismissed. H19 006 |^The union argued that the employer's motive was to avoid declaring H19 007 the worker redundant and paying him accordingly. ^The employer argued H19 008 that under the redundancy agreement it had an obligation of preserving H19 009 the employment for as long as possible. ^It claimed that preservation H19 010 of the worker's full remuneration as a quality control inspector while H19 011 transferring him to a temporary process position was within the terms H19 012 of the employment contract. H19 013 |^*4Held: ^*0Claim disallowed. ^The majority held that the question of H19 014 whether the process position was permanent could not be determined H19 015 until further time had elapsed. ^The terms of the redundancy agreement H19 016 did not require the employer to declare the worker redundant. H19 017 |^\0Mr {0W R} Cameron dissenting. H19 018 *<*7DECISION OF THE COURT DELIVERED BY FINNIGAN, \0J.*> H19 019 |^*0This is a claim alleging unjustifiable dismissal brought by H19 020 the New Zealand Engineering, Coachbuilding, Aircraft, Motor and H19 021 Related Trades Industrial Union of Workers (hereinafter referred to as H19 022 the *"union**") on behalf of a worker Robert Neilson who was dismissed H19 023 from his employment after refusing a transfer within the Petone motor H19 024 assembly plant of the employer. ^The worker had been employed from H19 025 April 1982 until early 1984 as a quality control inspector. ^He is an H19 026 indentured fitter and turner. ^The transfer was to have been to an H19 027 assembly line. ^The background, and the reason, for the proposed H19 028 transfer was that the employer was reducing the operations of its H19 029 Petone plant with the object of closing it down. H19 030 |^Transfer of employees in the ordinary course of events was H19 031 provided for in Clause 12 of the Hutt Valley and Porirua Basin Motor H19 032 Assembly Plants Engineering Employees Collective Agreement which was H19 033 registered on 6 May 1981. H19 034 |^Clause 12 of the Collective Agreement is as follows: H19 035 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H19 036 *<12. *3TRANSFER OF EMPLOYEES*> H19 037 |^*0The need to move employees between jobs may arise from a variety H19 038 of circumstances such as emergency situations, staff shortages or H19 039 employee absence. ^If the Union delegate of the area concerned H19 040 considers an individual worker has been unfairly treated, then he may H19 041 discuss that matter with management. ^When workers are transferred to H19 042 perform other than their usual duties, the following provisions shall H19 043 apply: H19 044 _|(**=i) ^In the majority of cases temporary absence will be covered H19 045 by employees in jobs of the same category and no problems of pay will H19 046 thus arise. H19 047 |(**=ii) ^If the rate of pay for the job to which he is transferred is H19 048 higher than his usual rate, such a worker shall be paid the higher H19 049 rate forthwith and shall remain on that rate for the balance of that H19 050 pay week. H19 051 |(**=iii) ^If a worker's rate of pay is higher than that of the job he H19 052 has been temporarily transferred to he shall stay on the higher rate H19 053 until a permanent transfer is made, at which time he shall receive the H19 054 rate for that job category. ^However, no worker shall be permanently H19 055 transferred to a job with a lower rate of pay without his consent. H19 056 **[END INDENTATION**] H19 057 |^On 18 July 1983 an agreement, called a redundancy agreement, had H19 058 been reached between the New Zealand Engineering, Coachbuilding H19 059 Motor Aircraft and Related Trades Industrial Union of Workers H19 060 (Wellington Branch) and the employer. ^Clause 2 of that agreement is H19 061 as follows: H19 062 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H19 063 |2. ^Where the company offers alternative employment within the H19 064 company and where the employees reject the offer they will not be H19 065 considered to be redundant and will not be entitled to redundancy H19 066 payments. H19 067 |2.1 ^Alternative employment shall mean a position at a wage/ pay no H19 068 less favourable than those that applied immediately prior to the H19 069 transfer. H19 070 |2.2 ^Employees affected by Clause 2 shall be entitied to evoke the H19 071 Personal Grievance procedure contained within the Collective H19 072 Agreement. H19 073 **[END INDENTATION**] H19 074 |^The preamble to this agreement is of great importance. ^It is as H19 075 follows: H19 076 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H19 077 |^The intent of the parties in making this agreement is to endeavour H19 078 to provide for continued employment rather than declare redundancies, H19 079 and in the event redundancies occur, re-employment is reasonably H19 080 secure. H19 081 **[END INDENTATION**] H19 082 |^On 28 November 1983 a letter had been given to all hourly rated H19 083 employees of the employer providing what the letter called further H19 084 information in the phasing out of the Petone operation. ^The letter H19 085 stated among other things that the activities of inspectors would be H19 086 progressively affected by the closure of the various production areas H19 087 in the plant. H19 088 |^On 2 February 1984 \0Mr Neilson was approached by the General H19 089 Foreman for Inspection about his workload and he reported to the H19 090 General Foreman that his workload had virtually run out. ^A little H19 091 later his own foreman asked him to transfer to process work on the H19 092 production of axles. ^He refused the transfer and said to the employer H19 093 that two other quality control inspectors were absent and their jobs H19 094 should have been available to him. ^He was suspended without pay and H19 095 told to report for work the following day to see whether inspection H19 096 work could be made available. ^The following day no work was said to H19 097 be available although \0Mr Neilson pointed out that the two quality H19 098 control inspectors previously absent were still absent. ^The transfer H19 099 to production work was offered and refused. H19 100 |^On 14 February a grievance committee met pursuant to Clause 40 H19 101 of the Collective Agreement. ^An interim arrangement was made at that H19 102 meeting but subsequently the parties asked the chairman to make a H19 103 formal decision in the matter. ^That decision, issued on 27 February H19 104 1984 required \0Mr Neilson to give the proposed transfer a fair trial H19 105 and the employer to ensure the transfer was only temporary, a H19 106 permanent transfer being the equivalent of a redundancy to which other H19 107 considerations would apply. H19 108 |^\0Mr Neilson did not at any time accept any of the production H19 109 work offered to him and eventually on 1 March 1984 he was formally H19 110 advised by the employer that having refused a temporary transfer at H19 111 his normal rate of pay he was considered to be in breach of his H19 112 contract and that his employment was terminated. H19 113 |^\0Mr Neilson in evidence and counsel for the union in H19 114 submissions urged the Court to accept that the fault lies with the H19 115 employer, first in taking the unusual course of attempting to transfer H19 116 him from a trade position to a process position when that had not been H19 117 done before and second, in attempting to make this transfer permanent. H19 118 ^They allege that the employer's motive was to avoid declaring \0Mr H19 119 Neilson redundant under the redundancy agreement and paying him H19 120 accordingly. ^They suggested also the employer was making an issue of H19 121 his position in order to gauge the response of other trades workers H19 122 and to test the question of transfers. ^\0Mr Neilson said in evidence H19 123 that he had no opportunity to explain his situation or to put H19 124 alternatives to the employer. H19 125 |^The employer in evidence and submissions agreed with the union H19 126 that Clause 12 of the Collective Agreement does not apply but H19 127 disagreed in respect of the redundancy agreement dated 18 July 1983 H19 128 and relied upon Clause 2 of that agreement quoted above. ^It relied H19 129 also on the fact that the closure of the Petone plant was an H19 130 extraordinary and unique situation. ^It took the view that both under H19 131 the redundancy agreement and in terms of general policy it had an H19 132 obligation to consider the termination of each worker's employment in H19 133 its own circumstances with the overall object of preserving the H19 134 employment of each worker for as long as possible, either by transfer H19 135 within the Petone plant or transfer where appropriate to the Trentham H19 136 plant. ^It denied that a simple transfer to the work of other absent H19 137 inspectors was possible. ^It claimed that \0Mr Neilson's employment H19 138 was governed by the Collective Agreement, the conditions acknowledged H19 139 by \0Mr Neilson in his signed application for employment and by the H19 140 redundancy agreement. ^It claimed that preservation of \0Mr Neilson's H19 141 full remuneration as a quality control inspector by transferring him H19 142 from a position where he was no longer required to a process position H19 143 was within the terms of the employment contract. ^It claimed also that H19 144 \0Mr Neilson had between 2 February and 1 March a reasonable H19 145 opportunity to present his point of view and any reasonable H19 146 alternatives and to accept the offer of transfer. ^They claimed it was H19 147 \0Mr Neilson's inflexible attitude which prevented the transfer and H19 148 led inevitably to termination of his employment. H19 149 |^A majority of the Court hold on the evidence that there was at H19 150 the most very limited quality control inspection work available for H19 151 \0Mr Neilson after 2 February, and that the question of whether the H19 152 process position offered was permanent was not capable of being H19 153 decided until further time had elapsed. ^The majority hold after H19 154 considering the evidence and all of the very careful submissions of H19 155 both counsel that it was the redundancy agreement of 18 July 1983 H19 156 which primarily governed the situation; in their view the employer was H19 157 not required by that agreement or any other provision to declare \0Mr H19 158 Neilson redundant, neither did \0Mr Neilson have any basis in the H19 159 award, the redundancy agreement or any other provision of his H19 160 employment contract to insist upon being declared redundant. ^In their H19 161 view what the employer did was what the preamble and Clause 2 of the H19 162 redundancy agreement provided. ^The question of whether such transfer H19 163 was permanent must have been raised every time that clause was H19 164 applied, and a permanent transfer other than by the separate agreement H19 165 would have been outside the terms of that clause. H19 166 |^The majority hold that the evidence clearly disproves the claims H19 167 that \0Mr Neilson was given no opportunity to be heard in the matter H19 168 or to be fully represented by the union; there was ample time and H19 169 ample representation. ^It holds clearly also that in the unusual H19 170 circumstances of this case provision had been made by agreement for H19 171 the transfer which the employer offered to \0Mr Neilson. ^In view of H19 172 those findings therefore the claims of the union on \0Mr Neilson's H19 173 behalf must fail. H19 174 |^A dissenting opinion by \0Mr Cameron follows. H19 175 |^We make no order for costs. H19 176 *<*7DISSENTING OPINION OF \0MR {0W.R.} CAMERON*> H19 177 |^*0In dissenting from the above decision, I make the following H19 178 comments: H19 179 _|1. ^Neilson was employed as a Quality Control Inspector and in that H19 180 position he carried out his duties in a competent and co-operative H19 181 manner. ^The evidence shows that within the broad area of quality H19 182 control he was prepared to fill any position at any time. H19 183 |2. ^Neilson signed an Application for Employment form dated 5.4.82, H19 184 which embodied a declaration to be signed by the applicant. ^Clause 1 H19 185 provides for alteration of duties, responsibilities and location of H19 186 the employee. H19 187 |^*3COMMENT: ^*0At the time of Neilson's signing the Application for H19 188 Employment form there was no indication that any of the provisions H19 189 applied to a redundancy situation, and cannot be interpreted as such. H19 190 |3. ^The Hutt Valley and Porirua Basin Motor Assembly Plants' H19 191 Engineering Employees *- Collective Agreement (Voluntary) provides for H19 192 transfer of employees in Clause 12 and outlines the following H19 193 circumstances where this clause would apply. ^They are: H19 194 |Emergency situations, staff shortages, or employee absences. H19 195 |^*3COMMENT: ^*0This clause in its preamble does not envisage H19 196 redundancy situations. H19 197 |4. ^The New Zealand Engineering, Coachbuilding, Motor, Aircraft and H19 198 Related Trades Industrial Union of Workers (Wellington Branch) and H19 199 General Motors ({0N.Z.}) Limited reached agreement to cover impending H19 200 redundancy situations on July 18th, 1983. ^Clause 1 of this Agreement H19 201 provides for payments to be made to workers declared redundant by the H19 202 company. ^Clause 2 provides for the offer of alternative employment H19 203 within the company and where the employees reject alternative H19 204 employment they will not be considered redundant. H19 205 |^*3COMMENT: ^*0Neilson had good reason to believe that he was H19 206 declared, or about to be declared, redundant, as provided for in H19 207 Clause 1 and therefore would not be affected by Clause 2. H19 208 |5. ^Early in November, 1983, General Motors announced its decision to H19 209 close its Petone plant and its Petone plant employees were officially H19 210 notified of this decision. ^On November 28th, 1983 the company issued H19 211 a letter to all hourly-rated employees which provided further H19 212 information on the phasing out of the Petone operation and included an H19 213 anticipated time-table. H19 214 |^*3COMMENT: ^*0General Motors gave Neilson good reason for him to H19 215 consider that he was to lose his job in March or June, 1984, by its H19 216 announcement on its Petone plant in early November, 1983, and its H19 217 time-table on spark plugs and axle production in its letter of 28 H19 218 November, 1983. H19 219 *# H20 001 **[284 TEXT H20**] H20 002 ^*0Women are more likely to be church members than men. H20 003 **[TABLE**] H20 004 |^Nearly 40% of parents have no formal educational qualifications H20 005 although most have at least 1 year at high school (see Table 5). H20 006 ^About forty percent of the men but only 28% of the women have gained H20 007 additional qualifications since leaving school. H20 008 **[TABLE**] H20 009 |^Over eighty percent of the men are in full-time employment and H20 010 twenty percent of the women (see Table 6). ^About half the women are H20 011 in part-time employment and about a quarter, engaged full-time in H20 012 looking after a home and family. ^The data on socio-economic status of H20 013 the sample (see Table 7) generally show more families in class 2 and H20 014 fewer in classes 5 and 6 compared either with the typical urban male H20 015 sample cited by Elley and Irving (1976), or with the total male labour H20 016 force sample based on 1981 census (Elley & Irving, 1985). ^The reasons H20 017 for this are probably that by this point in their lives, most of the H20 018 fathers have moved into more responsible and managerial positions than H20 019 they held when they were younger. ^Thus any sample of parents of 11-13 H20 020 year old children are likely to be atypical. ^However, it is also H20 021 possible that replies are more likely to have come from those who are H20 022 better educated and hence in the higher {0S.E.S.} positions. ^The H20 023 women's {0S.E.S.} status is generally lower than that of the men H20 024 reflecting the nature of the society. H20 025 **[TABLES**] H20 026 *<*2SUMMARY*> H20 027 |^*0The children in this sample usually live with their mother, H20 028 father and brothers or sisters. ^The parents are usually pakeha and H20 029 are either non-church members or affiliated to one of the three major H20 030 protestant religions. ^There is a spread of education and H20 031 socio-economic status but most of the fathers hold middle-class jobs. H20 032 ^Typically the mother is at home or in part-time employment while the H20 033 father is employed full-time. ^Although the sample is probably fairly H20 034 typical of the parents of Form *=I and *=II children over New Zealand H20 035 as a whole, many schools will have quite different parent populations. H20 036 ^Thus analyses have been done to compare responses from parents with H20 037 different background characteristics and these are presented H20 038 throughout the text when the differences prove important. H20 039 *<*4The Consultation Procedure*> H20 040 |^*0Information on the consultation procedure comes from three H20 041 sources. ^The health co-ordinators and principals completed diaries H20 042 indicating the nature of the arrangements they made and their meetings H20 043 with individual members of the public, and both teachers and parents H20 044 were asked their opinions of the process. H20 045 *<*2MEETINGS*> H20 046 |^*0All schools held at least one meeting to inform parents of H20 047 the nature of the unit and to give them an opportunity to express H20 048 opinions and ask questions. ^Some schools held up to 4 meetings. ^The H20 049 average duration was about one and half hours. ^Attendance differed H20 050 widely from school to school. ^More parents attended in the H20 051 Christchurch area than in Porirua. ^Overall the average attendance was H20 052 reported to be about 20% or more of the parents. ^All health H20 053 co-ordinators reported the outcome of these meetings as either H20 054 *"satisfactory**" (29%) or *"very satisfactory**" (71%). ^Comments H20 055 were made on *"the openness of the parents and teachers**" and H20 056 *"willingness to listen to other people's point of view**". ^Most of H20 057 the parents who attended either already supported the introduction of H20 058 the unit or were undecided and wanted more information or to compare H20 059 their opinions with those of other parents. ^There was little or no H20 060 opposition to the introduction of the unit. ^Sometimes a school H20 061 mentioned a particular parent in a way that indicated that vocal H20 062 opposition was an unusual occurrence. ^Votes were taken at meetings in H20 063 about half the schools and in all cases were in favour of the unit. H20 064 |^About 40% of the parents who replied to the questionnaires said H20 065 they had attended the meetings about the unit. ^Those who attended H20 066 found the meetings helpful (mean = 1.64 on a scale from 1 *"very H20 067 helpful**" to 5 *"very unhelpful**") rating them as the most helpful H20 068 of all the various sources of information available to them. ^Several H20 069 people who were unable to attend meetings commented on their regret at H20 070 having missed the opportunity. ^These results from the parents' H20 071 questionnaire confirm the view of those who arranged the meetings. H20 072 *<*2OTHER MEANS OF CONSULTATION*> H20 073 |^*0All schools kept parents informed of issues related to the H20 074 unit by means of newsletters and special notices. ^At least half of H20 075 the schools sent out photostat copies of sections of the teaching H20 076 programme outlining the course content. H20 077 |^In two schools, members of the school council phoned all H20 078 parents informing them of meetings or soliciting their opinions on the H20 079 introduction of the unit. ^A subsequent meeting of one of these H20 080 schools resulted in 68 parents attending. ^At the other school, only 2 H20 081 parents attended but this school had previously contacted all parents H20 082 to ask their opinion about introducing the unit and had received H20 083 *"overwhelming support**". ^Thus lack of attendance cannot always be H20 084 interpreted as implying opposition or indifference. H20 085 |^Consultations between the school and individual parents H20 086 numbered only 3 or 4 per school according to the returned diaries. H20 087 ^However discussions with the health co-ordinators suggested that this H20 088 figure under-represents the actual number of informal consultations H20 089 which often occurred between parents and individual teachers. ^In H20 090 nearly all cases the individual approaches made to the school were for H20 091 more information about the unit or clarification on school policy. ^A H20 092 very small number of parents (5) contacted the school to record their H20 093 opposition to the introduction of the unit. ^In these cases, the H20 094 parents expressed reasoned opinions rather than anger or indignation H20 095 directed towards the school. ^In about three quarters of the cases H20 096 where parents approached the school, the health co-ordinators reported H20 097 a shift towards a more positive response to the unit following H20 098 discussion. H20 099 |^Consultation with other members of the public and with H20 100 community organisations was only reported by two schools who consulted H20 101 church leaders. ^However the *"parent**" meetings were sometimes H20 102 attended by other members of the community ({0e.g.} newspaper H20 103 reporter, local doctor, local minister). H20 104 *<*2THE TEACHERS' VIEWS ON THE CONSULTATION PROCESS*> H20 105 |^*0Table 8 summarizes teachers' replies to the questions about H20 106 consultations. ^Eighty-six percent of the teachers expressed very H20 107 positive views on the consultation procedure. ^Only about 5% of the H20 108 teachers felt that consultation could have been better handled or that H20 109 more information could have been given. ^The suggestions for H20 110 improvements mostly centre on giving more and/or earlier information H20 111 although some teachers commented that parents weren't responding to H20 112 the opportunities. ^Specific suggestions include making sure all H20 113 parents receive an outline of the lessons, visiting maraes, contacting H20 114 representatives of different community groups, teachers talking to H20 115 their own pupils' parents and less media sensationalism. H20 116 **[TABLE**] H20 117 |^These views of the teachers reflect in part the different H20 118 experiences of different schools. ^Most schools gave a lot of time and H20 119 care to consultation and the communities seem to have responded with H20 120 interest and support for the programme. ^However in some areas parents H20 121 seemed unresponsive. ^In some communities the activity of pressure H20 122 groups resulted in a few parents becoming alarmed as they had been H20 123 misinformed about the content of the unit by the leaflets they had H20 124 received from these groups. H20 125 *<*2THE PARENTS' VIEWS*> H20 126 |^*0Tables 9 and 10 summarize the results of the questions on H20 127 parents' experiences of the consultation process. ^Again only the H20 128 *"after**" results are given as the consultation was still proceeding H20 129 in some schools when the *"before**" data was collected. ^Eighty-four H20 130 percent of parents felt they had enough information having had the H20 131 opportunity to attend 1 or 2 meetings plus receiving at least one and H20 132 usually 2 or 3 newsletters. H20 133 **[TABLE**] H20 134 |^Only 2% reported not receiving any newsletters. ^Over half the H20 135 parents (58%) reported talking to other people about the unit while H20 136 almost two thirds (63%) read or watched media presentations. ^For H20 137 those who attended them, the meetings were rated as the most helpful H20 138 followed by newsletters and talking to others. ^The media was seen as H20 139 being the least helpful with a mean close to the midpoint of the scale H20 140 (2.45). ^Few found the material unhelpful; only 5% for meetings and 8% H20 141 for newsletters. ^The most frequent suggestions for improvements were H20 142 to include details of the specific content of the teaching unit in a H20 143 newsletter, or to provide increased opportunity for face-to-face H20 144 discussions or newsletters. ^The media was seen as unhelpful by about H20 145 1 in 8 of the parents (12.5%), some of whom commented about alarmist H20 146 publicity which did not match their actual experience. H20 147 **[TABLE**] H20 148 |^Overall the parents felt that the consultation was well handled H20 149 (mean = 1.98) and less than 8% felt it was poorly handled. ^There was H20 150 a significant relationship (\0r=0.50 \0p<.01 ) between opinions on how H20 151 well the consultation had been handled and favourability toward the H20 152 unit. ^Those who felt the consultation was poorly handled were usually H20 153 against or neutral about the teaching compared to the remaining 92% of H20 154 parents. ^The Christchurch parents were most likely to feel the H20 155 consultation was well handled (mean = 1.82) while those in Porirua H20 156 were least positive (mean = 2.17). ^Perhaps this reflects the fact H20 157 that more of the Porirua schools took a *"low key**" approach to H20 158 publicity and hence sent out fewer newsletters and held fewer meetings H20 159 than did the Christchurch schools. H20 160 |^The means for specific schools although always positive varied H20 161 even more widely (from 1.66 to 2.56) but it is not clear why this H20 162 should be so. ^Both the best and worst rated schools held meetings and H20 163 sent out newsletters. ^It is possible that the activity of a group H20 164 opposed to the unit in the area of some of the Porirua schools may H20 165 have led to greater confusion for these parents over the contents of H20 166 the unit. ^No other pattern of differences between the school H20 167 populations is apparent. ^Alternatively it could be that the quality H20 168 of presentation by the school that is a key factor.**[SIC**] H20 169 *<*2SUMMARY*> H20 170 |^*0All schools appear to have gone to considerable lengths to H20 171 inform and involve parents although the methods and the numbers of H20 172 parents who attended meetings varied considerably between schools. H20 173 ^While numbers of meetings, attendance rates and numbers of H20 174 consultations can be used as tangible evidence of the success of the H20 175 consultation process, this is not necessarily the case. ^Low H20 176 attendance at meetings may reflect parental confidence in the teachers H20 177 and the school committee. ^Sampling of parental opinion is probably H20 178 the only method of adequately determining the effectiveness of H20 179 consultation procedures. H20 180 |^A number of health co-ordinators expressed the view that they H20 181 adopted a *"low key approach**" to the unit and said they did *"not H20 182 want to blow it out of proportion**". ^The view that *"if the unit is H20 183 very widely publicised, concerns and fears will increase**", may be a H20 184 valid one providing it does not conflict with ensuring that parents H20 185 are well informed about the school's plans. ^Certainly those schools H20 186 who made a considerable effort to reach everyone seem to have been H20 187 rewarded with parental support and interest. H20 188 |^From the data available and impressions gained from H20 189 interviewing co-ordinators it appears that schools have adopted a H20 190 consultation procedure to suit the particular needs of the parents and H20 191 the community they serve. ^Criticism and concerns coming to the notice H20 192 of the school were very few in number and were dealt with as they H20 193 arose with positive outcomes in all but one case. H20 194 *<*4In-Service Training of Teachers*> H20 195 |^*0Information on in-service training comes from the H20 196 Principals'/ Health co-ordinators' diaries and from the teacher H20 197 questionnaires. H20 198 |^Schools differed in the arrangements they made for training H20 199 teachers. ^Some had all day seminars, others had a large number of H20 200 shorter meetings. ^Initially the meetings were to familiarize teachers H20 201 with the content of the unit and the consultation procedures. ^Later H20 202 the emphasis was on strategies for teaching. ^Most of the schools in H20 203 the trial used in-service training time in order to complete the H20 204 training module designed to accompany the unit (see Appendix A). H20 205 |^Table 11 presents the data from the teachers' questionnaires on H20 206 their experience of the training. ^The figures from the *"after**" H20 207 sample have been quoted as this represents most of the teachers H20 208 involved and is also more accurate as some of *"before**" sample H20 209 teachers replied before the in-service training was complete. H20 210 |^Eighty-eight percent completed all four of the in-service H20 211 training tasks, spending about 6 hours on the tasks and rating them on H20 212 average as satisfactory. H20 213 *# H21 001 **[285 TEXT H21**] H21 002 _| *- ^*0Problems resulted from overtiredness of Civil Defence H21 003 officers working in the operations headquarters. H21 004 | *- ^All key Civil Defence personnel should have at least one deputy H21 005 who can take over their positions when they need rest. H21 006 | *- ^Stress was not a serious problem among relief personnel from H21 007 other organisations. H21 008 *<3.5.4 *1Reactions to Flood Relief Workers From Other Regions*> H21 009 |^*0Following some overseas disasters it has been observed that H21 010 there has not been a ready acceptance of disaster relief workers from H21 011 other districts. ^The reactions from both those affected by the H21 012 disaster and local relief workers is said to range from suspicion and H21 013 resentment to open hostility. H21 014 |^Civil Defence personnel are aware of the potential for problems H21 015 of this type and it is apparent that the Civil Defence officers who H21 016 came to Southland from other regions were tactful and sensitive in H21 017 their approach to the local relief workers. ^They came not to take H21 018 over but merely to advise and assist. ^Consequently, they do not H21 019 appear to have received any adverse reactions. H21 020 |^Similarly, members of other emergency services appear to have H21 021 been accepted by the locals. ^There were no problems reported in H21 022 relation to the army's deployment in Invercargill, the sailors who H21 023 volunteered to help clean up after the floods, Invercargill police who H21 024 helped patrol at Otautau, and the Red Cross teams from Timaru and H21 025 Dunedin who played a large part at Otautau and Tuatapere. H21 026 |^Apart from the acceptance of those in Civil Defence or the H21 027 other emergency services, there were a few instances where local H21 028 relief workers were initially unwelcoming to relief workers from other H21 029 areas. ^However, this was never a serious problem and was mitigated by H21 030 the fact that all of the relief workers brought into the area had H21 031 previously lived in Invercargill. H21 032 |^In spite of this minor problem, it was the opinion of all the H21 033 relief workers consulted, that even if the non-local relief workers H21 034 had been completely new to the area, there would not have been a H21 035 strong negative reaction to them. H21 036 *<*1Conclusion*> H21 037 | *- H21 038 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H21 039 ^*0There were no significant problems resulting from negative H21 040 reactions to relief workers brought in from other districts. H21 041 **[END INDENTATION**] H21 042 *<3.5.5 *1Convergence*> H21 043 |^*0A common problem following disasters, now labelled H21 044 *'convergence**' is that a massive in-pouring of food and other H21 045 material donated by other districts swamps the agencies involved in H21 046 relief work. ^These agencies are then forced to spend valuable time H21 047 sorting, storing and distributing these largely non-essential goods. H21 048 |^Civil Defence personnel have been aware of this problem for H21 049 some time and there is also a growing awareness of this in the general H21 050 population. ^Even so, this phenomenon was not entirely avoided H21 051 following the Southland Floods. ^For example, a container-load of H21 052 onions arrived from Pukekohe, truck-loads of over-ripe fruit came from H21 053 central Otago, and piles of old clothing, sometimes hardly better than H21 054 rags, arrived from a number of places. ^Some of these goods were H21 055 delivered to central depots and sometimes they were delivered directly H21 056 to church and other agencies involved in relief work. H21 057 |^The occurrence of this problem following the Southland Floods H21 058 shows that it will be necessary after future disasters to broadcast H21 059 nationwide statements specifying whether donations should be made and H21 060 the kind of donations required. ^Usually the resources in or near the H21 061 affected areas will be adequate to cope with the emergency H21 062 requirements for food and clothing. ^Apart from those donating money, H21 063 potential donors should contact those in charge of the relief work to H21 064 find out which goods are required. H21 065 *<*1Conclusions*> H21 066 | *- H21 067 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H21 068 ^*0Some problems resulted from the arrival of donated food and H21 069 clothing and other goods in the flood-affected areas. H21 070 **[END INDENTATION**] H21 071 | *- H21 072 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H21 073 ^Following future disasters clear statements designed to prevent the H21 074 unsolicited donation of unwanted goods should be broadcast nationwide. H21 075 **[END INDENTATION**] H21 076 *<3.5.6 *1Co-ordination of Flood Relief*> H21 077 |^*0The co-ordination of services provided by all the agencies H21 078 involved in relief work was not fully investigated during this H21 079 exercise. ^(An attempt has been made in Appendix 2 to list most of H21 080 these agencies and the services provided). ^It is not possible, H21 081 therefore, to make a complete evaluation of the success or otherwise H21 082 of the structures established to co-ordinate relief activity. H21 083 ^However, the impression gained at this stage is that, generally, H21 084 co-ordination was successful but there were some relatively minor H21 085 problems, or hints of problems, which will be discussed here. H21 086 |^Initially following the floods, in accordance with the normal H21 087 Civil Defence procedures, relief work in Invercargill was initiated H21 088 and controlled from the operations headquarters by the Chief Welfare H21 089 Officer. ^She had responsibility for the running of the evacuation H21 090 centres; registration of, and enquiries relating to, flood-displaced H21 091 people; clothing; accommodation; catering; and personal services. H21 092 ^This last category includes any welfare activity not listed in the H21 093 other categories, {0e.g.} financial aid, counselling services, legal H21 094 advice, \0etc. H21 095 |^Within days of the floods a Disaster Recovery Co-ordinator was H21 096 appointed, the first such appointment to be made in this country since H21 097 it was made possible by a change in legislation in 1983. ^His task was H21 098 to co-ordinate the flood recovery and to ensure a smooth transition H21 099 bridging the periods before and after the lifting of the State of H21 100 Emergency. H21 101 |^Approximately one and a half weeks after his appointment he H21 102 established a number of subcommittees which largely reflected the H21 103 activities which were already in operation. ^Each committee looked H21 104 after one of the following: welfare, furniture, clothing, food, toys, H21 105 and housing. H21 106 |^The State of Emergency was not lifted until a week after the H21 107 formation of these subcommittees so that for a week there was some H21 108 overlap between their activities and those directed from the Civil H21 109 Defence Headquarters. ^It has been suggested that this caused problems H21 110 in co-ordination and that there were some difficulties associated with H21 111 the transferral of information to the subcommittees following the H21 112 lifting of the State of Emergency. ^As this was not investigated H21 113 further during this exercise, no further comment is possible on the H21 114 validity of these claims. H21 115 |^There were reports of some duplication of welfare services but H21 116 at this stage it is not known whether this resulted from a possible H21 117 lack of co-ordination between Civil Defence Headquarters and others H21 118 supervising welfare relief, or from charitable groups and service H21 119 organisations initiating activity without reference to a central H21 120 authority. ^Whatever the cause, there appeared to be many groups H21 121 involved in visiting homes in the areas where there was the heaviest H21 122 concentrations of flooded houses: health nurses, members of the H21 123 Women's Division of Federated Farmers, church members, volunteer H21 124 social workers and others. ^It was claimed that flood-displaced people H21 125 were annoyed by the frequency with which they were visited by relief H21 126 workers. ^Counter-claims were made that flood-displaced people always H21 127 appreciated being visited. ^The flood-displaced people interviewed H21 128 during this investigation generally supported the latter of these two H21 129 views: only one person complained about the frequency of visits which H21 130 he said interfered with his work on his house. H21 131 |^Although the flood-displaced people did not generally appear to H21 132 resent being visited by relief workers from different organisations, H21 133 there are other potential problems associated with this activity which H21 134 suggest the need for a reasonable level of co-ordination. ^These H21 135 problems have been mentioned earlier in other contexts. ^First, an H21 136 excess of assistance might be given to one affected area while other H21 137 areas are comparatively neglected. ^Secondly, untrained volunteers H21 138 need qualified supervisors to whom cases can be referred for H21 139 assessment where some sort of professional help or crisis intervention H21 140 is indicated. ^Without co-ordination such supervision might not be H21 141 available and in these circumstances it has been observed that H21 142 untrained volunteers sometimes over-estimate the need for professional H21 143 intervention. H21 144 |^Civil Defence established for a time the position of H21 145 Co-ordinator of Counselling Services. ^The person occupying the H21 146 position adopted the role of liaising with the churches, service H21 147 agencies and other charitable groups and encouraged them to assist in H21 148 whatever capacity they were happy with, {0i.e.} *'to do their own H21 149 thing**'. ^There was a minimum of interference in the activities H21 150 commenced by these groups. ^With hindsight it seems that there may H21 151 have been a need for a little more co-ordination of these activities H21 152 by some centralised body, perhaps through the earlier establishment of H21 153 the Welfare Subcommittee rather than a temporary Civil Defence H21 154 position. H21 155 |^That there was insufficient liaison with Otautau and Tuatapere H21 156 was discussed earlier in Section 3.4.2. ^This caused problems in H21 157 co-ordination of services on the regional level. ^For example, there H21 158 were complaints that the Furniture Subcommittee, which arranged the H21 159 supply of new and used furniture to flood-displaced people, serviced H21 160 only the Invercargill area. ^It is clear that all disaster flood H21 161 committees and subcommittees should in future have representatives from H21 162 all affected towns unless the number of people affected does not H21 163 warrant this. H21 164 *<*1Conclusions*> H21 165 | *- H21 166 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H21 167 ^*0It is alleged that some problems resulted from a lack of H21 168 co-ordination between Civil Defence Headquarters and other persons H21 169 supervising relief work. ^Further investigation would be needed to H21 170 clarify this issue. H21 171 **[END INDENTATION**] H21 172 | *- H21 173 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H21 174 ^There were some problems with duplication and co-ordination of H21 175 welfare relief work, particularly in the visiting of flood-displaced H21 176 people in some areas. ^This was not resented by the people visited but H21 177 could lead to inadequate supervision of untrained volunteers and H21 178 uneven distribution of services. H21 179 **[END INDENTATION**] H21 180 | *- H21 181 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H21 182 ^In future a more positive approach should be taken to the H21 183 co-ordination of the activities of church organisations, service H21 184 agencies and other bodies, recognising at the same time that they H21 185 should not be discouraged from becoming involved in relief work. ^This H21 186 co-ordination would be facilitated by forming the various relief H21 187 subcommittees as early as possible following the disaster. H21 188 **[END INDENTATION**] H21 189 | *- H21 190 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H21 191 ^All relief committees and subcommittees should have representation H21 192 from each of the affected towns unless only a small number of people H21 193 from a particular town have been affected. H21 194 **[END INDENTATION**] H21 195 *<4. *3THE POSSIBILITIES OF CONDUCTING FURTHER RESEARCH ON THE H21 196 SOUTHLAND FLOODS*> H21 197 *<*04.1 *1Issues Requiring Further Investigation*> H21 198 |^*0This preliminary investigation has identified some of the H21 199 issues that have arisen following the Southland Floods. ^For some of H21 200 these issues tentative conclusions were presented in Section 3. ^This H21 201 does not indicate that further research is unnecessary on these H21 202 issues. ^Rather, recognising that further research on the effects of H21 203 these floods may not be feasible, the conclusions were stated in an H21 204 attempt to pass on some of the experience gained by the Southlanders H21 205 who were involved in flood relief work. H21 206 |^The main issue requiring further investigation is the social H21 207 and psychological effects that the floods had on people at all stages H21 208 following the disaster. H21 209 |^A number of sub-issues related to this main issue were H21 210 identified as follows: H21 211 _|**=i) The relationship between an individual's awareness of the H21 212 flood potential in an area and the individual's response to flood H21 213 warnings as well as her or his psychological reaction to the floods. H21 214 |**=ii) The relationship between the severity of the impact and the H21 215 psychological reaction. H21 216 |**=iii) The extent and effect of the stress on the flood-displaced H21 217 people from each of the following sources: the various types of H21 218 temporary accommodation used; problems associated with flood damage H21 219 compensation; and other problems related to the restoration of damaged H21 220 homes. H21 221 |**=iv) The extent to which the loss of memorabilia affects people. H21 222 |**=v) The effect of sending children on holiday or otherwise H21 223 separating them from their families in the post-flood period. H21 224 |**=vi) The level of depression and excessive anxiety among those H21 225 affected by the floods. H21 226 |**=vii) The extent to which behavioural problems in children resulted H21 227 from the floods. H21 228 |**=viii) The effect of the floods on marriages. H21 229 |**=ix) The level of assistance required by people at various stages H21 230 following the disaster: *'listening ear**', befriending, counselling, H21 231 and referrals to psychologists or other professionals. H21 232 |^Other issues not so directly related to the social and H21 233 psychological effects of the floods include: H21 234 _|a) The best form and manner of dissemination of flood warnings and H21 235 people's reaction to these warnings. H21 236 |b) The long-term positive effect on the community resulting from the H21 237 strengthening of community identity, community networks, and H21 238 charitable and other service organisations as a result of the floods. H21 239 |c) The long-term negative effect on the community resulting from the H21 240 movement of people away from the flood-affected areas. H21 241 *<4.2 *1Existing Sources of Information on the People Affected by the H21 242 Southland Floods*> H21 243 *# H22 001 **[286 TEXT H22**] H22 002 |^*0The landscape regions proposed earlier in this report are a H22 003 preliminary interpretation. ^They require clarification and more H22 004 detailed assessment if they are to be useful. ^Provisions for landscape H22 005 conservation within existing planning procedures will be outlined. H22 006 * H22 007 |^The Protected Natural Areas ({0PNA}) Programme was conceived in H22 008 the early 1980s, and controlled from the Biological Resources Centre H22 009 ({0BRC}), {0DSIR} in Wellington. ^Its applicability to the National H22 010 Parks and Reserves Act 1980 was considered a requirement, to ensure H22 011 the: H22 012 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H22 013 |*"preservation of representative samples of all classes of natural H22 014 ecosystems and landscape...**". (Section 3(1)(b)) (Simpson, 1982) H22 015 **[END INDENTATION**] H22 016 **[PLATE**] H22 017 |^In 1982 the publication *1Ecological Regions and Districts of H22 018 New Zealand *0was produced by {0BRC}, dividing the country into 82 H22 019 Ecological Regions and 235 Ecological Districts. ^Field surveys H22 020 involving rapid ecological assessment over broad areas commenced in H22 021 late 1983 in 4 sample regions. ^Two of these, the Old Man and H22 022 Mackenzie Ecological Regions, involved survey of tussock grasslands. H22 023 ^The ultimate aim was to identify representative areas of natural H22 024 ecosystems, as near as possible to their state prior to European H22 025 settlement, and recommend their protection for nature conservation. H22 026 |^The {0PNA} pilot programme, which has subsequently involved H22 027 surveying in the Heron Basin, was one of the most ambitious surveys H22 028 ever conducted in tussock grasslands. ^It was more extensive in H22 029 coverage than previous ecological surveys, and more detailed in H22 030 biological assessment than the {0MWD} Land Resource Inventory. H22 031 |^Despite popular belief, these surveys did *1not *0assess H22 032 landscape values. ^Nor initially did {0PNA} claim to: H22 033 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H22 034 |*"^it could be emphasised that the districts and regions are H22 035 ecological, not environmental: they basically reflect features of the H22 036 *1natural *0environment**". (Simpson, 1982) H22 037 **[END INDENTATION**] H22 038 |^However it was subsequently claimed that landscape values had H22 039 been included. H22 040 |^The result of a natural ecological value approach is reflected H22 041 in the Priority Places for Protection ({0PPFP}s) recommended in the H22 042 various surveys. ^A typical {0PPFP} might be a forest remnant in a H22 043 hillside gully beside a lake (\0Fig.21). ^The remnant is proposed for H22 044 protection, but the rest of the hillside and the other hills and H22 045 valleys that can be seen from around the lake are not. H22 046 |^Where there are several remnants of almost comparable vegetation, H22 047 the best ecological sample is designated a {0PPFP}. ^Yet the others H22 048 may be critical for the special landscape character of the area. H22 049 ^Hence the overall *1seen landscape *0or context of the lake has not H22 050 been considered. ^Its geological features and vegetation/ fauna H22 051 communities have been rapidly assessed, but the total landscape is not H22 052 just these. ^It includes combinations of natural and cultural features H22 053 as well. H22 054 |^In short, {0PNA} and the other surveys only looked at the H22 055 ecological values of the landscape. ^Priority places for protection H22 056 need management buffer zones to both ecologically and visually H22 057 **[FIGURE**] H22 058 integrate them into the landscape. ^Implementation of management for H22 059 the {0PPFP}s alone is still a long way off. H22 060 |^True landscape assessment of tussock grasslands is therefore H22 061 desirable, and consideration of the visual values are paramount. ^The H22 062 characteristics of these landscapes have been described already and H22 063 can be summarised as follows: H22 064 _| *- ^The mountains and valleys divide the landscape into a series of H22 065 huge outdoor *"rooms**" or spaces. ^The shapes, forms and scale of the H22 066 landforms, and the way they surround the viewer, cutting off views of H22 067 adjacent areas, are the most important components of any landscape. H22 068 | *- ^Overlaying and responding to these basic components is the H22 069 pattern of the grasslands, scrub or forest remnants. H22 070 | *- ^Within this pattern is the evidence of human impact, which may H22 071 complement *1or *0detract from the natural features. H22 072 |^Landscape assessment could look at each of these outdoor H22 073 *"rooms**", and describe all these elements. ^This could be used as a H22 074 basis for identifying valued areas, what sort of changes are likely to H22 075 be a problem in each area and how further developments could be seen H22 076 from different locations and designed to fit in to the landscape. H22 077 |^Many such surveys have been attempted, especially overseas. H22 078 ^Some form of visual assessment is *1essential *0to any landscape H22 079 assessment, as so much depends on the visual values. ^They are not the H22 080 whole story however, because they do not account for *1all *0landscape H22 081 values. ^It is felt by many that there has been too much emphasis on H22 082 preserving scenery and views, as something to be *1looked *0at like a H22 083 photograph. H22 084 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] H22 085 |^We are not just viewers of landscape as scenery. ^We inhabit it, H22 086 move through it, have feelings for it, pursue activities and make H22 087 changes within it. ^All these must be recognised, especially in H22 088 tussock grasslands with their rich sense of human involvement. ^So in H22 089 assessing these areas, there must be more involved than just a hunt H22 090 through the back country to find the most *"beautiful**" scenery. ^The H22 091 most significant areas are by no means the only ones that matter, as H22 092 they often require the context of typical areas. ^The importance of H22 093 all areas to people must be considered, in terms of management, H22 094 recreation, tourism and relationship to frequently travelled routes H22 095 and towns and cities nearby. H22 096 |^In 1984-5 the Environmental Resource Assessment ({0ERA}) group H22 097 undertook an extensive landscape survey of the Mackenzie Basin H22 098 (Jackman, 1985). ^The approach of this study gives direction for H22 099 future assessment of tussock areas and high country landscapes. ^Using H22 100 computer mapping techniques it looked at many factors and their H22 101 interrelationship, including: H22 102 **[LIST**] H22 103 |^It also involved a computer-generated visibility study. H22 104 ^Visibility is simply a measure of how much a particular landform, or H22 105 part of a landform, can be seen from surrounding areas. ^Generally, H22 106 the higher the landform, the more it can be seen. ^In the Mackenzie, H22 107 the mountains encircling the basin are of high visibility, and are H22 108 therefore the enclosing elements of the basin. ^Use of the computer H22 109 enabled visibility to be accurately calculated for 1000\0m x 1000\0m H22 110 square areas of land in a grid. ^Other visible landforms enabled the H22 111 basin to be divided into 9 distinct areas. ^This enabled analysis of H22 112 the possible impacts of forestry and recreation and the areas where H22 113 they could best be absorbed visually. ^The results indicated that H22 114 visibility of impacts was minimised when located in steep-sided H22 115 valleys as opposed to open flat country. ^Of course the landscape H22 116 importance of the valleys themselves, such as a spectacular gorge, H22 117 must be a consideration. H22 118 |^Visibility itself is highly variable in its significance. ^But H22 119 the approach helped to emphasise the need for a comprehensive H22 120 assessment considering all values and balancing the inevitable H22 121 conflicts and differences of opinion. ^Those with local knowledge and H22 122 experience of landscape values will already know some of the critical H22 123 areas, and it is desirable that these are identified at the outset and H22 124 analysed in detail. ^For example, \0B.Mason (Dunedin) has prepared a H22 125 detailed draft report and map of Otago, showing *"landscape H22 126 settings**" and their potential for different recreational H22 127 experiences. H22 128 |^Because of the complex and difficult nature of the issues H22 129 involved, any landscape assessment should be done by those prepared to H22 130 spend the time in the areas necessary to gain some appreciation and H22 131 understanding of them. ^The full range of daily climatic and seasonal H22 132 changes need to be understood for various areas as these are a vital H22 133 part of the landscapes. ^This study has discussed landscape values in H22 134 general. ^The specific values of each area in the context of H22 135 surrounding landscape *- the Remarkables to Queenstown, or the H22 136 distinctive volcanic forms of the Port Hills *1and *0their proximity H22 137 to Christchurch, to give two very obvious examples *- need to be H22 138 identified in detail. H22 139 * H22 140 |^Landscape conservation of tussock grasslands could be H22 141 accomplished in a variety of ways, either by management strategies by H22 142 the landowner and manager, or under present New Zealand planning law. H22 143 ^In considering landscape conservation, the following points should be H22 144 addressed: H22 145 _| *- ^Suitability of the land in terms of landscape values: ^the area H22 146 of land in relation to the surrounding landscape, other reserves and H22 147 amenities and appropriateness of boundaries are critical. ^For H22 148 example, in conserving a view from a road, such as at the top of a H22 149 pass, landscape conservation does not mean a strip along the roadside H22 150 or the immediate hillside, but must consider management of everything H22 151 that can be seen in the distance as well *- the visual corridor. H22 152 | *- ^Management: ^tussock grasslands often need some control to guard H22 153 against unwanted plants, or succession to scrub. ^This applies H22 154 especially to snow and red tussock grasslands below treeline, and H22 155 fescue tussock grasslands, which have largely been induced and H22 156 maintained by human intervention. ^Controlled grazing can be the best H22 157 means of conserving tussock grasslands. ^It is also important in H22 158 determining access for recreation, to consider implications for stock H22 159 disturbance and possible increased fire risk. H22 160 | *- ^Status of land: ^ideally tussock grasslands of significant H22 161 landscape value should remain under state control, either as reserves H22 162 or as leasehold with conditions imposed on their use. ^Conservation H22 163 covenants and private reserves may be appropriate for some areas. H22 164 ^Destocking and possible surrender of high-altitude Class *=VIIe and H22 165 *=VIII land, as per Catchment Board Run Plans, may be desirable in H22 166 many areas to conserve ecological values. ^However in doing this, it H22 167 is vital that the values of tussock lower down are not threatened by H22 168 more intensive use, or the context of hill faces compromised by the H22 169 sudden change in management on either side of a retirement fence. H22 170 * H22 171 |^Several pieces of legislation are applicable to conservation of H22 172 tussock grassland areas. ^These are summarised below. H22 173 |^*1The Land Act 1948: ^*0Several sections of this Act may be H22 174 related to the protection of tussock grassland, usually by way of H22 175 restriction of intensive use. ^Up to now, it has been administered by H22 176 the Department of Lands and Survey through the Land Settlement Board. H22 177 ^In future, it may be amended with the governmental restructuring. H22 178 ^For protection of grasslands either directly or indirectly, the H22 179 following sections are most significant: H22 180 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H22 181 |^\0S.66(3) and 66AA(3) allow for the Land Settlement Board to limit H22 182 stock numbers on land under pastoral lease and pastoral occupation H22 183 licence respectively, as the Board determines. H22 184 |^\0S.66A allows for the Board to grant recreation permits for any H22 185 recreational, tourist accommodation, safari or other purpose that, in H22 186 the opinion of the Board, may be properly undertaken on that land. H22 187 ^\0S66A(3) allows refusal to grant a permit for any purpose that, in H22 188 the opinion of the Board, is incompatible with any water or soil H22 189 conservation objectives relating to the land. ^\0S66A(4) allows for H22 190 surrender of {0PL} or {0POL} lands to facilitate erosion control H22 191 measures as a condition of granting a recreation permit. H22 192 |^\0S106 relates to conditions and restrictions for burning of tussock H22 193 cover. H22 194 |^\0S108 relates to conditions and restrictions on cultivation, H22 195 cropping, ploughing and sowing of grass, clearing and felling of bush H22 196 or scrub, afforestation and surface sowing in grass. H22 197 **[END INDENTATION**] H22 198 |^The Land Settlement Board also has a detailed Crown lands H22 199 policy, incorporating rural landscape, high country and tree planting H22 200 on crown leasehold land. ^These all seek to ensure wise land-use, H22 201 protection of indigenous vegetation and sensitive design and H22 202 management overall on crown land. ^The rural landscape policy requires H22 203 landscape studies for all land development blocks, and in part 15 of H22 204 the implementation says the {0LSB} will: H22 205 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H22 206 |*"recognise the unique and sensitive nature of the high country and H22 207 give special attention to all matters affecting high country H22 208 landscapes.**" H22 209 **[END INDENTATION**] H22 210 |^The Act and policies offer considerable scope for conservation H22 211 of tussock grassland landscapes under Crown ownership, particularly H22 212 pastoral leasehold lands. ^Application of the various aspects of the H22 213 Land Act may unfortunately be compromised by the ability and attitudes H22 214 of those administering it or by unauthorised lessee development which H22 215 often proceeds without any action by the Department. H22 216 |^*1The Reserves Act 1977: ^*0This statute has sections requiring H22 217 administering bodies to draft management plans ensuring use, H22 218 enjoyment, maintenance, protection and preservation of reserves, with H22 219 opportunity for public submissions. ^There is provision for the Crown H22 220 to enter into a covenant with landholders (freehold or leasehold) to H22 221 protect land for its natural, scientific, scenic or cultural H22 222 interests. ^Conservation covenants may also be arranged, for a H22 223 specified time or in perpetuity, that are binding on future owners. H22 224 ^At present this Act appears to be useful as a means of getting H22 225 natural areas reserved, but there has thus far been a lack of H22 226 resources and motivation for reservation of russock grasslands H22 227 (Calvert, 1984). H22 228 *# H23 001 **[287 TEXT H23**] H23 002 ^*0This would give the Crown greater control over the development of H23 003 the mineral resources of New Zealand and would at the same time H23 004 encourage owners of private minerals to ascertain and develop the H23 005 mineral potential of their land. H23 006 |^A detailed legislative precedent for this option is contained in H23 007 the Mineral Land Tax Act 1979 of the Canadian province of British H23 008 Columbia. ^It is also an option that has been urged in submissions H23 009 presented to us in behalf of the New Zealand Mineral Explorers H23 010 Association. ^There are, however, significant administrative H23 011 difficulties involved in implementing this option, not the least of H23 012 which would be the need to determine ownership of minerals in all H23 013 titles before this system could be applied. ^More information is being H23 014 sought on the British Columbian experience. H23 015 |^In none of the Canadian provinces has there been a general H23 016 resumption of mineral ownership by the Crown, as has occurred in H23 017 Victoria and South Australia. H23 018 * H23 019 |^The *"royal metals**" (gold and silver) present something of a H23 020 special case. ^They are and always have been owned by the Crown, even H23 021 in otherwise *"private**" land, but the common (though not universal) H23 022 understanding of the law in New Zealand is that the Crown does not H23 023 have the right to mine and remove those metals from *"private**" land H23 024 without the landowner's consent. ^Because this is a frustration of the H23 025 Crown's right of ownership of gold and silver, a statutory H23 026 confirmation of the Crown's right to mine and remove those metals, H23 027 wherever they are found, would be a logical development. ^It would H23 028 have the effect of making all freehold land containing gold and silver H23 029 open for mining for those minerals without the need for obtaining the H23 030 landowner's consent in the case of land presently classified as H23 031 *"private**" land. H23 032 * H23 033 |^This option represents an extension of the previous option so H23 034 that it covers all minerals, whether they are in Crown or private H23 035 ownership. ^It confirms that ownership of minerals includes in all H23 036 cases the associated rights of extraction. H23 037 |^Cases where minerals and the rights of access and extraction H23 038 needed to mine them are owned by different persons are rare, except in H23 039 the special case of gold and silver. ^Nevertheless the possibility of H23 040 separate ownership of minerals and extraction rights is provided for H23 041 in present legislation and is open to the same criticism as applies to H23 042 the case of the Crown-owned *"royal**" metals, gold and silver. H23 043 * H23 045 |^This option is advocated in approximately one third of the H23 046 submissions dealing with mineral ownership and landowners' consents. H23 047 ^At the same time, the private mineral owner's continued entitlement H23 048 to rent, royalties and compensation is recognised. ^The most favoured H23 049 alternative to the present consent requirements is a compensation H23 050 agreement, to be negotiated (or arbitrated in default of agreement) H23 051 before entry on land to commence prospecting or mining operations. H23 052 |^In the Australian states, requirements for private landowners' H23 053 consents to the issue of prospecting and mining licences are in H23 054 general non-existent. ^There are the usual classes of protected land H23 055 that exist in New Zealand *- land under crop, or used as a yard, H23 056 garden, orchard, \0etc, or the site of a building, cemetery, or H23 057 waterworks. H23 058 |^In Canada, where there is considerable private ownership of H23 059 minerals, the position regarding owners' consents differs from one H23 060 province to another. ^Some provinces require the mineral operator to H23 061 obtain the owner's consent or to expropriate the land before entry can H23 062 be made. ^Other provinces (the majority) provide for an arbitration of H23 063 compensation or give the mineral operator a general, but limited, H23 064 right of entry. ^Compensation for loss or damage is always payable by H23 065 the mineral operator. H23 066 * H23 067 |^The final option *- that of leaving things substantially as they H23 068 are *- is only acceptable if the disadvantages of the present system H23 069 are less than the disadvantages of any of the options for change. ^It H23 070 is listed here for the sake of completeness but has few if any H23 071 advocates. H23 072 |^In the area of mineral ownership *- which is the subject of this H23 073 chapter *- the problems associated with the present New Zealand system H23 074 are not peculiar to this country. ^They are (or have been) experienced H23 075 to a greater or lesser extent in all of the Australian states and H23 076 Canadian provinces. ^A number of those jurisdictions have adopted or H23 077 are proposing to adopt one or other of the options examined above in H23 078 order to lessen or remove those problems. H23 079 |Thus: H23 080 _|*?31 ^The option of replacing landowners' consents with arbitrated H23 081 or negotiated compensation agreements is common throughout the H23 082 Australian states. ^Comparable provisions exist in the legislation of H23 083 several of the Canadian provinces. H23 084 |*?31 ^The option of direct Crown acquisition of privately owned H23 085 minerals has been or is to be applied in four of the Australian H23 086 states. H23 087 |*?31 ^The option of indirect Crown acquisition of private minerals H23 088 (through a tax) has been applied in at least one Canadian province H23 089 (British Columbia). H23 090 |*?31 ^In the Australian states the Crown's ownership of gold and H23 091 silver is treated as including rights of access and extraction and H23 092 therefore the right to authorise prospecting and mining for those H23 093 metals (option (d) above). ^This is also the case in the majority of H23 094 the Canadian provinces (although in Quebec the Government's H23 095 authorisation is required before anyone can stake out lands in which H23 096 only gold and silver have been reserved to the Crown). H23 097 |^The only change option for which no precedent has been found is H23 098 option (a) above *- the abandonment of Crown mineral reservation and H23 099 ownership in favour of private landowners. ^Quite apart from national H23 100 interest considerations involved in the Crown's ownership and control H23 101 of New Zealand's mineral resources, this option probably could not be H23 102 entertained unless the legislation also provided that the land H23 103 affected was open for mining without the landowner's consent. ^To do H23 104 otherwise would increase rather than reduce the difficulties now H23 105 experienced in the development of mineral resources in private land, H23 106 where the landowner has an effective right of veto on such H23 107 development. H23 108 |^As already mentioned, the second and third of the options listed H23 109 *- resumption of mineral ownership by the Crown and the introduction H23 110 of taxation measures encouraging abandonment of private minerals to H23 111 Crown ownership *- have been adopted and applied in comparable H23 112 jurisdictions faced with problems similar to those in New Zealand. ^We H23 113 have been informed by persons operating in those jurisdictions that H23 114 they have been effective reforms *- rather less so in the case of the H23 115 taxation option than in the cases of general Crown resumption of H23 116 ownership of private minerals and of the rights needed to mine them. H23 117 |^The other three options *- linking mineral ownership and H23 118 extraction rights (both Crown and private) and removing the H23 119 requirement for private owners' consents *- already exist in other H23 120 jurisdictions. ^It was apparent to members of the review team during H23 121 discussions with Australian state officials that the problems H23 122 encountered under the different practice in New Zealand were absent or H23 123 greatly reduced in the Australian states surveyed. H23 124 *<*6CHAPTER 3: RIGHTS OF LANDOWNERS*> H23 125 |^*0The ownership of land and of minerals are complex issues which H23 126 were dealt with in the previous chapter. ^Here we deal with the rights H23 127 of landowners and occupiers in respect of prospecting and mining by H23 128 others on their land. H23 129 |^The rights which have to be considered are: H23 130 _|*?31 The right of a landowner whose fee simple title gives him H23 131 ownership of the minerals in his land, to consent or not, to the grant H23 132 of a mining licence or a prospecting licence; the right to require H23 133 conditions to be attached to this consent; and the question of whether H23 134 a consent given in such a case for a prospecting licence should be H23 135 binding on the landowner in the event of a subsequent mining licence H23 136 application. H23 137 |*?31 The right to refuse access to his land for gold and silver H23 138 prospecting and mining. H23 139 |*?31 The right of a landholder to notice of entry on to his land by a H23 140 licence holder. H23 141 |*?31 The entitlement of a landholder whose fee simple title reserves H23 142 mineral ownership to the Crown to ask for conditions to be placed on a H23 143 licence. H23 144 |*?31 The right of a landholder to compensation for damage done and H23 145 for loss of use of land due to prospecting or mining operations. H23 146 |^The classes of land which will be considered are as follows: H23 147 _|*?31 Maori land. H23 148 |*?31 Freehold land where the mineral ownership is vested in the H23 149 titleholder. H23 150 |*?31 Freehold land where the mineral ownership is reserved to the H23 151 Crown and Crown leasehold land. H23 152 |^It should be noted that Crown land subject to ministerial H23 153 consent has not been dealt with in this chapter and that gold and H23 154 silver are always reserved to the Crown. H23 155 |^Taking the land categories in order: H23 156 *<*4Maori Land*> H23 157 |^Maori land is open for prospecting or mining only with the H23 158 written consent of the owners. ^In general this provides adequate H23 159 protection because consent can always be withheld. H23 160 |^In the case of exploration licences, no owner's consent is H23 161 required for Maori land, or for any other class of land, except to H23 162 enter on or near to certain protected places {0eg} land under crop, H23 163 gardens, orchards, burial grounds, waterworks, air strips, \0etc. H23 164 ^Other than these protected areas all that is at present required is H23 165 that the licensee should give reasonable notice of entry, if H23 166 practicable, to the owner and occupier of the land. H23 167 |^In 1983 the Public and Administrative Law Reform Committee H23 168 recommended that 7 days' notice be given to land occupiers before H23 169 entry is made on land by holders of exploration licences. H23 170 |^We received a submission which recommended that the holder of H23 171 any licence on Maori land *"should employ a kaumatua consultant from H23 172 that tribal area for the duration of the work**". ^If this suggestion H23 173 is taken up it would only be necessary to legislate for it in the case H23 174 of exploration licences. ^Under present law all other licences may be H23 175 granted only within the consent of the Maori owners who in giving it H23 176 could require the appointment of a kaumatua. H23 177 |^The same submission made the additional point that where land H23 178 has been endowed by Maori people for some particular purpose, and H23 179 subsequently the Minister of Energy seeks to bring the endowment H23 180 within the operation of the Mining Act, he ought first to obtain the H23 181 consent of those who made the endowment as well as that of the H23 182 authority which administers it. ^This requirement, if adopted, could H23 183 well be applied to all endowment land, Maori or otherwise. H23 184 *<*4Freehold land where mineral ownership is reserved to the H23 185 titleholder*> H23 186 |^This class of land is defined as *"private land**" for the H23 187 purposes of the Mining Act. ^It is open for prospecting or mining only H23 188 with the consent of the titleholder. ^This definition needs to be H23 189 borne in mind in reading the following paragraphs. ^In spite of what H23 190 follows and for so long as the present interpretation of the law H23 191 relating to access to gold and silver is retained, the landowner is in H23 192 control of the situation because his land is only open for mining with H23 193 his consent and presumably he will only consent if he thinks it is in H23 194 his interest to do so. H23 195 |^Consent to prospecting or mining may be granted subject to H23 196 conditions to be attached to the licence but these conditions are H23 197 appealable if considered to be unreasonable. ^Without the consent of H23 198 the landholder an application for a licence over private land is void. H23 199 ^Consent once given is irrevocable and is binding on successors to the H23 200 land title. ^Also, consent to a prospecting licence for minerals other H23 201 than coal constitutes a consent to a subsequent mining licence. H23 202 ^However, when a mining licence is applied for, a landowner may H23 203 require additional conditions relating to protection and H23 204 rehabilitation of his land to be placed on the licence. H23 205 |^The question as to whether a consent by a private landowner to a H23 206 prospecting licence should carry over to a subsequent mining licence H23 207 is a contentious one. ^Under the Coal Mining Act separate consents are H23 208 required, but a Mining Act consent to prospecting is deemed to be a H23 209 consent to subsequent mining. H23 210 *# H24 001 **[288 TEXT H24**] H24 002 |^*4The Conservation Act requires that new commercial concessions H24 003 can be granted only in accordance with an approved management plan, H24 004 frequently delaying their authorisation. H24 005 |^*0The granting of concessions to provide facilities and services H24 006 for visitors to stewardship and protected areas has benefits for both H24 007 the public and resource managers. ^There is already frustration by H24 008 potential commercial operators and the tourism industry at the time H24 009 taken to grant or decline concession applications. H24 010 |^Management plans are required for all conservation areas. ^The H24 011 department is joining with the tourism industry in looking at ways of H24 012 streamlining the management planning process for national parks. ^It H24 013 is also beginning the process of developing a new policy appropriate H24 014 to the responsibilities of the new department. ^Changes to the H24 015 Conservation Act to provide for provisional concessionaire activity H24 016 may need to be considered to overcome these problems. H24 017 *<*4User Pays and Cost Recovery*> H24 018 |^Cost recovery targets are high and will be difficult to achieve. H24 019 |^*0The Conservation Act 1987 provides that public access to and H24 020 use of conservation areas shall be free of charge, including use of H24 021 roads, paths and tracks. ^The department may charge for the use of H24 022 facilities and services but it is not yet clear to what extent users H24 023 will pay for this limited range of recreation/ tourism services and H24 024 facilities. H24 025 |^Any charges made or revenue generating system implemented must H24 026 reflect the level and quality of service provided. ^At present, H24 027 funding levels are such that maintenance of existing facilities will H24 028 be difficult and quality of service will be hard to maintain. H24 029 ^Resistance to charging for previously free services and facilities H24 030 (huts for example) can be expected and substantial increases in H24 031 charges creates consumer resistance. H24 032 *<4Commercial and Public Service Activities*> H24 033 |^Some {0DOC} activities and functions are purely a public service H24 034 and should not be expected to recover costs. ^Others have commercial H24 035 aspects and targets should be set to recover costs from those. H24 036 |^*0Some directorates (Protected Ecosystems and Species for H24 037 example), provide a purely public service and cannot be expected to H24 038 recover costs. ^Others (such as Recreation and Tourism), provide some H24 039 services and facilities that can be charged and for which cost H24 040 recovery is therefore possible. ^Consideration should be given to H24 041 separating these functions out and setting targets for cost recovery H24 042 only from functional areas of the department with the ability to H24 043 recover costs. H24 044 *<*4No Offence Provisions for Concessions*> H24 045 |^The Conservation Act contains no provision making it an offence H24 046 to undertake a commercial operation in a conservation area without a H24 047 lease or licence. H24 048 |^*0In several districts, particularly Northland, a number of H24 049 commercial entrepreneurs are operating in conservation areas without a H24 050 lease or licence. ^These areas do not have current management plans as H24 051 required by the Conservation Act. ^Without offence provisions in the H24 052 Conservation Act the Department cannot enforce the intent that all H24 053 commercial activity be subject to a lease or licence. ^The department H24 054 will face public criticism if it permits commercial activity on its H24 055 lands without a formal licence agreement. H24 056 |^Changes to the Conservation Act to include offence provisions H24 057 need to be considered and, in the meantime, solutions need to be found H24 058 to allow the department to grant leases and licences. H24 059 *<*4Additional Funding From the Tourism Sector*> H24 060 |^There is a strong case for additional funding to the Department H24 061 from the Tourism Sector because overseas visitors use departmental H24 062 facilities. H24 063 |^*0Overseas tourists use facilities and services that {0DOC} H24 064 provide, both those that are currently provided free of charge and H24 065 those that are charged. ^It is clear that many overseas visitors come H24 066 to New Zealand specifically to enjoy national parks and other natural H24 067 areas in the public domain. H24 068 |^Those facilities for which no charges are made are a cost to the H24 069 taxpayer and additional funding from the tourism sector should be H24 070 sought to help pay for them. H24 071 *<*4Additional Government Taxing Through {0GST}*> H24 072 |^Visitors pay {0GST} for facilities and services provided. ^This H24 073 extra revenue to conservation areas could provide more Government H24 074 funding for conservation. H24 075 |^*0Overseas and domestic tourists pay {0GST} for services and H24 076 facilities. ^It can be argued that additional funding for the H24 077 department should be made available because of the extra revenue H24 078 {0GST} provides. ^These extra funds should be put to provision of H24 079 tourist/ visitor amenities on protected natural areas. H24 080 *<*4{0CAPS} Scheme*> H24 081 |^The {0CAPS} Scheme, although helpful, cannot compensate for H24 082 extra funding required to provide visitor facilities. H24 083 |^*0Money has been provided for development of facilities over the H24 084 last 2 years through the {0CAPS} scheme administered by Tourist and H24 085 Publicity Department. ^While the department welcomes any funding, the H24 086 appropriateness of another Minister raising revenue for {0DOC} lands H24 087 raises difficulties with assessing priorities. ^The department itself H24 088 should be able to set its priorities for capital development and is H24 089 less able to do so when some of the funding comes from the tourism H24 090 vote. H24 091 *<*4Oparara, Honeycomb Hill Caves*> H24 092 |^There has been recent pressure to develop these caves of high H24 093 scientific importance for commercial guided tours. H24 094 |^*0It is recognised by several scientific authorities that the H24 095 caves contain bird bone deposits of international significance as well H24 096 as outstanding examples of cave morphology. ^In order to provide some H24 097 support for recreational developments in Karamea (without risking H24 098 irrevocable damage to the cave system) a small section has been H24 099 *"developed**" for guided tours operated on a cost recovery basis by H24 100 the Department. ^Tour parties are kept small and only a small number H24 101 of trips are undertaken every year. ^A Scientific Advisory Committee H24 102 has strongly recommended against commercial development for a period H24 103 of years so that the effects of the present level of use can be H24 104 monitored and assessed. H24 105 *<*4Mount Robert Ski Field Access Road*> H24 106 |^The Nelson-Marlborough National Park and Reserves Board has H24 107 supported a Nelson Ski Club application to build a road to its H24 108 skifield; an application that had been turned down by the National H24 109 Parks and Reserves Authority. H24 110 |^*0There are four major concerns that lead to the Authority H24 111 rejecting the proposal: *- H24 112 _| *- ^The road would not significantly reduce the walking distance to H24 113 the ski field. H24 114 | *- ^The construction of the road was fraught with physical and H24 115 environmental problems. H24 116 | *- ^The road would not enhance the ability to quickly evacuate ski H24 117 patrons from the ski field in adverse weather conditions. H24 118 | *- ^The development costs are high compared to the snow reliability H24 119 of the field. H24 120 |^The Department of Conservation supports the view held by the H24 121 National Parks and Reserves Authority that the Mount Robert access H24 122 road should not be extended. H24 123 *<*4Review of Legislation*> H24 124 |^The Historic Places Act 1980 contains ineffective protection for H24 125 many historic places, and major review is expected next year. H24 126 |^*0Automatic protection is provided for archaeological sites H24 127 only. ^However, this does not prevent the destruction of many sites. H24 128 ^Once traditional sites and historic areas have been declared by the H24 129 Trust, recommendations may be made to the local authority on H24 130 preservation but there is no requirement that those recommendations H24 131 should be acted upon. H24 132 |^There is no automatic protection for any classified building. H24 133 ^Buildings and structures classified A or B can have a protection H24 134 notice placed over them with the consent of the Minister. ^The H24 135 classification procedure laid out in the Act is cumbersome and H24 136 outdated by international standards. ^The potential for compensation H24 137 to be awarded against the Trust, if it infringes the rights of owners H24 138 in carrying out its statutory procedures, needs clarification. H24 139 *<*4Protection Notices*> H24 140 |^The Trust's only legal protection against the alteration, H24 141 demolition or extension of an historic building classified A or B is H24 142 to issue a protection notice which must be approved by the Minister of H24 143 Conservation. H24 144 |^*0The Historic Places Trust can approach the Minister of H24 145 Conservation for approval of the issuing of a protection notice over a H24 146 building classified A or B when the Trust believes a building may be H24 147 under threat, or proposed alterations are unsympathetic. H24 148 |^Ten protection notices have been issued *- 500 buildings are H24 149 classified A or B. ^The Minister may be asked to sign protection H24 150 notices on buildings owned by major developers, private individuals, H24 151 local authorities, state owned enterprises and the Crown. ^A H24 152 protection notice over the State Insurance Office, Wellington may be H24 153 presented for approval in the near future. H24 154 *<*4Financial and Planning Incentives*> H24 155 |^There is pressure building to introduce financial and planning H24 156 incentives to encourage owners of historic places to preserve their H24 157 properties rather than destroy them. H24 158 |^*0In many cases it is financially advantageous for an owner of H24 159 an historic property to demolish or destroy it. H24 160 |^In a number of overseas countries, tax incentives have been H24 161 introduced and have resulted in a greater recognition of the value of H24 162 rehabilitation of historic properties. ^There is a requirement to H24 163 consider the introduction of tax incentives or other financial H24 164 incentives such as rates relief and recognition of heritage values in H24 165 land valuations. H24 166 *<*4Maori Traditional Sites*> H24 167 |^There may be increasing pressure placed on the Minister to H24 168 become involved in issues relating to the recognition and protection H24 169 of traditional sites. H24 170 |^*0The Trust may declare a place or site as a traditional site H24 171 which is important by reason of its historic significance or spiritual H24 172 or emotional association with the Maori people. H24 173 |^While the Minister rarely becomes involved in the declaration of H24 174 traditional sites, some groups may make a direct approach to the H24 175 Minister regarding protection of such sites. H24 176 *<*4Archaeological Sites*> H24 177 |^Individuals or organisations can appeal to the Minister against H24 178 decisions made by the Trust on the Protection of Archaeological sites. H24 179 ^One such appeal is before the Minister at present. H24 180 |^*0Section 48 of the Historic Places Act provides the right of H24 181 appeal to the Minister against any decision made by the Trust under H24 182 the protection of archaeological sites provisions of Section 46 of the H24 183 Act. ^The appeal before the Minister is from Wilkins and Davies in H24 184 Auckland and was lodged on 28 January 1987. ^The appeal is against the H24 185 Trust's decision to decline an authority to modify archaeological H24 186 sites by the Ohiatua Quarry Development, Mangere, Auckland. H24 187 |^The Trust and {0DOC} are considering possibilities of gaining H24 188 long term protection of archaeological sites on this land. ^They H24 189 represent the last substantial remains of pre-European settlements on H24 190 Auckland's volcanic lava fields. H24 191 *<*64.5 ADVOCACY AND EXTENSION*> H24 192 *<*4Quango Review*> H24 193 |^The Department is reviewing the structure and functions of all H24 194 quangos serviced by it. H24 195 |^*0Certain areas of conservation advice and management are H24 196 covered by a number of quangos. ^The reorganisation of environmental H24 197 administration, has raised questions over the relevance of some H24 198 quangos. H24 199 |^A system is needed to channel public experience and information H24 200 on conservation issues, as the Department does not have a monopoly on H24 201 conservation wisdom. ^Quangos being reviewed include the National H24 202 Parks and Reserves Authority and its boards; Forest Park Advisory H24 203 Committees; the Nature Conservation Council; Walkways Commission and H24 204 Acclimatisation Societies. H24 205 *<*4Antarctica*> H24 206 |^The Department has a responsibility to promote the conservation H24 207 of the natural and historic features of the Ross Dependency and H24 208 Antarctica generally. H24 209 |^*0Current debate on Antarctica reveals two opposing positions: H24 210 protect the continent's conservation values or explore its development H24 211 potential. ^Antarctica is seen as the world's last vast wilderness and H24 212 provides a baseline for study of world-wide environment trends. H24 213 |^Conservation appears to have been favoured by past New Zealand H24 214 governments. ^New Zealand's ability to exert its sovereignty claim H24 215 over Antarctic territory is limited and pressures to develop the H24 216 continent are strong. ^New Zealand must maintain active involvement in H24 217 discussions regarding development proposals, ({0eg} mineral H24 218 exploitation). ^A world park status for the continent has been H24 219 advocated by environmental groups. H24 220 *<*4Conservation Economics*> H24 221 |^Further study of economic benefits to the Department from use of H24 222 conservation areas is required. H24 223 |^*0Not all the benefits generated by conservation initiatives are H24 224 in a form that can be marketed by the Department. ^For example a H24 225 national park may generate tourism which benefits a regional economy. H24 226 ^Presently the tourist industry provides modest financial grants for H24 227 park visitor centres, tracks \0etc. H24 228 |^A better understanding of regional economic benefits may enable H24 229 the Department to obtain additional funds from other sections of the H24 230 community. ^Even if a region was simply aware of the magnitude of H24 231 benefits generated by protected areas public support for conservation H24 232 would be enhanced. H24 233 *<*4Review of Resources *- Use Statutes*> H24 234 |^The Department is providing an input into the current review of H24 235 resource-use statutes to ensure adequate consideration is given to the H24 236 conservation perspective. H24 237 *# H25 001 **[289 TEXT H25**] H25 002 |^*1Framework is a recently developed community-based charitable H25 003 trust situated in Auckland. ^It was established to take the initiative H25 004 for, and promote the provision of, projects in the community for H25 005 people who have experienced mental ill-health. ^This paper describes H25 006 the development of Framework from the kernel of an idea to a reality. H25 007 *<*4The Origins of Framework*> H25 008 |^*0In December 1980 a group of para-medicals working at H25 009 Carrington Hospital in the field of vocational rehabilitation got H25 010 together to discuss the issue of unemployment amongst psychiatric H25 011 patients following the visit of \0Dr. Early. ^\0Dr. Early is a H25 012 psychiatrist working in this field in England and the Mental Health H25 013 Foundation had sponsored his visit, which was intended to generate H25 014 discussion on ways and means of dealing with this problem. ^\0Dr. H25 015 Early had been a driving force in establishing a charitable trust H25 016 which developed, firstly, work alternatives for ex-psychiatric H25 017 patients in the form of Industrial Therapy Units, which were outside H25 018 the hospital institutions, and secondly, alternative accommodation. H25 019 |^In 1981 a working party was formed to address the lack of H25 020 community resources for psychiatric patients who, because of the lack H25 021 of such facilities, remained linked with hospital services. ^The H25 022 working party resolved that a charitable trust could cater for these H25 023 people by providing a variety of services to be determined by the H25 024 expressed needs of psychiatric patients. ^It was envisaged that a H25 025 charitable trust could utilise a variety of funding sources including H25 026 Government Departments, such as Social Welfare, Labour, and Health, as H25 027 well as the private sector. H25 028 *<*4Outpatient Survey*> H25 029 |^*0Later in 1981 two {0P.E.P.} workers were employed to conduct a H25 030 survey of Carrington Hospital staff, which aimed to assess the needs H25 031 of outpatients. ^A second survey assessed the availability of existing H25 032 workshop facilities and employment opportunities. H25 033 |^Staff from Carrington Hospital and its affiliated agencies, who H25 034 were working with outpatients and ex-patients, completed a H25 035 questionnaire on each of those currently unemployed and appearing to H25 036 require sheltered employment. ^The majority of questionnaires were H25 037 completed by psychiatric home visitor staff the remainder by staff H25 038 from the Occupational and Industrial Therapy, Psychology and Social H25 039 Work Departments and in the affiliated community mental health H25 040 centres, Ponsonby Care and Pentlands. H25 041 |^A search of the hospital files suggested a target population of H25 042 approximately 400 outpatients. ^In all, questionnaires for 313 H25 043 outpatients were returned, aged from 15 to 60 years, with a roughly H25 044 normal distribution about a mean age of 37.6 years. ^Slightly more of H25 045 this sample were male (56%), 77% were of European ethnic origin, with H25 046 11% Maori and Pacific Island. ^Out of this sample, 87% have worked, H25 047 and of those only 14% were dismissed from their last job H25 048 (predominantly for being *"too slow**"). ^The reasons that most gave H25 049 for leaving employment were *"illness**" (39%) or leaving of their own H25 050 accord (41%). ^Seventy-four per cent of the sample had worked in H25 051 unskilled jobs, 10% in skilled jobs, 2% were professionals and 2% were H25 052 students. ^Based on knowledge of their work history, staff rated work H25 053 *"regularity and consistency**" for 211 outpatients. ^The results H25 054 suggested that the population was divided into two groups, one group H25 055 of moderately inconsistent and irregular workers, and another group of H25 056 moderately consistent and regular workers. ^(This suggestion, though, H25 057 still warrants further investigation). H25 058 |^During their unemployment, the majority of outpatients appear to H25 059 have made some attempt at finding jobs through work-related agencies. H25 060 ^Two thirds of a sub-sample of 188 outpatients had contacted an agency H25 061 with the aim of finding employment. ^Of those who had made the effort, H25 062 most contacts were to the Industrial Therapy Department at Carrington H25 063 Hospital (25%), the Rehabilitation League (23%), the Labour Department H25 064 (20%) or the Auckland Sheltered Workshop (18%). ^Overall, about half H25 065 the contacts made resulted in some form of placement. ^Contacts with H25 066 the Sheltered Workshops and Industrial Therapy were the most likely to H25 067 lead to some form of employment, while contact with the Labour H25 068 Department seemed to have had the least chance of leading to H25 069 employment possibilities. H25 070 |^Staff made estimates of current work skill functioning according H25 071 to the complexity of work tasks and the level of supervision required. H25 072 ^Few in the sample were capable of complex tasks with supervision (6%) H25 073 or without it (8%). ^The majority were at the level of either simple or H25 074 moderately difficult tasks, most requiring supervision at both these H25 075 levels (20% were rated as being able to cope with simple tasks with H25 076 supervision, and 16% with simple tasks without supervision; 30% could H25 077 cope with moderately difficult tasks with supervision, 20% without H25 078 supervision). H25 079 |^Besides estimating current functioning, estimates were made of H25 080 how motivated the person was to participate in *"meaningful daily H25 081 activity of a work nature**". ^Ten per cent of the sample were H25 082 characterised as very unmotivated; 32% as indifferent; 36% as H25 083 motivated and 7% as very motivated. ^A further finding was that there H25 084 was a high cost to the Social Welfare Department in terms of Sickness H25 085 and Invalid Benefits, as over 88% of the patients sampled, were H25 086 receiving Social Security benefits. ^It was thought that some of this H25 087 benefit money could be redirected to create more employment and H25 088 training facilities for rehabilitation purposes. H25 089 |^In summary, the survey indicated a number of salient points: H25 090 _|1. ^The majority of the sample were unskilled and would therefore H25 091 experience difficulties competing for open employment. H25 092 |2. ^From a knowledge of work history, individuals surveyed varied H25 093 considerably across levels of: acquired work skills, regularity and H25 094 consistency, occupational functioning and motivation. H25 095 |^Clearly, in catering for such a diverse population, a work trust H25 096 would need to provide a broad range of tasks and degree of H25 097 supervision. ^Alternatively, the trust could attempt to establish H25 098 small units for specific levels of client functioning. ^At present H25 099 agencies such as Industrial Therapy and Sheltered Workshops provide H25 100 most opportunities for this population; however, these facilities are H25 101 limited in the number and type of clientele they can assist. H25 102 *<*4Survey of Workshop Facilities*> H25 103 |^The survey of workshop facilities included eight sheltered H25 104 workshops in Auckland, five of which were associated with {0I.H.C.}, H25 105 the other three being run by different community groups. ^One workshop H25 106 was run as a factory intended to make a profit and it was the only one H25 107 to reach 100% self-sufficiency. ^This workshop included non-disabled H25 108 employees in association with the disabled. ^The other seven workshops H25 109 were less than 40% self-sufficient. ^All work was labour-intensive H25 110 process work ranging from low to high grade packaging, with electronic H25 111 work predominating. H25 112 |^In three workshops over 80% of clients had contact with a H25 113 psychiatric service and in the other five less than 40% of clients had H25 114 contact. ^Six workshops were overloaded and the other two had recently H25 115 expanded into new premises. ^Seven altogether were operating at full H25 116 capacity and six needed to expand building space and equipment, with H25 117 finance being a major stumbling block. H25 118 |^Seven workshops had rehabilitation programmes preparatory to H25 119 open employment and stated that there was a greater need than they H25 120 could meet. ^The exception was the self-sufficient workshop. ^In H25 121 summary, the survey of the facilities available for the disabled H25 122 demonstrate that the majority were operating at full capacity and H25 123 needed to expand building space and equipment but were hampered H25 124 through lack of finance. H25 125 |^At the same time as the surveys were being carried out, the H25 126 Carrington Market Garden was being established as a Department of H25 127 Labour Work Skills Development Programme. ^The Market Garden was H25 128 approved in July 1981, and began with the author as supervisor, two H25 129 instructors and facilities for twelve trainees. ^In June 1982, H25 130 following further negotiations, Department of Labour Work Skills H25 131 Development funding was obtained for a full-time Occupational H25 132 Therapist and six extra trainee positions. ^Carrington Hospital also H25 133 designated another four acres for the garden, making a total of seven H25 134 acres. ^The Market Garden has stayed stable in staff and acreage since H25 135 then and is now a flourishing concern. H25 136 |^The results of the survey were submitted to the Auckland H25 137 Hospital Board in 1983 along with a model prototype of a charitable H25 138 trust which used the Carrington Market Garden as an example of the H25 139 type of project envisaged. ^It was argued in the submission that the H25 140 survey clearly indicated that the flow-through for a patient leaving H25 141 hospital to live in the community was an area not well-serviced. ^For H25 142 a patient to proceed and succeed along a rehabilitation programme into H25 143 the community, this issue had to be addressed. ^Included in this H25 144 submission to the Auckland Hospital Board were proposed H25 145 recommendations for the involvement required of the Board for the H25 146 establishment of such a trust. ^These were outlined in a sequential H25 147 process by means of flow charts and staffing requirements were H25 148 detailed. ^The Auckland Hospital Board expressed its support for the H25 149 concept and approved secondment of the author as the Development H25 150 Officer in January 1984. H25 151 *<*4The Establishing of the Trust, 1984*> H25 152 |^Throughout 1984 the author was directly responsible to \0Dr. H25 153 Fraser McDonald, Medical Superintendent, and the Carrington Hospital H25 154 Manager. ^We met fortnightly to discuss developments and progress. ^As H25 155 the Trust was to cater for the Auckland Hospital Board area, a first H25 156 priority was to call all psychiatric hospitals and related community H25 157 services to extend the representation on the Working Party and to form H25 158 the Trust's decision-making committee. ^Also, all community agencies H25 159 concerned with assisting psychiatric patients were informed of the H25 160 Working Party and the minutes of the meetings were made available. H25 161 ^From that time on the role of the Working Party was to act as a H25 162 steering committee for the Trust's developments. H25 163 |^To clarify long term goals and identify short term goals, John H25 164 Raeburn's systems model was used. ^A structure of group consensus H25 165 evolved and the amicable sharing of tasks created a very positive H25 166 approach, as at times it felt we had undertaken a formidable task! H25 167 ^Another exciting aspect was to have health professionals from a H25 168 variety of work areas all working towards a common goal. ^The first H25 169 agenda for the Working Party was to formalize the philosophy and goals H25 170 of the Trust. ^As originally concluded, the main goal was seen as the H25 171 need to take the initiative for, and promote projects in the community H25 172 for people who have experienced mental ill-health. H25 173 |^It was decided that potential users of the projects should be H25 174 involved in planning, via a questionnaire. ^Aligned with this it was H25 175 established that projects should be kept small to enable a variety H25 176 throughout the Auckland Hospital Board area that would meet the H25 177 vocational, emotional and social needs of people as identified via the H25 178 questionnaire. ^Access to potential clients would be via the Auckland H25 179 Hospital Board, psychiatric services and associated community H25 180 agencies. H25 181 |^Throughout these initial stages the author approached 25 people H25 182 to be trustees and in April 1984 ten people established the first H25 183 trustees' meeting. ^The name *"Framework**" was adopted and a logo was H25 184 designed. ^Three representatives of the Working Party and the author H25 185 attended trustees' meetings and one trustee had worked with the Full H25 186 Working Party. ^This procedure is still operating as the Working Party H25 187 is seen as an integral part of Framework. H25 188 |^In July 1984 two {0PEP} workers were employed to implement the H25 189 client questionnaire. ^The questionnaire was chosen as the research H25 190 mode as it allows participation on the part of the client. ^This was H25 191 seen as a vital part of the study and exemplifies an underlying H25 192 principle of the Working Party's goal. ^If the clients are to function H25 193 well in the community they must feel responsible for their life and be H25 194 active agents in the world, making their own decisions. ^To foster H25 195 this, the clients would be encouraged to see the planned centres as H25 196 theirs to mould, rather than as something already rigidly established. H25 197 |^The questionnaire was implemented in a one-to-one interview H25 198 session, with the interviewer discussing the questions with the client H25 199 and recording the answers. ^It was hoped the answers would show the H25 200 depth and type of need in the areas of work and activity. ^The H25 201 interviews were open-ended and were intended to encourage the client H25 202 to think more deeply and confidently about their answers. H25 203 |^The ethics of dangling the *"carrot**" of employment in front of H25 204 the clients were considered, but it was felt that misunderstanding H25 205 could be avoided by sensitive interviewing. ^The questionnaire would H25 206 be presented simply as a survey to get ideas from clients, with an H25 207 invitation extended to them to get involved in planning if they H25 208 wished. H25 209 *# H26 001 **[290 TEXT H26**] H26 002 |^*0Ladies and Gentlemen, H26 003 |^It is with considerable satisfaction that I present the Report H26 004 of the Foundation for 1986. H26 005 |^The past year will be recalled as a period of some austerity H26 006 where economies have been looked for on all sides and where grants in H26 007 every field have come under intense scrutiny. ^It is pleasing, H26 008 therefore, to be able to report that, rather than feeling obliged to H26 009 curtail its activities, the Board has been able to maintain and even H26 010 to increase its research funding. H26 011 |^Some 25 years ago, when strong submissions were being made for H26 012 the establishment of a second School of Medicine in New Zealand, a H26 013 party headed by the Chairman of the University Grants Committee, \0Dr H26 014 {0F J} Llewellyn, visited Auckland. ^Even then it was by no means H26 015 certain that Auckland would be the preferred location. ^But one can H26 016 clearly recall \0Dr Llewellyn, on behalf of his committee, expressing H26 017 how surprised but how genuinely impressed they were with the research H26 018 being undertaken in Auckland and with the enthusiasm and obvious skill H26 019 of those conducting it. ^There is little doubt that the groups, who H26 020 had important recommendations to make, were greatly influenced by what H26 021 they saw that day. H26 022 |^Sir Douglas Robb, in his autobiography records with some pride H26 023 that the newly-formed Foundation was providing about 3,500**[SIC**] a H26 024 year at that time. ^The Foundation has come a long way since then. H26 025 ^Commitments of over *+$900,000 were approved during last year, a most H26 026 encouraging increase, even when making due allowance for inflation. H26 027 ^Those who took advantage of the opportunity to visit the School of H26 028 Medicine during its recent open days could not fail to be impressed by H26 029 the extent and importance of the research now being carried out. H26 030 |^The Board has continued its policy of maintaining a good balance H26 031 in its activities by complementing research projects with travel H26 032 grants, fellowships, senior scholarships awards**[SIC**], and summer H26 033 student research grants. H26 034 |^Once again I express our sincere thanks to the Medical Committee H26 035 chaired by Professor {0G S M} Kellaway. ^As Chairman for the last 14 H26 036 years Professor Kellaway's contribution has been invaluable. ^The H26 037 Board leans heavily on the considered judgment and advice of this H26 038 highly qualified group of people who give so freely of their time and H26 039 expert knowledge in assessing with great care the many and varied H26 040 applications they receive. ^There is, I believe, wide appreciation of H26 041 the efforts of the committee to judge objectively the creativity of H26 042 those seeking support and to ensure that funds are directed into the H26 043 right channels and being efficiently used. H26 044 |^One aspect which will give increasing concern in the future is H26 045 the difficulty of providing the sophisticated and expensive equipment H26 046 important in modern research. ^The Board is well aware of the problem H26 047 together with the importance of ensuring an adequate supply of skilled H26 048 technicians capable of working and maintaining equipment and H26 049 instruments at maximum efficiency *- a task far too difficult for the H26 050 researcher. H26 051 |^As always, we are greatly indebted to the Finance Committee H26 052 headed by \0Mr {0W D} Goodfellow, \0Mr {0G S} Blanshard, and \0Mr {0D H26 053 G E} Brown, a triumvirate who would be the envy of any Board of H26 054 Directors. ^As Treasurer and Chairman, \0Mr Goodfellow, in particular, H26 055 devotes countless hours in directing and controlling the finances of H26 056 the Foundation. ^With a committee of such strength, members and H26 057 supporters together with Trust Officers, accountants and solicitors H26 058 who advise their clients in the matter of legacies and bequests can H26 059 have every confidence that the funds of the Foundation are in expert H26 060 hands. H26 061 |^We thank the retiring Hospital Board nominee, \0Mr {0W J} H26 062 Bridgman, for his valuable contribution during his term of office and H26 063 are pleased to welcome back \0Mrs {0A S} Barrett for a further term. H26 064 ^Our thanks too, to retiring members, Professor {0A G C} Renwick and H26 065 \0Dr \0P Doak. H26 066 |^The very considerable volume of clerical and accounting work H26 067 has, as usual, been carried out efficiently by the Secretary, \0Mr H26 068 Gerald Wakely and his office staff. ^We are indebted to them for the H26 069 pleasant and smooth running of the Foundation. H26 070 |^By no means least, our sincere thanks to the {0A. S. B.} Trust H26 071 Bank and to all members and supporters for their continued generous H26 072 assistance. ^It is a great relief to the Board not to be faced with H26 073 repeated fund-raising appeals. H26 074 |^Finally, my grateful thanks to the members of the Board for H26 075 their willing co-operation and their many constructive contributions H26 076 throughout the year. H26 077 |^People either have faith in research or regard it with some H26 078 cynicism, believing that many projects are esoteric, almost entirely H26 079 laboratory-oriented, and have little to do with people. ^This is not H26 080 our experience. ^We are confident that the research of those whom we H26 081 support, while important to the international medical scene, is H26 082 broadly relevant to the institution and country where it is carried H26 083 out and that the researchers are well aware of the society in which H26 084 they live and the many health problems that exist there. ^We hope to H26 085 encourage those who think deeply about the problems they encounter, H26 086 are determined to understand them thoroughly and find solutions to H26 087 them, and are eager to spread their knowledge amongst others and pass H26 088 on their own feelings and enthusiasms. ^Such people are vital to a H26 089 teaching hospital or university and have an all-important part to play H26 090 in the provision of an enlightened and dedicated medical profession. H26 091 |^We feel that the Foundation will be fulfilling its main function H26 092 if it can continue to make provision for such men and women. ^In this H26 093 way it can play its part in ensuring a Health Service with a nice H26 094 balance between the breadth of experience of the general practitioner, H26 095 the skill of the specialist, and the depth of knowledge of the H26 096 researcher. H26 097 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] H26 098 |^For the Board of the Foundation H26 099 |**[SIGNATURE**] H26 100 |^Sir Henry Cooper H26 101 |^*2PRESIDENT H26 102 **[END INDENTATION**] H26 103 *<*4Sir Douglas Robb Memorial Fund*> H26 104 |^*0The Sir Douglas Robb Memorial Fund was established in memory H26 105 of an outstanding cardiothoracic surgeon, former Chancellor of the H26 106 University of Auckland and Vice President of the Foundation. ^The H26 107 following are reports of those who received a grant from this Fund in H26 108 1986. H26 109 *<*4Auckland Speakeasy Association, Auckland Hospital*> H26 110 |^*0The grant was used for just the one project, to fund \0Dr H26 111 Craig's visit and to organise a two day seminar. H26 112 |^The seminar was held at the Kohia Teachers Centre, Kohia H26 113 Terrace, Epsom, over a two day period, 30 to 31 January 1986. ^\0Dr H26 114 Craig, who is a {0PhD} (speech psychologist), was the only speaker. H26 115 ^The audience comprised speech therapists, all members of the New H26 116 Zealand Speech Therapists Association, and Speak Easy members, from H26 117 the Auckland Speak Easy Association and Wellington Speak Easy group. H26 118 |^The grant from the Sir Douglas Robb Memorial Fund, was for the H26 119 purpose of financing the above project. ^It achieved the bringing H26 120 together of therapists from as far as Wellington, all keen to hear and H26 121 talk with \0Dr Craig. ^Its value to therapists and speak easy members H26 122 alike was immeasurable, the information and ideas received will H26 123 benefit us at Speakeasy especially, to use at meetings and working in H26 124 closer co-operation with therapists. H26 125 *<*4Cerebral Palsy Society of New Zealand \0Inc. , {0P O} Box 24042, H26 126 Royal Oak*> H26 127 |^*0The grant from the Foundation to the Society has been used on H26 128 the following: H26 129 |^*1National Register of Cerebral Palsy *- *0this was supported by H26 130 the purchase and distribution to medical personnel of an important and H26 131 very recent reference, *1The Epidemiology of the Cerebral Palsies, H26 132 *0\0ed. Eva Alberman and Fiona Stanley, {0SIMP}, London. ^Ten copies H26 133 have been distributed. ^A discussion with workers in Bethesda, \0Md, H26 134 {0USA} resulted from publication of *1Prenatal and Perinatal Factors H26 135 Associated With Brain Disorders, *0\0ed. John \0M. Freeman, National H26 136 Institutes of Health, {0USA}, when information was urgently needed H26 137 here. H26 138 |^*1Conductive Education *0is a relatively new treatment method H26 139 and we were concerned that only two copies of an important source book H26 140 were in New Zealand libraries, so we purchased twenty copies of H26 141 *1Conductive Education: A System for Overcoming Motor Disorder, H26 142 *0\0ed. Philippa \0J Cottam and Andrew Sutton, Croom Helm, {0U. K.} H26 143 and we have begun distributing them, to alert the medical and H26 144 supportive professions to this very successful Hungarian treatment H26 145 mode. H26 146 |^Our *1Resource Kit for Cerebral Palsy *0and a video of our H26 147 Skills and Therapy Sessions have been supported by the grant, also. H26 148 *<*4Chaplaincy Service, Auckland Hospital*> H26 149 |^*0The purpose of the grant was to add to and update the existing H26 150 library resources in the department. ^For a long time the chaplains H26 151 have been concerned about the inadequate amount of reference and H26 152 reading material for the people who do their training in pastoral care H26 153 through this department. ^The grant enabled us to purchase about H26 154 twenty books and to subscribe to two journals. ^From the time the H26 155 books were purchased the library has been used extensively by both H26 156 chaplains and trainees. ^It is our belief that those who read the H26 157 books will, through their reading, become more effective carers. ^The H26 158 people in the Chaplaincy service are indeed grateful for the grant. H26 159 *<*4The Auckland Family Counselling Service \0Inc. , 33 Owens Road, H26 160 Epsom*> H26 161 |^*0The grant from the fund was for the purchase of books for the H26 162 service's library. ^The specialist knowledge of staff at the agency in H26 163 dealing with unresolved conflict, has led to greater demands for us to H26 164 work with separated or separating families. ^The titles that we have H26 165 been able to purchase will enhance the expertise of our staff, and to H26 166 date our Librarian has been thrilled that the books have scarcely had H26 167 time to be catalogued before staff have been requesting them. ^The H26 168 staff appreciate the grant from the Sir Douglas Robb Memorial Fund H26 169 which has helped fulfil an important training need. H26 170 *<*4Professor {0W F} Lubbe, Department of Medicine, University of H26 171 Auckland and Green Lane Hospital*> H26 172 |^*0A grant was obtained from the Sir Douglas Robb Memorial Fund H26 173 towards expenses incurred in editing a symposium for the Journal of H26 174 Molecular and Cellular Cardiology on the subject: *"Biochemical Basis H26 175 of Arrhythmias**". ^This symposium is based on a session at the H26 176 International Conference of the International Society for Heart H26 177 Research held in Melbourne in February 1986. H26 178 |^The editing procedure is currently in progress. ^Eight submitted H26 179 manuscripts have been accepted for the symposium and each was sent to H26 180 two referees who are recognised experts in the field. ^The eight H26 181 manuscripts are now on *"floppy disc**" and copies have been returned H26 182 to the authors for revision. ^Four of the manuscripts have already H26 183 been placed on camera-ready paper and have been returned to the H26 184 authors for proof-reading. H26 185 *<*4Sir Harcourt Caughey Award*> H26 186 |^*0The Sir Harcourt Caughey Award was established from an H26 187 anonymous gift of *+$100,000 to recognise the outstanding contribution H26 188 to the Foundation of Sir Harcourt Caughey, who was President for seven H26 189 years and on the Board of the Foundation since its establishment. ^In H26 190 1986 the Award was used to bring to Auckland a person with expertise H26 191 not available in New Zealand. H26 192 *<*4Professor {0S J} Barry, Professor of Audiology, University of H26 193 Oklahoma*> H26 194 |^*0Professor {0S J} Barry, Professor of Audiology at the H26 195 University of Oklahoma, visited the National Audiology Centre for 4 H26 196 months early in 1986. H26 197 |^\0Dr Barry assisted \0Dr Keith and \0Ms Purdy of the National H26 198 Audiology Centre on a 3-year project to develop an objective method of H26 199 fitting hearing aids to deaf babies. ^The project involves the H26 200 development of objective methods for measuring hearing aid H26 201 performance, and for assessing hearing in sleeping infants. ^\0Dr H26 202 Barry assisted with research into evoked response procedures for H26 203 assessing hearing levels. H26 204 |^\0Dr Barry advised on the setting up of equipment, and assisted H26 205 in the choice of instrumentation for this research. ^The Auditory H26 206 Brainstem evoked Response ({0ABR}) was selected as the optimal method H26 207 for evoked response audiometry in infants. ^This method involves the H26 208 recording of neural responses to sounds from the auditory nerve and H26 209 brainstem, via electrodes attached to the scalp. H26 210 |^Several experiments were undertaken during \0Dr Barry's visit. H26 211 ^These involved the investigation of a newly-reported method for H26 212 improving the {0ABR} response to low tones, the establishment of H26 213 required levels of masking noise to limit the {0ABR} response to the H26 214 part of the hearing spectrum being tested, and the collection of H26 215 {0ABR} data in normal-hearing adults using brief tones without masking H26 216 noise. H26 217 *# H27 001 **[291 TEXT H27**] H27 002 |^*2THE 1986/ 87 FINANCIAL YEAR *0produced yet another series of H27 003 dramatic and exciting events, all solidly supported by record earnings H27 004 for the 19th time in a row. ^The final result of *+$342 million is the H27 005 second highest profit ever recorded by a New Zealand public company H27 006 and is another milestone in the progression of more than two decades H27 007 of outstanding growth. H27 008 |^*2GROWTH PROSPECTS ^*0After the relative euphoria of our 25th H27 009 anniversary celebrations it was necessary to return to the practical H27 010 demands of 1987 *- our 26th year in historical terms, but only the H27 011 first in popular expectations of another quarter century of comparable H27 012 expansion H27 013 **[PLATE**] H27 014 and achievement. ^In this context, the outcome augurs well because the H27 015 record profit was accompanied by a number of significant developments H27 016 for the future and is backed by a conservatively stated balance sheet H27 017 of great strength and flexibility. H27 018 |^Longer term it will obviously be impossible to maintain H27 019 indefinitely a compound rate of growth on the same mathematical scale H27 020 as the first 25 years, but in its place we offer *"blue chip**" H27 021 security and wide marketability combined with a firm determination to H27 022 continue to provide very high returns by any normal criteria. ^It is H27 023 also worth repeating that {0BIL} is still of modest size by world H27 024 standards and if we can emulate in overseas markets what has been H27 025 achieved in New Zealand and Australia, the results could be H27 026 spectacular, not only for {0BIL} shareholders, but for the whole New H27 027 Zealand economy. H27 028 |^*2INVESTMENT ^*0In last year's annual report we commented H27 029 on the acquisition of substantial shareholdings in various old H27 030 established New Zealand companies and this trend continued in 1986/ H27 031 87. ^*4Skellerup Industries \0Ltd *0became a subsidiary during the H27 032 year and *4The Auckland Gas \0Co. \0Ltd *0was absorbed by *4Welgas H27 033 Holdings \0Ltd *0in a three way merger also incorporating *4East Coast H27 034 Gas Supply \0Ltd. ^*0Shareholdings have been increased in *4{0NZI} H27 035 Corporation \0Ltd *0(32%), *4Lane Walker Rudkin Industries \0Ltd H27 036 *0(47%) and *4Cable Price Downer \0Ltd *0(40%). ^There have also been H27 037 a number of full acquisitions of previous publicly listed H27 038 subsidiaries, mainly where their small size did not justify separate H27 039 shareholding structures. H27 040 |^*2WINSTONE \0LTD ^*4Winstone \0Ltd *0became a wholly-owned H27 041 subsidiary as a conseqence of a share exchange offer for minorities H27 042 and subsequently acquired *4The Golden Bay Cement \0Co. \0Ltd *0which H27 043 complements an already impressive range of concrete and building H27 044 supply operations. ^Winstone is an important subsidiary for us and H27 045 will become even more so in the future. H27 046 |^It is interesting to note the similarity between Winstone and H27 047 *4CalMat \0Co. *0in California in which we have a 15% interest H27 048 (through {0IEP}). ^Both companies operate large scale basic resources H27 049 and building materials operations and each has a strong property base, H27 050 partly because of *"urban sprawl**" having overtaken previously remote H27 051 quarry locations. ^It is also of interest to compare the cost of our H27 052 15% investment in CalMat of {0NZ}*+$190 million with the {0NZ}*+$300 H27 053 million book value for 100% of Winstone (which is a major company in H27 054 its own right in New Zealand). ^Both are worth a lot more in real H27 055 terms but the comparison illustrates the scope for big overseas H27 056 investments in industries in which we have familiarity and experience H27 057 in New Zealand and Australia. H27 058 |^*2RAINBOW CORPORATION ^*0In April, we aquired 30% of *4Rainbow H27 059 Corporation \0Ltd *0and in the current term we have made an agreed H27 060 offer for the balance of the capital. ^This is a similar aquisition to H27 061 the Bunting deal in 1984. ^We have secured some good people and several H27 062 strategic investments *- notably *4Woolworths \0Ltd *0(40% now held by H27 063 the group) and 65% of *4Progressive Enterprises \0Ltd. ^*0This H27 064 immediate entry to a strong position in food and consumer retailing on H27 065 both sides of the Tasman fills a gap in our industry profile and was H27 066 Rainbow's attraction. H27 067 |^*2WOOLWORTHS \0LTD ^*0The somewhat unusual circumstances of our H27 068 aggregation of Woolworth's shares has been well ventilated in the H27 069 media (most inaccurately) but we have no doubt whatever of the H27 070 complete validity of Woolworths which was a sharemarket legend in the H27 071 40s and 50s, but badly lost its way when the original entrepreneurs H27 072 were succeeded by accountants and administrators. ^However, it is H27 073 still Australia's second largest retailer with more than 1000 stores H27 074 and annual sales of \0A*+$5 billion. ^It is a big challenge for {0BIL}/ H27 075 {0IEL} to assist Woolworths to regain direction in the future. H27 076 |^*2MAGNUM CORPORATION \0LTD ^*0The restructuring and expansion of H27 077 our liquor interests through the acquisition of 69% of *4Magnum H27 078 Corporation \0Ltd *0(formerly Rothmans) is an important move. ^Magnum H27 079 incorporates Liquorland, Allied Liquor, Robbie Burns, Corbans, \0J. H27 080 Rattray and Countdown and has become the holding company for our H27 081 former direct interests in Dominion Breweries, Quill Humphreys and H27 082 Cooks McWilliams. ^We have definitely overtaken Lion Corporation as H27 083 the industry leader, mainly because of better anticipation of H27 084 structural and consumer requirements of the 1980s. H27 085 |^{0IEL} subsidiary, *4The Cascade Brewery \0Co. \0Ltd *0is also H27 086 relevant in this context as it is the first time that one group has H27 087 owned breweries in both New Zealand and Australia. ^This is H27 088 particularly opportune in the {0CER} environment of increasing H27 089 reciprocal trade and the Cascade relationship has more immediate H27 090 potential than the purchase of breweries elsewhere in the world *- H27 091 although this is still an added option if suitable opportunities H27 092 arise. H27 093 |^*2UNITED KINGDOM ^*0In the past two years, we have been involved H27 094 in three large takeover offers in the {0UK} *- the current *+450 H27 095 million bid by {0BIL} for *4Equity & Law \0plc, *0a leading {0UK} and H27 096 European life assurance office, and earlier offers of *+300 million H27 097 for *4Ocean Transport & Trading \0plc *0and *+70 million by {0TKM} for H27 098 *4Molins \0plc. H27 099 |^*0Both latter offers were unsuccessful and were generally H27 100 unfavourably received by the {0UK} media and sharemarket. ^This H27 101 response was mildly disappointing but certainly not discouraging in H27 102 view of *"the City's**" apparent belated recognition of our original H27 103 judgement in acquiring large shareholdings in these companies at much H27 104 lower prices. ^We intend to retain our integrity as a value investor H27 105 and will accept numerous more *'defeats**' in preference to ego driven H27 106 *'victories**' at excessive cost. H27 107 |^The 1985 acquisition of a majority interest in *4Tozer H27 108 Kemsley & Millbourn (Holdings) \0plc *0and the subsequent H27 109 takeover and integration of *4Kenning Motor Group \0plc *0has H27 110 succeeded very well indeed. ^{0TKM} is one of the largest motor H27 111 vehicle distributors in the {0UK}, France and Ireland with tyre H27 112 retailing, service stations and rental car businesses in support. ^In H27 113 our view, this substantial trading base (with sales of *+717 million H27 114 per annum and more than 7,800 employees) is well underrated by the H27 115 market, which is somewhat ironic in view of the push by other H27 116 investment groups to obtain genuine operating earnings in the {0UK} H27 117 and elsewhere. H27 118 |^*2UNITED STATES ^*0In the more complex {0US} corporate H27 119 environment, the development of potential takeovers has proceeded more H27 120 slowly. ^Of the two acquisitions so far, *4The Higbee Company *0has H27 121 been very successful whereas *4Anadite \0Inc *0(on a much smaller H27 122 scale) has essentially been a disappointment. H27 123 |^The proposed sale of Higbee may seem somewhat peverse in these H27 124 circumstances but has arisen in a very logical manner. ^In recent H27 125 months we have been involved in various discussions regarding possible H27 126 merger or aquisitions of other stores as a prelude to a public H27 127 flotation. ^Although none of these negotiations came to fruition, it H27 128 became clear that Higbee's strong geographical representation in Ohio H27 129 (12 stores) has an added value in the present round of extensive H27 130 rationalisation in {0US} department stores ownership. ^With the full H27 131 support of management it was therefore decided to offer Higbee for H27 132 sale in order to create other opportunities for a stronger grouping of H27 133 stores for the company. ^The response has been good and we are now H27 134 evaluating the various proposals. H27 135 |^*2CAPITAL ^*0As announced already, the Board has continued in H27 136 1987 the established pattern of cash and bonus issues at year end H27 137 which has always been a popular feature in the past. ^The terms of the H27 138 latest issue (1 for 10 at *+$2 and a 1 for 4 bonus) places only modest H27 139 demands on shareholders and acknowledges the view that we have almost H27 140 reached the limit of capital which the New Zealand financial market H27 141 can supply. H27 142 |^The increase in balance sheet totals from *+$5.6 billion to H27 143 *+$11.8 billion demonstrates the incredible level of activity which H27 144 has been packed into the past year and the current term is no less H27 145 active. ^Even applying the most selective investment criteria, we H27 146 believe we can profitably utilise vast amounts of new funding. H27 147 ^Although there has been a steady expansion in the share register (now H27 148 160,000 shareholders) it is still 92% New Zealand dominated and we H27 149 recognise the need to broaden our geographical appeal in order to H27 150 maximise benefits for existing shareholders. H27 151 |^The financial year has begun well and we look forward to H27 152 reporting another top performance in 1988. H27 153 |^*2DIRECTORS ^*0A feature of the {0BIL} Board is its stability *- H27 154 since the company was formed there have only been 16 directors H27 155 including the present board of 10. ^It is somewhat notable therefore H27 156 that two directors *- \0Mr {0D.H.} McDonald and \0Mr {0D.N.} Chalmers H27 157 *- are retiring at this year's Annual General Meeting. H27 158 |^Don McDonald has been a director since 1971 and before then was H27 159 involved with various subsidiary operations, so he has been closely H27 160 identified with the progress of {0BIL} almost since inception. ^He has H27 161 been a tower of strength throughout that period in both a personal and H27 162 professional capacity, particularly in the difficult early years. ^We H27 163 will miss him at board level but look forward to continued informal H27 164 association for many years ahead. H27 165 |^David Chalmers, who recently retired as Managing *4Director of H27 166 {0NZI} Corporation \0Ltd**[SIC**], *0joined the Board in 1984 as a H27 167 consequence of our close association with that company. ^His H27 168 constructive contribution has been most valuable, particularly in H27 169 developing the mutually beneficial {0BIL}/ {0NZI} relationship. H27 170 |**[SIGNATURE**] H27 171 |^{0R.A.} Brierley H27 172 |^*2CHAIRMAN OF DIRECTORS H27 173 |^5 OCTOBER 1987 H27 174 * H27 175 |^*01987 has been another outstanding year characterised not just by H27 176 record profits but by an underlying momentum and sense of purpose H27 177 which singles out {0BIL} as Australasia's leading company. ^Although H27 178 the *'final score**' or profit is important, both at the time of H27 179 achievement and for the record books, it is H27 180 **[PLATE**] H27 181 nevertheless only one ingredient in a very critical mixture. ^Even H27 182 more fundamental than playing and winning is the strength of the H27 183 competition, proving the consistency of our performance and having a H27 184 balanced team capable of repeating the success story into the future H27 185 *- that is {0BIL} today. ^Our existing investments, future prospects H27 186 and strong financial positions coupled with an outstanding team of H27 187 proven performers ensure a continuation of our *'winning formula.**' H27 188 *<*2PROFITABILITY*> H27 189 |^*0The 1986/ 87 profit of *+$342 million represents an increase of H27 190 9O% on last year and all increase in adjusted earnings per share of H27 191 61%. ^Even more pleasing is the inherent quality of the H27 192 **[GRAPH**] H27 193 result. ^This is despite unprecedented conditions in the New Zealand H27 194 financial markets which saw short term interest rates peaking at over H27 195 40% whilst at the same time the New Zealand dollar was continuing to H27 196 revalue against the currencies of the countries in which we operate *- H27 197 namely the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. H27 198 |^{0BIL} has two broad sources of revenue *- entrepreneurial H27 199 profits and dividend income from our share portfolio, and earnings H27 200 from our trading companies. ^With over half of the group assets H27 201 represented by shares in public companies, the holding costs are H27 202 substantial and significantly impact on current profits. ^To achieve H27 203 superior profitability while at the same time having over half of the H27 204 Group's assets invested for the future is a clear illustration of the H27 205 excellence of the result. ^The real substance of the profit is H27 206 highlighted by the earnings before tax and minority interests of H27 207 *+$677 million which is up 70% on last year. ^This is derived entirely H27 208 from either wholly owned subsidiaries or companies in which {0BIL} is H27 209 the majority shareholder. H27 210 *<*2ACCOUNTING POLICIES*> H27 211 |*0^As in 1986, we have not equity accounted any interests. H27 212 ^Shareholdings which could be treated in this manner include *- in the H27 213 United States: Molokai Ranch 29%; Everest and Jennings 27%; Union H27 214 Special 28%; in Luxembourg: European Pacific Investments {0S.A.} 28%; H27 215 in Australia: The Australian Gas Light Company 30%; Woolworths 20%; H27 216 and in New Zealand: Acadia Corporation 46%; Cable Price Downer 40%; H27 217 Lane Walker Rudkin 47%; {0NZI} Corporation 32%; Rainbow Corporation H27 218 30%; Wellesley Resources 26% and Willliams & Kettle 30%. H27 219 |^Consistent accounting policies have been applied and in H27 220 particular goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries has been written H27 221 off, all foreign exchange gains and losses have been included in the H27 222 profit and loss account, no property revaluations have been included H27 223 in the profit and the accounts have been prepared on a conservative H27 224 basis. H27 225 *# H28 001 **[292 TEXT H28**] H28 002 |^*0Renouf Corporation Limited was established with the goal of H28 003 becoming a significant New Zealand-based international company H28 004 returning above average yields to investors. ^Within three years it H28 005 has fulfilled that objective and I am proud that predictions of a H28 006 *+$150 million profit have been achieved. H28 007 |^The declaration in the review period of an annualised earnings H28 008 per share of 48.7 cents is an increase of 113.6 percent over the H28 009 previous year. ^There are few companies with such an excellent track H28 010 record of profit generation in their formative years. ^It is not H28 011 surprising therefore that shareholdings in your company should prove H28 012 highly attractive to major investors. ^Most recently I have increased H28 013 my personal shareholding from 42 million to 57 million shares and H28 014 welcomed two new major shareholders in {0FAI} Insurances Limited with H28 015 58 million shares, and the Development Finance Corporation of New H28 016 Zealand Limited with 7.5 million shares. H28 017 |^I feel sure the contribution of these major corporations in H28 018 both the New Zealand and international financial markets will generate H28 019 significant opportunities for Renouf Corporation. H28 020 |^Shareholders and management can be well satisfied with the H28 021 operating record of your corporation to date which bears testimony to H28 022 the loyalty and hard work of both executive directors and staff. H28 023 ^Following the H28 024 **[PLATE**] H28 025 shareholding changes noted above, \0Messrs {0M J} Cashin, {0I L G} H28 026 Stewart, {0A W} Strange and {0G J} Marsh left the Board with myself H28 027 joining as Chairman plus \0Messrs {0R B} Corlett (Deputy Chairman), H28 028 {0C J} Beardsley and {0J R} Needham. H28 029 |^During the year, I regret to say that one of our H28 030 directors, Reid Jackson, passed away. ^He will be sadly H28 031 missed. H28 032 |^We have witnessed an exciting profit period for the Corporation H28 033 *- I can assure you the future looks bright indeed. H28 034 |**[SIGNATURE**] H28 035 |^*4Sir Francis \0H Renouf H28 036 |^Chairman H28 037 **[GRAPH**] H28 038 * H28 039 |^*0Your company has now consolidated its position among the H28 040 leading New Zealand international corporations. ^We believe that the H28 041 quality of earnings and strength of the New Zealand and international H28 042 base established by the corporation provide an extremely sound H28 043 platform for further global development. ^It is the intention of your H28 044 directors to build on the successes achieved to date and we envisage H28 045 that the excellent earnings per share rates achieved during the period H28 046 under review will be sustained over the long term. H28 047 |^Our profit in the period under review when placed on an H28 048 annualised basis gives a return of *+$121.7 million, with earnings per H28 049 share of 48.7 cents. ^This means your corporation has a price/ H28 050 earnings ratio of 7 which is low by industry standards. H28 051 |^Profits during the year were boosted by the sale of our H28 052 shareholding in {0NZI} Corporation which gave a gain of some *+$45 H28 053 million. ^Returns were further boosted by contributions of *+$21.5 H28 054 million from Renouf Properties Limited and *+$19.4 million from \0R & H28 055 \0W Hellaby Limited, in addition to *+$65.3 million from the banking H28 056 and investment division. H28 057 |^Our confidence in the rewards available to shareholders and H28 058 staff in the future springs from the soundness of the earnings base H28 059 now in place and the proven success of our operating philosophy. ^We H28 060 believe that returns from our international investments, coupled with H28 061 the activities of the divisions within New Zealand, will ensure H28 062 excellent rewards for shareholders in coming years. ^Looking ahead to H28 063 June 1988, we are forecasting a sustainable earnings base of *+$120 H28 064 million. H28 065 |^We have consistently encouraged our executive team to accept H28 066 new ideas and to investigate their potential from a fundamental base H28 067 of achieving a productive return on investment. H28 068 |^Members of the team have fulfilled these goals. H28 069 |^We believe that the policy of H28 070 **[PLATE**] H28 071 encouraging management autonomy among subsidiary companies has proved H28 072 successful. ^It has resulted in excellent returns for the group and a H28 073 good deal of satisfaction among executives and line management whose H28 074 performance is mirrored in the level of earnings achieved. ^The focus H28 075 of management will continue to be on making the most effective use of H28 076 shareholders' funds to achieve the highest returns. H28 077 |^It was the original intention of your directors to maximise the H28 078 public listing of subsidiaries in order to give senior executives and H28 079 staff of these companies an opportunity for commitment through public H28 080 holdings. ^However, management experience has shown it will be of H28 081 greater benefit to your corporation if we seek to minimise public H28 082 listings. ^We are therefore seeking to achieve one primary listing in H28 083 New Zealand and to make Impala Pacific Corporation our main overseas H28 084 arm. ^This policy has been implemented to good effect in the case of H28 085 Alliance, Hellaby and Repco and we now hold 93 percent of Renouf H28 086 Properties. ^The intention of your directors is to maintain a balance H28 087 between our investments offshore and New Zealand activities directed H28 088 through the corporation. H28 089 |^It is the belief of your directors that the maintenance of a H28 090 strong industrial sector is essential to New Zealand's economic H28 091 growth. ^We intend to build on our investments in this sector, H28 092 pursuing our previously announced policy of seeking out fundamentally H28 093 sound companies whose performance can be improved by the application H28 094 of fresh management techniques. ^The successes of Alliance, Hellaby H28 095 and Repco have endorsed the soundness of our approach. ^Our H28 096 involvement will continue to focus on both direct participation and H28 097 the provision of investment finance. H28 098 |^Increased competition in the deregulated New Zealand economy H28 099 has underlined the reasons why your directors consider expansion of H28 100 the corporation's overseas interests is essential to the maintenance H28 101 of high returns for shareholders. H28 102 **[GRAPH**] H28 103 |^Activity abroad will provide us with greater access to overseas H28 104 capital markets for further development of our New Zealand base as H28 105 required. H28 106 |^On the international front, we have made a full bid to acquire H28 107 all the issued capital of Impala Pacific Corporation from our current H28 108 base of some 26 percent. ^We are guaranteed at least 51 percent by way H28 109 of an agreement with Ariadne Australia with our option to purchase all H28 110 of Ariadne's shareholding at {0HK}*+$18.00 per share. ^We expect to H28 111 complete this takeover by the end of November 1987. H28 112 |^It is the belief of your directors that the 1988-89 year will H28 113 see further progress in the expansion of your corporation both H28 114 internationally and within New Zealand. ^We have every confidence that H28 115 there will be increased returns for shareholders in the future as a H28 116 result of decisions taken during the past year, together with plans H28 117 now being implemented. H28 118 |**[SIGNATURE**] H28 119 |^*4{0C J} Beardsley H28 120 |^Managing Director H28 121 * H28 122 |^*0Renouf Corporation Limited is geared to performance. ^Within H28 123 three years it has grown to become one of New Zealand's leading H28 124 international corporations, holding significant investments in the H28 125 United States, Asia and Australia, as well as New Zealand. ^Its H28 126 operations encompass industrial, property, banking and investment H28 127 activities and each of these divisions complements the strengths of H28 128 the others. ^Our philosophy of matching entrepreneurial flair to the H28 129 integrity for which the Renouf name has always stood has produced H28 130 spectacular gains for shareholders and a growth in company H28 131 profitability which is the envy of many financiers. ^Annualised H28 132 earnings have soared from 13.6 cents a share in the year to 31 March H28 133 1985, to 48.7 cents per share in the 15 months to 30 June 1987. H28 134 |^Inevitably the successes achieved by the corporate team and H28 135 rewards available to shareholders have attracted a great deal of H28 136 interest among investors and major financial institutions who see H28 137 advantages for themselves in associating with your company. ^That this H28 138 should be the case represents recognition of the achievements recorded H28 139 by Renouf Corporation. H28 140 |^The various shareholding issues have been settled in a way H28 141 which the directors feel sure will permit sustained long term growth H28 142 in accord with their intention to build Renouf Corporation as a H28 143 dynamic international operator. H28 144 |^Your directors see the company poised for further considerable H28 145 **[PLATE**] H28 146 expansion now that the banking and investment, property and industrial H28 147 divisions are geared to high performance levels. ^They are also H28 148 pleased with the opportunities showing up for Impala Pacific H28 149 Corporation and with the returns coming through from the investment in H28 150 Benequity. ^Your directors see this as the first in a series of moves H28 151 through which Renouf Corporation will establish itself still further H28 152 internationally. H28 153 |^Impala Pacific Corporation is considered well placed to H28 154 participate in this fresh growth phase of Renouf Corporation and the H28 155 decision to take a majority interest will assist in the drive to H28 156 expand in the United States, Europe and Asia. ^A considerable level of H28 157 investment-related activity can be expected in the latter part of this H28 158 year as the Corporation moves to strengthen links forged with H28 159 international financiers. H28 160 |^The operating philosophy of your company is geared to H28 161 maintaining a specially selected group of key executive staff able to H28 162 establish a pattern of development and identify opportunities to H28 163 achieve maximum reward. ^Managers of the operating groups within the H28 164 divisions are encouraged to take full responsibility for the H28 165 development of their areas. ^This management method has proved H28 166 particularly successful in the transformation of Alliance Textiles and H28 167 Repco Merchants into strong cash generators. ^Management teams of H28 168 Renouf companies are lean in numbers but strong in performance. ^Our H28 169 consistent approach has been to locate companies capable of better H28 170 performances and to turn H28 171 **[GRAPH**] H28 172 **[PLATE**] H28 173 them into more profitable businesses through rationalisation, H28 174 reconstruction and redirection. ^In this the entrepreneurial flair and H28 175 innovation of our own team of executive directors is paramount. ^Their H28 176 focus on identifying and placing accountability on line management H28 177 with specific expertise, and then rewarding success when it is H28 178 achieved, has been a key factor in the process. H28 179 |^In line with our policy of focusing our expansion overseas H28 180 through Impala Pacific Corporation, this company has announced its H28 181 intention to purchase all the capital of Renouf Corporation Australia. H28 182 ^It is our objective to own 51 percent of the Impala shareholding and H28 183 the bid has been made at {0HK}*+$18.00 a share. ^Currently we hold H28 184 some 26 percent of Impala and Ariadne has indicated it will sell to us H28 185 any outstanding shares we require to take our holding to the 51 H28 186 percent level. H28 187 *<*4Banking and Investment*> H28 188 |^*0By making maximum use of the Corporation's wide international H28 189 contacts the division contributed *+$65.3 million to the group's H28 190 profitability in the period. ^Unlike a number of other merchant H28 191 banking operations which have developed in New Zealand under the new H28 192 deregulated environment, the division has maintained a low profile H28 193 fitting to the specialist and H28 194 **[PLATE**] H28 195 confidential role it has adopted as an entrepreneurial unit geared to H28 196 meet the urgent, and often complex, financial needs of New Zealand H28 197 corporations. ^During the period under review it has acted defensively H28 198 in mergers and takeovers both in New Zealand and Australia. H28 199 |^Niche marketing with an emphasis on specialist skills tailored H28 200 to individual client requirements has been the thrust of development H28 201 within the division. ^The division does not plan to take up a banking H28 202 licence or foreign exchange dealing licence in line with the opening H28 203 up of the New Zealand banking environment. ^It intends to focus its H28 204 development thrust on securities trading through its widening H28 205 international network, servicing of the requirements of group H28 206 activities and operations as a boutique merchant banker putting H28 207 together financial packages geared to the increasingly international H28 208 requirements of New Zealand commerce. H28 209 |^Opportunities available for carrying out successful H28 210 transactions are considerable, and although competition in the finance H28 211 and banking sector is increasing rapidly with the introduction of new H28 212 foreign specialists to the New Zealand market, the division is H28 213 positioned for growth. ^Its activities relate well to the management H28 214 of group financial resources. ^These provide it with a sound base for H28 215 future development. ^The division will continue to operate in the H28 216 areas of mergers and acquisitions, underwriting, risk management, H28 217 project financing, leveraged buyouts, debt and equity finance and H28 218 general corporate advice. H28 219 **[PLATE**] H28 220 |^The increasing sophistication of New Zealand financial markets, H28 221 and rising demands from corporate fund managers for innovative H28 222 packages, has created a situation in which the specialist expertise of H28 223 our banking division is in constant demand. ^Our foreign exchange H28 224 advisory services are regularly required for the management of H28 225 corporate forex dealings. H28 226 |^The banking team is widely experienced in managing the finances H28 227 of industrial organisations and in view of the increasing competition H28 228 evident in the New Zealand manufacturing sector we believe our H28 229 specialist skills will add further to the role of the division within H28 230 the New Zealand financial sector. H28 231 *<*4Impala Pacific Corporation*> H28 232 |^*0Impala Pacific Corporation's investment activities are H28 233 focused on securities trading, property ownership and development. ^It H28 234 contributed some *+$16.9 million to group profitability in the period H28 235 under review. H28 236 *# H29 001 **[293 TEXT H29**] H29 002 |^*0With a large projected increase in the number of old persons H29 003 in the population, planning for the care of the elderly is a priority. H29 004 ^The research being undertaken by Avery Jack should make a H29 005 contribution to this by indicating the preferences that old and H29 006 handicapped persons have for their care, and also by providing an H29 007 understanding of the circumstances and the views of those who give H29 008 care to dependent persons. H29 009 *<*2STUDYING SOCIAL WORK TRAINING*> H29 010 |^*0Jennie Pilalis is completing a study of the experiences of social H29 011 workers in their first twelve months in work following their H29 012 completion of a university-based, qualifying course. H29 013 |^Twenty-two graduates were interviewed four times to record their H29 014 perceptions of their experience of moving from course to agency H29 015 settings. ^Emerging findings indicate that the social work course has H29 016 a major impact on graduates' social work perspectives and confidence. H29 017 |^A broader view of social work and, for most, a clearer and more H29 018 confident personal perspective resulted. ^Upon entering agencies, H29 019 graduates experienced their perspective as fitting or misfitting that H29 020 of the agency, colleagues and clients. ^They became preoccupied with H29 021 gaining or maintaining a way of working which encompassed their H29 022 perspectives. H29 023 |^Implications for the planning of social work courses, induction H29 024 of graduates to agencies and for preparing graduates for this H29 025 transition will arise from this research. H29 026 *<*2PROBING THE {0NZ} ECONOMY*> H29 027 |^*0Since its beginnings fifty years ago, the development of numerical H29 028 models of the economy has grown into a major activity in economic H29 029 research. ^For the last four years, \0Drs Lew Evans and Graeme Wells H29 030 have been investigating the uses and interpretations of time-series H29 031 models of the New Zealand economy. H29 032 |^By contrast to the traditional approach, their objective is to H29 033 construct and test small models which use very few prior assumptions H29 034 about how the economy works. ^Such models have had considerable H29 035 overseas success in forecasting applications, and they are beginning H29 036 to be used for this purpose in New Zealand. H29 037 **[PLATE**] H29 038 |^An additional objective of their research is to develop computer H29 039 software for the theoretical interpretation of simulation experiments H29 040 with the models. ^If successful, this can be used to test, for H29 041 example, the effects of an exchange rate change on New Zealand wages H29 042 and prices. ^These tests may be less expensive than and equally H29 043 reliable as those generated by traditional approaches. H29 044 *<*2THE ECONOMICS OF MIGRATION*> H29 045 |^*0The study of the causes and consequences of New Zealand's internal H29 046 and international migration is one of the research interests of \0Dr H29 047 Jacques Poot, who himself emigrated from the Netherlands to New H29 048 Zealand in 1979. ^During 1985 he has been involved in projects in this H29 049 area. H29 050 |^One of these is an econometric study of the post-war population H29 051 exchange with Australia, which \0Dr Poot carried out jointly with \0Dr H29 052 Peter Brosnan of the Industrial Relations Centre. H29 053 |^Since World War *=II, trans-Tasman migration has had strong H29 054 cyclical fluctuations, but on average more people have left New H29 055 Zealand to settle in Australia than the other way around. ^The net H29 056 outflow to Australia has cumulated to as much as 300,000 people, and H29 057 the econometric model explains this *"Drift West**" in terms of better H29 058 long-term prospects in Australia in terms of earnings and employment H29 059 opportunities, although demographic factors, return migration and the H29 060 cost of air travel relative to earnings also play a role. H29 061 |^The results of this study will be integrated with an analysis of H29 062 the trans-Tasman exchange of persons with specific occupations in a H29 063 report to be published by the New Zealand Planning Council in 1986. H29 064 |^Another project is a study of the economic consequences of H29 065 immigration to New Zealand, which \0Dr Poot started towards the end of H29 066 1985 and which he has been undertaking for the Department of Labour, H29 067 on behalf of the Institute of Policy Studies. H29 068 |^The objective of the study is to assess whether the findings of H29 069 a recent major Australian study, which provided cautious support for H29 070 higher levels of immigration, are also applicable to New Zealand. ^One H29 071 important finding which appears true in both countries is that H29 072 immigration, contrary to popular belief, does not increase the rate of H29 073 unemployment. H29 074 *<*2ACCOLADES FOR RUSSIAN PROFESSOR*> H29 075 |^*0Professor Waddington is collaborating on the definitive new Soviet H29 076 edition of Turgenev's works and letters. H29 077 |^His two recent books *1Turgenev in England *0(London, 1980) and H29 078 *1Turgenev and George Sand: An Improbable Entente *0(London and H29 079 Wellington), 1981 were reviewed very favourably by the Soviet H29 080 periodical *1Russkaya Literatura *0\0No 1, 1985. H29 081 |^The two authors of the 2500-word review article, described H29 082 Patrick Waddington as a New Zealand Slavist and professor at the H29 083 capital's University, who for the past fifteen years had published H29 084 thirty items including two books containing newly discovered material H29 085 relating to Turgenev. H29 086 |^*"Each new work of Patrick Waddington's**" they said H29 087 **[LONG QUOTATION**] H29 088 *<*2IMPACT OF THE FRENCH REVOLUTION*> H29 089 |^*0Situated on the Mediterranean Sea 20 kilometres north of the H29 090 Spanish border, Collioure is today a small, picturesque town. ^200 H29 091 years ago it was a bustling, important but generally impoverished H29 092 port, garrison-town and fishing community, almost all of whose people H29 093 were Catalans. H29 094 |^With the bicentenary looming of the French Revolution of 1789, H29 095 Peter McPhee decided to study the impact of the Revolution and H29 096 Napoleonic periods (1789-1815) on Collioure's inhabitants. H29 097 |^Life would never again be the same for these people, though H29 098 responses to the Revolution varied according to their class, gender H29 099 and ethnicity. H29 100 |^These years were often traumatic, especially when Collioure was H29 101 occupied by the invading royalist Spanish army in 1794, but the H29 102 Revolution brought so many tangible benefits that most people were H29 103 prepared to fight to defend it. ^In the process, however, they gave H29 104 unwitting impetus to greater control from Paris and the decline of H29 105 Catalan language and culture. H29 106 |^Today's inhabitants of Collioure showed a lively interest in H29 107 Peter McPhee's work, though collective memories of their ancestors' H29 108 experiences have been erased by another, more recent, occupation by a H29 109 foreign army, in 1944. H29 110 *<*2DICTIONARY OF {0NZ} ENGLISH NEARS COMPLETION*> H29 111 |^*0The *1Historical Dictionary of New Zealand English, *0Harry H29 112 Orsman's longterm project in the English Department has now reached H29 113 final editing, helped by the University's computer. H29 114 |^*1The Dictionary *0will define and date about 8,000 separate H29 115 items of distinctively New Zealand English using over 30,000 H29 116 quotations from written records (1769 to the present), from oral H29 117 sources (*"polite eavesdropping**") and questionnaires. ^Many people H29 118 have contributed; indeed it is essentially a *1National Dictionary of H29 119 New Zealand English *0with completion aimed to coincide with our H29 120 Pakeha 150th anniversary 1990. H29 121 |^It will help define local English, first in what H29 122 **[PLATES**] H29 123 has been added to the general store, especially from Maori; then in H29 124 relation to *"overseas**" English *- British, Australian, American. H29 125 |^That is, it will tell us something about where *1boohai/ boo-eye H29 126 *0or *1ba(t)ch *0come from and suggest spellings and dates *- even for H29 127 *1pavlovas!; *0or why in a country that to outsiders may seem one huge H29 128 scenic sheep-run, Little Bo-peep should never *"take crook and go H29 129 Home**" (or worse still, *"go butchers**"). H29 130 *<*2ITALIAN OPERA COMPOSERS AND THEIR WORK*> H29 131 |^*0In collaboration with the small London-based recording-company, H29 132 Opera Rara, Jeremy Commons is engaged in research into the lives and H29 133 works of many nineteenth century Italian operatic composers. ^His H29 134 latest *'discovery**' is Giuseppe Balducci (1796-1845), who, besides H29 135 six operas composed for public presentation, wrote five works for H29 136 private performance by his aristocratic lady-pupils in Naples. H29 137 |^After consulting an unpublished biographical sketch in Bologna, H29 138 Jeremy Commons in Naples found an even more detailed account of him in H29 139 a diary kept by one of his pupils. ^In both cities he photographed H29 140 items of his music, so that since returning to New Zealand he has H29 141 already on several occasions lectured on him and had his music H29 142 performed. H29 143 |^Another long-term project is the reconstruction, from the H29 144 original vocal and instrumental parts of 1832, of a comic opera, *1Il H29 145 Convitato di pietra *0(the same subject as Mozart's *1Don Giovanni*0), H29 146 which Giovanni Pacini (1796-1867) wrote for private performance by H29 147 members of his own family. H29 148 *<*2FIRST-HAND STUDIES OF ASIA*> H29 149 |^*0In addition to teaching and research, the Department of Religious H29 150 Studies has successfully organised several cultural and educational H29 151 tours to India, Nepal, Indonesia, Thailand, Sri Lanka and Singapore H29 152 during the last five years. ^The purpose of the tour is to acquaint H29 153 the students and public with these multi-cultural societies and give H29 154 them first-hand knowledge of their culture, art, religion and history. H29 155 |^Places of interest are selected with great care and the tour H29 156 cost is kept at the minimum to enable students to join the tour. H29 157 ^Occasional seminars and lectures are held to cover the various H29 158 aspects of the cultural life of the Asian people. ^The group departs H29 159 during the middle of December each year for 35 days. H29 160 |^The Department is convinced that such low cost tours are H29 161 necessary for the benefit of students and the general public who are H29 162 interested in learning about the life styles of these people. H29 163 *<*2TUATARA RESEARCH PROJECTS*> H29 164 |^*0{0U.G.C.} Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Zoology \0Dr Michael H29 165 Thompson, has initiated a major research programme on the physiology H29 166 and ecology of tuataras on Stephens Island. H29 167 |^\0Dr Thompson, whose primary objective is the study of nesting H29 168 ecology and egg physiology, is coordinating a series of collaborative H29 169 projects involving scientists from the New Zealand Wildlife Service, H29 170 Ecology Division of {0DSIR}, the Wellington Zoo, {0CSIRO}, and H29 171 Colorado State University. H29 172 |^Within the Zoology Department, Sharon Walker, Chris Thorn, and H29 173 \0Dr Charles Daugherty are using blood protein variation to measure H29 174 genetic structure of the Stephens Island population, and Jenny Easton H29 175 is culturing white blood cells to study chromosome variation. H29 176 |^\0Dr Alison Cree, a second {0U.G.C.} Postdoctoral Fellow, will H29 177 provide further impetus to the programme when she begins a study of H29 178 endocrinology and tuatara reproduction in mid-1986. H29 179 |^The results of the combined research projects are expected to H29 180 make a major contribution to captive breeding and establishment of new H29 181 tuatara populations. H29 182 *<*2SPONTANEOUS IGNITION STUDIES*> H29 183 |^*0New Zealand has few people involved in theoretical work concerning H29 184 ignition of stored materials. ^Over the last two years \0Dr Stuart H29 185 Smedley (Chemistry) and \0Dr Graeme Wake (Mathematics) have teamed up H29 186 to provide an investigating team to assist the insurance industry. H29 187 |^Spontaneous combustion of fuels, foods, fabrics \0etc. has long H29 188 been recognised as a hazard. ^Early work at Victoria University was H29 189 motivated by the ignition of wet wool. ^The theory which models this H29 190 phenomenon has recently been developed to the extent that safety H29 191 limits can be given for the physical parameters of a given practical H29 192 system. H29 193 |^In the Chemistry Department \0Dr Smedley has developed H29 194 procedures to experimentally measure the physical and chemical H29 195 constants. ^This has enabled \0Dr Wake to provide precise estimates of H29 196 the critical values of these constants and thereby predict when H29 197 ignition will occur. H29 198 |^So far the Victoria team (now to be a Victoria/ Massey team with H29 199 \0Dr Wake's move to Massey University) has been involved in fires H29 200 involving fish and chip crumble and woollen cloth. H29 201 *<*2EVOLUTION OF WORLD SPORTING RECORDS*> H29 202 |^*0The analysis of the world records in the various track events and H29 203 the marathon show some remarkable trends and \0Dr {0B.P.} Dawkins of H29 204 the Mathematics Department, himself an active participant in road and H29 205 track races at veteran level, has been analysing these trends using H29 206 various data analytic and statistical tools. H29 207 |^Amongst the more interesting aspects of this analysis is the H29 208 clear evidence that women are rapidly closing in on the men in H29 209 virtually all events. ^Despite the large absolute differences in such H29 210 events as the 5000\0m and marathon, examination of the rate at which H29 211 the records are declining gives a clear indication that the H29 212 performances will eventually be on a par if the trend continues. H29 213 |^This is most spectacularly evident in the marathon, as can be H29 214 seen from the accompanying graph, produced using the university H29 215 {0IBM}4341 driving a laser printer. ^Fitting various possible models H29 216 indicates that it is likely that women will be running as fast as the H29 217 men somewhere around the mid 1990's. H29 218 |^The trend is less dramatic in the shorter events but is still H29 219 unequivocal. ^Interestingly, there is no clear evidence that records H29 220 are near the presumed ultimate limits, and we can expect to see H29 221 records fall regularly over the next few decades. H29 222 *<*2PHYSICS OF THIN FILMS*> H29 223 |^*0The glass envelope of a light bulb blackens with age, an effect H29 224 due to a thin film of tungsten which has vapourised from the hot H29 225 tungsten filament and condensed on the cold glass. H29 226 *# H30 001 **[294 TEXT H30**] H30 002 |^*0There are few people in Mobil Oil New Zealand who would have H30 003 ventured to propose that a snail might help the company reach our H30 004 highest ever gasoline market share figure. H30 005 |^But just like watching the es-car-got, Mobil's market share has H30 006 hit an all time high at 29.04%, and there's no doubting that Mobil H30 007 {0MAX} has been the main contributor. H30 008 |^The introduction of Mobil {0MAX} was planned and timed with H30 009 military precision. ^A small team comprising members of the Supply, H30 010 Sales, Operations, Public Affairs and Technical sections worked on the H30 011 introduction of the additive, technically named RT 892. H30 012 |^With its record of success in other markets around the world, H30 013 and the endorsements from General Motors, Bosch and Renault, the team H30 014 were acutely aware that {0MONZ} had a potential winner in {0MAX}. H30 015 ^Therefore to maximise (no pun intended) the introduction of the H30 016 additive, it was critical that Mobil beat the competition. H30 017 |^So the announcement of Mobil {0MAX}'s introduction to New H30 018 Zealand had to be planned quickly and confidentially, to avoid a H30 019 competitor pre-empting the campaign with one of their own. H30 020 ^Advertising gasoline in New Zealand had ceased during the oil crises H30 021 of the 70s, but the Ministry of Energy had given the all clear in 1981 H30 022 for companies to resume campaigns. H30 023 |^Mobil {0MAX} presented the opportunity to recommence gasoline H30 024 advertising. ^After initial copyright problems with the *'Break H30 025 Free**' announcement advertisement, our advertising agency Colenso H30 026 Communications, came up with the escargot concept. H30 027 |^The first television commercial was the subject of much H30 028 discussion both within {0MONZ} and without. ^*'Fancy having a snail H30 029 advertising a gasoline additive**'. ^However the results of the snail, H30 030 measured by both gasoline sales and research, showed {0MAX} the H30 031 escargot to be a winner. H30 032 |^{0MONZ} commissioned Survey Research Limited to undertake a H30 033 monitor to gauge consumer awareness of {0MAX}. ^The results were H30 034 extremely encouraging. ^39.1% of people interviewed were freely aware H30 035 of the Mobil commercial and this figure increased on prompting (of H30 036 Mobil {0MAX}, and the snail) to 75%. H30 037 |^The improvement of car performance was the main message H30 038 communicated to respondents (31.7%) with a range of comments H30 039 pertaining to the engine, fuel efficiency, increase in speed and the H30 040 carburettor. H30 041 |^Awareness of the snail as a symbol was high *- 68.1% of the H30 042 sample knew of the snail as a symbol in the commercial. H30 043 |^The success of the first television commercial prompted the H30 044 creation of the *'es-car-blow**' advertisement, and more positive H30 045 feedback and market share improvements. H30 046 |^Our competitors, of course, have been none too pleased with the H30 047 success of Mobil {0MAX}, particularly when the media keep reminding H30 048 them that Mobil were first. H30 049 |^This has prompted various reactions from them. ^Shell took H30 050 samples of Mobil Super petrol, analysed it and reckoned there was no H30 051 additive in it at all. ^A shame they did not realise that not only is H30 052 the additive blended in very small quantities, but also the service H30 053 station they chose had only had its tanks topped up with {0MAX} Super, H30 054 thereby the additive being diluted further by existing stock. H30 055 |^Caltex ran an advertisement saying they had been adding boron to H30 056 their petrol for 25 years, a shame engines have changed markedly in H30 057 that time. H30 058 |^Service stations themselves were transformed with {0MAX} H30 059 material to clearly identify to the consumer that only Mobil has this H30 060 world leading additive. H30 061 |^And Shell, {0B.P.} and Europa complained to Television New H30 062 Zealand about our *'es-car-blow**' ad because it might mislead the H30 063 viewer to thinking their petrols were bad for cars. ^{0TVNZ} allowed H30 064 us to continue running the commercial. H30 065 |^Meanwhile Mazda were recommending to their customers that should H30 066 they experience problems with their fuel injectors, that they consider H30 067 using Mobil {0MAX}. H30 068 |^Of course television advertising is just a small part of the H30 069 Mobil {0MAX} campaign, though obviously the most high profile. ^A H30 070 nationwide community newspaper advertising and supplement campaign was H30 071 undertaken, to detail the benefits of Mobil {0MAX} to the consumer. H30 072 ^The same campaign was adapted to reach over 50 magazines. H30 073 |^Information packs were sent to journalists throughout the H30 074 country, and to executives at all of the motor vehicle manufacturing H30 075 and marketing companies. H30 076 **[PLATE**] H30 077 *<*5Marketing Reorganisation*> H30 078 |^*0The Marketing Department has undergone major changes over the H30 079 last few months, primarily to ensure greater specialisation in the H30 080 Commercial and Resale Sales areas. H30 081 |^Marketing Director, Jim Law, says the previous sales set-up was H30 082 inadequate because Sales management tended to have a Resales H30 083 background, resulting in the Commercial side feeling isolated. H30 084 |^As an example, Jim says Sales Engineers in the field could be H30 085 reporting through a number of management levels, none of whom really H30 086 understood the technical lubrication side of the business. H30 087 |^So the sales organisation was cut down the middle, creating line H30 088 Resale and line Commercial departments. ^This means little change for H30 089 the Resale staff, but gives the Commercial staff of 40 (New Zealand H30 090 wide) greater responsibility for their own department. H30 091 |^As well as this, the sales department has been divided into only H30 092 two regional line organisations, instead of the three somewhat H30 093 autonomous branches which existed before. ^This has allowed each sales H30 094 department to concentrate on selling, without the worry of H30 095 *'corporate**' matters that were associated with the branches. H30 096 |^Other changes include better utilisation of personnel, H30 097 particularly in the areas of aviation, marine, and special products by H30 098 giving greater responsibility to staff dealing directly in these H30 099 areas. ^Sales engineers now report to a specialist in Head Office, and H30 100 sales chemists report to the Special Products Manager. H30 101 |^Jim says more qualified and experienced staff have been brought H30 102 into the commercial department, with excellent results. ^He says this H30 103 much neglected department is already showing an extremely high H30 104 standard of professionalism, and relations between field staff and H30 105 Head Office are much improved. H30 106 |^Meanwhile, Resale continues to fire on all cylinders following H30 107 the successful launch of Mobil Max. H30 108 *<*4National {0MONZ} Golf Tournament 1986*> H30 109 |^*0This competition is open to all members of the staff including H30 110 superannuitants, who are current members of an affiliated golf club H30 111 and who have a current official handicap. ^Each member plays a H30 112 stableford round on his or her home course on a nominated date. ^The H30 113 stableford points are adjusted for the course rating (or table for H30 114 {0LGU}) and the best four from each branch or division compete as a H30 115 team for the cup over a weekend at the Wairakei International Golf H30 116 Course. H30 117 |^This year the final was over the weekend of 27-28 September. H30 118 ^Saturday's round ended with Head Office in a commanding position on H30 119 140 points, eight clear of Wellington, and a further four to Auckland. H30 120 ^South Island on 127, Annuitants 126 and Emoleum embarrassed. ^{0H.O.} H30 121 result was largely due to Harry Loggy's 93/ 67/ 41 and Noel Clark 85/ H30 122 70/ 33. ^Mark Roughan 87/ 71/ 40 and Keith Smith 76/ 69/ 39 did their H30 123 best for their sides. H30 124 |^On Sunday, Auckland really fired. ^Tom Pache and Roger Paul both H30 125 returned 39s, to give a total of 146 for the day, but the {0H.O.} lead H30 126 was too much and their 138 points for a total of 278 were enough to H30 127 hold off the challenge and to take the Wahanui Cup. ^Other scores were H30 128 Wellington 265, South Island 262, Annuitants 254. ^Emoleum made a H30 129 brave effort to recover to 250 but still earned the Wooden Spoon. H30 130 |^Harry Loggy turned in another good round 95/ 69/ 39 to take out H30 131 the best net, 136 by four strokes from Keith Smith. ^As Harry's H30 132 handicap is 26 Keith earned a place in the Pro Am. ^Best Stableford H30 133 was Mark Roughan with 141 net, 78 points. H30 134 *<*5First Mobil Computerised Truckstop For New Zealand*> H30 135 |^*0New Zealand has its first Mobil truckstop. H30 136 |^When Palmerston North Mayor Paul Rieger recently cut the ribbon at H30 137 the opening of Mobil's first truckstop, he heralded a new era for oil H30 138 companies and the road transport industry in this country. **[PLATE**] H30 139 |^Truckstops are unmanned computerised fuel dispensing facilities, H30 140 designed specifically to handle large vehicles. ^With the simple use H30 141 of Mobilcard through an electronic *'swiper**' drivers can programme H30 142 in their diesel requirements and fill their tanks. H30 143 |^Mobil's new *+$300,000 Palmerston North facility features the H30 144 latest technology, promoting both driver and environmental safety. ^It H30 145 is the first in a planned Mobil chain of computerised truckstops which H30 146 will extend throughout New Zealand. H30 147 |^Some of the truckstops still to be built will also feature 24 H30 148 hour restaurants and other facilities for drivers. H30 149 |^*'Truckstops are part of our long-term commitment to the road H30 150 transport industry**', says Marketing Director Jim Law. H30 151 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] H30 152 he says. H30 153 |^Truckstops also provide significant fuel cost savings for users, H30 154 including owner drivers. ^Because it is managed as a single profit H30 155 centre, the high volume allows Mobil to offer attractive pricing to H30 156 its customers. ^The Palmerston North Truckstop only dispenses diesel H30 157 at present, but the provision for the distribution of gasoline has H30 158 also been made. H30 159 |^Truck drivers at the recent Palmerston North opening were H30 160 enthusiastic about Truckstop, especially with the convenience of 24 H30 161 hour availability, and the attractive pricing. H30 162 |^Work is well underway for our next Truckstop at Napier, and H30 163 development has been started on sites in Invercargill and Tokoroa. H30 164 **[PLATE**] H30 165 |^The programme is for further Truckstops to be built in Hamilton, H30 166 Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin, New Plymouth and Nelson. H30 167 |^Don Fowler has particular responsibility for Truckstops, and is H30 168 managing a rapid development plan. H30 169 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] H30 170 |^This also applies to the provision of food at some of the H30 171 Truckstops, where Don is adamant that the standards will be high. H30 172 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] H30 173 says Fowler. H30 174 **[PLATE**] H30 175 *<*4Canterbury Wins Mobil Export Marketing Award*> H30 176 **[PLATE**] H30 177 |^*0Canterbury International are the 1986 Mobil Export Marketing H30 178 Premier Award winners. H30 179 |^Canterbury's effort in marketing their active and leisure wear H30 180 in the United States and Australia produced export sales of *+$26 H30 181 million in 1985. ^This was particularly significant in light of a H30 182 major slump experienced in sales in 1984, due to changing fashion H30 183 tastes in North America. H30 184 |^With this major loss of ground, Canterbury reorientated both H30 185 their product and marketing strategy, and climbed back into the H30 186 market. ^As official outfitter for both the Australia *=II crew, H30 187 winners of the 1984 America's Cup, and the All Blacks, Canterbury's H30 188 advertising placed a strong emphasis on the sporting connection. H30 189 |^In accepting the Premier Award, Canterbury managing director H30 190 \0Mr David Phillipson paid tribute to his staff of *'bright young New H30 191 Zealanders**', and to their advertising agency Colenso Communications, H30 192 who are also Mobil's sales advertising agency. H30 193 |^\0Mr Phillipson said it was apt that as the organisers of the H30 194 Awards, Mobil Oil New Zealand had chosen a Maori carving depicting the H30 195 stern post of a canoe. ^Canterbury are clothing all of the crews in H30 196 the 1986-87 America's Cup competition. H30 197 |^Mobil Marketing Director Jim Law said in presenting the winners' H30 198 cheque for *+$3,000, that he hoped New Zealand would get plenty of H30 199 export orders from the America's Cup exposure, and also secure the H30 200 biggest coup of the lot *- success in the Cup itself. H30 201 |^Runnersup to Canterbury were another Christchurch based company, H30 202 Skope Industries Limited. ^Skope's export activities in selling glass H30 203 door refrigerators, have yielded significant results particularly in H30 204 Papua New Guinea. ^Total export returns far exceed *+$3 million and H30 205 represent a quarter of all sales. H30 206 |^Merit Award winners in the annual competition were *'The House H30 207 of Aulsebrooks**' and Hamilton based Trigon Packaging ({0N.Z.}) \0Ltd. H30 208 **[BEGIN BOX**] H30 209 *<*4Southerners Flock to *6TE MAORI*> H30 210 |^*0Despite driving rain and unseasonal temperatures 1000 people H30 211 gathered in the early dawn for the second New Zealand opening of Te H30 212 Maori at Dunedin's Otago Museum on 29 November. H30 213 |^The Dunedin opening was described as one of the warmest and most H30 214 relaxed by those who'd been lucky enough to attend the United States H30 215 and Wellington openings. H30 216 |^The exhibition was officially declared open by the H30 217 Governor-General, Sir Paul Reeves. ^Brian Fraser, General Manager, H30 218 Relations, speaking on behalf of Mobil said that Te Maori drew 185,000 H30 219 people to the National Museum in Wellington *- many thousands more H30 220 than expected, and he was sure that the people of Otago and Southland H30 221 would attend in proportionately high numbers. H30 222 |^During the first weeks of Te Maori in Dunedin 2000 people a day H30 223 had been attending! ^Numbers have certainly been bolstered by the H30 224 17,000 school children scheduled to see the exhibition in its first H30 225 few weeks. H30 226 |^As major sponsor, responsible for promotion and publicity for Te H30 227 Maori, Mobil can feel justifiably proud of its efforts in attracting H30 228 so many people to this unique exhibition. H30 229 |^Once again Mobil's corporate evening, always the first night H30 230 after the opening, was a stunning success. ^Seventy Dunedin staff, H30 231 family members and friends and nearly 200 Mobil customers experienced H30 232 the traditional Marae welcome, a guided tour of Te Maori and a large H30 233 supper. H30 234 *# J01 001 **[295 TEXT J01**] J01 002 ^*0For instance, offspring of both black and red females reared J01 003 at pupal temperatures of 24*@\0C were uniformly red, whereas J01 004 those reared at 5*@\0C were uniformly black. ^Intermediate J01 005 pupal temperatures produced adults with predictable proportions J01 006 of black and red. ^Experiments on *1{6{0P.(T.)} conformis} J01 007 *0and *1{6\0E. insularis} *0(females), on the other hand, J01 008 revealed a greater genetic influence on the occurrence of J01 009 melanism (Harris 1974). J01 010 |(8)^The experimental results (see (7), above) correlate with J01 011 field conditions. ^In southern populations, female *1{6\0E. J01 012 insularis} *0legs and *1{6\0P. conformis} *0bodies are J01 013 uniformly black, unlike those of *1{6\0S. fugax} *0and *1{6\0S. J01 014 calvus}, *0in which occasional red-bodied forms occur depending J01 015 on local microclimates. ^Dunedin provides good examples of J01 016 microclimatically induced colour variation in *1{6\0S. fugax} J01 017 *0and *1{6\0S. calvus}. ^*0Both have the abdomen black north of J01 018 Dunedin on Leith Saddle, which is freqently shrouded in J01 019 orographic mist. ^At a comparable altitude on south-eastern J01 020 \0Mt Maungatua (south of Dunedin) *- which usually escapes J01 021 orographic mist on days when Leith Saddle is clouded, as well J01 022 as having higher spring air and ground temperatures *- abdomens J01 023 of *1{6\0S. fugax} *0and *1{6\0S. calvus} *0are completely red. J01 024 ^The Otago Peninsula is sometimes misty, and there both species J01 025 have the abdomen mostly red but striped with broad bands of J01 026 black. J01 027 |(9)^Apart from colour-variable areas of mesosomal integument J01 028 which are concealed beneath golden pile, *1{6\0S. nitidus} J01 029 *0remains uniformly red-bodied throughout its range, showed no J01 030 increased cuticular melanism on experimental chilling other J01 031 than on the mesosoma, and (significantly) does not occur in the J01 032 far south. J01 033 *<*4Geographically separated colour morphs*> J01 034 |^*0Geographical barriers of the past ({0e.g.}, Pliocene J01 035 Auckland Straits, Pleistocene glacial mid Canterbury between J01 036 the contemporary Rangitata River and Waitaki River) and present J01 037 ({0e.g.}, Cook Strait, Southern Alps) are marked by abrupt J01 038 disjunctions between adjoining populations of the same species, J01 039 or by hybrid-zones (Harris 1974). ^These disjunctions are at J01 040 the root of many of the taxonomic problems. ^For example, J01 041 several geographical isolates have some of the characteristics J01 042 of subspecies, or even full species. ^I have adopted a lumping J01 043 approach to their taxonomy, and regard them as polytypic J01 044 species. ^For instance, *1{6Sphictostethus nitidus} *0has three J01 045 clear-cut forms, separated respectively by Cook Strait, where J01 046 there is a complete disjunction, and by the former Auckland J01 047 Straits, where there is a narrow hybrid-zone. ^In *1{6\0P. J01 048 conformis}, *0distribution patterns and relative numbers of red J01 049 and black forms, together with (unpublished) data from limited J01 050 electrophoretic tests, suggest that populations in the mid J01 051 Canterbury hybrid-zone are not in panmixis. ^In this roughly J01 052 65-\0km-long band *1{6\0P. conformis} *0populations occur in J01 053 which roughly 47% of individuals have black abdomens, 47% have J01 054 red abdomens, and the remainder form a complete gradation J01 055 between the extremes. ^Within the hybrid-zone there are many J01 056 areas in which the two colour morphs occur together ({0e.g.}, J01 057 Mills Bush, Peel Forest). ^In other places the colour morphs J01 058 are separated both spatially and temporally. ^In several J01 059 valleys every individual on one side is black (usually a J01 060 northeast-facing slope that receives only morning sunlight), J01 061 whereas the opposite side supports wasps with red abdomens J01 062 ({0e.g.}, at Kelsey's Bush, Waimate). J01 063 |^North of the hybrid-zone all individuals of *1{6\0P. J01 064 conformis} *0have red abdomens and south of it the abdomen is J01 065 invariably black. ^Harris (1974) suggested that J01 066 pre-Pleistocene populations throughout New Zealand formed J01 067 north-south clines related directly to climate, similar to those of J01 068 contemporary populations of *1{6\0S. fugax} *0and *1{6\0S. J01 069 calvus}. ^*0A Pleistocene ice cap in the \0Mt Cook region J01 070 extending westwards to the sea via piedmont glaciers, combined J01 071 with periglacial conditions on the east, divided *1{6\0P. J01 072 conformis} *0into two allopatric populations. ^These would have J01 073 converged during interglacials. J01 074 |^In New Zealand today insolation is greatest in J01 075 Marlborough and least in Southland (the approximate positions J01 076 of Pleistocene refugia), and Harris (1974) suggested that under J01 077 Pleistocene conditions similar to today's but more extreme, J01 078 melanism may have become partially genetically fixed in the J01 079 southern population during one (or more) glacial advances, so J01 080 that in some interglacials (including the present one) J01 081 populations in the area of convergence showed many of the signs J01 082 of secondary intergradation. ^The situation can be just as well J01 083 regarded as a zone of balanced polymorphism between two roughly J01 084 monomorphic populations with, overlain, an environmentally J01 085 controlled variation of phenotype. ^Hence, I have regarded the J01 086 name *1\6diligens *0given by Smith (1876) to the melanic form J01 087 as a junior synonym of *1\6conformis, *0which has page priority J01 088 in the same paper. ^(The holotype of *1\6diligens, *0moreover, J01 089 is an incompletely melanic form from Peel Forest, at the J01 090 northern limit of the hybrid-zone.) J01 091 |^Notwithstanding this, overall melanism in *1{6\0P. J01 092 conformis} *0increases fairly regularly southwards throughout J01 093 its range. J01 094 |^*1{6Sphictostethus nitidus} *0comprises three races. ^A J01 095 South Island form is separated by Cook Strait from a southern J01 096 and central North Island form, and this forms a cline between J01 097 Auckland and Warkworth with a Northland form. ^The Southern J01 098 Alps separate Westland and East Coast forms of *1{6\0S. fugax}. J01 099 ^*0In both species, geographical forms are distinguishable J01 100 mainly by differences in wing coloration. J01 101 |^Characteristic forewing patterns of the colour-variable J01 102 species are shown in Figures 220-236. J01 103 *<*6MIMICRY*> J01 104 |^*0The endemic Pompilidae throughout New Zealand are included J01 105 in three well established mimicry associations, each having J01 106 Mu"llerian and Batesian components. ^Female pompilids, J01 107 ichneumonids, and other stinging insects comprise the J01 108 Mu"llerian component, while male pompilids and ichneumonids J01 109 together with sun-loving beetles and flies are Batesian mimics. J01 110 ^Male pompilids will sometimes mimic females of another, more J01 111 common, species. ^Mimicry in the colour-variable species is J01 112 selectively less important than variable melanism. ^Thus, J01 113 female pompilids switch from a red-and-gold complex to a J01 114 black-and-yellow one south of latitude 45*@\0S, where reduced J01 115 insolation and temperature evidently induce the melanism that J01 116 confers thermal advantage. J01 117 *<*4Mimicry complex 1: black body and clear wings*> J01 118 |^*2COLORATION. ^*0Body, legs, antennae, and palpi shining J01 119 black; wings clear hyaline, or very lightly clouded. J01 120 |^*2MOVEMENTS. ^*0Heliotaxis, and walking in a characteristic J01 121 jerky manner interspersed with short bursts of flight. J01 122 |^*2MU"LLERIAN COMPONENT J01 123 **[LIST**]; J01 124 *0also various endemic solitary bees, sphecids, and J01 125 Ichneumonidae. J01 126 |^*2BATESIAN COMPONENT. ^*0Males of the above four species, J01 127 *1{6Priocnemis (\0T.) monachus} *0(males only), various Diptera J01 128 such as *1{6Pollenia pernix} *0(Hutton) (Calliphoridae), and J01 129 elaterids. J01 130 |^*2REMARKS. ^*0This complex favours more open places than the J01 131 other mimicry associations. ^Its pompilid elements do not show J01 132 colour variation. J01 133 *<*4Mimicry complex 2: red body, yellow thorax, and amber J01 134 wings*> J01 135 |^*2COLORATION. ^*0Body bright red except for hind part of J01 136 thorax, propodeum, and sometimes part of first segment of J01 137 metasoma, which are glistening yellow; wings tinted with amber; J01 138 legs red; antennae black. J01 139 |^*2CHARACTERISTIC MOVEMENTS. ^*0Heliotaxis (appearing almost J01 140 exclusively in sunlight, and disappearing very rapidly when the J01 141 sunlight fades). ^Walking in a bold, jerky manner, with the J01 142 antennae held out in front, constantly moving, sometimes J01 143 palpating the ground (some dipterous mimics compensate for J01 144 short antennae by having the first pair of legs black but the J01 145 other two pairs red, and waving the front legs about like J01 146 antennae). ^Taking short flights interspersed with periods of J01 147 jerky walking. J01 148 |^*2MU"LLERIAN MIMICRY ASSOCIATES. J01 149 **[LIST**] J01 150 |^*2BATESIAN MIMICS. J01 151 **[LIST**]. J01 152 |^*2REMARKS. ^*0The asilids function as Batesian mimics with J01 153 respect to avian predation, and as aggresive mimics towards J01 154 male ichneumonids and pompilids, which sometimes appear to J01 155 mistake the asilids for females of their own species and fly J01 156 towards them, when they are eaten. ^*1{6Proctotrupes J01 157 maculipennis} *0is a specific mimic of *1{6Sphictostethus J01 158 calvus}. ^*0The wing coloration, forewing fascia, and apical J01 159 wing infuscation are strikingly similar, and the body changes J01 160 from red to black southwards in a notably similar way. ^Both J01 161 *1{6Sphictostethus fugax} *0and *1{6Priocnemis \0(T.) J01 162 conformis} *0are models for *1{6Saropogon extenuatus}. J01 163 *<*4Mimicry complex 3: black body, yellow abdominal base, amber J01 164 wings*> J01 165 |^*2COLORATION. ^*0Head and thorax black; base of abdomen J01 166 bright orange-yellow; apex of abdomen black; wings tinted with J01 167 amber, their apices lightly infuscated; coxae and apical parts J01 168 of tarsi black. ^(Abdomen always smooth, shining, and devoid of J01 169 bristles, even in the tachinid mimic *1{6Huttonobasseria J01 170 verecunda} *0Hutton.) J01 171 |^*2CHARACTERISTIC MOVEMENTS. ^*0As for the previous mimicry J01 172 complex. J01 173 |^*2MU"LLERIAN MIMICRY ASSOCIATES. J01 174 **[LIST**] J01 175 |^*2BATESIAN MIMICS. J01 176 **[LIST**] J01 177 |^*2AGGRESSIVE MIMIC. *1{6Saropogon extenuatus} *0(Asilidae) is J01 178 an excellent mimic of melanic *1{6Priocnemis (\0T.) conformis} J01 179 *0females, to which male pompilids are sometimes attracted, J01 180 whereupon the asilid captures them. J01 181 |^*2REMARKS. *0Both Mu"llerian and Batesian components appear J01 182 to be based on *1{6Degithina decepta} *0females. ^This complex J01 183 gains species south of latitude 44*@\0S. J01 184 *<*4Effects of thermal melanism on mimicry*> J01 185 |^*0South of about latitude 44*@30*?7\0S mimicry complex 2, J01 186 dominant in northern districts, fades out and mimicry complex 3 J01 187 gains new associates. ^This is especially true of species that J01 188 are strongly subject to thermal melanism, such as J01 189 **[LIST**], J01 190 and others, which become completely black-bodied and switch to J01 191 the association with black body, yellow thorax, and amber J01 192 wings. ^Several species (such as *1{6Sphictostethus calvus} J01 193 *0and *1{6Priocnemis (\0T.) conformis}*0) have the body J01 194 completely black, {0i.e.}, without orange-yellow on the J01 195 propodeum and the base of the abdomen. ^The pompilids, however, J01 196 hold the wings tightly over the back, so that the amber basal J01 197 part resembles the orange base of the abdomen and the enlarged J01 198 apical infuscation corresponds to the black abdominal apex. ^On J01 199 Stewart Island some *1{6Priocnemis (\0T.) conformis} *0males J01 200 have the wings entirely infuscated, and the body and appendages J01 201 are black as well. ^These resemble members of the black-bodied, J01 202 clear-winged mimicry complex when running on the ground. J01 203 *<*6NESTING BEHAVIOUR*> J01 204 |^*0Morphology and behaviour are closely interrelated in J01 205 Pompilidae, as they are in most aculeate Hymenoptera, and J01 206 taxonomists ever since Linnaeus have sought to include J01 207 ethological notes in their descriptions of wasps, bees, and J01 208 ants. ^In an excellent study on the classification and J01 209 phylogeny of the social Vespidae, Ducke (1914) made extensive J01 210 use of nesting behaviour. ^Wheeler (1923, 1928) undertook J01 211 similar studies on ants; Plath (1934) proposed a classification J01 212 of bumblebees based on nesting behaviour; Duncan (1939) showed J01 213 a close parallel between morphological and biological J01 214 characters in defining the genera of Vespidae; Spooner (1948) J01 215 found clear-cut generic and specific differences in the J01 216 behaviour of the British Pseninae (Sphecidae); J01 217 **[TABLE**] J01 218 and Michener has made comparable discoveries with solitary J01 219 bees. ^Evans (1953) constructed a classification of Pompilidae J01 220 based solely on their comparative ethology, and this very J01 221 closely paralleled the existing morphological one. ^Hence, J01 222 nidification cycles provide revealing taxonomic characters that J01 223 should be used in classification to support conclusions derived J01 224 from morphology. J01 225 |^Comparative ethologists of solitary wasps such as Iwata J01 226 (1942), Arens (1948), Tsuneki (1957), Evans ({0e.g.}, 1958), J01 227 Olberg (1959), Malyshev (1966), and Grandi (1971) have divided J01 228 the nesting cycles into behavioural sequences which are denoted J01 229 by letters and numbers. ^Harris (1974) applied the nesting J01 230 formulae devised by Arens (1948), Malyshev (1966), and Evans & J01 231 Eberhard (1970) to the New Zealand species. ^Nidification J01 232 formulae based on such sequences are usually arranged in J01 233 hierarchies ranging from simple to complex. ^It is frequently J01 234 assumed that simple nidification formulae represent a lower J01 235 stage of evolutionary development than more complex ones. J01 236 |^*1{6Priocnemis (\0T.) monachus} *0usually performs the J01 237 full set of sequences devised by Malyshev. ^Not all species do J01 238 this, however, and many enact the steps in a different order. J01 239 ^For example, a more derived species may dig a cell before it J01 240 hunts a spider, whereas a primitive one often digs its cell J01 241 after it has captured a spider. J01 242 |^Evans & Eberhard (1970, \0pp. 114-119) gave a simplified J01 243 nesting hierarchy which is used in this account. ^Only the J01 244 first four stages apply to Pompilidae, as follows: J01 245 *<(1) prey *- egg*> J01 246 |^No nest made; egg laid directly on host *- {0e.g.}, J01 247 *1{6Epipompilus insularis}. J01 248 *<*0(2) prey *- niche *- egg *- (closure) J01 249 |^Prey caught outside its own burrow and dragged back into its J01 250 burrow *- no New Zealand examples. J01 251 *<(3) prey *- nest *- egg *- closure J01 252 |^Prey dragged into pre-existing hole which may subsequently be J01 253 modified by the wasp; prey caught before nest is made or found J01 254 *- {0e.g.}, all species in New Zealand (except *1{6\0E. J01 255 insularis}*0); always in *1{6Priocnemis nitidiventris}, *0which J01 256 seemingly makes only single-celled nests exclusively in sand; J01 257 sometimes only in the other species. J01 258 *# J02 001 **[296 TEXT J02**] J02 002 |^*2THE IDEA OF *0forest management is interpreted quite J02 003 differently by the conservation and sawmilling factions. ^To J02 004 the former it has come to mean an invitation to open slather on J02 005 native forests; to the latter, an unjustified limitation on the J02 006 use of the resource. ^Both interpretations may be favourably J02 007 revised in time. J02 008 |^Sustained-yield management ought to be long-term J02 009 government policy in indigenous forests zoned for production. J02 010 ^The adoption of such a policy would represent a breakthrough J02 011 *- the boundary between a pioneering, extractive phase and an J02 012 era in which the timber industry adjusted to living with the J02 013 forests in perpetuity. ^A forest sustained is a forest in which J02 014 harvesting and mortality combined do not exceed regeneration. J02 015 ^Naturally enough, faster-growing forests produce more timber, J02 016 which is why attention would tend to swing from podocarps to J02 017 beech forests regardless of the state of the podocarp resource. J02 018 |^The colonists cannot be blamed for plunging in without J02 019 thought to whether the resource had limits. ^They brought from J02 020 Britain little experience or understanding of how to maintain J02 021 forest structure and a timber supply for all time. ^Under J02 022 German management it might have been different here. ^The J02 023 Germans have practised the sustained approach since the J02 024 seventeenth century when they faced a timber shortage as a J02 025 result of a series of wars. ^In New Zealand in the latter part J02 026 of the twentieth century, an anticipated shortage of the most J02 027 valuable native timber, rimu, prompts a similar response *- no J02 028 more contraction of the indigenous forest and a balancing of J02 029 yield with increment in selected areas. J02 030 |^This is not to say the idea is being aired here for the J02 031 first time. ^Over a century ago the first Conservator of J02 032 Forests proposed sustained harvesting. ^He was cried down. J02 033 ^There were far too many trees left to bother about it. J02 034 |^And yet in the pastoral context the dangers of J02 035 overgrazing were appreciated early in the piece. ^New Zealand J02 036 geography students are taught to this day how overgrazing J02 037 causes the degradation of the soil and hillsides to slide away, J02 038 and that with them can go the viability of hill-country sheep J02 039 and cattle farming. ^That a forest could be overgrazed as J02 040 easily was not widely accepted until much later *- so late, in J02 041 fact, that the counter to it, sustained-yield management, would J02 042 be forced upon the industry and come as a shock to it. J02 043 |^It is a simple enough concept on paper: balance harvest J02 044 with growth and you have a natural renewable resource; forest J02 045 products forever. ^Plus the social and economic benefits of J02 046 regular work and income, a regular timber supply and relatively J02 047 stable markets. ^Plus the environmental benefits that accrue J02 048 from minimising the impact on soil and water qualities and J02 049 wildlife. J02 050 |^In practice, however, sustainability depends on how well J02 051 the dynamics of the forest are understood. ^And these vary from J02 052 area to area according to forest make-up, soil profile, J02 053 altitude, climate and factors which forest science may yet J02 054 discover. ^Ecology is deep-felt. J02 055 |^To the distant eye a green cloak over a faulted, J02 056 glacier-scoured landscape, the forest is a complex thing close J02 057 up. ^Growth patterns are never the same even in adjacent blocks J02 058 of forest. ^Increments in virgin rimu forest can vary from less J02 059 than half a cubic metre per hectare per year to six cubic J02 060 metres. ^In the slowest-growing patches the loss of a single J02 061 tree can reduce increment for the year to zero. ^Clearly, the J02 062 new era in forestry must conform with the forest's natural J02 063 rhythms. J02 064 |^The rimu forest exhibits a growth patchwork that pays no J02 065 heed to a forester's straight-lined compartments. ^Five growth J02 066 phases have been identified in virgin rimu terrace forest and J02 067 they can occupy areas ranging in size from a fifth of a hectare J02 068 to 20 hectares. ^These patches include saplings competing in J02 069 groves under canopy gaps and mature survivors that form a J02 070 fairly dense canopy 40 metres or more above the forest floor. J02 071 ^How to cull out the senile trees in the most advanced phase J02 072 without disturbing the cycle is the challenge facing forestry J02 073 from now on. ^It will be met. ^It must be met. J02 074 |^The trouble with the old selection-logging techniques was J02 075 that they could accelerate decline by exposing trees to J02 076 toppling by wind storm (the domino effect), by impeding J02 077 drainage, and by directly damaging trunks or roots. ^Moreover, J02 078 the logging was conducted on a scale too large and inflexible J02 079 for natural growth patterns to be recognised let alone J02 080 respected. J02 081 |^Scale is a key factor. ^Areas of rimu forest given over J02 082 to sustained-yield production will always have to be larger J02 083 than those for beech for the same output of timber unless J02 084 sub-canopy trees growing in association with rimu, like kamahi, J02 085 hinau and tawheowheo, become valued for their timber and can J02 086 contribute to the total yield. J02 087 |^Conservation argument in the future will probably focus J02 088 not so much on the question of whether rimu forests will J02 089 survive, for that is assured under a sustained-yield approach, J02 090 but on just what proportion should be committed for production. J02 091 ^While any rimu forest is zoned for production there is likely J02 092 to be, for some years to come, a nervous regard for its J02 093 wellbeing. J02 094 |^The Forest Service, whose production responsibilities J02 095 were vested in the Forestry Corporation in 1987, fielded a J02 096 considerable amount of opposition during the seventies and J02 097 eighties. ^It came from the conservation and sawmilling lobbies J02 098 almost in the same breath. ^The Forest Service attempted J02 099 simultaneously to balance these views with political J02 100 imperatives that seemed as leaves in a fickle breeze created by J02 101 too many people breathing hard in opposite directions. J02 102 |^Opinions were polarised. ^The smallest black mark against J02 103 the Forest Service could escalate to a scandal of regional or J02 104 even national proportions. ^The service's credibility seemed J02 105 always on the line, a line somewhere between the devil and the J02 106 deep green forest. J02 107 |^In the public eye the department's credibility was eroded J02 108 somewhat in proportion to the number of pictures published of J02 109 clear-felling, of stumps and the wreckage of once-proud crowns, J02 110 of mud and slush and dishevelled forest margins. ^Never mind J02 111 that a crop of newly planted rimu might be growing there, J02 112 hidden by the slash but doing well, an eyesore was an eyesore, J02 113 and bad public relations. J02 114 |^Meanwhile, in the lead-up to the reduction in podocarp J02 115 logging *- a threat to one camp, a promise to the other *- the J02 116 Forest Service worked on ways to ease the timber industry into J02 117 it. ^Trials in helicopter logging were undertaken, and a new J02 118 portable chainsaw mill was designed and tested. ^Amendments to J02 119 the Forests Act back in 1976 had foreshadowed radical change. J02 120 ^The accent shifted from production to production and J02 121 protection. J02 122 |^In general, indigenous State forest was not to be cleared J02 123 for the planting of exotic trees, and any logging that exceeded J02 124 a sustainable level had to be justified on compelling economic J02 125 or social grounds. ^Sustained-yield was implanted as a J02 126 long-term policy goal. J02 127 |^By 1990 native wood production from State forests across J02 128 the country will have declined by over 90 per cent since the J02 129 legislation of the mid-seventies set the changes in motion. J02 130 ^Private owners of native forest remain free to manage their J02 131 stands as they please, although inevitably their conservation J02 132 performance will come in for public scrutiny. J02 133 |^No one is predicting a complete halt to harvesting. J02 134 ^There will always be a demand for fine woods and if they J02 135 cannot be supplied from within New Zealand then another J02 136 country's natural forests will be called on to produce them at J02 137 who knows what ecological cost. J02 138 |^The 1976 Act advanced the idea that native forest J02 139 furnishes more than timber and that its uses need to be brought J02 140 into balance. ^Timber production is but a fraction of the J02 141 spectrum. ^Other forest produce includes sphagnum moss (the J02 142 Coast's moss industry is worth more than *+$3 million a year in J02 143 export earnings), possums and other game, honey, garden plants, J02 144 florists' materials, and even decorative rocks. ^And enshrined J02 145 in legislation now are forest values such as water and soil J02 146 management, protection of indigenous flora and fauna, J02 147 scientific significance, and a host of social benefits *- J02 148 recreational, educational, cultural, historical, scenic and J02 149 aesthetic. J02 150 |^All State forests are potential public playgrounds. ^Some J02 151 of them have acquired the special status of forest park that J02 152 guarantees their recreational use. ^At the time of its J02 153 disestablishment in 1987, the Forest Service was administering, J02 154 nationally, 21 forest parks covering 1.6 million hectares of J02 155 State forest. ^The country's second largest forest park, J02 156 Victoria, is on the West Coast, sprawling across a mountainous J02 157 region of beech forest bounded generally by Reefton (park J02 158 headquarters), Murchison and Springs Junction. J02 159 |^Neither Victoria nor any of the other parks, however, is J02 160 reserved exclusively for recreation. ^Victoria is a mosaic of J02 161 protection forest, ecological areas, production zones, exotic J02 162 forest, scenic reserves and *'amenity**' areas in which J02 163 recreational values outweigh those of production for J02 164 historical, cultural or scenic reasons, alone or in J02 165 combination. J02 166 |^Never before have State forests been so accessible. ^Any J02 167 recreational map of the West Coast is a mass of squiggles J02 168 marking new or improved walking tracks of varying length and J02 169 grade. ^Some mark historic gold- or coal-mining sites that J02 170 happen to fall within State forest boundaries. ^The development J02 171 of these tracks and their associated huts, bridges, campsites J02 172 and picnic places has formed an important part of forestry work J02 173 on the West Coast in the recent past. ^It has presented J02 174 visitors with an abundance of outdoor opportunities and with J02 175 that most precious opportunity of all *- the chance to commune J02 176 with the forest, to join the carousel, to celebrate the J02 177 solitude of wild places. J02 178 |^Without doubt the forestry work has enhanced the tourist J02 179 potential of the Coast, the forested wilderness coast. ^To J02 180 outsiders the idea of the forestry service going out of its way J02 181 to develop tourism might seem incongruous. ^But the West Coast J02 182 is not the average New Zealand region. ^Its forest backdrop J02 183 means as much to tourism as it does to timber, and in coming J02 184 years the value of the forest to the visitor industry is bound J02 185 to outstrip, in dollar terms, proceeds from timber production. J02 186 |^A phenomenon of late has been the influx of rental camper J02 187 vans. ^Thousands of tourists, driving themselves around, can J02 188 explore forested byways and walking tracks with the assurance J02 189 that a cup of tea and a bed are waiting where they have parked. J02 190 ^And in more and more places on the Coast visitors can go where J02 191 no logging machinery is permitted *- Ecological Areas, for J02 192 instance. ^The first of these natural laboratories was gazetted J02 193 in 1979. ^There are about 30 altogether now, covering 100,000 J02 194 hectares (10 per cent) of State forest. ^Their primary purpose J02 195 is to preserve representative examples of flora and fauna and J02 196 maintain genetic diversity. J02 197 |^As a result of revised forest policy, exotic plantations J02 198 no longer threaten to usurp the territories of the indigenous J02 199 resource. ^Large-scale conversion to exotics was dropped as an J02 200 option in the mid-seventies. ^But exotics of one kind or J02 201 another will have to sustain the bigger mills. ^Radiata pine J02 202 flourishes on the Coast, and Douglas fir, Tasmanian blackwood J02 203 and various eucalypts also do well. ^In the future the mills J02 204 will look to radiata as their main source of sawlogs. ^Growth J02 205 rates to date point to a 30-year rotation, although not J02 206 everyone is convinced radiata is the long-term saviour. J02 207 |^New Zealand is well stocked with radiata pine. ^To J02 208 compete, West Coast radiata would have to command a premium J02 209 (for quality it does surpass, by and large, the Canterbury J02 210 product, which is more affected by cold and dry spells) or go J02 211 directly to Australian markets. ^The West Coast is a day and a J02 212 half closer to Australia by sea than East Coast ports. ^But it J02 213 is the old story *- the need for port development. ^For a J02 214 substantial trade to eventuate there would need to be a major J02 215 upgrading of Greymouth's river port. ^And that is not J02 216 altogether forestry's business. J02 217 |^Besides tourism foresters have been associated with some J02 218 unusual projects, nonetheless, through the avenue of J02 219 environmental forestry. J02 220 *# J03 001 **[297 TEXT J03**] J03 002 |^*0Apparent anomalies are present in the distribution of J03 003 the main species and of the two main forest types. ^Such J03 004 irregularities have been explained in terms of marked climatic J03 005 changes which are assumed to have taken place in the regional J03 006 climate some hundreds of years ago. ^Whether correct or not, J03 007 there must have been constant changes proceeding since the last J03 008 major phase of the ice age and the melting of glaciers and ice J03 009 sheets. ^This is estimated to have been only 10-15,000 years J03 010 ago. ^Indeed, pollen profile studies have indicated a J03 011 succession of climates commencing with one in which grasses J03 012 were dominant *- a type of vegetation that would quickly occupy J03 013 the ground following retreat of the ice *- then podocarp-broadleaf J03 014 forest with little beech, and finally the phase in J03 015 which beech has spread and become dominant in places. J03 016 |^The most obvious anomaly is the presence of podocarp-broadleaf J03 017 forest above beech which is invading the former by J03 018 moving uphill. ^Normally, where the two types of forests occur J03 019 together, podocarps grow in the lower altitudes and warmer J03 020 sites, while beech occupies the higher, colder areas. J03 021 |^From the mountain massif of Fiordland and Otago for a J03 022 distance extending 600-700 kilometres northwards, the Southern J03 023 Alps form the backbone of the South Island until they reach a J03 024 northern mountain massif stretching from west to east coasts. J03 025 ^Along the Southern Alps a huge fault runs. ^It has served to J03 026 steepen the western flanks on to which descend tremendous J03 027 rainfalls coming from the west. ^Such rain causes massive slips J03 028 in spite of dense forest. ^Rivers are numerous and unruly and J03 029 would, in the absence of forest, increase the erosion many-fold J03 030 and render most of the West Coast uninhabitable. J03 031 |^The rain is carried from the west across to the easier, J03 032 though still steep, eastern slopes of the mountains, and gives J03 033 rise to larger but fewer rivers than there are in the west. J03 034 ^These flow down across deep shingle plains through an J03 035 increasingly dry climate gradient. ^In the most protected J03 036 rain-shadow areas the fall drops to 250 \0mm per year. J03 037 |^It is on the eastern side of the Southern Alps that J03 038 fires, both Polynesian and settler, have destroyed very large J03 039 areas of forest. ^Pockets remain, but the only sizeable areas J03 040 are in the headwaters of the large rivers. J03 041 |^Along the West Coast the signs of glaciation are just as J03 042 pronounced as they are in Fiordland, but their form is quite J03 043 different. ^The Southern Alps of greywacke and schist rocks J03 044 have been much more readily eroded. ^Valley sides are, J03 045 therefore, less steep and large quantities of detritus have J03 046 been left *'perched**' as glaciers have receded. ^At the foot J03 047 of the mountains the aftermath of glaciation is to be seen in a J03 048 series of low terraces of boulders covered by glacial till. J03 049 ^Moraines emerge through the terraces, and lakes, trapped by J03 050 glaciated material, are many. J03 051 |^Proceeding northwards from Fiordland along this wet West J03 052 Coast the extensive silver and mountain beech forest gives way J03 053 to much reduced areas and pockets. ^Nevertheless the catchments J03 054 of a few of the large rivers are filled with beech, mainly J03 055 silver and mountain just as in Fiordland. ^On more favourable J03 056 sites red beech joins these two and the southernmost, limited J03 057 pockets of hard beech appear. J03 058 |^The ability of mountain beech to tolerate the most J03 059 infertile sites occupied by any beech is shown by its presence J03 060 on areas of ultrabasic rock. ^In places this formation carries J03 061 no vegetation at all. ^With soil improvement mountain beech is J03 062 one of the plants to appear first. ^As companions on these very J03 063 difficult sites are manuka (*1{6Leptospermum scoparium}*0), a J03 064 shrub that frequently acts as a nurse vegetation for beech J03 065 seedlings throughout the country, and stunted southern rata and J03 066 dwarf podocarps. J03 067 |^For a distance of about 180 \0km, north of Fiordland, the J03 068 West Coast lowland terrain is covered by unconnected areas of J03 069 beech forest in the river catchments and podocarp-broadleaf J03 070 forest on the terraces. ^Then for another 150 \0km there is no J03 071 sign of beech either on the mountains or the terraces, but J03 072 north of that gap the major beech forests of New Zealand begin. J03 073 ^They occupy the greater part of the mountain massif in the J03 074 north of the South Island. J03 075 |^Where the beech gap occurs the forest on the Southern J03 076 Alps' western faces is dominated by southern rata and kamahi, J03 077 and that on the terraces by broadleaf trees and a few species J03 078 of podocarps, mainly rimu, which have occupied the ground by J03 079 the following process. J03 080 |^The glacial till and pans have made the terrace soils J03 081 impervious. ^Such conditions must have created bogs as the ice J03 082 melted. ^Forest invasion, which is still going on, of these J03 083 exceptionally difficult habitats has taken on a regular J03 084 pattern. ^Rimu, because of its ability to spread long distances J03 085 by bird-carried seed, would have invaded the drier sites, the J03 086 lower foothills and moraines. ^From these the bogs were J03 087 invaded. ^Manuka first occupied the edges and gradually moved J03 088 on to the wet ground. ^Then manuka was invaded by a podocarp, J03 089 silver pine (*1{6Dacrydium colensoi}*0), which tolerates very J03 090 acid conditions, and then by rimu. ^The final result is a J03 091 forest dominated by rimu which is present in groups of all J03 092 ages. ^It grows in the bogs sitting on top of the impervious J03 093 soils and when cut down there is an immediate reversion to J03 094 bogs. ^Other processes are also at work. J03 095 |^Why the beech gap? ^Two possible explanations have been J03 096 put forward. ^One is that all along that stretch of the J03 097 mountains there are no passes below timberline through which J03 098 beech can migrate from the east. ^Another is that the beech to J03 099 the north and south of the gap has not had time to invade the J03 100 rimu forest. ^There is another possible reason: the habitat is J03 101 markedly unsuited to beech which would have difficulty in J03 102 invading the well-established rimu forest. ^The true position J03 103 is not yet clear because pollen profile studies have shown that J03 104 at some time in the past beech has been present. J03 105 |^In the dry climate east of the Southern Alps the forest J03 106 destroyed by Polynesian fires was replaced by tussock grassland J03 107 and shrubland. ^Evidence collected to date suggests that beech J03 108 was the main constituent of the burned forest though large J03 109 areas show only podocarp logs and charcoal. ^Mainly beech J03 110 remnants remain today. ^It is, however, impossible yet to J03 111 reconstruct the total forest pattern because the remnants are J03 112 the result of glaciation effects in the headwaters of rivers J03 113 and a long history of fires and grazing and browsing by sheep J03 114 and wild animals. J03 115 |^The most extensive forests remaining in the east are in J03 116 the wetter mountain areas towards the main divide of the J03 117 Southern Alps. ^Beeches are the dominant trees. ^Mountain, J03 118 silver and red are all well represented. ^The first two share J03 119 the timberline, their occurrence depending on the degree of J03 120 wetness. ^Red beech keeps to lower altitudes. ^In kinder areas J03 121 and near the coast beech sometimes gives way to podocarp-broadleaf J03 122 forest, of which only small pockets remain. ^The J03 123 ground cover of ferns and lower layer of shrubs have been J03 124 affected, often severely, by animals, both domestic and wild. J03 125 |^At lower foothill altitudes of the Southern Alps black J03 126 beech occupies a few extensive remnants. ^In fact, that tree J03 127 attains its optimum development in eastern South Island J03 128 country. ^It is able to grow where rainfall drops as low as 500 J03 129 \0mm per annum which is the lowest limit that will support J03 130 forest growth of any kind in New Zealand. ^Under such dry J03 131 conditions other forest vegetation offers little competition to J03 132 black beech so that it is almost the sole forest tree. J03 133 |^There are places where forest containing black beech at J03 134 low altitudes continues up the mountain sides giving way J03 135 gradually to mountain beech. ^Apart from such altitudinal J03 136 changes there is also a latitudinal change in this eastern low J03 137 country. ^It takes place over a distance of about 500 \0km from J03 138 mountain beech in the south of the South Island to black beech J03 139 in mid Canterbury. ^It is the equivalent of the altitudinal J03 140 change noted above. J03 141 |^Throughout the jumbled mass of mountains in the north-west J03 142 of the South Island beech forest is by far the commonest J03 143 vegetative cover and except for alpine communities at high J03 144 altitudes and larger valleys is continuous over extensive J03 145 areas. ^Sparsity of settlement and absence of clearing or J03 146 damage by fire has left extensive areas intact. J03 147 |^The area contains an extraordinary variety of country. J03 148 ^Frequent changes in underlying rocks bring about changes in J03 149 soils and drainage. ^Rivers flow in all directions. ^Altitudes J03 150 range from sea-level to above timberline. ^Slopes are of all J03 151 gradients and aspects and there are widespread effects of J03 152 severe earthquakes. J03 153 **[PLATE**] J03 154 |^This complicated and ever-changing collection of habitats J03 155 forms the meeting ground of all the beech species and contains J03 156 the optimum growing conditions for two of them, red and hard J03 157 beeches. ^A general pattern of species distribution based on J03 158 habitat preferences is apparent, but there are frequent and J03 159 sudden inexplicable changes. ^It seems that such anomalies are J03 160 mainly the adjustments proceeding as a result of climatic J03 161 changes and adjustments following epidemic catastrophes. J03 162 |^The silver beech forests of Fiordland, 400 kilometres or J03 163 so to the south, have been left behind and are replaced by less J03 164 extensive areas occurring mainly at high altitudes. ^On the J03 165 other hand there is a more widespread occurrence of mountain J03 166 beech, also at higher altitudes, but inland. ^These two species J03 167 make up the greater part of the timberline and cold temperate J03 168 forest. ^Silver beech grows in the wetter and freer draining J03 169 areas while mountain beech occupies the relatively drier and J03 170 more difficult sites. ^The frequent changes of these two trees J03 171 at timberline and lower down and the occasional association in J03 172 the same forest provide clues as to their preferences. J03 173 |^At sea-level and lower altitudes podocarp-broadleaf J03 174 forest is plentiful in the western seaboard mountains but beech J03 175 is more closely intermingled with it than in any other part of J03 176 the country. ^Hard beech is the species most at home amongst J03 177 mixtures of podocarps containing rimu, miro and kahikatea. J03 178 ^Amongst these it grows vigorously and reaches heights of 30 J03 179 metres. ^It grades from such stands into pure hard beech. J03 180 |^Red beech is one of the main species at mid altitudes J03 181 while black beech occupies chiefly riparian sites. ^Red will J03 182 occupy these too if they are well drained and when it does the J03 183 best red beech stands in the country are to be found. ^Trees J03 184 will grow up to 35 metres high and diameters of 2-3 metres are J03 185 common in mature trees. ^Regeneration is plentiful and all J03 186 phases are represented. ^The intermingling of fine trees and J03 187 the foliage of regeneration beneath make this type of forest J03 188 some of the most picturesque in the country. J03 189 |^The outlier of beech forest immediately north of the West J03 190 Coast *'gap**' contains hard, red, silver and mountain beeches; J03 191 in other words, a more than adequate springboard for invasion, J03 192 if it is going to take place, into the podocarp-broadleaf J03 193 forests to the south. J03 194 |^From the north-west South Island concentration, beech J03 195 forest, in more limited areas, carries on along the mountains J03 196 all the way to the Marlborough Sounds where Banks and Solander J03 197 collected the first New Zealand species. ^There it has largely J03 198 been cleared away for farming. ^In the forest that remains the J03 199 story is much the same as it is in the west. ^All species are J03 200 present. ^When beech reaches the timberline it is silver or J03 201 mountain beeches. ^Mid slope forest is red and silver. ^Black J03 202 beech occupies alluvial lowlands and there are many stands J03 203 which grade from black to mountain beech. ^The southernmost J03 204 limit of hard beech in the east is about the Marlborough J03 205 Sounds. ^In a few areas black, hard, silver and red beeches J03 206 mingle together in the same stands. J03 207 *<*4North Island: podocarp forest disappears but beech J03 208 remains*> J03 209 |^*0Cook Strait, separating the North and South islands, has J03 210 not been in existence long enough to interrupt the distribution J03 211 pattern of beech forest. J03 212 *# J04 001 **[298 TEXT J04**] J04 002 ^*0Even at Arthur's Pass and in the headwaters of the Hurunui J04 003 River where forest predominates, larvae are found only in J04 004 forest clearings and seemingly never in the shaded forest J04 005 habitats associated with *1{6\0U. carovei}. J04 006 |^*0That no *1\6Uropetala *0have been recorded from either J04 007 Banks Peninsula or the Chatham Islands is consistent with the J04 008 evolution of a species pair with markedly different habitat J04 009 requirements. ^Banks Peninsula was heavily forested until the J04 010 1870s and thus would have been unsuitable for *1\6chiltoni, J04 011 *0and its recent scattered tussock and grass habitat would be J04 012 unsuited to a *1\6carovei *0population. ^If, as seems likely, J04 013 females of *1\6Uropetala *0do remain in the vicinity of their J04 014 own emergence sites (see \0p. 121) then colonization of Banks J04 015 Peninsula by *1\6chiltoni *0from the alpine foothills (sixty J04 016 kilometres distant) would be improbable. ^The Chatham Islands' J04 017 vegetation was reduced to *'scrub**' during glaciations and J04 018 would not have provided habitat for any forest dwelling J04 019 (proto?) *1\6carovei. ^*0Within the geographical limits of the J04 020 Chatham Islands there is unlikely to have been sufficient time J04 021 for the evolution of sub-alpine adapted populations of J04 022 *1\6Uropetala *0given the widely accepted rapid rates of J04 023 temperature change at the onset of a glaciation. J04 024 |^The actual biological mechanisms effecting the J04 025 reproductive isolation of the *1\6Uropetala *0species are J04 026 unknown. ^Despite the relatively *'weak**' nature of the minor J04 027 morphological differences between the species, individuals with J04 028 mixed characters are rarely found and are restricted to a J04 029 narrow zone where the species distributions are contiguous. J04 030 ^This in spite of the fact that through much of the *'alpine**' J04 031 boundary separating them very large *1\6carovei *0and J04 032 *1\6chiltoni *0populations coexist within a few kilometres of J04 033 each other with no geographical obstruction to free movement. J04 034 ^This is clearly evident in the Otira-Turiwhate area of J04 035 Westland and in the Umbrella Range of Central Otago. ^Through J04 036 most of the last 10,000 years specialized *1\6chiltoni J04 037 *0habitat has been very restricted, certainly to dimensions of J04 038 the order of the *'cruise range**' of *1\6Uropetala *0males, J04 039 and the survival of *1\6chiltoni *0populations is testament to J04 040 the efficacy of biological barriers preventing introgression of J04 041 *1\6carovei *0genes. ^In contrast, during the height of the J04 042 latest (Otiran) glaciation *1\6chiltoni *0habitat existed north J04 043 to the Waikato basin and *1\6carovei *0would have been J04 044 restricted to the far north and to forest refuges. J04 045 *<*4Ecology*> J04 046 |^*0Emergence of *1{6\0U. chiltoni} *0in Canterbury and J04 047 Central Otago seems to be largely concentrated into December J04 048 and early January. ^As with *1\6carovei, *0the pharate adult J04 049 climbs a few centimetres up a nearby clump of vegetation, J04 050 secures a grip and proceeds to moult. ^After moulting, the J04 051 newly emerged adult climbs a little higher while it hardens J04 052 prior to its first flight. ^Emergence probably occurs most J04 053 often in the earlier part of the night so that most adults have J04 054 completed emergence and are ready to fly before dawn. ^*1{6\0U. J04 055 chiltoni} *0in the laboratory have commenced emergence at J04 056 temperatures as low as six degrees Celsius but have been unable J04 057 to complete the ecdysis at this temperature. ^On cool nights, J04 058 adults may not harden quickly enough to take flight before J04 059 sunrise and seagulls, terns, and other birds are known to prey J04 060 on large numbers of these helpless animals. ^The sites at which J04 061 *1\6chiltoni *0emerge are far more exposed than those used by J04 062 *1\6carovei *0and the relatively larger and more concentrated J04 063 *1\6chiltoni *0colonies can be subjected to heavy predation. J04 064 ^The exuvia left by the adult on emergence is remarkably hardy. J04 065 ^At Cass, exuviae are easily found in the early spring after J04 066 winter snowfalls and frosts cause the tussock to die back; they J04 067 look as fresh as the day they were left. ^After a further J04 068 year's exposure some exuviae I marked appeared no more battered J04 069 and weather-worn than some of those left by recently emerged J04 070 animals. ^Even two years after emergence traces could still be J04 071 found. J04 072 |^As with *1{6\0U. carovei}, *0little is known about J04 073 activity during the maturation period. ^During the first few J04 074 days the adults are largely quiescent and perch in cover, often J04 075 with their wings held together above the thorax. ^Maturation J04 076 appears to J04 077 **[MAP**] J04 078 take about three weeks, but the onset of sexual activity is J04 079 dependent on climatic conditions. ^Collection data suggest that J04 080 males range far more widely than females since males are J04 081 frequently taken kilometres from any breeding site whereas J04 082 almost all females have been taken from breeding sites or J04 083 scrub/ matagouri areas within a few hundred metres of a J04 084 breeding site. ^Under cooler conditions, such as early in the J04 085 morning, the adults fly vigorously; but at higher temperatures J04 086 they tend to glide about. ^When it is sunny many perch and bask J04 087 for long periods on exposed, flat surfaces. J04 088 |^During the early part of the mating season males move on J04 089 to the seepages in the middle of the afternoon (about three J04 090 hours after solar noon). ^First they spend about half a minute J04 091 in a low, slow, hovering *'inspection**' flight within two to J04 092 five centimetres of the surface, then they seek out a perch. J04 093 ^Preferred perches are shrubs or tallish woody vegetation on, J04 094 or at the border of, the seepage. J04 095 **[MAP**] J04 096 ^At one site one metre tall stakes placed to aid a larval J04 097 burrow survey proved by far the most attractive perches. ^Once J04 098 perched the male remains still, leaving the perch only to J04 099 challenge any other males approaching within about five metres. J04 100 ^Males challenged while on an *'inspection**' flight flee and J04 101 are pursued for ten to twenty metres by the territory occupant J04 102 which then returns to its perch. ^*1{6\0U. chiltoni} *0male J04 103 navigation doesn't seem as accurate as that displayed by J04 104 *1{6Austrolestes colensonis} *0and they often spend some time J04 105 searching for their perch. ^While on their territorial perches J04 106 males are wary, and much harder to approach than when they are J04 107 settled, basking, some way from breeding sites. ^After about J04 108 half an hour on their perch they become restive, make a few J04 109 short flights to *'inspect**' the site or examine alternative J04 110 perches, then abruptly leave. ^This behaviour pattern closely J04 111 parallels that recorded in other petalurids (*1{6Tachopteryx J04 112 thoreyi, Tanypteryx hageni, \0T. pryeri*0) and contrasts with J04 113 the active flying patrols seen in *1{6\0U. carovei}. J04 114 |^*0During the night and in bad weather, congregations of J04 115 adults can be found clinging in sheltered spots, usually on the J04 116 northern faces of rock outcrops. ^My attention was drawn to J04 117 these aggregations through the independent observations of a J04 118 number of people who had been tramping in the Cass area, but it J04 119 was not until January 1981 that I came across such a phenomena J04 120 myself. ^My cousins and I were examining an area in the J04 121 Umbrella Range, Central Otago. ^We arrived at the musterers' J04 122 hut late in the afternoon accompanied by a chilly breeze and J04 123 drizzle. ^The following morning was cold, by 11 {0a.m.} the J04 124 temperature was still below ten degrees Celsius, and there J04 125 seemed little prospect of finding any dragonflies. ^My cousin J04 126 Rodney, who was investigating rock outcrops on the southern J04 127 side of the valley, found a *1\6Uropetala *0male roosting in a J04 128 crevice in a rock face; it was immobilized by the cold and was J04 129 easily captured. ^We then began to search several of these J04 130 house-sized outcrops and in little more than half an hour had J04 131 captured eighteen animals, often finding two or three hanging J04 132 within a metre of each other in the same crevice. ^Many more J04 133 animals were seen under ledges and in crevices which couldn't J04 134 be reached and search time was lost while photographing animals J04 135 *1{in situ}. ^*0Despite a thorough search of the other faces of J04 136 the outcrops (which were easier to get at), roosting J04 137 dragonflies were found only on the northern faces of the rocks. J04 138 ^Similarly an examination of outcrops on the northern (south J04 139 facing) slope of the valley failed to produce *1\6Uropetala. J04 140 ^*0About midday the weather suddenly improved and the J04 141 temperature increased rapidly. ^The first free-flying J04 142 *1\6Uropetala *0was seen when the air temperature reached J04 143 sixteen degrees Celsius but flights were short and *'clumsy**'. J04 144 ^By 1 {0p.m.} the air temperature exceeded twenty degrees J04 145 Celsius and many *1\6Uropetala *0were in flight, some moving J04 146 between basking spots on clay banks and rock outcrops while a J04 147 number of males J04 148 **[DIAGRAM**] J04 149 **[DIAGRAM**] J04 150 **[DIAGRAM**] J04 151 were observed *'investigating**' a large seepage and larval J04 152 site, making slow, low hovering flights and occasionally J04 153 landing for several minutes at a time. J04 154 |^Mating occurs on tussock clumps near the breeding sites. J04 155 ^After mating, females move onto the seepage and lay alone, J04 156 climbing down tussock stems to insert eggs individually into J04 157 mosses which cover the adjacent ground. ^The last three or four J04 158 segments of the abdomen are pushed into the moss rootlets or J04 159 soil before the batch of six to ten eggs is laid. ^Each egg in J04 160 the batch appears individually cemented to roots or J04 161 subterranean stems. ^The female takes about two minutes to lay J04 162 a batch. ^The abrasive nature of tussock causes severe damage J04 163 to the wings of the females and even animals with fresh body J04 164 colouring can have their hind wings badly frayed. ^Despite this J04 165 damage, females with worn wings are often seen making feeding J04 166 flights a short distance from oviposition sites and it seems J04 167 probable that they survive to lay more than one batch of eggs. J04 168 ^Females also lay perching flat on the moss surface as has been J04 169 observed in *1{6\0U. carovei}. J04 170 |^*0Little is known of their larval life. ^The burrows of J04 171 earlier instar larvae appear to be more common in soft soil J04 172 close to the runnels which dissect the bog and also dug near J04 173 horizontally into the slopes down and through which the seepage J04 174 occurs. ^The large burrows of later instar larvae are more J04 175 conspicuous in the more solid soils of hummocks rising five to J04 176 twenty centimetres above the water table. ^It is unlikely that J04 177 the earliest instars would be able to burrow to the water table J04 178 through these solid, vegetation supported, soils and some J04 179 movement between microhabitats probably occurs as the larvae J04 180 develop. ^As a rule of thumb the burrow diameter is J04 181 approximately half the length of the occupant. ^Burrows found J04 182 in the sides and at the tops of runnels within the J04 183 sphagnum-*1\6Shoenus *0habitat lack the well-formed mound of J04 184 excavated mud at their entrances characteristic of *1{6\0U. J04 185 carovei} *0burrows on similar slopes. J04 186 |^It has been generally, and fairly uncritically, accepted J04 187 that the larvae are nocturnal, although this is certainly not J04 188 true of petalurids in general, and a note of caution should be J04 189 sounded. ^Larvae in captivity and kept under shaded interior J04 190 lighting have often been seen to spend many of the daylight J04 191 hours near the tops of their burrows. ^When in this position J04 192 they react instantly to vibration, or to any large object J04 193 passing overhead and silhouetted against the sky, by scuttling J04 194 backwards down their tunnels. ^Approaches to the same burrows J04 195 made at night J04 196 **[DIAGRAM**] J04 197 resulted in approximately the same proportion of occupants J04 198 being found at the top. ^Thus, the *'nocturnal**' nature of J04 199 these highly mobile (in their burrows), well-sighted larvae may J04 200 be the result of inadvertent observer interference. ^This is J04 201 supported to some extent by the fact that in the field, larvae J04 202 are often encountered very close to the surface during the day. J04 203 ^Later instar larvae are known to prey on a wide variety of J04 204 small animals and it is notable that both diurnally and J04 205 nocturnally active prey are present. J04 206 |^I have observed captive *1{6\0U. chiltoni} *0larvae J04 207 preying on cockroaches. ^The prey appeared to be detected by J04 208 sight; as the cockroach moved down the burrow the dragonfly J04 209 larva struck with its labium, grasping and impaling. ^Observed J04 210 attacks were all directed *'above the larva's head**' at the J04 211 dorsal side of the burrow and occurred well before the J04 212 cockroach was within range of the dragonfly's antennae. ^Often J04 213 the larva flicked its body backwards, lifting its forelegs J04 214 clear of the substrate, as it struck. ^The labial strike of a J04 215 *1\6Uropetala *0larva is very strong and prey are often J04 216 extensively damaged as they are caught; when prey held in J04 217 forceps is attacked the resulting blow has a force quite J04 218 unexpected from an insect. J04 219 |^Larvae in captivity have been observed while digging J04 220 their tunnels. ^Some have even been observed to abandon a J04 221 burrow during the day and to begin construction of a new hole J04 222 in daylight. J04 223 *# J05 001 **[299 TEXT J05**] J05 002 ^*0The bottom waters vary seasonally from 0 to 3*@\0C. J05 003 ^Phytoplankton productivity is low and cyanobacterial mats J05 004 occur extensively over the lake floor. ^The lake receives J05 005 inflowing meltwaters during spring, but these form a discrete J05 006 layer beneath the ice which does not mix with the lakewater J05 007 beneath. ^Unlike Heywood Lake, this throughflow does not flush J05 008 out a significant proportion of algal cells and nutrients. J05 009 |^Sombre Lake water and inflows have a high ratio of J05 010 {0N:P}, and algal growth potential assays indicated that J05 011 phosphorus was the element in least supply. ^Assays of the J05 012 natural lake phytoplankton indicated that the assemblage was J05 013 not nutrient-limited between April and October when J05 014 photosynthesis was undetectable in the water beneath the ice. J05 015 ^Phosphorus limitation responses were first recorded with the J05 016 onset of growth in spring, but later in the season from J05 017 November onwards, dual enrichment with \0N + \0P produced the J05 018 greatest growth response (Hawes 1983). J05 019 |^Like nearby Heywood Lake, winter chlorophyll *1a *0levels J05 020 are low and photosynthesis is undetectable. ^Light availability J05 021 suddenly rises by two orders of magnitude in September-October J05 022 because of the loss of overlying snow and the rise in incident J05 023 radiation. ^As in Heywood Lake, chlorophyll *1a *0begins to J05 024 increase at this time and continues to steadily rise over the J05 025 subsequent months, reaching a maximum during the summer J05 026 ice-free period. ^The spring and summer algal populations J05 027 differ in their photosynthesis versus light responses. ^In both J05 028 Sombre Lake and Heywood Lake photosynthetic capacity per unit J05 029 chlorophyll markedly increases during the open water phase and J05 030 then declines during the period of ice cover (Hawes 1985b). J05 031 *<*4Moss Lake: A freshwater lake with benthic macrophytes*> J05 032 |^*0Many of the saline and freshwater lakes of Antarctica have J05 033 rich benthic felts of cyanophytes (see Vanda and Fryxell J05 034 above), but in the Antarctic Peninsula region benthic mosses J05 035 provide an additional important source of primary production. J05 036 ^Moss Lake on Signy Island has a 40% cover of the mosses J05 037 *1{6Calliergon sarmentosum} *0and *1\6Drepanocladus *0\0sp. J05 038 below the 5 \0m depth contour (Priddle 1980). ^The mosses have J05 039 large leaves and stems up to 40 \0cm long. ^The benthic J05 040 vegetation also includes the algal *1{6Tolypothrix-Plectonema} J05 041 *0community found in nearby Sombre Lake, mostly in steep J05 042 portions of the littoral and as patches in shallow water. ^A J05 043 third community, of prolific *1\6Oedogonium *0growth is located J05 044 in rocky areas of the lake. J05 045 |^Benthic production and respiration by these communities J05 046 have been estimated throughout the year using dissolved oxygen J05 047 assays on container incubations (Priddle 1980) and provides an J05 048 example of adaptation to the low light environment. ^There was J05 049 only a brief period of subcompensation light levels extending J05 050 from June through early August. ^Significant photosynthesis was J05 051 initiated before the ice increased to its maximum thickness. J05 052 ^The moss community had a low compensation point of about 10 J05 053 \0kJ \0m*:-2**: \0d*:-1**: as well as a low saturation light J05 054 level. ^Its annual nett production was estimated at 4.0 \0g \0C J05 055 \0m*:-2**:, about twice the benthic algal production, but only J05 056 30% of the phytoplankton production. J05 057 |^Laboratory studies demonstrated that the two moss species J05 058 (plus their epiphytic algae) have very different photosynthesis J05 059 versus light characteristics. ^*1\6Drepanocladus *0had a J05 060 compensation of 0.11 \0W \0m*:-2**: which was similar to that J05 061 of the *1{6Tolypothrix-Plectonema} *0community (0.17 \0W J05 062 \0m*:-2**:). ^*1\6Calliergon, *0which generally occurred in the J05 063 more shallow water, had a much higher compensation point (0.64 J05 064 \0W \0m*:-2**:). ^Increasing temperature modified these J05 065 characteristics, particularly for *1\6Calliergon, *0by shifting J05 066 the compensation point to higher light levels. J05 067 |^*1Drepanocladus *0appeared to be especially well adapted J05 068 towards the deep lake environment with its extremely low J05 069 compensation point, a low responsiveness to temperature, and J05 070 perhaps also a high leaf area index since the plants are larger J05 071 than *1\6Calliergon *0with longer leaves. ^The compensation J05 072 points for both species were very low by comparison with J05 073 terrestrial mosses in polar environments. ^Fogg (1977) J05 074 suggested that this characteristic in general is a response to J05 075 the low stable temperature of antarctic aquatic ecosystems J05 076 which allows the cells to maintain production at rates above J05 077 their respiratory requirement ({0i.e.}, nett production) at J05 078 very low irradiances. J05 079 |^Benthic moss communities have been recorded elsewhere in J05 080 the Antarctic Peninsula region. ^In the ponds of the ice-free J05 081 region at Ablation Point swards of luxuriant moss occurred at J05 082 0.5 to 6 \0m depth, with stems up to 30 \0cm long. ^The J05 083 dominant species were *1{6Campylium polyganium} *0and J05 084 *1\6Dicranella *0\0sp., but *1{6Distichium capillaceum, Bryum J05 085 algens} *0and *1\6Bryum *0\0sp. were also found. ^Cover varied J05 086 between 40 and 70% and totalled 3500 \0m*:2**: in a total area J05 087 of pools examined of 10 000 \0m*:2**: (Heywood 1977b). J05 088 |^In addition to the production ecology of Moss Lake, J05 089 decomposition processes have been the subject of considerable J05 090 investigation in this and nearby waters (Ellis-Evans 1985). ^In J05 091 Moss Lake the water column remains oxygenated throughout winter J05 092 and decomposition is dominated by aerobic processes. ^Winter J05 093 anoxia is a feature of the enriched waters of this region, and J05 094 the duration of anoxia increases with trophic state (\0Fig. J05 095 12). ^Anaerobic decomposition is therefore much more important J05 096 in eutrophic waters such as Heywood Lake. ^However, even in the J05 097 oligotrophic lakes anaerobic processes have been measured in J05 098 the sediments; in Sombre Lake, for example, methanogenesis, J05 099 which is a strictly anaerobic process, consumes 13% of J05 100 **[FIGURE**] J05 101 the annually sedimented particulate carbon (Ellis-Evans 1984). J05 102 ^The lakes of Signy Island clearly offer an ideal trophic J05 103 series in which to quantify aerobic and anaerobic microbial J05 104 responses to the antarctic aquatic environment. J05 105 *<*6ICE-BOUND AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS*> J05 106 |^*0Ice is a dominant feature of the antarctic landscape, and J05 107 in many parts of the continental margin, lakes and pools have J05 108 formed within the ice, or behind ice dams. ^These ice-bound J05 109 ecosystems vary in size from the small (<50 \0cm diameter) J05 110 water-filled pockets on glaciers (cryoconite pools) to J05 111 anastomosing freshwater systems on the ablation zone of major J05 112 ice shelves. ^Ice-dammed valleys have filled with water to form J05 113 inland lakes such as Untersee, while on the coast the ice dams J05 114 may float on the sea, trapping freshwater behind them, but J05 115 allowing the free movement of seawater beneath ({0e.g.}, J05 116 Ablation Lake). ^These ice-bound ecosystems were probably the J05 117 dominant freshwaters during major glaciations of the antarctic J05 118 region and may have been important refugia for the biota during J05 119 these sustained periods of extreme cold. J05 120 *<*4Lake Untersee: An inland proglacial lake*> J05 121 |^Proglacial lakes, that is, lakes dammed or contained by ice, J05 122 were perhaps a precursor to some of the permanently ice-capped J05 123 lakes that have been discussed above. ^This type of lake still J05 124 exists in certain regions of the continent. ^One such lake has J05 125 been discovered recently in the Wohlthat Massif, 150 \0km J05 126 inland from the open waters of the Lazarev Sea (Hermichen {0et J05 127 al.} 1985). ^It is permanently capped by 2.5 \0m of ice and J05 128 partially bounded by a glacier which feeds the lake by J05 129 underwater melting. ^The salinity and temperature of the water J05 130 column is homogeneous down to the maximum depth of sampling (79 J05 131 \0m) suggesting that thermal convection mixes the lake J05 132 completely during each summer. ^The lake has no outflow and J05 133 loses water by ablation from its ice cap. ^The chloride content J05 134 of the lakewater (43.4 \0g \0m*:-3**:) is very high by J05 135 comparison with precipitation measurements over the continent J05 136 (typically 0.05-1.0 \0g \0m*:-3**:) and suggests that the J05 137 present day waterbody is the remnant of a meltwater lake that J05 138 was at least 50 times larger in volume. ^Biologically this lake J05 139 remains unexplored, but bottom sediments have a several J05 140 millimetre-thick organic layer suggesting moderate production J05 141 rates, or a long period of accumulation. J05 142 |^Inland ice-dammed lakes have also been described on the J05 143 downwind sides of nunataks in the Framnes Mountain range (67*@ J05 144 45*?7\0S, 45*@ 45*?7\0E). ^These vary from 4-114 \0m depth with J05 145 permanent ice-caps that are 3 \0m or more thick (Pickard & J05 146 Adamson 1983). ^Lakes dammed by ice are found throughout the J05 147 Ross Dependency and include Trough Lake behind the Koettlitz J05 148 Glacier at the head of the Alph River. J05 149 *<*4Ablation Lake: An ice dammed lake in contact with the sea*> J05 150 |^An unusual group of lakes, later termed epishelf lakes J05 151 (Heywood 1977a) were first described in the Schirmachervatna J05 152 (70*@\0S, ll*@\0E) as freshwaters that exhibited tidal shifts J05 153 in lake level over irregular semi-diurnal periods. ^The waters J05 154 here are dammed by thick ice that extends 90 \0km to the north. J05 155 ^Representatives of this type of lake have been subsequently J05 156 recorded in the Antarctic Peninsula region. ^The best described J05 157 of these is Ablation Lake which lies adjacent to Alexander J05 158 Island next to the 100-500 \0m thick ice shelf floating on J05 159 George *=VI *0Sound (Heywood 1977b). ^The bottom waters of the J05 160 lake appear to be connected to the open sea which lies 100 \0km J05 161 away. ^The upper 55 \0m layer of the lake is freshwater J05 162 (salinity 0.1 to 1 {0ppt}) capped by permanent ice that is J05 163 about 4 \0m thick in winter and 3 \0m thick in summer. ^Below J05 164 55 \0m there is a sharp pycnocline, and the salinity rises J05 165 abruptly to 32 {0ppt} at 66.5 \0m and below. ^The lake surface J05 166 rises and falls with an irregular diurnal rhythm, and a maximum J05 167 tidal range of 0.65 \0m. ^The bottom seawater extends 4 \0km J05 168 into the lake. ^This marine intrusion has a temperature of J05 169 -2*@\0C and therefore acts as an effective heat sink for the J05 170 freshwater on top which remains more or less isothermal at J05 171 about +0.1*@\0C. J05 172 |^Observations in late summer (February) showed that the J05 173 shallow water region of Ablation Lake had a relatively sparse J05 174 film of periphytic algae. ^Planktonic chlorophyll *1a *0levels J05 175 were 0.5 \0mg \0m*:-3**: down to 20 \0m, but were in slightly J05 176 higher concentrations (0.65 \0mg \0m*:-3**:) just beneath the J05 177 ice. ^A maximum photosynthetic rate for the water column to 20 J05 178 \0m was 6 \0mg \0C \0m*:-3**: \0d*:-1**: beneath the ice, with J05 179 an integral rate of 60 \0mg \0C \0m*:-2**: \0d*:-1**:. ^The J05 180 water column was highly transparent with an extinction J05 181 coefficient for blue light (460 \0nm wavelength) of 0.08 J05 182 \0m*:-1**:, but only 15-20% of surface light penetrated the J05 183 ice-cover under snow-free conditions. J05 184 |^The fauna of the upper freshwater strata of Ablation Lake J05 185 included *1{6Pseudoboeckella poppei}, *0a non-marine planktonic J05 186 copepod that is found throughout the Peninsula region. ^A J05 187 common antarctic marine benthic fish, *1{6Trematomus J05 188 bernacchii} *0occurs in the bottom seawater layer of the lake. J05 189 ^These fish were caught at 70 \0m and showed *"signs of acute J05 190 distress**" when they were brought to the surface indicating J05 191 that they were unable to tolerate the upper freshwater J05 192 conditions. ^An unidentified cyclopoid copepod was collected at J05 193 depths below 40 \0m over a wide range of salinities of 0.6-32 J05 194 {0ppt} suggesting that this species is well suited to brackish J05 195 water conditions within the epishelf lake environment. ^The J05 196 sediments at the bottom of the seawater layer contained viable J05 197 foraminifera and at least 11 species of diatoms (Lipps {0et J05 198 al.} 1977). J05 199 *<*6RISE: *4An ice shelf aquatic ecosystem*> J05 200 |^*0The western extension of the Ross Ice Shelf near McMurdo J05 201 Sound, known as the McMurdo Ice Shelf, contains a large number J05 202 of frozen pools and streams that melt out for 1-2 months each J05 203 summer (Plate 4), collectively referred to here as the Ross Ice J05 204 Shelf Ecosystem ({0RISE}). ^Micro-algae are visibly abundant in J05 205 these meltwaters, but although this system is probably the J05 206 largest non-marine aquatic environment in the McMurdo Region J05 207 (Brady 1980) it has been very little explored. J05 208 |^The system encompasses an ablation area of more than 2000 J05 209 \0km*:2**: with 10-60% of it in mid summer being shallow open J05 210 water flowing over ice and moraine. ^There is a large amount of J05 211 sediment material distributed across this region, including a J05 212 number of well-defined, elevated drift bands (Plate 4) that are J05 213 oriented in a north-south direction. ^These drift lines are J05 214 believed to be derived from marine sediments at the zones of J05 215 grounding of the ice shelf, and radio carbon dates of J05 216 microfossils in this material systematically increase with J05 217 distance northwards to a maximum age of about 5000-6000 years J05 218 (Kellogg & Kellogg 1984). J05 219 *# J06 001 **[300 TEXT J06**] J06 002 |^*0Cuttings of *1\6Spartina *0(probably *1{6\0S. J06 003 townsendii}*0) were first planted at Mapua and in Westhaven J06 004 Inlet about 1932 (Russ 1975) but they did not thrive. ^A dozen J06 005 plants from Essex, {0U.K.}, were planted by {0W.G.} Thomson in J06 006 Moutere Inlet in 1947. ^In 1948 the Nelson Harbour Board made J06 007 trial plantings in Waimea estuary and Nelson Haven, using 1000 J06 008 plants of the more vigorous *1{6Spartina anglica}, *0collected J06 009 from estuaries near Invercargill. ^Since then private J06 010 individuals have made additional plantings, mostly using plants J06 011 obtained from the earlier Nelson trials. ^However, after J06 012 initial enthusiasm for *1\6Spartina's *0vigorous colonising J06 013 abilities, largely from agriculturalists ({0e.g.} Allan 1930, J06 014 Harbord 1947), observers throughout New Zealand advised more J06 015 caution in its use ({0e.g.} Blick 1965) and more recently J06 016 advocated its eradication. ^A 1975 Amendment to the Harbours J06 017 Act 1950 prohibited further planting of introduced species J06 018 (which include *1\6Spartina *0\0spp.) in any tidal waters. J06 019 |^A detailed survey of the distribution of *1\6Spartina J06 020 *0along the Tasman and Golden Bay coastline was carried out by J06 021 the Wildlife Service in September 1975. ^From this survey it J06 022 was concluded that although *1\6Spartina had spread widely from J06 023 the original plantings, and was still doing so, it was not too J06 024 late to eradicate it from the Golden Bay areas and the Riwaka J06 025 and Moutere Inlets. ^Waimea Inlet was so heavily infested that J06 026 to eradicate *1\6Spartina *0would require a large and expensive J06 027 control programme (Russ 1975). ^After a meeting of all groups J06 028 concerned with estuaries, the Wildlife Service undertook to J06 029 begin eradication operations, using knapsack sprayers in a J06 030 low-key operation in specific localities (Plate 53). J06 031 ^*1\6Spartina *0is now almost eradicated from Whanganui Inlet, J06 032 Golden Bay and some of Tasman Bay. ^A larger scale operation J06 033 (aerial spraying) with the assistance of the Ministry of J06 034 Transport and the Harbour Board will be used during 1984/ 85 J06 035 to control the heavy investation in Waimea Inlet ({0B D} Bell, J06 036 {0pers. comm.}). J06 037 |^Apart from some feeding on it by pukeko (Blick 1965, J06 038 Bascand 1970), *1\6Spartina *0is not known to be used by other J06 039 wildlife in New Zealand. ^In North American estuarine systems, J06 040 *1\6Spartina *0is regarded as a major producer of organic J06 041 material for detritus feeders, and doubtless it performs this J06 042 role in New Zealand as well. ^Nevertheless, the loss of J06 043 non-vegetated tidal habitat and replacement of indigenous J06 044 saltmarsh communities are the main reasons for the Wildlife J06 045 Service's efforts to eradicate *1\6Spartina. J06 046 *<*45. *7THE FAUNA*> J06 047 *<*05.1 *3LARGE LAND SNAILS*> J06 048 |^*0New Zealand has more than 1000 species of endemic J06 049 native land snails, mostly less than 3 \0mm diameter. ^The J06 050 giants of the land snail fauna belong to the genera J06 051 *1{6Powelliphanta, Paryphanta} *0and *1\6Placostylus *0and, J06 052 while the last two are not found in the survey area, the J06 053 majority of forms of *1\6Powelliphanta *0are in Nelson, Buller, J06 054 Marlborough Sounds and Levin. ^The Nelson *1\6Powelliphanta J06 055 *0are discussed in some detail below. J06 056 |^*1\6Powelliphanta *0have large, often brightly coloured J06 057 and ornamented shells. ^A few species are alpine, living under J06 058 tussock and scrub near the bushline, but most live in native J06 059 forest. ^Though the range of a few species of *1\6Powelliphanta J06 060 *0is extensive, the distribution of most is confined to J06 061 relatively small areas. ^*1\6Powelliphanta *0feed during warm, J06 062 wet nights, and spend the day under damp litter or logs. ^They J06 063 are carnivorous, eating mainly native bush worms and slugs. J06 064 |^*1\6Powelliphanta *0is an ancient endemic New Zealand J06 065 genus. ^Like the tuatara and kiwi, it probably reached New J06 066 Zealand before the break up of the Gondwanaland continent and J06 067 has evolved in isolation from the rest of the world since then J06 068 (Stevens 1980). ^Their present pattern of distribution *- with J06 069 many species occurring within a small area of the northern J06 070 South Island *- apparently reflects the recent geological past J06 071 when the relatively warm North-west Nelson acted as a refuge J06 072 for plants and animals during the Pleistocene ice ages. ^While J06 073 *1\6Powelliphanta's *0origins are still not fully understood, J06 074 its present distribution has been helpful in determining the J06 075 number and timing of land bridges connecting the North and J06 076 South Islands during the Pleistocene (Te Punga 1953). J06 077 |^While the taxonomy of *1\6Powelliphanta *0is still J06 078 subject to debate, {0A W B} Powell's classification, which J06 079 included 10 species, 37 subspecies and 4 forms, is the most J06 080 widely known and used and will be followed here. ^Climo (1979) J06 081 reclassified the genus into only 2 species, but none-the-less J06 082 argues that every population of *1\6Powelliphanta *0is J06 083 important and should be preserved. J06 084 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J06 085 (\0Dr \0F. Climo, {0pers. comm.} 1981). J06 086 |^As with other large, ancient, ground-inhabiting J06 087 invertebrates, reptiles, and birds endemic to New Zealand, J06 088 *1\6Powelliphanta *0were badly affected by the changes which J06 089 occurred when New Zealand was colonised by man. ^As the plains J06 090 and valleys of Nelson were cleared, the lowland J06 091 *1\6Powelliphanta *0became restricted to a few small forest J06 092 remnants. ^Today the forest stands are usually unfenced and J06 093 consequently grazing and trampling by stock has lead to the J06 094 drying out and destruction of much of the remaining snail J06 095 habitat; in addition, predation by introduced rats in such J06 096 remnants is a major problem. ^While less of the upland country J06 097 was cleared, in places feral goats, pigs, deer and possums J06 098 greatly modified the forest litter habitat, leaving the snails J06 099 vulnerable to drying out and exposed to native predators such J06 100 as weka, as well as introduced predators such as rats, pigs, J06 101 stoats and blackbirds. ^People also found the land snails' J06 102 shells attractive, and in the past many live snails were J06 103 collected from the more accessible colonies. ^Today J06 104 *1\6Powelliphanta *0are becoming more widely recognised as J06 105 being just as *"uniquely New Zealand**" as the kiwi, and both J06 106 the live animal and its shell have full legal protection under J06 107 the Wildlife Amendment Act 1980. ^The Wildlife Service is J06 108 trying to ensure the survival of all *1\6Powelliphanta *0taxa J06 109 through the protection of habitat: fencing important forest J06 110 remnants, poisoning rats in the habitat of the most vulnerable J06 111 subspecies, and establishing small reserves. ^They are also J06 112 attempting to learn more of the basic biology of the land snail J06 113 so populations can be manipulated if necessary ({0e.g.} captive J06 114 breeding, island transfers). J06 115 |^At present applications to prospect for coal and minerals J06 116 are being sought over much of North-west Nelson and J06 117 consequently over some snail habitat. ^While some types of J06 118 prospecting have little effect on wildlife values, prospecting J06 119 or mining which affects colonies of snails of very restricted J06 120 distribution, or which involves substantial changes to the J06 121 habitat, would be the subject of strong objections by the J06 122 Wildlife Service. ^Within the survey area there are 6 species J06 123 of *1\6Powelliphanta *0with 22 subspecies (for distribution, J06 124 see \0Fig 4). J06 125 *<*1{6Powelliphanta hochstetteri}*> J06 126 |^*0(Distribution: Map 1, Appendix 1) Three subspecies of J06 127 this large (up to 75 \0mm diameter) snail are present in J06 128 Nelson, all in high altitude beech forest. ^*1{6{0P.h.} J06 129 hochstetteri} *0(see cover photo) in the northern \0Mt Arthur J06 130 Range/ Cobb/ Pikikiruna Range area has a relatively extensive J06 131 range, most of which is moderately to severely damaged by feral J06 132 goats, pigs, and in places, stock. ^On the Takaka Hill there J06 133 continues to be a steady loss of habitat as beech forest on J06 134 private land is clearfelled. ^*1{6{0P.h.} anatokiensis} J06 135 *0occurs on the western slopes of the Haupiri Range in J06 136 relatively intact habitat. ^*1{6{0P.h.} consobrina} *0is J06 137 present on the Bryant Range, and also the \0Mt Richmond Range J06 138 (just east of the survey area). ^In addition to the ubiquitous J06 139 deer and possum, feral pigs and goats are present and J06 140 throughout much of this snail's range the forest habitat has J06 141 been badly damaged. J06 142 *<*1{6Powelliphanta superba}*> J06 143 |^*0(Distribution: Map 2, Appendix 1) ^Five subspecies of J06 144 this snail have been described but their relationship is J06 145 complex and not yet fully understood. ^They have very large (up J06 146 to 95 \0mm diameter) golden-yellow or reddish shells, and live J06 147 in high altitude forest and scrub in the Aorere-Heaphy area. J06 148 ^*1{6{0P.s.} superba} *0occurs on both sides of the Aorere J06 149 valley on the Wakamarama and Haupiri Ranges, while *1{6{0P.s.} J06 150 prouseorum, {0P.s.} harveyi, {0P.s.} mouatae} *0and *1{6{0P.s.} J06 151 richardsoni} *0live in the Gouland Downs/ Mackay Downs area. ^A J06 152 previously undescribed *1\6Powelliphanta *0was found in the J06 153 headwaters of the Gunner River during a Wildlife Service survey J06 154 in 1982 (Walker 1982). ^Dubbed *1{6\0P. *0*"Gunner River**"} J06 155 but still not formally named, this snail is probably also a J06 156 subspecies of *1{6\0P. superba}. J06 157 |^*0Goats are present on the foothills of the Wakamarama J06 158 Range but elsewhere the habitat is relatively intact. ^This J06 159 species occurs largely within North-west Nelson State Forest J06 160 Park, over which many coal and mineral prospecting licences are J06 161 presently held or sought. ^The wildlife value of some sites is J06 162 outstanding and should be considered in any decisions about J06 163 prospecting or mining. ^In 1980 on Cedar Creek Ridge, the type J06 164 locality for *1{6{0P.s.} superba}, *0many snails were killed J06 165 when a controlled fire in the valley spread into neighbouring J06 166 forest and scrub. J06 167 *<*1{6Powelliphanta annectens}*> J06 168 |^*0(Distribution: Map 2, Appendix 1) ^This large snail, J06 169 which has a deep reddish-brown, axially banded shell, appears J06 170 to merge clinally with *1{6\0P. superba} *0in the north (Walker J06 171 1982). ^It is largely found in high altitude beech forest on J06 172 the western slopes of Gunner Downs, and in beech/ podocarp J06 173 forest in the Oparara Basin. ^Snail shells found in the J06 174 recently discovered Honeycomb Cave in the Oparara show that J06 175 *1{6\0P. annectens} *0has existed, apparently little changed, in J06 176 the area for at least 14,700 years, when the primeval rain J06 177 forest also supported New Zealand's extinct eagle, wrens, and J06 178 moas (\0Dr \0F Climo, {0pers. comm.}). ^Although the Oparara is J06 179 part of North-west Nelson Forest Park, it is just outside the J06 180 Nelson survey area and is considered in a separate report J06 181 (Walker 1982). J06 182 |^In the forests on the flanks of the Gunner Downs, deer J06 183 have grazed the ground layer and understorey heavily, exposing J06 184 the snails to natural predators including weka and parrot (kaka J06 185 or kea) as well as to the introduced blackbird. ^While the J06 186 original range of *1{6\0P. annectens} *0was relatively J06 187 extensive, loss of over 30% of this to logging and exotic J06 188 conversion in the Oparara means that the importance of J06 189 protecting the relatively remote colonies on the slopes of the J06 190 Gunner Downs is increased. J06 191 *<*1{6Powelliphanta lignaria}*> J06 192 |^*0(Distribution: Map 3, Appendix 1) ^Although largely a J06 193 north Westland species, the range of three of the seven J06 194 subspecies of *1{6\0P. lignaria} *0lies partially or completely J06 195 within the Nelson survey area. ^*1{6\0P.l. unicolorata} *0is a J06 196 small snail, with a plain olive-brown coloured shell while J06 197 *1{6\0P.l. ruforadiata} *0is larger and spirally striped with J06 198 irregular rufous bands: the habitat of both subspecies is J06 199 lowland beech/ podocarp/ broadleaf forest, particularly on J06 200 limestone. ^*1{6\0P.l. ruforadiata} *0occurs in Maori Gully J06 201 north of the Mokihinui Forks and on the northern side of the J06 202 Mokihinui River gorge. ^*1{6\0P.l. unicolorata} *0lives beside J06 203 the South Branch of the Mokihinui River and on the south bank J06 204 of the Mokihinui River gorge, as far downstream as Seddonville J06 205 (west of the survey area). ^Clearance of most forest around J06 206 Seddonville has left the upper Mokihinui as the stronghold for J06 207 this subspecies. ^Rats are a problem in these lowland forests, J06 208 as are feral goats which are damaging the snail habitat. ^A J06 209 number of land-use changes have been proposed for the Mokihinui J06 210 flats, including flooding them by damming the river at the J06 211 Forks; and logging the podocarp forest ({0NZFS} 1981): at J06 212 present inaccessibility makes both plans uneconomic. ^The J06 213 Wildlife Service would be very concerned should any such J06 214 schemes take J06 215 **[PLATE**] J06 216 place in this important area. ^*1{6\0P.l. oconnori}, *0a large, J06 217 strongly striped snail, lives near the limestone bluffs on the J06 218 western flanks of the southern Arthur Range, and in the lower J06 219 Karamea River *- Little Wanganui River area. ^Rat predation is J06 220 considerable in the low altitude colonies, and goats, spreading J06 221 from the Arthur Range, are damaging the forest habitat. J06 222 *<*1{6Powelliphanta gilliesi}*> J06 223 |^*0(Distribution: Map 4, Appendix 1) ^Nine subspecies of J06 224 *1{6\0P. gilliesi} *0have been described, all confined to small J06 225 areas of north-western Golden Bay. J06 226 *# J07 001 **[301 TEXT J07**] J07 002 |^*0Hydro-lakes or water storage impoundments may be natural J07 003 lakes whose outlet streams or rivers are dammed, or lentic J07 004 water bodies created by the damming of rivers. ^Examples of the J07 005 former are Lakes Waikaremoana, Hawea and Pukaki, whereas the J07 006 eight Waikato hydro-lakes are good examples of the latter. J07 007 ^Man-made impoundments are the more common on a world-wide J07 008 scale (Baxter, 1977) and they tend to differ from natural lakes J07 009 in several ways. ^In terms of basin morphometry they are J07 010 usually deepest immediately in front of the dam, shoreline J07 011 development is high and shore modification is marked. ^As well J07 012 as circulating currents, reservoirs possess a longitudinal J07 013 current (inlet to outlet), and the rate of water renewal is J07 014 faster than in most natural lakes. J07 015 |^Chemical inputs to newly created impoundments are often J07 016 high as a result of leaching from newly flooded vegetation and J07 017 soil. ^This period of enrichment may last several years but J07 018 over time water quality can be expected to increase. J07 019 ^Sedimentation as a result of bank erosion, river inputs and J07 020 sheet erosion is also characteristic, its magnitude depending J07 021 on rainfall, soil, vegetation cover, slope and land use. ^In J07 022 the short term, sedimentation combined with the leaching of J07 023 humic and other substances from soil and plants may result in J07 024 at least local oxygen depletion within a reservoir, but, in the J07 025 long term, impoundment is likely to improve the quality of J07 026 water for domestic and industrial use. ^This is because solids J07 027 are settled out and in many cases both the colour and bacterial J07 028 populations decrease (Baxter, 1977). ^These physico-chemical J07 029 features and other factors considered below help determine the J07 030 nature of the animal communities in artificial lakes. J07 031 *<*4Plankton*> J07 032 |^*0Following the damming of a river, the original running J07 033 water (lotic) fauna is replaced by slow- and stillwater J07 034 (lentic) species which can be categorized as benthic, marginal J07 035 (littoral) or planktonic forms depending on the habitats they J07 036 occupy. ^Flow conditions under which plankton become J07 037 established are somewhat variable, but the upper flow limit J07 038 according to Russian workers is about 0.2 {0m/sec} (Baxter, J07 039 1977). ^Phytoplankton blooms frequently occur soon after J07 040 initial flooding and in this country Vidal & Maris-McArthur J07 041 (1973) recorded blooms of *1{6Melosira granulata} *0and very J07 042 large populations of a copepod, *1{6Boeckella propinqua} *0as J07 043 the Tiritea reservoir (Palmerston North water supply) was J07 044 filled inundating forest and scrub. ^However, following the J07 045 impoundment of Southern Indian Lake in northern Manitoba, J07 046 Canada, zooplankton biomass decreased 30-40 per cent mostly as J07 047 a result of declines in numbers of Cladocera and small, J07 048 cyclopoid copepods. ^This response and a spectacular increase J07 049 in numbers of *1{6Mysis relicta} *0were attributed to a J07 050 lowering of water temperature following impoundment and reduced J07 051 predation because of lower lake transparency (Hecky *1{0et J07 052 al.}, *01984). J07 053 |^Zooplankton communities in New Zealand are lacking in J07 054 diversity, particularly with respect to the small Crustacea J07 055 many of which are ubiquitous in occurrence. ^In the Waikato J07 056 River hydro-lakes Chapman *1{0et al.}, *0(1975) recorded the J07 057 copepods *1{6Boeckella minuta, \0B. propinqua} *0and J07 058 *1{6Calamoecia lucasi} *0(sometimes together which is unusual) J07 059 and the cladocerans *1{6Bosmina meridionalis} *0and J07 060 *1{6Ceriodaphnia dubia}. ^*0Whitehouse (1980) found only four J07 061 species (*1{6Boeckella dilatata}, *0a cyclopoid J07 062 *1{6Macrocyclops albidus, \0B. meridionalis} *0and *1{6\0C. J07 063 dubia}*0) in the Waitaki hydro-lakes. ^However, she found that J07 064 at least 11 rotifers were present as well and that they could J07 065 contribute substantially to secondary production and nutrient J07 066 cycling in Lakes Aviemore, Waitaki and the Ahuriri Arm of J07 067 Benmore. J07 068 |^In contrast, zooplankton production in the Main Arm of J07 069 Lake Benmore is probably due almost entirely to *1{6\0B. J07 070 dilatata}. ^*0Zooplankton occupies the whole water column in J07 071 Aviemore and Waitaki (maximum depths of 35 \0m and 16-20 \0m, J07 072 respectively) and is found to at least 50 \0m in Benmore. J07 073 ^Standing stocks in the former two lakes are affected greatly J07 074 by losses via the outflows; Whitehouse (1980) calculated that J07 075 immigration from the lake immediately upstream often J07 076 contributed as much or more to the standing stock of J07 077 *1{6Keratella cochlearis} *0(a rotifer), *1{6\0B. meridionalis} J07 078 *0and *1{6\0B. dilatata} *0as did reproduction. ^Because water J07 079 has such a short residence time in Lake Waitaki in particular J07 080 (0.8-3.2 days) it is not surprising that there is little J07 081 opportunity for a distinct, resident zooplankton community to J07 082 develop. J07 083 |^Similarly, the zooplankton of Benmore appears to reflect J07 084 that of Lakes Pukaki, Tekapo and Ohau in the headwaters of the J07 085 Waitaki system (Stout, 1978). ^These lakes receive water from J07 086 glacial and snow-fed rivers with a high silt load and possess J07 087 zooplankton communities dominated by rotifers in Pukaki (the J07 088 siltiest lake), *1{6\0B. dilatata} *0in Tekapo, and *1{6\0B. J07 089 meridionalis} *0in Ohau (the clearest lake). ^Although one J07 090 might suspect these differences in dominance to be associated J07 091 with levels of siltation, the composition and seasonal J07 092 distribution of zooplankton in Lake Ohau (and also Benmore) J07 093 appears to have been affected very little by increases in lake J07 094 water turbidity recorded between 1976 and 1979 (Stout, 1981). J07 095 *<*4Benthos*> J07 096 |^*0In temperate regions, the first benthic colonists are J07 097 usually oligochaetes derived from the original drowned stream, J07 098 and/or species of Chironomidae (non-biting midges) (Baxter, J07 099 1977). ^Drowned trees may provide habitats for some insect J07 100 larvae but decomposition of submerged vegetation can also lead J07 101 to oxygen depletion in the deep waters of a reservoir. ^Where J07 102 this is the case, benthic animals are likely to be confined to J07 103 shallower parts of the basin. ^With time, the composition of J07 104 the benthic fauna should approach that of a natural lake and J07 105 may exhibit a temporal succession from eutrophic to J07 106 oligotrophic species (Baxter, 1977). J07 107 |^Following impoundment of Southern Indian Lake, the J07 108 density of the zoobenthos generally increased but no J07 109 significant changes in community composition were found. ^In J07 110 places, the fauna responded to localized nutrient and organic J07 111 inputs from flooded shorelines and a major source of organic J07 112 substrate, black spruce needles, was quickly colonized and J07 113 broken down by chironomids (Hecky *1{0et al.}, *01984). J07 114 ^Similarly, Voshell & Simmons (1984) found that first J07 115 colonizers of shallow (< 7 \0m) areas of Lake Anna, a new J07 116 mainstream impoundment in Virginia, {0USA} appeared to be J07 117 dependent primarily on components of the formerly terrestrial J07 118 ecosystem for food and habitat. ^In the first three years of J07 119 impoundment, zoobenthos density increased steadily with J07 120 chironomids becoming increasingly dominant as autochthonous J07 121 factors began to regulate succession. J07 122 |^In man-made Barrier reservoir, Alberta (Fillion, 1967), J07 123 chironomids initially made up 98 per cent of the fauna but in J07 124 subsequent years their dominance was reduced. ^Fourteen years J07 125 after impoundment they constituted only 68 per cent of benthos J07 126 numbers, the remainder being oligochaetes (10.6 per cent) and J07 127 bivalves of the genus *1\6Pisidium *0(21.4 per cent) which J07 128 invaded from the Kananaskis Lakes upstream. ^Tubificidae made J07 129 up 98 per cent of animal numbers in a deep, 26-year-old J07 130 Colorado J07 131 **[Table**] J07 132 reservoir, a situation considered by Edmonds & Ward (1979) to J07 133 be typical of oligotrophic lakes, and lakes of great depth in J07 134 general. J07 135 |^In New Zealand, the work of Timms (1980, 1982, 1983, J07 136 1984), Forsyth (1975, 1978), Forsyth & McCallum (1981) and J07 137 Graham & Burns (1983) provides the most valuable insights into J07 138 the nature and environmental relationships of lake benthos. J07 139 ^The three large Waitaki lakes, Tekapo, Pukaki and Ohau, as J07 140 well as the Waitaki Valley reservoirs, Benmore, Aviemore and J07 141 Waitaki were included in the South Island lake survey of Timms J07 142 (1982). ^Benthic habitats sampled appeared to be fairly J07 143 homogeneous and apart from Waitaki, the oldest reservoir with J07 144 the shortest retention time, faunal densities were low compared J07 145 with those in most other lakes examined (see Table 1). ^Species J07 146 richness was also low, a mean of seven species per lake, J07 147 compared with 12.4 for all 20 South Island lakes surveyed, and J07 148 a mean of 14.4 species recorded by Forsyth (1978) for seven J07 149 North Island lakes. ^Dominant taxa in the Waitaki series were J07 150 Tubificidae (principally *1{6Limnodrilus hoffmeisteri}*0), J07 151 *1\6Chironomus, *0Macropelopiini (Chironomidae) and the J07 152 gastropod, *1{6Potamopyrgus antipodarum}. ^*0The soft, silty J07 153 bed of Lake Roxburgh on the Clutha River also had a benthic J07 154 fauna dominated by oligochaetes when sampled by Winter (1964) J07 155 in 1962 when just over five years old. ^However, unlike the J07 156 Waitaki lakes, Sphaeriidae (pea mussels) were the subdominant J07 157 group in a very dense fauna averaging 15800 individuals per J07 158 \0m*:2**:. J07 159 |^Chironomids, oligochaetes and molluscs comprised over 99 J07 160 per cent of the benthos in the Rotorua lakes discussed by J07 161 Forsyth (1978). ^Main (1976) found that oligochaetes and J07 162 *1{6\0P. antipodarum} *0each made up about 45 per cent of J07 163 animal numbers on the fine, silt-clay bottom of regulated Lake J07 164 Waikaremoana. ^Lake Taupo, the source of the Waikato River with J07 165 its chain of eight hydroelectric lakes also has a benthic fauna J07 166 dominated by Oligochaeta, Chironomidae (especially J07 167 *1\6Chironomus *0\0spp.), *1{6\0P. antipodarum} *0and J07 168 Sphaeriidae (Forsyth & McCallum, 1981). ^Its fauna therefore is J07 169 not unlike that of other lakes of the volcanic plateau and the J07 170 Waikato hydro-lakes can be expected to have the same complement J07 171 of species. J07 172 *<*4Marginal Fauna*> J07 173 |^*0The development of biological communities along the J07 174 margins of reservoirs is dominated by the practice of drawdown J07 175 (Baxter, 1977). ^Even short periods of exposure can lead to the J07 176 stranding and elimination of aquatic animals, although some J07 177 protection from desiccation may be provided by logs, roots, J07 178 stones \0etc. ^Also, some small invertebrates are able to move J07 179 vertically down into the sediments where they remain protected; J07 180 Fillion (1967) found that some chironomid larvae were still J07 181 alive after 85 days**[SIC**] exposure in the drawdown zone. J07 182 |^Impoundment of a lake outflow and consequent raising of J07 183 the marginal zone may result in a change in species dominance J07 184 without much modification of overall community composition J07 185 (Paterson & Fernando, 1969). ^On the other hand, the damming of J07 186 a river or stream will result in the replacement of a running J07 187 water fauna with still water and facultative species. ^Initial J07 188 colonization of a newly created shore can be a very rapid and J07 189 active process and in Canada, Paterson & Fernando (1969) found J07 190 that colonization of a newly formed impoundment was essentially J07 191 complete in the summer following filling in spring. ^Of the 55 J07 192 taxa they identified, 34 were facultative rather than strictly J07 193 lentic species and had lived among the banks and terrestrial J07 194 vegetation hanging in the water of the stream which was J07 195 subsequently drowned. J07 196 |^The presence of a comparable source of potential J07 197 colonists in New Zealand is shown by Carpenter's (1982) faunal J07 198 surveys in overhanging grass fringes of lowland, Canterbury J07 199 rivers. ^Of the 43 freshwater species found by him, at least 26 J07 200 are known to occur in lakes as well. ^Similarly, evidence for J07 201 the existence of a pool of invertebrates able to colonize J07 202 macrophytes in newly created, South Island hydro-lakes ({0e.g.} J07 203 in the Upper Clutha) is given by Biggs & Malthus (1981, 1982a) J07 204 who found that many of the species which now occur on submerged J07 205 plants in Lakes Wanaka and Roxburgh also inhabit backwaters of J07 206 the Clutha River. ^Extensive macrophyte development can be J07 207 expected in newly created impoundments on the Clutha (Biggs & J07 208 Malthus, 1981) and the faunas associated with plants are likely J07 209 to be dominated by snails (*1{6Potamopyrgus antipodarum, Physa J07 210 acuta} *0and *1{6Gyraulus corinna}*0), larval caddisflies and J07 211 chironomids. ^These taxa usually predominate on macrophytes in J07 212 Lakes Wanaka and Roxburgh (Biggs & Malthus, 1982a), Waitaki and J07 213 Aviemore (Greig, 1973), Ohau (Kirk & Henriques, 1982) and J07 214 Waikaremoana (Mylechreest, 1978), as they do in J07 215 glacially-formed Lake Grasmere where Stark (1981) has made an J07 216 intensive study of macrophyte-invertebrate associations. J07 217 |^Stony shores, as in Lakes Aviemore and Waitaki also may J07 218 have fairly diverse faunas of snails, oligochaetes, chironomids J07 219 and caddis and in Waitaki, Greig (1973) found that density and J07 220 diversity of invertebrates was greatest low in the drawdown J07 221 zone where most fine sediment and organic matter was deposited. J07 222 ^Tubificidae, *1{6\0P. antipodarum} *0and Chironomidae J07 223 (Orthocladiinae and Macropelopiini) were also well represented J07 224 in uncompacted silt and mud beneath macrophytes and where J07 225 periphyton was present. ^An unstable, eroding shore and the J07 226 presence of compacted silt, limits stone and bare sediment J07 227 faunas in Lake Aviemore, while in Lake Roxburgh rapid (3-5 J07 228 {0cm/h}) and regular changes in water level have resulted in J07 229 the formation of sorted, compacted sediments which provide an J07 230 unfavourable shoreline environment (Winter, 1964). J07 231 *# J08 001 **[302 TEXT J08**] J08 002 |^*0The subgenus *1{6Cymatium (Septa)} *0is here restricted J08 003 to species closely related to *1{6\0C. rubeculum} *0(Linne*?2, J08 004 1758). ^A lectotype is designated for *1{6\0C. rubeculum}, J08 005 *0neotypes are designated for *1{6\0C. hepaticum} *0(Ro"ding, J08 006 1798) and *1{6\0C. flaveolum} *0(Ro"ding, 1798), *1{6\0C. J08 007 occidentale} *0(Mo"rch, 1877) (= *1\6blacketi *0Iredale, 1936; J08 008 = *1\6beui *0Garcia-Talavera, 1985) is recorded from the J08 009 Indo-West Pacific, *1{6\0C. (Septa) marerubrum} *0Garcia-Talavera, J08 010 1985 is ranked as a geographic subspecies of *1{6\0C. J08 011 rubeculum}, *0and three new taxa are named: *1{6\0C. (Septa) J08 012 bibbeyi} *0{0n. sp.}, Philippine Islands; *1{6\0C. (Septa) J08 013 closeli} *0{0n. sp.}, Indian Ocean; and *1{6\0C. (Septa) J08 014 peasei} *0{0n. sp.}, western Pacific. ^In the subgenus J08 015 *1{6Cymatium (Ranularia)}, *0neotypes are designated for J08 016 *1{6\0C. gutturnium} *0(Ro"ding, 1798) and its synonyms, for J08 017 *1{6\0C. moniliferum} *0(\0A. Adams & Reeve, 1850), and for J08 018 *1{6\0C. pyrulum} *0(\0A. Adams & Reeve, 1850), a lectotype is J08 019 designated for *1{6\0C. pseudopyrum} *0(Martin, 1899) (a junior J08 020 synonym of *1{6\0C. pyrulum}), *0other species distinguished J08 021 are *1{6\0C. encausticum} *0(Reeve, 1844) and *1{6\0C. exile} J08 022 (Reeve, 1844), and new taxa named are {6\0C. andamanense} J08 023 *0{0n. sp.}, Andaman Islands, *1{6\0C. springsteeni} *0{0n. J08 024 sp.}, western Pacific and Red Sea, and *1{6\0C. sinense J08 025 arthuri} *0{0n. subsp.}, Red Sea. ^Other Ranellidae named are J08 026 *1{6Sassia (Sassia) ponderi} *0{0n. sp.}, Queensland, and J08 027 *1{6Distorsio (Distorsio) euconstricta} *0{0n. sp.}, Indian J08 028 Ocean and southwest Pacific. ^A lectotype selected for J08 029 *1{6Murex reticularis} *0Linne*?2, 1758 is a specimen of the J08 030 species usually known as *1{6Distorsio reticulata} *0(Ro"ding, J08 031 1798). J08 032 |^In *1{6Bursa (Bursa)}, *0a lectotype is designated for J08 033 *1{6\0B. grayana} *0Dunker, 1862 (= *1{6\0B. bufoniopsis} J08 034 *0Maury, 1917; = *1{6\0B. pacamoni} *0Matthews & Coelho, 1971), J08 035 western Atlantic, and the similar new Oman to Philippines J08 036 species *1{6\0B. davidboschi} *0is named. ^Other *1\6Bursa J08 037 *0taxa named are *1{6\0B. (Colubrellina) quirihorai} *0{0n. J08 038 sp.}, Philippines, and *1{6\0B. (Colubrellina) latitudo J08 039 fosteri} *0{0n. subsp.}, Philippines. ^In *1{6Bufonaria J08 040 (Bufonaria)}, *0a lectotype designated for *1{6Murex rana} J08 041 *0Linne*?2, 1758 confirms that as the name for the most common J08 042 western Pacific species, a lectotype designated for *1{6Ranella J08 043 crumena} *0Lamarck, 1816 confirms that as the name for the most J08 044 common Indian Ocean species, *1{6\0B. elegans} *0(Beck in {0G. J08 045 B.} Sowerby *=II, *01836) is illustrated, and the new western J08 046 Pacific species *1{6\0B. peregelans} is named; the four similar J08 047 species *1{6\0B. nobilis} *0(Reeve, 1844), *1{6\0B. J08 048 margaritula} *0(Deshayes, 1832), *1{6\0B. gnorima} *0(Melville, J08 049 1918), and *1{6\0B. thersites} *0(Redfield, 1846) are J08 050 distinguished, and the new Madagascar to Philippines species J08 051 *1{6\0B. ignobilis} is named. ^In *1{6Tutufa (Tutufella)}, J08 052 *0the newly named species *1{6\0T. boholica} *0occurs with J08 053 *1{6\0T. rubeta} *0(Linne*?2, 1758) in deep water in the J08 054 Philippine Islands. J08 055 *<*6INTRODUCTION*> J08 056 |^*0This is the second part of a series of papers begun by Beu J08 057 & Cernohorsky (1986), in which it is intended to revise the J08 058 taxonomy of some of the fossil and living gastropods of the J08 059 families Ranellidae (more familiarly known as Cymatiidae) and J08 060 Bursidae. ^Study of these two families over a number of years J08 061 has brought to light many necessary changes in classification J08 062 and nomenclature, as well as the 14 new Indo-West Pacific J08 063 living taxa described here. ^These changes result partly from J08 064 examination of type specimens of species names by Linne*?2, J08 065 Lamarck, and other early authors, and partly from the J08 066 examination of much larger collections than have been available J08 067 to earlier taxonomists. ^Documentation of many of the necessary J08 068 changes to currently accepted taxonomy will be the subject of J08 069 several monographs now in preparation, but pressure of other J08 070 work means that several of these larger revisions will be some J08 071 years in preparation. ^As many friends and colleagues are J08 072 awaiting the description of new taxa they have brought to J08 073 light, the 14 new living Indo-West Pacific taxa I am aware of J08 074 are described in this preliminary paper, with the necessary J08 075 taxonomic comments on and type clarification for related taxa. J08 076 ^In these families, perhaps more than in most others, museum J08 077 collections have proved inadequate to comprehend the taxonomy J08 078 of rare and widely distributed species, and the new taxa named J08 079 here are, in the main, a tribute to the many *"amateur**" J08 080 collectors who have unselfishly allowed me to use some of their J08 081 most interesting specimens over a period of several years. J08 082 **[LIST**] J08 083 *<*6SYSTEMATICS*> J08 084 *<*4Family *6\6RANELLIDAE *4Gray, 1854*> J08 085 |^*0Beu & Cernohorsky (1986) reviewed the status of the family J08 086 and subfamily names to be used in what has been known J08 087 unanimously, since 1913, as Cymatiidae, concluding that there J08 088 was no alternative to adopting Ranellidae Gray, 1854 as the J08 089 name for the family. J08 090 *<*4Subfamily *6\6CYMATIINAE *4Iredale, 1913 (1891)*> J08 091 *<*4Genus *5\6Cymatium *4Ro"ding, 1798*> J08 092 **[LIST**] J08 093 * J08 094 **[LIST**] J08 095 |^*0Recognition of eight taxa in the complex of species J08 096 closely related to *1{6Cymatium rubeculum} *0has greatly J08 097 clarified the limits of the subgenus *1{6Cymatium (Septa)}. J08 098 ^*0The group of moderately large to large species with a J08 099 prominently bristled periostracum, including such familiar J08 100 species as *1{6\0C. parthenopeum} *0(\von Salis, 1798) and J08 101 *1{6\0C. pileare} *0(Linne*?2, 1758), differs from *1{6Cymatium J08 102 (Septa)} *0in its larger size, its much taller protoconch, its J08 103 more varied and less regularly placed collabral costae, its J08 104 dark brown rather than pale to medium brown periostracum J08 105 bearing markedly longer and more densely spaced, fringed axial J08 106 blades, its markedly longer plicae inside the outer lip, and J08 107 its darker apertural coloration, distinctly different from that J08 108 of the external teleoconch surface. ^Most authors, including J08 109 me, have previously followed Clench & Turner (1957) in J08 110 including these larger, *"hairy**" species, together with a J08 111 wide range of other species, in a single, broad subgenus J08 112 *1{6Cymatium (Septa)}. ^*0I now advocate subdividing the latter J08 113 into a number of subgenera: *1{6Cymatium (Septa)}, *0restricted J08 114 to species resembling *1{6\0C. rubeculum}, *0with a very small, J08 115 short protoconch (\0Fig. 1, 2, 4, 5, 30); the larger, J08 116 prominently bristled species with a large, tall protoconch J08 117 (\0Fig. 3) and a dark brown periostracum in a separate J08 118 subgenus, for which the earliest name is *1{6\0C. (Monoplex)} J08 119 *0Perry, 1811 (= *1\6Lampusia *0Schumacher, 1817; = J08 120 *1\6Cymatriton *0Clench & Turner, 1957); another subgenus J08 121 *1{6\0C. (Turritriton)} *0Dall, 1904 (= *1\6Tritoniscus *0Dall, J08 122 1904; = *1\6Cabestanimorpha *0Iredale, 1936) for moderate-sized J08 123 to small species with particularly crisp sculpture, a J08 124 large, narrowly conical protoconch (\0Fig. 6) and a sparsely J08 125 bristled, pale straw-yellow periostracum; and *1{6\0C. J08 126 (Reticutriton)} *0Habe & Kosuge, 1966 for the three unusual, J08 127 tall, finely cancellate species *1{6\0C. pfeifferianum} J08 128 *0(Reeve, 1844) (= *1{6\0C. bayeri} *0Altena, 1942), *1{6\0C. J08 129 lineatum} *0(Broderip, 1833), and the Californian Pliocene J08 130 *1{6*"Gyrineum**" elsmerense} *0English, 1914, with very J08 131 numerous small, narrow denticles inside the outer lip, and a J08 132 large, wide protoconch. J08 133 |^As pointed out by Bandel {0et al.} (1984, \0fig. 1), J08 134 *1\6Cymatium *0protoconchs are normally covered with J08 135 **[PLATE**] J08 136 a thick, brown, horny epidermis, which is not strictly J08 137 homologous with the teleoconch periostracum as it appears that J08 138 it is applied to the exterior of the calcareous protoconch J08 139 after the calcareous part has been secreted. ^The conchiolin J08 140 *"periostracum**" smoothly covers sutures, and on some J08 141 specimens low, faint, roughly axial growth ridges on the J08 142 epidermis are seen to cross sutures from one whorl to another. J08 143 ^The *"periostracum**" hides all sculpture of the calcareous J08 144 protoconch, and only when it is removed by dissolution can the J08 145 sculpture be seen. ^A few particularly little-abraded J08 146 protoconchs prepared in this way (\0Fig. 5) clearly display the J08 147 initial half-whorled, honeycomb-sculptured, embryonic J08 148 protoconch, terminating abruptly and followed by a post-embryonic J08 149 protoconch of several whorls (in most species three J08 150 to five), with coarse cancellate sculpture on the first whorl J08 151 or two, passing gradually into a later smooth stage. ^However, J08 152 these features are not as distinct on *1\6Sassia *0(\0Fig. 127, J08 153 130) or *1\6Distorsio *0(\0Fig. 133, 137, 139) protoconchs. J08 154 ^The *1\6Sassia *0protoconch illustrated here lacks an obvious J08 155 periostracum, and lacks an obvious embryonic stage; perhaps it J08 156 has direct development. ^On *1{6Distorsio euconstricta} *0the J08 157 periostracum consists largely of one row of large, flexible, J08 158 spine-like bristles around the middle of the whorls, and J08 159 another of tiny spines around the suture. ^The initial whorl J08 160 (\0Fig. 139) ends at a faint collabral groove that is J08 161 presumably the junction between embryonic and post-embryonic J08 162 protoconchs. ^Much more elaborate, but basically similar, J08 163 periostracal flanges have been illustrated on Atlantic J08 164 *1\6Distorsio *0planktonic larvae by Laursen (1981, \0fig. 42, J08 165 43, \0pl. 2, \0fig. 6a, b). J08 166 |^The species of *1{6Cymatium (Septa)} *0were first J08 167 recognised as distinct because of their different geographic J08 168 ranges. ^A similar conclusion, recognising four species, was J08 169 reached by Arthur (1983) in his popular account of the J08 170 subgenus. ^The taxa I now include in *1{6\0C. (Septa)}, *0all J08 171 of which are revised below, are: J08 172 **[LIST**] J08 173 *<*5{6Cymatium (Septa) bibbeyi} *4{0n. sp.}*> J08 174 |^Description. ^*0Shell moderately large for the subgenus J08 175 (reaching about 50 {0mm} high), with relatively short spire of J08 176 lightly convex outline, relatively short, inflated whorls, and J08 177 a long, weakly twisted anterior canal (the longest in the J08 178 subgenus). ^Varices situated regularly every 0.66 whorls, 4 or J08 179 5 present on large shells; wide and prominent, regularly curved J08 180 to give a rounded silhouette to the whorls (not straight over J08 181 the mid-whorl area as in most species of the subgenus), with a J08 182 marked groove behind each varix (abaperturally, with respect to J08 183 the direction of growth), and weakly buttressed by spiral cords J08 184 crossing the groove. ^Spiral sculpture of prominent, widely J08 185 spaced cords with convex surface, 4 or 5 on spire whorls, 8 on J08 186 last whorl, and a further 12 to 15 narrow, low ones on the neck J08 187 and canal. ^Collabral structure of relatively few, coarse, well J08 188 raised, widely spaced costae extending the whole height of each J08 189 whorl, 10 to 19 in each intervariceal space (so few is J08 190 otherwise seen only in *1{6\0C. rubeculum marerubrum} J08 191 *0Garcia-Talavera), forming relatively few, large, prominent nodules J08 192 at junctions with spiral cords. ^Interior of outer lip bearing 8 J08 193 small, narrowly rounded, white nodules, each with a pale J08 194 orange-brown splash at the base of its outer face; the nodules J08 195 extend into low, rounded, clearly separated spiral ridges that J08 196 extend as far into the aperture as can be seen, as in *1{6\0C. J08 197 rubeculum}. ^*0Inner lip orange-red, with a thickened, white J08 198 outer margin, bearing about 12 prominent, white, thick, weakly J08 199 anastomosing plicae over the whole lip, plus several small J08 200 white denticles down the columellar edge of the anterior canal. J08 201 ^External surface crimson to orange-red, on most specimens with J08 202 crimson spiral cords and paler, orange-red interspaces; a J08 203 relatively very wide, paler spiral band (pale red-brown in the J08 204 centre of each intervariceal space, fading to white near and on J08 205 each varix) covers the fourth and fifth spiral cords down from J08 206 the upper suture, and their interspace, forming a particularly J08 207 prominent, bright white band on varices; an upper white band, J08 208 at top of aperture, covers only adapertural face of the last 2 J08 209 or 3 varices but is larger over earlier varices, so on early J08 210 whorls varices are very prominent, almost entirely white, J08 211 transverse ridges on the crimson background. J08 212 |^Periostracum (on {0WM} 14059) of many low, fine, closely J08 213 spaced ridges, each bearing a row of short, fine, pale brown J08 214 bristles, on and between collabral costae (not restricted to J08 215 crests of costae, as in more finely sculptured consubgeners J08 216 such as *1{6\0C. flaveolum} *0and *1{6\0C. occidentale}*0). J08 217 |^*4Type data. ^Holotype. ^*0Philippine Islands, among lots of J08 218 *1{6\0C. rubeculum rubeculum}, *0otherwise unlocalised, \0pres. J08 219 Loyal \0J. Bibbey to San Diego Natural History Museum ({0USNM} J08 220 849011). J08 221 **[PLATE**] J08 222 |^*4Dimensions. ^*049.0 x 25.4 {0mm} (holotype); 46.7 x 24.5 J08 223 {0mm} (largest paratype, {0SDNHM} 86050); 31.5 x 18.8 {0mm} J08 224 (paratype, {0WM} 14094, {0NZGS}); 30.6 x 15.6 {0mm} (paratype, J08 225 in collection The Abbey Specimen Shells). J08 226 |^*4Remarks. ^*0I have seen only seven specimens of the new J08 227 species but all differ from the sympatric but much more J08 228 widespread *1{6\0C. rubeculum rubeculum} *0in so many J08 229 characters that there can be no doubt that they represent a J08 230 separate species. ^The specimen that formed the basis of J08 231 Garcia-Talavera's (1985, \0fig. 4, right) record of *1{6\0C. J08 232 rubeculum marerubrum} *0from Zamboanga, Philippine Islands, J08 233 appears to belong in *1{6\0C. bibbeyi}. ^*0At first sight the J08 234 colour pattern of *1{6\0C. bibbeyi} *0appears identical to that J08 235 of *1{6\0C. rubeculum} *0but one character readily J08 236 distinguishes them: the spiral white band around the centre of J08 237 the last whorl, and corresponding white areas on varices, are J08 238 narrower (extending over only one spiral cord and, on some J08 239 specimens, its adjoining interspaces) in *1{6\0C. rubeculum} J08 240 *0than in *1{6\0C. bibbeyi}, *0in which they extend over two J08 241 spiral cords and the intervening space (and, on some specimens, J08 242 the adjoining interspaces). ^The shape also is consistently J08 243 different: *1{6\0C. rubeculum} *0has an elongate whorl shape, J08 244 with almost straight, parallel variceal outlines on the last J08 245 whorl, and a short, strongly twisted anterior canal, whereas J08 246 *1{6\0C. bibbeyi} *0has considerably shorter and more inflated J08 247 whorls with a rounded variceal outline, but a much longer and J08 248 straighter anterior canal than that of *1{6\0C. rubeculum}. J08 249 *# J09 001 **[303 TEXT J09**] J09 002 |^*0A general approach to stock modelling of fisheries when J09 003 information is scanty is proposed, in which all available J09 004 relevant information is utilised and in which parameters are J09 005 examined over feasible ranges. ^Using it, a new stock reduction J09 006 analysis ({0SRA}) is developed which is analytically simpler J09 007 than those previously developed. ^All four factors of biomass J09 008 change (recruitment, growth, natural mortality, and fishing J09 009 mortality) are model inputs. ^The growth factor is derived from J09 010 length frequency samples and a growth curve. ^Feasible ranges J09 011 for the parameters, together with ancillary information J09 012 regarding the stock, define a feasible region on the parameter J09 013 space. ^In this region maxima and minima for biomass, surplus J09 014 production, and other variables are found. ^The model is J09 015 applied to the snapper (*1{6Chrysophrys auratus}) *0stock in J09 016 Bay of Plenty, New Zealand. J09 017 *<*6INTRODUCTION*> J09 018 |^*0A general approach to stock modelling is proposed in this J09 019 study. ^It contains two features specifically relevant to fish J09 020 population modelling. ^Fisheries scientists are typically faced J09 021 with a limited set of data and no existing model whose data J09 022 requirements exactly match it. ^A suggested approach adopted J09 023 here is to develop the simplest model which embodies all the J09 024 available data. ^An existing model may need to be simplified J09 025 ({0i.e.}, stronger assumptions made) to reduce the degrees of J09 026 freedom to match the data available. ^Alternatively or in J09 027 addition, other data items may need to be incorporated. ^Simple J09 028 items of data can often be treated as ancillary information and J09 029 utilised by means of constraints which reduce a feasible region J09 030 in a parameter space. J09 031 |^The second feature of the general approach adopted in J09 032 this study is to acknowledge that in fisheries science few, if J09 033 any, parameters are known exactly. ^Therefore a range is chosen J09 034 for each parameter depending on the accuracy with which it can J09 035 be estimated from the available data. ^This will establish a J09 036 feasible region for solutions. J09 037 |^The model developed here is sufficiently similar to the J09 038 stock reduction analysis ({0SRA}) of Kimura & Tagart (1982) J09 039 that this term has been used to describe it. ^They assumed that J09 040 recruitment plus growth was constant and independent of stock J09 041 size and structure. ^They modelled recruitment plus growth as a J09 042 single discrete annual process. ^A later paper (Kimura {0et J09 043 al.} 1984) generalised the model by separating the growth and J09 044 recruitment factors. ^Growth was modelled as a function of J09 045 stock biomass using the delay-difference equation derived by J09 046 Deriso (1980). ^Variable recruitment was allowed as a function J09 047 of stock biomass or as an independent time series input. J09 048 |^In the present study, all four factors of biomass change J09 049 specified by Russel (1931) *- recruitment, growth, natural J09 050 mortality, and fishing mortality *- are modelled separately. J09 051 ^Growth is modelled as a continuous (exponential) process J09 052 analogous to natural mortality. ^It is derived independently of J09 053 the model from stock length frequency estimates and a growth J09 054 curve for individuals. ^Variation in this parameter leads to a J09 055 dome-shaped surplus production versus stock biomass curve. J09 056 ^Recruitment is modelled as a discrete annual process. ^It is J09 057 estimated independently of the model in this instance as a J09 058 constant, but a time series of annual values could equally well J09 059 have been used had it been available. ^A slightly simplifying J09 060 assumption in the treatment of fishing mortality allows much J09 061 more tractable algebra in the equation for biomass change. J09 062 |^The model in the present study was developed for the Bay J09 063 of Plenty snapper (*1{6Chrysophrys auratus}*0) stock. ^The J09 064 snapper is New Zealand's most studied marine fish species. J09 065 ^Even so, only one attempt has been made to model a snapper J09 066 stock. ^Elder (1979) employed the Schaeffer surplus production J09 067 model (Schaeffer 1954) and estimated an equilibrium yield J09 068 versus effort curve for the Hauraki Gulf snapper stock. ^The J09 069 maximum sustainable yield is estimated by this method but no J09 070 estimates are made of stock size nor of any of the population J09 071 parameters that contribute to production. ^{0SRA} methods make J09 072 all these values available directly. ^In this instance ranges J09 073 of feasible values are generated corresponding to the feasible J09 074 region in the parameter space. J09 075 |^The approach of Kimura & Tagart (1982), along with a J09 076 great many fisheries model analyses, was to assume that some J09 077 parameter values were known exactly. ^For example, natural J09 078 mortality rates are quoted only to the nearest 0.05 y*:-1**: J09 079 but are probably known even less accurately than this. ^Had J09 080 this inexactitude been acknowledged, the resulting range of J09 081 stock size estimates obtained would have given a more realistic J09 082 picture of the state of knowledge of these fisheries. J09 083 *<*6MODEL*> J09 084 |^*0Equations are given describing the annual change in biomass J09 085 of the stock in terms of the four factors of biomass change. J09 086 ^By successive substitution, stock biomass at the end of the J09 087 period can be expressed in terms of the initial stock biomass J09 088 modified by the net effect of the four factors. ^If the J09 089 proportionate stock biomass change for the period were known, J09 090 together with annual catch and values for the four factors, the J09 091 stock biomass would be completely determined for the period. J09 092 ^Here the variables whose values are not known exactly are J09 093 treated as parameters which are allowed to vary over feasible J09 094 ranges. ^The feasible region in the parameter space is defined J09 095 by the feasible ranges together with constraints based on J09 096 ancillary information regarding the stock. ^The modelled J09 097 behaviour of the stock for the period studied is then examined J09 098 over the feasible region. ^Maxima and minima of variables of J09 099 interest are found. J09 100 |^Let *1B*;i**; *0be the adult biomass (fish at least 25 \0cm) J09 101 in J09 102 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J09 103 tonnes at the end of year *1i *0(*1i *0runs from 0 to *1N, J09 104 *0corresponding to 1961 to 1980). J09 105 **[END INDENTATION**] J09 106 |^Let *1R *0be the biomass in tonnes of the age class that J09 107 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J09 108 is recruited at the end of each year. ^These fish are 3 years J09 109 old. ^Constant annual recruitment is assumed. J09 110 **[END INDENTATION**] J09 111 |^Let *1C*;i**; *0be the total catch in tonnes during year *1i. J09 112 |^*0Let *1M *0be the instantaneous natural mortality rate J09 113 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J09 114 per year of each adult age class up to 49-year-olds. ^The J09 115 maximum age to which fish live is taken as 50 years. ^This is a J09 116 simplification of the real situation where a high and J09 117 increasing natural mortality will exist over a range of ages of J09 118 old fish. ^A brief examination of the model showed it to be not J09 119 very sensitive to the value of the maximum age. ^It is assumed J09 120 that *1M *0does not vary. ^Provided the biomass of 50-year-olds J09 121 is insignificant the instantaneous natural mortality rate per J09 122 year of the stock, that is the proportionate loss in biomass, J09 123 will also be *1M. ^*0It is assumed that over the period being J09 124 modelled that this approximate equality prevails. J09 125 **[END INDENTATION**] J09 126 |^Let *1G*;i**; *0be the instantaneous rate of increase in bio- J09 127 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J09 128 mass through growth per year in the adult stock during year J09 129 *1i. J09 130 **[END INDENTATION**] J09 131 |^*0Growth and natural mortality are assumed to act J09 132 independently and simultaneously on the stock, so that apart J09 133 from recruitment and fishing, a biomass of *1B*;i-1**; *0at the J09 134 start of year *1i *0will become, J09 135 |**[FORMULA**], J09 136 |at the end of the year. ^The catch is modelled as being caught J09 137 instantaneously in the middle of the year. ^This simplifies the J09 138 analysis and is analogous to the assumption made by Pope (1972) J09 139 as a means of simplifying virtual population analysis. ^The J09 140 catch, had it not been caught, would have undergone a further J09 141 half year's growth and natural mortality by the end of the J09 142 year. ^The effective loss to the adult stock at the end of year J09 143 *1i *0is: J09 144 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 145 |^Therefore, J09 146 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 147 ^Successively substituting for *1B*;i-1**;: J09 148 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 149 |^*0If, for convenience, we define, for *1i *0= 0 to *1N *0- 1, J09 150 |**[FORMULA**], J09 151 |**[FORMULA**], J09 152 |then the equation can be written, J09 153 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 154 **[TABLE**] J09 155 |^It can be seen that *1P*;i**; *0is like a product of discount J09 156 factors from year *1i *0to *1N. J09 157 |^*0Let *1B*;0**;*?7 *0and *1B*;N**;*?7 *0be raw adult biomass J09 158 estimates J09 159 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J09 160 (without allowance for vulnerability) from trawl surveys at the J09 161 ends of years 0 and *1N *0respectively. J09 162 **[END INDENTATION**] J09 163 |^Let *1v*?1*;0**; *0and *1v*?1*;N**; *0be the mean J09 164 vulnerabilities of the adult J09 165 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J09 166 stock to the trawl survey gear at years 0 and *1N J09 167 *0respectively. ^Then, J09 168 **[FORMULA**], J09 169 and J09 170 **[FORMULA**]. J09 171 **[END INDENTATION**] J09 172 |^Values of *1v*?1*;0**; *0and *1v*?1*;N**; *0are unlikely to J09 173 be known, but if the ratio of vulnerabilities J09 174 **[FORMULA**] J09 175 is known then Equation 2 can be written: J09 176 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 177 |^Therefore, J09 178 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 179 |^Hence, for given *1M, J09 180 **[FORMULA**], J09 181 *0and J09 182 **[FORMULA**], J09 183 *1B*;0**; *0can be obtained, and using Equation 1 the time J09 184 series of stock biomass can be generated. ^If reliable point J09 185 estimates for each of these parameters were available a single J09 186 solution could be obtained. ^In the analysis below, each J09 187 parameter is varied independently over the feasible region of J09 188 the parameter space and a set of solutions is obtained. ^For J09 189 these solutions several variables of interest are calculated. J09 190 |^The consistent definition of instantaneous fishing J09 191 mortality *1F*;i**; *0requires, J09 192 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 193 |^At given stock size, the surplus production *1Y*;i**; J09 194 *0is defined as the annual catch that will not change the stock J09 195 size. ^Setting J09 196 **[FORMULA**] J09 197 and J09 198 **[FORMULA**] J09 199 in Equation 1: J09 200 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 201 |^Let *1w*;j**; *0be the mean weight in grams of a fish of age J09 202 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J09 203 exactly *1j *0years. ^This is also assumed not to vary over J09 204 time. ^The virgin biomass, *1B*/, *0can then be obtained from J09 205 the summation, J09 206 **[END INDENTATION**] J09 207 |**[FORMULA**]. J09 208 *<*6DATA*> J09 209 *<*4Landings*> J09 210 |^*0The landed catch data are given in Table 1. ^The J09 211 annual landings for 1962 to 1970 (\0incl.) are from Ritchie J09 212 {0et al.} (1975). ^This is the official report of landings from J09 213 fishing returns. ^Landings for Bay of Plenty are based on J09 214 *'area fished**' information recorded in the returns. ^For 1971 J09 215 to 1973 (\0incl.) the official landings data by area fished are J09 216 from the annual Reports of Fisheries (\0Anon. 1971-1973). J09 217 ^Since 1974 changes in the fishing return form have made area J09 218 fished information difficult to derive. ^For 1974-1980 J09 219 (\0incl.) the official data (King 1985) are by *'point of J09 220 landing**'. ^The area fished and point of landing definitions J09 221 are not perfectly consistent. ^However, since 1970 the net J09 222 amount of snapper caught in the Bay and landed at outside ports J09 223 or vice versa does not appear to have been great. J09 224 |^It is assumed that the total catch from the Bay of Plenty J09 225 stock is accurately recorded in the landings data. J09 226 *<*4Stock decline*> J09 227 |^*0Trawl surveys were carried out by {0FRV} *1Ikatere *0over J09 228 several cruises from March 1961 to January 1963 and again from J09 229 March 1980 to April 1981 using similar gear. ^Each raw biomass J09 230 estimate was obtained by assuming that the amount of fish J09 231 caught was equal to all the fish in the water column in the J09 232 path between the wings of the net. ^The estimates of snapper J09 233 over 25 \0cm for Bay of Plenty were: 1961 (end of year), J09 234 **[FORMULA**] J09 235 and 1980 (end of year), J09 236 **[FORMULA**]. J09 237 ^Hence J09 238 **[FORMULA**]. J09 239 ^Estimates of the coefficient of variation of the raw biomasses J09 240 were 0.23 for 1961 and 0.13 for 1980. ^Estimates of the mean J09 241 vulnerabilities, *1v*?1*;0**; *0and *1v*?1*;N**;, *0are made in J09 242 the analysis below. J09 243 |^Snapper catch rates from 1974 to 1981 for groups of J09 244 commercial trawlers in particular engine power classes were J09 245 also obtained. ^These were calculated as tonnes per boat per J09 246 day fished for summer or winter seasons and examples are shown J09 247 in \0Fig. 1-3. ^Average annual rates of decline in catch rates J09 248 were obtained by log-linear regression. ^They ranged from about J09 249 10 to 30% y*:-1**:. ^Rates of decline in the latter halves of J09 250 the periods were all faster than the average rates for the J09 251 three classes of trawler examined. ^Many factors affect J09 252 commercial catch rates but it is assumed here that these rapid J09 253 declines were caused by a falling stock size. J09 254 |^It is necessary to make an overall assessment from the J09 255 research and commercial data and to specify a plausible range J09 256 for the stock size change. ^The commercial data suggest that J09 257 the decline is likely to have been greater than the surveys J09 258 show. ^The decline in the last part of the period was J09 259 apparently quite fast. J09 260 ^**[FORMULA**] J09 261 is taken as having been between 0.12 and 0.30. ^From 1978 to J09 262 1980 the annual decline is taken as having been between 15 and J09 263 30% y*:-1**: J09 264 (**[FORMULA**] J09 265 between 0.49 and 0.72). J09 266 *# J10 001 **[304 TEXT J10**] J10 002 |^*0The amount of water that topsoils of the Patumahoe clay J10 003 loam can retain at tensions between 0.2 and 15.0 bars J10 004 (available-water capacity) has been determined for four sites J10 005 under pasture and eleven sites in market gardens. ^The mean J10 006 available-water capacity of the 2-12 \0cm depth was 18% of soil J10 007 volume under pasture and 11% in gardens; for the 12-22 \0cm J10 008 depth the mean available-water capacity was 10% under pasture J10 009 and 12% in gardens. ^The difference between pasture and gardens J10 010 was highly significant for the upper topsoil but not J10 011 significant for the lower topsoil; the available-water capacity J10 012 varied significantly with depth under pasture but not in J10 013 gardens. ^The large available-water capacities near the surface J10 014 under pasture derived from exceptionally high values of field J10 015 capacity which may have been related to high contents of J10 016 organic carbon in the soil. ^Any advantage of the pasture over J10 017 the cultivated sites in the water-supplying power of the J10 018 topsoil as a whole was of doubtful significance. J10 019 *<*6INTRODUCTION*> J10 020 |^*0Many workers reporting the capacities of soil profiles for J10 021 storing plant-available water have paid little attention to the J10 022 effects of land utilisation on this property. ^In some J10 023 publications dealing with the available-water capacities of J10 024 soils the land use is either not mentioned (Petersen {0et al.} J10 025 1968a; Maclean & Yager 1972) or is mentioned without any J10 026 comparison between uses that might illustrate their influence J10 027 on the values obtained (Salter {0et al.} 1967). ^As only the A J10 028 horizon of the soil is likely to be greatly modified by land J10 029 use and the bulk of the capacity for storing plant-available J10 030 water usually lies in the B and C horizons (Gradwell 1968, J10 031 table 6; 1974, table 4) this simplified treatment may be J10 032 justified, at least as a first approximation. ^However, where J10 033 precise knowledge of the available-water capacities of A J10 034 horizons is required it may be desirable to know how this J10 035 property would vary with a change of land utilisation. ^Records J10 036 of comparative measurements on the A horizons of identical J10 037 soils under different treatments have been published by a few J10 038 workers. ^Carreker {0et al.} (1968, table 2) found no J10 039 significant difference between the available-water capacities J10 040 of topsoils under corn and under grass and clover in some trial J10 041 plots. ^The tests were made on cores 0.076 \0m long taken at J10 042 unspecified depths. ^Petersen {0et al.} (1968b) found no J10 043 significant difference in available-water capacity between J10 044 cultivated and uncultivated A horizons in Pennsylvania. ^Here J10 045 also the depths of sampling were not given. ^Cossens & Rickard J10 046 (1969), however, reported greater available-water capacities in J10 047 both 0-0.1 and 0.1-0.2 \0m depths in brown-grey and yellow-grey J10 048 earths under well established irrigated pastures of ryegrass J10 049 and white clover than under a nonirrigated cover of tussock and J10 050 annual grasses. J10 051 |^Cultivated cropland and heavily stocked pasture are J10 052 important alternative uses for valuable soils in New Zealand. J10 053 ^Both uses are extensive on the Patumahoe clay loam (Orbell J10 054 1974), an immature brown granular loam on old, well weathered J10 055 andesitic ash in the Pukekohe region, south of Auckland. ^In J10 056 the course of a survey of the available-water capacities of J10 057 extensive New Zealand soils under pasture, results were J10 058 published for four profiles of this soil (Gradwell 1976, table J10 059 2c). ^Identical determinations have also been made on the J10 060 topsoils of eleven market gardens on this soil. ^As the values J10 061 for available-water capacity under pasture showed marked J10 062 variation with depth in the A horizon, each market-garden J10 063 topsoil was sampled at two depths to permit a detailed J10 064 comparison with the results for pasture. J10 065 *<*6METHODS*> J10 066 *<*4Sampling plan*> J10 067 |^*0Ten of the gardens sampled have been listed in table 1 of J10 068 Gradwell (1973). ^This table shows that the samples were taken J10 069 during the growing season, in either October or December. ^Four J10 070 of the gardens sampled were regarded as *'new**' gardens, J10 071 having been brought into cultivation from pasture less than J10 072 eight years before the date of sampling; the J10 073 remaining,*'old**', gardens had been under cultivation for 18 J10 074 years or more. ^In the present work the 10 gardens and the J10 075 farms containing them are referred to by the same numbers and J10 076 letters as in the earlier publication. ^An eleventh garden was J10 077 also sampled, on farm number 8. ^This will be referred to as J10 078 garden b on that farm. ^This garden had been cultivated for two J10 079 years and was sampled in December. J10 080 |^In each of the gardens two undisturbed core samples, 4 J10 081 \0cm long and 10 \0cm in diameter, were taken underneath a J10 082 single point on the centre-line of a row of onions. ^Depths of J10 083 sampling varied somewhat among gardens but the shallower sample J10 084 in a garden always came from within the 2-10 \0cm range of J10 085 depths and the deeper sample from within the 11-22 \0cm range. J10 086 *<*4Laboratory determinations and calculations for individual J10 087 samples*> J10 088 |^*0Determinations of field capacity, wilting point, and dry J10 089 bulk density were made on the samples by the methods described J10 090 by Gradwell (1971), field capacity being taken as the water J10 091 content of a core sample at a tension of 0.2 bars and wilting J10 092 point as the water content, at a tension of 15 bars, of a set J10 093 of small crumbs carved from the soil. ^The available-water J10 094 capacity of each sample was calculated, in percent of soil J10 095 volume, as the difference between the field capacity and the J10 096 wilting point of the sample, multiplied by the dry bulk density J10 097 of the soil and divided by the density of water (taken as J10 098 unity). J10 099 *<*4Calculated properties of topsoils.*> J10 100 |^*0The properties mentioned in the previous section have J10 101 already been reported for three depths in the A horizon and a J10 102 fourth depth just underneath it on each site under pasture J10 103 (Gradwell 1976, table 2c). ^These values were plotted against J10 104 depth and the values for depths of 0.063 (*'upper topsoil**') J10 105 and 0.171 \0m (*'lower topsoil**') were read off the curves. J10 106 ^These depths equalled the mean depths of sampling on the J10 107 cultivated sites and the values read off for the sites under J10 108 pasture were used to make comparisons between pasture and J10 109 cultivated sites for the upper and lower topsoil respectively. J10 110 |^The curves of available-water capacity, plotted against J10 111 depth, were also used to calculate the total available-water J10 112 capacity to a depth of 0.28 \0m for each site under pasture. J10 113 ^This was obtained as the area under the curve, between the J10 114 surface and a depth of 0.28 \0m, and was expressed in \0m of J10 115 water. ^This depth was used as the lower limit as the mean J10 116 depth of topsoil at 10 of the sampling points in market gardens J10 117 had been determined as 0.28 \0m (standard error 0.0086 \0m). J10 118 ^For the market-garden sites available-water capacities were J10 119 measured at only two depths. ^These values were plotted against J10 120 depth for each site and a straight line drawn through the two J10 121 points and produced to a depth of 0.28 \0m. ^The area under J10 122 this line, to a depth of 0.28 \0m, was determined and recorded J10 123 as the total available-water capacity of the topsoil. ^In one J10 124 case the produced line would have indicated values of J10 125 available-water capacity less than 8% of soil volume before it J10 126 reached a depth of 0.28 \0m. ^As the mean available-water J10 127 capacity of the upper B horizon on the four sites under pasture J10 128 was approximately equal to 8% (Gradwell 1976, table 2c) lesser J10 129 values in the topsoil were regarded as improbable. ^The J10 130 produced line was, therefore, shifted to indicate a value of 8% J10 131 over the range of depths where it would have indicated a J10 132 smaller value if drawn as above. J10 133 *<*6RESULTS*> J10 134 |^*0Test results for individual samples from market gardens are J10 135 set out in Table 1. ^The upper part of this table contains the J10 136 results from *'new**' gardens and the lower part the results J10 137 from *'old**' gardens. J10 138 |^Mean values of available-water capacity for new and old J10 139 gardens, derived from Table 1, are set out in Table 2, preceded J10 140 by mean values for the sites under pasture. ^The most J10 141 conspicuous feature of Table 2 is the large change of J10 142 available-water capacity with depth under pasture, which J10 143 contrasts with the absence of change with depth in the gardens. J10 144 ^In the results, *1t-*0tests show that the available-water J10 145 capacity under pasture is significantly greater in the upper J10 146 topsoil than in the lower topsoil(*1\0P*0<0.01). ^There is no J10 147 difference between the upper and lower topsoils in new gardens; J10 148 in old gardens the apparent difference is not significant. ^The J10 149 effect of the gradient in available-water capacity under J10 150 pasture is to make the mean value for the upper topsoil under J10 151 pasture significantly greater than the mean value for the upper J10 152 topsoil in all gardens (*1\0P*0<0.001). ^For the lower topsoil J10 153 there is no significant difference between pasture and all J10 154 gardens. ^The only difference between new and old gardens is in J10 155 the upper topsoil where it just attains significance J10 156 (*1\0P*0<0.05). ^This result does not, however, affect the J10 157 difference between pasture and gardens as pasture has J10 158 significantly greater available-water capacity in the upper J10 159 topsoil than the new gardens alone (*1\0P*0<0.01). J10 160 **[TABLES**] J10 161 |^Mean values of the measured properties from which the J10 162 available-water capacities were calculated are given in Table 3 J10 163 for upper topsoils and in Table 4 for lower topsoils. ^Table 3 J10 164 shows a much higher value of field capacity under pasture than J10 165 under cultivation. ^The difference is significant whether J10 166 pasture is compared with all gardens (*1\0P*0<0.001), with new J10 167 gardens (*1\0P*0<0.02), or with old gardens (*1\0P*0<0.01). J10 168 ^The difference between new and old gardens is not significant. J10 169 ^The wilting point under pasture is only slightly higher than J10 170 under cultivation and the difference just reaches J10 171 **[TABLE**] J10 172 significance when pasture is compared with all gardens J10 173 (*1\0P*0<0.05). ^Apart from the difference between pasture and J10 174 old gardens (*1\0P*0<0.01) the differences in dry bulk density J10 175 in Table 3 are not significant. ^Table 4 shows that in the J10 176 lower topsoil there are only small, non-significant differences J10 177 between pasture and gardens. ^The difference in dry bulk J10 178 density between new and old gardens in Table 4 is, however, J10 179 significant (*1\0P*0<0.01). J10 180 |^Mean values of the total available capacities of topsoils J10 181 are given in Table 5. ^The difference between pasture and J10 182 gardens did not attain significance (*1\0P*0=0.08 or 0.09). J10 183 *<*6DISCUSSION*> J10 184 *<*4The uncertainty of overall differences in available-water J10 185 capacity*> J10 186 |^*0As the greater available-water capacities under pasture, J10 187 compared with those in gardens, are confined to the upper J10 188 topsoil, a comparison carried out with samples from the middle J10 189 depths of topsoils could well fail to establish a difference. J10 190 ^Carreker {0et al.} (1968) sampled at only one depth in the J10 191 topsoil and failure to show a difference between soil under J10 192 grass and soil under corn may have been caused by this. J10 193 |^The difficulty of demonstrating differences for topsoils J10 194 as a whole is seen in the small differences in total J10 195 available-water capacity of Table 5. ^In view of the J10 196 assumptions made in calculating the total available-water J10 197 capacities of individual gardens from only two depths of J10 198 sampling, the bottom two figures in this table must be regarded J10 199 as approximate. ^The mean values for gardens are probably too J10 200 high as two of the gardens had topsoils shallower than 0.28 \0m J10 201 and this was ignored in the calculation. ^If the soil J10 202 underneath the topsoils in these gardens, down to a depth of J10 203 0.28 \0m, were assigned an available-water capacity of 8% of J10 204 soil volume (equal to that of upper B horizons under pasture) J10 205 the mean total available-water capacity for new gardens would J10 206 fall to 0.0330 \0m of water. ^The difference between pasture J10 207 and gardens would then be close to significance J10 208 (*1\0P*0=0.052). J10 209 *<*4Causes of the differences in available-water capacity*> J10 210 |^*0It is seen in Table 3 that the differences in J10 211 available-water capacity obtained for upper topsoils derive J10 212 mainly from large differences in field capacity. ^Some dense J10 213 soils have been shown to have low field capacities because even J10 214 when saturated they cannot contain the amounts of water that J10 215 less dense soils retain at field capacity. J10 216 *# J11 001 **[305 TEXT J11**] J11 002 |^*0The study of sequences of annual growth rings in trees J11 003 is called dendrochronology. ^Although many aspects of J11 004 dendrochronology have been dealt with in various texts, notably J11 005 Fritts (1976), no overview in a New Zealand context is J11 006 available. ^We attempt to remedy this deficiency here. J11 007 |^In discussing studies using annual tree growth rings it J11 008 is necessary to distinguish between those studies that use J11 009 strict dendrochronological techniques such as crossdating, and J11 010 those that simply use ring counts to age trees or date events. J11 011 ^Strict dendrochronological techniques offer much to J11 012 ecologists, as they provide an absolute chronological basis for J11 013 tree-ring dates. ^In this review we have concentrated on J11 014 studies that have used the strict dendrochronological approach, J11 015 but we also discuss other applications of tree-ring J11 016 measurements, as we believe that they can benefit from a more J11 017 precise dendrochronological approach. J11 018 *<*4Methodology of Dendrochronology*> J11 019 |^*0The basic methodology of dendrochronology has been reviewed J11 020 by Stokes and Smiley (1968), Fritts (1976) and Schweingruber J11 021 (1983), and in the various papers in Hughes *1{0et al.} J11 022 *0(1982). ^A brief overview of the methodology is presented, J11 023 emphasizing those aspects we feel are important in the New J11 024 Zealand context or where new developments warrant more detail. J11 025 ^Computer programs are available from the authors for some of J11 026 the statistical analyses described. J11 027 |^Three methodological steps are common to most J11 028 dendrochronological studies: collection and preparation of J11 029 samples; crossdating and measurement; and chronology building. J11 030 ^Two important applications of dendrochronology are in J11 031 growth-climate relations and forest history. ^The methodology J11 032 involved in these is also briefly discussed. J11 033 *<*1Sample collection and preparation*> J11 034 |^*0Tree growth, and hence ring-width, is dependent on a range J11 035 of environmental and biological factors ({0e.g.} climate, J11 036 soils, competition, browsing). ^Careful site and tree selection J11 037 is necessary to ensure that specific influences can be studied. J11 038 ^The failure to achieve convincing crossdating, leading to a J11 039 lack of success in early New Zealand dendrochronological J11 040 studies, was probably due to inappropriate site selection J11 041 ({0e.g.} Bell and Bell, 1958; Cameron, 1960; Scott, 1964, J11 042 1972). ^However, a site that is suitable for studying one J11 043 factor may not be suitable for a second. ^For example, if the J11 044 purpose of the study is to examine the relationships between J11 045 ring-width and temperature, trees growing at sites near the J11 046 alpine timberline are sampled. ^However, subalpine sites are J11 047 unlikely to be suitable for investigating relationships between J11 048 seed production and growth, as temperature effects are likely J11 049 to mask any seed effects. J11 050 |^In North America, long tree-ring records suitable for J11 051 reconstructing past climate have been developed from trees J11 052 growing at the limits of their distribution. ^Such trees J11 053 ({0e.g.} *1{6Pinus aristata}*0) are often very old and gnarled. J11 054 ^In New Zealand, however, tall, straight boled, dominant canopy J11 055 trees have proved the most suitable for chronology construction J11 056 (Norton, 1983b, c; Ahmed and Ogden, 1985), although in some J11 057 cases ({0e.g.} to study avalanche events) damaged trees, often J11 058 of poor form, are likely to yield the most information. J11 059 |^Field sampling is undertaken either by extracting J11 060 increment cores or by felling the tree. ^Coring procedures are J11 061 described in detail by Stokes and Smiley (1968) and Burrows and J11 062 Burrows (1976). ^The number of trees sampled depends on the J11 063 nature of the study; we have found 15 to 20 trees adequate for J11 064 studying growth-climate relations. ^It is important that the J11 065 sampled trees come from an homogenous site. J11 066 |^In most dendrochronological applications, absolute J11 067 measures of ring-widths are not needed ({0c.f.} mensuration of J11 068 living trees) and samples are dried before further analysis. J11 069 ^Cores are best air-dried rather than oven-dried, then glued J11 070 into grooved wooden mounts with the transverse surface of the J11 071 core upwards. ^Correct core orientation is essential if the J11 072 growth rings are to be clearly seen. ^Although several North J11 073 American authors recommend that cores be surfaced using a razor J11 074 blade ({0e.g.} Stokes and Smiley, 1968), we have found that J11 075 with the narrow rings typical of many New Zealand trees, this J11 076 makes ring identification difficult. ^In our experience, the J11 077 best surface for counting and measuring the growth rings is J11 078 obtained by sanding the cores and discs with successively finer J11 079 grades of sand paper using an orbital sander. ^Staining of wood J11 080 has not been found necessary with the species we have examined J11 081 but procedures for this are outlined in Burrows and Burrows J11 082 (1976). J11 083 *<*1Crossdating and measurement*> J11 084 |^*0*"Crossdating is the most important principle of J11 085 dendrochronology**" (Fritts, 1976). ^Crossdating involves J11 086 matching of similar ring-width patterns between different trees J11 087 and is possible because the same or similar factors are J11 088 limiting growth of several trees at a site in a similar way. J11 089 ^As this limiting factor varies from year to year, so too does J11 090 ring-width. J11 091 |^In some years growth rings may be absent or more than one J11 092 ring formed (see below). ^Such anomalous rings place tree-ring J11 093 sequences out of chronological order. ^These anomalous rings J11 094 can, however, be identified by crossdating, as on one side of J11 095 the anomaly the ring-width pattern will match with other trees J11 096 while on the other side they will not. ^When these anomalous J11 097 rings are recognized and taken into account, the ring-width J11 098 series from several trees will match for their entire length J11 099 (\0Fig. 1) thus providing an absolute time base for all J11 100 tree-ring sequences. J11 101 |^A number of approaches to crossdating, both subjective J11 102 and objective, have been described (Stokes and Smiley, 1968; J11 103 Eckstein and Bauch, 1969; Huber and Giertz, 1970; Baillie and J11 104 Pilcher, 1973; Wendland, 1975; Cropper, 1979; Munro, 1984). J11 105 ^Although ring-width series can be crossdated objectively, J11 106 using computer techniques, all matches must be inspected J11 107 visually before accepting them as true. ^Furthermore these J11 108 objective methods are only appropriate when the number of J11 109 anomalous rings is small. ^Because of the large number of J11 110 absent rings in many New Zealand tree-ring series and because J11 111 of the need for visual J11 112 **[FIGURE**] J11 113 checking, we have found that crossdating is best undertaken J11 114 visually. ^The statistical degree of similarity is assessed J11 115 later. J11 116 |^Microcomputer-based measuring systems (Robinson and J11 117 Evans, 1980) are widely used for measuring ring-width; J11 118 measurement is from the latewood-earlywood boundary and is J11 119 undertaken after crossdating. ^Ring-width is not the only J11 120 growth ring variable that can be measured. ^The size and number J11 121 of different cell types and the elemental concentrations in the J11 122 wood of different growth rings have been used ({0e.g.} Hill, J11 123 1982; Eckstein and Frisse, 1982; Stuiver, Burk and Quay, 1984; J11 124 Berish and Ragsdale, 1985). ^However, the most commonly J11 125 measured attribute of growth rings after width is density, J11 126 especially latewood density (Polge, 1970; Schweingruber, 1982). J11 127 ^Latewood density has been shown to be better related to J11 128 growing season climate than ring-width (Schweingruber *1{0et J11 129 al.}, *01978). ^The only New Zealand use of ring density that J11 130 we are aware of has been with *1{6Pinus radiata} *0({0e.g.} J11 131 Cown and Kibblewhite, 1980). J11 132 |^Because the growing season in the Southern Hemisphere J11 133 spans two calendar years, the convention used is to date a J11 134 growth ring by the year in which growth started. ^Thus, a J11 135 growth ring that was laid down over the 1986-87 season is J11 136 referred to as the 1986 growth ring. J11 137 *<*1Anomalous growth rings*> J11 138 |^*0In some years, environmental or biological conditions are J11 139 such that tree growth is severely reduced, with radial growth J11 140 localized to certain radii, or not occurring at all. ^These J11 141 rings are said to be *'partial**',*'locally absent**' or J11 142 *'missing**' (Fritts, 1976). ^Missing rings appear to occur for J11 143 two reasons (Norton, Palmer and Ogden, 1987). ^Firstly, during J11 144 years in which photosynthesis is severely reduced, most radial J11 145 growth is confined to the upper part of the bole with little J11 146 growth in the lower bole (Farrar, 1961). ^For example, in J11 147 *1{6Nothofagus solandri} *0the percentage of missing rings is J11 148 greatest closest to the ground (Norton, 1986). ^Secondly, J11 149 missing rings occur because of ring wedging, where a single J11 150 ring or a group of rings are absent around a portion of the J11 151 circumference ({0e.g.} Dunwiddie, 1979). ^This is thought to be J11 152 a result of the development and death of major branches and J11 153 consequent variations in food and growth regulator supplies J11 154 (Fritts *1{0et al.}, *01965). J11 155 |^Missing rings have been identified in a number of New J11 156 Zealand tree species (Norton, Palmer and Ogden, 1987) and on J11 157 single radii can be as high as 10% of the total number of rings J11 158 present. ^Missing rings are potentially a serious problem in J11 159 tree-ring studies but can be detected by crossdating. J11 160 |^A second type of anomalous growth ring occurs as a result J11 161 of changes in cell structure during the course of the growing J11 162 season causing the formation of a band of narrow cells J11 163 resembling latewood and referred to as a *'false ring**'. J11 164 ^False rings occur when growing season conditions become J11 165 temporarily severe ({0e.g.} soil moisture deficits or low J11 166 temperatures). ^When more favourable conditions resume, the J11 167 subsequently formed cells are larger and have thinner walls. J11 168 ^False rings are usually easily identified as there is a J11 169 gradual transition in cell size on both margins of the band in J11 170 contrast to the normal ring boundary, where there is a J11 171 pronounced change in cell size. ^False rings have been observed J11 172 in a number of New Zealand tree species. ^In Switzerland the J11 173 occurrence of false rings in several conifer species has been J11 174 related to the number of cold days during the growing season J11 175 (Schweingruber, 1980). J11 176 |^A third type of anomalous growth ring occurs as a result J11 177 of frost damage and can be common in subalpine trees (LaMarche, J11 178 1970). ^In affected rings, severe distortion of cells occurs. J11 179 ^Frost rings have been identified in *1{6Nothofagus solandri} J11 180 *0(Norton, 1985), and are probably uncommon away from J11 181 temperature caused timberlines. ^Frost rings, if sufficiently J11 182 widespread in occurrence, can offer a useful crossdating J11 183 parameter independent of ring width (Ogden, 1978). J11 184 *<*1Chronology development*> J11 185 |^*0Ring-widths often decrease with increasing tree age. ^This J11 186 biological growth trend is usually independent of other factors J11 187 influencing tree growth ({0e.g.} climate) and it is often J11 188 helpful to remove it by a curve-fitting procedure prior to J11 189 further analysis (Fritts, 1976). ^In this *'standardization**' J11 190 procedure, the measured ring-widths are converted to ring-width J11 191 indices by dividing each width by the expected growth derived J11 192 from the fitted curve. ^Traditionally negative exponential and J11 193 polynomial curves have been used for standardization (Fritts, J11 194 1976). ^However, several difficulties occur with these, J11 195 including (a) the need to subjectively select a curve fitting J11 196 procedure for each ring-width sequence, (b) curve distortion J11 197 due to eccentric data points and (c) the tendency to J11 198 *'overfit**' curves to short ring-width series (Warren, 1980; J11 199 Cook and Peters, 1981; Briffa, 1984). ^The most promising J11 200 alternative involves the use of digital filters (Mitchell J11 201 *1{0et al.} *01966; Briffa, 1984). ^Filters have two advantages J11 202 over exponential and polynomial curves for standardization. J11 203 ^Firstly, the spectral properties of the filter can be J11 204 precisely defined and secondly, their functioning is J11 205 independent of the length of the time series. J11 206 |^The approach used by Briffa (1984) involves setting the J11 207 weights in the filter proportional to the ordinates of a J11 208 Gaussian probability curve. ^Because of the nature of the J11 209 Gaussian distribution, it is possible to precisely define the J11 210 variations removed by the filter, and by altering the number of J11 211 weights in the filter, to change the amplitude of the variation J11 212 retained after filtering. ^For example, a 30 year filter will J11 213 pass 50% or less of the variance at wave lengths of 30 years or J11 214 greater. ^By using this filtering technique it is possible to J11 215 objectively standardize ring-width time-series, and J11 216 **[FIGURE**] J11 217 to define the spectral characteristics of the resultant indexed J11 218 series. ^An additional advantage is that both parts of the J11 219 filtered data can be used (\0Fig. 2). ^For climatic J11 220 reconstruction, the high frequency variations are of most J11 221 interest, so the residuals from the filtered series are used to J11 222 develop the tree-ring chronology. ^However, in other J11 223 applications, the low-frequency part might be of interest and J11 224 can be used to produce *'reciprocal chronologies**'. J11 225 |^Other approaches to standardization have been suggested J11 226 but have not been widely used. ^In New Zealand, Bathgate (1981) J11 227 has developed a standardization procedure that assumes that all J11 228 trees have the same underlying, or *'universal**', biological J11 229 growth trend. J11 230 *# J12 001 **[306 TEXT J12**] J12 002 ^*0These three geckos are nocturnal and are agile climbers. J12 003 ^The diurnal, arboreal gecko *1{6Naultinus grayi} *0has been J12 004 seen feeding on manuka nectar (*1{6Leptospermum scoparium}: J12 005 *0Myrtaceae) (\0M. Bellingham {0pers.comm.}). J12 006 |^New Zealand geckos have most often been seen feeding on J12 007 pohutukawa nectar. ^Flowers on pohutukawa trees open J12 008 sequentially with individual flowers lasting 6-8 days. J12 009 ^Inflorescences have flowers open for up to 12 days, and J12 010 flowering may take place over six weeks (Godley 1978). J12 011 ^Similarly, individual trees within a population flower at J12 012 different times over a season lasting 6-10 weeks (Godley 1978). J12 013 |^When pohutukawa blooms, geckos (*1{6\0H. duvauceli} *0and J12 014 *1{6\0H. pacificus}*0) preferentially congregate on flowering J12 015 plants to feed on nectar. ^Whitaker (1968) reported over 50 J12 016 *1{6\0H. pacificus} *0on the flowers of a small, isolated J12 017 pohutukawa which had a canopy surface of approximately 21 J12 018 \0m*:2**:. ^Allowing for approximately 50% of the canopy J12 019 surface to be covered in flowers (pohutukawa flowers only on J12 020 the canopy), there were nearly 5 geckos \0m*:-2**: of flowers J12 021 feeding on this tree. ^On Aorangi Island, Poor Knights group, J12 022 two small pohutukawa trees, adjoining an area of larger J12 023 pohutukawas, were observed to have 7-8 geckos \0m*:-2**: of J12 024 flowers on most nights over a three week period in November J12 025 1984. J12 026 |^Geckos group around the newly opened flowers, presumably J12 027 because these have the greatest nectar production, and up to J12 028 five geckos have been seen feeding together from a single J12 029 inflorescence. ^Density of geckos \0m*:-2**: flowers at the J12 030 right stage for pollination is therefore probably higher than J12 031 the above figures indicate. J12 032 |^The geckos emerge at dusk, usually from retreats on the J12 033 ground, and can often be seen on the flowers before it is dark. J12 034 ^This is earlier than usual and suggests there may be J12 035 competition for the nectar. ^The greatest foraging activity for J12 036 nectar is in the first 2-4 hours after dusk. ^When foraging, J12 037 the geckos climb over the surface of the flowers and push their J12 038 heads down between the stamens to lap the nectar (\0Fig. 1; see J12 039 also Whitaker 1987), usually working from one flower to the J12 040 next across the inflorescence. ^They then move through the J12 041 foliage in search of another inflorescence. J12 042 |^Ngaio flowers are much smaller and more scattered than J12 043 those of pohutukawa but are nonetheless keenly sought by J12 044 *1{6\0H. pacificus}; *0only once has *1{6\0H. duvauceli} *0been J12 045 seen feeding on ngaio nectar. ^Geckos forage amongst the J12 046 foliage or along the stems of ngaio until a flower is located. J12 047 ^They then arch their necks to push the snout well down into J12 048 the flower to reach the nectar. ^On Aorangi Island in November J12 049 1984 each ngaio bush along the shore generally had 2-4 geckos J12 050 each night feeding on nectar. J12 051 |^The flowers of flax are so robust that only *1{6\0H. J12 052 duvauceli} *0or adult *1{6\0H. pacificus} *0are able to force J12 053 the petals apart to reach the nectar. ^They push their snout J12 054 into the open end of the flower, prise the petals apart along J12 055 one side and lap the nectar through the side of the flower J12 056 (similar behaviour was reported for *1{6Phelsuma vinsoni} J12 057 *0feeding on the nectar of *1\6Lomatophyllum *0\0sp. J12 058 (Liliaceae) (Vinson & Vinson 1969)). ^Smaller geckos forage J12 059 over the flax inflorescences searching for scattered droplets J12 060 of nectar, damaged flowers or other accessible nectar sources. J12 061 ^Densities of lizards taking flax nectar are not easy to J12 062 calculate but Miller (1986) reported 1-6 *1{6\0H. pacificus} J12 063 *0(usually 4-6) feeding on *5each *0flax inflorescence on Whale J12 064 Island, Moturoa group, in November 1985. ^Three *1{6\0H. J12 065 pacificus} *0were observed feeding on nectar from flowers on J12 066 one bract of a flax inflorescence on Green Island, Mercury J12 067 group, in November 1972. J12 068 |^There has been only one observation of a gecko feeding on J12 069 *1{6Hebe bollonsii} *0flowers; an adult *1{6\0H. pacificus} J12 070 *0was seen clinging to the erect inflorescence and lapping J12 071 nectar from each flower in turn. J12 072 |^Geckos have also been seen feeding on the fluid draining J12 073 from wounds on the trunks of trees, and on honey-dew. ^On J12 074 Little Ohena Island, east of Whitianga, over 80 *1{6\0H. J12 075 pacificus} *0were counted feeding on honey-dew on a 6 \0m tall J12 076 karo *1{6Pittosporum crassifolium}: *0Pittosporaceae) in J12 077 November 1972. J12 078 |^To examine the potential for pollen dispersal, smears J12 079 were collected from 32 geckos (15 *1{6\0H. duvauceli} *0and 17 J12 080 *1{6\0H. pacificus}*0) on Aorangi Island in November 1984. ^At J12 081 the time the samples were collected pohutukawa and ngaio were J12 082 in full flower but other possible nectar sources (flax; ti; J12 083 *1{6Sicyos angulata}; *0puriri (*1{6Vitex lucens}: J12 084 *0Verbenaceae); *1{6Xeronema callistemon} *0(Liliaceae)) had J12 085 virtually finished flowering. ^Pollen smears were collected J12 086 from geckos by pressing transparent adhesive tape J12 087 (*"Sellotape**") to the undersurface of the throat and then J12 088 sticking it to a glass microscope slide. ^These were examined J12 089 at 100x magnification and identified by comparing the pollen J12 090 with reference slides made from all the species in flower at J12 091 the time of the survey. ^The amount of pollen was scored on an J12 092 arbitrary scale based on that used by Gaze & Fitzgerald (1982) J12 093 where: J12 094 **[FIGURE**] J12 095 |_0 = no pollen present J12 096 |1 = very few pollen grains present J12 097 |2 = scatter of single grains or a few small groups J12 098 |3 = scattered groups of grains J12 099 |4 = pollen always visible in field of view J12 100 |5 = continuous scatter of pollen across the slide J12 101 |^The geckos sampled included three captured while feeding J12 102 from pohutukawa flowers and one feeding from ngaio; these J12 103 samples were used as a measure of pollen quantity carried close J12 104 to the source. ^The rest of the sample included 20 geckos J12 105 actively foraging away from flowering trees and 8 geckos J12 106 captured by day from retreats on the ground while they were J12 107 inactive. J12 108 |^Twenty-two (68.7%) of the geckos were carrying at least J12 109 some pohutukawa pollen (Table 1); only the gecko sampled while J12 110 feeding on ngaio had ngaio pollen. ^No pollen from other J12 111 species was found. ^One *1{6\0H. duvauceli} *0carried huge J12 112 numbers of fungal spores from two species of sooty mould of the J12 113 type commonly found on tree-trunks ({0A. E.} Bell {0pers. J12 114 comm.}). ^Nearby, geckos were frequently observed feeding on J12 115 exudate from bark-wounds, surrounded by sooty moulds, in J12 116 several karo trees. J12 117 |^Five (62.5%) of the inactive geckos were carrying J12 118 pohutukawa pollen. ^As these animals were sampled just before J12 119 dusk, they must have been carrying pollen for at least 12 J12 120 hours. J12 121 |^When geckos were sampled while actively foraging, no J12 122 measure of the distance to the nearest nectar source was made J12 123 because of the difficulty of doing so in forest at night. J12 124 ^However, many of those which were carrying pohutukawa pollen J12 125 were collected in an area 20-25 \0m from the nearest pohutukawa J12 126 trees, and some animals with pohutukawa pollen were collected J12 127 while foraging on the shore over 50 \0m from the nearest J12 128 pohutukawa trees. J12 129 |^Geckos feeding on pohutukawa or flax nectar have visible J12 130 amounts of pollen adhering to their heads, undersurface, and J12 131 feet (see Whitaker 1987). J12 132 **[TABLE**] J12 133 ^Geckos examined while inactive, or foraging somewhere other J12 134 than on plants from which they could collect nectar usually had J12 135 pollen adhering only to their throats (see Whitaker 1987). J12 136 ^Although nectar may stick the pollen to the skin of the gecko J12 137 the behaviour of a feeding gecko shows the throat is probably J12 138 the best region of the body for the transfer of pollen to the J12 139 stigma. ^As the throat is the region of the body where most J12 140 pollen adheres there is the possibility that other mechanisms J12 141 of attachment are involved. ^Preliminary examinations with a J12 142 scanning electron microscope of the skin of *1{6\0H. J12 143 pacificus}, *0the species most commonly observed feeding on J12 144 nectar, have revealed interesting ultra-structural differences J12 145 between the scales of the throat and those of other parts of J12 146 the body ({0M. B.} Thompson & {0A. H.} Whitaker, in \0prep.). J12 147 *<*6LIZARDS AS POTENTIAL SEED DISPERSAL VECTORS*> J12 148 |^The first record of frugivory in New Zealand lizards was for J12 149 *1\6Lygosoma *0(= *1\6Leiolopisma*0) *1\6smithi *0on the J12 150 Alderman Islands where it was reported eating berries (Sladden J12 151 & Falla 1928), later identified as taupata (*1{6Coprosma J12 152 repens}: *0Rubiaceae) (Falla 1936). ^However, despite the J12 153 general acceptance now that both skinks and geckos commonly J12 154 include fruit in their diet (McCann 1955; Bull & Whitaker 1975; J12 155 Whitaker 1976; Gill 1986; Robb 1986), there have been J12 156 relatively few observations of frugivory by New Zealand J12 157 lizards. ^The lizards recorded taking fruit and the species J12 158 they consume are listed in Table 2. ^The fruits of ngaio have J12 159 not yet been recorded in the diet of New Zealand lizards but J12 160 are taken by *1{6Lacerta galloti} *0in the Canary Islands where J12 161 ngaio is an introduced species (Barquin & Wildpret 1975). J12 162 |^Lizards observed feeding on fruit include nocturnal J12 163 (*1\6Hoplodactylus*0) and diurnal (*1\6Naultinus*0) geckos, and J12 164 nocturnal (*1\6Cyclodina*0) and diurnal (*1\6Leiolopisma*0) J12 165 skinks. J12 166 |^The fruits taken are mostly drupes (*1{6Coprosma, J12 167 Corynocarpus, Leucopogon} *0(= *1\6Cyathodes*0), J12 168 *1{6Macropiper, Pimelea, Rubus}*0) but also include soft J12 169 berries (*1{6Hymenanthera, Solanum}*0) and other fleshy fruits J12 170 (*1{6Gaultheria, Muehlenbeckia}*0). ^Most are small, 3-6 \0mm J12 171 in diameter, and are swallowed whole. ^Larger fruits such as J12 172 kawakawa (*1{6Macropiper excelsum}: *0Piperaceae), 8-10 \0mm J12 173 diameter x 40-60 \0mm long, are eaten in pieces (\0Fig. 2). J12 174 ^There is one record of a *1{6\0H. duvauceli} *0eating a karaka J12 175 (*1{6Corynocarpus laevigatus}: *0Corynocarpaceae) fruit J12 176 approximately 20 \0mm diameter x 30 \0mm long (see Whitaker J12 177 1987). J12 178 |^Geckos are extremely adept climbers and have no J12 179 difficulty in reaching fruit. ^The skinks are largely J12 180 **[TABLE**] J12 181 **[FIGURE**] J12 182 terrestrial but can easily scramble through divaricating shrubs J12 183 (*1{6Coprosma, Hymenanthera}*0) or tangled vines J12 184 (*1{6Muehlenbeckia, Rubus}*0) and have been found several J12 185 metres above the ground in such situations. ^On Green Island, J12 186 Mercury group, *1{6Leiolopisma smithi} *0individuals were J12 187 observed climbing the smooth, vertical stems of kawakawa to J12 188 reach fruits 1.5 \0m above the ground. J12 189 |^Small fruits are generally plucked from the plant as soon J12 190 as they ripen and before they fall, although fruit that has J12 191 fallen is readily consumed. ^At Macraes Flat, Otago, in March J12 192 1986, no ripe fruit was present on (or under) plants of J12 193 *1{6Hymenanthera alpina} *0(Violaceae), *1{6Muehlenbeckia J12 194 axillaris} *0(Polygonaceae), or *1{6Gaultheria antipoda} J12 195 *0(Ericaceae) on outcrops inhabited by *1{6Leiolopisma grande} J12 196 *0(and *1{6\0L. grande} *0droppings were crammed with seeds of J12 197 these species), yet plants on nearby outcrops without skinks J12 198 were covered in ripe fruit. ^Similarly, on outcrops occupied by J12 199 *1{6Leiolopisma otagense} *0there were no ripe fruit on plants J12 200 of *1{6Hymenanthera alpina}. J12 201 |^*0Lizards seek out and consume only the ripe portions of J12 202 larger fruits. ^The elongate fruit of kawakawa ripens from the J12 203 top and lizards eat only the ripe part, moving round the plant J12 204 to take the soft pulp as soon as it is edible. ^On the J12 205 occasions when they encounter a fruit that is wholly ripe J12 206 *1{6\0L. smithi} *0have been seen to break the fruit from the J12 207 plant and fall with it to the ground. J12 208 |^Most studies where New Zealand lizards were found to be J12 209 eating fruit either do not include monthly samples or have not J12 210 been analysed clearly to differentiate months (Barwick 1959, J12 211 1982; Whitaker 1982; Patterson 1985; Southey 1985), and the J12 212 importance of fruit, assessed either by frequency of occurrence J12 213 or by volume, is based on the whole sample. ^Because the fruits J12 214 are available generally for only a short period in summer or J12 215 early autumn, such studies invariably underestimate the J12 216 seasonal importance of fruit in the diet of lizards. J12 217 |^Fruits of *1{6Gaultheria depressa} *0(Ericaceae) and J12 218 *1{6Leucopogon fraseri} *0(Epacridaceae) are eaten by J12 219 *1{6Leiolopisma nigriplantare maccanni} *0and two unnamed J12 220 sibling species in Central Otago tussock grasslands. ^Gut J12 221 analyses on a sample collected over 21 months showed 4% (\0n = J12 222 110) of *1{6{0L.n.} maccanni} *0contained berries which J12 223 comprised 18% by volume of their diet; comparable figures for J12 224 the other two taxa present were 3% (\0n = 81) frequency and 15% J12 225 volume, and 0.5% (\0n = 210) frequency and 1% volume (Patterson J12 226 1985). ^Frequencies of fruit in the diet of those skinks J12 227 containing food over the period that fruit was available were J12 228 4.4%, 3.6%, and 1.5% respectively ({0G. B.} Patterson {0pers. J12 229 comm.}). ^Seeds (2 {0spp.}) were recorded in 5.8% (\0n = 68) of J12 230 *1{6Leiolopisma zelandica} *0( = *1{6{0L.n.} maccanni}*0) J12 231 collected at various sites around Wellington over 19 months J12 232 (Barwick 1959). ^Seeds of *1{6Muehlenbeckia axillaris} *0and J12 233 *1{6Hymenanthera alpina} *0occurred in 86% (\0n = 14) of fresh J12 234 *1{6Leiolopisma grande} *0droppings collected in February 1986 J12 235 at Macraes Flat, Otago. J12 236 |^Diets of three large *1\6Cyclodina *0species on Middle J12 237 Island, Mercury group, were compared by faecal analysis J12 238 (Southey 1985): 6.9% of the droppings of *1{6Cyclodina alani} J12 239 *0(\0n = 101) contained seeds of *1{6Solanum nodiflorum} J12 240 *0(Solanaceae), 8.9% contained seeds of kawakawa, and 0.9% J12 241 contained seeds of *1\6Coprosma *0species; for *1{6Cyclodina J12 242 whitakeri} *0(\0n = 89), 4.5% contained seeds of *1{6\0S. J12 243 nodiflorum}, *0and 3.4% contained seeds of kawakawa; and for J12 244 *1{6Cyclodina oliveri} *0(\0n = 49), 4.0% contained seeds of J12 245 *1{6\0S. nodiflorum.} J12 246 *# J13 001 **[307 TEXT J13**] J13 002 |^*0Private hospitals had very few group outings for J13 003 residents, the only one mentioned being a Christmas shopping J13 004 expedition organised by the local Lions Club, which one J13 005 resident in the survey participated in. ^Another two people J13 006 were taken out occasionally by staff on an individual basis. J13 007 |^There were no organised outings for residents living in acute J13 008 wards, but in all hospitals there was someone prepared to J13 009 assist people to make individual trips for specific purposes. J13 010 ^Sometimes this was as part of the staff member's duties *- J13 011 when a resident needed to visit a dentist or optometrist for J13 012 example. ^Similarly the person who was planning to live at home J13 013 with a friend had been accompanied there by a staff member J13 014 several times to assess the situation and arrange for J13 015 modifications to be made. ^However, other outings were arranged J13 016 on a purely personal level in the staff's own time. J13 017 * J13 018 |^Holidays away from the hospital were rare or non-existent J13 019 luxuries. ^Only 15 people had spent more than a day away from J13 020 hospital since their last admission and three of these had been J13 021 holiday transfers to other hospitals. ^One person went to a J13 022 different hospital every year for a three week break, the other J13 023 two had only been once or twice to be near adult children who J13 024 lived in different parts of the country. J13 025 |^Five people had attended the yearly week-long camps J13 026 organised by the Paraplegic and Physically Disabled Association J13 027 at Otaki and enjoyed it enormously, but only one went J13 028 regularly. ^Unfortunately, these camps became too costly for J13 029 the Association and have now been discontinued. ^The remaining J13 030 seven residents had all been to stay with relatives or friends, J13 031 but none went regularly or often and two in Group B had now J13 032 become so forgetful that it was unlikely that there would be J13 033 any more overnight visits. J13 034 |^Even for the fully aware home visits could be highly J13 035 problematical. ^One resident, for example, was planning to J13 036 attend an important family event which would involve at least J13 037 one overnight stay. ^She was independently mobile in a J13 038 wheelchair but dependent on others for most personal care, and J13 039 the outing consequently took on the proportions of a major J13 040 expedition. ^This person had had the opportunity to stay with J13 041 relatives before but had always declined because of concern J13 042 about the amount of care she required and embarrassment about J13 043 adult children providing such intimate care, including J13 044 toileting. ^There was therefore considerable apprehension about J13 045 the outing, but also a strong desire for it to be successful as J13 046 it would then boost her confidence to accept other invitations. J13 047 *<*3CONTROL OVER EVENTS*> J13 048 |*0Only two aspects of control were explored in the survey. J13 049 ^One concerned control over how time was spent, and the other J13 050 concerned who residents could talk to if they wanted to make a J13 051 suggestion or complaint about the care they received. J13 052 *<*1Control Over How Time is Spent*> J13 053 |^*0People's perceptions of how much control they had over J13 054 occupying their day varied depending on their physical J13 055 abilities, their level of awareness and the extent to which J13 056 they saw themselves being governed by the ward or hospital J13 057 routine. ^For example, 12 people felt that they had no control J13 058 over what they did. ^All required others to perform personal J13 059 care activities for them: eight were chair- or bed-fast, and J13 060 only two of the others were independently mobile in J13 061 wheelchairs. ^These two also had slight memory loss but none of J13 062 the others had any mental impairment. ^All saw their heavy J13 063 reliance on others as a major factor inhibiting their control J13 064 over what they did, but several of the more articulate and J13 065 aware commented on the extent to which ward routines restricted J13 066 choices about activities, with one person noting that *'you J13 067 have to run to time here**'. J13 068 |^Ward routine was not seen as a problem for six people who J13 069 were not greatly concerned about controlling their daily J13 070 activities and simply fitted in with what the staff organised. J13 071 ^Two had some memory loss but all were generally less dependent J13 072 than those who experienced a lack of control. ^Also less J13 073 dependent were the 15 people who felt that they did have some J13 074 control over events. ^All but one were independently mobile, at J13 075 least indoors. ^The fifteenth was chair-fast by choice as he J13 076 found a wheelchair too uncomfortable, but within these confines J13 077 he organised his own activities, only requiring someone else to J13 078 set up the necessary equipment. J13 079 |^The others had wider ranging choices to consider. ^Their J13 080 mobility meant that they could determine their company to some J13 081 extent, as they were free to decide when to stop and talk, when J13 082 to move away and when to be alone. ^Several of these 15 people J13 083 commented that they attended scheduled physiotherapy and J13 084 occupational therapy sessions by choice rather than dictate. J13 085 ^Those in Group A also felt that they had some input into J13 086 deciding what they did when they got there and how long they J13 087 stayed. ^However, only four people in Group B felt that they J13 088 had this degree of control and they all suffered some memory J13 089 loss or confusion. ^Three others in Group B commented that J13 090 while they could choose whether to attend occupational therapy J13 091 or not, they really had very little influence over what they J13 092 did there. ^This difference could at least partly be attributed J13 093 to the fact that people in Group B were usually assigned to J13 094 established group activities while the more articulate members J13 095 of Group A were able to negotiate programmes which best met J13 096 their individual preferences as well as their physical J13 097 abilities. J13 098 |^Residents who saw themselves as being able to exert some J13 099 control over their daily activities usually spent more of their J13 100 time socialising than did the others. ^This included talking to J13 101 other residents, staff or visitors and going on outings with J13 102 relatives and friends. ^In consequence they tended to find that J13 103 time passed more quickly than did those who saw themselves as J13 104 having little or no control. ^They also felt less restricted by J13 105 ward routine, although physical limitations could still be a J13 106 major barrier to independent control. ^The inability of some J13 107 patients in multi-storey hospitals to reach lift control J13 108 buttons from a wheelchair provides one example of this. J13 109 *<*1Suggestions or Complaints About Care*> J13 110 |^*0The majority of people felt that it was most appropriate to J13 111 talk to the person who was responsible for the day-to-day J13 112 management of the facility if they wanted to make a suggestion J13 113 or complaint about the care they received. ^In Hospital Board J13 114 facilities this was the charge nurse, but as private hospitals J13 115 were smaller it was usually the principal nurse or owner. J13 116 ^Patients also occasionally mentioned a nursing supervisor, J13 117 occupational therapist or physiotherapist. J13 118 |^One or two residents had offered suggestions or expressed J13 119 opinions about aspects of their care, but very few had openly J13 120 complained *- although most believed that if this became J13 121 necessary, then their complaint would be listened to and acted J13 122 on. ^Others were not so sure. ^One resident commented that in J13 123 theory suggestions should be made to the charge nurse but in J13 124 reality it was necessary to go higher because it was so J13 125 difficult to get suggestions actioned. ^Another would write to J13 126 the Minister of Health if a complaint could not be rectified at J13 127 the local level. ^While most patients felt that they could and J13 128 would make suggestions or voice complaints if they considered J13 129 it necessary, four said that they would not do so. ^Two felt J13 130 that there was little point as no one would take any notice. J13 131 ^One indicated that staff sometimes asked for opinions but J13 132 never took them up. ^Another was aware of someone in the J13 133 hospital administration who handled complaints and who was J13 134 approachable, but asked, *'^How can you complain in a situation J13 135 like this?**' ^She was acutely aware of her own physical J13 136 dependence on others and of the demands placed on care-givers, J13 137 hence she only felt justified in complaining if it was on J13 138 behalf of other residents who were unable to speak up for J13 139 themselves. J13 140 *<*3THE MOST APPROPRIATE ACCOMMODATION*> J13 141 *<*1Group A*> J13 142 |^*0Residents were asked what they thought was the most J13 143 appropriate accommodation for them given their particular set J13 144 of circumstances. ^Staff were also asked their opinions. ^Two J13 145 residents and three staff members said that there was no easy J13 146 answer and were not prepared to state a preference. ^For the J13 147 rest, most residents clearly answered in terms of what they J13 148 knew to be available in the area, but over half of the staff J13 149 suggested other alternatives *- the most common being a special J13 150 unit for the younger physically disabled. ^There was J13 151 nevertheless a wide range of responses, with staff and J13 152 residents often holding different views. J13 153 |^For example, only two residents suggested a special unit J13 154 for younger physically disabled adults (one had previously J13 155 spent a short time in a unit providing such care). ^In contrast J13 156 staff felt that this type of unit could benefit seven J13 157 residents. ^There were reservations, however, about whether J13 158 three would be eligible because of their age. ^Two were over 60 J13 159 years of age and one was in his mid 50's. J13 160 |^Most staff based their opinion on the resident's age and J13 161 intellectual level, saying that it was to the resident's J13 162 detriment to live with elderly confused people. ^However, one J13 163 offered a different slant, suggesting that physically disabled J13 164 people tended to have rigid routines which full-time staff J13 165 sometimes found difficult to cope with (although part-time J13 166 staff had less of a problem). ^They also required a lot of J13 167 personal attention and unless there were plenty of staff J13 168 available this could only be provided if the elderly were J13 169 neglected. ^The physically disabled should therefore be cared J13 170 for in a special unit with adequate staff who had a particular J13 171 interest in this type of work. J13 172 |^The five residents in this group who had not suggested a J13 173 special unit all said that they needed a hospital or continuing J13 174 care type of environment because of the amount of care that J13 175 they required. J13 176 |^Another three patients who were in continuing care J13 177 facilities felt that they were in the most suitable place, but J13 178 only in one instance did a staff member agree. ^The other two J13 179 staff, however, were uncertain what would be most appropriate. J13 180 ^They suggested that the residents concerned needed the J13 181 stimulation of more contact with people their own age and J13 182 interests, but one went on to add that she did not think that a J13 183 ward solely for people with {0MS} would work, because of the J13 184 amount of physical care and emotional and social support that J13 185 many people with this condition needed. ^From her experience J13 186 {0MS} sufferers were not able to provide each other with much J13 187 mutual help or support and consequently placed heavy demands on J13 188 the nursing staff. J13 189 |^Two residents also expressed reservations about living in J13 190 a special unit for the young disabled. ^One was concerned that J13 191 there would be an even bigger gap in attitudes and interests J13 192 between his age group (50-59 years) and people in their 30's or J13 193 younger, than he currently found with the elderly. ^The other J13 194 was averse to the assumption that younger disabled people could J13 195 be grouped together because they had things in common. ^He had J13 196 not found this to be the case, and would prefer to have a J13 197 general social area available in the hospital where anyone J13 198 could go, regardless of age or whether they were long-stay, J13 199 short-stay or outpatients. ^He was adamant that such a place J13 200 should be entirely informal, there being no need for staff to J13 201 organise it as a social event. ^The staff also felt that this J13 202 person needed the stimulation of more one-to-one contact with J13 203 people of similar intellect and interests, as well as more J13 204 outings on an individual basis; but the problem was arranging J13 205 this. J13 206 |^One resident in a continuing care ward wanted to move to J13 207 an acute ward, but the staff felt that he was appropriately J13 208 placed given what was available. ^Another resident would have J13 209 liked a small establishment offering bed sitting-rooms with J13 210 communal dining facilities, if residents wanted this, and easy J13 211 access to a flat garden. ^She felt that this sort of J13 212 arrangement would best meet different individual needs, as the J13 213 level and type of care could be individually tailored for each J13 214 person. J13 215 *# J14 001 **[308 TEXT J14**] J14 002 |^*0Table 63 shows the daily intakes of sugar, cholesterol, J14 003 saturated and poly-unsaturated fats in Maori and non-Maori J14 004 people. ^In general, Maori males and females consume less sugar J14 005 than non-Maori and in both groups consumption falls with age. J14 006 ^The consumption of cholesterol is variable with a tendency for J14 007 younger Maori males (20-49 years) to consume more saturated J14 008 fat. ^The consumption of poly-unsaturated fat is similar at all J14 009 age-groups for both the Maori and non-Maori populations. J14 010 |^The principal sources of sugar in the New Zealand diet J14 011 are sugar itself, soft drinks, fruit and baked goods. ^The most J14 012 important contributions to saturated fat come from animal meats J14 013 (particularly beef) and dairy products (particularly butter). J14 014 ^Poly-unsaturated fats on the other hand come from a variety of J14 015 sources, the most important of these being meat (pork and J14 016 beef), margarine, vegetable oils, sauces and dressings. ^The J14 017 principal sources of cholesterol are eggs, dairy products and J14 018 beef. J14 019 **[TABLE**] J14 020 |^Table 64 shows the daily intakes of calcium, calciferol J14 021 (Vitamin D), ascorbate (Vitamin C) and iron in Maori and J14 022 non-Maori people. ^At all ages Maori males and females consume J14 023 less calcium and females less calciferol. ^Ascorbate intakes J14 024 are also less in both Maori males and females whilst the J14 025 intakes of iron are generally much the same in Maori and J14 026 non-Maori people, apart from the 50-64 year age-group where the J14 027 intake is somewhat less in both Maori males and females. J14 028 |^The principal source of calcium in the New Zealand diet J14 029 is milk products, milk and cheese contributing almost half the J14 030 total calcium intake. ^Bread also makes a significant J14 031 contribution. ^With respect to iron, the single most important J14 032 source is beef meat (26-34%). J14 033 **[TABLE**] J14 034 |^Whilst it is accepted that the data presented here, J14 035 particularly for Maori people, is derived from a small number J14 036 of studies, nevertheless there are notable differences in J14 037 dietary intakes between Maori and non-Maori people. ^These may J14 038 well be important when one considers the excess mortality from J14 039 both cancer and heart disease generally experienced by Maori J14 040 people. ^National nutrition guidelines suggest we should reduce J14 041 our energy intakes, eat more complex carbohydrates and fibre, J14 042 and eat less fat (92). ^That these small studies have shown J14 043 Maori people consume more energy and fat, particularly J14 044 saturated fat, has not previously been highlighted, though in J14 045 studies undertaken in 1941, Maori families consumed about 50% J14 046 more energy from meat (the most important source of fat) than J14 047 non-Maori, and 70% less fruit and vegetables (73, 74). ^If J14 048 these findings are substantiated, they could form the basis of J14 049 preventive educational initiatives for both cancer and heart J14 050 disease in Maori people. J14 051 |^There has been much recent attention paid to osteoporosis J14 052 in post-menopausal women and if calcium and calciferol intakes J14 053 are important, then Maori women would seem especially prone. J14 054 |^There is an urgent need to update the dietary information J14 055 in New Zealanders which is now 10 years old. ^Ideally the study J14 056 should be a large one and include a greater number of Maori J14 057 people. J14 058 *<*6EXERCISE*> J14 059 |^*0Physical activity reduces the risk of coronary heart J14 060 disease and has a beneficial effect on coronary disease risk J14 061 factors, such as blood pressure and blood fats (55). ^In J14 062 addition, those who exercise are more likely to be lean and J14 063 non-smokers. ^Exercise is also an important means for weight J14 064 control for those with sedentary occupations, and can improve J14 065 general health and well-being. J14 066 |^There has always been a tradition in New Zealand, J14 067 especially amongst the young, of participation in sporting J14 068 activities. ^In this respect, Maori children and adolescents J14 069 have often performed with great distinction and there is much J14 070 to be said for the promotion of sport and recreation amongst J14 071 Maori people as a means of promoting self-esteem. ^There are J14 072 many excellent programmes that encourage Maori youth to play J14 073 netball, rugby and to participate in the martial arts. ^The J14 074 Department of Health has provided funding to the Maori Women's J14 075 Welfare League to encourage Maori women to adopt a healthy J14 076 lifestyle. ^The strategy the League is taking is through J14 077 netball. ^However, there is room for the whole concept of J14 078 exercise to be expanded and to include older Maori people *- J14 079 hikoi (walking) is an example. J14 080 |^Data on levels of activity and fitness in New Zealanders J14 081 is negligible, though anecdotally it is believed that the J14 082 proportion of adults now engaging in a variety of regular J14 083 physical activities has increased steadily in recent years J14 084 (93). ^A recent survey in Auckland showed that approximately J14 085 one-third of people aged 35-64 years take regular physical J14 086 exercise (94). ^What proportion of these exercisers were Maori J14 087 is unknown, but likely to be small as exercising by the health J14 088 conscious is more a middle class activity. ^The recently J14 089 commissioned lifestyle survey by the Hillary Commission will J14 090 provide much needed information on the levels of fitness in all J14 091 New Zealanders. J14 092 *<*6SMOKING*> J14 093 |^*0A greater proportion of the Maori population reported J14 094 being regular cigarette smokers at the 1981 Census than did the J14 095 non-Maori population (95). J14 096 |^Of the total respondents aged 15 years and over, 53.5% of J14 097 Maori males and 58.5% of Maori females were regular smokers J14 098 compared with 33.1% of non-Maori males and 27.3% of non-Maori J14 099 females. ^Figure 40 shows the percentage of smokers by J14 100 age-group, sex and race. J14 101 **[FIGURE**] J14 102 |^Of special significance is the high percentage of Maori J14 103 women smokers. ^At ages 15-44 years, 63% reported that they J14 104 were regular smokers compared to 31% of non-Maori women. ^Maori J14 105 women have a lung cancer death rate 3.6 times higher than J14 106 non-Maori women. ^Maternal smoking has been linked to low J14 107 birthweight infants and a higher percentage of Maori infants J14 108 are born at weights less than 2,500 grams. J14 109 *<*6INFECTIONS*> J14 110 |^*0Maori people have significantly higher rates of death J14 111 and admissions to hospital for infectious diseases. ^However, J14 112 there has been a significant reduction in the death rates in J14 113 both the Maori and non-Maori population due to infectious J14 114 diseases in the past decade, though Maori people are still J14 115 nearly 4 times as likely to die, whatever the age. ^Respiratory J14 116 infections are the major problem whether it be an infant with J14 117 bronchiolitis or an elderly person with pneumonia or J14 118 bronchitis. ^In 1984, acute respiratory infections and J14 119 influenza accounted for 1,458 admissions of Maori people to J14 120 hospital or 2.5% of the total. ^Diarrhoea and gastroenteritis J14 121 were also notably higher in Maori infants. ^The illness and J14 122 death in Maori people due to tuberculosis (96) and rheumatic J14 123 fever (96a) still remains disproportionately high whilst J14 124 diseases of the ear are the second most common cause for J14 125 admission of Maori children to hospital in the ages 5-14 years J14 126 (Table 46). J14 127 |^There are worrying aspects of the excess morbidity and J14 128 mortality of these common infectious diseases in Maori people J14 129 as most are readily treatable providing there is appropriate J14 130 treatment in good time. ^It has been suggested previously that J14 131 access to medical care is an important factor here and there is J14 132 evidence that this occurs in Maori adults but interestingly not J14 133 in infants (13, 39, 40, 97). ^It should not be forgotten J14 134 however, that there may be familial or genetic factors which J14 135 are operating. ^This has previously been suggested by Glass and J14 136 others (98) who noted that lung function of Maori people was J14 137 lower than that of European and that this seemed to be J14 138 independent of smoking, occupational and environmental factors. J14 139 ^As a generalisation however, infectious diseases are notably J14 140 more common in the lower social classes and in third world J14 141 countries. ^There are obviously many factors which could be J14 142 considered as being relevant here but the possibility of J14 143 disordered immunity requires comment. ^Alcohol and cigarette J14 144 smoking have been associated with depressed immune function and J14 145 these factors are likely to be most relevant in those Maori J14 146 people who both smoke and drink alcohol excessively. ^The J14 147 effects of passive smoking in children are unknown but J14 148 conceivably may be of some significance given Maori women J14 149 (mothers) have a high prevalence of smoking. J14 150 |^The high prevalence of ear disease in children is of J14 151 concern, especially since deafness delays the acquisition of J14 152 all language skills and impedes subsequent educational J14 153 progress. ^Indeed, the consequences of childhood ear disease J14 154 have more serious implications given the disproportionately J14 155 high rates of hearing disability in Maori prisoners compared J14 156 with non-Maori (99). ^In a study of predominantly Maori J14 157 children in Whangarei (48), ear disease and hearing loss were J14 158 common. ^Perhaps more telling, was the teacher's assessment J14 159 that 44% of the study group were below average attainers and in J14 160 all of these children, a hearing loss was demonstrated. ^In J14 161 this study, most of the children came from families who lived J14 162 in state rental units, many of them over-crowded and with no J14 163 general practitioner's surgery in the area. ^Access to medical J14 164 services was therefore difficult. ^As far as the overall J14 165 picture of aural health was concerned, 75-80% of children J14 166 greater than 2 years of age had evidence of ear disease. ^In a J14 167 small study in Te Teko, ear disease was found to be the major J14 168 health problem in children, increasing with age to adolescence J14 169 (100). J14 170 |^The incidence and mortality from rheumatic heart disease J14 171 remains unacceptably high given that methods of prevention and J14 172 treatment have been available in New Zealand for many years. J14 173 ^In Rotorua Hospital for instance, between 1971 and 1982 the J14 174 average annual incidence for rheumatic fever was over 7 times J14 175 greater in young Maori people than non-Maori in the 5-19 year J14 176 age-group (101). ^Data from the Northland rheumatic fever J14 177 register (102) is similar and furthermore, indicate that J14 178 recurrent attacks of rheumatic fever are appreciably more J14 179 common in Maori people. ^Indeed, the high recurrence rates of J14 180 rheumatic fever experienced in the Gisborne area have been J14 181 taken as evidence of substantial failure of rheumatic fever J14 182 prophylaxis in the Gisborne area (103). ^There is an urgent J14 183 need to determine the precise reasons for the continuing J14 184 unacceptable discrepancy in morbidity and mortality from J14 185 rheumatic heart disease in Maori people. ^Current programmes J14 186 are either nonexistent or ineffective. J14 187 |^Hepatitis B infections are endemic in many parts of New J14 188 Zealand and several studies have shown high rates of carriage J14 189 and previous infection in Maori people (104, 105). ^Moreover, J14 190 the prevalence of markers of previous infection is more than J14 191 twice as high in Maori people than in non-Maori and hepatitis B J14 192 carriage rate nearly 4 times the non-Maori rate. ^Thus not only J14 193 are Maori people more likely to become infected but they are J14 194 also more at risk of becoming carriers following acute J14 195 infection. ^There is also a marked north/ south gradient in J14 196 infection risk (3:1) and areas where the Maori population is J14 197 high are also areas of high hepatitis B infection (105). ^In J14 198 New Zealand, the highest rates are found in the Eastern Bay of J14 199 Plenty and East Coast region and Northland, whilst low rates J14 200 are recorded in the South Island. ^Acquisition of hepatitis B J14 201 seems to occur most readily when children start primary school J14 202 but this should not detract from the importance of hepatitis B J14 203 acquired at birth from a carrier mother. ^Such acquisition J14 204 (vertical transmission) is associated with a high incidence of J14 205 hepatitis B carriage and chronic disease. ^It may seem amazing J14 206 to some, but there are large communities in New Zealand where J14 207 three-quarters of the children have evidence of hepatitis B J14 208 infection at the time they leave school (105). J14 209 |^The importance of hepatitis B would be questionable if it J14 210 were a benign disorder but this is not the case (106). ^It has J14 211 been estimated that up to 10% of hepatitis B infections result J14 212 in chronic illness which may lead to irreversible destruction J14 213 of the liver (cirrhosis) or the development of liver cancer. J14 214 ^It should not be surprising then, given the high incidence of J14 215 hepatitis B in the Maori community, that liver cancer is J14 216 approximately 3 times that seen in non-Maori people and there J14 217 is a north/ south gradient to this risk (76). ^Each year J14 218 approximately 100 New Zealanders die from complications due to J14 219 hepatitis B and a disproportionate number will be Maori people J14 220 (106). J14 221 *# J15 001 **[309 TEXT J15**] J15 002 |^*0It is several years since vesicoureteric reflux and reflux J15 003 nephropathy were discussed in these columns [1]. ^Despite the J15 004 extent of the clinical problem the subject continues to J15 005 generate relatively little research interest when compared with J15 006 glomerulonephritis or the renal mechanisms involved in J15 007 hypertension. ^Thus advances in knowledge have been relatively J15 008 slow. J15 009 |^No one has contributed more to our understanding of the J15 010 relationship between vesicoureteric reflux and renal damage J15 011 than the late John Hodson. ^His initial description of the J15 012 radiological features of the renal damage [2] and the workshops J15 013 he organised in 1978 [3] and 1982 [4] have contributed J15 014 enormously to current knowledge of this subject. ^As a tribute J15 015 to Hodson's work a symposium was held in Melbourne in early J15 016 March 1987. J15 017 |^There has been a commendable move towards using less J15 018 invasive and more quantitative methods for assessing renal J15 019 function and structure in children. ^Although the intravenous J15 020 urogram remains the gold standard for the assessment of the J15 021 renal parenchyma there is now considerable enthusiasm for J15 022 scanning using labelled {0DMSA}. ^Some investigators [5,6] J15 023 consider the latter is more sensitive for detecting small focal J15 024 polar scars, but this has not been the experience of the J15 025 International Reflux Study in Children where 20% of kidneys J15 026 considered to have a single scar on intravenous urography had a J15 027 normal scintigram [7]. ^The {0DMSA} scan has an additional use J15 028 in enabling differential renal function to be measured. ^The J15 029 findings, however, may be difficult to interpret in patients J15 030 with bilateral renal scarring where a change in the proportion J15 031 of {0DMSA} uptake on one side over a period of time could J15 032 reflect either a deterioration in renal function in that kidney J15 033 or alternatively compensatory hypertrophy in the contralateral J15 034 kidney. ^This problem can be overcome by also measuring the J15 035 total glomerular filtration rate {0e.g.} using the single shot J15 036 *:99m**:{0Tc-DTPA} method. ^Experienced ultrasonographers using J15 037 sophisticated equipment believe that they can reliably detect J15 038 renal cortical scarring. ^The clinician, generally unskilled in J15 039 the interpretation of static ultrasound pictures must depend on J15 040 the operator's interpretation. J15 041 |^There is now considerable enthusiasm for grading the J15 042 degree of renal scarring demonstrated on intravenous urography. J15 043 ^The simple classification proposed by Smellie {0et al} [8] is J15 044 popular and allows more precise data presentation. J15 045 |^Voiding (micturating) cystourethrography remains the gold J15 046 standard for demonstrating and grading the degree of J15 047 vesicoureteric reflux. ^Nevertheless, some workers believe that J15 048 quantitative radionuclide micturating cystography [9] is a more J15 049 sensitive and reliable method of detecting reflux and J15 050 associated with a lower radiation dose than conventional J15 051 cystography. ^Certainly the radionuclide micturating cystogram J15 052 has advantages for followup studies. ^Ultrasonography of the J15 053 bladder and lower ureters by a skilled operator is able to J15 054 detect the dilating forms of reflux in infants and young J15 055 children. ^A full urodynamic evaluation of the bladder to J15 056 exclude associated bladder neck or detrusor abnormalities is J15 057 considered by some to be essential in the modern workup of a J15 058 patient with vesicoureteric reflux. J15 059 |^The original classification of the degree of J15 060 vesicoureteric reflux proposed by Rolleston {0et al} [10,11] J15 061 was of enormous value because it first drew attention to the J15 062 fact that there were different degrees of severity of reflux J15 063 and, more importantly, that those infants found to have gross J15 064 reflux under the age of one year were those most at risk of J15 065 developing renal parenchymal damage. J15 066 |^There is now strong support for a uniform classification J15 067 of the degree of vesicoureteric reflux and most investigators J15 068 are now using the international classification [12]. ^The J15 069 latter subdivides gross or grade *=III *0reflux on the J15 070 Rolleston classification [10] into three subgroups according to J15 071 the degree of dilatation of the collecting system. ^I believe J15 072 the international classification should now be adopted J15 073 throughout New Zealand. ^No classification has yet considered J15 074 the presence of intrarenal reflux [13], but this is uncommonly J15 075 seen except in very young children, and if observed should be J15 076 mentioned separately. J15 077 |^The prevalence of primary vesicoureteric reflux in Asian J15 078 countries has been difficult to assess. ^The author recently J15 079 sent a questionnaire to leading nephrologists in all Asian J15 080 countries and from the replies it seemed as if the disorder was J15 081 not frequently recognised by them. ^Even in Japan, paediatric J15 082 and adult nephrologists appeared to see little vesicoureteric J15 083 reflux and its complications. ^However, if the recently J15 084 reported experience of Ikoma and Shimada [14], urologists in J15 085 Nishinomiya, is typical then reflux is not uncommon in Japan. J15 086 ^This urology group reported details of 711 children (348 boys) J15 087 seen with primary reflux over the past 12 1/2 years. ^Of this J15 088 group of 711, 40 (5.6%) had developed proteinuria, 17 (2.3%) J15 089 renal insufficiency and 4 (0.6%) had started haemodialysis. J15 090 ^Until the end of December 1985, 303 children have had a total J15 091 of 321 renal transplants in Japan [15]. ^Of these 303 children, J15 092 15-39 (5-13%) probably had reflux nephropathy, although many of J15 093 these were listed as having chronic pyelonephritis, hypoplasia J15 094 or dysplasia. J15 095 |^Primary vesicoureteric reflux is a congenital lesion that J15 096 may be inherited as an autosomal dominant with variable J15 097 clinical expression [16]. ^Ideally, therefore the condition J15 098 should be detected shortly after birth, or even in utero. ^This J15 099 would enable patients with severe reflux to undergo early J15 100 corrective surgery and for antimicrobial prophylaxis to be J15 101 instituted early. ^No definite or reliable genetic marker has J15 102 yet been identified, but the search must continue for such a J15 103 marker. ^In the absence of a simple screening test for reflux J15 104 the policy of investigating the urinary tract of newborn J15 105 infants or children of parents or siblings with vesicoureteric J15 106 reflux or reflux nephropathy, regardless of symptoms, should be J15 107 continued. J15 108 |^Any fetus shown on ultrasonography to have a dilated J15 109 urinary tract should be reviewed within 24 hours of birth [17]. J15 110 ^Portman {0et al} [18] have shown that an increased J15 111 concentration of urinary *1\15b*0*;2**;-microglobulin J15 112 (indicating abnormal proximal renal tubular function) J15 113 correlates well with the presence of tubulointerstitial renal J15 114 lesions in children and may have promise as a screening test J15 115 for reflux. J15 116 |^Careful ultrasonography of the lower ureters in infants J15 117 can reliably detect ureteric dilatation associated with J15 118 vesicoureteric reflux [19]. ^It would clearly be impossible J15 119 to examine all newborn infants using this technique, but J15 120 ultrasonography could be of value as a screening test for those J15 121 in high risk categories. ^In search for a simple screening test J15 122 for reflux a Japanese worker [20] has advocated a simple test J15 123 that assesses the volume of urine that refluxes into the upper J15 124 urinary tract during micturition. ^Kouno [20] has shown that J15 125 healthy Japanese boys who have emptied their bladder can then J15 126 pass a mean of 7.2 \0ml of urine if asked to void a second time J15 127 three to five minutes later. ^The corresponding mean for normal J15 128 girls is 5.0 \0ml. ^In children aged 4-10 years with dilating J15 129 degrees of reflux (grade *=III-V using international J15 130 classification) the morning twice voiding test was 14-100 \0ml. J15 131 ^This test would have little value as a screening test in the J15 132 newborn. J15 133 |^The female mini-pig is the best experimental model for J15 134 vesicoureteric reflux. ^Sterile high pressure reflux in this J15 135 model has been shown to result in areas of renal J15 136 parenchymal damage occurring at the site of intrarenal reflux J15 137 [21,22]. ^A superimposed urinary tract infection increases the J15 138 rapidity and severity of scar formation. ^The monkey model has J15 139 also provided useful supporting data [23]. J15 140 |^The initial two-year followup report [24] on the J15 141 Birmingham reflux study has now been extended to 161 children J15 142 observed for two years, of whom 104 have been followed for five J15 143 years [25]. ^This study has compared operative with J15 144 nonoperative treatment of children with gross vesicoureteric J15 145 reflux. ^All children have been treated with long-term, J15 146 low-dose antimicrobial prophylaxis. ^Between the treatment J15 147 groups no significant differences have emerged in the incidence J15 148 of breakthrough urinary tract infections, glomerular filtration J15 149 rate, renal concentrating ability, renal growth, the J15 150 progression of existing scars or new scar formation. J15 151 ^Unfortunately this included relatively few children under the J15 152 age of one year and the majority of them already had renal J15 153 scarring at entry. ^The authors have concluded that neither J15 154 treatment can claim superiority, nor can they fully protect the J15 155 kidneys from further damage, and have stressed that efforts J15 156 must continue to be directed towards identifying those infants J15 157 at risk before scarring develops. J15 158 |^A London study which started in 1976 included infants J15 159 under the age of one year with bilateral gross (Rolleston J15 160 classification) vesicoureteric reflux and was designed to J15 161 compare successful antimicrobial prophylaxis with successful J15 162 antireflux surgery. ^Five year followup of 12 infants enrolled J15 163 in each group has shown a significantly higher mean glomerular J15 164 filtration rate in the surgically treated group. ^However the J15 165 mean renal function of the two groups at enrolment was not J15 166 comparable ({0J M} Smellie, personal communication). J15 167 |^The International Reflux Study in Children started in J15 168 1980 [12] and enrolment was completed in 1985 [26]. ^In the J15 169 European arm of the study 402 children were entered from eight J15 170 paediatric nephrology units, but only 142 from the eight J15 171 collaborating units in the United States of America. ^The J15 172 children entered in the study were under 11 years of age and J15 173 had grade *=III or *=IV reflux (international classification). J15 174 ^Unfortunately children with grade *=V reflux were not included J15 175 because most clinicians were agreed that this severe form of J15 176 reflux in an infant or young child warranted antireflux J15 177 surgery. ^In the European arm of the study the children had a J15 178 repeat voiding cystourethrogram three months after enrolment J15 179 and if they still had dilating reflux ({0ie}, grade *=III or J15 180 more) they were then considered to have stable reflux, entered J15 181 in the main study and randomised to either surgery or no J15 182 surgery. ^All children received antimicrobial prophylaxis. J15 183 ^This preallocation period resulted in 80 children in the J15 184 European arm being excluded because of unstable reflux. ^These J15 185 80 children are being followed as a separate group. ^Thus there J15 186 are 322 children in the European arm of the study who are now J15 187 under long term followup in the main study . ^At entry, J15 188 one-third of these children already had renal scars. J15 189 |^There was no preallocation phase in the United States arm J15 190 of the study which definitely had problems with recruitment. J15 191 ^In addition, it is difficult to explain why in this group J15 192 there were only 13 boys (9.2% of total), compared with 87 boys J15 193 (21.6% of total) in the European group. ^This difference was J15 194 statistically significant and was not explained by an older age J15 195 group of the American children. ^If the latter was true fewer J15 196 boys would be expected as they tend to present within the first J15 197 year of life. ^It has been shown recently that the risk of J15 198 urinary tract infections in boys is higher in those who are J15 199 uncircumcised [27], and it has been postulated that the J15 200 practise of widespread circumcision in America may be J15 201 responsible for the small number of boys enrolled in this J15 202 trial. J15 203 |^A prospective study is in progress in Auckland enrolling J15 204 children aged six months to 10 years with grade *=III or *=IV J15 205 reflux (international classification). ^To date over 100 J15 206 children have been randomised to either conservative treatment J15 207 or to antireflux surgery, but no followup data is yet available J15 208 (Morris and Rothwell, personal communication). J15 209 |^The South-West Pediatric Nephrology Study Group in Dallas J15 210 have a prospective study in progress to follow children with J15 211 grade *=I, *=II and *=III reflux (international J15 212 classification). ^All children will be followed for at least J15 213 five years while receiving low-dose cotrimoxazole (Arant {0BS}, J15 214 personal communication). ^This American study is similar to the J15 215 initial study by Rolleston {0et al} [10,11] but the former J15 216 includes children under the age of five years rather than just J15 217 infants and excludes those with the most severe degrees of J15 218 reflux. J15 219 **[TABLE**] J15 220 |^Although the commonest clinical presentation of J15 221 vesicoureteric reflux or reflux nephropathy is a complicating J15 222 urinary tract infection the disorder may present in several J15 223 other ways (Table 1). J15 224 |^In Australasia, and probably in other western countries, J15 225 reflux nephropathy is the commonest cause of both malignant J15 226 hypertension and endstage renal failure in children [28]. J15 227 ^Persistent proteinuria is a bad prognostic feature and J15 228 indicates a complicating glomerulopathy with the features of J15 229 focal and segmental glomerulosclerosis and hyalinosis [29,30]. J15 230 *# J16 001 **[310 TEXT J16**] J16 002 |^*4P*0aget's disease of bone is principally a disorder of J16 003 osteoclasts. ^There is excessive bone dissolution followed by J16 004 disordered reconstitution with typical radiological features of J16 005 lysis, sclerosis, a disordered trabecular pattern and an J16 006 increase in bone volume. ^Activity in individual bones can be J16 007 predominantly lytic; then mixed with an increase in bone J16 008 osteoblastic activity; and finally, on occasions, becoming J16 009 quiescent. ^A lytic area may be present for months or years and J16 010 may progress along a bone shaft, linked to a change in bone J16 011 architecture (\0fig. 1). ^The condition involves single bones, J16 012 although often at multiple sites. ^The axial skeleton (skull, J16 013 thoracic and lumbar spine, pelvis and long bones of the legs) J16 014 is particularly affected. ^Overall disease activity can be J16 015 measured with 24-hour urinary hydroxyproline levels (monitoring J16 016 osteoclastic activity) and serum alkaline phosphatase J16 017 (monitoring osteoblastic activity). ^Actively involved bone has J16 018 increased vascularity. ^Local blood flow can cause an increase J16 019 in the cardiac output, and predispose to bone pain. J16 020 |^The condition is common, possibly involving 2 to 5% of J16 021 New Zealanders over the age of 50 (Ibbertson {0et al.} 1979; J16 022 Reasbeck {0et al.} 1983). ^Studies in the United States and J16 023 United Kingdom have suggested a patchy distribution between J16 024 geographical areas. J16 025 |^Paget's disease is frequently asymptomatic; it is a J16 026 common incidental finding on x-ray or cause of a raised J16 027 alkaline phosphatase. ^Most Pagetic bones can be demonstrated J16 028 by bone scan. ^When problems occur, they can result from bone J16 029 pain, deformity, osteoarthritis in adjacent joints, fracture, J16 030 nerve compression or ischaemia. ^Very occasionally extensive J16 031 Paget's disease can contribute towards congestive heart failure J16 032 and very occasionally Pagetic bone can undergo sarcomatous J16 033 change. J16 034 |^The trigger to the altered osteoclast morphology and J16 035 increased bony activity is thought to be a viral infection of J16 036 the measles or respiratory syncytial virus types. ^Inclusion J16 037 particles suggestive of such viruses have been found in J16 038 osteoclasts in most cases in which they have been sought by J16 039 electronmicroscopy. J16 040 |^There have been several useful symposia and reviews on J16 041 the subject (Altman and Singer 1980; Hosking 1985; Ibbertson J16 042 {0et al.} 1979; Wallach 1977; Williams 1981). ^In this article J16 043 references are quoted only for information additional to these J16 044 reviews. J16 045 *<*41. Therapeutic Agents*> J16 046 |^*0The condition is readily treated, usually with a J16 047 diphosphonate, calcitonin or a combination of both. ^However, J16 048 at present, each requires a specialist prescription. ^The J16 049 current New Zealand drug cost of an average 6-month course of J16 050 etidronate disodium (the only approved diphosphonate) is about J16 051 *+$750 and of calcitonin about *+$1400. J16 052 *<1.1 Etidronate disodium*> J16 053 |^Diphosphonates (biphosphonates) are pyrophosphate-like J16 054 agents which are readily adsorbed to bone. ^The major mechanism J16 055 of action of etidronate disodium is probably through inhibition J16 056 of intracellular metabolic activities. ^However, it has poor J16 057 cellular penetration. ^It may be that osteoclasts have J16 058 increased vulnerability to the agent as they mobilise bone. J16 059 **[FIGURE**] J16 060 |^It is administered orally on an empty stomach and has a J16 061 low absorption, between 1 to 10% of the dose. ^Extracellular J16 062 fluid levels equilibrate between bone adsorption and renal J16 063 excretion. ^The usual recommended dose is 5 {0mg/kg/day}, J16 064 although 10 {0mg/kg/day} is at least as effective and probably J16 065 has no increase in toxicity in comparison with the lower dose. J16 066 ^Initial studies used doses of 20 {0mg/kg/day} for prolonged J16 067 periods but these levels were found to interfere with bone J16 068 formation, giving a form of osteomalacia and an increased J16 069 fracture rate in both Pagetic and non-Pagetic bone. ^The lower J16 070 doses do not cause this problem if courses are restricted to 6 J16 071 months or less. ^The presence of predominantly osteolytic bone J16 072 is a contraindication to beginning treatment with etidronate J16 073 disodium, in case a fracture supervenes. ^Those subjects who J16 074 have plasma alkaline phosphatase less than about 600 to 800 J16 075 {0U/L} (normal less than about 100 {0U/L}) commonly respond J16 076 with a fall in level over 3 to 6 months. ^Values often plateau J16 077 at about one-third to one-half of the initial value (\0fig. 2). J16 078 ^Many of these patients have falls to near normal levels and J16 079 experience a long term remission (Altman 1985). ^In others the J16 080 biochemistry relapses after a period of months or years (\0fig. J16 081 2). J16 082 |^There are few side effects. ^Occasionally there is mild J16 083 nausea, or an alteration in bowel habit. ^Occasionally, J16 084 especially with active Paget's disease, there can be an J16 085 increase in bone pain for a few weeks. ^Progressive bone pain J16 086 may herald a developing fracture. ^Care is also required in J16 087 subjects with clearly reduced renal function. J16 088 *<1.2 Calcitonin*> J16 089 |^Calcitonin is a peptide hormone which acts on osteoclasts J16 090 to reduce cell number and activity. ^Long term treatment J16 091 supports normal remodelling of bone. J16 092 **[FIGURE**] J16 093 |^Human, salmon and porcine preparations are available, J16 094 each administered subcutaneously. ^Salmon calcitonin is more J16 095 potent than the homologous hormone in various species. ^The J16 096 porcine form is less potent than the other forms. ^The usual J16 097 dose is 100 {0MRC} units for salmon or porcine calcitonin and J16 098 0.5 \0mg for human calcitonin. ^Salmon calcitonin can be given J16 099 daily for about 6 weeks, subsequently reducing to 3 days a J16 100 week. ^Human calcitonin may be given on a similar regimen but J16 101 should probably be continued at a daily dosage schedule until J16 102 the biochemical response has plateaued. ^At these doses there J16 103 is no proven benefit for one hormone over the other, although J16 104 formal comparisons have not been performed. J16 105 |^Calcitonin therapy has a comparable biochemical effect to J16 106 etidronate disodium, although the fall in hydroxyproline values J16 107 may not be as rapid. ^The reduction in alkaline phosphatase J16 108 again occurs particularly in the first few weeks of therapy, J16 109 with progressive change for 3 to 6 months. ^Levels fall to J16 110 about half of the initial values (\0fig. 2). ^Symptomatic J16 111 improvement is usually seen within 2 to 6 weeks. ^Relapse is J16 112 common within months of stopping therapy (\0fig. 2). ^Some J16 113 patients on human calcitonin may have a further response when J16 114 treatment is continued at increasing dose. J16 115 |^Calcitonin reduces the bone pain of Paget's disease over J16 116 days or weeks. ^In part, this is associated with a reduction in J16 117 bone vascularity. ^In addition there may be a direct analgesic J16 118 effect. ^Pain from boney metastases may also be ameliorated. J16 119 ^Calcitonin is specifically indicated with extensive lytic J16 120 Paget's disease. J16 121 |^Side effects are common on treatment, occurring in over J16 122 one-third of patients. ^Nausea is frequent, starting 30 minutes J16 123 to 2 hours after injection and sometimes persisting for several J16 124 hours. ^The nausea can be preceded by an uncomfortable facial J16 125 flushing or sweating. ^These symptoms commonly reduce after J16 126 days or weeks of therapy but may not clear completely. ^They J16 127 can be ameliorated by starting on lower doses, by using a J16 128 subcutaneous rather than an intramuscular injection and by J16 129 having the patient rest after injection *- all simple practices J16 130 which reduce the rate of absorption. ^Symptomatic therapy for J16 131 flushing ({0e.g.} clonidine) or nausea ({0e.g.} metoclopramide) J16 132 taken before an injection, can also help. ^Calcitonin also J16 133 induces a mild diuresis; this may be noticed by the patient but J16 134 rarely causes difficulties. ^There is also a reduction in J16 135 gastric acid secretion which is symptomless. J16 136 *<1.3 Mithramycin*> J16 137 |^Mithramycin is an antineoplastic agent with potent J16 138 effects on osteoclasts. ^It is given by infusion in a few daily J16 139 treatments for 5 to 10 days. ^It can produce a rapid reduction J16 140 in bone pain (within days) and a rapid and deep fall in the J16 141 biochemistry. ^There is a risk of renal, hepatic or bone marrow J16 142 toxicity which is minimal provided doses are kept at 10 J16 143 {0*1\15m*0g/kg/day}. ^Treatment is best administered on an in J16 144 patient basis with detailed supervision including renal and J16 145 liver function tests and blood counts. ^Mithramycin is usually J16 146 employed as a second-line agent in a subject with serious J16 147 problems after an inadequate response to calcitonin and J16 148 diphosphonates. J16 149 *<1.4 Combined Therapy*> J16 150 |^The effects of calcitonin are complementary to the J16 151 diphosphonates. ^The use of both agents simultaneously will J16 152 commonly reduce the alkaline phosphatase to normal over a 4- to J16 153 6-month period, even in subjects with particularly high enzyme J16 154 levels (\0fig. 2). ^Combination with mithramycin is still J16 155 experimental but in specialist units may be worth using with a J16 156 defined protocol to allow proper evaluation. J16 157 *<1.5 Other Therapies*> J16 158 |^A combination of calcium (1 \0g daily) and a thiazide J16 159 diuretic in moderate dosage has been shown to reduce Pagetic J16 160 activity, with a fall in alkaline phosphatase and frequently a J16 161 reduction in bone pain. ^It is presumed that the J16 162 diuretic-induced retention of calcium combines with the oral J16 163 load to stimulate endogenous calcitonin and/or inhibit J16 164 parathyroid hormone. ^Treatment is cheap and readily J16 165 prescribed. ^However, it rarely reduces alkaline phosphatase to J16 166 normal levels. ^While it can induce a further fall in J16 167 biochemistry after treatment with the first-line agents, it has J16 168 not yet been shown to prolong a medical remission. J16 169 |^High dose etidronate disodium, 20 {0mg/kg/day}, has been J16 170 shown to have similar biochemical effects after a monthly J16 171 course as a 5 {0mg/kg/day} course for 6 months. ^The studies J16 172 investigating this dosage regimen treated patients with J16 173 moderate disease activity and alkaline phosphatase up to about J16 174 600 {0U/L} (Gibbs {0et al.} 1986; Preston {0et al.} 1986). ^Its J16 175 place as a standard therapy has not yet been defined. J16 176 |^Calcium supplementation may be considered in patients on J16 177 treatment, particularly in those with coincidental osteopaenia J16 178 or a low calcium intake. ^Patients usually develop J16 179 hypocalciuria and a minor fall in the serum calcium during J16 180 effective treatment of Paget's disease, but this rarely causes J16 181 symptoms. ^The calcium should not be taken at the same time as J16 182 the etidronate disodium. J16 183 *<*42. Treating Pagetic Symptoms*> J16 184 *<*02.1 Bone Pain*> J16 185 |^This is the usual indication for treatment. ^Typical J16 186 Pagetic pain is a deep, diffuse, throbbing or aching, constant J16 187 pain, increasing after exercise or at night (Harinck {0et al.} J16 188 1986). ^This is not a diagnostic presentation and it can be J16 189 difficult to distinguish Pagetic symptoms from those of J16 190 degenerative disease in an adjacent joint. ^Low back and hip J16 191 pain cause particular difficulty. ^At other sites there are J16 192 often local signs of disease activity with warmth of J16 193 **[TABLE**] J16 194 the overlying skin, an increased volume in the adjacent J16 195 superficial pulses and, occasionally, bone tenderness. ^If J16 196 there is doubt as to whether pain is osteoarthritic in type, a J16 197 trial injection of lignocaine in the joint will relieve J16 198 arthritic pain for some hours without affecting a Pagetic J16 199 component. ^A trial of calcitonin therapy for up to 6 weeks is J16 200 useful *- almost all Pagetic pain will settle over this time. J16 201 ^Any new, more acute symptoms, particularly in a deformed bone, J16 202 can represent a developing pathological fracture. J16 203 |^Mild bone pain may be treated with analgesics until there J16 204 is clear progression of the disease. ^Often, however, it is J16 205 reasonable to provide either a therapeutic trial of calcitonin J16 206 or a complete course of either (or both) first-line agents. J16 207 ^Commonly the pain does not recur until well after the J16 208 biochemistry has relapsed. J16 209 *<2.2 Progressive Boney Deformity*> J16 210 |^Any deformity is generally slowly progressive over years. J16 211 ^It occurs particularly in the weight-bearing bones, the tibia J16 212 and the femur, which bend anteriorly and laterally. ^There can J16 213 also be change in the shape of the femoral neck (a relative J16 214 rise in the greater trochanter), in the pelvis (with protrusio J16 215 acetabuli) or at the base of the skull (platybasia). ^Therapy J16 216 can be expected to arrest progressive change, although this J16 217 occurs so slowly it requires some care and objective assessment J16 218 to show the effects. J16 219 *<2.3 Very Active Disease*> J16 220 |^There is a case to be made for the treatment of all J16 221 subjects whose alkaline phosphatase is greater than 1000 J16 222 {0U/L}, even in the absence of symptoms (Ibbertson 1979). ^This J16 223 is particularly so in subjects less than 50 years of age, as J16 224 they may be more at risk of complications. ^There is a good J16 225 fall in biochemistry, often into the normal range, when J16 226 calcitonin and etidronate disodium are combined in a 6-month J16 227 course. ^Such patients frequently report a nonspecific J16 228 improvement in well-being, with improved concentration or J16 229 cerebration and an improved exercise tolerance. ^Once admitted J16 230 to this treatment, intermittent courses of one or both agents J16 231 over 6 months every year may well be justified if the J16 232 biochemistry relapses. J16 233 |^It is useful to use a combined regimen in the initial J16 234 course of therapy in subjects with alkaline phosphatase values J16 235 over about 800 {0U/L}. J16 236 *# J17 001 **[311 TEXT J17**] J17 002 |^*0Adolescents are experiencing sexual relationships at an J17 003 earlier age and all too frequently this is resulting in J17 004 unplanned pregnancies. ^The contraceptive needs of adolescents J17 005 are not being met and doctors have a responsibility to improve J17 006 this important area of health care. J17 007 |^Adolescence is difficult to define. ^Taking a biological J17 008 approach, it can be said to commence at puberty but there is no J17 009 agreement on the end point. ^Socially it can be defined as the J17 010 transition period from childhood to adulthood. ^Chronologically J17 011 a {0WHO} expert committee (1965) proposed the age limits of 10 J17 012 to 20 years. ^This broad definition has been assumed in this J17 013 paper. ^Sexually, adolescence is the period of attainment of J17 014 sexual maturity and most young persons will have experienced a J17 015 sexual relationship, either heterosexual or homosexual, by the J17 016 age of 20 years. J17 017 |^A recent study (1) of 389 15-year-old girls attending J17 018 secondary school in the Hutt Valley, found 29% had already J17 019 experienced sexual intercourse at least once and 10 had been J17 020 pregnant. ^Knowledge of reproductive health was poor. ^The J17 021 condom was the most frequent method of contraception used, J17 022 followed by the pill and withdrawal. ^15% of the sexually J17 023 experienced girls used no contraception. J17 024 |^Providing contraception for adolescents raises a number J17 025 of issues. ^Is it legal? ^Is it ethical? ^Is it practical? ^This J17 026 paper discusses these issues. J17 027 *<*5Is It Legal?*> J17 028 |^*0In New Zealand it is now lawful for doctors to J17 029 prescribe contraception for under-16-year-olds (Contraception, J17 030 Sterilisation and Abortion Act 1977). ^Prior to 1977 the legal J17 031 position was unclear. ^An under-16-year-old may consent to an J17 032 abortion without parental consent, (Guardianship Amendment J17 033 1977). ^There is no legislation covering the sterilisation of J17 034 minors, nor of mentally handicapped persons, although this is J17 035 being reviewed at the present time. J17 036 |^For males there is no age of consent to heterosexual J17 037 intercourse but for females it is 16 years. ^After a stormy and J17 038 lengthy passage, the Homosexual Law Reform Act was passed in J17 039 August 1986, decriminalising homosexual acts at 16 years. J17 040 |^The age of consent to marriage for both sexes is 16 years J17 041 with parental consent and 20 years without parental consent. J17 042 ^Prior to 1933 the age of consent for females was 12 years and J17 043 for males 14 years. J17 044 |^Many doctors are unsure about the legality of providing J17 045 contraception for an under-16-year-old girl when it is clearly J17 046 unlawful for any male to be having intercourse with her. ^Is J17 047 the doctor guilty of aiding and abetting a criminal offence? J17 048 ^Providing contraception does not enable the act of intercourse J17 049 to take place, it merely protects against a possible outcome. J17 050 ^The intention of the law is to protect under-16-year-olds and J17 051 reporting an offence would be a breach of confidentiality J17 052 unless the girl required protection from incest, violence or J17 053 sexual abuse. J17 054 *<*5It May Be Legal But Is It Ethical?*> J17 055 |^Doctors providing contraceptive care for adolescents need J17 056 to be clear about legal issues in order to deal constructively J17 057 with the inevitable phone call from an angry parent who has J17 058 discovered their daughter's pills. ^*'You have no right to do J17 059 this without informing me. ^I am legally responsible for my J17 060 daughter's welfare. ^What about the rights of parents?**' J17 061 |^These are issues that were raised, in the end J17 062 unsuccessfully, by \0Mrs Gillick in the {0UK}. ^There is no J17 063 requirement to inform parents if contraception is provided for J17 064 an under-16-year-old, even if this information is demanded by J17 065 parents. ^This would be considered a breach of confidentiality J17 066 if done without the consent of the young person and would J17 067 destroy the trust of the doctor/ patient relationship. ^While J17 068 parental involvement should be encouraged, it cannot be J17 069 enforced. J17 070 |^Listening to the parent's point of view, acknowledging J17 071 the conflicts and discussing the issues fully, will in most J17 072 cases enable a satisfactory resolution to occur. ^Most parents J17 073 can understand that prevention of an unplanned pregnancy is an J17 074 important priority and it is possible to help parents to see J17 075 the issues more clearly without betraying the trust of the J17 076 adolescent. ^The parents may feel rejected because their J17 077 daughter has confided in someone else. ^They may feel guilty J17 078 because she has chosen to be sexually active *- *'^Where did we J17 079 go wrong?**' ^They may feel protective and find it difficult J17 080 not to interfere when, in their eyes, the adolescent is making J17 081 a grave mistake. ^They may feel resentful that they have so J17 082 much responsibility and so little control. ^For parents who J17 083 find reading helpful, books can be recommended (3,4). ^If the J17 084 doctor finds it difficult to act in this intermediary role, J17 085 {0e.g.} when the parents are also patients and there is a J17 086 conflict of loyalties, then the doctor should explain the J17 087 difficulty and suggest that the young person consult another J17 088 doctor or Family Planning Clinic. J17 089 |^Honesty is the best policy and this also applies in other J17 090 areas. ^I have seen patients who have been prescribed oral J17 091 contraceptive pills for menstrual problems and they have been J17 092 told that this is not for contraception. ^I have seen patients J17 093 who have been given a *'Depo-Provera**' injection without an J17 094 explanation of what this was for. J17 095 |^It is important for doctors to be aware of their own J17 096 attitudes and feelings. ^Many doctors feel uncomfortable if a J17 097 virgin asks for contraception, as if they are somehow J17 098 responsible for removing the final barrier. ^Our attitudes are J17 099 probably responsible to some extent, for the finding that first J17 100 intercourse is so frequently unprotected. ^To tell a young J17 101 woman to come back when she really needs it, may mean that she J17 102 will come back pregnant. ^If an adolescent takes the J17 103 responsible step of asking for contraception, they deserve more J17 104 than a lecture on the dangers of sex, although this must be J17 105 discussed, along with other issues. J17 106 |^Many adolescents do not understand the risks of J17 107 pregnancy, birth, abortion or the risk of contracting a J17 108 sexually transmissible infection and therefore the possibility J17 109 of impairment of future fertility or the risk of developing J17 110 carcinoma of the cervix. ^The facts must be presented so that J17 111 adolescents can make their own decisions and be responsible for J17 112 the consequences. J17 113 |^I believe that if more young people were presented with J17 114 all the facts, there would be less sexual activity and more J17 115 responsible behaviour. J17 116 |^Adolescence, however, is a time for unpredictable J17 117 behaviour as well as responsible decision-making. ^So often one J17 118 hears *'^I didn't think it would happen to me**' or *'^I knew I J17 119 was taking a risk**'. ^The consequences of behaviour cannot J17 120 always be appreciated and this depends on the level of J17 121 maturity. J17 122 |^Sometimes parents are overconcerned about the risks that J17 123 daughters may be exposed to. ^They demand that their daughter J17 124 be put on the pill for protection. ^Such requests need to be J17 125 handled sensitively but in most cases, a frank discussion about J17 126 possible situations and information on emergency methods, will J17 127 give both mother and daughter a greater sense of control. J17 128 *<*5Asking for Contraception*> J17 129 *<*4The Interview*> J17 130 |^Adolescents often feel more comfortable with a supportive J17 131 friend or relative, for the whole or part of the consultation, J17 132 especially if it is a first visit. ^A flexible approach should J17 133 be adopted depending on the circumstances. ^Boyfriends should J17 134 be made to feel welcome. ^If a mother accompanies a daughter it J17 135 is often appropriate to see them together, then separately. J17 136 |^Time needs to be spent discussing what is important for J17 137 them. ^This may include: J17 138 |_Their knowledge of the body, male and female, and how it J17 139 works J17 140 |Menstruation J17 141 |Masturbation J17 142 |Sexual relationships J17 143 |Having sexual intercourse for the first time, virginity J17 144 |Enjoying or not enjoying sexual intercourse J17 145 |Pressures to have or not have intercourse J17 146 |Their feelings and emotions J17 147 |Their relationships with boyfriends, girlfriends and J17 148 family members J17 149 |Information on sexually transmissible diseases J17 150 |^A nurse or a social worker will often have more time than J17 151 the doctor to discuss these issues and they do not need to be J17 152 done at one session! J17 153 *<*4Confidentiality*> J17 154 |^*0Adolescents need assurance that any information is J17 155 strictly confidential and will not be passed on to anyone, J17 156 including their parents, without their consent (\0fig. 1). ^If J17 157 they are under 16 years they are often confused about the law. J17 158 ^Reassurance is needed that it is quite legal to prescribe J17 159 contraception for under 16's and the doctor is only concerned J17 160 for their welfare. J17 161 *<*4The Examination*> J17 162 |^*0Many young women are anxious about having an internal J17 163 examination and doctors should be aware of ways and means of J17 164 making this a more positive experience [5]. ^Vaginal J17 165 examination can be offered at the first visit and many J17 166 appreciate the reassurance that they are normal and healthy. ^A J17 167 mirror can be offered for those interested in seeing for J17 168 themselves. ^An explanation of what is done and why, is J17 169 reassuring. ^However, examination on the first contraceptive J17 170 consultation should not be obligatory and having an examination J17 171 should not be used as a reason for withholding contraception. J17 172 ^Unless there is a particular reason for conducting an J17 173 examination, it can be deferred until a return visit, when the J17 174 young woman feels more prepared. ^This will also be done if she J17 175 is a virgin or if she is menstruating on the first visit. J17 176 *<*4Choice of Contraception*> J17 177 |^*0There is no ideal method for adolescents. ^The perfect J17 178 contraceptive would be 100% safe, free J17 179 **[TABLE**] J17 180 from side effects, readily available without the need for J17 181 medical supervision, unrelated to coitus, inexpensive and J17 182 pleasant to use. ^The choice depends on age, health, J17 183 lifestyle and frequency of intercourse. ^The advantages J17 184 and disadvantages of the various methods will determine J17 185 the choice. J17 186 |^*1Abstinence: ^*0It is often said that *'no**' is the J17 187 best contraceptive. ^While abstinence as a choice should be J17 188 encouraged, it is not without problems. ^Many adolescents find J17 189 it difficult to adhere when sexually aroused. ^Neither does it J17 190 protect the adolescent when under the influence of drugs or J17 191 alcohol or in situations of violent or sexual abuse. J17 192 ^Programmes have been developed to help adolescents say *'no**' J17 193 and postpone sexual involvement by an understanding of the J17 194 pressures in society which influence behaviour (\0fig. 2). J17 195 ^Pressures frequently result in adolescents engaging in J17 196 intercourse without enjoyment. J17 197 |^*1Sex Without Penetration: ^*0This is a variation of J17 198 abstinence. ^The many ways of sexual pleasuring other than J17 199 penile-vaginal intercourse should be presented as a positive J17 200 alternative because they will be used by all couples at some J17 201 time or another, for a variety of reasons. ^There is a J17 202 continuum of activities from holding hands, dancing, hugging, J17 203 kissing, fondling breasts, and massage to masturbation by self J17 204 or partner, oral-genital sex and the use of stimulating J17 205 devices. ^If there is close and moist apposition of the penis J17 206 and vagina, conception can occur even without full ejaculation. J17 207 ^If ejaculation occurs it is important that semen is not J17 208 deposited at the entrance to the vagina. J17 209 |^*1Condoms: ^*0These have many advantages for adolescents. J17 210 ^They are available from chemists, other retail outlets and J17 211 mail order, without the need for a doctor's visit. ^They are J17 212 easy to use and provide the best protection against sexually J17 213 transmissible infections. ^Time should be spent discussing how J17 214 to use a condom properly. ^Coloured and textured condoms may J17 215 have more appeal. ^For adolescents having irregular or J17 216 infrequent sexual relations condoms are the first choice. ^They J17 217 also allow males to share in the responsibility of J17 218 contraception. ^However, they must be put on *1every *0time, J17 219 not just most times. ^A girl may feel it is improper to be J17 220 prepared and carry condoms but she should be reassured that J17 221 this is the responsible thing to do. ^Adolescents often feel J17 222 embarrassed buying condoms, carrying condoms and using them. J17 223 ^Some young men refuse to wear them, especially if there is J17 224 anxiety about maintaining an erection. ^A first time user can J17 225 gain confidence by practising in private. ^If the condom bursts J17 226 or leaks or is not used with care, young people should know J17 227 about postcoital methods, especially the *'morning after**' J17 228 pill. ^Condoms can be used with spermicides for greater J17 229 reliability although some people do not like the messiness or J17 230 taste of spermicides. ^Some brands of condom are now available J17 231 which are spermicidally lubricated. ^A *'his**' and *'hers**' J17 232 pack of condoms and pessaries reinforces the idea of joint J17 233 responsibility. J17 234 |^*1Postcoital contraception: ^*0Yuzpe's regimen of 2 J17 235 tablets of ethinyloestradiol 0.05\0mg plus levonorgestrel J17 236 0.25\0mg followed in 12 hours by another 2 tablets, is an J17 237 effective emergency method with a failure rate of 2 to 3%. J17 238 *# J18 001 **[312 TEXT J18**] J18 002 |^*0This paper is concerned with the comparison of two J18 003 database packages *"R:base 5000**" and *"dBase *=III Plus**". J18 004 ^The reader should note the existence of *"R:base system J18 005 *=V**", a significant improvement on *"R:base 5000**". ^We are J18 006 not concerned with *"R:base System *=V**" here. ^In the J18 007 remainder of the report, *"R:base 5000**" will be refered to as J18 008 R:base, and *"dBase *=III Plus**" as dBase. J18 009 |^The comparison is considered under the following J18 010 headings: *"An Overview of the Two Packages**", *"Language J18 011 features**", *"Datatypes**", *"User Interface**", and J18 012 *"Summary**" *- a table summarising the main features of the J18 013 two packages. J18 014 |^My conclusions, briefly, are that the major advantages of J18 015 dBase over R:base appear to be its rich selection of functions, J18 016 its access to assembly language and C, and its complete control J18 017 of {0DOS} commands. ^Conversely, the advantages of R:base over J18 018 dBase are that it is easier to set up relations *- which goes J18 019 hand in hand with understandability *- and its greater range J18 020 of datatypes. J18 021 *<*2INTRODUCTION*> J18 022 |^*0A database is a collection of related information about J18 023 a subject or subjects. ^This can be stored electronically (for J18 024 example on a computer), on paper in filing cabinets, or in any J18 025 other form; for example, a crate of fruit, each of which has a J18 026 certain number of a type of bug in or on it. ^Obviously this J18 027 last method is clumsy and takes up rather a lot of space. ^If J18 028 someone were to count the number of bugs on each fruit the J18 029 information could be placed on paper and filed somewhere (in a J18 030 filing cabinet perhaps). ^Though this method is a great J18 031 improvement on our bulk storage method it is nowhere near as J18 032 efficient as our first method, that of electronic storage. J18 033 |^At this point it would be fruitful to introduce some J18 034 jargon. ^Strictly speaking, a *"database**" is a list of J18 035 information, and a *"database scheme**" is the structure J18 036 containing it, but we will refer to the database as being both. J18 037 ^The *"application**" is the database together with menus and a J18 038 program to access and manipulate the information. J18 039 |^Some concepts would also be useful. ^There are three J18 040 basic models from which databases are constructed. ^We will J18 041 discuss two of these *- Relational and Network (do not confuse J18 042 this with dBase's *2\NETWORKING, *0or multiuser capability *- J18 043 mentioned later). ^The third is Hierarchical, but we shall not J18 044 concern ourselves with it. ^A relational database stores its J18 045 data in the form of *"relations**", or tables. ^These represent J18 046 both the entities ({0ie} the table) and the relationships. J18 047 ^Networks, however, store data as separate entities and we J18 048 define links or relationships between them. ^Relational models J18 049 are much easier to understand and generally have better *"query J18 050 languages**" {0ie} complex ad hoc queries are supported. J18 051 ^Network models, however, are more efficient {0ie} searches are J18 052 faster, but generally are more difficult to understand and use, J18 053 with more restricted query languages. J18 054 |^The two packages we look at are designed for use on J18 055 microcomputers, though databases and database packages are J18 056 certainly not limited to micros. ^The major advantage that J18 057 mainframe packages, such as *2\INGRES, *0have over their micro J18 058 counterparts is that of resources, including larger memory and J18 059 more peripheral storage devices, hence much larger databases J18 060 can be supported. ^It is also common for mainframe packages to J18 061 have a *"logging**" facility or audit trail *- a record of all J18 062 changes made over a certain time period, a day say. ^Then, in J18 063 the event of a disaster such as a disk crash, any previous work J18 064 is not lost. ^It also enables the *"manager**" to keep a watch J18 065 on actions of users, {0ie} who is doing what and when. ^Note J18 066 that neither R:base nor dBase has this feature. J18 067 |^Both our databases have several facilities for data J18 068 entry. ^These include from keyboard (via a user-defined form, J18 069 or through a simple command), and from disk files (including J18 070 conversion capabilities from other databases). ^There are J18 071 certain restrictions on the format of disk files, but these can J18 072 easily be accommodated. J18 073 *<*2AN OVERVIEW OF THE TWO PACKAGES*> J18 074 |^*0Conceptually, our two databases are quite different. J18 075 ^R:base is a relational database, whereas dBase is based on J18 076 the Network model. ^R:base, hence, consists of a series of J18 077 tables together in one file (this is actually stored as three J18 078 files, but can be considered as one), each table consisting of J18 079 columns and rows. ^The relationships between tables are J18 080 implicit and are determined by columns of the same name J18 081 occurring in different tables. ^dBase however, keeps things J18 082 modular by having a file for each structure, each consisting of J18 083 records and fields, with relationships defined explicitly using J18 084 the *2{SET RELATION} *0command. J18 085 |^The different concepts greatly affect the language J18 086 structures. ^dBase is a complex language, and R:base much less J18 087 so. ^Though dBase does appear to be more powerful, R:base is J18 088 far more subtle in its abilities. ^dBase has at least two ways J18 089 of doing everything, and it is sometimes difficult to tell the J18 090 difference between commands, for example *2{RTRIM()} *0and J18 091 *2{TRIM()} *0are both described: *"^Remove trailing blanks**". J18 092 |^When working with dBase, one sets up an environment. ^If J18 093 this is to be used repeatedly, it may be saved as a view J18 094 ({.vue}) file. ^The environment includes any relationships that J18 095 have been defined, and the order in which the information is to J18 096 be accessed, {0ie} the indexing ({.ndx} file). J18 097 |^The environment also includes the contents of the work J18 098 areas. ^There are ten of these, though the tenth is used for J18 099 the catalog file which contains the list of files available to J18 100 the program. ^As a file is required, a work area is selected J18 101 and the file opened, if a file is already open in that work J18 102 area, it will automatically be closed. J18 103 |^R:base is somewhat different in that it only allows one J18 104 file to be open at one time, but this file can contain up to 40 J18 105 tables, hence the concept of work areas is meaningless. ^There J18 106 are no index files, instead, a *"*2{SORTED BY}**" *0clause is J18 107 used. ^The concept of environment is not required as J18 108 relationships are implied, not defined. J18 109 * J18 110 |^Consider our previous fruit and bug example, we may want J18 111 to store the following information: J18 112 |^*2\FRUITINF: J18 113 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 1**] J18 114 _*0crate code *- J18 115 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J18 116 a number uniquely identifying the crate being used J18 117 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J18 118 |fruit code *- J18 119 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J18 120 a number uniquely identifying the particular fruit being used J18 121 (say 4 if it was the 4th fruit to be taken out of the crate) J18 122 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J18 123 |number of bugs alive J18 124 |number of bugs found J18 125 **[END INDENTATION 1**] J18 126 |^As this is undoubtedly a part of a larger experiment, J18 127 involving several crates, another table containing the J18 128 following information may also be useful: J18 129 |^*2\CRATEINF: J18 130 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 1**] J18 131 _*0crate code J18 132 |where picked J18 133 |treatment used J18 134 |position in storage J18 135 |time in storage J18 136 |recorder *- J18 137 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J18 138 the initials, say, of the person doing the counting J18 139 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J18 140 **[END INDENTATION 1**] J18 141 |^Obviously the two tables can be related by the field J18 142 *"crate code**", and there will be several of *2\FRUITINF *0for J18 143 each of *2\CRATEINF *0(a many to one relation). ^If we find J18 144 that the proportion of live bugs is unusually high for crate J18 145 10, say, we go to *2\CRATEINF *0and look up relevant details to J18 146 try and see why, perhaps the treatment was ineffective. J18 147 |^Note that we can create more tables such as details of J18 148 treatments, *2\TREATINF; *0and details of recorders, *2\RECINF. J18 149 ^*0If we want to find, say the treatment used on crates found J18 150 to have unusually high numbers of bugs, we have to access the J18 151 three tables, *2{FRUITINF, CRATEINF}, *0and then *2\TREATINF. J18 152 ^*0In R:base, because it is based on the relational model, J18 153 this is relatively easy, using only a few statements. ^Because J18 154 dBase is based on the Network model, links must first be set up J18 155 between each of the tables before any searching can be done *- J18 156 quite a lot more work. ^Note that if another search path was to J18 157 be initiated, all the relations would have to be redefined as J18 158 only one relation is allowed per work area. J18 159 |^dBase assigns each record a number, R:base does not. ^The J18 160 use of this may not be immediately obvious, as inside a program J18 161 we are unlikely to know the value of the record we seek, but J18 162 pseudo-random reads are facilitated. ^We are able to access say J18 163 every ninth record by *2{GOTO RECNO() + 9}. ^*0However R:base J18 164 allows similar actions by use of the *"*2{WHERE COUNT...}**" J18 165 *0clause, without use of record numbers. J18 166 |^dBase's whole philosophy appears to be *"*2THINK BIG**". J18 167 *0It requires 384\0k as opposed to the minimum of 237\0k J18 168 required by R:base. ^It allows us a maximum of 1 *2BILLION J18 169 *0records per database file with a maximum of 2 *2BILLION J18 170 *0bytes. ^This kind of space is certainly not available to J18 171 floppy disk users, but in the (perhaps near) future, may be J18 172 available to compact disk users. ^R:base modestly limits the J18 173 user to the maximum allowed by {0DOS}. ^dBase's commands appear J18 174 to be oriented around these huge mythical files (see duplicates J18 175 below) with their seeming disregard for space. ^By resetting of J18 176 defaults, you can recall up to 16000 previously entered J18 177 commands *- that is approximately 640 pages! ^You are also J18 178 allowed to typeahead up to 32000 characters, this is around 16 J18 179 pages of 80 character lines *- perhaps useful if you're reading J18 180 off a peripheral device, but not many of us can type that fast! J18 181 |^When R:base reads in an external ascii data file it J18 182 expands it by approximately 1.6 times (this is an empirical J18 183 figure only). ^No equivalent testing has been done with dBase. J18 184 |^For the security conscious, dBase has no password J18 185 facility except for multiuser environments (*2\NETWORKING), J18 186 *0whereas R:base does (but does not cater for multiuser J18 187 environments). J18 188 *<*2LANGUAGE FEATURES*> J18 189 |^*0Each of our languages is obviously influenced by the J18 190 structure of the database. ^Functions and commands that dBase J18 191 relies on are not necessary in R:base, and similarly commands J18 192 and clauses indispensible in R:base are not required by dBase. J18 193 |^dBase has a number of useful mathematical functions such J18 194 as *2{ABS(),INT(),MOD(),LOG()} *0and *2{EXP()}, *0even though J18 195 it has no real *2\REAL *0datatype (see below). ^R:base does J18 196 have a properly handled *2\REAL *0data type, but virtually no J18 197 mathematical functions, just the clauses of the compute J18 198 command: *2{AVE, COUNT, MAX, MIN,} *0and *2\SUM. J18 199 |^*0As well as mathematical functions, dBase has a good J18 200 range for strings. ^These include *2{CHR()} *0for *2ASCII *0to J18 201 character conversion, *2{VAL()} *0for string to number J18 202 conversion, *2{SUBSTR()} *0etc. ^It also includes *2{RTRIM()} J18 203 *0and *2\TRIM *0which both remove trailing blanks. ^This is J18 204 necessary because of what I consider a fault in dBase. ^When a J18 205 string of length 10, say is entered into a *2\CHARACTER *0field J18 206 of length 20 say, dBase pads out the end of the string with J18 207 trailing blanks to make it up to 20 characters. ^It won't J18 208 recognise variability of string lengths. ^R:base does not have J18 209 this problem, but is frustrating in its lack of string handling J18 210 capabilities. J18 211 |^The two packages handle duplicates differently also. ^In J18 212 this, R:base appears to have the upper hand. ^R:base has the J18 213 statement *"*2{DELETE DUPLICATES}**" *0which removes all copies J18 214 of any records. ^dBase allows suppression of duplicates, but J18 215 does not have an easy facility for deletion of said. ^As we J18 216 have mentioned previously, space may be of the essence, and J18 217 hence something we will not want to waste with multiple copies J18 218 of information. ^Note, however, that once R:base contains more J18 219 than an hundred or so records, the *"*2{DELETE DUPLICATES}**" J18 220 *0command becomes frustratingly slow, and should only be used J18 221 when absolutely necessary. J18 222 |^Because dBase considers a database as a file of records, J18 223 each record is treated as an individual, with its own J18 224 record number. ^R:base, however, considers its databases as a J18 225 set of tables, each made up of rows and columns, and hence J18 226 treats the information as being grouped. ^Because of this, J18 227 R:base has easy access to whole columns, or selected portions J18 228 thereof, and with one statement can do what requires a loop and J18 229 a series of statements with dBase. J18 230 *# J19 001 **[313 TEXT J19**] J19 002 |^*0This report surveys recent work on the Inverse Problem J19 003 in saturated, single-phase reservoirs. ^After briefly outlining J19 004 some relevant historical developments, the Inverse Problem is J19 005 subdivided into the Direct Inverse Problem and the Indirect J19 006 Inverse Problem. ^The classical formulation of the Direct J19 007 Inverse Problem for steady isotropic reservoirs leads to a J19 008 linear Cauchy Problem, while a weak formulation of the Direct J19 009 Inverse Problem utilising Galerkin's method can lead to a J19 010 non-linear weighted least squares problem. J19 011 |^Some of the techniques available for treating the J19 012 Indirect Inverse Problem are the trial and error approach; J19 013 time-honoured approach; sensitivity matrix approach; J19 014 variational approach; and the maximum likelihood approach. J19 015 ^After briefly describing each of these approaches, our J19 016 conclusions are listed in the Summary. J19 017 *<*2INTRODUCTION*> J19 018 |^*0Quantitative modelling of fluid flow in porous J19 019 reservoirs began in 1856, when the French engineer Henry Darcy J19 020 investigated the flow of water in vertical homogeneous sand J19 021 filters in relation to the fountains of the city of Dijon. J19 022 ^Darcy concluded that for steady flows the volumetric flux of J19 023 water was proportional to the spatial gradient of pressure. J19 024 ^This empirical result, and its subsequent generalisations, is J19 025 referred to as Darcy's law. J19 026 |^Formulation of a transient model of unsaturated flow in J19 027 porous reservoirs was achieved in 1911 by the English physicist J19 028 Buckingham (of dimensional analysis fame), who derived a J19 029 non-linear parabolic equation which generalises the heat J19 030 equation. J19 031 |^It was noted that the equation for steady flow of water J19 032 in hydrologic reservoirs was directly analogous to the equation J19 033 for electrical potential associated with steady current flow J19 034 through a resistive medium. ^Consequently, electrical analogues J19 035 of hydrologic reservoirs were constructed, and it was deduced J19 036 reservoir parameters such as permeability or transmissivity J19 037 usually had to vary spatially across the reservoir (or aquifer) J19 038 if electrical model predictions were to match head J19 039 measurements. J19 040 |^The first attempt to derive the spatial structure of J19 041 reservoir transmissivity from head measurements is credited to J19 042 Bennett and Meyer in 1952. ^Their approach was followed by J19 043 Stallman (1956), who utilised a computer in his solution J19 044 technique. ^Numerical results showed that the inverse problem, J19 045 namely determining reservoir parameters from head measurements, J19 046 was numerically unstable. ^Stallman partially overcame this J19 047 instability problem by using larger grids, which constituted J19 048 the earliest application of regularisation to the Inverse J19 049 Problem. J19 050 |^The first theoretical treatment of the Direct Inverse J19 051 Problem occurred in 1960 by Nelson (Nelson, 1968). ^Steady J19 052 fluid flow in an isotropic aquifer was assumed, with head J19 053 measurements being assumed to be known exactly. ^This produced J19 054 a hyperbolic equation leading to a standard Cauchy problem. ^To J19 055 solve the problem, a value of transmissivity was required along J19 056 each streamline, after which the transmissivity distribution J19 057 could be determined. J19 058 |^The formal solution of this Direct Inverse Problem showed J19 059 that transmissivities depend on spatial gradients of heads, J19 060 rather than directly on the heads. ^Since in general two J19 061 functions can be arbitrarily close together, yet their J19 062 derivatives can be arbitrarily far apart, the Inverse Problem J19 063 is ill-posed in the classical sense of Hadamard (1932). J19 064 |^It is generally acknowledged by groundwater modellers J19 065 that the Inverse Problem may occasionally yield meaningless J19 066 answers, such as negative and highly oscillatory transmissivity J19 067 values. ^Sometimes it is claimed that the Inverse Problem is J19 068 hopelessly ill-posed, and hence intrinsically unsolvable. J19 069 |^The Inverse Problem is ill-posed in the sense of Hadamard J19 070 (1932), when traditional methods of solution are used. J19 071 ^According to Allison (1979,\0p. 10), Hadamard claimed that any J19 072 meaningful mathematical problem should be *"correctly posed**" J19 073 in that its solution must exist and be unique and stable with J19 074 respect to small variations in the input data. ^However, it has J19 075 been suggested that the Inverse Problems are meaningful, J19 076 although these may not have unique solutions, nor may they be J19 077 stable with respect to fluctuations in input data. J19 078 ^Essentially, the completely deterministic approach of Hadamard J19 079 must be replaced by statistical methods using random variables. J19 080 ^Whether this is so still remains to be clearly resolved. J19 081 |^During the 1980s an active research effort has been J19 082 directed towards treating the Inverse Problem. ^We review some J19 083 of the popular approaches below. J19 084 *<*2MATHEMATICAL PRELIMINARIES FOR A CONFINED AQUIFER*> J19 085 |^*0This section briefly derives the flow equations needed J19 086 in later sections. ^We shall consider saturated flows of J19 087 (single phase) water through a heterogeneous porous medium. J19 088 |^Darcy's Law is assumed to satisfy J19 089 |**[FORMULA**], J19 090 |where *1V*;a**; *0is volumetric flux of water in the *1a*0th J19 091 direction; *1k*;ab**; *0the permeability tensor; *1\15m J19 092 *0dynamic viscosity of water; *1\15r *0water density; *1g J19 093 *0gravitational acceleration; *1\15R *0fluid pressure; *1\15Z J19 094 *0is a vertical coordinate, directed vertically upwards; and J19 095 *{*1x*;b**;*0*} is a Cartesian coordinate system, with J19 096 **[FORMULA**]. J19 097 |^The equation of mass conservation is J19 098 |**[FORMULA**], J19 099 |**[FORMULA**], J19 100 |where *1c *0is water compressibility; *1\15F *0is the time J19 101 independent porosity; the summation over *1w *0refers to J19 102 summation over all wells, located at position J19 103 **[FORMULA**]; J19 104 *1\15d*/(.) *0is the three-dimensional Dirac delta function; J19 105 and *1Q*;w**;(t) *0is the volumetric discharge rate from well J19 106 *1w. J19 107 |^*0In groundwater applications it is usual to use the J19 108 hydraulic conductivity tensor, *1K*;ab**;, J19 109 |**[FORMULA**], J19 110 |*0instead of the permeability tensor, *1k*;ab**;. ^*0It is J19 111 also usual to linearise (2) by cancelling out the density term J19 112 in (2), and then to integrate vertically over the confined J19 113 aquifer so that (2) becomes J19 114 |**[FORMULA**], J19 115 |where the aquifer has thickness *1H; x *0and *1y *0are J19 116 horizontal coordinates; *1V*:+**:,V*:-**: *0denote volumetric J19 117 fluxes of water out of the upper and lower aquifer surfaces; J19 118 and *1\15d(.) *0is the two-dimensional delta function. J19 119 |^Next, if pressures are approximately hydrostatic in the J19 120 vertical, with fluid flows being primarily horizontal, we may J19 121 assume J19 122 |**[FORMULA**], J19 123 |where *1h(x,y) *0denotes the head within the aquifer, and is J19 124 defined to within an additive constant. ^Then (5) becomes J19 125 |**[FORMULA**], J19 126 |**[FORMULA**], J19 127 |**[FORMULA**], J19 128 |where J19 129 **[FORMULA**]; J19 130 *1S *0is storativity; *1T*;ij**; *0transmissivity tensor; *1i J19 131 *0and *1j *0denote horizontal indices; and we have ignored J19 132 horizontal derivatives of the aquifer thickness, *1H. J19 133 ^*0Equation (7) is a basic equation for hydrologic reservoirs. J19 134 *<*2DIRECT AND INDIRECT CLASSIFICATION OF THE INVERSE J19 135 PROBLEM*> J19 136 |^*0Reservoir parameters are parameters associated with J19 137 storativity, transmissivity, recharge (those terms in (7) J19 138 involving *1V*:+**: *0and *1V*:-**:*0), and initial and J19 139 boundary conditions. ^Existing methods for determining J19 140 reservoir parameters can be classified as either direct J19 141 methods, or indirect methods. J19 142 |^Direct methods treat the time and spatial derivatives of J19 143 head in (7) as known, which results in a relationship J19 144 connecting the reservoir parameters. ^Conversely, indirect J19 145 methods initially assume that all of the reservoir parameters J19 146 are known. ^The partial differential equation for the heads in J19 147 (7) is then solved, and after comparing the resulting model J19 148 predicted heads with field measurements of heads, new reservoir J19 149 parameters are selected which better match the available data. J19 150 ^This is shown schematically in Figure 1. J19 151 **[FIGURE**] J19 152 *<*2THE CLASSICAL DIRECT PROBLEM*> J19 153 |^*0In this section we briefly outline the classical direct J19 154 solution to the Inverse Problem for isotropic steady reservoirs J19 155 (see Nelson (1968)), which lack producing wells. ^Then (7) J19 156 becomes J19 157 |**[FORMULA**], J19 158 |where spatial gradients are horizontal gradients. J19 159 |^The characteristic equation J19 160 |**[FORMULA**] J19 161 |allows (10) to be rewritten as J19 162 |**[FORMULA**], J19 163 |and so J19 164 |**[FORMULA**]. J19 165 |^Consequently, a solution for the distribution of J19 166 transmissivities requires knowledge of transmissivities at some J19 167 point along each characteristic. J19 168 |^The characteristics in (11) are directed along the J19 169 gradients of head, and since the reservoir is assumed to be J19 170 isotropic, characteristics are streamlines. ^Positions where J19 171 *?20*1h *0is zero will not allow characteristics to enter, and J19 172 so transmissivity is not determined there. ^Note that (13) J19 173 shows the classical Inverse Problem to be well posed provided J19 174 the appropriate Cauchy data for *1T *0is defined, and provided J19 175 *?20*1h *0and *?20*:2**:*1h *0are given (and non-zero almost J19 176 everywhere). J19 177 |^The same approach applies in principle for transient J19 178 reservoirs, but then the domain of the Cauchy data may be time J19 179 dependent, which motivates the method in the next section. J19 180 *<*2WEAK FORMULATION FOR THE DIRECT PROBLEM*> J19 181 |^*0Gradients of transmissivities in the equation for the J19 182 Direct Problem show that transmissivities satisfy a first-order J19 183 equation, and so some *"boundary values**" of transmissivity J19 184 are required in the classical formulation of the Direct J19 185 Problem. ^Such values will not be available, usually, which J19 186 motivates consideration of the weak formulation of the Direct J19 187 Problem. J19 188 |^We shall assume that the reservoir is discretised using J19 189 finite elements. ^For example, a 10 node, 12 element J19 190 discretisation is shown in Figure 2. ^Triangular elements are J19 191 depicted, but this is obviously immaterial to the following J19 192 development. J19 193 |^A basis function, J19 194 **[FORMULA**] J19 195 is defined for each node, *1i. ^*0The basis function is chosen J19 196 to be unity at node *1i, *0and to decrease to zero at the outer J19 197 boundary of the elements contacting node *1i. ^\15ps*0*1*;i**; J19 198 *0is zero for all elements not in contact with node *1i. ^*0For J19 199 example, the basis function at node *1f *0in Figure 2 is J19 200 non-zero over elements 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; is unity at node *1f; J19 201 *0and is zero for elements less than number 8. J19 202 **[FIGURE**] J19 203 ^Similarly, the basis function at node *1j *0is only non-zero J19 204 over elements 4 and 5; is unity at node *1j; *0and is zero J19 205 along lines *1b-e-i. J19 206 |^*0The weak formulation for (7), utilising Galerkin's J19 207 method, is obtained by multiplying (7) by J19 208 **[FORMULA**], J19 209 for each node *1k, *0and integrating over the whole area of the J19 210 reservoir to yield J19 211 |**[FORMULA**], J19 212 |where *1\15G *0denotes the boundary of the reservoir, and J19 213 *1ds*;i**; *0is directed around the boundary. J19 214 |^Next, all unknown reservoir parameters are transferred to J19 215 the left-hand side of (14), while known parameters are moved to J19 216 the right-hand side. ^For example, suppose that *1S, T*;ij**;, J19 217 V*:+**: *0+ *1V*:-**: *0are unknown; whereas *1Q*;w**; *0is J19 218 known, and values of *1V*;i**; *0around the boundary are also J19 219 assumed to be known. ^Then, all unknown reservoir parameters J19 220 are expanded in terms of the basis functions J19 221 **[FORMULA**], J19 222 |**[FORMULA**], J19 223 |where the summation over *1l *0contains the same number of J19 224 terms as there are nodes. ^Substitution of (15) into (14) then J19 225 yields J19 226 |**[FORMULA**]. J19 227 |^By assumption, the parameters *1S*:l**: *0and J19 228 **[FORMULA**] J19 229 are time independent (being the values of storativity and J19 230 transmissivity at node *1l*0), but the parameters *1V*:l**: J19 231 *0may be time dependent, in which case (16) is indeterminant J19 232 since then there are more unknowns than equations. ^(The number J19 233 of unknowns *1V*:l**: *0precisely equals the number of J19 234 equations in (16).) ^In order to proceed, it is necessary to J19 235 reparametrise the parameters associated with *1V*:+**: *0+ J19 236 *1V*:-**:. J19 237 |^*0One possible approach is to assume that recharge (or J19 238 discharge?) occurs from leaky aquifers bounding our confined J19 239 aquifer. ^For example, if the head *1h*/ *0in the leaky region J19 240 above the aquifer satisfies J19 241 |**[FORMULA**], J19 242 |then J19 243 **[FORMULA**], J19 244 |for some function *1f*:+**:. J19 245 |^*0From (17), *1V*:+**: *0depends linearly on *1K*//l*/, J19 246 *0but non-linearly on J19 247 **[FORMULA**], J19 248 and so reparametrising the linear equation (16) can lead to J19 249 non-linear equations. ^For simplicity, we shall assume that the J19 250 recharge term can be simplified to J19 251 |**[FORMULA**], J19 252 |where the parameters *1V*/*:l**: *0are assumed to be time J19 253 independent. J19 254 |^Alternatively, if boundary conditions associated with the J19 255 boundary fluxes J19 256 **[FORMULA**] J19 257 were to be estimated, then one approach is to assume J19 258 |**[FORMULA**], J19 259 |where *1n*;i**; *0is directed along the reservoir boundary, J19 260 and *1\15a *0and *1\15b *0are assumed to be time independent. J19 261 ^The value of *1h*?7 *0may or may not be known. ^The parameters J19 262 *1\15a, \15a*0*1h*?7 *0and *1\15b *0can then be approximated by J19 263 using the finite element basis functions, J19 264 |**[FORMULA**], J19 265 |where *1l*?7 *0is summed over all boundary nodes. ^Then J19 266 |**[FORMULA**]. J19 267 |^It is always necessary, of course, that there be at least one J19 268 non-zero contribution on the right-hand side of (16). J19 269 |^Suppose there are *1N *0nodes, and (16) is defined for J19 270 *1M*/ *0distinct values of time. ^Then (16) comprises *1NM*/ J19 271 *0equations. ^The number of unknowns in (16) and (18) is *1NM, J19 272 *0where *1M *0is 3 for isotropic media (*1S, T, V*/ *0are the J19 273 reservoir parameters), and 5 for non-isotropic media (*1S, J19 274 T*;xx**;, T*;xy**;, T*;yy**;, V*/ *0are the reservoir J19 275 parameters). ^Consequently, if sufficient transient J19 276 measurements of heads are available, the reservoir parameters J19 277 can be determined. J19 278 |^From (16), storativity is associated with rates of change J19 279 in head; transmissivity with spatial gradients in head; whereas J19 280 additional parameters depend on how the recharge terms are J19 281 defined. ^In particular, if rates of change of head averaged J19 282 over each element contiguous with node *1l *0(and weighted by J19 283 **[FORMULA**]) J19 284 is zero, then it is not possible to determine storativity at J19 285 node *1l. ^*0(This seems unlikely, unless *1h *0is time J19 286 independent.) ^In general, (16) and (18) will be an J19 287 overdetermined systems**[SIC**] of equations, which can be J19 288 solved, for example, by least squares. J19 289 *# J20 001 **[314 TEXT J20**] J20 002 |^*0We wish to test a simple hypothesis against a family of J20 003 alternatives indexed by a one-dimensional parameter, *1\15TH. J20 004 ^*0We use a test derived from the corresponding family of test J20 005 statistics appropriate for the case when *1\15TH *0is given. J20 006 ^Davies (1977) introduced this problem when these test statistics J20 007 had normal distributions. ^The present paper considers the case J20 008 when their distribution is chi-squared. ^The results are applied J20 009 to the detection of a discrete frequency component of unknown J20 010 frequency in a time series. ^In addition quick methods for J20 011 finding approximate significance probabilities are given for both J20 012 the normal and chi-squared cases and applied to the two-phase J20 013 regression problem in the normal case. J20 014 *<1.*2INTRODUCTION*> J20 015 |^*0We wish to test a hypothesis in the presence of a J20 016 nuisance parameter, *1\15TH, *0which enters the model only under J20 017 the alternative. ^In other words, *1\15TH *0is meaningless under J20 018 the null hypothesis. ^Traditional methods for deriving hypothesis J20 019 tests do not work in this situation. J20 020 |^*1Example *01. ^Suppose J20 021 **[FORMULA**] J20 022 are independent normal random variables with constant known J20 023 variance, or else *1n *0is very large so the variance can be J20 024 estimated. ^Suppose under the hypothesis there is a constant J20 025 linear trend, but under the alternative the linear trend changes J20 026 at some unknown point, *1\15TH, *0but with the composite J20 027 regression line remaining continuous. ^That is there is no jump J20 028 at the point *1\15TH *0but there is a jump in the derivative. J20 029 ^This is the two-phase problem of Hinkley (1969) and the J20 030 continuous case of Hawkins (1980). ^See Worsley (1983) for a J20 031 discussion of the discontinuous case and other references. J20 032 ^Naturally, the parameter *1\15TH *0is meaningless under the J20 033 hypothesis of no change in slope. J20 034 |^*1Example *02. ^This is the same as Example 1, except that J20 035 we observe several series subject to linear trend and the J20 036 alternative is that at least one changes its trend at some J20 037 unknown time, *1\15TH. J20 038 |^Example *03. ^Here J20 039 **[FORMULA**] J20 040 are as in Example 1, except that the expectations are given by J20 041 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 042 |^The hypothesis is J20 043 **[FORMULA**] J20 044 and the alternative is that at least one of *1\15x*0*;1**; and J20 045 *1\15x*0*;2**; is nonzero. ^This corresponds to a discrete J20 046 frequency component at an unknown frequency, *1\15TH. ^*0Again J20 047 *1\15TH *0is meaningless under the hypothesis. J20 048 |^Other examples are given by Davies (1977). ^Because *1\15TH J20 049 *0cannot be estimated under the hypothesis, traditional large sample J20 050 theory is not applicable. ^However, if *1\15TH *0were known it J20 051 would be easy to find an appropriate test. ^Suppose J20 052 **[FORMULA**] J20 053 is the appropriate test statistic, with large values J20 054 corresponding to the alternative being true. ^Then the test J20 055 statistic we suggest for the case when *1\15TH *0is unknown is J20 056 |**[FORMULA**], J20 057 |where [*8L, U*0] is the range of possible values of *1\15TH. J20 058 ^*0The test would be to reject the hypothesis for large values of J20 059 *1M. ^*0Of course, J20 060 **[FORMULA**] J20 061 has to be normalized in some way, for example by having mean and J20 062 variance independent of *1\15TH *0under the null hypothesis. ^The J20 063 problem is to find the significance probability of the resulting J20 064 test. ^Davies (1977) studied the case when J20 065 **[FORMULA**] J20 066 had a normal distribution for each value of *1\15TH *0and gave a J20 067 sharp bound on the significance probability. ^This bound was J20 068 calculated from the autocorrelation function of J20 069 **[FORMULA**]. J20 070 |^One problem with this procedure is that of finding the J20 071 autocorrelation function. ^It would not usually be realistic to J20 072 do this in a *'once-off**' problem, particularly where the test J20 073 is only part of the overall analysis. ^In *?13 2 we describe a J20 074 very simple way of finding an approximation to the significance J20 075 probability from the graph of J20 076 **[FORMULA**] J20 077 itself. J20 078 |^In *?13 3 we consider the case when J20 079 **[FORMULA**] J20 080 has a chi-squared distribution rather than a normal distribution. J20 081 ^This arises when testing the hypothesis that a vector is zero J20 082 against the alternative that at least one component is nonzero. J20 083 ^Examples 2 and 3 are instances. ^We derive a bound corresponding J20 084 to that found by Davies (1977) for the normal case and an J20 085 approximation corresponding to that found in *?13 2. ^Some J20 086 properties of the chi-squared process used in this section are J20 087 derived in Appendix 1. J20 088 |^An important time series example of the chi-squared J20 089 case is Example 3. ^The appropriate test is introduced in J20 090 *?13 4. ^The derivation of the main formula is given in J20 091 Appendix 2. J20 092 |^Our significance levels are either bounds or approximations J20 093 to the bounds and it is important to know how accurate they are. J20 094 ^A series of computer simulations for Examples 1 and 3 are J20 095 reported in *?13 5. ^In most instances our methods perform very J20 096 well. J20 097 *<2. *2QUICK CALCULATION OF SIGNIFICANCE: NORMAL CASE*> J20 098 |^*0We test the hypothesis *1\15x *0= 0 against the J20 099 alternative *1\15x *0> 0 in the presence of a nuisance parameter J20 100 **[FORMULA**] J20 101 which enters the model only when *1\15x *0> 0. ^Suppose that an J20 102 appropriate test, if *1\15TH *0was known would be to reject the J20 103 hypothesis for large values of J20 104 **[FORMULA**] J20 105 where, for each *1\15TH, J20 106 **[FORMULA**] J20 107 has a standard normal distribution under the hypothesis. ^We J20 108 suppose further that J20 109 **[FORMULA**] J20 110 is continuous on [*8L, U*0] with a continuous derivative except J20 111 possibly for a finite number of jumps in the derivative, and J20 112 forms a Gaussian process. ^Davies (1977) recommends rejecting the J20 113 hypothesis for large values of (1.2) and provides the bound J20 114 |**[FORMULA**], J20 115 |where \15F denotes the cumulative normal distribution function, J20 116 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 117 |^The continuity condition given here is weaker than the one J20 118 originally given by Davies (1977); see Marcus (1977) and Sharpe J20 119 (1978). J20 120 |^In some cases it will be reasonable to calculate (2.1) J20 121 analytically. ^In others, one would prefer a quick rule for J20 122 deciding whether the result is significant. ^Let J20 123 **[FORMULA**]. J20 124 ^Then J20 125 **[FORMULA**], J20 126 so that J20 127 **[FORMULA**]. J20 128 ^Our proposal is to estimate J20 129 |**[FORMULA**] J20 130 |from the total variation J20 131 |**[FORMULA**], J20 132 |where J20 133 **[FORMULA**] J20 134 are the successive turning points of J20 135 **[FORMULA**]. J20 136 ^We presume *1n *0will be finite in practical problems. J20 137 |^Hence if *1M *0denotes the maximum of J20 138 **[FORMULA**], J20 139 then our estimate of the significance probability is J20 140 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 141 |Naturally, (2.4) is only approximate, but one would expect it to J20 142 be much better than just \15F*0(*1-M*0). ^The second term in J20 143 (2.4) will be important when J20 144 **[FORMULA**] J20 145 scans across a range of widely differing hypotheses and then J20 146 values of J20 147 **[FORMULA**] J20 148 might tend to be independent for separated values of *1\15TH. J20 149 ^*0In this case we would expect the law of large numbers to apply J20 150 so that *1V *0would give a good estimate of (2.2). ^Simulations J20 151 in *?13 5 bear this out. ^Formula (2.4) is for the one-sided J20 152 case; for the two-sided case let *1M *0denote the maximum of J20 153 **[FORMULA**] J20 154 and then double (2.4). J20 155 *<3. *2CHI-SQUARED CASE*> J20 156 |^*0We suppose that for each value of J20 157 **[FORMULA**], J20 158 the test statistic appropriate for that value of *1\15TH *0is of J20 159 the form J20 160 |**[FORMULA**], J20 161 where the J20 162 **[FORMULA**] J20 163 are continuous with continuous first derivatives, except possibly J20 164 for a finite number of jumps in the derivatives, and form a J20 165 vector Gaussian process. ^Suppose further that under the J20 166 hypothesis the J20 167 **[FORMULA**] J20 168 have zero expectations and for each *1\15TH *0the random J20 169 variables **[FORMULA**] J20 170 are independent with unit variance. ^We will say that J20 171 **[FORMULA**] J20 172 is a chi-squared process. ^This is a generalization of the J20 173 definition of Sharpe (1978). ^In vector notation J20 174 **[FORMULA**], J20 175 where J20 176 **[FORMULA**] J20 177 is the column vector composed of the J20 178 **[FORMULA**]. J20 179 ^Here and elsewhere J20 180 **[FORMULA**] J20 181 denotes the *1L*0*;2**; norm of a vector, *1Z, *0and *1Z*?7 J20 182 *0denotes the transpose of a vector or matrix. ^Let J20 183 **[FORMULA**]. J20 184 ^Then J20 185 **[FORMULA**] J20 186 and J20 187 **[FORMULA**] J20 188 are jointly normally distributed. ^Suppose that J20 189 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 190 |^Let J20 191 **[FORMULA**] J20 192 be the eigenvalues of J20 193 **[FORMULA**] J20 194 and J20 195 **[FORMULA**] J20 196 be independent centred normal random variables with variances J20 197 given by the J20 198 **[FORMULA**]. J20 199 |^Then, according to Corollary A.1 in Appendix 1, J20 200 |**[FORMULA**], J20 201 |where J20 202 |**[FORMULA**] J20 203 |and J20 204 **[FORMULA**] J20 205 denotes a chi-squared random variable with *1s *0degrees of J20 206 freedom. J20 207 |^Sharpe (1978) shows that the number of high level J20 208 upcrossings in the stationary independent case is approximately J20 209 Poisson and we would expect the same to be true here and J20 210 consequently the bound (3.2) should be sharp. ^An alternative J20 211 definition of J20 212 **[FORMULA**] J20 213 is given in Appendix 1. J20 214 |^To find the approximate form of the significance J20 215 probability, let J20 216 |**[FORMULA**], J20 217 |where J20 218 **[FORMULA**] J20 219 are the turning points of J20 220 **[FORMULA**]. J20 221 ^Let *1M *0denote the maximum of J20 222 **[FORMULA**]. J20 223 ^Then it follows from Theorem A.2 that the estimate of the J20 224 significance level corresponding to (2.4) is J20 225 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 226 |^Alternatively, {0J. R.} Harvey in a North Carolina State J20 227 University {0Ph.D.} thesis gives a number of analytic and J20 228 approximate expressions for J20 229 **[FORMULA**]. J20 230 ^One of these reduces to J20 231 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 232 |^Look at two special cases. ^Suppose all the \15l*1*;i**; *0are J20 233 all equal with common value \15l. ^Then J20 234 |**[FORMULA**], J20 235 |in agreement with Sharpe's (1978, formula (3.2)). ^If *1s *0= 2 J20 236 then, again following Harvey, J20 237 |**[FORMULA**], J20 238 |where J20 239 **[FORMULA**] J20 240 and *8E *0denotes a complete elliptic integral of the second kind J20 241 (Abramowitz & Stegun, 1972, formula (17.3.3)). J20 242 |^This ends our derivation of the extensions of the J20 243 results of Davies (1977) and *?13 2 for the chi-squared J20 244 situation. ^We now carry out some matrix manipulation which J20 245 simplifies the evaluation of the eigenvalues J20 246 **[FORMULA**] J20 247 for a class of problems which includes the time series example of J20 248 *?13 4. J20 249 |^Suppose we observe J20 250 **[FORMULA**] J20 251 denoted collectively by the column vector *1X, *0where the J20 252 *1X*;i**; *0are independently normally distributed with unit J20 253 variances and J20 254 **[FORMULA**] J20 255 and where J20 256 **[FORMULA**] J20 257 is an *1s *0x *1n *0matrix of rank *1s, *0and *1\15x *0is an J20 258 *1s*0-dimensional vector of unknown parameters. ^If *1\15TH J20 259 *0were known, the most stringent test for testing *1\15x *0= 0 J20 260 against the alternative *1\15x *0=*?11 0 rejects the hypothesis J20 261 for large values of J20 262 |**[FORMULA**], J20 263 |where J20 264 **[FORMULA**]. J20 265 ^Write J20 266 **[FORMULA**], J20 267 where J20 268 **[FORMULA**] J20 269 is an *1s *0x *1n matrix with J20 270 **[FORMULA**]. J20 271 ^Then setting J20 272 **[FORMULA**] J20 273 puts the problem in the form already discussed and identifies J20 274 **[FORMULA**] J20 275 as being a chi-squared process under the null hypothesis. ^Then J20 276 **[FORMULA**] J20 277 and so J20 278 **[FORMULA**], J20 279 **[FORMULA**], J20 280 where for simplicity we are dropping references to *1\15TH. J20 281 |^*0Write *1F *?27 G *0if matrices *1F *0and *1G *0have J20 282 the same nonzero eigenvalues. ^Note that *1FG *?27 GF *0if both J20 283 products are defined. ^Also note that *1A *0defined in (3.1) is J20 284 skew-symmetric. ^We need to find the eigenvalues of J20 285 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 286 |^Let J20 287 **[FORMULA**]. J20 288 ^Then J20 289 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 290 |^Thus J20 291 **[FORMULA**] J20 292 can be found as the nonzero eigenvalues of (3.7), (3.8) or (3.9). J20 293 ^Formula (3.9) is particularly convenient if J20 294 |**[FORMULA**] J20 295 |are all diagonal because then (3.9) reduces to J20 296 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 297 *<4. *2DETECTION OF A DISCRETE FREQUENCY COMPONENT*> J20 298 |^*0We observe J20 299 **[FORMULA**], J20 300 where the *1X*;j**; *0are independently normally distributed with J20 301 unit variances and with J20 302 |**[FORMULA**]. J20 303 |^That is, J20 304 **[FORMULA**] J20 305 is a sequence of independent standard normal variables on to J20 306 which has been superimposed a cyclic effect with period J20 307 2*1\15p/\15TH. ^*0Formula (4.1) is just a change of J20 308 parameterization of (1.1) to simplify the calculation. ^Now J20 309 suppose we wish to test the hypothesis, J20 310 **[FORMULA**], J20 311 that is, there is no frequency component, against the alternative J20 312 that at least one of *1\15x*0*;1**; and *1\15x*0*;2**; is J20 313 nonzero. ^Traditionally (Hannan, 1960, \0pp. 76-83), this problem J20 314 has been handled by looking at only the values of *1\15TH *0of J20 315 the form 2*1\15p*0*1k/n, *0for J20 316 **[FORMULA**]. J20 317 ^For these values of *1\15TH *0the corresponding values of (3.6) J20 318 will be independent and so significance levels can be calculated. J20 319 ^However a loss of power occurs if the true value falls between J20 320 these values. ^We should emphasise that we are concerned with J20 321 discrete frequency components. ^The method considered here has J20 322 little relevance to the problem of detecting peaks in the J20 323 frequency spectrum which have bandwidth greater than J20 324 2*1\15p*0*1/n *0cycles per sampling interval. J20 325 |^Now apply the theory of the previous section. ^The J20 326 matrices (3.10) are derived in Appendix 2 and all turn out to be J20 327 diagonal so (3.11) is applicable. ^Applying (3.6) and (4.1) we J20 328 find J20 329 |**[FORMULA**], J20 330 |where J20 331 **[FORMULA**]. J20 332 |^For the moment suppose J20 333 **[FORMULA**], J20 334 so that J20 335 **[FORMULA**] J20 336 is defined. ^Then it is shown in Appendix 2 that the eigenvalues J20 337 \15l*0*;1**; and \15l*0*;2**; can be expressed J20 338 |**[FORMULA**], J20 339 |where J20 340 **[FORMULA**], J20 341 **[FORMULA**], J20 342 **[FORMULA**] J20 343 to give \15l*0*;1**; and -1 to give \15l*0*;2**;. J20 344 *# J21 001 **[315 TEXT J21**] J21 002 |^*0Many bacterial groups are characterized by their J21 003 serological reactions. ^In general, when the serological J21 004 reactions between different members of a group are tested against J21 005 each other, there are some, but not many, cross-reactions. ^An J21 006 example of such a group is *1{6Escherichia coli}. J21 007 |^*0The pioneering work of Kauffmann in the 1940s first led J21 008 to the establishment of an internationally accepted serotyping J21 009 scheme for strains of *1{6\0E. coli} *0(8-11). ^While initially J21 010 only 20 different O antigens were described, the number has J21 011 subsequently increased to over 160, with new types being J21 012 described from time to time. ^The serology, chemistry, and J21 013 genetics of these were reviewed by O*?11rskov {0et al.} (14), who J21 014 brought together most of the recent studies on these antigens. J21 015 |^While *1{6\0E. coli} *0organisms are present in the bowels J21 016 of humans and most other warm-blooded animals, some types can J21 017 also cause diseases including infantile gastroenteritis, J21 018 traveler's diarrhea, and various similar illnesses of domestic J21 019 animals (18). ^In addition, nonenteric human infections including J21 020 urinary tract infections, meningitis, and wound infections have J21 021 been documented (2, 7). ^To differentiate the pathogenic types J21 022 from the nonpathogens, serotyping has been used. ^In addition, J21 023 during outbreaks, serotyping is an invaluable tool for J21 024 demonstrating the relationship between the different strains in J21 025 the environment and the infected hosts (3). J21 026 |^A streamlined method for identifying the serotype of an J21 027 unknown strain of *1{6\0E. coli} *0was sought because large costs J21 028 are involved in the production and maintenance of a serum J21 029 collection. ^If significantly less serum were used in the J21 030 serotyping process, these costs could be substantially reduced. J21 031 ^In addition, the methods currently in use are relatively J21 032 time-consuming. J21 033 |^This paper describes how a new, faster serotyping routine, J21 034 which uses on average one-fifth of the amount of serum used in J21 035 the current routine, was devised. ^The investigations which led J21 036 to the establishment of this new method and the steps which are J21 037 required to implement it for a specific serum collection are J21 038 detailed. J21 039 |^A companion paper (4) describes the implementation and J21 040 verification of this serotyping method. J21 041 *<*6MATERIALS AND METHODS*> J21 042 |^*0The current method of *1{6\0E. coli} *0identification J21 043 involves the use of pools of sera to narrow the field of possible J21 044 serogroups for the unknown strain (12; {0K. A.} Bettelheim, J21 045 {0Ph.D.} thesis, University of London, London, England, 1969). J21 046 |^*4The data. ^*0The data used were those pertaining to the J21 047 159 standard O antigens of *1{6\0E. coli} *0and the 159 rabbit J21 048 antisera raised against them which make up the *1{6\0E. coli} *0O J21 049 serum collection held at the National Health Institute, J21 050 Wellington, New Zealand. ^The levels of all possible J21 051 agglutination reactions between these 159 O antigens and their J21 052 159 antisera have been determined in extensive laboratory J21 053 experiments. ^When the result of an individual experiment was J21 054 positive, it was given as the titer of the agglutination J21 055 reaction, {0i.e.}, the highest dilution at which a positive J21 056 reaction could be detected, when the dilutions had been J21 057 successively doubled. ^The lowest level of dilution used was J21 058 1:100. ^Weaker reactions were deemed to be negative. J21 059 |^A 159-by-159 response matrix was formed with a blank for a J21 060 negative result and the reciprocal titer of the reaction for a J21 061 positive result. ^Each column of the response matrix represents J21 062 one serum, and nonblank entries are the reciprocal titer values J21 063 for reactions between that serum and each antigen which reacts in J21 064 it. ^Each row of the response matrix represents one antigen, and J21 065 nonblank entries are the reciprocal titer values for reactions J21 066 between the given antigen and each serum. ^Table 1 gives an J21 067 8-by-8 subset of the data matrix used in the early stages of the J21 068 investigation, showing the reactions of the standard antigens O1 J21 069 to O8 in the sera O1 to O8. ^This is simply the top left hand J21 070 corner of the response matrix. J21 071 |^The 159-by-159 matrix of the revised data to which our J21 072 final solution applies had the following characteristics: (**=i) J21 073 it was sparse (only 646 of the 25,281 positions were filled); J21 074 (**=ii) the leading diagonal was full; and (**=iii) it was J21 075 nonsymmetric. J21 076 |^*4Other approaches considered. ^*0Before arriving at the J21 077 final solution, I tried two other methods of analysis. ^While J21 078 these did not solve the problem, their performance in this J21 079 context is worth noting. J21 080 |^*4(**=i) Cluster analysis. ^*0The data were studied by J21 081 cluster analysis to investigate the taxonomic aspects of the J21 082 current set of *1{6\0E. coli} *0sera. ^The cluster analysis J21 083 routines available in the statistical package Genstat (19) were J21 084 used. ^Any clusters which may have emerged would not, however, J21 085 provide a basis for a simple identification scheme. ^Further J21 086 studies of taxonomic interpretations after using cluster analysis J21 087 on the *1{6\0E. coli} *0data set are in progress. J21 088 **[TABLE**] J21 089 |^*4(**=ii) Dissimilar pools. ^*0It was considered that the J21 090 current pooling method could be improved by making use of the J21 091 cross-reaction information presently ignored. J21 092 |^Consider the serum material to be divided into *1g J21 093 *0pools. ^Each pool will yield either a positive or a negative J21 094 result after incubation with the unknown strain. ^There are J21 095 2*1*:g**: *0possible outcomes of the experiment. ^If the pools J21 096 were chosen such that each of these 2*1*:g**: *0experimental J21 097 outcomes indicated a minimal set of possible antigens for the J21 098 unknown strain, serum would be saved. ^Owing to the existence of J21 099 cross-reactions, some sera could be dropped from the pools, J21 100 saving further serum. ^A program was written in Burroughs Algol J21 101 for use with a \0B6700 computer to sift through the possibilities J21 102 for pool membership. ^The 159 sera were initially assigned to *1g J21 103 *0= 8 pools in order of serum number. ^For each of the 256 J21 104 theoretically possible outcomes, the program sifted through the J21 105 data, finding (if possible) the set of antigens which could yield J21 106 the result being considered. ^The number of such possible J21 107 antigens *1n*;i**; *0was found (for *1i *0= 1 to 256). ^The J21 108 quantity J21 109 |**[FORMULA**] J21 110 |being a measure of the efficiency of the given pools J21 111 arrangement, was calculated. ^Within the program, one at a time, J21 112 sera were dropped from the pools and *1D *0was recalculated. ^If J21 113 the new value of *1D *0was less than or equal to the previous J21 114 value, the dropped serum was left out of the pools; otherwise it J21 115 was returned. ^Following the dropping procedure, an exchange J21 116 procedure was undertaken, shifting members from one pool to J21 117 another to achieve a minimum *1D. J21 118 |^*0A result was produced for 84 sera in eight pools, with J21 119 the largest endpoint for the experimental outcomes having five J21 120 members. ^Further computing yielded a solution with 85 sera in J21 121 seven pools, with the largest endpoint having only four members. J21 122 ^This was subjected to laboratory trials, but the results were J21 123 disappointing, because reactions which had not been anticipated J21 124 were appearing in mixtures. ^One possible explanation is that a J21 125 low-level reaction, perhaps present in an individual serum at J21 126 1:50 dilution, could be adding with another low-level reaction to J21 127 show a positive reaction in the 1:100 dilution mixture. ^A J21 128 further possibility could be interference of cross-reactions J21 129 between sera of which very little is known. ^In the current J21 130 pooling method, such misleading reactions were swamped by the J21 131 presence of self-titer information in one of the pools. ^There J21 132 was also the possibility of some inaccuracies in the data set, J21 133 since the data had been gathered over a number of years and J21 134 different operators had been used at different times. ^The method J21 135 did not, however, look sufficiently promising to justify J21 136 retesting all the sera against all the antigens at this stage. J21 137 |^*4The approach used. ^*0The problems encountered with J21 138 pools would be avoided by testing the unknown strain against J21 139 individual sera. ^Therefore, I sought a method to find the sera J21 140 which had the most information to discriminate amongst the J21 141 antigens. ^Positive use could be made of the cross-reaction J21 142 information which has until now been considered a major source of J21 143 difficulty in such studies. J21 144 |^The serotyping process can be considered a taxonomic J21 145 identification process, in which the antigens are the taxa and J21 146 the tests comprise observations of agglutination reactions in the J21 147 sera. ^The 159 sera are the reagents, and the serological J21 148 reactions are the test results. ^Several computer programs have J21 149 been devised for constructing diagnostic keys to taxa (6, 13, 15- J21 150 17). ^The program Genkey (17) is a computer program for J21 151 constructing and printing diagnostic keys and tables. ^Genkey was J21 152 chosen for further investigation because it allowed a great deal J21 153 of flexibility. J21 154 |^Genkey can classify responses to tests as positive, J21 155 negative, not applicable, and variable. ^In this study, there J21 156 were no not-applicable tests. ^Low-level reactions (100 and 200 J21 157 reciprocal titer) were defined as variable. ^Reactions with J21 158 reciprocal titers of 400 and greater were considered definitely J21 159 positive. ^In the application of Genkey to the identification of J21 160 the yeasts (1), the response matrix had 14,520 definitely J21 161 positive responses out of a total of 45,493. ^Our response matrix J21 162 had only 329 definitely positive responses out of 25,281 test J21 163 results. ^Table 2 gives a comparison of the two data sets in J21 164 terms of the response matrices. ^Thus, given the nature of the J21 165 data set, it was considered unlikely that the Genkey approach J21 166 alone would solve the problem. ^It would, however, provide a J21 167 starting point. J21 168 |^The program selects a sequence of tests which divide the J21 169 data into subsets successively until the subsets each contain J21 170 only one taxon or until all the tests have been used. ^The best J21 171 test is taken as that with a minimum value of some selection J21 172 criterion function (16). J21 173 |^A number of such functions are provided in the Genkey J21 174 program. ^Because unequal input probabilities were being used, J21 175 the appropriate selection criterion function was the Shannon J21 176 entropy criterion function given by the following equation: J21 177 |**[FORMULA**] J21 178 |where the current subset is considered to be numbered from 1 to J21 179 *1m, n *0is the number of levels of the test, and *1p*;ij**; *0= J21 180 *1s*;i**;q*;ij**;, J21 181 **[TABLE**] J21 182 **[FIGURE**] J21 183 *0where *1s*;i**; *0is the probability that a specimen at that J21 184 node belongs to taxon *1i *0and *1q*;ij**; *0is the probability J21 185 that a specimen of taxon *1i *0would give response *1j *0to the J21 186 test. ^This is the expected entropy of the probabilities of the J21 187 taxa after the test has been used. J21 188 |^A pilot study was done by using Genkey to construct a J21 189 diagnostic key to the 8-by-8 subset of the response matrix given J21 190 in Table 1. ^Reactions with reciprocal titers of 100 were assumed J21 191 to be 50% repeatable. ^Reactions with reciprocal titers of 200 J21 192 were assumed to be 75% repeatable. ^The resulting key, as J21 193 produced by Genkey, is shown in \0Fig. 1a. ^A binary tree diagram J21 194 of the same information is given in \0Fig. 1b. J21 195 |^Since each test requires 24 \0h of elapsed time, J21 196 sequential testing would not be appropriate in this application. J21 197 ^However, the information given in this key can be presented as a J21 198 table giving all possible reactions of the data to the test sera. J21 199 ^The tests can then all be performed at once, and the results can J21 200 be compared with the entries in the table to find the J21 201 corresponding endpoint. ^In keeping with standard practice, all J21 202 identifications are then confirmed by direct titration. ^To J21 203 illustrate this, Table 3 is the diagnostic table for the pilot J21 204 study data. ^Note that the third pattern from the top in this J21 205 table has two serogroups associated with it. ^In the case for J21 206 which the diagnostic table indicates two possible serogroups, two J21 207 direct titrations are required for the final identification. J21 208 |^Laboratory trials were performed to identify samples of J21 209 *1{6\0E. coli} *0antigens O1 to O8 by using the pilot study J21 210 diagnostic table given in Table 3. ^To use this table, the line J21 211 which gives J21 212 **[TABLE**] J21 213 the exact pattern of positive and negative reactions obtained by J21 214 the unknown strain in the test sera is located. ^This line then J21 215 provides the possible serogroup(s). ^Once the possible antigen or J21 216 antigens for the unknown strain have been ascertained from the J21 217 table, direct titration(s) of the unknown strain against the J21 218 serum or sera corresponding to the antigen(s) indicated by the J21 219 diagnostic table are performed. ^This was done on a set of known J21 220 strains which had been stripped of their true identity. ^In all J21 221 cases, the diagnostic table pointed correctly to the one (or two) J21 222 possible antigen(s). J21 223 *# J22 001 **[316 TEXT J22**] J22 002 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J22 003 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J22 004 |^*0Sexual problems, too, are largely defined in male J22 005 terms. ^Failure to arouse the woman to orgasm during J22 006 intercourse is seen as a problem, either because of *"premature J22 007 ejaculation**" in the male or because the woman is *"frigid**". J22 008 ^Many *"sexual problems**" would simply disappear if J22 009 stereotypes about what is a good sexual performance disappeared J22 010 and were replaced by more realistic ideas based on an J22 011 understanding of female sexuality. ^Some sex therapies J22 012 unfortunately still have stereotyped goals. ^Women sex J22 013 therapists, though, usually place a high importance on *1owning J22 014 your own sexuality *0as a precondition for developing a more J22 015 active, fulfilling sexuality. ^Sexual experience is about your J22 016 own feelings, it is not just something someone else does to J22 017 you. ^Women who have never orgasmed may have never learned to J22 018 take control of their own sexuality. ^Many women who never J22 019 orgasm have never masturbated, and if they learn to overcome J22 020 feelings of guilt or distaste at the idea and teach themselves J22 021 to masturbate, then they can teach someone else to make love J22 022 with them. J22 023 |^Learning to communicate with your partner is also J22 024 important for a satisfying sex life. ^Your partner does not J22 025 know what you like until you tell him or her. ^Also, learning J22 026 to communicate your own expectations is important. ^It is not J22 027 your partner's responsibility to give you an orgasm; if you J22 028 want one, it is up to you to help make it happen. ^Many men J22 029 take all the credit for their partner's orgasm and feel J22 030 inadequate if it does not happen. ^This results in a power J22 031 imbalance in the relationship where the woman has little J22 032 control over how the sex goes. J22 033 |^Many sexual relationships are, or become, unfulfilling J22 034 because of lack of trust. ^The chapter on violence towards J22 035 women documented male attitudes towards women as property. ^It J22 036 is impossible to have a good sexual relationship with a man who J22 037 rapes you; and it is hard to maintain sexual feelings for J22 038 someone when they are always pressuring you to have sex with J22 039 them. ^Women are not objects there for men to use and are under J22 040 no obligation to have sex with a man, even if he is their J22 041 husband. ^To have sex out of obligation helps kill sexual J22 042 feelings. J22 043 |^Some of the books on sex described in the resource list J22 044 at the end of this book contain exercises on sexuality. ^To J22 045 improve a sexual relationship and to learn better communication J22 046 skills it is often good to spend a while with your partner J22 047 learning to touch each other without having sexual intercourse, J22 048 through massage and *"sensate focus**", which involves J22 049 concentrating on the sensations of the moment and not having to J22 050 worry about performance. ^This can remove anxieties which have J22 051 built up around sexual intercourse and orgasm. ^Some of these J22 052 books also teach you how to explore sexuality on your own. ^To J22 053 end with Sheila Kitzinger again: *"^Each woman has a right to J22 054 define her own sexual identity and the nature of her sexual J22 055 fulfilment.**" J22 056 **[END INDENTATION**] J22 057 *<*1Women's friendships*> J22 058 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J22 059 |^*0Women's friendships tend to be undervalued in New Zealand J22 060 society. ^Men have *"mates**" and the virtues of *"mateship**" J22 061 are extolled, but women in groups are often referred to J22 062 contemptuously: a hen party does not have quite the same ring J22 063 to it as a stag party. ^Women are said to gossip, or yack, and J22 064 their conversations are ridiculed. J22 065 |^Our needs for intimacy are expected to be met by a J22 066 husband or boyfriend; at least that is the ideal presented to J22 067 us. ^Becoming part of a couple, a woman may leave many of her J22 068 woman friends behind, especially if her partner does not like J22 069 them, and may instead start socialising with other couples. J22 070 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 1**] J22 071 |^Jennifer Crichton, an American college student, writes about J22 072 her chief romantic notion: J22 073 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J22 074 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J22 075 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J22 076 **[END INDENTATION 1**] J22 077 |^Women's friendships have not always been undervalued. ^In J22 078 earlier days it was expected that women would be close to each J22 079 other, especially to their sisters and to women friends of the J22 080 family. ^Research into women's lives in the nineteenth century J22 081 has emphasised the importance of friendship. ^We know most J22 082 about the personal lives of middle-class women because they J22 083 were more likely than others to keep diaries, write letters, J22 084 and write fiction which preserved their own attitudes. ^The J22 085 intimacy and warmth of their letters to women friends is J22 086 noticeable. ^Many women had romantic feelings for their friends J22 087 and in an age when women's sexuality was often denied, the idea J22 088 that romantic friendships might have a sexual component did J22 089 not, as far as we know, arise. ^Women freely described hugging J22 090 and kissing each other, and it was not unusual for the husband J22 091 to remove himself to another room for the night when the wife's J22 092 best friend came to stay so that the two of them could sleep J22 093 together. ^The ideals of marriage then were different from now. J22 094 ^Arranged marriages were the norm, and these were more formal J22 095 and based less on notions of equality, love, and friendship J22 096 than they are today. ^It was only in the twentieth century that J22 097 romantic ideals surrounding marriage became so universally J22 098 popular. ^Arranged marriages may have functioned in many J22 099 respects just as well as marriages based on romantic love J22 100 because not so much was expected of them *- there were fewer J22 101 ideals to shatter. J22 102 |^Some women have always valued friendships with other J22 103 women, even when these friendships have been downgraded by J22 104 society and the ideal was to seek everything in a husband. J22 105 ^Especially for the woman working at home alone with her J22 106 children in her house in the suburbs during the day, J22 107 friendships with other women have at times been life-saving. J22 108 ^Today, many women are re-experiencing the value of friendships J22 109 with women. J22 110 |^Friends are valuable for your mental health, as the J22 111 literature on loneliness showed. ^Yet how often do we see J22 112 advice on making and keeping women friends, compared with the J22 113 amount of material that is written about sexual relationships? J22 114 ^Indeed, we usually use the word *"relationship**" to indicate J22 115 a sexual relationship, which seems to imply that friendships J22 116 are not really relationships. J22 117 |^Some writers on the psychology of women (such as Jessie J22 118 Bernard, Jean Baker Miller and Carol Gilligan) have pointed to J22 119 the ways in which friendships between women differ from those J22 120 between men. ^Women's greater capacity for showing intimacy has J22 121 already been mentioned, and they bring this capacity to their J22 122 friendships. ^Jessie Bernard maintains that many women suffer J22 123 from *"relational deficit**", that is, their needs for intimacy J22 124 are not fully met because their relationships with men are J22 125 mostly a poor substitute for the richness and intimacy of J22 126 friendships with women. ^Men are not as good as women at J22 127 offering emotional support or expressing affection. ^She cites J22 128 a study which showed that about one-third of husbands responded J22 129 to their wives expressing feelings of stress by criticising, J22 130 rejecting, saying that the problems were unimportant, or J22 131 listening passively; another common tactic was to give advice J22 132 of the *"forget about it**" sort *- all unhelpful responses. J22 133 |^Jean Baker Miller argues that our Western society has J22 134 placed an undue emphasis on male styles of relating, and this J22 135 has led, not only to women's friendships being undervalued, but J22 136 also to men's intimacy needs being unfulfilled and to problems J22 137 of male aggression and striving for power. ^She says: J22 138 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J22 139 **[END INDENTATION**] J22 140 *<*1Lesbian sexuality and relationships*> J22 141 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J22 142 *<*2HOMOPHOBIA*> J22 143 |^*0Lesbian relationships are widely disapproved of in our J22 144 society. ^The strength of feeling against homosexuality became J22 145 evident during the 1985-86 debate on the Homosexual Law Reform J22 146 Bill. ^Although most of the Bill's provisions concerned male J22 147 homosexual activities, the clause (now lost) which would make J22 148 it illegal to discriminate in various ways against lesbians and J22 149 gay men on grounds of sexual preference has meant that lesbian J22 150 issues have been aired as well as issues concerning male J22 151 homosexuality. J22 152 |^Homophobia, or the irrational hatred of homosexuality, is J22 153 rooted in traditional social prohibitions. ^Ours is a society J22 154 where heterosexuality is virtually compulsory. ^A young teenage J22 155 woman is expected to start showing an interest in men, though J22 156 too much, as well as too little, is frowned on. ^She learns J22 157 that she is expected to marry, and women who do not marry are J22 158 often thought of as inadequate or still childish in some way. J22 159 ^Not every woman is expected to engage in heterosexual J22 160 activity; certain groups of women are excused but tend to be J22 161 pitied (for example, widows, nuns, and *"spinsters**") because J22 162 it is assumed that they have heterosexual feelings which they J22 163 repress, perhaps having failed to find anyone to express them J22 164 with. J22 165 |^Homophobia, where it is strongly felt, is probably J22 166 rooted in a person's inability to cope with their own J22 167 sexuality. ^Sexual feelings towards a member of our own sex are J22 168 extremely common, and many women find it threatening to J22 169 acknowledge them in themselves. J22 170 |^Psychologists and psychiatrists in the past wrote much J22 171 about homosexuality from an uninformed and prejudiced J22 172 perspective since, being people of their own era, they shared J22 173 social prejudices against homosexuality. ^These professionals J22 174 gained a distorted view since they did not see the average J22 175 homosexual person, but those who were sent unwillingly by J22 176 parents or courts and so on to be *"cured**" and those who J22 177 sought help because of their own distress at recognising how J22 178 socially unacceptable their sexuality was. ^Also, homosexual J22 179 clients who came to therapists with many ordinary problems of J22 180 living had these problems attributed to their homosexuality. J22 181 ^The common view used to be that homosexuality was a neurosis, J22 182 which may have been a faint improvement on the older idea that J22 183 it was just plain evil. J22 184 |^But over the years mental health professionals' attitudes J22 185 have changed and now most investigators of human behaviour J22 186 acknowledge that homosexuality is just as natural as J22 187 heterosexuality and that lesbians and gay men are just as J22 188 mentally healthy as heterosexuals. ^Gay rights activists have J22 189 played an important role in criticising traditional attitudes J22 190 of therapists, but unfortunately there is still a long way to J22 191 go, especially with some die-hards. J22 192 *<*2SEXUAL IDENTITY*> J22 193 |^*0Sexual identity is a complex and individual matter. ^Alfred J22 194 Kinsey, the American biologist who conducted comprehensive J22 195 surveys of the sexual behaviour of ordinary people during the J22 196 1940s, popularised the idea that women's and men's sexual J22 197 preferences lie on a continuum, from the people who are J22 198 entirely heterosexual to the people who are entirely J22 199 homosexual. ^Most people are somewhere between the two J22 200 extremes. ^Most heterosexual women can remember having some J22 201 sexual feelings towards women, perhaps in dreams or fantasies J22 202 or towards a real person. ^Many women who are usually J22 203 heterosexual have had occasional sexual experiences with women. J22 204 ^On the other hand, many lesbian women have had heterosexual J22 205 experiences, although in a lot of cases, these occurred because J22 206 the woman refused to accept her own sexuality and thought she J22 207 should give heterosexuality a go (or sometimes as a result of J22 208 rape). J22 209 |^Kinsey's continuum acknowledges, from a sound basis in J22 210 research, how ordinary and normal homosexual feelings and J22 211 behaviours are. ^Where it can be criticised is in its J22 212 implication that people are somehow fixed at one particular J22 213 point on the continuum. ^This may be more true for male sexual J22 214 than for female sexual behaviour, and of course most theories J22 215 about psychology are devised by men and have men in mind. ^For J22 216 women, this fixed continuum does not seem to fit, because J22 217 sexual preferences seem to change over time. ^Some have had J22 218 lesbian feelings as far back as they can remember and have J22 219 never shown any interest in sexual relationships with men. J22 220 ^Other lesbian women have always known that they were J22 221 different, but refused to acknowledge their lesbianism and went J22 222 ahead and got married, only to realise that they had made a big J22 223 mistake. ^Other lesbian women have enjoyed heterosexual J22 224 experiences in the past and then have decided that, although J22 225 both can be appealing, lesbian sexuality feels best to them. J22 226 ^Some women choose to become lesbians because they have a J22 227 strong feminist commitment to building close ties to women and J22 228 they feel that heterosexual women put their first loyalties J22 229 with men. J22 230 |^The interesting thing is that some lesbian women feel J22 231 that they made a choice about their sexual preference and some J22 232 lesbian women feel that they had no choice at all. J22 233 *# J23 001 **[317 TEXT J23**] J23 002 |^*4Abstract: ^*0Personnel practitioners use a variety of methods J23 003 to improve the accuracy of selection decisions amongst which the J23 004 weighted application form is one of the best available. J23 005 ^Predictive studies using application form information involve J23 006 either differential item weighting, which ignores relationships J23 007 between items, or multivariate techniques, which weight items J23 008 according to the unique contribution they make to prediction. ^In J23 009 the absence of evidence indicating which approach is better, the J23 010 present study compared the efficiency of the horizontal percent J23 011 method and linear discriminant analysis in an applied setting. J23 012 ^Application forms completed by 159 nurse trainees were weighted J23 013 using both methods to predict success in the first year of a J23 014 training course leading to comprehensive registration. ^Results J23 015 showed that linear discriminant analysis was more accurate than J23 016 the horizontal percent method in classifying cases in the J23 017 validation sample, but on cross validation there was no J23 018 significant difference in classification accuracy. J23 019 *<*4Introduction*> J23 020 |^*0Selecting the right person for a particular job means making J23 021 decisions about people. ^The task is to decide who of those J23 022 available for a position best suit organizational requirements. J23 023 ^To improve the accuracy of selection decisions, personnel J23 024 practitioners use a variety of approaches such as psychological J23 025 tests, reference reports, and the interview, usually in addition J23 026 to an application form. J23 027 |^The application form can act as a screening device, J23 028 providing information to determine whether applicants meet J23 029 minimum hiring requirements. ^It gives a biographical picture J23 030 which can act as a supplement to and as preparation for an J23 031 interview, and it is able to provide biographical data which can J23 032 be weighted and combined to predict some form of job success. J23 033 |^The weighted application form literature is extensive, J23 034 involving a wide range of occupations from unskilled to J23 035 professional workers, part-time and full-time positions in a wide J23 036 range of occupational settings ({0e.g.}, Biersner & Ryman, 1974; J23 037 Cascio, 1976; Colson, 1977). ^When compared to other selection J23 038 tools such as interviews and psychological tests, research J23 039 suggests weighted application forms are better predictors of J23 040 tenure (Muchinsky & Tuttle, 1979) and job performance (Tenopyr & J23 041 Oeltjen, 1982). ^Reilly and Chao (1982) reported a range of J23 042 cross-validated coefficients for five types of criteria (tenure, J23 043 training, ratings, productivity, and salary) between .32 and .46 J23 044 with an average over all criteria and occupations of .35. J23 045 |^The methods used to weight application form information J23 046 are many and varied (Freeburg, 1967). ^Earlier differential J23 047 weighting approaches such as the horizontal percent method J23 048 ({0HPM}) and correlational analysis weight items individually J23 049 without considering other items on the form. ^{0HPM} as described J23 050 by England (1961) involves a comparison of each item on the J23 051 application form with the criterion. ^If a difference in the type J23 052 of response between past successful and unsuccessful job holders J23 053 is noted, a weight relative to the percentage difference is J23 054 applied to that item. ^An applicant's score is obtained by the J23 055 summing of scores on all items. ^This approach does not make any J23 056 assumptions about the linearity of the items used nor does it J23 057 take into account the relationship between items. ^Correlational J23 058 weighting has also been used and involves assigning weights on J23 059 the basis of item criterion correlations. ^Another method of J23 060 weighting application forms is rare response scoring, an approach J23 061 common in clinical diagnostic instruments (Telenson, Alexander, & J23 062 Barrett, 1983). ^Weights are assigned to items based on the J23 063 frequency with which they are responded to by the sample of J23 064 applicants being studied. ^The less often responses to an item J23 065 are made, the greater the weight assigned. ^The rare response J23 066 technique was superior to other methods, but the group (\0N = 35) J23 067 used to develop the criterion-related keys *"was not large enough J23 068 to produce stable weights and this is one likely reason for their J23 069 failure to validate**" (Telenson, {0et al.}, 1983, \0p. 79). J23 070 |^Weighting methods which explore between item and J23 071 item-criterion relationships typically involve multivariate J23 072 analysis. ^Linear discriminate function ({0LDF}) analysis and J23 073 multiple regression are used most often. ^Although these J23 074 multivariate techniques are statistically similar, their aims are J23 075 slightly different. ^Regression analysis is designed to predict a J23 076 position on a criterion scale whereas {0LDF} is used to classify J23 077 cases into categories. ^As selection decisions essentially J23 078 involve separating applicants into successful and unsuccessful J23 079 groups, the classification function of {0LDF} is particularly J23 080 useful. ^Its objective is to weight and linearly combine a set of J23 081 variables so the criterion groups are as statistically distinct J23 082 as possible (Klecka, 1984). ^{0LDF} procedures give statistical J23 083 descriptions of the discriminating power of the function, J23 084 describing which independent variables are being used and what J23 085 contribution they are making. ^Once a function has been formed it J23 086 can be used to classify both the cases used in the analysis and J23 087 new cases. ^The efficiency of classification is a further J23 088 indication of the function's usefulness. ^In comparison to {0HPM} J23 089 and correlational approaches, {0LDF} optimally weights each J23 090 discriminating variable according to its unique contribution to J23 091 separation of successful and unsuccessful groups. ^Each item is J23 092 considered in terms of its relationship with the criterion and J23 093 other items. ^Those items which offer redundant information are J23 094 discarded. J23 095 |^As there are substantial differences between weighting J23 096 approaches it seems both the predictive efficiency and the J23 097 descriptive information gained in an application form study may J23 098 be dependent on the weighting methodology used. ^Research appears J23 099 to offer little in the way of comparative investigation. ^Results J23 100 obtained through various approaches are assumed equivalent in J23 101 both efficiency and nature. ^Only two studies of those reviewed J23 102 considered different weighting methods. ^One was based on a J23 103 sample which was too small to give stable cross-validation J23 104 results (Telenson {0et al.}, 1983), the other was in the form of J23 105 a pilot study with only a conclusion and no results reported J23 106 (Sands, 1978). ^While the predictive value of weighted J23 107 application form information is generally accepted, investigation J23 108 of the best way of weighting this information has been neglected. J23 109 |^The aim of the present study is to investigate the J23 110 comparative utility of weighting methods. ^Two approaches were J23 111 chosen. ^First, {0HPM} was used as the most common of the J23 112 traditional weighting methods which ignore inter-item J23 113 relationships. ^It has been used extensively in applied settings J23 114 (Owens, 1976), is well described, and the procedures applied J23 115 consistently compared to the confusing range of approaches using J23 116 correlational analysis. ^The second method chosen was {0LDF}. ^It J23 117 is an appropriate multivariate technique as it predicts J23 118 membership of categories (successful, unsuccessful) as in J23 119 personnel selection decisions (Sands, 1978). J23 120 |^The present investigation was to be carried out using a J23 121 nurse-training program. ^The head of a polytechnic nurse training J23 122 department wished to develop a weighted application form for J23 123 student selection. ^As most students who dropped out of the J23 124 course did so in the first year, successful completion of year J23 125 one was used as a criterion. ^Given the statistical efficiency J23 126 with which {0LDF} utilizes available variance, the present J23 127 comparative study was based on the following hypothesis. J23 128 ^Application form data weighted using {0LDF} will classify J23 129 selected and unselected cases more accurately than those when the J23 130 same data is weighted using the {0HPM}. J23 131 *<*4Method*> J23 132 *<*1Subjects*> J23 133 |^*0Subjects were 159 student nurses admitted to a three-year J23 134 comprehensive nurse training program at a polytechnic in New J23 135 Zealand. ^Ages ranged from 17 to 47 years with 80% of the J23 136 subjects falling into the 16 to 19-year-old age group. ^Four were J23 137 male, 155 were female. J23 138 *<*1Materials*> J23 139 |*01. ^The application form was filled out by people applying to J23 140 the comprehensive nursing course. ^The form required J23 141 biographical, educational, and health-related information as well J23 142 as responses to general questions on nursing. J23 143 |2. ^A coding form developed by polytechnic staff was used to J23 144 categorize application form items. ^The form assigned numbers to J23 145 each level of each item, so allowing statistical analysis of the J23 146 information. J23 147 *<*1Procedure*> J23 148 |^*0The criterion measure consisted of two categories, J23 149 unsuccessful and successful. ^Successful cases were those who J23 150 completed all course and practical requirements successfully in J23 151 year one of the Comprehensive Nursing Course and were eligible to J23 152 begin year two. ^Unsuccessful cases were those who had failed J23 153 these requirements during their first year and were not eligible J23 154 to begin year two of the course. J23 155 |^The head of the nursing department at the polytechnic from J23 156 which the cases were drawn was asked, based on her experience, to J23 157 nominate those application form items she felt would show a J23 158 difference between successful and unsuccessful first-year J23 159 students. ^This was done to reduce the number of variables used J23 160 in the analysis as a ratio of five subjects per variable is J23 161 suggested as appropriate for multivariate analysis (Gorsuch, J23 162 **[TABLE**] J23 163 1974; Kerlinger & Pedhazur, 1973). ^To use the full set of 84 J23 164 items contained in the application form would have required a J23 165 sample far larger than that available. ^The 19 items nominated J23 166 formed the set of variables used in the analyses to create the J23 167 weighted application forms (Table 1). ^Application form data was J23 168 coded using the nursing department coding form. J23 169 |^Subjects were randomly allocated to two groups, a J23 170 validation sample of 108 subjects and a cross-validation sample J23 171 of 51 subjects. ^Of the 108 in the validation sample 93 (86%) J23 172 were successful cases and 15 (14%) were unsuccessful. ^In the J23 173 cross-validation sample 42 (82%) cases were successful and 9 J23 174 (18%) cases unsuccessful. ^The {0HPM} weights and the {0LDF} J23 175 weights developed on the first sample will be applied to the J23 176 second. ^This procedure will give an indication of the accuracy J23 177 with which the weighting procedures can predict group membership. J23 178 *<*1Weighting*> J23 179 |^*0Before applying {0HPM} weighting procedures the response J23 180 categories of all items were examined. ^Items 1, 8 and 13 (Table J23 181 1) each had a large number of categories which when J23 182 cross-tabulated resulted in many empty cells. ^Such a lack of J23 183 data does not allow a weight to be calculated for a particular J23 184 category so no weight can be allocated on that item for J23 185 individuals who exhibit that characteristic. ^To avoid this J23 186 problem England (1971) suggests either combining weighting groups J23 187 into classes with approximately equal numbers of individuals in J23 188 each class (method of equal frequency), dividing the continuous J23 189 variable into equal intervals (method of equal intervals), or J23 190 depending on the responses or scores, dividing the item into J23 191 broad categories that are meaningful (method of maximum weight J23 192 classes). J23 193 |^Yearly age categories in item one for the first four year J23 194 groups were retained while the remaining 20% of the sample were J23 195 combined into two categories. ^This use of the method of equal J23 196 frequency was considered to be the most appropriate division of J23 197 cases, given the spread of the sample. ^In items 8 and 13, J23 198 examination marks were combined into grade categories as used by J23 199 the New Zealand Education Department for these examinations *- an J23 200 approach similar to that of the method of equal intervals. J23 201 |^{0HPM} was applied to the validation sample following the J23 202 approach outlined by England (1971). ^First, each variable was J23 203 cross-tabulated with the criterion groups. ^The numbers within J23 204 each criterion group at each level of a variable were converted J23 205 into percentages. ^The category percentages of unsuccessful cases J23 206 were subtracted from the percentages of successful cases to J23 207 obtain a difference score for each category. ^These category J23 208 difference scores were then converted to net weights using J23 209 Strong's Tables of Net Weights for Differences in Percents J23 210 (England, 1971), by simply recording the net weight specified for J23 211 each difference score. J23 212 |^A variety of weighting schemes is available at this point J23 213 but *"available evidence shows little difference in predictive J23 214 efficiency as the result of different weighting procedures**" J23 215 (Weiss, 1976, \0p. 345). ^England suggests the net weights should J23 216 be converted into *"assigned weights**" to simplify scoring and J23 217 to reduce the impact of sampling fluctuations in percentages. J23 218 ^Converting to assigned weights may result in the discarding of J23 219 some variables if all categories of that variable had the same J23 220 assigned weight and, as a result, no differential effect. ^The J23 221 process of assigning weights to item categories resulted in seven J23 222 variables being dropped from further analysis. ^In all instances J23 223 the discarded items showed no differences in assigned weights J23 224 across categories. ^The variables were Marital Status, J23 225 Nationality, Age of Children, Average School Certificate Mark, J23 226 School Certificate English, University Degree, and Time of J23 227 Application Decision. ^The twelve variables remaining are listed J23 228 in Table 2. J23 229 |^Cases were scored according to the various item categories J23 230 to which each case belonged. J23 231 *# J24 001 **[318 TEXT J24**] J24 002 |^*0The recovery of nonverbal functions following brain J24 003 damage is sparsely documented, especially when compared with the J24 004 extensive literature on the treatment and recovery of the J24 005 aphasias (Kertesz, 1979). ^Given that the debilitating effects of J24 006 a language deficit are often more obvious than the problems J24 007 caused by a spatial deficit, it is perhaps not surprising that so J24 008 much research effort has gone into the understanding and treating J24 009 of language deficits. ^However for many patients, spatial J24 010 deficits such as hemineglect, topographical disorientation, or J24 011 constructional apraxia can be very debilitating. ^For example, J24 012 some studies have found that patients with left hemiplegia J24 013 recover the use of their limbs more slowly than patients with J24 014 right hemiplegia, and it has been suggested that this is a result J24 015 of spatial-perceptual deficits and hemineglect suffered by the J24 016 patients with right hemisphere damage (Cassvan, Ross, Dyer, & J24 017 Zane, 1976; Knapp, 1957; Lawson, 1962). ^For people who rely J24 018 heavily on spatial abilities in their work, a spatial disorder J24 019 may be as debilitating as dyslexia is to most literate people. J24 020 |^While spatial functions are by no means as clearly J24 021 lateralized as verbal functions, there is ample evidence that the J24 022 right hemisphere plays a major role in many spatial abilities J24 023 (see De Renzi, 1982, for review). ^Although patients with left J24 024 hemispheric lesions do quite commonly suffer from spatial J24 025 deficits such as constructional apraxia (Arena & Gainotti, 1978) J24 026 and visual hemineglect (Albert, 1973; Ogden, 1985a, 1985b), the J24 027 range and severity of spatial disorders suffered by patients with J24 028 right-hemispheric lesions tends to be much greater (Faglioni, J24 029 Scotti, & Spinnler, 1971; Gianotti, Messerli, & Tissot, 1972; J24 030 Levine, Warach, Benowitz, & Calvanio, 1986; Mack & Levine, 1981). J24 031 ^There is also some evidence that the spontaneous recovery time J24 032 for left hemineglect ({0i.e.}, patients with right-hemispheric J24 033 lesions) is longer than that for right hemineglect (Zarit & Kahn, J24 034 1974). J24 035 |^The following case study of a young man with an interest J24 036 in architecture, documents the degree to which higher spatial J24 037 functions can differentially recover without extensive specialist J24 038 rehabilitation in a matter of months following a J24 039 right-hemispheric infarct. J24 040 * J24 041 *<*1History and Neurological Findings*> J24 042 |^*0{0R.G.}, an 18-year-old caucasian male university J24 043 student, was seen at the Accident and Emergency Department J24 044 following a motorbike accident. ^At the time of the accident he J24 045 was wearing a crash helmet that covered his whole head. ^He was J24 046 concussed for one to two minutes, and he had a minimal retrograde J24 047 and anterograde amnesia of no more than a minute. ^Apart from a J24 048 fracture of the right clavicle and a graze on the right side of J24 049 his neck caused by the helmet strap, general and neurological J24 050 examinations were normal. ^However, while he was waiting for J24 051 X-ray, he experienced flashing lights in his left visual field J24 052 accompanied by a drop of the left side of his face that resolved J24 053 in a matter of minutes. ^He was sent home and he remained alert J24 054 and appropriate for the next 24 hours until he experienced a J24 055 further episode of flashing lights in his left visual field, this J24 056 time lasting about 20 minutes. ^An hour after this he had a J24 057 sudden onset of left facial and left arm weakness that steadily J24 058 worsened over the next 30 minutes. J24 059 |^On urgent admission to Auckland Hospital {0R.G.} was J24 060 drowsy and confused, had developed a headache, and had vomited J24 061 once. ^He had a marked weakness of the left face and left arm and J24 062 a less marked weakness of the left leg. ^He demonstrated visual J24 063 extinction on double simultaneous stimulation ({0DSS}). ^He had J24 064 an impairment of all forms of sensation over the left side of his J24 065 body. ^Carotid angiography showed a complete occlusion of the J24 066 right internal carotid artery approximately 2\0cm from its J24 067 origin. ^The appearances were those of dissection of the right J24 068 internal carotid artery with subsequent thrombotic occlusion. J24 069 ^This was probably the result of bruising of the internal carotid J24 070 artery by the strap of the crash helmet on impact. ^Computerized J24 071 Tomography ({0CT}) of his brain at this stage excluded a J24 072 haemorrhage, but was suggestive of an early right parietal J24 073 infarct. ^A second {0CT} scan five days later showed an extensive J24 074 infarct in the posterior frontal/ anterior parietal region of the J24 075 right hemisphere. ^The borders were well demarcated and there was J24 076 a slight mass effect. ^He was treated conservatively with J24 077 aspirin. J24 078 |^Immediately following his stroke, {0R.G.} demonstrated a J24 079 severe neglect of the left side of his body. ^For example, he J24 080 seemed unable to move his left arm or leg, and believed they were J24 081 completely paralysed. ^He depersonalized his left limbs and made J24 082 comments such as *'^It doesn't want to move**'. ^He seemed J24 083 unaware when his left limbs lay in awkward positions, and would J24 084 not attempt to cover them even when they looked *'blue**' with J24 085 cold. ^He preferred people to stand on his right side and said he J24 086 felt uncomfortable talking to people to his left. J24 087 |^His tendency to neglect the left side of his body was J24 088 explained to him and his bed was pushed against the wall on his J24 089 right side to encourage him to attend to people and objects on J24 090 his left. ^He was also constantly reminded by staff and other J24 091 patients to attend to his left limbs and try to use them. ^Over J24 092 the next seven days his awareness of the left side of his body J24 093 became almost normal, and he was able to move his left leg and J24 094 walk with assistance. J24 095 |^At the time of his discharge, three weeks after his J24 096 stroke, he could walk a short distance with the aid of a stick, J24 097 but still had a weak arm and slight left facial droop. ^Six weeks J24 098 after his stroke he could walk and hop on either leg normally, J24 099 his facial weakness was trivial, and he was left with a slight J24 100 spasticity and clumsiness of his left arm with some impairment of J24 101 two-point discrimination and joint position sensation. ^Nine J24 102 months after his stroke his only neurological problems were a J24 103 slight loss of sensation in the tips of his left fingers and at J24 104 the left edge of his mouth, and some clumsiness of rapid J24 105 alternating movement in the left hand with a spastic catch and J24 106 some increase in the tendon reflexes. ^He also had difficulty J24 107 identifying objects by touch with his left hand. ^These signs had J24 108 not resolved two years following his stroke. J24 109 *<*1Neuropsychological Assessments and Comments*> J24 110 |^*0{0R.G.} was strongly right-handed, with a laterality J24 111 quotient of 81.8 on the Edinburgh Handedness Inventory (Oldfield, J24 112 1971). ^If his school and university grades are taken as a J24 113 guideline, his premorbid Intelligence Quotient ({0IQ}) would J24 114 probably fall within the *'Superior**' range. J24 115 |^According to family members, one of whom was an architect, J24 116 {0R.G.} had since childhood shown a particular aptitude for tasks J24 117 requiring spatial abilities ({0e.g.}, drawing, map reading, J24 118 topographical orientation and memory). ^At the time of his J24 119 accident he was 10 weeks into his second year at university J24 120 taking first and second year undergraduate courses in the hope of J24 121 qualifying for a place in a degree course in Architecture the J24 122 following year. ^As any spatial deficits resulting from his J24 123 right-hemispheric infarct might seriously disrupt his career J24 124 plans, it was decided to document his progress by assessing him J24 125 neuropsychologically soon after his stroke and six months later. J24 126 ^At this follow-up he was reassessed on those tests on which he J24 127 had previously shown a deficit relative to his global {0IQ}. J24 128 *<*1Tests of memory and general intelligence *> J24 129 |^*0Fifteen days after his stroke, on the Wechsler Memory J24 130 Scale (Wechsler, 1945) he attained a Memory Quotient of 143, a J24 131 score that placed him at the upper end of the *'Very Superior**' J24 132 range. ^On the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale ({0WAIS}; J24 133 Wechsler, 1955), he demonstrated a difference of 25 points J24 134 between his Verbal and Performance {0IQ}. ^Such a pattern is J24 135 consistent with right-hemispheric damage (Chase, Fedio, Foster, J24 136 Brooks, Di Chiro, & Mansi, 1984; Lezak, 1983). ^At the six month J24 137 follow-up he was given the Performance subtests and Arithmetic J24 138 and Digit Span of the {0WAIS}, and on all of these subtests he J24 139 bettered his performance by two to four scaled points. ^His J24 140 Performance {0IQ} had in- J24 141 **[TABLE**] J24 142 creased by 18 points and the difference between his Verbal and J24 143 Performance {0IQ} had decreased by 11 points. ^His test scores J24 144 can be found in Table 1. J24 145 *<*1Further tests of spatial function*> J24 146 |^*0Fifteen days after his stroke {0R.G.} was also assessed J24 147 for visual extinction, visual drawing neglect (see Ogden, 1985a, J24 148 for a description of these tests), left-right orientation J24 149 (Money's Road Map Test; Money, Alexander, & Walker, 1965), the J24 150 two-dimensional mental rotation test from the Luria-Nebraska J24 151 Neuropsychological Battery (Golden, Hammeke, & Purisch, 1980) and J24 152 10 problems of mental folding from the Space Relations test of J24 153 the Differential Aptitude Tests ({0DAT}; Bennett, Seashore, & J24 154 Wesman, 1962). ^He demonstrated no visual extinction or neglect, J24 155 and made no errors on Money's Road Map Test which he completed in J24 156 the very fast time of 44 seconds. ^His scores and times were J24 157 impaired on mental rotation (6/8 in 4 minutes), and on mental J24 158 folding (6/10 in 45 minutes). ^At a six month follow-up he was J24 159 given parallel versions of mental rotation and mental folding J24 160 tests in order to assess any improvement. ^His performance at J24 161 this assessment was flawless and exceptionally fast (26 seconds J24 162 on mental rotation and 3.5 minutes on mental folding). J24 163 *<*1Outcome*> J24 164 |^*0On leaving hospital three weeks after his stroke, apart J24 165 from attending physiotherapy clinic four times in total over the J24 166 following four weeks, {0R.G.} had no further rehabilitation. ^He J24 167 attended the occasional lecture at the university before deciding J24 168 to drop five of the eight courses he had been taking before his J24 169 accident. ^At the end of the university year (five months after J24 170 his accident) he sat his final exams in the three courses he had J24 171 continued with and passed them all. ^He took a job as a dish J24 172 washer in a restaurant for the summer vacation, and also prepared J24 173 a folio of sketches that was one of the requirements for entry J24 174 into architecture school. ^On the basis of his grades and the J24 175 standard of his folio of sketches, he gained a place in J24 176 Architecture. ^Two years after his stroke he was still studying J24 177 for his Architecture degree, but was experiencing difficulty with J24 178 advanced courses that involved visualizing complex buildings in J24 179 three dimensions. J24 180 * J24 181 |^The young man described in this case report is of interest J24 182 primarily because of the rapid improvement in his spatial J24 183 abilities after sustaining an extensive right frontal-parietal J24 184 infarct. ^His acceptance into Architecture School under very J24 185 competitive circumstances, partly on the basis of a series of J24 186 sketches he had drawn six months after his stroke, is practical J24 187 evidence of the extent of his recovery, although it is unlikely J24 188 that his spatial abilities recovered to premorbid levels. J24 189 |^When his memory and verbal functions were assessed fifteen J24 190 days after his stroke, his scores were all within the *'Very J24 191 Superior**' range. ^This indicated that {0R.G.} was not by this J24 192 stage suffering from significant problems of impaired retention, J24 193 concentration, attention and fatigability that are often J24 194 characteristic of an acute brain condition (Lezak, 1983). ^That J24 195 is, any diffuse or generalized symptoms that may have been J24 196 present immediately following the stroke (possibly as a result of J24 197 oedema) appear to have resolved. J24 198 |^While the timed nature of the {0WAIS} Performance subtests J24 199 may in part have accounted for {0R.G.}'s significantly lowered J24 200 scores on these visuospatial tests, his qualitative performance J24 201 suggested that his difficulties were not primarily the result of J24 202 motor slowing or problems of hand-eye coordination. ^For example, J24 203 he had no difficulty physically manipulating the blocks when J24 204 carrying out the Block Design subtest of the {0WAIS}, and he was J24 205 completely unable to work out the tenth Block Design problem or J24 206 the *'elephant**' problem of *'Object Assembly**' even when given J24 207 unlimited time. ^Although he had a marked left-sided neglect of J24 208 his body and a mild left-sided visual neglect immediately J24 209 following his stroke, these had resolved by the time he was J24 210 assessed on the {0WAIS}, and therefore hemineglect is unlikely to J24 211 have contributed significantly to his lowered scores. J24 212 |^Consideration must be given to the possibility that a J24 213 practice effect may have contributed to {0R.G.}'s performance J24 214 when he was retested on the {0WAIS} six months after his first J24 215 assessment. J24 216 *# J25 001 **[319 TEXT J25**] J25 002 |^*0In recent years there has been increasing interest in J25 003 how the general public perceives the amount of crime, J25 004 particularly how individuals assess their personal risk of J25 005 becoming a victim ({0e.g.}, McPherson, 1978; Perloff, 1983; J25 006 Tyler, 1984; Tyler & Cook, 1984; Warr, 1980, 1982). ^Research J25 007 generally has revealed that some aspects of the incidence of J25 008 crime are rather accurately perceived and some not. ^For example, J25 009 McPherson (1978) found citizens perceive rather accurately the J25 010 crime rate and probability of victimisation in their J25 011 neighbourhood. ^Warr (1982) found good agreement between the J25 012 perceived rates of commission of different crimes by Tucson J25 013 adults and self-reported data on crimes committed by Tucson J25 014 juveniles. ^On the other hand, Warr (1980) revealed perceived J25 015 incidence of various crimes to differ quite markedly from their J25 016 actual incidence: incidence of rarer crimes was generally J25 017 overestimated while that of some common crimes was J25 018 underestimated. J25 019 |^One aspect of the rate of crime in the past few decades J25 020 has been its steady increase in many countries. ^In New Zealand J25 021 for example the number of crimes of all kinds reported to the J25 022 police has increased exponentially over the last 30 years, J25 023 approximately doubling every 11 or 12 years (New Zealand J25 024 Department of Police, 1955-1985). ^The question of how accurately J25 025 this increase over time is perceived by the public at large has J25 026 both theoretical and practical significance. ^Theoretically the J25 027 issue is interesting because other research has shown both that J25 028 geometrically increasing sequences in the laboratory are J25 029 misperceived in that the projected rate of increase is J25 030 underestimated (Wagenaar & Sagaria, 1975; Wagenaar & Timmers, J25 031 1979), and that the difference between past and present prices is J25 032 underestimated (Kemp, 1984). ^On the basis of these results one J25 033 might predict that the actual rate of increase in crime should be J25 034 underestimated. J25 035 |^Practically the issue is important since underestimation J25 036 would suggest public complacency or ignorance in the face of a J25 037 growing problem, while overestimation would suggest public J25 038 hysteria. ^In either case, one would expect public support for J25 039 inappropriate policy decisions about countering crime if public J25 040 perception was greatly different to reality. J25 041 |^The present study was primarily concerned with how J25 042 accurately an urban sample perceived the increase in the rate of J25 043 different crimes over the previous 20 years. J25 044 * J25 045 *<*1Respondents and Procedures*> J25 046 |^*0130 respondents were interviewed between September and J25 047 November of 1985. ^Respondents were obtained by area sampling and J25 048 were interviewed in their homes. J25 049 |^The personal information collected suggests the sample to J25 050 be representative of the adult Christchurch population. ^The J25 051 sample consisted of 53 men and 76 women, and contained 68 married J25 052 and 72 unmarried respondents. ^Information on the respondents' J25 053 age, socioeconomic status, and political party supported showed J25 054 no appreciable biases. J25 055 |^All respondents were interviewed by one of two trained, J25 056 paid interviewers who worked from an interview schedule. J25 057 ^Responses to the question were recorded at the time. ^Interviews J25 058 typically lasted twenty minutes. J25 059 *<*1The interview*> J25 060 |^*0The interviews followed a set format determined by the J25 061 structure of the schedule. ^Most of the questions required J25 062 respondents to estimate the number of crimes of different types J25 063 reported in New Zealand in past years. ^Estimates of four J25 064 categories of crime were requested: murder, assault, burglary, J25 065 and *"crimes of all kinds.**" ^Several factors influenced the J25 066 choice of these four categories. ^It was felt necessary to choose J25 067 crimes whose meaning was clear to the respondents and whose legal J25 068 definition had not been dramatically altered over the previous 20 J25 069 years. ^In addition a continuous 20-year statistical record of J25 070 actual numbers reported to the New Zealand Police was available J25 071 for the categories chosen (New Zealand Department of Police, J25 072 1965-1985). J25 073 |^All questions relating to a particular category of crime J25 074 were asked together. ^The first question relating to each J25 075 category was of the form: J25 076 |^*"How many (crimes of all kinds/ burglaries/ cases of J25 077 assault/ murders) do you think were reported to the {0N.Z.} J25 078 Police last year (1984)?**" J25 079 |^Then followed five questions of a similar kind asking how J25 080 many crimes of that category were committed in previous years. J25 081 ^For burglary and crimes of all kind, numbers of crimes committed J25 082 in 1983, 1979, 1974, 1969 and 1964 were requested; for assaults J25 083 the previous years' questions were 1983, 1979, 1977, 1971, and J25 084 1965; and for murders 1983, 1980, 1973, 1969, 1964. ^The reason J25 085 behind this irregular choice of dates for assault and murder is J25 086 the year-to-year variability in rates of occurrence of these J25 087 crimes. ^Particularly for murder this variability is very great; J25 088 there were, for example, 32 murders in 1974, 20 in 1975, and 40 J25 089 in 1976. ^Clearly variability of this kind creates difficulties J25 090 in assessing the accuracy of the respondents' estimates. ^To J25 091 combat this, exponential growth curves were fitted to the J25 092 official statistics for murder and assault for the period 1964- J25 093 1984 and years whose actual rate fell close to the curve were J25 094 chosen for the questions. ^This procedure was not used for J25 095 burglary or crimes of all kinds where the year-to-year J25 096 variability was much less. ^The order of asking the five J25 097 questions relating to previous years was varied: half the J25 098 respondents were asked in order of recency ({0i.e.} 1983 first) J25 099 **[TABLE**] J25 100 and half in reverse order of recency ({0i.e.} 1964 or 1965 J25 101 first). J25 102 |^The seventh question relating to a particular category J25 103 requested respondents to estimate the number of crimes in the J25 104 category that they thought would be reported in 1986. ^Finally, J25 105 as an adjunct to the assault, burglary and crimes of all kinds J25 106 sections, respondents were asked if they had been a victim of J25 107 that crime in the previous five years. J25 108 |^To avoid possible problems arising from a particular J25 109 ordering of the categories within the schedule, all questions J25 110 relating to each of the four categories were listed on one page. J25 111 |^The order of these four pages was randomly varied for each J25 112 interview. ^The schedule was completed by requests for some J25 113 personal information. J25 114 * J25 115 |^Table 1 shows the actual and estimated numbers of crimes J25 116 in each category reported in 1984. ^Except for murder, where the J25 117 median estimate was quite close to, and an overestimate of, the J25 118 actual figure, the rates of occurrence were generally J25 119 underestimated by the respondents. ^Application of the two-tailed J25 120 sign test (*1\0p *0< .05) revealed that significantly more than J25 121 half the respondents underestimated the 1984 assault, burglary, J25 122 and all crime figures while significantly more than half J25 123 overestimated the 1984 murder figures. ^In addition, as is clear J25 124 from the quartile estimates, responses were very variable between J25 125 respondents, indicating that the sample as a whole was uncertain J25 126 about the number of assaults, burglaries, and crimes in general J25 127 reported. J25 128 |^To obtain a clearer picture of respondents' perception of J25 129 the rate of increase, it is necessary to take into account and J25 130 remove the marked variability in 1984 estimates. ^Hence for each J25 131 respondent and category of crime, estimates relative to those of J25 132 1984 were obtained by dividing the respondent's estimate for each J25 133 year J25 134 **[FIGURE**] J25 135 by the 1984 estimate. ^Figure 1 shows these median relative J25 136 estimates as a function of time, as well as the actual growth of J25 137 crime obtained by dividing the actual numbers reported for each J25 138 year by the appropriate 1984 statistics. J25 139 |^Figure 1 suggests that in general respondents were rather J25 140 accurate at estimating the increase in assaults and murders. ^For J25 141 burglary, and to a lesser extent for crimes of all kinds, J25 142 respondents perceived the increase in crime to be slower than it J25 143 actually was. ^As is evident from Figure 1, however, the actual J25 144 rate of increase in burglaries reported is faster than the rate J25 145 of increase in the other crimes. ^Two further features of Figure J25 146 1 deserve comment. ^Firstly, the quartile estimates clearly show J25 147 considerable variation amongst respondents in perception of the J25 148 rate of increase of crime. ^On the other hand, this variation is J25 149 less marked than the variation in estimates of the number of J25 150 crimes in 1984 evident in Table 1. ^Secondly, the median J25 151 estimates resemble the actual increase in the rate of crime in J25 152 displaying an exponentially increasing pattern of growth. J25 153 |^To enable further analysis of estimation of the rate of J25 154 increase in crime, a single summary measure for each respondent J25 155 and crime category was created. ^A power function of the form: J25 156 ^Perceived number of crimes = \0A (Actual number of crimes) was J25 157 fitted for each respondent and crime category, and the exponent n J25 158 calculated. ^This exponent, the summary measure, is readily J25 159 interpretable: ^The greater the exponent the greater the J25 160 perceived rate of increase. ^Exponents less than one indicate J25 161 that the rate of increase in a particular crime is underestimated J25 162 by a respondent, exponents greater than one indicate J25 163 overestimation. ^It should be remarked that this type of analysis J25 164 is commonly used to examine the results of magnitude estimation J25 165 in perceptual and social psychology as suggested by Stevens J25 166 (1957, 1975). ^Average exponents for the sample were 1.08 for J25 167 assault, 0.92 for murder, 0.63 for burglary, and 0.87 for crimes J25 168 of all kinds. ^Application of the two-tailed sign test revealed J25 169 that significantly more than half the sample produced exponents J25 170 of less than one for burglary (80%) and crimes of all kinds J25 171 (69%), but not for assaults (52%) J25 172 **[TABLE**] J25 173 or murder (61%). ^Clearly the interpretation of these exponents J25 174 agrees with the results shown in Figure 1. J25 175 |^Table 2 shows the correlations between the crime J25 176 categories for the 1984 estimates and the exponents as well as J25 177 the correlation between 1984 estimates and exponents for each J25 178 crime category. ^Actual 1984 estimates were logarithmically J25 179 transformed for this exercise because the distributions were J25 180 markedly skewed (as is implied by the results shown in Table 1). J25 181 ^It is clear from Table 2 that the 1984 estimates were strongly J25 182 related; thus respondents who reported a high number of assaults J25 183 also reported high numbers of burglaries, crimes of all kinds, J25 184 and, to a lesser extent, murders. ^The lower correlations with J25 185 the murder estimates may reflect the fact that these estimates J25 186 were generally more accurate and less variable (see Table 1). J25 187 ^The exponents were also positively correlated; thus respondents J25 188 perceiving a high rate of increase in one crime tended to J25 189 perceive high rates of increase in other crimes as well. J25 190 |^Only one of the four correlations between 1984 estimate J25 191 and exponent was significant. ^In general, respondents perceiving J25 192 greater numbers of a crime in 1984 did not also perceive a high J25 193 rate of increase of the crime. ^Perhaps surprisingly, perception J25 194 of amount of crime and perception of its rate of increase were J25 195 not strongly related. J25 196 |^Analyses of variance carried out on the four J25 197 (logarithmically transformed) estimates and the four exponents J25 198 revealed no significant (*1\0p *0> .05) effects of age group, J25 199 marital status, socioeconomic status, or political party J25 200 supported on any of the exponents or estimates. ^Women estimated J25 201 significantly more burglaries (Harmonic mean = 24,826) in 1984 J25 202 than men (Harmonic mean = 10,867; *1F*0(l, 125) = 4.78, *1\0p *0< J25 203 .05) but there was no significant effect of sex on any other 1984 J25 204 estimate or exponent. J25 205 |^Seven respondents reported that they had been a victim of J25 206 an assault in the previous five years, 30 reported being a victim J25 207 of a burglary, and 49 reported being a victim of a crime of any J25 208 kind. ^Victims of assault estimated significantly more assaults J25 209 (Harmonic mean = 16,838) occurred in 1984 than non-victims J25 210 (Harmonic mean = 2,732; *1F*0(1, 122) = 4.52, *1\0p *0< .05). J25 211 ^Victims of crime of any kind estimated more crime of all kinds J25 212 (Harmonic mean = 82,490) occurred in 1984 than non-victims J25 213 (Harmonic mean = 25,604; *1F*0(1, 125) = 6.01, *1\0p *0< .05). J25 214 ^Victims of burglary, however, did not estimate significantly J25 215 more burglaries to occur in 1984 than non-victims; nor did J25 216 victims of a crime perceive a significantly different rate of J25 217 increase in that crime than non-victims. J25 218 * J25 219 |^In general respondents underestimated the numbers of J25 220 crimes committed in 1984 but they overestimated the number of J25 221 murders. ^This result is similar to that found by Warr (1980). J25 222 ^It also resembles the findings of Lichtenstein, Slovic, J25 223 Fischoff, Layman, and Combs (1978) on the judged frequency of J25 224 causes of death: deaths from common causes or unspectacular J25 225 events were underestimated while those from rare causes and J25 226 dramatic events were overestimated. J25 227 *# J26 001 **[320 TEXT J26**] J26 002 ^*0Punches in the face or kicks in the groin are readily suffered J26 003 in such circumstances. J26 004 |^Today, most of the problems arise when a resident has been J26 005 drinking or smoking cannabis. ^Some of them become very J26 006 aggressive and are extremely hard to manage. ^Unfortunately, J26 007 underage youngsters find it very easy to get hold of alcohol, and J26 008 all the rules in the world are of little avail. ^If the person J26 009 has a recognised drink problem, rather than the occasional J26 010 excessive use of alcohol, he or she is required to undergo J26 011 therapy and be on a strict no-alcohol regime, as long as we keep J26 012 them in our care. ^Otherwise staff and residents as well as J26 013 property come in for a battering. J26 014 |^At times some residents can be extremely provocative and J26 015 give staff a very hard time. ^They can goad, tease or insult a J26 016 given staff member, trying to provoke their anger. ^Staff must J26 017 have a great deal of self-control, and not be over-stressed, for J26 018 them to cope with such provocations. ^A list of policies has been J26 019 devised for the guidance of staff in these cases. J26 020 |^They are summed up in the Staff Manual. ^Briefly, they are J26 021 as follows: ^No member of staff may physically hit or push a J26 022 resident. ^If physical restraint of a resident becomes absolutely J26 023 necessary to protect someone or to safeguard House property, it J26 024 must be limited to the minimum for the purpose. ^Physical J26 025 restraint is forbidden where non-co-operative behaviour is J26 026 involved. ^Other strategies must be used. J26 027 |^Any of the following events must be recorded in a log book J26 028 kept in each House: physical restraint of a resident; violence by J26 029 a resident; violence by a staff member; any punishments of J26 030 residents, noting date, nature of behaviour, and consequence J26 031 meted out; any criminal behaviour, including action taken as a J26 032 result; any involvement with the police. ^The Director or Deputy J26 033 must be shown the book each week at the individual meetings with J26 034 administrators. J26 035 |^So that this policy is adhered to, staff must ensure that J26 036 their own stress levels are attended to, by taking reasonable J26 037 breaks and seeking whatever support is necessary. ^The Director J26 038 cannot support actions that are not reported as required, or J26 039 where procedures are not followed. ^Any complaint by a resident J26 040 or staff member regarding physical violence must be recorded, and J26 041 the administrator of the House, as well as the Director, J26 042 notified. J26 043 |^The problem lies in what *'other restraints**' can be used J26 044 that are effective and do not violate our policy. ^Some J26 045 institutions have a *'time out**' place where an out-of-control J26 046 young person is placed until they have calmed down or are open to J26 047 reason. ^This is usually a secure room that the youth cannot J26 048 damage. J26 049 |^Some people oppose this practice, regarding it as J26 050 primitive. ^There is another technique known as *'the Michael J26 051 Whiting Holding**' strategy. ^This involves one or two adults J26 052 holding a boy or girl with his or her arms crossed in front of J26 053 them and held by the adult, while they are restrained between the J26 054 adult's knees. ^At times this holding can last for two hours or J26 055 more. ^During this time, the adult does not speak with the child J26 056 or youth. ^In my experience, this method of control has very J26 057 positive effects. ^Above all, it produces a bonding of the J26 058 difficult youngster to the adult concerned with the strategy, and J26 059 it does change inappropriate behaviour. ^It appears more damaging J26 060 to the individual's pride, initially, than to the body. J26 061 |^However, there are a number of problems with this J26 062 strategy. ^One is the physical demand on the person doing the J26 063 holding. ^Women should normally hold females, and men males. ^It J26 064 is time-consuming, especially since it can be required at the J26 065 most inconvenient times, such as when meals are about to begin; J26 066 or there may be no suitable staff around, or not enough to allow J26 067 the holding to take place. ^Also the initial noise the youngster J26 068 makes in their struggle to free themselves or gain control can be J26 069 unnerving for others unaware of what is happening. ^Even if they J26 070 are aware, it can be distressing. J26 071 |^When a resident physically assaults a staff member, very J26 072 serious consideration is given as to whether or not that person J26 073 can be allowed to stay on in the House. ^Where there has been J26 074 evidence of provocation by a staff member, then this can be an J26 075 ameliorating factor. ^It is very difficult if those who work with J26 076 youth feel physically at risk in their job. ^For this reason, J26 077 physical abuse of staff is grounds for dismissal. J26 078 |^Over the years it has become clear that violence, even J26 079 from just one resident, can unsettle the whole House and make for J26 080 widespread acting out. ^It is like one fire cracker setting off a J26 081 whole lot of others. ^Most of the youngsters have lived with J26 082 violent backgrounds for many years, and have sought an escape J26 083 from that within our Homes. ^It seems that one violent resident J26 084 acting out triggers off other people's neuroses, and there are J26 085 real problems to deal with as a result. J26 086 |^The answer has been to create an environment that is J26 087 affectionate, with plenty of caring, touching and respectful J26 088 treatment of one another. ^It also means staff maintaining a calm J26 089 stance and manner, so that the residents are able to respond to J26 090 that, rather than an aggressive, loud approach. ^A further J26 091 requirement is to ensure that each young person gets adequate, J26 092 consistent attention. ^When this does not happen, then problem J26 093 behaviours inevitably result. J26 094 |^Our policy for residents who use violence depends on the J26 095 nature of the assault and to what extent it was provoked. J26 096 ^Unprovoked attacks are followed up immediately by suspension, J26 097 while the future of the aggressor is considered. ^He or she is J26 098 usually placed temporarily in a different House; but if the J26 099 attack is a serious one, the police are involved, charges are J26 100 laid, and the person responsible may be placed in a welfare J26 101 institution. J26 102 |^In cases where there is evidence of provocation by someone J26 103 else, then the parties are brought together, degrees of J26 104 responsibility are worked out, and appropriate consequences are J26 105 decided on for either or both, as the case warrants. ^Angry and J26 106 aggressive acts are part of most family life, unfortunately, so J26 107 it is not surprising that we should experience these reactions in J26 108 Houses with large groups of people who have been used to dealing J26 109 with frustration through physical attacks. J26 110 |^Simon was a Maori youth who came to Greys Avenue when he J26 111 was fourteen years old. ^For the first six months, he seemed to J26 112 have little respect for me. ^When he got into trouble, he used to J26 113 say to me, *'^Hit me, go on, hit me!**' ^When I answered that I J26 114 did not believe in hitting people, he would reply with some J26 115 scorn, *'^What sort of head are you? ^Fathers have to hit, if they J26 116 are the bosses. ^You are no good if you don't use capital J26 117 (meaning corporal) punishment. ^You're no father.**' ^He grew to J26 118 think differently over the six years he lived with us. J26 119 |^When I have asked adults what we should do regarding J26 120 *'pot**' smoking among residents, the answers are varied. ^Many J26 121 say there is nothing you can do about it, as its use is J26 122 widespread in the community. ^It is a difficult problem, not so J26 123 much because of its criminal connotations, but because of the J26 124 psychological effects produced on the users. ^Most of our J26 125 residents have emotional problems, and we have found over many J26 126 years that marijuana exacerbates these. J26 127 |^Many youths in our care have not benefited the way we J26 128 would have wished, because of their pre-occupation with smoking J26 129 *'grass**'. ^They are unable to concentrate at school or work, J26 130 miss out on appointments, commit criminal acts under its J26 131 influence, and develop a *'couldn't care less**' attitude. ^Good J26 132 resolutions about all kinds of changes in their lives last only J26 133 until the next smoke, and then all resolutions go overboard. J26 134 ^Many of them have admitted, at a later stage, that pot smoking J26 135 was their undoing. J26 136 |^We had one girl who was warned about smoking marijuana and J26 137 how fragile she was. ^These cautions were ignored and she ended J26 138 up on one occasion directing traffic in a city street; on another J26 139 she held up people with an air rifle for fun. ^In this case the J26 140 armed offenders squad was called out, and the girl got a heavy J26 141 custodial sentence. ^I think that cured her of her smoking J26 142 behaviour. J26 143 |^Regarding drugs, it has always been our policy not to take J26 144 heavy drug users who were still caught up with their habit. J26 145 ^Special controlled facilities are needed if proper care is to be J26 146 given to such people. ^Over the years we have had many who have J26 147 given up drugs or nearly worked through their drug problems, and J26 148 we have been able to provide a supportive environment for them. J26 149 ^Some of our most successful rehabilitations have been with such J26 150 young people. J26 151 |^We tell residents that marijuana is illegal and therefore J26 152 cannot be allowed in or used in the Houses. ^We also require that J26 153 staff do not use marijuana, since the models they present to J26 154 residents are extremely important. ^Any dealing will be reported J26 155 to the police, and there will be no support from the Houses if it J26 156 is proven. ^From time to time we run educational programmes on J26 157 drug abuse, but we try to be positive in our approach. ^We J26 158 emphasise the importance of being concerned about what goes into J26 159 one's body, and taking care of oneself. J26 160 |^On one occasion we found that a staff member, who had come J26 161 to us well recommended, was using hard drugs, and her husband J26 162 turned out to be a dealer. ^On occasion she invited a few J26 163 residents around to her home, and allowed them to smoke pot J26 164 there. ^It was not surprising she had considerable influence over J26 165 some of the more difficult residents. J26 166 |^As soon as I found out what was going on, I went round to J26 167 her home and dismissed her. ^But some damage continued after J26 168 this. ^Not every resident could appreciate the grounds for her J26 169 dismissal. ^I explained what had happened and the action I took. J26 170 ^A few of her closest admirers revolted against the dismissal, J26 171 and refused to co-operate in the House. ^Eventually they had to J26 172 go too, as they continued in their drug activity. ^It took some J26 173 months to recover from that disaster. J26 174 |^In more recent times, glue sniffing has become commonplace J26 175 among the younger set. ^Few residents under seventeen coming to J26 176 our Homes will not have tried sniffing. ^It is not, however, a J26 177 problem within our Houses. ^We have so far managed to keep it in J26 178 check, by the use of two things *- peer pressure, and individual J26 179 resolution of problems. ^Glue sniffing or solvent abuse are seen J26 180 as childish and irresponsible behaviours by most residents, so J26 181 there is no status to be gained from boasting of being a sniffer. J26 182 ^Former glue sniffers have been very effective in persuading the J26 183 newer residents who are users to give up the habit. ^As soon as J26 184 the newcomer gains security in the House and gets individualised J26 185 attention, a change takes place, and the former user rarely J26 186 lapses. J26 187 |^Theft has increased in our society in recent years, and J26 188 this is shown in the number of locks we now have to have on doors J26 189 and cupboards. ^When we started, nothing was locked up; now most J26 190 things are, as thieving becomes a way of life. ^A colleague of J26 191 mine lives in a long Auckland suburban street, in which every J26 192 house has been burgled, including his own *- some several times. J26 193 ^While videos have been the thief's bait, even those who don't J26 194 own one cannot feel secure about their property. ^Manufacturers J26 195 of burglar alarms have made a fortune, but have failed to stem J26 196 the rise in thefts. J26 197 |^Many youngsters in need of residential care have been well J26 198 schooled in the art of breaking and entering or car conversion. J26 199 ^For quite a number, it has been a way of punishing their J26 200 parents. ^Since none of our Homes are prisons or secure lock-ups, J26 201 we have trouble making sure that this type of criminal behaviour J26 202 ceases on arrival. J26 203 *# J27 001 **[321 TEXT J27**] J27 002 ^*0This is usually a substantial cooked meal, distinguished from J27 003 cold food or hot snacks. ^What is eaten, when it is eaten, and J27 004 who partakes of the food *- all the rituals involved in the meal J27 005 *- tell us about divisions and connections between the public and J27 006 the private domains. J27 007 |^Food preparation and meals are areas where women have J27 008 control; they are illustrative of the woman's domestic realm of J27 009 expertise, and an opportunity for a wife and mother to J27 010 demonstrate her love for her family. ^The meal is a significant J27 011 symbol of family unity. ^It shows the success of the family in J27 012 getting together, of the father being with his family, despite J27 013 the demands of the shiftwork schedule. J27 014 |^But paradoxically, while meals are ostensibly under J27 015 women's control, they are also prepared and served in deference J27 016 to the man's timetable, shaped by external forces. ^The J27 017 organisation of the meal indicates how a wife's domestic work is J27 018 structured by her husband's occupation. ^For example, on the J27 019 evening shift, the main meal is often served at lunchtime, or in J27 020 the afternoon when the children have returned from school, and J27 021 before the husband leaves for work. ^One woman explained: J27 022 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 023 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 024 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 025 |^Another woman expressed how she felt obliged to fit in with her J27 026 husband's work schedule: J27 027 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 028 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 029 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 030 |^The obligatory nature of the wife's work reveals not only the J27 031 way it benefits industrial production in sustaining the male J27 032 worker but also the way in which it is a service to the husband, J27 033 done as part of the woman's duties as wife. ^Although some J27 034 husbands cooked their own meals, most expected their wives to J27 035 have food ready *'on call**'. ^In this context the main meal can J27 036 be seen as a symbol of hierarchical gender divisions of power and J27 037 status. ^The wife's deferential status is revealed in her role; J27 038 she cooks as a service for her husband. ^Meals are organised J27 039 around his comings and goings, and made to his taste. ^Women and J27 040 children can make do with snacks, but a man needs a filling J27 041 cooked meal to prepare him for work or to replenish him J27 042 afterwards. J27 043 |^Cooking for the husband is a marital expectation that is J27 044 seldom questioned, and the actions of two wives who refused to be J27 045 at the beck and call of the industrial timetable are unusual. J27 046 ^One husband ate many meals at the work canteen. ^The other woman J27 047 insisted that everyone in her household prepare their own meals. J27 048 ^The behaviour of these women challenges deep-seated ideas about J27 049 the association of women with nurture and service (the canteen J27 050 meal can be seen as the antithesis of the nourishing home-cooked J27 051 meal). ^But these two were very much in the minority. ^Most wives J27 052 did not question that they would cook for their husbands in J27 053 compliance with their timetables. ^This not only required the J27 054 provision of a proper cooked meal, but also snacks and cut J27 055 lunches when required. J27 056 |^Wives ensure their husbands' material wellbeing by J27 057 providing meals. ^Wives' efforts to ensure the health and J27 058 emotional wellbeing of their spouses are equally important. J27 059 ^Research indicates that nightwork and the regular change of J27 060 shifts can result in physical problems and mental stress for the J27 061 shiftworker. ^Wives cope with these problems in their attempts to J27 062 make a soothing and comfortable home life, so that their husbands J27 063 can relax after work. J27 064 |^The wife is often required to minimise conflict arising J27 065 from the male worker's routines and requirements, and those of J27 066 other family members. ^This is especially acute when the children J27 067 are young. ^Children have their own *'shifts**' and routines J27 068 which can be only partially accommodated to the shiftworker's J27 069 timetable. ^One woman recalled her experience when the children J27 070 were young: J27 071 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 072 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 073 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 074 |^Accommodating the needs of children with the demands of J27 075 shiftwork was not the only problem the women identified, though J27 076 it was certainly a major one. ^There were others, well summed up J27 077 by this woman whose husband had been on shiftwork for over twenty J27 078 years: J27 079 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 080 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 081 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 082 |^The constraints and demands of shiftwork rest heavily on the J27 083 wife, and she must deal with these in her role as custodian of J27 084 the family's welfare. ^Less obvious are any advantages the wife J27 085 derives from shiftwork, or any ways in which its pressures are J27 086 eased for her. ^However, some wives discover a certain freedom J27 087 within its confines. ^For women with older children the evening J27 088 shift offers time relatively free from domestic duties, and from J27 089 their spouse's expectations of companionship. ^Many of the women J27 090 implied that when the husband was at home, he determined how the J27 091 couple would spend their time. ^One wife compared the relative J27 092 freedom of the evening shift with the freedom of *'pleasing J27 093 herself**' she had experienced as a young woman before marriage. J27 094 ^Another woman described how she used the evening shift for both J27 095 individual and social activities: J27 096 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 097 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 098 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 099 |^Although shiftwork takes precedence in so many ways, some wives J27 100 have made their own personal spaces within its demands. J27 101 |^Some women found other advantages in shiftwork. ^For them J27 102 it opened up possibilities in reorganising childcare and J27 103 housework. ^Several mentioned that their husbands did household J27 104 chores and cooked meals when they were off work in the daytime. J27 105 ^Most women also mentioned how shiftwork gave fathers the J27 106 opportunity of spending more time with their children. ^One young J27 107 mother considered that in this way shiftwork had considerably J27 108 benefited her family: J27 109 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 110 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 111 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 112 |^Another woman reported how her return to work when the children J27 113 were small had been facilitated by her husband's shiftwork: J27 114 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 115 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 116 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 117 |^Yet the husband's opportunities to be with the children are J27 118 curtailed when the children start school, and shiftwork J27 119 encroaches on family time at the weekend. ^Most wives found that J27 120 they still took on the major responsibility of childrearing, and J27 121 some insisted that shiftwork made it easier for fathers to opt J27 122 out of some duties, such as disciplining the children. ^Nor does J27 123 shiftwork necessarily promote a greater sharing of housework J27 124 between spouses. ^The two women who commented that they were only J27 125 able to remain in paid work throughout most of their married J27 126 lives because of shiftwork were unusual. ^For other men, the J27 127 shiftwork routine justified a lack of domestic involvement, and J27 128 reinforced a traditional sexual division of labour. ^Even those J27 129 husbands who did domestic work and childcare helped rather than J27 130 took full responsibility. ^The fact that domestic J27 131 responsibilities are still largely women's, although the actual J27 132 tasks may be divided more evenly in some families, indicates that J27 133 the traditional sexual division of labour remains predominant. J27 134 |^A wife may change the impact of shiftwork on her in a J27 135 personal way by persuading her husband to go on to day work. ^But J27 136 this does not affect the structure of shiftwork in the workplace. J27 137 ^Shiftwork is a feature of the organisation of the public world J27 138 beyond the wives' control. ^As such, it illustrates the dominance J27 139 of industrial production over domestic activities. J27 140 |^Shiftwork is an everyday feature of the workplace that is J27 141 routinely dealt with in the home. ^In contrast, an industrial J27 142 dispute is a sudden event, intensely disruptive to both public J27 143 and private life. ^Industrial disputes are salient, though J27 144 infrequent features, of this town that make everyone acutely J27 145 aware of the mill's effect on their lives. ^Most of the women in J27 146 this study have experienced their husbands being off work because J27 147 of an industrial dispute. ^The loss of a job for a male worker J27 148 and loss of family income led the women to question their J27 149 accepted understandings of marital roles and the power of public J27 150 events to prescribe private lives. ^The domestic sphere is not an J27 151 autonomous world in which individuals remain uninfluenced by J27 152 outside events. J27 153 |^The women described the effects of a six-week dispute in J27 154 the autumn of 1978. ^They detested industrial disputes because of J27 155 their immediate and personal effects on the family. ^One of the J27 156 most shattering consequences is economic hardship. ^The women J27 157 viewed the dispute as directly threatening their ability to be J27 158 competent housekeepers. ^As the managers of the household budget, J27 159 they were confronted with the problem of how to provide for their J27 160 family's daily needs, and how to honour long-term financial J27 161 commitments, without regular funds. ^One woman expressed it like J27 162 this: J27 163 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 164 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 165 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 166 |^The wives who received union welfare felt the public stigma J27 167 attached to their position. ^While priding themselves on their J27 168 abilities as domestic managers, they became acutely aware of J27 169 their vulnerable position. ^Public events were exerting a J27 170 forceful influence on their domestic realm. J27 171 |^Lack of money was not the only problem faced by wives. J27 172 ^The dispute also disrupted the household routine. ^At first the J27 173 women enjoyed not having to accommodate shiftwork. ^But having a J27 174 husband at home all day, and perhaps a bad tempered one at that, J27 175 meant further unwelcome unpredictability for the women. ^It is J27 176 difficult to get away from a dispute, in the town where the J27 177 mill's employees make up over 60 per cent of the local workforce. J27 178 ^Spouse, neighbours, friends, relatives *- all are directly or J27 179 indirectly involved. ^In such a situation a wife becomes J27 180 especially sensitive to her husband's emotional state. J27 181 |^One woman, whose husband belonged to the union at the J27 182 centre of the dispute, commented that she felt bitter about him J27 183 being off work, but acknowledged the pressures he must have felt J27 184 from workmates, the family and other quarters: J27 185 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 186 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 187 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 188 |^This woman wanted information about the dispute from her J27 189 husband, but in seeking it she was aware that she risked J27 190 upsetting the already precarious atmosphere of the household. J27 191 ^She observed that talk about the dispute *'just caused J27 192 arguments, it was pretty counterproductive**'. ^Another woman had J27 193 a similar experience: J27 194 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 195 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 196 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 197 |^Although some women could talk about the dispute with their J27 198 husbands, the experiences of wives quoted above were more J27 199 typical. ^Being physically and symbolically distanced from their J27 200 husbands' workplace, most wives did not have access to reliable J27 201 and accurate information. ^Their view of events was particularly J27 202 influenced by the news media, which tended to provide only J27 203 superficial coverage. ^One wife summed up the frustrations of J27 204 many: J27 205 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 206 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 207 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 208 |^A few wives accepted the imposition of the dispute; it was J27 209 something they had no power or business to challenge. ^But others J27 210 vehemently resented its disruption, and wanted to express their J27 211 dissatisfaction publicly. J27 212 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 213 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 214 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 215 |^The women aimed their frustrations at the unions. ^Blaming the J27 216 union upset personal relations less than blaming a husband, and J27 217 it was more accessible than the company. ^On the whole, the women J27 218 did not support unions. ^There were several reasons for this. J27 219 ^They had little direct experience of union activities, owing to J27 220 their own fragmented labour force participation, and their J27 221 involvement in jobs which had typically weak unions. ^In J27 222 addition, they regarded their husbands' unions as part of the J27 223 work site and thus part of the masculine sphere beyond their J27 224 usual concerns. J27 225 |^The women believed the unions to have excessive power. J27 226 ^Several expressed bitter resentment at what they saw as union J27 227 control over their lives. ^One wife commented: J27 228 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 229 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 230 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 231 |^Newspaper reports of the dispute encouraged such a view by J27 232 casting the unions as the powerful party, poised to do J27 233 irreparable damage to the industry and, inevitably, to the J27 234 community which relied on the mill for its existence. J27 235 |^There were real fears for the women. ^They questioned the J27 236 actions of the unions, but were far less critical of the company. J27 237 ^Yet the company had suspended a large number of the mill J27 238 workforce and, furthermore, there was government interference in J27 239 negotiations. ^Both company and government had influenced the J27 240 course of the dispute, and were in a more powerful economic and J27 241 political position than the unions. J27 242 |^Some wives who wanted to contribute to public debate about J27 243 the dispute sought inclusion in union stopwork meetings. ^As J27 244 justification for their involvement, they referred to the J27 245 separate family responsibilities of husbands and wives. ^In J27 246 normal circumstances these separate responsibilities would J27 247 reinforce a distinction between the women's world of domesticity J27 248 and the men's world of work and politics. ^But in this crisis, J27 249 they argued that wives' domestic responsibilities provided a good J27 250 reason for inclusion in public debate: J27 251 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J27 252 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J27 253 **[END INDENTATION**] J27 254 |^Suggestions concerning the involvement of wives in union J27 255 meetings were not welcomed by union officials. ^One to whom I J27 256 spoke was scathing of wives' criticisms of unions. J27 257 *# J28 001 **[322 TEXT J28**] J28 002 ^*0Nevertheless, the continued and systematic impoverishment of J28 003 women in New Zealand is a damning indictment of a state which J28 004 presents itself as committed to ensuring equal opportunities and J28 005 dignity for all its citizens. ^All indicators of wealth show J28 006 women to be disadvantaged relative to men. ^In 1981 over 60 per J28 007 cent of adult women in New Zealand had incomes of less than J28 008 *+$5000 a year. ^Of adult men only 24.8 per cent suffered the J28 009 same fate. ^These figures reflect the large proportion of married J28 010 women who have no independent incomes and are totally dependent J28 011 on their husbands for economic support, the large proportion of J28 012 women engaged in part-time paid labour, and the inequalities of J28 013 earning power between men and women in full-time paid labour. ^In J28 014 1981 women earned a median income only 65 per cent of the male J28 015 median income despite the enactment of equal pay legislation J28 016 almost a decade before. J28 017 |^The income differentials are mirrored in disparities J28 018 between the accumulated wealth of women and men. ^The average J28 019 value of estates left by women was only 79 per cent of the J28 020 average value of male estates in 1982-83. ^Indeed, while 52 per J28 021 cent of estates in that year valued less than *+$30 000 were J28 022 female estates, the situation was reversed with estates valued J28 023 over *+$50 000, 63 per cent of which were left by men. J28 024 |^This impoverishment is directly connected to a sexual J28 025 division of labour in which women are primarily associated with J28 026 unpaid labour in the home and are expected to be dependent on a J28 027 family income earned and controlled by their husbands. ^The state J28 028 benefits from this directly. ^As long as women are co-habiting J28 029 with men, either as legal or de facto wives, the state is J28 030 safeguarded from the potential burden of supplementing the J28 031 incomes of half the adult population. J28 032 |^The state's overt commitment to ensure through the social J28 033 security system that the income of individuals is not merely the J28 034 minimum to *'sustain life and health**' but at a level which J28 035 allows people *'to enjoy a standard of living much like that of J28 036 the rest of the community**' was established in 1972. ^Benefit J28 037 rates since have ostensibly been based on this principle and are J28 038 indicative of the yearly income the state regards as necessary to J28 039 adults. J28 040 |^Even using the lowest rate of benefit (the youth rate), J28 041 the cost of dignity according to the state appears to be in the J28 042 region of a yearly income of *+$4390 after-tax. ^Almost 48 per J28 043 cent of adult women in 1981 had yearly incomes of less than half J28 044 this amount. ^The state avoids dealing with this by restricting J28 045 its responsibilities to maintaining the incomes of those who J28 046 would be *1expected *0to earn an income on the labour market. J28 047 ^Because married women are assumed to be non-earners and, even J28 048 more significantly, the responsibility for their standard of J28 049 living is defined as resting with their husbands, the state can J28 050 and does abstain from any responsibility for them. J28 051 |^The Royal Commission on Social Security in 1972 may assert J28 052 that ensuring that *'everyone can live with dignity**' is a J28 053 *'community responsibility**' and that it is *'a legitimate J28 054 function of the State to redistribute income**', but for the most J28 055 impoverished group in our society, married women, no such J28 056 redistribution is even attempted. ^The state in practice eschews J28 057 any liability for the condition of women co-habiting with men and J28 058 their dignity remains part of the grace and favour of men. J28 059 |^Not only are married women or those living in de facto J28 060 relationships ineligible for income maintenance when engaged as J28 061 full-time wives and mothers, but they are also denied J28 062 unemployment and sickness benefits if their husbands are in paid J28 063 labour. ^Married women's ineligibility for the sickness benefit J28 064 reveals both the real fiscal interests of the state and women's J28 065 vulnerability. ^In 1975, in recognition of the increasing J28 066 proportion of married women engaged in paid labour, the sickness J28 067 benefit was extended to all married persons who had lost their J28 068 employment through illness, regardless of the earnings of their J28 069 spouses. ^These payments were restricted to a period of three J28 070 months and were half the rate paid to a married person with a J28 071 dependent spouse. ^Eight years later in 1983 the scheme was J28 072 withdrawn as part of government attempts to trim its expenditure. J28 073 |^The regulations concerning eligibility for sickness and J28 074 unemployment benefits ratify the separation of the public and J28 075 private spheres and the dependency of the private on the public. J28 076 ^A similar affirmation of that structure may be found in the J28 077 rules regulating the taxation system which has frequently been J28 078 used, in preference to direct payments through social security, J28 079 to maintain incomes. J28 080 |^Peggy Koopman-Boyden and Claudia Scott, in their extensive J28 081 analysis of the development of family policy in New Zealand, show J28 082 that the taxation system has traditionally disadvantaged married J28 083 women in paid labour, particularly those with husbands earning J28 084 incomes above the median wage. ^This is not because the tax J28 085 system has specifically over-taxed married women but because it J28 086 has consistently supported one-income families in preference to J28 087 two-income families. ^In other words, the taxation system is J28 088 biased towards a family structure which not only encapsulates a J28 089 division between the public and private but also the exchanges J28 090 between those two spheres which underpin women's dependency in J28 091 the family and their exploitation inside and outside it. J28 092 |^Those exchanges are recognised explicitly by the state in J28 093 the continued availability of tax rebates for family dependants J28 094 to married paid workers and to those employing paid housekeepers. J28 095 ^These legitimate the dependency of adults working in the private J28 096 sphere on those working in the public sphere. ^They also confirm J28 097 the notion that labour carried out in the private sphere *- J28 098 housework and child-rearing *- cannot be expected of persons J28 099 employed in the public sphere. ^This concept, of course, informs J28 100 not only the taxation system, but also the {0DPB}, the Widow's J28 101 Benefit and a variety of other state policies such as the state's J28 102 consistent refusal to provide a comprehensive public childcare J28 103 system. J28 104 |^The state's *'no-policy policy**' on childcare is J28 105 rationalised by sex role stereotypes and has a severe impact on J28 106 women's opportunities on the labour market, particularly for J28 107 married women and solo mothers, especially those living in J28 108 low-income households for whom paid labour is both a household and a J28 109 personal necessity. ^The state's failure to ensure adequate and J28 110 easily accessible childcare facilities forces women into piece-work, J28 111 part-time and casual paid labour, forms of paid employment J28 112 characterised by low wages, lack of union representation and J28 113 vulnerability to the boom-recession cycles inherent in a J28 114 market-driven capitalist economy. J28 115 |^The tendency for the state to couch its welfare and J28 116 taxation regulations in gender-neutral terms has been cited by J28 117 the right as indicative of the state's intent to destroy the J28 118 gender-based separation of the public and private spheres. ^In J28 119 reality gender-neutral policy, such as the state policy regarding J28 120 childcare, is a type of double-speak which safeguards the state J28 121 from charges of sex discrimination while veiling the J28 122 gender-loaded implications of its policies. J28 123 |^Past tax rebates for dependent spouses and children have J28 124 not been contingent on the sex of the claimant. ^Likewise, J28 125 rebates for paid housekeepers are available to wage and salary J28 126 earners of either sex. ^Sickness and unemployment benefits are J28 127 available to a spouse of either sex as long as their husband or J28 128 wife is not engaged in paid labour. ^Even the {0DPB}, which is J28 129 popularly believed to be a *'woman's benefit**', is available to J28 130 any man engaged in full-time care of a child or sick relative who J28 131 has no spouse or other income to support him. (^There is an J28 132 exception to the gender-neutrality of the {0DPB} which I will J28 133 discuss later. ^The Widow's Benefit is also not gender-neutral; J28 134 it is restricted entirely to women.) J28 135 |^The state associates life in the private sphere with J28 136 dependency on a breadwinner. ^But the state does not prescribe J28 137 that the tasks which make up the mother-wife role should be J28 138 undertaken by women, merely that undertaking those tasks requires J28 139 full-time commitment. ^State income policies, then, affirm J28 140 women's status as secondary income earners and dependants not J28 141 because its policy is gender-specific but because state policies J28 142 operate within a context that identifies the woman's role as that J28 143 of mother-wife. J28 144 |^Consequently only a little more than 40 per cent of women J28 145 under retirement age fully supported by the state received J28 146 unemployment sickness or other labour force-related benefits in J28 147 1981. ^In that year 58.9 per cent of women supported by the state J28 148 received the Widow's Benefit or {0DPB}. ^The former represents J28 149 not the complete exclusion of women but the marginality of women J28 150 to paid labour. ^Similarly, the fact that in the same year less J28 151 than 3 per cent of men under retirement age fully supported by J28 152 the state received the {0DPB} reflects not men's exclusion but J28 153 the inconsistency of this type of dependency with male gender J28 154 roles. J28 155 |^Men may accept dependency on the state, and the state may J28 156 provide men with support, but this generally occurs only if men's J28 157 ability to earn an income is disrupted through illness or J28 158 unemployment. ^Women, however, are already considered dependants, J28 159 or at least potential dependants, of men. ^It is not the loss of, J28 160 or lack of access to, paid employment which provides the context J28 161 for the most significant welfare relationship between women and J28 162 the state, but the loss or lack of a man! ^The state compensates J28 163 women for the loss of a breadwinner through the Widow's Benefit J28 164 or the {0DPB}. J28 165 |^The state's provision of women with support through the J28 166 {0DPB} is the most important and controversial aspect of welfare J28 167 both for women and for the state. ^More than any other policy it J28 168 epitomises the contradictions inherent in the state's position. J28 169 ^The {0DPB} represents most graphically the acceptance, indeed J28 170 encouragement, of women's dependency. ^It encourages women to see J28 171 their security in terms of marriage and yet it also provides them J28 172 with an escape from marriage while undertaking full-time J28 173 childcare. ^For women the {0DPB} represents both a mere transfer J28 174 from one set of dependency relations to another and a release J28 175 from dependency on men and a threat to patriarchal power. J28 176 |^This poses a real problem for the state. ^On the one hand, J28 177 if the {0DPB} is a more attractive alternative for women with J28 178 children than co-habitation with a man, this is clearly going to J28 179 confront the state with a large expenditure. ^On the other hand, J28 180 if the state refuses to support mothers who leave their husbands, J28 181 are deserted by their husbands, who are unmarried or widowed, J28 182 then there will be tremendous pressure on the state to provide J28 183 childcare facilities so these women can be engaged in full-time J28 184 paid labour. J28 185 |^In terms of state expenditure, the socialisation and J28 186 support of children through a family, even if subsidised through J28 187 social security, is considerably cheaper than socialised J28 188 childrearing. ^Within families it is expected that the expense of J28 189 childcare for the state will be offset by parents who, because of J28 190 emotional ties, will lower their own standard of living and J28 191 transfer expenditure from themselves to their children. ^This is J28 192 clearly expressed in the difference between the support the state J28 193 provides to parents receiving various benefits compared with the J28 194 state's support of orphan children under the care of guardians. J28 195 |^Parent beneficiaries receive a relatively large sum for J28 196 the first child and a smaller sum for each child thereafter. ^In J28 197 the case of the guardian caring for orphans, there is no similar J28 198 decrease in support. ^Until October 1986, then, a solo parent J28 199 with two children would receive a total of *+$200.18 a week, J28 200 *+$82.47 of which is the state's payment for child support. ^The J28 201 guardian caring for two orphan children would, in comparison, J28 202 receive *+$116 a week for child support. ^Moreover, while the J28 203 former's eligibility is governed by a means test, the guardian J28 204 will receive payment regardless of his or her income although the J28 205 orphan's personal income will be means tested. J28 206 |^If, as the Orphan's Benefit rate implies, it costs in real J28 207 terms *+$58.05 a week to raise a child, then the solo parent with J28 208 two children is subsidising her or his children by *+$33.63 a J28 209 week and living on a personal income of just *+$4000 a year. J28 210 *# J29 001 **[323 TEXT J29**] J29 002 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J29 003 |^*4There are many schemata of occupational classification. J29 004 ^One of the more satisfactory is the Smith scheme which J29 005 classified white-collar occupations into six groups. ^This J29 006 schema was adapted by Hill and Brosnan to include blue-collar J29 007 occupations and used to compare the occupational distribution J29 008 of New Zealand's major ethnic groups as at the 1981 census. J29 009 ^This article uses that revised schema to examine and compare J29 010 changes in the Maori and non-Maori occupational distributions J29 011 over 1956-1981. ^Males and females are treated separately. ^The J29 012 article also presents median incomes for each group of the J29 013 Smith data and draws the implications for policy of the uneven J29 014 distribution of Maoris and non-Maoris between the occupation J29 015 groups. J29 016 **[END INDENTATION**] J29 017 |^*0It is well established that Maoris have lower incomes than J29 018 other New Zealanders (Macrae, 1975; Brosnan, 1982; Gould, 1982; J29 019 Brosnan and Hill 1983a; Brosnan and Hill 1983b; Easton, 1983). J29 020 ^Furthermore, these differences persist when we control for age J29 021 and education (Brosnan, 1984). ^However, if we take data drawn J29 022 with sufficient fineness, and control for additional variables, J29 023 such as occupation, hours worked, experience and location, we J29 024 find that Maori-*1pakeha *0differences disappear (Macrae, 1976; J29 025 Brosnan, 1985). ^The implication is that the substantial J29 026 differences in income which exist at the aggregate level (19 J29 027 per cent for males and 12 per cent for females (Brosnan and J29 028 Hill, 1983a) are due to the crowding of Maoris into lower paid J29 029 occupations (Ritchie, 1968; Hill, 1979; Hill and Brosnan, J29 030 1984). J29 031 |^While few would contest that Maori occupational crowding J29 032 does occur, the extent of it and the trend over time has J29 033 received little attention. ^Some authors (Macrae, 1975; Gould J29 034 1982; Pearson and Thorns, 1983) have compared the occupations J29 035 of the Maori and non-Maori populations, while Moir (1977) J29 036 computed indices of race and sex segregation for the censuses J29 037 1956 to 1971. ^This latter work was expanded upon in a J29 038 conference paper by Mila Hill (1979) which extended the J29 039 analysis to the 1951 and 1976 censuses. ^Aside from their J29 040 brevity, these studies suffer from two fundamental weaknesses. J29 041 ^First, the census classification of occupations changed J29 042 substantially over the period 1951 to 1971 and comparisons J29 043 between censuses based on unadjusted census tables are of J29 044 doubtful validity (Smith, 1981). ^Secondly, the one-digit J29 045 {0NZSCO} data used in these studies is a very crude system J29 046 which groups occupations rather more by industry than by J29 047 occupation. J29 048 |^The aim of this paper is to compare the Maori and J29 049 non-Maori occupational distributions over 1956-1981. ^In doing so, J29 050 we will present a considerably fuller analysis than the J29 051 above-mentioned studies. ^Equally importantly, we will present the J29 052 data in such a way as to overcome the problems of the changing J29 053 classification system. J29 054 |^The method is based on that adopted by Smith (1981) in a J29 055 previous paper published by this journal. ^Smith's (1981) paper J29 056 analysed the growth of a white-collar workforce in New Zealand J29 057 over the period 1956-1976 and utilised four-digit census data. J29 058 ^For purposes of analysis, Smith regrouped those data into J29 059 seven occupational groups which were standard between censuses J29 060 (despite the four-digit data not being standard). ^This schema J29 061 has a long pedigree. ^Originally, it had been devised by Routh J29 062 (1965) for an analysis of occupation and pay in Britain between J29 063 1906 and 1960. ^It was subsequently modified by Bain (1970) for J29 064 a study of white-collar unionism in the same country and then J29 065 remodified by Smith (1981, 1983, 1984), for a similar study in J29 066 New Zealand. ^Hill and Brosnan (1984) further developed this J29 067 scheme. ^Their contribution was to divide Smith's large Manual J29 068 Worker group into Skilled and Unskilled since, as Braverman J29 069 (1974) and others ({0e.g.}, Blackburn and Mann, 1979) point J29 070 out, the amount of skill required in so-called semi-skilled J29 071 occupations is greatly exaggerated. J29 072 |^We saw the Smith-Hill-Brosnan schema as having two J29 073 principal strengths: first, its long pedigree permits J29 074 comparisons between studies. ^Secondly, it is based on what J29 075 people do at work. ^Thus the same schema can be used for J29 076 different races or sexes. ^This makes it preferable to J29 077 alternative schema such as the Elley-Irving (1972, 1976, 1985) J29 078 and Irving-Elley (1977) socio-economic indices which are based J29 079 on income and education level and therefore change between J29 080 censuses. J29 081 |^This is not to say that the schema does not have its J29 082 weaknesses. ^Criticism could be directed at details of Smith's J29 083 allocation of occupations. ^For example, he classifies J29 084 veterinarians (0651) as Lower Professionals while economists J29 085 (0901), who have no recognised entry qualification, shorter J29 086 training, lower income and, arguably, less responsibility, are J29 087 classified as Higher Professionals. ^Members of religious J29 088 orders (1412 and 1419) are classified as Higher Professionals J29 089 even though many of them would be performing manual labour. J29 090 ^Alternatively, policemen are classified as manual workers J29 091 though many perform clerical work. ^Additionally, the sales J29 092 worker group is little changed from the census thus J29 093 stockbrokers are in this category even though it would seem J29 094 desirable to include them among the professional groups. ^A J29 095 further anomaly is university teachers who are classified as J29 096 Lower Professionals while many of the people they train such as J29 097 scientists, engineers, lawyers, accountants, \0etc., are J29 098 classified as Higher Professionals. ^We did not see these J29 099 weaknesses as fatal since, in much of our analysis, we are J29 100 forced to work with two-digit data where the division of J29 101 Professionals into Higher and Lower is not possible. ^More to J29 102 the point, the purpose of the analysis is to make comparisons J29 103 over time and between population groups and thus consistency of J29 104 classification is more important than marginal classification J29 105 decisions. ^This being so, we preferred not to interfere with J29 106 Smith's classification. J29 107 *<*4Limitations of Data*> J29 108 |^*0Occupational data for the Maori population have been J29 109 available at the two-digit level since 1956. ^They have not, J29 110 however, been available by employment status. ^Four-digit data J29 111 are available, in unpublished form, for 1971, 1976, and 1981. J29 112 ^In view of the restricted data available for 1956, 1961 and J29 113 1966, we were forced to use the Smith Classification schema at J29 114 the two-digit level. ^The problems which this implied were J29 115 discussed in Hill and Brosnan (1984). ^In general, we gave a J29 116 two-digit category the classification of the majority of its J29 117 constituents. ^While this caused some problems between the two J29 118 professional categories, causing us to condense them into J29 119 one, it did not produce any major differences for the other J29 120 groups. ^This can be verified by comparing Tables 1 and 4 and 2 J29 121 and 5 below. ^Although we regard the categorisations presented J29 122 in Tables 4 and 5 based on four-digit data, as the more J29 123 accurate, in the discussion of historical trends we will use J29 124 the categorisations presented in Tables 1 and 2 based on J29 125 two-digit data. J29 126 *<*6RESULTS*> J29 127 *<*4Broad Trends*> J29 128 |^*0The broad trends in occupational distribution are revealed J29 129 in Tables 1 and 2. ^It will be seen that in general the J29 130 non-manual occupations increased their proportion of the labour J29 131 force in the quarter century between 1956 and 1981. ^The major J29 132 exception is sales workers who have declined in proportion J29 133 since 1966. ^The movement in the share of the small Supervisor J29 134 group is ambiguous. ^Improvements in the {0NZSCO} from 1971 J29 135 enabled this group to be more readily identified in the later J29 136 period. ^It is likely that the proportion of supervisors is J29 137 understated in the earlier periods and it appears that their J29 138 share of total employment has remained more or less the same J29 139 over the whole period. J29 140 |^The trends which we identified hold in most cases for J29 141 both males and females. ^The major differences in the trends J29 142 are the decline in male Clerical employment since 1966 and the J29 143 decline in female Sales Workers over the whole period. ^It will J29 144 be seen by comparing Tables 1 and 2 that most of the J29 145 **[TABLES**] J29 146 decline in the share of Sales Workers in total employment is J29 147 due to the decline of female employment in those occupations. J29 148 |^Although the broad trend of male and female employment J29 149 change is the same, Table 2 highlights the substantial J29 150 differences in the occupational distribution of males and J29 151 females on which Smith (1981, 1983, 1984) and Moir (1977) have J29 152 commented. ^Females are much less inclined to be found in the J29 153 manual occupations; if they are however, they are more likely J29 154 to be in the Unskilled group. ^Among the non-manual J29 155 occupations, males are more likely to be found among J29 156 Administrators and Managers and Supervisors. ^Females are more J29 157 likely to be found among Professionals, Clerical Workers and J29 158 Sales Workers. J29 159 |^If we separate Professionals into Higher and Lower J29 160 Professionals, as we do in Tables 4 and 5, we find that males J29 161 are more likely to be in the Higher Professional group. J29 162 ^Roughly 40 per cent of male Professionals belong to the Higher J29 163 group compared with only about 5 per cent of female J29 164 Professionals. ^As Smith (1983) points out, female J29 165 Professionals are most likely to be nurses or primary teachers J29 166 *- classified as Lower Professionals. ^Males are more likely to J29 167 be engineers or accountants and classified as Higher J29 168 Professionals. ^As it happens, the extent of female membership J29 169 of the Higher Professional group may be a little exaggerated J29 170 since journalists who account for a significant proportion of J29 171 females among the Higher Professionals could arguably be J29 172 classified among the Lower Professional Group. J29 173 |^Smith (1981, 1983, 1984) did not examine the manual J29 174 occupations. ^These account for over 60 per cent of male J29 175 employment and between 34 and 41 per cent of female employment. J29 176 ^It is useful to briefly examine these groups. ^In line with J29 177 Smith's findings for the non-manual group, we find a high J29 178 degree of concentration among female workers. ^Over half of the J29 179 female Skilled Manual group can be found in three occupations; J29 180 women's hairdresser, dairy farmer and sewing machinist. ^The J29 181 latter occupation accounted for 40 per cent of skilled female J29 182 employment in 1971 although the proportion had dropped to 32 J29 183 per cent by 1981. ^The distribution of the Unskilled Manual J29 184 group is more diverse but three occupations, nurse aid, cleaner J29 185 and food packer, account for more than 12 per cent of the J29 186 group's female employment. J29 187 **[TABLE**] J29 188 |^A summary measure of the different occupational J29 189 distribution of the two sexes is provided by the segregation J29 190 indices presented in the first row of Table 3. ^The index for J29 191 each census shows the proportion of the male (female) labour J29 192 force that would have to be redistributed to achieve the same J29 193 distribution as the female (male) labour force (Duncan and J29 194 Duncan, 1955). ^The index fluctuates without any noticeable J29 195 trend and we may conclude that the male and female occupational J29 196 distributions were as dissimilar in 1981 as in 1956. ^Smith J29 197 (1983) found the value of the index to be increasing over the J29 198 period. ^However his index was computed for the non-manual J29 199 occupations only. ^Thus, the increasing segregation of the J29 200 non-manual occupations would appear to be offset by the changes in J29 201 the manual occupations. ^Smith (1983) followed Gibbs (1965), J29 202 Moir (1977) and Hill (1979) in also computing a so-called J29 203 standardised index which adjusted the number in each category J29 204 to be of equal size and thus control for structural changes. J29 205 ^While this might have some appeal in certain circumstances, it J29 206 gives undue weight to small categories and produces an index J29 207 which has no sensible interpretation. ^We do not propose to J29 208 produce such an index. J29 209 *<*4Maori/ non-Maori Data*> J29 210 |^*0Immediately apparent from the first three tables is the J29 211 very different occupational distributions of Maoris and J29 212 non-Maoris. ^We determine from a comparison of the segregation J29 213 indices in Table 3 that the differences between Maoris and J29 214 others is greater than the difference between males and J29 215 females. ^We also see from Table 3 that while both the racial J29 216 segregation indices tend to fluctuate, the male index has J29 217 tended to increase over the 1956-1981 period. J29 218 *<*1Male data*> J29 219 |^*0Two things stand out in Table 1. ^First Maoris are J29 220 under-represented in every occupational group except Unskilled J29 221 Manual. ^In fact Maoris are more than twice as likely to be J29 222 found in this group. ^Secondly, the proportion of Maoris who J29 223 fail to state their occupation in the census is much higher *- J29 224 at least three times higher *- than for non-Maoris. J29 225 *# J30 001 **[324 TEXT J30**] J30 002 |^*0Despite relatively short public memories, riots are not J30 003 new to New Zealand. ^During the nineteenth century there were J30 004 several riots in the more populated South, in which religion J30 005 played an important part. ^Economic and social causes were more J30 006 obvious in Twentieth Century rioting. ^The waterfront strike of J30 007 1913 saw several clashes in Wellington between mounted J30 008 *"specials**" and strikers. ^In 1932 thousands took part in J30 009 Depression marches in the main centres. ^In Auckland J30 010 particularly, there were serious confrontations and hundreds of J30 011 injuries. ^Details of the wartime *"Battle of Manners Street**" J30 012 (1944), by contrast, remain obscure. ^Post-1945 saw prison riots J30 013 in Auckland and Christchurch, the 1951 waterfront strike, the J30 014 largely forgotten Hastings Blossom Festival affray and the later J30 015 anti-Vietnam war protests provide some indication of social J30 016 discord during a period many remember with nostalgia. J30 017 |^Like some of its predecessors, the Queen Street riot of 7 J30 018 December 1984 received widespread publicity. ^Its aftermath J30 019 witnessed angry recriminations, calls for punitive action against J30 020 youth, and rival social diagnoses of society's ills. ^The Labour J30 021 government, with the support of Opposition parties, hurriedly J30 022 passed the Local Government Amendment Act. ^This Act gave local J30 023 authorities greater discretionary powers in banning liquor from J30 024 public venues, while the Police had their powers of search J30 025 without warrant extended. ^Memories of the riot, the most serious J30 026 since 1932 found expression in a popular movie, *4Queen City J30 027 Rocker, *0and in some of the recommendations made by the J30 028 Commission on Violent Crime (Roper Commission), 1987. J30 029 |^While the Queen Street riot should not be lightly J30 030 dismissed as a non-event, it is argued here that the reaction to J30 031 it on the part of the press, the politicians and the public was J30 032 not only disproportionate to the incident, but that it was also J30 033 an inappropriate one. ^Collectively, the strong condemnation, J30 034 together with the attempt at explanation and the resultant J30 035 legislation can be viewed as a *"moral panic**". ^Through its J30 036 particular set of assumptions and style of reporting, the media J30 037 amplified the riot, bequeathing in the process, a specific J30 038 reconstruction of riot-reality. ^One result was the creation of J30 039 folk-devils in a manner similar to that which followed the Mods J30 040 and Rockers clashes in the United Kingdom during the 1960s, J30 041 analysed by Cohen (1980). J30 042 |^Media amplification was also crucial in the case of J30 043 society's control agents: the police; the courts; and J30 044 legislators. ^These agencies cannot and do not operate in a J30 045 social vacuum. ^As a major transmitter of moral panics, the media J30 046 supplies them, as they do us, with the modes and models for J30 047 explaining and reacting to deviance. ^Amplification is insidious J30 048 in that the modes and models also can become part of apparently J30 049 rival belief systems, both of which, in the aftermath of the J30 050 riot, came to legitimate particular forms of social control J30 051 through state action. ^The consequences, however, reach far J30 052 beyond mere legislative reaction. ^What Hall *1{0et.al.} *0(1978) J30 053 have termed, *'the British crisis**', consists of successive J30 054 stages. ^Moral panics and the extent to which these are seen to J30 055 amalgamate, thereby giving rise to public perceptions of a J30 056 growing, many-faceted, yet indivisible threat, indicate the J30 057 distance Britain has already travelled towards a *"soft**" J30 058 law-and-order society. ^In New Zealand, the creation of the J30 059 street kids as newsworthy items, the rising concern over violence J30 060 and crime, increasing unease about social disharmony and J30 061 *"imported**" modes of behaviour, the power of community myths of J30 062 a socially untroubled past, all suggest that the Hall *1{0et.al.} J30 063 *0model may have some application here. J30 064 |^Not only public, but also subsequent official and legal J30 065 reaction to the Queen Street riot was greatly influenced by J30 066 media-based concepts. ^Here, newspapers are of particular J30 067 significance both because of New Zealand's high consumption of J30 068 newspapers, and because relevant overseas research on the way J30 069 newspapers deal with violent crime, particularly riots, is J30 070 available for comparison. J30 071 |^How then, did the press, particularly the Auckland press, J30 072 portray the riot? ^The morning after the event, the *4Auckland J30 073 Herald *0carried riot news with a front page headline that was to J30 074 set the tone for much of the subsequent media coverage. ^*2*'THE J30 075 BATTLE OF QUEEN STREET**' *0typified a *"war-dispatch**" style of J30 076 reporting which was continued in the story which followed it. J30 077 ^The story claimed, ^*'Police and Youth fight pitched J30 078 battles...after a bloody riot erupted during a free rock J30 079 concert**'. (8 {0Dec.} 1984: 1) J30 080 |^A second headline asserted, ^*2*'THANK GOD IT'S ALL J30 081 OVER!**' *- *0a phrase borrowed from the original theme slogan J30 082 for the abandoned concert. ^The covering story conveyed powerful J30 083 images: glimpses of *'weary police officers**', *'frightened J30 084 staff**' (of Queen Street shops), of *'marauding groups of J30 085 youths**'. ^We are told how, ^*'A group of street youths sat in J30 086 front of one store totally unconcerned about the large rubbish J30 087 bin they had just thrown through the plate glass window**', about J30 088 a group of Christians who *'ambled into the melee... asking J30 089 people to *"turn to Jesus**"**'. ^We hear an incredulous young J30 090 visitor from Melbourne asking, ^*'Does this happen all the time J30 091 in Auckland?**' J30 092 |^The way overseas visitors saw the riot, was a theme taken J30 093 up elsewhere in the *4Auckland Herald. ^*0The American freelance J30 094 writer Mike Field provided an eyewitness account. ^He stressed J30 095 that as New Zealand lacked the ghettos common to many {0U.S.} J30 096 cities, an awareness of riot behaviour overseas constructed from J30 097 media reports might have influenced youth behaviour. ({0Ibid}:2) J30 098 ^This concern to portray New Zealand as a country without major J30 099 social problems, especially after violent confrontations have J30 100 occurred, is of long standing, and was noted by Noonan (1969:83) J30 101 in her study of the 1932 Depression riot in Auckland. J30 102 |^Despite such concerns, sensationalism was often utilised J30 103 by the press, particularly in early reports on the riot. ^The J30 104 evening paper, the *4Auckland Star, *0headlined; ^*2*'POLICE J30 105 BATONS FACE GUN-TOTING RIOTERS**', *0though the report which J30 106 followed mentioned only that police had been rushed to a J30 107 location, *'where a man carrying a rifle was seen... but could J30 108 not find him**'. ^Elsewhere the report stressed the menacing J30 109 nature of the *'mob**', and the essentially defensive nature of J30 110 police operations, including an incident where police were forced J30 111 to release some prisoners *'by a mob brandishing firebombs and J30 112 handkerchiefs dipped in petrol**'. (8 {0Dec.} 1984:1) ^Our J30 113 sympathies are drawn to the police, who are heavily outnumbered J30 114 and are ill-equipped to face a *'gun-toting mob**' who are in J30 115 complete control. ^A similar emphasis on the mad fury of the J30 116 rioters is evident in a {0TVNZ} news bulletin run later that same J30 117 evening in which it was claimed that police were attacked by J30 118 scores of rioters. ^This bulletin stressed that the loud music J30 119 detectable in the {0TV} coverage of bottle-throwing youths lent J30 120 support to police claims that the riot had actually begun prior J30 121 to the police calling off the concert. ({0TVNZ} News, 8 {0Dec.} J30 122 1984) ^This point was to be contradicted, however, in the J30 123 official report. J30 124 |^Early reports especially, concentrated on the numbers of J30 125 police injured, and on damage done to police vehicles and inner J30 126 city businesses. ^We learn that forty-two police were injured, J30 127 but there were few references to non-police casualties. (Auckland J30 128 Star, 8 {0Dec.}:A3) ^In the *4Auckland Star, *0the alliterative J30 129 headline; ^*2*'TEARS, TERROR AT CONCERT THAT MADE HISTORY**' J30 130 *0was followed by a report from Star reporter, Wendyl Nissen, J30 131 whose eyewitness account provided evocative images *- *'screaming J30 132 children**', *'bloody head wounds**', *'protective strangers**'. J30 133 ({0Ibid}) ^According to the *4Sunday News *0(9 {0Dec.} 1984), J30 134 Auckland hospital sources confirmed that seventy-five people had J30 135 been treated in the hospital's Accident and Emergency Department J30 136 by mid**[ARB**]-day Saturday. ^There were no stretcher cases and J30 137 everyone had apparently *'made it under their own steam**'. ^The J30 138 *4Auckland Star *0estimated that there was *'hundreds of J30 139 thousands of dollars worth of damage**'. ^This figure indeed J30 140 seems to confirm the ferocity of the riot. ^In a later report on J30 141 the aftermath, however, the *4New Zealand Herald *0(10 {0Dec.} J30 142 1984:5) seemed to suggest that most of the damage was in the form J30 143 of shattered windows, especially on Wakefeld Street. ^The same J30 144 report quoted a Winston Glass \0Ltd estimate that, on average, a J30 145 single broken pane would cost *+$400 to replace and that Winstons J30 146 had received about sixty calls to replace glass by mid-Saturday J30 147 morning. J30 148 |^Both the *4Auckland Herald *0and the *4Auckland Star J30 149 *0utilised a device employed subsequently by other papers; namely J30 150 reporting the riot from several different angles over a number of J30 151 pages, maximising the riot's impact on readers. ^The *4Auckland J30 152 Star *0promised, *'more riot pictures and stories, A3, A15,**' J30 153 while the *4Auckland Herald *0advertised ^*'More reports, more J30 154 pictures, \0pp. 2-3 and back**'. J30 155 |^Although several Auckland papers were affected by a strike J30 156 on Saturday, headlines on Monday were, if anything, even more J30 157 dramatic. ^The *4Auckland Herald *0(10 {0Dec.} 1984:1) captured a J30 158 quote, allegedly from Auckland Mayor Cath Tizard; ^*'People J30 159 Dancing like Dervishes in an Inferno**'. ^Even at this stage, few J30 160 newspaper reports gave any logical indication of sequence *- the J30 161 mob looted, burned and attacked police at the same time. ^As J30 162 early as the 1960s, however, Graham and Gurr (1969:420) concluded J30 163 that United States commodity riots had a *'natural history**', J30 164 where the attention of rioters shifted from police, to window J30 165 smashing, then, to selective, rather than *'mindless**' looting. J30 166 ^It was also postulated that United States urban riots developed J30 167 in the context of a disturbed social atmosphere in which, J30 168 typically, a series of tension heightening incidents over a J30 169 period of weeks or months became linked with a shared network of J30 170 underlying grievances on the part of rioters. ({0NACCD}, J30 171 1968:110) ^As Cohen (1980:249) puts it, riots are only J30 172 *'mindless**' if one accepts that one cannot think about the J30 173 police *- that the police can only be supported. J30 174 |^The Queen Street riot was acutely perceived as a threat to J30 175 cherished ideals of social harmony; as a dislocation of the J30 176 social structure in a manner reminiscent of the perception of J30 177 Mods and Rocker violence in Britain. ({0Ibid}:49) ^In both J30 178 instances, there were attempts to make sense of what had J30 179 happened, not only on the part of the press, but also on the part J30 180 of prominent local and national politicians and administrators. J30 181 ^In the aftermath of the Queen Street riot, two types of J30 182 explanations were offered, one of which will be labelled here J30 183 *"conservative**", the other, *"liberal**". ^While these were to J30 184 an extent, rival social analyses, leading to rather different J30 185 remedies, they also shared some common characteristics. J30 186 |^The liberal explanation attempted to place the riot in a J30 187 limited social context, rather than simply focus on the behaviour J30 188 of the rioters as *"criminal**". ^Although liberals did not J30 189 necessarily share the same political beliefs, they nevertheless J30 190 shared a conviction that New Zealand society had only J30 191 deteriorated within the last decade, with social harmony being J30 192 replaced by social discord. ^There was little or no attempt to J30 193 critically examine economic and social structures from a J30 194 historical perspective. ^Instead, the catalysts which had finally J30 195 brought on the Queen Street riot were identified, variously, as J30 196 being the 1981 Springbok tour, the introduction of centralised J30 197 policing, and the alienation of youth, particularly Maori and J30 198 Pacific Island youth. ^Likewise, after the Brixton riots, British J30 199 liberals saw the violence as a collective demonstration of social J30 200 despair in the face of racism, unemployment and police J30 201 harassment, rather than as an act of criminality, or as a J30 202 reflection of economic and political marginalisation of the inner J30 203 city. (Lea and Young, 1982:6-7) J30 204 |^Some two months after the riot, the two liberal J30 205 periodicals, the *4New Zealand Listener *0and *4Metro *0sought J30 206 alternative views on the causes of the riot. ^Psychotherapist J30 207 Kathie Torpie claimed that only ten years ago New Zealand had no J30 208 unemployment and little violent crime; ^*'Before it was us New J30 209 Zealanders together in an egalitarian society**'. ^*'Now it's us J30 210 against them**'. (Listener, 19 {0Jan.} 1985:10) ^Lesley Marx, a J30 211 *4Metro *0contributing writer believed that within living memory, J30 212 there had been unison, harmony, and togetherness. ^He hoped for a J30 213 reassertion of *'middle New Zealand**' rather than let things J30 214 *'be shared between the political malcontents of the radical left J30 215 with their questionable agenda, and the ultra-conservatives J30 216 pining for a return to God, Queen and Lash**'. (Metro, {0Feb.} J30 217 1985:72) J30 218 *# J31 001 **[325 TEXT J31**] J31 002 |^*0An additional problem arises when the short-term J31 003 migration data are used, relating to the fact that since 1979 J31 004 only a sample of the arrival and departure cards for people J31 005 moving for less than 12 months have been coded by the Department J31 006 of Statistics. ^Between 1 April 1979 and 31 March 1986 the J31 007 sampling fraction was 25 percent; it has recently been reduced to J31 008 20 percent and consideration is being given to reducing it J31 009 further to 1 card in 6 being coded. ^Where small numbers of J31 010 short-term arrivals or departures are involved in particular J31 011 occupation categories, the sampling errors can throw considerable J31 012 doubt on the utility of the data. ^In the case of data on J31 013 permanent and long-term migrations the sampling error problem J31 014 does not arise because all arrival and departure cards for these J31 015 categories of movement are coded. J31 016 |^In several of the tables relating to the occupation J31 017 composition of New Zealand residents contained in the data set J31 018 compiled for the Population Monitoring Group, information on a J31 019 composite group encompassing permanent, long-term and short-term J31 020 categories is presented. ^Given the problem of category jumping J31 021 these data are more useful when assessing the aggregate effect of J31 022 trans-Tasman movement by residents on the population of New J31 023 Zealand, but they are subject to sampling error. ^In this case J31 024 the errors are small because short-term movers comprise a small J31 025 proportion of the aggregate flows of New Zealand residents who J31 026 are included in the trans-Tasman migrant universe in this study J31 027 (the definition of a trans-Tasman move is discussed below). J31 028 *<*4The Maori Population*> J31 029 |^*0Because of the considerable interest in Maori population J31 030 dynamics, tables on the permanent and long-term migration of J31 031 Maoris have been included in the data set. ^Very few data on the J31 032 international migration of Maoris are available and, as from late J31 033 1986, it is not possible to monitor trends in the migration J31 034 behaviour of this group. ^The question on the arrival and J31 035 departure cards that sought a self-declaration on Maori ethnicity J31 036 has been deleted from the latest versions of the cards. J31 037 |^Data on permanent and long-term migration of Maoris J31 038 between 1981 and 1986 must be interpreted with caution for two J31 039 reasons. ^In the first place, it is not known how many Maoris J31 040 responded to the relevant question. ^There is a suspicion that J31 041 many Maori international migrants travelling away from and back J31 042 to New Zealand may simply have failed to complete this question, J31 043 especially after it was relegated to the bottom of the cards in J31 044 1982. ^Secondly there is the problem of assessing whether it is J31 045 essentially a New Zealand resident Maori population that is being J31 046 recorded in the trans-Tasman migration data, or whether there are J31 047 considerable numbers of Maori Australian residents who are in the J31 048 arrival and departure groups. ^There is a sizeable Maori J31 049 population in Australia and there is no reason to suspect that J31 050 members of this population are not travelling to New Zealand as J31 051 visitors, or as long-term migrants. J31 052 |^Despite some uncertainty over the composition of the Maori J31 053 migrant universe, it has been assumed for the purposes of this J31 054 study that the great majority are New Zealand residents reporting J31 055 on movement intentions and experiences overseas when they J31 056 complete their arrival and departure cards in New Zealand. ^In J31 057 other words, they are a subgroup of the New Zealand resident J31 058 migrant universe. J31 059 *<*6TRANS-TASMAN MIGRATION*> J31 060 *<*4The Conventional Definition*> J31 061 |^*0When compiling a data set on international migration J31 062 between New Zealand and a specific country (or countries) an J31 063 important decision that has to be made concerns the definition of J31 064 the places of origin and destination of the movers. ^The J31 065 information collected on arrival and departure cards allows for J31 066 several alternatives in this regard. ^Data are recorded on the J31 067 birthplace, nationality, country of last or next permanent J31 068 residence, and country of embarkation or disembarkation for each J31 069 traveller. ^All of these reference points have their uses in J31 070 inter-country analyses of international migration, and the one J31 071 that is used most commonly in the case of trans-Tasman movement J31 072 is the country of last or next permanent residence. J31 073 |^The conventional definition of trans-Tasman migration J31 074 encompasses the flow into New Zealand of people who cite J31 075 Australia as the country where they last spent 12 months or more J31 076 in permanent residence, and the flow out of New Zealand J31 077 of people who state that Australia will be the next country where J31 078 they will spend 12 months or more in residence. ^The birthplace J31 079 and nationality criteria are used sometimes to isolate particular J31 080 subgroups in the trans-Tasman flow defined in terms of country of J31 081 last/ next permanent residence, but they are rarely used on their J31 082 own to isolate the relevant migrant universe. J31 083 |^The main reason for this is that Australia's population J31 084 has significant components of people born in, or retaining J31 085 citizenship rights in, other countries who would be excluded from J31 086 migrant universes defined solely on the basis of Australia as J31 087 country of birth or nationality. ^This can be illustrated with J31 088 reference to the numbers of arrivals in and departures from New J31 089 Zealand who cited Australia as either their country of birth, or J31 090 their country of nationality, or their country of last/ next J31 091 permanent residence in a particular year (Table 2). J31 092 **[TABLE**] J31 093 |^The smallest migrant universe in this case is the group J31 094 citing Australia as their birthplace; this group had over 80,000 J31 095 fewer people as arrivals or departures in the year ended 31 March J31 096 1984 than the corresponding group citing Australia as country of J31 097 last/ next permanent residence. ^The latter group comprised J31 098 people with a wide range of birthplaces and nationalities, but J31 099 they fulfilled the basic requirement for most studies of J31 100 trans-Tasman migration: their last (arrivals) or next J31 101 (departures) place of permanent residence was Australia. J31 102 *<*4A Refinement*> J31 103 |^*0The data set compiled for the Population Monitoring J31 104 Group has been derived using the conventional definition of J31 105 trans-Tasman migration with one important refinement. ^In J31 106 addition to defining the migrant universe in terms of Australia J31 107 as the country of last or next permanent residence, the country J31 108 of embarkation (for arrivals in New Zealand) and country of J31 109 disembarkation (for departures from New Zealand) was taken into J31 110 consideration. ^It was decided to restrict the migrant universe J31 111 to those people who were known to have arrived in New Zealand J31 112 from Australia or landed in Australia after departure from New J31 113 Zealand. J31 114 |^This refinement was added for several reasons. ^In the J31 115 first place, the term trans-Tasman migration is quite specific in J31 116 a spatial sense, and it was considered desirable to produce a J31 117 migrant universe which literally *"crossed the Tasman**". ^This J31 118 level of spatial specificity seemed desirable because the J31 119 Trans-Tasman Travel Arrangement requires that people with J31 120 permanent residence status in Australia who are not Australian J31 121 citizens, *"travel directly to New Zealand from Australia**" if J31 122 they are to be exempted from visa and permit requirements in New J31 123 Zealand. J31 124 |^Another reason for restricting the universe to people who J31 125 actually crossed the Tasman was to facilitate direct comparison J31 126 between data on international migration collected in New Zealand J31 127 and Australia. ^At present there are quite marked variations in J31 128 the numbers termed trans-Tasman migrants in the statistics for J31 129 the two countries. ^A factor contributing to this lack of J31 130 uniformity is the fact that some thousands of the arrivals in and J31 131 departures from New Zealand, who cite Australia as their country J31 132 of last or next permanent residence, do not go to or come from J31 133 Australia directly. ^This is illustrated in Table 3 where the J31 134 origins of arrivals and destinations of departures are listed by J31 135 broad region for people citing Australia as country of last/ next J31 136 permanent residence during the year ended 31 March 1986. J31 137 *<*4The Problem of Short-term Visitors*> J31 138 |^*0While the more precise spatial definition of J31 139 trans-Tasman migration identifies that group of people who J31 140 actually cross the Tasman, there is one major limitation of the J31 141 incorporation of country of embarkation/ disembarkation into the J31 142 definition. ^This is evident in Table 3 where it can be seen that J31 143 a significant number of people departing from New Zealand, who J31 144 cited Australia as their country of next permanent residence, did J31 145 not state what their immediate destination was. ^The great J31 146 majority of these people (94 percent) were short-term visitors to J31 147 New Zealand, many of whom could have been tourists from Australia J31 148 travelling to other destinations. J31 149 **[TABLE**] J31 150 |^The short-term visitor category in the trans-Tasman J31 151 migrant universe creates analytical problems with both the J31 152 conventional and the refined definitions of movement between New J31 153 Zealand and Australia. ^In the case of the conventional definition, J31 154 the statistics on short-term visitor arrivals and departures J31 155 aggregated over the period 1 April 1978 and **[SIC**] 31 March J31 156 1986 show a net loss to New Zealand of 13,519 people aged between J31 157 15 and 59 years, a loss which has the effect of exaggerating the J31 158 flow of people from New Zealand to Australia. ^In reality this J31 159 net loss of short-term visitors is a function of the way New J31 160 Zealand is used as a transit point in international tourist flows J31 161 of Australians returning after, or embarking on, trips to other J31 162 parts of the world. J31 163 |^In the case of the refined definition of trans-Tasman J31 164 migration, the short-term visitor category, aggregated over these J31 165 eight years, shows a substantial net gain of people to New J31 166 Zealand (100,759) which is even more unrealistic than the net J31 167 loss recorded using the conventional definition. ^This *"gain**" J31 168 simply reflects the fact that large numbers of non-residents who J31 169 cite Australia as their next country of permanent residence, do J31 170 not cite Australia as their place of disembarkation when they J31 171 leave New Zealand. ^The statistics in Table 3 for the year ended J31 172 31 March 1986 show how a net loss of 20,720 people (232237 J31 173 arrivals minus the 252957 departures) on the basis of the J31 174 conventional definition of trans-Tasman migration becomes a net J31 175 gain of 188 people (219081 arrivals minus 218893 departures) when J31 176 the refined definition is used. J31 177 |^The problems created by short-term visitors in the J31 178 assessment of net gains and losses to New Zealand's population as J31 179 a result of trans-Tasman migration are essentially removed when J31 180 this category of migrants is deleted from the data set. ^The more J31 181 precise spatial definition of trans-Tasman migration has J31 182 considerable utility in the case of permanent and long-term J31 183 migration of residents and non-residents. ^As noted earlier, it J31 184 is these groups which are of particular relevance for a data set J31 185 on the occupation composition of trans-Tasman population flows. J31 186 ^The numbers of permanent and long-term arrivals and departures J31 187 aged between 15 and 59 years in the major occupation groups for J31 188 the two definitions of trans-Tasman migration are shown in Table J31 189 4. ^In all cases the refined definition captures over 90 percent J31 190 of the people included in each occupation group when the J31 191 conventional definition is used. J31 192 *<*6OCCUPATION GROUPS*> J31 193 *<*4The Occupation Classification*> J31 194 |^*0All people arriving in and departing from New Zealand J31 195 are requested to state their usual occupation on the appropriate J31 196 travel document. ^The Department of Statistics codes the J31 197 responses using a New Zealand Standard Classification of J31 198 Occupations ({0NZSCO}). ^The {0NZSCO} is a hierarchical J31 199 classification which allows for several levels of generality with J31 200 regard to the specification of occupation. ^In the base of the J31 201 declarations about occupations recorded on arrival and departure J31 202 cards, the Department of Statistics uses the three digit code in J31 203 the {0NZSCO} which permits up to 999 categories of occupation to J31 204 be specified. ^From the three digit codes a two digit J31 205 classification (*"minor**" occupation groups) and a single digit J31 206 classification (*"major**" occupation groups) can be derived J31 207 directly. J31 208 |^Most of the data published on the occupation composition J31 209 of trans-Tasman migration is for the *"major**" and *"minor**" J31 210 groups. ^In the Population Monitoring Group's data report more J31 211 detailed information on selected occupations specified at the J31 212 three digit code level is provided. ^Data at this low level of J31 213 aggregation are required to isolate nurses, teachers and J31 214 particular groups of construction workers whose international J31 215 movements may be of particular interest in the context of the J31 216 often cited *"skills drain**" to Australia. J31 217 *# J32 001 **[326 TEXT J32**] J32 002 |^*0The practice, however, was not extended to the examples J32 003 illustrating the use of words and, in general, early Maori texts J32 004 did not indicate vowel quantity. ^The 1887 edition of the Bible J32 005 was exceptional in that it marked long vowels which have J32 006 grammatical function ({0e.g.} marking plural forms of nouns, or J32 007 passive forms of verbs), as well as a few others that distinguish J32 008 words minimally from other words. ^The first Bible Revision J32 009 Committee took a giant step backward and had the distinction J32 010 removed in the 1952 edition. J32 011 |^In 1958 I began a campaign to have phonemic vowel length J32 012 marked everywhere, on the grounds that the distinction between J32 013 long and short vowels carries a very high functional load and J32 014 that it is impossible to pronounce *1any *0Maori word correctly J32 015 unless one knows the length of the vowels. ^The two arguments J32 016 most frequently advanced against this were 1) that if you are a J32 017 Maori speaker you know the length of all vowels so there is no J32 018 need to mark them and 2) that there are several degrees of J32 019 length. ^The first claim is untrue, as can be heard on any Maori J32 020 language radio programme, when proper names, in particular, are J32 021 frequently mispronounced because the correct vowel quantities are J32 022 unknown to the native-speaking announcer. ^A notorious example is J32 023 *1Taamaki, *0regularly mispronounced as Tamaki on the Maori news J32 024 programme. ^Again, one of Maoridom's few remaining exponents of J32 025 oral genealogical recital, who has apparently gained much of his J32 026 knowledge from written sources that did not mark vowel quantity, J32 027 frequently mispronounces ancestral names by getting vowel J32 028 quantities wrong and so marring his otherwise impressive J32 029 performances. J32 030 |^The second argument, that there are more than two degrees J32 031 of length, rests on a confusion between non-contrastive J32 032 (non-significant) and contrastive (significant) differences of J32 033 length. ^As there are never more than two words minimally J32 034 distinguished by the length of a vowel, it follows that there is J32 035 only one contrastive difference in vowel length, and all J32 036 phonemically different Maori words can be distinguished by an J32 037 orthography which marks long vowels (by whatever method), and J32 038 leaves short vowels unmarked. J32 039 |^After being accused of murder (of the Maori language) by a J32 040 Bishop of the Anglican Church, and surviving combat (verbal) with J32 041 an armed warrior on the *1marae, *0I now take some satisfaction J32 042 in noting that most recent Maori text marks vowel length, J32 043 although not always by the method I prefer. J32 044 |^While indicating vowel length ensured that differently J32 045 pronounced words were spelled differently, it did not solve the J32 046 problem of knowing where to stress Maori words. ^In what follows J32 047 I want to take it for granted that written Maori cannot indicate J32 048 correct pronunciation unless vowel length is marked, and J32 049 concentrate on showing that word divisions must also be marked in J32 050 order to indicate the position of word-stress. J32 051 |^In the late fifties I recognised that at least two kinds of J32 052 stress must be recognised for Maori *- I called them contour J32 053 stress and primary stress *- but failed to find any general rules J32 054 applying to either. ^The discovery, by Pat Hohepa in 1960, of J32 055 ordered rules for determining primary word stress did the trick, J32 056 however. ^It transpired that essentially the same rules could be J32 057 applied to predict contour stress (now called phrase stress). J32 058 |^As word boundaries are usually marked by space it might J32 059 seem that there is no further problem. ^Difficulties occur, J32 060 however, with forms which are conventionally written as single J32 061 words but are actually concatenations of two or more. ^The rest J32 062 of this paper deals with those difficulties and suggests a J32 063 solution. ^It is concerned entirely with the placing of word J32 064 stress, whose domain is the spoken-word. J32 065 |^Phrase stress, whose domain is the (spoken) phrase, may or J32 066 may not occur on a syllable that bears word stress. ^Its position J32 067 differs according to the type of phrase (final or non-final) and J32 068 is determined to a certain extent by the content of the phrase. J32 069 ^Rather complicated rules can be devised to cover these points J32 070 but, as phrase boundary itself depends partly on speech style, J32 071 the position of phrase stress in real utterances is variable. ^In J32 072 any case, as spelling is concerned with words, phrase stress J32 073 plays no part in it. J32 074 * J32 075 |^First we must distinguish written-word from spoken-word. ^Let J32 076 us define written-word as a meaningful sequence of symbols J32 077 bounded by spaces. ^By symbol I mean the letters of the J32 078 conventional Maori alphabet plus hyphen. ^Let us define a J32 079 spoken-word as a sequence of sounds bearing no more than one word J32 080 stress. ^This definition is hardly adequate but it will serve its J32 081 present purpose. J32 082 |^Now let us turn to the rules for placing the stress in the J32 083 correct position on spoken words. ^These we will call the word J32 084 stress rules. ^As phrased they apply to words in the orthography J32 085 which writes the letter twice to indicate vowel length and counts J32 086 a long vowel as two vowels. ^I will leave it to proponents of J32 087 macrons to re-phrase them for their orthography. J32 088 |^The word stress rules, which must be applied in the order J32 089 given, are as follows: J32 090 |1. J32 091 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J32 092 ^Word stress must fall no more than four vowels from the end of a J32 093 word. J32 094 **[END INDENTATION**] J32 095 |2. J32 096 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J32 097 ^If the written-word contains just one short vowel it is J32 098 unstressed. J32 099 **[END INDENTATION**] J32 100 |3. J32 101 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J32 102 ^If it contains a non-final long vowel, stress that. J32 103 **[END INDENTATION**] J32 104 |4. J32 105 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J32 106 ^If there is no non-final long vowel, stress a non-final J32 107 diphthong. J32 108 **[END INDENTATION**] J32 109 |5. J32 110 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J32 111 ^If there is no non-final diphthong, stress the first vowel (or J32 112 the fourth vowel from the end in long words). J32 113 **[END INDENTATION**] J32 114 |^Generally speaking words are set off by spaces in Maori J32 115 orthography, so by applying the word stress rules, we can J32 116 correctly stress *1wikitooria *0as *1wiki*3TOO*1ria *0(rule 3), J32 117 *1raukawa *0as *3RAU*1kawa *0(rule 4) and *1rangatira *0as J32 118 *3RA*1ngatira *0(rule 5). ^But what does one do with the long J32 119 place names found on our maps and road signs? J32 120 |Taumatawhakatangihangakoauauatamateapokaiwhenuakitanatahu J32 121 |^Applying the rules for placing word stress on this orthographic J32 122 monstrosity we render the last four vowels as *3TA*1natahu. J32 123 ^*0How one is expected to deal with the rest of it boggles the J32 124 mind! ^It is no wonder the Japanese tourist in the {0TV} J32 125 commercial falls over backwards every time he attempts it. J32 126 |^Moreover, *3TA*1natahu *0is incorrect. ^The sequence J32 127 actually contains two word stresses and is pronounced *3TA*1na J32 128 *3TA*1hu. ^*0It is, in fact, two spoken-words, but we had no way J32 129 of knowing this. ^It appears that our word stress rules cannot be J32 130 applied successfully to all forms conventionally written as J32 131 words. J32 132 |^Now, if *1tanatahu *0is two (spoken) words, it seems likely J32 133 that the rest of New Zealand's longest place name contains other J32 134 hidden words. ^If we knew where those words began and ended the J32 135 apparent impossibility of pronouncing the whole thing might be J32 136 relieved. ^As it happens, and unlike many proper names in Maori, J32 137 our monster's anatomy is relatively obvious. ^Here it is, word by J32 138 word, in phonemic spelling and meaning *'ridge of Tamatea the J32 139 wanderer's flute-playing to his wife**': J32 140 |^*1Taumata whakatangihanga kooauau a Tamatea pookai whenua ki J32 141 tana tahu J32 142 |^*0Now, by applying the word stress rules to each word we get: J32 143 |^*3TAU*1mata whaka*3TA*1ngihanga koo*3AU*1au a *3TA*1matea J32 144 *3POO*1kai *3WHE*1nua ki *3TA*1na *3TA*1hu J32 145 |^*0The point I am making here is not that it becomes easier J32 146 to read off the correct pronunciation of long proper names if J32 147 they are divided up in accordance with their internal J32 148 composition, but the much stronger one that it is *1impossible J32 149 *0to read off the correct pronunciation of long names unless they J32 150 are so divided. J32 151 |^It is unclear why the National Geographic Board chose not J32 152 to indicate word-division in Maori place-names. ^They have no J32 153 objection to multi-word place-names in English, as witness Grey J32 154 Lynn, Mount Roskill, Lower Hutt, Top o' the Bruce, Three Kings J32 155 and so on. ^One assumes that they got bad advice. J32 156 |^With the current emphasis on reasonably correct renderings J32 157 of Maori names, and a campaign to replace long-established J32 158 English names by even longer-established Maori ones, it seems J32 159 essential to provide authoritative guides to pronunciation. ^For J32 160 practical reasons most such guides will be written documents J32 161 (which does not of course rule out the provision of sound J32 162 recordings as well). ^It is not possible, however, to provide a J32 163 written guide to pronunciation unless one has an unambiguous J32 164 orthography. ^As conventionally written, Maori orthography is not J32 165 such but it becomes adequate if, in addition to vowel length, J32 166 spoken-word boundaries are marked in some way. ^It becomes J32 167 adequate because it will now write differently all words that are J32 168 pronounced differently, and in a way that can be read back with J32 169 word stress placed correctly. J32 170 |^Most common ({0i.e.} non-proper) words are marked off by J32 171 spaces when they are written, so the written-word indicates J32 172 unambiguously where it should be stressed, provided, of course, J32 173 that vowel length is also marked. ^There remain, however, very J32 174 many written-words that are pronounced as two or more (spoken) J32 175 words but are conventionally written as one. ^This includes most J32 176 long proper names, which are usually written as one word, J32 177 although their pronunciation and/or their apparent composition J32 178 indicates that they are compound. ^As we have seen, unless we J32 179 know where the (spoken) word boundaries occur, we will be unable J32 180 to decide from the written compound word its correct J32 181 pronunciation. J32 182 |^What to do? ^It is clear that spoken-word boundaries J32 183 should be marked in some way. ^The obvious solution seems to be J32 184 to make use of that sadly neglected symbol, the hyphen, which can J32 185 maintain the unity of compound written-words and, at the same J32 186 time, indicate spoken-word boundaries. J32 187 |^Let us call a sequence of symbols set off by spaces and J32 188 appearing (because of its length or its apparent derivation) to J32 189 contain two or more simple words, a compound word. ^Examples of J32 190 compound words taken from Williams's *1Dictionary of the Maori J32 191 Language *0are: *1mutuwhenua, piipiiwharauroa, pirikahu, J32 192 manawa-nui, waipuke, raukawa, tangiwai, tuutaekeehua, J32 193 waewae-koukou. ^*0Much longer compounds are found, by official J32 194 decree, in place-names ({0e.g.} *1Taumata-whatsit *0above), and J32 195 in personal names by convention ({0e.g.} Maniauruahu, J32 196 Ruaputahanga, Atairangikaahu). J32 197 |^If we had a principle for discovering (spoken) word J32 198 boundaries in such compounds we could mark them, by hyphens, for J32 199 example, and then apply our word stress rules to each component. J32 200 ^Is there such a principle? J32 201 |^It would be nice if the apparent derivation of a compound J32 202 word also decided its spoken-word boundaries, so let us J32 203 try that first. ^The word *1waipuke *'*0flood**' seems obviously J32 204 derived from the words *1wai *'*0water**' and *1puke *'*0well up, J32 205 rise**'. ^We might be justified then in hyphenating the word as J32 206 wai-puke and, giving it two word stresses, pronounce it *2WAI J32 207 PU*0ke (by Rule 5). ^This, however, would be an error. ^The J32 208 derivation may be right, but the pronunciation is wrong. ^The J32 209 compound is pronounced, with just one heavy stress, *3WAI*1puke, J32 210 *0like *'*2FLOOD*0water**', not like *'*2FLOOD TIDE**'. ^*0This J32 211 defines it as a single word pronounced in accordance with Rule 4 J32 212 of the Word Stress Rules. J32 213 |^Now let us look at the Northland place-name officially J32 214 spelled Pukenui. ^Again, its derivation seems obvious. ^*1Puke J32 215 *'*0a hill**', *1nui *'*0big**', and that, of course, is the name J32 216 of \0Mt. Camel, the true locus of the place-name which is now J32 217 applied to the settlement across the Houhora Harbour. ^Warned by J32 218 the last example we decide to pronounce the compound as one word J32 219 *2PU*0kenui. ^Wrong again, I am afraid. ^The pronunciation J32 220 requires two word stresses (*3PU*1ke-*3NU*1i*0), exactly as if we J32 221 were saying *2MOUNT CA*0mel. ^So, while *1waipuke *0is one J32 222 (spoken) word, Pukenui is two. ^If the pronunciation distinction J32 223 I am discussing eludes you, compare it to the difference between J32 224 *'a greengrocer**' (a man who sells vegetables) and *'a green J32 225 grocer**' (a grocer who is green). ^In Maori pronunciation J32 226 *1waipuke *0and *1Wairoa *0and *1Waikato *0are each one word, J32 227 (like greengrocer), but *1Pukenui *0and *1Awanui *0are two (like J32 228 green grocer). J32 229 |^It is apparent that dividing compound Maori words J32 230 according to their perceived derivation fails us in determining J32 231 spoken-word division and hence as a guide to the placing of J32 232 stress. J32 233 *# J33 001 **[327 TEXT J33**] J33 002 |^*0Finally, in 1986, as the time of his release on parole J33 003 approached after three years in prison, the label reappeared J33 004 along with another variation: J33 005 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 006 |the self-styled cancer doctor J33 007 |jailed cancer therapist Milan Brych. J33 008 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 009 |^The example shows both the deterioration of Brych's image J33 010 in the media as the labellings became increasingly negative and J33 011 the power of the original pseudo-title to persist for over a J33 012 decade even in different countries. ^In New Zealand the J33 013 pseudo-title had become uniquely his, to the extent that the mere J33 014 phrase *1controversial cancer therapist *0was sufficient J33 015 identification without the need to mention Brych's name. ^In this J33 016 case, the deterioration in titling is parallelled by a shift from J33 017 *1\0Dr. Brych *0initially to *1\0Mr. Brych *0after his medical J33 018 qualifications became suspect, and finally to plain *1Brych *- J33 019 *0the conventional reference to convicted criminals by last name J33 020 alone. J33 021 *|^*2COMPLEXITIES. ^*0The typical structure which favors J33 022 determiner deletion in New Zealand news English is brief like the J33 023 titles which it imitates: a single noun, perhaps with one J33 024 preposed modifier. ^But the rule can still apply when the J33 025 constituent {0NP}'s reach a high or even uninterpretable degree J33 026 of syntactic complexity. ^There may be coordination within the J33 027 first, descriptive {0NP}: J33 028 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 029 |Prime Minister and Minister of Finance Sir Thomas Davis J33 030 |Dominion transport reporter and motoring writer Russell Scoular. J33 031 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 032 |^Deletion in this context is no great problem when the J33 033 coordinated {0NP}'s are semantically like, such as ministerial J33 034 positions. ^But it can result in bizarre effects when unlikes are J33 035 coordinated: J33 036 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 037 |Australian and favourite Rob \de Castella. J33 038 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 039 |^Coordinations may also occur in the second, name {0NP} *- J33 040 sometimes with the familiar journalistic detail of age and place: J33 041 **[BEGIN INDENTATION ONE**] J33 042 |runaway sweethearts Colin Alabaster, 22, and 14-year-old Ann J33 043 Schofield of J33 044 **[BEGIN INDENTATION TWO**] J33 045 |Wellingborough, Northants J33 046 **[END INDENTATION TWO**] J33 047 |Middlesex Polytechnic {0BA} in performance arts students Sally J33 048 Parkinson and J33 049 **[BEGIN INDENTATION TWO**] J33 050 |Tracy Bernhardt. J33 051 **[END INDENTATION TWO**] J33 052 **[END INDENTATION ONE**] J33 053 |^Descriptive {0NP}'s may be simultaneously apposed both before J33 054 and after a name {0NP}, with the determiner deleted from the J33 055 preceding {0NP}: J33 056 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 057 |ex-convict Jack Cody, self-confessed thief and a gambler. J33 058 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 059 |^Double preceding apposition of descriptive {0NP}'s is possible, J33 060 with at least one determiner deletion necessary to make the J33 061 structure workable: J33 062 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 063 |proud dad, deputy Labour leader Geoffrey Palmer J33 064 |husband, journalist David Robie J33 065 |wife, dancer Anna Scarpova. J33 066 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 067 |^Such expressions tend to sound bizarre in isolation, and it is J33 068 notable that, to make them comprehensible, the comma has been J33 069 inserted between the two descriptive nouns. ^Note also that the J33 070 three examples just above involve deletion of a possessive J33 071 determiner from the first descriptive {0NP} (the noun of family J33 072 relationship), followed by article deletion with the following J33 073 occupational noun. J33 074 |^The determiner can be deleted from an expression which is J33 075 acting as a preposed genitive to another {0NP}. ^In such cases, J33 076 deletion even seems to be favored, as retaining the determiner J33 077 hinders interpretation of the full expression: J33 078 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 079 |State Minister Frank O'Flynn {0QC}'s former firm J33 080 |guerilla leader Robert Mugabe's men. J33 081 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 082 |^The wide applicability of the rule is shown where the J33 083 determiner is deleted in a preposed genitive. ^Here the J33 084 determiner had in fact governed the possessive noun of the J33 085 descriptive {0NP} and not the head noun: J33 086 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 087 |Hussars officer's daughter Stella Quekett J33 088 |boxer's wife, Jackie Magri. J33 089 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 090 |^The determiner can also be deleted when there is an increased J33 091 amount of structure in the descriptive {0NP}, preferably preposed J33 092 before the head noun but in some cases postposed. ^The shift to J33 093 acceptance of the rule by New Zealand media is perhaps most J33 094 remarkable at this point. ^Expressions where deletion would have J33 095 been severely deviant ten years ago are now increasingly J33 096 occurring without determiners: J33 097 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 098 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J33 099 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 100 |^Determiner deletion typically occurs before the names of J33 101 persons, but nonpersonal names are now adopting the rule. ^Names J33 102 of animals, and entities like firms and sports teams, are J33 103 following personal names into determiner deletion: J33 104 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 105 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J33 106 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 107 |^Note that most of the head nouns of the descriptive {0NP}'s in J33 108 the examples immediately above normally apply to persons *- J33 109 *1newcomers, hopeful, rival, leader. ^*0This eases the path to J33 110 determiner deletion, while nonperson nouns like *1firm *0or J33 111 *1team *0would inhibit deletion (but note *1group *0in the second J33 112 of these examples). J33 113 |^When the determiner deletion operates on complex J33 114 structures, or where many expressions with deletion follow each J33 115 other closely, the density of information makes for structures J33 116 which are very hard to decode. ^Note the triple preceding J33 117 apposition in the first of the following examples, and the J33 118 complete sentence cited in the second, with its repeated J33 119 appositions and determiner deletions, culminating in the almost J33 120 undecipherable final phrase: J33 121 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 122 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J33 123 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 124 *|^*2A VARIABLE RULE. ^*0The number of structures where J33 125 determiner deletion is categorically inadmissible in New Zealand J33 126 English is rapidly shrinking. ^However, a few do seem to remain. J33 127 ^Where the head noun is semantically vacuous, deletion is J33 128 unacceptable; one finds *1the man, \0Mr. Fred Berryman, 22, *0but J33 129 not */*1man, \0Mr. Fred Berryman, 22. ^*0However, where the J33 130 pseudo-title adds information, deletion will be acceptable: J33 131 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 132 |Waipawa boy Timothy Story, 10 J33 133 |schoolboy Timothy Story J33 134 |*/boy Timothy Story. J33 135 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 136 |^Certain expressions with numerals do not permit deletion *- J33 137 *1the two *0has anaphoric reference while *1two *0does not. J33 138 ^Pseudonumerals may also be included, as in: J33 139 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J33 140 |the two other girls, Denise Clayton and Jackquie Wakelin J33 141 |the pair, Richard Balmforth of Reuters and Liz Thurgood of the J33 142 Guardian. J33 143 **[END INDENTATION**] J33 144 |^The squishiness of what expressions are acceptable as J33 145 titles, and therefore what structures determiner deletion can J33 146 apply to, is reflected in the fact that this is a variable rule, J33 147 subject to differential linguistic constraints (see Labov 1980). J33 148 ^Without presenting any detailed analysis on this, suffice to J33 149 note that there seem to be three main groupings of variable J33 150 constraints, already hinted at in the discussion of J33 151 acceptability: J33 152 |1. ^The type of determiner affects the frequency of J33 153 deletion, with articles *1the *0and *1a *0favoring deletion, and J33 154 possessives disfavoring (except for first-person *1our J33 155 *0referring to the news medium itself, as in *1[our] business J33 156 editor Ron Quennell*0). J33 157 |2. ^Limited premodification favors deletion, but multiple J33 158 premodification in the descriptive {0NP} and any postmodification J33 159 inhibit deletion. J33 160 |3. ^Finally, the co-occurrence of deletion with first name J33 161 (\0F), \0M-term, or null term preceding the last name (\0L) J33 162 affects the frequency of deletion. ^Null term inhibits deletion J33 163 strongly, since using \0L-only implies full titleness in the J33 164 descriptive noun. ^With \0M-term, deletion is more acceptable, J33 165 and it is favored with \0F *- partly because the informality of J33 166 referring to someone by first name co-occurs readily with the J33 167 less formal style with which determiner deletion is identified. J33 168 *|^*2GEOGRAPHICAL DIFFERENTIATION. ^*0Application of the J33 169 determiner deletion rule varies according to (at least) three J33 170 sets of extralinguistic factors: geographical, social and J33 171 historical. J33 172 |^Geographically, there is a clear polarization between J33 173 media in Britain and in the United States. ^Table 1 shows J33 174 determiner deletion in prestige news media in both countries: in J33 175 the United States, on {0CBS} and {0ABC} network television news, J33 176 and in the *1New York Times *0and *1Washington Post; *0in J33 177 Britain, on {0BBC}-1 television's *1Nine O'clock News, *0and on J33 178 the Independent Television News program *1News at Ten, *0together J33 179 with *1The Times *0and *1The Guardian *0newspapers. ^The table J33 180 shows the number of cases in which the rule was actually applied J33 181 as a percentage of all cases where it could have been applied, J33 182 that is, where the structural description was met. J33 183 |^The dichotomy between British and American prestige media J33 184 is absolute. ^All four British media delete a maximum of ten J33 185 percent of determiners *- that is, they hold to semicategorical J33 186 retention of the determiner. J33 187 **[TABLE**] J33 188 ^Three of the American media delete about ninety percent of J33 189 determiners, with the *1New York Times *0a little below at J33 190 seventy-five percent. ^For the American media, then, J33 191 semicategorical deletion is the norm. ^This signifies that in the J33 192 United States, the rule has little social force. ^It is not J33 193 identified with any class of media. J33 194 *|^*2SOCIAL VARIATION. ^*0With such polarization between the J33 195 two main international varieties of English, it becomes possible J33 196 that different media within a country may adopt one or the other J33 197 model as their target. ^In both New Zealand and the United J33 198 Kingdom, this is the case. J33 199 |^Table 2 shows the proportion of deletion in seven of J33 200 Britain's national daily newspapers. ^The split into two camps is J33 201 strikingly similar to that between British and {0U.S.} media in J33 202 table 1. ^The three national lower-circulation, *"quality**" J33 203 papers *- *1Times, Guardian, *0and *1Telegraph *- *0delete at low J33 204 levels. ^The *1Daily Telegraph *0is highest at twelve percent. J33 205 ^Then there is a leap to the four so-called *"popular**" dailies, J33 206 with the *1Daily Mail *0using the least determiner deletion J33 207 (73%). ^The mass press has gone over to what it sees as the less J33 208 formal, more popular American style using determiner deletion. J33 209 ^The prestige papers remain with the older retention of the J33 210 determiner, now regarded *- evidently with only partial J33 211 justification *- as characteristic of British-versus-American J33 212 news style. ^Note also that while the structure of table 2 is J33 213 very similar to table 1, it is less severely polarized. ^I take J33 214 this to result from the fact that the British popular media are J33 215 imitating American norms. ^As with most reflections, the image is J33 216 a little less sharp than the original. J33 217 |^Also shown in table 2 are the data for deletion of J33 218 articles only, excluding the possessives, which permit deletion J33 219 much less frequently. ^All four mass newspapers delete the J33 220 articles at semicategorical levels (90% plus). ^The *1Sun *0has J33 221 pushed the rule to completion for articles, with 100 percent J33 222 deletion, although the number of tokens (35) is too small to say J33 223 that this is absolute. J33 224 |^The ranking of newspapers in table 2 for their degree of J33 225 determiner deletion corresponds almost exactly to the social J33 226 status of their readerships. ^The National Readership Surveys J33 227 conducted in Britain during 1980 J33 228 **[TABLE**] J33 229 ({0JICNARS} 1980) rank the newspapers by the social grade of J33 230 their readership: the *1Times *0at the top, then the *1Telegraph J33 231 *0and *1Guardian; *0then a considerable drop to the *1Mail, J33 232 *0followed by the *1Express, Mirror, *0and *1Sun. ^*0Only the J33 233 *1Guardian *0breaks the perfect correlation between social grade J33 234 and determiner deletion, and then by just one percentage point. J33 235 |^A similar socially determined structure is evident for New J33 236 Zealand radio stations. ^In a 1984 sample (table 3), two stations J33 237 with lower status audience had high determiner deletion *- the J33 238 middle-of-the-road Community Network of Radio New Zealand (the J33 239 public broadcasting corporation), and the Auckland privately J33 240 owned rock music station Radio Hauraki. ^By contrast, Radio New J33 241 Zealand's prestigious National Radio network deletes less than a J33 242 fourth of determiners. J33 243 |^The polarization of radio stations reflects very J33 244 accurately their orientation towards British or American cultural J33 245 and linguistic norms. ^The rule of determiner deletion turns out J33 246 to be diagnostic of New Zealand media orientations, just as it J33 247 was for British media. ^And as with the British newspapers, the J33 248 correlation of determiner deletion with the social standing of J33 249 the audience is strong. J33 250 *|^*2HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT. ^*0Media polarize according to J33 251 what I take to be an original, British nondeleting norm and a J33 252 newer, American norm of high deletion. ^Table 3 shows how this J33 253 rule has spread over time. ^When I collected my original sample J33 254 in 1974, all these radio stations had a rather low level of J33 255 determiner deletion. ^Radio Hauraki *- the young-audience rock J33 256 station, was predictably the highest, but still reached only J33 257 twenty-one percent deletion. J33 258 |^But ten years later, a resampling showed that all stations J33 259 had shifted towards the higher levels of deletion we have already J33 260 noted. ^In the case of the Community Network and Radio Hauraki, J33 261 that shift is seventy or eighty percent in just ten years *- a J33 262 rapid and massive leap in the normally slow timetable of J33 263 linguistic change. ^Even National Radio has edged up to an J33 264 appreciable number of deletions *- twenty-three percent *- and J33 265 away from its traditional model, the {0BBC} Overseas Service news J33 266 (table 3). ^{0BBC} news is rebroadcast several times daily on the J33 267 highbrow Concert Programme and J33 268 **[TABLES**] J33 269 in 1984 remains as committed as in 1974 to absolute nondeletion. J33 270 ^The correlation of audience status with the linguistic variable J33 271 holds in both 1974 and 1984 (see Bell 1982a), with remarkably J33 272 little shift in the social composition of the station's audiences J33 273 in the ten years (although new stations have drawn off audience J33 274 *2NUMBERS *0from the existing stations, they have not changed the J33 275 demographic *2STRUCTURE *0of those audiences). J33 276 *# J34 001 **[328 TEXT J34**] J34 002 |^*4W*0hen I began my study of language and linguistics in J34 003 London in the early 1960s none of my university teachers, I J34 004 recall, showed the slightest interest in the subject of how J34 005 children learnt their mother tongue. ^But in the years since, J34 006 there has been a steadily increasing flow of books, articles J34 007 and ideas on the subject. ^It has been an extremely popular J34 008 area for research, and one where the ideas and theories taught J34 009 10 years ago need constant revision and sometimes need to be J34 010 discarded in the light of new work. ^Of course there have J34 011 always been a few people who have been interested in this J34 012 topic. ^There were those who kept diaries of their children's J34 013 language development but, in general, children's early speech J34 014 was seen simply as an imperfect version of adult speech, and J34 015 therefore not really a worthy subject for study and research. J34 016 |^The change in attitude to this subject came about as the J34 017 result of an academic debate between the Harvard behavioural J34 018 psychologist {0B. F.} Skinner and the American linguist Noam J34 019 Chomsky. ^The debate centred on the question of whether J34 020 language was an innate human ability or not. ^Skinner, who had J34 021 done years of research on rats and pigeons, concluded that J34 022 language was not an innate ability, nor did it require any J34 023 special mental mechanisms, but it was a set of habits which J34 024 were built up gradually over the years. ^It came about as a J34 025 form of learning occurring as a response to a stimulus. ^This J34 026 position was set out in a book by Skinner called *1Verbal J34 027 Behaviour, *0published in 1957. ^He felt that what he had J34 028 understood about learning from his experiments with rats and J34 029 pigeons could also be applied to human language. ^He believed J34 030 that if we knew all the *'controlling variables**' we would J34 031 actually be able to predict what people would say in any given J34 032 circumstance. J34 033 |^The linguist Noam Chomsky responded to Skinner's J34 034 explanation for human language in a review he wrote of *1Verbal J34 035 Behaviour. ^*0Chomsky roundly attacked Skinner, saying that J34 036 while Skinner might know about the behaviour of rats and J34 037 pigeons, this knowledge was quite irrelevant when it came to J34 038 explaining human language. ^He pointed out that humans did not J34 039 necessarily behave predictably. ^The kind of argument he used J34 040 was that while rats could be trained to push a lever when they J34 041 saw a flashing light, a human presented with a picture of a J34 042 bowl of fruit might say ^*'What a nice picture**' or ^*'I hate J34 043 apricots**' or ^*'Who put that picture there?**'. ^Also, J34 044 Chomsky pointed out that the rats were always rewarded when J34 045 they did what was required of them, but children were not J34 046 rewarded every time they made a correct utterance. ^In fact, J34 047 for much of the time parents were ignorant of the kind of J34 048 grammatical development taking place in their children's J34 049 speech. J34 050 |^The one thing that Chomsky felt that Skinner could not J34 051 explain in terms of conditioning was creativity. ^He pointed J34 052 out something which any parent could observe *- namely, that J34 053 little children can produce sentences they have never heard J34 054 before, and understand sentences they have never heard before. J34 055 ^In 1969 Chomsky said, in an interview: J34 056 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J34 057 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]. J34 058 **[END INDENTATION**] J34 059 |^So Chomsky allied himself with the 17th century J34 060 rationalist philosopher Descartes, who believed that a child J34 061 was born with innate ideas, an innate language ability. J34 062 ^Chomsky suggested that a child was pre-programmed before birth J34 063 to talk, just as the same child was pre-programmed to walk, and J34 064 this ability was a specific human ability. ^Just as spiders J34 065 built their webs, and beavers built their dams, so humans could J34 066 use language, and it was this ability that set them apart from J34 067 the other animals. ^This language ability was not dependent J34 068 upon race, wealth, intelligence or any other social factor. ^A J34 069 normal hearing child, when he or she heard language being J34 070 spoken, would have this innate language ability triggered off. J34 071 |^I have described the Chomsky/ Skinner debate in a little J34 072 detail because it was crucial to the kind of research into J34 073 children's language acquisition which followed. ^While Skinner J34 074 could point to all his experimental data about rats and J34 075 pigeons, Chomsky's position was far more mystical and, J34 076 therefore, much harder to prove. J34 077 |^One area of research which followed was into the higher J34 078 primates. ^Various chimps (and a gorilla) were trained to use J34 079 sign language to see if they could learn human language, the J34 080 argument being that if language were a unique human ability, it J34 081 would be impossible for these animals to learn human language. J34 082 ^Some of the chimps, and Koko the gorilla, seem to have shown a J34 083 degree of creativity in their use of language, and those J34 084 carrying out this kind of research have complained that the J34 085 linguists were constantly redefining *'language**' to exclude J34 086 the animals. J34 087 |^Even so, there was a major difference in the way these J34 088 animals learnt sign language. ^One chimp called Washoe, for J34 089 example, had to be taught to make the signs by having her hand J34 090 moulded into the required shape, and when she made the J34 091 appropriate sign she was rewarded in some way. ^Human children J34 092 learn language without conscious instruction and without J34 093 constant rewards. J34 094 |^The other area of research which developed out of this J34 095 debate was into the way in which children acquire their J34 096 language. ^If language were an innate human ability, then it J34 097 could be compared to other biologically determined forms of J34 098 behaviour. ^It could be compared, for example, with the ability J34 099 to walk. ^As with walking, talking appears in a child very J34 100 early, and before it is really needed. ^The child is still J34 101 small enough to be cared for constantly, and this would happen J34 102 if it didn't walk or talk. ^Both forms of behaviour come about J34 103 without any conscious decision on the part of the child that it J34 104 will walk or talk at a particular moment; nor are these J34 105 activities triggered off by any external event. J34 106 |^Talking is like walking in another way. ^No matter how J34 107 much a parent may try to encourage or coerce the child, it will J34 108 neither walk nor talk until such time as it is ready. ^Nor does J34 109 intensive practice seem to be of major importance. ^At one time J34 110 it was thought that children might practise their language J34 111 skills in *'pre-sleep monologues**'. ^A linguist, Ruth Weir, J34 112 observed her child talking to himself in bed at night before he J34 113 fell asleep, and so she made a study of this language. ^It J34 114 appeared that he was repeating certain sounds and constructions J34 115 that he was trying to learn at the time. ^However, when Ruth J34 116 Weir's second child was born she found it did not engage in any J34 117 pre-sleep monologues. ^So, from this evidence it seems that J34 118 this kind of practice is not a necessary feature of a child's J34 119 language acquisition. J34 120 |^Perhaps the two most interesting tests for biologically J34 121 controlled behaviour are the idea that there is a critical J34 122 period for its acquisition, and that this behaviour involves a J34 123 regular sequence of developmental milestones. J34 124 |^The idea of a critical period for the acquisition of J34 125 certain forms of behaviour is one which is familiar in the J34 126 biological sciences. ^Some birds will never learn to sing if J34 127 they are not exposed to the songs of their own species at a J34 128 critical stage of their development. ^It has been suggested J34 129 that the same theory can be applied to children learning J34 130 language. ^When they are young, provided that they have normal J34 131 hearing, children seem to be able to learn languages very J34 132 easily and without any formal instruction. ^After puberty this J34 133 ability changes; children can still learn languages, but it is J34 134 very rare that they gain native speaker fluency. ^This can be J34 135 demonstrated among immigrant families in New Zealand. ^The J34 136 youngest children can become quite quickly indistinguishable in J34 137 their speech from their contemporaries in primary school J34 138 classes. ^Teenagers may become fluent in grammar and J34 139 vocabulary, but they will almost always keep some trace of J34 140 their foreign accent. J34 141 |^Obviously it is not possible to carry out experiments on J34 142 children to test the notion of a critical period for language J34 143 acquisition. ^But occasionally, sad strange cases come to light J34 144 where children have been isolated from human contact and speech J34 145 throughout their childhood. ^One such child is Genie, who was J34 146 discovered in a suburb of Los Angeles in 1970. ^When she was J34 147 found she was aged 13 years 7 months, and was past puberty. J34 148 ^From the age of 20 months she had been kept imprisoned in an J34 149 upstairs room with the curtains drawn, and was either tied into J34 150 a home-made sleeping bag in a cot covered with a wire mesh, or J34 151 strapped into a potty-chair. ^Because of a congenital hip J34 152 disorder, Genie had been slow to walk, and her father, thinking J34 153 that she was hopelessly retarded, kept her in this isolated J34 154 state. ^Because her father could not stand noise of any kind, J34 155 there was no radio or television in the house, and if Genie J34 156 made any noise she was likely to be beaten. ^Her mother came J34 157 into her room for a few minutes each day and fed her on tinned J34 158 baby food, but did not speak to her. ^When Genie was found, she J34 159 could understand a few words and some simple commands (probably J34 160 learnt from the period before her imprisonment). ^She had J34 161 normal hearing, normal hand-eye coordination, and she was not J34 162 autistic. ^But she could not talk. J34 163 |^If it is true that there is a critical period for J34 164 language acquisition, it would seem that Genie provides a very J34 165 strong test for it, because she was acquiring language after J34 166 she had passed puberty. ^She was transferred to a loving foster J34 167 home and treated as the other children, without any formal J34 168 language instruction. ^Eventually she did learn to speak to J34 169 some extent, although she did not progress as quickly as normal J34 170 children. ^She still has difficulty with some grammatical J34 171 constructions *- wh- questions, for example; those beginning J34 172 with where or when. ^And she also has trouble with J34 173 pronunciation. ^However, she seems to have no problems learning J34 174 vocabulary items. ^When she is compared with children at a J34 175 similar stage of grammatical development, she has learnt many J34 176 more single words than they. J34 177 |^Because of Genie's early experiences we must be careful J34 178 with the conclusions we draw. ^It is possible that her early J34 179 deprivation, and probable malnutrition could have affected her J34 180 in many ways. ^However, the evidence from Genie's language J34 181 development so far, suggests that there is a critical period J34 182 for the acquisition of pronunciation. (^Which can be also J34 183 demonstrated with children learning a second language before J34 184 puberty.) ^There may be a critical period for the acquisition J34 185 of syntax without special instruction. ^But there is no J34 186 critical period for the learning of vocabulary. ^We can go on J34 187 learning new words all our lives. J34 188 |^From this evidence, it seems surprising to me that most J34 189 New Zealand children who learn a second language at school J34 190 begin in the third form, at exactly the time when the J34 191 indications are that second language learning, especially J34 192 pronunciation, is going to become more difficult. ^Efforts to J34 193 teach the Maori language to very young children should be J34 194 assisted by the children's natural ability at this age to learn J34 195 language. J34 196 |^The second test for biologically controlled behaviour is J34 197 the belief that this behaviour involves a regular sequence of J34 198 developmental milestones. J34 199 |^In the 1960s and 70s there was a great deal of interest J34 200 in the subject of developmental linguistic milestones. J34 201 ^Research was carried out in a number of places in which J34 202 children were observed at regular intervals, their speech J34 203 recorded and their language studied. ^A very famous study was J34 204 carried out at Harvard University by Roger Brown, involving two J34 205 children who, for the purposes of the study, were named Adam J34 206 and Eve. ^From this study, and others, it was demonstrated that J34 207 all children pass through a series of more or less fixed stages J34 208 as their language develops. ^The actual ages at which J34 209 individual children reach those stages can vary considerably, J34 210 but the stages are arrived at in the same order. J34 211 |^This was well illustrated by my own children. ^One spent J34 212 about four months in the single-word stage, another was only J34 213 about three weeks in this stage before she began making J34 214 two-word combinations. J34 215 *# J35 001 **[329 TEXT J35**] J35 002 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 003 |^*1This study explores ways of defining one aspect of the formal J35 004 content of English language learning and teaching in the context J35 005 of the semantic framework of quantification. ^Analysis of a small J35 006 corpus of written English from journalistic and academic sources J35 007 identified 14 subcategories of quantification which accounted for J35 008 over 14 per cent of the words in the corpus. ^Non**[ARB**]- J35 009 specific quantification was more than twice as frequent as J35 010 specific. ^One particular subcategory, approximation, was J35 011 explored in greater detail. ^A comparison of three different ways J35 012 of identifying how approximation is expressed produced a total of J35 013 117 different linguistic devices. ^The relative frequencies of J35 014 these types were then established in the *'learned**' sections of J35 015 the Brown and {0LOB} corpora. ^It is suggested that the J35 016 information which the study provides on an important semantic J35 017 category and on the linguistic devices which express this J35 018 category can be used for more informed language-teaching J35 019 materials development. J35 020 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 021 *<*01. *2INTRODUCTION*> J35 022 |^*0Among the influences on language pedagogy, two in particular J35 023 stand out. ^First, knowledge or beliefs about how the formal J35 024 systems of vocabulary, grammar, and usage function and interact J35 025 lead to assumptions about the desirable pedagogical sequencing of J35 026 linguistic material, usually based on a simplicity criterion J35 027 modified by an analysis of the purposes for which a language is J35 028 being learned. ^Second, knowledge or beliefs about how languages J35 029 are learned, informed by observations on the interaction of J35 030 psycholinguistic and sociolinguistic variables, lead to varying J35 031 emphasis on the role of the teacher either as an organizer of J35 032 linguistic input or as an organizer of contexts for learning. J35 033 ^Pedagogy should, of course, be influenced both by what the J35 034 learner has to learn and by how the learner learns. J35 035 |^In recent years, emphasis on the importance of J35 036 authenticity in learning materials and of interaction in J35 037 language-learning contexts has strongly influenced J35 038 language-teaching practices. ^There has tended to be less emphasis on J35 039 language form, and more on content. ^At its most extreme, some J35 040 teachers have presented learners with unanalysed spoken or J35 041 written texts on the grounds of authenticity, while others have J35 042 concentrated almost entirely on organizing *'activities**', on J35 043 the grounds that learners know how to learn if given J35 044 opportunities to communicate under favourable conditions. J35 045 ^Teachers of English who are themselves native speakers have J35 046 seemed particularly disposed to resist analysis of the language J35 047 being learned, or emphasis on it as form. ^At a recent major J35 048 international conference on English studies, Sinclair (1985) J35 049 expressed concern over neglect of the study of English by J35 050 teachers of English. J35 051 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 052 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J35 053 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 054 |^He concluded that *'an absence of interest in what one is J35 055 teaching is surely a perilous condition**'. J35 056 |^Similarly, Rutherford and Sharwood Smith (1985) are among J35 057 those who have questioned the widespread current assumption that J35 058 the formal system of the language has a *'minimal or even J35 059 non-existent role to play in language pedagogy**'. ^So-called J35 060 *'communicative**' approaches to the teaching of language, which J35 061 have found widespread support, have often resulted in the J35 062 abandonment of quite fundamental insights from an earlier era. J35 063 ^The importance of frequency of occurrence for the teaching and J35 064 learning of vocabulary is a case in point. J35 065 |^Nevertheless, there can be little doubt that teaching a J35 066 language as communication, as an applied or functioning system, J35 067 has an intuitive appeal for teachers and learners alike. J35 068 ^Teachers recognize that their learners need to be able J35 069 to do things with words *- to understand and express the J35 070 language of causation, duration, generalization, obligation, J35 071 and so on. ^It is less clear, however, what the words and J35 072 phrases are which English uses in any particular register to J35 073 express these and other important notions which reflect what J35 074 Bierwisch (1970) called *'the basic dispositions of the J35 075 cognitive and perceptual structure of the human organism**', J35 076 or what Chomsky (1965) referred to as *'attainable J35 077 concepts**'. J35 078 *<2. *2QUANTIFICATION*> J35 079 |^*0The present study describes an attempt to discover how one J35 080 semantic category, namely *1quantification, *0is expressed in J35 081 written English. ^It also explores in greater detail how one J35 082 subcategory of quantification, namely *1approximation, *0is J35 083 expressed. ^The purpose of the research has been to seek ways of J35 084 defining the formal content of language courses within a J35 085 semantically coherent framework; in other words, the categories J35 086 of meaning a learner might need to be able to express, and the J35 087 linguistic devices used to realize these meanings. J35 088 |^Quantification was selected as the semantic category J35 089 because many different branches of linguistic study, both J35 090 theoretical and applied, have recognized that one of the J35 091 important things we do with language is to measure or estimate J35 092 quantity. ^Hintikka (1974) wrote: J35 093 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 094 |^The syntax and semantics of quantifiers are of crucial J35 095 significance in current linguistic theorizing for more than one J35 096 reason. J35 097 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 098 |^He went on to refer to discussions of quantifiers by Lakoff (on J35 099 global constraints), Partee (meaning-preservingness of J35 100 transformations), Chomsky (the role of surface structure in J35 101 semantic interpretation), and Montague and many logicians J35 102 concerned with semantic representation. ^A striking J35 103 characteristic of this research in linguistic theory was how much J35 104 attention was paid to so few words. ^Four words: *1all, some, J35 105 many, *0and *1few, *0received most attention, but sometimes *1no, J35 106 both, little, each, every, any, more, less, several, much, none, J35 107 only, *0and some cardinal numbers received mention also *- a mere J35 108 16 or so words in all. ^Partee (1970), however, also makes J35 109 mention of semantically related words such as *1numerous *0and J35 110 *1scanty, *0which she calls *'quantificational adjectives**'. J35 111 |^In most recent descriptive grammars, quantifiers are J35 112 described as a group of determiners and pronouns which denote J35 113 quantity or amount, and degrees thereof. ^Their formal J35 114 grammatical description has been relatively difficult, partly J35 115 because of their relationship with count and mass nouns, and J35 116 grammatical number. ^Descriptions of quantifiers in semantic J35 117 rather than collocational terms have been attempted by Close J35 118 (1963), Leech and Svartvik (1975), and, in French, by Brunot J35 119 (1953), who devoted some ten chapters of his great grammar to the J35 120 wider field of quantification. ^A study by Ba"cklund (1973) of J35 121 the collocations of 93 adverbs of degree in English was based on J35 122 newspapers and novels and was organized into ten subcategories on J35 123 such semantic grounds as *'adverbs expressing a low degree**' J35 124 ({0e.g.} *1slightly, somewhat*0). ^However, semantic J35 125 classifications have sometimes had difficulty with such issues as J35 126 synonymy, for example whether *1a few *0can be a synonym of J35 127 *1several. J35 128 |^*0There is another quite different tradition, a more J35 129 philosophical one, however, which focuses not on a small group of J35 130 *1quantifiers, *0but on *1quantification, *0arguing that J35 131 quantification is one of the cornerstones of language. ^From J35 132 Aristotle, through Kant up to more recent times, we find J35 133 statements such as the following from Cassirer (1953): J35 134 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 135 |...it becomes evident that concepts of space, time and number J35 136 are the essential framework of objective intuition as it develops J35 137 in language. J35 138 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 139 |^Such a view sees much of the structure and elements of language J35 140 as being devoted to communicating about such basic conceptual J35 141 categories. ^It is Cassirer's third category of number which J35 142 concerns us here. J35 143 |^Whereas the linguistic tradition has tended to focus on J35 144 the grammatical category of quantifiers, it is the semantic J35 145 notion of quantification and the way it is realized with J35 146 linguistic devices which has particular significance for applied J35 147 linguistics. ^It has been suggested (Kennedy, 1978, 1979) that J35 148 even a cursory analysis of text in a task analysis will support J35 149 Cassirer's view and show that there is a great deal of *'quantity J35 150 language**', especially in journalistic and academic contexts. J35 151 ^By way of illustration, three native speakers of English were J35 152 asked to underline any morphemes and collocations which they felt J35 153 were expressing quantity or degree in the following two extracts J35 154 from the British newspaper *1Guardian Weekly *0(10 November 1985, J35 155 page 3). ^There was some disagreement (as, for example, whether J35 156 *1donation *0and *1pay *0implied a quantity of money) but J35 157 substantially the same parts of the text were underlined as J35 158 expressing quantification. J35 159 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 160 |**[LONG QUOTATIONS**] J35 161 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 162 *<3. *2CATEGORIES OF QUANTIFICATION*> J35 163 |^*0The first part of the study is a text-based analysis of how J35 164 quantification is expressed in a corpus of 63,176 running words J35 165 of English, made up from journalistic and academic sources. J35 166 ^About 56 per cent of the corpus (35,086 words) was made up of J35 167 every fifth page of *1Newsweek *0magazine over four consecutive J35 168 weekly editions in April 1980. ^The remainder of the corpus J35 169 (28,090 words) was made up of 70 pages of a textbook on the J35 170 economic and physical geography of New Zealand (Dent and McEwan J35 171 1981). ^*1Newsweek *0was selected because it is widely read J35 172 internationally, and it was nominated by a group of foreign J35 173 teachers of adult learners of English as being a reading target J35 174 for their learners. ^Further, in the 36 pages of text selected, J35 175 there was a wide variety of writers and topics, with 86 named J35 176 writers covering some 47 topics, including the Australian J35 177 economy; the Japanese auto industry; Jesse Owens; Itzhak Perlman; J35 178 chemical warfare; medical ethics; Japanese cinema; Bronze Age art J35 179 in China; the political situation in Iran; relationships within J35 180 the {0EEC}; Ronald Reagan and the United States elections; J35 181 unemployment in Spain; a volcanic eruption. J35 182 |^The geographical text was selected for analysis because it J35 183 is widely used in New Zealand schools and because its subject J35 184 matter, like much of *1Newsweek'*0s, seemed relevant in the light J35 185 of an astute observation by Schumacher (1973: 34): J35 186 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 187 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J35 188 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 189 |^The amount of running text from each of the two sources was not J35 190 large enough to make it worthwhile to treat them separately. J35 191 ^Informal comparisons, however, did not reveal major differences J35 192 between the journalistic and academic sources in the amount of J35 193 quantification. ^A corpus made up of texts from other domains J35 194 such as imaginative writing or biography may well, of course, J35 195 contain quite different proportions of quantification types than J35 196 were found in this study. J35 197 *<3.1 *1Method*> J35 198 |^*0The author recorded under a headword every occurrence of a J35 199 word or construction which seemed to be quantifying in a J35 200 particular context. ^Thus, *1^He won a fistful of prizes in 1977 J35 201 *0has the word *1fistful *0recorded as the headword or *'type**'. J35 202 ^The criterion used was whether a particular linguistic device in J35 203 context answered the question *1How many/ how much/ to what J35 204 extent? J35 205 |^*0No attempt was made to distinguish *1quantity *0from J35 206 *1degree, *0although grammarians have sometimes attempted to do J35 207 so. ^The difficulty of sustaining a distinction can be seen in J35 208 examples such as the following: J35 209 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 210 **[TABLE**] J35 211 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 212 |^Although each headword was recorded on cards J35 213 alphabetically, along with the context in which the word J35 214 occurred, it is not suggested that a headword has a single J35 215 semantic value. ^For example, the word *1poor *0was found ten J35 216 times in the corpus with four different but related meanings: J35 217 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J35 218 **[TABLE**] J35 219 **[END INDENTATION**] J35 220 |^Whenever meanings were related in this way, they were treated J35 221 together and categorized as a single type. ^In the case of the J35 222 type *1poor, *0there were ten tokens. ^*1Poor *0was categorized J35 223 as one of the linguistic devices found to express *'small J35 224 quantities or degrees**'. J35 225 |^At the outset it was clear that a number of decisions J35 226 would be needed as to what would be included in the analysis. J35 227 ^The following linguistic devices which are clearly associated J35 228 with quantification were somewhat arbitrarily excluded on the J35 229 grounds of their pervasiveness: J35 230 **[LIST**] J35 231 |^In making the analysis, it was of course necessary to take note J35 232 of how words or phrases functioned. ^Thus, some words in the J35 233 corpus were apparently not quantifying terms except in particular J35 234 contexts. ^For example, *1insipid *0(lacking spirit, taste, or J35 235 interest; boring) or *1modest *0(humble; not ostentatious) could J35 236 be used as quantification devices to mean *'a small amount**' J35 237 when used in the context of *1an insipid total *0or *1a modest J35 238 increase. ^*0The pervasiveness of such metaphorical ways of J35 239 expressing fundamental concepts has been discussed by Kennedy J35 240 (1978) and by Lakoff and Johnson (1980). J35 241 |^Some more obviously quantifying devices in the corpus were J35 242 sometimes used in ways which were unexpected. ^For example, *1so J35 243 many *0and *1so much *0were sometimes used to mean *1some *0(an J35 244 indeterminate amount of) rather than *1very many/ very much, *0as J35 245 in *1^Let us assume there were so many people in the room; ^I'll J35 246 only put up with so much trouble. ^*0Similarly, the word *1some J35 247 *0was sometimes used to express approximation (*1^He lived there J35 248 some sixty years*0), and sometimes to express unspecified J35 249 quantity/ degree (*1^He lived for some years in London; ^Some J35 250 measurements were made*0). J35 251 *# J36 001 **[330 TEXT J36**] J36 002 *<*1Transport*> J36 003 |^*0Sixteen parents used their own car to take their child to the J36 004 preschool, one mother used a bicycle, three walked and one J36 005 collected the child by bus. ^A stationwagon operated by the J36 006 Crippled Children Society took one mother as well as her child. J36 007 ^The special group teacher, the head teacher, another mother or J36 008 an early childhood education officer sometimes provided J36 009 transport, in which case the mothers could go to the preschool J36 010 too. ^Four mothers reported that they were not permitted to go in J36 011 the taxi with the child. ^Another four said that they could J36 012 accompany the child in the taxi once a fortnight, one went on the J36 013 first day only, one used it on the days she was rostered to help J36 014 at playcentre, and another could go with her child provided she J36 015 let the taxi firm know beforehand. ^Three mothers had cars which J36 016 they could use even though they could not go in the taxi. ^In J36 017 some areas Education Board approval had not been given for J36 018 transport by taxi. ^Transport is a problem. ^Teachers' comments J36 019 on taxis included: J36 020 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 021 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J36 022 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 023 *<*1Ideas for Home Use*> J36 024 |^*0It seemed that mothers appreciated really practical J36 025 suggestions that would help them or their child to cope. J36 026 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 027 |^My child was in splints and had boots with a bar across them. J36 028 ^They showed me how to put his trousers on. J36 029 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 030 |^The advisers and teachers for the deaf were praised by all J36 031 the mothers who had contact with them. ^They went into homes and J36 032 visited children in preschool. ^They played a major role in J36 033 helping parents to take advantage of the services available for J36 034 testing hearing and fitting hearing aids, and they saw that J36 035 children got to the services available. J36 036 |^Speech therapists operate from clinics and it was evident, J36 037 even from our small sample, that some mothers did not go because J36 038 of difficulties with transport and the general organization of J36 039 younger children that such visits often entail. J36 040 |^In one kindergarten the special group teacher and the J36 041 mother worked together. ^The mother said: J36 042 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 043 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J36 044 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 045 |^Another mother had learned about Total Communication J36 046 through the kindergarten and was using this successfully with her J36 047 child. ^Others had gained ideas for activities to keep children J36 048 interested and occupied at home, for example, by providing dough, J36 049 a sandpit, a trampoline, a climbing frame. J36 050 |^Some special group teachers had extensive collections of J36 051 carefully chosen books and toys which could be taken home by the J36 052 special group children. ^These materials, on loan to the family, J36 053 were mentioned by several mothers as providing ideas for things J36 054 to do. J36 055 |^On the other hand, a sizeable proportion of the mothers J36 056 said that they had not got any ideas from kindergarten. ^The J36 057 reasons were various: ^*'There hasn't been any need**', ^*'Kindy J36 058 things are separate and different**', ^*'We do family things and J36 059 most things my child does anyway**'. J36 060 *<*1Help for the Mother*> J36 061 |^*0There is not the slightest doubt about the benefits of the J36 062 child's attendance for the mother. ^Many of the mothers used the J36 063 word *'peace**'. ^They also referred to *'a break**' and *'time J36 064 for myself**', and they used the word *'relax**'. ^These J36 065 quotations speak for themselves: J36 066 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 067 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J36 068 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 069 |^The special group scheme is a contribution to the mental J36 070 health of mothers. ^Many mothers said that they felt happier J36 071 because the child had progressed and that he or she had J36 072 *'responded**' or had *'learned**'. ^It was also clear, although J36 073 not said quite so directly, that the mothers were very anxious J36 074 for their children not to appear different or be treated J36 075 differently from other children. J36 076 |^The number of helping *'agencies**' with which the mothers J36 077 came into contact varied from none to five. ^Four parents J36 078 reported no other help, 8 reported 1, 14 reported 2, 7 reported J36 079 3, 3 reported 4 and 3 reported 5. ^These were all services in J36 080 addition to the special needs group. J36 081 |^The agency mentioned most often was a speech therapist J36 082 (21), and then, in order, came medical practitioners of varying J36 083 kinds (16), psychologists (14), deaf advisors, Plunket, and J36 084 visiting and occupational therapists (4 each), and J36 085 physiotherapists (2). ^These were followed by a miscellaneous J36 086 group of services, each mentioned only once, such as horse riding J36 087 for the disabled, acupuncture, and swimming for the physically J36 088 disabled. ^A few children went to gym classes, to sensory J36 089 integration centres, or to a preschool for the deaf, and one was J36 090 helped by the Correspondence School Special Needs Section. ^A few J36 091 attended kindergarten or playcentre on the days they did not J36 092 attend the special group. J36 093 |^There are some very good things about the speech therapy J36 094 service. ^Any mother can seek its help. ^There is no stigma J36 095 associated with seeking help, and knowledge of the speech J36 096 therapist's services circulates around a neighbourhood. J36 097 ^Consequently, the speech therapist is often the first specialist J36 098 to treat a child and may then refer a child on to other services. J36 099 |^The mothers were asked their opinion of each of the J36 100 agencies that helped their child and these were classified J36 101 according to whether the mother saw them as being helpful, not J36 102 helpful, or neutral. ^In many areas there were no specialized J36 103 centres other than the preschool special group. J36 104 |^Although there were only four parents of those interviewed J36 105 who had contact with advisers of the deaf or a teacher of the J36 106 deaf, all were full of praise for these people. ^This impression J36 107 was confirmed by teachers and by other parents whom we met J36 108 casually during our observations. ^Indeed the services for the J36 109 deaf appear to be the best organized, the most widely available J36 110 and with the clearest set of techniques of all the services that J36 111 parents encounter. ^I am aware that those working within the J36 112 service for the deaf desire improvement; nevertheless, they are J36 113 dealing with a condition that is relatively clear cut and for J36 114 which mothers are not blamed. ^Other specialists often have to J36 115 deal with more intractable conditions or with sets of conditions J36 116 that they cannot control. J36 117 |^Two-thirds of the mothers whose children attended speech J36 118 therapy clinics said speech therapy was helpful, and over half of J36 119 those who mentioned psychologists had found them helpful. ^One J36 120 teacher said: J36 121 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 122 |^Parents may not like the idea of going to a psychologist. ^It's J36 123 the stigma *- it's very threatening. ^A problem. J36 124 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 125 |^Exactly half of those who mentioned pediatricians and other J36 126 medical specialists found them helpful. J36 127 |^More interesting than whether the mothers were satisfied J36 128 or not with the services are the reasons they gave for their J36 129 judgement. ^One major cause of dissatisfaction was an inability J36 130 to get service: J36 131 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 132 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J36 133 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 134 |^Another frequent cause of dissatisfaction was the inability of J36 135 a specialist to get a true picture of the child: J36 136 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 137 |^The psychologist came to kindy and really got to know him; the J36 138 pediatrician saw him in the office and really doesn't understand. J36 139 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 140 |^A fourth cause of dissatisfaction was that some specialists J36 141 seemed to have preconceived ideas about the child's problem and J36 142 were judgemental in their approach to the mother. ^A fifth was J36 143 the provision of inappropriate treatment. ^For example, at the J36 144 time the survey was carried out, family therapy seemed to be J36 145 being used for an extraordinary range of problems. J36 146 |^Some specialists canvassed the mother's views and J36 147 opinions, shared their own views with her and treated her as an J36 148 equal partner in the treatment of her child. ^Such persons were J36 149 found in every kind of service. ^Others treated the mother's J36 150 opinions as of little value, gave her the impression that she was J36 151 *'just another neurotic mother**', and tried to assess the child J36 152 away from its mother. ^Underlying the specific complaints was the J36 153 basic one that some people did not treat the mothers with J36 154 consideration *- a human relations issue. J36 155 |^At the end of the interview mothers were invited to make J36 156 comments and some of them did so. ^The topic most often mentioned J36 157 was the value of a combination of services and the need for J36 158 co-operation between them. ^Some felt that more publicity could J36 159 be given to let parents know of the special groups in J36 160 kindergarten and playcentre. ^One parent belonged to a parent J36 161 support group started by the kindergarten and she was full of J36 162 praise for this. ^Another advised other parents to be assertive J36 163 in getting the best for their children. J36 164 |^There was often mention of the fact that the groups J36 165 operated only three days of the week, and that if children came J36 166 from outside the area of the kindergarten in which the group was J36 167 situated, they were discriminated against because they could not J36 168 attend on the remaining two days. ^In practice, the policy on J36 169 attendance varied. ^At the time of the study the special group J36 170 teacher was employed, and transport provided, on only three days. J36 171 ^There were three patterns of attendance: J36 172 |(a) J36 173 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 174 ^The child attended the kindergarten on five mornings because he J36 175 or she was in the catchment area. J36 176 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 177 |(b) J36 178 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 179 ^The child attended his or her own home kindergarten on the two J36 180 days when not attending the kindergarten with the special group. J36 181 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 182 |(c) J36 183 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J36 184 ^The child did not live in the catchment area but attended the J36 185 same kindergarten if his or her family could provide the J36 186 transport. J36 187 **[END INDENTATION**] J36 188 |^Playcentres operate for three sessions in the week for all J36 189 children. J36 190 |^When the child was present on days when the special group J36 191 teacher was not there, the other teachers had increased J36 192 opportunities to make contact with parents. ^Mostly though, the J36 193 children did not attend more than the three half days for which J36 194 the special group teacher was employed. J36 195 *<*1Contact Between Teacher and Parent*> J36 196 |^*0Every special group teacher had contact with the mothers of J36 197 the children she had responsibility for. ^Typically, she visited J36 198 homes before the children were enrolled, talked to the mothers J36 199 when they came to the kindergarten or playcentre, and telephoned J36 200 them from time to time. ^Some teachers sent daily comments and J36 201 other forms of take-home material. ^The parent interviews showed, J36 202 as already reported, that most mothers referred to the special J36 203 group teacher by her first name and that they felt free to J36 204 telephone her at the preschool, and usually at home too, if J36 205 anything was troubling them. J36 206 |^In nearly all preschools the special group teacher had the J36 207 greatest contact with the parents of the children. ^However in J36 208 one, the special group teacher considered herself one of a team J36 209 of three and all teachers had contact with the parents. ^In J36 210 another, the special group teacher did the home visits. ^In four, J36 211 the head teacher and special group teacher shared the work. J36 212 |^Some special group teachers had organized a parent support J36 213 group, had organized, or been involved in, case conferences J36 214 bringing together all the professionals dealing with the child J36 215 and the parent, had arranged for the parents to get help from J36 216 medical and social agencies, or had provided a programme for J36 217 mothers to carry out at home with the child. ^One teacher J36 218 organized a unified programme to be carried out by herself in the J36 219 preschool, by a tutor employed to work with the child for a short J36 220 time every day, and for the mother to follow also. J36 221 |^Mothers, too, made their contributions by telling the J36 222 special group teachers things that had worked well with their J36 223 children. ^In one kindergarten I saw four children playing a J36 224 co-operative dice game with equipment made by a mother and donated J36 225 to the kindergarten. J36 226 |^Despite a high degree of contact with, and knowledge J36 227 about, the families on the part of the special group teacher and J36 228 the other teachers, some families slipped through the net. ^In J36 229 such families, mothers were never at home or they had their own J36 230 intellectual, emotional and medical problems. ^Some mothers had J36 231 themselves been special class children. ^Some special group J36 232 children had been moved from one foster home to another. ^Some J36 233 mothers deliberately excluded outsiders, and other mothers, even J36 234 with transport provided, still had difficulty ensuring that the J36 235 children attended regularly. ^Marriage breakdown and unemployment J36 236 were taking their toll, particularly in some areas, at the time J36 237 of the study. J36 238 |^Although the special group teacher had the most contact J36 239 with parents, in only one instance (where the head teacher was J36 240 new) did the head teacher not know the mothers, the family J36 241 circumstances and the child very well indeed. ^All teachers could J36 242 tell me exactly how to get to a particular mother's home when I J36 243 asked for directions. J36 244 *# J37 001 **[331 TEXT J37**] J37 002 ^*0This face-to-face contact seemed very effective. ^Where J37 003 information was made available only in written form, it appeared J37 004 that less use was made of it. J37 005 *<*1Effectiveness*> J37 006 |^*0In the schools in these case studies, an enormous effort J37 007 is made to obtain useful information about new third formers. ^It J37 008 has already been pointed out that it is used to place students so J37 009 that the best available schooling provisions can be made for J37 010 them, and to tell teachers about students. ^The first of these J37 011 seems very effective indeed in each case study. ^Whoever collects J37 012 the data *- usually the Third Form Dean or Guidance Counsellor *- J37 013 ends up with very detailed information on each student. ^But the J37 014 real test of effectiveness is whether the second step occurs *- J37 015 teachers getting and using the information. ^Evidence from J37 016 interviews and questionnaires indicates that there is J37 017 considerable variation among individual teachers as to the use J37 018 made of information. J37 019 |^First, there is a wide range of opinion among teachers J37 020 themselves about how much they *1ought *0to know about a new J37 021 student. ^Some believe too much information is dangerous because J37 022 it can lead to unfairly labelling a student (especially so in J37 023 negatively-labelled students); or because it is up to the Third J37 024 Form teacher to determine what a student is capable of, not the J37 025 teacher of Form 2. ^A small number of teachers said they had J37 026 little faith in the information they received; it was subject to J37 027 error; students' behaviour and performance did not necessarily J37 028 match what they were told. ^Some mentioned that while a student J37 029 might behave and achieve in certain ways at primary school, there J37 030 was no surety that the same would happen at secondary school. J37 031 |^Less than a quarter of teachers said the information they J37 032 received was unsatisfactory. ^A variety of reasons was given, J37 033 some of which have been mentioned in the previous paragraph. ^The J37 034 most frequent additional reasons were a desire to know more about J37 035 *"problem**" pupils, have more detail about subject performance, J37 036 and comments that important information about particular pupils J37 037 was not made available when it should (or could) have been and J37 038 teachers were left to find out for themselves. J37 039 |^Over three-quarters of the teachers saw the information J37 040 they received as satisfactory. ^This was, however, a *"yes-no**" J37 041 question that invited reasons to be added. ^Some of these J37 042 teachers might have been saying that although they did not get J37 043 much information, they did not mind. ^Others however, did say J37 044 that they had access to information if they wanted it. J37 045 |^Every Third Form Dean talked about another category of J37 046 information, namely, that which ought to remain confidential to J37 047 the Dean and only be relayed to other teachers if needed. ^For J37 048 example, it might be sensitive information about family J37 049 circumstances. ^If the student is making steady progress, there J37 050 is no need to pass on the information. J37 051 |^A second related factor is whether the information J37 052 actually gets to teachers. ^A few teachers said they received no J37 053 information, but this appeared to be a break-down in J37 054 communication or they failed to look at the information. ^In all J37 055 secondary schools steps were taken to make information available J37 056 to all Form 3 teachers. ^Some teachers of subjects commented that J37 057 the form teachers got full information but they did not. ^Perhaps J37 058 those responsible for getting information to teachers should look J37 059 at the system used, to see whether it gives adequate detail, and J37 060 whether there is ready access to information that would improve J37 061 teaching. ^Several remedial reading teachers felt they had J37 062 insufficient information on students and would have liked more; J37 063 one suggested she ought to have the chance to talk to Form 2 J37 064 teachers as well as others like the Dean. J37 065 |^A problem for some secondary teachers is that Form 3 J37 066 students arrive with (naturally) variable standards in any J37 067 subject. ^One head of subject said that no assumptions could be J37 068 made about what pupils had learnt in Science because the teaching J37 069 at Form 2 level varied a lot, as did the assessments. ^It was J37 070 difficult to plan for such a mixed group. ^This kind of comment J37 071 again reinforces the need for primary and secondary teachers to J37 072 inform each other about their teaching, and to discuss matters J37 073 such as assessment, topics, standards, and expectations. J37 074 |^The reactions of Form 2 teachers who provide the J37 075 information are very important. ^If the teachers feel they are J37 076 indeed providing information that will be taken notice of and J37 077 used, then they are more likely to feel like putting extra effort J37 078 into it. ^Conversely, if they feel little use is made of what J37 079 they supply, then they are likely to regard their efforts as J37 080 wasted. ^Looking at the reactions of Form 2 teachers across case J37 081 studies, several observations need to be made. J37 082 |^First, there was general satisfaction about the kind of J37 083 information supplied to the secondary schools in five case J37 084 studies. ^In the case study where a higher proportion of teachers J37 085 were less happy with the information they gave, almost no J37 086 face-to-face consultation took place between Form 2 teachers and J37 087 secondary staff collecting it. ^There *1was *0consultation with a J37 088 senior intermediate school staff member, but it appeared that J37 089 teachers felt as if they supplied information and had little idea J37 090 about what happened to it later. ^In all other case studies, some J37 091 form of face-to-face discussion about each student occurred *- or J37 092 certainly those pupils where discussion was felt necessary. ^It J37 093 seems to the researcher that this procedure is reflected in the J37 094 widespread satisfaction expressed by teachers about the kind of J37 095 information they supplied. ^Therefore for Form 2 teachers to feel J37 096 that their information is worth giving, any written forms need to J37 097 be supported by discussions with secondary staff. ^One case study J37 098 provided an ideal comparison. ^Two intermediate schools each sent J37 099 students to the same two secondary schools. ^One secondary school J37 100 sent staff to each intermediate to collect information forms J37 101 *1and *0discuss them with Form 2 teachers. ^The other secondary J37 102 school asked for forms to be filled in, a senior staff member J37 103 went to collect the forms, and while limited discussion took J37 104 place with the intermediate principal, there was none with Form 2 J37 105 teachers. ^The reactions of the Form 2 teachers was plain; they J37 106 were satisfied when discussion occurred, and dissatisfied where J37 107 it did not. ^It seems that *1effectiveness is increased *0when J37 108 face-to-face discussion about Form 2 students occurs. J37 109 |^Second, the *1quality *0of information supplied by Form 2 J37 110 teachers seemed to be enhanced when it was supported by J37 111 discussion because clarification and explanation of what was J37 112 written was possible. ^It became obvious from teachers' comments J37 113 that taking information solely from a written form can lead to J37 114 misinterpretation. ^Perhaps even more importantly, spoken J37 115 comments can be made that a Form 2 teacher might prefer not to J37 116 write on a form, and yet would be useful for secondary staff to J37 117 know. J37 118 |^Third, most Form 2 teachers believed that the secondary J37 119 schools in these case studies *1did *0take notice of the J37 120 information they supplied although this was usually an assumption J37 121 rather than a certainty. ^Most did not know what use was made of J37 122 it beyond the placement of students into Form 3 classes and a J37 123 minority even said they did not know what happened to their J37 124 information once it left them. ^Most teachers felt they had some J37 125 *1right *0to know how it was used *- after all, a lot of effort J37 126 goes into providing it. ^For secondary schools, there is a need J37 127 to *1better inform *0Form 2 teachers of the use made of the J37 128 information. J37 129 |^Fourth, the most positive responses about the transfer of J37 130 information came from those case studies where most had been done J37 131 to get both secondary and Form 2 teachers to work out the kind of J37 132 information to be recorded and transferred. ^Some schools have J37 133 regularly reviewed their forms. ^By way of contrast, numerous J37 134 Form 2 teachers were somewhat negative about secondary schools J37 135 outside these clusters to which they supplied information. ^It J37 136 was usually a case of receiving forms by mail and being asked to J37 137 fill them in and return them. ^There was, of course, no J37 138 discussion and no chance to comment on the kind of information J37 139 requested. ^To be *1effective *0as a means of supplying useful J37 140 information, forms need to be worked out by agreement between the J37 141 primary and secondary schools where transfer of students occurs. J37 142 *<*1E19/22 Progress Cards*> J37 143 |^*0These cards record a student's progress and achievement J37 144 and certain other information during primary schooling. ^It is J37 145 expected that they be transferred into the care of the secondary J37 146 school when a student leaves Form 2. ^In the case studies, there J37 147 was considerable variation in the way the cards were used by the J37 148 secondary school. J37 149 |^Generally, greater emphasis was placed upon the J37 150 information form each school cluster had devised as a means of J37 151 deciding on the placement of students in Form 3 classes. J37 152 *<*1Follow-up on Form 3 students*> J37 153 |^*0It was unusual for Form 2 teachers to have any further J37 154 contact with secondary teachers about their students once they J37 155 began their Form 3 year. ^Most case study secondary schools J37 156 reported that if something *"blew-up**" over a child, the primary J37 157 school might be contacted. ^But by and large, it was expected J37 158 that the school would deal with the matter itself. ^Most Form 2 J37 159 teachers agreed that this should be the case. ^However, most also J37 160 said they would appreciate some communication about how their J37 161 ex-students had adjusted and their achievement *- probably J37 162 towards the end of the first term. ^They reported that quite a J37 163 number of their ex-students would return to visit early in the J37 164 Form 3 year, but the visits soon fell away as they came to J37 165 consider themselves secondary students. ^In one rural area, J37 166 several ex-students sat in with Form 2 classes during their J37 167 vacation week when primary schools were open. J37 168 *<2. *3TRANSFER: FAMILIARISING STUDENTS WITH SECONDARY SCHOOL*> J37 169 |^*0In all case studies, steps were taken to *1inform *0Form J37 170 2 students about the secondary school. ^Most students from the J37 171 primary schools in the clusters went on to the *"local**" J37 172 secondary school in their zone. J37 173 *<*1Information*> J37 174 |^*0How necessary is it to inform students? ^Evidence cited J37 175 in Chapter 2 *- from various countries *- shows that students who J37 176 transfer from one school sector to the next, have fears and J37 177 anxieties about the change. ^They are unsure of the unknown. J37 178 ^Even where they have older brothers or sisters at the school, J37 179 there are *"mythologies**" about secondary school life that pass J37 180 *"down the line**" to younger students. ^Apart from fears about J37 181 rituals and rites of initiation (most prove to be false), there J37 182 is much to be learnt about course choices, school rules and J37 183 procedures, new subjects, new learning experiences such as J37 184 science laboratories, and much more. ^It is then, *1extremely J37 185 important *0that students be fully informed about their new J37 186 school. J37 187 |^In every case study this importance was recognised. ^The J37 188 following procedures had been adopted in all schools. J37 189 |1. J37 190 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J37 191 ^A secondary school *1prospectus *0was given to every Form 2 J37 192 pupil (and consequently the family). ^Usually, it was delivered J37 193 by a secondary teacher who sometimes spoke to Form 2 classes when J37 194 it was issued. J37 195 **[END INDENTATION**] J37 196 |2. J37 197 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J37 198 ^Secondary personnel (often the Third Form Dean and sometimes the J37 199 Principal and Guidance Counsellor) spoke to Form 2 pupils at the J37 200 primary school. J37 201 **[END INDENTATION**] J37 202 |3. J37 203 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J37 204 ^Supplementary information was provided about matters such as J37 205 school uniforms, sports gear, and other equipment (if it was not J37 206 already in the Prospectus). J37 207 **[END INDENTATION**] J37 208 |^In addition some schools included Form 2 students and J37 209 their families in the circulation of *1newsletters *0and school J37 210 *1newspapers *0(where they existed) which was a very effective J37 211 way of keeping them informed. J37 212 *<*1Orientation*> J37 213 |^*0All secondary schools took steps to run some form of J37 214 *1orientation *0for Form 2 students to familiarise them with J37 215 their new secondary school. ^In four of the case study schools, an J37 216 orientation tour was conducted near the end of the Form 2 year, J37 217 lasting about half-a-day. ^One school ran such a half-day for its J37 218 rural primary schools, but not urban intermediate pupils because J37 219 it was believed that they already knew the school reasonably J37 220 well. J37 221 *# J38 001 **[332 TEXT J38**] J38 002 |^*0The following data comes from Wellington Teachers' J38 003 College and Palmerston North Teachers' College. J38 004 |^It's disheartening *- the numbers of final year trainees J38 005 taking science as their special area of study have been 2, 0, J38 006 1, 1 and 1 in last 5 years at Wellington Teachers' College and J38 007 there were 5 at Palmerston North Teachers' College last year. J38 008 (Figure 3). J38 009 |^The implication is that only a low proportion of primary J38 010 teachers have more than a superficial knowledge of any J38 011 scientific or technical field and I have heard members of J38 012 primary teaching selection panels express the view that J38 013 prospective trainees with scientific and mathematical skills J38 014 were, because of those skills, not likely to make good J38 015 **[TABLE**] J38 016 teachers. ^Quite properly, the same selection panel looks with J38 017 disfavour upon prospective trainees with hostile attitudes to J38 018 taha Maori but no such disfavour falls upon the candidate with J38 019 hostile attitudes to science and technology which are integral J38 020 parts of our culture. J38 021 |^Of course, I am not suggesting that you can't be an J38 022 excellent primary teacher without higher mathematics or J38 023 science. ^What I am suggesting, is that if children are to get J38 024 a balanced education then each moderately sized primary school J38 025 needs at least one teacher whose special area is science (and J38 026 another for mathematics) to function as a resource for other J38 027 teachers and so that attitudes to science in the primary J38 028 schools are kept positive. J38 029 *<*4Secondary schools*> J38 030 |^*0Science and mathematics in New Zealand secondary J38 031 schools are dominated by the shortage of and lack of J38 032 appropriately qualified teachers. ^This is a problem that has J38 033 been around for 30 years. J38 034 |^Mathematics always has the highest number of shortages J38 035 but science is not far behind. ^In the last two years there has J38 036 also been a big rise in the number of pupils and whole classes J38 037 taking mathematics at the Correspondence School. J38 038 |^In this situation it is nothing short of bizarre that J38 039 applicants competent in mathematics and science are still being J38 040 turned away from teachers' college. ^If a prospective applicant J38 041 is not a *"people person**" or if they engage in *"loner J38 042 sports**" they might as well not apply. J38 043 |^The shortages, however, do not excite me as much as J38 044 qualifications. ^It is J38 045 **[TABLE**] J38 046 qualifications of mathematics teachers that cause the greatest J38 047 concern. ^New Zealand compares unfavourably with most of the 20 J38 048 other countries in the 1981 {0IEA} study in this regard. J38 049 (Figure 4). J38 050 |^The situation in science is more complex. ^Basically J38 051 there is a serious and continuing imbalance in areas of subject J38 052 specialisation which results in an acute shortage of physics J38 053 teachers and an oversupply of biology teachers. J38 054 |^What does this add up to? J38 055 |^Well, in a typical state secondary school of 1000 J38 056 students, there will be approximately 17 3rd and 4th forms. J38 057 ^One will have no regular mathematics teacher. ^Two or three J38 058 more will be taught mathematics by a teacher with no J38 059 post-secondary mathematics. ^Two or three will be taught J38 060 science by a teacher with no science major. ^More than half J38 061 will be taught science by a teacher with no post-secondary J38 062 physics. ^The school is unlikely to have more than one teacher J38 063 with a physics major. J38 064 |^What slender resources we do have in this area are J38 065 draining away rapidly. ^Of 14 candidates recently interviewed J38 066 for a position in an Auckland industrial research laboratory J38 067 eight were physics J38 068 **[TABLE**] J38 069 teachers from Auckland secondary schools. ^The salary offered J38 070 was *+$20,000-*+$24,0000 *- yet most of the teacher applicants J38 071 were already earning in excess of *+$30,000. J38 072 |^Some of the reasons for this are found in the conditions J38 073 of service that exist for these teachers. J38 074 *<*4Conditions*> J38 075 |^*0There are good points about the science curriculum in J38 076 New Zealand schools but adequate resources have just not been J38 077 made available to support it. J38 078 |^In New Zealand we have an average of one half a J38 079 technician per school of 1000 pupils compared with averages of J38 080 two in secondary schools in Victoria and the {0UK}. ^In recent J38 081 years the cost of equipment and materials has soared and many J38 082 schools are now unable to contain this cost within the J38 083 allowances provided. J38 084 |^In 1964 the average science department grant/pupil was J38 085 *+$2. ^In 1986 it was *+$3.68. ^Over this period the cost of J38 086 chemicals, glassware \0etc has risen by 1300 percent. ^So the J38 087 grant per pupil has less than one-eighth the buying power it J38 088 had 22 years ago. ^Delivery of other resources has been J38 089 delayed, reducing their effectiveness. ^For example, in 1986 a J38 090 brand new mathematics course was available in the 7th form J38 091 which required all teachers to break new ground. ^The guide J38 092 notes for teachers (essential material) came out 18 months J38 093 later. ^They apparently received low publication priority. J38 094 ^These are the sorts of stresses that drive young mathematics J38 095 teachers into the arms of sympathetic computer companies. J38 096 |^Likewise there has been an extraordinary six year delay J38 097 in publishing the results of the 1981 {0IEA} mathematics study J38 098 *- yet the results are alarming. ^Third formers performed very J38 099 badly in J38 100 **[TABLE**] J38 101 **[TABLE**] J38 102 basic areas like arithmetic and measurement and action was J38 103 needed promptly; 7th formers performed well, for the somewhat J38 104 negative reason that only a very small proportion of New J38 105 Zealanders go on to the upper secondary level, and so the lost J38 106 ground is able to be made up. ^But 30 percent of 7th form J38 107 mathematics teachers were heads of departments in other J38 108 subjects and thus unlikely to offer adequate support to junior J38 109 mathematics teachers. J38 110 |^It is my view that the requirements of science and J38 111 mathematics courses have never been fully accepted or provided J38 112 for *- leading to poor performance and high teacher stress. J38 113 *<*4Student flow into science and technology courses*> J38 114 |^*0Let me give you some background to the small and J38 115 declining number of students entering technical courses at J38 116 technical institutes and universities. J38 117 |^The 1960s saw a rapid rise in the numbers of students J38 118 entering forms 5-7 and proceeding from there into tertiary J38 119 institutions. ^This was because cohort sizes were increasing J38 120 and also a higher proportion of the cohort was going on into J38 121 upper secondary and tertiary education. ^This growth has J38 122 continued but more slowly into the 70s and early 80s. J38 123 |^Now cohort sizes are declining but social change J38 124 continues with the numbers in form 6, and form 7, still J38 125 increasing especially the numbers of females. ^But we still lag J38 126 behind comparable changes in most {0OECD} countries. J38 127 |^The following are participation rates in the final year J38 128 of secondary school *- notice our extremely low participation J38 129 rate at this level. ^Sixth form science enrolments by year and J38 130 subject are shown on the facing page. J38 131 |^The very different profiles for males J38 132 **[TABLE**] J38 133 **[TABLE**] J38 134 and females show up clearly. ^Notice the generally declining J38 135 proportion of males enrolling in physics and chemistry and a J38 136 lack of any substantial compensating increases in the J38 137 proportion of females. J38 138 |^Even in 1985 it was still the case that there were more J38 139 girls taking biology in form 7 than mathematics and more than J38 140 twice as many taking biology as physics (with boys the figures J38 141 are approximately reversed). J38 142 |^Lower down the school approximately 35 percent of female J38 143 students in 5th form close off many occupational options by not J38 144 taking general science. ^They cut themselves off from careers J38 145 in pharmacy, food technology, radiography, laboratory J38 146 technology, water technology, and the like. ^Indeed they are J38 147 even cutting themselves off from the air**[ARB**]-force. J38 148 |^At the Central Institute of Technology they became J38 149 concerned that they couldn't fill full-time courses in J38 150 electronic technology and computer engineering *- courses with J38 151 virtually guaranteed employment on completion. ^These courses J38 152 require at least 6th Form Certificate in mathematics and J38 153 physics with a grade of 5 or better, and it was suggested that J38 154 perhaps this requirement was too restrictive. ^So the {0CIT} J38 155 analysed data on subject combinations at school. J38 156 |^They found that the proportion of J38 157 **[TABLE**] J38 158 **[TABLE**] J38 159 males offering maths, physics and chemistry for the bursaries J38 160 exam dropped 4 percent from 1983 to 1985. ^Proportions offering J38 161 maths, accountancy and economics rose 5.5 percent in the same J38 162 period. J38 163 |^The figures for females are rises of 1 percent and 2.5 J38 164 percent respectively. J38 165 |^This suggests increasing competition between disciplines J38 166 for the relatively limited numbers of mathematically able J38 167 students. J38 168 |^Taken together with: *- decreasing cohort sizes, *- the J38 169 shrinking proportion of males with traditional science J38 170 combinations, and *- the lack of significant increases in J38 171 female numbers, we can expect a bleak future for technology J38 172 with numbers dropping and within this available pool, a decline J38 173 in scientific and mathematical skills. J38 174 |^The end results of these secondary school patterns are J38 175 that 85 percent school leavers do not go to universities or J38 176 technical institutes and that few females are adequately J38 177 prepared to train for any technological occupation. J38 178 |^Similar patterns are occurring in 1st year university J38 179 enrolments *- two-thirds science degree students are men and in J38 180 last few years their numbers are slowly but steadily falling. J38 181 ^But it is the technical institutes that have been hardest hit J38 182 with a drop of over 55 percent in numbers embarking on J38 183 technicians' certificates. ^(See Figure 7). J38 184 |^Whilst not wishing to underrate the importance of the J38 185 tourist industry in New Zealand, the increase of 319 in this J38 186 group of applicants compared with 47 in the technological J38 187 basket must be a cause for alarm. ^Things are not improving. J38 188 |^A new, out-of-phase, pilot course running this year in J38 189 electronic engineering with relaxed requirements (just 6th Form J38 190 Certificate in anything) attracted just 14 students *- all J38 191 pakeha males with similar qualifications to the usual ones *- J38 192 the target group of females, Maoris and unskilled males, was J38 193 not tapped at all. J38 194 *<*4Communication*> J38 195 |^*0There is clearly a problem with the communication of J38 196 employment opportunities. ^Pupils, teachers, parents and J38 197 society at large seem unaware of the nature of jobs in a modern J38 198 society. ^Even the New Zealand Planning Council in 1985 J38 199 published a planning paper on *"Young People, Education and J38 200 Employment**" which has no mention of technicians or technician J38 201 training at all. J38 202 |^There is an extraordinary lack of concern with science J38 203 exhibited in the recent curriculum review. ^It is obvious that J38 204 many students need better and earlier advice about job J38 205 opportunities and career paths if they are not to close off J38 206 options by unfortunate subject choices. J38 207 |^The awareness level in industry, commerce, teaching and J38 208 government of technicians and their value seems very low. J38 209 |^There is no system in New Zealand for developing a J38 210 person's abilities to fill a technician role *- there is just a J38 211 loose network of bodies with uncoordinated activities. ^There J38 212 is no authority to ensure that the parts of the network *- J38 213 employers, Authority for Advanced Vocational Awards, technical J38 214 institutes, Department of Education \0etc, are integrated at J38 215 all. ^And the performance of the network is not monitored. J38 216 ^No-one, it seems, is responsible for ensuring that the quality J38 217 and quantity of the technicians we train is appropriate for the J38 218 development of New Zealand. J38 219 |^Employers are showing little concern that the traditional J38 220 *"hand-maiden**" aspect of the technician's job and the lack of J38 221 proper career structure and opportunities must mean that the J38 222 occupation remains unattractive to entrepreneurial and J38 223 ambitious young people. ^Where does this leave us? J38 224 |^We are already seeing big problems with staff J38 225 recruitment. ^In 1981 the Auckland Hospital Board had 150 J38 226 applicants for 40 medical laboratory technicians' jobs. ^In J38 227 1986 they had 18 applicants for 40 jobs. J38 228 |^There is a move to raising retention rates at school *- J38 229 our 17 percent in 7th form looks rather bad against the state J38 230 of Victoria's 46 percent. ^Unfortunately concerns for J38 231 scientific and technological education are often seen as J38 232 conflicting with current educational ideas. ^But concern for J38 233 educationally ill-served groups should include concerns for J38 234 science education. J38 235 |^The long-term cost to the nation of a lack of technicians J38 236 in the meat, wool and dairy industries, medical laboratories, J38 237 and industrial research laboratories, is obvious. ^And there J38 238 are other costs to be borne as a result of an anti-science J38 239 climate of opinion such as the inevitable results of the J38 240 current low levels of vaccination in the community. J38 241 |^Underlying all this is the poor public image of science J38 242 which must be improved. ^New Zealand's future depends on the J38 243 existence of a well-educated public. ^We must not again fail to J38 244 adapt to change as we did in the 1970s. J38 245 *# J39 001 **[333 TEXT J39**] J39 002 |^*0Children exempt from school attendance because they J39 003 were taught at home included children whose parents had engaged J39 004 tutors or governesses, or had made systematic educational J39 005 efforts themselves, and others whose parents had simply spun J39 006 the school committee, teacher or truant officer a convincing J39 007 tale. ^The numbers were small and declined: there were 7348 J39 008 *'educated at home**' at the 1881 census and 4591 in 1906, but J39 009 girls were always in a majority. ^The numbers attending Sunday J39 010 School were much larger: 78891 in 1881 and 119479 in 1906, the J39 011 last year in which these figures were recorded. J39 012 |^Enrolment is one thing: regular attendance is another, J39 013 and folklore has it that girls did not attend as regularly as J39 014 boys. ^This, too, is not an easy question to settle. J39 015 ^Departmental reports of the period give attendance rates, but J39 016 not by sex; and there were two ways of calculating attendance: J39 017 the *'strict average**' and the *'working average**' which J39 018 ignored days on which fewer than half the children were J39 019 present. ^Nineteenth century Departmental reports, however, do J39 020 enable one to compare attendance in the final quarter of the J39 021 year, by sex, with the schools' closing rolls. ^Table *=III J39 022 shows small but persistent differences between the sexes in J39 023 rates of attendance. J39 024 **[TABLE**] J39 025 |^Twentieth century reports were in a revised format and do J39 026 not permit this comparison, but education boards' reports gave J39 027 quarterly rolls and attendance by school and sex. ^Table *=IV J39 028 gives attendance rates by sex at North Canterbury schools for J39 029 two years in the early twentieth century. ^One notes the same J39 030 small, consistent differences as in the earlier, national data. J39 031 |^Two sets of hypotheses regarding these differences J39 032 present themselves. J39 033 |(**=i) ^Certain districts may have contributed J39 034 disproportionately to the girls' over all lower rate. ^Gross J39 035 rural-urban differences can be seen clearly enough. ^In the J39 036 last quarter of 1908, for example, the rates of attendance in J39 037 one- or two-teacher schools were 84.9% for boys and 83.3% for J39 038 girls. ^In schools with three or more teachers they were 89.3% J39 039 for boys and 87.5% for girls. ^But were there sex differences J39 040 by district, {0e.g.} between working class and middle class J39 041 urban areas, between newly subdivided rural districts with many J39 042 recent smallholders and other districts? ^These matters run J39 043 **[TABLE**] J39 044 beyond the scope of this paper, but could be pursued by working J39 045 from a good sample of education boards' full reports. J39 046 |(**=ii) ^Certain age-groups may have been more irregular J39 047 attenders than others; little girls, perhaps, because their J39 048 parents were more likely to keep their daughters home when the J39 049 weather was rough and the ways were foul; older girls, perhaps, J39 050 because they were kept home to help. ^These possibilities could J39 051 only be tested by going back to schools' registers of J39 052 attendance which record ages and classification. J39 053 |^Did girls' lower attendance rate, over all, mean that J39 054 their progress was slower at primary school? ^Hogben's answer J39 055 was *1{au contraire}, *0and he was right. ^Again, Departmental J39 056 reports do not present the data one would wish for. ^They do J39 057 not give ages by class and sex until 1911; they give pass rates J39 058 in inspectors' examinations in the nineteenth century, but do J39 059 not distinguish between the sexes. ^However, individual J39 060 inspectors on rare occasions report pass rates in standard J39 061 examinations by sex. J39 062 |^The most detailed data of this sort are to be found in J39 063 some of Henry Hill's reports on his district: they are J39 064 presented in Table *=V and show a higher pass rate for girls in J39 065 all but one year. J39 066 |^Only two other districts provided such information in the J39 067 nineteenth century, and then only for single years; but these J39 068 scraps of information are worth noting. ^In 1881 68.9% of J39 069 Auckland boys passed their examinations and 72.4% of the girls. J39 070 ^In 1884 64.9% of Wanganui boys passed their examinations as J39 071 did 65.7% of the girls. J39 072 |^Although they were not cross-tabulated until 1911, ages J39 073 by sex and classes by sex were given in Departmental reports J39 074 from the late 1870s, and Hogben's analysis was, of course, J39 075 based on these figures. ^Table *=VI extends Hogben's analysis. J39 076 |^The difference which Hogben noted between the ratios of J39 077 boys to girls over all and boys to girls aged five or six is J39 078 only to be seen in 1910 and in 1880 and 1885. J39 079 **[TABLES**] J39 080 ^What is much more noteworthy, and much more enduring, is the J39 081 relatively low ratio of girls to boys in primer classes. ^From J39 082 1885 onwards there were considerably fewer girls in these J39 083 classes than one would have expected, given the ratio of girls J39 084 to boys aged five or six. ^Girls, on average, got through the J39 085 primers a bit faster. ^At the other end of the school, from J39 086 1890 onwards, there were more girls in Standard *=V and *=VI J39 087 than one would have expected, given the ratio of girls to boys J39 088 aged 13-14. J39 089 |^The changing ratio of boys to girls aged 13-14 demands J39 090 explanation. ^That explanation lies, I think, in the very small J39 091 numbers at school after 13 in the 1880s. ^Of those who did J39 092 stay, nearly half were girls, many of them seeking to become J39 093 pupil-teachers. ^The lower ratio of girls to boys in the early J39 094 twentieth century reflects the raising of the leaving age in J39 095 1901 and of the standard of exemption so that more boys stayed J39 096 on until they turned 14. J39 097 |^Thus, in so far as there were sex differences in progress J39 098 through primary school, girls did better. ^They got through the J39 099 primers a little faster and they were more likely to reach J39 100 Standard *=V or *=VI by ages 13-14. ^Their reward for this was J39 101 that they could leave school earlier than boys, having reached J39 102 the standard of exemption, set at Standard *=IV in 1878 and at J39 103 Standard *=V in 1899. J39 104 |^After 1911 it is possible to compare boys' and girls' J39 105 ages in classes. ^Table *=VII shows that boys were more likely J39 106 than girls to be nine or more and still in Standard *=I or to J39 107 be 13 or more and still in Standard *=V. J39 108 **[TABLE**] J39 109 |^While the readily available national data on primary J39 110 schools tell a clear and consistent story, post-primary J39 111 schooling was another, and more complex matter. J39 112 |^Girls were, as Table *=I indicates, less likely to J39 113 proceed to state secondary schools. ^They were over-represented J39 114 in district high schools and technical high schools, but these J39 115 had fewer pupils than the standard secondary schools so that, J39 116 over all, there were fewer girls than boys in post-primary J39 117 schools. ^And there were marked differences in the numbers J39 118 gaining certain qualifications or passing the most esteemed J39 119 examinations. J39 120 |^As Table *=I indicates, girls at secondary schools were J39 121 always less likely than boys to be there on an education board J39 122 scholarship awarded by competitive examination. ^In 1896 the J39 123 Otago Education Board published useful summary statistics on J39 124 its scholarships since 1878. ^Between 1878 and 1895 768 boys J39 125 entered for the junior scholarship examination compared to 531 J39 126 girls: 446 boys sought a senior scholarship compared to 218 J39 127 girls. ^And boys were more successful: 14.2% of boy candidates J39 128 were awarded a junior scholarship and 9.8% of the girls; 28.9% J39 129 of boys were awarded a senior scholarship as against 26.6% of J39 130 girls. J39 131 |^Unfortunately, one cannot present the results of the J39 132 major, national examinations in these terms. ^The Department J39 133 reported the total number of candidates for the examinations it J39 134 conducted and it listed successful candidates by name, but it J39 135 did not give the numbers of males and females entering. ^One J39 136 can, therefore, calculate pass rates over all, and working from J39 137 lists of the successful, one can determine how many boys and J39 138 how many girls gained certain qualifications, but one cannot J39 139 determine pass rates by sex. J39 140 |^Hogben's scheme of free places in secondary schools J39 141 created a formidable array of examinations and awards at the J39 142 end of primary schooling. ^Subject to certain age restrictions J39 143 and regulations regarding priority, pupils could gain a free J39 144 place by passing the Standard *=VI *'Proficiency**' examination J39 145 or the Department's special Junior Free Place Examination, or J39 146 by gaining an education board scholarship. ^And after 1903 the J39 147 Junior National Scholarships Examination provided high-fliers J39 148 with a free place and further financial assistance. J39 149 |^Candidates for Junior National Scholarships in each board J39 150 district were ranked by aggregate mark and boards allocated J39 151 their quotas of scholarships by working down from the top. ^At J39 152 the same time, those who failed to win a scholarship but J39 153 reached a specified standard were awarded free places. J39 154 **[TABLE**] J39 155 |^From 1906 onwards those passing the examinations were J39 156 listed by their full names so that boys and girls can be J39 157 identified. ^Table *=VIII shows the number and average mark of J39 158 boys and girls passing this examination in three different J39 159 years. ^Girls' average marks were uniformly lower than boys', J39 160 and in 1914 were significantly lower (t = 3.43, {0df} = 889, J39 161 *1\0p *0< 0.001). J39 162 |^The number of girls passing the examination was markedly J39 163 lower than the number of boys and much lower than one might J39 164 have expected on the basis of the sex ratio in the senior J39 165 primary school. ^In 1910, for example, there was a highly J39 166 significant difference between the numbers of boys and girls J39 167 passing this examination and the numbers in Standard *=VI J39 168 (chi*:2**: = 20.425, {0df} = 1, *1\0p *0< .001). J39 169 |^The published results of the competitive Junior Civil J39 170 Service Examination, established in the 1880s, lend themselves J39 171 to a similar, although unfortunately limited analysis. ^The J39 172 full names of those passing were published in order of merit J39 173 and suitable vacancies in the public service were filled by J39 174 working down from the top. ^Considerable numbers of persons who J39 175 did not seek positions in the public sector also came to sit J39 176 this examination in the later nineteenth century to gain a J39 177 general, vocational qualification, and the Department asked J39 178 candidates to state whether they actually sought a government J39 179 billet. J39 180 |^In the nineteenth century the Junior Civil Service J39 181 Examination was taken by a good number of children in the J39 182 Standard *=VII classes which flourished in some cities before J39 183 free places in secondary schools. ^By the early twentieth J39 184 century, however, the Junior Civil Service Examination had J39 185 become very much a junior secondary examination taken in one's J39 186 second or third year at high school, and the Department of J39 187 Education, which conducted the examination, instituted a J39 188 non-competitive version, the Intermediate Examination, on the basis J39 189 of which senior free places were awarded. J39 190 |^The Junior Civil Service Examination, however, remained J39 191 popular as a general qualification and there were large numbers J39 192 of candidates. ^Table *=IX is based on analyses of published J39 193 lists of persons passing this examination in five different J39 194 years. (^The table does not run to 1915 because in 1912 girls J39 195 were barred from sitting on the grounds that there were no J39 196 public service jobs for them anyway.) J39 197 **[TABLE**] J39 198 |^The general pattern is very much as for the scholarship J39 199 examination: far fewer girls passed, but while their average J39 200 ranking was generally lower than boys' none of the differences J39 201 in average rank generate statistically significant *'ts**'. J39 202 |^The most valuable secondary school qualification sought J39 203 by significant numbers of pupils was the university's J39 204 Matriculation Examination. ^The results of this examination J39 205 were not published in official papers, but all candidates in J39 206 the early twentieth century were sent a booklet giving the full J39 207 names of successful candidates and their marks by subject. J39 208 ^Again, while one can determine the sex of the successful, one J39 209 cannot determine pass-rates because the unsuccessful were J39 210 discreetly listed only by examination code number. J39 211 **[TABLE**] J39 212 |^Table *=X presents an analysis of the 1914 examination, J39 213 based on one of the few surviving booklets. ^Over all, there J39 214 was no significant difference between successful boys and J39 215 girls. ^The girls took 1006 papers with an average mark of J39 216 52.7: the boys took 1953 papers with an average mark of 51.8. J39 217 ^There were, however, interesting differences in specific J39 218 subjects, some of them statistically significant. ^Girls did J39 219 better than boys in English (t = 6.996, {0df} = 511, *1\0p *0< J39 220 .001) and in French (t = 4.957, {0df} = 390, *1\0p *0< .001): J39 221 the boys did significantly better in mathematics (t = 3.980, J39 222 {0df} = 511, *1\0p *0< .001), physical science (t = 3.459, J39 223 {0df} = 17/230, *1\0p *0< .01) and drawing (t = 1.991, {0df} = J39 224 134, *1\0p *0< .05). J39 225 *# J40 001 **[334 TEXT J40**] J40 002 ^*0Majority governments do not normally fear defeat on J40 003 legislation; bills are rarely withdrawn as a result of J40 004 parliamentary pressure and successful amendments to government J40 005 legislation are not numerous. ^Yet governments may still be J40 006 prepared to listen to, and accept, parliamentary advice. ^As a J40 007 legislature the New Zealand House of Representatives rates highly J40 008 for the level of inputs into the system. ^Not only are {0MP}s in J40 009 close touch with their electorates, but the parliamentary J40 010 committee system, with easy accessibility for submissions even *- J40 011 unlike Westminister *- on bills, has much to recommend it. J40 012 ^Nevertheless, when it comes to the effect such submissions may J40 013 have, much depends upon the nature of the legislation being J40 014 considered and the circumstances surrounding it. J40 015 *<*2THE PRE-LEGISLATIVE STAGE: GOVERNMENT BILLS*> J40 016 |^*0Proposals for legislation largely originate outside the J40 017 House, frequently in the public service, interest groups or J40 018 parties, but whatever their origin, all have to be drafted into J40 019 legal form before submission. ^This is the task of a specialised J40 020 group of lawyers, the Parliamentary Counsel (formerly known as J40 021 the Law Draftsmen), who work within the House itself. ^This is J40 022 where the advantages of governments begin to emerge. ^The J40 023 parliamentary counsel are there primarily to draft public bills J40 024 and although their expertise is available for private bills, J40 025 private members' bills (officially at least) enjoy no such J40 026 advantage, and there can be little doubt that the skill of the J40 027 Parliamentary Counsel in drafting legislation is an important J40 028 advantage. J40 029 |^A group such as the parliamentary counsel tends to build J40 030 up its own informal rules or traditions in the drafting of J40 031 legislation. ^The tradition in New Zealand is what might be J40 032 called *'lawyers' legislation**', designed primarily for J40 033 interpretation by lawyers and the courts, rather than for J40 034 comprehensibility by the public at large. ^It tends to be very J40 035 detailed and specific (and so likely to require frequent J40 036 amendment) rather than dedicated to the expression of broad J40 037 principles, as is often the case elsewhere. J40 038 |^It has been argued that the result is *'too many examples J40 039 in our law of obscure language and over-elaboration in the J40 040 illusory desire for certainty**'. ^The counter argument is that J40 041 our laws are complicated through necessity, because simplifying J40 042 legislation by concentrating on principles, instead of detailing J40 043 its applications in many circumstances, would inevitably place a J40 044 greater burden of interpretation on the courts which, it has been J40 045 alleged, have a poor record in this area. ^This, then, is a J40 046 problem not just for parliamentary counsel and the House, but J40 047 involves a much wider understanding about the form which law J40 048 should take and how it may be interpreted. ^Another problem is J40 049 that of delay caused by a worldwide shortage of skilled J40 050 parliamentary counsel. ^Although the New Zealand counsel were J40 051 increased from 7 to 9 in 1985, this number was still insufficient J40 052 to deal with the annual workload which included 345 regulations J40 053 and 200 public acts, in addition to reports on private and local J40 054 acts. J40 055 |^The course followed by a proposal for a government bill J40 056 before its introduction to the House runs something like this. J40 057 ^Most of the proposals for legislation originate before the start J40 058 of the session when the cabinet office requests Ministers to J40 059 submit proposals for legislation. ^The various departments submit J40 060 outlines of bills to the Cabinet Legislation Committee, pointing J40 061 out the reasons for their introduction, a summary of their J40 062 content and likely areas of opposition (namely pressure groups, J40 063 individuals and others). ^These are then discussed by the cabinet J40 064 committee with the Minister concerned and the permanent head or J40 065 another senior officer of the department. ^Parliamentary counsel J40 066 are also in attendance so that they may have a full appreciation J40 067 of what is proposed. ^At the same time the committee will decide J40 068 the likely priority of the bill, which may result in it being J40 069 deferred to a future year. ^Major policy proposals may then be J40 070 sent to cabinet although most will be referred back to the J40 071 originating department which may wish to discuss the proposals J40 072 with relevant pressure groups before giving the Parliamentary J40 073 Counsel Office detailed instructions. ^The proposal will also J40 074 have to go on to both caucus and a caucus committee. ^At any J40 075 point the bill may be referred back to one of the earlier bodies J40 076 but after the final approval by caucus, it will be printed and J40 077 distributed for the introduction and first reading. ^The J40 078 opposition, of course, is wholly excluded from these often J40 079 protracted pre-parliamentary discussions, usually being presented J40 080 with a copy of the bill only upon its introduction into the J40 081 House. J40 082 *<*2PUBLIC BILLS AND THE PARLIAMENTARY STAGES*> J40 083 |^*0A bill, as a proposal for legislation to be enacted, becomes, J40 084 when passed by parliament and approved by the Governor-General, J40 085 part of the statute law of the land as an Act of Parliament. ^It J40 086 may fall into one of three broad types: public, local or private. J40 087 ^Public bills make up by far the largest proportion of J40 088 legislation in the early 1980s, constituting 86% of the total. J40 089 ^These, mainly introduced into the House by the government J40 090 (78.5%), also include what is known as private members' J40 091 legislation, which is the only form of legislation which can be J40 092 said to originate from within the chamber (although it may well J40 093 represent the interests of an outside body). ^Judged in terms of J40 094 its output, it is one of the less significant parts of the work J40 095 of present-day parliaments, amounting to only 7.5% of the total J40 096 legislation introduced. J40 097 |^Many countries, including New Zealand, follow the British J40 098 practice of having three readings of a bill, although there is J40 099 nothing sacrosanct about this. ^A number of parliaments, such as J40 100 Japan or Syria and most of those in Western Europe, have only one J40 101 or two readings. ^The first reading in New Zealand serves as an J40 102 introduction. ^It is supposed to be confined to matters of J40 103 clarification, what the bill is about and why it is required, but J40 104 it has, inevitably, tended to develop into a political debate on J40 105 the merits of the legislation proposed. ^The result is that the J40 106 distinction between the first reading (theoretically devoted to J40 107 matters of clarification) and the second reading (theoretically a J40 108 debate on the principles of the bill) has become blurred. ^The J40 109 second reading should be the key stage, involving more detailed J40 110 discussion of the main principle of the bill and a close J40 111 examination of its clauses on the basis of a committee's report. J40 112 |^There is apt to be some confusion about the second reading J40 113 too. ^In New Zealand practice, after the introductory first J40 114 reading, all public bills, except finance bills or bills upon J40 115 which urgency has been taken, are automatically sent to the J40 116 appropriate select committee. ^Following this, the second reading J40 117 debate deals first with the general principles of the bill in J40 118 detail. ^Then, in the committee stage *- meaning this time the J40 119 Committee of the Whole House where the Speaker leaves the chair J40 120 and is replaced by the Chairman of Committees *- the House J40 121 proceeds to examine the adequacy of the individual clauses of the J40 122 bill in the light of the general principles already discussed, J40 123 together with the report of the select committee. ^This stage J40 124 also includes the debate on the short title. ^In this mini-debate J40 125 {0MP}s are not restricted to any one clause but can range more J40 126 widely. ^It is not, however, another second reading debate for it J40 127 relates more to the drafting than to the principles of the bill. J40 128 ^Members are allowed to speak less frequently, but for slightly J40 129 longer, than in the debates on individual clauses. J40 130 |^When this is complete the members reconvene at the House J40 131 to debate the second reading and when this has been agreed the J40 132 bill moves to the third reading. ^This is concerned with the J40 133 final consideration of the general principles of the bill and its J40 134 passage into law. ^The only permissible amendment is a wrecking J40 135 one, that this bill be read *'this day three months**' (or other J40 136 specified time extending beyond the end of the session) which, if J40 137 carried, effectively kills the bill. ^This, however, is rare and J40 138 on many bills there is no debate at all at the third reading. J40 139 |^Buried within these arcane stages are assumptions which J40 140 are very important for the nature of the legislative process. J40 141 ^For example, much depends upon whether a bill is debated first J40 142 on the floor of the chamber or is sent to a parliamentary J40 143 committee. ^If it is debated first on the floor (as is usual in J40 144 New Zealand), the House is, in effect, setting the terms of J40 145 reference which restrict the select committee to the details J40 146 rather than principles. ^Where a bill goes first to a committee, J40 147 in what is frequently referred to as a pre-legislative stage, J40 148 that committee is endowed with much greater freedom of debate and J40 149 consequently much greater influence. ^This difference can be of J40 150 considerable significance in a country like New Zealand where J40 151 there is a strong party influence in the chamber but where the J40 152 select committees adopt a less partisan approach. J40 153 |^Curiously, there is nothing in the Standing Orders of the J40 154 New Zealand House of Representatives to prevent a bill first J40 155 being referred to a select committee; yet this has occurred only J40 156 once when the Public Finance Bill 1977 was successfully referred J40 157 to the Public Expenditure Committee. ^Despite a recommendation J40 158 from the 1979 Standing Orders Committee that this procedure was J40 159 suitable for complex or technical bills, it has not recurred. J40 160 ^Failure to proceed in this way reflects successive governments' J40 161 determination to keep a tight grip upon their legislation J40 162 throughout the various stages of the parliamentary process, but J40 163 it also implies the jealously guarded dominance of the chamber J40 164 over its committees. J40 165 |^It is clear from the reports of successive committees set J40 166 up over the past twenty-five years to review the Standing Orders J40 167 of the House (1962, 1967, 1972, 1979 and 1984-7), that the J40 168 existing procedures, despite some important changes, still do not J40 169 work as well as might be hoped. ^There continue to be J40 170 difficulties at the first reading stage, for example. ^The 1972 J40 171 Standing Orders Committee had complained that these debates were J40 172 overly extensive, resembling second reading debates, but resisted J40 173 setting time limits and suggested self-restraint on the part of J40 174 {0MP}s. ^The 1979 Committee, concerned about the same problem, J40 175 did establish a two-hour time limit for the debate but with only J40 176 limited success. ^There appears to be no real readiness yet to J40 177 avoid the problem completely and opt for the more radical J40 178 solution of referring bills directly to select committees as can J40 179 happen with local bills during a recess. ^Such a move would avoid J40 180 the present intransigent problems altogether, as well as having J40 181 other advantages. ^This seems to be the only logical solution for J40 182 the complaint voiced by successive Standing Orders Committees. J40 183 ^Any opposition worth its salt is not going to pass up such an J40 184 opportunity since the first formal introduction of a bill is J40 185 bound to attract publicity. ^Complaints by {0MP}s reflect the J40 186 widespread misunderstanding of, or lack of readiness to accept, a J40 187 rule which contains within itself the seeds of unnecessary J40 188 conflict. ^There has been pressure for the earlier distribution J40 189 of bills to {0MP}s and the 1985 Standing Orders Committee went so J40 190 far as to endorse J40 191 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J40 192 ^The result is a continuing and confusing tendency to convert the J40 193 first reading into a full-scale debate, a seemingly inevitable J40 194 result unless the decision is taken to refer a bill first to a J40 195 select committee. J40 196 |^At the committee stage after the second reading the House J40 197 has, since 1979, adopted the eminently sensible procedure of J40 198 accepting as the subject of debate a bill as amended by a select J40 199 committee, instead of, as previously, laboriously reading into J40 200 the original text proposed amendments suggested by the select J40 201 committee. ^But all too often the effect has been to transform J40 202 the committee stage debate into yet another more general debate. J40 203 ^Moreover, as the 1979 Standing Orders Committee pointed out, J40 204 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J40 205 ^Accordingly, the 1979 Committee seriously considered abandoning J40 206 the Committee of the Whole House, only deciding against it on the J40 207 dubious ground that it would have the effect of *'shifting J40 208 vehement political and policy debates from the floor of the House J40 209 to select committees**'. J40 210 *# J41 001 **[335 TEXT J41**] J41 002 ^*0Otherwise, the certainty of their survival *- and thus the J41 003 certainty of freedom being maintained *- will be undermined. ^For J41 004 this reason, agreement can only be obtained in respect of J41 005 *1conduct, *0not ends; and the conduct agreed upon must be J41 006 conduct which upholds the free society. ^In other words, only J41 007 conduct which is likely to destroy freedom by impinging on the J41 008 legitimate pursuits of another free individual may be proscribed. J41 009 ^Such limitations on personal freedom, if they are to avoid the J41 010 accusation of being arbitrary or partial must be absolutely J41 011 general in nature and of equal application to all individuals. J41 012 |^What is thus constructed is an objective code of conduct J41 013 which will apply regardless of particular circumstances. ^The J41 014 motivation of the individual in a particular case can be a matter J41 015 only of subjective knowledge and to mould the moral code on such J41 016 a selective basis would amount to an arbitrary and quite J41 017 unpredictable system. ^The matter of predictability is important. J41 018 ^Whilst we have seen that the free society is, for its J41 019 participants, an uncertain and insecure society as far as J41 020 outcomes are concerned, it is of the utmost importance that the J41 021 rules of conduct are, to the greatest extent possible, certain J41 022 and predictable. ^If free individuals are to pursue their own J41 023 interests (to the greatest benefit of society as a whole), they J41 024 must be able to act confidently in the knowledge that certain J41 025 rules apply to all players. ^If the code of conduct is subject to J41 026 quite arbitrary and unpredictable suspension or alteration J41 027 without general agreement, then no risks will be taken, and no J41 028 market will be able to operate. ^An individual can apply his J41 029 reason to the best of his ability only if the rules of conduct J41 030 which bind all players are equally enforced. J41 031 |^It is in this sense that freedom itself takes on an almost J41 032 moral quality. ^It is a value which cannot be suspended on an J41 033 *1{ad hoc} *0basis to suit particular circumstances such as the J41 034 entreaties of individuals who have met with a less-than-favourable J41 035 outcome to their endeavours. ^To seek, by way of the J41 036 suspension of rules, a *"better**" outcome in the eyes of an J41 037 individual player than would otherwise have eventuated, is to J41 038 strike at the very heart of freedom. J41 039 |^Thus far we have spoken of a system of morality or values J41 040 and rules of conduct. ^We now need to distinguish between those J41 041 *"rules**" which are actually crystallised as formal law, and J41 042 those which form an unwritten but universally accepted code of J41 043 conduct. ^One of the most remarkable aspects of free societies is J41 044 that they have maintained their stability and freedom through a J41 045 body of rules which are in many cases not crystallised as written J41 046 law. ^If the only rules which can apply in a free society relate J41 047 to the maintenance of conduct which is compatible with J41 048 maintaining a free order, then there is little difference between J41 049 the sorts of rules which are written and unwritten. ^The J41 050 unwritten rules (or morals) are those which have evolved, quite J41 051 organically, over time and which general acceptance has found to J41 052 be most advantageous to the securing of a free order. ^Those J41 053 which have evolved further *- to written, formal, legal status *- J41 054 differ only in that they carry sanctions which reinforce their J41 055 injunctions in the case of a breach of the rules. ^Naturally, the J41 056 enforcement of legal rules can only be justified in respect of J41 057 conduct which affects the freedom and private domain of others. J41 058 ^Actions which affect none but the individual who performs them J41 059 cannot attract legal sanctions in the same way. ^We will have J41 060 more to say about private morality later on. J41 061 |^It is important that the social, organic nature of moral J41 062 rules be underlined. ^In most cases, formal laws are not obeyed J41 063 because of the legal injunctions addressed to the citizens: they J41 064 are obeyed because the same rule forms part of the prevailing J41 065 morality of society. ^People do not refrain from murder or theft J41 066 because a law proscribes such activities; rather, they are J41 067 conforming to inherited rules of conduct which have been evolved J41 068 as being the best means of maintaining order in a free society. J41 069 ^In stressing the organic nature of these moral rules it is not J41 070 suggested that they belong to some code of *"natural**" law. J41 071 ^These moral injunctions as to conduct are *1of society *- *0not J41 072 imposed by rational design from without or some sort of cosmic J41 073 order which has always been there. J41 074 |^The evolutionary nature of the unwritten moral code raises J41 075 a caveat in respect of the desirability of codifying these rules J41 076 and elevating them into law. ^The moment that happens, they are J41 077 crystallised and not easily changed. ^In other words, the J41 078 evolutionary approach is discarded. ^Whilst absolute certainty is J41 079 achieved, the possibility for modification is reduced; a J41 080 modification may well, in some unforeseen circumstances, be J41 081 desirable. ^Under the evolutionary approach to the formation of J41 082 moral codes, experimentation with alternatives will be possible. J41 083 ^Any challenge to the moral code which is fundamentally opposed J41 084 to it is likely to be eschewed *- mistakes are dealt with very J41 085 effectively in the marketplace of society. ^But a respectful J41 086 challenge which proves its worth may well be adopted as a useful J41 087 modification to the code of general rules currently adhered to by J41 088 everyone. ^Experimentation will be outlawed and subject to J41 089 sanction if particular conduct is expressly illegal; the J41 090 likelihood of beneficial change through the agency of Parliament J41 091 is uncertain to say the least. J41 092 |^This cannot, of course, become an argument for no legal J41 093 rules and sanctions; clearly, some activities (such as murder, J41 094 assault, theft and suchlike) are *1absolutely *0contrary to the J41 095 maintenance of a free order and must be dealt with by the law. J41 096 ^But other areas may well be open to future amendment and for J41 097 that reason it is probably wise to leave the crystallising effect J41 098 of the law only for the most serious and fundamental moral J41 099 principles. ^As much as anything else, such an approach would be J41 100 consistent with the liberal tradition of admitting our inability J41 101 to foresee all outcomes or predetermine the future. ^It has been J41 102 noted by Hayek that, like language, morals are *"equipment for J41 103 unknown contingencies**". ^They will be an indispensable guide in J41 104 most cases but there will inevitably be new situations, J41 105 previously unconsidered, which may need to be dealt with in a J41 106 fresh way, though always in a manner consistent with the J41 107 maintenance of freedom. J41 108 |^Against this, the moral code of a closed, or J41 109 deterministic, society is almost unrecognisable as such. J41 110 ^Starting from the premise that man is perfectible and that J41 111 rational enquiry and analysis (quite independent of those J41 112 inherited, cultural values of which morals are part) will discern J41 113 the *"correct**" goal to be pursued, any necessary rules of J41 114 conduct must be imposed if the goal is to be reached. ^This is J41 115 the opposite of what we have seen in the free society where J41 116 morals evolve as part of the society. ^Here they are imposed from J41 117 without. ^Thus, in the absence of agreement, it will be quite J41 118 impossible to tolerate free will in a deterministic society. ^And J41 119 if there is no free will, then individuals cannot, by definition, J41 120 be responsible for their actions. ^Only the coercive state can be J41 121 responsible for the actions of those it directs; as such there is J41 122 an appalling decay of all personal moral responsibility. ^It is J41 123 assumed to be a matter for the state to determine. ^And, as the J41 124 passage from Hayek quoted at the beginning of this section makes J41 125 clear, there is no morality beyond the personal realm, only the J41 126 exercise of power. J41 127 |^Such a social order, built upon the pursuit of certain J41 128 ends, will quickly rationalise particular means to justify those J41 129 ends. ^Unwritten morals will be easily bypassed. ^But even formal J41 130 law will soon be in tatters as the basis for judging conduct J41 131 ceases to be objective ({0ie}, quite uninterested in the J41 132 motivation of individuals) and becomes subjective *- prepared to J41 133 justify conduct on the basis of the ends sought. ^Such partiality J41 134 leaves the stability and certainty law is supposed to provide in J41 135 ruins. ^Thus, if the elimination of wealth is the stated aim of a J41 136 particular society, theft which can be claimed to be consistent J41 137 with that aim starts to wear a *"moral**" gloss. ^The squeamish J41 138 politician, discomforted by the unruly nature of such Robin Hood J41 139 activity will, in all likelihood, take unto the state the sole J41 140 power to expropriate wealth. ^In this way, the people of a J41 141 socialist society transfer to the state certain vices which are J41 142 then sanitised and applauded as being in the *"common good**". J41 143 |^It will be apparent from the foregoing that the moral J41 144 *"climates**" sustained by the two ethics we have been discussing J41 145 are profoundly different. ^Most striking about the free society's J41 146 reliance on agreed rules of conduct to maintain a free order is J41 147 the incentive which it provides for excellence. ^Since the rules J41 148 are objective, then individuals are judged not by their J41 149 particular ambitions (which may be completely private) but by J41 150 their conduct. ^An egalitarian, socialist society has grave J41 151 difficulty in encouraging that same excellence. ^If individuals J41 152 are not finally responsible for their actions then they will be J41 153 judged less by their conduct than by their obedience to the J41 154 pursuit of the particular goals society has set itself. ^There is J41 155 nothing *"good**" or *"praiseworthy**" about working hard to J41 156 bring about the millennium when one's part in that task is J41 157 carried out under threat of coercion. ^It is no different than J41 158 the payment of tax being completely amoral in a free society. J41 159 ^Which brings us back to Hayek's nostrum that there can be no J41 160 morality outside the sphere of individual responsibility. J41 161 |^The attitudes which individuals hold are all-important for J41 162 the peaceful and fruitful functioning of any social order. ^The J41 163 two views of humanity we have been tracing have quite different J41 164 attitudinal effects. ^The collectivist or determinist view is J41 165 that people are inherently good; it is only *"the system**" which J41 166 is wrong. ^Therefore, fighting the system which prevents that J41 167 goodness being realised is the key aim and object of life. ^So it J41 168 is that an idealistic philosophy engenders a negative approach to J41 169 society. ^And since social utopia is not achievable in this J41 170 world, frustration and negativism can only flourish, sometimes in J41 171 the extreme manifestation of a Baader-Meinhof or Red Army Faction J41 172 terrorist movement. ^The individualist, liberal view on the other J41 173 hand does not set up unattainable expectations: it stands for the J41 174 knowledge that people are weak. ^Thus, if things are wrong, they J41 175 are so because of individual failing *- there is no appeal to J41 176 structuralism to rationalise the problem. ^If the individual is J41 177 thus the author of his own misfortunes (or success) then there is J41 178 a strong incentive to stress the need for personal virtues and J41 179 conduct which will win the approval of other individuals. ^And so J41 180 it is that from a wordly view of human fallibility there springs J41 181 a strong motivation for positive, socially valuable actions. ^It J41 182 is no accident that tolerance, respect for the person, property J41 183 and opinions of others, generosity and the independence of mind J41 184 and moral courage necessary to defend fundamental principals are J41 185 all attitudes which have suffused free societies. ^All are J41 186 spontaneous emotional and moral responses which spring from J41 187 responsibility for one's own actions. ^Spontaneity, the J41 188 wellspring of a free society's adaptiveness, social cohesion and J41 189 liberty, is inimical to the mind-set of the deterministic J41 190 world-view. ^At the same time, inherited morality will be a check on J41 191 the potential damage one person's unrestrained rationalism can J41 192 wreak. J41 193 |^If the delineation of the two moral universes outlined J41 194 thus far seems clear enough, it in no way reflects common J41 195 understanding of the place of morality in our basically free J41 196 societies or indeed the liberal view of morality. ^In few areas J41 197 of public debate is there so much confusion. ^In the first place, J41 198 liberalism as a word has been debased to the point where it is J41 199 commonly interchangeable with the notion of permissiveness. J41 200 ^Liberalism is of course anything but permissive in the sense of J41 201 believing that *"anything goes**". ^Such a *1{laissez-faire} J41 202 *0approach would quickly verge on the anarchic. J41 203 *# J42 001 **[336 TEXT J42**] J42 002 ^*0Despite this, however, manufacturing output at the end of 1985 J42 003 was still about 10% below its level at the time of the 1979 J42 004 election. ^Perhaps the most disturbing statistics relate to J42 005 employment growth and the level of unemployment. ^Notwithstanding J42 006 the growth in output since 1981, employment has expanded only J42 007 slowly and unemployment has risen steadily during the 1980s to J42 008 stand at well over 3 million, or 13% of the workforce, in J42 009 mid-1986 (see Table 2). J42 010 |^As noted earlier, the broad macroeconomic stance adopted J42 011 by the New Zealand Labour Government has much in common with that J42 012 of the Thatcher Government. ^Labour has committed itself to much J42 013 more restrictive monetary and fiscal policies. ^For example, it J42 014 has declared that it will gradually reduce the size of the Budget J42 015 deficit, that the deficit will be fully funded through an active J42 016 programme of debt sales, and that inflationary wage and non-wage J42 017 supply shocks will not be accommodated. ^Further, it has removed J42 018 all interest rate controls, as well as the ratio requirements on J42 019 financial institutions and financial service pricing controls. J42 020 ^It has abolished exchange rate controls, floated the New Zealand J42 021 dollar and embarked upon a major liberalization of the banking J42 022 industry. ^It has also initiated radical tax reforms: the J42 023 introduction of a comprehensive, single-rate Goods and Services J42 024 Tax ({0GST}), a reduction in average and marginal income tax J42 025 rates and significant changes in the area of business taxation. J42 026 ^Both the speed and magnitude of these reforms have been J42 027 remarkable. J42 028 |^In keeping with the approach of the Thatcher Government, J42 029 Labour's monetary policy has been designed to fix a stable path J42 030 for monetary growth, rather than attempt to peg the exchange rate J42 031 or interest rates at some supposedly appropriate level. ^Unlike J42 032 the Thatcher Government, however, it has avoided any commitment J42 033 to precise targets for particular monetary aggregates, at least J42 034 to date. ^There appear to have been two main reasons for this. J42 035 ^First, the Government's economic advisers were mindful of the J42 036 problems encountered by the British authorities in achieving such J42 037 targets. ^If similar difficulties arose in New Zealand then there J42 038 was a danger that the credibility of the policy would be J42 039 undermined. ^Second, as Keenan explains, there was an awareness J42 040 that, given the magnitude of the reforms implemented in the J42 041 finance sector after July 1984, *"financial asset portfolio J42 042 behaviour and relative competitive advantage amongst different J42 043 classes of financial institutions were likely to be changing J42 044 rapidly**" producing a wide divergence in the growth rates of the J42 045 main monetary aggregates. ^In these circumstances, the *"meaning J42 046 or relevance**" of the movement in particular aggregates would J42 047 probably be *"obscure**". ^In fact, such has been the case. ^For J42 048 example, in the year to June 1985, \0M3 grew by 22.5% whereas J42 049 \0M1 increased by 9.2% and \0M2 by -2.4%. ^This divergence J42 050 parallels the British experience in the early 1980s and can be J42 051 attributed partly to reintermediation effects and changes in J42 052 velocity. J42 053 |^Rather than specify targets for certain monetary J42 054 aggregates, Labour's monetary policy has focussed on achieving a J42 055 low or zero-trend growth rate in the monetary base (or primary J42 056 liquidity) by means of fully funding the deficit. ^The Government J42 057 also gave prominence in mid-1985 to its intention of reducing the J42 058 growth in nominal national income from an expected range of J42 059 10-13% in 1985-86 to about 7-9% in 1986-87. ^For some reason, J42 060 these targets have not been extended subsequently to cover the J42 061 period beyond 1986-87. J42 062 |^Despite its best intentions, Labour's approach to the J42 063 conduct of monetary policy has met with several problems. ^For J42 064 one thing, the initial definition of the monetary base chosen in J42 065 December 1984 was flawed and has subsequently been amended. ^For J42 066 another, the main indicators of monetary conditions have J42 067 presented policy makers with a very confusing picture. ^On the J42 068 one hand, the wider monetary aggregates continued to grow rapidly J42 069 in the period after the 1984 election, at least until mid-1986. J42 070 ^In the year to March 1986, for instance, \0M1 grew by 21.3% \0M3 J42 071 by 23.7% and Private Sector Credit ({0PSC}) by 19.1%. ^Such J42 072 growth was clearly much faster than had been expected or deemed J42 073 desirable. ^By contrast, most of the other indicators during J42 074 1985-86 pointed to tight monetary conditions: high nominal and J42 075 real interest rates, a firm exchange rate, falling consumption J42 076 and investment, and a decline in the underlying rate of J42 077 inflation. ^Again, conflicting signals of this nature were a J42 078 feature of the British experience in the early 1980s. ^What J42 079 impact such developments have had on inflationary expectations J42 080 and price-fixing behaviour remains unclear. ^What is more certain J42 081 is that Labour's counter inflationary strategy has so far J42 082 resulted in somewhat smaller adjustment costs *- in terms of lost J42 083 output and employment *- than feared by many of its critics or J42 084 encountered during the early years of the Thatcher Government. J42 085 ^The costs have nonetheless been significant: registered J42 086 unemployment, for example, rose from a low point of just under J42 087 50,000 in early 1985 to more than 73,000 in September 1986, with J42 088 the rate of unemployment exceeding 10% of the workforce in J42 089 certain provincial regions hard hit by the downturn in the rural J42 090 sector. J42 091 |^In early 1985 the Labour Government published three-year J42 092 forecasts of revenue and expenditure which had been prepared by J42 093 the Treasury in late 1984. ^According to these forecasts, it was J42 094 expected *- on the basis of current policy setting *- that there J42 095 would be a fall in Government expenditure as a percentage of J42 096 {0GDP} from over 41% to 39% by 1987-88, and a reduction in the J42 097 fiscal deficit from an average of about 7% of {0GDP} in the three J42 098 years to 1984-85, to less than 4% of {0GDP} during 1986-87 and J42 099 1987-88. ^So far events have not gone entirely according to plan. J42 100 ^For example, the 1985-86 Budget deficit was initially forecast J42 101 to be about *+$1.3 billion or roughly 2.8% of {0GDP}. ^The actual J42 102 outrun, however, was in the vicinity of *+$1.8 billion or about J42 103 4.1% of {0GDP}. ^The Budget deficit for 1986-87 is expected to be J42 104 about *+$2.45 billion or around 5% of {0GDP}, again higher than J42 105 originally forecast. ^Part of the reason for this lies in the J42 106 huge growth in public sector wage costs (approximately 25%) J42 107 arising from the 1985-86 wage round. ^In this regard the Labour J42 108 Government has been afflicted with the same problem as J42 109 encountered by the Thatcher Government during 1979-80. ^Another J42 110 reason relates to the tax changes introduced in October 1986 and J42 111 the Government's commitment to ensuring that the inflationary J42 112 effects of {0GST} were more than offset by the reduction in J42 113 direct income tax rates. ^The economic downturn during 1985-86 J42 114 also contributed to the widening of the deficit. J42 115 |^Because of the failure to reduce the fiscal deficit as J42 116 rapidly as hoped, the Government undertook a major review of J42 117 public expenditure in early 1986. ^The expenditure cuts and J42 118 savings arising out of this review are expected to reduce net J42 119 Government expenditure by about *+$900 million in 1986-87 and J42 120 *+$1200 million in 1987-88. ^A substantial part of these savings J42 121 are essentially cosmetic, however, in that they are the result of J42 122 the Government requiring state trading organizations, such as the J42 123 Housing Corporation, to raise most of their finance from the J42 124 private sector rather than through the public account. J42 125 *<*6SUPPLY-SIDE MEASURES*> J42 126 |^*0As noted, both Rogernomics and Thatcherism involve a J42 127 commitment to reducing the level of governmental interference in J42 128 the economy and relying to a greater extent on competitive J42 129 markets. ^According to its advocates, this *"more-market**" J42 130 strategy will not only extend the domain of human liberty, but J42 131 equally significant, will encourage efficiency and better J42 132 resource allocation, thereby enhancing the overall performance of J42 133 the economy. ^In keeping with this broad policy thrust, both J42 134 Governments have initiated measures to liberalize financial, J42 135 product and labour markets, reform the taxation system (including J42 136 corporate taxation, indirect taxes and personal income taxes), J42 137 and improve the efficiency of the state sector. ^Given the J42 138 particular features of the New Zealand economy, the Labour J42 139 Government has also undertaken measures to reduce the level of J42 140 state assistance to the agricultural and manufacturing sectors J42 141 and to lower frontier protection. ^Such action has included the J42 142 phasing out of export incentives, the removal of input subsidies, J42 143 the elimination of interest rate subsidies, a reduction in J42 144 quantitative controls on imports and a lowering of tariffs. ^Yet J42 145 although both Governments have stressed the importance of J42 146 appropriate supply-side measures and the need for structural J42 147 adjustment, the specific policies they have adopted are by no J42 148 means identical. ^The differences in approach are particularly J42 149 evident in the areas of state sector and labour market reform. J42 150 *<*4Public Sector Reform*> J42 151 |^*0In both Britain and New Zealand the state has been involved, J42 152 in one form or another, in a diverse range of economic activities J42 153 for many decades ({0eg.} transportation, telecommunications, J42 154 mining, energy production and distribution, tourism and J42 155 manufacturing). ^Because of the size and scope of the state J42 156 sector, the efficiency of its operation obviously has important J42 157 implications for the economy as a whole. J42 158 |^On taking office in 1979 the Thatcher Government embarked J42 159 upon a two-prong strategy to improve the performance of the state J42 160 sector: the commercialization of state-owned enterprises J42 161 ({0SOE}s) and the sale of publicly-held assets. ^Needless to say, J42 162 both strategies have proved controversial and have aroused the J42 163 wrath of the labour movement. J42 164 |^With respect to its commercialization objectives, the J42 165 British Government has focussed on trying to increase the J42 166 profitability and the overall efficiency of the main {0SOE}s such J42 167 as British Gas, British Leyland, British Rail, the British Steel J42 168 Corporation and the coal mining industry. ^Tactics here have J42 169 included the imposition of greater financial discipline, the J42 170 extension of managerial incentives, the recruitment of leading J42 171 businessmen from the private sector to run the {0SOE}s, a major J42 172 assault on overmanning and other inefficient labour practices, J42 173 and the contracting out of many of the services traditionally J42 174 performed by public agencies, such as health service laundry and J42 175 dustbin collection. ^Despite the industrial unrest which such J42 176 policies have generated, especially in the coal industry, the J42 177 Government has been at least partially successful in achieving J42 178 its objectives. J42 179 |^The programme to transfer public assets to the private J42 180 sector, which gathered momentum following the 1983 general J42 181 election, has been justified on at least three grounds: the J42 182 belief that private organizations are inherently more efficient J42 183 than their public sector counterparts; the assumption that J42 184 *"market failures**" are less severe and less widespread than J42 185 *"government failures**" (as long as barriers to competition are J42 186 removed); and the desirability of reducing the economic borders J42 187 of the state. ^As mentioned previously, another important J42 188 motivation for the privatisation drive has been the desire to J42 189 reduce the fiscal deficit and provide additional scope for tax J42 190 cuts. ^In practice, political considerations of this nature have J42 191 tended to take precedence over the broader philosophical J42 192 objectives underpinning the Government's strategy. J42 193 |^In Britain the evidence suggests that the average rate of J42 194 return on capital employed in the private sector has been J42 195 consistently higher over a long time span than in the public J42 196 sector. ^Why this should be the case is obviously debatable. ^To J42 197 some extent it may be due to the fact that some {0SOE}s are J42 198 virtual monopolies and therefore characterized by monopolistic J42 199 production and pricing decisions. ^This state of affairs is also J42 200 likely to have strengthened the bargaining power of organized J42 201 labour with the result that unit labour costs have probably been J42 202 higher than would otherwise have been the case. ^In addition, the J42 203 performance of {0SOE}s has doubtless been harmed by *1{ad hoc} J42 204 *0governmental intervention in financial decision-making and by J42 205 inadequate managerial incentives. ^Of course, transforming a J42 206 public sector monopoly into a private sector monopoly does not J42 207 necessarily ensure improved efficiency. ^Indeed, in the absence J42 208 of an appropriate regulatory environment such a change of J42 209 ownership may only make things worse. ^Although considerations of J42 210 this kind have certainly exercised the minds of British policy J42 211 makers over the past seven years, they have not deterred the J42 212 Thatcher Government in its quest to sell off large sections of J42 213 the public sector. J42 214 *# J43 001 **[337 TEXT J43**] J43 002 ^*0The two sides acknowledge the need to *'exert every effort to J43 003 avert the risk of outbreak of such a war, including measures to J43 004 guard against accidental or unauthorised use of such weapons**'. J43 005 ^Each party is to notify the other immediately if accidental, J43 006 unauthorised or any other unexplained incidents occur involving J43 007 the possible detonation of a nuclear weapon. ^The errant J43 008 super-power is to make every effort to render such a weapon J43 009 harmless. J43 010 |^Other bilateral accords *- the 1973 Prevention of Nuclear J43 011 War Agreement, the 1972 Statement of Basic Principles and several J43 012 agreements to establish and upgrade the *'Hot Line**' *- derive J43 013 similarly from a recognition of the need to reduce the risk of J43 014 nuclear war. ^And in a very recent development, the two sides in J43 015 April 1987 agreed to the installation of crisis control centres J43 016 in their countries to minimise the risk of misunderstanding J43 017 during times of tension. J43 018 *<*4Nuclear theology*> J43 019 |^*0It is clear that neither super-power wishes, or intends, J43 020 nuclear war. ^The theology developed over the years is that J43 021 nuclear weapons are there to prevent aggression without being J43 022 used. ^If they are used they will have failed their mission. ^In J43 023 strict theological terms, the world faces not so much the risk of J43 024 nuclear war breaking out as the risk of deterrence strategy J43 025 failing and a nuclear conflict occurring. ^As with all finer J43 026 points of theology the difference to the real world is J43 027 vanishingly small, but it explains a good deal of super-power J43 028 behaviour. ^For while the two sides expend considerable effort at J43 029 reducing the risk of nuclear war, they expend equal effort *- led J43 030 by the United States but brilliantly imitated by the Soviet Union J43 031 *- at perpetuating and perhaps promoting that risk through a J43 032 continued adherence to nuclear deterrence. J43 033 |^Despite their efforts at arms control, with disarmament J43 034 the stated end-goal, the weapon modernisation programmes of each J43 035 side guarantee the retention of strategic nuclear forces well J43 036 into the twenty-first century. ^The critical question of our J43 037 time, of all time, is whether the two leading nations of our J43 038 planet will, jointly or separately, change their national J43 039 policies before the risk of nuclear conflict is realised. J43 040 *<*4Intrinsic paradox*> J43 041 |^*0What, then, is the level of risk? ^The risk of nuclear J43 042 conflict rests fundamentally on the paradox that is intrinsic to J43 043 nuclear deterrence strategy itself. ^It is that, although the J43 044 proclaimed objective is to avoid the use of nuclear weapons, that J43 045 objective can only be achieved by making the prospect of their J43 046 use most credible. ^Without a policy of credible use, the utility J43 047 of nuclear weapons in a tough world diminishes. ^Yet while J43 048 no-one wishes to see them used, our value system at the J43 049 international level remains predicated on force and nuclear J43 050 weapons retain their utility as the ultimate symbol of that J43 051 force. ^Thus, the belief runs, we cannot have the existence of J43 052 nuclear weapons concomitantly with a policy that minimises the J43 053 likelihood of their being used, and especially a total non-use J43 054 policy. J43 055 |^These are the reasons why the Western nuclear powers have J43 056 retained a policy of first-use, maintained a strategic force J43 057 posture for first-use, and pursued political courses of action in J43 058 times of crisis that correspond to first-use *- such as threats J43 059 to use nuclear weapons and the upgrading of their strategic J43 060 forces to full alert on occasion. ^Great effort is invested in J43 061 safety precautions to ensure the avoidance of an unintended J43 062 nuclear conflict and a global catastrophe. ^But in policy terms J43 063 this is equally designed to maximise the efficiency of the J43 064 strategic machine and thus to buttress the credibility of J43 065 deterrence *- the prospect of an authorised first use of nuclear J43 066 weapons if and when the occasion requires. ^The theory of nuclear J43 067 deterrence demands nothing less: the game of chicken cannot be J43 068 played by agreeing beforehand not to crash. J43 069 |^Thus it is that we in the West have threatened the use of J43 070 nuclear weapons some 27 times over the past 40 years *- the J43 071 necessary price of maintaining the credibility of deterrence. J43 072 *<*4Allied wisdom*> J43 073 |^*0Establishment allied wisdom in the West maintains that J43 074 notwithstanding this *- or because of it *- the risk of nuclear J43 075 conflict is very low since the act would not be rational. ^The J43 076 risk nonetheless came close to realisation in October 1962 when J43 077 the {0US} President at the height of the Cuban missile crisis J43 078 rated the odds at *'somewhere between one out of three and J43 079 even**'. ^That of course means that the risk of nuclear conflict J43 080 over the past 40 years (taking the presidential assessment) has J43 081 been of that degree, since the risk over a finite period equates J43 082 with the highest risk at any one moment within it. J43 083 |^But official canon on the subject, in terms of strategic J43 084 deterrence theory, is that the risk is very low. ^The United J43 085 States asserts, for example, that *'deterrence should never fail J43 086 for the simple rational reason that the horrors and costs of J43 087 nuclear war would be so overwhelming that no advantage could be J43 088 gained from it**'. ^The same belief is reflected in the view of J43 089 our own ally, Australia, which makes the judgement that J43 090 *'super-power conflict is most unlikely**' and *'the risk of nuclear J43 091 conflict should not... be a determinant in our defence J43 092 planning**'. ^The Soviet Union does not embrace deterrence theory J43 093 with the same stated conviction, being more sceptical of its J43 094 durability; but not to the extent of unilaterally changing course J43 095 in strategic policy. J43 096 |^None of this, so far as public documentation is concerned, J43 097 is based on any systematic and thorough exercise in risk J43 098 assessment. ^Our fundamental political relationships and military J43 099 strategies of modern times turn on official estimates of the J43 100 nuclear risk that are at best optimistic and at worst arbitrary J43 101 and dismissive. ^Our governments owe it to our peoples *- we owe J43 102 it to ourselves *- to offer something better. J43 103 *<*4Experts' views*> J43 104 |^*0Outside of government the issue has caught the attention of J43 105 some analysts in recent years, though it is not without J43 106 contention in these circles either. ^Some specialists argue that J43 107 an assessment of the risk of nuclear conflict cannot be made, or J43 108 rather that we are deluding ourselves if we purport to assign a J43 109 specific level of risk. ^The most we can do, they maintain, is to J43 110 recognise that the risk is significant and that in light of J43 111 modern strategic trends it is increasing. J43 112 |^It is, however, possible to go further than this, and J43 113 there is good reason for doing so. ^Estimating the risk of J43 114 nuclear conflict can be compared with estimating the probability J43 115 of life elsewhere in the cosmos, which exobiologists have been J43 116 doing in recent years. ^No-one claims certainty of knowledge or J43 117 judgement in the exercise. ^Its value is heuristic: it aids the J43 118 thinking of the scientists involved in the business. ^It assists J43 119 them to isolate the relevant factors, and shows them where to J43 120 devote greater attention and resources in their exploratory J43 121 research. ^It helps them decide what to do. J43 122 *<*4Intuitive assessment*> J43 123 |^*0Similarly with modern military strategy. ^No-one can claim J43 124 special insight or knowledge in assessing the risk of nuclear J43 125 conflict in the future. ^But it is possible to undertake the J43 126 exercise *- to isolate the relevant categories that bear upon the J43 127 matter, assess their interrelationships and to emerge with an J43 128 overall assessment of risk. ^That assessment will be intuitively J43 129 based, but that does not disqualify it from serious attention. J43 130 ^We have progressed beyond the belief that wisdom, and even J43 131 knowledge, is contained exclusively in the scientific method. J43 132 ^What is the purpose? ^As for the scientists at {0NASA}, the J43 133 exercise helps us order our affairs, tells us whether we are on J43 134 the right course, properly devoting our resources *- and are J43 135 likely to remain alive. J43 136 |^In 1978 the 30th Pugwash Symposium was held in Toronto, J43 137 with the subject theme *'The Dangers of Nuclear War by the Year J43 138 2000: An Attempt at Assessment**'. ^The meeting was attended by J43 139 26 participants from eleven countries including the Soviet Union J43 140 and the final session was attended by Canadian Prime Minister J43 141 Pierre Trudeau. ^The participants did not assign a specific level J43 142 of risk, but in a Statement at the end of the symposium concluded J43 143 that J43 144 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J43 145 *<*4Two conferences*> J43 146 |^*0It is a sign of the increasing concern over the possibility J43 147 of accidental nuclear war that two conferences were held on the J43 148 subject over the past year. ^In May 1986, a private Canadian J43 149 institute held a conference on the risk of accidental nuclear war J43 150 in Vancouver, attended by participants from the United States, J43 151 Canada, Western Europe, the Soviet Union and New Zealand. ^It J43 152 also stopped short of a specific assessment, concluding that J43 153 *'the danger of accidental nuclear war is substantial and J43 154 increasing**'. ^The main reasons cited were a deteriorating J43 155 global political situation, development of destabilising weapon J43 156 systems, increasingly complex command and control systems, and J43 157 increasing reliance on automated decision-making systems. ^The J43 158 participants *- academics and computer specialists rather than J43 159 policy-makers *- warned particularly against the increasing J43 160 reliance on automated decision-making in nuclear command systems. J43 161 |^In December, the 14th Pugwash Workshop on Nuclear Forces, J43 162 held in Geneva, Switzerland, had as its subject *'Accidental J43 163 Nuclear War**'. ^The Workshop, attended by scientists and J43 164 military figures from fifteen countries including the Soviet J43 165 Union, specifically explored ways to reduce the danger of nuclear J43 166 war. ^It offered no precise estimate of risk, but made the J43 167 observation that *'the most probable initiators of nuclear war J43 168 are irrational acts, mistakes and malfunctions**'. ^Given the J43 169 likely long-term presence of nuclear weapons, it was held, it is J43 170 essential to understand the hazards of accidental nuclear war. J43 171 *<*4{0UNIDIR} study*> J43 172 |^*0The only detailed and thorough analysis of the risk of J43 173 nuclear war is the study commissioned in 1982 by the {0UN} J43 174 Institute for Disarmament Research ({0UNIDIR}) on the *1Risks of J43 175 Unintentional Nuclear War. ^*0The {0UNIDIR} study used an J43 176 analytical rather than a case-oriented approach to the subject. J43 177 ^The study perceived two major factors which, together, causally J43 178 constitute the risk. ^The first is the *'predisposition of the J43 179 system**', {0ie}, the forces at work in the system of strategic J43 180 deterrence that make it more, or less, likely to produce an J43 181 unintentional nuclear conflict. ^Strategic stability, or J43 182 instability, is the inherent propensity of the system to move J43 183 back from conflict or forward towards it. ^It is probably the J43 184 most central concept in strategic super-power relations and, J43 185 ironically, one of the most potent factors that drives the arms J43 186 race. J43 187 |^A derivative of this is crisis stability or instability *- J43 188 the inherent tendency of the system under conditions of J43 189 political crisis to encourage a first strike if war is perceived J43 190 as a real possibility. ^Crisis stability exists if each side J43 191 feels free to wait, in time of crisis, without incurring major J43 192 disadvantage in the event the other side strikes first. ^Crisis J43 193 instability encourages pre-emption, thereby reducing the time J43 194 allowed for political leaders to undertake action to defuse the J43 195 crisis itself. ^Such conditions of stability or instability J43 196 depend largely upon the relationship between the strategic force J43 197 postures of the two super-powers, but human factors such as J43 198 clarity and efficiency of the command structures and capabilities J43 199 of the communication networks are also relevant. J43 200 *<*4Catalytic cause*> J43 201 |^*0The second factor is a catalytic cause that might trigger the J43 202 system to produce a nuclear conflict at any one time. ^This could J43 203 be of a political or technical nature *- a major issue between the J43 204 super-powers or some third party behaviour that produces a crisis J43 205 between them; or a nuclear weapon accident or malfunction in the J43 206 early-warning system. ^The nature and frequency of these kinds of J43 207 events are well documented, but it does not follow that either J43 208 one will necessarily lead to nuclear conflict. ^That depends on J43 209 the previous factor identified *- the level of strategic and J43 210 crisis stability. J43 211 |^Although nuclear accidents and incidents are quite J43 212 frequent, the {0UNIDIR} study assesses the risk of nuclear J43 213 conflict arising from this cause as very low, because of the J43 214 extreme safety precautions and redundancy procedures maintained J43 215 by all nuclear powers. ^The study, it might be noted, pre-dated J43 216 the Chernobyl and *1Challenger *0tragedies. J43 217 *<*4Probability assessment*> J43 218 |^*0At the end of the {0UNIDIR} study, the authors entered a J43 219 probability assessment of a nuclear conflict occurring within a J43 220 five year period. J43 221 *# J44 001 **[338 TEXT J44**] J44 002 ^*0The Muldoon administration introduced some competition into J44 003 transport when it began to deregulate road transport, thus J44 004 reducing the privileged position of the railways. ^More recently J44 005 the domestic position of Air New Zealand has been altered by the J44 006 licensing of another main route airline. ^However, the problem of J44 007 state enterprises has been seen largely as one of increasing J44 008 the degree of efficiency by requiring the enterprises to make J44 009 profits in an unprotected and unsubsidised environment. J44 010 ^Corporatisation rather than privatisation has been the J44 011 government's preference, in pronounced contrast to other J44 012 liberalising ventures such as Thatcher's Britain, Chirac's France J44 013 and Japan. ^The economic problems that were partly the reason for J44 014 the state's involvement in the first place, for example, J44 015 existence of natural monopoly and divergences between social and J44 016 private costs, still remain, and large sunk costs in each of J44 017 transport, communications and energy make contestability unlikely J44 018 to prevail reliably enough to enforce competitive pricing. ^Even J44 019 in the present laissez-faire climate, all three industries are J44 020 likely to remain regulated, a result Adam Smith would surely J44 021 support. J44 022 |^Despite much debate, little has been done to deregulate J44 023 the labour market (see Chapter 9). ^Controlled entry into J44 024 professions and occupations has not been touched, although the J44 025 fee structures of the services of lawyers and estate agents have J44 026 become more flexible and possibly even competitive. ^Most labour J44 027 market issues are still dominated by the aims of distributional J44 028 equity and stabilisation, although efficiency arguments are not J44 029 entirely absent. ^The intense concern in New Zealand throughout J44 030 the 1980s with the issues of trade union rights and membership, J44 031 and the precise form of legally supported wage bargaining, could J44 032 well be isolated from realities, at least in the private sector J44 033 of the economy. ^There is some evidence that actual real J44 034 remuneration (through bargaining over money rates and payments in J44 035 kind) is quite sensitive to excess demand pressures in the J44 036 private sector (especially at managerial and other skilled J44 037 levels), and also that real remuneration is eroded, although J44 038 somewhat slowly, in periods of excess supply (especially at J44 039 unskilled levels). ^It is thus possible that there is already as J44 040 much flexibility in the determination of real remuneration in the J44 041 private sector as the economy needs. ^The real problem could be J44 042 in the public sector, and there the long run solution could well J44 043 lie in the financial independence of the new state corporations. J44 044 ^Of course, this reading of the present overall situation does J44 045 not deny the desirability of raising allocative efficiency in J44 046 particular occupations and industries by deregulation or other J44 047 removal of privilege and monopoly, and the government, in J44 048 establishing the Economic Development Commission, has perhaps J44 049 shown that it intends to investigate these aspects of the labour J44 050 market. (^Otherwise, what is the Commission to do?) J44 051 |^It should be noted, if only in passing, that the impact of J44 052 deregulation and other types of change on *'inputs**' like J44 053 financial services, transport, communications and energy, will J44 054 not in every case result in lower costs for, say, farmers and J44 055 manufacturers. ^In so far as the prices of these inputs have in J44 056 the past been subsidised or have suffered price control, the J44 057 economic revolution can result in more efficiently produced J44 058 inputs at higher prices. ^Overall efficient allocation of J44 059 resources is improved, but particular firms and industries will J44 060 suffer. ^The removal of controls over interest rates is the most J44 061 striking (unpopular) example, but there are others arising in all J44 062 the industries mentioned. ^This phenomenon reflects the deep J44 063 extent to which price and cost distortions had become entrenched J44 064 in the New Zealand economy. ^It was almost impossible to find out J44 065 in the early 1980s except by very rough guesswork, just what J44 066 economic activities were really the most profitable for New J44 067 Zealanders to adopt. ^The regulatory revolution has altered that. J44 068 |^The change with the widest immediate public impact has J44 069 been the large 1986 reduction in income tax rates (especially at J44 070 the top of the scale) and the introduction of a value-added tax, J44 071 {0GST} (goods and services tax), with no exempted categories of J44 072 domestically sold goods or services. ^This fiscal revolution, J44 073 recommended by official committees of inquiry since 1968, was J44 074 introduced to further the aim of an efficient allocation of J44 075 resources, although it has substantial distributional effects. J44 076 ^Some of its inegalitarian effects have been redressed by J44 077 increased social welfare payments to groups likely to be affected J44 078 (see Chapter 15). ^The reform has no stabilisation purpose J44 079 (although variations in the rate could achieve that purpose) and J44 080 its effect on the fiscal deficit is slight. J44 081 *<1.3 *2THE PROBLEMS*> J44 082 |^*0There is a fundamental problem hanging over and interfering J44 083 with the entire process of New Zealand liberalisation and its J44 084 coincidence is mainly accidental. ^Yet unless the problem is J44 085 solved the liberalisation revolution is probably doomed to J44 086 failure. ^The problem is government overspending which has been J44 087 going on since the middle of the 1970s, and reflects the use of J44 088 fiscal deficits to attempt to stabilise the economy in the J44 089 sense of maintaining real incomes over the last decade in the J44 090 face of a severe downturn in the terms of trade, itself the J44 091 result of rises in oil prices. ^The problem could be defined as J44 092 undertaxing, and indeed by international standards New Zealand J44 093 has not been overtaxed. ^However, in so far as both the present J44 094 international tax climate and the views of all New Zealand J44 095 politicians point to the desirability of reducing the total tax J44 096 burden, our problem must be defined as government overspending J44 097 (see Chapter 13). J44 098 |^The effects of overspending since the early 1980s have J44 099 been government borrowing on the domestic capital market to J44 100 finance the fiscal deficit, and consequent pressure on domestic J44 101 interest rates. ^Obviously, government borrowing is not the only J44 102 cause of high interest rates; if domestic savings had been J44 103 higher, or private borrowing lower, or the rate of inflation J44 104 lower, interest rates would have been lower. ^But the rate of J44 105 government net borrowing in relation to the rate of private J44 106 savings has undoubtedly been a major factor in causing high J44 107 interest rates. ^With the abandonment of controls over interest J44 108 rates after July 1984 a large interest rate differential emerged J44 109 between New Zealand and other countries like Australia, the J44 110 United States, Japan and those of Western Europe. ^New Zealand J44 111 firms started to borrow off**[ARB**]-shore, and with the removal J44 112 of controls over capital movements to and from other countries at J44 113 the end of 1984, foreigners started to invest in New Zealand J44 114 securities. ^Consequently after the freeing of the exchange rate J44 115 in March 1985 this inflow of capital resulted in a strong New J44 116 Zealand dollar. J44 117 |^The effects of the strong dollar are the heart of the J44 118 problem (see Chapter 11). ^The case for floating the dollar (like J44 119 the case for the earlier devaluation) was that the early 1984 J44 120 dollar was overvalued and hence penalised exporters and J44 121 encouraged importers: production of New Zealand's tradeable goods J44 122 was unprofitable. ^Devaluation and a weaker dollar would correct J44 123 this and also make the bitter medicine of reduced export and farm J44 124 subsidies and reduced protection to manufacturers more palatable. J44 125 ^A free market would select the correct rate. ^In the trendy talk J44 126 of the times, *'the rate of exchange would give the economy the J44 127 correct price signals.**' ^A strong dollar has made nonsense of J44 128 all that, and virtually removed the case for floating at all. J44 129 ^Instead of the exchange rate reflecting real cost advantages J44 130 (which had been the hope), it now reflects interest rate J44 131 differentials due to government overspending. J44 132 |^The analysis set out above seems clear enough, but is J44 133 considerably muddled by recent monetary developments and the J44 134 coincidence of high rates of inflation. ^As always, money and J44 135 inflation remain controversial, and what is said here must be J44 136 tentative and open to contradiction by others. ^The ending of J44 137 wage and price controls after July 1984 inevitably resulted in a J44 138 burst of inflation which the devaluation would have reinforced. J44 139 ^However, the regime of high interest rates and the strong dollar J44 140 would have had offsetting effects: the strong dollar directly and J44 141 immediately on the prices of imported goods, and high interest J44 142 rates indirectly and longer term on capital values and economic J44 143 activity. ^Some analysts suspect high interest rates and the J44 144 strong dollar were deliberately chosen to do just that *- have an J44 145 anti-inflationary effect. J44 146 |^The plot thickens when we consider monetary policy. ^The J44 147 deregulation of the finance industry, and in particular of the J44 148 banks, has resulted in a radical change in the control of the J44 149 stock of money and credit, which most analysts now characterise J44 150 as being through the effect of high interest rates curbing J44 151 demand, {0i.e.} an application of free market ideas to money. J44 152 ^Some (see Chapter 12) believe that the government may even have J44 153 lost control over the money stock. ^But whether or not this is J44 154 so, there is no doubt that the money supply, and credit J44 155 generally, has risen in line with the rate of inflation since J44 156 1984. ^As there is no evidence of a policy of tight monetary J44 157 control, it is difficult to imagine that monetary controls are J44 158 either restraining inflation or raising real interest rates. ^The J44 159 rate of inflation is still dominated by cost-push factors J44 160 initiated by the ending of the freeze and the money supply has J44 161 expanded sufficiently to prevent the high rate of inflation from J44 162 having any serious effects on activity. ^This admittedly cursory J44 163 glance at monetary policy and inflation seeks to reinforce the J44 164 view expressed above that government borrowing drives the J44 165 exchange rate through its effect on real interest rates. J44 166 ^Monetary policy, we suspect, has had to be accommodating to J44 167 avoid a collapse of economic activity. ^What control there is J44 168 over inflation comes from the overvalued exchange rate, and of J44 169 course the old broken reed of exhortatory wage policy. J44 170 |^The fundamental problem thus resolves itself into two J44 171 issues for the future. ^First, if the exchange rate is to reflect J44 172 long-term real costs and opportunities of profit for New Zealand J44 173 business people, it will have to cease being dominated by J44 174 interest rate differentials. ^Floating is magnificent, but it is J44 175 not economics. ^The foreign exchange market does not arrive at J44 176 the correct long-term exchange rate. ^Instead it acts rationally J44 177 and balances momentarily supply and demand for funds, dominated J44 178 by interest rate differentials. ^Second, those politicians who J44 179 attach importance to *'getting New Zealand's rate of inflation J44 180 down to the level of our trading partners**' should realise that J44 181 the economic revolution of recent years has added nothing to our J44 182 ability to control inflation. (^That observation has to be J44 183 addressed to politicians because few economists attach the same J44 184 significance to inflation, and fewer still think that reducing J44 185 inflation levels permanently can be done except at great cost in J44 186 terms of bankruptcy and unemployment. ) J44 187 |^The problem and the issues discussed above are closely J44 188 related to what is nowadays referred to as *'sequencing**': the J44 189 best sequence in which to undertake a series of policy reforms, J44 190 particularly liberal reforms like those of New Zealand, so as to J44 191 produce the best sequence of results. ^New Zealand's revolution J44 192 is not unique. ^Buckle (Chapter 11) tellingly quotes an American J44 193 economist Ronald McKinnon who wrote that *'the development J44 194 landscape is littered with liberalisation programmes that achieve J44 195 only partial success before the country regresses into a more J44 196 repressed state**'. ^Most economists would prefer to see foreign J44 197 trade freed and the fiscal deficit removed *1before *0the foreign J44 198 exchange market and capital flows are freed. ^The reasons have J44 199 been set out above: interest rates arising from the fiscal J44 200 deficit (or a tight monetary policy) result in an overvalued J44 201 exchange rate and reduced profits in the export industries. ^As J44 202 Buckle points out, New Zealand's present farming and other J44 203 exporters' difficulties have been matched in similar J44 204 liberalisation experiments in Argentina, Chile and Uruguay (to J44 205 which could possibly be added the United States and Australia). J44 206 |^The costs of liberalisation to date have been borne by J44 207 industries which have lost subsidies or protection and have J44 208 together with borrowers been severely affected by the J44 209 overvaluation of the exchange rate. ^The pastoral farming and J44 210 related service industries (such as meat freezing) have been J44 211 quite severely affected, with severe unemployment (by New Zealand J44 212 standards) emerging in small provincial towns. J44 213 *# J45 001 **[339 TEXT J45**] J45 002 |^*0The basic idea is that in a free market, consumers will J45 003 not pay a higher price for any product than it is worth to them. J45 004 ^But producers will not produce it unless the price at least J45 005 covers their cost of production. ^Thus in the free market, prices J45 006 make sure that nothing is produced unless its value to consumers J45 007 is at least as much as the cost of producing it. ^Simply, the J45 008 market ensures that we are getting value for money in every J45 009 industry. ^This is regarded as the most *'efficient**' economic J45 010 system, in the sense that there is no way we could be better off J45 011 by producing less of one product and more of another. J45 012 |^Yet a regulation or subsidy which holds down the price of J45 013 any product does affect what we produce. ^At the lower price, J45 014 consumers are prepared to buy more of the product. ^But its value J45 015 to them *- the price *- is now less than the unsubsidised cost of J45 016 producing it. ^We have made ourselves worse off by putting more J45 017 workers and capital into that industry than the value we are J45 018 getting out of it. J45 019 |^Roger Douglas's domestic economic policy has, therefore, J45 020 aimed to remove virtually all regulations and subsidies. ^Freed J45 021 from controls, prices will rise to reflect the real value of the J45 022 product to consumers. ^This will give producers higher profits, J45 023 and allow them to pay higher wages. ^So rising prices, profits J45 024 and wages act as *'signals**' to attract capitalists and workers J45 025 into industries where consumer demand is growing, while falling J45 026 prices are a signal that consumers no longer value a product as J45 027 highly, and people should move out of it. ^The *'shift of J45 028 resources**' into areas of growing consumer demand means that, J45 029 overall, we get a higher standard of living. J45 030 |^There is also a more direct logical connection between J45 031 opening up the economy to the world and deregulating the home J45 032 market. ^When import barriers are removed, we depend much more J45 033 than before on efficient exporters and local industries which can J45 034 compete with foreign products and survive. ^But to compete J45 035 effectively, they can't afford to pay too much for local raw J45 036 materials and services. ^So the whole economy *- even the service J45 037 sector *- needs to become more efficient to help the industries J45 038 which have to compete internationally. ^And Douglas believes that J45 039 the best way to produce efficiency is to inject a bit of J45 040 competition. J45 041 |^The rest of this chapter looks at how he has removed J45 042 regulations and controls which either held prices down or J45 043 restricted competition in various industries. J45 044 |^The next two chapters will look at how he has also removed J45 045 incentives and subsidies which *'distorted**' price *'signals**', J45 046 both in the private sector and in the state apparatus itself. J45 047 *<*2PRICE CONTROLS CUT BACK*> J45 048 |^*0Price controls were the most obvious form of market J45 049 distortion which Roger Douglas faced when he took office. ^Sir J45 050 Robert Muldoon had officially lifted his price freeze early in J45 051 1984, but prices of staple commodities which had been regulated J45 052 for years were still controlled: eggs, sugar, butter, flour, J45 053 canned food, frozen vegetables, medicines and others. ^Douglas J45 054 has gradually freed them all, except for milk, natural gas and J45 055 the products of New Zealand Steel. J45 056 |^In some cases, this led to immediate price increases. J45 057 ^Watties, for instance, raised its prices for canned and frozen J45 058 foods by 5% five days after price control was lifted in April J45 059 1986 (with a further 5% increase in August). ^But this may be a J45 060 good thing if it means that consumers were not paying the full J45 061 cost of production of canned foods before. ^We may be better off J45 062 to switch to cheaper fresh vegetables. J45 063 *<*2WAGE CONTROLS REMOVED*> J45 064 |^*0In the Douglas view, wage controls distort the market just as J45 065 badly as price controls. ^They discourage workers from moving out J45 066 of declining industries by preventing growing industries from J45 067 offering them higher wages. ^Douglas lifted Muldoon's wage freeze J45 068 in November 1984, and is now encouraging industries to pay J45 069 different wages depending on what they can afford. ^The J45 070 implications of this policy will be examined in Chapter 11. J45 071 *<*2THE END OF RENT CONTROLS*> J45 072 |^*0Douglas believes that rent controls actually discouraged J45 073 private home owners from renting out their properties. ^Rents J45 074 were so low that it was simply not worthwhile. J45 075 |^Rent controls were lifted in February 1985, and rents J45 076 immediately jumped (by 21% during 1985). ^Douglas hopes that this J45 077 has made it more profitable for property owners and developers to J45 078 rent out more homes and so ease the housing shortage. J45 079 *<*2INTEREST RATE CONTROLS LIFTED*> J45 080 |^*0There is a long tradition of New Zealand governments keeping J45 081 interest rates low to put people in houses and on farms. ^But J45 082 Douglas believes that interest rate controls were among the most J45 083 pernicious aspects of the regulated economy. ^Inevitably, the J45 084 rich were able to get around them by lending their money out J45 085 through solicitors or privately at above the regulated rates, J45 086 while small savers were more likely to be stuck with controlled J45 087 low interest rates at savings banks and building societies. J45 088 ^Similarly, small businesses found it harder than the big J45 089 companies to get funds, because if they had to charge everyone J45 090 the same low interest rates, the banks naturally preferred to J45 091 lend to the bigger firms. J45 092 |^Low interest rates also distorted people's choices between J45 093 saving and spending their money. ^Controlled low rates made it J45 094 easy for people to borrow and spend more. ^This tended to push up J45 095 prices and undermine New Zealand's international competitiveness. J45 096 ^And low interest rates discouraged people from saving, so that J45 097 much recent New Zealand capital investment has had to be financed J45 098 by overseas borrowing. J45 099 |^So Douglas's first move, made at the same time as the J45 100 devaluation, even before he took office, was to abolish interest J45 101 rate controls. ^He was able to sell this to the Labour caucus on J45 102 the grounds that he had to let interest rates rise to attract J45 103 back all the money that had flowed out of the country in the J45 104 weeks before the election. ^But lifting the controls was an J45 105 essential part of the Douglas programme to let market forces J45 106 work. J45 107 |^The change has worked in the sense that even small J45 108 borrowers can now borrow money. ^For virtually the first time in J45 109 living memory, anyone can now get finance to buy a house or start J45 110 a business *- provided they are prepared to pay the going J45 111 interest rate. ^In the long term, high interest rates will also J45 112 restrain people's spending, and so bring down inflation. ^They J45 113 should also encourage people to save more. J45 114 |^In the short term, however, average household savings have J45 115 actually dropped. ^This appears to be because interest rates rose J45 116 so quickly in 1984-85 that people were not able to cut back their J45 117 mortgages and other commitments to match their incomes. ^Instead, J45 118 they had to borrow even more to keep their heads above water. ^If J45 119 people behave rationally, we must presume that this was only a J45 120 temporary effect, and that they are now trying to cut back their J45 121 commitments to a manageable level. J45 122 *<*2BANKING DEREGULATED*> J45 123 |^*0New Zealand has long had one of the smallest and cosiest J45 124 banking communities in the world. ^Since 1982, when two banks J45 125 merged to form Westpac, there have been only four commercial J45 126 trading banks. ^This tiny group was protected from competition by J45 127 the fact that a new bank would have needed its own Act of J45 128 Parliament. J45 129 |^In the Douglas view, this was a serious distortion of the J45 130 market. ^There was no one for people to go to if they were J45 131 dissatisfied with the services offered by the four banks. ^There J45 132 was no competitive pressure on the banks to provide the kind of J45 133 sophisticated money management packages available to our overseas J45 134 competitors in their own countries. J45 135 |^So Douglas has almost completely deregulated the banks. J45 136 ^Anyone can now start a bank provided they have *'demonstrable J45 137 expertise in banking**' and at least *+$30 million behind them. J45 138 ^All requirements for the banks to hold a certain proportion of J45 139 their deposits in cash or government stock have been abandoned. J45 140 ^The only remaining control is a general supervision of bank J45 141 accounts by the Reserve Bank so that it can watch for any signs J45 142 of financial troubles. ^If a bank does get into difficulty, the J45 143 Reserve Bank will merely offer it advice. ^But ultimately, if a J45 144 bank is about to collapse, the Reserve Bank has the power to step J45 145 in and force a quick, surgical winding up, sale or merger. J45 146 |^Deregulation has led to a rapid growth of merchant banks J45 147 and investment houses offering sophisticated packages to J45 148 business. ^There has, up to the time of writing, been less J45 149 competition in banking for the small investor. ^But trusteebanks J45 150 and the main building societies are increasingly competing J45 151 directly with the banks for the patronage of small savers and J45 152 this has already caused keener competition in interest rates. J45 153 |^The major danger in Douglas's banking policy is that the J45 154 provisions in the event of a bank collapse could be inadequate. J45 155 ^Even if a bank is basically sound, it can easily go under if, J45 156 for any reason, there is a run on its deposits. ^This danger is J45 157 met in other countries by government insurance of bank deposits. J45 158 ^The lack of such insurance in New Zealand means that innocent J45 159 depositors could lose their money if there should be a financial J45 160 panic. J45 161 *<*2AGRICULTURAL PRODUCER BOARDS HUMBLED*> J45 162 |^*0Agricultural producer boards, which market New Zealand's J45 163 produce, have existed since the 1920s. ^The government's advisers J45 164 in the Treasury have recommended effectively abolishing them. J45 165 ^They argue that controlled marketing does not succeed in its J45 166 goal of getting higher prices. ^For example, the Treasury says, J45 167 it stops producers selling poorer quality kiwifruit overseas and J45 168 thus widening the market for the fruit. ^The Treasury also argues J45 169 that licensing exporters *'restricts the entry of new ones to the J45 170 market despite the fact that innovation and growth have J45 171 historically depended very heavily on new firms**'. J45 172 |^In practice the government has not been as radical as the J45 173 Treasury would like. ^It encouraged the Meat Board to hand over J45 174 the export marketing of sheep to private meat companies. ^It J45 175 ended the Poultry Board's control of egg marketing and J45 176 distribution, abolished the Potato Board and the Tobacco Board, J45 177 and ended the power of the Wheat Board to set prices. ^It has J45 178 also begun a review of the monopoly powers of the Apple and Pear J45 179 Marketing Board. J45 180 |^The government has also abolished regulations which J45 181 prevented the sale of cartoned milk, but, for social reasons, it J45 182 has protected home delivery with a licensing system and price J45 183 control which sets the price of cartoned milk 10 cents higher J45 184 than that of bottles. ^It has also, so far, done nothing to break J45 185 the monopoly power of the biggest board of all, the Dairy Board. J45 186 *<*2LIQUOR LIBERATED*> J45 187 |^*0The government's working party on liquor laws returned a J45 188 familiar verdict at the end of 1986. ^It recommended the almost J45 189 complete abolition of restrictions on the sale of liquor, arguing J45 190 that restricting sales did not discourage people from drinking. J45 191 ^And it concluded that the restrictions, which required you to J45 192 prove there was a *'need**' before you could set up a tavern or a J45 193 bottle store, acted solely to protect existing establishments J45 194 from competition. ^By limiting the number of outlets the J45 195 restrictions also encouraged the building of big *'beer barns**', J45 196 the working party contended. J45 197 |^It wanted *'off-licences**' (to sell takeaway liquor) J45 198 granted to any business provided the applicant was suitable, and J45 199 *'on-licences**' granted with the one additional restriction that J45 200 local bodies consider whether the applicant would serve food and J45 201 non-alcoholic drinks as well. ^The working party proposed that J45 202 *'the present arbitrary restrictions on trading hours**' be J45 203 removed, giving local bodies the power to set hours for J45 204 particular outlets if they choose. J45 205 |^It suggested ending the remaining *'dry**' areas that J45 206 exist in some middle class Auckland and Wellington suburbs, J45 207 calling them *'pockets of entrenched privilege**' that encouraged J45 208 people to drive home drunk from the areas of the city where they J45 209 did their drinking. ^And it recommended reducing the drinking age J45 210 from 20 to 18. J45 211 |^The government has been given conflicting advice on many J45 212 of these points from a committee on violent offending, which J45 213 reported early in 1987. J45 214 *# J46 001 **[340 TEXT J46**] J46 002 ^*0Empirical studies of the management of part-time staffing J46 003 decision have also provided strong support for the notion that J46 004 the desire for labour scheduling flexibility is often a key J46 005 motivating factor in the employer's decision to expand part-time J46 006 employment (Beechey and Perkins, 1985, \0p. 254; Bosworth and J46 007 Dawkins, 1982, \0p. 34; Nollen {0et al.}, 1978, \0p. 29, Robinson J46 008 and Wallace, 1984, \0p. 29). J46 009 |^Thirdly, it has been argued that the uneven utilisation of J46 010 part-time labour across the workforce is directly related to J46 011 patterns of occupational segregation by gender (Beechey and J46 012 Perkins, 1985, \0p. 255; Humphries, 1983, \0p. 14; White, 1983, J46 013 \0p. 45). ^The labour force is highly segregated by sex and it is J46 014 largely women, the young and the old rather than mature-aged J46 015 males who seek part-time hours. ^Where the full-time labour force J46 016 is female, managers use part-time employment to extend hours of J46 017 work or to adjust staffing to peaks and troughs in work activity. J46 018 ^Where the full-time labour force is male, by contrast, managers J46 019 opt for shiftwork systems or overtime to attain the necessary J46 020 scheduling flexibility. ^Thus the patterns of part-time working J46 021 are closely linked to the existence of occupational segregation J46 022 by sex (Beechey and Perkins, 1985, \0p. 261). J46 023 |^Relatively little attention has been paid so far in the J46 024 literature on part-time employment to the influence of trade J46 025 unions and professional associations on part-time employment's J46 026 industrial and occupational structure. ^A number of writers have J46 027 noted that trade union opposition is potentially an important J46 028 barrier to the growth of part-time employment, and have J46 029 identified some of the general reasons for this opposition J46 030 (Canadian Commission of Inquiry, 1983, \0p. 9; Nollen {0et al.}, J46 031 1978, \0p. 128; White, 1983, \0pp. 53-56). ^For example, unions J46 032 in Canada and the United States have objected to part-time J46 033 employment because of the potential they believe it offers for J46 034 labour cost savings through the reduction of employment benefits; J46 035 because of the special problems that part-time workers can J46 036 present for collective organisation; and because of the threat J46 037 they believe part-time job growth poses for the job security and J46 038 stability of the workforce (Canadian Commission of Inquiry, 1983, J46 039 \0p. 9; Nollen {0et al.}, 1978, \0pp. 128-31). ^As yet however, J46 040 few writers have gone on to identify the reasons for union J46 041 opposition to part-time employment in particular industries or J46 042 occupations, or to explore the implications of these attitudes J46 043 and policies for the availability and labour market distribution J46 044 of part-time jobs. ^The actions taken by professional J46 045 associations to regulate part-time job opportunities within their J46 046 sphere of employment have also been overlooked. J46 047 |^This paper provides a case study of the impact of trade J46 048 union organisation upon the structure of part-time employment in J46 049 one particular segment of the labour market, public J46 050 hospital-based registered nursing. ^Nurses employed in general J46 051 and obstetric public hospitals are represented by the New Zealand J46 052 Nurses Association; nurses employed in psychiatric and J46 053 psychopaedic hospitals are represented by the Public Service J46 054 Association. ^The 2 organisations have adopted strikingly J46 055 different approaches to the issue of part-time employment. J46 056 |^The discussion that follows briefly summarises the J46 057 evidence available on the patterns of part-time employment in J46 058 registered nursing and the reasons for its growth. ^The responses J46 059 made by the Nurses Association and the Public Service Association J46 060 to the growth of part-time nursing are then outlined and J46 061 compared, and an attempt is made to explain the differences in J46 062 approach. J46 063 *<*4The growth of part-time nursing*> J46 064 |^*0Part-time employment is today a prominent feature of the J46 065 labour market in almost all areas of registered nursing J46 066 employment. ^In 1984, 39 percent of all registered nurses J46 067 employed in public hospitals, and 42 percent of those employed in J46 068 general and obstetric public hospitals, were working part-time J46 069 hours (New Zealand Department of Health, 1984, \0p. 18). ^Levels J46 070 of part-time employment amongst district, Plunket and general J46 071 practice nurses, and in private hospitals, were also high. ^In J46 072 psychiatric and psychopaedic hospitals, however, and in public J46 073 health nursing, only around 10 percent of registered nurses were J46 074 employed on a part-time basis (14 percent, 8 percent and 6 J46 075 percent of registered nursing staff respectively) (New Zealand J46 076 Department of Health, 1984, \0pp. 18, 33). J46 077 |^Although little research has been undertaken to identify J46 078 the causes of the growth of part-time nursing in New Zealand, the J46 079 information available suggests that both post-war shortages of J46 080 qualified nursing staff, and the benefits offered for staff J46 081 scheduling flexibility, were of considerable importance in J46 082 prompting nurse administrators to make greater use of part-time J46 083 employment. ^Shortages of trained nurses in the years following J46 084 the war, resulting both from the expansion of public health J46 085 services and the trend towards earlier and more universal J46 086 marriage encouraged hospitals to make greater use of qualified J46 087 nurses who offered themselves on a part-time basis (Kendrick, J46 088 1950, \0p. 671; Pitts, 1984, \0p. 53). ^The Annual Reports of the J46 089 Department of Health between 1946 and 1976 regularly referred to J46 090 nursing shortages afflicting at least some areas of the country. J46 091 ^Officials urged that hospitals make greater effort to recruit J46 092 back into nursing married women who had left the profession and J46 093 utilise married and part-time staff on afternoon and night shifts J46 094 (Annual Reports 1969, \0p. 67; 1971, \0p. 79; 1972, \0p. 31; J46 095 1976, \0p. 83). ^Unfortunately, national data is not available to J46 096 show the pattern of part-time job growth within the nursing J46 097 workforce during the post-war decades. ^Anecdotal evidence J46 098 suggests however that the proportion of part-time nurses in J46 099 public hospitals probably remained relatively low throughout the J46 100 1950s and early 1960s, but grew significantly in the late 1960s J46 101 and 1970s. J46 102 |^Part-time employment has also been extensively utilised in J46 103 both private and public hospitals to provide flexibility in the J46 104 scheduling of nursing staff. ^An investigation of staffing J46 105 patterns within public and private hospitals in Christchurch J46 106 undertaken by the author in 1985, provided many examples of the J46 107 use of part-time staff for this purpose (see appendix). ^Adequate J46 108 nursing coverage must be provided in hospitals on a 24-hour, J46 109 7-day-per-week basis, and a large amount of administrative time J46 110 and effort is absorbed by the process of determining when each J46 111 nurse will be on or off duty, which shift will be worked by whom J46 112 and how weekends, absences and holidays will be accounted for J46 113 (Young {0et al.}, 1981, \0p. 104). ^A common problem is the J46 114 difficulty of staffing unpopular or socially inconvenient shifts: J46 115 nights, Friday or Saturday evenings, public holidays. ^The use of J46 116 compulsory full-time shift rotations to ensure adequate coverage J46 117 at these times can cause major dissatisfactions among nursing J46 118 staff. ^There are health and social problems associated with J46 119 shiftwork, and it is also difficult to reconcile shiftwork with J46 120 childcare responsibilities (Barnes, 1980, \0p. 27; Felton, 1975, J46 121 \0p. 19). ^The creation of permanent part-time positions on the J46 122 less popular shifts, such as nights, can assist hospitals to J46 123 resolve this scheduling problem and provide 24-hour staff J46 124 coverage without requiring nurses to rotate through a full J46 125 24-hour shift cycle (Godfrey, 1980, \0p. 67; Johnson and J46 126 Marcella, 1977, \0p. 34; Lartner, 1982, \0p. 168). J46 127 |^In each of the general and obstetric public hospitals J46 128 studied in Christchurch in 1985, the majority of part-time nurses J46 129 were employed permanently on the night shift, working 2, 3 and J46 130 sometimes 4 nights a week on a regular basis. ^The growth of J46 131 part-time employment in these hospitals over the past 5 to 10 J46 132 years appears to have owed a good deal to the commitment of J46 133 principal nurses to increasing the part-time coverage of the J46 134 night shift, so as to reduce or eliminate the times when it was J46 135 necessary to roster full-time staff nurses onto the night duty. J46 136 ^Secondly, in every hospital for which information was obtained, J46 137 permanent part-time nurses were utilised as relievers. ^As such J46 138 they were requested to work extra duties when necessary on a J46 139 voluntary basis to help cover for absences arising from sickness J46 140 or annual leave. ^Nursing administrators generally preferred to J46 141 call on their permanent part-time staff to cover these extra J46 142 duties rather than to request full-timers to alter their rostered J46 143 duty schedules at short notice or to work overtime. ^Thirdly, 2 J46 144 of the larger public hospitals made use of nursing pools composed J46 145 largely of part-timers. ^Pool nurses are not permanently assigned J46 146 to a particular ward but instead are assigned to a place of work J46 147 when they come on duty, according to need. ^Pool nurses J46 148 functioned both to fill in gaps caused by sickness and to raise J46 149 staff levels when necessary in areas of the hospital where J46 150 fluctuations in workloads are particulary critical, such as the J46 151 intensive care unit. ^Discussions with nurse administrators in J46 152 the course of the research confirmed that they considered the J46 153 scheduling flexibility provided by part-time employment to be one J46 154 of its major advantages. J46 155 |^Neither the *"staff shortage**" nor the *"scheduling**" J46 156 explanations for the growth of part-time registered nursing can J46 157 explain the low level of part-time nursing found in psychiatric J46 158 and psychopaedic hospitals. ^Historically, psychiatric and J46 159 psychopaedic hospitals have experienced staffing problems at J46 160 least as severe as those affecting general hospitals, and it is J46 161 arguable that shortages of registered psychiatric nurses have J46 162 been even greater. ^Nursing administrators in psychiatric J46 163 hospitals must also schedule staff on a 24-hour, 7-day basis and J46 164 adjust to cover absences. ^To explain the different levels of J46 165 part-time employment that exist in the general and the J46 166 psychiatric spheres of registered nursing, it is necessary to J46 167 take into account the impact of the professional associations J46 168 upon staffing patterns. J46 169 *<*4The responses of the Associations*> J46 170 |^*0The expansion of part-time employment in public general J46 171 and obstetric hospitals during the 1970s occurred largely without J46 172 any active response on the part of the Nurses Association. ^The J46 173 Association has never developed a formal policy stance on the J46 174 desirability of part-time employment in nursing, or the J46 175 desirability of its expansion. ^While the importance of the trend J46 176 towards part-time nursing has been acknowledged by Nurses J46 177 Association leaders, they do not appear to have perceived this J46 178 trend as an issue that required formal discussion and review at J46 179 the executive level, either by the Association's executive or by J46 180 any of its sub-committees. J46 181 |^Instead, the response of the Nurses Association to the J46 182 expansion of part-time employment has been limited in its focus J46 183 to a concern with ensuring that equality for part-timers in basic J46 184 conditions of employment is maintained. ^The Association's J46 185 executive officers adhere to the view that there should be no J46 186 direct discrimination against part-time nurses with respect to J46 187 nationally-regulated conditions. ^On several occasions during the J46 188 1970s, they acted on this belief by exerting pressure on the J46 189 State Services Co-ordinating Committee ({0SSCC}), through the J46 190 then Combined State Service Organisations ({0CSSO}), to ensure J46 191 that certain newly-negotiated conditions of service for hospital J46 192 employees were extended to part-time as well as full-time J46 193 employees. ^In 1971, for example, a penal rate for hours worked J46 194 at night was negotiated for the first time, but initially it was J46 195 granted only to full-time nurses who rotated through the duty J46 196 roster. ^The Association protested strongly and made a series of J46 197 submissions to the Minister of Health and the {0SSCC}, until the J46 198 night rate was extended to part-time nurses and those on fixed J46 199 shifts (Carey, 1984, \0p. 50). ^Between 1978 and 1981, the Nurses J46 200 Association took action to ensure that extra leave for J46 201 shiftworkers in the Hospital Service was extended to part-timers J46 202 (*"Shiftworker Part-Timers**", 1981, \0p. 33 and in 1980, to J46 203 ensure that part-time nurses were paid transport allowances J46 204 *"{0NZNA} Intervention**", 1980, \0p. 25). ^In large part, J46 205 however, conditions of employment for part-time nurses in public J46 206 hospitals have improved without extensive pressure from the J46 207 Association. J46 208 |^In contrast to the Nurses Association, the Public Service J46 209 Association ({0PSA}) adopted a very clear policy position on the J46 210 desirability of part-time employment in psychiatric and J46 211 psychopaedic hospitals. ^Following the appointment of significant J46 212 numbers of part-time nurses in the early and mid-1970s, part-time J46 213 employment became an issue of discussion by {0PSA} sub-group J46 214 committees located in individual hospitals. J46 215 *# J47 001 **[341 TEXT J47**] J47 002 *<*4Information*> J47 003 |^*0In the perfect market each consumer knows what is best for him J47 004 or her. ^That is, they can make decisions in their best self J47 005 interest. J47 006 |^For many markets this is no great requirement. ^When people J47 007 purchase groceries they have a fairly good idea what their J47 008 family's needs and preferences are, and of the quality and price J47 009 of the goods. ^The knowledge that is used for efficient grocery J47 010 purchases has been acquired by shopping regularly over many years. J47 011 ^They make mistakes, but typically any mistakes are small relative J47 012 to total purchases. J47 013 |^There are other purchases where this pattern of acquired J47 014 knowledge through repeated purchases does not apply. ^Cars are J47 015 bought infrequently, and the purchaser goes to great trouble to J47 016 accumulate information from a variety of sources; publications, J47 017 sales people, friends. ^Sometimes they make mistakes, but on the J47 018 whole, for big ticket items it pays to accumulate information, and J47 019 the outcome is a successful, although perhaps not perfect, J47 020 purchase. J47 021 |^Compare groceries and car purchase with going to a doctor. J47 022 ^When someone goes to a doctor, it is because they usually do not J47 023 know what they require. ^Moreover, they have little idea as to how J47 024 to judge the quality of the medical care they think they may need. J47 025 ^Most people do not go to the doctor often, and they do not shop J47 026 around as they would when purchasing a car. ^So it is quite a J47 027 different informational situation to that of a conventional J47 028 market. ^As far as the consumers are concerned the market for J47 029 health care is far from informationally perfect. J47 030 *<*4Access of suppliers*> J47 031 |^*0The ideal market requires freedom of entry and exit. ^The J47 032 reason for this is as follows. ^If there is a fixed number of J47 033 suppliers and, say, the demand for the service rises, then the J47 034 suppliers could exploit the situation by demanding higher prices, J47 035 with no benefit to the consumer. ^On the other hand if there is J47 036 freedom of entry then other suppliers could observe the high J47 037 prices that were being received in the market, enter it to J47 038 participate in the abnormal profits, and by doing so bring the J47 039 price down while supplying more services to the consumers. J47 040 |^Of course there are very severe restraints on freedom to J47 041 enter general practice in New Zealand. ^The aspiring {0GP} needs a J47 042 professional qualification and acquiring that qualification takes J47 043 time and the number of places in the medical schools is limited. J47 044 ^We restrict immigration of doctors from overseas. J47 045 |^These barriers to entry mean that another condition for a J47 046 perfect market does not exist. ^Because there is an informational J47 047 deficiency some of the barriers to entry might be justified in J47 048 terms of a means of quality control to compensate for some of the J47 049 deficiencies. ^The medical school issue is a more complex one, J47 050 reflecting the costliness of a medical education, some shortages J47 051 of patients for some of the clinical training, and a desire for J47 052 some sort of distributional equity for aspiring candidates to the J47 053 profession, as well as some quality control. J47 054 |^One source of entry is alternative medicine but doctors J47 055 have at least two advantages relative to them. ^First, they are J47 056 entitled to medical benefits *- {0ie}, subsidies from the state. J47 057 ^Second, they are entitled to prescribe pharmaceuticals for which J47 058 the patient pays only a modest fee. ^Thus alternative medicine, J47 059 under current conditions, is not sufficient to remove the barriers J47 060 for entry problem. J47 061 *<*4Distributional issues*> J47 062 |^*0Another requirement needed for a market to work well is that J47 063 its output is distributed fairly among the customers. ^For many J47 064 products the nation accepts that the rich consume more than the J47 065 poor, but providing the poor have sufficient then we are willing J47 066 to tolerate some inequality. J47 067 |^There is a further dimension of inequality when we consider J47 068 medical services. ^Some people are sick more often and require J47 069 more services than others. ^So as well as making sure that the J47 070 medical services are distributed fairly between the rich and poor, J47 071 there is also a need to ensure they are distributed fairly between J47 072 the sick and well. J47 073 |^Application of these principles is much clearer for, say, J47 074 the secondary health system than for primary health care. ^Most J47 075 people would accept that access to major surgery should be J47 076 independent of income, and that a person receiving the surgery J47 077 should not be penalised by a major loss of income, in comparison J47 078 to those who are well. J47 079 |^The fundamental point is that their demand for medical J47 080 services is erratic over time and between people. ^The poor can J47 081 get a fair share of food, for instance, by our ensuring they have J47 082 an adequate income *- part of which they use for food purchase. J47 083 ^Moreover, the amount of income necessary for food purchase can be J47 084 calculated by knowing something about the family circumstances J47 085 such as age, sex, and number, so the income can be delivered by an J47 086 appropriate tax-benefit package. J47 087 |^Because of the erratic incidence for the demand for medical J47 088 services, there is no efficient way of providing their cost J47 089 through the income maintenance system. ^We cannot identify simple J47 090 characteristics which adequately predict the outlays a family may J47 091 make; although the categories such as the young, the old, and some J47 092 form of chronic sickness are useful. J47 093 |^If the cost of a consultation was small, we need not worry. J47 094 ^What is meant by small is an empirical issue. ^However, it is J47 095 known that some families do not go to a doctor, or delay going to J47 096 a doctor, because of the fee. ^The research suggests that J47 097 deferring visiting the doctor is one of the last things a poor J47 098 family does to save money, and they will defer visiting for the J47 099 adults while they still visit on behalf of the children. ^It J47 100 appears that current medical fees are sufficient to be a deterrent J47 101 for some families, and are a real financial penalty for others. J47 102 ^It seems likely that primary health services are not equitably J47 103 distributed in New Zealand. J47 104 *<*4Can the market be improved?*> J47 105 |^*0Having established that the market for primary health care is J47 106 not a very satisfactory one, then one asks whether it can be J47 107 improved. ^As a first step, can the information flows in the J47 108 market be improved? ^There are a number of possibilities here. J47 109 |^First, there is the area of preprimary health care; that is J47 110 the health care which takes place in the home without direct J47 111 involvement of the professionals. ^In the decade since The Future J47 112 of New Zealand Medicine there has been a lot of progress in this J47 113 area. ^It is now accepted that the solution to diseases related to J47 114 the consumption of alcohol and tobacco are more in the hands of J47 115 the consumers than the medical profession and the nation even pays J47 116 lip service to the obvious notion that a parent is the most J47 117 important doctor for a child. ^It is lip service because we are J47 118 not yet committed to ensuring that each person has an adequate J47 119 level of knowledge to carry out the task of looking after their J47 120 health. ^Part of that knowledge should include guidelines as to J47 121 when to use the primary health services. ^So there is a first J47 122 policy requirement. ^It makes economic and social sense to improve J47 123 the public's knowledge of personal management of health, including J47 124 how to use the primary health services. J47 125 |^Second, it is now agreed that doctors should display in J47 126 their waiting rooms their charges. ^But perhaps doctors should J47 127 also be encouraged to advertise themselves, including their J47 128 charges and their specialities? J47 129 |^Third, there may be a role for an active consumer watchdog J47 130 organisation, providing the public with information about the J47 131 quality and performance of doctors, including measures of J47 132 excessive waiting times. ^The medical profession may not be too J47 133 keen on something akin to Which? or The Good Food Guide, but an J47 134 effective market requires this sort of information to generate the J47 135 pressures on suppliers to maintain and improve quality. J47 136 |^Because of the informational problem, there is a need for J47 137 some accreditation procedures which generate a barrier to entry. J47 138 ^Markets do not work well when other suppliers cannot enter. ^In J47 139 practical terms it is not necessarily in the public interest for J47 140 suppliers in such a noncontestable market to be able to set their J47 141 own prices. ^But before we conclude there has to be some sort of J47 142 price control on doctors' fees, consideration should be given as J47 143 to whether the barriers to entry could be usefully relaxed. J47 144 |^Because of costs, lead time, and various bottlenecks, J47 145 increasing the number of annual medical graduates is unlikely to J47 146 be an effective policy in the short run. ^The current practice J47 147 towards immigration of general practitioners seems to be fairly J47 148 restrictive. ^A market solution to delivery of primary health J47 149 care, requires that these restrictions should be lifted, and any J47 150 doctor who meets the quality standards should be permitted into J47 151 the country to work as a general practitioner. ^Of course there J47 152 may be restrictions against doctors from the Third World for J47 153 reasons of foreign assistance, and that care needs to be taken J47 154 over the accreditation. ^One argument that is unacceptable is that J47 155 restrictions should be maintained since other countries do. ^That J47 156 argument has about as much validity as New Zealand pursuing the J47 157 European Community's Common Agricultural Policy. J47 158 |^Another form of reduction of barriers to entry is to J47 159 liberalise what para- and alternative medics can and may do. ^For J47 160 instance, for many people the local pharmacist is the first point J47 161 of entry to formal primary health care. ^As such they could be J47 162 promoted as a useful alternative to doctors. ^Pharmacists could J47 163 carry out simple diagnoses and treatments (like mole removal), if J47 164 it were built into their training. ^The practice of making J47 165 available a wider range of pharmaceuticals without prescription J47 166 could be encouraged, as could a class of drugs which may be J47 167 prescribed by suitably trained medics. ^Do we have to go to a J47 168 doctor whenever we need a low level antibiotic? ^Could not a J47 169 pharmacist prescribe in some circumstances? J47 170 |^Other health professionals could be similarly treated, by J47 171 ensuring that some areas provide alternative diagnoses and J47 172 treatment to control. ^At the other end, some countries permit J47 173 direct access to specialists. ^Need the general practitioner J47 174 maintain the gateway monopoly? ^Another source of medical monopoly J47 175 is the {0GMS} benefit. ^As we shall come to shortly, it is very J47 176 hard to justify the present *+$1.25 benefit. ^As a rule, partial J47 177 subsidies rarely make sense, but reflect ill-conceived J47 178 compromises. ^If we maintain the present market charge system, J47 179 there is a strong case for the abolition of the *+$1.25 benefit, J47 180 while maintaining and enhancing from the released funds the J47 181 existing special {0GMS} for children, the elderly, beneficiaries, J47 182 and the chronically ill, and abolishing the prescription charges. J47 183 ^Incidentally this charge must have one of the highest costs of J47 184 administration of all taxes, for a very conservative calculation J47 185 suggests a cost of 18 cents in the dollar. ^By abolishing both the J47 186 lowest {0GMS} benefit and the prescription charge there would be J47 187 administrative savings on both accounts. J47 188 |^The outcome of the various proposals to reduce entry J47 189 barriers is likely to still leave some monopoly pricing powers to J47 190 the general practitioner. ^If this were to happen it could still J47 191 be in the national interest to provide some price controls on J47 192 doctors' fees. ^This is a tentative conclusion, because the J47 193 practical answer is a pragmatic one. ^For instance a set of J47 194 guidelines may be sufficient, providing the consumer has J47 195 sufficient information, there is a sufficient supply of J47 196 alternatives, and the possibility of immigration. J47 197 |^If the profession were to oppose the sort of informational J47 198 and entry reforms covered here *- and there may well be good J47 199 reasons against them *- then correspondingly the case for price J47 200 controls becomes more powerful. J47 201 *<*4Distribution policies for primary health care*> J47 202 |^*0Historically there have been two major reasons for J47 203 intervention in the primary health care market. ^On the one hand J47 204 has been the problem of quality assessment and information, on the J47 205 other have been the distributional issues. J47 206 |^It is easy to expound some distributional objective such as J47 207 *"nobody should suffer financially because of ill health**". ^It J47 208 is somewhat more difficult to apply the principle. J47 209 *# J48 001 **[342 TEXT J48**] J48 002 ^*0Any who don't join may be dismissed by the employer (\0s. 71). J48 003 ^But the point should be noted that while section 71 *1permits J48 004 *0employers to justifiably dismiss workers for this reason, it J48 005 does *1not require *0them to do so. J48 006 |^Individuals who are required to join a union but who J48 007 object on the grounds of conscience or deeply held conviction J48 008 (\0s. 83) may apply for exemption to the Union Membership J48 009 Exemption Tribunal (\0ss. 73-97). J48 010 *<2.4 *1*"Contestability**"*> J48 011 |^*0Contestability is a word that was widely touted during J48 012 consultations prior to the enactment of the Labour Relations Act J48 013 1987. ^It refers to the possibility of one union *"contesting**" J48 014 or seeking coverage of another union's members. ^The Act does J48 015 provide for a limited form of contestability which has not J48 016 previously existed in New Zealand's industrial law. ^It allows a J48 017 union to challenge another union's coverage (\0s. 98) but only J48 018 through a rigorously democratic process. ^The challenging union J48 019 must first notify the Registrar of Unions, the central J48 020 organisation of workers and the affected union (\0s. 100), J48 021 precisely defining its *'target.**' ^After a period of three J48 022 months, it must apply for the Registrar's approval of its J48 023 definition (\0s. 101). ^Once approved, it must ballot its own J48 024 members on whether they wish to extend their union's coverage J48 025 (\0s. 102). ^If a majority agree, the union must apply to the J48 026 Registrar for amendment of its membership rule (\0s. 103). ^If J48 027 everything is in order, the Registrar then conducts a ballot of J48 028 the workers in the target group (\0s. 103). ^Needless to say, a J48 029 majority of these workers must agree to the change. J48 030 |^The Act, then, does provide a mechanism for unions to make J48 031 bids for someone else's members. ^This obviously provides union J48 032 members with a degree of choice that did not exist before *- J48 033 providing someone wishes to offer them alternative coverage. J48 034 ^However, the process involved is clearly both rigorous and time J48 035 consuming. J48 036 *<2.5 *1Accountability*> J48 037 |^*0Our industrial law has historically emphasised the need J48 038 for unions to operate democratically and has sought to protect J48 039 individual union members against abuses of power. ^The Labour J48 040 Relations Act 1987 reinforces this historical theme by requiring J48 041 (\0s. 36) that: J48 042 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J48 043 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J48 044 **[END INDENTATION**] J48 045 |^The Act (\0s. 40) gives the Registrar of Unions the power J48 046 to override any union rule which is unreasonable, undemocratic, J48 047 unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial or contrary to J48 048 the Act or other law. ^It requires the election or removal of J48 049 union officials to be administered by secret postal ballot or by J48 050 some other similarly democratic secret ballot (\0s. 37 and First J48 051 Schedule). J48 052 *<3. The Tripartite Wage Conference*> J48 053 |^The Labour Relations Act 1987 continues to provide for a J48 054 tripartite wage conference. ^Such a conference is to be held J48 055 annually and to last no more than 90 days (\0s. 121). ^It is to J48 056 include representatives of government and representatives of both J48 057 state and private sector employers and unions. ^The conference is J48 058 designed to act as a forum in which a *'full and frank exchange J48 059 of information**' can occur on the economic situation, the J48 060 government's economic policies (\0s. 127) and on the interests of J48 061 the low-paid (\0s. 128). ^The government must provide a briefing J48 062 on the state of the economy (\0s. 130). ^The conference can only J48 063 make *'recommendations**' (\0s. 129). ^It may set up *'working J48 064 parties**' (\0s. 131). ^It is possible that such working parties J48 065 could address issues on which tripartite co-operation might well J48 066 prove useful. ^For example, a tripartite approach to aspects of J48 067 unemployment and training or retraining could well prove J48 068 beneficial for the economy and for adversely affected individuals J48 069 in a time of major readjustment. J48 070 |^The point must be made that the tripartite wage conference J48 071 is not set up with the intention of providing a wage J48 072 *'guideline.**' ^Such a centrally determined or suggested figure J48 073 would not be appropriate in an environment where bargaining is J48 074 supposed to reflect the needs of industries and enterprises. J48 075 ^However, the legislators clearly believe that there is still a J48 076 place for some information sharing at a centralised conference J48 077 and that there is a place for some issues to be tackled by J48 078 tripartite co-operation. J48 079 *<4. Disputes of interest, disputes of rights and associated J48 080 institutions.*> J48 081 *<4.1 *1What is a dispute?*> J48 082 |^*0Like its predecessor, the Labour Relations Act 1987 J48 083 makes a distinction between disputes of interest and disputes of J48 084 rights. ^It uses the following wording (\0s. 2): J48 085 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J48 086 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J48 087 **[END INDENTATION**] J48 088 |^As the use of italics attempts to indicate, a dispute of J48 089 interest is the name given to the process by which an award or J48 090 agreement is negotiated or renegotiated. ^The economic interests J48 091 of the parties are the subject of debate. ^In the normal run of J48 092 events, the debate produces a redefinition of wage rates and J48 093 conditions of employment. ^Historically this has been an annual J48 094 process although the Labour Relations Act provides a mechanism J48 095 (\0ss. 178-183) for more frequent disputes of this nature *- if a J48 096 *'new matter**' has arisen. ^A new matter is essentially some J48 097 factor that significantly affects terms and conditions of J48 098 employment but which is not dealt with in the award or agreement J48 099 or is dealt with only very generally. ^The party wanting to open J48 100 discussions on a new matter must obtain the permission of the J48 101 Labour Court. ^This provision is aimed at creating greater J48 102 *'sanctity**' of agreement *- helping to ensure that wherever J48 103 possible awards and agreements last their contractual length. J48 104 |^Disputes of rights, on the other hand, are essentially J48 105 arguments about how to interpret or apply an existing award or J48 106 agreement. ^They are arguments about the meaning of words and J48 107 about how to precisely define the rights of the parties affected J48 108 by them. ^For example, a dispute arose over how to interpret the J48 109 words *'unusually dirty**' in a collective agreement covering a J48 110 site where the workers were handling rusty steel. ^If handling J48 111 the steel was unusually dirty, a penalty rate would be payable. J48 112 ^The dispute went to disputes committee and then to court with J48 113 the Judge ruling that the work was dirty but not unusually so and J48 114 hence the penalty rate clause could not be invoked. J48 115 |^Before going on to outline the procedures for the J48 116 resolution of disputes, we must pause and look at the word J48 117 *'dispute**' itself. ^Unlike its predecessor, the Labour J48 118 Relations Act signals to the courts that the word dispute must be J48 119 given a wide construction. ^A dispute means *'any dispute arising J48 120 between one or more employers or employers' organisations or J48 121 associations of employers' organisations and one or more unions J48 122 or associations of unions (\0s. 2).**' ^The Industrial Relations J48 123 Act 1973, on the other hand, specified that disputes must be in J48 124 relation to *'industrial matters.**' ^This left the judiciary J48 125 with the question of how to define *'industrial matters.**' In J48 126 one case, the Arbitration Court ({0NZ} Bank Officers {0IUW} \0v J48 127 {0ANZ} Banking Group (1979) {0Arb. Ct} 379) ruled that the issue J48 128 of *'cheap**' staff loans on which the employer wished to raise J48 129 the rate of interest did not qualify as an industrial matter and J48 130 hence could not be the subject of a dispute. ^In another ({0NZ} J48 131 Law Practitioners Decision (1980) {0Arb. Ct} 267), the Court J48 132 ruled that the introduction of new technology was not an J48 133 industrial matter but rather a matter of managerial prerogative. J48 134 ^These decisions were arguably most unhelpful because they failed J48 135 to bring real conflicts within the ambit of our conciliation and J48 136 arbitration system (4). ^The new law removes this difficulty J48 137 altogether. ^Unions and employers can dispute over any matter J48 138 without being constrained by judicial interpretations of the J48 139 correct *'field of play.**' ^How far the parties will go in using J48 140 this new-found freedom remains to be seen. ^On paper at least, J48 141 the reform paves the way for increased industrial democracy J48 142 through extended collective bargaining. J48 143 *<4.2 *1Disputes of interest*> J48 144 |^*0The central thrust of the Labour Relations Act 1987 is J48 145 to establish the principle that the *'terms and conditions J48 146 relating to the employment of groups of workers are fixed by a J48 147 single set of negotiations (\0s. 132).**' ^Workers can be covered J48 148 by an award or an agreement but not by both. ^Awards are the J48 149 documents produced by *1conciliation *0or, if both parties agree, J48 150 by *1arbitration. ^*0They have the potential to *"bind**" J48 151 ({0i.e.} to regulate the behaviour of) not only the parties that J48 152 negotiate them but also any other employers and workers involved J48 153 in the work to which the award relates (*'blanket coverage**'). J48 154 |^Agreements, by contrast, are the result of voluntary J48 155 negotiations between the parties. ^They bind only the parties J48 156 involved in the negotiations. ^In other words, the two documents J48 157 are principally distinguished by the type of process that creates J48 158 their existence and by the scope of their coverage. ^Both specify J48 159 minimum wages and conditions of employment and can be enforced at J48 160 court if necessary. ^The critical contribution of the Labour J48 161 Relations Act is to eliminate *'second tier bargaining**' *- the J48 162 practice whereby a worker could be covered by an award and then J48 163 by a *'house**' agreement negotiated on top of it. ^Such J48 164 secondary bargaining became prevalent from the 1960's on, J48 165 particularly in the Auckland area. ^The Act (\0s. 132) requires J48 166 the union to elect whether a particular group of workers will be J48 167 included in negotiations for an award or for an agreement. ^Once J48 168 a group of workers is covered by a separate agreement, it cannot J48 169 return to the award unless the union and the employer agree to J48 170 (\0s. 136). ^However, this is not the case in *1composite J48 171 *0agreements (see below). ^A comparison of awards and agreements J48 172 is given in the chart on pages 15 and 16 . J48 173 |^We now turn to a description of the key processes involved J48 174 in settling awards (conciliation and arbitration) and agreements J48 175 (voluntary negotiations). ^In addition, we discuss the role of J48 176 mediation in disputes of interest and the law relating to J48 177 industrial action during disputes. ^A diagram of the options J48 178 available for resolving disputes of interest is shown on page 21. J48 179 *<4.2(a) *1Conciliation*> J48 180 |^*0Some form of conciliation has been used in New Zealand J48 181 since 1894. ^Conciliation involves the two direct parties (unions J48 182 and employers) debating their positions around a table in a J48 183 formal meeting chaired by an independent chairperson. ^That J48 184 chairperson is a mediator designated by the Chief Mediator (\0s. J48 185 138). ^Either the union or the employer may apply to the Chief J48 186 Mediator for a dispute to be heard (\0s. 134). ^This includes J48 187 setting out the *'claims**' which are made on the other party. J48 188 ^An agreeable time and place is arranged (\0s. 139) and each J48 189 party is allowed to nominate up to 10 persons as negotiators. J48 190 ^Providing these individuals are adequately representative of the J48 191 parties and have requisite authority to act, the mediator J48 192 constitutes the council (\0s. 141). ^The council is charged to J48 193 *'use its best endeavours to bring about a settlement**' but can J48 194 exercise absolute discretion in terms of how it operates (\0s. J48 195 145). ^If the dispute is settled by the council, it is forwarded J48 196 to the Arbitration Commission which registers it as an J48 197 enforceable award (\0s. 146). ^All such awards must contain a J48 198 *'coverage**' clause (\0s. 170). ^This clause specifies the J48 199 employers, unions and workers bound by it. ^When registered, it J48 200 also binds any employer who is not covered by a separate J48 201 agreement (\0s. 160). ^Awards must always cover at least two J48 202 employers (\0s. 134). ^Where they cover more than one union, they J48 203 are technically known as *1composite *0awards (\0s. 137). ^In J48 204 summary, conciliation is a controlled form of negotiation between J48 205 representative parties. J48 206 |^Prior to the Labour Relations Act 1987, the travel and J48 207 accommodation expenses of negotiators were subsidised by the J48 208 Department of Labour. ^The law no longer provides for these J48 209 subsidies. ^Some commentators expect therefore that conciliation J48 210 councils will get down to business more rapidly than they have in J48 211 the past. ^The days of excessive *'strutting and posturing**' J48 212 before the *'real**' talks begin are likely to be over. ^And J48 213 there is also likely to be an increase in informal talks between J48 214 the parties before the council is officially convened. ^This will J48 215 enable both parties to obtain a more accurate picture of the J48 216 other side's objectives and thus create the basis for less J48 217 longwinded conciliation councils. J48 218 *<4.2(b) *1Arbitration*> J48 219 |^*0If a dispute is not resolved (or only partially J48 220 resolved) by conciliation, the mediator refers it to the J48 221 Arbitration Commission (\0s. 147). J48 222 *# J49 001 **[343 TEXT J49**] J49 002 ^*0See also *1\0R \0v Martin and Martin *012 December 1984 ({0CA} J49 003 198 and 199/83) (noted [1985] {0BCL} 174) where sentences were J49 004 reduced on appeal to mark the Court's disapproval of the manner J49 005 in which a Crown witness had been briefed by the police. J49 006 |^The fact that the police chose to arrest and prosecute the J49 007 offender when others engaged in similar or worse conduct were not J49 008 arrested and charged does not prevent the Court, in the absence J49 009 of improper motives by the police, from imposing the sentence J49 010 appropriate to the gravity of the offence: *1\0R \0v Caird J49 011 *0(1970) 54 {0Cr App R} 499. J49 012 |^*4Totality principle *- ^*0As a general rule where each J49 013 offence is a *1separate transaction *0and unrelated to the others J49 014 in time, subject matter, or modus operandi, cumulative sentences J49 015 should be imposed unless there is a compelling reason for J49 016 concurrent sentences. ^Otherwise, there is a danger that the J49 017 primary term of the leading sentence will not reflect adequately J49 018 the gravity of the total criminal conduct for which the offender J49 019 is being sentenced. ^Nevertheless, the Court must consider the J49 020 effective sentence imposed to ensure that the total term of J49 021 imprisonment is not excessive and that there is no overlapping of J49 022 the aggravating factors taken into account in determining the J49 023 length of each sentence. ^Cumulative sentences should not be such J49 024 as to result in an aggregate term wholly out of proportion to the J49 025 gravity of the offences, viewed as a whole: *1\0R \0v Bradley J49 026 *0[1979] 2 {0NZLR} 262 ({0CA}); *1\0R \0v \0B *0[1984] 1 {0NZLR} J49 027 261 ({0CA}). ^Cumulative and concurrent sentences and the J49 028 *"Totality principle**" are examined in the commentary to \0s 73, J49 029 *1post. J49 030 *<*6F. CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE OFFENDER*> J49 031 |^*4Age *- ^*0The weight given to personal circumstances is J49 032 usually closely related to a consideration of rehabilitative J49 033 potential; the age of an offender is thus a factor of J49 034 considerable importance when determining an appropriate sentence: J49 035 {0eg} *1\0R \0v Autagavaia *0[1985] 1 {0NZLR} 398 ({0CA}). ^The J49 036 younger the offender, the less likely an advanced stage of a J49 037 criminal career will have been reached. ^Where co-offenders are J49 038 similarly implicated in an offence, a distinction may be drawn J49 039 solely on the ground of age: {0eg} *1\0R \0v Andrews *06 December J49 040 1985 ({0CA}235/85). J49 041 |^Consequently, a youthful offender should generally receive J49 042 a lesser sentence than an older and more mature one. ^The J49 043 legislative policies reflected in the Children and Young Persons J49 044 Act 1974 require the Courts to focus on the welfare and needs of J49 045 youthful offenders during the particularly vulnerable years of J49 046 adolescence: *1\0R \0v Brookes *019 August 1983 ({0CA} 115/83) J49 047 (sentence of four years' imprisonment imposed in the High Court J49 048 upon a youth aged 15 convicted of dangerous driving causing J49 049 death, reduced on appeal to three years' imprisonment). J49 050 |^With young offenders all hope of reformation should not be J49 051 abandoned too readily, and sentences should be chosen that avoid J49 052 institutionalisation. ^However, because of the degree of J49 053 correlation between youth and violence, particularly the J49 054 prevalence of premeditated crime involving the use of weapons, J49 055 the Court of Appeal has stated that the possibilities of reform J49 056 of young offenders may be overshadowed by the necessity to impose J49 057 an appropriate sentence designed to deter others of a like mind: J49 058 {0eg} *1\0R \0v Walker *0[1973] 1 {0NZLR} 99; *1\0R \0v Knowles J49 059 *0[1984] 1 {0NZLR} 257. J49 060 |^Sentences available for young offenders are examined in J49 061 the notes to \0s 8, *1post. J49 062 |^*0At the other end of the scale, advanced age, maturity J49 063 and a good record over a large number of years, particularly if J49 064 accompanied by ill-health, may persuade the Court that a J49 065 custodial sentence is inappropriate: {0eg} *1Henry \0v J49 066 Advocate-General of the Cook Islands *024 October 1979 J49 067 (\0M1347/79) ({0SC}, {0FC}) (noted [1979] {0BCL} 726; [1980] J49 068 {0NZ} Recent Law 5). ^There is a reluctance to sentence a person J49 069 to imprisonment where there is a possibility that life expectancy J49 070 will be greatly reduced through aggravation of a medical J49 071 condition or that the person may not live to be released: {0eg} J49 072 *1Henry (supra). ^*0With elderly offenders the Court should not J49 073 overlook the fact that each year of a custodial sentence J49 074 represents a substantial proportion of the period of life left to J49 075 the offender: *1\0R \0v Hunter *0(1984) 36 {0SASR} 101. J49 076 |^*4Personal characteristics *- ^*0Factors such as medical J49 077 problems, personality disorders, emotional difficulties, J49 078 financial difficulties, depression, overwork, marital and family J49 079 problems are all relevant when evaluating the culpability of the J49 080 offender. ^The weight to be attached to personality factors in J49 081 any particular case depends on the degree to which each is J49 082 considered to be indicative of lack of premeditation and of J49 083 uncharacteristic behaviour that is unlikely to be repeated; or, J49 084 conversely, of conduct that demonstrates the offender is a danger J49 085 to the community unless medication and treatment are given and J49 086 accepted with a view to eliminating the cause of the offending, J49 087 and thus whether incapacitation or rehabilitation needs to be J49 088 emphasised when imposing sentence. J49 089 |^Pre-sentence reports assist the Court in this respect: J49 090 {0eg} *1\0R \0v Autagavaia *0[1985] 1 {0NZLR} 398 ({0CA}). ^The J49 091 provision of reports containing information on the social, J49 092 economic, educational, medical and psychiatric background of the J49 093 offender is examined in the commentary to \0ss 15 and 121, J49 094 *1post. ^*0Where the Court is sentencing with a view to achieving J49 095 the reformation or treatment of the offender, or the disposal of J49 096 a person who is troublesome in the community, it must be mindful J49 097 of the need for there to be a reasonable relationship between the J49 098 sentence imposed and the gravity of the offending: *1\0R \0v J49 099 Elliot *0[1981] 1 {0NZLR} 295 ({0CA}). J49 100 |^*4Mercy *- ^*0The trial Judge has the fundamental right J49 101 and responsibility, in appropriate cases, to allow the promptings J49 102 of mercy to operate and, even in cases which normally call for a J49 103 deterrent sentence, he or she may conclude that the state is best J49 104 served by taking a form of action calculated to encourage J49 105 reformation: *1\0R \0v Wihapi *0[1976] 1 {0NZLR} 422 ({0CA}). J49 106 |^This principle was reaffirmed in *1\0R \0v Lawson *0[1982] J49 107 2 {0NZLR} 219 ({0CA}) where an order to come up for sentence if J49 108 called upon, imposed upon a co-offender convicted of conspiracy J49 109 to commit burglary and who had voluntarily committed himself for J49 110 treatment for alcoholism, was said to be justified. ^It was an J49 111 attempt by the trial Judge to rescue the offender *"as a brand J49 112 from the burning**". ^See also, *1\0R \0v Peters *011 April 1986 J49 113 ({0CA}309/85) (noted [1986] {0BCL} 526) where the sentencing J49 114 Judge had made a careful attempt to rehabilitate an offender J49 115 convicted of assault with intent to commit rape through the J49 116 composition of a sentence of community care. ^The Court refused J49 117 to interfere with the sentence, which was working well, despite J49 118 the fact that it did not reflect the seriousness of the J49 119 offender's conduct, nor did it mirror the Judge's remarks on J49 120 sentencing. ^The case was to be regarded as *"exceptional**". J49 121 |^Mercy may be shown where the offender's personality ({0eg} J49 122 immaturity, low level of intelligence, history of mental illness, J49 123 social inadequacy, susceptibility to provocation), background J49 124 ({0eg} suffering deprivation and extreme violence as a child) or J49 125 peculiar circumstances ({0eg} severe emotional distress, domestic J49 126 difficulties) give rise to the offence. J49 127 |^In *1\0R \0v Dowling *0[1985] 1 {0NZLR} 182 the Court of J49 128 Appeal noted that the appellant was a man who was unable to cope J49 129 with the vicissitudes of life and was extraordinarily sensitive J49 130 to matters which would not provoke an ordinary person. ^His J49 131 personal characteristics (subnormality and alcoholism) justified J49 132 the imposition of a lesser term of imprisonment than would J49 133 otherwise be called for. ^A sentence of three years' imprisonment J49 134 for manslaughter was reduced to two. J49 135 |^In domestic disputes the level of culpability varies J49 136 greatly, preventing sensible generalisations as to an appropriate J49 137 sentence based for example on some kind of tariff: *1\0R \0v J49 138 Lavea *011 December 1979 ({0CA}197/79) (noted 3 {0TCL} 2/2). ^The J49 139 fact that an offender was immature, had suffered deprivation and J49 140 extreme violence as a child and had a history of mental illness J49 141 resulting in a state of uncontrollable frustration were J49 142 considered as mitigating factors in imposing sentence for J49 143 manslaughter by ill-treatment of a baby: *1\0R \0v Hansen *017 J49 144 August 1976 ({0CA}53/76). J49 145 |^*4Race, nationality, ethnic background *- ^*0Equality J49 146 before the law is a basic concept fundamental to the J49 147 administration of justice. ^It is embodied in the judicial oath J49 148 to do *"right to all manner of people... without fear or favour, J49 149 affection or ill will**". ^Consequently, it is submitted that the J49 150 sentencing principles outlined in this Introduction are to be J49 151 applied in every case, irrespective of the identity of a J49 152 particular offender or membership of an ethnic or other group. J49 153 ^Nevertheless, these same principles require the Court to take J49 154 into account all material facts, including those facts which J49 155 exist only by reason of the offender's membership of an ethnic or J49 156 other group: *1Neal \0v \0R *0(1982) 149 {0CLR} 305 ({0HCA}). J49 157 ^The Court should impose the penalty which reflects matters of J49 158 mitigation arising from the offender's background and personal J49 159 situation, and which recognises the structure and operation of J49 160 the society within which he or she lives, in particular, the J49 161 degree to which the offender's cultural or ethnic heritage J49 162 predominates and any problems of a cross-cultural nature that may J49 163 have been experienced. ^This is a basic requirement of a system J49 164 of justice that is evenhanded, consistent and uniform. J49 165 |^Section 16, *1post *0expressly enables an offender to call J49 166 witnesses as to his or her ethnic or cultural background. J49 167 |^The issue of the relevance to sentence of the fact that J49 168 the offender may be, or has been, subject to some traditional J49 169 punishment or response within the local community, has arisen in J49 170 Australia in the context of aboriginal customary or tribal law. J49 171 ^The leading cases are *1Jadurin \0v \0R *0(1982) 44 {0ALR} 424 J49 172 ({0FCA}); *1Mamarika \0v \0R *0(1982) 42 {0ALR} 94 ({0FCA}); J49 173 *1Neal (supra); \0R \0v Herbert *0(1983) 23 {0NTR} 22; *1\0R \0v J49 174 Sampson *0(1984) 53 {0ALR} 542 ({0FCA}); *1Atkinson \0v Walkely J49 175 *0(1984) 27 {0NTR} 34, from which the following propositions can J49 176 be extracted. ^The attitude of members of the local community to J49 177 the offender and to the offence is of particular relevance, J49 178 especially where the offence was committed within that community J49 179 and where the victim was from that community. ^That the offender J49 180 has been subjected to some form of local dispute resolution, even J49 181 if this involves some additional response under aboriginal J49 182 customary law is relevant, especially where members of the local J49 183 community are thereby reconciled. ^The imposition of further J49 184 punishment by the Court is not precluded. ^The Court cannot order J49 185 or impose traditional punishment that is not lawful under the J49 186 general law, nor should it give the impression of having J49 187 sanctioned the exacting of retribution by the offender's own J49 188 community, particularly where this involves the infliction of J49 189 physical harm. J49 190 |^These principles do not exclude the ability of a Judge, in J49 191 appropriate cases, to deal with an offender in accordance with J49 192 membership and the practices of the cultural or ethnic group, J49 193 subject always to control remaining with the Court, and to the J49 194 provisions of the law. ^Alternative means of rehabilitation which J49 195 appropriately take account of different cultural or ethnic values J49 196 should be utilised: (see community care, \0s 53 *1post*0). ^A J49 197 failure by the Court to take account of these factors may create J49 198 an injustice for the offender, by making the sentence much more J49 199 onerous than it would be for an offender of a different cultural J49 200 or ethnic background, with different traditions, customs and J49 201 mores. J49 202 |^The race or ethnic background of an offender has only J49 203 rarely been expressly considered by the Court of Appeal in J49 204 relation to sentence. ^One such case, however, is *1\0R \0v J49 205 Sangkamyong *03 July 1984 ({0CA}36/84) (noted [1984] {0BCL} 836) J49 206 where a sentence imposed for the importation of cannabis was J49 207 reduced *"in the interests of justice and humanity**". ^The J49 208 appellant, his wife and young children had escaped Laos and came J49 209 to New Zealand after a year in a refugee camp. ^His absence from J49 210 the home while serving a prison sentence would bear very heavily J49 211 on his wife and their children with their very different cultural J49 212 and language background. J49 213 *# J50 001 **[344 TEXT J50**] J50 002 ^*0Richardson \0J identified three criteria which must be present J50 003 to found an estoppel per rem judicatam, namely: J50 004 |_(a) identity of parties J50 005 |(b) identity of subject matter; and J50 006 |(c) sufficient co-extensiveness of the standard of proof. J50 007 |^It was the second of these criteria *- identity of subject J50 008 matter, that was the issue in *1Maxwell. J50 009 |^*0The facts of *1Gregoriadis *0were that the Commissioner J50 010 had successfully brought evasion charges against the taxpayer in J50 011 the Magistrates Court. ^The taxpayer appealed and the Supreme J50 012 Court allowed the appeal on the basis that certain evidence that J50 013 had been admitted in the Court below was inadmissible. ^In the J50 014 meantime, as a result of the outcome of the prosecutions in the J50 015 Magistrates Court, the Commissioner had assessed the taxpayer for J50 016 penal tax. ^The taxpayer objected. ^The case came before Quilliam J50 017 \0J in the High Court where the issue was whether the acquittal J50 018 on the prosecutions debarred the Commissioner from charging the J50 019 taxpayer in penal tax. ^Quilliam \0J held that it did not and J50 020 that the taxpayer was chargeable. J50 021 |^However, in the Court of Appeal it was held that the J50 022 matter was res judicata and the appeal was allowed. J50 023 |^The law of *1{Res Judicata} *0is an area which requires J50 024 exactitude of expression. ^Its basis is that *1the same question J50 025 *0shall not be the subject of relitigation between those whom, or J50 026 their privies, it has already once been decided. ^*1But the J50 027 question must be the same. ^*0Were the questions before the Court J50 028 in *1Gregoriadis *0the same or not? ^Clearly not. ^This is J50 029 accepted by Richardson and McMullin \0JJ at \0p 711 where they J50 030 expressly admit that no more than a *"sufficient approximation**" J50 031 between the two questions can be contended for. ^They then excuse J50 032 making the leap over the gap, by saying that it does not matter, J50 033 for if the standard had been the same (which it was not) the J50 034 Commissioner would still have failed. ^This sort of *"near J50 035 enough**" approach would seem to be unjustifiable in the area of J50 036 the law of estoppel. J50 037 |^Somers \0J seemed also to be troubled by the problem. ^He J50 038 devotes the whole of \0p 712 to this difficulty and then says J50 039 expressly *"the different standard of proof *1destroys the J50 040 identity of issue**". ^*0He carries on, influenced by the merits J50 041 of the case, in which it seems to him that the Crown is J50 042 persecuting the appellant, to justify his support of the judgment J50 043 of Richardson \0J and McMullin \0J by saying J50 044 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J50 045 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J50 046 **[END INDENTATION**] J50 047 |^The trouble is that the questions in the two proceedings were J50 048 *1not the same. ^*0In one, it was whether, using the standard of J50 049 proof necessary in criminal proceedings, the Court was convinced J50 050 beyond all reasonable doubt that the appellant had furnished J50 051 false returns. ^In the second it was, using a different standard J50 052 of proof, will it be held as a matter of fact the appellant had J50 053 furnished false returns? J50 054 |^Can it be assumed that the Commissioner will not in the J50 055 second proceedings tender evidence not tendered in the first, to J50 056 clinch his case? ^This question was not faced, let alone J50 057 answered, in the judgments. ^It is clear enough of course that J50 058 the Commissioner's case on a criminal charge cannot be reopened J50 059 later, with new evidence tendered; the plea of *1{autrefois J50 060 acquit} *0would dispose of this. ^But where a *1different J50 061 question on the same facts *0is the subject of litigation cannot J50 062 a fresh case be made out by the Commissioner, in which the J50 063 original acquittal is untouched, but a question of fact, J50 064 necessary indeed to be decided in the earlier case, but on a J50 065 different standard of proof, is again before the Court, and has J50 066 to be decided on another, and more liberal standard of proof? J50 067 |^Some may see the *1Gregoriadis *0decision as providing an J50 068 example of where the doctrine of estoppel per rem judicatam will J50 069 apply and that the foundation now exists for a future move by the J50 070 Courts away from the traditional and restrictive approach of the J50 071 past where decisions such as *1Maxwell *0provide examples of the J50 072 Court drawing fine distinctions to exclude the doctrine. ^A more J50 073 proper conclusion, in the writer's view, is that *1Gregoriadis J50 074 *0should be seen as a decision of the Court of Appeal, perhaps J50 075 flying in the face of established rules as to *1{Res Judicata}, J50 076 *0resulting in the dismissal of subsequent civil proceedings by J50 077 the Crown in a case where (a) the question of criminal liability J50 078 had already resulted in an acquittal and (b) the facts appeared J50 079 to justify the conclusion that further litigation, if permitted, J50 080 would very probably lead to the same conclusion. ^Further, the J50 081 case, when examined should not be represented as a new departure J50 082 in, or modification of, existing rules as to a *1{eadem quaestro} J50 083 *0in *1{Res Judicata}. J50 084 |^*0It is interesting to note that Gresson \0P in *1Maxwell J50 085 *0considered that the concept of res judicata was inappropriate J50 086 for another reason: (*1Maxwell \0v {0CIR} *0[1962] {0NZLR} 683 at J50 087 698) J50 088 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J50 089 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J50 090 **[END INDENTATION**] J50 091 |(^There is obiter support for this statement *- see *1Society of J50 092 Medical Officer of Health \0v Hope *0[1960] {0AC} 531, 568 per J50 093 Lord Keith; \0cf *1Taylor \0v {0AG} *0[1963] {0NZLR} 251.) J50 094 |^The decision of *1Caffoor \0v {0ITC} *0is an example of J50 095 where, in the issue of an assessment, the Commissioner is not J50 096 necessarily bound by any determination that might have been made J50 097 in respect of an assessment for a previous year. ^The facts of J50 098 this case were, that in respect of the 1950 income year the J50 099 taxpayer had established before an income tax board of review J50 100 that the taxpayers were trustees of a charitable trust, and J50 101 therefore their income was exempt from income tax. ^For the 1951 J50 102 income year the Commissioner issued an assessment on the footing J50 103 that the taxpayers were not trustees of a charitable trust. J50 104 |^One of the grounds of objection against the assessments J50 105 for the 1951 year was that the decision of the Board of Review in J50 106 respect of the 1950 income year set up an estoppel per rem J50 107 judicatam and therefore the Commissioner was bound to follow the J50 108 decision of the board when he came to issue an assessment for a J50 109 later year. ^The Privy Council rejected this view ([1961] 2 All J50 110 {0ER} 441): J50 111 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J50 112 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J50 113 **[END INDENTATION**] J50 114 |^The decision in *1Caffoor *0is unusual because the Board J50 115 was called on to decide between two previous conflicting J50 116 decisions of the Privy Council. ^In *1Broken Hill {0Pty Co Ltd} J50 117 \0v Broken Hill Municipal Council *0[1926] {0AC} 94 the Privy J50 118 Council had held an appeal against a rating assessment that a J50 119 decision on an assessment for one year does not support an J50 120 estoppel in relation to an assessment for a subsequent year. J50 121 ^However, in the same year the Privy Council in *1Hoysteed \0v J50 122 {0FC} of \0T *0[1926] {0AC} 155 had taken the opposite view. ^In J50 123 *1Caffoor *0the Privy Council followed the *1Broken Hill *0case. J50 124 ^It should be pointed out that the two cases were heard before J50 125 two differently constituted Boards, no member of either Board J50 126 being present at the hearing conducted before the other. ^While J50 127 the decision may provide one of the rare examples of the Privy J50 128 Council overruling one of its previous decisions, it would seem J50 129 that the Board was compelled by the quite unusual circumstances J50 130 to overrule one decision or the other. J50 131 |^In *1Duff & Ors \0v {0CIR} *0(1979) 3 {0TRNZ} 158 Beattie J50 132 \0J was asked to consider the question of Issue Estopped (that J50 133 is, estoppel per rem judicatam). ^That case concerned the J50 134 purchase of land for the purpose of sub-division. ^The land was J50 135 compulsorily acquired and the Commissioner included the J50 136 compensation received in the taxpayer's assessable income. ^One J50 137 of the contentions made by the taxpayer was that the assessment J50 138 of the profit was estopped by the decision in an earlier case J50 139 (*1Railway Timber Company \0Ltd \0v {0CIR} *0(1979) 2 {0NZTC} 61, J50 140 172), because the parties were the same in effect or within the J50 141 class of privies to that case. ^With regard to that contention J50 142 Beattie \0J held that the parties in the present case were J50 143 different in fact and law, differently linked. ^The facts and J50 144 central issue in the *1Railway Timber *0case were different. J50 145 |^It would seem however, that had the facts and issues been J50 146 significantly similar Beattie \0J may have been influenced by the J50 147 issue estoppel argument. J50 148 |^In light of the *1Gregoriadis *0decision it is no longer J50 149 possible to say with any certainty that the doctrine of estoppel J50 150 per rem judicatam will not apply to a taxpayer. ^What is clear J50 151 however is that it cannot be used to preclude the dispute or J50 152 alteration of a later year's assessment, even where the issues J50 153 are identical. ^Furthermore, even if an issue should arise J50 154 relating to the same year, the privative provisions of the Act J50 155 may prevent the success of the defence, unless it arises in J50 156 objection proceedings because it necessarily involves disputing J50 157 the Commissioner's assessment. ^Although the possibilities of J50 158 successful invocation of the doctrine of estoppel per rem J50 159 judicatam against the Commissioner are, in practical terms, J50 160 limited, the scope still exists for the use of the doctrine and J50 161 its future development. J50 162 *<*4Estoppel By Representation:*> J50 163 |^*0Estoppel by representation is defined in Spencer-Bower and J50 164 Turner (*1Estoppel by Representation, *03 \0ed, 1977, \0p 4) as J50 165 follows: J50 166 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J50 167 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J50 168 **[END INDENTATION**] J50 169 |^In the context of taxation the situation in which *"estoppel by J50 170 representation**" may apply is where the Commissioner (through J50 171 his officers) represents to a taxpayer that if the taxpayer J50 172 conducts his affairs in a certain way, he will attract certain J50 173 tax consequences. ^If the taxpayer arranges his affairs J50 174 accordingly is the Commissioner then estopped from later saying J50 175 that the tax consequences will be different? ^For example, if a J50 176 taxpayer receives information from the Commissioner as to the J50 177 deductibility of travel expenses (such as an academic on leave) J50 178 and the taxpayer arranges his affairs in reliance on that advice, J50 179 can the Commissioner change his mind when assessing the taxpayer, J50 180 or even later re-assess the taxpayer? ^Situations like this occur J50 181 frequently, particularly where the Commissioner issues advance J50 182 rulings or guidelines for taxpayers. ^A taxpayer who acts in J50 183 reliance upon an advance ruling and subsequently discovers that J50 184 the Commissioner has altered his position with regard to that J50 185 ruling will understandably feel aggrieved. J50 186 |^The Commissioner's duties and discretions are conferred by J50 187 statute. ^In order to determine whether representations or J50 188 actions on the part of the Commissioner can bind him to exercise J50 189 those duties and discretions in certain ways, it is necessary to J50 190 consider whether the doctrine of estoppel by representation is J50 191 effective against acts or decisions made pursuant to statutes. J50 192 *<*4Statutory Powers:*> J50 193 |^*0It is established law that an estoppel must fail, if its J50 194 establishment results in an illegality, so too, it cannot be set J50 195 up if its establishment results in preventing the performance of J50 196 a statutory duty. ^The authority for this principle is contained J50 197 in the judgment of Lord Maugham in *1Maritime Electric {0Co Ltd} J50 198 \0v General Dairies Limited *0[1937] {0AC} 610 at 619-620. J50 199 |^That case concerned certain provisions of the Public J50 200 Utilities Act 1927 which imposed a duty on an electric company to J50 201 charge a dairy company for all electric current supplied and J50 202 used. ^The specific question for determination by the Court was J50 203 whether the duty created by statute can be defeated or avoided by J50 204 a mere mistake in the computation of accounts. ^The Court J50 205 concluded that it could not. ^The particular sections of the J50 206 Public Utilities Act under consideration were enacted for the J50 207 benefit of the public; that is, on grounds of public policy in J50 208 the general sense. ^Accordingly, it was not open to the Defendant J50 209 to set up an estoppel. J50 210 |^In *1Europa Oil ({0NZ}) Limited \0v Commissioner of Inland J50 211 Revenue *0[1970] {0NZLR} 321 the New Zealand Court of Appeal, J50 212 inter alia, considered whether an estoppel could be raised J50 213 against the Commissioner when acting in his statutory duty to J50 214 assess a taxpayer in accordance with the Act. J50 215 |^Turner \0J (\0ibid at \0p 418. ^See also *1{0CIR} \0v J50 216 Lemmington Holdings \0Ltd *0(1982) 5 {0TRNZ} 776) stated that the J50 217 Commissioner cannot be precluded by the doctrine of estoppel from J50 218 doing his duty as directed by Statute. ^Although, because of the J50 219 particular conclusions reached by the Court he did not need to J50 220 consider the question. J50 221 *# J51 001 **[345 TEXT J51**] J51 002 |^*0Now *'Socrates**' does not in fact denote a unique person. J51 003 ^(Or if it does there are other proper names which do not.) ^How does J51 004 the standard view deal with this? ^Not, I think, by supposing that J51 005 *'Socrates**' denotes a universal (though to be sure there are views, J51 006 and ones to which I am sympathetic, which do suppose this) but rather J51 007 by supposing that the proper name *'Socrates**' is ambiguous. ^In a J51 008 particular utterance of (2), not only must there be a definite *1u J51 009 *0indicated by *'that**', there must also be a definite individual J51 010 named by *'Socrates**', though it might be different from the J51 011 individual named by *'Socrates**' in another utterance of (2). J51 012 |^If there is nothing else in common to all and only Socrateses J51 013 than that they are named *'Socrates**', then these Socrateses, *1qua J51 014 *0Socrateses, are all homonyms, having no more than the name in J51 015 common. ^This term comes from Chapter One of the *1Categories, *0and I J51 016 am intending to use it as Aristotle does. ^On the standard view, J51 017 proper names, I take it, are always used homonymously. ^On this view a J51 018 predication like (7) in which we are claiming that many individuals do J51 019 have something in common, is analysed in such a way that a predicate, J51 020 in this case *'leucodendron**' names a universal. ^By contrast the J51 021 naming theory of predication as I shall understand it, is simply the J51 022 view that all predication is to be modelled on (2). ^In other words J51 023 (1) is to be understood as saying that the thing indicated by J51 024 *'that**' is identical with the thing named by *'leucodendron**'. J51 025 *<2.*3PLATO'S THEORY OF PREDICATION*> J51 026 |^*0The naming view of predication makes no distinction between proper J51 027 names, like *'Socrates**' and common nouns, like *'leucodendron**'. J51 028 ^Likewise the explicit discussion of naming that we find in Plato's J51 029 *1Cratylus *0moves to and fro from one kind of word to the other. ^The J51 030 *1Cratylus *0is concerned with the question of whether names merely J51 031 reflect convention, or whether there is a notion of their correct J51 032 application. ^The dialogue begins using as examples *'Cratylus**' and J51 033 *'Hermogenes**', but then, at 385a, switches immediately to the J51 034 question of whether it is correct to call a horse a man, with no hint J51 035 that any different question is at issue; and the same switching occurs J51 036 throughout the dialogue. ^In English the distinction would be marked J51 037 by the indefinite article. ^One would speak of calling Cratylus J51 038 *'Cratylus**' but of calling a man *'a man**'. ^In Greek this is not J51 039 possible, and the passage in question simply speaks of calling J51 040 {15`ipon, 'anthropon}. J51 041 |^Of course there is a difference between *'Socrates**' and J51 042 *'leucodendron**'. ^For while many things are named *'leucodendron**', J51 043 just as many things are named *'Socrates**', the things named J51 044 *'leucodendron**' are so named in virtue of something they have in J51 045 common, where this, however precisely it is to be spelled out, entails J51 046 that they have in common more than just the fact that they are all J51 047 given the same name. ^The naming view of predication must come J51 048 equipped to say when it is *1legitimate *0for a language to give many J51 049 things the same name. ^I'll shew**[SIC**] how this goes by applying it J51 050 to Plato's theory of Forms. J51 051 |^On Plato's theory there are Forms such as *'the beautiful J51 052 itself**' and *'the just itself**'. ^In a predication like J51 053 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J51 054 |^(3) *1a *0is beautiful J51 055 **[END INDENTATION**] J51 056 |we are to take *'beautiful**' as a proper name. ^Strictly speaking it J51 057 is the name of the Form of beauty. ^(This is one of the reasons why J51 058 Plato does not distinguish between *'beauty**' and *'beautiful**'.) J51 059 *1Strictly speaking *0we are only entitled to take (3) to be true if J51 060 *1a *0is the Form of beauty, for only then will what is denoted by *1a J51 061 *0be identical with what is denoted by *'beautiful**'. J51 062 |^So what are we to make of the sentence J51 063 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J51 064 |^(4) Charmides is beautiful? J51 065 **[END INDENTATION**] J51 066 |^Strictly speaking Plato wants us to say that it is never true, J51 067 since, however beautiful Charmides is, he is never identical with what J51 068 is named by *'beautiful**' *1viz *0the Form of beauty. ^Nevertheless J51 069 the word *'beautiful**' is ambiguous and can be used as the name of J51 070 things other than beauty itself. ^In (4) *'beautiful**' is not being J51 071 used homonymously, of things having only the name *'beautiful**' in J51 072 common, but, as Plato puts it in the *1Phaedo, eponymously. ^*0Certain J51 073 things are *'named after**' the Forms. ^That is to say we are entitled J51 074 to use *'beautiful**' in (4) as the proper name of Charmides, provided J51 075 that he stands in the appropriate relation to the Form of beauty. J51 076 ^This relation is usually spoken of as participation, and it is no J51 077 part of the present paper to say anything about it except that it is J51 078 participation which legitimates the eponymous use of *'beautiful**' as J51 079 the proper name of things other than beauty itself. J51 080 |^Contrast the analysis of (4) on the standard view and on the J51 081 naming view. ^On the standard view, the Platonic analysis of (4) would J51 082 say that in (4) *'beautiful**' names the Form of beauty, J51 083 *'Charmides**' names Charmides, and (4) is true because Charmides J51 084 participates in Beauty: J51 085 **[FIGURE**] J51 086 |^Now I agree that (4) is true (for Plato) because Charmides J51 087 participates in Beauty, and that is why, for many purposes the J51 088 standard account will suffice. ^Nevertheless it will be important to J51 089 see how it differs from the naming account in the Platonic analysis of J51 090 (4). ^On the naming account, (4) is true because the thing named by J51 091 *'Charmides**' is identical with the thing named by *'beautiful**'. J51 092 ^What Charmides' participation in beauty does is make it legitimate to J51 093 use the name *'beautiful**' (eponymously) of something other than the J51 094 Form of beauty; in this sentence, Charmides. ^However *- and this is J51 095 crucial for understanding Plato *- because this use is only eponymous J51 096 it is not a strictly correct use of the name *'beautiful**', but only J51 097 a derivative one. ^And that is why there is a sense in which (4) is J51 098 true, but also a sense in which it is, in strictness, not really true. J51 099 *<3.*3UNIVERSALS*> J51 100 |^*0I want now to raise the question of the status of universals in a J51 101 theory of predication. ^On the standard view a universal is what is J51 102 named by the predicate *1F *0in an *'*1a *0is *1F**' *0sentence. ^To J51 103 be sure the question then arises about what sort of thing is so named. J51 104 ^Is it a class or a Platonic Form or what? ^Can it exist J51 105 independently, as a Platonic Form does, of the individuals that J51 106 participate in it, or not, as the existence of a class is presumably J51 107 dependent on the existence of its members? J51 108 |^But on the naming view, whatever a universal is, it cannot be J51 109 that which is named by *1F, *0since on this view *'*1a *0is *1F**' J51 110 *0will be true \0iff *1F *0names what *1a *0does; so if *1a *0names an J51 111 individual in a true predication, so must *1F. ^*0I said earlier that J51 112 it is usually thought that Platonic Forms are universals, and no harm J51 113 is done if we use the *'standard view**' model of Plato's metaphysics. J51 114 ^But we should remember that on the naming view of predication one J51 115 cannot define a universal as that which is named by a universal word, J51 116 and that in this sense we do not find a theory of universals in Plato. J51 117 |^The name *'universal**' as a technical term in philosophy J51 118 certainly appears in Aristotle. ^He uses the word \15katholon. ^One of J51 119 his earliest explanations of its use is in Chapter 7 of the *1De J51 120 Interpretatione. ^*0At 17a39-40 he says that a universal is that which J51 121 is predicated of a number of things. ^I want to suggest that the J51 122 correct account of what Aristotle means is the obvious one. ^On a J51 123 naming view of predication, that which is predicated of a number of J51 124 things is a name. ^In other words, a universal on such a view has to J51 125 be a linguistic expression. ^However, although things which share the J51 126 same name always have at least the name in common, it does not follow J51 127 that, in any more genuine sense, they have anything really in common. J51 128 ^Aristotle does not want to say that we always have a universal when J51 129 things have the same name, but only when the things are, in a certain J51 130 sense, the same kind of thing. ^What he does seem to hold is that a J51 131 name is a genuine *1universal *0provided that it names the things it J51 132 does name *1synonymously, *0as he puts it in the *1Categories. J51 133 ^*0Ackrill translates his explanation of this term thus: J51 134 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J51 135 |^When things have the name in common and the definition of being J51 136 which corresponds to the name is the same, they are called J51 137 *1synonymous (\15sun'onumia)(\0Cat *01*:a**:6-7). J51 138 **[END INDENTATION**] J51 139 |^To say that a universal is a word is perhaps a little swift J51 140 until we are clear about the identity criteria for words. ^{0J.E.} J51 141 Thomas (1980, \0p. 106\0f) mentions {0C.I.} Lewis as making a J51 142 distinction between *1words *0and *1verbal expressions. ^*0Verbal J51 143 expressions are identified by their forms, words by their meanings. J51 144 ^Since words, like all linguistic expressions, are *1types, *0there J51 145 may well be differing criteria for picking out their tokens. ^So we J51 146 will say that the word *'man**' is a universal because it is proper to J51 147 apply it to all and only things in the same species. ^In the *1Topics, J51 148 *0at 154*:a**:18, Aristotle tells us explicitly that the species is J51 149 synonymous with the individuals which are in it. ^This would make J51 150 *'man**' and *'\15'anthropos**' the same universal, and would make J51 151 *'\15'anthropos**', in a language in which it meant *'horse**', a J51 152 different universal. ^If there were no men then one could not use J51 153 *'man**' or *'\15'anthropos**' to refer to them, and so this way of J51 154 using these words would not exist, which explains why Aristotle says J51 155 in various places, {0e.g.} *1Metaphysics *0Z16 1040b27-28 that a J51 156 universal cannot exist apart from its individuals. J51 157 |^Regis (1976, \0pp. 144-149) claims that in Chapter 19 of Book J51 158 *=II of the *1Posterior Analytics *0Aristotle is saying that J51 159 universals are in the mind. ^If he is right I would not regard this J51 160 view as incompatible with the linguistic view, inasmuch as one might J51 161 regard the criteria for a word's being the universal *'man**' to be J51 162 that it be used in a certain way, and that this is determined by the J51 163 intentions in the minds of the language users and is possible only J51 164 because they can perceive common properties, more or less as Aristotle J51 165 describes it in the passage Regis discusses. ^All I would want to J51 166 insist is that in some sense universals must be public. ^For, if J51 167 scientific knowledge is to be possible, I must be able to refer to the J51 168 same universal as you do. ^A similar position seems to be taken on J51 169 \0p. 2 of Lloyd (1981). J51 170 |^I would not even mind if someone chose to make a universal more J51 171 abstract still. ^One might say that the universal *'man**' is that use J51 172 of language which consists in applying a name to all and only those J51 173 things which are members of a certain species, to be precise, to all J51 174 and only men. ^Or one might think of it as the principle which J51 175 declares such use legitimate. ^Aristotle certainly speaks in the J51 176 *1Metaphysics *0of universals as *'principles**' (\15'archai) {0e.g.}, J51 177 \0*1Met *0B6, 1003*:a**:13, and it may well be that he thought of them J51 178 as regulating the correct application of a term. J51 179 |^It is true that Aristotle sometimes talks as if he believes that J51 180 universals are things in the world. ^For instance in Chapter 5 of the J51 181 *1Categories *0he speaks of the species and the genus as secondary J51 182 substances ({15de'nterai onsiai} 2a14), but this talk gives a somewhat J51 183 misleading picture of what Aristotle's view is. ^In an earlier J51 184 article, Cresswell (1975b), I tried to shew**[SIC**] what it is about J51 185 the world as Plato and Aristotle see it, which supports the philosophy J51 186 of language they assume. ^In Plato's case it is that sensible things J51 187 participate in Forms. ^Thus Plato's ontology requires there to be J51 188 Forms. ^In Aristotle's case things come grouped into species and J51 189 genus. ^This does not entail that Aristotle's *1ontology *0contains J51 190 species or genera. ^There is a sense of course in which Plato's J51 191 metaphysics also contains a relation of participation and Aristotle's J51 192 a relation of *'specific identity**', but these relations do not need J51 193 to be *'named**' by any expression but are facts about the world which J51 194 ensure certain possibilities of naming. J51 195 *# J52 001 **[346 TEXT J52**] J52 002 |^*0Nowadays through television, both in news items and in J52 003 documentaries, we cannot escape seeing with our own eyes the evil J52 004 which goes on all the time *- large-scale famines, devastating J52 005 wars, the Jewish Holocaust, the threat of a nuclear holocaust *- J52 006 while nearer to home we hear of armed hold-ups, increasing J52 007 incidence of rape, murder and other forms of violence. ^Of the J52 008 existence of evil we are absolutely in no doubt *- but why is it J52 009 so? J52 010 |^In asking this question we are voicing the problem of evil J52 011 at a deeper level. ^Why does evil exist in a world in which *- in J52 012 so many respects *- there is so much that is good, making human J52 013 life worthwhile and full of fascinating interest? ^This aspect of J52 014 the problem of evil surfaced as soon as our human forbears began J52 015 to reflect on the nature of human experience. ^The problem has J52 016 been wrestled with for millennia, generation after generation. J52 017 ^Yet with the best will in the world we do not seem to be any J52 018 nearer to a solution, particularly with regard to our ability to J52 019 overcome and eliminate evil. ^This continuing human failure only J52 020 serves to accentuate the nature of the problem which evil poses. J52 021 ^It would be a sign of arrogant over-confidence for us to expect J52 022 to solve this problem when everybody else has failed, but it is a J52 023 considerable step forward simply to clarify our minds about the J52 024 problem. ^The more we understand the nature of the evil we J52 025 encounter, the better equipped we are to face evil with hope of J52 026 gaining the victory over it. J52 027 |^What is being attempted in this booklet is to discuss in J52 028 turn such questions as: ^What is the nature of evil in itself? J52 029 ^Is it a dark and hidden force? ^Has it any sort of objective J52 030 reality of its own? ^Where did it come from? ^Why is it thought J52 031 to be so powerful? ^Is there anything we can do about it? J52 032 |^First of all we must examine how we commonly use the word J52 033 *"evil**". ^What are the particular things, events, behaviour J52 034 \0etc. which we categorize as evil? ^It has been customary, and J52 035 it is certainly useful, to discern three distinct forms of evil: J52 036 (1) metaphysical or supernatural forces of evil, (2) natural J52 037 evil, and (3) moral evil. J52 038 |^The metaphysical forms of evil were often regarded in J52 039 earlier ages as easily the most terrifying, especially as they J52 040 were frequently regarded as the actual cause of the other two J52 041 forms of evil. ^For example, evil spiritual forces were often J52 042 held to be responsible for such things as famines and plagues, J52 043 just as they were conceived as frequently taking possession of J52 044 otherwise innocent people and turning them into evil creatures. J52 045 |^The New Testament refers to these spiritual forces as J52 046 *"principalities and powers**". ^The New English Bible translates J52 047 a well-known verse this way: ^*"For our fight is not against J52 048 human foes but against cosmic powers, against the authorities and J52 049 potentates of this dark world, against the superhuman forces of J52 050 evil in the heavens.**" (Ephesians 6: 12). J52 051 |^In Christian mythology these dark cosmic powers came to be J52 052 known as Satan and his fallen angels. ^All through the Middle J52 053 Ages their supposed unseen but powerful presence had a powerful J52 054 effect. ^Martin Luther was certain on one occasion that he had a J52 055 personal encounter with the Devil. ^And since the New Testament J52 056 actually described an encounter between Jesus Christ and the J52 057 Devil, the authority of Scripture alone was sufficient to cause J52 058 Christian consciousness to be quite certain of the objective J52 059 reality of the Devil right down to the late 19th century. ^For J52 060 conservative Christians metaphysical evil in the form of the J52 061 Devil still plays a dominant role in their world-view. ^Even Karl J52 062 Rahner, a rather radical Roman Catholic theologian, could write J52 063 only a decade ago: ^*"The existence of the devil cannot be J52 064 denied.**" J52 065 |^Yet that is just what most modern people of the Western J52 066 world, including many practising Christians, do in fact deny. J52 067 ^Devil-talk may well be a very apt and striking way of describing J52 068 the dark side of human experience, but for a growing number in J52 069 the last 100 years it has become no more than that *- a J52 070 metaphorical way of speaking. ^Even {0C S} Lewis, who made such J52 071 entertaining literary use of the devil concept in his famous J52 072 *1Screwtape Letters, *0was not really defending the real being J52 073 (or what philosophers call the ontological reality) of Satan. ^In J52 074 the modern, highly secularized, view of the universe which has J52 075 replaced the dualistic (or two-world) view of the universe so J52 076 prevalent in the Middle Ages, not only the Devil but all other J52 077 metaphysical forms of evil have been evaporating from the way we J52 078 view reality. ^(Why they arose in the first place I shall explain J52 079 in a later chapter). J52 080 |^This means that to continue our pursuit of the character J52 081 of evil we must confine our attention to the other two J52 082 categories. ^Let us now turn to natural evil. ^Here we think of J52 083 such occurrences as earthquakes, droughts, plagues and disease. J52 084 ^In former centuries it was bubonic plague which struck fear into J52 085 the hearts of people; today it is cancer and Aids. J52 086 |^Let us examine these more closely. ^Why should we regard J52 087 earthquakes as evil? ^Are they not simply natural phenomena which J52 088 in themselves are neither good nor evil? ^If, through a J52 089 telescope, we could observe them occurring on some other, J52 090 uninhabited planet, we could take a purely objective interest in J52 091 them. ^Then we could see that it would not be appropriate to J52 092 categorize them as either good or evil. ^It is because of what J52 093 the earthquake may do to *1us *0that we judge it to be evil. ^Any J52 094 natural phenomenon which threatens our security or well-being is J52 095 seen by us as an evil. ^It is we, and our attitude towards it, J52 096 which makes it evil. ^Shakespeare had noted this, saying through J52 097 Hamlet, ^*"For there is nothing either good or bad, but thinking J52 098 makes it so.**" J52 099 |^Thus, the evil we attach to certain natural phenomena is J52 100 not inherently in them, but derives from the judgment we make of J52 101 them, because we view them as a threat to our security. ^This J52 102 humanly subjective component in all so-called natural evils can J52 103 be illustrated by how we humans interpret the practice by which J52 104 one species preys on another. ^We have even been inclined to find J52 105 this repulsive, speaking of *"Nature red in tooth and claw**". J52 106 ^But is this not because of our tendency to identify immediately J52 107 with the unfortunate prey, if we happen to observe the lioness J52 108 pouncing upon the antelope and tearing it to pieces for food? ^It J52 109 is certainly an evil misfortune from the point of view of the J52 110 antelope, but from the point of view of the pride of lions it is J52 111 an event of good fortune. J52 112 |^On the other hand, when we humans take the role of the J52 113 hunter we do not appear to find any evil at all in killing J52 114 various types of animals to provide our food. ^What is even more J52 115 serious is the fact that whereas animals prey upon other species J52 116 only for the purpose of supplying themselves with food, we humans J52 117 have even made a sport out of the sheer excitement of stalking J52 118 and killing our quarry. ^If the taking of life is to be regarded J52 119 as evil, then humankind might well qualify for being the J52 120 cruellest of all living species in relation to others. J52 121 |^Sensitivity to the taking of life has varied from one J52 122 cultural tradition to another. ^We have always felt fully J52 123 justified in taking the life of non-human creatures. ^Not only do J52 124 most of us regularly eat the flesh of specified animals, birds J52 125 and fish but up until last century, some tribal communities saw J52 126 nothing wrong in eating human flesh. ^New Zealand takes some J52 127 pride in the fact that we deliberately breed animals in large J52 128 numbers so that while they are still young and tender we can J52 129 slaughter them for food. ^It is even claimed to be the basis of J52 130 our economy. ^India, by contrast, would rather suffer from a poor J52 131 economy than take the drastic step of slaughtering the cows which J52 132 wander freely through its villages and which contribute to its J52 133 poverty. ^The Jains and the traditional Hindus view with horror J52 134 what they take to be the evil of our flesh-eating practices. ^I J52 135 mention these contrasts simply to illustrate the fact that, in J52 136 the category of natural evils, what one species sees as evil J52 137 another experiences as good and what one human tradition regards J52 138 as good another may regard as evil. ^Even in the category of J52 139 natural evil there is something relative about the term evil for J52 140 it is always related to the particular people who are making the J52 141 judgements. J52 142 |^Yet there is one particular form of natural evil on which J52 143 all humans are agreed *- and perhaps even non-human animals would J52 144 add their assent if only they could *- and that is disease. ^All J52 145 forms of life, plants as well as animals, are subject to diseases J52 146 which hinder and distort growth, cause premature death and, in J52 147 the case of humans and other animals, bring pain and suffering. J52 148 ^Before we knew anything of microbiology the origin and nature of J52 149 disease was a great mystery. ^It was easy to jump to the J52 150 conclusion that it was certain evidence of the evil influence of J52 151 the metaphysical powers I referred to earlier. ^That is why we J52 152 have inherited, and still use, the term *"stroke**" for the J52 153 symptoms now seen to be caused by a cerebral haemorrhage. ^Even J52 154 if disease was not attributed to the influence of a mysterious J52 155 unseen world, it seemed at least to indicate that there is J52 156 something radically wrong with this world. J52 157 |^As humans wrestled with this aspect of the problem of evil J52 158 they arrived at different conclusions. ^The Buddha, for example, J52 159 concluded that pain and suffering permeate the whole of reality, J52 160 and that there is nothing in life or in death which is not marked J52 161 by it. ^He despaired of ever finding out why this is so. ^The J52 162 Enlightenment which finally came to him, and which he wished to J52 163 share with others, took the form of Four Noble Truths. ^The first J52 164 is simply to acknowledge how suffering dominates all existence. J52 165 ^The second is to recognise that suffering originates in human J52 166 desire. (^The craving for possessions, for sensuous pleasures, J52 167 for everlasting life or for extinction are all equally bad.) ^The J52 168 only solution to the problem of suffering is to renounce (or be J52 169 liberated from) craving; that is the third Truth. ^The fourth J52 170 Truth outlines the Eight-step Path which leads to Nirvana, a J52 171 state in which all suffering has been eliminated because the J52 172 flame of craving has been snuffed out like a candle. J52 173 |^Our own cultural tradition saw it rather differently. J52 174 ^Disease, frustration, pain and suffering were all felt to be J52 175 real enough but they pointed to the fact that this world is not J52 176 as it was divinely intended to be. ^It is a fallen world. ^That J52 177 is why we are plagued by disease. ^That is why women suffer pain J52 178 in childbirth, natural process though it is. ^That is why our J52 179 agricultural efforts are for ever being frustrated by weeds and J52 180 plant diseases. ^The Genesis myth of origins not only explains J52 181 disease and suffering as evidence of the fallen character of this J52 182 world but, in effect, traces these natural evils back to moral J52 183 evil in that it was the moral evil in the human heart which J52 184 brought them all about. J52 185 |^The advent of modern biological sciences enables us to J52 186 look at the problem from quite a new angle. ^We now know that J52 187 permeating the world of life-forms visible to the human eye there J52 188 is another living world *- the world of microbiology. ^Indeed J52 189 there has been a noticeable correlation between our recognition J52 190 of the micro-world of life and the evaporation from modern J52 191 consciousness of the super-world of spiritual life-forms. J52 192 |^In some ways biological science enables us to give a J52 193 rational explanation of at least some of the evil we associate J52 194 with physical disease. J52 195 *# J53 001 **[347 TEXT J53**] J53 002 ^*0And what is it about Newton's that makes it inferior to J53 003 Einstein's in other fields? ^The obvious answer would seem to be J53 004 that the predictions given by Newton's theory, in certain J53 005 circumstances, fit better with the (in principle ascertainable) J53 006 experimental data than those given by Galileo's theory. ^And in J53 007 other circumstances, given the same standards of accuracy, the J53 008 predictions given by the special theory of relativity are nearly J53 009 spot on, while those given by Newton's theory fail miserably. J53 010 ^The instrumentalist has merely shifted the problem to a more J53 011 restricted field *- that of the fit of the empirical content of a J53 012 theory with the (in principle) ascertainable facts of the matter. J53 013 ^His thesis really amounts to the claim that the aim of an J53 014 inquiry is to discover the empirically ascertainable truth about J53 015 the world, and that the empirical content of one theory, while J53 016 not being strictly accurate, may nevertheless be a better J53 017 description of the facts than that given by another theory's J53 018 empirical content. ^The instrumentalist pushes down the bulge in J53 019 the carpet only to have it reappear elsewhere. ^He has to give an J53 020 account of what it takes for one theory to be closer than another J53 021 to the (in principle) empirically ascertainable facts. J53 022 |^A theory of confirmation might be thought to dispose of J53 023 the problem of truthlikeness in one of two different ways. ^One J53 024 might claim that the degree of confirmation of an hypothesis is J53 025 nothing but a measure of its truthlikeness. ^Or else one might J53 026 claim that the aim of inquiry is not the possession of truth, but J53 027 rather the possession of hypotheses with a high degree of J53 028 confirmation. ^Neither claim can be justified. ^To show that the J53 029 first claim is false, consider that theory, (whichever one it J53 030 is), which describes the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but J53 031 the truth. ^It is the strongest true theory there is. ^Of course J53 032 no one knows which one it is, and in all probability no-one will J53 033 ever articulate it. ^This does not stop it being the whole truth. J53 034 ^Now this theory, let it be *1T, *0can hardly be described as the J53 035 best confirmed theory there is. ^Let *1C *0be that proposition J53 036 which reports everything which has so far been established for J53 037 certain. ^Presumably the best confirmed proposition reports no J53 038 more than is reported (explicitly or implicitly), in *1C. ^*0Any J53 039 proposition which goes beyond *1C *0is uncertain, and so not as J53 040 well confirmed as *1C. ^*0But *1T *0certainly reports far more J53 041 than is contained in *1C. ^*0If it did not we would now be J53 042 omniscient. ^So *1T, *0the whole truth, is not that theory with J53 043 the highest degree of confirmation. ^But it is clear that *1T J53 044 *0does have maximal truthlikeness. ^Nothing could be closer to J53 045 the whole truth than the whole truth itself. ^Hence *1T *0has J53 046 maximal truthlikeness but not maximal confirmation. ^Degree of J53 047 confirmation does not measure degree of truthlikeness. J53 048 |^Let us consider the second claim *- that a high degree of J53 049 confirmation might supplant truth as the aim of inquiry. ^This J53 050 claim has some plausibility. ^After all, is not an inquiry simply J53 051 an exercise in the pursuit of knowledge, and does not knowledge J53 052 simply amount to the possession of highly confirmed propositions? J53 053 ^Attractive as it seems the claim is inadequate. ^High degrees of J53 054 confirmation are just too easy to obtain. ^By sticking only to J53 055 what one already knows for certain one can be sure of retaining J53 056 only highly confirmed propositions. ^Thus if the aim of inquiry J53 057 were simply the possession of highly confirmed propositions it J53 058 could be achieved as easily by keeping one's mouth shut as by J53 059 engaging in exacting research. J53 060 |^Although the above argument shows that possession of J53 061 highly confirmed propositions is not by itself the aim of J53 062 inquiry, something like it may be still true. ^Consider the J53 063 following: the aim of an inquiry is the possession of highly J53 064 confirmed propositions which are also highly informative. ^This J53 065 aim is not susceptible to the criticism that it can be fulfilled J53 066 by doing no research at all. ^However, it has the consequence J53 067 that progress in an inquiry cannot be made by the substitution of J53 068 one falsified theory for another falsified theory. ^On this J53 069 account an inquirer's preference for one falsified hypothesis J53 070 over another falsified hypothesis would be inexplicable. ^For, J53 071 according to almost all theories of confirmation, the degree of J53 072 confirmation of a falsified hypothesis is zero. ^The degree of J53 073 confirmation is a measure of how likely a proposition is to be J53 074 true, given the evidence. ^If the evidence refutes the J53 075 proposition, then the proposition has zero confirmation, given J53 076 the evidence. ^Hence, on the above account of the aim of an J53 077 inquiry each falsified hypothesis must be regarded as having J53 078 contributed absolutely nothing to the progress of the inquiry. J53 079 ^This seems absurd. ^Galileo's theory of moving bodies has been J53 080 refuted. ^So has Newton's theory. ^Both have zero confirmation. J53 081 ^Nevertheless Newton's theory is thought to be an improvement on J53 082 Galileo's. ^Even had the refutation of Newton's theory (the J53 083 precession of Mercury's perihelion) been available to scientists J53 084 in the seventeenth century, Newton's theory would still have been J53 085 heralded as a great contribution to science. ^Such a judgement J53 086 could not be explained if the aim of an inquiry were the J53 087 possession of highly informative, highly confirmed theories. J53 088 |^The denial of the truth doctrine seems to be an J53 089 unpromising way of avoiding the problem of truthlikeness. ^A more J53 090 promising tack might be the denial of the progress doctrine. ^If J53 091 the aim of inquiry is the whole truth of some matter, then it J53 092 might be maintained that any proposition which falls short of the J53 093 whole truth is as bad as any other. ^Strictly speaking there is J53 094 no such thing as progress in an inquiry. ^Either the truth is hit J53 095 upon, or the project is an utter failure. ^A miss is as good as a J53 096 mile. J53 097 |^This last position violates some deeply ingrained J53 098 intuitions. ^Whether or not progress in human knowledge has been J53 099 made it is clear that many people think it has. ^And just a J53 100 little reflection would reveal that many instances of supposed J53 101 progress consist in the replacement of something that is false by J53 102 something else that also turns out to be false. ^Scientists J53 103 are prone to think that Newton's theory of motion is preferable J53 104 to Aristotle's, despite the fact that they hold both to be, J53 105 strictly speaking, false. ^But science is not the only area in J53 106 which such instances of progress are deemed to exist. ^And in any J53 107 case, one does not need to invoke complex examples from science, J53 108 inevitably surrounded by doubt on account of our ignorance of the J53 109 universe, to elicit this intuition. ^It is possible to cite J53 110 examples of simple theories which *1would *0have a certain J53 111 ordering of closeness to the truth if a certain specified theory J53 112 *1were *0the truth. ^Such examples will remain even if it turns J53 113 out that scientists have been steadily and systematically leading J53 114 us further and further from the truth. J53 115 |^For example, suppose that in fact the number of the J53 116 planets is 9. ^Tom maintains that the number of the planets is 8, J53 117 and Fred maintains that the number of the planets is 5. ^Surely J53 118 Tom's claim is closer to the truth than Fred's. ^Suppose Tom J53 119 weakens his claim to the proposition that the number of the J53 120 planets is either 8 or 9, and Fred weakens his to the claim that J53 121 it is either 5, or 6, or 7, or 8, or 9. ^Again it seems that J53 122 Tom's claim is closer to the truth than Fred's. J53 123 |^Suppose that Oscar is interested in the distribution of J53 124 two properties, fatness and tallness, in a certain class of J53 125 people. ^His first conjecture (a rash guess made before he had J53 126 had any contact with the people) is that everybody is both short J53 127 and thin. ^His second conjecture (made after he had seen them in J53 128 the distance on an extremely hot day *- the heat distorting both J53 129 their visual appearance and Oscar's cognitive faculties) is that J53 130 they are all tall and thin. ^His third conjecture (made after he J53 131 has met them face to face) is that they are all tall and fat. ^In J53 132 fact his third conjecture is the truth of the matter. ^Surely J53 133 Oscar's second guess is closer to the truth than his first, and J53 134 his third closer to the truth than his second? J53 135 |^Finally, suppose that a detective has an identikit which J53 136 features types of noses, ears, hair, chins, mouths, and so on. J53 137 ^Our detective asks the witness to a crime to select those J53 138 features that seem to him to best characterise the criminal. ^The J53 139 witness chooses all the features correctly, except one. ^He omits J53 140 a wart on the nose of the criminal. ^Now is this (false) J53 141 description, or characterisation, just as inaccurate as any J53 142 random selection of features which *1also *0omits the wart on the J53 143 nose? ^Detectives do not think so. J53 144 |^But perhaps this is to labour the point. ^Such examples J53 145 are easy to construct and many of them will be used in the J53 146 following pages. ^However, it is not immediately clear that there J53 147 is a single coherent principle underlying all such judgements. J53 148 ^What is required is a general *1theory *0of truthlikeness (or J53 149 verisimilitude) which spells out clearly the conditions under J53 150 which one proposition is closer to the truth than another. J53 151 *<1.2 *1Explications and intuitions*> J53 152 |^*0Several different solutions to the problem of J53 153 truthlikeness have been proposed. ^What sort of criteria can be J53 154 used to judge the adequacy of these different proposals? ^The J53 155 task of giving a general account of truthlikeness is just like J53 156 the logico-philosophical task of defining an acceptable concept J53 157 of *1truth *0or of *1valid inference, *0or of *1logical truth. J53 158 ^*0In these cases a certain concept is employed and applied J53 159 intuitively, but a rigorous and precise explication of the J53 160 concept is required in order to show that it can be applied J53 161 consistently, and that the principles underlying the application J53 162 of the concept can be articulated. J53 163 |^An explication is not simply a definition, for the only J53 164 restriction on definitions is that the abbreviating device be J53 165 eliminable in all places in favour of what it abbreviates. ^An J53 166 explicatum, however, should behave, in certain core areas, in the J53 167 same way that the explicandum behaves. ^In other words, it should J53 168 accord with *1clear cut *0intuitive judgements that are made in J53 169 certain obvious cases. ^For example, consider the truth J53 170 preserving inference: it is raining, therefore it is raining. ^If J53 171 on some explication of *1valid inference *0this inference were J53 172 judged to be invalid, the explication would clearly be J53 173 inadequate. ^An explication of *1logical truth *0which made the J53 174 English language expression *'it is raining**' a logical truth J53 175 (in English) would clearly be inadequate. ^In grey areas, where J53 176 it is difficult to apply the intuitive notion the explicatum may J53 177 well extend the intuitive notion (it may *'educate our J53 178 intuitions**'), but it must not consistently violate the core J53 179 intuitions. ^That definition which can save the greatest number J53 180 of intuitions is, other things being equal, the most acceptable. J53 181 |^Of course, intuitive judgements have different levels of J53 182 generality. ^The intuitive judgement that the proposition *1it is J53 183 raining or it is not raining, *0is a logical truth is far more J53 184 basic than the judgement that by disjoining any proposition with J53 185 its negation we get a logical truth. ^Such an initially plausible J53 186 principle is the beginning of a theory of logical necessity, and J53 187 it may come into conflict with lower-level intuitive judgements J53 188 concerning particular propositions. ^In general, lower-level J53 189 judgements are to be given precedence over higher-level J53 190 judgements. J53 191 |^The position just adumbrated has its opponents. ^For a J53 192 start, there are those who distrust intuitions in general and J53 193 would seriously question the role I have assigned them in the J53 194 enterprise of explicating intuitive concepts. ^Their criticisms J53 195 will be discussed below. ^But there are also those who question J53 196 the very enterprise of explication. ^For example, Karl Popper J53 197 writes: J53 198 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J53 199 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J53 200 **[END INDENTATION**] J53 201 |^And: J53 202 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J53 203 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J53 204 **[END INDENTATION**] J53 205 |^Despite this view of his, Popper was the first philosopher J53 206 to stress the importance of the problem of truthlikeness, and he J53 207 gave the first real explication of truthlikeness. ^The question J53 208 arises as to why he did not simply leave it as an undefined J53 209 primitive notion. J53 210 *# J54 001 **[348 TEXT J54**] J54 002 ^*0Indeed, since only the defunct Ca*?1rva*?1ka school maintained J54 003 otherwise, classical Indian philosophy displays a relative J54 004 paucity of arguments for this thesis when compared with the J54 005 extensive body of discussion it offers about the nature of what J54 006 it is that has pre-existed. ^Thus there are some empirical J54 007 arguments adduced, like the Naiya*?1yika appeal to the inborn J54 008 inclination of infants to suckle and their fears and joys. J54 009 ^These, however, may be uncompelling in the light of modern J54 010 biological theory. ^There are also certain theological arguments J54 011 related to the efficacy of the thesis in explaining away the J54 012 problem of evil. ^But these require for their plausibility prior J54 013 commitment to a theistic point of view. ^More interesting J54 014 philosophically are certain metaphysical arguments that purport J54 015 to establish the pre-existence thesis. ^I want to examine J54 016 critically two such attempts: one by the eighth century Indian J54 017 Buddhist philosopher S*?2a*?1ntaraksita and one by an outstanding J54 018 modern Western interpreter of Indian philosophy, Karl \0H. J54 019 Potter. J54 020 |^S*?2a*?1ntaraksita's argument (glossed by his pupil J54 021 Kamalas*?2i*?1la) appears in his remarkable polemical compendium, J54 022 the *1Tattvasangraha *0(*1s*?2lokas *01857-1964). ^The chapter in J54 023 question is devoted to a refutation of the views of the J54 024 materialist Loka*?1yatas. ^It is important to understand, J54 025 however, that this argument for pre-existence is not an argument J54 026 for the pre-existence of a soul, {0i.e.} an enduring substantial J54 027 entity underlying change. ^Indeed, as a Buddhist J54 028 S*?2a*?1ntaraksita is committed to the denial of any such entity. J54 029 ^Rather he assumes a particular Buddhist account of a person as a J54 030 series of causally efficient point-instants. ^According to some J54 031 Buddhist philosophers this person-series includes both mental and J54 032 physical events or states. ^Hence for them a person is a J54 033 two-strand causal series comprising both a chain of physical J54 034 events and a chain of mental events. ^The two chains are related J54 035 co-ordinately (*1{sa*?1drs*?2ya}*0) but not causally: a view J54 036 similar to the theory of psycho-physical parallelism in Western J54 037 philosophy. ^However S*?2a*?1ntaraksita seems to favour an J54 038 idealist account at various points, in which case the person is J54 039 presumably to be identified with the chain of mental events. J54 040 ^Either way, the argument is an argument for the pre-existence of J54 041 the consciousness series. J54 042 |^The argument rests upon two principles. ^The first is the J54 043 principle of universal causation, {0i.e.} that every event has a J54 044 cause. ^The second is a principle to the effect that not every J54 045 mental event is totally caused by physical events. ^Or more J54 046 exactly, that there are some mental events which have no physical J54 047 events in their causal ancestry (allowing here for the J54 048 possibility of indirect causation). ^Call this the *"mental cause J54 049 principle**". (^Note that this formulation of the mental cause J54 050 principle is compatible with either a realist or an idealist J54 051 ontology.) ^These two principles can then be used to generate the J54 052 following argument. ^For consider the first member of the chain J54 053 of cognitions. ^Or more precisely, consider the first mental J54 054 state in the life of an individual that is not totally caused by J54 055 physical states. ^It must have as at least its part-cause a J54 056 mental state occurring before the birth (or conception) of the J54 057 individual. ^Thus pre-existence is established. ^Moreover, since J54 058 this argument can be repeated for any previous life, the J54 059 beginninglessness of the causal series of cognitions is J54 060 established. ^Finally, since there is a previous birth, it is J54 061 also reasonable to assume a future birth. ^After all, the J54 062 cognition at the moment of death in this life is presumably J54 063 causally efficacious in precisely the same way that the last J54 064 cognition of the previous life was. J54 065 |^There are various ways to try to block the regress this J54 066 argument trades upon. ^One is to invoke the hypothesis of the J54 067 existence of God. ^That is, we might argue that the first J54 068 non-physically caused mental state in the life of an individual J54 069 was caused by a divine mental state. ^The individual is not, J54 070 then, beginningless. ^Moreover the existence of the consciousness J54 071 series is thus dependent upon God's existence, {0i.e.} He is the J54 072 creator. ^However, the regress will apply in the case of God, for J54 073 the chain of divine mental states is indeed beginningless (God J54 074 is eternal). J54 075 |^As a Buddhist S*?2a*?1ntaraksita is unwilling to admit the J54 076 theistic hypothesis and elsewhere in his work he argues J54 077 independently against the existence of God. ^However, even if the J54 078 theistic hypothesis can be ruled out on other grounds, there J54 079 remains another possibility. ^The theistic hypothesis presupposes J54 080 the truth of a more general principle: \0viz. that the first J54 081 non-physically caused mental state in the life of an individual J54 082 could have been caused by a mental state of some other J54 083 individual. ^But if we admit this principle, then we do not need J54 084 to insist that it is God's mental states which cause the initial J54 085 mental states of other individuals. ^Rather, any individual's J54 086 mental states could cause another's initial mental state. ^Thus J54 087 what the regress will now show is the beginninglessness of J54 088 causally efficient mental states, not the beginninglessness of J54 089 any particular chain of such states. ^That is, the existence of J54 090 conscious beings (conceived of here as causal series) could well J54 091 be beginningless without this necessitating that any particular J54 092 conscious being is beginningless. ^To block this possibility J54 093 S*?2a*?1ntaraksita would have to deny the general principle that J54 094 a person's initial mental state could be directly caused by the J54 095 mental state of another. ^Now there seems no *1logical J54 096 *0difficulty with such a possibility: telepathy is presumably a J54 097 putative example of such a phenomenon and that seems at least a J54 098 coherent hypothesis. ^Hence the principle will have to be J54 099 rejected on empirical grounds. ^That is, it will be maintained J54 100 that while such causal interactions may be logically possible, it J54 101 is contingently the case that no such interactions take place in J54 102 our world. ^The plausibility of this empirical claim will then be J54 103 as strong as the case against the existence of the relevant J54 104 parapsychological phenomena. ^Assuming this to be still an open J54 105 question, I leave the matter there. J54 106 |^Of course, this doesn't exhaust the range of escape routes J54 107 from S*?2a*?1ntaraksita's regress argument. ^As I have already J54 108 indicated, the argument rests upon two principles: the principle J54 109 of universal causation and the mental-cause principle. ^Hence the J54 110 denial of one or both of these principles will disarm the J54 111 argument. ^Now some would be willing to deny the first principle J54 112 and maintain that certain events are uncaused. ^Data from quantum J54 113 mechanics is sometimes used to support such a position. ^However J54 114 the correct interpretation of this data is highly controversial J54 115 philosophically. ^At the very least, it is unclear that the J54 116 instance of uncaused subatomic events (if they indeed occur) J54 117 would in any way undermine the causal principle construed as a J54 118 thesis about macroscopic events. ^If we then assume that mental J54 119 events are macroscopic events, the regress argument is untouched. J54 120 |^Another way of denying the causal principle is to opt for J54 121 contra-causal libertarianism and maintain that certain events are J54 122 indeed uncaused; most importantly, free human actions. ^This move J54 123 can then block the regress by maintaining that the first J54 124 non-physically caused mental event in the life of an individual need J54 125 not be mentally caused. ^Instead it could be uncaused, as are all J54 126 free mental acts. ^Of course, libertarianism has its own J54 127 problems. ^First, it owes us an account of how such uncaused J54 128 events can be *1actions *0done under an agent's control. J54 129 ^Secondly, if free acts are uncaused events then how can such J54 130 events be rendered explicable without appealing to causal J54 131 explanations? ^Now it may be that libertarianism is able to J54 132 present a consistent story about these matters. ^However, I shall J54 133 assume for the moment that the principle of universal causation J54 134 is better entrenched than the libertarian view of acts that are J54 135 uncaused events. J54 136 |^One final point about the principle of universal J54 137 causation. ^I formulated the principle of universal causation as J54 138 the principle that every event has a cause. ^But it might be J54 139 objected that S*?2a*?1ntaraksita's regress argument seems rather J54 140 to require a principle to the effect that every event has a prior J54 141 cause. ^And such a principle is surely false, for a cause and its J54 142 effect might be simultaneous (as a train's motion is simultaneous J54 143 with the motion of its carriages that it causes). ^Now it does J54 144 seem reasonable to concede that sometimes causes and effects can J54 145 be contemporaneous; but this admission need not touch J54 146 S*?2a*?1ntaraksita's argument. ^For either the first J54 147 non-physically caused mental event of this life is caused by a prior J54 148 mental event, or else it is caused by a contemporaneous mental J54 149 event. ^On the first option, of course, we have the regress J54 150 underway. ^On the second option, however, we're no better off. J54 151 ^For what is the cause of the mental event that is the J54 152 contemporaneous cause of the first non-physically caused mental J54 153 event of this life? ^Given that it isn't physically caused, then J54 154 its cause must be either a prior mental event, or else another J54 155 contemporaneous mental event. ^In the first case we have the J54 156 infinite temporal regress underway; in the second case we can ask J54 157 the same question once again about the cause of that J54 158 contemporaneous cause. ^So either we have an infinite temporal J54 159 regress, or (implausibly) we have an infinity of contemporaneous J54 160 causes and effects at the beginning of the causal series of each J54 161 person's mental events. J54 162 |^What about the mental-cause principle then? ^Materialism, J54 163 of course, denies this principle; so too does epiphenomenalism. J54 164 ^Acceptance of the principle apparently commits us either to J54 165 idealism or to dualism ({0i.e.} interactionist dualism or J54 166 parallelism). ^The standard Indian objection to the strong J54 167 materialist claim that identifies the mental and the physical is J54 168 a familiar one, resting upon what Western philosophers sometimes J54 169 parochially call *"Leibniz's Law**". ^That is, it is maintained J54 170 that mental states have properties not shared by physical states J54 171 and hence cannot be identical with physical states. J54 172 ^Unfortunately the objection is inconclusive since it is usually J54 173 subjective phenomenal properties that are appealed to and J54 174 Leibniz's Law is notoriously unreliable in intentional contexts. J54 175 ^In any case, the Indian materialists (the Ca*?1rva*?1kas or J54 176 Loka*?1yatas) generally conceded that consciousness possesses J54 177 properties which seem peculiar to itself. ^But these properties, J54 178 it was asserted, are supervenient upon physical states. J54 179 ^Consciousness, then, is an emergent characteristic of the J54 180 physical states formed by combinations of material elements. J54 181 ^Just as, for example, the red colour of *1{pa*?1n} *0is an J54 182 emergent property of the ingredients (betel, areca nut, lime), J54 183 none of which is individually red coloured; so too consciousness J54 184 is an emergent property of the unconscious material elements. J54 185 |^Putting aside for the moment the opaqueness of the whole J54 186 notion of emergent properties, S*?2a*?1ntaraksita has a twofold J54 187 reply to the Loka*?1yata view. ^Firstly, he argues that the J54 188 materialist claim that the mental is always causally dependent J54 189 upon the physical is not conclusively established. ^This is J54 190 because we cannot apply the customary method of agreement and J54 191 difference to support the existence of such a universal causal J54 192 law. ^Thus in the case of other people, we never have direct J54 193 access to their mental states to establish the necessary positive J54 194 and negative concomitance. ^In our own case, on the other hand, J54 195 although we can observe the concomitance of some mental and J54 196 bodily states, we obviously cannot do this for the *1first J54 197 *0mental event of our present life. ^Hence there is no proof that J54 198 the two sets of phenomena are causally related in the way the J54 199 materialist claims. ^Secondly, it seems that there is in fact J54 200 evidence to suggest that some mental states are not totally J54 201 physically caused. ^In dreams or imaginings, for example, the J54 202 mind can apparently work independently of external physical J54 203 stimuli. ^Perhaps, then, some mental states could even occur J54 204 independently of *1any *0physical cause. J54 205 |^Now the whole question of the relation of the mental and J54 206 the physical is, of course, a deep and tangled one; one I do not J54 207 intend to pursue any further here. ^All I want to claim here and J54 208 now is that if we concede S*?2a*?1ntaraksita his mental-cause J54 209 principle (as many philosophers would) and also his principle of J54 210 universal causation (as again many philosophers would), then his J54 211 argument is apparently sound *- though, as was pointed out, he J54 212 has to deny direct causal relations between minds. J54 213 *# J55 001 **[349 TEXT J55**] J55 002 ^*0In 1906, with the railheads at Broken River in the east and J55 003 Otira in the west, the Department was ready to call tenders for J55 004 the tunnel. ^These required it to be completed within five years, J55 005 by which time estimates were that the eastern railhead would have J55 006 reached Arthur's Pass, enabling the line to be opened for through J55 007 traffic about 1913. J55 008 |^In the event the great day had to be postponed for another J55 009 10 years. ^The reasons for this were numerous *- the virtual J55 010 destruction of New Zealand's largest and most experienced J55 011 contracting firm; a disastrous collapse at the Bealey end of the J55 012 tunnel, when men working there were endangered and one man lost J55 013 his life; several other fatalities directly attributable to the J55 014 difficult and often dangerous working conditions; the rise of J55 015 militant unionism which *"blacked**" the project as J55 016 *"undesirable**" and contributed to a chronic shortage of J55 017 experienced labour; and a world war which put the brakes on for J55 018 four years. J55 019 |^Although they considered the work might take six years to J55 020 complete, the successful tenderers, John McLean & Sons, signed J55 021 the contract in 1907 to build the tunnel within the specified J55 022 five years at a price of 599,794 pounds. ^As the future was to J55 023 demonstrate, both the time and the money were not much more than J55 024 half what was required. ^At five years, the rate of progress J55 025 would have had to be 4.7\0m a day; in reality they managed only J55 026 2.5\0m. ^This would have seen the tunnel built in about nine J55 027 years, with opening day in 1916 or 1917. ^But unforeseen J55 028 circumstances and events involved the firm in heavy losses and J55 029 eventually brought them to a halt. ^Their troubles were many *- J55 030 increases in wages, falling productivity and scarcity of good J55 031 labour (all attributed by the contractors to union agitators); J55 032 the isolation and harsh climate of the construction sites, J55 033 situated as they were close to either side of the Southern Alps; J55 034 the high labour turnover (estimated in tens of thousands of men J55 035 over the years); and difficult working conditions in the tunnel J55 036 which made an unpleasant task even more unpleasant *- all these J55 037 were factors which escalated costs and slowed progress. ^Other J55 038 considerations such as excessive drunkenness and gambling among J55 039 sections of the workforce contributed to the low profile of the J55 040 job in the eyes of good tunnellers who might otherwise have been J55 041 attracted by the high rates of pay offered. J55 042 |^To what extent the McLeans were responsible for the J55 043 problems which beset them is not clear. ^As contractors they had J55 044 established an impressive reputation, having successfully J55 045 completed numerous major public works in various parts of the J55 046 country. ^They were apparently highly thought of as employers, J55 047 with long experience in handling large numbers of men, both J55 048 skilled and unskilled, but they were probably unprepared for the J55 049 two major headaches at Otira *- the inherent difficulty of the J55 050 work and the degree of worker unrest and agitation. J55 051 *|^Immediately the contract was signed Murdoch McLean left for J55 052 overseas to study modern tunnelling methods and order up-to-date J55 053 equipment, including the latest Ingersoll Rand air drills from J55 054 New York. ^Meanwhile his brother Neil set about establishing the J55 055 considerable facilities and accommodation required at either end J55 056 of the tunnel. ^A house was built for Murdoch near the Otira J55 057 portal in the Rolleston River, while Neil chose for himself a J55 058 site among the trees alongside Rough Creek in the Bealey. ^Here J55 059 he and his wife later hosted numerous visitors, many from J55 060 overseas, who came to see the longest tunnel in the British J55 061 Empire being built. J55 062 |^The power used for the project was generated by the waters J55 063 of Holt's Creek on the Otira side and the Devil's Punchbowl Creek J55 064 above the Bealey. ^Each developed 580 {0h.p.}, using Pelton J55 065 wheels connected to dynamos. ^This plant worked well except when J55 066 there was insufficient water because of the very occasional J55 067 drought, or in mid-winter during the freeze. J55 068 |^The men's huts at Arthur's Pass were built on the Bealey J55 069 Flat, while on the west side they went on to *"The Island**" in J55 070 the Rolleston River valley close to the tunnel mouth, about 5\0km J55 071 above Otira. ^One hundred and fifty huts were built there at the J55 072 rate of two or three a day. ^They provided reasonable if somewhat J55 073 draughty accommodation until the night of April 15, 1910, when a J55 074 fearful gale arose and blew most of them away. ^Gathering the J55 075 remnants from down the valley and re-building them took J55 076 considerable time and effort. J55 077 |^The cottages for married men were built in Otira close to J55 078 the hillside *- an unfortunate choice as it happened. ^One J55 079 particularly wet day a shingle slide came down from the mountain J55 080 and engulfed one with an unnecessarily tragic result *- a man J55 081 named Charlie Morris rushed back inside for his wallet and was J55 082 killed when the rockfall crushed the building like an eggshell. J55 083 |^Early in 1908 a team of men went up the Rolleston to the J55 084 survey site chosen for the tunnel and cleared away scrub and bush J55 085 from the entrance. ^On May 5 a public holiday was declared for J55 086 the ceremony of *"firing the first shot**", performed by the J55 087 Prime Minister, the \0Rt. \0Hon. Sir Joseph Ward. J55 088 |^About 9\0cm of rain fell that day and the several thousand J55 089 people expected to attend dwindled to a few hundred. ^Only those J55 090 with firm resolve or good umbrellas made it to the ceremony at J55 091 the portal. ^Coloured flags and bunting with which the McLeans J55 092 had festooned the entrance hung dripping in the downpour as Sir J55 093 Joseph said his piece, his words almost drowned by the roar of J55 094 the flooding river. ^A delegation of notables from Christchurch J55 095 failed to arrive *- they were stopped in their tracks by the J55 096 Waimakariri. ^Unable to cross, they sheltered in the Bealey Hotel J55 097 and held their own ceremony there. ^All told it was a depressing J55 098 start to the great project. J55 099 |^Tunnel boring began from the Rolleston end with hand J55 100 drills. ^With the arrival of the Ingersoll Rand equipment J55 101 progress was stepped up from both ends, but it was soon apparent J55 102 that the rate of excavation was not what it should be. ^Serious J55 103 trouble developed at the Bealey end when it was found that the J55 104 first section was of extremely loose and unstable rock requiring J55 105 very heavy timbering. J55 106 |^A long period of wet weather loosened the overburden and J55 107 caused the timbers to give way, imprisoning 10 men. ^Continuing J55 108 falls of rock made rescue work hazardous, but miraculously all J55 109 were brought out alive, two of them after an entombment of more J55 110 than three days. J55 111 *|^Tunnel boss Jim McKeich first became aware of trouble when he J55 112 heard a grinding noise overhead. ^Then the timbers gave way, rock J55 113 and gravel poured down, and a heavy beam hit him on the head. ^He J55 114 was dragged out more dead than alive. ^His son, who was a J55 115 *"carbide boy**" on the job, noticed that his father's false J55 116 teeth were missing and a wideawake helper saved McKeich's life by J55 117 thrusting a pair of blacksmith's tongs down his throat and J55 118 pulling out the missing dentures. ^At that the victim started J55 119 breathing again, but spent the next six weeks in hospital. J55 120 |^One of the heroes of the disaster was George Pitts, who J55 121 rushed to the scene to find his camp mate, Claude Bray, almost J55 122 entirely buried by timber and rock. ^He dug him out and carried J55 123 him to safety, then returned to rescue George Beamer and another J55 124 man who were buried in the same heap. ^Beamer was almost free J55 125 when a second fall trapped them all. J55 126 |^Pitts ended up in the shape of a letter *"U**" with his J55 127 arms outstretched behind him, pinned beneath a wrecked truck J55 128 bearing heavily on his body. ^When rescuers arrived, he was still J55 129 alive but the nails and skin from his fingers were missing where J55 130 he had scratched away at grit and rocks threatening to suffocate J55 131 Beamer. ^Sadly all was in vain; Beamer died later in Greymouth J55 132 Hospital. J55 133 |^Eventually all the men were evacuated except two, Doyle J55 134 and Duggan, who were trapped deeper in the tunnel beyond the J55 135 fall. ^To rescue them by trying to clear a way through the debris J55 136 was too dangerous so a side entrance was excavated through the J55 137 hill. ^While this work was in progress, using every available J55 138 man, the prisoners were supplied with food, hot drinks, clothing J55 139 and blankets through the compressed air pipe. ^Eighty-six hours J55 140 later they were brought out through the emergency exit to the J55 141 cheers of their waiting workmates. ^There was a touching reunion J55 142 between Doyle and his sister, who had maintained a ceaseless J55 143 vigil at the tunnel throughout the ordeal. J55 144 |^There were other fatalities, mainly at the Otira end, J55 145 where two men were killed by misadventure while firing charges, J55 146 and four by being run over or crushed by engines or trucks in the J55 147 tunnel. ^Another was killed at Bealey when his coat was caught up J55 148 in some machinery. ^Even the McLeans found themselves involved in J55 149 tragedy, although not in connection with the work. ^Murdoch J55 150 McLean's son Glenallan, a young lawyer from Wellington, came to J55 151 visit his father one day in November, 1910. ^Next morning while J55 152 edging forward to view the Rolleston gorge scenery, close by the J55 153 house, he slipped over a precipice and was killed instantly. J55 154 |^In fact the whole decade was a tragic one for the McLean J55 155 family. ^Old John, the firm's founder, died shortly before the J55 156 Otira job started. ^Two of Glenallan's brothers were killed in J55 157 the Great War, and Murdoch himself died of cancer in 1917. ^His J55 158 death broke a very close family unit. J55 159 *|^As time passed the difficulty in securing a skilled labour J55 160 force gradually sounded the death knell of the contract as well. J55 161 ^The job was never fully manned and many of the thousands who J55 162 came and went, attracted by the high wages, were only drifters J55 163 and drunkards. ^The booze problem was not too serious in the J55 164 earlier stages when James O'Malley held the licences of all three J55 165 local hotels *- the Terminus at Otira, the Gorge at the mouth of J55 166 Otira Gorge, and the Bealey. ^He was a good keeper, but when he J55 167 sold the Gorge Hotel there was a change. ^The new man cared for J55 168 nothing but liquor sales and soon a combination of heavy drinking J55 169 and gambling (mainly two-up) required extra police at Otira. J55 170 |^The ready availability of explosives also caused the local J55 171 constable much concern. ^Several incidents were recorded, such as J55 172 the blasting open of the Otira railway safe and removal of its J55 173 contents. ^In another a group who were offended by the smell from J55 174 a neighbour's *"little house**" blew it up *- fortunately there J55 175 was nobody inside at the time. ^In one case an alcoholic and his J55 176 drunken friends, refused entry by his wife, blew the back door J55 177 and porch off his house; in yet another a resident who suspected J55 178 a neighbour of stealing from his neatly sawn stack of firewood J55 179 blocks bored holes in some of them and hid detonators therein, J55 180 masking the holes with sawdust paste. ^Two days later the J55 181 neighbour's stove blew out. ^Even the constable suffered when he J55 182 grew too officious in his duties. ^One night when he was away J55 183 investigating alleged sly-grogging someone blew the back off his J55 184 house. ^This was regarded as a more serious offence and a J55 185 locomotive driver called Brandy Jack was charged by the police, J55 186 but the Christchurch jury found him *"not guilty**" and he J55 187 returned home in triumph. J55 188 |^Most of the workers were a transient lot, staying only a J55 189 few weeks or even a few days, then moving on again, unable to J55 190 accept the hard work required of them, or the climate, or the J55 191 isolation. ^Rainfall at Otira was close to 500\0cm a year and J55 192 sometimes the work in the tunnel was equally wet. ^In the higher J55 193 atmosphere at Bealey Flat the cold was often intense, with deep J55 194 snow on the ground, and workers coming on shift were pleased to J55 195 get into the slightly warmer tunnel. J55 196 *|^In this time of industrial unrest in New Zealand, union J55 197 organisers, many of them Australians, were singing the praises of J55 198 red flags and workers' rights. J55 199 *# J56 001 **[350 TEXT J56**] J56 002 ^*0Meanwhile, despite this debate, the land guarantee was being J56 003 interpreted in New Zealand through the implementation of J56 004 pre-emption. J56 005 |^From the foundation of the colony, it was officially J56 006 acknowledged in New Zealand that ownership of all land was vested J56 007 in the Maori people, and in return the Crown had the sole right J56 008 of buying Maori land. ^Both points were covered in the treaty's J56 009 second article in the English text. ^Hobson, knowing that J56 010 complete control over all land transactions was part of the J56 011 government's plan, followed up the treaty by making the necessary J56 012 land ordinances. ^Land for settlement was to be bought at a low J56 013 price from Maori and sold at a high price to settlers, the J56 014 profits to be expended on further development and emigration. J56 015 ^The aim was to minimise imperial government costs and to make J56 016 the colony as financially self-sufficient as possible. J56 017 |^The concept of the government as the sole purchaser of J56 018 their land was completely new to the Maori people. ^Until 1840 J56 019 they had been accustomed to dealing freely with their land, and J56 020 that they were prepared to restrict this freedom by agreeing to J56 021 the pre-emptive clause of the treaty is surprising. ^Did they J56 022 fully grasp that the government was going to be the sole J56 023 purchaser? ^Or did they think that they had promised merely to J56 024 give the government the first offer? ^And did they realise that J56 025 if the Crown did not wish, or was unable, to buy, then the land J56 026 could not be offered to any other interested party whatsoever? J56 027 |^The Maori text of the treaty simply referred to giving the J56 028 Crown the *'hokonga**' (the buying and selling, or the trade) in J56 029 land. ^Hobson and the Colonial Office unquestionably intended to J56 030 obtain the sole right of purchasing Maori land and were confident J56 031 that the treaty conferred this. ^The treaty negotiations suggest, J56 032 however, that the exclusive nature of pre-emption was not always J56 033 clearly understood. ^Nor did Maori grasp the financial J56 034 constraints that pre-emption might bring; it was presented, it J56 035 seems, either as a benefit to be gained or as a minor concession J56 036 in return for the guarantee of complete Maori ownership. J56 037 |^Maori understanding, at least at Waitangi, was possibly J56 038 restricted by inadequate explanations, by absence from the J56 039 meeting of 5 February when pre-emption was explained, or even by J56 040 a chief's momentary cat-nap at the critical time. ^Henry J56 041 Williams, questioned later on his explanation, was non-commital: J56 042 *'^The chiefs wishing to sell any portion of their lands, shall J56 043 give to the Queen the right of pre-emption of their lands.**' J56 044 ^Colenso, a critical observer at Waitangi, was more informative, J56 045 noting that a number of chiefs did not fully understand J56 046 pre-emption, an impression left, too, with another onlooker, William J56 047 Brodie. ^At the meeting, only Moka, who queried the restrictions J56 048 placed on Pakeha, demonstrated any grasp of pre-emption. J56 049 ^Immediately after the signing, Colenso cited the chief Hara, who J56 050 had offered land to individual, would-be purchasers since the J56 051 signing. ^Hara had indignantly defended his customary right to J56 052 deal with his lands as he pleased. ^Yet a Paihia chief, Tamati J56 053 Wiremu, seems to have appreciated that the right of purchase J56 054 rested solely with the Crown for he appealed to the governor in J56 055 March 1840 to put a halt to overtures still being made by J56 056 individual Pakeha. ^Tirarau, who went to the Bay of Islands to J56 057 sign the treaty in early May 1840, was to refer to Hobson two J56 058 weeks later for clarification on the very matter of pre-emption, J56 059 but down the west coast at Kawhia, Whiteley was adamant that J56 060 Maori signatories there had fully understood that they were to J56 061 sell to the Crown alone. J56 062 |^A good deal depended on the negotiator involved. ^Bunbury J56 063 reported clearly on the explanations he gave on his trip south in J56 064 May-June 1840. ^At Coromandel and Tauranga, Maori were told that J56 065 the government wanted to *'check their imprudently selling their J56 066 lands, without sufficiently benefiting themselves or obtaining a J56 067 fair equivalent**'. ^Pre-emption was *'intended equally for their J56 068 benefit, and to encourage industrious white men to settle amongst J56 069 them**', to share their skills with Maori. ^Rather than allowing J56 070 large areas of land to be alienated to absentee speculators who J56 071 would not benefit Maori, it was better for the Queen to buy their J56 072 lands herself *'at a juster valuation**'. J56 073 |^Henry Williams also seems to have justified pre-emption as J56 074 a protection against land speculation, for he reported that J56 075 chiefs to the south of Cook Strait and up the coast to Wanganui J56 076 were *'gratified that a check was put to the importunities of the J56 077 Europeans to the purchase of their lands**'. ^Williams and his J56 078 fellow missionaries had been apprehensive of the encroachments of J56 079 land purchasers well before Hobson's arrival. ^Since most of the J56 080 treaty negotiators were missionaries or, as in the case of J56 081 Henry's son, Edward, closely associated with them, it seems J56 082 reasonable to conclude that the general sense conveyed in J56 083 explaining pre-emption was a protective one. ^It is quite likely J56 084 that negotiators did not realise the full significance of J56 085 pre-emption; Hobson may not have widely publicised the financial J56 086 provisions for the colony and the part that pre-emption would J56 087 play. J56 088 |^Maori attitudes to pre-emption depended a good deal on J56 089 their particular circumstances. ^In the southern districts, Maori J56 090 were eager to secure government assistance in dealing with the J56 091 New Zealand Company settlers who were exerting every means in J56 092 their power, not excluding force, to lay claim to lands which J56 093 Maori considered they had never sold. ^It does not seem to have J56 094 occurred to Maori to question whether the government had sole J56 095 right of purchase or only first offer. ^What southern Maori J56 096 needed was government protection; with considerable patience, J56 097 those in the Port Nicholson area appealed to the governor by J56 098 letter and by deputation to settle their difficulties. J56 099 |^By contrast, although a great deal of land in the north J56 100 had been alienated before 1840, some Maori were initially not J56 101 averse to selling more and saw in this an immediate benefit from J56 102 the treaty. ^Many of the major chiefs in the Bay of Islands and J56 103 Hokianga districts quickly made land offers to Hobson in 1840; by J56 104 early May, he noted *'much impatience and discontent**' among J56 105 potential land sellers. ^Symonds confirmed this; Maori had even J56 106 eased off work in anticipation of sales. ^Hobson, though, was in J56 107 no position to take up more land in the north. ^Apart from J56 108 inadequate funding for setting up a small colonial J56 109 administration, his financial problems were compounded by the J56 110 decision to shift the centre of government to the Waitemata early J56 111 in 1841. ^This required extensive purchases at Auckland in 1840, J56 112 and forced him to refuse northern land offers. ^Northern Maori J56 113 were naturally disappointed, and a reaction against pre-emption J56 114 came to government notice in December 1841 at the Bay of Islands J56 115 and in 1843 at Kaitaia. ^The drying-up of the accustomed revenue J56 116 from land sales contributed substantially to the tensions that J56 117 climaxed in the war of 1844. J56 118 |^Where land sales did take place, as at Auckland, Maori J56 119 rapidly realised the extent to which the government was J56 120 benefiting from the margin between purchase and re-sale prices. J56 121 ^By the time FitzRoy arrived in December 1843, Waikato and Ngati J56 122 Whatua chiefs were convinced that the pre-emption clause was J56 123 unfair and should be reconsidered. ^Ngati Whatua representatives J56 124 appealed to FitzRoy: J56 125 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J56 126 ^Waikato supported this view, and shrewdly countered the usual J56 127 explanation of pre-emption as protection against speculators by J56 128 pointing out it was the government itself that wanted extensive J56 129 land blocks. ^Settlers usually required only small tracts which J56 130 Maori were generally willing to alienate to encourage Pakeha to J56 131 live among them. J56 132 |^FitzRoy was aware that settler influence was responsible, J56 133 at least in part, for encouraging these complaints. ^Maori had J56 134 been *'repeatedly told**' that they had given the Queen the J56 135 *'hokonga**' only, and that in the Maori text of the treaty this J56 136 did not constitute a cession of the *'sole and exclusive right of J56 137 purchase**'. ^They had also been told that pre-emption was J56 138 incompatible with article three of the treaty by which Maori were J56 139 supposed to enjoy all the rights and privileges of British J56 140 subjects, but, as long as they were unable to dispose freely of J56 141 their own lands, this article was not effective *- they were *'no J56 142 better than slaves (taurekareka) taken in war, who have not the J56 143 disposal of their own lands, while occupied by their J56 144 conquerors*'. J56 145 |^The press was partly responsible for stirring up Maori J56 146 unease. ^A steady campaign against pre-emption had been waged for J56 147 almost six months before FitzRoy's arrival. ^In June 1843, the J56 148 *1Southern Cross *0had complained about the effect of pre-emption J56 149 on the Maori: J56 150 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J56 151 ^In August, the paper shifted its attack to the treaty as a J56 152 whole. ^It printed the *'official**' English treaty text of 1840 J56 153 alongside what it called a *'literal and true translation**' *- a J56 154 close rendering in English of the Maori text that most chiefs had J56 155 signed. ^The main purpose of this stratagem was to cast doubt on J56 156 the validity of the entire agreement: the Maori people could not J56 157 have given their *'intelligent**' consent to the treaty, as J56 158 required by Normanby, because they had not fully understood its J56 159 terms. ^Although the newspaper showed that Maori perhaps had a J56 160 different understanding from the one intended in the English text J56 161 of 1840, it did not suggest that Pakeha might take this into J56 162 consideration and acknowledge that it was the Maori text that had J56 163 been negotiated and signed in that year. ^The emphasis was placed J56 164 instead on the uselessness of the treaty to meet settler needs. J56 165 ^The *'valid**' treaty was assumed to be the English version, J56 166 regardless of what Maori had signed or understood. J56 167 |^The newspaper campaign, backed by representations from J56 168 Maori and Pakeha, was sufficient to persuade FitzRoy that the J56 169 government would have to make some adjustment to pre-emption. ^As J56 170 FitzRoy confessed to Stanley, the facts of the Maori case went J56 171 far to support their assertions. ^When Maori agreed to the J56 172 pre-emption clause, they naturally expected that government would J56 173 buy Maori land when it was offered. ^Given the official arguments of J56 174 protection against speculation, it was also reasonable for Maori J56 175 to anticipate that the government would give a fair price for J56 176 land. ^Neither of these expectations had been fulfilled. ^Knowing J56 177 that the government was making a profit from land sales, Maori J56 178 offered new land at an increased price which FitzRoy found to be J56 179 *'wholly out of the question**'. ^The government could not J56 180 consider new offers in any case, for it still had unsold land J56 181 deriving from adjustments made with early settlers and with the J56 182 New Zealand Company. ^Maori, unable to sell at all, or asked to J56 183 sell at a price that was palpably unfair, justifiably felt J56 184 betrayed by the workings of pre-emption and, as a result, by the J56 185 treaty. J56 186 |^Since the Colonial Office had allowed FitzRoy to exercise J56 187 some discretion with regard to pre-emption, he decided to waive J56 188 the restriction. ^Under the first waiver of March 1844, J56 189 individuals could buy direct from Maori on condition that a fee J56 190 of 10/- an acre was paid to the government. ^Certain areas, such J56 191 as pa and sacred places, were to be withheld from sale and the J56 192 details of each sale had to be scrutinised by Protectors. ^By the J56 193 following October, however, such a small amount of land had been J56 194 sold that FitzRoy decided to reduce the government fee to 1\0d an J56 195 acre. ^Under the first waiver, about 600 acres changed hands; J56 196 under the second, 100,000 acres. J56 197 |^When announcing the waivers, FitzRoy had taken care to J56 198 stress that the aim of pre-emption had been to protect Maori J56 199 interests *- to check the purchase of Maori lands while their J56 200 value was insufficiently known to their owners. ^This appeared to J56 201 the settlers at Port Nicholson to be a deliberate J56 202 misrepresentation of the real purpose of the measure, to which J56 203 they drew Stanley's attention. ^As Stanley well knew, they noted, J56 204 the real object of pre-emption was to apply in New Zealand the J56 205 principles of sound colonisation. J56 206 *# J57 001 **[351 TEXT J57**] J57 002 *<*4The Correspondence School*> J57 003 |^*0On 12 January 1922, Miss Janet McKenzie was appointed to take J57 004 charge of the first state correspondence classes, from a room and J57 005 a desk in the government buildings in Wellington (Forde, 1947). J57 006 ^By 1929 the School was teaching approximately 800 pupils in the J57 007 primary department and 100 in the secondary department instituted J57 008 in February of that year, and had 17 teaching staff (Butchers, J57 009 1930: 332). J57 010 |^The development of the Correspondence School reflected J57 011 political concern for rural votes. ^Before 1945, New Zealand's J57 012 electoral system operated a country quota scheme, a percentage J57 013 being added to the population in rural electorates in J57 014 consideration of the isolation of the rural community. ^The three J57 015 main political parties in the 1920s (Reform, Liberal, and Labour) J57 016 were all aware of the importance of the rural vote: *'^The J57 017 comfort of the people and the power of the politicians alike J57 018 depended upon the farmers (and) nearly all politicians paid prior J57 019 attention to their welfare and their votes.**' (Oliver, 1960: J57 020 159). J57 021 |^The Parliamentary debates of the early 1920s show a demand J57 022 for more rural schools and a concern on the part of politicians J57 023 to meet this demand (Morris, 1982). ^This occurred at a time of J57 024 falling produce and land prices, the development of dairying in J57 025 new farming areas in the North Island, and increased rural-urban J57 026 migration. ^Several {0M.P.}s argued that people were leaving J57 027 country districts partly because of the disgraceful conditions of J57 028 many rural schools and the limited chance *'backblocks**' people J57 029 had of giving their children a good education. ^Inadequate J57 030 buildings and the limited supply of teachers were identified as J57 031 the major problems. ^The Minister of Education, {0C.J.} Parr, J57 032 responded by claiming that *'the Department was anxious not J57 033 merely to act justly, but even generously towards rural J57 034 children**'. ^Parr himself visited some of the remote areas *'to J57 035 wrestle with this problem and get to grips with it**'. J57 036 |^In 1921, while defending cuts in educational spending, J57 037 Parr still maintained that nonetheless *'the claims of small J57 038 country schools and those of the backblock settlers would receive J57 039 special consideration**'; a statement which was greeted with J57 040 applause in the House. ^Teachers added their voices to the demand J57 041 for improved rural school facilities. ^Articles such as *'Shack J57 042 Schools back of beyond. A country teacher's protest**' J57 043 (*1National Education, *02 February 1920), painted a stark J57 044 picture of teaching in *'an old abandoned shack with the J57 045 thermometer at thirty one degrees (\0F).... impossible to J57 046 write... impossible to sit still longer than five minutes**'. J57 047 ^Teachers in the remoter rural areas tended to be young, J57 048 inexperienced and poorly qualified. ^In 1920, Parr admitted that J57 049 many of the backblocks teachers *'had scarcely more education J57 050 than the sixth standard at primary school**'. ^Salary increases J57 051 and a special remote allowance made conditions somewhat more J57 052 inviting in the rural schools, but they continued to be generally J57 053 looked upon by teachers as a stepping stone to a better post. J57 054 |^The economic downturn in 1921 made it difficult for Parr J57 055 to implement his earlier promises to improve rural schooling. J57 056 ^Teaching at a distance had been tried earlier, with household J57 057 schools and itinerant teachers. ^Now, in 1922, the Government J57 058 tried correspondence education *'as a last resort in its attempts J57 059 to provide better rural education**' (Morris, 1982: 31). ^By the J57 060 end of the Correspondence School's first year of operation, Parr J57 061 was already claiming it to be a successful experiment: J57 062 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J57 063 ^Correspondence schooling was also economic, being demonstrably J57 064 cheaper than providing scattered small schools. ^In 1925 each J57 065 Correspondence School pupil cost *+3-10 shillings, while each J57 066 pupil at a Grade 0 school (attendance 1-8) cost *+15 *'per unit J57 067 of average attendance**' (*1{0AJHR}; *01925, \0E1:15). ^As the J57 068 policy of consolidation of small rural schools continued, the J57 069 Correspondence School expanded. ^Its effectiveness and economy J57 070 led, after some years of uncertainty, to the school being made J57 071 permanent in 1931. ^Today, with some 20,000 students enrolled, it J57 072 remains an integral and important part of the state education J57 073 system. J57 074 *<*4The District High Schools*> J57 075 |^*0As Nash (1983: 111) observes, a dominant theme in rural J57 076 secondary education has been J57 077 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J57 078 ^Most progressive innovations in rural education attempt to forge J57 079 closer links between schools and their local communities. J57 080 ^Introduced in the face of considerable opposition, almost all J57 081 have failed. ^In the rural communities of the Third World, J57 082 attempts to introduce a curriculum in locally relevant knowledge J57 083 have consistently failed. ^Instead, the educational systems of J57 084 the developing countries are frequently more academic, J57 085 urban-oriented and elitist than their Western counterparts (Dore, J57 086 1976). ^New Zealand district high schools illustrate this J57 087 process. J57 088 |^The establishment in 1869 in Otago of secondary J57 089 departments in four rural schools reflected the Scottish system J57 090 of parish schools, which aimed to enable the academically J57 091 talented pupils to gain a secondary and university education J57 092 (Thom, 1950). ^Although the 1877 Education Act gave Education J57 093 Boards the power to establish district high schools, the initial J57 094 development of such schools was slow. ^By 1899 there were only 14 J57 095 district high schools, predominantly in the South Island. ^Their J57 096 curriculum was largely academic: English, Latin, French, algebra, J57 097 mathematics, Euclid and geography were the core subjects. ^In J57 098 general no science was taught, and few practical subjects were J57 099 included in the curriculum. (^One school offered book-keeping and J57 100 land surveying and another agriculture.) J57 101 |^This situation was largely due to the District High J57 102 Schools quickly becoming caught up in the pervasive influence of J57 103 credentialism in the school system (^See Chapter 5). ^The Civil J57 104 Service Reform Act (1886) reflected the strong popular (and J57 105 political) desire to ensure equality of educational opportunity J57 106 for rural children. ^Liberal Premier Stout, the author of the J57 107 Act, stated that the examination syllabus would be drawn up so J57 108 that *'pupils of the town secondary schools shall not have all J57 109 the advantages... competitors in the country districts shall have J57 110 an equal chance with them**'. J57 111 |^As secondary education extended after 1901, the number of J57 112 district high schools increased rapidly, from 13 in 1900 to 54 in J57 113 1904, and 61 in 1915. ^George Hogben, the Inspector-General of J57 114 Schools from 1899 to 1915, wanted the new schools to develop a J57 115 more practical curriculum. ^Through special capitulation grants J57 116 (under regulations gazetted in 1909), the Department encouraged J57 117 schools to offer rural courses. ^Nevertheless, the traditional J57 118 subjects remained firmly entrenched. ^In 1917 the Department J57 119 tried to reinforce its curriculum policy by requiring district J57 120 high schools with fewer than 70 pupils to teach agriculture and J57 121 dairying to boys. ^But the schools remained under constant J57 122 pressure from the middle and lower middle class sections of the J57 123 community to offer courses leading to University Entrance J57 124 (Matriculation), and the regulations were largely ignored. J57 125 |^The 1940s saw a renewed effort to stimulate rural J57 126 education in the face of increased urbanisation. ^The provision J57 127 of agricultural courses was regarded as likely to help stabilise J57 128 the rural population. ^The Thomas Report and the revised School J57 129 Certificate (1945) enabled pupils to study dairying, J57 130 horticulture, agriculture, and animal husbandry to School J57 131 Certificate level. ^When the curriculum status of these subjects J57 132 was thus raised, the number of pupils studying agricultural J57 133 subjects reached its highest point. ^But because of increased J57 134 urbanisation in the 1950s, the attraction of agricultural J57 135 subjects was short-lived. ^The Wild Report of 1958 showed that J57 136 only 17 of the 104 district high schools still taught J57 137 agriculture, although a third still offered horticulture. J57 138 |^What the experience of the District High Schools J57 139 illustrates, therefore, is the intertwining of academic J57 140 curricula, school credentials, and social reproduction. ^As J57 141 Nash puts it: J57 142 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J57 143 (Nash, 1983: 112). ^To rural parents, school credentials J57 144 represented cultural capital enabling their children to share in J57 145 the opportunities for further education and white collar jobs J57 146 available to urban children. J57 147 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J57 148 (Campbell, 1941: 119-120). ^Underlying this parental demand was J57 149 an implicit acceptance of the Platonic distinction between J57 150 *'pure**' and *'applied**' knowledge, a distinction which J57 151 provides a *'common sense**' underpinning of the division of J57 152 labour (Apple, 1979). J57 153 |^The development of the District High School, the J57 154 Correspondence School, and the rural primary schools illustrates J57 155 how political pressure from rural communities has interacted with J57 156 state policy in shaping attempts to provide equality of J57 157 educational opportunity for rural children. ^Despite the general J57 158 decline in rural services, New Zealand's rural primary schools J57 159 are today well equipped, and their teachers well trained and J57 160 supported by many professional services (Nash, 1983: 109). J57 161 *<*6SCHOOLING IN THE CITY*> J57 162 |^*0Grace (1984) usefully surveys the American and British J57 163 writing on urban education. ^The literature has grown rapidly J57 164 since the early 1960s, partly because of a sense of contemporary J57 165 malaise about urban development and its attendant problems. J57 166 ^Racial unrest and urban riots, with their basis in inner city J57 167 problems of housing, employment, health and education, have J57 168 focused attention on the contribution of schools to alleviating J57 169 this situation. ^Despite the considerable work which has been J57 170 undertaken, however, Grace concludes that urban education as a J57 171 field of study in the United States has been inadequately J57 172 theorised, its *'mode of inquiry dominated by various forms of J57 173 abstracted empiricism or by micro-institutional studies**', and J57 174 has lacked an historical dimension (Grace, 1984: 17). ^Similar J57 175 criticisms he claimed also applied to the British literature on J57 176 urban education. J57 177 |^Various definitions of *'urban education**' derive from J57 178 particular social theories (Grace, 1984: 34-35). ^Within the J57 179 general theoretical approach adopted here (Chapter 1), urban J57 180 education becomes the study of the distribution of resources in J57 181 urban schooling, a distribution determined by the conflicts of J57 182 social, political and ethnic interest groups in the city (and the J57 183 wider society). ^This process is one of struggle and J57 184 contestation; in particular, the field of urban working class J57 185 schooling is J57 186 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J57 187 (Grace, 1984: 35). ^As we have seen earlier, this involves the J57 188 development of schooling with an emphasis on its social control J57 189 aspects and its role in legitimating (through the curriculum, J57 190 {0IQ} testing, and credentialism) particular forms of cultural J57 191 capital, thereby providing differential access to the labour J57 192 market. J57 193 |^As McCulloch (1985a: 51) has pointed out: *'^Urban history J57 194 has begun to develop strongly in this country, but thus far the J57 195 social and political roles of urban education have been little J57 196 investigated.**' ^Any attempt to begin to develop a history of J57 197 urban education in New Zealand would need to absorb the existing J57 198 mass of Education Board and school histories, systematising these J57 199 with reference to crucial issues such as the enforcement of J57 200 attendance, local versus central control, community access, and J57 201 provision for minority/ disadvantaged groups. ^These issues would J57 202 need to be addressed within the broader context of urban J57 203 development: J57 204 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J57 205 (Tyack, 1974: 29). J57 206 |^Accordingly, we need New Zealand studies along the lines J57 207 of Katz's work on Hamilton, Ontario (1975) and Parsons' study of J57 208 Carbrook in Sheffield (Parsons, 1978). ^Such work frequently J57 209 usefully combines quantitative analysis (particularly of census J57 210 data), documentary analysis, and oral histories. J57 211 |^Given the paucity of historical work, our discussion here J57 212 concentrates on more recent aspects of urban schooling in New J57 213 Zealand: demographic changes and their effects on schooling; the J57 214 schooling of Pacific Islanders, as an example of the special J57 215 character and needs of urban ethnic minorities; community access J57 216 to schooling (zoning, adult students), and the related issue of J57 217 community control of schools. ^Each of these developments or J57 218 issues is not unique to New Zealand (see Grace, 1984). J57 219 *<*4Demographic changes*> J57 220 |^*0Three trends stand out here: changes in population growth and J57 221 structure, continuing urbanisation and the development of a J57 222 plural society. ^Each of these has considerable implications for J57 223 the education system. J57 224 |^*1Population growth and structure ^*0Population is a key J57 225 variable in New Zealand's future policy options. ^A detailed J57 226 knowledge of the dynamics of the country's population is vital J57 227 for the development of policy in fields such as labour market J57 228 planning, the allocation of resources (including welfare J57 229 benefits), regional development, housing, and political demand J57 230 for services, including schooling. ^Researchers, planners and J57 231 policy makers have in recent years paid considerable attention to J57 232 changes in the New Zealand population (see Johnston, 1982). ^Two J57 233 population trends have particular implications for education: a J57 234 continued downward trend in birth rate (although potential for J57 235 population growth is still quite substantial); and a changing age J57 236 structure: the proportion of the population in the young J57 237 dependent age groups has decreased, while that of the elderly has J57 238 increased. J57 239 |^Ingham (Renwick and Ingham 1974) overviewed pre-1970 J57 240 attempts to discern future trends in New Zealand's school J57 241 populations, and indicated some of the difficulties involved. J57 242 *# J58 001 **[352 TEXT J58**] J58 002 ^*0Compulsory attendance did not apply to any child whose home J58 003 was more than two miles from school until 1901, when the J58 004 exemption was restricted to a child under ten who had to walk J58 005 more than two miles between home and school, or between home J58 006 and local public transport. ^Children over ten years of age J58 007 were similarly exempted if they had to walk more than three J58 008 miles. J58 009 |^The Liberals' education reforms also brought Maori and J58 010 handicapped children under closer supervision. ^Whereas the J58 011 1877 Act had provided for neither, the 1894 Act made Maori J58 012 children subject to the same general provisions and exemptions J58 013 as European children. ^Powers for dealing with truant children J58 014 and/or their parents/ guardian were also increased in the J58 015 measures of 1894 and 1901. ^School inspectors would still find J58 016 evidence that parents were *'treating their children's J58 017 education as a thing of minor importance**'. ^Parliamentarians J58 018 would still argue over the right of the state to compel parents J58 019 to do without their children's assistance during school hours, J58 020 but with the 1901 School Attendance Act making compulsory J58 021 attendance up to 14 years of age, the growing social J58 022 unacceptability of youthful bread-winners was reinforced by J58 023 educational enactment. J58 024 |^During the Liberal era, considerable legislative J58 025 attention was given to another group of children whose welfare J58 026 appeared to be at risk. ^Under the terms of the 1867 Neglected J58 027 and Criminal Children Act and the 1882 Industrial Schools Act J58 028 there was statutory provision for infants to be placed in some J58 029 form of institutional care if necessary. ^The Children's J58 030 Protection Act of 1890 allowed the police to intervene in cases J58 031 of wilful ill-treatment, neglect, abandonment or exposure of a J58 032 child, but the problem remained of trying to secure appropriate J58 033 conditions in which very young children could be cared for. J58 034 ^Conditions at such institutions as Caversham Industrial School J58 035 were not designed for infants, and disease and mortality rates J58 036 were high. ^The move to fostering inaugurated by the 1882 J58 037 Industrial Schools Act provided improved conditions for J58 038 children in state care but the fate of many infants left to J58 039 neighbourhood resources was often appalling. ^The embryonic J58 040 free kindergarten movement provided some relief for working J58 041 mothers desperate for some reliable form of daytime supervision J58 042 of infants but most at risk were illegitimate or unwanted J58 043 infants. ^The isolated cases of baby-farming which received J58 044 public attention through police prosecution aroused expressions J58 045 of indignation and shame. ^Not until 1893 was police agitation J58 046 for greater powers to deal with this problem successful. ^The J58 047 Infant Life Protection Act aimed to eliminate the situation J58 048 whereby children *'either by advertisement or otherwise are J58 049 placed in most unsuitable homes, where it is perfectly well J58 050 understood that the sooner the child dies the better pleased J58 051 all concerned will be**'. ^As the celebrated murder trial of J58 052 Minnie Dean revealed, however, the 1893 legislation was not J58 053 sufficiently rigorous. ^The new Infant Life Protection Act of J58 054 1896, therefore, covered infants up to the age of four years J58 055 and required all prospective care-givers and their homes to be J58 056 subject to close scrutiny before a licence was granted. ^Full J58 057 records had to be kept, annual reapplications were mandatory, J58 058 and licensees knew from the outset that they could lose their J58 059 means of livelihood should they be found guilty of cruelty to J58 060 any infant, maintaining an excessive number of children, or J58 061 failing to give notice of an infant's death. ^For the next J58 062 decade, this Act was to give a hitherto extremely vulnerable J58 063 group of children a substantial amount of protection. J58 064 |^Illegitimate and adopted children also came under the J58 065 Liberals' purview. ^An 1894 Act legitimized children born out J58 066 of wedlock if their parents subsequently married and registered J58 067 their offspring. ^However the Legitimation Act did not allow J58 068 cases where, for the parents, a legal impediment to marriage J58 069 existed at the time of the child's birth. ^Between 1894 and J58 070 1900, 345 children benefited from this measure, but by far the J58 071 greater number of illegitimate children did not. ^The fate of J58 072 many of these was of growing concern to the police. ^As the J58 073 1893 report on baby-farming had noted: J58 074 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J58 075 ^Adopted children had their position subjected to parliamentary J58 076 scrutiny in 1895. ^Whereas the 1881 Adoption of Children Act J58 077 had provided for youngsters under the age of 12, the new J58 078 legislation of 1895 concerned children under 15. ^Considerable J58 079 care was taken with the definition of *'deserted**', a J58 080 thoroughness which suggests that the greater number of children J58 081 available for adoption were deserted rather than orphaned. J58 082 ^Possibly following the precedent of single parent fostering, J58 083 which had developed under the 1882 Industrial Schools Act, the J58 084 1895 Act made it possible for children to be adopted by a wide J58 085 range of prospective parents provided appropriate consent from J58 086 natural parents or guardians was forthcoming. ^As in 1881, the J58 087 1895 Act also provided for an institutional adoption, a J58 088 situation which would cater for those children bereft of any J58 089 alternative form of security. ^*'Backyard**' adoption doubtless J58 090 continued but the illegality of such a practice was presumably J58 091 some deterrent. J58 092 |^Such measures give a glimpse of a society that was far J58 093 from the ideal for a minority of the children within it, an J58 094 impression reinforced by such proposals as the Juvenile J58 095 Suppression Bill of 1896 or the Young Persons Protection Bill, J58 096 debated late in 1897. ^Both measures lapsed. ^Although the J58 097 Liberals also failed to legislate the larrikin problem out of J58 098 existence, persistence did win out in some contexts. ^Seddon's J58 099 Juvenile Smoking Suppression Act of 1903 was to make it an J58 100 offence for any youth under 15 to smoke in a public place J58 101 (unless the offender could produce a medical certificate to J58 102 prove that he was smoking for the benefit of his health!). J58 103 ^Other issues were dealt with somewhat reluctantly. ^Only after J58 104 sustained lobbying for women's groups were the politicians J58 105 persuaded to raise the age of female consent to 16 in 1896. J58 106 ^The 1869 Contagious Diseases Act, which applied to all females J58 107 deemed prostitutes, was not to be repealed until 1910, the J58 108 campaigns of 1893 and 1896 proving to be unsuccessful. ^Yet J58 109 other necessary social reforms affecting children were left J58 110 outstanding. ^Although Justice Department officials had J58 111 protested vigorously against the public scandal of children J58 112 being committed to colonial gaols (in 1890, 20 aged under ten J58 113 and 54 aged ten to 15), the practice was only gradually J58 114 discontinued. ^The 1894 Indictable Offences Summary J58 115 Jurisdiction Act specially provided for a prison sentence of no J58 116 longer than one month for any seven- to 12 year-olds who were J58 117 found guilty of the crimes with which they had been charged. J58 118 ^Moreover, although the Alcoholic Liquors Sale Control Act of J58 119 1893 forbade the sale of liquor to any child apparently under J58 120 13 for consumption on licensed premises, not until the J58 121 Licensing Acts Amendment Act of 1904 was it illegal to send a J58 122 child under the age of 13 to a licensed house for the purchase J58 123 of liquor. J58 124 |^Obviously it can be argued that the Liberals made a J58 125 valiant effort to legislate for both majority and minority J58 126 interest groups as far as children were concerned. ^The J58 127 education reforms catered for the thousands, the social reforms J58 128 for the hundreds whose need was none the less real for being J58 129 shared by relatively few. ^Given the political and J58 130 constitutional difficulties of the Liberals during their first J58 131 term of office, it is scarcely surprising that children feature J58 132 so little. ^The second term, from the end of 1893 to the end of J58 133 1896, was substantially more fruitful. ^Reeves was curiously J58 134 evasive when referring to this spate of legislation. ^In *1The J58 135 Long White Cloud *0he commented: J58 136 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J58 137 ^He did not deny the suggestion. ^Given that many colonial J58 138 women were politically at their most active at this time, the J58 139 election campaign of 1893 should have brought home to many J58 140 Members of Parliament an awareness that women voters had their J58 141 own set of political priorities. ^The unsuccessful campaign for J58 142 the repeal of the Contagious Diseases Act was one example; the J58 143 introduction of the Juvenile Depravity Suppression Bill was J58 144 most probably directly related to requests from the Society for J58 145 the Protection of Women and Children. ^As {0P. A.} Gregory has J58 146 noted, the proliferation of women's societies at this time J58 147 was a critical reason for community and governmental attention J58 148 being drawn toward the behaviour of young people. J58 149 |^Without a detailed examination of personal papers it is J58 150 difficult to tell whether many of the Liberal cabinet ministers J58 151 had a particular concern for children. ^When Reeves, in his J58 152 dual capacity as Minister of Labour and Minister of Education, J58 153 promoted reforms in 1894, the Factories Act specified 14 years J58 154 as the minimum age of employment while 13 years remained the J58 155 age of exemption from school. ^It has been suggested that the J58 156 age difference was not an oversight, that this was Reeves's J58 157 method of trying to raise the school leaving-age without J58 158 alarming political interests which might have objected to a J58 159 universal increase of one year in the school attendance-age. J58 160 ^Yet child-related issues were not a significant part of J58 161 Reeves's own writings. ^Education did not merit a chapter in J58 162 *1State Experiments *0and the relevant provisions of the J58 163 Factory Acts were given limited attention. ^Although children J58 164 received incidental mention in *1The Long White Cloud, J58 165 *0Reeves's interest was such that his biographer had no need to J58 166 include the words *'child**' or *'children**' in the book's J58 167 index. ^Further research may well reveal Edward Tregear to be J58 168 the persistent driving force behind the Liberals' legislative J58 169 achievement concerning young industrial workers, for the annual J58 170 reports of the Department of Labour certainly reflect a J58 171 constant concern for child welfare. ^Seddon, too, applied his J58 172 political persuasiveness on behalf of the colony's children. J58 173 ^Measures as diverse as the Infant Life Protection Act, the J58 174 attempted labour reforms of the late 1890s, and the 1903 J58 175 Juvenile Smoking Suppression Act all bore the hallmark of the J58 176 Premier's advocacy. ^The dividing line between personal concern J58 177 and political advantage may have been indistinct at times but J58 178 when an over-zealous Devonport policeman handled suspected J58 179 child pranksters in a manner more suited to hardened criminals, J58 180 Seddon's sense of outrage and indignation seemed genuine. J58 181 |^Legislative concern for children was not a vote-winning J58 182 policy before 1893. ^Once women were enfranchised, the position J58 183 changed. ^It would have been impossible for the Liberals to J58 184 have remained oblivious to demands for social reform from J58 185 women's groups. ^Neither Reeves nor Sir Robert Stout, for J58 186 example, could help but be informed of some of the leading J58 187 issues as far as women were concerned, given the active J58 188 involvement of their own wives in the feminist movement. ^Yet J58 189 the political involvement of women may also have made Liberal J58 190 political calculations a little more complicated. ^A measure J58 191 such as the Domestic Servants Half-Holiday Bill would have J58 192 brought some improvement to the working conditions of an J58 193 occupational group in which a thousand child employees were J58 194 involved, many of them having been placed out to service by J58 195 Church agencies. ^The proposal lapsed but not before the J58 196 debates revealed a clear gulf in attitudes which would have J58 197 been echoed in the community. ^The enthusiasm of domestic J58 198 servants for the reform would not have been shared by their J58 199 mistresses. J58 200 |^The lack of legislative consistency continued. J58 201 ^Throughout the decade, official statistics concerning arrivals J58 202 and departures continued to classify persons aged 12 years and J58 203 over as adults, while both the industrial and educational J58 204 reforms suggested that childhood extended at least until the J58 205 attainment of 14 years of age. ^While the age of consent for J58 206 marriage remained 12 years for a girl, the age of female J58 207 consent for sexual liaison, which had changed from 12 to 14 in J58 208 1889, was confirmed as 14 in 1893, raised to 15 in 1894 and J58 209 settled at 16 in 1896. ^Meanwhile 14 years remained the age at J58 210 which a boy could marry or a male be charged with rape or J58 211 attempted rape. ^Yet, if there were no uniformity, there was at J58 212 least a slowly emerging consensus that, in the public sphere at J58 213 least, 14 years was the minimum age at which adult J58 214 responsibilities should be imposed upon children. J58 215 |^However, as the post-1901 sequel to this investigation J58 216 shows, the Liberals did not effect any major change in parental J58 217 attitudes. J58 218 *# J59 001 **[353 TEXT J59**] J59 002 ^*0An autochthon is a son or daughter of the soil, and J59 003 autochthonous means indigenous as opposed to foreign *- in the J59 004 New Zealand context, Maori as opposed to Pakeha. J59 005 |^John Beaglehole may not have caught these echoes but Ruth J59 006 Ross did. ^Autochthonous seems to have been a banter-word in John J59 007 Beaglehole's circle. ^He once used it in a letter to Ruth Ross. J59 008 ^She responded with *'The Autochthonous New Zealand Soil**', her J59 009 contribution to *1The Feel of Truth, *0the Festschrift edited by J59 010 Professor Peter Munz in honour of Professor {0F. L. W.} Wood and J59 011 Professor {0J. C.} Beaglehole. ^Ruth Ross had been a student of J59 012 Wood and Beaglehole during the war years. ^Then she worked with J59 013 Beaglehole in the Centennial Branch and, during the rest of her J59 014 life, developed, for a Pakeha historian, an unrivalled knowledge J59 015 of Pakeha incursion, Maori responses, and Pakeha-Maori J59 016 interaction during the early years of European settlement of the J59 017 Bay of Islands. ^From her tireless search for evidence that could J59 018 form the basis of historical understanding came her important J59 019 studies of Te Tiriti o Waitangi. J59 020 |^*'The Autochthonous New Zealand Soil**' is a hermetic J59 021 piece. ^It is more like a short story than a piece of historical J59 022 writing. ^She referred to it, disarmingly, as a J59 023 *'reminiscence**'. ^What she manages to convey is a sense of J59 024 cultural difference in the way that the Maori of her acquaintance J59 025 on the banks of the Hokianga identified with their whakapapa, J59 026 tribal traditions, and the forces of wairua and tapu that are J59 027 part of the fabric of their lives. ^*'In the Maori world**', she J59 028 says, *'the speaker speaks. ^Understanding is the business of the J59 029 listener**'. ^And that understanding is bedevilled by the J59 030 allusiveness of what is said. ^In the utterances of kuia and J59 031 kaumatua, episodes in the lives of legendary figures are not J59 032 easily distinguishable from accounts of last week's fishing trip, J59 033 from some anecdote from the speaker's own life, or from some J59 034 topic of current conversation, such as the whakapapa of some J59 035 person whose forebears are being sorted out. ^Past and present J59 036 are not separable in the way historians in the Western tradition J59 037 assume. ^The mauri of the ancestors lives on. ^It is an J59 038 obligation of the living to keep them alive and protect their J59 039 mana. ^This can be baffling to a Pakeha historian, even to one J59 040 who has enough Maori to be able to have a rough idea of what is J59 041 being said. ^There is a cultural difference. ^Maori and Pakeha J59 042 occupy different conceptual worlds, have different forms of J59 043 explanation, different forms of discourse, and they proceed under J59 044 different protocols and for different purposes. ^*'I am not J59 045 unaware**', John Beaglehole said at the end of *1The New Zealand J59 046 Scholar, *'*0that my trade as a historian is a school of J59 047 scepticism**'. ^What Ruth Ross seems to be reminding Pakeha J59 048 historians trained in that school of scepticism is that, to J59 049 kaumatua and kuia, tribal history is celebration. J59 050 |^Ruth Ross is important to my theme in three ways. ^First, J59 051 her work as a historian was one of the seeds John Beaglehole saw J59 052 sprouting. ^Let her represent the post-war generation of New J59 053 Zealand scholars *- men and women thinking *- who have enlarged J59 054 our understanding of what it means to be developing a form of J59 055 civilization in these islands. ^Her thinking brought her to a J59 056 different concept of what we should mean when we talk about our J59 057 national identity from the one outlined in *1The New Zealand J59 058 Scholar. ^*0Relating ourselves to the Western tradition was not J59 059 for her the issue. ^For her it was how Pakeha scholars, schooled J59 060 in the Western tradition, should perceive, try to understand, J59 061 relate to, live with, and learn from the Maori with whom they J59 062 associated and shared a century and a half of history, but whose J59 063 heritage, traditions, and ways of experiencing the world were so J59 064 different. J59 065 |^She is important, secondly, because, like John Beaglehole, J59 066 she took a broad view of the scholar's duties. ^One of the J59 067 comments in *1The New Zealand Scholar *0that pleased but also J59 068 surprised me was Beaglehole's commendation of the School J59 069 Publications Branch of the Department of Education. ^When J59 070 speaking of the seeds he saw sprouting, he said: J59 071 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J59 072 ^He saw its publications, I suppose, as a continuation of the J59 073 excellent *1Making New Zealand *0series that was one of the J59 074 fruits of the Centennial Branch. ^Certainly he took it as one of J59 075 the tests of New Zealand scholarship that men and women could J59 076 write about aspects of our culture in ways that were true to what J59 077 had to be said and suitably adapted to the understanding of the J59 078 readers for whom they were intended. ^Ruth Ross wrote several J59 079 bulletins, all based on her archival researches, all lively and J59 080 interesting, all intended to deepen the understanding of boys and J59 081 girls of aspects of their history as New Zealanders. ^Her J59 082 thoughts on the Treaty of Waitangi appeared in a Primary School J59 083 bulletin fourteen years before *'Te Tiriti o Waitangi**' was J59 084 published in the *1New Zealand Journal of History. J59 085 |^*0My third reason for placing *'The Autochthonous New J59 086 Zealand Soil**' alongside *1The New Zealand Scholar *0is J59 087 personal. ^It allows me to document changes in my own awareness J59 088 over the years as I have thought about what it means to me to be J59 089 a New Zealander. ^I said earlier that I found the message of J59 090 *1The New Zealand Scholar *0comforting for all of two decades but J59 091 that, rereading it now, I can see the marks of time on it. ^My J59 092 responses to Ruth Ross's piece have been the reverse. ^When I J59 093 read it in 1969 or 1970 I found it baffling and I thought it J59 094 eccentric. ^I had the feeling that an essentially private J59 095 communication *- one in which points were being scored *- had J59 096 been offered for public inspection. ^Whether or not that was so, J59 097 I can now see I was not ready for it. ^In her search for J59 098 historical understanding and, more particularly, no doubt, as a J59 099 result of her attempts to understand the ways of the Maori people J59 100 she was living near on the Hokianga, Ruth Ross found herself J59 101 confronted with cultural differences between Maori and Pakeha and J59 102 found herself asking questions that had not occurred to me or to J59 103 many other Pakeha. ^Now that I have had some experience of the J59 104 Maori cultural renaissance of the last 15 years, I find that her J59 105 essay speaks to me in ways I begin to understand. ^John J59 106 Beaglehole's address gave me satisfying answers to questions that J59 107 worried me in the fifties. ^Ruth Ross's essay poses new questions J59 108 for which answers still have to be found. ^The uncertainty about J59 109 what it means to be a New Zealander has returned. ^The cry from J59 110 the heart quoted by John Beaglehole must be answered all over J59 111 again. J59 112 |^The formulation has changed. ^So, too, has the context of J59 113 discussion. ^Questions about our identity as a people are no J59 114 longer confined to what Beaglehole referred to as those higher J59 115 reaches of criticism that wash the pages of *1Landfall. ^*0They J59 116 have become matters of much wider community interest. J59 117 |^Our discussions about identity can now be much more J59 118 concrete and immediate than they used to be. ^In part this is J59 119 because the concept of identity does not have as many blanks as J59 120 it did a generation ago. ^The growing body of work of our writers J59 121 and other creative artists, of our scholars and researchers, is J59 122 helping us to recognize ourselves as people of these islands and J59 123 not some other country. ^John Beaglehole's New Zealand scholars J59 124 are becoming appreciated for what they can do to show us J59 125 ourselves. ^However they might regard themselves, our writers and J59 126 creative artists no longer have to cast themselves in the role of J59 127 outsiders who live in New Zealand but are not really of it. J59 128 ^There are publics for their work *- people who look forward to J59 129 their latest productions as events that will add to their J59 130 experience and enjoyment. ^A sense of communion is emerging. ^It J59 131 is increasingly supported by institutional arrangements and J59 132 networks of communication. ^The universities have courses on New J59 133 Zealand literature, New Zealand history, Maori language, and J59 134 Maori studies, and their art schools, music departments, and J59 135 visiting fellowships are focal points for creative work. ^Indeed, J59 136 the universities, generally, through teaching, research, and J59 137 publication are making major contributions. ^The Queen Elizabeth J59 138 *=II Arts Council, in association with galleries, museums, J59 139 theatres, and a wide range of organizations, is playing a J59 140 critical role in stimulating the work of creative New Zealanders, J59 141 making it accessible, developing markets for it, and helping the J59 142 public to appreciate it. ^Increasingly, our leading corporations, J59 143 public as well as private, think it important to sponsor the J59 144 creative efforts of New Zealanders. ^The National Library at last J59 145 has a habitation and names worthy of its quite central place in J59 146 our intellectual life. ^We now look forward to the time when the J59 147 National Archive is properly housed for its equally important J59 148 function. ^The mass media of radio, television, and film provide J59 149 public platforms for creative and scholarly activity, and so, J59 150 too, do newspapers and magazines. J59 151 |^Our consciousness of ourselves as New Zealanders is J59 152 changing and continues to change. ^We are caught up in a J59 153 fascinating process of interaction. ^The more we reflect on our J59 154 experience in these islands, the more do we appreciate its J59 155 uniqueness: the more we know and the more deeply we feel about J59 156 what it is that constitutes that uniqueness, the clearer and more J59 157 coherent do our views about ourselves and our identity as New J59 158 Zealanders become. ^That process of collective self-recognition J59 159 has been increasingly at work among us as we have tried to come J59 160 to terms with the major national and international developments J59 161 of the last 20 years that have shaped our lives. ^We are learning J59 162 to replace one view of ourselves and our place in the world with J59 163 another. ^The British entry into the European Economic Community J59 164 forced us to develop a completely new set of trading J59 165 relationships with the rest of the world. ^We are gradually J59 166 learning that, although we may think of New Zealand as Godzone, J59 167 the rest of the world does not owe us a living. J59 168 |^We are becoming more aware of ourselves as a Pacific J59 169 country. ^Australia, Japan, and the United States have become our J59 170 major trading partners. ^Significant numbers of Samoans, Tongans, J59 171 Cook Islanders, Tokelauans, and Niueans have made their homes in J59 172 New Zealand but keep up links with their families in the Islands. J59 173 ^Through our membership of the Pacific Forum and other regional J59 174 organizations in the South Pacific we are building new J59 175 communities of interest which range from cultural and educational J59 176 exchange, through forms of economic co-operation, to regional J59 177 approaches to collective security. ^We are learning to cast our J59 178 thoughts and consider our national interests in the context of J59 179 the South Pacific. ^We are also being nudged in that direction by J59 180 French persistence in exploding nuclear devices at Mururoa, by J59 181 the inability of the United States and the {0USSR} to lessen the J59 182 danger of a nuclear holocaust, and by international concern about J59 183 the protection of the biosphere. ^In short, we are learning our J59 184 place in the world. ^We are at once the remotest extension of J59 185 Western and of Polynesian culture. ^That dual heritage is not to J59 186 be found anywhere else. J59 187 |^This change in perception has been strongly influenced by J59 188 changes in the composition of the New Zealand population. J59 189 ^Two-thirds of the New Zealanders now living were born after the J59 190 end of the Second World War. ^The depression of the thirties and J59 191 the Second World War are history to them, experiences their J59 192 parents and grandparents talk about. ^Their views of themselves J59 193 have been formed against the background of the Vietnam War, J59 194 decolonization and the emergence of the Third World, the J59 195 persistence of famine, poverty, and injustice side by side with J59 196 the nuclear arms race, the environmental movement, and the J59 197 changing ethnic composition of New Zealand society, particularly J59 198 in the North Island. ^It is within these islands and in relation J59 199 to both streams of our cultural heritage that we are now seeking J59 200 a home in thought. J59 201 *# J60 001 **[354 TEXT J60**] J60 002 ^*0And the relation between the theory (I mean the theory of J60 003 poetry in particular) and the new poems that actually get written J60 004 can be a lot more complex and obscure than it looks at first J60 005 sight. ^A movement and the *1theory *0of a movement are two J60 006 different and distinct kinds of literary activity. ^I could J60 007 illustrate this in any number of ways, but it would take too much J60 008 of our time. ^A general statement will have to do; I hope you J60 009 will take it on trust. ^Simply, that the *1theory, *0any theory J60 010 of poetry, is always a secondary manifestation: poetics follow J60 011 poems, not the other way round. J60 012 |^In the case of *'open form**' poetry, I think we have seen J60 013 a peculiar tendency to put theory first and poetic practice J60 014 second. ^In order to write *'open form**', the poet is assumed J60 015 *1first *0to have read and mastered the principles of J60 016 *'projective verse**', in particular as these are expounded by J60 017 the late Charles Olson, by Robert Creeley, and other American J60 018 poets associated with them. ^Besides this, the movement, and some J60 019 aspects of the theory as well, have combined (and confused) J60 020 *1poetic *0revolution with *1social *0revolution, more J60 021 consciously and obviously than any such movement since the J60 022 Romantics nearly two centuries ago. ^Of course I'm thinking of J60 023 the counter-culture of the sixties and seventies; the years when J60 024 poetry in more or less *'open**' form began to be epidemic *- and J60 025 the San Francisco years, in the fifties, when Ferlinghetti, J60 026 Robert Duncan, Gary Snyder, and Allen Ginsberg gave such a big J60 027 impetus to the movement. J60 028 |^In one sense the theory did come first; Charles Olson's J60 029 essay called *'Projective Verse**' appeared as early as 1950. J60 030 ^But it didn't produce the new movement. ^I think it would be a J60 031 wild guess that Ginsberg, for instance *- whom I consider the one J60 032 poet of unusual genius among them all *- owed his highly J60 033 individual style to the theorizing of Olson and Creeley. ^Rather, J60 034 it seems to me that the movement *- the Beat generation and their J60 035 successors *- picked up the theory and swept it along, till today J60 036 we find it on our own doorstep, alive and kicking or, shall we J60 037 say, twitching? ^The theory was something the movement wanted, J60 038 and there it was: a *1poetic, *0a mystique, a doctrine, an J60 039 ideology of sorts. J60 040 |^All the same, however it looks to us now, Charles Olson, J60 041 in 1950, did announce what he conceived to be a new poetic, a new J60 042 programme for poetry. ^In doing this, he invoked the authority, J60 043 and the example, of major American poets of an earlier J60 044 generation: Ezra Pound, William Carlos Williams, Hart Crane, {0E. J60 045 E.} Cummings. ^Pound and Williams in particular interested him; J60 046 but they were the forerunners, the beginners; what Olson proposed J60 047 was a more advanced theory than theirs, and (at least by J60 048 implication) a superior poetic practice. J60 049 |^I have been rereading Pound's famous *'A Few Don'ts**' of J60 050 the year 1913, and his poetic *1credo, *0written in 1911. ^With J60 051 Olson's *'Projective Verse**' and a few other revered scriptures J60 052 of the movement fresh in my mind, I find myself wondering, a J60 053 little, how much has been added; indeed, whether something has J60 054 not been subtracted in the transition *- it has *1been *0a J60 055 transition, one can't deny that *- from the master's principles J60 056 and practice to those so much in favour with a later generation. J60 057 ^I think there has been a narrowing of the vision, accompanied by J60 058 a good deal of mystification, a tendency to doctrinaire J60 059 attitudinizing, and in some of the poetry a peculiar rigidity or J60 060 inertness *- all of this totally at odds with Pound's thinking J60 061 and his art, and equally at odds with the language of liberation J60 062 and renewal affected by some of our born-again young poets. J60 063 |^There is another tendency or disposition (I shall merely J60 064 notice it in passing) which appears in the critical polemics of J60 065 *'projectivism**'; something like a nervous nose for heresy. J60 066 ^Olson himself, thirty years ago, declared {0T. S.} Eliot (he J60 067 nicknames him {0O. M.} Eliot) to be *'*1not *0projective**' *- J60 068 and he adds, J60 069 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J60 070 ^That expression *'save himself**' betrays the tendency, doesn't J60 071 it? ^Only the other day, in a similar vein, I see that \0Mr Alan J60 072 Loney, writing in *1Islands, *0warns {0C. K.} Stead that he will J60 073 not achieve *'truly open form**' if he doesn't mend his ways. J60 074 ^Loney proceeds to advise Stead what he must do to become J60 075 *'projective**'; the way of salvation has been pointed out to J60 076 him. ^At least, that seems to be the drift; for my own part, I J60 077 have to confess that the ghostly counsel offered would give me J60 078 small comfort, because I find it unintelligible. J60 079 |^Still, as I keep on reminding myself, *'projectivism**' is J60 080 with us. ^So are Olson and his school. ^So are a host of younger J60 081 poets, good and bad, one way or another affected by the movement, J60 082 whether or not they happen to have studied its definitive J60 083 writings. ^Having done a little study myself, I have to ask J60 084 again, as I did a moment ago: *1what *0was added to Pound, or J60 085 Williams for that matter, in the late fifties and the sixties, by J60 086 Olson, Creeley and the movement we associate with Black Mountain J60 087 College. ^Was anything of major worth or meaning added, for J60 088 instance to the *'three principles**' which Pound and Richard J60 089 Aldington and *'{0H.D.}**' agreed upon seventy years ago? ^Those J60 090 three principles have been familiar ground for some of us for a J60 091 very long time. ^They will bear repeating here: J60 092 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J60 093 |1. ^Direct treatment of the *'thing**' whether subjective or J60 094 objective. J60 095 |2. ^To use absolutely no word that does not contribute to the J60 096 presentation. J60 097 |3. ^As regarding rhythm: to compose in the sequence of the J60 098 musical phrase, not in sequence of a metronome. J60 099 **[END INDENTATION**] J60 100 |^We are in the year 1912, about the time Pound first used J60 101 the term *'imagiste**'. ^This was Imagism: first principle, J60 102 *'direct treatment of *"the thing**"**'. ^Pound goes on to J60 103 explain what he means by an *'Image**' *- it is *'that which J60 104 presents an intellectual and emotional complex in an instant of J60 105 time**'. ^This, he argues, *'instantaneously ... gives that sense J60 106 of sudden liberation ... of freedom from time limits and space J60 107 limits ... which we experience in the presence of the greatest J60 108 works of art**'. ^It's worth noticing that Pound does not pretend J60 109 to offer a brand-new system for producing a brand-new kind of J60 110 art. ^He is describing, in his own terms, a process by which J60 111 *'the greatest works of art**' have already been achieved, and by J60 112 implication, the way towards all new achievement in art. ^*1And J60 113 *0he is deducing theory from art, not art from theory; the right J60 114 way round, as it seems to me. J60 115 |^Pound's rules may sound a bit obvious and truistic to some J60 116 of us, now. ^It was the prevailing taste, in the poetry and J60 117 criticism of the time, that made them *1new, *0and challenging. J60 118 ^In 1912, Hopkins was almost unknown *- Bridges's edition of the J60 119 poems appeared in 1918 *- otherwise his theory of inscape and J60 120 instress might have been seen to anticipate Pound's insistence on J60 121 *'the thing**' and his demand for the *'image**' presented in an J60 122 *'instant of time**'. ^Grierson's famous anthology of the J60 123 metaphysical poets had barely appeared. ^Yet, as things stood at J60 124 the time, it was Pound who set things going *- *'out of key with J60 125 his time*', as he put it in *'Hugh Selwyn Mauberly**', he tried J60 126 *'to resuscitate the dead art / of poetry**'. J60 127 |^Forty years later, in 1950, Charles Olson announced the J60 128 arrival of projective verse, and took up what the lawyers call an J60 129 *'adversary situation**' towards what he calls the J60 130 Non-Projective. ^Beneath the title he printed three J60 131 ingeniously-chosen etymological siblings of the word J60 132 *'projective**': spaced out across the page, each with an J60 133 unclosed parenthesis mark, we read the words *'projectile**', J60 134 *'percussive**', *'prospective**'. ^*1Projectile *- *0it goes off J60 135 like a shell or a rocket *- ^Okay, citizen? ^*1Percussive *- *0it J60 136 beats and it strikes. ^*1Prospective *- *0it looks ahead, it's J60 137 the poetry of the future. J60 138 |^Opposed to all this *- so to speak, in the enemy camp *- J60 139 was the Non-Projective. ^This was of course where {0T. S.} Eliot J60 140 remained, and the cause of what Olson judged to be his failure as J60 141 a dramatist. ^About the Non-Projective we are told three things: J60 142 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J60 143 |^First, it is *'what a French critic calls *"closed**" verse**'. J60 144 |^Second, it is *'that verse which print bred**' (which means, I J60 145 take it, something that happened after the invention of movable J60 146 printing type in the fifteenth century, or the emergence of a J60 147 printed book audience for poetry in the sixteenth century). J60 148 |^Third, it is *'pretty much what we have had, in English and J60 149 American, and have still got, despite the work of Pound and J60 150 Williams**'. J60 151 **[END INDENTATION**] J60 152 |^From the start, it's clear that we are in for something J60 153 more radical than Pound ever dreamt of; we are in another world, J60 154 if not another planet, from Pound. ^Pound, whatever we choose to J60 155 make of his political aberrations, took poetry with an immense J60 156 and, for his time, extraordinary *1seriousness. ^*0He was, I J60 157 believe, humble before it and its history. ^I'm not sure that he J60 158 didn't say the last word *- in English anyway, and if there can J60 159 *1be *0a last word *- on the subject of *1{vers libre}, *0and a J60 160 few other problems of diction and versification which have J60 161 confronted poets in our century. ^He affirmed his belief that J60 162 poets should try to know, and learn from, *1all *0poetry, of all J60 163 possible ages and languages, and to master *1all *0systems of J60 164 metre. ^A poet could not have too many masters or too many J60 165 languages. ^Whatever Pound was, he was not, and here's the J60 166 contrast I wish to point out, a poetic Messiah, whose mission and J60 167 message was to correct the errors of centuries past. ^The errors J60 168 which concerned him were *'modern**' errors. ^His *'modernism**' J60 169 was grounded on a profound sense of tradition, not merely J60 170 classical and Renaissance, but more recent and Romantic. ^Not J60 171 many of us may be able to follow Pound's advice, for instance, J60 172 *'to dissect the lyrics of Goethe coldly into their component J60 173 sound values**', but it is within anybody's means to *'read as J60 174 much of Wordsworth as does not seem too unutterably dull**'. ^In J60 175 all this, Pound seems to me to be in a true line of descent from J60 176 the great innovators and reformers of poetry; in contrast to the J60 177 kind of extravagant syncretist and philosophical dilettante whom J60 178 I find addressing me in Olson's *'Projective Verse**' essay. J60 179 |^More specifically, one or two examples of the kind of J60 180 thing I mean. ^I read about *2COMPOSITION BY FIELD *- *0Olson's J60 181 *2FIELD *0is much talked about: often by people who, I suspect, J60 182 understand it no better than I do. ^It is something *'opposed to J60 183 inherited line, stanza, over-all form, what is the *"old**" base J60 184 of the non-projective**'. ^Yes, we can see what it is *1opposed J60 185 to; *0and it looks very much like the old (and exhausted) debate J60 186 between *1{vers libre} *0and regular verse, between *'imagism**' J60 187 and what Pound called *'perdamnable rhetoric**' in English J60 188 poetry. ^There is, besides, a whole paragraph of Olson which *- J60 189 effectively and poetically *- contains nothing more than Eliot's J60 190 last paragraphs in *'Tradition and the Individual Talent**': for J60 191 Eliot's word *'emotion**' you only have to read Olson's word J60 192 *'energy**'; and you can, if you like, prefer a pseudo-scientific J60 193 and quantitative metaphor to an old-style psychological one: but J60 194 whether you do or not, the Olson version contains nothing new J60 195 whatsoever. J60 196 |^Where I suppose Olson can be said to have gone further J60 197 than Pound *- or rather, turned the argument about poetics in a J60 198 new direction altogether *- was in his attempt to provide poets J60 199 with a *1method, *0a kit of practical rules for the composition J60 200 of *'projective verse**'. ^Where Pound and Aldington offered a J60 201 few general guidelines for poets, Olson offered, or seemed to J60 202 offer, a set of *1compositional *0rules, both complete and J60 203 specific; as he presented them, these appeared to be grounded on J60 204 scientific or quasi-scientific notions. ^I say quasi-scientific, J60 205 because the connexions between the arguments and the poetic J60 206 subject depend so much on one's willingness to accept that they J60 207 exist. J60 208 *# J61 001 **[355 TEXT J61**] J61 002 |^*0*'The land and the people**' is an evocative phrase that has J61 003 strong connections with many periods of New Zealand's cultural J61 004 history. ^We can no longer afford to use such a phrase J61 005 innocently; we need to be aware of the various conceptual battles J61 006 that have preceded its present comfortable sense of timelessness J61 007 and shared reality. J61 008 |^One way to focus on differences is to consider what is J61 009 implied by the connective *'and**'. ^For the original community J61 010 *- tangata whenua *- the convergence between people and land, or J61 011 individual and community, involved a rich mesh of rights and J61 012 responsibilities. ^These relationships had no counterpart in the J61 013 language of the Pakeha settlers. ^*'New Zealand**' was born out J61 014 of this cultural collision, with the settlers imposing their own J61 015 set of legal and economic connections between the land and the J61 016 people. ^Among the authoritative voices of the Maori Land Court, J61 017 the old meanings could survive only as a subtext. J61 018 |^In 1939 Charles Brasch gave the title *1The Land and the J61 019 People *0to his first book of poems. ^The book serves to J61 020 symbolise an initially small but important new phase in Pakeha J61 021 culture. ^Brasch and the writers and artists he was to publish in J61 022 his magazine *1Landfall *0thought of themselves as an J61 023 oppositional group *- what we would today call a counter-culture J61 024 *- in relation to the smugness and materialism of the dominant J61 025 Pakeha way of life. ^A new conception of the land was an J61 026 important part of their politics. ^Their appetite for wild and J61 027 unpeopled landscapes implied a rejection of the trivial modes of J61 028 life previously put in place by the settlers. ^The artist had to J61 029 strip away this pseudo-culture, to look deep into *'the land's J61 030 heart**' in an attempt to *'learn shreds of her purpose**' (in J61 031 James \0K. Baxter's phrases). ^A new beginning could be made from J61 032 what was real, natural, and unique to this environment. ^The J61 033 writers and artists who shared this austere programme had little J61 034 sympathy for the conventional bonds between land and people *- J61 035 they wanted to be people *1of *0the land and not *'offshoots, J61 036 outcasts, entrepreneurs, architects of Empire**', or those who J61 037 *'divided the land for aimless, customary greed**' (as {0A.R.D.} J61 038 Fairburn wrote in *'Dominion**'). ^Today, however, it is clear J61 039 even to Pakeha readers that this counter-culture still shared J61 040 many of the mental habits of the dominant culture. ^With a few J61 041 exceptions, its writers and artists were unable to make J61 042 significant use of Maori culture as a source of alternatives. J61 043 ^Much of their work was energised by their sense of encountering J61 044 an alien country for the first time *- a landscape that was J61 045 *'empty**', *'raw**', *'nameless**' and *'without history**'. J61 046 ^This approach ran counter to a Maori sense of shared habitation J61 047 and quiet familiarity with the land. ^The influence of the J61 048 Romantic tradition was visible also in the Pakeha emphasis on the J61 049 individual artist, the unique sensibility, the man alone, who J61 050 could only begin to see clearly when he had separated himself J61 051 from family and community. J61 052 |^By 1960 this *'Landfall**' tradition showed signs of J61 053 running out of steam. ^In assembling *1The Penguin Book of New J61 054 Zealand Verse *0Allen Curnow could find few young poets to J61 055 include. ^He commented: *'there is something frighteningly J61 056 monolithic about the country's *- *"culture**" seems, ominously, J61 057 the only word**'. ^The verse of the last decade had been *'muted J61 058 in tone, deficient in energy, a dulled mirror**'. ^A literary J61 059 movement that derived much of its energy from an opposition J61 060 between nature and culture was a kind of *'Tradition of the J61 061 New**' that inevitably had trouble maintaining its sense of J61 062 discovery. ^There was an *'End to the Frontier**', an unavoidable J61 063 *'Fall into Culture**'. ^Ironically it was at this time *- when J61 064 the tradition seemed to be entering a mid-life crisis *- that its J61 065 audience greatly expanded. ^A number of schools, universities, J61 066 galleries and magazines started to take this work seriously. J61 067 ^They came to see it as synonymous with serious New Zealand J61 068 literature and art. ^Inevitably the growth in audience encouraged J61 069 a certain amount of dilution, though there were a few J61 070 extraordinary artists such as Allen Curnow, Colin McCahon and J61 071 Douglas Lilburn who continued to resist the compromises. ^Today, J61 072 a book with a title such as *'The Land and the People**' is J61 073 likely to be a coffee table collection of glossy landscape J61 074 photographs (a few of which will allude to McCahon, say, or Rita J61 075 Angus), and familiar quotations from writers such as Fairburn, J61 076 Baxter, or Denis Glover. ^This is not to suggest that the J61 077 *'Landfall**' tradition has ever become a huge market. ^Less J61 078 subtle forms of nationalism are normally required to create a J61 079 runaway bestseller or to attract the attention of Television New J61 080 Zealand. ^But in terms of the *'serious**' or *'high culture**' J61 081 audiences *- in terms of institutions such as art galleries and J61 082 funding bodies *- it is hard to imagine any other artistic J61 083 movement in this country being so successful in setting agendas. J61 084 |^Since the late 1960s, this tradition has been fiercely J61 085 challenged from at least three directions. ^The uneasy feeling J61 086 that many younger artists had in the late 1950s or early 1960s of J61 087 working in the shadow of the two previous generations has since J61 088 been dispelled. ^Probably the most important development has been J61 089 the Maori renaissance, exemplified by such books as *1Into the J61 090 World of Light *0or such exhibitions as *'Te Ao Marama (Seven J61 091 Maori Artists)**'. ^Alongside such work, *'New Zealand literature J61 092 and art**' shrinks clearly to a Pakeha tradition. ^Institutions J61 093 concerned with national culture *- public art galleries, for J61 094 example *- must now give equal acknowledgement to Maori material. J61 095 ^The result has been an unsettling of existing notions of the J61 096 *'New Zealand tradition**', without (as yet) any consensus about J61 097 alternatives. ^Consider the example of Harvey McQueen and Ian J61 098 Wedde's *1Penguin Book of New Zealand Verse. ^*0Published in J61 099 1985, it was the first anthology to juxtapose the Maori and J61 100 Pakeha poetic traditions. ^Most reviewers acknowledged the J61 101 seriousness of the experiment, but they still gave the editors a J61 102 hard time. ^Some Maori readers were uneasy about the translations J61 103 and the way they sometimes blurred the tribal contexts; and some J61 104 Pakeha readers were disconcerted by the cultural shifts that the J61 105 editors were making between two conceptions of poetry and two J61 106 styles of value judgement. ^The desire for a bicultural tradition J61 107 is strong but the conceptual problems have yet to be resolved. J61 108 ^Similarly, the use of Maori material by Pakeha artists remains J61 109 problematic. ^A painting seen twenty years ago as a step towards J61 110 biculturalism may now create an uneasy sense of appropriation. J61 111 |^The second critique of the *'New Zealand tradition**' has J61 112 come from feminists who argue that its conception of *'the J61 113 people**' has favoured not only Pakeha, but also male interests. J61 114 ^The essays of a writer such as {0A.R.D.} Fairburn *- *'The Woman J61 115 Problem**', for example *- now seem blatantly sexist. ^Robert J61 116 Chapman's *'Fiction and the Social Pattern**' traces the conflict J61 117 between dominant wives and demoralised husbands as one of the J61 118 central concerns of New Zealand fiction. ^Art criticism has at J61 119 times downgraded domestic or *'interior**' space while valorising J61 120 the great (masculine) outdoors. ^This has counterparts in poetry. J61 121 ^An example is Baxter's famous *'Poem in the Matukituki Valley**' J61 122 which celebrates the man alone who bivouacs *'where the mountains J61 123 throw their dice / Of boulders huge as houses**' instead of J61 124 *'hiding**' in the *'gentle dark**' of the city with *'child and J61 125 wife**'. ^The fact that feminism has a strongly international J61 126 perspective has made it quick to see through some of the pieties J61 127 of the local literary tradition. ^While a number of women have J61 128 participated in that tradition, in some cases prominently, J61 129 feminist historians have noted many reviews in which male J61 130 rhetoric and male preoccupations have been unselfconsciously J61 131 presented as objective literary taste. ^Meanwhile, new forms of J61 132 feminist art have emerged, as documented by magazines such as J61 133 *1Broadsheet *0(whose June 1983 issue provides a useful starting J61 134 point) and *1Antic *0(1986). J61 135 |^The third challenge to the tradition has come from J61 136 theoretical work that analyses cultures and sub-cultures in terms J61 137 of competing language systems and competing readings. ^The J61 138 writers of the magazine *1And *0(1983-85) attempted to J61 139 reinterpret the *'New Zealand tradition**' by highlighting the J61 140 problems involved in its persistent claims to nature and reality. J61 141 ^*'New Zealand verse**' has been *- in the words of Allen Curnow J61 142 *- *'the record of an adventure, or series of adventures, in J61 143 search of reality**'. ^The strength of poets such as Fairburn, J61 144 Brasch and Glover derives from their *'instinct for a reality J61 145 prior to the poem which protects [them] from losing their subject J61 146 in rhetoric**'. ^*1And *0set out to show that New Zealand realism J61 147 was a genre with definable conventions and rhetorical manoeuvres. J61 148 ^Francis Pound's book *1Frames on the Land *0looked similarly at J61 149 the codes by which *'the land**' was transformed by New Zealand J61 150 painters into *'landscape**'. ^The intention of these critics was J61 151 not to discredit New Zealand art and literature but to conceive J61 152 of it differently so that it lost its exclusive franchise to J61 153 reality or taste. ^The critique of the dominant tradition by J61 154 magazines such as *1Parallax, And *0and *1Splash *0was J61 155 accompanied by creative work, by the emergence of new non-realist J61 156 forms of literature and art. J61 157 |^This essay has concentrated on changes in the so-called J61 158 *'high culture**' but these should not be wholly separated from J61 159 broader social changes. ^One shift that is obviously relevant to J61 160 any discussion of *'the land and the people**' is growing J61 161 urbanisation. ^The *'language**' approach described above is J61 162 particularly attuned to the city as a complex landscape of J61 163 language, a rapidly changing social construction where political J61 164 contrasts and conflicts are constantly being thrust at us in J61 165 visible forms. ^It is striking, however, that so much other local J61 166 art remains focused on the landscape, particularly the wild J61 167 landscape. ^The growth of the film industry since 1970, for J61 168 example, has given new life to the local literary tradition by J61 169 translating old stories and novels to the screen. ^Few films have J61 170 been set in the city. ^Though based on an original script, J61 171 *1Vigil *0is a powerful example of the old themes, particularly J61 172 the struggle with a wild landscape. ^Alternatively, in some J61 173 recent books and films it appears that the old paradigm is being J61 174 transferred to a city context. ^First encounter with the J61 175 landscape has become first encounter with the city. ^The suburbs J61 176 are contrasted with the inner city as the small towns were J61 177 contrasted with the wilderness. ^The villains of the countryside J61 178 *- the slash-and-burn farmers *- have their counterparts in the J61 179 slash-and-burn property developers of the city. ^This transfer of J61 180 the paradigm helps to open up new territory, though it also J61 181 imports some of the old Romantic elements. ^We can see a mixture J61 182 of this kind in one of the first New Zealand urban feature films, J61 183 *1Other Halves. J61 184 |^*0The last ten years have been a period of unusual change J61 185 in many areas of our society. ^The debates about biculturalism, J61 186 feminist issues, the Springbok tour, the Homosexual Law Reform J61 187 Bill, the economic relationship between farmers and city people, J61 188 the growing gap between rich and poor *- these have challenged us J61 189 to recognise (and to act on) the fact that New Zealand/ Aotearoa J61 190 is a country with many tribes and sub-cultures. ^These and other J61 191 differences have always existed, of course, but the dominant J61 192 culture has often succeeded in crowding out different viewpoints. J61 193 ^Today, a phrase like *'the land and the people**' would be J61 194 highly suspect if it issued from the lips of a politician or J61 195 advertiser promoting some sentimental notion of national unity. J61 196 ^My essay has itself run the risk of over-generalising, J61 197 particularly by concentrating on the main *'New Zealand**' J61 198 tradition and neglecting some alternative forms of art. ^I hope, J61 199 however, that I have covered enough history to help to explain J61 200 the present variety of messages and readings in our vicinity. J61 201 ^There is a growing recognition today that the familiar maps no J61 202 longer apply, and many have rushed to provide new maps, a J61 203 *'re-ordering of old elements**', focusing particularly on the J61 204 need to chart New Zealand in thoroughly bicultural terms. J61 205 ^Adequate terms are not necessarily available yet, but there have J61 206 been some valuable attempts. J61 207 *# J62 001 **[356 TEXT J62**] J62 002 |^*0The poem I read a moment ago, *'Poets to Come**', was J62 003 in my bonfire edition of Whitman. ^And it occurs to me now that J62 004 it must be an extraordinary experience for young American poets J62 005 to meet that poem for the first time, to find themselves being J62 006 encouraged and challenged, *1imagined, *0by this poet who J62 007 addresses them directly, who declares that it is from them that J62 008 *'the main things**' will come. J62 009 |^I suppose my argument, insofar as I have one, is that New J62 010 Zealand poetry, in order to begin producing its own *'main J62 011 things**', needed to escape from the sense of tradition which J62 012 is declared in Mason's poem. ^It needed to abandon its place at J62 013 the rear, it needed to step out of line. ^It had to stop paying J62 014 homage to the whole metaphor. ^I think that all of this *1has J62 015 *0happened, and that one of the reasons is that New Zealand J62 016 writers began to read the work of those American poets whom J62 017 Whitman addresses in his poem. ^Those American poets had J62 018 already abandoned the line that Mason declares in *'Song of J62 019 Allegiance**'. ^Theirs was, and is, a world of pluralism and J62 020 possibility. J62 021 |^I don't think there are signs of Whitman in the poetry I J62 022 myself write. ^But he's a wonderfully encouraging poet to read J62 023 *- if you're another poet, or would-be poet. ^He insists, for J62 024 example, that a poem can be extremely personal, yet thereby be J62 025 a public rather than a private statement. *'Song of Myself**' J62 026 begins: J62 027 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J62 028 |**[POEM**] J62 029 **[END INDENTATION**] J62 030 |^Later in the poem he calls himself *'Walt Whitman, a J62 031 kosmos**'. J62 032 |^Whitman also insists on the importance of inclusiveness J62 033 and variety: J62 034 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J62 035 |**[POEM**] J62 036 **[END INDENTATION**] J62 037 |^An emphasis on the importance of contradiction and diversity J62 038 has been very strong in American poetry. ^There's a little poem J62 039 by Louis Simpson, for example, called *'American Poetry**', J62 040 which begins prescriptively: J62 041 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J62 042 |**[POEM**] J62 043 **[END INDENTATION**] J62 044 |^Or there's the idea of *'impure**' poetry expressed by the J62 045 Chilean writer Pablo Neruda, who in my mind keeps company with J62 046 a large number of North American poets: J62 047 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J62 048 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J62 049 **[END INDENTATION**] J62 050 |^Those who shun the *'bad taste**' of things will fall on J62 051 their face in the snow. ^So poetry can be a bad taste J62 052 operation. ^It can be impure and various, breaching decorum at J62 053 every point. ^I think that this is something I first found out J62 054 about from Whitman. J62 055 |^I want to mention one other aspect of Whitman's poetry J62 056 which I find important *- and this is the way in which he J62 057 offers what he writes as a conversation with the reader. J62 058 ^*'Song of Myself**', which is a long poem in 52 sections, J62 059 begins with the word *'I**' (*'^I celebrate myself and sing J62 060 myself**') and ends with the word *'you**' (*'^I stop somewhere J62 061 waiting for you**'). ^The whole poem represents a transfer of J62 062 energy from writer to reader; and as reader you're constantly J62 063 being reminded of your responsibility to be active, to J62 064 contribute to the whole process by which the poem's meaning is J62 065 constructed. J62 066 |^This idea of the poem as conversation, as intimate J62 067 address from writer to reader, has been very important in J62 068 American poetry. ^I think you can see signs of it in the work J62 069 of several New Zealand writers since the 1960s. ^James \0K. J62 070 Baxter's *1Jerusalem Sonnets *0are a clear example. ^Much more J62 071 obliquely, in my own writing, I'm struck by the frequency with J62 072 which I use the word *1you. *0It's an odd, shifty pronoun: it J62 073 can refer directly to the reader; it can signify a specific J62 074 figure within the poem, even the writer of the poem; or it can J62 075 do the generalizing job that the English *1one *0does. ^I'm J62 076 never quite sure just how the word *1you *0operates in my poems J62 077 *- sometimes it seems to shift between the various J62 078 possibilities, rather than opting for any single one of them *- J62 079 but it's certainly there. J62 080 |^So in Whitman, whom I read at the age of sixteen, I can J62 081 recognize many of the assumptions I was going to find in later J62 082 American poetry. ^Poetry could quite properly be an instrument J62 083 for subjective exploration, yet this subjectivity was not J62 084 necessarily the same thing as narcissism or solipsism; it might J62 085 even be a means to a truly public voice. ^And poetry could be J62 086 messy, contradictory, various, inclusive. ^It could also be J62 087 conversational in its voice, not measured and managed like a J62 088 newspaper editorial. ^I don't think that any of these senses of J62 089 possibility were present in the poetry being written in England J62 090 during the 1940s and 1950s; and since New Zealand poets were J62 091 still waiting politely in place at the end of Mason's English J62 092 line, the possibilities weren't especially evident in New J62 093 Zealand poetry either. J62 094 |^I find myself asserting New Zealand ignorance of the J62 095 example of American poetry. ^But I think I can give an J62 096 interesting instance of that ignorance. J62 097 |^The most influential figure in New Zealand writing after J62 098 World War *=II was Charles Brasch, through his editing of J62 099 *1Landfall. *0Now I don't want to suggest that Brasch was a man J62 100 of narrow sympathies. ^He was generous and encouraging to a J62 101 whole range of younger New Zealand writers (even publishing my J62 102 own first book of poetry). ^He translated poetry from Russian, J62 103 German, Italian and Punjabi. ^But I think he had a blind spot J62 104 when it came to the work that had been and was being produced J62 105 in the United States of America. ^Brasch, of course, had a J62 106 considerable private income and was a considerable benefactor. J62 107 ^When I was a student at the University of Otago no one seemed J62 108 to have any doubt that he almost alone constituted the J62 109 *'anonymous group of local businessmen**' who had endowed the J62 110 Burns Fellowship. ^One of Brasch's benefactions at this time J62 111 was a grant to the university library, which was designed to J62 112 enable it to buy every book of verse published in Britain and J62 113 the Commonwealth over a ten-year period. ^What struck me about J62 114 this was the absence of American verse. J62 115 |^Others must also have been struck by the very *1European J62 116 *0nature of Brasch's sensibility. ^In the December 1966 issue J62 117 of *1Landfall, *0the second-last which Brasch edited, there J62 118 appeared two poems by a certain {0C. G.} Gibson. ^They had J62 119 pride of place at the front of the magazine. ^The first was J62 120 called *'Low Paddocks and Light**'. ^Here are the first three J62 121 of its seven stanzas: J62 122 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J62 123 |**[POEM**] J62 124 **[END INDENTATION**] J62 125 |^The only problem is that anyone at the time who had read much J62 126 contemporary American poetry would probably have come across a J62 127 poem by {0W. S.} Merwin called *'Low Fields and Light**'. ^The J62 128 difference between *1field *0and *1paddock *0in the two titles J62 129 fairly sums up the difference between the two texts. ^Here are J62 130 Merwin's opening stanzas: J62 131 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J62 132 **[POEM**] J62 133 **[END INDENTATION**] J62 134 |^Needless to say, Merwin's poem predates the work of {0C. G.} J62 135 Gibson. J62 136 |^My assumption at the time was that someone had set out to J62 137 make a point. ^Perhaps {0C. G.} Gibson was really one of the J62 138 poets anthologized in Charles Doyle's 1965 anthology *1Recent J62 139 Poetry in New Zealand. ^*0Perhaps {0C. G.} Gibson was *'{0C. J62 140 G.} Gibson**'. ^More recently, however, I've realized that the J62 141 dustjackets of an expatriate novelist, Colin Gibson, offer a J62 142 biography (born in Invercargill, advertising copywriter in J62 143 London and New York, \0etc) which accords with the *1Landfall J62 144 *0note on the poet, {0C. G.} Gibson. ^Presumably novelist and J62 145 poet are closely connected. J62 146 |^Whatever the origins of {0C. G.} Gibson, *1Landfall J62 147 *0itself never acknowledged that it had printed a pair of J62 148 American poems in error. ^I believe Charles Brasch thought J62 149 there was nothing to apologise for. ^He had accepted the poems J62 150 in good faith: that they turned out to be, more or less, by J62 151 well known contemporary American poets merely confirmed the J62 152 acuteness of his taste. J62 153 |^The Brasch view *- which was Eurocentric, and which J62 154 essentially affirmed, I think, Mason's roll-call *- was what I J62 155 met at the University of Otago. ^The very first written J62 156 exercise I faced as a first-year student of English was clause J62 157 analysis of several stanzas from Spenser's *1Faerie Queene. J62 158 ^*0In a note on the magazine *1Freed, *0Murray Edmond has J62 159 pointed out the importance of Auckland University's American J62 160 Poetry Course to writers associated with the magazine. ^Alan J62 161 Brunton, Ian Wedde, Jan Kemp, Russell Haley and Edmond himself J62 162 took the course. ^I don't recall that sense of focus and J62 163 revelation at university at all. ^In fact I think it was J62 164 somehow important to me that American poetry, or the part of it J62 165 that I was reading, *1wasn't *0taught in the Department of J62 166 English, and wouldn't in any case submit meekly to the J62 167 analytical techniques I was being trained in as a student. J62 168 |^I had grown up reading comics, many of them American. J62 169 ^Once I sent to America for a Phantom skull ring. ^This glowed J62 170 in the dark. ^If you were ever placed in a situation where it J62 171 was necessary to despatch some evil-doer with a clean, J62 172 well-timed blow to the jaw, you were well equipped. ^Your J62 173 opponent woke up with a head full of clouds and asterisks; on J62 174 his chin was the imprint of a skull *- sign of the Ghost Who J62 175 Walks. ^I read American comics, watched American movies, J62 176 listened to American music. ^American poetry therefore J62 177 connected quite comfortably with the rest of my imaginative J62 178 life *- though not with my formal education in English J62 179 Literature. ^To read it was *1normal *- *0but also a mild J62 180 defiance, a private excitement. ^American poetry was hard to J62 181 come by, too. ^You might have to send away for it, just like a J62 182 Phantom ring. J62 183 |^My life then, as now, was made up of all kinds of J62 184 incongruities and disjunctions *- not grand or dramatic but the J62 185 stuff of everyday experience. ^There was a continuing gap, for J62 186 example, between the university, where I studied the *1Faerie J62 187 Queene, *0and my home life. ^*'Home**', in my case, meant a J62 188 centre-city hotel, which was run by my parents. ^The gap J62 189 between pub and university was obvious enough. ^But it had none J62 190 of the romance that James \0K. Baxter attributes to it. ^For me J62 191 it was normal; I made the journey every day as a matter of J62 192 course. ^Because the hotel sometimes displayed in the bar J62 193 posters for travelling music shows, there were plenty of free J62 194 concert tickets. ^So I went to show after show in the Dunedin J62 195 Town Hall. ^That seems pretty incongruous in retrospect, too. J62 196 ^On the one hand, I would go happily to Del Shannon or the J62 197 Everly Brothers. ^On the other hand, I would go just as happily J62 198 to Jimmy Shand and his band or the Howard Morrison Quartet. ^Or J62 199 there might be a Mozart opera at His Majesty's Theatre. J62 200 |^In fact that musical world was *1mixed *0in ways that the J62 201 literature we were taught and could buy in bookshops wasn't. J62 202 ^The reason American books were unobtainable in local bookshops J62 203 was tied up with the convenient way in which British and J62 204 American publishers had carved up the English-speaking world. J62 205 ^The London publishers owned the Commonwealth, and in many J62 206 respects still do. ^This meant that British poetry was well J62 207 distributed here, while American wasn't. ^Even more J62 208 insidiously, it tended to mean that American poets first had to J62 209 face the test of English taste. ^Those of them who became known J62 210 in New Zealand had to be anthologized in London, or be taken on J62 211 by a firm like Faber & Faber. J62 212 |^The anthology of American poetry which is sometimes said J62 213 to have transformed poetry in English is Donald \0M. Allen's J62 214 *1The New American Poetry, *0published by Grove Press in 1960. J62 215 ^In New Zealand and Australia poets seem to compete as to who J62 216 was first to read it. ^I'm sure I wasn't one of the first, J62 217 although I remember encountering there the Beat poets, the J62 218 Black Mountain poets, the New York poets, and a whole range of J62 219 statements and manifestos. ^I remember poring over Charles J62 220 Olson's essay on Projective Verse *- it was *1busy *0and J62 221 somehow badly behaved, like much else in the book. J62 222 |^The anthology which meant more to me, however, and which J62 223 made a context for Allen's anthology, was a 1962 Penguin, J62 224 *1Contemporary American Poetry, *0edited by Donald Hall. J62 225 ^Inside my copy I've written (unusually) the date of purchase: J62 226 1963, my last year at high school. J62 227 *# J63 001 **[357 TEXT J63**] J63 002 |^*0The *'Walking Westward**' review signalled not only J63 003 Loney's resistance to inclusion in Stead's *'open form**' line J63 004 but also his new determination to define clearly a counter J63 005 position, to establish an opposing line. ^Hence, when Loney J63 006 founded *1Parallax: a Journal of Post-modern Literature and Art J63 007 *0in 1982 he chose to include articles as well as poetry and J63 008 fiction. ^Thus *1Parallax *0set itself the task of providing a J63 009 theoretical infrastructure for postmodernism in this country, as J63 010 its predecessor, *1Morepork *0(a Dunedin-based magazine of J63 011 postmodern poetry edited by Graham Lindsay, who was acknowledged J63 012 in the dedication to *1Parallax*0/l), had failed to do. ^Loney J63 013 clearly wanted his journal to be more than a place where those J63 014 few interested in postmodern poetry could publish and be read by J63 015 one another. ^He aimed at a strategic intervention in the J63 016 literary scene as a whole, addressing the politics as well as the J63 017 poetics of poetry production and reception. ^*1Parallax *0ran a J63 018 number of polemical articles the thrust of which was towards a J63 019 redrawing of the then-dominant maps of New Zealand poetry by J63 020 broadening the art-historical information available to readers J63 021 and producers of poetry. ^No polemical effort, for instance, was J63 022 wasted battling against that monster of a bygone age, Georgian J63 023 realism, already well buried by Brunton and Stead on successive J63 024 occasions. ^But battle was declared against Stead, a present J63 025 threat because of his *'crowding out [of] alternatives**', as J63 026 Horrocks put it, his *'tak[ing] over**' of *'the central terms of J63 027 post-modernism**' in order to apply them to specifically J63 028 modernist poems. J63 029 |^There were inevitably problems with the method of J63 030 effecting local cultural change adopted by *1Parallax. ^*0For a J63 031 start the very portentousness of the title indicated the high J63 032 seriousness of the endeavour. ^*1Landfall'*0s subtitle, *'A New J63 033 Zealand quarterly**', sounds modest by comparison. ^Secondly, the J63 034 terms of the discussion were fatally limited by an J63 035 over-preoccupation with *1American *0poetry and *1American J63 036 *0poetics. ^The effect of the constant reiteration of certain J63 037 apparently luminous names *- David Antin, Robert Creeley, J63 038 *1Boundary 2, {0et al.} *- *0in Wystan Curnow's opening essay, J63 039 *'Post-modernism in Poetry and the Visual Arts,**' was J63 040 unfortunate in this respect. ^It suggested that *1Parallax *0was J63 041 to be no more than the private vehicle of a clique of local J63 042 poetry *1{cognoscenti} *0talking to each other about the American J63 043 fashions that really interested them. ^The names functioned as J63 044 shibboleths, and clearly not to be familiar with them was not to J63 045 count. J63 046 |^Yet *1Parallax, *0although it continued throughout its J63 047 three numbers to function in part as a talking-shop for the J63 048 self-appointed avant-garde, was not simply another little J63 049 magazine on the fringes, fated to launch a few new or neglected J63 050 poets into the orbit of the mainstream then die. ^*1Parallax J63 051 *0articulated an alternative set of assumptions about who counted J63 052 and who didn't in New Zealand poetry. ^It constructed its own J63 053 interpretation of literary history and argued for that J63 054 construction. ^It developed (or borrowed) a complete set of J63 055 literary terminologies. ^In other words, *1Parallax *0presented J63 056 itself as the organ of an oppositional literary scene with its J63 057 own terms of reference, its own claims to priority and its own J63 058 notions about where *'the margins**' of New Zealand poetry were J63 059 to be found. J63 060 |^The most seminal essay in the first number of *1Parallax, J63 061 *0and the most instructive for this discussion, is not Wystan J63 062 Curnow's often quoted *'Post-Modernism in Poetry**' but Horrocks' J63 063 less noticed *'An Essay About Experimental Films That Ended Up As J63 064 An Essay About New Zealand**'. ^Where Curnow's essay has the J63 065 strained, high tone of someone addressing an international art J63 066 audience through the unlikely vehicle of a New Zealand little J63 067 magazine, Horrocks' aim is more modest, his prose more J63 068 accessible, his intended audience local and specific. ^Where J63 069 Curnow declines to engage with the local variants of the general J63 070 tendency he describes, Horrocks eagerly displays his intimacy J63 071 with the most immediate levels of the local scene. ^Horrocks is J63 072 trying to trace the emergence of an audience alert to the really J63 073 new, the experimental, the alternative, out of the tiny circles J63 074 of enthusiastic amateurs that have traditionally constituted the J63 075 New Zealand avant-garde in film, in poetry and in art. ^What J63 076 Horrocks seeks is an audience which is sufficiently J63 077 discriminating, sufficiently focussed and of just sufficient size J63 078 (fit but few) to serve as the vanguard of fundamental change in J63 079 local cultural preferences. ^He records his pleasure in the J63 080 discovery of *'a small, well-attuned audience (in the Maidment J63 081 Little Theatre, for example, or Just Desserts Cafe, or at 191 J63 082 Hobson Street)**'. ^Horrocks isn't indulging here in J63 083 surreptitious advertising by slipping the names of these J63 084 establishments into his essay. ^He is indicating where and at J63 085 what level of intimacy the changes he seeks are beginning to take J63 086 place. J63 087 |^While Curnow steps from one American art *'authority**' to J63 088 another, evidently wishing he were actually walking through SoHo J63 089 or the Village where all his terms and references have currency, J63 090 Horrocks is excitedly engaged with what is happening here *- or J63 091 is just about to happen. ^He senses an underground change taking J63 092 place, one that will revise assumptions about *'what J63 093 *"experimental**" means in the New Zealand context**'. ^He notes J63 094 the appearance of *'a certain type of essay**' that *'wants to J63 095 argue with our whole culture, our whole set of artistic habits J63 096 and values**'. ^Horrocks' attitude to cultural change is like J63 097 that of the revolutionary towards political change. ^His J63 098 priorities and strategies are Leninist. ^What is needed is a J63 099 small but *'intense**' group of activists with a long-range J63 100 historical sense and determined on nothing less than wholesale J63 101 renovation of the local poetry polity. ^The group must be J63 102 *'self-contained**' and specialized. ^It must be alert to change J63 103 that is taking place *'at a deep level,**' change of which the J63 104 effects are only discernible by those who read art history as the J63 105 revolutionary reads the masses. ^Above all, the group must resist J63 106 the drift *'back from the edge towards the middle**' that has J63 107 swallowed previous hopeful movements in New Zealand poetry. ^In J63 108 other words, *'the margins**' are to provide the necessary J63 109 vantage point from which the centre, that morass of error and J63 110 compromise that swallows the promising and corrupts the J63 111 ambitious, will be radically shifted. ^The mainstream will, in J63 112 fact, become at last the marginal, the redundant, and literary J63 113 history will record only the bright moments of real change J63 114 brought about by those tiny *'scenes**' of dedicated individuals. J63 115 |^Horrocks is right, of course, that the great art shifts in J63 116 the past have been initiated by such small *'scenes**' (though J63 117 this oversimplifies the process by which they become generally J63 118 felt). ^The problem is that the art historian in this country J63 119 inevitably is attuned to movements and changes that have already J63 120 occurred elsewhere, and there is a danger that the *'deep J63 121 change**' awaited will turn out to be some fashion already J63 122 shop-worn in New York or San Francisco. (^There is also the J63 123 problem of to whom these changes will be addressed. ^Does a rise J63 124 in the prestige of postmodernism among the readers of literary J63 125 magazines really mean a change in the culture as a whole?) ^The J63 126 major shifts in art history effected by, say, Pound and Eliot J63 127 around the time of the First World War or Olson just after the J63 128 Second did not simply borrow some already existing script. ^Eliot J63 129 certainly learned a great deal from Jules Laforgue (as Coleridge J63 130 before him learned from the German philosophers of his day) and J63 131 part of his shock value for English readers of 1910 may be J63 132 attributed to his adoption of Laforgian mannerisms. ^But he J63 133 didn't take from Laforgue or from any prior poet a complete plan J63 134 for a poetic revolution that had already been carried through. J63 135 ^It was enough to know what he was writing *1against *0and to be J63 136 aware of exemplary predecessors and contemporaries. ^He had no J63 137 way of telling exactly where he was leaping to when he wrote J63 138 *1The Waste Land, *0or where precisely he would carry poetry in J63 139 English by doing so. J63 140 |^Horrocks, however, knows pretty well where he wants New J63 141 Zealand writing and reading habits to head. ^It isn't simply J63 142 towards the Olsonian postmodernism propagandized for by Loney. J63 143 ^Horrocks sees *1Parallax *0as part of the *'shift**' he J63 144 envisages, not the thing itself. ^The trouble with *1Parallax J63 145 *0for someone with Horrocks' peculiarly acute historical sense J63 146 was not that its focus was too narrow or its audience too tiny, J63 147 but that it already had about it the fatal air of being J63 148 historical when it appeared. ^Loney in the 1980s was still J63 149 fighting the battles of the 1970s (in Olson's terms, those of the J63 150 1950s). J63 151 |^The little magazine which was most exactly to suit J63 152 Horrocks' purposes appeared towards the end of 1983. ^It was J63 153 called *1And *0and was co-edited by two Auckland English J63 154 graduates, Alex Calder who was working on his {0Ph.D.} at J63 155 Auckland at that time, and Leigh Davis who had already gone to a J63 156 job in Treasury in Wellington, having somehow learned the trick J63 157 of marketing an {0M.A.} in English with a Marxist dissertation on J63 158 Allen Curnow, in the world of finance. ^*1And *0was intended from J63 159 the start to run for no more than four numbers. ^Its very name J63 160 stressed that it intended to put itself *1within *0historical J63 161 change, not to become an institution. ^If the name also seemed to J63 162 draw attention to the sequentiality of little magazines in this J63 163 country (with *1Morepork, Parallax *0and *1Splash, *0for all J63 164 their differences, providing some sort of continuum on the poetry J63 165 left), it did so subversively. ^*1And *0had no intention of J63 166 carrying on the flame nurtured by Loney. ^The interview of Loney J63 167 by Davis in *1And*0/l signals as much rupture and difference J63 168 (though amiable and respectful) as continuity, in spite of J63 169 Loney's efforts to offer avuncular support to Davis. ^*1And J63 170 *0entered {0NZ} \0lit. with a calculated estimation of its own J63 171 delinquency and power to shock not seen in New Zealand literary J63 172 magazines (nor so brilliantly manipulated) since *1Freed. ^*0Its J63 173 cover showed two cowboys, guns at the ready, above the caption, J63 174 *'coming in**'. ^Its stapled penurious format announced not only J63 175 its difference from high-cost, high-quality productions like J63 176 *1Landfall, Islands *0or *1Parallax, *0but also announced the J63 177 benefits for little magazines of the photocopying machine. J63 178 |^Perhaps the most telling sign of *1And'*0s marketing savvy J63 179 was its presentation of its very poverty, the ephemerality of the J63 180 magazine as an object, as an enormous advantage that it possessed J63 181 over the existing journals, establishment or oppositional. ^While J63 182 *1Landfall *0continued expensively as the Caxton Press's J63 183 flagship, while *1Islands, *0like some down-at-heels scholar J63 184 whose private means had long since declined, struggled to keep up J63 185 appearances, and while *1Parallax, *0designed by the meticulous J63 186 craftsman Loney, was handsomely done on good quality paper with J63 187 proper binding, *1And *0emulated the producers of underground J63 188 comics and punk handbills by using available technology and the J63 189 enthusiasm of its contributors. ^The editors simply stapled the J63 190 xeroxed blocks of contributors' articles inside A4 covers and let J63 191 the readers' eyes cope with the plethora of typefaces and the J63 192 occasional transposition. ^*1And *0was dense with information, J63 193 liable to disintegrate (like other consumer durables it requires J63 194 to be repurchased every so often), recalcitrant against plain J63 195 writing and abominably difficult to shelve. ^More important, it J63 196 saw no need to disguise its poverty by clinging, like the revived J63 197 *1Islands, *0to *'an old and expensive format**'. ^It wasn't hip J63 198 to aim for longevity any longer. J63 199 |^What is most telling here is *1And'*0s difference not only J63 200 from *1Landfall *0and *1Islands *0but also from *1Parallax. ^And J63 201 *0departed from Loney's magazine in more than the cost of its J63 202 production and the permanence of its binding. ^*1And *0started J63 203 out with a clear sense of its intended market, a market which J63 204 needed not so much to be reached as created. ^Moreover it started J63 205 out with no sense of grudge against local *'authorities**'. J63 206 ^*1And *0didn't see itself as excluded, as Loney did. ^The J63 207 post-structuralist constituency which *1And *0claimed as its own J63 208 was, as Davis cheerfully acknowledged in the first number, not J63 209 large. ^So *1And *0pushed off exuberantly to a zero market share. J63 210 *# J64 001 **[358 TEXT J64**] J64 002 |^*0Many of the stories about this artist have been written J64 003 and published, others have been passed on verbally, some have J64 004 been filmed for television. ^Most operate at the personal, J64 005 anecdotal level, although we are not concerned here with J64 006 investigating these private meanings. ^Our sphere is that of J64 007 public record and that record focuses very sharply on his image J64 008 as a certain type of artist. ^In the presentation of him, there J64 009 are certain constants. ^The stories are diverse but they do J64 010 converge and it is at these points of intersection that the J64 011 central formulas emerge. J64 012 |^It is well known that Philip Clairmont committed suicide J64 013 at the age of thirty four. ^Looking back over his life this J64 014 knowledge now colours all our interpretations of and speculations J64 015 about the work. ^The end, its suddenness, narrows our range of J64 016 interest; precursors of it seize our attention. ^It seems to have J64 017 been inevitable so there is pathos in the pride of a smiling J64 018 child holding up a prize-winning drawing. ^Our understanding of J64 019 his life changed with his death. ^In realising that, we can J64 020 realise how unstable the past is, how it is remade constantly. J64 021 |^While accepting that there are psychological, biographical J64 022 and social reasons for the things we do, we wish to concentrate J64 023 on the last. ^To start first a few steps away from Clairmont J64 024 himself and to look at some of the terms from which the very idea J64 025 of *'artist**' is arrived at and what this means in New Zealand. J64 026 ^In examining these concepts we hope to open up the area J64 027 available for looking at Clairmont's work; perhaps to untangle it J64 028 a little from his personality. J64 029 |^Myths about artists, myths about Clairmont, are a J64 030 shorthand, a code. ^Like most codes the terms are seldom examined J64 031 as they are passed on and so become increasingly arbitrary when J64 032 forced onto a particular situation. ^A Clairmont *'package**' is J64 033 developed to give a coherent personality to a body of works: to J64 034 impose unity upon it and explain it without undue complication. J64 035 ^In doing so a continuity is established, an order of priorities J64 036 set. ^This packaging ideally suits the art market which requires J64 037 recognisable product predicated on the difference *1between J64 038 *0artists and the coherence of the individual artist. ^It also J64 039 easily accommodates the fetishism of personality cults. J64 040 |^In presenting artists in this way information that is not J64 041 easily fitted into the story is forgotten, suppressed. ^The point J64 042 of these stories is that they make us feel that we understand at J64 043 the very moment we should be beginning to ask questions. ^Relying J64 044 on the bulwark of the mystifying and inaccessible genius of the J64 045 artist, we allow ourselves to be passive consumers. J64 046 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 047 |*'^The first obstacle [to an understanding of art] is the J64 048 conception of art history as a history of artists.**' J64 049 |(Hadjinicolaou: 17) J64 050 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 051 |^Art institutions are largely based on this assumption with J64 052 exhibitions usually conceived to show the unity and development J64 053 of an individual artistic personality. ^Even group shows, with J64 054 few exceptions in this country, are presented as a number of J64 055 individuals rather than a community of shared interests. ^More J64 056 rare are *'theme**' exhibitions which attempt to show how J64 057 individuals have operated in the same area. ^Yet the building J64 058 block for all of them is the same: the artist, who is seen as the J64 059 source, origin and meaning of the work. ^The overwhelming weight J64 060 of this trend leads to the smoothing out of contradiction, a J64 061 neutralising of questions and a limitation on too many J64 062 possibilities. ^For, when all else fails, the eccentricities of J64 063 artistic personality can be wheeled out in easy explanation of J64 064 any frightening inconsistency or proliferation of meanings. J64 065 |^The insistence on this individualised formula means that J64 066 ways of making and doing art outside it must be marginalised. J64 067 ^They are branded *'not art**', or at least, *'not Real art**' J64 068 and banished to popular culture, folk art, craft, ethnography or J64 069 even *'women's art**'. ^The standard art gallery monograph format J64 070 exacerbates this. J64 071 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 072 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J64 073 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 074 |^In this monograph we will examine the *'signifiers of J64 075 artistness**' which have dominated the way in which Philip J64 076 Clairmont has been seen and unstitch some of the formulas. J64 077 * J64 078 |^The artist alone in his studio, battling with the visions J64 079 that torment him is one of the pervasive phallocratic art images J64 080 of the twentieth century. ^It has become the accepted shorthand J64 081 for representing art and artists in the mass media. ^Such a J64 082 natural image, so obvious, so seldom questioned. ^Why even its J64 083 exclusions seem like commonsense. J64 084 |^And so the way of working of some artists becomes the norm J64 085 for all artists. ^Group and anonymous activities are particularly J64 086 feared. ^*'Artist-ness**' is largely defined in terms of solitary J64 087 work, usually with some implications of struggle and turmoil. J64 088 ^The connections of artists to social, political and economic J64 089 life, to gender, race and class are suppressed. J64 090 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 091 |*'^An essential quality of any true artist is separateness, J64 092 whether he works in defiant solitude or within the discipline of J64 093 an established style.**' J64 094 |(Foreword to Alexander Liberman. *1The artist in his studio. J64 095 *0London: Thames and Hudson; 1969) J64 096 |*'^I was taught how to be a painter, and all the implications, J64 097 the solitary confinement which makes a painter's life.**' J64 098 |(*1Colin McCahon/ a survey exhibition. *0Auckland City Art J64 099 Gallery; 1972: 21) J64 100 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 101 |^It is the image of the lone artist that is the foundation J64 102 of the present art market with huge swings in value on the basis J64 103 of a signature, a name. (^So much so that at least one punter was J64 104 encouraged to add signatures to authentic works by Van \der J64 105 Velden, presumably to make them more authentic still!). ^It is J64 106 also the basis of a revealing shorthand whereby artworks are J64 107 constantly referred to and classified solely by the artist's J64 108 name. ^In artspeak who doesn't know what *'a Gully**', *'a J64 109 Killeen**' or *'a Clairmont**' is? ^Again it seems like J64 110 commonsense. ^But books, for example, are not referred to in this J64 111 interchangeable way. ^*'A Frame**', *'a Mansfield**' sounds J64 112 absurd. ^It needs to be amplified by *'novel**' or *'poem**' to J64 113 slip into the language. ^But art shorthand has gone one step J64 114 further. ^*'Painting**' or *'drawing**' or even the very J64 115 generalised *'work**' can be dropped and yet we still understand. J64 116 ^The name is the most important category and it is the guardian J64 117 of authenticity. J64 118 |^Artists are defined as exempt from social and political J64 119 responsibility, except that of expressing their own inner being. J64 120 ^And the riddle is complete when they are judged by how close J64 121 they get to expressing that inner being, even though we (the J64 122 audience) are excluded by definition from knowing what it is. J64 123 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 124 |^*'Well, first of all, if you're an artist, you get it by just J64 125 trying to meet your own standards, not anybody else's, but your J64 126 own, a deep self-expression.**' J64 127 |(Len Lye. *1Spleen; *0[1977]; 7: {0np}) J64 128 |^*'*"Art is not a random thing. ^Art has to come from the heart, J64 129 mind, experience and soul and body of the artist,**"\0Mr McIntyre J64 130 said.**' J64 131 |(Peter McIntyre. *1Auckland Star; *031 May 1976) J64 132 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 133 |^So used have we become to looking at art in this way that J64 134 the idea of an individual of particular sensitivity expressing J64 135 his thoughts and feelings seems commonplace *- inevitable. ^And J64 136 on this *'inevitability**' we have built the large part of our J64 137 art history, exhibitions and art marketing. ^It is on the J64 138 commonsense theory we have constructed the past in a linked J64 139 sequence of masters and masterpieces and which governs our J64 140 expectations of the future. J64 141 |^But there is change and the contention that art does J64 142 operate this way is under seige (largely by the feminist J64 143 critique). ^Other models are being proposed. J64 144 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 145 |*'^There's a myth that artists spring into the world with a J64 146 full-blown, singular sensibility which is theirs to develop, J64 147 their core, their inner being.**' J64 148 |(Barbara Kruger. Interview. *1Flash art; *0March 1985: 36) J64 149 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 150 |^The theory of art as individual expressiveness makes a J64 151 number of assumptions. ^Firstly that the world is made up of J64 152 autonomous and fundamentally unalterable individuals (they who do J64 153 the expressing) and that it is from their unmediated J64 154 consciousness meaning is born (that which they express). J64 155 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 156 |*'^Philip Clairmont's paintings express his ideas, beliefs and J64 157 emotions, and attempt to set down in paint the way that these J64 158 reflect the overriding mood of our time.**' J64 159 |(Alexa \0M Johnston. *1Anxious images. *0Auckland City Art J64 160 Gallery; 1984: 12) J64 161 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 162 |^Such an explanation spills over into the life and J64 163 personality of the artist. ^We start to be concerned about his J64 164 *'sincerity**' and how he lives. ^It becomes important to us that J64 165 the life and the work share an obvious logic *- proof that we are J64 166 getting the *'real thing**' in the work, an authentic fragment of J64 167 another person. ^The work, seen in this way, becomes a very J64 168 powerful fetish indeed. ^The work is conclusively explained to us J64 169 by the personality of its maker. J64 170 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 171 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J64 172 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 173 |^As a metaphor for the artist's pure individuality J64 174 aloneness is crucial. ^And the place where the artist is seen to J64 175 be most alone, (and therefore most himself?), is in the studio. J64 176 **[PLATE**] J64 177 |^But none of us is alone. ^Our experience is social to its J64 178 core. ^Artists need an audience but the reciprocity of culture is J64 179 ignored in the drive to set up unbreachable dichotomies: maker/ J64 180 consumer, active/ passive, male/ female. J64 181 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 182 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J64 183 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 184 |^So why is there such a determination to detach artists J64 185 from any specific social context? ^Why this need to make them J64 186 appear to float free from gender, power, money in that autonomous J64 187 sphere aesthetics? ^What allowed Clement Greenberg to assert on J64 188 the one hand that art was crucial and yet on the other that it J64 189 has never, in a real sense, affected the course of human affairs? J64 190 ^It's like all good stories. J64 191 |^Once upon a time ... J64 192 |^Pre Renaissance artists did not work alone. ^As members of J64 193 guilds, artisans were organised into workshops whose projects J64 194 were planned and executed communally, usually in close J64 195 consultation with the commissioners. ^They were men along with J64 196 women, in spite of history's suppression of the female record. J64 197 ^However, by the late fifteenth century a differential fee J64 198 structure was developing as competition for artists' services J64 199 intensified. ^This rising market was explained in art terms, not J64 200 economic ones. ^Some artists came to be seen as superior J64 201 individuals with special creative powers and artists were eager J64 202 to seize this avenue to independence, to fame, wealth and honour. J64 203 ^Some artists that is, for the former differentiations of skill J64 204 and ingenuity were exaggerated and essentialised. ^A very few J64 205 were regarded as truly creative and the rest *- their former J64 206 companions *- as subservient to those of unique vision. ^So the J64 207 liberation of the artist meant the domination of others. ^Now the J64 208 use of the male pronoun is totally appropriate. J64 209 |^With the romanticism of the late eighteenth and early J64 210 nineteenth centuries today's view of artists was crystallised: J64 211 the only authentic source of art is the creative individual. ^Art J64 212 is about his (almost always) expression of his feelings about J64 213 reality. ^Of course at the same time other models of art and J64 214 artists have been operating, but that of expressive realism has J64 215 dominated in a New Zealand wary of theory. J64 216 |^In New Zealand the image of the individual, the loner J64 217 resonates very satisfactorily. ^New Zealand men publicly revel in J64 218 the struggle against *'overwhelming odds**' whether in war or J64 219 rugby. ^Or art. J64 220 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 221 |*'*"^A man spends too much time alone,**" Johnson said to J64 222 himself.**' J64 223 |(John Mulgan. *1Man alone. *0Hamilton: Paul's Book Arcade; 1950: J64 224 206) J64 225 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J64 226 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J64 227 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J64 228 |*'^The artist today is free as a bird. ^He paints what he J64 229 likes.**' J64 230 |(Peter Tomory. *1New Zealand Women's Weekly; *027 March 1961) J64 231 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 232 |^And there it is again, aloneness as freedom. ^He can paint J64 233 what he likes because no one much cares what he paints, except J64 234 that it be identifiable, stamped by a unique sensibility: J64 235 original. ^For in this argument originality is acknowledged as J64 236 the authentic sign of the true artist. J64 237 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J64 238 |*'^The savage and inescapable guts of Philip Clairmont's three J64 239 paintings establish him further as one of the country's most J64 240 original and courageous young painters.**' J64 241 |(Hamish Keith. *1Auckland Star; *015 March 1975) J64 242 **[END INDENTATION**] J64 243 |^And what of this originality, this oppressive J64 244 retrospective labeling? ^For nothing can be termed original J64 245 unless by comparison with similar *- but not identical *- J64 246 components of the same system. J64 247 *# J65 001 **[359 TEXT J65**] J65 002 ^*0Ideologies are embodied in cultural institutions *- schools, J65 003 galleries, churches *- as well as in cultural artefacts *- J65 004 paintings, architecture, texts, photographs *- and by these means J65 005 they are broadcast and reproduced. ^Ideology both supports and J65 006 reflects the distribution of power within a society, which in J65 007 turn (from a Marxist point of view) is determined, in the last J65 008 instance, by economic factors. ^The following section looks at J65 009 some of the ideologies associated with the economic form of our J65 010 own society (capitalism) and how they are reflected in J65 011 photographs. J65 012 |^The Age of Enlightenment of the 18th century had seen a J65 013 shift away from the unchallenged authority of church and J65 014 sovereign towards a new order based upon observation. ^This new J65 015 attitude found its purest expression in the philosophy of J65 016 positivism. ^Positivism holds that nothing exists except that J65 017 which can be perceived by the senses; that unless we can measure J65 018 and observe then we are dealing only with figments of the J65 019 imagination. J65 020 |^Nineteenth-century capitalism *- epitomised by the factory J65 021 and the harnessing of new technologies *- was engaged with J65 022 solving the problems of mass production. ^Resources needed to be J65 023 discovered, measured, and manipulated, requiring information on a J65 024 scale never before imagined. ^Knowledge of the visible took J65 025 precedence, since only the practical qualities of an object were J65 026 usable. ^Positivism was thus a form of knowledge typifing a J65 027 society in which the production and ownership of objects had J65 028 become a paramount value. J65 029 |^When photography entered this state of affairs in the J65 030 mid-19th century, it was recognised and acclaimed for its J65 031 **[PLATE**] J65 032 realism, for its ability to *'stand in**' for the objects J65 033 depicted. ^As such, it provided an ideal form for the collection J65 034 and manipulation of information. ^The natural sciences of the J65 035 18th and 19th centuries were particularly concerned with the J65 036 collection and classification of *'facts**' or specimens. J65 037 ^Photographs such as those taken by Thomas Andrew were greatly J65 038 sought by museums and universities world-wide as ethnographic J65 039 records. J65 040 |^The common approach of 19th century capitalism, science, J65 041 and ethnographic photography was one of appropriation; something J65 042 was taken from its original context and given a different use or J65 043 meaning in another. ^So long as photographs are regarded as J65 044 appropriative *- that is, that *'something**' is removed *- then J65 045 power can be said to be exerted over the subject. (^Many of us do J65 046 feel, at some level, that photography *'steals**' something of J65 047 our spirit or self.) ^The power of photography also lies, as J65 048 Susan Sontag points out, in its ability to obtain information J65 049 about someone which they could never have themselves. ^When the J65 050 subject is unaware of being photographed, or of the uses to which J65 051 the photograph may be put, that power is further multiplied. J65 052 |^Even when photographs are not used in exploitative ways, J65 053 photographic appropriation may still ideologically reflect or J65 054 support material exploitation. ^Photographs by pakeha of Maori J65 055 are sometimes seen by the latter as offensive in that they are J65 056 symptomatic of pakeha appropriation in general. J65 057 **[PLATES**] J65 058 |^Closely linked with appropriation is voyeurism. ^Strictly J65 059 speaking, voyeurism is an exaggerated interest in viewing sexual J65 060 objects or scenes, often from a *'distant**' or hidden position. J65 061 ^Photographers are often accused of voyeurism in serving up, as J65 062 objects for contemplation, depictions of those (often J65 063 defenceless) groups regarded as *'other**'; the poor, aged, J65 064 handicapped, eccentric, deviant, or culturally different. ^The J65 065 reproduced images of Glenn Busch, Diane Arbus and Walker Evans J65 066 can be described as voyeuristic. ^Before equating voyeurism with J65 067 *'bad**' though, consideration should be given to the J65 068 implications of voyeurism in each instance. ^That is, as J65 069 suggested above, whether they reflect or support actual J65 070 relations of dominance or exploitation. ^Evans' image seems, on J65 071 the surface, the most innocuous of the three, for there is J65 072 nothing strange or unusual about the woman and child to excite J65 073 our interest. ^However, further questions are raised on learning J65 074 that Evans used a concealed camera in an experiment to see how J65 075 people would appear when photo- J65 076 **[PLATE**] J65 077 graphed unawares in the defenceless state of reverie. J65 078 |^One of the most fundamental ideologies underlying J65 079 capitalism is individualism *- a belief in the ability of J65 080 individuals to define the conditions of their own life (including J65 081 economic activities). ^In operation, such an ideology supports J65 082 the continued functioning of capitalism by proposing the J65 083 existence of self-determination when, in practice, such a J65 084 possibility is systematically denied to the majority of people. J65 085 ^Art functions as one of the fields of this operation: ^Since the J65 086 Renaissance, the artist has been *1constructed *0as an J65 087 autonomous, self-defining, creative individual *- an *1{auteur}. J65 088 ^*0Thus art offers evidence of the supreme expression of J65 089 individualism. ^However, the activities and products of the J65 090 artist are also defined by society and art itself (at least J65 091 modernist art) as independent of and marginal to the practical, J65 092 day-to-day concerns of society in general. J65 093 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J65 094 |^The history of art photography is the history of symbolic J65 095 attempts to reconcile the incompatibility of self definition J65 096 (creativity) and the conditions of industrial living J65 097 (technology). ^Around the beginning of this century, a number of J65 098 (mostly leisured) individuals strove to show that creativity J65 099 could be found in the mechanical. ^Their approach *- called J65 100 pictorialism *- de-emphasised as much as possible the machine-made J65 101 appearance of photographs in favour of the handmade look. J65 102 ^*1The Camera Doctor, *0by {0J.W.}Johnson, is an almost pure J65 103 expression of the values held by the early pictorialists. ^It J65 104 seems determined to project a thoroughly non-industrial image of J65 105 photography. ^The subjects, an elderly man and a camera (probably J65 106 an old model even in its own time), as well as the depiction of J65 107 craftsmanship, all suggest a prior age. ^In addition, the title J65 108 proposes that the camera is not a mechanical device but a living J65 109 entity. ^Reinforcing this content J65 110 **[PLATE**] J65 111 are the soft focus, textured surface, and warm toned appearance J65 112 of the print, all suggestive of non-photographic artistic media. J65 113 |^This denial of the technology of photography by means of J65 114 inserting the *'human hand**' into the process appeared J65 115 unconvincing to some photographers by the 1920s, and a new J65 116 approach developed placing the point of creative engagement at a J65 117 more sophisticated level, emphasising intellectual rather than J65 118 manual control. ^This new movement, referred to by its German J65 119 name, *1{Neue Sachlichkeit} *0or New Objectivity, celebrated the J65 120 machine-made qualities of photography (often in fact depicting J65 121 machines) and aimed at transforming record photography into art. J65 122 ^Photographers such as Edward Weston and Paul Strand in the J65 123 {0USA}, and J65 124 **[PLATES**] J65 125 Albert Renger-Patzsch in Germany, worked by isolating and J65 126 detaching objects from their wider context in an attempt to J65 127 redeem positivism by sheer intensity of observation. ^Beauty, J65 128 truth and spiritual knowledge were all held to be discoverable in J65 129 the physical world, provided one had sufficient sensitivity of J65 130 vision. ^It was this vision, the ability to choose the object and J65 131 its framing that was all-important, not the everyday significance J65 132 of the object itself. J65 133 |^Capitalism in the same period, having solved the problems J65 134 of production, was attempting to come to grips with those of the J65 135 distribution and consumption of goods. ^Attitudes of thrift and J65 136 accumulation had to be re-oriented to those of consumption if the J65 137 market was to absorb the quantity of goods which could now be J65 138 produced. ^Advertising images provided the ability to achieve J65 139 this. ^By taking advantage of the new technology of J65 140 photomechanical reproduction and the offerings of New Objectivity J65 141 *- better means of signification *- images of goods more J65 142 *'real**' and J65 143 **[PLATES**] J65 144 attractive than the goods themselves were able to be widely J65 145 disseminated. J65 146 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J65 147 |^This new mode of economic activity *- the mass production J65 148 of signifiers *- means that we live in a society of spectacle in J65 149 which no objects of representation can be found, only images J65 150 which refer to other images, ad infinitum. ^Andrew Bogle's J65 151 photograph of a wall mural illustrates perfectly the way images J65 152 hem us in on all sides; even the physical solidity of a wall is J65 153 transformed into picture. ^As Baudrillard has pointed out, the J65 154 fears of the iconoclasts were justified, since images eventually J65 155 come to simulate, rather than represent, the real. (^Admittedly, J65 156 a more real world J65 157 **[PLATE**] J65 158 did not exist before the society of the spectacle; positivism had J65 159 worked hard to create *'the fact**'. ^Rather, what has taken J65 160 place is a movement within ideology.) J65 161 |^The political significance of advertising is that it J65 162 offers a single proposal: that we transform ourselves, our lives, J65 163 by changing our possessions or style. ^Only by purchasing goods J65 164 can happiness and satisfaction be attained. ^Such a proposal J65 165 recognises no other values than those of novelty and the power to J65 166 acquire. ^Since all reference is now reflexive there is no point J65 167 of exit from this system, only endless consumption of images of J65 168 short currency. ^Real political choice is narrowed to freedom of J65 169 consumption *- the choice of one product over another. J65 170 |^This society of the spectacle has made photographic J65 171 reference to the *'real**' world a problematic activity. J65 172 ^Documentary photographs of suffering, for instance, simply J65 173 become irrelevant, impotent, and unusable. ^To claim that we are J65 174 inured to such images is really only half the truth; vision as J65 175 spectacle, not vision as knowledge, is how we participate in our J65 176 culture. ^John Berger argues that the feelings of awkwardness and J65 177 discontinuity we may experience on J65 178 **[PLATE**] J65 179 seeing horrific images of war and suffering are due not so much J65 180 to their content, but to the discontinuity of photography *- its J65 181 ability to wrench things from their context. ^If we were present J65 182 at the occasion of the photograph we could act appropriately but J65 183 we are not, therefore any response we make is inadequate. ^Don J65 184 Slater offers an alternative interpretation by suggesting that J65 185 feelings of discomfort and shock arise from our realisation that J65 186 images of suffering have become entertainment. ^Even the ultimate J65 187 real of death can be drained of reality, can be processed *- J65 188 without embarrassment *- through the same machine used for J65 189 soapsuds. J65 190 |^Art photographers also have difficulty working in the J65 191 modes of reference employed by pre-spectacle, New Objectivity J65 192 photographers. ^Recent work such as that by Hilla and Bernd J65 193 Becher or Peter Hannken is much more equivocal about realism, J65 194 making no claims of capturing essences or spiritual truths. ^The J65 195 current appeal of this work lies in its ambiguity between J65 196 abstraction, documentation, and expression. ^There are J65 197 ideological investments in all three areas (abstraction serves to J65 198 guarantee art's J65 199 **[PLATES**] J65 200 irrelevance), yet it has become difficult to believe J65 201 wholeheartedly in any single one. ^Even the pervasive ideological J65 202 construct of the photographic artist as *0is eroding as we J65 203 recognise in the society of the spectacle that there is no J65 204 *'starting point**' for photographic meaning; that in a sense, J65 205 all images have already been taken. J65 206 *<*4Some *'political**' photographs*> J65 207 |^*0Having suggested that photographs are inevitably J65 208 political, and that most operate in ways which actively support J65 209 the status quo, the question must now be asked: is it possible for J65 210 photographs to challenge (and with what degree of effectiveness) J65 211 dominant ideologies and oppressive social/ economic structures? J65 212 ^That is, is it possible to change social and economic conditions J65 213 with the very tools *- visual representations *- which tend to J65 214 help reproduce them in their present forms? J65 215 |^Any answers to these questions must consider the nature J65 216 and degree of determination in society. ^A simple reflection J65 217 model of ideology views cultural artefacts (such as photographs) J65 218 as reflecting ideology, while in turn the nature of this ideology J65 219 is determined by economic factors. ^In this case, artists and J65 220 photographers are mere accomplices and propagandists in the J65 221 service of ruling ideologies. ^However, more complex and J65 222 sophisticated interpretations of this basic scheme are possible. J65 223 ^In these, cultural artefacts also play a part in constituting J65 224 and constructing ideology, and economic structures have a less J65 225 direct, though not necessarily less profound influence. ^The J65 226 original questions tend then to devolve into complex empirical J65 227 ones: ^The many contexts of an image must all be considered, as J65 228 well as its content, before assessing its potential to provoke J65 229 change. J65 230 |^The following section examines some photographs which can J65 231 be regarded as intentionally, though not necessarily explicitly, J65 232 political *- that is, images aimed at altering existing power J65 233 relations. J65 234 |^A strong emphasis in modernist art photography concerns J65 235 the individual expressing him or herself against the oppresive J65 236 weight of mass imagery and the dehumanising conditions of J65 237 industrial society. ^While the *1effect *0of such an emphasis may J65 238 simply be to reproduce J65 239 **[PLATE**] J65 240 an ideology of individualism, thereby disguising the causes of J65 241 such dehumanisation, the *1intention *0is implicitly political. J65 242 *# J66 001 **[360 TEXT J66**] J66 002 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J66 003 *<*51*> J66 004 |^*0The word *"primitive**" has become the exhausted slushy J66 005 of modern art history. ^Its part in that history has involved J66 006 many mediations. ^As Kirk Varnedoe writes in an essay on Gauguin J66 007 (1), the word J66 008 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J66 009 ^Though he does not, Varnedoe could have included gender among J66 010 these disparative terms. J66 011 |^But it's important to note, as Varnedoe does, that the J66 012 terms are not necessarily exclusive, but more usually paired in J66 013 some way. ^The *"primitive**" may be what a civilisation sees as J66 014 other than itself; it is also what a civilisation must invent as J66 015 a self-critique. J66 016 |^For example, European court Arcadianism, nobles playing at J66 017 being shepherds and shepherdesses, was a kind of J66 018 *"primitivism**". ^It addressed not only the aristocracy's sense J66 019 of its class difference from the peasant, but also a sense of J66 020 loss *- a ritualised admission, however sentimental or cynical, J66 021 of corruption *- of the loss of authenticity or innocence to J66 022 cultivation, manners, consciousness. ^It was a game in which J66 023 consciousness was turned around in a gaze upon what it imagined J66 024 was instinct. ^The implications of this *"primitivism**" J66 025 therefore adhered very closely to the civilised *- were *1of J66 026 *0the latter, as well as different, other, from it. ^This J66 027 retrospective narrative, this drama, has been the subject of much J66 028 court painting, as for example Watteau's *1The Embarcation From J66 029 Cythera, *0a narrative of nostalgia for lost innocence, whose J66 030 self-critique adheres firmly, if speciously, to it. J66 031 |^Christina Conrad has usually chosen to move away from the J66 032 centre, to remote areas and austere circumstances. ^The J66 033 bookshelves in these Cytheran houses, however, are full of art J66 034 books referring to Primitive Painting, African Art, Henri J66 035 Rousseau, Art Brut. J66 036 *<*52*> J66 037 |^*0Clearly, Conrad is involved in a version of an age-old J66 038 drama and quest, the Arcadian one, whose double consciousness has J66 039 invented the word *"primitive**" to explain why it should seek to J66 040 turn back upon itself those imagined qualities of innocence, J66 041 primary experience, and instinct, which it knows (or feels) it J66 042 has forfeited to disenchantment. ^*"Primitive**" is the magic J66 043 word which allows that double consciousness to believe again in J66 044 what it knows does not exist. ^The word allows the sceptic to J66 045 become rapturous. ^It allows Christina Conrad, in a telling J66 046 moment, to successively abjure the terms *"Christian**" and J66 047 *"spiritual**", preferring finally to speak of *"logic**" (2). J66 048 ^In *"The Rise of Primitivism**" (3), Christopher Middleton uses J66 049 the phrase *"art as visionary fact**": this he sets against *"art J66 050 as a perspectival simulation of nature**"; he traces the concept J66 051 to Kandinsky's *1{Uber das Geistige in der Kunst} *0(1912). J66 052 |^An understanding of this double consciousness, which J66 053 involves not (self-)deception but a quality of theatricality, is J66 054 vital to the consideration of an artist like Christina Conrad, J66 055 who so often and so obviously pushes artfulness and artlessness J66 056 against each other in her work. J66 057 |^And that something adhesive *- a magic or mediation *- is J66 058 involved in this primitivist consciousness, must be the starting J66 059 point for an introduction to the art of Christina Conrad. J66 060 *<*53*> J66 061 |^*0When she jokingly proposes a painting *"The Artist as a J66 062 Bloody Loony**", the title pivots sharply upon the word *"as**" J66 063 *- Conrad is turning her theatrical consciousness in some J66 064 derision upon those who imagine that Cythera really exists and J66 065 that she has already arrived there *- pre-lapsarian, gifted with J66 066 infantile creativity, without modern consciousness. ^The title is J66 067 also a wry self-admission that you have to be mad to get involved J66 068 in this game. ^And mad not to. J66 069 |^I'd guess, too, that some attention is solicited by the J66 070 word *"bloody**". ^Conrad is a wordsmith whose sense of language J66 071 in her speech, poetry, and titles, is both exact and ornate. ^The J66 072 precise words are also embellished *- they whirl out from J66 073 accuracy into metaphor. ^Thus the *"bloody loony**" of her title J66 074 comments not only on one predictable perception of her work and J66 075 its extravagant gestures; the phrase also backloads suffering. J66 076 ^It may even co-opt a male language of religious experience, J66 077 remotely Christian and possibly mediaeval, to a female zone. ^It J66 078 may perform an elision of stigmata with menstruation, a gesture J66 079 that is at once a transformation of suffering and a defence J66 080 against its causes. ^The term even seems to be signalling at a J66 081 remote mystical history occupied, for example, by the persecuted J66 082 Albigenses *- a sect that sought to advance feminine terms as J66 083 major, to subvert a language whose Christian masters would J66 084 respond with persecution, bloody persecution at that. J66 085 |^And further, it's important to note that Conrad's art is J66 086 never secular. ^It nearly always conveys a deep tone of mystical J66 087 or spiritual experience *- of the fundamental, factual, *1logical J66 088 *0nature of such experience. ^And while this kind of perception J66 089 is often attributed to *"primitive**" non-Western cultures and to J66 090 polytheistic or animistic religions, and while the modelling of J66 091 Conrad's figures obviously owes something to Modernist J66 092 primitivism (Picasso's Africanism in particular), Conrad's links J66 093 are really old European ones. ^Her art reaches back to a J66 094 mediaeval, or Gothic, iconography. ^In a sense, it returns the J66 095 recent legacy of Modernist primitivism to a remote European J66 096 history. ^It enters that visual language in a mediaeval drama in J66 097 which no aspect of life, however domestic, was merely secular *- J66 098 in which the very objects of domestic life were imbued with J66 099 malevolent or benign powers, in which the most banal characters J66 100 could be seen as satanic or saintly, in which sexual and religious J66 101 forces ran back together toward some suppressed, pagan source. J66 102 |^Conrad's Cythera, then, is not a serene place, a haven, a J66 103 place of lotus-eaters or born-again innocents, but a site of J66 104 turbulence, shape-changing, conflict, and ecstasy. ^In her J66 105 paintings, those morbid personifications of the secular, the art J66 106 dealers, become demonic undertakers. ^Of course, this is also a J66 107 drama, a costume drama at that, and so the scenes are not without J66 108 humour *- even humouring. J66 109 |^What the dealers signify now, as they pay their call on J66 110 the *"bloody loony**" whose visions they will stun into currency, J66 111 is the fact that Conrad's primitivism is not the innocent sort, J66 112 but rather a kind of vitalism. ^What Conrad's art resists are the J66 113 devitalising claims of the merely secular. ^At this level, J66 114 however deliberately theatrical, grotesque, comic, and J66 115 double-conscious her art may seem, it is profoundly, deadly, J66 116 serious. J66 117 *<*54*> J66 118 |^*0The term *"primitive**" seems to have entered the art J66 119 lexicon through French. ^In the mid nineteenth century J66 120 *1{*"primitif**"} *0was used to denote fourteenth and fifteenth J66 121 century Italian artists such as Cimaboue and Giotto. ^Later in J66 122 the century the term would attach to the Limbourg Brothers. J66 123 ^Later still, as the century began to turn towards the kind of J66 124 primitivist crisis engendered by *1{Der Blaue Reiter}, *0the word J66 125 was used of mediaeval icons, of eighteenth and nineteenth century J66 126 ex votos and other religious works, especially Rumanian, J66 127 Bavarian, and Spanish glass paintings. J66 128 |^By the *1{fin de sie*?3cle}, *0*"primitive**" was being J66 129 used of all of the above, and of European folk art of the period J66 130 which extended into the twentieth century, including secular J66 131 glass paintings, painted Slovenian beehives, rustic painted J66 132 furniture, and god knows what else. ^The term was also used J66 133 indiscriminately of tribal art from Africa and Oceania, of J66 134 archaic art such as the Iberian sculpture that would later J66 135 influence Picasso, of Oriental court art, and so on. J66 136 |^This ballooning of the territory of *"primitive**" J66 137 reflects a shrinkage and a crisis in the metropolitan zone *- J66 138 reveals a garrison mentality whose sense of its own centrality J66 139 was megalomanic and certainly (as events would reveal) J66 140 proto-fascist; and which was simultaneously aware of the growing J66 141 scope of the other *- of the *"primitive**": the savage, the J66 142 folk, the naive, the archaic, the oriental, the provincial. J66 143 |^Metropolitan taste and scholarship would soon admit the J66 144 *"Italian primitives**" to the mainstream of European art J66 145 history. ^It would accredit the syncretic sophistication of the J66 146 Brothers Limbourg. ^In the first decades of the twentieth J66 147 century, urged by *1{Der Blaue Reiter}, *0the metropolitan would J66 148 argue for the deprovincialising of such phenomena as Bavarian J66 149 glass painting. J66 150 |^This had the effect of attacking bourgeois or academic J66 151 taste, an Oedipal motive also in Picasso's Africanism. ^As an J66 152 appropriation, however, it had in addition the effect of J66 153 enlarging the metropolitan zone. ^The great Modernist J66 154 Weltanschauung was launched. J66 155 |^By mid-century the move had been taken further by J66 156 Dubuffet. ^The *"art brut**" of the mentally ill, of children, J66 157 and of makers working entirely outside the metropolitan art J66 158 economy, was proposed as an authentic alternative to the products J66 159 of that economy, which would certainly by now include countless J66 160 samples of Modernist primitivism. J66 161 |^This move installed Cythera in place of the metropolitan J66 162 centre. ^There was no longer any need to be somewhere else. ^All J66 163 that was required was the repudiation of an economy. ^Conrad's J66 164 art dealers are the phantoms of this scenario. ^Much of her J66 165 writing and art *- the signature of its style *- might seem of J66 166 Dubuffet, or of Michel The*?2voz (*1Art Brut, *01976; *1{Le J66 167 langage de la rupture}, *01978). J66 168 *<*55*> J66 169 |^The successive repudiations and movements in Modernist J66 170 *"progress**" have all seemed versions of this primitivist J66 171 recidivism. ^The primitivism of such late Modernist phenomena as J66 172 American sculptural earthworks (Robert Smithson, Michael Heizer, J66 173 Robert Morris); the monumentalism of Nancy Holt or Michelle J66 174 Stuart; the *"fetishism**" of Eva Hesse or Jackie Windsor or, in J66 175 New Zealand, of Jacqueline Fraser; the 1970s walks of Richard J66 176 Long, the shamanism of Beuys; the sympathetic magic invoked by J66 177 much women's movement art *- the primitivism of these is readily J66 178 identifiable. J66 179 |^But by the seventies, the idea of *"the primitive**" had J66 180 been *"demagnetised**", as Christopher Middleton puts it (4) by J66 181 the thought of two and even three generations. ^A postmodern J66 182 generation (such as Jacqueline Fraser's) has been less J66 183 self-conscious about the Late Capitalist economy it occupies. J66 184 ^Primitivism raised against the metropolitan economy has seemed, J66 185 for this generation, to be as effective as a bow and arrow. ^In J66 186 the 1980s, the primitivism of Jacqueline Fraser, of Christina J66 187 Conrad, has a different frame from that available to it in the J66 188 early 70s. ^It is a different kind of alternative. ^And it has J66 189 been in the 1980s that Christina Conrad, notwithstanding her J66 190 sardonic asides in the direction of the art dealers, has advanced J66 191 into the art economy. J66 192 *<*56*> J66 193 |^*0It is now very hard to make primitivist art that does J66 194 not install quotation marks around *"primitive**". ^Women artists J66 195 have featured prominently in this process *- the term *"other**" J66 196 like the Derridaean pun *"diffe*?2rence**" has become a J66 197 commonplace of this consciousness. J66 198 |^It's a consciousness widely separated from the Modernist J66 199 primitivism of Gauguin and Picasso, who now, themselves, might J66 200 almost seem naive. ^Indeed, the consciousness frequently J66 201 repudiates their example; or quotes them in knowing contexts. J66 202 ^Robin White's Kiribati woodcuts come to mind: their Gauguinesque J66 203 qualities involve a highly conscious historical sense. ^And J66 204 Christina Conrad's Picassoesque modelling needs looking at in J66 205 this regard also. J66 206 *<*57*> J66 207 |^*0Paintings titled *"^The Artist Contemplating Her J66 208 Finances**", or *"^The Artist Entertaining the Gentlemen of the J66 209 Artworld**", or, most blatantly, *"^The Artist Asking for Time to J66 210 Paint**", are hardly unselfconsciously primitivist *- their J66 211 claims on the primitivist site have a very large historical J66 212 context. J66 213 |^What the conscious primitivism of Christina Conrad does J66 214 have in common with that of its Modernist masters (with whom her J66 215 relationship is certainly ironic) is a tendency to iconise J66 216 subjects *- to transform narrative into icon, depth into surface, J66 217 and so on. J66 218 |^A significant mark of Conrad's consciousness can be read J66 219 right here *- where her narrative or discursive qualities (as J66 220 inscribed in her titles) encounter her *"primitive**" iconic ones J66 221 (as revealed in the static, sculptural, frontal qualities of J66 222 both paintings and clay works). ^The one tends to apply pressure J66 223 to the other; the result is theatrical, often humorous, and J66 224 certainly involves a deal of calculated display. J66 225 |^This display *- this transformation of the discredited J66 226 optimisms of Modernist primitivism *- involves a repudiation of J66 227 the *"old master**" history of Modernist anti-bourgeois J66 228 primitivism. ^Like Mimmo Paladino's, for example, Conrad's J66 229 primitivism has had to reduce its Modernist masters (for instance J66 230 Picasso) to an available status *- her quotation of such J66 231 *"masters**" is not deferential, but equal. J66 232 |^It is even, perhaps, reappropriative *- as the Modernist J66 233 masters in their day appropriated tribal art, transforming it J66 234 into a memory, so Conrad *"remembers**" them; less because they J66 235 might transform the art of her time, as because the J66 236 transformation they did accomplish now needs to be written back J66 237 into art as an ordinary ingredient of its vocabulary. J66 238 *# J67 001 **[361 TEXT J67**] J67 002 |^*0Metamorphosis: change of form \0esp. magic transformation. J67 003 |^We are experiencing a moment when contradictions and J67 004 ambiguities impress themselves on our consciousness with J67 005 compelling urgency. ^It is no longer possible to assess art J67 006 activity in the eighties in the same framework as even that of J67 007 five years ago. ^Postmodernism has urged a more critical J67 008 discourse abroad which in turn is gathering momentum in this J67 009 country and the premise on which artmaking takes place is under J67 010 close scrutiny. ^It is impossible to ignore the fact that for the J67 011 past twenty years there has been a disillusionment with J67 012 avant-garde progressivism and a dissatisfaction with so-called J67 013 *'modernist**' painting. ^For those most keenly aware of this J67 014 rupture with the past, there has been a radical reassessment of J67 015 the notions of the individual genius of the artist, the J67 016 uniqueness of the object, and the privileged context of the J67 017 museum. J67 018 |^How then do we come to terms with a New Zealand artist J67 019 like Philippa Blair who at face value continues to evolve an J67 020 expressionist mode of painting in keeping with the tenets J67 021 operating earlier this century? ^Can we afford to assess her work J67 022 only in terms according to Worringer and Kandinsky or those J67 023 espoused by the existentialists or do we now attempt to evaluate J67 024 Blair in the nexus of Postmodernism**[SIC**]. ^As Suzi Gablik has J67 025 commented: J67 026 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J67 027 |^There is no denying that Blair's work has always reflected J67 028 a pluralist standpoint. ^From the *1Packapoo *0series of J67 029 paintings and screenprints in 1980, the *1tipi *0works of J67 030 1982-83, *1Canberra: Snakes and Circles *0in 1984, the J67 031 Christchurch series of cut-out canvases in 1985 to the *1Macbeth J67 032 *0cloaks and drawings of 1986, she has freely explored a number J67 033 of directions. ^Making no apology for her eclecticism, she has J67 034 taken on board a style that at times has reiterated similar J67 035 concerns of close colleagues in New Zealand, Jackson Pollock's J67 036 action painting, the experimental films of Len Lye, Jim Dine's J67 037 particular brand of pop art, symbols and formal structures J67 038 derived from the American Indian, explorations in abstraction J67 039 a*?3 la the Bauhaus and so forth. J67 040 |^On the local front, Philippa Blair, like Philip Trusttum, J67 041 Allen Maddox and Philip Clairmont was nurtured in the J67 042 expressionist formula by Rudi Gopas at the Canterbury School of J67 043 Art. ^In the 'sixties he had urged his students to choose colour J67 044 freely and examine its psychological effects and to abstract from J67 045 specific natural forms to produce visual statements that evoked J67 046 the universal. ^The validity of this endeavour has subsequently J67 047 been disputed by, among others, Hal Foster, in his essay *'The J67 048 Expressive Fallacy**', where he argues that expressionism is a J67 049 specific language which *'encodes the natural and simulates the J67 050 immediate.**' ^There is, in effect, no such thing as an J67 051 unmediated or pure response to nature or to one's feelings. J67 052 ^Expressionism per se runs the risk of being seductive and J67 053 without sufficient content for the postmodern sensibility. J67 054 |^The questioning of the integrity of this formula by J67 055 today's standards is just one of the dilemmas Blair faces in her J67 056 career. ^Her relationship to German and Abstract Expressionism, J67 057 to specific international figures named above as well as art of a J67 058 similar persuasion by other New Zealanders is equivocal since the J67 059 system it evolved from was a patriarchal one and the visual J67 060 language it used served a masculine viewpoint. ^As a woman artist J67 061 she is therefore operating in a tradition that tends to negate J67 062 femininity. ^To some extent Blair has disrupted this hegemony by J67 063 building into her style imagery that, in terms of American J67 064 feminist theory of the 'seventies, has a symbolic parallel to J67 065 women's experience. ^Her canvases may have a scale and emotional J67 066 strength that disqualify such adjectives used traditionally for J67 067 *'feminine**' art (such as *'delicate**', *'refined**' and J67 068 *'pretty**') but they incorporate a strong sexual component which J67 069 can be seen as especially female. ^This is manifested in her J67 070 *1tipi *0paintings where she is preoccupied with formal J67 071 relationships between *'inside**' and *'outside**' and in works J67 072 like the *1Journey Cloak *0(1983) where there is a sense of J67 073 enclosure, barriers, constrictions as well as of growth, J67 074 unwinding and unfolding. ^Lucy Lippard suggested in *1From the J67 075 Center *0that J67 076 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J67 077 |^Blair has steered clear of acknowledging the erotic J67 078 component in her imagery until 1985 when a series of etchings and J67 079 paintings based on the dichotomy of male/ female appeared. J67 080 **[PLATE**] J67 081 ^These were among the few obviously figurative compositions the J67 082 artist has produced. ^She prefers to describe the content of her J67 083 work in terms of intangible polarities *- Shelter/ Exposure, J67 084 Energy/ Rest, Night/ Day, Personal/ Universal, Spirit/ Matter. J67 085 ^Such metaphysical oppositions, according to Foster, are the very J67 086 basis of Expressionism and since the 'seventies, they have J67 087 recurred over and over again in Blair's work. ^In a typewritten J67 088 statement of July 1984, she wrote J67 089 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J67 090 |^In this attempt to balance opposites, the viewer is J67 091 constantly aware of the formal properties of her work. J67 092 ^Exuberant in colour and gesture, large unstretched canvases are J67 093 pinned flat to the wall or given the freedom to fall as a fold, J67 094 capable of transforming themselves visually in a variety of ways. J67 095 ^They are at once painting, sculpture, cloaks and shelters, J67 096 unrestricted by the constraints of stretcher and frame. ^When J67 097 interviewed by Chris Parr in late 1982 she explained, J67 098 **[LONG QUOTATION**] J67 099 ^It is a distinctive trait of this artist that she has placed J67 100 particular emphasis on breaking down the barriers of traditional J67 101 artmaking, and continues to be innovatory in this respect. J67 102 |^In the four years since Parr's article was published J67 103 Philippa Blair has remained open-ended and all-inclusive in her J67 104 imagery. ^Regular travel outside New Zealand has contributed to a J67 105 widening of her visual vocabulary and she maintains an energy and J67 106 confident hedonism in canvases, prints and drawings that is J67 107 life-affirming rather than nihilistic. ^Her appropriation of American J67 108 Indian symbols and the *1tipi *0device of the early 'eighties J67 109 gradually gave way to cloaks which were less didactic. J67 110 |^In the artist's exhibition *1Transformations *0at {0RKS} J67 111 Art in September 1983, works were given titles such as *1Spring J67 112 Cloak, Hiroshima Cloak *0and *1Metaphysical Cloak. ^*0Lines, J67 113 shapes and colour areas ran arbitrarily into one another imaging J67 114 a world of shifting, unpredictable relationships. ^The addition J67 115 of black-and-white striped poles (which had an anthropomorphic J67 116 presence) and ladders were extended out from the J67 117 canvas into the gallery space. ^Explicit signs, drawn from a J67 118 non-Western culture, were no longer present and thus the artist J67 119 avoided the trap of overt image-scavenging. ^Instead, the J67 120 paintwork was freer and endeavoured to be associated more with J67 121 personal experience than with tribal art. J67 122 |^In April 1984 Blair participated in the J67 123 artist-in-residency programme at the Canberra School of Art. ^For J67 124 a period of three months she developed canvases and drawings that J67 125 gave primacy to the autobiographical. ^She sees most of her J67 126 output as reflecting a journey *- both actual and in metaphysical J67 127 terms. ^In Canberra, the city's topographical complexity formed a J67 128 base structure for her images with analogies to the game of J67 129 *'snakes and ladders**', and to Kandinsky's work in the J67 130 Australian National Gallery. ^Exhibited first in Canberra and J67 131 subsequently in New Zealand, the paintings especially were her J67 132 most complex to date. ^A frenetic configuration of lines, circles J67 133 and colours combined in compositions called *1Kangaroo: J67 134 Gininderra, Glenloch Interchange *0and *1Snaking Through: Woden J67 135 Valley. J67 136 |^*0Among the constructions, *1Snake with Ladder *0was J67 137 typical. ^It featured a darkly coiled canvas strip and inserted J67 138 coloured wooden batons, with a small black ladder leaning on the J67 139 wall alongside. ^What was perhaps surprising in the *1Snakes and J67 140 Circles *0series was the inclusion of a group of conte*?2 and J67 141 charcoal drawings. ^Here the artist deliberately restricted the J67 142 scale and colour of her imagery, allowing the strong centrifugal J67 143 movement of line and form to come to the fore. ^Curved rhythms J67 144 suggested motorway intersections at the same time as sexually J67 145 organic forms. ^The corporeality of these drawings implied J67 146 movement both across and out from the surface. ^*1Canberra Kimono J67 147 *0comprised one of several canvases folded to suggest clothes, J67 148 with richly coloured outer folds, split and divided. ^Inside J67 149 these the tonality was sombre. ^The duality was J67 150 characteristically intended to act as a metaphor for change from J67 151 one transient state to another. ^It was a series of cloaks which J67 152 largely made up the artist's exhibition later in the year at the J67 153 Shippee Gallery, New York. J67 154 |^Much of 1985 was spent in Christchurch as a visiting J67 155 lecturer in painting at the School of Fine Arts (where she had J67 156 graduated in 1967). ^*1A Tree has its Heart in its Roots, *0named J67 157 after a fable written by Lye in 1948, set the theme for works J67 158 from this period. ^Seeing it as symbolical of the life-force, J67 159 Blair adopted a schematised trunk and branch form as a way of J67 160 suggesting growth-change *- birth *- and death. ^The speed and J67 161 considerable physical action involved in such paintings is J67 162 crucial for conveying the desired effect of immediacy. ^Moving J67 163 rapidly with brush and pigment across the rectangular canvas J67 164 covering her studio floor, the artist performs what is almost a J67 165 choreographed dance. ^When displayed at the Robert McDougall Art J67 166 Gallery in early 1986, paintings based on the tree were J67 167 accompanied by those using an emblematic heart, such as in J67 168 *1Queen of Hearts. ^*0These recalled her *'heart books**' of the J67 169 previous year where the canvas could be opened out at random from J67 170 its position on the wall. ^The Christchurch show also featured an J67 171 installation of *'cut-outs**' where the rectangular edge of the J67 172 canvas was cut and draped in partial imitation of a garment. J67 173 ^*1Sailing in Hagley Park *0was the most ambitious of these. J67 174 |^In recent months Blair has taken the theatrical J67 175 implications of her installation to a natural conclusion with a J67 176 series of cloaks and pastel drawings based on *1Macbeth. J67 177 ^*0Inspired by rehearsals she attended at Auckland's Theatre J67 178 Corporate in May 1986, she arrived at statements like the J67 179 *1King's Cloak. ^*0The work is among her most imposing to date in J67 180 its three-dimensional quality and vibrant colour with free J67 181 gestural brushstroke and dripped paint drenching and opening up J67 182 the heavier forms. ^The whole vocabulary of expressionist J67 183 technique so richly displayed encourages the viewer to experience J67 184 vicariously, to identify emotionally with dramatic changes and J67 185 contrasts of mood implied by the theme. J67 186 |^Not surprisingly a year before, Philippa Blair had read J67 187 Franc*?6oise Gilot's J67 188 **[PLATES**] J67 189 book *1Interface: The Painter and the Mask. ^*0In Gilot's J67 190 description of the supremacy of an individual's creativity, she J67 191 sensed a parallel approach to her own: J67 192 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J67 193 |^The problem remains. ^Is it sufficient for an artist J67 194 working in the mid-'eighties to see paintings as a Romantic J67 195 self-identification with nature or the universe? J67 196 *<*4Gillian Chaplin*> J67 197 *<*2ANNE KIRKER*> J67 198 |^*0Since the early nineteen-eighties, Gillian Chaplin has no J67 199 longer worked exclusively as a photographer in the conventional J67 200 sense. ^For practical reasons, as much as the need to articulate J67 201 shifts in her own creative thought, she has largely by-passed J67 202 direct use of the camera, to convey instead a confrontation J67 203 between past and present *- in her own life particularly, and the J67 204 intangible realm of fantasy and dream. J67 205 |^Employed full-time at the Auckland Institute and Museum in J67 206 1981, the artist found she had less time at her disposal (and no J67 207 dark-room) to maintain the output of photography she was used to. J67 208 ^In the Museum's U-bix photocopier she discovered a readily J67 209 accessible means to simultaneously transpose a variety of images: J67 210 |**[LONG QUOTATION**] J67 211 |^Chaplin has in fact come to regard the photocopying J67 212 machine as a super-efficient camera, capable of exposing and J67 213 printing an image *'in a flash**', but its special ability to J67 214 combine eerily stark precision with ghostly shading and also to J67 215 skid the impression out of definition is perfect for her J67 216 enigmatic perception. ^The artist's initial use of xerox was J67 217 demonstrated as part of her exhibition at Photo-Forum in 1981 and J67 218 took the form of a single sheet supporting an image of velvety J67 219 soft blacks. ^With time she started tearing, cutting and pasting J67 220 pieces of the xeroxed sheets together, heightening the complexity J67 221 of their various relationships and she also began adding colour J67 222 by hand. J67 223 |^There has been one consistent motif within these transient J67 224 interior worlds *- that of the artist's physical self as subject. J67 225 *# J68 001 **[362 TEXT J68**] J68 002 |^*0When we hear a modern day concert pianist dashing J68 003 through a jungle of trills, rapid scale passages, arpeggios, J68 004 broken chords and double octaves in a cadenza of a piano J68 005 concerto, how often do we stop and think of the source of this J68 006 type of keyboard bravura. ^The cradle of keyboard virtuoso J68 007 writing was the English virginal school of which Byrd's J68 008 Sellinger's Round is a representative example. ^Of course J68 009 keyboard instruments existed well before the lifetime of William J68 010 Byrd (1543-1623) but a true keyboard idiom as distinct from a J68 011 vocal idiom did not develop till the late renaissance. J68 012 *<*4Historical Background of Keyboard Music*> J68 013 |^*0The keyboard instruments in existence up to and during J68 014 the renaissance era were the organ, clavichord, virginals, spinet J68 015 and harpsichord. J68 016 |^Of these the organ is of course the oldest with a history J68 017 stretching back to about 246 {0B.C.} ^The first composer of J68 018 importance was the German Konrad Paumann who wrote a pioneering J68 019 organ method in 1452. ^His Buxheimer Orgelbuch (\0cl460) contains J68 020 a collection of some 250 solo organ works, most of them J68 021 ornamented pieces of vocal works by German composers, who J68 022 dominated early organ literature. ^The main composers of organ J68 023 much**[SIC**] in the 1500s were Cabezon of Spain and Merulo of J68 024 Venice. ^The style of organ works was mainly vocal and J68 025 polyphonic. ^Little virtuosity appeared in organ writing before J68 026 the Baroque era, although some of the organ toccatas of Merulo J68 027 written between 1598-1604 show clear signs of an independent J68 028 keyboard style and bravura writing beginning to emerge. J68 029 |^Clavichords which developed from the old monochord were in J68 030 evidence as early as the 1430s. ^As the strings are *1struck *0by J68 031 a tangent it is the true predecessor of the piano rather than the J68 032 harpsichord family whose strings were *1plucked *0by a quill. J68 033 ^The very quiet volume level of the clavichord confined its use J68 034 largely to that of a domestic household instrument. J68 035 |^Harpischord, spinet and virginals are one family of J68 036 plucked-string keyboard instruments and indeed the three words J68 037 tended to be interchangeable as well as meaning different things J68 038 at different times. J68 039 |^Thus, in 16th and 17th century England the term J68 040 *"virginal**" mean**[SIC**] any string keyboard instrument. ^The J68 041 well-known Fitzwilliam Virginal Book in which this Byrd J68 042 Sellinger's Round is printed, was largely played on the J68 043 harpsichord. J68 044 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J68 045 |^*4Consult a reputable music dictionary and find out the J68 046 differences in shape and technical specifications between a J68 047 harpsichord, a spinet and a virginal. J68 048 **[END INDENTATION**] J68 049 |^*0Because of its compact shape, the virginal was the true J68 050 domestic instrument used most commonly in households. ^Some J68 051 designs were a pair of virginals laid side by side on one case in J68 052 which the right-hand virginal could be removed from the case, J68 053 placed on a table and used as a portable keyboard rather like J68 054 today's electronic organ keyboards. ^Hence the term *"a pair of J68 055 virginals**" which is sometimes encountered in contemporary J68 056 descriptions of seventeenth century virginals. J68 057 |^The first instruments of the harpsichord family were J68 058 developed near the end of the 14th century. ^The earliest written J68 059 evidence of such an instrument was in 1404. ^In a treatise of J68 060 about 1440 Arnaut of Zwolle describes the harpsichord in great J68 061 detail with accompanying diagrams. J68 062 |^The wide geographical distribution and acceptance of the J68 063 harpsichord in the 15th century led to the development of schools J68 064 of harpsichord building in various countries, the most important J68 065 being Italy. ^Other schools sprang up in Germany, Flanders, J68 066 France and England. J68 067 *<*4String Keyboard Music in England*> J68 068 |^*0In 1502 Edward Stanley was known to have sung and J68 069 accompanied himself on the virginal before the King of Scotland. J68 070 ^Virginal music was in great favour at the courts of Henry *=VII J68 071 and Henry *=VIII who was himself a skilled virginal player. J68 072 |^While much early English keyboard music is apt for J68 073 virginal or organ later music differentiated between the two J68 074 styles in a way which the keyboard music of Italy didn't. ^The J68 075 English virginalists can therefore claim to have pioneered the J68 076 truly independent string-keyboard style as exemplified in the J68 077 works of the mature English virginal school from composers such J68 078 as Bull, Farnaby, Gibbons and Byrd. J68 079 |^An important forerunner to this mature virginal style is J68 080 Hornpipe by Aston as well as two anonymous works sometimes J68 081 attributed to Aston *- *"My Lady Carey's \1Dompe**" and *"My Lady J68 082 Wynkfyld's \1Rownde**". ^All three pieces appeared between about J68 083 1530-1535. ^These pieces show clear evidence of the use of J68 084 variation technique by English keyboard writers before 1550, as J68 085 well as displaying a remarkable grasp of keyboard technique using J68 086 scalic runs, broken chords and arpeggios. J68 087 |^This paved the way for the flowering of the great English J68 088 virginalists a generation later, the most important of whom was J68 089 William Byrd. ^Other prominent writers were Orlando Gibbons J68 090 (1583-1625), Thomas Tomkins (1572-1656), John Bull (1562-1628) J68 091 and Giles Farnaby (\0cl563-1640). J68 092 *<*4Important Keyboard Music Collections*> J68 093 |^*1The Mulliner Book *0compiled by Thomas Mulliner from J68 094 \0cl545 to \0cl585 is the oldest and most important of the J68 095 keyboard sources. ^It contains dances, transcriptions of secular J68 096 songs and anthems, settings of psalm tunes and chants. ^Although J68 097 these are mainly for organ there are a few in the collection J68 098 intended for virginals. ^The manuscripts in this collection J68 099 comprise works by Redford, Tallis, Blytheman, Shepherd, Alwood, J68 100 Edwards, Robert Johnson, Mundy, Taverner, Tye and others. J68 101 |^The most carefully and beautifully written manuscript is J68 102 *1My Lady Nevell's Book *0containing 42 works all by Byrd, J68 103 including Sellinger's Round. J68 104 |^*1Parthenia, or the \1Maydenhead of the First \1Musicke that J68 105 ever was printed for the \1Virginalls *0(1611) is the first known J68 106 English publication of virginal music. ^It contains 21 pieces by J68 107 Byrd, Bull and Gibbons. ^They are mostly pavans and galliards J68 108 plus one set of variations, a fancy and some preludes. J68 109 |^By far the most comprehensive anthology is the J68 110 *1*"Fitzwilliam Virginal Book**". *0This was copied by Francis J68 111 Tregian during his ten year confinement in Fleet Prison for J68 112 refusing to renounce his Catholic religion. ^It contains nearly J68 113 300 compositions (including Byrd's Sellinger's Round) by nearly J68 114 all the major English keyboard writers. ^They include madrigal J68 115 transcriptions, contrapuntal fantasias, preludes, dances, J68 116 descriptive pieces and many sets of variations, all written J68 117 between \0cl562 to \0cl6l2. J68 118 |^One of the last collections to appear was *1*"Elizabeth J68 119 Rogers her {1Virginall Booke}**" *0dated 1656. J68 120 |^Titles of works and collections, contemporary paintings J68 121 and works of literature would seem to reinforce the fact that the J68 122 virginal was largely an instrument for ladies. J68 123 *<*4Keyboard Forms*> J68 124 |^*0Because an independent keyboard style was still in its J68 125 infancy, the 16th century forms reflected a heterogeneous mixture J68 126 of vocal, dance and emergent keyboard forms, which could be J68 127 grouped into four categories: vocal forms, dance forms, pieces J68 128 based on an style and variation forms. ^It should not be J68 129 forgotten that keyboard composers in those days were both J68 130 competent organists and virginalists and that much of the J68 131 keyboard repertoire was therefore interchangeable. ^Many of the J68 132 forms could be played equally well on either instrument. J68 133 *<*41. Vocally derived forms*> J68 134 |^*0There were four categories of keyboard works allied with J68 135 vocal music. ^The first of these consisted of straight J68 136 transcriptions of popular motets, chansons and madrigals J68 137 decorated by trills runs and embellishments. ^Some of these J68 138 stayed close to their models like Farnaby. ^Farnaby's J68 139 transcription of his own canzonet *"{1Ay me, poore heart}**" is J68 140 never obscured by figuration. ^Others like Byrd and Philips were J68 141 much freer with their transcriptions. ^Philips' transcription of J68 142 Lassus's chanson *"Margot labourez les vignes**" makes a much J68 143 freer use of keyboard decoration and scale runs in the part J68 144 writing. J68 145 |^Cantus firmus compositions based on Gregorian chants, and J68 146 later, secular tunes, formed another popular category of J68 147 vocally-derived keyboard music. ^This style appeared in the J68 148 middle of the 16th century. ^Later composers like Byrd and J68 149 Gibbons were able to decorate popular sacred cantus firmus J68 150 melodies such as their various settings of *"Miserere**" and *"In J68 151 Nomine**" with quite enterprising figurations of virginal J68 152 technique. ^A number of these cantus firmus compositions are J68 153 included in the popular anthologies such as the Fitzwilliam J68 154 Virginal Book. J68 155 |^The instrumental *1ricercar *0(\0It. ricercare to seek, J68 156 search) was the instrumental equivalent of the vocal motet. ^The J68 157 earliest, dating from the mid 16th century, were written in the J68 158 same tradition as polyphonic church music. ^The ricercare J68 159 generally displayed great contrapuntal learnedness with much use J68 160 of inversion, augmentation, diminution and retrograde treatment J68 161 of polyphonic material. ^They were written for instrumental J68 162 consorts and sometimes for keyboard instruments. ^The form was J68 163 favoured in Italy especially, and reached its vogue in the later J68 164 part of the 16th century. J68 165 |^The *1canzona *0(\0It. *"song**") was one of the most J68 166 important instrumental forms of the 16th century and favoured in J68 167 Italy. ^The earliest canzonas from 1520-1540 developed from the J68 168 practice of lutenists and keyboard players making instrumental J68 169 arrangements of French chansons. ^The lively rhythm, clear-cut J68 170 structure and simple tunefulness of the chanson made the canzona J68 171 a more popular, secular and less learned counterpart of the J68 172 ricercar. ^It employs long fugue-like themes imitated in all J68 173 voices but with more freedom and rhythmic vitality than the J68 174 ricercar. ^Keyboard canzonas continued their popularity in the J68 175 early Baroque and became an important forerunner to the Baroque J68 176 organ fugue. J68 177 *<*42. Forms based on an improvisatory style*> J68 178 |^*0These are closely allied to the vocally derived forms J68 179 above, in that they were still written in the old polyphonic J68 180 tradition during the renaissance. ^The three most popular J68 181 keyboard forms in this category were the *1toccata, prelude, J68 182 *0and *1fantasia. J68 183 |^*0The *1toccatas *0and *1preludes *0are the freest in J68 184 structure. ^The preludes for virginal by both Byrd and Bull use J68 185 considerable keyboard figuration. ^Bull's eight preludes make J68 186 considerable demands on keyboard virtuosity. ^The toccata was a J68 187 speciality of Italian organ composers, especially the Venetian J68 188 Merulo. ^It is written in one movement in a free form. ^The few J68 189 toccatas in English collections show a strong Italian influence. J68 190 |^The *1Fantasia *0or *1Fancy *0is similar in structure to J68 191 the Toccata but it is more contrapuntal and imitative in style. J68 192 ^They range from scholastic contrapuntal exercises to very free J68 193 works in an improvisational style. ^There is a tendency to J68 194 develop one subject extensively in this genre. ^Giles Farnaby J68 195 excelled in this form, combining contrapuntal skill with a true J68 196 virginal keyboard style of broken chords, wide skips, J68 197 ornamentation and rapid passages in thirds. J68 198 |^The renaissance keyboard writers laid the foundation for J68 199 the full flowering of the prelude, toccata and fantasia in the J68 200 Baroque, reaching their peak in the organ and harpsichord works J68 201 of {0J.S.} Bach. J68 202 *<*43. Dance Forms*> J68 203 |^*0Among the dance forms the most plentiful in virginal J68 204 collections are pavans and galliards, allemandes and courantes. J68 205 ^Jigs, brawls (\1branles), masks, lavoltas, morescas and J68 206 spagniolettas also appear. J68 207 |^Dances were often grouped in pairs. ^A slow 4/4 dance J68 208 followed by a quicker 3/4 one, such as the pavan and galliard, J68 209 was a common formula. ^These dance pairs were often grouped like J68 210 this in Europe too. ^The Italian ronde and saltarello and the J68 211 German Tanz and Nachtanz were two typical examples. ^The J68 212 Allemande (or \1Alman) and Courante emerged in the middle of the J68 213 16th century. ^Both these were retained for the later stylized J68 214 dance suites of the Baroque. ^These works were often written J68 215 specifically for dancing. ^Others, although retaining their basic J68 216 characteristics were extended and stylized beyond the functional J68 217 dance. ^Gibbons's *"\1Pavane Lord Salisbury**" is such an example. J68 218 |^In all these dance forms the rhythmic and harmonic aspects J68 219 predominated even when composers gave them elaborate contrapuntal J68 220 treatment. ^Sometimes sets of variations are built on dances, J68 221 especially the passamezzo pavans. ^One of Byrd's eight J68 222 pavan-galliards in the *"My \1Ladye Nevell's \1Booke**" includes such J68 223 a pavan. J68 224 |^Borrowed material occasionally appears in keyboard pavans. J68 225 ^Farnaby's Lachrimae Pavana and Byrd's Pavana Lachrimae are both J68 226 based on Dowland's *"Flow My Tears**". ^Dances are sometimes J68 227 named after an individual. ^A pavan-galliard each by Byrd and J68 228 Gibbons for example are titled *"Pavan and Galliard, the Earl of J68 229 Salisbury**". ^Some titles have descriptive connotations too, J68 230 such as Bull's Spanish Pavan, Tomkin's Hunting Galliard and J68 231 Philips's Pavana Dolorosa. J68 232 |^Next in popularity are the allemandes and courantes which J68 233 were likewise paired together. ^The jig is usually in a lively J68 234 modern day equivalent of a 6/8 or 12/8 metre. J68 235 *# J69 001 **[363 TEXT J69**] J69 002 ^*0Since the apical and basal walls of a cell are denoted by J69 003 *2\LOWWALL *0and *2\HIGHWALL *0(\0Fig. 5), this corresponds to J69 004 |**[FORMULA**], J69 005 |in *=I (for notation see Table 1). J69 006 *<3.2 Time in the simulation*> J69 007 |^A complete simulation requires 120 1-\0h time steps. ^The J69 008 first 60 time steps are required to fill the meristem and the J69 009 second 60 for data collection (*=I) . ^A constant *2{ZEROTIME = J69 010 60} *0is used to adjust time scales to zero at the beginning of J69 011 data collection. J69 012 |^Each family has its own time scale which runs from 1 to 74 J69 013 \0h and which is related to the time step for the simulation by J69 014 the parameters *2\ZEROTIME, \TZERO *0and *2\NEWTIM *0(\0p. A10, J69 015 \0p. A14) . ^*2\TZERO *0is the age of a family at the beginning J69 016 of data collection, and *2\NEWTIM *0is the time between the J69 017 introduction of one family and the next (Section 4.2). J69 018 *<3.3 Implementation of the division rules*> J69 019 |^Division rules are given in *=I and correspondence between J69 020 the notations used in *=I and in the program is given in Table 1. J69 021 ^Division rules are based on relationships between cell lengths J69 022 and observed cell size limits (*=I) . ^The rules are implemented J69 023 in subroutine *2\GROW *0(\0p. A18). ^In this subroutine, two J69 024 times are assigned to each cell (\0Fig. 6; \0p. A18) : *2\TMIN, J69 025 *0the first time step after twice the minimum size is reached J69 026 (rule **=ii, *=I), and *2\TMAX, *0the first time step after the J69 027 maximum size has been reached (rule **=iii, *=I). J69 028 |^The process of transverse division is handled in J69 029 subroutine *2\DIVIDE *0(\0p. A17). ^If a cell is to undergo J69 030 division, a division time *2\TDIV *0must be selected from the J69 031 interval *2{RANGE ( = TMAX - TMIN) (DIVIDE)}. ^*0Three J69 032 procedures, *'midpoint**', *'uniform**' and *'binomial**', are J69 033 available for setting *2\TDIV, *0and the procedure to be used is J69 034 set in file *2{CONDITION.DAT} *0(\0Fig. 2; Section 2.2). ^The J69 035 midpoint procedure sets *2\TDIV *0to the midpoint of the J69 036 interval, or, more precisely, to the midpoint if the interval J69 037 contains an odd number of time steps, and to the time step before J69 038 the midpoint if the number of time steps is even. ^The other two J69 039 procedures involve sampling at random from probability density J69 040 distributions by using random number generators (Sections 2.2, J69 041 2.3). ^In the uniform procedure, *2\TDIV *0is selected by J69 042 sampling a random number from a discrete uniform density function J69 043 so that every time step in the interval, including *2\TMIN *0and J69 044 *2\TMAX, *0has an equal chance of being chosen. ^In the binomial J69 045 procedure, *2\TDIV *0is selected by sampling from a symmetric J69 046 binomial density function. ^This makes *2\TDIV *0more likely to J69 047 fall in the middle of the time interval than at the beginning or J69 048 end, so that the binomial procedure is intermediate between the J69 049 midpoint and uniform procedures (*=I). J69 050 |^If a cell cycle duration ({0CCD}) found by one of these J69 051 procedures is less than two hours (which may occur if the initial J69 052 length of a cell exceeds twice the minimum size), *2\TMIN *0is J69 053 redefined (*=I, rule **=iv; \0p. A19-20) as J69 054 |*2{TMIN = BEGIN + 2}, J69 055 |*0where *2\BEGIN *0is the time the cell was formed. ^The J69 056 division time is then calculated as before. J69 057 |^Use of discrete time steps means that a convention is J69 058 required to determine whether the mother or daughter cells are in J69 059 existence at *2\TDIV. ^*0The data collection routines treat J69 060 *2{TDIV-1} *0as the time of disappearance of mother cells and J69 061 *2\TDIV *0as the time of appearance of daughter cells ({0e.g.} J69 062 \0p. A29). J69 063 *<3.4 File splitting*> J69 064 |^Longitudinal splitting is implemented in subroutine J69 065 *2\GROW *0(\0Fig. 6; \0p. A18) and split points are set up in J69 066 subroutine *2\TISSUEINIT *0(\0p. A9). ^If a cell passes the J69 067 split-point for that file (*2{FSPLIT(FILE)}, *0\0p. A9) it is J69 068 assigned a time *2\TSPLIT *0(\0p. A18) and must then undergo a J69 069 longitudinal split (\0Fig. 6; \0p. A20). ^Splitting results in J69 070 two progeny the same length as the original cell, rather than J69 071 half the length as in transverse division. ^Splitting times must J69 072 therefore lie between (*2{BEGIN + 2}) *0and (*2{TDIV - 2}), *0to J69 073 allow the progeny of splits to divide before exceeding the J69 074 maximum length (*2\MAXL, *0\0p. A19) without violating the J69 075 two-hour minimum {0CCD} rule (*=I, rules **=vii, **=viii). ^Cells J69 076 split at the times when their positions are closest to the J69 077 split-points assigned to them. ^These times (*2\TDIV) *0equal J69 078 either *2\TSPLIT *0or *2{TSPLIT-1} *0(\0p. A20). J69 079 |^In the stele, some files must split twice to give the J69 080 observed increase in file number (*=I; Appendix C.6). ^In this J69 081 case, each file is assigned a second split position, *2\NEWSPLIT, J69 082 *0and the fact that it has already split once is recorded J69 083 (*2\CLEFT; *0\0p. A20). J69 084 *<4. *2GROWING A ROOT MERISTEM.*> J69 085 *<4.1 *0Initialisation and boundary conditions.*> J69 086 |^*'Initial**' cells are introduced into the model over an J69 087 apical boundary at 0.1 \0mm (*=I). ^Files of cells are made up of J69 088 a series of families with the apical boundary of one family J69 089 coincident with the basal bound of the next (*=I). ^The apical J69 090 bound of a family is the pathline of the apical wall (*2\LOWWALL) J69 091 *0of its initial cell. J69 092 |^The apical wall of the initial cell of the first family in J69 093 each file is set at the apical boundary in subroutine *2\FILEINIT J69 094 *0(\0p. A10). ^The lengths of this cell and of all subsequent J69 095 initial cells are selected from the density distribution of J69 096 initial cell lengths (Section C.5). ^As initial cells move away J69 097 from the apical boundary, gaps are left between the boundary and J69 098 their apical walls. ^The length selected for a new initial cell J69 099 is compared with the length of a gap (test *2\GAP1, \GAP2, *0\0p. J69 100 A13), and a new initial cell is introduced when this length is J69 101 nearest to the new cell length. ^Because the simulation operates J69 102 in discrete time steps, this procedure causes the positions of J69 103 initial cells to fluctuate about the apical boundary. J69 104 |^If very large cells are introduced at the apical boundary, J69 105 a situation may arise where a cell's *2\TMIN *0and *2\TMAX J69 106 *0(Section 3.3) are both one, or are one and two; such cells J69 107 would tend to have very short cell cycles for the first two or J69 108 three generations after introduction, which would be unrealistic J69 109 given the slow cell growth in this region. ^Initial cells larger J69 110 than 0.014 \0mm (twice the minimum length at 0.1 \0mm) are J69 111 therefore subjected to the division rules as if they existed J69 112 before introduction. ^This procedure was set up as follows. ^An J69 113 earliest possible time of division prior to introduction at the J69 114 apical boundary can be assigned to these calls by assuming that J69 115 they are of minimum size at birth. ^This is the time at which the J69 116 cells would have reached twice the minimum size while in the J69 117 region between the tip and the apical boundary. ^Earliest J69 118 possible times of division are calculated using the equation J69 119 **[FIGURE**] J69 120 |**[FORMULA**], J69 121 |where L is cell length sampled from the initial size J69 122 distribution. ^This equation was obtained by fitting a quadratic J69 123 curve to data for the time taken by cells of minimum size J69 124 introduced at positions below 0.1 \0mm to reach the apical J69 125 boundary. ^*2\TMAX *0and *2\TDIV *0are then found in the normal J69 126 way (\0p. A11, A13). ^If this *2\TDIV *0occurs at or before J69 127 introduction ({0i.e.} less than one), then instead of the J69 128 selected initial cell, two progeny cells half the length of the J69 129 original are introduced, one after the other. ^Each of these is J69 130 assigned (\0p. A11, A14) a *'birth time**', *2\NEWBEGIN, *0equal J69 131 to *2\TDIV *0at introduction. ^*2\NEWBEGIN *0is used in all J69 132 subsequent calculations of age, cell cycle time, and so on for J69 133 these cells. ^If the assigned *2\TDIV *0is greater than one, the J69 134 original cell is introduced, and *2\NEWBEGIN *0is set equal to J69 135 the calculated *2\TMIN. J69 136 |^*0The net effect of this procedure is that the division J69 137 rules are applied consistently to all initial cells, including J69 138 those that might have divided prior to appearance **[SIC**] the J69 139 apical boundary had the region between the tip and 0.1 \0mm J69 140 existed in the simulation model. J69 141 *<4.2 Growing a family of cells*> J69 142 |^Cells introduced over the apical boundary at 0.1 \0mm, and J69 143 their descendants, form *'families**' (*=I). ^Growth of a family J69 144 is controlled by the main program *2\CELLGROW *0using subroutines J69 145 *2\FAMILYINIT, \STORE, *0and *2\RESTORE *0(\0Fig. 8). ^A series J69 146 of families is organised to form a file of cells. ^Files are J69 147 initialised using *2\FILEINIT *0(\0p. A10), while stele and J69 148 cortex tissues are organised in *2\TISSUEINIT *0(\0p. A9). J69 149 |^The size of the initial cell in each family is selected in J69 150 subroutine *2\FAMILYINIT *0(\0Fig. 8; \0p. A13). ^Cells J69 151 introduced over the apical boundary of the model grow as the J69 152 pathlines of their walls diverge. ^Subroutine *2\FAMILYINIT J69 153 *0also initialises a set of state variables for each initial J69 154 cell. ^When the cell divides, the values of state variables J69 155 *2\BEGIN, \TDIV, \HIGHWALL, \LOWWALL, \LABEL, \NEXT, \NEW, J69 156 \SPLIT, \SIZELIM, \STATUS, \CLEFT, \POSITION, \NEWSPLIT, *0and J69 157 *2\IMMIGRE *0are recorded by subroutine *2\STORE *0(\0p. A32). J69 158 ^The pseudo-recursive procedure (\0Fig. 3) is then followed until J69 159 a descendant is produced which does not reach its *2\TMAX J69 160 *0before passing the end of the meristem and is therefore J69 161 non-proliferative (*2{STATUS = -1}, *0\0p. A18, A19). ^This cell J69 162 is grown on until it passes the end of the growth zone with data J69 163 on its size recorded once in the elongation zone at 4.5 \0mm J69 164 (\0p. A18, A19) and at the end of the growth zone in subroutine J69 165 *2\ENDZONE *0(\0p. A34). J69 166 *<4.3 Stele and cortex tissues*> J69 167 |^The simulated root is made up of two tissues, stele and J69 168 cortex. ^The split points required for each tissue are set in J69 169 subroutine *2\TISSUEINIT *0(\0p. A9), based on data in Section J69 170 C.6. ^The variable *2\SIZELIM, *0which determines cell size J69 171 limits for each tissue (Table C.2), is set in subroutine J69 172 *2\FILEINIT *0(\0p. A10). J69 173 *<5. *2SIMULATION RESULTS: SPATIAL DATA*> J69 174 |^*0An example of simulation results, with abbreviated J69 175 tables is given in Appendix B. ^Here we give notes on Sections J69 176 B.1-B.3. J69 177 *<5.1 Initialisation and operational checks*> J69 178 |^The data in this section of output provide some checks on J69 179 performance of the simulation. ^The first table shows the results J69 180 of the procedure for dividing initial cells described in Section J69 181 4.1. ^The first line gives the numbers of cells in size classes J69 182 as sampled from the observed distribution; the second is the J69 183 numbers in those size classes after application of the division J69 184 rules as described in Section 4.1. J69 185 |^The next two tables are concerned with the cell production J69 186 rate below 0.125 \0mm (where the spatial data collection starts). J69 187 ^The first gives the rate of introduction of initial cells over J69 188 the apical boundary in a sector (for a 30 degree sector, J69 189 multiplication by 12 will give the cell flux at 0.1 \0mm). ^The J69 190 second is a count of the number of cell divisions observed J69 191 between the apical boundary and 0.125 \0mm in 15 observations; J69 192 multiplication by 12/15 yields an average rate of cell production J69 193 for a whole root in the segment 0.1-0.125 \0mm. J69 194 |^The third group of tables is concerned with statistics on J69 195 cell length outside the meristem. ^Cell length densities and mean J69 196 cell lengths are tabulated for cells leaving the growth zone at J69 197 8.0 \0mm, and for cells in the segment 4.375-4.625 \0mm. J69 198 |^The data on cell division rates in Sections B.1 and B.3 J69 199 can be used to check simulated results against those given by J69 200 Erickson and Sax (1956) (*=I). J69 201 *<5.2. Cell length data*> J69 202 |^The data in Sections B.2 and B.3 are collected in J69 203 subroutine *2\RECORD *0(\0p. A23) for 0.25 \0mm segments, J69 204 starting at 0.125 \0mm from the apex. ^Column headings are the J69 205 midpoints of segments. ^All calculations are carried out in J69 206 subroutine *2\FREQUENCY *0(\0p. A35). J69 207 |^The table of mean cell length by segment at four hour J69 208 intervals is a check on the stochastic behaviour of the J69 209 simulation (Section 8.1; \0Fig. 9). ^Cell length densities by J69 210 segment, in 5 \0\15m*0m size classes, are presented for total J69 211 cells, for newly-produced daughter cells, for mother cells about J69 212 to divide, for non-proliferative cells and for proliferative J69 213 cells. J69 214 *# J70 001 **[364 TEXT J70**] J70 002 |^*0Concentrated load tests on three one-way reinforced J70 003 concrete slabs are described. ^Instrumentation of the main J70 004 reinforcing bars enabled the tension forces to be measured and J70 005 compared with the predicted response from standard thin plate J70 006 flexural theory for load levels ranging from the first cracking J70 007 load through to the failure condition. ^Simple supports were used J70 008 for the first slab and the second was flexurally restrained. ^In J70 009 both cases care was taken to introduce no lateral restraint. ^The J70 010 peak reinforcement forces were found to be between 50 and 75 J70 011 percent of the theoretical thin plate values. ^In the third slab, J70 012 where the supports provided flexural and lateral restraint J70 013 approaching full fixity, the peak bar forces were close to 35 J70 014 percent of the theoretical value. ^The discrepancies between the J70 015 theoretical and experimental results are explained by membrane J70 016 action, the tensile resistance of concrete at a cracked section J70 017 and a greater spread of flexural actions in the slab than is J70 018 indicated by thin plate theory. J70 019 *<1. *2INTRODUCTION*> J70 020 |^*0Most current design methods for reinforced concrete J70 021 slabs subjected to concentrated loading require tension J70 022 reinforcement to be provided to resist flexural actions which are J70 023 based either on elastic thin plate theory or strength limit state J70 024 analyses such as yield line theory. ^Experimental work on full J70 025 scale structures and laboratory specimens has shown that the J70 026 flexural performance of slabs is generally considerably better J70 027 than would be predicted from these analyses. ^The enhancement in J70 028 performance has been attributed to the presence of inplane J70 029 compressive forces in the slab. ^These arise, as illustrated in J70 030 the next section, from the coupling of inplane and bending J70 031 deformations in flexurally cracked reinforced concrete members J70 032 and the restraint to the inplane deformation provided by the J70 033 surrounding structure and the boundaries. ^This phenomenon is J70 034 commonly referred to as membrane action. J70 035 |^The design method for slabs contained in the Ontario J70 036 Highway Bridge Design Code is one method of design which does J70 037 make an allowance for the enhancement in performance resulting J70 038 from membrane action. ^Where slabs meet certain criteria, J70 039 designed to ensure that the boundaries can provide adequate J70 040 lateral restraint, they may be proportioned to contain a nominal J70 041 0.3% percent flexural reinforcement. ^This is considerably less J70 042 than that required by the more usual methods of analysis. ^The J70 043 requirements, which have been established from field and J70 044 laboratory tests, are empirical in nature. J70 045 |^A rational method of analysis that makes allowance for the J70 046 beneficial effects of membrane action is desirable. ^However, J70 047 before such a method can be established it is important to have a J70 048 clear understanding of the general mode of resistance of such J70 049 structures. ^It was to help provide this basic information that J70 050 the three slabs and the associated beam specimens described in J70 051 this report were constructed and tested. ^Extensive J70 052 instrumentation was built into the slabs to enable forces at J70 053 critical sections to be measured in the slabs with different J70 054 boundary conditions. ^Emphasis was placed on the behaviour of J70 055 flexurally cracked slabs under elastic conditions. J70 056 *<2. *2THE COUPLING OF BENDING AND INPLANE DEFORMATIONS*> J70 057 |^*0The way in which membrane action arises and enhances the J70 058 flexural performance of a reinforced concrete structure is J70 059 illustrated in Figure 1 for the case of a beam. ^The end supports J70 060 are assumed to provide complete fixity against rotation while any J70 061 change in length is resisted by a spring of stiffness K. ^In J70 062 conventional flexural theory changes in length are ignored, and J70 063 consequently the force resisted by the axial restraint springs is J70 064 taken as zero. ^This inherent assumption is incorrect once the J70 065 concrete cracks in flexure. ^As illustrated in Figure 1(b), J70 066 standard elastic flexural theory indicates that the neutral axis J70 067 of a cracked section lies on the compression side of the J70 068 mid-depth. ^Hence the strain at the mid-depth along the beam is J70 069 tensile over the full length indicating that expansion occurs. J70 070 **[FIGURE**] J70 071 **[FIGURE**] J70 072 ^For a restrained beam the spring K induces a compressive axial J70 073 force in the member, and a crack pattern similar to that shown in J70 074 Figure 1(c) is developed. ^The compressive force *'enhances**' J70 075 the performance of the beam by reducing the stress in the J70 076 reinforcement for a given load level. J70 077 |^In a slab membrane action can act in two directions. ^If a J70 078 one-way flexurally restrained slab is envisaged as a series of J70 079 beam strips it can be seen that restraint to expansion may be J70 080 provided by adjacent strips, causing the most heavily loaded J70 081 strip to go into compression and the neighbouring ones to be J70 082 subjected to tension. ^Thus membrane forces may be provided by J70 083 internal restraint in a slab, and such actions might give some J70 084 enhancement to the flexural performance under the action of J70 085 concentrated loads. ^Very much greater enhancement can be J70 086 expected where the slab boundaries provide restraint against J70 087 expansion as is the case with the internal slab spans in J70 088 multi-beam bridge decks. J70 089 |^To investigate the potential that membrane action has for J70 090 enhancing flexural performance under cracked elastic conditions J70 091 the fixed ended beam shown in Figure 1 was analysed for a series J70 092 of differing steel contents and axial restraint spring J70 093 stiffnesses (K). ^In the computations the concrete and steel were J70 094 assumed to remain in the linear elastic range and the flexural J70 095 tensile strength of the concrete together with the consequent J70 096 tension stiffening was ignored. ^Some of the results of these J70 097 analyses are shown in Figure 2. J70 098 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J70 099 |^Three significant points were evident from this study: J70 100 **[END INDENTATION**] J70 101 |1. J70 102 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J70 103 ^The improvement in flexural performance, as measured by the J70 104 steel stress induced for a given load level, is independent of J70 105 the span to depth ratio of the member provided deflections are J70 106 small compared with the depth of the slab. J70 107 **[END INDENTATION**] J70 108 |2. J70 109 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J70 110 ^The potential enhancement in performance increases as the J70 111 flexural steel content is reduced (see Figure 2). J70 112 **[END INDENTATION**] J70 113 |3. J70 114 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J70 115 ^Relatively small restraint stiffnesses, measured in terms of the J70 116 axial stiffness of the uncracked beam, have a marked influence on J70 117 the performance. J70 118 **[END INDENTATION**] J70 119 *<3. *2TEST SPECIMENS AND INSTRUMENTATION*> J70 120 |^*0Three one-way slab strips were constructed and tested. J70 121 ^Details are given in Figure 3. ^All three were 102 \0mm deep, J70 122 had a span to total depth ratio of 12 and a width of twice the J70 123 span. ^The reinforcement consisted of 10 \0mm deformed bars at J70 124 152.5 \0mm spacing placed in the top and bottom faces of the slab J70 125 in both directions. ^With each slab two beams were cast together J70 126 with a number of concrete test specimens. ^The beams were 305 J70 127 \0mm wide and 102 \0mm deep, with the same longitudinal steel as J70 128 the slab but with the transverse reinforcement omitted. ^The J70 129 concrete was supplied by a local ready mix firm, with each slab J70 130 and its associated beams and test specimens being cast from the J70 131 same mix. ^All test specimens were damp cured for seven days J70 132 after casting. ^They were then left to dry for a few days before J70 133 being instrumented prior to testing. ^Concrete properties J70 134 obtained from testing specimens cured with the slabs are given in J70 135 Figure 3. J70 136 |^Each of the three slab strips had different boundary J70 137 conditions, as shown in Figure 3. ^The first slab was simply J70 138 supported with the boundaries providing no restraint against J70 139 rotational or inplane movements. ^With the second slab the J70 140 supports provided restraint against rotation but no restraint J70 141 against inplane displacements, while in the third slab the J70 142 boundaries provided a condition close to full fixity for rotation J70 143 and translation. ^Prestressing strands clamped Slabs 1 and 2 onto J70 144 {0PTFE} sliding supports, with the initial force in each strand J70 145 being in the range of 55-60 \0kN. ^Tests on the bearing units J70 146 indicated that friction forces of 2 percent or less could be J70 147 expected under the load levels sustained during the tests. ^The J70 148 boundaries of Slab 3 were sandwiched between two reinforced J70 149 concrete blocks and the whole assembly was stressed to the floor. J70 150 |^A 15 \0mm crack initiator was cast into the cover concrete J70 151 on the tension side of the member along the slab centre-line. ^In J70 152 slabs 2 and 3 similar crack initiators were also placed on the J70 153 tension side of the member 50 \0mm from each support line. ^All J70 154 the *'tension**' reinforcing bars crossing the crack initiated J70 155 section on the slab centre-line were instrumented at this J70 156 location, and every second bar was instrumented at the initiated J70 157 sections close to the supports. J70 158 **[FIGURE**] J70 159 |^At all points where the bars were instrumented a pair of J70 160 strain gauges were used. ^These were located on opposite sides of J70 161 the bar to eliminate possible errors due to local bending of the J70 162 bar at the crack. ^To attach these gauges the deformations were J70 163 filed off the sides of the bar. ^The gauges were fixed and J70 164 waterproofed, and the 30 \0mm length of bar containing the J70 165 instrumentation was then covered by a grease impregnated tape. J70 166 ^This was added to destroy bond in the immediate vicinity of the J70 167 initiated crack so that tension in the concrete could not reduce J70 168 the force carried by the reinforcement at this location. ^Before J70 169 the bars were placed in the boxing they were calibrated in axial J70 170 tension. ^After the concrete was cured electrical resistance J70 171 gauges were applied to the compression surface of the slab along J70 172 the member centre-line with one gauge being placed above each J70 173 bar. ^In addition a number of gauge points were attached to the J70 174 concrete to enable a mechanical demountable gauge to measure the J70 175 opening of the initiated crack at the slab centre-line. J70 176 ^Deflection measurements were made with a precise level. J70 177 |^The beams were instrumented in a similar manner and were J70 178 tested under statically determinate conditions so that the J70 179 section response, as measured by the output of the strain gauges, J70 180 could be calibrated against the applied bending moment and axial J70 181 load. ^It had been intended to use these beam tests to interpret J70 182 the slab results. ^Unfortunately differences in crack spacing J70 183 between the beams and the slabs reduced the value of this J70 184 calibration. ^Some of the results from these beam tests are J70 185 described in Part *=I of this report. J70 186 *<4. *2SEQUENCE OF LOAD CYCLES FOR SLABS*> J70 187 |^*0The slabs were loaded with a 203 by 203 steel plate J70 188 fitted with a rubber washer. ^This was pulled against the J70 189 underside of the slab by a Macalloy bar passing through a duct. J70 190 ^The load was applied by a hydraulic jack and its value was J70 191 monitored by a load cell. ^With each slab there were three J70 192 loading positions located on the member centre-line (a, b and c), J70 193 as indicated in Figure 3. J70 194 |^A major aim of the testing was to observe the response of J70 195 a uniformly cracked slab, as it was felt that this would be J70 196 representative of actual service conditions. ^To achieve this J70 197 with two different degrees of cracking the loading sequence J70 198 described in the following paragraphs was used. J70 199 |1. J70 200 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J70 201 ^*1Stage 1 *- *0the load plate was positioned at the centre of J70 202 the slab in position b (see Figure 3), and two cycles of load J70 203 were applied (1**=i and 1**=ii) so that the strains in the bars J70 204 adjacent to the load increased to a predetermined value. J70 205 |^The load plate was moved to position *"a**" and two cycles J70 206 of load were applied as for position *"b**". ^Then the same J70 207 process was followed at position *"c**". J70 208 **[END INDENTATION**] J70 209 |2. J70 210 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J70 211 ^*1Stage 2 *- *0the load plate was positioned at the centre of J70 212 the slab and a load cycle was applied (stage 2**=i). ^The J70 213 measured response in this cycle was taken as that corresponding J70 214 to a uniformly cracked slab. ^In the second cycle in this load J70 215 position the load was increased until the new predetermined J70 216 strain level for stage 2 was reached. J70 217 |^The load was then moved to position *"a**", followed by J70 218 position *"c**", with the two load cycles being applied to the J70 219 predetermined level at each position. J70 220 **[END INDENTATION**] J70 221 |3. J70 222 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J70 223 ^*1Stage 3 *- *0the load was positioned at the centre of the slab J70 224 and the load was applied (stage 3**=i), and the measured response J70 225 was taken as that for a uniformly cracked slab to the stage 2 J70 226 strain level. J70 227 **[END INDENTATION**] J70 228 |4. J70 229 ^*1Stage 4 *- *0the load was increased in the middle position of J70 230 the slab in stage 4 until failure occurred. ^In all cases the J70 231 slab was loaded and unloaded a number of times in this stage J70 232 before failure finally occurred. J70 233 *# J71 001 **[365 TEXT J71**] J71 002 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 003 |^*0Ten of eleven tunnels on a section of New Zealand's J71 004 {0NIMT} railway were too small for the proposed electric J71 005 locomotives. ^The problem was resolved by lowering the track in J71 006 five tunnels, by passing four, and daylighting one. J71 007 |^The first 85 of the 200 or so tunnels built for {0NZR} J71 008 were of very small section. ^They have severely limited the J71 009 loading gauge ever since. ^Over the years, many of the small J71 010 tunnels have been eliminated by line closures or deviations, and J71 011 some have been daylighted or enlarged. ^After completion of the J71 012 electrification works so few of the small tunnels remain on the J71 013 principal lines that it is becoming increasingly viable for J71 014 {0NZR} to enlarge or eliminate them all and then increase its J71 015 effective loading gauge. J71 016 |^The paper outlines the development of the {0NZR} network J71 017 and describes the tunnel size problem, with particular reference J71 018 to enlarging tunnel sections by track lowering. J71 019 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 020 |1. J71 021 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 022 *<*3INTRODUCTION*> J71 023 |^*0In December 1981 Government approval was given to J71 024 electrify a 408 kilometre section of New Zealand's North Island J71 025 Main Trunk Railway ({0NIMT}). ^Work began soon after, and is J71 026 scheduled for completion in mid 1988. ^The viability of the J71 027 project depended on the greater ability of electric locomotives J71 028 to haul heavy trains up the steeper gradients at higher speeds J71 029 than the diesel electric locomotives. ^Hence the electric J71 030 locomotives had to be both heavy and powerful. ^Their adhesive J71 031 weight and maximum axle weight were limited by the strength of J71 032 the track and bridges. ^Their size was limited by the tunnels on J71 033 the route, which had to accommodate not only the locomotives but J71 034 also the overhead electric traction wire. ^Their power was J71 035 limited by the space for axle hung traction motors between the J71 036 wheels on the 1067 \0mm track gauge. J71 037 |^Investigations had shown that of all the technical J71 038 constraints, the small tunnel size was the most severe. J71 039 ^Locomotives of sufficient power could be built within the weight J71 040 limitations but not within the size limitation. ^The approved J71 041 project therefore included deviating the track around four of the J71 042 restrictive tunnels, daylighting one ({0i.e.} opening it out into J71 043 a cutting) and increasing their effective size by lowering the J71 044 track in five more. ^Only one of the eleven tunnels on the J71 045 section of the line concerned was large enough without change. J71 046 |^There is a second potential benefit from the J71 047 electrification tunnel work. ^They could now carry larger wagons J71 048 as well as larger locomotives. ^With relatively little further J71 049 work, all remaining small tunnels on the principal {0NZR} routes J71 050 could also be enlarged or eliminated. ^It would then be possible J71 051 for wagons with up to 25% greater cubic capacity to run on all J71 052 principal routes and most secondary and minor routes. ^The J71 053 resulting commercial benefit would be substantial. J71 054 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 055 |2. J71 056 *<*3THE NEW ZEALAND RAILWAY NETWORK*> J71 057 |^*0New Zealand is a long, narrow mountainous country J71 058 divided by Cook Strait into two main islands. ^The pioneer J71 059 railway builders had to overcome many problems to construct the J71 060 original 5700 route kilometre network. ^To many of these J71 061 problems, the cheapest answer was a tunnel. ^Today, the network J71 062 has been reduced to about 4,200 route \0km, but about 160 of the J71 063 original 200 or so tunnels still remain. ^Some seventeen of these J71 064 tunnels are over one \0km long; three are over 8 \0km long. J71 065 ^Because of the weak soils through which they were driven, most J71 066 {0NZR} tunnels are fully lined. J71 067 |^Almost all of the network was built after 1870, to J71 068 standards laid down by the New Zealand Government. ^For the first J71 069 thirty years, the standards under the policies of Sir Julius J71 070 Vogel were simple and austere. ^The single track main lines were J71 071 laid to a gauge of 3*?7 - 6*?8 (1067 \0mm). ^Earthworks were J71 072 minimised by steep grades, sharp curves, and narrow formation. J71 073 ^The tunnels were generally about 14*?7 - 0*?8 (say 4300 \0mm) J71 074 high above rail level, and 12*?7 - 6*?8 (say 3800 \0mm) wide, to J71 075 accommodate a loading gauge 11*?7 - 6*?8 (3505 \0mm) high by 8*?7 J71 076 - 0*?8 (2438 \0mm) wide, with chamfered upper corners. ^The six J71 077 smallest tunnels of the {0NIMT} electrification section were J71 078 built to the standards of this era. J71 079 |^By the turn of the century, the transport demands of the J71 080 developing colony could not be satisfied by the Vogel network. ^A J71 081 second period of railway construction began about 1901 under the J71 082 direction of Ministers of Railways Ward and Cadman. J71 083 |^The new lines were laid in heavier rail to carry the J71 084 bigger, more powerful locomotives required. ^But the heat and J71 085 smoke from these, and from the even larger locomotives that J71 086 followed, made working and travelling conditions in the Vogel J71 087 tunnels very unpleasant. ^To improve ventilation, tunnels of the J71 088 Ward-Cadman era were typically constructed 15*?7 - 2*?8 (about J71 089 4630 \0mm) high by 14*?7 - 10*?8 (about 4530 \0mm) wide. ^Figure J71 090 1 compares the typical Vogel and Ward-Cadman tunnel sections. ^It J71 091 also shows the standard 1870 loading gauge which was retained J71 092 until 1974, even though the larger tunnels would pass rolling J71 093 stock of greater dimensions. ^Even when metricated in 1974, the J71 094 loading gauge was only slightly increased. ^The remaining Vogel J71 095 section tunnels continued to dominate the maximum practicable J71 096 size of all rolling stock with universal running rights on the J71 097 {0NZR} network. J71 098 |^Figure 1 also shows the profile of the Porotarao tunnel, J71 099 completed in 1980, and a possible new loading gauge currently J71 100 under consideration. J71 101 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 102 |3. J71 103 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 104 *<*3THE NORTH ISLAND MAIN TRUNK TUNNELS*> J71 105 |^*0The 680 \0km {0NIMT} is the network's busiest freight J71 106 route. ^It joins the capital city of Wellington with New J71 107 Zealand's largest city, Auckland. ^Much of the route is J71 108 mountainous and it includes three summits higher than 800 \0m J71 109 above sea level. ^Ruling grades are 1 in 50 uncompensated, and J71 110 the sharpest curves are of 150 \0m radius. ^The 408 \0km J71 111 electrification section between the cities of Palmerston North J71 112 and Hamilton includes the most mountainous country and the J71 113 steepest grades on the route. J71 114 |^Figure 2 shows the location of the tunnels within the J71 115 electrification section of the {0NIMT}. J71 116 |^Most of the line was constructed in the pioneer period of J71 117 railway building. ^There were originally 33 tunnels on the route, J71 118 29 to Vogel standards and 4 larger. ^However by 1981, in a number J71 119 of separate route improvement projects, 18 of the small tunnels J71 120 had been eliminated and 4 larger tunnels constructed. ^During J71 121 electrification works, 4 more small tunnels and one of the J71 122 original larger tunnels were eliminated. ^There are now only 7 J71 123 smaller tunnels (of which two have been enlarged) and 7 larger J71 124 tunnels remaining. ^The five small restrictive tunnels are J71 125 located near Paekakariki, some 40 \0km north of Wellington. J71 126 |^Table *=I lists the tunnels remaining in 1981 between J71 127 Palmerston North and Hamilton. ^It shows which tunnels were of J71 128 insufficient size for electrification, and the action taken to J71 129 improve them. J71 130 **[TABLE**] J71 131 |^The surface rocks of the central North Island are J71 132 generally tertiary marine sediments (papa) overlaid on the J71 133 volcanic plateau by volcanic deposits. ^Tunnels \0T15, \0T16 and J71 134 \0T17 were driven through volcanic materials, but tunnels \0T8, J71 135 \0T9, \0T10, \0T11, \0T12, \0T13, \0T14 and \0T18 were J71 136 constructed in mudstones. ^In all cases the tunnels were fully J71 137 lined. J71 138 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 139 |4. J71 140 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 141 *<*3LOCOMOTIVE SPECIFICATION*> J71 142 |^*0International tenders were invited for the supply of J71 143 locomotives for the project. ^The specification called for a six J71 144 axled locomotive of maximum mass 108 tonnes, in either Bo-Bo-Bo J71 145 or Co-Co configuration. ^The main physical dimensions had to be J71 146 contained within the limits shown in Figure 3. J71 147 |^New Zealand Railways developed the specification from a J71 148 knowledge of locomotives that were commercially available. J71 149 ^Maximum dimensions were estimated from preliminary reports on J71 150 the tunnels, using the clearance standards described later in J71 151 this paper. J71 152 |^In the event, a tender for the supply of 22 locomotives J71 153 was let to Brush Electric Machines \0Ltd, of England. ^Their J71 154 design complied with the specified maximum height of 3950 \0mm, J71 155 but some minor and acceptable changes to non-critical dimensions J71 156 were negotiated. J71 157 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 158 |5. J71 159 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 160 *<*3CLEARANCE STANDARDS*> J71 161 |^*0The annular space (or clearance) between rolling stock J71 162 and the interior of a tunnel provides more than just mechanical J71 163 separation. ^In tunnels with traction overhead wires, it gives J71 164 electrical insulation. ^Where steam or diesel powered locomotives J71 165 operate the space is necessary for ventilation. ^In some J71 166 circumstances, the effects of sudden pressure rise from high J71 167 speed entry, may also be relevant. ^The {0NIMT} tunnels were of J71 168 adequate size for the existing locomotives and rolling stock. ^To J71 169 determine the maximum size of electric loco that could operate in J71 170 the existing or enlarged tunnels it was necessary to redefine the J71 171 minimum acceptable clearance standards. ^These had to include J71 172 sufficient allowance for all likely intrusions into the J71 173 theoretical clearance space. ^The chief sources of clearance J71 174 intrusions are dynamic movements of the rolling stock, track J71 175 imperfections, tunnel lining irregularities, and rolling stock J71 176 profile infringements of the nominal loading gauge. J71 177 |^While it is relatively easy to define and measure the J71 178 profile of a locomotive, it is more difficult to define and J71 179 measure the geometry of a long tunnel interior, especially if the J71 180 tunnel is unlined. ^The {0NIMT} tunnels present typical problems. J71 181 ^They extend over several kilometres, some are on single track J71 182 and some on double, and while most are on straight track, some J71 183 are on curves. J71 184 |^Usual practice is to plot a composite profile of the least J71 185 dimensions of all tunnels on a route, relative to the existing J71 186 track. ^Where the track is curved, a correction is made for J71 187 versine and end throw effects. ^In the past, least dimensions J71 188 were measured using a wagon mounted frame hauled through tunnels J71 189 at slow speed. ^Ductile lead fingers attached to the frame J71 190 contacted the lining and bent to the least dimension they J71 191 encountered. ^More recently a video camera mounted on a wagon is J71 192 used to record at frequent intervals a band of light illuminating J71 193 the tunnel lining. ^That record is digitised and can then be J71 194 processed electronically or an analogue plotted. J71 195 |^The maximum permissible rolling stock profile is derived J71 196 by subtracting appropriate horizontal and vertical clearance J71 197 standards from the composite tunnel profile for the route. J71 198 ^Clearance standards must allow for the inherent inaccuracies of J71 199 the rolling stock and composite tunnel profiles, the probability J71 200 of the various clearance gap intrusions occurring together, and J71 201 the consequences of mechanical (or electrical) contact or J71 202 proximity. J71 203 |^Through experience, aggregate clearance standards had been J71 204 determined for rolling stock with traditional suspensions. ^They J71 205 were believed to be excessively conservative in some respects, J71 206 and it was not known if they would apply to the more innovative J71 207 suspensions expected to be offered by some locomotive tenderers. J71 208 ^New standards were required which included explicit components J71 209 for dynamic body movement. J71 210 |^For an electric locomotive of approximately rectangular J71 211 profile in a tunnel of horseshoe section, horizontal clearances J71 212 are critical at rail level, loco floor level, loco eaves level J71 213 and at pantograph level. ^Table *=II shows the clearance J71 214 standards that were set for these positions, and how they were J71 215 derived. ^They include components for: J71 216 |_(a) J71 217 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 218 track misalignment J71 219 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 220 |(b) J71 221 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 222 slack track gauge and wheel flange wear J71 223 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 224 |(c) J71 225 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 226 lateral suspension movement J71 227 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 228 |(d) J71 229 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 230 body roll and track cross level (cant) error J71 231 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 232 |(e) J71 233 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 234 tunnel lining and locomotive profile error, and the relative J71 235 importance of contact or proximity. J71 236 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 237 **[TABLE**] J71 238 |^The vertical tolerance standards adopted were permissible J71 239 variations of J71 240 **[TABLE**] J71 241 |^The adopted standards are designed to give negligible J71 242 likelihood of locomotive body contact with the tunnels, but J71 243 occasional *"flashover**" from the pantographs may occur. ^The J71 244 relatively minor consequences of flashover are an acceptable J71 245 tradeoff for the advantages of longer pantographs. ^However where J71 246 the original Vogel tunnels allowed a horizontal clearance of 450 J71 247 \0mm up to man height above the invert, the new standards of 300 J71 248 \0mm would reduce the chance of survival of a workman J71 249 accidentally surprised by a train. ^To compensate, the spacing of J71 250 manhole refuges in tunnels with less than 450 \0mm side J71 251 clearances has been reduced from a maximum of 111 \0m to a J71 252 maximum of 38 \0m at tunnel centres and 20 \0m near the tunnel J71 253 portals. ^The hazard is further reduced because with modern J71 254 communications, the risk of staff being surprised by a train has J71 255 been virtually eliminated. J71 256 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 257 |6. J71 258 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J71 259 *<*3ALTERNATIVES*> J71 260 |^Although the final decisions were to improve the J71 261 restrictive tunnels by lowering the track in five, by passing J71 262 four and daylighting one, in most cases there were technical J71 263 alternatives. J71 264 **[END INDENTATION**] J71 265 *# J72 001 **[366 TEXT J72**] J72 002 ^*0Much of this early growth was further stimulated by the oil J72 003 price hike that occurred in late 1973, which consequently J72 004 heightened public and scientific awareness of the vital role of J72 005 energy in economic processes. J72 006 |^From this early work, emerged an obvious requirement to J72 007 establish conventions, methods and techniques; and to J72 008 standardise terminologies used in {0EA}. ^In 1974, the J72 009 {0I.F.I.A.S.} (1974), held a workshop attended by many of the J72 010 early workers in the field, which aimed to fulfill this J72 011 requirement. ^This workshop recommended a set of conventions J72 012 and methodologies, which have since been used quite widely, J72 013 although far from universally. ^At this time, {0EA} studies J72 014 continued to proliferate in the scientific literature. ^Many of J72 015 the more influential articles were published in the journal J72 016 *"Energy Policy**" (Chapman, 1974; Chapman, Leach and Slesser, J72 017 1974; Wright, 1974; Chapman, 1975; Berry, Long and Makino, J72 018 1975), with the entire issue of the December 1975 journal being J72 019 devoted to {0EA}. ^These papers covered a wide range of J72 020 subjects including energy analyses of chemicals, materials and J72 021 energy production, and addressed the methodological issues J72 022 facing {0EA}. J72 023 |^Other important articles, covered new areas such as the J72 024 energy requirements of packaging (Bousted, 1974) and nuclear J72 025 power stations (Chapman and Mortimer, 1974); as well as further J72 026 studies of agro-food systems (Steinhart and Steinhart; 1974, J72 027 Leach, 1976). ^In 1976, {0H.T.} and {0E.C.} Odum published J72 028 their second book in this field, entitled *"Energy Basis for J72 029 Man and Nature**". ^This book (Odum and Odum, 1976) further J72 030 expanded upon and clarified concepts first developed in 1971. J72 031 ^Although this book again had quite an influential effect on J72 032 {0EA}, the growth of {0EA} consolidated further both in terms J72 033 of the volume of literature produced, and in terms of the J72 034 introduction of new concepts and methodologies. ^However, it J72 035 should be noted that many of the original controversies over J72 036 methodology and the application of {0EA}, still exist and are J72 037 yet to be resolved. J72 038 *<1.1.3 *1Methodological Approaches*> J72 039 |^*0Several methodological approaches have emerged over the J72 040 last decade: J72 041 |(1) ^*1Process Analysis ^*0This is probably the most commonly J72 042 used method in {0EA}. ^The main aim of the analysis is to J72 043 calculate the total energy requirement for producing a product. J72 044 ^The first stage is to identify all the inputs (direct and J72 045 indirect) required to produce a product *- this is sometimes J72 046 done by way of using the flow diagram symbols recommended by J72 047 the {0I.F.I.A.S.} (1974). ^The second stage is to assign energy J72 048 values to each input, so that they can be summed so as to J72 049 determine the total energy requirement of the product. ^This J72 050 method is generally accepted to be the most accurate method of J72 051 determining the Energy Requirement of a product or process. J72 052 ^However, the partitioning problem is often encountered when J72 053 using Process Analysis. ^The partitioning problem refers to the J72 054 problem of allocating one energy input, to several outputs of a J72 055 process. ^Problems can also be encountered in obtaining data J72 056 which is representative of the processes involved *- that is, a J72 057 sampling problem is often encountered. J72 058 |(2) ^*1Input-Output Analysis ^*0Input-Output ({0I-O}) tables J72 059 are used to determine the total energy requirements (\0MJ), per J72 060 unit output (*+$) of any sector in the economy. ^Since {0I-O} J72 061 tables are available in almost all countries, the method is J72 062 widely applicable. ^However, there are many problems and J72 063 limitations associated with {0I-0} analysis: (a) ^There is J72 064 quite a substantial time delay, from the time of the survey to J72 065 the time the tables are published (often 5-10 years). ^During J72 066 this time many technical and economic factors could have J72 067 changed the coefficient in the {0I-O} matrix. (b) ^The J72 068 outputs(*+$) of many sectors are often very heterogeneous, so J72 069 therefore it is difficult to identify exactly what the output J72 070 is, and attribute an energy requirement per unit of product. J72 071 ^In reality there is often a quite substantial variation in the J72 072 energy requirements of different products produced by the same J72 073 industry, but {0I-O} analysis assumes these energy requirements J72 074 to be the same. (c) ^Difficulties which are not insurmountable, J72 075 are often encountered in dealing with imported commodities, as J72 076 no energy coefficients are available for these. ^The main J72 077 advantage of {0I-O} analysis, is its systems approach, which J72 078 makes it useful in macro-systems studies. J72 079 |(3) ^*1Thermodynamic Analyses ^*0These sets of methods include J72 080 Second Law Analysis (Connolly and Spraul, 1975), Availability J72 081 Analysis (Sussman, 1977), and Energy Analysis (Ahern, 1980). J72 082 ^All these methods aim to examine the thermodynamic J72 083 efficiencies and limits to processes. ^These analyses tend to J72 084 focus on theoretical rather than actual energy requirements, J72 085 and therefore often provide insights to future energy J72 086 requirements and the development of technology. ^The major J72 087 problem with these methods, is that they lack applicability to J72 088 larger scale problems, and often because of the lack of data J72 089 can only be applied to small scale, narrowly defined problems. J72 090 ^Georgescu-Roegen (1971) has, nevertheless, provided J72 091 theoretical thermodynamic constructs for larger scale systems, J72 092 but they are as yet to be applied. J72 093 |(4) ^*1Eco-Energetics ^*0This refers to the methodological J72 094 approach used by Odum and Odum (1976). ^It is based on J72 095 ecological systems modelling, which uses a circuit language to J72 096 describe energy flows in systems. ^It is notably different from J72 097 {0I-O} and Process Analysis, in that it includes energy values J72 098 for solar energy and labour; and it attempts to convert all J72 099 forms of energy to common quality units (Fossil Fuel J72 100 Equivalents). ^Some analysts from this school of thought, view J72 101 eco-energetics as a replacement for conventional economics, and J72 102 as the basis for an *"energy theory of value**". J72 103 ^Understandably, this view has drawn much criticism from J72 104 economists (Edwards, 1976), and those who practice the other J72 105 methods of {0EA}. ^The main advantage of Eco-energetics, is its J72 106 systems approach which focuses on the interdependencies in and J72 107 between natural and economic systems. J72 108 |^The first three approaches to {0EA} are not mutually J72 109 exclusive either in theory or in practice. ^Process analysis J72 110 often utilizes {0I-O} analyses to compute indirect inputs or at J72 111 least some of the indirect inputs (Bullard *1{0et al.}, J72 112 *01976). ^Process Analysis, often involves elements of J72 113 thermodynamic analysis, when comparing the actual with the J72 114 theoretical energy requirements of a process. ^However, J72 115 Eco-energetics has rarely, if ever, been combined with the J72 116 other forms of {0EA} and is often singled out as being J72 117 *"fundamentally**" different to other forms of {0EA} ({0e.g.} J72 118 Fluck and Baird, 1980). J72 119 *<1.1.4 *1Methodological Problems*> J72 120 |^*0The following methodological problems, which have been J72 121 often used in criticism of {0EA}, have been widely identified J72 122 in the literature ({0I.F.I.A.S.}, 1974; Leach, 1975; Pearson, J72 123 1977): J72 124 |(1) ^*1Boundary Problem ^*0The problem is one of what inputs J72 125 (and sometimes outputs) should be included in the problem. J72 126 ^Firstly, what energy inputs should be included? ^The J72 127 {0I.F.I.A.S.} (1974) recommended, only including J72 128 *"non-renewable**" resources, although this recommendation is J72 129 far from universally accepted. ^Odum and Odum (1976), and J72 130 others from the eco-energetics school of thought include J72 131 renewable resources such as incident solar energy. ^Secondly, J72 132 should labour inputs be included, and if so how? ^The J72 133 {0I.F.I.A.S.} (1974) recommended, that when considering J72 134 industrial or developed systems, it was not necessary to J72 135 include labour inputs, as they were not important. ^However, J72 136 the {0I.F.I.A.S.} (1974) did recommend that labour inputs be J72 137 included in low intensity agricultural systems as in these J72 138 systems they were considered to be important. ^The problem of J72 139 what *"energy value**" to attribute to labour inputs, if they J72 140 are included, is difficult to resolve. ^The following methods J72 141 have been suggested: (a) muscular energy output of manual J72 142 labour (Makhijani, 1975), (b) total energy content of food J72 143 consumed, sometimes reduced for the proportion of man-hours J72 144 worked per day (Newcombe, 1975; Pimentel, \0D., *1{0et al.}, J72 145 *01973), (c) lifestyle support energy (Odum and Odum, 1976) *- J72 146 this has the problem of double counting associated with it, (d) J72 147 energy equivalent of labour, determined by examining labour J72 148 energy substitutions (Echiburu, 1977). ^The third boundary J72 149 problem which is considered in the literature is *- how far J72 150 back should a particular input be traced? ^For example, should J72 151 the machines that make the machines be included in the J72 152 analysis? J72 153 |(2) ^*1Valuation Problem ^*0The problem here, is one of J72 154 finding a unit of account (or numeraire). ^Different forms of J72 155 energy have different qualities, different supply J72 156 characteristics (some are flow resources, some are stock J72 157 resources), different abilities to do work, different degrees J72 158 of cleanliness and so on. ^Some means is required to equate J72 159 these different energy sources, particularly one which takes J72 160 account of energy quality (this is often referred to as the J72 161 energy quality problem). ^The normal means of measuring energy, J72 162 that is by enthalpy (\15D*0H) or heat measurements, does not J72 163 take into account the quality or grade of the energy. ^Several J72 164 techniques have been suggested for overcoming the energy J72 165 quality problem: Available Work Analysis, Energy Analysis and J72 166 the use of Fossil Fuel Equivalents ({0FFE}). ^None of these J72 167 techniques has gained anywhere near universal acceptance, and J72 168 all of them have problems and limitations to their use. ^If J72 169 {0EA} is to gain acceptance as an evaluative technique, it is a J72 170 fundamental requisite that this valuation problem be resolved, J72 171 particularly the energy quality element of this problem. J72 172 |(3) ^*1Partitioning Problem ^*0This refers to the problem of J72 173 allocating one energy input to several (or multiple) outputs of J72 174 a process or system. ^For example, a given amount of energy J72 175 (\0MJ) is required to produce essentially 2 products from a J72 176 sheep farm: wool (\0kg) and meat (\0kg). ^The problem arises, J72 177 when the energy input (\0MJ) has to be allocated to the outputs J72 178 (\0kg). ^The {0I.F.I.A.S.}, (1974), recommended 4 possible J72 179 conventions for partitioning: (a) assign all energy J72 180 requirements to the output of interest (b) assign energy J72 181 requirements in proportion to financial value or payments (c) J72 182 assign energy requirements in proportion to some physical J72 183 parameter characterising the system ({0e.g.} weight, volume, J72 184 energy content) (d) assign energy requirements in proportion to J72 185 marginal energy savings which could be made if the good or J72 186 service were not provided. ^All these conventions, are very J72 187 arbitrary, and none of them has gained widespread acceptance. J72 188 ^Regression analysis has provided a useful tool for overcoming J72 189 this partitioning (or allocation) problem, where the outputs J72 190 are produced in quantities not proportional to each other. ^For J72 191 example, Cleland, Earle and Boag (1981), used regression J72 192 analysis to allocate energy inputs to multiple products from J72 193 food factories. ^When the outputs are proportional or near J72 194 proportional to each other ({0e.g.} in the case of meat and J72 195 wool production from a sheep farm), the problem is said to be J72 196 confounded or aliased, and cannot be solved by regression J72 197 analysis. ^Regression analysis has also been used successfully J72 198 by others (Jacobs, 1981; Rao *1{0et al.}, *01981). ^It should J72 199 be noted that the partitioning problem is less evident in {0EA} J72 200 when a systems modelling technique is used, as systems J72 201 equations can accommodate multiple inputs and multiple outputs. J72 202 ^The partitioning problem only really arises when single J72 203 products are examined ({0e.g.} in Process Analysis). J72 204 |^Other methodological problems arising from both the J72 205 theory and practice of {0EA} have been identified in the J72 206 literature (refer to Pearson, 1977). ^However, they are less J72 207 serious, and present less fundamental criticisms of {0EA}. J72 208 *<1.1.5 *1Uses and Applications*> J72 209 |^*0Much debate on the uses and applications of {0EA} has J72 210 taken place in the literature, particularly in terms of {0EA}'s J72 211 relationship with Economics (Webb and Pearce, 1975; Edwards, J72 212 1976). J72 213 |^However, there is a fairly wide consensus that {0EA} has J72 214 an important role to play in energy conservation. ^A systematic J72 215 {0EA} of a process or system can often identify areas of J72 216 inefficient energy use, and identify areas of the greatest J72 217 potential savings. ^This was found to be the case in the J72 218 author's systematic study of the New Zealand food system J72 219 (Patterson and Earle, 1985). ^Second law analyses can give a J72 220 particular insight to the potential for energy conservation *- J72 221 the theoretical minimum energy requirements of a process can be J72 222 compared with the actual energy requirements. ^These minimum J72 223 energy requirements can be set as standards to attain both in J72 224 terms of performance and design. J72 225 *# J73 001 **[367 TEXT J73**] J73 002 |^*0The most prominent feature to emerge from the Brazilian J73 003 tests is the statistical nature of the results produced. ^The J73 004 specimen tensile strengths showed a reasonable correlation with J73 005 the specimen dry density, such that they could be corrected to J73 006 the mean dry density (see \0Fig. 6.1.3), but all of the rest of J73 007 the data recovered appeared to be quite random. ^This is J73 008 evidenced by plotting the vertical load at failure for each J73 009 specimen against the vertical displacement at failure as shown in J73 010 \0Fig. 8.1.1. ^This graph shows a considerable scatter of points J73 011 and has a Pearson correlation coefficient of r = 0.337. J73 012 |^Similarly, a plot of specimen failure load against J73 013 horizontal displacement at failure shows a large scatter of J73 014 points. ^This graph is shown in \0Fig. 8.1.2 and it has a Pearson J73 015 correlation coefficient of r = 0.043. J73 016 |^Two further plots continue to show a lack of correlation J73 017 between parameters which may have been expected to be related. J73 018 ^\0Fig. 8.1.3 shows a graph of the vertical displacement at J73 019 failure plotted against the horizontal displacement at failure J73 020 for the 50 specimens. ^No relationship between these parameters J73 021 is evidenced and the Pearson correlation coefficient for the data J73 022 is r = 0.100. ^\0Fig. 8.1.4 shows a plot of \15D*0V against J73 023 \15D*0H which again shows a large scatter of points with r = J73 024 0.331. ^Note that the parameters \15D*0V and \15D*0H are as J73 025 defined in \0Fig. 6.1.5. J73 026 **[FIGURES**] J73 027 |^The random nature of the experimental observations is J73 028 attributable to the *'brittleness**' of the lime-soil mixture. J73 029 ^In an ideally brittle material failure occurs due to the J73 030 propagation of cracks while the internal stresses of the specimen J73 031 are below the yield stress of the material. ^This implies that J73 032 for brittle type materials, deflections are very small and J73 033 failure is sudden. ^Real materials always experience a small J73 034 amount of plasticity near the tip of the crack which produces a J73 035 small amount of plastic deformation and helps resist propagation J73 036 of the crack (Jayatilaka, 1979). J73 037 |^Cracks may be caused within the specimen by any flaws J73 038 present in the material which cause incompatible deformations J73 039 upon loading of the specimen. ^Propagation of the cracks is J73 040 perpetuated by the stress concentrations they generate. ^Material J73 041 flaws may be in the form of trapped air or water, or any J73 042 inclusions which have an inconsistent degree of bonding with the J73 043 surrounding material. J73 044 |^Having established that failure of a brittle material is J73 045 due to the presence and propagation of cracks, the random nature J73 046 of the tensile testing results is explained by the random J73 047 distribution of cracks within the material and very importantly J73 048 their orientation. ^Cracks which occur normal to a tensile stress J73 049 distribution are obviously more likely to lead to failure than J73 050 those at an angle to it, while cracks parallel to the stress may J73 051 have no effect at all. J73 052 |^The opposite to a brittle material is a *'ductile**' J73 053 material. ^These materials also contain cracks, but crack J73 054 propagation and stress concentrations are relieved by the J73 055 plasticity of the material. ^Failure is usually due to the motion J73 056 of defects which coalesce to cause *'slipping**' along J73 057 interparticle planes. J73 058 |^The brittle failure mechanism for tensile strength is J73 059 often described in terms of the *'weakest link**' or *'series**' J73 060 theory. ^This theory draws an analogy to the tensile strength of J73 061 a chain. ^Just as the strength of a chain is dependent on the J73 062 strength of the weakest link, the strength of a brittle material J73 063 is dependent on the size and orientation of some critical crack. J73 064 ^The ductile failure mechanism is described by the *'bundle**' or J73 065 *'parallel**' theory. ^This theory draws an analogy to the J73 066 situation where a bundle of threads is subjected to a tensile J73 067 force. ^When the applied force reaches the strength of the J73 068 weakest thread, that thread fails and the force it carried is J73 069 redistributed amongst the remaining threads. ^This sequence is J73 070 repeated until macroscopic failure occurs when the redistributed J73 071 forces exceed the strength of the strongest thread (Jayatilaka, J73 072 1979). J73 073 |^A plot of \15D*0V against V (see \0Fig. 8.1.5) again shows J73 074 a considerable scatter of points with a correlation coefficient r J73 075 = 0.145, while the plot of \15D*0H against H shown in \0Fig. J73 076 8.1.6 exhibits a reasonable relationship with r = 0.627. ^A J73 077 possible explanation for this observation is that the lower J73 078 stresses (all compressive) along the horizontal diameter make the J73 079 specimen less dependent on the material flaws which may be J73 080 present in that region. ^The stresses along the vertical axis J73 081 however are significantly higher and they change from being J73 082 compressive under the loading strips to tensile in the centre of J73 083 the specimen, thus the specimen response in this region is more J73 084 dependent on the random distribution of the material flaws and J73 085 their orientation. J73 086 |^The data gathered from the Brazilian test with regard to J73 087 evaluating Young's modulus, E, and Poisson's ratio, \15n, using J73 088 the equations given by Kennedy and Anagnos (1983) was not J73 089 satisfactory, {0ie.} J73 090 |**[FORMULAE**] J73 091 |^The negative values of Poisson's ratio calculated from the J73 092 Brazilian test which appear in Table 6.1e are very consistent, J73 093 (mean = -0.062, standard deviation = 0.007 for the 50 specimens) J73 094 but are obviously incorrect. ^Previous work with a similar J73 095 material reported by Bartley (1986) also showed anomalous J73 096 stiffness results, with negative values being obtained for J73 097 Poisson's ratio. ^In correspondence between \0Mr Bartley and \0Mr J73 098 {0J.N.} Anagnos on this matter, \0Mr Anagnos commented that the J73 099 likely source of error was in the measurement of the value J73 100 \15D*0V. J73 101 |^The finite element modelling of the Brazilian test J73 102 demonstrated that yielding of the material beneath the loading J73 103 strips had a significant effect on the calculated deflections of J73 104 the specimen. ^The ratio of vertical deflection at failure to J73 105 horizontal deflection at failure, {0ie.} V/H, was found to be J73 106 approximately 8 (\15n = 0.1) when a linear elastic model was J73 107 used, whereas if yielding of the material adjacent to the loading J73 108 strips occurred, the ratio V/H (\15n = 0.1) increased to 25. ^The J73 109 value of 25 matches the ratio obtained from the Brazilian tests, J73 110 hence the nonlinear model is more appropriate for the lime-soil J73 111 mixture than the linear elastic model. ^The extent of yielding J73 112 beneath the loading strips is shown in \0Fig. 7.4.7 *- note that J73 113 the edge of the strip causes a significant stress concentration J73 114 (see \0Fig. 7.4.8). J73 115 |^The consequence of the nonlinearity of the material is to J73 116 invalidate the equations for Young's modulus, E, and Poisson's J73 117 ratio, \15n, proposed by Kennedy and Anagnos (1983). ^These J73 118 equations require parameters such as J73 119 **[FORMULA**] J73 120 and J73 121 **[FORMULA**] J73 122 (see \0Fig. 6.1.5), which are predominantly influenced by an J73 123 assumed linear elastic situation, and if used for nonlinear J73 124 materials, they produce anomalous results such as negative values J73 125 for \15n (see Table 6.le and Bartley 1986). J73 126 |^The discussion above confirms that the Kennedy and Anagnos J73 127 equations are not applicable for the testing carried out in this J73 128 work, however, they are sound when the material behaves in a J73 129 linear elastic fashion. ^This was confirmed by the fact that the J73 130 linear elastic finite element model of the Brazilian test J73 131 required negative values of \15n to achieve the V/R ratio of the J73 132 specimens observed in the Brazilian tests, while the Kennedy and J73 133 Anagnos equations also produced negative values of \15n from the J73 134 test data. J73 135 |^The practice of coating the loading strips with dental J73 136 plaster as employed in this project is recommended for future use J73 137 in Brazilian testing of lime-soil mixtures. ^Its use is justified J73 138 for the following reasons. ^First, it decreases the J73 139 *'sharpness**' of the edge of the loading strips and as shown by J73 140 the finite element modelling this region does produce stress J73 141 concentrations in the specimen (see \0Fig. 7.4.8). ^Secondly, it J73 142 performs an *'ironing out**' function so that the force applied J73 143 to the loading strip is transferred to the specimen via a smooth J73 144 surface, free of irregularities which may cause stress J73 145 concentrations. ^However, it must be emphasized that the J73 146 smoothing of the specimen surface does not have a major effect on J73 147 flaws within the material which are responsible for the failure J73 148 of the specimen, since failure is initiated in the middle part of J73 149 the specimen. ^The only questionable aspect of using the plaster J73 150 is that it is difficult (especially on the upper loading strip) J73 151 to make an absolutely consistent and uniform application for J73 152 numerous specimens, however the small variations which inevitably J73 153 do occur are not considered to be of significant consequence. J73 154 *<*18.2 Double Punch Test*> J73 155 |^*0Although the double punch test was only used to gain J73 156 comparative tensile strength values for the Brazilian test, it J73 157 proved to be a very effective tensile test considering the J73 158 relatively simple apparatus used. J73 159 |^The mean dry density of the 15 double punch specimens was J73 160 1274.2{0kg/m*:3**:}, with a standard deviation of J73 161 5.4{0kg/m*:3**:}. ^Comparing this data with that of the 50 J73 162 Brazilian test specimens ({0ie.} mean dry density = J73 163 1292.5{0kg/m*:3**:} and standard deviation = 12.4{0kg/m*:3**:}) J73 164 shows that the dry density of the double punch specimens was J73 165 slightly lower and more consistent. ^The resulting specimen J73 166 tensile strengths (using the Fang and Chen equation, see Table J73 167 6.2b) had a mean value of 88.6{0kPa} and a standard deviation of J73 168 6.8{0kPa}. ^This strength value is just under two thirds of that J73 169 found using the Brazilian test and the standard deviation J73 170 approximately one third. ^The lower strength value is to be J73 171 expected due to the fact that in the failure mechanism of the J73 172 double punch test the tension crack can occur on any one of an J73 173 infinite number of planes, whereas in the case of the Brazilian J73 174 test, failure is restricted to a plane through the vertical J73 175 diameter of the specimen. J73 176 |^The variation of the specimen tensile strength values was J73 177 lesser for the double punch test than for the Brazilian test, J73 178 however the population sizes were different. ^To decide if the J73 179 double punch test, with a tensile strength standard deviation of J73 180 6.8{0kPa} for 15 specimens, is a more consistent method of J73 181 testing than the Brazilian test, with a tensile strength standard J73 182 deviation of 18.O{0kPa} for 50 specimens, the statistical *'F J73 183 test**' is used. ^For the data described above, an F ratio of 7.0 J73 184 results. ^Given the population sizes in this situation, tables J73 185 from Neville and Kennedy (1964) give F distribution values of 2.3 J73 186 and 3.2 for 5% and 1% levels of significance respectively. ^Since J73 187 the calculated value for F exceeds the tabulated values, it can J73 188 be concluded that the null hypothesis should be rejected. ^This J73 189 means that the probability that the difference between the J73 190 variances associated with the Brazilian test and the double punch J73 191 test is due to chance alone is less than 1%. ^Hence, the J73 192 repeatability of the double punch test results is significantly J73 193 better than those of the Brazilian test. J73 194 |^A reasonable relationship was found for the specimen dry J73 195 density and tensile strength from the Brazilian test specimens J73 196 (see \0Fig. 6.1.2), but plotting dry density against tensile J73 197 strength for the double punch specimens does not show the same J73 198 relationship. ^The plot is shown in \0Fig. 8.2.1 and it has a J73 199 correlation coefficient, r = -0.027. J73 200 |^The probable reason for the lack of correlation between J73 201 specimen dry density and tensile strength is the small number of J73 202 specimens and the relatively narrow range of dry density values J73 203 compared with the Brazilian test specimens. J73 204 *# J74 001 **[368 TEXT J74**] J74 002 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J74 003 |^*0This is the most favoured approach, and it is being J74 004 pursued by {0KDD}, Philips, Xerox, Sharp, {0IBM}, Matsushita, J74 005 {0NHK}, {0NTT}, {03M}, Sony, Canon, Hitachi, Sanyo, {0TDK}, J74 006 Optimem, LaserDrive, Verbatim, Bull, and no doubt many others. J74 007 ^The process is really thermomagneto-optical rather than J74 008 magneto-optical. ^It uses techniques similar to those employed in J74 009 vertical magnetic recording and may be thought of as optically J74 010 assisted magnetic recording. J74 011 |^The disks are covered with a very thin layer of a magnetic J74 012 material with a high coercivity and a low Curie point. ^During J74 013 manufacture they are uniformly magnetised in one direction, J74 014 either up or down. ^During the writing process the laser beam J74 015 heats up the target spot as in other techniques. ^Once its J74 016 temperature reaches the Curie point of the material the J74 017 coercivity of the material at the spot vanishes, and its J74 018 magnetisation can be reversed by means of a weak magnetic field J74 019 applied by a small coil attached to the write head. ^On cooling, J74 020 this reversed magnetisation is *'frozen**'. ^In this way, the J74 021 bit, although stored magnetically, has its areal extent J74 022 determined optically, by the size of the laser beam spot. J74 023 |^The reading process uses either the Faraday effect or the J74 024 Kerr magneto-optical effect. ^Both of these are rotations of the J74 025 plane of polarisation of plane-polarised light. ^The Faraday J74 026 effect occurs on transmission through a magnetised material, and J74 027 the Kerr effect on reflection from a magnetised material. ^In J74 028 either case, the areas of reversed magnetisation on the optical J74 029 disk, when viewed through the polarising filters of the objective J74 030 lens, appear as dark spots against a bright background. J74 031 |^The biggest advantage that this technique has over the J74 032 other erasable technologies is that it offers an apparently J74 033 unlimited number of write-erase-write cycles. ^The biggest J74 034 problem is to develop the best possible material. ^It must have J74 035 high coercivity at room temperature, a low Curie point, and a J74 036 high Kerr or Faraday rotation. ^It must also be stable, so as to J74 037 provide dependable storage, and it must be possible to sputter J74 038 deposit it as a thin, ultra-smooth layer. ^Last but not least, it J74 039 cannot be too expensive. J74 040 |^The most favoured materials are iron garnets, consisting J74 041 of iron in combination with one or more of the rare earth J74 042 transition metals, terbium, gadolinium, and dysprosium. J74 043 ^Amorphous material is better than crystalline because, although J74 044 the magneto-optic rotations are smaller, there are no grain J74 045 boundaries to create noise and the {0S/N} ratios are much better. J74 046 |^The basic Kerr or Faraday rotations may be as small as J74 047 0.1*@. ^They may be increased by the addition of \0Sm, \0Ag, J74 048 \0Cu, or \0Mg to the {0TbGdFe} film but this tends to affect the J74 049 coercivity. ^They may also be increased by using multi-layered J74 050 constructions in which the magnetic layer is sandwiched between J74 051 precise thicknesses of other reflecting and refracting layers. J74 052 ^For example, engineers from Sharp Corporation were able to J74 053 increase the Kerr rotation of a {0GdTbFe} film from 0.27 to J74 054 1.75*@ using a multi-layered disk consisting of 0.12 \0\15m*0m of J74 055 {0SiO}, 0.015 \0\15m*0m of the {0GdTbFe} material, 0.030 J74 056 \0\15m*0m of {0SiO*;2**;}, and 0.040 \0\15m*0m of copper on a J74 057 glass substrate. ^Later work has shown that replacement of the J74 058 silicon oxide layers by aluminium nitride ({0AlN}) leads to a J74 059 marked improvement in stability, apparently because oxygen from J74 060 the oxide layers selectively oxidises the rare earth elements. J74 061 **[END INDENTATION**] J74 062 *<*4Prototype Units*> J74 063 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J74 064 |^*0The first magneto-optical disk storage prototype was J74 065 demonstrated as long ago as January 1982 by Sharp Corporation. J74 066 ^The unit was described as a videodisk system with recording J74 067 capabilities. ^It used a 5*?8 {0TbDyFe} based disk which stored J74 068 up to 200 \0Mbyte. J74 069 |^Philips also demonstrated a prototype disk storage unit in J74 070 1982. ^It had a 2*?8 disk covered with an 0.05 \0\15m*0m layer of J74 071 amorphous {0GdTbFe} material. ^It rotated at 600 {0rpm} and J74 072 stored 10 {0Mbyte}. ^The developed product was intended to be a J74 073 peripheral for personal computers. J74 074 |^In mid-1982 {0NHK} (Japan Broadcasting Corporation) J74 075 announced a prototype magneto-optical videodisk using a 0.2 J74 076 \0\15m*0m gadolinium-cobalt amorphous thin film. ^The Kerr J74 077 magneto-optic rotation was 0.3*@. ^The system used 150 \0mm J74 078 (6*?8) disks which stored 3.4 \0Gbyte. J74 079 |^{0KDD} and Sony have also been active in magneto-optics. J74 080 ^As long ago as August 1981, {0KDD} engineers were reported as J74 081 storing 5 {0Mbit/cm*:2**:} on glass disks coated with a film of J74 082 {0TbFe} or {0GdTbFe}. ^More recently they have been co-operating J74 083 with Sony, and in October 1983 the partners demonstrated a J74 084 prototype system using 12*?8 disks incorporating a {0TbFeCo} J74 085 magnetic film developed by {0KDD} and the grooved double-sided J74 086 substrate used by Sony for digital audio disks and for write-once J74 087 disks. ^The prototype 12*?8 disks stored about 40,000 A4 pages, J74 088 equivalent to about 3.7 \0Gbyte. ^A similar 8*?8 disk stored J74 089 approximately half this. ^In October 1984 Sony delivered two J74 090 12*?8 drives to {0KDD} and claimed that they were the first J74 091 erasable magneto-optic disk storage systems in practical use for J74 092 computer data storage. ^At the Data Show in Tokyo during October J74 093 1985 {0KDD} demonstrated a further development. ^It consisted of J74 094 a microcomputer-controlled system for digitising and storing J74 095 video still frames. ^Each 12*?8 magneto-optical disk held 2300 J74 096 digitised frames on each side. ^In the course of this research J74 097 {0KDD} needed a device to test its experimental disks and asked J74 098 Nakamichi to build one for them. ^The resulting drive, the J74 099 {0OMS}-1000, is really a laboratory tool for testing J74 100 magneto-optical media, but it is commercially available and J74 101 advertisements for it may be seen in electronics magazines. J74 102 |^In May 1984 Canon showed a document filing system using J74 103 its prototype magneto-optical drive and an 8*?8 disk. J74 104 |^In October 1984 Hitachi presented a series of papers on a J74 105 12 \0cm disk with a total capacity on both sides of 0.55 \0Gbyte J74 106 and implied that a commercial product was about 2 years away. J74 107 |^At the Japan Electronic Show in Tokyo in October 1984 J74 108 Sanyo showed a prototype magneto-optical compact disk recorder. J74 109 ^For the sake of compatability the machine used the same sampling J74 110 and coding format as the standard {0CD}. ^However, to overcome a J74 111 poor signal-to-noise level the magneto-optic disks had to be J74 112 played at an increased disk speed which cut down the maximum J74 113 playing time from 74 to 30 minutes. ^Sanyo engineers were J74 114 optimistic that they could improve the {0S/N} ratio enough to J74 115 allow the standard {0CD} disk speed to be used. ^The prototype J74 116 player was designed so that it could play standard {0CD}s as well J74 117 as the magneto-optical ones. J74 118 |^Another recent demonstration was made by Verbatim at the J74 119 {0U.S.} National Computer Conference of 1985 in Chicago. ^The J74 120 prototype that was demonstrated stored 40 \0Mbyte of data on a J74 121 single-sided 3.5*?8 disk. ^The developed product was to store as J74 122 much as 100 \0Mbyte and was to be aimed at the personal computer J74 123 storage market. ^Instead of the more usual Kerr effect, the J74 124 prototype used the Faraday effect for readout, with the detector J74 125 and the laser diode on opposite sides of the disk. ^This was J74 126 designed to reduce expense, but it meant that the disks had to be J74 127 single-sided. ^The information layer was a proprietary mix of J74 128 \0Tb, \0Fe, and \0Co about 0.06-0.08 \0\15m*0m thick sputtered J74 129 onto a glass disk. ^The active layer was sandwiched between 0.06 J74 130 \0\15m*0m thick layers of a dielectric for protection and for its J74 131 anti-reflection properties. ^Verbatim's goal was to begin J74 132 large-scale manufacturing in the third quarter of 1987, selling J74 133 drives for about {0US}*+$300 and disks for about {0US}*+$20-30 to J74 134 {0OEM} manufacturers. ^Since that conference Verbatim has been J74 135 bought by Kodak, and the direction of the project has changed J74 136 slightly. ^The main change is a move to reflective media and the J74 137 Kerr effect rather than transmissive media and the Faraday J74 138 effect. ^This will allow higher capacities to be achieved. J74 139 ^Reasonable quantities of the product are not now expected until J74 140 1988. J74 141 |^At the *2COMDEX/ FALL *0trade show in November 1985 J74 142 Optimem and {03M} announced a partnership to produce a 200 J74 143 \0Mbyte 5 1/4*?8 optical drive that will operate interchangeably J74 144 with read-only, write-once, and erasable media. ^They anticipated J74 145 a commercial product during 1986 with volume production beginning J74 146 in 1987. J74 147 |^Most of the announcements of these prototypes have J74 148 suggested that they would quickly lead to commercial products. J74 149 ^So far they have not. ^It is only possible to guess at the J74 150 reasons, but uncertain stability and poor signal-to-noise ratios J74 151 seem to be the most likely. J74 152 **[END INDENTATION**] J74 153 *<*6THE PHASE-CHANGE APPROACH*> J74 154 *<*4Description*> J74 155 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J74 156 |^*0In this approach the sensitive surface is made to switch J74 157 from an amorphous to a crystalline form. ^The point at which a J74 158 bit is to be written must be heated and then abruptly quenched to J74 159 force the material to crystallise. ^To erase the bit it must be J74 160 heated again and cooled slowly. J74 161 |^This approach has a number of advantages over J74 162 magneto-optics. ^Higher bit densities are possible because the J74 163 written bits are smaller (0.6 \0\15m*0m as against 1.0 \0\15m*0m J74 164 for magneto-optics); signal-to-noise ratios are better (95 \0dB J74 165 as against a maximum of 85 \0dB for magneto-optics); and the J74 166 disks are cheaper and easier to manufacture. ^Unfortunately, the J74 167 repeated phase changes eventually cause the sensitive layer to J74 168 deteriorate, so limiting the number of read-write cycles. ^The J74 169 exact limits are unclear. ^One paper suggests 10,000; others, J74 170 that there is no significant deterioration before about 100,000 J74 171 cycles; while Matsushita claims to have successfully performed J74 172 1,000,000 read-erase-write cycles on its disks. J74 173 |^Although phase-change is not as popular as magneto-optics, J74 174 and only one significant prototype unit has been displayed, a J74 175 number of important companies are working with it including J74 176 Matsushita, Sony, {0JVC}, and Hewlett-Packard. J74 177 **[END INDENTATION**] J74 178 *<*4Prototype Units*> J74 179 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J74 180 |^*0Only one prototype erasable optical disk recording J74 181 system using phase-change technology has been demonstrated. ^This J74 182 was in April 1983, and the manufacturer was Matsushita, known in J74 183 consumer markets though its brand-names Panasonic, Technics, J74 184 Quasar, and National. J74 185 |^The prototype unit used an 8*?8 disk rotating at 1800 J74 186 {0rpm}. ^The sensitive layer was tellurium suboxide doped with J74 187 small amounts of germanium, indium, and lead. ^Originally the J74 188 material was in its crystalline state. ^Data bits were written as J74 189 spots of amorphous material. ^This has a lower reflectivity, and J74 190 so the written bits stood out as dark spots on a light J74 191 background. J74 192 |^A semiconductor laser operating at 0.83 \0\15m*0m was used J74 193 both for reading, at a power of 1 \0mW, and for writing, at 8 J74 194 \0mW. ^A separate semiconductor laser, operating at 0.78 J74 195 \0\15m*0m and 10 \0mW was used for erasing, but the same J74 196 focussing lens was used for both so that erasing and rewriting J74 197 could take place almost simultaneously. J74 198 |^The disks had 15,000 concentric (not spiral) tracks with a J74 199 pitch of 2.5 \0\15m*0m and could store 15,000 \0TV frames, J74 200 equivalent to about 0.7 \0Gbyte. J74 201 **[END INDENTATION**] J74 202 *<*6OTHER ERASABLE APPROACHES*> J74 203 *<*4Polymer Dye Media*> J74 204 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J74 205 |^*0After magneto-optics and phase-change, the third active J74 206 technology for making erasable optical disks is to use J74 207 light-sensitive dyes encased in polymer films. ^This is a J74 208 low-cost method and does not use toxic materials like tellurium, J74 209 selenium, and arsenic, but preliminary findings suggest that it J74 210 has a severely restricted lifetime of only about 150 J74 211 write-erase-write cycles. J74 212 |^Kodak and Philips are among the firms working with this J74 213 media, and Kodak, in a paper given at an Optical Society of J74 214 America conference on Optical Data Storage in California during J74 215 April 1984, showed a microphotograph of the data bits on a disk J74 216 using its material. ^The definition was impressive and gave an J74 217 excellent signal-to-noise ratio, but it is not clear whether that J74 218 particular media **[SIC**] was erasable or only write-once. J74 219 **[END INDENTATION**] J74 220 *<*4Colour-Change Media*> J74 221 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J74 222 |^*0This media **[SIC**] represents an interesting variant of the J74 223 phase change approach. ^The material was developed by Hitachi J74 224 \0Ltd and only announced in December 1985. ^Instead of a J74 225 reversible change between crystalline and amorphous forms, it J74 226 uses a reversible change between two different crystalline forms J74 227 of a metallic alloy. J74 228 *# J75 001 **[369 TEXT J75**] J75 002 |^*0The properties of New Zealand coals, the uses to which J75 003 they were put, the lack of thermal power stations and of J75 004 conventional steel making, brought an early pattern of coal J75 005 usage, far removed from that of overseas countries. J75 006 |^The early coal industry, based on West Coast bituminous J75 007 coals, has gradually shifted its dependence to the more-abundant, J75 008 more-cheaply-won, lower-rank coals, especially of the North J75 009 Island. J75 010 |^The range of New Zealand coals and their properties, and J75 011 the changing pattern of coal use *- in the past and as forecast J75 012 for the future *- are described. J75 013 |^The concern is largely with the relatively-unique J75 014 sub-bituminous coals and the developing technology for their use. J75 015 |^Examples are described, where an understanding of coal J75 016 properties and of the energy circumstances in New Zealand, is J75 017 required to ensure that the wisest energy policies are J75 018 implemented. J75 019 *<*7INTRODUCTION*> J75 020 |^*0The history of coal use in New Zealand is notable for J75 021 its distinction from that of most overseas countries *- in the J75 022 general circumstances that have dictated the overall pattern of J75 023 energy use, and in the properties of the coal. ^An understanding J75 024 of these distinguishing features, too often not appreciated in J75 025 the past, is essential to the proper planning for the wisest use J75 026 of New Zealand's coal. J75 027 |^Our coal reserves, although they constitute 93.6% of New J75 028 Zealand's reserves of fossil fuels, are essentially finite; it J75 029 behoves us to ensure that they are used with maximum J75 030 effectiveness and maximum efficiency, to provide their maximum J75 031 contribution to the country's future economy. J75 032 |^If this paper does nothing else, it might, hopefully, make J75 033 New Zealanders aware of the need to be conversant with all these J75 034 distinguishing features, before we start to apply overseas J75 035 technology in our different conditions, and especially with our J75 036 different (sub-bituminous) coals. J75 037 |^If we are going to involve overseas consultants, they will J75 038 not appreciate some of these peculiar issues, and without the J75 039 necessary insight, they are likely to advise the adoption of J75 040 technology proven in their own country, but not necessarily J75 041 applicable in ours. J75 042 |^If our theoretical scientists and engineers lack the J75 043 proper understanding of the New Zealand scene, no matter how much J75 044 they engross themselves with overseas technical literature and J75 045 textbooks, their talents are unlikely to contribute much to the J75 046 unique problems that confront the New Zealand coal industry. J75 047 |^Comprehension of overseas developments in coal use is J75 048 certainly important, as long as it is tempered with local J75 049 knowledge *- to the extent, for instance, that overseas J75 050 technology might even be applied in New Zealand in a different J75 051 way and to a different end. J75 052 |^These *"distinguishing features**" of the New Zealand coal J75 053 scene, are described under the following headings: J75 054 |_New Zealand's Pattern of Energy Use J75 055 |The Relative Lack of Industrial Development J75 056 |New Zealand Coal, especially Sub-bituminous Coal J75 057 *<*7NEW ZEALAND'S PATTERN OF ENERGY USE*> J75 058 |^*0The first difference in energy use between New Zealand J75 059 and the much bigger world outside, is in the pattern of fuel use J75 060 that developed here, a development of which New Zealanders, J75 061 realising on the opportunities offering, can feel justly proud. J75 062 |^The abundance of hydro-electric potential was one of the J75 063 early factors that determined New Zealand's pattern of fuel use. J75 064 ^We had no need for thermal power stations such as were J75 065 developing overseas. ^New Zealanders came to regard cheap J75 066 hydro-electricity almost as a national heritage and the country's J75 067 leaders were careful to keep increases in cost of household J75 068 electricity to a minimum *- the proportion of electricity used by J75 069 householders, was a source of wonderment to the rest of the J75 070 western world. J75 071 |^The lack of suitable coking coal, and competition from J75 072 cheap hydro-electricity, meant that a viable carbonising industry J75 073 did not develop on the scale that developed overseas, to provide J75 074 gas as a household fuel. ^Again, without suitable coking coal, J75 075 and without the necessary minerals or a market for the product, J75 076 there was no growth of a conventional steel industry, generally J75 077 associated overseas with the distribution of *"town**" gas. J75 078 |^So, the two uses for coal which commonly consume 80-90% of J75 079 the coal production in other countries *- power generation and J75 080 steel production *- were almost unknown in New Zealand. J75 081 |^These were the factors which determined the country's fuel J75 082 utilisation pattern in the early years and which, for instance, J75 083 left New Zealand without a viable gas industry which could have J75 084 provided some immediate outlet for the large reserves of natural J75 085 gas which have come available in more recent years. J75 086 |(^Most of the circumstances which determined this J75 087 fuel-consumption pattern are changing now *- with the available J75 088 hydro-electric sites in the North Island now developed, and with J75 089 an (unconventional) steel industry growing, New Zealand can J75 090 expect to see a new pattern of coal consumption more similar to J75 091 that in other countries.) J75 092 *<*7THE RELATIVE LACK OF INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT*> J75 093 |^*0The New Zealand economy has been basically a rural J75 094 economy, depending on primary produce *- not an industrial one as J75 095 we find in most of the countries whose technology we often tend J75 096 to follow. J75 097 |^Most industrial development, apart from that associated J75 098 with primary produce, is on a smaller operating scale than is J75 099 found overseas. ^Coal production and use has invariably been on a J75 100 smaller operating scale, denied the economies of scale that are J75 101 often available elsewhere. ^With industrial-coal use overseas, J75 102 capital charges on the more expensive coal-handling and burning J75 103 equipment, have always adversely affected the position of coal as J75 104 a competitive fuel. ^On New Zealand's smaller scale, capital J75 105 charges can have an even more crippling effect on cost J75 106 competitiveness, and promoters of industrial coal are always J75 107 faced with a dilemma *- of the need for increased convenience in J75 108 coal use (requiring more expensive equipment) and the need to J75 109 avoid unacceptable capital costs. J75 110 *<*7NEW ZEALAND COAL, ESPECIALLY SUB-BITUMINOUS COAL*> J75 111 |^*0The major use for coal in the past has been in industry J75 112 *- mainly cement works, dairy factories and meat works *- and the J75 113 total consumption of industrial coal has not changed much over J75 114 recent years. ^Some oil-burning plant has converted to coal *- J75 115 some North Island fuel users, including coal users, have J75 116 converted to natural gas. J75 117 |^New Zealand's reserves of coal are of the bituminous, J75 118 sub-bituminous and lignite types. J75 119 |^The bituminous coals of the relatively-isolated West Coast J75 120 (South Island) were the first coals to be used, mainly because J75 121 they were similar to the coals the early settlers had known at J75 122 home. ^They were suited to gas manufacture, and to manual firing J75 123 *- in ships, railways engines, and industrial boilers. J75 124 |^The advent of the mechanical stoker, designed primarily J75 125 for use with overseas weakly-coking coals, did not contribute as J75 126 much as expected to the industrial use of coal, in the face of J75 127 the growing competition from the new fuel oil. ^Many bituminous J75 128 coals were too highly swelling to suit these stokers. ^The J75 129 sub-bituminous coals were not properly understood, and were very J75 130 much underestimated, commonly being dismissed as *"low-rank J75 131 lignites**"! J75 132 |^West Coast coal production is still an important J75 133 proportion of New Zealand's total production, but the emphasis J75 134 has gradually shifted towards sub-bituminous coals which today J75 135 are the coals of greatest economic significance. ^These coals, J75 136 more widely distributed throughout the country and nearer the J75 137 centres of population, are unusual in comparison with most J75 138 overseas coals. ^As the fuel technologists' growing understanding J75 139 of their unique properties brought modifications to the J75 140 established firing systems and led to the development of new J75 141 ones, the special properties of these coals came to be better J75 142 exploited. J75 143 |^New Zealand's most abundant coal reserves are in Southland J75 144 and Central Otago *- the lignite fields. ^At present, consumption J75 145 of lignite by industry, although increasing, is still small, but J75 146 it will be on these lignites that New Zealand will ultimately J75 147 depend for her energy reserves in the longer term. J75 148 *<*7SUB-BITUMINOUS COAL*> J75 149 |^*0The developing pattern of coal use in New Zealand has J75 150 been primarily around sub-bituminous coal, an unusual coal by J75 151 world standards. ^An understanding of the reasons for the J75 152 different circumstances in New Zealand and of the expectations J75 153 for the future, is dependent on an understanding of the J75 154 properties of these coals. ^Much of this paper is devoted to a J75 155 description of these properties, and the effect of the properties J75 156 on future developments in the coal industry. J75 157 |^This sub-bituminous coal is typified by that from the J75 158 Waikato field which today contributes most to the annual coal J75 159 production. ^A typical average analysis (on an J75 160 as-sampled-at-the-mine basis) of industrial coal from the largest J75 161 producing Waikato mine, is shown below: J75 162 **[LIST**] J75 163 |^*4Moisture *- *0most industrial coal contains at least 2% J75 164 or 3% surface moisture, depending largely on the fines content, J75 165 on the condition of mining and subsequent handling of the coal. J75 166 ^A typical Waikato coal will have an equilibrium moisture content J75 167 (70% Relative Humidity) of about 16% and a moisture-holding J75 168 capacity (100% {0RH}) of about 18%. ^This high level of inherent J75 169 moisture is the main reason for the relatively-low heating value J75 170 of the coal. ^Thoughts of removing some of this inherent moisture J75 171 to reduce transport costs and improve firing, are generally J75 172 tempered by concern for an increased tendency to spontaneous J75 173 heating. J75 174 |^*4Ash *- *0a typical ash content of Waikato coal is 4 or J75 175 5%, of which up to one half is inherent ash, bound in the coal J75 176 substance. ^Whereas most industrial and power-station coal in the J75 177 western world, is washed before use (to reduce the ash content), J75 178 the naturally-low ash levels with New Zealand coals, have not J75 179 required, up till now, the installation of a single coal washery. J75 180 ^The ash of Waikato coals is generally characterised by a high J75 181 calcium content, averaging 30-40% {0CaO}. ^When the coal is burnt J75 182 at relatively-low temperatures, much of the ash has the J75 183 appearance of wood ash. J75 184 |^*4Ash-Fusion Temperatures *- *0by world standards, J75 185 ash-fusion temperatures are low *- sometimes the hemisphere J75 186 temperature in reducing conditions is below 1200*@\0C. ^The J75 187 latest power-station boilers, designed for use with these low J75 188 ash-fusion temperatures, have an increased combustion-chamber J75 189 volume. ^In industrial use, (although some troubles are J75 190 experienced with these low fusion temperatures), the problems, J75 191 for various reasons described later, are not as serious as J75 192 overseas experience might forecast. J75 193 |^*4Volatile Matter *- *0volatiles are high *- generally the J75 194 volatile matter/fixed carbon ratio is between 0.8 and 1.0. J75 195 |^*4Sulphur *- *0levels are generally less than 0.3% and J75 196 most of this (typically over 90%) is organic sulphur. ^Some J75 197 pockets of higher sulphur coal occur, mainly outside the Waikato J75 198 area, but these coals are not used to any great extent. J75 199 |^*4Free-Burning Properties *- *0the sub-bituminous coals J75 200 are non-swelling and non-coking. ^As they carbonise, the J75 201 particles simply shrink, retaining their entity and their J75 202 original shape. ^The resulting char is rather similar in J75 203 appearance to the original coal. (^Compare this with the J75 204 behaviour of bituminous coals, commonly used in most western J75 205 countries, which under these conditions, soften and fuse together J75 206 in the carbonising process, to form coke.) J75 207 |^*4Reactivity *- *0sub-bituminous coal and its char, are J75 208 highly reactive, and this high reactivity has several effects on J75 209 the combustion process, as described later. ^In magazine-fed J75 210 domestic appliances for instance, where a bed of coal remains J75 211 without air supplied to it, the apparently inert coal retains a J75 212 condition, aided by the insulation provided by the fluffy ash, J75 213 where the fuel bed can lie dormant for more than a week, to be J75 214 rekindled when the air supply is restored. J75 215 *<*7PRODUCTION OF SUB-BITUMINOUS COAL*> J75 216 |^*0Coal seams are relatively thick and close to the J75 217 surface. ^Currently, less than a quarter of the Waikato J75 218 production is taken by underground methods, but this proportion J75 219 is certain to increase. J75 220 |^Mechanised mining with continuous miners, was introduced a J75 221 few years ago, in two of the larger Waikato underground mines. J75 222 ^Previously, mining was all by manual methods, with mechanisation J75 223 limited to loading operations. ^The faulted nature of the seams J75 224 and the roof conditions, have not suited continuous miners, and J75 225 longwall techniques are planned to take their place. J75 226 |^With these faulted and undulating seams, it is difficult, J75 227 with mechanised mining, always to avoid floor and roof material J75 228 or intrusions and other seam inconsistencies, as could be more J75 229 readily achieved with manual methods of mining. J75 230 *# J76 001 **[370 TEXT J76**] J76 002 ^*0The term on the right hand side of the equation is the J76 003 effective load vector. J76 004 *<2.2.2 *1Dynamic Modal Superposition Analysis*> J76 005 |^*0The equations of motion are in general a set of linear J76 006 coupled equations with the number of unknowns and number of J76 007 equations equal to the chosen number of degrees of freedom. ^It J76 008 can be shown that with a suitable choice of the damping matrix J76 009 the equations of motion can be uncoupled by transformation to the J76 010 normal coordinates of the elastic structural system. ^The normal J76 011 modes are the eigenvectors derived from the equations of undamped J76 012 free vibration and the natural frequencies are functions of the J76 013 associated eigenvalues. ^The normal modes are a linearly J76 014 independent set of vectors and so form a basis for the J76 015 displacement field. ^Any deformed shape in the real coordinate J76 016 system can be represented as a linear combination of the normal J76 017 modes. ^The scalar quantities by which the normal modes are J76 018 multiplied are referred to as the modal amplitudes. J76 019 |^The equations of motion can be solved with much less J76 020 computational effort in the modal coordinates, as the equations J76 021 are uncoupled and can be solved independently, and often not all J76 022 modes of response need to be considered. ^Once the modal J76 023 responses have been found the responses in the actual coordinate J76 024 system can be determined by inverting the coordinate J76 025 transformation. ^The principle of superposition, applicable to J76 026 linear elastic structures, is then used to add the responses from J76 027 all of the normal modes to determine the total dynamic response. J76 028 |^The steps involved in carrying out a modal superposition J76 029 analysis are: J76 030 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 1**] J76 031 |_1. J76 032 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 033 Formulation of the structure mass and stiffness matrices J76 034 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 035 |2. J76 036 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 037 Calculation of the normal modes and frequencies J76 038 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 039 |3. J76 040 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 041 Formation of the generalised mass, damping and stiffness J76 042 matrices, and the generalised load vector J76 043 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 044 |4. J76 045 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 046 Solution of the uncoupled equations of motion in the modal J76 047 coordinates J76 048 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 049 |5. J76 050 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 051 Transformation of the modal responses back to structural J76 052 coordinates J76 053 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 054 |6. J76 055 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 056 Superposition of the responses from each normal mode J76 057 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 058 **[END INDENTATION 1**] J76 059 |^The equations of motion will only uncouple if the damping J76 060 matrix has a suitable form. ^Rayleigh showed that the equations J76 061 will uncouple if the damping matrix is a linear combination of J76 062 the mass and stiffness matrices. ^In this case the damping matrix J76 063 exhibits properties of orthogonality with respect to the mode J76 064 shapes, as do the mass and stiffness matrices. ^It can be shown J76 065 that Rayleigh damping results in a hyperbolic variation of the J76 066 proportion of critical damping with modal frequency. ^Because J76 067 little is known about the mechanisms of structural damping, the J76 068 Rayleigh damping model is often used in modal superposition J76 069 analyses as it is convenient to apply. J76 070 |^In analyses including soil-structure interaction effects J76 071 it is often required to model the radiation damping effects with J76 072 the use of dashpot members incorporated at the foundation of a J76 073 structural model. ^The introduction of the additional damping J76 074 terms into the global damping matrix invariably results in the J76 075 damping becoming non-proportional, that is, the damping matrix is J76 076 no longer a linear combination of the mass and stiffness J76 077 matrices. ^In that case the equations of motion do not uncouple J76 078 using the undamped free vibration mode-shapes. ^This problem is J76 079 discussed in detail in Section 2.4. J76 080 |^Modal superposition analyses can really only be used for J76 081 the response analysis of linearly elastic structures. ^For J76 082 non-linear elastic or inelastic structures modal analyses are not J76 083 strictly valid although approximate response predictions for such J76 084 structures can be obtained by estimating equivalent linear J76 085 properties. J76 086 *<2.2.3 *1Response Spectrum Analysis*> J76 087 |^*0In the modal superposition analysis method an actual J76 088 accelerogram record is input and used to determine the effective J76 089 loading function. ^The modal responses are calculated separately J76 090 and combined. ^The maximum response in each mode will in general J76 091 occur at different times through the dynamic response. ^Response J76 092 spectrum techniques allow the maximum response to be predicted J76 093 directly from the modal properties of the system and the J76 094 calculated response spectrum [2.3] of the earthquake J76 095 accelerogram. ^It is thus possible to predict the maximum J76 096 response in each mode and to estimate the maximum response which J76 097 would be obtained from the superposition of modal responses. J76 098 ^This can be done by various simple combination schemes. J76 099 ^Probably the most common of these is the so-called Square Root J76 100 of Sum of Squares ({0SRSS}) method. ^Any maximum response J76 101 quantity (displacement, velocity, member force, base shear \0etc) J76 102 of interest is calculated for each mode based on the required J76 103 response spectrum. ^The likely maximum from the combined modal J76 104 responses is then estimated by summing the squares of the modal J76 105 maxima and taking the square root. ^The method attempts to J76 106 recognise that it is unlikely that all modal maxima will occur J76 107 simultaneously but some modes could combine unfavourably. ^The J76 108 {0SRSS} combination method has been found to give reasonable J76 109 estimates of the maximum response obtained by including all J76 110 normal modes. ^Other modal combination methods are also J76 111 available. ^It should be noted that it is often not necessary to J76 112 consider responses of all modes of vibration of the structural J76 113 model. ^Normally satisfactory predictions of overall response can J76 114 be obtained by considering only a few dominant modes. J76 115 |^The steps involved in carrying out a response spectrum J76 116 analysis are: J76 117 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 1**] J76 118 |_1. J76 119 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 120 Formulation of the structure mass and stiffness matrices J76 121 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 122 |2. J76 123 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 124 Calculation of the normal modes and frequencies J76 125 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 126 |3. J76 127 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 128 Formation of the generalised mass and stiffness matrices J76 129 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 130 |4. J76 131 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 132 Computation of the maximum modal response quantities using the J76 133 response spectrum J76 134 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 135 |5. J76 136 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 137 Transformation of the maximum modal responses back to structural J76 138 coordinates J76 139 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 140 |6. J76 141 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] J76 142 Combination of the maximum responses from each normal mode J76 143 **[END INDENTATION 2**] J76 144 **[END INDENTATION 1**] J76 145 |^A response spectrum analysis will in general require less J76 146 computational effort than a full modal superposition analysis. J76 147 ^Damping is allowed for in the analysis method in the response J76 148 spectrum itself. ^For example, it is common to specify J76 149 approximately 5 percent of critical damping in building J76 150 structures. ^The acceleration (or velocity or displacement) J76 151 response spectrum for 5 percent damped structures responding to J76 152 the required earthquake accelerogram would be calculated and used J76 153 as the input response spectrum to the analysis. J76 154 |^The limitations of the response spectrum analysis method J76 155 are as for the modal superposition method except that the maximum J76 156 results predicted are only estimates of the combined modal J76 157 responses. J76 158 *<2.2.4 *1Analysis of Nonlinear Structures*> J76 159 |^*0Accurate response analysis of nonlinear structures can J76 160 only be obtained using nonlinear analysis techniques. ^Because J76 161 the stiffness matrix changes with time in the nonlinear J76 162 structure, the normal modes and frequencies also change and modal J76 163 analysis techniques are no longer suitable for the response J76 164 analysis. ^In addition, the principle of superposition can only J76 165 be applied to linear structures, so solution of the equations of J76 166 motion for nonlinear structures is not possible in the frequency J76 167 domain. J76 168 |^Approximate dynamic analyses are often carried out on J76 169 nonlinear structures by assuming some equivalent linear J76 170 properties to be appropriate. ^For example, in reinforced J76 171 concrete structures cracking can reduce the flexural stiffness of J76 172 the members significantly. ^When carrying out dynamic analysis of J76 173 reinforced concrete structures it is common to specify the J76 174 estimated cracked flexural stiffnesses. ^A dynamic modal analysis J76 175 is then carried out assuming linear elastic response. ^This is J76 176 the so-called Equivalent Linear Method. J76 177 |^Dynamic analysis of structures which dissipate energy by J76 178 hysteretic effects, such as inelastic yielding, can also be J76 179 achieved approximately using the Equivalent Linear Method. J76 180 ^Although hysteretic damping cannot be incorporated in a linear J76 181 analysis it is possible to include additional viscous damping in J76 182 the dynamic model. ^Appropriate secant stiffnesses and damping J76 183 levels may be difficult to estimate though, and the accuracy of J76 184 the equivalent linear method is likely to deteriorate as the J76 185 degree of nonlinearity increases. ^An example of this method is J76 186 presented in Chapter 4 in which it is attempted to predict the J76 187 nonlinear response of soil deposits over bedrock during J76 188 earthquake shaking. J76 189 |^Many structures will display strongly nonlinear behaviour J76 190 during response to earthquake excitation. ^The only way to J76 191 accurately predict response is by nonlinear dynamic analysis J76 192 using step by step solution methods in the time domain. ^The J76 193 incremental form of the equations of motion is set up and the J76 194 solution precedes in a series of small time increments using the J76 195 tangent stiffness matrix. ^At each time step the actions in the J76 196 members are determined. ^If a change in the stiffness of any J76 197 member is found then the global tangent stiffness matrix is J76 198 updated. ^It is possible to follow the nonlinear response of J76 199 structures very accurately using this approach. ^Detailed J76 200 nonlinear load-deformation behaviour of members can easily be J76 201 incorporated. J76 202 |^Nonlinear dynamic analysis is computationally expensive J76 203 compared with modal analysis and response spectrum methods. J76 204 ^There are also numerical difficulties which arise, such as the J76 205 load overshoot problem, which is due to sudden stiffness changes J76 206 in a structure. ^These can generally be overcome by choosing a J76 207 suitably small time step for the analysis. J76 208 |^In any dynamic analysis in the time domain the time step J76 209 chosen should be small enough so that the response of the J76 210 structure can be accurately followed. ^One criteria **[SIC**] which J76 211 has been suggested is that the time step should be no greater than J76 212 about one quarter of the shortest significant natural period of J76 213 the system. ^If the time step is too large the contribution of J76 214 high frequency components is filtered out, but often without J76 215 drastic loss of accuracy. ^However, for some structural systems J76 216 the contributions of higher mode effects may be important. ^It J76 217 has been suggested [2.5] that higher modes may be excited more in J76 218 inelastically responding structures. J76 219 |^When developing finite element models for the dynamic J76 220 analysis of structures it is necessary to decide how the real J76 221 structure should be represented by a simple mesh of nodes and J76 222 elements. ^In general, a larger the**[SIC**] number of members J76 223 will give a more accurate solution, though requiring more J76 224 computational effort. ^A finer mesh will result in a larger J76 225 number of high frequency modes of response being modelled. ^The J76 226 mesh size can be related to the maximum frequency of motion for J76 227 which accurate response will be obtained and the elastic wave J76 228 propagation speeds in the structure. ^Consider, for example, J76 229 modelling the dynamic response of a continuous shear beam of J76 230 finite length. ^A dynamic analysis model can be chosen with J76 231 several shear beam members placed end to end. ^If accurate J76 232 predictions of the motion of a particular frequency are required, J76 233 then the length of the shear beams would have to be chosen small J76 234 enough so that the length multiplied by the required frequency is J76 235 less than the shear wave velocity in the material. ^It would also J76 236 be necessary to select a time step for the analysis which is a J76 237 suitably small fraction, say one quarter or less, of the period J76 238 of vibration corresponding to the required frequency. ^In J76 239 structures which respond inelastically the problems of choosing J76 240 suitable mesh size and time step are compounded. ^Sensitivity J76 241 studies can be carried out but the choice is often made on the J76 242 basis of experience and engineering judgment. J76 243 |^A computer program developed by Sharpe and Carr [2.6], for J76 244 the dynamic analysis of inelastic plane frame structures subject J76 245 to earthquake excitation, was used extensively in this research. J76 246 *<2.3 J76 247 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J76 248 *3WATER-STRUCTURE INTERACTION EFFECTS IN OFFSHORE CONCRETE J76 249 GRAVITY PLATFORMS*> J76 250 **[END INDENTATION**] J76 251 |^*0Water-structure interaction effects are extensively J76 252 reported in the literature, mainly with regard to wave loading on J76 253 offshore platform structures. ^Many of the principles are the J76 254 same in considering the earthquake response of submerged J76 255 structures but there is a fundamental difference. ^In the wave J76 256 loading case the structure is essentially stationary and the J76 257 water is in motion whereas, in the earthquake response case, the J76 258 structure is moving and the surrounding water is essentially J76 259 still. J76 260 |^Wave forces on submerged objects can be calculated using J76 261 the Morison equation [2.7]. ^The application of the Morison J76 262 equation to wave loading is discussed more fully in Chapter 8 and J76 263 only a brief description is given here. ^The force per unit J76 264 length \0F exerted on a stationary submerged cylindrical body J76 265 with cross-sectional area \0A and diameter \0D by a fluid with J76 266 mass density \15r is given in \0Eqn. 2.4. ^The quantities \0a and J76 267 \0v are the instantaneous fluid acceleration and velocity. J76 268 |**[FORMULA**] J76 269 |^The first term is a linear inertia force and C*;i**; is J76 270 the inertia coefficient. J76 271 *# J77 001 **[371 TEXT J77**] J77 002 ^*0Avocado oil, obtained in high levels from the flesh of the J77 003 fruit, is now finding considerable use within the high profit J77 004 cosmetic industry (Canto {0et al.} 1980). ^Additionally, jojoba J77 005 beans provide a series of wax esters, and these have been J77 006 suggested as a potential replacement for sperm whale oil (Coyle J77 007 1982). J77 008 |^Grape seed oil has been produced for many years in Europe J77 009 but is not now of much importance as a commodity oil (Amerine J77 010 {0et al.} 1972). ^However, oils extracted from the seeds and J77 011 stones of certain fruit are finding applications in specific J77 012 niches of the market. ^For example, the fat obtained by solvent J77 013 extraction of the kernels of mango fruit has been found to be a J77 014 good partial substitute for cocoa butter (Baliga & Shitole 1981, J77 015 Moharram & Moustafa 1982, Lakshminarayana {0et al.} 1983), which J77 016 is a high-value fat product. ^Other fruit seeds that have also J77 017 been investigated on a laboratory scale as a source of oil are J77 018 kokam (Sampathu & Krishnamurthy 1982), prickly pear seeds (Sawaya J77 019 & Khan 1982), apricot kernels (Dawes & Cleverley 1966), and J77 020 papaya seeds (Matsui 1980). J77 021 *<*4Food colours*> J77 022 |^*0The major groups of natural colouring substances in fruits J77 023 are carotenoids, anthocyanins, and chlorophylls. ^Last century J77 024 the food-colour industry was based entirely around colours from J77 025 natural sources, and it was not until the early 1920s that J77 026 synthetic food grade colours became available. ^One of the first J77 027 to be produced synthetically was \15b-carotene which had J77 028 previously been extracted from carrots and oranges. ^A full J77 029 spectrum of synthetic colours is now available. ^However, with J77 030 the increasing public awareness of possible health problems J77 031 associated with their use ({0e.g.}, cancer, hyperactivity in J77 032 children), interest is being redeveloped in the field of natural J77 033 colours. J77 034 *<*1Carotenoids*> J77 035 |^*0Carotenoids are frequently responsible for the red, orange, J77 036 and yellow colours of fruits, vegetables, and flowers. ^Natural J77 037 carotenoid extracts have been used as food colourants for many J77 038 years, for example, carrot and tomato J77 039 **[TABLE**] J77 040 extracts, annatto from the seeds of *1{6Bixa orellana *0\0L.}, J77 041 saffron, oleoresin, paprika, and red palm oil (Preston & Rickard J77 042 1980, Gordon & Bauernfeind 1982, Counsell & Knewstubb 1983, J77 043 Lampila {0et al.} 1984). ^Some natural carotenoids have J77 044 provitamin A activity and thus nutritional value in addition to J77 045 their visual contribution to foods. J77 046 |^It should be noted that large quantities of synthetic J77 047 carotenoids are produced as *'nature identical**' *- {0i.e.}, J77 048 having the same composition as those from natural sources. J77 049 *<*1Anthocyanins*> J77 050 |^*0The other major group of food colourants is the anthocyanins. J77 051 ^These red to purple compounds are also widely distributed in J77 052 nature. ^Structurally they are glycosides consisting of an J77 053 anthocyanidin moiety and a sugar residue. ^The anthocyanidin J77 054 component is the principal determinant of the anthocyanin colour, J77 055 and only 6 major anthocyanidins are found in foods (Table 2). ^In J77 056 contrast to the carotenoids, the anthocyanins are obtained J77 057 entirely by extraction from natural sources. ^The limitation of J77 058 anthocyanins over synthetic azo dyes is mainly in the J77 059 deterioration of colour on processing and storage. ^However, they J77 060 may be used successfully in high-acidity foods such as soft J77 061 drinks, jams, and jellies (Hrazdina 1981). ^An additional problem J77 062 is that the red colour is maintained only in the acidity range of J77 063 {0pH} 1-4 (Francis 1977). ^Anthocyanin extracts are produced J77 064 commercially in large quantities from red grape skins because of J77 065 the abundance of this raw material as a waste product from the J77 066 wine industry (Salgues 1980, Usseglio-Tomasset 1980, Pompei & J77 067 Lucisano 1983). J77 068 |^Many other fruits have been suggested as potential sources J77 069 of anthocyanins (Francis 1977); recent pilot-plant extraction J77 070 studies have been carried out using the Japanese plum *1{6Prunus J77 071 salicina *0Lindl.} (Itoo {0et al.} 1982), anil trepador J77 072 *1{6Cissus sicyoides} *0(Toledo {0et al.} 1983), and elderberries J77 073 (Pfannhauser & Riedl 1983). J77 074 |^The red beet *1{6Beta vulgaris *0L.} shows promise as a J77 075 source of natural red colourant. ^Depending on the cultivar, beet J77 076 contains various proportions of betacyanins and betaxanthines J77 077 (red and yellow colourants structurally related to anthocyanins). J77 078 ^These compounds are known as betalaines, and their use in food J77 079 has been reviewed by \von Elbe (1977). J77 080 *<*1Chlorophyll*> J77 081 |^*0The natural form of chlorophyll in plants is not used widely J77 082 in foods. ^Rather, a modified form (sodium copper chlorophyll) is J77 083 used, where the central magnesium atom of the natural product has J77 084 been replaced by copper. ^The substitution improves the hue and J77 085 the stability of the colour. ^Although chlorophyll occurs in some J77 086 fruits, such as kiwifruit, they are not a rich source. J77 087 *<*4Sugars*> J77 088 |^*0Although sugars occur to high levels in fruits they are J77 089 rarely extracted as a primary product because glucose and J77 090 fructose can be produced more cheaply from other sources such as J77 091 by enzymic treatment of starch. ^There are minor supplies of J77 092 sugar that have been produced from fruit; for example a part of J77 093 the annual production of currants in Greece is used as a raw J77 094 material for sugar extraction using hot water (Sipitanos & J77 095 Papargyris 1979). ^Sugar is also recovered from the excess juice, J77 096 skins, and waste materials from the pineapple canning industry J77 097 using ion-exchange techniques. ^Purification need not be complete J77 098 as the sugar is reused in the canning syrup (Lancrenan 1982). ^A J77 099 pilot-scale production plant for the extraction of both sugar and J77 100 tartrate from grape pressings has been described (Ropot {0et al.} J77 101 1983); again, purification proved to be unnecessary as the sugar J77 102 was used in a subsequent fermentation process. J77 103 *<*4Acids*> J77 104 |^*0Acid extraction is an important industry which has developed J77 105 in conjunction with grape wine production in Europe (Amerine {0et J77 106 al.} 1972, Cappelleri 1981). ^Tartaric acid (as potassium J77 107 bitartrate) is a by-product obtained as insoluble crystals which J77 108 settle out during the storage of wine. ^Grape pomace can also be J77 109 extracted to recover tartrates; precipitation as calcium tartrate J77 110 improves yields. J77 111 |^Citric acid recovery from citrus fruits is discussed J77 112 subsequently. ^It has recently been suggested that Japanese J77 113 quinces (*1\6Chaenomeles *0\0sp.), which are rich in malic acid, J77 114 could also be an important source of acid for the food processing J77 115 industry (Lesinska 1983). J77 116 *<*4Pectin*> J77 117 |^*0Pectin is a substance which has commercial value and is J77 118 present in many fruits (Kertesz 1951). ^The two major sources of J77 119 pectin on the world market are apples and citrus fruits. ^Even J77 120 though these two fruits contain relatively high pectin levels, J77 121 the main reason for their utilisation lies in the huge tonnages J77 122 of pomace and skins that are available as waste products from the J77 123 juicing industry each year. ^Many different types of pectin are J77 124 produced including low esterified and amidated pectins (Valet & J77 125 Schoon 1983). ^The properties of the pectin produced depend on J77 126 the fruit species from which it is extracted. ^Thus pectins J77 127 produced from mandarins, grapefruit, bitter orange, and lemons J77 128 all have slightly different applications (Royo Tranzo {0et al.} J77 129 1980). ^The cashew apple (*'false fruit**' of *1{6Anacardium J77 130 occidentale} *0to which the cashew nut is attached) has been J77 131 proposed as a new source of pectin (Ogunmoyela 1983); until now J77 132 there has been an under-utilisation of this fruit although it J77 133 contains high levels of ascorbic acid, minerals, and pectin. J77 134 *<*4Flavours and essential oils*> J77 135 |^*0Essential oils and essences contain the flavour and aroma J77 136 compounds that may be obtained from fruit, and are J77 137 **[TABLE**] J77 138 commonly extracted in conjunction with the juice concentration J77 139 process. ^In order to reduce freight charges and avoid J77 140 fermentation problems at ambient storage temperatures, much of J77 141 the world trade in fruit juices is as juice concentrates (3-8 J77 142 fold), with the level of concentration depending upon the initial J77 143 level of sugar in the juice. ^The concentration procedure usually J77 144 involves a heating step under vacuum in order that the volatile J77 145 components, primarily water and including some of the flavour and J77 146 aroma compounds, are driven off. ^This volatile fraction can be J77 147 further concentrated by distillation to produce a final essence J77 148 containing the volatile flavour and aroma compounds at a level of J77 149 several hundred-fold that of the original juice. ^Essences from J77 150 apples and berry fruit are amongst the most common available, and J77 151 in addition there is a wide range of synthetic equivalents on the J77 152 market. J77 153 |^Essential oils may be obtained from many herbs and spices J77 154 and, very commonly, from the skins of citrus fruits. ^They have a J77 155 wide range of applications, for example, in foods and drinks, and J77 156 in soaps and detergents where their aroma properties are J77 157 particularly useful. J77 158 *<*4Enzymes*> J77 159 |^*0Several fruits are known to contain relatively high levels of J77 160 proteolytic enzymes, and various commercial procedures have been J77 161 developed for their extraction. ^Applications of these enzymes J77 162 range from use as meat tenderisers to soap powder additives. ^The J77 163 purity of the enzyme preparations is not generally high because J77 164 most applications do not require it, and this feature contributes J77 165 to their relatively low production costs. ^The most common and J77 166 cheapest enzyme extracted from fruit is papain, obtained from the J77 167 papaya fruit. ^The enzyme is found in its highest concentration J77 168 in the latex present in the green unripe fruit and in the leaves. J77 169 ^Pineapples contain stem and fruit bromelain (two separate J77 170 enzymes), and figs contain ficin (Gaughran 1976, Dev & Ingle J77 171 1982). ^Although more expensive than papain, both stem bromelain J77 172 and ficin are obtainable commercially. ^These and similar plant J77 173 proteases, and their industrial prospects, have been reviewed by J77 174 Caygill (1979). J77 175 |^Actinidin, which is present in kiwifruit, is discussed in J77 176 the section dealing with New Zealand fruit. J77 177 *<*4Vitamins*> J77 178 |^*0Many fruits are rich in L-ascorbic acid (Table 3) and have J77 179 been used as a natural source of the vitamin either as the fresh J77 180 fruit or in extract form. ^The commercial extraction of fruit J77 181 vitamin C in a purified form has not been reported, which is J77 182 almost certainly a reflection of the fact that vitamin C is much J77 183 more cheaply obtained synthetically. J77 184 *<*4Miscellaneous*> J77 185 |^*0Some examples of more minor by-products from fruit processing J77 186 are extracts of apricot, peach, plum, and cherry stone (all J77 187 contain amygdalin) as a substitute for almond flavouring (Corradi J77 188 & Micheli 1982), and an edible flour has been produced from J77 189 finely ground cherry pits (Hanson 1976). ^Some spices are J77 190 obtained specifically from fruits: allspice is the dried unripe J77 191 fruits of *1{6Pimenta dioica}, *0a small tree native to the West J77 192 Indies and parts of Central and South America (Hill 1952). J77 193 ^Various spices and oils can be prepared from capsicum varieties J77 194 such as the bell peppers, chilies, paprikas, pimientos, and J77 195 tabascos. ^Other spices which are also classed as fruits are: J77 196 juniper berry, pepper, star anise, and vanilla (Hill 1952). J77 197 ^Another important fruit which yields several processed products J77 198 is the cocoa *'bean**' (*1{6Theobroma cacao}*0). ^Not only are J77 199 the seeds used in cocoa production, but a hydrocolloid may be J77 200 obtained from the juice expressed from the flesh of the fruit. J77 201 ^This has found use as a valuable emulsifying and stabilising J77 202 colloid in foods and beverages. ^The waste flesh is then further J77 203 utilised as an animal feed (Drevici & Drevici 1982). J77 204 |^Certain fruits contain proteins that are intensely sweet J77 205 and are being evaluated for use in the non-nutritive sweetener J77 206 market. ^Monellin *- extracted from the serendipity berry J77 207 (*1{6Dioscoreophyllum cumminsii}*0) *- is approximately 2000 J77 208 times sweeter than sucrose, whereas thaumatin, a protein isolated J77 209 from the fruit of a West African plant *1{6Thaumatococcus J77 210 daniellii}, *0is the sweetest substance known, being J77 211 approximately 4000 times sweeter than sucrose (Parker 1978). J77 212 *<*4The citrus industry*> J77 213 |^*0One of the largest and most complex processing operations J77 214 involving fruit is that of the citrus industry (Braverman 1949). J77 215 ^The principal products are juice and juice concentrate, but J77 216 because of the huge quantities of waste produced, the manufacture J77 217 of a large range of by-products is also economically viable. J77 218 ^Thus the industry provides a useful case study of the J77 219 versatility which is possible, due at least in part to the scale J77 220 of operation. J77 221 |^*4Juice: ^*0This is generally the primary product, the majority J77 222 of which is sold as frozen concentrate. ^Juicing produces large J77 223 quantities of skins and fibrous waste. J77 224 |^*4Oil: ^*0High-quality oil can be obtained from the glands or J77 225 sacs in the flavedo (outer skin of the fruit). ^The value of this J77 226 oil is dependent upon the species and the particular variety of J77 227 citrus used. ^Oil can be used either for its taste, aroma, or for J77 228 both attributes in such products as food and beverages and in J77 229 sanitisers and cleansers. J77 230 |^*4Acid: ^*0Citric acid can be extracted from fruits with high J77 231 acid content such as lemons and limes. J77 232 *# J78 001 **[372 TEXT J78**] J78 002 |^*6T*0he balance of power in information systems in both J78 003 hardware and software is shifting from the northern to the J78 004 southern hemisphere. ^In the case of hardware it is shifting from J78 005 the {0USA} to Japan. ^In my opinion the balance of power in J78 006 non-hardware elements, such as application software, engineering J78 007 services and education is shifting to Australia and New Zealand. J78 008 ^Why? J78 009 |^Australia and New Zealand's geographic isolation, previous J78 010 archaic import barriers (ex-import licensing, duty, and sales J78 011 tax), and traditional *"have a go, do it yourself**" attitudes J78 012 have combined to lead us to utilise computer systems to the full J78 013 before upgrading them and to cram applications software into the J78 014 smallest possible configuration. ^This contrasts with the {0USA} J78 015 where large powerful systems are used for one specific purpose, J78 016 such as personnel, finance, or production use. ^In New Zealand, J78 017 systems must of necessity be multi purpose. J78 018 |^We have shaken off our primary industry mentality and womb J78 019 to tomb Government hand-out welfare state attitude, and with J78 020 deregulation and privatisation has come the realisation that J78 021 knowledge is power and information systems are what knowledge is J78 022 all about. J78 023 |^With all due modesty, we are an intelligent well educated J78 024 society with plenty of creative capability and a willingness to J78 025 *"have-a-go**" even when others say it can't be done. ^The fact J78 026 that we speak only one major language, while culturally J78 027 objectionable, is good news in respect of our ability to compete J78 028 and communicate in the information and technology arena. ^We are J78 029 also a computer literate community, despite complaints about the J78 030 lack of computers in schools. J78 031 |^Japan \0Inc. in the past seems to have difficulty in J78 032 mastering the blend of creativity and logic and the thought J78 033 processes necessary for software development. J78 034 |^Apart from our advantages in terms of ability to develop J78 035 application solutions for the rest of the world, we have a very J78 036 major geographic advantage, which if we choose to exploit it J78 037 would give us a competitive edge in the electronic storage and J78 038 dissemination of information world-wide. ^Because the sun rises J78 039 earlier in Gisborne than in any other {0OECD} country, we are J78 040 ahead in time. ^With electronic transfer of information J78 041 instantaneous, this means for example, that if shares become J78 042 available internationally on a given date, New Zealanders could J78 043 buy them before people of almost any other nation. J78 044 |^Futures fall due first in New Zealand. ^The implications J78 045 for the money market are considerable. ^Information is power, and J78 046 potentially New Zealand could become the information centre of J78 047 the world. J78 048 |^For years, successive New Zealand Governments have been J78 049 berated for insufficient support to manufacturers, exporters, J78 050 scientists, farmers, doctors, teachers, tax payers, \0etc, \0etc. J78 051 ^Invariably, artificial constraints on imports, local J78 052 protectionist policies, subsidies, and support incentives have J78 053 all been tried and have in many cases created more anomalies than J78 054 benefits. J78 055 |^As far as information systems technology is concerned, J78 056 local software houses, would-be hardware developers and J78 057 organisations such as {0NZCSA}, now incorporated in {0ITANZ}, J78 058 have lobbied for Government assistance for years, with very J78 059 little success. ^Last December the Beattie report made some major J78 060 recommendations on improving New Zealand's record in scientific J78 061 research and development. J78 062 |^Despite considerable criticism of \0Mr Tizard and the Labour J78 063 Government for not implementing these recommendations, nothing J78 064 significant seems to have been done to date. ^The Beattie report J78 065 got only passing reference in this year's budget. J78 066 |^Despite the hand-wringing of the scientific establishment J78 067 and the plaintive cries of the technocrats, many entrepreneurs, J78 068 having come to the conclusion that Government assistance will not J78 069 be forthcoming, and that it is probably undesirable anyway, are J78 070 getting on with the job. J78 071 |^New Zealand in fact, has an excellent track record of J78 072 innovative firsts in science and technology. ^New Zealanders were J78 073 the first to split the atom, design the jet propelled boat, and J78 074 isolate thermophylic enzymes. ^In information technology, a New J78 075 Zealander, Leslie John Comrie, in 1938 used mechanical J78 076 calculators to establish what has been called the first computer J78 077 bureau in the world. ^During the second world war, New Zealand J78 078 scientists systematised data for the Allied armies. ^Comrie, J78 079 using his calculator, provided the {0US} Air Force with a J78 080 desperately needed set of bombing tables. ^In 1958 William J78 081 Pickering, another remarkable New Zealander, led the team which J78 082 launched Explorer 1, the first artificial satellite. J78 083 |^This track record is continuing, both within New Zealand J78 084 through the innovative use of information systems, and J78 085 internationally through the successful export of skills, hardware J78 086 and software. ^The platform is established. J78 087 *<*6SKILLS, HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE*> J78 088 |^A*0s far as skill is concerned, New Zealand systems designers, J78 089 analysts and programmers are keenly sought overseas, and J78 090 regretfully we lose some of our best talent to Europe and J78 091 Australia. ^Increasingly, however, as New Zealand-based software J78 092 and consulting companies establish themselves in Australia, J78 093 Europe, Asia and the United States, these people will be able to J78 094 fulfil their need for travel and challenge while still J78 095 contributing to the international presence of New Zealand in J78 096 information technology. J78 097 |^In the consulting field, once more, New Zealanders are J78 098 highly regarded overseas, particularly in South East Asian J78 099 countries. ^One of Eagle Technology's associate companies, Worley J78 100 Consulting, is heavily involved in consulting on the building of J78 101 power stations, design of plant, civil and mechanical J78 102 engineering, and information systems throughout South East Asia. J78 103 |^In the hardware arena, some years ago there was J78 104 considerable noise made about the possibility of establishing a J78 105 silicon chip manufacturing capability in New Zealand using our J78 106 plentiful supply of ironsand raw material. ^To my mind, J78 107 thankfully the idea was abandoned. ^This could have been a J78 108 technology albatross. ^I do not think it is practical for us to J78 109 compete with the giants of Japan \0Inc. and Silicon Valley in the J78 110 production of chips. ^These production facilities require massive J78 111 investments of capital, suffer from wild fluctuations in demand J78 112 and prices for their products, and have to keep pace with rapid J78 113 and increasing technology changes. J78 114 |^I believe it would be naive of us to attempt to compete J78 115 with the likes of {0IBM}, Intel, National Semiconductor, Motorola J78 116 and Japan \0Inc. J78 117 |^Only one significant computer, the Poly, has been designed J78 118 and made in New Zealand, and even then it was an assembly of J78 119 imported disk unit, screen and printer into a locally built J78 120 cabinet, rather than a locally manufactured machine. ^It was J78 121 designed for the educational market and incorporated J78 122 sophisticated colour graphics. ^When the Poly was launched in J78 123 1981 by Progeni Systems, it was hoped that the Education J78 124 Department would endorse it as the preferred computer for J78 125 schools, but this hope did not eventuate. ^Ironically, the J78 126 machine found an export niche with an order from the People's J78 127 Republic of China. J78 128 |^Examples of successful specialised hardware products J78 129 developed in New Zealand include Delphi's multi-channel J78 130 radiometer, which the {0US} space agency {0NASA} chose to use J78 131 aboard the space shuttle to measure energy from the sun and sky, J78 132 the oceans of the world, snow, ice and rock formations. ^The same J78 133 company, Delphi has also made and marketed a portable J78 134 haemoglobinometer, a small, robust blood analyser especially J78 135 useful in third world countries where patients may be far from a J78 136 hospital. ^Fisher and Paykel have exported over *+$12 million of J78 137 respiratory humidifiers to twenty five countries. ^Other devices J78 138 include an electronic taximeter able to divide fares up when J78 139 passengers share rides, and computerised petrol pumps. ^Given J78 140 more attention to research and development and the willingness of J78 141 Government, industry and scientific establishments to implement J78 142 joint ventures, there is tremendous scope for successful export J78 143 of niche hardware product. J78 144 |^Joint ventures offer an excellent vehicle for development J78 145 of such products. ^Our own company right now is involved in a J78 146 joint venture with Auckland University and an Auckland J78 147 manufacturing company, with some modest funding from Trade and J78 148 Industry, to develop and manufacture in New Zealand an advanced J78 149 design, low cost uninterruptible power supply unit for export. J78 150 ^The explosive demand for personal computers, the fact that J78 151 businesses are becoming more and more reliant on computers, and J78 152 the fact that power supply is suspect in many countries, lead us J78 153 to invest in this project. ^Prototypes are currently under J78 154 development and we expect to be exporting volume product in 1988. J78 155 |^Apart from the export of hardware products, the J78 156 maintenance and servicing of products represents an excellent J78 157 overseas earnings potential for New Zealand companies. ^Typically J78 158 subsidiaries of multi-national computer suppliers ship products J78 159 back to the plant for servicing and repair as their local J78 160 expertise is restricted to diagnosis and board swapping. J78 161 |^Products such as fixed disk units are serviced on a return J78 162 to base arrangement. ^We have a sophisticated repair facility in J78 163 Auckland and one of our {0US} based suppliers has appointed us as J78 164 the repair base for all its products installed in South East J78 165 Asia. J78 166 *|^*6I*0t is in the development and export of software, however, J78 167 that New Zealand has achieved considerable success, and here J78 168 there is scope for significant export earnings. J78 169 |^The most publicised success story in New Zealand software J78 170 development is the Logic Information Network Compiler or {0LINC} J78 171 product. ^This product was developed by Peter Hoskins and Gil J78 172 Simpson and launched in 1979, disastrously, until they persuaded J78 173 Unisys (then the Burroughs Corporation) to support and fund the J78 174 marketing and further development of the product. ^Within 18 J78 175 months they had sold 700 copies of the system in 35 countries, J78 176 but interestingly only 20 of these sales were in New Zealand. J78 177 |^Today they have 200 systems in Japan, 160 in Brazil, and J78 178 50 in New Zealand. ^Overseas earnings for this year will be in J78 179 excess of *+$10 million. ^In May this year David Lange opened the J78 180 latest {0LINC} Development Centre in Christchurch in the new J78 181 Canterbury Technology Park. ^This is claimed to be the biggest J78 182 software development centre in the southern hemisphere, with a J78 183 lavish *+$6 million, three storey office, conference and training J78 184 centre, complete with a grand mirror glass circular building, J78 185 hydraulically raised stage, glass fronted lift, pools, and storey J78 186 high waterfall. ^*+$38 million worth of hardware is installed in J78 187 the centre. ^This is a success story in anyone's book. J78 188 |^A similar story is that of Fact International founded by J78 189 Grant Wallace and John Blackham, in 1978 with the support of Bill J78 190 Foreman, chairman of Trigon Industries \0Ltd. J78 191 |^Today Fact International has total assets of over *+$4 J78 192 million, distributes its products through 11 marketing channels J78 193 in six countries, and has over 200 sites using its system. ^It J78 194 employs 80 permanent staff and occupies some 26,000 square feet J78 195 of office space in three countries. ^Fact's international J78 196 customers include: International Harvester, Australia, Polymer J78 197 Technology in Massachusetts and Guangdong Float Glass in the J78 198 People's Republic of China. ^Right from the outset, Fact has had J78 199 a very close relationship with Wang, and in fact Wang recently J78 200 took equity in the company. J78 201 |^Another locally developed software product released with a J78 202 lot of razz-matazz in 1985 is Exsys, Data General's *"logical J78 203 successor to fourth generation languages**". ^Data General's J78 204 brochure claims Exsys is *"the world's first expert system for J78 205 business software development. ^A major breakthrough, Exsys makes J78 206 possible the development of systems directly from statements of J78 207 fact in English.**" J78 208 |^An Auckland-based software developer, Mana Systems has J78 209 just recently rung up *+$1 million in export sales for its fourth J78 210 generation language product Manasys, which runs on Fujitsu J78 211 systems. ^Fujitsu has provided financial support in the form of J78 212 advance royalties to fund development. J78 213 |^Countercorp, another Auckland software house, in J78 214 partnership with Digital Equipment, is launching its successful J78 215 locally developed financial management system, Decfin, on the J78 216 Australian market. J78 217 |^These are excellent examples of New Zealand developed J78 218 software products being successfully marketed internationally. J78 219 ^One thing they all have in common, however, is that they have J78 220 been funded by multi-national hardware suppliers. ^While there is J78 221 not necessarily anything wrong with this, it does mean that J78 222 obviously the products will be restricted to the funding J78 223 suppliers' equipment. J78 224 |^There are a number of significant software developers in J78 225 New Zealand who have elected not to throw in their lot with a J78 226 specific supplier, and have developed broader-based solutions for J78 227 the international market. J78 228 |^Progeni, which I mentioned earlier regarding the Poly J78 229 Computer, are one of the longest established developers of J78 230 products for international markets. J78 231 *# J79 001 **[373 TEXT J79**] J79 002 |^*0With the possibility of using the new techniques to add J79 003 to our knowledge of larger historical earthquakes, the Division J79 004 plans to comprehensively review {0N.Z.}'s historical seismicity J79 005 over the next five years, to give as complete a description of it J79 006 as the data from all sources permits. J79 007 *<*6ENGINEERING SEISMOLOGY*> J79 008 *<*2{0N.Z.} GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, {0D.S.I.R.}*> J79 009 |^*0Earthquake related research projects principally involve J79 010 the Earth Deformation and Engineering Geology sections, which J79 011 together constitute the Geotechnical Group of {0NZGS}. J79 012 *<1 *1Deformation Mapping*> J79 013 |^*0The mapping of late Quaternary deformation (active J79 014 faults and deformed marine and fluvial surfaces) is continuing. J79 015 *<2 *1Geodetic Monitoring*> J79 016 |^*0The geodetic monitoring of crustal deformation is being J79 017 carried out at some 50 sites. J79 018 *<3 *1Historical Geodetic Data*> J79 019 |^*0The analysis of historical geodetic data is being J79 020 undertaken to derive crustal deformation parameters for J79 021 approximately the last 100 years. ^This period being one which J79 022 includes several major crustal earthquakes. J79 023 |^Much of this research was initiated under the Royal J79 024 Society of New Zealand's Earth Deformation Studies programme J79 025 which coordinated the activities in this field of the {0DSIR}, J79 026 Lands and Survey, {0MWD} and the Universities, and has been J79 027 augmented by contributions from overseas workers. J79 028 |^The objectives of the current research projects are:*- J79 029 |1 J79 030 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J79 031 ^The improved description of paleoseismicity and its effects J79 032 through dating both deformation of marine and fluvial terraces J79 033 and fault displacements. ^The episodic movements identified have J79 034 been attributed to major earthquakes. ^One of the effects of such J79 035 earthquakes is induced landsliding, currently being documented in J79 036 the Wellington region along the Wellington fault. J79 037 **[END INDENTATION**] J79 038 |2 J79 039 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J79 040 ^The improved understanding of contemporary crustal deformation. J79 041 ^The principal technique being utilised for this is the analysis J79 042 of geodetic data which has enabled description of significant J79 043 deformation in parts of New Zealand for approximately 100 years. J79 044 **[END INDENTATION**] J79 045 |3 J79 046 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J79 047 ^Collaborative integration of {0NZGS} results with those of other J79 048 researchers for investigation of the relationships between J79 049 crustal deformation kinematics and major earthquakes. J79 050 **[END INDENTATION**] J79 051 |^The information obtained by the above projects is utilised J79 052 in applied projects, such as :*- J79 053 |1 J79 054 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J79 055 ^Seismotectonic hazard assessments of major developments, such as J79 056 hydroelectric power schemes and major urban areas. ^These studies J79 057 integrate geological mapping, Quaternary mapping, geodetic J79 058 monitoring, and historical and micro-seismicity (in conjunction J79 059 with the Geophysics Division, {0DSIR}). J79 060 **[END INDENTATION**] J79 061 |2 J79 062 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J79 063 ^The promotion of mitigation of fault rupture hazards via the J79 064 utilisation of simple planning procedures under the Town and J79 065 Country Planning Act. J79 066 **[END INDENTATION**] J79 067 |3 J79 068 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] J79 069 ^The development of strong motion records related to the J79 070 earthquake hazards of specific sites, to be used for the dynamic J79 071 displacements analysis of embankments or slopes (in conjunction J79 072 with {0PEL}, {0DSIR}.) J79 073 **[END INDENTATION**] J79 074 *<*2PHYSICS AND ENGINEERING LABORATORY, {0D.S.I.R.}*> J79 075 *<1 *1Strong-motion Recording.*> J79 076 |^*0One of the major thrusts of earthquake engineering J79 077 research at {0PEL} is the operation of the New Zealand J79 078 strong-motion earthquake accelerograph network and associated J79 079 research on engineering risk. ^The primary aim is to collect J79 080 accelerograms in the epicentral region of major damaging J79 081 earthquakes to use in developing design spectra. ^Twenty records J79 082 of up to 0.19\0g ground acceleration at epicentral distances of J79 083 between 20 and 60 \0km in earthquakes of magnitude 4.8 to 6.0 J79 084 indicate that {0NZ} spectra agree well with those predicted by a J79 085 Japanese response spectra model, but are matched poorly by {0US} J79 086 models which underestimate the response at short periods. ^The J79 087 {0NZ} spectra to date, admittedly from medium magnitude events, J79 088 are quite different in shape from the much broader band El Centro J79 089 type spectra used in New Zealand design. ^However, the limited J79 090 {0NZ} data also shows different behavior to Japanese data in that J79 091 attenuation of peak accelerations with distance, most clearly J79 092 demonstrated with records from 12 sites ranging from Murchison to J79 093 Picton in the 1968 Inangahua earthquake, appears much more rapid J79 094 than in Japan. J79 095 |^A series of spectra for a major {0NZ} earthquake of J79 096 magnitude 7 or greater is required to determine the spectral J79 097 shape in design level shaking and to confirm the Inangahua J79 098 attenuation with distance. ^A further area of concern is that J79 099 recent accelerograms have produced indications of soil layer J79 100 resonance at several sites with periods ranging from 0.3 to 1.0 J79 101 seconds. ^These sites are being investigated by means of J79 102 vibration tests. J79 103 *<*2DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, UNIVERSITY OF CANTERBURY.*> J79 104 *<1 *1Seismic Hazard Analysis.*> J79 105 |^*0Work is continuing on seismic hazard analysis with J79 106 particular reference to the inclusion of geophysical source J79 107 models. J79 108 *<2 *1Ground Rupture.*> J79 109 |^*0Theoretical work concerning the application of J79 110 bifurcation theory to the development of soil rupture surfaces is J79 111 being carried out. ^Also being studied is fault rupture diversion J79 112 and modification caused by the presence of buildings. J79 113 *<3 *1Dynamic Soil Properties.*> J79 114 |^*0A set of Californian accelerograph records are being J79 115 used to study the influence of the dynamic properties of soils. J79 116 *<*6GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING*> J79 117 *<*2MINISTRY OF WORKS AND DEVELOPMENT*> J79 118 *<1 *1Bridge Abutments.*> J79 119 |^*0In order to obtain a better understanding of the passive J79 120 earth pressures that develop against bridge abutments built J79 121 integrally with the superstructure, half size models have been J79 122 built and tested. ^The abutments were loaded statically and J79 123 dynamically by pushing them into sand backfill. ^The total force J79 124 and its pressure distribution agreed well with theoretical J79 125 predictions except at large deformations when the sand was J79 126 stiffer than predicted. ^Further tests are being carried out J79 127 using dense sands. J79 128 *<2 *1Pile Foundations.*> J79 129 |^*0Research into the static and dynamic lateral load J79 130 behaviour is being undertaken as part of a cooperative research J79 131 programme sponsored by the Road Research Unit. ^It is expected J79 132 that this research will permit overseas methods to be evaluated J79 133 for various {0NZ} soil types. J79 134 *<*2DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, UNIVERSITY OF AUCKLAND*> J79 135 *<1 *1Earthquake Soil-structure Interaction.*> J79 136 |^*0At low levels of earthquake excitation the soil beneath J79 137 a building foundation behaves elastically. ^As the severity of J79 138 the earthquake increases nonlinear deformation becomes J79 139 increasingly more important. ^The nonlinearity increases the J79 140 apparent damping as well as reducing the stiffness of the soil. J79 141 ^This project, a continuation of earlier work, is concerned with J79 142 demonstrating the effect of nonlinear soil behaviour on the J79 143 earthquake response of footings and raft foundations on clay J79 144 soils. J79 145 |^The major innovation introduced in the project is the J79 146 method used to describe the nonlinear footing stiffness. ^The J79 147 complexity of finite element modelling is avoided by using an J79 148 equivalent spring-dashpot approach. ^The small strain stiffness J79 149 of the footing is controlled by the elastic properties of the J79 150 soil. ^The maximum load the footing can sustain is controlled by J79 151 the bearing capacity of the soil beneath the footing. ^Between J79 152 these two extremes a hyperbolic relationship is assumed. J79 153 |^The research demonstrates the beneficial effect of the J79 154 nonlinear behaviour of clay soils and the existence of a natural J79 155 base-isolation effect. J79 156 *<2 *1Cyclic stress-strain Behaviour of Clay Soils.*> J79 157 |^*0This is a laboratory investigation of the J79 158 strain-controlled cyclic triaxial behaviour of a small number of J79 159 natural clay soils. ^The tests are of the consolidated undrained J79 160 type and pore water pressures are being measured during the J79 161 cyclic loading. ^The purpose of this research is to observe the J79 162 effect of repeated loading cycles on the stiffness of natural J79 163 clay soils. ^This is necessary for two reasons: (**=i) because J79 164 data on natural soils, particularly {0NZ} soils, is needed, and J79 165 (**=ii) because information on the change in soil properties with J79 166 cyclic loading is important for the design of foundations to J79 167 resist earthquake loading. ^It is well established that when a J79 168 large number of load cycles is involved, clay soils exhibit a J79 169 phenomenon of cyclic degradation, a type of fatigue effect. ^The J79 170 question is how serious is this for the numbers of cycles J79 171 involved in an earthquake. J79 172 |^Another aspect of the motivation for the research relates J79 173 to work that is planned on the lateral load behaviour of piles J79 174 under earthquake loading. ^In this situation the effect of the J79 175 load cycling on the strength of the clay near the top of the pile J79 176 is of importance as this affects the maximum displacement and J79 177 bending moment in a pile during an earthquake. J79 178 *<3 *1Investigation of In-situ High Strain Dynamic Soil J79 179 Properties.*> J79 180 |^*0This project has been carried out to measure the insitu J79 181 shear modulus and damping factor of soils at high strain. J79 182 ^Existing insitu wave propagation techniques, such as the cross J79 183 hole test, are available to measure the low strain soil J79 184 properties. ^However, for seismic response analysis the soil J79 185 properties at strains approaching 0.01 is required for J79 186 theoretical studies. ^High amplitude shear waves were generated J79 187 and wave forms close to the source were recorded in an attempt to J79 188 measure the shear wave velocity and rate of strain decay at high J79 189 strains. ^While the generation of high strain shear waves was J79 190 achieved problems were encountered in the analysis of the J79 191 results. ^It appears the use of the tradition wave equation is J79 192 inappropriate close to a shear wave source in a nonlinear medium. J79 193 ^Further work is needed to clarify the wave propagation process J79 194 close to the source. J79 195 *<4 *1The Seismic Response of Pile Foundations.*> J79 196 |^*0This work concerns the calculation of the deformations J79 197 and bending moments in pile foundations during earthquakes. ^The J79 198 results of recent computer studies have lead to methods appearing J79 199 in the literature for the calculation of pile deformation during J79 200 strong ground motion. ^This study will apply these methods to J79 201 existing foundations and attempt to gauge the usefulness of the J79 202 solutions obtained. ^The study will also lead to an assessment of J79 203 the modification of the ground motion by the piles and hence an J79 204 evaluation of the level of ground motion at the base of the J79 205 building compared with the free field motion. J79 206 *<*2DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, UNIVERSITY OF CANTERBURY*> J79 207 *<1 *1Retaining Walls.*> J79 208 |^*0Earlier research into the design of retaining walls is J79 209 continuing with investigations currently under way on rigid walls J79 210 rotating about the bottom (cantilever walls) or the top J79 211 (tied-back walls). ^Passive toe pressure is also being J79 212 investigated. ^Limit analysis and small scale model tests are J79 213 being used. ^Seismic design parameters for reinforced earth walls J79 214 are being investigated using larger scale tests on the J79 215 Department's 20-tonne shaking table. ^Associated with the work on J79 216 the walls is a theoretical study of the effects of vertical and J79 217 lateral motions on the basic Newmark sliding-block model. J79 218 *<2 *1Seismic Liquifaction.*> J79 219 |^*0Experimental work is underway to investigate the seismic J79 220 liquifaction of sands as a follow up to previous theoretical J79 221 work. ^Extensive field tests, with special emphasis on dutch and J79 222 peizocone testing, have been carried out in the Inangahua region J79 223 where liquifaction occurred during the 1968 earthquake. J79 224 *<*6STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN*> J79 225 *<*2BUILDING RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF {0N.Z.}*> J79 226 *<1 *1Wall Racking Tests *- end restraint conditions.*> J79 227 |^*0The standard P21 racking test is used to determine J79 228 Bracing Ratings for wall units. ^The test requires the specimen J79 229 to be cycled in 1\0mm increments up to 8\0mm lateral J79 230 displacement. ^In order to ensure adequate ductility of the J79 231 component, the wall is racked to a 40\0mm displacement and cycled J79 232 +/-40\0mm for four cycles during which the reduction in load is J79 233 not to exceed 20% of the peak load. J79 234 |^It has been noticeable from the failure modes of the J79 235 various wall panels that have been tested to the P21 standard J79 236 racking test, that a common mode of failure is the separation of J79 237 the tension chord from the bottom plate. ^It has long been J79 238 recognised that in typical house construction braced walls often J79 239 have additional restraint against uplift. ^This is provided J79 240 either by the presence of return walls that are nailed to the end J79 241 studs, or by axial compression resulting from the application of J79 242 gravity loads. J79 243 |^The current work programme attempts to more closely model J79 244 the actual end restraint conditions within the P2l test. ^The J79 245 restraint is provided by a short length of timber nailed to the J79 246 end stud of the panel and restrained against uplift by a bolted J79 247 saddle. ^The end restraint so provided has the flexibility of the J79 248 nails in shear. J79 249 |^As anticipated from the performance modes observed, the J79 250 provision of end fixity affects the behaviour of the panel quite J79 251 markedly. ^The panels tested to date (Gibraltar Board) have J79 252 significantly higher initial stiffness, but degrade during the J79 253 high displacement cycling, indicating less ductile performance. J79 254 *<2 *1Profiled Sheet Metal Diaphragms.*> J79 255 |^*0The objectives of this research programme is**[SIC**] to J79 256 develop design and testing methods which would enable the J79 257 strength and stiffness of profiled sheet materials, used as J79 258 cladding to buildings, to be taken into account in the structural J79 259 design. J79 260 *# J80 001 **[374 TEXT J80**] J80 002 |^*0In May 1986 the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, in J80 003 conjunction with the British Post Office and other engineering J80 004 institutions, held an International Postal Engineering Conference J80 005 in London to which I was the New Zealand Post Office delegate. J80 006 ^Forty-six formal papers, together with a number of informal J80 007 presentations, were delivered on a wide range of postal J80 008 engineering developments and the whole event was well organised J80 009 and intensely interesting. ^The venue, the Institution of J80 010 Mechanical Engineers' own building, deserves a small mention as J80 011 it is a lovely old building with memorabilia of past presidents J80 012 and events located throughout the rooms. ^The conference J80 013 facilities, however, were of the highest modern standard and even J80 014 included a video projector. J80 015 |^If there was a central theme it would have been *"avoid J80 016 damage to mail**" and the British Post Office researchers, in J80 017 particular, were well aware of this need as was clearly J80 018 demonstrated in many of the papers presented by this particular J80 019 group. J80 020 |^Probably the most important paper of the conference in J80 021 this regard was one on the subject of *"The Development of Damage J80 022 Free Level Transfers**". J80 023 |^A flat-bed belt conveyor is an excellent method of moving J80 024 parcels without damage provided there is no movement of the J80 025 parcels from one belt to another. ^For many years the standard J80 026 method of effecting such transfers has been to drop the parcels J80 027 over a small distance. ^The need to do this was brought about by J80 028 the large diameter rollers that were required to drive the thick J80 029 woven belting used (Figure 1). ^If thinner lighter belting could J80 030 be used then the rollers could be of smaller diameter and a level J80 031 transfer from one belt to another becomes practicable (Figure 2) J80 032 as the gap between the rollers can be greatly reduced. ^This J80 033 principle works well except at T junctions where parcels transfer J80 034 to a belt moving at right angles to the first belt. ^With the old J80 035 system the parcels would be dropped on to the belt and no lateral J80 036 thrust would be applied but, with level transfers, the transverse J80 037 belt is pushed sideways by the on- J80 038 **[FIGURE**] J80 039 coming parcels (Figure 3) and ultimately the belt will lose J80 040 tracking. ^This problem was resolved (after much experimentation) J80 041 by utilising a conveyor belt constructed from small glass J80 042 reinforced plastic strips which are linked together with metal J80 043 rods so that they can articulate around the end rollers. ^By J80 044 running this type of conveyor belt in a shallow metal trough all J80 045 lateral movement is eliminated. ^Another consideration in this J80 046 design is the contouring of the walls of the conveyor trough, J80 047 particularly at intersections, to remove any likelihood of parcel J80 048 jams. J80 049 |^This system has been installed in the latest Parcel J80 050 Concentration Centre at Reading and during a visit there I was J80 051 told that parcel damage had been reduced by a factor of at least J80 052 10; and that a secondary advantage was the elimination of parcel J80 053 jams and the consequent reduction of downtime on the parcel J80 054 sorting machines (two large tilt-tray machines). J80 055 |^The Safeglide chute is another very important concept J80 056 covered by the technical papers. ^This development by the British J80 057 Post Office was originally raised at a previous Postal J80 058 Engineering Conference and has since been verified by experience J80 059 as a successful design. ^It is practice to use spiral chutes to J80 060 move parcels from one floor to another but with the traditional J80 061 flat bottomed chute damage to mail can occur due to the speed J80 062 that the heavier parcels, in particular, can generate in sliding J80 063 down the J80 064 **[FIGURE**] J80 065 chute. ^The Safeglide chutes have a computer designed profile J80 066 (Figure 5) which effectively controls the speed of descent of J80 067 parcels in such a way that they all, irrespective of weight, move J80 068 at a constant velocity without interaction. ^If the parcels are J80 069 stored on the chute they distribute themselves across it and are J80 070 self starting as soon as the lower parcels are removed. ^Care is J80 071 taken at both entry and exit points to avoid sharp changes in J80 072 direction, again to avoid jam points. ^The profile can be J80 073 designed to suit the situation ({0ie} the type of mail to be J80 074 transported) and the chute is of modular design with either steel J80 075 or reinforced fibre-glass segments bolted to a vertical post. J80 076 ^However, this post is one of the restrictions of this design and J80 077 work is now being undertaken to eliminate it. ^The Safeglide J80 078 chute is a very successful design, now in use in a number of J80 079 United Kingdom postal centres and other commercial situations. J80 080 |^One of the problem items in mail handling is the packet, J80 081 those items of mail too large to be letters and too small to be J80 082 parcels, such as magazines, newspapers and records. ^Two papers J80 083 were presented at the conference on the development of machines J80 084 to handle this type of mail. ^The {0BPO} has built, in J80 085 conjunction with a private firm, a large automatic sorting J80 086 machine, consisting of an endless belt of plastic containers open J80 087 at the top and with a hinged door at the bottom. ^The operator J80 088 codes the destination of the packet into the machine's computer J80 089 and it automatically indicates by a row of moving lights which J80 090 container has been programmed to accept the packet. ^The operator J80 091 places the packet in that container which carries it around to J80 092 the rear of the machine where it deposits it into its correct J80 093 destination, usually a mail-bag. ^The container can be swung J80 094 through 90 degrees by the machine so that the packets can be J80 095 discharged to either side of the belt allowing two sorts at each J80 096 destination. ^The other automatic sorting machine, developed by a J80 097 private firm, consists of small automatic guided vehicles J80 098 ({0agv}) running on a suspended track. ^The operator codes the J80 099 packet's destination and places the packet in an extended arm of J80 100 the {0agv} **[SIC**] this then moves off at a steady 3{0km/hr} J80 101 and deposits the packet at the required destination point. ^The J80 102 {0agv} then returns to the coding point for its next packet. J80 103 |^Both are interesting developments in J80 104 **[FIGURE**] J80 105 an effort to solve a difficult problem. J80 106 |^Other papers presented at the conference covered such J80 107 diverse subjects as: J80 108 |(**=i) The coding and sorting of mail. ^New coding desks, new J80 109 ergonomically designed coders and new sorting machines are at J80 110 present being developed by the British Post Office again with the J80 111 help of private firms. J80 112 |(**=ii) Optical Character Recognition ({0OCR}) machines. ^Work J80 113 is continuing on the development of {0OCR} machines which J80 114 automatically read the address, apply the code and do a primary J80 115 sort. ^A number of these machines were seen in operation but the J80 116 point should be made that while they are at present capable of J80 117 reading/ cancelling/ coding and sorting up to and above 30,000 J80 118 items an hour such mail is generally machine addressed and very J80 119 standardised. ^The complete {0OCR} machine reading both hand J80 120 written and machine written mail is still some time away from J80 121 development. J80 122 |(**=iii) ^Postal indexation (whereby the reader is encouraged to J80 123 use a detailed postal code which in some instances such as J80 124 America can define the proposed recipient to one side of a J80 125 particular city block) was a well discussed topic with papers J80 126 describing various countries' methods of coding the envelope and J80 127 using the index in the mechanical sorting of mail. J80 128 |(**=iv) ^Postal management information systems and the use of J80 129 computer systems were also discussed. ^A prime example of this J80 130 type of system for postal work is in the Swedish Postal Centre in J80 131 Stockholm, Tomteboda, which has no less than five computer J80 132 systems working in the building all connected to a main frame and J80 133 management information is available from any one of 40 points J80 134 throughout the building (and it is a massive building) within two J80 135 minutes. ^Another system in Denmark uses the computer system to J80 136 issue work orders for and to maintain control over some 4000 J80 137 maintenance points in one of their complexes. ^As Sir Ronald J80 138 Dearing, Chairman of the British Post Office, pointed out in one J80 139 of his addresses to the conference, the microchip appears a real J80 140 threat to the postal system with its speed and accuracy but at J80 141 the same time it can be a very valuable device and must be made J80 142 to work for the mail system. J80 143 |^On the final day of the conference delegates were taken to J80 144 Swindon for the official opening of the new {0BPO} Research J80 145 Centre. ^This centre has brought all the Post Office researchers J80 146 together into the one large complex and the 180 engineers and J80 147 technicians employed there are working on a wide range of postal J80 148 engineering matters. ^They are developing new letter and packet J80 149 sorting machines, addressing particular problems in the handling J80 150 of mail such as ways and means of machine sorting plastic J80 151 enveloped mail, looking into the security of Post Offices and J80 152 cash carrying vans and the many other problems related to getting J80 153 a letter from point A to point B. J80 154 |^In his opening speech Sir Ronald Dearing made the point J80 155 that engineers' role in mail handling was increasing and that it J80 156 was only during the past 30 years that postal mechanisation had J80 157 really started to develop. J80 158 |^During and after the conference a number of postal centres J80 159 were visited and it is of interest to note the present day J80 160 trends. ^The move now is to house postal centres in single J80 161 storied warehouse type buildings instead of the large J80 162 multi-storied buildings that were favoured several years ago. J80 163 ^The two latest {0BPO} postal centres at Watford and Reading are J80 164 both built along these lines and in fact part of the Watford J80 165 Postal Centre was once a factory. ^In most postal centres visited J80 166 the parcel sorting machines were either tilt tray or tilt slat J80 167 machines of a certain European manufacture. ^These consist of an J80 168 endless chain carrying wooden trays or slats on to which the J80 169 parcels can be ejected after the destination code has been fed J80 170 into the machine. ^The parcel is carried around to the designated J80 171 discharge point and deposited either left or right by the tilting J80 172 of the wooden trays or slats. ^The tilt slat machine can only J80 173 operate in a straight line and this is a limitation. ^The tilt J80 174 tray on the other hand can have a number of differing J80 175 configurations and is more versatile for this reason. ^I was J80 176 advised by the manufacturers of this type of machine that the J80 177 tilt slat machine is now being phased out in preference to the J80 178 tilt tray, for two main reasons: J80 179 |(**=i) ^The tilt tray is more versatile (both in configuration J80 180 and carrying capacity), and J80 181 |(**=ii) ^The manufacturers have developed a J80 182 **[PLATE**] J80 183 new tilting device for the tilt trays which equates well to the J80 184 smooth discharge of the tilt slat machines. J80 185 |^The postal centres visited all had a high degree of J80 186 mechanisation, particularly for the handling of parcels. J80 187 |^This report should not conclude without further comment on J80 188 the magnificent Swedish Postal Centre in Stockholm, Tomteboda. J80 189 ^This is a very large complex, possibly 500 metres long with a J80 190 rail terminus at one end, several truck delivery docks, and J80 191 extensive mechanisation throughout. ^The building is so large J80 192 that staff who are required to service plant around the building J80 193 are provided with scooters. ^However it is not just its size, J80 194 which is impressive, but also the fact that throughout the J80 195 building the postal authorities have gone to considerable expense J80 196 to provide bright original murals and paintings, not only in the J80 197 public areas but also in the work areas. ^For example, there are J80 198 a number of pen and ink pictures of scenes of Stockholm along one J80 199 wall of the corridor leading to the large cafeteria and outside J80 200 in the roof garden stands a Swedish version of \0St George and J80 201 the dragon built up from items of scrap metal. J80 202 |^But this is still not the most impressive thing from an J80 203 engineering point of view. ^This must be the use of automatic J80 204 guided vehicles to move mail around the complex. ^These vehicles J80 205 are large electrically driven machines with fork-lift prongs at J80 206 the rear. ^When the postal assistants have loaded a container it J80 207 is placed in position over a series of cups set into the floor J80 208 and this generates a signal to the central computer that there is J80 209 mail waiting. J80 210 *# K01 001 **[375 TEXT K01**] K01 002 *<*5The Fire*> K01 003 |^*"*0Dad?**" K01 004 |^*"Yes, son.**" K01 005 |^*"Did \2yous have horses and stuff like that at Texas?**" K01 006 |^Hemi smiled at his son. K01 007 |^*"Dad?**" K01 008 |^*"Yes my daughter.**" K01 009 |^*"Were \2yous cowboys?**" K01 010 |^Hemi laughed to himself and for a while he stopped K01 011 brooding about the loss of land at Taumatawiwi and the County K01 012 for forcing the rate arrears bills on him and his relations. K01 013 ^Dalmatian buggers. ^Who let them in? ^And only yesterday. K01 014 ^He laughed at the {0T.V.} Texas of his children and the K01 015 Taumatawiwi of his own childhood. K01 016 |^The new streets contoured the valley outside the window K01 017 and black cattle grazed the green on what was left up to the K01 018 sky. ^The people were enclosed in the new city. ^They didn't K01 019 hear the magpies quarrelling in the macrocarpas on the skyline, K01 020 or the cattle bellowing in the evening. ^They were all new K01 021 people. ^Strangers to each other; yet to build foot stools to K01 022 rest their feet. ^In the schools the children tried so hard to K01 023 belong, but as yet, everyone was talking and no one was K01 024 listening. K01 025 |^Hemi looked beyond the macrocarpas to Taumatawiwi. ^There K01 026 were the little farms on the valley floor; there was the K01 027 church; there the marae down near the sea; and up there on the K01 028 hill the urupa where his father was buried. ^And there, his K01 029 little brother racing out of the cowshed to his horse to go to K01 030 school once the last cow was milked and Dad was left to clean K01 031 up. K01 032 |^*"Yes children, we were cowboys alright. ^Damned good ones K01 033 too.**" K01 034 |^*"Did \2yous have guns Dad?**" K01 035 |^*"No, son. ^But my Dad had a shotgun though. ^That's the K01 036 one in the cupboard that you aren't allowed to touch.**" K01 037 |^With that his son was pleased. ^A shotgun was better than K01 038 nothing and the truth could be used in so many ways. K01 039 |^*"But, Dad?**" K01 040 |^*"Yes, my daughter.**" K01 041 |^*"I thought \2yous were Maoris up at your place.**" K01 042 |^*"Yes we were.**" K01 043 |^*"Can Maoris be cowboys too?**" K01 044 |^*"Course they can. ^They're the best cowboys in the whole K01 045 world.**" K01 046 |^*"Gee. ^\2Yous were lucky. ^Not like us. ^We have to go to K01 047 school everyday.**" K01 048 |^Hemi laughed. ^He was going to tell her that even Maori K01 049 cowboys had to go to school, but he didn't bother. ^He'd often K01 050 played this game with his children, trying to modify their K01 051 fantasies with realities. ^They'd grow up soon enough. ^He K01 052 went back to Taumatawiwi and they went off to play in some K01 053 other fantasy. ^There was no family there now; no one to stop K01 054 the gorse and tighten the fences. ^At least they still owned K01 055 it and no bloody County was going to get it. K01 056 |^But the first beachfront subdivisions were eating away at K01 057 the valley. ^*"Seaview Ltd.;**" tarseal, power lines, curbing K01 058 and neat plots of property for sale. ^Rich strangers K01 059 trespassed with impunity over his valley with hands on hips. K01 060 ^Hemi saw the arrogance and assurance of all that capital. K01 061 ^What could he do about this moneyed taniwha? ^It was going to K01 062 build a huge tourist resort; manicure the manuka and swamp into K01 063 golf courses and boat marinas for the hordes of Japanese K01 064 tourists who would come to spend. ^Great for the whole County, K01 065 the Dallies said; and the whole country too, the development K01 066 company said; think of all the overseas exchange. ^What about K01 067 your profits? Hemi said. ^Out of order, the tribunal chairman K01 068 said. K01 069 |^Outside, the streets quietened for the night. ^Inside, K01 070 tea was cooking. ^He had decided. ^A long year had passed K01 071 since he'd gone home and seen it all. ^The time had come. ^It K01 072 would make them think twice about building that bloody resort. K01 073 ^He was sure as he picked up the phone to get the gear dropped K01 074 off and the plan under way. ^The next day would be work as K01 075 usual. K01 076 |^He used to play King Of The Mountain after school all by K01 077 himself on the top of Puheke. ^Down below the *"Seaview**" K01 078 houses were still smouldering but the flames of the night were K01 079 gone. ^No one was around to see the orange burst of petrol K01 080 flame. ^Molotov cocktail, eh? ^No problem at all. ^By eight K01 081 o'clock someone had seen it and was off in tail of dust. ^Soon K01 082 the cops arrived, got out of their car and stood with hands on K01 083 hips. ^There'd been nothing like it here since Constable K01 084 Hurley shot old Toni the Dalmatian sly grogger for reminding K01 085 him of a certain loan. ^They went to every house and wrote K01 086 something down. ^One of them spoke on the radio. ^Then they K01 087 drove off back across the isthmus to the far side of the bay. K01 088 |^Better than the Maori Land March and all the protests. K01 089 ^Submissions were for the powerless and provided filing work K01 090 for school leavers. ^And all those proper channels become K01 091 mazes that his people never find their innocent way out of. K01 092 ^Let the Kaumatuas and moderates play those games. ^They were K01 093 too old for anything else. ^What happened after every K01 094 reasonable request and petition on Maori Land and The Treaty of K01 095 Waitangi? ^That's right. K01 096 |^The news came on \0T.V. the next day he watched it. ^The K01 097 cameras zoomed in on the charred remains and one of the K01 098 policemen mumbled on about arson, not understanding the motives K01 099 and there being no leads. K01 100 |^*"Hey, Dad that's up at your place isn't it?**" K01 101 |^*"Yes, son. ^It is.**" K01 102 |^*"What did the people burn those houses for, Dad?**" K01 103 |^*"Don't know, my daughter. ^For their land maybe.**" K01 104 |^Hemi's wife looked up from the stove but said nothing. K01 105 ^Hemi was the expert on Maori land. K01 106 |^*"I don't see no horses, Dad.**" K01 107 |^Outside the houses grew grey in the evening. ^The potency K01 108 stoked by the flames had subsided a little. ^He looked at his K01 109 earnest children going about their endless play, and listened K01 110 to their chatter. ^They were so at home on the blue carpet K01 111 with their toys and imagination, and outside on the street, K01 112 they belonged there too skipping along the footpath to school. K01 113 ^They had no past; they knew not the wailing on the marae down K01 114 near the sea; nor the smooth hills with tapu hollows. ^They K01 115 were at home here in this house of fibrolite grey and the K01 116 streets outside. ^This was their Taumatawiwi. ^Perhaps it was K01 117 all a waste of time and the hordes of Japanese were inevitable. K01 118 ^Anyway for now the County and their developer mates had K01 119 something to think about and anything else would be something K01 120 for Hemi to brood about alone on the train to work the next K01 121 day. K01 122 |^*"No, son. ^There's no more horses in Texas. ^The old K01 123 home's still there though.**" K01 124 *<*5The Red Light*> K01 125 |^*"*0Hi. ^Hine here.**" K01 126 |^*"Kia ora. ^E Hine, it's me.**" K01 127 |^*"Hai. ^Tena koe e *1me.**" K01 128 |^*"*0Don't get cheeky. ^You know who it is.**" K01 129 |^He'd picked up the phone and put it down again. ^How many K01 130 times? ^When he finally rang, it was lunch time. ^Whoever K01 131 went to get her, kept him waiting anxiously, but she came on at K01 132 last; clear, warm and positive. ^No rejection whatever in that K01 133 voice, thank goodness. ^Only its usual, delicious sound. K01 134 |^*"Good to hear from you.**" K01 135 |^*"Listen, Hine. ^I'm coming up tonight. ^I want to see you K01 136 about something.**" K01 137 |^*"E Hoa. ^Sounds serious, man.**" K01 138 |^*"It is.**" K01 139 |^*"\0O.K., then. ^Call in at the pub. ^Your turn to shout K01 140 dinner.**" K01 141 |^He took all morning. ^Why? ^Well, yes he was married and K01 142 quite a bit older. ^It wasn't the done thing. ^But so what? K01 143 ^She'd never mentioned it before. ^He lived in a normal world K01 144 of father, husband, and public servant. ^Hine was a glowing K01 145 intrusion; open, honest, uncomplicated and so happy. ^Other K01 146 words for her danced on the periphery of his consciousness, K01 147 like bubbles blowing up and blinking out. ^She was so good to K01 148 be with. ^Never mind the words. ^Had she taken his world K01 149 over? ^By five o'clock he was driving north on the motorway. K01 150 ^She would tease him for sure. K01 151 |^*"You been avoiding me, eh? ^You got another girl somewhere K01 152 then, eh? ^Come on, what's her name? ^You two timer.**" K01 153 |^The motorway followed the river. ^Should he tell her? K01 154 ^It veered off, cutting into the smooth hills. ^How would she K01 155 take it? ^He couldn't foresee. ^The motorway came back again K01 156 to the river before leaving it for the red winery on the K01 157 horizon. ^People thought he was her uncle; a comfortable K01 158 explanation. ^He let them believe it. ^They worked for the K01 159 same government department in different cities. ^What was he K01 160 going to say? ^The words were there, but which ones? ^At his K01 161 age they all sounded ridiculous. ^He hadn't used them with K01 162 confidence or meaning for a long time. ^Only one thought was K01 163 clear. ^He had to. ^He hoped she'd understand. ^Too soon K01 164 though, he was well past the winery and turning off to their K01 165 usual place. K01 166 |^*"Hai. ^Tena Koe. ^Long time no see, eh?**" K01 167 |^*"Hullo you porangi.**" K01 168 |^*"How you been, man? ^How you been? K01 169 |^She came across the plush red carpet, in the dim soft K01 170 light, with arms open to greet him; young attractive, soft, K01 171 friendly. ^How could one person have so much? ^He could make K01 172 out the barman and a few patrons but there was no doubt who K01 173 radiated in the semi-light. ^Was he the only one who could see K01 174 it? ^Surely not. ^Then why had she no regular guy? ^He was K01 175 used to seeing her as a filament in this luxurious setting and K01 176 his circumstances heeded not the seductive warnings of this red K01 177 mirage. ^Just the sight of her again and her happy closeness K01 178 as she hung on to his arm and enveloped him with all she was. K01 179 ^She always asked after his family. ^One drink with her, K01 180 lasted until closing time. ^Should he tell her? ^She took his K01 181 arm gently and kissed him hullo. K01 182 |^*"What you been up to?**" K01 183 |^*"Nothing. ^Got a new boyfriend that's all.**" K01 184 |^*"Never. ^Good looking like me?**" K01 185 |^*"No. ^Richer though. ^Got his own plane. ^Took me for a K01 186 ride last week.**" K01 187 |^*"Go on.**" K01 188 |^*"Yeah. ^We flew over your town, e Hoa. ^I waved out.**" K01 189 |^*"Pono.**" K01 190 |^*"Of course. ^But on the way back this controller calls up K01 191 to tell him his wife wants him to pick up the meat for tea.**" K01 192 |^And so she went on pulling his leg gently, right through K01 193 until the pub closed, and hours later until the last cup of K01 194 coffee, sometime past midnight in her flat. ^Huddling K01 195 together, closer to the heater as the night grew colder, he K01 196 felt so close to her; like all those too few intimate times K01 197 with his late father in the dark on the bridge over the creek K01 198 on their farm fishing for eels, and talking. ^What made him K01 199 think of that? ^Had she become his only friend too? ^He K01 200 wanted her laughter to go on, to fill in the empty space until K01 201 the next time. ^Then she looked up at him. ^Gently in the K01 202 quiet night, she touched his face and he knew the time had K01 203 come. ^A look and touch. ^Only Hine could. K01 204 |^*"Listen, Handsome. ^You said you wanted to see me about K01 205 something.**" K01 206 |^*"Yes I did. ^But I tell you what, Gorgeous. ^You get K01 207 dressed and go to bed eh; and I'll join you in a minute.**" K01 208 |^*"Wow. ^E Hoa, I can't wait. ^Don't be long. ^Put the milk K01 209 bottles out first.**" K01 210 |^What was he going to say? ^What? ^He knew her flat well, K01 211 except her bedroom which was a door in the corridor, always K01 212 open. ^He felt his way through it to her bed, took off his K01 213 jacket and shoes and lay on the blankets beside her. ^She K01 214 moved over to make way and snuggled back beside him again, K01 215 relaxed; not pushing but patient; waiting and filling in the K01 216 empty darkness with her chatter. ^Snuggling next to him, she K01 217 felt like a cosy lamb. K01 218 |^*"Hine you may not like what I have to say.**" K01 219 |^*"Go on, e Hoa. ^Shoot man, shoot.**" K01 220 |^*"It's not netball, e Ko.**" K01 221 |^*"Sorry.**" K01 222 |^*"It might spoil our friendship.**" K01 223 |^*"Nah! ^Never.**" K01 224 |^*"I hope it doesn't. ^I value it too much.**" K01 225 |^*"Me too, e Hoa.**" K01 226 |^*"I don't want you to hate me.**" K01 227 *# K02 001 **[376 TEXT K02**] K02 002 ^*0I thought the uniform was a neat thing. ^For a while I K02 003 played at war. ^I shot Germans and Cowboys and Indians who hid K02 004 behind the trees. K02 005 |^Then came a night when I heard Nani mutter to herself in K02 006 the bedroom as I went to sleep. ^I awoke when I felt K02 007 something warm and slimy fall on my cheek. ^I looked up and K02 008 saw Nani. ^The hupe flowed from her nose like a waterfall. K02 009 ^Water flowed up from her heart and spilled out of her eyes K02 010 which were screwed up in pain. ^She shook her matted hair and K02 011 screamed, ^*'My son Ropata is dead. ^Aiee ka mate ka mate K02 012 aue....**' K02 013 |^In the afternoon of the following day Nani got sick and K02 014 went to bed. ^Nani was a good cook, but from then on without K02 015 realizing what she was doing, she seldom cooked and when she K02 016 did the meals were small. ^She ate nothing but a little of the K02 017 bread she still baked. K02 018 |^As I couldn't cook I did not get much to eat. ^I told K02 019 Nani I was hungry. ^She just said, ^*'Hoha.**' ^Knowing Uncle K02 020 Ropata was dead and not having his body to hold and weep over K02 021 was too much for her. K02 022 |^The bread for Ngakohu was on the table. ^I got a knife K02 023 and cut it in half. ^Once outside I ate half and took the rest K02 024 to Ngakohu. ^We had a good feed of watercress eel potatoes and K02 025 bread. ^Just as I was about to eat the last slice Ngakohu K02 026 glared at me and said, ^*'Kua ki koe?**' ^Are you full? K02 027 |^The next time I decided not to take Ngakohu his bread. K02 028 ^Never mind his weedy watercress, I thought. ^This rewana is K02 029 better. ^I wanted all Nani's bread and so whenever she gave me K02 030 the bread I went outside and ate it all. K02 031 |^News came from overseas that Uncle Ropata was missing. K02 032 ^*'He's dead,**' said Nani. ^*'Ae kua mate a Ropata. ^Kua K02 033 ngaro tana tinana ake ake.**' ^Yes Ropata is dead and his body K02 034 will never be found. K02 035 |^From then on she cooked regularly and we had big meals K02 036 again. ^What's more she began baking loaves to send to the K02 037 soldiers overseas. ^As for the bread for Ngakohu I continued K02 038 to eat all of it myself. K02 039 |^One night I ate the bread and went inside... crack... Nani K02 040 whacked my legs with her stick. ^*'That's for not taking K02 041 Ngakohu his bread,**' she growled. K02 042 |^After that I decided to take the old man his bread. ^A K02 043 week later I forded the river with a loaf under my arm. ^When K02 044 I crossed the water to the other bank I sat down to rest. K02 045 ^Hardly had I gained my breath when I decided to eat the bread K02 046 myself. ^Why give this bread to Ngakohu? ^Let him eat his K02 047 eels and watercress. ^This rewana is the best kai in the K02 048 world. K02 049 |^I took a large bite. ^No sooner had I swallowed the K02 050 mouthful than I felt sick. ^My hair felt as if it wriggled all K02 051 over my head and it was as if there were stones in my stomach. K02 052 |^There was no sound. ^The gurgle and splash of the river K02 053 had stopped, yet the water was flowing. ^Neither twig snapped, K02 054 nor bird sang. K02 055 |^*'Boy,**' said a voice in the darkness. ^*'I'm hungry. K02 056 ^So hungry I could eat your bones. ^What you got there, boy. K02 057 ^Bread, huh? ^You better give some to me,**' whispered the K02 058 voice in my ear. ^*'This way, boy,**' said the voice, sounding K02 059 far away. K02 060 |^I felt something perched on my shoulder. ^There was K02 061 nothing there. ^*'Heh Heh Ho Ho.**' ^The nothing broke up into K02 062 laughter that flew off in to the bush. K02 063 |^*'Get up,**' called the voice from far away. ^*'Walk,**' K02 064 it yelled in my ear. ^*'You'll get sicker if you don't.**' K02 065 |^I walked in the direction the voice came from. ^The trees K02 066 before me bent back and created a path in front of the moving K02 067 voice which I followed. K02 068 |^*'You got the bread, eh?**' said the ruru. K02 069 |^*'Yes yes, he's got the bread,**' said a leaf as from the K02 070 twig on a branch of a tree it detached itself and flew up to K02 071 the sky. K02 072 |^*'Hisss... it's the bread of life,**' murmured the K02 073 sleeping fern. K02 074 |^When I reached a clearing in the middle of the bush where K02 075 there was a tree stump, the voice said, ^*'Put the bread on K02 076 that stump.**' ^As I did so a large weta crawled out of the K02 077 rotten wood and began climbing up the trunk towards the bread. K02 078 |^*'Now get out,**' said the voice. ^My legs trembled but K02 079 somehow I managed to put one foot in front of the other. K02 080 ^Moonlight made a track for me to follow. ^I walked twenty K02 081 yards before I turned and looked back. K02 082 |^Sitting on the tree stump was Ngakohu eating the bread and K02 083 grinning at the same time. ^I was about to call to him when K02 084 suddenly I turned and ran. K02 085 *<*2FISH HEADS*> K02 086 |^*'*0It's payday. ^We've just been paid and we're rich,**' K02 087 laughed Paora. K02 088 |^*'Yeah and it's your turn to buy the kai,**' reminded K02 089 John. K02 090 |^*'Get some fish heads,**' said Hemi. K02 091 |^*'Mmmm, fish heads,**' said John. ^Mmmm, fish heads, K02 092 thought Paora, smacking his lips. ^*'Things are expensive K02 093 these days,**' he said, ^*'but five dollars ought to be enough, K02 094 eh?**' K02 095 |^*'Yeah,**' said Hemi. ^*'Get four and we'll boil them in K02 096 the pot.**' K02 097 |^*'Ha,**' laughed John. ^*'Remember the last time we K02 098 cooked fish heads. ^That posh Pakeha lady next door complained K02 099 about the smell and rang someone in the Health Department.**' K02 100 |^*'Yeah,**' said Hemi. ^*'I saw her running about the K02 101 house with a spray can in her hand.**' K02 102 |^*'I don't think she ever got rid of the fish smell,**' K02 103 said Paora. ^*'She's been giving us dirty looks ever since we K02 104 cooked up them fish heads.**' K02 105 |^Paora left the flat and walked down the road to the fish K02 106 shop. ^It was a good idea, he thought, to have moved into the K02 107 flat with the boys. ^He'd felt lonely in the city by himself. K02 108 ^Like him, his flatmates were Maori boys from the country who'd K02 109 come down to the city looking for work. ^They thought and felt K02 110 alike and it seemed to these boys that the Pakeha in the city K02 111 thought and felt opposite to them in every way. K02 112 |^*'Fish heads,**' he said and he smacked his lips again as K02 113 he walked into the shop and grinned as he thought of the feast K02 114 to come. ^*'I'll have four fish heads thanks.**' ^He smiled K02 115 and placed money on the counter. K02 116 |^*'Sorry, we haven't got any,**' said the man. K02 117 |^*'What?**' said Paora. K02 118 |^*'We haven't got any fish heads. ^We chuck 'em out,**' K02 119 came the reply. K02 120 |^Instead of returning to the flat, Paora continued down the K02 121 road to the next fish shop. ^There were no fish heads there. K02 122 ^Nor were there any in the next fish shop. ^He tried all the K02 123 shops he knew, but none had fish heads. ^Each time he asked K02 124 his voice got quieter and quieter, and he began to feel silly K02 125 asking people for fish heads. K02 126 |^He was disappointed. ^He'd been looking forward to a feed K02 127 and he knew his mates would be sitting at home with their K02 128 mouths watering. ^Suddenly at the end of the street he saw a K02 129 sign which read *2FISHERIES. *0Ah, he thought. ^If they K02 130 haven't got any fish heads then there aren't any fish in the K02 131 sea. K02 132 |^He found the loading-bay at the back of the building. ^He K02 133 hoped he'd be able to speak to a Maori, for he felt that if he K02 134 asked a Maori for fish heads he wouldn't feel silly. K02 135 |^*'What \2d'ya want?**' said the man. K02 136 |^Hell, it's a Pakeha, thought Paora. ^*'I'd like to buy K02 137 four fish heads,**' he said quietly. K02 138 |^*'No sorry, you can't have four fish heads,**' said the K02 139 man. ^*'We've only got two. ^Will that do?**' ^Two, thought K02 140 Paora. ^That's not enough. ^Still it's better than nothing. K02 141 ^*'I'll take them,**' he said. K02 142 |^Paora waited as the man want to get them and after five K02 143 minutes he began to think something was wrong and he'd not be K02 144 able to get the heads. K02 145 |^The man returned. ^*'Here,**' he said as he placed them K02 146 on the table. ^Paora looked. ^Before him were two of the K02 147 biggest fish heads he'd ever seen. ^They were huge. ^He K02 148 reckoned them to be three times bigger than his own head and K02 149 almost as wide as his body. ^Those beauties will cost a K02 150 packet, he thought, and I've only got five dollars. ^*'How K02 151 much?**' he asked. K02 152 |^*'We wouldn't dream of charging for fish heads,**' said K02 153 the man. ^*'I know what it's like to be hard up. ^Take K02 154 them.**' K02 155 |^There's enough stink in these fish heads to keep that posh K02 156 lady next door spraying her house for a month, thought Paora, K02 157 and he walked out of the building chuckling to himself. K02 158 *<*2Hera*> K02 159 |^Hera sat on top of Pukenui and watched the sun go down. K02 160 ^From the hill's summit she saw the empty settlement of K02 161 Puketapu. ^Hera was the last living person in the valley. ^A K02 162 year ago the Manuwaka family lived in Puketapu but they moved K02 163 to Wellington *- looking for work. K02 164 |^The Waikino River flowed between Puketapu and Hera's K02 165 house. ^In 1910 the river ran close to the village. ^It was K02 166 now 1978 and over the years the river's course changed so that K02 167 each year the river flowed closer to her home. K02 168 |^Almost on the river bank was the grave of her long dead K02 169 husband. ^She was sixteen when her grandfather arranged for K02 170 her to marry John Waimana who was forty-two. ^He was a strong K02 171 silent moody man. ^Hera loved him. ^In this wild lonely K02 172 country there were few people to love. K02 173 |^For fifteen years they lived together and worked raising a K02 174 family. ^Each year Hera became pregnant. ^Some of the K02 175 children lived, some didn't. K02 176 |^When she had eleven children and was pregnant for the K02 177 fifteenth time John died. ^The Waikino got him. ^In the K02 178 middle of winter he made a mistake at a time and place when K02 179 lessons learnt from mistakes made were cruel. ^He tried to K02 180 cross the flooded river on horseback. ^They found his body two K02 181 days later. ^The river had taken his life and left his body K02 182 mangled and twisted in the branches of a tree. K02 183 |^Behind the house was a small vegetable garden and at the K02 184 side was a rose garden. ^In the curled wind it was a swirl of K02 185 colour. ^Blue, violet, yellow, green, red. ^A plot of K02 186 domestic beauty in the wilderness. K02 187 |^The hill, Pukenui, sat like a giant overlooking the house. K02 188 ^Behind Pukenui, steep slopes slanted into mountains that made K02 189 the hill look like a small child. K02 190 |^Hera thought of the mountains and hills as living beings. K02 191 ^Just as she thought of the river as alive and having a spirit. K02 192 |^Her grandfather, Te Kapua, had taught her all the old K02 193 myths and legends about the river maiden and how in days of old K02 194 the mountains were giants who fought each other for the right K02 195 to sleep next to the river maid. K02 196 |^The house was a small building with two bedrooms and one K02 197 large room in which there stood an old wood-burning stove. K02 198 ^Hera's bedroom overlooked the river but she no longer slept in K02 199 her bed. ^She preferred to wrap herself in a blanket and sit K02 200 on the clay floor next to the stove. ^There she sat for hours K02 201 before falling asleep. ^She often wove flax mats and kits, K02 202 singing to herself as she worked. K02 203 |^She spoke English but Maori was her mother tongue and she K02 204 preferred to use it. ^Sometimes she read the Maori version of K02 205 the Bible. ^She felt what was not written, for she saw in the K02 206 unwritten words something she already knew. ^We are part of K02 207 all living things she decided, thinking of the river maid and K02 208 mountain giants. K02 209 |^When the light from the kerosene lamp was not strong K02 210 enough to read by she would close the Bible, put more wood on K02 211 the stove, and stare into the fire as she fell into a light K02 212 sleep. K02 213 *# K03 001 **[377 TEXT K03**] K03 002 |^*0As easily as that. ^The linguist has no objection to K03 003 air travel. ^He sits in the huge jet with all the calm of a K03 004 Zen monk. K03 005 |^*"Will you have coffee, \0Mr Nabokov?**" K03 006 |^The hostess pours the coffee. ^Now she smiles above the K03 007 Atlantic *- this evening she will watch television in Los K03 008 Angeles. ^A jet age Madonna. ^She survives the fantasies of K03 009 her passengers. ^So Lolita grows into a woman. ^She is K03 010 heavier now, around the hips. ^The mechanics no longer whistle K03 011 so frequently when she passes. ^Perhaps she is relieved. ^At K03 012 night she learns to sew. K03 013 |^For Nabokov the evening is a blue curve across a wall of K03 014 light. ^He reads his dictionaries. ^Words reveal themselves. K03 015 ^Reality submits to metamorphosis. ^Death is filtered through K03 016 a prism. ^Time is a rainbow. K03 017 |^The political activist stares enviously through his K03 018 window. ^He is angry that the heir to Dostoyevsky is a K03 019 collector of butterflies. ^Yet the shape which rises, vast in K03 020 the sky, is the shape of a butterfly. ^Its wings as broad as K03 021 Russia. K03 022 |^If only we all had the persistence of Marx. ^But Marx too K03 023 was human. ^Had not his ancestors been Rabbis? ^Had not he K03 024 too wanted to fit life to a system? ^The activist suspects K03 025 that Jews still have all the money. ^Had not Marx been a Jew? K03 026 |^The wine waits in the bottle. ^Here comes Napoleon. K03 027 ^Here comes Hitler. ^The wine waits. ^Here comes Beethoven. K03 028 ^Here come the mystics. ^Here come the lovers. ^Here comes K03 029 the jet of Nabokov. K03 030 |^The novelist has a lecture to give in New York. ^High K03 031 above the coastline a small flashing light cuts through the K03 032 darkness. ^The iron bars left some months ago on the beach K03 033 already show signs of corrosion. ^The sea will soften even K03 034 them. K03 035 |^Before the lecture Nabokov shaves. ^He wears a dark suit K03 036 and tie. ^Mysterious anonymity. K03 037 |^*"There is a point in all artistic expression where style K03 038 and content are indistinguishable.**" ^After the lecture he K03 039 drinks coffee in a small restaurant. ^He speaks with the K03 040 restaurant's owner. K03 041 |^*" *- my son is at the university,**" he is told, ^*"I K03 042 hope he appreciates how lucky he is.**" ^The father is K03 043 concerned. K03 044 |^*"I'm sure he does,**" Nabokov assures him. ^Meanwhile K03 045 the son is with Dickens somewhere among the gin sodden streets K03 046 of nineteenth century London. ^Already he is familiar with the K03 047 conjectures of Coleridge and finds it difficult to convince K03 048 himself that the world is something other than an enormous K03 049 accident. ^If others shared his difficulty they didn't admit K03 050 to their uncertainty. K03 051 |^Ironically, it seemed that far above the earth people K03 052 became more human. ^The comradeship of speed and travel. K03 053 ^Suspended for a time above the day to day. K03 054 |^He wondered if to really experience being alive it was K03 055 necessary to stop living. ^The wisdom of the dead. K03 056 |^*"What ludicrous thoughts.**" K03 057 |^His father's voice. ^His father stacking up cups to be K03 058 washed. ^His father wiping down tables. K03 059 |^*"You must be more practical.**" K03 060 |^His father converting a wasteland into a garden. ^His K03 061 father so concerned for other people. ^What was it that had K03 062 made him so set on pleasing? ^Was it because he sensed that if K03 063 his true feelings were known he might not have been so popular? K03 064 ^But this was to distort the past. ^He could not burden his K03 065 father with his own confusion. ^He remembered how, after he K03 066 had been working in the garden the veins of his father's hands K03 067 would swell up. ^Whenever he found himself looking at his own K03 068 hands, he remembered those veins. K03 069 |^When his father died there was a darkness. ^Then his K03 070 father became indistinguishable from the past. ^The past K03 071 became like a lover. ^To it he would return and draw new K03 072 energy. ^So he would live until he himself became the past *- K03 073 a part of the mystery. ^Until the streets were his reality. K03 074 ^The streets with their light and shadows. ^The streets which K03 075 allowed all to happen *- which passed no judgment. K03 076 |^*"But life is not like that...**" K03 077 |^The woman always seemed to have time. ^To be in no hurry. K03 078 ^Or was this too an illusion? ^Was she as desperate as he in K03 079 her needs and ambitions? ^He didn't think so. ^Enough for her K03 080 if babies could be nourished *- children helped to adulthood. K03 081 ^Domesticity held no fears for her. ^When she entered a K03 082 relationship with another person she did so in the way a young K03 083 child enters a neighbour's house. K03 084 |^*"There you go, idealizing again.**" K03 085 |^But now she was tired. ^She didn't want to see anybody. K03 086 ^Not even the friends who so valued her. ^Not even her mother. K03 087 ^This was her private time. ^The time in which she would K03 088 attempt to float *- to remember instructions she had heard in K03 089 her meditation class. K03 090 |^*"But how is it possible to exist *- except in a K03 091 relationship with others?**" K03 092 |^This is what he found difficult. ^To share his K03 093 loneliness. ^He was angered by his feelings of fragility. K03 094 ^Yet he would not submit to them. ^He struggled to become K03 095 involved. K03 096 |^*"Daddy, daddy *- there's a snail in the lounge.**" ^The K03 097 child's cry took him out of himself. ^He let the four year old K03 098 lead him into the kitchen. K03 099 |^*"Look, look... there it is,**" the child pointed across K03 100 the room. K03 101 |^A large snail moved resolutely along the top of the couch. K03 102 ^As the child watched, he carefully picked up the snail. K03 103 ^Together, father and child walked out of the house. ^He K03 104 placed the snail on the soil among some shrubs. ^Slowly, the K03 105 snail's head reappeared. ^In some moments it was moving again K03 106 *- graceful, self contained, into the foliage. K03 107 |^The garden. ^This is where the child's world is, for a K03 108 time. ^The child sits on the back step of the house and looks K03 109 down towards the fence. ^In winter the child looks at the same K03 110 scene through the window. ^Compared to the exuberant K03 111 flowerings of summer, winter brings little colour. ^Cold K03 112 winds. ^Dark rocks. ^Walks to the park. ^The child on the K03 113 swing. K03 114 |^*"Hold tight. ^Hold tight!**" K03 115 |^So the growth continues. ^Moments of love, of K03 116 uncertainty. ^At night, car lights across the walls of the K03 117 bedroom. ^Then the argument. K03 118 |^*"You might as well leave *- for all the help you are.**" K03 119 |^Once again it is the single room, the single bed. K03 120 ^Eccentrics in boarding houses. ^Empty carpark Sundays. ^At K03 121 moments though, the isolation is transformed. ^Chimneys K03 122 silhouetted against turquoise. ^From the middle of the bridge, K03 123 he could see the island. ^Near here, travelling by bus, the K03 124 composer had remarked how the area had an appearance which K03 125 recalled for him a suburb of Paris. ^Gauguin had visited, K03 126 intense pilgrim. K03 127 |^*"We all have to die,**" she said to him, impatient of his K03 128 introspection. K03 129 |^Yesterday the old man had died. ^The tall old man across K03 130 the road. ^He had lived in the house opposite them and he used K03 131 to see him on weekend mornings reading the newspaper in the K03 132 small glass-surrounded verandah at the front of the house. ^He K03 133 had been a farmer in his working days. ^Having retired, he had K03 134 kept himself busy doing small wood work jobs in his garage. K03 135 ^He had driven his car till he was almost ninety. ^He died K03 136 while the younger man was away. ^His memory of him would K03 137 always be of a tall, elegant man, raising his hat to K03 138 neighbours. K03 139 |^*"They're going to make changes to the street.**" ^Soon K03 140 pavements were being ripped up. ^In the process old gas pipes K03 141 were hit. ^Excavations had to be made so that the pipes could K03 142 be taken out. K03 143 |^*"Can't they leave anything alone?**" ^He would sit, hour K03 144 after hour, declaring to whoever would listen that town K03 145 planners could be a devastating to a city as dive bombers. K03 146 |^*"Why don't they just plant more trees, then go away?**" K03 147 |^But they didn't go away. ^The city took on the appearance K03 148 of a battle ground. ^Outside their house, shovels and jack K03 149 hammers lay everywhere. ^Pipes and concrete blocks filled the K03 150 footpath. ^Elsewhere old, quaint buildings were torn down to K03 151 be replaced by uninterestingly designed hotels and office K03 152 blocks. ^Where would it end? K03 153 |^*"Things will balance out?**" K03 154 |^But what if they didn't? ^What if this lust for change K03 155 was a form of cancer? K03 156 |^But the city didn't die. ^Not everyone hated trees. K03 157 ^Here and there shops were opened in whose courtyards grew K03 158 exotic plants. ^In the clay, beside motorways, toi toi K03 159 flourished. ^Among the concrete and glass some of the older K03 160 brick and timber buildings survived. K03 161 |^*"You see, it's not all bad.**" K03 162 |^How could he agree with her? ^He told himself to delight K03 163 in her confidence. ^But he didn't have her trust. ^They would K03 164 have to follow different paths. K03 165 |^On the island, this seemed possible. ^Here you could rent K03 166 a room for far less than in the city. ^On the beaches there K03 167 were still shellfish. K03 168 |^*"You'll find the house halfway down Harbour Road.**" K03 169 |^He had got a lift from the wharf with a short, determined K03 170 Australian woman. ^He thanked her, then set off down the track K03 171 on each side of which rose nikau and ponga ferns. ^As he K03 172 walked he was accompanied by the rhythmic static of cicadas. K03 173 |^They were synonymous for him with summer *- a soundtrack K03 174 of memory. ^He watched them on the power poles, close hugging, K03 175 intent only on perpetuating their sound. ^Of what harmony were K03 176 they conscious? ^What harmony which eluded him? ^In the city K03 177 such questions had seemed absurd. K03 178 |^*"A married man must earn a living.**" K03 179 |^But what if wages were such that luxuries now considered K03 180 necessities could not be afforded? ^The problem didn't concern K03 181 the cicadas. K03 182 |^*"I just don't understand you.**" K03 183 |^She had said this to him so frankly, so guilelessly, in the K03 184 kitchen. ^This need to be understood *- did it flow from some K03 185 insecurity in his childhood? ^Lately, his changes had become K03 186 unpredictable. K03 187 |^*"We have bills to pay.**" K03 188 |^She had come to feel overwhelmed by the demands of young K03 189 children and by the expectation of neighbours. ^Now her K03 190 husband seemed lost among abstractions. ^Better that they live K03 191 apart. ^Better without constant misunderstanding. K03 192 |^The house was smaller than he'd imagined. ^It had been K03 193 unoccupied for years and many of its weatherboards were rotten. K03 194 ^The kitchen floor was covered in pineneedles. K03 195 |^*"Are you a relation of \0Mr Ronald?**" K03 196 |^The five year old girl from the house next door had K03 197 watched him walk up the track. ^*"\0Mr Ronald is my friend.**" K03 198 |^She was standing on a ladder, her bright eyes just visible K03 199 above the hedge. ^Later in the day, at the back of the house, K03 200 he looked up to find her looking at him *- K03 201 |^*"My mother said that if you need anything you can come K03 202 over to our house**". K03 203 |^When he met her mother she told him, without boasting, K03 204 that her child was something of a prodigy. K03 205 |^*"She was reading newspapers when she was three.**" ^At K03 206 the local school, the teachers could hardly keep up with her. K03 207 |^*"These are the skates I got for Christmas.**" ^But here K03 208 she was like any other child. ^She moved past him on her K03 209 skates. ^Figure in a fairytale. K03 210 |^He thought of his own daughter. ^How would she appear to K03 211 strangers? ^Why did people have to cease being children? K03 212 |^*"If only you would help more.**" K03 213 |^Her back was sore. ^Her legs ached. ^Just when she K03 214 thought they were asleep one of the children would wake up. K03 215 ^She longed for a full night's sleep. K03 216 |^She realised she had changed. ^However unconventional she K03 217 had once been herself, for her children she wanted normality. K03 218 ^Now she valued consistency rather than passion. ^Perhaps this K03 219 was what her mother meant when she told her that she was lucky K03 220 to be on her own *- to be without a man. K03 221 |^Certainly, it had its advantages. ^If she wanted to have K03 222 women friends around for dinner she could do so without K03 223 worrying. ^If she wanted to spend a day sewing there was no K03 224 one to object. K03 225 |^*"But don't you ever feel the need for a man?**" ^The K03 226 inevitable question from one of her unmarried friends. ^Of K03 227 course she did. ^But not obsessively. ^Her immediate world K03 228 was enough. ^Sewing, washing, shopping *- the rhythm calmed K03 229 her. K03 230 *# K04 001 **[378 TEXT K04**] K04 002 * K04 003 |^*2THE WRONG *0tube sped through the darkness which was K04 004 interspersed with tile walls. ^Isobel composed herself as best K04 005 she could; phrases like *1alone in the biggest city in the K04 006 world in the middle of the night *0began to surface in her K04 007 mind; thoughts were really worms brought out by the heated K04 008 underground air, the stuffy sweet smell of the carriages. K04 009 ^*2WHAT TO DO IF YOU NOTICE AN UNATTENDED PARCEL: *0well she K04 010 had seen that before, she had bigger worries of her own. ^The K04 011 few people in her compartment were immersed in horror tabloids. K04 012 |^Finally an elderly pale lady told her how to change. K04 013 ^While she was explaining the procedure, something like a ring K04 014 road, the papers didn't move. ^*2LATEST ON UMBRELLA MURDER. K04 015 ^WAS JOURNALIST PUSHED? K04 016 |^*0Isobel thanked the woman and stumbled into the darkness. K04 017 ^For a wild moment she was blinded by East and West and thought K04 018 the only way to cross was over the tracks themselves. ^Then K04 019 she saw they were too far below the platform. ^Luckily her eye K04 020 was caught by an overhead bridge. K04 021 |^There were few people on the other side. ^Against a K04 022 porter's trolley and in the shade of what seemed a small shed K04 023 two lovers stood close in a discreet embrace. ^There could K04 024 have been a light above their heads; trying to remember later, K04 025 Isobel was never sure; or maybe the light emanated from K04 026 themselves, because they were in love. ^She thought of James K04 027 as she stood next to them in their loving light. ^*1Dear K04 028 brother, I am alone in London and it's near midnight... K04 029 |^*0She ran the short distance from the tube station to the K04 030 studio, up the avenue where the plane trees were as thick as a K04 031 waist. K04 032 *|^When James stood by the green exit at Heathrow he kept K04 033 himself discreetly out of sight, for such was his nature, just K04 034 as it was inconceivable that Isobel, considering hers, would K04 035 have anything to declare. ^Eventually when she appeared she K04 036 was in the company of an actressy woman of whom James's K04 037 disapproval was instant, and confirmed when Isobel having K04 038 sighted him piece by piece, like a jigsaw beginning hand, arm, K04 039 shoulder, he found himself caught up in a performance of K04 040 greetings and hugs which nonetheless gave the impression of K04 041 expediency and speed. K04 042 |^On the way north in the train Isobel's head had fallen K04 043 several times against the glass, owing to some sleeping pills K04 044 taken on the last leg from Los Angeles. ^Neither Isobel nor K04 045 the actress had been able to sleep on a full seat as they had K04 046 planned: the Jumbo had been alarmingly full of Sikhs who smiled K04 047 whenever they caught her eye. ^It was Isobel's first K04 048 introduction to the British: one hostess with silvery blonde K04 049 hair struck her as glacial. ^They were passing through York K04 050 when the worst of the head-falling occurred *- it was a good K04 051 thing British Rail was so steady *- and James was filled with K04 052 an obscure pity. K04 053 |^The land was golden, the whole length of it. ^The fields K04 054 were full of hay gathered into rounds, roundheads or rolled K04 055 heads. ^After Isobel's own country it seemed a lowering of K04 056 voice, as though she had practised for years a series of K04 057 difficult trills and breath-holding only to find the K04 058 performance was in a lower more major key. ^Voice and eye K04 059 swept the land together. ^Everything was coated in gold, a K04 060 fine dust. K04 061 *|^Later there would be a sort of routine established. ^After K04 062 breakfasting there would be a few chores, more like pottering K04 063 *- James and his wife, Sascha, had just moved to the country, K04 064 in fact Isobel's visit had interrupted them in the middle of it K04 065 *- there had even been a feeble attempt to postpone it by a few K04 066 weeks by a hint in a telegram *- then, after inspecting the K04 067 garden or taking a turn about one or two outhouses with the air K04 068 of a demolition expert, and over Isobel's feeble protests that K04 069 they didn't need to, James and Isobel would set off in the K04 070 Citroen. K04 071 |^If there had been a chance of expressing herself in any K04 072 other way but images, Isobel would have stayed even the K04 073 daffodil-coloured car with its curious tongue-flap roof and its K04 074 lack of weight that made it a springy insect one climbed into, K04 075 an external skeleton but soft as pulp inside, postponed even K04 076 that in order to look at the fields. K04 077 |^For Isobel was really a great believer in miniatures: she K04 078 believed it gave her nature its reason, celebrated only by K04 079 herself: she really preferred things reduced to a small compass K04 080 that she could peer at with half-closed eyes, savouring and K04 081 slowly expanding those parts of herself that were pulpy inside K04 082 like the car. K04 083 |^Instead her eyes, in the function of tourist, were to be K04 084 bombarded with a series of villages, street markets, country K04 085 pubs and eventually provincial cities. ^*1It'll all help you K04 086 when you get to London. ^*0James's letter had been very K04 087 insistent on this point. ^*1You must come to the North first. K04 088 *|^*0The lunch in the small pub was as dismal as the village K04 089 was picturesque. ^They had admired a ruin (James had it drawn K04 090 to his attention through the fierce eyes of a tourist); they K04 091 had located an animal's head *- a very small fox mounted on K04 092 board in an antique shop *- at *+57 it was too dear even for an K04 093 impulse purchase; at this stage a drink and a counter-lunch K04 094 seemed desirable. K04 095 |^Luckily the half-heated cardboard pasties were compensated K04 096 for, in Isobel's eyes, by a fervent argument among some old men K04 097 on the merits of the Aga Khan's horses. ^The protagonists K04 098 seemed amazingly poor, cradling their pints with the care the K04 099 Aga Khan himself might have expended on horse-floats. K04 100 ^Unhappily he was never to hear of their interest; they were K04 101 the sort of fans a pop star might hunger for. K04 102 |^*'We should have tried *1The Hare and Hounds.**' K04 103 |^*'*0Should have asked one of the locals. ^They keep the K04 104 best places to themselves, you have to ferret it out of K04 105 them.**' K04 106 |^There was no pub in their village, making it an oddity. K04 107 ^Both had the route by heart. ^Bridge, sharp left turn, rise K04 108 of hill, almost instant country. ^A feeling away from the K04 109 world. K04 110 |^*'Why did you buy it?**' K04 111 |^*'We saw an ad. ^Couldn't find the road first. ^And then K04 112 couldn't find the turn-off.**' K04 113 |^Manor house on right, few low stones on the other side K04 114 painted white, horses behind a stone wall. ^A few houses in a K04 115 dip like someone touching a forelock. ^Road sweeping up. K04 116 ^Forelock unnoticed. K04 117 |^*'We were lucky to get it. ^If it hadn't been for the K04 118 suicide in the owner's family... ^Then the bank was reluctant K04 119 to lend on it. ^Everyone said it was too far out.**' K04 120 |^Grass now and barley fields, soft sinking verges, K04 121 sometimes a bird scattering, releasing the colour of its wing K04 122 like a stain wrung out of cloth. ^The feeling of height, of K04 123 treading water, this is the way the world ends... K04 124 |^*'In winter they scatter salt on the roads. ^We'll have K04 125 the dip resealed or we'll never get out. ^Be good to have an K04 126 excuse...**' K04 127 |^Height nothing could alter now, dip or salt. ^Only K04 128 savour. K04 129 *|^First priority the landscape, her brother. ^After that K04 130 editors, sights, cathedrals, exercise of the eyeballs. K04 131 |^*'Writing makes you see more than other people.**' K04 132 |^The Citroen had been refuelled; they were heading towards K04 133 another market town, or was it a castle? K04 134 |^*'Don't be so conceited. ^I've noticed that. ^You see K04 135 what you want to see, like everyone else.**' K04 136 |^She didn't argue, she was resting her eyes. ^The approach K04 137 to the farm cottage in reverse: snow dip, high meanders, K04 138 village without a heart, manor, bridge coming up; her eyes K04 139 would have to begin again soon. K04 140 |^The endearing gear changes of the Citroen, like pulling a K04 141 damper in an old-fashioned stove; its quiet ticking cancelled K04 142 the need for much talking. ^If poetry was a sort of boiling K04 143 under the skin, they were both poets and so was half the human K04 144 race. ^At her most generous Isobel was prepared to admit it K04 145 could be as high as three-quarters. K04 146 *|^I shall rest and rest my eyes, Isobel had resolved, but her K04 147 eyeballs were not under such close control. ^Each morning's K04 148 trip they seemed to start from her head on stalks and there K04 149 was no way she could get James to call a halt. K04 150 |^*'How about a village round a genuine monastery or the K04 151 sight of an abbey abandoned in farm land? ^If we go early we K04 152 should avoid the tourist buses.**' K04 153 |^But the tourist buses arrived before they were halfway K04 154 round, which was just as well, since she was able to share an K04 155 umbrella with an elderly German. ^Crawling in among the ruins K04 156 and admiring, Isobel felt sympathy for the camera-hung K04 157 middle-aged party. ^She and the German gentleman exchanged a few K04 158 subversive words. ^*'You have seen Rievaulx?**' ^*'Ah yes, we K04 159 were there on Thursday and an English inn gave us a nice tea. K04 160 ^Not one of the many with *1No Coaches *0signs outside.**' ^It K04 161 was a lot to pay for a kind of leprosy. ^The driver in a white K04 162 coat sat on a tooth of rock near what must have been the lady K04 163 chapel, smoking. ^James had wandered off; his tours were K04 164 cursory; sometimes he refused to enter an entire cathedral. K04 165 |^*'I've just found the Venerable Bede, sorry I'm late.**' K04 166 ^His sister came charging into the sun, blinking and looking K04 167 around. ^He had selected a good spot by a fallen crusader K04 168 whose stone head lay on the grass. ^James had no reverence for K04 169 the dead: they didn't have to pay taxes. ^The headless knight K04 170 was a source of envy. K04 171 |^*'He actually had dahlias on his coffin, the stems were K04 172 leaking. ^It gave me an odd feeling.**' K04 173 |^In the evenings Isobel would excuse herself and go and sit K04 174 on her bed. ^Through the window her eyes fastened on objects K04 175 now growing familiar, but somehow not familiar enough. ^The K04 176 petals of the big yellow roses ripened, sagged, if there was no K04 177 wind, for a few days, and finally fell among the strawberries. K04 178 ^A gust of wind lifted them onto the grass and the cat raked K04 179 them with his claws. K04 180 *|^It must have been sometime later that Isobel heard the song K04 181 for the first time. ^The carpet was laid and the record player K04 182 in its place under the window, its arm poised to draw in the K04 183 sound of the fields and transmit it in tiny black notes into K04 184 the room. K04 185 |^*1You fill up my senses, *0sang the voice and the room was K04 186 empty but waiting to be filled. ^The furniture was not quite K04 187 accustomed and had an odd angularity: they had tried many K04 188 positions for the chairs but the problem was they were too K04 189 modern. ^But the record player with its perspex top was quite K04 190 at home and ready to give out whatever was necessary: mountains K04 191 and forests, oceans. K04 192 |^Isobel was arrested by the mere first line. ^She imagined K04 193 the senses as little goblets or cupping glasses, the sort that K04 194 were pressed onto the skin of a patient. ^Cupping glasses on K04 195 the back and for the hand a goblet in which a liquid frothed, a K04 196 combination of Alkaseltzer and pink gin. ^Before this, she had K04 197 never thought of senses waiting, needing to be filled. ^Or a K04 198 mammoth thirst that hungered for rivers, storms, deserts, as a K04 199 background to love. K04 200 |^In front of the cottage roses proliferated and the garden K04 201 was indiscriminately full of flowering strawberries; but at the K04 202 edge of these and beyond, a continuous vista of blond to gold K04 203 barley, except in the very far distance where a clump of dark K04 204 trees had a white fleck of paint in front of them: another K04 205 cottage. K04 206 |^That all this could run towards her in a spirit of longing K04 207 suddenly seemed very likely if a little ludicrous: it was like K04 208 the storeroom still full of unhoused boxes, left-over carpet, K04 209 all things that needed to be fitted in; and yet the goldenness K04 210 of the fields, the emotions from them, did seem oddly to fill K04 211 the room and her senses cupped to the glass. K04 212 *# K05 001 **[379 TEXT K05**] K05 002 |^*'*0Can you,**' she asked the proprietor of the fishing K05 003 lodge store, *'give me any idea as to how long this will K05 004 last?**' K05 005 |^*'A three day job for my money.**' K05 006 |^Ruth immediately felt despair, a return of the despondency K05 007 which plagued her worst days. ^This painting trip was to have K05 008 prevented such recurrence, a weekend of sunshine, boiling K05 009 billies, toasting sausages, her doctor had prescribed. K05 010 |^*'One thing Miss,**' the storekeeper continued, *'you K05 011 don't have to wait for the river to go down to do your K05 012 painting, so you're better off than the fishermen.**' K05 013 |^How little he knew! K05 014 |^She took the milk and asked if he could give her dinner K05 015 that night. ^A hot meal in a cheerful room with perhaps the K05 016 sight of some monomaniac fishermen prepared to sit out the K05 017 weather might lift her morale. K05 018 |^*'I guess we can squeeze you in, although we're pretty K05 019 full, none of them has turned it in yet.**' K05 020 |^But when Ruth arrived at the lodge in the evening and was K05 021 shedding her raincoat, she was struck by the absence of the K05 022 usual Saturday night parade of cars, one usually parked outside K05 023 each chalet, with fishing rods and waders on the verandahs. K05 024 |^Inside the dining room there was one lone diner, Ruth K05 025 guessed a commercial traveller. ^She helped herself to a K05 026 sherry from the sideboard, put her half crown in the saucer and K05 027 stood warming at the open fire. ^The waitress came in. K05 028 |^*'Sit anywhere you like tonight Miss.**' K05 029 |^Hard on her heels the proprietor appeared, looking K05 030 surprised, ^*'You still here? ^Thought you'd have gone with K05 031 the others.**' K05 032 |^*'Is it that bad?**' K05 033 |^*'Big flood warnings, going to be a whopper, won't see the K05 034 bottom of the river for a week, I reckon, the whole lot's going K05 035 to come down on this side for my money, you'd best be off first K05 036 light, before we flood between here and Taupo. ^You know that K05 037 low-lying part near the Waiotaka, or you'll have to go back to K05 038 Napier via the Desert Road.**' K05 039 |^Ruth's relief surged through her, she could go home K05 040 without losing face! ^The bach had got on her nerves so much K05 041 she almost didn't want to paint yet had the dread that she'd K05 042 grow stale without some kind of injection. ^This upland K05 043 landscape, weirdly fumaroled with steaming vents, a cauldron of K05 044 history and Maori legend, if no inspiration came from here then K05 045 she would sink back into those representational trends from K05 046 which she had only just begun to emerge. K05 047 |^Ruth promised she would leave at sparrow and lingered over K05 048 an excellent meal, reluctantly going back to that loathsome K05 049 pinex and fibre-lite box. ^The wireless was crackling badly, K05 050 contrarily receiving a station in the South Island without a K05 051 cheep from the north, but she heard that Marlborough was in K05 052 trouble from floods, then Kaikoura and Canterbury. ^Would K05 053 Hawke's Bay have got it too? ^There was no way she would drive K05 054 over the Taupo road in wind, wet and dark. ^Considering her K05 055 range of medication, she tossed up between headache, K05 056 anti-depressant and sleeping pills, then took one of each just to K05 057 make sure. K05 058 |^It was hardly early when she shivered down that drenched K05 059 path, then hurried through her packing, checked windows, K05 060 slammed the door and left the key under the tankstand as K05 061 requested. ^On the rent she paid they could at least install K05 062 running water. ^Then the car wouldn't start. ^Fuming, Ruth K05 063 walked to the road to wait for help. ^A small truck pulled up. K05 064 |^*'You in trouble Miss?**' K05 065 |^*'It just won't start,**' she told her rescuer and he K05 066 drove into the section, tied a rope onto her bumper and towed K05 067 her out onto the highway. ^After fifty yards or so the engine K05 068 kicked into life, and Ruth was able to keep it running while he K05 069 unhitched them. K05 070 |^*'There you go, I'll wait this side and see you through, K05 071 don't stop whatever you do, she'll be right.**' K05 072 |^Ruth began cautiously to drive through the water which lay K05 073 between two flooded streams. ^Had she been on her own she'd K05 074 have gone back by Palmerston North rather than risk that long K05 075 lagoon. ^When the road on the other side stretched safely K05 076 beneath her wheels, the wide, rippling wake thankfully in the K05 077 rear, the man tooted in triumph, shouting *'\0O.K. now Miss, K05 078 don't stop, let her dry out, keep her going, she's sweet**', K05 079 and she yelled back her thanks, elated. ^In the rear vision K05 080 mirror she could see him turning to complete his own journey. K05 081 |^There was no need to stop in Taupo, the benzine tank being K05 082 half full, and Ruth began the ascent to the Rangitaiki Plains, K05 083 surprised at the absence of traffic for Easter. ^The rain was K05 084 pelting down so heavily that the wipers could barely cope and K05 085 water was shooting up from under the wheels in a white cascade K05 086 which hid the road behind. ^She could see little and hoped she K05 087 would not meet some large lorries, but appeared to have the K05 088 whole plains to herself and went blithely on. ^If it was K05 089 raining this hard here she argued then it could be better on K05 090 the other side. ^As she passed the Rangitaiki pub, she noted K05 091 without heeding as warning the height of the river's spate and K05 092 climbed on into the mountains. K05 093 |^The Tarawera Hotel materialised on the left from behind a K05 094 liquid curtain. ^Several cars were parked there, a good way to K05 095 spend Easter Saturday. ^There were a few slips further on, K05 096 nothing more serious than toetoe bushes and yellow clay which K05 097 Ruth negotiated, and she finally reached the Mohaka bridge. K05 098 ^The river was visible but the view distorted by runnels on the K05 099 window, and she coasted, her eyes drawn to that raging spillway K05 100 until she realised that her engine was silent. ^It was hearing K05 101 the steady roar of the river that drew her attention to the K05 102 car's quiet. ^She tried again and again to restart it, but was K05 103 rewarded only by the dying gurgle of the ignition. K05 104 |^The bridge was vibrating but Ruth wasn't alarmed, its deck K05 105 being many, many feet above the current, the superstructure of K05 106 heavy wooden beams and iron stanchions stretching across the K05 107 gorge in one leap, but her car blocked the one-way passage. K05 108 ^Her instinct was to get out and push it off onto the other K05 109 side, but the road took a steep right-hand turn, she'd never K05 110 get it up that, so stayed inside, waiting for a motorist to K05 111 come along. ^Ruth's faith in the capacity of others to K05 112 understand the complexities of the internal combustion engine K05 113 was total; she did not consider that a potential saviour might K05 114 be another person as unmechanically minded as herself. ^As she K05 115 waited the increasing cacophony of storm and flood was driven K05 116 into her consciousness with the gusting wind that rocked her K05 117 sanctuary, and something in her almost revelled in the uproar. K05 118 |^Ruth got out and walked the length of the bridge and onto K05 119 the approach. ^Expecting a car to come down the incline at any K05 120 moment, in modesty she squatted behind a flax bush. ^The K05 121 ground was running with surface water, almost over her shoes, K05 122 then before she had finished a quite sizable slip hurtled over K05 123 her head onto the road from the towering bluff above. ^Ruth K05 124 slithered back to her car; the road or the river? ^Scylla or K05 125 Charybdis? K05 126 |^Night fell with a thousand false alarms of approaching K05 127 engines, each time merely a renewed assault of wind, and K05 128 presently there came a further intrusion, one of continuing K05 129 thunder strangely unpunctuated by lightning, which left Ruth K05 130 perplexed. ^She then found a more comfortable position in the K05 131 back, perhaps less comforting mentally where the smell of oil K05 132 paint was stronger, reinforcing her sense of failure. K05 133 |^For the first time in her life Ruth experienced total K05 134 physical blackness, a night unrelieved by star, moon or K05 135 man-made illumination, and her state of mind fitted neatly within K05 136 its bowl. ^If she could not paint in a way far removed from K05 137 her present mode, was she to remain nimbus-like, drawn into K05 138 other spheres to evaporate and reform, but never to navigate? K05 139 ^Mental darkness was nothing new to her, John Bunyan's *'slough K05 140 of despond**' appearing as a familiar dream, and she had never K05 141 thought of Van Gogh as mad, just sad. K05 142 |^The knocking on the window persisted and the round eye of K05 143 a torch beamed into Ruth's retinas; she struggled up stiffly, K05 144 her back aching from where it had been pressed into the spine K05 145 of the seat. ^Reaching over into the front she opened the K05 146 door, letting in a flurry of wind and rain, the rustle of K05 147 oilskins and a head encased in a woollen cap, features hidden K05 148 behind the bright light. ^Shoulders and wetness seemed to fill K05 149 the car. K05 150 |^*'You on your own? ^You broken down or something?**' K05 151 |^*'Yes, my car won't go.**' K05 152 |^*'You better come with me, no car's going nowhere on this K05 153 road tonight, bring a coat that's all.**' K05 154 |^Ruth unquestioningly followed the bobbing beam. ^Once off K05 155 the bridge their feet sank into mire and they were climbing, K05 156 not on any road recognisable as such but over sliding morasses. K05 157 ^Noise clamoured from all about; the constant booming which K05 158 Ruth had first assumed to be thunder was now recognisable as K05 159 avalanching hillsides, forest trees hurtling pell-mell into K05 160 ravines. K05 161 |^At last they entered a whare and were enclosed in a cocoon K05 162 against the racket outside. ^Ruth's guide introduced himself K05 163 as Yorkie the roadman. ^The hut was small but warm, with one K05 164 very narrow, sagging bed on which they sat, awkwardly at first, K05 165 then as the mountains reverberated to the battering, and fear K05 166 became palpable in the dense atmosphere they lay together in K05 167 reassuring closeness. K05 168 |^*'You safe now.**' K05 169 |^Yorkie began to chant softly in Maori. ^This reminded K05 170 Ruth as if she need reminding that he belonged to this land. K05 171 |^They stayed like that, dozing, talking, listening, K05 172 coughing in the smoke from the fire while the iron roof fought K05 173 to break free, the tin chimney vibrated and the door thrust at K05 174 its clasp and hinges. ^Dawn was not silent, but quieter, as if K05 175 the hills had done with their piracy, but wind and rain were K05 176 still constant. K05 177 |^*'Not good eh?**' K05 178 |^They were standing outside, the devastation all about K05 179 them, and Ruth saw an older Maori who wore his sorrow like a K05 180 heavy cloak. ^He showed no particular interest in a small K05 181 unremarkable looking woman inveterately referred to as K05 182 *'Miss**'. K05 183 |^Yorkie left the whare after breakfast, ^*'Going to have a K05 184 look at that river, and my road.**' K05 185 |^Ruth slept until he returned with her small bag of K05 186 clothes. ^*'Car's still there, that bridge won't go unless the K05 187 whole gorge goes, but last night this Maori wasn't so cheeky, K05 188 glad he got his whare on the flat eh?**' K05 189 |^Did he guess she hadn't cared about the bridge? K05 190 |^When the sun lifted first the indigo squalls from the K05 191 mountains, then the white blankets from the valleys, arching a K05 192 vivid rainbow over a fifty-mile landscape, three days had K05 193 passed. ^There was an intimacy now about the ravaged land that K05 194 Ruth had never known before as she watched the shrouds K05 195 unwinding, saw cumulus bloom snowily, clambering upon itself, K05 196 and she assessed the desolation of remnants of green on an K05 197 ochrous terrain from which all signs of roads had vanished. K05 198 ^Even the steaming bay was coppery to the horizon. ^Yorkie and K05 199 she made a pilgrimage to her derelict car and removed the rest K05 200 of her things; she might not get it back for some time. K05 201 |^*'They'll send someone down from Taupo, fix it up and take K05 202 it round the other way.**' K05 203 |^An unspoken sadness accompanied their departure from the K05 204 hut. ^Yorkie damped the fire, packed the remaining food in a K05 205 sugar bag and padlocked the door. ^*'Well, let's start.**' K05 206 |^Their trek to Napier was a bizarre journey of K05 207 hill-climbing and breathless crossings of swollen rivers, hands K05 208 linked; occasionally marching on short stretches of road K05 209 speared by tongues of slips; shearers' whares became their K05 210 night shelters. ^They finally walked into town a dishevelled K05 211 looking pair of tramps, festooned with gear. K05 212 *# K06 001 **[380 TEXT K06**] K06 002 |^*0Was it only last Thursday, Tad pondered, when \0Dr Jekyll K06 003 had taken off his fine clothes and \0Mr Hyde had donned tapered K06 004 slacks and a woolly sweater and gone cruising in Shin Juku? K06 005 ^The pick-up, in his mid-thirties perhaps and a little on the K06 006 plumpish side, had appeared like magic in the Forget-me-not K06 007 Bar. ^Beyond the instant recognition and brief suggestion from K06 008 Tad there were no preliminaries, just a rush to the nearest inn K06 009 and a scatter of clothes on the bedroom floor. ^They embraced K06 010 and fondled each other, each knowing the exact measure of the K06 011 other's need. K06 012 |^Jekyll and Hyde, Tad thought, mask and flesh, Mother and K06 013 I, we peer at each other through such a tiny peephole and the K06 014 inner room is always in darkness. ^Perhaps it is as well we K06 015 are so obscured. K06 016 |^Tad's mother said, ^*'So her young man is one of us. K06 017 ^Well, well,**' she sighed, ^*'I don't need to be a fortune-teller, K06 018 Tadao, there is trouble ahead. ^The effect of blonde K06 019 hair and blue eyes in such cases is like an overdose of the K06 020 moon.**' K06 021 *|^We have no self-will, Toru thought bitterly. ^His legs were K06 022 swinging through the dark streets, each step closer to home. K06 023 ^The course we should follow, the clear course, is not the one K06 024 we are permitted to take. ^Instead we find ourselves in K06 025 darkness, moving toward a pointless destination. K06 026 |^Such a short while ago he and Karen had been playing the K06 027 latest New York sounds on Karen's new stereo and a Shaku Hachi K06 028 flute piece that Toru had given Karen as a Christmas gift. K06 029 ^Karen was like a child in her enjoyment of the music. ^Later K06 030 they had made love on Karen's bed, long and passionately. K06 031 ^After such a night the last thought in Toru's head was home. K06 032 |^But Karen had insisted. ^It was better for them both, she K06 033 said. ^After all, Toru's parents were expecting him home and K06 034 she and Toru both had to work in the morning. ^This was so K06 035 reasonable, but lying close in the aftermath of lovemaking, any K06 036 horizon beyond the immediacy of Karen's presence was like death K06 037 to Toru. K06 038 |^It was so simple. ^I love her, she has given herself to K06 039 me in love, why should she be there alone in her bed; I, K06 040 turning my back, walking the cold streets? ^She kissed me so K06 041 warmly at the door. ^Even though only three days born I am mad K06 042 with love for her. ^I would leap over the moon for her, play K06 043 judo with the sun. K06 044 |^The image of Finch's heavy face came hateful from the K06 045 dark. ^The intrusion of the great liquor-reeking foreigner K06 046 into Karen's room was unspeakable, yet she had gone out of her K06 047 way to make the man welcome. ^Looking on, they were so at ease K06 048 with each other it was hard to imagine they had just met. K06 049 ^They spoke with that casual frankness for which all Americans K06 050 are renowned, while their eyes communicated subtleties of K06 051 meaning totally beyond range of the outsider. K06 052 |^Finch is just below, Toru thought. ^There is only the K06 053 tatami, the ceiling is paper thin. ^Of course he must hear. K06 054 ^Then Finch would be aware of them so close overhead. K06 055 ^Suspended in the dark, their intimacies would be a source of K06 056 continuous entertainment for him. ^That the foreigner should K06 057 know them as through some obscene keyhole was bad enough, but K06 058 for him to share the sanctity of Karen's moments of delight was K06 059 monstrous. K06 060 |^Three days ago the way was as clear as a jet stream in the K06 061 sky. ^Now suddenly each hour was mountain peaks and mists and K06 062 deep valleys. ^In a rush-hour train you come upon yourself K06 063 unexpectedly smiling like a clown; at your desk far-off voices K06 064 softly insistent, rising and falling until at last faces are K06 065 born in the mist. ^The eyes are reminiscent of teachers, K06 066 doctors, concerned parents. ^*'Excuse me, Toru, but are you K06 067 sure you are well? ^You look just a little, ah... dazed.**' K06 068 |^The eyes of all who behold you are pregnant with the inner K06 069 knowledge of your condition. ^*'Toru is in love,**' they say K06 070 behind their hands. ^*'It sticks out like a foreigner's nose K06 071 in a tea garden. ^See how he stares into space, observe that K06 072 telltale smile as it creeps over his face. ^Toru, this is K06 073 Earth calling, there are urgent things to be done, please come K06 074 down to us again.**' K06 075 |^Those were the up-and-down moments of separation, never to K06 076 be compared to the opiate of Karen's presence. ^Near her the K06 077 merest touch or look was of boundless cosmic significance. K06 078 ^She is the light, Toru murmured to himself as his legs danced K06 079 without motivation along the sidewalk, the light of my K06 080 universe, there is no other way. K06 081 |^The late lights of smug houses glowed. ^On the dim road K06 082 tired traffic flicked by. ^Nearing his door, Toru felt the K06 083 onset of an inexpressible loneliness. ^It was as if he had K06 084 committed himself to a lifetime of penance in some remote K06 085 monastery. K06 086 |^Toru's father was in the lounge, enthroned in an armchair. K06 087 ^He was wearing a dark grey kimono and a heavy black jacket. K06 088 ^*'Good evening,**' he said. ^*'Your mother and sister are in K06 089 bed. ^The air is cool indeed. ^Now, I have something to say. K06 090 ^Would you please come to my room, Toru.**' K06 091 |^So, Toru thought, it is about to come out at last. ^They K06 092 were sitting on their haunches on opposite sides of his K06 093 father's den. ^His father, hands in lap, back straight as fine K06 094 bamboo, was etched in his dark robes like a portrait from K06 095 another era. ^Apart from an electric lantern on the mats and a K06 096 rack of Shaku Hachi flutes on the wall, the room was bare of K06 097 furniture and knickknacks. ^The air temperature was regulated K06 098 to the moderate warmth of mid-spring. K06 099 |^As on the other rare visits to his father's room Toru K06 100 could not help thinking of the contrast between the classical K06 101 austerity of the den and the ants' nest congestion of his K06 102 father's office. ^He is so Japanese, Toru thought. ^Until a K06 103 few days ago he was my father, now he is a Martian, an alien, a K06 104 total stranger to my eyes. ^But when he starts to speak I will K06 105 hear his words in silence like a good son. K06 106 |^The father's eyes gazed through the only window to the K06 107 blacked-out wisp of garden beyond. ^What does he see, Toru K06 108 thought, what does he think? ^Does he really have the telex K06 109 mind of this age or is he in fact a little old samurai about to K06 110 discipline his son for some shameless breach of protocol? K06 111 |^Slowly the eyes turned from the window and his father K06 112 began to speak. ^*'Today I have made a decision, Toru, a K06 113 decision that has been stirring in my mind for a considerable K06 114 time. ^It concerns you, Toru, and the company to which we are K06 115 both dedicated. ^Already tonight I have spoken of this matter K06 116 with your mother.**' K06 117 |^Cramp pains tortured Toru's ankles. ^If only he could K06 118 unwind on the tatami and let the flow of words pass beyond him. K06 119 ^There was no mention of Karen so it was only going to be a K06 120 homily on the company after all, a bore. K06 121 |^*'I had to assess in my mind the true progress of my K06 122 son,**' the father went on. ^*'I had to ask myself, is he K06 123 ready for the next rung in the ladder of our company? ^A big K06 124 step, I told myself. ^Does my son have the courage and skill K06 125 at last to meet the world face to face?**' K06 126 |^Is he planning to send me on a special mission to the K06 127 Ministry of Trade or the Overseas Development Bank? Toru K06 128 wondered, idly skimming over the low-key murmur of his father's K06 129 voice. ^He looks ridiculous, this little stranger in his dark K06 130 robes. K06 131 |^*'If we approach the world too soon,**' the father K06 132 continued, ^*'before our legs are fully able to support us and K06 133 our eyes ready to perceive, our mission will be a failure. ^On K06 134 the other hand, if we leave it too late we will not be sharp K06 135 enough to reap any reward.**' K06 136 |^Toru's ankles were now so pained he was afraid he would K06 137 have to shift his position. ^Get to the point, he kept K06 138 thinking, or I will have to sit cross-legged. ^Then I will K06 139 lose face and be nothing less than a foreigner in the sanctity K06 140 of your room. K06 141 |^*'So after long and earnest consideration it has been K06 142 decided that as soon as possible after New Year you will go to K06 143 our agent Hojo in London.**' ^A half-smile briefly softened the K06 144 paternal image. ^*'The year you spend there will be your K06 145 baptism of fire, so to speak, the initiation of our company's K06 146 young heart.**' K06 147 |^The pain in Toru's ankles vanished. ^Shock dried his K06 148 mouth, set his heart racing. ^It's crazy, he thought wildly, K06 149 it's not me he's talking to. ^What does he mean, London? ^I'm K06 150 not going anywhere, not now. ^In the eye of his torment he K06 151 heard a little puppet saying, ^*'I am honoured to be so chosen, K06 152 Father. ^It is the culmination of a dream.**' K06 153 |^*'Then there are many matters to be put in order,**' the K06 154 father said, ^*'and not much time before you depart. ^We shall K06 155 have further discussions at the office and set a definite date K06 156 within the next few days.**' ^The eyes signalled that the K06 157 interview was coming to an end. K06 158 |^I could pound your face into ricecakes, Toru cried inside K06 159 himself. ^The force of his violence surprised him. ^*'Thank K06 160 you, Father,**' he heard the puppet voice say. ^*'I am greatly K06 161 indebted to you.**' ^A craving for the sight and touch of Karen K06 162 had begun. K06 163 |^Moving from the den to his room, Toru tried to instil some K06 164 order in his mind. ^I'm not ill, he told himself, my body is K06 165 strong, I must be calm. ^But that was the most crippling K06 166 aspect of all *- you could walk and talk and function like a K06 167 normal human being while the will was dominated by an entirely K06 168 outside force. ^You could not even pick up the telephone and K06 169 give the alarm to Karen, because every move and sound you made K06 170 in the house was monitored as it had always been. ^It was like K06 171 sharing a space in a corporate brain. K06 172 |^In his room his father's decision hit Toru like a K06 173 mind-bending drug. ^Swiftly and silently he began to move from K06 174 point to point, assembling his needs in a black overnight bag. K06 175 ^There was little to take that he could not pick up at will K06 176 anywhere in the city, but he selected the items of daily K06 177 necessity *- his electric shaver, transistor radio, portable K06 178 stereo, calculator *- and put them in the bag together with a K06 179 few essential items of clothing and the Happy Days photo album K06 180 from his years at university. ^His heart thumped. ^Leaving K06 181 home, going, breaking away. ^It was the first adult decision K06 182 he had ever made and the potency of its impact was just K06 183 beginning to work. K06 184 |^Toru checked his wallet to make sure his bankcard and K06 185 savings passbook were inside. ^The amount in his savings K06 186 account was substantial. ^There was one advantage in living at K06 187 home, perhaps the only one *- you could save against the day K06 188 when you could make a break for freedom; a compensation for all K06 189 the years of servitude; a new beginning. K06 190 |^The house was wide awake. ^Toru could feel its expectant K06 191 breathing all around him. ^He moved silently to the front door K06 192 and disengaged the safety chain. ^Then the door was closed K06 193 behind him and he was walking into the icy dark. ^What have I K06 194 done? a shocked voice was saying inside him. ^He wished to K06 195 compel his body to stop and turn back before it was too late, K06 196 but the image of Karen entered him, the eyes applauding the K06 197 steps of the brand-new Toru, drawing him on in the dark. K06 198 *|^Mariko knelt forward on the carpet, absorbed by the women's K06 199 magazine on the low table. ^The story she was reading K06 200 described the development of a lesbian relationship between two K06 201 housewives in adjoining apartments. K06 202 *# K07 001 **[381 TEXT K07**] K07 002 |^*"*0She'll probably want to come back to Napier,**" Henry K07 003 replied. K07 004 |^*"We could build on another lean-to for Richard,**" said K07 005 Ronald, adding, ^*"There'd be room here for mother.**" K07 006 |^William would have none of it. ^*"If Mother comes here, I K07 007 go!**" he threatened. ^*"I'm leading my own life *- it's bad K07 008 enough with you two about.**" K07 009 |^*"How would Mother manage?**" K07 010 |^*"She can stay in England with the children,**" stated K07 011 William. ^*"Grandfather can keep them, he sounds as though he K07 012 has plenty of money *- the dog-cart and the groom, the orchard K07 013 and the pub.**" K07 014 |^*"We were talking about if Mother comes back *-**" Henry K07 015 reminded him. K07 016 |^*"Mother will write to tell us what she plans, I'm K07 017 sure,**" said Ronald. K07 018 |^*"She can write,**" agreed William. ^*"But she's not K07 019 coming here with the brats *- or without them, for that K07 020 matter.**" K07 021 |^Henry and Ronald looked at each other. ^Often this K07 022 three-way arrangement irked them. ^Usually, particularly peaceable K07 023 Henry, they did not argue; William took charge and his younger K07 024 brothers did the work. ^He put less into the kitty, too *- he K07 025 took a casual job when money was getting short and he could K07 026 feel that his brothers were about to refuse loans. ^(They were K07 027 rarely repaid.) K07 028 |^Caroline had a fair idea of the tenor of this K07 029 conversation. ^William would not lift a hand to help, Ronald K07 030 and Henry would do more than they should. ^And she was not K07 031 going to follow the pattern of her childhood, she thought then, K07 032 when her brother had given most of his wages to their mother. K07 033 ^If Roald had not helped to support them those first few years, K07 034 would he have gone to sea? ^Would he be still alive? K07 035 |^No, none of the boys was to go short for Richard and her. K07 036 ^She had decided to leave England *- grandfather would have K07 037 provided for the girls and Richard if she had stayed. K07 038 |^But he would have sent the youngest son to boarding K07 039 school. ^Besides, since her husband's death, Caroline was K07 040 bitterly recalling that first refusal from William's father. K07 041 ^William had been forced to explain why his father refused to K07 042 welcome Caroline. ^There was that other letter, too, not long K07 043 after the wedding in Havelock. ^Caroline had not seen it, of K07 044 course. K07 045 |^However, William's anger at the time suggested that there K07 046 had been some sneering remark. ^At the London school, too, the K07 047 children were sometimes upset by fellow pupils jeering at their K07 048 origin. ^Grandfather had tried, in his gentlemanly way *- and K07 049 you had to admit that he was a gentleman, although with the K07 050 narrow outlook of a particular age *- to cover up his dislike K07 051 of most foreigners. ^But that antagonism showed through the K07 052 veneer of manners occasionally, especially if the Scandinavian K07 053 countries happened to be under discussion. K07 054 |^In her widow's weeds of heavy black serge, Caroline sat on K07 055 one of the cabin trunks, thinking, planning. ^Now cargo was K07 056 clunking onto the wharf. ^A curious glance or two had come her K07 057 way; one or two of the labourers had asked if she needed any K07 058 help. ^Could they call a cab for her? K07 059 |^She was glad that she had sent the girls on *- they would, K07 060 without thinking, have accepted the offer to put the heavy K07 061 luggage on the wagons, and then the cartage would have to be K07 062 paid. ^The boys *- well, Henry and Ronald *- would spare the K07 063 few coppers needed, she knew, but she would accept as little as K07 064 possible. ^Shelter and food until they could all find jobs, K07 065 and may it be soon! K07 066 |^Meanwhile Helen and Christine were walking towards the K07 067 town, up a road busy with laden wagons going to the business K07 068 area, empty wagons returning to the wharf for another load. K07 069 ^The draft horses, most of them well cared for, reminded K07 070 Christine of the horses that drew the brewers' drays in the K07 071 streets of London. ^Helen, more observant, noticed the tired K07 072 old hacks of some teams, and the wagoner's whip. K07 073 |^*"That horse,**" she remarked, pointing to a drooping K07 074 head, where a dray was standing in front of a public-house, K07 075 *"reminds me of Father's.**" K07 076 |^*"Did he have a horse?**" asked Christine. ^*"You mean K07 077 Grandfather's?**" K07 078 |^*"Oh no, Christine. ^Grandfather would be quite cross if K07 079 you thought this tired old nag was the same as his spanking K07 080 Cleo with the dog-cart.**" K07 081 |^*"I didn't see Papa's horse,**" Richard piped up. K07 082 |^*"That was before you were born, Dick.**" K07 083 |^Away from Mother, who had no liking for nicknames, Richard K07 084 preferred *"Dick**". ^There was no doubt that in this colonial K07 085 setting he would soon have his own way. K07 086 |^When the little party turned into Emerson Street, Helen K07 087 remarked on the differences between London and Napier. ^One K07 088 storey shops mainly, built of wood, rusty iron roofs *- few of K07 089 the brick buildings so common in London, no tiled roofs. ^Very K07 090 few private carriages were moving along the roads. ^At a cab K07 091 stand there were one or two tired looking pairs, each horse K07 092 munching quietly from a nose-bag, the cabs less shiny than in K07 093 London. ^Saddle horses were tied to hitching rails, tossing K07 094 heads and jingling bridles indicating breeding or impatience. K07 095 ^Their riders were men in from the country *- not here the K07 096 smart jodhpurs and jackets of those who rode for exercise and K07 097 status in Rotten Row. ^Riding here was a necessity, not a K07 098 luxury or a pleasure. K07 099 |^Helen wondered if she could go to the registry office, K07 100 while the younger ones waited. ^Just to give them her name in K07 101 case something came up in the next day or two would not take K07 102 long. K07 103 |^It was Christine who reminded her that Caroline would K07 104 still be there. K07 105 |^*"You know what she is. ^She'll be sure you're following K07 106 her,**" Christine added, *"or trying to beat her to the best K07 107 offer.**" K07 108 |^*"You're quite right *- and a ding-dong row in there,**" K07 109 pointing to the *"Domestics Wanted**" placard that was more K07 110 noticeable than the *"Registry**" sign over the paint-peeled K07 111 door, *"would stop both of us from getting a place. ^The lady K07 112 might look sideways at members of the same family coming in one K07 113 after another for jobs.**" K07 114 |^Richard was lagging a little. ^His London school had not K07 115 been as far from the *"Duchess of Edinburgh**" as the K07 116 Greenmeadows school from the girls' home. ^At his age, they K07 117 had walked longer distances on rougher roads. K07 118 |^Back at the Breakwater, as it was still known, to K07 119 distinguish it from *"the Port**" (Port Ahuriri), Caroline K07 120 dragged a trunk further into the shelter of a wharf office. K07 121 |^Presently one of the young officers who had been a K07 122 shipmate of Roald's years before strolled past. ^He was off K07 123 watch now *- it was time to look at this town he had not K07 124 berthed at before. K07 125 |^Steerage passengers were beneath the officers' dignity K07 126 usually. ^Some regarded the lower berths as cargo holds; there K07 127 were still cruel stories of suffering at the hands of men like K07 128 Captain Nordby of the *1Hovding *0on its second sailing to K07 129 Napier. ^Mostly in these days of steam, steerage class was K07 130 ignored by officers, while saloon class was paid every K07 131 attention. K07 132 |^This Third Officer, however, had noticed at the Company's K07 133 office the surname of the shipmate with whom he had lost touch. K07 134 ^Len Jones had long thought that some day in a distant port he K07 135 would come across Roald again. ^Although the latter was much K07 136 older, he had been a good friend, and a help on a strange and K07 137 not very comfortably run ship. K07 138 |^During the voyage Len had been shocked to learn, when he K07 139 talked to Caroline, that he never would meet Roald again. ^The K07 140 wreck of the *1Zuleika *0had ended that valued friendship. ^He K07 141 was sorry for the sister, too; wrecks and drownings were part K07 142 of a sailor's life, but Caroline had lost her husband through a K07 143 freak accident on land. K07 144 |^There was little he could do to help in those difficult K07 145 days, but he took Richard under his wing; if the oldest K07 146 daughter had been at all welcoming, he might have seen marriage K07 147 with her as a solution for one member of that large family. K07 148 |^Young Caroline ignored him. ^Let that Third Officer talk K07 149 to that saloon passenger, not come making up to steerage women. K07 150 ^What did he think she was? ^It was in vain for Mother to K07 151 explain that Uncle Roald had written about his friend Len K07 152 Jones. ^Caroline did not believe her, and made it clear that K07 153 Len could look elsewhere. ^Helen was a little too young, Len K07 154 thought, and a great help to her mother. ^Perhaps when his K07 155 ship next tied up at Napier? K07 156 |^He stopped to chat to the solitary widow. ^Could he be of K07 157 assistance? ^Call a cab? ^She was not too proud to explain K07 158 that one of the boys, probably Ronald, would come down for the K07 159 luggage. K07 160 |^*"Ronald?**" Len asked. ^*"Or Roald?**" K07 161 |^*"Ronald,**" Caroline answered. ^*"My husband wanted our K07 162 children to have English names, so I did not suggest my K07 163 brother's Christian name. ^I thought *'Ronald**' would do K07 164 very well.**" K07 165 |^*"I'd like to meet this son of yours. ^Does he take after K07 166 his uncle, with a liking for the sea?**" asked Len. K07 167 |^*"No, he's a coach painter. ^But the boys wrote that they K07 168 sometimes go out in a small boat on the Inner Harbour.**" K07 169 |^*"Well, I must be off to the town, if you are waiting for K07 170 your sons. ^We had quite a good voyage, didn't we? ^Just as K07 171 well we missed the fog.**" K07 172 |^*"What fog was that?**" K07 173 |^*"We've just heard about the *1Elingamite *- *0she ran K07 174 aground on the Three Kings in dense fog,**" Len replied. K07 175 |^*"That was what caused the wreck of Roald's ship, the K07 176 *1Wairarapa. ^*0She ran aground on Great Barrier,**" said K07 177 Caroline. ^*"They lost so many lives that time. ^What about K07 178 the passengers and crew of this wreck you mentioned?**" K07 179 |^*"Forty-five off the *1Elingamite *0are missing, presumed K07 180 drowned, we've heard,**" he answered. ^*"The *1Penguin, *0a K07 181 warship, picked up eight survivors on a raft five days after K07 182 the vessel went aground.**" K07 183 |^*"Five days on a raft!**" she exclaimed. ^*"Still, they K07 184 were lucky to survive.**" K07 185 |^*"There were sixteen at first,**" explained Len, sadly. K07 186 ^*"No water and no food *- half of them died from exposure, or K07 187 drinking seawater in sheer desperation.**" K07 188 |^*"Thank goodness none of the boys wanted to go to sea,**" K07 189 Caroline said. ^*"You take care, Len *- Roald was lucky twice, K07 190 but not the third time.**" K07 191 |^*"I don't know what I'm doing, talking of shipwrecks to K07 192 you *-**" ^Len was ashamed of his tactlessness. K07 193 |^*"They happen all the time *- we just have to go on,**" K07 194 replied Caroline, expressing her life-long principle in a few K07 195 words. ^*"You must go on to town *- come up the Onepoto Gully K07 196 Road to the bach tomorrow evening, and meet my sons.**" K07 197 |^*"I'd enjoy that,**" he said. ^*"Our ship's here for a K07 198 few days, there's wool to be loaded.**" K07 199 |^*"We shan't be there for long, the girls and Richard and K07 200 I, but my older sons are well settled.**" K07 201 |^*"They'd have Helen's address, anyway, wouldn't they, if K07 202 I'm ever back in Napier?**" asked Len. K07 203 |^Mother was pleased. ^Not delighted, because she really K07 204 did not want the family to have anything more to do with the K07 205 sea. ^Two generations, now, had lost a loved one to the oceans K07 206 ... K07 207 |^In the flurry of surprised greetings and enquiries, when K07 208 Henry and Ronald arrived together with a hand-cart, Caroline K07 209 forgot all about Len. K07 210 |^Young Caroline had rushed into the bach, fuming because K07 211 the luggage had not arrived. ^She was leaving for Hastings K07 212 immediately, and going on in the morning to Waipukurau, with K07 213 her new employer, who had been staying in Napier for a few K07 214 days. ^The buggy would meet them in Waipukurau, to drive into K07 215 the back country, to the homestead. ^Caroline wanted her K07 216 clothes that minute, they were leaving for Hastings now! K07 217 |^Ronald and Henry found her behaviour amusing. ^Five years K07 218 since they had met, and she could behave as if it was a week K07 219 ago. K07 220 |^*"Our oldest sister doesn't change, Mother,**" said Henry. K07 221 |^*"No. ^Well, I'm glad she's found a place to suit her. K07 222 ^That's one less *- William not home yet?**" she enquired. K07 223 |^*"Er *- no, Mother,**" Henry replied. K07 224 |^*"In fact,**" Ronald butted in, *"we don't know just where K07 225 he is. ^He went off to a country job somewhere up Gisborne K07 226 way, last week.**" K07 227 *# K08 001 **[382 TEXT K08**] K08 002 ^*0They were both highly embarrassed at the airport when Bob K08 003 dragged them over to meet one of the airline ticketing staff he K08 004 had come to know well through his work trips. ^Wendy and Frank K08 005 exchanged anxious glances when Bob asked outright if his K08 006 friends could be transferred to first class. ^The woman had K08 007 merely smiled and with a *'we'll give it a try**' wink said, K08 008 ^*'Just a moment Sir and I'll check.**' K08 009 |^She expertly tapped into the terminal and scanned the K08 010 response on the screen. ^Frank had wandered away ostensibly to K08 011 look at the departure board. ^Wendy, immobilised by her need K08 012 to appear polite, intently studied the scuff mark on her right K08 013 shoe, sensible beige in colour and bought in a sale. K08 014 |^*'Sorry Madam and Sir but not a chance,**' the ticketing K08 015 clerk said to Wendy and Bob. ^She continued crisply her gaze K08 016 on Wendy. K08 017 |^*'\0Mr Russel's last trip with us was so eventful, he's been K08 018 labelled a security risk. ^We regret any friends and K08 019 acquaintances also come under some suspicion.**' K08 020 |^*'That's quite all right,**' Wendy said primly before the K08 021 woman's face broke into a broad smile and Wendy realised she K08 022 had misjudged the mood again. ^Frank was always telling her K08 023 she took life too seriously. ^Perhaps she did. ^She weakly K08 024 smiled back in a late attempt to show she also shared the K08 025 humour of the situation. ^Bob chuckled, quite happy to adopt K08 026 the image of a social rogue. ^He blew a kiss to the clerk and K08 027 led Wendy upstairs to the departure lounge. K08 028 *|^Frank had already joined Sally who had gone ahead to save K08 029 some seats. ^Wendy gratefully sank into one of the chairs, K08 030 eager to merge inconspicuously with the rest of the milling K08 031 travellers. ^The exchange at the ticket counter had made her K08 032 wary. ^The other three chatted aimlessly in the style of K08 033 people filling in time. ^Their voices retreated into the K08 034 background noise as Wendy leaned back and studied the people in K08 035 the departure lounge. ^She was careful not to look too long at K08 036 any one group. ^Previous visits to the airport had taught her K08 037 how, without warning, her own emotions could billow and surge K08 038 in this place. ^The small clusters of family and friends K08 039 farewelling and greeting each other frightened her with their K08 040 flood of feeling. ^Yet she continued to watch with a curious K08 041 fascination. ^It was as if she expected to see herself swept K08 042 into the centre of one of these groups, sucked in and submerged K08 043 in a torrent of feeling. ^The fleeting glimpses she caught of K08 044 people struggling with their emotions both attracted and K08 045 disturbed her. ^Responses were raw and unshielded in a way not K08 046 usually shared in public settings. ^Both the joyful greetings K08 047 and the tense and tearful farewells unsettled her. K08 048 *|^Visits to the airport to wave a friend off on holiday or K08 049 pick up another returning always unnerved her. ^Sometimes for K08 050 days afterwards she would feel fragile and vulnerable to the K08 051 slightest hint of judgement from Frank. ^Each day became a K08 052 struggle to rid herself of the feeling of being on the brink of K08 053 plunging into a pool of emotion, which she couldn't control. K08 054 ^This fear contrasted sharply with her own behaviour at the K08 055 airport. ^She saw the irony. ^Again and again her response to K08 056 friends coming and going fell well short of the wildly K08 057 spontaneous and affectionate outburst she had planned. ^While K08 058 driving to the airport, she would imagine the warm hug she K08 059 would wrap around her friend. ^But so often she stood K08 060 awkwardly instead, hardly able to meet their gaze, and asked K08 061 passively about their flight. ^She wondered now why watching K08 062 others openly expressing their feelings, should ruffle her own K08 063 emotions so much. ^It was an experience she didn't enjoy. K08 064 ^She worked hard each time it happened to re-establish her K08 065 equilibrium again. ^Her life with Frank was so orderly, it was K08 066 unsettling to feel so emotionally charged, so at risk. K08 067 *|^The public address system abruptly brought her attention K08 068 back to the other three. ^She and Frank were both pleased to K08 069 hear their boarding call. ^After a quick thanks and last K08 070 farewell they fled from Sally and Bob and into the beckoning K08 071 smiles of cabin service. ^They had little to say to each other K08 072 as they settled into their seats. ^Frank was preoccupied with K08 073 absorbing his surroundings, checking where the toilets were, K08 074 reading the safety instructions, asking one of the cabin K08 075 hostesses when drinks would be served. ^Wendy sat, her lips K08 076 tightly pursed. ^What a mismatched pair they must seem to the K08 077 other travellers, she thought. ^She tall and thin, too thin to K08 078 be called slender. ^Thin enough to be called frail on the days K08 079 when she rose unrested from her bed. ^Frank was quite tall K08 080 too, but it was the size of his hands and feet which were most K08 081 commonly remembered. ^He just seemed to spread out so that you K08 082 had to skirt around his bulk when he sat in an easy chair, K08 083 squeeze up when you sat in a two-seater with him. ^Even now he K08 084 seemed to overflow into the aisle, with his long legs and his K08 085 arms hung loosely over the central armrest into her space. K08 086 |^Frank, aware of her eyes on him, smiled at her before K08 087 resuming his study of the safety instructions. ^She was K08 088 thankful that he looked away. ^It would have been difficult to K08 089 return the smile. ^She was still feeling angry with him. K08 090 ^Earlier, he had challenged her in the middle of the busy K08 091 corridor and created a difficult scene between them. ^After K08 092 they had shown their boarding passes and been waved through the K08 093 metal detector, Frank had insisted she give him her ticket and K08 094 passport to look after. ^She had refused and without another K08 095 word walked on. ^He had grabbed her elbow, halting her and K08 096 repeated that it would be best if he took care of their papers. K08 097 ^Conscious of other travellers passing them with a curious K08 098 glance, she had hissed at him. K08 099 |^*'No I want to keep my own! ^Drop it will you, Frank. K08 100 ^Everyone's looking.**' K08 101 |^*'Why are you being so bloody stubborn about it then?**' K08 102 he had muttered, in reply, his face colouring. K08 103 |^*'It's just like with the car keys, Frank. ^You wander K08 104 off at your own pace and time for a look at this and a look at K08 105 that. ^What am I supposed to do without my ticket, without my K08 106 passport, sit and hope you'll turn up sometime?**' K08 107 |^*'I always come back don't I?**' he had countered. K08 108 |^Not knowing how to answer, she stood rooted to the spot, K08 109 tightly clutching her ticket. K08 110 |^*'Why are you making such a fuss, Wendy? ^I just wanted K08 111 to help you,**' he added in a soothing tone, guiding her K08 112 forward, his hand on her elbow. ^He leaned towards her talking K08 113 quietly but firmly. ^She struggled not to weep, as he gently K08 114 pulled her ticket from her clenched grasp. ^Still holding her K08 115 elbow, he gestured for her to go ahead, as they climbed up the K08 116 stairs to the purser waiting at the top. ^They were shown to K08 117 their place by one of the stewards. ^Wendy had thankfully sunk K08 118 into her seat and busied herself with putting on the seat belt K08 119 and arranging her hand luggage comfortably at her feet. ^From K08 120 time to time she glanced at Frank. ^It was over for him. ^The K08 121 two tickets nestled in his top pocket. ^At least for the K08 122 moment she still had her passport. ^She felt resentful. ^How K08 123 did he always manage to make her feel responsible for causing a K08 124 fuss? K08 125 *|^It was late afternoon when their plane landed in Papeete. K08 126 ^As Bob and others had warned them, they were over-dressed for K08 127 the climate. ^The humidity seemed to devour them. ^Wordless, K08 128 they struggled their way through the administrative procedures K08 129 of entry and baggage collection. ^Hot and flushed, their K08 130 clothes clung to their moist backs. ^Finally they emerged into K08 131 the sun-drenched outer section of the terminal where the buses K08 132 and taxis pulled in amidst the dense displays of deep green K08 133 tropical foliage plumed with splashes of colour. ^Wide-eyed, K08 134 Wendy trailed behind Frank who was bent on arranging transport K08 135 to their hotel, keen to be settled as soon as possible. ^Wendy K08 136 stood swaying, her eyes closed, sniffing the richness of K08 137 fragrances yet to be isolated and named. ^She was delighted by K08 138 her discovery that the terminal was completely open on one K08 139 side: a three-sided building. ^The idea enthralled her. ^When K08 140 Frank returned from changing some money, she suggested catching K08 141 a local bus into town rather than a taxi. ^She had been told K08 142 they ran past the road at the end of the airport parking lot. K08 143 |^*'Later,**' he said striding towards the taxi rank. K08 144 |^*'You're probably right,**' she replied, her voice K08 145 trailing off as she followed behind. K08 146 *|^Their first few days passed in an ebb and flow of near K08 147 confrontation as each morning they planned their day. ^Wendy K08 148 wanted to explore the local territory. ^Each day she K08 149 determinedly put on her comfortable walking shoes. ^Before K08 150 they left their room in the Holiday Inn, she would sit on the K08 151 balcony staring into the steaming growth of the hillside behind K08 152 the hotel. ^She told him the first morning, as they lay in K08 153 bed, how she wanted to walk in the local streets inland from K08 154 the tourist buildings. ^She wanted to talk to the children and K08 155 the old people sitting outside the houses and watch the hens K08 156 forage in the yards for food. ^The tropical plants were K08 157 profuse and colourful in a way she hadn't expected. ^She K08 158 wanted to roam the streets looking at the gardens surrounding K08 159 the homes. K08 160 *|^It had been a mistake. ^She knew now that she should never K08 161 have told him her plans. ^He had been shocked at her naivety K08 162 as he put it. ^The whole idea was distasteful to him. ^Didn't K08 163 she realise how dangerous it was to stray off the accepted K08 164 tourist routes? ^They would be sticking to the main shopping K08 165 streets, the hotel beach, swimming pool and bars. ^Everything K08 166 that he could imagine that she might want could be found there. K08 167 ^It became his mission to protect Wendy from herself. ^He had K08 168 come for the beaches and a relaxing holiday and he was damned K08 169 if he was going to trail after her in hot and sticky ventures K08 170 into the native wilderness. ^She could talk to the housemaids K08 171 and bar attendants at the hotel if she wanted a bit of local K08 172 colour. K08 173 |^*'When we go to the Coromandel you aren't so intent on K08 174 seeking out the locals.**' K08 175 |^*'That's altogether different.**' K08 176 |^*'Can't see how!**' he'd replied. K08 177 *|^At home meals were hers to organise. ^In Tahiti Frank took K08 178 over their eating arrangements. ^The choice of place for their K08 179 lunch and evening meals assumed unprecedented importance in K08 180 their lives. ^Frank kept a card with recommended restaurants K08 181 and their details carefully noted on it in his top pocket. K08 182 ^Every other holidaymaker they talked with was quickly and K08 183 specifically quizzed about the best places to eat. ^Wendy saw K08 184 the pleasure he was gaining from this elaborate choice and ate K08 185 with him in a series of expensive restaurants. ^She thought it K08 186 a small enough accommodation for her to make to the success of K08 187 their holiday. ^She was not prepared to take the initiative K08 188 but given the choice she would have liked to mix some of this K08 189 style of tourist dining with simple picnic meals. ^Every day K08 190 or so she would have explored the produce markets for fresh K08 191 fruit to complement snacks of cheese and bread. K08 192 *|^Drawn by the colour and the noise, Wendy found the local K08 193 market an appealing place to visit. ^The clamour of the stall K08 194 owners selling their produce and the vibrant excitement of the K08 195 informal open air market place, reminded Wendy of her early K08 196 morning visits to the market with her father when he had owned K08 197 a corner dairy in Wellington. ^She felt comfortable and K08 198 relaxed wandering from stall to stall fingering the fruit and K08 199 bargaining for a good price. ^By comparison, walking through K08 200 the main Tahitian shopping centre was an unnerving experience. K08 201 ^The chic attendants made her feel clumsy and plainly K08 202 dressed. K08 203 *# K09 001 **[383 TEXT K09**] K09 002 *<*6FIVE*> K09 003 |^*6U*2IA MAI *0koia whakahuatia ake, Ko wai te whare nei e? K09 004 ^Ko Te Kani! ^Ko wai te tekoteko kei runga? ^Ko Paikea, ko K09 005 Paikea! ^Whakakau Paikea *1hei, *0Whakakau he tipua *1hei, K09 006 *0Whakakau he taniwha *1hei, *0Ka u a Paikea ki Ahuahu, K09 007 *1pakia, *0Kei te whitia koe, ko Kahutia Te Rangi, *1aue, *0Me K09 008 awhi o ringa ki te tamahine, A te Whironui, *1aue, *0Nana i K09 009 noho Te Roto-o-Tahe, *1aue, aue, *0He Koruru koe, koro e! K09 010 *|^*1Four hundred leagues from Easter Island. ^Te Pito o te K09 011 Whenua. ^Diatoms of light shimmered in the cobalt-blue depths K09 012 of the Pacific. ^The herd, sixty strong, led by its ancient K09 013 leader, was following the course computed by him in the massive K09 014 banks of his memory. ^The elderly females assisted the younger K09 015 mothers, shepherding the new-born in the first journey from the K09 016 cetacean crib. ^Way out in front, on point and in the rear, K09 017 the young males kept guard on the horizon. ^They watched for K09 018 danger, not from other creatures of the sea, but from the K09 019 greatest threat of all *- man. ^At every sighting they would K09 020 send their ululation back to their leader. ^They had grown to K09 021 rely on his memory of the underwater cathedrals where they K09 022 could take sanctuary, often for days, until man had passed. K09 023 ^Such a huge cathedral lay beneath the sea at the place known K09 024 as the Navel of the Universe. K09 025 |^Yet it had not always been like this, the ancient whale K09 026 remembered. ^Once, he had a golden master who had wooed him K09 027 with flute song. ^Then his master had used a conch shell to K09 028 bray his commands to the whale over long distances. ^As their K09 029 communication grew so did their understanding and love of each K09 030 other. ^Although the young whale had then been almost twelve K09 031 metres long, his golden master had begun to swim with him in K09 032 the sea. K09 033 |^Then, one day, his master impetuously mounted him and K09 034 became the whale rider. ^In ecstasy the young male had sped K09 035 out to deep water and, not hearing the cries of fear from his K09 036 master, had suddenly sounded in a steep accelerated dive, his K09 037 tail stroking the sky. ^In that first sounding he had almost K09 038 killed the one other creature he loved. K09 039 |^Reminiscing like this the ancient bull whale began to cry K09 040 his grief in sound ribbons of overwhelming sorrow. ^Nothing K09 041 that the elderly females could do would stop his sadness. K09 042 ^When the younger males reported a man-sighting on the horizon K09 043 it took all their strength of reasoning to prevent their leader K09 044 from arrowing out towards the source of danger. ^Indeed, only K09 045 after great coaxing were they able to persuade him to lead them K09 046 to the underwater sanctuary. ^Even so, they knew with a sense K09 047 of inevitability that the old one had already begun to sound to K09 048 the source of his sadness and into the disturbing dreams of his K09 049 youth. K09 050 *<*6SIX*> K09 051 |^*6T*2HREE MONTHS *0after Kahu's birth her mother, Rehua, K09 052 died. ^Porourangi brought her and Kahu back to our village K09 053 where the tangi was held. ^When Rehua's mother asked if she K09 054 and her people could raise Kahu, Nanny Flowers objected K09 055 strongly. ^But Porourangi said, *'Aue,**' and Koro Apirana said, K09 056 *'Hei aha,**' and thereby overruled her. K09 057 |^A week later, Rehua's mother took Kahu from us. ^I was K09 058 with Nanny Flowers when the taking occurred. ^Although K09 059 Porourangi was in tears, Nanny was strangely tranquil. ^She K09 060 held Kahu close, a small face like a dolphin, held and kissed K09 061 her. K09 062 |^*'Never mind, boy,**' she said to Porourangi. ^*'Kahu's K09 063 pito is here. ^No matter where she may go, she will always K09 064 return. ^She will never be lost to us.**' ^Then I marvelled at K09 065 her wisdom and Rehua's in the naming of the child in our K09 066 whakapapa and the joining of her to our whenua. K09 067 *|^Our whakapapa, of course, is the genealogy of the people of K09 068 Te Tai Rawhiti, the people of the East Coast; Te Tai Rawhiti K09 069 actually means *'the place washed by the eastern tide**'. ^Far K09 070 away beyond the horizon is Hawaiki, our ancestral island K09 071 homeland, the place of the Ancients and the Gods, and the other K09 072 side of the world. ^In between is the huge seamless marine K09 073 continent which we call Te Moana Nui a Kiwa, the Great Ocean of K09 074 Kiwa. K09 075 |*0The first of the Ancients and ancestors had come from the K09 076 east, following the pathways in the ocean made by the morning K09 077 sun. ^In our case, our ancestor was Kahutia Te Rangi, who was K09 078 a high chief in Hawaiki. ^In those days man had power over the K09 079 creatures of land and sea, and it was Kahutia Te Rangi who K09 080 travelled here on the back of a whale. ^This is why our K09 081 meeting house has a carving of Kahutia Te Rangi on a whale at K09 082 the apex. ^It announces our pride in our ancestor and K09 083 acknowledges his importance to us. K09 084 |^At the time there were already people, tangata, living in K09 085 this land, earlier voyagers who had come by canoe. ^But the K09 086 land had not been blessed so that it would flower and become K09 087 fruitful. ^Other tribes in Aotearoa have their own stories of K09 088 the high chiefs and priests who then arrived to bless their K09 089 tribal territories; our blessing was brought by similar chiefs K09 090 and priests, and Kahutia Te Rangi was one of them. ^He came K09 091 riding through the sea, our sea god Kahutia Te Rangi, astride K09 092 his tipua, and he brought with him the mauri, the life-giving K09 093 forces which would enable us to live in close communion with K09 094 the world. ^The mauri that he brought came from the Houses of K09 095 Learning called Te Whakaeroero, Te Rawheoro, Rangitane, and K09 096 Tapere Nui a Whatonga. ^They were the gifts of those houses in K09 097 Hawaiki to the new land. ^They were very special because among K09 098 other things, they gave instructions on how man might korero K09 099 with the beasts and creatures of the sea so that all could live K09 100 in helpful partnership. ^They taught *1oneness. K09 101 |^*0Kahutia Te Rangi landed at Ahuahu, just outside our K09 102 village, in the early hours of the morning. ^To commemorate K09 103 his voyage he was given another name, Paikea. ^At the time of K09 104 landfall the star Poututerangi was just rising above our sacred K09 105 mountain, Hikurangi. ^The landscape reminded Paikea of his K09 106 birthplace back in Hawaiki so he named his new home Whangara K09 107 Mai Tawhiti, which we call Whangara for short. ^All the other K09 108 places around here are also named after similar headlands and K09 109 mountains and rivers in Hawaiki *- Tawhiti Point, the Waiapu K09 110 River, and Tihirau Mai Tawhiti. K09 111 |^It was in this land that Paikea's destiny lay. ^He K09 112 married the daughter of Te Whironui, and they were fruitful and K09 113 had many sons and grandsons. ^And the people lived on the K09 114 lands around his pa Ranginui, cultivating their kumara and taro K09 115 gardens in peace and holding fast to the heritage of their K09 116 ancestors. K09 117 |^Four generations after Paikea, was born the great ancestor K09 118 Porourangi, after whom my eldest brother is named. ^Under his K09 119 leadership the descent lines of all the people of Te Tai K09 120 Rawhiti were united in what is now known as the Ngati Porou K09 121 confederation. ^His younger brother, Tahu Potiki, founded the K09 122 South Island's Kai Tahu confederation. K09 123 |^Many centuries later, the chieftainship was passed to Koro K09 124 Apirana and, from him, to my brother Porourangi. ^Then K09 125 Porourangi had a daughter whom he named Kahu. K09 126 *|^That was eight years ago, when Kahu was born and then taken K09 127 to live with her mother's people. ^I doubt if any of us K09 128 realised how significant she was to become in our lives. ^When K09 129 a child is growing up somewhere else you can't see the small K09 130 tohu, the signs, which mark her out as different, someone who K09 131 was meant to be. ^As I have said before, we were all looking K09 132 somewhere else. K09 133 |^Eight years ago I was sixteen. ^I'm twenty-four now. K09 134 ^The boys and I still kick around and, although some of my K09 135 girlfriends have tried hard to tempt me away from it, my first K09 136 love is still my {0BSA}. ^Once a bikie always a bikie. K09 137 ^Looking back, I can truthfully say that Kahu was never K09 138 forgotten by me and the boys. ^After all, we were the ones who K09 139 brought her pito back to the marae, and only we and Nanny K09 140 Flowers knew where it was buried. ^We were Kahu's guardians; K09 141 whenever I was near the place of her pito, I would feel a K09 142 little tug at my motorbike jacket and a voice saying, ^*'Hey K09 143 Uncle Rawiri, don't forget me.**' ^I told Nanny Flowers about K09 144 it once and her eyes glistened. ^*'Even though Kahu is a long K09 145 way from us she's letting us know that she's thinking of us. K09 146 ^One of these days she'll come back.**' K09 147 |^As it happened, Porourangi went up to get her and bring K09 148 her back for a holiday the following summer. ^At that time he K09 149 had returned from the South Island to live in Whangara but to K09 150 work in the city. ^Koro Apirana was secretly pleased with this K09 151 arrangement because he had been wanting to pass on his K09 152 knowledge to Porourangi. ^One of these days my eldest brother K09 153 will be the big chief. ^All of a sudden, during a haka K09 154 practice on the marae, Porourangi looked up at our ancestor K09 155 Paikea and said to Koro Apirana, ^*'I am feeling very mokemoke K09 156 for my daughter.**' ^Koro Apirana didn't say a word, probably K09 157 hoping that Porourangi would forget his loneliness. ^Nanny K09 158 Flowers, however, as quick as a flash, said, ^*'Oh you poor K09 159 thing. ^You better go up and bring her back for a nice holiday K09 160 with her grandfather.**' ^We knew she was having a sly dig at K09 161 Koro Apirana. ^We could also tell that *1she *0was mokemoke K09 162 too for the mokopuna who was so far flung away from her. K09 163 |^On Kahu's part, when she first met Koro Apirana, it must K09 164 have been love at first sight because she dribbled all over K09 165 him. ^Porourangi had walked through the door with his daughter K09 166 and Nanny Flowers, cross-eyed with joy, had grabbed Kahu for a K09 167 great big hug. ^Then, before he could say ^*'No**' she put K09 168 Kahu in Koro Apirana's arms. K09 169 |^*'E hika,**' Koro Apirana said. K09 170 |^*'A little huware never hurt anybody,**' Nanny Flowers K09 171 scoffed. K09 172 |^*'That's not the end I'm worried about,**' he grumbled, K09 173 lifting up Kahu's blankets. ^We had to laugh, because Kahu had K09 174 done a mimi. K09 175 |^Looking back, I have to say that that first family reunion K09 176 with Kahu was filled with warmth and aroha. ^It was surprising K09 177 how closely Kahu and Koro Apirana resembled each other. ^She K09 178 was bald like he was and *1she *0didn't have any teeth either. K09 179 ^The only difference was that she loved him but he didn't love K09 180 her. ^He gave her back to Nanny Flowers and she started to K09 181 cry, reaching for him. ^But he turned away and walked out of K09 182 the house. K09 183 |^*'Never mind, Kahu,**' Nanny Flowers crooned. ^*'He'll K09 184 come around.**' ^The trouble was, though, that he never did. K09 185 |^I suppose there were many reasons for Koro Apirana's K09 186 attitude. ^For one thing, both he and Nanny Flowers were in K09 187 their seventies and, although Nanny Flowers still loved K09 188 grandchildren, Koro Apirana was probably tired of them. ^For K09 189 another, he was the big chief of the tribe and was perhaps more K09 190 preoccupied with the many serious issues facing the survival of K09 191 the Maori people and our land. ^But most of all, he had not K09 192 wanted an eldest girl-child in Kahu's generation; he had wanted K09 193 an eldest boy-child, somebody more appropriate to teach the K09 194 traditions of the village to. ^We didn't know it at the time, K09 195 but he had already begun to look in other families for such a K09 196 boy-child. K09 197 |^Kahu didn't know this either, so of course, her love for K09 198 him remained steadfast. ^Whenever she saw him she would try to K09 199 sit up and to dribble some more to attract his attention. K09 200 |^*'That kid's hungry,**' Koro Apirana would say. K09 201 |^*'Yeah,**' Nanny Flowers would turn to us, *'she's hungry K09 202 for *1him, *0the old paka. ^Hungry for his love, his aroha. K09 203 ^Come to think of it, I must get a divorce and find a young K09 204 husband.**' K09 205 *# K10 001 **[384 TEXT K10**] K10 002 ^*0And what would she have seen? K10 003 |^Artemis came into a world already colonised by the British K10 004 Government. ^A number of chiefs had signed a worthless treaty K10 005 at Waitangi in 1840; when she grew to womanhood she disclaimed K10 006 its rights over her *- none of her chiefs had put their marks K10 007 to the treaty *- but she knew she was a colonised person, a K10 008 slave. ^Her people, on the Maori side, inhabited the rich K10 009 alluvial lowland of Turanga. ^They lived in small family units K10 010 in passionate conflict in the region that Captain James Cook K10 011 had called *'Poverty Bay**'. ^She was of Rongowhakaata and Te K10 012 Aitanga A Mahaki. ^Her people were, already, at that time, K10 013 endeavouring to repudiate land transactions earlier made K10 014 between Maori and Pakeha. K10 015 |^It was a world which had seen the gradual coming of the K10 016 Pakeha *- first as whaler (not only of British descent but K10 017 Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, black American, as many of the K10 018 Maori genealogies will today testify), then as flax trader K10 019 during the flax boom, tree feller, evangelist and, finally, K10 020 settler and farmer. ^All these Pakeha strode through the K10 021 villages, the hundreds of pa sites, smothering the Maori fires K10 022 and razing the temples of pagan religion. ^The matriarch's K10 023 people were renowned fishermen and agriculturists of whom K10 024 Joseph Barrow Montefiore, Sydney merchant, said in 1838, K10 025 ^*'Their potatoes are cultivated better then those grown by K10 026 many of the settlers in New South Wales.**' ^But with the K10 027 change to sheep farming, on sheep runs which were already K10 028 leased or sold to the Pakeha, the agricultural basis of the K10 029 people collapsed. K10 030 |^The matriarch's own great-great-uncle was one of the first K10 031 Pakeha to own land in the Gisborne district, the block known as K10 032 *'Pouparae**' which he acquired on 18 December 1839: 1004 acres K10 033 in exchange for *+80 cash, four double-barrelled fowling K10 034 pieces, 40 shirts, 36 axes, 32 plane irons, 60 blankets, 36 K10 035 iron pots, 24 hoes, 400 \0lbs of gunpowder, 10 pieces of print, K10 036 500 \0lbs of tobacco, 36 hatchets, 130 razors, 30 knives, 40 K10 037 spades, and 22 pairs of scissors. ^When the transaction came K10 038 before Commissioner Bell in 1859, the Maori witnesses agreed K10 039 that *1Wi Pere had been intended by them to benefit from it. K10 040 ^*0Halbert rejected the suggestion and later sold it in 1841, K10 041 the father disowning his part-Maori son. K10 042 |^The first European census of Poverty Bay, including K10 043 half-bloods, had been taken almost forty years before the matriarch K10 044 was born. ^The statistics were compiled by {0W.B.} Baker of K10 045 Tolaga Bay; where the wife was a Maori, her name was not shown. K10 046 ^The return enumerated 44 adults including 14 women, 35 K10 047 children and 25 half-blood children ranging in age from one K10 048 year to 17 years. ^*'Halbert, \0T., Trader**' appeared first K10 049 on the list. ^At that time there were twenty weather-boarded K10 050 houses in the district, most of them surrounding the then small K10 051 settlement of Gisborne. ^There were also barns, stores, sheds, K10 052 stables and other wooden buildings. ^Thomas Halbert had K10 053 thirteen acres under cultivation; no information was given as K10 054 to the amount of land cultivated by the Maori people of the K10 055 district. ^(The half-blood children are listed with only the K10 056 father's surname. ^There are two boys and three girls listed K10 057 for Halbert.) K10 058 |^There had already been many violent clashes and slayings: K10 059 Maori and Maori, Maori and Pakeha. ^The former were K10 060 continuations of earlier conflicts in line with the concept of K10 061 utu. ^Those between Maori and Pakeha were frequently caused by K10 062 the violation of the laws of tapu *- even by the evangelists. K10 063 ^Increasingly, there were many quarrels and armed raids over K10 064 land and business transactions. ^Turanga, as \0Mr (later Sir K10 065 Donald) McLean said in February 1851, was certainly as reported K10 066 to him *- a fine rich country, with 40,000 acres of deep, K10 067 alluvial soil: ^*'...A Veritable Paradise for Pastoralists.**' K10 068 ^The land was rich and fertile, in pleasing contrast to the K10 069 barren Wharerata Ranges which enclosed the Bay. ^You descended K10 070 from the ranges and obtained a splendid panoramic view of the K10 071 lowland and the glittering blue-green sea curving like a sickle K10 072 toward the harbour. ^The plain was intersected by three rivers K10 073 which struck their serpentine courses through handsome clumps K10 074 of kahikatea and puriri forests and beside numerous wheat K10 075 cultivations and groves of peach and other varieties of English K10 076 fruit trees. ^The clear blue sky was scrawled with the smoke K10 077 from many pa fires, and the nearest would have risen from the K10 078 Maori settlement on the banks of the Te Arai River. ^There, K10 079 the Maori villagers reaped their fields, some leading horses K10 080 and others driving cattle and pet pigs before them. ^Through K10 081 the rich grass and across river or woodland they would have K10 082 greeted you with ^*'E hoa pakeha, tena koe,**' presenting you K10 083 with fruit and also with honey, just taken from the hive. ^You K10 084 would have seen that they were very numerous, in general lean K10 085 and tall and well-shaped. ^Some would have presented with K10 086 dark-coloured eyes, black hair and beards of middling length. K10 087 ^Most of the men would have been tattooed; some of the women K10 088 would have had the moko curling on their chins. ^The clothing K10 089 of both men and women would have been an admixture of Maori K10 090 woven cloth and cloak, and Pakeha trousers or bright fabric K10 091 wrapped around the waist in the case of the women. ^Some would K10 092 be wearing hats and smoking pipes. ^Almost all of the people K10 093 would have been barefooted. K10 094 |^You might have got close enough to look into the eyes of K10 095 these people. ^You might even have seen the outer perimeters K10 096 of their villages. ^But beyond that, beyond the darkness, you K10 097 would not have wished to have ventured. ^After all, you would K10 098 have heard that they ate human flesh. ^They killed wantonly. K10 099 ^They were savages ruled by superstition and beliefs in carved K10 100 wooden idols. ^It hadn't been too long ago that fierce K10 101 inter-tribal warfare had occurred when Hongi and Te Haupa had K10 102 sailed from the Ngapuhi region to just north of Tokomaru Bay. K10 103 ^Hongi had burned five hundred villages during his relentless K10 104 progress. ^He had taken two thousand men, women and children K10 105 as prisoner. ^Seventy heads had also been carried back. ^Many K10 106 of the slaves were slain and cooked. ^Hongi had obtained the K10 107 musket from the Pakeha; the tribes of the Bay of Plenty and of K10 108 the East Coast had few firearms. K10 109 |^Following in Hongi's trail had come another raiding party K10 110 from the north, led by Pomare, Titore and Te Wera (also called K10 111 Hauraki). ^This expedition reached as far down the East Coast K10 112 as Te Whetumatarau stronghold *- the Star of One Hundred Rays K10 113 *- which overlooks the present township of Te Araroa. ^As with K10 114 the siege of Troy, the invaders occupied the Te Araroa Flats K10 115 for some time, living on the plantations and the contents of K10 116 the storehouses, then packed up and seemed to sail away. ^But K10 117 instead, they hid behind Matakaoa Point. ^(Pomare had said K10 118 darkly in retreat, ^*'Enjoy your wife tonight for tomorrow she K10 119 will be mine.**') ^Stealthily they returned and fell upon the K10 120 unsuspecting residents who had descended rejoicing to their K10 121 homes. ^Many were slaughtered and taken prisoner. K10 122 |^Further raiding expeditions criss-cross the years with K10 123 astonishing frequency *- focussing on Poverty Bay and the East K10 124 Coast *- from all points south, west, north and from the sea in K10 125 the east. ^The Mahia Peninsula, for instance, became a place K10 126 of refuge for very large numbers of southern Ngati Kahungunu K10 127 who, for many years, had had to endure the harassing attentions K10 128 of Urewera, Waikato, Taupo, Hauraki and Bay of Plenty invaders, K10 129 and who now also feared Te Rauparaha and his Ngati Toa, and K10 130 Ngati Raukawa from further south. ^Among the pas of the Mahia K10 131 that were assailed stood a superb stronghold on lofty K10 132 Moumoukai, near Morere. ^The defenders could neither be driven K10 133 out nor starved out. ^The people of Moumoukai, a mountain over K10 134 six hundred metres high, never fell to invasion. K10 135 |^So you would have felt it best not to look into the eyes K10 136 of the natives or into their villages; and you would have made K10 137 the sign of the cross in thankfulness that religion, Christian K10 138 religion, was coming to change their ways and the rule of K10 139 British law was being imposed. ^Better still, at least they K10 140 were still mainly *1fighting one another *0and not yet the K10 141 Pakeha. ^And you had the musket. K10 142 |^But not for long. ^Traders were selling the gun to the K10 143 Maori and among them was the ubiquitous Thomas Halbert. ^\0Mr K10 144 Donald McLean, in that same February of 1851, received a K10 145 petition at the first court sitting ever held in Poverty Bay, K10 146 complaining that gunpowder was being sold by certain residents K10 147 to the Maori and that, only on the previous day, there had been K10 148 a transaction involving 15 \0lbs. ^The petition, signed by K10 149 {0J.W.} Harris, \0T. U'Ren \0Snr, \0R. Espie, {0J.H.} King, and K10 150 \0J. Dunlop, urged that such sales should be stopped as ^*'they K10 151 are not only a violation of the law, but may be the means of K10 152 seriously endangering the lives and property of the K10 153 Europeans.**' ^Upon Espie swearing to the truth of an K10 154 information charging Thomas Halbert with selling gunpowder to a K10 155 *'native**' named Paraone te Wae, \0Mr McLean issued a summons K10 156 requiring the accused to appear before him. ^He swore in U'Ren K10 157 as a special constable and provided him with a search warrant K10 158 authorising him to ^*'seize *1any munitions of war *0he might K10 159 find about the premises of the said Thomas Halbert**'. ^A fine K10 160 of *+20 was imposed. ^\0Mr McLean made it known that a reward of K10 161 *+5 would be paid to any native who furnished information K10 162 concerning any future sale of powder. K10 163 |^(Let me address you, my Pakeha ancestor, Thomas Halbert: K10 164 you married into the Maori people of Turanga and you had K10 165 children of mixed blood. ^Could it be possible that, in the K10 166 burgeoning years, you disowned your Pakeha heritage for the K10 167 sake of the Maori? ^Did you encourage your son, Wi Pere, to K10 168 take up the cause of the oppressed? ^Ah yes, I divine the K10 169 seeds there, my Pakeha ancestor. ^Sympathiser. ^Pro-Maori. K10 170 ^Gun runner.) K10 171 |^This was the flux of the matriarch's world, a world being K10 172 pressed upon by a Pakeha thumb, pushing on the tattooed temple K10 173 and relentlessly cracking and crushing the skull. ^It was a K10 174 time when the British system of law and order clashed with K10 175 age-old customs and deep-rooted rituals, a period when many Maori K10 176 still steadfastly refused to acknowledge Queen Victoria as K10 177 their ruler. ^They continued to maintain that they, of K10 178 Turanga, had not signed the Treaty of Waitangi *- even Te Kani K10 179 a Takirau had not been signatory *- and therefore that the mana K10 180 remained with the Maori. ^(One hundred and twenty years later, K10 181 I sat across the table in the house of an uncle and watched as K10 182 his eyes flashed like paua and he pounded the table in K10 183 frustration and anger that the taking of land by the Pakeha was K10 184 still continuing on the East Coast. ^*'We must fight back, K10 185 nephew,**' he said. ^*'And it is not only the land now but the K10 186 sea also. ^Our fishing grounds are being surveyed. ^Very soon K10 187 they too will be denuded of our ika, just as the land has been K10 188 of the iwi.**' ^Beyond the square of window, in that house at K10 189 Tokomaru Bay, I could hear the call of the sea, pounding like K10 190 Uncle's words. ^I thought to myself that there must be many of K10 191 us, in many houses like this, who feel the desolation of being K10 192 landless and colonised in our own land. ^Yes, it is true *- K10 193 the land has been taken and where there is no land the people K10 194 must leave and find new livelihood in the cities to the north K10 195 and to the south. ^Gone, gone, they have gone, the iwi from K10 196 the land.) K10 197 |^So the decade of the 1850s opened with symptoms of grave K10 198 unrest. ^There was further opposition to the sale of any K10 199 further land to Europeans and the advocacy of repudiation of K10 200 past sales. ^Here then was fertile soil for the seeds of K10 201 disaffection. ^The local Maori were encouraged by wars and K10 202 rumours of wars in other parts of New Zealand. ^But for a time K10 203 the people of Turanga present a remarkable picture of K10 204 resilience as they attempt to fight their exploiters. ^*'The K10 205 natives,**' the \0Rev. {0T.S.} Grace writes in his report to K10 206 the Church Missionary Society for 1852, K10 207 **[LONG QUOTATION**]. K10 208 *# K11 001 **[385 TEXT K11**] K11 002 *<*2HAVOCKSVILLE FAIR*> K11 003 |^*0\0Mr Marks: ^*"Well, she's a beauty. ^Well done, Annie, K11 004 m'gel. ^The seal is intact. ^While it might *2BE *0nothing it K11 005 costs nothing, aye? ^Shall we eat a bit before opening this K11 006 letter? ^Just bread and cheese, and some ginger-beer.**" K11 007 ^Noticing the eagerness with which the food is broken and K11 008 consumed \0Mr Marks comments ironically: ^*"Is anyone going to K11 009 say Grace?**" K11 010 |^Scarey: ^*"Thank God there is food on the table.**" K11 011 |^\0Mr Marks: ^*"That'll do nicely.**" K11 012 |^After the consummate tucker \0Mr Marks gathered his K11 013 child-friends by saying: ^*"Let's see what we've got here.**" K11 014 ^\0Mr Marks was, and had been for years, the caretaker for stolen K11 015 goods that were placed in storage, in secret caves, until they K11 016 could be sold at less troublesome times. ^This required that K11 017 he be paradoxically very knowledgeable and very reclusive. ^A K11 018 common duty was the preservation of art treasures. ^Carefully K11 019 he examined the envelope. ^By use of the fine edge of a knife K11 020 he sensitively parted the glued folds, then, without breaking K11 021 the waxen seal released the contents. ^The documents when K11 022 unfolded made him startle sharply, coming to his feet and K11 023 chuckling incredulously. K11 024 |^*"Well I'll be hanged! ^I never thought to see this K11 025 again. ^You'll never guess who signed this.**" K11 026 |^*"Rumpledstiltskin **[SIC**] ?**" ^*"Dick Turpin.**" K11 027 ^*"Dulcie Summers.**" ^*"Who?**" K11 028 |^*"The Queen herself. ^That's who.**" K11 029 |^*"Let me see. ^Let me see.**" K11 030 |^And there, truly enough, was her signature. K11 031 |^*"But why?**" K11 032 |^*"This paper is a letter of introduction, and so are these K11 033 other two, and this paper is legal authority (Now hear this, my K11 034 friends)... *1legal authority to appoint as many further judges K11 035 as are deemed necessary at the temporary court which has been K11 036 set up to deal with the crimes committed specifically at the K11 037 Havocksville Fair.**" K11 038 |^*0Meanwhile of course we have a Magistrate who has lost K11 039 all official evidence of his identity. ^His companion, his K11 040 nephew Gerald, was musing repeatedly, to memorize and admire a K11 041 naughty rhyme Punk had taught him. K11 042 |^Gerald was amused, until his uncle Clyma Stockbridge K11 043 turned gravely purple, clasped a throat in both hands and made K11 044 the hushed utterance: ^*"I've lost it!**" ^This caused an K11 045 embarrassing conversation that I will not record, but K11 046 eventually all was explained. K11 047 |^*"What shall I do?**" Clyma muttered. K11 048 |^*"At home,**" said Gerald, who was a country lad, *"we K11 049 would send for a reliable scryer.**" K11 050 |^*"A crystal gazer, you mean? ^What for?**" K11 051 |^*"They can see stolen goods, and tell where they are. K11 052 ^Didn't you know that?**" K11 053 |^*"Does it work?**" K11 054 |^*"I've seen it done.**" K11 055 |^*"Right. ^We'll give it a try. ^There are fortune-tellers K11 056 by the dozen at this fair. ^What we'll do is we'll ask K11 057 them to describe the contents of my study at home. ^That K11 058 should test them thoroughly, then when we find a genuine scryer K11 059 we mention the real object of our search. ^Not a word before K11 060 that. ^Understood?**" K11 061 |^*"Yes, sir.**" K11 062 |^*"Good. ^Let's venture.**" K11 063 |^\0Mr Marks took the papers directly to someone called the K11 064 Ringer, who was at the Gypsy encampment. ^The Ringer led a K11 065 small group of organized swindlers who specialized in mixing K11 066 with the apparently well-educated. K11 067 |^Clyma Stockbridge was quick to eliminate several K11 068 fortune-tellers as frauds. ^He stormed forth past the puppet-booth, K11 069 past the one-legged one-handed toy lamb seller, past the woman K11 070 selling ginger-bread, past a singer and a portrait sketcher, K11 071 and past the children who were bobbing for apples at a wide K11 072 wooden tub. ^He was like a hound on a scent, and the jostling K11 073 good-humoured crowds were in comparison like clusters of tall K11 074 grass. K11 075 |^Finally his attention was taken by a peculiar clown. K11 076 ^Shame, the clown, was stripped to the waist. ^His only K11 077 make-up was a distinctive facial grease-paint of red, as though K11 078 tears of blood lay fresh on his handsome face. ^His long K11 079 fingers plucked at the air, making cards appear one by one, K11 080 each to be placed to compose a circle on the ground. ^Next K11 081 from the sequence he contrived a flattering fairy-tale. ^The K11 082 story was delivered at a bystander, whose conscience was then K11 083 up-turned like soil beneath a plow. ^So powerfully insightful K11 084 was the telling that the customer placed both arms across her K11 085 eyes, screamed several times the word *"witchcraft**", then K11 086 fled in a panic to search for the safety of a law-officer. K11 087 ^This impressed Clyma Stockbridge beyond reckoning. K11 088 |^Once he had dealings with Shame he wished he hadn't. ^The K11 089 man was uncanny. ^He knew every secret. ^At a glance he could K11 090 read in the colours of a man's eyes exactly the nationality of K11 091 his ancestors; and the foods recently consumed. ^In the form K11 092 of a hand he could tell his trade; and by the lumps on the K11 093 skull which musicks **[SIC**] he favoured. ^Shame's talents K11 094 were monstrous. K11 095 |^After hearing Clyma Stockbridge's story through Shame K11 096 suggested that since a fair-ground prostitute was involved that K11 097 perhaps she should be located. ^*"She should be easily found. K11 098 ^Prostitutes don't cast shadows.**" K11 099 |^They headed toward the nearest drinking place, and K11 100 encountered Punk mid-way. K11 101 |^When questioned she denied out-right any knowledge of the K11 102 theft, and Shame saw, and said; ^*"She is telling the truth. K11 103 ^I shall locate the documents for you.**" ^He held forth one K11 104 hand as though waving, then turned slowly, making himself like K11 105 a compass. ^*"There.**" ^He pointed. K11 106 |^It was at that moment the law-officer arrived, and took K11 107 Shame to court on a charge of witchcraft. K11 108 |^Some friends of mine were at that fair, mixing with the K11 109 crowd nearby, when a strange looking man walked past, K11 110 accompanied by a dog which was part-Alsatian and part-Husky. K11 111 ^It looked like a bear with starched long-johns. ^So one K11 112 friend said to his companions: ^*"I've heard of the K11 113 Wolf-at-the-door before, but I've never before seen anyone take it K11 114 for walkies.**" K11 115 |^This Stroller arrived, was greeted by Punk, and they went K11 116 forth together as old acquaintances. K11 117 |^Clyma Stockbridge and nephew Gerald went in the direction K11 118 that was their last clue. ^They caught sight of a K11 119 Lost-property tent, so made enquiries. ^A swarthy gentleman, whose K11 120 features were like finely chiselled dark wood, came up behind K11 121 them. K11 122 |^*"I couldn't help over-hearing,**" said the Ringer. ^*"By K11 123 a marvellous serendipity I happen to be bringing an envelope K11 124 just such as you describe. ^It was found by a stable-hand a K11 125 half an hour past.**" K11 126 |^As the Ringer left there was the pleasure of profit in his K11 127 smile. ^The false judges he had appointed that day, using the K11 128 legal authority, had modified many sentencings and had made him K11 129 a fine profit, and, as planned, Clyma Stockbridge regained his K11 130 identity in time to take the blame. K11 131 |^\0Mr Marks got the children home and to bed, but Felix K11 132 demanded a bed-time story, so Scarey was badgered into making K11 133 this one up. K11 134 *<*2A STORY ABOUT A FUCHSIA TREE*> K11 135 |^*"*0A little boy was playing with a ball when he tossed it K11 136 too far and it got entangled with the branches of a fuchsia K11 137 tree. K11 138 |^*"Just then along came a withered old crone of a fortune-teller K11 139 returning from the Fair. ^She beheld the boy staring up K11 140 into the tree, and so enquired: ^*"Boy, tell me, what does the K11 141 Fuchsia hold?**" K11 142 |^*"The boy said: ^*"You tell me!**" K11 143 |^*"The old crone baked the boy in a pie and lived happily K11 144 thereafter for a fortnight on the leftovers.**" K11 145 |^Felix laughed. K11 146 |^*2END. K11 147 * K11 148 |^*0My friend, it is said that when the Yaacooy family went K11 149 to the beach they got into a scrap with some drunken vandals. K11 150 ^In the sudden last gasp of daylight their baby son was lost. K11 151 ^He had been isolated on a shark-tooth shaped rock by the K11 152 in-coming tide. ^There a sea-lion found and nursed him. K11 153 |^Years later a fisherman in the pub wailed; ^*"Listen, I'm K11 154 telling you, there's this creature. ^It comes straight out of K11 155 the sea, a thundering like a sea-lion yet laughing like a kid. K11 156 ^It swipes fish from our decks, and *+$40 crayfish.**" K11 157 |^Said Potgut Yaacooy;^*"Tell you what, mate; that's K11 158 probably my youngest boy; the one what got lost on the K11 159 beach.**" K11 160 |^So the Yaacooy family and friends got into their cars and K11 161 went for a look-see. ^The sea-lions were sunning themselves on K11 162 the rocks, so they drove them away and caught the boy. ^Potgut K11 163 took him home. ^There was a bit of celebration, with drinking K11 164 and eating. ^But the boy soon ran away, back to the sea-lions. K11 165 ^Again he was fetched, and not without a struggle. K11 166 |^I said to him;^*"Son, you're a bloody human being; not a K11 167 sea-lion. ^Stay away from them. ^Come on now. ^Learn to ride K11 168 a motor-bike, and gad about with mates. ^Your big brother is K11 169 called Snow. ^I'll call you Whisper. ^That's your name, don't K11 170 forget. ^Oh well, she'll be right, mate. ^Just one thing; K11 171 you've got to stop eating all the fish.**" K11 172 |^The Yaacooy family thought it would be best to get Whisper K11 173 away from the seashore for a while, so they departed earlier K11 174 than usual for the annual holiday to cousin George's place up K11 175 the Leith valley. K11 176 |^Near Nichol falls there was a glow-worm grotto, on water K11 177 reserve land, that had been closed off to the public since the K11 178 Second World War. ^Cousin George, forced out of the house by K11 179 the excess of visitors, had found it by accident. ^And that K11 180 was when he saw that a couple of school-girls were there, K11 181 playing hooky, and smoking their first cigarettes, and showing K11 182 each her body to the other. ^This so turned on cousin George K11 183 that he raped the one he caught. K11 184 |^A year later the Yaacooy family's holiday brought them K11 185 back again. ^George again sought privacy by walking to look at K11 186 Nichol falls. ^To his surprise the school-girl, whom he had K11 187 not seen nor heard of since the rape, met him on the track; and K11 188 she stood over a basinette. ^She yelled; ^*"You can take back K11 189 your property, you filth. ^Let the baby ruin your life, not K11 190 mine.**" ^Before he could react she sprinted away. K11 191 |^George felt the clutch of dread like a log feels an axe. K11 192 |^He hedged around the basinette. ^It seemed to enlarge K11 193 before his eyes, and become more horrific. ^He fled, beating K11 194 the air frantically. ^To see him you'd have thought he was K11 195 being chased by wasps. K11 196 |^It happened that some of the Yaacooys were nearby, heard a K11 197 commotion, and sighted a school-girl with a dangerous facial K11 198 expression mount a bicycle then hurry away. ^They went to K11 199 investigate, and so found the basinette with baby. ^Potgut K11 200 said; ^*"Tell you what, mate; leave this to me; I'll raise him K11 201 with my brood.**" ^*"Take it,**"he was promptly told,^*"it's K11 202 all yours. ^That's got to be the most bum-faced kid I've laid K11 203 eyes on.**" K11 204 |^Potgut took the brat home. ^He was given the name Murmur. K11 205 ^One of the daughter-in-laws breast fed it, but, she said, with K11 206 his sucking power someone would have to shout her a flagon of K11 207 beer every day just to keep her strength up. K11 208 |^Murmur Yaacooy was a big eater, and grew huge. ^As he got K11 209 older he got a bad reputation for biting people. K11 210 *<*2END.*> K11 211 * K11 212 *<*0(A story of violence.)*> K11 213 |^*"Gabby**" Gabriel Onelung in his old age lives a K11 214 continuous smoko, collects sight and sound, and is always K11 215 minding everybody's business. ^Detective Denise Plodd sits on K11 216 a rocking chair on the porch. ^She pursues enquiry. ^Gabby K11 217 has this story to tell, as it was told to him by a negroid K11 218 priest whose whispering voice stayed like cobwebs. K11 219 |^Wrapped in scarf and gloves against the smog lingering K11 220 winter, sipping whisky, Gabby contemplates an identikit picture K11 221 of a wanted young man named Hassle Pigswhisper, and tells of a K11 222 road called Dead End. K11 223 |^Dead End was cluttered with rubbish bags, car bodies, K11 224 graffiti and shadow. ^Hassle turned up asking questions; K11 225 seeking a negroid priest who had stayed in Dead End for one K11 226 night on his way from Central Otago to Dunedin. ^Questions K11 227 were not welcome. ^A vicious scrap resulted. ^Hassle K11 228 clobbered his opponents and continued asking until he got K11 229 useful information. K11 230 |^As soon as he thought it was safe to do so the Informant K11 231 rode his motor-bike to a remote farm-land area near Taeri K11 232 Mouth, directly to a religious house of retreat (which had no K11 233 phone to intrude), and there gave warning in person to the old K11 234 negroid priest, whom I shall call Holimoli. K11 235 *# K12 001 **[386 TEXT K12**] K12 002 ^*0Not honest poverty *- just greed and carelessness and K12 003 petulance. K12 004 |^Maureen would willingly put up with leaking roofs and K12 005 gaping sneakers and no \0TV and even the squat-hole under the K12 006 plum tree. ^It's just that she'd like something a bit better K12 007 than that for her kids. ^She can't quite get rid of the K12 008 feeling that they're being punished on her behalf; for marrying K12 009 without due caution at nineteen; for having wanted so badly and K12 010 injudiciously to belong to someone. ^(O Carly beware. ^There K12 011 are crimes out there disguised as gingerbread houses.) K12 012 *|^*'Who's \2gonna bring in the wood? ^Alan, Carly, please.**' K12 013 ^Maureen scrapes the ashes through the grating. ^It's a long K12 014 time since she lit the stove, she couldn't risk using water for K12 015 baths and the little gas stove is quicker for cooking. K12 016 |^They come in with a few sticks each and drop them near her K12 017 feet. K12 018 |^*'And the rest.**' K12 019 |^*'That's all there is.**' K12 020 |^*'Rubbish, there's a whole pile.**' ^She carried most of K12 021 it up from the beach, smooth driftwood almost too pretty for K12 022 burning. K12 023 |^*'That's all that's out there,**' says Alan. ^He looks at K12 024 Carly. K12 025 |^*'Where's the rest?**' K12 026 |^*'It was Car,**' he blames. ^*'She wanted to make a house K12 027 out the back.**' K12 028 |^*'You too,**' hisses Carly. K12 029 |^He kicks her, swift and sideways with his eyes still on K12 030 his mother. ^Carly wails. K12 031 |^*'For that,**' she tells him, *'you can go and get all the K12 032 rest. ^You should've had more sense, both of you.**' K12 033 |^*'We didn't know it was \2gonna rain,**' sniffs Carly. K12 034 |^*'Oh come on,**' Maureen says to the girl now Alan has K12 035 gone, coatless, into the rain. ^*'I don't think he really hurt K12 036 you.**' K12 037 |^*'He did.**' ^She lifts up her leg. ^A small blushing K12 038 patch of skin below the knee. K12 039 |^*'Scarred for life,**' says Maureen, then shame makes her K12 040 hug the child. ^*'Never mind. ^Help me get this started then K12 041 we'll play cards.**' ^Carly slumps. ^*'Not cards? ^Well, what K12 042 d'you suggest?**' K12 043 |^*'I could bake something. ^Once the oven's hot. ^Or make K12 044 some fudge.**' K12 045 |^*'You could cook us all some lunch.**' K12 046 |^*'Not lunch Mum. ^Can't I make fudge?**' K12 047 |^When she was six years old Maureen used to make fudge. K12 048 ^Her mother would reluctantly allow: your-teeth'll-all-fall-out. K12 049 ^Maureen doesn't want her daughter making fudge either. K12 050 ^But not on account of teeth *- she's thinking of the price of K12 051 cocoa, the price of sugar. ^That's why they don't want to play K12 052 cards, she thinks sourly; playing cards is free so it's no fun. K12 053 |^*'Okay,**' she decides, *'you can make fudge, but you're K12 054 only allowed one piece each and we'll keep the rest till K12 055 Mickey's birthday.**' K12 056 |^The fudge doesn't set. ^Even when Maureen takes over and K12 057 reboils and beats it it still doesn't set. ^She lets them eat K12 058 it with spoons. ^Three whole cups of sugar. ^She says, I hope K12 059 it makes you sick. K12 060 |^They play cards. ^Maureen plays Mickey's hand as well as K12 061 her own. ^Carly keeps winning and Alan's eyes get pink with K12 062 despair until he doesn't want to play any more. K12 063 |^Maureen reads them three stories which they've all heard K12 064 before. ^Alan keeps edging towards Carly and jabbing at her K12 065 with his bare toes. ^Just enough to make Carly squeak and K12 066 Maureen look up and lose her place and say cut it out. ^To K12 067 which he says either, di'in even touch her, or, servzer right. K12 068 |^For winning at cards. K12 069 |^The fire in the stove smokes and smoulders but finally K12 070 burns. ^For a while the kids *- all three of them *- play a K12 071 game of big-game hunters in which one of the still-damp K12 072 blankets from Carly's bed is the tent. ^Alan invents the game. K12 073 ^He is the big-game hunter and Carly is his assistant and K12 074 Mickey is a lion cub whom they rescue when Alan shoots the K12 075 mother and father lions. ^The scenario gets out of hand when K12 076 Mickey arms himself with red plastic blocks and goes round K12 077 shooting wild animals instead of being one. ^Alan, whose life K12 078 is one long series of shattered expectations and misplayed K12 079 scenarios, flies into a rage and knocks his brother down. K12 080 |^*'What's *1wrong *0with you?**' wails Maureen. ^*'Why do K12 081 you *1do *0these things?**' K12 082 |^The rain has lost impetus. ^It purrs softly on their K12 083 roof. ^The pots on the floor no longer have to be watched and K12 084 emptied. ^In the night the pots flooded. ^*'Ruined the K12 085 shagpile,**' Maureen said. K12 086 |^*'The what?**' said Carly. K12 087 |^*'Never mind. ^It was a private joke.**' K12 088 |^Now Maureen tests the water. ^It snarls and hisses from K12 089 the kitchen tap. ^*'Who wants to be first?**' she calls from K12 090 the bathroom. ^She will be last and stay longest. ^She's been K12 091 thinking about this bath for hours... hot suds settling around K12 092 her shoulders when she dares to lie back... the luxury of that K12 093 lazy weightlessness *- even in this horrid little tin bath with K12 094 the paint peeling and floating. K12 095 |^The water running from the tap turns orange and falters, K12 096 runs again for a second or two then dries away. ^Maureen puts K12 097 her finger in the bath, the water is scalding. ^There's just K12 098 enough to cover the first knuckle of her finger. K12 099 |^Carly stands at the door. ^*'Alan's first. ^We tossed a K12 100 coin.**' K12 101 |^*'Who tossed it?**' K12 102 |^*'Alan did.**' ^Carly's wry grin. ^*'Was his idea too.**' K12 103 ^Carly's smile bothers Maureen. ^The girl assumes so readily a K12 104 conspiracy between the two of them, a shared amused tolerance K12 105 of Alan's little ways. ^Being patronised by a sister two years K12 106 his junior could be part of what's wrong with Alan. ^She K12 107 pretends not to have understood the grin, not this time. K12 108 |^*'There mightn't be any bath. ^The water's stopped K12 109 running. ^I think there might be rust blocking the pipes.**' K12 110 |^Maureen unhooks the curtain wire from the living room K12 111 windows. ^She's burnt the ragged curtains, thinking one day K12 112 when there's a few dollars to spare... ^The kids stand K12 113 watching as she pushes the wire up through the tap. ^She feeds K12 114 in the whole length then pulls it out again. K12 115 |^They follow her to the porch and watch her tap the tank K12 116 with a broomhandle. ^She starts halfway up and works down. K12 117 ^Each rim clangs sharp and hollow. K12 118 |^*'I'm sorry,**' she says. ^*'I'm sorry. ^I was looking K12 119 forward to it too.**' K12 120 |^In case the wet-back explodes, being empty of water and K12 121 the fire still hot with embers, she gets the kids to carry out K12 122 the water-catching pots from inside while she stands on a chair K12 123 and empties them into the top of the tank. K12 124 |^*'I can get lots,**' says Alan. ^*'I'm just waiting for K12 125 the other pot to fill. ^It's running down off the roof by your K12 126 room.**' K12 127 |^She remembers Matthew saying, though off-handedly, that K12 128 the guttering could do with a clean out. ^She'd thought it to K12 129 be an observation, like saying the piles have gone or the K12 130 plumbing's antiquated. ^She hadn't made the mental connection K12 131 between guttering and their water supply. K12 132 |^Alan has a raincoat and isn't afraid of heights. ^She K12 133 helps him onto the roof via the grapevine. ^When he's out of K12 134 sight she moves back until he's in view again. ^Thinking, I K12 135 should've gone up myself... as long as I didn't look down... K12 136 it's not really high at all, not for an adult. ^*'Be K12 137 careful,**' she shrieks as he straightens and slides. K12 138 |^He looks down at her and waves, a small mountaineer. ^He K12 139 manoeuvres himself along the edge of the roof, leaning inwards, K12 140 scooping handfuls of leaves, feather, mud and rust and dropping K12 141 them over the side so that Maureen, standing ready to catch his K12 142 falling body, has to jump aside. ^An echo of water trickles K12 143 into the tank. ^*'Listen,**' she calls to him. K12 144 |^His grinning face peers over the side. K12 145 |^*'Don't do that, it's dangerous.**' K12 146 |^He's round the corner when he calls down, ^*'Mum, look.**' K12 147 ^His hand wriggles at her through the cleared guttering. ^That K12 148 large hole, then a sieve of smaller holes and the water already K12 149 trickling through. K12 150 |^When he's done the whole guttering she helps him down. K12 151 ^*'You were great. ^Very brave. ^I wouldn't have done it.**' K12 152 |^He nods. ^*'You know, I reckon I could fix that hole. K12 153 ^If you got me the stuff.**' ^It pleases him to be manly. ^If K12 154 there were just the two of them they'd get along famously. K12 155 |^*'Let's get dry.**' ^She follows him inside. K12 156 |^*'I did it,**' he tells Carly. ^*'We'll have some water K12 157 soon.**' K12 158 |^*'I'm afraid,**' says Maureen, *'we'll lose most of it K12 159 through the hole. ^I should've checked while it was still K12 160 fine. ^It was very stupid of me.**' K12 161 |^*'It's not your fault,**' says Carly. K12 162 |^*'I've had my bath anyway,**' Alan says drying his face, K12 163 ^*'out there. ^Who cares about a bath.**' K12 164 |^Maureen does. ^In the bedroom she pulls off her wet K12 165 clothes and thinks of warm water neck-high. ^Thinks; it wasn't K12 166 as if I was just looking forward to a night out or a friend K12 167 calling. ^Just a hot bath. ^It didn't seem like a lot to ask. K12 168 |^She puts on a nightdress and her dressing gown. ^It's K12 169 still afternoon but what's the difference, who's going to see. K12 170 ^And she lies on the bed with her head buried in her arms and K12 171 cries. ^Because this *- the long discordant day, the rotted K12 172 guttering, the afternoon nightdress *- does seem to be all K12 173 there is. K12 174 |^She knows soon they'll come looking for her and will be, K12 175 for a time, united in their concern. ^Worried and kind and K12 176 eager to please her. ^And she'll feel guilty about having had K12 177 to frighten them into it. K12 178 *|^Josie grinds the cup hook into the huntsman's face. ^Chalky K12 179 fragments erupt and drift past the horse and hounds to settle K12 180 on the floor. ^The hook sags and, when she checks it, comes K12 181 away in her fingers. ^*'It's useless. ^Just goddam K12 182 useless.**' K12 183 |^*'\2Whadda you expect?**' says Geoff from the sofa. ^*'You K12 184 have to tap along till you find the four-by-two. ^Anyone knows K12 185 that.**' K12 186 |^*'But I want it here.**' K12 187 |^*'You can't have it there.**' K12 188 |^She folds her arms and turns slowly to consider the whole K12 189 dismal room. ^*'It really is hideous. ^Oh, I know the house K12 190 isn't important *- well not *1as. ^*0And I guess this is K12 191 marginally better than the wobbly place over the hill. ^But K12 192 look at it. ^They've wallpapered the kitchen bit and painted K12 193 all the rest. ^Why would anyone ... ^Bloody huntsmen K12 194 tallyhoing at me. ^And fuck-all cupboard space. ^You can tell K12 195 it was designed by a man. ^And built by a man. ^Look at that K12 196 gap there, waste space, you can't even reach in to clean. K12 197 ^Compared to this the farmhouse was a palace.**' K12 198 |^She pushes the chalky powder on the floor with her toe. K12 199 ^*'It's probably asbestos, and I've breathed it.**' K12 200 |^Geoff shifts his shoulders and gurgles. ^*'Blue,**' he K12 201 says. ^*'You should do all this deep blue with white bits K12 202 around the windows.**' K12 203 |^*'I see. ^And what will you be doing all the while?**' K12 204 |^*'I'll watch and see you do it right.**' K12 205 |^She waits for his smirk to die unattended. ^Too often, K12 206 too easily he disarms her; making light of her honest worries K12 207 until she can no longer be sure that, outside her own head, K12 208 they have real substance. ^Yet here she is doing things and K12 209 there he is reclining. ^There's reality in that; the way it K12 210 seems to have been for much of their time together. K12 211 |^Perhaps she is a bit obsessive. ^She can see herself that K12 212 there's something irrational about her need to begin at once on K12 213 this house; to transform its featureless walls into something K12 214 definitely hers, like a dog peeing out his territorial right. K12 215 ^A dangerous nesting instinct. K12 216 |^But Josie has always been a doer of things. ^An only K12 217 child of parents who kept themselves busy *- who mended and K12 218 built and grew and made and tended and altered and K12 219 re-upholstered. ^The work ethic surging in McBride veins, at K12 220 least until the latest diluted generation. ^Busy-ness was next K12 221 to godliness but slightly higher up. ^Josie learnt at an early K12 222 age to make the best use of her time and to finish whatever she K12 223 started (married life excepted). ^Up until the day she began K12 224 work she assumed that other people did the same. K12 225 *# K13 001 **[387 TEXT K13**] K13 002 *<*3JULIET WHETTER*> K13 003 *<*4All Our Yesterdays*> K13 004 ^*0As she shut the front gate, Pandora looked back at the K13 005 house. ^One of those bungalows built to last sixty years K13 006 earlier, it had been bought cheaply and done up to a suitable K13 007 clone-dom in a suburb full of brick terraces, basketted ferns K13 008 and stained-glass lampshades. ^She had not seen it as being K13 009 smug before; now its air of respectable trendiness made her K13 010 want to throw up. ^It said, in Mother's voice, polish me, K13 011 garnish me, give me your hours; fill me with those who know how K13 012 to admire me. ^She had performed the rituals endlessly *- no K13 013 sooner finished than begun again, like Robbie's little electric K13 014 train on its circular rail going always somewhere, and nowhere. K13 015 |^It said now with Steve's crisp tones *- he was *'going K13 016 places**' in a new and clinically aggressive computer firm *- K13 017 you're not going out in those old clothes are you? ^But she K13 018 turned away quickly in case the windows tightened as his face K13 019 did, so often. ^The two sash windows with their half-hexagons K13 020 of dark tiles jutting forward like eyebrows, were set close K13 021 against each side of the door; they had the glint of mirrored K13 022 sunglasses against the darkness inside, and had seemed to stare K13 023 unpleasantly at her. K13 024 |^*'This time...**' she said under her breath. ^Sun slid K13 025 warm on her skin. ^The old jeans and shirt were comfortable, K13 026 unlike the tight things with designer labels which Steve liked K13 027 her to wear. ^He enjoyed the feedback from his friends. ^*'My K13 028 visual display unit!**' he had boasted at a party, to loud K13 029 agreement. ^And she had caught the eye of one of his K13 030 colleagues who had not laughed with the others. ^He had looked K13 031 at her with such solemn embarrassment that she wanted to burst K13 032 out like a child with luxurious tears, and run to him. K13 033 |^Automatically she went towards her car, but stopped. K13 034 ^Then she turned and set off on foot for the bus-stop, her mind K13 035 firmly blank as to where she was heading. K13 036 |^It was so hot. ^The day had wound in tightly after the K13 037 wide spread of hours she had entered in the morning. ^She had K13 038 become one of the ants in the city as they boarded and left K13 039 buses, streamed and flowed along the steaming pavements. ^To K13 040 begin with, the anonymity had been relaxing; she drifted K13 041 without aim or focus, avoiding the streets she knew well. K13 042 ^Walking, Pandora was overwhelmed by impressions she had K13 043 forgotten *- the smells of diesel exhaust and hot tarseal, K13 044 coffee, bread, and other things, greasy and glutinous, leaking K13 045 from shop doorways. ^Sound was all loud, insistent, K13 046 mechanical; the exasperated hiss of bus brakes, scream of K13 047 drills; horns, jack-hammers on the building sites. ^Engines K13 048 everywhere and while crowds surrounded her, they were silent. K13 049 ^People looked ahead and met no eyes. ^They made her think of K13 050 a stream of corpuscles, blindly and busily keeping alive the K13 051 clanking towers and canyons around them. K13 052 |^Late in the afternoon, hot, sad, she came to a tiny park K13 053 scraped from between two office blocks, paved and alcoved with K13 054 coarse concrete and glowing with defiantly bright flowers in K13 055 pots beside each wooden bench. ^Very few people were there; a K13 056 couple of students busy with books, an elderly shrunken man in K13 057 a tattered greatcoat stretched out, asleep, and a K13 058 strange-looking little creature *- a woman? *- in a faded pink K13 059 beret pulled down over her ears, several layers of shapeless K13 060 mud-coloured cardigans and large brown corduroys tucked into K13 061 rainbow-striped socks. ^Her feet in working boots were planted K13 062 as if growing from the pavement and she held an animated K13 063 conversation with herself as she knitted a garishly patterned K13 064 length. ^Several yards of it were draped around her neck. K13 065 ^She might have been constructing a cocoon. K13 066 |^Pandora, too preoccupied to think of avoiding her, sat at K13 067 the other end of the bench and leant back, shutting her eyes. K13 068 ^The feeling of isolation and enclosure, as if her centre was a K13 069 tiny core disappearing inside an expanding balloon of thick, K13 070 heavy silence, was increased by the bursts of disjointed words K13 071 nearby. ^She gave in and let herself disappear. K13 072 |^*'Sweets for a treat? ^Look! ^This is the day! ^Bright! K13 073 ^Have a pretty sweet?**' ^The words reached into the balloon. K13 074 ^Pandora opened her eyes to find a toothless grin in a child-like K13 075 unlined face very close to hers. ^A battered paper bag of K13 076 licorice allsorts was being nudged against her arm. ^She took K13 077 one, although she hated the bitter concentrated taste, and K13 078 smiled in spite of herself, *'thankyou.**' K13 079 |^*'Pretty things all cut up and put in a bag. ^I'm making K13 080 a new garden now, yes. ^Why don't you make a new garden?**' K13 081 |^*'I'm tired.**' ^Weary to the core. ^Once she had been a K13 082 brutal educator of roses. ^They had bloomed obediently and K13 083 scented her careful rooms. K13 084 |^*'Must *1not *0be tied!**' ^A wiry strong hand gripped her K13 085 arm. ^*'No garden when I'm tied! ^All, all. ^The colours all K13 086 die if you don't make them. ^*1You *0must make them!**' ^The K13 087 needles flew along the flowery borders urgently. K13 088 |^*'I want to start again.**' ^The thought came from K13 089 nowhere, despairingly. ^*'Call back yesterday bid time K13 090 return?**' ^The eyes were inches from her face *- round and K13 091 dark slate-blue, with bottomless pupils. ^*'Be sure, young K13 092 one. ^Stop in the middle of the road of your life would K13 093 you?**' K13 094 |^*'Yes!**' ^Savagely. ^Somewhere she imagined vaguely that K13 095 Steve and Mother would, after being inconvenienced for a while, K13 096 cope well enough. ^Robbie, a miniature Steve, with a K13 097 seven-year-old's terrifying preoccupations, slid past her thoughts K13 098 quite smoothly, leaving only a small, shining trail. K13 099 |^*'It's a circle. ^Would you stay on it young one? ^I can K13 100 show it to you *- but the journey...**' ^There was a small K13 101 sound; a sigh, or a sob, or possibly even a chuckle, over the K13 102 soft quick clicking of the knitter. ^*'Ah, that journey, yes. K13 103 ^You are the only one who can make it, take it, find the K13 104 pattern.**' ^Pandora stared blankly at her *- and saw her. K13 105 ^That knitting... with a familiarity about it... the sharp K13 106 little voice, and the talking... scenes from childhood... she K13 107 remembered. ^They had feared and taunted the strange crazy K13 108 creature *- ^*'Dill-y Phar-lap, Dill-y Phar-lap!**' in the K13 109 sing-song cry no adult had ever taught them, as she scuttled K13 110 through the streets with her knitting, always talking to K13 111 herself. ^Now here she was unchanged out of the past, as if K13 112 the time between did not exist, because Pandora had not K13 113 remembered. ^Yet there was something in Dilly's words to hold K13 114 her; they made some sort of incomprehensible sense. ^And the K13 115 fear had gone. K13 116 |^Pandora tried to smile. ^Dilly was perched watching her, K13 117 looking with the pink hat and round eyes like a very wise, odd K13 118 baby. ^But the smile turned to a tight prickling behind her K13 119 eyes. ^The voice came again. K13 120 |^*'I can take you back young one.**' K13 121 |^*'But *-**' K13 122 |^*'Show you the circle. ^And the colours.**' K13 123 |^*'How *-**' ^*'How, you must find. ^Are you strong?**' K13 124 |^*'I don't know,**' she whispered. K13 125 |^*'It always turns, I know it well. ^You must go there K13 126 alone, you must make your garden.**' ^The gardener started K13 127 crooning to herself, ^*'Remember the garden, or the circle will K13 128 claim you, the white rooms. ^Remember... remember...**' up and K13 129 down, like a child's chant. K13 130 |^Pandora shivered. ^And the reds golds greens and the blue K13 131 sky whirled and swooped, throbbed and flowed together around K13 132 and over her, while the strong strange voice wove a garden K13 133 between them. K13 134 |^As she shuts the front gate, Pandora looks back at the K13 135 house *- her home? ^She has not seen it smug before, or the K13 136 arrangement of door and windows as being a frown *- almost as K13 137 if it knows her every impulse, every move, and judges her. K13 138 ^She feels suddenly, this fresh and shining morning, that she K13 139 might have spent her life revolving in endless circles, always K13 140 returning to this point, with the terrifying suspicion that in K13 141 some way she has chosen to do so. K13 142 |^After glancing with distaste at the unkempt garden, full K13 143 of dead chrysanthemums and straggling roses, she goes K13 144 automatically towards her car, and opens the door. ^She K13 145 hesitates for a moment, then shuts it again. ^Turning abruptly K13 146 she sets off on foot for the bus-stop, her mind desperately K13 147 blank as to where she is heading. K13 148 |^After she has taken the paper from the letter-box and shut K13 149 the gate, Pandora will look back at the house *- noticing for K13 150 the first time its slight air of smug satisfaction. K13 151 |^Though the sun is warm on her back and the day young and K13 152 lively, she will stand frozen by the crashing knowledge that K13 153 this circle, like the endless succession of previous identical K13 154 circles, is almost complete. ^And she will know *- like a K13 155 memory surfacing of long-forgotten words *- that the cycles of K13 156 a wish will continue to revolve, with at every turn only this K13 157 single chance to escape. ^She has always turned from it; K13 158 opted, a coward, for a familiar barren and colourless place... K13 159 refused the agonising prospect. K13 160 |^One rose bush still flowers by the gate, a deep, dusty K13 161 pink, many buds still to open. ^She will reach out to touch K13 162 them, thinking her neglect has not deserved this extravagant K13 163 reward; the colour will remind her of something too. K13 164 |^Disturbed by it, she will turn and go quickly to her car. K13 165 ^She will open the door and get in, and spend a few minutes K13 166 flipping through the newspaper to find the *'Situations K13 167 Vacant**' columns, missing a small piece low down on the front K13 168 page. ^It records the death of an eminent psychiatrist, who at K13 169 the height of her career, vanished from public life. ^Her K13 170 brother, the Councillor, has unwillingly conceded in an K13 171 interview that she *'had a few problems**' and spent most of K13 172 the past thirty years *'under treatment**'. ^*'Her mind had K13 173 gone, you see,**' he said. ^*'She was quite harmless, poor K13 174 thing *- well, what can one expect *- but she seemed perfectly K13 175 happy with her knitting, perfectly happy. ^Like a child she K13 176 was, loved those bright colours... no memory of anything else K13 177 thank the Lord. ^A great blessing really.**' ^There is to be a K13 178 quiet funeral. K13 179 |^Pandora will scan the pages for a while, then shut her K13 180 eyes and sit there, her body rigid, heart thudding in her K13 181 throat, thoughts chaotic. ^Finally she will hurl the paper K13 182 aside, wrench open the door and scramble out of the car. K13 183 ^Without glancing back she will say between clenched teeth, K13 184 *'this time,**' and set off on foot for the bus-stop, her mind K13 185 ferociously blank as to where she is heading. K13 186 *<*3ELIZABETH HILL*> K13 187 *<*4Seen Through Glass*> K13 188 |^*0Danny had never been through the library doors; glass, K13 189 heavy-swinging like a Bank's, with vertical brass pipes for K13 190 handles, its panes were clear but reflections distorted the K13 191 interior. ^He could see the librarian at her desk; she looked K13 192 like any Pakeha teacher, blonde, efficient and busy. ^And K13 193 books! ^They filled the walls, towered precariously on K13 194 trolleys and counters, or were passed from hand to hand as K13 195 customers exchanged them. ^There was a difference, Danny K13 196 noticed, between the way people walked in, kind of purposeful, K13 197 prospecting, browsing along the shelves, and the manner in K13 198 which they marched out, missions accomplished. ^His friend K13 199 Tuku nudged him. K13 200 |^*'See that till? ^Must hold quite a bit at the end of the K13 201 week.**' K13 202 |^*'Only peanuts, come on or we'll miss the bus.**' K13 203 |^Dark blue serge shorts, faded blue cotton shirts, black K13 204 shoes and socks, the boys fell in behind blue-tunicked girls K13 205 and began their verbal cut-and-thrust, Maori words punctuating K13 206 their banter. ^Forty pairs of brown legs with a half dozen K13 207 white climbed the steps into the bus, boys to the rear, then it K13 208 drew away from the school. ^Until the students settled down K13 209 the driver slow-wheeled, eyes focussed cynically on the rear K13 210 vision mirror, ready to call over his shoulder, ^*'Anyone who K13 211 wants to let off steam can walk home.**' K13 212 |^The bus disgorged at the pa and Danny trudged the dusty K13 213 road to Nana's, gathering in his younger brothers and sisters K13 214 to shepherd them home. K13 215 |^*'You been a good boy today Danny, learn your English K13 216 proper?**' K13 217 *# K14 001 **[388 TEXT K14**] K14 002 *<*6TWO*> K14 003 |^A *0small pick-up truck clattered out of Waiata, up Kaik K14 004 Road, through the bush towards Lookout Ridge. ^The truck's K14 005 name was Leaping Lena: somewhere in her long past, she had K14 006 acquired a speed ratio that made dropping the clutch as K14 007 hazardous as riding an angry four-inch cannon. ^Once, she had K14 008 been a 1923 Chev. ^Now, war shortages had robbed her even of K14 009 retirement into the creek behind the crayfish cannery. ^Her K14 010 body was a patchwork of old roofing iron, wood, canvas, and K14 011 baling wire. ^Her front right tyre was stuffed with grass. K14 012 ^Three-quarter-inch flax rope wound in a running hitch through K14 013 the spokes and round the tyres of the rear wheels, bringing K14 014 some measure of grip on the greasy clay roads in and around K14 015 Waiata. K14 016 |^A lone black-backed gull dropped a wing and came to K14 017 investigate, but Leaping Lena's back tray contained only a K14 018 kerosene tin and a broken fishing grapnel. K14 019 |^Matthew accentuated the movements of the bush that jolted K14 020 past the passenger's window by thrusting his sixteen-month-old K14 021 body up and down, severely testing the device that held him. K14 022 ^His nappied and rompered bottom bounced in the end of a K14 023 fish-crate his father had adapted and wired to the seat. ^Had he K14 024 not been strapped into the crate, he would by now have tried K14 025 most of the knobs and levers in the cab and dropped the K14 026 ignition key through one of the holes in the floor. ^A K14 027 kingfisher flashed through the trees to his left. ^His back K14 028 straightened. ^He snapped a pointing hand through the open K14 029 window as if to transfix the creature in flight. K14 030 |^*'Bird,**' he proclaimed in a tone of stern authority. K14 031 ^*'Fly.**' ^And seeking praise for this wisdom, he turned to K14 032 his mother, who was gritting her teeth for a double-declutch K14 033 down to first gear. K14 034 |^Over the noisy manoeuvre she laughed and willingly fed his K14 035 insatiable appetite for approval, glancing across at him with K14 036 fond pride. ^What an appealing child he was, with his K14 037 chestnut-brown hair and forget-me-not-blue eyes, with his K14 038 determined jaw and his funny squat thumb. ^He watched the tree K14 039 shadows and sunlight bars flitting across her face. ^And when K14 040 she hummed *'Summertime**' from Porgy and Bess, he joined in by K14 041 swaying his upper body from side to side in the fish-crate. K14 042 |^Leaping Lena was just coming to the boil when they came K14 043 out of the trees at the top of Lookout Ridge. ^Rachel turned K14 044 the pick-up as quickly as the front tyres would allow, parked K14 045 her facing downhill, then pushed rocks under two wheels while K14 046 steam ticked and hissed in the radiator. ^She loosed Matthew, K14 047 felt his nappies and removed them. ^On impulse she removed his K14 048 shirt as well, leaving him just in his shoes: he loved to romp K14 049 without his clothes. ^But first, she listened for the sound of K14 050 horses or engines; it would raise an eyebrow or two at the K14 051 prayer meeting if she was caught letting him run around naked K14 052 outside. K14 053 |^*'We're going to see Daddy soon,**' she announced. ^But K14 054 Matthew had begun to rip the seedheads off the wild cocksfoot K14 055 grass and to chortle, sprinkling the breeze with seeds. K14 056 ^Rachel smiled and turned away to the lookout fence. K14 057 |^A few paces away, on the other side of the fence, was a K14 058 pohutukawa tree, flowering brilliant red for Christmas. K14 059 ^Bellbirds probed efficiently in the blossoms; their feathers, K14 060 normally drab green in the dark bush, were almost iridescent in K14 061 the bright sunlight. ^Beyond them the grassed shoulder of the K14 062 ridge curved steeply down towards Purdon's Cliff, named after K14 063 the farmer who had taken his leave of earth by riding his horse K14 064 down the slope and off the cliff at full gallop. ^And beyond K14 065 the cliff, the harbour. ^It lay before and on either side of K14 066 the ridge, dark blue, ruffled by the warm wind to a texture K14 067 like finely gnarled bark. ^The trawler would be hard to pick K14 068 out against the water today. ^Rachel ran her eye carefully K14 069 back along the probable route, knowing that John would have the K14 070 Phoenix through the heads by now. K14 071 |^And there it was. ^Quite close, a lumpy dot at the head K14 072 of a short white wake. ^It always made her heart lurch to see K14 073 how small it was in the harbour and to know how much smaller it K14 074 must be in the open sea. ^Every Christmas Eve, the last K14 075 fishing day of the year, John Fleming would come through the K14 076 heads as close to mid-afternoon as he could judge. ^Now, as on K14 077 other Christmas Eves, the 50-foot side-trawler was heading for K14 078 the water directly below the lookout. ^When it drew level, K14 079 John would sound the brass foghorn and wave from next to the K14 080 winch. ^In just three years it had become a ritual, and last K14 081 year she had held Matthew, then four months old, high in the K14 082 air for his father to see. K14 083 |^Rachel turned. ^Matthew's bare little body was standing K14 084 in the waving grass. ^He was looking at something. K14 085 |^*'Matthew. ^Come on. ^Daddy's coming.**' K14 086 |^The Phoenix drew closer, the cloud of gulls swirling K14 087 behind the vessel came together and fell upon a spot in the K14 088 wake. ^Still cleaning, Rachel thought: another good catch. K14 089 ^The fish were coming back all right *- and elephant fish K14 090 fetching one and thruppence a pound now. ^She felt a glow of K14 091 wellbeing. ^Times were improving, the war was over, and soon K14 092 the days of rationing would be gone. ^The Lord was good. K14 093 |^Matthew chuckled loudly. ^He was still standing in the K14 094 same place. K14 095 |^*'Matthew. ^Daddy's nearly here. ^Come on, love.**' K14 096 |^But Matthew seemed not to hear. K14 097 |^What on earth was he looking at? ^Rachel began to walk K14 098 over. ^At first she thought he was examining something on a K14 099 pile of fence posts a few paces in front of him. ^Then she saw K14 100 that his gaze was directed too high for that. ^He seemed to be K14 101 watching a point in mid air, a few feet above the posts. ^She K14 102 blinked, looked again. ^Nothing there. ^She grinned. K14 103 |^*'Daddy's boat is here, come on.**' K14 104 |^Matthew's attention wavered for a moment in her direction, K14 105 but his hand pointed above the pile of posts before him. K14 106 ^*'Man,**' he declared. K14 107 |^*'Silly chump.**' ^Rachel bent to lift him. ^*'Up you K14 108 come. ^Daddy's coming in the *-**' K14 109 |^Matthew's howl of protest was so sudden and vehement that K14 110 she hastily set him down. ^The sound cut off instantly. ^She K14 111 stood back with hands on hips, part amused, part annoyed. K14 112 ^*'What is the matter with you, young man?**' K14 113 |^No answer. ^Matthew's eyes were back at the same spot K14 114 above the posts. ^Then his head tilted back slightly and he K14 115 focused on another spot, this time very close to him. ^He K14 116 chuckled, shyly, as he often did with strange adults. K14 117 |^Rachel's smile disappeared. K14 118 |^Then Matthew was turning to her to be picked up. ^She K14 119 hesitated, lifted him, walked towards the lookout fence. ^The K14 120 hair on the back of her head prickled and in spite of herself K14 121 she looked back over her shoulder. ^Nothing. ^She laughed, K14 122 shaking her straight hair about her ears, remembering college K14 123 lectures on how to deal creatively with a child's imagination: K14 124 if a child came in and claimed that there was a dragon outside, K14 125 you were supposed to ask what colour the dragon was. ^Yes. K14 126 ^Imagination. ^And what a convincing little performance. K14 127 |^*'Aren't you a clever little actor then?**' she admired. K14 128 ^*'I know: you're going to be the next Laurence Olivier.**' K14 129 |^Matthew's arm pointed over her shoulder. ^*'Man,**' he K14 130 repeated. K14 131 |^*'Listen,**' she exclaimed. ^*'There's the foghorn. ^You K14 132 hear? ^Parp! ^Parp! ^Now Daddy's going to come out and wave. K14 133 ^There he is. ^Wave to Daddy.**' K14 134 |^John Fleming's alarm clock jangled next to his ear. ^3 K14 135 {0a.m.} ^He silenced it, pushed his feet on to the floor and K14 136 limped stolidly out into the hallway. ^His leg was always the K14 137 worst when he got out of bed. ^It was nearly two years since K14 138 he'd caught it between the aft davit and the gunwale. ^It K14 139 looked as if he was going to be stuck with a gammy leg for K14 140 life. ^But the good Lord knew best and no one was going to K14 141 catch a Fleming moaning about his lot. K14 142 |^In the dark dining room, he cranked the phone and asked K14 143 for Ken Stewart. ^Ken had shipped in an army surplus shortwave K14 144 receiver and had promptly become the local weatherman. K14 145 |^Ken Stewart's wife answered the call. ^Calm conditions K14 146 changing to light nor'westers with a two-foot swell, she told K14 147 him. ^John grunted his thanks and returned the handpiece to K14 148 its prongs. ^He took off his pyjama top without turning on the K14 149 light. ^He always dressed in the dark, because his mother K14 150 Edith was likely to wander through at any time if she couldn't K14 151 sleep. K14 152 |^He was just feeling for his shirt on the bundle of clothes K14 153 on the chair when he heard a voice coming from the corridor. K14 154 ^Matthew was talking in his sleep: low-toned, nonsense words. K14 155 ^John grinned. ^He was proud of his vigorous, healthy son and K14 156 took boundless delight in the boy's antics. ^He limped down K14 157 the corridor and quietly pushed open a door. ^There was enough K14 158 light coming in from the window for him to see that Matthew K14 159 wasn't lying down; his son was standing against the side of the K14 160 cot, hands gripping the rail, staring in the direction of the K14 161 opposite wall. K14 162 |^Then Rachel was beside John. ^*'What's the matter?**' K14 163 |^The slop, slop of slippers came from beyond the kitchen. K14 164 ^Edith Fleming was scuffing along the coir mat in the hallway, K14 165 hugging her gown across her chest. ^*'Arthur's restless again. K14 166 ^I can't sleep when he's restless. ^What're you doing? K14 167 ^What's happening?**' ^John didn't answer. ^He was K14 168 self-conscious about the massive carpet of hair on his chest and K14 169 hated any woman to see it except Rachel. K14 170 |^*'\2Gaaaoonawa. ^\2Isanancapaa. ^\2Ibidy,**' Matthew K14 171 remarked, as though he were delivering a reasoned, intelligent K14 172 response to a philosophical point. K14 173 |^*'Ohhh,**' Edith enthused. ^*'Isn't that just the K14 174 loveliest thing? ^Talking in his sleep.**' K14 175 |^*'Lots of kids do it,**' Rachel followed up quickly. K14 176 ^*'It's quite normal. ^Let's go back to *-**' K14 177 |^*'He's woken up,**' Edith broke in. ^Matthew was glancing K14 178 over his shoulder at the adults in the doorway. K14 179 |^Then he chuckled at them. ^It was as if they had done K14 180 something quaint and amusing which had consequently been K14 181 pointed out to him by someone else. ^Still chuckling, he K14 182 turned his gaze back to the direction of the blank wall. K14 183 ^Grinning widely, he tilted his head back and refocused on a K14 184 point in the air close to him. ^His shoulders jiggled the way K14 185 they did when an adult touched his head; he waved an arm K14 186 vigorously, still in the direction of the blank wall. K14 187 ^*'Bye-bye,**' he said brightly. ^*'Bye-bye.**' ^Then he folded at K14 188 the waist, toppled on to his bedclothes in the cot, and was K14 189 fast asleep. K14 190 |^None of the adults moved. K14 191 |^*'What was that?**' John Fleming demanded, frowning K14 192 through the doorway. ^*'What was that he just did?**' K14 193 *<*6THREE*> K14 194 |^*'G*0oodbye, Genghis. ^Be a good boy.**' ^Emily Nisbet blew K14 195 a kiss towards the bird cage as the budgerigar plinked K14 196 agitatedly back and forth between two perches. K14 197 |^She picked her umbrella off its nail behind the front K14 198 door. ^It would rain, she could feel it in her stiff bones. K14 199 ^She stepped into the front porch and closed the door behind K14 200 her without locking it. ^She never locked it. ^Night and day, K14 201 her cottage remained accessible. ^It was an almost unconscious K14 202 gesture, an invitation to the universe to send her some event K14 203 that would either end her life or smash the invisible bubble K14 204 that lay in wait for her at the end of the cottage path. K14 205 ^Every day now, the bubble closed around her as she stepped K14 206 through the gate; its wall was made of numbing, touchless ether K14 207 and every day it was thicker and stronger. K14 208 |^But before facing the gate, she first, as always, K14 209 inspected and farewelled her family: the random array of K14 210 shrubs, herbs, flowers and vegetables that took up almost the K14 211 entire garden. ^And she began, again as always, at the far K14 212 end. K14 213 *# K15 001 **[389 TEXT K15**] K15 002 *<*4Joker and Wife*> K15 003 |^*0My mother watched me for signs of spirituality, and found K15 004 one or two indications. ^She herself was open to things, she K15 005 said, but was a late bloomer. ^She wanted an easier passage K15 006 for me, no beating on doors already open *- and she raised K15 007 plump fists to show how she had suffered. ^I tried to say the K15 008 words she wanted to hear, and can't be sure I didn't mean them. K15 009 ^I manufactured a kind of sincerity. ^A pre-condition was that K15 010 she face me the right way, which she did with relentless K15 011 tenderness. ^Then I cried for squashed tea-tree jacks and K15 012 spring lambs off to the works. ^So short a life. ^Such gentle K15 013 trusting eyes. ^*'Such tender little chops,**' my father said, K15 014 but his remarks only pointed up her fineness and I liked the K15 015 sad smiles she gave him then. K15 016 |^My sympathies travelled with ease along the chain of K15 017 being. ^I grew damp-eyed at flowers wilting in a cut-glass K15 018 vase. ^A cloud fading in the sky *- ^*'like the soul of K15 019 someone dying,**' she said *- made me drop my jaw, made me K15 020 breathless. ^We were a little mad, my mother and I, engaged in K15 021 a form of *1{folie a*?3 deux}. K15 022 |^*0It was not a dangerous state, for growing up in my K15 023 family, in our town, I had come to know very well that conflict K15 024 and ambiguity were the rule, and *'oneness**' a room that could K15 025 not be lived in. ^Alone with Mum, I believed myself special; K15 026 but other voices sounded, shouts and yells. ^I stepped outside K15 027 and there behaved in a proper way. ^I was inconspicuous and K15 028 noisy. ^I stubbed my toes and wore scabs on my knees. ^I K15 029 hugged the girders on the railway bridge while a train rumbled K15 030 over, and skinned an eel and baked him on a sheet of tin over a K15 031 fire. ^Subtleties were in my scope. ^The goody-good girls sat K15 032 with pink ears while I defiled them. ^*'Open the window, K15 033 monitor,**' the teacher said; and haughty, pure of face, I K15 034 opened it and let my fart escape. K15 035 |^In another room I was Dad's. ^He taught me how to keep K15 036 accounts, do the books, balance up, not go broke. ^His speed K15 037 at adding up and multiplying filled me with a kind of love. K15 038 |^*'Seventeen twenty-fours?**' I spring on him; but the K15 039 blankness in his eye lasts only a second. ^*'Four hundred and K15 040 eight.**' ^*'Right! ^Right! ^One thousand six hundred and K15 041 fifty-one divided by thirteen?**' ^*'Hey, I'm not an adding K15 042 machine. ^One hundred and twenty-seven.**' ^*'You're a genius, K15 043 Dad. ^You're better than Albert Einstein.**' ^*'Who's this K15 044 Einstein feller, then? ^I bet he'd soon go broke in my K15 045 shop.**' K15 046 |^*'Must you always reduce things to money? ^There are K15 047 other things,**' Mum says. K15 048 |^Dad grins. ^He loves getting her on his own ground. ^He K15 049 looks hungry, greedy, cruel, when he manages it. ^*'Money K15 050 bought the clothes on your back. ^And the food in your K15 051 belly.**' ^*1Stomach *0is the word we use in our house, but Dad K15 052 coarsens himself in his arguments with her. ^*'I got you a K15 053 washing machine. ^And a fridge so the blowies can't bomb the K15 054 meat. ^And now you want a lounge suite to park your bottom on. K15 055 ^Well, that's all money, Ivy. ^That all comes from me selling K15 056 spuds and cheese. ^You can't sell *"higher things**" by the K15 057 slice. ^There's no demand for fillet of soul this week.**' K15 058 |^Mum had no answer. ^Her mind was like a jellyfish, soft, K15 059 transparent, moving with the pressure of tides. ^*'I won't K15 060 argue with you. ^I won't descend to your level.**' ^And by K15 061 some act of will, she seemed to float; behaving exactly as he'd K15 062 expected. ^He watched with a grin and wet his lips. ^It often K15 063 seemed to me he meant to eat her. K15 064 *|^I stood in a doorway between two rooms. ^I was drawn to him K15 065 by his quickness and cruelty, his language, so full of spikes K15 066 and grins; and to her by pity. ^I felt that my neutrality kept K15 067 a balance, kept our family from going broke. K15 068 |^Yet I was moving to him all through my boyhood. ^It was K15 069 no simple fight between the spirit and the flesh. ^To use one K15 070 of my mother's metaphors, we had all come *'out of God's mixing K15 071 bowl**' and had our share of conflicting desires. ^A higher K15 072 station was her goal, and she wanted it not only in spiritual K15 073 mansions but in our street. ^She was also a greedy woman. K15 074 ^She spoke of her *'sweet tooth**' as though she were not K15 075 responsible for it, as though it were an affliction and must be K15 076 treated with scones and jam and another helping of sago K15 077 pudding. K15 078 |^*'Oh dear, what am I going to do about this old sweet K15 079 tooth of mine?**' K15 080 |^*'Get my pliers, Noel,**' Dad says, and Mum replies with a K15 081 scream as she spoons out more pudding, ^*'You stay in your K15 082 chair. ^Your father's got a funny sense of humour. ^No one K15 083 wants any more of this? ^Mmm. ^Delicious.**' K15 084 |^Dad tells us about the old Dalmatian up the valley, who K15 085 pulled out his teeth with pliers when the dentist told him what K15 086 the bill would be. ^*'He had them in a tobacco tin, rattling K15 087 in his pocket. ^He had a grin like the meatworks.**' ^But Mum K15 088 cannot be put off. ^Eating pudding, she is deaf and blind. ^A K15 089 trickle of milk runs from her mouth. ^She licks it with a K15 090 sago-slimed tongue, and scrapes her plate as though it wears a K15 091 skin she must take off. ^She sits back in her chair and sighs K15 092 and smiles; and hears Dad now, lets his words replay in her K15 093 mind, and says, ^*'That's hardly a topic for the table.**' ^I K15 094 think of the story of the pot that wouldn't stop cooking and K15 095 think what a great Mother's Day present it would make, and see K15 096 our town of Beavis awash in porridge and the cars throwing up K15 097 bow-waves as they speed through it. ^I think of porridge K15 098 squishing between my toes as I walk to school. ^Mum gives a K15 099 lady-burp behind her hand. ^*'Pardon. ^What a tyrant the body K15 100 is. ^But now at least I can face my night.**' ^She means her K15 101 Krishnamurti evening. K15 102 |^Nor was Dad any more of a piece. ^Mum described him K15 103 fondly as *'a man's man**', *'a lady killer**'. ^He had a K15 104 black libidinous eye, and I wonder which back doors he managed K15 105 to slide through. ^I went on deliveries with him and heard a K15 106 lot of cheek at doors and sensed meanings passing over my head. K15 107 ^I saw hand slide on hand as the carton of groceries was K15 108 transferred. K15 109 |^*'Funny woman.**' K15 110 |^*'How do you mean?**' ^With my father I keep on expecting K15 111 the world to open up. K15 112 |^*'She told me once Hell was here on Earth and we were the K15 113 sinners damned by God.**' ^He grins and starts the van. K15 114 ^*'She's got a screw loose. ^Another time she told me she was K15 115 a little bird in an empty house with everyone gone. ^She was K15 116 fluttering at the window, trying to get out. ^What do you K15 117 think of that?**' K15 118 |^I think there's hardly time for her to say it at the door. K15 119 |^*'She drinks too much Dally plonk**' *- and I see him K15 120 drinking with her at a table. ^Groceries in a carton sit on a K15 121 chair and a room opens beyond, with brass knobs shining on a K15 122 double bed. ^That's as far as I'll let myself go. K15 123 |^*'She's a queer old world.**' K15 124 |^*'Yes,**' I say. K15 125 |^I don't accept my mother's view that he can't feel what we K15 126 feel. ^He would if he wanted to, I'm sure of that, but he K15 127 thinks *'being open to things**' is a game she's playing. K15 128 ^*'It's how she fills her time instead of darning my socks.**' K15 129 ^Soon I want to hear the things he knows. ^He never tells me. K15 130 ^Yacking is for women, that's his opinion. K15 131 |^On Saturdays in the season he takes me on the train to K15 132 Kingsland station and we walk down the hill to Eden Park and K15 133 watch Auckland \0v. Canterbury or Auckland \0v. Hawkes Bay. K15 134 |^*'Go, go, go,**' he yells. ^*'Beautiful. ^Beautiful.**' K15 135 ^On the train home he says into the air, *'A lovely try,**' K15 136 making me blush, but I see other men smiling and nodding their K15 137 heads, and understand he's speaking for them all, and I move K15 138 closer to him on the seat. ^He's pleased not just because our K15 139 team has won. ^It's the beauty of the cut-through that moves K15 140 him, and the pass from centre to wing, and the run for the K15 141 corner. ^The sun goes down as we walk home and the moon is in K15 142 the sky. ^The dust road runs under swollen branches, K15 143 night-black pines. ^He makes me stop and listen. ^The trees are K15 144 sighing. ^There's a creaking sound high up as limb rubs on K15 145 limb. ^He taps my arm. ^*'The creek.**' ^It makes a muted K15 146 hiss, a slide of water. ^Dad offers no comparisons. ^He uses K15 147 no more words. ^When we get home he tells Mum, ^*'A chap was K15 148 carted off with a broken leg.**' K15 149 |^*'That stupid game.**' K15 150 |^*'We won. ^We wiped the floor with them.**' K15 151 |^*'I hope you realise Noel there's more to life than K15 152 football.**' K15 153 |^I know that very well, and I lie in bed thinking of the K15 154 water and the trees, and the darkness and the moon; and I K15 155 understand something difficult, that brings me no ease: Mum and K15 156 Dad know the same things, but know them differently. K15 157 *|^It's unfortunate that just as Mum discovered Krishnamurti I K15 158 was reading the Arabian Nights. ^I mean it was unfortunate for K15 159 her. ^A bit of luck for me. ^I was set for other journeys K15 160 than questings of the soul. ^Krishnamurti was a name I liked K15 161 but I saw him riding on a magic carpet, opening caves, finding K15 162 treasure. ^When Mum became ecstatic about his beauty, and the K15 163 spirit shining in his face, I took another step away from her. K15 164 ^Beauty of that sort was unmanly. ^I was frightened that she'd K15 165 look for it in me. ^So I practised tough expressions, used K15 166 tough words, I cut my sympathies back to what my friends at K15 167 school might accept *- and that wasn't much *- and learned a K15 168 kind of boredom with my mother. ^She blamed Dad, but he wasn't K15 169 pleased to see me playing the lout. ^He took me aside and told K15 170 me it was my job to keep her happy. K15 171 |^*'Mine?**' K15 172 |^*'I've got the shop to think about. ^I'm the guy that K15 173 keeps food in our bellies.**' K15 174 |^*'I've got school.**' K15 175 |^*'Well Noel, pretend it's extra homework. ^Women get K15 176 funny in their minds. ^They think life's passed them by. ^Let K15 177 her talk about this Krishnamurky. ^Look as if you're floating K15 178 on a cloud. ^That shouldn't be too hard for a clever bloke K15 179 like you.**' K15 180 |^It was too hard, and was made even harder by his winks of K15 181 encouragement. ^And sometimes he'd get irritable and undo my K15 182 work. ^Down went his paper and a little plosive sound came K15 183 from his lips. ^*'Now Ivy, you can't say that. ^It doesn't K15 184 follow.**' K15 185 |^*'He is. ^A saint. ^You can see it in his face.**' K15 186 |^*'Saints are Christians, aren't they? ^This guy's a Theo K15 187 something. ^And if you're going to put him in the sum you've K15 188 got to take in this lady here.**' ^He hunted through a pile of K15 189 magazines. ^*'Countess Elisabeth Bathory. ^She used to have K15 190 her bath in human blood. ^And torture peasant girls to death K15 191 for fun. ^How's that? ^I'll let you have your Krishnamurk, K15 192 \0O.K.? ^But unless you look at this gal you're only playing K15 193 games.**' K15 194 |^*'What I'm saying is, his teaching lifts us above all K15 195 that. ^Evil. ^And appetites. ^And despair.**' K15 196 |^*'Appetites, Ivy? ^He hasn't seen you going at the K15 197 pudding.**' K15 198 |^My mother wept. ^She had eyes of such rich brown the K15 199 pupil and the iris ran together. ^They gave her large eloquent K15 200 expressions *- of love, of soulfulness, of despair. ^She K15 201 melted into tears and seemed to carry huge weights of grief. K15 202 ^I was torn inside, and hated Dad. ^His little licorice eyes K15 203 grew round with mock incomprehension. K15 204 *# K16 001 **[390 TEXT K16**] K16 002 |^*0William woke again under his swaddling bands of goose K16 003 feathers. ^There was a faint sound of piping, a faint sound of K16 004 laughter. ^In his terror his mind flew back to his nurse's K16 005 stories. K16 006 |^He lay and remembered the miller who slept his drunken K16 007 sleep in his corn bin and woke to see the fairies dancing on K16 008 the mill floor in the moonlight. ^He twisted his head K16 009 fearfully and watched a bright thread of light run secretly K16 010 along the bottom of his door. ^Two singing voices wound in and K16 011 out of each other. ^Then one voice dropped to a grave breathed K16 012 note, he knew it was a flute. ^The singing voice followed, K16 013 turned and died on a last long note. ^Then William heard a K16 014 man's voice chant. ^He strained his ears. ^The words were K16 015 slower, more deliberate. K16 016 |^*'He sent from above. ^He took me. ^He drew me out of K16 017 many waters. K16 018 |^*'He delivered me from my strong enemy, and from them K16 019 which hated me, for they were too strong for me. ^They K16 020 prevented me in the day of my calamity, but the Lord was my K16 021 stay. ^He brought me forth also into a large place. ^He K16 022 delivered me. ^He delivered me from \1mine enemies. K16 023 |^*'\1Thou hast delivered me from the violent man. ^Therefore K16 024 will I give thanks unto \1Thee, O Lord, and sing praises unto K16 025 \1Thy name.**' K16 026 |^The voice stopped. ^Silence. ^Then there were voices K16 027 singing together a song that was so urgent, so ancient, so K16 028 foreign, that William curled convulsively under his goose K16 029 feather bolsters. K16 030 |^*'Rest, rest,**' murmured the voices. ^Hands passed over K16 031 his unclean flesh, sponging it, washing his sin away. ^Someone K16 032 placed acrid grey twigs by his pillow. ^He lay and weakly K16 033 drifted out onto Yorkshire moors, smelled bitter heather and K16 034 cold running water. ^A voice sang softly, absentmindedly. K16 035 |^He turned his aching eyes to the end of his bed. ^By the K16 036 small window a witch sat stitching spells and singing. ^She K16 037 smiled at him and sang on. ^The moors vanished. ^He spun K16 038 slowly through seas warmed by the sun. ^Gods turned their gold K16 039 slanting eyes at him and slowly smiled too. ^Horns blew. K16 040 ^Great dolphins swam beside him. K16 041 |^He dived deep. ^The witch rose to meet him, her kelp-hair K16 042 lazily twisting. ^She offered him green fronds, white K16 043 radishes. ^Life streamed through his body. ^He dived deeper K16 044 into ice caverns. ^His teeth cracked green stalks. ^He fed on K16 045 life, on fans of lettuce, on the snapping white flesh of K16 046 radishes. K16 047 |^Now he lay in a river whose voice whispered, ^*'Cool, K16 048 cool, soothe, soothe.**' ^He opened his eyes in rapture. ^Eyes K16 049 as blue as summer seas watched him; rivers flowed over his K16 050 parched skin. K16 051 |^*'Cool, cool,**' murmured the voice. K16 052 |^He looked up. ^Over the bent blonde head was an older, K16 053 darker face. ^Eyes black and hard as juniper berries steadily K16 054 watched him. K16 055 |^*'I do not believe your name is William Cooper,**' said K16 056 the eyes. ^*'Who are you?**' K16 057 |^He sank back into his bolsters and slept as he had not K16 058 slept since he was a child. ^In the dawn he suddenly awoke, K16 059 his head an empty whispering sea shell. K16 060 |^A giant's fists were softly pounding the walls; the wall K16 061 behind him kept up a continuous trembling. ^He stumbled from K16 062 his bed to the window that shone its small luminous eye, out on K16 063 a streaming silver world. ^Sea fog billowed up the river, K16 064 pouring over the tussock that sank and rippled, bowed and K16 065 tossed under the bellow of the gale. ^He saw toetoe flicker K16 066 like whips, the tall flax heads bend and ride. K16 067 |^The gale spoke against the walls of the house. ^He heard K16 068 the eaves thrum to a steady note. ^He looked with alarm at the K16 069 floor but the house rode the gale, a strong little ship, K16 070 voyaging steadily through hissing sand and silver tossing K16 071 grass. K16 072 |^Then he crouched close to the humming glass and looked K16 073 more intently through it. ^A canoe moved down the river to the K16 074 sea, a long, silent ghost knifing through the mist. ^He K16 075 watched it go, rigid carved prow, white garlands streaming into K16 076 the deeper thunder of the ocean. ^He crouched without K16 077 breathing as he strained his eyes and saw no steersman, no K16 078 chant leader raise his staff; no warriors, no men at the K16 079 paddles that moved silently up and down, up and down. K16 080 *|^He woke with a start. ^His window was open, the curtains K16 081 lifted and sank. ^On the bed table stood a bowl of coffee. K16 082 ^He lifted it and drank. ^I am reduced to the beasts of the K16 083 fields, lapping, he thought fretfully. ^Why do they not have K16 084 civilised cups? K16 085 |^Then he stiffened. ^There was a distant sound of K16 086 chanting. ^He listened without moving; the chanting rose and K16 087 fell. ^Slowly, carefully, he eased himself from his bed and K16 088 crept to the window and peered out. ^There, some distance from K16 089 the house, by a solitary cabbage tree was a small building with K16 090 a shaggy raupo roof. ^Seated in circles about it was a host of K16 091 Maori wrapped in brightly coloured blankets. ^All he could K16 092 make out of their faces were segments of tattooed foreheads and K16 093 gleaming eyes. ^Children stood by their elders or squatted in K16 094 circles. ^Vaguely at first, then with growing incredulity he K16 095 heard: K16 096 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K16 097 |^*'Twice one is two, K16 098 |^Twice two is four, K16 099 |^Twice three is six, K16 100 |^Twice four is eight... **' K16 101 **[END INDENTATION**] K16 102 |^The voices dropped down on an abrupt fading note, then K16 103 renewed: K16 104 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K16 105 |^*'Twice five is ten, K16 106 |^Twice six is twelve, K16 107 |^Twice seven is fourteen, K16 108 |^Twice eight is sixteen, K16 109 |^Twice nine is eighteen, K16 110 |^Twice ten are twenty... **' K16 111 **[END INDENTATION**] K16 112 |^And on mounting notes of triumph: K16 113 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K16 114 |^*'Twice *1eleven *0is twenty-two, K16 115 |^Twice twelve is twenty-*1four!**' K16 116 **[END INDENTATION**] K16 117 |^*0In the sharp light he saw a girl in a yellow dress beating K16 118 time with a wand beneath symbols painted on a board propped K16 119 against the walls of the hut. ^Another group of Maori sat on K16 120 the ground before it and chanted: K16 121 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K16 122 |^*'C-a-t is cat! K16 123 |^D-o-g is dog! K16 124 |^R-a-t is rat!**' K16 125 **[END INDENTATION**] K16 126 |^William gazed at the girl. ^It was the young witch in his K16 127 dreams, swimming down to him as he drowned in green water, K16 128 smiling at him from her long eyes, offering him radishes, K16 129 lettuces, coolness, life. K16 130 |^He lay back on his bed and slept. ^When he woke again his K16 131 curtains hung slack. ^He edged over the floor to the window K16 132 and peeped out. ^The cabbage tree hung its motionless swords K16 133 over the silent hut. ^He searched the tussock, the patches of K16 134 beaten earth. ^There was nobody there. ^Once again he had K16 135 looked upon phantoms. K16 136 |^Then far over the plain, the air trembled. ^Wavering up K16 137 between earth and sky hung a drift of smoke. ^Even as he K16 138 watched it twisted and thinned. K16 139 |^Who lay by that fire? ^Phantoms or men? K16 140 *<*43*> K16 141 |^The invalid lay stranded upon a mahogany sofa. ^He moved his K16 142 hands and felt them rasp against striped silk. ^Around him K16 143 were walls lined with white canes and rough shelves holding K16 144 leather books with foreign words stamped upon their spines. K16 145 ^On the top shelf stood a clock; its pendulum, a god's face in K16 146 a sunburst, crept to and fro. ^The long hand stood at the K16 147 hour; the clock gave forth a sudden bittersweet tumble of K16 148 chimes. ^He shrank from them into his sofa corner, his eyes K16 149 slipping feebly over a floor of flax matting and resting on a K16 150 whitewashed clay hearth. ^Black pots hung from chains over the K16 151 frost of pumice stones laid in the fire pit. K16 152 |^He saw home-carpentered furniture, a plain table of K16 153 silvered wood with legs like bones and four black carved chairs K16 154 standing round it. ^In the tallest chair sat a man pressing K16 155 long nervous fingers together; he had a lion's face and the K16 156 deep gold eyes were watching him. ^The long upper lip and K16 157 sensuous lower one pressed into lines that made the muzzle K16 158 taut. ^The hair swept back from the temples and flattened on K16 159 top as if fastened at the nape of the neck. ^It was the face K16 160 of a man who lived in the seventeenth century. K16 161 |^The man from the seventeenth century spoke slowly and K16 162 carefully, but the rr'rs were swallowed, the phrases too K16 163 suavely rapid. ^William concentrated desperately. ^The French K16 164 nation, he heard, had as its finest people, the Protestant. K16 165 ^Refusal to recant... heretics... K16 166 |^*'Ride *1out!**' *0cried the man, cutting the air with K16 167 both hands. K16 168 |^Exiles. ^The e*?2lite of France. ^The Huguenot reached K16 169 their last sanctuary in Nordhavn said the man, smiling his K16 170 nervous vulpine smile. ^The Huguenot. ^The e*?2lite... the K16 171 e*?2lite... K16 172 *|^He sat on the patch of mown grass beside the house and heard K16 173 the insects hum and tick. ^The warm earth under the polished K16 174 stubble was iron-hard. ^He smoothed one of its bumps by his K16 175 right leg. ^His feet in bedroom slippers trailed lifelessly in K16 176 front of him. ^He had been placed out in the sun on a blanket K16 177 like an infant. ^Beside him the trees with the acrid grey K16 178 leaves swung their branches slowly up and down. ^William K16 179 strained his eyes and saw through his gap in the trees the K16 180 waters of the little river running up one of its channels. K16 181 ^There was a tiny island covered with yellow grass, then more K16 182 water and reeds and yellow tussock. K16 183 |^He averted his eyes and gazed at the tree trunks, the grey K16 184 path where he had stumbled when they first took him to the K16 185 house. ^In place of the salt-blanched trunks and swaying K16 186 branches he put a rustic fence and his nurse's cottage in her K16 187 Yorkshire village, with the gate at the back leading to paths K16 188 through thickets of tangled green leaves of honeysuckle, of K16 189 foxgloves. ^He closed his eyes and heard water threading down K16 190 from the moors. K16 191 |^When he opened them he saw Fre*?2de*?2rique arranging more K16 192 cushions and another blanket. ^She stopped and looked K16 193 thoughtfully at him. K16 194 |^*'You *- remember? ^Home?**' she said. K16 195 |^*'My nurse. ^My nurse's garden.**' ^His voice shook. ^He K16 196 slept again. K16 197 |^When he awoke he saw black leaves and branches splintered K16 198 with sunlight. ^Looking down at him was another strange face. K16 199 William gazed upside down at brown skin, black hair tied up in K16 200 a knot and the startled brown eyes of a Red Indian. ^With a K16 201 cry he started up. K16 202 |^*'{3I think that man he awake},**' said the Red Indian and K16 203 scrambled backwards to the side of an old woman who sat against K16 204 a tree as if she grew from its trunk. ^She was dressed in a K16 205 black skirt and a grey blouse; her chin was marked with a K16 206 blue-black pattern and her hair hung in a helmet that framed her K16 207 strong-boned face. ^Liquid brown eyes rested impassively on K16 208 him. K16 209 |^The child clutched her arm and burst into the speech which K16 210 William recognised at last as the speech of the Maori Nations K16 211 with whom he must labour in persuasion and exhortation and at K16 212 last convert to the power of God. ^He fought for recollection K16 213 of painfully memorised Maori greetings but the old woman raised K16 214 one hand slowly, peacefully towards him. K16 215 |^*'Tena koe, \0Mr Missionary Cooper,**' she said. ^*'Lie K16 216 down, lie down and rest in the peace of the Lord Jesus Christ. K16 217 ^Sleep more, sleep more.**' K16 218 |^William, voiceless, lay down and gazed at the sky and K16 219 dared not move. ^As he lay he drifted through wide blissful K16 220 gulfs of space, of lands and rivers and seas that shimmered K16 221 their silver and murmured in Fre*?2de*?2rique's voice. ^Then K16 222 he spiralled slowly up through great depths of green water and K16 223 woke to find a changed world. ^The gale hummed a steady note K16 224 through the treetops over his head, and drifting, wreathing K16 225 high over the plains came thin swirls of smoke. ^He smelt K16 226 river water and burning leaves. ^Madame d'Albret was sitting K16 227 on the grass with a bowl beside her, watching him as he woke. K16 228 ^He hastily smoothed his hair and tried to smile. K16 229 |^*'The bread, the milk,**' said Madame d'Albret. ^She K16 230 handed him the faintly steaming bowl and a spoon. K16 231 |^*'I am grateful... **' began William. K16 232 |^She gestured sharply with one hand. ^*'Eat,**' she said. K16 233 ^He started nervously to feed himself, aware of those black K16 234 eyes that steadily watched him. K16 235 *# K17 001 **[391 TEXT K17**] K17 002 |^*'*0New Caledonia?**' K17 003 |^*'With the *1Caroline, *0Captain, not so long ago, last K17 004 year?... we'd taken some eight whales on our course up to New K17 005 Caledonia, the Captain... the *1Caroline *0was, belonged to K17 006 merchant Campbell out of Sydney?... Captain Swindle, he said K17 007 look out for the Caledonia Reef, the cook was in the foreyard K17 008 watching, old bugger with no teeth left and, often drunk, he... K17 009 they'd struck eight bells, this strong smell of seaweed come in K17 010 the fo'c'sle, and next thing, sounded like someone rolling a K17 011 full barrel down a plank and letting it, nearly dropped old K17 012 Gobble', nearly dropped the cook over, and you could smell K17 013 it....**' K17 014 |^*'She struck?**', craning up again at the top gaffs, the K17 015 pitch of the topmasts against broken cloud, listening to the K17 016 racking hull with the downturned half of his straining senses, K17 017 and the sidelong look for Heberley breaking through a kind of K17 018 siege of rage: breaking through with the power of a morbid K17 019 interest, while his lips seemed to be independently working K17 020 away at *1God damn it Betty Betty... ^*'*0I know Campbell,**' K17 021 he says, *'...fitted me for Port Underwood miserable bastard K17 022 with more capital we could....**' K17 023 |^*'She rode up on it, sounded like barrel hoop rolling, K17 024 then like someone let it drop on the... that old bugger the K17 025 Gobblechops, cook was hanging here in the forestays, he K17 026 nearly... and Swindle sang out to back the fore and main yards, K17 027 so we got off, the carpenter sounded the pumps but she didn't K17 028 make any water...**', man's not listening any more, look how K17 029 he.... ^*'What's up, \0Mr Guard?**' K17 030 |^*'That swindler...**' K17 031 |^*'Captain Swindle?**' K17 032 |^*'Nah that Campbell he...**', giving the ratlines a tug in K17 033 his rage, shook spray flying downwind. ^*'Place swarms with K17 034 whales Heberley we're still turfing most of it out... that K17 035 blasted Campbell won't give me enough men nor enough money... K17 036 know what we took last season Heberley? ^Two tuns of oil out of K17 037 Cloudy Bay and before that we took only the bone out from K17 038 Tarwhite and now Billy Worth's... last year Billy tracked me in K17 039 the *1Elizabeth and Mary *0I carried every rag I could get up K17 040 like this,**' waving his arm at the full-clothed masts, *'and K17 041 that weasel bastard tracked me to Kakapo Bay and now half the K17 042 quill-pushers and tally clerks in Sydney....**' K17 043 |^*'*1Elizabeth and Mary, *0that's a bark \0Mr Guard, am I K17 044 right?... square-rigged fore- and mainmasts and fore-and-aft K17 045 on the mizzen?**', ha ha, took \2yer wind *1there *0skipper, your K17 046 sailing *1through, *0you.... K17 047 |^*'Christ Almighty Heberley...**', eyes through fur, ^*'I K17 048 could...**' K17 049 |^*'Aye aye Captain, begging your...**' K17 050 |^*'I could, we could be kings Heberley there's a fortune in K17 051 there and I.... ^When you step ashore you'll take a house K17 052 there'll be a woman to look after you, you can fish just K17 053 offshore in them sounds *1huge *0bluecod Heberley just pull the K17 054 buggers in throw the catch on the beach be ready for you when K17 055 you get back from... and all the wood we need spar timber and K17 056 building timber, good water enough flat for cattle, my K17 057 *1God!... *0and nobody else knew until... *1I *0found that K17 058 channel Heberley never mind blasted James Cook or those K17 059 Rangitane savages there was no charts with that channel marked K17 060 and if Campbell....**' K17 061 |^*'Aye aye Captain,**' thinking, ^Monstrous, \2monstrousest K17 062 man I ever, wish he'd take that monstrous face away, K17 063 ^*'Captain?**' K17 064 |^*'And that's a *1brig *0\0Mr Heberley...**' K17 065 |^*'That, a brig? ^\0Mr Guard?**' K17 066 |^*'*1Elizabeth and Mary *0for God's sake Heberley she's a K17 067 brig not a flaming bark got two masts Heberley not three... K17 068 square-rigged on both with a full set of jibs plus a big lateen K17 069 slung aft, you blind?**' K17 070 |^*'Aye...**' K17 071 |^*'That miserable Billy Worth knew soon enough we was K17 072 headed for Cook Strait haven't seen Foveaux since the seals run K17 073 out.... ^So he hauls that damn *1brig *0up close and sails her K17 074 tight as he can... knew we had a full ship and we'd have to K17 075 bear away... thought I'd lost him but when I made the Straits K17 076 there the little bastard was... I come sneaking up the Karamea K17 077 Bight he was hove to just off Tasman Bay little bastard knew I K17 078 wouldn't be going south... I come up north by north-west next K17 079 thought I might lose him in the South Taranaki Bight but he K17 080 waited for me down by Mana... he knew it was in there somewhere K17 081 the rat... *1Elizabeth and Mary*0's Campbell's boat too damn it K17 082 did you know that Heberley?**' K17 083 |^*'No, Mister...**', talks through too, he... K17 084 |^*'See how it is \0Mr Heberley go on your own Her Majesty's K17 085 damned tariffs ruin you... go through New South Wales the K17 086 skinflint Sydney merchants strip the shirt off your back,**' K17 087 wiping orange spit off his beard. ^*'...on top of that Billy K17 088 Worth the little rat in one of *1Campbell's *0boats mark you K17 089 *1and *0with information aforehand tracks you into Kakapo Bay K17 090 the weasel in Port Underwood Heberley...**' K17 091 |^*'But, Campbell fitted your...?**' K17 092 |^*'Think I'd tell him the place you could just scull out K17 093 tow Rights in every blasted day of the season Heberley?... man K17 094 like that don't care so long as his damned holy ledger stays K17 095 wet one side only... ^Worth didn't like the look of it said if K17 096 he went bay whaling he'd lose his entire crew ashore all those K17 097 blasted wahines Heberley... and the rat weasel thought it might K17 098 become a refuge for runaways and other scum ha ha while he was K17 099 there in Port Underwood we spoke the gov'ment brig *1Cyprus K17 100 *0been piratically seized in Research Bay on her voyage from K17 101 Hobart town to Macquarie Island with convicts... convict called K17 102 Walker in command but he wouldn't be called captain just plain K17 103 damn mister under him the brig was sailing as the *1Friends of K17 104 Boston *0convict Walker reckoned they \2was republicans and and K17 105 communards and the ship run without officers,**' showing his K17 106 big orange teeth. ^*'Anyway Heberley she was shipshape and all K17 107 that and taking on ballast and water had plenty of provisions K17 108 from the Cook Strait Maoris so maybe they \2was all right without K17 109 command they give the blasted gov'ment penpushers the runaround K17 110 anyway I can tell you hooray I say and I wished 'em luck then K17 111 and so I do now,**' certain vehemence stiffening the grin. K17 112 ^*'That stupid clunk Billy Worth wanted to, effect a capture, K17 113 as he puts it but I wouldn't hear of that it's still free K17 114 flaming water in there I tells him the miserable little, once K17 115 you start behaving like that you'll have some damn blasted K17 116 cock-hat in here and next thing some damn blasted quill-pusher K17 117 or excise man or some damn thing same sorry story K17 118 everywhere...**' *- and the grin's more like a gin-trap now, K17 119 rusty with the blood of old prey... and then it snaps open, K17 120 Guard's laughter sprays dottle in Heberley's face. ^*'But then K17 121 that convict Walker chappie treated us to good claret and K17 122 cigars he was all toffed up in officer's broadcloth with the K17 123 epaulettes torn off and shaved all pale with the captain's best K17 124 razor... he called that clunk Billy blasted Willy Worth K17 125 *1brother *0so help me god and *1sister *0Will's old lady K17 126 that's about as salt as an octopus an' hangs on to him like one K17 127 too ha ha terrified the old chap might get his fingers in the K17 128 tar bucket if you follow my meaning all those damn native women K17 129 Heberley....**' ^And the joke's gone grim on him again. K17 130 ^*'That convict pirate Walker chap made her a present of some K17 131 fine dresses taken from the officers' wives, quite won her K17 132 watery heart quite charmed the old fish clear off-course,**' K17 133 haw haw. ^*'Another thing weasel Worth reckoned we was K17 134 becalmed between Rauparaha's, between Rauparaha and those K17 135 southern Ngaitahu... someone'd told Campbell there was no safe K17 136 investments near Cook Strait that Rauparaha's Ngati Toa on K17 137 Entry Island fighting Waikato on the mainland Ngaitahu coming K17 138 up from the south all flaming cannibals Heberley...**' K17 139 |^*'Cap'...?**' *- *1Captain? K17 140 |^*'...*0cancel each other out Heberley anyway Rauparaha K17 141 won't touch me we got protection in there...' K17 142 |^*'Captain, \0Mr Guard?... canni'...?**' *- *1cannibals? K17 143 |^*'*0Cannibals every last one Heberley don't worry K17 144 Rauparaha won't touch *1me *0we're...**', that wet hole in the K17 145 fur opening suddenly so wide Heberley can see ridged hard K17 146 palate, epiglottis, tobacco-orange teeth and a tongue shaking K17 147 with rage like the clapper in a bell, blast of hot spit and K17 148 dottle flying past his inboard ear. ^*'Keep her *1up *0god K17 149 *1damn *0it what are you a helmsman or a bumshiner blast your K17 150 eyes by Jesus mister luff *1luff...!**' K17 151 |^*'*0Captain...**', helmsman looking at the green giant K17 152 coming straight aft off the jib boom, *'I...**', and Heberley's K17 153 hanging in the shrouds while the black hairy scuttle-cover of a K17 154 mouth slams open and shut by his ear, hearing only the tons of K17 155 Tasman pour knee-deep aft *- ^She didn't lift that time, damn K17 156 near sailed straight down under... what's it, April Fool's K17 157 Day?... all that about a woman a house, toss the cod on the K17 158 beach, come back it's cooked? ^And he says, *1now *0he says, K17 159 cann'... K17 160 |^*'\0Mr Guard?**' ^Next thing he's in the ratlines below K17 161 the foretop freeing the gaff trucks, down foresail? *- ^Least K17 162 we might get there. K17 163 |^...*1get there? ^*0Must've been mad to think I could K17 164 swap.... K17 165 |^Remembering his first trip whaling with the *1Caroline, K17 166 *0old Swindle and his flute, that cook and his fiddle, old K17 167 Jeffries the mate and his drum... three weeks out heard the K17 168 shout, ^*'She spouts, she spouts!**'... calm day light haze on K17 169 the water, low cloud, spouts almost lost in the mist, all four K17 170 boats lowered, Swindle and Jeffries sharing, not enough air to K17 171 step the masts... hauled two miles up behind twenty or thirty K17 172 sperms with calves, he had the stern oar in Swindle's boat, at K17 173 the sweep the old captain swearing steadily under his breath, K17 174 ^*'*1Pull *0you scurvy shitbreeches.**' ^And then behind him K17 175 the wash and wallow of the whale, whoosh of vapour in the K17 176 blow-hole. ^In the stern ahead of him Swindle's face and eyes K17 177 seemed to inflate and bulge with heat or blood as he swung the K17 178 great sweep over, the boat turned as though Swindle had lifted K17 179 the stern clear and thrown it through ninety degrees, he heard K17 180 the wash of water no more than a boat's length away, and then K17 181 Swindle roared, ^*'Stan'up man an' give it to him!**' *- there K17 182 was a clatter as the harpooner shipped his oar, he heard him K17 183 grunt as the iron flew out. ^*'And again!**' screamed Swindle, K17 184 and then, ^*'Peak oars!**' *- the box-line buzzed through the K17 185 chocks, ^*'Clear it, clear it!**' yelled Swindle, and the line K17 186 began to fly out down the centre of the boat. ^*'Douse her man K17 187 blast you!**' *- kicking the pannikin at Heberley with one K17 188 foot... he scooped water over the line smoking around the K17 189 loggerhead, and the boat began to smack through the low surface K17 190 chop. K17 191 |^Behind him he heard the crew yelling, and then Jeffries: K17 192 ^*'She's turned starboard, she's sounding!**', and the line K17 193 singing along the boat again. K17 194 |^*'Pull, pull!**' cried Swindle. ^*'\0Mr Jeffries sir!**' K17 195 and Heberley felt the harpooner's hand on his shoulder as he K17 196 came aft to the sweep, old Swindle bracing himself from K17 197 shoulder to shoulder for'ard to the lances. K17 198 |^*'We're up on her!**' ^Swindle's voice from the bows... K17 199 there was a great heave of water somewhere ahead of the boat, K17 200 but he couldn't turn to look because Jeffries was screaming K17 201 ^*'Oars oars! ^Pull you mongrels!**'... from just behind his K17 202 ear he heard the blast of the whale blowing, a fetid steam fell K17 203 over them.... ^*'We're on her!**', Jeffries' eyeballs bulging K17 204 as he swung the sweep over. ^And then Heberley did turn his K17 205 head half over his shoulder, from the corner of his eye he saw K17 206 old Swindle with one knee against the bow platform leaning K17 207 overboard toward the great flank of the whale, he saw the flank K17 208 bulge as the whale began to sound again... and then Swindle, K17 209 with a motion that was curiously slow, had driven the lance in K17 210 four feet up its shaft.... ^It entered the whale just above K17 211 the bulge of its paunch about level with the boat's K17 212 waterline... ^Swindle seemed to lean right out to rotate the K17 213 handle of the buried lance, with that strangely slow absorbed K17 214 manner he had churned the handle two-thirds of the way through K17 215 a circle when the whole sinking flank flinched and writhed in a K17 216 huge muscular spasm, the great flukes crashed down into the sea K17 217 a boat's length from the stern, the boat was lifted and tossed K17 218 sideways as water heaped into it... he saw Jeffries suspended K17 219 above him, his mouth open yelling as he spun the boat clear K17 220 with a wrench of the sweep... then he was baling as the boat K17 221 shot forward again. K17 222 *# K18 001 **[392 TEXT K18**] K18 002 |^*0Mary stood on the veranda and changed her shoes for K18 003 slippers and went into the house. ^*'Here's me,**' she said K18 004 to the house, and put the stone by the door. ^She opened the K18 005 window, then put the bucket down and spread the cloths on the K18 006 floor. ^She smoothed the cloths, and picking up the can of K18 007 polish she shook it close to her ear, listening. K18 008 |^She began dusting and polishing the poupou, speaking to K18 009 the figures and calling each by the name she had given. K18 010 ^Sometimes she sang her song to them, ^*'Away, away, away K18 011 Maria, Away, away, away Maria.**' ^Sometimes she whispered in K18 012 their ears. K18 013 |^At twelve o'clock Granny Tamihana hobbled up onto the K18 014 verandah and called out to her, ^*'Haere mai te awhina o te K18 015 iwi. ^Haere mai ki te kai, haere mai ki te inu ti.**' K18 016 |^*'See, Gran?**' K18 017 |^*'Very beautiful my Mary.**' K18 018 |^*'Beautiful and nice.**' K18 019 |^*'Very beautiful and nice.... ^You come and have a cup of K18 020 tea now.**' K18 021 |^*'Cup of tea.**' K18 022 |^*'Come and have a cup of tea and a bread.**' K18 023 |^*'Come back after and do my work.**' K18 024 |^*'When you had your cup of tea and a kai.**' K18 025 |^*'Come back after. ^After,**' she said to the house as K18 026 she followed Granny Tamihana out. K18 027 *|^In the kitchen Granny Tamihana's cat whipped itself back and K18 028 forth along Mary's ankle. ^It leaned and purred. ^*'Marama. K18 029 ^Well you like me. ^Do you?**' K18 030 |^*'Butter you a bread,**' Granny Tamihana said. ^*'And K18 031 I'll pour us a tea.**' K18 032 |^Butter melted on the wedge of bread and the tea steamed. K18 033 ^Granny looked at Mary through the steam. ^*'Put blackberry K18 034 jam on, dear. ^Beautiful. ^Put it on.**' K18 035 |^*'You like Mary do you? ^Marama you like Mary?**' K18 036 |^*'Put jam on. ^Nice jam.**' K18 037 |^Mary stabbed her knife into the jar and levered the jam. K18 038 ^It was lumped with fruit and wine-dark and she spread it into K18 039 the melting butter. K18 040 |^*'Eat it my darling. ^Drink your tea.**' K18 041 |^*'Marama you funny tickle cat. ^You like Mary. ^Do K18 042 you?**' K18 043 |^*'Your butter's dripping, dear.**' K18 044 |^Granny Tamihana cut her own slab of bread into little K18 045 squares. ^She held each piece between finger and thumb and K18 046 popped them into her mouth as though she was feeding a bird. K18 047 ^She left her tea to cool. ^Mary bit lumps from her bread K18 048 which she garbled round in her mouth before swallowing, but she K18 049 was cautious about the tea. K18 050 |^*'Careful of your tea,**' Granny Tamihana said. K18 051 |^*'Hot,**' Mary's elbow jutted. ^She frowned into her tea. K18 052 |^Afterwards the cat followed her back to the house and K18 053 curled itself up on the paepae where the sun hit. ^*'Here's K18 054 me,**' Mary said to the tipuna as she went in. ^*'Come back to K18 055 my work now and make you beautiful and nice.**' K18 056 |^She moved from one poupou to another with her polish and K18 057 dusters and a little stool, talking and singing, ^*'You like my K18 058 song. ^Do you?**' and she called them by the names she had K18 059 given them, angry-mother, fighting-man, fish-woman, K18 060 talking-girl, sad-man, pretty-mother. ^*'I make you lovely and K18 061 nice,**' she said, ^*'You like that. ^Do you? ^You like Mary. K18 062 ^Do you?**' ^She worked her cloth slowly from head to shoulders K18 063 and down the arms and bodies and legs, standing on her stool to K18 064 reach the top figure of each post. ^She worked the cloth K18 065 carefully into the whakairo, singing, ^*'Pretty man, pretty K18 066 mother. ^You like that? ^Do you? ^Mary make you beautiful K18 067 and nice. ^Very beautiful and nice.**' K18 068 |^Along the right wall near the top end she came to her K18 069 favourite place. ^*'Here you are,**' she said. ^*'And here's K18 070 me.**' ^She stood on her stool, shook the polish can close to K18 071 her ear then sprayed polish onto the head of the figure and K18 072 began rubbing the face, and in round the glinting eyes. ^She K18 073 worked down over the short neck to the shoulders, and down and K18 074 along the arms and hands. ^Then she lay her ear against the K18 075 chest and listened, not singing or talking, only listening. K18 076 ^*'I hear you, loving-man,**' she said, then she went on with K18 077 her work. ^She rubbed the body lovingly, talking and singing K18 078 until she came to the penis which had the shape of the figure's K18 079 stooped, small-eyed self. K18 080 |^It was then that she noticed that one of the penis-man's K18 081 eyes was missing. ^*'O poor,**' she said, *'^O poor. ^Never K18 082 matter, never matter, Mary make you better.**' ^She looked K18 083 about on the floor for the missing eye but could not find it. K18 084 ^So she went outside and found a little black stone which she K18 085 fitted into the socket where the eye had been. ^She took her K18 086 cloth and polished the penis and the thighs. ^When she had K18 087 finished she stood on the stool again and said, ^*'There, K18 088 lovely and nice. ^You like that. ^Do you? ^Loving-man?**' K18 089 ^And she lay her face against the carved face, and leaned her K18 090 body against the carved body. ^Then they put their arms round K18 091 each other holding each other closely, listening to the beating K18 092 and the throbbing and the quiet of their hearts. ^Behind them K18 093 were the soft whisperings of the sea. K18 094 *<3*> K18 095 *<*5Roimata*> K18 096 |^I decided not to ring or write, but to take what I owned and K18 097 go there. ^I needed to go back to the papakainga, and to Hemi K18 098 and Mary, both of whom I had always loved. ^Only Hemi could K18 099 secure me, he being as rooted to the earth as a tree is. ^Only K18 100 he could free me from raging forever between earth and sky *- K18 101 which is a predicament of great loneliness and loss. K18 102 |^Looking out of the train, my attention was drawn away from K18 103 the hills on one side, the sea on the other, the houses holding K18 104 to the slopes or squatting at the shores. ^I was drawn away K18 105 from the groups of people waiting at the stations, their K18 106 passive faces disguising their ticking lives. ^I watched K18 107 instead the seagulls following the boats in, or arcing out over K18 108 the sea before resting on the grassed playing fields or on the K18 109 rocks of shore. K18 110 |^Seagulls are the inheritors of the shores where they take K18 111 up death and renew it, pulling the eyes from fish and pecking K18 112 the lice that cling to the mouthparts and bone, snatching at K18 113 the white bloated bodies of porcupine fish which decorate the K18 114 edge of the water like macabre party balloons, cracking the K18 115 mussel and pulling it from its shell. K18 116 |^They are also the companions of Tawhiri Matea who dwells K18 117 forever between Earth and Sky. ^And sometimes they are his K18 118 challengers, screaming into the teeth of ice-cold winds, K18 119 sleet-filled winds, the rolling cloud and thunder. ^But yet they K18 120 are free, except from hunger and anger. ^Free, because although K18 121 they inhabit the space, they find their place also in and on K18 122 the sea, and have land as a refuge. ^The land gives anchorage K18 123 to the wild matings and also shelters the nest. ^The gulls, K18 124 unlike Tawhiri Matea, are not destined to rage in the void K18 125 forever. ^They walk the edge, and from the edge fly out, K18 126 testing and living out their lives. K18 127 |^At the last bend was the little railway house that I had K18 128 left when my father died. ^There was loneliness there still, K18 129 and a memory, among other memories, of my father going each K18 130 morning through the gate in the back fence, stepping up the K18 131 bank and over the lines to the station with his kai in a little K18 132 tin box. K18 133 |^The Tamihanas came and stayed with me when he died. ^They K18 134 waited with him and me until his family came for him, and then K18 135 they accompanied us to my father's family place. ^They told me K18 136 then what they had always told me, that their homes would K18 137 always be my homes, and they asked me to return with them. K18 138 ^But my father had arranged for me to go away to school. ^I K18 139 was fifteen. K18 140 |^I stood on the platform with my bag. ^It contained all I K18 141 owned and it wasn't heavy. ^Then I began the walk that would K18 142 end where the road ended, a way still familiar although the K18 143 road had been straightened and sealed by then. ^It was the way K18 144 Hemi and Mary had come towards me on their horse each morning, K18 145 the way my father and I had gone towards them in the weekends K18 146 needing warmth and company. K18 147 |^I decided that I would not walk along the road but along K18 148 the beach where I would not be recognised. ^I was not ready K18 149 yet for recognition. ^So I made my way in the edged wind, K18 150 pulling my feet through the sand. ^The sea pulled back. ^The K18 151 gulls surged ahead of me in strident bands, as though there had K18 152 been recognition after all. ^It was as though they expected K18 153 me, with my load, to rise and cry and follow. K18 154 |^There was only muted light in the sky and the sea receded K18 155 darkly in shufflings of stone, pulling back between wet rocks. K18 156 ^On the road cars went by but I did not turn to watch them. K18 157 |^Before rounding the last corner I sat and rested as night K18 158 came. ^The bag was heavy after all, and anyway it would be K18 159 easier to arrive in the dark *- easier to discover, under the K18 160 shell of night, if there was still a place for me. K18 161 |^When I picked up my bag again the light had gone but I K18 162 knew the way ahead. ^I began to cross the barricade of rock K18 163 that separated one bay from the next. K18 164 |^I had not forgotten how to walk the rock, feeling each K18 165 step and taking each foothold firmly. ^The rock was hard and K18 166 sharp as I traversed it so surely in the dark. ^And as I K18 167 stepped down off it at last I knew that the final span of beach K18 168 ahead would be the most difficult part of my journey. K18 169 |^I looked up and out into the now-dark, to where the hills K18 170 would be, to where I would see the houses, or lights from K18 171 houses, set about the shore. K18 172 |^But ahead of me was only the dark. ^The hills had been K18 173 obliterated in intense dark. ^There were no houses, no shadows K18 174 of houses, no light from houses. ^There was no sky and no K18 175 light from sky. ^Everything, everyone, gone, as though I had K18 176 come to nowhere and to nothing. ^At first it seemed like that. K18 177 |^But looking into the distance where I knew the far end of K18 178 the bay should be, I saw the shadows. ^I knew then where the K18 179 people were and why there were no lights on in the houses. K18 180 ^There was pale light there at the end of the road, and through K18 181 the light, people, as shadows passed back and forth. K18 182 |^I knew then that all the people were at the meeting-house, K18 183 and that in the wharekai the tables would have been set for K18 184 morning and food prepared. ^The large pots would be ready in K18 185 the fireplace, and the wood would have been collected and cut K18 186 and piled. ^Inside the meeting-house the beds would have been K18 187 prepared for the night, and I knew that the recently bereaved K18 188 would be preparing to lie down for the night beside the K18 189 recently deceased. ^I knew all of this in a moment, but didn't K18 190 know who. ^I didn't know for whom the genealogies were being K18 191 recited. K18 192 |^I knew also that I could go no further that night. ^I K18 193 would not approach the wharenui at such a late hour, and in any K18 194 case I did not wish to enter the house of death alone. K18 195 |^The gulls had gone into the dark. ^In the morning they K18 196 would pace the light between heavy cloud and sea, a sea that K18 197 was present at that moment only in its silvered fringe and its K18 198 strong hearth smell. K18 199 |^I took some warm clothing from my bag and prepared to wait K18 200 the night through. ^I am a waiter, a patient watcher of the K18 201 skies. ^The tide was beginning to climb the sand, and to drum K18 202 further out on the reef. K18 203 |^I moved higher up onto the beach, wrapped myself in a K18 204 blanket and lay down to wait. K18 205 *# K19 001 **[393 TEXT K19**] K19 002 |^*0Anielli dropped her daughter's hands as though stung, K19 003 stood up and stepped back a pace, stammering, and then burst K19 004 out in a torrent of anger. K19 005 |^*'What? ^What do you tell me? ^You're with child? ^You K19 006 fool, you disobedient ungrateful fool! ^Oh, by all the gods, K19 007 what have I done to deserve this? ^Haven't I warned you again K19 008 and again against running wild with half the boys in the K19 009 village? ^Oh, if only you were more like Ila! ^She'll never K19 010 break her mother's heart. ^Who is the father? ^Tell me, you K19 011 fool, who's the father? ^Who's let this eel crawl into your K19 012 belly?**' K19 013 |^Furiously Anielli stooped, shook Vani by the shoulders and K19 014 shouted again, ^*'Who is it? ^Tell me, is it Rua?**' K19 015 |^*'No, no it isn't Rua. ^I can't tell you.**' K19 016 |^Anielli stepped back, a hand to her breast. K19 017 |^*'Can't tell me? ^D'you mean there are so many you don't K19 018 know? ^Oh, by the gods *- **' K19 019 |^*'No, no. ^I mustn't tell you. ^I mustn't. ^Oh, don't K19 020 hurt me more, help me.**' K19 021 |^Anielli threw up her hands. K19 022 |^*'Help you! ^Yes, now that it's too late you ask for K19 023 help. ^Are you sure you're carrying a child? ^You may be K19 024 mistaken. ^Tonight I'll take you to Old Mira and let her K19 025 examine you *- **' K19 026 |^*'I've been to Old Mira.**' K19 027 |^*'Alone? ^Oh, you're shameless. ^What did she say?**' K19 028 |^Vani lifted her swollen eyes searching for compassion in K19 029 her mother's face, but saw only a confusion of anger, hurt K19 030 pride and fear. ^Steadily she answered, ^*'I am pregnant three K19 031 moons. ^It was at Midsummer, before the Games.**' K19 032 |^Anielli put her hands over her face, then spoke with a K19 033 semblance of calm. K19 034 |^*'We mustn't stay here. ^Ila may come in. ^Come with me K19 035 to your room.**' K19 036 |^At the time when Vani had begun to receive instruction K19 037 from Father Tama, Ke Rala had built for her a small room with K19 038 an outside door facing the sun where master and pupil could sit K19 039 in private. ^Of late it had become a place of refuge from K19 040 other people, if not from the torment of her own mind. K19 041 |^On the cushioned bench under the window, both women sat K19 042 down. ^Anielli began to take charge of the situation. K19 043 |^*'This is the worst that could have happened. ^Have you K19 044 told anyone else? ^Ila?**' K19 045 |^*'No, no one at all.**' K19 046 |^*'Does the man know? ^Who is it? ^Why can't you tell K19 047 me?**' K19 048 |^Vani shook her head. ^*'Mother, I mustn't tell you. ^No K19 049 one else knows I'm pregnant except Old Mira.**' K19 050 |^*'She'll never tell. ^But you will have to visit her K19 051 again. ^I'll come with you. ^Three moons, you say. ^It could K19 052 be done and kept secret. ^It is against the law of Ka Balu, K19 053 but sometimes I think that the laws of Ka Balu are all designed K19 054 to help men, not women. ^Sometimes we have to decide what's K19 055 best to do without consulting Ka Balu.**' K19 056 |^*'What do you mean?**' K19 057 |^*'Are you so stupid that you think you can bear this K19 058 child? ^Have you no idea what this will do to your father? K19 059 ^Everything he has done for you has been with the aim of K19 060 training you to succeed him one day as Chief, perhaps before K19 061 his time comes to ride the White Stag. ^I gave him no son, but K19 062 he has given to you all that he would have given to a son. K19 063 ^D'you think he could hold up his head in pride if the whole K19 064 village knew you were with child? ^This man *- the father *- K19 065 oh, why won't you tell me his name? ^It must be Rua.**' K19 066 |^*'It's not Rua.**' K19 067 |^*'Then who is it? ^Could he marry you? ^Oh gods, he's K19 068 not already married? ^Not that?**' K19 069 |^*'No, he's not married.**' K19 070 |^*'Then you must agree to let Old Mira take the child from K19 071 you. ^It's not too late. ^Your father wants to go hunting K19 072 soon for a few days before the weather changes. ^It must be K19 073 done then and we must invent a sickness that will put you to K19 074 bed.**' K19 075 |^Vani wrung her hands in desperate appeal. K19 076 |^*'No, not that. ^I won't let my child be taken from me. K19 077 ^It's mine. ^Here, in my belly, it has already begun to live. K19 078 ^It's against the law of Ka Balu to kill it.**' K19 079 |^A cold incredulity in her mother's voice sent a chill of K19 080 fear through Vani. K19 081 |^*'You really think that it is your decision alone? ^Can K19 082 you see your father accepting a nameless bastard into this K19 083 house? ^Have you thought of the bad example to your sister? K19 084 ^Are you to shame me before the village women as a mother who K19 085 could not bring up her daughter to accept the ancient decent K19 086 ways of our People? ^Or are you thinking of running away into K19 087 the forest and letting the birds feed your brat on berries?**' K19 088 |^Vani bit her lips to keep back further tears. K19 089 |^*'Mother, I can't kill my child. ^I've been wrong, I K19 090 know. ^At first, I thought it would be better if something K19 091 went wrong. ^But my child must live. ^Your first K19 092 grandchild.**' K19 093 |^*'Don't mock me with taunts of grandchildren. ^D'you K19 094 think that your father will let this child live? ^Don't you K19 095 know that the law allows a father to kill an unmarried K19 096 daughter's bastard? ^You've studied the laws of Ka Balu. K19 097 ^Much good they have done you. ^And another thing. ^Don't K19 098 think that you can keep the name of this man secret much K19 099 longer. ^If your father finds out that you're pregnant he'll K19 100 find out who the father is, believe me, and not even Ka Balu K19 101 will be able to help the man then.**' K19 102 |^*'I shall ask my father to be merciful.**' K19 103 |^*'Mercy? ^There is the law and there is punishment. K19 104 ^Your father is the Chief of his People. ^Without the law, we K19 105 perish. ^He will have little to do with mercy. ^I offer you K19 106 the only mercy you'll get, the woman's way of secrecy and K19 107 suffering. ^You must come with me to Old Mira and let the K19 108 child be taken from you. ^Old Mira holds many secrets, she K19 109 will remain dumb. ^You and I will know, and learn to live with K19 110 the secret. ^No one else need know. ^Even the father need K19 111 never know if we're careful. ^It's difficult and dangerous but K19 112 it's the only way. ^You must believe me. ^No one else can K19 113 help you. ^Oh, Vani, you foolish, wicked girl, you're still my K19 114 daughter, let me help you in the only way that's possible.**' K19 115 |^They heard Ila's voice calling. K19 116 |^*'Stay here,**' commanded Anielli sharply. ^*'Try to K19 117 sleep. ^I'll tell Ila that your moontide is paining you. ^Oh, K19 118 if only it were. ^I'll bring you some food later. ^If your K19 119 father visits you, tell him you want to sleep. ^I must go.**' K19 120 |^There was no inner door communicating with the rest of the K19 121 house. ^Anielli hurried away, shut the door behind her and K19 122 left Vani alone in the warm half-shadow of the room. K19 123 |^During the next few days before Ke Rala joined the hunting K19 124 party, Vani and her mother did their best to maintain a normal K19 125 busy cheerfulness, but Ke Rala could not help noticing that his K19 126 daughter kept more to the house than usual and spoke about it K19 127 to his wife. K19 128 |^*'It's good to see Vani helping you more than she used to. K19 129 ^She still has much to learn of woman's work. ^She's been K19 130 wilful at times, more like a spirited boy. ^I've loved that K19 131 spirit and trained it, but she must find her place in a woman's K19 132 world as well. ^Have you been speaking to her?**' K19 133 |^*'No *- yes, I'm always reminding her of her duties. K19 134 ^She's been working better lately. ^How soon do you expect to K19 135 join the hunters?**' K19 136 |^Anielli rummaged among clothing in a basket by the hearth, K19 137 her face hidden. K19 138 |^*'In two days at half moon.**' K19 139 |^If Vani managed to conceal her trouble while the family K19 140 were together, she was hard put to it not to give way to tears K19 141 when her father came to her early on the morning he left, took K19 142 her head in his hands, kissed her and said simply, ^*'My K19 143 daughter pleases me,**' and was gone into the bright frosted K19 144 autumn morning. K19 145 |^Within the next two days it could not escape Ila's notice K19 146 that her mother and sister spent so much time arguing in Vani's K19 147 room, that her mother became grim-faced and short-tempered and K19 148 that Vani's eyes were swollen from crying. ^Ila and her mother K19 149 had always worked together in perfect harmony, proud of their K19 150 efficient housekeeping, thinking alike on domestic matters. K19 151 ^Now, suddenly, Ila found herself expected to work as well as K19 152 ever, but excluded from her mother's confidence. ^Anielli was K19 153 too distressed to notice her younger daughter's resentment K19 154 until Ila clumsily upset a bowl of soup into the fire and sent K19 155 a mess of hissing embers over the hearth. K19 156 |^*'What have you done, girl? ^How could you be so clumsy! K19 157 ^It's not like you at all. ^Come, clean it up.**' K19 158 |^Ila stood up and glared at her mother. K19 159 |^*'I'm not clumsy, and I won't clean it up! ^Do it K19 160 yourself!**' K19 161 |^She burst out in noisy tears and rushed out of the room. K19 162 ^Anielli looked at the mess at her feet and understood. ^Later K19 163 she found Ila where she expected, in the sunny shelter by her K19 164 spirit tree overlooking the river. ^Mother and daughter sat K19 165 together against the tree as Anielli carefully worded an K19 166 explanation. K19 167 |^*'She has a trouble, Ila, that she can talk about only to K19 168 me. ^I don't want you to be upset about it. ^You must be K19 169 patient and help me, as you always have. ^You're a good girl. K19 170 ^Once Vani has *- once her trouble is over, she'll be well K19 171 again and we can forget it. ^I don't want your father to know K19 172 about it. ^Do you understand?**' K19 173 |^Ila picked up a leaf from the grass and gently twirled it K19 174 between her fingers. ^She didn't look at her mother as she K19 175 said in a low voice, ^*'The village girls are talking about K19 176 her.**' K19 177 |^*'What? ^Talking about Vani? ^What are they saying?**' K19 178 |^*'Well, they notice that Vani keeps to the house nearly K19 179 all the time. ^It's not like her. ^They say *- **' K19 180 |^Anielli peered at her daughter's lowered face. K19 181 |^*'Yes? ^Speak up, girl.**' K19 182 |^Ila raised her eyes, her face flushed, she spoke with an K19 183 offended dignity. K19 184 |^*'I'm not a child, Mother. ^I've heard you and Vani K19 185 arguing together for days. ^And Vani's not her usual self. K19 186 ^And the village girls are wondering why she's not about. ^You K19 187 know how jealous they've always been because Vani spends so K19 188 much time with young hunters. ^Now they're saying it's her own K19 189 fault if she *- **' K19 190 |^Ila bit her lip, saw her mother's anguished expression and K19 191 finished gently, *' *- if she has an eel in her belly.**' K19 192 |^The girl was not prepared for her mother's sudden helpless K19 193 weeping, but comforted her as best she could until Anielli's K19 194 broken lamentations abruptly ceased. ^Angrily she brushed her K19 195 tears away, sat up and spoke firmly. K19 196 |^*'You'll have to help me. ^I didn't want you worried by K19 197 this, but it's true. ^You must help me to take Vani to Old K19 198 Mira while your father's away. ^He must never know. ^It would K19 199 break his heart. ^If the girls ask about her, say *- say she K19 200 is studying in the Dark Knowledge and its ways are hard and K19 201 that she must be alone for a moon or two. ^If they say she's K19 202 with child, threaten them that you'll tell the Chief about K19 203 their lies.**' K19 204 |^If Anielli had expected to find an ally against Vani's K19 205 obstinacy in Ila she was mistaken. ^For Ila, order and K19 206 conformity, work and obedience brought an assurance of K19 207 continuing safety. ^She had never sympathized with her K19 208 sister's rebelliousness, her claims to need more freedom, her K19 209 participation in male activities. ^Now that Vani had got K19 210 herself with child, Ila felt her own security threatened and K19 211 left her mother to wrestle with Vani's will alone. ^On the K19 212 fourth night after Ke Rala's departure, with no warning, K19 213 Anielli brought Old Mira into Vani's room. K19 214 |^*'If you won't listen to me, perhaps you'll listen to one K19 215 who knows more about your trouble. K19 216 **[MIDDLE OF QUOTATION**] K19 217 *# K20 001 **[394 TEXT K20**] K20 002 |^*0She drops the rotting things into the wicker basket. K20 003 ^The smell is sickening and twice she turns away, choking back K20 004 the vomit which rises in her throat. K20 005 |^She takes the basket with both hands and stumbles up the K20 006 hill in search of a rubbish tin. ^There isn't one. ^She walks K20 007 around the car. K20 008 |^A path leads upstream and away. ^It is narrow and K20 009 overgrown. ^Holding the basket from her body Olive steps onto K20 010 it. ^She pushes forward through branches which reach across. K20 011 ^Her feet make no sound on bare earth. K20 012 |^A small tributary flows into the river and the path ends. K20 013 ^She stops and puts the basket down, then lifts it up again and K20 014 upends it so the contents fall into the river. ^The stench of K20 015 decomposition rears up. K20 016 |^Silently, the mess sinks. ^The pale square of raisin cake K20 017 hovers greenly, becoming fainter and fainter as it submerges K20 018 and then is gone. ^A broken stick of french bread swells on K20 019 the surface and falls apart. K20 020 |^Taking the basket she hurries back to the clearing. ^The K20 021 others have not returned. ^The cloth is foul with stains and K20 022 crumbs of rotten food. ^She rolls it up and sets off again. K20 023 ^Branches lash her face but there is no time for concern about K20 024 that. K20 025 |^Stopping at the end of the path she flings the cloth out K20 026 onto the river. ^She washes her hands and splashes water onto K20 027 her face. ^The bloodstain is wet like mud on her palm. ^She K20 028 hurries away. K20 029 |^Voices drift up from the trees downstream and Jim and the K20 030 twins appear on the opposite side of the clearing. K20 031 |^*'Where have you been?**' Ruth says. K20 032 |^*'Nowhere.**' K20 033 |^*'The others are still coming.**' K20 034 |^The twins look around in surprise. ^*'Where's the food K20 035 gone?**' K20 036 |^*'A dog ate it.**' K20 037 |^*'Crappers.**' K20 038 |^*'Did it really?**' K20 039 |^*'Yes,**' says Olive. ^Her weight shifts from one foot to K20 040 the other. K20 041 |^*'What sort of dog?**' K20 042 |^*'A water dog.**' K20 043 |^*'Here we go.**' K20 044 |^*'What is a water dog?**' K20 045 |^*'Well, a sort of labrador I think.**' K20 046 |^*'Jesus. ^There was a whole raisin cake,**' says Jim. K20 047 |^*'Not a whole one.**' K20 048 |^*'Half a one, then.**' K20 049 |^*'I know. ^It was my fault. ^I should have packed it all K20 050 away.**' K20 051 |^*'Bloody hell.**' K20 052 |^Michael and Karen step from the trees. ^*'Packed up K20 053 already?**' Michael says. K20 054 |^*'Yes, it's clouding over.**' K20 055 |^*'Clouding over my arse,**' says Ruth. K20 056 |^*'You're all red in the face.**' K20 057 |^Olive touches her cheek. ^The skin burns. ^*'It's K20 058 probably hypertension,**' she says. K20 059 |^*'Ha, not you,**' says Ruth. K20 060 |^*'You're too bloody thin for that.**' K20 061 |^*'A dog ate the cake,**' says Heather. K20 062 |^*'Oh, that's great.**' K20 063 |^Karen tilts her head and giggles. ^She holds one hand K20 064 flat on her stomach. K20 065 |^From the side of her eye Olive catches a glimpse of red K20 066 out on the river. ^The picnic cloth floats by. K20 067 |^*'Christ!**' Jim explodes. ^*'That's our picnic cloth!**' K20 068 |^The family rush to the water's edge and watch as it slowly K20 069 passes. ^Olive stays where she is further up the slope. K20 070 |^Don't look, don't look. ^Sweat prickles her brow. ^Her K20 071 face is on fire. ^She turns away then looks back. K20 072 |^*'It's not ours,**' she calls. ^*'Ours is in the car.**' K20 073 |^*'It sure looks like ours.**' K20 074 |^*'It's not.**' K20 075 |^*'Are you sure?**' K20 076 |^*'Yes. ^I put it in the car. ^It's in the boot.**' K20 077 |^*'That's all right then,**' says Jim. K20 078 |^Olive exhales with relief. K20 079 |^Far from the straggling touch of willow, in the centre of K20 080 the river where the current is strongest, the square of red K20 081 floats triumphantly. K20 082 |^Watching it move on dark water she is lifted by a great K20 083 surge of hope and joy. ^Everything will be all right. ^I'll K20 084 work it out. ^It will be all right. ^Red and strong and K20 085 bright. ^Ahh. K20 086 |^Laughing silently she jumps into the air. K20 087 |^Ruth turns and catches her in mid-leap. ^*'What are you K20 088 doing?**' she cries. ^*'You're a bloody nutter.**' K20 089 |^Olive waves and shuffles her feet on the grass. K20 090 |^Ruth spins back to the river and Olive jumps again. K20 091 ^Muddy heels touch the back of her woollen skirt. ^She laughs K20 092 in her belly. K20 093 |^The slash of scarlet sails from sight and once more the K20 094 landscape is green and brown. ^A bird flies upstream. K20 095 *|^Michael and Karen leave with Jim on Monday morning. K20 096 ^Heather and Ruth are already back at the nurses' home. ^The K20 097 house is empty once more. ^The silence has been reclaimed. K20 098 |^The day is cold and bright. ^A brittle light touches all K20 099 in its way. ^Soften down, soften down. K20 100 |^Olive takes a clean sheet of paper and tapes it to the K20 101 table in the attic room. ^Turning her back to the window she K20 102 lights a cigarette and stares at the expanse of white. ^A path K20 103 comes to mind, then a forest. K20 104 |^Thinking of a forest she squeezes blobs of paint onto a K20 105 tin plate and chooses a brush. ^It is a dark place she can K20 106 see. ^Add lighter colours, she thinks, but the pigments mix as K20 107 they will. K20 108 |^She makes a single line then thickens it in the foreground K20 109 so it trails off into the distance. ^The path meanders across K20 110 the paper and away. ^By itself, it is pleasing and definite. K20 111 |^But the forest as it takes shape is gloomy and strange. K20 112 ^Twisted trunks rise up from the ground and branches press in K20 113 over the path to meet with boughs from the other side. ^She K20 114 tightens her hold on the brush to regulate the movement but the K20 115 lines which emerge can only tangle further. K20 116 |^The light is blue. ^That which should have been sky is K20 117 the very air itself. ^The forest isn't safe. K20 118 |^Olive slides another cigarette from the packet and strikes K20 119 a match. ^She inhales deeply. K20 120 |^The colour is all wrong. ^Taking up the brush again she K20 121 paints over the trees, adding red and purple and yellow. ^The K20 122 colours make little improvement and do nothing to alter the K20 123 impression of twilight. K20 124 |^She outlines a person in the foreground and begins the K20 125 process of filling the shape in. ^In time it becomes clear she K20 126 is painting herself. ^Although the figure is intended to be K20 127 upright it tilts forward as if running. K20 128 |^Olive completes the body and paints in the face. ^The K20 129 features are simple. ^Several hours pass before she stops K20 130 again and when she does she is shocked by what has come to life K20 131 on the paper. K20 132 |^The woman's eyes are wild and staring and her lips are K20 133 parted in a grimace of fear. ^She charges blindly down the K20 134 path away from the shadowy forest. ^It is a primitive place. K20 135 |^Olive drops her brush and leaves the room. ^She rushes K20 136 down the stairs two at a time and runs along the hall. K20 137 ^Bursting through the front door she leaps down from the K20 138 veranda and hurries along the path. ^She stops on the footpath K20 139 and looks around. ^She is gasping for breath. ^Her heart K20 140 thunders. K20 141 |^A small ginger cat springs from a bush and runs towards K20 142 Olive. ^Its tail points straight up. ^Warm fur pushes against K20 143 her ankle and it rolls over on its back. ^She smiles. K20 144 |^Across the street a tradesman whistles as he loads a K20 145 ladder and planks onto the roof of his van. ^A yellow taxi K20 146 drives by. K20 147 |^The world out here is as usual. K20 148 |^*'Olive.**' ^Jim is walking down the street. ^His K20 149 briefcase swings from one hand and he has a rolled-up newspaper K20 150 in the other. K20 151 |^*'Hello,**' she calls. K20 152 |^He waves the newspaper and looks at his watch. K20 153 *|^Olive begins another painting the following day. K20 154 |^She colours a large sheet of paper with blue sky and dots K20 155 it with drifts of white cloud. ^Pale ripples run across. ^Her K20 156 own body appears flying above the land. ^She has no notion K20 157 where this idea has come from. K20 158 |^The flesh colour she mixes tends towards pink. ^She fills K20 159 her trailing arms and legs out so they are plump and then takes K20 160 a new colour for her clothing. ^She remembers a particular K20 161 dress. ^It was a full-skirted one she had worn when the K20 162 children were young. ^She whips the paint so it seems the K20 163 garment billows in the wind. ^It has a wide collar and padded K20 164 shoulders and a narrow yellow belt. K20 165 |^Down below, the blue paint has run into a darker shadow. K20 166 ^The shape is suggestive of land. ^She goes over it, darkening K20 167 the discoloration until it has changed to become a landscape of K20 168 rolling hills. ^The contours stretch to a certain point and K20 169 then end in a long curve of coast. ^She paints the sea and a K20 170 pale line which is the horizon. K20 171 |^At the bottom she writes *'Self-portrait**' with a pencil K20 172 and then adds a question mark. ^I'm not sure. ^With pins she K20 173 attaches it to the wall next to the picture of herself on the K20 174 forest path. ^The paint still glistens wet in places. K20 175 |^Olive is both excited and exhausted by the painting and K20 176 she lies down on the floor. ^She wants to look at it and at K20 177 the same time look away. ^Her eyes are stuck regardless. ^She K20 178 watches reflections dull as the paint dries. K20 179 |^In time sleep comes to claim her. ^The darkness descends. K20 180 |^Eventually something reaches in. ^She opens one eye then K20 181 the other. ^Jim stands at the attic room door. K20 182 |^Horrified, he leans there looking down. ^*'What the hell K20 183 is the matter?**' K20 184 |^*'Ahh.**' K20 185 |^*'Olive.**' K20 186 |^She stretches out. ^*'I had a sleep.**' K20 187 |^*'Jesus. ^On the floor?**' K20 188 |^*'It's quite warm.**' ^Scrambling to her feet Olive K20 189 clutches her cardigan across her chest in confusion. ^One K20 190 thumb pushes into a buttonhole and she's pulling it out. K20 191 |^Jim slowly enters the room. ^He looks from one side to K20 192 the other. ^*'Someone's been smoking in here,**' he says. K20 193 |^*'Well.**' K20 194 |^*'The air stinks of it.**' K20 195 |^*'Yes.**' K20 196 |^*'Who's been smoking?**' K20 197 |^*'Nobody has been here.**' K20 198 |^He looks at the paintings. ^*'Jesus Christ,**' he says. K20 199 |^*'Don't you like them?**' ^Olive pulls the cardigan K20 200 tighter. K20 201 |^*'Like them? ^How could I possibly like them?**' K20 202 |^*'Oh.**' K20 203 |^*'Are they yours?**' K20 204 |^*'Yes. ^I did that today.**' ^She points and her hand K20 205 goes back over her chest. K20 206 |^*'It's dreadful,**' he says. ^*'Why do stuff like this K20 207 when you can paint properly?**' ^He waves his arm at the K20 208 hibiscus painting where it lies on the floor. K20 209 |^Olive looks at the red on green and the delicate stamen. K20 210 ^She bursts into tears. K20 211 |^Jim stares in disbelief. ^*'What? ^What is it?**' K20 212 |^She slides down the wall until she is sitting with her K20 213 head on her knees. ^Tears splash on the wooden floor. K20 214 |^*'And what's this?**' K20 215 |^Olive makes no move and now he is beside her. ^He pushes K20 216 her head back. ^The ashtray filled with cigarette butts is in K20 217 his hand. K20 218 |^*'Whose are they?**' K20 219 |^*'Mine,**' she sobs. K20 220 |^*'Yours?**' K20 221 |^*'Yes.**' K20 222 |^*'But Olive, you don't smoke!**' K20 223 |^*'I just had a few.**' K20 224 |^*'A few! ^There's six in here. ^Seven. ^Why?**' K20 225 |^She cries silently. ^Tears well up in her eyes so she K20 226 can't see. ^*'I don't know.**' K20 227 |^*'What do you mean, you don't know? ^Christ.**' K20 228 |^*'Someone left a packet in the house and I smoked them.**' K20 229 |^*'But why?**' K20 230 |^Olive shrugs. ^Her shoulders sink again. K20 231 |^*'Are there any left?**' K20 232 |^*'No.**' K20 233 |^*'It's a disgusting habit. ^You've no call to smoke. ^It K20 234 doesn't make sense.**' K20 235 |^*'I know.**' K20 236 |^*'And that. ^What about that? ^I don't understand.**' K20 237 |^Olive stars at the marks her tears have made on the dry K20 238 wooden floor. ^One has splashed out into a long shape. ^It K20 239 looks like a boat. ^A thin vessel with a pointed prow and K20 240 water churning behind. ^The other tears are islands. K20 241 |^*'The painting, Olive. ^The woman in the trees. ^How K20 242 could you paint something like that? ^Is it supposed to be K20 243 you? ^I sincerely hope not.**' K20 244 |^*'What's wrong with it?**' K20 245 |^*'It's horrific.**' K20 246 |^*'I know. ^But it's important.**' K20 247 |^*'Important? ^How?**' K20 248 |^*'I don't know. ^I can't explain. ^But I do know it's K20 249 important.**' K20 250 |^*'It's psychotic,**' he says. K20 251 |^*'No, no, it's important. ^It is. ^They're opposites. K20 252 ^The pictures are opposites. ^Flying, and look at the other K20 253 one. ^What about the stuff in between?**' K20 254 |^*'What stuff in between?**' K20 255 |^*'The path in between.**' K20 256 |^*'You're making absolutely no sense at all.**' K20 257 |^*'I have to know which way to go.**' K20 258 |^*'Go where?**' K20 259 |^*'Psychotic. ^You said it's psychotic.**' K20 260 *# K21 001 **[395 TEXT K21**] K21 002 |^*0Babylon! ^Not the city of gleaming spires Lear wraps in K21 003 silk; a black book falling open at endless markets, winding K21 004 streets, curving arcades with silver and ormolu roofs sailing K21 005 eternally against blue. ^A blue so intense it makes the eye K21 006 shiver. K21 007 |^Towers and ziggurats rising slender from deserts; gardens K21 008 shimmering with magnolias, cyclamen and roses. ^Archipelagoes K21 009 of jade and amethyst over still water, measured by pyrographed K21 010 domes and bronze statues. ^Air filled with the incense of K21 011 sandalwood and attar, lavender and patchouli. K21 012 |^And people! ^This hard earth has not seen so many people. K21 013 ^A great sinful press, awaiting the vengeance of the Lord. K21 014 |^They come in a sinuous weave of fragrance and colour, K21 015 through the gardens and the shimmering heat. ^Lear throws his K21 016 head back. ^Breathes deep. ^That a player should encompass K21 017 such an audience! ^To your places! ^Kings, caliphs, K21 018 patricians, dukes, barons, their sweeping coats and their fine K21 019 ladies. ^A slim ankle clasped in gold glimpsed behind the K21 020 tapestry of a chrysophrase encrusted palanquin; the rich dark K21 021 skin of a merchant from the fabled east; a silk robe with K21 022 silver passementerie; the flash of an agate brooch worn by a K21 023 queen's favourite. ^A procession in arabesque, winding through K21 024 the twilit terraces where the first turquoise chalices are K21 025 being raised. ^A princess, eyes the colour of coral, adjusts K21 026 her ruby bracelet. ^Dark wine flows onto the tiles. ^A murmur K21 027 ripples through the crowd. ^Backstage the players are quiet. K21 028 |^The mellow sound of a gong. K21 029 |^At least, that's the way Lear would have it, squinting K21 030 through the curtain at the crowd, a three-tiered auditorium K21 031 hung in satin. K21 032 |^After the performance goats are slaughtered in the ritual K21 033 fashion to the scream of parakeets and there is feasting well K21 034 into the night. ^Naked slaves are offered the players with the K21 035 most courteous of gestures. ^Tall, thin-legged birds pick K21 036 their way fastidiously among the guests. ^There is quiet, K21 037 ironical talk on the folly of old kings who divide their K21 038 kingdoms; and coarse jokes at the folly of old men who whore K21 039 their daughters. ^Toasts and accolades, punctuated by discreet K21 040 bursts of laughter. K21 041 |^Curan, holding herself very still, shy as ever, hardly K21 042 daring to breathe, eyes the young man with glossy black hair K21 043 and lustrous skin who is pretending not to notice. ^Her hands K21 044 begin to shake as amphorae filled with spicy smouldering K21 045 hashish are placed between vases of orchids. ^She tries to K21 046 concentrate on the song Goneril is playing on the lute nearby, K21 047 singing to two young women who kneel in front of her and look K21 048 up at her rapturously. K21 049 |^In the garden, there is no match to the evening's K21 050 perfection. ^See the moon flower with the peach blossom. ^In K21 051 the arbour, Regan shakes out her hair. ^Ravens flicker past K21 052 the torches. K21 053 |^Lear stands for a belated encore speech amid insistent K21 054 clapping. ^He chooses one from near the end of the play when K21 055 the major passions have run their course, lines in which anger K21 056 and bitterness have smoothed into a grim and prophetic calm. K21 057 ^It is a speech which offers precise scope for his baritone K21 058 vibrato: K21 059 **[LONG QUOTATION**] K21 060 |^*0He delivers these lines to Cordelia who smiles at him K21 061 over the rim of her glass, the glass touching her teeth, the K21 062 wine flashing a red depth. ^In the applause somebody throws a K21 063 rose which lands on Curan's lap; white tinged with pink. K21 064 ^Gloucester does not clap but watches with shattered, nervous K21 065 eyes. ^The Fool is whispering something into his ear. K21 066 |^Lear sits down, face flushed, and lifts a piece of braised K21 067 pork to his lips. ^Curan hides her face behind a fan. K21 068 |^Overhead, the sparkling Pleiades, a necklace of jewels K21 069 buried, intact, in the black of night. ^Lights of another K21 070 city. K21 071 |^Not our Babylon. ^A huddle of huts by the river. ^A K21 072 filthy main street that leads to nowhere. ^Shacks that lean in K21 073 on themselves. ^Low hills covered by a spiny forest overhung K21 074 by a perpetual raft of dark cloud. ^A few urchin faces peering K21 075 from doorways, the blotchy white of the Sickness on their K21 076 limbs. ^And, low over the water, the mantric moan of the K21 077 dying. K21 078 |^A straggling corn crop, hedged in by the mutant forest. K21 079 ^The eye paints leaves with ridged backbones; trees dripping K21 080 poisonous yellow sap; cornstalks strangled by muscular vines; K21 081 trunks that bend over and grow back towards the ground. K21 082 |^Two dirty yellow dogs dragging their haunches along the K21 083 ground, heading for the jetty and our barge, *1The Earl of K21 084 Southampton, *0nosing its way in. K21 085 |^*"We're not going to stop here,**" Gloucester informs K21 086 Edgar. ^Edgar is staring at the forest, his arms hugging his K21 087 shoulders. K21 088 |^*"What does it matter to you where you perform?**" he K21 089 replies, not looking at Gloucester. ^He appears to be hugging K21 090 someone invisible. ^The two men are on deck, standing in the K21 091 shadow of the wheelhouse. ^*"What makes you so sure we're not K21 092 stopping here?**" K21 093 |^*"Oh,**" Gloucester gives all the appearance of not K21 094 wanting to state the obvious. ^*"We've played here before.**" K21 095 |^But Lear says it will be all right, fixing the bright opal K21 096 brooch on his coat, standing tall, every inch a king, long grey K21 097 hair coming down past his shoulders. K21 098 |^*"We've played in worse places than Babylon,**" he tells K21 099 them. ^*"Yes indeed. ^Every shitty town this side of the K21 100 darkness. ^Why not Babylon? ^Bring a little light. ^A little K21 101 fire to the ice, damn their eyes. ^Singe their beards and K21 102 pluck out their hairs. ^Cover them with kisses. ^These K21 103 shackers don't know they're alive.**" K21 104 |^Most of us are below deck, getting ready to disembark and K21 105 listening to Lear. ^The candle wavers in front of the mirror K21 106 as he turns his head from side to side, the shadows shifting K21 107 with the line of his cheekbones. ^Even here, he tells them, a K21 108 stage is still a stage. ^An audience an audience. K21 109 |^He buttons his doublet of royal purple, carefully sewn for K21 110 him by Cordelia, and adjusts his crotch inside his baggy K21 111 trousers. ^Wherever they go the magic of the Bard goes with K21 112 them. ^Has the Bard ever let them down? ^He eases his cock K21 113 gently into its codpiece. ^Cornwall and Albany snicker and K21 114 elbow each other in the ribs. K21 115 |^*"There must be at least fifty people in a place like K21 116 this. ^Each one of them, no matter how humble or straitened K21 117 his circumstances, will find something for the players. ^That K21 118 adds up to a feast. ^The loaves and fishes principle.**" K21 119 |^He is addressing the mirror rather than the cast, trying K21 120 to glimpse his own profile by swivelling his eyes as hard as he K21 121 can to one side. ^Rewarded by tantalising glimpses. K21 122 |^Fifty people. ^Multiply that by fifty Babylons, that's a K21 123 living. ^Fifty by fifty sad denizens who will pay to be, for K21 124 some brief time, kings in their suffering and noble in their K21 125 dying. K21 126 |^*"Perhaps they'll kill us a pig,**" he says to Edmund over K21 127 his shoulder, opening his eyes wide to the mirrored king. K21 128 ^This facial contortion is a good trick to simulate K21 129 astonishment or grief. K21 130 |^The Fool is watching Lear, his mouth hanging open K21 131 idiotically. ^He shambles over to the king, and says, K21 132 |^*"*1She that's a maid now,**" *0a long pause as, K21 133 moronically, he searches for the lines, *"*1Shall not be a maid K21 134 long, unless things be cut shorter.**" K21 135 |^*"*0Didn't I see a pig running around here, in that K21 136 corn?**" Lear says to Edmund, ignoring the Fool and tearing K21 137 himself away from the mirror to nod and wink at the sly K21 138 villain; the brawny grinning villain whose open necked shirt is K21 139 embroidered with lace. ^Royalty can taste the fat on its lips, K21 140 the slippery flesh between its teeth. K21 141 |^Edmund curtsies ingratiatingly. K21 142 |^The Fool taps Lear on the shoulder, and says in a low, K21 143 conspiratorial tone, K21 144 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K21 145 |^*"*1If you should see Cordelia *- K21 146 |As no doubt you shall *- show her this ring,**" K21 147 **[END INDENTATION**] K21 148 |*0he points to the wooden stocks being unpacked from the hold K21 149 with the rest of the props, K21 150 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K21 151 |^*"*1And she will tell you who your fellow is K21 152 |That yet you do not know.**" K21 153 **[END INDENTATION**] K21 154 |^Brushing the Fool aside, Lear sits down to pull on boots K21 155 of faded plastic. ^Finally, standing again, the crown, placed K21 156 carefully askew with all the suggestion of slipping authority. K21 157 ^The petulant quiver of the lower lip. ^This crown, flickering K21 158 dully in the light, is made of real pewter. ^A gift from a K21 159 royal patron who one night found tears coursing hotly down his K21 160 cheeks; he who had not cried since the world had gone K21 161 barbarous. ^He was very grateful for those tears and had K21 162 presented Lear with the crown in honour of them. K21 163 |^His cloak of coarse Moroccan goat hair is pinned by a K21 164 brooch of real opal. ^Nothing but genuine hydrous silica, K21 165 we'll have you know, pellucid, but exhibiting a delicate play K21 166 of colour; catching even the feeble candle light and throwing K21 167 it. K21 168 |^Another quick look in the mirror. ^Perfect. ^Lear, you K21 169 old fool. ^*1Every inch a king. ^*0A last minute adjustment K21 170 to cloak and breeches; wrinkles out of the hose. ^The Lords K21 171 and Ladies of Babylon are waiting! K21 172 |^Wait 'til the ignorant shackers see him in this garb. K21 173 ^They'll come to the show all right, each bearing some little K21 174 treasure for payment. ^Bless you, sir. ^Madam. ^There is no K21 175 lack of treasures in this world, he tells the cast. ^Stolen K21 176 from corpses, from empty houses where the Sickness has passed. K21 177 ^Given the circumstances, can any of them say pickings have K21 178 been lean? K21 179 |^Another wink to Edmund who nods, yes, yes indeed, and K21 180 grinning fixedly, passes the wink on to Dukes Cornwall and K21 181 Albany who pass it back and forth between them. K21 182 |^*"*1This is not Lear,**" *0the Fool says to Edmund. K21 183 |^Lear polishes his brooch until it gleams in the candle-light, K21 184 then with royal dignity ascends the stairs to the deck. K21 185 ^His passage is marred only by some unpleasantness from the K21 186 Fool who shouts after him angrily, K21 187 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K21 188 |^*"*1You owe me no subscriptions: then, let fall K21 189 |Your horrible pleasure; here I stand, your slave.**" K21 190 **[END INDENTATION**] K21 191 |^*0But Lear is already on the deck, waiting for Edgar to K21 192 moor her, glancing up at the wheelhouse to Regan, who is K21 193 bringing her in, and back to the jetty. K21 194 |^*"What kind of place is this?**" Gloucester asks, K21 195 **[SIC**] him standing by the railing, his face as grey as if K21 196 caked with river mud or the residue of make-up. K21 197 |^Lear is off the barge and onto the rotting planking, K21 198 shouting hoarsely, K21 199 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K21 200 |^*"*1Blow winds, and crack your cheeks! rage! blow! K21 201 |^You cataracts and hurricanes, spout K21 202 |Till you have drenched our steeples, drown'd the cocks! K21 203 |^You sulphurous and thought executing fires...**" K21 204 **[END INDENTATION**] K21 205 |^*0No curious onlookers, the usual collection, sometimes a K21 206 whole village, drawn to watch the Earl of Southampton dock and K21 207 the players disembark. ^Always children, two or three, turning K21 208 up from nowhere. ^Here, Lear declaims to two drugged looking K21 209 dogs and the village idiot who nods and drips saliva and K21 210 giggles, staring at something to Lear's left. K21 211 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K21 212 |^*"*1And \1thou, all shaking thunder, K21 213 |Strike flat the thick rotundity of the world.**" K21 214 **[END INDENTATION**] K21 215 |^*0He spreads his hands to the sullen overcast sky, face K21 216 twisted in grief. ^Goneril sighs tiredly. ^*"Really,**" she K21 217 says, *1{sotto voce}. K21 218 |^*0Stumbling over one another Cornwall and Albany leap off K21 219 the deck to join Lear, cavorting around him with mock salutes, K21 220 shouting him down with non-sensical interruptions. ^Lear K21 221 swings around on them angrily. K21 222 |^*"It is not your turn, fuckwits!**" K21 223 |^They are to follow in the procession of players and will K21 224 be required to simply bow and smile. ^It is the moment for K21 225 Cordelia to appear, dressed in her Ophelia white, her voice low K21 226 and clear, calling, ^*"*1For \1thee; oppressed king, am I cast K21 227 down.**" ^*0She is waiting behind the wheelbox for her cue, K21 228 running her long golden hair through her fingers, eyes fixed on K21 229 the far shore. K21 230 |^Gloucester wanders towards her from the wrong play, K21 231 something stirring in his memory. ^*1How now, fair Ophelia. K21 232 ^*0Are those his lines? ^He sees a figure in white floating on K21 233 the top of the water, doing slow cartwheels, still garlanded K21 234 with flowers *- nettles, daisies, crowflowers and long purples K21 235 that maids call dead men's fingers. K21 236 *# K22 001 **[396 TEXT K22**] K22 002 ^*0He looked towards the sky where he saw a magnificent cloud K22 003 shape and, ever thoughtful and benevolent, he said, ^*'My K22 004 subjects must have a new temple for their worship in just that K22 005 shape *- I will have one built. ^Bring paint and brushes, I'll K22 006 set it down!**' K22 007 |^But alas, when he looked again the shape had changed. K22 008 ^Devout and faithful King, proud and generous King: I, Naomi K22 009 Carter of Wellington, farmer's daughter, library assistant, I K22 010 too watch clouds. K22 011 *|^I knew it was going to happen, I just had that feeling. K22 012 ^Apparently they'd been at a party and had a row there after K22 013 which she'd come home without saying goodbye to him. ^Then K22 014 she'd thought better of it and rung him up *- but he wasn't K22 015 having any, it was finished, once and for all. K22 016 |^It was the sudden silence that woke me up, Ida's silence. K22 017 ^I wandered out of my room half-asleep and there she was K22 018 sitting hunched up by the phone. K22 019 |^*'He hung up on me Mum, he hung up on me,**' she said. K22 020 ^*'I don't know what to do, just click the phone goes off and K22 021 this awful silence...**' K22 022 |^*'It can't be helped Ida, it can't be helped. ^I wish I K22 023 could do something but I can't, these things happen, there's K22 024 only one thing that can help you now and that's time K22 025 passing.**' K22 026 |^Not hearing me she began to say, ^*'If only I hadn't K22 027 said...**' K22 028 |^Perhaps it is some comfort, the picking to bits of the K22 029 whys and the if onlys; at the very least it fills the waiting K22 030 for the transformation of time the wounder to time the healer. K22 031 |^Although it's spring I filled the hot water bottle for her K22 032 and brought out the brandy I'd been saving for Megan's party. K22 033 *|^Ida... I'd called her Ida because when I was young I loved K22 034 Tennyson's poetry... Princess Ida *- ^*'But sadness on the soul K22 035 of Ida fell**', and the land Ida, ^*'O mother Ida, K22 036 many-fountained Ida**'. K22 037 |^And now my Ida weeps fountains of tears for Verne Pules, K22 038 lawyer's clerk, would-be painter. K22 039 |^Ida, the morning glory I can see from my bedroom window K22 040 covers a crumbling wall... the great comforter is with you, he K22 041 never fails. K22 042 |^I had a hard time getting her off to work this morning, my K22 043 sympathy towards her turned to impatience and cruelly I said, K22 044 ^*'I don't want you moping around here, just *1go!**' K22 045 |^*0I must acknowledge that a certain anger taints the K22 046 sympathy I feel towards her. K22 047 |^After all, she's only known him a few weeks, the way she K22 048 carries on you'd think it was years. ^I mean what does she K22 049 know about it all, she hasn't had his actual day-to-day K22 050 presence around long enough to miss him in a real way. ^And of K22 051 course, though I dare not say this to her, I know it'll be some K22 052 one else before too long, which is normal at her age. K22 053 |^Friday morning and here I sit again, the last week of my K22 054 leave ahead of me, exactly six working days, if I can count K22 055 today, and two weekends. ^Although I can't really count next K22 056 weekend either, it's too close to Monday morning... there seems K22 057 to be no rest from this continuous movement, the terrible K22 058 going-on-ness of everything, the future already contained in K22 059 the present, the seed within the fruit. ^Often I've noticed K22 060 when the autumn leaves are still falling, the spring buds are K22 061 already there. ^The cycle never rests. ^One can see it in the K22 062 moon, no sooner does it reach its peak of fullness, than it K22 063 begins to wane again. ^Couldn't it stay full moon for a whole K22 064 day, just once! K22 065 |^All cycles are continuing endlessly, contained within each K22 066 turn of the great wheel of life. ^But we, the humans, together K22 067 with the elephants and insects, have but one climb to our K22 068 summit, then our downturn to December. K22 069 |^The moths come into the washhouse to die, for their life K22 070 span is just one night. ^Sometimes in the morning I find them K22 071 there behind the door or under the tubs, peacefully lethargic, K22 072 the life fading from them, they are spread out on the wall like K22 073 miniature, ornate half-umbrellas... such a gentle way to die, K22 074 better than at the sacking of a city. K22 075 |^It's incongruous when one thinks about it, how we live our K22 076 lives: making our decisions, like whether to travel or save to K22 077 buy a house, whether to marry this person or that person, what K22 078 job to apply for, what books to read, and then, no apologies, K22 079 no explanations, we're cut off *- just like that! K22 080 |^The only comfort we have is to rave on dramatically about K22 081 human mortality, freedom of choice, and the grandeur and misery K22 082 of man... until willingly we walk back into the trickster's K22 083 snares. ^Like me counting the days before I return to work. K22 084 ^It's not that I mind going back to work, I love my job and the K22 085 people I work with, particularly my work for *1Library's K22 086 Choice. ^*0It's just that I wonder what, if anything, I've K22 087 achieved through staying home to think about time. ^Right now K22 088 I welcome the distractions of shopping today and a party K22 089 tomorrow night. K22 090 *|^Ida and Selby were welcome to come to Megan's. ^Ida K22 091 wouldn't. ^*'I can't face anyone, feeling like this**', she K22 092 said. K22 093 |^But I must say I feel easier in mind about her now, for K22 094 something has been added to the pale smudgy ^*'Ida in K22 095 despair**'; it is, ^*'I've been thrown away, rejected, how I am K22 096 suffering... but that's life and so dramatic.**' ^And of K22 097 course, her suffering is so deep, so unique, that I couldn't K22 098 possibly understand it. ^*'Oh I just don't feel like K22 099 anything**', she says at tea time. ^Then makes toast to eat in K22 100 the kitchen later. ^Anyway, when she came from work last night K22 101 she asked me, ^*'Hey Mum what time was I born, there's this guy K22 102 came into work, he does astrology, he says he'll do a chart for K22 103 me.**' K22 104 |^I think, basically, she is always Princess Ida, *'black K22 105 tresses**', and strong spirit. K22 106 |^Selby came but I had to send him home because he brought K22 107 two mates with him. ^Real scruffs they were, dirty jeans, K22 108 tangled hair, just like the sort of boys that used to scare me K22 109 when I was a young girl, car-loads of them driving past tooting K22 110 and whistling out the window. ^I suppose Selby's growing up to K22 111 be like that too, only I don't see it because I'm his mother. K22 112 ^Anyway, they all went up and down and up and down in the lift K22 113 while we were drinking in *1Peoples *0and then came in and K22 114 asked for money for coke and chippies and the barman said K22 115 ^*'Are these your boys, \0Mrs Carter?**' ^*'Just one of them, K22 116 thank goodness for that at least!**' I said and we all laughed. K22 117 ^All of us there had either teenage children or grown-up K22 118 married children. ^We'd all been through it, from teething K22 119 to... well, it never ends. K22 120 |^It seemed a long evening, it's years since I've enjoyed K22 121 myself so much. ^In fact it reminded me of my early days when K22 122 I'd come from the country to work in the warehouse of a city K22 123 bookshop... the parties I went to, the skirts for rock and K22 124 roll, petticoats with layers and layers of icing-cake frills. K22 125 ^I can remember putting one on layby and paying it off over the K22 126 weeks. ^Once in a while I think of those days and recapture K22 127 the first sharp excitement of a meal in town, the soot smells K22 128 of the city, the twirling skirts and pendant earrings. ^I am K22 129 thinking about it now, I suppose, because for me last Saturday K22 130 night had a touch of that poignancy. ^I was talking to this K22 131 middle-aged journalist from London who was over here for a K22 132 couple of days. ^Dalwyn Morris his name was... *1is, *0I mean. K22 133 ^It's not often one meets someone new. ^I can't recall in K22 134 detail what we talked about, except exchanging information K22 135 about our lives. ^He told me about his five daughters, and how K22 136 he and his wife, even though they were in their late forties, K22 137 were still in two minds about whether or not to try and adopt a K22 138 son. ^Not that he could call it a very good marriage *- but a K22 139 year or so ago he'd begun to revise his ideas on what one could K22 140 expect from a marriage. ^He'd never been in love with his K22 141 wife, nor she with him. ^They'd been pressured into it by K22 142 their parents when she got pregnant. ^And it wasn't from a K22 143 passionate affair either, just an awkward first experience on K22 144 the way home from a teenage party. ^So that's how it happened, K22 145 he said, it wasn't a love marriage but it had its good times. K22 146 ^He had never blamed his wife *- after all, he said, she was K22 147 only seventeen and I was nineteen. ^During the bad times, he'd K22 148 felt more or less that they were both the victims, in it K22 149 together. K22 150 |^I talked a bit about my broken marriage, about Ida and K22 151 Selby and I said jokingly that there was one thing about broken K22 152 marriages *- the children had two homes and an extra parent. K22 153 ^At some stage during the evening we talked of passing time. K22 154 ^I forget exactly what we said... one thing though: when he K22 155 told me about the roughest time of his marriage (three pre-school K22 156 children and a heavy mortgage), he said he used to tell K22 157 himself that as soon as the girls were off his hands so to K22 158 speak, he'd take off somewhere and live a life of seclusion... K22 159 as a matter of fact, if he was religious he'd have thought of K22 160 joining a monastery, he said. ^I replied, ^*'Or you could've K22 161 wandered from one wilderness to the next, like the king**', and K22 162 I told him my favourite legend about King Aravinda. ^He K22 163 laughed at the story and at me telling it. ^That was as we K22 164 walked across the carpark at the back of *1Peoples. ^*'*0Well, K22 165 I suppose I wanted time so much**', he said, *'now where does K22 166 your friend live? ^You'll have to direct me**', and we drove K22 167 off to the party at Megan's place. K22 168 |^It was a good party. K22 169 |^It's interesting how sometimes strangers meet for just a K22 170 few hours, talk with great depth, compare their lives and never K22 171 meet again. ^One has that kind of encounter when travelling *- K22 172 a time out of time. K22 173 |^When I began to tell him why my marriage with Erin failed, K22 174 I suffered the disturbing realisation that now I hardly knew K22 175 why, and heaven knows there were reasons enough then. K22 176 |^But not, it would seem, reasons that have stood the test K22 177 of time and memory. ^And Erin and I married for love. ^What K22 178 does that say about our persistence? ^In the light of what K22 179 Dalwyn told me about his marriage? K22 180 |^Anyway, it was a good party. ^Let me set it in time, date K22 181 the photos: on Saturday night in November 1980 Megan James had K22 182 her forty-fifth birthday party, it was attended by Naomi Carter K22 183 and other friends, now it is Tuesday morning and I am going K22 184 over it in my mind, smiling to myself at something Dalwyn said, K22 185 or Dalwyn's response to something I said. ^It was a brief K22 186 encounter, it was shining, like well... I suppose it was K22 187 nothing much really but I get so happy sitting here thinking it K22 188 over. K22 189 |^How fortunate one is to have such times to remember... K22 190 remember... but that good time has gone forever. K22 191 |^No, it hasn't. ^Isn't it true that we can make the past K22 192 work for us to enrich the present? K22 193 |^But it will never actually *1be *0again, really I mean. K22 194 |^I know that but... K22 195 *|^Once during the school holidays when the children were K22 196 little, I took them to the pictures in the main street of K22 197 Auckland, to the Civic theatre, and as we got to the crossing, K22 198 just before the lights changed, Selby rushed across before I K22 199 could stop him. ^I panicked and started across with Ida and K22 200 when we were halfway across the lights changed and the traffic K22 201 started and all I could do was stand there tightly holding Ida, K22 202 while buses, trucks and cars thundered indifferently by, K22 203 narrowly passing us on either side. K22 204 *# K23 001 **[397 TEXT K23**] K23 002 *<*3RICHARD VON STURMER*> K23 003 *<*4Mexico*> K23 004 |^*0The tag on the old gate had aged. ^He had been told that K23 005 by someone. ^It resembled a dog tag, made from the same K23 006 corroded metal as the gate. ^Perhaps eroded would be a better K23 007 word. ^From the left a rod appeared and struck the gate. K23 008 ^Nothing happened. ^No, something did happen. ^After a long K23 009 stretch of silence the tag fell to the ground. K23 010 |^The dogs were sleeping in different positions as the bus K23 011 drove past a red church. ^A wonderful red church. ^He only K23 012 saw the church from the bus window, but the red remained with K23 013 him for the rest of the journey. ^He imagined an encrusted K23 014 red, a red that had absorbed the sun before casting its shadow, K23 015 like a sea-cliff, over the pebbled streets and the sleeping K23 016 dogs. K23 017 |^When he awoke he believed that he was living inside a K23 018 diamond. ^The bougainvilleas, the blue sky, the vegetation all K23 019 streamed through the window of his room. ^Outside waterbeetles K23 020 glided across the surface of a swimming pool. ^The pool was K23 021 filled with algae, creating an olive-green world for the K23 022 beetles to inhabit. ^All this he decided he should record. K23 023 ^And as the sunlight began to fade he darted back and forth K23 024 across the room, each time coming closer to his desk. K23 025 |^There are as many dogs below as there are stars above. K23 026 ^Tonight the moon is full, a moon so bright that even the K23 027 roosters have begun to crow. ^Every minute a cannon fires a K23 028 rocket into the sky. ^The rocket explodes into a star. ^A K23 029 star of pain. ^And the dogs begin to bark. K23 030 |^The skeleton of a dog lifted its hind leg and peed against K23 031 the skeleton of a rock. ^In the house opposite a skeleton vet K23 032 and his skeleton nurse were examining the skeleton of a cat. K23 033 ^The cat had witnessed a river rushing down the main street and K23 034 was therefore in a state of shock. ^But the river was only a K23 035 collection of fish**[ARB**]-bones. ^Through the bones the wind K23 036 threaded fragments of cars, and refrigerators, and the K23 037 filaments from numerous lightbulbs. ^But you had no time to K23 038 examine such details. ^Even at mid-day the skeleton of night K23 039 was moving through the village. K23 040 |^It's a small world for the dead, smaller than for the K23 041 living. ^For the very poor white crosses have been painted on K23 042 the stone walls. ^Most of the dead, however, live beneath K23 043 small houses, and some beneath small churches. ^Then there are K23 044 the mounds, mound after mound, many without a name for the K23 045 moveable dead... ^He surveyed the village with its overgrown K23 046 streets and its chaotic dwellings. ^This place was a place to K23 047 rest, to sit in silence inside a bare room or to peek through a K23 048 window at the objects that had been left behind. ^He had K23 049 nothing to do in such a place, there were no hotels or K23 050 restaurants and he didn't speak the language. ^A language of K23 051 colours and stones. K23 052 |^The thick mist rolled back to reveal a dog. ^The mist was K23 053 a thick red. ^He reached down to pick up a stone and the dog K23 054 disappeared. ^This was the dream he dreamt each night. ^He K23 055 was a horse and his brother was a horse. ^They were two K23 056 spooked horses clattering down a narrow street. ^Then a dog K23 057 came out of the mist to snap at their hooves, and their heels, K23 058 for they were both horses and humans. ^He would reach down to K23 059 pick up a stone, down from himself as a horse to the dark red K23 060 earth. ^At that moment the dog would disappear. K23 061 |^He was walking behind an old man. ^The old man wore a K23 062 dusty sombrero. ^In his right hand he held a sickle, and over K23 063 his left shoulder he carried a pick-axe. ^From the pick-axe K23 064 there hung a spade. ^The spade followed the spine and the legs K23 065 of the old man to hover a few inches above the ground. ^As the K23 066 ground was hard it would require the pick-axe to break its K23 067 surface before the spade could dig a hole. ^The hole would be K23 068 for the remains that had been dismembered some time ago. ^But K23 069 where were these remains? ^There was just an old man. ^He was K23 070 following an old man along a dusty street. K23 071 |^On the outside of the veterinary shop the heads of four K23 072 animals have been painted: a horse, a cow, a goat and a K23 073 rooster. ^No one has thought about a dog. ^And if the dogs K23 074 have thoughts they keep them to themselves. ^With the eyes K23 075 lowered. ^Always with the eyes lowered. ^And if you look K23 076 directly at them they become confused. ^They are there to be K23 077 forgotten. ^But you remember. ^Each day. ^The dogs. K23 078 |^Small differences disturbed him more than larger ones. K23 079 ^The black ants were slightly bigger than the black ants of his K23 080 country, while the ladybirds were without their familiar spots K23 081 and completely red like miniature half tomatoes. ^He felt K23 082 hungry and walked towards the market. ^There he would be K23 083 passively consumed by the fruit. ^His green body, his yellow K23 084 body, his orange body *- one by one they would swell up in the K23 085 heat before being split open on the long wooden benches... K23 086 ^Later he looked at himself in the mirror and noticed how his K23 087 eyes had changed. ^They had been changed by what they had K23 088 seen. ^But in a subtle way, just as the black seeds on his K23 089 plate were not so much black as a kind of dark blue. K23 090 |^On his second journey to Amatlan a mantle of thoughts fell K23 091 away. ^In the back of the van there were plastic containers K23 092 filled with chickens. ^The chickens looked through him as he K23 093 looked at them. ^Some hot liquid spilled against his trouser-leg. K23 094 ^A woman apologised. ^He said it was nothing, nada, and K23 095 anyway he was on his way to Amatlan. K23 096 |^Two horses, loaded with branches, were uncertain about the K23 097 path they should take. ^A dog got up, walked a few steps, then K23 098 lay down once again. ^The dog was the same colour as the wall. K23 099 ^Small flags fluttered overhead. ^Someone turned and said K23 100 something. ^A cloud. ^A cloud appeared. ^Fifteen miles in K23 101 the distance it was mid-day. ^The horses decided to return. K23 102 ^The rain. ^The rain fell from the sky. K23 103 |^On his first journey to Amatlan he found himself alarmed K23 104 by the thought of the mountains. ^He imagined chasms and K23 105 ramparts and pathways between the phantom shapes of animals and K23 106 rocks. ^Then he was calmed. ^A mineral line ran through his K23 107 imagination. ^The mountains were the mountains of Amatlan. K23 108 ^He was of himself of these mountains. ^And so he began to K23 109 climb. K23 110 *<*3ALBERT COKER*> K23 111 *<*1The Tea Is The Colour Of The Nile*> K23 112 |^*0The sensation on entering a railway station waiting room, K23 113 comparable to that on encountering a haunted house, can be K23 114 explained by *1deja vu. K23 115 |^*0It is 9.50. ^The train leaves at 10.10. ^There is time K23 116 enough for a cup of tea. K23 117 |^There are experiences common to all men: waiting for a K23 118 train, the illusion of love, temptation. K23 119 |^Like all men I was waiting for a train. ^It was 9.55 a K23 120 few moments ago. ^I am tempted to look again at my watch just K23 121 to see if time has blossomed. ^Opposite me a young woman K23 122 crosses her legs, displaying thighs that taste nothing of tea. K23 123 |^By commenting on the tea I have perpetuated a mythology. K23 124 |^The tea is the colour of the Nile *- K23 125 |^If I was flying to Egypt I might be extending an extant K23 126 vernacular initiated by the guards at the construction site of K23 127 the great pyramids, say: K23 128 |^*'The pyramids are the nesting hills of the giant K23 129 Euclidian ant**' *- supposing at the time they were using Greek K23 130 slaves. K23 131 |^The body is haunted by the soul. ^Exit the soul and the K23 132 body is dead. ^The railway station waiting room is the K23 133 exception to the rule *- the souls depart and yet.... K23 134 |^Charon the sweeper empties the trash picking up the K23 135 dropped coins of those passed on. K23 136 |^As in all great mythologies the cup of tea overshadows the K23 137 trip to Wellington. K23 138 |^They serve the same cup of tea in Wellington *- it comes K23 139 down in one of the freight carriages. K23 140 |^The English write novels about railway stations. ^The K23 141 Americans sing train songs. ^For the children in the dark K23 142 there are the tunnels. K23 143 |^The train is to the American dream what the contraceptive K23 144 pill was to the woman of the sixties. K23 145 |^English tea is to British rail what the American Indian K23 146 was to Wells Fargo. K23 147 |^For the children in the dark there are the tunnels, the K23 148 Indians, and English tea. K23 149 |^A train running through the middle of the house is a K23 150 euphemism for spilt tea. K23 151 |^Spilt tea augurs travel, possibly by train. K23 152 |^Railway station waiting rooms are the nurseries of young K23 153 men. K23 154 |^In the corner \0Mrs Alfred Hedges is sitting absolutely K23 155 still. ^She has a silver fox stole wrapped around her K23 156 shoulders that is moulting. ^She is wearing men's workboots. K23 157 ^She smokes low tar cigarettes. K23 158 |^\0Mrs Alfred Hedges is a composite picture of the last K23 159 thirty years of rail travel. K23 160 |^The history of rail is to the development of the private K23 161 automobile what the works of Homer are to the chronicles of K23 162 \0F. Scott Fitzgerald. K23 163 |^Homer was a lineman on the American West Coast from 1915 K23 164 to 1957. ^\0F. Scott Fitzgerald is a used car salesman along K23 165 Great North Road. K23 166 |^{0N.Z.} Rail is the totara in the rain forest of K23 167 inter-island communication. K23 168 |^There are those that would have them fell the totara and K23 169 carve out a mighty canoe. K23 170 |^A life becomes integrated through travel by rail. K23 171 |^The kitchen whizz is to the egg whisk what the barbecue is K23 172 to the hangi. K23 173 |^You can buy a meat pie at Taumarunui, or wait and have K23 174 sausages and gravy at Wellington. K23 175 |^Charon rolling a cigarette smiles at me knowingly: K23 176 |^*'It's not the Silver Fern you want, it's the golden K23 177 bough.**' K23 178 |^He's right though, somewhere down the line the great K23 179 journey awaits us. K23 180 |^Travel is but an inventory for the transmigration of the K23 181 soul after death. K23 182 |^I believe I'll get a little cake to go with my tea. K23 183 |^A suntan is to the tourist what the shroud is to the dead. K23 184 |^The Trans-Siberian crossing is to the world's railways K23 185 what the Egyptian Book of the Dead is to its literature. K23 186 |^The railway station waiting room is the compost heap in K23 187 the garden of public transport. K23 188 |^Rail travel was to the transport revolution what Abraham K23 189 was to the Jews. K23 190 |^The private jet *- the Essenes. K23 191 |^Billy Graham is to John the Evangelist what Casey Jones is K23 192 to Moses. K23 193 |^Life is to the railway station waiting room what the lead K23 194 pencil is to mirror glass. K23 195 |^The family concession is the german shepherd in the rear K23 196 seat of the private automobile. K23 197 |^The elderly pensioner concession is the dachshund on the K23 198 crocheted rug in the rear seat of the private automobile. K23 199 |^The sports club concession is the fluffy dice swinging K23 200 from the front windscreen. K23 201 |^The train rolling through the morning with the crow on the K23 202 wing is believable enough. K23 203 |^The crow rolling through the morning with the train on the K23 204 wing is a bit of a stretcher. K23 205 |^Instead of Uncle Hubert's name on the family tree why not K23 206 a picture of a train. K23 207 |^If there is other life in the cosmos there will be trains. K23 208 |^To travel by train is not to see the ocean. K23 209 |^You can get further drunk on a train. K23 210 |^You can get drunk faster on an aeroplane. K23 211 |^You can get horribly drunk on a camel. K23 212 |^The train is to the poet what the nude is to the artist *- K23 213 what the '86 Merc is to {0H.T.} Jones. K23 214 |^A nude straddling the bonnet of {0H.T.} Jones' Merc is the K23 215 titillation of success. K23 216 |^A train straddling the bonnet of {0H.T.} Jones' Merc is K23 217 unfortunate. K23 218 |^An artist straddling the bonnet of {0H.T.} Jones' Merc is K23 219 impertinent. K23 220 |^A train coming out of a fire hearth is a painting by K23 221 Magritte. K23 222 |^It is 10.01. K23 223 |^Trains are not everybody's idea of a good time. K23 224 |^A bottle of wine, a little music and Sally Lomax is a good K23 225 time. K23 226 *# K24 001 **[398 TEXT K24**] K24 002 ^*0I can see a solitary peak rising from the plateau. ^For a K24 003 moment I imagine myself back in New Zealand, a ten-year-old K24 004 coming home from school, smelling the snow tussocks and K24 005 searching the horizon for the outline of Mount Cook piercing K24 006 the top of the Two Thumb Range. ^I can still see in my mind's K24 007 eye a schoolboy with skinny legs and matchstick arms running K24 008 over that wild and empty landscape. K24 009 |^Please God, don't worry too much about New Zealand, just K24 010 give me a hole to get through in the race. ^Even a little K24 011 hole. ^I have a terrible fear of being boxed in. K24 012 |^The Games open in a week. ^We reach Los Angeles tomorrow. K24 013 *<5*> K24 014 |^It was four days before the reaction set in. ^I had settled K24 015 into the Olympic Village with the New Zealanders, was relishing K24 016 their company and the warm Californian air, warm and soft and K24 017 dry like wine, and had begun training on a nearby school track K24 018 with Jerry and Tommy. ^The track was made of baked clay. ^It K24 019 felt hard, like asphalt. ^We had all lost weight on the train K24 020 journey and were frightened of losing more. ^My training times K24 021 were not spectacular, but adequate. ^I noticed how rapidly the K24 022 sweat evaporates from the pores in the dry air and drank liquid K24 023 by the gallon and advised anyone who complained of muscle-cramp K24 024 to do the same. ^It is important, I said, to restore the K24 025 moisture lost from evaporation. K24 026 |^Then on the fourth day, two days before the Games were due K24 027 to open, I woke with a sickening pain in my neck and limbs so K24 028 sore that at first I couldn't get out of bed. ^I knew at once K24 029 what it was, or so I thought *- muscle-jarring from the hard K24 030 clay tracks. ^They have none of the elasticity of cinders we K24 031 use in England. ^I had been told that the track at the K24 032 Coliseum would be just as hard and decided that my spikes were K24 033 far too long. ^What I needed, if my muscles weren't to seize K24 034 up altogether, was a pair with short spikes and like a fool I K24 035 rushed straight into town to find a sports shop. ^Had I K24 036 stopped and talked to Tommy, he would have sent me to the K24 037 British masseur, a wonderful Irishman who at that moment was K24 038 putting \0Dr O'Callaghan, the hammer thrower, into a bath and K24 039 rubbing him with a mixture of oil and potheen *- O'Callaghan K24 040 had woken that morning with sharp pains in his back. ^Half the K24 041 British team, I discovered later, were having similar K24 042 reactions. ^Some put it down to the climate whose exhilarating K24 043 effect, after the first few days, induced feelings of torpor, K24 044 stiffness, weight loss, aches of all kinds *- even in one case, K24 045 the 400-metre hurdler Robert Tisdall, total collapse. ^It K24 046 wasn't the climate and it wasn't the hard tracks, it was due to K24 047 nerves, just nerves, and Tisdall, an old campaigner, had the K24 048 sense to realise it. ^He took to his bed and stayed there K24 049 fifteen hours a day. ^On the day of his race he came out, K24 050 wonderfully restored, and won a Gold Medal. ^The only mistake K24 051 he made was to hit the last hurdle. ^Even then he created a K24 052 world record. K24 053 |^Nerves! ^I traipsed about Los Angeles from one sports K24 054 shop to another. ^The first had sold out of short spikes, so K24 055 had the second. ^By the time I had been to four shops I knew K24 056 it was hopeless. ^There had been a run on the sports shops. K24 057 ^I decided to try one more store. ^I entered the fifth shop in K24 058 a state of anxiety bordering on panic. ^There were four other K24 059 athletes at the counter when I entered. ^One of them, a tall K24 060 angular man with veined hands and impatient gestures, was K24 061 calling the proprietor an idiot. ^*"{Sie Vollidiot},**" I K24 062 heard him say in precise clear German. ^He seemed almost as K24 063 agitated as I was. ^Apparently the tall man had reserved a K24 064 pair of short spikes the day before; now, returning with the K24 065 money to buy them, he discovered that the proprietor had in the K24 066 meantime sold them to a Swede. ^It was the last pair. ^*"{Zum K24 067 Teufel mit Ihnen}!**" I heard him mutter, and as he turned from K24 068 the counter I recognised him. ^It was the German athlete I had K24 069 met in New Zealand, Otto Peltzer. ^*"{Ich werde es selbst K24 070 machen},**" he told the shop owner. ^*"I'll file the points K24 071 down myself,**" I understood. K24 072 |^Peltzer left the shop without seeing me. ^I thought of K24 073 running after him but didn't. ^I didn't need to. ^He had K24 074 already solved my problem. ^That evening, back in the village, K24 075 I borrowed a hand file and began grinding down the spikes on my K24 076 shoes. K24 077 |^I sat up most of the night, filing till my arms ached, and K24 078 next day took the file to the Los Angeles high school track and K24 079 continued to grind the points. ^Later when I put on the shoes, K24 080 the stiffness in my joints was still there but it seemed to be K24 081 easing. ^I began to eat again, recovering some of the weight I K24 082 had lost. ^At the track-side I watched Cunningham and Beccali K24 083 work out, noting their rhythms with less awe than when I had K24 084 first seen them in action. ^I sat in the shade and continued K24 085 to whittle down the spikes. ^The very act of holding something K24 086 in my hands, of drawing one piece of metal across another, had K24 087 a soothing effect. ^Travelling across America I had had a K24 088 recurring dream of failure, of jagged patterns that refused to K24 089 mesh and come together. ^As soon as I came to the Olympic K24 090 Village I searched the post for a letter from Janie (there was K24 091 none); I searched the programme when the draw for the heats was K24 092 announced; I read my allotted number, 216, forwards and K24 093 backwards to see if it would bring me luck *- I was looking for K24 094 a sign, I realised, some omen. ^Now finally it came. ^It K24 095 seemed a tiny miracle *- that chance, which had so often K24 096 favoured a course of action in the past, should rescue me now K24 097 in the shape of an eight-inch piece of metal suggested by an K24 098 enigmatic German with grey eyes and a small moustache whose K24 099 name was Otto Peltzer. ^In New Zealand \0Dr Peltzer had helped K24 100 me once. ^Now, unknowingly, he had done so again. K24 101 |^Cunningham, I noticed, had a sharp transfixed stare in the K24 102 eyes when he ran. ^I understood now why he was nicknamed the K24 103 Camel *- he ran leaning slightly forwards. ^Beccali took very K24 104 short strides, shorter than anyone's. ^He bounded up and down, K24 105 a noisy energetic runner with an odd tension in the angle of K24 106 his head. ^Both men had powerful chests. ^Compared with these K24 107 two the other runners, except for Jerry Cornes, seemed K24 108 lightweights. ^My eyes were on the runners as I rubbed with K24 109 the file, but my mind kept returning to the German, Peltzer. K24 110 ^Otto Peltzer had not appeared on the track at all. ^Yet he K24 111 was entered for two events, Tommy Hampson's race, the 800 K24 112 metres which was early in the programme, and mine. ^Tommy had K24 113 told me he knew Peltzer, once the conqueror of Douglas Lowe and K24 114 Nurmi; that he respected his reputation, but considered him, at K24 115 thirty-three, *"washed up**". ^Tommy thought him opinionated K24 116 and arrogant. ^But I remembered sitting at Peltzer's feet two K24 117 years earlier in 1930 in New Zealand, when his name was a K24 118 byword, asking him questions late into the night. ^I hadn't K24 119 liked him at first either, yet when we parted that night a K24 120 strange intimacy had grown between us. ^Before the meeting I K24 121 had gone to the library and devoured everything I could find on K24 122 Peltzer, discovering that in youth he had been stricken with K24 123 poliomyelitis and at the age of twelve was still confined in K24 124 plaster casts to a wheelchair. ^A solitary boy. ^A boy who K24 125 had one day torn off the plaster supporting his legs and taught K24 126 himself to run by running. ^No doubt I identified with the K24 127 puny German lad, lonely and insecure, derided by his K24 128 schoolmates for his weakness. ^Like the Sac and Fox Indian K24 129 athlete, Jim Thorpe, Peltzer had first tested himself against K24 130 deer and fox, running through the hills and valleys of K24 131 Schleswig-Holstein. K24 132 |^Reading about Peltzer in New Zealand, I seemed to be K24 133 reading about myself. ^That night in the hotel he had talked K24 134 to me about self-reliance. ^He said, ^*"You must discover the K24 135 body's secrets. ^Alone you must find them. ^Then teach the K24 136 body to run at changing speeds.**" K24 137 |^It was a hot night, the middle of summer, yet he had lit a K24 138 fire in the hotel room and wrapped himself in a coat and two K24 139 blankets. ^At one point he lay down on the floor and went to K24 140 sleep. ^Ten minutes later he sat up, refreshed, and we K24 141 continued talking. ^I was impressed by his self-discipline and K24 142 by the power of his self-education. ^Earlier in the day, K24 143 watching him run at Lancaster Park, Christchurch, displaying K24 144 the insignia of his Prussian club, I was aware of a fanatical K24 145 quality in him. ^He seemed to subject himself to the worst K24 146 kind of body-abuse, to defy everything the experts of the time K24 147 were saying. ^But he told me that he had taught his body to K24 148 run at varying speeds to the point of exhaustion, and then to K24 149 answer a summons and run three hundred metres more. ^That was K24 150 how in 1926 he had conquered Britain's double Olympic champion, K24 151 Lowe, and a few weeks later in Berlin he had overpowered Nurmi. K24 152 ^Whether or not Peltzer's reasoning was correct, whether or not K24 153 that was how he had set those two world records in 1926, I left K24 154 his hotel that night feeling I had imbibed a secret wisdom. K24 155 ^Somewhere inside my body, independent of all theory, all K24 156 medical logic and all accepted practice, was a mysterious and K24 157 delicately balanced inner clock waiting to be wound and K24 158 tripped. ^If I was going to run at the Olympics and win a Gold K24 159 Medal, I had but to seek and find the key. ^But only I could K24 160 do it, I alone. ^I, Lovelock. K24 161 |^How much nearer was I now, I wondered, as I sat there K24 162 working the file, to penetrating the mystery? K24 163 |^Cunningham had finished training and was talking to his K24 164 American coach. ^Beccali had already left the ground, going K24 165 off in a jaunty beret arm-in-arm with his team-mates. ^Erik Ny K24 166 was out there now, jogging quietly by himself, watched by Jerry K24 167 and Tommy Hampson. ^Tommy was chatting to Douglas Fairbanks. K24 168 ^Fairbanks, a Tommy Hampson fan, had driven out from the K24 169 Olympic Village. ^Tommy was due to run in the heats already on K24 170 the first day. ^I walked over and joined them. ^Tommy said, K24 171 ^*"Come on. ^Let's strut our stuff.**" ^He took us round an K24 172 easy quarter in 65 \0secs., then Jerry and I ran two laps more. K24 173 ^The baked surface felt surprisingly easy. ^The shortened K24 174 spikes, I told myself, had made a difference. ^There was no K24 175 jarring to the legs. ^The stiffness in the thigh and neck K24 176 muscles had quite gone. K24 177 *|^The Games opened on the last day of July, a Saturday. ^We K24 178 stood at the centre of the Coliseum, unfolding like a nutshell K24 179 at the foot of a city whose millions seemed to have been poured K24 180 in around us in such hundreds and thousands as I had never K24 181 before imagined; we heard a short oration by the American K24 182 Vice-President, \0Mr Charles Curtis; I raised my right arm with two K24 183 thousand other athletes to take the Olympic oath and as I did K24 184 so, looking up to the orange flame burning over the rim of the K24 185 stadium, I thought, ^Yes, this is how it is. ^This is how it K24 186 was. ^This is how it always will be. ^For in the Village the K24 187 night before we had discussed this very thing, the spirit of K24 188 comradeship launched by Baron de Coubertin, the founder of the K24 189 modern Olympics. ^Somebody at the next table, I forget who, K24 190 had scoffed, saying that the Ancient Games of Greece had never K24 191 been like this, that young men like us would always go to war, K24 192 that Coubertin's notions of fair play and sportsmanship were so K24 193 much hogwash *- and at this point I stood up and began shouting K24 194 at him. K24 195 *# K25 001 **[399 TEXT K25**] K25 002 ^*0It sounded like a thousand soldiers marching over the church K25 003 roof. K25 004 |^*"Women and children began screaming as I looked up and K25 005 saw the roof coming down. ^I tried to save my family but only K25 006 managed to hurl myself over my two daughters aged three and K25 007 nine. ^As the roof collapsed over us I found I could not move K25 008 and was lying in a hole over my two daughters. K25 009 |^*"One of my daughters told me we were going to die and that K25 010 we should have our last prayer together. ^I could not hear any K25 011 sounds from my wife and four other children, who I knew were K25 012 buried next to me. ^I knew they were dead when they did not K25 013 answer my call.**" K25 014 |^In the dark grey sodden dawn, even the oldest people in K25 015 the village, after a lifetime of hurricanes, had never seen K25 016 anything like it before. K25 017 |^The village was no longer there. ^The trees had been K25 018 stripped to bare twisted skeletons. ^The coconut trees lay K25 019 flat. ^The undergrowth had gone. ^The hills all around, where K25 020 yesterday there had been dense tropical bush, now showed the K25 021 deep red-brown earth and a bristle of bare trunks and branches. K25 022 ^The church was a mound of rubble. ^Its huge gable roof, K25 023 instead of being part of the wreckage, had completely K25 024 disappeared. ^It was never found. K25 025 |^The people emerged stiff and in pain from wherever they K25 026 had found shelter during the long nightmare *- dazed and K25 027 bewildered, unable to believe that they had survived. ^Each K25 028 pile of splintered wood, of rolled up iron, and shattered K25 029 branches that appeared before their eyes shocked them again and K25 030 again into waves of awe that they were still there, that they K25 031 had somehow been spared. ^As they moved their bodies the K25 032 wounds which were numb aches during the night became throbbing K25 033 pain. K25 034 |^All of Iokimi's family were alive. ^Sereana, with a K25 035 terrible cut on top of her head, had given her milk during the K25 036 night to tiny Teresia, and also to Eremodo's little son, who K25 037 had come back to life. K25 038 |^*"My wife was a hero,**" recalled Iokimi. ^*"Four days K25 039 after childbirth she fought the terrible battle through the K25 040 storm and gave life to two babies who would otherwise have K25 041 died. ^When I gave up and begged for death Sereana still had K25 042 strength to go on.**" K25 043 |^As daylight came, Ratu Isikeli returned through the rain K25 044 and helped move people to the shelter beneath one remaining K25 045 wooden floor of a house, and they carried many wounded people K25 046 there for protection from the cold driving rain. ^His daughter K25 047 Serafina had been lying on top of the rubble all night with her K25 048 little boy alongside her. ^Isikeli believed they had both K25 049 died, but when he approached, Serafina opened her eyes and K25 050 moved. ^He carried her to shelter and returned to find little K25 051 Wasesela also alive. K25 052 |^As the rain continued they found one remaining concrete K25 053 house with the walls still standing, but the flat roof broken K25 054 in the middle and sagging down. ^They propped it up and made K25 055 it sufficiently waterproof to move the badly wounded inside. K25 056 ^All that day, the few who could still move about, cared for K25 057 the wounded. ^The rain stopped and the sun came out at about K25 058 ten o'clock, and they hung clothes outside to dry, lit a fire K25 059 and prepared something warm to drink. ^Iokimi caught and K25 060 killed a pig, cutting the meat into chunks and boiling it for K25 061 food. K25 062 |^They desperately needed help. ^The people were cold and K25 063 weak, with terrible cuts and broken bones. ^Some, like Eremodo K25 064 and Karolo, who had lost wives and children, were dazed and K25 065 shocked. K25 066 |^There is no radio on the island of Ono; no way of calling K25 067 Suva. ^The nearest radio station is at Kavala Bay, almost five K25 068 miles away across Ono Channel on the main island of Kadavu. K25 069 |^On the day following the cyclone, the sea was like a great K25 070 heaving monster daring anyone to come near. ^That day and the K25 071 following night they tended the sick. ^Many were becoming very K25 072 weak *- including Sereana who was suckling two babies. ^On the K25 073 following morning the sea was less angry. K25 074 |^Men patched up the least damaged punt with nails and a K25 075 sheet of hardboard and got the outboard motor working. ^The K25 076 village schoolmaster, Kitione Qovo, and another man, Navi K25 077 Batinisavu, accompanied Iokimi, and together they faced the sea K25 078 to go for help. ^It was difficult to face new danger now, K25 079 having survived so far, but they gained courage from each other K25 080 and launched the small boat into the waves. K25 081 |^Mika Gukibau, Iokimi's cousin, and son of the old lady K25 082 Serafina who had survived the storm in the ruins of Iokimi's K25 083 concrete house, worked as a supervisor at the tele**[ARB**]- K25 084 communications centre in Suva. ^When the call came through at K25 085 midday *- 36 hours after the cyclone had struck *- he was on K25 086 hand to speak directly to Iokimi. ^When he heard the story of K25 087 disaster and death and the need for doctors and food, Mika K25 088 replied: ^*"\0O.K. ^Don't worry! ^Leave it to me to organise K25 089 everything!**" ^At the other end of the radio link Iokimi sank K25 090 back in relief and exhaustion. K25 091 |^The three men returned to their village on Ono island K25 092 immediately, with Ratu Vakacega, a resident doctor at the K25 093 government post at Kavala Bay, who had been working with the K25 094 injured in his area, but decided to go to the more urgent need. K25 095 |^By four o'clock that afternoon the government boat K25 096 Caginitoba arrived, and soon afterwards a helicopter dropped K25 097 out of the sky, with Ratu David Toginivalu, Minister of Labour, K25 098 and the Commissioner of Police and four other government K25 099 people. ^The helicopter made three trips to Suva before dark, K25 100 taking the most seriously injured, five at a time. ^On the K25 101 last trip Iokimi was put aboard with his wife and the babies K25 102 and flown out. K25 103 |^Their terrible battle with death was over. K25 104 |^Nineteen people died in the ruins of the Vabea Catholic K25 105 church. ^Only a few were ever uncovered. K25 106 |^A government bulldozer was sent to the island by barge K25 107 several days after the storm. ^Those few uncovered bodies were K25 108 carefully reburied in a funeral ceremony and the rubble was K25 109 bulldozed into a huge mound over them all. K25 110 |^Four years later a new church was built alongside. K25 111 *<*41: The Farmer*> K25 112 |^*0Brian McKay was unchangeable. ^But it was he alone who K25 113 really knew that nothing had changed. ^For a full nine years, K25 114 the prime years of a normal man's life, he was tossed about by K25 115 events, and appeared to become something different. K25 116 |^He appeared to slump from the high point of being an K25 117 active farmer, a man of strength and action in a grand and K25 118 silent rural domain. ^He appeared to topple and was replaced K25 119 as head of his small family by a determined wife who rose K25 120 through adversity just as surely as he seemed crushed by it. K25 121 ^He let things happen, to him and around him, that no other K25 122 hot-blooded strong-principled man throughout the past three K25 123 generations of his ancestry ever had. ^He weakened, became K25 124 silent and was humiliated. K25 125 |^Brian grew up on stories of his ancestors. ^His K25 126 great-grandfather, Albert, was the pivot in the historical events. K25 127 ^He was the first of the pioneers, an adventurer who left a K25 128 secure aristocratic household in Scotland to travel to K25 129 Australia, and then to New Zealand in the gold-rush time. K25 130 ^Though his family owned a transport business with several K25 131 hundred horses in the years before the steam trains, Albert K25 132 came to the colonies with little more than a supremely K25 133 confident manner and a gift for management. ^Others, like the K25 134 Rutherford family who settled in the east coast, brought the K25 135 money. K25 136 |^The land, which had languished for centuries under K25 137 fertility-building forest, with no one to claim it save a K25 138 handful of Maori natives, was wealth greater than gold to those K25 139 who knew its value. ^And as tracts were bought up by those who K25 140 were able, and by the agents of absentee investors, there was a K25 141 demand for managers with skills and strength to tame it, clear K25 142 the bush, stock new pasture with sheep and cattle, and provide K25 143 the backbone for a growing new civilised community and an K25 144 export trade in meat and wool to the Old Country. K25 145 |^The Rutherfords acquired land-holding of more than a K25 146 hundred thousand acres, and almost a third of it was managed by K25 147 Albert McKay. ^From the 1870s through the turn of the century, K25 148 Albert and his English wife raised a family of ten children *- K25 149 five boys and five girls. ^The oldest boy was Brian's K25 150 grandfather, Robert, who along with his brothers and every one K25 151 of the tough breed of young men who married old Albert's K25 152 daughters, firmly cemented the family's image. ^They all K25 153 became managers, bushfellers, expert stockmen; and established K25 154 families whose roots were totally tied to the land. K25 155 |^The generations of McKay wives were hewn from the same K25 156 materials as their husbands. ^The rural communities were K25 157 isolated and had a distinct social structure. ^It was K25 158 inevitable that young farm managers married farm managers' K25 159 daughters, or occasionally a schoolteacher in an isolated rural K25 160 school, or very occasionally a landowner's daughter. K25 161 |^Brian learnt about his ancestors from his father, Rudd, K25 162 whose own life as an east-coast manager spanned the transition K25 163 years from the hard pioneering days into the modern era of K25 164 communication, machinery and transportation. ^Rudd was bred to K25 165 the earlier life and often mourned its passing. ^He was, K25 166 however, able to prolong the toughness by taking on a new block K25 167 in the sparse central pumice land of New Zealand's North K25 168 Island. ^This land remained undeveloped until the 1930s when K25 169 the mineral deficiencies of its volcanic residues were K25 170 discovered and corrected. ^It was into this environment that K25 171 Brian's generation was born. K25 172 |^Brian was romantically charged by graphic stories of tough K25 173 men in a demanding environment and often felt he was born at K25 174 least a generation too late. ^But with seven thousand sparse K25 175 semi-improved Rutherford acres still under Rudd's control, and K25 176 clear prospect of its management passing to Brian *- a fourth K25 177 generation of the same employer-employee partnership *- the K25 178 family traditions appeared destined to continue. K25 179 |^It was in the fourth generation that tradition was broken K25 180 *- and it was Brian who broke it. ^His father, who knew more K25 181 than anyone the changes that had taken place, pressed Brian K25 182 into a wider education, wrenching him at the age of thirteen K25 183 out of the rural placidness into boarding school and then K25 184 agricultural college. K25 185 |^Shortly after graduating from college there came an K25 186 opportunity of a lifetime. ^Brian was given a job travelling K25 187 with a shipment of livestock on a voyage to South America, and K25 188 became the first McKay to leave New Zealand shores since Albert K25 189 had arrived to establish their family almost a century before. K25 190 |^Three years later he returned home changed beyond K25 191 recognition. ^He had experienced the rigours of Peru and K25 192 Argentina, savoured the ancient rocky terrain of his K25 193 great-grandfather Albert's native Scotland, worked amongst the rich K25 194 pedigree stockbreeders in England, Canada and the United States K25 195 of America, and taken brief superficial gallops through parts K25 196 of Europe and the Mediterranean. K25 197 |^But his greatest change of all was that he had returned K25 198 with a wife from a distant land. K25 199 |^Rudd let the reins rest on his horse's neck and raised his K25 200 hand to the wide brim of his battered hat, tilting it back K25 201 slightly so that the late morning sun touched his eyes, which K25 202 were intent on the distance. ^Brian reined in beside him and K25 203 eased himself up gently in the stirrups, stretching cramped K25 204 back muscles. ^From the ridge the two men could see for miles, K25 205 and the sight thrilled them both, each in his own way. ^The K25 206 old man saw the sweat and endeavour of three decades of work K25 207 and felt the inner glow of immense satisfaction. ^The young K25 208 man saw a future, and was almost overwhelmed by an optimism K25 209 spawned by the achievements of his father and magnified beyond K25 210 normal reason by the fact that he had recently taken a wife. K25 211 |^Rudd McKay was a widower, touching sixty, as sparse and K25 212 hardened as the land itself, his hands and face as leathery as K25 213 the saddle on which he sat. K25 214 *# K26 001 **[400 TEXT K26**] K26 002 *<*4Fast Post*> K26 003 |*- ^*0I've been thinking a lot about death, says my friend K26 004 Sooze holding out her glass for more wine. K26 005 |*- ^Death, says her lover Bryce not wanting to commit K26 006 himself. K26 007 |*- ^Why death, I say though of course I know. ^It's the K26 008 sort of thing Sooze does. K26 009 |^My lover Cam doesn't say anything. ^He regards death as K26 010 unacceptable for thought or talk. ^Cam is not interested in K26 011 abstracts. ^His back is bent, his elbows jut beyond his knees, K26 012 his hands hang dejected as he stares at the floor. K26 013 |^We are at Sooze and Bryce's bach. ^Her parents' really, K26 014 but Sooze and Bryce live there because their last flat folded K26 015 and they can't find anything because they have no money so K26 016 they can't find anything. ^Cam tells me they don't try. ^I K26 017 can't comment on that but it's nice for us. ^We pile into the K26 018 Skoda after work on Fridays and slip out to the coast in the K26 019 slow lane. ^We take food and wine and we lie about and talk K26 020 and drink a bit. ^Maybe go for a walk. ^We read a lot. ^There K26 021 aren't many people you can read with. ^Most people say *- ^Yes K26 022 great, and you drag out your paperbacks and start. ^Then they K26 023 tell you bits from their books. *- ^Listen to this, they say K26 024 then they read it and you have to listen perforce. ^Or else K26 025 they read for a bit then lie on their backs and say *- ^Aaah, K26 026 and you know they're bored and want to do something else and K26 027 will suggest it soon, so you keep your head down and try and K26 028 read your Barthelme faster which is unsettling because you K26 029 can't do that. K26 030 |^It's not like that with Sooze and Bryce. ^We just read. K26 031 ^Their son Jared who is measured in months not years lies K26 032 around with us though of course we keep him in play. ^We more K26 033 or less take it in turns. ^When it's Sooze's turn she props K26 034 Jared up surrounded by cushions and holds one of his pudgy K26 035 hands while she reads and kisses a dimple at the bottom of a K26 036 finger occasionally to fool him. ^He doesn't mind. K26 037 |*- ^Death, says Sooze again staring at the sea. K26 038 |*- ^What about it, I say. K26 039 |*- ^Well what do you think about it, says Sooze. ^She K26 040 wears a large sweater with a design loosely based on K26 041 aboriginal rock carvings. ^The zigzag lines which go up are K26 042 green, the zigzag lines which go down are orange, the small K26 043 stick figures are red and the background is black. ^The K26 044 aboriginal paintings I like best are the x-ray ones which show K26 045 what the animal has eaten *1in situ. K26 046 |*- ^*0Or don't you, she says. K26 047 |*- ^Of course I do, I say. *- ^What do you think I am. K26 048 |*- ^I don't, says Cam. K26 049 |^Sooze is incensed. *- ^Why not. K26 050 |*- ^What's the point, says Cam. K26 051 |*- ^There's no point, says Sooze. *- ^Except that it's K26 052 inevitable. K26 053 |*- ^Right, says Cam so don't think about it. K26 054 |*- ^So doesn't it *1interest *0you? K26 055 |^People like Sooze think people like Cam are not as K26 056 intelligent as they are. ^People like Cam don't care which K26 057 would really surprise people like Sooze if they could believe K26 058 it, but they never would so by and large it works out all K26 059 right. ^People like Cam know about the shifting mud which can K26 060 bury abstract thought and often does. K26 061 |^Enough, Cam thinks, is enough, and reality will be more K26 062 than. K26 063 |^Bryce has made his decision. ^He puts out one finger and K26 064 corkscrews a piece of Sooze's hair around it which doesn't K26 065 work as it's straight. ^He picks up her hand. K26 066 |*- ^Why hon he says. ^It's inevitable. ^No problem. K26 067 |*- ^What interests me I say, is why doesn't it worry us, I K26 068 mean. K26 069 |*- ^It worries me says Sooze removing her hand. K26 070 |^Bryce really wants to know. ^He snatches both her hands K26 071 across the table as though he's going to drag her into a K26 072 square dance. *- ^Why! he says. K26 073 |*- ^I mean when you think, I say quickly, that for K26 074 thousands of years the best minds all over the world have K26 075 fussed about life after death... K26 076 |*- ^And if you were a best mind and didn't you were burnt, K26 077 interrupts Bryce. K26 078 |*- ^...so why don't *1we *0care, I say. K26 079 |*- ^I do says Sooze. K26 080 |*- ^But you're a scientist! says Bryce. K26 081 |*- ^Ha ha says Sooze who teaches it. *- ^Oh, it's not K26 082 *1that *0she says. *- ^I don't mind about death of the *1body. K26 083 |*- ^*0*'Change and decay, in all around I see,**' roars K26 084 Cam who was a choirboy. K26 085 |*- ^What worries me is the *1spirit. ^*0The human K26 086 consciousness continues Sooze. *- ^Where does that go? K26 087 |^There is a pause. ^Cam inspects his jandals. ^Abstract K26 088 thought has the same effect on him as pornography. ^He doesn't K26 089 see the point and it's depressing. ^Cam is a builder. ^He K26 090 wears short shorts at work, the front of which are hidden by a K26 091 leather apron so heavy it looks like a costume prop for a K26 092 medieval film. ^In it he keeps the tools of his trade to hand. K26 093 *- ^We're getting there he says, dropping onto his heels from K26 094 a great height to hammer the floor. ^I still feel glad when I K26 095 see him swinging up the street. K26 096 |*- ^It doesn't go anywhere hon says Bryce. *- ^You've got K26 097 to accept that. K26 098 |*- ^I can't says Sooze. K26 099 |*- ^That's why people invented religions I say. *- K26 100 ^Because they couldn't accept the death of the spirit, see. K26 101 |*- ^Well nor can I says Sooze getting up to go and check K26 102 on Jared. K26 103 |^The sun is sinking but no one gives it a thought. ^Bryce K26 104 tops our glasses then reaches up and scratches about with one K26 105 hand in a top cupboard. *- ^We had some corn chips somewhere K26 106 he says coming back empty-handed. K26 107 |^Sooze also comes back and flops onto her chair. ^She puts K26 108 both hands up and combs the fingers back through her hair. ^It K26 109 looks better; the trapped air fluffs it up for a bit though K26 110 the result was unintentional. K26 111 |*- ^O.K.? I ask. K26 112 |^Sooze puts her hands together and lays a sleeping head on K26 113 them. *- ^O.K. she says. K26 114 |^I change the subject. *- ^How're things going in the flat K26 115 world I ask. K26 116 |^Bryce leans back tipping his chair, maintaining balance K26 117 with one hand. ^Suddenly he is behind a large table top with K26 118 desk furniture, a rock-a-bye blotter, an embossed leather K26 119 folder, a paper knife. *- ^We've been approached to house sit K26 120 a place in Khandallah, he lets slip. K26 121 |*- ^Great I say. *- ^I like *'approached**'. K26 122 |*- ^Sounds as though they're on their knees says Cam. ^He K26 123 removes a speck from his beer with his smallest finger. K26 124 |^Sooze smiles. ^She knows about Bryce but it's O.K. *- K26 125 ^Yes, she says. *- ^Aunty Gret was on the lookout. ^We know K26 126 Aunty Gret. ^She paints. ^She gives us muddy water colours K26 127 called Zinnias or Dahlias at Christmas and is a good sort and K26 128 gets on with it. K26 129 |*- ^We haven't seen it and all that. ^I mean they haven't K26 130 seen us and then there's Jared. K26 131 |*- ^Jared's flat on his back says Cam. *- ^What can he do K26 132 tenant-wise? K26 133 |^Sooze smiles. *- ^Some people. ^Kids. ^You know, she K26 134 says. K26 135 |*- ^Some people. ^Houses. ^You know, he says. K26 136 |^She puts out a finger and circles the vaccination mark on K26 137 his bicep which dates from our overseas time. ^He flexes just K26 138 for fun. K26 139 |*- ^What about Voltaire says Bryce untipping his chair. K26 140 |^Oh God. K26 141 |^Cam's bicep flops. *- ^Who he says. K26 142 |^Sooze turns very slowly to stare at Bryce. *- ^What about K26 143 him she says. K26 144 |*- ^Well he didn't get burned. K26 145 |*- ^Of course he didn't get burned snarls Sooze. *- ^He K26 146 was too late wasn't he. ^For burning. K26 147 |*- ^He was exiled though wasn't he I say. K26 148 |^That's the trouble. ^We don't know anything. ^Just K26 149 snatches. *- ^Have you got an Oxford Companion I ask. K26 150 |^Bryce yawns. *- ^Not here. K26 151 |*- ^Pears? K26 152 |^He shakes his head. K26 153 |*- ^Voltaire said that if God didn't exist it would be K26 154 necessary to invent him I tell Cam, as though the man is a new K26 155 pleat for third form clothing instruction which I teach. K26 156 |^Cam likes it. *- ^Good thinking, he says. K26 157 |^But Bryce won't let it go. *- ^What did *1he *0think K26 158 happened to the human spirit after death he says. K26 159 |^Cam bends down to pick up Jared's plastic rattle from his K26 160 feet, examines it carefully, shakes it a couple of times and K26 161 places it on the table out of harm's way although there is no K26 162 harm. K26 163 |*- ^I reckon this Fast Post is a rip off he says. K26 164 |^And then we were fighting about Fast Post. ^Bryce says K26 165 it's essential. ^He had a letter from Levin ordinary post K26 166 which took five days. ^He slams the table, the rattle rolls K26 167 onto the floor, *- ^Five days he says. *- ^From *1Levin *0he K26 168 says. *- ^Give me Fast Post! K26 169 |*- ^That's what they want you to do. ^Cam is very angry. K26 170 ^His mouth tightens, the skin around his lips is white. ^When K26 171 he is eighty he will have deep lines, not fine bird track K26 172 wrinkles like some old men. *- ^Pay twice as much. ^It's a K26 173 con! K26 174 |^I don't post much and I know nothing about it but that K26 175 doesn't stop me. *- ^We should boycott it! I cry. K26 176 |^Bryce wants to hit me. ^All of a sudden we are hating K26 177 each other, snarling and snapping at each others heels, K26 178 circling around the ethics of Fast Post. K26 179 |^Sooze is not interested in Fast Post. ^She has taken the K26 180 lasagne from the fridge and put it in the oven. ^She has K26 181 prepared the salad but has not yet tossed it. ^She has chopped K26 182 the chervil we brought and pressed the Bleu de Bresse, which K26 183 has been sitting on top of the fridge to ripen, between the K26 184 slats of its small wooden cage. ^Sooze seems pretty happy with K26 185 its condition as she releases and unwraps it. ^She rinses her K26 186 hands and shoves her hair back before curling up on the divan K26 187 to clutch a calico patchwork cushion she made years ago. ^The K26 188 design is called Cathedral Windows, not easy. K26 189 |*- ^What I do believe she says over the cushion top, is K26 190 that two thousand years ago a really good man lived and died K26 191 and if we could all live according to his commandments... K26 192 |^Bryce has had enough. ^He is on his feet, a tormented big K26 193 cat loping the few steps from door to table, swinging in rage K26 194 to confront her *- ^God in heaven! he shouts. *- ^What's got K26 195 into you! K26 196 |*- ^I can't stop thinking about death, Sooze mumbles into K26 197 the cushion. ^Cam is determined to help. ^He leaps up from the K26 198 table and sits beside her, pulling the cushion from her face. K26 199 |*- ^Look Sooze he says. *- ^There's nothing to it. ^Don't K26 200 worry about it. ^He takes her hand. *- ^I promise he says K26 201 smiling. *- ^I nearly snuffed it. ^Didn't I Margot. ^In Milan. K26 202 |*- ^Yes I say. K26 203 |*- ^All you feel is surprised. ^You know, like it's not K26 204 happening. ^Death, Cam insists, is for other people and when K26 205 it's you you're surprised. ^That's why they'll never stop the K26 206 road toll. *- ^Disbelief, he says. *- ^That's all. ^I promise. K26 207 *|^Milan is a challenge. ^It doesn't lie back and welcome K26 208 you like Venice say. ^You have to track it down, find the good K26 209 bits, work on it. ^We headed off from the station with our K26 210 packs. K26 211 |^It was one of those hotels which always surprise me by K26 212 not starting on the ground. ^It was on the third floor, K26 213 recommended by *1Let's Go. ^*0Ground floor was shops, first K26 214 and second another hotel, and the Pensione Famiglia Steiner on K26 215 the third. ^Space was used twice *- coffee and rolls were K26 216 served in last night's bar. ^The family, mother father and K26 217 three dark-eyed bambinas watched TV at night lined up on K26 218 straight chairs against the wall in the slit of office space. K26 219 ^You put down the lavatory seat in the tile lined box and K26 220 turned on the shower. ^In England where dirt cheap means it, K26 221 it would have been filthy but it was clean, the cotton K26 222 bedspread white white, the linoleum shiny, the paint scrubbed. K26 223 |^We had a coke in the bar when we arrived, dumping our K26 224 packs in the space labelled Rucksack in six languages. K26 225 *# K27 001 **[401 TEXT K27**] K27 002 *<*4No Tears or Tangi*> K27 003 *<*0Pamela Sim*> K27 004 |^*0A small marble monument stands among tall trees in K27 005 Masterton's Queen Elizabeth Park. ^Largely forgotten and K27 006 ignored, it was erected over sixty years ago. ^One of its K27 007 panels reads: K27 008 **[LONG QUOTATION**] K27 009 |^Signatories to the monument are listed. ^They include K27 010 Tamatea, Kahungunu, Kahukuanui, Rongomaipapa. K27 011 |^Every now and then when in Masterton we visit the park, K27 012 see the monument, and pay our private respects to those who had K27 013 the foresight to leave such a message to posterity. ^It is the K27 014 message rather than the monument which is important. ^It K27 015 reminds me of the message my father taught us when we were K27 016 growing up: respect the crown and the law, and make yourselves K27 017 New Zealanders to be proud of. ^This is our country *- Maori K27 018 and Pakeha *- and it is up to you and your children and their K27 019 children to keep united. ^We are all New Zealanders, he told K27 020 us, and must earn respect from others and show respect for K27 021 others; we are not something different with special privileges. K27 022 |^When we were of school age he was often asked why he K27 023 didn't claim his family's share of allowances for education K27 024 from Maori land that once belonged to his forefathers. ^I K27 025 still remember his steadfast answer: K27 026 |^*"I do not claim money from land that was sold long ago K27 027 for what was considered a good price.**" ^His words made me K27 028 think. ^When we sold our Masterton home to move to Wellington K27 029 with its better work prospects for our children, all it fetched K27 030 twelve years ago was *+$13,000. ^The section alone is worth K27 031 more than that now. ^How could our children in twentyfive or K27 032 fifty years' time protest the sale and say their forebears K27 033 shouldn't have sold at such a price? ^Yet this is the attitude K27 034 which is at the core of much of today's Maori land protests. K27 035 |^My father taught us that the Maori would earn respect by K27 036 working for goals and achievements rather than expecting to K27 037 receive handouts to compensate for the decisions or mistakes of K27 038 their forefathers. ^He demonstrated this shortly before he K27 039 died by throwing his personal treasures into a swamp at the end K27 040 of his road. ^We were upset when he told us what he had done, K27 041 tears rolling down his wrinkled face. ^There were medals for K27 042 athletics, a special \0St John Ambulance medal for his work K27 043 during the Napier earthquake, silver cufflinks presented to him K27 044 personally years ago by the then Duke and Duchess of York... K27 045 all tossed into oblivion. ^Why, we asked? K27 046 |^*"They are not your medals to cry over,**" he told us. K27 047 ^*"You want medals, you earn them. ^Only then will they have K27 048 real meaning.**" K27 049 |^My father was a proud man, proud of his mixed heritage and K27 050 his country. ^As a child he lived in a Maori district with his K27 051 grandparents and many relations. ^He had early memories of K27 052 Maori women working in potato fields harvesting the crop by K27 053 hand, stopping only when one of them, in labour, moved to the K27 054 shelter of nearby trees. ^Giving birth to her infant he would K27 055 watch *- or help *- as they washed the infant in the nearest K27 056 running stream before wrapping it in a clean cloth. ^If it was K27 057 strong enough it would survive. ^If not, it was put to one K27 058 side for burial, and the women would go back to their work. K27 059 |^He had clear memories of his ageing grandmother having her K27 060 moko rechiselled because the colour had faded. ^How he traced K27 061 the new colour in the design with his fingertips to soothe away K27 062 the pain. ^There were his occasional visits to Woodville, K27 063 walking through the dense bush at his mother's side, his K27 064 brother Zachariah being carried on her back. ^Having to sit K27 065 quietly at Gotty the artist's place while she scrubbed his K27 066 floors white again, followed by the long walk back in the dark K27 067 stillness of night. K27 068 |^There was the day when their settlement burned while he K27 069 was with his mother washing clothes in the river. ^They walked K27 070 miles to where his father lived in a tent beside the K27 071 Woodville-Napier road that the road gang he worked with was making. K27 072 ^They made their home in the tent, moving slowly north as the K27 073 road progressed. K27 074 |^Apart from the clothes they wore all his mother took with K27 075 her was her washing stone, a large and smooth rounded piece of K27 076 greenstone. ^Everything else they owned had been left behind K27 077 in the burnt shack. ^It was tapu. ^Zachariah died before K27 078 seeing three summers. ^Life was hard working on the roads. K27 079 |^Soon after my father was sent to school to learn to read K27 080 and write. ^He taught his father who suffered advancing K27 081 deafness to read a little and how to write. ^His mother never K27 082 learned. ^All her life she signed any documents with her mark K27 083 *- a curved cross. K27 084 |^During a long and full life he and mother lived in K27 085 Wellington, Napier, Huntly and Masterton. ^He always had a K27 086 special attachment to the country districts of southern Hawke's K27 087 Bay. ^I remember when we shifted to Masterton and he took us K27 088 to see the monument in the park. K27 089 |^*"When I die,**" he said, ^*"there's to be no tears or K27 090 tangi. ^Don't look back on what might have been or what we K27 091 might have had if... ^*'If**' is a meaningless word, as K27 092 meaningless as looking back. ^Never look back, only forward. K27 093 ^Live for the living; do not cry for what is past or those that K27 094 are dead and buried.**" K27 095 |^On their fiftieth wedding anniversary he and my mother K27 096 made a pilgrimage back to Otane where they had been married. K27 097 ^He visited his mother's grave in Hastings and wandered over K27 098 the hills he had loved as a child. ^How I wish he had written K27 099 down more of his memories and his thoughts and hopes. K27 100 |^He instilled something of his pride and personal K27 101 philosophy in his grandchildren, gave them warmly of his love K27 102 and was fiercely proud of them. ^He would have liked a K27 103 great-grandchild but we all married a little late to give him that K27 104 pleasure. ^Instead, we gave him love, care and warm respect in K27 105 his declining years just as he had done to his mother years K27 106 before. K27 107 |^*"I will die soon,**" he told us as he neared his K27 108 eighties. ^*"Remember, no regrets, no tears or tangi, just K27 109 clematis flowers on my coffin, and think of me when my K27 110 great-grandchildren are born. ^Take them to *'our**' monument. K27 111 ^Teach them life is for the living and about the living, not K27 112 the past. ^It is gone. ^The future is what is important. K27 113 ^Your future will be good, better than the builders of the K27 114 monument thought of.**" K27 115 |^The last day I saw him, he was a tired old man. ^We K27 116 walked around his garden holding hands. ^When he died, the K27 117 clematis flowered a full month early that year. ^As we drove K27 118 over the Rimutakas we picked some heavily flowering trails to K27 119 place on his coffin. K27 120 |^No tears for our Wiremu Hohepa or a tangi, just K27 121 remembrance and gratitude. ^This land is a better place for K27 122 his having lived and the lessons he taught. ^There isn't a K27 123 monument to his memory. ^It is the message rather than the K27 124 monument which is important. K27 125 *<*4Channel-Change*> *<*0Betty Bremner*> K27 126 |^Nothing, Fenella thought, could be more exasperating than K27 127 being with William in the Gare du Nord. ^Being with him in any K27 128 foreign railway station *- and they had been in quite a number K27 129 in the past few months *- made her feel that she had a wayward K27 130 traction-engine in tow. ^One that moved deliberately, that K27 131 required guidance at all times, one that now and then emitted K27 132 sudden chuffs of annoyance. K27 133 |^Partly it was the bewilderment of strange languages, K27 134 unfamiliar money, of too many people. ^Never had they been in K27 135 such vast uncaring crowds. ^Nothing was simple any more. K27 136 |^In Amsterdam William had in some subtle way organised them K27 137 onto the wrong train. ^The moment they discovered the mistake K27 138 all the lights went out. ^They hurtled across the railway K27 139 tracks *- no time for overbridges *- and with only moments to K27 140 spare flung themselves bag and baggage into the right train. K27 141 ^It was not a reassuring experience. K27 142 |^And the time in Freiburg am Bresgau. ^They were so early K27 143 for their train that William was convinced the one standing at K27 144 the platform must be theirs. ^This in spite of the fact that K27 145 German trains infallibly leave when they are due to leave and K27 146 not a minute before. ^William accosted a porter. ^The porter K27 147 had no English, William had no German, only a curious sign K27 148 language which he had not yet perfected. ^They both shouted at K27 149 Fenella. ^This is the train, quickly it's leaving! ^Schnell! K27 150 ^Schnell! ^Get on, get on! ^Inexplicably Fenella sat like a K27 151 pudding, immoveable, with their luggage all around her and K27 152 William leapt off again at the very last minute. ^Which was K27 153 just as well because it was the wrong train and they had not K27 154 planned to go to Strasbourg, ever. K27 155 |^Something had happened to William when they reached the K27 156 Continent. ^He suffered a Channel-change. ^He was like Alice K27 157 in Wonderland, but less worried. ^Fenella found she couldn't K27 158 rely on him for anything. ^It was she who held doors open only K27 159 to find William bowing some complete stranger through *- K27 160 apre*?3s vous Ma'amselle. ^It was she who stood in long queues K27 161 at the change shop only to discover that William had K27 162 miscalculated the exchange rate. ^*"I must have been thinking K27 163 of American dollars,**" he would say cheerfully. ^Or K27 164 schillings, or deutschmarks or whatever. K27 165 |^The day they arrived at Koblenz station late in the K27 166 afternoon there were dozens of tourists wanting to use the K27 167 phone-boxes. ^Fenella tried over and over to ring the pension K27 168 where they had stayed before. ^The instructions in German were K27 169 no help. ^The trouble with German she thought was that it gave K27 170 nothing away, not a hint of meaning in the long, K27 171 multi-syllabled words. ^Unlike Italian or French which offered a K27 172 sporting chance for an inspired guess. ^She ran out of K27 173 pfennigs. K27 174 |^The phone was out of order. ^Where was William? ^Why didn't K27 175 he wonder what was happening? ^She found him talking to a K27 176 blonde in vestigial shorts. ^From Australia he said. ^And did K27 177 Fenella think she could show this girl how to use the phone K27 178 because she really had no idea... ^Fenella's reply was not K27 179 nice. ^Fortunately a horde of schoolchildren came shouting and K27 180 laughing into the concourse and her words were lost. K27 181 |^It was after the events of that first day in Paris and in K27 182 particular their arrival at the Gare du Nord, that Fenella K27 183 began to think of him as Madgewick. ^She found herself calling K27 184 him Madgewick, not out loud, but privately in her mind. ^The K27 185 name had appeared from nowhere, presented itself to her K27 186 imagination like a balm. ^It soothed something within her, set K27 187 the reality of him at a slight remove. K27 188 |^She had thought that Paris was going to be different. K27 189 ^Sitting in the train with their map of the city spread as K27 190 large as a tablecloth over the compartment, she reassured K27 191 William that they at least knew where they would be sleeping K27 192 that night. ^The ho*?5tel Andre*?2 Gill had been recommended K27 193 by a friend in London; clean and inexpensive he said. ^He had K27 194 drawn a map and worked out their route on the Metro. ^None of K27 195 the usual uncertainties when they arrived in a strange place, K27 196 finding the accommodation bureau, looking down the lists of K27 197 hotels to the pension, then walking, walking, consulting their K27 198 map again and again till by some good chance they found the K27 199 street and a pension with a vacancy. K27 200 |^*"Here it is,**" said Fenella, her finger on the map, K27 201 *"the {Rue des Martyrs} in Pigalle.**" ^*"But Fenella, I'm K27 202 wondering if Pigalle is quite the place for us to be staying... K27 203 one or two things I've heard... some rather unconventional K27 204 people live in Pigalle... and all those cinemas showing sex K27 205 films.**" K27 206 |^*"*2NOW *0you say it when we are almost in Paris,**" she K27 207 groaned. ^*"This little hotel has been recommended. ^What's K27 208 more, we know how to get there. ^{Tre*?3s important c*?6a! K27 209 ^Veux-tu devenir encore perdu?}**" K27 210 *# K28 001 **[402 TEXT K28**] K28 002 ^*0Why couldn't they turn the clock back? ^Go through it K28 003 again, but knowing, so she could stay with him, comfort him K28 004 while he died. ^It can't be true. ^It can't have happened. K28 005 ^She *1must *0see him again. ^Talk to Will.... K28 006 |^A knock at the door. ^She gets up and opens it. ^It's K28 007 0Mrs Baker. ^*'Hello, 0Mrs Stevenson. ^I heard your husband K28 008 was in hospital. ^I've just come down to see how he is.**' K28 009 |^She can't talk to her. ^She can't say it. ^She's got to K28 010 be able to say it. ^She's got to tell Susannah and Gus soon. K28 011 ^Liz, and her parents, Aunty Mary and Uncle Stan. ^She's got K28 012 to be able to open her mouth and say ... and say to them.... K28 013 ^*'I can't.**' ^She sways in the doorway. K28 014 |^*'Oh dear. ^Let me help.**' ^\0Mrs Baker almost carries K28 015 her back to the chair. ^*'Bad news?**' ^Jess nods. K28 016 ^*'*1Really *0bad news?**' ^Jess nods again. ^*'Where are the K28 017 girls?**' K28 018 |^Jess points to the house. K28 019 |^*'Do you want me to go and get them?**' K28 020 |^*'Yes please.**' K28 021 *|^Karori Cemetery. ^A wind blowing and a high, dizzy sun in K28 022 the sky. ^The sun shouldn't be there. ^This is no day for the K28 023 sun. ^Will's coffin has been lowered into the hole. ^No K28 024 priest or vicar present. ^She couldn't have stood the K28 025 hypocrisy of that, and her father asked Jimmy Wright's Dad to K28 026 say a few words. ^She still can't believe that it's her Will K28 027 lying in that box, cold and lonely, his spirit gone. ^Perhaps K28 028 he's flown back to his cool island home. ^No, she thinks, this K28 029 is... this was... his home. ^His home and his four girls. K28 030 ^She looks at his daughters standing opposite. ^He was so K28 031 proud of them. ^Now they stand, pale heads bent, and Susannah K28 032 hasn't stopped crying all morning. ^*'I didn't even see K28 033 him,**' she keeps wailing. ^*'I didn't say goodbye. ^Poor K28 034 \2Dadda.**' ^She's only thirteen, poor wee thing. ^It's enough K28 035 to break you at any age, but thirteen... it seems such a K28 036 vulnerable age. ^Jess looks at her mother. ^She's so frail, K28 037 she'll be next. ^A cancer eating into her, just as the K28 038 worms.... ^She takes out her hanky and blows her nose. ^She'd K28 039 hoped she wouldn't break down, thought she'd cried all her K28 040 tears. ^They were a long time coming, and then she couldn't K28 041 stop them. ^Her mother puts her arm around her. ^On the other K28 042 side is her father. ^He touches her hand. ^*'There, lass, K28 043 there.**' ^His eyes are red too. ^She blows her nose again, K28 044 straightens up, and looks across at the girls. ^She catches K28 045 Liz's eye and nods at her. ^Liz puts her arm around the K28 046 sobbing Susannah. ^That will be my job from now on, Jess K28 047 thinks. ^I'll have to comfort Susannah. ^I don't have Will's K28 048 fund of stories, or his capacity for telling them. ^And I'll K28 049 have to provide for her until she leaves school. ^Widowed and K28 050 destitute. ^Like heck! ^Widowed yes, but destitute never. K28 051 ^We'll manage. K28 052 |^She wishes now she hadn't so readily turned her back on K28 053 the idea of a God. ^Who do you go to at a time like this when K28 054 there isn't one? ^There's no going back on that, but she would K28 055 love, just for now, to have the benefit of Aunty Mary's faith. K28 056 ^There she is, leaning on Uncle Stan, her face as smooth and K28 057 emotionless as a statue's. ^Sally-Ann bonnet tied to her head, K28 058 eyes dry. ^The Lord's will has been done. ^Uncle Stan is K28 059 wiping his eyes. K28 060 |^I loved you, Will, she says silently to the coffin as the K28 061 first clod of clay falls on top of it. ^I am going to miss K28 062 you. ^And I'm sorry I couldn't say goodbye. ^It was too K28 063 sudden, but I would have said that I loved you if I had the K28 064 chance. K28 065 |^The speaker comes up and shakes her hand. ^*'A grand man. K28 066 ^A man of principle, even if he did agree with conscription.**' K28 067 ^He sighs. ^*'When all's said and done, politics never \2done us K28 068 much good anyhow. ^An' we all end up dead.**' ^He pats her arm K28 069 and walks off. K28 070 |^*'He was a wonderful man, lass.**' K28 071 |^*'I know, Dad. ^I was lucky to have him. ^Now....**' K28 072 ^But there is no now. ^There is no future. ^Only the past and K28 073 she will live in it as long as she can. ^She feels like a pane K28 074 of glass that has been shattered, but not broken. ^She is in K28 075 pieces, but she's holding together. ^The worst has happened K28 076 and she will survive. ^But for now she would love to be able K28 077 to scream his name to the wind. ^Shout her grief at the sun. K28 078 ^*'Wi...i...ill!**' K28 079 *|^It is the morning of her twentyfifth birthday and Susannah K28 080 is dreaming of a man. ^They dance closely. ^She leans her K28 081 head on his shoulder and thinks, fleetingly, people will think K28 082 I'm brazen doing this. ^Then they dance in circles, close K28 083 bodies, tiny steps as if they were one person. ^Next, they are K28 084 in bed together, fully clothed, and he undoes a button on her K28 085 blouse. ^She does it up. ^He runs a soft hand up her leg. K28 086 ^She pushes it away. ^He kisses her neck, and she cries, K28 087 ^*'No, don't do this to me. ^You know I... you're only doing K28 088 this....**' ^But, her dream-mind tells her, you could give in, K28 089 enjoy it. ^So she does. ^She wakes feeling vaguely guilty, K28 090 until she remembers his hands and the kiss on her neck. ^And K28 091 that it was only a dream. ^Then she feels warm. K28 092 |^She looks at the clock. ^It's six o'clock. ^Still early. K28 093 ^She pulls out from under the mattress the old exercise book K28 094 she writes her poetry in, and sits up in bed writing: K28 095 **[POEM**] K28 096 |^She changes *'my**' in the fourth line to *'the**', and K28 097 sucks at the end of her pencil. ^She doesn't like the word K28 098 *'dying,**' but what other? ^Waiting? ^Too tame. ^Doesn't K28 099 sound right. ^The whole thing is awful, she decides. ^The K28 100 only decent line is ^*'We came**' and that's because of the K28 101 double entendre. ^She likes the word *'libido**'. ^She's sure K28 102 her mother wouldn't know what that meant if she did find the K28 103 poem. ^Who will be the man in her dreams? ^She's certain she K28 104 hasn't met him yet. ^*'Will I know him when I do?**' she asks K28 105 herself. ^What is the chemistry that makes two people right K28 106 for each other? ^She does know he would have to be as kind and K28 107 intelligent, as much fun, as her father was. ^She closes the K28 108 exercise book and gets out of bed. K28 109 *<*6ALF*> K28 110 *<*2LONDON 1912*> K28 111 * K28 112 |^*'COME ALONG ALFIE,**' *0Faith, the maid, pulls him down K28 113 the road. ^*'You \2bin a naughty boy. ^You've interrupted my K28 114 whole day. ^And that means I'll have to catch up on \2me K28 115 afternoon \2orf.**' ^She clips him lightly across the head. K28 116 |^At the corner the muffin man is steaming. ^His mountain K28 117 of muffins puffs into the cold air. ^*'Gi'me a muffin, K28 118 Faith,**' he begs. K28 119 |^*'Don' you say gi'me. ^You got to say give me.**' ^She K28 120 bites her top lip hard on the v. ^You got to talk proper.**' K28 121 |^*'Well \2giz a farthing, then. ^Go on.**' K28 122 |^*'Don't be cheeky, and don't say \2giz.**' K28 123 |^*'I don't care how I talk. ^I don' want to go to school K28 124 no more.**' K28 125 |^*'Your talking's got right disgusting. ^It has. ^What K28 126 comes of sending a boy like you to the board school. ^Pick up K28 127 all them bad 'abits, you will.**' K28 128 |^They pass the muffin man and march closer to the long K28 129 brick wall that the school hides behind. ^The wall is so high K28 130 that from the other side Alf feels like a prisoner. ^He looks K28 131 up at the top. ^Then down at Faith's fat hand gripping his K28 132 own. ^Faith's nice. ^He likes Faith most of the time. ^*'I K28 133 don't like school,**' he pleads as they near the gates. K28 134 |^*'You've only been 'ere two days. ^You can't tell in no K28 135 two days.**' K28 136 |^*'Did you like school, Faith?**' K28 137 |^She stops to open the heavy iron gates. ^*'I sometimes K28 138 wish I'd \2give it more mind.**' K28 139 |^*'But did you like it?**' K28 140 |^*'It \2ain't for long. ^Afternoon's most gone. ^I \2bin K28 141 told to wait, and then I got to take you to the shop. ^Your K28 142 mother's doing the accounts.**' K28 143 |^They've crossed the boys' playground, an ugly grey square K28 144 that swallows Alf. ^They're at the door. ^*'Take me all the K28 145 way,**' and he adds for further encouragement, *'else I might K28 146 run away again.**' K28 147 |^She opens the door and leads him down the long, high K28 148 corridor. ^Their footsteps echo in the silence. ^The only K28 149 other noise is a distant chant. ^One of the big classes doing K28 150 tables, or reciting poetry. ^*'If you don' go to school, K28 151 Alfred Armour,**' Faith whispers, *'you'll end up like Joey.**' K28 152 |^That wouldn't be so bad, he thinks. ^*'Did you like K28 153 school?**' K28 154 |^*'Oh \2lor, Alfie. ^You always keep at it till you get your K28 155 answer. ^No, I did not. ^I on'y went because I had to.**' K28 156 |^They are at his classroom, and Faith flings the door open, K28 157 pushes him in and slams the door shut after him. ^He stands, K28 158 waiting. ^Looking at the teacher who is looking at him. ^He K28 159 can't remember the teacher's name. ^*'Well, well, well,**' the K28 160 teacher scowls at him. ^*'Master Armour has decided to return. K28 161 ^You want to grace us with your presence, eh boy?**' ^The K28 162 teacher comes forward, towering, a quivering black moustache, K28 163 and eyes bright and angry. ^*'We are highly honoured.**' ^He K28 164 takes Alf by both ears and screws them around until he squeals K28 165 with pain. ^*'Sit! ^And not another word out of you,**' the K28 166 teacher pushes him onto the front bench. K28 167 |^That won't be hard, thinks Alf. ^He hasn't said a word to K28 168 the teacher, or any of the pupils since he started school. K28 169 ^He's comfortable with his silence. ^He rubs his ears and K28 170 manages to stop the tears from rolling out of his eyes. ^He K28 171 can't stop his nose from running, so he takes his handkerchief K28 172 out of his top pocket. K28 173 |^*'Toff!**' hisses the boy sitting next to him. ^*'Only K28 174 toffs 'ave a \2nankerchief,**' and he pinches Alf's leg, hard. K28 175 ^*'An' brown boots.**' ^The teacher has his back to them. K28 176 ^He's writing something on the blackboard. ^Alf shifts as far K28 177 away from the boy as possible. ^The bench creaks and the K28 178 teacher whips around trying to catch the culprit. ^He glares K28 179 at the class, then turns back to the board. ^Alf won't pinch K28 180 the boy back. ^He's scared of him, and anyway, he's got no K28 181 boots. ^On this cold October day he's swinging his skinny K28 182 little legs, inches from the floor, with no boots and no K28 183 stockings. ^Alf looks down at his own brown boots and ribbed K28 184 stockings. ^Even Joey's got boots. ^The tops have come away K28 185 from the bottoms in places, and they have cardboard insides, K28 186 but they are boots. ^And this pincher with the cold, bare feet K28 187 hasn't got shoes or boots or anything. K28 188 |^The teacher is a long time at the blackboard. ^How Alf K28 189 hates this classroom. ^He hates it almost as much as he hates K28 190 the teacher. ^There's a stuffy smell, wet clothes, chalk, ink, K28 191 even the slates have a smell. ^He hates the creaking form he K28 192 has to sit on. ^The wood is split, and it isn't hard to end up K28 193 with a splinter in your hand, or in the gap where your K28 194 stockings end and your knickerbockers begin. ^He hates the K28 195 squeaking slate pencils, and the musty-smelling books, torn, K28 196 pages missing. ^Reading is something you go to school to learn K28 197 to do. ^Word reading. ^Alf can only read the pictures yet. K28 198 ^He knows some words. ^His own name, words around their shop, K28 199 the sign on the corner shop window that says, ^*'Fresh cows' K28 200 milk twice daily. ^Orders taken here.**' ^The teacher's long K28 201 cane reminds him of the whip they use on Dobbs, their horse. K28 202 ^Teacher can pick that cane up and crack it in no time. ^He K28 203 can reach the fourth row without moving from the blackboard. K28 204 |^*'Now we shall try and write this on our slates,**' the K28 205 teacher says pointing to the alphabet he's written on the K28 206 blackboard. K28 207 *# K29 001 **[403 TEXT K29**] K29 002 *<*56*> K29 003 |^*0Donna attended a city school and is fond of telling K29 004 visitors over the top of a match on the tube that her tolerance K29 005 of sport stretches only to the bounds of what is therapeutic. K29 006 ^She understands and approves of jogging, but is bewildered by K29 007 my fingernail-chewing and frayed nerves during the fifth day of K29 008 a cricket test. ^Donna will look determinedly at the pitch, K29 009 examine carefully the whiteclad players *- give her credit for K29 010 pressing on with mysteries *- but she remains unable to latch K29 011 onto that precious moment when nothing is actually happening, K29 012 but is poised between what *1is *0possible, and what *1will K29 013 *0become. K29 014 *|^This, I believe, is what finally seduced my father. ^The K29 015 afternoon I found him sitting by the railway tracks across the K29 016 river, I imagine him mulling over the chaos of history K29 017 reconstructed, but also a touch sour because what had been K29 018 beyond his professional reach was managed by the fat-bellied K29 019 Storm Callaghan with ease. ^The {0PE} instructor fidgeted and K29 020 turned the whistle around in his fingers, but finally stood K29 021 aside as the natives again and again turned the Redcoats back K29 022 into the river and took the garrison. ^What happened next I do K29 023 not think was a case of Dad mischief-making, for which he was K29 024 later criticised. ^He was moved to genuine excitement simply K29 025 by not knowing what might happen. ^He realised his past K29 026 failures. ^No matter how much he had tried to conjure up K29 027 excitement that day when he and I crouched behind the bushes in K29 028 Mitchell Park, the moment had been nothing more than a trick in K29 029 tonality, a pretence that the outcome of the attack on the K29 030 garrison was unknown until that final anecdotal moment he chose K29 031 to reveal it. ^Now, as he sat on the bank with his back turned K29 032 to the trains hurtling past, as he sat watching one historical K29 033 reversal followed by another, the more he focused the more he K29 034 wavered. ^Following the visit of \0Mr Hakaraia and \0Mr Poata, K29 035 Dad's obsession, Project *=II, turned from what *1happened *0to K29 036 what *1might be. K29 037 |^*0For Project *=II, Dad had failed to touch the K29 038 imagination of the other departments. ^The end of the year K29 039 exams, the promise of summer, had dulled the collective staff K29 040 enthusiasm. ^Also, I imagine they were not quite sure what old K29 041 Manic was up to. ^Whatever it was, their instincts had told K29 042 them it sounded slightly off the wall, and therefore, not to be K29 043 trifled with. ^So everything had been left to Dad and Storm K29 044 Callaghan. K29 045 |^Callaghan had got into the habit of telephoning our house K29 046 in the evening. ^I heard Dad tell him that this *'back and K29 047 forth nonsense**' could not go on forever, that at some point K29 048 Callaghan, as head of the {0PE} department, was going to have K29 049 to blow his whistle and call time, and the losing side must K29 050 face the consequences. ^Callaghan apparently agreed. K29 051 |^I don't know what day it was that Storm Callaghan chose to K29 052 blow his whistle a final time, but towards the end of October K29 053 we started receiving abusive phone calls. ^A truckload of K29 054 broken bricks was dumped in our driveway. ^One Saturday night K29 055 I woke to beer bottles smashing on the street and in the K29 056 morning *2MANIC PANIC *0in big white bold letters marked the K29 057 pavement by the letterbox. ^The parents who started ringing K29 058 Dad at night were not too fazed about their son's black eye, K29 059 they were more concerned about *'this other bloody nonsense**'. K29 060 ^One woman bailed up Helen Jefferson at the shops and gave K29 061 instructions that she tell her interfering husband to lay off K29 062 her boy who was not about to start learning bloody Maori. K29 063 |^Manic became a target. ^On the question of loyalty, Storm K29 064 Callaghan was considered more trustworthy. ^He was on record K29 065 as drumming it into the kids to play it fair and hard. K29 066 ^Callaghan just refereed, whereas Manic as coach was an unknown K29 067 quantity. ^It was Manic who kept the Redcoats in after school K29 068 learning Maori, encouraged them to recite their whakapapas, and K29 069 joined in a sort of foreman's capacity with their cultivation K29 070 of the kumara patch around the garrison. ^By then, Callaghan K29 071 had jumped ship and Dad was out on his own. K29 072 |^One Sunday evening \0Mr Hakaraia pulled up outside with a K29 073 carload of kids. ^He bought into the house a milkcrate of K29 074 crays and set up in the kitchen a large pot of boiling water. K29 075 ^Neither Dad nor \0Mr Hakaraia mentioned Project *=II. ^I K29 076 wondered if \0Mr Hakaraia, as he left the house, had noticed K29 077 the *2MANIC PANIC *0slogan outside. ^And what did Dad himself K29 078 think of this cruel graffiti? ^It never got discussed. ^At K29 079 least, not with me. ^I doubt whether it got aired with Helen K29 080 Jefferson either. ^She and Dad always seemed to be circulating K29 081 in different parts of the house. ^Project *=II totally K29 082 consumed him; his instruction during the day of the Maori he K29 083 learned at night was the only way he could keep abreast of his K29 084 pupils. ^Helen Jefferson did not share his passion. ^I am not K29 085 sure whether she was even aware of what he was up to. ^I wish K29 086 I could point to clear, unambiguous displays of violence or K29 087 cruelty, but the problem between Dad and Helen Jefferson went K29 088 deep, beyond superficial skirmishes, and the mystery deepened K29 089 with my mother's unbearable silence. ^I can only guess at the K29 090 tremendous vindication Dad derived from \0Mr Hakaraia's K29 091 gesture. K29 092 |^We cooked all the crays the way \0Mr Hakaraia instructed, K29 093 ate one, and gingerly picked apart the others for lunchtime K29 094 sandwiches. ^The kitchen floor was covered with newspaper, and K29 095 dismembered crays stretched from the door to the kitchen table. K29 096 ^Dad looked from his hands to the kitchen floor slaughter and K29 097 his wry glance showed the amusement of a history teacher K29 098 embroiled in butchering. K29 099 |^The mangled crays still lay scattered when a deputation of K29 100 Redcoat fathers showed. ^Dad accepted these visits as if they K29 101 were expected. ^Perhaps they were. ^He brought \0Mr Van Beers K29 102 and \0Mr Terrence through to the kitchen. \0Mr Terrence was K29 103 slightly built, in this way not unlike my father, except Dad K29 104 never wore shorts and walksocks. ^It was easy to think of the K29 105 two visitors not sharing the same mission, that their arrival K29 106 had more to do with coincidence, more so when \0Mr Terrence K29 107 tip-toed through the red dismembered limbs while \0Mr Van K29 108 Beers, whose thinning blonde hair lightly cascaded over his K29 109 sunburnt forehead, glared at the kitchen floor. K29 110 |^\0Mr Terrence, who shared none of \0Mr Van Beer's K29 111 astonishment about the crays, said quietly, ^*'Those are crays, K29 112 I see...**' K29 113 |^The two men looked at Dad, expecting an explanation. ^Did K29 114 he himself skindive? ^Perhaps a fish-bearing relative had K29 115 dropped by...? ^Could they imagine Manic's page-turning K29 116 fingers expertly surprising crustaceans in the murky kelpbeds K29 117 of Pencarrow? K29 118 |^They were handsome-sized crays *- even in their K29 119 dismembered state this was obvious *- and as Dad was not one to K29 120 steal another's credit, he said, ^*'Excuse the mess, but you've K29 121 only just missed \0Mr Hakaraia.**' K29 122 |^*'Hakaraia,**' said \0Mr Van Beers. K29 123 |^*'You know,**' said \0Mr Terrence. ^*'Hakky from the K29 124 killing floor.**' K29 125 |^*'Hakky raia,**' repeated \0Mr Van Beers. ^*'\0Mr K29 126 Hakaraia brought you these crays...?**' K29 127 |^And that was that. ^They found their own way out and Dad K29 128 found himself staring at me as I hung about like a tea towel, K29 129 attentive, absorbent, but useless at communication. K29 130 |^*'Gee, isn't that something,**' he wanted to say again, K29 131 with the same telegraphed irony of his phony history-master's K29 132 grin. ^*'A couple of blokes knock on another's door, inspect K29 133 the kitchen floor and leave satisfied...**' ^Well, naturally he K29 134 had to be worried, but instead he feigned this goofball K29 135 innocence, this thinly civilised veneer, for my benefit. K29 136 ^Where did he turn to? ^I cannot imagine what he feared when K29 137 alone at night. ^At night when his adrenalin level was cooling K29 138 off from the day's experiments, I imagine him escaping back to K29 139 his history books, to their reassuring narrative of final K29 140 scores and results. K29 141 *|^Dad had no way of getting the shit out of his system, except K29 142 to blow out his cheap little smiles. K29 143 |^When my own worry lines began to deepen recently, Donna K29 144 suggested I take up jogging with Rob. ^But I have seen fathers K29 145 and sons out jogging the roadsides and I do not like it one K29 146 bit. ^Have you noticed the childish, idiotic expression these K29 147 fathers take on, and the unsettling worldliness of the young K29 148 boys' faces? ^There was a time, before Rob was born, when I K29 149 would come home early, mid-afternoon, with the sun shining K29 150 through the French doors washing the carpet where we lay about K29 151 naked and happily spent, and nothing ever seemed too bad. ^No K29 152 insurmountable problems existed. ^But that was some time ago, K29 153 and we do not pretend things are the same any more. K29 154 |^Workwise, the advertising revenue has not been what it K29 155 should be in *1Tomorrow's Bride. ^*0The *1Bride *0is K29 156 published quarterly and a poor winter's performance has often K29 157 been erased with a spectacular Christmas issue, so that the K29 158 annual revenue figure still makes good reading. ^But since K29 159 Collins bought in two years ago the revenue has shrunk and K29 160 expenses have increased and of course the share of the cake has K29 161 been squeezed smaller and Collins feels cheated. ^Some time K29 162 ago when I was casting about for venture capital, Collins was K29 163 the only one to knock on my door. ^Collins' money was good, K29 164 but of course he himself was totally inappropriate to just K29 165 about everything regarding the *1Bride. ^*0For all his K29 166 university education and flash suits, Collins is not smart. K29 167 ^He is neither street-smart nor a shit-shoveller. ^Collins was K29 168 bred in town and does not understand how his superior airs K29 169 offend the natives out here. ^He does not understand our K29 170 hushpuppy stores and the boyswear and school uniform shops. K29 171 ^Quite early on, when we had broken the ice and neither of us K29 172 could be bothered with being nice any more, Collins used to K29 173 reminisce about his old *'uni days**' like the time he and Graf K29 174 and Kuta and a Rover-full of Karori East girls drove out from K29 175 town and got lost in the Hutt, parked and wound up the windows, K29 176 and smoked a joint, pretending they were in Birmingham. K29 177 |^Apart from his seventy-five grand Collins has been little K29 178 use. ^Oh, he can read. ^He picks up his *1National Business K29 179 Review *0and reads about *1growth. ^*0Every column inch is K29 180 into growth and Collins cannot understand why he has not been K29 181 invited to the party. ^He whines and says our deteriorating K29 182 position is not fair. ^Doesn't the market know he's invested K29 183 seventy-five grand? ^Once I suggested he get out and try to K29 184 hustle some advertising space, and I got back such a filthy K29 185 look I never mentioned it again. K29 186 |^I detect in Collins an attitude, no, let us say a hope, K29 187 that the government will step in and save us; because he K29 188 believes it must *- his seventy-five big ones are sacrosanct. K29 189 ^Instead, I have in mind my Time-Share concept with the Hutt's K29 190 sister city Tempe, which I have told him nothing about. K29 191 |^Monday mornings, particularly before Christmas, he would K29 192 sneak into the office and very business-like sit before his K29 193 desk, which is larger than mine, but emptier. ^God knows what K29 194 he thought he was going to do. ^I mean, I used to think *- K29 195 where did he get the idea that he was buying into a position K29 196 where he did not have to produce anything? ^But that was what K29 197 Collins thought he was buying into *- a steady job in the K29 198 publishing industry. ^A career, Christsakes. K29 199 |^Monday mornings he arrives ready, prepared, earnest, as K29 200 though the yawn of the preceding week never existed, and I know K29 201 someone has talked to him over the weekend. ^They've said: K29 202 ^*'Listen, Collins, if you work hard enough at it...**' ^*1It. K29 203 ^*0What do they know? ^Our game is a freestyle event, not some K29 204 childish Rotarian business competition accorded fair rules. K29 205 ^Our game is about the imagination, which unfortunately is K29 206 experiencing the equivalent to a farmer's drought, and poor K29 207 Collins does not know what to do about it, except to suspect K29 208 that I have well and truly raped him. K29 209 *# K30 001 **[404 TEXT K30**] K30 002 ^*0Nothing but bitching between Maxwell and his wife. K30 003 |^*'It's Gunson!**' ^Maxwell came round the corner of the K30 004 building, a smile lighting his face. K30 005 |^Of course Maxwell hadn't changed. ^He seemed genuinely K30 006 pleased to see him, but then he always had. ^It had only ever K30 007 been women that had come between them. ^All Maxwell's women K30 008 had used the phrase *'a bad influence**'. K30 009 |^*'You're just in time for a beer!**' K30 010 |^This was what he'd always liked about Maxwell *- his K30 011 enthusiasm, which bordered on amusement. ^It kept Gunson on K30 012 his toes. ^Maxwell worshipped him, of course; they'd both K30 013 needed that at first and then the less Gunson felt flattered by K30 014 it the more Maxwell had seemed to grow. ^Maxwell had gone to K30 015 university and then into teaching; he'd begun to write poems K30 016 about the time they slipped apart. ^For Gunson, the poems were K30 017 what had made Maxwell come alive. K30 018 |^*'I found your poem, the one about booze and cars.**' K30 019 |^*'We were proud of our women and carefully cut no K30 020 corners?**' K30 021 |^Gunson was astonished. ^*'You know the one I mean?**' K30 022 |^Maxwell smiled, embarrassed. ^*'It was a good poem, that. K30 023 ^I don't write poems any more.**' K30 024 |^Gunson felt subtly cheated. ^It seemed important to him K30 025 above all things at this moment that Maxwell should still be K30 026 writing. K30 027 |^*'There doesn't seem to be anything left to write K30 028 about,**' said Maxwell knowingly. K30 029 |^*'What does that mean?**' K30 030 |^*'Just what I said.**' ^He drank deeply of his beer. K30 031 ^*'You've had enough of marriage, and can't be bothered finding K30 032 another woman; you see your kids only once a fortnight and K30 033 you're stuck in a job that you hate... ?**' K30 034 |^*'Is that all that's wrong?**' ^Gunson felt his confidence K30 035 returning. ^*'What you need is a change. ^You should come and K30 036 work for me.**' K30 037 |^It was true that development for Gunson had become K30 038 irksome. ^It didn't bother him in the least what people did K30 039 with his buildings, or whether they did anything with them at K30 040 all. ^As long as he came out of it with dollars in his pockets K30 041 and a feeling of having won. ^And yet there was a whole new K30 042 wave of competitors about whom, frankly, he felt dismayed. K30 043 ^When he had set up in business there had never been any K30 044 pretence that what he was involved in was other than a species K30 045 of criminal activity, treading the fine line between what was K30 046 legal and what was not. K30 047 |^*'No thanks, and anyway, there's Richard. ^You'll want to K30 048 see him right the same way your old man did for you.**' K30 049 |^*'Hang on. ^I'd proved myself long before that.**' K30 050 |^It was something of a sore point for Gunson. K30 051 |^*'And anyway, I'd paid my dues. ^I brought the kid up K30 052 almost single-handed.**' K30 053 |^It was not strictly true but Maxwell did not bother to K30 054 disagree. ^Gunson's wife stood only a year of marriage before K30 055 she'd taken off. ^It was his mother who'd done most to bring K30 056 up Richard; before she'd died it was almost as though both men K30 057 were her sons. K30 058 |^*'But surely if Richard needs help you're going to give K30 059 it?**' ^Maxwell remembered the boy as a pretty child and then a K30 060 lanky teenager with all his father's impulses in an environment K30 061 less suited to their release. K30 062 |^*'He's got a good life, hanging round. ^He'll get what's K30 063 coming to him when I think he's ready.**' ^His eyes narrowed to K30 064 the slits that Maxwell knew well from snooker. K30 065 |^*'Do you want to keep the poem?**' Maxwell asked when K30 066 Gunson looked like leaving. K30 067 |^*'You keep it,**' Gunson finally decided. ^*'You seem as K30 068 though you need it more than me.**' K30 069 *|^*6W*0hen Gunson got back that evening there was no sign K30 070 either of Richard or of the bike. ^Not that there was anything K30 071 unusual in that. ^As far as he knew Richard had plenty of K30 072 women; it was something about which Gunson had never enquired. K30 073 |^He'd barely had time to pour himself a drink and was K30 074 settling down for half an hour to watch the replays when the K30 075 phone rang. ^This surprised him, because he wasn't expecting K30 076 any calls. ^He reasoned that it would probably be some late K30 077 starter, a divorcee lonely on the town. ^But it was the K30 078 hospital. ^Richard had been involved in some kind of accident, K30 079 and would Gunson come at once? ^The injuries weren't too K30 080 serious; it was just that he'd been particularly insistent that K30 081 they should contact his father. K30 082 |^Gunson finished the drink and poured himself another, then K30 083 stood looking at the glass. ^Why couldn't Richard have phoned K30 084 himself? ^At that hour the boy would scarcely have been drunk. K30 085 ^What was stranger still was that Gunson found it hard to K30 086 imagine any other circumstance that might see Richard part K30 087 company from his bike. ^Unless malevolent fate had intervened; K30 088 but then he did not believe in fate. ^He believed that K30 089 whatever happened, you had only yourself to blame. K30 090 |^When he reached the ward he could tell at once that K30 091 nothing serious had befallen his son. ^*'What happened?**' he K30 092 brushed aside the nurse. ^The accident had not affected K30 093 Richard's bored and supercilious look. K30 094 |^*'\0Mr Gunson... sir.**' ^He had not noticed the two K30 095 behind the door. ^*'Your son's just helping us with our K30 096 enquiries...**' K30 097 |^*'What's this?**' he swung on Richard. ^*'I thought you'd K30 098 come off your bike?**' K30 099 |^*'We were just leaving, sir,**' the older of the two was K30 100 polite but firm. ^*'I suggest you allow the boy to rest. ^We K30 101 can get in touch with him later if there's anything else we K30 102 need to know.**' K30 103 |^Richard was sitting propped by pillows and with a K30 104 plaster-covered arm. ^When he spoke it was with apparent K30 105 reluctance, his eyes on the backs of his departing visitors. K30 106 |^*'They were right up my tailpipe and I hit some oil. K30 107 ^That's the only reason I came off.**' K30 108 |^Gunson closed the door. ^*'And what might they have been K30 109 chasing you for?**' K30 110 |^*'I wasn't speeding.**' ^He allowed himself a laugh. K30 111 ^*'They thought I might have something on me.**' ^He looked K30 112 cautiously at Gunson. K30 113 |^*'Aaah,**' sighed Gunson, for it all made sense. K30 114 |^*'Pass me that pillow, will you? ^I need it for the K30 115 arm.**' ^When his father was by the bed he said quietly, K30 116 ^*'There's this address.**' K30 117 |^*'So?**' ^Gunson couldn't help being amused. K30 118 |^*'I thought you might be interested, that's all.**' ^The K30 119 boy was quite offended by his attitude. ^*'It's worth a K30 120 hundred and fifty grand?**' K30 121 |^Gunson believed him but decided not to register that he'd K30 122 heard. K30 123 |^*'It's ours if you can get round there tonight.**' K30 124 *|^*6D*0riving back across the harbour bridge Gunson knew K30 125 exactly how to act. ^To take delivery would be insulting to K30 126 his style; there was no way he was going to perform as his own K30 127 son's courier or for that matter run errands for anyone at all. K30 128 ^But he'd go and have a look, for old times' sake, see what was K30 129 going on. ^The address he'd recognised immediately and drove K30 130 straight to it through the night. ^The nicest of the beach K30 131 side suburbs; he'd once considered living there himself. ^He K30 132 turned into a tree-lined avenue that led down to the water's K30 133 edge. ^The house was well back behind huge pohutukawas, and on K30 134 the seaward side dropped away perhaps three storeys to the K30 135 beach. K30 136 |^*'I'm Richard's father,**' he greeted the girl who came to K30 137 the door. K30 138 |^*'Come in,**' she closed it quickly but not before K30 139 glancing up and down the street. ^*'What a lovely car.**' K30 140 |^*'You know a bit about cars, do you?**' asked Gunson K30 141 casually as he followed her down the hall. ^The living room K30 142 was large and open with a verandah poised above the sea. ^More K30 143 pohutukawas formed a thick canopy on the seaward side of the K30 144 house so that when Gunson looked for the Tiri light it flashed K30 145 its warning at him through a tangle of branches. ^The heavy K30 146 deep-red plumage lay thickly on the deck. K30 147 |^*'I suppose so,**' she said, and then smiled quickly at K30 148 herself. ^*'No, that's a lie, not really. ^I don't know much K30 149 at all. ^Would you like a drink? ^There's whisky and there's K30 150 wine.**' K30 151 |^Gunson settled himself easily into one of the large and K30 152 comfortable chairs that flanked the view. ^It was not at all K30 153 as he'd expected, but then he had to admit that the picture in K30 154 his mind's eye hadn't been very clear. ^She was out of the K30 155 room for what seemed like a very long time and when she K30 156 returned surprised him deep in thought. ^*'You'll want water K30 157 with your whisky, I imagine? ^You look like a man who K30 158 would.**' K30 159 |^She was not his usual sort of woman and this put him on K30 160 his guard. ^For one thing, she seemed very young, not more K30 161 than twenty-two or twenty-four. ^And yet she spoke and moved K30 162 with a confidence that he was unused to in her sex. ^The calm K30 163 by which she seemed surrounded in no way reflected his presence K30 164 and he had to admit he found this intriguing. ^He'd become K30 165 used to his women holding mirrors to his vanity and had almost K30 166 forgotten that there might be something going on behind the K30 167 glass. K30 168 |^The Glenlivet trickled to his stomach with a K30 169 well-remembered flame. ^She drank wine with a German label and K30 170 matched him glass for glass. ^Neither of them, it appeared, K30 171 was in any hurry to get to what was obviously the point. K30 172 ^*'You read a lot,**' Gunson gestured to the books. ^*'I don't K30 173 think Richard reads at all.**' K30 174 |^*'He doesn't need to,**' she smiled, *'or at least that's K30 175 what he tells me. ^I think he prides himself on learning from K30 176 experience.**' K30 177 |^*'Is that so?**' ^Gunson found this rather amusing. ^*'To K30 178 tell the truth I've never thought that he's learned that much K30 179 at all.**' K30 180 |^*'Perhaps you know him better than I do,**' she shrugged. K30 181 |^He was becoming restless and wondered what it meant. ^He K30 182 must have stayed too long *- he'd just caught her looking at her K30 183 watch. ^He drained the glass and began to empty himself from K30 184 the chair. ^*'Don't leave,**' the girl was quickly at his K30 185 side. ^Up close she looked even younger than he'd thought but K30 186 he liked the determination in her voice. ^*'I hadn't thought K30 187 of staying,**' he toyed now with his glass but she was already K30 188 unscrewing the whisky cap in a way that was difficult to K30 189 ignore. K30 190 *|^*6L*0ater, getting dressed, it occurred to him to wonder K30 191 which of them had emerged victorious from the encounter. ^She K30 192 had been in no hurry, no hurry at all. ^She had on an old K30 193 kimono and poured them both another drink; beneath the faded K30 194 silk her body was the shadow of his past. ^It was good to know K30 195 that nothing had changed. K30 196 |^*'You're taking this?**' she asked cautiously, placing the K30 197 parcel on the bed. K30 198 |^*'Why not?**' he smiled. ^*'It's what I came for.**' ^He K30 199 thrust it in his belt. K30 200 |^Outside the air was balmy and their was the faintest K30 201 off-shore breeze. ^Driving home could only add to this pleasure. K30 202 ^He kissed her on the verandah and she quickly closed the door. K30 203 ^He approved of this because he hated long goodbyes. K30 204 |^The keys jangled in his pocket as he carefully shut the K30 205 gate. ^The car was just as he had left it under the street K30 206 light on the far side of the road. ^*'\0Mr Gunson?**' the voice K30 207 came at him from the dark. K30 208 |^In four long strides he was at the Mercedes and in the same K30 209 movement had unlocked the door. ^How long he'd known what was K30 210 happening he didn't wait to ask. ^Who did they imagine they K30 211 were playing with? K30 212 |^*'\0Mr Gunson, sir, would you mind...**' ^The engine was K30 213 already crackling and he knew he'd foreseen this moment before K30 214 he'd left the house, back at the hospital even. ^He slipped K30 215 the Mercedes into gear. ^He may even have been waiting for it K30 216 all his life. K30 217 |^Three and possibly four figures were converging on his K30 218 car. ^He wondered whether they'd left their engines running, K30 219 but decided they were far too much the amateurs for that. ^*'I K30 220 must ask you...**' the voice was drowned in the Mercedes' muted K30 221 roar. ^Their cars floundered like beached whales in his K30 222 wake. K30 223 *# K31 001 **[405 TEXT K31**] K31 002 ^*0Being home all day? ^Alone? ^They answer (do they feel K31 003 threatened?) life's what you make it, and they say they're glad K31 004 they're not men having to go each day to work. ^Really, once K31 005 your kids are off your hands, once they've gone to school, K31 006 you're free. ^To do each day whatever you wish. ^I nod, smile K31 007 and say ^*"Perhaps,**" and I wonder is it arrogance which K31 008 prevents me from making biscuits and pot holders for their K31 009 stalls? ^Is it arrogance that makes me long for something more K31 010 than a lifetime whirl of dishwashers, driers, and automatic K31 011 washing machines? ^Is it just that my mother sent me to K31 012 school, provided me with glasses, arranged that I would sit K31 013 near the front, so I would see and learn for this? K31 014 |^My boys come red-faced and breathless from school. ^They K31 015 devour cheese, biscuits, and fruit, and talk in loud voices K31 016 across the kitchen. ^When they were little I loved them so K31 017 much. ^I told them stories of ships and kings and queens and K31 018 fairies and I sang gentle songs at bed-time to soothe away the K31 019 dark. ^I have felt loss as they have gone one by one to school K31 020 so smart and stiff in their new clothes. ^Now they have almost K31 021 outgrown their need of me and they talk of social studies K31 022 projects, computer games, new kinds of bikes, and scout camps. K31 023 |^Sometimes I say to them, ^*"You have a strange mother, for K31 024 I do not care if you play cricket; I do not care if you are K31 025 good at rugby or run fast, and I cannot knit Fair Isle jersies K31 026 for you. ^Nor do I bake biscuits or chocolate cakes, but I K31 027 would like you to read and listen to music and come with me to K31 028 the art gallery.**" ^Because they love and pity me, they read, K31 029 listen, and come, and give consoling words of praise. K31 030 ^Sometimes when I paint they will come and say, ^*"Why do you K31 031 do it like this?**" and ^*"Why do you paint that bowl?**" and K31 032 ^*"How do you make that colour?**" ^Then I will show them and K31 033 they will paint too, beside me. ^On those days I am happy, I K31 034 love being a mother and I find joy in my sun-filled house and K31 035 my husband and sons. ^I take meat, now, and slice it and place K31 036 it in a casserole dish with chopped peppers and onion and K31 037 garlic. ^I wash and peel potatoes. K31 038 |^Stephen comes home from his office and we have sherry in K31 039 the living room as the boys eat dinner. ^I recall how, when I K31 040 first knew him, my stomach would fly upwards when we met. K31 041 ^Now, although his little personal habits will sometimes make K31 042 me grate my teeth and leave the room, I love him still. ^I K31 043 know his strength and kindness far outweigh the way he grunts, K31 044 eyes unseeing, as I speak to him, the way he crunches on an K31 045 apple, the way he so predictably places his hand straight away K31 046 onto my stomach when we are to make love. ^I say now, ^*"Did K31 047 you ring the painter?**" and he answers ^*"Yes, he'll be here K31 048 on Tuesday.**" K31 049 |^The next day it rains. ^I visit the shops and half-heartedly K31 050 blob paint against a canvas. ^Before we lived here I K31 051 would take my sketching pad to the beach and draw the sun and K31 052 the children and the wide, spreading, white-tipped waves. ^I K31 053 miss the sea and my friends and my art classes. ^I wonder K31 054 hesitantly about classes here at the high school but this town K31 055 frightens me. ^It is tight and close; the buildings have sharp K31 056 jutting edges and gaping windows. ^I long for my old stone K31 057 buildings, for wide, spreading trees, and lace-curtained K31 058 windows beckoning from narrow streets. K31 059 |^I do not wish to go for coffee. ^I don't wish to join in K31 060 the community nor do I wish to have the painter for I will have K31 061 to give him tea and bought biscuits and make embarrassed, inane K31 062 conversation at ten and three o'clock. ^I wonder how I can K31 063 escape this, but he comes and transforms the kitchen into K31 064 glowing pale shades and I marvel at his skill. ^Stephen says, K31 065 ^*"You were right about the green.**" ^Nicholas gets 'flu and I K31 066 am comforted to have him home and I cosset him with lemon K31 067 drinks mixed with honey, and oranges, and books. K31 068 |^When I'm alone I cry a lot. ^I wonder if my brain is K31 069 dying, my head is so numb. ^The woman from down the road comes K31 070 and I give her coffee. ^She talks of the playcentre and there K31 071 is a mother who works and does not help or collect her child on K31 072 time. ^She is not pulling her weight says the woman from the K31 073 white house down the road. ^I nod and say, ^*"How dreadful.**" K31 074 ^Where we lived before I had just got used, was uninhibited K31 075 enough, to hug other women and say ^*"Shit.**" ^Now I must K31 076 learn to smile, to be pleasant, and to agree. K31 077 |^I am a little desperate and I visit my new doctor. ^He is K31 078 kind and busy and he tells me to take these they will help me. K31 079 ^The pills are black and red and when I take them I cry more. K31 080 ^I flush them down the toilet and I am relieved for I have felt K31 081 uneasy that my children may see and eat them or wonder why K31 082 their mother must take such stuff. ^I watch myself in the K31 083 mirror and I am gaunt and pale. ^Stephen talks to me in such a K31 084 gentle, gentle way, saying soon, soon we will try to get away K31 085 and would I like this? ^I nod dutifully, ^*"Yes**" and I see K31 086 his eyes are worried. ^Before I have been strong and coped. K31 087 |^Coping. ^Why, why do the windows in this house become so K31 088 dirty, why is the bathroom never clean, why do cobwebs hide in K31 089 corners and fat slide behind the oven? ^I am fearful that my K31 090 family may become ill, that insects, flies and mice may lurk in K31 091 cupboards and beneath the floorboards so I clean and clean and K31 092 clean but in each room dust and filth creep stealthily from K31 093 corner to corner. ^I do not have time to paint now and my K31 094 dreams are filled with visions of Nicholas, Timmy, Ben, being K31 095 tossed like oversize rag dolls from the bicycles they ride to K31 096 school.. ^I must put the washing out so I put the basket under K31 097 my arm, crouch low, and run to the line in case a neighbour may K31 098 see and talk to me and distract me from my work. K31 099 |^I see in the paper there is an exhibition of photography K31 100 about women. ^I comb my hair and go. ^There are pictures of K31 101 school-girls in a bus, women working in a factory, old women K31 102 with ancient wondering faces and little sad-eyed girls. ^There K31 103 are happy women. ^Tough, strong women and hard women with K31 104 anger around their mouths. ^The women I know are soft and K31 105 sweet though I hear their anger seep from houses as they shout K31 106 at the children with the doors and windows tightly shut. ^I K31 107 cry and go home. K31 108 |^At three o'clock in the morning \0Mr. Roberts', \0Mr. K31 109 Kennedy's, and \0Mr. Jones' wives come and sit on my bed. K31 110 ^They say you must support your husband. ^They say you must K31 111 bake and sew and clean and be a credit and a good mother. ^I K31 112 say yes and painting is a waste of time, I know this and I am K31 113 no good at it. ^And I must make myself attractive and be K31 114 pleasant around the house. ^For why else would I have my K31 115 husband's name? K31 116 |^I do not stop crying and I do not get out of bed. K31 117 ^Stephen phones the doctor and he comes and asks did I take my K31 118 medication? ^He gives me an injection. ^I know I have wasted K31 119 his time and I cry. ^He whispers outside in the hall to K31 120 Stephen for I am not worth talking to and I sleep. K31 121 |^When I wake, Stephen is there and my mother and they tell K31 122 me I will go to hospital, that this is best for I need rest and K31 123 care. ^Stephen almost cries as he explains that he is sorry he K31 124 has not been with me more, sorry he did not know I was unhappy. K31 125 ^Unhappy? ^My mother packs my case and she is bewildered and K31 126 she looks angrily at Stephen. ^She has always understood I K31 127 need care. K31 128 |^The hospital is comfortable. ^The doctor comes and talks K31 129 quietly to me and takes my hand. ^I say, ^*"Do not make me K31 130 like everyone else,**" and he nods and smiles and looks in my K31 131 eyes with a light. ^He asks did I have a happy childhood? K31 132 |^I say, ^*"Once I was happy, I had a happy day. ^I had a K31 133 friend and we took lunch to the river and made a raft, though K31 134 it would not float. ^We lit a fire too, down on the stones. K31 135 ^We lay on our backs and watched as the clouds changed shape K31 136 and wondered what we would do when we grew up.**" ^He smiles K31 137 and goes away. K31 138 |^Soon Stephen brings the boys to visit. ^We sit in the K31 139 garden in the sun. ^The older boys run and play and Stephen K31 140 walks at the edge of the flower beds. ^Jeremy sits close to me K31 141 and I hold his hand tightly and smile down at him and say, K31 142 ^*"Sorry Jem, Mum's a funny old thing.**" K31 143 |^He says, ^*"You can't help being sick Mum, and anyway Dad K31 144 said I can get my bike early, this birthday instead of next. K31 145 ^And if you don't get better soon I might go and have a holiday K31 146 at the beach with Aunty Jane.**" K31 147 |^I say how lovely and when he is gone I cry for my son who K31 148 does not yet understand his misfortune at having a new bike and K31 149 a holiday at the beach. K31 150 *<*4Finding Out*> K31 151 |^*0It was cold that day, drizzling with a white sky. ^I K31 152 remember the phone called plaintively from the hall all K31 153 morning. ^Sometimes it happens like that when you've schemed K31 154 for a lazy morning in bed with coffee and a good book. ^First K31 155 it was my mother-in-law. ^She wanted to know if I'd drive her K31 156 to the shops on Friday. ^Then it was a woman from one of those K31 157 committees I'm in and could she sell home-made sweets on the K31 158 craft stall we were to have? ^Then Sue rang. ^Then Mark to K31 159 say he'd not be home for lunch. ^I was about to take the phone K31 160 off the hook when it started to ring again. ^I picked up the K31 161 receiver. ^There was a crackling on the other end, then a K31 162 man's voice said, ^*"Go ahead,**" and a woman said, K31 163 ^*"Hello.**" K31 164 |^*"Hello,**" I said. ^Didn't recognise the voice. K31 165 |^*"Is that \0Mrs. Anderson? ^\0Mrs Kristen Anderson?**" K31 166 |^*"Yes.**" K31 167 |^*"Well,**" she sounded dubious, ^*"I've been asked to tell K31 168 you that Timothy's ill. ^He's dying. ^He's been asking for K31 169 you.**" K31 170 |^*"Timothy? ^Timothy who?**" ^But at once, of course, I K31 171 knew. ^Tim. K31 172 |^*"Timothy Fergusson. ^Your, uh, your first husband.**" K31 173 |^Timothy dying? ^I gripped the pen beside the telephone, K31 174 so efficient to have a pen right there, and I asked what, K31 175 what's he dying of? and she said, ^*"Uh, cancer,**" as if it K31 176 happened every day, perhaps she was a nurse, and I said why did K31 177 he want me? and she said she didn't know. ^I breathed in hard. K31 178 ^Stood clutching the phone thinking, and I asked which hospital K31 179 was he in and which ward and she told me. ^Then there was a K31 180 hesitant pause. K31 181 |^She said, ^*"Come if you can. ^He's terribly ill. ^He's K31 182 been asking for weeks to see you.**" K31 183 |^For weeks? ^Oh, God. ^I put down the phone and stood K31 184 quite still. ^I hadn't seen him in twelve years and now this. K31 185 ^And he was miles away. ^Should I go? ^How would I get there? K31 186 ^I rang Jenny and asked her to have the children after school, K31 187 I had to go away. K31 188 *# K32 001 **[406 TEXT K32**] K32 002 ^*0They waved just in case. K32 003 *|^Then they turned back to the rest of the flies, dozens still K32 004 crawling in the jars. K32 005 |^*'We could send messages,**' Ana said. K32 006 |^All right. ^They needed paper for messages, and pencils. K32 007 |^*'Get the bum paper,**' Macky said. K32 008 |^So he and Ana and Erana went to the dunny and tore the K32 009 white edges off the newspapers, while Lizzie, Mereana and K32 010 Charlotte went to find their school pencils. K32 011 |^Messages. ^They wrote messages in tiny writing on tiny K32 012 scraps of paper that would not be too heavy for the flies to K32 013 carry. ^They wrote Help, Save Our Socks, Save Our Sausages, K32 014 Juju Lips, Tin a Cocoa, Tin a Jam, Denny Boy's got a Big One, K32 015 Sip Sip Sip, Ana loves {0J.B.}, {0C.R.} loves {0T.M.}, Bite K32 016 your Bum, Macky loves Ma Fordyce. K32 017 |^Ma Fordyce? ^That made them think of writing some K32 018 messages to Four-eyes Fordyce. ^Good idea. ^Fordyce has got a K32 019 face like a monkey gorilla. ^Fordyce has got kutus. ^Fordyce K32 020 is an old bag and a slut. ^Fordyce stinks, she's got a hole in K32 021 her bum. K32 022 |^And while they were writing the messages they talked about K32 023 Monday when they would all be sitting in school, and Fat K32 024 Fordyce would be screwing her face up, nosing into their K32 025 lunches, prodding their heads and poking their necks. ^And K32 026 then a fly would come in, ten flies, fifty flies. ^Four-eyes K32 027 Fordyce would be surprised and go pink. ^She would catch the K32 028 flies and untie the messages. ^She would read them and go read K32 029 like a tomato or a plum, or orange like a pumpkin. ^She would K32 030 screw her mouth like a cow's bum and go round banging her K32 031 strap, on desks, on seats, on anything, and she would be K32 032 shouting, ^*'Who did this? ^Own up. ^Own up. ^Who did it?**' K32 033 |^And they would all flick their eyebrows at each other, K32 034 tiny, tiny flicks that only themselves could see, but they K32 035 would keep their faces sad. K32 036 |^They finished writing and tying their messages and then K32 037 lined up with their flies facing the direction of the school. K32 038 ^They let go their cottons and waved and saluted as the flies K32 039 lifted the messages over the lemon tree, over the manuka and K32 040 away. K32 041 *|^There were still a lot of flies in their jars, so they took a K32 042 piece of cotton each and tied a row of flies along each piece. K32 043 ^They thought of using short pieces of cotton to join the rows K32 044 one below another, which was a good idea. ^It wasn't easy, and K32 045 some of the flies died, but at last the convoy was ready. K32 046 |^It took all of them, holding carefully, to launch it. K32 047 ^They let go and off went the flies, crazily, pulling this way K32 048 and that. ^It made you laugh your head off. ^It made you die. K32 049 |^There went the flies slowly rising... dropping... rising. K32 050 ^There they went... up... drop... up... yes. ^Yes, they were K32 051 up. ^Up. ^You ran after the flies, over the grass, through K32 052 the flowerbeds, through the bushes. ^Go flies. ^Up... ^Yes. K32 053 ^Go. ^There they went, higher, higher. ^Go flies... ^Up. K32 054 ^Goodbye. ^Go to Jesus. ^Go to Jesus, flies. ^Goodbye... K32 055 ^Goodbye... ^Goodbye. K32 056 *<*5Going for the Bread*> K32 057 |^*6A*0fter school, when her mother gave her the bread money K32 058 and the bag, Mereana said that she wanted to go to the shop the K32 059 long way because of girls. K32 060 |^*'You can't go the long way,**' her mother said. ^*'Too K32 061 many cars, and too far. ^Go down the track. ^Be careful K32 062 crossing the Crescent.**' K32 063 |^*'I want to go the road way,**' Mereana said. K32 064 |^*'What girls?**' K32 065 |^*'They tell me names.**' K32 066 |^*'Like what?**' K32 067 |^*'Like dirty.**' K32 068 |^And then her mother was angry. K32 069 |^*'Well are you? ^Are you dirty?**' K32 070 |^*'I don't know.**' K32 071 |^*'What do you mean, don't know. ^Of course you know. K32 072 ^Course you're not dirty. ^We wash, don't we? ^Got a clean K32 073 house, clean clothes?**' K32 074 |^*'Yes.**' K32 075 |^*'And don't you cry, you stop it.**' ^Her mother was K32 076 angry. ^*'You go down the track. ^And... if anyone says... K32 077 anything, don't look at them. ^Walk straight past. ^You K32 078 hear?**' K32 079 |^*'They might hit.**' K32 080 |^*'They won't... just cheeky and smart, that's all. K32 081 ^Straight past, do what I say.**' K32 082 |^*'Yes.**' K32 083 |^Then her mother stopped being angry. ^*'Bubby'll be up K32 084 soon. ^We'll come to the top of the track to meet you. ^When K32 085 you get to the Crescent keep on the footpath. ^Be careful K32 086 crossing.**' ^Then she said, ^*'You buy us something nice with K32 087 the two pennies.**' K32 088 *|^Mereana liked the track and she could run all the way down K32 089 without stopping, down the steep places holding on to the broom K32 090 bushes to stop herself from sliding, over the rocky places, K32 091 along the top of the bank, through the onion flowers. ^At the K32 092 top of the bank she could climb down using the footholes that K32 093 the big children had made, but today she kept to the track so K32 094 that she wouldn't get dust on her clothes. K32 095 |^Sometimes she would stop there at the bottom of the track K32 096 to watch the big children playing soccer with a tennis ball, K32 097 but there was no one on the park today. ^She crossed the green K32 098 and went up the path to where the Crescent began. K32 099 |^At the top of the path she stopped, looking out for the K32 100 girls, but there was no one on the road, no one on the K32 101 footpath. ^She began to hurry, not looking at gates, or K32 102 people's letterboxes, or people's houses, but just looking K32 103 straight ahead. ^No one played hopscotch on the footpath, no K32 104 one skipped on the road. K32 105 |^It was when she rounded the corner that she knew the two K32 106 girls were there. ^They were sitting up on the terrace looking K32 107 down. K32 108 |^*'It's her,**' she heard one of the girls say, and the K32 109 other girl called out a name. K32 110 |^Mereana didn't look at the girls, but walked quickly K32 111 looking straight ahead the way her mother had told her. K32 112 |^Then one of the girls called, ^*'You're not allowed past K32 113 here,**' and called her the name again. K32 114 |^Mereana didn't look and didn't stop, and the girl said, K32 115 ^*'We'll take your bag and throw it in the bushes if you go K32 116 past here.**' K32 117 |^She kept going, looking straight in front of her. K32 118 |^As she passed them the two girls came scrambling down the K32 119 bank. ^The bigger one snatched the bag from her and ran ahead, K32 120 pushing it into a hedge. K32 121 |^*'There,**' the girl said. ^*'Leave it there. ^If you K32 122 get it we'll cut you with glass.**' K32 123 |^But Mereana was going to the shop for her mother. ^It was K32 124 her mother's bag, and the money was in the bag wrapped in a K32 125 piece of paper. ^Anyway, the girls had run off now. ^They K32 126 were climbing the bank again. ^She didn't look at them, and K32 127 when she got to the hedge she pulled the bag out and walked K32 128 quickly. K32 129 |^Then she heard the two girls scramble down the bank and K32 130 come running up behind her. ^They pushed her over. ^One of K32 131 them held her while the other one cut her with glass. K32 132 *|^Mereana's mother was frightened. ^She thought she should K32 133 take Mereana to the doctor, but how? ^She couldn't take her K32 134 bleeding in the bus, not while she had baby as well. ^She K32 135 could afford a taxi one way, but it would take her ten minutes K32 136 to get to the phone box and back, and she'd have to leave K32 137 Mereana and Kahu by themselves while she went to ring. ^Also, K32 138 it was baby's feed time and he was starting to yell. ^If she K32 139 did go to the doctor, how would she get home again? K32 140 |^She had another look at the cut. ^The bleeding had almost K32 141 stopped. ^It wasn't as deep as she'd first thought, so perhaps K32 142 there was no need... ^But it could leave a scar. ^She didn't K32 143 want her children to have scars, didn't want their father K32 144 coming home from overseas and finding his children with scars. K32 145 |^*'Babe, will I ring us a taxi and take you to the K32 146 doctor?**' K32 147 |^*'No.**' K32 148 |^*'When I've fed Bubby?**' K32 149 |^*'No.**' K32 150 |^Well all right, the cut wasn't too deep, a lot of blood K32 151 though, and the scar would be just on the edge of the hair K32 152 line. ^It would probably fade. K32 153 |^And another thing. ^She was scared about going and K32 154 telling the mother what her kids had done, but she wasn't going K32 155 to let them get away with it. ^She sat Mereana in a chair and K32 156 told her to hold the facecloth against the cut. K32 157 |^*'I'll feed Bubby,**' she said. ^*'Then I'll help you to K32 158 change your dress.**' K32 159 |^There were bloodstains on her own clothing too, and mud on K32 160 her skirt where she'd slipped on the track. ^She had almost K32 161 dropped Kahu. ^The front of her blouse was wet where her milk K32 162 was coming through. ^She undid her buttons and put the baby to K32 163 her breast. ^He stopped crying, sucking deeply, swallowing K32 164 noisily, pale milk overflowing at the corners of his mouth. K32 165 |^She had tried to go down the track when she'd heard K32 166 Mereana crying but she'd slipped, just letting herself slide to K32 167 make sure of holding on to Kahu. ^Otherwise he'd be hurt too, K32 168 bleeding and bruised. ^His father hadn't even seen him yet. K32 169 ^She sat the baby up and he brought up wind, and she saw that K32 170 he had a splash of mud in his hair. K32 171 |^Then she was angry again. ^She stood up wrapping Kahu in K32 172 a rug. K32 173 |^*'Come on, Mereana, we're going to show their mother what K32 174 they did. ^Can you walk, Babe? ^Can you bring your cloth?**' K32 175 |^*'Yes.**' K32 176 |^She moved very carefully down the track, holding Kahu in K32 177 one arm while she grasped the broom stalks with her other hand. K32 178 ^Mereana moved down behind her. ^When she was almost to the K32 179 bottom of the track she stopped and changed Kahu to her other K32 180 arm. K32 181 |^As they rounded the Crescent the two girls were playing up K32 182 on the terrace, and when they saw Mereana coming with her K32 183 mother they ran up the path and into their house. ^There was K32 184 blood in the guttering and the glass was still there. K32 185 |^When the door opened Mereana's mother couldn't think what K32 186 to say for a moment. ^Then she said, ^*'This is my daughter. K32 187 ^This is what your two daughters did to her. ^Here's the piece K32 188 of glass.**' K32 189 |^*'Get off my steps,**' the woman said, ^*'Don't come here K32 190 with your dirty daughter and your dirty lies,**' and she shut K32 191 the door. ^Mereana and her mother went back down the path, and K32 192 as they went they heard the woman yelling and running through K32 193 the house. ^They could hear her hitting with something heavy, K32 194 and there was shouting and screaming and doors banging. ^The K32 195 two girls were getting the hiding of their lives. ^Their K32 196 mother was in a rage, and it seemed to Mereana's mother that K32 197 the woman was somehow frightened. K32 198 |^Kahu was beginning to cry again. ^He'd only had half a K32 199 feed. ^They were all muddy and bloody, in a real mess. ^She K32 200 was frightened too, and angry. K32 201 |^But there was something she knew now, something she'd made K32 202 up her mind about. ^No one, ever again, was going to push her K32 203 kids in the gutter, cut them, muddy them, make them bleed. K32 204 ^She would never send them out alone again, not for bread, not K32 205 for anything. ^They didn't have to have bread every day. K32 206 ^Once a week she'd get a taxi and the three of them would go to K32 207 the shops and get what they needed. K32 208 |^And one day the war would end. K32 209 *<*5The Urupa*> K32 210 |^*6W*0hen the children were almost at the top of the hill they K32 211 started bagsing. ^Macky was the first to bags their cousin K32 212 Henry but Charlotte yelled him down. ^He gave in, and tried K32 213 for Uncle Tamati instead. ^But Macky couldn't have Uncle K32 214 Tamati either, Macky didn't even know Uncle Tamati, only by K32 215 photos. ^Uncle Tamati fell out of a train long before Macky K32 216 came to live there. ^Denny Boy got Uncle Tamati. K32 217 |^Ana got Aunty June because Aunty June had given her a K32 218 bracelet *- and Erana got Bubby Pauly because Bubby Pauly was K32 219 her own sister. K32 220 *# K33 001 **[407 TEXT K33**] K33 002 |^*0The official stood back and let One-eye through the door K33 003 first, his shoulders folding into One-eye's shoulders, their K33 004 bodies merging into an unbroken texture. K33 005 |^I'm staring at the chair he occupied. ^It has not yet K33 006 settled back into its accustomed anonymity. ^The sun, dipping K33 007 into the room, lights up this tubular steel, red cushioned K33 008 chair which has now become *1the *0empty chair. ^If I look K33 009 away, towards the lift perhaps, I may forget which chair it K33 010 was. ^The whole row of chairs would return me a bland, upright K33 011 stare. ^I solve this by counting the number of chairs from the K33 012 end of the row. ^Now I can look towards the lift with full K33 013 confidence that I will be able to re-locate One-eye's chair. K33 014 ^Every so often the lift whines and numbers change on the K33 015 indicator panel. ^Occasionally there is a distant murmur of K33 016 voices filtered through the long corridors but no one appears. K33 017 |^I allow myself the odd look through the plate glass K33 018 windows; from this height the city looks motionless, like a K33 019 dead city; silent also, since thoughtful planning has filtered K33 020 out all sound. ^It appears that there is a faint undulation K33 021 passing across it like a wave front, as if its molecular K33 022 structure momentarily loosens. ^A join in the glass. K33 023 |^I wish that little Evie was here; I can visualize her K33 024 sitting in the chair beside me or in the chair One-eye occupied K33 025 (fifth in from the right), her feet swinging to and fro, K33 026 tapping her fingers in time to a melody she is humming. K33 027 |^I begin to tap my fingers too, in time to her melody. K33 028 |^*1Don't you cry K33 029 |^*0Don't you cry K33 030 |^*1Don't you cry when I'm gone. K33 031 |^*0I would love to get up and dance with her, raise my arms K33 032 above my head, shuffle my feet Greek style while she matches my K33 033 movements, her child's arms as graceful as those of a Javanese K33 034 dancer, her dress swirling out over the red and white tiles, K33 035 hair skimming her shoulders. K33 036 |^I lie on my back and breathe steadily, regular even K33 037 breaths, visualizing myself, the city, the pale yellow of the K33 038 hills *- the whole goddamned lot. ^I can visualize it to any K33 039 degree of resolution I choose. K33 040 |^At the same time I can hear the soughing of blood in my K33 041 ears, faint pressure against the inner-ear; it is like the K33 042 swish of a brocade skirt across a cool marble floor. K33 043 |^I dream of leopards. K33 044 |^At any time the doors of the lift could slide apart and K33 045 all the configurations change. ^Someone entering the room, K33 046 looking around for a chair; a woman, say, glancing nervously at K33 047 her watch, asking me the time, her glance taking in the windows K33 048 and the pastoral (already I'm part of that glance), forcing K33 049 events to take a new turn. K33 050 |^I'm only too glad to look at my watch and tell her the K33 051 time, to meet her anxious gaze directly, openly, to relieve in K33 052 some small way the monotony of waiting. K33 053 |^There's a movement behind my left shoulder. K33 054 |^*"Why does the woman have to be *'glancing nervously at K33 055 her watch**'?**" my wife asks, intervening. ^*"Have you thought K33 056 of the implications of that before heedlessly writing it down? K33 057 ^Writing anything that comes into your head. ^You're starting K33 058 to draw a stereotypical picture.**" ^She brushes her long sleek K33 059 hair off her face. ^*"I can see that woman; she has low self K33 060 esteem. ^She's worried that she's late for her appointment, K33 061 isn't she? ^Because she's always doing things like that. K33 062 ^Missing buses, forgetting telephone numbers, losing shopping K33 063 lists, turning up late for appointments, even important ones K33 064 like this, and generally fucking up. ^She probably puts her K33 065 clothes on inside out. ^That's why you have her looking at her K33 066 watch, right? ^You want to imply all these things. ^You want K33 067 a type who has never had a lot of self confidence,**" her K33 068 fingers drum nervously on my shoulders, *"and who has always K33 069 had to lean on men. ^That's why she's so diffident, coming out K33 070 of the lift, glancing at her watch which probably doesn't even K33 071 tell the correct time anyway.**" K33 072 |^My wife pauses thoughtfully, her eyes running critically K33 073 over the lines I have written. ^*"She has a poor grip on the K33 074 reality of things, this woman. ^No sooner has she entered the K33 075 room than she has to cross reference her watch with yours, even K33 076 though there's a government issue electric clock above the lift K33 077 that will give her the exact official time. ^Why should she K33 078 assume your watch is correct?**" ^Looks hard at me while K33 079 holding her hair back off her face with one hand. ^*"What is K33 080 there about you to inspire that sort of confidence?**" ^Gives a K33 081 short, mirthless laugh. K33 082 |^*"Of course she doesn't see the clock because she is so K33 083 helpless. ^She's the type you can dominate, have an affair K33 084 with *- that's what you're building up to. ^Enter K33 085 heroine/ victim. ^You're only too glad to look at your watch K33 086 and tell her the time, meet her gaze so directly and openly, K33 087 you arsehole. ^Your next step is to reassure her that she is K33 088 not late *- she doesn't really have the courage to be late as K33 089 you well know. ^Never fear, she'll feel suitably reassured and K33 090 safe in your company, just as you planned from the moment she K33 091 came through the doors of the lift. ^With her you'll be able K33 092 to have the conversation you couldn't have with One-eye. ^Your K33 093 problem with One-eye was essentially territorial, that is to K33 094 say, sexual in nature.**" K33 095 |^*"I think you're reading a lot into this,**" I say weakly, K33 096 squirming in my chair. ^Instead of turning around I prefer to K33 097 concentrate on the map of the city I have pinned on the wall K33 098 in front of me; a road map with all the streets clearly named K33 099 so that I can plot the movements of my narrator as he crosses K33 100 the city for his appointment. ^Beside the map there is a K33 101 poster of the head of a dragon. ^It is looking directly at me. K33 102 ^Although the head is done in greys, a strip of bright, K33 103 multi-coloured tickertape emerges from its mouth in a shining plume. K33 104 ^Beside the dragon is a poster showing a pouting male face half K33 105 in profile. ^A caption alongside reads ^*"*2YOU RE-ENACT THE K33 106 DANCE OF INSERTION AND WOUNDING.**" K33 107 |^*"*0After all,**" I continue, *"she hasn't appeared yet. K33 108 ^No one has appeared. ^She doesn't even exist; she is only a K33 109 conjecture. ^A possibility.**" K33 110 |^My wife tosses her head, allowing the light to catch her K33 111 profile which, as she well knows, I have always admired for its K33 112 classical lines. K33 113 |^*"You're a cunning bastard, no doubt of that. ^But you K33 114 can't fool me. ^That whole set up in the waiting room, or K33 115 whatever it is, is just to provide a hygienic context, a cover K33 116 I should say, an excuse for *'accidentally**' meeting this K33 117 woman. ^You've visualized it all carefully beforehand; you're K33 118 all set up for it now. ^One-eye and the official are just red K33 119 herrings.**" K33 120 |^I hold up my hand to stop her for she couldn't be more K33 121 wrong, but it is too late and she overrides me, racing ahead in K33 122 vicious, clipped tones. K33 123 |^*"And look! ^I appear as Hag. ^Virago wife. ^The K33 124 Bitch.**" K33 125 |^She jabs the page with her forefinger. ^*'My wife**', K33 126 note, *'my wife**'. ^Jesus. ^You have a duty to be more K33 127 conscious of what you're doing, you know; the models you evoke, K33 128 the stereotypes you set in motion. ^It's hard to stop them K33 129 once they're in motion.**" K33 130 |^That's very true. ^I nod my head. ^My bell jangles. ^I K33 131 have to agree with her there. ^It's a relief that the woman K33 132 hasn't actually arrived although now I'm afraid she won't come K33 133 at all. ^A decided note of anxiety has entered my waiting. K33 134 ^What if she gets frightened and decides to postpone her K33 135 appointment? ^What if she turns around just as the lift is K33 136 descending for her and walks back out into the city, or turns K33 137 around and gets out of the lift before its doors can close K33 138 securely behind her? K33 139 |^Restlessly I massage my knees, my eyes flicking across the K33 140 checkerboard pattern of the floor. K33 141 |^*"Evie**", I call softly, remembering our dance. K33 142 |^My heart has begun to thump in an unsteady, unsettled K33 143 manner, and I'm tempted to look back on the halcyon times when K33 144 One-eye and I shared this negative space with perfect accord K33 145 and balance (he on one side of the room, me on the other). K33 146 ^But there are no halcyon times. ^Nothing before and nothing K33 147 after. ^Only the boredom. K33 148 |^For me boredom is a muffled terror. ^I scrape my feet K33 149 over the red and white tiles; I look anxiously towards the lift K33 150 and the small doors to the right of it. ^I live in the empty K33 151 zone between time and appearance, look out the window to the K33 152 constellations of blue and the motionless city. K33 153 |^Sit out the fragments of my waiting. K33 154 |^Finally the lift door opens but it is not the woman who K33 155 emerges, or Evie (whom I secretly hoped it would be) but a K33 156 creature with the head and body of a fish. ^Human style arms K33 157 protrude from its torso, and feet from each side of its K33 158 triangular, fishy tail. ^Scales cover the whole body, K33 159 including a sheath to cover its sex, but I have the impression K33 160 that it is male. ^Its scales gleam dully in the light. K33 161 |^It walks over the checkered tiles towards me with an K33 162 upright, authoritative waddle that is both absurd and menacing. K33 163 ^In response to its approach I feel a stirring in the watery, K33 164 fishy part of my body; that area between the navel and the K33 165 bowel where all the oceans of the world are held. ^I look K33 166 desperately around at the rows of tubular steel chairs with K33 167 their red vinyl covers. ^For a moment they are as frightening K33 168 as the fish-creature: there's a whole invisible audience here, K33 169 I think with fright, noting carefully my every reaction. ^I K33 170 have to be very careful. ^Very alert. ^There is doom waddling K33 171 towards me on my right hand and judgement sitting to my left. K33 172 ^I am relieved when the chairs settle back into their old K33 173 familiarity. ^I am reassured by their simple ordinary nature. K33 174 ^*1I tell myself: ^These things exist in the world; they have K33 175 a simple, human function. ^They give life to themselves. K33 176 |^*0I'm hoping that the fish-creature will choose a distant K33 177 chair, perhaps One-eye's old chair (fifth in from the right), K33 178 but it comes up and stands directly in front of me. ^It has an K33 179 odd, musty smell; like stale sperm. K33 180 |^*1I am one being, *0I intone with prayer-like fervency. K33 181 ^*1I exist. ^I extend as far as my flesh extends, along that K33 182 curve of materiality. ^That is enough. ^I give life to K33 183 myself. ^*0Then, as an unwanted addition to these sensible K33 184 thoughts, a strange idea occurs to me: ^*1I have been both K33 185 alive and dead. K33 186 |^*0I decide to rid myself of the fish-creature, wishing K33 187 Evie were here to help me with some practical suggestions. K33 188 ^Among other things I find its presence physically disturbing. K33 189 ^Despite my earlier strictures, parts of my body begin to push K33 190 and struggle against their limits, pull away from me as if I no K33 191 longer owned them or they felt alien to me; as if my flesh K33 192 wanted to transmute into another substance. K33 193 |^I am also sexually aroused by the creature's slimy smell. K33 194 |^I decide to be as obscene and obnoxious as possible. K33 195 |^*"Flesh,**" I say, glancing nervously around at the empty K33 196 chairs, believing I heard a snicker. ^*"Flesh, bones, dust, K33 197 earth, mud, dung.**" K33 198 |^The fish creature opens and shuts its mouth. ^No sound K33 199 emerges. K33 200 |^*"Fuck,**" I whisper, but the sound emerges more like a K33 201 caress than an insult. K33 202 |^Suddenly there is a prickling sensation at the back of my K33 203 head as if something has been lifted out from inside my skull; K33 204 not a material thing as such but a pattern, perhaps, a template K33 205 *- a map of my mind. K33 206 |^My urge is to pick up a spear (in this case an umbrella) K33 207 and stand, knees slightly bent, in a defensive position, K33 208 resolutely facing the unknown, poking out my tongue and rolling K33 209 my eyeballs. K33 210 *# K34 001 **[408 TEXT K34**] K34 002 |^*0I locked the workshop door behind me and then made K34 003 myself stop. ^I was in the small enclosed asphalt courtyard K34 004 between the two buildings *- the walkway was a bridge above my K34 005 head. K34 006 |^That was one of the things in his manuscript *- she's K34 007 always trying to stop and think; so do it. K34 008 |^But I was finding it hard to stand still, some motor was K34 009 going inside me, I found I'd set off and was walking: to where? K34 010 ^I crossed the courtyard and stopped at the door which gave K34 011 entry to the basement of the front building. ^I felt as though K34 012 I had to open it *1now, *0rush upstairs and get stuck into K34 013 something *1now; *0with difficulty I made myself turn my back K34 014 on the door and wait. K34 015 |^Maybe it's just the premenstruals, aren't you due? ^I K34 016 recognise the feeling, that sense that everything round me has K34 017 been getting wrong and that it's time for it to be right. ^I K34 018 need to feel right, I have to, if I'm to know what offers to K34 019 accept: Senior? ^So, if he's snug with them, then he's okay? K34 020 ^Since they aren't Nice, aren't Expensive, aren't Better? ^But K34 021 if we upgrade this place, Hendy, what'll happen to them? K34 022 |^(You'd love a way out of *2RATHER WILD, *0wouldn't you.) K34 023 |^It's that family voice he spoke so warmly in *- it K34 024 confuses you.) K34 025 |^Look, you're walking again, you must have opened that K34 026 door, here you are bowling along this basement corridor, you're K34 027 about to arrive somewhere, you can *1feel *0it, and you're not K34 028 ready. ^That was in his bloody novel too, all through it, K34 029 *1Gina's not ready. ^*0I'd like to stop, or to go away, I K34 030 don't want to be climbing these stairs, but it has to be now, K34 031 everything here is *1now, *0when I'm home I can never feel the K34 032 imminence of this place. ^I tell Laurie about it, we discuss, K34 033 dissect, he questions me, writes; I read, I realised things. K34 034 ^But that's not being here. ^It's not me having to decide K34 035 without knowing, and this place just going on, like my feet K34 036 going on through these corridors, proceeding, against all K34 037 logic, every *1Regulation *0minute of it, *1now, *0and no one K34 038 having a grasp of it all, I can't stand that! ^Oh I feel like K34 039 I'm cracked, like half of me has got one eye on someone's book. K34 040 ^I can't see the logic, I know there can't be just one, but... K34 041 is everything just force of personality? K34 042 |^And what I've got now, what the Gina in his book didn't K34 043 have was, Hendy: his family voice. ^If I admit it, what K34 044 confuses me about him is, he isn't inhuman. ^\0Ms Martin's room K34 045 for only *+$5? ^But then he shopped her. ^Adopted six kids? K34 046 ^Though he'll be a terrible father (are you sure?). ^And snug K34 047 with those old darlings? ^But they're his support group, K34 048 they're so he can pretend he stands alone.... ^What I wish K34 049 (what you've wished for all your life) is that he would be a K34 050 true Enemy, so I could fight him without restraint. K34 051 |^The truth is *- it's what confuses me: that he can be so K34 052 inhuman and still be human. K34 053 |^But now, see, you've arrived. ^This is the kitchen K34 054 corridor, is this what you wanted, to arrive here? ^Because K34 055 what's here is Hendy, see, there he is, waiting for you I'd K34 056 say, loitering outside the back door of the gym *- happy now? K34 057 |^And as you come up to him, yes, that's the voice, the new K34 058 voice he muddles you with, the one that pats you on the K34 059 shoulder, it's saying, listening Gina? ^And I forced myself K34 060 to: *'...and so today is special, I had my kids taken to the K34 061 pictures then to McDonald's so that we can have time. ^Out K34 062 there I put a notice saying that dinner is off tonight, The K34 063 Cook Is Sick, and the buzzer is off too, so don't worry, you K34 064 don't always have to work and anyway, this will be work, only K34 065 nicer.**' K34 066 |^It was cool in that concrete corridor and his voice had an K34 067 intimacy as though he was trying to warm away some chill. ^I K34 068 registered that; okay, I told myself. ^Today I was going to K34 069 get everything straight. ^I'd been shocked by the Gina in the K34 070 novel; she was both bigger than me and too small. ^So okay; K34 071 and here we go.... K34 072 |^He had turned a key in the lock, was pulling the gym's K34 073 back door open. K34 074 |^As I preceded him up the backstage stairs, the light K34 075 switches were there on the wall beside me and I didn't want any K34 076 shadows so I flipped them all and out over the piles of lumber K34 077 on the basketball court the long lines of fluorescents **[SIC**] K34 078 flickered then settled into a steady glow. K34 079 ^Startled, a trapped sparrow banged at the windows, I saw a K34 080 shit drop from it, a vertical through the dust-filled air. K34 081 ^Standing at the front edge of the stage I imagined looking K34 082 out, at night, lights out, with the timber gone, with everyone, K34 083 with *2RATHER WILD... *0what kind of party? K34 084 |^Somehow it's an idea of Bill's, something you're not in K34 085 but that he needs you for. ^What kind of party: Bill's party. K34 086 ^But you don't *1know *0Bill; because Bill is... Maori. K34 087 |^None of that. ^This is *1now. ^*0His Scholls were K34 088 walking him noisily round on the boards of the stage, they were K34 089 taking him off the right; concentrate Gina. ^In the far K34 090 corner, near the mattress, I heard a chair scrape. ^No I'm not K34 091 sitting while you walk in passionate circles round me, and I K34 092 lowered myself to the front edge of the stage and sat kicking K34 093 my heels. K34 094 |^I could hear him breathing back there. ^Shifting his K34 095 weight. ^Deciding. ^My shoulders twitched as though he was K34 096 lowering his lips to kiss them. K34 097 |^At last he came to sit beside me. ^Far enough away. ^To K34 098 my surprise when I glanced at him I saw that, sitting, he was K34 099 skinny, a narrower presence than I'd been preparing myself to K34 100 deal with. ^The light from the windows high on our left K34 101 streamed across me to hit him and for once he was still enough K34 102 for me to get a good look at his face. ^Faintly tan it was, K34 103 skin thick like gumboot rubber, with the habitual clenching of K34 104 jaw muscle having left cuts in it deep enough to channel water. K34 105 ^Or tears. ^I was remembering that his wife was dead *- K34 106 knowing that about him changed him. K34 107 |^For me to see this he sat quite still, allowing it, gazing K34 108 out over the timber, and with anyone else I would have credited K34 109 introspection. ^Then his hand came up and quite lightly rested K34 110 on my thigh. K34 111 |^I glared, demanding an explanation. K34 112 |^He pointed. ^A mouse, bumblebee-small, ran between the K34 113 piles of timber. K34 114 |^Now the sparrow, which had been resting in the rafters, K34 115 suddenly attacked the windows again. ^The mouse vanished. K34 116 ^Hendy slipped off his Scholls and, leaving them on the stage, K34 117 set off down the length of the gym, his bare feet making dark K34 118 prints in the dust. K34 119 |^In my head I'd anticipated everything he might possibly K34 120 say: that he was leaving (I needed to know the date); that I K34 121 would be Senior; that he'd had to trick Grahame to show them he K34 122 was still the most terrible; yes, I was ready for him on any of K34 123 these subjects but he was playing... Nature Watch? K34 124 |^Arriving at the far end he obeyed the flap named *2PUSH K34 125 *0and the doors crashed. ^He bolted them so they would stay K34 126 open, then returned. K34 127 |^I wondered if the bird would see the distant square of K34 128 light. ^I could see it, it broke the seal of the hotel, I K34 129 could see Wellington out there, it made me think of Laurie, of K34 130 the novel, waiting to see what I would do. K34 131 |^*1No! K34 132 |^*0He clambered up, padded across the stage, switched the K34 133 lights off. ^*'It was a waste,**' he said apologetically as he K34 134 sat down next to me again. ^A little closer this time? K34 135 ^Somehow it was intolerable that he should remain barefoot. K34 136 ^The dumb bird beat against the glass, from the world outside K34 137 came traffic noises; I had an image of people driving in their K34 138 cars, each one going about their lives without caring what K34 139 anybody thought of them.... ^A shaft of light hit the pale K34 140 skin of his instep, which was ridged by long bones. ^He was K34 141 wriggling his toes! ^Finally I was forced to say, ^*'Usually K34 142 you don't want me sitting around?**' K34 143 |^He took this as an invitation to look me in the eyes. K34 144 |^There was some agreement he was breaking, something he was K34 145 trying to get away with. ^He raised his hand, maybe to pat me K34 146 again and at once I knew it was physical. ^Perhaps my face K34 147 stopped him, anyway his hand changed course midair and he K34 148 reached for his shoes. ^But I'd seen, in his eyes there'd been K34 149 a boyish appeal; and behind the boyishness? ^Violence. K34 150 |^*'You're just like everybody else!**' my mouth said. K34 151 |^To my amazement this involuntary line from a teen comic K34 152 appeared to hurt him. ^Not that I minded that. ^But what K34 153 exactly is it you're after, man? K34 154 |^At the far end of the gym the sparrow had landed in front K34 155 of the open doors. ^It was hopping forward. ^He pointed this K34 156 out to me proudly. ^Once the bird had found the sky, he K34 157 tiptoed the length of the basketball court and swung the doors K34 158 closed. ^I watched him returning with his shoes in his hand; I K34 159 remembered Bill saying that the gym echoed in the foyer. K34 160 |^When he returned I was on my feet, standing centre stage, K34 161 my arms folded across my chest. ^He stopped a body length away K34 162 and rose up onto his toes. ^Trying to look down on you? ^What K34 163 *1is *0that on his face? ^Oh, everything's *1wrong *0and you K34 164 have to get it right! ^This is the day, *1now, *0what is it K34 165 she says? ^So okay; and I peered at him, straining to K34 166 understand, to know. ^Off his face a name came into my head: K34 167 Karen, *1right, *0and I began making lightning connections. K34 168 ^*1So okay*0! ^My head jerked towards the mattress, and I K34 169 said, ^*'Is this where you fucked her, is it? ^Up here on the K34 170 stage? ^Shall I bend down and whiff up a bit of your old cum, K34 171 shall I? ^Or wouldn't she? ^So she had to go, and now it's my K34 172 turn?**' ^Drawing breath, how long can you keep this up? ^But K34 173 they might be hearing in the foyer.... ^*'And the worst thing K34 174 is,**' getting louder, *'you don't even lust for me! ^Do K34 175 you?**' ^Louder. ^*'You want to fuck for power, yeah, that's K34 176 it isn't it! ^To get me in your power! ^Some chance! ^Hear? K34 177 ^*2HENDY? ^I'M NOT IN YOUR POWER! ^I'LL NEVER BE IN YOUR K34 178 POWER!' K34 179 |^*0The thought of them hearing that delighted me, made me K34 180 feel I was doing the right thing. ^Oh how I needed to feel K34 181 that, I *1needed *0to feel that. K34 182 |^His hands were in the pockets of his slacks and his head K34 183 was back, tilted sideways so that my words cannoned off his K34 184 cheek. ^His face was trying on expressions, shock, confidence, K34 185 disappointment. ^Then his head made a weird movement, it K34 186 appeared to do a wide circle on the ball-joint of his neck. K34 187 ^Then it snapped upright. K34 188 |^*'It's a pity,**' he said scornfully. K34 189 |^*1Ahhh*0! ^The old voice. ^I felt the tension drain out K34 190 of me. K34 191 |^At the same time I felt... that the walls around us were K34 192 thin and that at their various posts on all the different K34 193 levels of the hotel, everyone was stopped, ears pricked. K34 194 ^*1Now. ^*0Facing him, I felt no danger, I'm fit and strong, K34 195 and at a shouted word Nif would come running. ^But I was K34 196 scared, now that my outburst was over, that I was emptied *- I K34 197 felt light and wild. K34 198 |^The scepticism on his face was making me insist that what K34 199 I'd said had been justified; I could feel my chin jutting. K34 200 |^Out in the middle of the stage, the chair was behind him K34 201 and in a smooth movement he sat, then thrust his legs out, K34 202 hands still in his pockets, chair tilted onto its back legs. K34 203 *# K35 001 **[409 TEXT K35**] K35 002 |^*0Iris loved gossip of course so Gaylene tattled a bit K35 003 about how hard it was to be snotty all the time and what a one K35 004 horse town Auckland was and all the rest about her work as a K35 005 management consultant, a position that had been found for her K35 006 after coming runner-up in last year's Miss New Zealand contest. K35 007 ^Whippy do! K35 008 |^They walked out of the steambath and around into an K35 009 adjoining cubicle area. ^A customer was positioned in repose K35 010 with his legs extended, his forearms turned out, palms out. K35 011 ^The masseuse flexed and splayed her fingers, her digits of K35 012 pleasure, crooked her thumbs then put her hands out and went to K35 013 work on the dewlaps along the man's torso which appeared, as he K35 014 lay on his neck, an isolated truncated form: a boozer's chest K35 015 and belly. K35 016 |^Roseate goosebumps had risen along the thighs of the K35 017 masseuse. ^Her brisk remedial action between the man's armpits K35 018 caused her breasts to swing like pendulums. ^Titty tatty, K35 019 titty tatty the teats flopped about. ^The skin and adipose K35 020 forming these objects was blotchy and sun-starved. K35 021 |^*"Sherryl's just new here.**" said Iris. ^She's a solo K35 022 mum.**" K35 023 |^Sherryl smiled in agreement. K35 024 |^Gaylene smiled back and stared at her imagining she could K35 025 make out beneath the ribcage the churning intestines, the guts K35 026 coiled about the womb. K35 027 |^As her pacemaker the masseuse had a transistor tuned to a K35 028 city station and she worked in time to the noise of old Beatle K35 029 hits while the customer let out an occasional ooaargh! of K35 030 contentment and made whistling, breathing noises through his K35 031 nostrils. K35 032 |^*"How funky it all is.**" whispered Gaylene folding her K35 033 arms over her own plucked nipples buried in her skinny rib K35 034 jersey, as they quit the room. K35 035 |^*"We have strict enforcement here of the rule that no K35 036 client mauls the staff,**" winked Iris, *"we don't want our K35 037 operators baited by undercover *"\0Ds.**" ^But you know, when K35 038 you've been able to make your pile.... ^These businessmen, K35 039 getting into the frisky fifties, are going to get up to these K35 040 tricks. ^It's part of the hassle of running a massage parlour. K35 041 ^Rex *- he's the owner *- has a string of these joints all over K35 042 the place. ^You've got to meet him he's a bonzer guy.**" K35 043 |^Coming into the solarium Gaylene gasped at the wave of dry K35 044 heat. ^All about her under the infra-red lamps were strewn the K35 045 directionless permutations of flesh. ^The sun room was full in K35 046 mid-winter as the operators and clients sought to tan and to K35 047 stun with their tan. ^Their bodies beneath artificial suns K35 048 seemed stretched towards another domain in the repetitious K35 049 series of frozen poses. ^The terrific furnace of sunlight that K35 050 summer could produce along the shelled or black sandy beaches K35 051 edged by the thrashing knives of the sea was as remote as a K35 052 purgatorial vision in this temple of strange worship, so hushed K35 053 you could hear the click of billiard balls from the K35 054 neighbouring room. K35 055 |^In the snack bar Gaylene and Iris had coffee while the K35 056 unclaimed gaggle of salady, dishy, peachy and camera girls sat K35 057 around formica tables like seedy narcissists drinking Coke K35 058 fetched from the fridge with an acrylic wood finish and poured K35 059 yup, yup, yup into Satin *"Orgy**" goblets that were part of K35 060 the canteen of shimmering cutlery. ^Then Iris had to go back K35 061 to work and Gaylene left. K35 062 *<*4Angels*> K35 063 |^From somewhere in the beyond, where his eye was gazing, Zak K35 064 sensed a kind of camouflage was emanating so that the stands of K35 065 native wood, the escarpments of fern and bush were, under the K35 066 penetration of the sunlight, which was being watched by him, K35 067 evaporating into patches of forms. ^As if being drawn by K35 068 clever movements of a heavily speckled, flightless bird so K35 069 that, instead of coming into a conclusive arrangement the bush K35 070 wavered between green, brown and black. ^And the hidden black K35 071 grew more predominant the more he stared. ^The green and brown K35 072 were bled into very weak shades by it and the distant landscape K35 073 he was gazing at turned evermore into mystical K35 074 inconclusiveness. ^He was forced to retire, baffled, to what K35 075 he knew as familiar objects *- his binoculars in their case, K35 076 his sketchpad, the old cane chair, the veranda supports. K35 077 |^That night Zak awoke sweating from a dream of softly K35 078 treacherous, fabulous animals, half-human, half-bird. ^They K35 079 had drifted across his mind like a corrosion, a blight that had K35 080 raised his hackles. ^There had been a spacious kauri villa in K35 081 this dream, Maoris in cloaks riding horses and cow and sheep K35 082 browsing while a fire raged some distance off along a skyline K35 083 of native forest. ^At the last moment he had seen two gilded K35 084 archangels from some Byzantine icon in his sleeping vision but K35 085 when he made a movement towards them they had risen up stiffly K35 086 and circled in the air above with slowly beating wings. K35 087 ^Frightened of something in himself he got up with a whimper K35 088 and then sank down again, beside nothing and entered an K35 089 oblivious sleep. K35 090 |^It had been like that at the beach the previous week. K35 091 ^Rapt, he'd run along in the open air, in his element, K35 092 delighting in the freshness, the cold waves blindly sucking at K35 093 his toes, the sunlight excavating the caverns of his friends' K35 094 eyesockets. ^He had glanced up at the blue sky and seen it K35 095 filled for a shocked second with great, clashing mirror steel K35 096 wings. K35 097 |^As they drove back to town from that beach it had come to K35 098 Zak how he felt like dragging the bourgeoisie from their K35 099 comfortable homes and pointing out to them the wonders of the K35 100 clay and scrub, the vast, secretive power of the landscape. K35 101 ^He felt he was reflecting Divine Fancy by this mental, K35 102 interior outburst and was uplifted. ^It was not that he had K35 103 the desire for magnificence or anything of the sort. ^It was K35 104 just a gaiety at the image of Pacific featheryness *- feathery K35 105 toitoi, feathery wavetops, feathery cloudnesses. ^A pleasant K35 106 vagueness closed over him and the vehicle trundled on. ^The K35 107 wheel completed circles and felt the privilege of bitumen and K35 108 tarseal roads without a protest. ^Gradually as it turned on to K35 109 the State Highway the van entered the midst of heavy traffic K35 110 and became more anonymous. K35 111 *|^Zak lived alone in a cluster of hollow rooms. ^A K35 112 hivelike house which didn't hum, it clung to a steep slope, the K35 113 lower part of which was a crowded garden. ^A painted, rented K35 114 house at the back of suburbia, the veranda had a hole in it K35 115 where a friend's leg had splintered through a rotten wooden K35 116 step. ^Her foot had gone through up to her knee. ^People said K35 117 the house should be demolished. ^Zak said it was half K35 118 demolished from the inside already and continued to paint there K35 119 amongst the spanked up cushions and the odd, sprawled, empty K35 120 tequila bottle. ^*"{Hecho En Mexico. ^El Mas Jalisciense De K35 121 Los Tequilas}.**" ^Old fashioned chemist jars and brown, K35 122 stippled medicine bottles on every available shelf held brushes K35 123 and flowers. K35 124 |^He'd been knocking out paintings steadily for several K35 125 years now. ^The promise was unbroken. ^Yet every day it was a K35 126 matter of back to square one, facing up to it and starting out K35 127 anew. ^He gazed at the razor often. ^So it went while the K35 128 seasons changed. ^Central was hung with its hoarfrost regalia. K35 129 ^On the coast the rain came down like showers of tinsel while K35 130 indignant gulls slashed and squawked. ^The lashed sea seethed K35 131 and salvage firms were called on to pump out half-capsized, K35 132 water-logged boats. ^In the all too brief summer, seeds K35 133 floated like down and each hairy fern tree unfurled a long K35 134 proboscis or two and steamed. ^This wind trembled landscape K35 135 was the fountainhead of his art. ^These frothy trees, too, and K35 136 those gay contours whose abrupt vanishing tricks he could never K35 137 quite pin down. ^Though he didn't look to the doughty pioneers K35 138 for inspiration, those time-enhanced forbears of his country's K35 139 modernistic culture, he sometimes used the shabby wrecks who K35 140 were his great-uncles and his great-aunts, fixed amongst the K35 141 shadows in photographs. ^He made replicas out of his K35 142 recollections, borrowing for instance, from the excitement of K35 143 the enthusiasts who poured into rugby test matches when he was K35 144 a boy. K35 145 |^One day when inspiration was low he strolled through a K35 146 shopping mall, studying the most mundane things *- marvelling K35 147 at crackle-surfaced pate on trays, sunk within the refrigerated K35 148 pit of a delicatessen counter, squirming round to take a second K35 149 peak at the corrugated, plastic surface of a cassette player. K35 150 ^He was stopped by visions of people twice. ^The first was K35 151 when he saw a drover or shepherd, up from the country for the K35 152 day, obviously. ^Zak made a pencilled, perfunctory doodle of K35 153 his slavery chops, stubbly bristles, hard compressed mouth and K35 154 slouching gait. ^The second was a potential magazine sketch: K35 155 three or four staunch Maori boys dolled up in their patches and K35 156 *"originals**" and flashing squat, shaved craniums were issuing K35 157 forth from the doorway to some arcade boutique. ^He drifted K35 158 out under the billboards which glared down with their K35 159 brand**[ARB**]-name's freight of golden lager and which enticed K35 160 with the bony faces of models, posed with the latest labour K35 161 saver. K35 162 |^On his way home he saw a very weird scene. ^A white Maria K35 163 was attempting to pass right-turning traffic at an K35 164 intersection, klaxon blaring, and forcing other cars to jump K35 165 onto traffic islands or cross the road's centreline. ^Having K35 166 created the maximum confusion the police van finally took off K35 167 as if panic stricken *- haring along like a demented loon. K35 168 |^He took the memory of these sights back to his studio and K35 169 like a magician, by sleight of hand, as if from behind his K35 170 back, he would produce those opalescent hues for which he was K35 171 known *- that famous, furious, pastel welter of the storms and K35 172 stresses of a blooded young painter. ^He wanted his works to K35 173 have a spontaneous air about them, as if they were casual japes K35 174 hatched over a liquid lunch. ^Some afternoons he would retreat K35 175 to one of his own backrooms to sway for hours in a trance, K35 176 gazing at nothing in particular, his mind turning over, then K35 177 abruptly he would turn to a half-done canvas and shadowbox K35 178 around it like a whirling dervish, loaded brush jabbing on the K35 179 end of a stretched out arm. ^At the finish he might have K35 180 painted down a still life of exotic fruit *- orbs of K35 181 aubergines, cheek red cherries, tangy tangelos, voluptuous K35 182 avocadoes: a greengrocer arranging his cornucopia. K35 183 |^Primary colourists, raw expressionists and gravity-defying K35 184 poltergeists. ^These were his flatmates. ^His arty demons K35 185 flirted with him before suddenly imposing on him like unbidden, K35 186 month-long house guests, causing his routine to be re-organised K35 187 around them . ^Possessed, he'd fling ribbons of oil paint K35 188 across the palette, building up a cluster of peach hues that K35 189 he'd abruptly rub off with the sleeve of a holey jersey, or K35 190 he'd define the torque of a twisted waist in a flash before K35 191 moving on to embellish a portrait by patting on veins of red *- K35 192 that net of veins that infiltrates a weatherbeaten face. K35 193 ^Lightly, lightly, lightly he dabbed, smeared, trickled, K35 194 scumbled with his brush poised like a pigmy spear almost K35 195 seeming to retrieve colour from the taut, white surface, the K35 196 confessing canvas. K35 197 |^The morning after the mythic dream that he thought of as a K35 198 vision, he experienced a sudden resurgence of adrenalin. ^The K35 199 two angelic harbingers with their queer, mingled associations K35 200 of fear and bliss were real presences. ^He called them Rafe K35 201 and Gabe and the memory of their visit stayed with him. ^He went K35 202 from cell-like **[SIC**] room, scourging himself with his conscience K35 203 like a saint, reciting his faults, wrestling with feelings of K35 204 dread, mentally picking up the scabs of life's accidents K35 205 fearful that some form of coincidence, some *"Doppelganger**" K35 206 just might unleash its awesome existential malice. ^He went K35 207 outside into the thin light and the appalling, buffeting wind K35 208 bit into him and fretted his hair. ^He wandered around until K35 209 he began to get a grip on himself. ^He gazed at the ordinary K35 210 things in his backyard like a cat gazing into a jug of cream K35 211 until his morbid obsession with the vision of angels with their K35 212 flaming swords began to vanish. K35 213 *# K36 001 **[410 TEXT K36**] K36 002 *<*3GAELYN GORDON*> K36 003 *<*4Stones*> K36 004 |^*0Sometime after my fourth birthday, Dad's leg got bad and we K36 005 had to shift into town. ^Across the street from us lived the K36 006 Grants. ^Marie Grant was a big girl *- she was really almost K36 007 grown up by the time we arrived in town. ^She was going to the K36 008 High School and had homework to do every night. K36 009 |^One night she came over to our house while Mum and Dad K36 010 went out for a bit, and she brought her homework over. ^It was K36 011 the beginning of the year and she was making wallpaper covers K36 012 for her new books and ruling margins on each page. ^She had K36 013 coloured pictures that she stuck on the outside of the K36 014 wallpaper. K36 015 |^I sat and watched her do it, and she let me hold the K36 016 picture that she was going to stick on next. ^She had her own K36 017 pot of real glue, and she had a whole lot of new pencils that K36 018 were different colours, and she had a fountain pen. K36 019 |^I looked forward to the time that I'd be going to school K36 020 and have homework. K36 021 |^But it's really not Marie that I want to be telling you K36 022 about. ^It's more about her younger brother Michael. K36 023 |^Michael was about two years older than I was, I suppose; K36 024 he wasn't much taller than me, but he had been going to school K36 025 for a while. ^I asked him if he had homework and he said he K36 026 never did any. ^So I told Mum I wasn't going to go to the K36 027 school Michael went to. ^She said that I wouldn't be anyway, K36 028 because he went to the convent school. K36 029 |^I felt a bit sorry for Michael going to the sort of school K36 030 that didn't give homework. ^At the same time, I admired him K36 031 because he was tough. ^His mother said he was tough, and you K36 032 could see he was, too. ^He was small, but you could see his K36 033 arms and legs and face were very hard and bony. K36 034 |^My arms were round and soft and you couldn't see the bones K36 035 in my bent elbows the way you could with proper arms. K36 036 |^When Mum had taught me how to cross the street, I used to K36 037 go over to the Grant's and hang round when Michael got home K36 038 from school. ^Sometimes I'd see Marie, but she didn't usually K36 039 get back till long after Michael was home. K36 040 |^Most times Michael would tell me to go home because he was K36 041 busy. ^But sometimes he'd let me stay. ^I'd watch him K36 042 throwing stones at the trees that grew, one outside each house, K36 043 along the grass beside the street. K36 044 |^*'You need to be a really good shot if you're a boy**', he K36 045 said. K36 046 |^Some of the boys at the school were better shots than he K36 047 was, but he was getting better. ^One of them was so good he K36 048 could hit a mynah as it was flying. ^Michael wasn't that good K36 049 yet, but he was a friend of the boy who could do it. K36 050 |^He told me about a boy he'd heard of who'd thrown a stone K36 051 and hit a nun's tit. ^I supposed a nun's tit was smaller than K36 052 a mynah *- or maybe it moved faster. ^I didn't ask, though, I K36 053 just said ^*'Gosh!**' and made my eyes big, the way my cousin K36 054 Sandra did when she wanted to show how surprised she was. K36 055 |^The day he told me about that, he let me stand behind the K36 056 nearest tree and he threw stones at it. ^I had to yell out K36 057 ^*'Argggh! ^Got me!**' whenever there was a thunk as the stone K36 058 hit. K36 059 |^Then he let me come out from behind the tree and pick up K36 060 all the stones I could find round it and take them back to him. K36 061 |^Then I went and stood behind the next tree *- further off. K36 062 |^*'Scream a bit louder, this time**', Michael said. ^*'I K36 063 can hardly hear you**'. K36 064 |^Mum came out at the same time as \0Mrs Grant to see what I K36 065 was screaming about. ^They said we were making too much noise K36 066 and everybody would be looking and that it was time we went K36 067 home anyway. K36 068 |^Mum told me when we got inside that only naughty boys K36 069 threw stones and that maybe I shouldn't play with Michael any K36 070 more. ^But I said he wasn't naughty and that all boys had to K36 071 learn to throw stones and he was just practising. ^Besides, K36 072 who else was there for me to play with? K36 073 |^*'Well, we'll see what Daddy thinks**', she said. K36 074 |^But whether they talked about it when Dad came home, I K36 075 don't know. ^She probably forgot, because nobody mentioned it. K36 076 |^So the next day I waited by the gate and crossed the K36 077 street when I saw Michael coming home from school. ^He was K36 078 walking a bit stiff and he was mad at me because he'd had a K36 079 hiding for throwing stones. K36 080 |^*'A hiding?**' I asked. K36 081 |^*'Mum told Dad when he got home and he hit me with the old K36 082 razor strop. ^It's your fault**'. K36 083 |^*'I never told them you were throwing stones**'. K36 084 |^*'You screamed too loud and they came out and saw us**'. K36 085 |^*'You told me to scream**'. K36 086 |^*'I did not. ^You're a stupid bitch. ^Go home**'. ^And K36 087 he shot his arms out hard and pushed me, and then he swung his K36 088 leather school bag at me. ^One of the buckles scraped my leg. K36 089 ^It was like being scratched by a cat. K36 090 |^I sat down on the pavement. ^Michael's face came right up K36 091 close to me. ^He smelt dusty and hard and hot. K36 092 |^*'You're a bloody fart!**' K36 093 |^I didn't know what a fart was in those days *- we called K36 094 them *'pops**' at home, and thought they were funny. ^But I K36 095 knew that bloody was a word Dad used sometimes and it was the K36 096 worst word you could say. ^I didn't know kids were allowed to K36 097 use it. K36 098 |^It was probably the shock of hearing him say it that K36 099 stopped me crying while he kicked out once, missed and went off K36 100 home. K36 101 |^After a while I got up and went back to our house. ^I K36 102 didn't cry until I saw Mum, and then I couldn't tell her what I K36 103 was crying about, because I didn't know what was the worst bit K36 104 and she had to hear the worst bit first. ^But she knew it was K36 105 Michael had made me cry. K36 106 |^*'I told you he's really not a very nice little boy**', K36 107 she said. K36 108 |^I got to the stage where my sobs had stopped being all K36 109 choked and the crying finished. ^It was good being cuddled by K36 110 Mum. K36 111 |^*'He called me a naughty word**', I said, and at the K36 112 memory of the shock of it, my sobs started again. K36 113 |^*'What?**' Mum asked. ^*'What did he call you?**' ^But I K36 114 was sobbing too hard to speak. K36 115 |^*'That settles it**', Mum said. ^*'You're not to play K36 116 with him again**'. K36 117 |^*'But I like him!**' I wailed. ^I hadn't thought that K36 118 she'd stop me from playing with him. ^I'd simply expected her K36 119 to stop him from pushing me and swinging his satchel at me and K36 120 calling me bad names. ^*'I want to play with him!**' K36 121 |^*'You'll only get hurt. ^He's a naughty little boy and K36 122 he's too rough for you**'. K36 123 |^Why couldn't she see what was wanted of her? K36 124 |^*'I like the throwing stone game. ^It's a good game**'. K36 125 ^I was getting really hot and I didn't know how to make her K36 126 understand. K36 127 |^*'I want to play with him! ^I don't want to stop playing K36 128 with him!**' K36 129 |^I avoided the question of whether Michael still wanted to K36 130 play with me. K36 131 |^*'Well, get down now. ^It's time to get the vegies K36 132 done**'. ^And she pushed me off her knee. K36 133 |^The next day I waited on our side of the street when I saw K36 134 Michael coming home. ^I watched him stop and pick up a handful K36 135 of stones. ^He threw them at the tree outside his house. ^He K36 136 didn't miss once. K36 137 |^Then he saw me. K36 138 |^*'Do you want to play?**' he called. K36 139 |^I only just remembered to look right look left look right K36 140 again before I ran across. K36 141 |^*'It's a better game**', he said. ^*'We play it at K36 142 school, so you'd better learn it. ^You stand in front of the K36 143 tree**'. K36 144 |^I took up my position. K36 145 |^*'Now, I'm the knife-thrower at the circus. ^I throw the K36 146 knives all round the lovely lady. ^And every one just misses. K36 147 ^Hold your arms out to the side**'. K36 148 |^He picked up a stone, choosing it carefully. K36 149 |^I heard the thunk before I felt the pain in my chest. ^He K36 150 hit dead centre and hard, but it felt like a push before it K36 151 felt like a pain. ^And I heard it first. K36 152 |^Then things went very slow. ^His face bent over me again. K36 153 ^He looked at me for some time and then he ran away. ^Slowly. K36 154 |^After a while I went home. ^I didn't tell Mum. ^I got K36 155 out my bear and used Dad's razor to give him a shave. K36 156 |^Dad came home while I was doing it, and told me that it K36 157 wasn't good for his razor. ^He showed me where he kept the old K36 158 blades in a jam-jar with bits of rust stain on the side. ^Mum K36 159 said if I wanted to use the razor again, she'd put one of the K36 160 old blades in. ^I wasn't to do it myself. K36 161 |^That was reasonable, because the razor was very hard to K36 162 unscrew. K36 163 |^Then I heard Michael's voice calling my name from across K36 164 the road. ^*'Come and play!**' he called. K36 165 |^*'Can I go and play with Michael?**' I asked. K36 166 |^*'But he'll only hurt you**', Mum said. K36 167 |^She had a point. ^*'I'll tell him not to hurt me**', I K36 168 said. K36 169 |^*'Don't go out**', she said. ^*'You know he'll push you K36 170 or hit you or throw a stone at you**'. K36 171 |^*'I'll just go to the gate**', I said. ^*'He can't hurt K36 172 me there**'. K36 173 |^I went to the front gate and called, ^*'What do you K36 174 want?**' K36 175 |^*'Come and play. ^I know a new game'. K36 176 |^*'Are you going to throw a stone at me?**' K36 177 |^*'Of course I'm not. ^I didn't mean to before. ^My hand K36 178 slipped**'. K36 179 |^So I went. ^This time the stone got me when I was still K36 180 halfway across the street. ^It cut my cheek. ^It looked K36 181 worse, but it didn't hurt as much as getting hit in the chest. K36 182 |^Mum washed it and it wasn't a very big cut when the blood K36 183 had gone. ^We had chicken for tea that night and I got the K36 184 wishbone and one drumstick and Dad got the other drumstick. K36 185 |^And this time I promised Dad that I'd never play with that K36 186 little Micky Doolin bastard again. K36 187 *<*4Gingerbread Man*> K36 188 *<*1Marilyn Duckworth*> K36 189 |^*0For a moment his face changes. K36 190 |^He isn't very old *- twenty perhaps *- and the mark of his K36 191 round thick knee sags forward in his trouser legs. ^These are K36 192 corduroy velvet, ginger toffee corduroy, and his tie the colour K36 193 of a card table. ^He's saying goodbye to his girlfriend and K36 194 for the moment she has lost sight of him. ^She is handing the K36 195 driver's joke back to him with a polite smile. ^And the young K36 196 man's face changes. ^Just for a moment it changes, while she K36 197 isn't looking. ^It isn't that he has any secret from her, but K36 198 just that his mind flops suddenly back to nothing. ^You can K36 199 see the girl go out of his face like a car driving off the K36 200 screen. ^He is himself again, withdrawn from her influence, K36 201 but at the same time he doesn't want to become involved with us K36 202 *- the passengers. ^He looks up into the sun, taps a shoe, K36 203 rattles his money in both pockets. K36 204 |^And the girl. ^Why has she so much luggage? ^Where has K36 205 she been, with no wedding ring? ^Some knitting pokes out of a K36 206 holdall, but we can't see the wool from here. ^She falls into K36 207 one of the side seats. ^Is he looking? ^Yes. ^Her furtive K36 208 glance opens out, becomes a smile, narrows back into an K36 209 intimacy, a private meaning. K36 210 *# K37 001 **[411 TEXT K37**] K37 002 *<*2FRANCES CHERRY*> K37 003 *<*1Undertow*> K37 004 |^*0Fingers creep across her bare flesh, touching, caressing. K37 005 ^She moans, sighs, as if she's asleep. ^*'Mmmm? ^What?**' K37 006 ^She shuffles, moves away in exaggerated, still-asleep fashion. K37 007 |^Christine follows, murmurs in her ear, smoke breath K37 008 wafting across her cheek. ^*'I love you.**' ^*1Love you love K37 009 you love you... *0echoing echoing... K37 010 |^*'What?**' she says, turning, knowing she has to. K37 011 ^*'Oh... ^That's nice.**' ^Hoping Christine doesn't ask, do K37 012 you love me, too? K37 013 |^The hand begins to creep again, gentle, loving. K37 014 |^She puts her hand behind Christine's neck. ^Her fingers K37 015 dabble, tickle, scratch at Christine's neck. ^Thinking, K37 016 thinking. ^Wanting to scream and scream... K37 017 |^*'Your hands are so soft,**' Christine says. K37 018 |^*'Let's have a cup of tea.**' ^She throws the bed clothes K37 019 back and jumps out of bed. ^Her feet pad down the long K37 020 hallway, wanting to go on and on. ^Out the door and down the K37 021 road. ^Running in the wind. ^Free. ^Free. K37 022 |^She might if she wasn't naked. K37 023 |^She flushes the toilet, goes into the bathroom, rushes K37 024 water into the sink, looks at her face in the mirror. ^*'What K37 025 should I do?**' she asks. K37 026 |^In the kitchen she puts the jug on, talks to the cat and K37 027 dog, collects last night's bottles, takes the over-loaded K37 028 plastic rubbish bag out of the kitchen-tidy and puts it in the K37 029 outside rubbish bin. ^She looks at the garden, inhales the K37 030 morning's aromas, freesias, new-cut grass. K37 031 |^She pours the tea and puts it all on a tray with a bowl of K37 032 sugar. ^She will not put the sugar into Christine's tea. ^She K37 033 can do that herself. K37 034 |^Christine sits up blinking, smiling, pulling the bedcovers K37 035 across her thin, almost boyish chest. ^She is amazed at K37 036 Christine's modesty, even in front of her children she wouldn't K37 037 run naked. ^Whereas she, especially after Brenda's wild K37 038 abandoned everything-swinging-to-the-world nakedness, doesn't K37 039 really worry, even if the neighbours happen to catch a glimpse K37 040 of her through the windows. ^Funny how people are different. K37 041 |^*'Thanks love,**' Christine says, holding an arm out, K37 042 *'come and have a cuddle.**' K37 043 |^She puts the tray on the bed and sits on top of the K37 044 blankets at Christine's feet. ^*'It's going to be a lovely K37 045 day. ^Must get out in the garden again and make the most of K37 046 it.**' K37 047 |^*'Plenty of time.**' K37 048 |^*'Hell, it's nine thirty,**' she says. K37 049 |^*'That's all right. ^What's the rush?**' K37 050 |^Why can't she say, simply say to Christine, I don't want K37 051 to? ^She takes a deep breath. ^*'I don't want to.**' K37 052 |^*'Oh okay, then.**' ^Christine lifts her legs over the K37 053 side of the bed. ^*'You should have said.**' ^She stands, K37 054 pulls her T-shirt over her head and stares through the window. K37 055 |^*'We can still have a cup of tea, can't we?**' ^She K37 056 remembers the way Brenda would have sat there making her feel K37 057 terrible. K37 058 |^*'I'd better get going.**' K37 059 |^*'Why? ^You didn't want to before. ^You said there was K37 060 all the time in the world before.**' ^She watches Christine put K37 061 her watch on. ^She wishes Christine would go. ^Why is she K37 062 feeling guilty? ^Trying to stop her? ^*'Why can't I say I K37 063 don't want to make love? ^It doesn't have to be the end of the K37 064 world.**' K37 065 |^*'No.**' ^Christine sits on the side of the bed, away from K37 066 her, arms hanging between her legs, staring at the floor. K37 067 ^*'No, it doesn't.**' K37 068 |^*'What about last night? ^You can't complain about that. K37 069 ^Can you?**' K37 070 |^*'No.**' ^Christine picks up one of her running shoes and K37 071 undoes the laces. ^*'I can't complain. ^You certainly threw K37 072 yourself into it.**' K37 073 |^She stares at Christine's sharp shoulder blades, so K37 074 different from the roundness of Brenda's back. ^*'You're K37 075 making me feel bloody upset.**' K37 076 |^*'Well, why don't you tell me what you really feel? ^I K37 077 know there's something wrong.**' K37 078 |^She falls back on the bed. ^Say it, say it, a voice K37 079 inside her head says. ^Here's your opportunity. ^You can't K37 080 waste it. ^*'It's just that. ^Well... I get confused. ^Don't K37 081 know what I feel sometimes. ^I'm afraid of being trapped K37 082 again. ^You know how terrible it was with Brenda. ^I couldn't K37 083 bear that again.**' ^Tell her you can't stand her smoking (at K37 084 least Brenda smelled nice). ^Go on. ^The smell on her breath, K37 085 in her hair, in her clothes. ^That she has five teaspoons of K37 086 sugar in her tea, doesn't know anything about nutrition. ^That K37 087 she takes her kids to McDonalds all the time, smokes all over K37 088 them. K37 089 |^*'I do everything to suit you,**' Christine says. ^*'I K37 090 come to your place all the time. ^You never come to mine.**' K37 091 |^*'Well, I've still got the children to look after. K37 092 ^You're free every second week.**' K37 093 |^*'They *1are *0old enough to look after themselves!**' K37 094 |^*'Richard's only fourteen. ^Come on.**' K37 095 |^*'How come we can go out, then? ^Eh?**' K37 096 |^*'You know I worry about it. ^I couldn't leave them all K37 097 night.**' K37 098 |^*'Mmmm.**' K37 099 |^*'Don't be angry.**' K37 100 |^*'I'm not angry,**' Christine sighs. ^*'Just sad.**' K37 101 |^*'Oh God, don't be sad.**' ^She moves over to Christine K37 102 and puts her head on her hard back. K37 103 |^*'Look,**' Christine says, not turning, ^*'I'll just go K37 104 home. ^I've got things to do. ^You do your gardening or K37 105 whatever. ^And we'll both have a bit of a think. ^Eh?**' K37 106 |^*'All right, then.**' ^She feels her breath gliding out of K37 107 her in a strange release. ^It will be all right. ^Let her go, K37 108 let her go. K37 109 *|^She follows Christine down the hallway, stands and hugs her, K37 110 watches her walk up the path, close the gate and disappear. K37 111 |^She stands for a long time not moving, staring at the K37 112 trees by the gate waving in the breeze. K37 113 |^And then she feels it. ^Small at first like a tiny sharp K37 114 flame in the pit of her stomach. ^She puts her hand over it, K37 115 willing it to disappear, almost hoping it is only her K37 116 imagination but she feels it spread through her fingers and up K37 117 her diaphragm so that she has to lower herself to the floor and K37 118 curl up into a ball with the weight of it. ^Tears fall out of K37 119 her eyes and on to the floor. ^*'Oh Brenda,**' she says, ^*'I K37 120 can't bear it, I can't let this happen again.**' ^She crawls K37 121 through the dining-room and into the hall, pulls the telephone K37 122 off its table and dials Brenda's number. K37 123 *<*2ARAPERA HINEIRA*> K37 124 *<*1Innocence of Sin*> K37 125 |^*0Wawata was waiting for the bus, like everyone else, K37 126 delaying going home to the smell of cow shit and yelling K37 127 parents. ^She leaned against the shop verandah post, carved by K37 128 those who loved, or dreamed of loving, some parts worn to a K37 129 shiny brown by horses and people rubbing their buttocks. K37 130 *|^The half-red half-yellow ancient bus finally clanked to a K37 131 halt right in front of Wawata. ^The waiting kids danced and K37 132 screeched. K37 133 |^Ya ya! ^Ugly hakari bus! ^Ugly hakari bus! K37 134 |^He did that on purpose! K37 135 |^What! K37 136 |^The bloody tin-leg bus driver. ^Nearly ran over my feet! K37 137 |^Wawata shot up from under, grabbing the soles of her feet. K37 138 |^You made me skid you peg-leg! K37 139 |^If you had two legs like my gammy one you won't feel K37 140 nothing. ^Kaitoa! ^Sit somewhere else. ^This is a bus stop! K37 141 *|^The high school kids piled out. ^The new girl was first off K37 142 followed by at least six heavies. K37 143 |^Wawata watched longingly. K37 144 *|^'Neat figure ne Wawata. K37 145 |^Not bad. ^Skirt too short. ^I can see her pants. K37 146 |^Yeah that's what they're after. ^Kaore e roa. ^Won't be K37 147 long! K37 148 |^No it won't. ^Know what my brother said? ^She's only K37 149 been here two weeks and guess what. ^She's already started K37 150 leaving her window open at night. K37 151 |^Wawata sighed. K37 152 |^Yeah that's bad. ^Asking for it. K37 153 |^The six heavy hopefuls swaggered behind, down her road. K37 154 ^The dancing and screeching started again. K37 155 |^Ya ya ya you going the wrong way. K37 156 |^One big heavy about-turned, clenching his fist. K37 157 |^The chanting continued, the kids knowing no harm would K37 158 come to them. ^The bold ones played follow-the-leader behind K37 159 the heavies. ^The rest picked up the mail and the bread and K37 160 scattered home. K37 161 *|^Wawata's teacher appeared, just as the bus rattled off, K37 162 unlocked his bicycle from the fence, and wheeled it round K37 163 almost on to her feet, just as she stepped on to the gravel K37 164 with the mail and the bread. ^He grinned. ^She looked down K37 165 suddenly shy. ^He made girls feel like that! K37 166 |^Gidday Wawata. ^Edged his front wheel closer. ^Gee K37 167 you're getting big. K37 168 |^As if he didn't know! K37 169 |^Looking good too. K37 170 |^She kicked the front wheel. ^God it hurt. ^Sweat K37 171 pin-pricked. ^Hot feelings stirred. ^She fled home. K37 172 *|^Wawata changed into her milking clothes, put on her K37 173 gumboots, reached the cowshed dreaming of being a new girl. K37 174 |^You're late. ^Wasting time at the shop again. ^Her K37 175 brother went on. ^Hanging around the shop is kid's stuff. K37 176 ^You're getting too old for that. ^You want to watch out for K37 177 those high school boys. ^They think they're shit hot! K37 178 |^Wawata cut in on him. ^You know what. ^They're all after K37 179 that new girl. ^She thinks she's shit hot too. K37 180 |^Rua responded. ^They got no show. ^I know. ^I hear K37 181 everything in the pub. ^They're not the only rams round here! K37 182 |^Her father appeared. ^The talking stopped. ^He too K37 183 nagged about her lateness. K37 184 |^Come straight home. ^No need for you to collect the mail K37 185 and the bread. ^Leave it to the young ones. ^Last summer it K37 186 was reading in the cream stand. ^Now it's dawdling somewhere K37 187 else. ^Next year it's boarding school for you girl. ^No K37 188 distractions there! K37 189 |^He always spoilt things. ^Just when Rua was treating her K37 190 like a grown**[ARB**]-up he had to talk about boarding school. K37 191 ^She hosed out the cow muck. ^She couldn't wait until the K37 192 milking finished. K37 193 |^You know what Rua? ^You should go somewhere else to work. K37 194 ^Dad treats us all the same. ^He's scared of us growing up. K37 195 |^Nah. ^I'm all right. ^He doesn't mind if I go to the K37 196 pub. ^Engari koe. ^Girls are different. ^They get pregnant. K37 197 ^That's where that new girl should be too. ^In that school K37 198 you're going to. ^No chance to muck around there! K37 199 *|^Milking over, they plodded home, Wawata musing. K37 200 |^It's a wonder they're not scared of the dog. K37 201 |^What dog? K37 202 |^That Pakeha's. ^The new girl's dad. K37 203 |^That's not her dad. ^She's Maori all over. K37 204 |^He is her dad! ^He adopted her. K37 205 |^Oh yeah. ^That's right. ^Hmmm! ^Probably a mean little K37 206 runt like the owner. ^Ask your mate if it bites. ^She should K37 207 know. ^She takes them milk every morning. K37 208 |^Course it does. ^And yaps! ^It's a fox terrier. K37 209 |^Hmmm. ^I'll choke the runt if it picks on me. ^Rua's K37 210 boot swung out as though kicking for goal. K37 211 |^You like her too don't you? Wawata asked, suddenly K37 212 suspicious there was more action than the pub talk. K37 213 |^Not me but I know one bull who does. ^And he's bloody K37 214 well married. ^That bastard gets away with it! K37 215 |^Wawata pretended she knew. ^She pounced on a name. ^But K37 216 Rua wouldn't say. ^He enjoyed leading her on. K37 217 |^A voice boomed out. ^Hey. ^Kua reri nga kai! ^Hurry up K37 218 before the food gets cold! K37 219 *|^Slurping sounds. ^Scraping plates. ^Scrumptious dinner. K37 220 ^Wawata drying dishes. ^Older sister washing up. ^Her turn to K37 221 gossip. K37 222 |^You know what? ^There's a new girl here! K37 223 |^She's not new. ^She's two weeks old! K37 224 |^Smartie. ^You know what I mean. ^She's pinched my K37 225 boyfriend. K37 226 |^Aw! ^That's why you're still here. ^You told Mum you got K37 227 a job lined up in Wellington. ^I bet there's plenty neat ones K37 228 down there. K37 229 |^Don't want to talk about Wellington. ^Don't want you K37 230 getting your head full of sex. ^You're too young. ^So is she. K37 231 ^Only fifteen! ^I'm eighteen. ^And I've finished school! K37 232 *|^What a waste of time talking to older brother and sister. K37 233 ^Never really said too much about you-know-what. ^Not like her K37 234 mate. ^Didn't mind what they talked about. K37 235 *|^You know what Manawanui, good of that Pakeha to adopt her. K37 236 ^Fancy going all over the country with a black kid. ^What's K37 237 her name? K37 238 |^Mahiti. ^She's a darkie all right. ^Bet they didn't do K37 239 it for aroha. ^More like they wanted a servant for nothing. K37 240 ^She's from the welfare. ^Those kids get hell from some of our K37 241 own. K37 242 *# K38 001 **[412 TEXT K38**] K38 002 |^*'*0There's no one here. ^I arrived and the door was wide K38 003 open. ^Not a soul.**' K38 004 |^There was an awkward silence. K38 005 |^*'When's the opening?**' I asked, just to stir. K38 006 |^*'Too soon, dear. ^Relax, Glory dear, relax. ^I have a K38 007 great deal on my mind. ^When you've finished your beer we'll K38 008 go and have another considered look. ^Considered. ^I may be K38 009 exaggerating of course.**' K38 010 |^He took the bottle from me resignedly and drank. ^He K38 011 wanted to make it up to me. K38 012 |^*'Sometimes I wonder if it's all worth it.**' ^He looked K38 013 around mournfully. ^Lapsing into self-parody was his only way K38 014 of expressing his rage at me. ^*'Searching for beauty amidst K38 015 the broken debris of a clapped-out society. ^Hassling some K38 016 huge dyke for her meagre collection of bric-a-brac.**' K38 017 |^I didn't say anything. ^There were some things I needed K38 018 to sort out before I could even start painting and Nigel had K38 019 about as much idea of them as a child. ^For all his panache K38 020 and worldliness he was also a sneaky ignorant little boy with K38 021 his round bottom and sleazy charm. ^I wanted to get rid of K38 022 him. K38 023 |^*'Have a really quick look,**' I said. ^He looked K38 024 critically at the paintings again, his face crumpled with total K38 025 absorption. K38 026 |^*'Alright. ^We'll see what we can manage,**' Nigel said K38 027 at last. ^*'But there's not enough for the main gallery. K38 028 ^Well you know that anyway. ^You've got a bit of time I K38 029 suppose. ^A few days. ^You'll do wonders won't you?**' ^Then K38 030 he said in such a quiet voice I could hardly pick it up, K38 031 ^*'There are two cops at the back door, Glory. ^Is there no K38 032 end to this?**' K38 033 |^*'Shit,**' I said. ^I'd forgotten they might be K38 034 coming.**' K38 035 |^It was awkward with Nigel there because cops always K38 036 related to me in a disrespectful way. ^It was the house, the K38 037 way I looked, those subtle indications of class that cops were K38 038 so strong at picking up. ^They knew instinctively what kind I K38 039 came from and they were certainly not interested in any K38 040 spurious art status. ^They'd see Nigel as a poofter, nothing K38 041 more. ^If Nigel saw all this it would really lower all my K38 042 bargaining power. ^In my war of nerves with the bastard, the K38 043 slightest sign of weakness and he'd be in for the kill. K38 044 |^*'You may as well go home. ^It's probably for Al.**' K38 045 |^*'Oh for sure,**' he said. ^He probably knew more than he K38 046 was letting on, though how he found out was completely beyond K38 047 me. K38 048 |^*'They're not going to bloody arrest you are they? ^This K38 049 bloody opening's doomed isn't it?**' ^But to his credit he went K38 050 quietly out the side door. ^I saw him walking round the side K38 051 of the house, head down, trying to calm himself down, his body K38 052 rigid with suppressed rage. K38 053 |^*'You Glory Day?**' the cop asked in an over-friendly way. K38 054 ^He had a middle-New Zealand look about him and years of K38 055 respectability and judgements had taken their toll. ^The other K38 056 one looked like a small-town respectable gay basher, the kind K38 057 who rides round the streets in his father's Toyota after rugby K38 058 club piss-ups, looking for some soft flesh to tear into. K38 059 ^Handsome, closed, with that secret exuberant violence, a great K38 060 whiff of danger coming off him in a sour wave. ^They had both K38 061 delved and dived into so much human foulness their faces and K38 062 hearts had turned to stone. K38 063 |^*'We're making a few inquiries, Glory. ^There's been a K38 064 recent death, suspicious circumstances, and we think you could K38 065 help us.**' K38 066 |^I could see my Moe like a huge bear ambling up from next K38 067 door. ^He always turned up at my place when cops came. ^Just K38 068 to keep an eye. K38 069 |^*'Watch out for Rina,**' I asked him. K38 070 |^*'They taking you in?**' Moe asked. K38 071 |^*'We'll go up to the station, Glory,**' said the other. K38 072 ^He had a breathy sort of loony voice I didn't like. K38 073 |^*'Fucked if I know,**' I said to Moe. K38 074 |^*'Watch your language,**' he said friendly. ^It was just K38 075 a warning. K38 076 |^*'Is this an arrest?**' I asked. K38 077 |^*'No of course not. ^Something on your conscience?**' K38 078 |^Grace was in the back seat of the cop car. ^I was pleased K38 079 to see her, but I felt responsible for her again. ^She smiled K38 080 beautifully, unperturbed. ^She was all made up and tarty K38 081 again, she had her confidence back. K38 082 |^The boys were all out in force now, standing on the K38 083 verandah. ^Even though cops were a common occurrence in our K38 084 two houses, they all used to come out as a gesture. ^It was a K38 085 silent send-off, no one waved or called abuse. ^The rain K38 086 started up again as we set off. K38 087 |^*'Are we going to the Otahuhu station?**' I asked Grace as K38 088 the car sped into the north-bound motorway. ^She made a face. K38 089 |^*'This seems to be the big time.**' K38 090 |^The car reeked of warm plastic and Grace's strong perfume, K38 091 the big bodies of the cops filled the spaces and we drove in K38 092 the electric silence that kind of journey has. ^It all seemed K38 093 an over-reaction on their part *- a young junkie had overdosed, K38 094 and it was usually no big deal, but I knew from experience it K38 095 was no good us being righteous. ^They were so used to injured K38 096 innocence it was just a sour joke to them. K38 097 |^The big tower of Central looked military, in a Mad Max K38 098 world it would be the eye of authority beaming down on the K38 099 city. ^It was designed to intimidate, destroy, crush, the K38 100 ultimate in siege mentality. ^There were those spooky concrete K38 101 car-parks underneath *- like climbing down into the bottom of a K38 102 well. K38 103 |^*'They both look terribly rough trade,**' Grace hissed at K38 104 me as we got out. K38 105 |^She was resigned to a thumping already, and I felt jumpy K38 106 for her sake. ^Queens were even lower in the scale than street K38 107 kids and they always rated a couple of smacks at least. ^It K38 108 was hard to know where I stood in the scale of things. K38 109 |^In the little room the two cops stayed. ^I couldn't quite K38 110 get a fix on all this. ^It seemed definitely excessive. ^They K38 111 started getting into Grace in front of me. ^That's how little K38 112 respect they had. K38 113 |^*'Business been good, Grace? ^Do you take it up the brown K38 114 or stopped that? ^Can't be too careful with {0AIDS} around. K38 115 ^Had yourself checked? ^You're a bit of a menace aren't you to K38 116 respectable folk who do it nice?**' ^The cop was very troubled. K38 117 ^He circled her like a lover, then choosing his moment punched K38 118 her in the kidneys. ^I could smell his acrid sweat. K38 119 |^*'Excuse us, Glory.**' ^Grace bent over double. ^Her long K38 120 strong body folded in, swaying on her plastic high-heel shoes K38 121 with the pain. ^Her face, when she brought it up again, was K38 122 comically resigned. K38 123 |^*'They usually pay for me to beat them,**' she said and K38 124 went down beautifully with the second blow. ^The other cop K38 125 said to me, ^*'A bit unfortunate.**' ^I recognised this as a K38 126 phrase he used a lot. K38 127 |^I said to his friend quietly, ^*'I wouldn't if I were K38 128 you.**' ^The cop looked up from his play, his eyes shining. K38 129 |^*'Oh you wouldn't, eh?**' ^He came quite close to me and I K38 130 could see his pitted skin. ^His breath was disturbing, it was K38 131 metallic with some kind of festering emotion. ^A secret man. K38 132 ^The other cop motioned with his head. ^He wanted him out. K38 133 |^Grace was gasping with the pain her eyes bloodshot with K38 134 tears, her long beautiful body dropping. ^She leaned on the K38 135 cop as he took her out, he put a friendly arm around her as he K38 136 escorted her to another room. ^She was obviously in for a K38 137 beating. K38 138 |^*'Tends to be a bit over-zealous, Glory. ^Needs his K38 139 leave. ^A very good officer. ^Friend of yours? ^The K38 140 transvestite?**' K38 141 |^*'Yes,**' I said. K38 142 |^*'Ever seen her before?**' ^He showed me a photo. ^It was K38 143 the girl junkie, in more prosperous days. ^She was sitting at K38 144 a restaurant table, her mournful eyes fixed on the camera. K38 145 ^She was wearing a lowcut dress, and the bones of her face were K38 146 stretched into a kind of stricken vulnerability. ^I felt a K38 147 rush of grief to see her alive. ^Like all photos of dead K38 148 people, it had faded, it already looked ancient. K38 149 |^*'That's the kid I met at Mainstreet last night,**' I K38 150 said. K38 151 |^*'Never seen her before?**' K38 152 |^*'No.**' K38 153 |^*'Know who her father is? ^Bet you don't know him either. K38 154 ^A well-known businessman in Auckland. ^You and I don't move K38 155 in those circles. ^Very religious, moral majority type. K38 156 ^Doesn't like sin in any form, Glory. ^He's wondering who K38 157 administered the fatal shot. ^Some friend of hers must have K38 158 done it.**' K38 159 |^I said nothing. ^No wonder there was all this hassle K38 160 about a drug overdose. K38 161 |^*'And that was the first time you and your friend saw K38 162 Marianne Lucas? ^{0OK}. ^Why did you take her to hospital K38 163 then? ^Out of the kindness of your heart, or second thoughts K38 164 maybe, clever cover-up, genuine remorse?**' ^He had a very K38 165 quick mind, full of surfaces. K38 166 |^I said, ^*'Are you arresting me?**' K38 167 |^*'Not yet, Glory. ^But we're very interested. ^You're K38 168 not new to this, are you. ^I've heard it runs in the family. K38 169 ^The Days are pretty well known to the New Zealand Police K38 170 Department. ^You're no exception.**' ^He read from some notes. K38 171 ^*'Idle and disorderly. ^Consorting with known criminals. K38 172 ^Both your hubbies by way of being pretty devious K38 173 characters.**' ^He said the word *'pretty**' so slowly he K38 174 almost dislocated his jaw. ^He must have been doing some K38 175 research. ^He was still obviously feeling his way, being K38 176 delicate with me, which was a surprise. ^I got the impression K38 177 he had great hopes of me, that he had other sources of K38 178 information. K38 179 |^*'{0OK},**' I said. ^*'I've got nothing else to say.**' K38 180 ^I just wanted to stick to my story, unconvincing as it was, K38 181 stay laconic and hope Grace wasn't losing her head. K38 182 |^He said, ^*'Fair enough.**' ^I could tell he was itching K38 183 to keep me in there for safety's sake. K38 184 |^*'I'm waiting for my friend as well,**' I said, as I got K38 185 up to go. K38 186 |^The cop went out of the room briefly and came back with a K38 187 businesslike air. K38 188 |^*'She's been booked. ^No point in waiting.**' K38 189 |^*'I'd like to see her,**' I said. ^They were overdoing K38 190 it. K38 191 |^*'Sorry. ^Not now.**' K38 192 |^*'{0OK}, I'll ring a lawyer. ^You've got no right to keep K38 193 her there anyway.**' K38 194 |^*'Just a minute.**' ^He went away again and I waited in K38 195 the little grey room for what seemed like a fair while. K38 196 |^And then, like a glorious bird of paradise wafting K38 197 perfume, slightly subdued, Grace came in with the other cop. K38 198 ^He was quite twitchy. ^He pointed the way and left us to it. K38 199 |^*'{0OK}. ^If there's a hint of bullshit we can pull you K38 200 in on any number of charges. ^We'll be back, so don't trying **[SIC**] K38 201 anything. ^We'd like you to stick around.**' K38 202 |^*'Notice how nothing was official,**' I said as we went K38 203 out. ^*'That interrogation? ^They didn't write anything. K38 204 ^That's influential parents for you.**' K38 205 |^*'I'm buggered if I know. ^Let's go for God's sake before K38 206 they change their little minds.**' K38 207 |^*'Do you want a drink?**' ^I felt bad about the trouble K38 208 this was causing her. K38 209 |^We went to one of those smart plushy old-fashioned type of K38 210 midday bars with red upholstery and fake English sideboards, K38 211 all boring Victoriana and dim lights. ^Full of well-dressed K38 212 old office people bland as butter. ^The sort of place I K38 213 wouldn't go near normally but I was longing for a drink. K38 214 ^There was a slight hush when we came in, but I didn't feel in K38 215 the mood for playing up to it. ^I bought her two whiskies. K38 216 |^*'There is definitely some kind of set-up,**' I said. ^I K38 217 drank the whisky moodily. ^I felt dirtied by that whole scene K38 218 back at the police station and responsible for Grace. ^She was K38 219 powdering her face and fixing her rich hair back into the punky K38 220 backbrush she had before the cops started giving her a hiding. K38 221 |^*'They pulled us in with no evidence.**' K38 222 *# K39 001 **[413 TEXT K39**] K39 002 |^*0We fled across the holding paddock and back to the creek K39 003 where Harry prised open the tin. K39 004 |^*'What are they?**' I asked, marvelling at the silver K39 005 sachets. K39 006 |^*'Frenchies,**' Harry said. ^*'Here *- you can have K39 007 one.**' ^It was marked *1Silvertex. ^*0Form fitted. K39 008 ^Electronically-tested. K39 009 |^*'I thought they were lollies,**' I said. K39 010 |^*'Jeez Day,**' he sighed. ^Then, carefully opening one of K39 011 the sachets, he pulled out a rubber ring that looked vaguely like K39 012 a baby's dummy. ^*'You put it on your tool,**' he said. K39 013 ^*'But you can't get it on unless you've got a stand. K39 014 ^Otherwise I'd show you. ^Here, I'll show \2yer what else I K39 015 got.**' K39 016 |^Out of his shirt he fetched a picture of a naked woman K39 017 reclining on a bed, saying ^*'I want a man!**' ^Beside the bed K39 018 stood a naked man. ^Harry moved a tag at the side of the K39 019 picture and an enormous erection slid into view, together with K39 020 a caption for the beaming man: ^*'How will I do, sister?**' K39 021 ^Harry enthusiastically worked the tag like a lever. K39 022 ^*'See!**' he exclaimed gleefully, *'that's what I've been K39 023 telling \2yer. ^That's what rooting's all about!**' K39 024 |^We had enough time to have another cigarette before K39 025 getting back to school, and Harry suggested we light up behind K39 026 the bike shed. ^But I wasn't used to smoking, and was seized K39 027 by a coughing fit. ^Moments later, we were being hauled out of K39 028 our hiding-place by the school caretaker. K39 029 |^I don't think anything would have ruffled Harry, but I was K39 030 paralysed with fear of what might happen if the condom were K39 031 found in my possession. ^Luckily, though, as the caretaker K39 032 frog-marched us to the headmaster's office, we passed a rubbish K39 033 bin, and I managed to jettison it. K39 034 |^Informed of our misdemeanour, \0Mr Whittaker immediately K39 035 got a razor-strop out of his desk drawer and, stumbling over a K39 036 pile of exercise books, began manoeuvering Harry clear of a K39 037 globe and a Bell and Howell projector. ^*'I know all about K39 038 you, Peterson,**' he said superciliously. ^Then, as the strap K39 039 whipped through the air, he added, ^*'But I'm surprised... at K39 040 you... Day.**' K39 041 |^We got six cuts each, and drifted back to our classrooms K39 042 clasping our burning hands under our armpits to relieve the K39 043 pain. ^But Harry's composure was soon restored. ^Cursing K39 044 *'old Shittaker**' under his breath, he set to work to cut six K39 045 more nicks in his leather belt. ^As for me, I rued having K39 046 thrown away the frenchie; it was the one thing that would have K39 047 made the punishment bearable. K39 048 |^When I got home that night I guessed something was amiss K39 049 because my grandfather was there. ^*'Oh God,**' I thought, and K39 050 asked meekly where my grandmother was. K39 051 |^*'In her room. ^In one of her moods,**' he said. K39 052 |^He ordered me through to the front room, and I knew \0Mr K39 053 Whittaker must have told him everything. K39 054 |^He closed the door, and stared at me stonily. ^*'I know K39 055 you've already had a thrashing,**' he said. ^*'All I'm going K39 056 to do is ask something of you, lad. ^You will *1never *- *0I K39 057 repeat never *- while you're living under this roof, upset your K39 058 grandmother the way you have today. ^It's me that has to live K39 059 with her moods, not you. ^Do you understand?**' K39 060 |^He sat down heavily, and gestured for me to sit opposite K39 061 him. ^I avoided his daunting gaze. K39 062 |^*'Yes,**' I murmured contritely. K39 063 |^He clenched his jaw, biting hard on his pipestem. K39 064 ^*'Hnn?**' K39 065 |^*'Yes.**' K39 066 |^*'All right,**' he said grimly. ^*'Now that's settled, K39 067 perhaps you'd like to have a proper smoke with me. ^No point K39 068 sneaking round behind the bike sheds at school, smoking K39 069 cigarettes! ^Here *- help yourself to a pipe.**' K39 070 |^I hesitated, but he leaned forward and thrust the K39 071 pipe-rack in my face. K39 072 |^*'Go on, take one!**' K39 073 |^Reluctantly, I extracted a grubby briar from the rack. K39 074 |^*'Now fill it up, lad!**' he said encouragingly, and K39 075 handed me his tobacco pouch. K39 076 |^I unzipped it and cautiously stuffed the pipebowl with the K39 077 dark flake. K39 078 |^*'More than that, lad! ^Tamp it down hard!**' K39 079 |^I observed the way he filled his meerschaum with the K39 080 rubbed tobacco in his palm; I tried to imitate his technique of K39 081 tamping it down with his forefinger. K39 082 |^*'Match?**' K39 083 |^I struggled to get the unrubbed flake alight, but K39 084 succeeded only in blowing shreds of burning tobacco over the K39 085 carpet. ^An ember lodged in a crease in my shorts and K39 086 smouldered away. K39 087 |^*'Draw in, lad! ^Take a decent breath and draw in. K39 088 ^That's it *- you're away now. ^Good work.**' K39 089 |^His mockery made me wince, and I hated the way he called K39 090 me lad. K39 091 |^*'It's making me feel sick,**' I protested. K39 092 |^*'Oh, I say! ^You've hardly got it going yet. ^Draw K39 093 harder *- you've got to get the smoke right down into your K39 094 lungs. ^No good sucking at it like a baby's bottle.**' K39 095 |^I coughed as the smoke burned the back of my throat; I K39 096 spluttered as spittle, tainted with nicotine and saltpeter, K39 097 oozed from the pipestem onto my tongue. ^But it was clear I K39 098 would have to smoke every shred of that foul and acrid stuff; K39 099 my display of ineptitude would engage no sympathy. K39 100 |^Before long, the room was so full of smoke that the summer K39 101 scenes on my grandmother's English calendars were eclipsed by K39 102 wintry smog, and the oak bookcase and china-cabinet became K39 103 blurs behind a bank of cloud. ^My eyes watered. ^My tongue K39 104 felt rasped raw. K39 105 |^But then the ordeal was over. ^Following my grandfather's K39 106 example, I knocked my pipebowl against the brass fender, K39 107 spilling a residue of ash and dottle into the hearth. K39 108 |^*'Well done,**' he said. ^*'What say we give it another K39 109 go tomorrow night?**' K39 110 |^I felt faint and nauseous. ^My legs buckled under me. ^I K39 111 stumbled from the room, my eyes smarting from smoke and K39 112 humiliation. K39 113 |^A few days later, my grandfather announced that he was K39 114 taking me to the Savage Club Concert. ^Suspecting this might K39 115 have some sinister connection with the smoking incident, I K39 116 remained wary all the way to the Town Hall. K39 117 |^It was the first time I'd been there at night, and its K39 118 wooden frame appeared massive in the darkness *- the facade of K39 119 a great fortress. ^During intervals at Saturday matinees, K39 120 Harry Peterson and I had often snooped about back-stage, K39 121 searching through its stygian corridors, or competing with K39 122 other boys to see who could piss highest against the mildewed K39 123 concrete urinal. ^And I had ferretted about a bit on my own at K39 124 Parish flower shows when, at my grandmother's behest, I entered K39 125 the sand-posy competitions with myriads of forget-me-nots K39 126 pinned into a heap of wet sand in a saucer. ^But never had I K39 127 found an unlocked door, or explored all its graveolent recesses K39 128 and passages. K39 129 |^*'All right?**' my grandfather asked. ^He propelled me K39 130 towards the usher, who nodded at us (clearly we were getting in K39 131 for nothing) and led us down the aisle to two seats near the K39 132 front with reserved cards on them. K39 133 |^When we were seated, my grandfather pulled a packet of K39 134 Minties from his overcoat pocket and handed them to me. ^Was K39 135 there, after all, no ulterior motive for our excursion? ^I K39 136 relaxed a little, and turned to see if there was anyone I knew K39 137 in the audience. K39 138 |^I faced a buzzing mass of men and women, munching sweets K39 139 from the Nibblenook, but no children; I turned back to the K39 140 rising curtain, my sense of privilege secure. K39 141 |^Suddenly, a spotlight picked out a park bench centre-stage K39 142 where a recumbent tramp in frayed overcoat was frantically K39 143 scratching himself. K39 144 |^Sketch: gentleman comes along and occupies other end of K39 145 bench. ^Is soon similarly infected. ^Lady now arrives and K39 146 sits beside him. ^She also begins scratching herself, despite K39 147 an obvious reluctance to betray the nature and exact location K39 148 of the itch. ^More people turn up. ^There is a chain-reaction K39 149 of scratching, and the tramp is elbowed off his end of the K39 150 bench. ^He tumbles to the ground. ^Disgruntled, he gets up, K39 151 but exits smiling, well rid of his fleas. ^The gentry on the K39 152 bench are left in paroxysms of scratching. K39 153 |^There followed a Barber's Shop quartet in white ducks and K39 154 boaters, crooning Roses in Picardy; then a gully-gully man K39 155 turned water into wine, and dragged endless tatty handkerchiefs K39 156 out of a top hat. K39 157 |^His exit was followed by a pause *- long enough to make K39 158 the audience suspect something had gone wrong with the K39 159 programme. ^Then, to the accompaniment of a rude blare from an K39 160 elephantine instrument, a woman stumbled on stage, a Sousaphone K39 161 coiled around her like a constipated python. K39 162 |^Staggering under the weight of this immense and battered K39 163 instrument, she lurched out along the footlights. ^Gaudy K39 164 ostrich plumes came loose from her headband, and fell over her K39 165 face *- pancaked with rouge and misapplied lipstick. K39 166 |^She stood for a moment, blinking into the glare of the K39 167 spotlight, then, with a tremendous effort, hoisted up the K39 168 Sousaphone and endeavoured to blast something musical from it. K39 169 |^It trumpeted, it farted, it did raspberries, but not one K39 170 bar of music did it yield. ^Undaunted, she batted her false K39 171 eyelashes and, clutching the instrument around her like a K39 172 life-buoy, launched into song. K39 173 |^*1You are my honey honey suckle K39 174 |^I am the bee... K39 175 |^*0She puckered her lips and blew kisses to the audience, K39 176 almost overbalancing into the footlights. K39 177 |^*1I'd like to sip that honey, honey K39 178 |from lips you see... K39 179 |^*0Then, like air going out of a punctured tyre, her voice K39 180 tailed off into a flat forlorn appeal that might have been for K39 181 our sympathy or pity. K39 182 |^An unnerving silence filled the hall. ^Again she tried to K39 183 play the instrument. ^Again it yielded only a succession of K39 184 raspberries. K39 185 |^*'Good God,**' my grandfather moaned, almost under his K39 186 breath. ^*'Dorothy!**' K39 187 |^I glanced at him. ^He was slumped in his seat, covering K39 188 his eyes with a cupped hand; but, as if spellbound by this K39 189 siren, he kept relaxing his fingers so he could see her. K39 190 |^Her lipstick was now so badly smeared that her lips simply K39 191 slid across the brass mouthpiece, leaving red stains from one K39 192 side of her face to the other. K39 193 |^*'Go on, Dot *- play it why don' \2cher!**' some lark yelled K39 194 from the Dress Circle. K39 195 |^*'Yeah *- put a bit of oomph into it!**' someone echoed. K39 196 |^She summoned a last effort. ^*'You are my ho-ney, honey K39 197 suck *-**' ^Her voice gave out in a bout of hiccups. K39 198 |^*'Suck what?**' the joker yelled. K39 199 |^To slow hand-clapping and boos, she tried to extricate K39 200 herself from the coils of the Sousaphone. ^Her cheeks were K39 201 wet, and the mascara running. ^Under the glare of the stage K39 202 lights she reminded me of a ravaged birthday cake. K39 203 |^After the {0M.C.} had helped her into the wings, he tried K39 204 to distract the audience with his stock of smutty jokes. ^But K39 205 it wasn't until the men's chorus line bounced onstage in K39 206 taffeta and falsies that the fiasco called Dorothy was really K39 207 forgotten. K39 208 |^But not by my grandfather. ^As soon as the final curtain K39 209 fell, he made for the rear exit. K39 210 |^I followed uncertainly, through half-familiar corridors *- K39 211 all permeated by the fetid smell of lavatories. ^In smoky K39 212 changing-rooms, men in tutus and lipstick were swigging beer K39 213 and laughing. ^Other rooms were filled with props and K39 214 electrical gear. ^Then, at the far end of the corridor, I K39 215 spotted the Sousaphone. ^Light spilled from an open doorway, K39 216 making it gleam like gold. K39 217 |^I peered past my grandfather into the dressing-room where K39 218 Dorothy was lolling on a beat-up chaise-longue, surrounded by K39 219 pink dresses and ostrich plumes. ^A cigarette hung, forgotten, K39 220 from her fingers. K39 221 |^It took her some time to register my grandfather's K39 222 presence. ^Picking up a gin bottle from the floor, she tilted K39 223 her head and guzzled rapidly. ^The gin trickled down her K39 224 wrinkled throat. ^Then she rolled her eyes up and almost fell K39 225 off the chaise-longue. K39 226 |^*'Gyeorsh *- \2zat you?**' she slurred. ^*'You come t' see K39 227 old Dot, have you?**' K39 228 |^*'My God, you know how to make an ass of yourself,**' said K39 229 my grandfather. ^He took the gin bottle from her, and set it K39 230 down on the dressing-table; at the same moment he caught sight K39 231 of me in the mirror, standing out in the corridor, a perplexed K39 232 intruder. K39 233 *# K40 001 **[414 TEXT K40**] K40 002 ^*0She feeds me a bit but I won't have it all. ^It's easier at K40 003 home because I always feel sickish at tea-time wondering if K40 004 Jack's going to come home. ^Hoping he will. K40 005 |^I'm sitting in the kitchen. ^There's mess everywhere and K40 006 I can't do anything about it. ^It's getting blacker. ^No K40 007 light. ^No brightness. ^I feel tears pouring down my neck. K40 008 ^Oh God please help me. ^The kids jump and jump and scream and K40 009 scream. ^Why don't they ever stop? ^Even when I beg them? K40 010 |^She brings me a cup of coffee. K40 011 |^*'Who's minding my children?**' I ask. ^*'Is my K40 012 husband?**' K40 013 |^*'You've got nothing to worry about, dear. ^Everything's K40 014 under control.**' K40 015 |^*'You don't know him, though. ^He might go out and leave K40 016 them. ^He'd never miss going to the pub.**' K40 017 |^*'There's nothing to worry about. ^Just you relax and K40 018 drink your coffee. ^Tomorrow you can go into a ward with some K40 019 of the others. ^I'm sure you'd rather have some company.**' K40 020 |^*'Yes, yes... ^That would be nice.**' K40 021 |^I sit in the day-room. ^There are a lot of women. ^No K40 022 one says much but I can see them watching me. ^A big tall K40 023 gangly one comes and sits beside me. K40 024 |^*'Have you got children?**' she asks me. K40 025 |^*'Yes,**' I say. ^*'One boy and two girls.**' ^The others K40 026 listen and stare. K40 027 |^*'How old are they?**' K40 028 |^*'The boy is seven and the girls are five and four.**' K40 029 |^*'What's your husband's name?**' K40 030 |^*'Jack.**' K40 031 |^I ask them about their families. ^They all try and tell K40 032 me at once. ^I wish I could go home. ^I miss the kids. ^I K40 033 want to be nicer to them. ^Maybe he'll be better now too. K40 034 ^Having to mind them he'll know what it's like, how lonely it K40 035 can be. ^He doesn't really see much of them. K40 036 |^I'm in the kitchen again. ^The terrible blackness is K40 037 there. ^I feel heavy and so tired. ^The children just go on K40 038 and on screaming and fighting. ^Ella comes in whining again. K40 039 ^What's wrong with her? ^She never stops. ^On and on... K40 040 |^*'When will my husband come and see me?**' I ask at night K40 041 when she's straightening my pillow. K40 042 |^*'Maybe he's busy, dear.**' ^Yes of course he will be. K40 043 ^He'll be having quite a time. K40 044 |^*'Do they allow children here?**' K40 045 |^*'Well, yes dear.**' K40 046 |^*'When?**' K40 047 |^*'Actually... they usually come on Sundays.**' K40 048 |^*'What day is it now?**' K40 049 |^*'Wednesday.**' K40 050 |^*'Oh. ^He'll bring them on Sunday. ^You must make sure K40 051 you see them.**' K40 052 |^She gives me an injection. K40 053 |^*'Why do you give me these injections?**' K40 054 |^*'Just to keep you calm. ^Help you sleep.**' K40 055 |^*'They make me have funny mixed-up dreams. ^Just when the K40 056 dreams are getting somewhere it all goes away.**' K40 057 |^I feel myself falling asleep. ^Drifting, drifting. ^Over K40 058 hills. ^Up in the fluffy white clouds. K40 059 |^I'm walking down the hill to the shops. ^The children are K40 060 with me. ^Steven isn't at school. ^Maybe he's sick? ^He's K40 061 dragging along behind. ^Ella is grizzling as usual and I'm K40 062 wondering if I can put any more on tick at the grocer's. ^I K40 063 don't know what happens to money. ^He thinks I'm much better K40 064 off than his mates' wives. ^I don't feel I'm extravagant. K40 065 ^Wish I knew what other people got. ^If I didn't give him a K40 066 decent meal whenever he came home he'd kick up a fuss and if he K40 067 knew I was putting things down he would too. ^There's no end K40 068 to it. ^Don't know what to do. ^I worry and worry. ^*'Oh for K40 069 Christ's sake Ella, shutup! ^Shutup! ^*1Shutup!**' K40 070 |^*0There's a lot to do here. ^Painting, pottery, typing. K40 071 ^All sorts of things. ^They've even got sewing machines. ^I K40 072 think I'll get some material and make the girls some new K40 073 dresses. K40 074 |^In the day-room I sit in my place in the warm yellow sun. K40 075 ^There's something I've got to think about. ^Something was K40 076 going to happen. ^What was it? ^But it's so peaceful and K40 077 happy here. K40 078 |^*'Are you all right, dear?**' she says. ^She always seems K40 079 to appear from nowhere. K40 080 |^*'Oh, I was just thinking about my dream. ^It finished K40 081 too soon. ^I can't think, something happened, what was it?**' K40 082 |^*'What were you thinking of doing today, dear?**' K40 083 |^*'I want to do some sewing. ^I want to make my girls some K40 084 new dresses.**' K40 085 |^She says she'll arrange it but in the meantime I could do K40 086 some painting. ^God, I haven't painted for years. K40 087 |^I use lots of red. ^I slash the colour across the paper. K40 088 ^And then I get the black and slash it over the top. ^Black K40 089 and red. ^The red is oozing out like blood. ^I try and black K40 090 it out but the blood still keeps oozing out. ^I scream and K40 091 scream. K40 092 |^*'I can't stop the blood! ^I can't stop the blood!**' K40 093 |^There are running footsteps and hands holding me and K40 094 voices saying, ^*'It's all right \0Mrs Richards.**' ^I go on K40 095 screaming and screaming. ^I can't stop. K40 096 |^I am back in the little room. ^I feel confused. ^What am K40 097 I doing here again? ^I try to think. ^Something about K40 098 painting. ^I must be going mad. ^Why should a painting upset K40 099 me? K40 100 |^She comes in with bottles and things. K40 101 |^*'What's the matter with me?**' I ask. ^*'Why am I here? K40 102 ^Am I going mad?**' K40 103 |^*'You've had a lot to get over. ^The doctor will be here K40 104 in a minute. ^He'll talk to you.**' ^She gives me an injection K40 105 just as the doctor comes in. ^As soon as I see him I start to K40 106 cry. K40 107 |^*'I want my children, please let them come here now.**' K40 108 |^*'Calm down, \0Mrs Richards. ^Tell me about your K40 109 children.**' K40 110 |^*'They're lovely children. ^Ella whines a bit but it's K40 111 probably because I don't give her enough attention. ^I'm going K40 112 to be much nicer to her when I get home.**' K40 113 |^I go on talking about them. ^How Steven's getting on at K40 114 school. ^On and on... ^Then the dream starts getting in the K40 115 way. ^I'm in the kitchen again. ^It's getting darker and K40 116 darker. ^I can hardly see. ^Their screaming and Ella's K40 117 whining gets louder and louder. ^Everything's vibrating. K40 118 ^Louder and louder until I think my head will burst. ^I can't K40 119 stand it. ^I must stop it. ^I must have some peace! ^I grab K40 120 the big carving knife. ^I slash and slash... ^Ella is K40 121 first... K40 122 |^I feel exhausted. ^The blackness is going. ^It's getting K40 123 lighter. ^I can see the doctor's face. K40 124 *<*5A Game of Squash*> K40 125 |^*0Dave rolled out of bed and pulled the curtain back. ^It K40 126 was a reasonable day. ^A little wind but not enough to cancel K40 127 a barbecue. ^There seemed no doubt it would be on. ^He would K40 128 have to go. ^Have to put up with the office crowd in a social K40 129 situation and just feel out of it. ^He looked at the bed, at K40 130 the crumpled blue sheets with sunlight on them. ^He fell on K40 131 the bed again and let the sun warm him. K40 132 |^A high-pitched giggle came from the next room and he K40 133 remembered that Roger had arrived home in the early hours with K40 134 some girl. ^It always shocked him that girls let themselves be K40 135 picked up like this and how free and abandoned they were with K40 136 the sex that seemed to happen as soon as the door closed *- and K40 137 no one seemed to worry that they might be heard. ^He'd put his K40 138 radio on and tried to listen to that. K40 139 |^He knew the sort of girl he wanted. ^A decent girl... K40 140 |^He could see her lying beside him. ^Grey eyes staring... K40 141 ^They'd talk... ^She'd be fully dressed... ^He tried to keep K40 142 her there... ^But she seemed to be floating away. ^He stared K40 143 at the chair by the window but the chair with its cushion K40 144 stayed the same, not even a shadow passing over it. ^He K40 145 thought of the Penthouse girl. ^He'd thrown the magazine away, K40 146 not the sort of thing he'd buy, but he still thought of her... K40 147 ^Nothing covering *1her. ^*0He put his hand out... K40 148 |^They were at it again. ^He jumped off the bed and thumped K40 149 across the floor to the wardrobe. ^As he took his dressing-gown K40 150 from the hook the sound of panting and heavy breathing K40 151 became louder. ^He could almost see them. ^Him on top of her. K40 152 ^Her underneath... ^He slammed the door and went to the K40 153 window. ^A black kitten walked across the lawn. ^Black cats K40 154 were supposed to bring luck. ^The flowers in the garden next K40 155 door looked like the edging around a carpet. ^He thought of K40 156 his grandmother... K40 157 *|^Derek staggered into the kitchen just as he was making a K40 158 cup of coffee. K40 159 |^*'What sort of a night did you have?**' Derek said, K40 160 sinking onto a chair. K40 161 |^*'Oh... we went out for a meal...**' ^He knew Derek K40 162 thought he had a boring life. ^He'd heard them talking, poor K40 163 old Dave, bet he's never had it, wouldn't know where to put it, K40 164 anyway. ^*'And we're having a game of squash this K40 165 afternoon.**' K40 166 |^Derek stretched and sighed and rubbed his forehead. K40 167 ^Everything Derek did seemed so confident and self-assured. K40 168 ^He didn't seem to worry or wonder about anything. ^Seemed to K40 169 know how to act all the time whereas he, Dave, was constantly K40 170 unsure, having to think every inch of the way. ^*'We're going K40 171 to a barbecue after that.**' K40 172 |^*'You're pretty popular all of a sudden.**' K40 173 |^*'It's a farewell to one of the guys at work.**' ^He K40 174 wished he hadn't said that, should have let Derek think what he K40 175 liked. ^He put a mug of coffee in front of Derek and sat at K40 176 the far end of the table. K40 177 |^*'Shit, I've had it,**' Derek said. ^*'Think I'll toddle K40 178 back to bed.**' ^He began to get up just as Roger and the girl K40 179 came in. K40 180 |^She had Roger's bathrobe on and her hair was all tousled K40 181 and she had a flushed bloom to her face that made her look very K40 182 attractive. K40 183 |^*'Derek, Dave, this is Linda.**' K40 184 |^Dave watched her sit down. ^She seemed rather shy now. K40 185 ^Hard to imagine she was the girl who was doing all that in the K40 186 next room. K40 187 |^*'Would you like a cup of coffee?**' he asked her. K40 188 |^*'Roger's getting me one, aren't you?**' ^She smiled at K40 189 Roger. ^Then she looked at Dave and smiled. ^*'Thanks all the K40 190 same.**' K40 191 |^He watched Roger move about the kitchen in his shorts, top K40 192 bare, blase*?2 as he could be. ^As if he'd been with the girl K40 193 forever. ^How did he know what to do? ^What to say? K40 194 |^*'Our Dave went out with his girlfriend last night,**' K40 195 Derek said. K40 196 |^He didn't like the way Derek was putting him down. ^They K40 197 seemed to think he didn't realise. K40 198 |^*'That Margaret bird?**' Roger said, buttering toast. K40 199 ^*'You'll have to bring her round for us to give her the K40 200 once-over.**' K40 201 |^*'Don't want you two contaminating her.**' K40 202 |^*'We wouldn't do that,**' Derek said. ^*'Hey,**' he said K40 203 to Roger, *'you could have made *1us *0some toast.**' K40 204 |^*'Get it yourself, you lazy bum. ^Here you are, love.**' K40 205 ^He put the plate of toast in front of the girl. K40 206 |^Dave watched him slide his hand under the robe. ^Noticed K40 207 the way the girl smiled as he stroked her bare shoulder. K40 208 |^*'You're the housewife. ^Make us a bit of toast, will K40 209 yuh?**' Derek said to Dave. K40 210 |^Dave felt himself flush. ^*'Make it yourself, I've got to K40 211 go out.**' K40 212 |^As soon as he was in the hall he heard the girl say, K40 213 ^*'You're a bit mean, aren't you?**' K40 214 |^He stopped to listen. K40 215 |^*'Nah,**' Derek said, ^*'Dave doesn't mind, we're always K40 216 giving him shit.**' K40 217 |^*'He *1is *0a bit creepy,**' the girl said. K40 218 |^*'Harmless though,**' Roger said. ^*'Wouldn't know what K40 219 to do with a bird if he had one.**' K40 220 |^*'What about that Margaret tit? ^She does exist. ^I've K40 221 spoken to her on the phone,**' Derek said. K40 222 |^*'Probably got glasses, buck teeth and no fanny,**' Roger K40 223 laughed. ^Then they all laughed and squawked out a few things K40 224 Dave couldn't decipher. K40 225 |^He felt the heat rising up from his toes, seeming to get K40 226 hotter and hotter as if he was going to explode with it. ^He K40 227 hated the bastards. ^The bloody useless bastards who couldn't K40 228 think of anything else except shagging. K40 229 *# K41 001 **[415 TEXT K41**] K41 002 ^*0Richard of course is never frightened. ^He is six feet tall K41 003 and three feet across the shoulders, and clever. K41 004 |^Well maybe not so clever. K41 005 |^Here he is arriving in Singapore for a year's posting with K41 006 a wife he doesn't like any more and two daughters concerned K41 007 more with make-up than mathematics. K41 008 |^I can think like this sometimes, cynically. ^I don't want K41 009 it to become a habit. K41 010 |^Lucy's suitcase is the first to arrive. ^It's huge. K41 011 ^Lucy and I went out last week and bought it, secretly. K41 012 ^Richard had wanted to supervise our packing, but in the end K41 013 had been too busy. ^He retrieves it, going red in the face. K41 014 ^Lucy goes to his side. ^Whatever she says prompts him to turn K41 015 and look at me. ^He shrugs. K41 016 |^It is usually Richard who Lucy sides with. ^Unless she K41 017 wants something during a time when Richard is too busy to get K41 018 it for her. ^Like the suitcase. ^Richard thinks it's smart to K41 019 let her stay out to all hours and sleep with boys. ^I'm glad K41 020 Sarah is fat and plain if it will save her from all that. K41 021 |^Richard's shoulders haven't descended from the shrug. K41 022 ^Under his shirt bands of tight muscles prop them up around his K41 023 ears. ^I'm so tired. K41 024 *|^In the taxi Richard gives the driver our address. K41 025 |^*'Did he understand you?**' I ask. K41 026 |^*'Of course he did. ^Most people here speak English,**' K41 027 Richard snaps. ^He wants me to be more worldly, to know that K41 028 in Singapore the taxi drivers speak English. ^He grips the K41 029 back of the seat, his hand behind Lucy's brown shoulder. ^Lucy K41 030 turns to look at me with a pained expression on her face. K41 031 |^They're pretending, I realize. ^They are pretending K41 032 they've done this before, that they have travelled extensively. K41 033 |^Once we went to Tasmania. K41 034 |^Sarah lets her head fall against the window, her eyes K41 035 screwed up tight. K41 036 |^*'You on holidays?**' asks the driver. K41 037 |^*'No no. ^Here to work.**' K41 038 |^*'So that's why we go to the college?**' K41 039 |^*'Yes,**' says Richard. ^*'I am a lecturer.**' K41 040 |^*'My son,**' says the taxi driver, *'he wants to study.**' K41 041 |^*'Good,**' says Richard, staring out the window. K41 042 *|^At the college we meet Richard's superior, who gives us tea K41 043 and informs us that there have been a few problems with our K41 044 accommodation. K41 045 |^*'But it will be all right,**' he says. ^*'No worries.**' K41 046 |^He looks at the girls expecting them to laugh in K41 047 recognition of the Australian idiom, or rather his attempt at K41 048 it. ^Lucy wrinkles her eyes at him, Sarah yawns. K41 049 *|^Professor Beng leaves us. ^We're on the twentieth floor. K41 050 ^The kitchen is tiny and smells of stale oil. ^Richard wants K41 051 me to live here. ^He expects me to. ^He had told me it would K41 052 be bungalow accommodation and there would be a girl to help. K41 053 ^A girl who'd know where the supermarkets were, and where you K41 054 could get your laundry done if there was no washing-machine. K41 055 |^No bungalow. ^No girl. K41 056 |^*'Jesus,**' says Lucy. ^*'What a dump.**' K41 057 |^Sarah lifts her head, her heavy head just like her K41 058 father's, and glares at me. K41 059 |^*'I don't want to live in Singapore,**' she starts. ^*'I K41 060 could have stayed with Uncle Neville you had no reason to make K41 061 me come too Carl stayed behind why can't I I'll be so glad when K41 062 you can't push me around any more.**' K41 063 |^*'Sarah,**' Richard growls from the window. ^We all know K41 064 that Sarah's rages are usually meant for Richard although K41 065 directed at me. K41 066 |^*'If I fail {0HSC} it'll be all your fault expecting me to K41 067 keep everything going until next year in some weird school I'll K41 068 fail I know I will and it'll be all your fault it's so hot it's K41 069 making me sweat and sweat I can feel pimples coming up already K41 070 you said we were going to have a house and garden why doesn't K41 071 anything work out the way you say it will *-**' K41 072 |^Sarah's voice is having a strangely mesmeric effect on me. K41 073 ^I could, with a bit of imagination, be at home listening to K41 074 her moan on another theme. ^The topic is irrelevant, it's the K41 075 tone. K41 076 |^*'What do you expect Lucy and me to do here? ^We don't K41 077 know anybody we didn't even want to come we didn't even want to K41 078 *-**' K41 079 |^Richard leaping in front of me is a blur. ^His outflung K41 080 hand connects with Sarah's face. ^Sarah's mouth opens wide and K41 081 red and wails as loud as it can. ^I leave myself open to her K41 082 scream and it's as satisfying as if I had screamed myself. ^I K41 083 would like to. K41 084 |^*'I wish I was here with someone I loved.**' K41 085 |^Richard stands over Sarah waiting for her to stop K41 086 screaming. ^He has that look on his face: ^*'Against all odds K41 087 I am going to reason with this child.**' K41 088 |^*'Mum,**' Lucy pulls my arm. ^*'Mum *- are you all K41 089 right?**' K41 090 |^*'Yes. ^Fine.**' K41 091 |^I smiled into Lucy's eyes. ^Sarah's wailing stops. K41 092 |^*'You're in a trance.**' K41 093 |^*'Am I? ^It's very hot. ^Come and help me unpack.**' K41 094 *|^*1Richard has a paradoxical relationship with most things. K41 095 ^Especially with routine and women. ^On one hand he likes K41 096 routine, cannot live without it. ^On the other hand he K41 097 despises it. ^Consequently the woman he chooses to provide the K41 098 routine in his life, namely me, is sometimes loved and K41 099 sometimes despised. K41 100 |^*0I have written this in a letter. ^A letter home to one K41 101 of my friends, Alison. ^Alison lives with her husband and K41 102 three children in Randwick. ^She and I were married a week K41 103 apart in 1960. ^We were proud young brides, married in a K41 104 church wearing white and able to cook at least one dish without K41 105 using a recipe. ^We were also modern enough to be three months K41 106 pregnant on the day of nuptials. ^We were not proud of the K41 107 latter at all. ^Although I felt a sneaking pride in it when I K41 108 told Lucy The Secret. ^I thought I'd tell her before Richard K41 109 did. ^I wanted Lucy to know that I am as modern as I possibly K41 110 can be. K41 111 |^I can't send this letter to Alison. ^She would show it to K41 112 Frank and that would be fatal. ^Everyone would know. ^At the K41 113 next dinner party Frank would say something like: K41 114 |^*'Been getting some funny reports from Rosemary.**' K41 115 |^And Alison would look sorrowfully at him, but be unable to K41 116 quell her curiosity in what the other dinner guests would say. K41 117 |^Our group of friends in Sydney is unusual in only one way. K41 118 ^There have been no divorces. ^The reason for this escapes me. K41 119 ^None of us are particularly religious, although most of the K41 120 children attend Anglican or Presbyterian schools. ^I used to K41 121 run into some of the wives each year at the carol service. K41 122 |^Of course, the dinner guests would say nothing. ^There K41 123 would be a silence. ^Then Bob or Tom or one of the men who is K41 124 closer to Richard than Frank is, would give a knowing smile. K41 125 |^Later on, in private, the wives would question the K41 126 husbands. K41 127 *|^I am chopping vegetables for dinner. ^Other lecturers' K41 128 wives have gone to a lot of trouble in their tiny kitchens with K41 129 coats of paint and hanging plants. ^I can't be bothered, K41 130 partly because of the heat and partly because of this K41 131 depression. ^I am alone most of the time. K41 132 |^Within a month Lucy has found some modelling work. ^I K41 133 never thought she was particularly beautiful. ^She's pretty, K41 134 yes, but only as much as any eighteen-year-old who has escaped K41 135 the ravages of obesity and acne. K41 136 |^Sarah has fallen in love with a Chinese boy. ^She goes K41 137 somewhere with him, I have no idea where, every evening. ^Her K41 138 schoolwork is suffering but I am powerless to stop her. K41 139 ^Richard is never around when we have our set-tos about it. K41 140 ^When I met the Chinese boyfriend he looked at me pityingly. K41 141 ^It was obvious to him that I am a woman who has lost face. K41 142 |^I drop the vegetables into a bowl of iced water. K41 143 ^Everything here has been at some stage airborne. ^The people, K41 144 the food. ^This tomato arrived in an aeroplane, as did this K41 145 lettuce. ^And it's all ridiculously expensive. K41 146 |^Richard would like me to learn to cook Asian food. ^One K41 147 night he came home with a wok and we had a terrible fight. K41 148 |^*'What's the matter with you?,**' he shouted. K41 149 |^He'd noticed. ^It'd taken him nearly three weeks to K41 150 notice, but he did. ^I don't go out of the apartment. K41 151 *|^Richard won't be home for tea tonight, neither will Sarah. K41 152 ^Lucy might come in about eight. ^Today she has been lolling K41 153 beside a pool being photographed in a bikini. K41 154 |^When she was a little thing she had a bikini with two K41 155 cloth flowers as a bra top. ^She looked so sweet. ^I remember K41 156 Richard carrying her on his shoulders along the beach, one of K41 157 those glaring blue days. ^I waddled beside him, swollen out K41 158 with Sarah and holding Carl's hand. K41 159 |^We loved each other more than we loved ourselves. ^And K41 160 Richard desired me to such an extent our camping holidays were K41 161 torture to him *- I wouldn't have sex anywhere where the K41 162 children could possibly hear. ^I heard my own parents once and K41 163 it disturbed me for years. K41 164 *|^The view from this window is not the sort of view that I K41 165 like. ^It's inactive. ^We are so high up the movement of K41 166 people and cars below has no perceptible motivation. ^I can't K41 167 tell whether that figure crossing the crawling street is K41 168 carrying a shopping bag or a brief case. ^Or whether that red K41 169 and white bus is empty or full. K41 170 |^It looks almost pleasant out there. ^No indication of the K41 171 awful heat except far off on the wavery horizon the ships are K41 172 hazy on the Singapore Straits. K41 173 *|^August holidays in Australia and Carl has come for three K41 174 weeks. ^He is sleeping on a fold-down sofa in the living-room K41 175 and unbeknown to him has taken his father's bed. ^I have been K41 176 very brave since his arrival. ^If Carl comes with me I can go K41 177 to the laundromat and leave our washing there. ^He came with K41 178 me to a department store and helped me buy a pretty frock, too K41 179 young for me of course. K41 180 |^*'This would look better on one of your girlfriends.**' K41 181 |^I don't know if he has girlfriends or not. ^Carl plays K41 182 everything close to his chest. K41 183 |^*'What's the matter with you, Mum?**' K41 184 |^Carl has been watching me watch Richard, who has been at K41 185 home more often lately. ^I am putting clean clothes away in K41 186 our bedroom. ^Richard is watching television. K41 187 |^*'The clothes are never *1really *0clean here. ^They've K41 188 had their hands all over them.**' K41 189 |^Carl sits down on the bed. ^He rolls his eyes. K41 190 |^*'You're making Dad miserable Mum. ^Stop whingeing all K41 191 the time.**' K41 192 |^I begin to drip at the nose and eyes. ^I'm not pretty K41 193 when I weep. K41 194 |^Carl goes to get his father and I'm too slow to stop him. K41 195 ^More for Carl's sake than mine, Richard brings me a cold drink K41 196 and tells me to lie down. K41 197 *|^There is a gecko watching me from the wall, high above my K41 198 pillow. ^How he got twenty floors up I don't know. ^His eyes K41 199 have gone cloudy and his ribs are showing. ^Last week I found K41 200 a dead one behind the bed. ^I don't think they like the spray K41 201 I use once a day to kill the insects. K41 202 *|^When I wake up Richard is getting into bed. K41 203 |^*'Hullo.**' K41 204 |^He says nothing until he lies down beside me. K41 205 |^*'Rosemary *-**' K41 206 |^I have a sudden sense of foreboding. K41 207 |^*'Rosemary. ^I want you to go back to Sydney with Sarah K41 208 and Carl.**' K41 209 |^*'Why?**' K41 210 |^How stupid, how foolish to ask. ^I know why. K41 211 |^*'Because I can't stand the sight of you.**' K41 212 |^He rolls away. ^I laugh. ^High-pitched and so harsh it K41 213 hurts my throat. K41 214 |^*'Stop that!**' K41 215 |^*'It's not just that is it? ^Just that you can't stand K41 216 the sight of me? ^You've been screwing someone else. ^I know K41 217 you, Richard. ^I've known you for twenty years and I've known K41 218 when you've done it before because you can't go a week without K41 219 it *-**' K41 220 *# K42 001 **[416 TEXT K42**] K42 002 |^*0While she waits for her bill she checks out the counter K42 003 to see if there's anything she wants to buy. ^Bananas, K42 004 mandarins and salaks, with their brown snake-like skins, are K42 005 arranged neatly in pastel coloured enamel bowls. ^On the wall K42 006 above the counter hangs a faded poster for Anker Bir. ^There K42 007 is a counter-top display unit for plastic bottles of Spring K42 008 mineral water and a glass case containing brands of spicy K42 009 Indonesian cigarettes *- Bentoel, Gudang Garam, Djarum, Kansas K42 010 and Commodores. ^She selects a pack of twelve Bentoel and K42 011 hands over a wad of rupiah. ^Bali is no longer as cheap as it K42 012 used to be, and she was unpleasantly surprised only that K42 013 morning, at the money changer's, to see just how few K42 014 travellers' cheques were left. ^Never mind, she'll have a K42 015 simple tea. K42 016 |^Rose has only been in Candidasa for a few days and already K42 017 it feels like a week. ^So much seems to have happened and yet K42 018 basically, she's doing very little. K42 019 |^The warung is deserted save for Rose and the waiter, who K42 020 is already asleep again over the counter *- his head buried in K42 021 his crossed arms. ^Rose has had a late lunch. ^She generally K42 022 eats at odd hours. K42 023 |^She makes her way slowly back to her hut through the heat K42 024 and the endless dust. ^It takes only a minute for her to throw K42 025 on a bikini, as her room feels like a sauna. ^For security K42 026 reasons though, she locks the shutters over the barred windows K42 027 and padlocks the door behind her. ^She follows the path to the K42 028 beach through lush banana palms. K42 029 |^She is searching for Carlos. K42 030 |^All of the Germans, French and Australians, but mainly K42 031 Germans, are already plastered over the narrow strip of white K42 032 sand. ^There are signs posted at intervals along the length of K42 033 the beach *- ^*2NUDES ARE PROHIBITED BY LAW. ^*0Nevertheless, K42 034 mounds of European and Antipodean bare breasts soar into the K42 035 sky with careless disregard for this law. ^No one, however, is K42 036 completely naked. ^The cheeks of burning buttocks are divided K42 037 by the merest strip of G-string. K42 038 |^She passes two charred Australians. ^Their noses, cheeks K42 039 and nipples are smeared with fluorescent pink zinc. ^They have K42 040 painted their finger and toe nails in a metallic blue, and each K42 041 wears an anklet *- part rag, part woven fibre knotted around K42 042 some wooden beads. ^Dark wet hair clings to their skulls and K42 043 mirrored sunglasses glitter into the sun. ^A local Balinese K42 044 could be forgiven for thinking they are visitors from some K42 045 pagan primitive tribe. ^One woman is engrossed in a Harold K42 046 Robbins novel and the other is clutching a Jeffrey Archer with K42 047 damp sandy fingers. K42 048 |^The American, Edgar \0T Lawrence Junior, looking small, K42 049 pink and crab-like in his ill-fitting beige shorts, clambers K42 050 about the bathers. ^His chest is littered with camera K42 051 paraphernalia. ^The Australians earn a shot. ^The hear the K42 052 click, but before they can react and shout *'*1hey!**' *0Edgar K42 053 \0T has scurried away. K42 054 |^Rose passes two Parisian dykes with shaved platinum heads. K42 055 ^Shame about the hair, she thinks as she smiles, says hello and K42 056 walks carefully around them. ^Marie Claire has the face for K42 057 it, but the shorter The*?2re*?3se, especially with her owlish K42 058 spectacles, resembles a gremlin. K42 059 |^Rose squints at the other bathers. ^A pile of German K42 060 bodies, but no Carlos. ^She may as well have a swim though, K42 061 before she passes out from the heat. K42 062 |^The water is lukewarm and very refreshing. ^Whenever she K42 063 treads sand she does so with care, to avoid the sharp pieces of K42 064 coral which are scattered at random below her. ^Floating K42 065 lazily on her back, staring across at the coconut palms which K42 066 lean towards the water across the sand, she is content. ^The K42 067 life of Riley, you could say. K42 068 |^It's a nuisance that she can't find Carlos. ^Not on his K42 069 verandah or at the beach. ^He must be having a drink at one of K42 070 the many warungs overlooking the water. ^In fact, he's K42 071 probably sitting under a red and white San Miguel umbrella K42 072 right now, downing a large one. ^And thinking of beers. ^Rose K42 073 grimaces up at the sun. ^Shame she can't afford one. K42 074 *|^Carlos is at the fourth warung she searches. K42 075 |^*'Hello, Rose.**' ^He greets her with a lazy smile and K42 076 slowly puts his book down on the table. ^He's halfway through K42 077 a large papaya juice. ^Rose orders one also. K42 078 |^Carlos thinks Rose is weird, but interesting. ^She makes K42 079 him laugh. K42 080 |^*'You look beautiful today, Rose,**' he compliments her. K42 081 ^Rose mistrusts compliments, but she is gracious about it all K42 082 the same. ^She does look good though. ^Her red hair is K42 083 already drying into a shower of explosive tufts. ^She's long K42 084 ago given up trying to exert any control over it. ^Her hair K42 085 has a mind of its own. K42 086 |^She wears long, finely wrought silver earrings from Celuk, K42 087 a coral necklace from Pokara, an apple green singlet from Kuta, K42 088 a violet patterned sarong from Solo, and some transparent K42 089 plastic Parisian sandals. ^The sandals she had swapped with K42 090 Marie Claire for her own leather pair from Delhi. ^Rose's K42 091 freckled arms are swathed in silver bangles from Nepal, India, K42 092 Tibet, and Thailand. ^Her fingers are bare, save for one K42 093 solitary splendid ruby ring which she got a very good deal on K42 094 whilst passing through Bangkok. K42 095 |^She is a walking globe. ^A grab bag of opinions and catch K42 096 phrases from a multitude of cultures. ^She knows just enough K42 097 to say hello, goodbye, thank you, how much, too much, and the K42 098 numbers one to ten in at least fifteen languages. ^Some days K42 099 she forgets where she is. ^She's said hello in Swahili, when K42 100 she meant goodbye in Hindustani, thank you in Cantonese, when K42 101 she was asking how much in Burmese. K42 102 |^She never forgets though, where she comes from. ^Carlos K42 103 is very curious about New Zealand and he has asked Rose many K42 104 questions about it. K42 105 |^*'We hear nothing of your country,**' he says. ^He comes K42 106 from crowded Mexico City. ^He can't believe that it's possible K42 107 for so few people to have so much space. ^*'You are so K42 108 lucky,**' he sighs as he gazes out to sea. ^*'The traffic in K42 109 Mexico City drives you \3crazzeey!**' ^Then he grins. K42 110 |^*'Before I \3meet you, I \3know only three things of New K42 111 Zealand. ^The first thing is that you have many beautiful K42 112 mountains. ^The second is that Muldoon, your old prime K42 113 minister, \3dances at the Rocky Horror Show.**' K42 114 |^*'I don't think he danced,**' interrupts Rose. ^*'Just K42 115 narrated.**' ^She tries to visualise the small gnome-like K42 116 figure clad in fishnet stockings and satin corsets doing a high K42 117 kick. ^The image thus conjured up defies the imagination. K42 118 |^*'And what is the third fact?**' asks Rose curiously, K42 119 later wishing she hadn't. K42 120 |^*'The third thing,**' replies Carlos, watching her K42 121 carefully, *'is that New Zealand \3likes the South Africans.**' K42 122 |^Rose cringes. ^*'It's not like that at all,**' she K42 123 protests. ^*'In New Zealand, rugby has become almost a K42 124 religion, a way of life, and South Africa is the only other K42 125 country which takes it seriously. ^I loathe it.**' K42 126 |^She explains further. ^*'I see,**' says Carlos, ordering K42 127 another papaya juice. ^But Rose knows that he doesn't see at K42 128 all. K42 129 |^She feels paralysed by the heat. ^It has formed a solid K42 130 wall around them. ^The air is scented with wafts of incense K42 131 from an offering to the Gods, which is placed on the ground K42 132 nearby. ^The offering is constructed from strips of coconut K42 133 palm leaf threaded together with toothpicks. ^It contains a K42 134 stick of incense and a cluster of cerise and gold petals. K42 135 |^The Gods must be kept on side. ^It's all a question of K42 136 balance, thinks Rose. K42 137 |^*'A walk?**' K42 138 |^*'Why not?**' replies Carlos. K42 139 |^It's late afternoon and most of the sunbathers have K42 140 abandoned the beach. ^Only a few divers remain in the water, K42 141 their snorkels emerging at intervals from the waves. ^Then K42 142 there are a handful of strollers like Carlos and Rose, who are K42 143 meandering along the shoreline. K42 144 |^They pass a young Indonesian man, a \0Mr Cool, flashing a K42 145 pair of dark glasses and squeezed into a pair of obscenely K42 146 tight jeans. ^He greets Rose by name. ^She mutters a reply. K42 147 ^He conveys the impression that he would like to stop and chat, K42 148 but Rose hurries Carlos forward. K42 149 |^*'Who is this man?**' ^Carlos is curious. K42 150 |^*'He's a Javanese. ^He calls himself Lunata. ^I always K42 151 seem to bump into him. ^He's everywhere.**' K42 152 |^*'And you don't like him?**' K42 153 |^*'He gives me the creeps. ^But then maybe I'm picking up K42 154 some of the paranoia from the Balinese. ^They don't like K42 155 Javanese coming here because they don't trust them. ^They say K42 156 the Javanese pretend to be Balinese and give them a bad name. K42 157 ^Supposedly, most of the prostitutes in Denpasar are Javanese. K42 158 ^They also say that the Javanese are always trying to take over K42 159 their jobs.**' K42 160 |^*'A convenient scapegoat?**' suggests Carlos. K42 161 |^*'Maybe. ^They're trying to cash in on the turis just K42 162 like everyone else. ^Take Lunata, for example. ^He's just K42 163 drifting. ^Attaching himself to whoever he can. ^He'd like to K42 164 attach himself to me I think. ^Little does he know how few K42 165 rupiah I have left. ^They think we're all filthy rich, you K42 166 know.**' K42 167 |^*'Well, aren't we?**' says Carlos. ^*'They can't even K42 168 consider travelling as a possibility.**' K42 169 |^Rose thinks she ought to feel guilty and worries that she K42 170 doesn't. ^It's too warm and she is having a good time. ^On K42 171 impulse, she links her arm through Carlos's. K42 172 *|^Later, Rose wanders past the sarong stalls which are K42 173 scattered along the main road. ^Carlos is at his losman K42 174 writing aerogrammes. ^At the last stall Rose discovers a K42 175 length of fabric which she simply must possess. ^It is not of K42 176 the highest quality, it is more the combination of colour and K42 177 weight which appeals. ^The sarong is woven from cotton as K42 178 light and fine as silk in a most unusual pinkish mauve. K42 179 |^Colour is very important to Rose. ^She tries to disguise K42 180 her real interest, for price is always flexible. ^She looks at K42 181 it very quickly, but it is fixed in her mind all the same. K42 182 ^The sarong has chosen her. K42 183 |^*'*1\Berapa?**' ^*0She points to three or four alongside K42 184 her favourite in a very bored manner. ^The asking price varies K42 185 from five thousand to ten thousand rupiah. ^Usually the asking K42 186 price is over twice what the vendor intends to bargain down to. K42 187 |^*'And how much is this one?**' ^She points finally to the K42 188 one she has decided upon. K42 189 |^*'Fi thousin.**' K42 190 |^*'Just looking. ^*1{Terima kasih}.**' K42 191 |^*0Rose departs quickly. ^She doesn't want to linger and K42 192 appear interested. ^She will return the following day and K42 193 offer two thousand rupiah. ^She has moved to a cheaper room K42 194 and has cut back on beers. ^I've saved thousands already she K42 195 gloats. ^It will more than pay for the sarong. ^This is how K42 196 she justifies it to herself, even though she knows it to be a K42 197 false economy. K42 198 |^*'You have chosen a sarong?**' asks a voice behind her. K42 199 |^Rose spins around. ^It is the Javanese. ^He has crept up K42 200 behind her as silently as a cat, sunglasses glinting. K42 201 |^*'Do you always sneak up on people like that?**' asks K42 202 Rose, annoyed. K42 203 |^*'I will get the sarong for you, Rose,**' offers the K42 204 Javanese, flashing a slick smile. ^Sleazy. ^Rose doesn't K42 205 believe him, she knows he has no money. ^Besides, she doesn't K42 206 want to feel under any obligation to him. K42 207 |^*'Thanks, but no thanks,**' she replies, and produces a K42 208 smile in return that is not unfriendly, but then neither is it K42 209 encouraging. ^*'Goodbye,**' she says as a hint and takes off K42 210 quickly down the road to her losman. ^She is aware of a pair K42 211 of eyes following her, boring into the back of her head. K42 212 |^The Javanese stares after her forlornly. ^He has a pout K42 213 on his pretty mouth and his wispy moustache has an ever so K42 214 slight droop to it. ^He looks as if he's sulking. K42 215 |^Rose and Carlos go out for dinner. ^The warung is dimly K42 216 lit by kerosene lanterns. ^They have to squint in order to K42 217 read the menu. ^The kitchen at the back of the restaurant is K42 218 also poorly lit and very primitive. K42 219 *# K43 001 **[417 TEXT K43**] K43 002 *<*5eight*> K43 003 |^*0The history of the world had been Kehua's parting gift. K43 004 ^Fern prepared for a journey somewhere else. ^She decided to K43 005 borrow a haversack from the Ewers' store cupboard. ^They had K43 006 five, one for each of the family and one to spare. ^She packed K43 007 up food and her bundle of clothes, a large lemonade bottle full K43 008 of water, matches, a tin-opener, and a tin plate and mug. ^She K43 009 took a sleeping bag as well, one that fitted neatly on the K43 010 haversack. K43 011 |^She hardly slept that night. ^She lay in the bed, trying K43 012 not to wear it out. ^Fat possums scrambled over the roof and K43 013 the deck and hurled themselves at windows, scattering turds K43 014 with the sound of machine-gun fire. ^The lining of the house K43 015 cracked loudly as it cooled down. ^Rain threw itself on the K43 016 roof and then stopped abruptly. ^A raping burglar rattled the K43 017 garage door below, and advanced up the stairs with heavy steps K43 018 which never reached the top floor, steps which thumped in K43 019 perfect time to the blood surging in her temples. ^Moas with K43 020 beaks like pliers snuffled under the bed as they changed K43 021 position. ^Darkness nibbled her edges and chewed forty times. K43 022 ^Shadowy faces shifted the curtains aside and poked at her with K43 023 one eye. ^Multiple sclerosis and cancer fingered her heels and K43 024 calves. ^The wind came in steady surges through the absolute K43 025 night-time silence of the place with no name. ^She was huddled K43 026 on the face of the earth, and the earth was snoring through its K43 027 nostril, the estuary. ^She had gone too far, and the only K43 028 solution was to go even further. K43 029 |^Next morning, far from fresh for her journey, she wanted K43 030 to kiss Kehua goodbye, but it was rather unsatisfactory. ^She K43 031 aimed her nose at Kehua's nose but met no flesh of course; what K43 032 there was of Kehua went right out of focus. ^She tried to say K43 033 the sort of thing which is very difficult for a woman who used K43 034 to wear navy blue court shoes with a burgundy trim. K43 035 |^*'Kehua, if you ever need anything... I'll be thinking of K43 036 you.**' K43 037 |^It sounded like a gift card. ^Wearing her hat for good K43 038 luck, Fern left the house and went to see her mangrove. ^It K43 039 was fattening its stalk and had used its green reserves, K43 040 sprouting five more branches. ^There were eleven other K43 041 mangroves of varying sizes and stages established in the K43 042 estuary. ^It was a migration of mangroves. ^She took her K43 043 leave. K43 044 |^The water on the estuary was so tight and even, she felt K43 045 she could walk on its surface. ^She planned to circle the K43 046 water and climb the Old Woman Bluff from the east and south, K43 047 and then turn south again along the coast. ^In the distance, K43 048 burnt kanuka ghosted the slopes like grey peach bloom. ^She K43 049 passed the straggle of houses in the nameless place and turned K43 050 right along the gravel road towards the mine, the road she K43 051 hated most and most avoided. K43 052 |^It was surely a scene from hell. ^For a couple of K43 053 kilometres, a forest of rough grey stalks surrounded her. K43 054 ^Each stalk was about as high as her head and topped by a knot K43 055 of burnt brushwood that tangled into surrounding stalks like a K43 056 neglected head of hair; unwashed, unbrushed, uncut until beyond K43 057 all grooming. ^The dead gorse was without gradations of K43 058 colour. ^Scars in the bark seemed to hold no shadow; hairy K43 059 planes tilted to the north caught no light. ^Nothing moved. K43 060 ^She walked and walked through dead combings from the animal, K43 061 earth. ^Branches were petrified in acts of fending off, K43 062 poking, elbowing, scratching. ^The gorse trunks seemed not to K43 063 grow from the earth but to be suspended from the mesh of twigs K43 064 above. ^Below, there was green, a red-green of small reeds and K43 065 tight lumps of lichen. ^At almost regular intervals a revival K43 066 of kanuka appeared, each plant with its spatter of brittle K43 067 leaves like tiny exclamation marks, some pimpling into white K43 068 buds, some starred with flowers already. ^In almost equal K43 069 numbers, young gorse sent up soft new bristles. ^Light bounced K43 070 back and forward between green reeds and red rushes, fresh K43 071 after the night's rain, which ran swiftly over the surface of K43 072 puggy grey soil and never penetrated. ^On the dry areas, a K43 073 film of white sealed the sour pakihi. K43 074 |^Looking again, Fern thought she saw young pine trees, K43 075 scattered haphazardly. ^On and on she walked, and all round K43 076 the tiny Christmas trees were flourishing. ^She grasped one K43 077 and tried to pull it out of the clay but it was baked in hard. K43 078 ^Definitely not a pine tree: the spines of even this baby plant K43 079 had pierced her skin. ^She sucked blood and flicked her hands. K43 080 ^And now among the burnt gorse she saw what must be one of the K43 081 parent trees, roasted rigid, all ankles and shin bones cocked K43 082 and kicking, a petrified tree bent in and out of its own shadow K43 083 with spikes on black alert. ^Here and there a gross shell, a K43 084 twisted knot of hard wood split open by the heat, rocked K43 085 heavily on a branch, either empty, or showing a kernel as tight K43 086 as a stone. ^Some of these rocky seeds had exploded into new K43 087 bushes; others were still locked tight in their iron cradles. K43 088 ^Not knowing the bush, Fern called it Mean Spiky. K43 089 |^To the left, a bulldozer track led into the grey. ^Once K43 090 she had followed that track and found a sweet surprise. ^It K43 091 led to an unburnt hollow where a wavy opal pool was edged by K43 092 reeds. ^From any other angle it was hidden by trees and K43 093 hillocks. ^Rushes held the water, and were held by it. ^There K43 094 was a rough red cottage at one end, and the day she'd found it, K43 095 a single paradise duck honked in the silence, fatly suspended K43 096 on the water. ^There were buttercups by the back door of the K43 097 shack. ^As she watched, Fern acknowledged an ugly feeling K43 098 inside her, the urge that leads to conflagrations: she wanted K43 099 to own that cottage for herself. ^She did her best to K43 100 extinguish her greed in the waters of the pond, and came away K43 101 peaceful. ^It was good to know that a secret pool existed K43 102 beyond the charcoal. K43 103 |^She walked past the last few cottages of the mining K43 104 village and then struck into a patch of bush on her right. K43 105 ^She clambered up a steep face, holding handfuls of long ferns. K43 106 ^Spiny bush-lawyer creepers caught in her clothes. ^Young K43 107 lancewoods and a mountain cedar sheltered under giant pongas. K43 108 ^White pines dwarfed them all. K43 109 |^Now she climbed on to a bare, rounded hillface which K43 110 stretched out to others. ^A stone way led from one rim of a K43 111 hill to another. ^The surface was hard and dry and waterproof. K43 112 ^All the plants were tiny, crouching on their hands and knees. K43 113 ^Few were larger than Fern's little finger. ^They did not live K43 114 in visible communities; each was isolated in a circle of bare K43 115 stone or tight grey earth. ^Individual mountain daisies with K43 116 furry grey leaves vibrated endlessly in the wind. ^Lichen K43 117 clutched the earth. ^Heather locked tight into itself. ^Hebes K43 118 as big as her thumbnail lay down flat. ^Crimson insect-catchers K43 119 raised their wheels of sticky rosettes, each plant K43 120 half the size of a blowfly. ^Miniature orchids buzzed dead K43 121 blooms in the gale, independently. K43 122 |^The hills were shaped for easy walking; their colours were K43 123 grey and grey-brown. ^The occasional flare of yellow-green K43 124 that Fern had seen from Kehua's window proved to come from K43 125 reeds regenerating. ^All over the hills there were stumps, K43 126 small clumps of crumbling black, the remains of reeds burnt two K43 127 years back. ^They disintegrated if she pulled at them. ^But K43 128 here and there a sharp green needle pushed up from the K43 129 cremation, and in damp gullies and pockets reeds were growing K43 130 thickly. K43 131 |^On the dry, high spots, the earth was a natural cement. K43 132 ^Her dress twanged like a sail as she hurried towards the K43 133 coast. ^On the rim of the furthest hill she saw the ocean, K43 134 ripped by the same wind that shook the plants and filled her K43 135 dress. ^Although her path lay south, she turned right to climb K43 136 to the top lip of the Old Woman Bluff, just for a last look K43 137 around. K43 138 |^It was a broad, flat lookout. ^No wonder the men from the K43 139 helicopter had been waving their arms! ^Far out to sea, Fern K43 140 could faintly see the cone of the Moving Mountain, two hundred K43 141 kilometres away. ^Behind her was the estuary, two hundred K43 142 metres below. ^She could see the lavish sand and surf of the K43 143 spit, the empty bulk of Whale Peninsula, the small port and K43 144 insubstantial houses of the place with no name, miles and miles K43 145 of intricate mauve mountains fingering their way down into the K43 146 wide waters of Gorse Bay, the scrub and pakihi of the burnt K43 147 country, the gaunt, tight hills she had just traversed, more K43 148 limestone cliffs along the fault line to the south, green K43 149 farmland, sheep, patches of regenerating bush, and spindly, K43 150 listening kanuka forest. ^A flax swamp throbbed far below, K43 151 citron green, as the wind moved through in shudders. ^The K43 152 shallow waters of the estuary were patchy with brown shadows K43 153 through their pale expanses. ^The crust of dirt on the bluff K43 154 was very thin, exposed like icing on a slice of lime and iron K43 155 birthday cake. K43 156 |^Fern started walking down the back slope of the bluff K43 157 towards the ocean. ^She stumbled on what proved to be, K43 158 improbably, a surveying peg. ^When she got to the bottom she K43 159 was overtired, and not only from the walking. ^In the last few K43 160 days she had changed her perspective many times; she had lived K43 161 much more than her share, vicariously. ^She had almost lost K43 162 her sense of what is ordinary. K43 163 |^I have given you the history and geography of Fern's K43 164 sojourn in the place with no name as fully as possible, telling K43 165 you some things twice even, because she insists it was K43 166 something that changed her deeply. ^There she stayed still; K43 167 she was a receiver and not a doer. ^She says that in her K43 168 journey up the valley and over the bluff to the sea, she became K43 169 *'jolly**'. ^Strange word! ^Her jolliness arose from new K43 170 conflicts which were far too hard to resolve: so she stopped K43 171 trying. ^You could guess them no doubt but I'll spell them K43 172 out. K43 173 |^I suppose a textbook might call it an identity crisis. K43 174 ^She had never felt certain of herself, only of certain K43 175 details: she came from the Main Island; she lived in Northcity; K43 176 she was white, descended exclusively from Second People; and K43 177 thus she was one of the rich and guilty, one of the ones who K43 178 had almost destroyed the First People. ^Now she had discovered K43 179 that all her wholenesses were merely half**[ARB**]-healed K43 180 offcuts. ^She had said to Kehua, ^*'It's hard for me to K43 181 realise that you might be one of my hundred and twenty K43 182 great-great-great-great-great-great-grandmothers. ^My parents always K43 183 swore quite fiercely that they were lily**[ARB**]-white Second K43 184 People. ^And yet my mother called me Fern; it could have been K43 185 her way of giving a hint. ^It was not the fashion to know the K43 186 truth about such things in those days... ^I thought I was one K43 187 of the robbers, and now I find I have only robbed part of K43 188 myself!**' K43 189 |^*'It is always like that,**' said Kehua. ^*'Always.**' K43 190 |^Fern thought, if this was the pattern of the world, it K43 191 didn't actually matter who she was. ^She didn't need a ticket, K43 192 tickets being meaningless in the long run. ^You could call it K43 193 a stress-management technique she had stumbled on: sure that K43 194 she would die, she might as well stop worrying. ^So she played K43 195 on the beach and paddled, and found mussels to cook on her K43 196 campfire, and slept under a tree in a sleeping bag that was K43 197 hers for the time being. K43 198 |^Kehua had talked of the way her bones were turning up in K43 199 the soil of Whale Peninsula; the Ewers had found her skull and K43 200 brought it home to bleach on the window sill. ^Kehua's spirit K43 201 was tied to the skull by a band of elastic invisible light and K43 202 was bound to return to the skull after every oscillation or K43 203 expansion. K43 204 *# K44 001 **[418 TEXT K44**] K44 002 *<*415*> K44 003 |^*6T*2HERE WAS FAMINE *0over the island for the crops had K44 004 failed. ^A blight had ruined the potatoes for the third year K44 005 in a row, while wheat fly attacked the grain. ^There was no K44 006 seed to replant; the stored potatoes were soggy black piles of K44 007 foul-smelling muck that killed the cattle if it was fed to K44 008 them. ^Most of the beasts had been slaughtered anyway, to tide K44 009 the islanders over for food. ^There was almost nothing left. K44 010 ^It was a creeping malaise that had caught up with them, K44 011 spreading from west to east across the island. ^At \0St Ann's K44 012 they said it could not happen, but it had. ^McLeod decreed it K44 013 the fault of indolent and idle people in the rest of Cape K44 014 Breton, who were more interested in baccy and toddy than they K44 015 were in tending the fields, but before long he could not say K44 016 that, for it had overtaken them all. ^When the famine did K44 017 catch up with \0St Ann's, some said that it must be God's K44 018 punishment for pride. ^McLeod still had his followers but only K44 019 the most faithful were above cynicism when they spoke of him. K44 020 |^It was now several years since Isabella's first K44 021 premonition of the hunger that was to befall them. ^She K44 022 remembered the strange dark green spots on the leaves of the K44 023 potatoes that year, and how quickly they had turned purplish-black, K44 024 how disgusting the potatoes tasted. ^She had known K44 025 there was something amiss, but apart from her comment to Kate K44 026 she had dared not speak; if it had spread then, she knew that K44 027 the trouble would be attributed to her. ^There must always be K44 028 someone to blame. ^It stopped people from being so afraid. K44 029 ^She had already seen how they looked at her when things went K44 030 wrong. K44 031 |^At the ports there was panic as the people scrambled for K44 032 food. ^Thirty thousand Scots now crammed Cape Breton Island K44 033 and few had brought any resources of their own. ^Farmers began K44 034 signing away their lands in 1848, hundreds of acres at a time, K44 035 for a bag of meal that would last only a month or so. ^Some K44 036 were becoming sceptical about the blight ever lifting as their K44 037 bellies crawled, as if with maggots, and their children walked K44 038 around miserable with distended stomachs. ^Often they had K44 039 running diarrhoea although there was nothing inside them. K44 040 |^A few had noticed that the blight appeared worse during K44 041 tides of unseasonable weather, months of dampness and higher K44 042 heat than was normal, but if there was an association between K44 043 the two nobody knew what to do about it. ^Or were too tired. K44 044 ^Or hungry. K44 045 |^As the famine moved relentlessly towards \0St Ann's, K44 046 Isabella laid in stores of food to last them for as long as K44 047 possible. ^She picked wild rosehips after the frosts and dried K44 048 them across the veranda of the house, hoping to stop the scurvy K44 049 in winter, and went searching for wild yellow cloudberries on K44 050 the edge of the bogs to make bakeapple jam. ^Though what use K44 051 is this, she wondered, as she brought the fruit to boil with K44 052 the last of her sugar, for who will eat jam if there is no K44 053 bread to spread it on? ^She began to feel helpless for the K44 054 first time. K44 055 |^When the pigs were slaughtered that fall she guarded their K44 056 heads in a way that she had not done before, to make head K44 057 cheese. ^One hog's head, one hog's tongue, salt, pepper and K44 058 sage; at least if you had the pig to begin with, it was cheap. K44 059 ^She cleaned and scraped the head, covering it and the tongue K44 060 with salted water, simmering them until the meat fell from the K44 061 bone. ^Then she drained and seasoned the meat before packing K44 062 it into bowls. K44 063 |^She was helped from time to time as she worked by her K44 064 daughter Annie, serious and grown up. ^Such a responsible K44 065 young woman, people said. ^But when Annie was not in the K44 066 kitchen with Isabella she was ensconced in the sitting-room K44 067 knitting, and talking to Francis McClure. ^She had acquired a K44 068 range of knitting patterns from Peggy McLeod with whom, after a K44 069 break of some years, she had resumed a friendship. ^She had K44 070 also been introduced to Francis McClure by Peggy. K44 071 |^He was a heavy young man, not unlike Fraser McIssac in his K44 072 appearance, only he wore a thick, full, dark moustache over his K44 073 heavy upper lip. ^And, his eyes, blue and narrow, sparkled a K44 074 great deal. ^The young woman spoke in a quiet restrained way K44 075 and showed him her patterns, of which he appeared to approve K44 076 inordinately. K44 077 |^It rankled with Isabella that there was another mouth to K44 078 feed. K44 079 *|^*'Your drawings are quite remarkable,**' Isabella said to K44 080 her first son. K44 081 |^*'You're biased in my favour, mother.**' K44 082 |^*'But they are. ^Oh what a big success you would have K44 083 made in London, Duncan.**' K44 084 |^*'How do you know?**' K44 085 |^*'Well, I have been there. ^They recognise quality in K44 086 that city. ^What if I were to write to your uncle Marcus and K44 087 send him some of your drawings to be looked at by... by the K44 088 Academy, or one of the famous painters there? ^What if he were K44 089 to send for you?**' K44 090 |^*'Mother, you don't know that he is alive even.**' K44 091 |^*'If he saw your drawings...**' K44 092 |^*'He would reply to your letters? ^How many have you sent K44 093 that have gone unanswered in twenty years or more?**' K44 094 |^*'Something must have happened to him. ^Some accident K44 095 befallen him.**' K44 096 |^He touched her arm gently where it lay on the edge of the K44 097 table, turned her hand over, dirty under the nails where she K44 098 had been digging for roots. K44 099 |^*'What would I draw in London?**' K44 100 |^She sighed. K44 101 |^*'I know you're trying to tell me something,**' he said. K44 102 ^*'You don't have to explain. ^There is not enough food to go K44 103 round here.**' K44 104 |^*'We'll find enough.**' K44 105 |^But it was not true. ^Fraser thought she had not heard K44 106 him speak to Duncan Cave the night before, when her back was K44 107 turned, but she had. ^*'It is all I can do to feed my own K44 108 children,**' he had said, *'without catering for layabouts who K44 109 are not mine.**' K44 110 |^*'Don't go,**' she said now. ^*'I want you here. ^What K44 111 would my life be if it were not for you?**' K44 112 |^He gripped her hand hard. ^*'Come away with me, then. K44 113 ^There's nothing here for you.**' K44 114 |^The thought of going somewhere, anywhere, was tempting. K44 115 |^*'How can I?**' she said dully. K44 116 |^*'Why can't you?**' ^He turned her hand over in his. K44 117 ^*'Think of the things you've done when you wanted to.**' K44 118 |^*'There's Annie. ^How can I leave her?**' K44 119 |^*'Ah, Annie.**' ^His voice could not disguise his K44 120 ambivalence. K44 121 |^*'People think I'm unfeeling. ^I do not always know what K44 122 I feel these days, but I feel something. ^Besides, I'm getting K44 123 old. ^I'd be a millstone for you.**' K44 124 |^*'No, not you. ^Away from here, you'd do all manner of K44 125 things. ^We could go to Boston.**' K44 126 |^*'Let me know where you end up, and maybe I'll come.**' K44 127 |^He looked at her in the lamplight, and speaking levelly K44 128 said, ^*'Yes, mother, I will tell you where I am.**' K44 129 |^In the morning he was gone. ^She sat for a long time K44 130 wondering whether she could be bothered to look for food again. K44 131 ^Noah brought a mouse in. ^He, at least, still had a full K44 132 belly. ^He looked at her, not understanding that she would not K44 133 share it with him. ^*'It may not be long before I do,**' she K44 134 said to him, and scooped him into her arms. ^*'Fat old cat, K44 135 there is still you.**' K44 136 *|^Kate had caught sight of her face unawares in a glass and K44 137 been aghast. ^She had not looked at herself for years. ^It K44 138 was bad enough to feel the seams of flesh on her face. ^She K44 139 could see her hands mottled and disfigured and had no reason to K44 140 think her face would be better, but still it came as a K44 141 surprise. ^Some days she thought she would die before evening. K44 142 |^*'Are you ill, mother?**' Martha would say with K44 143 solicitude. K44 144 |^*'I don't know,**' Kate answered each time, and it was the K44 145 truth. ^Pain moved through her like a hot poker but never K44 146 seemed to settle in one place for long, so that she wondered if K44 147 she was imagining it. ^She wanted to hide her discomfort from K44 148 Martha who, it seemed to her, worried about her out of all K44 149 proportion to other interests in her life. ^Whereas once she K44 150 had feared that Martha would marry too soon, or unwisely, now K44 151 it caused her regret that she had not married at all. K44 152 ^Although there were times when secretly she wondered if K44 153 marriage was a good idea for anyone, if there might not be too K44 154 much potential for disappointment. K44 155 |^At nights she woke from dreams she could not recall, K44 156 remembering only that they had imposed some great dread upon K44 157 her, and reached out her hand to find Eoghann's friendly one. K44 158 ^In the darkness there was only the emptiness they had imposed K44 159 on each other years before. K44 160 |^Sometimes when they were at the table she would look at K44 161 her husband covertly, to see if there might be any way to shift K44 162 from their mutual exile. ^Now he was an elder of the church, K44 163 always engrossed in the attacks that were brought against it K44 164 and against McLeod by the clergy beyond \0St Ann's who called K44 165 on him frequently, and in public now, to prove his ministry. K44 166 ^Eoghann's face had become harder, more weathered, the mouth K44 167 thinner and the lines about it were more deeply etched. ^His K44 168 eyes were bright and cool. ^He rarely looked directly at her, K44 169 and if he did it was in an appraising, distasteful way, as if K44 170 she was someone he had to put up with. K44 171 |^On a spring day, perhaps when she had been thinking of K44 172 Lewis, who had worked now for a long time in a lumber camp to K44 173 the south without returning to \0St Ann's, Kate disappeared K44 174 into the woods. K44 175 |^*'She's a grown woman,**' said Eoghann, when Martha told K44 176 him that she was gone. ^*'What am I supposed to do about K44 177 it?**' K44 178 |^*'Look for her,**' said Martha. K44 179 |^*'I am due at the church.**' K44 180 |^*'Please, at least allow Ewan to look for her. ^She's not K44 181 well.**' K44 182 |^*'It's in her mind,**' he said. ^*'Oh do what you wish. K44 183 ^But remember, your mother once appeared to have some wisdom. K44 184 ^You could be losing yours even before you have properly come K44 185 to it. ^Don't look for sympathy when you go off your head.**' K44 186 |^They found her sitting on a log in the woods. ^She was K44 187 less than a mile away though she believed she had travelled K44 188 much further. K44 189 |^*'What were you looking for?**' Martha asked her when she K44 190 had brought her back home. K44 191 |^*'A way out,**' said Kate. K44 192 |^*'A way out of what?**' K44 193 |^*'A way out of here. ^To find the church.**' K44 194 |^*'You know where the church is.**' K44 195 |^*'Not that one, not McLeod's. ^I have heard. ^Hear, you K44 196 know. ^Once Isabella. ^Isabella told me once. ^There is K44 197 another one.**' ^Her hands shook, and her lower jaw had become K44 198 convulsive as she sat and stared at the fire. ^She stayed like K44 199 that from that moment on, moving only when eating and sleeping K44 200 made it necessary. K44 201 |^She ate greedily when food was placed in front of her and K44 202 grew fat; when the food was not put there fast enough, she K44 203 cried like a baby. K44 204 |^A traveller stopped at their house one evening and asked K44 205 for shelter. ^He was tall, his face smooth and closely shaven, K44 206 and there was an air of languor in his brown eyes. ^His hands K44 207 were well manicured and he placed the tips of his fingers K44 208 neatly together when he spoke. ^He had read books and even met K44 209 the abominable but entertaining \0Mr Charles Dickens on his K44 210 visit to Halifax the previous year. ^Martha was fascinated. K44 211 ^Eoghann was doubtful at first, and shocked by the presence in K44 212 his house of a man who had read novels, but as it was Saturday K44 213 night said he would have to stay until Monday; they could not K44 214 provide food to take with him on Sunday. K44 215 *# K45 001 **[419 TEXT K45**] K45 002 *<*4jillian sullivan*> K45 003 *<*2LANDSCAPES*> K45 004 |^*'*0There's room in the car for your paints,**' called Charles K45 005 from the driveway. ^*'You haven't done any sea pictures. K45 006 ^Today would be just perfect.**' K45 007 |^Joss looked up from the kitchen bench where she was K45 008 cutting sandwiches but pretended she hadn't heard him. ^She K45 009 watched Charles stand there for a few seconds waiting for a K45 010 reply. ^He walked back around the car and she saw him bend and K45 011 look at his reflection in the rear window. ^She finished K45 012 trimming the crusts from the club sandwiches, cut them neatly K45 013 into stacks of three and wrapped them in cheesecloth. K45 014 |^My paints, she thought, swooping the crusts off the bench K45 015 and dropping them into the scrap bucket. ^They're as much my K45 016 paints as that car out there is my car. ^Oh yes, she painted. K45 017 ^Dutifully. ^Little squares of landscapes that Charles had had K45 018 framed and hung in the hallway and bedrooms. ^He supervised K45 019 her purchases too and drove her to selected sites where the K45 020 view was just *'amazing**' and stayed home with Emily on K45 021 Wednesday nights while she went to landscape classes. K45 022 |^*'I'd rather draw people,**' she told him once, and had K45 023 drawn a picture of Charles' face. ^She knew the lines and K45 024 angles were all wrong but there was something about the set of K45 025 his mouth that was really Charles. K45 026 |^He was horrified. ^Said wait till the life drawing K45 027 classes and concentrate more on your colours for now. K45 028 |^Joss wrapped the bacon and egg pies and put them in the K45 029 cooli bin with the sandwiches, a tupperware container of nutty K45 030 anzac biscuits and a bottle of juice for Emily. K45 031 |^It was a dry, hot, mind-exhausting day and she would K45 032 rather be taking Emily to the source of the Riwaka *- an outing K45 033 she'd promised Emily for ages. ^Today would be just right *- K45 034 it would be cool and green amongst the native trees and if they K45 035 sat quietly they could spot wekas, brown and busy amongst the K45 036 ferns. ^And then she could watch Emily's face as they came up K45 037 over that last ridge and there was that mysterious pool of K45 038 water *- it sent shivers up her spine thinking about it. K45 039 |^That look on Emily's face *- the open eyed, open wonder K45 040 sort of look that flashed on her face when Joss showed her K45 041 something really special, like the time she said shut your eyes K45 042 and put a kitten in her outstretched hands *- that's what she K45 043 wanted to paint. ^Oh if only she could, if only she was good K45 044 enough to know what she was doing, to put a stroke *- just K45 045 there *- and it would mean the difference between that look, or K45 046 another. K45 047 |^*'Emily,**' called Charles. ^*'Joss. ^Are you ready? K45 048 ^We don't want to keep them waiting.**' K45 049 |^They always keep us waiting, Joss wanted to shout. ^*'Tea K45 050 at six,**' Paula said to them last week, then opened the door K45 051 dressed in a pink bathrobe with her hair swathed in a matching K45 052 pink towel. ^And Ian wasn't even home. K45 053 |^*'Have you seen my new bucket Mum?**' ^Emily came into the K45 054 kitchen. ^*'And my spade's broken too. ^Dad backed the car K45 055 over it.**' K45 056 |^*'I told you not to leave your things in the K45 057 drive**[ARB**]-way, Emily. ^It's so dangerous. ^Oh, come K45 058 here.**' ^She hugged her brown and bony five year old tight. K45 059 ^*'I've got something you can have.**' ^She bent and searched K45 060 through her utensil drawer. ^*'Will this do?**' ^It was a red K45 061 tupperware flour scoop. ^She'd won it in one of those K45 062 competitions you have when you're buying the stuff. ^Charles' K45 063 sister Becky was always inviting her over. ^More to make up K45 064 numbers, she suspected. ^She hardly ever bought anything. K45 065 |^*'Oh, all right,**' said Emily. K45 066 |^*'And look in the toolshed for your bucket,**' Joss called K45 067 after her. K45 068 |^*'Come on,**' called Charles again. K45 069 |^And after all, it was a beautiful day to go to the beach, K45 070 Joss conceded. ^You forget when you're at home and there's the K45 071 neighbour's fence and six silver birches and a row of house K45 072 tops between you and the mountains, you forget what they look K45 073 like when they're bare and reach right to the sea's midriff, K45 074 and groves of pinetrees frame your view and the car is alive K45 075 with a child's expectations. K45 076 |^*'I should have brought my paints,**' she said. K45 077 |^*'Yes of course you should have,**' said Charles, turning K45 078 to smile at her. ^*'I've told Paula about your paintings, K45 079 she's keen to see them.**' K45 080 |^*'You didn't have to tell her,**' said Joss. ^The last K45 081 thing she wanted was to show Paula Watson her *"collection**" K45 082 as Charles put it. K45 083 |^*'Rubbish. ^She's really interested,**' said Charles. K45 084 ^*'Anyway, I'm proud of your paintings,**' he dropped his hand K45 085 from the wheel to pat her knee. K45 086 |^Joss looked out the window. ^If she painted the mountains K45 087 again, she'd like to do them close up, really close up as if K45 088 they'd sneaked up to look in the window. ^And right around the K45 089 edge of the canvas she'd paint a window frame so that the K45 090 picture was a window. ^She'd need a big canvas this time. K45 091 ^She'd never painted big before *- but this painting, this K45 092 painting could be as big as a table. K45 093 |^Charles drove around the domain for the second time. ^*'I K45 094 can't see their car,**' he said. K45 095 |^*'Oh just park anywhere,**' Joss said. ^*'Let them find K45 096 us for once.**' ^But at that moment tall, brown and bikinied K45 097 Paula Watson waved from the side of the road. K45 098 |^*'We've just found a wonderful place for a picnic,**' she K45 099 called. ^*'Follow me.**' ^She ran down the dirt track to the K45 100 left and Charles turned the car to follow her. ^Joss watched K45 101 the younger woman's buttocks bobbling inside her blue lurex K45 102 bikini pants and wondered if she would ever run in front of the K45 103 Watsons' car and thought not. K45 104 |^They spread a rug for lunch in a grove of trees and Emily, K45 105 hopping from foot to foot said ^*'Oh can't we have a swim first K45 106 Dad.**' K45 107 |^*'Gosh, you've been busy,**' Paula said as Joss brought K45 108 the pies out. ^They were cold and their crusts deflated but K45 109 the sandwiches were still fresh under their cheesecloth K45 110 topping. K45 111 |^*'Paula's not one for cooking,**' Ian said and Paula K45 112 laughed as she set out the French brie and English crackers. K45 113 |^*'You should buy some of this Joss,**' said Charles, K45 114 smearing some cheese across a cracker. K45 115 |^The water was soft and warm and Joss forgot that she K45 116 wasn't wearing a blue lurex bikini or that she was middle aged K45 117 and slightly over weight. ^If she floated on her back and kept K45 118 herself absolutely still the ocean's rhythm went through her *- K45 119 she lapped and surged with the waves. ^Looking up at the sky K45 120 she thought of a better idea for her window painting *- just K45 121 the window frame around the outside and the sky in the middle, K45 122 except that the sky was infinitely colourless, layer upon layer K45 123 upon layer. ^A face full of saltwater brought her splashing to K45 124 her feet and she was a jet boat. ^She hurled herself full K45 125 speed at the waves. ^They fell away beneath her, letting her K45 126 drop with a splosh. ^Then exhaust and waves spinning out K45 127 behind her she revved into another wave *- and, now a holy K45 128 martyr she flew, wide opened arms to meet its embrace, smashing K45 129 chest to curling crest of wave. K45 130 |^She stayed in the water too long, the others were all K45 131 settled on the sand and she had to walk dripping towards them, K45 132 conscious again of her body's shape on land. ^Emily was busy K45 133 with her bucket and the red flour shovel and Joss snuggled into K45 134 the hot sand next to her and let the sun cover her like a K45 135 blanket. K45 136 |^*'Now wait for it,**' said Paula. ^*'I've got chocolate K45 137 nougats and coffee in the car. ^What do you think, shall we go K45 138 back for refreshments.**' K45 139 |^*'Joss?**' asked Charles. K45 140 |^*'Mmm, I'll stay here with Emily,**' she murmured, eyes K45 141 shut while the sun laid hot fingers on her eyelids. K45 142 |^*'No, come with us Joss,**' said Paula. K45 143 |^*'She'll be all right, won't you Emily,**' said Charles. K45 144 |^Joss stood up. ^She'd just thought of an even better idea K45 145 for the window painting *- an infinitely colourless sky, and no K45 146 window frame. ^Emily's legs were completely covered in sand. K45 147 ^She was using the red shovel to trickle more silvery grains K45 148 over the mounds on her knees. K45 149 |^*'Stay right here Emily,**' she kissed Emily's nose and it K45 150 was warm and crusty with salt. K45 151 |^*'Five more minutes,**' said Charles, *'and then go K45 152 straight over this hill to the car. ^Okay honey?**' K45 153 |^Five more minutes, he'd said. ^And that had surely gone. K45 154 ^Joss looked over at her husband. K45 155 |^*'Charles?**' she said. K45 156 |^He looked at his watch. ^*'I'd better check her,**' he K45 157 said. K45 158 |^Joss put down her coffee mug. ^*'I'm coming too.**' ^The K45 159 tide would be out soon and she could look for crabs with Emily. K45 160 ^And shells too. ^They could take a collection home. ^They K45 161 could... K45 162 |^No, she was gone. ^Only a red flour shovel left in the K45 163 sand, and a small skinny five year old lost on this beach full K45 164 of people. K45 165 |^*'I'll look down by the water,**' said Charles, quickly, K45 166 his voice higher than usual. ^He walked briskly down to where K45 167 the shallow waves tossed pebbles. K45 168 |^Joss ran wildly back into the trees. ^*'*2EMILY!**' *0she K45 169 screamed. ^No, she didn't. ^There were people everywhere. K45 170 ^She came across them in their smug happy groups. K45 171 |^*'Have you seen a little girl? ^Five years old in red K45 172 togs.**' K45 173 |^*'Have you seen a little girl?**' and faces turned towards K45 174 her, saying no. K45 175 |^*'Have you seen a little girl?**' and the white nosed, sun K45 176 glassed faces turned and floated up towards her from their deck K45 177 chairs and plaid rugs. K45 178 |^She saw a man coming out from the men's toilets, glancing K45 179 behind him and she ran in crying *'Emily**' but there were only K45 180 the hissing urinals. ^Something had happened to her. ^She K45 181 felt it. K45 182 |^Joss circled the men's toilets and ran back into the K45 183 trees. ^There were so many men and so many sandhills. ^She K45 184 despised the people who laughed over their wine glasses and lay K45 185 uncaring in their one piece suits. K45 186 |^*'I'll leave him,**' she hissed as she ran through the K45 187 sandy rushes. ^*'If anything's happened to her, I'll leave K45 188 him. ^I never want to see him again.**' K45 189 |^Charles and Emily sat on driftwood counting shells. K45 190 |^*'A pink one, that's pretty,**' he was saying, and Joss K45 191 stood over them shaking. K45 192 |^*'Were you frightened?**' she demanded. ^*'Did you K45 193 cry?**' K45 194 |^And they packed up and left then. ^Joss turned around in K45 195 her seat to look behind her. ^It wasn't to watch how the blue K45 196 sea dipped behind the Christmas pines, or the way the mountains K45 197 made aqua folds in the sky, but to see Emily, thumb sucking and K45 198 sand**[ARB**]-crusted, lying on a rug on the back seat. ^She K45 199 stroked the little girl's forehead. K45 200 |^*'You didn't get to do any drawing,**' said Charles when K45 201 she turned back to the road. K45 202 |^*'It doesn't matter,**' said Joss. K45 203 |^Charles put his hand on hers and she squeezed it, then K45 204 left her hand resting there for the silent drive home. K45 205 *<*4Commos*> K45 206 *<*1Frances Cherry*> K45 207 |^*0She used to envy a girl called Beverley because she had K45 208 plain white knickers, while *1theirs *0were the same as their K45 209 dresses; Mum made them. ^No one else had knickers the same as K45 210 their dresses. ^Beverley had a young mother, too. ^Young and K45 211 glamorous. K45 212 |^Katherine often wished she had a young and glamorous K45 213 mother. ^One day Dad told them he'd been married before he met K45 214 Mum. ^Only for a year, and she'd divorced him because they K45 215 lived in a tent. ^Her name was Grace. ^She had long blonde K45 216 hair and loved dancing. ^He showed them a photograph. ^Grace K45 217 in evening-gown, standing, smiling. ^Mum had dark hair and K45 218 hazel eyes. ^This Grace was blonde and blue-eyed. ^Katherine K45 219 was blonde and blue-eyed. ^She began to believe that Grace was K45 220 her real mother and that Mum had adopted her when she met Dad K45 221 because Grace was too busy dancing and having a good time to K45 222 bother with a baby. K45 223 |^Of course Katherine loved Mum and would never want to go K45 224 back to Grace. K45 225 *# K46 001 **[420 TEXT K46**] K46 002 ^*0Prior to the match against Horokino he was smoking wood. K46 003 ^Horokino scored early, effortlessly. ^They were already K46 004 prancing around like show ponies, preening and neighing. ^Dick K46 005 Stenberg stalked sullenly, acknowledging his own presence but K46 006 little else. K46 007 |^One starkly recountable feature of my first game for the K46 008 firsts occurred immediately on the resumption. ^A loose K46 009 scramble developed from the kick-off and Hamish Wills fell K46 010 awkwardly at the feet of Dick Stenberg. ^Stenberg, with a K46 011 detached look on his gaunt face, raked instinctively at Wills's K46 012 head, opening up a jagged wound in his forehead. ^The referee K46 013 blew his whistle and Stenberg climbed down before retreating K46 014 without a flicker of emotion. ^Wills stayed down for some time K46 015 until the man from \0St John's was able to staunch the flow. K46 016 |^My next game of any consequence was an inter-school tussle K46 017 in which traditional school tone and a battered, but deeply K46 018 symbolic trophy were at stake. ^Our forward pack had been K46 019 realigned and I was chosen, as the only tearaway, to pack down K46 020 at number eight. ^My task was to cover the backs on the K46 021 occasions they were invited to run the ball. ^That happened K46 022 twice, once in each half. ^On both occasions the backs had the K46 023 decency to mull passes. ^As the loose ball bobbled behind the K46 024 line of advantage I was seen to be in the right place at the K46 025 right time. ^The fact that I had been completely overwhelmed K46 026 in the weighty forward exchanges appeared to have gone K46 027 unnoticed. ^But it hadn't. K46 028 |^Following the cold realisation that I was too small to be K46 029 a first fifteen flanker or number eight, the selection panel K46 030 considered the option of trying me at half-back and moving Jim K46 031 Turner out to first-five. ^Mercifully the option lost its K46 032 appeal. K46 033 |^I had always seen the traditional half-back as an uphill K46 034 battler *- a lippy, often toothless loser with the base of the K46 035 scrum as his only real sanctuary. ^Traditional short half-backs K46 036 were very adept at verbalising as a means of compensating K46 037 for a lack of physical presence. ^Some of them became K46 038 over-fond of hyperbole and sarcasm. ^I can recall a mountainous K46 039 lock-forward objecting vehemently to the cruel banter set up by K46 040 one particular half-back. ^Following a shambolic lineout there K46 041 was a brief but violent scuffle. ^As the half-back sagged to K46 042 his knees, spitting out teeth as he went, it became immediately K46 043 apparent why some half-backs were well on the way to an K46 044 edentate state. K46 045 |^Half-backs always seemed to throw stones on church roofs. K46 046 ^Always threw cheek at academically-inclined females. ^Half-backs K46 047 were invariably expected to join the jockey profession or K46 048 become chimney sweeps' assistants. ^Never fully-fledged K46 049 chimney sweeps, just their assistants. ^That's why people K46 050 regarded tall half-backs with such ambivalence. ^Some sort of K46 051 unwritten, inverse egalitarian code was not being observed. K46 052 |^Eventually the first fifteen selection panel decided that K46 053 I was too aloof to be half-back. ^Not abrasive enough. ^Only K46 054 they didn't say that. ^The official announcement was that Jim K46 055 Turner, the incumbent half, was too vital a cog to be messed K46 056 around. ^Besides there were new developments. ^Brian Ball, a K46 057 recent arrival from a neighbouring school had to be slotted in. K46 058 ^Ball was 6\0ft 4\0in, too tall, or more precisely too long for K46 059 flanker (he made the scrum swivel and swirl). ^There was no K46 060 room for him at lock. ^But Ball had to be placed in the scrum K46 061 somewhere. ^You don't squander height like that even if, as in K46 062 Ball's case, such height became a fixed asset. ^In lineouts he K46 063 barely left the ground. K46 064 |^My fate remained clouded for several days. ^The selection K46 065 panel comprising \0Mr Leaming, Hamish Wills and Jim Turner K46 066 huddled nervously during the lunch hour. ^Whenever I K46 067 approached they lapsed into banalities. K46 068 |^*'The weather's been great, right Hamish, Jim?**' \0Mr K46 069 Leaming would say. K46 070 |^*'Hello Blair. ^Think it'll stay fine for Saturday?**' K46 071 |^The upshot of such manoeuvring was the decision to convert K46 072 me into a first-five. ^It was a harrowing time. ^I'd never K46 073 played first-five before and here they were telling me that I K46 074 was about to play in the pivotal position next Saturday. K46 075 |^*'I thought I went quite well at number eight last K46 076 Saturday,**' I mumbled. K46 077 |^*'You did,**' consoled coach Leaming, ^*'And that's the K46 078 trouble.**' K46 079 |^There was an awkward silence during the course of which I K46 080 can distinctly remember Ross McMullan squeezing a blackhead on K46 081 his upper left arm. K46 082 |^*'You're too small for the forwards. ^We need a K46 083 first-five. ^We have to put Brian Ball somewhere.**' K46 084 |^I loved playing loose forward. ^It was like playing human K46 085 skittles. ^Ball and all, and all that. ^Crash-tackling the K46 086 centre. ^Hacking the loose ball with joyous abandon miles into K46 087 unmarshalled territory. ^You could drop the ball and no-one K46 088 became too distraught. ^Now I was standing where a first-five K46 089 was supposed to stand. ^At an oblique, alienating angle to the K46 090 milling forwards. ^Banished from the bonhomie by an entrenched K46 091 belief that forwards under 5\0ft 6\0in tend to be a liability. K46 092 |^*'Okay, what do I do?**' ^I was surprised at my sense of K46 093 resignation. K46 094 |^*'Catch the ball. ^You're not a forward anymore.**' ^\0Mr K46 095 Leaming sounded irritated. K46 096 |^*'If you drop the pill the forwards will want to know why. K46 097 ^After all, they sweat blood to scramble the thing back.**' K46 098 |^Already I was feeling a nagging resentment towards the K46 099 forwards. ^What's so honourable about scrambling the ball K46 100 back? K46 101 |^My debut match as a first-five was to be against K46 102 Whakatutu, a robust country team who, while they may not have K46 103 known what a debut was, would surely realise that I was playing K46 104 my first game at first-five. ^Prior to the match against K46 105 Whakatutu I experienced a restless night. ^It was a cold, K46 106 diamond-bright eternity, punctuated by a recurring nightmare in K46 107 which the ball stuck to my hands as if coated with industrial K46 108 glue. ^As a consequence I was unable to off**[ARB**]-load in K46 109 time to avoid the raiding Whakatutu forwards. K46 110 |^Saturday morning reality *- Rugby Park, Whakatutu. ^Our K46 111 opponents *- rangy, whipcord sons of the land. ^The land *- K46 112 craggy outcrops of grey-green sheep country, festooned with K46 113 grey-green sheep. ^Braggarts in tartan windbreakers hugged the K46 114 touch-line. ^Sheep turds studded the greasy, grey-green K46 115 playing field. K46 116 |^*'You can do it, Hicks,**' Hamish Wills our captain grunted K46 117 off**[ARB**]-handedly as we filed into the changing sheds. ^Do K46 118 what, I asked myself? ^My tactical appreciation of the role of K46 119 first-five was limited. K46 120 |^Coach Leaming, puffing steam like an angered ram barked K46 121 out a few time-honoured commands. K46 122 |^*'You backs *- get your man.**' ^My man. ^While we jogged K46 123 around tentatively before kick-off, narrowly missing a K46 124 concealed water trough as we did so, my eyes furtively K46 125 scrutinised our opponents. ^My man. ^The guy wearing the K46 126 number six jersey. ^He wasn't hard to pin**[ARB**]-point. ^He K46 127 was as big as our tight-head prop. ^And he had a weird, K46 128 detached grin on his face. ^His socks were lapping around his K46 129 ankles though. K46 130 |^*'Don't worry,**' coach Leaming assured as we ran on to K46 131 the paddock. ^*'Jimmy will nurse you.**' ^Jim Turner our K46 132 half-back had enjoyed first fifteen status for the previous two K46 133 seasons. ^Perhaps he would look after me. ^Take the pressure K46 134 off a player stationed at first-five for the first time. K46 135 |^From an early scrum Turner received the ball and two K46 136 fencing contractors at the same time. ^In the interests of K46 137 self-preservation he bowled a one-hander through a mud-patch K46 138 towards me. ^All I could do was go down on it and await the K46 139 crunch. ^The two fencing contractors, four shearers, a grader K46 140 driver and a quarry operator's assistant descended with a K46 141 ferocity reserved for hesitant schoolboys and, after a K46 142 protracted mauling, the ball squirted free on the Whakatutu K46 143 side. ^The man I was supposed to be marking sensed that I was K46 144 otherwise detained and plodded amiably through the huge gap K46 145 close to the ruck. ^By the time our full back got to the K46 146 untagged player, the latter had flopped across for an early K46 147 try. K46 148 |^*'Watch your man, Hicks,**' coach Leaming bellowed from K46 149 the side**[ARB**]-line. K46 150 |^*'Sorry,**' Jim Turner muttered as we awaited the K46 151 conversion attempt. K46 152 |^So much for team loyalty. ^So much for a coach's K46 153 awareness of the game's ebbs and flows. ^The game ended with a K46 154 dummy move which utterly confounded the two loose forwards K46 155 detailed to nail me. ^They hacked me to the ground secure in K46 156 the knowledge that I had the ball. ^Meanwhile Jim Turner K46 157 scuttled around the blind side to score the deciding try. K46 158 |^*'Nice work, Hicks,**' coach Leaming roared. ^Nice work? K46 159 ^I was just a diffident decoy feeling exposed in the open K46 160 spaces, longing for the collective warmth and protection of the K46 161 forwards. K46 162 |^\0Mr Leaming, a staunch believer in the edict that a coach K46 163 should never change a winning team, retained his radically K46 164 altered playing configuration for the rest of the season. K46 165 |^Metamorphosis was in the air in 1963. ^The Beatles were K46 166 about to hatch and I began shedding some of the diffidence I K46 167 had shown as a first fifteen first-five the previous year. K46 168 ^Initially, formal confirmation that life would remain very K46 169 much the same, was handed down from on high. K46 170 |^We had a new principal at school, a hulking former rugby K46 171 rep whose vision was tunnelised to the point of impairment. K46 172 ^He didn't so much preserve the status quo as attempt to K46 173 reinforce it with a sledgehammer. K46 174 |^A former All Black from a neighbouring town was invited by K46 175 the principal to address members of the first fifteen. ^The K46 176 former All Black was a squat barrel of a man with close-knit brows K46 177 and an infuriating habit of cracking his knuckles during pauses K46 178 in his conversation. ^As a cherished man-of-the-land-of-few-words K46 179 he produced several pauses that were less pregnant K46 180 than miscarried. ^The cracking of knuckles became intense and K46 181 vaguely intimidating. ^The former All Black told us that rugby K46 182 was the truly egalitarian game. ^He didn't say egalitarian of K46 183 course. ^If you were able to pronounce it, you certainly K46 184 weren't encouraged to say it. ^If you did, it meant you had K46 185 the drop on the other bloke, which of course went against the K46 186 egalitarian grain. ^The same applied to any big words. ^If K46 187 you knew any it was best to keep them to yourself for fear of K46 188 offending those who had done their best to limit their K46 189 vocabulary to the common range. K46 190 |^What the knuckle-cracking former All Black did say was K46 191 that everyone, from the smallest, fleetest-of-foot to the K46 192 biggest, most boorish and bumble-footed could play and excel at K46 193 the game. ^Thoughts turned immediately to Alan Cartwright, the K46 194 local rep half-back who was still in traction following complex K46 195 injuries suffered beneath the hoary boots of raw-boned K46 196 forwards. ^Cartwright was 5\0ft 3\0in and nine stone. ^It K46 197 could happen to anyone. ^It had happened three times in two K46 198 seasons to Cartwright. ^He was a half-back, a short half-back K46 199 hero. ^There are several brain-damaged drapers now living on K46 200 the West Coast *- ex half-backs all *- who played the K46 201 egalitarian game. ^There are hundreds of rawboned ex-forwards K46 202 in excellent health. K46 203 |^Our play during that second year was spasmodic but we did K46 204 piece together an historic victory against Horokino, the first K46 205 such victory in ten years of striving. ^The word was put K46 206 around that Horokino were out to intimidate, to avenge their K46 207 wounded pride following our fortuitous draw the previous year. K46 208 ^The opening exchanges were primitive. ^Horokino hacked and K46 209 hounded. ^Their tackling was late and high, often a K46 210 combination of both. ^They elbowed and kneed their way past K46 211 our defences and scored an early try. ^It seemed like 1962 all K46 212 over again particularly when Ross McMullan was raked on the K46 213 head while the try was being scored in the opposite corner. K46 214 |^From the kick-off McMullan contested the catch. ^McMullan K46 215 was a leading boy scout, a junior teaching assistant at the K46 216 Anglican Church Sunday School. ^The only oath he had been K46 217 known to utter in times of stress was, ^*'Oh brother**'. ^As K46 218 the kick-off curved towards the Horokino forwards he charged K46 219 like a wounded elk. ^McMullan, all knees and elbows, launched K46 220 himself at the player he considered most likely to receive the K46 221 ball. ^The ball drifted into touch on the full as McMullan K46 222 galumphed into Dick Stenberg the diesel mechanic, who was K46 223 standing some fifteen yards infield. K46 224 *# K47 001 **[421 TEXT K47**] K47 002 *<*6{0M.A.} SOTHERAN*> K47 003 *<*5A Body Like That*> K47 004 |^*0Melanie. ^You are five foot two and you weigh seventy-three K47 005 kilos *- that was last week, anyway, when I made you get K47 006 on the scales in the chemist shop in \0St Kilda. ^I was K47 007 embarrassed for you, but you just laughed, and when we got down K47 008 the road you talked me into buying another ice-cream. ^When K47 009 you are undressed the rolls of fat hang down and overlap each K47 010 other a little, and your soft breasts flow over your waist, K47 011 which melts into your hips. ^Your flesh looks like white K47 012 play-dough, waiting to be moulded in my hands. ^In bed your pliant K47 013 body envelops my skinny one like a quilt, and I feel all sharp K47 014 and angular lying there next to you, listening to your quiet K47 015 breath. K47 016 |^Melanie, why do I love you, when you are such a slob? K47 017 ^For instance, you don't wash your hair enough. ^It's fine and K47 018 gets greasy so quickly *- you ought to wash it every day. ^But K47 019 you always have some excuse when I remind you. ^It looks so K47 020 pretty when it's clean: black and shiny, with the fringe K47 021 hanging softly over your eyes. K47 022 |^You can be really messy in the flat, too. ^You know it K47 023 makes me angry when I come home from work and you haven't even K47 024 washed the breakfast dishes or swept the floor. ^But then you K47 025 start to tell me about the funny conversation you had with the K47 026 old lady downstairs, or you show me a little plant you've got K47 027 from somewhere for our window ledge garden, and I can't be K47 028 impatient with you any more. ^You are always so pleased to see K47 029 me, so full of happy plans, that I choke back my moans about K47 030 the housework, and wonder why I am always so uptight. K47 031 |^*'Let's go window-shopping!**' you say, or ^*'Let's go to K47 032 the beach!**' ^So we take our towels and you get into those old K47 033 shapeless blue bathers of yours, and I into my taut black ones, K47 034 and off we go to the beach on a summer night. ^I prefer to go K47 035 there in the evening myself, when there aren't many people K47 036 around to stare like they do at weekends. ^Not that they ever K47 037 seem to worry you, Melanie. ^You don't even cover up your K47 038 bathers with a T-shirt to hide from the eyes. ^You walk into K47 039 the water as if you owned the place, and if we want to get K47 040 something from the kiosk you always offer to go, while I K47 041 flatten myself into the sand. ^I wish I was like you, so K47 042 carefree and innocent. ^I love you, Melanie. K47 043 |^Tonight is a warm night, and the water is rippling into K47 044 the sand in little greeny waves. ^Even though it has been a K47 045 hot day, there aren't many swimmers cooling off, just a few K47 046 kids and their mothers and fathers, and some isolated singles K47 047 reading or just lying there. ^I want to choose a place on the K47 048 white sand that's away from all the others, but you have to K47 049 grab my hand and take me down to your favourite spot near the K47 050 surf clubhouse. ^And soon a whole lot of big tanned young men K47 051 start getting their surfskis ready to practise their paddling K47 052 races, right near us. K47 053 |^Why, Melanie? ^What is that armour of certainty you wear, K47 054 that makes you so unafraid of people? ^Why do you unerringly K47 055 choose to be where the crowd is? ^You want to go into the K47 056 water straight away, but I persuade you to wait until they have K47 057 pushed their bright skis into the water, and are heading out K47 058 towards the buoy, yelling at each other as they always do. K47 059 |^Now we can go in unnoticed, so I hurry down and dive in at K47 060 once, surfacing to see you strolling in the shallow water, your K47 061 bathers hanging in tired wrinkles, the fat at the top of your K47 062 soft thighs shaking a little as you walk. ^You are smiling at K47 063 a kid who is building a sandcastle, pausing to offer him a K47 064 shell. ^Hurry, Melanie, hurry in! ^The sharks are heading for K47 065 shore! ^You must hide, hide in the kind, forgiving water. ^To K47 066 my relief, you submerge just as the paddlers return to the K47 067 beach, so that all they can see are our bobbing heads. ^Now we K47 068 must stay here, and swim, until they have caught their breath K47 069 and turned for another onslaught on the buoy. K47 070 |^*'Isn't the water beautiful tonight?**' you say, and I K47 071 agree, letting it soothe me, laughing as you splash me gently K47 072 and affectionately, as if to say, ^*'There, what were you K47 073 worrying about?**' ^I swim a little, rolling over and over, K47 074 kicking lazily. ^Here in the sea we are anonymous, like sea K47 075 otters, water creatures in peaceful play. ^All we have to do K47 076 now is be careful with our timing, so that we can emerge from K47 077 the water when the surf club guys are far out by the buoy. ^I K47 078 keep a wary eye out for their return. K47 079 |^*'I'm going in now,**' I say, when I see that the time is K47 080 right. ^*'Come on, I'm getting cold.**' K47 081 |^I stand up and head for the shallows, hurrying. ^But K47 082 then, when I'm almost there, I hear splashing behind me, and K47 083 suddenly you hurl yourself at my legs, bringing me down on to K47 084 the sandy bottom in a flurry, laughing as I push and struggle K47 085 to escape your loving playful arms. ^It's no use. ^You have K47 086 taken me by surprise and I can't get away *- for someone so K47 087 unfit you have a lot of strength when you want. K47 088 |^*'Melanie!**' I shout. ^*'Let me go!**' K47 089 |^But you are determined to have your game, so we wrestle K47 090 desperately there in the shallow water, you giggling K47 091 uncontrollably and me tight-lipped and seeing the surfskis K47 092 getting closer and closer. ^Now they are shouting at us, and I K47 093 can hear what they are saying over your puffs and splutters. K47 094 |^*'Hey,**' the leader shouts. ^*'You just aren't built for K47 095 that!**' K47 096 |^*'Les be friends!**' K47 097 |^*'Perverts off the beach!**' K47 098 |^*'No dykes here!**' K47 099 |^Their jeers rain on us as sharp as pebbles. ^Melanie, K47 100 can't you hear? ^I tear myself from your grip, longing to K47 101 drown myself in the six inches of water at my feet, but I could K47 102 not hide if I were offered the ocean's depths, because now you K47 103 stand up too, and when they see you revealed the yelling seems K47 104 to fill the whole beach. K47 105 |^*'It's Jaws!**' K47 106 |^*'No it's not, it's a bloody whale!**' K47 107 |^*'I'd kill myself if I had a body like that!**' K47 108 |^*'No wonder she can't get a man!**' K47 109 |^Oh Melanie, my loving Melanie. ^I run up the beach and K47 110 grab the big beach towel I always make you bring, and rush back K47 111 to you, covering your shame and mine, as the jeering echoes in K47 112 my ears. ^*'A body like that! ^I'd drown myself!**' K47 113 |^You stand there with that black hair dripping all over the K47 114 yellow towel, waiting for me to cover myself, and when I have K47 115 dragged a reluctant T-shirt over my wet body, I hustle you away K47 116 up the beach, turning our backs on the whistles and the cheers. K47 117 ^You put your arm around my shoulder, and lean your head K47 118 against me. K47 119 |^*'You didn't let them spoil your swim?**' you say, K47 120 anxiously. ^*'You do want to go home now?**' K47 121 |^Of course, I snap a bitter answer. ^*'How can you be so K47 122 dumb?**' I say. ^*'Haven't you got an ounce of pride in that K47 123 fat body of yours?**' I ask. K47 124 |^You just look at me, with that forgiving look I hate K47 125 sometimes. ^Why can't you be angry, for once? K47 126 |^*'Sticks and stones,**' you say. ^*'Thanks for the K47 127 towel.**' K47 128 |^When we get home, we shut the door, and the world out, and K47 129 while I gulp wine you cook dinner for me, chattering, into my K47 130 silence, about what we will do tomorrow. ^You even tidy the K47 131 flat a little, while I watch \0TV in the half-dark, as the K47 132 curtains ruffle in small warm night breezes. ^Later, in bed, K47 133 we lie next to each other listening to strangers' voices, K47 134 drifting through the open window. ^They can't hurt us here K47 135 Melanie, we're as safe as rabbits in a hole. ^I hug you K47 136 protectively, while your soft hand strokes my bony shoulders, K47 137 gently and rhythmically, until I feel it slip away, and your K47 138 breathing slow. ^You are right of course, Melanie; tidy flats K47 139 don't matter, or bodies that people don't sneer at either. K47 140 ^Lying here right now in the snug hollow of your unquestioning K47 141 love I know that. ^You've got a vulnerable body and I've got a K47 142 vulnerable heart but together we're strong and we'll live K47 143 through more days like today. ^I know it. ^I know it. K47 144 |^But even so, Melanie, now you can't see me, I'm crying. K47 145 *<*6WENDY POND*> K47 146 *<*5Journal of a Hanger-On*> K47 147 *<*1A Birthday Party*> K47 148 |^*0In the late afternoon Jane Bowers cycled over to Wharf Road K47 149 to rig her sailing dinghy, but there was only a trickle of K47 150 breeze in the bay with meanders of placid water and reflections K47 151 along the cliff edge. ^Instead, she walked up through the K47 152 pines to Millie and Kate's where they gathered cherry plums K47 153 from the tree outside the living-room window. ^Jane packed a K47 154 dozen plums to take to town for Gillespie's birthday. K47 155 |^On her way home, she stopped at the phone box and rang K47 156 Gillespie. ^What was he up to? she asked. ^Sorting through K47 157 the litter they had collected, he said. K47 158 |^*'Where from?**' K47 159 |^He said they had been to Miranda to empty the pitfall K47 160 traps. ^Had a picnic and went to the hot springs, she thought. K47 161 ^She pedalled on up the hill. ^So that's how it is. ^Picnics K47 162 with Crowhurst each weekend. K47 163 |^Jane shopped and made the trifle with peaches and cream on K47 164 a jelly base. ^She iced the cake, placing it in the middle of K47 165 the table with the cherry plums around it, and was looking out K47 166 the kitchen window when Gillespie drove up the drive. ^He sat K47 167 for a while in the car, reading, and then slowly got out and K47 168 unloaded the boot without looking up. K47 169 |^*'Happy birthday!**' K47 170 |^*'Is there time for a jog before tea?**' he asked. K47 171 |^*'It's a very lovely evening. ^Drive to the park and I'll K47 172 come with you.**' K47 173 |^*'Oh. ^Oh well, all right then,**' he said. K47 174 *|^The trees stood widely spaced, lofty, European. ^Jane K47 175 slipped through the strands of number-eight wire, circling the K47 176 hill to reach the summit. ^She saw the western suburbs K47 177 concealed in haze, locked in the vision imported by K47 178 nineteenth-century painters. ^Tiny figures of joggers bobbed along K47 179 the stone-walled drives. K47 180 |^In the north-east, the hill's shadow stretched across the K47 181 greensward of the archery range, through the line of lombardy K47 182 poplars, and on into the houses and streets. ^She imagined the K47 183 birthday tea. ^Gillespie, Crowhurst and herself sitting at the K47 184 table round the cake with the cherry plums, and the raspberry K47 185 jelly at the bottom of the glass bowl glowing in the late K47 186 afternoon light. K47 187 |^Gillespie was waiting at the car, damp from his run. ^His K47 188 towelling hat shortened his forehead, erasing the aura of a K47 189 scientist. ^Jane turned towards him in her bucket seat. K47 190 |^*'Through friendships we open new vistas,**' she said. K47 191 ^*'I grew up on stories of foxes and rabbits. ^Your knowledge K47 192 of native insects reveals a hidden fauna. ^Gillespie, why K47 193 haven't you invited me to join your expedition?**' K47 194 |^*'Because you're not a naturalist. ^You wouldn't have K47 195 anything to do.**' K47 196 |^*'Why not invite me for my sake, for the landscapes I K47 197 could paint?**' K47 198 |^*'I don't know. ^It just didn't crop up. ^You can come K47 199 if you want to,**' he said. K47 200 |^At Frankton airport they stood on the tarmac like early K47 201 aviators. ^Rita Angus hung around them, in the slant of the K47 202 slopes, the yellow, the blue. ^The great adventure was afoot. K47 203 |^*'Gillespie,**' she said, *'you would have left me out.**' K47 204 *|^*1The leading protagonists of this journal are Terrence K47 205 Gillespie, Fellow of the {0NZ} Entomological Society, \0Dr K47 206 Henry Crowhurst of Carnegie Institute, and the artist, Jane K47 207 Bowers. K47 208 *<*1Gillespie's Nightmare*> K47 209 *# K48 001 **[422 TEXT K48**] K48 002 |^*0I knew the other pictures too, I had searched them all K48 003 on other visits. ^The bowed old man and woman were \0Mrs K48 004 Berich's father and mother. ^Their faces looked out from the K48 005 plush frame in some surprise, as if they hardly expected to K48 006 find themselves in such a setting. ^Their mouths were sucked K48 007 in over empty gums, they could never have been young. ^Both K48 008 were dressed in black, as if in mutual mourning. K48 009 |^\0Mrs Berich looked at them lovingly. K48 010 |^*'Your mother knew them well,**' she said happily. ^*'We K48 011 had a wine cellar right next door to your Baba Manda's house. K48 012 ^A long way back we were related...**' K48 013 |^I could not link these two with the commanding figure of K48 014 power and authority that was my Baba Manda. ^In our picture K48 015 she looked as if nothing could beat her down, not being left a K48 016 widow at thirty with nine children to feed, not storm or K48 017 drought, nor anything a day could bring. ^But those two were K48 018 bowed with the pain of living. ^The flower that \0Mrs Berich's K48 019 mother held in the knotted hand that lay on her husband's must K48 020 surely have bloomed in some other garden. ^I didn't like K48 021 looking at the two old faces; they wounded me with some K48 022 foreboding. ^I turned quickly to the picture alongside, \0Mr K48 023 and \0Mrs Berich on their wedding day: all that was left of K48 024 that one great day in their lives. K48 025 |^The two, transfixed in time, caught and held in the K48 026 camera's truthful eye: the bride, a shy, plain girl looking out K48 027 from under a crown of roses, a stiff bunch of the roses held K48 028 like a divining rod in her hand. ^A slim girl, I noted. K48 029 ^Sitting beside her the groom looked from the picture proudly. K48 030 ^He held a nuptial posy too. K48 031 |^*'We were lucky,**' \0Mrs Berich said chattily. ^*'The K48 032 photographer happened to be visiting Zaostrog at the time; he K48 033 usually came around two or three times a year to take photos of K48 034 the girls who wanted to send pictures of themselves to K48 035 relations in *1\3Amerika *0in the hope of finding husbands.**' K48 036 |^Like all of them she said *1\3Amerika *0as if it were true K48 037 that the streets shone with gold. ^Even when they knew they K48 038 still kept the dream. ^Well if this was *1\3Amerika, *0\0Mrs K48 039 Berich could have it, living in a box with a wilderness around K48 040 you. ^\0Mrs Berich was smiling fondly at the picture, as if it K48 041 were someone else's face she was looking at. ^The girl in the K48 042 wedding photo was only a ghost in the face now lifted to hers. K48 043 ^I saw and was sad and afraid. ^Where had she gone, that girl K48 044 in the picture? ^\0Mr Berich stirred, shook himself awake and K48 045 grunted. K48 046 |^*'I am tired,**' he said. ^*'I will go to bed.**' ^He K48 047 smiled sleepily at me and said *1\Dobra noc*?2, *0and ruffled K48 048 my hair and I said goodnight back and waited while \0Mrs Berich K48 049 went into the bedroom to turn down the counterpane. ^She came K48 050 back dragging a chest. K48 051 |^I got up and shut the door behind her, wondering what on K48 052 earth was in the box. ^I had never seen inside it before. K48 053 |^*'Now we can talk!**' she said gaily, and lumbered down K48 054 onto her knees and lifted the lid of the box lovingly. ^I came K48 055 and knelt beside her. ^Ashes of Vengeance smouldered and died K48 056 in me then. ^Child though I was, I was touched by the look on K48 057 her face. ^Just having me there had made her so happy; in the K48 058 end her happiness drew me in. K48 059 |^Tenderly she drew out her treasures; this was her memory K48 060 box. ^She held up a branch of dried rosemary, *1\rusmarin K48 061 *0she called it. ^The scent stayed in the air. ^*1Aih! K48 062 *0\0Mrs Berich sighed, I knew that sigh. ^It was the same sigh K48 063 they all gave when they smelled the sweet-scented *1\bosilyak, K48 064 *0basil you call it here. ^All the women grew the plant in K48 065 pots outside the doorway to the dwelling, just as it was grown K48 066 at home. ^It's supposed to ward off evil, but it isn't for K48 067 that they grow the little plant in New Zealand; they grow it to K48 068 keep a memory green. K48 069 |^\0Mrs Berich leafed through her memories: old photographs K48 070 treasured against time, some of them so faded the faces looked K48 071 like ghosts. ^Dalmatian families I knew were amongst them. K48 072 ^Wedding groups crowded with faces. ^Startled babies *- was K48 073 this one me? ^I looked into the piccaninny face all but K48 074 smothered in frilled bonnet and ribbon, but all I got back was K48 075 two black eyes staring with wind. K48 076 |^The last photograph was one of \0Mr and \0Mrs Berich K48 077 again, this time with the fixed frightened faces you see on all K48 078 passport photographs. ^Who does the camera identify? ^The K48 079 voyager, or the timorous spirit locked inside? K48 080 |^*'We had this taken in Split when we were coming to New K48 081 Zealand,**' \0Mrs Berich explained. ^*'I was four years K48 082 married then.**' K48 083 |^If four years' marriage did that to you, what could a K48 084 lifetime do? ^I wanted the picture put away, not to have to K48 085 look any more. ^Those two looked already old. K48 086 |^But the box might hold other booty *- boxes were always K48 087 intriguing; you never knew what might come to light. K48 088 ^Remembering the story of Pandora and what she loosed on the K48 089 world, the thought shivered in me that the box could hold K48 090 scorpions too. ^And hope gone. K48 091 |^But I was soon lost in exploring as, smelling of rosemary, K48 092 poignant with memory, the treasures were lifted from darkness K48 093 to live in the light. ^Fine embroidered linens that had never K48 094 been used; table covers worked in gleaming reds and blues and K48 095 greens, the silks dancing in the lamplight; the usual handwoven K48 096 *1\chilim *0rugs. ^A shell box that smelt of camphor; one of K48 097 the shells was broken off and \0Mrs Berich put it to my ear. K48 098 |^*'Listen!**' she said. ^*'You will hear our *1\Yadran K48 099 *0singing inside.**' K48 100 |^I put the shell to my ear and the sea sighed eerily. ^I K48 101 felt myself rocking to the motion of the sea. ^Was it really K48 102 our Adriatic I heard singing in the shell? K48 103 *|^I gave the shell back to \0Mrs Berich who put it to her own K48 104 ear and listened, thralled. ^She put it back into the box and K48 105 laid it in its nest reverently; and now we had come to a white K48 106 froth of petticoats and camisoles, all threaded with blue K48 107 ribbon, and a pair of matching drawers. ^They looked so K48 108 inadequate when \0Mrs Berich stood up and held them against K48 109 her, I wanted to laugh but didn't. ^\0Mrs Berich must have K48 110 read my thoughts. K48 111 |^*'I used not to be so fat,**' she said comfortably. K48 112 ^*'You can see that in the wedding photograph.**' K48 113 |^*'But the women of Zaostrog run to flesh,**' she added. K48 114 ^*'You should have seen your Great-Aunt Annetta, she filled the K48 115 doorway, she was so big!**' K48 116 |^A ghost walked over my dream of being like Norma Talmadge K48 117 when I grew up. ^I felt for the little rolls of fat already K48 118 settling around my own waistline. ^Happily my eyes lit on a K48 119 chink of red, glowing under the petticoat snow. ^What was K48 120 that? K48 121 |^\0Mrs Berich laughed merrily, her chins trembling and the K48 122 next thing she was holding up a red jacket, a very gay affair. K48 123 |^*'I wore this when I left my father's house after our K48 124 wedding.**' ^Her mind drew back. ^*'I was so proud wearing the K48 125 red jacket and riding the bridal donkey decked in flowers. K48 126 ^And all the young men of the village walking in procession K48 127 ahead and my new husband leading the donkey that carried me and K48 128 my dowry to my future home, along with my copper pots and pans K48 129 tied with leather thongs and clanging behind me...**' ^A shadow K48 130 moved across her face. K48 131 |^*'*"The beast will have more to carry next year!**" the K48 132 young men called back to us.**' ^She was sad now. ^*'But they K48 133 were wrong. ^My baby died, it was a boy and I never did have K48 134 another child.**' K48 135 |^*'Won't you ever?**' I asked her. ^She shook her head. K48 136 ^There was a pucker of grief around her mouth but she didn't K48 137 let herself stay sad for long. K48 138 |^*'Come, we will see what else is in the box. ^It is so K48 139 long since I have looked I have half-forgotten myself.**' ^She K48 140 said it quickly, her hands moving caressingly through her K48 141 treasures and came at last to a tissue-wrapped white cambric K48 142 nightdress, beribboned with blue again. ^She lifted it out K48 143 tenderly and laid the gown across her ample lap; she was K48 144 smiling now. K48 145 |^*'My wedding nightgown,**' she said happily and stroked K48 146 the fine cambric. ^*'I have put it away to keep for when I am K48 147 dead.**' ^She sounded quite cheerful about it. K48 148 |^I was comforted to see that the nightgown was very, very K48 149 full; no matter how fat \0Mrs Berich got it would still fit K48 150 her. ^When I did get to sleep that night I dreamed of \0Mrs K48 151 Berich riding the donkey with the pots and pans jangling beside K48 152 her, only it wasn't the red jacket she was wearing but the K48 153 billowing white nightgown. K48 154 *|^When I came back to the boardinghouse it was to learn that K48 155 old Paddy was dead. K48 156 |^*'Poor Paddy!**' Mama sighed. ^And he didn't even come to K48 157 me for a bed; he just went to sleep in that paddock next door K48 158 and we found him there. ^There was an empty bottle of whisky K48 159 beside Paddy but they found a rosary clutched in his hand, as K48 160 if he knew. ^Mama thought that perhaps one would cancel out K48 161 the other but Sister Anastasia was not so optimistic. ^She had K48 162 us pray every hour for Paddy McGinn, the Irish Catholic who K48 163 died without priest or anyone to say a Christian prayer over K48 164 him. K48 165 *<*49*> K48 166 |^Paddy was our sometime boarder, always given the downstairs K48 167 outroom where strays and doubtful casuals were lodged *- just K48 168 in case. ^With some you could tell at a look; refusal was K48 169 flat; but if there was leeway for doubt and the stay was just K48 170 overnight, well, why turn good money away? ^We didn't take K48 171 drunks or suspicious couples; you couldn't fool \0Mrs Barich K48 172 with a brass wedding ring. K48 173 |^But Paddy was a special case. ^You knew that the drink K48 174 would down him before he was through but he always came sober. K48 175 ^Clean and well dressed, a shine to his boots and a lilt to his K48 176 tongue, Paddy was a gentleman born you could see, even if some K48 177 of the shine had worn off. K48 178 |^He first came in the tow of Sergeant Foyle, a good friend K48 179 of Daddy's. ^Sergeant Foyle knew Mama; Paddy and his money K48 180 were safe with her *- for as long as he could be kept off the K48 181 drink, that is. ^He explained that Paddy was a Remittance Man, K48 182 and that gave him something more than mere respectability. ^A K48 183 Remittance Man meant of good family, maybe a lord's family K48 184 even, but they didn't want him at home where they could see K48 185 him, so the black sheep was shipped off to New Zealand, well K48 186 out of sight, and money sent out regularly to support him. K48 187 ^What Paddy had done to make him the family outcast, if it was K48 188 more than the drink, well that was Paddy's secret. ^If K48 189 Sergeant Foyle knew he never told. K48 190 |^Paddy lived in a shack *'up the line**'. ^He came to town K48 191 to collect his quarterly dole and there were always plenty to K48 192 help him spend it. ^If someone like Mama took him in maybe he K48 193 could be kept sober long enough...? ^Sergeant Foyle was K48 194 persuasive though Mama was doubtful when she heard about the K48 195 drink. K48 196 |^*'He'll not bother you, \0Mrs Barich, I'll see to that.**' K48 197 |^Mama took a good look at Paddy and decided he was a K48 198 different kind of drunk. ^He spoke like a gentleman and, K48 199 sober, behaved like one too. ^She said yes, but Paddy was K48 200 assigned to the outside room, just in case. K48 201 *|^Alas, the spirit was more willing than the flesh. ^But for K48 202 the first few days of his stay we were treated to the company K48 203 of Paddy the gentleman; though he never spoke of his past K48 204 except in long sighs for the green land of Ireland. K48 205 *# K49 001 **[423 TEXT K49**] K49 002 ^*0I had to be loud in my praises of each day's loot, but K49 003 careful not to overdo it for fear of having something I had no K49 004 use for offloaded. ^Early on I had foolishly succumbed, buying K49 005 from her some navy and white material which, when finally made K49 006 into a summer coat, hung on me like a sandwich-board. ^As well K49 007 as materials, she stock-piled baby clothes and bedding. K49 008 |^The Autumn sales coincided with Lent *- a liturgical K49 009 season \0Mrs \0M. took very seriously, setting out on foot K49 010 each day for 7 {0a.m.} Mass at the church half a mile distant. K49 011 ^It *"threw**" her highly organized day, making her irritable, K49 012 and we all suffered in consequence. ^She would return in a K49 013 great rush, missal in one hand, the other wrapped about with K49 014 her Irish horn rosary *- a spiritual knuckle-duster. ^Dora K49 015 could not accompany her because of her domestic duties, but my K49 016 unwillingness to go, and my habit of attending the late mass on K49 017 Sundays were suspect *- I think she suspected apostasy. K49 018 |^After weeks of listening and learning, we were ready to K49 019 join the more advanced class of students, to assist them in K49 020 teaching groups of patients, often as many as thirty-five. ^We K49 021 were taken on a grand tour of the wards and workrooms. ^The K49 022 first door needed a master-key, supplied by a male attendant, K49 023 after that our own pass-keys were sufficient. ^The smell, that K49 024 I was to know so well for so long, almost overwhelmed me. ^I K49 025 diagnosed a mixture of floor polish, overcooked cabbage, and K49 026 half a century of stale urine. ^The long passage ways were K49 027 joined by heavy handle-less doors. ^We were to learn quickly K49 028 to be deft in getting the big key from one side of the lock to K49 029 the other. ^Patients wandered the labyrinth of corridors, K49 030 gesticulating, answering inaudible questions. ^Some dragged K49 031 weighted polishers bound with blankets endlessly to and fro. K49 032 ^They wore outsized shoes and heavy woollen stockings. ^The K49 033 women had brutally chopped hair and wore fashionless jumble-sale K49 034 dresses. ^The men were clad in suits of coarse pepper and K49 035 salt tweed. K49 036 |^Some were convulsed by facial tics or flailing limbs. K49 037 ^Most were introverted and withdrawn. ^The admission ward was K49 038 sharp with anguish. ^Some seemed highly intelligent, aware of K49 039 their illness and desperate to get out. ^A few appeared K49 040 heavily drugged. ^In one of the walled gardens, with stunted K49 041 shrubs, there was a hydrocephalic child with a head at least K49 042 four times the normal size. ^She was propped up in a big K49 043 English pram like a grotesque Humpty Dumpty. ^Janet Frame K49 044 country. ^I returned to \0Mrs \0M's that evening in a state of K49 045 delayed shock *- needing someone to tell it all to, yet K49 046 determined not to add to her store of nightmare yarns. K49 047 ^Memories invaded my sleep for weeks after. ^Gradually, as we K49 048 learned to know the patients by name, the horror receded. ^The K49 049 enormity of the job depressed us all, but slowly the challenge K49 050 of the Supervisor's vision reclaimed us. K49 051 |^To cheer ourselves, while the good weather continued, we K49 052 often went on picnics to some of Auckland's beaches, Cockle K49 053 Bay, Tor Bay, Brown's Bay, riding the trams and ferries and K49 054 exploring the outer reaches of the city. ^Setting off one K49 055 morning, Dora gave me the tip-off not to be home too promptly. K49 056 ^It was League Day. ^\0Mrs \0M. was apparently a big wheel in K49 057 the Catholic Women's League and it was our turn to host the K49 058 meeting. ^I was glad of the warning, not wishing to repeat the K49 059 ordeal of being introduced as the lady from the lunatic asylum K49 060 yet again. K49 061 |^Whether as a result of the meeting or not, \0Mrs \0M. was K49 062 doing the Nine First Fridays, and the Thirty Days Prayer, to K49 063 ensure Mona would become pregnant. ^Her failure to do so, to K49 064 date, was a source of irritation to \0Mrs \0M., with all those K49 065 baby clothes waiting. ^I was reasonably sure that Mona was K49 066 doing a few things on her own, to cancel out \0Mrs \0M's K49 067 efforts, but would not have been brave enough to say so. ^Her K49 068 religion was a mixture of simple faith and rank superstition. K49 069 |^She was determined I should be one of the family. ^As the K49 070 winter wore on she would insist on my making a fourth at games K49 071 of 500. ^The alternative for me was to retire to the K49 072 cheerlessness of my ill-lit and unheated bedroom. ^Even that K49 073 was difficult to achieve. ^If I had study, or lecture notes to K49 074 write up, she would corner \0Mr Hasty into crib or euchre. K49 075 ^*"Fifteen two, fifteen four and the rest don't score**" was a K49 076 regular background to my homework. K49 077 |^Late in June, returning home from church I found Mona K49 078 discussing plans to attend the Sacred Heart Old Boys cabaret at K49 079 the Winter Gardens. ^Mona and Toni had a party all arranged, K49 080 except for a partner for Dave, \0Mrs \0M. was insisting what a K49 081 nice boy Dave was, and \0Mr Hasty enjoying my embarrassment. K49 082 ^The idea of a blind date with someone named Dave was not K49 083 attractive, but I knew protest would be futile. ^Mona and K49 084 \0Mrs \0M. combined carried too many guns for me. ^There were K49 085 two other couples and we were to foregather at the Darnovitch K49 086 flat. ^My previous social flutterings had been with K49 087 servicemen, but uniforms were out, and all the men were K49 088 resplendent in evening dress. ^Dave was on the short side, and K49 089 had no sense of humour, but had impeccable manners and proved K49 090 to be a good dancer. ^The evening, assisted somewhat by the K49 091 contents of the bottles carried in Mona's fur coat pockets, was K49 092 a success. ^Dave's arrival the following week to suggest we go K49 093 to the pictures though had to be discouraged by insisting my K49 094 studies came first. ^\0Mr Hasty was sure he had heard him K49 095 whistling the Dead March from Saul as he departed. K49 096 |^That August there was prolonged industrial trouble at the K49 097 Gas Works, leading to reduced supply and sometimes no gas at K49 098 all. ^\0Mrs \0M. was outraged, slapping down under-done meat K49 099 before the unfortunate Daniel, as though the strike was K49 100 entirely his doing. ^As the disagreement wore on he searched K49 101 for places to hide from her wrath, between attending union K49 102 meetings. ^We were better off than most with a wood range too, K49 103 but \0Mrs \0M. used it solely for the supply of warmth and hot K49 104 water, no pot must sully its polished state. K49 105 |^\0Mr Hasty produced complimentary tickets for the winter K49 106 meeting of the local Trotting Club, picking the card for Dora K49 107 and me. ^We only had enough money for one combined bet of ten K49 108 shillings, not exactly punters, but his choices all romped K49 109 home, doubling our outlay. ^We didn't tell \0Mr Hasty of our K49 110 lack of faith and finance. K49 111 |^Early in November, the week of my first exams, I arrived K49 112 home to find the house locked, a note from Dora was tucked K49 113 under the door mat. ^*"Aunt ill, gone to hospital, back K49 114 later**". ^That morning \0Mrs \0M. had suffered a severe K49 115 stroke, the doctor had been called, and ordered immediate K49 116 hospitalization. ^Frank had been summoned from work and Dora K49 117 had accompanied \0Mrs \0M in the ambulance. K49 118 |^During the days that followed, the domestic life of the K49 119 family slipped out of its established routines. ^There was K49 120 no-one to marshall us to meals, or cajole us into games of cards. K49 121 ^We grew used to the hospital's clipped reports. ^*"Condition K49 122 stabilized**", ^*"As well as can be expected**", K49 123 ^*"Comfortable**". ^The irony of it! ^Dora spent part of each K49 124 day at the hospital. ^The complexities of her responsibilities K49 125 seemed to frighten and overwhelm her for a time, and we were K49 126 all somehow diminished by \0Mrs \0M's absence. K49 127 |^When my examinations were finished, I took the day off to K49 128 visit her. ^She lay like a wrinkled doll in the bed. ^Her K49 129 black hair was silver-grey at the roots *- how she would have K49 130 hated my knowing it was dyed. ^Saliva dribbled from one side K49 131 of her mouth, and her useless right arm lay supported by a K49 132 pillow. ^The League ladies had rallied round. ^A bunch of K49 133 flowers and several get well cards stood on the locker. ^I K49 134 thanked her for her care of me, said I hoped she would improve, K49 135 and that I would pray for her. ^She gazed back without K49 136 recognition. K49 137 |^With twenty years or so of \0Mrs \0M's programming, I had K49 138 the feeling Dora would continue to operate on automatic-pilot K49 139 for years to come. ^\0Mrs \0M. though, had run out of steam. K49 140 ^I was due to report to Tokanui Hospital for the next stage of K49 141 my training, living-in at the Nurses' Home. ^Doubtless there K49 142 would be other landladies later, but none like \0Mrs \0M. ^She K49 143 was an original. K49 144 Lorraine Watson K49 145 *<*7JOHNNIE*> K49 146 |^*0The three children sidled cautiously up to the little K49 147 hut built on the edge of a patch of manuka, one side dug and K49 148 carefully planted with rows of vegetables in precise lines. K49 149 |^*"Who's that?**" K49 150 |^A yell in reply to their timid knocking. K49 151 |^*"Well bloody get your arses in here. ^I'm not getting up K49 152 to open the bleedin' door.**" K49 153 |^They looked at each other nervously. ^Maybe this wasn't K49 154 such a good idea after all. ^But it was too late now so they K49 155 lifted the wooden latch and walked hesitantly into the hut. K49 156 |^It was dim as the one window was high on the dark side K49 157 looking into the bushes. ^No such luxury as electricity and an K49 158 old tilly lamp beside the bed wouldn't help much. ^Old Johnnie K49 159 was lying on the bunk, his wooden leg standing up against the K49 160 table. K49 161 |^*"Well, what is it? ^Oh, it's you Tuppence.**" K49 162 |^He grinned at Jean. K49 163 |^*"Been throwing any stones down the dunny lately?**" K49 164 |^Jean blushed furiously. ^Johnnie always referred to her K49 165 freckled face like this. ^She didn't dare look at Ronnie and K49 166 Beth. K49 167 |^*"Cut it out Johnnie, I've brought a couple of friends to K49 168 meet you.**" K49 169 |^His snappy black eyes scowled from beneath bushy eyebrows. K49 170 |^*"Want to see the legless wonder, eh?**" K49 171 |^He spoke jeeringly. K49 172 |^*"Well come closer and have a bloody good look. ^Come on. K49 173 ^Come on.**" K49 174 |^As Beth and Ronnie hung back he gestured furiously until K49 175 they were peering at the reddened lump of flesh that was his K49 176 thigh. K49 177 |^*"Got bloody blisters again.**" K49 178 |^Great weals of skin were hanging in tatters from the K49 179 rounded off stump of his leg and even Jean's stomach heaved K49 180 though she had seen it before. K49 181 |^*"It's diggin' the garden that does it. ^But \2ya can't K49 182 live without eatin', and \2ya don't eat without growin' things, K49 183 and \2ya don't grow things without diggin', so no friggin' choice K49 184 is there, beggin' your pardon, misses. ^But I've 'ad to stop K49 185 now 'cause it's too bleedin' sore to put my leg on and I'm K49 186 damned if I'll be lettin' anyone see me out there on crutches, K49 187 I'd rather go hungry.**" K49 188 |^*"Want us to get you something, Johnnie?**" K49 189 |^His eyes flashed again and he pushed himself higher on the K49 190 old sleeping bag leaking feathers that was tucked up behind K49 191 him. K49 192 |^*"I would have been okay,**" he said, *"but I cut my K49 193 soddin' foot.**" K49 194 |^Jean looked down at his foot swathed in a huge mound of K49 195 dirty rags, blood soaking through the multitude of layers. K49 196 |^*"When did you do that?**" she gasped. K49 197 |^*"Only day before \2yestiddy. ^Choppin' a nice bit of rata K49 198 for me fire and the rotten axe slipped. ^Bloody fixed my shoes K49 199 for good too.**" K49 200 |^Jean caught sight of his filthy blood covered sandshoe K49 201 almost hanging in half and winced. K49 202 |^*"The first thing is food,**" she stated. ^*"How long K49 203 since you've had anything to eat?**" K49 204 |^*"Don't fuss now Tupps, don't matter. ^But how about a K49 205 bleedin' brew. ^I'm as dry as a tin god.**" K49 206 |^*"Of course. ^Ronnie can you light the fire? ^The wood's K49 207 all there and you can fill the billy, Beth. ^There's a water K49 208 drum just out at the back doorstep.**" K49 209 |^Old Johnnie's water drum was hooked up to the spouting on K49 210 the roof and as the rain had been scarce over the last few K49 211 weeks Beth had to lean a fair way into the drum to fill the old K49 212 blackened billy. K49 213 *# K50 001 **[424 TEXT K50**] K50 002 *<*1Joan Rosier-Jones*> K50 003 *<*6JUST THE BEGINNING*> K50 004 |^*0The last of the sun brimmed over into the sea, and sitting K50 005 by the tent, looking out from the cliff-top, Janey sighed. K50 006 ^*'Be dark soon,**' she said. ^*'I think I'll go to bed.**' K50 007 |^*'Yeah, me too,**' Derek said. ^*'I'll just put the K50 008 fishing gear away in the car.**' K50 009 |^*'What about the girls? ^Better get them settled in K50 010 first.**' K50 011 |^*'Christ Janey. ^They're fifteen aren't they? ^Old K50 012 enough to put themselves to bed.**' K50 013 |^*'But they... they... and Nicky's so...**' K50 014 |^*'They'll be alright,**' he said later when they had K50 015 climbed into the big double sleeping bag in their tent. K50 016 ^*'Look, they're only across the way there. ^With those nice K50 017 chappies I met fishing this afternoon. ^Bit of a fire. ^Bit K50 018 of fun for 'em.**' K50 019 |^*'Yes, but what about Michelle? ^She's our K50 020 responsibility, isn't she? ^What would her parents say if K50 021 anything...?**' ^The camping ground changed with darkness. ^It K50 022 worried her. ^Innocent things became sinister. ^Nice chappies K50 023 became... K50 024 |^*'Nothing's going to happen.**' ^Derek put his arm around K50 025 her and placed a hand on her breast. K50 026 |^*'Not just now,**' Janey said, rolling over. ^*'Nicky and K50 027 Michelle might come back any minute.**' K50 028 |^*'They'll go to their own tent,**' he said, rolling over K50 029 too, and fumbling with her breast until he found the nipple. K50 030 |^*'Please Derek!**' she said, and sighing he turned his K50 031 back. ^Janey put her arms behind her head, and watched the K50 032 patterns of the camp-fire playing on the side of the tent. K50 033 ^She felt as if she was wallowing in a sea of sound. ^Tents K50 034 have no walls, she thought, at least not from an acoustic point K50 035 of view. ^It's as if I am lying out in the open in this K50 036 paddock. ^I can hear everything. K50 037 |^*'Hey Wayne! ^Pass us a beer will \2ya!**' K50 038 |^*'You're too young to drink. ^Ha-ha.**' K50 039 |^*'You can talk y' pisshead.**' K50 040 |^A girl laughed. ^It could have been Nicky. K50 041 |^She turned to Derek, ^*'There's drink there!**' she K50 042 whispered. ^*'They all seem much older than our two. K50 043 ^Eighteen, nineteen, at least.**' ^Derek didn't answer. ^He K50 044 was asleep. K50 045 |^Someone started playing a guitar, and the others joined K50 046 in, singing off-key. ^The music faltered and more beer was K50 047 handed out. ^Janey could hear the crack as the tops were K50 048 prised from the bottles, and even the gurgle and smacking of K50 049 lips as the bottles were passed around. K50 050 |^*'Hey, Wanker! ^Get any fish today?**' K50 051 |^*1Wanker! *0pisshead! ^Michelle and Nicky weren't used to K50 052 that sort of language. ^Janey felt she'd just have to get the K50 053 girls away. ^She unzipped the sleeping bag, and crawled out of K50 054 the tent. ^Michelle and Nicky were sitting in front of the K50 055 fire, their arms demurely folded across their developing K50 056 breasts. ^There were two older girls there, and about six K50 057 boys. K50 058 |^*'Nicks! ^Michelle!**' Janey called. ^They looked up K50 059 startled. K50 060 |^*'What Mum?**' Nicky pouted. ^All eyes were on Janey. K50 061 |^*'G'Night,**' she said lamely. K50 062 |^*'Oh, Mum,**' Nicky said, *'you said that before.**' K50 063 |^*'Don't be too late,**' Janey said, and pushed her way K50 064 back into the tent. ^The talking started up again. ^Someone K50 065 laughed, and she heard Nicky say, ^*'Mothers!**' ^At least, K50 066 Janey thought, as she turned her attention to the rhythm of K50 067 Derek's sleeping breath, I have been spared having to K50 068 *'do-my-duty**'. K50 069 |^She dozed off, and slept spasmodically, waking when the K50 070 singing struck up, or someone shouted loudly. ^Then she woke K50 071 and things were different. ^It took a few minutes to work out K50 072 why. ^The wind had changed direction, making the noises which K50 073 had been so clear, soupy now. ^It chased the bits of K50 074 conversation out to sea, so that now she felt she wasn't in K50 075 control; couldn't hear everything that was going on. ^*'Wayne K50 076 has...**' the rest lost on the wind. ^*'Throw us that...**' K50 077 floating out to sea. ^*'...do that y' wanker?**' ^And then K50 078 plat-plat on the fly of the tent. ^Plat-plat. ^Slow at first, K50 079 then faster as the rain became heavier. ^*'Bloody rain K50 080 is...**' ^*'...the beer.**' ^The ting-ting of someone hammering K50 081 down tent pegs. ^*'We... ditch around...**' ^*'I'm not bloody K50 082 getting...**' ^A car door slammed. ^Then silence. K50 083 |^Janey slid out of the tent again, and stood for a minute K50 084 with the rain running down between her breasts and splashing K50 085 over her nightgown. ^It was darker. ^The struggling light of K50 086 the fire was fast being doused by the rain. ^Finally Janey K50 087 made a dash for the girls' tent. ^She had forgotten the torch, K50 088 and strained to make out the shape of the girls lying on their K50 089 camp mattresses. ^She couldn't see them, so crawled in and K50 090 patted first one sleeping bag and then the other. ^They K50 091 weren't there! ^Janey considered going around all the tents to K50 092 find them. ^She looked down at her drenched nightgown, K50 093 clinging to the contours of her body. ^*'Mothers!**' ^What a K50 094 fool she would look, she decided, and went back to her own K50 095 tent. ^She took off her nighty, wiped her feet on the outside K50 096 of the sleeping bag and climbed, shivering back to Derek. ^The K50 097 possibilities rumbled in her head. ^The girls were so young. K50 098 ^No experience. ^They could be seduced. ^Raped. ^But no, K50 099 they were really very close by. ^All they had to do was call K50 100 for help if there was trouble. ^It was all in the mind. ^It K50 101 was good for them to mix with other young people. ^But so K50 102 uncouth. ^She wasn't a snob, but... ^Her pulse raced with K50 103 anxiety and cursing adolescence, she realised that the bogey-man K50 104 was sex. ^Sex, sex. ^Ugly sex. ^*'Derek. ^Derek!**' she K50 105 said at last, poking him in the back. ^*'The girls aren't in K50 106 their tent.**' ^Why, she thought, should he sleep while she K50 107 worried? K50 108 |^*'What? ^What!**' K50 109 |^*'The girls! ^It's raining and they haven't come back K50 110 yet.**' K50 111 |^*'Oh Christ, Janey. ^They'll be \0O.K. ^Bit of rain. K50 112 ^They'll be having a sing-song in one of the other tents.**' K50 113 |^*'That might not be all they're having. ^Anyway, I can't K50 114 hear any singing.**' K50 115 |^*'Give them a break. ^They're good kids. ^They know what's K50 116 what. ^Don't worry.**' ^And he, awake now, stretched out his K50 117 hands. K50 118 |^*'No! ^Not now. ^I can't... I couldn't concentrate... K50 119 worrying about the girls.**' K50 120 |^*'Oh Christ, Janey,**' Derek said again, and went back to K50 121 sleep. ^Janey dozed off finally. K50 122 |^*'No Michael! ^No Michael!**' ^The screams had them both K50 123 awake and out of bed before they even knew it. ^Derek grabbed K50 124 the torch, and Janey was almost out of the tent before she K50 125 realised she had no clothes on. ^She grabbed the nearest K50 126 thing, Derek's bush-shirt, and pulled it over her head. K50 127 |^*'Oh dear God,**' Janey said, joining Derek outside. K50 128 ^*'Nicky!**' Derek yelled. ^*'Nicky!**' K50 129 |^*'Yeah?**' ^A sleepy voice from the girls' tent. ^Derek K50 130 unzipped the front flap and shone the torch in. ^Nicky sat K50 131 upright, her eyes squinting in the light of the torch. K50 132 |^*'What is it, Dad?**' K50 133 |^*'Nothing. ^We heard a shout 's all.**' K50 134 |^In the silence of the night, they heard again, K50 135 ^*'Michael!**' ^And then, ^*'Hey!**' ^A male this time. K50 136 ^*'Stop tickling her. ^Y' know she hates it. ^We want t' go K50 137 t' sleep.**' K50 138 |^*'Will you stop worrying now,**' Derek said as he got back K50 139 into the sleeping bag. K50 140 |^*'It's been a long night. ^G'night.**' ^But Janey's mind K50 141 still ticked on. ^They were safe now, but what had happened to K50 142 those two girls, while Derek slept, and she dozed? ^It wasn't K50 143 really so much their going the *"whole way**", as they used to K50 144 say in her day, they would surely have enough sense not to do K50 145 that. ^It was the petting, the kissing, the groping, fingers K50 146 fumbling here, twiddling there. ^And dropping into the nether K50 147 world between wakefulness and oblivion, she remembered. K50 148 |^The sand was still warm from the day's sun when they sat K50 149 down on it. ^They had climbed over several dunes from the road K50 150 where they had parked the car, the way made clear by the light K50 151 of a half moon. ^It was quiet except for the sound of the sea, K50 152 and the lone cry of a morepork in the pines behind them. ^He K50 153 pushed her down, gently, and kissed her. ^A long, long kiss, K50 154 and meanwhile his hands moved over her body. ^Wandering hands. K50 155 ^She smiled, remembering how the girls at school used to say, K50 156 ^*'He's got wandering hands...**' ^*'Breast-stroke**' was K50 157 another of their naive sayings. ^He was so brown his teeth K50 158 were luminous in the moonlight, as he lifted his head after the K50 159 kiss. ^Smiling. ^*'Do you mind?**' ^And she didn't say K50 160 anything. ^Silence is consent, she knew. ^He was so... so... K50 161 so everything she had ever expected a boy to be. ^He lifted K50 162 her skirt, and eased her skimpy briefs down over her buttocks. K50 163 ^No. ^Those were Nicky's briefs. ^Panties were a lot more K50 164 substantial in those days. ^With their mouths still in contact K50 165 he wriggled around, and finally placed in her hand his K50 166 rock-hard penis. ^The hardness of the flesh shocked her. ^It K50 167 wasn't like an elbow or a wrist; no loose flesh on it. ^Her K50 168 first penis, throbbing and warm in her hand. ^And she didn't K50 169 know what to do with it. K50 170 |^*'No. ^No!**' she cried struggling up, and feeling at her K50 171 feet for her panties. K50 172 |^*'You're a tease,**' he said, cold now. ^*'All you K50 173 catholic girls are the same.**' K50 174 |^She couldn't tell him it had nothing to do with what the K50 175 nuns said, or even that she was afraid of getting pregnant. K50 176 ^In the moment of that last kiss she would probably have done K50 177 anything. ^If she had only known *1what *0to do. ^He zipped K50 178 up his fly, and strode off across the sand, with her stumbling K50 179 after him. ^For a long while afterwards she would put a hand K50 180 around her elbow or wrist to try and conjure up that living, K50 181 separate thing he had given her to hold. ^She wanted a second K50 182 chance, and hung around all the places he used to go, but he K50 183 just ignored her. ^She wrote a poem about the wanting and the K50 184 hurting, carrying it with her wherever she went in case her K50 185 mother found it. ^Then the girl next-door got pregnant. ^Poor K50 186 Coral. ^She came home after the baby, and hardly spoke to K50 187 anyone again. ^They said she had had the baby adopted out; had K50 188 never even seen it. ^And she wandered mute and red-eyed around K50 189 the back garden. ^The wages of sin, Janey's mother called it. K50 190 ^And Janey burnt the poem. K50 191 *|^The curtains were flimsy, and let in the street light, so K50 192 that the bed-room was never really dark, even in the middle of K50 193 the night. ^Derek pumped up and down methodically. ^Relax, K50 194 she told herself. ^It will never happen if you don't relax. K50 195 ^Up and down, up and down. ^In and out, in and out. ^She felt K50 196 a stirring *'downthere**'. ^The first time since... ^And it K50 197 was alright; quite legitimate. ^She was married; had been for K50 198 two months. ^Two months of nightly pumping *- well that's how K50 199 she thought of it *- and now she was actually enjoying it. K50 200 ^She felt everything loosen up both inside and outside her K50 201 head. ^Quickening, quickening. ^Her breath in short gasps. K50 202 ^Uncontrollable. ^And... aaah. ^She let the shuddering inside K50 203 still itself. ^*'We did it,**' she said at last. ^Derek lifted K50 204 his dishevelled head. ^*'I had a climax,**' Janey said, K50 205 running her fingers down the golden ribs of the bedspread, her K50 206 battlefield of despair now an arena of victory. ^*'I came!**' K50 207 |^Her desire had been set in tune with what she thought of K50 208 as Derek's compulsion. ^For a while. ^When, she wondered, had K50 209 she stopped wanting sex? ^When had the whole thing degenerated K50 210 into its present cold format *- a perfunctory kiss, the K50 211 dispensable introduction of nipple-twiddling, and K50 212 the-sooner-over-the-better? K50 213 |^She was washing Derek's shirt. ^She always washed his K50 214 drip dry shirts by hand, which was not so easy as she became K50 215 fatter and fatter in her pregnancy, bending over the silly K50 216 little tub in the wash-house. ^The water rumbled and tumbled K50 217 away down the drain. ^There was still a ring around the collar K50 218 and as she held it closer to rub the mark away, she noticed a K50 219 red smudge, faintly blended with the grime of the neck-edge. K50 220 *# K51 001 **[425 TEXT K51**] K51 002 *<*4margaret fenemor*> K51 003 *<*2JANE*> K51 004 |^*0They arrived from Norfolk Island to settle on the run down K51 005 farm up the valley all those years ago. ^The adults talked K51 006 about the strange new family for weeks. ^Dada and Mumma, and K51 007 her four teenage stepsons, then a boy and a girl of her own. K51 008 |^*'The little girl is called Jane, and she's just your K51 009 age,**' my mother said. ^*'We'll go and see them, and you can K51 010 be nice to her when she starts at school.**' K51 011 |^She arranged the visit by telephone, and the three of us K51 012 went to the Ransome place. ^They had brushed the old K51 013 two-storeyed house with oil, then coated it with grey river sand. K51 014 ^I thought it looked attractive like that, on the hillside, K51 015 with the trees and big garden all around. ^All the furniture K51 016 had been hand-made by Dada and the boys, polished wooden tables K51 017 and chairs, even their own violins. ^The clothes were strange, K51 018 homemade, and all the trousers and skirts too long. ^None of K51 019 the children had ever worn shoes. K51 020 |^Dada was a slight grey man with glasses and a quiet voice. K51 021 ^Mumma was much younger, a solidly built, dark bustling woman K51 022 with twinkling black eyes. K51 023 |^*'Now here is Jane,**' she said, and I saw a sturdy, K51 024 pretty child with brown curls and eyes, and a peaches and cream K51 025 complexion who advanced shyly. ^We were sent outside to play K51 026 and soon made friends. ^*'You must come and have tea with us K51 027 next time,**' Mumma said. K51 028 |^Several weeks later we went. ^Now this was something. K51 029 ^Lots of beautiful fruit and vegetables fresh from the garden, K51 030 only a little meat, and dark wholemeal bread. ^The boys ground K51 031 the wheat, and Mumma baked the bread in the old black range. K51 032 ^Plastered with homemade butter and currant jam, it was simply K51 033 delicious. K51 034 |^Every week Mumma had a different stepson on duty as her K51 035 houseboy. ^This time it was Eric, who, wearing a too long K51 036 white apron, padded around barefoot, setting and clearing the K51 037 table, and helping to wash up afterwards. ^He went to bed K51 038 early, as Mumma explained he would have to be up at daybreak to K51 039 get the stove lit. ^Before leaving the kitchen, she scrawled K51 040 her instructions for the morning in chalk on the sooty stove K51 041 top. K51 042 |^Through the long summer holidays we exchanged visits with K51 043 the Ransomes many times. ^On one such Sunday, Jane and I were K51 044 playing in the shrubbery at our home, while Dada and my father K51 045 sat on the garden seat having a quiet companionable talk about K51 046 farming. ^A short while before, Dad had brought home two K51 047 little rabbits, making me a hutch to keep them in. ^We hadn't K51 048 bargained on the cunning determination of our family she cat K51 049 who had already managed to devour one. ^Now the sunny K51 050 afternoon was shattered, as we saw her sneak under the house K51 051 with a terrified squeaking rabbit in her mouth. ^Jane and I K51 052 both sobbed in heart-break, but there was no way of enticing K51 053 the killer out. K51 054 |^School was soon to start again and Jane would be in my K51 055 class. ^We would still be in the junior room with nice Miss K51 056 Elliot, while the headmaster, a frightening man, taught the big K51 057 kids. K51 058 |^*'You'll look after her, won't you?**' Mum prompted. ^My K51 059 heart sank down to boot level. ^I knew the spiteful village K51 060 kids and their contempt for anyone or anything different. ^It K51 061 had been bad enough for me starting there at seven in Standard K51 062 one after a year of correspondence school. ^On my first day, K51 063 two horrible boys, sons of the railway ganger and the village K51 064 baker had bailed me up. K51 065 |^*'Ya, you'll get the strap,**' taunted one. ^*'\0Mr Jack K51 066 always gives new kids the strap.**' ^This was enough to scare K51 067 me out of my wits. ^The other boy took a fiendish delight in K51 068 chasing my already skittish pony round the school paddock so I K51 069 couldn't catch her to go home. ^Now after two years, I felt I K51 070 was just being accepted. ^My stomach churned in misery. K51 071 |^The first day was even worse than I expected. ^Dada K51 072 brought Jane down in the car and walked in holding her hand, K51 073 his first two mistakes. ^Of course her clothes were all wrong, K51 074 as usual Mumma had sewn a coloured band on to the bottom of an K51 075 almost new cast-off to make it longer. ^Even her schoolbag was K51 076 homemade from canvas, with her name stitched on it in red wool. K51 077 |^The morning passed quietly enough. ^Jane was advanced in K51 078 reading, writing, and arithmetic after careful home teaching, K51 079 and our Miss Elliot soon picked this up. ^However lunchtime K51 080 had to come, and then the kids circled her. K51 081 |^*'Look at the funny black bread. ^Can't you afford it K51 082 from the bakehouse?**' K51 083 |^*'Why does your mum put a pink border on a green dress? K51 084 ^It looks awful,**' K51 085 |^*'Cripes, look at all the fruit. ^Can't your mum make K51 086 cake?**' K51 087 |^Watching from the rear of the hateful circle, I saw Jane's K51 088 lip tremble and tears in her eyes. ^*'It's b-better for my K51 089 teeth,**' she managed to stammer. ^I felt sick, but I kept K51 090 quiet as the kids started on her again. K51 091 |^*'My dad says your dad's an old slave driver making all K51 092 your brothers work for nothing. ^No wonder he's got all the K51 093 stones picked up so fast.**' K51 094 |^*'Mum says your dad keeps the car windows wound up so you K51 095 won't get our germs. ^You'll get 'em now won't \2ya?**' K51 096 |^And finally, ^*'Aw, look at that runny egg, must be K51 097 rotten. ^Don't eat it, sookie calf.**' K51 098 |^I hung back, scarlet with shame, torn between my real K51 099 liking for Jane and my longing to stay in with the mob. K51 100 |^*'What do you reckon Marge?**' scoffed the baker's son, K51 101 swinging round on me. ^*'You've \2bin to stay up there 'aven't K51 102 \2ya?**' K51 103 |^My misery deepened, as I thought no one knew about those K51 104 week-ends at the Ransomes. ^Then a startling mental picture K51 105 came up. ^I saw the doomed rabbit in a black cat's jaws, and K51 106 as I looked at Jane now, with congealed egg and tears streaking K51 107 her face, I saw the same hunted expression in her big eyes. K51 108 ^My mind was made up. ^*'C'mon,**' I said, hauling her up K51 109 without ceremony. ^*'Let's go and play on the swings.**' K51 110 |^No one else said anything at all. ^Instead they backed K51 111 off and let us go. K51 112 *<*4honor willson*> K51 113 *<*2THE DECISION*> K51 114 |^*0It happened in 1925. ^The price of butterfat had plummeted K51 115 and my parents were facing a disaster that would have cowed all K51 116 but the stoutest heart. ^We lived on a dairy farm in the bush K51 117 in the very outback. ^To diversify, my father felled and cut K51 118 fence posts and firewood from the surrounding bush to add to K51 119 the decreasing family income. ^He laboured mightily but the K51 120 return was meagre. ^We were a large family, all girls, and K51 121 this meant that the older ones did the milking of the herd. K51 122 ^We younger ones did a few simple chores and were free to enjoy K51 123 the countryside. ^As yet the only way we could help our mother K51 124 was to amuse ourselves and keep out of trouble. K51 125 |^I liked it best whenever possible to follow my father K51 126 around and watch him work, copying him in a child's way by K51 127 making miniature cords of wood and sometimes holding the reins K51 128 in the wagon that took the wood to the siding where it was cut K51 129 and loaded on the trucks. ^It was exciting when the locomotive K51 130 came to take the trucks over to the railway station. ^My K51 131 mother was always occupied with the latest baby. ^The older K51 132 girls helped with the housework when they were not attending to K51 133 the herd. ^It was the school holidays which to me, as a seven K51 134 year old, seemed endless. ^It was an opportunity to spend time K51 135 with my father. K51 136 |^Down at the siding he had a battered old steam engine K51 137 which he used to drive the circular saw and cut up the wood. K51 138 ^It was then cut into fire sized blocks, pulled away from the K51 139 saw and thrown in the big heap. ^This was called *'tailing K51 140 out**'. K51 141 |^I marvelled at the way the decrepit steam engine sucked up K51 142 the water greedily from the barrels, turned it into steam, K51 143 shuddered and rattled as it drove the saw. ^I had helped my K51 144 sisters to fill the barrels; no mean task for there was a rise K51 145 from the creek to the engine. ^The contraption seemed a live K51 146 thing to me and a little fearful with its power. ^It used up K51 147 the water so much more quickly than it took us to supply it. K51 148 |^*'Would you like to tail out, Chummy?**' said my father. K51 149 |^*'Ooh, yes!**' I replied eagerly, swelling with pride to K51 150 be considered his workmate. K51 151 |^*'Can I have the goggles on?**' ^That was an added bonus. K51 152 ^They kept the sawdust out of your eyes. ^I tailed out for K51 153 what seemed a long time to a seven year old girl and I didn't K51 154 realise I was tired. K51 155 |^Finally, ^*'That's the lot,**' said my father as he turned K51 156 to shut off the engine. ^My attention must have momentarily K51 157 strayed as I reached for the last block. ^My left hand which I K51 158 had used, (and this was strange as I was right handed), K51 159 touched, bounded and rebounded from the saw's teeth. ^I gave a K51 160 cry and my father turned and saw the bloodied hand. ^I gazed K51 161 from it to him in disbelief. K51 162 |^He quickly tied his hanky tightly around my wrist and with K51 163 his arm around me, voicing words of encouragement, he guided me K51 164 up the road to the house. ^We went to the back where a door K51 165 opened from outside into the bathroom. ^Here he put my hand in K51 166 the basin of cold water and tried to assess the damage. ^The K51 167 whole hand was a mass of jagged cuts. ^Bone was cut and K51 168 exposed as well. K51 169 |^Mother heard the tap running and opening the door, she K51 170 cried out, ^*'Whatever has happened now?**' ^She was K51 171 distraught. K51 172 |^*'It's all right. ^It's all right,**' said my father K51 173 soothingly, but untruthfully. K51 174 |^As usual Mother had a baby's nappy in her hand and she K51 175 wrapped this loosely around my hand. ^She had more than her K51 176 share of accidents to her children on the farm. ^I sat on her K51 177 knee as she began to weep. ^I begged her not to cry, for had K51 178 not Father said it was all right? K51 179 |^Soon the whole family were gathered in wonder and worry K51 180 about us. ^Father said he would go up to the mill and see if K51 181 the man who owned the only car for miles around would take me K51 182 to the hospital. ^It was thirty miles away. K51 183 |^This was almost too much excitement. ^The Hospital! ^And K51 184 a ride in a car! ^What was more, my sister said I could wear K51 185 her new petticoat to the hospital. K51 186 |^The journey was a succession of wonders, a whole new world K51 187 of scenery for I had only been out of the valley once, to the K51 188 seaside on New Year's Day, when I had seen and felt sea and K51 189 sand for the first time. K51 190 |^We arrived at the doctor's house but he was away to a mill K51 191 accident and there was a delay. ^By this time my hand was K51 192 throbbing painfully. ^There was a man also waiting and my K51 193 father and he were soon in conversation and I did not like to K51 194 intrude. ^Even more urgently I wanted to go to the privy. ^At K51 195 last Father saw my distress and knocked on the door to summon K51 196 the doctor's wife. ^She looked displeased. ^It was almost too K51 197 late for I had started to wet my pants. ^What humiliation! K51 198 ^Even my hand seemed secondary for the while. K51 199 |^Soon after, the doctor, a hearty man, arrived. ^He lifted K51 200 me onto the surgery table and filled a bowl with the familiar K51 201 Jeyes Fluid and water. ^He removed the napkin and gently K51 202 pushed my arm to immerse the mangled hand. ^I drew a sharp K51 203 breath and let it out slowly between my teeth. ^*'That was a K51 204 big sigh for a little girl!**' he said. K51 205 *# K52 001 **[426 TEXT K52**] K52 002 |^*0The knife is a *'Swiss Army Knife**'. ^It is a powerful K52 003 weapon which will destroy in battle any person or creature K52 004 foolhardy enough to attack you. ^It has magical properties K52 005 conferred on it by the gnomes who forged it so many centuries K52 006 ago. ^(Note: ineffective against the bowmen of the emperor or K52 007 the Dark Lord of Kwesta-kaa.) ^It also has scissors and a K52 008 toothpick. K52 009 |^You may choose only one of these magic weapons. ^You must K52 010 decide now. ^Do you choose the Pounamu Decoder? the Jump K52 011 Thermos? the Swiss Army Knife? K52 012 |^When you have made your choice, proceed to 6. K52 013 *<6*> K52 014 |^The old man motions you to sit down. ^He tells you that you K52 015 have chosen wisely. ^He begins to read from the leather-bound K52 016 book. K52 017 |^*'You are just an ordinary New Zealander,**' he says. K52 018 ^*'You have a well-rounded personality, you collect stamps and K52 019 are reasonably good at sport. ^You and your folks go camping K52 020 in the summer. ^But somehow you are restless. ^You were not K52 021 born for routine pleasures. ^You decide to see something of K52 022 your country. ^You make your way to the airport and within K52 023 minutes you are airborne...**' K52 024 |^If you wish to disembark at Christchurch airport, go to 4. K52 025 |^If you would rather go to Invercargill, try 15. K52 026 *<7*> K52 027 |^You are whisked off on a magic carpet ride across the fiords K52 028 and mountains of New Zealand's southern wonderland. ^Sometimes K52 029 the copter soars effortlessly above razor-sharp peaks, K52 030 sometimes it darts through a narrow gorge, brushing the sides K52 031 of spectacular mountain walls, giving you chance after chance K52 032 to snap the magnificent vistas which open up on all sides. K52 033 ^Here Nature outdoes herself effortlessly. ^Whoops! mind that K52 034 rock wall! ^Let's hope no one was in the path of that K52 035 avalanche! ^Yes, flight of a lifetime. ^Rugged splendour. K52 036 ^Mitre Peak. ^Wild blue yonder. ^Sutherland Falls. K52 037 |^But what has happened? ^The helicopter pilot has leant K52 038 out too far. ^Oh no! ^He has fallen from the machine, he K52 039 hurtles and corkscrews down until he lies, a broken matchstick K52 040 figure, on the rocks below. K52 041 |^No one has ever taught you how to operate a helicopter. K52 042 ^A sip of the Jump Thermos, if you have it, will take you to K52 043 22. ^Otherwise you can seize the controls and do what you can K52 044 *- in which case go to 3. ^Or you can close your eyes and hope K52 045 for the best *- go to 14. K52 046 *<8*> K52 047 |^You do not need a Pounamu Decoder to understand *1this K52 048 *0speech! ^It soon becomes clear that Rebecca plans to keep K52 049 you as her mate. ^Admittedly she is really rather K52 050 attractive... ^But you have a girl back home. ^With a K52 051 superhuman effort you break free from your bonds! K52 052 |^If you have the Jump Thermos, you quickly reach for it and K52 053 put it to your lips. ^Too late! ^Rebecca dashes it from your K52 054 hands. ^The precious potion soaks into the earth. ^Go to 9. K52 055 *<9*> K52 056 |^Rebecca overpowers you once more. ^You must submit to your K52 057 fate. ^Rebecca keeps you for her pleasure but, in the way of K52 058 things, she tires of you after three or four days and drops you K52 059 at the side of the road somewhere between Milton and Balclutha. K52 060 ^Nine months later she will bear a child, a boy whom she gives K52 061 the name Hank Mushroom. ^He will grow up to be New Zealand's K52 062 finest Country & Western singer. ^His most famous song will be K52 063 *'Cowboy Clothes**', the one with that catchy chorus: K52 064 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K52 065 |**[SONG**] K52 066 **[END INDENTATION**] K52 067 |^This can mean nothing to you, however, for you are about K52 068 to be run down and killed by a passing sheep**[ARB**]-truck as K52 069 you hobble along the median strip in the direction of K52 070 Balclutha. ^Close the book. K52 071 *<10*> K52 072 |^You rub the Pounamu Decoder. ^A mist comes before your eyes K52 073 and for a moment you can see nothing. ^You are in that dark K52 074 place between one language and another where so many things go K52 075 wrong. ^But slowly you begin to make out Wairarapa's words: K52 076 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K52 077 |**[POEM**] K52 078 **[END INDENTATION**] K52 079 |^His old voice begins to falter. ^But he draws in breath K52 080 and continues: K52 081 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K52 082 |**[POEM**] K52 083 **[END INDENTATION**] K52 084 |^Well, this is certainly not the Wairarapa of old. ^Can K52 085 this really be the plucky old soldier who was once caretaker at K52 086 Ferndale District High? ^You wish him good fortune on his K52 087 quest and journey on your way. ^You do not look back, but you K52 088 are sure that the grief**[ARB**]-stricken old fellow keeps on K52 089 waving long after you have rounded a bend and have vanished K52 090 from sight. ^Go to 12. K52 091 *<11*> K52 092 |^Fool! ^Miserable worm! ^Prepare to pay the price of your K52 093 despicable need for security. ^You enter the house to find the K52 094 bloody bodies of your parents on the floor. ^Also your puppy, K52 095 Shane. ^Even now an escaped axe murderer lies in wait for you K52 096 behind the bathroom door. ^The adventure on which you refused K52 097 to embark is already over. ^Close the book. K52 098 *<12*> K52 099 |^You continue along the road, occasionally trying to thumb K52 100 down a car. ^But nothing stops. ^A cheeky fantail begins to K52 101 follow you. ^He dips and swerves above you, coming close, then K52 102 darting out of reach. ^He chirps and chirps. ^It is as if he K52 103 is trying to tell you something. K52 104 |^Wait a minute! ^Do you have the Pounamu Decoder? ^If you K52 105 do, go to 42 and learn the meaning of the fantail's song. ^If K52 106 you possess some other weapon, bad luck. ^Go to 25 and K52 107 continue to try your luck at hitch-hiking. K52 108 *<13*> K52 109 |^Here is what Rebecca says: K52 110 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K52 111 |^Hey hey hey, this is supposed to be fun, not drudgery. ^If K52 112 you're at an impasse, the odds are that you're not having fun. K52 113 ^Run around the block. ^Fix yourself a drink. ^Chop wood. K52 114 ^Flip through one of my many sex manuals. ^Get away and come K52 115 back. K52 116 |^If you have tried making changes and still find yourself K52 117 immobilised, then it may be time to look at your attitude K52 118 towards the whole project. ^The stickiest attitude, the one K52 119 which causes creative people like you the most grief, is... K52 120 |^What's your answer? K52 121 |^Your answer is the right answer for you. ^Hey hey hey. K52 122 |^It is the one you have to tackle. K52 123 **[END INDENTATION**] K52 124 |^Rebecca continues in this vein for many hours. ^Your K52 125 brain throbs with pain. ^If only you had chosen the Jump K52 126 Thermos. ^You make a superhuman effort, burst free of your K52 127 bonds and... staggering Minerva! your very wish has been strong K52 128 enough to effect physical portation! ^You feel the molecules K52 129 of your body dissolving. ^They reassemble at 36. K52 130 *<14*> K52 131 |^You close your eyes. ^Suddenly the helicopter seems to be K52 132 gripped by an invisible hand. ^You feel yourself being lifted K52 133 through the air, and before you have time to work out what is K52 134 happening, you find yourself in a circular room made of some K52 135 strange metal material as yet unknown to humankind. ^Slowly K52 136 the true nature of your situation dawns on you. ^You are in an K52 137 alien spacecraft, in orbit around the Earth. ^You guess, too, K52 138 that this explanation has been somehow implanted in your brain. K52 139 ^You feel fingers combing through the inside of your head. K52 140 ^Fiends! ^Why will they not show themselves and communicate K52 141 like normal human beings? K52 142 |^Suddenly a figure robed in white materialises before you. K52 143 ^He raises a hand and you feel the fury within you quelled. K52 144 ^He speaks to you, making strange sing-song sounds which you K52 145 cannot understand. ^If you have the Pounamu Decoder, go to 40, K52 146 where you will find a translation of the alien being's K52 147 incomprehensible noises. K52 148 |^If you have the Swiss Army Knife and think it may be K52 149 possible to overcome the alien and take control of the K52 150 spaceship, go to 32, where you may mount your attack. K52 151 *<15*> K52 152 |^Hooray! ^You land safely at Invercargill. ^The tarmac K52 153 shines, for a light rain is falling. ^You shiver. ^The K52 154 evening is chill; you are far from family and friends. ^All K52 155 the same, you can be assured of a genuine southern welcome. K52 156 ^Now you must transfer to your hotel for overnight K52 157 accommodation. ^Go to 18. K52 158 *<16*> K52 159 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K52 160 |**[SONG**] K52 161 **[END INDENTATION**] K52 162 |^The bird repeats the song over and over, each time looking K52 163 a little more pleased with itself. ^Has it not *1heard *0of K52 164 the death of the author? ^Whether or not you feel this K52 165 translation has helped you, proceed to 45. K52 166 *<17*> K52 167 |^You cautiously approach. ^Can it be? ^Is it? ^Yes. ^No. K52 168 ^Yes! it is Wairarapa, he whom you knew in former days. ^Does K52 169 he recognise you? ^His face is twisted in pain. ^He must be K52 170 searching still for his lost daughter, the one who set off to K52 171 hitch-hike around the South Island and was never seen again. K52 172 ^There was that big fuss on television. ^It was in all the K52 173 papers, you remember. ^He is as calm and reassuring as ever, K52 174 yet somehow inscrutable. ^But what is he trying to tell you? K52 175 |^Ah, Wairarapa is addressing you in Maori. ^There is K52 176 urgency in his voice. ^He grips your arm. ^Noble old man, K52 177 does he not understand that you do not know the Maori tongue? K52 178 ^Tahi rua toru wha. ^Why does he go on like this? ^Has he K52 179 been radicalised or something? K52 180 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K52 181 |**[POEM**] K52 182 **[END INDENTATION**] K52 183 |^If you are carrying the Pounamu Decoder, go to 10. ^If K52 184 not, there is evidently nothing to be done. ^But this is K52 185 certainly no longer the plucky war veteran who was once K52 186 caretaker at Ferndale District High. ^He must be crazed with K52 187 grief at the loss of his daughter. ^*'Farewell, e koro,**' you K52 188 say, and continue on your way. ^Go to 12. K52 189 *<18*> K52 190 |^A restful night's sleep and you are free to sightsee at your K52 191 leisure. ^Why not take a trip out to Oreti Beach, or stroll in K52 192 the sunken rose gardens at Queens Park? ^Find time, too, to K52 193 look at the Museum, opposite the park entrance, outside which K52 194 you can see the statue of Minerva, Roman Goddess of Wisdom. K52 195 |^*'Lend me your wisdom, oh Goddess,**' you whisper, as you K52 196 anticipate the ordeals which lie ahead. K52 197 |^But now it is time for your experience of a lifetime. ^Go K52 198 at once to 7. K52 199 *<19*> K52 200 |^You enter the cave cautiously. ^It is damp and dark. ^You K52 201 edge your way into the heart of the mountain, feeling with your K52 202 hands along the rough rock wall. ^You think you hear a cough. K52 203 ^Before you can turn, someone *- or something *- strikes you a K52 204 hard blow on your head. ^You slump to the cavern floor. ^You K52 205 feel rough hands seize you. K52 206 |^A voice mutters: ^*'Yes, this is the one. ^Bear him to the K52 207 master.**' K52 208 |^But this is the last thing you remember. ^Everything goes K52 209 black. K52 210 |^Proceed to 46. K52 211 *<20*> K52 212 |^The track soon peters out. ^Maybe this was a bad decision. K52 213 ^You push your way through the dense undergrowth, and feel that K52 214 dark eyes watch you as you go. ^This is a patient, brooding K52 215 landscape. ^It is as if something is waiting, who knows for K52 216 what. ^It is as if the waiting began long before you were K52 217 born. K52 218 |^Suddenly you spy a curious white powder at the foot of a K52 219 majestic totara tree. ^Perhaps it is the magic potion which K52 220 Douglas the Elf told you of? K52 221 ^If you decide to investigate further, go to 33. ^If you K52 222 prefer to continue on your way, go to 47. K52 223 *<21*> K52 224 |^Something *- or someone *- strikes you a hard blow on the K52 225 back of the skull. ^You slump to the floor and pass into a K52 226 bewildering world of darkness and swirling colours. ^When K52 227 you awake you are at 31. K52 228 *<22*> K52 229 |^A place of darkness. ^Mist and shafts of light. ^As in K52 230 a dream you see: K52 231 |a band of boisterous dwarves; the bowmen of the emperor; K52 232 \0Mr Brathwaite who used to be your teacher in Standard Two K52 233 at Dipton Primary School; roaming elves and orcs. K52 234 |^You feel confused. ^Take a further draught from the K52 235 Jump Thermos and go to 27. K52 236 *<23*> K52 237 |^You walk till night falls. ^You realise you must keep K52 238 going. ^To pause now might prove fatal. ^In eerie moonlight K52 239 you make your way between the towering walls of rocky gorges. K52 240 ^You skirt giant stones around which the furious water snarls K52 241 and roars. ^This is Nature's playground. ^Perhaps you, too, K52 242 are merely a toy of the gods? ^A cloud, small, serene, floats K52 243 across the moon. K52 244 |^Great Minerva, you whisper inwardly, if ever I needed K52 245 help of thine then the hour is surely come. K52 246 |^Suddenly, off to your left, you see a clearing. ^There K52 247 are lights, and figures moving. K52 248 |^If you decide to investigate, go to 35. K52 249 *# K53 001 **[427 TEXT K53**] K53 002 *<*6THE BLACK HORSE *4Rohita Frances*> K53 003 |^*0Horses seemed like something out of her reach. ^She K53 004 couldn't master them; they mastered her. ^No proud display of K53 005 ribbons on her wall. ^They knew. ^They sensed her fear, and K53 006 gaily walked their path home, shrugging her off on the way; the K53 007 ground meeting her with a muddy thud, bruising her body, her K53 008 heart. ^Then the ridicule. ^She deserved it she knew. ^She K53 009 always became limp like wet seaweed when she tried to live up K53 010 to the family tradition. ^At horse shows she felt like a K53 011 shadow, present, but like a shadow, not noticed. K53 012 |^*"Come on girl, where's your backbone, up you get!**" K53 013 |^Swish went the riding crop and swish went her stomach. K53 014 ^*'Must be strong, don't show the fear.**' ^The horse ignored K53 015 her, pulling at the reins. K53 016 |^She had her own breed of courage, and in her own way had K53 017 taken a challenge, and left the course where her marriage was K53 018 leading. ^It didn't seem to be leading to her truth. ^She K53 019 wanted to soar! ^But her children kept her grounded, their K53 020 vulnerability needing protection. ^Often she forgot to protect K53 021 herself. ^The challenges loomed like huge hurdles, and she'd K53 022 hitch her skirt, gather the children, and usually just manage K53 023 to clear the top. K53 024 |^These efforts brought many gifts, some that delighted her, K53 025 some that disheartened her. ^Her son, daughter, and her. ^A K53 026 little trio. ^Held together by heredity, and something more. K53 027 ^Her being ached to give them something of worth, but she felt K53 028 worthless, alone. ^Like a daughter who is shunned, for not K53 029 earning her place in the family. ^She tried to steer through K53 030 and beyond these hitches but often fear would overcome her *- K53 031 knocking her throat, welling up and spilling out through her K53 032 clenched teeth. ^It seemed the more she tried the less ground K53 033 she covered. K53 034 |^People helped, they provided a welcome distraction, and K53 035 seemed to shelter her from a fear. ^A fear great enough to K53 036 consume her. K53 037 |^Stay people, protect me, without you who am I? K53 038 |^The horse still lurks to remind her. ^It's black and K53 039 alone, and runs freely. ^It's interested in her, watching, K53 040 waiting. ^She hears its heavy hooves. ^Yet her fear has a K53 041 place too. ^Quickly new places to hide spring to mind, and she K53 042 is drawn to take cover. K53 043 |^A quick glance in his direction, dare she take off her K53 044 cover and shakily stand and face him? K53 045 |^Come on girl, gee up! K53 046 *<*6THE STRANGER *4Susan Bailey*> K53 047 |^*0Each pebble skipped twice across the water. ^Finally, one K53 048 broke the surface three times. ^She was satisfied. K53 049 |^Before she rose, she looked down the beach. K53 050 |^He was there again, standing at the water's edge. ^At the K53 051 end where the sand met the rocks. ^It was the fourth morning K53 052 in a row that she had seen him there. K53 053 |^She stood, shouldering the bag of shellfish. ^Instead of K53 054 turning toward the path to the camp, she walked towards him. K53 055 |^After a few paces she stopped. ^He'd not moved. ^She'd K53 056 never seen him move. ^He just appeared and disappeared. K53 057 ^She'd never seen him anywhere else, only on the beach. K53 058 |^She could hear the sounds of early morning activity from K53 059 the camp. ^The life she had always known beckoned. K53 060 |^She joined the other women in preparing the morning meal. K53 061 ^The men were making preparations for a hunt. ^Rumours had K53 062 spread that the herds were moving down from the mountains on to K53 063 the plains. ^The warm weather was approaching. ^With it would K53 064 come a busy time for the whole camp. ^Skinning and curing the K53 065 hides, salting and storing the meat, all in readiness for K53 066 another cold season. ^Everyone had a task, right from the K53 067 littlest who kept the dogs and flies away, to the oldest who K53 068 chanted the working rhythms. ^Also the root crops would have K53 069 to be planted out for harvesting before the rains fell and the K53 070 camp moved to the mountain caves for the long cold days. K53 071 |^They had set the camp, ten days ago, on the edge of the K53 072 plain beside the sea. ^It was the same place they'd occupied K53 073 last cycle and the cycle before that and back as far as she K53 074 could remember, and even beyond that. K53 075 |^Now that she was a woman she performed women's tasks as K53 076 all females eventually do. ^One day she would be taken by one K53 077 of the men, bear children, who would in turn grow up to fit K53 078 into their proper places in the camp society. ^So it had been K53 079 and so it would always be, for those who stayed. ^And no one K53 080 ever left except in spirit. K53 081 |^The men had gone to hunt. ^Only the old ones, the women K53 082 and the children remained in the camp. ^The men would be gone K53 083 for many days. ^When they returned, if the hunt had been good, K53 084 there would be much rejoicing and dancing. K53 085 |^She returned to the beach in the afternoon. ^The women were K53 086 gossiping over their crafts. ^The old men were dreaming of K53 087 hunts gone by and the children were doing what children do. K53 088 ^She didn't feel comfortable with the women, yet she was no K53 089 longer a child. K53 090 |^The beach was her favourite place. ^She always felt happy K53 091 with the sea close by. ^She looked towards the rocks. ^No K53 092 figure stood there. ^She felt something pulling her towards K53 093 the place. ^She began walking. K53 094 |^He was there. ^This time he was beckoning to her. K53 095 ^Finally she stood only a few short feet from him. ^He was so K53 096 different from any she had ever seen. ^He was tall and fair K53 097 and had a smooth face. ^His eyes seemed to glow. ^He smiled K53 098 and held out his hand. K53 099 |^She looked back to the camp. K53 100 |^The fires were being rekindled to dispel the spirits of K53 101 the night. ^She heard dogs barking and mothers calling K53 102 children. ^She could see the tent she shared with her family K53 103 and the familiar figure of her mother standing at the opening. K53 104 ^She appeared to be looking at her. K53 105 |^She returned her attention to him. ^He still held out his K53 106 hand. ^She took it and he led her away. K53 107 *<*6POSTIE *4Esther Bukholt*> K53 108 |^*0She sits at the window, rocking in her chair, waiting for K53 109 the postman. ^She does not read books. ^She does not like K53 110 them. ^She knits a little. ^Always the same patterns, because K53 111 learning new ones is too hard. K53 112 |^She is hoping for a letter from her son, or a grandchild, K53 113 or a cousin, or somebody. ^She writes many letters, to her K53 114 family, to her friends. ^She writes on small pieces of paper, K53 115 with large letters. ^She doesn't have a lot to write about, so K53 116 she writes of her memories, and how happy she was when last K53 117 they were together. ^Sometimes they write back. ^They mean to K53 118 write more often, but they are so occupied with their own K53 119 lives. ^Besides, her letters are always cheerful. ^Her K53 120 letters don't ask for anything. ^But her family knows she K53 121 wants more from them. ^More letters, more time, more love. K53 122 ^They absolve themselves by calling her sometimes, or sending K53 123 her tickets to visit them at Easter. K53 124 |^She does not want to be a burden. ^She wants to be able K53 125 to look after herself. ^But yesterday, when she fell into the K53 126 bath it took her nearly an hour to get up and dressed again. K53 127 ^Today she can hardly walk for the bruises and stiffness. ^It K53 128 worries her. ^How much longer can she live by herself? ^It's K53 129 hard to give up independence after a lifetime of survival. K53 130 |^She pulls herself out of her chair and picks up her K53 131 duster. ^She has not dusted for some time. ^There are so many K53 132 photos and knick-knacks in awkward little places that are hard K53 133 to reach. ^It will take a long time to dust all those K53 134 memories. ^Perhaps she will do some now, and some more this K53 135 afternoon *- when the postman's been. K53 136 |^She starts with the piano. ^Her most beautiful piece of K53 137 furniture. ^She has had it for a long time now. ^She used to K53 138 play it. ^Peter liked to listen. ^But since Peter she hasn't K53 139 had it tuned. ^It's just too much of a luxury on one pension. K53 140 ^Sometimes her grandchildren play it for her. K53 141 |^She reaches up and dusts each of the photos. ^Beautiful K53 142 rosy faces smiling at her. ^Young people laughing and living. K53 143 ^She picks up a portrait and smiles at her younger self. ^My K53 144 *- she was a pretty lass once. ^Some of her grandchildren have K53 145 that prettiness, and she's glad that in some unobtrusive way K53 146 she's leaving her mark and personality with others. K53 147 |^The last picture has been dusted, and she moves to the K53 148 window. ^The curtains are a little faded, but she still likes K53 149 the pretty flowers she and Peter chose. K53 150 |^She looks out and sees John on his trike. ^She waves to K53 151 encourage him. ^Maybe one day he will ride in her garden. K53 152 ^She'd like that *- to see her garden used. K53 153 |^She sees the postie, and stands clutching her duster as he K53 154 climbs the hill. K53 155 |^He gets to her box and sorts out her letters. ^He sees K53 156 her at the window and waves, holds up his hand and shows two K53 157 fingers. ^She beams back. ^Ah. ^She limps into the kitchen K53 158 to put a pot of water on for tea. ^Stretching out the time K53 159 till she will go out to her box. ^Savouring all the moments, K53 160 enjoying them. K53 161 |^Her afternoon will be a pleasant one. K53 162 *<*6MATE TANE *4Marama Laurenson*> K53 163 |^I'm up really early this morning, to the wharepaku *- at the K53 164 end of the back verandah. ^When it's this early, I creep back K53 165 past the wash house, the tank stand, the scullery, the kitchen K53 166 where the silvered grate glows in the lino. ^Now the light K53 167 from the skylight above the linen press and the coloured window K53 168 dawning at the end of the hall is my only guide. ^I gaze deep, K53 169 deep at the wedding photo. ^Mum sits, my handsome father, K53 170 Maire, stands; here suspended among the last of our taonga *- a K53 171 whale bone patu, a feather cloak... K53 172 |^Taiawhio's taiaha leans in the corner. ^I wish I could K53 173 grasp its weight and hardness, for my life! ^I could bash the K53 174 ache in me as no amount of karakia can... ^I can see myself K53 175 angry, brave, prancing, standing, attacking and quelling the K53 176 mate that has fallen. ^A fog, on us all. K53 177 |^Sometimes you can see the real fog, a roll of cotton wool, K53 178 slow, from a place between the sky and sea; all day, towards K53 179 us. ^When it comes, it's real. ^Sort of wet and soft between K53 180 things. ^This mate is not soft. ^It falls between people and K53 181 hurts. K53 182 |^I remember the time when Mum was sick in bed two years K53 183 ago. ^She looked a funny blue colour in places about her face K53 184 and arms, and when she spoke could hardly open her mouth. K53 185 ^Taua said we were to be quiet about the house. ^We sat on the K53 186 bed leaning against Mum, and stroked her hair. ^Her eyes, K53 187 fierce, reached across the mate and held us. K53 188 |^Why do I always think of that when I look at this photo? K53 189 ^I always have a wee tangi when I do. ^Can only see the blur K53 190 of Mum's dress now. K53 191 |^Come on big grass handle swing in. ^Cold, crisp dew creep K53 192 though my toes, chill me. ^Ah! ^*'Te Kainga**'! ^Fingers in K53 193 the rough brass letters *- T. E. K. A. I. N. G. A. *- Taua says K53 194 it means unfortified pa *- home? K53 195 |^Good morning silver line of sun on water! ^Ko te hau mihi K53 196 ata ahau! ^I am the welcome morning breeze! ^Morena! ^And, K53 197 here at the top of the twelve broad steps I stand! ^On K53 198 scrubbed verandah *- in bare brave feet, looking down. ^From K53 199 the front garden a fine crack starts in the first step next to K53 200 the violet bed and, zig-zag, winds right up to me. ^A photo of K53 201 Tame**[SIC**] and his eleven adult children was taken on these K53 202 steps. ^I come here to feel them; strong, together, whole. K53 203 ^They all had things to do, for our people. ^Mum and Uncle K53 204 Dick are always talking about them. K53 205 *# K54 001 **[428 TEXT K54**] K54 002 |^*0Instead of a lesson in sex there was an advertisement for K54 003 McDonald's. ^Caroline groaned with irritation. ^Then they K54 004 were back, as glamorous and unruffled as ever, swanning round K54 005 in bathrobes sipping gin. ^She felt cheated. ^Maybe she K54 006 hadn't done it properly. ^Maybe it got better with practice. K54 007 ^It definitely wasn't like the television. ^And now she was K54 008 stuck. ^If you did it once, that was it. ^There was no way K54 009 she could say ^*'No**' and keep Simon. ^If he wanted it, she'd K54 010 have to do it. ^That's the way it was. ^She shrugged and K54 011 finished her coffee. ^She'd have to do something about the K54 012 pill. K54 013 |^*'You just ring up. ^It's easy.**' K54 014 |^*'What about Mum?**' K54 015 |^*'She doesn't have to go, you idiot. ^She's not worried K54 016 about getting pregnant.**' K54 017 |^Caroline giggled. ^*'I wonder what she does about K54 018 that.**' K54 019 |^*'Probably hasn't had sex for years. ^People don't at K54 020 that age. ^Anyway, she'll have been through menopause by now K54 021 so it wouldn't matter.**' K54 022 |^*'I didn't think that happened till you were fifty K54 023 something.**' K54 024 |^*'She is, isn't she?**' K54 025 |^Caroline hesitated, thinking about her mother *- who hated K54 026 anyone touching her, who must have had sex once *- twice, at K54 027 least *- to have her and Andrea. ^She shrugged and gave up. K54 028 |^*'Well, let's forget about her and get on with this Family K54 029 Planning business. ^Are you sure they won't contact her?**' K54 030 |^*'No, no, you're sixteen now and even if you weren't you K54 031 could lie. ^They don't check up. ^I'll come with you if you K54 032 like. ^It's a piece of cake. ^They have a special clinic on K54 033 Friday nights that all the schoolkids go to, so you can see who K54 034 else is doing it.**' K54 035 *|^And me. ^All these people can see me. ^Caroline looked K54 036 round the room. ^She hadn't thought about that. ^There were K54 037 half-a dozen young women waiting and a few more along for moral K54 038 support. ^Christ, everyone will know. ^She never dreamed it K54 039 would be so public. ^It was just like the doctor's only bigger K54 040 and everyone there for the same reason. ^They even had the K54 041 same outdated magazines on the same spindly tables and a whole K54 042 circle of the same uncomfortable hardbacked seats. ^Pot plants K54 043 in need of water and a striped rug. ^She could see her card K54 044 creeping up the pile on the receptionist's desk and jumped K54 045 every time the nurse called out a name. ^Nothing was sacred. K54 046 ^They might as well read out how often you did it and when you K54 047 had your last period. ^She cringed into the seat and was K54 048 almost ready to walk out when her name was called. K54 049 |^*'Hey, that's you,**' Melanie nudged her in the ribs and K54 050 she followed the nurse to a plain brown room, dimly lit by a K54 051 skylight. ^More forms, more intimate details of her private K54 052 life, and, at last, the doctor who smiled at her kindly. ^Why K54 053 were they all so nice? ^Why did they act as if nothing special K54 054 was happening, pretending sex was something ordinary when it K54 055 was the kind of thing mothers had hysterics about? ^In no time K54 056 at all she was back in the waiting-room clutching a K54 057 prescription. K54 058 |^*'I've done it,**' she whispered to Melanie, *'but we've K54 059 still got to go to the chemist.**' K54 060 |^*'There's one just down the road. ^Probably makes a mint K54 061 out of this place.**' K54 062 |^*'But he might know me.**' K54 063 |^*'For Christ's sake, either you want these things or you K54 064 don't,**' said Melanie. ^*'Come and get it over with and then K54 065 we can have coffee.**' K54 066 |^And I can have sex, thought Caroline, without enthusiasm. K54 067 ^And Simon. K54 068 *<*1Barbara*> K54 069 |^*0It was late on Sunday evening. ^After a long twilight the K54 070 sky was deep pink with an orange fringe along the Hataitai K54 071 ridge. ^Across the harbour, the hills above Eastbourne were K54 072 already purple, tinged with navy as the light faded. ^Spiders K54 073 spun their webs in the stillness and a black beetle crept along K54 074 the path into the grass. ^Everywhere were rustlings and K54 075 settlings as day life gave way to the night shift. ^Barbara K54 076 was gardening. ^She poked at the earth with her hoe, feeling K54 077 for weeds among the cinerarias. ^There was a line of cold down K54 078 her arms and across her back and when she stood up the sweat K54 079 dried quickly behind her knees. ^Time to go in, she thought, K54 080 but lingered a while, reluctant to leave the comfort of K54 081 darkness. ^She moved along the wall, drawn like a moth to the K54 082 blaze of light from Melanie's room. ^A round paper lantern K54 083 gleamed in the centre, like a full moon. ^Craig lounged K54 084 against the windowsill, waving his arms and shaking his head. K54 085 ^His mouth opened and shut and made laughing shapes but she K54 086 could hear nothing and see little. ^She was outside, apart and K54 087 alone. ^It was what she had chosen but it wasn't what she K54 088 wanted. K54 089 |^The other side of the glass was not as attractive as it K54 090 looked. ^The fug was even more fetid than usual. ^Cigarette K54 091 smoke laced with dope combined with the pungent odour of K54 092 rotting apples, decaying orange peel and a slowly blackening K54 093 banana skin *- Melanie's new diet. ^Craig had taken his socks K54 094 off and there was a peculiar aroma round Simon who had just K54 095 cycled over from Karori. ^The atmosphere was not enhanced by a K54 096 pile of stockings on the floor which looked as if they'd lost K54 097 their way to the laundry basket. ^Melanie refused to tidy it, K54 098 on principle. ^*'If it's in a mess, I know you haven't been in K54 099 there,**' she said when Barbara remonstrated with her. K54 100 ^*'You'd never be able to leave it alone.**' ^Looking thorough K54 101 the window, Barbara could only agree. K54 102 |^Plans were under way for the weekend. ^They had started K54 103 with essential supplies like alcohol, cigarettes and dope. K54 104 ^Craig was making a list. K54 105 |^*'What about one bottle of gin, one bottle of vodka and a K54 106 surprise?**' K54 107 |^*'Come off it,**' said Simon, *'we'll need more than that K54 108 *- there's three whole nights remember.**' K54 109 |^*'All right *- two bottles of gin, two bottles of vodka, K54 110 some beer and a surprise. ^That's big bucks, you know. ^Hope K54 111 you guys are feeling rich.**' K54 112 |^*'I'm not too bad,**' said Melanie. ^*'I got *+$25 for K54 113 doing the stocktaking down at the hardware shop and *+$10 for K54 114 taking Liz's kids to the movies.**' K54 115 |^*'Ten bucks! ^That's easy money.**' K54 116 |^*'You try going to the two o'clock pictures on a Saturday K54 117 afternoon and see how you like it. ^Jaffas down the aisles, K54 118 ice cream down your neck and half-a-dozen kids telling you the K54 119 story ten seconds before it happens. ^It's the pits. ^Anyway, K54 120 that's booze, what about dope?**' K54 121 |^Craig waved his arms airily. ^*'That's men's stuff. K54 122 ^We'll fix that, eh Simon? ^But bring your own fags and any K54 123 other supplies you might need for a weekend of total decadence K54 124 and debauchery *- nudge, nudge, wink, wink, say no more.**' ^He K54 125 leaned back against the windowsill. ^*'Boy, this is going to K54 126 be some weekend. ^I can see it now, clear nights, starry K54 127 skies, tents in the moonlight and us in a permanent state of K54 128 rippedness. ^Remember that time we were out diving, Simon, and K54 129 that guy tried to cook paua while he was stoned? ^First he K54 130 forgot to take them out of the shell, then when the fire K54 131 wouldn't go he poured petrol onto it.**' K54 132 |^*'Jeez, yes. ^He almost got a permanent wetsuit.**' K54 133 |^*'Well, I hope you two do better than that. ^I'm not into K54 134 first aid.**' K54 135 |^*'You'll be doing the cooking, so you won't have to be.**' K54 136 |^*'What kind of sexist shit is that, Craig Walker? ^What K54 137 are you going to do all day?**' K54 138 |^*'Fish, of course, and go eeling. ^Eels are very tasty, K54 139 you know.**' ^Melanie grimaced. ^*'We'll be the providers and K54 140 you can be the cooks, seems pretty fair to me.**' K54 141 |^*'Does Caroline know this?**' ^Melanie turned on Simon for K54 142 signs of collusion, or joking. ^*'She mightn't be able to cook K54 143 sausages, let alone eels. ^You'll starve and it'll serve you K54 144 right.**' K54 145 |^He looked bewildered but only for a moment. ^*'Of course K54 146 she'll be able to cook *- she's a girl.**' K54 147 |^Melanie flung herself back on the bed in disgust. K54 148 ^*'You're worse than he is. ^I'm going right off this weekend. K54 149 ^Right off.**' K54 150 |^*'Maybe we won't rely on eels. ^Let's take some baked K54 151 beans as well.**' K54 152 |^*'Great**', said Melanie, ^*'Just great. ^And what are we K54 153 going to cook on? ^An open fire, I suppose.**' ^They looked at K54 154 each other and Craig blew a perfect smoke ring in Melanie's K54 155 face. ^*'Don't do that to me,**' she said, waving angrily. K54 156 ^*'*2WE *0haven't got a cooker. ^Dad took all that stuff when K54 157 he left. ^He didn't think us *2GIRLS *0would want it.**' K54 158 |^*'Caroline might have one.**' K54 159 |^*'Hardly. ^Her father's bedridden and her mother's glued K54 160 to the telly. ^They don't have time for camping.**' K54 161 |^*'We'll have to borrow one,**' said Simon. ^*'Put it on K54 162 the list Craig. ^What else do we need? ^We've got tents. K54 163 ^Sleeping bags?**' K54 164 |^*'Caroline's coming, isn't she?**' K54 165 |^*'Craig, I've had just about enough of you tonight, ^You K54 166 need a good thumping.**' K54 167 |^*'Sock it to me, baby.**' ^He lay back, taunting her and K54 168 she sprang from the bed like a wild cat, pummelling him K54 169 furiously. ^*'Hey easy, you're hurting me.**' K54 170 |^*'Good, I'm glad. ^I'm going to beat that sexist shit out K54 171 of you if it's the last thing I do.**' K54 172 |^He grabbed her wrists and held her at bay. ^She kicked K54 173 out at him angrily. ^*'I love it when you're mad. ^Your eyes K54 174 turn green.**' K54 175 |^*'Shut up,**' she panted. ^*'You've been watching too K54 176 many second-rate movies. ^I don't know why I stick with K54 177 you.**' K54 178 |^He laughed. ^*'You'd never survive on your own.**' K54 179 |^Barbara saw the arms flailing and froze. ^Shall I go in, K54 180 she thought? ^Shall I check? ^No. ^Can't do that. ^Mustn't K54 181 interfere. ^It's her life. ^Her body. ^If she wants to be K54 182 raped that's her business. ^Wants to be raped? ^What's wrong K54 183 with me? ^She's only sixteen and there's two of them *- my K54 184 little girl and two skinheads. ^She's not safe. ^She doesn't K54 185 know what she's doing. ^She'll regret it. K54 186 |^No, no, let her be. ^You've got to trust her. ^If you K54 187 can't trust her in her own bedroom, how are you going to trust K54 188 her for three nights in a tent? K54 189 |^Good question. K54 190 |^She's old enough to get married and leave home. ^She's K54 191 only doing what you did at the same age. K54 192 |^But there weren't drugs then. ^Hardly anyone had cars and K54 193 there wasn't so much traffic. ^I wasn't into sex either, no K54 194 real sex. ^Not going all the way. ^It's more dangerous now. K54 195 |^It's also cold and dark and we've been through all this K54 196 countless times before. ^For god's sake go inside and make K54 197 coffee and forget about Melanie. ^Put Jamie to bed, talk to K54 198 Andrew, watch telly, do anything but stop trying to protect her K54 199 all the time. ^How's she going to learn to manage if she K54 200 doesn't try things? ^What do you think you're protecting her K54 201 from? K54 202 |^Barbara waved the hoe vaguely at the night. ^*'Pass,**' K54 203 she said sadly and gave up. ^She picked up the towel which was K54 204 wet along the handle with dew, kicked the weeds into a pile and K54 205 went round the back of the house. ^Into the darkness where the K54 206 violets bloomed and a hedgehog snuffled round a cracked saucer K54 207 by the back door. ^The moss on the bricks was wet on her feet K54 208 and water trickled from the tap into the drain under the K54 209 guttering leaving a trail of dark green slime. ^She shoved the K54 210 hoe into the laundry, washed her hands at the tub and went K54 211 inside, blinking at the light. K54 212 |^*'Right, that's it,**' shouted Craig triumphantly. ^*'All K54 213 done, all under control. ^God, I could go a cup of coffee.**' K54 214 |^*'I'll make it.**' ^Melanie slid off the bed. ^*'Ring K54 215 Caro, Simon, and tell her about the sleeping bag and the food K54 216 she needs. ^She's been sneaking clothes to school all week. K54 217 ^They're over there somewhere.**' ^Melanie went through the K54 218 hall towards the kitchen, but stopped in surprise when she saw K54 219 her mother alone in the living-room in the dark. ^*'What are K54 220 you doing here?**' K54 221 *# K55 001 **[429 TEXT K55**] K55 002 *<*3FIONA KIDMAN*> *<*4The Whiteness*> K55 003 |^*0When it is Easter Sunday somewhere in the world but not in K55 004 the country where you are, a mile down into the ravine at K55 005 Samaria does not seem a bad place to contemplate one's K55 006 spirituality. K55 007 |^Or for that matter, one's mortality. ^The Samaria Gorge K55 008 is the longest and deepest in the world, running between the K55 009 White Mountains. ^To get to the Mountains one must go by bus, K55 010 then for those who are fit enough there is a walk through the K55 011 Gorge, a distance of nine miles. ^The traveller who makes this K55 012 walk emerges on the other side of Crete to catch a boat back to K55 013 Chania. K55 014 |^That is not possible all through the year, because of snow K55 015 in the winter, or, in the spring when I was there, melting K55 016 snows can cause flash floods in the Gorge. ^If you begin to go K55 017 down and then find that the way is impassable, there is only K55 018 one way to leave, and that is by the way you came, back up the K55 019 rough mountain path. K55 020 |^The sign at the bus depot said that the Gorge was closed, K55 021 but the woman who sold the tickets said that it was open. ^She K55 022 wanted me to buy a ticket for the entire journey. ^I pointed K55 023 to the sign and she laughed. ^There were young Germans with K55 024 blonde hair and flashing white teeth waiting in the queue. K55 025 ^They were wearing mountain boots and they were impatient to K55 026 buy their tickets. ^I looked at their boots and asked the K55 027 woman about my shoes. K55 028 |^She did not understand. ^I took off my soft slip-on K55 029 sneaker and held it up. ^Was it suitable? ^She laughed again, K55 030 and took off one of her own shoes, a little high-heeled pump. K55 031 ^She shook her head at her own shoe *- *1\ochi, *0no. ^She K55 032 clicked her teeth with disapproval at her offending footwear. K55 033 ^Then she nodded at mine. ^*'Endaxi. ^Okay. ^Understand?**' K55 034 |^The Germans were muttering to each other. ^I bought my K55 035 ticket and boarded the bus. K55 036 |^In the Mountains I looked for a guide, but there was none. K55 037 ^When you go into Samaria you are on your own. ^I think that K55 038 that is as it should be. ^The silence of the mountains becomes K55 039 your own silence. ^Each decision you make belongs only to you. K55 040 ^What you can, or cannot, or will not endure becomes something K55 041 for which you are responsible. K55 042 |^It may be that you will make the wrong decision in the K55 043 mountains and then I believe it would be possible to die. ^But K55 044 this would have been your mistake, an inability to judge K55 045 elements and your capabilities in the face of them. K55 046 |^Oh well, yes, you may say, that is all very well, that is K55 047 what mountaineers and white water rafters and adventurers of K55 048 one kind or another do all the time. K55 049 |^That is so, but theirs is a calculated risk, a K55 050 knowledgeable gamble; they are not tourists thrown suddenly and K55 051 unexpectedly for a day into a primitive wilderness. K55 052 |^I do not pretend that I was anything else. ^*'Dear little K55 053 Ellen,**' murmured the English woman in the bar, the night K55 054 before, ^*'Do go, I'm sure you will love Samaria.**' ^She and K55 055 her husband claimed they knew I was a New Zealander the moment K55 056 I opened my mouth but I did not believe them, for they did not K55 057 say so until I told her from where I came. ^We may recognize K55 058 each others' curious flat vowels but Londoners who visit the K55 059 same place each year, year in and year out (even Chania), and K55 060 read important literary works as they sit beside the window K55 061 looking into the bay where the fisherman lifts his lines by K55 062 night flares, do not know about us. ^I do not think they know K55 063 much about anything. K55 064 |^They thought I would not go to Samaria. ^They had smiled K55 065 at each other in the way of people who know better. ^I nearly K55 066 didn't go, because of them. K55 067 |^Two miles or more down into the Gorge, there is a tiny K55 068 monastery. ^If I get as far as that, I said to myself, I will K55 069 have done well. K55 070 |^For, although it is good to be alone in the mountains, K55 071 there was also a confusion in the air that day. ^Certainly K55 072 there is an aloneness of spirit there, but it would be untrue K55 073 to suggest that I didn't encounter any other human beings. ^I K55 074 had not gone very far along the path when I began to meet K55 075 people who were coming back up it. ^They had begun earlier in K55 076 the day. ^Nobody seemed to be certain whether the Gorge was K55 077 open or not, and while some (people who, like the Germans, were K55 078 wearing heavy boots) had gone on and not returned, others who K55 079 were already tired just from going down, were beginning to K55 080 understand the enormity, the distance, the sheer climb back K55 081 that would be entailed if they kept going and then found the K55 082 Gorge impassable. ^Some had gone too far, and quite young K55 083 people were coming back, their faces contorted with distress. K55 084 ^It seemed impossible that some of the old ones would ever get K55 085 back. K55 086 |^I said to a young woman, who was crawling back *- this is K55 087 true, the heat of the day had come upon the mountain, and she K55 088 would walk a few feet forward then fall on her knees on the K55 089 jagged path and crawl a short painful way *- ^*'How far did you K55 090 go?**' K55 091 |^She looked at me with glazed eyes, and said, ^*'Don't go K55 092 any further, for God's sake, don't go on.**' K55 093 |^So that when she and her companion had gone, I sat down in K55 094 the White Mountains, and I looked at the way that I had come K55 095 and the way that there was to go, and I thought that I could K55 096 die in the Mountains if I carried on to the monastery. K55 097 ^Sometimes on this journey I had wondered if I would ever reach K55 098 home again, sometimes I had been afraid. ^I had left home K55 099 believing that I was a self contained person. ^I was not K55 100 certain any more. ^I was often lonely. ^Other days I felt K55 101 ill. ^I am forty-five and my health is no better and no worse K55 102 than that of many women of my age whose bones are beginning to K55 103 feel the edge of change. K55 104 |^In the White Mountains I was not afraid, or lonely, or K55 105 sick. ^I did not feel that I had to challenge myself to some K55 106 limit beyond my endurance. ^The choice was simple which is not K55 107 to say that the route back was. ^The heat was pouring between K55 108 the rocks and midday came and passed and still I climbed back K55 109 the way I had come. ^But I would not die in the mountains, I K55 110 would return from them, and go on. K55 111 |^At two o'clock in the afternoon, at the top of the ravine, K55 112 there are not too many places to turn. ^A canteen, and a rest K55 113 house where a considerable crowd of tourists milled around K55 114 knowing each other, and that was all. K55 115 |^And no transport until six o'clock that night. K55 116 |^I knew the way we had come, across the Plain of Omalos. K55 117 ^It stretched away before me, a plateau about five miles across K55 118 in the middle of the mountains, and on the far side of it, a K55 119 mountain village. K55 120 |^If I were to test myself, this was how I would do it. ^I K55 121 would cross the plain on foot. ^I would move close to the K55 122 Greek earth, yet surrounded by clear ground. ^I would put K55 123 myself in the middle of that wide space where I would not be K55 124 touched. ^I am not afraid of space. K55 125 |^The sun had dropped more than I realised when I set out, K55 126 or perhaps there was cloud descending on the mountains. ^It K55 127 was much colder than it had been in the ravine. ^I told myself K55 128 it was bracing. K55 129 |^I would not have seen the things I did that afternoon if I K55 130 had not walked across the plain. K55 131 |^At ground level, and obscured by the dead winter foliage K55 132 from the bus where we had passed before, I could see whole K55 133 carpets of blue and red anemones. ^I took out my camera and K55 134 aimed it in the general direction of the flowers. ^I felt K55 135 ridiculous at first, thinking that the flowers would see how K55 136 inept I was at using a camera, and then laughed at myself, at K55 137 the silliness of shooting off picture after picture at such K55 138 crazy angles and without consideration for the way the light K55 139 fell. ^I had not used the camera before. ^It had been my K55 140 father's and it had been insisted by my family that I carry a K55 141 camera. ^I had not wanted to take it because I cannot take K55 142 photographs. ^I have resisted learning because I am afraid I K55 143 will not take the very best of photographs. ^Oh, that is quite K55 144 true. ^That is how I am. K55 145 |^What I did not think of then, but do now, is that my K55 146 father had used the camera to take pictures of flowers which he K55 147 would later paint. ^Subtle little watercolours. ^He was old K55 148 when he began to paint but even then, he was not bad. ^No, K55 149 better than that, he was good, but he left it too late to be K55 150 the best. ^I think he might have been if he had begun when he K55 151 was young. ^That was his tragedy you see, to have failed at so K55 152 many things, when he might have been the best at this one K55 153 thing. ^The very best I mean. ^I do not exaggerate. K55 154 |^Anyway, that was what I photographed on my travels, that K55 155 and nothing else. ^Flowers hidden under dead branches. K55 156 ^Months have passed and I have still not had the film K55 157 developed. ^Perhaps there will be nothing there. ^Maybe I K55 158 won't have it developed. K55 159 |^On the flat fields, shepherds minded flocks of rangey K55 160 sheep. ^And hundreds of people collected wild vegetables and K55 161 herbs, tiny plants which emerge in the spring and have to be K55 162 burrowed for in the earth. ^The vegetable gatherers sought the K55 163 tiny strawyagathi, each one no larger than a finger, yet they K55 164 carried bulging sacks. ^As I passed, their glances would flick K55 165 across me but their expressions changed little. K55 166 |^So I arrived at Omalos, a little after four, and sat K55 167 outside the taverna to watch the people of the village. ^I K55 168 watched discreetly and from a distance, I did not cast bold K55 169 glances in their direction. ^They filled the centre of the K55 170 village and it appeared as if a celebration was in progress. K55 171 ^On the tables stood bowls of freesias and irises. ^Slanting K55 172 eyed girls were learning to flirt. ^I wondered how long this K55 173 would last, for I had observed that women in Greece were grave K55 174 and industrious and worked while their men sat in the sun and K55 175 looked at women tourists. K55 176 |^A tractor hauled a trailer load of young men backwards and K55 177 forwards through the village past the girls. ^The girls peeked K55 178 and giggled. K55 179 |^At length, a man approached me, and offered food and a K55 180 glass of retsina. ^He said that the food was special *- it was K55 181 a dish of something that looked like curious little batter K55 182 pancakes which proved to be filled with a mixture of very K55 183 strong herbs and a cheese-like substance. ^They were quite K55 184 delicious. ^I accepted the food with modesty and downcast K55 185 eyes, not looking at him *- or not very much, although I did K55 186 see that he had blue eyes, which in itself was exceptional. K55 187 ^But I was careful, for I did not wish to antagonise the women. K55 188 ^That care was to no avail. K55 189 |^The party folded, the air grew colder with mountain chill, K55 190 and I moved inside the taverna which was run by a very strong K55 191 looking though quiet young woman. ^Many people came and went K55 192 as the afternoon wore on and she entertained them, offered K55 193 hospitality, but not one inch would she give to me. ^I asked K55 194 for, and paid for food. ^I asked for the use of the toilets K55 195 and she pretended not to understand me. K55 196 *# K56 001 **[430 TEXT K56**] K56 002 *<*3JEAN WATSON*> *<*4Ali leaves for Delhi*> K56 003 |^Margery was sorry she didn't have a camera. K56 004 |^She wanted to capture the scene forever. K56 005 |^Something changes and everything goes on the same. K56 006 |^A stone is dropped into a current of flowing water, for an K56 007 instant the ripples are disturbed, change shape, then resume K56 008 the same pattern again. ^In this ebb and flow, this K56 009 disturbance and resumption of intricate patterns *- the themes K56 010 with their variations *- she can see the arrivals and K56 011 departures of friends, and from a further point of detachment, K56 012 her own. K56 013 *|^It is eight in the morning, Margery sits at the houseboat K56 014 window. ^Behind her in the lounge Saphi the houseboy is K56 015 sweeping the carpet with a straw broom; he sings as he works. K56 016 |^To the left of the ghat stands a clump of three willows, K56 017 they lean toward the lake, to the trunk of the foremost one is K56 018 attached a cable which leads to the houseboat where Margery is K56 019 watching from the window. K56 020 |^On the right of the ghat is a narrow two-storied house, K56 021 from a fire behind it wisps of smoke drift slowly across the K56 022 roof towards the tops of the willows. ^In the background is a K56 023 larger group of willows. K56 024 |^The lake is still. ^But reflected by the lake water, the K56 025 light is moving, waving to and fro, delicate and potent on the K56 026 trunks and among the branches of the willows. ^Between the K56 027 willows and the concrete wall is a mound of dirt and broken K56 028 bricks. K56 029 |^At the top of the ghat the road begins. ^It passes K56 030 through the tiny lakeside village and, a mile later, joins the K56 031 main road to town. K56 032 |^Now two cars are parked on the road at the top of the K56 033 ghat, a black one and a grey one, both striped yellow along the K56 034 body above the doors. ^An English couple are getting into the K56 035 black one. K56 036 |^The sunlight catches the bumpers, dazzling. ^In the K56 037 foreground the trunks of the three leaning willows cut across K56 038 the bonnet. K56 039 |^Saphi approaches the back door of the black car, he is K56 040 carrying a wicker lunch basket and a blanket, he hands them to K56 041 the couple in the car and closes the door. ^He waves as the K56 042 driver backs, turns, and disappears along the road. ^A group K56 043 of quacking ducks wanders from among the willows in the K56 044 background onto the concrete steps. K56 045 |^Underneath Margery's window, two little girls paddle past K56 046 with a shikara load of lily leaves. K56 047 |^*'Hello what's your name?**' they call. K56 048 |^Among the willows, a small boy is rolling a single bicycle K56 049 wheel. K56 050 |^An elderly couple are going out onto the lake in their K56 051 shikara, the old man kneels in the bow paddling. ^He is K56 052 talking loudly all the way, the old woman sits in the centre K56 053 smiling and nodding, saying an occasional word. K56 054 |^On the bottom step a woman sits washing clothes with a K56 055 slap, slap, slap sound. ^Next to her sits another woman K56 056 washing a samovar. K56 057 |^Two tourists, one in a bright pink dress, walk past the K56 058 remaining grey car and the willows. ^They stand for a few K56 059 minutes among the ducks and then move out of sight. K56 060 |^A willow trunk hides one of the headlights of the grey K56 061 car. ^There are two suitcases on the rack. ^The driver, K56 062 dressed in a grey checked sports coat, is polishing with a red K56 063 cloth, first the bonnet then the windows. ^In the background a K56 064 woman walks past, she is wearing a turquoise head-dress and K56 065 carries a copper plate upside down on her head. ^The sunlight K56 066 catches it as she walks past the grey car. K56 067 |^The grey car is waiting for Ali, to take him to the K56 068 airport in town. ^He is catching the plane to Delhi today. K56 069 |^Two brown sheep wander down beside the concrete wall. K56 070 |^Now at last two people are approaching the grey car. K56 071 ^One, a thick set tourist wearing a navy jacket with a red K56 072 handkerchief in the pocket, the other, Ali. K56 073 *|^Margery is trying to fix the scene in her mind, as if taking K56 074 a colour photograph. K56 075 |^A photo would be square, the edge of it cutting off all K56 076 except the grey car, the willow trunks, the top step of the K56 077 ghat and the two standing by the car. K56 078 |^A photo would be still and cold and harshly lit. K56 079 *|^Now the tourist gets into the back seat, the driver closes K56 080 the door after him. ^Ali stands a few minutes talking to the K56 081 driver. ^Ali is thin and dark brown, he is wearing a bright K56 082 red and yellow striped jersey and dark glasses. K56 083 *|^Just that *- a few seconds, Ali standing by the grey car K56 084 talking to the driver. ^Now he gets into the front seat, the K56 085 driver closes the door and walks round to the other side, opens K56 086 his own door and sits behind the wheel, a sharp slam as he K56 087 shuts the door. ^He starts the motor, backs the car, turns and K56 088 drives off through the little village along the road to town. K56 089 |^Shifting sand, swirling foam on the ebbing and flowing K56 090 tide. K56 091 |^Ali has left for Delhi. K56 092 |^Smoke drifts from behind the house on the far side of the K56 093 ghat, it drifts down among the willow branches. K56 094 |^A crow sits black among the green willow branches. K56 095 |^A duck at the water's edge rises and flaps its wings, K56 096 surrounding itself in a mist of spray. K56 097 |^A row of men sit on the concrete wall talking. K56 098 |^A small boy hurls stones at the water. K56 099 |^The light moves delicate and potent on the trunks and K56 100 among the leaves and branches of the willows, reflecting the K56 101 almost imperceptible movement of the lake. K56 102 |^The two sheep are now standing on the mound of dirt in K56 103 front of the willow trunks. K56 104 |^The elderly couple are returning from the lake in their K56 105 shikara. ^They have a large bundle of weed tied up in sacking. K56 106 ^The man is still talking at the same rate and the woman still K56 107 smiling and nodding. ^They pass right under Margery's window, K56 108 they smile at her, the old woman's smile is gentle and K56 109 friendly, the man's smile more hesitant and a bit wary. K56 110 |^They reach the shore, the old woman hoists the bundle of K56 111 weed onto her head and nimbly jumps out of the shikara, walks K56 112 up the stops and towards the village. ^The old man dawdles K56 113 behind talking to the men who are still sitting on the wall. K56 114 |^Two boys bring a pushbike bumping down the steps, rest it K56 115 on the bottom step, and begin to wash it. K56 116 |^A blue kingfisher sits in the willow branches. K56 117 *|^A group of children climb into a shikara and paddle towards K56 118 the middle of the lake/ the car has gone/ the activity on the K56 119 water's edge continues/ Ali has left for Delhi/ closes over his K56 120 departure/ continues/ as water in a lake closes over a falling K56 121 stone. K56 122 *<*2ANNE KENNEDY*> K56 123 *<*4Joseph Philip Seraphim Cherubim*> K56 124 |^Joseph Philip were born only 14 months apart. ^Fourteen K56 125 months is not a great distance. ^Him seraph, him cherub, said K56 126 their mother Vonnie, thinking they were angels and dressing K56 127 them accordingly in winged gowns. ^She hung Joseph Philip on K56 128 high. ^The sun made their red lips and blue eyes run into the K56 129 paleness of their skin. ^Their hair was golden and had a soft K56 130 sheen. ^When people went to touch it they were surprised to K56 131 discover. ^It was made of plaster. K56 132 |^Joseph Philip are the only pair among a family of only K56 133 children. ^Joseph Philip do everything together. ^Go to K56 134 school together. ^Play together. ^Write together. ^Share K56 135 alphabet. ^A yours. ^B mine. ^Ph ours. ^By the time they K56 136 are in their teens they are well used to being together. ^In K56 137 fact possibly a little tired of it. ^But, seraph, cherub, 14 K56 138 months apart, says Vonnie. K56 139 |^Joseph goes to Polytech to learn commercial art. K56 140 ^Spectrum, lettering, type face. ^That sort of thing. ^Joseph K56 141 learns about seriphs. ^Seriphs are what you are looking at. K56 142 ^Seriphs are tails on letters and help the eye to link letters K56 143 together. ^Speed reading. ^Is enhanced by seriphs. ^Joseph K56 144 Philip. ^The products of evolution. ^Don't have tails. K56 145 ^Hands, feet, ears instead. ^Link them together. ^Reading is K56 146 made easier this way. ^Joseph Philip seraph cherub. ^Pass K56 147 before the eye in a smooth progression. K56 148 |^Seriphs are news to Joseph. ^Now he knows how angels are K56 149 born. K56 150 |^A year later Philip goes to Polytech also. ^He studies K56 151 journalism. ^The news of the world. ^Many different versions K56 152 of it. ^Philip learns to type. ^Ph pH. ^Now Philip can make K56 153 seriphs without looking at his hands. ^He learns shorthand. K56 154 ^Now Philip can write news that is unintelligible to the rest K56 155 of the world. K56 156 |^**[SHORTHAND CHARACTERS**] K56 157 ^See. ^This is the news of the world. ^This is K56 158 unintelligible, says Philip. K56 159 *9|^Joseph in the commercial art department has just been K56 160 informed about the facts of sans seriph. ^Sans seriph is what K56 161 you are looking at. ^Sans seriph has no links. ^Sans seriph K56 162 is a family of 26 only children. ^They are sad cases. ^Joseph K56 163 feels sorry for letters forced to lead such sad lives. ^Joseph K56 164 himself has embraced brothers and sisters. ^He tells the K56 165 tutor, no sans seriph. ^(= seriph) ^Sans seriph, says the K56 166 tutor. ^Seriph, says Joseph. ^Seraph, he says. ^The tutor K56 167 leans over Joseph's lettering block and strikes out all the K56 168 seriphs. ^Joseph opens his mouth in a primal scream. ^Hands, K56 169 feet, ears. ^This is agony. ^Joseph tears the page from the K56 170 block. ^He drops out of commercial art school. K56 171 *0|^Philip is putting seriphs on his shorthand characters K56 172 with gay abandon. ^They are peopling a novel. ^Just write the K56 173 news, says the journalism tutor. ^This is the news, says K56 174 Philip. ^News sans seriph, says the journalism tutor. ^News K56 175 avec seriph, says Philip. ^Seraphim cherubim. ^He says. K56 176 ^This is old news, says the tutor. K56 177 |^**[SHORTHAND CHARACTER**] K56 178 says Philip. ^See. ^He drops out of journalism school. K56 179 |^Joseph Philip go to the Labour Department. ^They sign on K56 180 as unemployed using a pen which spills seriphs everywhere. K56 181 ^What a mess. ^A giant seriph cobbles their application K56 182 together. K56 183 |^At the Social Welfare Department it is discovered that K56 184 there is a duplication. ^Joseph Philip. ^Ph x 2. ^Ph a deux K56 185 would cause a mix-up. ^One of them must part with ph. ^Joseph K56 186 ilip. ^Jose Philip. ^They can't decide. ^Should Joseph as K56 187 the elder keep his ph? ^Or Philip with 14 months more life K56 188 ahead of him in this world? ^A helpful Social Welfare K56 189 Department advisory officer suggests a solution. ^Josep K56 190 hilip, she says. ^No no no, says Joseph. ^Seraphim. K56 191 ^Cherubim, chimes in Philip. K56 192 |^In the end the application for a benefit. ^Is disallowed K56 193 by the department. ^This is a false declaration, they say. K56 194 ^There is no free ph all. ^By now the phs have gone astray in K56 195 the department files. ^Jose ilip leave the dole office worse K56 196 off than they entered it. ^This is an example of how New K56 197 Zealand is no longer a welfare state, says ilip, who has been K56 198 to journalism school. K56 199 |^Jose ilip limp to the Duke of Edinburgh Hotel. ^Are they K56 200 still a pair? ^A pair with no ph? ^They spend the afternoon K56 201 pondering this question. ^ilip comes to the conclusion they K56 202 must go off the rails. ^Jose ilip with no ph is unthinkable! K56 203 ^ilip shakes his fist. ^Jose is less certain. ^This is an K56 204 historic moment. ^Here in the Duke of Edinburgh Hotel. ^Their K56 205 friends can attest to it. ^This is where the ways of Jose K56 206 ilip begin to part. K56 207 |^ilip goes out and steals a record. ^Records are good for K56 208 tea, he says. ^He is arrested for shop-lifting. ^ilip has K56 209 invented shop-lifting. ^Shop-lifting as philosophy. ^ilip's K56 210 philosophy. ^When two or more words are hyphened together K56 211 there is deed. ^Shop-lifting is deed. ^ilip steals a boxed K56 212 set. K56 213 |^When he is not in court or drinking at the Duke of K56 214 Edinburgh Hotel, ilip sits in the home of Vonnie and Matthew K56 215 reading *1Finnegans Wake. ^*0The *1I Ching. ^*0That sort of K56 216 thing. ^Takes a long time. ^ilip has the rest of his life. K56 217 ^To pass the time more pleasantly. K56 218 |^ilip writes poems and takes lots of drugs. ^Any K56 219 combination of letters and stimulants. K56 220 *# K57 001 **[431 TEXT K57**] K57 002 *<*3VINCENT O'SULLIVAN*> *<*4Putting Bob Down*> K57 003 |^It is usually assumed that if a man has two mistresses or two K57 004 wives, then they must be physically quite contrary types. K57 005 ^Perhaps literature has corrupted that part of our thinking K57 006 irretrievably. ^There is always the *'dark she, fair she**' as K57 007 the gloomiest of English poets once wrote. ^Or what we drew K57 008 from those books we were reared on. ^Walter Scott. ^Nathaniel K57 009 Hawthorne. ^There is a blonde girl who embodies the domestic K57 010 virtues, who wears a plaid shawl, looks after an aged father, K57 011 and gazes at the hero with eyes so blue that ice floating into K57 012 the coldest fjords is not to be compared. ^Truly. ^And there K57 013 is a raven-haired woman who speaks directly from the blood. K57 014 ^She is Mediterranean, and behind her we see the temples of K57 015 forgotten faiths, a rage for existence which that blonde girl K57 016 knows nothing of. ^She carries phials in her pocket, while the K57 017 Anglo-Saxon angel has merely an address book in her reticule. K57 018 ^Which is introductory to this simple fact: when Bob Roberts K57 019 died, there were two women at his graveside. ^They were almost K57 020 identical. K57 021 |^Helene, whose name had always enchanted him, said as they K57 022 walked away from the dark gaping hole ^*'We all get finally I K57 023 suppose what we most deserve.**' K57 024 |^The other woman was called Frith. ^She hated her name K57 025 intensely because of that mucky story about the bird. ^She K57 026 said ^*'If only we did.**' K57 027 |^Metaphor is something that Helene hates more than anything K57 028 on earth. ^A plate is a plate. ^A fish is a fish. ^A plate K57 029 can never be a fish, even if it is shaped with fins and painted K57 030 with scales, and signed Picasso in the corner. ^Because there K57 031 is always the irrefutable test. ^Give a hungry man a plate K57 032 painted like a fish. K57 033 |^Frith does not think like that at all. ^To carry metaphor K57 034 in one's emotional arsenal is to carry a thin stick that snaps K57 035 open to a gorgeous fan. ^There is a semi-circle of wonder as K57 036 close as the palm of one's hand. ^Japan, as she once explained K57 037 it to Bob, sits waiting in Dabtoe. ^There is a holocaust in K57 038 every match that is struck correctly. K57 039 |^At the graveside both women stepped forward K57 040 simultaneously, to take a handful of clammy yellow earth. ^One K57 041 had removed her glove while the other had kept hers on. ^The K57 042 better dressed of the women reached out her right hand to the K57 043 trowel which the undertaker offered them. ^The other woman K57 044 took her handful from the left. ^Frith thinking of a cake K57 045 offered on a cakeslice, Helene looking only at the clogged K57 046 crumbs of earth. K57 047 |^When Helene threw that clutch of dirt into the grave, onto K57 048 the polished wood and the freshly engraved metal plate, she K57 049 knew quite absolutely she tossed dust to dust. ^So did Frith. K57 050 ^But she was thinking how she knew beyond any disbelief in K57 051 resurrection or anything else, that she was throwing eternity K57 052 onto dear dead Bob. ^That all of us, walking or sleeping, wear K57 053 bodies which are indeed the merest tip of the past, the K57 054 arrowhead that shall then lie round for a million years. ^She K57 055 thought, I am throwing the dust of today onto the ash of stars. K57 056 |^Bob had said to them separately ^*'You cannot expect me to K57 057 choose between you. ^You just can't.**' K57 058 |^Each of them had said in her own way, which in fact was K57 059 very similar, ^*'We're not cannibals, love. ^We don't believe K57 060 for a minute that one has to devour the loved one.**' ^Helene K57 061 had spelled it out. ^*'Isn't that what we've been fighting K57 062 against for millennia? ^That old *1mine, mine *0nonsense?**' K57 063 ^Frith put it like this. ^She said ^*'If we could only think K57 064 of sex as an aesthetic experience too, as well as a mere K57 065 tingling of nerves.**' ^(In her mind she saw the telephone K57 066 exchange her mother worked at while she herself was a child. K57 067 ^And on some days too many bells ringing in that small town for K57 068 one operator to cope with. ^Until mummy's hands finally across K57 069 her ears with the room ringing about her and the lights K57 070 flashing on the switchboard and simply not enough hands for too K57 071 many wires. ^With mummy crying *1oh shit oh dear!) ^*0What K57 072 Frith in fact was saying: ^*'If you own a painting I mean. K57 073 ^You don't turn it to the wall if someone else enjoys it K57 074 too.**' K57 075 |^At the graveside she wore a plain grey suit and Helene a K57 076 black frock with a cut-away matching jacket. ^From not very K57 077 far away they might have been sisters, one of them clearly K57 078 richer than the other. ^They had both taken a taxi to the K57 079 cemetery. ^Neither thought it important which of them had K57 080 known the corpse the longer time. K57 081 |^Even now, if it came to the push, Bob would not have known K57 082 what woman he preferred. ^Thank God though there had never K57 083 been anything sneaky about the liaisons. ^He had told Helene K57 084 quite openly. ^He had said ^*'I don't consider myself a K57 085 particularly randy sort of man but there's something I'd better K57 086 tell you.**' ^It was almost as if she had expected him to say K57 087 it. ^She had stroked his hair as she leaned across him. ^He K57 088 had thought, I'm buggered if I'd have taken the same thing from K57 089 her. ^But another time when he had forgotten an appointment K57 090 with her, Helene threw things at him when he next came into the K57 091 house. K57 092 |^Frith was so much milder. ^Yet she wore exotic K57 093 underthings and said the strongest words when her breath caught K57 094 and her hands fluttered across his rump. K57 095 |^A point to be made here is that it's not at all the same K57 096 thing as looking through a doorway, although it's easy enough K57 097 for writers to imagine that it is, when the figures pull back K57 098 from the sunlit and lovely oblong which is the top of a grave. K57 099 ^To imagine it is like friends going from a room. ^As a matter K57 100 of fact the legs are absurdly out of proportion to begin with. K57 101 ^They are positive pillars. ^The heads too such K57 102 disproportionate bumps above the big swinging handbags, the K57 103 hands the women held together in their dark gloves rather like K57 104 the mitts of boxers touching as they prance in their corners. K57 105 ^Then when they drop those handfuls of dirt. ^Honestly, the K57 106 way the clods come pouring in you'd think they had it in for K57 107 you. K57 108 |^*'I'm only a journo,**' Bob used to tell them. ^*'Only K57 109 run of the mill in the least elevated of callings.**' K57 110 |^*'It must be so marvellous to use words at all,**' Frith K57 111 said. ^*'With that freedom, I mean. ^That control. ^All I K57 112 ever do, day after day, is hear children recite their grammar. K57 113 ^Hear them conjugate, decline, fumble with sentences they will K57 114 never know how to use. ^Languages!**' she sighed. ^*'Those K57 115 complicated and dreary ladders. ^Where do they expect them to K57 116 reach?**' K57 117 |^She liked it when he nuzzled close against her, ran his K57 118 hand down her stomach and left it lying there. ^*'A man is K57 119 like the *1\Zeitwort, *0do you understand that? ^The verb. K57 120 ^Women are so many nouns.**' K57 121 |^When both of them stood back from the long bright space K57 122 hanging there above him, he thought how lovely a patch of pure K57 123 blue could seem. K57 124 |^The women turned away and walked for perhaps a minute in K57 125 silence. ^Then Helene was saying to Frith, ^*'In the six K57 126 funerals I've been to in this cemetery this is the first one it K57 127 hasn't rained.**' K57 128 |^They were cutting across the rows of the buried towards K57 129 the road. ^A champion billiard-player's monument with its K57 130 slate table, its marble cue, struck them as too absurd. ^*'God K57 131 knows what Bradman will have. ^A whole oval made from K57 132 brass.**' ^They touched each other's arms in amusement. K57 133 ^*'Imagine what Bob would think, us talking like this!**' ^They K57 134 remembered how he believed that women knew nothing about sport. K57 135 |^As it happened, he thought a great deal. ^He thought of K57 136 Helene's knee on the side of his bed, her preparing to throw K57 137 herself across him like the great yet also lucky Jim Pike K57 138 across a certainty, and his telling her ^*'You are lovelier K57 139 than anything I know.**' ^And her playfully putting her hand K57 140 across his mouth so that he bit at that fleshy part just down K57 141 from her little finger. ^Her saying to him ^*'Never say K57 142 *1than. ^*0Never say *1like *0or *1as. ^Do you hear?**' K57 143 ^Pressing with her strong knees against his sides. ^And his K57 144 saying quite seriously, so that she roared with laughter, K57 145 ^*'There's not a love poem I bet you in the whole of literature K57 146 for that part of a woman's body. ^That little soft bit there K57 147 on the side of your hand.**' ^Helene would even laugh sometimes K57 148 in the middle of their loving. ^With Frith there was either no K57 149 talk at all, or those words she would never think of using K57 150 anywhere else. K57 151 |^The first time he had ever seen them together. ^At an K57 152 art-opening he had to write up for his paper because the critic K57 153 was down with the mumps. ^He was terrified at the thought of K57 154 speaking to both of them at the same time. ^He leaned close to K57 155 Frith as he came in and saw her by the table with the K57 156 catalogues. ^*'There's an awful lot of people I have to nod to K57 157 tonight. ^Or the paper does rather. ^Know what I mean?**' ^He K57 158 brought her a glass of wine and looked at some pictures with K57 159 her. ^She knew the names of all of them without referring to K57 160 her catalogue. K57 161 |^Helene said out very loudly ^*'This is the most boring K57 162 exhibition I have ever seen.**' ^He had been shocked. ^He K57 163 looked at the famous black figures against their ochrous K57 164 background, the flashes of gums and flowers like gunshot in the K57 165 violence of the light. ^She said ^*'Introduce me to her K57 166 anyway. ^She can't be worse than this.**' K57 167 |^They had reminded him of a Moore exhibition as they peered K57 168 down at him a few minutes ago. ^Their heads so small and K57 169 distant, mere tufts on pyramids of flesh. K57 170 |^Helene, he had sometimes thought, liked to be with him so K57 171 that she could *1hone. ^*0On anything. ^On politics or race K57 172 or people they knew. ^*'Private money makes it so easy,**' he K57 173 would say to her. ^*'I could sneer at half the price.**' ^She K57 174 sat with her legs tucked under her, her glass of wine K57 175 reflecting like a great coin. ^Folded on her knee was the K57 176 paper with his column. ^*'What would you do if you actually K57 177 had to *1look *0at something? ^Come into the open without your K57 178 cliches? ^Your little images? ^Run like a nigger flushed from K57 179 the cane-brakes, I wouldn't be surprised.**' ^Her teeth when K57 180 she teased him like that! ^So white and even and gleaming. K57 181 ^She enraged him. ^And then so deliberately looking at her K57 182 watch, declaring that her husband already had left his office. K57 183 ^Stroking this very moment life into his Bentley. ^But the K57 184 excitement never really wore off, because there was one lesson K57 185 he learned very early. ^To root above one's station is the K57 186 first step to the stars. K57 187 |^It is surprising how little it shocks one to hear that a K57 188 friend is dead. ^It would surprise one more at times to hear K57 189 that he had won a fortune or written a book or even that he had K57 190 remarried. ^Death, when the chips are down, is a very ordinary K57 191 thing to come to terms with. ^No sooner has one heard it than K57 192 there are those meetings with other friends, the ceremonies K57 193 that nudge it so easily, so gently, away from the warm place K57 194 where we stand ourselves. ^To buy a hat, for example. ^How K57 195 much of grief can be absorbed in that. ^To buy, as indeed K57 196 Frith did, new black underwear for the funeral. ^Appreciating K57 197 her own dark joke as she tried them on at home, for a moment K57 198 there Bob was alive again, watching her from the bed, assuring K57 199 her she was a bit of all right, bloody oath she was! K57 200 *# K58 001 **[432 TEXT K58**] K58 002 *<*3ANNE COOMBS*> K58 003 *<*4White Soracte*> K58 004 |^I was born on the windy slopes of Wellington, and when I K58 005 think of my childhood now, I see my father sitting by an open K58 006 window in our hillside home, breathing in the sea air that blew K58 007 constantly from the Pacific Ocean. K58 008 |^At first, broom bushes and a rug on the spare section were K58 009 my deep rabbit burrow. ^My bedroom under the tiles smelt warm K58 010 and dusty like a bird's nest. ^In endless summer I ate my K58 011 sugared carrots outside on the steps, or crawled through a K58 012 forest of fennel. ^By the gate there waited a winged boy; the K58 013 wind blew his scarf over my eyes as we flew together along the K58 014 crest of the hill, above the harbour. K58 015 |^My father made concrete steps and paths in the garden, and K58 016 a seat with my name on it *- *2DIANA *- *0in chips of white K58 017 shell; trellises and hedges sheltered it from the south. ^The K58 018 sticky grey leaves of the hedge plant looked as if they had K58 019 been sprayed with salt and hid grey berries oozing a poisonous K58 020 dark red jam. ^That was native *1 6Pittosporum. ^*0My father K58 021 also planted hydrangeas and arum lilies, my mother's flowers. K58 022 |^My mother bought me a school uniform; it was blue, my K58 023 favourite colour, and it had white collars and cuffs that K58 024 snapped on and off. ^She bought me a panama hat with tight K58 025 elastic under the chin to hold it on in the wind. ^Next came K58 026 air-raid drill; we lay on the tennis courts at school biting on K58 027 India rubbers, while name-tags hung round our necks on pieces K58 028 of string. ^Mine said *1Diana Torrance *0in black ink. ^An K58 029 enemy was coming across the sea. K58 030 |^Voices spoke from the sky on short wave radio *- Big Ben, K58 031 Winston Churchill, Charles de Gaulle *- and on medium wave from K58 032 Australia, I heard the kookaburra. ^My father hung up a map of K58 033 the world where many parts were coloured red; on those lands, K58 034 the British Empire, the sun never set. K58 035 |^When I think of my father now, I often see him with a book K58 036 in his hand. ^He is seated at the window *- an open window *- K58 037 reading. ^With his dark suit and his white hair, he looks K58 038 solid, and he smells richly of tobacco and bonfires. ^He sits K58 039 upright in a straight-backed oak dining chair, one arm resting K58 040 on the window sill, the other holding his book so that the K58 041 light from the window falls on the pages. ^His head is K58 042 slightly bent, but every now and then he raises it to look out, K58 043 and then his lips move. ^From time to time he makes a note in K58 044 the margin of his book with a pencil which he takes from his K58 045 suit coat pocket, or lays a spent match from his matchbox K58 046 between the pages to mark a place. ^Sometimes he murmurs to K58 047 himself as he gazes through the half-open casement at the K58 048 garden falling away below into the fresh breeze of morning... K58 049 |^This image of my father forms a luminous square to which K58 050 the rest of my childhood is but a dark background. K58 051 ^Illuminated and detached from its surroundings in a long K58 052 distant past, this picture lights up like a colour slide in the K58 053 beam of a projector, fragile but enduring. ^As though our grey K58 054 house with its red-tiled roof, the hills of Seatoun Heights, K58 055 the road along which I used to run to visit Aunt Molly, the K58 056 flat streets of Miramar, all of Wellington even, with its K58 057 various hours and seasons, had consisted of but one window in a K58 058 wall overlooking a terraced garden edged with blue and pink K58 059 hydrangeas, on a Saturday morning in early summer. K58 060 |^My father's lips move as he sits at the dining-room K58 061 window, below which the hillside slopes down, step by step, in K58 062 terraces, to the roof of the house below. ^As he raises his K58 063 eyes to repeat a phrase *- for he is learning this passage by K58 064 heart *- his gaze falls on the suburb spread out beneath: the K58 065 flat red roofs and tram lines of Miramar, the plume of smoke K58 066 from the gas works, the white curve of Lyall Bay. ^Further K58 067 away, the open sea is blue today; a fishing boat out on the K58 068 water seems to stand still, while beyond it, half hidden by K58 069 cloud in the far distance, float the mountain peaks of the K58 070 South Island. K58 071 |^*'Close the window, Humphrey.**' ^That's my mother's K58 072 voice. ^*'Humphrey, you're letting in a draught.**' ^Yes, I'm K58 073 sure that is my mother speaking. ^But my mother isn't there. K58 074 ^She is along the road at her brother's place, the K58 075 sailor-home-from-the-sea, who has perched his house on a cliff above K58 076 the harbour. ^Beth is having morning tea in Newport Terrace with K58 077 her sister-in-law, my Aunt Molly. K58 078 |^*'It's cold, Humphrey. ^Do close the window.**' ^Before K58 079 leaving she must have said it. ^For on this Saturday morning K58 080 the house really is full of draughts, the back door has just K58 081 banged shut, the Indian weave curtains are flapping. ^The K58 082 plume of smoke below in Miramar is leaning to the right in the K58 083 southerly wind off Cook Strait. ^But London-bred Beth is not K58 084 here, she's out visiting, and my father likes fresh air. ^A K58 085 man of over sixty needs to breathe! ^He settles himself more K58 086 firmly in his chair and fills his lungs with good cold sea K58 087 wind. K58 088 |^And now my father's hand begins to beat time, as he K58 089 directs his sharp blue eyes to the middle distance, where there K58 090 is only brightness and light. ^What is he repeating to himself K58 091 with such concentration? ^Why that inward look that seems not K58 092 to see what he is apparently looking at, the ranges of K58 093 mountains across the sea on the horizon, the Seaward and Inland K58 094 Kaikouras, visible today under a band of light cloud? K58 095 ^Lowering his eyes to the page, he runs the stem of his pipe K58 096 along the lines as he reads, with marked metrical stress, K58 097 drawing out the long vowels, K58 098 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K58 099 |**[POEM**] K58 100 **[END INDENTATION**] K58 101 |^My father lays the book of Horace's *1Odes, *0bound in K58 102 worn brown leather, on the window sill, and turns to look over K58 103 his shoulder at the clock. ^He is waiting for me to come home. K58 104 ^His wife is having morning tea with Molly, she won't be back K58 105 till noon, but I, Diana, should soon be here. ^He wants to K58 106 discuss with me the translation of *2LIB *=I CAR *0**=ix, *1To K58 107 Thaliarchus. ^*0Now that I have been taking Latin at school K58 108 for several years, I ought to be able to appreciate Horace, he K58 109 thinks. ^The clock on the sideboard shows ten past eleven. K58 110 ^This clock has pillars of black marble, like an Egyptian K58 111 temple, and a plaque from the Union Steamship Company to my K58 112 grandfather *'in appreciation of long service.**' ^The hour K58 113 hand points to the Roman numeral *=XI. K58 114 |^*'Young people should learn the classics,**' my father K58 115 used to say. ^*'It clears the mind.**' K58 116 |^*'Clutters the brain, more likely,**' my mother would K58 117 reply, *'with a lot of old silt.**' K58 118 |^*'Our daughter has a mind like mountain water. ^Every K58 119 pebble it passes over shines and sparkles.**' K58 120 |^*'What nonsense,**' said my mother. ^*'She's just a good K58 121 average.**' K58 122 |^Perhaps it is the morning light that exalts my father. K58 123 ^There are times in Wellington when the air is so clear it K58 124 enhances everything, the most distant objects are visible in K58 125 perfect detail, the light shines, especially just before or K58 126 just after rain, brilliantly on whatever you wish like a K58 127 magnifying lens. K58 128 |^My father overestimated my knowledge of Latin. ^At school K58 129 we were reading *1Everyday Life in Ancient Rome, *0in English, K58 130 and reciting declensions, not poetry. ^In prose we translated, K58 131 ^*'How many farmers did the soldiers kill in the fields near K58 132 the town?**' ^Turn that into the passive, girls, using the K58 133 ablative. ^And yes, I could read the motto on my school K58 134 hatbadge, *3LUCE VERITATIS, *0engraved on a silver scroll K58 135 beneath the oil lamp. ^Was it Aladdin's lamp, I wondered, K58 136 which when rubbed produces the magical *2LIGHT OF TRUTH? K58 137 |^*0The strange thing is, the more Latin I studied at K58 138 school, the less patience I had with my father. ^How K58 139 embarrassing to hear him proclaiming pentametres on a Saturday K58 140 morning when everyone else's father was mowing the lawn or K58 141 playing golf! ^I tended to agree with my mother that this K58 142 passion for the past was foolish nonsense, and even slightly K58 143 shameful, while what mattered was everyday life in K58 144 mid-twentieth century Wellington. K58 145 |^And yet, in spite of myself, the lines he recited have K58 146 imprinted themselves on my imagination; they glisten even now K58 147 like pebbles in the mountain stream of my memory. K58 148 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K58 149 |**[POEM**] K58 150 **[END INDENTATION**] K58 151 |^When I got home, my father used to ask me my opinion: K58 152 which version sounds best in English? ^Which is closest to the K58 153 Latin? ^High with snow, deep in snow, white with snow? K58 154 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K58 155 |^*'You see how Mount Soracte stands white with snow.**' K58 156 **[END INDENTATION**] K58 157 |^But he would not be satisfied; he could never capture the K58 158 energy and compression of the original, suggestive at once of K58 159 the depth of the snow, the height of the mountain, and its K58 160 whiteness. ^In that ode, Mount Soracte, seen or imagined once K58 161 in winter long ago across the valley of the Tiber, rears its K58 162 white peak forever against a pure blue Latin sky. ^And K58 163 recalling it now all these years later, I see my father seated K58 164 by an open window on Seatoun Heights *- the southerly wind K58 165 blowing in from Cook Strait ruffled the pages of his copy of K58 166 Horace's *1Odes *- *0rolling on his tongue the musical Italian K58 167 vowels, and seeing in his mind's eye *- as I see him now in K58 168 mine *- not the unnumbered hills of Wellington, but the seven K58 169 hills of Rome. K58 170 |^Allie, the tabby cat, emerges from the rustlings of grass K58 171 on the spare section, where broom bushes used to be and now a K58 172 house is built. ^She jumps down the bank onto the top lawn and K58 173 sniffs the morning. ^She can see the light wavering over the K58 174 line of trees at the foot of the garden, the great bowl of K58 175 brightness that fills Miramar and Lyall Bay, she hears the K58 176 faint cry of a gull somewhere in the blueness overhead. ^Then K58 177 she sees the man at the window. ^She walks to the concrete K58 178 step and rolls on her back. K58 179 |^It is thanks to this movement that my father sees her. K58 180 ^She is a plain tabby cat with white paws that I brought home K58 181 in a sack. ^Not knowing her history, or where she came from, K58 182 we called her Allie, short for Aliena, the Stranger. ^She is K58 183 not the only stranger to have come to Seatoun Heights. K58 184 |^Allie rolls on her back on the warm step, partly for her K58 185 own urges, partly for the master who is looking at her. ^She K58 186 has probably been wandering over the empty sections on this K58 187 part of the hill and hunting for insects in the rank grass. K58 188 |^*'Looking for cicadas or tomcats,**' thinks my father. K58 189 ^*'She has her needs.**' K58 190 |^Waiting for Diana to come, he goes to fetch a saucer of K58 191 milk for the cat. ^One moment Allie is lying on her back in K58 192 the sun, the next she is lapping milk in the red-tiled kitchen, K58 193 purring loudly beside the coke bucket. ^With a leap, she has K58 194 sprung onto the dining-room window sill, one paw on the open K58 195 book, while the man takes his place again in the oak chair, to K58 196 stroke her fur. ^He sits a little heavily with the weight of K58 197 his years. ^It is better for him to get up from time to time K58 198 to prevent his joints from stiffening. ^He could not now K58 199 terrace this hillside for Beth, as he once did, when he first K58 200 came here. K58 201 |^Diana's Saturday morning music lesson must be nearly K58 202 finished, thinks my father. ^Soon she will be walking up the K58 203 hill from Miramar. ^She will climb the long flight of steps K58 204 with her music case, past the lupins, the lucerne, and the wild K58 205 honeysuckle, past the wattle tree that, like him, came here K58 206 from Australia. ^She will walk in the front door, place her K58 207 music on the hall table, come into the dining room. K58 208 *# K59 001 **[433 TEXT K59**] K59 002 |**[ILLUSTRATION**] K59 003 |^*0Well, I wouldn't have brought it up myself, of course... K59 004 ^However, I had got no further than my unlucky lie on the third K59 005 when she discovered her chips were burning and the kids had K59 006 unsubtly increased the volume of the television. ^I had K59 007 noticed this reaction before when discussing golf or politics. K59 008 |^I took off my shoes and put them on the floor of the linen K59 009 cupboard to dry out, washed my hands and came in to tea. K59 010 |^*"The government has been overthrown,**" she said to me as K59 011 she hustled the chips from the oven across to the table. K59 012 |^*"Which one?**" I asked. ^Being a student of world K59 013 affairs I was eager to learn of each new twist in the tangled K59 014 politics of this old planet. K59 015 |^*"Ours.**" K59 016 |^I stopped with a chip half in and half out of my mouth. K59 017 |^*"What?**" K59 018 |^*"Dad's talking with his mouth full,**" crowed my daughter K59 019 triumphantly. ^*"Go and eat outside,**" said my son. ^He was K59 020 alluding to a little punishment I inflicted upon the kids if K59 021 they spit peas at each other or read at the table with the K59 022 elbows in the margarine. K59 023 |^*"*'Gurgles**' has dissolved the government.**" ^(My K59 024 eldest son was referring to Sir Geoffrey, the ex-Governor K59 025 General, who had what even his nearest and dearest could not K59 026 call anything but an *"unfortunate**" laugh.) K59 027 |^*"*'Gurgles**' dissolved Parliament and has called the K59 028 Yanks in to restore Law and Order. ^He's made The Dormouse K59 029 (George Blodger, sleepy eyes, cheek pouches) Prime Minister. K59 030 ^The Nats are going to form a government of national unity. K59 031 ^The Army has taken over the Beehive and the Marines are in K59 032 Wellington. ^Jim Abrahamson and Morrie Reid have been arrested K59 033 for treason.**" K59 034 |^The chip dropped from my sagging jaw. ^It landed in the K59 035 tomato sauce bowl. K59 036 |^*"Wipe it up, Dad *- with a sponge and hot water,**" cried K59 037 my second son jubilantly. ^But I had little heart for K59 038 repartee. ^I hit him on the side of the head with my spoon. K59 039 |^The telephone rang. ^It was Ernie. K59 040 |^All the rancour of my great victory was forgotten. ^We K59 041 were just two concerned New Zealanders analysing the politics K59 042 of our country. K59 043 |^*"Bloody Hell!**", he said. K59 044 |^*"Shit a brick!**" I answered. K59 045 |^And that seemed to sum it up. K59 046 |**[ILLUSTRATION**] K59 047 *<*412*> K59 048 * K59 049 |^*0Our local {0MP} was not a large man. ^He had all the K59 050 presence of a piece of pocket fluff. ^But I think he was a K59 051 good man. ^It was just that when he spoke he was drowned by K59 052 people shushing each other up. K59 053 |^*"Shush, he is talking,**" they would say. K59 054 |^*"Where? ^Where?**" ^There would follow a general K59 055 shuffling of feet and peering over shoulders lest someone K59 056 should step back and accidentally crush him. ^In vain did he K59 057 wear loud sports jackets. ^The jacket itself always stood out, K59 058 but at the end of the evening no one could quite remember K59 059 whether there had been anyone in it. ^This was the man at the K59 060 helm at this tempestuous moment in our history. K59 061 |^God knows, he tried. K59 062 |^*"Squeak, squeak!**" he cried to the agitated mass of K59 063 people cramming the Labour Party rooms on Customs Quay that K59 064 evening. ^Indignation welled up and flowed into the streets in K59 065 floods of oaths, threats and tears. K59 066 |^*"Squeak, squeak,**" and the right arm of the sports K59 067 jacket rose and fell in a disembodied spasm. K59 068 |^*"The bastards can't do this *- can they?**" K59 069 |^*"The bloody military are supporting them. ^I heard K59 070 they'd arrested the {0PM}.**" K59 071 |^*"Did \2ya see the bloody Dormouse on television? ^The K59 072 lyin' bastard reckoned he called the Yanks in to stop a K59 073 communist takeover. ^The little shit! ^They've got Jim K59 074 Abrahamson and Reid. ^Reckon they're {0KGB} men. ^I went to K59 075 school with Morrie Reid. ^He's no more a traitor than I am! K59 076 ^They reckon the Kremlin's been payin' him for years to get K59 077 into the government and turn us commy. ^What a lot of shit. K59 078 ^He hasn't got two cents to rub together. ^He's a socialist K59 079 all right, but he wouldn't K59 080 |**[ILLUSTRATION**] K59 081 know a Communist if he fell over his hammer and sickle. ^It's K59 082 a bloody set up.**" K59 083 |^*"We've got to stop it.**" K59 084 |^*"How?**" K59 085 |^*"Bloody fight, that's how!**" K59 086 |^*"The Yanks are everywhere. ^They're in Auckland and K59 087 Wellington. ^They'll be down south, too.**" K59 088 |^*"I had a call from my sister in Levin. ^She reckons K59 089 there are armoured cars and military vehicles in convoy on the K59 090 highway heading north.**" K59 091 |^*"Yank or Kiwi?**" K59 092 |^*"\2Dunno. ^But I reckon they'll be coming down from the K59 093 North, too. ^A sort of pincer movement. ^Eh?**" K59 094 |^*"It'll take them a couple of days to get here. ^I reckon K59 095 we should arm and oppose the bastards. ^If we don't do it now K59 096 it'll be over and it'll be too late to change anything.**" K59 097 |^*"Peep, peep...**" from the platform. K59 098 |^*"Yeh! ^Yeh!**" K59 099 |^*"No! ^No!**" K59 100 |^*"You're bloody mad! ^Oppose armoured cars? ^What with, K59 101 rakes and garden hoses? ^Look we couldn't even stop our K59 102 blokes, let alone the fucking Yanks.**" K59 103 |^*"\2Youse jokers better do something, eh, or you'll lose K59 104 your land like us \2fellas did. ^You want us to sell you taiaha? K59 105 ^Muskets are extra.**" K59 106 |^There was a sharp rapping from the platform. ^Don Eccles, K59 107 the party secretary, had taken over the chair. ^He was K59 108 pounding the table with the heel of his shoe, an uncomfortably K59 109 Khruschevian gesture to people already feeling the red star and K59 110 concentration camp number branded on their forehead. K59 111 |^Our {0MP}, little Able Updyke, had given up the battle to K59 112 be heard and was slumped like a discarded check sports coat K59 113 over the back of his chair. K59 114 |**[ILLUSTRATION**] K59 115 |^*"Brothers,**" bawled Don, a schoolteacher and used to K59 116 discussing the quotient of the hyperbole in audible tones over K59 117 a class with the decibel level equivalent to the Taupo K59 118 eruption. ^*"Brothers and sisters, bad news I'm afraid. ^Ian K59 119 (Ian McGill, chief reporter on the local paper) has just K59 120 received the following information from the teleprinter: K59 121 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K59 122 *|^Six members of the Transport and General Workers Union and K59 123 a schoolgirl have been killed while opposing New Zealand and K59 124 United States military convoys moving south from Auckland into K59 125 Huntly. ^There are armoured cars and tanks on the North/ South K59 126 Highway. ^The workers had blockaded the road at the northern K59 127 entrance to the town. ^They were supported by townspeople and K59 128 high school students. ^Several stock trucks and coal lorries K59 129 had been parked across the road. ^When the convoy continued K59 130 to advance, the blockading vehicles were set alight. ^The K59 131 blockade was breached by {0US} tanks. ^The people then sat K59 132 down across the road. ^They were being bodily removed by New K59 133 Zealand military personnel when a shot was fired from a nearby K59 134 house. ^A .22 round hit a New Zealand private in the thigh. K59 135 ^There was uproar. ^Shots were exchanged and the crowd broke. K59 136 ^Six unionists and a female high school student died. K59 137 **[END INDENTATION**] K59 138 *|^*"Brothers and sisters, until the Huntly Massacre I must K59 139 admit I had trouble looking upon recent events in this country K59 140 as anything but a weird sort of pantomime. ^Suddenly there are K59 141 dead people. ^They may have been killed by foreign soldiers or K59 142 fellow New Zealanders. ^We must face it. ^This is actually K59 143 happening to us, here in New Zealand. K59 144 |^*"Friends, it is time for decisions. ^I am throwing the K59 145 meeting open. ^Is there anyone who would like to say K59 146 anything?**" K59 147 |^Silence fell for the first time. K59 148 |^The checked coat filled out and crossed to the table. K59 149 ^*"Citizens, ladies and gentlemen, neighbours. ^As your Labour K59 150 representative in a Labour Government you can imagine my K59 151 feelings. ^I *- we *- have worked long and hard for this K59 152 victory, to achieve a Labour Government. ^And now this! ^A K59 153 totally unwarranted and illegal takeover of a lawfully elected K59 154 government. ^I am outraged! ^Our people have been killed by K59 155 Americans, people who are supposed to be our friends. ^My K59 156 father fought beside them in Vietnam...**" K59 157 |^A hostile murmuring. K59 158 |^*"What I am saying is this *- much as I deplore this K59 159 inexcusable meddling in the internal affairs of an independent K59 160 nation and this blatant act of political piracy by the National K59 161 Party, I do not want to see one more life lost. ^I recommend K59 162 that this meeting passes a motion tonight commissioning me to K59 163 travel to Wellington, to the Beehive, and express to this K59 164 illegal National Government our utter outrage in the strongest K59 165 possible terms.**" K59 166 |^*"God's truth, is that it? ^Is that all you can dredge up K59 167 from that flaccid little brain of yours?**" K59 168 |^The hall broke into uproar again. K59 169 |^Onto the stage clumped a 16-stone tatter of leather and K59 170 black rags. K59 171 |^*"You \2fellas shitting your pants, eh?**" K59 172 |^Hone Te Weka, Mongrel Mob. K59 173 |^*"You don't like being pushed around but you're too comfy K59 174 to move, eh? ^Nice car, nice house, colour {0TV}, fizzy spa K59 175 pools. ^Books on the shelves, plenty of kai in the freezer, no K59 176 problems. ^Now these \2fellas have come and are pushing you K59 177 around and you don't like it but your fat guts won't move. K59 178 ^I'm Maori, eh? ^I got no place except the beach and the pub. K59 179 ^What are these pakeha going to take off me? ^My patches?**" K59 180 |^He tore a rag from his shoulder and threw it to the floor. K59 181 ^He paced across the stage, glowering over his shoulder at us. K59 182 ^He threw back his head, ^*"Tihei Maoriora! ^I am Maori. ^I K59 183 got no land so I am nothing. ^Black shit eh? ^Nothing! ^But K59 184 you see out that window there?**" he jabbed a stubby finger K59 185 into the night. ^*"You see the pub? ^You see the tote? ^You K59 186 see the 4-Square dairy? ^You see the creek with the old cars K59 187 in it, and the shit from the *'works**'? ^That's my land. K59 188 ^That's where my kids play. ^You see the beach with the dead K59 189 pipi beds? ^And across the bay, over the kiwifruit and K59 190 Fletchers pines you see way back, you see my bush. ^Totara, K59 191 matai, kahikatea. ^And above, the clouds and the rain and the K59 192 sky. ^You see all that pakeha that belongs to my people? ^I K59 193 don't own any of it, eh?**" K59 194 |^He jerked his trouser pockets out. ^*"No dollars here. K59 195 ^But that is my land. ^I love it. ^I love it enough to take K59 196 up a gun or an axe, or a knife or these,**" a pair of black K59 197 quivering fists, *"and I will fight them. ^Me and these black K59 198 shit, my mates, we'll fight them. ^We'll go to the hills. ^We K59 199 will be there when they come. ^We will fight them. ^They will K59 200 kill us but we will be there when they go. ^Because we are the K59 201 people...**" K59 202 |^He paused in his stalking and glared out at us. ^*"Are K59 203 you?**" K59 204 |^He spat on the floor and clumped off the stage. K59 205 |^At the door the gang was stopped by a group of police. K59 206 ^Senior Sergeant Thomas stepped forward. K59 207 |**[ILLUSTRATIONS**] K59 208 |^*"There'll be no violence, Hone. ^It is our job to K59 209 preserve law and order here, and that is what we intend to K59 210 do.**" K59 211 |^*"Whose law? ^Whose order? ^The government's? ^Which K59 212 government's? ^Out of my way policeman, you don't have any K59 213 standing here.**" K59 214 |^*"Hone, we have weapons. ^We will use them if necessary K59 215 to save lives and maintain order.**" K59 216 |^*"Would you shoot us, Sam Thomas? ^What about you K59 217 Dave?**" ^He spoke to a Maori constable standing behind the K59 218 sergeant. K59 219 |^He held his long, heavy arms above his head. ^His leather K59 220 jacket rode up, exposing his navel. ^He brushed past the K59 221 officer and breasted the Maori constable. ^His huge tousled K59 222 head peered hard into the brown eyes beneath the helmet. K59 223 |^*"You, Maori boy, you \2gonna shoot me?**" K59 224 |^For perhaps ten seconds they stood nose to nose. K59 225 |^Then the constable stepped aside. ^Hone and his ragged K59 226 troop clumped into the night. K59 227 |^Dave Walker, son of Josie Walker from the school K59 228 committee, slowly removed his helmet. ^He took off his K59 229 shoulder tabs and handed them slowly to Sam Thomas. ^Then he K59 230 turned and followed the Mongrels, removing his tie as he went. K59 231 |**[ILLUSTRATION**] K59 232 *<*413*> K59 233 * K59 234 |^I am not your natural guerilla. ^My idea of roughing it in K59 235 the bush is taking a packet of ham sandwiches and a thermos of K59 236 tea onto a rug on the back lawn and fearlessly kicking off my K59 237 jandals. K59 238 *# K60 001 **[434 TEXT K60**] K60 002 |^*0Fred and his wife are divorced, he tells her the second K60 003 time he visits. ^She teaches maths and science, and she says K60 004 he is married to his work, that he cares nothing for her or for K60 005 their son or the home. ^He says she is a social-climbing prig, K60 006 has to know the right people, has to have what they have, the K60 007 Joneses. ^He doesn't want to talk about her. ^She is a pain K60 008 in the arse. K60 009 |^A month later she asks, ^*'What was she like when you K60 010 married her, your wife?**' K60 011 |^*'Oh, a looker.**' K60 012 |^*'She'd be more than that. ^You have to be clever to K60 013 teach maths and science.**' K60 014 |^*'You have to be clever to do your job well at the K60 015 factory. ^You're a pretty smart lady.**' K60 016 |^*'Shit to that.**' ^She feels embarrassed but pleased. K60 017 |^*'Besides, there's something else you know that beats K60 018 cleverness.**' K60 019 |^*'Like?**' K60 020 |^*'That sausages and sex are a damned good recipe.**' K60 021 |^She thinks she must look like a Cheshire cat. ^She feels K60 022 like a Cheshire cat. K60 023 |^*'Do you love me, Fred? ^Really and honestly and truly K60 024 and God's honour?**' K60 025 |^*'What do you think?**' ^He winks. ^*'You're the best.**' K60 026 |^He is getting a slight paunch, she sees. ^His shirt K60 027 buttons are causing the front to gape. ^He probably needs a K60 028 size larger. ^Tracing a finger down one of his hands, she K60 029 wonders a new thing *- why he doesn't ask her to marry him. K60 030 ^She feels married to him, he is here so often, and they hurl K60 031 themselves at each other so easily and so avidly. ^And it does K60 032 seem a waste, that lovely house of his with just himself K60 033 rattling around in it. ^She would not mind leaving the flat K60 034 and living there, but only if they were married. ^If they were K60 035 married, would Fred's son leave his mother and come and live K60 036 with them? ^She rather hoped not. ^From photos Fred has shown K60 037 her she feels him a spoilt and arrogant young man. ^About K60 038 nineteen he must be. ^Probably like Fred's wife. ^Uppish. ^A K60 039 boy like that wouldn't approve of his father marrying a K60 040 factory-worker. K60 041 |^Fred gets up from the couch to turn on the telly and that K60 042 side of her so lately warm and attached to him seems cold now, K60 043 and forsaken. K60 044 |^*'I've arranged something special,**' he says, reaching K60 045 for the knob. K60 046 |^*'Oh?**' ^There is a question in her voice. ^She kicks K60 047 off her shoes and tucks her feet up under her. K60 048 |^*'God, it's *1Hill Street Blues!**' ^*0Fred switches the K60 049 knob off again and sits down. K60 050 |^*'What have you arranged, then? ^Tell me.**' ^It is K60 051 exciting, having something arranged. K60 052 |^*'We're going to a motel at the beach on Friday after K60 053 work, and we'll act just like any old man and his wife, K60 054 scavenging on the sand, playing Scrabble if it rains...**' K60 055 |^*'You know I can't spell.**' K60 056 |^*'Yes.**' K60 057 |^They laugh. ^There are other things to do if it rains. K60 058 ^It is understood. K60 059 |^She straightens her face. ^*'Won't you be bored, away K60 060 from all your stimulating, exciting *- what do you call them *- K60 061 business associates *- who talk all posh?**' K60 062 |^*'You don't know just how boring *1they *0can be. K60 063 ^Especially *1{en masse.}**' K60 064 |^*0*'Oh, Grand-dad, what big words you use. ^It must be K60 065 all that Scrabble you play.**' K60 066 |^So they drive to the beach on Friday after work and in K60 067 five minutes flat she manages to make the motel neatness K60 068 disappear. ^On the bench is a carton it seems ridiculous to K60 069 unpack for so short a time. ^In the bedroom are open K60 070 suitcases, a frock hangs on the wardrobe door handle, and a K60 071 shirt of Fred's is on the chair. ^The bed is rumpled. ^And K60 072 the blind is askew, although why, she does not know. ^Perhaps K60 073 it is a friendly blind, wanting to be in tune with the general K60 074 chaos. ^The thought amuses her. K60 075 |^She sits on a cushion on the lounge floor, leaning against K60 076 Fred's legs as he reads the important piece of the newspaper K60 077 and she the Personal Column. K60 078 |^*'Are you ashamed of me, Fred, because I'm not at all like K60 079 these women who advertise? ^I'm not petite and attractive and K60 080 fond of yachting. ^I'm not highly educated and deep into opera K60 081 and languages. ^Nearly everyone wants the finer things of life, K60 082 Fred. ^What are they, the finer things of life?**' K60 083 |^*'They're different things to different people. ^For me, K60 084 they're you. ^I hope for you, they're me.**' K60 085 |^*'Of course they are, duffer.**' ^There is a look in his K60 086 eyes she cannot recall seeing before but she cannot name it. K60 087 ^A reservation? ^Something negative. ^*'What a duffer you K60 088 are, Fred,**' she says. ^The look disappears, and here is the K60 089 old Fred, as clear as a cowpat in an empty field. K60 090 |^On the beach later they walk hand in hand, not caring who K60 091 sees them although they must look incongruous, she with her K60 092 usual bare feet, and braless and floppy beneath her sunfrock; K60 093 he wearing shoes, even close to the water's edge. ^His feet K60 094 are tender, he says. ^He is smart in his walking shorts, pale K60 095 khaki, and long socks to match. ^Sometimes when she glances at K60 096 him quickly, saying some small thing like ^*'Oh, isn't this K60 097 lovely?**' or ^*'Just look at this shell,**' she finds he does K60 098 not hear, he might not be with her at all, that with a K60 099 half-smile he is looking at someone else. ^The someone else is K60 100 always female, and younger than she, and attractive, she K60 101 notices without his noticing her noticing. K60 102 |^*'Fred!**' K60 103 |^*'Nothing,**' she says. ^Underneath hovers K60 104 disappointment, a teeny-weeny hurt even. K60 105 |^But back at the motel all attention is on her. ^He kisses K60 106 her, and in his quick neat way fills the tall chromium electric K60 107 jug with water and plugs it in. K60 108 |^*'Tea or coffee, love?**' K60 109 |^*'What would you like? ^I don't mind.**' K60 110 |^*'Tea,**' he says, but seems a little displeased. ^There K60 111 is a suggestion of a frown on his forehead. K60 112 |^*'Why do you look like that, Fred?**' K60 113 |^*'Like what?**' K60 114 |^*'Angry with me.**' K60 115 |^*'Pet, I do get angry with you when you won't make up your K60 116 mind.**' K60 117 |^She puts on a gruff voice. ^*'I didn't get where I am K60 118 today by not making up my mind,**' she mimics. ^*'That's you, K60 119 isn't it, Fred?**' K60 120 |^*'All day long I'm making up my mind, and here are you, a K60 121 tiny decision, tea or coffee, and you don't know.**' K60 122 |^*'But I want what you want, don't you understand? ^I want K60 123 to please you.**' K60 124 |^*'It can get pretty tedious.**' K60 125 |^She finds herself crying. ^She, who has been alone, K60 126 managing. K60 127 |^*'Come on now, don't be like that. ^There's nothing to K60 128 cry about.**' ^Fred is filling the cups, dangling tea bags by K60 129 their strings. K60 130 |^She sniffs, smiles. ^*'Of course not.**' K60 131 |^He brings the cups over, and a packet of chocolate-covered K60 132 biscuits. ^He purses his lips and kisses her in the air. ^*'I K60 133 know you want to please me, and you do, you know that. ^Don't K60 134 I tell you, over and over? ^We're something together. ^No K60 135 more tears, okay? ^We're here to have fun.**' ^He gives her K60 136 one of his special bedroom winks. K60 137 |^She will try to remember that bit about making up her K60 138 mind, not be so ready to please him always. ^She will be K60 139 herself. ^The thought pleases her as she sips her tea. K60 140 |^When they finish Fred says, ^*'Well, shall we?**' K60 141 |^*'I'll have a shower first.**' K60 142 |^*'Why not afterwards?**' K60 143 |^*'Because I want one first. ^I'll have one afterwards K60 144 too.**' K60 145 |^Fred says, ^*'I'll bet I can get you into bed before you K60 146 have a shower.**' K60 147 |^*'I'll bet you can't.**' ^She rushes towards the bathroom, K60 148 and he rushes after her, unzipping her sunfrock. ^They laugh K60 149 and laugh as she reaches for the taps, turns them on and steps K60 150 into the shower-box. ^He falls in after her. K60 151 |^*'You silly little bitch,**' he says, laughing, sitting K60 152 there in his pale khaki shorts and his long socks and wet K60 153 shoes, and his expensive silky shirt of deep green; and she K60 154 bare-footed, her frock hanging over one hip, water running on K60 155 to her full bare breasts. ^She puts her head back to feel the K60 156 beauty of the water on her face and almost chokes, she is K60 157 laughing so much. K60 158 |^*'What would your boss say if he could see you now?**' she K60 159 asks. K60 160 |^*'The old bastard would throw me out and take my place.**' K60 161 |^*'Oh, you!**' ^It's good to have fun, she thinks. ^They K60 162 should have fun more often, not just when they come away for a K60 163 weekend. ^She will talk to Fred about that later, when they K60 164 are back home. ^Even when they are married they should have K60 165 fun. ^This weekend is a certain step towards that time, K60 166 towards their being together always. ^She will keep her job K60 167 for a time, till she knows people in Fred's street, but when K60 168 she has met the neighbours and formed friendships she will K60 169 resign. K60 170 |^She will miss the daily routine, the walk to the railway K60 171 station, standing in exactly the same place on the platform as K60 172 she waits for the train, just as everyone else stands in their K60 173 exact spot. ^*'One day more, one day less,**' as an elderly K60 174 man says, whoever he is. ^She'll miss those faces whose owners K60 175 she doesn't know. ^She'll miss the ones she does know, too, K60 176 sits next to, chats to, laughs with, in the train. ^And the K60 177 walk at the other end she'll miss, up to the factory and then K60 178 spilling in with all the others, punching the clock, working. K60 179 ^She wishes she could have a few of the other girls come and K60 180 live near her so she won't miss out on the gossip, who's K60 181 marrying who, whose mother has died, what the kids are doing, K60 182 who's having it off with someone's husband and who's been K60 183 caught. ^The girls know everything. ^Even about her, they K60 184 know. ^She does not mind their knowing. ^She is proud. K60 185 |^While it is a bit of a come-down to be home again after K60 186 what she likes to call her weekend of sin, still it is good. K60 187 ^There is no place like it, she says in silence to the walls K60 188 and the floors and the furniture. ^If she lived in Buckingham K60 189 Palace, she would miss the familiarity. ^The palace walls K60 190 would be so far away she couldn't put out a hand and touch them K60 191 as she is touching now, couldn't feel the texture of the K60 192 wallpaper without walking a hundred bloody yards. ^And if she K60 193 had a hole in her petticoat, all the palace maids would know K60 194 about it and snigger behind her back. ^If any of the girls at K60 195 work sniggered behind her back and she found out, she'd punch K60 196 them in the face. K60 197 |^But Fred's place *- well, that is another matter. ^Posh, K60 198 sure, but it isn't Buckingham Palace. ^She could stand Fred's K60 199 place, with him there, paying her attention. ^Just to think of K60 200 it makes her smile as she boils herself an egg. ^She forgets K60 201 to time it, so it's too firm altogether, but with lots of K60 202 fattening butter and salt to harden the arteries it seems K60 203 utterly perfect. ^*'The Queen can have all the State banquets K60 204 she likes,**' she tells the egg as she mashes it in a cup. K60 205 |^As she finishes eating, standing there at the sink, the K60 206 telephone rings. ^It is Fred saying he'll be over tomorrow K60 207 night, a special visit, but he might be a bit late because some K60 208 idiot has backed into his car during the day and smashed a K60 209 headlamp. ^The garage can't get an immediate replacement so he K60 210 is footing it around town. ^He will come out on the train but K60 211 she isn't to fuss over a meal. K60 212 |^She puts down the receiver and sits and thinks. ^Not K60 213 fuss! ^When he's coming especially! ^By train even. ^And so K60 214 soon after the beach weekend. ^She had known that would lead K60 215 to something, and here it was. ^Not fuss! ^Poof to that. K60 216 ^She will cook the best meal she has ever cooked in her life. K60 217 ^She will have an entree, or perhaps soup. ^Yes, soup. ^Fred K60 218 will like that, and it will be easier. K60 219 *# K61 001 **[435 TEXT K61**] K61 002 *<*3RICHARD CROOK*> K61 003 *<*4Te Auraki*> K61 004 |^*'*0She'll rip you apart man. ^Those Bull Terriers are K61 005 vicious buggers, specially when they're guarding their pups.**' K61 006 ^Fat Boy stubbed out his joint on the van's wall, saving the K61 007 roach, pocketing it in his leather jacket. ^*'\2Me old man used K61 008 \2ta have one. ^Used it as a pig dog. ^Seen it tear wild boars K61 009 apart like they \2was mince meat.**' K61 010 |^Fat Boy and Korah grinned at each other, watching Mountain K61 011 Man sitting beside them, hanging open-mouthed on their every K61 012 word. K61 013 |^*'Once the old man got treed by a mean \2mutha sow, big as a K61 014 cow she was, and here's the sow charging and barging the tree, K61 015 old man thought she was gonna knock it for six when Trixie K61 016 shows, she's the Terrier right, and she lays inta th' sow. K61 017 ^Those dogs don't know what fear is.**' K61 018 |^*'Not like some of us, eh,**' Skull said harshly, K61 019 appearing suddenly in the van's doorway, throwing two pairs of K61 020 heavy leather gloves onto the floor. ^*'I've got the stuff. K61 021 ^Let's go.**' K61 022 |^*'Shouldn't we have a gun or somethin'?**' Mountain Man K61 023 worried, sitting upright. ^Korah placed his arm around K61 024 Mountain Man's shoulders, mock concern all over his face. K61 025 ^*'Fuck'n hell Mountain Man, what for? ^Look, if she starts K61 026 kicking up a fuss youse just stick \2ya fist down her throat like K61 027 this, see.**' ^He made a savage punching motion with his fist. K61 028 ^*'Ain't no sound gonna get round that.**' ^He held up Mountain K61 029 Man's hand. ^*'Look at it, it's the size of a bloody K61 030 shovel!**' ^Both Black Power laughed. K61 031 |^*'C'mon, let's go.**' ^The three gang members scrambled K61 032 out, Mountain Man's sumo wrestler's bulk rocking the van like K61 033 it was a small boat. K61 034 |^*'\0O.K. this is what we do.**' ^Skull's denuded head K61 035 glinted grotesque in the street light. ^*'Korah, Fat Boy, you K61 036 come with me. ^Mountain Man you stay with the van.**' K61 037 |^*'I thought I was \2gonna...**' ^Mountain Man's protestation K61 038 shrivelled beneath Skull's brutal glare. ^Korah and Fat Boy K61 039 sniggered. ^*'Be ready to take off when we come. ^We don't K61 040 \2wanna be hanging around.**' K61 041 |^Then they were gone, three shrouded figures submerging K61 042 into the quiet suburban darkness. K61 043 *|^*'\0O.K. Mountain Man. ^Hit it!**' K61 044 |^Icy fingers fumbled, clumsy with the hard metal edges of K61 045 the keys. ^Stumbling, stomach churning, the engine K61 046 somersaulted. ^Missed. ^Somersaulted again, then fired. K61 047 |^*'Yee-Hah!**' ^Compressed nervous tension exploded into K61 048 shouts and excited whoops as the van roared off, the three K61 049 heavily swathed gang members tugging off their thick leather K61 050 gloves and balaclavas. K61 051 |^*'Man, it was just so easy.**' K61 052 |^*'Piece of piss.**' K61 053 |^*'Fuck though, thought we \2was goners for a second then K61 054 when that bitch looked like she was going to bark.**' K61 055 |^*'No way. ^They're so used to people. ^Show dogs always K61 056 are. ^Well Mountain Man, \2what'd'ya think?**' ^Skull prodded K61 057 him. K61 058 |^*'Shit man, I'm driving.**' ^Mountain Man pulled his face K61 059 away from the dangling puppy. K61 060 |^Skull, triumphant, gloated over the wriggling pup. ^*'You K61 061 know why I and I got 'im don't \2cha, Mountain Man?**' ^He stared K61 062 the big maori down, forcing him to frown at the slick wetskin K61 063 road disappearing beneath. ^*'See, he's the one that wasn't K61 064 scared. ^Little bugger even had a go. ^Didn't \2ya?**' ^He K61 065 waved the pup roughly. K61 066 |^Korah chattered into breathless, stoned giggles in the K61 067 back seat. ^*'She just went down like she'd been shot. ^Jez K61 068 Skull, that stuff \2youse got sure good.**' K61 069 |^*'She'll be out of it for a while yet too. ^Probably till K61 070 morning. ^Those other pups Korah, they cool?**' K61 071 |^*'Choice Skull, choice.**' K61 072 |^*'You gonna fight them, the pups too?**' Mountain Man K61 073 wondered aloud. K61 074 |^*'Yea, but they gotta be trained properly first, specially K61 075 this one here.**' ^He examined the squirming puppy. ^*'It's an K61 076 important job. ^\2Gotta be someone I can trust. ^Then Jah say K61 077 to me that there's a purpose here. ^He say \2ta me that you K61 078 should train 'im.**' K61 079 |^*'Me?**' Mountain Man asked incredulously. K61 080 |^*'Right on.**' ^Fish-hook finger tapped his head. K61 081 ^*'\2Youse \2gonna teach each other.**' ^Cobwebbed, tattooed hand K61 082 turned the puppy in the milk white streetlight flicker. K61 083 ^*'See, Jah say that the big one don't know how to fight, that K61 084 he \2ain't got no killer instinct, and the little one does.**' K61 085 ^The puppy bit at his encircling fingers. ^*'See. ^I see, you K61 086 see, Jah see, so,**' Skull stated softly, *'he's all yours K61 087 Mountain Man. ^You train him to fight. ^To fight and win.**' K61 088 *|^*'Where the hell do \2ya think \2ya going with that?**' K61 089 |^*'Out th' back.**' K61 090 |^*'What for. ^There's no dogs in this house, see.**' K61 091 |^*'Awwh Mum, it's only for a little while. ^Here, look. K61 092 ^See. ^\2Ain't he a cutie?**' ^Shovelling hands buoyed the puppy K61 093 up at eye level. K61 094 |^*'Filthy little bugger. ^Get him away from me!**' K61 095 ^Disgustedly the woman retreated from the proffered pup, K61 096 striding angrily to her bench where a lonely cigarette K61 097 smouldered. ^*'S'pose \2ya so-called mates put \2ya up \2ta K61 098 this, eh? ^Here. ^Not there! ^Get that bugger away from my K61 099 washing.**' K61 100 |^Called, the puppy flippered over to the crouching giant. K61 101 ^*'See, he already knows what I tell him,**' offered the big K61 102 man proudly. ^Scooping up the dog he headed for the fridge. K61 103 ^*'I've got \2ta train 'im. ^Skull says...**' K61 104 |^*'Skull eh. ^I should have known.**' ^She violently K61 105 screwed her *1Womans Weekly, *0critically scanning her hulking K61 106 son over it. ^He buried his nose in the fridge. ^She half K61 107 rose. ^*'What \2d'ya think \2ya up to? ^I've told \2ya before, K61 108 no dog! ^That Skull, he's always taking advantage of you. ^Well K61 109 I don't see why you have to include us in on the deal. ^He's K61 110 just using \2ya. ^All the blinkin' time.**' K61 111 |^Mountain Man was busy, squatting on the floor, fingering K61 112 out lumps of leftover mince to the eagerly nuzzling puppy. K61 113 ^*'Gee he likes our kai.**' K61 114 |^Might as well talk to a bloody brick wall. ^Not in K61 115 here!**' ^She stood up, banging the magazine down loudly on the K61 116 bench. ^Warned by her tone Mountain Man got up, shamefacedly K61 117 wiping his soiled fingers on his jeans, staring down at the K61 118 aged lino, corners curling up slightly. K61 119 |^*'Have to look after 'im Mum... Skull said. ^Please...**' K61 120 |^Hands hipped, the woman stared severely at her head-bowed K61 121 son. ^*'You \2gonna take him back?**' K61 122 |^Dumbly, stubbornly, Mountain Man shook his head over the K61 123 watchful puppy. ^The woman's fierce stare turned in on itself, K61 124 weakening. ^*'Only if \2ya keep him out the back. ^No bringing K61 125 him into the house. ^Understand?**' K61 126 |^*'Sure Mum. ^Whatever you say.**' ^He grabbed the mince K61 127 and headed for the back door. K61 128 |^*'And you pay for all the bloody food. ^And I've told you K61 129 before \2ta keep th' friggin' fridge door shut,**' she hurled K61 130 angrily after her rapidly disappearing son before slamming the K61 131 door loudly shut behind him. ^*'Just like your old man. K61 132 ^Thick as bloody shit.**' ^She returned to her cigarette, K61 133 shaking out her *1Womans Weekly *0from where Princess Di beamed K61 134 benignly upon all and sundry. K61 135 *|^*'How's it goin' Mountain Man?**' K61 136 |^*'Gidday Fat Boy.**' K61 137 |^*'Where \2ya been?**' asked the fat maori, lounging back in K61 138 his chair, taking another swallow from the beer bottle on the K61 139 table beside him. K61 140 |^*'Just getting some kai for Tag,**' Mountain Man answered, K61 141 dropping the bag of bones on the table and sitting down K61 142 opposite Fat Boy. ^Tag watched the two of them, sitting K61 143 upright by the front door. K61 144 |^*'Came over to tell \2ya, Skull wants \2ya. ^Got some stuff K61 145 he needs a hand with. ^No one home 'cept the dog, so I came K61 146 in. ^Saw some chicken and things in the fridge so helped K61 147 myself.**' ^He licked his fingers then took another swallow of K61 148 beer before offering the bottle to Mountain man. ^*'Thought \2ya K61 149 wouldn't mind.**' ^Mountain Man shook his head. K61 150 |^*'How's \2ya training going?**' ^Fat Boy gestured with his K61 151 thumb at the Terrier. K61 152 |^*'Good. ^Real good. ^He learns fast eh. ^Clever dog. K61 153 ^Strong too. ^Get him \2ta get a hold on a sack then I pick 'im K61 154 up and swing 'im round my head. ^Won't let go. ^Runs too. K61 155 ^Let 'im chase my wagon all the way down Lake Forest road. K61 156 ^Don't even get puffed,**' Mountain Man said proudly. K61 157 |^*'Oh yea. ^Good guard dog too is he?**' Fat Boy asked K61 158 casually, plonking his feet up on the table. K61 159 |^*'\2Da best. ^When I talk to him he understands. ^Eh K61 160 boy.**' ^The dog cocked one ear but remained where he was. K61 161 |^*'Well, tell me Mountain Man. ^If he's such a good guard K61 162 dog how come I can walk in here, wander round, sit down and K61 163 help myself to a big feed out th' fridge and he does nuthing. K61 164 ^Just sits by the door watching me do everything. ^Great K61 165 bloody guard dog he is. ^Unless of course youse trained 'im to K61 166 attack everyone else but Mangu Kaha.**' K61 167 |^*'When did Skull want me?**' Mountain Man asked, ignoring K61 168 him. K61 169 |^*'Oh yea, Skull.**' ^Fat Boy rubbed his hands on his K61 170 jeans, remembering. ^*'We better get going. ^\2Ya know what K61 171 Skull's like.**' ^He pushed the chicken scraps away, finished K61 172 the beer then went to get off his chair and Tag was up, dancing K61 173 around him, teeth bared, snarling ferociously. ^Alarmed he sat K61 174 down. ^Tag returned to his position by the door and sat down K61 175 too, watching Fat Boy intently. K61 176 |^*'Told you he was a good dog.**' ^Mountain Man chuckled. K61 177 ^*'I'm not a dumb maori see.**' ^He tapped his head. ^*'I K61 178 train my dog not only to guard the house but to catch the K61 179 burglar too.**' K61 180 *|^Raucous gulls, harshly critical, circled. ^Fractured sea K61 181 glittered, reflecting the stainless steel glint of the overcast K61 182 sky. ^Dog and man circled also, clambering the steep sandy K61 183 path runed into the hillside by countless sheep. ^Climbing up K61 184 towards the peak where rocks splintered and burst into a K61 185 flowering crown. ^Eagerly the dog scurried ahead, sniffing and K61 186 scouting, all playful excitement, running the labyrinth of K61 187 rabbit burrows. ^At the top, perched on a granite ledge, his K61 188 feet dangling into space, Mountain Man's hands sleeked the dog. K61 189 ^Far below the Tasman broiled, sucking and heaving, eyewashing K61 190 the blowhole socket. ^Wind, a vast sky bulk, moved over them. K61 191 |^*'Used \2ta hide up 'ere all th' time Tag, when th' old man K61 192 was on th' piss. ^Lived down here then.**' ^He looked over the K61 193 beach towards the small farming settlement just visible through K61 194 the surf haze. ^*'Family's always lived out here eh. ^Did too K61 195 till th' old man got thrown out. ^Always pissed eh. ^Stupid K61 196 cunt! ^Uncle Tom runs th' place now after Grandad died. K61 197 ^Knows all about th' family. ^Can trace our whakapapa right back K61 198 to th' great canoe. ^He's a clever \2fella, not like \2me old K61 199 man.**' ^He tossed a small stone down into the booming blowhole K61 200 before standing, easing his legs. ^*'Shit that rock's tough on K61 201 th' bum. ^Could damage somethin' vital if \2ya sat round too K61 202 long.**' ^He grinned at the alert dog. ^*'C'mon, let's go.**' K61 203 *|^There was the sound of knocking from next door, then the K61 204 sound of muffled voices. ^Lynn stretched on tiptoes, leaning K61 205 up over the bench, peering out the kitchen window. ^*'Oh K61 206 no,**' she complained, *'that's all I bloody need.**' K61 207 |^*'What's up Mum,**' Mountain Man asked. K61 208 |^She came out of the kitchen wiping her hands on her apron. K61 209 ^*'Bloody Mormons next door. ^They'll be over here in a K61 210 minute. ^Every couple of months, round they come. ^Don't know K61 211 how to take no for an answer.**' K61 212 |^Mountain Man stood and peered out the window. ^Two well K61 213 dressed young men, big black Bibles underarm, were going back K61 214 up next door's drive, turning down the street and heading for K61 215 their gate. K61 216 |^*'Here Mum, I'll take care of it.**' ^He opened the door K61 217 grinning wickedly. ^*'Tag,**' ^The dog looked up. K61 218 ^*'*2KILL!**' ^*0Like a world champion sprinter the terrier was K61 219 up on his feet and off, out the door and flying up the K61 220 overgrown path snarling furiously. ^The first young man K61 221 already had the gate half way open when he saw the terrier K61 222 hurtling towards him. ^He leapt back, yelling in panic, K61 223 crashing into his companion and they both fell on their knees, K61 224 Bibles flapping sideways. ^Then they were off, running K61 225 frantically down the street, ties fluttering behind them. ^Tag K61 226 didn't even notice the fence, sailing over it easily and racing K61 227 after the two. K61 228 *# K62 001 **[436 TEXT K62**] K62 002 |^*0There were four boys already. K62 003 |^The midwife nodded. K62 004 |^*'A corker little man,**' she said. K62 005 |^*'I'll call him Francis,**' my father said. ^*'After this K62 006 man.**' K62 007 |^He patted the new Fitzgerald novel, *1The Great Gatsby, K62 008 *0published only that year. ^Then he stood, letting the little K62 009 volume slip to the floor. K62 010 |^*'Oh!**' he said, disturbed, stooping to pick it up, K62 011 tugging the knees of his grey flannel trousers, folding little K62 012 pink fingers around the book, sliding it into the pocket of his K62 013 tweed jacket. K62 014 |^*'And my wife?**' he said. ^*'Is she...?**' K62 015 |^*'As well as can be expected,**' said the midwife. K62 016 |^*'I think it was at the Riviera,**' Zelda said. ^*'All K62 017 the time we'd been married I'd been saying to myself, I'm K62 018 happy, we're happy. ^Then he fell in love with an actress.**' K62 019 |^She laughed. K62 020 |^*'Another actress.**' K62 021 |^Eva frowned. K62 022 |^*'A movie actress,**' Zelda said. ^*'She was in the K62 023 movies in Hollywood and was staying at \0St Raphae"l that K62 024 summer and got into our crowd and Scott fell in love with her. K62 025 ^She was like a breakfast food. ^Men identified her with K62 026 whatever they missed from life since she had no definite K62 027 characteristics of her own, \2cept a cute way of lisping the word K62 028 love. ^And I was unhappy. ^I took an overdose of sleeping K62 029 pills. ^But Scott tipped olive oil down my throat and made me K62 030 sick the pills up again. ^Then we went back to the States. K62 031 ^Then one night Scott came home drunk from a party at Princeton K62 032 and smashed my nose. ^He was thinking of the actress. ^That K62 033 was when I stopped saying to myself I was happy, we were happy. K62 034 ^I woke up in the mornings and I was alone and all of a sudden K62 035 I knew my happiness was out of my hands, it was in his.' K62 036 |^Eva was beginning to look discontented. K62 037 |^Crossing her lithe legs. ^Swinging her dark glasses on a K62 038 little silver chain. K62 039 |^*'We went back to the Riviera,**' Zelda said. ^*'But that K62 040 wasn't any good. ^One day Scott was driving us along the K62 041 Grande Corniche on our way to Paris. ^I grabbed the wheel and K62 042 tried to take us over the cliff. ^But it's in one of his K62 043 books, it's all in his books, like I said, sometimes I think K62 044 I'm just a character he made up for his books.**' K62 045 |^Looking through the thick brittle glass of the De Dion she K62 046 saw the psychiatric hospital blurred by rain across a wide K62 047 green lawn. K62 048 |^*'I can't see it clearly,**' she kept saying to Scott. K62 049 ^*'It's all \2kinda soft focus, it's like in Hollywood when they K62 050 put a veil across the camera to make the starlets look K62 051 prettier.**' K62 052 |^*'It's just the rain,**' Scott said wearily. ^*'It always K62 053 rains in Paris in the springtime Zelda.**' K62 054 |^*'The rain,**' Zelda said. ^*'The rain the rain the rain. K62 055 ^But I can't see it clearly Scott.**' K62 056 |^Scott, sighing, shifted a little of her weight off his K62 057 shoulder. K62 058 |^*'What'd you say this place is called?**' she said. K62 059 |^*'Malmaison**', he said. K62 060 |^Zelda, soon to celebrate her thirtieth birthday, began to K62 061 whimper. K62 062 |^The child, picking her way through the dirt alleys of K62 063 Junin, mouse brown hair falling in a tangle over her thin K62 064 shoulders, focussed her attention on the kitchen scraps, the K62 065 little mounds of dog turd. K62 066 |^*'Whore's bastard,**' a man hissed at her from a doorway. K62 067 |^He was an old man, a tired old man who cursed her K62 068 mechanically, as though he bore no rancour, as though whoredom K62 069 and bastardry were all that could be expected anywhere, any K62 070 place. K62 071 |^*'*1That's *0for your impertinence,**' the angry school K62 072 mistress had said to Eva earlier that day. K62 073 |^She was always angry, the school mistress. K62 074 |^*'God did not intend that you should ever be born,**' the K62 075 school mistress continued. ^*'You are not entitled to anything K62 076 but charity. ^The holy virgin in heaven suffers every moment K62 077 you speak. ^Pray to the blessed madonna that you may die young K62 078 and spare her further suffering.**' K62 079 |^Eva frowned harder, clutched tighter at a coin sweating K62 080 richly in her fist. K62 081 |^*'I don't care**', she said. ^*'I don't care.**' K62 082 |^And a few minutes later, handing her coin across to the K62 083 senora at the little glass booth in the Paradiso cinema, K62 084 walking into the steamy pit, sitting down in the glamorous K62 085 dinginess, watching advertisements for depilatories and K62 086 gramophones glow on the big wide screen, she didn't care. K62 087 |^The feature film that day was one of her favourites, K62 088 *1Buenos Aires Nights. K62 089 |^*0Dolorosa de Lujo, the sultry heroine, inhaled on a K62 090 cigarette, flicked it arrogantly at the hero. K62 091 |^*'If you wish to love me,**' she said, rolling her hips a K62 092 little towards the camera, stroking the fur lining of her K62 093 chaise longue, *'you must first deserve me.**' K62 094 |^*'That's my darling,**' said my mother, stooping over me, K62 095 letting me breathe Max Factor between her little breasts. K62 096 |^*'Never take advantage,**' she whispered. ^*'You're a K62 097 boy, so never take advantage.**' K62 098 |^*'Five years old,**' my mother said, resuming this K62 099 familiar, persistent, gentle catechism. ^*'Almost a man. K62 100 ^Almost a grown man.**' K62 101 |^As she whispered, trees in the garden whispered too. ^The K62 102 ormolu clock on the blue marble mantel ticked, tocked. K62 103 |^*'I just know I'll be proud of you, dear Frank.**' K62 104 |^A car could be heard on the gravel. ^Footsteps crunching K62 105 towards us. ^Heels clattering across the black and white tiles K62 106 of the hall. K62 107 |^*'Midge,**' my aunt said, stalking into the room, kissing K62 108 my mother. ^*'Lovely to see you, dear.**' K62 109 |^*'Utter dream to see you, Buggy,**' my mother said, K62 110 kissing my aunt. K62 111 |^*'I *1believed *0in Buenos Aires,**' Eva said. ^*'I K62 112 believed in all the great cities, in New York and Rome and Rio. K62 113 ^Everything I saw or heard about them at the cinema and in the K62 114 tango songs confirmed this belief. ^It seemed to me that the K62 115 great cities were wonderful places where everything was K62 116 beautiful and remarkable. ^And I felt that people there, in K62 117 the great cities were more really people than those I saw K62 118 around me in my town.**' K62 119 |^*'I didn't believe anything any more,**' Zelda said. ^*'I K62 120 wasn't a person any more, I was a patient.**' K62 121 |^*'Our beliefs must change,**' Eva said, *'we must expect K62 122 them to have to change. ^But we must not make the mistake, K62 123 when we see them changing, of thinking that all beliefs are K62 124 mistaken.**' K62 125 |^*'It wasn't for me to believe or disbelieve,**' Zelda K62 126 said. ^*'My job was just to lie there while the eyes of the K62 127 psychiatrists moved back and forth under their lashes, like the K62 128 shuttle of a loom weaving a story from dark heavy thread.**' K62 129 |^*'A story?**' said Eva. ^*'The story of your life?**' K62 130 |^*'The story of nothing,**' Zelda said. ^*'My life is the K62 131 story of nothing. ^What I thought my personality was just a K62 132 scab around the emptiness.**' K62 133 |^Eva reached light lacquered fingers out, touching Zelda's K62 134 cheek. K62 135 |^*'Where had you gone that you couldn't come back?**' she K62 136 said. ^*'Where had you gone? ^Where?**' K62 137 |^Zelda began to panic. K62 138 |^*'Sen*?4ora...,**' I said. K62 139 |^Eva ignored me. K62 140 |^*'How had you lost yourself?**' she asked Zelda. K62 141 |^Zelda took refuge in monologue. K62 142 |^*'I got so foetid and seemed constantly to smell of the K62 143 rubbery things they have in those places,**' she said. ^*'I K62 144 used to want to fly a kite or eat green apples or tickle the K62 145 lobe of Scott's ear with the tip of my tongue. ^But I K62 146 couldn't, they wouldn't let me, the psychiatrists. ^This, K62 147 they'd say, is the way you really are. ^Or that, they'd say, K62 148 that's the way you really are. ^And they'd present me with a K62 149 piece of bricabrac of their own forging which the moment I left K62 150 the clinic would fall to the pavement and luckily smash to K62 151 bits. ^But at any rate one thing was achieved, the K62 152 psychiatrists and Scott and the rest of them could tell K62 153 themselves one thing had been achieved, I'd been thoroughly and K62 154 completely broken and busted, and that was what they'd K62 155 wanted.**' K62 156 |^*'But you are not broken,**' Eva said stubbornly. ^*'You K62 157 are a woman.**' K62 158 |^*'What have the *2EMPRESS CARLOTTA OF MEXICO, *0the K62 159 *2DIVINE SARAH BERNHARDT, *0the *2VIRGIN QUEEN ELIZABETH OF K62 160 ENGLAND *0and other *2FAMOUS WOMEN *0in common? ^Their K62 161 fascination? ^Their beauty? ^Their mystery, their romance, K62 162 their glamour? ^Yes, all of these, but not these alone *- K62 163 another thing they have in common is that their inspirational K62 164 lives will be brought to life once again by the talented genius K62 165 of the famous young actress *2EVA, *0star of stage and radio, K62 166 no less fascinating, beautiful, romantic and glamorous than K62 167 those *1great women of the past. ^*0Beginning this week, in K62 168 our new series of *2INSPIRATIONAL DRAMAS FOR WOMEN, *0this K62 169 rising star of the modern age will interpret the tempestuous K62 170 lives of the stars of bygone eras. ^So tune in *1now *0to K62 171 *2RADIO BELGRANO!**' K62 172 |^*0Within a month her ratings had brought eager smiles to K62 173 the face of the radio station manager. K62 174 |^*'*2THE VOICE OF A WOMAN OF THE PEOPLE,**' *0announced a K62 175 headline in one of the gossip pages. K62 176 |^*'I am a simple woman,**' the beautiful and radiant K62 177 heroine of the airwaves declared to the scribbling journalist. K62 178 ^*'I am a simple person, merely one of the anonymous masses K62 179 whom fate has chosen to make their voice. ^I live and dream in K62 180 an almost childlike way the lives of each of the characters I K62 181 act. ^I actually cry over my strange, fascinating destinies. K62 182 ^But my greatest satisfaction, my greatest dream as a woman and K62 183 as an actress, is to offer my hand to all those who carry in K62 184 them the flame of faith in something or in someone and who look K62 185 about them for that something or someone and cannot, in the K62 186 grim world of workaday reality, find what they so eagerly K62 187 seek.**' K62 188 |^*'I'm a woman all right,**' Zelda said. ^*'Which means by K62 189 definition I'm broken.**' K62 190 |^Glancing up for a moment with a feeling of boredom, I K62 191 encountered the eyes of the waiter. ^His face, blank and K62 192 stupid, became instantly obsequious. K62 193 |^*'Sir?**' he said, bowing quickly from the waist. K62 194 |^*'...simply tired, not broken,**' I heard Eva saying K62 195 gently. K62 196 |^*'...tired, yes,**' Zelda replied. ^*'Do please K62 197 excuse...**'. K62 198 |^She was on her feet, chewing her lips. K62 199 |^*'Madam?**' the waiter said, reaching out to steady her. K62 200 |^Zelda looked at him fearfully. K62 201 |^*'I shall be perfectly all right**', she said very K62 202 carefully, practising a lesson she must have learnt once in K62 203 Montgomery. ^*'Do please excuse...**'. K62 204 |^*'It is my fault \0Mrs Fitzgerald**', said Eva. ^*'I am an K62 205 enthusiast**'. K62 206 |^Zelda smiled blankly. K62 207 |^*'Would you care to take a drive with me this evening?**' K62 208 said Eva. ^*'When the air is a little cooler?**' K62 209 |^Practising lessons of her own, learned recently in Buenos K62 210 Aires. K62 211 |^Eva stepped towards the balcony, her blonde head bare, her K62 212 lips tightly sticked. K62 213 |^*'People of Argentina,**' she said. ^*'I am a mere woman, K62 214 I... um...**'. K62 215 |^The crowd shifted restlessly. K62 216 |^Eva took another step towards the microphone, her stiletto K62 217 heels clicking together. K62 218 |^*'A mere woman,**' she said. K62 219 |^The microphone squealed, scaring some pigeons out of a K62 220 plane tree. ^A group of workers laughed. ^Eva, biting her K62 221 lip, smudging lipstick across her little teeth, began to K62 222 improvise. K62 223 |^*'Women of Argentina!**' she screamed into the microphone. K62 224 |^People looked up, startled. K62 225 |^*'Women of Argentina,**' she whispered lovingly. ^*'Women K62 226 of Argentina, we shall give the world freedom. ^Women of K62 227 Argentina, we shall labour and give birth to the freedom of the K62 228 world. ^Women of Argentina, I have left my dreams by the K62 229 wayside in order to watch over your dreams. ^I shall be the K62 230 first plank in the bridge of love. ^Step on me as you begin K62 231 the journey to freedom. ^Step firmly, for I can bear your K62 232 weight. ^Step quickly, for life is short, and the journey is K62 233 long.**' K62 234 |^She opened her hands. K62 235 |^*'I am a woman,**' she cooed to the wire bulb of the K62 236 microphone. K62 237 |^The eyes of the crowd fixed themselves on her white arms, K62 238 her swollen breasts, her brassiere. K62 239 |^*'I am all the women of Argentina. ^I am your mother. ^I K62 240 am your wife. ^I am your sweetheart, your sister. ^From me K62 241 comes the son who bears arms for Argentina, from me comes the K62 242 worker who will win justice.**' K62 243 *# K63 001 **[437 TEXT K63**] K63 002 *<*3JENNY BORNHOLDT*> K63 003 *<*4Here and Now*> K63 004 |^*0It happened a very long time ago. K63 005 |^A man fell off a church roof and disappeared. ^When he K63 006 woke he remembered nothing of his past. ^He was a man of here K63 007 and now, of sooner or later but not before. ^He had no memory K63 008 of the woman he had left and was returning to. K63 009 |^It had happened a long time before. K63 010 |^A man left a woman. ^It had nothing to do with her so she K63 011 didn't interfere. ^He left her. ^He packed his belongings in K63 012 a suitcase *- only one *- because he would return. ^But later. K63 013 ^But that would not concern her. ^He reassured the woman that K63 014 him leaving had nothing to do with her. ^It shouldn't concern K63 015 her but it did, by virtue of her being in the same room as the K63 016 suitcase and the man packing it. ^She wished she was somewhere K63 017 else. ^She wished it was the next year. ^She wished it was K63 018 Tuesday. K63 019 |^Next door they didn't hear a sound. ^They did not hear K63 020 him putting his belongings into one old brown leather suitcase. K63 021 ^They did not hear the fold of shirts, like hands, the lift of K63 022 cloth into the bag, the shift of clothes and the flick of books K63 023 stacked to one side. ^They did not hear the packing of the K63 024 suitcase nor the footsteps of the man nor the words *'it has K63 025 nothing to do with you**'. ^All they heard was the sound of a K63 026 door opening and closing and the silence, which was the sound K63 027 of the woman. K63 028 |^*1Freedom *0was a word the man had been fond of. ^He said K63 029 it often. ^Freedom freedom freedom. ^Sometimes he had K63 030 whispered it in his sleep, breathing it onto the woman's K63 031 shoulder as a mark of his intention. ^She herself had no K63 032 objection to the word. ^Thought its aims in life admirable, K63 033 its directions honest and true. K63 034 |^When he left her, the woman felt *1gone *0inside herself. K63 035 ^Departed. ^She felt she had left herself and was wandering as K63 036 the word *1sorrow *0in the world. ^She moved with the weight K63 037 of stone inside her. K63 038 |^The man moved easily outside the room in which he had left K63 039 the woman. ^He moved in a strange city. ^He moved In Search K63 040 Of. ^But always with the intention of returning. ^He had many K63 041 good intentions this man. ^His main one being to find freedom K63 042 and to return with it as a gift to the woman. K63 043 |^When he had recovered from his fall from the roof the man K63 044 was a man only. ^He had lost all memory. ^Each step he took K63 045 became his past, each movement of hand, of eye, was an event to K63 046 remember. ^What he saw and felt he cherished as memory. ^He K63 047 recited his history to himself: K63 048 |^I remember the sky being blue. K63 049 |^I remember a beetle. K63 050 |^I remember a stranger walked past in the street, the K63 051 stranger carried a red bag. ^That was the day I wore blue K63 052 trousers and a striped shirt and it was very important to me. K63 053 |^I remember those hands on the table. K63 054 |^I remember that coffee bar where I sat. ^The tables were K63 055 wooden and the chairs were red. ^I remember that place well. K63 056 ^I remember that cup of coffee well and the woman behind the K63 057 counter *- I remember her. K63 058 |^*1Yesterday *0became a very precious thing to the man. K63 059 ^To have a yesterday became the most loved of his possessions. K63 060 |^The man who was merely a present tried to build up a new K63 061 past. ^A past of one day, of two days, of three. ^His K63 062 childhood began when he woke on a patch of grass and he walked K63 063 the years to the present through the streets. ^A small dog K63 064 running marked adolescence and strangers became important K63 065 figures in his life. ^I remember, he said to himself, I K63 066 remember when that man said hello to me *- it seems like only K63 067 yesterday. ^The man now felt no pull or push, but he had a K63 068 strange disquieting sensation in his head, an annoying sense of K63 069 something balanced on the tip of his mind *- an act, a name. K63 070 ^But he did not remember it. K63 071 |^Did not remember leaving the woman, nor his intention to K63 072 return. ^The woman mourned the loss of the man. ^She was sure K63 073 he would soon be back there in the room with the suitcase. ^He K63 074 would say hello. ^She wished it had something to do with her. K63 075 ^She remembered him everywhere she went *- he was at the tables K63 076 she sat at, in the streets she walked, he was a tree, a fence, K63 077 a blue car. ^He was in the air and she breathed him in and K63 078 out. ^Absence was what she felt. ^She always ordered coffee K63 079 for two in case he arrived. K63 080 |^She mourned him for four years and then she forgot him. K63 081 ^She closed her mind to him in the way one banishes a thought K63 082 and does not permit its entry. ^When friends asked if he had K63 083 returned she replied with three words *- from where? and who? K63 084 ^She did not remember him. K63 085 |^His things left in the room became a puzzle to her. ^She K63 086 picked up objects and turned them over in her hands. K63 087 ^Wondering. ^She did not know how they had found their way K63 088 into the room. ^They occupied shelves and bookcases as though K63 089 they belonged there, but she had no memory of them. ^They were K63 090 a mystery to her. ^She found a photograph and did not K63 091 understand it. ^The man who was the subject of the photograph K63 092 was looking at the person behind the camera with an expression K63 093 of love which filled the frame. ^The air around his face was K63 094 loved and even the leaves on the trees seemed expressions of K63 095 something other than themselves. ^The woman thought she must K63 096 have picked this photograph up in the street one day. ^It must K63 097 have been dropped and lost and was lying with the man looking K63 098 up with such love at the crowds and the sky that she had picked K63 099 him up and taken him home, overwhelmed by such emotion lying K63 100 open in the street. K63 101 |^*1I have forgotten *0were the words most commonly used by K63 102 the man. ^Those and *1I am sorry but I do not remember. ^*0He K63 103 had lived and forgotten and so began again. ^He had nothing to K63 104 do with himself. K63 105 |^The man went to the city of the woman he had loved and was K63 106 returning to but who he had forgotten and who had now forgotten K63 107 him. ^He moved into a room which was filled with a woman's K63 108 belongings. ^The owner explained that the woman had lived in K63 109 the room for a number of years, then suddenly one day she had K63 110 gone, taking only a suitcase with her. ^She had looked happy K63 111 the owner said. ^And all she had said on leaving was that it K63 112 shouldn't concern him. ^And she had smiled. ^She was going to K63 113 see the rest of her life which had a lot to do with her. K63 114 |^The man liked the room. ^He felt very much at home there. K63 115 ^He thought that if he had met the woman who had lived in the K63 116 room he probably would have loved her. ^The longer he stayed K63 117 in the room the more intense this feeling became. ^The man K63 118 longed for the woman he had never met. ^He hoped she might K63 119 return to her room for her belongings so he waited for her, K63 120 hoping to make her acquaintance. ^He felt as though he knew K63 121 the woman. ^He imagined her in the room *- the air in it K63 122 seemed to accommodate her memory so he was aware of her K63 123 movements, the shifts from bed to table to chair. K63 124 |^The man wept for the woman he had never seen, for the K63 125 woman who had left him in this room with only her absence for K63 126 company. ^The woman did not return and the man mourned her K63 127 passing. K63 128 *<*3ALICE SMITH*> K63 129 *<*4Miranda on Ice*> K63 130 |^I met Miranda on Tuesday. K63 131 |^I was hiking over this desert, remembering to smile at K63 132 every third cactus and looking forward to sherry time when I K63 133 heard a noise like a Concorde and looked up and there she was, K63 134 sitting astride a can of South African guavas pretending it was K63 135 an air bubble. K63 136 |^*'White robots,**' she said, alighting gracefully. K63 137 |^The supermarket whirled three times scattering cat food K63 138 among the cheeses and suddenly came right with Miranda pink and K63 139 pearls and a trolley full of chippies and tonic and chattering K63 140 about chocolate plus ten per cent. K63 141 |^I hadn't seen her for three years. K63 142 |^In three years I had mended my life, got the garden back K63 143 into order, been over my emotions with twink, pink primer and K63 144 large black XXXs and shampooed my hair innumerable times. ^I K63 145 was socially and emotionally well adjusted. K63 146 |^I could do without Miranda. K63 147 |^*'I'm home for three weeks,**' she was saying, *'love to K63 148 see you and catch up on what you're doing.**' K63 149 |^The deli section burst into purple flames and I sizzled in K63 150 camembert and fettucini. K63 151 |^A voice from the nape of my neck said, ^*'I don't have any K63 152 free time for three weeks... months... years...**' K63 153 |^Another voice pickled in olives and caviar said, ^*'I'm K63 154 not doing much *- what about Friday night?**' K63 155 |^She heard the last one and I got home without the toilet K63 156 paper. K63 157 |^What do you do with lost love who turns up looking like K63 158 tomorrow's coffee break? K63 159 |^She didn't look like a can of worms. K63 160 |^On Wednesday and Thursday they wriggled through my toes, K63 161 into my hair, up my nose, disconnected my brain circuits and K63 162 ate my heart out. ^My ordered life fell in ruins. ^I K63 163 cancelled two meetings, cried off sick from a concert and K63 164 forgot five appointments. K63 165 |^After work on Friday I went to the deli, the fruit shop, K63 166 the bottle store, the florist and made a note to ring the bank K63 167 on Monday. ^Cray and Bluff oysters at the fish shop. K63 168 |^Damn it all, our best fights were in supermarkets. K63 169 |^At five o'clock it started to rain; by six the street K63 170 outside was flooded, a river ruled my drive and the winds were K63 171 gusting up to forty knots. K63 172 |^Inside was sandstorm castle and peering from the parapets K63 173 into the evening paper I couldn't tell which were hollows and K63 174 which were hills. ^All Saints Lost in a Sandstorm *- ^Brierleys K63 175 up ten *- ^Laying Ghosts like tiles from Winstones *- ^Barbecue K63 176 next week *- ^Tip on the Favourite doesn't get you into the K63 177 \0Dom \0P. set *- K63 178 |^Miranda shooting star in a firmament of army blanket grey K63 179 *- fading to a dusty glimmer of pearls in pink flesh and now K63 180 turning the hourglass upside down and breaking the bloody K63 181 thing. K63 182 |^The orchid whispered something to the cray and I K63 183 distinctly heard the brie snigger. K63 184 |^*'Shut up you lot or I'll eat you myself.**' K63 185 |^At seven thirty the phone rang. K63 186 |^*'I'm terribly sorry *- got completely caught up with this K63 187 promotion *- it's going to take hours yet *- I'd much rather K63 188 spend the evening with you but there's just no way *- I know K63 189 you'll understand *-**' K63 190 |^Again. K63 191 |^*'*- if you're going to be home I'll drop round in the K63 192 morning.**' K63 193 |^The sandstorm abated, an ice age gripped the hills and K63 194 hollows. ^I recognised every dip in the landscape. K63 195 |^I froze the oysters and arranged the cray in pastry cases. K63 196 ^Moved the orchid down to the coffee table. K63 197 |^Remember how the winds come in October, just when the K63 198 wisteria is out and it goes soggy blue all over the path? K63 199 |^Saturday dawned damp as a squib. K63 200 |^Dripping melon disappeared into her mouth and words K63 201 tumbled out like bouncing cherries. ^I rushed round on my K63 202 hands and knees gathering them up and searching for my name. K63 203 ^I filled my pockets and piled them on top of the piano and in K63 204 empty vases to look at later and then sat down exhausted. K63 205 ^There wasn't one that belonged to me. K63 206 |^I looked at the orchid and it stuck out its tongue. K63 207 |^I looked out the window and the sun sneered from a cloud. K63 208 |^I looked at Miranda and she was fifty and fat and never K63 209 stopped talking and never to me. K63 210 *# K64 001 **[438 TEXT K64**] K64 002 *<*3{0D. H.} BINNEY*> K64 003 *<*4Mauve Notes*> K64 004 |^*0Initial explorations, in any new city, will often dwindle K64 005 into the ensuing days' mere routine. ^On my first day here, K64 006 one rusty color-phase American Grey near the Art Museum was a K64 007 bonus; now it has become a predictable sight. ^Once in the K64 008 Danish Rosenborg Gardens I saw true Red Squirrels, with pelts K64 009 to match the dark-fired bricks of the Palace. ^But before the K64 010 Museum, where a Classic Theatre stands underused, the only K64 011 recompense is this rufus breast *- which blends with nothing. K64 012 ^On tiers underfoot, glass has been smashed as if by some K64 013 savage practice into lethal, imaginative shapes. ^From the K64 014 colonnades an overnighter glares; less predatory, an ethnic K64 015 juvenile is too stoned for any Classic Chorus. ^I feel like K64 016 teasing: ^*'Hey, Pancho! ^Fresh as a Moa's Egg *- Fit as a K64 017 Pork Chop? ^Couldn't knock the Skin off a Rice Pudding just K64 018 now, could you, Chappie?**' K64 019 |^A eurythane juice-container in my pocket, filled with K64 020 100-Proof tequila, checks such ribbing. ^In this shard-midden, K64 021 my own Nemesis but one thumbnail's flick, two seconds' gutbust, K64 022 distant. ^Overnighter's glare grows harder *- to my billfold K64 023 *- my potion? K64 024 |^Now the squirrel seems to have disappeared. K64 025 |^Like a pre-*2AIDS *0Castro-Street Clone, Duane Hanson *- K64 026 *'Self-Portrait with Model**' *- drinks from a Coke-bottle at a K64 027 cafeteria table. ^A pudgy, overweight woman sits opposite, K64 028 absorbed with the *'Relax and Lose Weight**' article in K64 029 *1Women's Day. ^*0She has finished a chocolate fudge sundae K64 030 into the remains of which she has plugged her paper napkin. K64 031 ^She wears an artificial gingham shift and plastic thongs. ^Her K64 032 leather handbag contains a comb, another magazine, a newspaper, K64 033 Toffeefavours and Fritos corn-chips. ^Her Artist-in-Facsimile K64 034 has thick leather shoes, faded denims, light-plaid K64 035 shirt, dry-blown blonde hair; keys-and-tab external-genital on K64 036 his right hip. ^Probably as much of a social-sexual identity K64 037 statement as an exercise in super-realism; misogyny seems to be K64 038 crossing over this table. ^I'd do better with others more K64 039 loving: Marsden Hartley's *'Bright Breakfast of Minnie**'; an K64 040 O'Keefe flower-study.... K64 041 |^Much later, novelty bottles confront from either end of K64 042 the middle shelf, their headgear become screw-caps *- Olive K64 043 Oyle's red, Popeye's blue and white. ^She is Gin; he, Bourbon. K64 044 ^Depersonalised bottles line-up in between. ^The other K64 045 immediate decor is in the middle: imaginative, lethal shapes K64 046 for tormenting doomed bulls. ^Happy Hour at La Guada-lajara, K64 047 one block from Coufax. K64 048 |^*'*- Coco-Loco *-?**' ^No; confusion *- it will have to be K64 049 Tequila Sunrise *- soon enough to be reinforced. ^Dolores asks K64 050 if I'm new in town; how do I like? ^Two drink-hardened bits of K64 051 Rocky Rugged (tooled-leather, {0CB} shirts) also give ear. K64 052 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K64 053 |^*'*"Each of her streets is closed with shining alps K64 054 |Like Heaven at the end of long plain lives.**"**' K64 055 **[END INDENTATION**] K64 056 |^*'Say, that's our City,**' bubbles Dolores. ^*'*1You K64 057 *0wrote that?**' K64 058 |^*'More like Rod McEwan,**' one dude guesses. K64 059 |^*'Well, that's just the way I see it.**' ^Equivocal K64 060 modesty... K64 061 |^*'Huh!**' ^Tooled-leathereds subside again. ^Tequila K64 062 sets, duo-denal green flash to intoxication's dusk. ^Now for K64 063 my next ploy *- a charge, then change. ^Charge first, this K64 064 sticky shortfall of a drink pleads. ^But too early in the K64 065 session, the John invites doubts. ^(Safest bar-dunnies on K64 066 earth are international airport ones, where irrationalities go K64 067 unseen between final calls, delays announced, security-checks, K64 068 fear of flying.) ^But this is narrow, very Post-Classic, K64 069 Theatre. K64 070 |^The first and longest stop on yesterday's tour was K64 071 unscheduled; the bus shed itself of a wheel. ^An hour which K64 072 should have been passed above the snowline was worn away in a K64 073 one-store settlement. ^I withdrew from the impasse: along K64 074 hardstone slopes, warm in their sun-facing corners, where K64 075 hummingbirds worked. ^Guessing the time, I went back: intact, K64 076 chugging, the vehicle pointed for Berthoud Pass. ^Eastern K64 077 Seaboard, Midwest and Florida women had mingled during the K64 078 delay but the ill-served figure of \0Mr Jaboszelsky stood out, K64 079 upon the place he'd disembarked. ^I remembered *- he'd been on K64 080 the aisle-side of my seat. K64 081 |^In talk of places seen, things done, he typed himself K64 082 *'when I was a Little Boy**': too sweet and wimpish (like this K64 083 Sunrise). ^Unable to memorise his first name, I didn't address K64 084 him at all. ^Sometimes this past-fifty Little Boy would go K64 085 third-person as Steve, Stan or Stue, yet in seconds whichever K64 086 of those names had slipped my mind again. K64 087 |^*'I did this trip before, about a week back... it was K64 088 *1quite *0different. ^Thought to do it again. ^Guessed K64 089 *1you'd *0be on it, huh?**' ^Here we were the only grown males K64 090 except for the driver in a Nature-abhorring buffet two blocks K64 091 from some lake. ^I tried to discover what had been so K64 092 different that other trip, but his paramount topics were K64 093 thwarts, discomforts; punctures in Fortune's wheel. ^The K64 094 passive counsellor, I empathised his dolorosas with K64 095 *'*1pre*0cisely**'; *'ex*1ac*0tly**' or that eyeball-rolling K64 096 ^*'*1I-know!**' K64 097 |^*0As the bus climbed the promised Divide, things viewed K64 098 became objects of dispute. ^My noting of a *'mountain**' drew K64 099 a querulous *'only a peak.**' ^I waited for ^*'Don't they K64 100 *1have *0mountains where you come from?**' but new K64 101 inconveniences diverted. ^Over the snowline he Kicked a Skunk K64 102 at my references to the local Clarke's Nutcrackers. K64 103 |^*'Nutcrackers? ^How can they be *1Nutcrackers? ^*0Those K64 104 birds are *1jays!**' K64 105 |^*0*'No. ^Clarke of Lewis-and: who first described K64 106 them.**' ^My companion clucked ^*'Lewis and Clarke!**' as if he K64 107 were a Literary Professor scoffing ^*'Mills and Boon!**' ^The K64 108 air was raw, with posted warnings against walking on Alpine K64 109 ground-cover and the bane of litter. ^You could see into K64 110 Wyoming from here, said some guide. K64 111 |^*'*1I *0can't see anything that looks *1remotely *0like K64 112 Wyoming!**' ^It was high time, he said, that we all got to K64 113 Estes Park *- the way my parents bespoke pending bedtime when I K64 114 (heh-heh!) was a Little Boy. K64 115 |^Clean facilities, and empty but for the paraded infantry K64 116 of condom, chewing-gum, gel, toilet-water. ^A turpentiney K64 117 burst, two main gulps; a spasm. ^Back in the Bar the two males K64 118 have left. ^I line up my next Sunrise from Dolores and offer, K64 119 in Pound-commemorating purples, the Rifleman and Mistletoe. K64 120 |^*'That's pretty *-**' K64 121 |^Halfway there already: de-eurythaned tequila burns. ^*'At K64 122 three of your Greenbacks to one Kiwi, this is *+${0US}6.75 on K64 123 exchange rates at Stapleton this week. ^For your commission, K64 124 Dolores, call it five bucks? ^I know you're not a bank, but K64 125 this is my only folding-stuff.**' K64 126 |^*'Eh *- *?28Isidro!**' K64 127 |^(No, not her bloke, please: I've already mouthed this K64 128 Sunrise.) ^But Isidro is dull and affable. ^My Shining Alps K64 129 they've had; I move into myth: ^*'Despite small size, K64 130 Riflepersons are hugely virile. ^In the days of the Arawata K64 131 prospectors *- like your times of Leadville over here *- K64 132 bush-whackers would boil up half-a-dozen Riflepersons and drink K64 133 the broth; they'd be good, then, for every knock-shop from Reefton K64 134 to Okarito. ^And when those birds were mating, the bushmen K64 135 went round with their trouser-cuffs tucked into their socks in K64 136 case Riflepersons flew up their legs. ^Admired yet feared, K64 137 they were given the name *- hypothalamus speedboating, over K64 138 bow-waves of sneak-gulped booze *- of Lewis's Nutscracker!**' K64 139 |^Tooled-leathers have returned, with several more of their K64 140 sort. ^Back to Theatre, in the round *- and a wink, for me, K64 141 from Bourbon/ Popeye. K64 142 |^The bus stopped nearer to the Brown Palace than the K64 143 Cosmopolitan. ^I'd suggested drinks: the Palace permitted K64 144 better getaway should hints about coming up to my room ensue. K64 145 ^Gin and water he *'preferred**'. ^The waiter was female, K64 146 Latin; under twenty-five. ^I said ^*'Room 402**' with my K64 147 Cosmopolitan key and won that risk: she jotted down just the K64 148 number. ^My shot would wash-out before Jabberwocky's, K64 149 so I also asked for a Coors. ^He talked slowly, mixing self-pity K64 150 with unfocussed scorn, and drank *- rather, played with *- K64 151 his Gin even more slowly: ^*'How can you *1talk *0about K64 152 Pecans?**' ^I am apt to say *'Pecans**' when I mean Pistachios, K64 153 a bowl of which had been placed on our table. ^*'Pecans! ^If K64 154 you just knew how my Uncle Charles lies in a Pennsylvania K64 155 graveyard after defending Antietam from Pecan-eating Rebs *- we K64 156 went there once when I was a Little...**' ^I barely curbed an K64 157 attack of sniggers but he caught my trace of a smirk and looked K64 158 poisonous. K64 159 |^Two rounds and I was still not required to sign. K64 160 ^*'Boy's-Room, just a minute,**' I told him. ^So, out a Brown K64 161 Palace side-door and across to my actual 402. ^Free, I slid K64 162 hand to key-pocket *- oh! ^Still on that Palace cocktail K64 163 table? ^Miming innocence I was back *- to a different K64 164 attendant, Jabberwocky gone. ^No key. ^So then I went and K64 165 told the Cosmopolitan Reception I'd lost it on the bus. ^They K64 166 gave me a duplicate. K64 167 |^*'It was one of those Kenya mornings, when *-**' K64 168 |^*'Say, you pronounce *"Kenya**" funny *-**' K64 169 |^*'When the sun's cool in the haze of the Ngong Hills, the K64 170 lawn's damp and Mousebirds are in the Tree-Tulips. K64 171 ^O'Shaunassy and I were on his terrace killing a pre-breakfast K64 172 bottle of Tullimore Dew. ^The Dalmatian from the Israeli K64 173 Residence over the road was legscraping the grass like some K64 174 long, whitish Womble. ^Orinoco. ^So I said, ^*'\0Mr K64 175 O'Shaunassy, there's a Wimbleton Womble recycling on your K64 176 lawn.**' K64 177 |^*'A Womble! ^Abu-Bakr: fetch the Elephant Gun!**' K64 178 |^*'*1Mzuri, Bwana.**' ^*0Abu-Bakr slouched off towards K64 179 the Armoury. K64 180 |^(*'O'Shaunassy, *1not *0the Elephant Gun!**') I thought, K64 181 but returned to my tumbler trusting that pooch to Cut its K64 182 Putty, then safely return to its Embassy. ^But when I looked K64 183 again it'd only started Rowing itself Ashore. ^The servant K64 184 tendered the weapon; O'Shaunassy released the safety-catch. K64 185 ^*'Accordin' to Sporting Tradition, my Guest takes the first K64 186 shot.**' K64 187 |^*'Sporting Tradition? ^At shitting beasts? ^Why, in the K64 188 Spanish War George Orwell refused to fire on a *1Fascist K64 189 *0whose pants were lowered.**' K64 190 |^At once brighter, yet dimmer, Guadalajara's lighting. K64 191 ^This isn't going down as well as the tequila *- oozing, K64 192 pre-frontals to brainbase. ^One of the dudes *- Marlboro-cowboy K64 193 shirt, magenta birthmark between eye-brow and lid *- mutters K64 194 about how *1I *0ought to get my shit together. ^I repeat: K64 195 |^*'My Guest takes the first shot.**' ^He raised the firearm K64 196 until its foresight was at my kneecap: ^*'We *1Irish *0have K64 197 *1ways *0of making you *-**' ^The gun was heavier even than I'd K64 198 feared; I aimed, squeezed *- the recoil set me reeling *- K64 199 |^On high-tide of Durango cactusjuice, Guadalajara Sunrise; K64 200 the birthmarked guy saves my head from cracking upon a K64 201 bar-table. ^I spin; Olive and Popeye turn as atop a music-box; K64 202 Gin and Bourbon *1\pas de deux, *0their hub those banderillas' K64 203 barbed chevron. ^Pinned to the shelf is the Bar's new K64 204 pink-and-purple Rifleperson note. ^I exclaim *'Sweet Pea!**' *- K64 205 the offspring of that Leggy Lady and her Sailor. K64 206 |^Spinning awake *- in 402 at the Cosmopolitan *- ceiling K64 207 and bedside lights on, shoes too. ^More disengaged than ill I K64 208 undress to the neutrality of hotel linen, and sleep, chasing K64 209 amnesia. K64 210 |^Some other key opens the door. ^A Police Officer (another K64 211 Jaboszelsky, as it turns out) enters with one of the Reception K64 212 staff. ^Rapidly quoting my name, the cop reaches for my K64 213 Cabin-luggage grip. ^Air-tickets and passport-photo are noted, K64 214 duty-free tequila dregs bypassed. ^He is young, overweight and K64 215 high-voiced. ^The hotel man says nothing. ^Both avoid my eye K64 216 and give me two minutes to dress as they wait outside. K64 217 ^*'Several charges,**' says the cop; ^*'we'll have to go to the K64 218 Precinct. ^Not too clever, was it, your lifting my own uncle's K64 219 billfold?**' K64 220 |^(*1What?) K64 221 |^*0The car U-turns between my hotel and The Brown Palace. K64 222 ^Petty Currency Fraud: the second Jaboszelsky shows two notes K64 223 which I cannot reach, of captive Rifleperson, fading Mistletoe. K64 224 ^Not very smart either. ^Public Drunkenness might also be K64 225 cited. K64 226 |^Past several desks, file-cabinets and a table-sized Old K64 227 Glory. ^Second cop, a Black guy, talks by lower-jaw action: K64 228 ^*'One phone-call, yes: *1not *0just yet, Kiwi.**' ^A billfold K64 229 I have never before seen (Black cop says ^*'Shut up**' before I K64 230 say anything) is produced. ^Found, with my Cosmopolitan K64 231 room-key, in a Brown Palace washroom, money taken. ^{0ID} photo: K64 232 Stanislaus (*1Stan, *0the name) Jaboszelsky; Tax Consultant of K64 233 Boulder. ^(From Boulder; yet on a bus-tour?) ^No shortage of K64 234 eye-contact now from Peter Jaboszelsky across the desk: even K64 235 flashes of sour levity. ^Of all the marks in town I had to try K64 236 old Uncle *'Little-Boy**' Jaboszelsky! ^The Drunk citation may K64 237 be no academic option. K64 238 |^One call: Trade Commission, in Chicago, I guess; San K64 239 Francisco won't be up for the day. ^Jaboszelsky and myself are K64 240 now in some anteroom. ^*'Interstate?**' he whoops. K64 241 *# K65 001 **[439 TEXT K65**] K65 002 ^Back off the road though, the rice. K65 003 |^*0It was harvest-time. ^The sunbaked paddies swarmed with K65 004 Brueghelish activity, all those little toiling figures under K65 005 their conical hats. ^Here was a threshing place worn quite K65 006 bare under a scatter of trees. ^The sheaves dipped and swayed K65 007 like banners as the grain was beaten out against the hard K65 008 ground. ^There was a rhythm about it: the flailing banners, K65 009 the pause, the flick of straw brooms whisking away the grains. K65 010 ^A pale mound glowed already like a miser's hoard at the edge K65 011 of the clearing. ^Nick never tired of watching them. ^There K65 012 was something so elemental and purposeful about the threshing K65 013 process. ^It made many of the preoccupations of the K65 014 industrialized world seem shallow and pointless. K65 015 |^A peasant passed them from the opposite direction, K65 016 trit-trot, trit-trot, his little cart, stacked high with sheaves, K65 017 trundling behind him. ^The gold of the sheaves was the colour K65 018 of old masters. ^It was altogether theatrical, Nick found K65 019 himself thinking, all the little groups, the single figures K65 020 coming and going in a pattern rehearsed many times before. K65 021 ^Look there, at the back of the set, the mounded boundaries of K65 022 the rice paddies, where a line of little figures like walkers K65 023 on some earthy tightrope were heading for the threshing field, K65 024 their tied bundles of cut rice balanced on bamboo poles worn K65 025 yoke-wise across their shoulders. ^With every step the sheaves K65 026 danced. ^A water-buffalo plodded across the stubble goaded on K65 027 by the brown bird of a boy who perched upon its back. ^Every K65 028 now and then he let it nibble a mouthful or two, then drove it K65 029 on again with sharp little cries. K65 030 |^They came to a pond beside the road where *'\kinaf**' was K65 031 soaking. ^The warm juty smell of the rotting vegetation crept K65 032 through the window crevices. K65 033 |^*'This the place?**' Nick wanted to know, less to satisfy K65 034 a query than to break the sleepy silence. ^By now, after six K65 035 months in the district, he was beginning to have quite a fair K65 036 idea of distance and locality. ^There was always that detail, K65 037 that something different *- a waterway, a clump of taller K65 038 bamboo, the flash of temple finials, the gold gleam of a buddha K65 039 *- to break the otherwise predictable sameness of the K65 040 landscape. K65 041 |^His companion pointed on ahead. ^He smiled. ^It was a K65 042 smile of great sweetness. K65 043 |^*'A bit further,**' he said in English. K65 044 |^When they reached the place they clambered out and made K65 045 their way across the uneven stubble for some distance until K65 046 they came to the stream. ^The banks were bare and split into K65 047 clefts by the sun's heat, but at a turn in the waterway rose a K65 048 great clump of bamboo and round its base a staining of shade. K65 049 ^The two men sat down thankfully in the creaking shadow. ^Nick K65 050 produced the flask of boiled water that he never ventured far K65 051 without, even though one could usually buy bottled water from K65 052 the ramshackle village shops scattered about the district. K65 053 |^Deng took the offered flask with a murmured ^*'{Kawp kun K65 054 kup}**'. ^He often lapsed into Thai these days. ^To Nick it K65 055 confirmed his growing familiarity with the language and the K65 056 understanding between them. ^Of the latter he was never quite K65 057 sure. ^It was difficult to see behind that bland exterior. K65 058 |^They settled to wait. ^Nick lay down full length on the K65 059 dusty ground, his hands behind his head. K65 060 |^*'Keep an eye out for snakes, eh, Deng? ^Think I'll just K65 061 have a little snooze.**' K65 062 |^*'No snakes here. ^Nowhere to hide.**' K65 063 |^*'I wouldn't bet on it. ^What about in there?**' ^He let K65 064 his gaze follow the crowded stems as they soared up joint by K65 065 joint above him till they broke at last into the sombre spears K65 066 of last year's growth. ^Out there at the edges of the canopy K65 067 the newer foliage was a mere tender smudge against the K65 068 vividness of the sky. ^This was one of the images he would K65 069 always carry with him of Thailand, that airy grace of new K65 070 bamboo fronds springing so improbably from the dead-looking K65 071 sticks. K65 072 |^In the warm quiet nothing moved. ^Only the occasional K65 073 creak and groan of the bamboo broke the silence as it stirred K65 074 in an otherwise imperceptible breeze. K65 075 |^Suddenly, just as he felt himself floating into sleep K65 076 there came the small sound of bells. ^It seemed for a moment K65 077 to be part of his dream until lifting his head he saw the K65 078 ungainly pinkish-grey of a water-buffalo disappearing down one K65 079 of the breaks in the bank. ^There was another one behind it, K65 080 then two young girls in close-wrapped pusins and loose white K65 081 blouses. ^Their slender haunches seemed to flow beneath the K65 082 cloth. ^How exquisite they were, these Thai women. K65 083 |^The bells rocked and tinkled about the necks of the K65 084 buffalo; dust rose in an ochre cloud and hung motionless in the K65 085 air. ^Nick got to his feet and strolled to the bank's edge to K65 086 watch the animals at their wallowing. ^He found them slightly K65 087 ridiculous, but endearing, like two overweight matrons sporting K65 088 at the seaside. K65 089 |^The peasants had begun to arrive by now. ^Two or three at K65 090 a time, out of nowhere. ^Soon there were a dozen or more. K65 091 ^They stood together in a quiet clump some yards off. ^The K65 092 headman came forward wai-ing politely. ^Deng returned the K65 093 greeting and the two of them talked for a moment or two in K65 094 their own language. K65 095 |^They broke off with a natural deference as Nick K65 096 approached. K65 097 |^*'Well,**' he said, *'are you all agreeable?**' K65 098 |^The headman gestured towards the group of villagers, K65 099 whereupon they all drew nearer. ^Yes, they were all agreed, K65 100 the headman assured him. ^They knew the new weir would mean K65 101 more water for their paddies, even an extra harvest, and that K65 102 was good. K65 103 |^Nick wanted to be sure. ^*'You will all help? ^You're K65 104 happy about that?**' K65 105 |^The headman spoke again. ^Yes, they would give their K65 106 labour for the required time, however long it took to build the K65 107 weir and they were happy to work under his (the headman's) K65 108 supervision following the *'\farang's**' instructions. ^One of K65 109 the men spoke up at this stage and an exchange between him and K65 110 the headman resulted in a corporate murmur as everyone tried to K65 111 have his say. K65 112 |^*'What is it?**' Nick asked. ^*'What are they saying?**' K65 113 |^Deng shrugged his shoulders. ^*'One of them objects. ^He K65 114 thinks he's going to lose his land.**' K65 115 |^*'But haven't you explained that to them? ^No one's going K65 116 to lose any land. ^Perhaps a yard or two on each bank, but K65 117 that's nothing.**' K65 118 |^*'He's been told that, but he's...**' ^Deng made a gesture K65 119 to intimate that the fellow was slow in the head. K65 120 |^*'Which of them is it? ^I'll try and talk some sense into K65 121 him. ^I've got enough Thai for that.**' K65 122 |^But it appeared the man had refused to come. ^Anyway, K65 123 Deng added, he didn't really own the land. ^He had no claim K65 124 except long usage. K65 125 |^*'Oh, in that case, why didn't you say so in the K65 126 beginning? ^We could have been wasting a whole afternoon, you K65 127 know what these chaps are like. ^It's a pity though. ^I like K65 128 to start off with the whole village behind me. ^Well... it K65 129 can't be helped.**' ^He turned to the headman. ^*'Right. K65 130 ^That's settled. ^The materials will be here next week. K65 131 ^Seven days, right?**' ^He counted them out on his fingers. K65 132 ^*'It's your job to see that all these men**' (he counted them K65 133 over) *'turn up ready to start on the job. ^\0O.K.?**' K65 134 |^The headman nodded. K65 135 |^Nick went off then back to the shade of the landrover, K65 136 leaving Deng and the headman to tie up a few ends. ^The others K65 137 drifted off as silently as they had come. K65 138 |^Inside the vehicle the air simmered. ^The steering wheel K65 139 was fierce to the touch. ^It was hard to think clearly in this K65 140 climate. ^One was never sure of one's judgement of situations. K65 141 ^Or of people. ^Nick watched the approach of his companion K65 142 across the stubble-field: the neat, small figure, the dark K65 143 head, and as he drew nearer, the smile. ^How much did he know K65 144 about Deng after all? ^Little beyond their sphere of work, and K65 145 that there was a young wife in the background and a child soon K65 146 to be born. K65 147 |^Deng climbed in and they set off in silence. ^Outside the K65 148 village restaurant they stopped and went in out of the glare of K65 149 the sun. ^In the street squabbled the thin-bodied dogs, K65 150 snapping at the heels of passers-by in the usual ill-natured K65 151 fashion. ^As the rice steamed and crackled over the brazier K65 152 Deng and the proprietor carried on a rapid conversation K65 153 punctuated with little scurries of laughter. ^Nick felt K65 154 suddenly alien and alone. ^He caught the word *'\farang**'. K65 155 ^Himself, no doubt. ^The farang, the foreigner. ^He was glad K65 156 when they were on their way again, this time to check on the K65 157 progress of a water-tank construction at a neighbouring K65 158 *'\wat**'. ^A handful of fresh-faced boys in yellow robes came K65 159 rushing out to trail after them till sent packing by their K65 160 superiors. ^Through the open doorway of the temple an enormous K65 161 buddha gazed out implacably under the tassels of the decorated K65 162 ceiling. K65 163 |^There was no one at work on the tank. ^It appeared they K65 164 had run out of materials a couple of days back. ^Why hadn't he K65 165 been told, Nick wanted to know, trying to keep the exasperation K65 166 out of his voice. ^One could so easily lose face. ^The same K65 167 old story, he told himself. ^No matter how well you planned, K65 168 someone always messed it up by running out of materials, or K65 169 losing them, or just not turning up when needed. ^At those K65 170 times one wondered what one was doing there at all. ^But in K65 171 the end, at the official handing-over, it was all rather K65 172 touching, the speeches, the presents (how was one supposed to K65 173 use those odd-shaped little cushions?), the way everyone patted K65 174 the finished tank, their pride, and the extra warmth of their K65 175 greetings. ^Even the shy women spinning below the stilt-legged K65 176 houses were full of smiles. ^Then he felt it was all worth K65 177 while, felt accepted, his presence justified. K65 178 |^His thoughts turned back to the scene by the river. K65 179 ^*'One of them objects,**' Deng had said. ^In spite of the K65 180 apparent unconcern of the other villagers and of Deng himself, K65 181 Nick did not feel happy about it. ^He had half a mind to go K65 182 back and look the fellow up. ^Maybe they hadn't explained to K65 183 him properly. ^Deng looked surprised when he suggested K65 184 returning. K65 185 |^*'But he doesn't even own the land,**' he said patiently. K65 186 |^*'He thinks he does, and that's all that matters to him. K65 187 ^You in a hurry to get home?**' K65 188 |^Deng hesitated. ^No, he was in no hurry, he said finally. K65 189 ^His face kept its accommodating smile. ^Nick felt irritated K65 190 both by the hesitation and the smile. ^If he wanted to get K65 191 back why couldn't he say so? ^He would never really understand K65 192 these people. K65 193 |^They went to the village first, sweltering in the K65 194 afternoon heat. ^Even the dogs had no energy now to bark. ^At K65 195 the headman's house Nick picked his way through the hens and K65 196 the children to where a woman was weaving a length of yellow K65 197 and red silk in the shade under the house. ^Her husband was K65 198 down at the wat, she said shyly. K65 199 |^The headman, like Deng, was surprised at their return. K65 200 ^The man would be down there at the site more than likely, he K65 201 told them. ^He was often there under the bamboo, making K65 202 baskets or just looking at the water and talking to himself. K65 203 |^*'You come with us,**' urged Nick, *'he knows you. ^He K65 204 may listen if you're there as well.**' K65 205 |^The headman shrugged but made no demur, and they set off K65 206 down the now-familiar road. K65 207 |^There was no one under the bamboos, but further along K65 208 leaning against the crumbling bank they found him. ^He had K65 209 been cutting bamboo and had a small axe in his hand. ^As they K65 210 watched he began stripping off the outer layer and slicing the K65 211 wood into long pliant ribbons. K65 212 |^At first his face remained passive as the headman spoke but K65 213 then without warning it seemed to darken, and suddenly he burst K65 214 into violent speech and wild gestures. K65 215 *# K66 001 **[440 TEXT K66**] K66 002 |*"^*0You can't be seriously thinking of treating everybody K66 003 this way, forcibly if necessary? ^How could you identify them K66 004 all?**" K66 005 |*"^S-simple. ^The code's a simple sequence *- say, on, K66 006 off, on *- different for every *- it only takes a set of twenty K66 007 to identify a million *- and you can send that in a fraction of K66 008 a *- fraction of *- you could check the whole *- it would take K66 009 only a *- a *- no time at all *- and you could start with the K66 010 known *- the previously convicted *- then the suspects *- K66 011 eventually you'd have every single *- you couldn't leave K66 012 anybody out.**" K66 013 |*"^Don't you realise what all this would involve? ^There'd K66 014 have to be a network of detectors spread over a thousand miles K66 015 to cover the whole country. ^It would take hundreds of people K66 016 working day and night, calculating angles and storing records, K66 017 and hardly any of it would be used. ^Think of the effort and K66 018 the cost of it all!**" K66 019 |*"^Think what c-crime costs! ^The police *- lawyers *- K66 020 jails *- stolen goods *- doctors, hospitals *- insurance *- K66 021 it's all waste, it can all be prevented by this *- this *- K66 022 people wouldn't have to hire guards to *- to *- you could K66 023 charge for information *- firms would pay to know if employees K66 024 away from work were really *- if a kid runs away from home, the K66 025 parents would pay to *- to *- a woman might suspect her K66 026 husband, she could find out where *- the whole system could pay K66 027 for itself in *- in *-**" K66 028 |^I stared at him in growing horror. **"^You're not trying K66 029 to tell me that *-**" K66 030 |^*"Yes, I am!**" Cliff practically shouted. K66 031 |*"^But you couldn't possibly mean that *-**" K66 032 |*"^I do mean it *- I mean every *- every *-**" K66 033 |*"^It couldn't ever be *-**" K66 034 |*"^Why c-couldn't it?**" K66 035 |^I tried to think why it couldn't, but I failed even to K66 036 gain a clear idea of what it was that it couldn't be. ^I was K66 037 standing on the brink of the unthinkable. K66 038 |^*"Because it's a free country,**" I said lamely. K66 039 |^Cliff gave a short laugh, hardly more than a harsh bark. K66 040 ^It was the first time I'd heard him laugh, and I hoped he K66 041 wouldn't do it again. K66 042 |*"^Free for crooks to do what they like, you mean! ^That's K66 043 the argument they all *- that's what they scare you with *- K66 044 because it might happen to you *- there's only one good K66 045 resolution a crook ever *- not to get caught the next *- K66 046 there's only one way to stop him *- make sure that *- that *- K66 047 so he can't pretend he wasn't the *- the *- so he can't get out K66 048 of *- of *-**" K66 049 |*"^You just can't use methods like that.**" K66 050 |*"^You'd think differently if you'd been beaten up by a K66 051 bunch of *- of *- seen your own father crippled for the rest of K66 052 *- of *- and watched them get off scot free because they all K66 053 swore that they *- that they *- and you can't prove who *- you K66 054 know beyond any *- any *- but you're helpless to *- to *- then K66 055 see how you feel!**" K66 056 |*"^I can understand how much you want to do something K66 057 about it, but you'd never be able to sell such an invention.**" K66 058 |*"^Not *- perhaps not yet *- not in this *- but if they K66 059 don't want it, there are plenty of *- of *- where they're not K66 060 so *- so *- they can enforce whatever *- and once it's shown to K66 061 *- to *- every government, every country in the *- the *- K66 062 they'll all want it!**" K66 063 |^I had a flash of insight. *"^Is this why you never let on K66 064 to Gordon or Lindsays what this invention really was *- because K66 065 you didn't think they'd approve of it?**" K66 066 |*"^Of course *- do you think I'm a complete *- at first, I K66 067 tried just hinting at *- at *- they brushed it aside, they K66 068 didn't want to hear what *- I wouldn't have got a penny if K66 069 they'd suspected *- they'd have got my throat cut *- they're K66 070 all in with the criminals *- the rackets *- that's how they get K66 071 rich in the *- the *- crime is big business, everybody knows K66 072 that *- they live in each other's pockets *- if all the crooks K66 073 went to jail, so would the *- the *-**" K66 074 |^He wanted to go on, but he remembered he was losing time K66 075 from his work. ^He set his tiny block of lustreless metal down K66 076 on the bench and started coaxing the minute filaments into K66 077 place with a pair of fine tweezers and dabbing at them with a K66 078 miniature soldering iron. ^Almost immediately he'd forgotten my K66 079 existence. K66 080 |^I watched him for nearly an hour, and then I got up to K66 081 go. ^*"Wait a bit,**" said Cliff without raising his head. K66 082 *"^This time it might *- anyway, it seems to be *- I'll shove K66 083 it together and see if *- I need you to *- to *- it takes too K66 084 long on my own.**" K66 085 |^He had this way of making what had all the appearance of K66 086 a desperate appeal, except that he took it for granted that I'd K66 087 do whatever he wanted. ^He fitted the piece of metal in with K66 088 several odd-looking objects, and placed them all in cottonwool K66 089 packing inside the tobacco tin, which he sealed with several K66 090 dabs of solder. ^*"Here, now, can you take this and go to *- to K66 091 *-**", and he named several nearby landmarks. *"^Don't waste K66 092 any *- and this time, make sure you don't *-**" K66 093 |^I reassured him, and set off. ^It was close to sunset, K66 094 and I often had to break into a run to visit all the places K66 095 he'd named before it got too dark to see. K66 096 |^*"What took you so l-long?**" Cliff demanded querulously, K66 097 the earphones still round his neck; and the way he held out his K66 098 hand for the tin was most uncomplimentary. *"^It worked like a K66 099 *- a *- it was just as accurate as the *- the *- apart from a K66 100 few odd *- some sort of extraneous *- did you bump it or *- or K66 101 *-?**" K66 102 |^*"No,**" I said shortly, *"nothing happened to it.**" K66 103 |*"^I'll take it apart again, just to *- to *- but it's K66 104 working, that's the main *- now I can demonstrate it to the old K66 105 *- we'll put it in the back of the *- the *- we'll drive it K66 106 around and show him how it follows the *- wherever the *- I K66 107 won't say *- I'll just tell him it's got hundreds of *- of *- K66 108 any fool could see that it's *- then he'll have to cough up *- K66 109 not a miserly ten *- it's got to be at least *- nothing less K66 110 than *- it's his last chance to *- to *- or I take it to *- to K66 111 *- bring your car down, first thing tomorrow *-**" K66 112 |^He sank down on his makeshift bed in an odd, toppling K66 113 movement. ^His body drooped to one side and flattened itself on K66 114 the tangled sprawl of blankets. ^His voice trailed away and his K66 115 last words ended in a gentle snore. K66 116 |^I let myself out quietly and walked up the track to Uncle K66 117 Ern's house. ^The call of a lone cricket rasped through the K66 118 dusk and then ceased abruptly, leaving a grateful stillness in K66 119 the faint afterglow of sunset. ^The clean, sweet tingle of pine K66 120 needles crept into my nostrils. ^And in an instant, with K66 121 perfect clarity, I knew that Cliff was mad. K66 122 |^Not because his invention couldn't possibly work. K66 123 ^Indeed, I was all too afraid that it would, given an army of K66 124 attendants. ^It wasn't that I had intention of committing any K66 125 location-specific crimes or that I had any guilty friends to K66 126 shield. ^It was simply that he was no longer able to think of K66 127 human beings as human beings any more. ^They were merely K66 128 objects that must be fitted with his transmitters. K66 129 |^He was so certain about his reasoning; that was the most K66 130 frightening aspect. ^He'd found a logical solution, like a rat K66 131 that had found its way through a maze, following the same path K66 132 dozens of times in his mind; and because it always led to the K66 133 same conclusion, he'd become more convinced each time that it K66 134 was the right way, and the only way. ^Yet all he'd proved was K66 135 that he couldn't see it any differently, and the less he K66 136 questioned his line of reasoning, the more likely it became K66 137 that he was wrong. ^Life was a maze, I couldn't argue about K66 138 that; but it was remarkable that the various luminaries found K66 139 the walls to be in different places, so that one man's mental K66 140 block could be another man's stamping ground. K66 141 |^Would his scheme, even if it was feasible, benefit K66 142 mankind? ^A great many people would have known the answer to K66 143 this and all the other questions, but all I felt sure about was K66 144 that they would have disagreed. K66 145 |^I didn't know the answers. ^None of the arguments I could K66 146 have raised would have made any impression on Cliff's mind. K66 147 ^After all, he had logic on his side, and I had nothing but K66 148 sentiments, prejudices, excuses. ^Yet he was mad. ^And I was K66 149 helping him. K66 150 *<*425*> K66 151 |^*0I drove the car down to the boatshed the next morning in a K66 152 dishevelled state of mind. ^I no longer wanted to be associated K66 153 with Cliff's work, and yet I didn't know how to escape from it. K66 154 ^Another day's unexplained absence from work would most likely K66 155 cost me my job, but I viewed the prospect with fatalistic K66 156 indifference. ^I found Cliff with the transmitter once more K66 157 dismembered on the bench, and he wouldn't budge until he had it K66 158 together and functioning again. K66 159 |^*"What was wrong with it?**" I asked. K66 160 |^*"It's a *- a *- well, it's a f-fault, if you must K66 161 know,**" said Cliff, as though that explained everything. ^He K66 162 must have slept like a log, for the first time in days, and it K66 163 had goaded him on to a renewed pitch of nervous energy. *"^It K66 164 was going perfectly yesterday till *- till *- are you sure you K66 165 weren't playing around with it?**" K66 166 |^*"I never touched the bloody thing,**" I said angrily. K66 167 ^I'd formed an intense dislike of that capsule, such that I K66 168 didn't want to carry it in my pocket any more. *"^What sort of K66 169 fault?**" K66 170 |^*"F-feedback,**" said Cliff, scratching away at what K66 171 looked to be a completely featureless area of the surface with K66 172 a microscopic probe. ^*"P-positive feedback,**" he added, as K66 173 though that was supposed to help. K66 174 |^*"Where is it feeding back?**" I ventured to ask. K66 175 |*"^Into the input *- of course! ^You know when an K66 176 amplifier increases the *- the *- in a loudspeaker, say *- part K66 177 of the output goes back into the *- the *- and it reinforces it K66 178 so rapidly that *- that *- then you get that awful *- that *- K66 179 you know *-**" K66 180 |*"^I can't hear anything.**" K66 181 |*"^No, it's not audible, because it's too *- too *- but K66 182 there's something queer about the *- the *- it builds up K66 183 suddenly and *- and *- it goes right off the scale *- I can't K66 184 make it out, and yet it *- it *- I can somehow feel it, I *- K66 185 **" K66 186 |^He probed viciously and yet with a cold systematic K66 187 determination, his eyes never leaving the test meter. K66 188 |^There was something strange about it. ^While I was K66 189 carrying it around the day before, an odd sensation had K66 190 sometimes seized me, an indefinable nervousness as if I was K66 191 being warned of a malevolent presence. ^What did it mean? K66 192 |^*"It's intermittent,**" he said in a sudden blaze, as if K66 193 some enemy had done it to him. *"^I can't isolate the *- the *- K66 194 it might be just a bump or a power surge *- I need suppressors K66 195 for every *- it might be a hairline crack in a *- a *- they've K66 196 all been tested under *- under *- but you can never be K66 197 certain. ^I ought to replace every *- every single *- one by K66 198 one *- it's the only way to *- but I haven't got a scrap left K66 199 of the *- the *- it costs more than a *- a *- I've had to K66 200 re**[ARB**]-use every *- I've salvaged stuff that *- that *- K66 201 making do with the cheapest and shoddiest *- all to save \0Mr K66 202 Gordon Moneybags and the *- the *- bloody crooks!**" K66 203 |^He fitted the transmitter together and pulled it apart at K66 204 least ten times before he was even partly satisfied. ^After K66 205 many lingering adjustments and manipulations, while I stood K66 206 shuffling my feet, he reluctantly agreed to putting the K66 207 complete apparatus in the car. K66 208 |^All the way into town, he sat in a preoccupied muse, K66 209 dismissing my attempts at conversation as if he was being K66 210 pestered by a blowfly. ^What worried me most was that he didn't K66 211 pass any comments on my driving. K66 212 *# K67 001 **[441 TEXT K67**] K67 002 |^*0*'No good being a fool,**' Red flushed. ^Their first K67 003 battle, men were still sensitive about courage. K67 004 |^Trevor caught the angry inflection. *'^\0OK, redhead, K67 005 ^You're quite right.**' K67 006 |^The morning wore on like the rain, steadily, without K67 007 hurrying. ^From time to time there was firing in front. ^Then it K67 008 would die down, quiet as before. ^Sometimes the sun struggled K67 009 through for a bit and an occasional ray probed through the trees. K67 010 ^Now and then they heard planes fly overhead but could not see K67 011 them. ^They knew by the sound they were not ours. K67 012 |^*'A fine bloody spring,**' said Red. *'^Just like the West K67 013 Coast. ^Nothing but rain for days on end.**' K67 014 |*'^Doesn't matter much. ^Rain won't kill you.**' K67 015 |^*'Back in old Greymouth, though,**' Red went on, *'a man'd K67 016 be sitting in the pub with a schooner under his nose. ^Or a rum K67 017 and raspberry I'd have today. ^Think of it, a rum and K67 018 raspberry.**' K67 019 |*'^A whisky would do me. ^Going to be any tea for lunch?**' K67 020 |*'^Boss says we'd better drink from our water-bottles. K67 021 ^Thinks there's bound to be something doing before long. ^Think K67 022 of it, water. ^And I could have been drinking rum and K67 023 raspberry.**' K67 024 |*'^I suppose too much of that was what made you K67 025 volunteer.**' K67 026 |*'^Well, I was a bit plastered. ^But the whole town was, K67 027 that day.**' K67 028 |*'^Did you hear anything then?**' K67 029 |^They listened. ^A few yards in front a big tortoise K67 030 hobbled out of the bracken, thought better of it and shuffled in K67 031 again. K67 032 |^*'Bloody old \0I-tank,**' said Red. *'^What about a bit of K67 033 bully? ^How's time?**' K67 034 |^It was after midday. ^Red took a haversack from the hole K67 035 in the bank. K67 036 |^*'Bully, I suppose,**' he said. K67 037 |*'^What else is there?**' K67 038 |*'^Bully.**' K67 039 |*'^I'll have bully then.**' K67 040 |^Red opened the tin and set it in front of them. ^They dug K67 041 in with spoons, alternating it with bites of biscuit. ^When the K67 042 dry mixture was too much for them they swigged from the K67 043 water-bottle. K67 044 |^Firing again. ^More to the front this time. ^And there was K67 045 a mortar going as well. K67 046 |^*'That must be old Murphy with the mortar,**' said Trevor. K67 047 *'^Things must be getting a bit more willing down there.**' K67 048 |^But, though it lasted longer, the firing died away again. K67 049 |^*'A bigger affair,**' said Trevor, *'but it hasn't come K67 050 off or there'd be grenades flying.**' K67 051 |*'^Trust old 13 Platoon.**' K67 052 |*'^We'd better watch out. ^Sounds as if they're maybe K67 053 working round to this side.**' K67 054 |^They bent over their weapons, both watching now. ^The rain K67 055 gathered in the bully tin, turned the remaining shreds of meat to K67 056 a dirty, wet grey. K67 057 |^*'See that?**' said Red. *'^I thought I saw a chap dodge K67 058 behind that tree.**' K67 059 |*'^You did. ^But hang on. ^Where there's one there's more. K67 060 ^Let them get in close.**' K67 061 |*'^\0OK.**' K67 062 |^They waited. ^Nothing more happened. ^Red could hear K67 063 Trevor's watch ticking beside him. ^The rain kept falling. K67 064 |^Suddenly the Jerries broke ground and came running up the K67 065 slope. ^At the same time from somewhere to the right a Schmeisser K67 066 began to fire. ^The bullets thudded into the bank behind them. K67 067 ^But they didn't hear. ^Red's first two shots went wild. ^The K67 068 next ones were better. ^Trevor swept his gun across the line of K67 069 Jerries and back, firing automatic. ^As he swung back to the K67 070 right he tried to catch out of the corner of his eye a sight of K67 071 the Schmeisser. ^But it was too far right. K67 072 |^The enemy disappeared. K67 073 |^*'Gone to ground,**' said Red. K67 074 |*'^Dropped down behind the first terrace.**' K67 075 |^They watched their front closely. ^Two Germans lay in K67 076 front clearly visible and didn't stir. ^They could see the K67 077 bracken waving where another had fallen. ^Trevor sent a short K67 078 burst after him. ^Close to the cover the enemy had first broken K67 079 from a man jumped up suddenly and ran back. ^He had only five K67 080 yards to go. ^His right arm hung stiff. ^Red sent a shot after K67 081 him. ^But the man reached the cover. ^The bracken where the other K67 082 had fallen waved again. ^They caught a glimpse of him as he K67 083 dropped into the water-course. ^Not worth a shot. ^He was safe K67 084 now. K67 085 |^*'Those two seem to have got away all right,**' said K67 086 Trevor. K67 087 |^*'There's two that won't move again, though,**' Red K67 088 replied. *'^I fired five rounds. ^How many did you?**' K67 089 |*'^Best part of a magazine. ^Too much.**' ^He had already K67 090 changed the magazine. ^He was watching the ground to the right. K67 091 ^The Schmeisser had stopped firing. ^There was no sign of K67 092 movement. K67 093 |^*'I make it four still in front,**' said Red. K67 094 |*'^So do I. ^But there must be more around.**' K67 095 |^There was rifle fire from the post on their left. K67 096 |^*'That'll be the others coming up the wadi,**' said K67 097 Trevor. K67 098 |*'^Listen.**' K67 099 |^They could hear the Jerries in front, talking quite K67 100 loudly. ^They listened intently. K67 101 |^*'Buggers are talking German,**' said Red. *'^Can't help K67 102 it, I suppose.**' K67 103 |*'^They're trying to distract us.**' K67 104 |^As Trevor spoke there was a burst of Schmeisser just over K67 105 their heads. ^It came from the right again, but much closer. K67 106 |^*'You bastards,**' said Trevor. *'^Can you see them, K67 107 Red?**' K67 108 |*'^They're behind the rock, just over there. ^Can't see a K67 109 target, though.**' K67 110 |*'^You watch the front. ^They must be going to rush us.**' K67 111 |^Trevor took a grenade from inside his battledress blouse, K67 112 pulled out the pin, held it a moment, stood up suddenly, sideways K67 113 in the trench, and hurled it in a high, curving lob. ^It dropped K67 114 behind the rock and exploded. ^The Schmeisser ceased. K67 115 |^But Red was firing. ^Trevor jumped back to the Bren. ^The K67 116 Jerries behind the terrace had come up when the Schmeisser began K67 117 and were racing up the slope. ^As he looked one fell. ^Two more K67 118 had come out of the gully and were covering them. ^There was K67 119 firing from the posts on the left and right. ^An attack all along K67 120 the front. K67 121 |^*'Take the two on the right,**' said Trevor. ^He was K67 122 firing single shots now. K67 123 |^Take your time, take your time. ^He fired at the furthest K67 124 on the left. ^The man fell but got his rifle forward and began to K67 125 fire back. ^The first shot snipped a twig beside Trevor. ^Trevor K67 126 could see only his head and shoulders. ^He sighted carefully and K67 127 fired. ^The man's face became a red blotch, his arms collapsed K67 128 from the elbows and stretched out in front of him, the rifle K67 129 dropped between them and his head sank on to its stock. K67 130 |^But the man in the middle, a big fellow, was almost up to K67 131 the wire. ^He was carrying a stick grenade. ^He jumped up on to K67 132 the last terrace before the wire. ^He swung his right arm with K67 133 the grenade. ^It might just reach them. ^Trevor's bullet struck K67 134 him just before the grenade left his hand. ^The German groped at K67 135 his stomach with both hands, balanced drunkenly for a second, K67 136 toppled backwards and vanished behind the terrace. ^The grenade K67 137 burst in the wire, harmlessly. K67 138 |^The remaining Jerry was running back, leaping and dodging K67 139 through the trip-wires. ^Trevor fired. ^Missed. ^As he fired K67 140 again the man tripped on the last strand of wire and fell forward K67 141 into the dry water-course. ^The bracken stirred as he crawled K67 142 away. K67 143 |^The two Jerries on the left above the gully had stopped K67 144 firing now there was no attack left to cover. ^As Trevor K67 145 traversed the Bren to deal with them one leapt to his feet K67 146 carrying a Spandau and jumped for the gully. ^Red fired. ^They K67 147 could see by the jerk he was hit. ^But he got to the gully, K67 148 slithering on the last foot of clay and leaving two yellow weals K67 149 behind him. ^The firing from Shorty's post immediately began K67 150 again. K67 151 |*'^Got the bastard.**' ^It was Shorty's voice. K67 152 |^Where the gun had been one man still lay, his face against K67 153 the leaf-mould, arms stretched in front of him. K67 154 |^*'No more sausage for that bastard,**' said Red. K67 155 |^They looked at each other, grinning. K67 156 |^*'That'll teach the bastards,**' said Red. ^His hands were K67 157 shaking a bit now. K67 158 |*'^Lucky for us they're bloody bad shots. ^That's six up to K67 159 us, not counting the wounded and whatever the grenade did. ^We'd K67 160 better watch out, though. ^They might be shamming.**' K67 161 |^They watched their front. ^Five bodies were more or less K67 162 visible. K67 163 |^*'There's still the big bloke who had the grenade,**' said K67 164 Trevor. *'^But I think we can count him out.**' K67 165 |*'^And Shorty must have finished off the joker in the K67 166 wadi.**' K67 167 |^There was silence again on both their flanks. ^No sound K67 168 but the dripping rain. ^Not a move from the bodies lying in K67 169 front. ^Trevor and Red grinned at each other from time to time. K67 170 ^Both kept going over the fight in their minds, seeing it all K67 171 again with all the elation of men hitting out at last and hitting K67 172 hard. K67 173 |*'^Hans.**' K67 174 |^*'Christ, what's that?**' said Red. K67 175 |*'^Hans.**' K67 176 |*'^It must be that big bastard out in front.**' ^Trevor did K67 177 not answer, just stared grimly ahead. K67 178 |*'^Hans.**' ^The cry was urgent, piteous. K67 179 |^*'Poor bastard,**' said Red. K67 180 |*'^Poor bastard be damned. ^If it wasn't him it'd be us.**' K67 181 |^Silence again in front. ^But there was a slight noise K67 182 behind them. ^Red whipped round, his rifle ready. K67 183 |^*'It's the boss,**' he said. K67 184 |^*'How'd you get on?**' came a voice from above. K67 185 |*'^Got six, we reckon, sir. ^The rest bolted.**' K67 186 |*'^That's the stuff. ^The other blokes got a few as well, K67 187 not sure how many. ^Are you all right?**' K67 188 |*'^Good as gold, thanks. ^Anyone hit?**' K67 189 |*'^Mac got a graze on the arm. ^Nothing much. ^They seem K67 190 rotten shots.**' K67 191 |*'^That's what we thought.**' K67 192 |*'^Be no hot meal, I'm afraid, tonight. ^They might have a K67 193 crack about dusk. ^If they do it'll be tougher now they know how K67 194 strong we are. ^I think they were only trying it on. ^But they K67 195 may feel further round.**' K67 196 |*'^Any news at all of the others, sir?**' K67 197 |*'^I haven't heard about the other battalions. ^Sounds as K67 198 if they're having a lash over on the Pass road. ^Our other K67 199 companies have all had a go. ^Thirteen Platoon's had the most K67 200 trouble but they're holding on. ^They got poor old O'Connell.**' K67 201 |*'^Poor old Mick. ^And to think they wanted to keep him at K67 202 Base because of his feet.**' K67 203 |*'^Well, keep it up, lads. ^If Mac has to go back to the K67 204 {0RAP} you take the section, Trevor. ^And keep your eyes peeled K67 205 tonight. ^I'll let you know if I hear any news when I come round K67 206 later on tonight. ^Cheerio.**' K67 207 |*'^Cheerio, sir.**' K67 208 |^The day crawled into late afternoon. ^The rain kept K67 209 falling out of a sky which, where you could see it, was an K67 210 unchanging grey. ^The silence grew deeper. ^From time to time the K67 211 wounded man in front cried out. ^Often they caught the word K67 212 *'Hans**'. K67 213 |^*'Must be some cobber of his,**' said Red. ^But Trevor K67 214 kept staring out in front. K67 215 |^*'Hans,**' the man cried again. K67 216 |*'^God blast him. ^I wish he'd shut up, said Red. ^Poor K67 217 bastard must have it bad. ^And Hans has buggered off and left K67 218 him. ^Where d'you think you got him?**' K67 219 |*'^In the guts, I think.**' ^Trevor was not talkative. K67 220 |^The day wore on. ^Once or twice the artillery opened up. K67 221 ^The shells feathered overhead, like a flight of birds but K67 222 invisible. ^The bursts were away to the front, hidden from them K67 223 by the trees. K67 224 |^The mists began to creep up from the valley. ^The light K67 225 became more difficult. ^They opened some more bully and ate in K67 226 the rain. ^Their eyes kept seeing shadows which became bushes K67 227 when they looked at them hard. K67 228 |^*'Hans,**' called the man in front. ^They both jumped. K67 229 |^*'I'm going to fix that bastard,**' said Trevor, in the K67 230 middle of a mouthful of bully. *'^Give me your rifle.**' K67 231 |^*'Christ,**' said Red, *'don't tell me you're going out K67 232 there.**' K67 233 |*'^I'm not going to stay here listening to him howling all K67 234 night. ^You cover me with the Bren. ^I don't think there are many K67 235 Jerries in front. ^Anyhow they're stinking bad shots. ^And the K67 236 light's bad.**' K67 237 |^Red felt sorry for the Jerry. ^But there was no good K67 238 trying to stop Trevor. K67 239 *# K68 001 **[442 TEXT K68**] K68 002 *<*6THUNDERBOX*> K68 003 |^*0Miss Pettigrew, our English teacher, insisted we wipe our K68 004 feet before entering her classroom. ^Boys sat on one side, girls K68 005 on the other, all in neat rows with straight backs. ^The room was K68 006 cleaner than an operating theatre. ^We all knew she stayed behind K68 007 at night to give Jake the janitor a hand with his cleaning job. K68 008 |^One morning she wrote on the blackboard: *'^Write a K68 009 paragraph about being honest.**' ^She underlined the word K68 010 *'honest**'. K68 011 |^I scribbled out a few words and looked at the others. K68 012 ^Most of them were struggling. ^They hadn't even started. K68 013 |^After a short while she said, *'^Time's up, now would you K68 014 quickly read what you have written.**' K68 015 |^They started reading from the other side of the classroom. K68 016 ^The only one I liked was my mate, Rob: *'^My young sister hasn't K68 017 learnt to tell lies yet. ^She gets me into heaps of trouble.**' K68 018 |^But there were others: *'^My father is the most honest K68 019 person I know. ^He donates money to the poor every Christmas. K68 020 ^And God knows, and God blesses him abundantly and he is very K68 021 rich.**' K68 022 |^How about this one: *'^Honest people look honest. ^They K68 023 have white teeth and clean-smelling clothes. ^It is easy to pick K68 024 out dishonest people.**' K68 025 |^Yep, it's shit eh? ^Well, I think so. ^It got around to my K68 026 turn. K68 027 |*'^When I let off a good loud fart everyone knows who it K68 028 belongs to.**' K68 029 |^Some of the kids started giggling but the look of shock on K68 030 Miss Pettigrew's face shut them up. ^She couldn't say anything K68 031 for a while. ^I could see her counting to ten. K68 032 |^*'It's disgusting,**' she said at last. K68 033 |*'^It's honesty, Miss Pettigrew. ^You asked us to be...**' K68 034 |*'^Sit down, young man. ^There are things you talk about K68 035 and things you are discreet about.**' K68 036 |^*'Like silent Sams,**' I mumbled. K68 037 |^*'What did you say?**' she asked. K68 038 |*'^Silent Sams. ^Thunderbox told me to beware of silent K68 039 Sams.**' K68 040 |*'^Who is Thunderbox and what are silent Sams?**' K68 041 |*'^Thunderbox is me old man and silent Sams are those who K68 042 let off sneakies. ^He reckoned sneakies are dishonest but a good K68 043 honest fart always claims its owner.**' K68 044 |*'^We do not have to listen to your sooty patter. ^I would K68 045 like you to leave my classroom and wait outside \0Mr Bull's K68 046 office.**' ^By now all the other kids were curling up with a K68 047 mixture of derision and embarrassment. K68 048 |^Well, I did leave, though I didn't go to \0Mr Bull's K68 049 office. ^I wasn't going to be strapped by that big bastard. K68 050 ^Everyone knew he had something secret going on with Miss K68 051 Pettigrew. K68 052 |^I went home, it's just two houses down from the college. K68 053 |^I told old Thunderbox the story. K68 054 |^*'Come on,**' was all he said, and strode down the road K68 055 into the college and straight to \0Mr Bull's office, opened the K68 056 door and stormed in. ^Miss Pettigrew was there talking to \0Mr K68 057 Bull. K68 058 |^*'What's the story,**' roared Thunderbox. K68 059 |*'^Well, sir, your son has been a disruptive influence in K68 060 Miss Pettigrew's class.**' K68 061 |^*'Disruptive, eh? ^What's he done?**' Thunderbox smiled. K68 062 |^\0Mr Bull waved the question to Miss Pettigrew. K68 063 |^*'...he... wrote a paragraph about... er... passing K68 064 wind.**' Miss Pettigrew said. K68 065 |^*'Do you fart, Miss?**' Thunderbox laughed. K68 066 |*'^...why I... how dare you...**' K68 067 |*'^Look, \0Mr... er... you are embarrassing Miss Pettigrew. K68 068 ^I will not stand here and...**' K68 069 |*'^Come on, \0Mr Bull, you don't look the type who pulls K68 070 down his pants to fart.**' K68 071 |*'^That's quite enough, sir. ^I must ask you to leave my K68 072 office.**' K68 073 |^Thunderbox started choking with laughter. ^I always knew K68 074 what happened when he started his laughing fits. ^He shattered K68 075 the room with a very loud fart, followed by several minor puffs. K68 076 |^*'Ahh, that one's on me,**' he said, shaking his leg. K68 077 |^Miss Pettigrew rushed out to the corridor, her face red. K68 078 ^She kept shaking her head. K68 079 |^\0Mr Bull knocked his chair over as he scrambled to open K68 080 the window. ^My dad, Thunderbox, was delirious with derision. K68 081 ^\0Mr Bull had no trouble pushing him outside his office. K68 082 |^When we got home Thunderbox sat me down. *'^Now, son, they K68 083 are going to give you a shit of a time at that college. ^So K68 084 either we get you to another one or you can leave... if you want K68 085 *- help me here in the flower gardens.**' K68 086 |^I thought about it. ^I mean, when it was all boiled down I K68 087 wasn't learning really useful things at school, not like I did K68 088 with Thunderbox. ^Whether it was with him in the gardens, or K68 089 fixing the truck, or building, he always taught me to think about K68 090 things. ^That's it, he taught me to think. K68 091 |^His business was blooming, he was keen for me to learn the K68 092 ropes as he wanted me to take over. K68 093 |^*'What are you going to do?**' I asked. K68 094 |^*'Travel, see how other people pick their noses,**' he K68 095 replied. K68 096 *|^One morning I was delivering boxes of flowers to the airport. K68 097 ^They had to go to Australia. ^As usual I had cut it pretty fine K68 098 for time, so I was belting old Flower (the truck) along at a fair K68 099 clip, one eye out for traffic cops, the other on my watch. ^I K68 100 stopped at a red light not far from the airport. K68 101 |^I waited... looked at my watch... waited. ^It wouldn't K68 102 change to green. ^Well, not for me. ^The lights went through the K68 103 cycle twice, letting the other side go. ^Flower was getting K68 104 pissed off. K68 105 |^*'Must be stuck,**' I thought. *'^No sense in waiting here K68 106 all day. ^No cars coming. ^I'm off.**' ^Putt... putt. ^Flower K68 107 roared through the red light with a hiss and a fart. ^Nought to K68 108 fifty \0k's in forty-five seconds. ^I glanced in the rear vision. K68 109 |*'^Shit! ^A traffic cop!**' K68 110 |^He chased after me, lights flashing and siren going. ^I K68 111 kept going. ^Only two hundred yards to the airport. ^I wasn't K68 112 going to let all our work go down the drain for thirty seconds. K68 113 |^I swished into the inward goods. ^Jim my mate was waiting K68 114 for me. ^I could see it all in his cheeky bloody face. ^Old K68 115 Flower, hissing and farting, screeched to a shuddering halt, K68 116 followed by a pretty pissed-off traffic cop, with siren and K68 117 lights going full tack. K68 118 |^Jim started cracking up. ^So did all his mates. K68 119 |^The cop got out of his car. ^I jumped out too. K68 120 |*'^Hey, Jim! snap out of it, mate. ^Get this stuff on K68 121 board. ^I'm going to be busy.**' K68 122 |^*'Okay,**' Jim said with a thumbs-up. K68 123 |^I tried to explain it all to the cop but he arrested me. K68 124 ^Thunderbox had to bail me out. ^He came with me to the court K68 125 next morning. K68 126 |^The police read the charges. ^Going through a red light. K68 127 ^Refusing to stop for a traffic officer. K68 128 |^I explained my side of the story to the man in the K68 129 judicial chair but he wasn't listening. K68 130 |^Instead, he shifted his weight onto one cheek. ^I could K68 131 see he was letting a long, ripe, sneaky one smoulder away on his K68 132 judicial chair. K68 133 |^I looked at Thunderbox. ^He nodded in a knowing way, K68 134 *'Silent Sam,**' he mouthed. ^The man was smiling like a cat in a K68 135 gas oven on low. ^It must've wafted up under his thick black gown K68 136 because the lady doing the typing started coughing and reaching K68 137 for her tissues. ^She tried to type with one hand as she had a K68 138 tissue over her nose and mouth. K68 139 |^Then the cop standing by caught it. ^He quietly shuffled K68 140 away as far as he could, but it was no good. ^He was cornered. K68 141 ^He had to sniff up, or stop breathing. ^Looking at his face I K68 142 knew it was a super-rotten one. K68 143 |^I got a whiff. ^It nearly floored me. ^It smelt of rotten K68 144 eggs, stewed prunes, pickled onions, garlic and swamp water. K68 145 |^Very soon all those in the courtroom had a whiff of K68 146 varying intensity. ^Everyone was looking at everyone. ^Solicitors K68 147 with their polite coughing. ^One of them gave the man an equally K68 148 polite bow and left. K68 149 |^It looked pretty funny to me. ^I must have been smiling K68 150 because the man said in a cross voice, *'^What have you to smile K68 151 about, \0Mr... er... Thunderbox? ^Could you finish what you K68 152 started to say?**' K68 153 |^Well, I couldn't say anything. ^It all seemed so funny to K68 154 me. ^I was getting into a state where I was hopeless. ^It's K68 155 really hard to stop cracking up when you've caught a heavy dose K68 156 of giggles. K68 157 |^That's when me old man, Thunderbox, shouted out, K68 158 *'^Careful, son. ^Remember there's a time and place.**' K68 159 |^*'Silence in the court!**' roared the K68 160 backing-into-the-corner cop. K68 161 |^*'Well, young man. ^What have you to say for yourself?**' K68 162 said the man even more crossly. K68 163 |^Everyone started to snigger. ^That made me worse. ^I K68 164 couldn't hold back any longer. K68 165 |^I let strip. ^Look. ^I am not one to blow my own trumpet K68 166 but it was the loudest and most tuneful fart I'd ever heard. ^It K68 167 echoed off the concrete ceilings and walls. K68 168 |^Thunderbox rose to his feet and cheered. *'^That's my K68 169 boy!**' ^Nearly everyone joined in, laughing and clapping. K68 170 |^The man kept shouting, *'^Clear the court! ^Clear the K68 171 court!**' ^But it was no use. ^Even the cops were doubling up. K68 172 |^The man left. ^No one stood up for him. ^They couldn't. K68 173 |^Thunderbox came over to the dock, his face beaming, K68 174 slapped me on the back. K68 175 |*'^Let's go home, son.**' K68 176 |^As we walked out of the court, they all cheered. K68 177 |^I must admit I felt good. K68 178 *<*6THE CONFIRMATION*> K68 179 |^*0Hi, it's me again *- Pono *- have you got a minute? ^You K68 180 have? ^Good. ^I want you to meet these two. ^Both are Maori, both K68 181 twin brothers, both teenagers, and both in their different ways K68 182 are seekers... c'mon here we go... K68 183 *|^Here we are, high up in the mountains; up here it's clean and K68 184 crisp and bright. ^Below glaciers, and everywhere there are K68 185 layers of silence. K68 186 |^Down through the bush to a grass clearing. ^The air is K68 187 filled with the music of many birds. ^Also, there is the sound of K68 188 the river chattering. K68 189 |^I live here easily. K68 190 |^Ah. ^Here's their small tent. ^The fire is still K68 191 smouldering. K68 192 |^Let's go to the swimming hole and wait. ^They are both K68 193 under the water. ^Any second now they will spring off the bottom K68 194 and try to catch the overhanging branch. K68 195 |^Wow! ^Sproing! ^Like trout. ^The sprays of the water are K68 196 caught by the sun behind them. ^They are laughing and choking and K68 197 naked. ^They let go and splash back into the water. K68 198 |*'^I've had enough of this, Tama.**' K68 199 |*'^It's fun, Hone. ^I know, let's have a race down the K68 200 rapids.**' K68 201 |*'^Look, man, the whole idea of this bush trip was to get K68 202 our assignments done.**' K68 203 |^Hone gets out, towels himself, pulls on his underpants. K68 204 ^He opens his books, picks up his pen and starts writing. K68 205 |^For a while Tama swims in slow-motion breaststroke. ^Then K68 206 he too gets out but doesn't look at his books. ^Instead, he K68 207 stands facing the sun not far from Hone. ^He wriggles his toes in K68 208 the soft earth. ^His eyes are closed; his face is full of joy. K68 209 ^Slowly he brings his hands up his body. ^When they reach his K68 210 chest he lowers his head to his hands. ^He is a flowerbud. K68 211 |^In slow motion he unfolds to the sun as if he's a new K68 212 flower. ^His eyes are last to open. ^They are brown on white and K68 213 bright. ^His face, his body, are vibrant. K68 214 |^Hone looks up. *'^You're a bloody dreamer, mate.**' K68 215 |^A breeze is moving the toetoe bushes and Tama moves in the K68 216 same rhythm as the toetoe. ^He starts to dance. K68 217 |^He is a bird weaving around the grass flat, through the K68 218 shrubs. K68 219 |^Hone is pulling on his singlet. K68 220 |^*'You think life is all play,**' Hone shouts. K68 221 |^It is now late afternoon. ^Tama is still naked. ^He is K68 222 sitting in a lotus position, his eyes closed. ^He is facing the K68 223 sun. K68 224 |^Tama is meditating as did his tohunga ancestors whose line K68 225 he can trace far, far back to the great Aryan race, some three K68 226 thousand years before. K68 227 *# K69 001 **[443 TEXT K69**] K69 002 |^*0*'That's nice,**' I said. *'^How about that?**' K69 003 |^*'She's jake,**' he said, poking round in his pocket and K69 004 pulling out a roll of dirty notes. K69 005 |^He seemed blank all of a sudden, he didn't say anything K69 006 more, just paid for the painting, watched it wrapped in brown K69 007 paper, then kissed me on the cheek. K69 008 |^*'Love to \2yer mother,**' he said, and was gone. K69 009 |^The last thing Mum wanted was a message of love from my K69 010 father. K69 011 |^We got married on a sunny Saturday in July. ^I was nearly K69 012 eighteen and a half years old. ^Roddie was in his mid twenties. K69 013 ^The church was pretty, a little colonial church at the end of an K69 014 avenue of big bare trees off Colombo Street. K69 015 |^Frank Morgan stood by to *'give me away**'. K69 016 |^*'Hope you have a happy life,**' he said to me that K69 017 morning. *'^He's a good man and if the two of you stick together K69 018 you'll be on top of the world, like Ruby and me.**' K69 019 |^I wasn't sure I wanted to end up like Ruby and Frank, but K69 020 I tried to smile. K69 021 |^*'Cheer up,**' Frank said. *'^Not a funeral you know. K69 022 ^That's what they always say at weddings, it's not a bloody K69 023 funeral you know.**' K69 024 |^The wedding service was ridiculous, of course. ^The Ferons K69 025 felt uncomfortable, wriggling and squirming in their seats. ^And K69 026 the minister muttered on, mouthing all the formulas. K69 027 |^Oh get on with it, I thought. ^What the hell are we doing K69 028 in a church anyway? K69 029 |^But when it came to the vows I listened, I listened to K69 030 them carefully and thought to myself, yes, I mean this, this is K69 031 the real thing, I'm going to make a good job of this marriage, K69 032 not like Mum and the old man. K69 033 |*'...to love, honour and obey...**' K69 034 |^The word *'love**' pulled me up a bit. K69 035 |^Making love, I thought, tonight we'll be making love for K69 036 the first time. ^That'll be nice, it'll be nice when we get to K69 037 the hotel and get into bed. ^We'll make love. K69 038 |^The Quality Inn on High Street did a regular line in K69 039 wedding breakfasts. ^Ruby had arranged for us to have the five K69 040 bob one; five bob a head for sausage rolls and triangular K69 041 sandwiches, round pies, fluted jellies, dishes of fruit salad and K69 042 ice cream. ^There was a *'head table**' with places set aside for K69 043 Roddie and I and, lined up on each side, *'best man and K69 044 bridesmaid**', *'groom's parents**', *'bride's parents**'. K69 045 ^Except of course that there wasn't a bride's father. ^For a K69 046 moment I thought I should stick the painting of Christchurch on K69 047 the empty seat where the old man should have been sitting, but K69 048 then Frank Morgan came to the rescue and sat down in it himself. K69 049 |^*'This is a happy day for me,**' Roddie said at the start K69 050 of his speech. *'^The first of many happy days...**' K69 051 |^I felt lonely, I felt as though somebody was missing. ^Who K69 052 was it? ^Not the old man, I didn't want him. ^And not Nancy Wand, K69 053 she'd gone up north and said she was never coming back. ^Not K69 054 aunty Aggie or aunty Millie, sitting side by side and exercising K69 055 their jaws down at the bottom of the table. ^And not \0Mrs Palto, K69 056 who bustled up to me after the breakfast and planted a wet kiss K69 057 on my cheek. K69 058 |^*'{3Ach, you vill be happy now},**' she said. *'^I saw you K69 059 born and I hope to see you with a baby of your own. ^But don't K69 060 forget your mother, Daphne. ^Her life has been hard. ^She did her K69 061 best by you.**' K69 062 |^But I didn't want platitudes from \0Mrs Palto. K69 063 |^Who was it I missed? K69 064 |^The Carrels were there, doing their duty, drifting into K69 065 the Quality Inn with a nonchalant air as though they spent all K69 066 their lives going into cheap little tea shops down the wrong end K69 067 of High Street. K69 068 |^*'Call me Pop,**' \0Mr Carrel said. K69 069 |^*'That would be lovely,**' I said. *'^I'd love to.**' K69 070 |^No more able to call him *'Pop**' than the prime minister. K69 071 |^\0Mrs Carrel was wearing grey silk, a few diamonds, and a K69 072 little hat of white velvet. K69 073 |^*'Welcome into the family, Daphne,**' she said. K69 074 |^Mum stalked up in a limp frock of blue cotton, a navy blue K69 075 straw hat rammed down over her skull. K69 076 |^*'I hope \2yer not expecting me to pay for this bun K69 077 fight,**' she said. K69 078 |^I looked at Mum, her little pinched face and tight little K69 079 gestures, and I was frightened to realise I still wanted her to K69 080 love me. K69 081 |^*'It's all right,**' I said. *'^I thought Ruby told you. K69 082 ^Roddie and I are paying.**' K69 083 |^*'Hmph,**' she said. *'^Wish you both well then.**' K69 084 |^And off she stalked again. K69 085 |^*'Funny isn't it,**' Ginnie said coming up to me, *'^Mum K69 086 and you both wearing blue.**' K69 087 |^I was horrified to realise it was true, Mum's limp cotton K69 088 frock was just a shade or two darker than my own lovely dress K69 089 with its silver beads and padded sleeves. K69 090 |^*'\0Mrs Carrel,**' Roddie said to me. *'^Time for us to be K69 091 off.**' K69 092 |^\0Mrs Carrel? I thought. ^She's his mother... K69 093 |^And for a moment or two I was confused. ^It was as though K69 094 I was Roddie's wife, and his mother, and my own mother too, Mum K69 095 in a limp blue frock. K69 096 |^*'Next stop, Federal Hotel,**' Roddie said as we pulled K69 097 out from the kerb. K69 098 |^It had always been my dream to get inside the Federal K69 099 Hotel, ever since Ginnie and I had read about the K69 100 Stevenson-Merbrook wedding. K69 101 |*'^Veil of tulle and beautiful old lace. ^Blue cloques with K69 102 slit bodices caught by silver and pearl clasps.**' K69 103 |^Ever since the days we'd gone up town to collect Mum's K69 104 maintenance and, stopping to rest outside the courthouse, looked K69 105 across the quiet green of Victoria Square, past the statues and K69 106 the fountain, to see the facade of the Federal Hotel looking back K69 107 at us with disapproval. K69 108 |^Now the door of a room in the Federal Hotel closed behind K69 109 me. K69 110 |^We'd had our experiments, of course, Roddie and I. ^Up on K69 111 the hills in the shelter of a pine plantation, or in a sandy K69 112 hollow between clumps of marram at New Brighton, snuggling down K69 113 and fumbling around and getting ourselves steamed up. K69 114 |^*'We'll save the best bit for later,**' Roddie had always K69 115 said. *'^For when we're alone together.**' K69 116 |^And now we were. K69 117 |^*'It's nice,**' I said to him after we'd been going for a K69 118 while. *'^It's a pity I'm so darned tired.**' K69 119 |^And half an hour later, while Roddie snored and snuffled K69 120 on the pillow alongside me, I lay alone there in the dark room, K69 121 awake and wondering. K69 122 |^I lit myself a cigarette. K69 123 |^Inhaled. K69 124 |^Exhaled. K69 125 *<*3PART FOUR*> K69 126 *<*110*> K69 127 * K69 128 * K69 129 |^*0It was an adventure, spinning across the plains with Roddie, K69 130 frost crackling on the windscreen, woollen rugs warm round our K69 131 knees, a thermos of hot tea snug between us, our eyes fixed on K69 132 the Alps in the distance. K69 133 |^*'Mum's never been this far west in her life,**' I said. K69 134 *'^And she's never been as far south as Timaru, and she's never K69 135 been as far north as Kaikoura.**' K69 136 |^*'Things will be different for you,**' Roddie said. K69 137 *'^Sky's the limit. ^Aren't the mountains beautiful!**' K69 138 |^And they were beautiful, the Alps. ^Pink and distant when K69 139 we first set out from the city, white and looming as we drove K69 140 closer to them. ^White and looming, big and blank, then bigger K69 141 and blanker, taller and wider, till suddenly somewhere about K69 142 Bealey they seemed to fill up the whole world and I felt K69 143 frightened. K69 144 |^Roddie took breaths of the hard mountain air as we drove K69 145 along. K69 146 |^*'Marvellous,**' he was saying. *'^Puts things in K69 147 perspective, being in the mountains. ^Helps you see clearly.**' K69 148 |^Which frightened me even more. K69 149 |^*'They don't help me see better,**' I said. *'^They block K69 150 things out, if you ask me.**' K69 151 |^But he wasn't asking me, he just looked at me with K69 152 friendly unbelieving eyes. K69 153 |^What's wrong with me? I wondered. K69 154 |^The whole honeymoon was like that. ^It was all just too K69 155 lonely and big, all those high white mountains and green wet K69 156 forests and black deep lakes. ^And the glaciers. ^Big and cold K69 157 and careless, like all the *'scenery**', all the *'vistas**' K69 158 Roddie kept talking about. K69 159 |^*'Beautiful landscape and friendly people,**' he'd say. K69 160 *'^What more could you ask?**' K69 161 |^We'd be buzzing along through a forest and we'd come out K69 162 at a hotel and Roderick would stop. K69 163 |*'^This do, d'you think?**' K69 164 |^And of course I'd say yes. K69 165 |^And inside would be people. ^Friendly, chatty, busy little K69 166 people. ^Australians, Americans, English, North Islanders. K69 167 ^Waitresses in white aprons, a publican with a red face, a K69 168 landlady with hair permed into steel wire. ^*'Cosy,**' Roddie K69 169 would say. *'^Friendly.**' ^And he'd walk through all the horror K69 170 of it, oblivious. K69 171 |^At one place after dinner people drank whisky and laughed K69 172 and sang around a piano. ^Roddie and I sang a bit too, and drank K69 173 whisky, then sat down and talked with *'the other Canterbury K69 174 couple**', a fussy old man and woman nursing brandy and pursing K69 175 their lips in a corner. K69 176 |^*'Ordinarily, my dear,**' the woman said, inclining a pair K69 177 of gold-rimmed glasses at me, touching the back of my hand with K69 178 her fingers, just the tips of four thin and blue little fingers, K69 179 *'ordinarily we prefer not to stay at this *- this quality of K69 180 hotel. ^But...**' K69 181 |^She raised her fingertips a moment then dropped them K69 182 again, as if from exhaustion. K69 183 |^She wanted an accomplice, she was as frightened as me. K69 184 |^*'I'm so homesick,**' I whispered. *'^All I want to do is K69 185 get back to Christchurch.**' K69 186 |^*'Oh yes,**' she said, excited, ecstatic. *'^Dear K69 187 Christchurch, the Avon, the Cathedral. ^And the people, the nice K69 188 people.**' K69 189 |^She bent a little closer. K69 190 |^*'Have you noticed, my dear,**' she confided, *'how nobody K69 191 else ever seems nice the way Christchurch people are?**' K69 192 |^I hated her then, I hated the Avon, and the Cathedral and K69 193 the nice Christchurch she was talking about. ^She was just as K69 194 much a stranger to me as the Australians, the English, the North K69 195 Islanders getting drunk on gin. ^Roddie. K69 196 |^Well that wasn't a comfortable thought. ^I looked away K69 197 from the woman, behind her. ^And saw the Alps through a big K69 198 picture window, the Alps gleaming white and terrible under the K69 199 moon. K69 200 |^There was a sudden silence. ^Everybody stopped talking, K69 201 looked towards me. K69 202 |^I felt terrified, I felt as though they were all about to K69 203 turn on me, as though somehow they'd realised I was an outsider K69 204 and were turning on me to kill me. ^A little girl came running K69 205 towards me. ^A blue satin ribbon in her hair, a little posy in K69 206 her hands. ^She stopped in front of me and thrust the posy out. K69 207 |^*'Oh,**' I said. *'^Thank you. ^That's nice.**' K69 208 |^The landlady stood. ^Smiled a big, motherly sort of K69 209 horrible smile. K69 210 |^*'A little posy to welcome a bride,**' she said. K69 211 |^I just about shredded the flowers to pieces as I sat K69 212 there, trapped on the sofa, while they all grinned and clapped K69 213 and drank a toast. K69 214 |^*'To the honeymooners,**' they said. K69 215 |^*'Why can't they damn well leave us alone,**' I sort of K69 216 hissed at Roddie. K69 217 |^He was surprised, he looked puzzled. K69 218 |^*'They're trying to be kind,**' he said. *'^They're nice K69 219 friendly people.**' K69 220 |^Next morning was our last. K69 221 |^*'Can't wait to get back,**' I said as we headed up the K69 222 Otira. *'^Can't wait to start our new home.**' K69 223 |^He could understand that, he approved of that, so he K69 224 reached across and squeezed my hand. K69 225 |^And it was nice, I loved him, I did want to set up a home K69 226 with him, he was my friend, he was being good to me, I could K69 227 trust him. K69 228 |^*'Welcome back to the big smoke,**' he said as we drove in K69 229 that afternoon through the western suburbs. K69 230 |^He was being sarcastic because of the smog. ^It was K69 231 absolutely cold and still, the air, and the smog was a dirty K69 232 yellow stain for miles above us. ^But it didn't worry me. ^Smog K69 233 was part of the place, I'd never known anything but smog. ^And as K69 234 we drove in through the western suburbs that afternoon I felt K69 235 that I'd never loved Christchurch more, never been so sure it was K69 236 my home. K69 237 *# K70 001 **[444 TEXT K70**] K70 002 |*'^*0Marge, honey, you don't know nothing. ^You're only a kid. K70 003 ^You don't know how freaky Len is. ^He's a baby with a comforter, K70 004 a dirty little Mommy's baby.**' ^She runs eyes all round my room K70 005 like Joyce dirt is flaking off, raining on her, she's making it K70 006 clear I'd best see things her way if I expect to get any help K70 007 from her on my wedding day. ^She studies me for clues. ^*'You're K70 008 not about to believe this, Marge...**' she halts. ^*'Try me,**' I K70 009 say. ^What line is she on now? ^I brace myself. ^No, I won't let K70 010 her try me. *'^For a second you had me worried, Isabel. ^I K70 011 thought you were about to come up with something big, well, I'm K70 012 not interested what your father's name is, names are only crap. K70 013 ^Stop kidding me.**' ^Her eyes are still all over the place like K70 014 the All Blacks have just won the World Cup through the entire K70 015 Joyce residence, real dirty. ^*'Okay then, honey, but my father K70 016 doesn't do other people's dirty work,**' she is humilating me and K70 017 Dad, oh, yes that's exactly what she is doing, like her father is K70 018 this big spender and I should be impressed, but if her father K70 019 works in a store and my father works for the City Council, that's K70 020 no big deal, that's how impressed I am, the answer to that is K70 021 crap. ^God, oh God, here she is in my room, no knock, nothing, K70 022 trying to tell me she's better than me. ^I'm running out of K70 023 patience fast and if she impressed Cosmo, if he tells me she did K70 024 that, then... a terrible loneliness fills me. ^Without Cosmo, no, K70 025 I won't think it, but if she breaks all I have, if she has broken K70 026 that, her, with her Logical Positivisms, until she started that, K70 027 Cosmo and I had our own Verifications... the long night now to K70 028 wait in her nightmare, she has smashed and trampled my dreams, I K70 029 leap over her to my bed for refuge. K70 030 |^I have just fought a great forest fire, no matter the fire K70 031 is inside me, I am ashen, dirty, hiding in ash, I creep into my K70 032 bed, dirty. ^I hear her flounce to the door, decided hard steps. K70 033 ^*'I forgot to say we spell our name with two *'A**'s. ^Our name K70 034 is *'Harrap**',**' she croaks in angry whisper. ^Incidentally, K70 035 isn't her name *'Joyce**' now? ^I don't bother to remind her, K70 036 it's too good for her. ^I have been too kind to her, I have been, K70 037 sometimes I don't know about me. ^I am always giving, giving. K70 038 ^She waits for soft-hearted Marge to bend. ^Never. ^Never. ^My K70 039 mind's eye sees her from my pillow's depth, pausing leading lady, K70 040 awaiting my applause. ^Up her. ^She lowers her whisper, real K70 041 drama stuff. *'^My father would kill Len if he knew how I'm K70 042 treated.**' ^She is too far-out. ^I show her a glower. *'^You're K70 043 only telling lies, Isabel. ^You're only sorry for yourself. K70 044 ^You're plain jealous, Isabel. ^It's sticking out all over you. K70 045 ^Come on, own up, you're jealous of me having Cosmo but it won't K70 046 get you anywhere.**' ^She sighs. *'^Oh, you poor little kid, K70 047 Marge honey, you're just not hip, honey, that's your problem, K70 048 you're only a kid, you've lived this crummy way all your life. K70 049 ^You've never even gotten a real education. ^Cosmo's gonna wake K70 050 up, you'll see.**' ^Isabel spoke his name. ^I hear her speak his K70 051 name. ^She speaks his name. ^I wither in panic. ^I retreat, I am K70 052 scared Mum will come in; if Mum enters this contest she'll blow K70 053 the window right out. ^*'What is it you really want, Isabel?**' I K70 054 ask. ^She dives into the *'kid**' routine all over again. ^I K70 055 wonder if I'm only this kid she despises, why is she bothering K70 056 then? ^She isn't inhibited, I don't see why I have to be, I'm K70 057 getting so mad with her I'd accept the entire Joyce K70 058 Administration as back-up, if only to get her out of my room; K70 059 better still my life. ^She's only looking for sympathy... or is K70 060 for Cosmo. ^If she has messed up my life, what do I care, except K70 061 I'm sad for Lenny. ^She doesn't know it, but from the moment she K70 062 said Cosmo's name, she was about an inch and a half from a real K70 063 fight. ^She is hard, brazen, ah, she isn't fooling me, she tries K70 064 her baby**[ARB**]-soft voice, *'^It's all true, honey,**' she K70 065 says, like I'm impressed enough to live this scene her way. ^No. K70 066 ^This is my way. *'^Get out. ^And don't utter one word to me as K70 067 long as you live in my mother's house. ^I mean it, Isabel. K70 068 ^Never. ^Never.**' ^I bury my head. K70 069 |^She squeaks the door. ^Gone. ^So she has had her fill of K70 070 Lenny, Mum as well, has she eyes for Cosmo, it seems likely, God, K70 071 she makes me shiver. ^She talked that philosophy line, she might K70 072 have impressed Cosmo, oh, yes, she tried, her slinky dress, yuk K70 073 thick makeup, beside me, frowsy from work, am I losing? is she K70 074 outsmarting me? making a fool of me? ^Cosmo left, no time to K70 075 console me. ^I toss the lonely night, sleepsick, I search for K70 076 defence, I am vulnerable. ^I know it. ^Oh, yes, she tried, those K70 077 waggling boobs, that flinging backside, Cosmo is vulnerable in K70 078 this area. ^I think things. ^I am the one who cries. K70 079 |^Only one thing to do, hurry our marriage, soon, soon. K70 080 ^Next morning I tell Mum I wish Lenny and Isabel would go. ^I K70 081 wish I could cry all my worries to her but I tell her that much. K70 082 ^She nods. ^*'I can't do a thing with Leonard now, with her here. K70 083 ^They are married though. ^Oh dear,**' she says. ^Out of nowhere K70 084 except out of my aching heart, I say *'^Mum. ^Cosmo and I want to K70 085 get married.**' ^She nods. ^Does she see? ^Understand? ^I tell K70 086 her I'll sprint out at lunchtime and put a wedding dress on K70 087 lay-by. ^She nods. ^Dear God, does my mother understand? K70 088 |^I toss all day in trifles. ^I have nothing to give Betty, K70 089 anybody. ^I wait all day for Cosmo's coming. K70 090 |^He waits, smiles, his first words, *'^I enjoyed meeting K70 091 your family,**' all right so far. ^He squeezes my arm. *'^Your K70 092 brother's wife is smart, isn't she? ^I must get on to Schlick and K70 093 his theorem before the exam. ^I've neglected him. ^I'm glad she K70 094 reminded me.**' ^The words have been said. ^They eat into my K70 095 brain and my heart. ^I am haughty, to hide my fear. ^He leans, K70 096 peers, *'^You okay?**' ^I nod. ^I'm thinking you need the {0SIS} K70 097 on the job to keep up with the play a man can lay on you, any K70 098 man, all a girl's got is her instinct, I get mine from outer K70 099 space, ready for the next arrow in my heart. ^We are in the car, K70 100 slithering streets. *'^I see Len is a keen football man. ^I'm no K70 101 good at sport. ^You might as well know that about me from the K70 102 start, no time for sport these last few years, of course,**' he K70 103 is rattling on like he is cruising round with a potent woman. ^He K70 104 peers again. *'^You're very quiet, Marge. ^Something wrong?**' K70 105 ^Can I shake my grey matter, how can I tell him he has frozen my K70 106 love, only he can unfreeze. ^He isn't trying. ^I hardly know him. K70 107 ^I go half-way to everywhere with him, yet I hardly know him. K70 108 *'^Did I say something to hurt you?**' ^He sounds convincing, but K70 109 that smartarse talk, burning in me, he almost said her name, K70 110 might as well. ^Smart? ^That's what he thinks of her, he wonders K70 111 why I'm withered. ^If he has hurt? ^What kind of a question is K70 112 that, after what he said about her. ^Smart? ^If he's that K70 113 poverty-struck where it matters, he'll just have to hear it from K70 114 me. ^He pats my knee. ^Oh. ^Lord. ^He smiles. ^Am I living this? K70 115 ^He pulls the mealy-mouthed car in to the kerb. ^I don't ask why. K70 116 ^I accept his kisses, I accept his assurances that he loves me, I K70 117 accept his words that he wouldn't hurt me for the world but, for K70 118 all of this, I am hating her who makes me doubt. ^Why did I ever K70 119 think she could ruin my dream? *'^I'm just tired. ^Sorry.**' I K70 120 say. ^He zooms off like hurrah then, I want so much to believe K70 121 him. ^He reaches blind in traffic, squeezes my knee, he does K70 122 understand, he does. ^Feelings I am so new to engulf me. ^*'Oh, I K70 123 do love you so much, Cosmo,**' I say, blinded in my tears. ^If K70 124 that seems a bit soft in the head for a girl to say, then I'm K70 125 sorry for the whole human race. ^Cosmo and I are smiling, at K70 126 people, stores, at trees, lights, each other, nothing else K70 127 matters. K70 128 |^We linger at the gate, held, need in us, he doesn't move K70 129 to open the door. ^He entwines me, tears, mumbled words, meaning K70 130 nothing, we know their meaning, I cry, I cry. ^*'I'm put down by K70 131 everybody and I haven't been anywhere. ^I've only been to K70 132 Palmerston North and I hated it,**' I cry. ^Why does he laugh? K70 133 ^What of tonight? ^We know. ^*'I can forget books for once, I owe K70 134 it to us,**' he says, male. *'^I'll be back, right on eight K70 135 o'clock. ^I want to show you how much I love you, tonight I've K70 136 got to,**' he sounds sad in kind of pain. ^I run into the house, K70 137 ready already. ^*'I thought he was sitting his exams soon,**' Mum K70 138 says. ^I tell her he is, but he's entitled to one night off, K70 139 isn't he? ^Holy Mother, she doesn't argue. ^Isabel is nowhere. K70 140 |^We go to his room, up stairs to the beckoning night, he K70 141 leads me gently. ^He whispers, everybody's out, we laugh at his K70 142 whisper. ^His room, pale in gloom, sharp blotches where the light K70 143 sneaks in, oblonging the floor. ^A desk, strewn, bookshelves, K70 144 books all over, man mess. ^I see in peering a geranium spikey in K70 145 light on the window ledge. ^*'Time to sleep, no peeking now,**' I K70 146 caution. ^His bed unmade, no matter, he takes my jacket. ^*'How K70 147 about a cup of coffee?**' he says, goes to a corner shelf, fussy K70 148 bubble, we sit close, our hands cupped, aware of one another's K70 149 question. ^Undrunk, he takes the cups, the question answered. ^He K70 150 puts the cups on the window ledge, silhouetted, how strange, cups K70 151 and a geranium, how strange in the unstrange night, anything can K70 152 happen. ^All the rest is simple, simple in innocence, we lie in K70 153 one another's arms, I forget her, she is someone I never knew, K70 154 all things are simple if one goes there tender. K70 155 |^I feel his young body, stroking, my soft young body yields, K70 156 I lie in surrender, the geranium stands tall in shine, we belong, K70 157 not once, many times, he is tender, dear. ^*'Remember our funny K70 158 first night?**' he says, his head on my breast, his body rests in K70 159 me, *'^You were so funny, remember? ^I couldn't believe you, K70 160 can't believe you now, you are innocence, beauty,**' he kisses my K70 161 lips, my body, am I these lovely things to him in this dusky K70 162 room, can I be more? ^I sigh in loving, in giving, all of me, K70 163 what more, I find the way. ^I am child in him, he is child in me, K70 164 the geranium only an illusion, she, I will not think her name, is K70 165 vaporized. ^We steam, stream, Cosmo and I, to night's ending. ^I K70 166 am no Cinderella in the mid of night. ^*'I'd better take you K70 167 home,**' he says, tired, I hold him rocking like mother love. K70 168 *'^Let's get married now, why do we wait?**' ^He sucks my weak K70 169 resistance to its ebb, ah, woman. K70 170 |^He unfolds his mother's wedding ring from its midnight K70 171 velvet, my hand shines golden in this night's golden light, end K70 172 is true beginning. ^Thus Spring wears itself out in urgency, goes K70 173 tender into blowsy Summer... K70 174 *# K71 001 **[445 TEXT K71**] K71 002 *<*4Nostalgia Music*> K71 003 * K71 004 |^*0*"Now,**" said the radio announcer, *"we are going to K71 005 play some songs that your parents and your grandparents used to K71 006 sing.**" K71 007 |^Frank Worth tucked the headphones under the pillow of his K71 008 hospital bed. ^He didn't want to look back; it was too painful *- K71 009 and so was looking to the future. ^He could, just, cope with the K71 010 here and now and he had a lot of thinking to do. K71 011 |^Someone had said there were three stages of recovery from K71 012 an accident like his. ^First there was the euphoria of finding K71 013 oneself still alive. ^Then the depression of knowing that things K71 014 would never be the same again; and finally there was the K71 015 acceptance of, and coming to terms with, the situation as it was. K71 016 |^He'd certainly had the first part. ^The relief of finding K71 017 himself in a light warm ward had been enormous after the long, K71 018 cold hours he'd spent alone in the creekbed, the old truck K71 019 holding him fast. ^He'd known, then, that his feet were done for. K71 020 ^It had only been confirmation when the fatherly surgeon had told K71 021 him they'd been unable to save his lower legs. ^He was alive and K71 022 cared for and his wife Patsy and his parents came every day to K71 023 visit him. K71 024 |^It had been his roommates' visitors who had sent his K71 025 spirits on their downward curve the day before, one jerking her K71 026 head back to indicate him and hissing to the other *"^Double K71 027 amputee**". ^That had been a shock. ^It had put him in another K71 028 category altogether from *'accident victim**'. ^It was something K71 029 they said about old men, soldiers and airmen from the K71 030 battlefields of the past. K71 031 |^They had been young men at the time, his common-sense told K71 032 him. ^He thought of Douglas Bader who had managed to persuade the K71 033 Royal Air Force to let him go on flying with two artificial legs K71 034 and who, as a prisoner of war, had joined enthusiastically in K71 035 escape attempts; he had only been stopped by the nightly K71 036 confiscation of his legs *- what a man! K71 037 |^And what about Phil Doole and Mark Inglis? ^Their two K71 038 weeks on Mount Cook made his own night in the bush seem very K71 039 ho-hum; and Phil Doole had almost conquered Mount Cook again. K71 040 ^Whatever name you gave to swapping your own legs for plastic K71 041 ones didn't matter; lots of good people had been through it all K71 042 before. K71 043 |^He slipped on the headphones and had a grin from ear to K71 044 ear when Patsy and his mother walked in. ^*"One for you, Mum**" K71 045 he said, handing them over. ^\0Mrs Worth listened and smiled too. K71 046 ^In a way it was appropriate, and she remembered it well; best of K71 047 all, though, it showed that Frank's sense of humour was up and K71 048 running again, and that meant all would be well. ^The song was K71 049 *"^I was a Big Man yesterday, but, Boy, you ought to see me K71 050 now!**". K71 051 *<*4The Time in Between*> K71 052 * K71 053 |^*0My mother used to thumb through worn photo albums to K71 054 revive dim memories. ^She'd smile, point, and exclaim over boring K71 055 picnic groups, the factory social, someone's horse, or my father K71 056 when he was young. K71 057 |^But it wasn't photos that made me stop, smile and remember K71 058 *- it was a dog. ^I'd just stepped from the bus after one of K71 059 those bleak days when the foreman is everywhere and the cold K71 060 sneaks down the rows of bales and oozes clammy from the wool K71 061 grease. K71 062 |^So it was feeling pretty good to be only a block from K71 063 home, with thoughts of fire, beer and dinner *- when this cocky K71 064 little black bitzer trotted past, tail up *- as though he owned K71 065 the street. K71 066 |^I watched him for a moment. ^A minor distraction in a K71 067 clockwork routine. ^Observed him circle, sniff, then cock his leg K71 068 for a dry run of five dustbins, snarl at a fenced-in Alsatian, K71 069 then disappear from sight where Glen Street runs into Lord's K71 070 Road. K71 071 |^And I'm standing there *- on the footpath *- staring into K71 072 the drizzle; suddenly aware that once I wasn't *- here *- on this K71 073 street. ^And thirty years faded away and another came tumbling K71 074 back. ^In pieces all jammed together, mixed up and overlapping. K71 075 |^I'm eleven years old. ^The sun's burning through my K71 076 tattered shirt. ^I'm fishing the Channel between Mapua and Rabbit K71 077 Island and wishing I had a dog like Ray Clarke's that'd stand in K71 078 the bow of the boat and bark at sea gulls or help me search the K71 079 sand flats at low tide where I'd found the dead leopard ray and K71 080 her nine little spotted replicas. K71 081 |^Dad said a dog was trouble. ^Mum added that we couldn't K71 082 afford one, but softened the blow with money for the pictures. K71 083 |^We went and watched a war movie and later the French K71 084 Resistance crept guerilla fashion through the lupins and K71 085 terrorised the courting couples as they squirmed on the sand. K71 086 ^Then for fun we placed broken glass across the track through the K71 087 sand hills and watched from a high vantage point as a speeding K71 088 motorcyclist end over ended into the lupins. K71 089 |^So I didn't get my dog, but I did manage to pee over the K71 090 school's lavatory wall and gain new heights in the play-ground K71 091 hierarchy. ^Put me ahead of Bill Day who'd been champion til then K71 092 because he could write his name on the concrete without stopping. K71 093 ^Actually, he's cheated *- his real name was William. K71 094 |^Shortly after this I was promised a dog for my birthday *- K71 095 which I didn't get. ^Because a rat bit the face of my baby sister K71 096 in her pram outside the apple packing factory. ^And Dad said, K71 097 *"to hell with this.**" ^We left the orchards and shifted to K71 098 Dunedin. K71 099 |^I remember the train trip. ^Not the misery my mother must K71 100 have suffered trying to look after five children the length of K71 101 the South Island while we screamed down the aisles or watched the K71 102 rails race away from the swaying platform of the rear carriage. K71 103 |^But I do remember the other passengers scowling when we K71 104 opened windows as the train clattered through the tunnels along K71 105 the Kaikoura coast. ^And I remember the skies becoming dull and K71 106 leaden as Port Chalmers, then Dunedin, appeared through smoky K71 107 glass. ^Then the grey, grey, railway station and my very first K71 108 ride in a taxi as Dad proudly took us to our new home. K71 109 |^A State house, a slate house, on **[SIC**] hill looking K71 110 right across Dunedin, to where the harbour cuts into the city and K71 111 rusty ships berth, a wharf juts, boys catch spotties and K71 112 watersiders strike. K71 113 |^I started another school with a brand new uniform. ^Got a K71 114 paper round and asked *- if I saved enough *- could I buy my own K71 115 dog. K71 116 |^Amazingly, my parents agreed. ^But I had to wait. ^Because K71 117 Dad took crook, couldn't work. ^Mum got thin and aged twenty K71 118 years. ^Then Dad got better and everything was right again. ^So I K71 119 answered an advertisement in the paper and bought a pup. K71 120 |^A quid. ^One pound. ^Four weeks paper round money. ^I had K71 121 ten shillings saved. ^I pleaded, grovelled, pledged weeks of K71 122 wages. K71 123 |^Mum scraped together the other ten shillings. ^I rang the K71 124 Port Chalmers number. K71 125 |*"^Yeh *- one left. ^Be at the Dunedin railway station *- K71 126 Monday *- eight o'clock. ^With the quid.**" K71 127 |^I was there. ^So was the pup. ^In a sugar sack. ^A K71 128 spaniel/ collie cross. ^A black and white, long eared, shivering K71 129 blob. K71 130 |^I took him home by bus; put him in the wash-house. ^Mum K71 131 fed it left-over porridge and milk. ^I caught the next bus down K71 132 the hill to school. K71 133 |^The day barely moved, but like all days it passed and I K71 134 was back home cleaning up the smelling lumps in the wash-house K71 135 while trying to come up with a story that Dad would believe as to K71 136 how his slippers got torn to pieces. K71 137 |^I made a kennel of sorts and tied the pup up. ^Named him K71 138 Arthur. ^Dad's name. ^Thought this would help with the slipper K71 139 story. ^It didn't and another couple of months paper round money K71 140 was spoken for. K71 141 |^Arthur grew, and Arthur ate *- everything. ^We couldn't K71 142 afford to buy him meat. ^He survived on left-overs, school K71 143 lunches. ^And on a couple of occasions, custard, left on a K71 144 neighbour's step to cool. K71 145 |^The local butcher did his best, used to slip him the odd K71 146 saveloy or soup bone. ^This stopped when Arthur jumped on a K71 147 paying customer's labrador bitch and was somehow dragged K71 148 backwards through the legs of rush hour shoppers and dozens of K71 149 excited children. ^Talk about angry neighbours... K71 150 |^Arthur was a mate. ^He listened, he understood. ^He would K71 151 cock his head and actually *2LISTEN *0when I was accused of K71 152 things I didn't do and nobody loved me. ^He was great in games *- K71 153 particularly in the swampy tree-covered vacant lot between the K71 154 golf course and housing development. ^And once, when a stranger K71 155 offered sweets and opened his raincoat *- Arthur shot in snarling K71 156 and snapping. ^That weirdo took off *- nearly had nothing to K71 157 show. K71 158 |^Tucker became the real problem. ^We begged scraps, pinched K71 159 milk and offered the butcher the world. ^But Arthur stayed K71 160 hungry. ^He slipped his collar and disappeared. ^Was gone for K71 161 weeks. ^Though we did spot him once *- miles from home, running K71 162 with a street pack through a park. ^Flat stick after a big German K71 163 Shepherd bitch. K71 164 |^He eventually came home. ^Crept in late one night. ^We saw K71 165 him next morning, looking through the door of his kennel and K71 166 chewing on something he'd brought with him. ^Hell we were K71 167 pleased...! K71 168 |^But Dad was snarling about the collar slipping. ^Threats K71 169 were in the air. K71 170 |^We pulled his collar to choking point. ^He'd never slip it K71 171 again. ^He didn't. ^The chain snapped two links from the buckle K71 172 and Arthur was away. K71 173 |^There was a warning in the newspaper. ^A farmer out beyond K71 174 the golf course had found lambs torn and sheep driven over K71 175 cliffs. ^He'd seen a black and white dog running. K71 176 |^*2WILL BE SHOT ON SIGHT K71 177 |^Not Arthur *- he wouldn't. ^Bet he'd catch the real K71 178 culprit though. ^Like Lassie...yeh! K71 179 |^He came back. ^On the tray of an old truck. ^One shotgun K71 180 blast had taken away most of his lower jaw, the other, the top of K71 181 his head. K71 182 |^*"Snuck up on him,**" said the farmer. *"^Caught him eating K71 183 a lamb.**" K71 184 |^Liar! ^Liar! ^Liar! ^Not Arthur. K71 185 |^We buried him in the back garden with many tears and much K71 186 ceremony. ^I never ever had another dog and the farmer never lost K71 187 any more sheep. ^Which stood to reason, because Arthur would've K71 188 put the fear of death into that worrier *- wouldn've Arthur. K71 189 |^That was the year I aged ten years and saved up and bought K71 190 a bike. ^The best bike in the whole street. K71 191 |^That too has gone. ^A buckled piece of rusting metal on a K71 192 city dump. ^But the street's still here, minus vacant lot, swamp K71 193 and trees. ^Instead there's a High Rise Flat and Dead End K71 194 Crescent. ^Where video machines devour milk money and Hopalong K71 195 Cassidy's someone Granddad knew. K71 196 |^Funny isn't it? ^How one small incident can jog a dormant K71 197 memory, bring back a slice of the past and slam home the scary K71 198 reality of the passage of time. ^Something I hadn't thought of K71 199 since Mapua when I'd been fishing with Ray Clarke and he'd told K71 200 me his sister was pregnant. ^How she'd managed *- cross his heart K71 201 and hope to die *- to absorb a wayward seed from a toilet seat. K71 202 |^I remember thinking with more than a little trepidation K71 203 how quickly time passed. ^How one minute you could be a seed on a K71 204 dunny seat, the next you're rowing across the estuary, wondering K71 205 what's for tea and if Smith's orchard would have any ripe apples K71 206 we could swipe on the way......see what I mean? K71 207 *<*4Railyard Shuffle*> K71 208 * K71 209 |^*0The window of my bedsitting room is ajar. ^It opens to a K71 210 view across rooftops and over the harbour. ^At two in the K71 211 morning, as this is written, the sounds come to my room from K71 212 downtown: the whoosh of a taxi gliding down the street, a little K71 213 rumble from the highway and the faint though distinguishable K71 214 squeal of railway wagons moving into sidings. K71 215 *# K72 001 **[446 TEXT K72**] K72 002 |^*0Here came the hairpin, so sharp it seemed to turn the K72 003 car inside out as it went round. ^He took it well, with fancy K72 004 work on wheel pedal and gear lever. ^Edna couldn't give a damn, K72 005 though; she had her face in a magazine now. ^But Thelma was K72 006 excited by it. ^She stopped talking about the grouchy old guy, K72 007 something about reaching out to her, and grabbed down at the K72 008 edges of the seat as the car cornered, her legs tensing, you K72 009 could see her doing that as the car took the bend and surged K72 010 towards the top of the hill, while back in the tunnel the walls K72 011 were brightening and now you could see the white dazzle of K72 012 sunlight in the advancing portal, and here it came, here it was K72 013 *- only you could see it better from the top of the pass: the K72 014 flat expanse of blue harbour water knuckled with islands, the K72 015 ragged, rising sides of the extinct volcano. K72 016 |^*'Whee!**' said Thelma. *'^Terrific!**' K72 017 |^He coasted the {0MG} to a stop in the carpark. ^It really K72 018 was spectacular, the water wrinkling but only ever so slightly, K72 019 near the shore and to the east, where a breeze was ruffling K72 020 ripples that took the colour from the water. ^And at the other K72 021 end, where the water lay dead, you could see the bach if you knew K72 022 where to look. ^Thelma didn't know where to look, she hadn't been K72 023 there before. ^So he tried to point it out again to Edna. K72 024 |*'^You can see the bach from here.**' ^But she had her nose K72 025 in the damn magazine still. *'^Ed, you can see the bach from K72 026 here.**' K72 027 |*'^Mm.**' ^Looking up and then down. *'^I know.**' K72 028 |^What was she looking at? ^He leaned over a bit and there K72 029 was this photo of a bloke standing there with his hands in the K72 030 pockets of his jeans. K72 031 |^She pulled it away. K72 032 |*'^Where'd you get that from?**' K72 033 |*'^Carol.**' K72 034 |*'^Jesus.**' K72 035 |*'^There's nothing wrong with Carol.**' K72 036 |^*'Where?**' said Thelma. K72 037 |*'^Above the jetty, see the jetty, and a bit to the right. K72 038 ^See?**' ^A little white cottage, nestling in the trees, its roof K72 039 a vee shape. K72 040 |^Her leaning warm against him, a scent, good but not K72 041 perfume, something else. ^Him pointing, and there was her arm K72 042 too, the fair hair, the down on it, the heavy diver's watch with K72 043 its thick black strap. ^Spider had said you could tell a lot K72 044 about people from their hands. ^Looking at her hand Cam tried to K72 045 think what he could tell about her from it. ^A vein moved through K72 046 it. K72 047 |*'^I think I can see it.**' K72 048 |^You could tell she couldn't. ^He found he was wondering K72 049 about the ring on her finger, second finger right hand. ^He would K72 050 ask her about it. ^But now he was close to her and he just K72 051 enjoyed that, the proximity to the handsome strapping woman; he K72 052 lengthened in the usual place and squirmed in his seat, wondering K72 053 how easy she would be. K72 054 |*'^Bet you can't see it.**' ^He started the car. ^Next to K72 055 them the car with the family in it drew up, the kids in the back K72 056 behaving atrociously. K72 057 |*'^Bet I can.**' K72 058 |^He reversed out in an arc. *'^Bet you can't. ^I was K72 059 pulling your leg, you can't see it from here.**' ^You could, K72 060 though, if you knew where to look. K72 061 |*'^Oh, you prick.**' ^But it was good-natured, you could K72 062 tell. K72 063 |^*'Pricks,**' Edna said as they pulled away. ^She had K72 064 looked up from her magazine at the awful children in the other K72 065 car. K72 066 |*'^Just kids.**' ^Here we go, down the narrow winding road K72 067 to Lyttelton. *'^They're girls, both of them, they can't be K72 068 pricks. ^You have to call them cunts.**' K72 069 |*'^That's sexist language. ^Calling people by their sexual K72 070 attributes. ^Especially what you just said.**' K72 071 |^The road was descending bends cut right into the reddish K72 072 volcanic rubble of the hillside. ^Cam steered it carefully, aware K72 073 of the carful of family close in behind, the turmoil of K72 074 back**[ARB**]-seat kids a silhouette through three surfaces of K72 075 glass. ^Bloody Carol, she was eating Edna out. ^Silent now, he K72 076 drove thinking of his silence, the way there was nothing you K72 077 could really say when someone spoke to you like that. ^There was K72 078 the anger; he gripped the wheel as he steered and thought of K72 079 Carol the once or twice he'd seen her round at Edna's, the way K72 080 she'd made him angry because she took his words away. ^After the K72 081 first sentence or two there'd been nothing to say and also K72 082 nothing to do, much, except all he felt like doing was whacking K72 083 her one, fair in her ugly twisted mouth. K72 084 |^Gliding down into the conglomeration of Lyttelton he kept K72 085 his hands tense on the wheel, the woman audibly silent next to K72 086 him with her damn magazine. ^For something to say he began to K72 087 talk to Thelma about the bach, but as he opened his mouth she was K72 088 there beside him and asking him about it, just like that. K72 089 |*'^I dunno, he's a funny guy, you know what he's like, he K72 090 does things without thinking almost.**' ^Oops, no, that was a K72 091 mistake, it wasn't her, it was one of the others; which one had K72 092 met Spider's father? *'^Well, you'll meet him soon, he's a good K72 093 guy, he's crazy but he's a good guy. ^It's like he's got to have K72 094 everything at once, you know, cars, you should see their kitchen, K72 095 there's everything in it.**' ^Edna, she was the one who had met K72 096 him, the old bugger had fancied her, you could tell. *'^He's K72 097 always changing the house, each time you go you have to look in a K72 098 new place for the bog.**' K72 099 |^That wasn't true, the bog was about the only place that K72 100 had stayed put. ^But it gave you an idea. ^Of the constant change K72 101 in the place, the way nothing was ever finished, the restlessness K72 102 of the man prevented his house from ever being complete. ^Driving K72 103 carefully through the tilted streets of Lyttelton, Cam talked and K72 104 talked about the father, the son, the mutable house; and then K72 105 about the bach, which also changed and changed, and would change K72 106 more with the tools in the boot behind them, what he was going to K72 107 do, how last time he had finished taking a wall out and ended up K72 108 so pooped *- K72 109 |*'^Yes, I was with you, I remember, I know about the K72 110 bach.**' K72 111 |^Because they had come out of the tunnel now and it was K72 112 Barbara he was talking to: there was the harbour, brilliant in K72 113 the sunshine; he took the roundabout with care and proceeded down K72 114 the road towards Governor's Bay. ^He'd been so pooped he'd slept K72 115 and slept, but that was all right because with Barbara you only K72 116 slept. ^He slipped a glance across at her in the passenger seat K72 117 and yes, it was still her. ^Talking about Spider's father with K72 118 his one hand and Webb the local builder with one arm, everyone K72 119 crowded into the little cottage while the rain hit the windows K72 120 and Mama had worked up the old stove and pulled scones and a cake K72 121 from it after a while, and \0Mr Herz and the old carpenter had K72 122 argued and argued and heaved things together *- he began to tell K72 123 Thelma about the weekend, leaving Barbara out of it. ^He told her K72 124 about the weekend. K72 125 |^*'Twelve hours I slept,**' is how he ended up the story. K72 126 ^Remembering about waking up to Barbara standing there, the way K72 127 that felt. K72 128 |^*'I can't believe that,**' Thelma said, though happily K72 129 enough, her long legs everywhere under the low dashboard; he K72 130 decided they really were pretty much the colour of honey. K72 131 *'^You're making it up.**' K72 132 |^*'Fair dinks,**' he said. ^But he felt discontented at how K72 133 hard it was to get across what he felt. ^About heading for the K72 134 little cottage, being with a woman there again, his chaste loving K72 135 of Barbara, the times that were unchaste with Edna, the question K72 136 mark over the honey-limbed lady he was with now (he looked left K72 137 and it was still Thelma), meaning whether, and if so, and, if so, K72 138 as it probably would be, how and what; but more than that the K72 139 whole business of now, the enormous eroded dish of the harbour K72 140 absolutely hard-edged in the sunlight, each leaf as they swept K72 141 down towards the trees of Governor's Bay, the whole place just a K72 142 toytown down there, each leaf showing sharp and hard and clear as K72 143 the hill ridge above and beyond them *- it was no use mentioning K72 144 this to Edna and he didn't know Thelma well enough to try. ^But K72 145 Barbara would understand. ^He drove patiently till it was her K72 146 again. K72 147 |^She listened but said just the one thing. ^*'It's probably K72 148 because it's all in an extinct volcano,**' is what she said. K72 149 ^Like Spider she had this way of saying things, never very much K72 150 at a time, that you spent the rest of the day thinking about. ^In K72 151 this case there was a second or two while she was speaking when K72 152 he thought he could see what she might mean, but almost straight K72 153 away it was gone. K72 154 |^*'What d'you mean?**' he had said, after a good five K72 155 minutes of silent driving. K72 156 |^But she really didn't seem to know. ^*'Perhaps it's been K72 157 here a long time,**' was all she could suggest. ^Besides, it was K72 158 Edna sitting next to him again a few seconds later, quite K72 159 suddenly, folding up her magazine almost angrily and stuffing it K72 160 in the bag at her feet from which her knitting also protruded. K72 161 |^*'Men've used that kind of language for hundreds of years K72 162 to oppress women,**' she said. K72 163 |^He really had to think hard for a couple of seconds to K72 164 remember what it was she was talking about. ^*'I'm sorry,**' he K72 165 said when he remembered. ^Damn it; what had got into her? ^Carol, K72 166 of course, that's what had got into her. ^*'Look, what d'you see K72 167 in that *- bitch?**' he suddenly demanded. K72 168 |^But she just folded her arms and looked through the K72 169 window, the breeze working through her hair. ^She'd got dark K72 170 glasses on *- wait, was it Barbara? ^He eyed the road then her K72 171 then the road again; the shades made her face private and by K72 172 taking away her eyes left only the vertical line like an K72 173 apostrophe between her brows, and the lines, the grooves by the K72 174 mouth that gave her a scowl like a cross cat. ^A bitch face, K72 175 uncaring, hardened. ^He tingled with lust for her. K72 176 |^But, ^*'See that pub there?**' because they were going K72 177 past the Governor's Bay pub. *'^There's a guy rode a horse into K72 178 the bar and had a drink in there still on his horse.**' ^He was K72 179 saying this to Thelma, who peered up and out from under the low K72 180 roof of the car. K72 181 |^It was still Edna, though; she deliberately looked the K72 182 other way, out of the passenger side window. ^*'Yes, yes, and K72 183 there's a photograph on the wall to prove it,**' she said. K72 184 *'^You've told me that one before.**' ^They shot past the boozers K72 185 having a good time behind the big windows. *'^And the one about K72 186 the horse eating someone's breakfast.**' K72 187 |^*'I was up in the Sounds a few years ago helping this guy K72 188 repair his pump,**' he began to say to Thelma, and went on with K72 189 the story that Spider had actually told him that had been told to K72 190 Spider by someone else. ^This horse had walked in and eaten this K72 191 guy's dinner. ^He told it as if it had happened to himself. ^When K72 192 he'd finished the big girl laughed pleasingly but said that she K72 193 didn't think horses ate people's dinners. K72 194 |^*'It was a salad,**' he lied. K72 195 |*'^I used to ride horses a lot, they don't eat bacon and K72 196 eggs.**' K72 197 |*'^Is that right? ^I know they don't eat bacon and eggs, but K72 198 did you? ^Ride horses?**' K72 199 |^And so on up to the turn-off to the bach. ^The last bit of K72 200 this was over grass; you could hear it thrashing against the K72 201 chassis as the car jostled towards the gate. K72 202 *# K73 001 **[447 TEXT K73**] K73 002 |^*1*- Roll on the jolly trams. *0said Rutherford wanly, K73 003 when they were about half way there. K73 004 |^The coach was later than usual, due to the wet, and Creely K73 005 stood in the weather, stuffing his pipe with plug. ^He was K73 006 telling the clydesdales harnessed to the smithy cart about his K73 007 vision of an *'animal rights league**'. ^Women's suffrage had K73 008 stirred his political soul, causing him to embrace the new, K73 009 speculative egalitarianism. ^The men at the depot were used to K73 010 seeing him converse with horses, as horse trading was one way he K73 011 kept himself at university. K73 012 |^Rutherford stood inside, kicking at a sack of chaff and K73 013 thinking about the new magnet. ^Would it respond to an induced K73 014 current? ^An ugly, black and white cat rubbed its scabby nose K73 015 against his leg. K73 016 |^*1*- Go away, y'scratchy brute! *0he said, flicking his K73 017 shoe. K73 018 |^*1*- Don't ever expect to see decency and fair play where K73 019 profit is concerned... *0said Creely to the draught horses, K73 020 holding his cap in his hands. K73 021 |^*1*- Doneghal horses are the best in the district... *0a K73 022 man in a leather apron said to Rutherford. ^*1...Doneghal horses K73 023 from Opuke. ^*0He stood watching Creely. ^*1Look, here's Jacko K73 024 now.. *0he said. ^*1Would \2ye mind steppin' up to the board. K73 025 |^*0Rutherford stepped up. ^He could hear Creely shouting. K73 026 |^*1*- She's here, Eddy! ^She's here! ..*0and then the K73 027 scrape of tyres, the clatter of shoes, and Jacko woahing the K73 028 team, which appeared in the portal in a spray of mud, the coach K73 029 behind rolling like the juggernaut. K73 030 |^Creely threw himself in front of the rig, dragging the K73 031 horses to a halt, then pulled open the coach door, calling for K73 032 Rosey. ^The passengers handed out an infant, two framed oil K73 033 paintings and a pair of riding boots. K73 034 |^*1*- Rosey? ^Rosey? *0he called. K73 035 |^*1*- Creeley! ^Creeley! *0piped a thin voice from inside. K73 036 ^Creely dropped the baggage he'd been given in the dust and K73 037 pushed his way through the knot of passengers around the coach K73 038 door. ^He emerged walking backward, two thin arms wrapped around K73 039 his neck. ^Rutherford took the little girl to be another piece of K73 040 luggage 'til he saw them kiss, their eyes closed, the world K73 041 excluded by an impenetrable aura of delight. K73 042 |^Creely put Rosey down on a bag of chaff. ^Rutherford K73 043 grinned, despite a creeping sense of outrage and foreboding. ^The K73 044 child smiled back, an impossibly broad and charming smile, and K73 045 pulled her black coat closer against the Christchurch air. K73 046 ^Rutherford recognized, with a start, that the look she gave him K73 047 reflected his own. ^Dark mirrors. ^Vast innocence swallowing up K73 048 her furious curiosity. K73 049 |^*1*- Eddy! ^Rosey! *0said Creely, putting his big arm K73 050 around her shoulders. ^She swung one leg back and forth against K73 051 the sack; red shoe, white sock, hem of bleached calico at her K73 052 knee, and the coat, black fur, could have been her mother's. ^In K73 053 her hair there was a silver comb. K73 054 |^*1*- Eddy's a man o'science. *0said Creely. ^Rosey gazed a K73 055 moment longer at the flax miller's son and turned to Creely, K73 056 giggling. ^Rutherford saw that the comb was shaped like a man in K73 057 a boat, plucking a harp. K73 058 |^*1*- Hello. *0said Rosey, smiling from the corner of her K73 059 eye. K73 060 |^*1*- Hello Rosey. *0said Rutherford. ^*1Creely calls me K73 061 Eddy, but my real name is Earnest. ^Have you been to Christchurch K73 062 before? K73 063 |^Of course! *0said Rosey. ^*1Once before with mama. K73 064 |^*- And did you like it? K73 065 |^*- It was alright, but I was only eleven. ^Now I'm adult K73 066 I'm sure I shall appreciate things differently. ^I wouldn't have K73 067 looked twice at Creely then. ^I'm almost fourteen now, and quite K73 068 sophisticated. K73 069 |^*- Are you staying with relatives? K73 070 |^*- With Creely. *0said Rosey, ^*1At the Golden Fleece. K73 071 *0and she slipped off the chaff sack onto the board, taking K73 072 Creely's hand. ^Rutherford felt disoriented. ^He felt catastrophe K73 073 was looming for the billing doves of peace. ^He went with Creely K73 074 to fetch Rosey's trunk. K73 075 |^*1*- Do the wee girl's mummy and daddy know she's here? K73 076 *0he whispered urgently. K73 077 |^*1*- Rosey's accustomed to considerable freedom o' K73 078 movement... *0said Creely dreamily. ^*1Isn't she beautiful. ^She K73 079 brings tears to me eyes... ^*0And it was true. ^His eyes were wet K73 080 with tears. K73 081 |^*1*- {2Och aye, she's a bonnie wee lass}, and not just a K73 082 pretty face, is she. K73 083 |^*- No. ^That's right, she isn't. ^*0Creely, tugged at the K73 084 stiff, wet loops of manila cord. ^All the passengers were after K73 085 their own gear, obstructing one another, but the two men finally K73 086 had the trunk onto the verandah of the livery stable. ^Rosey K73 087 waited inside out of the wet while Creely hailed a cab. ^Riding K73 088 back up Colombo Street, she told them about the flat tedium of K73 089 life on the Whately Plain. ^About her married sister's eternally K73 090 screaming babies, soiling themselves with bewildering substances. K73 091 ^About the terrible piety and strength of her mother, and her K73 092 authority over the household of brawling, sweaty men she'd K73 093 created at God's bidding. K73 094 |^*1*- My mother says women are born weak. *0said Rosey with K73 095 a touch of awe. ^*1She says we have no rights except those we K73 096 earn through motherhood. K73 097 |^...My father says God rewarded him for fathering his boys K73 098 by sending him an angel, which is me... K73 099 |^...It's just as well women have the vote, for men can be K73 100 so insensitive to complex issues. ^Don't you think so \0Mr K73 101 Rutherford? K73 102 |^*- {2Oh Aye}, Rosey, I do. ^I think there's a great deal K73 103 women could do for the world o' government. ^*0As Rutherford K73 104 spoke, Creely opened his watch, showing Rosey the dial. ^She K73 105 giggled, reaching up to whisper in his ear. ^Rutherford stared K73 106 out the window. K73 107 |^On Cashel Street he saw a small crowd gathered about. ^A K73 108 cab was unhitched, and a chestnut shaft-horse was being backed up K73 109 by a man in an oilskin. ^Another man was wrapping a snig chain K73 110 around the hock of the dapple grey they'd seen **[SIC**] the K73 111 square. ^She was lying on her side in the mud, her legs sticking K73 112 out stiffly from her great bulging belly, and one milky green eye K73 113 being washed by the rain. ^Rutherford watched silently, and the K73 114 cab rolled and jerked its way toward the Golden Fleece, where K73 115 Creely lodged while he studied poetry at the College. K73 116 |^*1*- What's \2littry-chur? *0the other guests used to ask K73 117 at the bar. K73 118 |^As the cab pulled up in the puddles outside, the late sun K73 119 cut a path under the cloud. ^Rutherford saw Maggie peer out K73 120 through a window with a merino ram's head etched into it, then K73 121 her face disappeared in a blaze of light. ^The sun burnt the K73 122 sluggish, winding water of the Avon where it crept around the K73 123 raupo clumps, and he winced as he climbed down. ^Touching his K73 124 fob, he pressed the cabbie to lend a hand with the trunk, and K73 125 they carried it up to the swing doors. K73 126 |^*1*- Who's the baby doll, tangata ringi? *0he could hear K73 127 Maggie saying inside. ^Wiremu was giggling. K73 128 |^*1*- It might be his daughter. *0he said, and opened the K73 129 door. ^*1I'll give you a hand with that trunk, eh, Earnest? K73 130 |^*- Thanks Wiremu. *0said Rutherford, and they dragged it K73 131 inside. K73 132 |^*1*- Creely must be an early riser to've caught the maid K73 133 o' that mist! *0said Maggie loudly, casting him a challenging K73 134 gaze. K73 135 |^*1*- He's totally sotted w'the lassie. *0said Rutherford. K73 136 |^*1*- We'd better open some champagne, \0Mrs McKlintock... K73 137 *0said Wiremu, walking to the window and giggling when he saw K73 138 Creely carrying Rosey up the steps, her legs wrapped around his K73 139 waist... *1they're nearly at the threshold. K73 140 |^*- Christ, I suppose we have to be festive, *0said Maggie, K73 141 *1but if Creely's broken down the nursery door for the wee K73 142 jewel... K73 143 |^*- She came on the coach, eh \0Mr Rutherford, *0said K73 144 Wiremu. K73 145 |^*1*- \2Aye, that's right she did, Maggie. K73 146 |^*- Well, applejack then Wiremu, and tell Shi Ye to cool K73 147 off the chicken... K73 148 |^*0As Maggie spoke, Creely backed into the door and Rosey K73 149 kicked it open with a crash. K73 150 |^*1*- So came the queen, the glad dawn; and by her hand led K73 151 the sun, the wonder of Ireland... *0Creely was saying. ^He let K73 152 Rosey slip to the floor. ^Rutherford felt the future looking back K73 153 with respect. ^Rosey smiled at Maggie, who pretended to be wiping K73 154 the bar, and at Wiremu who was waving and shouting from the K73 155 kitchen, K73 156 |^*1*- Kia ora, korua! ^Kia ora! ^Hey! ^Creely! when you K73 157 said you were bringing home a princess, I thought you meant she K73 158 would be ugly like you, e hoa. ^Did you use some makutu on her? K73 159 |^*- He sent me poems. *0said Rosey laughing. ^Maggie looked K73 160 up and winked at Rutherford. K73 161 |^*1*- What's \2yer name, love? *0said Maggie..... K73 162 |^*1*- Rosey. *0said Creely. K73 163 |^*1*- Is Rosey \2yer name, Rosey love? *0said Maggie. K73 164 |^*1*- \2Aye Maggie, it is. ^It's Rosey. *0said Rosey. K73 165 |^*1*- And what's \2yer last name, love? K73 166 |^*- Rosey Gallagher, why? K73 167 |^*- Has Creely warned y'to be wary of me? K73 168 |^*0Rosey giggled. ^*1\2Ay, 'e has, Maggie. ^*0She looked at K73 169 Creely. K73 170 |^*1*- \2Aye, well you listen t'me, lass. ^Take no notice of K73 171 'im the Irish. ^I know you're a bit nervous, love. ^Listen... K73 172 \2anythink y'need at all, ask me. ^Come to me. ^Alright? K73 173 |^*- Aye, thanks Maggie, I will. *0said Rosey, softening. K73 174 |^*1*- Applejack, Wiremu! *0said Maggie. ^*1Standing around K73 175 like a pot of piss! K73 176 |^*- Applejack? *0spluttered Creely. K73 177 |^*1*- Rosey, darlin' d'you like stout? ^It's nice with K73 178 raspberry cordial. *0said Maggie, waving a corkscrew. K73 179 |^*1*- Stout! *0said Creely, brightening. K73 180 |^*1*- Oh! ^Stout! *0said Rosey. ^*1Stout'll be lovely. ^I K73 181 think I love stout best of all adult drinks. ^And I love wine, K73 182 but I've only ever had it in mass... ^Creely! K73 183 |^*0Creely and Wiremu are whispering and giggling, and K73 184 Creely's doing something lewd with his fingers. ^Maggie scolds K73 185 them hotly, K73 186 |^*1*- Creely Doneghal, you've the mind of an urchin. ^And K73 187 you're not much better, Wiremu. ^Why don't you come and pour a K73 188 nuptial cup. ^Rosey and I'll have stout, thanks. K73 189 |^*- Let's all have stout. *0said Rutherford, putting a note K73 190 on the bar, and the tarry stout slipped down as the sun did, down K73 191 out of the sky. K73 192 |^*1*- Whataboutyour.. ..horse! *0said Rutherford suddenly. K73 193 |^*1Oh Christ and Jesus I forgot! *0said Creely. ^*1He'll be K73 194 frettin' by now. ^He's a homelovin' creature. ^I'll have to go K73 195 and fetch him, Rosey. ^He's done the same for me more than once. K73 196 ^Ah! ^Jesus, well I'll be off then... K73 197 |^*- \2Aye, well shake a leg then Creely. *0said Maggie. K73 198 ^*1There'll be nobody out there'll be moved to give the poor K73 199 animal a bag o' chaff, they're all so dreamy w' their theories... K73 200 |^*- I'd like a bath. *0said Rosey. K73 201 |^*1*- I'd better get a wriggle on, too. *0said Rutherford, K73 202 standing to join Creely. K73 203 |^*1*- We'll walk together then. *0said Creely. K73 204 |^*1*- Come on, Rosey, I'll draw a bath for \2ye, poor wee K73 205 thing. *0said Maggie. K73 206 |^*1*- I'm no poor wee thing, Maggie. *0Rutherford heard K73 207 Rosey say as he left, and walked to Bealy \0Ave in silence, K73 208 except for the vigourous puffing he made on his pipe, hoping to K73 209 disguise the breath of liquor. K73 210 |^*1*- Earnest, I do believe you've been drinking. *0said K73 211 Mary, opening the door to him with a shy smile. K73 212 |^*1*- \2Aye, Mary, an' I've booked a table for the two of K73 213 us at the Fleece. ^We can eat, drink, make love and forget our K73 214 tomorrows... *0said Rutherford, with a theatrical leer. ^She K73 215 giggled at him, with her pink fingers hiding her lips. K73 216 |^*1*- Oh Earnest, you are a naughty bear! ^You told us K73 217 there was Science Society. K73 218 |^*- \2Aye, that's right, Mary, I'm a lyin' rogue. *0said K73 219 Rutherford, and went upstairs to change. ^On his way out, later, K73 220 he told \0Mrs Newton he'd be eating at the committee rooms. K73 221 |^*1*- Horrible dry sandwiches, I suppose. *0said \0Mrs K73 222 Newton. ^*1I could heat you a bowl of soup in the blink of an K73 223 eye. K73 224 |^No. ^Look. ^Honestly. ^No. *0said Rutherford. K73 225 |^*1*- At least you could take an apple or a pear. *0said K73 226 Mary. K73 227 |^*1*- No. ^Honestly. *0said Rutherford. ^*1Look, I'll K73 228 probably be late tonight, so I'll let myself in. ^We're planning K73 229 a seminar on the embryology of the human foetus. K73 230 |^*- How horrid! *0said Mary. K73 231 |^*1*- Have a lovely time. *0said \0Mrs Newton. K73 232 |^*1*- By the way, was that Creely Doneghal I saw ye walking K73 233 with this afternoon. *0said Mary. K73 234 |^*1*- \2Aye, it was. *0said Rutherford, putting on his hat. K73 235 ^Mary watched him leave, not sure if he wasn't hiding the truth K73 236 about something. K73 237 |^On his way to the Fleece he thought about Mary, then about K73 238 Rosey. K73 239 *# K74 001 **[448 TEXT K74**] K74 002 |^*0I have letters, flowers, and phone calls from Dorothy and I K74 003 feel afraid. ^How do I know if I can trust myself, or her? ^Do I K74 004 care about her? ^It all seems such a dream now, so far away. K74 005 ^Like a film. ^Not real. ^Or am I afraid of letting it *1be K74 006 *0real? ^If I do, I could end up with such pain. ^Like I did with K74 007 Vanessa. ^I couldn't go through anything like that again. K74 008 |^Outside I hear voices. ^Builders working on a house just K74 009 up the road. ^The day is sunny and strange. ^I don't feel like K74 010 sitting in it. ^I make myself a dandelion coffee and take it into K74 011 the bedroom. ^The morning sun has put a pale square on the bed. K74 012 ^I put pillows behind my back, hunch myself up in the square and K74 013 stare at my feet. ^I think of Vanessa, her grey-green eyes, her K74 014 beckoning smile. ^What was it about her that made my heart turn K74 015 over, made me literally go weak at the knees, do things I didn't K74 016 really want to do? ^I remember the waitress the first time we had K74 017 a meal out, a typical feminine heterosexual, flirting with K74 018 Vanessa, giving her special, extra things, hardly noticing me. K74 019 |^Lots of people did that with Vanessa over the years. ^I K74 020 could never understand why. ^What was it Vanessa did? ^She told K74 021 me that women seemed to fall for her, especially heterosexual K74 022 ones. ^She couldn't understand it either. ^But she must have done K74 023 something. ^If she'd been a dead or frozen body they wouldn't K74 024 have... ^And yet, when I looked at her, from an objective, K74 025 dispassionate point of view, there was nothing exceptional about K74 026 her. ^She was tall and thin and bony and quite school-marmish in K74 027 those black glasses. ^Was it because she looked at people as if K74 028 they were the only important ones in the world? ^She did that K74 029 with me. ^She made me feel so important and special. ^And nothing K74 030 put her off. ^Even if I said I had something else to do she K74 031 wouldn't give up. ^She'd still ring, persevere, send me flowers, K74 032 come around with beautiful, expensive wine. ^At night I'd lie in K74 033 bed and dream of her, of touching her, caressing her. ^But I knew K74 034 I wouldn't. ^I just liked the fantasy. ^And our friendship was K74 035 too precious to spoil. ^She meant too much to me. ^She was my K74 036 best friend, the person I spent most of my waking hours with. ^I K74 037 forgot about Sarah. ^Well after all I didn't know her, had never K74 038 even seen her. ^At that stage. K74 039 |^I loved talking to Vanessa, we'd talk about everything *- K74 040 politics, philosophy. ^She was so intelligent, the most K74 041 intelligent person I'd known. ^I enjoyed arguing with her over K74 042 small points. ^Like what truth was. ^She maintained that if K74 043 everything you *1said *0was true then that was the truth but I K74 044 said if something was left out then it couldn't be the truth, K74 045 that the whole thing was changed by leaving out even the smallest K74 046 thing. K74 047 |^The person I first saw was not the person I got to know. K74 048 ^The first person wore skirts, seemed efficient, good at her job, K74 049 even severe. ^The second took her glasses off, wore trousers and K74 050 was light-hearted and casual without a care in the world. ^Always K74 051 expecting things to work out. ^Somehow. K74 052 |^She had other friends but she changed when they were K74 053 there. ^People from her past that she'd probably been to bed K74 054 with. ^She didn't think twice about going to bed with people, K74 055 that was the thing you did, nothing to it. ^She said it made her K74 056 understand what made them tick. ^I always felt left out when she K74 057 was with these people, as if I didn't exist any more. ^Though K74 058 later, when they were gone, she came back to me. K74 059 |^It was fun going places with her. ^She loved going to K74 060 seedy pubs. ^She'd dress in jeans and T-shirt and spend hours K74 061 watching and talking to the strangest, no-hope sort of people. K74 062 ^It was as if she felt at home with them, could relax. ^I found K74 063 it fascinating at the time, it was a new world to me. ^By being K74 064 with Vanessa I could go into all these worlds and be accepted. K74 065 ^She had a passport to so many places *- strip joints, night K74 066 clubs, sauna parlours. ^I drew the line at some but I would K74 067 listen to her stories. K74 068 |^Often I'd wonder about Roger. ^What would he think if he K74 069 could see me blending in with transvestites, drug-pushers, K74 070 con-men, prostitutes and who knows who else? ^It was exciting. K74 071 ^For a while. K74 072 |^And there were the beautiful things. ^Going for picnics K74 073 along wild rocky coasts. ^Seeing films, plays, sitting there, our K74 074 shoulders about an inch apart, the air burning between us. ^Every K74 075 night we'd say goodbye, standing away from each other. K74 076 |^Vanessa had quite a talent, when you come to think of it, K74 077 of keeping us all happy. ^I think of Melissa. ^Tall blonde, K74 078 viking-like Melissa who had known Vanessa at school and had been K74 079 around through so many phases of her life. ^Always there, it K74 080 seemed, when Vanessa needed her. ^At first I believed Vanessa's K74 081 story that there had never been sex between them but as time went K74 082 on I began to get suspicious. ^Vanessa had semi-lived with K74 083 Melissa before she met Sarah. ^They'd slept in the same bed *- K74 084 she'd told me that. ^And it was a regular thing for them to go on K74 085 holiday together every year, even when she was with Sarah. ^There K74 086 was a familiarity between them, a knowing. ^Melissa seemed to be K74 087 sitting back smiling at all the things Vanessa was getting up to K74 088 and not minding. ^She had her own life to lead, she liked to be K74 089 free to travel from here to there, working when it suited her, K74 090 smoking dope, flitting from bed to bed, because they were there K74 091 for each other, no matter what, no matter who else came along. K74 092 |^Sometimes I wanted to get away from Vanessa. ^Sometimes, K74 093 when I had time to think, I felt she was consuming my life. ^But K74 094 I was besotted and overwhelmed. ^She was like a drug I couldn't K74 095 give up, even if I wanted to. K74 096 |^And then I was gone, caught up in the web, Vanessa's long K74 097 black arms and legs holding, caressing, pinning me down... ^And K74 098 the strands of the web were almost too sticky and tangled for me K74 099 to find my way out... K74 100 |^We'd been to a party. ^Some political thing that Vanessa K74 101 was interested in. ^We hadn't spent much time with each other but K74 102 I'd known she was there, felt so close to her. ^I'd talked to K74 103 other people or sat in a chair in a corner and watched her as she K74 104 talked. ^Serious, intelligent, her glasses perched on her nose. K74 105 ^I love you, I love you, I'd said inside my head. ^It was nice to K74 106 be in a serious place with her, watching her doing things, K74 107 pleased that she wanted me there, too. K74 108 |^The web was spread between two branches of a tree on the K74 109 path to my house. ^The moon was behind it so that it was all lit K74 110 up and almost fluorescent-looking, with beads of dew glistening K74 111 on every strand. ^We both stood there amazed at the beauty of it. K74 112 ^And there was the little black spider in the corner waiting K74 113 silent and still. ^The pull between us became unbearable, I K74 114 couldn't resist it any more. ^We turned at the same time and K74 115 melted into each other. ^Then we tiptoed, without a word, through K74 116 the front door and down the long hallway to my bedroom. K74 117 |^Neither of us mentioned Sarah. ^I felt it was a problem K74 118 she would have to solve, somehow, when she climbed out my window K74 119 several hours later and disappeared into the dawn light. ^After K74 120 that she appeared through my window at all sorts of odd times and K74 121 I never asked any questions. ^I was just pleased to accept her K74 122 into my arms and love her. K74 123 *|^The time came when I did meet Sarah. ^Vanessa decided to have K74 124 a dinner party. ^Melissa was staying there and she wanted Melissa K74 125 to meet some of her friends. K74 126 |^She invited nice respectable people. ^A couple of K74 127 colleagues from her school, two people that she and Sarah knew, a K74 128 husband and wife. ^He was a lawyer and she a doctor. ^And me, one K74 129 of her *'political**' friends. K74 130 |^I felt nervous and strange walking along the path and up K74 131 the verandah steps. ^Before I knocked I looked at the muted light K74 132 through the frosted glass of the front door. ^There seemed to be K74 133 a long hallway running away from it. ^When I rang the bell the K74 134 sound echoed and then a small figure appeared at the far end, K74 135 getting bigger and bigger as it got closer. ^I wanted to run K74 136 away. ^Back with the kids, watching television, secure. ^I took a K74 137 deep breath. ^The door opened and there was Vanessa looking very K74 138 elegant in a skirt and stockings and high-heeled shoes. ^I wanted K74 139 to hit her for not being herself, for feeling she had to play K74 140 these games. K74 141 |^*'Hi,**' she said in a false voice, but her smile was K74 142 intimate with its secret message. K74 143 |^*'I hate this,**' I said. K74 144 |^*'Don't be silly,**' she hissed. *'^Relax.**' ^And then in K74 145 a louder voice she said. *'^Bit cold out there, isn't it?**' K74 146 |^*'Freezing,**' I said. *'^I can't stand it.**' K74 147 |^She stood watching me as I put my coat on the double bed K74 148 in the first room on the right. ^I wanted her to hug me, reassure K74 149 me, but she stood there looking impatient and jumpy. ^*'Whose K74 150 room is this?**' I asked, looking around the neat walls. K74 151 ^Everything was stark and tidy and in its place. ^Shiny Queen K74 152 Anne-type furniture. ^The sort I hate. K74 153 |^*'Mine,**' she said. K74 154 |*'^It doesn't look like you.**' ^I wandered around K74 155 examining things on the dressing-table, studying the sterile K74 156 pictures on the wall. *'^Your personality isn't in this room.**' K74 157 |*'^Oh come on, Katherine, stop mucking around.**' K74 158 |^*'Which is Sarah's room?**' I asked as we went down the K74 159 hallway. K74 160 |*'^The one down the end by the bathroom.**' K74 161 |*'^Where's Melissa sleeping?**' K74 162 |*'^In the room next to mine. ^Listen, Katherine would you K74 163 stop this.**' K74 164 |*'^How convenient that Melissa's in the next room and Sarah K74 165 is around the corner.**' K74 166 |^To my surprise she grabbed my arm and pushed me into a K74 167 semi-dark lounge. ^*'If you're going to be like this,**' she K74 168 said, and I could see she was very angry, *'you can go right now! K74 169 ^I'm not having it, do you hear? ^This is my home and you stop K74 170 embarrassing me!**' K74 171 |*'^Okay.**' ^I felt contrite and stupid. ^I followed her K74 172 into the dining-room and stood, sweet and shy as she introduced K74 173 me. K74 174 |^Sarah sat at the head of the table and the others sat K74 175 around in easy chairs and on the window seat. ^The room was warm K74 176 and comfortable with an open fire burning. ^Vanessa was polite K74 177 and efficient, as they all were, with their smilings and leaning K74 178 forwards. K74 179 |^*'Do sit down,**' Vanessa said. *'^I'll get you a drink. K74 180 ^What would you like? ^Gin? ^Whisky? ^Wine? ^Brandy?**' K74 181 |^*'Gin thanks. ^And tonic,**' I added, even though I knew K74 182 she knew. ^We went on politely talking. ^They asked me what I did K74 183 and I tried to think of appropriate things to tell them. K74 184 |^When the conversation became general again I had a good K74 185 look at Sarah and Melissa. ^I pretended I was listening to them K74 186 as they talked but really I was studying other things. ^Sarah's K74 187 long fingers, the way she held her head. ^She didn't look K74 188 sixty-three. ^She had an interesting, attractive face with K74 189 sparkling blue eyes that seemed even brighter because of the K74 190 colours of silver, blue and purple in her clothes. ^She was slim K74 191 and had an elegant fitness about her. ^Melissa, on the other K74 192 hand, was bigger boned, more like an amazon. K74 193 *# K75 001 **[449 TEXT K75**] K75 002 ^*0In the lounge Andrew is making buzz-saw noises on his guitar. K75 003 ^Michael sings along with him. K75 004 **[POEM**] K75 005 |^When I close my eyes I feel Andrew pushing me in the K75 006 swing. ^I'm so high I can fly away. ^Across the river, above the K75 007 trees, to the purple mountains. ^He is kissing me by the river in K75 008 the sun. ^We are giggling. ^Someone might find us making love. K75 009 ^He is a warm marshmallow inside of me, slowly toasting, turning K75 010 and dripping in the heat. ^Each chord is telling me how ugly I K75 011 have become. K75 012 |*"^Daphne, would you like to tell me what happened?**" K75 013 ^It's Helen. ^Her hands are cool, she smells of jasmine. ^I K75 014 pretend not to hear. ^Why can't Helen be with Michael. K75 015 |*"^We'd just got to the top of the driveway when her sister K75 016 arrived and started going crazy.**" K75 017 |*"^Michael, I asked Daphne to tell me. ^Why don't you go K75 018 and talk to Andrew. ^He wanted you to have a look at his K75 019 amplifier, it's been making funny noises.**" K75 020 |^He stands up. *"^Andrew wouldn't know a bum note from a K75 021 good one.**" ^He squeezes my shoulder, then he's gone. ^I'm full K75 022 of holes. ^The guitar stops, I can hear them mumbling in the K75 023 lounge. ^Andrew whatever you do don't tell Michael. ^There's a K75 024 sudden gust of laughter, it's safe. ^Helen is cuddling me, K75 025 rocking me, nice and warm. ^It's her turn to poke at me. ^She's K75 026 cunning. ^It isn't fair. ^I can't hate her anymore. ^She stands K75 027 up and walks me over to the couch. ^We lie cuddled into each K75 028 other's bodies. ^She strokes my hair and back, I don't want to cry K75 029 but it starts to come out in great shuddering gasps. ^I hold in K75 030 until I have to breathe. ^Andrew should have told me she was K75 031 going to be here. ^I never wanted to meet her. ^She only wants to K75 032 keep her shitty boyfriend. ^Another gasp and I see my father, K75 033 after his brain operation, learning to read again. ^My mother is K75 034 going crazy because he's shit his pants. ^He asks me what the K75 035 word love means in the little reading book. ^It means having fun K75 036 with someone I tell him. ^My mother yells at him to pull his K75 037 pants down. ^He's so terrified his fingers can't move fast K75 038 enough. ^Now he's relearnt to be an architect, he must have K75 039 relearnt about love. K75 040 |^Helen pushes me away. ^She is buttoning up her blouse. K75 041 |*"^What did you do that for. ^You must be crazy. ^I don't K75 042 want that, I only want to help you.**" ^There are red finger K75 043 marks around her white bra. ^She leans over and strokes my face. K75 044 |*"^I'm sorry Daphne, I didn't mean to hurt you. ^It's just K75 045 that.... ^Come with me I want to show you something.**" ^She K75 046 stands up. *"^C'mon, I've got something I want to give you.**" K75 047 |^There's no way I can argue with her eyes. ^Andrew's the K75 048 only thing she's got that I want. ^I follow her into the lounge. K75 049 ^Michael is sitting in the corner. ^He won't look at me because K75 050 he knows. ^I stop and stare at Andrew. ^He doesn't say a word, K75 051 he's dancing *"The sugar plum fairy**" with a naked female window K75 052 dummy. ^My spine jolts, touch me, look at me, do I have to scream K75 053 to make you look at me. ^Helen comes back and drags me by the K75 054 arm. K75 055 |*"^It's this way Daphne, the bedroom's this way.**" ^Helen K75 056 doesn't release me until I'm facing the mirror above the K75 057 cluttered dressing table. ^I stare at a red eyed stranger, her K75 058 white dress is spattered with mud and torn from the armpit to the K75 059 hip. ^There is a tapping at the window, I jump, but it's only the K75 060 black tree outside wanting to come in. ^Above me in the mirror K75 061 the lampshade hangs like a clot of blood. ^Helen massages my K75 062 shoulder. K75 063 |*"^It's \0OK Daphne, nothing's going to happen to you.**" K75 064 |^I sit on the white bedspread and close my eyes. ^Nothing's K75 065 going to happen to me. ^Helen is good to me. K75 066 |^*"Daphne**" she says, *"I want you to have this.**" ^When K75 067 I open my eyes I find a small golden parcel on my lap. K75 068 |*"^It's beautiful. ^It's not my birthday or anything...**" K75 069 ^I start to cry. ^There are happy endings, I know. ^It takes an K75 070 age to unwrap the parcel, my fingers are cold and clumsy. ^Inside K75 071 I find a bottle of perfume called Paris. ^My body smells of K75 072 sulphur. ^I can smell the shit, the piss, the sweat, the worm K75 073 that circles out of my guts. K75 074 |*"^It's what I use myself, why don't you try it?**" ^The K75 075 bitch. ^I back away from her into the lounge. ^Michael jumps up K75 076 and tries to grab my arm. ^I throw the bottle at him, I think it K75 077 hits the window because there's glass everywhere. ^Holding my K75 078 pain I feel like Buster Keaton, someone is laughing hysterically, K75 079 why don't they shut up. ^I can't stand them, laughing at me, K75 080 *'^*2SHUT UP**' *0I scream. ^Only then do I realise I'm laughing. K75 081 ^No that's not me laughing you stupid slut that's... ^Someone K75 082 grabs me but I wriggle free. ^I stand on the guitar then pick it K75 083 up and the worm swings it like a bat. K75 084 |*"^*2I DON'T WANT TO BE LOVED ANYMORE. ^NOT ANYONE.**" K75 085 *<*4Mary Hodge*> K75 086 *<*6THE FLOWERS*> K75 087 |^*0*"Are you feeling OK?**" Norma asked as I returned to K75 088 the table. K75 089 |*"^Give me a minute, I'll be fine.**" ^My palms were wet. K75 090 ^I wiped them on the napkin several times. ^*"I'd like a glass of K75 091 water please,**" I said to the waitress. ^My mouth was so dry I K75 092 could barely swallow. K75 093 |*"^Mary! ^What's up?**" ^Norma was the only one to notice. K75 094 |^I stared at the flowers on the table. *"^It all began last K75 095 Saturday.**" K75 096 |^*"What did?**" asked Graham. K75 097 |*"^It was Sandy's 21st and we had some friends in for K75 098 dinner.**" K75 099 |^John, who was sitting opposite, was starting to listen. K75 100 *"^A little louder, Mary.**" K75 101 |^I continued. ^There was silence at the end of the table. K75 102 *"^Everyone arrived bearing gifts. ^It was going to be great K75 103 fun... ^Last as always were Ann and Don. ^They'd brought a gift, K75 104 wrapped in beautiful red and white paper with two flowers to K75 105 match. ^I took the flowers and separated them, one on the third K75 106 floor, the other on the table in the dining room. ^A feeling of K75 107 horror stayed with me all evening, a sense of foreboding that K75 108 those two flowers had brought with them. ^Nobody else seemed to K75 109 notice. K75 110 |*"^What was so strange and horrific about two flowers?**" K75 111 |*"^Red and white carnations are the flowers of death.**" K75 112 |*"^But nothing dreadful has happened to you?**" K75 113 |*"^We've had three brushes with death this week.**" K75 114 |^*"What do you mean?**" said John. K75 115 |^The first incident happened that very evening. ^Sandy went K75 116 back to her flat for some tapes. ^The longer she was away the K75 117 more worried I became. ^She arrived back after midnight with K75 118 tears streaming down her face. ^There'd been a *"hit and run**" K75 119 with a Labrador, and it had died in her arms.**" K75 120 |^Graham sighed and poured another glass of wine. *"^She K75 121 must have been upset, especially on her birthday.**" K75 122 |*"^Next we had an accident outside our garage. ^Blood and K75 123 metal everywhere. ^One person dead and several badly injured.**" K75 124 |^John drew his chair a little closer. *"^That's two.**" K75 125 |*"^And then our District Manager at work had a heart attack K75 126 and died. ^Not yet forty.**" K75 127 |^Graham was quite bored by now. *"^So what's all the fuss K75 128 about! ^Two red and white carnations, three brushes with death. K75 129 ^It all cancels out..... if you believe such nonsense. ^And K75 130 there's only one carnation in that arrangement.**" K75 131 |^*"Yes,**" I cried, *"but there's another in the K75 132 ladies'!**" K75 133 *<*4Denise Lawrence*> K75 134 *<*6HELD UP*> K75 135 |*0*"^Lady, I want to talk to you.**" ^A voice from behind K75 136 startles me as I pause to open the car door. ^I feel something K75 137 hard in the small of my back. K75 138 |^*"Don't turn round,**" the voice warns. K75 139 |^I don't! ^I couldn't! ^I'm cold all over. K75 140 |*"^Your name's Lawrence?**" K75 141 |^I nod and shake my head. K75 142 |*"^Thought so. ^I've got a message for your husband.**" K75 143 |^*"A message,**" I squeaked. *"^Oh my God, what's he been K75 144 involved in? ^My John's a good man, an honest man. ^Apart from K75 145 not changing our \0T.V. licence to colour a few years back, he's K75 146 never done anything dishonest. ^It's some ghastly mistake!**" K75 147 |^*"I'm from Roseneath,**" the man continues, *"and I refuse K75 148 to pay the exorbitant rate demands. ^Lived here all my life, K75 149 worked hard to pay off my house. ^I'll not have one four-eyed K75 150 mayor spending my money for me. ^You bloody tell him that!**" K75 151 |^I'm alone again. ^I turn to see a figure disappear across K75 152 the street, a rolled-up newspaper sticking out of his pocket. ^I K75 153 feel some warmth creeping back into my body as I get into the K75 154 car. K75 155 |^He thought I was....! K75 156 *<*4Julia Blick*> K75 157 *<*6CHARLIE*> K75 158 |^*0I wasn't surprised to find Charlie dead. ^He'd changed a K75 159 great deal in the past few months. ^I had happy memories of his K75 160 charm in the early days, and our admiration was mutual. ^We spent K75 161 hours sitting together on the sofa, me working on my novel, he K75 162 snoozing beside me. ^In the summertime he'd watch me gardening K75 163 from a shady spot under the fruit trees. K75 164 |^Lately so much had changed. ^He stayed out late, and was K75 165 ill-tempered in the mornings. ^He was off his food. ^I couldn't K75 166 please him anymore. K75 167 |^Cats don't live for ever. ^I'll miss you Charlie. K75 168 *<*4Mick Roberts*> K75 169 *<*6MAVIS AT THE HOME OF TRANQUILITY*> K75 170 |^*0It's always a disturbing experience visiting Mavis in K75 171 the Home of Tranquility. ^I often reflect on the thought that mad K75 172 people are the only sane ones, or that newspapers are really K75 173 written by Spike Milligan. ^Mavis is ninety-six and, as if in K75 174 deference to her years, the world around her adapts to fit in K75 175 with her senility. ^I visited her yesterday. K75 176 |^The Home of Tranquility is an old house next to the golf K75 177 course, which in turn is next to the airport. ^When I arrived you K75 178 couldn't hear the planes over the noise of the mower. ^The ladies K75 179 were arranged on the front lawn, chess-like in wheelchairs and K75 180 blankets. ^The mower darted around them, picking up daisies and K75 181 discarded Kleenex. ^Mavis opened her eyes as my shadow crossed K75 182 her face. K75 183 |*"^Oh it's you. ^I thought it might be Bert.**" K75 184 |^*"Just me, Mavis!**" I shouted over the din. K75 185 |^*"Bert'll come one day soon,**" she replied. ^I couldn't K75 186 hear her for the noise, but this was our ritual greeting. ^The K75 187 dialogue continues: K75 188 |*"^How've you been, Mavis?**" K75 189 |*"^I miss Bert. ^They got him in Verdun you know.**" K75 190 |*"^I know Mavis. ^That was 1917 wasn't it?**" K75 191 |*"^1916. ^He got the Military Cross in 1917. K75 192 ^Posthumous.**" K75 193 |*"^How've you been Mavis?**" K75 194 |*"^Mustn't grumble, but Sister's an old gorilla.**" K75 195 |*"^I know Mavis.**" K75 196 |^My last words were shouted into the silence as the mower K75 197 stopped, causing the ladies to twitter. K75 198 |^*"Must be teatime,**" said Mavis, *"get yourself a K75 199 seat.**" K75 200 |^As I took a folding stool from the verandah, two orderlies K75 201 wheeled out a trolley and parked it next to the mower. ^The K75 202 gardener lifted the lid from the teapot and peered in K75 203 thoughtfully. ^He scratched his leg, took a handful of grass K75 204 clippings from the catcher and tossed them in. ^After giving the K75 205 brew a violent stir he plonked on the lid and the trolley was K75 206 wheeled away for the tea-and-biscuit ritual. K75 207 |^*"Don't eat your biscuit,*" Mavis warned, but I'd been K75 208 there often enough to know the system. ^As the orderlies K75 209 disappeared into the house a flock of eager sparrows descended on K75 210 the lawn. ^The ladies laughed and shouted encouragement **[SIC**] K75 211 each bird struggled to devour its hard biscuit, then one by one K75 212 they took flight farewelled with cries of *"^Not me!**" or *"^Not K75 213 today!**" K75 214 |^Yesterday it was my bird that stayed convulsing on the K75 215 lawn. ^*"Not often a visitor gets it,**" said Mavis, *"that could K75 216 cause trouble, police enquiries and everything. ^They should be K75 217 more careful who they try to poison. K75 218 **[MIDDLE OF QUOTE**] K75 219 *# K76 001 **[450 TEXT K76**] K76 002 ^*0Most of these houses were in ruins, shattered by the K76 003 earthquake or carved in two by slips *- a living room with its K76 004 chaise longue looking out on the raw earth of a gully; a K76 005 staircase leading nowhere; a refrigerator perched in an elegant K76 006 garden. ^Lewis, who rarely missed an opportunity to quote the K76 007 great anarchists, surveyed the opulent interiors of these gutted K76 008 houses from the trailer and declared in his resonant voice, K76 009 *'^Property is theft**'. ^Their appetites insatiable now that K76 010 they had denied themselves meat products, Lewis and Huia K76 011 plundered the houses for food. ^Lewis stood beneath fruit trees K76 012 and vines snaring feijoas and passion-fruit with his crutch, K76 013 while Huia explored the kitchens and pantries, sometimes directed K76 014 to a hidden source of food by Lewis's olfactory gifts. K76 015 ^Occasionally they came upon religious items *- rosaries, K76 016 crucifixes and sacred oleographs *- which they carried off to the K76 017 convent in order to further decorate the Chapel of Our Lady of K76 018 the Sheep. K76 019 |^The morning classes turned to discussion of these elegant K76 020 suburbs and the wealth they had found in the abandoned houses. K76 021 ^Lewis spoke at length on the political economy of the town, K76 022 laying bare the subtle workings of the dialectic and outlining K76 023 the principles of historical materialism. ^The little commune K76 024 began to develop a radical analysis of its environs, notable for K76 025 its combination of anarchist and religious principles, and before K76 026 long the classes turned to consideration of ways in which this K76 027 analysis could be put into effect. ^The first thing they hit upon K76 028 was the stockyards on the road into town. K76 029 |^An impressive, maze-like structure, which relied for its K76 030 strength on posts of eight-inch totara, the stockyards had been K76 031 untouched by the ravages of the earthquake, and symbolised for K76 032 the Holy Sheep the very essence of the subjugation of beast by K76 033 man. ^The following Sunday was the first of May, and the commune K76 034 decided to mark their first May Day with the destruction of this K76 035 monument of oppression. ^Throughout the week they worked to K76 036 construct a harness large enough for the entire flock of Holy K76 037 Sheep. ^Lewis studied the layout of the yards and identified the K76 038 weak points in the structure. ^On the morning of the planned K76 039 destruction the flock was marshalled on the road beside the K76 040 stockyards, and the harness attached by heavy chains to the K76 041 foundation posts. ^After a short prayer by Huia, Lewis propped K76 042 himself up on the trailer and signalled the first charge with a K76 043 bold sweep of his crutch. ^Disaster followed, as the totara posts K76 044 withstood the shock and the harness parted under the strain. ^One K76 045 of the Holy Sheep suffered a broken back and to the great K76 046 distress of the commune had to be destroyed. ^That evening a K76 047 sober Mass was held in the chapel, and afterwards Huia spent the K76 048 night in restless turmoil, unable to sleep, the terrible cries of K76 049 the injured sheep still ringing in her ears. K76 050 |^Before Mass the next evening Huia searched the trunks in K76 051 the ruined quarters of the Mother Superior until she came upon a K76 052 finely cut garment of cream and gold linen. ^Throwing off her old K76 053 torn black habit, she donned the ceremonial robes of the ancient K76 054 nun, and experienced a mysterious lightness flooding through her K76 055 body. ^From its fragrant sandalwood box Huia took the very last K76 056 of the Dutch cigars, which she smoked with savour and a deep K76 057 sense of regret. ^Thus prepared for the Eucharist, she entered K76 058 the chapel where the little commune was patiently assembled. K76 059 ^Bent before the altar and inhaling deeply on the thick fumes K76 060 from the incense burner, Huia was drawn into ecstatic communion K76 061 with the Holy Virgin in order to seek guidance on the problem of K76 062 the intractable stockyards. ^Late that night, when the rest of K76 063 the commune had gone to their makeshift sleeping quarters, Huia K76 064 stole out along the road to the stockyards and glided like a K76 065 luminous moth among the maze of pens and races, her ears tuned to K76 066 the breathing of the ancient timbers. K76 067 |^The harness was repaired and another attempt made on the K76 068 stockyards the following morning. ^As the Holy Sheep stood K76 069 assembled in readiness for their renewed charge, Huia mounted the K76 070 trailer once more and made a solemn announcement. ^It had been K76 071 revealed to her, she declared, that it was not enough merely to K76 072 destroy the fabric of the old order *- it was also necessary to K76 073 begin the construction of the new. ^The wood from the stockyards, K76 074 she said, would be used in the construction of a grand new K76 075 building to house the commune, a structure that would be K76 076 perfectly circular in order to celebrate the principle of K76 077 equality on which the commune had been founded. ^Roused to new K76 078 heights of excitement by this speech, the Holy Sheep charged K76 079 spontaneously in perfect unison and the stockyards, which had K76 080 been mysteriously weakened overnight, disintegrated at once with K76 081 a barely audible sigh. K76 082 |^Although the basic shape of the new building had come to K76 083 Huia by revelation, there was much still to be done in matters of K76 084 design, and to this end Lewis combed the wreckage of the town K76 085 library for books on engineering and architecture. ^He then K76 086 turned his formidable powers of scholarship to developing a set K76 087 of drawings for the structure, which would be built beside the K76 088 ruins of the convent and which they had decided to call Oranga. K76 089 ^For many weeks Lewis was absorbed in the obscure world of K76 090 load-bearing walls, shear-strengths and vaulted atria. K76 091 ^Occasionally he would emerge from the ruined kitchen where he K76 092 worked to issue an order for materials, and Huia and a contingent K76 093 of sheep would go out and search among the ruins of the town. K76 094 |^They used the totara stakes of the stockyards to construct K76 095 the frame of the house, and stripped iron from the slip-torn K76 096 houses of the wealthy suburbs for the roof. ^By now they had run K76 097 out of fuel for the tractor, and materials had to be dragged from K76 098 the town with the harness and chains. ^Lewis's design called for K76 099 a roof supported by beams radiating from a central column like K76 100 the spokes of an umbrella, and it was during the delicate K76 101 operation to secure these in place that the second earthquake K76 102 struck. ^Since the catastrophe that had brought them all K76 103 together, occasional tremors had shaken the town, provoking minor K76 104 slips in the wealthy suburbs of the north and causing sulphurous K76 105 gases to spill from the chasm in the main street. ^Because of the K76 106 earthquake that had brought about their liberation, the commune K76 107 had always looked upon the movement of the earth as their ally, K76 108 and were unprepared for the second quake, despite the portent of K76 109 a low-flying kaka that passed over the town heading north. ^The K76 110 quake struck at noon on the day the last of the great roof beams K76 111 was being lowered into place. ^A rending sound began in the K76 112 bowels of the earth, and the ground stretched like a waking K76 113 animal. ^From the hidden pores of the earth came the acrid gases K76 114 of sleeping volcanoes and great clouds of dust obscured the K76 115 horizon. ^The frame of the great building flexed like a bow; the K76 116 roof-beams began to quiver, then plummeted to the ground, K76 117 bringing disaster to the squad of sheep harnessed to the lifting K76 118 tackle. K76 119 |^When the debris came to rest, twelve of the Holy Sheep lay K76 120 crushed beneath the collapsing timbers. ^Lewis, who had been K76 121 supervising the winching operation from inside the building, had K76 122 a miraculous escape, which he attributed to his uncanny sense of K76 123 smell. ^Seconds before the quake, a sudden premonition caused him K76 124 to throw himself beneath a saw-horse, which took the impact of a K76 125 falling beam and prevented his head being crushed like an egg. K76 126 ^When Lewis extricated himself from the ruins of the building and K76 127 limped to the chapel, Huia was seated in the aisle with the K76 128 glazed and catatonic look of the newly speechless. ^She had K76 129 observed the catastrophe from the window of the roofless chapel, K76 130 and had been struck dumb by the slaughter of her comrades. ^For K76 131 several days Lewis tried without success to penetrate the veil K76 132 that had fallen over her eyes, and then he turned to the grim K76 133 business of retrieving the bodies of the sheep from the ruins. K76 134 ^Work on the building ceased, and grief enveloped the commune, K76 135 which in a single stroke had lost a half of its members. ^Huia K76 136 could not be roused from her stupor, and without their spiritual K76 137 leader the commune was paralysed. ^Lewis spent many hours in the K76 138 chapel, pleading with her to relinquish her guilt. ^No one could K76 139 have foreseen the disaster, he said, it was on a scale far K76 140 greater than what might be discovered through the ordinary K76 141 business of revelation. ^But Huia could not be placated and after K76 142 five days in the chapel she got up without a word, put on her old K76 143 torn habit, and walked amongst the wreckage of the town. K76 144 ^Although tears could be seen streaming down her face, she turned K76 145 the sound of her grief inwards, so that she wept in absolute K76 146 silence. K76 147 |^Huia's wanderings continued for several weeks, during K76 148 which time she crossed the town forty-seven times. ^Only after K76 149 this marathon of exercise had she dissipated her grief, but she K76 150 never forgave herself for failing to predict the second K76 151 earthquake and every Thursday thereafter she put on her old black K76 152 habit in penance and mourning. ^Life in the commune gradually K76 153 returned to normal, as the debris of the abortive building K76 154 programme were cleared away, and Lewis went back to his drawings K76 155 in an attempt to redesign the building so as to make it K76 156 completely resistant to earthquake damage. ^The terrible loss of K76 157 half their number drew the commune more tightly together, so that K76 158 the evening Masses and morning classes had a new atmosphere of K76 159 solidarity, and the inhabitants of the little commune began to K76 160 acquire the mysterious habit of reading one another's thoughts. K76 161 ^Knowledge could now be passed directly from one communard to K76 162 another, so that speech began to be dispensed with and the K76 163 morning classes took place in companionable silence. K76 164 |^In spite of his attachment to the beliefs of the K76 165 nineteenth century anarchists, Lewis became an enthusiastic K76 166 participant in the Eucharist, to the point where he specially K76 167 adapted a habit from the wardrobe of the absent Mother Superior K76 168 in order to properly dress for his duties as chief acolyte to the K76 169 mayor-shepherdess. ^Although denied the same visionary K76 170 experiences as Huia, he was frequently able to help in their K76 171 interpretation, and took great pleasure in ensuring the order of K76 172 the Mass was followed correctly. ^Although Huia was still only K76 173 fourteen, and Lewis six years older than that, they had both K76 174 begun to acquire an ageless quality brought about by their K76 175 struggles with nature and moral philosophy. K76 176 |^During his long drafting sessions in the ruined kitchen, K76 177 Lewis developed a radical idea for the design of Oranga which he K76 178 hoped would make it resistant to even the strongest earthquake. K76 179 ^His plan was to rest the structure on floating foundations, and K76 180 he laboriously constructed a working model of his proposal. ^It K76 181 was agreed that Huia would obtain advice through revelation on K76 182 the likely success of this novel scheme, and at Eucharist that K76 183 evening the carefully constructed model was placed before the K76 184 altar for inspection by the Blessed Virgin. ^In the course of the K76 185 Eucharist Huia had it confirmed to her that the floating K76 186 foundations, with slight but important modifications, were an K76 187 ingenious and reliable protection against the ravages of K76 188 earthquakes, and construction of the second Oranga began the next K76 189 day. K76 190 |^With the immediacy of understanding that had come about K76 191 through their new ability to read each other's thoughts, the K76 192 commune made steady progress on the project, and the K76 193 revolutionary floating foundations were completed by the end of K76 194 the first week. ^Once more materials were gathered from the ruins K76 195 of the stockyards and the slip-torn suburbs of the town and K76 196 dragged to the convent, where they were incorporated into the K76 197 growing structure under the technical guidance of Lewis and K76 198 spiritual co-ordination of Huia. K76 199 *# K77 001 **[451 TEXT K77**] K77 002 *<*4Scenes of My Childhood*> K77 003 |^*0When I was about five years old, we lived in an old house K77 004 made of corrugated iron with a dirt floor. ^It was one big room K77 005 inside, with a long open fire the length of one wall, used for K77 006 cooking and warmth. ^We slept on bags filled with hay and over K77 007 our blankets, sugar-bag quilts for covers. ^There were ten of K77 008 us, eight children. K77 009 |^One day, my mother sent me to my great-aunt's place to K77 010 borrow some tea, and she gave me an old cracked mug to carry it K77 011 in. K77 012 |^I had a grown-up's long dress on, and tripped on this K77 013 three times on the way, about a quarter of a mile walk. K77 014 |^I don't remember seeing either my great-aunt or her house K77 015 before, but I went on as told. ^I came to the broken down gate. K77 016 ^The grass was taller than me *- I could see nothing but grass. K77 017 ^Then I saw a track through it and thought, *'^I am here at K77 018 last!**' K77 019 |^When I knocked, a tall dark lady, with long plaited hair, K77 020 wearing a long black dress came to the door. K77 021 |^I said, *'^Are you my Nannie? ^My mother wants some K77 022 tea.**' ^And I held out the mug. K77 023 |^She said in Maori, *'^Come inside.**' ^The house was K77 024 cosy, with a long open fire going. ^On the fire was a big black K77 025 kettle with a tap in it, and a three-legged oven with food K77 026 cooking. ^It smelled wonderful. K77 027 |^I kept on saying that I only wanted some tea. ^I don't K77 028 think she understood a word, although she knew my name. ^My K77 029 Nannie sat me by the fire, and gave me lots of food. ^I had K77 030 never seen so much food! ^After tea, she put me to bed. K77 031 |^Next morning, my eldest brother came down to get me, but K77 032 Nannie wouldn't let me go. ^I didn't mind. ^My brother started K77 033 pulling faces and yelling at her. ^He did this for a week, but K77 034 she took no notice of him. K77 035 |^Months went by and I loved being with her. ^After school, K77 036 I had to cart water from the Waikato River to the large can in K77 037 the kitchen. ^Nannie had an old hand-cart and we gathered wood K77 038 from the bush for our fire. K77 039 |^On lovely days and evenings we sat on the verandah, and K77 040 she played her old accordian singing beautiful old Maori songs K77 041 which she taught to me. ^She made me dolls out of large K77 042 hankies. ^We made flax kits and floor mats for our own use. K77 043 ^She taught me needlework. ^Life with her was like being in K77 044 another world. ^I was loved and cherished. ^We went to *1hui, K77 045 pokai *0and *1tangi *0round about, sometimes travelling far K77 046 away by bus. ^We had a lovely life together, but when I was K77 047 about twelve she started to become sickly and fail in health. K77 048 ^She spent increasing time in bed. ^Sometimes I did not go to K77 049 school, as I could not leave her there groaning with pain. ^She K77 050 thought her prayers would heal her, and there was no thought of K77 051 calling a doctor. K77 052 |^When I was about thirteen, my Nannie said to me, *'^I am K77 053 going to die soon.**' ^I cried and cried for a long time. ^She K77 054 said I *'would flood the house out!**' K77 055 |^She started doing things that I thought were funny, like K77 056 digging holes and burying all her belongings. ^Before the time K77 057 came, the house was almost empty. K77 058 |^One month later she died. ^Her body was at the house for K77 059 a day and a night, with candles burning, and lots of people K77 060 sitting around. ^I cried and cried. ^I missed her so much, I K77 061 couldn't believe she was gone. ^Next day a truck took her body K77 062 to Gordonton Marae for the funeral. ^The only friend I had was K77 063 my little fox terrier dog. ^We were like two lost sheep. K77 064 |^After the *1tangi, *0my mother and aunty were fighting K77 065 about who would have me. ^My mother and father took me back. K77 066 ^My sisters didn't like having me around, but I survived, K77 067 mainly because I was a good baby sitter. ^Often I had friends' K77 068 children as well as our own, sometimes ten or twelve children K77 069 under my care. K77 070 |^Also, my mother depended on me to cook for my father who K77 071 was on shift work. ^I used to feel sorry for my father who had K77 072 to bike to work. ^I used to sit up in bed and watch him, just K77 073 before dark, till he had gone out of sight. ^I used to say to K77 074 myself, *'^When I grow up, I will buy him a car, so he can K77 075 carry all the meat and shopping home, instead of being loaded K77 076 down on his bike.**' K77 077 |^My mother and I used to carry our washing down to the K77 078 river. ^There, using Taniwha soap, we used to wash and rinse K77 079 the clothes. ^Taking them there wasn't so bad, but I remember K77 080 how heavy those wet loads were to carry back. ^We then hung the K77 081 wash out on the fences. ^This was because the tank water had to K77 082 be saved for drinking and cooking. K77 083 |^When I was thirteen, I was made to leave school. ^My K77 084 mother said that I was needed at home. ^My heart was crying to K77 085 stay at school. K77 086 |^One day I made up my mind to leave home, mostly because I K77 087 missed my Nannie. ^My parents told my cousins and me that if we K77 088 cut down the blackberry and gorse, they would pay us a pound K77 089 each. ^So we got to work and it took us two weeks. ^When I told K77 090 my cousin I was leaving home, she said she would come too. ^She K77 091 said we had an aunty in Auckland, and she had the address. ^We K77 092 had our pound each for the bus fare, and she bought the K77 093 tickets. K77 094 |^The day we were going, my mother said she was going K77 095 shopping and I was to cook my father's tea. ^I knew she was K77 096 going to the pub. ^I did everything, cleaned up, cooked my K77 097 dad's tea and set the table. ^Then I left a note saying, *'^I'm K77 098 leaving home.**' K77 099 |^The bus left at three o'clock, so I set off for the two K77 100 mile walk. ^On the way, I met my dad. ^He said, *'^Where are K77 101 you going?**' K77 102 |^I replied, *'^To my friend's place, down at the *1pa.**' K77 103 |^*0He did not notice that I had my clothes in a plastic K77 104 bag. ^But he was looking very tired and said, *'^See you K77 105 later.*' K77 106 |^My cousin was ready when I called and we had another half K77 107 a mile to walk. ^We arrived just in time for the bus and got K77 108 aboard. ^We were both scared, and wanted to hop off the bus and K77 109 go home, but we were too frightened to ask the driver. ^All the K77 110 people were staring at us because we had no shoes on and must K77 111 have looked wild. K77 112 |^When we got to Auckland, I felt stupid because everyone K77 113 else was nicely dressed. ^My cousin had to ask people in the K77 114 street where Picton Street was and how to get there. K77 115 |^Our aunty looked shocked to see us, and said, *'^How did K77 116 you kids get here?**' ^When we told her, she growled at us but K77 117 finished up saying, *'^Well, I will give you a week to find K77 118 work, and if not, I am sending you both home!**' ^So every K77 119 morning we went job hunting. K77 120 |^We got jobs at Sanford's fisheries. ^We started at three K77 121 o'clock in the morning and finished at four o'clock next K77 122 afternoon. ^Our pay was fifteen pounds a week each. ^It sounded K77 123 like a fortune to us. ^We packed fish in boxes for the freezer. K77 124 ^It was heavy, cold work with our hands in ice all the time, K77 125 and we got lots of injuries from the needle-like fins. K77 126 |^Aunty Polly was very caring and gave us good meals when K77 127 we arrived home wet and exhausted. ^We promised to pay our K77 128 board each pay day. ^But we had big ideas, and on the first K77 129 pay**[ARB**]-day, instead of going home, we went to a friend's K77 130 place for a party. ^We were delighted to be asked. ^But we left K77 131 in a hurry when I found that someone had pinched all my wages. K77 132 |^We were scared to go inside aunty's place, and when we K77 133 did she said, *'^Where have you two rat-bags been? ^I have just K77 134 about had enough of you! ^What have you got to say for K77 135 yourselves?**' K77 136 |^I had the shakes, and when I told her that my wages had K77 137 been stolen at the party, she really went to town! K77 138 |^After asking around at work, the boss-lady said that we K77 139 could stay with her for twelve pounds a week each. K77 140 |^She did not fancy us much because she came from the North K77 141 and we from Waikato. ^She was very tough on us at work. ^We K77 142 only had one meal a day, and were only allowed out at weekends. K77 143 ^We stayed there for three years... K77 144 *<*4Uncle Frederich's Last Story*> K77 145 |^*0Uncle Frederich had always wanted to die with his boots on, K77 146 and he did, while he was walking his dog one sunny afternoon K77 147 when everyone thought he was looking particularly well. K77 148 |^The family was deeply shocked. ^They felt cheated because K77 149 he hadn't bid them farewell or allowed them to gather around a K77 150 hospital bed and prepare themselves for his departure. ^But K77 151 that was Uncle Frederich. ^He'd shared his last laugh with his K77 152 dog and died with his boots muddy from tramping the shores of K77 153 the local estuary. K77 154 |^Uncle Frederich had been partial to whisky. K77 155 ^*'Frederich,**' Aunty Sylvia would caution whenever he groped K77 156 for the whisky bottle. ^*'Just a little glass for me,**' he'd K77 157 whisper to a friendly face when she wasn't around. K77 158 |^Sometimes Uncle Frederich would talk about going *'down K77 159 \3souf**'. ^*'Don't you mean *- south?**' someone would ask. K77 160 ^*'That's what I said. ^\3Souf!**' he'd reply and I'd nestle K77 161 close to him and wait for a story. ^I knew his stories off by K77 162 heart, so I'd act as his prompt, making sure Uncle Frederich K77 163 didn't forget people's names or important events. ^The last K77 164 story he ever told me began like this *- K77 165 |*'^I was six years old when three soldiers came to our K77 166 house on horseback.**' ^And he was off, his expression that of K77 167 a child bewildered by the intrusion of World War One into his K77 168 life. K77 169 |*'^Papa wasn't home so Mama answered the door. ^The K77 170 commanding officer pointed at the German flag nailed to our K77 171 verandah wall. ^*"Take it down!**" he shouted. *"^By order of K77 172 the New Zealand government, all German flags and pictures of K77 173 the Kaiser must be removed from Samoan houses.**" K77 174 |^Mama spoke some English but replied in German *- *"^It's K77 175 a private flag.**" ^The officer turned to his men and said, K77 176 *"^Bloody bitch doesn't understand English. ^Cut it down!**" K77 177 |^Mama held me while the soldiers cut up the verandah with K77 178 axes. ^I clung to her in case they cut me up too.**' K77 179 |^Uncle Frederich sighed at the memory of his mother. ^She K77 180 was my great-grandmother. ^I always thought of her as a saint K77 181 *- all faith, endurance and loyalty to her loved ones. K77 182 |^Whenever Uncle Frederich spoke of his father he squared K77 183 his shoulders *- even after a tumbler of whisky. ^*'Papa came K77 184 home with a bruised face and dusty clothes,**' he continued. K77 185 *'^Mama stood still, an apron covering her dress, hands behind K77 186 her back, waiting for Papa to speak. K77 187 |^*"We're prisoners of war,**" he said, scowling, looking K77 188 beyond Mama to a spot on the wall. *"^We sail on the Talune to K77 189 New Zealand in two weeks' time. ^We can take one suitcase each K77 190 and the clothes we stand in.**" K77 191 |^Mama bowed her head and leaned over Papa's rocking chair. K77 192 ^*"Our home? ^The plantation?**" she asked, rocking back and K77 193 forth. K77 194 |*"^Confiscated.**" K77 195 |^Uncle Frederich paused, one hand groping for his glass. K77 196 ^I handed him my lemonade. ^*'Thank you,**' he said, K77 197 disappointment and a polite smile pulling his lips into a K77 198 straight line. K77 199 |^*'Then what happened?**' I prompted. K77 200 *# K78 001 **[452 TEXT K78**] K78 002 ^*0He stops by my bed and asks me how I feel, and when I say, K78 003 *'^Fine,**' he turns to the others and announces (rather K78 004 dramatically, I feel), *'^We'll operate tomorrow.**' K78 005 |^As soon as they move on, I give Tia a ring *- she has K78 006 given me her number *- and tell her the news. ^She is so subdued, K78 007 I can tell she is apprehensive about the coming operation. K78 008 |^*'I am going to be all right,**' I tell her. K78 009 |^*'I hope so,**' she says, fervently. K78 010 |^Later, \0Dr Samuj, a senior house surgeon, arrives and K78 011 tries to persuade \0Mr Soo to give him a blood sample, but he K78 012 refuses, *'^Too old *- not much blood.**' K78 013 |*'^You have plenty of blood.**' K78 014 |*'^No, no *- not young like you.**' ^Then, with unusual K78 015 expansiveness, he tells \0Dr Samuj a barely coherent story, the K78 016 gist of which is that his wife has broken her leg and has been K78 017 taken to *'Hutt \3Varry Hospital**'. K78 018 |^\0Dr Samuj looks puzzled. *'^I don't know what you expect K78 019 me to do. ^Anyway, you can be sure she's in good hands. ^But I'll K78 020 make enquiries. ^Now about that blood sample...**' K78 021 |^But \0Mr Soo interrupts him and repeats his story. ^After K78 022 another try, \0Dr Samuj gives up. K78 023 |*'^I'll get \0Dr Ping. ^Perhaps he'll talk to you in your K78 024 own language.**' K78 025 |^\0Dr Ping arrives. ^It's an opportunity for him to try out K78 026 his Chinese, but he hesitates, and the opportunity is lost. ^\0Mr K78 027 Soo tells him the same story, and repeats it when not understood. K78 028 ^And it's not long before \0Dr Ping too is on his way. ^Later, K78 029 two young nurses, using feminine guile and gentleness, succeed K78 030 where the two house surgeons failed. K78 031 |^Things are beginning to move. ^A female house surgeon K78 032 visits me to prepare me mentally for tomorrow's operation. K78 033 |^*'Do you know what to expect?**' she asks. K78 034 |*'^Not really.**' K78 035 |^She explains that the specialist will insert a cystoscope K78 036 up my urethra to clear a passage to the bladder by paring off K78 037 parts of my prostate gland. ^As it pares, it seals by cauterising K78 038 the wound. K78 039 |*'^Will it hurt?**' K78 040 |*'^No. ^You'll be given a spinal injection, and you won't K78 041 feel a thing.**' ^She goes on to explain that I may bleed a K78 042 little afterwards and pass some blood clots, but I am not to K78 043 worry, because some loss of blood is usual. K78 044 *|^I didn't sleep at all well last night. ^I woke up with a foul K78 045 taste in my mouth, but I could take nothing for it, because of K78 046 the injunction against taking any food or drink after midnight. K78 047 ^It was just after 3 {0a.m.}, and the whole ward seemed unusually K78 048 restless. ^In the distance, someone kept calling out, each time K78 049 setting up a ripple of sighs and murmurings, and across the way K78 050 the old gentleman was having another bad night. ^He would shout, K78 051 splutter, and gag horribly, as if someone were at his throat. K78 052 |^Then something alarming happened. ^There was a loud crash K78 053 and a cry of pain, and I sat up with a start, thinking, ^Hello *- K78 054 the spirits are back *- they've followed me here. K78 055 |^Then I saw \0Mr Soo lying helpless on the floor. ^I was K78 056 afraid to move him, so I buzzed the night nurse, who got him back K78 057 to bed, badly shaken. ^He had evidently tossed and turned so much K78 058 that he had wrapped his bedclothes round his body as tightly as a K78 059 winding sheet. ^It seemed a bad omen. ^It took two nurses some K78 060 time to unwind him. K78 061 |^Not surprisingly, gloom has spread through the ward this K78 062 morning. ^I look at the old digger, who is lying in his bed K78 063 wearing a surgical cap. ^Without his false teeth, his cheeks have K78 064 collapsed, and he has visibly aged. ^I tell him he looks like my K78 065 old granny in her nightcap, and he gives a ghostly chuckle. K78 066 |^*'They are coming for you soon,**' announces the staff K78 067 nurse, and he sinks deeper into his bed, closing his eyes as if K78 068 preparing to meet his maker. ^He is to have an X-ray. ^The K78 069 specialist thinks there may be something wrong with his kidneys K78 070 that the X-ray may pick up. K78 071 |^My operation is at 11.15 this morning. ^Almost on time, a K78 072 Fijian orderly calls for me and wheels me to the operating K78 073 theatre, where a young house surgeon prepares me for the ordeal K78 074 ahead. ^He attaches a saline drip to my left wrist and gives me a K78 075 spinal anaesthetic *- a horrible injection at the base of my K78 076 spine *- which removes all sensation from the lower part of my K78 077 body. ^I am then lifted onto the operating table. ^Soon I hear a K78 078 buzzing sound and smell *- or think I smell *- cauterised flesh. K78 079 ^The specialist is carrying out his skilled and delicate task, K78 080 peering through the cystoscope. ^But for me it seems an K78 081 impersonal experience, because I feel nothing. ^It could be K78 082 happening to someone else. K78 083 |^Back in the ward, now in a night-shirt for the nurses' K78 084 convenience, I feel a sense of achievement *- I have come K78 085 through! ^A nurse adjusts the saline drip and fits me with a K78 086 somewhat larger catheter *- the water treatment is to continue. K78 087 ^I am told the operation is a success, and I can hardly wait to K78 088 tell Tia the good news. ^This is confirmed by the specialist on K78 089 his morning round. ^He rocks on his heels and looks decidedly K78 090 pleased with himself. K78 091 |^*'And how are you feeling now?**' he asks me. K78 092 |^*'Fine,**' I tell him. *'^When do you think I'll be K78 093 discharged?**' K78 094 |^He rocks again. *'^We'll remove the catheter tomorrow, and K78 095 a couple of days after that you can go.**' K78 096 |^By now I am stiff from having to lie on my back. ^I have K78 097 to stay in this position for twenty-four hours, and there are a K78 098 few hours to go. ^I pass the occasional blood clot and view it K78 099 with apprehension as it slides slowly down the tube. ^I have been K78 100 told it is normal, but I still break out into a heavy sweat each K78 101 time it happens. K78 102 |^The old digger has been cleared by the X-ray, and with his K78 103 teeth in position he has recovered some of his sense of humour. K78 104 ^He takes no exception to a young Maori nurse calling him Tex K78 105 Morton, a popular cowboy singer. *'^Hey, Tex *- how about a K78 106 song?**' ^He even joins in the laughter that follows. K78 107 |^For the retired missionary, however, this is no time for K78 108 levity. ^He has been on his knees a number of times now, but I K78 109 have the feeling he is close to giving way to the sin of despair. K78 110 ^He has learnt that his left kidney is in worse shape than at K78 111 first thought, and that the right may also be at risk. ^A major K78 112 operation is in the offing. K78 113 *|^Today *- only one day after my operation *- marks a further K78 114 stage in my recovery. ^The young Maori nurse, who reminds me of K78 115 the schoolgirl in Rarotonga, withdraws the catheter none too K78 116 gently, and I gasp, but she is already intent on removing the K78 117 dressing from my penis. ^She bends to her task like a child over K78 118 her homework. ^She could be unwrapping a rare and fragile gift, K78 119 so light is her touch. ^Now she washes it, puts on a new dressing K78 120 and goes. ^I feel liberated. ^I can pee direct into a bottle, but K78 121 what a shock I get *- it's like peeing fish-hooks! K78 122 |^\0Mr Soo goes to surgery tomorrow morning. ^Knowing his K78 123 love of tea, \0Dr Ping spends the earlier part of the evening K78 124 trying to impress on him that he is not to take any fluid after K78 125 midnight. ^He has even prepared a paper in Chinese, which he K78 126 reads haltingly and self-consciously. K78 127 |^The effect on the old man is comic. ^He cups an ear and K78 128 says, *'^Eh? ^Eh?**' ^Now and then you can tell he is correcting K78 129 the doctor's pronunciation. ^But it's a futile effort. ^\0Dr Ping K78 130 would have done better to stick to English, because the old man K78 131 understands it better than he lets on. ^Fortunately for both, K78 132 \0Mr Soo's daughter arrives and takes over. K78 133 |^Time has passed quickly since the catheter was removed. ^I K78 134 am already packed and waiting for the ambulance to take me back K78 135 to the psychiatric ward. ^The old digger has gone home, for the K78 136 doctors could find nothing wrong with him. ^I have said my K78 137 goodbyes, but I keep drifting back to the ward, where only the K78 138 retired missionary remains of the original occupants. ^As I stand K78 139 there talking to him, a Chinese couple peer in the window, K78 140 expecting to see \0Mr Soo, but when they see a stranger in his K78 141 bed their faces register shock. K78 142 |^\0Mr Soo's daughter is standing by the door of the office, K78 143 looking very upset, and soon the Chinese couple join her. ^They K78 144 all go into the office, where \0Dr Samuj talks to them. ^He is K78 145 looking very grave, and they are staring blankly at the floor, K78 146 nodding their heads as he speaks. ^I catch the words *'cardiac K78 147 arrest**' before the door is gently closed in my face. K78 148 *<*2CHAPTER 11*> K78 149 |^I WAS DISCHARGED *0from the psychiatric hospital a few days K78 150 ago, to find that Tia had flown back to Rarotonga, taking her K78 151 little boy with her. ^I was very upset, and I suppose my pride K78 152 was dented too *- I thought she had come to trust me and wouldn't K78 153 take such a step without talking it over with me. K78 154 |^When I rang Mere, her mother, she could give no reason for K78 155 Tia's sudden flight, but she did say that Tia had been moody and K78 156 restless ever since she visited me in the Urological Ward. ^That K78 157 didn't surprise me at all, because it had struck me then that her K78 158 eyes were a little too bright and her conversation a little too K78 159 animated *- even forced *- for one normally shy and reserved. K78 160 ^But I kept these thoughts to myself. K78 161 |^*'Why didn't she ring me?**' I asked. K78 162 |*'^I don't know. ^I said to Tia, *"^Ring him. ^Ring your K78 163 cousin *- that's the least you can do.**" ^But she won't listen. K78 164 ^She cries and says she's not good for you *- she only brings you K78 165 sadness. ^I say to her, *"^What sadness?**" ^But the silly girl K78 166 just cries and doesn't answer.**' ^She paused, and then asked, K78 167 *'^Do you know what I think?**' K78 168 |^*'No,**' I replied, cautiously. *'^What do you think?**' K78 169 |*'^I think you must be pretty dumb not to know she loves K78 170 you.**' K78 171 |^I said nothing, for my mind was in a turmoil. ^I knew she K78 172 loved me *- I had seen that when she visited me *- but I still K78 173 thought the idea of love between us was wrong. K78 174 |^*'What's wrong?**' she snapped. *'^Cat got your tongue?**' K78 175 |^*'I'm sorry,**' I replied. *'^I was thinking about what K78 176 you said. ^Do you think I should follow her?**' K78 177 |^*'Yes,**' she said. *'^I think maybe you love her too, so K78 178 go to her *- be happy.**' K78 179 |^There was no maybe about it *- I knew I loved her. ^But I K78 180 couldn't go to her immediately. ^I had recently started work K78 181 again, and I felt some obligation to my editor, who had kept my K78 182 job open all the months I had been in hospital. K78 183 |^My editor was an understanding man *- as well as a good K78 184 friend *- and when he saw me moping about and achieving little, K78 185 he called me into his office. ^*'I have a job for you,**' he K78 186 said. *'^It will take you out of yourself. ^I want you to visit a K78 187 high-country farm and write a feature article on it. ^You know K78 188 the sort of thing *- the effect of the present economic K78 189 constraints on a typical runholder. ^Chuck in some human K78 190 interest... but I needn't tell you how to do your job.**' K78 191 |^The next day, I flew to Frankton airstrip, where I was to K78 192 be picked up by a \0Mr Linton, a farmer who had been recommended K78 193 to me by a friend in the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries. K78 194 |^*'A typical runholder?**' my friend had said. *'^I K78 195 wouldn't say that *- but he's very knowledgeable. K78 196 **[MIDDLE OF QUOTATION**] K78 197 *# K79 001 **[453 TEXT K79**] K79 002 ^*'*0I can't believe that. ^You're a terrible fibber,**' and she K79 003 skipped round the corner beside the grand piano, joyful that the K79 004 old bitter life had left no mark, that it was not apparent it had K79 005 been lived at all. K79 006 |^*'I saw you at the lunch last week,**' he said. *'^Why did K79 007 you have a hat on?**' K79 008 |*'^I saw you too. ^I thought you were that new traveller K79 009 they've got. ^You know the one they all talk about, that one K79 010 who's supposed to have been married to someone in a soap K79 011 opera.**' K79 012 |*'^But why did you have a hat on?**' ^So the traveller did K79 013 not interest him, she thought. K79 014 |*'^It was only an old black beret I wear in the rain. ^It K79 015 was raining when I went to catch the bus into town. ^I don't have K79 016 a car any more.**' ^But would he be interested in that either? K79 017 |^*'Why didn't you take it off?**' he wanted to know. K79 018 *'^Nobody else had a hat on.**' K79 019 |^*'I know,**' she said. *'^That's why I left it on.**' K79 020 |^*'Ah,**' said Thorstensen as if he understood and he swung K79 021 her into a large clear space that seemed to have been left for K79 022 them by the others. ^They left a clear space for Thorstensen, she K79 023 noticed, as hens put a space between themselves and a predator. K79 024 |^*'Do you see that man over there,**' he said, *'that man K79 025 with the yellow hair? ^That's Abrams. ^I hate Abrams. ^Abrams K79 026 swindled me. ^He's dancing with his wife. ^Do you know his K79 027 wife?**' K79 028 |*'^I know hardly anybody.**' K79 029 |^*'Wise,**' said Thorstensen. *'^Very wise. ^They're both K79 030 awful. ^You wouldn't like Abrams.**' K79 031 |^*'He's very ugly,**' she said. *'^I wouldn't worry about K79 032 him if I were you. ^All that money couldn't make him beautiful. K79 033 ^Money can't buy beauty,**' she said, *'or charm, can it?**' and K79 034 she looked up into his bright face as, laughing, he danced them K79 035 off the floor into the old upper vestibule, decked for the K79 036 evening as a garden room. K79 037 |^*'Mind the step,**' he said but she still tripped, K79 038 laughing and looking up at bright brave Thorstensen. ^*'I knew K79 039 you could dance,**' he said. *'^I knew you were a fibber. ^You're K79 040 as light as a feather and your hands are so cool.**' K79 041 |^*'I'm terrified,**' she said. ^*'That's why my hands are K79 042 cold,**' but he laughed and swung her round again. K79 043 |^*'Fibber,**' said Thorstensen. ^They seemed to hang in K79 044 that conservatory with its silk flowers and artificial trellis K79 045 like people on a swing. K79 046 |^*'I love dancing,**' he said. *'^I used to dance when I K79 047 was a gravedigger. ^I went to dancing lessons on Friday nights. K79 048 ^I started off as a grave-digger, did you know that?**' ^The K79 049 worst thing was, he said, when the old bones were scattered, when K79 050 one grave had to be dug on top of another. K79 051 |^*'The first job I had was in a hospital kitchen,**' she K79 052 said, and they changed the dance then from a foxtrot to a K79 053 quickstep as if to get away from the graveyard and her old sink. K79 054 |^*'I like your cuffs,**' she said. *'^I like those double K79 055 cuffs turned back like that.**' K79 056 |^*'They're French cuffs,**' said Thorstensen. *'^Have you K79 057 ever read Hartigan? ^You'd enjoy Hartigan. ^Hartigan explores the K79 058 relationship between work and luxury. ^French cuffs are my luxury K79 059 and I can look at them while I work. ^Hartigan, you see? ^You K79 060 must read Hartigan.**' K79 061 |^*'I will,**' she said and as the music changed to a waltz K79 062 he suddenly stood still in the middle of the floor like a lost K79 063 boy. ^*'But this is a waltz,**' he said. *'^I've forgotten how to K79 064 waltz.**' K79 065 |*'^Waltzing's easy.**' ^She grasped his elbows and swung K79 066 him lightly round. *'^I'll teach you how to waltz. ^One two K79 067 three, one two three.**' K79 068 |^*'I knew you could dance,**' said Thorstensen. *'^I knew K79 069 you were a fibber.**' K79 070 |^*'All wallflowers know how to waltz, silly,**' she told K79 071 him. *'^They learn how to waltz round their own kitchen tables, K79 072 all alone.**' K79 073 |^As they passed Abrams again Bernard called from beside a K79 074 potted palm, *'^I've got your coat. ^It's after eleven. ^The K79 075 taxi's waiting.**' ^A quick and greedy half an hour had passed K79 076 already. K79 077 |^*'He's a nice fellow, is he?**' asked Thorstensen. K79 078 *'^Bernard?**' ^Oh very nice, she told him, on a good day, at the K79 079 right moment, when viewed with the light behind him. K79 080 |^*'I see,**' said Thorstensen and she thought he did. K79 081 |^As their taxi drew away from the kerb Thorstensen stepped K79 082 from the shadows, tapped on a window. K79 083 |^*'You don't mind, do you,**' he said, *'if I hitch a ride? K79 084 ^We could sing all the way home. ^I know the first hundred and K79 085 four verses of *"Eskimo Nell**".**' K79 086 |^They dropped him at the beginning of an oak avenue and she K79 087 watched him out of sight, the sound of his whistling sharp and K79 088 clear on a westering wind. K79 089 |^*'He seemed in an odd mood tonight,**' said Bernard. K79 090 *'^What was he saying to you? ^I saw you talking. ^I saw you K79 091 laughing.**' K79 092 |*'^He was only laughing about my hat, Bernard, my old black K79 093 beret, that's all. ^He just asked if you were a nice fellow and I K79 094 said you were, and I said why did he have to give a ball because K79 095 I'm terrified of dancing. ^I said why couldn't he just give a K79 096 cocktail party or a silly dinner like that other man. ^That's K79 097 all, Bernard.**' K79 098 |*'^Oh my God.**' K79 099 |*'^Bernard, I do wish you wouldn't keep saying *"^Oh my K79 100 God**" all the time.**' K79 101 |^Towards November that year, when the Christmas decorations K79 102 were starting to be put up in the shops, receivership loomed K79 103 after boardroom infighting and two takeover bids by the K79 104 multinationals. ^The company shares dropped overnight and K79 105 Thorstensen's house in the avenue of oaks was found empty one day K79 106 with its big front door swinging open in the breeze. ^At an K79 107 entailed auction of the contents a big brass bed with Sevres K79 108 plaques fetched three times the estimated price and an antique K79 109 dealer, of hitherto irreproachable reputation, had to be hustled K79 110 out the back door to a waiting ambulance after behaving with K79 111 marked peculiarity during the sale of the silver. K79 112 |^The gossip writers of the financial columns dug deep but K79 113 found Thorstensen's sudden departure was worth only a paragraph K79 114 or two. ^No one knew his friends or his foes. K79 115 |^*'I hate Abrams,**' he had told her, *'but I'm very fond K79 116 of little McIndoe. ^I rely on McIndoe. ^I get very fond of people K79 117 sometimes,**' he said, *'do you?**' and she said she did. ^*'I K79 118 never let them know, though,**' said Thorstensen. *'^I hide it. K79 119 ^I keep it a secret. ^Do you do that?**' ^She nodded again. K79 120 |^He was called a workaholic, a self-actualisation man who K79 121 studied under a guru whose name nobody knew. ^That very afternoon K79 122 she ran straight to the library to find Hartigan. K79 123 |^*'We'd have him on toast,**' they said, *'if we knew where K79 124 he came from, if we could just find out where he started off, if K79 125 we could dig up some mud. ^Was he ever married?**' they wanted to K79 126 know. K79 127 |^That night she said to Bernard, *'^Do you remember the K79 128 night Thorstensen hitched a ride in our taxi? ^If you ever told K79 129 anyone about that, Bernard, I'll go, do you understand. ^Is that K79 130 quite clear?**' K79 131 |^The rumour surfaced then that the Mastersons' K79 132 grand**[ARB**]-mother, on the trip of a lifetime, had seen K79 133 Thorstensen walking through a shopping plaza in Vancouver. ^His K79 134 name was reputed to be on the books of a worldwide executive K79 135 employment agency. ^Somebody else said he had been glimpsed on a K79 136 {0KLM} flight from Singapore to New Delhi, in business class K79 137 eating lobster off a tray. ^Later the same month a short K79 138 paragraph appeared in some of the financial pages announcing he K79 139 had gone to Burundi to work for the Aga Khan. K79 140 |^*'Would the Aga Khan be a nice man to work for?**' she K79 141 asked at the next company party. *'^Would the Aga Khan be kind to K79 142 him? ^Would it be pleasant living in Burundi? ^Would he like it K79 143 there?**' K79 144 |^*'That's it in a nutshell,**' said Wevers, tapped his K79 145 hairy nose again and held out an oily hand. ^*'Put it here, K79 146 lady.**' K79 147 |*'^What do you play off?**' ^That would be someone at the K79 148 other end of the table. *'^What's your handicap? ^Whoops, Bernie K79 149 old chum, we've lost your good lady. ^Not a golfer, is she?**' K79 150 |^It was safe then to wander away, easy to find another K79 151 table with a vacant seat or two, simple to sit talking to the K79 152 flowers in the middle of the crowd. K79 153 |^*'I liked Thorstensen,**' she could say then. K79 154 ^*'Thorstensen taught me how to dance. ^I was a wallflower all my K79 155 life till Thorstensen asked me to dance. ^He made up for all the K79 156 years when no one chose me. ^I loved him. ^You couldn't imagine K79 157 how bright and brave he was,**' she would say, drawing on the K79 158 tablecloth with a fork, little runnels that led to nowhere, and K79 159 wearing Thorstensen's secrets like jewels. K79 160 *<*1Fiona Farrell Poole*> K79 161 *<*0Footnote*> K79 162 *<*11987*> K79 163 |^*0Kirmington. ^Page 63 in the *1Motoring Atlas of Great K79 164 Britain. ^*0There is no store in Kirmington. ^No public K79 165 telephone. ^Nowhere to buy a magazine or a drink. ^The church K79 166 stands stolid in couch grass overlooking a raggle-taggle bunch of K79 167 inter-war cottages, an early Victorian rectory and a K79 168 light-electrical firm. ^The air is filled with the agitated K79 169 humming of Euro-executives jetting in and out of the Hull K79 170 International Airport down the road. ^Only the verges are K79 171 beautiful, pink yellow-white, thick with Queen Anne's lace. ^She K79 172 walked round the church twice before she found them. ^There were K79 173 eight Quickfalls. ^Their stones were stacked one against the K79 174 other in a corner by the rectory. ^Joseph, Elizabeth, Francis. K79 175 ^Another Elizabeth. ^Brothers, sisters, cousins, aunts. ^But not K79 176 Jane. ^Jane had gone away. K79 177 |^It's so little to leave behind. ^A scrawl, *'Jane K79 178 Kendall**' (born Quickfall), a photo. ^A faded fleshy woman in a K79 179 dark dress. ^How could anyone live so long and make such a tiny K79 180 mark on the earth? ^It's the scratching of a nomad. ^The imprint K79 181 of a transient. ^Skilled trackers are needed to tell where such K79 182 travellers have stood. ^Where they have eaten. ^Where they have K79 183 lain down. K79 184 |*1...all morning she'd been watching him from the creek K79 185 where she knelt, scrubbing. ^Keeping up appearances, keeping down K79 186 the bugs. ^They'd abandon ship temporarily, but give them a week K79 187 and they'd be back. ^Peppering her linen, crawling and biting and K79 188 hopping and breeding. ^She stood up amongst the ferns to K79 189 straighten her back, feeling her knees cold against the heavy K79 190 wetness of her woollen skirt. ^Looks up through leaves and K79 191 branches to see him bending in full sunlight, cutting wood. ^He K79 192 is a short man. ^Square. ^With thick red-brown hair. ^He lifts K79 193 his arms. ^Brings them down and a piece of mahoe springs in two, K79 194 clean as new cheese. ^He bends, gathers one and chop chop chop it K79 195 lies in neat straws to kindle the fire. ^Sweat runs down the K79 196 crevice along his spine. ^Sunlight on his arms and shoulders. K79 197 ^She kneels on the stone and draws the white linen towards her K79 198 against the current... K79 199 |^*0How could anyone have endured it? K79 200 **[BEGIN INDENTATION CENTRED**] K79 201 |^Here K79 202 |lies interred the body of K79 203 |*2THOMAS QUICKFALL K79 204 |*0who died 24 January 1810 K79 205 |^Aged 71 years K79 206 **[END INDENTATION CENTRED**] K79 207 |and underneath, the limestone peels leaving sudden patches: K79 208 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K79 209 **[POEM**] K79 210 **[END INDENTATION**] K79 211 |^She traces the words with her finger, kneeling on damp K79 212 earth threaded with purple worms, snail slime and the white veins K79 213 of bruised grass. ^The Quickfalls, square and grey, stand ready K79 214 for the last trump under the hawthorn. K79 215 |^Tickling. ^Like a moth caught in cupped hands. K79 216 |*1...she lay under the table looking up at rough wooden K79 217 planks and thought, *'^So this is it. ^This is adultery. ^The K79 218 seventh commandment.**' ^But no angel drew back the blanket over K79 219 the door and stood with flaming torch directing her out into K79 220 consuming darkness. ^There was no thunder. ^No lightning. ^The K79 221 table stood solid over her head. ^She reached an arm up and ran K79 222 her finger along the grooves left by her husband's adze. K79 223 *# K80 001 **[454 TEXT K80**] K80 002 ^*0It was us against them *- the kids not yet fully corrupted K80 003 versus the gray, dreary hammering we got from the system. ^The K80 004 education system wrote me off as a drone. ^Sure I was good at K80 005 writing, spelling and stuff but I was hopeless when it came down K80 006 to the nuclear sciences and computer studies. K80 007 |^By December 1994 the unemployment figures in New Zealand K80 008 were nudging 270,000. ^Getting any job at all was a big joke. K80 009 ^The great recession of 1992-1994 brought poverty and suffering K80 010 to the land. ^There was this sort of electric undercurrent of K80 011 fear and repressed violence just festering away under the skin of K80 012 society. ^What were we kids supposed to do? ^We had no hope of K80 013 work, no money and no hope for a secure future. ^Hundreds of kids K80 014 like me naturally gravitated to the streets and formed our own K80 015 little peer groups. ^Sets we called them. K80 016 |^It became a game I suppose. ^Us versus them. ^The system; K80 017 well it wrongly assumed that we were an unintelligent bunch of K80 018 thugs and bludgers. ^Maybe we had the last laugh. ^All of us K80 019 burnt with a desire to topple the system which spent millions on K80 020 weapons systems while we went hungry. ^Urban guerrillas without K80 021 guns. ^That's what we were. ^We saw ourselves as warriors of the K80 022 new age. ^We took from the system what we had been promised but K80 023 never given. K80 024 |^We never hurt anybody though, used knives or anything like K80 025 that. ^I think we were just looking for something. ^Something K80 026 different in the rotten, money-grubbing society. ^We wanted a bit K80 027 of excitement too. ^Cruising the streets and living off our wits. K80 028 ^There was nothing at home for most of us. ^Just endless K80 029 arguments about money and where the next feed was coming from. K80 030 ^It wasn't surprising that we gradually drifted away from our K80 031 homes and lived rough. K80 032 |^I've kept this diary/ journal because somehow it may be K80 033 important to record what went down that day in 1995. ^We call it K80 034 the Day of the Great Tribulation after a passage in a Gideon K80 035 Bible which Synge found in a motel room. ^It's a record of what K80 036 happened to our land on The Day as well as a record of what we K80 037 did to survive. K80 038 |^It may be the last written material on the human race. K80 039 ^Somebody may find these notes one day *- a bit like the Dead Sea K80 040 Scrolls. ^If they are, I hope the new race of people on this K80 041 broken planet are a lot kinder and smarter than the idiots who K80 042 brought destruction and disaster. ^Maybe there won't be any more K80 043 humans. ^Synge reckons cockroaches are going to end up as kings K80 044 of the earth. K80 045 |^A lot of what I have written comes from what I've seen and K80 046 been told. ^Some of it comes from dreams, maybe visions. ^I don't K80 047 really know. ^Sometimes I am so cold, tired and hungry I get a K80 048 bit dizzy and disorientated. ^If the diary is disjointed in K80 049 parts, that's the reason, not coke or crack or stuff. ^We stopped K80 050 all that on The Day. ^We knew it was more important to survive, K80 051 to live and give what was left of life a decent, up-the-guts K80 052 effort. K80 053 |^Sometimes I sort of hope that it's all a dream. ^I'll wake K80 054 up to the good old days and some excitement in Queen Street or K80 055 hassling the woofters and trannies in Fort Street. ^Pigging out K80 056 on Big Macs and hot chips is something I often dream about. ^They K80 057 were good days then. ^Hot wiring a car and cruising the streets K80 058 of the great city just lying around waiting to be ravished by us K80 059 young free spirits. K80 060 |^All that stopped on The Day when the lights went out and K80 061 the city died. ^Suppose we should be grateful we got this far. K80 062 ^Millions didn't get the choice. ^They're still up there, part of K80 063 the dust and splinters in the weird sunsets. ^As far as we know K80 064 all life has been extinguished in the Northern Hemisphere. ^Those K80 065 not killed immediately in the blasts would have died from K80 066 starvation, radiation poisoning or the cold. ^The few New K80 067 Zealanders who are left could be all that remains. ^Our teachers K80 068 would have thought it a huge joke if we had suggested us kids as K80 069 the beginning of a new world. K80 070 |^It's a bloody lonely feeling. ^The military bosses and K80 071 politicians must have known, they must have. ^The worst thing is K80 072 thinking about all the kids and babies up there. ^What choice did K80 073 they have? ^What choice did we have, for that matter? ^The K80 074 decision to kill the world was made by old men with grey hair. ^I K80 075 hope all the politicians are stoking the fires of hell. ^If we K80 076 hate anybody, it's them. K80 077 |^Anyway, we kids hung around the Mangere area most of the K80 078 time in the old days. ^That was our patch, our bit of turf where K80 079 we hassled the system. ^Our set had dug a cave under the bridge K80 080 abutment which crossed a tidal arm of the harbour. ^It's a neat K80 081 little hideout and our home from the streets. ^We made a pretty K80 082 good job of hiding it from the official view and no one ever K80 083 noticed it was there. K80 084 |^It probably saved us. ^Not many had their own bunker with K80 085 tons of concrete overhead. ^It was a bit noisy in the old days K80 086 with all the traffic up on the road, but you soon got used to it. K80 087 ^The cave acted a bit like a guitar box and you couldn't hear K80 088 yourself speak when the big semis went across. ^After The Day K80 089 that problem stopped along with the traffic. K80 090 |^We always did our digging on the outgoing tide and dropped K80 091 the dirt into the channel. ^No one took any notice of muddy water K80 092 on an outgoing tide. ^Just before The Day we had a room of about K80 093 8 x 5 metres. ^The entrance was narrow and we hung an old K80 094 fertiliser sack smeared with clay over it. ^We shored up the room K80 095 with planks and timber liberated from a local timber yard. ^Synge K80 096 was real careful about that and made sure there was a roof bearer K80 097 every two metres. ^That was his rule. K80 098 |^The air circulation wasn't great but at least the cave was K80 099 warm and dry in the winter and cool in the summer. ^Synge thought K80 100 we could improve the air by digging a shaft on a slope up into K80 101 the side of the road bund but we never got around to it. ^During K80 102 the hot summer days we often stripped off and swum amongst the K80 103 bridge piles. ^From time to time we set a herring net between the K80 104 concrete pillars and feasted on barbecued herring and small, fat K80 105 mullet. ^On the mudflats there were plenty of cockles and estuary K80 106 pipis and we ate those as well. ^The rest of our food we pinched K80 107 as the opportunity arose. ^We had a lot of tinned stuff stashed K80 108 away and got fresh lettuces, cabbages and things from backyard K80 109 gardens. ^It was pretty hit and miss, hand to mouth but we didn't K80 110 really go hungry. K80 111 |^We were bloody little crims in the eyes of the straight K80 112 society. ^But they hadn't stopped to think that it was them we K80 113 were running away from. ^There was this half-arsed theory amongst K80 114 those who did not know better that all us street kids in the sets K80 115 were thick Polynesians society couldn't help. ^When you think K80 116 about it we probably had the more democratic society except for K80 117 the fact that we lived off others who were fortunate enough to K80 118 have jobs, money and things. ^And as for being all Polynesian, K80 119 that was garbage too. ^There was a little bit of everything in K80 120 the sets. ^We at least looked after each other and we didn't give K80 121 a damn about what colour you were as long as you pulled your K80 122 weight. K80 123 |^I suppose we were the stuff which survivors are made of. K80 124 ^A pretty cunning lot, almost the same in nature to the black K80 125 backed gulls that wheel and scavenge over the mudflats. ^We were K80 126 natural survivors with the will to win, to beat the system at all K80 127 costs. ^We were in training when The Day happened. ^Perhaps in K80 128 the end it tipped the scales of life and death and kept us from K80 129 falling over the edge. ^That's what Synge says and he's the K80 130 brains of the outfit. K80 131 |^Synge is a bit older than the rest of us. ^None of us is K80 132 dumb but he is real smart. ^Anyway he had a bit of bother with a K80 133 bird while he was at King's College; got her pregnant so she K80 134 said. ^There was also the matter of his writing desk being K80 135 stuffed to the brim with substances. ^His old man was an K80 136 executive, drove a Porsche and was loaded with the ready stuff. K80 137 ^Trouble was he never took any notice of Synge. ^He might have K80 138 been part of the very expensive furniture. ^Never gave Synge a K80 139 bean of pocket money. ^I suppose it was natural that Synge turned K80 140 to the market place and worked on the law of supply and demand. K80 141 ^He spent most of his ill-gotten gains on furthering his thirst K80 142 for knowledge. ^Microscopes, telescopes, computers, modems and K80 143 pocket modems; all that sort of stuff. K80 144 |^Well, Synge's old man and the cops weren't too impressed K80 145 with his academic genius nor his potential as a scientist. ^They K80 146 were definitely not impressed with his ability as an K80 147 *'entrepreneur**' of controlled substances. ^There was a bit of K80 148 string pulling, the King's College old boys' network, and no K80 149 charges laid. ^But his life had been made pretty miserable after K80 150 expulsion and all that. K80 151 |^One afternoon Synge had wandered home and found his old K80 152 man up to his eyebrows in an office girl in the upstairs shower. K80 153 ^Something had exploded in Synge then. ^That was the last straw; K80 154 bloody double standards. ^Synge's got a sense of humour though; K80 155 before he hot-footed it down the drive he hot wired the Porsche K80 156 with a high tension lead from the engine to the petrol tank. ^It K80 157 fair blew the arse off the flashy car. K80 158 |^It also blew any chance of a truce between the men of the K80 159 house. ^Synge is no wimp though. ^He's got a black belt in karate K80 160 and is as strong as an ox. ^But he does sit around and dream a K80 161 lot. ^Lateral thinking he calls it. ^I can't think in three K80 162 directions at once but Synge does. ^He probably saved us in the K80 163 early days with his in-depth planning and the way he thought K80 164 everything through. K80 165 |^Ruru. ^He's a Maori kid and a damn sight wiser than many K80 166 of the oldies I knew. ^He has the cunning of a long time possum K80 167 hunter from the Ureweras where he once lived. ^He hits what he K80 168 shoots at and is a bloody good fisherman. ^His one big fault, if K80 169 you can call it that, is girls. K80 170 |^He can't resist a bit of skirt. ^If it looks like a member K80 171 of the fair sex, then his eyes go real bright and he homes in K80 172 like a huhu grub to a fallen pine. ^A randy little bugger, but I K80 173 suppose none of us is perfect. K80 174 |^He and Synge sort of complement each other; the hunter and K80 175 the intellectual. ^Together they are a good team, brain and K80 176 muscle, cunning and thought, direction and energy. ^I suppose K80 177 that's the way to describe Ruru, pure energy looking for K80 178 something to spark with or earth to. ^Now and then he is apt to K80 179 break into contagious laughter for no apparent reason *- like a K80 180 pukeko in menopause. ^But he's our brother, our hunter, our K80 181 soldier. ^He's generous to a fault and would give you the shirt K80 182 off his back. ^Just try moving in on one of his female conquests K80 183 though and it's a bit like catching a boar by its short and K80 184 curlies. K80 185 |^Hone. ^Another Maori kid but there is probably more Dutch K80 186 in him despite the name. K80 187 *# K81 001 **[455 TEXT K81**] K81 002 *<*6SADIE*> K81 003 *<*4By Lauris Edmond*> K81 004 |^S*0adie is a shit-hot lady. ^Even if she is my sister. ^I K81 005 didn't always think so, naturally. ^While she was still at K81 006 school she was a pain, but as soon as she left, and I was still K81 007 only in the fourth form, it was as though she was suddenly so K81 008 many million miles above me that there was no need to keep K81 009 saying so, and we got to be good friends. K81 010 |^She's not very tall and she's plump, rather like a soft K81 011 toy, except she wears high heels and her hair's fluffy and K81 012 vaguely spangly when the light's on it. ^It's her eyes though K81 013 that make you think of a bear or rabbit that some kid might K81 014 play with and then drop and forget *- they're round and blue, K81 015 and they look as though she's going to ask you a question and K81 016 she's God-awful scared of what the answer's going to be. K81 017 |^*"Sorry Madam, you lost the oil and the engine's K81 018 melted**" (she borrows Mum's car and it always seems to crap K81 019 out while she's in it) *- *"it'll probably cost you about K81 020 *+$10,000.**" ^Or maybe *"^The doctor's report states that K81 021 you've just killed two more patients, and both this week, Nurse K81 022 Robson**" (^Sadie's over at the hospital doing her training as K81 023 Community Nurse). ^Or does she imagine it's nothing worse than K81 024 *"^Yes, it *1was *0your boy friend I saw at Milford beach with K81 025 Molly Johnston...?**" K81 026 |^That's not a particularly brilliant example, considering K81 027 what I'm going to tell you. ^And yet, maybe it is. ^Anyway, she K81 028 came home one afternoon about three months ago and brought a K81 029 tall good-looking guy with her *- as far as the gate, that is. K81 030 ^It was a few weeks before Christmas, and I was practising my K81 031 serve against the shed wall *- doing a bit of volleying too, K81 032 but it's that terrible serve I've got that always buggers me K81 033 up, and the season was just getting going. K81 034 |^I could see them standing there *- she walks up from the K81 035 ferry when she's on early shift *- and just before he went she K81 036 laughed and leaned her head forward and just touched his chest K81 037 with it, then straightened up again. ^It was a perfect Sadie K81 038 thing to do, funny but nice, a bit childlike. ^I remember the K81 039 sun made lights in her hair. ^He wasn't quick enough though *- K81 040 *1I'd *0have kissed her right off, on the top of her head, K81 041 anywhere, but by the time he'd got his act together she'd K81 042 opened the gate and was half way down the path. K81 043 |^*"Hubba hubba ding ding, I know yer boy friend,**" I sang K81 044 out, the way we used to when we were kids. K81 045 |^*"Smarty farty,**" she warbled back. ^*"Who says I've got K81 046 one?**" and she ran past me, looking pleased with herself. ^As K81 047 for the tall guy, he seemed to have recovered from his bad K81 048 timing, and he was marching across the street in his high K81 049 boots, swinging his body like a matador that's just slaughtered K81 050 half a dozen bulls in a row. K81 051 |^I remember Mum came home early that day and she was all K81 052 cock-a-hoop too, because she'd got her new job. ^Personnel K81 053 officer or something, which I guess wasn't bad since she'd K81 054 started off as a tea lady not so long ago. ^I was the only one K81 055 without much to crow about. ^My tennis was rotten after the K81 056 winter (why the hell hadn't I practised?); I'd had to sit {0UE} K81 057 and had bombed out in Maths and Biology, I knew I had. ^And K81 058 here were these two women looking as though they'd won every K81 059 prize in the Golden Kiwi in one go. ^Oh well, they'll be at K81 060 each other's throats again before long, I thought *- and threw K81 061 up a really high ball. ^And missed the bloody thing. ^I could K81 062 hear them laughing together in the kitchen. K81 063 |^As I said, I like my sister. ^It was just that the two of K81 064 them strutting round the hen-run showing off was a bit much. K81 065 ^Actually you could forgive Sadie. ^She came to my room several K81 066 times in the next few nights, quite late, and sat on my bed and K81 067 yarned. ^Not about *1him *0of course; mostly things about the K81 068 hospital. ^What a creep the Registrar was, and how they all had K81 069 to clock in as though it was **[SIC**] factory. ^And some chap K81 070 getting a hard-on while she was washing him after an operation. K81 071 ^She talked about school too, told me how she and some other K81 072 kids had shut Shorty Maguire in the store room at the back of K81 073 the Biology Lab when she was in the fourth form. ^I liked K81 074 hearing that I can tell you *- those girls had been so high and K81 075 mighty. ^*"Well you see,**" she said with a bit of a grin, K81 076 *"nobody's the way they look, Andy. ^Remember that,**" and she K81 077 got up to go. ^*"Hang on a bit,**" I begged, and then added K81 078 quickly, *"^Please yourself**" *- in case she thought I was K81 079 being wet. K81 080 |^But she didn't care. ^Just made a face at me and winked, K81 081 and went out. ^She's not bad-looking, my sister, but around K81 082 that time she was a knockout. ^Her eyes were all dark and K81 083 velvety, almost navy blue and sort of warm, so you felt like K81 084 snuggling up to her. ^Well I mean, I wouldn't, but I could K81 085 recognise the look. ^Secretly I was rather proud of my sister K81 086 for having hooked such a smart kind of guy, even if I didn't K81 087 actually think he was good enough for her. K81 088 |^It's been a great summer this year. ^Even then, before K81 089 Christmas, there were a lot of fine days and consequently I was K81 090 usually down at the courts. ^But one afternoon Pete had to go K81 091 to the dentist and the others were somewhere else, or too good K81 092 for me, so I came home early and went into my room and shut the K81 093 door. ^I had the new Rolling Stones album *- but before I could K81 094 put it on my feeble little contraption (I was going to get K81 095 something better when I was working after Christmas), well, I K81 096 heard another sort of noise. K81 097 |^That's the day I realised Sadie's fella didn't always K81 098 stay out at the gate. ^Ours is an old house *- we just stayed K81 099 on here after Dad died two years ago *- and it's got a passage K81 100 down the middle with the bedrooms in a row on one side. ^Well, K81 101 I lay back on the bed and must have dozed off for a minute *- I K81 102 hadn't even unwrapped the record, I don't know why *- saving it K81 103 up, I suppose. ^Anyway I woke up to hear some pretty suggestive K81 104 thumps and grunts coming from next door. ^Mine was the back K81 105 room, and Sadie's was in the middle. ^I put my ear against the K81 106 wall but I couldn't get much more out of it that way. K81 107 |^I grinned to myself though. ^They sure were having a good K81 108 time, and no mistake. ^Sadie gave a little squeal once and I K81 109 felt like yelling out to her, *"^Hey, not in front of the K81 110 children!**" *- if they were in a mood to listen (not likely). K81 111 ^It felt queer being there I can tell you, a bit stupid really. K81 112 ^After a while I wanted to escape. ^So I tiptoed out, past K81 113 their door and on to the front verandah. ^He'd have to pass me K81 114 eventually on his way out, and I thought that might be a bit of K81 115 a laugh. K81 116 |^It happened remarkably soon. (^Hit and run, I thought.) K81 117 ^But if I'd hoped he was going to look silly, I was K81 118 disappointed. ^He came out swaggering, the way he had that K81 119 first day crossing the street, full of self-satisfaction. ^I K81 120 must say he looked slightly surprised when he saw me, but then K81 121 he just sauntered around. ^On show *- as though he imagined K81 122 everyone must want to view this good-looking cavalier we had K81 123 around the place. ^He was, too *- handsome I mean *- except I K81 124 didn't like his face for some reason. ^He had a way of smiling K81 125 to himself as though he had a little private joke, and that K81 126 pissed me off a good deal. ^He was wearing a wide black belt, K81 127 shiny *- new, obviously *- as well as the high boots, and he K81 128 kept fingering it as he strolled up and down. K81 129 |^*"Hi Chief,**" he'd said to me, straight off *- as though K81 130 I was a Boy Scout or something (I'm going on for six feet, if K81 131 he'd thought to notice). *"^What's your name?**" K81 132 |^*"Pooh Bear,**" I said. *"^What's yours?**" K81 133 |^Then I looked at Sadie and felt sorry. ^*"Andrew,**" I K81 134 mumbled. ^She at least was looking decidedly awkward. K81 135 |^*"What are you doing home so early?**" she asked tartly. K81 136 |^*"I live here actually,**" I said, hoping I sounded K81 137 sardonic. ^Then I winked at her, which made her blush and put K81 138 her head in the air. K81 139 |^The big hero meanwhile was still poncing around in his K81 140 boots, clearly impatient to be off, now he didn't have the K81 141 whole act to himself. ^He overdid it though *- kept squaring K81 142 his shoulders, flexing his muscles as though he wanted to have K81 143 a good stretch. ^You find out a lot about people in the first K81 144 few minutes you meet them, I reckon, and what I saw in him was K81 145 a great big show-off who wasn't quite sure he believed in his K81 146 own show. ^I guess it was easy for me to see him like that, K81 147 because I was the one in the box seat *- I'd caught them at it, K81 148 and they both knew I had. K81 149 |^Suddenly Sadie looked at me with one of those helpless K81 150 I'm-going-to-be-left-out-in-the-rain looks of hers. ^Jesus, K81 151 she's scared, I thought. ^Of him? ^That peacock? ^Surely not. K81 152 ^But you never can tell with my sister, she's full of K81 153 surprises. ^I got up to go inside and leave them to it. ^But I K81 154 smiled at her as I went, and touched her arm, just lightly. ^I K81 155 felt about a hundred years old. K81 156 |^We saw quite a bit of the handsome cowboy after that. ^He K81 157 was an orderly at the hospital and seemed to have the same K81 158 shifts as Sadie. ^He'd sit on the verandah smoking (in those K81 159 boots, for all it was a hot summer), stretched out, not talking K81 160 much as far as I could see; and Sadie would be hovering about, K81 161 getting him another beer or changing the record or maybe K81 162 getting ready to go out. ^He kept changing his mind about that. K81 163 ^One minute they were going down town to a five o'clock film, K81 164 or round to Pam's to watch \0TV (she's a friend of Sadie's), K81 165 and the next, he'd changed his mind. K81 166 |^Probably all he wanted was for me to get the hell out of K81 167 it so they could go to bed. ^And in fact I *1wasn't *0there K81 168 much. ^The club matches had started and I was determined to get K81 169 myself up from the bottom three on the ladder, where I'd been K81 170 all the season. ^All I'd done so far was shift to and fro with K81 171 Fred Coates and Neville Prior, and they're pretty feeble as K81 172 everyone knows. ^It was partly because I'd turned 16 and K81 173 changed from Junior to Intermediate, which was bad luck to say K81 174 the least. ^Tennis isn't all that strong on the Shore *- or it K81 175 didn't used to be. ^But there was a lot of talk last year about K81 176 going over to \0Mt Eden for challenge matches and I'd imagined K81 177 I might have a chance of getting in one of the teams. ^Not any K81 178 more though, not a show. K81 179 |^Christmas came and went, and for a week everyone was on K81 180 holiday. ^I kept out of the way as much as I could; with Mum K81 181 and Sadie round all the time and creepy old \0Mrs Moore who K81 182 lives down the street always dropping in, the house felt as K81 183 though a dozen people lived in it, not just three. K81 184 *# K82 001 **[456 TEXT K82**] K82 002 *<*4The Virgin Mary explained*> K82 003 |^*0She is already a young woman and she is older than you or me. K82 004 ^Her infants are bundles of joy fastened to driftwood and debris. K82 005 ^They wave goodbye when you are just arriving. ^They rush to K82 006 greet you as you leave. K82 007 |^She is all the younger for it. ^One day she stepped on an K82 008 acorn and then *1apologised *0to it. ^Her children carried the K82 009 sky in prams and between the strands of their flowing hair. ^The K82 010 acorn grew into a tree and the tree into the world. ^All this for K82 011 love. ^Shall we be started? K82 012 *<*4The Virgin Mary explained explained*> K82 013 *<*1the woman remembers*> K82 014 |^*0There is little I recall about the man who used to pick me up K82 015 on the Dargaville-Ruawai road, except that whenever he opened the K82 016 car door to get out, he would imagine himself *1falling into the K82 017 arms of someone beautiful. ^*0The door would swing on its hinges K82 018 and, between the strut of the carbody and the edge of the door, K82 019 he would make his way into the beautiful arms and the beautiful K82 020 body of someone beyond those arms. K82 021 |^Sometimes as we sped along the road I knew he wanted to K82 022 throw the door open *- as if he expected someone to be out there. K82 023 |^It didn't matter where he stopped the car *- in a cloud of K82 024 wind-blown newspaper at a street corner, or overlooking a bay K82 025 where waves slid peaceably to and fro. ^Whenever he opened the K82 026 door, he would fall into the arms of someone beautiful. ^At least K82 027 that was how his wishes would have it. ^He would fall far beyond K82 028 me towards someone who was waiting there for him. ^Or so his K82 029 wishes would have it. K82 030 |^There is little else I remember about the man who used to K82 031 pick me up on the Ruawai-Dargaville road, except this desire to K82 032 fall into the arms of someone beautiful and the way he described K82 033 the Virgin Mary once. ^Somehow, in my mind, these two memories K82 034 are joined as one. K82 035 *<*4Moths gather around a sunset*> K82 036 |^*0Like the poppies growing beside the road, I favour a K82 037 changeable climate. K82 038 |^As waves lose their footing on the edge of the river, I K82 039 observe the cultivation habits of some of the locals who K82 040 dismantle their healthy plants and place the leaves, for a period K82 041 of gestation, I'm led to believe, between the pages of their K82 042 parents' encyclopaedias. ^Sometimes they hurry this process by K82 043 placing the leaves in an oven. ^The leaves are then ground into K82 044 hundreds of smaller leaves and put inside tinfoil like tiny K82 045 Sunday roasts. ^These, in turn, are stored in the gaps between K82 046 cushions on sofas and in the battery compartments of portable K82 047 radios. K82 048 |^All this is visible from the road as I drive past. K82 049 *<*4An unusual story and what is unusual about it*> K82 050 |^*0An aged man leans against the decrepit door of a decrepit K82 051 outhouse. ^As run-down and neglected as any other outhouse K82 052 except that its ceiling is identical to that of the Sistine K82 053 Chapel. ^I pull over to the roadside to ask the man if this K82 054 is an example of fine painting or someone's idea of a joke *- or K82 055 possibly both. K82 056 |^The man claims to be older than the century and can even K82 057 remember my ancestors, early farming folk in the district. ^From K82 058 time to time, as I talk about my relatives, he reminisces: K82 059 |^A good man. K82 060 |^A fine figure of a woman, your aunt. K82 061 |^God rest them all. K82 062 |^A heady youth. K82 063 |^Fell to his death from a horse. K82 064 |^Never married. ^Well, almost never. K82 065 |^To my surprise, I notice a weta is perched on the toe of K82 066 the old man's left boot, its array of limbs folded neatly K82 067 together like an ancient pair of spectacles. ^Its body is brown, K82 068 polished almost to gold. ^The weta starts chirping, its legs K82 069 singing. ^Then races noisily off into the undergrowth like a K82 070 craggy-limbed radio. K82 071 |^The old man doesn't seem to notice the weta and proceeds K82 072 to tell me about his beliefs. ^He believes in a kind of K82 073 reincarnation which enables him to lead a number of lives K82 074 *1simultaneously. ^*0In this, his life resembles that of certain K82 075 canonised saints *- one of the proofs of sainthood is that the K82 076 blessed individual is gifted with powers of *1bilocation: *0of K82 077 being in more than one place at once. K82 078 |^Of leading a number of lives at one time, the old man K82 079 continues. K82 080 |^What is even more unusual about his beliefs is that he K82 081 claims one of the many lives he is leading right now is that of a K82 082 weta. ^And it has just gone scuttling off into the undergrowth. K82 083 |^As well as the life of a weta and an old man, he claims to K82 084 be presently leading the life of a young man *- a minor clerk K82 085 actually *- who is married to a beautiful woman. ^His wife has K82 086 never had to eat. ^When they were married last year, she told him K82 087 she once swallowed a seed, and now there was a tree growing K82 088 inside her and it produced eggplants, grapes, roe, everything K82 089 imaginable. ^Thus there was no point in her eating anything. K82 090 ^This did not worry him until one day he observed she was K82 091 becoming thinner. ^Her downy eyebrows were getting scarcer and, K82 092 he noticed, she was passing leaves. ^In winter he lay beside her K82 093 and felt the slender branches touch the surface of her skin from K82 094 inside. ^In spring her hands grew soft and luscious, eyes engaged K82 095 with distant sails on an ever-approaching ocean. K82 096 *<*4Trench*> K82 097 |^*0Early this century, the trench a farmer was digging from one K82 098 extremity of his farm to the other became filled with wooden K82 099 struts, water containers, small telephones and armed, helmeted K82 100 men. ^These men fired bullets anywhere the sky was and sent K82 101 grenades scuttling rabbit-like across the fields. ^They sharpened K82 102 their knives on the bodies of their enemies. K82 103 |^Until one day the War, like a great cloud, rolled away, K82 104 taking most of them with it. ^The rest of the helmeted men, K82 105 disguised as shopkeepers and drainlayers, sauntered off in the K82 106 direction of the town. ^Some were absorbed into the earth. ^And K82 107 the farmer got back to digging his trench. K82 108 |^He kept on digging until one day that trench too was gone. K82 109 *<*4In Mourning*> K82 110 |^*0The body of the boat is burning in the middle of the river, K82 111 its name obscured by flames. ^In a French poem the name of the K82 112 vessel might rhyme with a motorcycle left out in the rain, or an K82 113 itinerary. ^The boat ablaze and its reflection also ablaze. K82 114 |^The boat's name burnt down to the waterline and set adrift K82 115 in the long hours of a night in search of a woman. K82 116 |^Somewhere someone is mourning the loss of a vessel as if K82 117 it was a family home... K82 118 |^Somewhere someone is in mourning, as if Mourning was a K82 119 small town with a corner store (on its only corner), bowser K82 120 station, and a broken-down farm where, as the woman says, *1the K82 121 fences need work. K82 122 |^*0The fences are in search of work, she continues, but K82 123 there is no employment for them apart from a poem about a town K82 124 called Mourning with a weather vane at one extremity. K82 125 |^The fenceposts form a long, unmoving line outside the K82 126 unemployment bureau. ^But no one is willing to make the effort to K82 127 place these posts in positions they are suited to. K82 128 |^Retraining schemes and temporary work only leave them more K82 129 despondent than before. ^Outside the unemployment office in a K82 130 town called Mourning... K82 131 |^And I am mourning the colour of the woman's hair. K82 132 |^But if you asked me what colour her hair is, I would K82 133 reply the colour of her hair is how I spend my days. K82 134 |^And if you asked me her name, I would have to answer the K82 135 same. K82 136 |^She claims the boat has been burning out on the river for K82 137 years. ^So close it warms your skin, she says. ^And the town can K82 138 be seen just beyond the fiery vessel. K82 139 |^One day this will wipe the expressions off the faces of K82 140 the berries in the trees, she says, gesturing at the fire. K82 141 |^One day this will wipe the expressions off the faces of K82 142 the faceless. K82 143 *<*4Shoebox and cumulus*> K82 144 |^*0There are three things about the weather today the woman K82 145 would like to point out to me. ^Two things, if you count the K82 146 shoebox and cumulus as one. K82 147 |^Beneath the immeasurable activity of the sky, the road out K82 148 of Dargaville is quiet except for the rattle of twenty-five, K82 149 perhaps thirty, motorcycles, two people riding each. ^A low grey K82 150 cloud followed by smaller clouds of exhaust. K82 151 |^The woman says she knew one of the bikers once. K82 152 ^Apparently he answered an advertisement in a weekly magazine for K82 153 Mail Order Filipino Brides and, three months later, one arrived. K82 154 ^Not exactly in the post, but at the airport where he and the K82 155 rest of the motorcycle gang went to meet her. K82 156 |^Subsequently the other members of the gang replied to the K82 157 advertisement and, similarly, had Mail Order Filipino Brides K82 158 bestowed upon them. ^And these they in turn bestowed upon the K82 159 backs of the motorcycles which prowled the highways on fine days K82 160 *'in search of work**', as they put it. K82 161 |^This is how there came to be a community of Filipino women K82 162 living in the town. ^And from this sense of community their K82 163 contentment sprang, as well as a number of children who, they K82 164 solemnly believe, are destined to inherit only the best K82 165 characteristics of both races. K82 166 |^The fact the women cannot speak English is not a problem. K82 167 ^Their husbands are seldom out of their workshops and when they K82 168 are, they are riding their motorcycles. ^The wives only have to K82 169 smile and wear their black Harley Davidson singlets like wedding K82 170 rings. ^In fact, on clear days, for the blissful Filipino women, K82 171 it is as if their husbands do not even exist. K82 172 **[PLATE**] K82 173 |^The other thing about the weather, the woman beside me K82 174 continues, is the manner in which the townspeople make rain. K82 175 ^They take a shoebox containing cumulus cloud and shake it. ^Then K82 176 they fire bullets through the box, thus penetrating the cumulus K82 177 and, from the sky above, rain ensues. ^To stop the rain they set K82 178 fire to the shoebox and the clouds are lost homewards, skywards, K82 179 heavenwards. K82 180 *<*4Sneer on the face of a Buddhist priest*> K82 181 |^*0At the centre of a field, a Buddhist priest sits and watches K82 182 projectiles from the nearby volcano land around him. ^He is K82 183 laughing but also slightly annoyed at the stampede of townspeople K82 184 eager to salvage broken appliances. K82 185 |^As he watches the impact of the objects on the earth, his K82 186 mind's eye slows the process down to a point where an exploding K82 187 dishwasher becomes the opening of a flower. ^His crossed legs K82 188 ache with contentment. K82 189 |^But his meditation on this flower is interrupted by an K82 190 unprecedented occurrence. ^One of the items from the volcano hits K82 191 the earth like a meteor, but it *1doesn't break. ^*0He disengages K82 192 his body from the meditation and crosses to the object which is K82 193 tucked neatly just inside the earth. ^He recognises an unusually K82 194 large book-stop bearing the image, on one end, of an elephant K82 195 with a castle on its back. K82 196 |^After returning to his accustomed spot and placing the K82 197 book-stop there, the Buddhist priest nestles comfortably up K82 198 against it and breathes a luxurious sigh before recommencing his K82 199 spiritual journey towards the One True Centre. K82 200 |^People from the district in search of the by-now-famous K82 201 *1unbroken *0item comb the adjacent pastures in vain. ^They do K82 202 not recognise it leaning up against the priest, although they can K82 203 detect a sneer on the Buddhist's face. ^They leave their children K82 204 to roll cow-pats at the crosslegged figure, but his meditation is K82 205 already miles away *- somewhere their cowpats cannot reach. K82 206 *<*4An attractive roadside*> K82 207 |^*0Dargaville has a brief history of me in its pocket. ^I drive K82 208 past a tree covered in hundreds of wings. ^And in the History of K82 209 Dargaville I drive, again, past a tree with wings. K82 210 |^A broken-down tractor in the river becomes a shipwreck in K82 211 the History of Dargaville, with heroes swimming through K82 212 insurmountable waves and families lost. K82 213 *# K83 001 **[457 TEXT K83**] K83 002 ^*0They were all jobs that needed doing and she would probably K83 003 have had to do them herself even if Dave had still been there, K83 004 although had he been she might not have bothered. ^Now she threw K83 005 herself at them with a kind of frenzied vigour, as if there were K83 006 some obscure point to be made by keeping the sink bench clear of K83 007 dirty dishes and the garden planted with vegetables she would K83 008 never eat by herself. ^For the first time in her life she ironed K83 009 towels, sheets, handkerchiefs and underwear. ^She filled the cake K83 010 tins although she herself didn't eat cake and there was no one to K83 011 see or applaud her industry. ^Jane called once, to borrow her K83 012 jade ear-rings, but she was on a diet and, as usual, in a hurry, K83 013 and baking and ironing were not activities she would consider K83 014 virtues anyway. ^Marcie thought she looked pale but she didn't K83 015 say anything in case she provoked one of the bitter little K83 016 exchanges that were the reason for Jane leaving home in the first K83 017 place. K83 018 |^When the baking started to go stale she took it to the K83 019 hospital and gave it to the charge nurse in her mother's ward. K83 020 ^The last time she had taken cake to her mother it stayed in her K83 021 locker until it grew mould and the charge nurse had accused her K83 022 of encouraging mice. ^It was one way of reminding her that her K83 023 mother was no longer her responsibility. K83 024 |^*"Is there anything I can bring you?**" she asked her K83 025 mother as she was leaving. ^She was careful how she phrased the K83 026 question. ^Once she had asked, unguardedly, *"^Do you want K83 027 anything?**" and her mother had replied in a hoarse whisper, K83 028 *"^Yes, I want to die.**" K83 029 |^Now she never said anything but lay on her back staring K83 030 into space, her eyes fixed on infinity. ^Marcie talked to her, K83 031 even though she got no answer, sensing that her mother still K83 032 understood what was said to her, but the only response she ever K83 033 got was a guttural grunt that she interpreted as disapproval. K83 034 ^Occasionally she would find her mother's eyes looking at her, K83 035 signalling her reproach, exacerbating the guilt that she carried K83 036 inside her like a lump of undigested dough. K83 037 |^The day her decree nisi became absolute she bought a K83 038 bottle of wine to celebrate her independence. ^On the other side K83 039 of town she knew Dave would be celebrating his with Dot Scanlon. K83 040 ^She hoped Jane or Nick might drop in, but when they didn't she K83 041 drank the bottle of wine by herself and threw up in the handbasin K83 042 afterwards. ^Next morning she had to ring school to say she had K83 043 the flu. ^She hoped Sister Agnes didn't know what a hangover K83 044 sounded like over the telephone, but she already had proof that K83 045 Sister Agnes, like God, knew everything. K83 046 |^The women in her mother's ward had become as familiar to K83 047 her as her mother. ^She knew all their likes and dislikes, their K83 048 foibles and their faults. ^They gave her reports on her mother's K83 049 condition between visits, so that she knew exactly when her K83 050 bowels had moved and whether or not she was refusing to eat. K83 051 ^Marcie wasn't sure what she was supposed to do with the K83 052 information but she appreciated their kindness and repaid it by K83 053 listening to their tales of neglect and abandonment, helping them K83 054 when they appealed for assistance in doing up or undoing buttons K83 055 or reading the fine print on the packets of biscuits they also K83 056 needed her help to open. K83 057 |^Miss Masterson, in the bed opposite, regarded her as her K83 058 own visitor and would become irritated if she spent too much time K83 059 with her mother. ^She had arrived in the ward a week ago, sitting K83 060 erect and dignified in a wheelchair despite the catheter that was K83 061 as much a part of her as her thick horn-rimmed spectacles. ^She K83 062 looked at Marcie and said with such an air of incontestable K83 063 authority that she was reminded of Sister Agnes: *"^You must be K83 064 Harriet's child.**" ^But before Marcie could deny it her eyes had K83 065 flickered away, as if sight and thought were unconnected. ^Now K83 066 whenever Marcie arrived she greeted her by name: Felicity, Anna, K83 067 Florence, Ellzabeth**[SIC**]. K83 068 |^Her hearing was as acute as a finely tuned microphone. K83 069 ^*"Do you want your radio turned on?**" Marcie asked her mother. K83 070 ^*"I haven't got a radio,**" Miss Masterson said. ^When the tea K83 071 trolley came around and the nurse asked \0Mrs Foster at the far K83 072 end of the ward if she wanted one or two spoonsful of sugar, Miss K83 073 Masterson replied crisply: *"^I should have thought you would K83 074 know by now I don't take sugar.**" K83 075 |^Life in the ward flowed over and around Miss Masterson's K83 076 interruptions. ^The nurses called her the Duchess and humoured K83 077 her, as they humoured all their old ladies in their twilight K83 078 madness. K83 079 |^Miss Masterson kept up a flow of conversation with and K83 080 about the relatives and friends who visited her frequently in her K83 081 imagination, although never in reality. K83 082 |^*"Father was such a handsome man,**" she would say to K83 083 Marcie. *"^Better looking than any of my beaux. ^Except perhaps K83 084 Charles.**" K83 085 |^*"Who's Charles?**" Marcie asked. K83 086 |^But Miss Masterson seldom answered direct questioning. K83 087 ^Once she said, *"^The tragedy was that Margaret was such a fine K83 088 teacher. ^If only she hadn't been so fond of the bottle.**" K83 089 |^Marcie waited for the details that sometimes followed, K83 090 wondering who Margaret was. K83 091 |^Eventually Miss Masterson elaborated. *"^That was the most K83 092 distressing duty I ever had to perform, but the Governors were K83 093 adamant. ^She had to go. ^And those two silly little girls. ^I K83 094 don't know what she could have been thinking of. ^I had to expel K83 095 them both, of course. ^I'd known the Lilly child's mother since K83 096 we were at school together, but I couldn't make fish of one and K83 097 fowl of the other. ^It was most embarrassing.**" K83 098 |^*"It's a shame, isn't it?**" \0Mrs Foster's daughter said. K83 099 *"^Someone like her ending up in a place like this?**" K83 100 |^Marcie assumed that she meant that a geriatric ward was K83 101 all right for women like their mothers, but that the Miss K83 102 Mastersons of the world had the right to finish their days as K83 103 they had begun them, in comfort and privilege. ^The idea angered K83 104 her, not because she wished Miss Masterson harm, but because it K83 105 seemed that her mother, after a lifetime of hardship, was K83 106 entitled to some small reward for her endurance. K83 107 *|^*"Who is Ivy?**" Miss Masterson asked her on her next K83 108 visit. K83 109 |^*"I don't know,**" Marcie said, humouring her. *"^Who is K83 110 she?**" K83 111 |^*"If I knew I wouldn't be asking,**" Miss Masterson said K83 112 irritably. *"^Your mother keeps asking for her.**" K83 113 |^Marcie doubted that her mother was still capable of K83 114 speech, and she didn't know anyone called Ivy. K83 115 |^*"Who's Ivy, Mum?**" she asked, but got no reply. K83 116 |^Ivy could have been one of Miss Masterson's dream people, K83 117 but Marcie was curious enough to look through her mother's things K83 118 at home for clues. ^But found nothing. K83 119 *|^*"She was calling out again last night,**" Miss Masterson K83 120 said next day. K83 121 |*"^What did she say this time?**" K83 122 |*"^Same thing. ^Shouting for Ivy. ^Oh yes, and she said, K83 123 *'^I'll bite the next bugger who lays a finger on me.**'**" ^She K83 124 said it with a kind of guileless satisfaction, as if it was a K83 125 message she'd been entrusted to deliver. K83 126 |^*"Ivy must have been one of the girls from the K83 127 orphanage,**" Marcie said. K83 128 |^*"What orphanage?**" Miss Masterson asked. K83 129 |^Marcie pretended not to hear the question. K83 130 |^A few days later Miss Masterson said: *"^Do you know K83 131 anyone called Bonnie?**" K83 132 |^A twinge of old resentment flickered. ^*"Bonnie was my K83 133 sister,**" Marcie said. *"^She died when I was six.**" K83 134 |^She remembered being shut in the bathroom with a handful K83 135 of yellow sulphur smouldering, sickly sweet, on the coal shovel. K83 136 ^It hadn't saved Bonnie. ^Diphtheria was selective. ^It took the K83 137 best, according to her mother. K83 138 |^She thought of her own children. ^Kirsty, the firstborn. K83 139 ^Did she think of her more kindly than she did Jane, simply K83 140 because she had died before she was old enough to practise the K83 141 calculated deceits mothers always perceive in their daughters? K83 142 ^Jane had aborted two foetuses by the time she was twenty. ^Jane K83 143 lived with a man (vasectomised before he met her) who was fifteen K83 144 years older than she was. ^Marcie resented the two babies Jane K83 145 had done away with so recklessly, although why she would want her K83 146 daughter to bear children when children were patently the root K83 147 cause of a woman's pain she couldn't imagine. ^Let Nick take that K83 148 responsibility, let some other woman feel the pain. ^Some other K83 149 woman's daughter. K83 150 |^But the pain would still be hers. K83 151 |^She punched up Miss Masterson's pillow. ^*"I don't know K83 152 why she would be thinking of Bonnie,**" she said. K83 153 |^Jane had visited her grandmother in hospital twice in K83 154 three months. ^Nick hadn't been at all. ^Sister Agnes came once K83 155 but Marcie wasn't sure whether it was an act of charity or K83 156 whether she was checking up to make sure Marcie hadn't invented a K83 157 sick mother to account for her absences from school. ^Miss K83 158 Masterson, reporting the nun's visit, told her afterwards that K83 159 Marcie's mother had said, *'^It looks as if the bloody Micks have K83 160 got her.**' ^Meaning Marcie of course. K83 161 |^The hospital chaplain came once a week, scattering K83 162 comfortable words among the beds, like the Queen distributing K83 163 Maundy money. ^On Tuesdays he brought Communion to Miss K83 164 Masterson. ^Marcie was sitting beside her mother's bed once when K83 165 he arrived. ^He swept into the ward in his ecclesiastical K83 166 garments, bearing the sacramental elements as if they were hot K83 167 from the oven. ^It might have been the arrival of the Queen of K83 168 Sheba for the sensation it created. ^The curtains were pulled K83 169 around Miss Masterson's bed and a hush descended on the ward, K83 170 broken only by the intonation of the liturgy and her mother's K83 171 harsh, erratic breathing. ^When the curtains were whisked aside K83 172 later the sanctified Miss Masterson was sitting propped up in K83 173 bed, virtuously sucking the relic of the consecrated host as if K83 174 it were some comforting lolly. K83 175 |^*"You're wearing yourself out,**" Sister Agnes said. K83 176 *"^Take the sick leave that's owing to you and I'll get a K83 177 reliever for the rest of the term.**" K83 178 |^She was a compassionate woman but Marcie knew she was also K83 179 saying that she had no business using the children as a crutch to K83 180 lean on. ^She cleared out her desk and made sure her work-book K83 181 was up to date. K83 182 |^When she got home Nick was there, with the stereo blasting K83 183 out a heavy metal number and a pile of his dirty washing on the K83 184 laundry floor. K83 185 |^*"I had to get out of the flat,**" he said. *"^You don't K83 186 mind if I park here for a few days, do you?**" K83 187 |^It was a rhetorical question. ^She knew that his few days K83 188 could be roughly translated as, *'until I'm in funds again**', K83 189 which probably meant that he'd lost his job, and/or been chucked K83 190 out of the flat for not paying his way, and that she could expect K83 191 to have to keep him until the dole started coming in. K83 192 *|^*"Gran's been really bad,**" she said. *"^I'm taking the K83 193 rest of the term off.**" K83 194 |^*"Are you getting paid?**" he said. K83 195 |^*"I've got sick leave owing,**" she said. *"^The school's K83 196 been really good.**" K83 197 |^Feeding his clothes into the washing machine while he sat K83 198 at the kitchen table hunched over a cup of coffee she said: *"^It K83 199 wouldn't hurt you to visit her once in a while.**" K83 200 |^*"Why?**" he said. *"^You said she doesn't know anyone.**" K83 201 |^*"She's dying,**" she said. ^Which, she knew, was the very K83 202 reason why he wouldn't go. ^Old age was a disease and he didn't K83 203 want to be infected. K83 204 |^Later, as she stood at the sink washing their dinner K83 205 dishes, she said: *"^You were always her favourite.**" K83 206 |^*"Bullshit,**" he said. *"^She never had a good word to K83 207 say for anyone.**" K83 208 |^*"She's had a hard life,**" she said. K83 209 |^*"Oh, yes,**" he said. *"^I know. ^The bloody K83 210 orphanage.**" K83 211 |^*"Not just that,**" she said. K83 212 *# K84 001 **[458 TEXT K84**] K84 002 |*"^*0Indeed, he is! ^He really is a funky donkey, isn't he! K84 003 ^While we watch the spectacle of Jarry storming off the field, it K84 004 may be an opportune moment to reflect upon the career of {0R.J.} K84 005 Hadlee...**" K84 006 |^So I gave Maureen the pledge of hand and word in the K84 007 traditional gael manner and she seemed to like it well enough and K84 008 then she was with child *- it's in all the {2guit buiks ya} know. K84 009 ^The great Malone was decidedly melancholy as he reflected upon K84 010 his career of marriage to the fine gael-come Polynesian woman he K84 011 had married. ^What a true wretch I am said he to himself inside K84 012 his own head and all. ^Then he had a true idea, a brain-wave K84 013 which lasts as long as it takes in the telling, but in that time K84 014 he surely solved the mystery of his life long enough to only K84 015 shatter that very illusion of solution. ^We'll move to the very K84 016 Ireland from whence we were hewn and away from this island from K84 017 whence she was hewn also *- thus we can save our wonderful K84 018 mirage**[SIC**] because there is none of the divorce in the only K84 019 civilized country in the world. ^No divorce and no cricket *- K84 020 what a country for a marriage! ^But, Ireland is also the place of K84 021 poets, said a voice which must have been his own for it has been K84 022 written that there was no-one else in the great head. ^Not \2ta K84 023 mention the Guinness and the whiskey, spelt {2ta propper} way an' K84 024 all, said the same or another voice. ^The drink and the poetry, K84 025 sure there's a terrible country for a marriage *- if they had K84 026 divorce there, they'd have no marriage, with a tradition like K84 027 \2dat, sure! K84 028 |*"^And as Lord Byron stumps his way out to the crease, K84 029 followed by his follower Hemi Baxter, we can only wonder at this K84 030 remarkable change in the Out of It batting order. ^There seems to K84 031 be a certain amount of uncertainty creeping into the Out of It K84 032 camp with the loss of those two wickets Dennis?**" K84 033 |*"^It's hard to say really John. ^I mean if one looks at the K84 034 scoreboard then one would think they were in the box**[ARB**]- K84 035 seat, so to speak. ^I mean, with a score of 172 in only nineteen K84 036 overs you'd think they could be well pleased with their K84 037 performance.**" K84 038 |*"^Exactly, but perhaps they're thinking of the weather, or K84 039 maybe Janis Joplin is just too out of it to even walk out on to K84 040 the field at the moment. ^No-one really knows.**" K84 041 |*"^Yes, well I suppose that could be the case. ^Anyway, we turn K84 042 our attention to the action as we see that Byron has finally K84 043 hobbled his way out to take up the challenge of facing Hadlee, a K84 044 task I hear that he won't particularly relish, is that right K84 045 John?**" K84 046 |*"^I gather so Dennis. ^Like a lot of spin bowlers, Byron K84 047 himself is a very good player of spin with the bat. ^In fact for K84 048 his own club *- Foot Club, I believe he is actually their K84 049 specialist batsman when it comes to playing spin.**" K84 050 |*"^Well, I must say I find it most intriguing and bewildering K84 051 that he should come out to face Hadlee in full flight *- I K84 052 suppose that an out of it captain tends to make decisions which K84 053 may seem less than rational to us mere mortals.**" K84 054 |*"^Indeed, but let's turn our attention to the game as in comes K84 055 Hadlee now from the Railway end. ^He runs past one of the ever K84 056 increasing seagulls, who quickly flies in the opposite direction, K84 057 and he bowls to Byron who...!!! ^Oh! ^And there's a loud appeal K84 058 for {0L.B.W.} ^The umpire has a close look, and yes! ^He's out! K84 059 ^Byron just couldn't move his feet quick enough and the result K84 060 was that the ball went straight past the bat and into the pad of K84 061 Lord Byron's bad leg and he was trapped right in front of the K84 062 wicket, and Hadlee has his utu!**" K84 063 |*"^A well deserved, if somewhat fortuitous hat-trick for Richard K84 064 Hadlee *- and that, by the way, takes him into the lead again K84 065 with his tussle with Ian Botham for a five wicket bag. ^Botham K84 066 caught up level with him in the last series with Australia, but K84 067 now Hadlee has played twenty-eight games in which he's taken five K84 068 or more wickets and Botham twenty-seven.**" K84 069 |*"^Yes, a fine performance and I wouldn't wish to take anything K84 070 away from the great Richard Hadlee, but watching Byron make his K84 071 way back, one can't but feel that there was a certain K84 072 inevitability about the whole incident *- even a hint of sadism, K84 073 although it would be wrong to pursue that line of thought.**" K84 074 |*"^Well, it was certainly unusual *- one can only guess at K84 075 the thoughts of George Gordon *- sixth Lord of Byron.**" K84 076 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K84 077 **[POEM**] K84 078 **[END INDENTATION**] K84 079 |*"^No doubt there'll be some small, vitriolic Byronic stanza K84 080 making its way through the tunnels and over the synaptic bridges K84 081 of the great western mind as the poet's train of thought carried K84 082 it towards its final station *- the poem on the written page!**" K84 083 |*"^How very eloquent, I take back all I said about you being K84 084 merely a mouthful of statistics, Dennis!**" K84 085 |^By now the great mind of Malone was entering a kind of K84 086 slip-stream-of-consciousness following Brendon The Navigator, or K84 087 so it thought, into who knows where. ^Two dark faces turned in K84 088 the flare of the Eden Park lights. ^Who's \2dat, the {0P.S.M.} K84 089 replied, thinking there may have been a question. ^Rewi and Paul K84 090 Calvert said a voice. ^We come to see you bro, here have a beer. K84 091 ^Rewi, Paul, is that yourselves now and the {0P.S.M.} raised K84 092 itself in salute *- come on mind your steps. ^The threesome moved K84 093 down towards the sign *"*2GENTLEMEN**" *0and {0P.S.M.} followed K84 094 his friends to the toilet and then whistled his lath away among K84 095 the pillars. ^They passed the joint nervously under their slack K84 096 archway. K84 097 |*- ^Woa, bro! K84 098 |^Rewi turned to {0P.S.M.} and asked K84 099 |*- ^Well, Paddy. ^What is it, e. ^What's the trouble. ^Wait a K84 100 while. ^Hold hard. ^With gaping mouth and head far back he stood K84 101 still and, after an instant, sneezed loudly. K84 102 |*- ^Chow, he said, ^Blast you. K84 103 |*- ^The smoke from the dope, the {0P.S.M.} said politely. K84 104 |*- ^No, Paul Calvert nee O'Shea gasped, I caught a... cold night K84 105 before... blast your soul... night before last... and to hell K84 106 with you drinking too much draught Rewi, from now on it's whisky K84 107 or nothing. K84 108 |^They all nodded as one! K84 109 |^They all moved as one back to the grandstand. ^Here I am K84 110 thought the Malone at last and at length. ^Here I am with all the K84 111 people the Maureen disapproves of and doing all the things she K84 112 disapproves but I've not liked all the people she's approved of K84 113 in or out of the family and the same with the things. K84 114 |*- ^Good game, e bro, Golly be along any minute now. K84 115 |^And that was the one she least liked... and here I am. K84 116 |*- ^Kia Ora, Paddy, how's it? ^Long time no see, e. ^Hope you K84 117 got that missus of yours well hid. ^She don't like me! *- ^Golly K84 118 laughed and then brought out a bottle of whiskey and said *- K84 119 here! K84 120 |^The Malone's head expanded in consciousness and size as he K84 121 sipped the milk of his mother land for the first time in as many K84 122 years and there he was and the rain was fallin' on his face and K84 123 the tears of heaven rolled down his once again young face, the K84 124 dew from the South washed through him purifying his inner soul *- K84 125 it is, indeed a great day for the Irish. K84 126 |^The four sat drinking and talking about old times and when the K84 127 sky cleared, their heads cleared and so did the airwaves... K84 128 |*"^Well, it seems things have cleared up, John, the covers K84 129 have been removed and here, to a round of applause, is Coney K84 130 leading his men back on to the field.**" K84 131 |*"^Yes, welcome back to Eden Park everyone and we return with K84 132 the news that the game is to be reduced to thirty overs for each K84 133 team. ^What does that do to the number of overs each bowler can K84 134 bowl. ^Have you worked that out yet Dennis?**" K84 135 |*"^As a matter of fact I have and according to my calculation K84 136 things do not auger well for the New Zealanders. ^Under the new K84 137 regime, I make it that each bowler can bowl only six overs as a K84 138 maximum, which means that all but one of the bowlers used so far K84 139 have been bowled out. ^So, Hadlee, Cairns, Bracewell have all K84 140 bowled six overs each and Ewen Chatfield has only one over K84 141 left.**" K84 142 |*"^Coney, it would seem, has real problems on his hands. ^We're K84 143 coming up to the twenty-fourth over, which leaves seven full K84 144 overs to play and only one of which to be bowled by a strike K84 145 bowler.**" K84 146 |*"^Yes, well there's such a thing in this game as thinking K84 147 ahead, and although I think bringing Hadlee on to make that much K84 148 needed break-through in the nineteenth over was inevitable, I K84 149 feel it was a bit like shutting the stable door after the horse K84 150 has bolted!**" K84 151 |*"^Quite! ^Anyway it looks like Coney himself will bowl the K84 152 first ball back after the break as he comes in on the gentle K84 153 run-up of his, from the South end of the pitch and bowls to Te K84 154 Rauparaha who takes a massive swing and the ball goes very high. K84 155 ^I think he mistimed that shot and what was meant to be a six K84 156 looks like it could be... yes it has been caught by Wright almost K84 157 on the boundary, bringing an end to a very fine innings by the K84 158 Out of It Captain.**" K84 159 |*"^Yes, he certainly made good the saying *"a Captain's K84 160 knock**". ^For even though he got somewhat bogged down after his K84 161 fiery start and he almost could not play the spin of Bracewell at K84 162 all, he put early runs on the board and then, just by staying K84 163 around he kept the Out of It innings together.**" K84 164 |*"^I couldn't agree more Dennis and I don't think I'll ever K84 165 forget those six sixes off Hadlee.**" K84 166 |*"^Oh, yes, splendid shots. ^In fact just about every ball he K84 167 scored off could be a study-piece for all the small boys out K84 168 there watching. ^He was at the crease for just over one and a K84 169 half hours actual playing time and in that time he faced just K84 170 forty-six balls off which he scored exactly eighty runs. ^A truly K84 171 fine innings and whatever else may befall us on this K84 172 extraordinary day's cricket here at Eden Park, I'm sure that the K84 173 fine innings by Te Rauparaha, the Out of It Captain will stay in K84 174 the minds of all those who saw it for many years to come.**" K84 175 |*"^Thank you Dennis, and as the crowd show their appreciation K84 176 with a standing ovation, the big Maori chief makes his way back K84 177 to the dressing room. ^That walk can often be a very long and K84 178 lonely one, and as we watch Te Rauparaha one can't help feel the K84 179 isolation amongst all the adulation. ^It looks as though he is K84 180 talking to his bat which is something you don't see from many K84 181 Pakeha cricketers.**" K84 182 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K84 183 **[POEM**] K84 184 **[END INDENTATION**] K84 185 |*"^And as the new Out of It batsman, Bob Marley, their Vice K84 186 Captain, makes his way out, I'd like to welcome *"Big Bird**" K84 187 Joel Garner from the touring West Indies side, into the K84 188 broadcasting box.**" K84 189 |*"^Thank you \3mon! {3^Shure does seem lika box wid a big fela K84 190 like me init.}**" K84 191 |*"^Big Bird, you must be pleased to be seeing Bob Marley out in K84 192 the middle today, perhaps you could make some comment about his K84 193 recent performance, as he is not that well known as a cricketer K84 194 in this part of the world.**" K84 195 |*"{3^Oh, shure mon! ^Yano I am always alikin' \0Mr Marley's K84 196 performin'. ^An' he's the one sayta Paterson one time, ya shud be K84 197 a comin' in from the carpark Hot Shot, yano, yea!} K84 198 *# K85 001 **[459 TEXT K85**] K85 002 *<*1Suzann Olsson*> K85 003 *<*6SHADOW PLAY: 3 VOICES*> K85 004 *<*41*> K85 005 |^*0What would Thomas say? ^Would he dismiss last night as a K85 006 dream, explicable in the circumstances? ^Cold words, resolving K85 007 nothing. ^Am I more like my mother than I thought? K85 008 |^For nearly two weeks now I have lain in this bed, Jamie's K85 009 bed when he is old enough to move out of the cot. ^Thomas put K85 010 blocks of wood under the far legs, tipping me to stay the flow. K85 011 ^And I have kept still and quiet, sometimes reading, sometimes K85 012 gazing at the beams of the ceiling, playing mental hopscotch K85 013 around the cream fly-speckled squares. ^A tiny, rust-gold moth K85 014 hangs suspended from a dust-clotted web in the middle-left-side K85 015 square. ^I have never seen the spider. K85 016 |^Why do I remain here estranged from the pulses of the K85 017 afternoon? ^From where I lie, I watch the particled light K85 018 shafting through the old sash window, and an abstract inset sky, K85 019 sun-faded by day, blue-black by night. K85 020 |^It has been very hot. ^The sheet beneath me sweats and K85 021 grimaces. ^Absurdly, I stay here as though still holding close my K85 022 hope, clinging to the patterns of a lost womb-grip. K85 023 |^Thomas and my mother bring me cups of tea and food. ^I see K85 024 their eyes waiting for me now to become Lucy again, clever, K85 025 invulnerable Lucy. ^Strange how never before have I felt so much K85 026 the child, willing them to reach through the blankness, but K85 027 sullen, resentful, not knowing how to speak, how to ask or what K85 028 to ask for, frightened by the aloneness yet drawn to it K85 029 inevitably. K85 030 |^Our doctor is a sick man. ^Two weeks ago when Thomas K85 031 pressed the nurse she said the doctor has a heart condition, he K85 032 must limit his house calls, he could die at any time. K85 033 |^Well let him die then. K85 034 |^For my babies died within me and he did not come. K85 035 |^He gave Thomas instructions over the telephone. ^If the K85 036 pains restart, he added, keep anything that comes away. K85 037 |^His words were to become a verdict. K85 038 |^Early yesterday morning I crouched in the bathroom as the K85 039 waves clenched and tore. ^I felt before I saw the mounds of K85 040 blue-purple, featureless flesh. ^My mind, my damned analytical K85 041 mind, recorded two curved chicken necks pulled from inside a K85 042 frozen carcass before I wrapped them in a newspaper shroud and, K85 043 blinded, crept back to bed. K85 044 |^When it was too late he came and looked. ^She can get up K85 045 now, start exercising, behave as normal. ^And he went, leaving me K85 046 enmeshed in a frame of amber. K85 047 |^It is late afternoon, the second day. ^Thomas will be home K85 048 soon. ^Jamie is laughing on the back lawn with my mother. ^I will K85 049 not go to him, I cannot watch his round, buoyant warmth. ^I am K85 050 numb and alien to myself as well as to them. K85 051 |^And last night I died. K85 052 |^I awoke feeling the emptiness, the aloneness. ^Then I K85 053 remembered. ^I was in Jamie's room and Thomas had the cot in the K85 054 big bedroom with him. ^I wanted to call out to Thomas but the K85 055 blankness kept me mute. ^I could see a sliver of light through K85 056 the tear in the old brown blind, and when I turned my head I K85 057 could make out my dressing gown against the dulled cream of the K85 058 door, a disembodied figure, somehow threatening. ^I sought to K85 059 edge my hand up to the light cord above my head. ^Nothing K85 060 happened. ^There was no pain. ^Only I could not move. ^I lay K85 061 trapped in an obsidian night. ^I heard the panicked pounding of a K85 062 heart in an immobile body as I began to strain and gasp for air. K85 063 ^I fought. ^I fought the cold, dark grip that claimed me, that K85 064 dragged me to a stoney petrification. ^And reflected in the K85 065 glazing surfaces of my mind, I saw Thomas chasing Jamie across K85 066 the lawn towards my mother, Jamie shrieking his high-pitched K85 067 glee, falling down, pushing himself up on his podgy hands, then K85 068 staggering on to fall and rise again, with Thomas a slow motion K85 069 giant keeping just behind him, and my mother laughing, holding K85 070 out her arms to save him. K85 071 |^The switch clicked off and rust-gold flames flared briefly K85 072 in the blackness. ^I knew I did not want to die. ^They would find K85 073 me in the morning, cold, blue-purple. ^Irrelevantly, stupidly, K85 074 what I cared about was that he would come, the doctor when it was K85 075 too late, to prod my body with his white, disdainful hands. K85 076 ^Afterwards he would go to the bathroom to wash away my lingering K85 077 substance. ^My mother would take Jamie away to her house, and K85 078 Thomas, Thomas would stay within the kitchen while other K85 079 strangers' hands and other faces bleak with impersonal distaste K85 080 made me ready for the rituals and the flowers. ^I could not bear K85 081 it, I could not bear to be that blue-purple flesh, shamed and K85 082 powerless while they scrubbed and painted me to place upon a slab K85 083 and label with a meagre history. K85 084 |^So I fought, dragged at the air with the screaming K85 085 strangled in my throat. ^Inexorably, I was being wrenched from K85 086 the womb, smothered in the strands of my own being. ^Yes. K85 087 ^Useless to struggle, I could change nothing. ^Jamie, I said. K85 088 ^But he would be cared for. ^Thomas and my mother loved him. ^He K85 089 would know no hurt, no loss. ^I did not think of Thomas. K85 090 |^What did it matter if they found me cold and alone? ^What K85 091 did it matter if they peeled back the bedcovers, took off my K85 092 stained nightgown, pulled away the bloodied napkin? ^What did it K85 093 matter if they saw me, these strangers, in my wounded womanstate? K85 094 ^I could do nothing. K85 095 |^Slowly the darkness flowed and folded over me. ^Yet it no K85 096 longer threatened. ^It held me with the arms of a gentle lover, K85 097 dissolving my anger and my fear, lapping my heart needs in a K85 098 caress of silence, sharing the grieving at last. ^I floated on K85 099 the breast of this dark-tided lover, downy delicate and velvet K85 100 rich. ^The knowing is not to fight, then it is easy, then the K85 101 beauty is all found. ^I felt an aching gladness, clear, bright, K85 102 complete. ^I could even open my eyes and see *- the rent in the K85 103 old blind and the light of early dawn that reached mercilessly K85 104 into the room. ^I had died, but now I found myself lying in this K85 105 bed with the downy darkness abandoning me to the tears that K85 106 slipped hopelessly down my face. ^I had died, but now I listened K85 107 to my breathing and from the next room I heard Jamie bumping in K85 108 his cot, starting the small crooning noises that are his waking K85 109 ritual. K85 110 |^I lay still and silent. ^Thomas got up and gave Jamie a K85 111 bottle, brought me tea. ^His were the arms I wanted round me K85 112 then. ^Only I would not ask. K85 113 |^He put down the cup. ^He stood there somehow afraid, or K85 114 was it aggrieved? ^Our minds no longer seemed to touch so how K85 115 could I tell him? ^I did not want his logic to dismember the K85 116 night. ^Besides he had not even thought the babies were real. ^He K85 117 would reason with me. ^Then he would withdraw to watch me K85 118 floundering, lost in process, unbalanced, no longer Lucy. K85 119 |^I hid behind the blankness. ^Yes, I felt fine this K85 120 morning. ^No. ^I didn't want Jamie to come in. ^Mother would be K85 121 here for him soon. ^Yes, I probably would get up later in the K85 122 day, after he had gone to work perhaps. ^But not yet, not just K85 123 yet. ^I froze him with my modulated distance. ^Baffled, he turned K85 124 to tug the blind which tore off in his hand. ^He swore and went K85 125 away. K85 126 |^This morning my mother bought Jamie a big, blue fluffy dog K85 127 at the Plunket bring-and-buy. ^She carried it in to show me. K85 128 ^Improbable stuffed thing with a lopsided face. ^As big as him, K85 129 she said, but he put his arms around it and wouldn't leave it. K85 130 ^At lunch time she came in with a tray. ^She had picked a pink K85 131 carnation and it lay there passively beside the plate of K85 132 scrambled eggs. ^She tried to pierce the blankness with her K85 133 smiles. ^Perhaps I would get up after lunch, she said, sit out K85 134 under the trees with one of my books, watch Jamie play after his K85 135 nap. ^She stood by the window, gazing at the torn blind, trying K85 136 to push down her dislike of this house. ^She talked of a scheme K85 137 she had to paint our kitchen in more cheerful shades than its K85 138 present mottled greens. ^Who was that alien, unkind Lucy who K85 139 closed her eyes on her mother's tentative tendrils of concern? K85 140 |^The afternoon is almost over. ^Thomas is late. ^Jamie has K85 141 been up from his nap for over an hour and my mother laughs with K85 142 him in the back garden. ^She laughs with Jamie in the sun. K85 143 |^Perhaps I will get up, talk to her about painting the K85 144 kitchen, restart time, pretend so that when Thomas returns he K85 145 will grin forth his gladness that all is as it used to be before. K85 146 |^Yet how can I be the old, untouched Lucy? ^I am this K85 147 stubborn, fluttering creature, lost in inarticulate longings, K85 148 willing them to share and understand, to feel what I feel so that K85 149 perhaps I could become a woman again and reach out to comfort and K85 150 be comforted. ^Only my dark lover of the night gave me a space K85 151 for the grieving. K85 152 *<*42*> K85 153 |^*0Why do I want to shake her? ^Is it anger I feel, or K85 154 fear, or maybe both? ^We move upon the glass shards of our K85 155 established distances. ^Even when she was a child she pushed me K85 156 away. K85 157 |^It is over, nothing to be done. ^She should get up. K85 158 ^Nearly two days now and she still lies there closed within K85 159 herself. ^She should come out, feel the balm of the hot sun K85 160 suffusing her pale body, breathe in the mellowing summer, put K85 161 aside her troubles. ^As I have done. ^As I do. K85 162 |*- ^Where are you taking me now, Jamie? ^Down to explore K85 163 the back of the garden? ^All right, I'm coming. ^Just be careful, K85 164 it's a bit like a jungle, isn't it? K85 165 |^Thomas doesn't get much time to garden yet, I suppose. K85 166 ^Though it looks like someone has been digging round that small K85 167 tree there. K85 168 |^Sometimes it is as though she feels I do not think. K85 169 ^Because I don't trust words. ^Jack's always been the talker, the K85 170 one with explanations, the clever one. ^Not that he wants to come K85 171 over here at the moment. ^Men are like that. ^Actions speak K85 172 louder than words, I tried to tell him once. ^You talk in K85 173 cliche*?2s, he said. ^So that was that. K85 174 |^Even if I were to try what could I say to Lucy? ^That K85 175 there's no pattern, no order, that there are only the weavings of K85 176 the blind? ^Further cliche*?2s? K85 177 |^She should get up, get on with things. ^Forget. ^As I have K85 178 done. ^As I do. K85 179 |*- ^Careful, Jamie, careful. ^I think we'll go back on the K85 180 lawn. K85 181 |^It's as if mothers are not people to their children, they K85 182 are functions. ^Chocolate cake and peanut brownies when the boys K85 183 come back, clean sheets and effortless push-button meals. ^Do we K85 184 programme them or do they programme us? ^I thought it would be K85 185 different with a daughter, later, when she was grown. ^When Jamie K85 186 here was born I felt so close to her, I began to hope. ^Surely K85 187 she knew my tears flowed and flowered from my joy? ^Jack told me K85 188 to stop making a fool of myself. ^I am so stiff and stilted, so K85 189 without words. K85 190 |*- ^We've done enough exploring, Jamie. ^Let's sit with K85 191 blue dog on the rug for a while. ^No? ^All right then, let's put K85 192 you in your sandpit. ^Grandma will watch. K85 193 |^Mothers have no names. K85 194 |^Yet haven't I known pain? ^With Jack like he was. ^Four K85 195 children. ^Money always tight. ^Explanations didn't help. K85 196 ^Sometimes he'd be away for months. K85 197 *# K86 001 **[460 TEXT K86**] K86 002 ^*0Bernadette still hoped to continue an academic career. ^Head K86 003 resting on Doug's sun-warmed chest, listening to the slow thump K86 004 of his heart, feeling his strong hand stroking her back, the K86 005 problems of fitting further study around Doug's likely shifts to K86 006 different air force bases didn't seem insurmountable. ^And she K86 007 wanted his children *- sometimes with so urgent an intensity K86 008 there were occasions she regretted Doug's ability to keep to K86 009 their promise of restraint. ^But only in the passion of the K86 010 moment, because although Bernadette had tempered her mother's K86 011 devout Catholicism with her father's irreverent agnosticism, she K86 012 still felt strongly committed to the Christian ideals on sex and K86 013 marriage. K86 014 |^Doug, because of the strength of his love, and also a K86 015 certain element of past lessons learnt, found it relatively easy K86 016 to limit his physical passion. ^This feeling of control K86 017 heightened if anything the intense pleasure of kissing and K86 018 caressing *- rather like opening a box of chocolates and putting K86 019 it away again to save the best ones for later he thought. K86 020 |^No potential son-in-law is ever completely suitable of K86 021 course, but their daughter's transparent happiness, Doug's K86 022 equally unconcealed adoration, and the memory of the literary K86 023 lecher who had caused Bernadette so much pain, combined to ensure K86 024 Brian and Patricia \de Lamey approved the match. ^They did insist K86 025 marriage should wait until Bernadette completed her studies, and K86 026 that it would be preferable for even the formal engagement to be K86 027 delayed until then. ^As it largely fitted in with their own K86 028 thoughts, Doug and Bernadette agreed happily to this. ^There were K86 029 no reservations about the \de Lamey children's acceptance of K86 030 Doug. ^They would cheerfully have monopolised Doug for endless K86 031 games of tennis and cricket, had Patricia \de Lamey not used K86 032 motherly persuasion to insist Doug and Bernadette be allowed time K86 033 alone. ^For his part Doug revelled in the role of big brother, K86 034 inevitably contrasting the exuberance and sense of family unity K86 035 of the \de Lamey children with his own childhood solitude. K86 036 |^The holiday flashed by. ^On the evening of Sunday, January K86 037 4, 1953, they reluctantly loaded the car and returned to K86 038 Christchurch. ^Bernadette had won the job of research assistant K86 039 to her Political Science professor *- normally only post graduate K86 040 students were given the work, but Bernadette was considered an K86 041 outstanding student. K86 042 |^Doug could look forward to an intensive month of refining K86 043 and polishing basic flying skills leading up to graduation and K86 044 the award of the coveted wings. ^But despite these exciting K86 045 projects both were subdued on the drive home, victims of the K86 046 post-holiday blues. K86 047 |^Five hundred and fifty horses booted Doug back into his K86 048 seat. ^Countering the incipient swing with a stab of rudder, Doug K86 049 felt the familiar exhilaration of controlling this vibrating mass K86 050 of machinery as it surged forward, gathering the necessary K86 051 momentum to enter its natural medium *- the air. K86 052 |^Three weeks on from the holiday Doug was well over the K86 053 blues, bending all his energy to the final lap of the wing's K86 054 quest. ^Weapons camp at Ohakea the previous fortnight had brought K86 055 some uneasy memories at first, but these had soon been lost in K86 056 the satisfaction of polishing his already acquired shooting K86 057 skills, and adding rocketry and bombing to them. ^Doug glanced to K86 058 the right *- Paul was perfectly positioned, two aircraft lengths K86 059 to the side and slightly to the rear as the Harvards left the K86 060 ground together. ^For 45 minutes over the training area at Lake K86 061 Ellesmere the pair looped, rolled, dived and climbed in unison, K86 062 both filled with the pride of accomplishment and sheer joy of the K86 063 freedom of the air as they controlled the big trainer with K86 064 skilled precision. K86 065 |^Paul was leading when Doug decided it was time for some K86 066 variation. ^Slipping behind, above and slightly to the left of K86 067 Paul's Harvard he thumbed his mike switch: *"Ack! Ack! Ack! Ack! K86 068 Ack!**" ^Responding instantly to the signal Paul thrust stick and K86 069 throttle forward pushing the Harvard into a steep power dive. K86 070 ^Doug had anticipated this and immediately followed Paul's K86 071 aircraft down. ^As airspeed climbed to nearly 200 knots, Paul K86 072 hauled the Harvard into a zoom climb. K86 073 |^Effortlessly Doug followed, exulting in his own feeling of K86 074 strength and control as despite gravity's heavy hand forcing him K86 075 down into his seat, he made the aircraft do his will. K86 076 |^Paul stall-turned off the top of his zoom climb, but Doug K86 077 simply matched the turn, a half grin on his face as he followed K86 078 Paul down again in a shallow full throttle dive, still just five K86 079 lengths behind his tail. ^Thumbing the mike button he gave Paul K86 080 another *"Ack! Ack! Ack! Ack! Ack!**" just to let him know he was K86 081 still there. ^Stung by this Paul became doubly determined to K86 082 shake Doug. ^Levelling out just a few feet above the lake's K86 083 surface he shot across the shallows at the entrance to the Selwyn K86 084 River and began thundering upstream at 150 knots, grimly staying K86 085 just a few feet above the river, banking round bends, raising the K86 086 nose fractionally to clear obstructions. ^Doug followed, eyes K86 087 fixed on Paul's Harvard, faithfully copying every move. K86 088 |^It was exhilarating! ^It was dangerous! K86 089 |^Paul banked sharply to negotiate the tightest bend he had K86 090 yet met. ^The port wing dipped to within inches of the gravel. K86 091 ^As he cleared the bend it revealed to his intent stare a bridge K86 092 just 150 yards ahead. ^Only lightning reflexes saved Paul. ^He K86 093 hauled back on the stick rocketing up like a quail startled *- K86 094 clearing the bridge rail by only a couple of feet. ^Doug K86 095 followed. ^Both had enough flying experience to know this was K86 096 foolishly dangerous. ^But their blood was up and neither was K86 097 prepared to admit defeat. ^Recklessly Paul banked through a gap a K86 098 fallen tree had created in a shelter belt, and headed back to the K86 099 lake, barely above fence height. K86 100 |^A flock of sheep scattered before the two aircraft, K86 101 comical in their frantic race to escape the roaring monsters, but K86 102 unnoticed by the two young men guiding their machines. ^Under a K86 103 set of power lines, round a slight hillock, over a hayshed, Paul K86 104 pushed himself and his aircraft to the limits. ^Still Doug K86 105 followed. K86 106 |^The lake loomed in sight. ^Paul banked left and lifted the K86 107 nose slightly to clear a small sand hill. ^The tail wheel clipped K86 108 the sandhill top. ^Horrified, Doug saw a shower of sand explode K86 109 round the Harvard's tail, momentarily obscuring it. ^Aeons later K86 110 the Harvard reappeared, still flying. ^Eight minutes later two K86 111 shaken young men landed back at Wigram. ^They told nobody *- but K86 112 both knew a valuable, potentially life saving lesson had been K86 113 cheaply learned. K86 114 |^Bernadette was equally immersed in her work. ^Assisting K86 115 Professor Brown analyse voting patterns in the Canterbury K86 116 electorates provided both a stimulating intellectual challenge K86 117 and the sense of accomplishing something of significance in the K86 118 real world. ^Professor Brown, lavish in his praise of her work, K86 119 and none too subtle in his comments about the dearth of good K86 120 female graduate students, unknowingly (or perhaps not so K86 121 unknowingly) caused Bernadette considerable mental unease. K86 122 |^Away from the seductive combination of summer sun, a K86 123 much-needed mental unwinding, and the sheer primitive sexual K86 124 response Doug evoked in her, she was able to contemplate her K86 125 future relatively dispassionately. ^Without realising it, it K86 126 placed a constraint on her behaviour with Doug when he returned K86 127 from the Ohakea weapons camp. ^He was sensitive to the change, K86 128 worried by it, but reluctant to mention anything. ^Finally he K86 129 felt forced to comment and taxed Bernadette with going cold on K86 130 him. ^She passionately denied it and in his arms believed K86 131 herself. ^But long after he had gone home she lay sleepless in K86 132 the heat, achingly aware of the justice of Doug's comments, K86 133 thrashing the problem out in her mind. K86 134 |*"^I can only do post-graduate study if he is posted to K86 135 Auckland or Wigram *- bases with universities within driving K86 136 distance. ^But he wants to be a fighter pilot, which means K86 137 Ohakea. ^And he is guaranteed to get K86 138 **[PLATE**] K86 139 one overseas posting.**" K86 140 |^Bernadette forced herself relentlessly to the only logical K86 141 conclusion. K86 142 |*"^If I marry Doug I must subordinate my career to his. K86 143 ^Realistically I am unlikely to get the opportunity for K86 144 postgraduate study. ^That is the reality.**" K86 145 |^Two years training in logical analysis prevented K86 146 Bernadette from fudging her conclusions, or relying on the hope K86 147 something would turn up. ^She was torn. ^She had fought so hard K86 148 for a career chance. K86 149 |^*"But I do love him,**" said her heart. K86 150 |^*"Betrayed by your ovaries,**" said her brain. K86 151 |^Visions of children, nappies, childbirth, alternating with K86 152 libraries, book covered desks, Professor Brown, churned round and K86 153 round in her mind. ^She threw off the single sheet covering her K86 154 and lying naked in the heat, finally slipped into a troubled, K86 155 dream-filled sleep. K86 156 |^Surprisingly Bernadette woke quite cheerful and refreshed, K86 157 feeling she had made her decision. ^She would marry Doug, bear K86 158 his children *- but she would take every reasonable opportunity K86 159 to further her own career too. ^But sometimes the subconscious is K86 160 not so easily persuaded. K86 161 |^The start of the final three weeks of the course was K86 162 celebrated with a party in \0No.2 Officer's Mess. ^All the newly K86 163 arrived Officer Training course also attended, crowding the K86 164 lounge with a jostling, excited throng of young men and women. K86 165 ^The hot summer night *- drought still held Canterbury in thrall K86 166 *- alcohol and youthful exuberance combined to create a steadily K86 167 more frenetic atmosphere. K86 168 |^Feeling oddly detached, Doug gazed tolerantly on the K86 169 antics of the young aircrew recruits *- feeling centuries older. K86 170 ^Yet just a year ago he must have appeared just as gauche and K86 171 innocent he thought. ^For a moment he was reminded of Kathy, K86 172 remembering the debt he owed her. K86 173 |^Bernadette stood beside Doug as he watched the dancers, K86 174 and nudged his ribs when he failed to answer her comment. K86 175 |^*"What, what did you say?**" Doug asked abstractedly. K86 176 |^*"I simply wondered if you were going to dance, or K86 177 intended to remain a spectator for the rest of the night,**" K86 178 Bernadette responded smilingly. K86 179 |*"^Sorry, I was thinking. ^Come on.**" ^Doug took K86 180 Bernadette in his arms and with exaggerated sedateness fox K86 181 trotted through the milling crowd. K86 182 |^Bernadette was an excellent dancer *- Doug, despite plenty K86 183 of practice, had no style, but was saved from complete K86 184 uselessness by a good sense of rhythm. ^Bernadette had already K86 185 commented to Doug on the paradox of somebody so well co-ordinated K86 186 at sport and flying, being so unable to move their feet in a K86 187 simple pattern. ^She couldn't have everything she supposed, and K86 188 pressed up against Doug, thus serving the dual purpose of sending K86 189 a pleasant tingle through her body, and of getting her feet some K86 190 way out of the firing line. K86 191 |^*"What were you thinking my love?**" she called into his K86 192 ear, struggling to be heard above the din. K86 193 |^*"I was just realising how much I had learned, and K86 194 changed, in a year, looking at the new recruits,**" Doug replied. K86 195 *"^It's hard to believe *- another three weeks and I'll be there, K86 196 graduated a pilot. ^A year ago it seemed as likely as flying to K86 197 the moon.**" K86 198 |^*"They can't chop you now can they?**" Bernadette asked. K86 199 |*"^Well they could, but it's highly unlikely.**" K86 200 |^Paul and Therese swirled by, Paul good naturedly elbowing K86 201 Doug aside, *"^Come on, this isn't a game of statues you know,**" K86 202 Paul yelled. K86 203 |^Doug swung Bernadette round in pursuit, *"^I'll statue K86 204 you,**" he roared. K86 205 |^After a couple of circuits of the floor in fruitless K86 206 pursuit, which totally disrupted the rest of the dancing, Doug K86 207 and Bernadette collapsed on one of the settees laughing K86 208 breathlessly. ^Paul and Therese joined them a few seconds later. K86 209 ^*"Great party,**" Paul gasped. K86 210 |^His words were interrupted by a roar of delighted laughter K86 211 from the lobby. ^Its cause was revealed when an obviously bombed K86 212 Vern burst through the door on a pushbike, which looked K86 213 suspiciously like the orderly sergeant's. K86 214 |^Gleefully Vern circled the room, scattering the crowd, K86 215 miraculously shaving past several chairs and the gramophone K86 216 before wobbling straight at the settee where the four sat. ^They K86 217 scrambled to get out of the way as the bike rammed into the K86 218 settee with the precision of an Athenian war galley impaling a K86 219 Persian transport. K86 220 *# K87 001 **[461 TEXT K87**] K87 002 **[MIDDLE OF QUOTE**] K87 003 ^*0What do the mooi-boys think of bangers, Michael? ^Hah!**' ^He K87 004 roared at his joke. *'^Mooi-boys!**' K87 005 |^Margaret's performance was the more interesting. ^One K87 006 eyebrow had disappeared under a blonde curl, and the delicate K87 007 smile had become a gleam of shocked curiosity. ^I wanted to see K87 008 more. K87 009 |*'^Sausages are sausages, Nelson. ^You should know. ^I've K87 010 posted you enough of the damn things.**' K87 011 |^*'You post Nelson sausages?**' Margaret asked in K87 012 disbelief. K87 013 |*'^He loved them. ^Ate them on the foreign desk for added K87 014 credibility.**' K87 015 |^Nelson chortled. *'^Indisputably. ^They also imparted the K87 016 necessary European flavour to my merciless critiques of {0EEC} K87 017 policy. ^I'd have been lost without them. ^And a lot thinner. K87 018 ^They were half-filled with opium, of course. ^I'm completely K87 019 addicted. ^Pork! ^A man must eat pork constantly *- good for the K87 020 brain. ^Pigs are highly intelligent beasts. ^Oh, percipient pig, K87 021 lend me your rear!**' K87 022 |^Margaret's laughter was wonderful *- a big, dirty, K87 023 actressy sound, every bit as expressive as Nelson's guffaw and a K87 024 lot more melodic. ^Her svelte, sophisticated air was a model's K87 025 magazine pose. ^With her laughter the disguise slipped and her K87 026 age dropped a decade. ^She became real. K87 027 |^Dinner arrived, and suddenly we were ravenous. ^Between K87 028 forkfuls we laughed some more. ^Nelson dug into his vault of K87 029 bizarre tales, I enlarged on life among the sausage skins, and K87 030 Margaret spiced our conversation with her evil dancing tune. K87 031 ^Only the waiter failed to have fun; his contortions were K87 032 reminiscent of a small boy wanting the toilet but too shy to ask. K87 033 |^Eventually we relented and adjourned to the bar of the K87 034 Arrive*?2e. ^Music from a Californian beach burbled soothingly K87 035 from behind the bar. ^Nelson continued playing the jester. *'^Did K87 036 you see that woman in the window? ^She was naked!**' ^We had K87 037 passed by a shop mannequin. ^He was looking a little rough and K87 038 confirmed it when a lump of cloth fell from his coat to the K87 039 floor. K87 040 |^Margaret bent to retrieve the cap, then gave an K87 041 exclamation of disgust. *'^Nelson! ^What on earth *- ?**' K87 042 |^Nelson slowly removed the trails of dog saliva from his K87 043 cap with a hotel beer-mat and attempted to explain. K87 044 |*'^Had a wrestle with a dog. ^Fine dog. ^Like a Scottish K87 045 terrier. ^Came up to my shoulders, then looked me in the eye. K87 046 ^Fine dog. ^I think *- I strongly suspect *- it may have been K87 047 drunk.**' ^He spread his cap over his knee and placed the circle K87 048 of card in our ashtray. K87 049 |^*'Scottish terrier?**' Margaret whispered. K87 050 |^I enlightened her. *'^A schnauzer. ^Nelson was the cause K87 051 of its being drunk.**' K87 052 |^*'Slander!**' Nelson snorted, and his leg jerked the K87 053 much-abused cap back to the floor. *'^The ballerina behind the K87 054 bar provided the beer *- the beautiful beery ballerina. ^To her K87 055 health!**' K87 056 |^*'You're disgusting,**' said Margaret. K87 057 |*'^More slander. ^I shall exact retribution. ^Mercilessly. K87 058 ^I shall inflict violences.**' ^He fastened a geneva'd eye on his K87 059 accuser then stretched backwards in a voluminous yawn. ^Like an K87 060 ape on a trapeze, he hung momentarily, balanced on the back legs K87 061 of the chair, then crashed down to four-legged safety. ^The feat K87 062 apparently revived him; he rose from the chair. *'^To Amsterdam! K87 063 ^To the good burghers and dogs of Amsterdam! ^To the dog-burghers K87 064 of Amsterdam *- a salute!**' K87 065 |^*'Mad!**' Margaret stated, decisively. K87 066 |^*'All a question of perspective,**' retorted Nelson. K87 067 *'^This is a free society; people aren't constipated here. ^Dogs K87 068 aren't constipated. ^See that barman *- he wouldn't mind being K87 069 called a dog-burgher. ^Nor would a bus-driver. ^People here K87 070 radiate sympathy and understanding. ^In London they would ram a K87 071 screwdriver into your skull.**' K87 072 |^I grinned. *'^Nelson is wary of sharp implements. ^Pens, K87 073 especially.**' K87 074 |*'^The man is drunk, Margaret. ^Pay no attention.**' K87 075 |*'^You're both drunk. ^I'm off to bed. ^I've had enough.**' K87 076 ^She ground out her cigarette in the sodden ashtray and reached K87 077 for her coat. *'^God, Nelson,**' she glared, *'you're so... so K87 078 swampy!**' K87 079 |^*'Constipated!**' roared Nelson. *'^Typical. ^The English K87 080 are the worst. ^Either that or incapable of rising to the level K87 081 of their own incontinence. ^And disloyal, especially the women *- K87 082 a recognised fact. ^Dogs are far more loyal than women.**' ^He K87 083 raised his empty glass. *'^To women: the whips of Satan. ^Ah, the K87 084 Arabs aren't fools.**' K87 085 |^Margaret and Nelson stood facing each other, glaring, and K87 086 I feared violence. K87 087 |^*'Bedtime, Nelson,**' I said. K87 088 |*'^Pah! ^I'm off to the bar. ^Visit a dog-burgher.**' K87 089 |^He retreated unsteadily, like a wounded duellist, and I K87 090 sighed in relief. ^He had become an embarrassment. ^Margaret's K87 091 face was an emotionless mask, a sight I found distressing. ^I K87 092 moved the ashtray to another table and watched her drape her coat K87 093 over her shoulders. ^I realised I knew nothing about her. K87 094 |^*'One last coffee?**' I asked. K87 095 |^She glared in Nelson's direction and declined, angrily. K87 096 |^*'Look,**' I said, *'stuffing sausages is only a sideline K87 097 of mine, a tax dodge. ^I'm actually a brilliant director. K87 098 ^Where's this audition of yours?**' K87 099 |^She objected to the word *'audition**' and corrected me. K87 100 ^It was an interview she was attending *- tomorrow, at the K87 101 Shaffy. ^I knew of the theatre, or rather I knew the K87 102 *1uitzendbureau *0next door, but I didn't quite put it like that. K87 103 ^She was impressed. ^I offered to take her to lunch after her K87 104 interview as an apology both for the quality of the meal she'd K87 105 eaten earlier and for the company she'd kept afterwards. ^She K87 106 smiled, as if thinking over my offer, then looked towards the K87 107 bar. ^I looked too. ^Nelson was in animated conversation with the K87 108 two Australians. ^We watched the performance for a few seconds, K87 109 then she replied. K87 110 |*'^Without Nelson?**' ^But it was more a statement than a K87 111 question. ^I had learnt how to read her smile. K87 112 |^*'Or his companions,**' I answered. K87 113 |^She laughed, a new laugh, with a seam of conspiracy K87 114 running through it. ^*'\0OK**' she said. *'^Around two o'clock. K87 115 ^If I'm finished early, which I hope is unlikely, I'll be back K87 116 here drinking to the death of Dutch theatre.**' K87 117 |^I walked with her to the door, pressed her hand, and said K87 118 goodnight. ^She smiled a rather tired smile, then turned and left K87 119 without a sign to Nelson. ^He hadn't noticed her departure. K87 120 |^Watching her walk along the hall, I was reminded of K87 121 Sondra, but the sway, like the smile, was more subtle. ^My hand K87 122 retained the imprint of her fingers after she'd gone, and the K87 123 image of her face was burnt on my brain. ^That image has stayed K87 124 with me ever since, for a dozen long years, haunting me like the K87 125 face of the moon to a sailor lost at sea. K87 126 |^I've always been grateful to Margaret for that night. ^She K87 127 could so easily have refused. ^Life would no doubt have been K87 128 simpler if she had, but it would also have been far poorer. ^Yes, K87 129 she was indisputably mooi. K87 130 |^I returned to my seat and an uninviting half-filled glass. K87 131 ^Nelson's cap lay on the floor; I picked it up. ^The label inside K87 132 read: *'The County Cap. Dunn's of Piccadilly**'. ^Poor cap *- K87 133 from one circus to another. ^I tried to remember when I'd bought K87 134 it, but the image of Margaret's departure kept distracting me. K87 135 ^She deserved someone better *- me, for instance. K87 136 |^The capless clown at the bar sat hunched and alone. K87 137 ^Nelson's companions had found a prettier source of K87 138 entertainment. ^I joined him and carefully replaced the cap on K87 139 his head. K87 140 |^*'Thanks,**' he murmured, red-lidded. *'^Mine's a beer.**' K87 141 |*'^Don't you think you've had enough?**' K87 142 |*'^Possibly.**' ^He nodded, a sharp involuntary twitch. K87 143 |*'^C'mon, let's get back to the flat. ^Walk it off, K87 144 Nelson.**' K87 145 |^His response was a grunt *- neither affirmation nor denial K87 146 *- accompanied by a slow adjustment to the cap. K87 147 |*'^Sore head. ^Geneva on my mind...**' K87 148 |^The bill was heavy; Nelson had been buying tequila for his K87 149 friends. ^He jerked as I handed the money to the barman, K87 150 presumably in acknowledgement of my generosity, then he spoke. K87 151 |*'^He has my key. ^The dog-burgher.**' K87 152 |^*'Key? ^What key?**' I said. K87 153 |*'^To the bedroom. ^A good man, an honest man.**' K87 154 |*'^You're not staying here; you're in a revolting state.**' K87 155 |*'^Course I am. ^We booked a room. ^The lovely Margaret K87 156 waits above.**' ^He gave a Cheshire cat grin. ^*'I can picture K87 157 her perfectly,**' he said, and leant on his elbows, framing his K87 158 fingers into a square. K87 159 |^*'Don't be ridiculous,**' I said. *'^She doesn't want you K87 160 anywhere near her.**' K87 161 |^*'Ah, the little angel**' *- Nelson's eyes recovered their K87 162 normal lustre *- *'she has sneaked off to the boudoir without K87 163 me.**' K87 164 |^I lied that she'd told me to take him home. ^It was a K87 165 white lie, for the idea of her spending the night with him was K87 166 appalling. K87 167 |^Nelson yawned. *'^The little dumpling. ^Such K87 168 consideration. ^Why don't you stay here too. ^They have beds. K87 169 ^Professional bed-letters.**' K87 170 |^My exasperation increased and I took hold of his arm. K87 171 |^*'Unhand me, sir!**' he protested, *'^I have a woman K87 172 awaiting my attentions. ^I can't wrestle with you, a schnauzer, K87 173 and Margaret all in the same evening. ^The ticker won't take K87 174 it.**' K87 175 |^Then it wasn't just Nelson I was pleading with; it was K87 176 also the two large Australians and, behind them, the barman *- K87 177 grinning hugely and reaching for the tequila. K87 178 *|^Outside, the night air was again a welcome relief. ^I walked K87 179 quickly, pressed down by jealousy and fatigue. ^My only comfort K87 180 came from the rhythm of my feet against the cobble-stones and the K87 181 thought of bed. ^Ice had made the stones slippery. ^The canals K87 182 gleamed silver and black. ^I saw lights inside the Gaeper, then K87 183 turned a corner and walked alongside the broad expanse of the K87 184 Amstel. ^It was the moat before my castle. ^The drawbridge of the K87 185 Magere Brug lay flat, and beyond was its sentry box *- the iron K87 186 carapace of a *1pissoir. *0Inside, I performed a lengthy K87 187 inspection of the guard, then, much relieved, walked the last few K87 188 steps to my door. K87 189 *<*2CHAPTER 5*> K87 190 |^I AWOKE ABRUPTLY, *0pursued out of dream-land by a convoy of K87 191 drunken schnauzers, each with a top hat and cane and towing a K87 192 trundling gramophone. ^What was it they were singing? ^I couldn't K87 193 remember. K87 194 |^The room was aglare with sunlight; it poured from a vivid K87 195 blue sky above my bed, urging me to rise. ^I resisted. ^From one K87 196 corner came the gurgling noise of the gas fire. ^I turned to K87 197 look, and a red glow hit my brain, banishing the canine army to K87 198 oblivion. ^On the floor in front of the heater a rubber plant lay K87 199 in hot collapse. ^I sighed and climbed out of bed. K87 200 |^The view was extraordinary. ^A rich white powder held the K87 201 trees, the gardens and the roof-tops in a state of suspension. K87 202 ^Except for the glorious sky, all colour was bleached from the K87 203 landscape. ^It was the first fall of winter. ^I raised the window K87 204 and scooped a handful of snow from the ledge. ^It lay in my hand K87 205 like the nest of some arctic bird. ^On impulse I rubbed the crisp K87 206 coldness across my face; it felt marvellous, a magic sponge for a K87 207 hangover. K87 208 |^Faint chimes from the bells of the Oude Kerk aroused K87 209 memories of an appointment made in the smoke and gloom of a hotel K87 210 bar. ^Noon *- surely not! ^I was already half-way through the K87 211 finest day of the year. ^Recollections of the night's absurdities K87 212 arrived in unwelcome detail: ^Nelson *- drunk as a rat, K87 213 incoherent, bloodshot, clothes stinking of booze, dogs and God K87 214 knows what else *- not even a change of clothes with him... K87 215 unless he'd left a bag in her room. ^Of course he had. ^Was there K87 216 any point in meeting the woman? ^Nelson had remained in the K87 217 Arrive*?2e. ^How could she possibly...? K87 218 |^I entered the Shaffy Theatre around two o'clock and called K87 219 out a greeting. ^An Amazon in black leather emerged from behind a K87 220 poster-covered partition, her clothes creaking in the silence. K87 221 |^*'Is there an English lady here?**' I enquired, *'for an K87 222 interview?**' K87 223 |^She looked me up and down, severely. *'^Engels? ^Ah, your K87 224 friend left one hour ago. ^Maybe more.**' K87 225 |^I felt a surge of disappointment. *'^Oh. ^She said she'd K87 226 be here for an hour at least.**' K87 227 |^A phone rang. ^The woman shrugged and turned away. K87 228 *# K88 001 **[462 TEXT K88**] K88 002 ^*0The policeman smiled. ^Many a bottle of red wine had graced K88 003 his table over the years, a gesture of goodwill so often K88 004 misunderstood. ^After the introduction, Luka announced that he K88 005 was giving himself up. K88 006 |^*"What on earth for?**" the policeman asked, a pleasant K88 007 enough smile tugging at his lips. K88 008 |^Mick answered: *"^This young man has a long story to tell. K88 009 ^I personally guarantee that every word of it is true. ^Do what K88 010 you can for him please.**" ^He turned to shake Luka's hand. K88 011 *"^Son, wherever you are, you know we'll always be glad to see K88 012 you.**" K88 013 |^With his departure Luka felt panic race through his body. K88 014 ^This was it. K88 015 |*"^Come into the back with me and see if we can't sort K88 016 something out,**" the policeman said as if such things happened K88 017 every day. ^It had all gone well until Luka described the nature K88 018 of his escape from Motuihe. ^He confessed to being one of the men K88 019 on the stolen supply launch on the night of the fire. ^Suddenly K88 020 it was a whole new ball game. K88 021 |^*"It's completely out of my hands,**" the policeman said, K88 022 throwing up his arms. *"^You see, the man in the centre of all K88 023 this is a war criminal. ^Whether you left the island of your own K88 024 free will or not is quite irrelevant. ^The German is still at K88 025 large and anything you can give by way of information is of vital K88 026 importance.**" K88 027 |^Luka's hope was short-lived. *"^What happens?**" K88 028 |*"^It would be more than my job is worth not to report what K88 029 you've told me to higher authorities.**" K88 030 |*"^Then do what you have to. ^I want to get this sad K88 031 business over as soon as possible.**" K88 032 |*"^You say you had no idea what went on after you left K88 033 Auckland because you were travelling north. ^This sick friend you K88 034 came to visit, where is he?**" K88 035 |*"^Oh please don't involve him, he has enough on his plate K88 036 already. ^His name is Jan Pecar, a gumdigger in the swamps.**" K88 037 |*"^What I'm getting at is that your intention was one based K88 038 on compassionate grounds.**" K88 039 |*"^Yes, I was very worried about him.**" K88 040 |*"^I'll have to arrange for you to return to Auckland.**" K88 041 |^This was medicine of the bitter kind. ^The law was the K88 042 law; he must face the consequences. ^He completed the lengthy K88 043 formalities passively and as far as he knew would be travelling K88 044 south tomorrow. K88 045 |^Suddenly feeling very tired, Luka was taken to the K88 046 station's cell, a quaint but sparse room. ^He barely noticed the K88 047 door being closed securely behind him. ^Through the thin walls he K88 048 could hear the officer making various phone calls to different K88 049 parts of the country. ^From the intonation of his voice, Luka K88 050 felt he had put Kaitaia on the map at last. K88 051 |^For the second time in his life captivity offered nothing K88 052 more than endless hours in which to have regrets. K88 053 |^Within two days he was back on the island, and as far as K88 054 he was concerned, he did not even care if his name was in all the K88 055 papers. ^What did it matter? ^By the time they released him his K88 056 name would have been long forgotten. ^However, one piece of news K88 057 did attract much attention. ^Herr Wittig re-Captured. ^The timing K88 058 was perfect. ^The next day the camp commander ordered Luka to his K88 059 office. ^In actual fact he had no tangible evidence that Luka had K88 060 contributed to the German's capture, but the commander sensed K88 061 that his return was not a mere coincidence. K88 062 |^The grilling Luka was subjected to brought out the exact K88 063 story he'd given to the police. ^He knew he could not afford to K88 064 be in anyone's bad books and had been left with no other choice. K88 065 |^*"Can you read English?**" the commander asked. K88 066 |^*"Yes,**" he replied, somewhat perplexed. ^He was handed a K88 067 newspaper. K88 068 |*"^It makes interesting reading. ^Quite a character, wasn't K88 069 he?**" K88 070 |^Luka nodded. K88 071 |*"^Have a read over lunch, after all we knew him quite well K88 072 here didn't we?**" K88 073 |^Luka took the morning paper, thanking him politely and K88 074 went back to his quarters in the barracks. K88 075 |^The incident left him with a warmer feeling towards his K88 076 fellow man. ^Maybe it was all a matter of attitude after all. K88 077 ^He settled down to the latest news. K88 078 |*"^What are you reading about?**" ^An inmate named K88 079 Chamberlain stood nearby. K88 080 |^*"It's the story of our German prisoner,**" Luka K88 081 explained. K88 082 |*"^You mean they've caught up with him again?**" K88 083 |*"^It's all in there.**" K88 084 |^He took the paper and began to read out loud. *"^Herr K88 085 Wittig had appeared to have literally vanished into the ocean K88 086 after his daring escape from Motuihe. ^In fact he'd slipped past K88 087 searching vessels and had ventured out into the ocean again. K88 088 ^Before long he captured a timber laden coaster, then with the K88 089 Motuihe launch in tow set out on a course for the Kermadec K88 090 Islands.**" ^The Englishman paused. *"^Makes us look a pretty K88 091 tame lot doesn't he?**" K88 092 |^*"Maybe, but he hasn't got away with it,**" Luka reminded K88 093 him. K88 094 |^The prisoner resumed reading. *"^Unfortunately for Herr K88 095 Wittig, his pirating of the ship was witnessed by another coastal K88 096 steamer and by the time he reached his planned destination, the K88 097 authority's cable steamer was already heading out to intercept K88 098 her, and only a few hours behind. ^They had shrewdly guessed K88 099 where his first port of call would be and planned to visit the K88 100 islands where it was common knowledge the New Zealand government K88 101 maintained a depot of fresh water and food supplies for possible K88 102 castaways.**" K88 103 |^Luka might have been listening to the man himself relating K88 104 just one more of his sea adventures. ^He was enthralled and urged K88 105 Chamberlain to read on. K88 106 |*"^Having already jettisoned the cargo of timber from the K88 107 captured craft, and in due course losing the Motuihe launch in K88 108 heavy seas, he travelled lightly. ^He had been availing himself K88 109 of the supplies when the authorities came in sight. ^Hurriedly K88 110 the German ordered his men on board and in haste set out to sea K88 111 again, determined to put as much distance between himself and his K88 112 pursuer as possible. ^But the timber coaster was not a vessel K88 113 meant for ocean voyages and consequently was no match for the K88 114 cable steamer which closed the gap without difficulty. ^The K88 115 German took heed of the warning shot fired across his bows, K88 116 accepted the inevitable and surrendered.**" K88 117 |^*"I wonder if they'll bring him back here,**" Luka asked. K88 118 |*"^I doubt it. ^After this lot he'll be for top K88 119 security.**" K88 120 |*"^You'd have to wonder if he was just playing games, or is K88 121 he a real threat to the country?**" K88 122 |*"^I'd say both.**" ^Chamberlain eyed Luka quizzically. K88 123 *"^We all thought here you'd gone with him.**" K88 124 |*"^No. ^I had things to attend to. ^The escape just K88 125 happened to coincide.**" K88 126 |*"^Why the hell did you come back?**" K88 127 |*"^Because I've committed no crime. ^Why should I want K88 128 people to think I had?**" K88 129 |*"^Well in your shoes I'd be as mad as hell. ^I deserve K88 130 being here, but you don't.**" K88 131 |*"^That's the way it goes sometimes.**" ^Luka left it at K88 132 that. *"^You can keep the paper.**" K88 133 |^He made his way back towards the cell block. ^Some of the K88 134 quarters had been closed down for repairs to the fire damage. K88 135 ^Already a new row of young beech trees had been planted against K88 136 the wall encircling the compound. ^Whoever had stamped them into K88 137 the ground held no respect for nature; several saplings were K88 138 bowed away from their stakes, with their ties having already K88 139 slipped to the ground. ^Tree conscious as ever, Luka set about K88 140 righting the situation. K88 141 |^He stepped up onto the raised verge, grasping the brick K88 142 wall to keep his balance. ^His six feet of height brought his K88 143 eyes level with the wide top of it when something unusual caught K88 144 his notice. ^He looked quickly about before turning his attention K88 145 back to the long steel case lying recessed into the crumbling K88 146 surface. *"^Curiosity is going to get me into a lot of trouble K88 147 one day,**" he thought raising one end with his free hand. ^It K88 148 was locked and heavy, very heavy. K88 149 |^Blessed with a colourful imagination Luka thought all K88 150 kinds of explanations as he quickly put the trees to right. ^Best K88 151 not to be seen near there. ^He jumped down and returned to the K88 152 exercise yard. K88 153 |^It was hardly surprising that Herr Wittig's escape K88 154 immediately came to mind. ^Right under everyone's nose he had K88 155 accumulated a hoard of supplies. ^Could it be another prisoner K88 156 was also making similar preparations? ^Luka would have staked his K88 157 life on that case containing guns or explosives. ^Trouble was he K88 158 had been on the island long enough to know that some very K88 159 unsavoury characters were confined there. ^Armed with rifles, K88 160 someone was bound to get hurt. K88 161 |^Luka mulled it over till afternoon, until finally, hating K88 162 what he was about to do but at the same time certain it was K88 163 right, he spoke to a guard and for the second time since his K88 164 return, faced the senior officer. K88 165 |^*"I'm here because I'm worried someone might get hurt,**" K88 166 he began. *"^It may be nothing but I think you should know about K88 167 it.**" ^Luka then went on to explain. ^Then rose as if to leave. K88 168 |*"^Stay where you are!**" K88 169 |^Luka waited as the guard was called and instructed to K88 170 bring the box inside. K88 171 |*"^Have you any idea who it belongs to?**" K88 172 |*"^None.**" K88 173 |^Sometime later it lay on the desk between them, as the K88 174 guard broke the lock. K88 175 |^Luka whistled, drawing breath as he did so. *"^What K88 176 beautiful equipment.**" K88 177 |^*"And enough ammunition to keep us busy for a long K88 178 time,**" the superintendent said thoughtfully, obviously alarmed. K88 179 |^Three shiny, new shoulder guns, carefully wrapped against K88 180 moisture lay inside. K88 181 |^*"It's nothing like our equipment,**" the guard commented K88 182 taking up a rifle to examine it. K88 183 |^It was a disturbing discovery. ^Such weapons in the hands K88 184 of ruthless criminals was a frightening thought, and he had been K88 185 instructed to raise security on the island. ^The superintendent K88 186 turned to Luka, his face very serious and asked: *"^How far can K88 187 we trust you?**" K88 188 |^He was horrified at the question. ^*"Why did I ever get K88 189 myself into this,**" Luka thought. ^*"I've given you no reason to K88 190 mistrust me**", he answered firmly. *"^Remember, only my K88 191 nationality is at fault in your eyes.**" K88 192 |*"^You've made your point. ^I ask because it's in your own K88 193 interest to keep tight-lipped about this *- for your own K88 194 safety.**" K88 195 |*"^I hate violence as much as you do. ^Don't worry, no-one K88 196 knows about me finding these weapons.**" K88 197 |^Luka walked back across the parade ground, through a K88 198 silent crowd of inmates who had already gathered there. ^They K88 199 fell back to let him pass. ^He tried to read their expressions K88 200 but they had the look of men biding time. ^Surely the missing K88 201 firearms hadn't been discovered already. ^They let him past; K88 202 something was in the wind. ^He sensed that the message had K88 203 already passed between them... sneak! betrayer! ^Luka could not K88 204 comprehend their attitude being unaccustomed to the violence of K88 205 the sick-minded. K88 206 |^Repercussions were immediate, retribution inevitable, and K88 207 such that he welcomed unconsciousness. ^It was mere chance that K88 208 saved his battered body from being despatched forever. K88 209 ^Chamberlain had saved the final blow for himself. ^It never K88 210 fell. ^A shot broke the silence and the beating was over. K88 211 |^Luka left Motuihe with neither sorrow nor joy; vindicated K88 212 in the eyes of the honest by caring for his fellow man, and K88 213 cursed by those who made the mistake of thinking he was one of K88 214 their own. K88 215 *|^Sulento brought Mara to his hospital bed. K88 216 |^Recovery became a thing of joy; a sense of glorious K88 217 anticipation flooded through his veins. ^She saw the tears of joy K88 218 in those blue eyes but could not conceal her shock at the sight K88 219 of him. K88 220 |*"^Oh, but we've spent three weeks repairing him so that K88 221 he'd be presentable for your visit.**" ^The doctor walked into K88 222 the room and joined Luka's visitors. *"^The bruising will be gone K88 223 in no time. ^I don't know what your bones are made of young man, K88 224 but by rights you shouldn't have any of them in one piece.**" K88 225 *# K89 001 **[463 TEXT K89**] K89 002 *<*035*> K89 003 |^The Italian man doesn't bother to lace his shoes. ^He K89 004 clatters down the stairs at the sound of four short buzzes. ^He K89 005 could be on his way to a ball, a feather as his partner. K89 006 ^*'Another duvet,**' he sighs. ^His wife sighs also. ^For many K89 007 years they have sighed to each other. ^Their apartment is K89 008 filling up with sighs, and also with duvets, pillows and baby K89 009 rugs. ^A new mattress is the only thing so far that is not K89 010 filling up their apartment, although they wish it was. ^The K89 011 Italian couple also wish their many friends and relatives K89 012 trickling in from Tuscany, but not in such great numbers K89 013 anymore, would move into their new apartments or have their K89 014 babies and come and collect their duvets, pillows and rugs, K89 015 otherwise the Italian couple themselves will have to move out K89 016 of the apartment they have lived in for 26 years. ^The Italian K89 017 woman, meeting the people from across the hall on the stairs K89 018 (she has just buzzed her husband four times), invites them in K89 019 to look at the duvets. ^How else would they believe there could K89 020 be so much bedding in one apartment unless they had seen it K89 021 with their own eyes, and stretched out a hand to touch its trim K89 022 (the apartment's)? K89 023 *<36*> K89 024 |^In the kitchen there are no pots and pans or cups and saucers K89 025 or anything else going together, sugar and milk, salt and K89 026 pepper, etcetera. ^There is a square piece of plastic for the K89 027 stamping of bread before it is toasted *- a rising sun in K89 028 relief and the words K89 029 **[BEGIN MIRROR WRITING**] K89 030 *2GOOD MORNING K89 031 **[END MIRROR WRITING**] K89 032 *0in relief also. ^Everything is a huge relief, but that is the K89 033 extent of the kitchen utensils. K89 034 *<37*> K89 035 |^Geoffrey and Carla gave a *1David Fleishman Live *0ticket to K89 036 the woman from New Zealand, hoping she would see something of K89 037 New York while she was here. ^She has been to the Bayonne Bus K89 038 Terminal, but so far hasn't visited the Empire State Building, K89 039 the Cloisters or the Metropolitan Museum. K89 040 *<38*> K89 041 |^From her cat Grace the woman has learned a nocturnal K89 042 wakefulness to match her unhappiness and the {0PATH}s of cars. K89 043 *<39*> K89 044 |^The teenagers in the neighbourhood carry cassette players K89 045 which expel a likeness of music, or perhaps the music itself *- K89 046 once it is in the air you could reach out and touch it. ^The K89 047 teenagers stop on street corners, in parks and on traffic K89 048 islands (^The North Island, the South Island) to listen to the K89 049 music and to dance. ^The boy with the print from the Public K89 050 Library stops every now and then too and admires the view he K89 051 has brought with him. ^He notices the resemblance the flowers K89 052 have to the ones growing on the traffic islands. K89 053 *<40*> K89 054 |^In the travelogue I entered: *'^Spurning the bus, I took the K89 055 {0PATH} (Port Authority Trans Hudson train, opening parentheses K89 056 that never closed even after I returned to New Zealand, across K89 057 the river or anyway under it to New York where I met a woman in K89 058 a cafe on the Lower East Side drinking an Apple Wordprocessor. K89 059 *<41*> K89 060 |^She is acquiring energy from pyramids, as well as from camels K89 061 and date palms, when the graphic artist arrives carrying his K89 062 folio high on his shoulder. ^He is listening to the National K89 063 Programme. ^He says hello and the folio opens of its own K89 064 accord. ^A pattern of days spills out. ^Day after day rolls K89 065 everywhere all over the floor. ^The graphic artist hurriedly K89 066 scoops them up. ^He is designing a holiday brochure for Air K89 067 Albatross. ^Days play on emotions, he says, as on pianos, K89 068 atrociously, but nevertheless they play, bringing into play, K89 069 say, the days of your early childhood when the prospect of a K89 070 holiday all over this planet, or at least a street map of it, K89 071 was very likely. ^The graphic artist leaves a stray day next to K89 072 a pyramid. ^A camel licks it. ^*'Oh dear,**' says the woman. K89 073 ^The graphic artist says, *'^Now I must disappear.**' ^He has K89 074 urgent business. K89 075 *<42*> K89 076 |^In the apartment of the Italian couple everywhere there are K89 077 pillows, baby rugs and back copies of duvets with old designs K89 078 cut from waiting rooms, their magazines, florals and flocks of K89 079 birds with their feathers which are good insulation. ^Geoffrey K89 080 and Carla and the woman notice how warm it is. ^The Italian K89 081 woman throws up her hands (^*'In horror**', the Hoboken couple K89 082 and the woman would say, but actually it is mock horror like K89 083 the Edmonds recipe for a strain of cream). ^*'In this apartment K89 084 I wear a summer dress even in the middle of winter,**' she K89 085 says, as if they had many apartments and in some of them she K89 086 could quite comfortably wear, say, a skirt and a new jersey, a K89 087 new one being much warmer than an old one with its warmth K89 088 washed into the earth. K89 089 *<43*> K89 090 |^For 20 years they have fought to eradicate graven images from K89 091 their lives. ^The days of the week, the months of the year, the K89 092 numbers from one to a hundred *- all these the unworldly couple K89 093 have abstained from. K89 094 *<44*> K89 095 |^In Nottingham the weather is often grey. ^Until the 1920s K89 096 people lived in houses dug into the hillside like caves. ^They K89 097 were very damp, not suitable for pianos or the spines of books. K89 098 ^Nottingham is where lace comes from. ^It used to be handmade K89 099 but since the Industrial Revolution it has been made by K89 100 machine. ^People flock to Nottingham to buy Nottingham lace. K89 101 ^Nottingham is where Eileen comes from. K89 102 *<45*> K89 103 |^Irene and the woman swap recipes for jerseys and their mock K89 104 fillings. K89 105 *<46*> K89 106 |^Throughout New Jersey and New York a trim surrounding a K89 107 window is repeated many times. ^It is chiselled irrigation K89 108 bringing water to already damp wallpaper where Chinese women K89 109 bend to tend rice paddies. ^Geoffrey and Carla, living with K89 110 this trim, never comment on it. ^Now they are an Hoboken couple K89 111 with an Hoboken baby, baby Rose, and their attention is K89 112 elsewhere. ^Likewise the Italian couple live with this trim, K89 113 yet the Italian woman doesn't throw up her hands in horror K89 114 about it. ^After 26 years, trim is trim. ^But to the woman K89 115 across the hall, trim is not trim, anyway not the kind of trim K89 116 that was trimming the house she was brought up in New Zealand. K89 117 ^There, trim was trim. ^Here, trim is Hoboken. ^Sink is Hoboken K89 118 and also New York because in New York, across the Hudson or K89 119 anyway under it, the same sinks are to be found; shallow, K89 120 square, stone sinks that bear no relation to sinks whatsoever. K89 121 ^For the woman, familiar with rectangular sinks the shape of K89 122 shoeboxes but made of stainless steel, sinks here are K89 123 extraordinary and trims are extraordinary as well. ^Sinks and K89 124 trims are everything there is to be seen in New Jersey and New K89 125 York. K89 126 *<47*> K89 127 |^The daily life goes along like this from day to day, K89 128 generally very general, sometimes specific. ^The woman goes K89 129 into a knitting shop and buys 18 balls of Flushed Apricot K89 130 Caressa with 10 per cent mohair from a triangular cell in the K89 131 wall which is immediately filled again. ^She admires the K89 132 ability of knitting shops to reproduce themselves, a new K89 133 branch, the exact thing but not the original, without the K89 134 benefit of Saturday morning art classes, or even having been K89 135 taught to read and write. ^She takes the wool home and finds a K89 136 pattern Irene gave her, not for a designed jersey, but for one K89 137 that fell into place in a department store according to the K89 138 laws of nature. ^The woman intends to knit solidly all morning K89 139 but discovers she cannot follow the traditional pattern. K89 140 *<48*> K89 141 |^The boy has done a picture of the days of the week and he is K89 142 waiting in line at the crayon box to get the right colour to K89 143 colour it in. ^The teacher tells them all to hurry along but K89 144 there are no ways of hurrying these matters. K89 145 *<49*> K89 146 |^Every Xmas the Hoboken Town Council gives a prize for the K89 147 best decorated building and buildings everywhere plug into K89 148 plastic statues of Mary and Joseph, basking in their reflected K89 149 glory. ^The few dark apartments, those of the unworldly or of K89 150 atheists, stand out like sore thumbs. ^The building of the K89 151 Italian couple and the Hoboken couple is ablaze with Xmas, K89 152 apart from the fire escape which looks on grimly clutching a K89 153 fire safety manual. K89 154 *<50*> K89 155 |^If Eileen were a married woman she could leave the Land Army K89 156 and go home to Nottingham to live with her mother and sister K89 157 while her husband was away fighting the war *- fighting peace, K89 158 aiding and abetting war, says Eileen, but nevertheless, she K89 159 married her New Zealand soldier. K89 160 *<51*> K89 161 |^The graphic artist, up and ready for his morning's work, K89 162 brings the woman a piece of toast with a rising sun and the K89 163 words *2GOOD MORNING *0in white on brown. ^The woman reads the K89 164 message then eats the toast in bed with her cat Grace while the K89 165 graphic artist begins putting together his design for the Air K89 166 Albatross advertisement. ^He has decided not to emphasise the K89 167 name and its associations with sea life and guilt, but all the K89 168 same he subtly uses a method of eating-away that would cause K89 169 boats to corrode if they thought honestly about their lives. K89 170 ^The woman gets up and looks closely at the design. ^She thinks K89 171 if she followed the instructions carefully (\0k 2 \0tog, \0mk K89 172 1, {0psso} \0p-wise) she could knit a nice new jersey from it. K89 173 ^Her day worked out, she brushes the toast crumbs tidily into K89 174 the bed and gets back in after them. K89 175 *<52*> K89 176 |^The daily life goes along like this from day to day, K89 177 generally very general, sometimes specific. K89 178 *<53*> K89 179 |^Leslie spends his days earning his living on the *1Mataura K89 180 Ensign *0and his spare evenings jacked up with the road code. K89 181 ^*'You must give way to everything**', is the first rule he K89 182 learns. ^He has his eye on a car with a broken axle he is K89 183 thinking of buying. ^On the other hand, the planet, its axis, K89 184 is not long for this world and perhaps he should look it over K89 185 without delay. ^He writes a postcard to the woman in Auckland: K89 186 *'^Vroom vroom, overseas, one or the other.**' K89 187 *<54*> K89 188 |^The woman was not earning her living but spending it with K89 189 Irene and they lived in a little house designed for a family of K89 190 several children, but a family with not very much money, K89 191 certainly not as many pounds as children, so in the house there K89 192 were many rooms but they were all very tiny. ^The woman and K89 193 Irene, trying to adapt to family life, followed each other K89 194 about the house from one room to the next, sitting together, K89 195 eating together, sleeping together and throwing used things, K89 196 including the parts of their speech, its objects and subjects, K89 197 into the rumoured side room. ^Irene and the woman were never K89 198 alone but always alone with the other. ^Whereas in families K89 199 of many children the children fill up all the rooms looking for K89 200 privacy, Irene and the woman, wanting company, left many empty K89 201 rooms in their *2PATH. K89 202 *<*055*> K89 203 |^The woman, stepping across the hall with the Hoboken couple K89 204 to inspect the duvets, notices that the apartment of the K89 205 Italian couple is an exact mirror image of the apartment she K89 206 has just left, down to the sink whose hot and cold taps face K89 207 each other, and the trims around the windows which back onto K89 208 each other. ^The two households live their lives favouring, K89 209 from opposite directions, the single compass point that is the K89 210 stairwell, the north or south of the door to the street. K89 211 *<56*> K89 212 |^When they meet in the stairwell, the janitor and Geoffrey, K89 213 the janitor tells Geoffrey there is low Irish and high Irish K89 214 and they are both high Irish, they have learned the American K89 215 way. K89 216 **[PLATE**] K89 217 *<57*> K89 218 |^When Eileen married her soldier in Nottingham in 1941 there K89 219 was no material for wedding gowns around *- even Eileen's old K89 220 coat was on its last legs about ready to walk off her body, so K89 221 if there was no material for warm coats there was certainly no K89 222 material for wedding gowns. K89 223 *# K90 001 **[464 TEXT K90**] K90 002 ^*0Ideas ignite into images. ^But it's all confined to a piece of K90 003 paper, a page somewhere in a slim volume on a shelf among other K90 004 slim volumes. ^Poland. ^Ireland. ^Iceland. ^Policeland. ^An K90 005 obsession with lands. ^Someone whispered that it's all to do with K90 006 love, or the lack of love. ^One true connection and the words K90 007 would fly away. K90 008 |^With existence comes cognition K90 009 |^With cognition comes realization K90 010 |^With realization comes understanding K90 011 |^With understanding comes apprehension K90 012 |^With apprehension comes uncertainty K90 013 |^With uncertainty comes confusion K90 014 |^With confusion comes obscurity K90 015 |^And the tip of the arrow, aimed at the heart, is itself shaped K90 016 like a heart, and the heart that it flies towards is as hard as K90 017 iron, and heated, and the arrow is darkness, and the hand behind K90 018 the arrow relaxes its grip, and the hand behind the heart guides K90 019 the heart along. K90 020 |^The bell-rope was once used on the gallows, and when the K90 021 gallows were pulled down a church was built in its place. ^The K90 022 bell-tower now overlooks the cemetery where the hanged are K90 023 buried. ^First swinging in the air, then buried underground, then K90 024 consumed by the fires of Hell. ^The local priest likes to relate K90 025 the story of the nine gunmen who came over the border. ^The story K90 026 is long and complicated, and the priest is interrupted, at K90 027 regular intervals, by the ringing of the bell. K90 028 *<*6FIVE*> K90 029 |^*0I am able to impress people, impressionable people. ^I K90 030 leave a lasting impression on them after we have parted. ^Their K90 031 soft bodies retain my imprint and they find themselves suddenly K90 032 changed. ^I am also different. ^I am being worn away by such K90 033 encounters. ^Layer by layer my distinguishing features lose their K90 034 permanence and slip into an opaque mass of standardized tissue. K90 035 ^You're smooth, so smooth, they always whisper. ^Soon I will be K90 036 blank, a total blank. ^Then I will impress no one. K90 037 |^You're a man. ^You're driving a car. ^It's night. ^You K90 038 think about the other men you've seen, in the movies, driving K90 039 their cars. ^They appear relaxed, one hand on the steering wheel, K90 040 the street lights reflected in the windscreen, and you relax. K90 041 ^It's as easy as driving a car. ^You're driving a car. ^It's K90 042 night... ^How loud was that smash? ^Not very loud. ^A distant K90 043 smash. ^Someone has been involved in an accident. ^But you're K90 044 safe. ^The thought that you could have been involved in an K90 045 accident passes, and you relax. ^The car runs smoothly, so K90 046 smoothly it could run itself, and you let yourself drift... ^The K90 047 road is straight. ^The night is warm. ^You could be watching a K90 048 film. ^A slowly unfolding film. ^A film about a man driving a K90 049 car. K90 050 |^The eyeballs enjoy their eyebath. ^Blink. ^Droplets of K90 051 moisture hang from the eyelashes. ^Blink. ^The sky beyond the K90 052 bathroom window is white with clouds. ^Blink. ^The eyes look into K90 053 the mirror and watch the bathroom door swing open. ^Blink. ^A bed K90 054 is visible with its blankets disrupted. ^Blink. ^A naked body K90 055 sinks into the mattress. ^Blink. ^The eyeballs return to their K90 056 eyebath. ^Blink. ^And the day begins with the sound of breaking K90 057 plates. K90 058 |^Some people are all fingers and thumbs. ^I'm all thumbs. K90 059 ^There never passes a single day when I'm not reminded of my K90 060 thumbs. ^They hang uselessly from my hands while my hands hang at K90 061 my sides. ^And when my hands hold a cup of tea or coffee the K90 062 thumbs stick out at right angles, and when my fingers clasp a K90 063 pair of breasts the thumbs confuse the firmness with the K90 064 softness, and they either press too hard or fall asleep. ^My K90 065 fingers are amorous, my thumbs are embarrassed. ^They remain K90 066 isolated and appear to have little connection with the rest of my K90 067 body. ^My right thumb pushes itself into the palm of my right K90 068 hand at the moment of an important handshake. ^My left thumb is K90 069 forever getting itself caught in car doors and filing cabinets. K90 070 ^Both thumbs are swollen. ^At night they float before my eyes, K90 071 and I record their manifestations in a notebook which I keep K90 072 beside my bed: ^Green thumbs I associate with gangrene, mould and K90 073 decay. ^Blue thumbs with hammer-blows and still-births. ^Red K90 074 thumbs with false erections and amputations. ^White thumbs with K90 075 blind anger and the pushing of knitting-needles into K90 076 power-points... ^I watch the spiralling lines on my thumbs expand K90 077 and contract. ^They create a magnetic field, a centre of energy K90 078 into which I am drawn, and from which my libido escapes in K90 079 dissipated bursts... ^My thumbs crush buildings, press buttons K90 080 and give all the outward signs of being a success. ^Their K90 081 success, not mine. ^I'm under my thumbs and they allow me no room K90 082 to manoeuvre. ^Their stupidity renders me stupid, and stupified I K90 083 must crawl past the stubble, the studs, the stumps and the other K90 084 stunted words that are underlined in the dictionary... ^Twin K90 085 landscapes, twin pink moons... ^I stumble forward. ^My teeth K90 086 slide over a ridge of flesh. ^There's a taste of salt and the K90 087 feeling that a gentle oblivion waits beyond... ^I'm all thumbs. K90 088 ^I'm one big thumb. K90 089 |^She took his *"thing**" out of his pants and placed it in K90 090 her mouth. ^Is this really happening to me? he asked himself. K90 091 ^Yes it is, said one voice. ^No it's not, said another. ^She K90 092 rolled onto her stomach and raised her buttocks. ^A hand with the K90 093 fingernails painted bright red beckoned to him from between her K90 094 legs. ^Does she mean me? he wondered. ^Of course she does, said K90 095 one voice. ^Of course she doesn't, said the other. ^He had read K90 096 about such situations in books, now he was in the middle of one. K90 097 ^But where was the middle? ^He was on one side of the room... ^He K90 098 was on the outside of the room... ^He was sitting in a seat K90 099 watching what was going on inside the room... ^A naked man had K90 100 his back turned to him, and beyond lay the woman. ^He was K90 101 supposed to be that man, but the man, from the back, looked K90 102 nothing like him. ^He stood up and turned to the others who were K90 103 watching to explain this discrepancy. ^They quickly told him to K90 104 shut up and sit down. K90 105 |^The fat, the fat, the good butter. ^The good butter, the K90 106 fat, the fat. ^All is churning under the surface, and above the K90 107 ocean the clouds are churning. ^Churning and congealing. ^The K90 108 white fluid is being shifted from one container to another. K90 109 ^Brick by brick the butter is packed in the dairy factory. ^The K90 110 good butter, the good butter, the cream of the clouds. ^The white K90 111 moon, the pale moon, the road of snow that splits the dark K90 112 forest... ^A wall awaits the traveller. ^A soft wall to lean K90 113 against after a long journey. ^To lean against and to listen as K90 114 the liquid shifts inside the wall. ^To listen, and while K90 115 listening, to sink into the wall, and while sinking to recall a K90 116 fragment. ^A fragment of speech recorded years ago. ^Five K90 117 thousand years ago: ^The fat, the fat, the good butter. ^The good K90 118 butter, the fat, the fat. K90 119 |^He has no one to live with but something to live in. ^Live K90 120 in, live with. ^He spends his money on his house. ^The house K90 121 extends over his section. ^Most of the time the house is empty. K90 122 ^Some of the time he sleeps inside the house. ^The house also K90 123 sleeps. ^It awaits the presence of the other. ^The other has K90 124 nothing to live in but someone to live with. ^Live with, live in. K90 125 ^The other and the other's partner are constantly mobile, moving K90 126 from hotel to hotel as they explore the city. ^Sometimes they K90 127 pass him in the street, but he fails to notice them because he is K90 128 looking for a single entity. ^All couples give him the shits, and K90 129 yet he wants to become a couple, part of a couple. ^He wants to K90 130 feel fulfilled by uniting with his *"other half**", and several K90 131 rooms in his house have been designed specifically for this K90 132 purpose. ^These rooms are filled with mirrors and waterbeds. K90 133 ^Ripples are reflected on the walls and ceilings, soothing music K90 134 plays through his stereo system and in the kitchen the cupboards K90 135 have been padded with black leather. ^Inside the cupboards the K90 136 crockery is transparent. ^Even the knives and forks are K90 137 transparent, so transparent that the food appears to divide K90 138 itself on the plate and float up towards his open mouth. ^The K90 139 other and the other's partner feed each other from their own K90 140 mouths. ^They chew each other's food then pass it from one mouth K90 141 to the other. ^He would find such a practice disgusting. ^They K90 142 would find his satin sheets and his monogrammed teatowels K90 143 humorous. ^Mildly disgusting, extremely humorous. ^The other and K90 144 the other's partner fall back into bed laughing. ^They laugh so K90 145 hard they don't hear his footsteps as he passes outside their K90 146 door. K90 147 |^Heated, a headache, from too much thinking. ^The big eggs, K90 148 the big knobs, glistening with sweat but going nowhere, then K90 149 gone, leaving behind a white, sticky trail. ^Close the portals, K90 150 the heat weighs heavily upon us, weakening our resistance. ^No K90 151 crime, ghost crime, crime against the self, the soft self, K90 152 forgotten, until the next time, the ghost time, the no time K90 153 suspended in a closed hand. ^An open hand. ^A closed hand clapped K90 154 over the mouth. ^What did we do wrong? ^We did nothing wrong and K90 155 no wrong was done to us. ^Small measure of independence to be K90 156 entirely personal, oblique while obstructing the flow of nature K90 157 amplified through digestive juices. ^It's a bad habit to get K90 158 into, and once you're in you can't escape. ^A rotten pleasure. K90 159 ^An Easter Bunny going round in heated circles. K90 160 |^After the murder his anus ached and his arms hung heavily K90 161 at his sides. ^The body he bore with him was his own corpse and K90 162 he would have dumped it in a swollen river or buried it under a K90 163 tree stump, if that had been possible. ^Putrefaction, the very K90 164 word made him block his nose, but the smell came from inside and K90 165 built up until he was forced to exhale. ^Behind him clouds of his K90 166 own disintegration hung in the still morning air. ^He had soaked K90 167 himself in a hot bath before wrapping up warmly to venture K90 168 outside. ^Such precautions, however, were unnecessary as no one K90 169 he encountered realized that he was dead. ^Moreover, he had so K90 170 perfectly disguised his crime that there would be no suspicion of K90 171 foul play when his corpse was eventually discovered. ^And for the K90 172 moment such a discovery seemed remote. ^To the outside world he K90 173 presented the image of a healthy young man, in the prime of life, K90 174 who radiated a calm and self-possession far beyond his years. K90 175 |^I remember embracing someone or someone embracing me, and K90 176 the memory causes discomfort as I associate embracing with K90 177 embarrassment, each word having the same first five letters in K90 178 nearly the same order. ^But I pay too much attention to words, K90 179 that's always been my downfall. ^And one day I did fall down, and K90 180 although I could have reached out and clung onto someone for K90 181 support, I didn't. ^Too embarrassed. ^I had lost control of my K90 182 balance while retaining my sense of isolation. ^Always my K90 183 downfall. ^If I had fallen into the ocean (and I can't swim), I K90 184 would never have raised my hand, or my voice, to signal for help. K90 185 ^Just sunk to the bottom, perhaps rising to the surface once or K90 186 twice before sinking to the bottom for good. ^Don't disturb the K90 187 others. ^Don't rock the boat. ^And if there had been a boat K90 188 nearby I would have been incapable of floundering towards it for K90 189 fear of *"rocking the boat**". ^I take words too literally, they K90 190 seem to me more real than what they describe. ^Always my K90 191 downfall. ^Now we're going round in circles. ^But you're used to K90 192 that. ^If you've come with me this far you'll know what to K90 193 expect. ^Not much. ^Just fragments. ^Fragments and the odd K90 194 paradox. ^Life's like that. K90 195 *# K91 001 **[465 TEXT K91**] K91 002 |^*0But first. K91 003 |^I stopped my car at the edge of the new road cut above K91 004 the stand of macrocarpa, and pulled on my gumboots to walk K91 005 through the thick hair-like hanks of long grass, hidden from K91 006 the early sun striking the hillside slantwise, frost still at K91 007 its roots. ^I walked up the hill, informally, avoiding the K91 008 whalebone gateway, but unable to avoid the wet open throat of K91 009 the brick tunnel. ^I emerged on the over**[ARB**]-grown lawn *- K91 010 a lawn only in that it was apparent this grass had never been K91 011 pasture *- and walked around the deadfall of apple branches, to K91 012 confront the house in full daylight, with its barred lower and K91 013 black upper windows, listing side veranda and scaly K91 014 roof-paint, looking exactly as I had remembered it last; glancing K91 015 back over my shoulder through the dark, from the tunnel's K91 016 mouth, blinkered by tiredness and fear, all my resilience gone K91 017 and my mind completely pliable *- seeing the house, huge, K91 018 solid, as full of integrity as a great personage, Wrathall K91 019 standing on the porch like an unfriendly owner seeing K91 020 trespassers off his property. K91 021 |^It had neither changed nor relented. ^On a sunny winter K91 022 morning it still said: *'^I am here, alone and unlooked on in K91 023 all weather. ^A house cast away from all communities.**' K91 024 |^And I felt, standing there, that I might suddenly be K91 025 witness to some fantastic vision *- as though the house, trees, K91 026 hill before me might suddenly rip like a rotten rag, opening on K91 027 a scene of catastrophe, like Bruegel's *1Triumph of Death: K91 028 *0wheels, instruments of torture and execution, fire, an army K91 029 of skeletons, a poisonous sky, and a man hiding in the trunk of K91 030 a hollow tree, naked, a spear in his back. K91 031 |^I clenched my fists and looked up at the still trees, the K91 032 sun daubing their blackness with deep green. ^There were birds K91 033 in the trees *- magpies *- and eyes in the birds. ^I was K91 034 afraid. ^Yet I had been afraid before, often for no good reason K91 035 *- walking down a strange street or entering an unfamiliar K91 036 building, anxious about appointments, not knowing how long it K91 037 would take me to get where I was going, having never been there K91 038 before. K91 039 |^I climbed the first three steps to the veranda, then I K91 040 saw the motorbike helmet sitting in the corner of the top step, K91 041 new and in perfect condition. ^Kelfie's helmet. K91 042 |^He was in a bad way when Hannah and Basil guided him K91 043 across the slip. ^Lay shivering on the backseat of the bus that K91 044 took us downhill. ^Stayed quiet and withdrawn as we waited, K91 045 eating mince on toast and drinking tea at the Motueka Community K91 046 Hall. ^I assumed he went home, and, like me, retrieved his K91 047 vehicle when the new road was cut. ^But he hadn't returned to K91 048 the house to collect his helmet. K91 049 |^I looked up from the helmet at the barred door, the black K91 050 gap in the boarded window. ^A gust of wind swept some fallen K91 051 leaves along the veranda *- hard, dry leaves, skipping, making K91 052 a sound identical to that of the padded, nailed feet of a dog K91 053 sprinting along a cement pavement. ^A magpie set up its K91 054 whetting, metallic call. K91 055 |^I turned and went away down the hill, knowing I was being K91 056 spoken to *- words of leaves, wind, birdcalls *- in some K91 057 common, inadequate tongue, by something mysterious *- while all K91 058 the time it, and I, went on thinking in our own mismatched K91 059 languages, unable to make ourselves understood. K91 060 * K91 061 |^I was lying on the couch propped up by cushions, a lamp K91 062 looking over my shoulder at the books and papers, taking notes, K91 063 struggling to make my laziness and lack of interest yield: K91 064 writing nonsense. ^It was mid-year, three days beyond the K91 065 deadline for a final essay, with exams looming in the following K91 066 week *- and an eviction notice pinned to the cork tiles above K91 067 the kitchen sink. K91 068 |^It was blowing hard outside. ^That day the wind had K91 069 broken a branch off the willow beside the steps, rattled the K91 070 windows, sucked the doors shut, and seemed to twitch the ground K91 071 sideways under every step I took. ^Beneath the wind I could K91 072 still hear the low background roar of night traffic. K91 073 |^As I read, tiring, the light on the pages began to yellow K91 074 and dim. ^I put my head back and closed my eyes; no ideas in my K91 075 mind, just images from what I had read: Dorothy Wordsworth K91 076 planting her gardens at Dove Cottage with daisies, primroses K91 077 and celandines (and, in undertone, backwash of the wash of K91 078 waves, images of another garden: a rail fence, white paint K91 079 flaking and filmed with mildew smothered in violet convolvulus K91 080 *- and the wet brick path to the back door). ^I recollected K91 081 fragmented details of my reading: Wordsworth's sister's K91 082 frequent indispositions, her two week tooth**[ARB**]-aches. K91 083 ^And the pageant of the poor she met wandering the roads, K91 084 turned out by Europe's wars, shortages of food, work, and care. K91 085 ^And the parades of funerals, topping up the high ground inside K91 086 the churchyard walls. (^Then *- backwash of the wash of another K91 087 wave *- a churchyard choked with yellow grass under steep stony K91 088 hills.) K91 089 |^I had translated the past from books into a past where I K91 090 might find myself at any moment, wandering on to a wet road, K91 091 into a cold March wind in old England, to watch Wordsworth's K91 092 sister in her cap and shawl and buttoned-up boots stopping to K91 093 give a small copper coin to a one-armed sailor miles from the K91 094 sea. ^Dreaming, drained and very nearly asleep, it seemed to me K91 095 that the history recorded on the printed page was curling back K91 096 to reveal all the past *- in tattered layers like the posters K91 097 plastered on billboards around town, advertising plays, gigs, K91 098 public meetings and protest marches back to last spring. K91 099 |^The doorhandle creaked as Andrea came in quietly from K91 100 work, the five to midnight shift at Databank. ^She didn't K91 101 remove her coat, but sat down in front of our one bar heater K91 102 with her purple finger**[ARB**]-tips held out to its heat. K91 103 ^*'How's it going?**' she asked. K91 104 |*'^It's not going.**' K91 105 |*'^What happens if you don't finish it?**' K91 106 |*'^I'll fail the course, and set back by six months the K91 107 agenda of my life.**' K91 108 |^She laughed. *'^You'll finish it, you'll follow through K91 109 *- you always do, since you think that if you *1stop K91 110 *0asserting yourself you'll disappear in a puff of smoke.**' K91 111 |*'^That's not fair.**' K91 112 |^She began pushing my papers aside with her feet, K91 113 examining the titles of the books surrounding me. ^Mostly they K91 114 were what she could expect to find: an anthology of Romantic K91 115 poetry, a critical collection, *1Blake to Byron, *0Dorothy K91 116 Wordsworth's journal *- K91 117 |^*'What's this?**' she asked, *'^Robin Hyde's *1Passport K91 118 to Hell, *0John \0A. Lee's *1Civilian into Soldier,**' K91 119 *0bending over to pick it up, *'^*1Thus Spake Zarathustra. K91 120 ^*0And Robert Westall's *1Watch House *0*- that's predictable K91 121 at least. ^Are all these relevant?**' K91 122 |*'^I keep getting side-tracked.**' K91 123 |^She laughed again. *'^Is it the essay that's distracting K91 124 you?**' K91 125 |*'^I'm going to have to ask for another extension.**' K91 126 |^*'I'll leave you to it then *- achiever *- intentions K91 127 *1and *0distractions,**' she gave me a sympathetic hug and K91 128 retired to her room. K91 129 |^I returned to my attempt to produce another essay; K91 130 another leap through a flaming hoop. K91 131 *|^In the morning, before my appointment with my lecturer, I K91 132 went to visit my grandfather at the Museum. ^For the past two K91 133 weeks he had been staying at my aunt's house in Eastbourne and K91 134 commuting in to the Museum to help out with preparations for K91 135 the upcoming shift. K91 136 |^Several of the Museum's natural history departments were K91 137 transferring their laboratories and collections from the old K91 138 building on Mount Cook to *'temporary**' accommodation in a K91 139 made-over commercial building. (^The word *'temporary**', used K91 140 to describe any measures to relieve the pressure on space in K91 141 the old building, was euphemistic *- since any plans for a new K91 142 museum and art gallery would almost certainly take fifty years K91 143 from proposal to realisation.) ^Grandfather was overseeing the K91 144 repacking and labelling of some of the specimens, and indexing K91 145 the volumes of information he had gathered during his twenty K91 146 years in the institution. K91 147 |^I met one of the taxidermists in the galleries. ^He knew K91 148 me, so let me in the back to walk around the long way *- K91 149 through corridors stinking of formalin, floor polish, carbolic K91 150 and dried bird, past the shadowy shapes of the canoes, stacked K91 151 in steel frames behind a billowing sheet of clear plastic, K91 152 across the courtyard lined with metal crates containing large K91 153 fish and dolphins preserved in gallons of formalin, where a K91 154 blue whale's jawbone had been hung from the ceiling for a K91 155 year-long process of draining off its oil *- stinking saltily K91 156 in the open air. ^Into the hallways lined with cabinets full of K91 157 bird's eggs nestled in cottonwool; shells; stacks of paper K91 158 pressing dried leaves and flowers; soap-stone carvings; painted K91 159 fans; dark, tapering fire-hardened spears; spiny sea eggs; and K91 160 boxes of brittle stars that tinkled when touched, like K91 161 porcelain ornaments. ^From the display department drifted the K91 162 smells of polyurethane, paint and hot glue. ^Through the door I K91 163 caught a glimpse of a fibreglass shark, lying on a bench *- K91 164 familiar, usually seen frozen, wheeling in the dark space K91 165 beneath the ramp in the marine life gallery. K91 166 |^Grandfather wasn't to be found in his usual haunt, a room K91 167 crowded with floor-to-ceiling cabinets containing mollusc K91 168 specimens. ^Nor was his successor, *'young**' Howard K91 169 (forty-three at his last birthday), tucked into his usual place K91 170 against the only clear corner by the outside wall of the room. K91 171 |^Two contract workers were sitting at one of the K91 172 workbenches, with a radio turned on and up, playing the current K91 173 number one for probably the fourth time that morning. ^The K91 174 young women were busy transferring tiny sea-snail shells from K91 175 the boxes they had been stored in some fifty years before into K91 176 thin glass bottles, which they then laid in shallow trays lined K91 177 with waste cotton. ^They didn't have any idea where Grandfather K91 178 had got to, so I went back to Howard's corner to wait. K91 179 |^Howard's desk was covered in stacks of detailed Indian K91 180 ink diagrams of bisected snail shells and snail's digestive K91 181 tracts *- beautiful and faithful representations of a hidden K91 182 world. ^It was a fraction of Howard's fifteen year project, a K91 183 monograph on New Zealand land snails; *'worthwhile**' work, K91 184 which would perhaps be printed in ten years time, in sharp K91 185 black print on glossy paper, and would stand on the shelves of K91 186 natural science libraries all around the world. ^Studying the K91 187 drawings I could almost hear the slow spring *- the K91 188 drop-by-drop equations of human knowledge wearing down the K91 189 stone sum of human time. ^Taxonomy, that rare thing, work that K91 190 when it is done well, need never be done again; also, possibly, K91 191 work that need never be done *- the public didn't need it, not K91 192 the public at that moment wandering around the galleries above, K91 193 they would never bring their kids to it, on wet Sundays, K91 194 gaping. ^And yet the drawings were lovely *- careful maps of K91 195 hidden facts one person in ten thousand might want to know. K91 196 |^Howard came in, dressed as usual in shorts and sandals, a K91 197 swanndri and a white labcoat, his long hair tied back in a pony K91 198 tail. ^He sat down behind the microscope and smiled at me. ^He K91 199 seemed to not quite fit the desk, his elbows stuck out at odd K91 200 angles and, sitting, he stooped, as he never did standing. K91 201 |*'^Hugh is on his way over, he's talking to Marion at the K91 202 moment.**' K91 203 |*'^How's it going?**' K91 204 |*'^The shift? ^Neither Hugh nor I like the donkey work, K91 205 the house**[ARB**]-keeping, relabelling and so on.**' K91 206 |*'^I meant your monograph.**' K91 207 |*'^It's getting there. ^I'll have to find time for another K91 208 field trip up north soon. ^Perhaps put out a paper on the K91 209 clearing of predators from the new reserves. ^Marion is working K91 210 at some papers on her scavenging sea-snails. ^Fascinating K91 211 stuff.**' K91 212 |*'^Yeah? ^Like?**' K91 213 |^He peered at me, trying to assess whether or not I was K91 214 genuinely interested in Marion's papers, concluded I might be K91 215 and began, *'^As you may know, deep-sea animals often live K91 216 longer than related species in shallow water *- because the K91 217 intense cold of the deep oceans slows their metabolisms.**' K91 218 *# K92 001 **[466 TEXT K92**] K92 002 |*0\0M *- ^Then don't ask. K92 003 |\0N *- ^I told you years ago in my youth that I was an K92 004 atheist and amoralist, also a nihilist and an iconoclast. ^I hope K92 005 I never said anarchist. ^I don't think so. ^I'm no different. ^I K92 006 respect your religion, but I trust it is as much a matter of K92 007 indifference to you as it is to me. ^I have sinned mightily in my K92 008 days I have to acknowledge, worst of all against women. ^But it K92 009 is no sin to be here with you, Maree, no matter what. ^I can K92 010 swear to god that is true and I hope you believe it. K92 011 |*- ^That's my business. K92 012 |*- ^You will permit me to use a french letter however. ^I K92 013 have responsibilities to other women. K92 014 |*- ^He says. ^Well I hope you aren't impotent like somebody K92 015 else. K92 016 |*- ^What did you think was wrong with me? K92 017 |*- ^If it wasn't impotence and it wasn't homosexuality, K92 018 what was it? K92 019 |*- ^I have to be honest. ^I believe there was something, K92 020 though I don't know its origin. ^Jung talks about an archetype, K92 021 the great mother. ^The woman figure over doing protectiveness K92 022 till it becomes destructive. ^At bottom I saw your mother as the K92 023 great mother. ^She attracted me and yet at the same time I found K92 024 her terrifyingly overbearing, not in fact but in prospect. ^My K92 025 long poem *2THE ALEXANDRIANS *0is pervaded by the great mother K92 026 Cybele, whose son and consort Attis was driven to castration in K92 027 order to survive in her train. ^You can see the great mother K92 028 archetype is pretty prominent in my consciousness. K92 029 |*- ^Um. K92 030 |*- ^When we were young, when we were companions it was a K92 031 great dread for me whether you would take on the characteristics K92 032 of the great mother. ^I couldn't get the measure of your breasts, K92 033 whether they were small, medium, or large. K92 034 |\0M *- ^Small. ^Didn't you have eyes? ^You looked at me K92 035 enough. K92 036 |\0N *- ^But I could only see what my imagination presented. K92 037 ^You didn't wear tight fitting clothes. K92 038 |*- ^I should have worn none at all I think. K92 039 |*- ^You never showered with me. ^Once you did wear a blue K92 040 bodice on stage, but I was too far down in the auditorium to get K92 041 your measure. K92 042 |*- ^Are you serious in this report? K92 043 |*- ^I am always serious about my mind. ^It works for me and K92 044 it works against me, about equally. ^But let me reassure you, K92 045 Maree. ^Long ago I decided you would never become the great K92 046 mother. ^And indeed, by and large modern women do not qualify. K92 047 ^But archetypes aren't rational or factual. ^So believe me, as a K92 048 young man I was in mortal terror of big boobs. K92 049 |*- ^This sounds like nonsense. K92 050 |*- ^I am a comic artist, you know. ^But remember the K92 051 unconscious records past experience. ^To the baby a mother's K92 052 breasts are gigantic. ^No doubt those memories were entrenched in K92 053 my unconscious and retrieved in adulthood when I came to love K92 054 with the proportions out of scale, so that as a grown man I K92 055 looked at you with the eyes of a baby, expecting everything to be K92 056 four times greater than reality because I was four times greater K92 057 too. K92 058 |*- ^You are serious. K92 059 |*- ^It is an experience I had to live with. ^I was in K92 060 torment. K92 061 |*- ^But surely as a young man you saw young women's K92 062 breasts? K92 063 |*- ^Actually no. ^When I finally attained that measure of K92 064 intimacy with women, that is in my mid 30's, it was quite a K92 065 delight to find one woman with tits no bigger than clothes pegs K92 066 and another no more pendulous than dog's ears. K92 067 |*- ^I don't know, Noel, whether the world you grew up in K92 068 was actually mad or you only make it sound so. K92 069 |\0N *- ^It seems mad because it was actually silly; that's K92 070 why I have to depict it as comic. ^It's still so on all sides K92 071 today, actually worse. ^Hadn't you noticed? K92 072 |\0M *- ^This vein of talk makes me wonder whether I am wise K92 073 to take you to bed with me. ^Am I safe? ^After all these years, K92 074 Noel, am I to end up in the arms of a nut? ^I did not expect this K92 075 line of talk as the lead in to foreplay. ^It is disturbing rather K92 076 than exciting, since it casts an alarming light upon your psyche. K92 077 |*- ^These are only shadows. ^They are harmless once they K92 078 are brought to light. K92 079 *<*2ACT 6*> *<*0Books*> K92 080 |^We were in bed together. ^But in my youth and in my mind Maree K92 081 was always beyond control, so vivacious, so vital, so downright K92 082 jovial. ^In fact jovial is the most synonymous expression of all K92 083 for her in my mind. ^I mentioned this to my daughter who said it K92 084 made Maree sound fat and wheezy. ^The very opposite. K92 085 *|\0M *- ^Aren't you afraid to put your image of me in K92 086 contradiction to the facts? K92 087 |\0N *- ^No, and realistically because of course I know K92 088 quite well that what I take in my arms today is barely the relic K92 089 of a dream, if you like; just as I am only the fossil of a lover, K92 090 not the man I once was. K92 091 |*- ^So the ideals of youth are safe from the reality of K92 092 age? K92 093 |*- ^Yes. K92 094 |*- ^Youth can have their dreams. ^The aged can have their K92 095 scruff and bone. K92 096 |*- ^And delighted to do so too. K92 097 |\0M *- ^Will you forget me after this? K92 098 |\0N *- ^How can I forget you under any circumstances when I K92 099 have been obsessed by you for forty years? K92 100 |*- ^Even before you met me? K92 101 |*- ^Yes. ^I have said so. ^I sought you as the fulfilment K92 102 of my anima. K92 103 |*- ^But what did you find? K92 104 |*- ^Literally I found a focus, a focus for my imagination K92 105 if you like. ^I said I would shape my life around you. ^That's K92 106 what happened, in imagination anyway. K92 107 |*- ^You are making me the pearl of your imagination. K92 108 |*- ^Yes. K92 109 |*- ^But I am only a bit of grit, literally, am I not? K92 110 |*- ^But you are real, warm, human, responsive, admirable. K92 111 ^Many people have known you and can bear witness that my esteem K92 112 was not unjustified. ^I am satisfied that my imaginings were not K92 113 groundless. ^You were worthy to have two poets glorify you all K92 114 their lifetimes. K92 115 |*- ^Maybe there are more than two. K92 116 |*- ^Welcome aboard. ^The more the merrier merely proves how K92 117 right we all were, how deserving you were of the glory. K92 118 |*- ^Is it glory? K92 119 |*- ^Mike and I have written over 200 books between us. K92 120 |*- ^But nobody has read them, or wants to. K92 121 |*- ^Not even you. K92 122 |*- ^Me least of all. K92 123 |*- ^And I would hope so. ^How could I write books about you K92 124 if I thought you were actually going to read them. ^I would have K92 125 to leave bits out out of consideration for you. K92 126 |^But I know that it is literally so that you will never get K92 127 through all the books in the world that relate to you. ^Never in K92 128 a thousand years. ^However, take me to bed occasionally and you K92 129 will never have to read a book again by me or Mike or any other K92 130 admirer. K92 131 |\0M *- ^Did you ever rewrite that book about me? K92 132 |\0N *- ^The one I wrote when we were young and burnt? K92 133 |*- ^That one. K92 134 |*- ^I couldn't rewrite it. ^It was just a journal, a record K92 135 of conversations and reflections. ^But I did finally reconstruct K92 136 something like it in *2THREE ELEGIES AND A TRIOLET. ^*0Only it is K92 137 a bit oblique. ^It was written to justify my relationship with K92 138 another woman, and took a cynical view of you. ^Mike said it was K92 139 a very painful book to read. ^So you don't have to read it. ^I K92 140 was blaming you for the fact that I was hung up on another woman K92 141 as your surrogate, and neither of you were worth a second thought K92 142 in hindsight. ^That's the stance I took, but it was probably only K92 143 a temporary attack of jaundice. K92 144 |*- ^You still talk today like you sounded in your letters K92 145 thirty five years ago. K92 146 |*- ^The man is the style. ^Nothing has changed. ^You don't K92 147 still have those letters? K92 148 |*- ^My brother had them at one stage. K92 149 |*- ^Your brother has played an odd role between us. ^Half K92 150 helpful, half unhelpful. K92 151 |*- ^My whole family were good friends, admirers and well K92 152 wishers of yours, Noel. ^People who have known you over a long K92 153 time have grown to like you and see your good side, so long as K92 154 they don't get too much of you on their plate. K92 155 |*- ^I accept that. K92 156 |*- ^And that's the only book you have written about me? K92 157 |*- ^Good heavens no. ^All my books are about you one way or K92 158 the other, directly or indirectly. ^You're the focus of my anima, K92 159 and my anima is the driving force of my art. ^In simpler terms K92 160 you are my muse, my inspiration. ^My subject matter is romantic. K92 161 ^Its centre is love relationships. ^It finds comedy in eroticism. K92 162 ^Turn all that inside out and it takes on the semblance of K92 163 socialism and social idealism. ^In my universe the good god is K92 164 simply the benevolence that gave me you. K92 165 |\0M *- ^But there are other women in your life, some you K92 166 love as much or more deeply than you assert you love me. K92 167 |\0N *- ^They are surrogates of you, just repetitions, some K92 168 more intense and rewarding instances of the same complex. K92 169 |*- ^You're telling me that I lie here in bed with you as K92 170 the substitute for a substitute for myself. K92 171 |*- ^Yes. ^But you are the original. ^The other is just a K92 172 copy I begin to think of as no more than that. K92 173 |*- ^In your brain, Noel, everything turns into nonsense. ^I K92 174 would have hated to be married to you. ^I would have ended up K92 175 unable to take you serious. K92 176 |*- ^Nobody does that is close to me. ^They sense in the end K92 177 that I am just a piece of mental energy flapping in the wind. K92 178 |*- ^If nobody reads your books, why do you bother? K92 179 |*- ^Well, you see artists create the life we live. ^Jung K92 180 and Wells are wrong to suggest that the archetypes of the K92 181 unconscious give rise to all art generation after generation. ^On K92 182 the contrary art, culture as a product in time becomes deposited K92 183 in the mind as the unconscious. ^What I am doing, and other K92 184 artists worthy of their salt likewise, is stocking the K92 185 unconscious. ^My books only have to exist for the collective K92 186 unconscious to be agitated with new and modified archetypes. K92 187 ^They don't have to be read. ^That will come later when the K92 188 unconscious has been reconstructed if you like. K92 189 |\0M *- ^Now you must be joking again, Noel. ^Do you really K92 190 suggest that an unread book, a book nobody has read can affect K92 191 the mass psychology? K92 192 |\0N *- ^It does. ^Otherwise why would these books get K92 193 written, why would they come into existence? ^A work of art is K92 194 like some dreams that Jung, Dunne and Wells report, is already K92 195 extant in the future. ^My books aren't unread. ^I just don't know K92 196 who is reading them or where. ^People have been reading them for K92 197 25 years and more. ^The most common judgement about them is that K92 198 Noel Wells is mad. ^We are at that stage in cultural evolution in K92 199 regard to my books that they are subject to a conspiracy of K92 200 silence. ^Marx was subjected to that for 15 years, 1867 - 1882. K92 201 ^Then within a decade everything intellectual in Europe was K92 202 Marxist. K92 203 |*- ^You expect to be dominant like that. ^No wonder you K92 204 seem successful and confident. K92 205 |*- ^No actually, I don't give a damn for impact or K92 206 recognition. ^I would rather be left alone in total privacy to K92 207 follow up my own ideas and inspirations if you like. ^My art is K92 208 based on my own anima. ^My anima is focussed in the first place K92 209 on you Maree, and in the second place on at least one other woman K92 210 who is no more use to me today except as a torment than you were K92 211 for thirty five years. K92 212 |*- ^But at least you now have me in your arms as a K92 213 guarantee that all is not in vain and eventually those you adore K92 214 can be possessed. K92 215 |*- ^Possessed not just as bodies, but as the embodied K92 216 anima, the ideal made flesh, beauty in a word. K92 217 *# K93 001 **[467 TEXT K93**] K93 002 ^*0When the Japanese caught him, they broke all his toes with a K93 003 hammer. ^They'd seen Ted's toes. K93 004 |^*"Course all our men were overseas fighting for England K93 005 when the Japs were on their way down here,**" said Charlie. K93 006 |^*"Yeah, but the Japs would've outnumbered them ten to K93 007 one. ^The Yanks saved New Zealand, no two ways about it,**" K93 008 replied George with conviction. K93 009 |^Charlie squinted at the lamp. *"^Funny the way they talk K93 010 *- the Yanks, I mean. ^Calling a tram a streetcar, an' all K93 011 that. ^An' they call footpaths sidewalks!**". K93 012 |*"^Yeah, an' saying *'guy**' instead of *'bloke**'... K93 013 guy!**" ^Weasel was shaking his head. K93 014 |^*"Wonder if that'll ever catch on down here?**" ruminated K93 015 George. K93 016 |*"^Nah, a bloke's a bloke in New Zealand. ^You'll never K93 017 hear a Kiwi say guy.**" ^Charlie was positive. *"^They speak K93 018 funny, but they saved us from the Japs, an' we've \2gotta hand K93 019 it to them for that.**" K93 020 |^*"Maybe,**" Bluey sounded prejudiced. *"^But they're K93 021 randy buggers. ^One of them put my cousin in the family way!**" K93 022 |*"^Well, better a Yank than a Jap, Blue!**" K93 023 |*"^Yeah... oh yeah. ^One o' the blokes I work with, he had K93 024 his sister put up the spudline by a Yank soldier.**" K93 025 |*"^That right?**" K93 026 |*"^Right. ^When a Yank goes out with a girl, he doesn't K93 027 waste any time. ^He's up her like a mullet up a creek.**" K93 028 ^Bluey knew all about Yanks. K93 029 |^*"Mind you,**" said George, *"things can get pretty hot K93 030 right here without anybody from overseas putting his spoke in. K93 031 ^How about the Banner scandal? ^If that wasn't a beaut...**" K93 032 |*"^Yeah... an' right in our own backyard.**" ^Charlie K93 033 looked at Weasel. *"^You \2ought'a know all about that!**" K93 034 |*"^I do... I do.**" ^Weasel, the smallest, youngest member K93 035 of the band, looked around eagerly. ^He had the floor. K93 036 |*"^They lived in our street, an' \0Mrs Banner had a baby K93 037 two years after her old man had gone away to war. ^Everybody in K93 038 the street was buzzing about it, and one day I heard my mother K93 039 whispering to \0Mrs Burns *- that's the lady next door *- that K93 040 \0Mrs Banner had adopted the baby out. ^I \2dunno why she did K93 041 this, because she didn't have any other kids. ^Anyhow, nobody K93 042 was \2gonna say anything about it. ^But that didn't last too K93 043 long. ^A couple of years later when \0Mr Banner came back, K93 044 \0Mrs Sulley, who lives alongside 'em, couldn't wait to squawk K93 045 to \0Mr Banner about it.**" ^Weasel paused. K93 046 |*"^Go on... keep 'er going, mate.**" ^They urged him on. K93 047 |*"^\0Mr Banner got wild as hell and took off, an' he's K93 048 never been back. ^And then, ho-ho, and then... I heard it with K93 049 \2me own ears. ^Everybody in the street heard it!**" ^Another K93 050 pause. K93 051 |*"^For Chris' sake, Weasel!**" ^They all knew the story, K93 052 but Weasel had been *1there. K93 053 |*"^\0*0Mrs Banner got out in the street one night, right K93 054 outside \0Mrs Sulley's gate. ^It was at tea time and all the K93 055 blokes were home from work. ^She's got a loud voice, \0Mrs K93 056 Banner, an' you could hear her all over the place. ^Anyway, she K93 057 hollered out to \0Mrs Sulley, *'^You stupid bitch, your old man K93 058 was the father!**'**" K93 059 |*"^Where are the Sulleys now, Weasel?**" **[SIC**]Charlie. K93 060 |*"^I \2dunno. ^They moved out the next week an' nobody K93 061 knows where they went. ^\0Mrs Banner had to take in boarders to K93 062 make ends meet. ^She's got two blokes living in the house with K93 063 her now**". K93 064 *|^The thing about the war years was wondering. ^Charlie used K93 065 to lie in bed wondering how his dad was doing over there. ^His K93 066 father had gone away in 1940 and his troopship had been K93 067 diverted to England when invasion seemed imminent. ^They'd been K93 068 put ashore in Liverpool, where they'd marched through the K93 069 streets and all the Australian soldiers had been singing K93 070 *"Waltzing Matilda**". ^Charlie's father had said they were K93 071 great men to fight alongside. K93 072 |^After the Battle of Britain had come the desert campaigns K93 073 in North Africa against the Germans and Italians under Rommel. K93 074 ^Charlie knew that his mother was worried sick, even though she K93 075 never said anything. ^When he was a newsboy, his mother K93 076 couldn't wait to grab the paper and read the war news as soon K93 077 as he got home. ^She would sit in the kitchen, near the stove, K93 078 where she could keep her eye on the evening meal simmering in K93 079 the pots. ^She would search through all the pages to see if K93 080 there were casualty lists. ^Then she would read the war news. K93 081 ^She didn't know that Charlie would already have looked at the K93 082 paper. K93 083 *|^One day when everybody was talking about a huge battle that K93 084 had been won by the British and Commonwealth troops at El K93 085 Alamein, in Egypt, Charlie collected his newspapers. ^The K93 086 headlines told of General Montgomery putting the Afrika Korps K93 087 and Italians in retreat. ^The paper also had pages of casualty K93 088 lists. ^Charlie had sat on the kerb under a street sign. ^It K93 089 was late afternoon and it had been raining. ^The rough stones K93 090 along the kerb edge were still wet, but Charlie didn't even K93 091 notice. ^His father had been in the fight. K93 092 |^Heart pounding, he skimmed down the columns of names K93 093 until he came to *'M**'. ^Under *'^Missing in Action**', K93 094 nothing; there was no Bill Mansfield. ^*'Missing Believed K93 095 Killed**', nothing. ^Twelve-year-old chin set like concrete, he K93 096 started down the list of *'^Killed in Action**'. ^The name K93 097 leapt from the paper at him. ^No!!! ^Through a blur of tears K93 098 and in a futile rage he read the name: Mansfield \0B. ^His lips K93 099 worked. ^They were without sound. *"^I didn't know him... I K93 100 didn't even *1know *0him and now I'll *1never *0know him.**" K93 101 |^All newspapers were delivered in a numb haze. ^At each K93 102 house he was unusually meticulous about folding the papers, K93 103 instead of screwing them up and throwing them onto the front K93 104 porch, or stuffing them in a letterbox. ^He was super-polite in K93 105 answering the *"hellos**" of householders. K93 106 |^At home, Charlie gave the paper to his mother. ^He looked K93 107 crisply at her. ^He was seeing her for the first time. ^He had K93 108 never been calmer, never steadier. ^The girls were outside, K93 109 playing with the kids next door. K93 110 |^His mother sat in her chair, in her position near the K93 111 stove. ^Frozen faced, she started down the list, like he had K93 112 done. ^A lump choked his throat and his chest was bursting. K93 113 ^His mother looked up, as white as death. ^She said, with a K93 114 quaver, *"^There's a second cousin of your father's been K93 115 killed, Chee.**" ^Heck, Mum called me Chee; that's my *1baby K93 116 *0name. *"^Bruce Mansfield from Taumarunui.**" K93 117 |^Great sobs suddenly racked him. ^Dad's alive. ^The K93 118 *'\0B**' is for Bruce, not for Bill. ^It's *'\0W**' for Bill. K93 119 ^Hacking great sobs shuddered their way out. ^He knelt on the K93 120 floor with his head in his mother's lap, his tears soaking her K93 121 dress. ^Her hands... those wonderful gentle hands were resting K93 122 on his head. *"^There, there, Chee, it's all right. ^It's quite K93 123 all right.**" K93 124 *|^*"It's funny how a man goes overseas to fight for some other K93 125 country and leaves his own women and kids and things K93 126 unguarded,**" said George. K93 127 |^The crew all looked toward him. ^*"I mean,**" he K93 128 continued, *"all our blokes going off to fight for England in K93 129 two world wars. ^What do they expect to get for it?**" K93 130 |^*"\2Nuthin',**" said Charlie. *"^They don't even think K93 131 about what they're \2gonna get. ^Your old man's deaf from being K93 132 in the artillery, my dad's guts are ruined from swallowing all K93 133 that desert sand, and both Bluey and Weasel's dads were wounded K93 134 on Crete.**" K93 135 |^*"That was before the Yanks came into it, wasn't it, K93 136 Charlie?**" asked Weasel. K93 137 |*"^Well, they were in it, but they were busy with the K93 138 Japs. ^When the Yanks got to North Africa, the Eighth Army, K93 139 with our blokes in it, had the Jerries an' the Eyeties on the K93 140 run after beating 'em at El Alamein.**" K93 141 |*"^You know a lot about it, Charlie.**" ^Bluey was K93 142 impressed. K93 143 |^Charlie put on his important, self-assured look. K93 144 *"^Yeah... well, s'pose I do. ^My old man's unit was in England K93 145 in 1940 when everybody thought the Poms were \2gonna be K93 146 invaded.**" K93 147 |^*"Why do we call 'em Pommies?**" asked George. K93 148 |*"^I \2dunno. ^The Yanks call 'em Limeys.**" K93 149 |*"^Get out!**" K93 150 |*"^Dinkum, fair dinkum! ^O' course the Poms talk funny, K93 151 too; but they got guts. ^My old man says that one thing you K93 152 \2gotta hand 'em is that they got guts.**" K93 153 |^All eyes fastened on Charlie. *"^Pawing over bits an' K93 154 pieces of kids when London was bombed; nobody bawling or K93 155 howling or anything. ^An' when Churchill passed they'd stick up K93 156 their fingers in the *'V for victory**' sign and tell him not K93 157 to worry, they could take it.**" K93 158 |*"^Jesus... that's guts, all right.**" ^Bluey was K93 159 impressed. *"^But a lot of our blokes died fighting for K93 160 England.**" K93 161 |^*"Yeah... oh, yeah,**" said Charlie. *"^My old man lost K93 162 two older brothers in the First World War. ^They were killed in K93 163 France.**" K93 164 |*"^Think the Poms'd do the same for us?**" ^George K93 165 squinted his eyes and looked across the cave toward their K93 166 leader. K93 167 |*"^O' course they would. ^*1I *0think they would, but I K93 168 overheard my dad talking about it to my uncle one day, an' K93 169 don't forget, my dad's pretty smart!**" K93 170 |*"^What did he say?**" K93 171 |*"^He was wondering if, after going over there an' dying K93 172 for them they'll shit on us when it suits them.**" K93 173 |*"^Nah... they'd never do that.**" ^Weasel was quite sure. K93 174 |*"^No? ^Well, maybe not, but don't forget my old man's got K93 175 a butcher shop. ^He's got to collect ration tickets from every K93 176 customer who comes in wanting to buy meat. ^No ration ticket, K93 177 no meat. ^He was saying that here we are two years after the K93 178 war an' we're still on rationing because all our meat and K93 179 cheese and butter is going to England to help her get on her K93 180 feet.**" K93 181 |^*"But that's only right, Charlie,**" interrupted George. K93 182 |*"^Yeah, I s'pose it is, but he said it was a funny K93 183 feeling that after taking all our stuff and giving us K93 184 bugger-all for it, they'll shit on us.**" K93 185 |*"^How? ^I don't see how.**" K93 186 |*"^I didn't at the time either, an' even though my old K93 187 man's smart, I think he's wrong on this one. ^He said he has K93 188 the feeling that after taking all our butter an' meat, K93 189 England'll turn around and piss in the pocket of France and one K93 190 or two other countries over there. ^She'll buy their stuff and K93 191 go off and leave us out in the cold.**" K93 192 |*"^Nah... she'd never do that; your old man's wrong.**" K93 193 ^George was positive. ^So were the rest of the crew. ^England K93 194 would never do that. ^Not when thousands of New Zealanders had K93 195 died fighting for her. K93 196 *<*6CHAPTER *=VI*> K93 197 |^*0The original intention of Charlie and his band had been to K93 198 fix the hole in the boat, throw in some bunks and a galley, and K93 199 sail up into the South Pacific to the tropical islands and the K93 200 girls. ^Unlimited lovemaking beneath the coconut trees and K93 201 aboard the boat would automatically follow. ^It was starting to K93 202 be clear, however, that this had been an over-optimistic K93 203 prediction. ^They had patched the hole, certainly, but their K93 204 old vessel had had a hard life. ^One Saturday morning they were K93 205 jolted into an awareness that much, much more needed to be K93 206 done. K93 207 |^George's woodwork instructor turned up unannounced *- a K93 208 visit which sent his pupil into a palsy. ^Surprisingly, the K93 209 instructor turned out to be a human being, not an ogre. ^After K93 210 inspecting their work thus far, he sat down with pencil and K93 211 paper and sketched out a repair programme. ^If they followed K93 212 it, he said, they would end up with a vessel they could sail K93 213 the world in. ^If they didn't, if they were content to leave K93 214 things as they were (*"half-arse**" was the term he used), they K93 215 would probably sail off into the blue and never be heard of K93 216 again. ^They would have to renew the keel bolts, fit solid K93 217 floors thirty inches apart throughout the ship, steam and fit K93 218 several dozen ribs, replace the old, split cabin sides. K93 219 *# K94 001 **[468 TEXT K94**] K94 002 |^*0A funny thing happened about that. ^One day I was K94 003 creeping after a kaka I'd seen from the camp, trying to get a K94 004 shot of its orange underwings, using the rifle as a camera. K94 005 ^Uncle Hec, dragging a big dead tawa branch, spotted me sneaking K94 006 along. K94 007 |^*"What are you up to?**" he said. K94 008 |*"^I was just trying to sneak up on that kaka.**" K94 009 |*"^What for? ^You don't want to eat them. ^There's not K94 010 enough on one to fill the holes in your teeth.**" K94 011 |^*"I was trying to see if I could get a photograph of it, K94 012 if I had a camera,**" I confessed. K94 013 |^He squatted down against a tree and started breaking up a K94 014 stick of wood. K94 015 |^*"Is that what you want to get into?**" he asked. K94 016 |^*"Wouldn't mind,**" I said. *"^What's wrong with that? ^I K94 017 know a lot about birds. ^I watch them all the time. ^I bet I know K94 018 more about them than you do.**" K94 019 |^*"Photographing 'em might turn out to be a bit trickier K94 020 than just looking at 'em,**" he said. K94 021 |^*"I can learn photography,**" I told him. *"^I've read a K94 022 bit about it. ^Enough to know the kind of camera and lenses you K94 023 need. ^They might even have better gear out by now, but I know I K94 024 can suss it out pretty quick.**" K94 025 |*"^All you'd have left to do after that is suss out how to K94 026 get close enough to the birds.**" K94 027 |^*"I already know that,**" I said. ^I spend hours just K94 028 watching...**" K94 029 |^Uncle Hec flicked the end of his stick at me and it hit me K94 030 in the chest. ^*"I mean close,**" he said. *"^You don't K94 031 understand the first thing about birds. ^You're going the wrong K94 032 way about it for a start.**" K94 033 |^*"I suppose you know all there is to know about them,**" I K94 034 said, getting ready to dodge a flattening. ^I reckoned I could K94 035 outrun him these days, especially with him having a lame foot. K94 036 |^*"Birds are some of the hardest things to sneak up on K94 037 you'll ever find,**" he went on. *"^Even for another bird. ^And K94 038 here you are creeping along staring at them like a hungry cat.**" K94 039 ^He shook his head at the sheer stupidity of it. K94 040 |*"^What am I supposed to do then?**" K94 041 |*"^Well look at it this way. ^A bird'll sit on a sheep's K94 042 back, it'll feed round a horse's feet *- it'll even sit in a K94 043 crocodile's mouth and pick his teeth *- but the same bird won't K94 044 come within a bull's roar of a human being. ^What do you reckon K94 045 causes that?**" K94 046 |^*"Don't know,**" I said. K94 047 |^*"It's because human beings are so unpredictable,**" he K94 048 said. *"^One of the sheep isn't going to leap up and chuck a K94 049 stone all of a sudden. ^They're indifferent to the birds. ^That's K94 050 your clue. K94 051 |*"^Birds are territorial, mostly, and the best way to get K94 052 near 'em is to move into their territory and ignore them. ^You K94 053 can keep an eye on 'em without staring at 'em. ^You don't want to K94 054 stay too still, either. ^Things waiting in ambush do that. ^You K94 055 just move quietly around minding your own business. ^Like a K94 056 sheep. ^Then it's a matter of your own patience.**" K94 057 |*"^Patience?**" K94 058 |*"^Yeah. ^You might have to wait an hour or more for the K94 059 bird life in a place to settle down, once you disturb it, and not K94 060 many people like to stick around that long. ^Especially young K94 061 blokes.**" ^He looked at me. K94 062 |^*"It's not like waiting to me,**" I told him. K94 063 |^He shrugged and stood up. ^*"I won't stop you,**" he said. K94 064 *"^Get into it if you want to. ^You're not going to be in here K94 065 all your life.**" K94 066 |^He grabbed the end of his tawa branch and started limping K94 067 down the creekbed with it towards the camp. ^I picked up some K94 068 lighting-sticks and followed him. K94 069 |*"^Where did you learn about birds, Uncle Hec?**" K94 070 |*"^Mostly from an old aboriginal lady I was bushed with K94 071 once up in Arnhem Land.**" K94 072 |*"^An old lady? ^What were you doing there?**" K94 073 |*"^Hunting.**" K94 074 |*"^Hunting what?**" K94 075 |*"^Snakes, grubs, lizards, birds *- anything we could get K94 076 to eat. ^The Mornington Islanders had stolen our canoe and all K94 077 our gear and a load of salted dugong meat. ^We were cut off by K94 078 the wet season and all we had was a knife and a burning K94 079 gum-branch.**" K94 080 |*"^How long did you do that for?**" K94 081 |*"^About eight weeks. ^We crossed the Roper River on a log K94 082 and made it out to the Gulf in the finish and got to a place K94 083 called Borroloola on the MacArthur River. ^I got through to K94 084 Darwin after that and waited out the wet.**" K94 085 |*"^What happened to the old lady?**" K94 086 |*"^She went back to her tribe on the Limmin River, but I K94 087 reckon I'd have been dingo meat if it hadn't been for her. ^I've K94 088 been in the bush with a few people, but that old abo lady could K94 089 run rings around anyone else I ever seen.**" K94 090 |*"^How?**" K94 091 |*"^She just moved so good through the bush she never K94 092 hassled an ant. ^She could tell you by the state of the insects K94 093 what birds were likely to be around, and she could tell by the K94 094 birds what animals were in their area. ^She could tell by the mud K94 095 crabs just where to wait for a barramundi with a burnt sharpened K94 096 stick. ^The birds used to carry on as though she wasn't there, K94 097 and when I'd sneak up behind her they'd start squeaking and K94 098 flying around as though someone had fired a couple of shots. K94 099 ^When we were looking for tucker I had to stay so far behind her K94 100 I could hardly keep her in sight *- I was so clumsy compared with K94 101 her. ^I'm not bad in the scrub myself, but the only use I was to K94 102 her was carrying the fire-stick and helping her roll logs over to K94 103 get at the grubs.**" K94 104 |^We walked on for a bit and then he said, *"^I'd have died K94 105 on my own. ^There's no one can sneak like an abo.**" K94 106 |^*"Must have been pretty tough going,**" I said. K94 107 |^We'd come out on the flat near the camp by this time and K94 108 he stopped and looked round at me. K94 109 |*"^It was no tougher than this.**" K94 110 |^Uncle Hec had said one of those things I couldn't forget. K94 111 *"^There's no one can sneak like an abo.**" ^And every time it K94 112 came into my mind I couldn't help imagining this old black lady K94 113 taking Uncle Hec out into the desert, years ago in another land, K94 114 and giving him a message about birds to pass on years later to K94 115 young black Ricky Baker in the Urewera bush. ^I felt kind of K94 116 grateful to her from a long way off. ^Maybe she was an ancestor K94 117 of mine or something, or maybe I needed something to fill the K94 118 gaps of not having much to do with other people. ^Whatever it was K94 119 that old lady, the Bird-lady, was with me in the bush whenever I K94 120 thought about her after that. ^I even sneaked different, as K94 121 though she was watching to see if I did it right. ^She taught me K94 122 to *1like *0the vines and roots and bluffs and boulders that got K94 123 in my way, and suddenly they'd be behind me and nice to have K94 124 known you. ^You walk lighter on the land when you like the land K94 125 you walk on, and you can see your way through a tangle of vines K94 126 or a heap of rocks or a tricky river before you even reach them. K94 127 ^Distance becomes a different thing, too. ^And time. ^It alters K94 128 your pace, to do it right. ^You move slower but you get there K94 129 sooner, and quieter, and more convinced than last time that in a K94 130 mysterious kind of way it's all one big living thing. ^I had a K94 131 whole new relationship with the birds to explore, too, and I K94 132 could get into their scenes real easy once I got used to it. K94 133 ^Uncle Hec was right. ^There's no one can sneak like an abo. K94 134 |^The night after I got back from Te Panaa Hut with the load K94 135 of flour and stuff we had the first heavy frost of the winter. K94 136 ^Keeping warm became very important, so we improved our little K94 137 whare to make it more rain and wind-proof, made a goatskin door K94 138 laced onto a framework of wineberry sticks, built up round our K94 139 fireplace with flat rocks, doubled the depth of crown fern on our K94 140 bunks and tied extra poles along the roof to hold down the K94 141 polythene and thatching. ^It ended up real cosy, especially when K94 142 the light and heat from the fire reflected right into the hut at K94 143 night. K94 144 |^The dogs were snug too. ^Zag had a bunk under the roots of K94 145 an upturned rimu, and Willy had a speargrass nest under the bank K94 146 near the fireplace. ^They were doing fine on the biggest blackest K94 147 possums Uncle Hec had seen for years. K94 148 |^*"There's an unusually good colony of possums round K94 149 here,**" he said half a dozen times. K94 150 |^One real cold morning it was just getting daylight and I K94 151 was lighting the fire when I heard something that sent me ducking K94 152 in to wake Uncle Hec up. K94 153 |^*"Wake up,**" I said, giving him a shake. K94 154 |^*"What's up?**" he said, sitting up in his sleeping bag. K94 155 |^*"The stags are roaring,**" I said. *"^Listen.**" K94 156 |^We went outside. ^A distant moan came wafting down from K94 157 high on the range at the head of the valley, to be followed by a K94 158 loud bellowing from up behind the camp. ^There was another roar K94 159 from further away, and then silence, except for the birds. K94 160 |^*"They're roaring all right,**" he said. *"^We'll have to K94 161 be extra careful for the next few weeks. ^The Urewera will be K94 162 crawling with trophy-hunters *- they go everywhere. ^The K94 163 choppers'll be busy too. ^You'd better take the slasher and see K94 164 how many trees you can drop across that old helicopter pad you K94 165 found the other day.**" K94 166 |^So we lit no fires in the daytime and listened and watched K94 167 for signs of other people. ^It was an extra worry when I was away K94 168 scrounging for food, and every time I got back to camp it was a K94 169 relief to find out that Uncle Hec hadn't had a visit from anyone K94 170 while I was away. ^We were very vulnerable just then, with Uncle K94 171 Hec's foot, and I could tell he was worried about it by his bad K94 172 temper. ^I heard two shots one day from way over on the next K94 173 watershed, and I found gumboot marks crossing our creek two hours K94 174 downstream from the camp, but nothing worth mentioning to Uncle K94 175 Hec. K94 176 |^The stags roared around there for four weeks, morning and K94 177 evening mostly. ^The big old one high up in the beech country K94 178 would moan two or three times, then the noisy one on Pigeon Ridge K94 179 would bellow like a calf, and when he'd had his say the one we K94 180 called Hookgrass Harry would bellow and bark and grunt in several K94 181 bursts. ^He was on a swampy bend in the heads of the little creek K94 182 opposite the camp, about a quarter of a mile away. ^Those were K94 183 the regulars but Uncle Hec said he'd identified twenty-six K94 184 different stags he'd heard from the camp during the roar. ^I K94 185 wondered where they all disappeared to when I was out hunting. K94 186 |^One afternoon at the height of the roar I tied up the dogs K94 187 and climbed up to see how close to Hookgrass Harry I could sneak. K94 188 ^For a start I just headed up in his general direction, and I'd K94 189 climbed right past him when he let out a roar about fifty yards K94 190 away. ^I went prickly with fright. ^Even the Bird-lady froze. ^No K94 191 idea it was going to be *1that *0loud. ^I stood there with a bit K94 192 more than half my attention on a tree I could get up quick, and K94 193 then he roared again *- a rattling rasping bellow that could only K94 194 come out of something real dangerous, and big. K94 195 |^I knew not to be scared, but I still was. K94 196 *# K95 001 **[469 TEXT K95**] K95 002 *<*5The Catalyst*> K95 003 *<*1Fran Lowe*> K95 004 |^*6*'M*0aria, you left the toothpaste lid off again.**' ^John K95 005 rubbed a spot on his nose. ^He made a mental note not to frown K95 006 so much. ^He was getting permanent lines on his forehead. K95 007 |*'^Oh darling, I'm such a dimwit about things like that. K95 008 ^Come and get your breakfast.**' K95 009 |*'^Okay love.**' ^He gave the lid an extra twist. ^Some K95 010 toothpaste oozed out of a tiny split in the seam. ^He dropped K95 011 it into the drawer and went into the kitchen. ^Maria had left a K95 012 cigarette burning in the ashtray. ^He stubbed it out, wrinkled K95 013 his nose and walked across the room to put his arm around her. K95 014 |^*'I'll have cheese on my toast,**' he said. K95 015 |^He sat down at the table with the newspaper. ^Maria K95 016 brought the tray of breakfast things to the table. ^They ate in K95 017 silence. K95 018 |^John cleared his throat as he stirred his coffee. K95 019 |*'^Will you be home tonight?**' K95 020 |*'^Oh no, I'm always out on Tuesdays.**' K95 021 |*'^What is it tonight then?**' K95 022 |*'^Marriage Guidance. ^You know.**' ^She frowned. K95 023 |*'^Oh yes, you're so good with your good works. ^You'll be K95 024 at home this afternoon then?**' K95 025 |*'^Yes.**' K95 026 |*'^I bought you a surprise yesterday. ^It's coming today. K95 027 ^I'll let them know you'll be home.**' K95 028 |*'^Oh great. ^What is it?**' ^He noticed she wasn't K95 029 smiling. K95 030 |*'^Just something you've been wanting.**' K95 031 |*'^Thanks John. ^I hope it didn't cost too much.**' K95 032 |*'^Don't you worry about that. ^See you tonight love.**' K95 033 |*'^Have a great day darling.**' ^They embraced at the K95 034 door. ^He knew she would love the cocktail cabinet. ^He had K95 035 always wanted one with shelves that swung out and mirrors K95 036 inside. K95 037 |^That evening John found Maria in the lounge looking at K95 038 the cocktail cabinet. K95 039 |*'^Do you like it?**' K95 040 |^She sighed. *'^Would you like a cuppa?**' K95 041 |*'^You don't like it, do you?**' K95 042 |*'^It's okay. ^I had more of a china cabinet in mind, but K95 043 I'll get used to it. ^Do you mind if we put it in the hall?**' K95 044 |*'^Whatever you like, darling. ^I'd love some coffee.**' K95 045 |*'^We'll have to have an early tea tonight. ^I've got an K95 046 appointment with some poor woman who's just discovered her K95 047 husband's having an affair.**' K95 048 |^He followed her as far as the door of the kitchen. *'^I K95 049 don't know you do it. ^It must be very depressing.**' K95 050 |*'^Can be pretty heavy. ^Bloody men are never satisfied K95 051 with what they've got.**' K95 052 |*'^I don't know, sometimes women make it very difficult K95 053 for a man to refuse them.**' K95 054 |*'^That's no excuse.**' ^She looked at him. *'^You'd never K95 055 go with another woman, would you?**' K95 056 |*'^I get plenty of opportunities.**' ^He looked at the K95 057 ground. K95 058 |*'^You wouldn't!**' K95 059 |*'^We've got a pretty secure relationship, haven't we? ^I K95 060 did have a bit of a fling last year, only three days.**' K95 061 |^She stared at him. ^He watched her knuckles whiten. K95 062 |*'^Not on that trip to Sydney last year?**' K95 063 |*'^Yes.**' K95 064 |^He heard her gasp and saw her body go rigid before she K95 065 rushed at him and pushed her face towards his. *'^You filthy K95 066 pig. ^How could you! ^How could you after all I've put up with. K95 067 ^You're a selfish bastard. ^You buy things for yourself and K95 068 pretend they're for me. ^You niggle at me all the time. ^You're K95 069 a pompous twit.**' K95 070 |^He stepped foward, waving his arms. *'^You should talk! K95 071 ^You're untidy, disorganised. ^You drive me mad with your K95 072 revolting cigarettes. ^You're never home, rushing around after K95 073 all the no-hopers in the world.**' K95 074 |^She pushed him hard. *'^I hate you!**' ^He steadied K95 075 himself and lunged at her, striking her on the head with his K95 076 arm. ^She began to kick his shins. ^He grabbed her by the K95 077 shoulders and shook her, shouting, *'^You silly bitch!**' K95 078 |^They were both gasping. ^He let go and she sat down on K95 079 the floor with a thump. ^They glowered at each other, their K95 080 chests heaving. K95 081 |*'^We don't have to pretend any more, do we?**' K95 082 |*'^No. ^I'll go and stay with my mother in the meantime. K95 083 ^Should've done it years ago.**' K95 084 *<*5Family*> K95 085 *<*1Marie Anstiss*> K95 086 |^*6I *0had become efficient at manoeuvering a pushchair. K95 087 ^Josie held our bags and the just-in-case Wellington umbrella. K95 088 ^We saw Carol as we wove our way home through the Friday night K95 089 workers. ^She stood out in her bright pink London-bought jacket K95 090 and turned as we came closer. ^Took us in, almost smiled. ^Then K95 091 dropped it and reset her face. K95 092 |^*'Hello,**' I grinned, and remembered the cut-off phone K95 093 call and the argument about what Dad should get from the K95 094 divorce that had brought all this up. ^It was obvious we K95 095 couldn't just carry on past, so I positioned Matthew in his K95 096 pushchair just out of the way facing up the road. K95 097 |*'^Hi.**' ^Josie's voice rising like a question filled the K95 098 gap. ^She was a step behind me, a definite statement. K95 099 |*'^Hello.**' ^She raised her eyebrows. ^She cut straight K95 100 past Josie and looked at me. ^I thought if there was going to K95 101 be no womanly warmth here, it was doubtful there would be K95 102 brotherly warmth either. K95 103 |*'^Mike, I was really pissed off with you the other K95 104 night. ^That's why I hung up. ^I'm just sick of hearing you K95 105 defend Dad to me.**' K95 106 |^I took a breath and went to open my mouth, but she K95 107 carried on. K95 108 |*'^I felt really betrayed by what you said, Mike. ^I K95 109 thought you understood more than to go on about me wanting K95 110 revenge. ^No amount of money can make up for what he's done. ^I K95 111 just don't want him to have it so easy.**' K95 112 |^She shrugged. ^Her eyes glazed and she looked up at me. K95 113 ^Big puppy dog eyes. K95 114 |*'^I don't even know if you believe that it happened.**' K95 115 ^Her eyes drifted and she looked slightly spaced. ^I pushed my K95 116 fingers through my hair, glanced up at the gift wrapped K95 117 chocolates in the window behind her, and let my hand drop. ^I K95 118 looked back at her. K95 119 |*'^I do believe you, Carol. ^I thought you knew that.**' K95 120 |*'^How could I? ^All I knew was when I brought it all out K95 121 into the open you were all buddy with him, and now you borrow K95 122 his car and go away on fishing trips with him.**' K95 123 |^I shook my head, and wondered what else she would chew up K95 124 from the past, analyse, and throw back at me. K95 125 |*'^Now look, Carol. ^I borrowed his car once and as far as K95 126 being buddy with him, I'm not. ^He hasn't even been in our flat K95 127 yet. ^I can't forget what he's done. ^Every time I see him I K95 128 remember what he did to you girls.**' K95 129 |*'^Well, you never told me what you thought, I had to K95 130 guess. ^You gave me no reason to trust you.**' ^Her padded pink K95 131 shoulders seemed hunched and she bit at her nails. K95 132 |*'^Oh Carol, it's all right.**' K95 133 |^She stood there shaking, her eyes shut and her mouth K95 134 drawn so tightly that when she talked it came between gasps. K95 135 |*'^You never said you believed me.**' K95 136 |^I moved beside her and put an arm around her shoulders. K95 137 ^Her eyes were red-rimmed and puffy and the tears were still K95 138 coming down her face. ^She cried for a bit, then stiffened. ^I K95 139 could almost feel the rocks inside her stop at her command. ^I K95 140 looked over and saw Josie watching, her face a mask. K95 141 |^I stepped back and saw Carol glance sideways. ^There was K95 142 a family leaning against a shop window. ^They didn't hide their K95 143 stares. ^As if to say, what else can we do, we're just innocent K95 144 bystanders, and this drama has been thrust upon us. ^I just K95 145 hoped they didn't think I was some horrible man upsetting her. K95 146 |^I looked down at the footpath and pushed Matthew back and K95 147 forward. K95 148 |*'^It's hard for me too, Carol. ^I'm stuck in the middle K95 149 all the time. ^When I'm with Mum she tries to pretend it didn't K95 150 really happen and I have to defend you. ^And with you I feel K95 151 like I have to defend Dad.**' ^I saw Josie nodding out of the K95 152 corner of my eye, shifting her bags. K95 153 |*'^Well Mike, imagine what it's like for me; it's my K95 154 life.**' K95 155 |^I gripped the pushchair handles, aware that we were both K95 156 talking too loud, and saw an enthralled audience lined up along K95 157 the shop windows. K95 158 |*'^I think you have problems because you have all these K95 159 rules that you live by and you expect everybody else to follow K95 160 them too.**' K95 161 |*'^Mike, everyone has rules, you just don't notice K95 162 yours.**' K95 163 |*'^Well, your lifestyle isn't balanced. ^You surround K95 164 yourself with people who think the same way as you do.**' K95 165 |*'^And you don't? ^How many lesbians and gays do you know, K95 166 Mike?**' K95 167 |^I felt Josie shuffle beside me. ^I sighed and wished K95 168 Carol would listen to me. ^I was trying to help her, it was K95 169 obvious she wasn't happy. K95 170 |*'^Carol, your sex life is your own business, but don't K95 171 expect me to accept everything you say and agree with it.**' K95 172 |^People peeled off from along the shop windows and passed K95 173 us. K95 174 |*'Mike, being a lesbian is more than who I sleep with. K95 175 ^It's who I am! ^I'm not prepared to be around people who K95 176 either deny what happened or don't want me to talk about it! K95 177 ^I've been silenced long enough and now when it happens it just K95 178 feels like being abused again.**' K95 179 |^I looked at my hands. ^Does she think I'm like that? K95 180 |*'^I still have no reason to trust you, Mike.**' K95 181 |^She looked over my head and picked up her bag. K95 182 |*'^That's my bus. ^Bye.**' K95 183 *<*5Wedding Blues*> K95 184 *<*1Brian Simpson*> K95 185 |^*6I*0t drove her mad, the way he switched on like a lightbulb K95 186 as soon as he got into bed. ^He'd pound the wall, rustle the K95 187 pages of his book and fight with the bedclothes before he could K95 188 twitch noisily into sleep. ^It also told her everything was all K95 189 right, though. ^No sulking, no anxieties to ease. ^But tonight K95 190 there were no jungle rhythms, no rustlings, just K95 191 *'goodnight**', and then he turned his back, as if he'd shut a K95 192 door between them. K95 193 |^*'Are you going to read for long, Chris?**' he said. K95 194 |^I can't bloody win, she thought, when he's like this. ^If K95 195 I say yes he'll be annoyed because he wants to sleep, and if I K95 196 say no I'll be giving in to him. K95 197 |^*'Do you want the light out?**' she said. K95 198 |*'^I'm really tired.**' K95 199 |^She reached her hand out to him and stroked his shoulder. K95 200 ^He offered no resistance. K95 201 |*'^Are you all right, love?**' K95 202 |*'^Yeah, I'm okay. ^I'm just tired.**' K95 203 |*'^Are you sure?**' ^She tried to sound sympathetic, not K95 204 scolding. K95 205 |*'^Just tired. ^Goodnight.**' ^He pulled up the covers K95 206 where her hand had been. K95 207 |^Damn him! ^Of course something was wrong, but he wouldn't K95 208 tell her. ^She might find out tomorrow, or the next day, but K95 209 not until there'd been a scene. ^How was she supposed to feel? K95 210 ^Was it something she'd done? ^She had a right to know that. K95 211 ^But if she pressed it, he'd only get worse, they'd go around K95 212 in circles until it would be her fault, something would be her K95 213 fault. ^Oh, to hell with him. ^She put her book down and turned K95 214 off the bedside lamp. ^Darkness settled on her, smothering her K95 215 and dragging her into sleep. K95 216 |^She phoned him from work the next day. K95 217 |*'^Tony, it's Chris. ^Look, somebody's leaving today and K95 218 we're all going for a drink after work. ^I'll be a bit late.**' K95 219 |*'^How late?**' K95 220 |*'^Oh, I don't know, not too late. ^I'll get some tea in K95 221 town.**' K95 222 |*'^Okay.**' ^He didn't sound any better. K95 223 |*'^Will you be okay?**' K95 224 |*'^Of course I will. ^See you later.**' K95 225 |*'^Shall I bring you something home?**' K95 226 |*'^No, don't bother. ^See you.**' K95 227 |*'^Well... I'll see you later, then.**' K95 228 |*'^Goodbye.**' K95 229 |^The drinks were a standard office affair. ^Most people K95 230 had gone by seven, leaving her and Lyn to finish the last K95 231 round. ^Lyn was right into relationships; she drank them like K95 232 blood. ^Chris normally didn't like to talk about that sort of K95 233 thing. ^She thought it was demeaning, somehow. ^But she wanted K95 234 to talk about Tony, and Lyn offered sympathy. K95 235 *# K96 001 **[470 TEXT K96**] K96 002 ^*0He pushed the bag around to his back. ^The wave crashed. ^Rei K96 003 hunched against the weight of water. ^Then on all fours he went K96 004 across the slippery rock, rose and ran up to the flat of the K96 005 breeding ground. K96 006 |*"^Ease paddling. ^Keep us at this distance.**" ^They K96 007 dipped blades steadily against the push of the sea. ^Their K96 008 prayers flew on the wind to the islet's guardian spirits. ^Rei K96 009 was hurrying among the nests, peering into them. ^He started up K96 010 the slope, moving onto another flat area lying above the first K96 011 one, a place that the watchers hadn't been able to see. ^He K96 012 pulled the waddy from his belt, drew his arm back carefully. ^His K96 013 blow struck precisely. K96 014 |^*"Back now,**" called Papa. K96 015 |^*"Two fledglings,**" Niwa reminded her. K96 016 |^*"Paddle!**" Wari said sharply. K96 017 |^The craft had edged closer to the rocks. *"^Ease.**" ^Rei K96 018 was searching the tall nests. ^He began to toil up the steep K96 019 slope. ^He went left, disappeared behind rock. K96 020 |^*"Paddle,**" directed Wari. *"^Harder.**" ^The swells K96 021 unnoticed had grown taller, thrusting the craft backwards. ^They K96 022 drew further than before from the islet. K96 023 |^*"Isn't this far enough?**" said Papa. *"^He'll think K96 024 we've left him.**" K96 025 |^*"The rollers are stronger now,**" said Niwa before Wari K96 026 could reply. *"^When we see him we can return quickly enough.**" K96 027 |^The grey waves passed under and through the boat. ^The K96 028 grey clouds swam rapidly above. ^Only they remained unshifting, K96 029 holding themselves against the tug of wind and roller, all their K96 030 attention, all their murmured praying centred on the little K96 031 island. K96 032 |^*"He's got them!**" Papa shouted. *"^Now?**" K96 033 |^*"Wait,**" said Wari. K96 034 |^Rei ran down to the first nest, drew out the dead K96 035 fledgling. ^He scrambled to the rocks at the sea edge. ^A wave K96 036 crashed among the rocks. ^*"In!**" said Wari. ^Rei flung the dead K96 037 birds into the retreating water. K96 038 |*"^Niw', use your paddle to pull them in. ^No, Pap', keep K96 039 paddling. ^Come on, we have to get closer in yet.**" K96 040 |^Niwa leaned, grabbed for the birds, missed, reached, K96 041 seized one, flung it aboard. ^The other was already being hauled K96 042 past them by the wave. ^She gripped the end of her paddle and K96 043 pushed it towards the dead bird as far as she could. ^The blade K96 044 tip touched. ^She pulled delicately until she could reach the K96 045 hop'. ^She thrust the birds under her foot. K96 046 |*"^Paddle, Niw'.**" K96 047 |^They pulled the boat from the hold of the oncoming wave. K96 048 ^The wave crashed among the rocks. ^Rei leapt into its ebb, K96 049 struck out for the boat. ^The kelp bag held his head high but K96 050 threatened constantly to roll over him, to plunge him under the K96 051 water. K96 052 |^Wari ordered, *"^Keep paddling. ^There! ^Let this swell K96 053 take us to him.**" K96 054 |^Rei clutched at the stern. ^*"Paddle!**" Wari shouted. K96 055 *"^Harder! ^Paddle!**" ^The boat was reluctant to move with Rei's K96 056 weight dragging at it, and with a fresh wave heaving it towards K96 057 the rock. ^Rei tossed the kelp bag into the boat, hauled himself K96 058 over the stern as the wave's passing beneath dipped the prow. K96 059 ^The boat began to gain against the push of the rollers. K96 060 |^*"Keep at it,**" said Wari. *"^We can't afford to rest K96 061 yet.**" K96 062 |^Rest! ^Niwa was realising how tired she was. ^It had been K96 063 a day of ceaseless effort. ^Her muscles cried out for release K96 064 from strain. ^She could hear Papa's desperate gasping above all K96 065 the other noises. ^Would Papa last the huge distance to the K96 066 shore? ^Against wind, against waves? ^All that long time until K96 067 they could beach, could rest? ^And where *- where could they K96 068 rest? ^Where would be safe on a shore whose people sought them? K96 069 ^Niwa felt ashamed of herself. ^She should have been filled with K96 070 triumph, joy, contentment. ^And all that she could feel was her K96 071 weariness throbbing in her arms, her legs, her thighs, her K96 072 painful buttocks, her back, her tired neck, her salt chafed skin. K96 073 |^Rei was slumped on the back seat, head down, utterly weary K96 074 too. K96 075 |^*"Re'!**" Wari shouted. *"^Steer, boy. ^There. ^See?**" K96 076 ^He must have nodded his head in the direction he wanted. K96 077 |^*"Not that way!**" shouted Niwa. ^They were passing the K96 078 small islet at a distance. *"^The peninsula. ^That direction.**" K96 079 ^She pointed. *"^Into the face. ^Of the waves. ^Re'.**" K96 080 |^*"Not back there,**" said Wari. *"^Paddle. ^Use the wind. K96 081 ^Back. ^To my. ^Tribeland. ^Overland. ^To home. ^For you.**" K96 082 |^*"So. ^Still. ^Wrong way,**" said Niwa, pushing the words K96 083 between her teeth as she made herself continue to pull the K96 084 paddle. K96 085 |^*"Wind. ^Sea. ^Too strong. ^Not back. ^Shore. ^Today,**" K96 086 panted Wari. K96 087 |*"^What?**" ^Papa could hardly force out the sound. K96 088 |^*"We're going to have to spend the night. ^On the big K96 089 islet,**" said Rei, getting the words out in a rush. *"^That it, K96 090 War'?**" K96 091 |^*"Yes,**" confirmed Wari. K96 092 |^Niwa was too tired to think about it. ^All she could care K96 093 about now was that rest had to come soon. ^She paddled, painfully K96 094 paddled. ^She had energy only to say to her soul the words, *"^I K96 095 won't give up, I won't give up.**" K96 096 |^*"Pap',**" she heard Wari say, *"paddle in. ^Do it. ^Rest. K96 097 ^Re', paddle.**" K96 098 |^The weight of the water, of the wind seemed to grow. ^Niwa K96 099 worked blindly, paddling *- why? *- paddling up wave slopes, down K96 100 wave dunes, on, on, she had forgotten where they were going to. K96 101 ^The wind ceased. K96 102 |^*"Paddles on the other side,**" instructed Wari. K96 103 |^*"Wha'?**" mumbled Niwa. K96 104 |^*"We must head to the right. ^No, that way. ^Yes,**" said K96 105 Rei. K96 106 |*"^We're in the lee of the big islet now, Niw'. ^Land soon. K96 107 ^Paddle, Niw'!**" K96 108 |^The boat lurched. ^Niwa gripped the wooden handle with K96 109 tender palms. ^Rei jumped from the craft. ^She felt Wari leaping K96 110 from behind her. K96 111 |^*"Out, Niw'. ^Pap', stay there,**" shouted Wari. K96 112 |^She put her legs over the side, pushed herself out of the K96 113 boat. ^She gripped the side, imitating Wari. ^They ran the boat K96 114 out of the waves onto a ledge of rock. ^Papa climbed out. ^They K96 115 pulled the boat between huge boulders to a tiny flat beach within K96 116 the curve of a soaring cliff. ^They dropped the boat, fell K96 117 panting to the ground. K96 118 |^*"So,**" said Wari eventually. *"^The spirits have aided K96 119 us!**" K96 120 |^*"Mmm?**" said Niwa. K96 121 |*"^You have done it! ^You have done your great task.**" K96 122 |^*"Long way to go yet,**" Niwa said. K96 123 |^*"Yes,**" said Rei. *"^To home.**" K96 124 |^*"Rest,**" advised Wari. *"^Things will seem less K96 125 difficult then. ^Just a new wind breathing from a slightly K96 126 different place on the horizon and we can return to the mainland. K96 127 ^Now, eat.**" K96 128 |^*"Too tired,**" said Rei. K96 129 |^*"Eat!**" Wari commanded. *"^Gain strength, gain warmth. K96 130 ^Go on, eat.**" K96 131 |^Niwa forced fingers that wanted to quiver to take up food, K96 132 to bring it to her mouth. ^She forced her teeth to bite, her K96 133 throat to swallow. ^The food lay like stones in her stomach. K96 134 |^Papa said, when they had eaten all that they could bring K96 135 themselves to swallow, *"^I know a story that's suitable for K96 136 tonight.**" ^Her tiredness slurred her words. ^Niwa could not K96 137 understand why she wanted to try to put off sleep just to tell a K96 138 story. ^Niwa hoped that it would be a short one. ^She wanted only K96 139 to sleep. ^But she was not going to show weakness to Papa or to K96 140 the others. ^*"Tell,**" she said. K96 141 |^*"What?**" Rei asked. K96 142 |*"^It's the story of Tawhak'.**" K96 143 |^*"Ah yes,**" said Wari. *"^Tell us that one, Pap'. ^That K96 144 is exactly the right story for our souls to ponder over as we K96 145 sleep tonight.**" K96 146 |*"^This is the story of Tawhak' and Hapa', Cloud of the Red K96 147 Colouring. ^She was the daughter of Tu-tuketuk'-matu', First K96 148 Parent, and of Hapa'-maoma', Small High White Fluffy Cloud, who K96 149 lived in the heavens. ^Hapa' saw Tawhak' from the heavens. ^She K96 150 admired his unusual fair skin, and fell in love with him. ^She K96 151 came down to earth night after night. ^At last she made herself K96 152 known to him. ^They married. ^But as time went by Hapa' grew K96 153 weary of working alone by herself at her women's tasks. ^She K96 154 became sure that Tawhak' left her every day to do his man's work K96 155 because he loved her no longer. ^She fled back up to the heavens. K96 156 ^Tawhak' came home, found her gone. ^He realised where she must K96 157 have gone. ^He decided to climb to the heavens to find her. ^He K96 158 looked about and saw the path of the praying mantis *- the strong K96 159 web of the spider *- stretching up to the first heaven. ^He K96 160 climbed. ^He reached the first heaven. ^She was not there. ^He K96 161 climbed to the second heaven. ^She was not there. ^He climbed on K96 162 and on, to the third, to the fourth, on to the fifth, the sixth K96 163 heaven, to the seventh, eighth, ninth, to the tenth heaven, the K96 164 eleventh heaven, the twelfth heaven. ^Above stretched the highest K96 165 heaven of all. ^He looked about him. ^Thunder shouted at him, K96 166 *"^What are you doing here, man?**" ^*"I seek my wife, Hapa',**" K96 167 he replied. ^Hapa' heard, looked, saw him. ^She knew then that he K96 168 loved her indeed, and came forward to greet him. ^And Tawhak' K96 169 lives yet in the twelfth heaven. ^He is in charge of the baskets K96 170 of the winds that move the clouds across the face of the sea and K96 171 the land. ^Tawhak' will give us good winds tomorrow.**" K96 172 |^*"Mmm,**" agreed Niwa. *"^And steady all the way.**" ^She K96 173 massaged her aching arms, hardly knowing that she was doing it. K96 174 *<*5Chapter Nine*> K96 175 *<*1Upoko Teiwa*> K96 176 * K96 177 |^*0Papa woke in the darkness wondering who was leaning so K96 178 heavily against her. ^Wari? ^No, no, it couldn't be him. ^It was K96 179 Niwa sleeping beside her. ^She remembered *- they were all K96 180 pretending to be men. ^But the actual males were together on the K96 181 other side of the little flat space hollowed into the cliff face. K96 182 |^She was feeling warm. ^Niwa's seal skin robe had fallen K96 183 across her. ^Her own robe she'd packed between her and the rock K96 184 wall. ^The rock still dug into her, hard. ^She leaned forward, K96 185 head on knees. ^She was feeling sleepy. ^No, not sleepy. ^And K96 186 though her arms and body and even wrists ached and ached, what K96 187 she felt wasn't only tiredness. ^It was *- she couldn't decide K96 188 what it was. ^She was feeling *- a laziness? ^A stillness. ^Yes, K96 189 a peacefulness. ^The fear, the dreadful cold scare that had held K96 190 onto her soul had vanished, gone like a wind returned to its K96 191 basket. K96 192 |^A real breeze licked with its tongue of chill air at the K96 193 cliff walls. ^Rei, he'd been in the sea. ^He'd only that flax K96 194 cloak. ^And Wari had no robe at all. ^She sidled away from under K96 195 Niwa's leaning pressure. ^Niwa groaned, leaned back against the K96 196 wall. ^Papa rose quietly, crossed to the two males. ^She paused. K96 197 ^She could see nothing in the blackness at the foot of the cliff. K96 198 ^She listened. ^Their breathing told her that they were sound K96 199 asleep, a pace to her left. ^She said a karakii that seemed K96 200 appropriate to lending a garment and laid her cloak carefully K96 201 over them. ^They were sprawled like Niwa and herself, half K96 202 sitting against the rock wall. ^She felt the robe slipping from K96 203 them. ^She left it lying across their legs. ^That would have to K96 204 do. ^If cold woke one of them, he could hitch the robe about them K96 205 both. ^Rei snorted, coughed. K96 206 |^He mumbled, *"^Where's the fire? ^Who put out the fire?**" K96 207 |^She said softly, *"^There's no fire. ^We put it out. K96 208 ^Can't risk killing anything here, not even biting insects. ^Go K96 209 to sleep, Re'.**" K96 210 |^*"Ah?**" he muttered. K96 211 |*"^Go to sleep.**" K96 212 |*"^Mmmm.**" ^His breathing resumed its sea-like rhythm. K96 213 |^She sat herself close again to Niwa's warmth, spread the K96 214 remaining cloak over them both as best she could. ^She was K96 215 feeling that strange, comfortable inner warmth flowing through K96 216 her head, her flesh. ^She couldn't puzzle out what was happening K96 217 to her. ^She said over to herself the things to fear, the things K96 218 that remained between them and their final safety with their K96 219 families: the wind that would not change, the tide, the long K96 220 voyage back to the mainland. ^The strange tribes along those K96 221 shores who might try to claim their hop'. K96 222 *# K97 001 **[471 TEXT K97**] K97 002 |^*0She turned her mind firmly away to her current *'balance K97 003 sheet**'. ^She found actual balance sheets incomprehensible but in K97 004 moments of doubt or decision her mind was always clarified by K97 005 opposing debit and credit in her own terms. K97 006 |^*4Debit: K97 007 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K97 008 ^*0No job. K97 009 **[END INDENTATION**] K97 010 |^*4Credit: K97 011 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] K97 012 ^*0Cash enough to keep going three months at present rate of K97 013 spending. ^\0Mr Rivers had commercial jobs for her. ^She went each K97 014 morning to check the classifieds in all the papers. K97 015 **[END INDENTATION**] K97 016 |^Well, it wasn't so alarming after all. ^Justifiable to hold K97 017 out for the type of job she wanted for, say, two more weeks. ^Then K97 018 a commercial *"temp**".... K97 019 |^She sighed contentedly, adding to her credit column the K97 020 use she had made of her unforeseen leisure afternoons. K97 021 |^Walking the famously hard London pavements till her shins K97 022 ached. ^Now she could visualise the surface scene as she read the K97 023 tube station names, at least in the West End. K97 024 |^Museums, churches and galleries were comparatively empty on K97 025 weekday afternoons. ^Jane rationed herself to one daily, to keep K97 026 her impressions sharp and clear. ^In the British Museum she headed K97 027 for the Greek Antiquities she had longed to see since her K97 028 university course, then marched the long corridors to the main K97 029 door of the huge building as if blinkered. K97 030 |^Kensington Gardens was relatively on her doorstep. ^She K97 031 spent hours watching uniformed nannies, prams like mini K97 032 *'surreys**' complete with *'fringe on top**', children with boats K97 033 on the Round Pond. ^Superb toy yachts and kites soaring, in charge K97 034 of full-grown men whose eyes shone with adventurous dreams. ^Their K97 035 wives sat by with their thermos and knitting, looking on patiently K97 036 like nannies with overgrown children. K97 037 |^She strolled over to the Albert Memorial and stood before K97 038 it in astonishment. ^Walked round it, unbelieving. ^Marble, stone, K97 039 bronze, mosaics and gold leaf only too bright in the level sun. K97 040 ^Bosomy ladies peering steadfastly, one mounted on a bull. K97 041 ^Symbolic figures, a frieze of England's notables. ^Under the K97 042 *'Gothic**' canopy with its trumpeting angels Albert sat, in K97 043 bronze, with the catalogue of the 1851 Exhibition, also in bronze K97 044 forever open in his hand. K97 045 |^The bubble of laughter in her throat burst and she K97 046 guffawed. K97 047 |*"^Anything wrong?**" K97 048 |^She turned to see a smartly but casually dressed woman K97 049 standing below her on the terrace. K97 050 |*"^Just laughing. ^Queen Victoria can't have been K97 051 serious?**" K97 052 |^The eyes twinkled. *"^Oh, but yes. ^Famously not amused? K97 053 ^Particularly about her adored Albert? ^They say she got the best K97 054 of everything *- artists, materials. ^Wonder what she thought of K97 055 her finished product? ^To us it's a hoot. ^Taste changes though, K97 056 and so quickly. ^We may swing back to this in a year or two. K97 057 ^Sobering thought, hm? ^Well, must be on my way. ^I see it's K97 058 unnecessary to say *'enjoy yourself**'. ^Bye.**" K97 059 *|^The last paper she checked next morning was the local K97 060 weekly. *"^Kensington Public Library requires reference K97 061 assistant....**" ^As she was on the spot she might as well ask, at K97 062 least. K97 063 |^*"Have you library qualifications?**" asked the girl at the K97 064 reference desk. K97 065 |^*"No. ^{0B.A.} and secretarial diploma.**" K97 066 |^*"Well, I'm sorry but \0Mr Jordan's not even seeing anyone K97 067 who hasn't their library ticket.*" K97 068 |*"^Thanks, then.**" K97 069 |^Jane went slowly down the front steps. ^Ludicrously K97 070 downcast, she gave herself a mental shake. ^What nonsense! ^If K97 071 she'd taken a moment to think, she'd have remembered that even at K97 072 home librarians had to qualify. K97 073 |^Of course she would find something interesting to do. K97 074 ^Still early days. K97 075 |^No use. ^Her eyes filmed. ^London seemed huge and K97 076 indifferent. ^Suddenly she longed for Tuingara, security. K97 077 |^She quickened her pace towards the refuge of the flat, K97 078 tears still fogging her view. K97 079 |^She collided heavily with someone rounding the final K97 080 corner. *"^Oh! ^I'm so sorry,**" she gasped, hurrying on. K97 081 |*"^Miss Nash! ^Kiwi Jane!**" K97 082 |^She stopped, hastily wiping her eyes. K97 083 |^A man in too sharp a brown suit, fair crinkled hair oiled K97 084 and swept back, was looking at her with concern. K97 085 |*"^What is it, Kiwi? ^Are you alright?**" K97 086 |*"^Good God *- Viking! ^I didn't recognise you without K97 087 Rotoiti. ^Yes, I'm fine. ^Just a moment's nonsense *- not to K97 088 worry.**" K97 089 |^Indeed she wouldn't have known him, even dry-eyed. ^Was K97 090 this insignificant man the Viking who had dominated her voyage? K97 091 |^His eyes softened in the old way. *"^That's not a bad K97 092 coffee shop. ^Come on. ^Get your breath, eh?**" K97 093 |^Over the excellent coffee they exchanged news with the K97 094 friendly detachment of old acquaintances who hadn't met for years. K97 095 ^Yes, Rotoiti was sailing Friday. ^He and Janet were marrying at K97 096 the end of the year. ^One year more with Rotoiti and then leaving K97 097 the sea. ^Must be something a sailor could do ashore. ^Admin for K97 098 the company a possibility. K97 099 |^*"I must go,**" she said. *"^What fun it's been *- I love K97 100 surprises.**" K97 101 |^He stood up. *"^Good luck always, brave little Kiwi. ^Don't K97 102 forget Rotoiti.**" K97 103 |*"^Who could forget Rotoiti? ^God bless her and all who sail K97 104 in her. ^Does she still blow smoke rings from her funnel when her K97 105 engines start?**" K97 106 |^He laughed happily. *"But of course! ^Every ship has its K97 107 little ways.**" K97 108 *|^A letter awaited her. K97 109 |^French stamp. ^Final word of address *"\Angleterre**". ^The K97 110 rather indeterminate, angular writing familiar. K97 111 |^She weighed it, sniffed it. ^What had he said about the K97 112 smell of France? ^Gauloises, garlic *- and what? ^Drains of K97 113 course! K97 114 |^She turned to the back. *'\0Exp. \0J. Strang**' and an K97 115 illegible address ending with *'Morbihan**'. K97 116 |^She paused with her fingertip under the flap. *"^\0Exp.**"? K97 117 ^Expediteur. ^She doubted the relationship to the English K97 118 *'expedite**' was more than coincidental as the postmark was 10 K97 119 days old. K97 120 |^The action of opening the letter felt disproportionately K97 121 momentous. ^As if one stage of her life were ending and another K97 122 beginning before she could think or prepare. K97 123 |^She shook herself mentally and started to read fast as if K97 124 the letter mattered more than the words. K97 125 |^The *"poor condemned English**" were having a ball. ^Warm K97 126 sun, warm sea, snorkelling over shallow rock shelves. ^Pension a K97 127 mini-chateau, pepper-pot towers and all. ^Sweet people. ^Wonderful K97 128 tucker cooked and served by Titine, Breton cap and no teeth, K97 129 perpetually smiling *- formidable but the laughter in eyes and K97 130 voice made you forget. K97 131 |^Not a word of English anywhere. ^Henry's *'French**' got K97 132 them by *- except asked for Courbeau (raven) for bedroom instead K97 133 of Courbeille ({0WPB}). ^Even Titine's laughter was stilled by her K97 134 amazement for a few moments. K97 135 |^Lovely stark old village. ^Ruined dungeon said to have K97 136 housed Abelard. K97 137 |^Hilarious journey from \0St Malo with Henry's painting K97 138 gear, including easel (not yet touched) strapped to bar of bike. K97 139 ^Grave danger of doing himself a mischief. ^Says now bow**[ARB**]- K97 140 legged. ^Mixed up with Tour de France. ^Ironic applause of natives K97 141 as bunting waved overhead in villages. K97 142 |^Lovely country but hilly. ^Praise be, what goes up must K97 143 come down. ^No punctures yet. K97 144 |^The final paragraph read: *"^Trusting all well London end. K97 145 ^Not to panic into first job you find. ^You have only one worry in K97 146 fact. ^Keeping ex-boss at bay. K97 147 |*"^Due back 26th ^Bless you. \0J.*" K97 148 |^She sat back, sighing, her smile tremulous. ^He wrote as he K97 149 talked. ^The man himself was here, on these two pages. ^No matter K97 150 what, these pages at least were her own. K97 151 *<*57.*> K97 152 |^*0Jane was two days short of her job deadline when the K97 153 telephone rang. K97 154 |^A crisp female voice: *"^Is Miss Nash there please?**" K97 155 |^*"Speaking,**" she replied, crisp in her turn. K97 156 |*"Oh, Miss Nash. ^Rivers Agency. ^\0Mr Rivers would like to K97 157 speak to you. ^Putting you through.**" K97 158 |^The familiar port-and-cigars voice. *"^Miss Jane Nash?**" K97 159 |^Her pulse quickened with hope. *"^Good morning \0Mr K97 160 Rivers.**" K97 161 |*"^I hope you are well on this bright spring morning?**" K97 162 |*"^Yes indeed, thank you. ^Such a lovely day for my usual K97 163 walk to the library newspaper-room.**" K97 164 |*"^Nothing so far?**" K97 165 |*"^No. ^I was hoping you'd rung to say something had come K97 166 in?**" K97 167 |*"^Well, no and yes. ^Cocktail party, you know the form, met K97 168 someone I hadn't seen in years. ^She's an anthropologist. ^Do you K97 169 know what an anthropologist is?**" K97 170 |*"^Only vaguely.**" K97 171 |*"^Me too! ^She's looking for a secretary/ {0PA}. ^I said K97 172 did she want one of ours and she put her nose in the air. *'^One K97 173 of your commercial robots? ^Hardly. ^I want a final year K97 174 anthropology student with secretarial training. ^Failing this, K97 175 I'd settle for a general academic background with some science if K97 176 possible. ^Research is the key really.**' K97 177 |*"^So I told her about you and she'd like to meet you. K97 178 ^Would you like to consider this one? ^She's busy on a book at the K97 179 moment, hardly a writer in the popular sense but the nearest we've K97 180 come to what you want.**" K97 181 |^Jane let out a long breath. *"^How kind you are. ^This is a K97 182 bit formidable. ^No-one could call me academic. ^No whiff of K97 183 science in my {0B.A.} ^The only research was for history.**" K97 184 |^Her voice brightened. *"^But it's over to her, isn't it. K97 185 ^Yes please, I will try.**" K97 186 |*"^Good girl! \0Mrs Betty Chapman, Flaxman 8690. K97 187 ^Mornings, she said.**" K97 188 |*"^Yes. ^Thanks. ^I will let you know. ^Thank you again.**" K97 189 |*"^Pleasure. ^Good luck.**" K97 190 *|^As arranged by phone, she called on \0Mrs Chapman at five. K97 191 ^She rapped with the ring set in the mouth of the elegant brass K97 192 lion's mask on the door and waited, stepping back to admire the K97 193 grace of the house in its terrace, the fanlight, the wrought-iron K97 194 balcony railings, the well-proportioned windows glowing in the K97 195 dusk. K97 196 |^Surely these Regency architects had solved, once and for K97 197 all, the problems of urban living space? ^She recalled the city K97 198 sprawl at home, featureless miles of quarter-acre sections. K97 199 |^The door opened. *"^Miss Nash? ^I'm so sorry, but the K97 200 telephone.... ^Good heavens, it's you!**" K97 201 |^Jane was shaking the hand of the woman who had spoken to K97 202 her at Albert Memorial. ^Both laughed. K97 203 |*"^When we spoke on the phone I was sure I knew your voice, K97 204 but it seemed impossible *- reminding me of someone, or K97 205 something,**" Jane said. *"^What a truly lovely house. ^I've not K97 206 been inside one of them before. ^So balanced. ^Such proportion. K97 207 ^Do you have a walled back garden?**" K97 208 |*"^Yes. ^So blessedly green and private in the London K97 209 hurlyburly.**" K97 210 |*"^But I must remember I came to see you rather than your K97 211 house. ^Sorry if I got carried away.**" K97 212 |*"^We love it and are delighted when it *'carries away**' K97 213 people! ^Now come through to the den and we'll talk this thing K97 214 over. K97 215 |*"^Now did you bring a *'curriculum vitae**' as the pompous K97 216 saying goes? ^Good girl.**" K97 217 |^While she read it, Jane's eyes enjoyed the beautiful little K97 218 room. ^Parquet, moulded cornice and centre-ceiling medallion, K97 219 delicately lined with gold, as were the panelled shutters and the K97 220 tall door. K97 221 |^*"These things are always a good idea,**" \0Mrs Chapman K97 222 tapped Jane's sheet. *"^This shows, as well as your history, that K97 223 you have an orderly mind and can summarise clearly. ^It finishes K97 224 with your leaving New Zealand. ^What have you been doing since, K97 225 apart from laughing at the Albert Memorial?**" K97 226 |*"^I worked for the director of the Garden Theatre for three K97 227 weeks.**" K97 228 |*"^Oh? ^Why?**" K97 229 |*"^Why?**" ^Jane laughed. K97 230 |*"^I mean, as I read you so far, it doesn't seem your K97 231 scene.**" K97 232 |*"^Indeed not. ^It was through \0Mr Rivers, a long shot. ^A K97 233 trial run both sides. ^I enjoyed the job but not working with K97 234 actors, so I left.**" K97 235 |*"\0Mr Rivers told me you'd like to work for a writer. ^I K97 236 mean literature.**" K97 237 |*"^Yes, or an academic maybe. ^A historian, for instance, as K97 238 I took it to stage three. ^I'm afraid I know nothing about K97 239 anthropology.**" K97 240 |*"^No, I knew that. ^It's hopelessly wide anyway *- *'the K97 241 study of man**'. ^Who could blame all those people in their labs K97 242 who snort scornfully *'anthropology, call that a science!**' ^I am K97 243 labelled *'material-culturalist**' and though I can lay no K97 244 literary claim, I do write. ^Books, monographs, articles. K97 245 ^Lecture, too. ^I've a book in hand now on Pacific migrations.**" K97 246 |^Jane sat forward. *"^Pacific migrations?**" K97 247 |*"^Polynesians in particular.**" K97 248 |*"^But...**" K97 249 |*"^Yes. ^The Polynesians had a minor offshoot who wandered K97 250 off southward looking for some fish that their joker-god had K97 251 pulled up *- they had a name, that hopeful group. ^Got it! ^*2MAY K97 252 ORRIS.**" K97 253 *# K98 001 **[472 TEXT K98**] K98 002 ^*0A Moaville male farmer usually possesses an average abundance K98 003 of leg hair down to just below the knee. ^From there to the ends K98 004 of his big toes, he appears to have volunteered for a K98 005 particularly enthusiastic depilatory test. ^It's actually just K98 006 the result of constant burnishing by gumboots. K98 007 |^Another Moaville uniform is the one which features K98 008 trousers of a tan or green hue, plus a shirt of one strong shade K98 009 *- usually dark green, dark brown or dark red. ^Plus a tie that K98 010 sometimes matches, and a sportscoat (^Moavillians haven't yet got K98 011 round to calling them jackets) that sometimes matches *- K98 012 sometimes. ^Plus a hat. ^From the shins down, this more-or-less K98 013 orthodox ensemble is bottomed off with trousers tucked into K98 014 heavy-duty work socks which are in turn tucked into gumboots. K98 015 ^It's a stock agent in his working clobber. K98 016 |^Equally *1{de rigueur} *0are the baseball caps worn by all K98 017 truck and tractor drivers in Moaville and the Pukerangi-Wharetapu K98 018 hinterlands. K98 019 |^There are the singlets *- black in winter, olive green or K98 020 sky blue in summer; the old rugby jerseys worn over the singlets, K98 021 the overalls worn over the old rugby jerseys; the Swanndris worn K98 022 over the singlets, the old rugby jerseys and the overalls, plus K98 023 several intervening layers. K98 024 |^There are the shorts. ^Not snug little hip-hugging boxer K98 025 shorts, but generous knee-reaching fencer shorts with pockets. K98 026 ^The pockets are what a Moaville male farmer first looks for when K98 027 he buys shorts. ^They have to be able to hold his minimum working K98 028 gear *- knife, baling twine, ear-tags and penicillin for the K98 029 Hereford; worming tablets for the dog, lip-salve for the farmer. K98 030 |^Yes, lip-salve. ^Ever tried walking up and down three K98 031 ridges into a screaming southerly when the temperature is 9*@\0C? K98 032 ^Or into a roaring northerly when the temperature is 29*@\0C? K98 033 |^The working wardrobes of Moaville male farmers can K98 034 sometimes disconcert the visitor. ^If passing through the K98 035 Moaville district in the dark hours, she or he may glimpse K98 036 figures in gumboots and shin-length rubber aprons spattered with K98 037 horrid stains, pacing across the paddocks. ^The figures are not K98 038 mad doctors on the loose; they're farmers on their way home from K98 039 morning milking. ^The stains are something we won't go into. K98 040 |^If passing through at other hours, the visitor may see an K98 041 even more disturbingly garbed figure also pacing the paddocks. K98 042 ^It's cowled, cloaked and trousered in garish and glistening K98 043 yellow plastic. ^It wears what appears to be a respirator on its K98 044 back. ^It carries a glistening metal tube with a pistol-grip in K98 045 its hand. ^The visitor need not be alarmed. ^This figure is not K98 046 an escapee from some biochemical battleground. ^It's Merv K98 047 Toohill, off to drench his yearlings. K98 048 *<*7MISS MULVANEY'S MENAGERIE*> K98 049 |^*6M*2ISS MULVANEY MADE *0her presence felt in Moaville on the K98 050 morning of her arrival. ^As she stepped off the bus from the city K98 051 and her suitcases started piling up around her, Miss Mulvaney's K98 052 attention was caught by a slight fracas on the other side of K98 053 Moaville's main road. ^A drover from some less civilised corner K98 054 of the hinterland was preparing to lay hands upon one of his K98 055 dogs, which had apparently given him cause for displeasure. ^Miss K98 056 Mulvaney left her luggage, crossed the main road at a smart clip, K98 057 and took to the drover with her handbag. ^The dog left its K98 058 erstwhile master, crossed to a safe position behind Miss K98 059 Mulvaney, and took to her like the Prodigal Son to the bosom of K98 060 his family. ^In so doing, he became the first of what Moaville K98 061 was to know as Miss Mulvaney's Menagerie. K98 062 |^Miss Mulvaney came to Moaville to take over the cottage K98 063 and adjacent paddocks of an elderly, distant and deceased K98 064 relative. ^With her she brought 12 suitcases, a private income, K98 065 and an ambition. K98 066 |^At least six of the 12 suitcases contained certain K98 067 mysterious ornaments. ^The private income came from her father, K98 068 who had been something in timber. (^A sap, perhaps, ventured one K98 069 Moavillian). ^The ambition, she confided to one of the many human K98 070 friends she made in her new home, was to add a little something K98 071 to her life. K98 072 |^Within a few weeks, Miss Mulvaney *1had *0added several K98 073 little somethings to her life. ^The second of them was a donkey. K98 074 |^The donkey, an aged and infirm herbivore of plebeian K98 075 parentage, had been sold by a visiting circus to a Wharetapu K98 076 farmer. ^The Wharetapu farmer had plans to use it for the purpose K98 077 to which aged and infirm herbivores are often put in rural areas. K98 078 ^His sheepdogs were already adjusting their dinner jackets in K98 079 anticipation. ^Then Miss Mulvaney stepped in. ^She paid the K98 080 Wharetapu farmer twice as much as he'd paid the circus, and led K98 081 the donkey, whom she named Buck (after his teeth), back to one of K98 082 her paddocks. K98 083 |^*'Led**' is perhaps not the verb. ^Buck at first seemed K98 084 singularly lacking in gratitude to his saviour. ^For most of the K98 085 kilometre between the farmer's and Miss Mulvaney's, he displayed K98 086 a good deal of the stubbornness for which donkeys are renowned. K98 087 ^The sight of Miss Mulvaney, rope in one hand and carrot in the K98 088 other, fluting at Buck in her cultured contralto, had traffic K98 089 jammed all the way back to the Pukerangi turn-off. K98 090 |^Buck and the drover's dog were soon joined by others. K98 091 ^There was a pet lamb called Sabre, past whose paddock the local K98 092 dogs crept cowering and on tiptoes. ^There were twin orphan K98 093 bovines called Hannibal and Hercules, who grew in stature so that K98 094 they threatened to blot out the sun from one side of Miss K98 095 Mulvaney's cottage. ^There was the Shetland pony whose owner had K98 096 gone on to bigger things. ^There were sheep grazing the cottage's K98 097 front lawn and goats grazing the cottage's back hedge. ^There K98 098 were cats and ducks around the cottage and horses inside the K98 099 cottage. K98 100 |^I said horses. ^Miss Mulvaney must have been a frustrated K98 101 equestrian in her younger days. ^At any rate, when she unpacked K98 102 her six cases of ornaments and invited her neighbours to coffee, K98 103 those neighbours went home with stories of a house where the K98 104 walls whinnied and the china cabinets cantered. K98 105 |^There were plaster horses rearing or reclining, grazing or K98 106 galloping on the mantelpiece and ledges. ^Three china horses K98 107 trotted up one living room wall, and three others paced down the K98 108 wall opposite. ^There were firescreens showing horses with K98 109 midnight blue eyes on a background of shimmering black. ^There K98 110 were brass horses from whose raised forelegs the hearthbrush and K98 111 fire-tongs hung. ^Horses on cushions, horses in framed prints. K98 112 ^Horses on ashtrays, glasses, coffee mugs and placemats. ^As one K98 113 impressionable visitor said, *'^You keep wanting to duck in case K98 114 you get trampled.**' K98 115 |^Miss Mulvaney never got trampled. K98 116 |^She did cause a slight controversy by insisting that the K98 117 live object at the Moaville {0YFC}'s K98 118 *'Guess-The-Weight-Of-The-Hogget**' competition be replaced with K98 119 a photograph. ^Her neighbours were occasionally heard to say that K98 120 feeding times at Miss Mulvaney's made them yearn for a bit of K98 121 inner-city peace and quiet. ^But overall, she was regarded by K98 122 Moavillians with respect and admiration. K98 123 |^With a sense of the inevitable, also. ^Watching the K98 124 retreating figure of the elderly woman who had the eye of an K98 125 eagle, the jowls of a bloodhound, the voice of a privately K98 126 educated dove, and the gait of a dromedary and who had just left K98 127 his premises with *+$20 of best off-cuts one morning, Moaville's K98 128 butcher put it into words. ^*'After all,**' he said. *'^What else K98 129 could she do when you look at her... her background?**' K98 130 *<*7THE SPORTING LIFE*> K98 131 |^*6A*2PART FROM BEING *0the twin foci of Moaville's summer K98 132 sporting scene, the Moaville Public Swimming Baths and the K98 133 Moaville Tennis Club have two other features in common. ^They K98 134 occupy adjacent armpits of the T-junction where the Pukerangi K98 135 Road branches off from the main Moaville Motorway. ^The opposite K98 136 side of the road, the shoulder-line above the armpits, is K98 137 occupied for some distance by the Moaville Saleyards. K98 138 |^The top 1\0m of green corrugated iron which encloses the K98 139 baths is a gift composed of leftovers from when the tennis club K98 140 built its clubrooms. ^The bottom 1.5\0m of red corrugated iron K98 141 which encloses the baths is a gift composed of leftovers from K98 142 when the Moaville United Rugby Football Club built the extensions K98 143 to its changing rooms. K98 144 |^The Moaville Public Swimming Baths are much indebted to K98 145 leftovers. ^The individually shaped and sized starting blocks are K98 146 the result of a job-lot that went a bit wrong at Wharetapu K98 147 Concrete Troughs and Tanks \0Ltd. ^The rows of two-tiered K98 148 spectator benches within the corrugated-iron enclosures are K98 149 composed of radiata from Ballantyne's Sawmills *- undressed K98 150 rather than dressed radiata, one should mention. ^The way in K98 151 which spectators at Moaville Swimming Club competition days rise K98 152 abruptly to their feet with loud cries is not entirely due to the K98 153 close finish in the 8-year-old girls' butterfly *- though it may K98 154 have been the close finish which caused them to shift suddenly on K98 155 the rough-hewn radiata in the first place. K98 156 |^The absence of chill in the water is the result of K98 157 leftover steam from the Moaville Co-Op Dairy Factory, piped to K98 158 the baths and thus removing the swimming club's worry about who K98 159 should break the ice on early December competition days. ^The K98 160 steam-driven nature of the Moaville Public Swimming Baths means K98 161 that they're open only during the months of the milking season. K98 162 ^When the cows go dry, so do the swimming baths. ^Plans to turn K98 163 them into an open-air ice-skating rink from May to September are K98 164 still in the pending stage. K98 165 |^Even the starting pistol used for a few recent seasons of K98 166 competition at the baths was a leftover. ^It was the staple gun K98 167 which Club President Tim Schreiber used at other times for his K98 168 fencing. ^For three years, the Moaville Swimming Club was K98 169 probably the only one in the country where the starter held the K98 170 gun in his right hand and pressed it against a piece of tanalised K98 171 4 x 2 held in his left hand. K98 172 |^When the club finally invested in a more orthodox K98 173 percussive device, surrealist humour reared its head among K98 174 Moaville swimming spectators. ^On the day when the starter raised K98 175 his gleaming new pistol high for the first time, at the moment he K98 176 proudly pressed its trigger, five defunct grey mallard ducks were K98 177 sent tumbling out onto the concrete apron from the back rows of K98 178 the undressed radiata benches. K98 179 |^The three asphalt courts of the Moaville Tennis Club just K98 180 across the way are seldom the scene for such breaches of decorum. K98 181 |^They're asphalt courts for a number of reasons. ^Rural K98 182 Moavillians spend most of their working days ankle- or knee-deep K98 183 in grass, and they like a change. ^Then there's Moaville's K98 184 precipitation patterns, which tend to turn grass courts into K98 185 venues for swamp tennis rather than lawn tennis. K98 186 |^Thanks to the rows of trees which shelter their southern K98 187 and western sides, the asphalt courts of the Moaville Tennis Club K98 188 are distinguished by emphatic surface undulations for as far as K98 189 the roots can reach. ^Court topography undeniably works to the K98 190 advantage of home players. ^They know exactly where to aim a K98 191 serve so that it lands in the gully which was left when the old K98 192 macrocarpa was taken out last winter, and never bounces more than K98 193 5\0cm; or where to place a backhand lob so that it hits the ridge K98 194 pushed up by the big puriri and turns at 90*@. K98 195 |^Home players on the Moaville Tennis Courts have also K98 196 learned the wisdom of offering to take the saleyards end. ^From K98 197 here, they can serve against a background of dust clouds raised K98 198 by stock trucks taking off, plus the rattle and roar of the K98 199 trucks themselves and the roaring, lowing, stamping and bellowing K98 200 of their freight. ^For visiting players, it's like having the K98 201 ball suddenly come at you as an hysterical grandstand rushes K98 202 past. K98 203 |^The underarm serve is still a familiar sight on the K98 204 Moaville courts. ^So is the sudden hiatus in the mixed doubles, K98 205 as player and spectators troop across the road to watch Ani and K98 206 Buster's young Matiu in the final of the 10-year-old boys' K98 207 backstroke. K98 208 *# K99 001 **[473 TEXT K99**] K99 002 |^*"*0What did you do that for?**" demanded Sandy. K99 003 |*"^He's got someone in there. ^I had to save her!**" K99 004 |*"^Look! ^He's coming out again!**" K99 005 |^She could hardly recognise the rapist in his jeans and K99 006 boots. ^His victim came out behind him. ^She was combing her K99 007 hair. K99 008 |^*"She doesn't look very happy,**" said Sandy. K99 009 |^The rapist kept looking around him as he climbed onto his K99 010 motorbike. ^His victim got on behind him, and locked her arms K99 011 around his waist. ^They roared off into the distance, raising a K99 012 cloud of dust from the grass. K99 013 |^*"We sure scared him, didn't we?**" said Sandy. K99 014 *<*6THE SAFE HOUSE*> K99 015 *<*4By Anne \0M Grantham*> K99 016 |^*0Mum comes into my room. ^She shakes my arm and says, K99 017 *"^Come on luv, wake up.**" K99 018 |^She puts my coat round my shoulders. K99 019 |*"^Get \2yer arms in.**" K99 020 |*"^What's happening, Mum?**" ^I look at her, she seems to K99 021 be shivering. K99 022 |^We go downstairs, I can smell burning. ^Dad's at the K99 023 bottom, he's got a case in his hands. K99 024 |^*"It's in the cupboard,**" Mum says. K99 025 |*"^What's happening Dad? ^Where are we going?**" K99 026 |*"^It's \0OK lad, we're going to stay with Nanny and K99 027 Grandad.**" K99 028 |^My bike's by the front door. ^I get on. ^I had it for my K99 029 birthday. ^It's blue with three wheels and a *2BELL. K99 030 |^*0The street is full of smoke and there're flames. K99 031 |^I ride beside Mum and Dad on the pavement. K99 032 |*"^The road's on fire, Dad!**" K99 033 |*"^Yes luv, come on, it's only round the corner now.**" K99 034 |^Nanny takes a long time to come to the door. ^She just K99 035 opens it a crack. ^She sees it's us and lets us in. K99 036 |^Everything is black. K99 037 |^*"Don't light up,**" says Dad. K99 038 |*"^We've been hit, an incendiary.**" K99 039 |^*"I'll put the kettle on,**" she says. K99 040 |*"^You lie down on t' sofa lad, you can sleep there K99 041 tonight.**" K99 042 |^In the morning I wonder where I am, then I remember. ^I go K99 043 over to the front window and lift the corner of the black K99 044 curtain. K99 045 |^Oh heck, I think. ^It's those men in white coats. ^There's K99 046 a bus parked at the end of the street. K99 047 |^I run upstairs. K99 048 |*"^Mum, they're 'ere, they're taking kids, Mum!**" K99 049 |^*"It's all right luv, don't you fret,**" Nanny says. K99 050 |*"^I'll go down and answer if they come 'ere. ^They don't K99 051 know you're 'ere see, lad. ^They don't know. ^You'll be all K99 052 right. ^Don't wake your Mum, she's sleeping.**" K99 053 |^Nanny's such a big lady, so dark and strong, she'll tell K99 054 'em to go away, I think. ^They'll be frightened of her. K99 055 |^I climb into bed beside Mum and pull the covers over my K99 056 head. K99 057 |^Later, Grandad comes home. ^I hear him pull his bike over K99 058 the step and lay his shovel down. ^He smiles. ^He's all black and K99 059 dirty, only his teeth look clean. ^He pulls off his cap. K99 060 |^Nanny pours his tea. ^He always has his big cup. ^Blue and K99 061 white stripes. ^He calls it his pint jug. K99 062 |^It's too hot so he pours some into a saucer. K99 063 |*"^Them men were 'ere, Grandad. ^They took Tom Jackson and K99 064 Brian Collins.**" K99 065 |^*"Ha ha, well they didn't get you,**" he laughs. K99 066 |^Nanny is pouring the hot water into the tin bath in the K99 067 back of the kitchen. ^She calls through *"^No they didn't, and K99 068 they won't. ^I'll see to it they don't, over my dead body.**" K99 069 |^Grandad gets up and says *"^You're safe 'ere in this house K99 070 with us, don't worry lad.**" K99 071 |^He goes through to the back kitchen and begins to strip K99 072 off. ^Mum's coming, I hear her clogs on the path. K99 073 |^*"Mum,**" I run to her. *"^They took Tom Jackson and K99 074 Brian Collins.**" K99 075 |*"^It's all right luv.**" ^She holds me close, I can smell K99 076 her green overalls. K99 077 |*"^Now then, I'll get me pinny on and your dad's tea. K99 078 ^He'll be 'ere in a minute.**" ^Dad comes back. ^We all sit K99 079 around the table. ^The grown-ups talk about the fire. ^Dad says, K99 080 *"^The pub's burnt out. ^You know that sugar we had in 't top K99 081 landing cupboard.**" ^He laughs and slaps his knee. K99 082 |*"^It's all melted and poured down the stairs.**" K99 083 |^They all laugh. K99 084 |^Grandad says something about ill-gotten gains. K99 085 |^I think about Tom Jackson and Brian Collins. ^They'd be in K99 086 the country by now. ^In a strange house without their Mum or Dad. K99 087 ^I get on the sofa again, the grown-ups sit around the grate. K99 088 ^They chat. ^My eyes feel heavy. K99 089 |^The siren wails. ^Everything's black. ^I hear Dad and K99 090 Grandad coming down the stairs. ^They pull on their clothes. ^Mum K99 091 grabs my hand. ^Nanny puts her cardy round my shoulders. ^We all K99 092 walk down to Grandad's allotment and go into the shelter. K99 093 |^I sit near the window. ^The shutters are open. ^I lean on K99 094 the sill and look out into the sky. ^Every few minutes there are K99 095 flashes of light. K99 096 |^I can smell Grandad's sweet peas; it's warm outside. K99 097 |^In the morning Grandad gets up. ^I'm listening to the K99 098 skylarks. ^They fly over the field next door. K99 099 |^Grandad says, *"^Let's go and look at 't damage.**" ^He K99 100 takes my hand. K99 101 |^We walk through the allotment and stop. K99 102 |^Grandad's house is gone. K99 103 *<*6PERIPHERAL VISION LAND*> K99 104 *<*4By David Hair*> K99 105 |^*"*0Where are you going, Peter?**" Cheryl calls. K99 106 |*"^To scare myself.**" K99 107 |*"^Oh.**" ^Puzzled, but not interested. ^I used to fill her K99 108 eyes, but now I live in peripheral vision land. K99 109 |^Outside the air has claws. ^I return for a jacket. ^In the K99 110 seconds since I left, she's changed the \0TV channel, and phoned K99 111 someone. ^Her voice is intimate. K99 112 |^The bush spills downhill toward town, and the lake. ^A K99 113 path like a throat swallows me up. ^Into the woods, into the K99 114 trees. ^Birds fall quiet. ^Silence wraps itself about me, and K99 115 hugs, and kisses my frozen cheek. ^I close my eyes to see K99 116 clearly, to see past the demons that clutter peripheral vision K99 117 land. ^Extra coffee cups in the sink, open back doors, cigarette K99 118 ash in the bed. ^Phone-calls that turn into wrong numbers when I K99 119 answer them. ^We all have our defences. ^I just look away. ^But K99 120 at the edge of my vision I see it all. K99 121 |^I crush a compost of rotting leaves underfoot. ^The world K99 122 has shrunk, there is only me. K99 123 |^Is the forest hungry, will it swallow me up? ^Can I scare K99 124 myself? ^Trees, like teeth, can bite me from the world. ^Can you K99 125 picture having no job, no mortgage, no Cheryl. ^Is that scary? K99 126 |^This afternoon she rounded on me, and shouted, *"^I hate K99 127 this carpet!**" K99 128 |*"^The carpet?**" ^Cheryl and I never argue. ^Never. K99 129 |^*"It's hideous! ^Hideous!**" she blazed. K99 130 |^It takes two to fight. K99 131 |^We never fight. K99 132 |^I could ask, *"^What's really the matter?**" ^But carpets K99 133 and irrational tantrums I can handle. ^The real reasons can K99 134 gibbet and snarl from peripheral vision land forever, for all I K99 135 care. K99 136 |^Sometimes I catch my reflection in the mirror. ^Plain. K99 137 ^People are always forgetting my name. ^Cheryl is the only one K99 138 who ever saw me with both eyes. ^The only one who focused on me. K99 139 ^Now I'm not sure if her eyes are still the same colour. K99 140 |^Yesterday she said, *"^Let's go on holiday.**" K99 141 |*"^Holiday?**" K99 142 |*"^Yeah. ^Somewhere warm, Napier maybe, or up North. ^For K99 143 God's sake, let's get out of this frigid hole.**" K99 144 |*"^But it'll be summer soon.**" ^I turned the heater up. K99 145 ^*"Eastenders**" came on. ^I saw her lips move again, but I K99 146 didn't quite catch what she said. K99 147 |^If the house burnt down, I'd have nothing. ^Is that scary? K99 148 |^She might be inside. ^Is that scary? ^Does that make me K99 149 sweat? K99 150 |^Why not? K99 151 |^What scares me? ^Would I run home if I saw the flames down K99 152 there? ^Perhaps she's dead already. ^Electrocuted, or a fall. K99 153 ^Perhaps I'm alone again already. ^Forever. K99 154 |^Is the thought of losing her scary any more? K99 155 |^Picture being without her... K99 156 |...doing my own cooking ...choosing my own \0TV ...buying K99 157 beer instead of biscuits ...one income again ...is that scary? K99 158 |^Is an empty bed scary? K99 159 |^Picture confronting her... K99 160 |*"^Cheryl. ^I want to tell you....**" K99 161 |*"^Cheryl, for some time things haven't been right between K99 162 us...**" K99 163 |*"^I don't know how to say this, but I don't love you any K99 164 more.**" K99 165 |^Standing on a hill fulfills a deep need in any man. ^It's K99 166 good to look down on the world. K99 167 |*"^Cheryl, our relationship is....**" K99 168 |^Is what? K99 169 |^Something you can't see anymore, but you can occasionally K99 170 catch a glimpse of. ^Something that's lost, in peripheral vision K99 171 land. K99 172 |*"^Cheryl, I just want to be alone.**" K99 173 |^Alone. ^I don't want to go to work. ^Alone. ^Just write to K99 174 me, and I won't have to read it. ^Leave me alone. ^*2I DON'T LOVE K99 175 YOU ANYMORE. ^*0Let me stay here forever, and watch the trees, K99 176 and the lake. ^Go away. ^Let me plunge into the secret depths of K99 177 the lake. ^Let me lose myself in the forest. ^Look for me in K99 178 peripheral vision land. K99 179 |^Just leave me alone. K99 180 |^I want to be alone. K99 181 |^*"What's that?**" Cheryl asks the cat. *"^Something at the K99 182 door again?**" ^Her voice is a little more nervous each time. K99 183 |^Furious knocking has left my knuckles bloodied. K99 184 |*"^What do you reckon, puss? ^Anyone there this time?**" K99 185 ^She opens the door, just a little, to the end of the chain. ^Her K99 186 eyes are open wide, searching. K99 187 |^*"Who's there?**" she asks. K99 188 |*"^Me! ^Look, I'm here, in the front of you. ^Why can't you K99 189 see me?**" K99 190 |*"^Who's there? ^Please?**" K99 191 |*"^*2ME!! ^ME ME ME! ^LET ME IN!!!! ^LET ME IN!!!!**" ^*0My K99 192 hands claw her cheek, my shouts turn to screams, but I can't seem K99 193 to reach her. ^Why can't you see me? ^Why don't you feel my K99 194 touch? K99 195 |^*"See,**" she tells the cat. *"^Nobody again. ^Perhaps K99 196 it's those Ferguson kids messing about again.**" ^She looks at K99 197 her watch. *"^Peter still isn't home, and it's gone ten.**" ^Her K99 198 worry is distant, vague. ^She closes the door on my unseen face. K99 199 |^There is a Missing Person file on me; I watched them write K99 200 it. ^I cast no shadow, have no reflection, and I am truly, K99 201 utterly alone. ^Someone else lives with Cheryl now. ^I watch her K99 202 sometimes, when I can bear it. ^Sometimes she startles, when K99 203 she's alone at night, as if she'd glimpsed me in the corner of K99 204 her eye. K99 205 *<*659 HAY STREET*> K99 206 *<*4By Lorraine Hamlin*> K99 207 |^*0I watch him as he comes into the kitchen. ^He looks K99 208 pale, drawn. ^He opens the fridge, takes the half empty bottle of K99 209 milk and drinks from it. K99 210 |^*"Do you have to do that?**" I ask. K99 211 |*"^Is the paper in yet?**" K99 212 |*"^I haven't looked.**" K99 213 |^I pour myself another cup of coffee and hope that he K99 214 doesn't notice my hand shaking. K99 215 |*"^Do you know that you left the stereo on all night?**" K99 216 |*"^What?**" K99 217 |*"^You left the stereo on all night.**" K99 218 |*"^So.**" K99 219 |*"^Well, I think.... ^No forget it, it doesn't matter.**" K99 220 |^I stare into my coffee cup. K99 221 |*"^I'm going to get the paper.**" K99 222 |^I watch him walk to the letterbox. ^The kitchen looks so K99 223 messy, dirty dishes are piled on the bench and the stove top is K99 224 filthy. K99 225 |^Jesus, I think. K99 226 |^The lounge is no better. ^There're empty bottles and K99 227 glasses scattered everywhere. ^He's been in bed all afternoon. ^I K99 228 follow him into the dining room. *"^When are you going to clean K99 229 up the mess from your party?**" K99 230 |*"^I'll get round to it.**" K99 231 |*"^Come on, you couldn't even put the bottles in the K99 232 rubbish.**" K99 233 |*"^\0OK.**" K99 234 |^He walks into the kitchen, reaches down for an empty can K99 235 and throws it at the rubbish tin. ^It misses. K99 236 |*"^Now I'm going to read the paper in peace.**" K99 237 |^He bends forward and peers over his knees to the newspaper K99 238 spread on the floor. K99 239 |*"^Look the point is why leave this in such a mess? ^It K99 240 wouldn't have taken much to pick the rubbish up.**" K99 241 |*"^I could do it later.**" K99 242 |*"^Oh yeah, sure.**" K99 243 |^More like leave it for me, I think. K99 244 |^He picks up the paper, I hear his bedroom door slam. ^God K99 245 this is ridiculous, I'm going to have to say something. ^I don't K99 246 mind leaving the dishes in the sink for a couple of days, but K99 247 this has to be the limit. K99 248 *# L01 001 **[474 TEXT L01**] L01 002 *<*4Gerard*> L01 003 |^*0I dreamt last week that Gerard Te Heu Heu was standing in L01 004 front of me and saying over and over, *"^I want to tell you L01 005 something, I want to tell you something....,**" which is strange L01 006 because I haven't seen Gerard for almost four years. ^And I L01 007 wondered why I was dreaming about someone who I hadn't seen for so L01 008 long and who I'd never had much to do with. ^I mean, we were at L01 009 secondary school together, but we were never really good friends. L01 010 |^Gerard was the athletic type. ^He won sports awards and L01 011 made the First *=XV and hung out with all the guys who thought L01 012 that rugby was the world. ^I spent a lot of time by myself, L01 013 reading and writing poems about how this boarding school was L01 014 tearing my soul apart. ^But there were times when we did talk and L01 015 we both liked the same types of music. ^And when Gerard couldn't L01 016 remember the tune to a song, he would ask me to sing it and I'd L01 017 always be shy, but he'd coax it out of me, telling me that I had a L01 018 really neat voice. ^Then he'd sing it too. ^We sounded good L01 019 together. L01 020 |^I remember the first time we met in Third Form and he told L01 021 me he'd fucked a girl who wasn't a virgin and I didn't even know L01 022 what fuck meant. ^And then in Sixth Form, when he and his friends L01 023 saw Liz and I in the city and later he told me what a cute couple L01 024 we were and I told him that Liz was my almost sister and that I L01 025 didn't have a girlfriend. ^Gerard went on about how he didn't L01 026 either because everyone thought he was too stuck up on his own L01 027 looks and did I think he was handsome. L01 028 |^At the end of the Seventh Form, when we were watching L01 029 \0T.V. alone, Gerard said he didn't know what he was going to do L01 030 with his life when he left school and that he was sick of the L01 031 macho shit his friends kept coming out with and that he'd miss me L01 032 when I went to University in Auckland, and I couldn't figure that L01 033 out because we'd never been that close. ^Then Gerard said, L01 034 *"^Here,**" and held out his hand and I took it and we sat there L01 035 holding hands for a while. ^Then he let go, got up and left. L01 036 |^That was the last time I saw him I guess, until my dream. L01 037 ^And in my dream he just kept saying those same words, *"^I want L01 038 to tell you something, I want to tell you something....**" L01 039 |^It's \0OK Gerard. ^I know already. L01 040 *<*4Richard von Sturmer*> L01 041 *<*6SLAP SLAP*> L01 042 |^*0This is a story about two friends in a big city. ^He and I are L01 043 their names. ^That's what we call ourselves, or at least that's L01 044 what I calls them as I is the one who is telling this story. ^When L01 045 I and he are together they become we, and when we part they become L01 046 he and I again. L01 047 |^Neither of them were born in the big city, they came there L01 048 for an adventure. ^But they did not come together. ^He was there L01 049 before I, and when I arrived they became a team. ^But, for the L01 050 sake of continuity, let us call them, from now on, we, as we and L01 051 they are really the same. ^We had the same background and were of L01 052 the same stock. ^A team soon after the womb, so to speak. ^We L01 053 shared a bath, went to the same kindergarten, to the same primary L01 054 school and then to the same secondary school, when he was not L01 055 being expelled. ^Anyway, that was all in a small city, and in the L01 056 big city, one day, we were together once again. L01 057 |^Hello you, he said on seeing I. ^Hello you, I replied. ^We L01 058 slapped each other on the back. ^Not too hard, not too soft. ^A L01 059 brisk slap slap. ^Then we went to catch a bus. L01 060 |^He looked older since I last saw him. ^This was to be L01 061 expected as some time had passed. ^We talked on the bus about what L01 062 we should do. ^As I had just arrived, I let him do most of the L01 063 talking, nodding the head in response when a response was L01 064 required. ^He suggested that we find somewhere to live. ^His own L01 065 place was no longer suitable, not for himself and especially not L01 066 for a combination like he and I. ^Rent was called for, and rent L01 067 was something I refused to contemplate. ^To live in the big city L01 068 without paying rent, that was part of the dream. ^And he shared L01 069 the same part and even the whole dream. ^So we set about the task L01 070 of establishing ourselves. L01 071 |^It happens, as things do happen, both in stories and in L01 072 real life, that we found a place right next to the place in which L01 073 he had lived. ^This place, our dwelling, stood empty on the side L01 074 of a long street. ^We went round the back and climbed through a L01 075 window. ^Inside there were two floors of empty rooms. ^One floor L01 076 for I and the other for him. ^Our exits and our entrances would be L01 077 made through the back window. ^The other windows, and the L01 078 doorways, had been sealed up. ^He said, and he always thought L01 079 ahead, that we would need a light. ^He then jumped into the back L01 080 garden and found a pile of candles lying on the ground. ^He looked L01 081 at the sky and said thank you. ^The you he addressed made no L01 082 reply. ^And for all we knew that you might not exist, in that sky L01 083 or any other. ^But we did appreciate the candles. ^Darkness was L01 084 soon to follow, and we spent the night, or most of it, discussing L01 085 what we should do the next day. L01 086 |^In the morning he told I how he had seen a rat. ^After we L01 087 parted, and before sleep, a rat had come out and looked at him. ^A L01 088 rat with red eyes. ^I had nothing comparable to relate. ^I slept L01 089 upstairs and rats prefer to be near the earth. ^I did hear the L01 090 sound of a violin, while in a half-sleep, but a violin is not to L01 091 be placed beside a rat. ^And his rat was a fearsome creature. ^He L01 092 feared for his life, he admitted, and at the very least for his L01 093 toes which were exposed at the end of his feet. ^But the rat did L01 094 nothing but act the part of a rat. ^And for his part, I believed, L01 095 he loved such details, and the relating of such details. ^That was L01 096 his way. ^He was always like that. L01 097 |^It should be stated, at this point, to avoid a L01 098 misunderstanding, that he and I did not do everything together. L01 099 ^In fact most days we divided up early in the morning and reformed L01 100 again late in the aftermoon, or in the early evening. ^Our meeting L01 101 place was a small restaurant further down the long street on which L01 102 we lived. ^It was our habit to have a meal there and discuss the L01 103 day's events. ^The meal consisted of a boney fish. ^This fish, and L01 104 we had one each, was a marvel to behold as it was nothing but a L01 105 skeleton covered by a flap of brown skin that tore apart like L01 106 tissue paper. ^To try and find a scrap of flesh among the bones of L01 107 the boney fish was our constant pleasure, and the restaurant, it L01 108 must be said, also served excellent coffee. L01 109 |^So we now had a haven, a haven to return to after a hard L01 110 day in the big city. ^No one else was ever there, in the L01 111 restaurant, apart from the manager who always took pride in L01 112 presenting he and I with a plate of boney fish, a plate each, and L01 113 then a knife, and then a fork, and then a basket of dry bread. L01 114 ^After this came the coffee, which was excellent, as I has said, L01 115 and then he and I would turn our chairs to face the window. ^From L01 116 this position, at the end of each day, we enjoyed the sunset. L01 117 |^But all was not rosy, ah no, all could not be said to be a L01 118 bed of roses. ^Sometimes an element of risk entered the picture, L01 119 like a blurred shape huddled in the corner, a blurred shape that L01 120 threatened to take on a more formal aspect. ^Or to put it another L01 121 way: while I, at times, was lightly touched by the hand of fate, L01 122 he, more often than not, received a direct slap. ^He could be L01 123 beaten about by circumstances while I, in another part of the big L01 124 city, drifted through the day, experiencing the experiences that L01 125 befitted a curious but somewhat detached soul. ^Can one speak of a L01 126 soul? ^Perhaps one can. ^And the souls of he and I were remarkably L01 127 in tune, whereas our individual destinies did not really L01 128 correspond. L01 129 |^One evening he failed to make our usual rendezvous of boney L01 130 fish and sunset. ^Later in the night I heard the dull thud of a L01 131 body falling through the window. ^As there was no glass in the L01 132 window, and as the distance from window to floor was not great, I L01 133 remained unconcerned and soon went back to sleep. L01 134 |^The next day, on coming downstairs, I found he lying on his L01 135 mattress. ^He smiled through the bruises and said it was L01 136 wonderful. ^Not the pain, or the experience of pain, but the fact L01 137 that he had had an adventure. L01 138 |^This adventure began with he and his body. ^He regularly L01 139 displayed his body to a group of art students and they would draw L01 140 him in different positions. ^These positions were dictated by the L01 141 way he arranged his limbs, or more precisely by the way the art L01 142 teacher told he to arrange his limbs. ^After a morning of L01 143 modelling, which was he's job, and of instructing others on how to L01 144 draw the model, which was the art teacher's job, the art teacher L01 145 asked he back to his home. ^There they began to drink and L01 146 continued their drinking through the afternoon. ^At a certain L01 147 point the art teacher told he to take off his clothes, and when he L01 148 refused the art teacher then tried to do it for him, and when he L01 149 was rebuffed the art teacher then took his own clothes off, and L01 150 when this had no effect the art teacher then pulled his wife out L01 151 of a nearby room. L01 152 |^She was offered to he, right there, on the carpet, and he L01 153 was shocked and left, as best he could, as he was somewhat drunk. L01 154 |^The bus swayed, or he swayed on the bus, gripping the L01 155 hand-straps and singing to himself. ^This is the next thing he L01 156 remembered. ^Then he was lying face-down in the gutter with the L01 157 sunset snuffed out and the stars beginning to glow above his head. L01 158 |^What happened after that happened very quickly. ^Two sets L01 159 of hands, one set under each armpit, hauled he up and dragged him L01 160 towards the nearest pub. ^Once inside he was given a beer by two L01 161 big men who saw that he'd been drinking, and appreciated his L01 162 drunkenness (for this was a land where such things never go L01 163 unappreciated), and therefore wanted he to drink some more. ^In a L01 164 pause between beers, they asked him what he did for a crust, and L01 165 he, who could still appreciate the humour of the situation while L01 166 retaining no self-control, he said that he was a ballet dancer. L01 167 |^A nasty silence followed, and this silence was followed, in L01 168 turn, by the sound of fists hitting a body. ^Hairy fists, as he L01 169 later recalled, and freckled. L01 170 |^So he was beaten up, a classic beating-up. ^Afterwards, in L01 171 the middle of the night, he crawled down the long street and fell L01 172 back into bed. ^And this is where I found him the next morning. L01 173 |^That was the way it turned out, more or less. L01 174 *# L02 001 **[475 TEXT L02**] L02 002 |^*0As the spirit warmed her veins, Mary Newton came back L02 003 to those who loved her. ^She felt the bedclothes, saw Anne L02 004 Phelan with the glass, and, looming at the door, a figure she L02 005 knew with a line of red from the corner of his mouth. L02 006 |^In the days that followed, Walter went unmolested in L02 007 Horeke. ^He had the protection of Anne and her gigantic L02 008 husband, it may be he did not even need that. ^Men spoke of the L02 009 courage that had taken his boat where death waited on the L02 010 strand, lurked in the surf. ^It might be that he had killed his L02 011 father. ^Well, well. ^His father had to die some day. ^Then L02 012 again it might not be true. ^He said so and they were inclined L02 013 to take his word. ^They were coming to like him more than they L02 014 feared him. ^He was gentle of manner and so desperately in love L02 015 that they laughed a little and liked him the more. L02 016 |^So Walter roamed the Hokianga, a different Walter from L02 017 the timorous man of a year ago. ^He had learned that the L02 018 measure of a man's capacity is his belief in himself and with L02 019 confidence had come power. ^Yet in his heart he thought he was L02 020 the same sorry fraud as ever, bedecked in the trappings of L02 021 men's esteem. ^Only a desperate strait could summon his L02 022 resources, his father's spirit. L02 023 |^Anne knew, as all Horeke knew, that Walter loved Mary and L02 024 she knew what Horeke only guessed, that he was loved in return. L02 025 ^Anne had heard his name on Mary's lips waking and sleeping. L02 026 ^Each day she allowed him to the bedside, priding herself on L02 027 the laundering of his blanket, the trim cut of his hair and L02 028 beard. ^The wise little woman knew that the daily visit, those L02 029 few moments an eternity apart, were colouring the cheeks of her L02 030 patient faster than could any nostrum known to Pomphret. ^Daily L02 031 the girl grew lovelier, daily her lover grew more diffident. L02 032 ^The dancing lights in her hair, laid on the pillow by the L02 033 simple art of Anne, the sweet mouth, so generous and impulsive, L02 034 found him at her side tongue-tied. ^For the time was coming L02 035 when this paradise would end. ^He must talk of themselves, L02 036 declare himself a Pakeha-Maori and then, he supposed, go his L02 037 way. L02 038 |^Mary felt his hesitation for she had ever present in her L02 039 mind her family's guilt. ^She knew that soon he would leave L02 040 her, unable to accept the love she longed to give. ^A dread of L02 041 the future grew in them both that some light word might bring L02 042 them stumbling from their Eden. L02 043 |^The end came. ^She was sitting in the garden for an hour L02 044 of autumn sunshine, warm enough in those bland latitudes. L02 045 ^Walter sat beside her, to sail as he said under false colours L02 046 no longer. ^He blurted out the story of his tribe and of L02 047 Ngaire. L02 048 |^Mary showed no sign. ^What to Walter had looked so large L02 049 seemed a small thing to her. ^She guessed that but for her L02 050 first letter he would never have turned Pakeha-Maori. L02 051 |*"^And this is all that's worrying you?**" L02 052 |*"^Why, yes.**" L02 053 |*"^You dear old stupid. ^My days weren't spent at the Bay L02 054 not to understand that many a man turns thus for awhile. ^But L02 055 you haven't mentioned my terrible news.**" L02 056 |*"^What news?**" L02 057 |*"^Why, all that I discovered in Sydney.**" L02 058 |*"^Well, I swallowed the second half of your letter.**" L02 059 ^He told her how this had happened. L02 060 |*"^What was in the second half?**" L02 061 |^Mary faltered. ^She was the one who had been sailing L02 062 under false colours. ^Then with emboldened voice she told of L02 063 her discovery that the man he hunted was her uncle. L02 064 |^Walter had longed to learn all that the letter held, and L02 065 now the knowledge was bitter. ^He sat clasping and unclasping L02 066 his hands. ^Then, in as even a tone as he could master, he L02 067 asked her proofs and with each detail his heart grew sick. L02 068 |^That evening he left Horeke. ^They had exchanged L02 069 promises, she to tell her uncle of his wish to meet him, he to L02 070 give his enemy a chance to speak. ^That they owed each other. L02 071 |^As his white blanket went down the track, Terence's arm L02 072 around his shoulder, the girl knelt at the window, following L02 073 his every movement. ^The meat roasting on the hearth was of his L02 074 hunting, the chair on which she knelt he had made for her. ^Now L02 075 he was going without her. ^Why, oh why, had they not let her L02 076 die those bittersweet weeks ago? L02 077 * L02 078 *<*6PATUONE*> L02 079 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 1**] L02 080 |^*1The chief (Patuone) made it his particular business to see L02 081 me safe through every difficulty and many times he carried me L02 082 himself. L02 083 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] L02 084 |*0Earle L02 085 **[END INDENTATION 2**] L02 086 **[END INDENTATION 1**] L02 087 |^*6T*0awitu the tohunga, renowned as the builder of L02 088 Kukutaiapa, noted that Wata Korti had been long absent from his L02 089 people. ^He had left the pa with a white man caught among the L02 090 pigeons. ^He had saved the man's life only to kill him later L02 091 on. ^Then he had boarded a ship for Sydney, so it was said, and L02 092 gave such trouble that they clapped him in irons. ^Then Moetara L02 093 attacked the ship, struck off his irons and took him on a raid L02 094 against the Rarawa of the north. ^They pillaged a wreck and one L02 095 of the passengers, a Pakeha girl, was captured and taken to L02 096 Pakanae to a Pakeha doctor. ^There Wata Korti caused more L02 097 trouble. ^He wrecked the storehouse of the ship**[ARB**]- L02 098 builders and stole their store of rum and whisky, and had been L02 099 living at the house of the sick girl ever since, all under L02 100 Patuone's protection. ^It seemed he felt safer under Hokianga L02 101 chiefs than with his tribe. ^There was no word of his return L02 102 and it was likely that he would not come back as the boy Hone L02 103 was at the mission at Horeke, and so Wata Korti would have two L02 104 reasons for staying away. L02 105 |^Tawitu decided he must go north and settle whether Walter L02 106 was coming back, and perhaps at the same time, by tact or L02 107 guile, reclaim to the tribe the fatherless boy at the mission. L02 108 ^He chose a following suitable to his dignity, including L02 109 Tekaka, and at the auspicious time, with proper rites, set off L02 110 up the gorge of the Waiotemarama. L02 111 |^As the tohunga was approaching the mission at Mangungu, L02 112 Walter was in earnest conversation with Terence Phelan at L02 113 Pakanae across the river. ^The *1Seashell, *0Ventnor's ship, L02 114 might arrive at any time and Mary had promised to arrange a L02 115 meeting between Walter and her uncle if he were aboard. ^So L02 116 Walter asked Terence to see that any letter Mary might write L02 117 should come down to Kukutaiapa by trusty messenger. ^Then he L02 118 turned to cross the river to the mission. ^Though he had seen L02 119 Hone occasionally he could not leave the boy without saying L02 120 goodbye. L02 121 |^Tekaka saw him first and ran to meet him. ^As Walter L02 122 learned that Tawitu had reached the mission, he guessed what L02 123 the old fox had come for. ^He heard voices raised in emphasis L02 124 and he did little to lessen the heat. ^He denounced the tohunga L02 125 for breaking the word of the tribe in claiming the boy, and L02 126 Tawitu replied that Walter had deserted the tribe and had no L02 127 power over the boy. ^The missionaries could hardly make L02 128 themselves heard to tell of Hone's progress and the unwisdom of L02 129 interrupting the good work. L02 130 |^Walter and Tawitu were armed and violence was likely when L02 131 all was quietened by the arrival of Patuone himself. ^He had L02 132 heard that the far-famed tohunga Tawitu was in territory under L02 133 his mana and he had hastened to welcome the illustrious L02 134 newcomer. ^He heard the dispute and to the great man the whole L02 135 affair was trifling. ^While he would not let the boy be taken L02 136 away he had his own way of saying so, as to cross so powerful a L02 137 tohunga was a risky thing to do. L02 138 |^He welcomed Tawitu, pressed noses with him and said it L02 139 would be a privilege if the tohunga rested a few days as his L02 140 guest. ^To Walter he said he had heard of his prowess and L02 141 loyalty to his tribe and the honour Te Pare had conferred upon L02 142 him. ^He offered his tapu, his safe conduct, should Walter L02 143 wisely choose to return to his duties at Kukutaiapa. ^And to L02 144 the mission he praised their work saying they were there by his L02 145 invitation and were under his protection. ^He would be breaking L02 146 faith with them if he interrupted their work. ^He therefore L02 147 would like the boy to stay at the mission, a request which as a L02 148 man of honour Tawitu would surely grant. L02 149 |^So Tawitu went off with Patuone, Walter started for L02 150 Kukutaiapa, and Hone, after a tearful goodbye to Walter, stayed L02 151 where he was. ^On the way back to the tribe Walter called in at L02 152 Pakenae. L02 153 |^Since she had managed his release from the *1Rainbow, L02 154 *0Ngaire had stayed with Rangi's household at Pakenae. ^She had L02 155 seen the canoe taking Walter and the white girl to Horeke and L02 156 had waited, tense with anxiety, for what might follow. ^When he L02 157 came to Pakenae on his homeward way she ran to him in a L02 158 transport of relief. ^He had left the white girl and come back L02 159 to her. ^They would tread again the gorge to Kukutaiapa even L02 160 more happily than before as they would know what was in store L02 161 for them. ^But Walter, now uplifted over Mary's love then L02 162 downcast over his coming deed of violence, felt little response L02 163 to Ngaire's devotion. ^Her delight put him to shame and in L02 164 self-reproach he was kinder to her than he had ever been. ^To L02 165 Ngaire this showed his joy at being with her again. ^She L02 166 skipped back to life with him at the kainga, blithe as a tui on L02 167 the flax blossom. L02 168 |^Time passed busily in tribal affairs, all that happens L02 169 where people live. ^Then came Tekaka in haste with that token L02 170 of suspense, another letter. ^Ngaire was sure it was from the L02 171 white girl again. ^Walter read it in growing tension. ^Ngaire L02 172 saw it with sinking spirit. ^He had an urgent meeting for a L02 173 purpose and in a place no one must know. ^A quick word and he L02 174 was gone, leaving her in hopeless questioning. ^She might never L02 175 see him again. L02 176 |^But she would try. ^He went north, that she saw. ^She L02 177 would follow as best she might wherever instinct led. ^Would it L02 178 be to the river, she wondered? L02 179 * L02 180 *<*6THE *7HOKIANGA*> L02 181 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 1**] L02 182 |^*1A crooked stem of the toetoe can be seen; but a crooked L02 183 part in the heart is invisible. L02 184 **[BEGIN INDENTATION 2**] L02 185 |*0Maori proverb L02 186 **[END INDENTATION 2**] L02 187 **[END INDENTATION 1**] L02 188 |^*6I*0t was winter. ^Tribesmen were firing the bracken to L02 189 sweeten the soil, women were trudging with gravel to loosen the L02 190 tilth against the day when spring would toss the clematis over L02 191 the trees, the age-old summons to the Maori to his planting. L02 192 ^Then with ritual and measured step the tribesmen would plant L02 193 the kumara and the mauri, the talisman protecting the crop, L02 194 would be put in place by the tohunga. ^All men were at peace. L02 195 |^All save one, a lone figure crouching on the bank of the L02 196 stream below Pakanae. ^A patch of white in the bracken marked L02 197 where his blanket had been tossed aside. ^The open sea, hidden L02 198 by the headland on the left, was beating its tattoo on the bar, L02 199 noiseless to his ears. ^Downstream on the opposite bank there L02 200 rose a chain of sand dunes and to the right beyond the water L02 201 stretched bush-clad hills with twisted shadows at their base. L02 202 |^To the riot of colour his eye was blind. ^He waited. L02 203 |^The curve of the headland, the purple of the mountains, L02 204 the silver-grey of the Hokianga trembling at the turn of the L02 205 tide, the golden track to the sun, none of these found entry L02 206 into his thoughts. ^His face was sombre. ^His figure, naked L02 207 save for a flaxen kilt, was hunched and ominous and upon his L02 208 back the runnels of sweat still glistened. ^The stream at his L02 209 side, eager to lift the stain of travel, held no appeal. L02 210 *# L03 001 **[476 TEXT L03**] L03 002 ^*0The dog danced around Phil's legs, clearly relieved to have L03 003 them within his reach again, and splashed ahead towards the L03 004 beach. ^They had suddenly left the wild excitement behind them; L03 005 the stillness of the cove fell upon Tommy's sopping ears the L03 006 moment Phil dropped him back on his feet. ^But still inside him L03 007 was the exhilaration of the treacherous waters he'd felt around L03 008 his limbs, the excitement of his own and Phil's nakedness. ^He L03 009 hadn't even dared to hope that Phil would join him in the L03 010 water, but there he was, looking as good out of his clothes as L03 011 in them. ^He glimpsed a picture of that far-away summer L03 012 afternoon, Phil and Simon together on that South Island beach, L03 013 discovering each other. ^But here was now, the mellow splendour L03 014 of the waning day was all around them, and now Phil belonged to L03 015 him. L03 016 |^Dripping and panting, they picked up their clothes and L03 017 walked higher up, through the soft, warm grey sand. ^Phil said: L03 018 |*"^Next problem is: how do we get dry. ^I didn't bring a L03 019 towel.**" L03 020 |*"^Let's run. ^I'll give you a race, to the end of the L03 021 beach.**" L03 022 |*"^Okay, baby.**" L03 023 |^To Tommy's surprise Phil had no trouble keeping up with L03 024 him; he even overtook him as they approached the rocks, where L03 025 he slowed down and paddled into a shallow rock pool. ^The dog L03 026 had run ahead and was lapping thirstily at the fresh water, L03 027 occasionally shaking its sodden pelt. L03 028 |*"^What are you looking at?**" L03 029 |*"^Little crabs. ^See?**" L03 030 |*"^You're pretty fast, Phil. ^Considering you're a L03 031 smoker.**" L03 032 |*"^I try to keep fit.**" ^Phil looked up at him, smiling. L03 033 *"^It's the least I can do.**" ^He wasn't even winded which, L03 034 Tommy thought, was quite unfair. ^Giving way to a fit of L03 035 exuberance, he teased the dog into a frenzied run, swirling his L03 036 clothes around like a banner and dropping them into the sand, L03 037 while hollering one of his combo's most raucous numbers. ^Phil L03 038 settled down in the sparsely grassed sand alongside the rock L03 039 pool, graciously prepared to be an indulgent one-man audience. L03 040 |^Tommy swung into one of his favourite party stand-by's: L03 041 *"^And now, ladies and gentlemen, chicks and guys, our next L03 042 number...**" ^He bleated his best song into a mimed microphone, L03 043 holding a mimed electric guitar like a machine gun at the L03 044 ready, and going through the standard rock-star gyrations. ^He L03 045 was immensely pleased to see Phil curl up with laughter, as he L03 046 rose to such a madcap climax that the screeching birds above L03 047 the beach gave up the competition and fled past the northern L03 048 rocks. ^But his engine was beginning to run out of gas, and he L03 049 finished his demonstration gig earlier than usual. ^Breathless, L03 050 he belly-flopped into the sand alongside Phil and dropped his L03 051 head on Phil's outstretched arm. L03 052 |^They both were suddenly very quiet, listening to the now L03 053 far-off grumble of the surf and the shrill obligatos of the L03 054 sea-birds, way out over the rocks. ^Tommy turned his head and L03 055 looked at Phil's face, withdrawn now, as if in meditation *- L03 056 and down his relaxed trunk. ^He browsed lightly through the L03 057 curly hair on Phil's chest. ^It was softer than he'd expected. L03 058 ^There was some grey in it, he saw, and some lingering droplets L03 059 of moisture that glinted in the light, but most of Phil's body L03 060 was dry, by now. ^Lower down, below his slowly rising and L03 061 falling midriff, the hair was still quite dark, with little L03 062 flecks of gold where the sunlight caught it. ^He liked the hair L03 063 on a man's body and felt a little envious because he had so L03 064 little of it himself. ^The thought of Ti'i, the seasoned L03 065 eight-year-old groper, made him smile; at the same time it L03 066 occurred to him that, apart from his dad and the karate L03 067 teacher, Phil's was the first adult male body he'd ever seen L03 068 exposed, and had touched. ^This time, though, the touch was his L03 069 own, because he loved Phil. ^He loved all of him, and felt L03 070 crazily happy that he could do so without inhibition or any L03 071 sense of shame. ^He shifted his head up to Phil's shoulder and L03 072 Phil, now able to move his freed arm, raised it and ran his L03 073 hand across Tommy's shoulderblades. L03 074 |^*"Isn't it great,**" he murmured, pulling up his legs. L03 075 *"^To be able to bask in the sun, late in the afternoon, past L03 076 the middle of April. ^Shitabrick!**" L03 077 |*"^What's the matter now?**" L03 078 |*"^I'm supposed to deliver you to Telesia's by six. ^It's L03 079 past four thirty now, and we've got a long way to walk to the L03 080 car.**" L03 081 |*"^Not to worry.**" ^Tommy felt annoyed; the spell was L03 082 broken. ^There was something happening he'd wanted to last and L03 083 the ever-enemy time had come to spoil it. L03 084 |*"^Come on, Tomtom, get up, slip into your clobber.**" L03 085 ^Phil was on his feet; Tommy, suddenly feeling leaden, roused L03 086 and raised himself reluctantly. ^Phil picked up his crumpled L03 087 muslin shirt and tried to wipe the sand off his back. L03 088 |^*"There, you can do that better,**" he said, handing the L03 089 shirt to Tommy and turning around. L03 090 |^Tommy obliged, flicking the sticky fine-grained sand from L03 091 the bony centre of Phil's back, from his buttocks and the back L03 092 of his thighs, where a lot of it had caught in the downy, L03 093 gold-edged hair. ^The sight of the suntanned back, the slender, L03 094 easy limbs in front of him brought back the fleeting picture of L03 095 the boy spirit that might just escape him, by dissolving into L03 096 the elements around them. ^But there was nothing spirit-like L03 097 about this body. L03 098 |*"^All clear.**" L03 099 |*"Thanks.**" ^Phil turned again. *"^You've got it all on L03 100 your front. ^It's annoying, this sand, it gets in everywhere. L03 101 ^I suppose it's the iron that makes it so sticky. *- ^Goodness L03 102 me, what a fine figure you are. ^You've even got a beautiful L03 103 erection.**" L03 104 |*"^Oh, go away.**" ^Fiercely embarrassed, Tommy ducked for L03 105 his underpants; stupid, of course, for he'd dropped them some L03 106 distance away, while doing his rock-star act. ^At least he L03 107 could turn his back on Phil while running down the beach to L03 108 pick them up. ^On the way down, he realized, with some L03 109 surprise, that Phil hadn't. ^Had a hard-on. L03 110 |^By the time he came back up the beach, safely covered L03 111 now, with the panting dog in tow, Phil was fully dressed. L03 112 ^Tommy plunged into his jeans and donned his T-shirt on the L03 113 run, following Phil on his way back to the hairpin track. L03 114 |*"^You're so fast!**" L03 115 |^*"You've got no idea,**" Phil responded merrily and L03 116 flicked his hand loosely through Tommy's hair. ^*"You're full L03 117 of sand,**" he said. L03 118 |*"^I know. ^I can feel it.**" L03 119 |^They stopped, briefly. *"^I can't do much without a L03 120 brush. ^There may be one in the glove compartment.**" L03 121 |^For a moment their eyes met; Phil's smiling, but L03 122 inscrutable again. ^The silence of that moment was so dense L03 123 that even the sound of the surf and the seagulls seemed to be L03 124 muffled. ^The light of the setting sun gilded Phil's face and L03 125 hair. ^Tommy could clearly see the network of humorous lines L03 126 around Phil's eyes, but past and through them, he also saw the L03 127 timeless beauty there that Simon had seen, probably on that L03 128 first day, twenty-five years ago. L03 129 |*"^Thanks, Phil.**" L03 130 |*"^Why?**" L03 131 |*"^Great... great day, out here, with you.**" L03 132 |*"^So it has been, Tomtom.**" L03 133 |*"^Love you, Phil.**" ^The moment he said it he felt he L03 134 had crossed a forbidden boundary, crossed into taboo territory. L03 135 ^He felt the blood rising in his face. L03 136 |*"^Same here, boy. ^But that doesn't need telling.**" L03 137 ^Phil gently took Tommy's face in both his hands, and Tommy L03 138 couldn't tell whether the tremor he felt was his own or Phil's. L03 139 ^Their lips met lightly, for a mere second, but one that was L03 140 going to last a life-time, for one of them, at least. ^Tommy L03 141 didn't dare to step any closer; he sensed something strange L03 142 like a stretch of holy ground between them, a small strip of L03 143 eternity, resulting from another fleeting moment like this, L03 144 another golden summer's day, another beach, long ago and far L03 145 away. ^He stepped back, subdued but happy. ^He gave Phil his L03 146 hand, and so they set out on their walk to the car. ^Phil L03 147 repeatedly had to whistle for the dog, which followed them with L03 148 some reluctance. L03 149 |^Although the children *- Ti'i in particular *- had been L03 150 disappointed by Tommy's day-long absence, they kept the dinner L03 151 table lively with chatter, laughter and good-natured arguments. L03 152 ^They had their various requests; Sila wanted him to draw a L03 153 magic racing car to hang above his bed; Amiga asked him to sing L03 154 again; Ti'i and Peti just wanted a romp. ^Throughout all this, L03 155 Tommy was aware that Telesia was quiet. ^By the time he had L03 156 tucked the two little rompers in their beds, rather earlier L03 157 than the night before, he wanted to find out why. ^So he looked L03 158 her up in the kitchen. L03 159 |*"^Telesia? ^Thanks for that wonderful meal. ^The L03 160 palusami-crab pie was delicious. ^So was the dessert. ^What do L03 161 you call it?**" L03 162 |*"^Fa'a'usi. ^No trouble, kid. ^Mat grew up in Samoa; he L03 163 likes the traditional dishes, so I learnt to prepare them. ^I'm L03 164 pleased they fitted your diet.**" ^She chuckled. L03 165 |*"^Can I help dry?**" L03 166 |*"^It's pretty well done. ^Sila gave me a hand while you L03 167 did your bed**[ARB**]-time trick with the little ones. ^Still, L03 168 I'm glad we can have a word, now.**" ^She cast a quick glance L03 169 across the passage into the front room; Mat and the two elder L03 170 children were watching television there. ^Then she quietly L03 171 closed the door, and said, under her breath: L03 172 |*"^I half expect Sione to call round again. ^He did L03 173 earlier, when the children were still in the park. ^Wanted to L03 174 know why you hadn't come to church.**" L03 175 |*"^I know he counted on me. ^I just couldn't face it.**" L03 176 |*"^Because of what he's asked you to do?**" L03 177 |*"^You know, then?**" L03 178 |*"^I've got a pretty fair idea. ^On account of Iga, I L03 179 suppose.**" L03 180 |*"^Yes.**" L03 181 |^She frowned. *"^He's got no right to expect anything from L03 182 you. ^He seems to think, just because his head is full of L03 183 Jesus, that he has a direct telephone line with him. ^Well, L03 184 boy, let me tell you a thing or two about Sione.**" L03 185 |^She sat down at the kitchen table, took a deep breath and L03 186 looked hard at Tommy. ^He took the chair opposite her. L03 187 |*"^Hey, Telesia, don't feel you have to... sort things out L03 188 for me, right now. ^There's plenty of time for me to think. ^I L03 189 can talk to my mum and dad...**" L03 190 |*"^Sure. ^I feel obliged, though, because I started this L03 191 crazy business by reminding him of the truth about himself, L03 192 when he got my back up with one of his holier-than-thou L03 193 sermons. ^As for your mum, I'm going to phone Ann myself, L03 194 because I'm responsible. ^Before she tells you all, I think I L03 195 should. *- ^Sione was a pretty unruly kid for a while. ^He did L03 196 well enough at college but he broke loose when he first went to L03 197 university. ^The company he kept, I reckon. ^A pack of L03 198 smart-arse law students and rugby players. ^Ah well...**" L03 199 |^She paused for breath, or perhaps to collect her L03 200 thoughts, before continuing: L03 201 |*"^There's two years between us; I'm the elder. ^Ann was L03 202 my best friend. ^She's a great person, Tommy. ^You're very L03 203 lucky.**" L03 204 |*"^I know.**" L03 205 |^I had my twenty-first, near the end of our final year. L03 206 ^Big party, despite exams coming up; lots of people, many L03 207 palagi friends. ^I had an argument with Sione that evening, L03 208 because he was drinking too much and making a nuisance of L03 209 himself. ^He took off for a while, in a huff, with some of his L03 210 mates. ^It was quite late when he came back on his own. ^He L03 211 seemed okay, quiet, but I had the impression that he was still L03 212 brassed off with me. ^About one-thirty Ann wanted to call a L03 213 taxi, to go home. ^Sione offered to take her. ^I was pleased, L03 214 thinking I'd been wrong, that he'd sobered down and wanted to L03 215 make up. L03 216 *# L04 001 **[477 TEXT L04**] L04 002 |^*0Suddenly she spotted a figure on the verandah, playing L04 003 a big guitar. ^Making out she didn't care anyway, she shambled L04 004 aimlessly back to the hostel... ^She was right, it was that guy L04 005 in the dining-room. ^Her heart thumped, but it didn't matter. L04 006 ^After all, she was free! L04 007 |*'^Hi there. ^Whose your name?**' ^Long fingers snaked L04 008 across the glossy Astoria. L04 009 |*'^Tahuri. ^I'm looking for my cousin Thomas Whitireia. L04 010 ^You know him?**' L04 011 |*'^Shit yeah. ^He never said anything about you. ^Sneaky, L04 012 all right. ^Anyway, I'm Jackie. ^Jackie Farnham. ^Like to come L04 013 in my room for a while?**' L04 014 |*'^Those green eyes flashed again, and Tahuri felt funny. L04 015 |^He sprang quickly off the verandah ledge and pushed the L04 016 guitar into her arms. ^Then he was over the windowsill and L04 017 inside. L04 018 |^*'This is where I live,**' he smiled, charming. *'Come L04 019 in, listen to the radio eh?**' L04 020 |^Tahuri peered in. *'Aw, no,**' she giggled. *'^Better L04 021 not, eh.**' L04 022 |*'^Why not?**' ^He seemed put out. *'^Nothing's \2gonna L04 023 happen to you. ^Hey, aren't you one of the chicks who came in L04 024 last night?**' L04 025 |^She blushed at this *- he knew about her, maybe he'd been L04 026 asking around, finding out who she was. L04 027 |*'^No, Jackie. ^I'm okay out here, really *- **' L04 028 |^*'Oh shit,**' he snarled. *'^C'mon babe, come in *- don't L04 029 lead a man on, eh.**' L04 030 |*'^Look, Jackie, I *-**' L04 031 |*'^D'you want me to come out and get you then! ^Cos I'm L04 032 \2fucken goin' to, you cheeky cunt!**' L04 033 |^He was through the window. ^She was in his arms, kicking L04 034 and squawking. ^What the hell was going on? ^Somehow he managed L04 035 to get both their bodies back into the room, then he tossed her L04 036 on the bed, slammed the window down, bolted it. ^Tahuri gazed L04 037 up at him, gulping. ^He was very methodical. ^He drew the tatty L04 038 black holland blinds, checked the window catches, motioned her L04 039 to a chair. ^She obeyed. ^He then moved the wardrobe against L04 040 the door, and the bed against the window. ^Then running his L04 041 lean hands over his chest, flexing his well-muscled arms, he L04 042 just peered at Tahuri. ^He seemed very tall, very massive; his L04 043 body glinted light copper, and excitement pulsed visibly L04 044 against the fly on his jeans. ^He moved. ^Scooping the girl up, L04 045 he stretched her on the bed, roughly handling her body which L04 046 seemed frozen stiff and struck dumb by all his attention. ^He L04 047 unzipped his pants, loosened hers, pulled at them, groping at L04 048 the patch between her legs. ^At this, she reeled away, gasping, L04 049 *'^No, no, Jackie *- don't. ^Please stop, I'm only thirteen, L04 050 I've never done this, no, no, please stop...*' ^He was deaf, L04 051 his hands and heavy body working at her madly. ^She began to L04 052 struggle *- he now realized that she was jailbait for sure, and L04 053 belted her head, tore into her rocking body with a swelling L04 054 urge. ^Tahuri bucked and howled *- her terror increased at the L04 055 sound on the door *- a hefty hammering *- *'^Hey Jackoboy save L04 056 some for us eh, haw haw haw *-**' ^She screamed, wildly biting L04 057 at him; he furiously slammed himself somewhere against her hip L04 058 bone. ^She thrashed and shrieked, he growled, kept hitting her L04 059 head, as she clawed at his ears and neck and hair. ^Pushing L04 060 down, thrusting hard. ^With a gasp, he jerked fiercely, L04 061 quickly, sighed, then fell back, pushing her on to the floor. L04 062 ^Globs of white goo oozed down her thighs, messed thickly in L04 063 her bruised, sticky hairs... L04 064 |*'^Here she is, boys *- take her, she's a \2fucken L04 065 tiger!**' L04 066 |^Next thing, thrown across the corridor into a larger, L04 067 open, well-lit room *- four beds, four crawling, mauling, L04 068 clumsy apes all ripping at her clothes *- Tahuri fought and L04 069 fought *- she went down, a face lunged near hers. ^There was a L04 070 cross tattooed above the right eyebrow. ^Through dry tears, she L04 071 noticed an alarm clock on the bedside table. ^She forced an arm L04 072 free *- one youth held her arms, the others were at her legs, L04 073 tugging at her jeans, making it easier for the straining face L04 074 above her. ^She clenched her teeth, her free arm grabbed the L04 075 clock, swung, brought it down on the face, on the tattooed L04 076 cross *- L04 077 |^A yowl *- four shocked youths *- enough time to wriggle L04 078 up and out towards the window. L04 079 |*'^I'm bleeding! ^My eye! ^My eye's bleeding! ^The L04 080 \2fucken bitch *- I'm bleeding, I'm bleeding *- **' L04 081 |^The window was open. ^Not caring what was on the other L04 082 side, Tahuri hurled herself out and ran. ^She didn't look back L04 083 for at least four blocks. ^Then falling into a spongy green L04 084 hedge, soft in an empty street, she cried. L04 085 *|^What the hell was she going to do now? ^Her clothes were L04 086 stained, torn and splattered *- her shirt hung in bits, the L04 087 front ripped across and the waist of her jeans was jagged from L04 088 the zip almost to her knee. ^She needed some clothes. ^Suddenly L04 089 she had the answer. ^Clotheslines! ^That's what she had to do. L04 090 ^She followed the hedge, stealthily scouting for the right back L04 091 yard. ^There it was *- an old house, a well-stocked line, no L04 092 dogs, no fences. ^Jeans, shirts, jerseys flapped lazily in the L04 093 cool wind. ^Watching the house, she dashed silently out, L04 094 grabbed the stuff gleefully, and then lay flat down under the L04 095 springy arms of the hedge. ^No underpants; too bad. ^On her L04 096 back, she swiftly squirmed into her newly acquired gear. ^And L04 097 then she stood up, feeling much better. ^But a bit cold, and L04 098 very sore. ^Rolling her own clothes up into a ragged bundle, L04 099 Tahuri headed back to Frankton, as if nothing had happened. L04 100 *|^Avoiding the hostel, she noticed the time on the railway L04 101 clock *- 3.45, almost time for Thomas to finish work. ^He'd be L04 102 really wild if he knew. ^What was there to do? ^Think about it. L04 103 ^She went into a small dairy jammed between a draper's and a L04 104 furniture shop. ^The shop assistant, very prim and proper, gave L04 105 her a funny look. ^Tahuri hoped she hadn't pinched the old L04 106 bag's clothes, then thought it hardly likely. ^Leaning against L04 107 the window, and watching the pub across the road, she sipped L04 108 her Coke, ignoring all the passersby who seemed to gawk at her. L04 109 ^It was then she noticed herself *- her hands and arms, L04 110 bloodstains and caked scratches, fingernails cracked and torn. L04 111 ^And her head, dully throbbing, was sore in the places where L04 112 their blows had cut through, matted hair tangled in sticky L04 113 knots. ^She realized her body was clammy with sweat, blood, and L04 114 sperm; she tried not to feel sick, stood up straight, and cool, L04 115 and ready, and confident. L04 116 |^A pair of middle-aged men in overalls lurched out of the L04 117 pub, clutching their take-home flagons. ^Then through the door, L04 118 and down the steps, tumbled a couple, the woman wobbling and L04 119 noisy, falling on the man who jerked leerily up the path *- it L04 120 was Faye! ^And that horrible Micky. ^Tahuri was on them. L04 121 |*'^Faye! ^I've been lookin' for you all bloody day!**' L04 122 |*'^Oooh haha my little mate... where've you been, L04 123 sweetness? ^C'mon dearie we're goin' back to the Ed, eh Mick L04 124 sweetheart?**' ^The man scowled, said nothing, stayed sullen. L04 125 ^Faye gaped. L04 126 |*'Oooh *- you been in the wars dearie? ^Y'got blood all L04 127 over you...**' L04 128 |*'^Oh god Faye, fuck it *-**' L04 129 |*'^Yes please... ^Had any yet?**' ^The bleary mascara L04 130 clotted eyes lit up. L04 131 |*'^Nah, nah, nothing.**' ^Sniff. ^Smile. *'^Hey, I'll come L04 132 back with you, eh.**' L04 133 *|^Thomas was on the verandah, arms tensely folded, eyes L04 134 glowering. ^Tahuri felt confused *- he crossed over to her, put L04 135 his arm around her shoulder, took her bundle of clothes. ^She L04 136 began to sob. ^Deep and long and racking. ^The other two looked L04 137 on, blinking and drunk, they hobbled off down the hallway. L04 138 |^Back in his room, Thomas fed Tahuri handkerchiefs and hot L04 139 flannels, and tried to comfort her. ^Apparently the boys were L04 140 sorry *- they were just being mad, crazy, weren't really going L04 141 to hurt her, he went on. L04 142 |^At this, Tahuri snapped back between snivels, L04 143 *'^Bullshit! ^\2Fucken bullshit, Thomas! ^They knew all along, L04 144 they meant to do me over, the bastards! ^And that Farnham creep L04 145 really tried! ^Oh *-**' ^But Thomas kept on, trying to comfort L04 146 her, while quietly insisting that the boys wouldn't treat a L04 147 Maori girl, one of their own, like that. ^They just wouldn't. L04 148 ^But he didn't say a word about Farnham, and he didn't mention L04 149 how he had told Tahuri to be careful, and stay in his room. L04 150 |^The door rattled with impatient knocking. ^Tahuri jumped. L04 151 |^*'It's Mick,**' muttered Thomas, opening the door a L04 152 little. *'^Yeah?**' L04 153 |*'^\2Gotta get this bloody kid \2outa here. ^And that mad L04 154 nympho Faye. ^The place is bloody red hot *-**' L04 155 |*'^But we can't leave now, it's still daytime *-**' L04 156 |*'^Yeah, I know. ^Wait until it's dark, then shoot L04 157 through, okay? ^You take her, and I'll take the other one.**' L04 158 |*'^Onslow Street?**' L04 159 |*'^Yeah *- Norma's place. ^It's cool around there. ^Then L04 160 we'll work out what's next.**' ^The door shut, Mick was gone. L04 161 ^Thomas turned, faced Tahuri. L04 162 |*'^Well, little sister, it looks like you'll be back on L04 163 the road. ^But you just make sure you get to your sister's L04 164 place all safe and sound, okay? ^No more trouble on the way.**' L04 165 |^After the day's happenings, Tahuri was quick to agree. L04 166 ^But what about Faye? L04 167 |^Thomas grinned, slow and sly. *'^That girl will manage L04 168 wherever there are men around, Tahuri.**' ^He looked at his L04 169 watch. *'^You hungry?**' L04 170 |*'^Yeah *- well, no, I mean *-**' L04 171 |*'^Don't worry, I never eat anything that comes from that L04 172 repo in the kitchen either. ^I'll get one of the boys to get L04 173 some kai from up the road *-**' ^He slipped out the door. L04 174 |^Tahuri heard guitar picking, faintly, down the hall. L04 175 ^Then it stopped. ^The door was ajar. ^She swallowed, felt the L04 176 bruises flaring on her thighs. ^Bastard. ^Crept over to the L04 177 door, pushed it firmly *- L04 178 |*'^Hey, Ta, it's all right girl, it's only me, Thomas L04 179 *-**' ^She relaxed, curled back against the wall, cushioned by L04 180 a pillow. L04 181 |*'^We're having smoked fish and oysters and chips and L04 182 kukus *- Arapeta's going to get it, just to prove how sorry he L04 183 is.**' L04 184 |*'^Arapeta?**' L04 185 |*'^The one you gave that beaut black eye. ^You cut his L04 186 eyebrow clean in half, you could've blinded the poor bugger you L04 187 know. ^If you swung that thing any harder *-**' ^There was L04 188 pride in his voice, he was pleased. ^For the first time in L04 189 ages, she felt good. L04 190 |^*'Good job,**' she snorted, satisfied. *'^I wish I had *- L04 191 **' L04 192 |^But Thomas was busy, clearing away the small chest at the L04 193 foot of his bed, spreading out great sheets of the *1Times, L04 194 *0balancing a half-empty bottle of scarlet tomato sauce on a L04 195 picture of prize-winning pigs at the {0A & P} show. ^The table L04 196 ready, he produced some glasses from his bottom drawer, wiped L04 197 them gleaming with a tea towel from the same place. ^For him, L04 198 the subject of what had happened that afternoon was best left L04 199 alone. ^Forgotten *- or put away somewhere. ^You never fixed L04 200 anything up by talking about it. ^Not stuff like that. L04 201 |^Footsteps, a delicious chippy takeaway smell, meant food L04 202 was on the way. ^Thomas went to the door. ^Words were L04 203 exchanged. ^The parcel passed hands; the youth outside walked L04 204 back to his own room. ^Thomas shut the door with his elbow, L04 205 piled the steaming package on the rugged tablecloth. ^They ate, L04 206 talked, until both noticed at the same time how dark it was L04 207 outside. ^Time to move. ^Thomas found her gear. ^They bundled L04 208 up the greasy newspapers, drained their glasses, and once again L04 209 were back in the hall where they had met that same morning, L04 210 years of hours ago. ^With no one around, they were on their L04 211 way. L04 212 |^River fog and rain thickened the air; the night was L04 213 crawling with damp and cold. ^To Tahuri, it seemed that they L04 214 walked, and walked, and bloody walked. ^Side-roads, alleys, L04 215 railway tracks, schools, back yards, even a rugby grandstand. L04 216 ^Then they came to a busy main road. L04 217 |^*'And here we are,**' grunted Thomas, breath gulping in L04 218 steamdrifts. L04 219 |^Just another ordinary-looking little house across the L04 220 road. ^Drab, old, grey, behind a ragged fence. ^Hedge on one L04 221 side, stubbly drive on the other, with a ramshackle garage L04 222 fringed with frostbitten hydrangeas. L04 223 *# L05 001 **[478 TEXT L05**] L05 002 |*'^*0No, no, of course not. ^I'm sure it's... ^I'll bet L05 003 it's...**' L05 004 |*'^You do not like me to be so bold? ^You think I should L05 005 sigh and wait for you?**' L05 006 |*'^No, your husband *- *' L05 007 |*'^He knows. ^That is why I sent him away. ^He is a kind L05 008 man.**' L05 009 |^So we made love, there in the grass, in the sun. ^But L05 010 first she had to cure me of a cramp in my leg. ^I used to get L05 011 them frequently when nervous. ^I got them in bumpy landings in L05 012 aeroplanes, and with women, and once had one... but I'll come L05 013 to that. ^\0Mrs Verryt pushed back my toes and stretched my L05 014 leg. ^She kneaded my thigh, then unbuttoned me, and, as I've L05 015 said, we made love. L05 016 |^Irene is music. ^\0Mrs Verryt is sexual joy. ^I mean we L05 017 reached a kind of pleasure plateau and crossed it together and L05 018 climbed the little peak at the end, and all this with none of L05 019 the voraciousness I'd feared, but give and take on a very high L05 020 level. ^And a marvellous attentiveness. ^It's possible to be L05 021 solo in these things, but \0Mrs Verryt made herself remarkably L05 022 present and kept me remarkably aware *- not just of her person L05 023 but her self. ^She, we, did nothing out of the ordinary. ^I L05 024 have no tale to tell of positions and gymnastics. ^You'll get L05 025 no close-up of busy parts. ^I have just my tale of the plain L05 026 Dutch wife who taught me joy. L05 027 |^Later in my life I knew her again. ^And there's another L05 028 tale, but I'll tell it in its place. ^We rose from the grass L05 029 and became \0Dr Papps and \0Mrs Verryt. *'That was fun.**' L05 030 |*'^It was risky.**' ^The road ran by fifty yards away and L05 031 the orchard manager's house was round the knoll. ^I heard his L05 032 child's squeaky bike in the yard; and imagined I heard Rhona L05 033 singing to herself, across the stretch of warm brown shallow L05 034 sea. ^We had made a star shape in the grass, magnified. ^But I L05 035 did not think Rhona would feel betrayed. ^Her eyes kept their L05 036 bright incurious stare. L05 037 |*'^Love is more fun out of doors. ^In Holland it is hard L05 038 to find a place.**' L05 039 |^*'Holland,**' I said, *'is a little \2poddle.**' L05 040 |^She laughed. L05 041 |*'^Full of tulips and windmills and smelly cheese.**' L05 042 |^She laughed again. ^I seemed to please her. L05 043 |^We climbed down to the water and paddled in the brine. L05 044 ^That hour stands to one side of my life and has no part in its L05 045 forward rush, or forward creep. ^It seems like yesterday L05 046 afternoon. ^It seems like tomorrow. ^And sometimes it's a dusty L05 047 picture hanging in a room in an old old house. ^Those are L05 048 occasions when my body affronts me, when my bones creak and L05 049 belly snores. ^But I carry that picture to the window, hold it L05 050 in the sun, dust it off; and feel I can run a hand through my L05 051 hair and spring up and find her again. ^By the way, \0Mrs L05 052 Verryt kept her spectacles on. L05 053 *<33*> L05 054 |^There's a marvellous fellow down south calling for the death L05 055 penalty for adulterers. ^A statute of limitations won't apply. L05 056 ^He wants homosexuals executed too, and rebellious children. L05 057 ^I'm sure he'd make a longer list if invited to. L05 058 ^Sabbath-breakers, thieves, pornographers, atheists, L05 059 abortionists, militant feminists, sex educators, blasphemers, L05 060 communists, divorce lawyers, prison reformers. ^I could fill L05 061 this page up if I tried. ^Disobedient wives, radical teachers, L05 062 poets, punk-rockers, over-stayers. ^Novel-readers, librarians. L05 063 ^Quakers, Catholics, Hari Krishnas. ^Cat-lovers, humanists. L05 064 ^He's got a fat face and a burning eye and looks so closely L05 065 shaven, so squeaky clean, I imagine him drinking Lysol with his L05 066 meals. ^Armageddon is coming, he proclaims, and let us rejoice L05 067 and welcome it. ^The executioner, evidently, is God. L05 068 |^I approve of this fellow. ^He makes me pleased with my L05 069 sins. ^*'You and Shane will be on his list,**' I said to Kate. L05 070 *'He's on mine,**' Kate replied. ^Every ideology has its hit L05 071 list. L05 072 |^But Kate is less angry than she was. ^I notice it in all L05 073 sorts of ways. ^When she sets the table she makes sure the L05 074 knives and forks are straight. ^She doesn't drop bombs of L05 075 mashed potato but makes smooth eggs with a tablespoon and lays L05 076 them in clutches on the plate. ^She chews her food more slowly L05 077 and compliments herself on the taste. ^Let me see. ^Instead of L05 078 crumpling waste paper and firing it at the basket she walks L05 079 across and drops it in. ^We no longer have balled-up envelopes L05 080 on the kitchen floor. ^She used to lean on the sundeck rail and L05 081 spit at the ducks in the river. (^Phil, as a boy, could spit L05 082 twenty feet but Kate can do better than that.) ^Now she takes L05 083 out slices of bread and flies them down like frisbees, and L05 084 claps her hands when they drop in gardens on the other side. L05 085 ^She doesn't butt my ankles with the vacuum cleaner but lifts L05 086 my feet and cleans under them. L05 087 |^It's unnatural. ^There's no solid under-pinning for her L05 088 happiness. ^It's as if she's practising levitation. ^Sooner or L05 089 later she'll tumble down. L05 090 |^Shane is painting the outbuildings on Phil Dockery's stud L05 091 farm. ^He's off at seven o'clock in the morning and not back L05 092 till half past six at night. ^Kate cuts him a lunch of brown L05 093 bread sandwiches. ^Now and then she bakes him a bacon and egg L05 094 pie. ^His thermos flask holds four cups of coffee. ^That much L05 095 coffee acts as a poison, she believes, but it keeps him warm L05 096 out there at Long Tom's so she doesn't argue. ^It's only for a L05 097 little while, she says. L05 098 |^Shane is bringing home more than five hundred dollars a L05 099 week. ^He's as pleased with himself as a stone-age hunter L05 100 bringing meat. ^He slapped fifty dollars on the table in front L05 101 of me. *'^That's for all that booze of yours I'm drinking.**' L05 102 ^*'Come on,**' I said, *'you've paid for that by painting my L05 103 house.**' ^He wouldn't listen. ^Two or three nights a week he L05 104 brings home a cauliflower or cabbage from the commune over the L05 105 hill, or a side-car full of pine cones gathered in the forest. L05 106 ^We have fires that roar in the chimney and we sit three in a L05 107 row on the sofa drinking hot toddies and watching \0TV. ^Shane L05 108 prefers American shows and Kate British, but they're L05 109 considerate, they have little competitions in self-sacrifice; L05 110 and Kate will watch *1The A-Team, *0giving from time to time an L05 111 ambiguous snort, and Shane will watch *1Minder, *0and be L05 112 disappointed in the number of fights. ^Everything is too noisy L05 113 for me and I go to bed. L05 114 |^We listen to Kate's records in the day. ^And he takes his L05 115 Walkman off to work and listens there. L05 116 |^She's not in love. ^She's not alone. ^If I were religious L05 117 I'd pray for her. ^As it is, I cross my fingers now and then. L05 118 *|^He's not her first man, not by a long chalk. ^She won't say L05 119 how many, I'd think badly of her. ^I don't believe that means L05 120 she was promiscuous but that her standards have been high. L05 121 ^None of her men have measured up so she's tried the next. L05 122 ^What is it then she's finding in Shane? ^Does she sense, along L05 123 with me, that he's waiting for something? ^Is it what he will L05 124 become she's going to love? ^I don't think she realizes he's L05 125 scared. L05 126 |*'^What would your mother think of him, Kate?**' L05 127 |*'^She'd like him. ^Dad's the one who's a snob.**' L05 128 |^Pam married out of the Labour party into the National. L05 129 ^That's a way of putting it. ^Kate, probably because of her L05 130 dad, has come back to base. ^At university she was in a mixed L05 131 flat and *'got serious**' with one of the boys. *'^He was so L05 132 damn good-looking he should have been framed.**' ^But she L05 133 quickly found there was nothing to him. *'^You could poke a L05 134 hole in him with your finger and look at the view out the other L05 135 side.**' ^Now he's *'a poncing little lawyer**'. ^Then she L05 136 *'got in pretty deep**' with a journalist. ^Her language is a L05 137 mixture of violence and cliche*?2. ^I'm sorry I started her off L05 138 on her men because they make her *'lose her cool**'. ^This L05 139 journalist was *'a wanker**'. ^She took him to visit Kitty in L05 140 the nursing home and he started *'greasing up to her**'. L05 141 ^Wanted to be in politics himself and thought Kitty might be L05 142 worth having on his side. ^She saw through him, *'chewed him up L05 143 and spat him out**'. L05 144 |^*'I seemed to fall for lightweights,**' Kate said; and L05 145 went on to describe a couple more. L05 146 |^I can see Shane's attraction. ^Whatever his shortcomings, L05 147 he's no lightweight. ^No one will poke a hole in him. L05 148 *|^He comes to sit beside me on the sofa and I bob like a L05 149 dinghy on a wave. L05 150 |*'^How much do you weigh, Shane?**' L05 151 |*'^Ninety-two.**' L05 152 |^I convert that to imperial. *'^Fifteen stone.**' ^That's L05 153 more than two of me. ^He could sit me on his shoulder like a L05 154 parrot and I could squawk his thoughts for him. ^That would L05 155 make no demand on my vocabulary; but there's more than squawk L05 156 in what he says. ^Words connect with experience, no gap L05 157 between. ^So when he says, *'^I'm buggered**', there's sweat, L05 158 there's aching muscle, in the word. L05 159 |^I ask about his life before he came to Jessop. ^He's had L05 160 ten jobs in the seven years since he left school. ^The worst of L05 161 them: scalder and plucker in a poultry abattoir. ^Then he L05 162 thinks a bit. ^No, he decides, that wasn't the worst. ^He L05 163 started in a clothing factory humping bolts of cloth *- L05 164 dogsbody, everybody's boy. ^It wasn't the hard work he minded. L05 165 ^He liked running round, having plenty to do. ^The bad thing L05 166 was the women and the game they played with him. L05 167 |^*'Oh, Shane,**' said Miss Callendar in the office, *'run L05 168 down to the cutting room and ask \0Mrs Bracey for the Fallopian L05 169 tubes.**' (^Kate snorts and Shane says heavily. *'^You think L05 170 it's funny, eh?**') ^He asks for them and \0Mrs Bracey hunts L05 171 and shakes her head. ^She sends him to the machine shop and the L05 172 forewoman sends him down to stores. ^From there he traipses L05 173 back to the office. ^*'Nobody knows where they are, Miss L05 174 Callendar,**' he says. *'^Oh Shane, they've got to be L05 175 somewhere. ^Ask again.**' ^They ran him round all afternoon, L05 176 couldn't have had more fun sticking pins in him. ^The next day L05 177 he had a new name. *'^Tubes, clear this stuff out. ^Pronto, L05 178 Tubes.**' L05 179 |^Shane went down to the library that night and looked up L05 180 Fallopian tubes in a dictionary. ^*'Yeah,**' he says, *'I L05 181 should have known. ^We did biology at school.**' ^He didn't go L05 182 to the factory next morning but went to a by-products plant L05 183 where they made fertilizer and pig food. ^A mate of his worked L05 184 there. ^Shane came away with a sack of *'specials**'. ^See him L05 185 grin now, what a grin of delight. ^He spills them out for me on L05 186 the sofa: sheep's feet, fish heads, chicken entrails, feathers, L05 187 bits of hide, dead kittens from the {0SPCA}. ^My stomach makes L05 188 a heave at the naming. ^He empties the sack on Miss Callendar's L05 189 desk. ^She screams as though she's stabbed with a Bowie knife. L05 190 *'^I found the Fallopian tubes, Miss Callendar.**' L05 191 |^Kate has gone pale. ^*'Just like you,**' she says. L05 192 *'^Overkill.**' L05 193 |*'^I was getting even. ^It's no worse than what they did L05 194 to me.**' L05 195 |^I agree with Shane. ^But I'm not surprised to hear they L05 196 ran him in. ^It was his first conviction. ^He has two more for L05 197 disorderly conduct *- fighting in pubs. L05 198 |*'^Do you like fighting?**' L05 199 |*'^No, I lose my temper. ^My mind goes kind of red. ^I L05 200 nearly tore one joker's head right off. ^Lucky they stopped me. L05 201 ^I've got it sorted out now.**' ^He does not believe it and the L05 202 deception makes him blink. *'^It's bloody ancient history. L05 203 ^Give us a tinnie, Kate.**' L05 204 |*'^What was your best job?**' ^I help him away from the L05 205 subject of his rage; for I see rage as a primal condition, and L05 206 see he's afflicted with connections to a state most of us have L05 207 managed the step away from *- though it chases us, it follows L05 208 after *- and he's afraid. L05 209 *# L06 001 **[479 TEXT L06**] L06 002 |^*0Later, as Mattina was leaving, Gloria said, *'^I hope L06 003 you didn't mind my talking about our Decima. ^Some people do L06 004 mind.**' L06 005 |^*'You're welcome,**' Mattina said. L06 006 |*'^And you must call on us again. ^We're so pleased to L06 007 *1know *0you.**' L06 008 |^Her underlining of *1know *0was like a knife scored L06 009 beneath the word. L06 010 *|^Returning to Number Twenty-four, Mattina sat in what was now L06 011 **[SIC**] favourite place *- the armchair; looking out on the garden, L06 012 the citrus trees and the mountains. ^One month only remained of her L06 013 visit. ^For a town where a legend was born, Puamahara was, she L06 014 thought, as dull as could be expected, simply because such towns L06 015 are the birthplaces of legends, where people live their ordinary L06 016 lives; legends, like poems, spring from unrippled waters, L06 017 undisturbed earth in a winter season. L06 018 *<*412*> L06 019 |^*0Mattina's thoughts returned often to Gloria James and her L06 020 emphasis of the word *1know, *0her reference to her daughter as L06 021 *1unknown *0and *1unknowing. ^*0The life of Gloria James appeared L06 022 to depend on a concept and its word, and the fragility of this L06 023 dependence was horrifying, but was it not merely the usual L06 024 dependence of anyone upon the language, spoken or written? L06 025 ^Mattina's earliest memories were of her own passion to *1know L06 026 *0what she thought of as the *1truth *0about people and places, L06 027 loosely termed the *1world. ^*0Her life, she realised, had been L06 028 so smooth and in a particular way remote from the inner view of L06 029 people, as if she had sailed along a dark stream beside a L06 030 procession of sheer cliffs where she had been unable to find a L06 031 clinging-place for her fingers or toes, and, later, had been L06 032 unable to read the surface of the cliffs with scars, faults, L06 033 hardy and delicate plants and flowers absent from the smooth L06 034 surface. ^Her life had been showered with entitlements of wealth, L06 035 privacy, a private education, selected friends, a nanny like a L06 036 near signpost along the distance to her parents, a port hostelry L06 037 from which she returned to herself without making the complete L06 038 journey to her parents. ^Even her marriage to the promising young L06 039 novelist, Jake Brecon, was an entitlement, a prize expected and L06 040 believed to be deserved, as was their beautiful clever son John L06 041 Henry. ^Mattina and Jake shared this preoccupation with L06 042 discovering the *'truth**', but when Jake was about to explore L06 043 and imagine and discover within his writing, Mattina's nature was L06 044 that of a surveyor who records rather than creates. ^She realised L06 045 now that her travels to foreign lands had not been simply to L06 046 acquire real estate, nor simply to *1know *0about people of other L06 047 lands: her aim had been to make a collection of people whose L06 048 lives and *'truth**' she had discovered and *1knew. ^*0She L06 049 understood now her passionate need to study a handful of people L06 050 who lived close to the source of the Memory Flower. ^These L06 051 citizens of Puamahara would surely have brushed by the petals of L06 052 the Memory Flower, touched the leaves, experienced the seasons L06 053 that nourished the flower. ^Mattina felt that her visit was a L06 054 genuine attempt to justify to herself her life of entitlement by L06 055 learning the unmoneyed and unprivileged truth about a distant L06 056 town where the people's entitlement lay in their being close both L06 057 to the flower of memory and the seed of oblivion. L06 058 |^She wrote the names in her notebook: L06 059 |_Joseph James, Gloria James, Decima James. L06 060 |Edmund Shannon, Rene*?2e Shannon, Peter Shannon. L06 061 |Rex Townsend, Dorothy Townsend, Hugh Townsend, Sylvia L06 062 Townsend. L06 063 |Hene Hanuere, Hare Hanuere, Piki Hanuere. L06 064 |Madge McMurtrie, deceased. L06 065 |Dinah or Dinny Wheatstone. L06 066 |George Coker. L06 067 |Hercus Millow. L06 068 |^Then, hesitating, she wrote her own name and Jake's and L06 069 John Henry's, linking herself with Kowhai Street. L06 070 |^Then, continuing her strange mood, she opened the full L06 071 middle page of her book and began to sketch *1The Death of the L06 072 Penultimate Madge, *0imagining the scene as a Dutch interior, the L06 073 room darkened, the floor tiled; the frozen ribbon of light L06 074 through the small window; the characters grouped around the L06 075 partly obscured body with Decima James forever unspeaking in the L06 076 foreground, her long blonde hair trailing as if she faced an L06 077 oncoming storm that would touch only her; Joseph James leaning L06 078 over a spinet, listening to the music, his glance sideways L06 079 towards Decima and her silence; Gloria turned to face Decima and L06 080 Joseph; Rene*?2e Shannon pouring a glass of sherry for George L06 081 Coker and Hercus Millow, the two old men standing side by side L06 082 their frail bodies lanterned by the ray of light; Rex Townsend L06 083 holding a tightly wrapped bolt of cloth, a dyed shroud for the L06 084 penultimate Madge; Dorothy, her opened mouth indicating that she L06 085 sang hymns for the occasion, although she made no sound; Peter, L06 086 Sylvia, Hugh, all in their school uniforms their books under L06 087 their arm, standing together, palely solemn, looking towards L06 088 Madge McMurtrie; Edmund Shannon, startled, afraid at the door; L06 089 Hene, Hare, Piki Hanuere, also standing at the door, each L06 090 grasping green fronds of fern; Dinny Wheatstone framed in the L06 091 doorway, her face expressing complete disbelief, her glance L06 092 seeming to attempt to annihilate the group, the room, the time, L06 093 the event with her weapon of disbelief, that is, knowledge L06 094 rejected as homeless, in the full power of her imposture. L06 095 |^Mattina, making her quick sketch, smiled to herself, *'^At L06 096 least I'm not at risk of losing substance. ^For the moment, I'm L06 097 the observer, the holder of the point of view, and even Dinny L06 098 Wheatstone's presence can't erase my work.**' L06 099 |^Painstakingly she printed beneath the hasty sketch, as a L06 100 way of securing its life, *1The Death of the Penultimate Madge. L06 101 |^*0Just for a moment she felt the stifling, strangling L06 102 surge of distant time, the yesterdays set free, marauding within L06 103 the present, capturing the future. ^She felt afraid, confronted L06 104 by the idea of a suddenly unlabelled world with everything she L06 105 had ever known by name, by word, vanishing, all identity lost, L06 106 yet remaining in place as an overwhelming unknown power. L06 107 |^Quickly she closed the exercise book, effectively L06 108 excluding the group of people in the simply sketched scene. L06 109 |^And that night she slept without dreaming, and woke to L06 110 look out at the Australian gum tree with its jewelled array of L06 111 Emperor caterpillars; and up and up at the now constantly blue L06 112 Puamahara sky. L06 113 *<*413*> L06 114 |^*0For the next two weeks Mattina did not leave the boundary of L06 115 Kowhai Street. ^She had bought a store of food, there was a L06 116 corner mailbox, her milk and newspaper were delivered. ^All day, L06 117 exercise book and pen in hand, she went from house to house L06 118 talking to the residents of Kowhai Street, questioning them, L06 119 while they, even with a suspicion of being flattered, accepted L06 120 her role as researcher getting to know a segment of Puamahara, L06 121 the home of the Memory Flower. ^Even those who became angry when L06 122 market researchers or political canvassers appeared, welcomed L06 123 Mattina; her questioning ushered them upon a stage where L06 124 relatives and friends might view them, as if they might appear on L06 125 television, ceaselessly interviewed like pop stars or visiting L06 126 artists. ^Hadn't Mattina Brecon murmured something about a film L06 127 later? ^And although some may have been unwilling to have their L06 128 words seized, recorded for *1use, *0most overcame their L06 129 objections, reminding themselves that if ever their intimate L06 130 lives and dreams were used for a *'documentary**', they were L06 131 still superior to the insects, reptiles and other animals, and L06 132 even, some thought, to the remote races who were filmed with the L06 133 kind of commentary that equated them with *'lower**' animals. L06 134 ^Mattina felt that her examination of Kowhai Street was an L06 135 attempt also to cancel distance between nations by starting with L06 136 a small group in a small town, and although she assured herself L06 137 her study was based on love, or a kind of love, it was also, as L06 138 we have seen, obsessive, with herself as a stranger among L06 139 strangers and (according to me, Dinny Wheatstone), imposters, L06 140 trying to break the distance between herself and *'the others**', L06 141 and not, as she expressed it to the residents, *'between L06 142 neighbour and neighbour**'. ^She had therefore created herself as L06 143 the dreamed-of centre of the circle, and when from time to time L06 144 she sensed this, she excused her error, if it was an error, by L06 145 reminding herself of the physical illness at work within her. L06 146 ^Her certainty of it was uncanny; in the end, her journey to New L06 147 Zealand may have been an act of panic, not a pious exploration of L06 148 yet another foreign land and its people to add to her L06 149 passionately collected items of knowledge. L06 150 |^She walked up and down Kowhai Street. ^She inspected and L06 151 made notes about the houses, their architecture, their gardens, L06 152 the sidewalks, known as footpaths. ^She exclaimed at the beauty L06 153 of the kowhai trees, their bloom now fallen, their pale green L06 154 feather-and-lace fronds arced like a mass of miniature fountains. L06 155 ^She sought to trace the gas and waterpipe and sewer lines; noted L06 156 the street lights, the concrete or wooden poles, the electric L06 157 wires and telephone lines. ^She examined everything and everyone, L06 158 filling her exercise books with notes, her cassettes with L06 159 recorded sounds. ^She included the many dogs of Kowhai Street, L06 160 the cats, the birds, the soil, the plants, the sky, the sun, the L06 161 clouds and the falling rain and the winds that passed from L06 162 highway to highway, up and down Kowhai Street. ^She observed the L06 163 scraps of paper, the empty packets, the broken beer bottles and L06 164 empty beer cans on the grass verge on Saturday and Sunday L06 165 mornings. ^She listened to the sound of the radio, the loud L06 166 jangle of music from the open kitchen window as George Coker made L06 167 his breakfast and lunch; she smelled the smells of Kowhai Street, L06 168 the burning rubber from rubbish fires in the houses fronting the L06 169 State Highway, the drift of leaking gas from the garage on L06 170 Gillespie Street, the spray-painting fumes from the car-yards L06 171 fronting the highway, the drift of pesticide from the commercial L06 172 gardens and orchards out of town; the daily lunch of stew from L06 173 the old people's home; and also, fronting the highway, the L06 174 freesias in the gardens, the bushes of daisies, the trellises of L06 175 budding honeysuckle, even a hint of the fragrance of the blossoms L06 176 in the orchards, for it was now late October and the runaway L06 177 Time, influenced by this imposter typescript, seemed to have L06 178 removed the guiding presence from each day, and there was only L06 179 night and day and night and on the wall a calendar recording days L06 180 of the week and on the mantelpiece a clock, perpetually wound, L06 181 telling the hours. ^And passing from the obvious sights and L06 182 sounds and scents, the movements of grass, of branches, stalks, L06 183 traffic, people, animals, of gates and doors, Mattina arrived at L06 184 the sensation lying beyond those easily identified and recorded. L06 185 ^She moved downwards to a new distance that became incredible in L06 186 its nearness, like an animal of long ago and far away breathing L06 187 near her in the dark. L06 188 |^She experienced this still unreachable distance in the L06 189 middle of the night when she woke suddenly, not knowing what had L06 190 wakened her. ^The Puamahara night was dark and still except for L06 191 the low rumble of the neverending highway traffic and the L06 192 occasional flickering of the street light outside George Coker's, L06 193 where it penetrated the tiny holes in the drawn blind gently L06 194 moving now and then in a current of air blowing between the L06 195 half-open door and the ill-fitting window-sash. ^The timbers of L06 196 the house, like the bones of an ageing person had *'settled**' L06 197 and shrunk, as the years acting like a wine-press had squeezed L06 198 out their substance. L06 199 |^Sitting upright in bed, Mattina listened. ^There was the L06 200 sound of breathing, as if an animal were breathing rhythmically. L06 201 ^She could sense the bulk, the waves of warmth coming from about L06 202 half way between the window and her bed. ^She felt her heart turn L06 203 over with fear; she held her breath and listened again, and again L06 204 she heard the breathing. ^A large animal was in the room. ^She L06 205 snapped on her bedlight and looked around into the path of the L06 206 light and in the shadowed corners. ^Nothing. ^Had it been, L06 207 perhaps, simply a mouse that she heard too keenly on waking? L06 208 *# L07 001 **[480 TEXT L07**] L07 002 ^*0As I watched Faye turned, eyes shut like a blind puppy, and L07 003 nuzzled at his cheek. ^I shut the door. ^The Mon Desir box was L07 004 heavy, but I carried it without bumping out the back door to the L07 005 laundry. ^Then I opened it and fed the whole set, calm in the L07 006 face, plate by plate, into the clothes drier. ^After Barry and L07 007 Faye had gone I knelt on the laundry floor to watch while the L07 008 drier spun and Mon Desir shattered into a hail of pink and white L07 009 pieces. ^Then I took two Disprin and went back to the Loom Room. L07 010 ^My head felt light and clear. ^Elaine was glad to see me because L07 011 there had been an unexpected rush. L07 012 |^The dinner party on Saturday was a great success. ^I made L07 013 a little American flag for the centre of the table and I had L07 014 bought some red gingham serviettes too that morning when I went L07 015 to the Farmers' to buy a pair of Saracen sheets and some frilly L07 016 pyjamas like the ones in the ad. ^Faye said the table looked L07 017 perfect and they had brought a bottle of Californian wine which L07 018 complemented the menu theme. ^All the food came out like the L07 019 photos in the book, even the gumbo, which I made with parsnips L07 020 instead of okra and the pecan pie, which I had made with walnuts. L07 021 ^After dinner Faye said, *'^We'll help with the dishes**', but I L07 022 said no, we had a dishwasher, remember? ^All we had to do now was L07 023 stack the dishes and switch on. ^So they said they'd help us L07 024 stack the dishes. ^I rinsed them off and handed them to Lance who L07 025 put them in the dishwasher. ^Faye and Barry stayed to talk in the L07 026 dining room. ^I could hear the murmur of their voices, laughter, L07 027 and pause. ^*'Handy things, these,**' said Lance, kneeling by the L07 028 washer, and I said yes, but I miss the chance to talk to Barry L07 029 over the washing up and Lance laughed and said yes, that happened L07 030 at their house too, and all the time I was looking at the back of L07 031 his neck. ^He'd taken off his tie. ^His hair was damp and curled L07 032 and his skin shone and he smelled sharp and sweet. L07 033 ^*'Excalibur**' I think it's called. ^Faye gave a bottle to Barry L07 034 last Christmas. ^I like it too. ^I handed him the casserole. L07 035 ^Then as he bent to put it in the machine I leaned over and L07 036 touched his neck. ^The patch of bare brown shining skin, that L07 037 curling hair. ^It was much softer than I had ever imagined, like L07 038 a poodle's coat and it curled round my little finger. ^When I L07 039 kissed the little bump at the nape he tasted of sweat and, L07 040 faintly, of lotion. ^He didn't move. ^Knelt very still. ^Barry L07 041 had turned on the \0TV for the sports highlights. ^*'Hey, L07 042 Lance,**' he called from the other room, *'the football's L07 043 started.**' ^So Lance stood and said, *'^What was that in aid L07 044 of?**' and smiled, and I said I didn't know and I really didn't, L07 045 and it might have been hullo, but I think it was goodbye and I L07 046 made some coffee and we watched *1Sports Special. L07 047 |^*0I didn't switch on the dishwasher until they went home L07 048 at 10.30. ^They had to go early because of Lance's training. L07 049 ^Barry and I sat by the fire and I made another cup of coffee. L07 050 ^The late movie was starting *- *1Camelot. ^*0Barry was lying on L07 051 the sofa and I had the \0EZ Boy. ^And halfway through he said, L07 052 *'^Hey, what happened to the dinner set?**' ^*'It got broken,**' L07 053 I said, *'in the clothes drier.**' ^*'In the clothes drier? ^What L07 054 was it doing in the clothes drier?**' he said. ^*'I put it L07 055 there,**' I said. ^*'When?**' he said. ^*'On Thursday L07 056 afternoon,**' I said. *'^At lunch time.**' ^*'Oh,**' he said. L07 057 ^*'Never mind,**' I said, looking at him lying there with his L07 058 hands behind his head and his legs spread and I went over to him L07 059 and sort of tumbled him on to the floor. ^We made love and while L07 060 we lay there I could hear the dishwasher chugging and whirring L07 061 out in the kitchen, washing all our mess away. ^And we never did L07 062 find out what happened to Lancelot and Arthur and Vanessa L07 063 Redgrave. L07 064 *<*5Airmen*> L07 065 |...*0this afternoon, sitting under a silver birch in early L07 066 summer, I decide I shall write about three things I do not L07 067 understand: a man, a motorbike, and an aeroplane. ^Why? ^It will L07 068 be a challenge (think of Ibsen with Nora at his elbow in her blue L07 069 dress, Hardy and his secret red-lipped Tess). ^It will be an L07 070 adventure. ^No guidebook, only a smattering of the lingo, up and L07 071 over the border into foreign territory... L07 072 *|^I'll begin with two boys. ^Those square-faced, white-haired L07 073 boys with pink cheeks who went to country schools and wore L07 074 cut-down trousers and striped handknitted jerseys. ^A barn, grey L07 075 wooden slabs pulling this way and that, letting in zigzag streaks L07 076 of dust-laden light. ^Harrow, dray, wire in exploding coils, L07 077 bags, some full, some empty and flung down. ^Straw tumbling, nest L07 078 for mice and rats and the narrow grey farm cats. ^And behind the L07 079 harrow, leaning against the wall, a Harley Davidson 989 {0cc} L07 080 motorcycle. L07 081 *|^*'That's Jim's bike,**' says one white-haired boy who is L07 082 Graham to the other who is Eddie. ^Jim is in France. ^Jim is with L07 083 the Royal Flying Corps. ^Jim is *'Anzac Atkins**'. L07 084 *|^*'We got a letter today, from Jim,**' says Graham. L07 085 |^*'Oh,**' says Eddie, sitting astride the bike, leaning L07 086 forward nyerrowwmm into the long invisible straight. L07 087 |*'^He shot down a Hun four weeks ago.**' L07 088 |^*'Mmmm,**' says Eddie. L07 089 |*'^The newspapers call the Flying Corps the *"Knights of L07 090 the Air**".**' L07 091 |^*'My uncle's in France,**' says Eddie, taking a fast L07 092 corner. L07 093 |^*'What's he do?**' says Graham. *'^It's my turn. ^Get L07 094 off.**' L07 095 |^*'He's a sapper,**' and Eddie climbs down slowly. L07 096 |*'^What's a sapper do?**' L07 097 |*'^I think he blows up things.**' L07 098 |(^You couldn't compete with a Knight of the Air.) L07 099 *|^Another afternoon, rain beating on the barn roof, dripping on L07 100 to the straw and the sacks, trickling along a muddy furrow in the L07 101 floor. L07 102 |^*'His plane's called Annie,**' says Graham. *'^After our L07 103 cousin.**' L07 104 |^Curious. ^Annie is small and sharp with freckles. *'^What L07 105 did he want to go and call it after her for?**' L07 106 |^Graham shrugs. *'^It's painted brown, his plane. ^But all L07 107 the German planes are different colours, like in a circus so L07 108 that's what they call them, the circus. ^They're red and yellow L07 109 and black and all colours.**' ^Eddie sits on a sack picking at L07 110 bits of chaff and red, black and yellow splinters scatter in a L07 111 grey French sky. L07 112 *|^Under Graham's bed and well hidden, knees tucked up away from L07 113 brothers and sisters. ^There's an applebox filled with treasure, L07 114 his plane collection cut carefully from magazines *'...and that's L07 115 a Sopwith Scout... and this is a Fokker Eindecker \0E*=III... a L07 116 Handley Page 0/400 but it's not a real fighter they just use it L07 117 to drop bombs... a Le Rho*?5ne Nieuport Scout... an {0SE}5. ^And L07 118 this is a Sopwith Camel**' which was the best because it had two L07 119 guns and could climb high and it was the fastest. L07 120 |*'^What does Jim fly?**' L07 121 |*'^A Sopwith Camel, of course.**' L07 122 |^Of course. L07 123 *|^It was a thin black metal cross, punctured by two neat holes. L07 124 ^Graham brought it to school in a toffee tin lined with cotton L07 125 wool. ^It had been torn by Jim off one of those bright little L07 126 planes. L07 127 |*'^He's bagged six. ^This was off the sixth.**' L07 128 |^*'Are those bullet holes?**' tracing the rough metal edge L07 129 with your little finger. L07 130 |*'^Yep.**' L07 131 |^The uncle who is a sapper is in hospital in Kent. ^You L07 132 couldn't compete with a Knight of the Air. L07 133 *|...Sopwith Scout... umm, Fokker Eindecker \0E*=III... L07 134 Albatross... {0SE}5 no Handley Page 0/400... Nieuport Scout and L07 135 Sopwith Camel, the fastest and the best... L07 136 *|*'^Just think of it, Graham (the handwriting thick, black and L07 137 sloping) we taxi out in the early morning, the whole flight, and L07 138 wait wingtip to wingtip, till we get the order. ^Then it's open L07 139 throttles and off we go with a whoop and roar you can probably L07 140 hear all the way back at home. ^We head out towards the lines, L07 141 keeping a sharp lookout all the time. ^The Hun is very cheeky and L07 142 very clever. ^He'll wait up in the eye of the sun where he can't L07 143 be seen then swoop down like a hawk on a mouse *- so you must L07 144 always watch and keep your wits about you. ^We give chase to any L07 145 Huns we meet, rattling away at them and they go like stink. ^Then L07 146 back to base when we've cleared the sky, stunting and spinning. L07 147 ^Our chaps are A1 Hun-getters. ^We have a hit roll in the mess L07 148 and the list grows daily. ^{0P.S.} I have a little dog, a terrier L07 149 cross. ^I call him Bert because I found him on the road near L07 150 Bertangles. ^He is a scallywag, but good company and he keeps my L07 151 toes warm on these cold French mornings...**' L07 152 *|*'^Those cold French mornings.**' ^So clear. ^You lift up L07 153 through mist and cloud into autumn sunlight. ^At 13,000 feet it's L07 154 cold and ice forms round your nose and mouth under your mask. L07 155 ^The plane you've named after your cousin shudders under your L07 156 hand and you climb up over the lines through puffs of smoke, L07 157 white for ours, black for theirs, watch for gunfire flash, count, L07 158 change course, zigzag towards the enemy, sunlight on wings and L07 159 wind driving full in your face... ^No. ^Nothing could compare L07 160 with it, being a Knight of the Air. L07 161 |^Nyerrowwwmmmm. ^Dadadadadat. L07 162 *|^\0Mrs Everitt is small and round and soft as a bun. ^She has L07 163 to stretch to reach the top of the board, so Eddie stays behind L07 164 sometimes to help her dust off words and sums to leave a clear L07 165 black space for the morning. ^That's when they talk. ^That's when L07 166 he tells her about the bike. ^That's where the experiment takes L07 167 shape. L07 168 *|^It was one Saturday. ^Graham was away but Eddie had gone over L07 169 to play and while he waited there was this bike, Jim's bike, a L07 170 Harley Davidson 989 {0cc}. ^Really fast. ^He'd ridden it up and L07 171 down the road and no, Graham's mother didn't seem to notice or L07 172 mind, so he was looking at it and suddenly he thought why L07 173 couldn't it fly? ^Because it would be simple if you put some L07 174 poles on the sides and tied a sheet or something over the top, if L07 175 you got up enough speed. (^The mountain clear and white overhead, L07 176 the paddock stretching away toward the house.) L07 177 |*'^And how would you steer it, Eddie?**' L07 178 |^*'With a kite, \0Mrs Everitt. ^You just put the kite on L07 179 the back, then you sit on the seat and lean on the handlebars L07 180 with your chest like this**' (leaning over a chair while \0Mrs L07 181 Everitt prints carefully *'^Today is Thursday, March 3, 1918**' L07 182 on the board) *'and it goes wherever you want.**' L07 183 *|^So he made the wings from bamboo and sheet and flew the Harley L07 184 Davidson round the paddock first, just to try it out. ^\0Mrs L07 185 Everitt said, *'^That's very interesting, Eddie.**' L07 186 *|^A week later the Harley Davidson flew round Egmont. ^Eddie L07 187 rode alone, leaning against the handlebars, bending this way and L07 188 that, sunlight on bamboo and sheet and the Tasman wind full in L07 189 his face. ^He recalled quite clearly how the bike had at first L07 190 bumped over rabbit holes and gorse as they raced down the paddock L07 191 and then the clean lift into the air. ^There was no question. ^No L07 192 doubt. ^\0Mrs Everitt wrote Qq Qq Qq in a row and said, *'^You're L07 193 a very clever boy, Eddie. ^That must have been thrilling.**' ^And L07 194 it was. L07 195 *|^Nyerrowwwmmmm. ^Dadadadadadat. L07 196 *|^And that could be the end of the story. ^But I like him, this L07 197 boy. ^I like especially the way his thin little-boy legs press L07 198 firm against the triple comforts of metal and power and speed. L07 199 *# L08 001 **[481 TEXT L08**] L08 002 *<*0five*> L08 003 |^*'What do you do?**' the callers sometimes asked. *'^How do you L08 004 spend your time?**' L08 005 |*'^I think a lot. ^A lot is going on inside my head.**' L08 006 |*'^What do you think about?**' L08 007 |^*'All sorts of things,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. *'^You L08 008 would be surprised at what I think about.**' L08 009 |*'^Don't think too much, then.**' ^A doubtfulness had come L08 010 into their expressions now, a frightened kind of calculation. L08 011 *'^It isn't good to dwell on things. ^Should you take up wider L08 012 interests?**' L08 013 |*'^I think about a great range of things, a very wide range L08 014 of subjects.**' L08 015 |*'^Such as what?**' L08 016 |*'^I think about my night fortifications and how I must L08 017 check that the doors are locked and the windows are closed. ^I L08 018 think about how to pass the time.**' L08 019 |^*'You must have some idea of the time?**' the doctor had L08 020 said. *'^Surely you must have glanced at a clock or looked at L08 021 your watch sometime? ^You might have some idea about the time to L08 022 give me if you sit down for a moment? ^If you collect your L08 023 thoughts? ^If you look at the clock again or stare at your watch L08 024 *- something might occur to you?**' L08 025 |^She sat down again beside the body under the grandiflora L08 026 tree. L08 027 |^*'I haven't any idea,**' she said at last. *'^It was when L08 028 the sun had set but its light hadn't quite gone. ^It was just L08 029 before dusk, before official dusk began.**' L08 030 |*'^Official dusk?**' ^The doctor wore that expression of L08 031 careful nicety again. *'^What is that?**' L08 032 |^*'I don't quite know,**' said \0Mrs Crichton, and placed L08 033 one hand on Charlie's left ear, rubbed it gently. *'^Charlie used L08 034 to say, *"^Well, it's officially dusk now,**" and it was just L08 035 before that, if he'd said it. ^It was something he invented.**' L08 036 |*'^He used to say when it was officially dusk?**' L08 037 |^*'Yes,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. *'^And in the morning he L08 038 used to say, *"^It's officially morning now,**" when he got L08 039 up.**' L08 040 |^*'I see,**' said the doctor. *'^So you really can't give L08 041 me any specific time?**' L08 042 |^*'No,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. ^And then, *'^Could you tell L08 043 me *- would you mind telling me *- why are his ears black?**' L08 044 ^She picked up one of those hands. *'^And his fingers? ^Why are L08 045 they black? ^Why are they suddenly black?**' L08 046 |^*'That's what happens,**' said the doctor, *'with a heart L08 047 attack. ^The extremities change colour.**' L08 048 |*'^You mean they go black?**' L08 049 |^*'Yes,**' said the doctor, *'they go black, if you like. L08 050 ^That's a simple way of putting it.**' L08 051 |^*'Simple,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. *'^Charlie always used L08 052 to say that I was simple, like a person not all there.**' L08 053 |^*'Yes, I see,**' said the doctor, *'so you really can't L08 054 give me any definitely specific time for this?**' L08 055 |^*'No,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. *'^I remember hearing six L08 056 o'clock strike but that was a long time ago. ^I don't remember L08 057 looking at the clock or hearing the clock or looking at my watch L08 058 again.**' L08 059 |^*'I think about the time,**' said \0Mrs Crichton to the L08 060 callers who asked about her thoughts. *'^I think about the L08 061 quality of light and I think about my teddybear and my dancing. L08 062 ^I think about a great range of things.**' ^It was not possible L08 063 to please them. L08 064 |^*'Don't think too much,**' they often said. *'^Don't L08 065 brood. ^Don't dwell on things.**' L08 066 |*'^I don't think I dwell on things. ^I think quite funny L08 067 things sometimes, and I laugh.**' L08 068 |^*'Things must be faced,**' the callers often said. L08 069 *'^You're not shutting them off, are you? ^You're not running L08 070 away from things?**' L08 071 |^*'No,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. *'^I'm not shutting myself L08 072 off from things. ^I do not run away.**' L08 073 |^Every night \0Mrs Crichton awakened at exactly 2.47, L08 074 roused by a dream in which Charles was lying once more under the L08 075 grandiflora tree, but wearing the wrong clothes. ^The dream L08 076 expanded as time passed. ^At first she dreamt again merely of the L08 077 body lying beneath the tree, in the wrong clothes, and as one L08 078 month became another the dream expanded like the passage of time. L08 079 ^In later dreams she saw Charlie falling, then walking towards L08 080 the tree before falling. L08 081 |^*'But those are the wrong clothes,**' she would say to the L08 082 bear. *'^Charlie wasn't wearing those clothes. ^Charlie was L08 083 wearing a blue shirt with red piping on the pocket and red shorts L08 084 with white piping. ^He is in the wrong clothes, bearie. ^Why is L08 085 he wearing the wrong clothes?**' L08 086 |^With the bear tucked under one arm she then made her way L08 087 along the upstairs hall to Charlie's library, tiptoeing though L08 088 there was no-one to rouse. ^On nights when the moon shone through L08 089 the windows she walked freely through Charlie's assembly of L08 090 bookcases and cabinets, and on nights of scudding cloud felt the L08 091 way with stealth and cunning. L08 092 |^There was one fine and reassuring aspect of these nightly L08 093 excursions through her own house, illuminated only by the light L08 094 of the moon or lightning till she placed a hand upon the lamp L08 095 that lit one corner of the library. ^An assurance, within the odd L08 096 framework of solitariness, came to her then and gave an extra L08 097 illumination like that from a compliment or the warmth of a L08 098 friend's greeting. ^Charlie's big desk seemed like a ship that L08 099 sailed through a wild foam of letters and cards littering the L08 100 floor. L08 101 |^When the callers found her during the day with their tales L08 102 of despair and assurances of disaster \0Mrs Crichton imagined L08 103 herself to be suddenly shrunken, at least in their eyes and L08 104 ideas, to be taking up too much space even in her own rooms. L08 105 |^*'You must realise,**' said one, like a schoolmistress, L08 106 *'that your juices will dry up. ^Your system will dry up.**' L08 107 |^*'Mine won't,**' said \0Mrs Crichton and thought of the L08 108 big desk upstairs and her own marshalling of the pens and L08 109 pencils, the choice of paper for replies. L08 110 |*'^How do you know?**' ^There was disparagement now. L08 111 |^*'Because I do,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. *'^I'm the captain L08 112 now and my system won't dry up till I say so.**' L08 113 |*'^I often think of you.**' L08 114 |^*'There is not a lot of use in that,**' said \0Mrs L08 115 Crichton and sat fleetingly upon the farthest chair, clasped the L08 116 carved arm of it as some may take the hand of a friend. *'^There L08 117 isn't any use in that at all, not for me there isn't. ^It is not L08 118 much use people thinking of me *- thoughts of which I am unaware L08 119 in distant spots of which I have no knowledge. ^That is no use to L08 120 me at all.**' ^She waited for them to go. L08 121 |*'^If there's anything we can do *- Nigel's very handy, L08 122 aren't you, Nigel?**' L08 123 |^Nigel said he was very handy. L08 124 |^*'Thank you,**' said \0Mrs Crichton, *'I'll remember that. L08 125 ^I'll remember Nigel's very handy.**' L08 126 |*'^It's very sad that you have no faith in the power of L08 127 thought.**' ^They turned and regarded her sadly as if she had L08 128 committed a minor but distressing crime. L08 129 |^*'Thoughts are no use,**' said \0Mrs Crichton and began to L08 130 close the door. *'^Thoughts do not talk to you when darkness L08 131 falls, thoughts aren't any help if you get the heebie-jeebies, L08 132 thoughts don't feed anyone. ^They don't cook dinner. ^Thoughts L08 133 don't keep you company. ^And don't trip over that piping. ^Don't L08 134 trip over the spouting.**' L08 135 |*'^We all thought of you the other night when Jane and L08 136 Anthony came to dinner. ^Everyone thought of you.**' ^The L08 137 telephone often rang as darkness fell as if the gathering L08 138 darkness and gloom reminded them of what a black and prohibited L08 139 piece of territory she had become, a telling reminder of L08 140 destruction that could not be invited anywhere because it might L08 141 spoil the party. *'^Everyone had something nice to say about you. L08 142 ^You must remember Jane and Anthony?**' L08 143 |^\0Mrs Crichton, after a pause she chose to prolong, said L08 144 she remembered Jane and Anthony. L08 145 |*'^They asked to be remembered to you. ^They said they'd L08 146 get in touch with you when they got back from America. *"^I must L08 147 do something about poor Bernadette,**" Jane said.**' L08 148 |^*'How very kind,**' said \0Mrs Crichton and already her L08 149 hand was moving the telephone receiver back to its cradle, the L08 150 words falling like the lower notes of a viola within the L08 151 frame**[ARB**]-work of an obscure, unpopular and mostly unplayed L08 152 duet. L08 153 |*'^Have you thought of taking up something?**' ^More L08 154 callers had slipped through the shrubbery, climbed over the L08 155 locked gate, caught her sitting on the front doorstep in a bar of L08 156 warm sunlight. *'^I must say you're looking well.**' ^They would L08 157 have seemed more at ease, she thought, if she had been ill. *'^I L08 158 must say you're very tanned.**' ^This browning of the flesh and L08 159 skin felt suddenly like a lewd extravagance. *'^Isn't she tanned? L08 160 ^Hasn't she got a lovely tan?**' L08 161 |*'^I work outside a lot.**' L08 162 |*'^You should take up something. ^You could take up bridge. L08 163 ^You could take up mah jong. ^My mother took up L08 164 Toastmistresses.**' L08 165 |*'^Your mother was sixty-nine.**' L08 166 |*'^No she wasn't. ^She was sixty-eight.**' L08 167 |*'^Your mother was sixty-eight, then. ^I am forty-two.**' L08 168 |*'^They take younger people.**' L08 169 |^*'Thank you,**' said \0Mrs Crichton. *'^I'll think about L08 170 what you've said. ^I shall file it away for future reference. L08 171 ^I'll put it in the pipeline and wait for it to regurgitate L08 172 itself in another form at a later date.**' ^Charlie would have L08 173 known her politely cold brand of sociable anger. *'^I miss L08 174 Charlie,**' she said idly, still blocking the doorway, legs L08 175 grimed from kneeling amongst the flower beds and one gardening L08 176 plimsoll swinging from a filthy left foot. L08 177 |*'^Of course you miss Charlie.**' ^This remark had pleased L08 178 them. *'^Why don't you take a correspondence course?**' L08 179 |*'^I have.**' ^She thought of the volume of mail to be L08 180 dealt with, the stiff white envelopes more and more like large L08 181 pale razor**[ARB**]-blades containing punishing messages of L08 182 devastation, gloom and misery. ^*1It must be terrible for you, L08 183 *0the letters said. ^*1It must be frightful. ^You must be L08 184 devastated. ^The news spoilt our holiday. ^Poor Bernadette. ^Poor L08 185 Charles. ^We sometimes think of you. L08 186 |*'^*0Good.**' ^They were immensely satisfied with their L08 187 inaccurate evaluation of her unusually truthful reply. *'^Taking L08 188 a correspondence course will do you the world of good.**' L08 189 |*'^I am not able to ask you in.**' ^\0Mrs Crichton remained L08 190 sprawled on the step in gardening clothes. *'^I have had so many L08 191 callers that I'm not able to ask anyone in any more.**' ^She L08 192 watched them go, saw a lightness come into their steps as they L08 193 climbed over the gate again, regained the cheerful safety of L08 194 their own vehicles, drove away smiling because, she thought, they L08 195 had viewed her own disadvantages at close proximity and judging L08 196 them to be greater than their own, had been enlivened and L08 197 enriched. L08 198 |^*'Well, bearie,**' she said, *'that gets rid of them, L08 199 doesn't it?**' ^She knew if she had seen her own reflection in a L08 200 mirror at that moment her face would have worn the bland and L08 201 featureless expression of, possibly, a boiled egg. L08 202 |^*'But it isn't my fault,**' she shouted in the night after L08 203 nightmares about Charles in the wrong clothes. ^*'It isn't my L08 204 fault. ^It wasn't my fault, bearie,**' and she would clutch the L08 205 end of the bed, grasp the bear before making her way along to the L08 206 library, the urgent hands like those of a man tormented so that L08 207 the exact truth may be extracted under duress. ^*'But it isn't my L08 208 fault,**' \0Mrs Crichton would shout into the darkness. *'^It L08 209 wasn't Charlie's fault that he died. ^It wasn't my fault. ^Nobody L08 210 did anything wrong.**' L08 211 |^*'We didn't ask you to come,**' the callers often said L08 212 whilst describing their outings or visitors. ^*'But everybody L08 213 thought of you *- you were mentioned,**' and they took on eager L08 214 expressions then, as though she might be pleased at being L08 215 remembered, as if the thought of her had become encapsulated like L08 216 the last sealed recording of an aria from an opera singer L08 217 squashed, three seconds after the last note, by falling scenery. L08 218 |^The actual walls of the house seemed to draw about her, to L08 219 provide a restorative sojourn for fatigue and intrusion as the L08 220 depths of winter were reached. L08 221 |^*'This place is so big,**' they had said. L08 222 *# L09 001 **[482 TEXT L09**] L09 002 |^*0Anyway, unless we start talking to one another, it's sure our L09 003 connection will end. ^So if we soon exhaust what we have to say L09 004 to one another and lose interest, then so what? L09 005 |\0A *- ^Either way it looks like the end of the road for us. L09 006 |\0N *- ^Perhaps. ^That depends on you at least in the first L09 007 place. L09 008 *<10*> L09 009 |^Monday was {0ANZAC} Day. ^I didn't see you on Tuesday. ^But on L09 010 Wednesday I was sitting in Tanners Mall as per usual and about L09 011 1.08 you came past. L09 012 |^Though it was warm enough, you had on your heavy black L09 013 raincoat, tight across the bust. ^Your face is getting fatter, L09 014 almost square. L09 015 |^I watched you traverse the length of my view along the L09 016 Mall. ^You looked back well along to assure yourself perhaps I L09 017 was not or was following. ^I stayed put. L09 018 |^I did not think you would return that way; but at 1.20 you L09 019 did. ^I almost missed you, seeing you only when you already had L09 020 your back to me. ^But you saw me clearly both ways. L09 021 |^This is the first time you have come this way at this hour L09 022 for a fortnight. ^What will you do for the rest of this week? L09 023 *<11*> L09 024 |^There was no sign of you during the lunch break on Thursday. L09 025 ^But that evening my wife and I had to go to the high school to a L09 026 parents occasion. ^So we met downtown at 5.00 oclock. ^Coming L09 027 back along Lampton Cirque as I anticipated we walked into you and L09 028 Joel. ^This confirms that you are keeping to your normal time L09 029 (leaving work at 5.00) and using the park route on Tuesdays and L09 030 Thursdays and the Viaduct route on Wednesdays and Fridays. ^You L09 031 were looking broad and sallow of face, and talking vigorously and L09 032 loudly in your manner to Joel. L09 033 |^When you saw me a bit off you did not waste time looking L09 034 at me but fixed your eyes on my wife's face in close scrutiny. L09 035 ^This was your first chance to get a good look at her. ^Did you L09 036 guess she was my wife? no doubt. ^Or did you think she was my new L09 037 obsession? L09 038 |^My wife looks like a sturdy peasant woman. ^She does not L09 039 have the economical smartness you show. ^But she was street L09 040 presentable. ^She has a round, broad face, quite placid. ^She L09 041 certainly looks no older than yourself. L09 042 |^My wife is quite the opposite of you, Ann. ^Where you are L09 043 talkative and dynamic, she is positively taciturn, at least in my L09 044 company. ^She does not choose to talk to me much at all and is L09 045 intolerant of my talking to her. ^Partly this is distrust of me. L09 046 ^Partly at bottom it is the result of a little deafness which she L09 047 has always had. ^My wife can be exceedingly intense, but becomes L09 048 equally as tense as intense and instead of appearing animated L09 049 ends up self suppressed. L09 050 *<12*> L09 051 |^A week has passed and I have not seen you at all. ^Perhaps now L09 052 that you know my pattern and that I am sticking to it, you have L09 053 taken yourself out of my life. ^You know I could never walk out L09 054 of your life. ^But I might shuffle out of it. ^If you will not L09 055 actively be a friend to me, then I will make do with memories and L09 056 dreams of you so long as I find a value in doing so. L09 057 *<13*> L09 058 |^It was Thursday week that you saw me with my wife. ^I hadn't L09 059 seen you since. L09 060 |^I was beginning to think that you had reacted in jealousy? L09 061 from the thought that I really was beyond your reach? and taken L09 062 yourself off, confirming that after all you had been taking an L09 063 interest in me and bringing yourself to my attention. L09 064 |^It could be the case after all that you have had delusions L09 065 about me with which you were amusing yourself until at length you L09 066 realised that I am really just an ordinary harmless Joe Bloggs, L09 067 just another woman's husband like Joel, so that at best you could L09 068 have no more than any innocent relationship with me, not this L09 069 fantasy that we have been having with me cast as the rapist. ^So L09 070 on being brought to your senses, perhaps you have given me over L09 071 for good. ^So I conjectured. L09 072 |^One way or the other that view of me with my wife could L09 073 change or could have changed your thinking and influenced your L09 074 conduct. ^Maybe it did. L09 075 |^But today (Friday) you did reappear. ^I was sitting in L09 076 Tanners Mall when at 1.10 you came walking through on your way L09 077 back to work. ^The way you came I had my back to you. ^You were L09 078 past me again (as last time) when I caught sight of you first. L09 079 ^You must have seen me, but you took no notice. ^Did you come by L09 080 to check up on me? for old time's sake, shall we say? ^Your hair L09 081 looked a bit frizzled as if a hair dresser had been curling it or L09 082 waving it. ^Heaven knows mine looks grey and greyer. L09 083 |^I would think you must have come this way first thing in L09 084 your lunch hour, say 12.40, and so had completed this end of your L09 085 routine when I saw you. L09 086 |^I stayed put while you disappeared from sight and for ten L09 087 minutes afterwards. L09 088 |^Then at 1.20 I got up and went back your way as I had some L09 089 banking to do. ^When I was at Grocer \0St you came out of the L09 090 bank premises and proceeded back to you office, and I watched you L09 091 still from Grocer \0St where I remained as you entered the L09 092 entrance to work. L09 093 |^I then had an hour and a half to fill up downtown (which I L09 094 did looking at artbooks in the library) until my printer had some L09 095 work ready for me. L09 096 |^A bit before three I set off, going down Lampton Cirque, L09 097 and as I approached Feathersham \0St you came out of it. ^We were L09 098 both in the carriage way converging as we passed. ^I was not near L09 099 enough to read your expression, but you would have seen me and L09 100 your mouth was working in a pout. L09 101 |^So that was my day and my week, no sighting of you before L09 102 Friday and then two coincidences following it. L09 103 |^I have confirmed the view that you have hour long lunch L09 104 hours and in fact go about your affairs in reversed orders at L09 105 times. ^You get back from lunch about 1.25. ^You must have L09 106 another wander about 2.30, so that you are returning at 3. ^If L09 107 you spend so much time in the street I can understand why you L09 108 button up so inveterately. ^You had your heavy coat on today L09 109 throughout. L09 110 |^Whenever you are out of sight for any length of time I L09 111 begin (a) to forget you and (b) get unhappy about it at least in L09 112 the sense that I feel more and more miserable. ^I was on an L09 113 upbeat today anyway but perhaps you confirmed it. L09 114 |^But after such an interval I see you again a bit as a L09 115 stranger. ^You seem a very infantile, negligible person, if I L09 116 could see you objectively. L09 117 |^For whatever reason I have been feeling exhausted this L09 118 week. ^I have been working too hard by half. ^So I am a bit L09 119 detached from you. ^It is approaching mid winter, always a time L09 120 of pause and redirection for me. ^It is eight months since we L09 121 last spoke together for the only time in twenty months. ^One L09 122 might almost think I had come to the end of my tether with you. L09 123 |^But in fact my goodwill for you survives what is after all L09 124 no more than misunderstanding on your part; and therefore I would L09 125 easily rebuild my illusions about you, and I know it. ^So I take L09 126 a charitable view of your attitudes and lifestyle. ^I can imagine L09 127 myself enjoying your company and your ways well enough however L09 128 limited your social activities. L09 129 *<14*> L09 130 |^You told me long ago you did the banking, but actually I did L09 131 not know what this meant in practice. ^I see it means taking L09 132 cheques to banks a couple of times a day. L09 133 |^It always amazed me that whenever I saw you around town L09 134 you were on your own. ^I assumed from this that you were L09 135 extremely alienated from people. ^While that interpretation may L09 136 well still be true, now I see that there may be another L09 137 explanation, for simply if you are working as you wander about L09 138 town, and that is the clear evidence, then of course you are L09 139 going to be on your own. ^You are unlikely to take or pick up or L09 140 accept company as you go about your duties. L09 141 *<15*> L09 142 |^You started this line of thought last September by asking what L09 143 I thought I was up to. ^I had no quick answer to give on the L09 144 spot. L09 145 |^In your mind I am sure you see me as showing symptoms of L09 146 \De Clerambault's syndrome. ^I have been reluctant to agree about L09 147 that, but up till now I had no alternative view to offer. ^I do L09 148 now. L09 149 |^By suggesting I had \De Clerambault's syndrome you were L09 150 giving a psychological explanation of my conduct. ^That is the L09 151 fashionable approach because it causes no difficulty to L09 152 reactionaries. ^It is the approach that presupposes there is L09 153 something wrong with the person. L09 154 |^But I take the alternative approach and give a L09 155 sociological explanation. ^I look for the sociological L09 156 explanation of my conduct. ^I seek for the features in society L09 157 that condition my behaviour; so that far from there being L09 158 anything wrong with me that I act so, on the contrary I am L09 159 pre-conditioned to act so because of the way society now is. L09 160 |^The explanation I am about to give owes something to the L09 161 views of {0H G} Wells who discusses how sexual morality reflects L09 162 the conditions of society at any time. L09 163 |^I don't want to go into too much history. L09 164 |^So I will put it simply. L09 165 |^In the last hundred years the attitude of men and women to one L09 166 another in society has changed. L09 167 |^Prior to that there had been a pioneering spirit going on L09 168 one way or other for three or four centuries. L09 169 |^Men and women had tended to enter monogamous marriages. L09 170 ^The women had tended to give birth to numerous children, and the L09 171 men had tended to work hard physical lives breaking in the land L09 172 and cultivating crops, or if they were urban dwelling toiling in L09 173 industry. ^Understandably men and women found their days and L09 174 lives pretty exhausting, and had little energy left for L09 175 extramarital interests. L09 176 |^This complex of monogamy, high birthrate and hard work was L09 177 the consequence of economic conditions. ^The European economies L09 178 since the 15th century were expanding. ^Colonisation and L09 179 migration were opening up new opportunities which people could L09 180 exploit as pioneers if they had the stamina and resources. ^Each L09 181 aspect of the complex of monogamy, high birthrate and hard work L09 182 served to advance these opportunities. ^There had to be hard work L09 183 to get the new land going. ^Lots of labour was increasingly L09 184 needed, hence the large families. ^And as an economic L09 185 help**[ARB**]-mate and as a breeder a man just had to have a L09 186 woman in partnership with him if his efforts were to bear fruit. L09 187 ^So monogamy was prevalent, alike among the settlers who brought L09 188 out their own womenfolk, and among the single men who took or L09 189 were given native wives as a necessary part of their working L09 190 arrangements. ^These marriage arrangements were essentially the L09 191 same, that is monogamy, though they gave rise to racism as L09 192 coloured offspring were stigmatised in comparison with white L09 193 offspring. L09 194 |^That's how it was up till about 1885, but since then L09 195 things have clearly changed. ^The pioneering days are clearly L09 196 behind us now. ^There are no longer the opportunities that need a L09 197 certain complex of social mores to be exploited. L09 198 |^In the first place it is quite clear the big families have L09 199 gone. ^There isn't the same demand for home grown labour down on L09 200 the farm. L09 201 *# L10 001 **[483 TEXT L10**] L10 002 *|^*0Sophie keeps the blinds in the sitting room drawn halfway so L10 003 that the sun will not fade the Sanderson linen covers of the L10 004 large armchairs. ^She sits in the dim light with a tragic air. L10 005 ^The brass table that her uncle brought her from India gleams and L10 006 scarlet dahlias in a cut-glass bowl cast a glow but she projects L10 007 a delicate presence against them. ^Jeremy notes how quickly she L10 008 has arranged herself among the cushions since her stentorian roar L10 009 across the grass. L10 010 |^As he had entered the house he heard the blare of the L10 011 transistor radio which Sophie always keeps beside her wherever L10 012 she is in the house. ^But at his footfall it is snapped off. L10 013 |^He looks down at her and remembers how beautiful she has L10 014 been. ^Still is perhaps, only now he notices the outline of food L10 015 in her slender throat when she swallows, and the telltale yellow L10 016 tinge of ageing in her teeth. ^But her hair is dark and curly L10 017 still, only lightly tipped with grey, and her skin is L10 018 magnolia-like, perfectly preserved and waxen in its purity, L10 019 touched lightly with make-up. ^She is dressed in a correctly L10 020 pleated linen dress with padded shoulders and drawn threadwork on L10 021 the bodice. ^It is dusty pink. ^She extends a fine hand towards L10 022 him. *'^Where were you?**' L10 023 |*'^You know where I was. ^That dreadful Frew man caught up L10 024 with me.**' L10 025 |^She nods. ^He has struck the right note. *'^Ah yes. L10 026 ^Indeed. ^And what did he want?**' L10 027 |*'^To commiserate.**' L10 028 |^She flashes him a look, a touch of cunning tinged with L10 029 triumph. L10 030 |^*'Four tiles,**' he says. *'^There have been four tiles L10 031 down already this morning.**' L10 032 |^*'It will be all right,**' she says. L10 033 |^*'What was on the radio?**' he asks, knowing that he must. L10 034 |*'^Forrest Fleming. ^I wanted you to hear him. ^There's L10 035 just been the most marvellous talkback. ^I could hardly pick it L10 036 up, but I got it, very faintly. ^He was talking at the end of his L10 037 last campaign. ^He's raised two hundred and thirty-five thousand L10 038 dollars for \0St Dorothy's in Justville.**' L10 039 |^*'Well,**' he says. ^Then he says it again. *'^Well.**' L10 040 |^For what else can he say? ^He is impressed. L10 041 |^*'There must be a catch,**' he says. *'^It sounds too good L10 042 to be true. ^Such a small town.**' ^He is thinking of the huddle L10 043 of houses across the flat plain that divides his parish from the L10 044 next. L10 045 |^*'It is smaller than ours,**' says Sophie with triumph. L10 046 *'^It will be all right, we will save the church, I know. ^He'll L10 047 save it for us. ^Oh Jeremy, I know you don't like the idea of a L10 048 professional fund-raiser to find the money for the repairs, but L10 049 it's the only thing. ^You do see, don't you?**' L10 050 |^There is something touchingly girlish about the way she L10 051 clasps her hands. ^Her fine dark eyes flash with excitement. ^How L10 052 can he help but love her for her enthusiasm? ^And a bishop's L10 053 daughter as well. ^How envied he had been when she had said that L10 054 she would marry him. ^How the cathedral choir had sung. L10 055 |^*'There,**' he says, *'I've already agreed, you don't have L10 056 to convince me.**' L10 057 |^*'We should tell Eunice,**' she says. *'^It was her idea. L10 058 ^To be fair,**' she adds, as a subtle way of reminding him that L10 059 although the organist has had an inspiration, only she, Sophie, L10 060 had the foresight and the drive to carry it through. ^Or the L10 061 contacts. *'^Eunice is in the church, isn't she?**' L10 062 |^*'Ah yes,**' he says. *'^The wings of song. ^Practising L10 063 away in there. ^Couldn't you hear her?**' L10 064 |^*'A tiny sparrow,**' says Sophie, in sudden poetic flight. L10 065 *'^I heard the notes squeezing *- squeezing up.**' L10 066 |*'^Through the holes in the roof.**' L10 067 |*'^Oh Jeremy, what is the matter? ^Why don't you believe? L10 068 ^What's happened to your faith?**' L10 069 |^When he does not reply she says, *'^If you are going near L10 070 the church would you tell Eunice that I am about to heat some L10 071 pumpkin soup?**' L10 072 *|^As he recrosses the lawn Jeremy sings under his breath. ^To L10 073 the tune of *'^There is a Green Hill**' he whispers *1^What is L10 074 the matter oh by gosh?/ ^What is the matter *- oh?/ ^What is the L10 075 matter *- er *- er? ^*0When he enters the vestry door he raises L10 076 his voice, giving a sign to Eunice that she commence playing L10 077 again. ^But the other woman in his life has already packed up her L10 078 papers and the organ lid is down and locked. ^She has heard him L10 079 but she pretends that she has not. L10 080 |^Instead she kneels at the altar rails in a prayerful L10 081 attitude. ^Her slight frame is clad in a scrubbed yellow L10 082 sweatshirt and a brown dirndl-like skirt that flows around her L10 083 bent form. ^He sees her roman sandals peeping out from underneath L10 084 and winces. L10 085 |^In spite of her signal to keep his distance he approaches L10 086 Eunice Brown, local organist, dressmaker and cub mistress. ^He L10 087 is, after all, her spiritual mentor. ^Well, isn't he? L10 088 |^*'So what *1is *0the matter?**' he asks. L10 089 |^Eunice gives an exaggerated start, which he decides to L10 090 ignore. ^He sits on the altar chair and fixes her with what he L10 091 hopes is a penetrating gaze. L10 092 |^*'Oh why can't everyone be happy?**' she cries, seeing L10 093 that he is unmoved by prayer. L10 094 |^*'My dear Eunice,**' he says, *'I am delirious with joy. L10 095 ^Why should I not be?**' L10 096 |^*'You are not,**' she says. *'^Forrest Fleming is coming L10 097 to save us, and you're going round with a face like a fiddle.**' L10 098 |*'^He may be coming to save you, but I may be beyond \0Mr L10 099 Fleming's redemption.**' L10 100 |*'^How can you say that?**' ^She bends her head, suddenly L10 101 ashamed. ^*'Oh Father Jeremy,**' she says, *'forgive me, it is L10 102 only He who saves us I know. ^But the church. ^\0Mr Fleming is L10 103 His instrument. ^Surely we must have faith in something or L10 104 everything will fall down around our ears.**' L10 105 |^Jeremy is unconscionably moved by the sight of her scrawny L10 106 neck bowed before him. ^He has never touched Eurice Brown's neck L10 107 but he senses that it may be softer than it appears. L10 108 |^He looks up towards the roof. ^He could swear he can see L10 109 light shining through. L10 110 |*'^Did you hear the story about the church out in the bush? L10 111 ^It had a light above it. ^No? ^Well they put the power lines L10 112 through, this was way back, you know, and the electricity was a L10 113 miracle. ^So. ^To the glory of God and the power supply, the L10 114 locals put a neon sign over the church. ^Proclaimed the house of L10 115 the Lord for all to see. ^One night the church burnt down, so L10 116 what did they save?**' L10 117 |^*'The sign?**' whispers Eunice. L10 118 |*'^Of course, Eunice, the sign. ^Well there you are. L10 119 ^Churches come, they go, but old Claude Neon, he keeps on getting L10 120 his cut. ^You can't be too careful.**' L10 121 |^*'That sounds like the way they used to sell television L10 122 sets and refrigerators to people before they got the power put L10 123 in,**' she reflects, entering into the spirit of the story. L10 124 *'^Well, something like that.**' L10 125 |^*'It does, doesn't it?**' he says in a hearty amiable way. L10 126 |^She reacts as if stung, tries not to blink the unshed L10 127 tears which threaten to roll down her hairy earnest face. *'^You L10 128 made that story up, didn't you?**' L10 129 |^He is silent for a moment, and still. ^This is the house L10 130 of the Lord, which, in spite of everything, he loves. ^And he is L10 131 not without affection for Eunice Brown. L10 132 |^*'I heard something like it once,**' he says L10 133 after**[SIC**] while. *'^It is a story not entirely without L10 134 truth.**' L10 135 |^And because she is Eunice Brown she believes him. ^Why L10 136 should she not? ^It is a kind of truth. L10 137 *|^When they have eaten pumpkin soup and wholemeal bread washed L10 138 down with squeezed lemon juice (it keeps them healthy, Sophie L10 139 says), Jeremy retreats to the garden to consider anew the problem L10 140 of the wasps' nest. ^He must also think about Sunday's sermon, L10 141 for with the arrival of the fund-raiser there is a real hope L10 142 abroad that the church will be at least half full. L10 143 |^But he has barely set foot outside when he hears the L10 144 telltale slide of more tiles broken loose and skidding down the L10 145 roof of the church. ^Around the bell tower a large gaping hole L10 146 has opened up. L10 147 |^Above, the sky is full of rushing and accumulating clouds L10 148 and beyond the edge of the town the paddocks lie blue and jade, L10 149 shadowed by the onset of the approaching rain. L10 150 *|^Sophie has relented and made tea. *'^You've been practising so L10 151 hard for Sunday's service,**' she says to Eunice. L10 152 |*'^Yes. ^Yes, I have.**' L10 153 |*'^I'm sure it'll be lovely.**' L10 154 |*'^I'll do my very best.**' L10 155 |*'^But of course you will. ^You're not nervous, dear? ^No, L10 156 of course not. ^There, will you pour the tea?**' L10 157 |*'^It's just that he sounds such a remarkable young man... L10 158 Sophie, there is no tea in the pot.**' L10 159 |*'^Oh my dear, how silly of me, there it is in the china L10 160 pot. ^You see, I polished all the silver today.**' L10 161 |*'^Of course. ^I should have thought.**' L10 162 |*'^I polished it ever so hard. ^Look how bright it is.**' L10 163 |*'^It's beautiful. ^You keep things so nicely, Sophie.**' L10 164 |*'^\2La, old habits. ^Look, I can see you, Eunice, L10 165 reflected in the teapot. ^What a strange shape you have. ^Coo-ee. L10 166 ^You've got a big head. ^And little arms. ^Ooh. ^Now, you've got L10 167 bosoms.**' L10 168 |*'^Don't.**' ^Eunice's voice is sharp, and suddenly wary. L10 169 |*'^Oh dear, you're cross. ^My little joke. ^Why not be L10 170 light**[ARB**]-hearted? ^I've worked hard for his coming too, you L10 171 know.**' L10 172 |^*'It's hot,**' says Eunice, *'it's so hot.**' ^She walks L10 173 to the window, stands looking out. ^She sees Jeremy but does not L10 174 signal to him. ^She savours the moment of watching him, unaware L10 175 that he is being observed. *'^But it may rain before night.**' L10 176 ^Behind her the phone shrills. ^She hears Sophie pick it up, but L10 177 her end of the conversation passes over her. L10 178 |^When Sophie has replaced the receiver she calls in a L10 179 frightened peremptory way to Eunice. *'^It was him, Forrest L10 180 Fleming. ^He is calling here this evening. ^He has asked to stay L10 181 the night.**' L10 182 |*'^But he is not due until the weekend.**' L10 183 |*'^He wants to start planning the campaign straight away, L10 184 he says he can't wait to begin now that he has finished in L10 185 Justville. ^He'll be here in a few hours.**' L10 186 |*'^Oh Sophie. ^Will you manage all right?**' L10 187 |*'^Of course. ^Of course I will. ^I must breathe deeply. ^I L10 188 must think of father.**' L10 189 |*'^Indeed.**' L10 190 |*'^But you must help me Eunice.**' L10 191 *|^*'And so must you,**' she tells Jeremy when she has summoned L10 192 him. *'^I'll give you a list to take to the shops.**' L10 193 |^*'I haven't got time,**' he says. *'^The hole's got L10 194 bigger. ^I have to get the ladder up.**' L10 195 |^*'You must,**' she repeats impatiently, as if he is a L10 196 child. *'^Did you not hear what I said? ^You don't have to worry L10 197 any more. ^He's coming tonight.**' L10 198 |*'^Tonight? ^Our friend \0Mr Fleming will fix the hole in L10 199 the church roof tonight?**' L10 200 |*'^Well not exactly. ^But it's the beginning.**' L10 201 |*'^If we get a real storm and it gets under the tiles... L10 202 there won't be any church left to save. ^I have to do L10 203 something.**' L10 204 |^He runs up and down, distractedly plucking a raincoat from L10 205 its peg on the hall door and banging in the kitchen cupboard L10 206 where he keeps a hammer and some nails. L10 207 |*'^You can't go up there now.**' L10 208 |*'^I need some pieces of wood to block up the holes.**' L10 209 |^*'I'll go to the shops,**' says Eunice. L10 210 |^*'But I need a whole ham,**' says Sophie. *'^Now that L10 211 things are underway. ^Who knows, I may need to cut sandwiches. L10 212 ^Well, you can't carry a ham in your bike basket.**' L10 213 |^*'I'll get some slices, and the rest can be delivered L10 214 tomorrow,**' says Eunice. L10 215 *|^The rain has still not come; the cicadas still sing; the air L10 216 presses close upon them. ^The feverish sound of wood being sawn L10 217 assails the air, a harsh scratch and rasp, and something else, L10 218 what might be taken as an oath if one did not know that this was L10 219 the house belonging to a man of the cloth. L10 220 *# L11 001 **[484 TEXT L11**] L11 002 *<*1To the Taj Mahal*> L11 003 |^*2THE HEAT *0of the Indian plains had, from the first, seemed L11 004 an imposition. ^Waves of stultifying warmth turned all sights to L11 005 dim and feverish dreams. ^Later, they were never sure of where L11 006 they had been or what they saw there. L11 007 |^Even the tour-bus driver, imprecise and vacillating, added L11 008 to the impression of heat-induced vagueness. L11 009 |^*'I say, what's that building over there, on that hill?**' L11 010 someone might ask in the enthusiasm of a cool early morning. L11 011 |*'^Yes? ^Please?**' ^The driver hung his washing round his L11 012 seat and his voice came from within damp draperies. L11 013 |*'^That building over there, what is it? ^Is it another L11 014 temple?**' L11 015 |*'^Please?**' L11 016 |*'^It's a fort. ^Cyril says it's definitely a fort.**' L11 017 |*'^Yes? ^Please?**' L11 018 |^It was better, Anne thought, to make them small mysteries. L11 019 ^What they actually were was of little significance, for everyone L11 020 filled in the gaps with what was dearest to their own hearts. L11 021 |^She thought the buildings were palaces or castles, L11 022 pleasure domes. L11 023 |^Edwin said some of them might be the boardrooms of grand L11 024 but defunct Indian companies. L11 025 |^Others claimed they were infirmaries laid waste by flood L11 026 and pestilence. ^They saw the whole country as a breeding ground L11 027 for vicious infections that would lay them low with fierce, L11 028 lingering ailments. ^They had worked out their own grim L11 029 expectations and were pale, clutching handbags or valises filled L11 030 with antibiotics from kind country doctors back home. ^When the L11 031 bus stopped they would buy more sealed bottles of mineral water, L11 032 without effervescence, to wash down another dose. L11 033 |^Avice Simmonds filled the landscape with public L11 034 lavatories. ^Her bladder was weak. ^She now leaned over the back L11 035 of Edwin and Anne's seat in the bus, nodded towards the current L11 036 tumble of ruined turrets and crenellated walls. L11 037 |^*'I wonder if that's one,**' she said. *'^Oh dear, no it's L11 038 not.**' ^She leaned a little closer. *'^I've had it on very good L11 039 authority that they're all held together with... they'll never L11 040 guess, will they, Archie?**' L11 041 |*'^No, dear.**' L11 042 |*'^I wouldn't even begin to try.**' ^Edwin's voice held an L11 043 unusual coldness. L11 044 |*'^It's quite disgusting. ^They're all held together with L11 045 elephant you-know-what.**' L11 046 |*'^I don't quite follow you.**' ^Edwin had returned to his L11 047 reading, a trade brochure. L11 048 |*'^You know.**' ^Avice spoke with eager and breathless L11 049 emphasis. *'^What they do, what elephants do. ^Archie says it's L11 050 disgusting, don't you, Archie?**' L11 051 |*'^Yes, dear.**' L11 052 |*'^Is your little wife quite well today, \0Mr... um... L11 053 Edwin?**' L11 054 |*'^You're perfectly well aren't you, Anne?**' L11 055 |*'Perfectly, thank you.**' L11 056 |*'^I just wondered *- her little head hung like that and L11 057 not joining in my singing. ^Just like them,**' and she nodded L11 058 towards the sick ones at the back of the bus, *'before they got L11 059 that bug. ^If you ask me it was the ice cream.**' L11 060 |^The bus swerved wildly to avoid a cow and two hens but L11 061 Avice was not to be easily dislodged. L11 062 |*'^How were your baths this morning? ^Mine was cold and a L11 063 spider came out of the tap.**' L11 064 |*'^Was it poisonous?**' ^Edwin had placed one hand against L11 065 his left temple. L11 066 |*'^Naughty boy.**' ^Avice flitted away along the aisle of L11 067 the bus with the bulbous grace of the very large who possess L11 068 small feet and learn early the art of pirouetting on plump toes. L11 069 ^From behind Anne's seat came faint sounds of crumpling L11 070 cellophane and a small satisfied sigh. L11 071 |^*'Don't look now,**' she whispered in Edwin's ear, *'but L11 072 poor little Archie Simmonds is eating her biscuits.**' L11 073 |*'^My bathwater was cold again this morning and it had a L11 074 spider in it.**' ^Avice's voice came from the front of the bus. L11 075 *'^And yesterday it had a nasty grey look. ^If we hadn't been L11 076 leaving I'd have made Archie complain, wouldn't I, Archie?**' L11 077 |*'^Yes, dear.**' L11 078 |^Edwin sighed. L11 079 |^*'Poor Edwin,**' said Anne. *'^Do you want to swap?**' ^He L11 080 had given her the window seat again. ^He shook his head. L11 081 |^*'If this is India I've seen it,**' he said. *'Been there, L11 082 done that.**' L11 083 |^They were passing through another little village. ^The L11 084 women were making dung cakes while the men quarrelled over L11 085 something that had fallen in the dust, exactly what they had seen L11 086 in all the previous villages. ^Even the stories of the ruins and L11 087 monuments were strangely similar. ^The tales were always about a L11 088 handsome prince who married a simple girl of great beauty and L11 089 distinction. ^They lived in splendour and ecstasy for a year and L11 090 a day till she died. ^The prince spent his remaining years L11 091 building a monument to honour her memory. L11 092 |^The guides might alter certain parts of the accounts. L11 093 ^Sometimes the prince's lovely wife died from a sting and L11 094 sometimes she drowned in a pool of rosewater, but the facts, like L11 095 the sights, remained wonderfully alike. L11 096 |^Anne wondered if the sameness of the worn tales mirrored L11 097 the vast, battered but glorious landscape that spread about them. L11 098 ^They had lived for so long in that brilliant world that they L11 099 knew little changed. L11 100 |^*'If this is India I've seen it,**' said Edwin again. L11 101 ^They were approaching another village, slightly different from L11 102 the last because it had more hens. L11 103 |^Edwin had said the same thing a dozen times the previous L11 104 week in Delhi, leaning out over the hotel balcony. ^There, L11 105 stretching away in all directions, were streets filled with L11 106 stucco houses and apartments, the peeling paints of their L11 107 shutters like small cruel lips grinning up at that merciless sky. L11 108 |^*'I enjoyed Delhi more,**' said Edwin now. *'^At least I L11 109 had work to do there.**' ^He laid his hand fondly on his L11 110 briefcase. *'^I was busy in Delhi. ^I had my contacts in L11 111 Delhi.**' ^Edwin dealt in hand**[ARB**]-woven rugs. L11 112 |*'^You're busy now, darling. ^You're busy relaxing, L11 113 studying Mughal architecture, Edwin. ^You're supposed to be busy L11 114 having a good time winding down.**' ^Too sarcastic, she thought. L11 115 *'^Thank you for bringing me, Edwin.**' ^That would make up for L11 116 it. L11 117 |^Edwin delved into the briefcase. L11 118 |^*'I daresay I should keep you amused,**' he said. L11 119 |^They were on a bus tour of the ancient Mughal empire, each L11 120 day bringing broken monuments to lost love, noble cities built of L11 121 rosy stone and sacked by invaders, vast and ancient water L11 122 cisterns involving remarkable engineering principles now L11 123 forgotten. L11 124 |^Amongst this decaying grandeur marched groups of L11 125 determined hens, stalwart camels pulled loads of hay on L11 126 three-wheeled carts, elephants partially painted puce or magenta L11 127 dragged bundles of sticks. ^They were all disturbingly insolent, L11 128 but naive. ^The hens hopped on to the lower steps of the bus when L11 129 it stopped and cackled through the gratings. ^Animals with longer L11 130 necks stared through the windows and showed their teeth. L11 131 |*'^Look, Edwin. ^There's a camel looking at you through the L11 132 window. ^It's staring in your case.**' L11 133 |*'^What? ^What?**' ^Edwin slammed the lid down. ^The heat L11 134 was beginning to strip from him the small politenesses of a L11 135 lifetime, stripped from them all years of tiny pretensions. L11 136 |*'^My clothes are getting browner and browner.**' ^There L11 137 was somebody who said that every day. L11 138 |*'^Your clothes aren't as brown as mine.**' L11 139 |*'^Mine are so brown I could scream.**' L11 140 |*'^At least all your buttons haven't been squashed flat in L11 141 the laundry.**' ^Was that Cyril or one of the sick ones at the L11 142 back of the bus? *'^I keep putting notes on things saying, L11 143 *"^Please do not squash buttons flat,**" but they keep on doing L11 144 it.**' L11 145 |*'^I still haven't got Archie's peejays back from the L11 146 laundry at that last place, have I, Archie?**' L11 147 |*'^No, dear.**' L11 148 |^Avice dug her toes into the stonework of the day's ruin as L11 149 Edwin's head, leonine and savage, turned towards her. L11 150 |*'^And what exactly, my dear woman, are peejays?**' L11 151 |*'^Pyjamas, silly.**' ^She fluttered away through an arched L11 152 door. *'^The bathwater was cold again today. ^They never get it L11 153 right. ^And I've just seen the most disgusting thing. ^It was L11 154 disgusting, wasn't it, Archie?**' L11 155 |*'^Yes, dear.**' L11 156 |*'^I saw at least a dozen people urinating in public and L11 157 half of them were grown men, weren't they, Archie?**' L11 158 |*'^Yes, dear.**' L11 159 |*'^I'm really looking forward to getting home. ^I'm really L11 160 looking forward to having a nice roast dinner, but I'll be L11 161 terribly busy when I get there of course, won't I, Archie?**' L11 162 |*'^Yes, dear.**' L11 163 |*'^I'll be booked up for months addressing groups. ^They'll L11 164 all want to know what I think of India.**' L11 165 |^Edwin sighed and fanned himself with his hat. L11 166 |^*'Poor Edwin,**' said Anne. L11 167 |^*'Poor India,**' said Edwin. L11 168 |^Yet as the days passed the heat became more of a friend, L11 169 giving tantalising glimpses of lush pink flowers in shades too L11 170 chokingly violent for ordinary temperate life. ^There were few of L11 171 them, for the withering hot season had come down upon the plains L11 172 but those that remained sprang joyfully from barren branches like L11 173 hope where none was expected. L11 174 |^The penance of the heat became almost a blessing, like the L11 175 warmth of a compost heap that steamed away the flesh of all L11 176 rubbish and left only the bones of the matter. L11 177 |^*'Only four more days,**' they began to chant in the L11 178 evenings, 'till we get to the Taj Mahal.**' ^They attached L11 179 themselves to the idea of that building like ribs to a backbone, L11 180 speaking only of getting there as though they regarded the L11 181 journey the greater part of the sight. ^After that they could all L11 182 go home. ^It was to be the architectural climax, and the end. L11 183 ^*'Only three more days,**' they said. *'^Only two.**' L11 184 |^*'I imagine there might be a breeze there,**' said Edwin. L11 185 ^They were all sitting in the marble foyer of the day's hotel, L11 186 carved pillars separating them from the bleached garden. L11 187 |^Little \0Mrs Blenkarne, Cyril's wife, nodded and clutched L11 188 her best evening bag with its trim of old uncut turquoises. L11 189 |*'^And water.**' ^She licked her lips. *'^Father says L11 190 there'll be water.**' ^A waiter appeared but \0Mrs Blenkarne L11 191 waved him away and he glided into the scented shadows like L11 192 another prince, red-turbanned among mealy-faced intruders. L11 193 |^It was not that sort of thirst, \0Mrs Blenkarne explained. L11 194 ^It was more a parching of the actual skin, she said, and rubbed L11 195 her thin old arms and legs as if they were the small scaly L11 196 extremities of an exhausted reptile. L11 197 |^*'The air might be softer at the Taj Mahal,**' said Edwin, L11 198 slumped in his chair, *'less oppressive perhaps.**' ^Anne saw L11 199 that he had been ground down by the heat, pressed into that dusty L11 200 hard-packed earth with its blanched sky and eerily undefined L11 201 horizons till he imagined himself crawling. L11 202 |^*'We'll all feel better when we get there,**' said Cyril L11 203 Blenkarne, *'and now if you'll all excuse us, I'll just take L11 204 Mother upstairs. ^Time for your rest, my dear.**' L11 205 |^*'Don't you think the Blenkarnes are sweet,**' Anne said L11 206 to Edwin when they were back in their room. ^They were having L11 207 turns under the feeble shower, closeted in that bathroom like two L11 208 sardines pressed together in a tin and each one anxious for a L11 209 share of saving oil. L11 210 |^*'That way he has of calling her Mother, and she calls him L11 211 Father or \0Mr Blenkarne *- I think it's a good idea, really. ^It L11 212 gives an air of formality to things, so people can advance,**' L11 213 she said, *'or retreat as they please.**' L11 214 |^Edwin turned the water off and stepped out into the L11 215 cavernous marble bathroom, relic of a maharaja's lost L11 216 magnificence and now available to any traveller with a credit L11 217 card. L11 218 |^*'It's no use talking to me,**' he said. *'^I can't hear a L11 219 thing you're saying over the water.**' ^He sighed loudly and the L11 220 sound seemed to echo across the bedroom, swirled round the marble L11 221 columns that flanked the wardrobe thirty feet away. *'^Is my L11 222 dinner jacket back yet? ^Don't say it isn't back from the L11 223 cleaners.**' ^A bloom of dust and curried cauliflower had ruined L11 224 his silk lapels. L11 225 |^*'I'll look in a minute, when I can face the walk,**' she L11 226 said and watched him stretch out on his bed. ^It shrank to L11 227 cot-size within the dimensions of that enormous room and Edwin L11 228 looked like a small old child. L11 229 |^She watched him covertly and wondered again if he had L11 230 trapped her with cunning or kindness before they left home. ^He L11 231 stirred, opened his eyes, those twin crescents that saw L11 232 everything. L11 233 *# L12 001 **[485 TEXT L12**] L12 002 ^*0Smoking her heart out, hoping the unseeing face would fade. L12 003 *|^She had been afraid that in the first days there would be L12 004 regrets, that she would begin to cry for the normal cycles of L12 005 everyday life. ^How could you be expected to manage alone, she L12 006 thought, if you had never known anything but humdrum domesticity; L12 007 if you were never expected to produce an original thought or make L12 008 any decisions beyond the garden gate? ^Now that she had taken the L12 009 step and detached herself, it was amazing how simple it had been. L12 010 ^The plan, she realised, had lodged itself so long ago in that L12 011 secret part of her brain. ^All it had ever needed was a signal to L12 012 act. ^It had been with her as she lay beside Arthur in the double L12 013 bed, a subsound in the crying of her children, a whisper in the L12 014 silence of the garden. ^She cherished it, it nurtured her. L12 015 |^Strange, she thought, for the decision she had made she L12 016 would be considered insane and worse. ^Yet the insane part was L12 017 that having made the choice there was no way on earth she could L12 018 impart its simplicity, its beauty even, to those who would L12 019 condemn her. ^Nor would she ever have been given the opportunity. L12 020 |^The days began to settle, to regulate. ^On the occasions L12 021 she went upstairs to the bathroom and toilet, she sometimes found L12 022 offerings beside her door *- odd magazines, once some homemade L12 023 peanut brownies in a sealed plastic container; another time, a L12 024 neatly arranged posy of flowers. ^After a while, as though the L12 025 hand of the giver had ceased to exist, the gifts stopped coming. L12 026 |^On her way up and down the stairs, though she sometimes L12 027 heard voices in the kitchen, she met no-one. ^There would be no L12 028 more knocks on the door, no telephone calls, no letters in the L12 029 box for her. ^The drapes were drawn, the room was calm and L12 030 secure. ^There was nothing now to divert her from the path she L12 031 had taken. L12 032 |^Standing at the sink she washed her body with meticulous L12 033 care. ^She spent much time brushing her hair and cleaned her L12 034 teeth several times a day. ^She hung her laundered underwear and L12 035 hand towel on a cord above the casement window where it quickly L12 036 dried in the humid air. L12 037 |^It took only a minimal effort each day to keep the room L12 038 clean and tidy. ^It was not a duty to take good care of the space L12 039 she occupied, not a chore, just a relevant factor in the day's L12 040 energy flow. ^The realisation grew in her with mounting L12 041 astonishment and wonder that this was the first time in forty L12 042 years that she had lived entirely alone. ^Forty years... it L12 043 ticked off on the tips of her fingers... one, two, three, four, L12 044 five, six... like the mindless ticking of the old clock in L12 045 Molly's kitchen. ^All gone... L12 046 |^In order to conserve the sheets, she rested mostly in her L12 047 wrap on top of the bed. ^As she lay, her hands loosely clasped L12 048 beneath her breasts, she began haltingly at first to let L12 049 recollection weave its narrative in her mind. ^There was no L12 050 starting point, no climax, no end. ^Images sharpened, incidents L12 051 expanded. ^She watched them come to life with rising fascination. L12 052 |^The word, love, it exploded in a shower of gold stars in a L12 053 filmy heaven of pinks and blues. ^Its sound first entered her as L12 054 she sat on a cushion on the Sunday School floor. ^It came out of L12 055 a halo of golden light. ^In an angel voice, sweet and pure, Jesus L12 056 loves you, Jesus loves you one and all... L12 057 |^Love. ^She let it sound on her tongue. ^Love, love, love. L12 058 ^It spun round and round inside her head. ^Love makes the world L12 059 go round. ^It sang and shimmered in the air. ^It linked the heart L12 060 with the rays of the sun. ^It drew the eyes to the moon. L12 061 |^How could a word, a mere symbol on a page, a clipped L12 062 message to the brain, order the complete plan of your life? ^She L12 063 looked up at the cracked grey ceiling. ^Love had no face, no L12 064 physical form, no compulsive dogma, yet it had taken her step by L12 065 step all the way to this house, to this decaying room, to this L12 066 bed from which she would never see the sun and moon again. L12 067 |^Daddy loves you, Mummy loves you, Grandpa loves you, L12 068 Grandma loves you. ^Arthur's voice choked with passion, *'^I love L12 069 you, Jenny, I love you so much it hurts. ^Let's...**' ^The songs, L12 070 endless: ^Love is in the air, love is everywhere... L12 071 |^Love packed the Masonic dancehall that night, it moaned in L12 072 the saxophone and thumped in the double bass. ^She sat on a long L12 073 wooden bench in a row of other women, waiting for the next dance, L12 074 the Monte Carlo, with a kind of sick dread. ^She had not been L12 075 asked for the last two dances and felt the shame creeping into L12 076 her cheeks. ^The women nearby were already getting up, smiling L12 077 into the faces of their selectors. ^Another ten seconds or so, L12 078 that was all, then she would get out quick, hide her shame in the L12 079 night and not come back, ever. L12 080 |^She wore a rustling rose pink taffeta dress which L12 081 flattered her small bust and accentuated her slim waist. ^The L12 082 lavender perfume she had put on was just right. ^Without touching L12 083 her hair she knew every wave and wisp was in place. ^She had L12 084 looked with satisfaction in the beauty parlour mirror when the L12 085 perm was completed and that was after all only four hours ago. L12 086 ^What's wrong with me, she thought, almost in panic. ^If it's in L12 087 the air, everywhere, why does it avoid me like the plague? L12 088 |^She was about to rise when he came toward her on quick L12 089 nervous steps. ^He wore a three piece blue serge suit, a smile L12 090 was twisting about his mouth. ^He said in a faltering voice, L12 091 *'^Ah... excuse me... may I have this dance...**' L12 092 |^She got up, not caring that her smile would seem a little L12 093 foolish. ^They manoeuvred into position. ^His hands were L12 094 sweating. ^She was so grateful, he could have been a gorilla for L12 095 all she cared. ^He was only barely above her height and was L12 096 slightly built, almost thin, but holding him as they lurched and L12 097 spun, felt good in a safe, sort of unchallenging way. ^She had L12 098 seen the {0R.S.A.} badge in his lapel. ^*'When did you get L12 099 back,**' she murmured, *'I couldn't help noticing the badge.**' L12 100 ^It was always a good opening. L12 101 |*'^A couple of years ago. ^I was with the Pacific lot, up L12 102 in Santos mainly. ^It's great being able to have a bit of fun L12 103 again, like being here tonight in this place. ^It's so good I can L12 104 hardly believe it.**' L12 105 |^He had a soft, shy voice. ^It suited his small, L12 106 unpretentious features. ^The modest head of fine brown hair, his L12 107 eyes were also hazel; they were beginning to meet hers, stay a L12 108 few moments longer as the shyness faded. L12 109 |^The music stopped. ^They stood expectantly, hands still L12 110 engaged, while a card was plucked from the pack in the {0M.C.}'s L12 111 hand. *'^Clubs**'. ^Disappointedly, the nearest section of L12 112 dancers shuffled from the floor. L12 113 |^They set off again, smiling at each other. ^He said, L12 114 *'^What's your name?**' ^His voice and hands had more confidence L12 115 now. L12 116 |*'^Jennifer, but my friends and family call me Jenny**'. L12 117 ^She was beginning to like him, his smile, his gentle manner. L12 118 ^She was afraid of the big heavy-faced men who breathed beer on L12 119 her and trod on her toes, and clutched her like a football they'd L12 120 just snatched from the air. ^The music was stopped and the cards L12 121 drawn twice more. ^Each time they stood looking at each other, L12 122 holding their breath, but their luck held and in the end there L12 123 was only only one other couple left on the floor; the woman, a L12 124 willowy blonde in a bright blue organdy dress, the man tall and L12 125 handsome in a smart gabardine suit. L12 126 |^They glided around the cleared dance floor, zigzagging, L12 127 spinning, whirling. ^She felt the tension through his L12 128 sweat-drenched hands, the sometimes erratic progress on his feet. L12 129 ^She was acutely aware of the onlookers, of the voices calling, L12 130 *'^Come on Rose, come on Jack, show them how it's done.**' L12 131 |^Then the last card was being drawn and the {0M.C.}'s voice L12 132 was crying *'^Hearts**'. ^As the other couple left the dance L12 133 floor, the blonde woman pursed her lips in their direction and L12 134 murmured, *'^Congratulations**' in a patronising tone. ^There was L12 135 a muted patter of hand clapping. L12 136 |^They stood in the spotlight, holding hands. ^Her heart was L12 137 racing. ^She felt the blood flushing scarlet in her face. ^The L12 138 {0M.C.} handed them a large box of Queen Anne chocolates. ^There L12 139 was another reluctant ripple of applause. ^It was the first time L12 140 in her life she had ever won or shared a prize in anything. ^She L12 141 felt deeply grateful to Arthur for having brought her luck at L12 142 last. ^They were still holding hands as they left the floor. L12 143 |^After that, it was natural that they should go to supper L12 144 together and keep the remaining dances for themselves. ^Before L12 145 the last dance he asked her if he could take her home. *'^The L12 146 car's just down the road,**' he said and he added with his shy L12 147 smile, *'^You're certainly going to need a hand with that great L12 148 big box of chocolates.**' L12 149 |^They sat at the table in the Herne Bay bedsitting room. L12 150 ^She had put on the electric jug and served tea. ^The place was L12 151 as clean and tidy as if she had especially prepared it for his L12 152 coming. ^He was the first man she had ever entertained alone. L12 153 |^The chocolate box lay open on the table. ^The taste of L12 154 caramel cream was sweet in her mouth. ^Arthur was smoking a L12 155 cigarette, telling her about his work as an electrician for the L12 156 Harbour Board. ^While she listened, taking it all in, L12 157 unco-ordinated thoughts kept springing into her mind. ^Just when you L12 158 thought nothing was ever going to happen in your life, when hope L12 159 was almost gone, everything changed so suddenly. ^Had he been L12 160 watching her from the knot of men in the doorway? ^She had L12 161 certainly not noticed him before he walked across the dance floor L12 162 to her. L12 163 |^He went on to tell her that he lived with his parents in L12 164 Avondale and that he wanted to get away to establish his own L12 165 independence. ^It was boring at home, he said, he was getting L12 166 more and more restless. ^He looked around admiringly at the L12 167 bedsitting room. ^*'I've got to hand it to you, Jenny,**' he said L12 168 at last, *'you did it. ^Found a place like this all by yourself, L12 169 and you're a woman. ^Yeah, I've got to hand it to you all L12 170 right.**' L12 171 |^It was the first time he had used her name. ^Such a little L12 172 thing but it warmed her. *'^I don't know,**' she said. *'^It was L12 173 as much Mum's and Dad's idea as my own. ^They said, now that the L12 174 war was over I needed to get out and see the world, get some L12 175 experience of life while I could.**' L12 176 |^She told him how exciting it had been when she first moved L12 177 into the bedsitting room. ^Just like starting the job at the L12 178 department store when everything was so new and stimulating you L12 179 scarcely knew what was coming up next. ^*'It's funny,**' she L12 180 said, *'I would never have believed it in the beginning but in L12 181 only a few days I began to see everything in such a different L12 182 light, sort of grey and humdrum. ^Nobody was interested in what L12 183 you were, they just pretended to be.**' L12 184 |^*'But what about while the war was still on,**' he said, L12 185 putting out his cigarette. *'^It must have been exciting then, L12 186 surely?**' L12 187 |*'^With all those Yanks chock-a-block in the streets from L12 188 Karangahape Road to the Ferry Building.**' ^He smiled in a half L12 189 teasing way. L12 190 *# L13 001 **[486 TEXT L13**] L13 002 ^*0I wouldn't wish to offend Deptford residents, but its history L13 003 is certainly more scandalous than Wapping's and it is no place of L13 004 beauty today. ^When I mentioned to Nola the murder of Christopher L13 005 Marlowe in a Deptford pub and the notorious roving press gangs, L13 006 she was rightfully indignant. ^What happened a few centuries back L13 007 was no slight on today's residents, she responded. ^Exactly. ^So L13 008 why should Wapping be similarly defamed? L13 009 |^With her stylish clothes and cool manner, Nola was an L13 010 unexpected defender of the mean streets over the river; lucid, L13 011 too. L13 012 |^*"The Navy had to have crews,**" she said, *"and not much L13 013 volunteering came from Wapping layabouts. ^They got a better L13 014 bunch of well-fed lads in Deptford.**" ^And Christopher Marlowe? L13 015 |*"^Bit of a poncy scribbler, wasn't he... thought he was L13 016 Shakespeare. ^Well...!**" L13 017 |^Jack *1almost *0offended Nola when he discovered that L13 018 Sweet Fanny Adams, of the derogatory term, meaning *"no bargain L13 019 at all**", was a Deptford identity. ^That infamous woman did a L13 020 roaring trade in dubious meat deals at the Royal Navy's L13 021 victualling yards, in much the same way as Sweeney Todd's victims L13 022 ended up in meat pies. L13 023 |^Jack's informant on riverside matters of historical L13 024 scandal was usually Maggie. ^They would have street corner chats L13 025 when she was too busy to come indoors for a cup of tea. ^My L13 026 mother and mother-in-law loved listening to Maggie and they L13 027 always felt cheated when Jack arrived home with her snippets of L13 028 news, usually inaccurately relayed. L13 029 |^Maggie was a vigorous, even formidable, Wapping identity. L13 030 ^She was a member of a large Irish family, all with (shall we L13 031 say) pugilistic pedigrees. ^During the war, when the docks at L13 032 Wapping were being bombed so ferociously, Maggie's family became L13 033 famous in the United States as typifying the Cockney spirit under L13 034 siege. ^The writer, Sylvia Townsend Warner was London L13 035 correspondent of the New Yorker magazine. ^She wrote a vivid L13 036 monograph on the Duggan family of Wapping, describing their L13 037 trials through the Blitz and their staunch courage. ^It was to L13 038 bring temporary fame to them all, said Maggie, even the L13 039 less-praiseworthy of the clan basking in the glory for years after. L13 040 |^That phase of newsworthiness is long past but every L13 041 contemporary issue involving a fight still sees Maggie to the L13 042 fore. ^She worked as a housemaid in an hotel near Tower Bridge, L13 043 and had to walk to and fro four times a day on shifts. ^It L13 044 wouldn't normally be any hardship (the distance is only about a L13 045 quarter of a mile each way), but for Maggie's shoulder bag. ^It L13 046 held her grandmother's flat iron and accompanied her everywhere. L13 047 ^She confessed to Dad that she was a little bit afraid of being L13 048 mugged. L13 049 |*"^But no-one in *1our *0family could be *1seen *0to walk L13 050 in fear!**" L13 051 |^The un-seen object of protection may have given her L13 052 confidence, but it also gave her sturdy, short body a decided L13 053 list to starboard. ^Jack suggested she get another bag for the L13 054 left side, to balance the weight, and he would donate a second L13 055 flat-iron. L13 056 |^*"I may be built like a pit pony,**" she said, *"but I'll L13 057 do without the panniers, thank you!**" L13 058 |^Mabs was another of Jack's good friends. ^She worked in L13 059 what is possibly the Wapping waterfront's oldest building and she L13 060 was, as she declared, Wapping's oldest office girl. ^The building L13 061 used often to be photographed from the river because of its L13 062 canopied verandah and decaying picturesqueness, and Mabs did her L13 063 bit for the tourists whenever the pleasure boats went by. ^She L13 064 kept a lace mob cap and a Paisley shawl to put on whenever she L13 065 went out to water her tub of geraniums on the verandah. ^As her L13 066 taste in clothes was for cut-price leather skirts from Petticoat L13 067 Lane, and stiletto heels, the picture of a quaint old lady from L13 068 the past was short on authenticity. ^The stilettos eventually had L13 069 to go. L13 070 |^*"Not because I've had \2me seventieth birthday,**" she L13 071 told Jack. *"^Harry's getting nervous about the floors**". ^The L13 072 boss was not bothered for the usual reasons of stiletto heels L13 073 making dents in expensive floors; he feared that two and a half L13 074 centuries of woodworm damage was being accelerated daily by Mabs' L13 075 tapping heels. ^She and her desk *1did *0have to be moved one day L13 076 after a piece of old planking gave way. L13 077 |^*"I thought they was going to find me and my telephone L13 078 down there with the mudlarks,**" she commented. ^I hasten to L13 079 explain that no such poverty-stricken urchins, known in Victorian L13 080 times as *"mudlarks**", are ever seen scavenging under wharf L13 081 piles at low tide these days; it's more likely to be some of our L13 082 neighbours in the so-called *"posh**" area of The Pierhead L13 083 searching for local artifacts to display in their fireplaces. L13 084 |^Mabs' mishap was not serious, but a survey made of the L13 085 building a few weeks later recommended that it was time for L13 086 demolition because of very unsafe timbers. ^We were told that the L13 087 place had once been a wharf-side rum shop, the annexe to a L13 088 prosperous whaling merchants' premises. ^The owner had seen some L13 089 ledgers dated in the 1790s which located the business as standing L13 090 on that spot... a fact disputed by historians. ^They said that L13 091 whole stretch of the riverside was destroyed by fire in 1800. L13 092 ^All the way from Wapping Wall as far as Phoenix Wharf near to L13 093 the Tower of London, the most serious fire since the Great Fire L13 094 of 1666 burnt out every building. ^Except this one? ^Possibly. L13 095 |^Jack enjoyed the feeling of history in that crumbling old L13 096 building, always remembering to tread carefully on the trembling L13 097 staircase. ^He often joined Mabs and the other three on the staff L13 098 for an informal lunch. ^If they were lucky, it would be fish and L13 099 chips... only if the *"chippy**" owner was in a good mood. ^*1On L13 100 *0the door of the chip shop, there hung a card, supposedly L13 101 detailing opening and frying times, but *1behind *0the door L13 102 lurked a taciturn Wappineer who wasn't telling anybody. ^It was a L13 103 matter of guesswork, but you could be fairly certain of some L13 104 service for perhaps half an hour well outside the usual eating L13 105 hours. ^Say 10 {0a.m.} or 3.30 {0p.m.} L13 106 |^Jack liked fish and chips and was willing to hang about L13 107 watching for the shutters to go up. ^He was tempted to shout a L13 108 triumphant *"\2gotcha**" one midday when *"Cheery Chas**" (that L13 109 was the sardonic nickname given to the shop's owner) propped his L13 110 door open for the cleaner. ^Jack stepped over the mop handle and L13 111 presented himself at the counter. ^No luck, though. L13 112 |^*"{2'aven't h'ignited me tank,}**" said Cheery Chas, *"and L13 113 \2me batter's curdled.**" L13 114 |^Cheery Chas was related *- by marriage, she hastened to L13 115 say *- to Bessie, the fourth of Jack's female chums in the L13 116 village. ^Bessie was a comparatively rare being in the Lane. ^She L13 117 had been across the English Channel a few times and had even L13 118 *1liked *0some foreign places. ^That was not common among the L13 119 locals. L13 120 |^*"Out there,**" Blanche (*"Plonch**" at the baker's) said L13 121 of the world beyond Britain's shores, *"turns you funny. ^My L13 122 sister's never been the same since they \2give 'er that bundle L13 123 break.**" ^She meant the package holiday won in a raffle at the L13 124 Bingo Palace. ^It had taken her for two weeks to the Spanish L13 125 island of Ibiza. L13 126 |*"^Can't even say a proper *'ta-ta**' any more... it's all L13 127 *'asta la vista**'!**" ^Well, Bessie was also influenced a little L13 128 by her trips abroad. ^She managed the laundrette and had once L13 129 persuaded the owner to re-name it a *"Wash-et-a-*1ri-*0a.**" L13 130 ^Back from a holiday in Lanzarote, she was, like Plonch's sister, L13 131 fancying the Latin languages of romance *- even for a washing L13 132 machine establishment. ^No-one ever managed to give it quite the L13 133 right emphasis, however, and *"\2darn at the Wash**" sounded L13 134 rather common, said Bessie. ^So it was back to being the L13 135 Laundrette. L13 136 |^Bessie's great charm for Jack was her artistic ability of L13 137 an unusual kind. ^She had taken a course in calligraphy at the L13 138 Polytechnic and was able to letter modest little notices for the L13 139 Laundrette and the neighbouring newsagent's shop. ^Unfortunately, L13 140 her spelling was faulty *- as the patrons loved to point out. L13 141 ^Having lettered an elegant notice, she resisted making L13 142 corrections. L13 143 |^*"Do you want it to be *1noticed, *0or not? ^This is an L13 144 original,**" she liked to say with some belligerence. L13 145 |^She had a point. ^The newsagents even had requests for the L13 146 discards. ^The actual cards were those Bessie provided for the L13 147 information grille on their entry door. L13 148 |^Jack was too late to acquire the one that reported: L13 149 ^Missing God, Answers To The Name Of Spott. ^But he treasured the L13 150 card that advertised : Lousie Services *- Baby and Hose-Siting. L13 151 |^The baby-sitter, Louise, was not amused. ^She called upon L13 152 Bessie with her complaint. L13 153 |*"^*2HOUSE, *0Bessie, I'm not a gardener. ^And I'll *1never L13 154 *0live the *'lousie**' bit down. ^What are you, dyspeptic or L13 155 something?**" ^Bessie found that comment hilarious. L13 156 |^*"I can't possibly be dyslexic,**" she told Jack. *"^It's L13 157 a new disease. ^Didn't have it when I was at school.**" L13 158 |^Bessie did three cards bearing the same message *- one for L13 159 the newsagent, one for the post office, and one for the pub. ^It L13 160 read, in big letters: ^*2COMING! ^\0MR. PARRY AND HIS ELECTRONIC L13 161 TUNA. L13 162 |^*0Owners of pianos in need of tuning were interested L13 163 undoubtedly, if they caught on, but Jack thought it a pity Bessie L13 164 hadn't done a card each for the grocer and Cheery Chas. L13 165 *<*1Chapter 18*> L13 166 *<*2NOVELTY HUNTERS*> L13 167 |^*6T*2HE WORD *"*0spree**" is not really appropriate to describe L13 168 any shopping trips I made with my parents. ^Jack never went into L13 169 a shop without being certain of precisely what he wanted; Elsie L13 170 preferred spontaneous choice. ^She saved all the boring L13 171 necessities of shopping for Jack's outings. ^For her own, she L13 172 would sally forth with an open mind. ^That was the usual pattern, L13 173 but it didn't apply when they decided to shop for their closest L13 174 friends in New Zealand. ^They had been in Wapping for two years L13 175 and wanted to make a trip back home while, as they said, they L13 176 were both still mobile and had some friends left. L13 177 |^It then became of especial importance to take with them an L13 178 entire suitcase full of unlikely gifts. ^I've chosen to say L13 179 *"unlikely**"... they didn't think it at all odd to dream up L13 180 novel ideas which would be sure to surprise everybody. ^Not for L13 181 them the things *1everyone *0thought of *- or would be certain of L13 182 liking. ^Every day was a quiz day, with weird suggestions being L13 183 put forth and then discarded. L13 184 |^As they became more and more ambitious, I warned them L13 185 about their baggage allowance. ^This was greeted with the disdain L13 186 of seasoned travellers... as they were going through the States, L13 187 they could each have two pieces of big luggage with no weight L13 188 restriction. ^But *1managing, *0I protested. ^Trundlers, wheels L13 189 on suitcases, porters, they said airily. ^Now, what about these L13 190 gifts? L13 191 |^Elsie was certain that duvets were practically unknown in L13 192 New Zealand, believing that Continental quilts were not quite the L13 193 same thing. ^She figured that English goose down would make a L13 194 wonderful present. L13 195 |^There *1were *0geese in New Zealand, we said.. L13 196 |^*"Yes**", said Elsie, *"but no-one in a city ever goes and L13 197 buys down.**" ^I couldn't argue with that, not knowing any L13 198 Londoners who bought down either. ^But she did. ^Someone had told L13 199 her that near Hassell Street, in a dark little alley between L13 200 Wapping and Whitechapel, an old lady ran a goose-down business. L13 201 |^We found it quite easily, as it happened. ^Hassell Street L13 202 was a riot of incredible smells, mostly from the Indian shops L13 203 where one could have curry spices ground on the spot and, over L13 204 all, was that un-mistakeable pungency of poultry. L13 205 |^There was also, I'm sorry to report, the frenzied cackling L13 206 of crated birds awaiting their end at the hands of a kosher L13 207 butcher. ^No sign of actual geese, but from behind a screened L13 208 entrance floated a fine haze of feathers. ^Elsie and I nosed our L13 209 way around a tarpaulin curtain and there found two very elderly L13 210 women bagging feathers. L13 211 *# L14 001 **[487 TEXT L14**] L14 002 |^*0All the way home I tried to think of what I was going to say L14 003 to Mum and tried not to think about what she would say back. ^The L14 004 trouble was that I knew she just wouldn't see my problem. ^I was L14 005 expected to do my best so there was no need to make a song and L14 006 dance about it when it was recognised. ^That's what she'd say. L14 007 |^But it wasn't that simple. ^I wanted the prizes, I liked L14 008 being first, but as I got older I'd learned that coming first L14 009 might make you popular with teachers but it didn't do the same L14 010 with the other kids. ^Especially if you kept on doing it. ^I'd L14 011 worked out that if I acted surprised when my name was called yet L14 012 again and then smiled shyly as I accepted the award, I had a L14 013 chance of pleasing both sides, but it was a worry. L14 014 |^Mum didn't seem concerned about those sort of prizes. ^All L14 015 she cared about was good behaviour. ^Manners. L14 016 |^*'Mmmn,**' she'd said looking at my last school report, L14 017 *'Two for obedience. ^Why don't you ever get One?**' L14 018 |*'^Nobody ever gets One, Mum. ^Only three of us got Two.**' L14 019 |*'^Mmmn.**' ^She sounded unconvinced as she settled down to L14 020 her favourite activities, reading, drinking tea and smoking. L14 021 |^I knew Mum must be right. ^If I wanted others to like me I L14 022 had to behave in such a way as to make them think I was worth L14 023 liking. ^But although good manners certainly appealed to adults I L14 024 wasn't sure that kids felt the same. ^In any case, I might be L14 025 able to win with both adults and kids, but with Mum I never L14 026 seemed to quite manage it. L14 027 *|^She didn't go anywhere really. ^She'd been like that ever L14 028 since my father died. ^The only exception she made was her visit L14 029 to the Post Office each month to collect her pension. ^Then she'd L14 030 go to the butcher and the grocer, pay the bills, buy a packet of L14 031 tailor-mades, her one luxury, and go home. ^While she was paying L14 032 the bills she would ask about my behaviour while I did the L14 033 shopping. L14 034 |*'^\0Mr Trundle said you were the best-behaved child he L14 035 served.**' L14 036 |^I tried out my modest smile but she ignored it and said, L14 037 *'^See that you keep it up.**' L14 038 |^So she hadn't been at all pleased after her last visit to L14 039 the grocer's. L14 040 |*'^\0Mr Trundle said you refused to deliver old Miss L14 041 Connor's groceries on your way home last week!**' L14 042 |*'^I didn't refuse Mum. ^I told him you'd said to come L14 043 straight home because you wanted the potatoes for tea!**' L14 044 |*'^There's always time to do a message for \0Mr Trundle! L14 045 ^Do you want people to think I've brought you up with no L14 046 manners?**' L14 047 |^If she felt so badly about me not doing a message what L14 048 would she say about me today? L14 049 *|^We'd marched into school to Colonel Bogey. ^The record L14 050 was worn out but it wouldn't have mattered if it had been new L14 051 because the boys were trying to trip each other up and laughing L14 052 and nudging each other when they succeeded, and I was listening L14 053 to Star whispering about the terrible row there'd been at their L14 054 place the night before. L14 055 |*'^Dad said it was all because Mum nagged him to let Sissie L14 056 have that new dress, the red one. ^It went to her head, he said. L14 057 ^And then he told Mum that the real trouble was she spoiled us L14 058 and then Mum cried and Sissie was already crying and I started L14 059 hiccupping and he sent me to bed.**' ^Star always hiccupped when L14 060 there was trouble. L14 061 |^*'But what has Sissie done?**' I asked, then stopped. L14 062 ^\0Mr Helean the headmaster was wagging his finger at me. ^I L14 063 quite liked \0Mr Helean, he was nowhere near as crabby as \0Mr L14 064 Brownlee, the headmaster last year. L14 065 |^*'Tell you later,**' hissed Star. L14 066 |^*'Joan Twinkle!**' ^That was Star's real name. *'^Joan L14 067 Twinkle, no talking please!**' L14 068 *|^After the roll call we girls went off to sewing and it L14 069 was there the trouble started, which was surprising because I L14 070 like sewing, even the boring bits. ^I was going to be a L14 071 dressmaker one day and have lots of clothes, all in the latest L14 072 fashion, and not a second-hand dress amongst them. ^I liked Miss L14 073 Sweet and thought her name suited her. L14 074 |^We'd been set a French seam for homework and I'd really L14 075 worked on mine. ^I looked forward to Miss Sweet's comments, sure L14 076 that it would be one of the best. ^Miss Sweet had a system of L14 077 stars, red for excellent, blue for very good, and green for good. L14 078 ^I wanted red, but so did every other girl. L14 079 |^Miss Sweet walked around the classroom looking carefully L14 080 at each well-worked little square of material and eventually came L14 081 to mine. ^She smiled. L14 082 |*'^Excellent, Ruth, excellent!**' L14 083 |^She held up my sewing. L14 084 |*'^See girls? ^See how the seam has been sewn so there are L14 085 no puckers and the folds are even? ^And such tiny neat L14 086 stitches!**' L14 087 |^I started to smile back and became aware that some of the L14 088 girls were looking at each other meaningfully. ^Someone behind me L14 089 hissed, *'^Teacher's pet!**' ^I looked at Star but she was L14 090 looking at her sewing which Miss Sweet hadn't commented on L14 091 because she was too taken up with mine. L14 092 |^*'This is the first red star this term,**' said Miss Sweet L14 093 delightedly, as she stuck a red star beside my name in her L14 094 register. *'^Well done, Ruth!**' L14 095 |^I'd always thought I'd be pleased with a red star but now L14 096 the moment had come I wasn't. ^I felt uneasy, anxious. ^I didn't L14 097 want a red star if it made the rest of class think I was a L14 098 teacher's pet. ^Teacher's pets grovelled around teachers in the L14 099 hope that they would give them high marks. ^I had never done this L14 100 but I knew that once I got a name for it that wouldn't matter. L14 101 ^The name would stick. ^It always did. L14 102 |^I remembered Star's mother talking once about a man she'd L14 103 been at school with. ^He'd run off and left his wife because he L14 104 wanted to be a film star. L14 105 |^*'She's so upset,**' \0Mrs Twinkle had said to her L14 106 husband, *'but what can you expect? ^He was always a teacher's L14 107 pet, got too used to it.**' L14 108 |^I didn't want to spend the rest of my life with that L14 109 label. ^I frowned at Miss Sweet but she didn't see. L14 110 |*'^I wish you were all as conscientious.**' ^Miss Sweet L14 111 looked around the class, shaking her head and sighing. ^She got L14 112 to me and smiled approvingly and before I could stop myself I L14 113 poked my tongue out at her. L14 114 |^I heard a gasp from the girls around me. ^Star hiccupped L14 115 and one of the others started wetting her pants and had to run L14 116 out of the room. ^She was too late to get to the lavatory and we L14 117 heard her crying in the corridor. L14 118 |^With a trembling hand, Miss Sweet pointed to the door and L14 119 I crept out. ^As I watched she directed Star to take the girl to L14 120 sick bay to get some clean pants and a couple of others to get a L14 121 mop and a bucket of water. ^There was a thick and heavy silence L14 122 behind me. ^All I could think of was how am I going to explain my L14 123 behaviour to Mum? L14 124 |^*'Well, Ruth?**' ^Miss Sweet looked sterner than I'd ever L14 125 seen her. *'^What have you got to say for yourself?**' L14 126 |^There was nothing to say so that's what I said. L14 127 |*'^Nothing, Miss Sweet.**' L14 128 |^Miss Sweet's lips tightened. L14 129 |^*'Come with me,**' she said. L14 130 *|^In the headmaster's office, \0Mr Helean stared at me and L14 131 I stared miserably back. L14 132 |^*'Thank you Miss Sweet,**' he said, *'I'll deal with L14 133 Ruth.**' L14 134 |^He shook his head at me. ^He must have been reading my L14 135 mind because his next words were, L14 136 |*'^Goodness knows what your mother will say. ^What on earth L14 137 got into you?**' L14 138 |*'^I don't want to be a teacher's pet!**' I blurted out. L14 139 |^*'I see,**' he said. ^He bent his head, looking for a L14 140 piece of paper, so his voice sounded a bit muffled. *'^I don't L14 141 think you need worry.**' ^He still didn't look up and his voice L14 142 was trembling a little. ^I hadn't realised he'd be so upset. L14 143 *'^You'd better copy this out.**' L14 144 *|^*1I must not be rude to teachers. L14 145 *|^*0I wrote this down in my best writing fifty times. ^My L14 146 right hand performed its task automatically while my left L14 147 clenched and unclenched its fingers. ^What would Mum say? L14 148 *|^The sewing class was just ending when I got back. ^Miss L14 149 Sweet looked at me once and then continued setting homework for L14 150 next week. ^Her eyes had that blank look they got when she was L14 151 starting one of her headaches. L14 152 |^Except for Star no-one looked at me. ^She leaned over, L14 153 picked up my sewing, folded it very carefully into my sewing bag L14 154 and handed it to me. ^I couldn't even say thank you. ^What would L14 155 Mum say? L14 156 |^Somehow or other I got through the rest of the day. ^The L14 157 word had got around very quickly and the kids were very good to L14 158 me. ^They left me alone. ^Star offered me her lemon cheese tart L14 159 at lunchtime but I shook my head. ^How could I eat with this L14 160 hanging over my head? L14 161 *|^After school I had to collect the library books and the L14 162 bread. ^\0Mr Trundle was busy but today I didn't mind waiting. L14 163 |*'^Yes, \0Mr Trundle, thank you \0Mr Trundle, are there any L14 164 messages \0Mr Trundle? ^Are you sure?**' L14 165 |^\0Mr Trundle grinned at me. L14 166 |^*'Afraid not, Ruth,**' he said. ^*'It's straight home L14 167 today,**' he added cheerfully. L14 168 |^That's adults, I thought. ^They only have messages when L14 169 you don't want to do them. L14 170 *|^The road home seemed shorter today. ^And I still hadn't L14 171 thought of what to say. ^I turned in the gate and walked slowly L14 172 up the drive. L14 173 *|*'^Ruth!**' L14 174 |^Mum's voice called me. ^Mum's face was looking out the L14 175 window. L14 176 |*'^Ruth! ^Stop dawdling and come inside!**' L14 177 |^I felt sick but there was no getting out of it. ^I would L14 178 have to tell her. L14 179 |*'^About time too! ^What's this I hear about you sticking L14 180 your tongue out at the teacher?**' L14 181 |^Shock closed my throat. ^How did she know? L14 182 |*'^Don't stand there with your mouth open! ^What've you got L14 183 to say for yourself?**' L14 184 |^The terror which had started in the corridor now burst out L14 185 and I cried and cried. ^I didn't hear all Mum said but I heard L14 186 enough to know she was angry and disappointed. ^And then she said L14 187 the only difference between me and Lizzie Borden was that Lizzie L14 188 was safely dead and couldn't shame her parents any more. L14 189 |^*'I ran out of tobacco,**' she finished up, *'so I went to L14 190 the grocer's and who should be there but the headmaster. ^I've L14 191 never felt so ashamed! ^He and \0Mr Trundle thought it was a good L14 192 joke but I don't see anything funny in it at all! ^Now you, Miss, L14 193 can go to bed!**' L14 194 |^I stopped crying long enough to ask, L14 195 |*'^Who's Lizzie Borden, Mum?**' L14 196 |^Mum didn't answer. L14 197 *|^When I was lying in bed I remembered Miss Sweet and hoped L14 198 her headache was better. ^I saw her face as it was that morning, L14 199 shocked and disbelieving, and then I remembered the sorry mess in L14 200 the corridor. ^Laughter bubbled and boiled inside me and the bed L14 201 shook as I hid my head under the blankets. ^Later, when I'd L14 202 calmed down, just before I went off to sleep I remembered that I L14 203 still didn't know what Star's sister had done. ^Never mind, I L14 204 thought, I can find out tomorrow. ^Tomorrow. ^Tomorrow there'd be L14 205 no-one calling me teacher's pet. ^I don't know if it's possible L14 206 to go to sleep smiling but I'm pretty sure that's what I did. L14 207 *<*6CAPTAIN JINKS*> L14 208 **[PLATE**] L14 209 |^*0When the swagger arrived at our back door, the School Ball L14 210 was a week away. ^Although it was Saturday I felt the need to L14 211 practise, so after all my jobs were done, there I was, dressed in L14 212 one of Star's sister's old evening dresses, forehead frowning L14 213 with concentration as I moved with my imaginary partner, singing L14 214 as I went. L14 215 *# L15 001 **[488 TEXT L15**] L15 002 |^*0The old old thought I had was called *'atlatl**', but L15 003 that's not as helpful as *'moonshickered**' is it? L15 004 *<*1Jokes of Gods and Whims of Ancestors*> L15 005 |^*0My granny finally died when I was 18. ^She took a long time L15 006 about it. ^She had a stroke (unfortunately she was making L15 007 porridge at the time and dropped onto our coal range) (^Dad found L15 008 her) (^I found Dad) that disabled her from doing everything a L15 009 human does, except talk. ^There was another question I asked her L15 010 on her deathbed: ^Where do you come from? ^*'I'm a Celt,**' she L15 011 replied with an ancient and unknowable pride. L15 012 |^Well, her accent was odd, could've been Irish or Scots or L15 013 maybe anything else. ^All in all, she didn't tell me much at all. L15 014 (^Of course, now I'd know to ask who her mother was, who her L15 015 father was...) L15 016 |^My Dad wasn't much help with the matter of ancestry L15 017 either. ^When asked about his mother-in-law to wit his wife to L15 018 wit my mother, he said, *'^\2Dunno much except the old bloke came L15 019 from Cornwall.**' L15 020 |^It was a bit tender to approach my Dad on the subject as L15 021 to where *1he *0came from, who *1his *0parents were, because he'd L15 022 been brought up in an orphanage. ^He knew he was part-Maori (so L15 023 did Granny, who made sour snide little comments about that), and L15 024 at some time during his orphanage years he'd been taught the L15 025 language. ^He didn't tell it to me *- or rather, he told an L15 026 infinitesimal amount to me. L15 027 |^Because when as a 13-year-old, newly gone to high school, L15 028 I finally plucked up courage to ask him, *'^Dad um, about your L15 029 Maori side, our Maori side, *1my *0Maori side...?**' he smiled L15 030 tightly and said, and wrote down for me so I couldn't mistake the L15 031 answers to my questions ^Who are You and ^Where do You come from? L15 032 |*'^Ko Pakatewhainau te iwi, no Wheatewhakaawi.**' L15 033 |^I made the mistake of saying that out loud out proud at L15 034 school. L15 035 *<*1All the Smiling Faces Lonely People Keep on Walls*> L15 036 |^*0Photographs make up a large part of some people's lives. L15 037 ^They will grin at old photos, weep before portraits, relive days L15 038 so long ago they are turned sepia and curly at the corners. ^They L15 039 keep their friends on the mantelpiece and their relatives in L15 040 albums that would smell musty, only the leaves are turned so very L15 041 often they smell of sweat and finger-grease and tears. L15 042 |^They prefer to talk to pictures because you can make L15 043 the perfect answers back. L15 044 |^That doesn't quite apply to my father. L15 045 |^He is largely a silent man and I think I have conveyed L15 046 that he couldn't care less about dead family. ^I think he loved L15 047 my mother (who left him just after I was rescued from seeing the L15 048 taniwha). ^I know he loves *1me *0which is not as reassuring as L15 049 it might ordinarily be. L15 050 |^You see, he is a knacker, a horse butcher. ^Somebody has L15 051 got to do the job, sure. ^My father is, I understand (never L15 052 having seen him at work), gentle and dispassionate and thoroughly L15 053 efficient. ^No horse, I understand, ever goes terrified to its L15 054 death in my father's yard; no owner of a horse has ever made a L15 055 complaint about the way my father treats the dead horses he L15 056 sometimes has to collect. ^In fact, most of them hand him L15 057 photographs of their beasts in their heyday, ears pricked L15 058 forward, eyes liquidly ashine and alert. L15 059 |^If the owners of the horses he kills, or retrieves, don't L15 060 give him a photograph, he takes one himself before the creatures L15 061 are dead or are seen to be dead. ^He lives in two rooms above his L15 062 knackery. ^The walls of the rooms are covered with many thousand L15 063 photographs of horses. ^He is surrounded by horses, equine sad L15 064 looks, equine glad looks, equine sighs and equine laughs. L15 065 |^My father loves horses much more than he does humans but I L15 066 rather hope he will put my photo in some small spare space soon. L15 067 *<*1An Episode of Bagmoths*> L15 068 |^*0I spent as much time in the bush as I could as a child L15 069 because I was looking for rare insects, maybe ones no-one had L15 070 ever found before. ^O the sadness when I found one... L15 071 |^Now, when you're very shortsighted, you only see what is L15 072 immediately in front of your nose. ^I early became aware of L15 073 things that writhed oozily or scuttled away on a fringe of legs. L15 074 ^When I learned to read, I read voraciously *- but only about L15 075 insects. ^They were my fascination and comfort and path to future L15 076 fame (I thought). L15 077 |^We have many splendid and curious small creatures, from L15 078 giraffe-weevils to astelia moths. ^There is such a range with so L15 079 many bizarrely-beautiful life-cycles, that I should have grown up L15 080 into a happy-ever-after entomologist. L15 081 |^I was 12. ^I had a collection of moths that would make a L15 082 lepidopterist sweat with pleasure but it lacked something that, L15 083 while not in itself a rarity, was very rare in an undamaged L15 084 state. L15 085 |^Are you familiar with the work of an Australian L15 086 cartoonist, Mary Leunig? ^Her art is generally macabrely, L15 087 bitterly, funny, but there is one where the humour is relatively L15 088 gentle. ^It shows a young male moth with gaudy wings standing by L15 089 a suitcase and looking at his watch. ^On the wall behind him is a L15 090 skinny bagmoth case *- his own. ^There is also a fat wriggling L15 091 case *- the woman, of course, late as usual in getting ready you L15 092 think, and grin before turning to the next page. ^The real joke L15 093 is that the woman in this case will never finish getting dressed L15 094 because female bagmoths remain forever in their cocoons. ^They L15 095 are wingless grub-like creatures: to pull one out of its silken L15 096 home is to kill it. L15 097 |^Male bagmoths pupate and emerge winged and ready for L15 098 action. ^There is one slight problem. ^Bagmoths tend to live way L15 099 apart from each other, munching their way through the bush, L15 100 dragging their cases behind them. ^As in everything else, the L15 101 race is to the swift *- first come, first serve so to speak *- so L15 102 off flutters the male in feverish haste, battering himself L15 103 against twigs and branchlets and ruining himself as far as I was L15 104 concerned. ^The only thing to do was to make a collection of L15 105 bagmoths, hope there was a male among them, and anaesthetise it L15 106 as soon as it came into the world. L15 107 |^I scoured the bush for bagmoths and found a thousand and L15 108 33. ^I converted my wardrobe into a bagmothery and reaped manuka L15 109 by the armload to feed them. ^They all reached maturity and L15 110 *1none *0of them turned into beings with wings. ^At least, not L15 111 the proper Oeceticus omnivorous wings. L15 112 |^I was looking at them disconsolately one afternoon, one L15 113 thousand and 33 fat bagmoths hauling their homes around as they L15 114 got stuck into fresh sprays of manuka, or snoozing, the mouths of L15 115 their cocoons drawn shut. ^And suddenly, I saw it. ^One cocoon L15 116 was contorting into s-shaped bends. ^It was wriggling L15 117 frantically. ^Bagmoths did not do this in my experience, even L15 118 when attacked by parasitic wasps. ^A male moth was hatching, late L15 119 but at last! L15 120 |^I took off my glasses and leaned eagerly close to the L15 121 switching case. ^In one hand I had a killing bottle. ^Any moment L15 122 now... something began to emerge from the bottom of the bagmoth L15 123 case, very slowly at first but then with awful swiftness. ^Insect L15 124 legs, insect abdomen, glorious? red! wings and a tiny head. ^With L15 125 teeth. ^It looked like a human head. ^With human teeth. ^It was L15 126 grinning at me, its minute black eyes viciously bright. ^The grin L15 127 lasted a very long second. ^Then the thing dived powerfully into L15 128 the air and sped past my goggling eyes out through the door and L15 129 away. L15 130 |^I didn't touch or look at or even think about an insect in L15 131 any entomological sense ever again. L15 132 |^Incidentally, if you're wondering how bagmoths female and L15 133 male get it together in real life, why not keep a couple and see? L15 134 ^Hurry, though. ^There's not much time left. L15 135 *<*1Never the Same Wind Twice*> L15 136 |^*0There's only one thing I've ever discovered since, that I L15 137 enjoy as much as I enjoyed the world of insects and believe you L15 138 me, I've tried more than a few things. L15 139 |^It's breathing. L15 140 |^Ordinary day-to-day breathing is fine, having the charm of L15 141 novelty inasmuch as every lungful is slightly different, and deep L15 142 breathing alright for some situations, and meditational breathing L15 143 okay if you like meditation, but what I am talking about is the L15 144 awareness of breathing. L15 145 |^Some mornings I'd wake up very early and grin with delight L15 146 as I drew in that first conscious chestful of air. ^It tasted L15 147 better in my lungs than wine ever tasted on my tongue. ^It was L15 148 ecstasy, it was *1sweet, *0air soughing in and all my little L15 149 alveoli singing away with joy and oxygen-energy coursing through L15 150 every space and particle of me. ^I could feel my heart in its L15 151 cardiac sac swell and float, held down only by ropes of veins... L15 152 it flutters against those ties, wanting to soar in free air as a L15 153 great luminous pulsing living balloon... hey! grab another L15 154 breath! ^This time'll do it! L15 155 |^You've heard skylarks duelling for space, each pegging his L15 156 own sky-claim with frantic song, making a chestburst effort to L15 157 keep every other dueller fenced out as they quest higher and L15 158 higher into the blue yonder? ^Sometimes I'd feel like their song L15 159 on ordinary everyday air. L15 160 |^I *1love *0breathing. ^Damn, but am I going to do it hard L15 161 when I stop. L15 162 *<*1Granny's Revenge*> L15 163 |^*0I cried just after my granny died, not for her though (she L15 164 was far better dead by that stage, and I hadn't liked her much L15 165 while she was alive). ^Remember I said the old lady had spent L15 166 most of her life helping hack farms from the bush? ^Well, we had L15 167 always understood that each new farm had just about paid for the L15 168 last one, and that when my grandfather was lost to the bush, my L15 169 granny was left destitute. ^But no: she had twenty thousand L15 170 pounds squirrelled away and she left it all to me. ^My Dad L15 171 grinned faintly when he learned that. ^He gave me good advice. L15 172 ^*'Buy a small house and invest the rest girl,**' and then he L15 173 shifted quite happily into the loft rooms of his knackery. ^I did L15 174 what he said, bought a solid little house on the edge of town, L15 175 right on the beach, and put the rest away to work for me. ^If I L15 176 lived fairly frugally, I'd never have to work for it. L15 177 |^Boy, the old lady must have hated me a lot. ^She'd L15 178 obviously never forgotten those apples. L15 179 *<*1The Early Sown Skulls*> L15 180 |^*0We were one hell of a gang on the beach. L15 181 |^There was Elias, who lived closest to me, quarter of a L15 182 mile away, bright and gay and very knowledgeable about drugs. ^He L15 183 was discreet but indefatigable in the pursuit of new lovers. L15 184 ^There was Pinky and Molly and Chris, an oddly-sexed trio who L15 185 were indefatigable in pursuit of each other but rather liked L15 186 others to watch. ^There was me, independent and alone and L15 187 indefatigable in pursuit of any boy or man who would help me L15 188 explore more of myself as a woman. L15 189 |^Don't yawn like that. ^I'm not going to tell you any of L15 190 what went on except to say that I learned a lot about myself and L15 191 others and enjoyed most of the learning very much for the three L15 192 happy years it went on. ^At least, I think I did. ^What with the L15 193 drink and the smoke and capsules that Elias handed round with gay L15 194 abandon, I can't remember much of the detail. L15 195 |^I do remember the young pothead who staggered to our L15 196 bonfire one night, drawn by The Smoke amongst all the other. L15 197 |^*'Could smell it a mile away,**' he husks, and coughs L15 198 throatily. ^He's a stocky youth with an oddly-gaunt face, and L15 199 raggedy-black hair. ^The firelight dances on his bare chest and L15 200 shoulders, on his teeth as the joint passes to him and he smiles L15 201 slowly, *'maaan, that's so sweet,**' cupping his hands round its L15 202 ember end. L15 203 *# L16 001 **[489 TEXT L16**] L16 002 ^*0And although the priests claim to have his bones there in an L16 003 ancient stone coffin, the people believe that the Emperor sleeps L16 004 in a cave in the hills guarded by the wild huntsmen who ride L16 005 yelling across the sky in autumn storms, and that some day, in a L16 006 time of greatest peril, the horn will be blown and the Emperor L16 007 will come riding back with his twelve champions to deliver L16 008 mankind. L16 009 |^We were, of course, approaching Cologne by a different way L16 010 from our departure, from the west, not along the river-road, so L16 011 it is hardly surprising that we did not recognise the city till L16 012 we were quite close to it. ^We had marched out of it, thousands L16 013 strong, now it was just the six of us; then, it was Brother L16 014 Philemon, with his strange powers, now it was our kind and L16 015 sensible friend Melchior; then it was high summer, now the strong L16 016 walls and towers of the city loomed up through the chill and L16 017 wintry riverhaze. L16 018 |^Our last night of safety and comfort was spent in a L16 019 guest-house not far from the river. ^We had planned to cross the L16 020 river early in the morning and so make a full day's march of our L16 021 journey; but I was awakened in the night by the sound of wind and L16 022 rain lashing down on the thatch, and in the morning a storm was L16 023 blowing out of the hills and straight down the valley, preventing L16 024 any boats from putting across. L16 025 |^We loitered about most of the day between the guest-house L16 026 and the river bank. ^By late afternoon the wind had dropped and L16 027 broken clouds were moving across the sky in strange shapes, which L16 028 might indeed have been the great Emperor's phantom horsemen on L16 029 their endless hunt. ^The river still ran fast and high with L16 030 autumn rains, and there was only one wherryman willing to carry L16 031 us across, but even he was making only a last journey to get L16 032 home, and asked for an extra penny at that. L16 033 |^We said goodbye to Melchior, who had found the boatman and L16 034 come to the river bank to see us off, giving us a packet of food L16 035 and some money for the road. ^We knew that this was likely to be L16 036 the final one of all our partings, and this made us all the L16 037 sadder to see the last of this tall figure and pale freckled face L16 038 as we pulled away from the shore. L16 039 |^Soon we had enough to think about, for the wide river was L16 040 a mass of twisted currents and, no matter what he might try to L16 041 do, our boatman could not stop the little vessel from twisting L16 042 about continually and shipping water. ^We had to bail, nor did it L16 043 ease matters that things went ill with Emeraud and she remained L16 044 white**[ARB**]-faced and silent huddled down beside Gerhard in L16 045 the bow of the boat. L16 046 |^We stopped for the night at that same village where the L16 047 young folk had forced the church to be opened to us for shelter. L16 048 ^There were few young people there now and the church door was L16 049 again shut in our faces, but soon one older couple, then another, L16 050 came up and led us away to a house where we could bed down for L16 051 the night. ^Sitting round the fire, after supper, we told them L16 052 our story, at least up to our rescue from slavery, and they L16 053 listened, not for entertainment, but in deadly earnest, with some L16 054 tears, hoping to catch some crumbs of news about the lost L16 055 children. ^So it was from then on at most of our stopping-places. L16 056 |^Now we were leaving the vineyards and cornfields of the L16 057 valley behind, and still anxious to reach our home before the L16 058 snows lay thick in the mountains, we turned partly aside from our L16 059 old route, and travelled through the hills where the iron-workers L16 060 lived. ^The skies here were grey, and the winter fog smelled of L16 061 smoke and iron. ^The people, men and women, were all short and L16 062 bandy-legged and smeared with soot, and when they came climbing L16 063 up the ladders out of their holes in the ground, they were like L16 064 kobolds, toiling in darkness and avoiding the light of day. ^They L16 065 were very closeknit and suspicious of strangers, which meant that L16 066 they had lost no one to the pilgrimage and were surly towards us. L16 067 ^We were glad to leave that part of the country. ^During the few L16 068 nights we were there, I dreamed repeatedly of the boy-prophet and L16 069 his vision of the battle between angels and demons, swords of L16 070 light and the blaze of red lightning. L16 071 |^So, in the last days of the dying year, we retraced our L16 072 steps through the farmland, through the rough pasture, through L16 073 the woodlands with the woodsmen's huts and the charcoal-burners' L16 074 kilns smoking in the clearings. ^All this time, the weather L16 075 remained mild and foggy, and the snow held off, as if we were L16 076 being helped on our way, until at last, early on the vigil of L16 077 blessed Christmas, we came to the thick of the dark forest and L16 078 the road beginning to wind up towards the mountain-pass, lost L16 079 ahead and above us in grey cloud. L16 080 |^We stopped by the road and sat on a fallen tree trunk, L16 081 taking out the last of our provisions. L16 082 |^*"There's not much left,**" I said, *"so let's save a L16 083 half. ^We'll be at least one more night on the road, perhaps L16 084 two.**" L16 085 |^*"And no robbers to feed us this time, I hope,**" said L16 086 Gerhard. L16 087 |^*"And no wolves,**" said Ottilie and shivered. L16 088 |^*"I suppose you're right, old Kaspar,**" said Gerhard, L16 089 *"but oh, isn't it good to think only one more night? ^I feel I'd L16 090 like to eat all my portion and just walk and walk till I come to L16 091 the city gate and call out to your Uncle Odo, *'^Let us in, we're L16 092 back.**'**" L16 093 |^They fell silent for a moment, eating their hard stale L16 094 bread and cheese, and wondering how many of their people might L16 095 still be alive. ^I looked at them all with great love, yet seeing L16 096 them suddenly almost as strangers. ^Could that tall young man and L16 097 woman be indeed my sister Emeraud and Gerhard her husband? ^And L16 098 that dark strong bullet-headed fellow shouldering the heaviest L16 099 pack, was he old silent Bruno? ^And Rosamond with her flushed L16 100 eager face was growing into womanhood too, and her sister there L16 101 beside her, no longer our little Ottilie, with the faded red silk L16 102 of Sebastian's scarf still worn round her throat, and where now, L16 103 I wondered, might Ibrahim's half be? L16 104 |^Perhaps we were the last, all that was left of that great L16 105 army of children which had flowed south like confluent rivers to L16 106 deliver the Holy Land and perhaps set up the New Jerusalem. ^What L16 107 a ragamuffin lot we were, all gaunt and weather beaten from the L16 108 road, our clothes all patched and worn, with bits of blanket for L16 109 cloaks and rags wrapped around our feet and turbans of rags L16 110 around our heads. ^For overnight it had set in very still and L16 111 cold, so we used every scrap of our spare clothes and bedding to L16 112 keep warm. L16 113 |^Nor did we want to sit long. ^We cut ourselves staffs for L16 114 the long plod up to the pass, and gathered together on the track. L16 115 ^I glanced across at Rosamond, and a snow-flake fluttered down, L16 116 touched her cheek and melted. L16 117 |^Snow began to fall. L16 118 |^With lifted heads, we saw the white flakes drifting down L16 119 out of the dark sky, and felt them strike and fall with the L16 120 faintest hiss on our faces. ^With anxious hearts we debated what L16 121 to do, and quickly decided that we had no choice but to push on L16 122 towards home and safety, and not risk being blocked off by deep L16 123 snow in the pass and have to retreat into the wilderness, perhaps L16 124 for weeks or months. L16 125 |^At first, the snow chilled and invigorated us as we L16 126 climbed the lower slopes of the track. ^Our bodies warmed and our L16 127 cheeks glowed; we even made little runs, scuffing up the snow as L16 128 it lay light on the ground. ^Then the track gradually steepened, L16 129 and all the while the snow fell steadily out of the sky until all L16 130 was soft underfoot, our feet made no sound in their paddings of L16 131 rags, and we could no longer see the heights ahead or the L16 132 foothills behind. L16 133 |^Still we tramped on, leaning more heavily on our staffs, L16 134 sometimes pausing to strike at a snow-laden branch and bring the L16 135 snow showering down. ^For the most part the track was closed in L16 136 by the dark forest, and we were surprised, when it opened out to L16 137 skirt a low cliff, to find that we were already quite high up, L16 138 and could see the lower countryside and hills and tree tops only L16 139 faintly, dimmed and hidden as it was by veil after veil of L16 140 falling snow. L16 141 |^The going became harder. ^Gerhard already had his arm L16 142 around Emeraud and was gently helping her on the way. ^Ottilie L16 143 began to drag, and had to lean her hand on Bruno's shoulder as he L16 144 plodded sturdily along. ^I looked at Rosamond, but she shook her L16 145 head and said a little breathlessly: *"^No, it's all right, L16 146 Kaspar.**" L16 147 |^The track, which had seemed easy enough when we came down L16 148 it, slithering on dry pine-needles in summer, was steep and L16 149 winding for the return, and we found ourselves scrambling over L16 150 unexpected rocks or having to help one another, pushing and L16 151 pulling, up steep slopes made slippery now with snow. L16 152 |^As the trees opened out, we were more exposed to the snow, L16 153 now blowing in our faces before a steady wind, which brought the L16 154 cold in through our damp rags. ^The dark sky under which we had L16 155 started our march had turned to a shining steely grey. ^Someone L16 156 stumbled and fell. ^I looked up from watching my shapeless feet L16 157 plodding one-two, one-two, one-two, sinking deeper all the time L16 158 into the snow, and the pick, pick, pick of my staff touching the L16 159 stony ground. L16 160 |^The landscape had changed, and almost disappeared. ^The L16 161 pines were no more than vague shapes; there was no limit to the L16 162 sky. ^To my dazzled eyes, the whole world was a whiteness in L16 163 which only my cold and aching feet told me where the ground was. L16 164 |^It was Bruno who had fallen. ^I groped forward and helped L16 165 him up. ^He had tripped over something, a dry branch perhaps L16 166 buried under the snow, and bruised his shin. ^He insisted on L16 167 going ahead with his pack, but limping now, and with Ottilie L16 168 helping him. ^Rosamond had stayed with me. ^I could see no sign L16 169 of Gerhard and Emeraud. ^I started to walk on, when Gerhard's L16 170 hoarse shout sounded behind and above me, and I realised in a L16 171 moment of panic that Rosamond and I had started to wander off L16 172 down the track again. L16 173 |^Calling out to one another, we all came together again, L16 174 with Gerhard and my sister waiting till we caught up with them. L16 175 ^Gerhard had worked out a trick of fixing some shape, however L16 176 vague, in the direction we wanted to go, walking towards it, L16 177 fixing another mark, and so on. ^Even so, we had almost to tap L16 178 our way with our staffs like blind folk in case we found L16 179 ourselves on the edge of some unseen crevice or cliff. ^Clinging L16 180 together, tapping and feeling our way, we must have looked like L16 181 blind folk indeed. L16 182 |^My feet no longer hurt and my hands could hardly feel L16 183 Rosamond's shoulder on my right and Bruno's pack on my left. ^On L16 184 and on we plodded through the white and blinding snow-mists, in L16 185 an endless dream. L16 186 |^The shadowy pines stirred under a sighing wind. ^The L16 187 snow-mist thinned and parted ahead of us, revealing the track L16 188 leading up to the summit of the pass. ^Marching silently past us, L16 189 under their eagle ensigns and with faint soundless trumpets blowing, L16 190 came the same Roman soldiers I had seen before, the bony faces L16 191 and hollow sockets turned upon us as they passed, just as I had L16 192 seen them before. L16 193 *# L17 001 **[490 TEXT L17**] L17 002 |*'...*0as President Nixon put it, the Heavens have become a L17 003 part of man's world...**' L17 004 |^The astronauts blundered about, planting the American flag L17 005 with its special stiffener. L17 006 |*'^The plaque bears the message, *"^We Came In Peace For L17 007 All Mankind.**"**' L17 008 |^*'It's clever, you can't deny that,**' said Stephen. L17 009 |*'^But the moon looks so boring. ^When I was a kid I was a L17 010 Brick Bradford fan. ^When he went to the moon, *1years *0before L17 011 these buggers, he found a huge temple, and an underground city. L17 012 ^I prefer that version. ^I mean look at it, it's just dust.**' L17 013 |^Local notables were interviewed. ^A lady poet smiled sadly L17 014 for the camera. L17 015 |*'^For me the moon just won't be the same. ^When I stare at L17 016 it now it will be with a sense of loss, the loss of mystery, of L17 017 romance. ^The moon was not meant to be walked upon, it was meant L17 018 to inspire us, to be written about.**' L17 019 |^*'Silly bitch,**' said Simon. *'^Hey look, here's your old L17 020 prof...**' L17 021 |^Professor Lewis's white hair was down to his shoulders L17 022 now. ^The microphone was thrust into his face. L17 023 |*'^What do you think of the American achievement, L17 024 Professor?**' L17 025 |^He took the pipe from his mouth. ^His face was grave. L17 026 |*'^Today's events merely demonstrate yet again the way in L17 027 which technological achievement outstrips social progress. ^If L17 028 only the same technology that put these men on the moon could be L17 029 applied to the growing of rice in the Third World, then per L17 030 capita incomes would rise. ^What does it matter to those humans L17 031 who huddle in the slums of Jakarta or Calcutta, that men have L17 032 walked on the moon?**' L17 033 |^He replaced his pipe and looked accusingly at the L17 034 interviewer, as if it was he who had financed the Apollo L17 035 programme. ^Stephen looked at Simon and sighed. L17 036 |^\0Mr Holyoake was *'thrilled**', the American ambassador L17 037 *'proud beyond words**', the people in Lambton Quay unanimous in L17 038 their excitement. ^The television astronomer came on and went L17 039 through it all again, using little models of lunar modules and L17 040 buggies. ^By the time the pictures came on yet again, accompanied L17 041 by the crackling commentary, they had seen enough. ^Simon got up L17 042 and turned down the sound. L17 043 |*'^I went to Thomas Cook's and got the brochures today.**' L17 044 ^He went out, and came back with a pile of booklets. ^He tossed L17 045 them on the sofa. *'^Japan, India, Thailand, Hong Kong, Russia, L17 046 Sweden, Germany... take your pick.**' L17 047 |^They looked through them hungrily. ^In the colourful L17 048 brochures everyone was happy, everyone exuded hospitality, in L17 049 every photo the sun shone on visitors and locals alike. ^In every L17 050 country there were forests, beaches, lakes, temples, villages, L17 051 cathedrals and landscapes of breathtaking beauty. L17 052 |^*'Bugger the moon,**' mused Simon *'give me the earth any L17 053 day. ^What do you think?**' L17 054 |*'^What about Indonesia, China, North Korea, Mongolia, the L17 055 Soviet Union and Eastern Europe?**' L17 056 |*'^Sounds great, but we couldn't do it. ^I checked with L17 057 External Affairs. ^We won't get visas for most of those places. L17 058 ^The nearest embassy of the People's Republic is in L17 059 *1Cambodia.**' L17 060 |*'^*0What about India?**' L17 061 |*'^I'd prefer Russia.**' L17 062 |*'^Well, there's one here on the trans-Siberian railway.**' L17 063 ^He leaned over and found it. *'^Look at that, that's the L17 064 *1dining *0car.**' L17 065 |^Simon went on staring at the brochures. ^Just a few more L17 066 months and they would be out of it. ^Now that *1would *0be a L17 067 giant step for a man. ^One outgrew a place, he thought, just as L17 068 when one was younger one outgrew a pair of sandals. ^When he had L17 069 first come to Wellington, it had seemed a metropolis after L17 070 Napier. ^Now he realised that Wellington was just a town, Napier L17 071 a village. ^He was tired of this town, tired of seeing the same L17 072 faces in the street. ^Even in court there was the same parade of L17 073 petty crooks. ^It was time for bigger things. ^Much bigger L17 074 things. L17 075 |*'^What say we leave in the New Year?**' L17 076 |*'^Why then?**' L17 077 |*'^It'd give us time to save a bit more dough, then take a L17 078 few days off after Christmas to say goodbye to everyone, see the L17 079 folks and that sort of business.**' L17 080 |*'^Yes, I've said I'll spend Christmas in Kaimara, so I'll L17 081 be more than ready to leave at New Year.**' L17 082 |*'^New Year. ^It'll be 1970. ^A new decade. ^God, where did L17 083 the last one go?**' ^Simon turned over the pages of the Intourist L17 084 brochure. *'^The trans-Siberian railway in the middle of the L17 085 Russian winter, comrade. ^Swallowing vodka, listening to the L17 086 balalaikas, watching the leafless birch forests gliding past the L17 087 train window. ^It'll be real \0Dr Zhivago stuff.**' L17 088 |*'^Then Moscow, Warsaw, Berlin, Scandinavia...**' L17 089 |^They stared at the scenes of pretty Soviet girls, arms L17 090 linked, skipping through the streets of an equally pretty L17 091 Siberian village. L17 092 |*'^What about Anna?**' said Stephen. L17 093 |^Simon didn't answer immediately. ^Then he said: L17 094 |*'^She'll be all right.**' L17 095 |^Stephen smiled. L17 096 |*'^I didn't mean her, I meant you.**' L17 097 |^Simon's eyes returned to the brochure. L17 098 |^*'I'll be all right too, don't worry about that,**' he L17 099 said. L17 100 *|^Josie took the letter into the lounge, tearing at the end of L17 101 the long blue and white envelope. ^It came away, and with a L17 102 shaking hand she withdrew the letter. ^A letterhead. ^*2LAWTON & L17 103 FOX, PUBLISHERS. ^*0A page of typing, the words appearing to L17 104 scuttle in all directions at once, like crabs when their rock is L17 105 overturned. ^She forced herself to read slowly. L17 106 **[BEGIN INDENTATION ONE**] L17 107 |^Dear \0Mrs James, L17 108 |^Firstly, my sincere apologies for the delay in dealing L17 109 with your manuscript, but one of our readers has been overseas L17 110 and could not begin until May. ^However we have fully considered L17 111 your work, and I am happy to be able to tell you that we will be L17 112 shortly forwarding you a contract for its publication, L17 113 tentatively set for early June next year. ^Our readers were L17 114 virtually unanimous in their reactions to the manuscript. ^They L17 115 found your writing vivid, honest and original, and the main L17 116 character sympathetic without being sentimental. ^*'Honest**' was L17 117 a recurring adjective in their reports, while the phrase *'moral L17 118 without moralising**' is a phrase which I believe epitomises the L17 119 spirit of the story. ^We are confident that the novel will have L17 120 both critical and commercial appeal. L17 121 |^It will be necessary to make some minor changes to your L17 122 manuscript. ^Not all our editors are completely happy with L17 123 *'Omissions**' as a title, for example. ^However such problems as L17 124 do exist will be resolved, amicably I am sure, after editorial L17 125 consultation. ^With regard to this point, it is our policy to L17 126 work in person with our overseas authors, and, accordingly, we L17 127 would like you to travel to Sydney sometime in the next three L17 128 months. ^Airfares and accommodation for you will be reserved upon L17 129 receipt of a signed copy of your contract and your preferred date L17 130 of travel. ^Travel expenses will be deducted from first royalty L17 131 payment. ^The company has an apartment in the Elizabeth Bay area L17 132 for this purpose. ^We anticipate that it will take from two to L17 133 three weeks to complete editing. ^We will also be commissioning L17 134 the jacket design shortly, and will hope to have some possible L17 135 designs available for you by the time you arrive in Sydney. L17 136 |^So, congratulations. ^Please inform us at your earliest L17 137 convenience of the time that you are likely to be coming to L17 138 Sydney. ^I look forward to meeting you. L17 139 **[BEGIN INDENTATION TWO**] L17 140 |^Sincerely, L17 141 |David Goddard (Managing Editor). L17 142 **[END INDENTATION TWO**] L17 143 **[END INDENTATION ONE**] L17 144 |^Josie had the feeling that the whole world was looking L17 145 over her shoulder. ^The words and paragraphs blurred, came into L17 146 focus, blurred again. ^A novel, a book. ^Come to Sydney. L17 147 ^*2SYDNEY. ^*0Air fares, accommodation. ^Editing. ^What needed L17 148 editing? ^What the hell was wrong with *'Omissions**'? ^She L17 149 wasn't cutting anything out, she would be adamant about that. L17 150 ^Well, it would depend what exactly it was they wanted. ^And if L17 151 the editor was someone like Adele, they could probably work L17 152 something out. ^Three weeks, three weeks. ^Hell, what about the L17 153 kids, who could look after them? ^Anna? ^No, \0Mrs Broughton L17 154 perhaps. L17 155 |^And as her eyes skimmed the lines yet again, certain words L17 156 continued to leap out at her. ^*1The novel. ^Overseas authors. L17 157 ^Travel to Sydney. L17 158 |^*0She clutched the letter, her mind chaotic, bewildered, L17 159 jubilant. ^She had hoped for it for so long, and it was all that L17 160 she had hoped, more than she had dared hope. ^Someone, in another L17 161 land, had been moved by what she had written. ^And out of the L17 162 welter of joy and fear, there was one, sure, connecting truth. L17 163 ^There had been a point to the pain, after all. L17 164 *|^Bill had spread the map out over the dining room table. ^He L17 165 kept returning to it as he spoke, stabbing his big forefinger L17 166 down on the headland. L17 167 |*'^There's ten acres for sale. ^Some pasture, a grove of L17 168 native trees, the rest scrub. ^There's a track down the cliff L17 169 here... and the house is here, in this hollow.**' L17 170 |^*'What's the house like?**' said Phillip. L17 171 |*'^It's been used for storing hay for a few years. ^It's L17 172 basically okay, needs replumbing, reglazing. ^It could hold... I L17 173 guess ten, maybe twelve people.**' ^He held out his hands to L17 174 Phillip in a supplicating gesture. *'^The place has got L17 175 everything Phillip, everything. ^Grazing, fishing. ^We could live L17 176 totally off the land.**' ^He shook his head in admiration. L17 177 *'^*1Great *0country for growing dope.**' L17 178 |*'^What about a school? ^Jason'll be starting in a L17 179 another**[SIC**] couple of years.**' L17 180 |*'^There's a small one here. ^At Adamtown.**' ^He made a L17 181 pained face. *'^But why worry about little problems like a L17 182 school, Phil? ^I mean what's the purpose of education? ^Here the L17 183 kid will learn for *1himself, *0by *1doing *0things, not just L17 184 reading about them.**' L17 185 |^Phillip stared at the map. ^A community of people, all L17 186 with the same philosophy. ^No more office, no more motorway to L17 187 keep one jump ahead of. ^Total freedom, total self-reliance. ^It L17 188 was all so logical, so sensible. ^Five years of moving along L17 189 Lambton Quay and back every day with the other public service L17 190 drones. ^And for what? ^A weather**[ARB**]-board and iron house L17 191 stuck on a Patagonian section in Wainui. ^That was all so futile, L17 192 so predictable. ^He didn't even have a trip overseas to plan or L17 193 look forward to, like Simon and Steve. ^A communal life. ^Bill L17 194 had told him the commune he had stayed on in New England even had L17 195 group sex. ^Cynthia would need to get used to that slowly, like L17 196 she had with the pot, but once she did it would be great. ^Better L17 197 than their own bloody boring sex life. ^Half a dozen guys, half a L17 198 dozen women, in a house on a headland in Coromandel. ^Bill L17 199 flicked his ponytail. L17 200 |*'^It's all there Phil. ^What we have to do is advertise L17 201 for a group, raise the money between us, and put it all together. L17 202 ^What do you say?**' L17 203 |^Phillip nodded, his eyes still on the map. L17 204 |*'^I'll talk to Cyn about it tonight.**' L17 205 *|^They laughed, and cried, and laughed again. ^They drank two L17 206 large sherries each, and hugged each other, and Anna took the L17 207 letter and held it aloft like a trophy, and the twins crowed and L17 208 jumped with glee at the way Mummy and Anna were dancing and L17 209 laughing. ^Gasping, Josie dropped backwards onto the sofa, while L17 210 Anna took the letter over to the dining table, sat down and read L17 211 it once again. L17 212 |*'^Have you thought about when you'll go?**' L17 213 |*'^I've thought about it. ^I haven't decided.**' L17 214 |*'^Sometime in the next three months... ^Go soon, as soon L17 215 as you can.**' L17 216 |*'^Yes, if I can.**' L17 217 |*'You can, of course you can.**' ^She looked at the letter L17 218 again, then at Josie. *'^I want to come too Josie.**' L17 219 |^Josie blinked. L17 220 |*'^Why?**' L17 221 |*'^I've heard about publishers. ^They're all men, they'll L17 222 try to rip you off.**' L17 223 |*'^What do you mean?**' L17 224 |*'^Look, you've got something they need, something that L17 225 could make them a lot of money. ^If you're on your own, they're L17 226 bound to see you as exploitable.**' L17 227 |*'^The man in the letter doesn't *1sound *0like a man who'd L17 228 take advantage....**' L17 229 |*'^That's probably what he's hoping you'll think.**' ^She L17 230 stood up. *'^Do you know anything about contracts? ^Royalties? L17 231 ^Movie rights?**' L17 232 |^Josie made a wry face. L17 233 |*'^Do you?**' L17 234 *# L18 001 **[491 TEXT L18**] L18 002 |^*0The Boy's parents try not to enter his room unexpectedly L18 003 on too many occasions. ^The Boy's room, and in particular the bed L18 004 area of it, is not a sight for sheltered eyes. L18 005 |^Half of the Boy's bed is sublet to the Boy's dog. ^The L18 006 other half is an environment where bizarre objects lie and L18 007 apparently multiply. ^Books (the current reading place marked L18 008 with a sock), coffee mugs (their level of dregs occasionally L18 009 marked with a sock), several comics (and several more socks), a L18 010 transistor, apple cores and orange peel in a state somewhere L18 011 between vegetable and mineral, a pocket-knife, half a dozen L18 012 teaspoons and certain mementos of the dog usually dominate the L18 013 upper levels. L18 014 |^These levels are seldom disturbed. ^After having sworn to L18 015 love, honour, and meticulously make his bed in return for a L18 016 percentage increase in his pocket money, the Boy now hauls up the L18 017 covers every second day. ^When his mates come to stay, he gets L18 018 out the family stack of sleeping bags, and they all curl up on L18 019 the floor. L18 020 |^The Boy has had a history of beds in the last few years. L18 021 ^After much pleading and vows of eternal care and common sense on L18 022 his part, the Boy's parents reluctantly sold the little white bed L18 023 with the Paddington Bear transfers across the headboard, and L18 024 replaced it with a tier of single bunks. L18 025 |^It took the Boy and his dog just a year of wrestling, L18 026 head-banging and slat-loosening on these before they degenerated L18 027 into the kindling-wood category. ^They were replaced *- again L18 028 after pleading and vows *- by two trundle beds, a sort of Chinese L18 029 box affair where one wheeled couch comes rolling out from under L18 030 its taller brother. L18 031 |^After six months of wrestling, knee-banging and L18 032 slat-loosening by the Boy and his dog on these, his parents have L18 033 resolved on wire-mesh hammocks next time. L18 034 **[PLATE**] L18 035 |^I don't want to give the impression that the Boy is always L18 036 to be found resting in his bed. ^Sometimes he may be found L18 037 resting folded up, across and down a chair, like a 14 L18 038 1/2-year-old staple. ^Sometimes he may be found leaning against a L18 039 wall in a more or less standing position, his antelope legs L18 040 crossed at the ankle, his weight supported by one shoulder L18 041 against the wallpaper while he works his way through his latest L18 042 issue of *1The Werewolf's Weekly. ^*0Sometimes, still in the more L18 043 or less standing position, he carries on a detailed conversation L18 044 with his parents while leaning the whole of his upper body along L18 045 the mantelpiece. L18 046 |^Occasionally, the Boy appears to be struck by sudden and L18 047 incapacitating fatigue as he slopes from one part of the house to L18 048 another. ^One comes across a figure collapsed diagonally across L18 049 the living-room floor or in the hall, the top two-thirds of its L18 050 body comfortably prone in the traffic way, the bits from the L18 051 knees down waving idly in the air like the mandibles of some L18 052 denim-wearing stick insect. ^It's the Boy doing his Maths L18 053 homework. L18 054 |^The Boy knows that his rest is a threatened thing. ^His L18 055 parents are constantly at him with the grossest and most L18 056 tyrannical of demands, carefully calculated to make his life one L18 057 onerous ordeal for as long as possible. L18 058 |^Why, only last week his father burst into the front room L18 059 where the Boy was having a well-earned lie-down after getting out L18 060 of bed, and was quite offensive about the four disintegrating L18 061 banana skins found between the Boy's bed and the wall. L18 062 |^The day after that, his mother struck him deliberately L18 063 several times on the elbows with the nozzle of the vacuum cleaner L18 064 as she worked around the place where he was reclining on the L18 065 living-room rug. L18 066 |^The Boy's parents, in their turn, have one main worry L18 067 about the Boy's whole-hearted dedication to avoiding undue L18 068 strain. L18 069 |^They worry a little, sometimes, that the Boy may become so L18 070 unused to physical activity that even the act of sleeping may L18 071 become too enervating and he'll expire from exhaustion without L18 072 ever being awake to know it. L18 073 *<*4The Boy and the Communications Gap*> L18 074 |^*0On the very first report that the Boy brought home from high L18 075 school, there was a remark that seemed to sum up the problems L18 076 attendant on maintaining effective communications with a 14 L18 077 1/2-year-old. L18 078 |^Towards the bottom of the report, under comments reading L18 079 *'^Work would be improved by using an unmutilated ruler**', and L18 080 *'^Tidiness *1is *0compatible with manliness**', there was one L18 081 that the Boy's parents recognised as having been written by a L18 082 kindred spirit. ^It read, *'^He is rumoured to have spoken in L18 083 class on one occasion.**' L18 084 |^I don't know if the Boy's teachers have made the mistake L18 085 of trying to cajole him into speech when he feels disinclined. L18 086 ^Certainly the Boy's parents are well aware of the futility of L18 087 such an effort. ^During his first high school term they foolishly L18 088 persisted in greeting him when he came home with questions such L18 089 as, *'^Hello, son, and how were things at school today?**' L18 090 |^The Boy's invariable and monosyllabic reply, before L18 091 sloping off to wrestle with his dog or sprawl diagonally across L18 092 the living-room in front of the \0TV, was *'^Oh, fine.**' L18 093 |^Months later, perhaps a chance remark from a neighbour L18 094 would reveal that this had been the Monday when the school L18 095 assembly hall burned to the ground, or the Wednesday when the L18 096 Boy's Social Studies teacher ran away to Guatemala with the L18 097 milkman. L18 098 |^\0OK, there are always school newsletters to tell parents L18 099 what's going on, but school newsletters are of little use when L18 100 they turn up floating sodden and illegible in the washing L18 101 machine, where they've been agitated out of the Boy's shirt L18 102 pocket a week after the relevant date. L18 103 |^The Boy, of course, is untroubled by the communications L18 104 gap. ^Or, more accurately, the only trouble such a gap causes him L18 105 is when his parents and others persist in trying to bridge it. L18 106 |^The Boy presumably sees himself as an island of silence L18 107 constantly battered by the waves of a sea of babble. ^This may L18 108 partly explain why he and his dog get along so well. ^The Boy's L18 109 dog, like its master, is a man of few words. L18 110 |^His small sister sees matters the other way. ^On a school L18 111 task sheet she was filling in just recently about Captain Cook L18 112 and the Age of Exploration, she was particularly emphatic with L18 113 one of her answers. L18 114 |^The question asked: ^What sort of people would you take L18 115 with you on a two-year voyage around the world? ^Small sister's L18 116 two-part answer read: A: ^Someone to talk to. B: ^Someone with L18 117 manners. L18 118 |^On some of the occasions when he does talk, the Boy seems L18 119 living proof that the Stone Age is not yet over. ^On the L18 120 telephone to his mates, his end of the conversation is positively L18 121 runic. ^It begins promisingly enough with *'^G'day**', but then L18 122 slumps into a rhythm of *'^Urr**', *'^Mmff**', *'^Hunh**' and L18 123 *'^Garr**', before hanging up with a final *'^Uh-huh**'. L18 124 |^But, just to confuse the issue, there are times when L18 125 *1over*0-communication is the problem. ^Times when the Boy bursts L18 126 forth with a positive monsoon of words. L18 127 |^Mostly these are questions aimed at his father. ^Touching L18 128 and amazing questions *- touching because he comes and asks them; L18 129 amazing because he apparently expects his father to know the L18 130 answers. L18 131 |^*'Dad,**' he will suddenly ask, *'Dad, in World War *=I, L18 132 how many men were there in a combat infantry brigade?**' ^Can it L18 133 be, father worries, that the Boy is asking because he believes L18 134 that in World War *=I his father was there? L18 135 |^The Boy's parents are aware of some of the agonies of L18 136 adolescent communication. ^His father remembers what it was like L18 137 coming into a room full of a strange adult and having to offer L18 138 polite greetings in a voice that kept wobbling and shrilling at L18 139 critical moments, and with hands and feet only partially under L18 140 the control of the central nervous system. L18 141 |^Father and mother both remember the even greater agonies L18 142 of attempted communication with the opposite sex. L18 143 |^That's why the Boy's mother was particularly gratified in L18 144 the shopping centre the other day. ^She was doing the rounds with L18 145 the Boy loping along beside her, when they were passed by a L18 146 black-and-tan spaniel being walked by a small and pretty female L18 147 of the Boy's vintage. ^A *1very *0small and pretty female, with a L18 148 small turned-up nose and long cast-down eyelashes. L18 149 |^*'Hello,**' she said to the Boy, which was an event L18 150 unusual in itself. L18 151 |^*'G'day,**' said the Boy in return. *'^G'day *- ah L18 152 Heidi.**' L18 153 |^The Boy's mother waited till they got home, then she could L18 154 contain her curiosity no longer. L18 155 |^*'Is Heidi in your class at school?**' she enquired, as L18 156 casually as she could manage. L18 157 |^*'Who??**' asked the Boy, looking at her as if she'd L18 158 suddenly grown a third head. L18 159 |^*'Heidi,**' repeated the Boy's mother. *'^The girl you L18 160 spoke to at the shops.**' L18 161 |^*'Oh, her,**' said the Boy. *'^No, actually I got a bit L18 162 mixed up there. ^I \2dunno what her name is. ^Heidi's the name of L18 163 her dog.**' L18 164 *<*4The Boy and the Temple of the Grey Toad*> L18 165 |^*0It's a truism that each generation speaks a language only L18 166 loosely connected to the language of its foreparents. ^But just L18 167 how true the truism, and just how loose the connection, the Boy's L18 168 parents never quite realised till their 14 1/2-year-old joined a L18 169 Role-Playing Club. L18 170 |^It should be made clear that the Boy's Role-Playing Club L18 171 has nothing to do with role-playing as in Shakespeare. ^The Boy's L18 172 acquaintance with Shakespeare remains at the level where he L18 173 thinks that *1Lamb's Tales *0is something you make soup from. L18 174 |^Role-playing for the Boy is a matter of Dungeons and L18 175 Dragons. ^Or more accurately, since Dungeons and Dragons became L18 176 passe*?2 and primitive at least two years ago, it's a matter of L18 177 {0MERP}, {0ICE} and {0SSMM}. L18 178 |^These initials have nothing to do with internal wind, L18 179 external cold or shirt size. ^They're acronyms for such arcane L18 180 activities as Middle Earth Role-Play, International Conspiracy L18 181 against Elcron, and Stellar Sovereignty of Man over Machine. L18 182 |^Every Saturday afternoon, the Boy, complete with a stack L18 183 of notebooks, a bundle of pens and a bag of dice, is delivered to L18 184 a local school hall by his father. ^As he arrives, he exchanges L18 185 ritual greetings with other teenage role-players. L18 186 |Other {0t r-p}: ^G'day. ^Is it Tunnels and Troglodytes L18 187 t'day? L18 188 |Boy: ^Nah *- it's Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles. L18 189 |^When he is picked up some four hours later, the Boy L18 190 exchanges farewells of a similar nature. L18 191 |Boy: ^How about we do Battle Beasts of Betelgeuse next L18 192 week? L18 193 |Other {0t r-p}: ^Yeah. ^Or we could do Aftermath of L18 194 Armageddon. L18 195 |^At about this stage, the Boy's father decides that L18 196 armageddon \2outa here. L18 197 |^The Boy's father does not pretend to have an extensive L18 198 understanding of role-playing games. ^But he can offer a few L18 199 scraps of information. L18 200 |^Games may be played by any number between 2 and 98. ^They L18 201 begin with players consulting Official Hand**[ARB**]-books and L18 202 then drawing up vast lists of data in their notebooks. ^How many L18 203 atomic batteries will they install on their B67 Dreadnought? L18 204 ^What is the political climate of the Third Frontier Interrugnum? L18 205 **[SIC**] ^What is the azimuth bearing of the nearest Scout base L18 206 to Zebon *=V? L18 207 |^They choose roles. ^One will be a {0ZKN} Robot Master. L18 208 ^Another will be a Xurk Mercenary looking to cut in on the L18 209 inter-galactic used-robot market. ^Another will be a referee and L18 210 get abused by everyone. L18 211 |^And then they throw dice. ^Die, sorry; not dice. ^Call L18 212 them dice in the Role-Playing Club and they take all your mutant L18 213 turtles away. L18 214 |^They're amazing die *- quite unlike the six-sided things L18 215 with dots that the Boy's parents remember using for Snakes and L18 216 Ladders. ^Role-playing die have four, eight, 10 or 22 sides, L18 217 which mean that they can get wedged in corners of a bedroom where L18 218 an orthodox dice could never go. L18 219 |^As a committed role-player, the Boy is also a committed L18 220 magazine reader. L18 221 *# L19 001 **[492 TEXT L19**] L19 002 *<*3ANNE KENNEDY*> L19 003 *<*4An Angel Entertains Theatricals*> L19 004 *<*1(Acquiring angels)*> L19 005 |^*0A woman, human, going about the world all in her arms and L19 006 legs and her trunk and her best head, and everything functioning L19 007 apart from the little stumps where wings once were, found two L19 008 angels, one of flesh, the other stone; and she took these angels L19 009 to her in a manner which might have suggested she would never let L19 010 them go. ^But perhaps this was truer said of the stone angel. L19 011 ^And because she was a writer she said, *'^Everything I write for L19 012 the rest of my life will contain angels**'. L19 013 |^And it did, but it will not. L19 014 *<*1(Word made flesh)*> L19 015 |^*0She once thought there was one writer who had existed in L19 016 the whole history of the world; that the desire to write was one L19 017 idea, like any other idea, like the spreading of wings in the L19 018 presence of a vision, like the touching of skin in the presence L19 019 of a person; a moment, never to be repeated. L19 020 |^And how could it be that many people had come to this idea L19 021 at the same time, come to it quite independently of each other? L19 022 ^The woman preferred to think that one person wrote once, and L19 023 that was writing. ^That is writing. ^And perhaps it was she and L19 024 perhaps it was not. ^Is not. L19 025 |^And if it is, that is because there are words and flesh L19 026 and they must be seen to be the same because they are the same; L19 027 everything is linked, there is nothing that is not linked. ^And L19 028 there is nothing quite like the contents of her head for making L19 029 these things the same, for making them into angels, which are, L19 030 anyway, almost nothing. L19 031 |^And like nothing they will not go away, and that is at L19 032 once the greatest paradox and the most annoying thing in this L19 033 world *- that a thought is nothing but it cannot be destroyed. L19 034 |^And it is the same with angels. L19 035 <*1(The afternoon of an angel)*> L19 036 |^*0He often asked her what she was thinking about, but it L19 037 was impossible to tell. (^Once he complained that the blurb on L19 038 the back of a book of women's fiction said, *'^What women are L19 039 writing *1about**' *0(his italics). ^*'It should say *"^What L19 040 women are writing,**"**' he said.) ^She said, *'^I am not L19 041 thinking about anything, I am just thinking.**' L19 042 *<*1(A declaration of the independence of wings)*> L19 043 |^*0She was once a member of a choir aloft, this as a child L19 044 dressed in the cast-off beliefs of her older siblings. ^Later she L19 045 said she would write of angels for the rest of her life, because L19 046 someone had to and it had fallen to her, from God, like a L19 047 vocation; there was no question of choice in these matters, the L19 048 physical matter of what angels are made of. ^Not that she would L19 049 write of angels exclusively, but there would always be an angel L19 050 hovering, like a motto in winged letters, its span of attention L19 051 across the apex of a building. L19 052 |^But although she *1said *0this, there did come a time when L19 053 she let herself be persuaded by certain people (people with an L19 054 umbilical cord never severed from Heaven (or from the Earth)), L19 055 and also by the events in her life, the strangenesses in her flat L19 056 to do with electric lights and their own *1a cord, *0and also the L19 057 painful beating of wings confined within her soul, attacking it L19 058 from the inside as if it were her heart; a soul attacked by L19 059 something approaching angels *- persuaded that angels should not L19 060 be in her possession, whether stone or flesh. ^And this started L19 061 her thinking, and she thought, ^How everything is linked! L19 062 |^And it is; there is nothing that is not linked. L19 063 |^And like thoughts, they were not easy to put aside, these L19 064 angels. ^Like the stacking of plastic containers *- the obsessive L19 065 collection of what will never go away, their everlasting lives in L19 066 rubbish dumps *- the angels were impossible to dispose of. L19 067 |^This despite the fact that everyone she knew wanted the L19 068 stone angel for themself *- even the other angel, the one clothed L19 069 in human flesh; he wanted it. ^But she found that if she were to L19 070 part with the angel (stone), on account of the idiosyncrasies it L19 071 left in its flight-path, the vapours, it could not be to anyone L19 072 she knew, who would out of the blue give her reports of it, a L19 073 description of the greenness of the moss growing on its one whole L19 074 wing. L19 075 |^Also, they did not want it enough in that they do not now L19 076 *1have *0it, these dilettantes, their half-souled attempts to L19 077 possess it no more than a passing fancy for an angel. ^They did L19 078 not want it as she had wanted it. ^Right from the beginning she L19 079 had wanted the angel (stone) so much her determination to get it L19 080 would have known no bounds. ^Nothing would have stood in her way. L19 081 |^And it did not. L19 082 *<*1(The angel of the Lord viewed at a sharp tilt)*> L19 083 |^*0There was one person who did not want the angel and that L19 084 was the man who had first given it to her. ^Like certain saints L19 085 he had entered the over-populated order of the recluse, and he L19 086 existed in the Waitakeres where mists were his intimate friends. L19 087 ^And even the inhibited presence of an angel *- not speaking, L19 088 eating, or asking anything of him *- would have been an invasion L19 089 on a scale of choirs visiting at Christmas together with the L19 090 thronging crowds of their carols. L19 091 |^When she first laid eyes on the angel (stone), it was L19 092 standing at the top of a flight of steps at the top of a steep L19 093 incline; and it seemed to the woman, ascending towards it, that L19 094 it was about to fall on her from a 45-degree angle. L19 095 |(^And a man she had just met had written, *'^*1The angle of L19 096 your hair will be an education**', *0and another man, who gave L19 097 her a quotation every time she saw him, said, *'^*1Not Angles but L19 098 Angels**'.*0) L19 099 |^And even though it did not fall on her, the angel, there L19 100 was something of the calamitous, the divine, and also of the L19 101 familiar about its particular slant. ^It was as if she had known L19 102 it all her life and she threw out her hands, involuntarily, in a L19 103 mirror image of its wings. L19 104 |^And its owner, her friend *- who had taken the angel first L19 105 from a Devonport cemetery which had been mown into rubble (as if L19 106 someone had mistaken it for a lawn cemetery) to Grey Lynn, and L19 107 then to the Waitakeres to mark not a death but the possession of L19 108 land *- said to her straight away, immediately, with no pause for L19 109 thought, that she could have it. ^This as if she were a member of L19 110 the royal family and, according to custom, anything she expressed L19 111 a liking for must be given her. ^She could have the angel, and L19 112 take it away with her, that day, back to town. L19 113 |^And although there was no need to, because of the manner L19 114 in which it was given, it was the first object she had ever L19 115 coveted in her life; had wanted more than anything, more than the L19 116 moment of wanting itself; even that she would have given for it. L19 117 ^On a scale of wanting, played on a piano pitching between the L19 118 snowy lowlands and the sharp angles of the black-capped alps, the L19 119 angel was at the extremity, where the air is thin and things are L19 120 desired because they are necessities: words, flesh, angels. ^She L19 121 embodied the angel and all the words in its wake. L19 122 |^And accordingly she drove it back to town, and walked in L19 123 on a lunch party thrown by her flatmate on a Sunday (it hitting L19 124 her between the eyes); and the Party was engaged to move the L19 125 angel from the boot of the car. ^And mid-air there was some L19 126 discussion about where it should land, on the terrace or at the L19 127 bottom of the garden, and the woman was in favour of the terrace L19 128 where it could be seen from all angles, but her flatmate *- also L19 129 the owner of the house, the terrace, the garden and all the air L19 130 above it reaching up into the sky, and also the earth beneath L19 131 tunnelling through to Spain *- was greatly of the opinion that it L19 132 should reside at the bottom of the garden, among trees. ^Having L19 133 proved herself not an ardent fan of the angel (a man), his L19 134 nocturnal visits, this moving-in of an angel (stone) would L19 135 perhaps be a constant reminder of his presence; or his actual L19 136 presence, the object of it. L19 137 |^And so it was stationed at the bottom of the garden among L19 138 all lunchtime admirers and was dappled by the sunlight of their L19 139 various gazes. ^A garland of flowers encircled its inclined head; L19 140 its gown fell to its bare feet, undisturbed by the wind; its L19 141 right index finger, held aloft and pointing heavenwards as if to L19 142 prevent the dead ending up in Spain, was but a flightpath, as the L19 143 angel had at one time sustained the loss of its lower arm; also L19 144 the tip of a wing. L19 145 |^Next morning it was found on its side, felled by the will L19 146 of the other woman during the night. ^Its gown still hung L19 147 straight down, demurely, unconcerned by gravity; the embodiment L19 148 of softness in stone. L19 149 |^But this object, even though it is stone, substance, of L19 150 the physical *- it is, after all, an *1angel. L19 151 *<*1(The wings of a mosquito disturb an angel sleeping)*> L19 152 |^*0According to the Penny Catechism, which in 1968 was L19 153 converted to decimal currency along with the sweeping changes the L19 154 Caretaker Pope had instigated after Vatican *=II, his late-spring L19 155 cleaning, angels do not sleep, nor do they think, nor do they L19 156 procreate; they merely sing. L19 157 |^Once in a tent in the upper North Island, the woman and a L19 158 man were plagued all night by swarms of mosquitoes *- this after L19 159 the locusts, the drought, and the floods of tears. ^While she L19 160 slept fitfully, her face covered with a gin-soaked handkerchief L19 161 they had earlier thought might deter the insects, he held the L19 162 naked flame of a candle against one mosquito after another, and L19 163 watched them explode into choirs of black notes. ^She thought, L19 164 sleepily, this might be a little cruel to the mosquitoes, and L19 165 also inflammatory to the covering of her face. L19 166 |^But towards dawn the mosquitoes went back to where they L19 167 came from and at last the man and the woman slept in the absence L19 168 of these wings. L19 169 *<*1(A chronicle of the dark side of angels)*> L19 170 |^*0They were once both angels, only he was a white angel L19 171 and she was a black one, the angel of death visiting like the L19 172 seventh plague, the plague that came after the mosquitoes; and L19 173 their various addresses (she knew three people in Auckland whose L19 174 street number was 4/50, and whereas 666 denotes the devil, 4/50 L19 175 was allied with catastrophe) *- their various addresses were L19 176 marked with a cross above the door. L19 177 |^She had seen many deaths in her life, including the deaths L19 178 of those still living *- to all intents and purposes they were L19 179 alive, but to intent and to purpose, dead. ^And he had seen only L19 180 birth, and he was white and she was black. L19 181 |^(A fortune-teller once gazing at the flattened city in the L19 182 palm of her hand said her childhood had been like the Great Fire, L19 183 and she had done cartwheels through this fire, which was how she L19 184 had emerged only singed, blackened). L19 185 |^The first catastrophe in the presence of the angel L19 186 (stone), corresponding with the first time she wrote of angels L19 187 (*'...*1thinking they were angels and dressing them accordingly L19 188 in winged gowns**'*0), was that the moment it arrived at the L19 189 little house she shared with another woman, the physical make-up L19 190 of the house, its atomic structure, suddenly became impossible L19 191 and it exploded, blowing the woman sky-high. ^And she landed in L19 192 the flat (4/50) of the angel (a man), and he watched over her, a L19 193 Guardian newspaper wrapped about her body on a parkbench, while L19 194 she slept off some sleep she had swallowed, and in the middle of L19 195 the next afternoon he said, *'^I know of a flat**' *- that L19 196 recently vacated by his (religious) sister *- and the woman moved L19 197 into the flat (4/50), leaving the angel (stone) lying on its side L19 198 in the dark recesses of the garden of the devastated house. L19 199 *# L20 001 **[493 TEXT L20**] L20 002 *<*6FRANCES CHERRY*> L20 003 *<*5Waiting for Jim*> L20 004 |^*0You stand, heels digging into the shag-pile and stare at the L20 005 door. ^You would recognise the gouges, scratches, fingerprints L20 006 ten years from now. ^Your eye travels along the skirting-board L20 007 looking for other familiar things. ^You wonder if you could write L20 008 them down from memory. ^Then you realise you've forgotten. ^It L20 009 can be done. ^How amazing. L20 010 *|^Jim has closed the front door and is swaying and bumping down L20 011 the hallway. ^You take a breath and move back. ^Loosen fists to L20 012 hands. ^Let them go. ^Limp Limp... L20 013 |^He peeps round the door. *'^Sorry-I'm-late. L20 014 ^Something-came-up...**' ^He enunciates every word with care. L20 015 |*'^Don't worry. ^They're not having dinner till eight.**' L20 016 |^There is a silence while he stands there. ^Staring. L20 017 |^You begin to feel more confident. *'^I've put the sauna on L20 018 for you. ^Thought it might relax you. ^After such a long L20 019 day...**' L20 020 |*'^Oh... ^Thanks, love,**' he says, as if he can't quite L20 021 believe it. L20 022 |*'^Come and sit down. ^I'll get you a drink.**' ^You feel L20 023 the swish of your skirt against your thigh as you walk to the L20 024 drink cabinet. ^Not often you wear decent, going-out clothes. L20 025 ^You remember that time when you were a schoolgirl in uniform L20 026 going home on the tram. ^Later, by coincidence, you caught the L20 027 same tram back to town but this time dressed in good clothes, L20 028 going-to-town-on-a-Friday-night-clothes. ^Feeling as different L20 029 from that irresponsible schoolgirl as could be. ^*1And *0the L20 030 conductor didn't recognise you. ^Funny how you've never forgotten L20 031 that occasion. L20 032 |*'^Ice?**' ^You open the already prepared ice-bucket. L20 033 |^*'What's all this for?**' he says, taking the glass when L20 034 you hand it to him. L20 035 |^*'Well, as I said,**' you turn to pour yourself a gin and L20 036 tonic (and so he won't see the insincerity in your face), L20 037 *'you've had a long, hard day... ^Not everyone has to work such L20 038 long hours as you...**' ^Watch the sarcasm *- it'll be the L20 039 downfall of you. ^You swing round and smile and sit in the chair L20 040 beside him. *'^We're going out to dinner. ^Nice to have a drink L20 041 before we go. ^Relaxing... do you like my new skirt?**' L20 042 |*'^Yeah... ^Yeah...**' ^He sips at his drink. ^Well, it's L20 043 hard not to in this environment with a nice tall crystal glass in L20 044 his hand. ^He does it well. ^Good at shaking his glass so that L20 045 the ice clinks against the sides. ^A pretty sound. ^You don't L20 046 mind it. L20 047 |^There is a long silence and then he says, *'^Where're the L20 048 kids?**' L20 049 |^You clench your fists and stare at him for a moment. ^Why L20 050 does he never listen? *'^I told you.**' ^And the little voice L20 051 inside you says, keep calm, don't do anything wrong now, it's L20 052 going to be all right. *'^They're at Mum's.**' L20 053 |*'^Oh yeah...**' L20 054 |*'^How was work?**' L20 055 |*'^Think we've got that contract sewn up with old L20 056 Withers.**' L20 057 |*'^Have you noticed the flowers? ^They're out of our L20 058 garden.**' L20 059 |^He looks up, feigning interest. *'^Great.**' L20 060 |^How nice he is. ^How polite. ^You should do this all the L20 061 time. ^It would save so much trouble... ^If you were nice to L20 062 him... ^All the time... ^When he came home with all his excuses L20 063 and lies... ^To think that you could ever have been afraid, felt L20 064 that steel band tighten around your chest. ^Why don't you be L20 065 nice? ^Go along with him. ^It seems so easy *- as long as you L20 066 keep the anger down. ^Way down. ^Further down. ^Till it almost L20 067 comes out of your feet... L20 068 |^You stretch your leg out and look at your elegant nyloned L20 069 foot in the pointed high-heeled shoes. ^You should have been like L20 070 this so long ago. ^You've known. ^Who cares about him? ^Why let L20 071 him affect you? ^Spoil your life? ^You can run your own life. L20 072 ^Completely. L20 073 |^You look across at him and see he has finished his drink. L20 074 ^You jump to your feet, swoop the glass out of his hand. *'^Have L20 075 another.**' L20 076 |*'^Thanks love.**' L20 077 |^He'll be nicely done. L20 078 |^You help him strip his clothes off. ^Arms behind his ears L20 079 like a child. ^Go in with him, pour more oil on the hot rocks. L20 080 ^He sits there staring into space, towel wrapped around him to L20 081 soak up all the juices... L20 082 |^You close the door and stand for a moment. ^This is the L20 083 bit where you have to think of the children and yourself. ^No L20 084 more tension and fear. ^That's all there is about it. ^You reach L20 085 up and push the bolt into the socket and walk into the bedroom. L20 086 |^There's your face in the big round mirror. ^Does it look L20 087 the same, or does it have a wide-eyed look of fear? ^You practise L20 088 smiles... ^Hello Leonie, hope I'm not late... L20 089 *|*'^Hello Leonie, hope I'm not late.**' L20 090 |*'^Joanna! ^Of course not. ^Where's Jim?**' L20 091 |*'^Oh-ah. ^He was late home so I decided to come ahead of L20 092 him.**' L20 093 |*'^Good on you.**' L20 094 |*'^Actually, he was a bit under the weather...**' L20 095 |*'^You mean, had a few too many?**' L20 096 |*'^More than few.**' ^You walk with Leonie down the L20 097 hallway. L20 098 |*'^Oh Joanna, I'm so sorry. ^You must be quite upset.**' L20 099 |*'^Oh, I don't know,**' you feel yourself sigh. *'^He does L20 100 it all the time. ^I'm used to it.**' L20 101 |^*'Still,**' Leonie says, going ahead into the bedroom and L20 102 showing you the white brocade bedspread covered with coats, *'I'm L20 103 sure you must be.**' L20 104 |^You take your coat off and lay it with the others. ^Then L20 105 take a comb out of your bag and do your hair, studying your face L20 106 in the mirror, and Leonie behind you. L20 107 |^*'You are looking nice,**' Leonie says. L20 108 |*'^Oh *- I bought this ages ago.**' ^You smile at her L20 109 twisted mirror face. L20 110 |*'^It's lovely.**' ^Leonie stares at you for a moment and L20 111 then rushes towards you and crushes you to her sweet-smelling L20 112 bosom, pats your back. *'^I do understand. ^My first husband was L20 113 an alcoholic.**' L20 114 |^You are astounded. *'^Really? ^I didn't know you'd been L20 115 married before.**' L20 116 |*'^For seven years. ^The children aren't Ralph's, you L20 117 know.**' ^She smiles. L20 118 |*'^Oh *- I *- had *- no idea *- ^He's very good with L20 119 them...**' L20 120 |*'^He's wonderful. ^So there's hope for you yet.**' L20 121 |^You decide not to say anything. ^You put your comb back in L20 122 your bag and smile. L20 123 |*'^Come and have a drink and meet the others,**' Leonie L20 124 says. L20 125 *|They stand and sit in various parts of the big room. ^You feel L20 126 suddenly afraid and can't think of a thing to say to anyone. ^You L20 127 keep your eyes on Leonie's back as she walks up to Ralph and asks L20 128 him to give you a drink. L20 129 |^*'What'll you have, Joanna?**' Ralph says. L20 130 |*'^A gin and tonic, thanks.**' ^He is such a nice sensible L20 131 man. ^Good-looking, too. ^If only Jim was like that. ^But then, L20 132 you don't have to worry about Jim anymore. ^Can you believe it? L20 133 |^*'Where's that husband of yours?**' Ralph says, as he L20 134 turns back with the drink. L20 135 |*'^Oh, I came ahead. ^He was late home.**' ^You turn to the L20 136 room, look round for a corner to stand in. ^Until you've got your L20 137 bearings and feel you can talk to someone. ^You know that in a L20 138 minute, as soon as she sees you are alone, Leonie will come and L20 139 introduce you to people. ^You would like to be invisible so you L20 140 can watch them, listen to them. ^People are so interesting. ^You L20 141 look at the pictures on the walls. ^Good prints. ^Nothing L20 142 original. ^You'd like to have some original paintings. ^Money in L20 143 them, too. ^He should have known that. ^Good one for making L20 144 money. L20 145 |^There are flowers on the sideboard. ^Freshly picked today, L20 146 do you think? ^Or would she have bought them? ^You turn to the L20 147 window and look at the garden. ^There are shrubs there but no L20 148 flowers that you can see. ^Of course there could be some in the L20 149 back garden. ^Should you go to the kitchen, look through the L20 150 window or go to the back door and see? ^Before it gets dark? ^Can L20 151 you leave the room without attention? L20 152 |^*'Come and meet some people,**' Leonie says, holding her L20 153 hand out. ^Are you supposed to take it? ^You smile and don't lift L20 154 your hand to hers. L20 155 |*'^Monica, this is Joanna, we're on the {0P.T.A.} together. L20 156 ^Her husband runs Odman's building and trucking business.**' L20 157 |^That's something they'll have to stop saying. ^*'Hello,**' L20 158 you say, *'what does your husband do?**' ^May as well say that. L20 159 ^After all women are only what their husbands are. ^See how she L20 160 likes it. ^See how they all like it. L20 161 |*'^Oh, he's a teacher. ^That's him over there.**' L20 162 |^*'My husband should be along soon,**' you say. ^As if L20 163 you're nothing without him. *'^He had to work late.**' L20 164 |*'^I s'pose he's quite busy? ^In a job like that?**' L20 165 |^Is she being nice? *'^He's home late every night.**' L20 166 |*'^At least I don't have that complaint.**' L20 167 |^What complaint do you have, you wonder. L20 168 |^*'Excuse me,**' Leonie calls. *'^Would you like to come L20 169 through now?**' L20 170 *|^There are little cards on the table with everyone's name on. L20 171 ^You are to sit next to an older man with white hair, and on the L20 172 other side an empty chair. L20 173 |^*'I hope you don't mind us starting before Jim gets L20 174 here?**' Leonie says. L20 175 |^*'No, no, that's okay,**' you say. *'^Shall I ring him? L20 176 ^Maybe he's fallen asleep?**' L20 177 |^*'I will,**' Leonie says. *'^You stay there.**' L20 178 |^*'Who's s'posed to be sitting here?**' a girl across the L20 179 chair says. L20 180 |*'^My husband. ^He had to work late.**' L20 181 |*'^What a shame. ^He's missing a lovely meal.**' L20 182 |*'^Yes.**' L20 183 |^Leonie comes back. *'^He must be on his way. ^There was no L20 184 answer.**' L20 185 |^*'Oh that's good,**' you say, and almost believe he's L20 186 coming. L20 187 *|^You concentrate on your fish cocktail so no one will talk to L20 188 you and have a little inside talk with yourself. ^You are feeling L20 189 quite calm, quite together. ^And you don't regret a thing. ^It'll L20 190 take time before you can get used to social occasions like this. L20 191 ^They were your thing, so there's no reason why they can't be L20 192 again. ^Once there's only yourself to think about. ^Don't have to L20 193 worry about him. ^For instance if he was here now what would he L20 194 do? ^You lift up your eyes and look around the table. ^He'd be L20 195 holding forth so that no one else could get a word in. ^Probably L20 196 put his hand on the knee of the girl next to him. ^Begin to spill L20 197 his drink as the evening wears on and then start to put you down. L20 198 ^Jokes jokes. ^Terrible jokes that no one thinks are funny, L20 199 except him. ^Nothing will stop him. ^No matter what you say. L20 200 ^Even when you get quite clever and throw them back at him. L20 201 |^*'Hey,**' Ralph calls across the table. *'^'Bout time your L20 202 old man was here.**' L20 203 |*'^I think he's on his way.**' L20 204 |^*'He's taking quite a while,**' Leonie says. *'^Shall I L20 205 ring again?**' L20 206 |*'^It's all right, I will.**' ^You push your chair back and L20 207 walk carefully out of the room. L20 208 *|^In the hallway with the door closed it's reasonably quiet. L20 209 ^You lift the receiver, dial the number and wait. ^And then L20 210 suddenly your heart begins to beat faster. ^What say he does L20 211 answer? ^But the phone goes on and on ringing. L20 212 |^You put the receiver down and go into the bathroom. ^It is L20 213 still the same face in the mirror. ^Small and smooth. ^You splash L20 214 a little water on and dab it with a towel. L20 215 *<*6THE FAMILY UNIT AS A SMALL DOMESTIC BUSINESS*> L20 216 |^*0Unwittingly, Treasury has unleashed a sledge-hammer L20 217 force for social change with its new *"User Pays**" philosophy. L20 218 ^If this philosophy moves out of the market-place and into the L20 219 home, *"User Pays**" above atheism, homosexuality and *"The Last L20 220 Tango in Paris**" will become the single biggest threat to the L20 221 stability of the family unit. L20 222 |^A couple will set up house together in the belief that two L20 223 can live as cheaply as one. ^In effect they will become business L20 224 partners, and their efforts to find premises for their small L20 225 business will entail renting or buying a suitable property. ^Both L20 226 partners will own (or rent) exactly half of these premises, and L20 227 will undertake to provide exactly half of all appliances, L20 228 furnishings, electricity and maintenance required for the L20 229 operation of their Small Domestic Businesses ({0S.D.B}'s). L20 230 *# L21 001 **[494 TEXT L21**] L21 002 *<*3GRAEME LAY*> L21 003 *<*4The Major*> L21 004 |^*0If proof was ever required of the aging of the Northern L21 005 Literary Society, society secretary Richard Treadwell thought L21 006 ruefully, then one need look no further than Major Vikkers. L21 007 ^Richard was standing listening to the Major at the society's L21 008 December evening, and watching a runnel of red wine following a L21 009 crease in the side of the old man's chin. ^Unaware of the L21 010 spillage, the Major continued with his anecdote while the wine L21 011 ran on down, dripped from his chin and splattered against the L21 012 dark blue lapel of his regimental jacket. ^Major Vikkers was L21 013 short and heavy chested, with large dark jowls and no neck. L21 014 ^Richard was struck by his resemblance to a dark-haired cavy. L21 015 ^With some difficulty, he refocussed his attention on what the L21 016 elderly writer was saying. L21 017 |*'^I had the sun in my eyes you see, so I didn't see it L21 018 coming until it was too late. ^I pulled my head aside at the very L21 019 last second, but it got me on the shoulder, just here...**' ^He L21 020 tapped his left collarbone, causing wine to slop from his glass L21 021 onto the common room carpet. *'^The pain was bad, very bad, but I L21 022 got up and stood my ground, because I was 2 {0I-C} that day, and L21 023 a leader always puts the interests of his men first, *2RIGHT?**' L21 024 |^*0He thrust his floppy face upwards, towards Richard's. L21 025 ^He had a pair of very neat moustaches, which appeared to stick L21 026 to his upper lip like a couple of cicadas on a branch. L21 027 |*'^Ah, yes, yes of course Major.**' ^Richard jolted his L21 028 mind back to the Major's tale. *'^Where was this again? ^El L21 029 Alamein?**' ^The old man looked bewildered. L21 030 |*'^El Alamein? ^No, no, good gracious no. ^Cornwall Park. L21 031 ^Varsity versus Grafton, 1948. ^I was batting at number 6. ^I was L21 032 on 42 when I was struck. ^No, no, I tell a lie, I was on 32, L21 033 because I went on to make...**' L21 034 |^Richard's eyes gradually unglazed as he moved the focus of L21 035 his attention from the Major's clavicle to the other members of L21 036 the Northern Literary Society. ^It was their bi-monthly social L21 037 evening, held in the common room of the faculty of which Richard L21 038 was a staff member. ^Tonight there were about 20 people present, L21 039 and Richard calculated that their median age must have been over L21 040 70 years. ^And there was no denying that they were becoming L21 041 decidedly decrepit. ^Most could no longer drive themselves, L21 042 nearly all were hard of hearing, some found it difficult to L21 043 recall the titles of the very books which qualified them for L21 044 membership of the society. ^Richard could see white-haired Una L21 045 Braid straining to catch the words of a ranting \0J. Arthur L21 046 Windward, the historian, whilst beside them, bent as an angle L21 047 bracket, the poet Euan Hunter appeared to have fallen asleep on L21 048 his feet. ^Yet all, in their day, had published distinguished L21 049 books. ^The Major had the distinction of having fought in both L21 050 world wars, and had nearly completed the fourth volume of his L21 051 life story. ^The third, *1The Darkening Sky, *0ended just as L21 052 World War *=II broke out. ^All were self-published (*'^I like to L21 053 see the whole thing through myself, m'boy**'). ^Major Vikkers L21 054 never missed a society meeting. ^He had even applied for, and L21 055 obtained, special associate membership for his old batman, Clive, L21 056 who still accompanied him everywhere, and who was this evening L21 057 hovering at his elbow, ready to refill his glass. ^Having at last L21 058 reached the end of his cricket anecdote, the Major immediately L21 059 began another, this time connected with the desert campaign. L21 060 *'^Only decent place to fight a war, Richard. ^No civilian L21 061 casualties, y'see.**' ^Why, Richard wondered, did the elderly L21 062 become so garrulous? ^Why did they lose the ability to listen, as L21 063 well as to hear? ^He cast another glance over the grey and infirm L21 064 figures in the room. ^And where were the young writers whose L21 065 literary sap flowed so strongly? ^*2WHERE ARE THE SONGS OF L21 066 SPRING? ^AH, WHERE ARE THEY? ^*0Their work was on bookshelves, L21 067 and in the magazines, but where were the authors? ^Socially they L21 068 were invisible, apparently preferring to operate from small, L21 069 subversive cells, shunning most established and orthodox bodies L21 070 such as the Northern Literary Society. ^Not that Richard hadn't L21 071 tried to rejuvenate the society by inviting these younger writers L21 072 along. ^Last year he had approached a selection of his prettier L21 073 students, both male and female, whom he knew were interested in L21 074 the literary arts, and invited them to a society evening. ^It had L21 075 been a less than successful experiment. ^The elderly members, L21 076 perhaps in an attempt to deflect attention from their advanced L21 077 age, had been more loquacious than ever, and in an attempt to L21 078 keep up with their young guests' tippling, several had become L21 079 extremely intoxicated. ^\0J. Arthur Windward had pursued an L21 080 18-year-old into the women's toilet and, as she later put it to L21 081 Richard, *'sexually harassed me**'. ^When Richard remonstrated L21 082 with the old man on her behalf, the one-legged historian's L21 083 indignation surpassed hers. *'^\2Gels these days have got *2NO L21 084 SENSE OF FUN.**' ^*0Euan Hunter had wandered into a seminar room, L21 085 fallen asleep, and had woken at three in the morning to find L21 086 himself locked in the building. ^After he managed to find a phone L21 087 and rang Richard, it took him another hour to rouse an angry L21 088 janitor and free the old man. ^On another occasion Richard had L21 089 sought to invigorate the society by sending an invitation to the L21 090 post-modernists, via their ayatollah, Murray Fudge. ^To Richard's L21 091 surprise, a sizeable group of them had actually come, but they L21 092 stood round in a laager, sniggering at the members like infants L21 093 in a school playground, and drinking heavily. ^Then, half way L21 094 through the evening, they burst out of their circle. ^Robert L21 095 Hooley had pressurised members into buying copies of his latest L21 096 and least comprehensible publication, Ivan Wetty accused \0J. L21 097 Arthur Windward of anti-intellectualism, Una Braid, *2IN VINO L21 098 VERITAS, *0asked Winston Turnov why his poems were set out in L21 099 *'such a strange way**', Major Vikkers almost suffered a coronary L21 100 after being called a warmonger by Michael Givnitz, and in the L21 101 resulting atmosphere of mutual suspicion and hostility, Murray L21 102 Fudge stole two salamis on the way out. L21 103 |^After that evening, Richard had seriously considered L21 104 resignation, feeling that it was time that he stepped down in L21 105 favour of an older member. ^But when he confessed as much over L21 106 the dish**[ARB**]-washing, an alarmed Una Braid placed a L21 107 trembling hand on his arm and said, *'^But you can't, you L21 108 *2MUSTN'T, *0you're our youngest member. ^That was two years ago, L21 109 when Richard was 58. ^He had seen then, in Una's startled look, L21 110 knowledge of the certainty of death, and the need to somehow L21 111 stave it off, no matter how irrationally. ^So he had agreed to L21 112 retain his position, but he was left with the disturbing thought, L21 113 heavily reinforced by the gathering at which he was now present, L21 114 that only continuing decay and wholesale death would rid the L21 115 society of its afflictions. ^Almost as he thought this, and tried L21 116 to put the tasteless truth out of his mind, he saw Euan Hunter L21 117 lurch off balance, and he rushed forward to grasp his arm. ^The L21 118 old man had gone to sleep on his feet. L21 119 |^It was mid-January, a month before the first society L21 120 evening of the new year, that Richard received a notice from L21 121 Puffball Publishers, advising that the prominent Australian L21 122 novelist Barry Bagshot would be visiting the city in four weeks L21 123 time. ^Bagshot was described as *'a witty and erudite speaker**', L21 124 *'a highly respected literary personality**' and most L21 125 interestingly, from Richard's viewpoint, he appeared from his L21 126 publicity photographs to be both handsome and youthful. ^Although L21 127 Richard had tried the tactic of visiting overseas speakers L21 128 before, with no great measure of success, there was something L21 129 about Bagshot's appearance and career (*'his novels have been L21 130 both commercially and critically successful**') which suggested L21 131 that it would be worth trying again to use the lure of an L21 132 international visitor to draw the younger literati out and L21 133 perhaps into the Northern Literary Society. ^He dispatched an L21 134 invitation to the writer, via Puffball Publishers, to attend a L21 135 special social evening in February, in his honour. ^Bagshot's L21 136 reply was swift and courteous. ^Yes, he would be pleased to L21 137 attend, and read to the society from his new novel. ^Richard's L21 138 hopes were renewed: everything about Bagshot's letter confirmed L21 139 his advance publicity and suggested that he could indeed be the L21 140 nostrum that the society so desperately needed. ^Richard had an L21 141 art lecturer friend draw up posters, which he placed at strategic L21 142 points of the campus, as well as sending out the usual L21 143 invitations to society members. ^Two days later he received a L21 144 phone call from Major Vikkers. L21 145 |*'^Bagshot. ^Can't say I've heard of him.**' L21 146 |^And I'm even more certain, Richard thought, that he won't L21 147 have heard of you, Major. ^But he said, L21 148 |*'^He's very highly regarded.**' L21 149 |*'^Young?**' L21 150 |*'^Early 40s.**' L21 151 |*'^Young. ^Well I'll be delighted to come, m'boy. ^I'll L21 152 bring Clive, he doesn't get out much these days.**' L21 153 |*'^Right. ^We'll expect you both at 7.30.**' L21 154 |^But Richard found himself wishing, as the date of the L21 155 evening approached, that the Major would somehow not be able to L21 156 make it. ^The thought made Richard guilty, but it was L21 157 nevertheless a fact that the Major had embarrassed him on more L21 158 than one occasion by his habit of bursting out in public speech, L21 159 in a passionate but disjointed manner, on any formal occurrence. L21 160 ^The Major's prolixity had threatened several society functions, L21 161 and yet Richard also knew that there was nothing he could do to L21 162 stop the old man attending. ^Neither was it likely that he would L21 163 change his mind and not come. ^The only evening he had missed in L21 164 Richard's 20 years as secretary was once in 1987 when he had rung L21 165 to apologise for not being able to make it. ^*'My back,**' he had L21 166 explained tersely. *'^Came off my 10-speed. ^Got caught in the L21 167 railway lines in Quay Street. ^Writing to the council about L21 168 it.**' ^The Major was then 89. ^Six months later, he was back and L21 169 booming again. ^But as the date for the planned evening came L21 170 closer, other apprehensions replaced the Major in Richard's mind, L21 171 and he lay sleepless, night after night, recalling other society L21 172 evenings, and past guests, with vivid and disturbing clarity. L21 173 ^There had been the Scots monster Alex McSweeney, who had talked L21 174 of nothing but his own brilliance for two and a half hours, the L21 175 Californian novelist Oliver Rock, who when he arrived was clearly L21 176 under the influence of an illegal substance, and had compounded L21 177 his problem with a colossal intake of red wine. ^His talk had L21 178 made sense only to himself. ^And there had been the Fijian-Indian L21 179 poet Ram Banal, who had failed to turn up at all, writing later L21 180 to say that he had been overcome by jet lag after his flight from L21 181 Nadi. ^News that the African short story writer Umbilical Tombolo L21 182 would read his own work drew a particularly large crowd, but too L21 183 late Richard discovered that he read only in Swahili, as a L21 184 protest against English being, as he put it, *'the language of L21 185 oppression**'. ^No, the presence of a celebratory guest was L21 186 anything but a guarantee of success. ^Richard got out of bed, L21 187 poured himself a large cognac and wished again, as he sipped it, L21 188 that he had not brought this latest problem upon himself. L21 189 ^Dammit, at the end of this year he *2WOULD *0resign. L21 190 |^Bagshot was not as good as his publicity claimed. ^He was L21 191 better. ^Not only was he punctual, courteous and affable, he had L21 192 even taken the trouble to seek out and purchase a copy of L21 193 Richard's latest volume of verse, *1Echoes of a Distant Mind, L21 194 *0said how much he had enjoyed reading the poems, and without a L21 195 hint of condescension, asked Richard to inscribe the little book L21 196 for him. ^Richard warmed to him immediately. ^And he noted that L21 197 of the people now beginning to stream into the common room, an L21 198 unusually large number were under the age of forty. L21 199 *# L22 001 **[495 TEXT L22**] L22 002 |^*'*0Yep, I found her,**' Sandie Mae responded. *'^No L22 003 offence Chris, but reckon I'll be glad when we're out of this L22 004 \2ole city and away from dairies. ^Things like this can be mighty L22 005 worrying. ^My hair'll be grey \2afore I'm thirty. ^Yessir, we L22 006 \2gotta move on soon.**' ^Chris said nothing. ^Silently though, L22 007 she echoed Sandie Mae's sentiments. L22 008 *<*411*> L22 009 |^*0Next day was Sunday. ^As usual, the neighbours at the back of L22 010 her section had a Saturday-night party. ^Chris slept through it. L22 011 ^Either they were quieter than usual or she was too tired for it L22 012 to make a difference. L22 013 |^Sunday was the one day of the week she could sleep in. L22 014 |^She woke with a start, dreaming she heard outside her L22 015 window the ahack-ahack ahoo-*2HAWK! *0cough that signalled Dunc's L22 016 arrival on the job. ^If he's here it's Monday morning, she L22 017 thought panicking. ^I'm late! ^As consciousness fully returned L22 018 she calmed. ^It was only Sunday after all. ^And barely 7 {0am}. L22 019 |^For ten minutes she lay without moving. ^The weekend work L22 020 she had no time to do yesterday ran through her mind: clothes and L22 021 sheets to be washed; school clothes to be ironed; kitchen and L22 022 bathroom floors to be mopped; vacuuming and dusting. ^All fitted L22 023 around three meals for seven people. ^She lay there, postponing L22 024 the moment she must get out of bed and let the day begin. L22 025 |^The phone rang. L22 026 |^Only one person would ring at that hour. ^She threw back L22 027 her covers and padded out to the hall. L22 028 |*'^Hello Dad.**' L22 029 |^*'How did you know it was me?**' asked Erich, surprised. L22 030 |*'^Toll rates go up at 8 {0am}. ^Is something wrong?**' L22 031 |*'^No, I'm fine. ^I just wondered how you are. ^Getting L22 032 anyone into that flat?**' L22 033 |*'^We've got several someones already.**' ^She explained L22 034 what had happened since last Sunday. L22 035 |*'^How's it working out?**' L22 036 |*'^It's good for Karl to meet his sisters. ^They're just L22 037 staying temporarily though, till they save enough money to move L22 038 to the country. ^Then we'll be back on our own.**' L22 039 |*'^Ah.**' L22 040 |*'^Dad, I wish you would consider coming down. ^Even if L22 041 only for the odd weekend. ^For Karl's sake.**' ^Chris's voice L22 042 became urgent. *'^It's all wrong, him growing up with no father, L22 043 no male role figure of any sort.**' L22 044 |^*'He's no worse off than half the kids these days. L22 045 ^There's worse things he could suffer,**' Erich said darkly. L22 046 *'^At least he's not made to feel different, like I was as a kid. L22 047 ^Your grandparents were interned as enemy aliens during the First L22 048 World War, not long after I was born. ^That's where I spent my L22 049 early childhood. ^In an internment camp.' L22 050 |^*'You always said you remember nothing about it!**' L22 051 exclaimed Chris. L22 052 |^*'Well, not on the conscious level,**' Erich admitted. L22 053 *'^But they say these things affect you subconsciously. ^I reckon L22 054 they're right. ^I remember starting school all right. ^That was L22 055 no fun *- straight after the bloody war and me with a name like L22 056 Erich Hoffman. ^The other kids gave me hell. ^I had to fight the L22 057 damn war over and over in the playground for months. ^And me only L22 058 six. ^I never understood why your grandparents didn't call me L22 059 Peter or Martin or Richard or some other name spelt the same in L22 060 both languages. ^But no, it had to be Erich with an h. L22 061 ^Incidentally, why did you call the boy Karl? ^You're just asking L22 062 for trouble.**' L22 063 |^*'It's your middle name. ^And these days it's L22 064 fashionable,**' Chris said patiently. *'^Even Bob liked it.**' L22 065 |^*'That may be so,**' sniffed Erich. *'^Fashions change L22 066 though.**' L22 067 |^*'Well I like it. ^And Karl himself has never complained. L22 068 ^Anyway,**' went on Chris daringly, *'if you feel that way, why L22 069 did you name me Cristel?**' ^She had never before offered this L22 070 criticism to her father. ^But Erich took it well. L22 071 |*'^Nothing to do with me. ^Your mother wanted something L22 072 unusual, and Cristel was a family name on her side if you go L22 073 back. ^I fancied Eileen myself. ^You never got teased, did L22 074 you?**' L22 075 |^*'No,**' said Chris after a slight pause. L22 076 |*'^There you are then. ^It's always different for girls. L22 077 ^You had a happy childhood, you know.**' L22 078 |*'^Yes Dad.**' L22 079 |*'^Your mother and I stinted you nothing important, not L22 080 even after The Accident. ^Different from when I was young. ^I had L22 081 to walk three miles to school. ^Then three miles home again. ^No L22 082 shoes *- I walked barefoot in winter frost. ^That was *1before L22 083 *0the Depression. ^And up at five every morning to help milk L22 084 forty cows before breakfast. ^Don't get me wrong here. ^My L22 085 generation doesn't begrudge you lot having had an easier time L22 086 when you were kids. ^We wanted you to have it and by crikey we L22 087 made sure you did. ^What worries me is you baby boomers don't L22 088 seem to realise how lucky you are.**' L22 089 |*'^I do realise, Dad.**' L22 090 |*'^I wonder if you do. ^Spock kids, brought up believing L22 091 the world owes you a living. ^How the experts conned us. ^No L22 092 wonder the world's a mess. ^I'm not at all impressed by these L22 093 me-generation types running the show now...**' L22 094 |^He's away, thought Chris wryly. ^Her father's strictures L22 095 on the state of the nation were always particularly blistering L22 096 when he was hung over. ^Idly she wondered how many bottles of the L22 097 hard stuff he and those appalling old drinking mates had consumed L22 098 the night before. L22 099 |^*'You're not listening,**' Erich suddenly broke off to L22 100 accuse. L22 101 |*'^Yes I am, Dad. ^You were saying it was a pity Sir Joh L22 102 Bjelke-Petersen went to Queensland instead of staying here where L22 103 he was needed.**' ^Chris spoke in a calming tone. L22 104 |*'^Do you agree?**' L22 105 |*'^Well *-**' L22 106 |^*'He'd be better than the booze artists we put up with L22 107 nowadays,**' Erich said with the righteousness of a teetotaller. L22 108 *'^And the commos, stickmen, gluttons, streetkids, whingers, L22 109 activists and other general bludgers who couldn't do an honest L22 110 day's work if they tried. ^Which they don't. ^The trouble with L22 111 this country is, we've too many paper shufflers and not enough L22 112 buggers who actually work.**' L22 113 |*'^Yes Dad.**' L22 114 |*'^That \0Dr Spock has a lot to answer for. ^I saw in the L22 115 papers he still goes out on demonstrations. ^At his age! ^I've L22 116 heard of old fools in their second childhood, but he's the first L22 117 I know of who's having a second teenagerhood. ^Monkey-gland L22 118 transplants gone haywire I suppose. ^Do you know?**' L22 119 |*'^I've never heard of anyone having monkey-gland L22 120 transplants, Dad. ^Where did you?**' L22 121 |^*'They're transplanting everything these days,**' Erich L22 122 asserted. *'^Well dear, I didn't ring you to talk about Spock L22 123 children running the country into the ground during their L22 124 extended first childhoods, or old ratbags who should know better L22 125 acting the goat in their second. ^I just wanted to ask how you L22 126 are. ^Listen now. ^If you're wise, when these people of Bob's go L22 127 you'll get in a nice quiet religious outfit as tenants. ^No L22 128 smoking, no drinking. ^No silly nonsense. ^And automatic bank L22 129 payments of the rent. ^You listen to your old father.**' L22 130 *|^I don't know why Dad's taken lately to moaning about his L22 131 childhood, Chris thought, going to the laundry. ^She would start L22 132 some washing before getting breakfast. ^Okay, some parts of his L22 133 youth were bad, but everyone has those. ^I even had one or two L22 134 myself. ^He always gets so defensive if I mention I didn't really L22 135 enjoy those family Christmases in Taranaki... L22 136 |^She was the tallest for her age of all the young cousins. L22 137 ^Taller even than the boys. ^*'Isn't Cristel tall!**' the aunties L22 138 would exclaim when they saw her with say Russell Shernlow, who L22 139 was two years older and three inches shorter. L22 140 |^When cousin Russell took a passing interest in dinosaurs, L22 141 someone *- it may even have been her parents *- gave him a L22 142 picture book on extinct species for Christmas. ^Including, L22 143 recalled Chris with a chill, the great auk. ^After that there was L22 144 no stopping Russell and the others. ^*'The great gawk from the L22 145 great Auck,**' they would chant at her; enjoying the assonance as L22 146 children will, enjoying the cruelty. *'^Hey gawk!**' L22 147 |^*'You must be nice to poor Russell,**' her mother often L22 148 said. *'^Remember he and his little sisters are motherless.**' L22 149 |^In fact, Auntie Audrey was alive and well and living with L22 150 the man she had deserted Russell's father for. ^In Auckland. L22 151 *|^Chris sorted the laundry basket. ^It was full, though she had L22 152 washed only a couple of days before. ^She heard Karl moving in L22 153 the dining room. L22 154 |^*'Karl, how come you've put out all these clothes? ^Are L22 155 you changing everything each day?**' she called. L22 156 |^No reply. L22 157 |*'^The only things you're supposed to change each day are L22 158 socks and unders, okay? ^Other gear just twice a week unless it's L22 159 dirty.**' ^With exasperation: *'^You know that!**' L22 160 |^*'I like to be clean,**' Karl said virtuously. ^He had L22 161 sauntered to the door and was leaning against the jamb. L22 162 |*'^Then why don't you like having showers?**' ^His shrug L22 163 annoyed her. *'^Doesn't it occur to you I might get sick of L22 164 washing and ironing? ^I should make you do it yourself now. L22 165 ^You're old enough.**' L22 166 |^Turning to face him again from the clothes, she found he L22 167 had vanished. ^She sighed with suppressed anger and wondered, not L22 168 for the first time, how solos with more than one coped with being L22 169 outnumbered as well as everything else. L22 170 *|^*'What's the definition of a baby, \2Mom?**' Scharlett asked, L22 171 then looked at each of the other two women. ^When they smiled L22 172 ignorance, she said brightly: *'^A loud noise at one end and a L22 173 complete lack of responsibility at the other!**' L22 174 |^The children giggled helplessly. L22 175 |^*'Sounds like most men I know,**' said Lillian, spooning L22 176 jam. L22 177 |^*'Guy told us that,**' Karl said. *'^It's a good joke, eh L22 178 Mum?**' L22 179 |*'^Yes Karlo. ^Thought you told me you wanted a baby L22 180 brother?**' L22 181 |*'^Doesn't matter now. ^I got sisters.**' ^Karl shovelled L22 182 cornflakes with relish then added with a full mouth: *'^You can L22 183 have one if you like but.**' L22 184 |^They were eating breakfast. ^The jumbo bag of cornflakes L22 185 that usually lasted Karl more than a week had disappeared in two L22 186 days. L22 187 |^*'Can I borrow your van again if I put in gas?**' Sandie L22 188 Mae asked. *'^The \2gals and I like to go to chapel on a L22 189 Sunday.**' ^Hastily she added: *'^This time we won't have no L22 190 accidents, I swear it.**' L22 191 |^*'Why not give church a miss,**' Lillian said irritably. L22 192 *'^What's the point of keeping it up from here? ^We'll be gone in L22 193 three weeks.**' L22 194 |^*'It's a habit from my childhood,**' said Sandie Mae L22 195 almost apologetically. *'^When \2Dawrothy and I was livin' in L22 196 Kentucky we went \2evra Sunday with \2Grandpaw and \2Grandmaw. ^I L22 197 don't feel right if I don't go.**' L22 198 |*'^You know those church people really look down on us L22 199 dykes for all their love-one-another wimpishness.**' ^Lillian L22 200 looked and sounded peevish. *'^I don't know why you bother.**' L22 201 |^*'You stick to your beliefs and I'll stick to mine,**' L22 202 said Sandie Mae with unusual firmness. L22 203 |^*'\2Mommy, I don't \2wanna go to Sunday school,**' L22 204 Scharlett whined. *'^I don't like the new teacher.**' L22 205 |^*'Me neither,**' supported Peggy Sioux. *'^\2Mommy, can we L22 206 stay home?**' L22 207 |^*'No!**' snapped the beleaguered Sandie Mae. L22 208 |^Lillian looked complacent. ^*'I'll mind them while you go L22 209 by yourself,**' she offered. L22 210 |^*'Don't you worry none, Lillie. ^We're going, all of L22 211 us,**' Sandle Mae said evenly. L22 212 |^To distract Lillian and avert what threatened to become a L22 213 row, Chris asked her sympathetically: *'^Have you had bad L22 214 experiences with religion?**' L22 215 |^*'You could say that,**' Lillian said in a tone suggesting L22 216 understatement. *'^I was brought up a Roman Catholic. ^Almost as L22 217 bad as being brought up a Kentucky fundamentalist!**' ^She threw L22 218 Sandie Mae a sideways look. ^Sandie Mae remained silent. *'^My L22 219 adoptive parents are Catholics. ^Didn't suit *1me *0though *-**' L22 220 |^*'Mum,**' Karl interrupted impatiently, *'can I go and L22 221 play?**' L22 222 |*'^Is your room tidy? ^Weekend homework done?**' L22 223 |*'^Yes yes, ages ago.**' L22 224 |^*'Well...**' began Chris. ^She had a feeling there was L22 225 something else he should have done. L22 226 |^But Karl was already gone. L22 227 |^*'You \2gals get dressed right quick,**' Sandie Mae was L22 228 meanwhile saying to Scharlett and Peggy Sioux. *'^Sunday clothes, L22 229 you hear? ^No tacky old sweaters and jeans. ^I \2wanna see L22 230 you-all in dresses. ^And white socks and clean shoes!**' she L22 231 admonished. L22 232 *# L23 001 **[496 TEXT L23**] L23 002 *<*3OWEN MARSHALL*> L23 003 *<*4Glasnost*> L23 004 |^*0What might seem the most difficult thing is often the easiest L23 005 to account for. ^Peter Belikov, beloved in his own Ukraine and of L23 006 some repute elsewhere, attended the International Festival of L23 007 Landscape Poetry in the Barossa Valley, and so did Nigel O'Kane. L23 008 ^Thus they met. ^Belikov was almost a name of course, while L23 009 O'Kane was no name at all. ^New Zealand *2PEN *0initially L23 010 nominated Turner, but at the last moment he suffered a sports L23 011 injury, and the secretary remembered O'Kane's *'Kurow Triptych**' L23 012 in *1Agapemone *0magazine. ^The secretary was not well up on L23 013 South Island landscape poets, but was determined to find one. L23 014 ^She assumed that as there was more natural landscape per capita L23 015 in the South Island, the standard of its poetry must be L23 016 correspondingly higher. ^O'Kane had a part-time job under one of L23 017 the government employment schemes checking for carp infestation L23 018 in the hydro channels of the southern lakes, but the threat posed L23 019 was not thought such that he couldn't be spared for a few days. L23 020 |^No, the difficult thing might be thought an explanation of L23 021 why amid one hundred and seventeen male and eleven female nature L23 022 poets concentrated in the Barossa, the Ukrainian Belikov, almost L23 023 a name, and obscure O'Kane of the Waitaki, should form any sort L23 024 of friendship at all. L23 025 |^The answer lies in O'Kane's state of mind at the first L23 026 plenary session. ^He had once been overseas before, but only to L23 027 the North Island, and the flight to Australia made him agitated. L23 028 ^On landing he had to stifle his anguished cries as what appeared L23 029 to be a portion of the wing disintegrating proved to be merely L23 030 airbrakes. ^As the sole New Zealand poetic representative he knew L23 031 no-one on the mini-bus to the Barossa: no-one in the L23 032 multi-coloured marquee which stood in the scented gardens for the L23 033 first evening plenary session. ^The name tag he was issued, L23 034 registered him as O'Kay, which he was philosopher enough to L23 035 accept as a favourable omen. ^Alone at such a function he did L23 036 what all alone at such functions do, he drank more heavily L23 037 because of it. ^The Barossa reds were particularly robust that L23 038 year, and the nibbles well hidden. L23 039 |^O'Kane found Dutch courage enough to cheer the Colombian L23 040 representative who spoke out bitterly against the Leviathan of L23 041 industrial society, and to smile into his neighbour's Hamitic L23 042 face when the chairman, a Tamil professor of Asian Literature, L23 043 told a joke which proved he was a personal friend of Seamus L23 044 Heaney or Nissim Ezekiel. L23 045 |^O'Kane was most conscious of his obscurity when the formal L23 046 part of the evening was over, and the poets began to mingle. L23 047 ^Many appeared to be acquainted from the trail of festivals, L23 048 launchings, readings, conferences, exchanges and academic L23 049 fellowships which criss-cross the world. ^The talk and laughter L23 050 rose so that the marquee began to swell like a bull frog, the L23 051 candy stripes tightening in the light temporarily strung. ^Midges L23 052 and moths were drawn in enquiringly from the twilight Barossa, L23 053 and hovered as parentheses about damp, open mouths. L23 054 |^The Chairman made himself heard with an Asian gong, and L23 055 suggested an impromptu reading. ^An accomplished chairman, he had L23 056 cunningly forewarned some poets and had them planted in the L23 057 throng. ^Before any of these could rise to their cue however, L23 058 O'Kane, driven by alcohol and the heady presence of so much L23 059 poetry, stood on a tubular steel chair and recited Baxter's L23 060 *'Rocket Show**' from memory. L23 061 |^It was then that Belikov first saw him. ^As he watched, as L23 062 the talk in the marquee died until the only sounds were the L23 063 breaking of wind and plastic wine glasses underfoot, Belikov felt L23 064 his heart tighten at the true demonstration of a poet's love for L23 065 his profession. ^The front legs of O'Kane's chair sank gradually L23 066 into the wine**[ARB**]-soaked soil, and he steadied himself with L23 067 one hand on the back. ^His running shoes had from long usage come L23 068 to follow the shape of his feet perfectly, his grey trousers were L23 069 worn at the knees from obeisance beside the water channels, and L23 070 his natural wool jersey was unravelling at the band. ^His name L23 071 tag hung out the more he had to crouch, and those nearest could L23 072 clearly read that he was O'Kay. L23 073 |^There is a fitness in a poet's poverty, Belikov L23 074 considered. ^A rich poet is like a fat ballet dancer, both gross L23 075 failures in the essentials of their art. ^Even those listeners L23 076 who had difficulty with English, or O'Kane's accent in its use, L23 077 could respect a consciousness of a love for the words greater L23 078 than his unpractised delivery was able to express. ^He received a L23 079 good-humoured reception as he toppled forward at the poem's L23 080 conclusion, and the chairman quickly moved on to another poet L23 081 whose spontaneity was more expected, and more in keeping with the L23 082 hierarchy of those present. L23 083 |^Overawed by his own presumption, O'Kane burrowed his way L23 084 to another part of the tent where he could be insignificant once L23 085 more, and Belikov left his small retinue and tried to follow. L23 086 ^O'Kane was fortunate enough to find a plate full of asparagus L23 087 shoots wrapped in ham and held with toothpicks, that had been put L23 088 down and forgotten behind a rubber plant. ^He ate eleven of them, L23 089 which served to regain his composure, and Belikov found him there L23 090 in time to eat two of the last remaining with him. L23 091 |^Belikov and O'Kane talked not of poetry, but of their L23 092 lives, which is the way of true artists. ^It is the difference L23 093 between the spring and the trough. ^The Ukrainian spoke of his L23 094 home town of Osipenko on the shores of the Azov Sea, and O'Kane L23 095 asked excitedly of Chekhov's Taranagog and Babel's Odessa in the L23 096 region. ^O'Kane described the treeless slopes of the inland L23 097 basins of his South Island, with the tussock undulating in the L23 098 unchecked wind and the scree slopes glistening in the iced water L23 099 of the thaw. L23 100 |^Belikov was on the rise. ^He gave a speech at the Festival L23 101 on the second day on the lyric pessimism of Ukrainian poetry. ^It L23 102 was rumoured that he would appear on Australian television, but L23 103 for some reason it didn't happen. ^However, he gave several radio L23 104 interviews and readings. ^Despite his position and L23 105 responsibilities, despite his established acquaintances at the L23 106 Festival, Belikov made a point of talking to young O'Kane at L23 107 least once each day. ^Belikov was not so far from his days of L23 108 full blown poetic idealism that he was unmindful of its wonder L23 109 and passion, its obsessive innocence, and before the two poets L23 110 parted at the conclusion of the Festival in the Barossa, Belikov L23 111 gave O'Kane his home address and a copy of his ninth volume of L23 112 poems *- *1Dusk Upon the Azov Sea. ^*0In return O'Kane wrote out L23 113 for his new friend the *'Kurow Triptych**'. L23 114 |^O'Kane returned to his brown valley and his search for L23 115 fish no longer content with Mandarins' gardens. ^It suited his L23 116 whimsical humour when he was asked his occupation to say, L23 117 carping. ^He supplied *2PEN *0with a report of the Barossa L23 118 Festival as required; some 5,000 words which the secretary L23 119 reduced to 200 in the newsletter, for since her invitation to him L23 120 it had been pointed out to her that O'Kane was utterly L23 121 insignificant as a poet, and lacked any acknowledged publishing L23 122 or critical history. ^Yet O'Kane could not be deprived of his L23 123 experience, or his friendship with Belikov, and he wrote every L23 124 month; long letters of the milky flow of the Waitaki, of the dust L23 125 billowing from the Hakataramea in wind storms, of the delicate L23 126 pulse in a gecko's throat and the flight of a hundred Canada L23 127 geese in a necklace against the setting sun. ^He shared the L23 128 inspiration for his in progress *'Sonnets of Otematata**'. L23 129 |^And Belikov replied, despite his many correspondents, L23 130 describing the majestic steppes, sturgeon fishing in the sea L23 131 mist, the reed beds of the Yevpotkin, and his growing reputation L23 132 which necessitated ever more frequent visits to Kiev, Moscow, and L23 133 outside Russia to represent his country in America, Britain and L23 134 so on. ^Belikov became a name; a small major poet rather than a L23 135 large minor one. ^He was included in a *1Time *0magazine article L23 136 on the leading contemporary Soviet poets, and he was awarded the L23 137 Nekrasov Medal for his lyrical *'Return to Osipenko**'. L23 138 |^Art is however a jealous god, and Belikov suffered a L23 139 severe stroke thirteen months after the Barossa Festival while L23 140 reading a letter from O'Kane. ^His memory and movement were L23 141 desperately impaired, and only his last thoughts about O'Kane L23 142 were clear in his mind. ^His wish to see him finally became L23 143 evident to doctors and family. ^The brother, Andrey Belikov, told L23 144 of *'O'Kay**' O'Kane's letter found clutched in Peter's hand, and L23 145 the earlier letters were recovered from the poet's files. L23 146 |^In the spirit of glasnost the tender story was told not L23 147 just in Russia, but the world. ^A small enough piece of news L23 148 perhaps, for the literary community is always despised by media L23 149 power, nevertheless it was human interest, and there was an L23 150 element of hands across the political waters as well which was an L23 151 angle worth working. L23 152 |^The Ukrainian Academy, benevolently regarded by Moscow, L23 153 was permitted to approach the New Zealand Minister for the Arts L23 154 through the Soviet Ambassador to invite the poet O'Kane to visit L23 155 Belikov in the Dostoevsky Clinic at Rostov. ^The Minister called L23 156 upon the Arts Council to identify O'Kane, the council called upon L23 157 the Literary Fund, the Literary Fund called upon *2PEN, *0and L23 158 *2PEN *0heaped praises on their secretary who had shown the L23 159 perspicacity to recognise O'Kane's talents and send him to the L23 160 Barossa Festival in the first place. ^There was even a brief L23 161 discussion in the Prime Minister's office as to the implications L23 162 of accepting the Soviet offer to meet the expenses of O'Kane's L23 163 trip, and it was decided New Zealand should provide the funds and L23 164 so present the visit to the ailing Belikov as a gesture of L23 165 goodwill from New Zealand to Russia. L23 166 |^Oh yes, it was quite a thing for a time. ^There were L23 167 photos of both Belikov and O'Kane in the papers, excerpts from L23 168 the letters, and mention of the *1Time *0article to establish L23 169 Belikov's significance. ^The nickname O'Kay O'Kane provided a L23 170 pleasing tag which no journalist strove to overlook, although L23 171 certain senior common room staff with a sense of irony spoke L23 172 instead of Arcane O'Kane. ^The {0MAF} when approached described L23 173 the poet's responsibilities with them as conducting a survey of L23 174 the comparative distribution of freshwater Cuprinidae. ^*2PEN L23 175 *0dug out O'Kane's original 5,000 word report on the Festival and L23 176 published it in full. ^*1Landfall *0claimed an interesting L23 177 editorial correspondence with the southern bard, saying that it L23 178 had rejected his work it was true, but had never rejected it out L23 179 of hand. ^Several anthologists contacted O'Kane in order to L23 180 obtain permission to include his work in forthcoming definitive L23 181 collections of New Zealand poetry, and the Ngaitahu recognised L23 182 O'Kane's spiritual affinity with the land and presented him with L23 183 a twenty-seven inch bone fish-hook pendant to carry to the L23 184 indigenous people of the Ukraine. L23 185 |^Traditional poets and critics came forth from the woods L23 186 and gullies all over the country to beat post-modernism over its L23 187 fictive heads with O'Kane's success. ^It was rumoured that the as L23 188 yet unfinished *'Otematata Sonnets**' displayed a textural L23 189 richness and sacro-guilt symbolism which rivalled Baxter himself, L23 190 but *'Kurow Triptych**' was the only published work available and L23 191 so it received considerable attention. ^The coda was much quoted. L23 192 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] L23 193 |^Christ is advent anew in the black stilt L23 194 |On a braided crucifix of silt. L23 195 **[END INDENTATION**] L23 196 |^Nigel O'Kane coped with it all. ^Innocence can be its own L23 197 protection in such things. ^In the same soft running shoes he L23 198 made his pilgrimage to the Black Sea to meet his friend Peter L23 199 Belikov, who was by then unable to give a greater recognition L23 200 than the clasping of his hand. ^Before returning to New Zealand L23 201 O'Kane visited Taranagog and Osipenko; stood himself on the loved L23 202 shores of the Azov Sea. ^He was amazed that what seemed so L23 203 insignificant and hemmed in upon his home atlas, should be in L23 204 truth so vast, so calm, and so uncaring. L23 205 *# L24 001 **[497 TEXT L24**] L24 002 *<*3ELIZABETH SMITHER*> L24 003 *<*4Nights at the Embassy*> L24 004 |^*0It is Rosamunde's fault that we are to read at the Embassy: L24 005 in her unfailing friendship she has phoned and asked the social L24 006 secretary if I can be included. ^I am eating a boiled egg at her L24 007 dining table when she phones and I try to hold up a napkin in L24 008 protest. L24 009 |^*'All fixed,**' she says, re-joining me. *'^Just a few L24 010 poems, followed by the guest speaker. ^The ambassador will L24 011 conduct proceedings.**' L24 012 |^Then, quite calmly, as though the day has not been ruined, L24 013 she goes on spreading avocado on triangles of toast and airily L24 014 applying black pepper. L24 015 |^*'I know I shall mention pork or Arabs,**' I say to L24 016 Rosamunde as we join the throng approaching the Embassy door. L24 017 |^*'There won't be pork,**' she says firmly. *'^Or Arabs.**' L24 018 |^The house is deceptively ordinary behind a high fence. L24 019 ^The garden is beautifully, if recently, planted with low L24 020 non-concealing shrubs. ^There are a prodigal number of lanterns. L24 021 |^It is inside, in the arrangement of its rooms and offices, L24 022 that the house differs. ^For it seems it has no bedrooms: it is a L24 023 house simply for functions. ^Hall spills into reception area and L24 024 the reception area is expandable, like a priest's house. L24 025 ^Discreet screens allow for a smaller, more intimate party. ^The L24 026 decor is light and pleasing and the quantity of flowers L24 027 stupendous. ^And so warmly are we received that no one thinks of L24 028 a duty evening gown or getting into the soup and fish. L24 029 |^*'I suppose they say gefilte fish. ^Getting into the soup L24 030 and gefilte fish,**' I say nervously, thinking of Bertie Wooster. L24 031 |^Having been relieved of our coats and invited to freshen L24 032 up, we are eyeing ourselves in mirrors in a small dressing room. L24 033 |*'^I don't know what you are talking about.**' L24 034 |*'^What shall we do with our books? ^Carry them under our L24 035 armpits?**' ^Later I must tell Rosamunde that this is where the L24 036 Vikings kept their money, secured with beeswax. ^I presume it is L24 037 to leave their hands free for fighting. L24 038 |*'^Carry them like a clutch purse.**' L24 039 |*'^What are you going to read?**' L24 040 |*'^I thought the ones about my granddaughter. ^And you?**' L24 041 |*'^The Vikings. ^And something else.**' L24 042 |^A single Viking sock had been discovered and this was L24 043 thought to undermine a scenario of wildly pealing church bells, L24 044 rapine and smoke. ^At the end of a sea-coloured skein of wool a L24 045 Viking woman *- they were reputedly fiercer than the men who were L24 046 regarded as *'big softies**' *- sat knitting a sock which she L24 047 stretched from time to time to estimate the length of her horned L24 048 one's foot. ^Somehow this had become entangled with the vision of L24 049 Miss Marple in fluffy wool, plotting mischief. L24 050 |^The ambassador has placed a small table with a lace cloth L24 051 for us to sit behind as we are introduced. ^Then, with our books L24 052 in our hands, we are expected to read for no more than five L24 053 minutes. ^The visiting writer will be called on to thank us and L24 054 say a few words about the purpose of her journey and general L24 055 impressions. L24 056 |^*'I shall say that the water truly does go down the L24 057 plughole in an anticlockwise direction**', she says with a laugh L24 058 when we are sitting together. *'^I checked it this morning. ^My L24 059 sons are longing to know if it is correct.**' L24 060 |^I think of the world spinning with all the handbasins and L24 061 baths of one hemisphere upside down, clinging grimly on, held by L24 062 a suction like a tattoo. ^And on the other hemisphere the basins L24 063 are the right way up and perfectly unconscious of anything L24 064 unusual. L24 065 |^Chrissy, my sister-in-law, had dragged me through the L24 066 entrance of the Jorvik Centre and before I could protest a L24 067 motorised car and a commentary was pulling us backwards through L24 068 the Great War, the Boer War, Florence Nightingale, Cavaliers... L24 069 into the cacophony of Viking village life. ^An awesome amount of L24 070 grunting, mumbling, clinking, hammering, wassailing broke out, L24 071 with underfoot the motifs of screeching cats, hens on the wing, L24 072 dogs masticating bones. ^To underline this eternity, a Viking L24 073 crouched on a latrine surrounded by stakes, straining to move his L24 074 bowels. ^Long before we passed him and skirted the vast barn in L24 075 which a Viking orgy and eisteddfod was in progress I had decided L24 076 I hated the Vikings. L24 077 |^Rosamunde and I are very different, so different that I am L24 078 often amazed. ^We point in the same direction, like beagles, we L24 079 have the same sense of smell, love of the chase. ^But we are L24 080 amazingly different in our prefaces. ^Once when we were L24 081 travelling together this difference revealed itself around two L24 082 telephone calls. L24 083 |^The lights in the hotel we were staying at had fused and L24 084 we had stumbled across the road and over a ditch to a solitary L24 085 telephone box where we struck matches and fumbled for coins. ^One L24 086 of us was carrying a large bottle of brandy. L24 087 |^We were phoning our daughters at university who were L24 088 sitting exams. ^But Rosamunde's conversation owed nothing to the L24 089 night or the occasional apocryphal lights from passing trucks: it L24 090 was orderly and discreet as if she was phoning from the Ritz. L24 091 |^When my turn came I devoted it almost entirely to a L24 092 description of the night, of disorder, the danger of the ditch L24 093 outside. ^I was so concerned with setting the scene that I almost L24 094 forgot the examination. L24 095 *|^*1The Vikings Wore Socks *0is not a good choice for the L24 096 Embassy. L24 097 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] L24 098 |**[POEM**] L24 099 **[END INDENTATION**] L24 100 |^Am I suggesting the Israeli army is over-equipped? ^The L24 101 ambassador, with his arms folded on his abdomen, looks bemused. L24 102 ^As we are circling the buffet I overhear him explaining that he L24 103 is a major in the army, as well as an ambassador. *'^And my wife L24 104 outranks me. ^She is a lieutenant colonel.**' ^This information L24 105 seems to give him a great deal of pleasure and I wonder, for a L24 106 moment, if the serious-faced waiters are in the army as well. L24 107 |^There is one woman I feel drawn to that night because her L24 108 elegance is so careless: she exudes danger and, I think, the L24 109 capacity to handle her own firepower, like Lauren Bacall. ^It is L24 110 she who draws from me the word *'pig**' and adds *'Arab**' a L24 111 second later. L24 112 |^We are being shepherded towards second helpings at the L24 113 buffet and I demur, without thinking: *'^I'll be as fat as a L24 114 pig.**' ^The Lauren Bacall woman rocks on her heels with delight, L24 115 claps me on the shoulder. ^*'What a wonderful foxes' paws, my L24 116 dear,**' and sinks to the floor with a loaded plate. *'^I'll just L24 117 squat here, like an Arab.**' L24 118 |^I think of her, and try to avoid her eye, as I go on L24 119 doggedly: L24 120 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] L24 121 |**[POEM**] L24 122 **[END INDENTATION**] L24 123 |^It seems I have committed a messianic error of taste. ^There is L24 124 no mention of pork but looting and rape are not suitable L24 125 accompaniments to rumtopf and Ugat Schekademe. ^The editors, near L24 126 the fireplace, are doing their best to look like bankers. ^When I L24 127 come to the last verse I almost feel the harsh Viking wool L24 128 rubbing against a blister. L24 129 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**] L24 130 |**[POEM**] L24 131 **[END INDENTATION**] L24 132 |^I look up at a circle of non-committal faces and see Lauren L24 133 Bacall clap with two fingers of her palm, like knitting needles. L24 134 |^Rosamunde, not forgetting, as she never forgets what is L24 135 due to her listeners *- hadn't she spoken first to her daughter's L24 136 flatmate, allotting him time and respect, while I fed the coins L24 137 in and felt like pacing *- has remembered, before she reads, to L24 138 thank the ambassador for both our invitations. ^She turns towards L24 139 the honoured guest and says Haere Mai three times, like Black L24 140 Rod, while I quail inwardly aware I have been thinking only of a L24 141 first line. ^How grateful I am to hide under this greeting, to L24 142 begin with *'^Like Rosamunde...**' L24 143 |^Then she reads two poems about her granddaughter, personal L24 144 poems that even in that replete and restrained circle bring a L24 145 murmur of appreciation, and one about a collection of marble eggs L24 146 she keeps in a bowl by her gas fire. ^I read something about a L24 147 sputnik and a magnolia tree and we sit down to polite applause. L24 148 ^Then the guest speaker gets up and talks about the quantity of L24 149 grass and sheep, the need for entente, and how the water goes L24 150 down the plughole. L24 151 |^There had been another room at Jorvik which I have tried L24 152 to forget. ^A room so potent I could have turned back to the L24 153 straining Viking with a ^Hail fellow, well met. ^It was in the L24 154 section where the commentary was almost exhausted, where it moved L24 155 into our own century, with its white coats and laboratory L24 156 benches. L24 157 |^It was nothing but compacted mud really, with tiny sticks L24 158 like tapers showing through. ^In a few seconds we would reach the L24 159 spot where the Coppergate Helmet was discovered and the time car L24 160 stop. ^But here, with the sticks like rows of worn-down teeth, L24 161 was the level at which the Vikings had lived. ^Tons of human and L24 162 animal excrement had been removed, sacks of teeth, bins of L24 163 shards, caches of jewellery and flints, and this, in spite or L24 164 really because of our man behind the arras, was all that L24 165 remained. ^Life, loot and socks gone in this fearsome pity in L24 166 which the sticks were upended birds' feet, signalling. L24 167 |^The evening at the Embassy does not last long after the L24 168 speeches, though we are cordially pressed to linger. ^In the L24 169 vestibule, while our coats are being brought, there is a move to L24 170 master one word of Hebrew. L24 171 |^*'*1Lie*0-la-tov,**' we try tentatively and then, bolder, L24 172 call it in little groups into the night. ^The lawns, with their L24 173 efficient sprinklers, are doubly drenched with dew. ^The moon is L24 174 a huge denarius. *'^*1Lie*0-la-tov.**' ^Between a sweet and a L24 175 missile. *'^*1Lie*0-la-tov.**' ^Then someone points out a falling L24 176 star and the evening and the star are gone. L24 177 |^*'One of the waiters had a shoulder holster under his L24 178 dinner jacket. ^I caught a glimpse,**' Rosamunde's husband says L24 179 when the last *'*1Lie*0-la-tov**' has died and we are walking L24 180 alongside the high fence. L24 181 |*'^I wonder if it was the one I asked for a glass of water? L24 182 ^I thought he looked rather surprised.**' L24 183 |*'^I expect he is not used to being a waiter.**' L24 184 |^*'I told you I would say *"pig**",**' I say and, now we L24 185 are out of earshot, I start giggling. ^Rosamunde joins in and L24 186 soon we cannot stop and our sides are aching. L24 187 |^The next morning we will write thank you letters, with L24 188 slightly different phrases and endings. ^Rosamunde's ends: L24 189 *'^With sincere appreciation**' but mine is simply *'^Yours L24 190 sincerely**'. L24 191 |^I imagine the Embassy door is closed now and the Lauren L24 192 Bacall woman has taken off her shoes and is dancing with the L24 193 gunman. ^He has loosened his tie and his jacket is flung over a L24 194 chair. ^The ambassador is smoking a cigar and the honoured guest L24 195 is testing her theory once again and taking a bath. ^Or putting L24 196 through a long distance call to Tel Aviv where her husband L24 197 lectures at the university. L24 198 |^I imagine a sense of relief is sweeping over them, has L24 199 swept over them from the second the door closed and the gunman L24 200 surveyed the front porch and part of the gravel driveway through L24 201 the peephole. L24 202 |^Lauren Bacall reclines against the gunman now, arms L24 203 loosely around his neck. ^The wave of her hair swings against his L24 204 cheek as she murmurs in his ear *'^That frightful woman who said L24 205 *"pig**".**' L24 206 *<*3JANETTE SINCLAIR*> L24 207 *<*4Sign Of The Huia*> L24 208 |^*0I noticed her at once, a head above the rest, leaning out of L24 209 the line at assembly. ^Dark hair and pale face, a self-effacing L24 210 yet sardonic smile. ^She was in another class, two rows away, two L24 211 levels of academic status behind me. ^But I marked her well. L24 212 |^Next year, fourth form, we were in the same class. ^In L24 213 history we studied Mahatma Gandhi and apartheid. ^As I read aloud L24 214 an impassioned essay on South Africa, this girl Karla watched L24 215 with cool, unwavering eyes. ^They made me feel uncomfortable. L24 216 (^*'You always get so *1vehement *0about things,**' my sister L24 217 said.) L24 218 *# L25 001 **[498 TEXT L25**] L25 002 *<*3ELIZABETH KNOX*> L25 003 *<*4Post Mortem*> L25 004 *<*1Cameron*> L25 005 |^*0Pat's made a big deal of this, but you have to take into L25 006 account she's been having miraculous revelations ever since she L25 007 got off the plane. ^You know, Middle-America meets the blessed L25 008 poor. ^It gets some people that way. L25 009 |^\0OK. ^This guy turned up several days before we had a big L25 010 influx of casualties from the push up north. ^He offered to help L25 011 so was given work mopping floors and burying trash. ^Then, when L25 012 \0Dr Xavier realised he had some skills he let him run the L25 013 autoclave. L25 014 |^After the push we were going all out, hour after hour. L25 015 ^You know you're being a dedicated surgeon when you start L25 016 thinking of meals solely in terms of boosting your blood-sugar. L25 017 |^Anyway, the whole thing's at its height, we're hip-deep in L25 018 defunct innards and bloody swabs *- and I'm hyped up, having some L25 019 kind of a revelation myself. ^It's like I've climbed to the top L25 020 of myself and I'm looking down on my own hands holding off death L25 021 with steel and silk. ^At least that's how it feels. ^Off to one L25 022 side Luis is wiping blood out of the mouthpiece of respirator L25 023 two. ^Blanca's slitting the leg of a soldier's trousers and L25 024 slicing the laces of a boot that's oozing like a split fruit. L25 025 |^And I remember my horror on discovering that soldiers lace L25 026 their boots with a single lace hooked back and forth, rather than L25 027 cross-laced, all to save a few seconds removing the boot from an L25 028 injured leg. ^I'd never thought about the army as anticipating L25 029 casualties, to me soldiers were just these high-school dropouts L25 030 whose highest sacrifice was getting their bangs cut back from L25 031 their spotty faces *- I mean, those dumb recruits I used to see L25 032 at home, horsing around in Tolund Mall on a Friday night. ^I've L25 033 come a way since then *- Leonarda Army Hospital is the middle of L25 034 a counter-revolutionary offensive. L25 035 |^To continue. ^People were bleeding all over the place; Pat L25 036 called for assistance at her table and \0Dr Xavier dropped his L25 037 last swab into a bowl his nurse was holding and went to help. L25 038 ^The nurse *- seventeen if a day *- went to close up then had to L25 039 drop everything to give Isa a hand finding and clamping an artery L25 040 somewhere submerged in a welling haemorrhage. ^Then this guy *- L25 041 English passport but no accent to match, right *- stepped up to L25 042 Xavier's patient and held his hands out over the open abdominal L25 043 cavity *- to show us how steady they were, I guess. ^And he says, L25 044 *'^Can I help?**' ^\0Dr Xavier stares at him, his eyes black and L25 045 dramatic over the top of his mask, projecting madly, for all the L25 046 world like Omar Sharif as Harif Ali in *1Lawrence of Arabia, L25 047 *0and says, *'^Go on then, be my guest.**' ^Like he was angry, or L25 048 sad. L25 049 |^And so now the guy's interning, without credentials. ^He's L25 050 completely competent, but he has such an impossible passion for L25 051 putting people back together, I can't help but think it's got to L25 052 be guilt. L25 053 *<*1Pat*> L25 054 |^*0I didn't notice him before that day. ^Cam says I'm not L25 055 interested in people, that I'm destined to be a great hospital L25 056 administrator because I gravitate naturally to generalities L25 057 rather than examples. ^At the moment we're billeted in a hostel L25 058 with a lot of young German volunteer coffee-pickers *- communists L25 059 *- and Cam's always rushing off with them to look at this L25 060 farmer's co-op, or that church investiture, or this festival in L25 061 the mountains. ^I'll be trying to relax and he'll say, *'^\0OK, L25 062 sit there and read the statistics in *1{La Voz de San Shous} L25 063 *0then go home and tell everyone you've seen a real working L25 064 revolution.**' ^Which is fine for him, with all his energy. L25 065 |^I didn't notice \0Mr Mysterious till that awful day we L25 066 were run off our feet patching up the women of 125, Theresa L25 067 Escadillo's Amazons. ^Daniel Skyring, his passport says. ^He has L25 068 a passport and no entry visa *- not that it matters since he's L25 069 shacked-up with the Minister of Foreign Affairs' mother. ^Yeah, I L25 070 know, ha ha, *1Foreign Affairs. ^*0The people he hangs around L25 071 with call him Senor Incubus. L25 072 |^I called for help because my hand cramped; it was simply L25 073 tiredness, a lactic acid cramp. ^I got out of Anton Xavier's way L25 074 and stood behind him shaking my hand and waiting to see my L25 075 patient past the critical point before I went away and gave it a L25 076 good massage in warm water. L25 077 |^\0Mr Mysterious was sterile because he'd just come in with L25 078 a batch of instruments from the autoclave *- he must have stood L25 079 watching after handing them over. ^Then he stepped up to Anton's L25 080 patient and held his hands out, palms down, over the wound *- L25 081 |*- look this is just what I saw *- L25 082 |^He held out his hands saying, *'^I can help.**' ^His hands L25 083 were still, so still it was like a freeze-frame, and when his L25 084 hands stilled so did the blood. ^I saw it stop. ^The wound wasn't L25 085 bleeding heavily, obviously, just small vessels oozing *- but the L25 086 way it glistened changed, like the bleeding had stopped, locally, L25 087 under his hands. L25 088 |^And, at the same time, he looked different. ^I mean he L25 089 *1was *0odd looking, prepossessing, handsome I suppose, but it L25 090 was like *- it was like, you know, when someone blows a smoke L25 091 ring, how it has a clear shape that slowly dissipates. ^It was L25 092 the reverse of that; like smoke assuming a very definite shape, L25 093 like watching a person come together out of the air. L25 094 |^That's it. ^And you can agree with Cam, that I might as L25 095 well go spotting Our Lady's visitations with Sister Imelda L25 096 Magdalena and her cronies *- but that's what I *1saw. L25 097 * L25 098 |^*0If I had simply wanted to help I wouldn't have put myself L25 099 forward. ^But I came to work in the Leonarda Army Hospital L25 100 because it was a place I could make heroic efforts rather than L25 101 trouble. ^I wasn't moved by pity at the sight of suffering. ^No, L25 102 I knew that to survive I had to let the world use me. ^I'm not L25 103 just another privileged foreigner undertaking committed labour L25 104 for a brief interval like an unpleasant journey *- the return L25 105 ticket and American citizenship pending. ^Sure, Cameron and Pat L25 106 *1mean *0it, but they're not backed into a tight space like me *- L25 107 I'm the childish rhyme in the bottom corner of the last page of L25 108 an autograph book *'^By hook or by crook I'll be last in your L25 109 book.**' ^I'm a virus trying a docking manoeuvre with the world's L25 110 {0RNA}. L25 111 |^I have to live, at least long enough to discover whether I L25 112 have to live. L25 113 |^So that night when it was busy I stepped up to Anton L25 114 Xavier's abandoned patient and got the doctor's attention, L25 115 knowing *1this *0was the moment he'd be weakest, from need. ^I L25 116 said, *'^Can I help?**' and held out my hands to show him how L25 117 unfazed I was, how steady they were, how I was ready, gloved and L25 118 sterile. ^He gave me permission. ^I looked down at the wound and L25 119 then *- then sensed a trace. ^Yes, it *1is *0like hunting, L25 120 vitality is something you have to scent, a taste you hold in your L25 121 mouth as you follow its track through time. ^In the wound I saw L25 122 the whole stomach, several hours back *- the healthy body rising L25 123 up through the injured one like a shape beneath the surface of L25 124 still water. ^And I knew I'd soon learn to do what it's too late L25 125 for me to learn now, since it doesn't matter any more, since Vlad L25 126 died long ago and his bones are dry wands lined within by flakes L25 127 of dessicated blood and fat. ^And so I nearly brought my hands L25 128 together as a magician does to demonstrate the flower, egg, dove, L25 129 has gone. ^I nearly left the hospital *- because surely it's L25 130 better to be human and live with grief, than out-grow your L25 131 humanity and learn to raise the dead too late to raise your own. L25 132 ^But I understood that it is easier for all of us to clench our L25 133 muscles than to flex them, so we make fists in our sleep. ^And I L25 134 stretched out my hands. L25 135 *<*3SIMON LEWIS*> L25 136 *<*4A Christchurch Vision*> L25 137 |^*0Her name is Vicki. ^She is an artist from Melbourne. ^Her art L25 138 school, she tells me, is a pink stone hotel set beside the beach. L25 139 ^In the tanneries next day, a vision of pinkness overwhelms me. L25 140 ^I am shearing a sheepskin which is also pink. ^Looking up from L25 141 this beautiful vision, I see the bare back of Guy, the bikie, L25 142 working away. ^On it, a huge tattoo of Jesus! ^Beside me, Clement L25 143 laughs. ^Jesus, he says. L25 144 |^She wears multicoloured knee-high socks and a calf-length L25 145 skirt. ^Sometimes though, I catch a glimpse of creamy thigh. L25 146 ^Clement, who has nowhere to stay, is living at her place. ^She L25 147 cooks him exotic meals, avocados and scallops and Middle Eastern L25 148 bread. ^Beautiful Vicki, I say, I understand you now. ^I L25 149 understand why you never played rugby. ^Why don't we visit L25 150 Palestine? ^She smiles kindly. ^Clement, she says, is sleeping in L25 151 my bath. ^I am not sure if that is a comfort. L25 152 |^John Potter, an epileptic with no legs, comes to visit my L25 153 place in his wheelchair. ^Clement and I carry him up the stairs. L25 154 ^John burnt his legs off when an electrical fire ignited his L25 155 amplifier. ^He used to be nearly the best bassplayer in town. L25 156 ^Now he is hot for the Lord. ^His eyes shine and his head nods L25 157 rapidly back and forth as he sings his praises. ^Hallelujah! L25 158 ^Praise the Lord! ^Next thing that happens, we find him writhing L25 159 on the kitchen floor. ^His convulsions leaving him empty, we slot L25 160 him into the ambulance. L25 161 |^I am a little upset. ^I go and sit in the toilet and L25 162 scrawl a poem: Women's Lib. ^Haemophilia, boys. ^Pass it on. ^She L25 163 hauls me out of the little room, kisses me hard on the lips. L25 164 |^She sees me on the bus. ^She wants to do up my shoelaces. L25 165 ^I take a seat beside her. ^She's going home. ^Turns out we're L25 166 both going to her place, for a little party. ^I'm anyone's for a L25 167 kindness. L25 168 |^The creamy thighs of a girl I never ever made it with, L25 169 these are two of my favourite things. L25 170 |^Clement's in her kitchen making a meal. ^Carefully, he L25 171 sprinkles feta cheese on a heap of rhubarb. ^It's magic food, he L25 172 claims. ^Magic or not, it tastes bloody awful. ^Obviously she L25 173 hasn't taught him how to cook yet. L25 174 |^Clement used to be a fun guy. ^He organised hilarious L25 175 picnics in Hagley Park, beside the houses of the suburban L25 176 wealthy. ^We were multi-tudinous, we played guitars and flutes L25 177 and flung frisbees around in the springtime daffodils. ^We dished L25 178 out the good food. ^One time Clement came up to me with a L25 179 typewriter. ^The cover was slightly ripped. ^He said he got it L25 180 off a man who was jogging through the park, when he dropped it. L25 181 ^But you don't need a typewriter, I said. ^Ah! he said. ^Too L25 182 true! ^But a typewriter is exactly what you need. L25 183 |^Clement becomes a Christian. ^A revival meeting, a clammy L25 184 handshake with the pastor, a few inspirational songs and an acid L25 185 flashback, that's what happened. ^Now he's the Lord's. ^And I L25 186 want to drop him like a bad debt. ^Kick him out, I tell her, he's L25 187 nothing but a sickening pastel Christian. ^His face lights up L25 188 like a pinball machine when he talks about his Church. ^And his L25 189 head goes back and forward like billyho. ^He disgusts me. ^But L25 190 she says no, I'm not letting him go, he amuses me. ^With his L25 191 perhaps immortality. ^He stays. L25 192 |^When I finally get to her place she's sitting on the edge L25 193 of the bath. ^And Clement's lying in it, completely naked. ^And L25 194 she's laughing. L25 195 *<*3DAVID EGGLETON*> L25 196 *<*4The Rise of Amnesia Sargon*> L25 197 |^*0Amnesia Sargon exists today inside the expanded sphere of L25 198 computers. ^He leads a wired-up, robotic, take-down life, a space L25 199 cowboy on a kamikaze starship, a self-styled Venusian. L25 200 *# L26 001 **[499 TEXT L26**] L26 002 *<*3STEVAN ELDRED-GRIGG*> L26 003 *<*4They Will Be There Before They Leave*> L26 004 |^*'*0We're all mad really,**' Fag said one morning at the start L26 005 of 1960, twisting a banana on the formica bench, torturing it L26 006 till the pulp slithered over her fingers. L26 007 |^*'We're all mad,**' she said, *'and this suburb is L26 008 Sunnyside.**' L26 009 |^I'd just turned seven years old. ^I didn't know what she L26 010 was getting at. L26 011 |^We lived in Agate Street, our suburb was Longwood, not L26 012 Sunnyside. ^Sunnyside was the suburb where the psychiatric L26 013 hospital was, and it was miles away, I'd seen it through the L26 014 windows of the car. ^Longwood wasn't like that, Longwood was L26 015 lovely, it was nice, it was what a suburb was supposed to be, it L26 016 was what the whole world was supposed to be. ^When I looked L26 017 through the windscreen as we drove from somewhere to somewhere, I L26 018 saw the glass of the picture windows of Longwood gleaming back at L26 019 me through the glass of the moving car. ^A new world. ^A world of L26 020 concrete paths and flower beds. ^Pastel pinks and sky blues, L26 021 *'full gloss**' greens and yellows. ^Crescents and cul-de-sacs, L26 022 avenues and parades. L26 023 |^But there were problems. ^Fag, mainly. L26 024 |^*'What's it all about?**' she kept saying, crashing in, L26 025 asking questions I didn't want to hear. L26 026 |^Each house in Longwood looked like a small motel. ^Each L26 027 shopping centre looked like a motel. ^And the schools, they L26 028 looked like motels too. ^Sometimes, sitting in the car, watching L26 029 suave glazed acres flashing past, I found it hard to know whether L26 030 what I had just seen was Longwood Boys High School or the L26 031 Longwood Lodge Motor Hotel. ^Or one of the sleek new concrete and L26 032 glass churches, all of which looked as though they should have in L26 033 front of them a neon sign, *'Park Vue**', *'Sundeck**', *'Garden L26 034 City**', held up on steel rays to dazzle the speeding motorists. L26 035 ^When a new subdivision opened in Longwood the estate agents held L26 036 a *'parade of homes**' where the latest kitchen gadgets, the L26 037 latest aluminium louvres and expelairs were displayed for us all L26 038 to admire. ^And when one of the newspapers invited estate agents L26 039 to rank the sixty suburbs of the city by social L26 040 *'desirability**', Longwood was placed at... number thirty. L26 041 |^*'Men driving off to work every morning,**' Fag would say. L26 042 *'^Women shutting the door on them, going back into the kitchen. L26 043 ^The kids. ^The contraceptives. ^The codeine.**' L26 044 |^It worried me that we called our mother Fag and our father L26 045 Roddie. ^Why didn't we call them Mum and Dad? L26 046 |^*'Shit,**' Fag would say. *'^I need an instant coffee.**' L26 047 |^She was queer, Fag. L26 048 |^*'The swish swish of revolving sprinklers in the front L26 049 gardens,**' she'd say, dumping hot water out of the electric jug L26 050 into a coffee cup, splashing gobs of undissolved brown powder L26 051 onto the lemon yellow formica. L26 052 |^*'The scream of vacuum cleaners,**' she'd say. L26 053 |^She'd grab the black plastic handle of the ranch sliders. L26 054 ^She'd fling the glass aside. ^She'd burst out onto the concrete L26 055 terrace. L26 056 |^*'I know,**' she'd say. *'^Let's burn the house down and L26 057 get the insurance.**' L26 058 |^*'I know,**' she'd say. *'^Let's emigrate to Ecuador!**' L26 059 |^Then things would get her down. ^She'd open the oven door L26 060 and look inside at a dead chunk of sheep spitting hot fat back at L26 061 her. ^She'd bang the door shut. ^She'd screw up her eyes. ^She'd L26 062 hear the norwester whistle hot and airless against the roof. L26 063 ^She'd turn from the oven door and point at Roddie with the big L26 064 red mittens she wore when holding hot things in the kitchen. L26 065 |^*'What the hell are we doing this for?**' she'd say. L26 066 |^One day Roddie sighed. ^Usually he didn't, he was too L26 067 careful. L26 068 |^*'Sorry,**' she said. *'^Sorry to disturb your peaceful L26 069 little world. ^Sorry life's pointless and I have to work my guts L26 070 out doing stupid trivial things all day long keeping my house L26 071 like an ad for vacuum cleaners.**' L26 072 |^Which was a joke, if anything was, because Fag was L26 073 hopeless at housework. ^Our place was always a mess, and I was L26 074 always ashamed of her because of it. ^There were always flies. L26 075 ^Dirty black flies sitting in promiscuous rows in the sun on top L26 076 of the yellow formica bench. ^And instead of buying an aerosol L26 077 and spraying poison at the flies and killing them dead, the way L26 078 flies should be killed, Fag never did anything but just wave her L26 079 hand distractedly. ^Up into the air the flies would flick. ^Then, L26 080 after a couple of moments, back onto the yellow formica they'd L26 081 settle, licking their legs, spreading sepsis. L26 082 |^*'It's not as if we haven't made a choice,**' Roddie once L26 083 said, smiling. L26 084 |^*'Huh,**' Fag said. *'^As much choice as between Persil L26 085 and Rinso.**' L26 086 |^Roddie said something tactful. L26 087 |^*'The thing is,**' Fag said to Aunty Diana over a cup of L26 088 coffee that afternoon, *'he thinks that because we gave up making L26 089 money that's the end of it. ^We've fixed our priorities and L26 090 that's it. ^I'm not entitled to be unhappy, because we've done L26 091 what we thought we wanted.**' L26 092 |^*'Well,**' Aunty Diana said carefully, looking a little L26 093 nervous. *'^Isn't that true?**' L26 094 |^Aunty Diana was a bit scared of Fag, especially when Fag L26 095 was in one of her moods. L26 096 |^Fag never put things away. ^She never seemed to close a L26 097 door, Fag. ^I hardly ever in my life seemed to see her close a L26 098 door, she just left doors ajar. ^Bathroom doors, for example. ^If L26 099 I walked past the bathroom last thing before bed I'd see Fag in L26 100 the bath, lolling in a soapy stew, smoking a cigarette, screwing L26 101 up her eyes over a soggy magazine, twisting the hot tap with her L26 102 toes. L26 103 |^*'Faa-ag**', I'd say, walking in, trampling on her L26 104 crumpled bra. L26 105 |^She'd grunt, crush a cigarette on a cake of Lux soap. L26 106 |^*'Faa-ag,**' I'd say. *'^I can't find my sandshoes.**' L26 107 |^She'd sigh, and shift her hips a little, letting the water L26 108 slither against her loose blue breasts. L26 109 |^*'In the airing cupboard, Ash,**' she'd say. *'^Where you L26 110 last chucked them**'. L26 111 |^Ash was what everybody at home called me. ^It was short L26 112 for Ashley, which was my name, which annoyed me. ^It was a silly L26 113 name. ^None of the other boys at school had silly names, they all L26 114 seemed to have sensible names like Brian or Brent, or David or L26 115 Doug. L26 116 |^*'Why am I called Ashley?**' I said to Fag one day. *'^No L26 117 other kids are called Ashley. ^Why'd you call me Ashley?**' L26 118 |^*'Roddie wanted to give you a family name,**' she said. L26 119 |^I recognised evasion when I saw it. L26 120 |^*'Well why'd you call me Ashley then?**' I said. L26 121 |^Fag looked away, scratched her nail on some torn plastic. L26 122 |^*'I read it in a novel,**' she said. L26 123 |^*'A novel?**' I said. *'^What kind of novel? ^Why'd you L26 124 call me after somebody in a novel?**' L26 125 |^And, to my amazement, Fag *1blushed. L26 126 *|^*0Roddie was very interested in progress. L26 127 |^*'It was terrible, just a few years ago,**' he told us. L26 128 *'^The housing situation in Christchurch. ^Absolutely terrible. L26 129 ^Working people living like cattle. ^But things are moving now. L26 130 ^Homes for families. ^Homes for the people.**' L26 131 |^Roddie often brought building magazines home from work. L26 132 ^I'd settle down with a pile of them, studying the future. L26 133 |*'^Christchurch is experiencing its greatest ever L26 134 commercial building boom. ^Modern multi-storey buildings L26 135 featuring the latest architectural designs are climbing skywards. L26 136 ^The amount of commercial building in the last five years has L26 137 been greater than that in the previous twenty years.**' L26 138 |^What did Fag mean, *'this suburb is Sunnyside?**' L26 139 |*'^From the days when the Canterbury Pilgrims established L26 140 their first forges and smithies, industry has flourished. ^Now in L26 141 our second century there are signs of an industrial migration to L26 142 this province which will transform the emphasis of our commercial L26 143 life and provide work for a vastly increased population. L26 144 ^Canterbury is on the march. ^The population, the wealth and the L26 145 development of this city and province will advance in the next L26 146 fifty years to an extent which it is difficult for us today to L26 147 foresee, just as it was difficult for the early pioneers to L26 148 envisage the Christchurch of today**'. L26 149 |^Roddie liked to drive around the new industrial estates. L26 150 |^Rubber factories, plastics factories, textile factories. L26 151 ^Machine works and engineering works. ^Long low buildings, glass L26 152 and concrete and steel. L26 153 |^*'Look nice enough to hang curtains and live in, don't L26 154 they, Ash?**' he said to me. *'^Different from the days when your L26 155 mother and her sisters were working.**' L26 156 |^*'Maladjusted young people,**' noted one of the newspapers L26 157 in its New Year survey, listing the leading signs of a new L26 158 decade. *'^The \0A-bomb. ^The \0H-bomb. ^Jet-propelled war planes L26 159 reaching new, fantastic heights and almost unbelievable speeds. L26 160 ^Earth-orbiting Soviet and American satellites culminating in the L26 161 Soviet Lunik on the moon. ^What do these things augur?**' L26 162 *|^Grandma Feron lived in Sydenham, in Trollope Street. ^Trollope L26 163 Street was just a narrow little street of little narrow cottages. L26 164 |^*'Run up by a spec builder in the old days,**' Roddie said L26 165 one time as we drove there. L26 166 |^Grandma Feron had a lot to say about the old days, but L26 167 unlike Roddie she got it all wrong. L26 168 |^*'The bad old days,**' she muttered. *'^Only one thing L26 169 worse, and that's these days.**' L26 170 |^On our visits to Grandma Feron we'd get out of our car. L26 171 ^We'd open a rusty little gate in a corrugated iron fence. ^We'd L26 172 follow a cracked asphalt path past a few sooty hydrangeas, a L26 173 clump or two of silver beet run to seed. ^I'd look at a L26 174 reflection of myself in a double hung window. ^I'd look behind L26 175 the image and see bunched lace curtains through the glass. L26 176 ^Roddie or Fag would knock on the door. L26 177 |^The door would fling open. L26 178 |^A little, angry looking woman in front of us, in a limp L26 179 dark frock. L26 180 |^*'Come in,**' she'd say. *'^Since \2yer here.**' L26 181 |^Shuffling us into what she called the *'dining room**', L26 182 she'd start to talk. L26 183 |^*'That tart,**' she'd say. *'^Widdy giddying about the L26 184 town on her high heels. ^Talk about merry bloody widow. ^She's L26 185 been spending like a squatter since her old man kicked the L26 186 bucket.**' L26 187 |^Her words came out endlessly, the same words, the same L26 188 sing**[ARB**]-song, hard little words. ^Hard, compact little L26 189 pellets of meaning, filling up the room with the weight of them. L26 190 ^A small, dark room, an exact cube, built entirely of wood. L26 191 ^Walls and ceilings bellying with old green paper. ^Coir mats and L26 192 a worn possum rug on the floor. ^A dado of orange and black L26 193 linoleum running round at shoulder height, trapping me in front L26 194 of her tongue. ^No escape from that tongue. ^A yellow fireside L26 195 chair, a soundless gramophone, two or three pieces of musty L26 196 bulging horsehair, nothing substantial enough to hide behind. L26 197 |^*'Won't be long before this is all gone, Ash,**' Roddie L26 198 would reassure me as we came or went. L26 199 |^*'Hope so,**' I'd say. L26 200 |^*'Urban renewal,**' he'd say. L26 201 |^Urban renewal was already beginning. ^One day we drove L26 202 past a row of fibrolite cottages whose back walls had all been L26 203 torn off, showing us the insides of their little rooms, little L26 204 boxes. ^Ripped wallpaper, broken linoleum, lay loose in the hot L26 205 air. ^A hard summer sun blasted into spaces which for three L26 206 generations had been lit by nothing but tallow candles, coal gas, L26 207 blank electric bulbs. L26 208 |^It was wonderful. ^I exulted. ^It was a surgical operation L26 209 on cancer. L26 210 |^*'It's all been zoned,**' Roddie explained. *'^Working L26 211 people shouldn't have to put up with this sort of housing.**' L26 212 |^*'Buggered if I'm \2gonna let them shift *1me,**' L26 213 *0grandma Feron muttered, crouching in her yellow chair. L26 214 |^*'They're dark, these old places,**' Roddie said. *'^And L26 215 they're damp. ^And there's too much work trying to keep them L26 216 clean.**' L26 217 |^*'Better than some concrete bloody flat,**' grandma Feron L26 218 said. L26 219 |^*'Time for you to enjoy a few mod cons,**' Roddie said. L26 220 *'^Time for you to take it easy.**' L26 221 |^*'Always got all the answers, \2youse people,**' grandma L26 222 Feron snapped back. L26 223 |^*'It's sad,**' Roddie said as we climbed back into the L26 224 car. *'^Your grandmother's scared of kindness.**' L26 225 |^*'Think I'm bloody deaf,**' grandma Feron yelled. *'^As L26 226 well as bloody thick.**' L26 227 *# L27 001 **[500 TEXT L27**] L27 002 *<*45*> L27 003 *<*5Dozey Bastard*> L27 004 |^*6Y*2ES, STAN FUDD WAS *0a true-blue, dyed-in-the-wool, L27 005 honest-to-goodness, fair-dinkum, jumped-up-never-to-come-down, L27 006 gold-plated, Dozey Bastard (*1\2Bastardus drippus*0). ^Not a bad L27 007 truck-driver, mind you, but a Really Dozey Bastard, all the same. L27 008 |^I was driving trucks at the time. ^Big artics., long hauls. L27 009 ^Auckland *- Napier *- Gisborne *- Palmerston North *- Wellington, L27 010 runs like that, and usually two or three of us would set off L27 011 together and stay more or less together as long as we could. L27 012 |^One day, when my mate Mike Foote and I were getting ready L27 013 for a routine run down to Palmerston North and back, the boss came L27 014 and introduced this new bloke, Stan Fudd, and asked us to show him L27 015 the ropes and keep an eye on him. ^He was to drive a third rig and L27 016 bring back a load of refrigerated fish. L27 017 |^So off we went, Mike up front, the new bloke in the middle, L27 018 and I brought up the rear. ^It's a fairly long run down to L27 019 Palmerston North but we were all empty and got there in eleven L27 020 hours *- one o'clock in the morning *- and had a kip in our usual L27 021 pub. L27 022 |^The new bloke could handle a truck all right, there's no L27 023 doubt about that, but by the time we'd loaded up and had a feed he L27 024 was looking a bit weary on it. ^Not used to the long runs. ^And by L27 025 the time we'd made it back up to Taupo he was looking really beat, L27 026 so we stopped for an hour to give him a spell. L27 027 |^Back at the depot we were told to get some sleep because L27 028 there was a rush job on and we had to leave for Napier early next L27 029 morning. L27 030 |^Stan turned up yawning and hollow-eyed and when we stopped L27 031 for lunch at Taupo he almost went to sleep at the cafe table we L27 032 were sitting at. ^So Mike went to his truck and came back with a L27 033 jar of tablets he kept in his cab. L27 034 |^*"Here, take one of these,**" he said to Stan. *"^It'll L27 035 keep you awake.**" L27 036 |^*"What are they?**" said Stan. L27 037 |^*"Methedrines,**" said Mike. *"^They'll stop you going to L27 038 sleep on the road. ^There's a rough stretch between here and L27 039 Napier and we don't want you going over the bank.**" L27 040 |^*"Okay, thanks,**" said Stan, taking one of the pills and L27 041 washing it down with coffee. L27 042 |^*"You'd better take a few of these,**" said Mike, pouring L27 043 about fifty of them onto a table napkin for him. *"^Just take one L27 044 when you feel yourself getting sleepy.**" L27 045 |^*"Thanks,**" said Stan. *"^I need something like that.**" L27 046 |^*"You have to be careful not to take too many of them,**" L27 047 warned Mike. L27 048 |^But I don't think Stan can have heard him *- or perhaps it L27 049 was just that he was a Dozey Bastard *- because he took to those L27 050 methedrine pills like nobody's business. ^He drove non-stop to L27 051 Napier and didn't even wait until morning to head back. L27 052 |^I was trying to sleep in the same hotel room as him and he L27 053 flounced and creaked around in his bed for a couple of hours and L27 054 then he got dressed and went out for a walk around. ^He woke me up L27 055 in the early hours of the next morning to tell me he was going to L27 056 head on back to Auckland. L27 057 |^His truck was in the yard, unloaded, serviced and ready to L27 058 take off again, by the time Mike and I arrived back late that L27 059 night. ^And when we met at the depot two days later, Stan, L27 060 hollow-eyed and wildly excited, whispered hoarsely to us (although L27 061 there was nobody else within earshot) that he hadn't been to sleep L27 062 since he'd got back from Napier but he felt terrific. L27 063 |^*"I've been having long discussions with the wife,**" he L27 064 confided to us. *"^Our whole lives have been changed!**" L27 065 |^*"You want to take it a bit easy on those methedrines,**" L27 066 Mike told him. *"^You'll go right off if you keep taking too many L27 067 of them.**" L27 068 |^*"I've hardly touched them!**" protested Stan quickly, L27 069 looking guiltily around the yard. L27 070 |^*"Just take it easy, all the same,**" said Mike. *"^Give L27 071 them a rest for a few days.**" L27 072 |^Stan got held up at the depot that morning so Mike and I L27 073 left ahead of him, but he passed us later in the day, grim-jawed L27 074 and black-eyed, heading south as though he was in an army tank or L27 075 a jumbo-jet. L27 076 |^He got out of step with us, we couldn't keep up with him. L27 077 ^He was making half as much again as us, and we were on big money. L27 078 |^Then the jar of methedrines disappeared out of Mike's truck L27 079 and we started getting worried. ^We asked Stan about it and he L27 080 accused us of picking on him *- just like his wife had been L27 081 lately. L27 082 |^*"He won't be able to keep it up,**" Mike said to me. *"^It L27 083 won't be long before it catches up on him.**" L27 084 |^And it wasn't. ^We'd caught up with Stan at an eating place L27 085 well down the line and were having one of our rare meals together. L27 086 ^But Stan wasn't hungry and picked at the edges of his food as L27 087 though he'd already eaten too much, but he drank five cups of L27 088 coffee and then drank all the milk out of the jug on our table. L27 089 ^We tried to talk to him but he was almost incoherent by this L27 090 time. ^Raving wildly for a few minutes and then lapsing suddenly L27 091 into a sullen brooding silence. ^And before Mike and I had L27 092 finished eating he abruptly left us, saying as he went that he had L27 093 to get going. L27 094 |^We decided that if he got any worse we'd have to get the L27 095 boss to lay him off for a few days. ^It didn't look to us as L27 096 though Stan had been eating or sleeping anywhere near enough over L27 097 the past couple of weeks (ever since the methedrines) and we L27 098 estimated that he'd lost between a stone and a half and two stone L27 099 in weight. L27 100 |^It was about half past one the following morning when we L27 101 came up with Stan's truck, stopped in the middle of the road on a L27 102 long straight, with the motor running and the lights on full-beam L27 103 and the cab door hanging open. ^There were fifty-yard-long black L27 104 streaks of rubber on the road where he'd slammed on his brakes at L27 105 high speed. ^It's a wonder he hadn't jack-knifed her. L27 106 |^We pulled over and stopped our trucks and got out to look L27 107 for Stan. ^We'd gone past him. ^He was back up the road looking L27 108 around in some fern down the bank, lighting matches and calling L27 109 out, *"^Hoi, ^Hoi there! ^Where are you?**" L27 110 |^It was just as well it was us who'd found him. ^We led him L27 111 back to the trucks and made him drink some coffee from the thermos L27 112 I carried in my cab. L27 113 |^And this, as near as we could gather, was what had happened L27 114 to him. ^He was just driving along making good time when the L27 115 little naked man who'd been scampering along in his headlights L27 116 with his umbrella up for about forty or fifty miles suddenly L27 117 disappeared with a scream under the front of the truck. ^Stan L27 118 stamped on his brakes and jammed the 22-ton rig to a hell of a L27 119 stop but there was no hope for the little man. ^By the time we'd L27 120 arrived Stan had searched through the tyres and wheels of his L27 121 outfit and right back up the road, but there was no sign of him. L27 122 |^We found twenty-six of the two hundred-odd methedrines he'd L27 123 nicked from Mike's truck in his shirt pocket and had no conscience L27 124 about confiscating them. ^Then we shifted Stan's truck to a safe L27 125 place off the road and locked it up and took him about 40 miles to L27 126 our nearest stopping hotel and put him to bed. L27 127 |^He slept for a day and a night and was looking a little L27 128 better when we picked him up on our way back and drove him to pick L27 129 up his truck. ^He was a day and a half late getting back to the L27 130 depot but we'd organised a breakdown yarn for him and he didn't L27 131 get into trouble over it. L27 132 |^*"Not that he didn't deserve to,**" said Mike. *"^Us L27 133 long-distance drivers have been using methedrines for ten years L27 134 that I know of, and they're a damn good thing if you use them L27 135 sensibly. ^But it only takes someone like Stan to get everyone L27 136 calling them dangerous drugs. ^Anything'd be dangerous in the L27 137 hands of a Dozey Bastard like that.**" L27 138 |^And you have to admit that Mike was right. ^A Dozey L27 139 Bastard. L27 140 *<*46*> L27 141 *<*5Enigmatic Bastard*> L27 142 |^*6I *2DON'T THINK IT'D *0be too presumptuous of me to describe L27 143 Suggy Benson as an Enigmatic Bastard (*1\2Bastardus perplexus*0). L27 144 ^The only Real Enigmatic Bastard I've ever run into, as a matter L27 145 of fact. ^There's been so much talk flying around about him that L27 146 it's got right out of hand altogether, so I've decided to set the L27 147 facts down while there's still time, and then people will be able L27 148 to form their own opinions about him. L27 149 |^Though I personally knew Suggy as well as just about L27 150 anybody (he's dead just now) I still can't make up my mind about L27 151 him. ^There's those who say he was nothing but a lazy, shiftless, L27 152 selfish criminal, with no regard for anybody else *- or their L27 153 property. ^And then there's those who swear that Suggy was a L27 154 thoughtful, considerate friend to anyone in trouble; a Good L27 155 Bastard. ^Only rob people who could afford it. ^A *'Robin Hood**' L27 156 kind of bloke. L27 157 |^I don't know *- both sides of the story are true enough, I L27 158 suppose. ^All I know is that if you were with Suggy Benson you L27 159 were all right. ^You'd never go short of a feed or somewhere to L27 160 sleep, or even a job, if you wanted one. ^He had bunks all over L27 161 the country, did Suggy. ^There was the university gymnasium and L27 162 the hothouse and one or two other places in Auckland. ^The Te Rapa L27 163 racetrack buildings in Hamilton. ^Hot pools at Rotorua and Taupo. L27 164 ^A church and a school in Wellington. ^Railway carriages and one L27 165 or two other little spots in Christchurch. ^And a L27 166 lean-to that backed right up against a baker's ovens in Dunedin. L27 167 ^Just to mention a few of the more obvious ones. L27 168 |^And wherever he went he had his own special lurk for L27 169 getting a feed. ^Never knew him to go hungry, old Suggy, and he L27 170 went through a few rough spots, believe me. ^For absolute L27 171 emergencies, for example, there were the Albert Park goldfish in L27 172 Auckland. ^Trout in Rotorua and Taupo. ^Pigeons in Wellington and L27 173 Dunedin. ^And ducks in Rotorua and Christchurch *- to mention a L27 174 careful few. ^Yes, Suggy could swipe a duck or pigeon or goldfish L27 175 *- anything you liked *- from right under your nose and you'd L27 176 never know it was happening. L27 177 |^You see, Suggy Benson was the most terrific thief you ever L27 178 saw in all your born days. ^If he wanted something it'd never L27 179 occur to him to go and buy it, or ask for it, or anything like L27 180 that. ^He'd just swipe it. ^And he'd swipe it so naturally that L27 181 quite often eyewitnesses wouldn't realise what he was doing. L27 182 |^The thing about Suggy's pinching was that he didn't seem to L27 183 mind whether he got caught or not. ^They reckon no one will ever L27 184 know exactly how much stuff Suggy knocked-off in his time. ^He L27 185 seemed to have a genius for lifting the kind of stuff you don't L27 186 miss for a while, and then you wonder just when it went off, and L27 187 whether someone might have borrowed it *- or what the hell had L27 188 happened to it. L27 189 |^It wasn't always like that though. ^For instance there was L27 190 the time Suggy pinched a whole truckload of Maoris. ^They were on L27 191 their way from Ruatahuna to Ngaruawahia for a *1tangi, *0with one L27 192 of their cousins in a coffin under some sacks on the back of the L27 193 truck. L27 194 *# **#